openSUSE Translation Commits

Download

translation-commit@lists.opensuse.org

October 2014

25 participants
969 discussions

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89772 - trunk/yast/ku/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 17:42:02 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89772 Added: trunk/yast/ku/po/cio.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/opensuse_mirror.ku.po Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/add-on-creator.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/add-on.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/audit-laf.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/auth-client.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/auth-server.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/autoinst.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/base.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/bootloader.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/ca-management.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/cluster.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/control-center.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/control.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/country.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/crowbar.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/dhcp-server.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/dns-server.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/drbd.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/fcoe-client.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/firewall-services.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/firewall.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/firstboot.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/ftp-server.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/geo-cluster.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/gtk.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/http-server.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/inetd.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/installation.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/instserver.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/iplb.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/iscsi-client.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/iscsi-lio-server.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/iscsi-server.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/isns.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/kdump.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/kerberos-server.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/kerberos.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/languages_db.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/ldap-client.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/ldap-server.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/ldap.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/live-installer.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/lxc.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/mail.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/multipath.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/ncurses-pkg.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/ncurses.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/network.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/nfs.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/nfs_server.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/nis.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/nis_server.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/ntp-client.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/oneclickinstall.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/online-update-configuration.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/online-update.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/packager.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/pam.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/pkg-bindings.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/printer.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/product-creator.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/proxy.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/qt-pkg.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/qt.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/rdp.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/rear.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/registration.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/reipl.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/relocation-server.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/s390.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/samba-client.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/samba-server.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/samba-users.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/scanner.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/security.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/services-manager.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/slp-server.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/snapper.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/sound.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/squid.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/sshd.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/storage.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/sudo.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/support.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/sysconfig.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/tftp-server.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/timezone_db.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/tune.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/update.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/users.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/vm.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/wagon.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/wol.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/xpram.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/yast2-apparmor.ku.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/add-on-creator.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/add-on-creator.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/add-on-creator.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-18 01:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/add-on.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/add-on.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/add-on.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-27 23:28+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -44,21 +44,21 @@ #. this is a heading #. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks #: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1871 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Berhemên Têxe-Tê" #. busy message (dialog) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label #: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1872 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Amadekirin..." #. help #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879 msgid "Initializing add-on products..." msgstr "" @@ -84,10 +84,10 @@ #. placeholder for unknown path #. placeholder for unknown URL #: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:384 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:940 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:949 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Nayê Zanîn" @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ #. main screen heading #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "Sazkirina Berhemên Têxe-Tê" @@ -217,42 +217,42 @@ #. ... #. ] #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:585 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1586 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1598 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Error occurred while creating the repository." msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "Demê afirandina arşîvê de çewtiyek çêbû." #. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:319 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316 msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "" #. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, Pelrêç: %2" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:392 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:394 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391 msgid "" "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \n" "Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n" "Select the repository to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:404 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401 msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "" @@ -264,33 +264,33 @@ #. else #. { #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:416 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:743 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:427 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "Çavkanî hilbijêre." #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:632 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:713 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "Hilbijartina Berhem" #. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:719 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "Berhemên Heyî" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:725 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722 msgid "" "<big>Product Selection</big> \n" "Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n" @@ -298,12 +298,12 @@ msgstr "" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:793 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "" #. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:915 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 msgid "" "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big> \n" "Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" @@ -312,106 +312,106 @@ msgstr "" #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "%1, Pelrêç: %2" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:970 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Product" msgstr "Berhem" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:972 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969 msgid "Media" msgstr "Medya" #. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1127 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1135 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1253 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Add-On Products" msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "Berhemên Têxe-Tê" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1260 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Add-On Product" msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "Berhemên Têxe-Tê" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1276 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1280 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." msgstr "" #. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1335 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 msgid "Vendor: %1 " msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1336 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1339 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 msgid "Version: %1 " msgstr "Guherto: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1340 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346 msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1343 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 msgid "Repository URL: %1 " msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355 msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1356 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362 msgid "Repository Alias: %1 " msgstr "" #. Removes the currently selected Add-On #. #. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1636 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1689 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1639 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645 msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1712 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718 msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/audit-laf.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/audit-laf.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/audit-laf.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -795,32 +795,54 @@ msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." msgstr "" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471 -msgid "" -"The audit daemon doesn't run.\n" -"Do you want to start it now?" +#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 +msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:476 -msgid "" -" The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" -"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" -"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n" -"Do you want to start the daemon now?" +#. question continues +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467 +msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:484 -msgid "Audit daemon not running." +#. message about loaded kernel module +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471 +msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 +#. Headline of a popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" +msgstr "Nikare danegeh1 bixwîne." + +#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start &Update" +msgid "Start and &Enable" +msgstr "&Rojanekirinê Bide Destpêkirin" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start" +msgid "&Start" +msgstr "Destpê bike" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do not install" +msgid "&Do not start" +msgstr "Saz neke" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the database1." msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "Nikare danegeh1 bixwîne." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -829,36 +851,36 @@ msgstr "" #. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:546 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548 msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:562 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Mîhengan binivîse" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566 msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:568 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Mîhengan dinivîse..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572 msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "" #. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588 msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:587 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" @@ -866,27 +888,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:612 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614 msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:619 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "" #. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:650 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652 msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:656 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:705 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707 msgid "Log file" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/auth-client.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/auth-client.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/auth-client.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Temam" #. Waiting for response #. Waiting for response @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Help" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alîkarî" #. No we open the dialog #: src/include/dialogs.rb:306 @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:538 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lê Zêde Bike" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:539 msgid "Edit" @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jê Bibe" #. Inetd configure dialog caption #: src/include/dialogs.rb:547 @@ -390,23 +390,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/auth-server.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/auth-server.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/auth-server.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:98 msgid "File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pel" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:99 msgid "Position" @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ #. all known interfaces for testing #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dergehê di Astenga-Ewlehiyê de Veke" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203 @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194 msgid "Firewall is disabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Astenga-ewlehiyê neçalak e" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200 msgid "Register at SLP Daemon: " @@ -236,6 +236,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Start new config wizward +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update Configuration" +msgid "Migrate existing Configuration" +msgstr "Veavakirina Rojanekirinê" + #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135 msgid "" "Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n" @@ -274,7 +280,7 @@ #. ******************** #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:48 msgid "General Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mîhengên Giştî" #. list of valid encoding methods for password inputs, used by add database and edit database #. dialogs @@ -380,7 +386,7 @@ #. tree widget label #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:623 msgid "Advanced &Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Vebijêrkên Pêşketî" #. label widget #. header label @@ -417,7 +423,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:973 msgid "Browse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bigere" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:980 msgid "Generate a Random Password" @@ -438,7 +444,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nasnav" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1073 msgid "Validate Password" @@ -465,7 +471,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Protokol" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1146 msgid "Provider Hostname" @@ -487,7 +493,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264 msgid "Bro&wse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bin&êre..." #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231 @@ -655,20 +661,22 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" "variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" -"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" "specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" @@ -678,14 +686,14 @@ "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:67 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" "LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n" "(e.g. ldapsearch), check Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n" @@ -695,13 +703,13 @@ "when creating the first database on a server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n" "change any configuration settings here.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n" "for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n" @@ -709,7 +717,7 @@ "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n" "click Change Password. \n" @@ -719,28 +727,28 @@ "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:102 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" "The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" "the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" @@ -751,17 +759,17 @@ "thumbs)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" "should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" @@ -770,7 +778,7 @@ "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "If Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status is enabled, users trying to\n" "authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n" @@ -779,30 +787,30 @@ "option. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" @@ -810,34 +818,34 @@ "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" "(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "Use Add to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n" "Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" @@ -845,30 +853,30 @@ "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" @@ -876,21 +884,21 @@ "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:200 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:204 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" "in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" @@ -902,11 +910,11 @@ "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:214 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:215 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" "made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" @@ -914,21 +922,21 @@ "such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" "Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:228 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 msgid "" "Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n" "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" @@ -938,15 +946,15 @@ "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:236 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:237 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 msgid "" "refreshOnly: The slave server will periodically open a new\n" "connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n" @@ -954,28 +962,28 @@ "Replication Interval setting.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:244 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 msgid "" "refreshAndPersist: The slave server will open a persistent\n" "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:249 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:250 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" "The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:253 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:254 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" @@ -985,22 +993,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "<big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" #. Write dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 msgid "<big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big> \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:272 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog\n" @@ -1008,11 +1016,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:278 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 msgid "" "This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n" "created. Click Finish to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n" @@ -1020,78 +1028,78 @@ msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:287 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" "If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n" "for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.\n" msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:297 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:300 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 msgid "" "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:306 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" "Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:310 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:313 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" "To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the Enabled TLS\n" "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:319 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" "Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" "support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:324 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" "corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:329 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:330 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" "different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" @@ -1099,19 +1107,19 @@ "textfields.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:336 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 msgid "" "To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:340 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "Below this item, configure some global parameters." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:344 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" "Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" "a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" @@ -1119,71 +1127,71 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:350 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" "Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:354 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:357 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:358 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" "LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:361 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" "Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" "credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:364 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:367 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:372 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:373 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 msgid "" "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests: The Server will\n" "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:378 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" "Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:381 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" "receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:386 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 msgid "" "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated:\n" "The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n" @@ -1191,7 +1199,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:392 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" "\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" @@ -1201,29 +1209,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:400 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:401 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" "To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:404 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" "Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:407 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" "If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" "checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:410 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" "To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" "server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" @@ -1232,231 +1240,231 @@ #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:417 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:421 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: database_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:425 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: acl_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:429 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:433 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:437 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:441 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:444 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:449 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:454 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:459 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:462 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:467 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:472 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:477 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:482 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:487 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:492 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:495 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : dict_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:501 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:505 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:509 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:513 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:517 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:521 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_type -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:525 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:529 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:533 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:537 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:541 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:545 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:549 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:553 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:557 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:561 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:565 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:569 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." msgstr "" @@ -1471,7 +1479,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:49 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1974 msgid "Advanced Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mîhengên Pêşketî" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:53 @@ -1516,12 +1524,12 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:615 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:648 msgid "&Available" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Heye" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:124 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:129 msgid "&Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Dîrok" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:135 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:140 @@ -1534,7 +1542,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:655 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:659 msgid "&Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Dem" #. `InputField(`opt(`hstretch),`id(`id_default_principal_expiration),"", #. KerberosServer::getDBvalue("default_principal_expiration")), @@ -1687,7 +1695,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:620 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:653 msgid "&Days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Roj" #. Treeview list item #. Treeview list item @@ -1734,7 +1742,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:558 msgid "Search Scope" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Qada Lêgerînê" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:565 msgid "&subtree search" @@ -1765,6 +1773,12 @@ #. Ralf Haferkamp <rhafer(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id$ +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "AppArmor Configuration" +msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration" +msgstr "Veavakirina AppArmor" + #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28 msgid "MirrorMode Node List" msgstr "" @@ -1811,7 +1825,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:204 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:297 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Amadekirin..." #. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. **************************************** @@ -1954,7 +1968,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Na" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 @@ -1962,7 +1976,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Erê" #. skip attribute that already have an index defined #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1188 @@ -2071,7 +2085,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167 msgid "None" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ne Yek Jî" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174 msgid "Select &Allow Flags:" @@ -2139,7 +2153,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234 msgid "&Browse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Binihêre..." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285 msgid "Certificate &Key File (PEM Format - Unencrypted)" @@ -2191,7 +2205,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:346 msgid "minutes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "xulek" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:354 msgid "Change Configuration Database Settings" @@ -2219,7 +2233,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Çawanî" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 @@ -2331,11 +2345,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:133 msgid "Read" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Xwendin" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:134 msgid "Write" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nivîsîn" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:135 msgid "Manage (full access)" @@ -2416,7 +2430,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645 msgid "Try again?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bila dîsa biceribîne?" #. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original #. Entry, try to merge them here @@ -2440,7 +2454,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990 msgid "Select" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hilbijêre" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826 msgid "Define the Access Level" @@ -2517,11 +2531,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319 msgid "Up" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jor" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320 msgid "Down" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jêr" #. FIXME: Validate attribute types #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185 @@ -2560,7 +2574,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716 msgid "Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dergeh" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637 msgid "Replication Type" @@ -2572,19 +2586,19 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647 msgid "Days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Roj" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651 msgid "Hours" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Saet" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118 msgid "Minutes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Xulek" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659 msgid "Seconds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Çirke" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672 msgid "Authentication DN" @@ -2690,8 +2704,8 @@ msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3479 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3526 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3572 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." msgstr "" @@ -2891,7 +2905,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227 msgid "Not configured yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hê nehatiye veavakirin." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472 msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist." @@ -2954,7 +2968,7 @@ msgid "Could not create database directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4096 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." msgstr "" @@ -2967,101 +2981,101 @@ msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3373 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3386 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3399 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3412 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3425 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3511 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3557 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3603 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 msgid "Writing to password file failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3969 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3979 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3974 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3984 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4016 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4024 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4031 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4043 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4048 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4062 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4069 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4089 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4863 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 #, perl-format msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4873 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4874 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 #, perl-format msgid "" "Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n" "CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4968 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4978 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5346 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5355 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/autoinst.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/autoinst.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/autoinst.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-11 15:54+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:422 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" @@ -110,8 +110,7 @@ msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "" -#. doClone(); -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:84 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82 msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "" @@ -123,33 +122,26 @@ msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set." msgstr "Xwendina profîla AutoYaST pêk nehat." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/clone_system.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Author: Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> -#. Summary: This client is clones some settings of the -#. system. -#. -#. Changes: * initial - just do a simple clone -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:42 +#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:52 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:59 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64 msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89 msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:92 -msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "" #. help 1/2 @@ -281,23 +273,23 @@ msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting service..." msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "Servîsê nû ve dide destpêkirin..." -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:289 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:302 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:405 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404 msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "" @@ -2194,12 +2186,12 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for #. #. @return the newly created node name -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129 msgid " - Drive" msgstr " - Ajoker" #. volume group -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133 msgid " - Volume group" msgstr "" @@ -2298,11 +2290,11 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:908 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 msgid "Drives" msgstr "Ajoker" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 msgid "Total of %1 drive" msgstr "" @@ -2484,35 +2476,35 @@ msgstr "" #. 1 cyl buffer per partition -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:491 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:918 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" msgstr "" #. Handle /etc/fstab usage #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "" #. a popup -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025 msgid "No Linux root partition found." msgstr "" #. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting #. is inevitable. -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038 msgid "" "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" msgstr "" #. return list of available devices -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/base.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/base.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/base.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-08 00:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team\n" @@ -1212,7 +1212,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:877 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Derbas be" @@ -1235,7 +1235,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2552 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Nasnav" @@ -1432,6 +1432,27 @@ msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgstr "Sazkirina pakêtên hewce pêk nehat." +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving console configuration..." +msgid "Updating system configuration..." +msgstr "Veava yên konsolê tên tomarkirin..." + +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +msgid "This may take a while." +msgstr "" + +#. Get information about the OS release +#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file +#. is missing. +#. +#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) +#. @return [String] the release information +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63 +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "" + #. Confirm user request to abort installation #: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833 msgid "Really abort the installation?" @@ -2046,15 +2067,15 @@ #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:401 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "Modem" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "Karta Torê" @@ -2062,27 +2083,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Nenas" @@ -2092,326 +2113,326 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1123 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "Zêdetir Navnîşan" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "ARCnet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "Karta Torê ARCnet" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 msgid "ATM" msgstr "ATM" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1137 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "Girêdana bi Bluetooth" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond" msgstr "Bond" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "Tora Bond" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "Karta ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "Navrû ya Kanal Bi Kanal re (CTC)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "Girêdana DSL" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "Çêkirîtî " -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "ESCON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Înternet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1165 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "Karta Torê Ethernet" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "FDDI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "Karta Torê FDDI" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "FICON" msgstr "FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1177 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "Hipersockets" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1182 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "Navrû ya Hipersockets (HSI)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "Girêdana ISDN" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "IrDA" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "Cîhaza Torê ya Enfarûjê" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "Cîhaza Enfarûj" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "OSA LCS" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "Karta Torê OSA LCS" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "Paşve Zivirîn" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "Myrinet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "Karta Torê Myrinet" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "QETH" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "OSA-Express an Cîhaza QDIO (QETH)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1227 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "Cîhaza Torê USB" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "VMWare" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "Cîhaza Torê VMWare" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "Bêqablo" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Karta Torê ya Bêqablo" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "XPNET" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "Tora XP" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "LAN a ferazî" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "Pir" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "Pira Torê" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "TUN" msgstr "TUN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "TUNnel a Torê" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "TAP" msgstr "TAP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "TAP a Torê" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "" @@ -2476,7 +2497,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:288 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2485,28 +2506,23 @@ msgstr "" #. If there is network running, return true. -#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Mode and return false +#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Not detected." -msgid "No running network detected." -msgstr "Nehatiye dîyarbûn." - -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:356 -msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349 +msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" +"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:357 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355 msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" -"and start this module again" +"and start this module again\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:360 -msgid "or continue without network." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names #: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 msgid "" @@ -2813,51 +2829,51 @@ msgstr "&Rake" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1715 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 msgid "Package: " msgstr "Paket: " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206 msgid "Size: " msgstr "Mezinahî:" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "" #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:248 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Pakêta %1 (%2) tê daxistin..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "Daxistina Pakêtê" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:310 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "&Kitekitan nîşan bide" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:376 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "Pakêta %1 xêrab e, kontrola tevlibûnê pêk nehat." #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:389 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:598 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "Bila sazkirina pakêtê nû ve biceribîne?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:397 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:606 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "Bila sazkirinê betal bike?" @@ -2866,57 +2882,57 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:425 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:459 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "Çewtî: %1:" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:482 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Pakêta %1 (%2) tê rakirin..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:523 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Pakêta %1 (%2) tê sazkirin..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "Rakirina Pakêtê" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "Sazkirina Pakêtê" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:583 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "Rakirina pakêta %1 pêk nehat." #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:585 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "Sazkirina pakêta %1 pêk nehat." #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:657 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:780 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" @@ -2927,27 +2943,27 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:795 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805 msgid "Side A" msgstr "Milê A" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:798 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808 msgid "Side B" msgstr "Milê B" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "%1 (Dîsk %2)" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:814 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "%1 (Nîvçe %2)" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:819 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" @@ -2956,7 +2972,7 @@ "'%1'" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" @@ -2969,7 +2985,7 @@ "Kontrol bike ka pelrêç tê gihîştin." #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" @@ -2982,57 +2998,57 @@ "Kontrol bike ku pêşkêşker tê gihîştin." #. currently unused -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858 msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." msgstr "Arşîva derdorê ya rastî nayê girêdan." #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:869 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2158 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "Bixweber-Nûkirinê Derbas be " #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:892 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:897 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "&Bavêje" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "B&ixweber Derdora CD û DVD yan Bavêje " #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "Bila sazkirinê nû ve biceribîne?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:985 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "Bila derdorê derbas be?" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:992 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "Guh nade derdorê xêrab..." #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1013 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1074 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1321 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "Arşîva %1 tê Afirandin" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1354 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Error occurred while creating the repository." msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." @@ -3041,32 +3057,32 @@ #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1358 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1489 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1601 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "Nekarî rave ya arşîva dûr bîne." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1361 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1492 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1604 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "Demê anîna meta-dana de çewtiyek çêbû." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "Arşîv nederbasdar e." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Meta-dana ya arşîvê nederbasdar e." @@ -3074,96 +3090,96 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1380 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1514 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1620 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "Bila dubare bike?" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1436 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1485 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1498 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Meta-dana ya arşîvê nederbasdar e." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1597 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "Arşîva %1" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1685 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Pakêta delta RPM %1 (%2) tê daxistin..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1693 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "Daxistina Pakêta Delta RPM" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "Pakêta delta RPM %1 tê sepandin..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1713 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "Sepandina pakêta delta RPM " #. at start of patch providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744 msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Pakêta pîne ya RPM %1 (%2) tê daxistin..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1742 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752 msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" msgstr "Daxistina Pakêta Pîne ya RPM" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "Skrîpta %1 (pîne %2) destpê dike..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1821 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "Xebitandina Skrîptê" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1826 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "Pîne:" #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843 msgid "Script: " msgstr "Skrîpt:" #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "Derketana Skrîptê" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1927 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3172,7 +3188,7 @@ "\n" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3182,69 +3198,69 @@ msgstr "" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1959 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969 #, fuzzy msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "&Nû Bike" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1993 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Tê daxistin" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2043 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2091 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "Tê Daxistin: %1" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2196 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2271 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" #. progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2204 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2287 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297 msgid "Status" msgstr "Rewş" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2237 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2274 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2353 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "" @@ -3255,27 +3271,27 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2369 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2385 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "" #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "" #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2515 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3286,7 +3302,7 @@ "%2" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2549 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&Navê Bikarhêner:" @@ -3343,44 +3359,20 @@ msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "Tu vê peymana lîsansê dipejirînî?" -#. display an error message and advice to manually fix the system -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:236 -msgid "" -"The current system is not consistent,\n" -"some packages have unresolved dependencies." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:243 -msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:252 -msgid "" -"Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" -"check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" -"in the software manager." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:263 -msgid "" -"Start the software manager and fix the problems\n" -"or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" -msgstr "" - #. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:325 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223 msgid "" "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" "to be solved manually in the software manager." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:520 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3388,12 +3380,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3517,7 +3509,7 @@ #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:548 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Paket" @@ -3857,7 +3849,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -3866,23 +3858,23 @@ msgstr "" #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:993 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1019 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1112 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -3896,12 +3888,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1129 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1148 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -3914,86 +3906,94 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "" #. we need to remember the values for tab switching +#. these are the initial values #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:145 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:146 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:340 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "Tê sazkirin..." #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:544 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541 msgid "Media" msgstr "Medya" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:546 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Remaining" msgstr "Rakirina Pakêtê" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547 msgid "Time" msgstr "Dem" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:566 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:650 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647 #, fuzzy #| msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "Ew pakêt hewce ne ku bên sazkirin:" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:651 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." msgstr "" #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Release &Notes" msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "&Nîşeyên Weşanê" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "Nîşan&dana Slaytê" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:683 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Kîtekît" -#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:721 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Aborting the Upgrade" +msgid "Performing Upgrade" +msgstr "Betalkirina Bilindkirinê" + +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Abort Installation" msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "Sazkirinê &Betal Bike" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:757 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "Sazkirina Pakêtê" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -4002,17 +4002,17 @@ "ji sazkirinê derkevî?" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:845 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Hat Betal kirin" #. read file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:185 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187 msgid "File not found." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pel nehat dîtin." #. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:191 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File System: %1" msgid "System Log (%1)" @@ -4630,7 +4630,7 @@ msgstr "Demê afirandina initrd de çewtiyek çêbû." #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:648 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -5581,6 +5581,11 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Not detected." +#~ msgid "No running network detected." +#~ msgstr "Nehatiye dîyarbûn." + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Installed Size" #~ msgstr "&Saz Bike" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/bootloader.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/bootloader.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/bootloader.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -122,22 +122,22 @@ msgstr "" #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:108 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "" #. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:118 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "" #. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:217 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 msgid "Booting" msgstr "" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:219 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "" @@ -146,12 +146,12 @@ #. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 msgid "Disk Order" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "" @@ -162,10 +162,9 @@ msgstr "" #. `VSpacing(1), -#. Run dialog for loader installation details for Grub2 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#. Window title #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgstr "" @@ -258,23 +257,29 @@ "to start this section." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 +msgid "" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" @@ -283,25 +288,25 @@ "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:82 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" @@ -309,7 +314,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:95 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -318,72 +323,72 @@ "To remove a disk, push Remove." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 msgid "Graphical &Menu File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125 msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126 msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "" @@ -435,118 +440,118 @@ #. Common widget of a console #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "" #. textentry header -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Cîhaz" #. disabling & enabling up/down -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:542 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544 msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:551 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553 msgid "D&isks" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:565 msgid "&Up" msgstr "&Jor" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:564 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:566 msgid "&Down" msgstr "&Jêr" #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:768 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:803 -msgid "Boot Loader Location" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740 +msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:774 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:809 -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741 +msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:748 -msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811 +msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 -msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817 +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:754 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:780 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:821 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:814 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822 msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "" #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:873 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831 msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" msgstr "" -#. Cache for genericWidgets function -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:52 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Other Options" msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "Vebijêrkên Din" -#. there is no graphic adapter on s390 (bnc#874010) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:75 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgstr "" -#. there is no os prober on s390(bnc#868909) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:94 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Other Options" msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "Vebijêrkên Din" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Secure" msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr "Ewle" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Other Options" msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "Vebijêrkên Din" #. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." msgstr "" @@ -582,24 +587,42 @@ msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" + #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 +msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Distribution Upgrade" +msgid "D&istributor" +msgstr "Bilindkirina Dîstribûsyonê" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98 msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 +msgid "Protective MBR flag" +msgstr "" + #. combo box item #. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels #. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels @@ -632,34 +655,58 @@ msgid "Unspecified" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "[set]" +msgid "set" +msgstr "[avakirî]" + +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 +msgid "remove" +msgstr "rakirin" + +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "change" +msgid "do not change" +msgstr "biguherîne" + #. Init function for console #. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:148 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "" #. FATE: #110038: Serial console #. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:223 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:235 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:242 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Possible &Solutions" msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "&Çareseriyên Gengaz" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:250 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Console" msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "Konsol" +#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 +msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +msgstr "" + #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption @@ -673,7 +720,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "" @@ -804,11 +851,7 @@ msgid "Xen" msgstr "" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152 -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:91 msgid "Floppy" msgstr "" @@ -1659,39 +1702,40 @@ #. #. #. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:167 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 #, fuzzy msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "Sazkirina ji wêneyan çalak e (<a href=\"%1\">neçalak bike</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:171 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "Sazkirina ji wêneyan neçalak e (<a href=\"%1\">çalak bike</a>)" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:183 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 #, fuzzy msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "Sazkirina ji wêneyan çalak e (<a href=\"%1\">neçalak bike</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:187 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "Sazkirina ji wêneyan neçalak e (<a href=\"%1\">çalak bike</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 #, fuzzy msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "Sazkirina ji wêneyan çalak e (<a href=\"%1\">neçalak bike</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "Sazkirina ji wêneyan neçalak e (<a href=\"%1\">çalak bike</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:205 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 #, fuzzy msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "Partîsyon: %1" @@ -1701,31 +1745,33 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "" #. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda) -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 msgid " (\"/boot\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 msgid " (extended)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:236 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 msgid " (\"/\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242 +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr "" #. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:256 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 #, fuzzy msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "Partîsyon: %1" @@ -1749,238 +1795,135 @@ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:76 +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Secure" msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "Ewle" #. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" msgstr "" #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "" #. TODO add more devices -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:126 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" msgstr "" -#. if "iscsi" is true -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:166 -msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:184 +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "" #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:204 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "" #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:259 -msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:278 +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:177 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:179 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:181 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" #. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307 msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:366 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:368 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:374 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:376 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:378 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:79 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Hard Disk" +#~ msgstr "Dîska Sabît" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:85 -msgid "Failsafe" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:97 -msgid "Hard Disk" -msgstr "Dîska Sabît" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:103 -msgid "Memory Test" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:109 -msgid "MBR before Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:115 -msgid "Previous Kernel" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:121 -msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:230 -msgid "_Linux" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:237 -msgid "_Failsafe" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:244 -msgid "_Floppy" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:251 -msgid "_Hard Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:258 -msgid "_Memory Test" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:265 -msgid "_MBR before Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:272 -msgid "_Previous Kernel" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:279 -msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "" - #~ msgid "Other Options" #~ msgstr "Vebijêrkên Din" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/ca-management.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/ca-management.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/ca-management.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ca-management.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-11 20:46+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -55,25 +55,25 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:442 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 msgid "Organization" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:444 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 msgid "Locality" msgstr "Herêm" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:445 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 msgid "State" msgstr "Dewlet" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:446 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 msgid "Country" msgstr "Welat" @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ msgstr "Navê CA" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:440 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "Navê Giştî" @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ msgid "Email" msgstr "E-peyam" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:443 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "" @@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline #. we need to fake a certificate name #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:571 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 @@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ #. The main () #. To translators: dialog label #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:174 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 msgid "Common Server Certificate" msgstr "" @@ -661,11 +661,18 @@ msgid "For more information, please read the manual." msgstr "" +#. popup text +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 +msgid "" +"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" +"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" +msgstr "" + #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:159 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 @@ -673,31 +680,31 @@ msgstr "Daxwiyanî" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:166 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 msgid "&Remove" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:168 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Import" msgid "&Import/Replace" msgstr "&Bîne" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:208 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:210 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 msgid "" "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:214 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?" msgstr "" @@ -728,51 +735,107 @@ msgid "Issued For:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:214 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Common Name: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "Navê Giştî:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Organization: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "Organîzasyon:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "State: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "Dewlet:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Country: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "Welat:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 msgid "Issued By:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:248 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " msgstr "" #. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:271 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 msgid "&Advanced..." msgstr "&Pêşketî..." -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:273 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:462 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 msgid "&View" msgstr "&Bibîne" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:274 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 msgid "&Change CA Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:275 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 msgid "C&reate SubCA" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:276 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 msgid "Export to &File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:277 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 msgid "Export to &LDAP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:278 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 msgid "&Edit Default" msgstr "" @@ -826,7 +889,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:774 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Kurte" @@ -858,18 +921,18 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:815 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:826 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:929 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:938 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:947 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1036 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1045 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1184 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1193 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1202 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 msgid " (critical)\n" msgstr " (krîtîk)\n" @@ -881,40 +944,40 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:954 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:994 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 msgid "(critical) " msgstr "(krîtîk)" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:999 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1070 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 msgid "(critical)\n" msgstr "(krîtîk)\n" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:812 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 msgid "nsComment: " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:825 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 msgid "nsCertType: " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address" msgstr "" @@ -988,83 +1051,225 @@ "Certificate not found" msgstr "" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Common Name: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "Navê Giştî:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Organization: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "Organîzasyon:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Organization: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "Organîzasyon:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "State: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "Dewlet:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Country: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "Welat:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "CA Name: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "Navê CA:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "CA Name: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Is CA: " +msgstr "Navê CA:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Key Length: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Key Size: " +msgstr "Dirêjahiya Miftê:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Serialnumber: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Organization: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Version: " +msgstr "Organîzasyon:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Valid from: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid from: " +msgstr "Derbasdar e ji:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Organization: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid to: " +msgstr "Organîzasyon:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of pub. Key : " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of signature: " +msgstr "" + #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) #. Initialize the tab of the dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:389 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:518 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 msgid "Valid" msgstr "Derbasdar" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:392 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 msgid "Revoked" msgstr "" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:396 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 msgid "Expired" msgstr "Dema bikaranînê bi dawî bûye" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:439 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 msgid "Status" msgstr "Rewş" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:441 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 msgid "E-Mail Address" msgstr "Navnîşana E-Peyam" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 msgid "Add" msgstr "Lê Zêde Bike" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 msgid "Add Server Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 msgid "Add Client Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:463 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 msgid "&Change Password" msgstr "Nasnav &Biguherîne" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:464 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 msgid "&Revoke" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:465 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Jê bibe" #. Fate (#2613) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:469 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 msgid "Export" msgstr "Veguhezîne Derve" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:471 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 msgid "Export to File" msgstr "" #. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 msgid "Export to LDAP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:572 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 msgid "Delete current certificate?" msgstr "" @@ -1154,7 +1359,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:712 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 msgid "&Valid Period (days):" msgstr "" @@ -1588,7 +1793,7 @@ msgstr " roj\n" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:802 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 msgid "Path Length " msgstr "Dirêjahiya Pelrêç" @@ -1790,6 +1995,13 @@ "Request not found.\n" msgstr "" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 +msgid "" +"\n" +"generation Time: " +msgstr "" + #. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention #. @param request extention #. @return [void] @@ -1798,77 +2010,77 @@ #. @param request extention #. @return [void] #. Filling up reqeust extentions -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:245 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:569 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:674 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found." msgstr "" #. IS CA ? -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:632 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:639 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:691 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 msgid "This frame shows the signing request." msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:696 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:719 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:725 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)" msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:765 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:771 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 msgid "Click Sign Request to go on." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:789 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 msgid " days" msgstr " roj" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:795 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 msgid " (critical)" msgstr " (krîtîk)" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1221 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 msgid "&Edit Request" msgstr "" #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1232 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 msgid "Sign Request" msgstr "" #. signing request -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1245 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 msgid "The request has been signed." msgstr "" Added: trunk/yast/ku/po/cio.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/cio.ku.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/cio.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +# Copyright © 2009 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>, 2009. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Languages" +msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "Zimanên Heyî" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "Cîhaz" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Used" +msgstr "Hatiye bikaranîn" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "na" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "erê" + +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter: " +msgid "Filter channels" +msgstr "Parzûn:" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select &All" +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "&Tevî Hilbijêre" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "CA Selection" +msgid "&Clear selection" +msgstr "Hilbijartina CA" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Channel" +msgid "&Unban Channels" +msgstr "&Kanal" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exit" +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "Derkeve" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "" +"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Ranges to Unban." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/cluster.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/cluster.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/cluster.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -86,267 +86,267 @@ msgstr "Veava Bike" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:83 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120 msgid "OK" msgstr "Temam" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Cancel" msgid "Cancel" msgstr "&Betal" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Email Address" msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Navnîşana E-Peyamê" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Email Address" msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "Navnîşana E-Peyamê" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "nodeid" msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Transparent" msgid "Transport:" msgstr "Zelal" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:391 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Channel" msgstr "Kanal" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:396 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:417 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bond Network" msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "Tora Bond" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:420 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1334 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396 #, fuzzy #| msgid "E-Mail Address" msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "Navnîşana E-Peyam" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:404 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464 msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Master" msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "Bingeh" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:428 -msgid "expected votes:" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Email Address" msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "Navnîşana E-Peyamê" -#. Changewidget items will change value to first one automatically -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:671 +#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "Threads:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:677 -msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:682 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:787 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Running Script" msgid "Running" msgstr "Xebitandina Skrîptê" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Service is not running" msgid "Not running" msgstr "Servîs naxebite" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:825 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:835 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:842 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "Veke û Bigire Bike" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Rewşên Derbasdar:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start the Service Now" msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "Servîsê Niha Bide Destpêkirin" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop the Service Now" msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "Servîsê Niha Bigire" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:962 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Host" msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "Host" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Add" msgstr "Lê Zêde Bike" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:967 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Delete" msgid "Del" msgstr "Jê Bibe" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:968 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Edit" msgid "Edit" msgstr "&Serast Bike" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:974 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select File" msgid "Sync File" msgstr "Pel Hilbijêre" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:981 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Suggested packages" msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "Pakêtên tên pêşniyaz kirin" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1117 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1120 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1150 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Username" msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "Navê Bikarhêner Têkevê" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1164 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1178 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1225 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" msgstr "" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1235 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select a file to load." msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "Ji bo barkirinê pelekî hilbijêre." #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1249 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "" #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1329 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1332 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1335 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1339 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" @@ -359,23 +359,26 @@ "<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" "<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" @@ -384,7 +387,7 @@ "\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" @@ -395,28 +398,28 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:77 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<big>Saving cluster Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -437,41 +440,41 @@ msgstr "Amadekirin..." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing CASA Configuration" msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "Amadekirina Veavakirina CASA" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Xwendina danegeh" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:402 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Xwendina mîhengên berê" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:404 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write firewall settings" msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "Mîhengên astenga-ewlehiyê binivîse" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Danegeh dixwîne..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Mîhengên berê dixwîne..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." @@ -479,71 +482,71 @@ #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Bi Dawî Bû" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:429 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "Sazkirina pakêtên hewce pêk nehat." #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Finishing configuration..." msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "Veavakirinê bi dawî tîne..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the database1." msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "Nikare danegeh1 bixwîne." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:457 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the database2." msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "Nikare danegeh2 bixwîne." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:473 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Nikare cîhazan bibîne." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:490 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving CASA Configuration" msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "Tomarkirina Veavakirina CASA" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Mîhengan binivîse" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Mîhengan dinivîse..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525 msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Nikare mîhengan binivîse." Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/control-center.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/control-center.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/control-center.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control-center.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-27 23:29+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/control.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/control.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/control.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-27 23:25+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -17,22 +17,14 @@ "X-Poedit-Language: Kurdish\n" "X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf8\n" -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:7 -msgid "Add-On Product Installation" -msgstr "Sazkirina Berhemên Têxe-Tê" - -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:15 -msgid "Language Installation" -msgstr "Sazkirina Zimanê" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:355 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "\n" #| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" #| "Your system is ready for use.\n" -#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" #| "\n" #| "\n" #| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" @@ -43,12 +35,12 @@ "\n" "The installation has completed successfully.\n" "Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" "\n" "\n" "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" "\n" -"\t" +" " msgstr "" "\n" "\n" @@ -61,718 +53,322 @@ "\n" "\t" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:371 control/control.openSUSE.glade:429 -msgid "Initialization..." -msgstr "Amade dike..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:372 control/control.openSUSE.glade:430 -msgid "Configuring network..." -msgstr "Torê veava dike..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:373 control/control.openSUSE.glade:431 -msgid "Configuring hardware..." -msgstr "Reqalavê veava dike... " - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:374 control/control.openSUSE.glade:432 -msgid "Finishing configuration..." -msgstr "Veavakirinê bi dawî tîne..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:377 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:319 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:343 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:382 control/control.SLED.glade:493 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:771 control/control.SLED.glade:775 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:956 control/control.SLED.glade:997 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:324 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:412 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:551 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:886 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:890 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1077 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1118 control/control.SLES.glade:348 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:436 control/control.SLES.glade:554 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:575 control/control.SLES.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:914 control/control.SLES.glade:1101 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1142 control/control.glade:72 -#: control/control.glade:132 control/control.glade:464 -#: control/control.glade:508 control/control.openSUSE.glade:463 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:583 control/control.openSUSE.glade:895 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:899 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1071 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Mîhengên Sazkirinê" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:436 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:382 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:470 control/control.SLES.glade:406 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:494 control/control.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Pêşdîtin" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:444 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:392 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:478 control/control.SLES.glade:416 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:502 control/control.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19 msgid "Expert" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:461 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:497 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:521 control/control.openSUSE.glade:550 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "Mîhengên Sazkirina Zindî" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:478 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:515 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:539 control/control.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:568 control/control.openSUSE.glade:984 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:989 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Mîhengan Rojane Bike" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:512 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:570 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:613 control/control.SLES.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:637 control/control.glade:153 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:601 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Veavakirina Torê" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:559 control/control.SLED.glade:1212 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1218 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:653 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1350 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1362 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:690 control/control.SLES.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:1380 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1386 control/control.SLES.glade:1398 -#: control/control.glade:194 control/control.glade:692 -#: control/control.glade:697 control/control.glade:701 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:643 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1305 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1311 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Configuration" +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "Veavakirina Torê" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "Veavakirina Reqalavê" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:579 control/control.SLED.glade:692 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:816 control/control.SLED.glade:926 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1320 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:695 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:807 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:931 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1047 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:719 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:831 control/control.SLES.glade:955 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1071 control/control.SLES.glade:1510 -#: control/control.glade:213 control/control.glade:313 -#: control/control.glade:416 control/control.openSUSE.glade:667 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:794 control/control.openSUSE.glade:937 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1038 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1428 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "Amadekirin" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:585 control/control.SLED.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:697 control/control.SLED.glade:739 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:822 control/control.SLED.glade:831 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:710 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:812 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:854 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:937 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:946 control/control.SLES.glade:725 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:734 control/control.SLES.glade:836 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:878 control/control.SLES.glade:961 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:970 control/control.glade:219 -#: control/control.glade:228 control/control.glade:237 -#: control/control.glade:319 control/control.glade:328 -#: control/control.glade:337 control/control.glade:449 -#: control/control.glade:493 control/control.openSUSE.glade:672 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:799 control/control.openSUSE.glade:841 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:943 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1066 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Network Configuration" +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "Veavakirinên Torê Tomar Dike" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network TAP" +msgid "Network Autosetup" +msgstr "TAP a Torê" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "Bi Xêr Hatî" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:600 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:716 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:740 control/control.glade:343 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:682 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disk Activation" msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "Çalak Kirina Dîskê" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:606 control/control.SLED.glade:707 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:837 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:722 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:822 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:952 control/control.SLES.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:846 control/control.SLES.glade:976 -#: control/control.glade:243 control/control.glade:349 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:686 control/control.openSUSE.glade:809 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:951 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Çalak Kirina Dîskê" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:612 control/control.SLED.glade:618 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:711 control/control.SLED.glade:715 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:843 control/control.SLED.glade:849 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1325 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:728 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:734 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:826 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:830 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:958 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:964 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1491 control/control.SLES.glade:752 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:758 control/control.SLES.glade:850 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:854 control/control.SLES.glade:982 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:988 control/control.SLES.glade:1515 -#: control/control.glade:249 control/control.glade:255 -#: control/control.glade:355 control/control.glade:361 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:690 control/control.openSUSE.glade:694 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:813 control/control.openSUSE.glade:817 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:955 control/control.openSUSE.glade:959 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1433 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:624 control/control.SLED.glade:865 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:740 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:980 control/control.SLES.glade:764 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1004 control/control.glade:261 -#: control/control.glade:378 control/control.openSUSE.glade:704 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:975 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Berhemên Têxe-Tê" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:630 control/control.SLED.glade:749 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:864 control/control.SLES.glade:770 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:888 control/control.glade:267 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:861 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +msgid "Disk" +msgstr "Dîsk" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Herêma Demê" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:647 control/control.SLED.glade:651 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:763 control/control.SLED.glade:767 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:878 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:882 control/control.SLES.glade:902 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:906 control/control.openSUSE.glade:735 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:739 control/control.openSUSE.glade:875 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:879 -msgid "User Settings" -msgstr "Mîhengên Bikarhêner" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Sazkirin" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:655 control/control.openSUSE.glade:747 -msgid "Installation Overview" -msgstr "Pêşdîtina Sazkirinê" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +msgid "Installation Summary" +msgstr "Kurtebêja Sazkirinê" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:662 control/control.SLED.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:670 control/control.SLED.glade:674 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:678 control/control.SLED.glade:781 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:785 control/control.SLED.glade:791 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:795 control/control.SLED.glade:799 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:805 control/control.SLED.glade:963 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:967 control/control.SLED.glade:971 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:975 control/control.SLED.glade:1004 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1008 control/control.SLED.glade:1012 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1016 control/control.SLED.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1294 control/control.SLED.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1302 control/control.SLED.glade:1306 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1310 control/control.SLED.glade:1414 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1418 control/control.SLED.glade:1422 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:772 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:776 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:784 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:789 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:794 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:896 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:900 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:906 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:914 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1084 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1088 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1092 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1125 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1129 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1133 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1137 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1450 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1458 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1462 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1466 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1471 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1476 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1580 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1584 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1588 control/control.SLES.glade:796 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:800 control/control.SLES.glade:804 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:808 control/control.SLES.glade:813 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:818 control/control.SLES.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:924 control/control.SLES.glade:930 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:934 control/control.SLES.glade:938 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:944 control/control.SLES.glade:1108 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1112 control/control.SLES.glade:1116 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1120 control/control.SLES.glade:1149 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1153 control/control.SLES.glade:1157 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1161 control/control.SLES.glade:1474 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1478 control/control.SLES.glade:1482 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:1490 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1495 control/control.SLES.glade:1500 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1604 control/control.SLES.glade:1608 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1612 control/control.glade:291 -#: control/control.glade:295 control/control.glade:299 -#: control/control.glade:303 control/control.glade:469 -#: control/control.glade:473 control/control.glade:477 -#: control/control.glade:513 control/control.glade:517 -#: control/control.glade:521 control/control.glade:612 -#: control/control.glade:620 control/control.glade:624 -#: control/control.glade:744 control/control.glade:748 -#: control/control.glade:752 control/control.glade:756 -#: control/control.glade:760 control/control.glade:777 -#: control/control.glade:785 control/control.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:793 control/control.openSUSE.glade:754 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:758 control/control.openSUSE.glade:763 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:770 control/control.openSUSE.glade:774 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:780 control/control.openSUSE.glade:905 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:909 control/control.openSUSE.glade:913 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:917 control/control.openSUSE.glade:923 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1078 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1082 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1086 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1090 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1123 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1127 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1131 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1135 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1393 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1397 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1401 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1405 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1409 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1413 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1417 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1522 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1526 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1530 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:720 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:835 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:859 control/control.openSUSE.glade:822 -msgid "Repair" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:734 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:756 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:849 control/control.SLES.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:873 control/control.glade:283 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:744 control/control.openSUSE.glade:836 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Sazkirin" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:757 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:872 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:896 control/control.openSUSE.glade:729 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:869 -msgid "Disk" -msgstr "Dîsk" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:855 control/control.SLED.glade:1331 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:970 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1497 control/control.SLES.glade:994 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1521 control/control.glade:367 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:963 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1439 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "Pergal ji bo Rojanekirinê" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:872 control/control.SLED.glade:1348 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:987 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1514 control/control.SLES.glade:1011 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1538 control/control.glade:385 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:981 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1456 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 msgid "Update" msgstr "Rojane Bike" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:875 control/control.SLED.glade:880 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:990 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:995 control/control.SLES.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1019 control/control.glade:388 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "Kurtasî Rojane Bike" -#. FATE #304940: s390 reIPL -#: control/control.SLED.glade:890 control/control.SLED.glade:899 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:903 control/control.SLED.glade:907 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:911 control/control.SLED.glade:915 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1032 control/control.SLED.glade:1359 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1364 control/control.SLED.glade:1369 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1375 control/control.SLED.glade:1379 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1383 control/control.SLED.glade:1387 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1392 control/control.SLED.glade:1397 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1450 control/control.SLED.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1005 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1018 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1022 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1026 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1031 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1036 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1153 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1525 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1535 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1541 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1545 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1553 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1558 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1563 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1617 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1621 control/control.SLES.glade:1029 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1038 control/control.SLES.glade:1042 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1046 control/control.SLES.glade:1050 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1055 control/control.SLES.glade:1060 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1177 control/control.SLES.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1554 control/control.SLES.glade:1559 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1565 control/control.SLES.glade:1569 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1573 control/control.SLES.glade:1577 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1582 control/control.SLES.glade:1587 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1641 control/control.SLES.glade:1645 -#: control/control.glade:393 control/control.glade:397 -#: control/control.glade:401 control/control.glade:405 -#: control/control.glade:538 control/control.glade:546 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:999 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1008 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1012 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1016 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1020 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1026 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1467 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1472 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1477 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1483 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1487 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1491 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1495 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1500 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1505 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1555 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1559 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:930 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1051 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1075 control/control.glade:421 -#: control/control.glade:429 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1042 -msgid "System Information" -msgstr "Agahiyên Pergalê" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:934 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1055 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1079 control/control.glade:433 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1046 -msgid "Perform Repair" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:945 control/control.SLED.glade:986 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1262 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1066 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1422 control/control.SLES.glade:1090 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1131 control/control.SLES.glade:1446 -#: control/control.glade:444 control/control.glade:488 -#: control/control.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1060 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1106 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1365 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "Sazkirina Bingeh" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:951 control/control.SLED.glade:992 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1072 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1113 control/control.SLES.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1137 control/control.glade:459 -#: control/control.glade:503 -msgid "Language" -msgstr "Ziman" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +msgid "AutoYaST Settings" +msgstr "Mîhengên AutoYaST" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1038 control/control.SLED.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1239 control/control.SLED.glade:1428 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1460 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1159 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1252 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1399 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1594 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1627 control/control.SLES.glade:1183 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1276 control/control.SLES.glade:1423 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1618 control/control.SLES.glade:1651 -#: control/control.glade:551 control/control.glade:631 -#: control/control.glade:798 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1213 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1332 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1536 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1565 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Veavakirin" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1041 control/control.SLED.glade:1048 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1145 control/control.SLED.glade:1151 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1155 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1162 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1169 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1294 control/control.SLES.glade:1186 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1193 control/control.SLES.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1314 control/control.SLES.glade:1318 -#: control/control.glade:554 control/control.glade:560 -#: control/control.glade:643 control/control.glade:648 -#: control/control.glade:652 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1254 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1260 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1264 -msgid "Network" -msgstr "Tor" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +msgid "System Configuration" +msgstr "Veavakirina Pergalê" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1054 control/control.SLED.glade:1058 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1159 control/control.SLED.glade:1163 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1175 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1179 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1302 control/control.SLES.glade:1199 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1203 control/control.SLES.glade:1322 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1326 control/control.glade:566 -#: control/control.glade:656 -msgid "Customer Center" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" +#~ msgstr "Sazkirina Berhemên Têxe-Tê" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1064 control/control.SLED.glade:1070 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1076 control/control.SLED.glade:1170 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1176 control/control.SLED.glade:1180 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1184 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1185 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1191 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1197 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1314 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1318 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1322 control/control.SLES.glade:1209 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1215 control/control.SLES.glade:1221 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1332 control/control.SLES.glade:1338 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1342 control/control.SLES.glade:1346 -#: control/control.glade:572 control/control.glade:578 -#: control/control.glade:584 control/control.glade:662 -#: control/control.glade:668 control/control.glade:672 -#: control/control.glade:676 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1268 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1272 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1276 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1280 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1284 -msgid "Online Update" -msgstr "Sazkirina ji Torê" +#~ msgid "Language Installation" +#~ msgstr "Sazkirina Zimanê" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1083 control/control.SLED.glade:1208 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1205 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1346 control/control.SLES.glade:1229 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1370 control/control.glade:588 -#: control/control.glade:688 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1301 -msgid "Release Notes" -msgstr "Nîşeyên Weşanê" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "\n" +#~| "\n" +#~| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#~| "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#~| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#~| "\n" +#~| "\n" +#~| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +#~| "\n" +#~| "\t" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Sazkirin serkeftî qeda.\n" +#~ "Pergala we ji bo bikaranînê amade ye.\n" +#~ "Bi Dawî Bû bitikîne ji bo têketina pergalê de.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Jê kerema xwe serî lê de http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1110 control/control.SLED.glade:1242 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1402 control/control.SLES.glade:1426 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1221 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1335 -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "Veavakirina Bixweber" +#~ msgid "Initialization..." +#~ msgstr "Amade dike..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1116 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1255 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1279 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1227 -msgid "root Password" -msgstr "Nasnava root" +#~ msgid "Configuring network..." +#~ msgstr "Torê veava dike..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1121 control/control.SLED.glade:1127 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1133 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1260 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1266 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1272 control/control.SLES.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1290 control/control.SLES.glade:1296 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1232 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1238 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1244 -msgid "Check Installation" -msgstr "Kontrola Sazkirinê" +#~ msgid "Configuring hardware..." +#~ msgstr "Reqalavê veava dike... " -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1139 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1278 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1302 control/control.glade:639 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1250 -msgid "Hostname" -msgstr "Navê Mêvandarê" +#~ msgid "Finishing configuration..." +#~ msgstr "Veavakirinê bi dawî tîne..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1188 control/control.SLED.glade:1192 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1332 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1336 control/control.SLES.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1360 control/control.glade:680 -#: control/control.glade:684 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1288 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1292 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1342 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1346 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "Bikarhêner" +#~ msgid "User Settings" +#~ msgstr "Mîhengên Bikarhêner" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1271 control/control.SLED.glade:1277 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1281 control/control.SLED.glade:1337 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1343 control/control.SLED.glade:1351 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1431 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1437 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1441 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1503 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1509 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1517 control/control.SLES.glade:1455 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1461 control/control.SLES.glade:1465 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1527 control/control.SLES.glade:1533 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1541 control/control.glade:719 -#: control/control.glade:727 control/control.glade:733 -#: control/control.glade:737 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1374 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1380 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1384 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1445 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1451 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1459 -msgid "AutoYaST Settings" -msgstr "Mîhengên AutoYaST" +#~ msgid "Installation Overview" +#~ msgstr "Pêşdîtina Sazkirinê" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1431 control/control.SLED.glade:1463 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1597 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1630 control/control.SLES.glade:1621 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1654 control/control.glade:801 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1539 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1568 -msgid "System Configuration" -msgstr "Veavakirina Pergalê" +#~ msgid "System Information" +#~ msgstr "Agahiyên Pergalê" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1467 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1201 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1340 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1601 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1634 control/control.SLES.glade:1225 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1364 control/control.SLES.glade:1625 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1658 -msgid "Clean Up" -msgstr "Paqij Bike" +#~ msgid "Language" +#~ msgstr "Ziman" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:291 control/control.SLES.glade:314 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" -#| "Your system is ready for use.\n" -#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "\t" -msgid "" -"\n" -"\n" -"The installation has completed successfully.\n" -"Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"\n" -"\t" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"\n" -"Sazkirin serkeftî qeda.\n" -"Pergala we ji bo bikaranînê amade ye.\n" -"Bi Dawî Bû bitikîne ji bo têketina pergalê de.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Jê kerema xwe serî lê de http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" -"\n" -"\t" +#~ msgid "Network" +#~ msgstr "Tor" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:307 control/control.SLES.glade:330 -msgid "Server Base Scenario" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Online Update" +#~ msgstr "Sazkirina ji Torê" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:308 control/control.SLES.glade:331 -msgid "" -"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n" -"Choose the one that matches your server the best." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Release Notes" +#~ msgstr "Nîşeyên Weşanê" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:314 control/control.SLES.glade:337 -msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Automatic Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Veavakirina Bixweber" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:315 control/control.SLES.glade:338 -msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "root Password" +#~ msgstr "Nasnava root" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:316 control/control.SLES.glade:339 -msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Check Installation" +#~ msgstr "Kontrola Sazkirinê" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:639 control/control.SLES.glade:663 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Network Configuration" -msgid "Network Services Configuration" -msgstr "Veavakirina Torê" +#~ msgid "Hostname" +#~ msgstr "Navê Mêvandarê" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:760 control/control.SLES.glade:784 -msgid "Server Scenario" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Users" +#~ msgstr "Bikarhêner" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:765 control/control.SLES.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:286 -msgid "Installation Summary" -msgstr "Kurtebêja Sazkirinê" +#~ msgid "Clean Up" +#~ msgstr "Paqij Bike" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1326 control/control.SLES.glade:1350 -msgid "Service" -msgstr "Servîs" +#~ msgid "Service" +#~ msgstr "Servîs" -#: control/control.SLES.glade:340 -msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Desktop Selection" +#~ msgstr "Hilbijartina Sermasê" -#: control/control.glade:276 control/control.openSUSE.glade:717 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "Hilbijartina Sermasê" +#~ msgid "Root Password" +#~ msgstr "Nasnava Root" -#: control/control.glade:634 -msgid "Root Password" -msgstr "Nasnava Root" +#~ msgid "GNOME Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Sermase ya GNOME" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:420 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -"\t " -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "KDE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Sermase ya KDE" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:438 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "XFCE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Sermasê XFCE" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:451 -msgid "GNOME Desktop" -msgstr "Sermase ya GNOME" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:452 -msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgstr "Sermase ya KDE" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:453 -msgid "XFCE Desktop" -msgstr "Sermasê XFCE" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:454 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgid "LXDE Desktop" -msgstr "Sermase ya KDE" +#~| msgid "KDE Desktop" +#~ msgid "LXDE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Sermase ya KDE" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:455 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Online Repositories" +#~ msgstr "Çavkaniyên ji Torê" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:456 -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:457 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:699 control/control.openSUSE.glade:970 -msgid "Online Repositories" -msgstr "Çavkaniyên ji Torê" - #~ msgid "GNOME" #~ msgstr "GNOME" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/country.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/country.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/country.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: country.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-08 00:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/crowbar.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/crowbar.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/crowbar.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/dhcp-server.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/dhcp-server.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/dhcp-server.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1651 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" @@ -535,75 +535,74 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:609 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 msgid "" -"The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" -"and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" -"Really use this interface?\n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"and netmask)." msgstr "" #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:633 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:640 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "Navê &Qadê" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:658 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:666 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:684 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1140 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 msgid "&Units" msgstr "&Yeke" @@ -611,48 +610,48 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1018 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1030 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1042 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1054 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1068 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1074 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1104 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "" @@ -660,7 +659,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1110 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 @@ -671,7 +670,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 @@ -679,53 +678,53 @@ msgstr "" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1125 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1131 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 msgid "&Default" msgstr "&Standard" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1159 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1361 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1370 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "" #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -733,8 +732,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "" @@ -742,135 +741,135 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1595 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1618 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1649 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nav" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 msgid "Type" msgstr "Cure" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1662 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Nav" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "Navnîşana &IP" #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1690 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1692 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1707 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1710 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Înternet" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1812 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1886 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1932 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1942 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1952 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "" #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1970 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2034 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "" #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2006 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2021 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "" #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -883,15 +882,15 @@ msgstr "" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" @@ -903,7 +902,7 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2237 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/dns-server.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/dns-server.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/dns-server.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/drbd.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/drbd.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/drbd.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: drdb.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-11 00:17+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -24,6 +24,16 @@ msgid "Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Veavakirina XPRAM" +#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86 +msgid "DRBD" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88 +msgid "&DRBD" +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. @@ -61,26 +71,86 @@ msgid "Resource Configuration" msgstr "Avakirinên Çavkanî" +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Resource Configuration" +msgid "Resource Basic Configuration" +msgstr "Avakirinên Çavkanî" + +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Resource Configuration" +msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration" +msgstr "Avakirinên Çavkanî" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51 +msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52 +msgid "" +"included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Test the Configuration" +msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n" +msgstr "Veavakirinê Biceribîne" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Finalize system configuration" +msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n" +msgstr "Qedandina veavakirina pergalê" + #. Drbd configure1 dialog caption #. Drbd configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:60 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration" msgid "DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Veavakirin" #. Drbd configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Test the Configuration" -msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" +msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Veavakirinê Biceribîne" #. Drbd configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving proxy configuration..." -msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" +msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Tomarkirina veava yên proxy..." #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -104,7 +174,7 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 @@ -118,7 +188,7 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 @@ -135,14 +205,77 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55 +msgid "<big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Booting:\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually\n" +"\t\tSwitch On and Off:\n" +"\t\t\tStarting or Stopping DRBD Server right now\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +msgid "<big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\tProtocol\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" +"\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" +"\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" +"\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" @@ -152,32 +285,33 @@ " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" -"Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n" -"module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n" -"configured in this file.\n" +" use this if you want to define more resources later\n" +" without reloading the module.\n" +" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n" +" as configured mentioned in this file. " msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"Configure DRBD here. \n" +"Configure drbd here. \n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n" -"If your DRBD was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" +"If your drbd was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -185,30 +319,38 @@ msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:93 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" -"Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n" +"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Press Add to configure a DRBD.\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Press Add to configure a drbd." msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Switch On or Off</big> \n" +#| "To start or stop the service immediately, use \n" +#| "%1 or %2." msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Vekirî an jî Girtî Bike</big> \n" +"Ji bo zûka destpêkirin an jî girtina servîsê, \n" +"%1 an jî %2 bi kar bîne." #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -217,7 +359,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -225,7 +367,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -241,14 +383,15 @@ msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protokol" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:545 +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User name must not be empty." msgid "Node names must be different." msgstr "Navê bikarhêner divê vala nebe." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:567 -msgid "Fill out all fields." +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568 +msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -290,8 +433,8 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81 msgid "" -"To propagate this configuration,\n" -"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n" +"To propagate this configuration ,\n" +"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." msgstr "" #. } @@ -307,87 +450,148 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start service %1" -msgid "Starting DRBD service failed." +msgid "Start DRBD service failed" msgstr "Destpêkirina servîsa %1" #. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop services" -msgid "Stopping DRBD service failed." +msgid "Stop DRBD service failed" msgstr "Rawestandina servîsan" #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137 msgid "Heartbeat Configuration" msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:138 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Amadekirin..." +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of drbd. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101 +msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123 +msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:71 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:79 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:80 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:81 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:84 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:85 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:86 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:87 src/modules/Drbd.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Bi Dawî Bû" +#. new_map = remove(new_map, key); +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412 +msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421 +msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445 +msgid "" +"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464 +msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" #. if (!modified) return true; #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." +msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" +msgstr "Nekarî pelrêça '%1' biafirîne." Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/fcoe-client.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/fcoe-client.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/fcoe-client.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -39,8 +39,18 @@ msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "" +#. setting of config value is 'yes' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "erê" + +#. setting of config value is 'no' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 +msgid "no" +msgstr "na" + #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:92 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgid "" @@ -48,15 +58,44 @@ "Command %1 failed." msgstr "Rakirina pakêta %1 pêk nehat." +#. FCoE is not available on the interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unavailable" +msgid "not available" +msgstr "Tune ye" + +#. the interface is not configured for FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unconfigured" +msgid "not configured" +msgstr "Ne-veavakirî" + +#. the flag is 'true' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 +msgid "true" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is 'false' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 +msgid "false" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is not set at all +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 +msgid "not set" +msgstr "" + #. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:280 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration of reipl" msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2" msgstr "Veavakirinên reipl" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:342 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -64,7 +103,7 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:357 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -72,12 +111,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:391 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device" msgstr "" #. question to the user: really create and start FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 msgid "" "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" "interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n" @@ -85,34 +124,34 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot create directory '%1'." msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." msgstr "Pelrêça '%1' nayê afirandin." #. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:454 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Command %1 failed" msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed." msgstr "Fermana %1 têk çû" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:462 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 msgid "" "Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" "Continue because running in test mode" msgstr "" #. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:557 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to delete this entry?" msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?" msgstr "Tu bi rastî dixwazî vê têketinê jê bibî?" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:565 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 msgid "" "Attention:\n" "Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" @@ -120,34 +159,34 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:575 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 msgid "" "Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" "to an already activated multipath device." msgstr "" #. replace values in table -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:724 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed." msgstr "Rakirina pakêta %1 pêk nehat." -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:736 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed." msgstr "Rakirina pakêta %1 pêk nehat." #. text of a warning popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:768 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 msgid "" "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" "interface isn't DCB capable." msgstr "" #. text of an information (notify) popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:805 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 msgid "" "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." @@ -178,7 +217,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Erê" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 @@ -186,7 +225,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Na" #. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 @@ -265,7 +304,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Driver" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ajoger" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Flag FCoE" @@ -513,228 +552,223 @@ msgstr "Tu dixwazî vê niha saz bikî?" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:862 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:871 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "Nikare cîhazan bibîne." #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:891 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:905 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot start '%1' service" +msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." +msgstr "Nikare servîsa '%1' bide destpêkirin" + +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "" +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot start '%1' service" +msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." +msgstr "Nikare servîsa '%1' bide destpêkirin" + #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" "VLAN interface to get a valid configuration." msgstr "" -#. it's about a flag which is not set at all -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1099 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1105 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1110 -msgid "not set" -msgstr "" - -#. also about setting of a flag -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "true" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "false" -msgstr "" - #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing CASA Configuration" msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Amadekirina Veavakirina CASA" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for installed RPM packages..." msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "Pakêtên RPM yên sazkirî kontrol dike..." #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop services" msgid "Check services" msgstr "Rawestandina servîsan" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1461 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "Karta Torê Ethernet" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1463 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1467 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for installed RPM packages..." msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "Pakêtên RPM yên sazkirî kontrol dike..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1469 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for %1 in %2..." msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "%1 ya di %2 de kontrol dike..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1471 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "Cîhazan dibîne..." #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1475 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1569 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Bi Dawî Bû" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1501 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting services..." msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "Servîs destpê dikin..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1514 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Nikare cîhazan bibîne." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1524 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read settings file." msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "Nikare pela mîhengan bixwîne." #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1540 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving casa-ats Configuration" msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Veavakirinên casa-ats Tomar Dike" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Mîhengan binivîse" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart the service" msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "Nû ve destpêkirina servîsê" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1559 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start services" msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "Destpêkirina servîsan" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1563 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Mîhengan dinivîse..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1565 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting service..." msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "Servîsê nû ve dide destpêkirin..." #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1567 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting the service..." msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "Servîsê nû ve dide destpêkirin..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write settings to '%1'" msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "Nikare mîhengan binivîse li ser '%1'" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1605 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting services..." msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "Servîs destpê dikin..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read settings file." msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "Nikare pela mîhengan bixwîne." #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1669 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reipl Configuration" msgid "General FCoE configuration" msgstr "Veavakirina Reipl" #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1683 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Interface" msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "&Navrû" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1691 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1701 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting services..." msgid "Starting of services" @@ -742,11 +776,11 @@ #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1709 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1719 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 msgid "enabled" msgstr "çalak" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1710 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1720 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 msgid "disabled" msgstr "neçalak" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/firewall-services.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/firewall-services.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/firewall-services.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/firewall.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/firewall.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/firewall.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/firstboot.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/firstboot.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/firstboot.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/ftp-server.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/ftp-server.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/ftp-server.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/geo-cluster.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/geo-cluster.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/geo-cluster.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ #. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:97 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -71,92 +71,293 @@ #. #. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of reipl" +msgid "configuration file" +msgstr "Veavakirinên reipl" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "arbitrator ip" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "transport" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "dergeh" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lê Zêde Bike" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:72 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jê Bibe" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" #. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:104 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Temam" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:105 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" -#. parser value first -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1 is not a valid IPv4 address." +msgid "Please enter valid ip address" +msgstr "%1 navnîşanekê IPv4 yê derbasdar nîn." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:164 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Repositories" +msgid "retries" +msgstr "Arşîv" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 +msgid "weights" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Expired" +msgid "expire" +msgstr "Dema bikaranînê bi dawî bûye" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "R&equired pattern" +msgid "acquire-after" +msgstr "Nîgarên p&êwist" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +msgid "before-acquire-handler" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "timeout is no valid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:166 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "URL entered is not valid" +msgid "expire is no valid" +msgstr "URL ya têketî nederbasdar e" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "URL entered is not valid" +msgid "acquireafter is no valid" +msgstr "URL ya têketî nederbasdar e" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "URL entered is not valid" +msgid "retries is no valid" +msgstr "URL ya têketî nederbasdar e" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "URL entered is not valid" +msgid "weights is no valid" +msgstr "URL ya têketî nederbasdar e" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "ticket can not be null" msgstr "" +#. fill confs with global_files +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "CA saved to file." +msgid "site have to be filled" +msgstr "CA di pelê de hat tomarkirin." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337 +msgid "ticket have to be filled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No IP address assigned" +msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!" +msgstr "Tu navnîşana IP nehatiye diyarkirin" + #. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:317 +#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd. +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Geo Cluster configure" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " already exists." +msgid "Ticket name already exist!" +msgstr " jixwe heye." + +#. abort? +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of reipl" +msgid "Configuration name can not be null" +msgstr "Veavakirinên reipl" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of reipl" +msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." +msgstr "Veavakirinên reipl" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." +msgid "port is invalid!" +msgstr "Meta-dana ya arşîvê nederbasdar e." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595 +msgid "transport have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "CA saved to file." +msgid "site have to be filled!" +msgstr "CA di pelê de hat tomarkirin." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605 +msgid "ticket have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Resource Configuration" +msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" +msgstr "Avakirinên Çavkanî" + +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of reipl" +msgid "Choose configuration file:" +msgstr "Veavakirinên reipl" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Resource Configuration" +msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" +msgstr "Avakirinên Çavkanî" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" +msgid "Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "Nivîsandina Veavakirina Astenga-Ewlehiyê" + #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Amadekirin..." + +#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." +msgstr "Nikare mîhengan binivîse." + +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242 +msgid "Cannot write global settings." msgstr "" +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." +msgstr "Nikare mîhengan binivîse." + #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:168 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -165,120 +366,108 @@ #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Xwendina mîhengên berê" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:185 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:184 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mîhengên berê dixwîne..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:186 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:282 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bi Dawî Bû" +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:255 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:272 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mîhengan binivîse" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:274 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:278 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mîhengan dinivîse..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:280 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "" -#. read sites -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:311 -msgid "Cannot write global settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:315 -msgid "Cannot write sites settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write ticket -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:318 -msgid "Cannot write ticket settings." -msgstr "" - #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:324 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nikare mîhengan binivîse." #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:372 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kurtebêja veavakirinê ..." #. Progress stage 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 msgid "Read the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Xwendina danegeh" #. Progress stage 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 msgid "Detect the devices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dîtina cîhazan" #. Progress step 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 msgid "Reading the database..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Danegeh dixwîne..." #. Progress step 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 msgid "Detecting the devices..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cîhazan dibîne..." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 msgid "Cannot read the database1." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nikare danegeh1 bixwîne." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 msgid "Cannot read the database2." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nikare danegeh2 bixwîne." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 msgid "Cannot detect devices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nikare cîhazan bibîne." #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Xebitandina SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEconfig Dixebitîne..." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 msgid "Configuration summary ..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kurtebêja veavakirinê ..." Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/gtk.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/gtk.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/gtk.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2-gtk.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-08 00:19+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/http-server.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/http-server.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/http-server.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/inetd.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/inetd.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/inetd.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: inetd.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-27 02:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/installation.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/installation.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/installation.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-26 09:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team\n" @@ -57,22 +57,22 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:96 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml" msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:78 +#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "Pelan ji ber digire pergala hatiye sazkirin..." @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ msgstr "Sazkirina ji wêneyan neçalak e (<a href=\"%1\">çalak bike</a>)" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:73 +#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "Paceya rêveberiyê ya standard tê amadekirin..." @@ -276,6 +276,7 @@ msgstr "Jê %1 ê rojane bike %2 ê" #: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Koma Nayê Zanîn" @@ -335,7 +336,7 @@ #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137 -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:312 +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Peymana Lîsansê" @@ -405,10 +406,24 @@ "pêvajoya sazkirinê.\n" "\n" -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:336 -msgid "License needs to be accepted" -msgstr "Lîsans divê were pejirandin" +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Release Notes" +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "Nîşeyên Weşanê" +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342 +msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" @@ -618,11 +633,11 @@ msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "Dîmenderê Veava Bike" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:113 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" @@ -645,15 +660,22 @@ msgid "Installation is just about to start!" msgstr "" -#. download release notes now -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:135 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:356 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Release Notes" -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." -msgstr "Nîşeyên Weşanê" +#. Set the UI content to show some progress. +#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. bug #302384 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 +msgid "Initializing" +msgstr "Tê Amadekirin" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 +msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgstr "Sazkirin tê amadekirin..." + #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" @@ -672,66 +694,66 @@ #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:85 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "Qedandina Sazkirina Bingeh" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:142 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "Veava yan tomar bike" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "Vebijêrkên sazkirinê tomar bike" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:188 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:200 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "" #. merge steps from add-on products #. bnc #438678 -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "Pela rojnivîska %1 ya YaST kontrol dike..." #. a fallback busy message -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:394 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437 msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "" #. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:414 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457 msgid " * %1" msgstr "" #. Anything else -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:451 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "Bi dawî bû." #. get the latest errors -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625 #, fuzzy msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "Moda Sazkirinê" @@ -753,11 +775,6 @@ msgid "Installation is being initialized." msgstr "Sazkirin bi dawî bû.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 -msgid "Initializing the installation..." -msgstr "Sazkirin tê amadekirin..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. help for the dialog - busy message #: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 @@ -770,13 +787,6 @@ msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. bug #302384 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 -msgid "Initializing" -msgstr "Tê Amadekirin" - #. dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 #, fuzzy @@ -961,12 +971,12 @@ msgstr "" #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "" #. error message is a popup -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:257 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -975,38 +985,38 @@ #. not using tabs #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:500 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:514 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:559 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:569 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567 msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" msgstr "" #. busy message -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:525 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "" #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:529 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1031 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "" #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:700 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:745 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." msgstr "" #. dialog headline -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:949 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Pêşdîtina Sazkirinê" @@ -1015,25 +1025,25 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:973 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:982 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "" #. menu button #. menu button #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:994 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1178 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "&Biguherîne..." #. menu button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1000 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1173 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Automatic Configuration" msgid "&Export Configuration" @@ -1041,21 +1051,21 @@ #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1071 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1075 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "" #. menu button item -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1172 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "&Bizîvire nirxên asayî" #. General part of the help text for all types of proposals -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206 msgid "" "\n" "Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" @@ -1065,7 +1075,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1219 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 msgid "" "\n" "Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1093,7 +1103,7 @@ #. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26 #. #. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1245 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1272 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n" @@ -1102,7 +1112,7 @@ #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1255 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253 msgid "" "\n" "Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1111,7 +1121,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1282 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1120,7 +1130,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1293 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1129,7 +1139,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1304 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1137,12 +1147,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1315 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -1151,7 +1161,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1332 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -1159,7 +1169,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1345 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343 msgid "" "Some proposals might be\n" "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n" @@ -1167,11 +1177,11 @@ msgstr "" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1371 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369 msgid "&Update" msgstr "&Rojane Bike" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1372 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370 msgid "&Install" msgstr "&Saz Bike" @@ -1288,69 +1298,53 @@ msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 -msgid "Search for Linux partitions" -msgstr "" - +#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 -msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." -msgstr "" - -#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:136 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initialize package manager" msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "Amadekirina rêveberê pakêtê" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:137 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing package manager..." msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "Rêveberê pakêtê tê amadekirin..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:140 -msgid "Evaluate update possibility" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:141 -msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:146 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:152 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "" #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:279 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1358,7 +1352,7 @@ msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1367,151 +1361,151 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:343 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:96 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 msgid "Removed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:100 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Çalak Bû" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Neçalak Bû" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:199 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:667 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:726 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736 msgid "Previously Used Repositories" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, #. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:205 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 msgid "" "These repositories were found on the system\n" "you are upgrading:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225 msgid "Current Status" msgstr "Rewşên Derbasdar" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:217 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Arşîv" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:219 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:235 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" "on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249 msgid "" "To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:243 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253 msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." msgstr "" #. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted #. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key #. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:265 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:272 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:278 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Nayê Zanîn" #. TRANSLATORS: textentry -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383 msgid "&Repository URL" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:637 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647 msgid "Network is not Configured" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649 msgid "" "Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n" "Configure it?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:670 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:727 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737 msgid "Adding and removing repositories..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:673 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:732 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742 msgid "Repositories are being added and removed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:692 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702 msgid "Remove unused repositories" msgstr "" -#. Removes selected repositories -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:696 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:813 +#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859 msgid "Removing unused repositories..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:703 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713 msgid "Add enabled repositories" msgstr "" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:867 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925 msgid "Adding enabled repositories..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:715 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725 msgid "Add disabled repositories" msgstr "" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:719 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1024 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082 msgid "Adding disabled repositories..." msgstr "" #. true - OK, continue -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:841 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899 msgid "Correct Media Requested" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901 msgid "" "Make sure that media with label %1\n" "is in the CD/DVD drive.\n" @@ -1521,7 +1515,7 @@ #. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them #. for the system upgrade -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:906 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964 msgid "" "Cannot add repository %1\n" "URL: %2\n" @@ -1531,7 +1525,7 @@ msgstr "" #. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:943 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001 msgid "" "Cannot add enabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1540,7 +1534,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:963 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021 msgid "" "An error occurred while refreshing repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1549,7 +1543,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:983 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Error occurred while creating the repository." msgid "" @@ -1559,7 +1553,7 @@ msgstr "Demê afirandina arşîvê de çewtiyek çêbû." #. do not probe! adding as disabled! -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1064 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122 msgid "" "Cannot add disabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1636,58 +1630,53 @@ msgstr "Tomarkirina veava yên proxy..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/random_finish.rb:62 -msgid "Enabling random number generator..." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "Herêma demê tê tomarkirin..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145 msgid "Saving language..." msgstr "Ziman tê tomarkirin..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150 msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgstr "Veava yên konsolê tên tomarkirin..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169 msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." msgstr "Veava yên klavyê tên tomarkirin..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174 msgid "Saving product information..." msgstr "Agahiyên berhemê tên tomarkirin..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving automatical installation settings..." msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." msgstr "Vebijêrkên sazkirina bixweber tên tomarkirin..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." msgid "Saving security settings..." msgstr "Veava yên mişkê tên tomarkirin..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:192 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving automatical installation settings..." msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..." msgstr "Vebijêrkên sazkirina bixweber tên tomarkirin..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:70 +#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67 msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "" @@ -1721,7 +1710,7 @@ msgstr "Veavakirinên YaST tên nivîsîn..." #. call command -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -1929,6 +1918,54 @@ msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "" +#. Text to display +#. +#. @return String +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgid "Enabling remote administration..." +msgstr "Sazkirin tê amadekirin..." + +#. checking whether images are supported +#. BNC #409927 +#. Checking files for signatures +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845 +msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" +msgstr "Xwendina agahiyan der barê wêneyên sazkirinê de pêk nehat" + +#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Copying %1..." +msgid "Deploying..." +msgstr "%1 ji ber tê girtin..." + +#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types. +#. +#. @see #all_supported_types +#. @see #objects_state +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216 +msgid "Storing user preferences..." +msgstr "Jêçêtirdîtinên bikarhêner tên tomar kirin..." + +#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348 +msgid "Restoring user preferences..." +msgstr "Jêçêtirdîtinên bikarhêner nû ve tên tomar kirin..." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446 +msgid "" +"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" +"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "License needs to be accepted" +#~ msgstr "Lîsans divê were pejirandin" + #~ msgid "Network Device: %1" #~ msgstr "Cîhaza Torê: %1" @@ -2130,15 +2167,6 @@ #~ msgid "Do you want to install it now?" #~ msgstr "Tu dixwazî vê niha saz bikî?" -#~ msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" -#~ msgstr "Xwendina agahiyan der barê wêneyên sazkirinê de pêk nehat" - -#~ msgid "Storing user preferences..." -#~ msgstr "Jêçêtirdîtinên bikarhêner tên tomar kirin..." - -#~ msgid "Restoring user preferences..." -#~ msgstr "Jêçêtirdîtinên bikarhêner nû ve tên tomar kirin..." - #~ msgid "Progress" #~ msgstr "Pêşveçûn" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/instserver.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/instserver.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/instserver.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/iplb.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/iplb.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/iplb.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -91,6 +91,26 @@ msgstr "" #. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "erê" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "no" +msgstr "na" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Configuration" +msgid "&Global Configuration" +msgstr "&Veavakirin" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Hardware Configuration" +msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" +msgstr "Veavakirina Reqalavê" + #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 msgid "Check Interval" msgstr "" @@ -117,7 +137,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87 msgid "Execute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bixebitîne" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186 msgid "Email Alert" @@ -200,7 +220,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -440,7 +460,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -477,7 +497,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 msgid "Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Servîs" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 msgid "Check Command" @@ -501,11 +521,11 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 msgid "Login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Têketin" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nasnav" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 msgid "Database Name" @@ -521,7 +541,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 msgid "Netmask" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rûpoşa Torê" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 msgid "Scheduler" @@ -529,7 +549,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Protokol" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 msgid "Virtual Servers" @@ -537,7 +557,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lê Zêde Bike" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 msgid "Edit" @@ -545,7 +565,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jê Bibe" #. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 @@ -571,13 +591,19 @@ #. return `cacel or a string #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Temam" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +msgid "" +"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" +"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 msgid "Real Server's IP Address" msgstr "" @@ -590,10 +616,26 @@ msgid "weight" msgstr "" +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "URL entered is not valid" +msgid "IP address is not Valid" +msgstr "URL ya têketî nederbasdar e" + +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +msgid "Add a new real server:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +msgid "Edit the real server:" +msgstr "" + #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Amadekirin..." #. Read all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -620,7 +662,7 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bi Dawî Bû" #. Write all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -630,19 +672,19 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mîhengan binivîse" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Xebitandina SuSEconfig" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mîhengan dinivîse..." #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEconfig Dixebitîne..." #. write global conf #. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" @@ -652,10 +694,10 @@ #. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nikare mîhengan binivîse." #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kurtebêja veavakirinê ..." Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/iscsi-client.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/iscsi-client.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/iscsi-client.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -63,150 +63,156 @@ msgid "iSNS Port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:109 -msgid "Initiator Name" -msgstr "" +#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Port Name" +msgid "&Initiator Name" +msgstr "Navê &Dergehê" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:115 -msgid "Offloa&d Card" +#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well +#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware +#. shifting load from processor to card) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 +msgid "Offload Car&d" msgstr "" #. table of connected targets #. table of discovered targets #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:179 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Interface" msgid "Interface" msgstr "&Navrû" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:180 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 msgid "Portal Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:181 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Target Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:215 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Add" msgstr "Lê Zêde Bike" #. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit" msgstr "&Serast Bike" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Log Out" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" msgstr "Hat Girêdan" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Discovery" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "Log In" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "" #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target #. authentication dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:234 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:268 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:271 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:273 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:279 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Username" msgstr "Navê Bikarhêner" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:240 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:274 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "Password" msgstr "Nasnav" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "" #. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Startup" msgstr "Destpê bike" #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Navnîşana IP" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 msgid "Port" msgstr "Dergeh" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Key" msgstr "Mifte" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Value" msgstr "Nirx" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "Service" msgstr "Servîs" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:366 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "" #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:385 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "" #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:400 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" @@ -215,9 +221,9 @@ #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:435 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:474 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "" @@ -425,12 +431,12 @@ msgstr "" #. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:626 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "" #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:632 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "" @@ -438,36 +444,36 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:867 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 msgid "True" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 msgid "False" msgstr "" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:772 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:892 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 msgid "Continue" msgstr "Bidomîne" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:776 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:896 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:886 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "" @@ -549,14 +555,20 @@ msgstr "" #. interface type for hardware offloading -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:70 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Software" -msgid "(Software)" -msgstr "Nivîsbarî" +#| msgid "Select Software" +msgid "default (Software)" +msgstr "Nivîsbarî Hilbijêre" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "All" +msgid "all" +msgstr "Hemû" + #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:672 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -565,6 +577,11 @@ msgstr "" #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Kurtebêja veavakirinê ..." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Software" +#~ msgid "(Software)" +#~ msgstr "Nivîsbarî" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/iscsi-lio-server.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/iscsi-lio-server.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/iscsi-lio-server.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/iscsi-server.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/iscsi-server.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/iscsi-server.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/isns.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/isns.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/isns.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -281,81 +281,81 @@ msgstr "Amadekirin..." #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:106 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:109 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "" #. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:486 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569 msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:502 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Xwendina danegeh" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:504 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Xwendina mîhengên berê" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:506 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "Dîtina cîhazan" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:510 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Danegeh dixwîne..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:512 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Mîhengên berê dixwîne..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:514 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "Cîhazan dibîne..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:516 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:594 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Bi Dawî Bû" #. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:568 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651 msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:584 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Mîhengan binivîse" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:586 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "Xebitandina SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:590 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Mîhengan dinivîse..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:592 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "SuSEconfig Dixebitîne..." #. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf) -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:606 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Nikare mîhengan binivîse." Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/kdump.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/kdump.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/kdump.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -363,8 +363,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. Popup::Message(crash_value); #. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:558 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:577 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "" @@ -492,15 +492,6 @@ msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "" -#. checking if packages are available -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:101 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:103 -msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:113 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:115 -msgid "Package for kdump is not available." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" @@ -1087,126 +1078,126 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:483 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:593 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:602 src/modules/Kdump.rb:610 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:604 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:606 src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 msgid "Reading available memory..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:634 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:641 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:696 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Mîhengan binivîse" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:698 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Mîhengan dinivîse..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:706 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Bi Dawî Bû" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Nikare mîhengan binivîse." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:725 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:844 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "enabled" msgstr "çalak" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "disabled" msgstr "neçalak" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841 msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:961 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/kerberos-server.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/kerberos-server.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/kerberos-server.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kerberos-server.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-18 01:58+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/kerberos.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/kerberos.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/kerberos.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/languages_db.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/languages_db.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/languages_db.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: languages_db.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-27 23:30+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/ldap-client.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/ldap-client.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/ldap-client.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/ldap-server.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/ldap-server.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/ldap-server.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/ldap.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/ldap.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/ldap.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ #. checkbox label #: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857 msgid "&Show Details" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kîtekîtan &Nîşan Bide" #. error message #. error message @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 msgid "&Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Veke" #. help text 1/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 @@ -230,46 +230,46 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." msgstr "" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" msgstr "" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" msgstr "" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ #. entry of the current template. #. ") + #. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" @@ -291,12 +291,12 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" msgstr "" @@ -373,9 +373,9 @@ #. table header 1/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Çawanî" #. table header 2/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 msgid "Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nirx" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/live-installer.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/live-installer.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/live-installer.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: live-installer.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-26 09:06+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/lxc.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/lxc.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/lxc.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/mail.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/mail.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/mail.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/multipath.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/multipath.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/multipath.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/ncurses-pkg.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/ncurses-pkg.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/ncurses-pkg.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ncurses-pkg.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-28 02:21+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/ncurses.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/ncurses.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/ncurses.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ncurses.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-28 01:31+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/network.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/network.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/network.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 11:54+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-28 01:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -102,105 +102,55 @@ msgstr "Înternet" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:67 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..." msgstr "Nivîsandina Veavakirina Astenga-Ewlehiyê" -#. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC -#. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:102 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" -msgstr "Dergeha SSH berbest e (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">veke</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:104 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "Dergeha SSH berbest e (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">veke</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:110 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" -msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "Sazkirina ji wêneyan çalak e (<a href=\"%1\">neçalak bike</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:114 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" -msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "Sazkirina ji wêneyan neçalak e (<a href=\"%1\">çalak bike</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" -msgstr "Dergeha SSH berbest e (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">veke</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:123 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "Dergeha SSH berbest e (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">veke</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:128 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" -msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "Sazkirina ji wêneyan çalak e (<a href=\"%1\">neçalak bike</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:132 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" -msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "Sazkirina ji wêneyan neçalak e (<a href=\"%1\">çalak bike</a>)" - #. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:218 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall and SSH" msgstr "Kitekitên Astenga-Ewlehiyê" #. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:220 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:135 #, fuzzy msgid "&Firewall and SSH" msgstr "Kitekitên Astenga-Ewlehiyê" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:231 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "Nivîsandina Veavakirina Astenga-Ewlehiyê" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:237 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152 msgid "Open &VNC Ports" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:160 msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:256 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "Kitekitên Astenga-Ewlehiyê" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:264 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179 msgid "Open SSH Port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:272 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187 msgid "Enable SSH Service" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" @@ -208,13 +158,13 @@ "SSH client" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:290 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" "Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:293 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 msgid "" "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" "service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" @@ -222,13 +172,64 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215 msgid "" "You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" "started by the installer automatically if needed." msgstr "" +#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog +#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" +msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "Sazkirina ji wêneyan çalak e (<a href=\"%1\">neçalak bike</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" +msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "Sazkirina ji wêneyan neçalak e (<a href=\"%1\">çalak bike</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" +msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "Sazkirina ji wêneyan çalak e (<a href=\"%1\">neçalak bike</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" +msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "Sazkirina ji wêneyan neçalak e (<a href=\"%1\">çalak bike</a>)" + +#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" +msgstr "Dergeha SSH berbest e (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">veke</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "Dergeha SSH berbest e (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">veke</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" +msgstr "Dergeha SSH berbest e (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">veke</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "Dergeha SSH berbest e (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">veke</a>)" + #. Commandline help title #. configuration of hosts #. Hosts dialog caption @@ -490,9 +491,18 @@ msgid "Interfaces for Bridging" msgstr "" -#. Lan::PrepareForAutoinst(); -#. Lan::Autoinstall(); -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:173 +#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML +#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML +#. has higher priority +#. +#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with +#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than +#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses". +#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means +#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml". +#. Other elements may have similar problems, +#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance. +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171 msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "" @@ -572,7 +582,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:476 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -670,7 +680,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "Cîhaz" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:414 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:416 msgid "Options" msgstr "Vebijêrk" @@ -739,13 +749,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "Change." msgstr "Biguherîne." @@ -1108,14 +1118,14 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "Cureyê &Cîhazê" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:353 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "" @@ -1128,7 +1138,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1312 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "" @@ -1313,35 +1323,35 @@ #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1289 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Navnîşan" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1298 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "&Hişkalav" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1305 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1319 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "&Bêqablo" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1355,11 +1365,11 @@ msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "" -#. allow to add bonding device into bridge and also device with mask /32(bnc#405343) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:131 +#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" -"Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" +"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" msgstr "" #. Network card name (wireless) @@ -1570,7 +1580,7 @@ msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 +#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** #. #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -1660,7 +1670,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1670,13 +1680,12 @@ msgstr "" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:458 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#. radio button group label, method of setup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:494 src/include/network/widgets.rb:352 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "" @@ -1685,7 +1694,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:524 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:523 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "Mîhengên Torê" @@ -1712,7 +1721,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:81 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1720,20 +1729,20 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:90 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1741,7 +1750,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1749,19 +1758,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" "format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" "configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1769,96 +1778,96 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:148 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." msgstr "" #. Manual dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:269 msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:282 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "&PCMCIA" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:291 msgid "&USB" msgstr "&USB" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:298 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:300 msgid "&Hotplug Type" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:303 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:305 msgid "P&CI" msgstr "P&CI" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:315 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:317 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:325 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:327 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "Navê Modûlê" #. TODO: Ud ... Rules -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:380 -msgid "Udev rules" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Navê Cîhaz" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385 msgid "Change" msgstr "Biguherîne" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 -msgid "Show visible port identification" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:396 +msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:401 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Second" msgid "Seconds" msgstr "&Çirke" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:406 msgid "Blink" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:409 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:411 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Additional options" -msgid "Ethtool options" +msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "Zêdetir vebijark" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:491 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -1866,26 +1875,26 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:564 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:504 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:559 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "Karta &Torê" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:512 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Lêgere" #. Remember current device number (#308763) #. see also bnc#391802 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:833 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:824 msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:877 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:868 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -1893,138 +1902,138 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:897 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:990 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1057 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1094 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:907 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:898 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "Navê &Dergehê" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:912 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:903 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "Hejmara Dergehê" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:926 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:917 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:933 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:940 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:931 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1015 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1084 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:971 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1008 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "Hejmara &Dergehê" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1007 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1032 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1033 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1049 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1040 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1051 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protokol" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1095 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1086 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1112 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1123 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1114 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" msgstr "" #. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1250 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238 #, fuzzy #| msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgid "" @@ -2034,7 +2043,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1272 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1260 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "" @@ -2077,28 +2086,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 msgid "" -"Use the Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt>\n" -"if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n" +"Use wicked if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:64 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" "edit their configuration. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:69 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Network Card:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:72 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 msgid "" "<big>Configuring or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a network card to change or remove.\n" @@ -2106,7 +2114,7 @@ msgstr "" #. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:79 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big>\n" "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" @@ -2116,12 +2124,12 @@ "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:87 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 msgid "All changes will be applied after reboot." msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "" "The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" "The Default Gateway matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" @@ -2130,7 +2138,7 @@ "to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:97 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" @@ -2138,13 +2146,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 msgid "" "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 msgid "" "Enable IPv6 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" @@ -2152,14 +2160,14 @@ "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 msgid "" "Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" "also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" @@ -2168,7 +2176,7 @@ "different hostnames. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" "the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" @@ -2177,14 +2185,14 @@ "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 msgid "" "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" msgstr "" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:136 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 msgid "" "A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an IP address\n" @@ -2192,7 +2200,7 @@ msgstr "" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:142 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" @@ -2200,7 +2208,7 @@ "(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:148 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" "Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" "(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" @@ -2208,7 +2216,7 @@ "command." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" "search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" @@ -2218,7 +2226,7 @@ "configurations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "By choosing Only Manually, netconfig will no longer be\n" "allowed to modify /etc/resolv.conf. You can however edit the file\n" @@ -2232,26 +2240,26 @@ #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" "Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:180 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 msgid "" "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 msgid "" "Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select DHCP\n" "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" @@ -2259,7 +2267,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" "Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" @@ -2267,7 +2275,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 msgid "" "Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" @@ -2275,7 +2283,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 msgid "" "For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" "the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" @@ -2283,19 +2291,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 msgid "" "Contact your network administrator for more information about\n" "the network configuration." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" "DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:218 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Zone</big>\n" "Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" @@ -2306,11 +2314,11 @@ "the firewall will be disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:227 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 msgid "" "<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>\n" "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" @@ -2320,19 +2328,19 @@ "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" "Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:243 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 msgid "<big>DHCP Client Options</big>" msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:245 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" "the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" @@ -2342,7 +2350,7 @@ msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" "hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" @@ -2355,21 +2363,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264 msgid "" "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" "Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.\n" msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 msgid "" "Enter an IPv4 Address Label, an IP Address, and\n" "the Netmask." msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 msgid "" "IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" @@ -2377,14 +2385,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:279 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." msgstr "" #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:285 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 msgid "" "Choose between three Key Input Types for your key.\n" " Passphrase: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n" @@ -2401,14 +2409,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 msgid "" "Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking." msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 msgid "" "The Operating Mode depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be Ad-Hoc (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -2418,7 +2426,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311 msgid "" "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" @@ -2430,7 +2438,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 msgid "" "In some networks, you need to set an Authentication Mode.\n" "It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. WEP\n" @@ -2451,7 +2459,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340 msgid "" "To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -2461,7 +2469,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 msgid "" "To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -2472,14 +2480,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 msgid "" "To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.\n" msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:362 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361 msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" @@ -3025,23 +3033,23 @@ msgstr "Amadekirin..." #. Ramote Administration dialog caption -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" @@ -3052,17 +3060,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "Ew pakêt hewce ne ku bên sazkirin:" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3073,112 +3081,111 @@ #. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that #. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not #. plugged in. Preferably a short string. -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:254 msgid "unplugged" msgstr "" #. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:259 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:260 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Nayê Zanîn" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:287 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293 msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:295 msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297 msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301 msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305 msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309 msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317 msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:330 msgid "Configure mail now?" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:335 msgid "Run configuration of %1?" msgstr "" +#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service +#. +#. see bnc#433084 +#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup +#. +#. returns true if items were disabled +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008 +msgid "" +"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" +"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." +msgstr "" + #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:682 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:686 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1071 msgid "Modems" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:690 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1075 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1079 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:700 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1084 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "" -#. Check if we're running in "normal" stage with NM -#. see bnc#433084 -#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1100 -msgid "" -"Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" -"cannot be edited by YaST.\n" -"\n" -"To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n" -"switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n" -msgstr "" - #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93 @@ -3429,7 +3436,7 @@ #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:417 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3625,66 +3632,81 @@ msgid "Set &MTU" msgstr "" +#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network device" +msgid "NetworkManager Service" +msgstr "Cîhaza torê" + +#. ifup is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Traditional Chinese" +msgid "Traditional ifup" +msgstr "Çîniya Dêrîn" + +#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service" +msgid "Wicked Service" +msgstr "Servîs" + +#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network device" +msgid "Network Services Disabled" +msgstr "Cîhaza torê" + #. Store the NetworkManager widget #. @param [String] key id of the widget #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:336 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reboot needed!" msgid "Applet needed" msgstr "Nû destpêkirin hewce ye!" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356 msgid "" "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" "(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" "Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually." msgstr "" -#. radio button label -#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager -#. program -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 -msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" -msgstr "" - -#. radio button label -#. ifup is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:365 -msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" -msgstr "" - -#. radio button label -#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371 -msgid "Controlled by &wicked" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Settings" +msgid "General Network Settings" +msgstr "Mîhengên Torê" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:410 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:825 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:428 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Cîhaza nayê zanîn" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "Navnîşana DHCP" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:445 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "Tu navnîşana IP nehatiye diyarkirin" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:448 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" @@ -3693,12 +3715,12 @@ "%2 - %3" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:503 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "" @@ -3714,39 +3736,35 @@ msgstr "" #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Name" -msgid "Device name:" +msgid "Device Name:" msgstr "Navê Cîhaz" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103 -msgid "Base udev rule on" +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101 +msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "" #. make sure there is enough space (#367239) -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:110 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP address: %1/%2" msgid "MAC address: %s" msgstr "Navnîşana IP: %1/%2" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:116 msgid "BusID: %s" msgstr "" -#. Checks if given name can be accepted as nic's new one. -#. -#. Pops up an explanation if the name is invalid -#. -#. @return [boolean] false if name is invalid -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:154 +#. check if the name is assigned to another device already +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:153 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration summary ..." msgid "Configuration name already exists." msgstr "Kurtebêja veavakirinê ..." -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:158 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:157 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -3757,38 +3775,38 @@ "Modûla veavakirina X11.\n" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:371 msgid "Write hostname" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:400 src/modules/Lan.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:535 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Update Configuration" msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "Veavakirina Rojanekirinê" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:402 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:375 msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:406 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" msgstr "" #. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) #. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:415 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:388 msgid "Writing hostname..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:429 src/modules/Lan.rb:640 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:405 src/modules/Lan.rb:630 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Preparing configuration..." msgid "Updating configuration..." @@ -3797,31 +3815,31 @@ #. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) #. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:440 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:416 msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..." msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:533 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:563 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:539 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "Navê Mêvandar: %1" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:571 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:547 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:593 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:569 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:603 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:579 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "" @@ -3840,397 +3858,418 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:302 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:318 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "Cîhazan dibîne..." #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" "Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:345 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:373 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:382 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:397 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:403 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:409 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "" #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:415 src/modules/Lan.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Bi Dawî Bû" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "Veavakirinên Torê Tomar Dike" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 src/modules/Remote.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:289 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Mîhengên astenga-ewlehiyê binivîse" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:573 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:579 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8 -#. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:608 src/modules/Remote.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:303 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Mîhengên astenga-ewlehiyê tên nivîsîn..." #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647 msgid "No network running" msgstr "" +#. Import data +#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgstr "" + #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:811 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:817 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:819 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:823 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:181 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Not connected" msgid "connected" msgstr "Negirêdayî" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:196 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1190 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1194 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1251 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1255 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1259 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1202 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1206 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1267 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1210 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1215 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1292 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP address: %1/%2" msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "Navnîşana IP: %1/%2" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1295 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "" #. FIXME: #. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1326 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Name: %1" msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "Navê Cîhazê: %1" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1322 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1383 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1398 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "Negirêdayî" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1336 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1362 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "unknown" msgstr "nenas" +#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before +#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled." +msgid "" +"Package %{package} is not installed\n" +"firewall settings will be disabled." +msgstr "Pakêta SuSEfirewall2 sazkirî nîn, astenga-ewlehiyê wê neçalak be." + #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:291 msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:299 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:308 msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "" +#. Enable xinetd +#. Enable XDM +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:327 src/modules/Remote.rb:335 +msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "" + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:359 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "Servîsê nû ve dide destpêkirin..." -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:415 +#. description in proposal +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "" -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "" @@ -4280,21 +4319,26 @@ msgstr "" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:82 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:121 msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" msgstr "" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:123 msgid "Firewall Disabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:96 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135 msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "" #, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Device Name" +#~ msgid "Device name:" +#~ msgstr "Navê Cîhaz" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" #~ msgstr "Dergeha SSH vekirî ye (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">bigire</a>)" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/nfs.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/nfs.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/nfs.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-18 01:36+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/nfs_server.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/nfs_server.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/nfs_server.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -71,27 +71,27 @@ msgstr "" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 msgid "NFS server is enabled" msgstr "" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 msgid "NFS server is disabled" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "" #. error #. error -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 msgid "No mount point specified." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 msgid "" "The exports table already\n" "contains this directory." @@ -100,11 +100,11 @@ #. CLI action handler. #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." msgstr "" @@ -155,63 +155,55 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 msgid "&Directory to Export" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "&Binihêre..." -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 msgid "The exports table already contains this directory." msgstr "" -#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113 -msgid "" -"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" -"with spaces in their names.\n" -"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." -msgstr "" - #. the dir does not exist -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "" #. title in the file selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 msgid "Select the Directory to Export" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "V&ebijêrk" #. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue #. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). #. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 msgid "" "'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n" "NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n" msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "Options for this wild card\n" "are already set." @@ -219,25 +211,25 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." msgstr "" #. Help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 msgid "" "Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" "and export some of your directories to others." msgstr "" #. Help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 msgid "" "If you choose Start NFS Server, clicking Next opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export." msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" "and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" @@ -245,51 +237,51 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" "Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 msgid "&Start" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 msgid "Do &Not Start" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "NFSv4 Çalak Bike" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 msgid "Enable NFS&v4" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 msgid "NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. Help, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 msgid "" "The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" "If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n" @@ -297,82 +289,77 @@ msgstr "" #. Help, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" "Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.\n" msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536 +#. Help, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544 -msgid "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." -msgstr "" - #. Help, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.\n" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 msgid "Add &Directory" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Serast Bike" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "Jê &Bibe" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 msgid "Host Wild Card" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 msgid "Options" msgstr "Vebijêrk" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 msgid "Add &Host" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "Se&rast Bike" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "Jê Bi&be" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 msgid "Directories to Export" msgstr "" #. not fatal - write other dirs. -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:182 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 msgid "" "Unable to create a missing directory:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:194 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -380,89 +367,83 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:216 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:221 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 msgid "Save /etc/exports" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:223 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 msgid "Restart services" msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:227 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 msgid "Saving /etc/exports..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 msgid "Restarting services..." msgstr "" #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:231 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Bi Dawî Bû" #. help text -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." msgstr "" #. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:253 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:302 -msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:308 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Unable to write %1." -msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." -msgstr "Nivîsandina %1 pêk nehat." - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:315 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Unable to open" -msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." -msgstr "&Venebû" - #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:326 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:335 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unable to write %1." msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." msgstr "Nivîsandina %1 pêk nehat." -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:343 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:361 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 msgid "" "Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" msgstr "" #. summary header; directories exported by NFS -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:384 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 msgid "NFS Exports" msgstr "" #. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:402 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Unable to write %1." +#~ msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." +#~ msgstr "Nivîsandina %1 pêk nehat." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Unable to open" +#~ msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." +#~ msgstr "&Venebû" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/nis.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/nis.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/nis.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/nis_server.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/nis_server.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/nis_server.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ #. To translators: checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:100 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 msgid "This host is also a NIS &client" msgstr "" @@ -368,22 +368,31 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:64 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:71 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:84 -msgid "N&IS domain name:" -msgstr "" +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Domain Name" +msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" +msgstr "Navê &Qadê" +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SMT Server" +msgid "NIS &Master Server:" +msgstr "Pêşkêşkera STM" + #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:111 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 msgid "Slave Server Setup" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/ntp-client.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/ntp-client.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/ntp-client.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ntp-client.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-11 00:16+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -47,23 +47,22 @@ msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:239 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 #, fuzzy msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "Pêşkêşkera NTP" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:249 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:258 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 #, fuzzy msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "Veava yan tomar bike" -#. try to line up the widgets horizontally #. push button label #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 msgid "S&ynchronize now" @@ -76,21 +75,29 @@ msgstr "&Veava bike..." #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:388 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." msgstr "" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:399 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "" +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 +msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." +msgstr "" + #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:481 -msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 +msgid "" +"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" +"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" +"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgstr "" #. local clock type name @@ -592,10 +599,13 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" +" You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:42 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -603,7 +613,7 @@ "is more secure and strongly recommended." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" "By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" @@ -612,7 +622,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -622,7 +632,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" @@ -632,14 +642,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:71 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<big>Display Log</big>\n" "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" msgstr "" #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" @@ -647,14 +657,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Clock Type</big> \n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure." msgstr "" #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<big>Unit Number</big> \n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -662,7 +672,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" @@ -674,14 +684,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the Address entry.\n" @@ -690,7 +700,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -699,7 +709,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -707,7 +717,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -715,7 +725,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the Address\n" @@ -723,7 +733,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -732,7 +742,7 @@ #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:145 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" @@ -740,7 +750,7 @@ "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" @@ -752,49 +762,49 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:161 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 msgid "" "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here." msgstr "" #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." msgstr "" #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." msgstr "" #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." msgstr "" #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "Outgoing Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Server Location</big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -802,7 +812,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</big> \n" @@ -812,7 +822,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:199 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" "Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" @@ -820,7 +830,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:205 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<big>Note</big> \n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -833,7 +843,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." @@ -841,7 +851,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" @@ -851,7 +861,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:235 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" @@ -860,7 +870,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:242 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" "ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" @@ -1193,117 +1203,120 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step -#. error report +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:594 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:906 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Bi Dawî Bû" #. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:747 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:751 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Mîhengan dinivîse..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841 msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:876 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:970 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:976 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:982 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "Pêşkêşker: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:986 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:990 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:994 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "" #. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "" #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "" #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "" #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/oneclickinstall.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/oneclickinstall.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/oneclickinstall.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/online-update-configuration.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/online-update-configuration.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/online-update-configuration.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/online-update.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/online-update.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/online-update.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: online-update.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-27 23:30+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -109,13 +109,20 @@ msgid "Initializing Online Update" msgstr "Rojanekirina ji Torê Amade Dibe" -#. yes/no message -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:204 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 msgid "" "No update repository\n" "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" msgstr "" +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not configured yet." +msgid "No update repository configured yet." +msgstr "Hê nehatiye veavakirin." + #. progress window label #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 msgid "Progress Log" Added: trunk/yast/ku/po/opensuse_mirror.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/opensuse_mirror.ku.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/opensuse_mirror.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +# Copyright © 2009 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>, 2009. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Directory" +msgstr "Peldank" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "Çewtî" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "erê" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "no" +msgstr "na" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exit" +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "Derkeve" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "&Mirror" +msgstr "Çewtî" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145 +msgid "&Do not Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select &All" +msgid "Select/Deselect &All" +msgstr "&Tevî Hilbijêre" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/packager.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/packager.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/packager.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-28 01:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -139,6 +139,15 @@ msgid "&Text Mode" msgstr "" +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706 +msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." +msgstr "" + #. dialog heading #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 msgid "Copy Installation Media" @@ -461,7 +470,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:668 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Tê Amadekirin..." @@ -528,7 +537,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "URL: %1" @@ -752,7 +761,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1200 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Kitekit:" @@ -760,7 +769,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Bila dîsa biceribîne?" @@ -1092,7 +1101,7 @@ msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:694 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "&Bavêje" @@ -1320,7 +1329,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1195 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1352,75 +1361,75 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:502 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:604 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:582 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:773 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:639 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1235 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1399 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "" #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1286 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1, URL: %2" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1357 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Guh nade derdorê xêrab..." #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Guh nade derdorê xêrab..." #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "" #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1737 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1743 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" @@ -1469,7 +1478,7 @@ msgstr "Moda Sazkirinê" #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:35 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Medium" msgid "Medium %1" @@ -1479,13 +1488,13 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 msgid ">%1" msgstr ">%1" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:255 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:270 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 msgid "Done." msgstr "Qediya." @@ -1493,7 +1502,7 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:295 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Next %1: %2" msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" @@ -1502,7 +1511,7 @@ #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:312 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Name: %1" msgid "Next: %1" @@ -1511,7 +1520,7 @@ #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924 msgid "Total" msgstr "Bi giştî" @@ -1520,148 +1529,189 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1168 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1421 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081 #, fuzzy msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr " (Mayî: %1)" #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Downloading Package" msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "Daxistina Pakêtê" #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117 #, fuzzy msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr " (Mayî: %1)" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "%1 jê dibe" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1456 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:341 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:358 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "Berhem: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:372 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:383 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387 msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:492 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:537 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "" #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "" +#. newly installed products +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696 +msgid "New product %s will be installed" +msgstr "" + +#. product update: %s is a product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706 +msgid "Product %s will be updated" +msgstr "" + +#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708 +msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715 +msgid "Product %s will stay installed" +msgstr "" + +#. Removing another product might be an issue +#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725 +msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726 +msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752 +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" +"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" +"</li></ul></li></ul>" +msgstr "" + #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1216 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 msgid "" "The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1669,50 +1719,50 @@ msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1516 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "" #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1571 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "" #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1803 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1805 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1915 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." msgstr "" #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2176 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2194 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "" #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2469 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1721,74 +1771,74 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param string filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:191 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:198 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:192 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:334 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Ziman" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 -msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +#. check box label +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." +msgstr "Ez Peymana Lîsansê &Dipejirînim." + +#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385 +msgid "" +"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" +"%{license_url}" msgstr "" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:399 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "N&o, I Do Not Agree" -msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" -msgstr "N&a, Ez Napejirînim" - #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:439 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %1" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:455 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" "the configuration will be aborted.\n" msgstr "" +#. dialog title #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:467 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Peymana Lîsansê" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1120 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1137 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "" @@ -1871,106 +1921,111 @@ #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34 +msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "&FTP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "&HTTP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "" #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719 msgid "&SMB/CIFS" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 msgid "&NFS..." msgstr "&NFS..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "&CD..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "&DVD..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "Dîska &Sabît..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60 msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:106 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:111 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "Navê &Pêşkêşker" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mount point" msgid "Mount Options" @@ -1978,21 +2033,21 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:148 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(standard)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Repository" msgid "&URL of the Repository" @@ -2001,39 +2056,39 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:195 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:199 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Dîska Sabît" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:880 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "" @@ -2042,53 +2097,53 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:432 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:444 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:459 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" "Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" "Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:516 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:543 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551 msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." @@ -2098,23 +2153,23 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:716 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1843 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:723 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1850 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:735 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743 msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" "to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:742 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2123,42 +2178,42 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "&CD-ROM" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:799 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "&DVD-ROM" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:804 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:918 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:948 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:972 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2166,17 +2221,17 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:993 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1259 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024 msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" "Use Path to Directory to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2186,20 +2241,20 @@ msgstr "" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1252 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1257 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 msgid "&File System" msgstr "Pergala &Pelan" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1258 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1325 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1263 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271 msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2212,7 +2267,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1273 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1340 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2220,11 +2275,11 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2236,12 +2291,12 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2249,71 +2304,71 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "&Navê Pêşkêşker" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1561 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Dergeh" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574 msgid "&Share" msgstr "&Parvekirin" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1582 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "&Anonîm" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "Navê &Bikarhêner" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1619 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Nasnav" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1694 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "&FTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1697 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "H&TTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1874 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2328,7 +2383,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1887 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" @@ -2337,12 +2392,12 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1949 -msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957 +msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2067 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2350,7 +2405,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2358,7 +2413,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2086 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095 msgid "" "\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2368,7 +2423,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2098 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107 msgid "" "\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2377,27 +2432,27 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2113 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Detect the devices" msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "Dîtina cîhazan" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "" #. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2332 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2407,11 +2462,17 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2551 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "Cureyê Medya" +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add-On Product" +msgid "Add On Product" +msgstr "Berhemên Têxe-Tê" + #. SourceManager read dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 msgid "Initializing Available Repositories" @@ -2503,7 +2564,9 @@ msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:680 +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "" @@ -2573,12 +2636,12 @@ msgstr "" #. progress information, %1 stands for number of services -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:618 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 msgid "" "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -2586,7 +2649,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:627 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." msgstr "" @@ -2609,6 +2672,11 @@ msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "Pakêtên tên salixdan" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "N&o, I Do Not Agree" +#~ msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" +#~ msgstr "N&a, Ez Napejirînim" + #~ msgid "Version: %1 " #~ msgstr "Guherto: %1 " Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/pam.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/pam.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/pam.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pam.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-06 18:10+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/pkg-bindings.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/pkg-bindings.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/pkg-bindings.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-28 02:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ #. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) #: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 -#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:187 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 msgid "Loading the Package Manager..." msgstr "" @@ -181,6 +181,6 @@ msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "Pergala Tê Xwestin Amade Bike" -#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:183 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 msgid "Read Installed Packages" msgstr "Pakêtên Sazkirî Bixwîne" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/printer.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/printer.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/printer.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/product-creator.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/product-creator.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/product-creator.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/proxy.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/proxy.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/proxy.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/qt-pkg.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/qt-pkg.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/qt-pkg.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: qt-pkg.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-28 02:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -44,49 +44,49 @@ msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "Çavkanî" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:418 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419 #, fuzzy msgid "S&earch" msgstr "Lêgere" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:425 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 #, fuzzy msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "Peyvên mifte" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:434 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435 msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:519 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520 msgid "D&escription" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:532 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:545 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "Girênende" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:561 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "&Guherto" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:579 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580 msgid "File List" msgstr "Lîsteya Pel" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:596 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597 msgid "Change Log" msgstr "" #. "Cancel" button #. button #0 #. text -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:623 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 @@ -96,183 +96,183 @@ msgstr "&Betal Bike" #. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:633 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&Bipejirîne" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:676 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677 msgid "&File" msgstr "&Pel" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:678 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "&Bîne..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "&Bişîne Derve..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:683 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697 msgid "&Package" msgstr "&Pakêt" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:736 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 #: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 msgid "All Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:738 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:741 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 #: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:755 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756 msgid "&Patch" msgstr "&Pîne" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:782 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Configuration" msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "&Veavakirin" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "&Çavkanî..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785 msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "Sazkirina ji &Torê..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:794 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "&Girênende" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:796 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798 msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "" #. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:810 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811 #, fuzzy msgid "&Options" msgstr "bijare" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:813 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814 msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823 msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:830 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831 msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:835 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836 msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:841 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:845 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846 msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:858 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Extras" msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "&Zêdetir" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:860 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 msgid "Show &Products" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Show &details" msgid "Show &History" msgstr "&Kitekitan nîşan bide" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:870 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871 msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:874 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875 msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:877 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878 msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:882 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:902 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903 msgid "&Help" msgstr "&Alîkarî" #. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out #. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc #. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:908 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "&Pêşdîtin" #. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912 msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "&Sembol" #. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:914 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915 msgid "&Keys" msgstr "&Bişkojk" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1100 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1116 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117 #, fuzzy msgid "P&atches" msgstr "&Pîne" #. startsWith #. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1178 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179 msgid "Save Package List" msgstr "" @@ -280,56 +280,56 @@ #. parent #. Post error popup. #. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1217 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1311 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 #: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 msgid "Error" msgstr "Çewtî" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219 msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1230 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231 msgid "Load Package List" msgstr "" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313 msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr "" #. caption #. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1414 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "&Continue" msgstr "&Bidomîne" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "&Betal" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1454 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1473 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr "" #. "OK" button #. addHStretch( hbox ); #. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1698 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 #: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 #: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/qt.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/qt.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/qt.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: qt.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-27 23:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "" -#: src/YQApplication.cc:640 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:643 msgid "" "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ "Bila bişkojkên mişkê yê çep û rastê biguherîne?" #. Popup dialog caption -#: src/YQApplication.cc:653 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:656 msgid "Unexpected Click" msgstr "Tikandina Ne li bendê" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/rdp.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/rdp.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/rdp.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/rear.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/rear.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/rear.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/registration.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/registration.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/registration.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-27 23:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -18,51 +18,96 @@ "X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf8\n" #. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:34 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "Tomarkirin" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:36 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37 msgid "" -"Select a server from the list or press Cancel\n" -"to use the default SUSE registration server." +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:64 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "Tomarkirin" +#. %s is the default SCC URL +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100 +msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" +msgstr "" + #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "Tomarkirin" #. reset the user input in case an exception is raised -#. register the system -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:134 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:164 +#. nil = use the default URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:144 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:549 +#. register the base product +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "" -#. TODO FIXME: still not the final text +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update to %1" +msgid "Updating to %s ..." +msgstr "Rojane bike %1 ê" + +#. display the registration update dialog +#. dialog title +#. dialog title +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "Registration" +msgstr "Tomarkirin" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "Registration is being updated..." +msgstr "Tomarkirin" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262 +msgid "The previous registration is being updated." +msgstr "" + +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275 +msgid "" +"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" +"You can manually register the system from scratch." +msgstr "" + #. label text describing the registration (1/2) #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:177 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289 msgid "" "Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/EMail from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" @@ -70,53 +115,57 @@ #. label text describing the registration (2/2), #. not displayed in installed system #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 -msgid "If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system." +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 +msgid "" +"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +"installation has completed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:196 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309 msgid "Network Configuration..." msgstr "" -#. make sure to revert the change if something goes wrong -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:205 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:633 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:212 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:373 -msgid "&Email" -msgstr "" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Email Address" +msgid "&E-mail Address" +msgstr "Navnîşana E-Peyamê" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:214 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:239 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:375 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "Tomarkirin" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:218 +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" -msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgid "&Local Registration Server..." msgstr "Tomarkirin" -#. TODO: improve the help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:226 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and add-on products." -msgstr "" - -#. dialog title -#. dialog title -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:234 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:646 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:371 +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" -msgid "Registration" +msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "Tomarkirin" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." +msgstr "" + #. not set yet? -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377 msgid "" "Registration added some update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -124,59 +173,29 @@ "on-line updates during installation?" msgstr "" -#. use two column layout if needed -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:312 -msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:317 +#. cache the available addons +#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Details..." -msgid "Details" -msgstr "Kitekit..." +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." +msgstr "Tomarkirin" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:320 -msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" -msgstr "" - -#. popup message, %s are product names -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Automatically selecting '%s'\n" -"dependencies:\n" -"\n" -"%s" -msgstr "" - -#. check the addons requiring a reg. code -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:358 -msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s addons." -msgstr "" - #. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:411 -msgid "Extension Selection" -msgstr "" - -#. cache the available addons -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:485 -msgid "Loading Available Add-on Products and Extensions..." -msgstr "" - -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Tomarkirin" -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:595 -msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462 +msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:610 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -188,361 +207,708 @@ msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:636 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Register" msgid "Register Again" msgstr "&Bibe Endam" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Your system is ready for use." +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "Pergala we niha amade ye." + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" + #. error message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:672 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/scc.rb:42 -msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538 +msgid "" +"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" +"Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:165 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:174 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:194 -msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541 +msgid "" +"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -#. register the base product -#. register addons -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:173 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:193 -msgid "Registering Product..." -msgid_plural "Registering Products..." -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/scc.rb:44 +msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:213 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Log files written successfully." msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "Pelên rojnivîsk serkeftî hatin nivîsîn." -#. --------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:238 -msgid "Add-on &Name" +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243 +msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:267 -msgid "Really delete add-on '%s'?" -msgstr "" +#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically +#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice +#. but better than aborting the installation... +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Downloading Package" +msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" +msgstr "Daxistina Pakêtê" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 -msgid "Name" +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263 +msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" -msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "Tomarkirin" -#. TODO FIXME: add a help text -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:312 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "Sazkirin tê amadekirin..." + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 +msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation Settings" +msgid "Registration Settings" +msgstr "Mîhengên Sazkirinê" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Email Address" +msgid "E-mail Address: %s" +msgstr "Navnîşana E-Peyamê" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" -msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" +msgid "Registration Code is Configured" msgstr "Tomarkirin" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:349 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Scripts" +msgid "Install Available Updates" +msgstr "Skrîptên Heyî" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" -msgid "Product Registration" +msgid "Registration Server" msgstr "Tomarkirin" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:351 -msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" -"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Servers: %1" +msgid "Server URL: %s" +msgstr "Pêşkêşker: %1" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Use SLP discovery" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:356 -msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" -"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 +msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:364 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "&Register" -msgid "Register the Product" -msgstr "&Bibe Endam" +#| msgid "Fingerprint: " +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" +msgstr "ŞûnaTiliyê:" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:379 -msgid "Install Available Patches from Update Repositories" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "Tomarkirin" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DSL Connection" +msgid "Secure Connection Error" +msgstr "Girêdana DSL" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 +msgid "Details:" +msgstr "Kitekit:" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 +msgid "Failed Certificate Details" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:387 -msgid "Server Settings" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Issued To" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:391 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration" -msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" -msgstr "Tomarkirin" +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61 +msgid "Common Name (CN): " +msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:396 -msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63 +msgid "Organization (O): " msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:403 -msgid "Optional Server Certificate" +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65 +msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:421 -msgid "Register Add-ons..." +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +msgid "Issued By" msgstr "" -#. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:478 -msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Valid" +msgid "Validity" +msgstr "Derbasdar" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 +msgid "Issued On: " msgstr "" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Expires: " +msgid "Expires On: " +msgstr "Dîroka bidawîbûnê:" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Port Number" +msgid "Serial Number: " +msgstr "Hejmara Dergehê" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Fingerprint: " +msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "ŞûnaTiliyê:" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Fingerprint: " +msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "ŞûnaTiliyê:" + #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:65 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." -msgid "" -"The email address is not known or\n" -"the registration code is not valid." +msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "Meta-dana ya arşîvê nederbasdar e." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96 +msgid "" +"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" +"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" +"might take very long time.\n" +"\n" +"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n" +"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n" +"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n" +"the upgrade again." +msgstr "" + +#. add the hint to the error details +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" +msgid "Registration failed." +msgstr "Tomarkirin" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "Tomarkirin" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:87 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry registration later." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:89 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration" -msgid "Registration failed." -msgstr "Tomarkirin" - -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 -msgid "Secure connection error: %s" +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 +msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "" #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Details..." msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "Kitekit..." -#. label follwed by a certificate description -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:147 -msgid "Certificate:" +#. progress label +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209 +msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:151 -msgid "Issued To" +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210 +msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:154 -msgid "Issued By" +#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use +#. the original error message from openSSL +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228 +msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:157 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Fingerprint: " -msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " -msgstr "ŞûnaTiliyê:" +#| msgid "Saving network configuration..." +msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." +msgstr "Veava yên torê tên tomarkirin..." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:159 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Fingerprint: " -msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " -msgstr "ŞûnaTiliyê:" - -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:176 -msgid "Common Name (CN): " +#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze +#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM! +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8 +msgid "SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178 -msgid "Organization (O): " +#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10 +msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:180 -msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Certificate:" msgstr "" -#. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:194 -msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195 -msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." -msgstr "" - -#. return the boot command line parameter -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Checking..." -msgid "Searching..." -msgstr "Kontrol dike..." - -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." -msgstr "" - #. create UI label for a base product #. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unknown error" msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Çewtiya nayê zanîn" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "" #. # error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:176 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:182 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:194 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Peymana Lîsansê" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "" -#. go back if any EULA has not been accepted, let the user deselect the -#. not accepted extension -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:65 +#. ask user to accept an addon EULA +#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon +#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "" #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85 msgid "" "Downloading the license for\n" "%s\n" "failed." msgstr "" +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "%s License Agreement" +msgstr "" + #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:93 -msgid "Extension and Module License Agreement" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37 +msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "" -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:95 -msgid "%s License Agreement" +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "" +"Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" +#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 +msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." +msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." +msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "Extension and Module Selection" +msgstr "Tomarkirin" + +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" + +#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Details..." +msgid "Details" +msgstr "Kitekit..." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unavailable" +msgid "%s (not available)" +msgstr "Tune ye" + +#. check the addons requiring a reg. code +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212 +msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" +msgstr "Tomarkirin" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Identity" +msgid "Identifier" +msgstr "&Nasname" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Guherto" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Release" +msgid "Release Type" +msgstr "Weşan" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "Registration Code" +msgstr "Tomarkirin" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Download Available Extensions..." +msgstr "" + +#. disable download on a non-registered system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" +msgid "Really delete '%s'?" +msgstr "Bi rastî bila '%1' jê bibe?" + +#. replace the content +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161 +msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Version" +msgstr "&Guherto" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "&Architecture" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Release" +msgid "&Release Type" +msgstr "Weşan" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Register" +msgid "Register the Product" +msgstr "&Bibe Endam" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Repositories" +msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" +msgstr "Çavkaniyên Heyî" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 +msgid "Server Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +msgstr "Tomarkirin" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123 +msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130 +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139 +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "none" +msgstr "ne yek jî" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." +msgstr "Tomarkirin" + #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:26 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Certificate &Password:" +msgid "Certificate has expired" +msgstr "&Nasnava Bawernameyê:" + +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:28 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:124 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:133 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "" + +#. input field label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" +msgstr "Tomarkirin" + +#. return the boot command line parameter +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking..." +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "Kontrol dike..." + +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +msgstr "" + +#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Registration" +#~ msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" +#~ msgstr "Tomarkirin" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration" #~ msgid "A Registration Key is Required" #~ msgstr "Tomarkirin" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/reipl.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/reipl.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/reipl.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: reipl.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-27 23:28+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:68 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:91 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ "and LUN '%3'.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:105 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "&Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Nav" #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:175 msgid "reipl configuration" @@ -240,31 +240,31 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329 msgid "Configured reipl methods" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336 msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338 msgid "The method ccw is configured." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341 msgid "The method ccw is not supported." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:362 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 msgid "The method fcp is configured." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 msgid "The method fcp is not supported." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/relocation-server.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/relocation-server.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/relocation-server.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/s390.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/s390.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/s390.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/samba-client.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/samba-client.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/samba-client.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -188,6 +188,17 @@ msgid "M&aximum" msgstr "" +#. require_groups +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 +msgid "Allowed Group(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Group Name" +msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" +msgstr "Navê Komê" + #. combobox label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 msgid "&Kerberos Method" @@ -772,7 +783,10 @@ msgstr "Mîhengan dinivîse..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress finished +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Bi Dawî Bû" @@ -842,12 +856,14 @@ msgstr "" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Erê" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106 msgid "No" msgstr "Na" @@ -870,6 +886,183 @@ "Try again." msgstr "" +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing CASA Configuration" +msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "Amadekirina Veavakirina CASA" + +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the previous settings" +msgid "Read the global Samba settings" +msgstr "Xwendina mîhengên berê" + +#. translators: progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the database" +msgid "Read the winbind status" +msgstr "Xwendina danegeh" + +#. translators: progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the previous settings..." +msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." +msgstr "Mîhengên berê dixwîne..." + +#. translators: progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the database..." +msgid "Reading the winbind status..." +msgstr "Danegeh dixwîne..." + +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving casa-ats Configuration" +msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "Veavakirinên casa-ats Tomar Dike" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Mîhengan binivîse" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" +msgid "Disable Samba services" +msgstr "Servîsa ZMD &Neçalak Bika" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start services" +msgid "Enable Samba services" +msgstr "Destpêkirina servîsan" + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Mîhengan dinivîse..." + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Starting services..." +msgid "Disabling Samba services..." +msgstr "Servîs destpê dikin..." + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Starting services..." +msgid "Enabling Samba services..." +msgstr "Servîs destpê dikin..." + +#. write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write the settings" +msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" +msgstr "Mîhengan binivîse" + +#. write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing automatic configuration..." +msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgstr "Nivîsandina veavakirinên bixweber..." + +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings to '%1'" +msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." +msgstr "Nikare mîhengan binivîse li ser '%1'" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot start '%1' service" +msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgstr "Nikare servîsa '%1' bide destpêkirin" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843 +msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot stop '%1' service" +msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." +msgstr "Nikare servîsa '%1' bide rawestandin" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." +msgstr "Nikare mîhengan binivîse." + +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration" +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "Veavakirin" + +#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Home Directory" +msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgstr "Pelrêça &Mal" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067 +msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Congratulations!" +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "Serkeftin!" + +#. summary item: authentication using winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Description" +msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" +msgstr "Daxuyanî" + #: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/samba-server.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/samba-server.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/samba-server.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/samba-users.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/samba-users.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/samba-users.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/scanner.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/scanner.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/scanner.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: scanner.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-10 21:44+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/security.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/security.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/security.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: security.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-28 02:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/services-manager.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/services-manager.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/services-manager.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -16,12 +16,216 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing default window manager..." +msgid "Saving default systemd target..." +msgstr "Paceya rêveberiyê ya standard tê amadekirin..." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" +msgstr "" + #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default settings" +msgid "&Default systemd target" +msgstr "Mîhengên standard" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default settings" +msgid "Default systemd target" +msgstr "Mîhengên standard" + +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "A&vailable are:" +msgid "Available Targets" +msgstr "H&eye di:" + +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219 +msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231 +msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234 +msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237 +msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241 +msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248 +msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251 +msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254 +msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing YaST Configuration..." +msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgstr "Veavakirinên YaST tên nivîsîn..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" +msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" +msgstr "Nivîsandina Veavakirina Astenga-Ewlehiyê" + +#. Fills the dialog contents +#. Fills the dialog contents +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91 +msgid "Default System &Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "Servîs" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "Çalak Bû" + +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Activated" +msgid "Active" +msgstr "Hat çalak kirin" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Daxwiyanî" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start" +msgid "&Start/Stop" +msgstr "Destpê bike" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Disable" +msgid "&Enable/Disable" +msgstr "&Neçalak Bike" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 +msgid "Show &Details" +msgstr "&Kîtekîtan Nîşan Bide" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service Start" +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "Destpêkirina Servîsê" + +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the previous settings..." +msgid "Reading services status..." +msgstr "Mîhengên berê dixwîne..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "Neçalak Bû" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Deactivated" +msgid "Inactive" +msgstr "Hat neçalak kirin" + +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Active (will start)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Inactive (will stop)" +msgstr "" + +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190 +msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" +msgstr "" + +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" msgstr "" @@ -61,3 +265,75 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "" + +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default language" +msgid "Default Target" +msgstr "Zimanê standard" + +#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. +#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 +msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +msgid "Not configured yet." +msgstr "Hê nehatiye veavakirin." + +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state +#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " +msgstr "" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Graphics Cards" +msgid "Graphical mode" +msgstr "Kartên Grafîkê" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24 +msgid "Text mode" +msgstr "" + +#. Systemd targets +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Interface" +msgid "Graphical Interface" +msgstr "&Navrû" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Mode" +msgid "Emergency Mode" +msgstr "Mod Hilbijêre" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +msgid "Switch Root" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +msgid "Initrd Default Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File System" +msgid "Multi-User System" +msgstr "Pergala Pelan" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Mode" +msgid "Rescue Mode" +msgstr "Mod Hilbijêre" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/slp-server.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/slp-server.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/slp-server.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/snapper.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/snapper.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/snapper.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -24,14 +24,14 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Description" msgstr "Daxwiyanî" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&User Name" msgid "User data" @@ -39,43 +39,43 @@ #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Space Free (%1)" msgid "Pre (%1)" msgstr "Cihê Vala (%1)" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installed (%1)" msgid "Post (%1)" msgstr "Sazkirî (%1)" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create New " msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "Nû Biafirîne" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading the database..." msgid "Single snapshot" @@ -83,237 +83,237 @@ #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:265 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Printer" msgid "Pre" msgstr "Çaper" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" msgstr "Bi rastî bila '%1' jê bibe?" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:392 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Singapore" msgid "Single" msgstr "Sîngapur" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading the database..." msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "Danegeh dixwîne..." #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "Veavakirina Reqalavê" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 #, fuzzy #| msgid "UID" msgid "ID" msgstr "UID" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Type" msgstr "Cure" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "Dîroka Destpêkê" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "End Date" msgstr "Dîroka Dawî" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User ID" msgid "User Data" msgstr "Nasnameya Bikarhêner" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&View Changes" msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "Guherînan &Bibîne" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Modify" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:590 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:636 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Next %1: %2" msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "Pêş %1: %2" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing log files ..." msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "Pelên rojnivîsk dinivîse ..." #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:764 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File name required." msgid "File was removed." msgstr "Navê pelê pêwist e." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:775 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "Pela %1 tune ye. " #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:791 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:822 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:859 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "Restore" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Desktop Selection" msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "Hilbijartina Sermasê" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:931 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:989 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1041 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1046 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1054 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "&Open" msgstr "&Veke" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1122 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Desktop Selection" msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "Hilbijartina Sermasê" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to delete this entry?" msgid "" @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1216 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1234 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -336,19 +336,19 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 msgid "No file was selected for restoring" msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting service..." msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "Servîsê nû ve dide destpêkirin..." #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1277 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/sound.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/sound.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/sound.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sound.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-08 00:28+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/squid.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/squid.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/squid.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: squid.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-28 01:46+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -1348,11 +1348,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 msgid "Afrikaans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zimanê Efrîkî" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 msgid "Arabic" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Erebî" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 msgid "Armenian" @@ -1400,7 +1400,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 msgid "Persian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Farsî" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 msgid "Finnish" @@ -1420,7 +1420,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 msgid "Indonesian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Endonezî" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 msgid "Italian" @@ -1436,7 +1436,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 msgid "Latvian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Latvianî" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 msgid "Lithuanian" @@ -1444,7 +1444,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 msgid "Malay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zimanê Malay" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 msgid "Dutch" @@ -1506,7 +1506,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 msgid "Thai" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tayî" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 msgid "Turkish" @@ -1520,11 +1520,11 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 msgid "Uzbek" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ozbekî" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 msgid "Vietnamese" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vietnamî" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 msgid "Simplified Chinese" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/sshd.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/sshd.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/sshd.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ #. Table header #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hejmar" #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Sshd" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/storage.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/storage.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/storage.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-27 02:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ #. this is the resize case #. #. this is the normal case -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Proxy Settings" @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ msgstr "Mîhengên Pêşkêşkera Cîgir" #. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ #. help text continued #. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 msgid "" "\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:182 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 msgid "" "\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -137,15 +137,21 @@ #. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off #. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:230 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:314 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -773,7 +779,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6209 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "" @@ -791,7 +797,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -801,7 +807,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:266 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -811,7 +817,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:279 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -821,7 +827,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:293 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -831,7 +837,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -844,7 +850,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:328 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -854,7 +860,7 @@ msgstr "" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" @@ -865,7 +871,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:365 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -877,7 +883,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:385 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -889,7 +895,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:403 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -898,7 +904,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:422 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -909,22 +915,8 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 msgid "" -"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" -"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" -"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" -"This does not work.\n" -"\n" -"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" -"partition for your files below /boot.\n" -"\n" -"Really use this setup?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:464 -msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" "FAT partition mounted on %1.\n" @@ -938,7 +930,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -953,13 +945,13 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478 #, fuzzy msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Bi rastî bila %1 jê bibe?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:517 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" @@ -972,7 +964,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -981,7 +973,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -990,7 +982,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" @@ -998,7 +990,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:553 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1006,53 +998,53 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:608 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:619 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:629 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:662 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:685 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1061,7 +1053,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:815 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1071,7 +1063,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1081,7 +1073,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:837 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1096,13 +1088,13 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:672 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6336 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:675 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "" @@ -1130,7 +1122,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:700 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 #, fuzzy msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "Nasnavê Binivîse:" @@ -1142,7 +1134,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:684 src/modules/Storage.rb:3995 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998 #, fuzzy msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "Nasnavê Binivîse:" @@ -1163,7 +1155,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1172,7 +1164,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3959 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1496,7 +1488,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6190 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" @@ -1507,25 +1499,25 @@ msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724 #, fuzzy #| msgid " already exists." msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr " jixwe heye." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1725 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1734 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738 #, fuzzy #| msgid " already exists." msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr " jixwe heye." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1765 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -1557,7 +1549,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" @@ -1570,7 +1562,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" @@ -1583,7 +1575,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" @@ -1605,7 +1597,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:653 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -1779,12 +1771,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:947 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:974 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -1792,33 +1784,33 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:963 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:988 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mount" msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Girêdan" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:979 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1025 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1038 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 #, fuzzy msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "Dîtina cîhazan" @@ -1829,56 +1821,63 @@ msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Password" msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "Nasnav" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure..." +msgid "Configure &FCoE..." +msgstr "Veavakirin..." + +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:133 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:141 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "" #. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:157 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "Veavakirin..." #. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:184 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:192 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -1886,51 +1885,58 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:202 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:262 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:280 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +msgid "" +"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call FCoE configuration?" +msgstr "" + #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:294 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:303 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:329 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -2205,14 +2211,46 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +msgid "Choose the role of the device." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Operation" +msgid "Operating System" +msgstr "Çalakî" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "Data and ISV Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +msgid "Swap" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" +msgstr "" + +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +msgid "Role" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" "volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" @@ -2220,54 +2258,54 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." msgstr "" #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:281 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Xala Girêdanê" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2276,17 +2314,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2296,7 +2334,7 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2305,59 +2343,59 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 #, fuzzy #| msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "Hemû guherandin wê winda bin!" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:693 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Password" msgstr "Nasnav" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" "on this partition does not support resizing.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." msgstr "" #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:838 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "" #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:918 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 #, fuzzy msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "Mezinahiya giştî: %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:930 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "" @@ -2365,8 +2403,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:943 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -2378,34 +2416,34 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "Mezinahiya Bêhtirîn (%1)" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:963 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 #, fuzzy msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "Mezinahiya Bêhtirîn (%1)" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "Mezinahiya Taybet" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." @@ -2415,7 +2453,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -2424,12 +2462,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "Derketana %1" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1203 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "" @@ -2621,59 +2659,59 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:537 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:583 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:635 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Partition: %1" msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "Partîsyon: %1" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 #, fuzzy msgid "Forward" msgstr "&Teşe" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:658 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Backward" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:716 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 #, fuzzy msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "Bi rastî bila %1 jê bibe?" @@ -2687,7 +2725,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5161 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" @@ -3566,12 +3604,12 @@ msgstr "%1 hatiye bikaranîn" #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1017 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "" @@ -3767,7 +3805,7 @@ #. tree node label #. dialog heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Mîheng" @@ -3965,17 +4003,17 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:631 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:711 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "" @@ -4076,115 +4114,125 @@ #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:34 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "Etîket" #. list entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "UUID" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:50 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "Salix" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:59 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:152 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Navê Cîhazê" #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "Nasnameya Cîhazê" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:156 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "Riya Cîhazê" +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Optional" +msgid "Optimal" +msgstr "Bijare" + +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +msgid "Cylinder" +msgstr "" + #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:115 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:126 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 msgid "Default File System" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "" #. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:183 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" "settings:" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:188 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" @@ -4195,14 +4243,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:201 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" "determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" @@ -4211,14 +4259,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." @@ -4545,25 +4593,25 @@ msgstr "Nîgar" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:275 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Size" msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "M&ezinahî" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:284 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" "Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" @@ -4571,29 +4619,29 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:316 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:323 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:470 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" "Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" @@ -4601,38 +4649,38 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:486 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Accessories" msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "Bernameyên Alîkar" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:490 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499 msgid "" "No Access Time:\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:500 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 msgid "Mountable by &User" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:504 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:523 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532 msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" @@ -4642,12 +4690,12 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:540 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:546 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -4655,12 +4703,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:565 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583 msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" @@ -4672,40 +4720,40 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:599 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:614 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:631 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" "In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" @@ -4713,93 +4761,93 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:657 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:678 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" "This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" "Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Size" msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "M&ezinahî" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" "Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:756 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 msgid "" "Root Dir Entries:\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:769 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" "This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Version" msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "&Guherto" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" "This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" @@ -4807,12 +4855,12 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:805 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" @@ -4820,37 +4868,37 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1051 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:827 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" "The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" "The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" @@ -4859,12 +4907,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:909 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -4872,31 +4920,31 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 msgid "" "Log Size\n" "Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:945 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:953 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:957 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -4905,19 +4953,19 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:991 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 msgid "" "Bytes per Inode: \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -4930,12 +4978,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1007 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -4943,41 +4991,41 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." msgstr "" #. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1073 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" "Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" @@ -4985,12 +5033,12 @@ msgstr "" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:922 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:932 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" @@ -5003,7 +5051,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:950 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -5016,7 +5064,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:969 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -5026,7 +5074,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -5040,7 +5088,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:975 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "" @@ -5053,7 +5101,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2703 src/modules/Storage.rb:3908 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -5062,7 +5110,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3939 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -5070,7 +5118,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -5079,28 +5127,28 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4024 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Enter Password:" msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "Nasnavê Binivîse:" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4083 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Password" msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Nasnav" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4102 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4117 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4121 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -5108,14 +5156,14 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you want to retry?" msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "Dixwazî carek din biceribînî?" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4190 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -5123,92 +5171,92 @@ msgstr "" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4212 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 #, fuzzy #| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "YaST2 cîhazên jêr dîyar kir" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4228 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4338 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hard Disk" msgid "Disk" msgstr "Dîska Sabît" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4378 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381 #, fuzzy msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "RAID:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4391 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394 #, fuzzy msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "RAID:" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5173 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5213 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5242 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5280 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5216,7 +5264,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5224,7 +5272,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5313 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -5232,18 +5280,18 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6005 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" @@ -5845,50 +5893,50 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4545 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6143 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6158 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6176 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6223 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6241 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6251 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Proxy Settings" msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Mîhengên Pêşkêşkera Cîgir" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6266 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 msgid "" "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6273 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -5897,32 +5945,32 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6289 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "" #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6321 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342 msgid "Password:" msgstr "Nasnav:" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6332 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 #, fuzzy msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "Nasnavê Binivîse:" @@ -5950,28 +5998,28 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:177 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 #, fuzzy msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "Koma Standard:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:178 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 #, fuzzy msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "Nirxa Standard:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 #, fuzzy msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "Cîhaza hîser kirinê" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Partitioning" msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "Dabeşkirin" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/sudo.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/sudo.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/sudo.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sudo.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-27 23:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/support.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/support.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/support.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ #. Rich text title for Support in proposals #: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:83 msgid "Support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Piştgirî" #. Menu title for Support in proposals #: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:87 @@ -38,11 +38,11 @@ #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 -msgid "Open Novell Support Center" +msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 -msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal." +msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226 msgid "Save as" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cuda tomar bike" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "Directory to Save" @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nikare mîhengan binivîse." #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vebijêrk" #. Support overview dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584 @@ -208,11 +208,11 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701 msgid "Email Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Navnîşana E-Peyamê" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708 msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nav" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "Phone Number" @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 -msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number" +msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "" #. abort? @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Progress" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pêşketin" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931 msgid "Collected Data Review" @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ #. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "File Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Navê Pelê" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984 msgid "Remove from Data" @@ -323,8 +323,8 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Opening Novell Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use Open Novell Support Center.\n" +"<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" "You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<big>Privacy Policy</big> \n" -"Find Novell's privacy policy at\n" +"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" "%1.\n" msgstr "" @@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Amadekirin..." #. global string created_directory=""; #: src/modules/Support.rb:143 @@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ #: src/modules/Support.rb:144 msgid "root Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nasnava root" #: src/modules/Support.rb:163 msgid "Password incorrect" @@ -792,30 +792,30 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:329 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mîhengan binivîse" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:331 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Xebitandina SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:335 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mîhengan dinivîse..." #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:337 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEconfig Dixebitîne..." #. Progress finished #: src/modules/Support.rb:339 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bi Dawî Bû" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/Support.rb:438 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kurtebêja veavakirinê ..." Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/sysconfig.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/sysconfig.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/sysconfig.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sysconfig.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-27 23:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -466,17 +466,118 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#~ msgid "Searching..." -#~ msgstr "Tê Lêgerîn..." +#. Translation: Progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159 +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "Tê Lêgerîn..." -#~ msgid "Command: " -#~ msgstr "Ferman: " +#. Display confirmation dialog +#. @param [String] message Confirmation message +#. @param [String] command Command to confirm +#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883 +msgid "Command: " +msgstr "Ferman: " -#~ msgid "S&kip" -#~ msgstr "D&erbas be" +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889 +msgid "S&kip" +msgstr "D&erbas be" -#~ msgid "Command %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "Fermana %1 têk çû" +#. get activation map for variable +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171 +msgid "A command will be executed" +msgstr "" -#~ msgid "Finished" -#~ msgstr "Bi Dawî Bû" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Starting module %1..." +msgid "Starting command: %1..." +msgstr "Modûla %1 destpê dike..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173 +msgid "Command %1 failed" +msgstr "Fermana %1 têk çû" + +#. write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration" +msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" +msgstr "Tomarkirina Veavakirinên Proxy" + +#. progress bar item +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write the settings" +msgid "Write the new settings" +msgstr "Mîhengan binivîse" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037 +msgid "Activate the changes" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060 +msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Starting module %1..." +msgid "Saving variable %1..." +msgstr "Modûla %1 destpê dike..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Repositories..." +msgid "Saving changes to the files..." +msgstr "Arşîvan tomar bike..." + +#. service is running, reload it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100 +msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restarting service..." +msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgstr "Servîsê nû ve dide destpêkirin..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." +msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "Rakirina pakêta %1 pêk nehat." + +#. service is running, restart it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143 +msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restarting service..." +msgid "Restarting service %1..." +msgstr "Servîsê nû ve dide destpêkirin..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restart the service" +msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "Nû ve destpêkirina servîsê" + +#. set 100% in progress bar +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Bi Dawî Bû" + +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration summary..." +msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgstr "Kurtebêja veavakirinê ..." Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/tftp-server.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/tftp-server.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/tftp-server.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tftp-server.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-27 23:25+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/timezone_db.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/timezone_db.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/timezone_db.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: timezone_db.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-27 23:30+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/tune.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/tune.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/tune.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -16,53 +16,58 @@ "Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1\n" #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:47 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "" #. translators: popup heading -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:71 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 msgid "Probing Hardware..." msgstr "" #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:74 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Pêşketin" #. title label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:292 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 msgid "&All Entries" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:304 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 msgid "&Save to File..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:313 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 msgid "Hardware Information" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:316 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 msgid "" "The Hardware Information module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:319 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." msgstr "" +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +msgid "System and Hardware Settings" +msgstr "" + #. this is a heading #. tree node string -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:48 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 msgid "System" msgstr "Pergal" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 msgid "S&ystem" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/update.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/update.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/update.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 13:22+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-28 02:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ #. screen title for update options #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:298 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278 msgid "Update Options" msgstr "Vebijêrkên Rojanekirinê" @@ -150,18 +150,18 @@ #. Table item (unknown file system) #. label - name of sustem to update #. starts with >`< -#. label for an unknown installed system +#. Get installed release name +#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:95 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:101 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:121 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1969 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Nayê Zanîn" #. label showing to which version we are updating -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal summary item, %1 is a product name -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:198 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 msgid "Update to %1" msgstr "Rojane bike %1 ê" @@ -220,9 +220,19 @@ "packages during the update.\n" msgstr "" -#. yes/no question +#. warning / question #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231 msgid "" +"Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n" +"lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n" +"adjust the list of packages yourself.\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243 +msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to reset your detailed selection?" msgstr "" @@ -230,13 +240,13 @@ #. error report #. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount #. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:70 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:379 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 msgid "Failed to mount target system" msgstr "" #. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:75 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." msgstr "" @@ -307,12 +317,12 @@ #. error message in proposal #. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:83 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:404 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384 msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "" #. error message in proposal -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:99 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." msgstr "" @@ -320,14 +330,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:108 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:126 -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:169 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:175 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system #. %2 is the version being installed -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 msgid "" "Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" @@ -335,22 +345,22 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:162 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." msgstr "" #. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:214 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "" #. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:229 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206 msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:255 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232 msgid "" "<big>Update Options</big> Select how your system will be updated.\n" "Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n" @@ -359,17 +369,17 @@ msgstr "" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "Vebijêrkên &Rojanekirinê" #. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:407 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:541 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -378,27 +388,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:88 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93 msgid "Unknown Linux" msgstr "Linuxa Nayê Zanîn" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:91 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96 msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux" msgstr "Nayê Zanîn an jî Ne-Linux e" #. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:113 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "%1 (%2)" #. label for selection of root partition (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:181 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186 msgid "Partition or System to Boot:" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:184 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to boot.\n" @@ -406,12 +416,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for selection of root partition (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:191 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196 msgid "Partition or System to Update:" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:194 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to update.\n" @@ -419,12 +429,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline for dialog "Select for update" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:202 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207 msgid "Select for Update" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (general part) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:209 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214 msgid "" "\n" "Show All Partitions expands the list to a\n" @@ -433,69 +443,69 @@ msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:229 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234 msgid "System" msgstr "Pergal" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:231 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236 msgid "Partition" msgstr "Partisyon (beş)" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:233 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:235 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240 msgid "File System" msgstr "Pergala Pelan" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:237 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242 msgid "Label" msgstr "Etîket" #. check box -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:247 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252 msgid "&Show All Partitions" msgstr "" #. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:278 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283 msgid "&Boot" msgstr "" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:348 +#. error popup +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354 msgid "" "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n" "on the selected partition." msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:358 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 msgid "" "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n" "is different from the one of this product.\n" msgstr "" #. pop-up question -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:388 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:392 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398 msgid "&Yes, Use It" msgstr "&Erê, Vê Bi Kar Bîne" #. Target load failed, #466803 #. Target load failed, #466803 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:426 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:451 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461 msgid "" "Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n" "It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n" @@ -503,29 +513,29 @@ "Are you sure you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:432 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:457 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467 msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "" #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." msgstr "" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -535,7 +545,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "" @@ -544,23 +554,23 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "&Kîtekîtan Nîşan Bide" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -568,24 +578,24 @@ msgstr "" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1059 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "Nasnav çewt e. Carek din biceribîne?" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Hişyarî" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1167 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -596,7 +606,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1259 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -609,39 +619,39 @@ msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1277 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1293 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1296 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "Xala &Girêdanê" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Cîhaz" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1381 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -649,17 +659,17 @@ "udev path: %6" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1436 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 msgid "None" msgstr "Ne Yek Jî" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1464 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -667,23 +677,23 @@ msgstr "" #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1477 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Info" msgstr "&Cîhaz" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1624 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1655 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -693,7 +703,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -702,17 +712,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1717 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "" #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1742 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1747 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "" @@ -733,39 +743,67 @@ msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "Rojanekirinan kontrol dike..." +#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file. +#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation. +#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing. +#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open. +#. +#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/" +#. @return [String] product name +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65 +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read settings file." +msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}" +msgstr "Nikare pela mîhengan bixwîne." + #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box, it might happen that we need to downgrade some packages during update -#: src/modules/Update.rb:817 -msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" +#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case +#. and we don't continue further +#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" +"%{patterns}" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:18 control/update.glade:42 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" +"%{packages}" +msgstr "" + +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Mîhengên Rojanekirinê" -#: control/update.glade:34 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4 msgid "Update" msgstr "Rojanekirin" -#: control/update.glade:48 control/update.glade:52 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7 #, fuzzy #| msgid "System for Update" msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Pergal ji bo Rojanekirinê" -#: control/update.glade:63 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Update Configuration" msgid "Update System Configuration" msgstr "Veavakirina Rojanekirinê" -#: control/update.glade:71 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9 msgid "Update Configuration" msgstr "Veavakirina Rojanekirinê" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/users.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/users.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/users.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: users.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-18 03:20+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ msgstr "" #. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise user to remember his new password +#. advise users to remember their new password #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgstr "" @@ -4013,22 +4013,22 @@ msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6596 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6606 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6619 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/vm.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/vm.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/vm.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -27,134 +27,174 @@ msgstr "" #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:148 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:167 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" msgstr "" #. progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:184 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:186 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:201 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:204 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:208 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:212 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:216 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:224 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233 msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:241 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236 +msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237 +msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:249 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "X server" +msgid "KVM server" +msgstr "Pêşkêşkera X" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253 +msgid "KVM tools" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "" -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:276 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260 +msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:294 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Virtualization" +msgid "Virtualization client tools" +msgstr "Ferazîkirin" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "X server" +msgid "Xen server" +msgstr "Pêşkêşkera X" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Admin Tools" +msgid "Xen tools" +msgstr "Amûrên Rêveber" + #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:372 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384 msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:380 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392 msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:387 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:398 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:411 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:424 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "" #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:427 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "" #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:432 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "" #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:449 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Preparing configuration..." msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "Veavakirin tên amadekirin..." #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:460 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "" #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:481 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:482 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" msgstr "" @@ -167,26 +207,26 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:540 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:543 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:546 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:549 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:550 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567 msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:551 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568 msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/wagon.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/wagon.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/wagon.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: wagon.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-27 02:36+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/wol.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/wol.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/wol.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/xpram.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/xpram.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/xpram.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: xpram.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-27 23:28+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/yast2-apparmor.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/yast2-apparmor.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/yast2-apparmor.ku.po 2014-10-07 15:42:02 UTC (rev 89772) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-08 00:18+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -304,11 +304,11 @@ #. May want to replace Wizard() with UI() #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:181 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:229 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:239 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:268 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:287 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "&Done" msgstr "&Qediya" @@ -1072,61 +1072,69 @@ msgid "Could not recognize mode: " msgstr "" -#. restarts ag_complain agent if necessary -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:128 +#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117 +msgid "enforce" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118 +msgid "complain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134 msgid "Show All Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:129 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135 msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:132 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138 msgid "Show Active Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:133 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139 msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles" msgstr "" #. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"), #. TODO switch to variable in a module #. TODO plain reread does not work here -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439 msgid "Profile Name" msgstr "Navê Profîlê" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Mod" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:154 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160 msgid "Toggle Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:155 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161 msgid "Set All to Enforce" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:156 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162 msgid "Set All to Complain" msgstr "" #. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:177 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183 msgid "Profile Mode Configuration" msgstr "" #. We'll need this often - cache it -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:225 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:264 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:283 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289 msgid "Configure Profile Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:291 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select a file to load." msgid "Select an action to perform." -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89771 - trunk/yast/lv/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 17:41:45 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89771 Added: trunk/yast/lv/po/cio.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/opensuse_mirror.lv.po Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/add-on-creator.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/add-on.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/audit-laf.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/auth-client.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/auth-server.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/autoinst.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/base.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/bootloader.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/ca-management.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/cluster.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/control-center.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/control.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/country.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/crowbar.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/dhcp-server.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/dns-server.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/drbd.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/fcoe-client.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/firewall-services.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/firewall.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/firstboot.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/ftp-server.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/geo-cluster.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/gtk.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/http-server.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/inetd.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/installation.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/instserver.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/iplb.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/iscsi-client.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/iscsi-lio-server.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/iscsi-server.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/isns.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/kdump.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/kerberos-server.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/kerberos.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/languages_db.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/ldap-client.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/ldap-server.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/ldap.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/live-installer.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/lxc.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/mail.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/multipath.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/ncurses-pkg.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/ncurses.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/network.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/nfs.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/nfs_server.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/nis.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/nis_server.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/ntp-client.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/oneclickinstall.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/online-update-configuration.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/online-update.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/packager.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/pam.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/pkg-bindings.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/printer.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/product-creator.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/proxy.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/qt-pkg.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/qt.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/rdp.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/rear.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/registration.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/reipl.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/relocation-server.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/s390.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/samba-client.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/samba-server.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/samba-users.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/scanner.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/security.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/services-manager.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/slp-server.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/snapper.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/sound.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/squid.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/sshd.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/storage.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/sudo.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/support.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/sysconfig.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/tftp-server.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/timezone_db.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/tune.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/update.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/users.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/vm.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/wagon.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/wol.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/xpram.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/yast2-apparmor.lv.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/add-on-creator.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/add-on-creator.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/add-on-creator.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/add-on.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/add-on.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/add-on.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -43,21 +43,21 @@ #. this is a heading #. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks #: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1871 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "" #. busy message (dialog) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label #: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1872 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" #. help #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879 msgid "Initializing add-on products..." msgstr "" @@ -83,10 +83,10 @@ #. placeholder for unknown path #. placeholder for unknown URL #: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:384 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:940 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:949 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ #. main screen heading #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "" @@ -215,40 +215,40 @@ #. ... #. ] #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:585 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1586 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1598 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604 msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:319 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316 msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "" #. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:392 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:394 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391 msgid "" "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \n" "Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n" "Select the repository to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:404 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401 msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "" @@ -260,33 +260,33 @@ #. else #. { #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:416 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:743 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:427 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:632 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:713 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "" #. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:719 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:725 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722 msgid "" "<big>Product Selection</big> \n" "Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n" @@ -294,12 +294,12 @@ msgstr "" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:793 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "" #. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:915 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 msgid "" "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big> \n" "Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" @@ -308,102 +308,102 @@ msgstr "" #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:970 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Product" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:972 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969 msgid "Media" msgstr "" #. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1127 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1135 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1253 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259 msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1260 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266 msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268 msgid "URL" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1276 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1280 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." msgstr "" #. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1335 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 msgid "Vendor: %1 " msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1336 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1339 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 msgid "Version: %1 " msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1340 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346 msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1343 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 msgid "Repository URL: %1 " msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355 msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1356 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362 msgid "Repository Alias: %1 " msgstr "" #. Removes the currently selected Add-On #. #. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1636 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1689 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1639 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645 msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1712 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718 msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/audit-laf.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/audit-laf.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/audit-laf.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -780,30 +780,44 @@ msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." msgstr "" -#. Error message +#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 +msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" +msgstr "" + +#. question continues +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467 +msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. message about loaded kernel module #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471 -msgid "" -"The audit daemon doesn't run.\n" -"Do you want to start it now?" +msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:476 -msgid "" -" The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" -"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" -"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n" -"Do you want to start the daemon now?" +#. Headline of a popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480 +msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:484 -msgid "Audit daemon not running." +#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "&Start" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "&Do not start" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491 msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -812,36 +826,36 @@ msgstr "" #. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:546 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548 msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:562 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566 msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:568 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572 msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "" #. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588 msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:587 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" @@ -849,26 +863,26 @@ msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:612 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614 msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:619 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "" #. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:650 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652 msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:656 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:705 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707 msgid "Log file" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/auth-client.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/auth-client.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/auth-client.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -391,23 +391,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/auth-server.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/auth-server.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/auth-server.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -237,6 +237,10 @@ msgstr "" #. Start new config wizward +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 +msgid "Migrate existing Configuration" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135 msgid "" "Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n" @@ -656,20 +660,22 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" "variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" -"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" "specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" @@ -679,14 +685,14 @@ "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:67 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" "LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n" "(e.g. ldapsearch), check Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n" @@ -696,13 +702,13 @@ "when creating the first database on a server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n" "change any configuration settings here.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n" "for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n" @@ -710,7 +716,7 @@ "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n" "click Change Password. \n" @@ -720,28 +726,28 @@ "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:102 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" "The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" "the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" @@ -752,17 +758,17 @@ "thumbs)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" "should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" @@ -771,7 +777,7 @@ "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "If Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status is enabled, users trying to\n" "authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n" @@ -780,30 +786,30 @@ "option. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" @@ -811,34 +817,34 @@ "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" "(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "Use Add to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n" "Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" @@ -846,30 +852,30 @@ "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" @@ -877,21 +883,21 @@ "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:200 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:204 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" "in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" @@ -903,11 +909,11 @@ "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:214 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:215 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" "made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" @@ -915,21 +921,21 @@ "such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" "Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:228 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 msgid "" "Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n" "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" @@ -939,15 +945,15 @@ "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:236 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:237 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 msgid "" "refreshOnly: The slave server will periodically open a new\n" "connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n" @@ -955,28 +961,28 @@ "Replication Interval setting.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:244 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 msgid "" "refreshAndPersist: The slave server will open a persistent\n" "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:249 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:250 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" "The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:253 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:254 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" @@ -986,22 +992,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "<big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" #. Write dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 msgid "<big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big> \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:272 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog\n" @@ -1009,11 +1015,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:278 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 msgid "" "This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n" "created. Click Finish to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n" @@ -1021,78 +1027,78 @@ msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:287 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" "If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n" "for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.\n" msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:297 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:300 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 msgid "" "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:306 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" "Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:310 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:313 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" "To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the Enabled TLS\n" "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:319 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" "Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" "support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:324 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" "corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:329 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:330 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" "different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" @@ -1100,19 +1106,19 @@ "textfields.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:336 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 msgid "" "To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:340 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "Below this item, configure some global parameters." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:344 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" "Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" "a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" @@ -1120,71 +1126,71 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:350 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" "Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:354 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:357 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:358 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" "LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:361 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" "Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" "credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:364 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:367 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:372 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:373 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 msgid "" "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests: The Server will\n" "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:378 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" "Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:381 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" "receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:386 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 msgid "" "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated:\n" "The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n" @@ -1192,7 +1198,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:392 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" "\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" @@ -1202,29 +1208,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:400 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:401 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" "To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:404 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" "Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:407 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" "If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" "checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:410 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" "To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" "server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" @@ -1233,231 +1239,231 @@ #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:417 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:421 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: database_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:425 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: acl_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:429 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:433 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:437 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:441 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:444 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:449 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:454 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:459 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:462 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:467 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:472 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:477 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:482 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:487 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:492 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:495 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : dict_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:501 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:505 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:509 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:513 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:517 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:521 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_type -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:525 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:529 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:533 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:537 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:541 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:545 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:549 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:553 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:557 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:561 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:565 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:569 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." msgstr "" @@ -1766,6 +1772,10 @@ #. Ralf Haferkamp <rhafer(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id$ +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25 +msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28 msgid "MirrorMode Node List" msgstr "" @@ -2691,8 +2701,8 @@ msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3479 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3526 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3572 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." msgstr "" @@ -2955,7 +2965,7 @@ msgid "Could not create database directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4096 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." msgstr "" @@ -2968,101 +2978,101 @@ msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3373 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3386 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3399 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3412 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3425 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3511 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3557 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3603 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 msgid "Writing to password file failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3969 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3979 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3974 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3984 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4016 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4024 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4031 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4043 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4048 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4062 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4069 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4089 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4863 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 #, perl-format msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4873 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4874 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 #, perl-format msgid "" "Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n" "CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4968 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4978 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5346 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5355 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/autoinst.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/autoinst.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/autoinst.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:422 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" @@ -104,8 +104,7 @@ msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "" -#. doClone(); -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:84 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82 msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "" @@ -115,33 +114,26 @@ msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set." msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/clone_system.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Author: Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> -#. Summary: This client is clones some settings of the -#. system. -#. -#. Changes: * initial - just do a simple clone -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:42 +#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:52 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:59 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64 msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89 msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:92 -msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "" #. help 1/2 @@ -273,21 +265,21 @@ msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268 msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:289 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:302 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:405 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404 msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "" @@ -2157,12 +2149,12 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for #. #. @return the newly created node name -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129 msgid " - Drive" msgstr "" #. volume group -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133 msgid " - Volume group" msgstr "" @@ -2261,11 +2253,11 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:908 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 msgid "Drives" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 msgid "Total of %1 drive" msgstr "" @@ -2445,35 +2437,35 @@ msgstr "" #. 1 cyl buffer per partition -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:491 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:918 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" msgstr "" #. Handle /etc/fstab usage #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "" #. a popup -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025 msgid "No Linux root partition found." msgstr "" #. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting #. is inevitable. -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038 msgid "" "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" msgstr "" #. return list of available devices -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/base.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/base.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/base.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -1166,7 +1166,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:877 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "" @@ -1189,7 +1189,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2552 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" @@ -1370,6 +1370,25 @@ msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +msgid "Updating system configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +msgid "This may take a while." +msgstr "" + +#. Get information about the OS release +#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file +#. is missing. +#. +#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) +#. @return [String] the release information +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63 +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "" + #. Confirm user request to abort installation #: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833 msgid "Really abort the installation?" @@ -1949,15 +1968,15 @@ #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:401 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "" @@ -1965,27 +1984,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" @@ -1995,326 +2014,326 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1123 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 msgid "ATM" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1137 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1165 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "FICON" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1177 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1182 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1227 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "TUN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "TAP" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "" @@ -2377,7 +2396,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:288 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2386,26 +2405,23 @@ msgstr "" #. If there is network running, return true. -#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Mode and return false +#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 -msgid "No running network detected." +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349 +msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" +"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:356 -msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" -msgstr "" - -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:357 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355 msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" -"and start this module again" +"and start this module again\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:360 -msgid "or continue without network." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names #: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 msgid "" @@ -2706,51 +2722,51 @@ msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1715 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 msgid "Package: " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206 msgid "Size: " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "" #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:248 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:310 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:376 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:389 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:598 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:397 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:606 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "" @@ -2759,57 +2775,57 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:425 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:459 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:482 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:523 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:583 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:585 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:657 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:780 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" @@ -2820,34 +2836,34 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:795 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805 msgid "Side A" msgstr "" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:798 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808 msgid "Side B" msgstr "" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:814 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:819 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" msgstr "" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -2856,7 +2872,7 @@ msgstr "" #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -2865,89 +2881,89 @@ msgstr "" #. currently unused -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858 msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." msgstr "" #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:869 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2158 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:892 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:897 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:985 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:992 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1013 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1074 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084 msgid "&URL" msgstr "" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1321 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1354 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1358 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1489 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1601 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1361 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1492 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1604 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -2955,103 +2971,103 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1380 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1514 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1620 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1436 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1485 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1498 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1597 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1685 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1693 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1713 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "" #. at start of patch providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744 msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1742 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752 msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" msgstr "" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1821 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1826 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "" #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843 msgid "Script: " msgstr "" #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1927 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3061,68 +3077,68 @@ msgstr "" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1959 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1993 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2043 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2091 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2196 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2271 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" #. progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2204 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2287 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297 msgid "Status" msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2237 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2274 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2353 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "" @@ -3133,27 +3149,27 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2369 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2385 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "" #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "" #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2515 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3161,7 +3177,7 @@ msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2549 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "" @@ -3217,44 +3233,20 @@ msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "" -#. display an error message and advice to manually fix the system -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:236 -msgid "" -"The current system is not consistent,\n" -"some packages have unresolved dependencies." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:243 -msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:252 -msgid "" -"Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" -"check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" -"in the software manager." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:263 -msgid "" -"Start the software manager and fix the problems\n" -"or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" -msgstr "" - #. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:325 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223 msgid "" "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" "to be solved manually in the software manager." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:520 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3262,12 +3254,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3384,7 +3376,7 @@ #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:548 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545 msgid "Packages" msgstr "" @@ -3709,7 +3701,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -3718,23 +3710,23 @@ msgstr "" #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:993 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1019 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1112 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -3748,12 +3740,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1129 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1148 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -3766,96 +3758,102 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "" #. we need to remember the values for tab switching +#. these are the initial values #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:145 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:146 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:340 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:544 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541 msgid "Media" msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:546 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543 msgid "Remaining" msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547 msgid "Time" msgstr "" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:566 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:650 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647 msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:651 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." msgstr "" #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:683 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680 msgid "&Details" msgstr "" -#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:721 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 +msgid "Performing Upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722 msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:757 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" msgstr "" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:845 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "" #. read file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:185 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187 msgid "File not found." msgstr "" #. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:191 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "" @@ -4463,7 +4461,7 @@ msgstr "" #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:648 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/bootloader.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/bootloader.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/bootloader.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -122,22 +122,22 @@ msgstr "" #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:108 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "" #. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:118 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "" #. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:217 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 msgid "Booting" msgstr "" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:219 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "" @@ -146,12 +146,12 @@ #. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 msgid "Disk Order" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "" @@ -162,10 +162,9 @@ msgstr "" #. `VSpacing(1), -#. Run dialog for loader installation details for Grub2 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#. Window title #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgstr "" @@ -258,23 +257,29 @@ "to start this section." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 +msgid "" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" @@ -283,25 +288,25 @@ "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:82 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" @@ -309,7 +314,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:95 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -318,72 +323,72 @@ "To remove a disk, push Remove." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 msgid "Graphical &Menu File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125 msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126 msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "" @@ -435,110 +440,110 @@ #. Common widget of a console #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "" #. textentry header -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455 msgid "&Device" msgstr "" #. disabling & enabling up/down -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:542 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544 msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:551 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553 msgid "D&isks" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:565 msgid "&Up" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:564 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:566 msgid "&Down" msgstr "" #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:768 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:803 -msgid "Boot Loader Location" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740 +msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:774 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:809 -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741 +msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:748 -msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811 +msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 -msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817 +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:754 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:780 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:821 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:814 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822 msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "" #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:873 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831 msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" msgstr "" -#. Cache for genericWidgets function -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:52 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "" -#. there is no graphic adapter on s390 (bnc#874010) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:75 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgstr "" -#. there is no os prober on s390(bnc#868909) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:94 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." msgstr "" @@ -574,24 +579,40 @@ msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" + #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 +msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +msgid "D&istributor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98 msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 +msgid "Protective MBR flag" +msgstr "" + #. combo box item #. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels #. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels @@ -624,30 +645,50 @@ msgid "Unspecified" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 +msgid "set" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 +msgid "remove" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 +msgid "do not change" +msgstr "" + #. Init function for console #. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:148 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "" #. FATE: #110038: Serial console #. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:223 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:235 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:242 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:250 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "" +#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 +msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +msgstr "" + #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption @@ -661,7 +702,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "" @@ -792,11 +833,7 @@ msgid "Xen" msgstr "" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152 -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:91 msgid "Floppy" msgstr "" @@ -1647,33 +1684,34 @@ #. #. #. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:167 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:171 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:183 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:187 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:205 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "" @@ -1682,31 +1720,33 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "" #. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda) -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 msgid " (\"/boot\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 msgid " (extended)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:236 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 msgid " (\"/\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242 +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr "" #. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:256 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "" @@ -1729,232 +1769,126 @@ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:76 +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "" #. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" msgstr "" #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "" #. TODO add more devices -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:126 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" msgstr "" -#. if "iscsi" is true -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:166 -msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:184 +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "" #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:204 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "" #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:259 -msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:278 +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:177 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:179 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:181 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" #. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307 msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:366 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:368 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:374 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:376 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:378 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:79 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:85 -msgid "Failsafe" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:97 -msgid "Hard Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:103 -msgid "Memory Test" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:109 -msgid "MBR before Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:115 -msgid "Previous Kernel" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:121 -msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:230 -msgid "_Linux" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:237 -msgid "_Failsafe" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:244 -msgid "_Floppy" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:251 -msgid "_Hard Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:258 -msgid "_Memory Test" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:265 -msgid "_MBR before Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:272 -msgid "_Previous Kernel" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:279 -msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/ca-management.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/ca-management.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/ca-management.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -53,25 +53,25 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:442 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 msgid "Organization" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:444 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 msgid "Locality" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:445 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 msgid "State" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:446 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 msgid "Country" msgstr "" @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ msgstr "" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:440 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "" @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ msgid "Email" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:443 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "" @@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline #. we need to fake a certificate name #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:571 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 @@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ #. The main () #. To translators: dialog label #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:174 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 msgid "Common Server Certificate" msgstr "" @@ -659,11 +659,18 @@ msgid "For more information, please read the manual." msgstr "" +#. popup text +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 +msgid "" +"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" +"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" +msgstr "" + #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:159 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 @@ -671,29 +678,29 @@ msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:166 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 msgid "&Remove" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:168 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 msgid "&Import/Replace" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:208 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:210 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 msgid "" "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:214 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?" msgstr "" @@ -724,51 +731,99 @@ msgid "Issued For:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:214 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 msgid "Issued By:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:248 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " msgstr "" #. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:271 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 msgid "&Advanced..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:273 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:462 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 msgid "&View" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:274 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 msgid "&Change CA Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:275 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 msgid "C&reate SubCA" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:276 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 msgid "Export to &File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:277 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 msgid "Export to &LDAP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:278 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 msgid "&Edit Default" msgstr "" @@ -822,7 +877,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:774 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 msgid "Summary" msgstr "" @@ -854,18 +909,18 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:815 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:826 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:929 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:938 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:947 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1036 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1045 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1184 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1193 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1202 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 msgid " (critical)\n" msgstr "" @@ -877,40 +932,40 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:954 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:994 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 msgid "(critical) " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:999 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1070 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 msgid "(critical)\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:812 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 msgid "nsComment: " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:825 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 msgid "nsCertType: " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address" msgstr "" @@ -984,83 +1039,203 @@ "Certificate not found" msgstr "" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Is CA: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Key Size: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Serialnumber: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Version: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid from: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid to: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of pub. Key : " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of signature: " +msgstr "" + #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) #. Initialize the tab of the dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:389 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:518 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 msgid "Valid" msgstr "" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:392 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 msgid "Revoked" msgstr "" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:396 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 msgid "Expired" msgstr "" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:439 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 msgid "Status" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:441 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 msgid "E-Mail Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 msgid "Add Server Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 msgid "Add Client Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:463 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 msgid "&Change Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:464 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 msgid "&Revoke" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:465 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "" #. Fate (#2613) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:469 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 msgid "Export" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:471 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 msgid "Export to File" msgstr "" #. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 msgid "Export to LDAP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:572 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 msgid "Delete current certificate?" msgstr "" @@ -1150,7 +1325,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:712 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 msgid "&Valid Period (days):" msgstr "" @@ -1578,7 +1753,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:802 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 msgid "Path Length " msgstr "" @@ -1780,6 +1955,13 @@ "Request not found.\n" msgstr "" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 +msgid "" +"\n" +"generation Time: " +msgstr "" + #. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention #. @param request extention #. @return [void] @@ -1788,77 +1970,77 @@ #. @param request extention #. @return [void] #. Filling up reqeust extentions -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:245 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:569 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:674 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found." msgstr "" #. IS CA ? -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:632 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:639 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:691 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 msgid "This frame shows the signing request." msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:696 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:719 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:725 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)" msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:765 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:771 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 msgid "Click Sign Request to go on." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:789 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 msgid " days" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:795 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 msgid " (critical)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1221 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 msgid "&Edit Request" msgstr "" #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1232 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 msgid "Sign Request" msgstr "" #. signing request -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1245 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 msgid "The request has been signed." msgstr "" Added: trunk/yast/lv/po/cio.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/cio.lv.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/cio.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +# Latvian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2010 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: lv\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Used" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +msgid "Filter channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "&Clear selection" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +msgid "&Unban Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "" +"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Ranges to Unban." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/cluster.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/cluster.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/cluster.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -76,229 +76,229 @@ msgstr "" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:83 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120 msgid "OK" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "nodeid" msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Transport:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:391 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:396 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:417 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470 msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:420 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1334 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396 msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:404 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464 msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480 msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:428 -msgid "expected votes:" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "" -#. Changewidget items will change value to first one automatically -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:671 +#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "Threads:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:677 -msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:682 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:787 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 msgid "Running" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "Not running" msgstr "" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:825 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:835 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:842 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:962 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:967 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041 msgid "Del" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:968 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:974 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Sync File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:981 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1117 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1120 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1150 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1164 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1178 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1225 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" msgstr "" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1235 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "" #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1249 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "" #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1329 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1332 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1335 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1339 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" @@ -311,23 +311,26 @@ "<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" "<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" @@ -336,7 +339,7 @@ "\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" @@ -347,28 +350,28 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:77 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<big>Saving cluster Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -387,96 +390,96 @@ msgstr "" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395 msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:402 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:404 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423 msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:429 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440 msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "" #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:457 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:473 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:490 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502 msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525 msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/control-center.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/control-center.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/control-center.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/control.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/control.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/control.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -15,708 +15,206 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:7 -msgid "Add-On Product Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:15 -msgid "Language Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:355 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "The installation has completed successfully.\n" "Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" "\n" "\n" "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" "\n" -"\t" +" " msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:371 control/control.openSUSE.glade:429 -msgid "Initialization..." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:372 control/control.openSUSE.glade:430 -msgid "Configuring network..." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:373 control/control.openSUSE.glade:431 -msgid "Configuring hardware..." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:374 control/control.openSUSE.glade:432 -msgid "Finishing configuration..." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:377 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:319 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:343 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:382 control/control.SLED.glade:493 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:771 control/control.SLED.glade:775 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:956 control/control.SLED.glade:997 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:324 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:412 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:551 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:886 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:890 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1077 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1118 control/control.SLES.glade:348 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:436 control/control.SLES.glade:554 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:575 control/control.SLES.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:914 control/control.SLES.glade:1101 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1142 control/control.glade:72 -#: control/control.glade:132 control/control.glade:464 -#: control/control.glade:508 control/control.openSUSE.glade:463 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:583 control/control.openSUSE.glade:895 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:899 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1071 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:436 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:382 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:470 control/control.SLES.glade:406 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:494 control/control.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:444 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:392 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:478 control/control.SLES.glade:416 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:502 control/control.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19 msgid "Expert" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:461 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:497 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:521 control/control.openSUSE.glade:550 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:478 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:515 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:539 control/control.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:568 control/control.openSUSE.glade:984 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:989 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:512 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:570 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:613 control/control.SLES.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:637 control/control.glade:153 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:601 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:559 control/control.SLED.glade:1212 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1218 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:653 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1350 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1362 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:690 control/control.SLES.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:1380 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1386 control/control.SLES.glade:1398 -#: control/control.glade:194 control/control.glade:692 -#: control/control.glade:697 control/control.glade:701 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:643 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1305 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1311 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:579 control/control.SLED.glade:692 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:816 control/control.SLED.glade:926 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1320 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:695 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:807 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:931 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1047 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:719 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:831 control/control.SLES.glade:955 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1071 control/control.SLES.glade:1510 -#: control/control.glade:213 control/control.glade:313 -#: control/control.glade:416 control/control.openSUSE.glade:667 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:794 control/control.openSUSE.glade:937 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1038 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1428 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:585 control/control.SLED.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:697 control/control.SLED.glade:739 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:822 control/control.SLED.glade:831 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:710 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:812 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:854 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:937 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:946 control/control.SLES.glade:725 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:734 control/control.SLES.glade:836 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:878 control/control.SLES.glade:961 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:970 control/control.glade:219 -#: control/control.glade:228 control/control.glade:237 -#: control/control.glade:319 control/control.glade:328 -#: control/control.glade:337 control/control.glade:449 -#: control/control.glade:493 control/control.openSUSE.glade:672 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:799 control/control.openSUSE.glade:841 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:943 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1066 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +msgid "Network Autosetup" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:600 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:716 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:740 control/control.glade:343 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:682 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:606 control/control.SLED.glade:707 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:837 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:722 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:822 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:952 control/control.SLES.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:846 control/control.SLES.glade:976 -#: control/control.glade:243 control/control.glade:349 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:686 control/control.openSUSE.glade:809 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:951 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:612 control/control.SLED.glade:618 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:711 control/control.SLED.glade:715 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:843 control/control.SLED.glade:849 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1325 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:728 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:734 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:826 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:830 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:958 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:964 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1491 control/control.SLES.glade:752 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:758 control/control.SLES.glade:850 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:854 control/control.SLES.glade:982 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:988 control/control.SLES.glade:1515 -#: control/control.glade:249 control/control.glade:255 -#: control/control.glade:355 control/control.glade:361 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:690 control/control.openSUSE.glade:694 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:813 control/control.openSUSE.glade:817 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:955 control/control.openSUSE.glade:959 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1433 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:624 control/control.SLED.glade:865 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:740 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:980 control/control.SLES.glade:764 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1004 control/control.glade:261 -#: control/control.glade:378 control/control.openSUSE.glade:704 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:975 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:630 control/control.SLED.glade:749 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:864 control/control.SLES.glade:770 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:888 control/control.glade:267 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:861 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +msgid "Disk" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:647 control/control.SLED.glade:651 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:763 control/control.SLED.glade:767 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:878 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:882 control/control.SLES.glade:902 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:906 control/control.openSUSE.glade:735 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:739 control/control.openSUSE.glade:875 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:879 -msgid "User Settings" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +msgid "Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:655 control/control.openSUSE.glade:747 -msgid "Installation Overview" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:662 control/control.SLED.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:670 control/control.SLED.glade:674 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:678 control/control.SLED.glade:781 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:785 control/control.SLED.glade:791 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:795 control/control.SLED.glade:799 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:805 control/control.SLED.glade:963 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:967 control/control.SLED.glade:971 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:975 control/control.SLED.glade:1004 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1008 control/control.SLED.glade:1012 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1016 control/control.SLED.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1294 control/control.SLED.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1302 control/control.SLED.glade:1306 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1310 control/control.SLED.glade:1414 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1418 control/control.SLED.glade:1422 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:772 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:776 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:784 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:789 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:794 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:896 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:900 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:906 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:914 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1084 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1088 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1092 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1125 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1129 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1133 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1137 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1450 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1458 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1462 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1466 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1471 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1476 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1580 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1584 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1588 control/control.SLES.glade:796 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:800 control/control.SLES.glade:804 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:808 control/control.SLES.glade:813 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:818 control/control.SLES.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:924 control/control.SLES.glade:930 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:934 control/control.SLES.glade:938 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:944 control/control.SLES.glade:1108 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1112 control/control.SLES.glade:1116 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1120 control/control.SLES.glade:1149 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1153 control/control.SLES.glade:1157 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1161 control/control.SLES.glade:1474 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1478 control/control.SLES.glade:1482 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:1490 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1495 control/control.SLES.glade:1500 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1604 control/control.SLES.glade:1608 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1612 control/control.glade:291 -#: control/control.glade:295 control/control.glade:299 -#: control/control.glade:303 control/control.glade:469 -#: control/control.glade:473 control/control.glade:477 -#: control/control.glade:513 control/control.glade:517 -#: control/control.glade:521 control/control.glade:612 -#: control/control.glade:620 control/control.glade:624 -#: control/control.glade:744 control/control.glade:748 -#: control/control.glade:752 control/control.glade:756 -#: control/control.glade:760 control/control.glade:777 -#: control/control.glade:785 control/control.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:793 control/control.openSUSE.glade:754 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:758 control/control.openSUSE.glade:763 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:770 control/control.openSUSE.glade:774 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:780 control/control.openSUSE.glade:905 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:909 control/control.openSUSE.glade:913 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:917 control/control.openSUSE.glade:923 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1078 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1082 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1086 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1090 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1123 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1127 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1131 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1135 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1393 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1397 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1401 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1405 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1409 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1413 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1417 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1522 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1526 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1530 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:720 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:835 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:859 control/control.openSUSE.glade:822 -msgid "Repair" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:734 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:756 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:849 control/control.SLES.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:873 control/control.glade:283 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:744 control/control.openSUSE.glade:836 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:757 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:872 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:896 control/control.openSUSE.glade:729 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:869 -msgid "Disk" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:855 control/control.SLED.glade:1331 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:970 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1497 control/control.SLES.glade:994 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1521 control/control.glade:367 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:963 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1439 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:872 control/control.SLED.glade:1348 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:987 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1514 control/control.SLES.glade:1011 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1538 control/control.glade:385 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:981 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1456 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 msgid "Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:875 control/control.SLED.glade:880 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:990 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:995 control/control.SLES.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1019 control/control.glade:388 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "" -#. FATE #304940: s390 reIPL -#: control/control.SLED.glade:890 control/control.SLED.glade:899 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:903 control/control.SLED.glade:907 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:911 control/control.SLED.glade:915 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1032 control/control.SLED.glade:1359 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1364 control/control.SLED.glade:1369 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1375 control/control.SLED.glade:1379 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1383 control/control.SLED.glade:1387 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1392 control/control.SLED.glade:1397 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1450 control/control.SLED.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1005 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1018 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1022 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1026 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1031 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1036 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1153 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1525 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1535 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1541 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1545 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1553 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1558 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1563 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1617 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1621 control/control.SLES.glade:1029 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1038 control/control.SLES.glade:1042 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1046 control/control.SLES.glade:1050 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1055 control/control.SLES.glade:1060 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1177 control/control.SLES.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1554 control/control.SLES.glade:1559 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1565 control/control.SLES.glade:1569 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1573 control/control.SLES.glade:1577 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1582 control/control.SLES.glade:1587 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1641 control/control.SLES.glade:1645 -#: control/control.glade:393 control/control.glade:397 -#: control/control.glade:401 control/control.glade:405 -#: control/control.glade:538 control/control.glade:546 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:999 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1008 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1012 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1016 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1020 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1026 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1467 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1472 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1477 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1483 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1487 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1491 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1495 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1500 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1505 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1555 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1559 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:930 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1051 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1075 control/control.glade:421 -#: control/control.glade:429 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1042 -msgid "System Information" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:934 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1055 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1079 control/control.glade:433 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1046 -msgid "Perform Repair" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:945 control/control.SLED.glade:986 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1262 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1066 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1422 control/control.SLES.glade:1090 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1131 control/control.SLES.glade:1446 -#: control/control.glade:444 control/control.glade:488 -#: control/control.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1060 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1106 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1365 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:951 control/control.SLED.glade:992 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1072 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1113 control/control.SLES.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1137 control/control.glade:459 -#: control/control.glade:503 -msgid "Language" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1038 control/control.SLED.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1239 control/control.SLED.glade:1428 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1460 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1159 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1252 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1399 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1594 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1627 control/control.SLES.glade:1183 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1276 control/control.SLES.glade:1423 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1618 control/control.SLES.glade:1651 -#: control/control.glade:551 control/control.glade:631 -#: control/control.glade:798 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1213 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1332 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1536 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1565 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1041 control/control.SLED.glade:1048 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1145 control/control.SLED.glade:1151 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1155 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1162 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1169 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1294 control/control.SLES.glade:1186 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1193 control/control.SLES.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1314 control/control.SLES.glade:1318 -#: control/control.glade:554 control/control.glade:560 -#: control/control.glade:643 control/control.glade:648 -#: control/control.glade:652 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1254 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1260 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1264 -msgid "Network" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1054 control/control.SLED.glade:1058 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1159 control/control.SLED.glade:1163 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1175 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1179 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1302 control/control.SLES.glade:1199 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1203 control/control.SLES.glade:1322 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1326 control/control.glade:566 -#: control/control.glade:656 -msgid "Customer Center" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1064 control/control.SLED.glade:1070 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1076 control/control.SLED.glade:1170 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1176 control/control.SLED.glade:1180 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1184 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1185 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1191 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1197 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1314 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1318 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1322 control/control.SLES.glade:1209 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1215 control/control.SLES.glade:1221 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1332 control/control.SLES.glade:1338 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1342 control/control.SLES.glade:1346 -#: control/control.glade:572 control/control.glade:578 -#: control/control.glade:584 control/control.glade:662 -#: control/control.glade:668 control/control.glade:672 -#: control/control.glade:676 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1268 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1272 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1276 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1280 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1284 -msgid "Online Update" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1083 control/control.SLED.glade:1208 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1205 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1346 control/control.SLES.glade:1229 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1370 control/control.glade:588 -#: control/control.glade:688 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1301 -msgid "Release Notes" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1110 control/control.SLED.glade:1242 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1402 control/control.SLES.glade:1426 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1221 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1335 -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1116 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1255 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1279 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1227 -msgid "root Password" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1121 control/control.SLED.glade:1127 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1133 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1260 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1266 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1272 control/control.SLES.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1290 control/control.SLES.glade:1296 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1232 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1238 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1244 -msgid "Check Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1139 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1278 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1302 control/control.glade:639 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1250 -msgid "Hostname" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1188 control/control.SLED.glade:1192 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1332 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1336 control/control.SLES.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1360 control/control.glade:680 -#: control/control.glade:684 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1288 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1292 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1342 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1346 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1271 control/control.SLED.glade:1277 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1281 control/control.SLED.glade:1337 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1343 control/control.SLED.glade:1351 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1431 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1437 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1441 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1503 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1509 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1517 control/control.SLES.glade:1455 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1461 control/control.SLES.glade:1465 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1527 control/control.SLES.glade:1533 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1541 control/control.glade:719 -#: control/control.glade:727 control/control.glade:733 -#: control/control.glade:737 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1374 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1380 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1384 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1445 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1451 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1459 -msgid "AutoYaST Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1431 control/control.SLED.glade:1463 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1597 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1630 control/control.SLES.glade:1621 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1654 control/control.glade:801 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1539 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1568 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1467 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1201 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1340 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1601 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1634 control/control.SLES.glade:1225 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1364 control/control.SLES.glade:1625 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1658 -msgid "Clean Up" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:291 control/control.SLES.glade:314 -msgid "" -"\n" -"\n" -"The installation has completed successfully.\n" -"Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"\n" -"\t" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:307 control/control.SLES.glade:330 -msgid "Server Base Scenario" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:308 control/control.SLES.glade:331 -msgid "" -"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n" -"Choose the one that matches your server the best." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:314 control/control.SLES.glade:337 -msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:315 control/control.SLES.glade:338 -msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:316 control/control.SLES.glade:339 -msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:639 control/control.SLES.glade:663 -msgid "Network Services Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:760 control/control.SLES.glade:784 -msgid "Server Scenario" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:765 control/control.SLES.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:286 -msgid "Installation Summary" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1326 control/control.SLES.glade:1350 -msgid "Service" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES.glade:340 -msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.glade:276 control/control.openSUSE.glade:717 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.glade:634 -msgid "Root Password" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:420 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -"\t " -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:438 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:451 -msgid "GNOME Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:452 -msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:453 -msgid "XFCE Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:454 -msgid "LXDE Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:455 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:456 -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:457 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:699 control/control.openSUSE.glade:970 -msgid "Online Repositories" -msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/country.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/country.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/country.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/crowbar.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/crowbar.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/crowbar.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/dhcp-server.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/dhcp-server.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/dhcp-server.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1651 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 msgid "IP" msgstr "" @@ -535,75 +535,74 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:609 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 msgid "" -"The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" -"and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" -"Really use this interface?\n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"and netmask)." msgstr "" #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:633 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:640 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:658 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:666 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:684 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1140 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 msgid "&Units" msgstr "" @@ -611,48 +610,48 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1018 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1030 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1042 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1054 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1068 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1074 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1104 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "" @@ -660,7 +659,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1110 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 @@ -671,7 +670,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 @@ -679,53 +678,53 @@ msgstr "" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1125 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1131 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 msgid "&Default" msgstr "" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1159 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1361 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1370 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "" #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -733,8 +732,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "" @@ -742,135 +741,135 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1595 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1618 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1649 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 msgid "Type" msgstr "" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1662 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 msgid "&Name" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1690 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1692 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1707 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1710 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1812 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1886 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1932 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1942 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1952 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "" #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1970 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2034 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "" #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2006 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2021 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "" #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -883,15 +882,15 @@ msgstr "" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" @@ -903,7 +902,7 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2237 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/dns-server.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/dns-server.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/dns-server.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/drbd.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/drbd.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/drbd.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -20,6 +20,16 @@ msgid "Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "" +#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86 +msgid "DRBD" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88 +msgid "&DRBD" +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. @@ -57,20 +67,72 @@ msgid "Resource Configuration" msgstr "" +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 +msgid "Resource Basic Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 +msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51 +msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52 +msgid "" +"included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69 +msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86 +msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n" +msgstr "" + #. Drbd configure1 dialog caption #. Drbd configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:60 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138 msgid "DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" #. Drbd configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:63 -msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 +msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "" #. Drbd configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 -msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141 +msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -94,7 +156,7 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 @@ -108,7 +170,7 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 @@ -125,14 +187,77 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55 +msgid "<big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Booting:\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually\n" +"\t\tSwitch On and Off:\n" +"\t\t\tStarting or Stopping DRBD Server right now\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +msgid "<big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\tProtocol\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" +"\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" +"\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" +"\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" @@ -142,32 +267,33 @@ " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" -"Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n" -"module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n" -"configured in this file.\n" +" use this if you want to define more resources later\n" +" without reloading the module.\n" +" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n" +" as configured mentioned in this file. " msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"Configure DRBD here. \n" +"Configure drbd here. \n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n" -"If your DRBD was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" +"If your drbd was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -175,30 +301,30 @@ msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:93 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" -"Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n" +"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Press Add to configure a DRBD.\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Press Add to configure a drbd." msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgstr "" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -207,7 +333,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -215,7 +341,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -231,12 +357,13 @@ msgid "Protocol" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:545 +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546 msgid "Node names must be different." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:567 -msgid "Fill out all fields." +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568 +msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -278,8 +405,8 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81 msgid "" -"To propagate this configuration,\n" -"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n" +"To propagate this configuration ,\n" +"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." msgstr "" #. } @@ -293,85 +420,144 @@ #. Report::Error ( Service::Error()); #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 -msgid "Starting DRBD service failed." +msgid "Start DRBD service failed" msgstr "" #. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150 -msgid "Stopping DRBD service failed." +msgid "Stop DRBD service failed" msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137 msgid "Heartbeat Configuration" msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:138 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of drbd. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101 +msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123 +msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:71 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:79 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:80 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:81 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:84 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:85 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:86 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:87 src/modules/Drbd.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" +#. new_map = remove(new_map, key); +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412 +msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421 +msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445 +msgid "" +"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464 +msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" #. if (!modified) return true; #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502 +msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/fcoe-client.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/fcoe-client.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/fcoe-client.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -35,20 +35,55 @@ msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "" +#. setting of config value is 'yes' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#. setting of config value is 'no' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:92 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 msgid "" "Cannot remove the FCoE interface.\n" "Command %1 failed." msgstr "" +#. FCoE is not available on the interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 +msgid "not available" +msgstr "" + +#. the interface is not configured for FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 +msgid "not configured" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is 'true' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 +msgid "true" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is 'false' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 +msgid "false" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is not set at all +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 +msgid "not set" +msgstr "" + #. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:280 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2" msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:342 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -56,7 +91,7 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:357 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -64,12 +99,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:391 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device" msgstr "" #. question to the user: really create and start FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 msgid "" "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" "interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n" @@ -77,28 +112,28 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." msgstr "" #. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:454 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:462 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 msgid "" "Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" "Continue because running in test mode" msgstr "" #. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:557 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?" msgstr "" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:565 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 msgid "" "Attention:\n" "Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" @@ -106,30 +141,30 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:575 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 msgid "" "Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" "to an already activated multipath device." msgstr "" #. replace values in table -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:724 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:736 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed." msgstr "" #. text of a warning popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:768 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 msgid "" "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" "interface isn't DCB capable." msgstr "" #. text of an information (notify) popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:805 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 msgid "" "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." @@ -449,197 +484,188 @@ msgstr "" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:862 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:871 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "" #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:891 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:905 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "" +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." +msgstr "" + #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" "VLAN interface to get a valid configuration." msgstr "" -#. it's about a flag which is not set at all -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1099 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1105 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1110 -msgid "not set" -msgstr "" - -#. also about setting of a flag -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "true" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "false" -msgstr "" - #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 msgid "Check services" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1461 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1463 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1467 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1469 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1471 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1475 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1569 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1501 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1514 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1524 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "" #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1540 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1559 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1563 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1565 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "" #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1567 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1605 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "" #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1669 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 msgid "General FCoE configuration" msgstr "" #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1683 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1691 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1701 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 msgid "Starting of services" msgstr "" #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1709 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1719 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 msgid "enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1710 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1720 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/firewall-services.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/firewall-services.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/firewall-services.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/firewall.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/firewall.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/firewall.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/firstboot.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/firstboot.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/firstboot.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/ftp-server.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/ftp-server.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/ftp-server.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/geo-cluster.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/geo-cluster.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/geo-cluster.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ #. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:97 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -72,92 +72,249 @@ #. #. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +msgid "configuration file" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "arbitrator ip" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "transport" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:72 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 msgid "Delete" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" #. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:104 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "OK" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:105 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" -#. parser value first -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Please enter valid ip address" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:164 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 +msgid "retries" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 +msgid "weights" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188 +msgid "expire" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 +msgid "acquire-after" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +msgid "before-acquire-handler" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "timeout is no valid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:166 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231 +msgid "expire is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +msgid "acquireafter is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +msgid "retries is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +msgid "weights is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "ticket can not be null" msgstr "" +#. fill confs with global_files +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332 +msgid "site have to be filled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337 +msgid "ticket have to be filled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582 +msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!" +msgstr "" + #. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:317 +#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd. +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Geo Cluster configure" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527 +msgid "Ticket name already exist!" +msgstr "" + +#. abort? +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573 +msgid "Configuration name can not be null" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576 +msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589 +msgid "port is invalid!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595 +msgid "transport have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +msgid "site have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605 +msgid "ticket have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644 +msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" +msgstr "" + +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650 +msgid "Choose configuration file:" +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +msgid "Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "" + #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" +#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 +msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." +msgstr "" + +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242 +msgid "Cannot write global settings." +msgstr "" + +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266 +msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." +msgstr "" + #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:168 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -166,75 +323,63 @@ #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:185 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:184 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:186 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:282 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:255 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:272 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:274 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:278 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:280 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "" -#. read sites -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:311 -msgid "Cannot write global settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:315 -msgid "Cannot write sites settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write ticket -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:318 -msgid "Cannot write ticket settings." -msgstr "" - #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:324 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:372 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/gtk.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/gtk.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/gtk.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/http-server.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/http-server.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/http-server.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/inetd.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/inetd.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/inetd.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/installation.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/installation.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/installation.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -51,22 +51,22 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:96 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml" msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:78 +#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "" @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:73 +#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "" @@ -245,6 +245,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" @@ -301,7 +302,7 @@ #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137 -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:312 +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" @@ -355,10 +356,22 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:336 -msgid "License needs to be accepted" +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299 +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "" +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342 +msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" @@ -546,11 +559,11 @@ msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:113 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -571,13 +584,22 @@ msgid "Installation is just about to start!" msgstr "" -#. download release notes now -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:135 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:356 -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +#. Set the UI content to show some progress. +#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. bug #302384 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 +msgid "Initializing" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 +msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgstr "" + #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" @@ -596,64 +618,64 @@ #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:85 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:142 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:188 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:200 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "" #. merge steps from add-on products #. bnc #438678 -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348 msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "" #. a fallback busy message -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:394 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437 msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "" #. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:414 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457 msgid " * %1" msgstr "" #. Anything else -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:451 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. get the latest errors -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "" @@ -672,11 +694,6 @@ msgid "Installation is being initialized." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 -msgid "Initializing the installation..." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. help for the dialog - busy message #: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 @@ -689,13 +706,6 @@ msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. bug #302384 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 -msgid "Initializing" -msgstr "" - #. dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 msgid "Installation Options" @@ -874,12 +884,12 @@ msgstr "" #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "" #. error message is a popup -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:257 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -888,38 +898,38 @@ #. not using tabs #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:500 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:514 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:559 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:569 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567 msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" msgstr "" #. busy message -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:525 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "" #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:529 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1031 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "" #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:700 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:745 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." msgstr "" #. dialog headline -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:949 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "" @@ -928,45 +938,45 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:973 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:982 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "" #. menu button #. menu button #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:994 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1178 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "" #. menu button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1000 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1173 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171 msgid "&Export Configuration" msgstr "" #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1071 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1075 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "" #. menu button item -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1172 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "" #. General part of the help text for all types of proposals -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206 msgid "" "\n" "Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" @@ -976,7 +986,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1219 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 msgid "" "\n" "Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1004,7 +1014,7 @@ #. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26 #. #. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1245 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1272 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n" @@ -1013,7 +1023,7 @@ #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1255 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253 msgid "" "\n" "Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1022,7 +1032,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1282 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1031,7 +1041,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1293 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1040,7 +1050,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1304 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1048,12 +1058,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1315 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -1062,7 +1072,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1332 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -1070,7 +1080,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1345 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343 msgid "" "Some proposals might be\n" "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n" @@ -1078,11 +1088,11 @@ msgstr "" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1371 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369 msgid "&Update" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1372 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370 msgid "&Install" msgstr "" @@ -1197,65 +1207,49 @@ msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 -msgid "Search for Linux partitions" -msgstr "" - +#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 -msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." -msgstr "" - -#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:136 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:137 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:140 -msgid "Evaluate update possibility" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:141 -msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:146 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:152 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "" #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:279 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1263,7 +1257,7 @@ msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1272,151 +1266,151 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:343 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:96 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 msgid "Removed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:100 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:199 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:667 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:726 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736 msgid "Previously Used Repositories" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, #. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:205 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 msgid "" "These repositories were found on the system\n" "you are upgrading:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225 msgid "Current Status" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:217 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227 msgid "Repository" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:219 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 msgid "URL" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:235 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" "on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249 msgid "" "To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:243 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253 msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." msgstr "" #. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted #. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key #. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:265 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:272 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:278 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: textentry -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383 msgid "&Repository URL" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:637 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647 msgid "Network is not Configured" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649 msgid "" "Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n" "Configure it?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:670 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:727 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737 msgid "Adding and removing repositories..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:673 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:732 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742 msgid "Repositories are being added and removed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:692 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702 msgid "Remove unused repositories" msgstr "" -#. Removes selected repositories -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:696 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:813 +#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859 msgid "Removing unused repositories..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:703 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713 msgid "Add enabled repositories" msgstr "" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:867 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925 msgid "Adding enabled repositories..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:715 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725 msgid "Add disabled repositories" msgstr "" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:719 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1024 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082 msgid "Adding disabled repositories..." msgstr "" #. true - OK, continue -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:841 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899 msgid "Correct Media Requested" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901 msgid "" "Make sure that media with label %1\n" "is in the CD/DVD drive.\n" @@ -1426,7 +1420,7 @@ #. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them #. for the system upgrade -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:906 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964 msgid "" "Cannot add repository %1\n" "URL: %2\n" @@ -1436,7 +1430,7 @@ msgstr "" #. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:943 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001 msgid "" "Cannot add enabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1445,7 +1439,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:963 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021 msgid "" "An error occurred while refreshing repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1454,7 +1448,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:983 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041 msgid "" "An error occurred while enabling repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1462,7 +1456,7 @@ msgstr "" #. do not probe! adding as disabled! -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1064 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122 msgid "" "Cannot add disabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1531,52 +1525,47 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/random_finish.rb:62 -msgid "Enabling random number generator..." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145 msgid "Saving language..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150 msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169 msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174 msgid "Saving product information..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179 msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185 msgid "Saving security settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:192 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208 msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:70 +#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67 msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "" @@ -1608,7 +1597,7 @@ msgstr "" #. call command -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -1801,3 +1790,44 @@ #: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:35 msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "" + +#. Text to display +#. +#. @return String +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68 +msgid "Enabling remote administration..." +msgstr "" + +#. checking whether images are supported +#. BNC #409927 +#. Checking files for signatures +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845 +msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" +msgstr "" + +#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193 +msgid "Deploying..." +msgstr "" + +#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types. +#. +#. @see #all_supported_types +#. @see #objects_state +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216 +msgid "Storing user preferences..." +msgstr "" + +#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348 +msgid "Restoring user preferences..." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446 +msgid "" +"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" +"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/instserver.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/instserver.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/instserver.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/iplb.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/iplb.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/iplb.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -92,6 +92,22 @@ msgstr "" #. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +msgid "&Global Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 msgid "Check Interval" msgstr "" @@ -201,7 +217,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -441,7 +457,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -579,6 +595,12 @@ msgstr "" #. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +msgid "" +"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" +"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 msgid "Real Server's IP Address" msgstr "" @@ -591,6 +613,20 @@ msgid "weight" msgstr "" +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +msgid "IP address is not Valid" +msgstr "" + +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +msgid "Add a new real server:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +msgid "Edit the real server:" +msgstr "" + #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/iscsi-client.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/iscsi-client.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/iscsi-client.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -63,146 +63,150 @@ msgid "iSNS Port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:109 -msgid "Initiator Name" +#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 +msgid "&Initiator Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:115 -msgid "Offloa&d Card" +#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well +#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware +#. shifting load from processor to card) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 +msgid "Offload Car&d" msgstr "" #. table of connected targets #. table of discovered targets #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:179 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Interface" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:180 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 msgid "Portal Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:181 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Target Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:215 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Add" msgstr "" #. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Log Out" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Discovery" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "Log In" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "" #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target #. authentication dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:234 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:268 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:271 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:273 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:279 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Username" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:240 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:274 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "" #. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "Startup" msgstr "" #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 msgid "Port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Key" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Value" msgstr "" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "Service" msgstr "" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:366 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "" #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:385 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "" #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:400 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" @@ -211,9 +215,9 @@ #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:435 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:474 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "" @@ -421,12 +425,12 @@ msgstr "" #. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:626 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "" #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:632 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "" @@ -434,36 +438,36 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:867 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 msgid "True" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 msgid "False" msgstr "" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:772 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:892 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 msgid "Continue" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:776 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:896 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:886 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "" @@ -543,12 +547,16 @@ msgstr "" #. interface type for hardware offloading -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:70 -msgid "(Software)" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 +msgid "default (Software)" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 +msgid "all" +msgstr "" + #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:672 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -557,6 +565,6 @@ msgstr "" #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/iscsi-lio-server.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/iscsi-lio-server.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/iscsi-lio-server.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/iscsi-server.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/iscsi-server.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/iscsi-server.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/isns.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/isns.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/isns.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -277,81 +277,81 @@ msgstr "" #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:106 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:109 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "" #. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:486 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569 msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:502 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:504 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:506 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:510 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:512 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:514 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:516 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:594 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:568 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651 msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:584 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:586 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:590 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:592 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "" #. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf) -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:606 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/kdump.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/kdump.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/kdump.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -359,8 +359,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. Popup::Message(crash_value); #. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:558 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:577 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "" @@ -488,15 +488,6 @@ msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "" -#. checking if packages are available -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:101 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:103 -msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:113 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:115 -msgid "Package for kdump is not available." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" @@ -1079,126 +1070,126 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:483 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:593 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:602 src/modules/Kdump.rb:610 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:604 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:606 src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 msgid "Reading available memory..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:634 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:641 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:696 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:698 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:706 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:725 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:844 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841 msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:961 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/kerberos-server.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/kerberos-server.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/kerberos-server.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/kerberos.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/kerberos.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/kerberos.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/languages_db.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/languages_db.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/languages_db.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/ldap-client.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/ldap-client.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/ldap-client.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/ldap-server.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/ldap-server.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/ldap-server.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/ldap.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/ldap.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/ldap.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -231,46 +231,46 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." msgstr "" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" msgstr "" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" msgstr "" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ #. entry of the current template. #. ") + #. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" @@ -292,12 +292,12 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/live-installer.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/live-installer.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/live-installer.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/lxc.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/lxc.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/lxc.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/mail.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/mail.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/mail.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/multipath.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/multipath.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/multipath.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/ncurses-pkg.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/ncurses-pkg.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/ncurses-pkg.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/ncurses.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/ncurses.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/ncurses.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/network.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/network.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/network.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 11:54+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -83,84 +83,50 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:67 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63 msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..." msgstr "" -#. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC -#. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:104 -msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:110 -msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:114 -msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119 -msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:123 -msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:128 -msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:132 -msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" - #. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:218 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:133 msgid "Firewall and SSH" msgstr "" #. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:220 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:135 msgid "&Firewall and SSH" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:231 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:146 msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:237 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152 msgid "Open &VNC Ports" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:160 msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:256 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:171 msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:264 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179 msgid "Open SSH Port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:272 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187 msgid "Enable SSH Service" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" @@ -168,13 +134,13 @@ "SSH client" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:290 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" "Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:293 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 msgid "" "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" "service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" @@ -182,13 +148,48 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215 msgid "" "You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" "started by the installer automatically if needed." msgstr "" +#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog +#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292 +msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296 +msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301 +msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305 +msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317 +msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319 +msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324 +msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328 +msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" + #. Commandline help title #. configuration of hosts #. Hosts dialog caption @@ -450,9 +451,18 @@ msgid "Interfaces for Bridging" msgstr "" -#. Lan::PrepareForAutoinst(); -#. Lan::Autoinstall(); -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:173 +#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML +#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML +#. has higher priority +#. +#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with +#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than +#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses". +#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means +#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml". +#. Other elements may have similar problems, +#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance. +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171 msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "" @@ -532,7 +542,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:476 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -630,7 +640,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:414 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:416 msgid "Options" msgstr "" @@ -699,13 +709,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "Change." msgstr "" @@ -1064,14 +1074,14 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:353 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "" @@ -1084,7 +1094,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1312 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "" @@ -1267,35 +1277,35 @@ #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1289 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "&Address" msgstr "" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1298 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1305 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1319 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1309,11 +1319,11 @@ msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "" -#. allow to add bonding device into bridge and also device with mask /32(bnc#405343) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:131 +#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" -"Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" +"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" msgstr "" #. Network card name (wireless) @@ -1524,7 +1534,7 @@ msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 +#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** #. #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -1612,7 +1622,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1622,13 +1632,12 @@ msgstr "" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:458 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#. radio button group label, method of setup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:494 src/include/network/widgets.rb:352 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "" @@ -1637,7 +1646,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:524 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:523 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "" @@ -1664,7 +1673,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:81 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1672,20 +1681,20 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:90 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1693,7 +1702,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1701,19 +1710,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" "format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" "configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1721,92 +1730,92 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:148 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." msgstr "" #. Manual dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:269 msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:282 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:291 msgid "&USB" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:298 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:300 msgid "&Hotplug Type" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:303 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:305 msgid "P&CI" msgstr "" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:315 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:317 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:325 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:327 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "" #. TODO: Ud ... Rules -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:380 -msgid "Udev rules" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385 msgid "Change" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 -msgid "Show visible port identification" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:396 +msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:401 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:406 msgid "Blink" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:409 -msgid "Ethtool options" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:411 +msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:491 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -1814,26 +1823,26 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:564 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:504 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:559 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:512 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 msgid "&Search" msgstr "" #. Remember current device number (#308763) #. see also bnc#391802 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:833 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:824 msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:877 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:868 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -1841,138 +1850,138 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:897 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:990 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1057 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1094 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:907 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:898 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:912 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:903 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:926 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:917 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:933 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:940 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:931 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1015 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1084 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:971 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1008 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1007 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1032 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1033 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1049 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1040 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1051 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1095 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1086 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1112 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1123 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1114 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" msgstr "" #. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1250 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -1980,7 +1989,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1272 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1260 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "" @@ -2023,28 +2032,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 msgid "" -"Use the Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt>\n" -"if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n" +"Use wicked if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:64 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" "edit their configuration. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:69 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Network Card:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:72 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 msgid "" "<big>Configuring or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a network card to change or remove.\n" @@ -2052,7 +2060,7 @@ msgstr "" #. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:79 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big>\n" "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" @@ -2062,12 +2070,12 @@ "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:87 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 msgid "All changes will be applied after reboot." msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "" "The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" "The Default Gateway matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" @@ -2076,7 +2084,7 @@ "to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:97 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" @@ -2084,13 +2092,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 msgid "" "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 msgid "" "Enable IPv6 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" @@ -2098,14 +2106,14 @@ "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 msgid "" "Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" "also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" @@ -2114,7 +2122,7 @@ "different hostnames. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" "the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" @@ -2123,14 +2131,14 @@ "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 msgid "" "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" msgstr "" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:136 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 msgid "" "A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an IP address\n" @@ -2138,7 +2146,7 @@ msgstr "" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:142 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" @@ -2146,7 +2154,7 @@ "(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:148 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" "Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" "(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" @@ -2154,7 +2162,7 @@ "command." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" "search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" @@ -2164,7 +2172,7 @@ "configurations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "By choosing Only Manually, netconfig will no longer be\n" "allowed to modify /etc/resolv.conf. You can however edit the file\n" @@ -2178,26 +2186,26 @@ #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" "Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:180 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 msgid "" "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 msgid "" "Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select DHCP\n" "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" @@ -2205,7 +2213,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" "Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" @@ -2213,7 +2221,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 msgid "" "Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" @@ -2221,7 +2229,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 msgid "" "For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" "the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" @@ -2229,19 +2237,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 msgid "" "Contact your network administrator for more information about\n" "the network configuration." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" "DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:218 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Zone</big>\n" "Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" @@ -2252,11 +2260,11 @@ "the firewall will be disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:227 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 msgid "" "<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>\n" "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" @@ -2266,19 +2274,19 @@ "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" "Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:243 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 msgid "<big>DHCP Client Options</big>" msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:245 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" "the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" @@ -2288,7 +2296,7 @@ msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" "hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" @@ -2301,21 +2309,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264 msgid "" "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" "Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.\n" msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 msgid "" "Enter an IPv4 Address Label, an IP Address, and\n" "the Netmask." msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 msgid "" "IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" @@ -2323,14 +2331,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:279 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." msgstr "" #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:285 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 msgid "" "Choose between three Key Input Types for your key.\n" " Passphrase: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n" @@ -2347,14 +2355,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 msgid "" "Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking." msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 msgid "" "The Operating Mode depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be Ad-Hoc (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -2364,7 +2372,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311 msgid "" "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" @@ -2376,7 +2384,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 msgid "" "In some networks, you need to set an Authentication Mode.\n" "It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. WEP\n" @@ -2397,7 +2405,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340 msgid "" "To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -2407,7 +2415,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 msgid "" "To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -2418,14 +2426,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 msgid "" "To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.\n" msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:362 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361 msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" @@ -2969,23 +2977,23 @@ msgstr "" #. Ramote Administration dialog caption -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" @@ -2996,17 +3004,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3017,112 +3025,111 @@ #. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that #. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not #. plugged in. Preferably a short string. -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:254 msgid "unplugged" msgstr "" #. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:259 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:260 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:287 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293 msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:295 msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297 msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301 msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305 msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309 msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317 msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:330 msgid "Configure mail now?" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:335 msgid "Run configuration of %1?" msgstr "" +#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service +#. +#. see bnc#433084 +#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup +#. +#. returns true if items were disabled +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008 +msgid "" +"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" +"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." +msgstr "" + #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:682 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:686 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1071 msgid "Modems" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:690 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1075 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1079 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:700 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1084 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "" -#. Check if we're running in "normal" stage with NM -#. see bnc#433084 -#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1100 -msgid "" -"Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" -"cannot be edited by YaST.\n" -"\n" -"To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n" -"switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n" -msgstr "" - #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93 @@ -3367,7 +3374,7 @@ #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:417 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3561,76 +3568,81 @@ msgid "Set &MTU" msgstr "" +#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300 +msgid "NetworkManager Service" +msgstr "" + +#. ifup is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308 +msgid "Traditional ifup" +msgstr "" + +#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316 +msgid "Wicked Service" +msgstr "" + +#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324 +msgid "Network Services Disabled" +msgstr "" + #. Store the NetworkManager widget #. @param [String] key id of the widget #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:336 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355 msgid "Applet needed" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356 msgid "" "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" "(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" "Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually." msgstr "" -#. radio button label -#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager -#. program -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 -msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" -msgstr "" - -#. radio button label -#. ifup is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:365 -msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" -msgstr "" - -#. radio button label -#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371 -msgid "Controlled by &wicked" +msgid "General Network Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:410 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:825 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:428 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:445 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:448 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" msgstr "" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:503 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "" @@ -3646,98 +3658,94 @@ msgstr "" #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97 -msgid "Device name:" +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95 +msgid "Device Name:" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103 -msgid "Base udev rule on" +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101 +msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "" #. make sure there is enough space (#367239) -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:110 msgid "MAC address: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:116 msgid "BusID: %s" msgstr "" -#. Checks if given name can be accepted as nic's new one. -#. -#. Pops up an explanation if the name is invalid -#. -#. @return [boolean] false if name is invalid -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:154 +#. check if the name is assigned to another device already +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:153 msgid "Configuration name already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:158 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:157 msgid "Invalid configuration name." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:371 msgid "Write hostname" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:400 src/modules/Lan.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:535 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:402 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:375 msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:406 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" msgstr "" #. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) #. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:415 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:388 msgid "Writing hostname..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:429 src/modules/Lan.rb:640 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:405 src/modules/Lan.rb:630 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "" #. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) #. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:440 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:416 msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..." msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:533 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:563 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:539 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:571 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:547 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:593 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:569 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:603 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:579 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "" @@ -3756,389 +3764,408 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:302 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:318 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "" #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" "Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:345 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:373 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:382 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:397 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:403 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:409 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "" #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:415 src/modules/Lan.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 src/modules/Remote.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:289 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:573 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:579 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8 -#. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:608 src/modules/Remote.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:303 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647 msgid "No network running" msgstr "" +#. Import data +#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgstr "" + #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:811 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:817 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:819 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:823 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:181 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195 msgid "connected" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:196 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1190 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1194 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1251 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1255 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1259 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1202 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1206 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1267 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1210 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1215 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1292 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1295 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "" #. FIXME: #. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1326 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1322 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1383 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1398 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1336 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1362 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "unknown" msgstr "" +#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before +#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:239 +msgid "" +"Package %{package} is not installed\n" +"firewall settings will be disabled." +msgstr "" + #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:291 msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:299 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:308 msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "" +#. Enable xinetd +#. Enable XDM +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:327 src/modules/Remote.rb:335 +msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "" + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:359 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "" -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:415 +#. description in proposal +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "" -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "" @@ -4186,16 +4213,16 @@ msgstr "" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:82 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:121 msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" msgstr "" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:123 msgid "Firewall Disabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:96 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135 msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/nfs.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/nfs.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/nfs.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/nfs_server.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/nfs_server.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/nfs_server.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -71,27 +71,27 @@ msgstr "" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 msgid "NFS server is enabled" msgstr "" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 msgid "NFS server is disabled" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "" #. error #. error -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 msgid "No mount point specified." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 msgid "" "The exports table already\n" "contains this directory." @@ -100,11 +100,11 @@ #. CLI action handler. #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." msgstr "" @@ -155,63 +155,55 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 msgid "&Directory to Export" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 msgid "The exports table already contains this directory." msgstr "" -#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113 -msgid "" -"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" -"with spaces in their names.\n" -"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." -msgstr "" - #. the dir does not exist -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "" #. title in the file selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 msgid "Select the Directory to Export" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "" #. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue #. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). #. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 msgid "" "'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n" "NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n" msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "Options for this wild card\n" "are already set." @@ -219,25 +211,25 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." msgstr "" #. Help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 msgid "" "Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" "and export some of your directories to others." msgstr "" #. Help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 msgid "" "If you choose Start NFS Server, clicking Next opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export." msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" "and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" @@ -245,51 +237,51 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" "Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 msgid "&Start" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 msgid "Do &Not Start" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 msgid "Enable NFS&v4" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 msgid "NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. Help, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 msgid "" "The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" "If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n" @@ -297,82 +289,77 @@ msgstr "" #. Help, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" "Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.\n" msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536 +#. Help, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544 -msgid "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." -msgstr "" - #. Help, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.\n" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 msgid "Add &Directory" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 msgid "Host Wild Card" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 msgid "Options" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 msgid "Add &Host" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 msgid "Directories to Export" msgstr "" #. not fatal - write other dirs. -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:182 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 msgid "" "Unable to create a missing directory:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:194 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -380,83 +367,71 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:216 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:221 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 msgid "Save /etc/exports" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:223 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 msgid "Restart services" msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:227 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 msgid "Saving /etc/exports..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 msgid "Restarting services..." msgstr "" #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:231 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." msgstr "" #. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:253 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:302 -msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:308 -msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:315 -msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." -msgstr "" - #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:326 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:335 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:343 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:361 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 msgid "" "Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" msgstr "" #. summary header; directories exported by NFS -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:384 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 msgid "NFS Exports" msgstr "" #. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:402 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/nis.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/nis.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/nis.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/nis_server.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/nis_server.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/nis_server.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ #. To translators: checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:100 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 msgid "This host is also a NIS &client" msgstr "" @@ -368,22 +368,27 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:64 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:71 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:84 -msgid "N&IS domain name:" +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 +msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" msgstr "" +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 +msgid "NIS &Master Server:" +msgstr "" + #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:111 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 msgid "Slave Server Setup" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/ntp-client.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/ntp-client.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/ntp-client.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -45,21 +45,20 @@ msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:239 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:249 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:258 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "" -#. try to line up the widgets horizontally #. push button label #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 msgid "S&ynchronize now" @@ -72,21 +71,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:388 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." msgstr "" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:399 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "" +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 +msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." +msgstr "" + #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:481 -msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 +msgid "" +"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" +"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" +"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgstr "" #. local clock type name @@ -588,10 +595,13 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" +" You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:42 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -599,7 +609,7 @@ "is more secure and strongly recommended." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" "By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" @@ -608,7 +618,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -618,7 +628,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" @@ -628,14 +638,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:71 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<big>Display Log</big>\n" "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" msgstr "" #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" @@ -643,14 +653,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Clock Type</big> \n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure." msgstr "" #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<big>Unit Number</big> \n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -658,7 +668,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" @@ -670,14 +680,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the Address entry.\n" @@ -686,7 +696,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -695,7 +705,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -703,7 +713,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -711,7 +721,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the Address\n" @@ -719,7 +729,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -728,7 +738,7 @@ #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:145 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" @@ -736,7 +746,7 @@ "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" @@ -748,49 +758,49 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:161 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 msgid "" "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here." msgstr "" #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." msgstr "" #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." msgstr "" #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." msgstr "" #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "Outgoing Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Server Location</big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -798,7 +808,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</big> \n" @@ -808,7 +818,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:199 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" "Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" @@ -816,7 +826,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:205 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<big>Note</big> \n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -829,7 +839,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." @@ -837,7 +847,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" @@ -847,7 +857,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:235 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" @@ -856,7 +866,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:242 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" "ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" @@ -1189,117 +1199,120 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step -#. error report +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:594 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:906 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:747 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:751 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841 msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:876 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:970 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:976 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:982 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:986 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:990 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:994 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "" #. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "" #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "" #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "" #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/oneclickinstall.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/oneclickinstall.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/oneclickinstall.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/online-update-configuration.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/online-update-configuration.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/online-update-configuration.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/online-update.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/online-update.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/online-update.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -107,13 +107,18 @@ msgid "Initializing Online Update" msgstr "" -#. yes/no message -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:204 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 msgid "" "No update repository\n" "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" msgstr "" +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 +msgid "No update repository configured yet." +msgstr "" + #. progress window label #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 msgid "Progress Log" Added: trunk/yast/lv/po/opensuse_mirror.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/opensuse_mirror.lv.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/opensuse_mirror.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +# Latvian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2010 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: lv\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 +msgid "&Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145 +msgid "&Do not Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 +msgid "Select/Deselect &All" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/packager.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/packager.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/packager.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -138,6 +138,15 @@ msgid "&Text Mode" msgstr "" +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706 +msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." +msgstr "" + #. dialog heading #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 msgid "Copy Installation Media" @@ -455,7 +464,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:668 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" @@ -518,7 +527,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "" @@ -737,7 +746,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1200 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "" @@ -745,7 +754,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "" @@ -1071,7 +1080,7 @@ msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:694 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "" @@ -1292,7 +1301,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1195 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1324,71 +1333,71 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:502 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:604 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:582 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:773 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:639 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1235 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1399 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "" #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1286 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1357 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "" #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1737 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1743 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" @@ -1433,7 +1442,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:35 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "" @@ -1441,13 +1450,13 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 msgid ">%1" msgstr "" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:255 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:270 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 msgid "Done." msgstr "" @@ -1455,21 +1464,21 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:295 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" msgstr "" #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:312 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 msgid "Next: %1" msgstr "" #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924 msgid "Total" msgstr "" @@ -1478,144 +1487,185 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1168 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1421 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081 msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr "" #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114 msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "" #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117 msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr "" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1456 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:341 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:358 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:372 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:383 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387 msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:492 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:537 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "" #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "" +#. newly installed products +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696 +msgid "New product %s will be installed" +msgstr "" + +#. product update: %s is a product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706 +msgid "Product %s will be updated" +msgstr "" + +#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708 +msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715 +msgid "Product %s will stay installed" +msgstr "" + +#. Removing another product might be an issue +#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725 +msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726 +msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752 +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" +"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" +"</li></ul></li></ul>" +msgstr "" + #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1216 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 msgid "" "The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1623,50 +1673,50 @@ msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1516 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "" #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1571 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "" #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1803 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1805 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1915 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." msgstr "" #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2176 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2194 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "" #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2469 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1675,72 +1725,74 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param string filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:191 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:198 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:192 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:334 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 msgid "&Language" msgstr "" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 -msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +#. check box label +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:399 -msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" +#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385 +msgid "" +"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" +"%{license_url}" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:439 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %1" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:455 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" "the configuration will be aborted.\n" msgstr "" +#. dialog title #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:467 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1120 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1137 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "" @@ -1819,165 +1871,170 @@ #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34 +msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "" #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719 msgid "&SMB/CIFS" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 msgid "&NFS..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60 msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:106 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:111 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:148 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156 msgid "(default)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:195 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:199 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:880 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "" @@ -1986,53 +2043,53 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:432 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:444 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:459 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" "Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" "Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:516 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537 msgid "&URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:543 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551 msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." @@ -2042,23 +2099,23 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:716 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1843 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:723 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1850 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:735 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743 msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" "to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:742 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2067,42 +2124,42 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:799 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:804 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:918 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:948 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:972 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2110,17 +2167,17 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:993 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1259 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024 msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" "Use Path to Directory to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2130,20 +2187,20 @@ msgstr "" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1252 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1257 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 msgid "&File System" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1258 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1325 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1263 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271 msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2156,7 +2213,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1273 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1340 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2164,11 +2221,11 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2180,12 +2237,12 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2193,71 +2250,71 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1561 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569 msgid "&Port" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574 msgid "&Share" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1582 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1619 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1694 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1697 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1874 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2272,7 +2329,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1887 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" @@ -2281,12 +2338,12 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1949 -msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957 +msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2067 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2294,7 +2351,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2302,7 +2359,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2086 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095 msgid "" "\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2312,7 +2369,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2098 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107 msgid "" "\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2321,25 +2378,25 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2113 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "" #. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2332 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2349,11 +2406,15 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2551 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "" +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587 +msgid "Add On Product" +msgstr "" + #. SourceManager read dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 msgid "Initializing Available Repositories" @@ -2445,7 +2506,9 @@ msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:680 +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "" @@ -2515,12 +2578,12 @@ msgstr "" #. progress information, %1 stands for number of services -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:618 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 msgid "" "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -2528,7 +2591,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:627 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/pam.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/pam.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/pam.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/pkg-bindings.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/pkg-bindings.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/pkg-bindings.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ #. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) #: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 -#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:187 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 msgid "Loading the Package Manager..." msgstr "" @@ -177,6 +177,6 @@ msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "" -#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:183 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 msgid "Read Installed Packages" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/printer.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/printer.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/printer.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/product-creator.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/product-creator.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/product-creator.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/proxy.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/proxy.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/proxy.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/qt-pkg.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/qt-pkg.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/qt-pkg.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -39,47 +39,47 @@ msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:418 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419 msgid "S&earch" msgstr "" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:425 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:434 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435 msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:519 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520 msgid "D&escription" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:532 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:545 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:561 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:579 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580 msgid "File List" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:596 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597 msgid "Change Log" msgstr "" #. "Cancel" button #. button #0 #. text -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:623 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 @@ -89,175 +89,175 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:633 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:676 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677 msgid "&File" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:678 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:683 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697 msgid "&Package" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:736 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 #: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 msgid "All Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:738 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:741 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 #: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:755 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756 msgid "&Patch" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:782 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785 msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:794 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:796 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798 msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "" #. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:810 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811 msgid "&Options" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:813 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814 msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823 msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:830 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831 msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:835 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836 msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:841 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:845 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846 msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:858 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859 msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:860 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 msgid "Show &Products" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863 msgid "Show &History" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:870 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871 msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:874 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875 msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:877 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878 msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:882 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:902 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903 msgid "&Help" msgstr "" #. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out #. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc #. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:908 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "" #. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912 msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "" #. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:914 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915 msgid "&Keys" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1100 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1116 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117 msgid "P&atches" msgstr "" #. startsWith #. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1178 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179 msgid "Save Package List" msgstr "" @@ -265,56 +265,56 @@ #. parent #. Post error popup. #. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1217 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1311 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 #: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 msgid "Error" msgstr "" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219 msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1230 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231 msgid "Load Package List" msgstr "" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313 msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr "" #. caption #. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1414 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "&Continue" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1454 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1473 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr "" #. "OK" button #. addHStretch( hbox ); #. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1698 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 #: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 #: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/qt.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/qt.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/qt.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -58,14 +58,14 @@ msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "" -#: src/YQApplication.cc:640 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:643 msgid "" "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" msgstr "" #. Popup dialog caption -#: src/YQApplication.cc:653 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:656 msgid "Unexpected Click" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/rdp.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/rdp.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/rdp.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/rear.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/rear.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/rear.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/registration.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/registration.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/registration.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -16,45 +16,84 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" #. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:34 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35 msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:36 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37 msgid "" -"Select a server from the list or press Cancel\n" -"to use the default SUSE registration server." +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:64 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65 msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "" +#. %s is the default SCC URL +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100 +msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" +msgstr "" + #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48 msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "" #. reset the user input in case an exception is raised -#. register the system -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:134 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:164 +#. nil = use the default URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:144 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:549 +#. register the base product +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "" -#. TODO FIXME: still not the final text +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236 +msgid "Updating to %s ..." +msgstr "" + +#. display the registration update dialog +#. dialog title +#. dialog title +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Registration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 +msgid "Registration is being updated..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262 +msgid "The previous registration is being updated." +msgstr "" + +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275 +msgid "" +"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" +"You can manually register the system from scratch." +msgstr "" + #. label text describing the registration (1/2) #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:177 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289 msgid "" "Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/EMail from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" @@ -62,47 +101,49 @@ #. label text describing the registration (2/2), #. not displayed in installed system #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 -msgid "If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system." +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 +msgid "" +"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +"installation has completed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:196 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309 msgid "Network Configuration..." msgstr "" -#. make sure to revert the change if something goes wrong -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:205 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:633 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:212 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:373 -msgid "&Email" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "&E-mail Address" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:214 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:239 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:375 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96 msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:218 -msgid "&Skip Registration" +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332 +msgid "&Local Registration Server..." msgstr "" -#. TODO: improve the help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:226 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and add-on products." +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335 +msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "" -#. dialog title -#. dialog title -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:234 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:646 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:371 -msgid "Registration" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" #. not set yet? -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377 msgid "" "Registration added some update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -110,55 +151,25 @@ "on-line updates during installation?" msgstr "" -#. use two column layout if needed -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:312 -msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:317 -msgid "Details" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:320 -msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" -msgstr "" - -#. popup message, %s are product names -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Automatically selecting '%s'\n" -"dependencies:\n" -"\n" -"%s" -msgstr "" - -#. check the addons requiring a reg. code -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:358 -msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s addons." -msgstr "" - -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:411 -msgid "Extension Selection" -msgstr "" - #. cache the available addons -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:485 -msgid "Loading Available Add-on Products and Extensions..." +#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 +msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "" -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:595 -msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462 +msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:610 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -170,325 +181,613 @@ msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:636 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494 msgid "Register Again" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507 +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" + #. error message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:672 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/scc.rb:42 -msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538 +msgid "" +"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" +"Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:165 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:174 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:194 -msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541 +msgid "" +"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -#. register the base product -#. register addons -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:173 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:193 -msgid "Registering Product..." -msgid_plural "Registering Products..." -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/scc.rb:44 +msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:213 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208 msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "" -#. --------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:238 -msgid "Add-on &Name" +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243 +msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:267 -msgid "Really delete add-on '%s'?" +#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically +#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice +#. but better than aborting the installation... +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259 +msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 -msgid "Name" +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263 +msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 -msgid "Registration Code" +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "" -#. TODO FIXME: add a help text -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:312 -msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 +msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:349 -msgid "Product Registration" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 +msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:351 -msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" -"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 +msgid "Registration Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:356 -msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" -"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 +msgid "E-mail Address: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:364 -msgid "Register the Product" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 +msgid "Registration Code is Configured" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:379 -msgid "Install Available Patches from Update Repositories" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Install Available Updates" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:387 -msgid "Server Settings" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 +msgid "Registration Server" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:391 -msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Server URL: %s" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:396 -msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Use SLP discovery" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:403 -msgid "Optional Server Certificate" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 +msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:421 -msgid "Register Add-ons..." +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" msgstr "" -#. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:478 -msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 +msgid "Extensions and Modules" msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:65 -msgid "" -"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" -"Do you want to configure the network now?" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 +msgid "Secure Connection Error" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 -msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 +msgid "Details:" msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76 -msgid "Connection time out." +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 +msgid "Failed Certificate Details" msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83 -msgid "" -"The email address is not known or\n" -"the registration code is not valid." +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Issued To" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 -msgid "Registration client error." +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61 +msgid "Common Name (CN): " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:87 -msgid "" -"Registration server error.\n" -"Retry registration later." +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63 +msgid "Organization (O): " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:89 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 -msgid "Registration failed." +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65 +msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " msgstr "" -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 -msgid "Secure connection error: %s" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +msgid "Issued By" msgstr "" -#. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:142 -msgid "Details: %s" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 +msgid "Validity" msgstr "" -#. label follwed by a certificate description -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:147 -msgid "Certificate:" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 +msgid "Issued On: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:151 -msgid "Issued To" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:154 -msgid "Issued By" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Expires On: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:157 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 +msgid "Serial Number: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:159 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38 msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:176 -msgid "Common Name (CN): " +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 +msgid "" +"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" +"Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178 -msgid "Organization (O): " +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77 +msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:180 -msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82 +msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90 +msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96 +msgid "" +"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" +"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" +"might take very long time.\n" +"\n" +"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n" +"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n" +"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n" +"the upgrade again." +msgstr "" + +#. add the hint to the error details +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 +msgid "Registration failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115 +msgid "Registration client error." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117 +msgid "" +"Registration server error.\n" +"Retry registration later." +msgstr "" + +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 +msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." +msgstr "" + +#. %s are error details +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184 +msgid "Details: %s" +msgstr "" + #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:194 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" -#. return the boot command line parameter -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -msgid "Searching..." +#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use +#. the original error message from openSSL +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228 +msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34 +msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." msgstr "" +#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze +#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM! +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8 +msgid "SSL Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10 +msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System" +msgstr "" + +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Certificate:" +msgstr "" + #. create UI label for a base product #. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "" #. # error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:176 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:182 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:194 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "" -#. go back if any EULA has not been accepted, let the user deselect the -#. not accepted extension -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:65 +#. ask user to accept an addon EULA +#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon +#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "" #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85 msgid "" "Downloading the license for\n" "%s\n" "failed." msgstr "" +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "%s License Agreement" +msgstr "" + #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:93 -msgid "Extension and Module License Agreement" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37 +msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "" -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:95 -msgid "%s License Agreement" +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "" +"Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" +#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 +msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." +msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." +msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39 +msgid "Extension and Module Selection" +msgstr "" + +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" + +#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131 +msgid "%s (not available)" +msgstr "" + +#. check the addons requiring a reg. code +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212 +msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 +msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "Release Type" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Registration Code" +msgstr "" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Download Available Extensions..." +msgstr "" + +#. disable download on a non-registered system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Really delete '%s'?" +msgstr "" + +#. replace the content +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161 +msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Version" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "&Architecture" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "&Release Type" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Register the Product" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 +msgid "Server Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 +msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123 +msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130 +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139 +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "none" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173 +msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." +msgstr "" + #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:26 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 +msgid "Certificate has expired" +msgstr "" + +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:28 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:124 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:133 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" + +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "" + +#. input field label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" +msgstr "" + +#. return the boot command line parameter +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/reipl.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/reipl.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/reipl.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:68 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:91 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ "and LUN '%3'.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:105 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" @@ -238,30 +238,30 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329 msgid "Configured reipl methods" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336 msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338 msgid "The method ccw is configured." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341 msgid "The method ccw is not supported." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:362 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 msgid "The method fcp is configured." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 msgid "The method fcp is not supported." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/relocation-server.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/relocation-server.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/relocation-server.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/s390.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/s390.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/s390.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/samba-client.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/samba-client.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/samba-client.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -188,6 +188,15 @@ msgid "M&aximum" msgstr "" +#. require_groups +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 +msgid "Allowed Group(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 +msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" +msgstr "" + #. combobox label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 msgid "&Kerberos Method" @@ -760,7 +769,10 @@ msgstr "" #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress finished +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" @@ -830,12 +842,14 @@ msgstr "" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106 msgid "No" msgstr "" @@ -858,6 +872,143 @@ "Try again." msgstr "" +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 +msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632 +msgid "Read the global Samba settings" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634 +msgid "Read the winbind status" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638 +msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640 +msgid "Reading the winbind status..." +msgstr "" + +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741 +msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748 +msgid "Disable Samba services" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750 +msgid "Enable Samba services" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757 +msgid "Disabling Samba services..." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759 +msgid "Enabling Samba services..." +msgstr "" + +#. write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769 +msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771 +msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879 +msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838 +msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843 +msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870 +msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." +msgstr "" + +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044 +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060 +msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067 +msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. summary item: authentication using winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101 +msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" +msgstr "" + #: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/samba-server.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/samba-server.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/samba-server.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/samba-users.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/samba-users.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/samba-users.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/scanner.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/scanner.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/scanner.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/security.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/security.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/security.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/services-manager.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/services-manager.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/services-manager.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -17,12 +17,192 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n != 0 ? 1 : 2);\n" +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33 +msgid "Saving default systemd target..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" +msgstr "" + #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +msgid "&Default systemd target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +msgid "Default systemd target" +msgstr "" + +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +msgid "Available Targets" +msgstr "" + +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219 +msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231 +msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234 +msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237 +msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241 +msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248 +msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251 +msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254 +msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 +msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 +msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Fills the dialog contents +#. Fills the dialog contents +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91 +msgid "Default System &Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "" + +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 +msgid "&Start/Stop" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109 +msgid "&Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 +msgid "Show &Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "" + +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126 +msgid "Reading services status..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Inactive" +msgstr "" + +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Active (will start)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Inactive (will stop)" +msgstr "" + +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190 +msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" +msgstr "" + +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" msgstr "" @@ -62,3 +242,63 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "" + +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 +msgid "Default Target" +msgstr "" + +#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. +#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 +msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +msgid "Not configured yet." +msgstr "" + +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state +#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " +msgstr "" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +msgid "Graphical mode" +msgstr "" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24 +msgid "Text mode" +msgstr "" + +#. Systemd targets +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +msgid "Graphical Interface" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +msgid "Emergency Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +msgid "Switch Root" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +msgid "Initrd Default Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31 +msgid "Multi-User System" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32 +msgid "Rescue Mode" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/slp-server.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/slp-server.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/slp-server.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/snapper.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/snapper.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/snapper.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -22,258 +22,258 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "User data" msgstr "" #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Pre (%1)" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Post (%1)" msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Single snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:265 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Pre" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" msgstr "" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:392 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 msgid "Single" msgstr "" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Type" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "End Date" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 msgid "User Data" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Modify" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:590 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:636 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:764 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:775 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:791 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:822 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:859 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "Restore" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:931 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:989 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1041 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1046 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1054 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "&Open" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1122 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1216 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1234 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -294,17 +294,17 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 msgid "No file was selected for restoring" msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1277 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/sound.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/sound.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/sound.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/squid.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/squid.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/squid.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/sshd.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/sshd.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/sshd.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/storage.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/storage.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/storage.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" @@ -91,13 +91,13 @@ #. this is the resize case #. #. this is the normal case -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" msgstr "" #. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ #. help text continued #. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 msgid "" "\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:182 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 msgid "" "\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -129,15 +129,21 @@ #. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off #. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:230 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:314 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -753,7 +759,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6209 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "" @@ -771,7 +777,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -781,7 +787,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:266 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -791,7 +797,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:279 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -801,7 +807,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:293 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -811,7 +817,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -824,7 +830,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:328 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -834,7 +840,7 @@ msgstr "" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" @@ -845,7 +851,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:365 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -857,7 +863,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:385 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -869,7 +875,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:403 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -878,7 +884,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:422 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -889,22 +895,8 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 msgid "" -"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" -"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" -"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" -"This does not work.\n" -"\n" -"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" -"partition for your files below /boot.\n" -"\n" -"Really use this setup?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:464 -msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" "FAT partition mounted on %1.\n" @@ -918,7 +910,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -933,12 +925,12 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:517 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" @@ -951,7 +943,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -960,7 +952,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -969,7 +961,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" @@ -977,7 +969,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:553 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -985,53 +977,53 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:608 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:619 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:629 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:662 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:685 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1040,7 +1032,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:815 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1050,7 +1042,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1060,7 +1052,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:837 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1075,13 +1067,13 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:672 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6336 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:675 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "" @@ -1108,7 +1100,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:700 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "" @@ -1119,7 +1111,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:684 src/modules/Storage.rb:3995 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "" @@ -1139,7 +1131,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1148,7 +1140,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3959 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1460,7 +1452,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6190 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" @@ -1471,21 +1463,21 @@ msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1725 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1734 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1765 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -1517,7 +1509,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" @@ -1530,7 +1522,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" @@ -1543,7 +1535,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" @@ -1565,7 +1557,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:653 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -1739,12 +1731,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:947 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:974 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -1752,31 +1744,31 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:963 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:988 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:979 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1025 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1038 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "" @@ -1786,54 +1778,59 @@ msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +msgid "Configure &FCoE..." +msgstr "" + +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:133 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:141 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "" #. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:157 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "" #. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:184 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:192 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -1841,51 +1838,58 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:202 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:262 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:280 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +msgid "" +"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call FCoE configuration?" +msgstr "" + #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:294 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:303 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:329 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -2150,14 +2154,44 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +msgid "Choose the role of the device." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +msgid "Operating System" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "Data and ISV Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +msgid "Swap" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" +msgstr "" + +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +msgid "Role" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" "volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" @@ -2165,54 +2199,54 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." msgstr "" #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:281 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2221,17 +2255,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2241,7 +2275,7 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2250,56 +2284,56 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:693 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Password" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" "on this partition does not support resizing.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." msgstr "" #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:838 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "" #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:918 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:930 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "" @@ -2307,8 +2341,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:943 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -2320,33 +2354,33 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:963 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." @@ -2356,7 +2390,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -2365,12 +2399,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1203 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "" @@ -2553,56 +2587,56 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:537 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:583 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:635 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 msgid "Forward" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:658 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Backward" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:716 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "" @@ -2615,7 +2649,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5161 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" @@ -3468,12 +3502,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1017 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "" @@ -3669,7 +3703,7 @@ #. tree node label #. dialog heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "" @@ -3867,17 +3901,17 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:631 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:711 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "" @@ -3978,115 +4012,123 @@ #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:34 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "" #. list entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:50 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:59 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:152 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "" #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:156 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "" +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +msgid "Optimal" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +msgid "Cylinder" +msgstr "" + #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:115 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:126 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 msgid "Default File System" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "" #. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:183 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" "settings:" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:188 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" @@ -4097,14 +4139,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:201 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" "determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" @@ -4113,14 +4155,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." @@ -4425,23 +4467,23 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:275 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:284 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" "Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" @@ -4449,29 +4491,29 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:316 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:323 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:470 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" "Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" @@ -4479,36 +4521,36 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:486 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:490 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499 msgid "" "No Access Time:\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:500 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 msgid "Mountable by &User" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:504 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:523 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532 msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" @@ -4518,12 +4560,12 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:540 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:546 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -4531,12 +4573,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:565 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583 msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" @@ -4548,40 +4590,40 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:599 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:614 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:631 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" "In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" @@ -4589,89 +4631,89 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:657 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:678 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" "This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" "Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" "Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:756 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 msgid "" "Root Dir Entries:\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:769 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" "This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" "This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" @@ -4679,12 +4721,12 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:805 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" @@ -4692,37 +4734,37 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1051 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:827 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" "The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" "The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" @@ -4731,12 +4773,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:909 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -4744,31 +4786,31 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 msgid "" "Log Size\n" "Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:945 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:953 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:957 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -4777,19 +4819,19 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:991 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 msgid "" "Bytes per Inode: \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -4802,12 +4844,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1007 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -4815,41 +4857,41 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." msgstr "" #. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1073 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" "Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" @@ -4857,12 +4899,12 @@ msgstr "" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:922 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:932 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" @@ -4875,7 +4917,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:950 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -4888,7 +4930,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:969 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -4898,7 +4940,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -4912,7 +4954,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:975 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "" @@ -4925,7 +4967,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2703 src/modules/Storage.rb:3908 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -4934,7 +4976,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3939 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -4942,7 +4984,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -4951,24 +4993,24 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4024 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4083 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4102 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4117 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4121 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -4976,12 +5018,12 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4190 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -4989,86 +5031,86 @@ msgstr "" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4212 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4228 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4338 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353 msgid "Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4378 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4391 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5173 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5213 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5242 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5280 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5076,7 +5118,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5084,7 +5126,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5313 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -5092,18 +5134,18 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6005 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" @@ -5691,48 +5733,48 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4545 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6143 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6158 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6176 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6223 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6241 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6251 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6266 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 msgid "" "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6273 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -5741,32 +5783,32 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6289 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "" #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6321 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342 msgid "Password:" msgstr "" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6332 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "" @@ -5793,22 +5835,22 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:177 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:178 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/sudo.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/sudo.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/sudo.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/support.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/support.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/support.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 -msgid "Open Novell Support Center" +msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 -msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal." +msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 -msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number" +msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "" #. abort? @@ -324,8 +324,8 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Opening Novell Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use Open Novell Support Center.\n" +"<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" "You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<big>Privacy Policy</big> \n" -"Find Novell's privacy policy at\n" +"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" "%1.\n" msgstr "" @@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/sysconfig.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/sysconfig.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/sysconfig.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -463,3 +463,99 @@ "Please wait... \n" "\n" msgstr "" + +#. Translation: Progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159 +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "" + +#. Display confirmation dialog +#. @param [String] message Confirmation message +#. @param [String] command Command to confirm +#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883 +msgid "Command: " +msgstr "" + +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889 +msgid "S&kip" +msgstr "" + +#. get activation map for variable +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171 +msgid "A command will be executed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172 +msgid "Starting command: %1..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173 +msgid "Command %1 failed" +msgstr "" + +#. write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009 +msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar item +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036 +msgid "Write the new settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037 +msgid "Activate the changes" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060 +msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068 +msgid "Saving variable %1..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073 +msgid "Saving changes to the files..." +msgstr "" + +#. service is running, reload it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100 +msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103 +msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105 +msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "" + +#. service is running, restart it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143 +msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146 +msgid "Restarting service %1..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148 +msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "" + +#. set 100% in progress bar +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269 +msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/tftp-server.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/tftp-server.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/tftp-server.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/timezone_db.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/timezone_db.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/timezone_db.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/tune.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/tune.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/tune.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -16,53 +16,58 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:47 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "" #. translators: popup heading -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:71 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 msgid "Probing Hardware..." msgstr "" #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:74 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 msgid "Progress" msgstr "" #. title label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:292 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 msgid "&All Entries" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:304 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 msgid "&Save to File..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:313 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 msgid "Hardware Information" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:316 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 msgid "" "The Hardware Information module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:319 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." msgstr "" +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +msgid "System and Hardware Settings" +msgstr "" + #. this is a heading #. tree node string -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:48 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 msgid "System" msgstr "" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 msgid "S&ystem" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/update.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/update.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/update.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 13:22+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ #. screen title for update options #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:298 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278 msgid "Update Options" msgstr "" @@ -148,18 +148,18 @@ #. Table item (unknown file system) #. label - name of sustem to update #. starts with >`< -#. label for an unknown installed system +#. Get installed release name +#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:95 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:101 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:121 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1969 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #. label showing to which version we are updating -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal summary item, %1 is a product name -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:198 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 msgid "Update to %1" msgstr "" @@ -218,9 +218,19 @@ "packages during the update.\n" msgstr "" -#. yes/no question +#. warning / question #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231 msgid "" +"Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n" +"lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n" +"adjust the list of packages yourself.\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243 +msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to reset your detailed selection?" msgstr "" @@ -228,13 +238,13 @@ #. error report #. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount #. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:70 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:379 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 msgid "Failed to mount target system" msgstr "" #. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:75 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." msgstr "" @@ -305,12 +315,12 @@ #. error message in proposal #. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:83 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:404 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384 msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "" #. error message in proposal -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:99 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." msgstr "" @@ -318,14 +328,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:108 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:126 -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:169 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:175 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system #. %2 is the version being installed -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 msgid "" "Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" @@ -333,22 +343,22 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:162 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." msgstr "" #. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:214 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "" #. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:229 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206 msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:255 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232 msgid "" "<big>Update Options</big> Select how your system will be updated.\n" "Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n" @@ -357,17 +367,17 @@ msgstr "" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "" #. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:407 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:541 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -376,27 +386,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:88 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93 msgid "Unknown Linux" msgstr "" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:91 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96 msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux" msgstr "" #. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:113 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "" #. label for selection of root partition (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:181 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186 msgid "Partition or System to Boot:" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:184 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to boot.\n" @@ -404,12 +414,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for selection of root partition (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:191 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196 msgid "Partition or System to Update:" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:194 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to update.\n" @@ -417,12 +427,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline for dialog "Select for update" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:202 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207 msgid "Select for Update" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (general part) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:209 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214 msgid "" "\n" "Show All Partitions expands the list to a\n" @@ -431,69 +441,69 @@ msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:229 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234 msgid "System" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:231 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236 msgid "Partition" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:233 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:235 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240 msgid "File System" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:237 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242 msgid "Label" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:247 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252 msgid "&Show All Partitions" msgstr "" #. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:278 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283 msgid "&Boot" msgstr "" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:348 +#. error popup +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354 msgid "" "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n" "on the selected partition." msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:358 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 msgid "" "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n" "is different from the one of this product.\n" msgstr "" #. pop-up question -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:388 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:392 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398 msgid "&Yes, Use It" msgstr "" #. Target load failed, #466803 #. Target load failed, #466803 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:426 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:451 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461 msgid "" "Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n" "It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n" @@ -501,29 +511,29 @@ "Are you sure you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:432 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:457 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467 msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "" #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." msgstr "" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -533,7 +543,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "" @@ -542,23 +552,23 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -566,24 +576,24 @@ msgstr "" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1059 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161 msgid "Warning" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1167 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -594,7 +604,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1259 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -607,39 +617,39 @@ msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1277 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1293 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1296 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298 msgid "&Device" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1381 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -647,17 +657,17 @@ "udev path: %6" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1436 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 msgid "None" msgstr "" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1464 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -665,22 +675,22 @@ msgstr "" #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1477 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482 msgid "Device Info" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1624 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1655 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -690,7 +700,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -699,17 +709,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1717 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "" #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1742 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1747 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "" @@ -728,34 +738,60 @@ msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "" +#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file. +#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation. +#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing. +#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open. +#. +#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/" +#. @return [String] product name +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65 +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74 +msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}" +msgstr "" + #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box, it might happen that we need to downgrade some packages during update -#: src/modules/Update.rb:817 -msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" +#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case +#. and we don't continue further +#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" +"%{patterns}" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:18 control/update.glade:42 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" +"%{packages}" +msgstr "" + +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:34 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4 msgid "Update" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:48 control/update.glade:52 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:63 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8 msgid "Update System Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:71 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9 msgid "Update Configuration" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/users.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/users.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/users.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ msgstr "" #. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise user to remember his new password +#. advise users to remember their new password #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgstr "" @@ -3978,22 +3978,22 @@ msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6596 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6606 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6619 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/vm.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/vm.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/vm.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -27,132 +27,164 @@ msgstr "" #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:148 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:167 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" msgstr "" #. progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:184 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:186 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:201 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:204 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:208 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:212 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:216 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:224 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233 msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:241 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236 +msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237 +msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:249 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252 +msgid "KVM server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253 +msgid "KVM tools" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "" -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:276 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260 +msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:294 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290 +msgid "Virtualization client tools" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308 +msgid "Xen server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309 +msgid "Xen tools" +msgstr "" + #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:372 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384 msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:380 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392 msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:387 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:398 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:411 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:424 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "" #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:427 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "" #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:432 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "" #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:449 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461 msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "" #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:460 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "" #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:481 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:482 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" msgstr "" @@ -165,26 +197,26 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:540 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:543 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:546 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:549 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:550 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567 msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:551 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568 msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/wagon.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/wagon.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/wagon.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/wol.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/wol.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/wol.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/xpram.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/xpram.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/xpram.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/yast2-apparmor.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/yast2-apparmor.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/yast2-apparmor.lv.po 2014-10-07 15:41:45 UTC (rev 89771) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -295,11 +295,11 @@ #. May want to replace Wizard() with UI() #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:181 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:229 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:239 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:268 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:287 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "&Done" msgstr "" @@ -1059,61 +1059,69 @@ msgid "Could not recognize mode: " msgstr "" -#. restarts ag_complain agent if necessary -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:128 +#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117 +msgid "enforce" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118 +msgid "complain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134 msgid "Show All Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:129 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135 msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:132 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138 msgid "Show Active Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:133 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139 msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles" msgstr "" #. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"), #. TODO switch to variable in a module #. TODO plain reread does not work here -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439 msgid "Profile Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:154 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160 msgid "Toggle Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:155 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161 msgid "Set All to Enforce" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:156 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162 msgid "Set All to Complain" msgstr "" #. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:177 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183 msgid "Profile Mode Configuration" msgstr "" #. We'll need this often - cache it -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:225 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:264 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:283 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289 msgid "Configure Profile Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:291 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297 msgid "Select an action to perform." msgstr "" -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89770 - trunk/yast/wa/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 17:41:33 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89770 Added: trunk/yast/wa/po/cio.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/opensuse_mirror.wa.po Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/add-on-creator.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/add-on.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/audit-laf.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/auth-client.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/auth-server.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/autoinst.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/base.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/bootloader.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/ca-management.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/cluster.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/control-center.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/control.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/country.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/crowbar.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/dhcp-server.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/dns-server.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/drbd.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/fcoe-client.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/firewall-services.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/firewall.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/firstboot.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/ftp-server.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/geo-cluster.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/gtk.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/http-server.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/inetd.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/installation.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/instserver.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/iplb.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/iscsi-client.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/iscsi-lio-server.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/iscsi-server.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/isns.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/kdump.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/kerberos-server.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/kerberos.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/languages_db.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/ldap-client.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/ldap-server.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/ldap.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/live-installer.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/lxc.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/mail.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/multipath.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/ncurses-pkg.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/ncurses.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/network.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/nfs.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/nfs_server.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/nis.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/nis_server.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/ntp-client.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/oneclickinstall.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/online-update-configuration.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/online-update.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/packager.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/pam.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/pkg-bindings.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/printer.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/product-creator.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/proxy.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/qt-pkg.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/qt.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/rdp.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/rear.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/registration.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/reipl.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/relocation-server.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/s390.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/samba-client.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/samba-server.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/samba-users.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/scanner.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/security.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/services-manager.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/slp-server.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/snapper.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/sound.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/squid.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/sshd.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/storage.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/sudo.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/support.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/sysconfig.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/tftp-server.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/timezone_db.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/tune.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/update.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/users.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/vm.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/wagon.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/wol.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/xpram.wa.po trunk/yast/wa/po/yast2-apparmor.wa.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/add-on-creator.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/add-on-creator.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/add-on-creator.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator.wa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-09-25 12:45+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <linux-wa(a)walon.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/add-on.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/add-on.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/add-on.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on.wa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-09-15 14:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon\n" @@ -65,21 +65,21 @@ #. this is a heading #. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks #: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1871 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Prodûts d' rawete" #. busy message (dialog) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label #: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1872 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicialijhaedje..." #. help #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879 msgid "Initializing add-on products..." msgstr "Inicialijhaedje des prodûts d' rawete...</p<" @@ -105,10 +105,10 @@ #. placeholder for unknown path #. placeholder for unknown URL #: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:384 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:940 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:949 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Nén cnoxhou" @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ #. main screen heading #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "Astalaedje des prodûts d' rawete" @@ -249,36 +249,36 @@ #. ... #. ] #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:585 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1586 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1598 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604 #, fuzzy msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "Pont d' prodût trové dins l' catalogue" #. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:319 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316 #, fuzzy msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "Dji n' a trové pont d' catalogue so ç' mediom." #. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "Inicialijhaedje do novea sourdant...." -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, Ridant: %2" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:392 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 #, fuzzy msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "Discrijhaedje do depot:" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:394 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \n" @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ "Dj' a trové sacwantes catalogues sol mediom tchoezi.\n" "Tchoezixhoz l' catalogue a eployî.\n" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:404 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401 #, fuzzy msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "Depots" @@ -302,34 +302,34 @@ #. else #. { #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:416 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:743 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "Vormint abandner l' astalaedje des prodûts d' rawete?" #. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:427 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 #, fuzzy msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "Tchoezixhoz 'ne sicrirece." #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:632 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "Les aloyances do prodût d' rawete ni plèt nén esse rescontrêye." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:713 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "Tchuze di prodût" #. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:719 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "Prodûts k' i gn a" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:725 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Product Selection</big> \n" @@ -341,12 +341,12 @@ "a-z astaler.\n" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:793 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "Les aloyances des prodûts d' rawete tchoezis n' polèt nén esse rescontrés." #. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:915 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big>\n" @@ -365,97 +365,97 @@ "k' est ddja radjouté, tchoezixhoz l' et clitchîz Disfacer." #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 #, fuzzy msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, Ridant: %2" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:970 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Product" msgstr "Prodût" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:972 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969 msgid "Media" msgstr "Media" #. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1127 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "Tchoezixhoz on prodût a disfacer." #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1135 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1253 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259 #, fuzzy msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "Prodûts d' rawete" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1260 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266 #, fuzzy msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "Prodûts d' rawete" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1276 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 #, fuzzy msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "Manaedjeu d' pacaedjes YaST2" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1280 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 #, fuzzy msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." msgstr "Eployîz Novea po-z ahiver on noû modele ou Abaguer po-z abaguer onk k' egzistêye dedja." #. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1335 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 #, fuzzy msgid "Vendor: %1 " msgstr "Racourti: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1336 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "vindeu nén cnoxhou" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1339 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 #, fuzzy msgid "Version: %1 " msgstr "Modêye: " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1340 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "Zone nén cnoxhowe" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1343 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository URL: %1 " msgstr "Racourti: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "&Adresse do depot" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1356 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository Alias: %1 " msgstr "Racourti: %1 " @@ -463,17 +463,17 @@ #. Removes the currently selected Add-On #. #. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1636 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1689 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Prodût nén cnoxhou" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1639 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "Nén cnoxhou" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1712 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718 #, fuzzy msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "Dji mete a djoû les aloyances do module nawea..." Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/audit-laf.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/audit-laf.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/audit-laf.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-04-05 17:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -856,32 +856,53 @@ msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." msgstr "Dji n' sai lére les mapes autofs." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471 -msgid "" -"The audit daemon doesn't run.\n" -"Do you want to start it now?" +#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 +msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:476 -msgid "" -" The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" -"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" -"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n" -"Do you want to start the daemon now?" +#. question continues +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467 +msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:484 +#. message about loaded kernel module +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471 +msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Headline of a popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480 #, fuzzy -msgid "Audit daemon not running." -msgstr "Li siervice n' est nén enondé" +#| msgid "Sound Daemons" +msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" +msgstr "Démons son" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 +#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start &Update" +msgid "Start and &Enable" +msgstr "Ataker l' &metaedje a djoû" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start" +msgid "&Start" +msgstr "Cmince" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do not install" +msgid "&Do not start" +msgstr "Ni nén astaler" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491 +#, fuzzy msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "Dji n' sai scrire les mapes autofs." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -890,39 +911,39 @@ msgstr "" #. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:546 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "Schapaedje di l' apontiaedje autofs" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:562 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Scrire les tchuzes" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566 #, fuzzy msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "Sicrire les patrons" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:568 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Dji scrît les tchuzes..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "Dji scrît les patrons..." #. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588 msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:587 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" @@ -930,35 +951,39 @@ msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:612 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "L' inicialijhaedje do sistinme såme a fwait berwete..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:619 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "Dji n' pout nén scrire les tchuzes so '%1'" #. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:650 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652 msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:656 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "Dji n' pout nén scrire les tchuzes so '%1'" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:705 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707 #, fuzzy msgid "Log file" msgstr "&Locå fitchî" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Audit daemon not running." +#~ msgstr "Li siervice n' est nén enondé" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Unknown option" #~ msgstr "Zone nén cnoxhowe" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/auth-client.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/auth-client.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/auth-client.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -56,12 +56,12 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:148 src/include/dialogs.rb:220 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:310 src/include/dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rinoncî" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "I va" #. Waiting for response #. Waiting for response @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Help" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aidance" #. No we open the dialog #: src/include/dialogs.rb:306 @@ -178,15 +178,15 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:538 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Radjouter" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:539 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Candjî" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Disfacer" #. Inetd configure dialog caption #: src/include/dialogs.rb:547 @@ -390,23 +390,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/auth-server.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/auth-server.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/auth-server.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:98 msgid "File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fitchî" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:99 msgid "Position" @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ #. all known interfaces for testing #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Drovi poirt (Open Port) e côpe-feu" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203 @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194 msgid "Firewall is disabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Li côpe-feu n' est nén metou." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200 msgid "Register at SLP Daemon: " @@ -236,6 +236,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Start new config wizward +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change existing configuration" +msgid "Migrate existing Configuration" +msgstr "Candjî apontiaedje egzistant" + #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135 msgid "" "Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n" @@ -290,7 +296,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tchuzes do côpe-feu" #. create new item #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:198 @@ -438,7 +444,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sicret" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1073 msgid "Validate Password" @@ -465,7 +471,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Protocole" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1146 msgid "Provider Hostname" @@ -487,7 +493,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264 msgid "Bro&wse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Foyter" #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231 @@ -655,20 +661,22 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" "variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" -"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" "specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" @@ -678,14 +686,14 @@ "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:67 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" "LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n" "(e.g. ldapsearch), check Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n" @@ -695,13 +703,13 @@ "when creating the first database on a server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n" "change any configuration settings here.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n" "for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n" @@ -709,7 +717,7 @@ "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n" "click Change Password. \n" @@ -719,28 +727,28 @@ "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:102 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" "The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" "the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" @@ -751,17 +759,17 @@ "thumbs)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" "should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" @@ -770,7 +778,7 @@ "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "If Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status is enabled, users trying to\n" "authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n" @@ -779,30 +787,30 @@ "option. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" @@ -810,34 +818,34 @@ "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" "(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "Use Add to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n" "Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" @@ -845,30 +853,30 @@ "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" @@ -876,21 +884,21 @@ "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:200 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:204 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" "in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" @@ -902,11 +910,11 @@ "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:214 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:215 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" "made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" @@ -914,21 +922,21 @@ "such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" "Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:228 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 msgid "" "Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n" "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" @@ -938,15 +946,15 @@ "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:236 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:237 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 msgid "" "refreshOnly: The slave server will periodically open a new\n" "connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n" @@ -954,28 +962,28 @@ "Replication Interval setting.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:244 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 msgid "" "refreshAndPersist: The slave server will open a persistent\n" "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:249 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:250 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" "The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:253 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:254 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" @@ -985,22 +993,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "<big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" #. Write dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 msgid "<big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big> \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:272 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog\n" @@ -1008,11 +1016,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:278 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 msgid "" "This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n" "created. Click Finish to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n" @@ -1020,78 +1028,78 @@ msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:287 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" "If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n" "for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.\n" msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:297 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:300 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 msgid "" "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:306 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" "Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:310 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:313 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" "To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the Enabled TLS\n" "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:319 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" "Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" "support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:324 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" "corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:329 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:330 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" "different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" @@ -1099,19 +1107,19 @@ "textfields.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:336 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 msgid "" "To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:340 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "Below this item, configure some global parameters." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:344 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" "Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" "a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" @@ -1119,71 +1127,71 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:350 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" "Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:354 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:357 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:358 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" "LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:361 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" "Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" "credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:364 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:367 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:372 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:373 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 msgid "" "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests: The Server will\n" "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:378 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" "Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:381 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" "receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:386 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 msgid "" "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated:\n" "The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n" @@ -1191,7 +1199,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:392 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" "\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" @@ -1201,29 +1209,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:400 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:401 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" "To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:404 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" "Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:407 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" "If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" "checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:410 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" "To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" "server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" @@ -1232,231 +1240,231 @@ #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:417 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:421 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: database_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:425 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: acl_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:429 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:433 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:437 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:441 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:444 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:449 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:454 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:459 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:462 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:467 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:472 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:477 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:482 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:487 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:492 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:495 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : dict_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:501 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:505 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:509 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:513 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:517 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:521 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_type -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:525 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:529 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:533 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:537 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:541 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:545 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:549 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:553 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:557 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:561 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:565 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:569 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." msgstr "" @@ -1765,6 +1773,12 @@ #. Ralf Haferkamp <rhafer(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id$ +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Modem Configuration" +msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration" +msgstr "Apontiaedje del houcrece" + #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28 msgid "MirrorMode Node List" msgstr "" @@ -1811,7 +1825,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:204 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:297 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inicialijhaedje..." #. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. **************************************** @@ -1824,7 +1838,7 @@ #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:62 msgid "Global Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Globålès tchuzes" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:67 @@ -1850,7 +1864,7 @@ #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:100 msgid "Databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Båzes di dnêyes" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 msgid "Suffix DN" @@ -1940,7 +1954,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1007 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:407 msgid "Password &Encryption" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Ecriptaedje do sicret" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1015 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368 @@ -1954,7 +1968,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Neni" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 @@ -1962,7 +1976,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Oyi" #. skip attribute that already have an index defined #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1188 @@ -2002,7 +2016,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:100 msgid "LDAP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldap), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:112 @@ -2071,7 +2085,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167 msgid "None" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nouk" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174 msgid "Select &Allow Flags:" @@ -2139,7 +2153,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234 msgid "&Browse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Foyter..." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285 msgid "Certificate &Key File (PEM Format - Unencrypted)" @@ -2147,7 +2161,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:288 msgid "B&rowse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Foyter..." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:295 msgid "Launch CA Management Module" @@ -2219,7 +2233,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atributs" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 @@ -2247,7 +2261,7 @@ #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239 msgid "Password Policy Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tchuzes del politike po les screts" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:47 msgid "Enable Password Policies" @@ -2416,7 +2430,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645 msgid "Try again?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sayî co on côp?" #. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original #. Entry, try to merge them here @@ -2440,7 +2454,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990 msgid "Select" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tchoezi" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826 msgid "Define the Access Level" @@ -2493,11 +2507,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Attributes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atributs" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Candjî" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 msgid "Access Level" @@ -2517,11 +2531,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319 msgid "Up" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Monter" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320 msgid "Down" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dischinde" #. FIXME: Validate attribute types #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185 @@ -2560,7 +2574,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716 msgid "Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pôrt" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637 msgid "Replication Type" @@ -2572,19 +2586,19 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647 msgid "Days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Djoûs" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651 msgid "Hours" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eures" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118 msgid "Minutes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Munutes" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659 msgid "Seconds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Segondes" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672 msgid "Authentication DN" @@ -2690,8 +2704,8 @@ msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3479 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3526 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3572 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." msgstr "" @@ -2891,7 +2905,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227 msgid "Not configured yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nén co apontyî." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472 msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist." @@ -2954,7 +2968,7 @@ msgid "Could not create database directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4096 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." msgstr "" @@ -2967,101 +2981,101 @@ msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3373 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3386 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3399 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3412 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3425 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3511 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3557 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3603 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 msgid "Writing to password file failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3969 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3979 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3974 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3984 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4016 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4024 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4031 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4043 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4048 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4062 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4069 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4089 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dji n' a nén sepou ahiver on ridant." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4863 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 #, perl-format msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4873 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4874 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 #, perl-format msgid "" "Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n" "CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4968 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4978 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5346 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5355 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/autoinst.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/autoinst.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/autoinst.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.wa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-01-08 14:22+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <linux(a)walon.org>\n" @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:422 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -116,8 +116,7 @@ msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "" -#. doClone(); -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:84 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82 #, fuzzy msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "Fitchî nén oblidjî di parametes" @@ -129,37 +128,30 @@ msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set." msgstr "Li poirt procsi doet esse defini." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/clone_system.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Author: Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> -#. Summary: This client is clones some settings of the -#. system. -#. -#. Changes: * initial - just do a simple clone -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:42 +#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "Dji copeye l' apontiaedje do Sistinme X Window e sistinme..." -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:52 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unknown Model: %1" msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr "Modele nén cnoxhou: %1" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:59 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64 msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89 msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:92 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 #, fuzzy -msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "dins." #. help 1/2 @@ -312,24 +304,24 @@ msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting service..." msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "Dji renonde li siervice..." -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:289 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:302 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "Dji fini Apontiaedje" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:405 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404 #, fuzzy msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "eyet" @@ -2519,13 +2511,13 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for #. #. @return the newly created node name -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid " - Drive" msgstr "Mineu" #. volume group -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid " - Volume group" msgstr "Groupe" @@ -2635,11 +2627,11 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:908 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 msgid "Drives" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 #, fuzzy msgid "Total of %1 drive" msgstr "Totå" @@ -2846,30 +2838,30 @@ msgstr "dins." #. 1 cyl buffer per partition -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:491 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 #, fuzzy msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" msgstr "dins XML metou" -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:918 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 #, fuzzy msgid "No specific device configured" msgstr "Nonna" #. Handle /etc/fstab usage #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "Dji préjhe li pårticion root. On moumint..." #. a popup -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025 msgid "No Linux root partition found." msgstr "Dji n' a trové pont d' pårticion" #. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting #. is inevitable. -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" @@ -2877,7 +2869,7 @@ msgstr "Otomatike" #. return list of available devices -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/base.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/base.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/base.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base.wa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-08-18 15:22+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)base.be>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <linux-wa(a)walon.org>\n" @@ -1288,7 +1288,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:877 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Passer" @@ -1311,7 +1311,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2552 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Sicret" @@ -1510,6 +1510,31 @@ msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgstr "Dj' a fwait berwete en astalant les pacaedjes dimandés." +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating configuration..." +msgid "Updating system configuration..." +msgstr "Dji mete a djoû l' apontiaedje..." + +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This may take a while" +msgid "This may take a while." +msgstr "Çoula pôreut prinde lontins" + +#. Get information about the OS release +#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file +#. is missing. +#. +#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) +#. @return [String] the release information +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Specified profile not found." +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "Profil sipecifyî nén trové." + #. Confirm user request to abort installation #: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833 msgid "Really abort the installation?" @@ -2154,15 +2179,15 @@ #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:401 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "Modem" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "Cwåte rantoele" @@ -2170,27 +2195,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "RDIS" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Nén cnoxhou" @@ -2200,326 +2225,326 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1123 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "Ôte adresse" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "ARCnet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "Cwåte rantoele ARCnet" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 msgid "ATM" msgstr "ATM" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "Môde di transfer assincrône" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1137 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "Raloyaedje Bluetooth" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond" msgstr "Bond" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "Rantoele Bond" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "Comon accès å loyén po ståcion d' boutaedje (Common Link Access for Workstation - CLAW)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "Cwåte ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "Eterface Canå viè Canå (Channel to Channel Interface - CTC)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "Raloyaedje DSL" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "Pitit no" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "Fås éndjin rantoele" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "ESCON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "Raloyeu sistinme d' eterprijhe (Enterprise System Connector - ESCON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Eternet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1165 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "Cwåte rantoele eternet" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "FDDI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "Cwåte rantoele FDDI" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "FICON" msgstr "FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "Raloyeu sistinme pa canå d' fiyaesse (Fiberchannel System Connector - FICON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1177 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "Eterface paralele di hôte performance (HIgh Performance Parallel Interface - HIPPI)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "Hipersockets" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1182 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "Eterface Hipersockets (HSI)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "Raloyaedje ISDN" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "IrDA" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "Éndjin rantoele infrarodje" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "Éndjin infrarodje" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "OSA LCS" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "Cwåte rantoele OSALCS" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "Loopback" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "Éndjin loopback" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "Myrinet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "Cwåte rantoele Myrinet" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "Paralele roye" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "Raloyaedje del paralele roye" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "QETH" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr " Éndjin OSA-Express ou QDIO (QETH)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "Éndjin d' ecapsulaedje IPv6-in-IPv4" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "Roye séreye" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1227 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "Raloyaedje del roye séreye" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Token Ring" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "Cwåte di rantoele Token Ring" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "Éndjin rantoele USB" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "VMWare" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "Éndjin rantoele VMWare" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "Sins fyi" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Cwåte rantoele sins fyi" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "XPNET" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "Rantoele XP" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "Forveyowe LAN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "Pont" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "Pont rantoele" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "TUN" msgstr "TUN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "TUNel (trawa) rantoele" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "TAP" msgstr "TAP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "TAP rantoele" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "InfiniBand" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "Éndjin InfiniBand" @@ -2582,7 +2607,7 @@ msgstr "&Ridants eberwetés" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:288 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2595,28 +2620,31 @@ "Vormint continouwer?" #. If there is network running, return true. -#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Mode and return false +#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 -msgid "No running network detected." -msgstr "Dji n' a trové nole rantoele ovrante." - -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:356 -msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" +msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" +"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "Rataker astalaedje eyet apontyî rantoele dins Linuxrc" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:357 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" +#| "and start this module again" msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" -"and start this module again" +"and start this module again\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" "Apontyî rantoele avou YaST oudonbén l' tchôke-divins Manaedjeu del rantoele\n" "eyet renonder ç' module ci" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:360 -msgid "or continue without network." -msgstr "oudonbén continouwer sins rantoele." - #. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names #: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 msgid "" @@ -2935,51 +2963,51 @@ msgstr "&Dizastaler" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1715 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 msgid "Package: " msgstr "Pacaedje : " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206 msgid "Size: " msgstr "Grandeu : " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "Tins ki dmeure divant d' risayî otomaticmint : %1" #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:248 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Dj' aberwete li pacaedje %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "Dj' aberwete li pacaedje" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:310 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "Mostrer &detays" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:376 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "Li pacaedje %1 est scheté, li verifiaedje k' il est saive a fwait berwete." #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:389 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:598 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "Rissayî l' astalaedje do pacaedje ?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:397 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:606 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "Abandner l' astalaedje ?" @@ -2988,15 +3016,15 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:425 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:459 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "Arokes : %1 :" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:482 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" @@ -3005,35 +3033,35 @@ "Li sistinme duvrè esse verifyî pus tård tot enondant l' module di Manaedjmint des programes.\n" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Dji dizastale li pacaedje %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:523 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Dj' astale li pacaedje %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "Dji dizastale li pacaedje" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "Dj' astale li pacaedje" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:583 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "Li oistaedje do pacaedje %1 a fwait berwete." #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:585 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "L' astalaedje do pacaedje %1 a fwait berwete." #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:657 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." @@ -3042,7 +3070,7 @@ "Li sistinme duvrè esse verifyî pus tård en enondant l' module di Manaedjmint des programes." #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:780 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" @@ -3057,27 +3085,27 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:795 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805 msgid "Side A" msgstr "Costé A" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:798 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808 msgid "Side B" msgstr "Costé B" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "%1 (Plake %2)" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:814 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "%1 (Mediom %2)" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:819 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" @@ -3086,7 +3114,7 @@ "« %1 »" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -3099,7 +3127,7 @@ "Verifyî si c' est possibe d' awè accès å ridant." #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -3112,57 +3140,57 @@ "Verifyî si c' est possibe d' awè accès å sierveu." #. currently unused -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858 msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." msgstr "Li bon mediom di depot n' a sepou esse monté." #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:869 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2158 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "Passer oto-rafristaedje" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:892 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:897 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "&Fé rexhe" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "Fé rexhe &otomaticmint l' plake lazer CD oudonbén DVD" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "Rissayî l' astalaedje?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:985 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "Passer l' mediom?" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:992 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "Passer houte do mwais mediom..." #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1013 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1074 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1321 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "Dj' ahive li depot %1" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1354 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Error occurred while creating the repository." msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." @@ -3171,32 +3199,32 @@ #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1358 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1489 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1601 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "Dji n' a sepou obtini l' discrijhaedje do depot då lon." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1361 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1492 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1604 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "Åk n' a nén stî tot purdant les noveles meta-dnêyes." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "Li depot n' est nén valåbe." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Les meta-dnêyes do depot n' sont nén valåbes." @@ -3204,96 +3232,96 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1380 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1514 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1620 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "Rissayî?" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1436 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "Dji saye li depot %1" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1485 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "Åk n' a nén stî come dji sayive li depot." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1498 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "Detays do sayaedje do depot." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Les meta-dnêyes do depot n' sont nén valåbes." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1597 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "Depot %1" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1685 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Dj' aberwete li pacaedje RPM delta %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1693 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "Dj' aberwete li pacaedje RPM delta" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "Dji mete en ouve li pacaedje RPM delta %1..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1713 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "Dji mete en ouve li pacaedje RPM delta" #. at start of patch providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744 msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Dj' aberwete li pacaedje RPM di coridjaedje %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1742 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752 msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" msgstr "Dj' aberwete li RPM di coridjaedje" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "Dj' enonde li scripe %1 (coridjaedje %2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1821 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "Dj' enonde li scripe" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1826 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "Coridjaedje:" #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843 msgid "Script: " msgstr "Scripe:" #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "Rexhowe do scripe" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1927 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3302,7 +3330,7 @@ "\n" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3317,44 +3345,44 @@ "pacaedje pôrént manker oudonbén esse trop vî." #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1959 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "&Passer rafristaedje" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1993 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Dj' aberwete " #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2043 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2091 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "Dj' aberwete: %1" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2196 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2271 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "Dji verifeye l' båze di dnêyes des pacaedjes" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Dji raboctêye li båze di dnêyes des pacaedjes. Çou processus pout prinde do tins." #. progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2204 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2287 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297 msgid "Status" msgstr "Estat" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2237 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3363,12 +3391,12 @@ "%1" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2274 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Dji ratoûne li båze di dnêyes. Çou processus pout prinde do tins." #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3377,12 +3405,12 @@ "%1" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2353 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "Dji lé l' båze di dnêyes des RPM..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "Dji lé les pacaedjes astalés" @@ -3393,27 +3421,27 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2369 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2385 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "Dji cwir divins l' båze di dnêyes des RPM..." #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "L' inicialijhaedje do sistinme såme a fwait berwete..." #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2515 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "Båze di dnêyes RPM léjhowe" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "Otintifiaedje di l' uzeu" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3424,7 +3452,7 @@ "%2" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2549 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "No d' &uzeu" @@ -3488,48 +3516,8 @@ msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "Acceptez vs cist acoird di licince?" -#. display an error message and advice to manually fix the system -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:236 -msgid "" -"The current system is not consistent,\n" -"some packages have unresolved dependencies." -msgstr "" -"Li sistinme do moumint n' est nén coherint,\n" -"i gn a des pacaedjes k' ont des aloyances nén rezoudowes." - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:243 -msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -msgstr "Li rezoudaedje otomatike a fwait berwete, ons a dandjî d' on rezoudaedje al mwin des aloyances." - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:252 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" -#| "check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" -#| "in the package manager." -msgid "" -"Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" -"check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" -"in the software manager." -msgstr "" -"Yast a radjouté ou oisté otomaticmint des pacaedjes,\n" -"verifyîz les candjmints programés po coridjî l' sistinme\n" -"el manaedjeu des pacaedjes." - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:263 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Start the package manager and fix the problems\n" -#| "or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" -msgid "" -"Start the software manager and fix the problems\n" -"or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" -msgstr "" -"Enondez l' manaedjeu des pacaedjes eyet coridjî les problinmes\n" -"oudonbén passer l' coridjaedje eyet n' astaler k' les pacaedjes dedja racertinés?" - #. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:325 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" @@ -3542,12 +3530,12 @@ "d' esse rezoudowe al mwin el manaedjeu des pacaedjes." #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:520 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "L' astalaedje des pacaedjes dimandés n' a nén stî." #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3558,12 +3546,12 @@ "YaST pôreut n' nén roter comifåt.\n" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "Dji n' sait continouwer sins astaler les pacaedjes dimandés." #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3710,7 +3698,7 @@ #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:548 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Pacaedjes" @@ -4133,7 +4121,7 @@ "(%2) :" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -4146,23 +4134,23 @@ "eyet kel clé est bén da sinne divant d' l' abaguer." #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:993 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "ADVIERTIXHMINT: Li clé est trop viye!" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1019 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "Abaguer clé GnuPG Nén fiyåve" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "Awè &fiyate" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1112 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4185,12 +4173,12 @@ "L' eployî cwand minme ?\n" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1129 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "Mwais racourti" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1148 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4211,85 +4199,93 @@ "L' eployî cwand minme ?\n" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "Racourti nén cnoxhou" #. we need to remember the values for tab switching +#. these are the initial values #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:145 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:146 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:340 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "Dj' astale..." #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:544 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541 msgid "Media" msgstr "Media" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:546 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remaining Packages" msgid "Remaining" msgstr "Pacaedjes ki dmorèt" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547 msgid "Time" msgstr "Tins" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:566 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "Faitindjes di fwaites :" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:650 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647 msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "Les pacaedjes sont-st a l' astalaedje." -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:651 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." msgstr "Dj' abandene l' astalaedje On sait abandner l' astalaedje des pacaedjes e s' siervant do boton Abandner. Mins nerén, l' sistinme pôreut adon divni nén coherint ou co nén eployåve oudonbén i n' pôreut nén renonder s' onk des componints di båze do sistinme n' est nén astalé." #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Release &Notes" msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "&Notes del modêye" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "Diapora&ma" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:683 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Totafwait" -#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:721 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Perform Update" +msgid "Performing Upgrade" +msgstr "Fé l' metaedje a djoû" + +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Perform Installation" msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "Fé l' astalaedje" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:757 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "Astalaedje des pacaedjes" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -4298,17 +4294,17 @@ "l' astalaedje podbon?" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:845 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Abandné" #. read file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:185 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187 msgid "File not found." msgstr "" #. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:191 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199 #, fuzzy #| msgid "System Type: %1" msgid "System Log (%1)" @@ -4922,7 +4918,7 @@ msgstr "Ene aroke s' a passé tins d' l' ahivaedje d' initrd." #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:648 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -5038,7 +5034,7 @@ #. KiloByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:146 msgid "KiB" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KiB" #. MegaByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:148 @@ -5958,6 +5954,47 @@ "I gn a pont d' redjon årvier po %1 manaedjeye pa vosse sierveu DNS.\n" "Li no d' lodjoe %2 ni pout nén esse radjouté." +#~ msgid "No running network detected." +#~ msgstr "Dji n' a trové nole rantoele ovrante." + +#~ msgid "or continue without network." +#~ msgstr "oudonbén continouwer sins rantoele." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The current system is not consistent,\n" +#~ "some packages have unresolved dependencies." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Li sistinme do moumint n' est nén coherint,\n" +#~ "i gn a des pacaedjes k' ont des aloyances nén rezoudowes." + +#~ msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." +#~ msgstr "Li rezoudaedje otomatike a fwait berwete, ons a dandjî d' on rezoudaedje al mwin des aloyances." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" +#~| "check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" +#~| "in the package manager." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" +#~ "check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" +#~ "in the software manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Yast a radjouté ou oisté otomaticmint des pacaedjes,\n" +#~ "verifyîz les candjmints programés po coridjî l' sistinme\n" +#~ "el manaedjeu des pacaedjes." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Start the package manager and fix the problems\n" +#~| "or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Start the software manager and fix the problems\n" +#~ "or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Enondez l' manaedjeu des pacaedjes eyet coridjî les problinmes\n" +#~ "oudonbén passer l' coridjaedje eyet n' astaler k' les pacaedjes dedja racertinés?" + #~ msgid "Installed Size" #~ msgstr "Grandeu astalé" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/bootloader.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/bootloader.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/bootloader.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader.wa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-08-18 16:06+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)base.be>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <linux-wa(a)walon.org>\n" @@ -138,22 +138,22 @@ msgstr "Li sistinme va renonder asteure..." #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:108 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "Pont d' enondrece n' a stî tchoezi po l' astalaedje. Vosse sistinme pôreut n' nén esse tcherdjåve." #. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:118 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "A cåze do pårticionaedje, l' enondrece ni pout nén esse astalé comifåt" #. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:217 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 msgid "Booting" msgstr "Enondaedje do sistinme" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:219 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "&Enondaedje sistinme" @@ -162,12 +162,12 @@ #. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 msgid "Disk Order" msgstr "Ôre des plakes" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "Tchuzes di l' ôre des plakes" @@ -178,10 +178,9 @@ msgstr "Dressêye di l' enondrece" #. `VSpacing(1), -#. Run dialog for loader installation details for Grub2 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#. Window title #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgstr "Tchuzes di l' enondrece" @@ -301,24 +300,30 @@ "Sicrire on code djenerike d' enondaedje sistinme viè l' MEE ezès Tchuzes d' enondaedje sistinme po mete a djoû l' mwaisse eredjistraedje d' enondaedje sistinme si nd a dandjî oudonbén apontyîz vost ôte manaedjeu\n" "d' enondaedje po -z enonder cisse seccion." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 +msgid "" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." msgstr "Pårticion d' enondaedje sistinme da vosse vos leye tchoezi ene pårticion po -z enonder l' sistinme." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." msgstr "Parametes di raloyaedje e xhilete vos leye defini les parametes a -z eployî po -z ene console e xhilete. Léjhoz, s' i vs plait, l' documintåcion di grub (<code>info grub</code>) po pus di detays." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" @@ -332,7 +337,7 @@ "al comande, come<code>serial console</code>. Dins ç' cas, on terminå dvins l' ké vos\n" "tchôkî n' impôrtè kéne tape serè tchoezeye come terminå GRUB." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." @@ -340,19 +345,19 @@ "Seccion po -z aidî sel prémetowe flåwixhe contént ene lisse di nombes di seccions\n" "ki seront eployî po-z enonder l' sistinme sel prémetowe seccion n' sai nén enonder." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "Tchoezi Catchî l' dressêye a l' enondaedje do sistinme catchrè l' dressêye d' enondaedje sistinme." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:82 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." msgstr "Fitchî grafike di dressêye defini l' fitchî a-z eployî pol dressêye grafike d' enondaedje sisitnme." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" @@ -364,7 +369,7 @@ "si vos l' repetîz dinsRitaper l' sicret." #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:95 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" @@ -374,72 +379,72 @@ "To remove a disk, push Remove." msgstr "<big> Ôre</big> dins BIOS Monter eyet Dischinde" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "Plaeces do tcherdjeu d' enondaedje" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "Defini l' drapea &ovrant el tåve des pårticions pol pårticion d' enondaedje do sistinme" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "As&tådje e segondes" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "Seccion &prémetowe d' enondaedje sistinme" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "Sicrire on code &djenerike d' enondaedje sistinme sol MBR" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" msgstr "Eployî on &fiyåve Grub" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "Pårticion d' enondaedje sistinme da vosse" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "Enonder do mwaisse eredjistraedje d' enondaedje (MBR)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "Enonder del pårticion raecene" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "Enonder del pårticion d' enondaedje do sistinme" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "Enonder del sitindowe pårticion" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "&Paramete di raloyaedje e séreye" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "Tcheyåjhe seccion sel prémetowe flåwixhe" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "Catc&hî dressêye a l' enondaedje do sistinme" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 msgid "Graphical &Menu File" msgstr "Fitchî grafike del &dressêye" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125 msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "&Sicret di l' eterface di dressêye" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126 msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "Drapea di d&isbugaedje" @@ -491,122 +496,122 @@ #. Common widget of a console #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "Eployî conzôle e &séreye" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "Årgumints del &conzôle" #. textentry header -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455 msgid "&Device" msgstr "Én&djins" #. disabling & enabling up/down -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:542 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544 msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "I doet î awè pol moens èn éndjin el mape des éndjins" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:551 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553 msgid "D&isks" msgstr "&Plakes" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:565 msgid "&Up" msgstr "&Monter" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:564 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:566 msgid "&Down" msgstr "&Dischinde" #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:768 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:803 -msgid "Boot Loader Location" -msgstr "Plaece di l' enondrece" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:774 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:809 -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" -msgstr "Enonder do &mwaisse eredjistraedje d' enondaedje (MBR)" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:748 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740 msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" msgstr "Enonder del pårticion &raecene" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "Enonder del pår&ticion d' enondaedje" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:754 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811 +msgid "Boot Loader Location" +msgstr "Plaece di l' enondrece" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817 +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" +msgstr "Enonder do &mwaisse eredjistraedje d' enondaedje (MBR)" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "Enonder del sitindow&e pårticion" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:780 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:821 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "Pårticion d' enondaedje da &vosse" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:814 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822 msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "Mete e-n alaedje li rd&ondance po les tchinnes MD" #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:873 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831 msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" msgstr "Totaf&wait so l' astalaedje di l' enondrece" -#. Cache for genericWidgets function -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:52 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "Tchuzes di l' enondrece" -#. there is no graphic adapter on s390 (bnc#874010) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:75 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgstr "Såvritéea &Parametes" -#. there is no os prober on s390(bnc#868909) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:94 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "Tchuzes di l' enondrece" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device to Boot" msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr "Éndjin a enonder" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "Mete en alaedje li sopoirt des &cwotas" #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "Plaece di l' enondrece" #. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." msgstr "" @@ -644,26 +649,44 @@ msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" + #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 +msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "Paramete do nawea o&pcionel del roye di cmande" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Distribution:" +msgid "D&istributor" +msgstr "Dinêye:" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98 msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "Môde &Vga" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 #, fuzzy #| msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "Paramete do nawea o&pcionel del roye di cmande" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 +msgid "Protective MBR flag" +msgstr "" + #. combo box item #. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels #. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels @@ -696,38 +719,60 @@ msgid "Unspecified" msgstr "Nén specifyî" +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "1st" +msgid "set" +msgstr "1î" + +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 +msgid "remove" +msgstr "oister" + +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 +msgid "do not change" +msgstr "" + #. Init function for console #. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:148 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "" #. FATE: #110038: Serial console #. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:223 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Choose new graphical menu file" msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "Tchoezi noû fitchî grafike del dressêye" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:235 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Use &serial console" msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "Eployî conzôle e &séreye" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:242 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Conflict Resolution:" msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "Rezoudaedje d' afrontmint:" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:250 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Console arguments" msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "Årgumints del &conzôle" +#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 +msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +msgstr "" + #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption @@ -741,7 +786,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "Li pårticion d' enondaedje est del sôre NFS. L' enondrece ni pout nén esse astalêye." @@ -872,11 +917,7 @@ msgid "Xen" msgstr "Xen" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152 -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:91 msgid "Floppy" msgstr "Diskete" @@ -1863,13 +1904,13 @@ #. #. #. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:167 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from MBR is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">disable</a>" msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "L' enondaedje a pårti do MBR est e-n alaedje (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">essocter</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:171 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from MBR is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">enable</a>" msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" @@ -1877,31 +1918,32 @@ #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:183 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">disable</a>" msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "L' enondaedje a pårti del pårticion /boot est en alaedje (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">essocter</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:187 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">enable</a>" msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "L' enondaedje a pårti del pårticion /boot est essocté (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">mete en alaedje</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">disable</a>" msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "L' enondaedje a pårti del pårticion « / » est en alaedje (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">essocter</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">enable</a>" msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "L' enondaedje a pårti del pårticion « / » est essocté (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">mete en alaedje</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:205 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change Location: %1" msgid "Change Location: %s" @@ -1912,31 +1954,33 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "Sôre d' enondrece : %1" #. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda) -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 msgid " (\"/boot\")" msgstr " (« boot »)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 msgid " (extended)" msgstr " (stindou)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:236 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 msgid " (\"/\")" msgstr " (« / »)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242 +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr " (MBR)" #. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:256 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "Plaece do statut : %1" @@ -1959,238 +2003,182 @@ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" msgstr "Propozer eyet &maxhî avou les dressêyes GRUB k' i gn a ddja" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:76 +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "Pôrt LDAP di såvrité: %1" #. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" msgstr "Enondrece nén cnoxhowe : %1" #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "Dji n' sai nén mete eshonne li platfôme d' éndjolreye %1 eyet l' enondrece %2" #. TODO add more devices -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:126 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" msgstr "Li limero d' pårticion > 3 est eployî po-z enonder avou l' tåve des pårticions GPT" -#. if "iscsi" is true -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:166 -msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." -msgstr "L' éndjin d' enondaedje est sol sôre iSCSI : %1. Li sistinme n' enondrè nén." +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:184 +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "L' éndjin d' enondaedje est sol sôre raid : %1. Li sistinme n' enondrè nén." #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:204 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "L' éndjin d' enondaedje est sol RAID1 software. Tchoezixhoz ene ôte plaece, li MBR, metans." #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:259 -msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" msgstr "Dji n' a sepou dire sins fåte l' ôre des plakes pol mape des éndjins. On sait candjî l' ôre des plakes e « Detays di l' astalaedje di l' enondrece »" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:278 +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "Verifyî enondrece" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "Lére pårtixhaedje" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "Tcherdjî tchuzes di l' enondrece" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:177 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "Dji verifeye l' enondrece..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:179 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "Dji lé l' pårtixhaedje..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:181 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "Dji tchedje les tchuzes di l' enondrece..." #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Inicialijhaedje di l' apontiaedje di l' enondaedje sistinme" #. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307 msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" msgstr "Parametes do nawea di radjoutés: %1" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:366 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "Ahiver initrd" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:368 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "Schaper fitchîs d' apontiaedje di l' enondrece" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "Astaler enondrece" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:374 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "Dj' ahive initrd..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:376 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "Dji schape les fitchîs d' apontiaedje di l' enondrece" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:378 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "Dj' astale l' enondrece..." #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Dji schape l' apontiaedje di l' enondrece" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:79 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "Linux" +#~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." +#~ msgstr "L' éndjin d' enondaedje est sol sôre iSCSI : %1. Li sistinme n' enondrè nén." -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:85 -msgid "Failsafe" -msgstr "Sins rujhe" +#~ msgid "Linux" +#~ msgstr "Linux" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:97 -msgid "Hard Disk" -msgstr "Deure plake" +#~ msgid "Failsafe" +#~ msgstr "Sins rujhe" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:103 -msgid "Memory Test" -msgstr "Sayaedje del memwere" +#~ msgid "Hard Disk" +#~ msgstr "Deure plake" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:109 -msgid "MBR before Installation" -msgstr "MBR divant l' astalaedje" +#~ msgid "Memory Test" +#~ msgstr "Sayaedje del memwere" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:115 -msgid "Previous Kernel" -msgstr "Nawea di dvant" +#~ msgid "MBR before Installation" +#~ msgstr "MBR divant l' astalaedje" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:121 -msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "Diyagnostikes do vindeu" +#~ msgid "Previous Kernel" +#~ msgstr "Nawea di dvant" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:230 -msgid "_Linux" -msgstr "_Linux" +#~ msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" +#~ msgstr "Diyagnostikes do vindeu" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:237 -msgid "_Failsafe" -msgstr "_Sins rujhe" +#~ msgid "_Linux" +#~ msgstr "_Linux" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:244 -msgid "_Floppy" -msgstr "_Diskete" +#~ msgid "_Failsafe" +#~ msgstr "_Sins rujhe" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:251 -msgid "_Hard Disk" -msgstr "_Deure plake" +#~ msgid "_Floppy" +#~ msgstr "_Diskete" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:258 -msgid "_Memory Test" -msgstr "_Sayaedje del memwere" +#~ msgid "_Hard Disk" +#~ msgstr "_Deure plake" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:265 -msgid "_MBR before Installation" -msgstr "_MBR divant astalaedje" +#~ msgid "_Memory Test" +#~ msgstr "_Sayaedje del memwere" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:272 -msgid "_Previous Kernel" -msgstr "_Nawea di dvant" +#~ msgid "_MBR before Installation" +#~ msgstr "_MBR divant astalaedje" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:279 -msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "_Diyagnostikes do vindeu" +#~ msgid "_Previous Kernel" +#~ msgstr "_Nawea di dvant" +#~ msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" +#~ msgstr "_Diyagnostikes do vindeu" + #~ msgid "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result is error 18 during install grub MBR)." #~ msgstr "L' enondrece est astalêye so ene pårticion ki n' si trove nén ttafwait pa dzo %1 Go. Li sistinme ni s' pôreut enonder sel BIOS ni sopoite ki lba24 (li rzultat serè ene aroke 18 di l' astalaedje di grub sol MBR)." Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/ca-management.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/ca-management.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/ca-management.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ca-management.wa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-30 18:12+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon\n" @@ -62,27 +62,27 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:442 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 #, fuzzy msgid "Organization" msgstr "Organizåcion" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:444 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 #, fuzzy msgid "Locality" msgstr "Veye" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:445 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 msgid "State" msgstr "Estat" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:446 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 #, fuzzy msgid "Country" @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ msgstr "No" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:440 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 #, fuzzy msgid "Common Name" @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ msgid "Email" msgstr "Emile" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:443 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 #, fuzzy msgid "Organizational Unit" @@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline #. we need to fake a certificate name #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:571 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 @@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ #. The main () #. To translators: dialog label #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:174 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 #, fuzzy msgid "Common Server Certificate" @@ -753,11 +753,18 @@ msgid "For more information, please read the manual." msgstr "" +#. popup text +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 +msgid "" +"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" +"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" +msgstr "" + #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:159 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 @@ -765,34 +772,34 @@ msgstr "Discrijhaedje" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:166 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remove" msgid "&Remove" msgstr "Oister" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:168 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Replace" msgid "&Import/Replace" msgstr "&Mete al plaece" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:208 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 #, fuzzy msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" msgstr "Acertineure." #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:210 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 msgid "" "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:214 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the configuration?" msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?" @@ -827,55 +834,110 @@ msgid "Issued For:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:214 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "No " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "O&rganization:" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "O&rganizåcion:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Location: %1" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "Plaece: %1" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "Estat " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "Payis " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 msgid "Issued By:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:248 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " msgstr "" #. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:271 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 #, fuzzy msgid "&Advanced..." msgstr "Sipepieus." -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:273 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:462 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 msgid "&View" msgstr "&Vey" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:274 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 #, fuzzy msgid "&Change CA Password" msgstr "Mot di passe" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:275 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 msgid "C&reate SubCA" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:276 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 #, fuzzy msgid "Export to &File" msgstr "Eberweter &Fitchî" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:277 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 #, fuzzy msgid "Export to &LDAP" msgstr "Eberweter &LDAP" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:278 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 #, fuzzy msgid "&Edit Default" msgstr "Candjî Tcho&ezi por vos" @@ -939,7 +1001,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:774 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 #, fuzzy msgid "Summary" msgstr " Racourti" @@ -972,18 +1034,18 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:815 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:826 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:929 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:938 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:947 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1036 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1045 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1184 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1193 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1202 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 msgid " (critical)\n" msgstr "" @@ -996,41 +1058,41 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:954 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:994 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 msgid "(critical) " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:999 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 #, fuzzy msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA" msgstr "Copyî Sudjet Alt No" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1070 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 msgid "(critical)\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:812 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 msgid "nsComment: " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:825 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 msgid "nsCertType: " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 #, fuzzy msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address" msgstr "Copyî Standård Emilaedje Adresse" @@ -1115,91 +1177,222 @@ "Certificate not found" msgstr "" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "No " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "Organizåcion " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "Organizåcion " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "Estat " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "Payis " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "Tchimin Longeu " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Is CA: " +msgstr "No " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Key Size: " +msgstr "Clé Longeu " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Serialnumber: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Version: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Version: " +msgstr " Modêye: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid from: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid to: " +msgstr "Organizåcion " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of pub. Key : " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of signature: " +msgstr "" + #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) #. Initialize the tab of the dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:389 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:518 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 msgid "Valid" msgstr "" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:392 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 msgid "Revoked" msgstr "" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:396 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 msgid "Expired" msgstr "" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:439 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 msgid "Status" msgstr "Estat" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:441 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 #, fuzzy msgid "E-Mail Address" msgstr "Emilaedje Adresse" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 msgid "Add" msgstr "Radjouter" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Server Certificate" msgstr "Radjouter Sierveu Acertineure" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Client Certificate" msgstr "Radjouter Cliyint Acertineure" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:463 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "&Change Password" msgstr "&Novea Mot di passe" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:464 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 msgid "&Revoke" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:465 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Disfacer" #. Fate (#2613) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:469 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 #, fuzzy msgid "Export" msgstr "Eberweter" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:471 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 #, fuzzy msgid "Export to File" msgstr "Eberweter Fitchî" #. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 #, fuzzy msgid "Export to LDAP" msgstr "Eberweter LDAP" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 #, fuzzy msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "Eberweter Sierveu Acertineure" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:572 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 #, fuzzy msgid "Delete current certificate?" msgstr "Disfacer?" @@ -1302,7 +1495,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:712 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 msgid "&Valid Period (days):" msgstr "" @@ -1796,7 +1989,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:802 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 #, fuzzy msgid "Path Length " msgstr "Tchimin Longeu " @@ -2022,6 +2215,14 @@ "Request not found.\n" msgstr "" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"generation Time: " +msgstr "Ahiver Eure" + #. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention #. @param request extention #. @return [void] @@ -2030,86 +2231,86 @@ #. @param request extention #. @return [void] #. Filling up reqeust extentions -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:245 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:569 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:674 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 #, fuzzy msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found." msgstr "Cawete." #. IS CA ? -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:632 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:639 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:691 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 msgid "This frame shows the signing request." msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:696 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 #, fuzzy msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." msgstr " prémetou" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:719 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 #, fuzzy msgid "Requested Extensions" msgstr "Rawetes" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:725 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 #, fuzzy msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)" msgstr "Siner Digré" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:765 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 #, fuzzy msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." msgstr " tot" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:771 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 #, fuzzy msgid "Click Sign Request to go on." msgstr " Siner metou" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:789 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 msgid " days" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:795 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 msgid " (critical)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1221 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 #, fuzzy msgid "&Edit Request" msgstr "Candjî" #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 #, fuzzy msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)" msgstr "Siner Digré" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1232 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 #, fuzzy msgid "Sign Request" msgstr "Siner" #. signing request -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1245 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 msgid "The request has been signed." msgstr "" Added: trunk/yast/wa/po/cio.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/cio.wa.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/cio.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +# Translation into the walloon language. +# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Pablo Saratxaga <pablo(a)walon.org>, 2001, 2004. +# Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>, 2007. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: yast memory\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-04-05 17:37+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Walloon <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Languages" +msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "Lingaedjes di disponibes" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "Éndjin" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Used" +msgstr "Eployî" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "Nonna" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "Oyi" + +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Fiber channel" +msgid "Filter channels" +msgstr "Fiber channel" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "Tchoezi &totafwait" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product Selection" +msgid "&Clear selection" +msgstr "Tchuze di prodût" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&All Selected Packages" +msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" +msgstr "&Tos les pacaedjes tchoezis" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Channel" +msgid "&Unban Channels" +msgstr "&Canå" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "" +"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Ranges to Unban." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/cluster.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/cluster.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/cluster.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-04-05 17:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -90,229 +90,229 @@ msgstr "Apontyî CUPS" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:83 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120 msgid "OK" msgstr "I va" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Rinoncî" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 #, fuzzy #| msgid "MAC Address" msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Adresse MAC" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 #, fuzzy #| msgid "MAC Address" msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "Adresse MAC" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "nodeid" msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Transport:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:391 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Channel" msgid "Channel" msgstr "&Canå" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:396 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:417 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network &Address:" msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "&Adresse del rantoele:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:420 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1334 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select Addresses" msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "Tchoezi ls adresses" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:404 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read Channel" msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "Lére canå" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Clustering" msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "Pårticionaedje" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:428 -msgid "expected votes:" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "MAC Address" msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "Adresse MAC" -#. Changewidget items will change value to first one automatically -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:671 +#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "Threads:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:677 -msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:682 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:787 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Running Script" msgid "Running" msgstr "Dj' enonde li scripe" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No network running" msgid "Not running" msgstr "Nole rantoele ovrante" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:825 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Booting" msgstr "Enondaedje sistinme" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:835 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:842 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Started manually" msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" msgstr "Enondé al mwin" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "Aloumer et shofler" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Situwåcion pol moumint: " -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start Firewall Now" msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "Enonder côpe-feu asteure" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop Firewall Now" msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "Arester côpe-feu asteure" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:962 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Local Host" msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "Locå lodjeu" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Add" msgstr "Radjouter" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:967 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Delete" msgid "Del" msgstr "Disfacer" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:968 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Candjî" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:974 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select File" msgid "Sync File" msgstr "Fitchî d' tchoezi" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:981 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Suggested fstab Lines" msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "Royes fstab sudjerêyes" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1117 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1120 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1150 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter a user name." msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "Dinez on no d' uzeu." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1164 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write hostname" msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "Sicrire li no d' lodjoe" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1178 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter a filename" msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "Dinez on no d' fitchî" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter the file name" msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "Intrez l' no d' fitchî" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1225 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "File %1 already exists.\n" @@ -325,44 +325,44 @@ "El sipotchî?" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1235 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "" #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1249 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Image creation failed." msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "L' ahivaedje d' imådje a fwait berwete." #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1329 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1332 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1335 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1339 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" @@ -375,23 +375,26 @@ "<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" "<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" @@ -400,7 +403,7 @@ "\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" @@ -411,7 +414,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Initializing autofs Configuration</big> \n" @@ -424,7 +427,7 @@ "Ratindoz, si vs plait bén... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" @@ -433,7 +436,7 @@ "Abandnez l' apontiaedje e såvrité e tchôcant Abandner asteure.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:77 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Saving autofs Configuration</big> \n" @@ -446,7 +449,7 @@ "Ratindoz si vs plait bén... \n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -471,41 +474,41 @@ msgstr "Inicialijhaedje..." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration" msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "Inicialijhaedje di l' apontiaedje del sicrirece" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Lére li båze di dnêyes" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:402 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Lére les tchuzes di dvant" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:404 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read firewall settings" msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "Lére les tchuzes do meur disconte feu" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Dji lé l' båze di dnêyes..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Dji lé les tchuzes di dvant..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." @@ -513,73 +516,73 @@ #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fini" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:429 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "Dj n' sai nén astaler les pakets dmandés." #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change existing configuration" msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "Candjî apontiaedje egzistant" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the database1." msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "Dji n' sai lére li båze di dnêyes 1." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:457 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the database2." msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "Dji n' sai lére li båze di dnêyes 2." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:473 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Dji n' sai trover des éndjins." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:490 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving Printer Configuration" msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "Dji schape l' apontiaedje del sicrirece" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Scrire les tchuzes" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Dji scrît les tchuzes..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting firewall..." msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "Dji schape les tchuzes do côpe-feu..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Dji n' sai scrire les tchuzes." Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/control-center.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/control-center.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/control-center.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control-center\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-07-01 23:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)base.be>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/control.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/control.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/control.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control.wa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-08-16 21:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)base.be>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <linux-wa(a)walon.org>\n" @@ -22,755 +22,428 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.4\n" -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:7 -msgid "Add-On Product Installation" -msgstr "Astalaedje des prodûts d' rawete" - -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:15 -msgid "Language Installation" -msgstr "Astalaedje do lingaedje" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:355 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#| "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t" msgid "" "\n" "\n" "The installation has completed successfully.\n" "Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" "\n" "\n" "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" "\n" -"\t" +" " msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"L' astalaedje s' a fwait comifåt.\n" +"L' astalaedje s' a fwait sins problinme.\n" "Vosse sistinme est presse a esse eployî.\n" -"Clitchîz so Fini po vs elodjî dins l' sistinme.\n" +"Clitchîz Fini po-z intrer dins l' sinstinme.\n" "\n" "\n" "Vinoz n' dire bondjoû so http://www.suse.com/.\n" "\n" "\t" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:371 control/control.openSUSE.glade:429 -msgid "Initialization..." -msgstr "Inicialijhaedje..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:372 control/control.openSUSE.glade:430 -msgid "Configuring network..." -msgstr "Dj' aponteye l' rantoele..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:373 control/control.openSUSE.glade:431 -msgid "Configuring hardware..." -msgstr "Dj' aponteye l' éndjolreye..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:374 control/control.openSUSE.glade:432 -msgid "Finishing configuration..." -msgstr "Dji fini l' apontiaedje..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:377 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:319 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:343 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "Sierveu CIM" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:382 control/control.SLED.glade:493 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:771 control/control.SLED.glade:775 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:956 control/control.SLED.glade:997 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:324 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:412 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:551 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:886 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:890 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1077 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1118 control/control.SLES.glade:348 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:436 control/control.SLES.glade:554 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:575 control/control.SLES.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:914 control/control.SLES.glade:1101 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1142 control/control.glade:72 -#: control/control.glade:132 control/control.glade:464 -#: control/control.glade:508 control/control.openSUSE.glade:463 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:583 control/control.openSUSE.glade:895 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:899 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1071 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Tchuzes d' astalaedje" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:436 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:382 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:470 control/control.SLES.glade:406 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:494 control/control.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Esplikêyes" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:444 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:392 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:478 control/control.SLES.glade:416 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:502 control/control.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19 msgid "Expert" msgstr "Po les spepieus" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:461 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:497 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:521 control/control.openSUSE.glade:550 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "Tchuzes d' astalaedje «Live»" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:478 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:515 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:539 control/control.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:568 control/control.openSUSE.glade:984 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:989 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Tchuzes di metaedje a djoû" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:512 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:570 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:613 control/control.SLES.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:637 control/control.glade:153 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:601 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Apontiaedje del rantoele" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:559 control/control.SLED.glade:1212 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1218 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:653 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1350 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1362 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:690 control/control.SLES.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:1380 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1386 control/control.SLES.glade:1398 -#: control/control.glade:194 control/control.glade:692 -#: control/control.glade:697 control/control.glade:701 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:643 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1305 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1311 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "Apontiaedje des siervices rantoele" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "Apontiaedje di l' éndjolreye" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:579 control/control.SLED.glade:692 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:816 control/control.SLED.glade:926 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1320 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:695 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:807 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:931 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1047 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:719 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:831 control/control.SLES.glade:955 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1071 control/control.SLES.glade:1510 -#: control/control.glade:213 control/control.glade:313 -#: control/control.glade:416 control/control.openSUSE.glade:667 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:794 control/control.openSUSE.glade:937 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1038 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1428 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "Aprestaedje" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:585 control/control.SLED.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:697 control/control.SLED.glade:739 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:822 control/control.SLED.glade:831 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:710 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:812 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:854 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:937 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:946 control/control.SLES.glade:725 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:734 control/control.SLES.glade:836 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:878 control/control.SLES.glade:961 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:970 control/control.glade:219 -#: control/control.glade:228 control/control.glade:237 -#: control/control.glade:319 control/control.glade:328 -#: control/control.glade:337 control/control.glade:449 -#: control/control.glade:493 control/control.openSUSE.glade:672 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:799 control/control.openSUSE.glade:841 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:943 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1066 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Network Configuration" +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "Schapaedje di l' apontiaedje del rantoele" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Setup" +msgid "Network Autosetup" +msgstr "Apontiaedje rantoele" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "Wilicome" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:600 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:716 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:740 control/control.glade:343 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:682 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "Metaedje en alaedje del rantoele" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:606 control/control.SLED.glade:707 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:837 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:722 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:822 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:952 control/control.SLES.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:846 control/control.SLES.glade:976 -#: control/control.glade:243 control/control.glade:349 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:686 control/control.openSUSE.glade:809 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:951 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Metaedje en alaedje del plake" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:612 control/control.SLED.glade:618 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:711 control/control.SLED.glade:715 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:843 control/control.SLED.glade:849 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1325 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:728 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:734 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:826 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:830 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:958 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:964 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1491 control/control.SLES.glade:752 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:758 control/control.SLES.glade:850 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:854 control/control.SLES.glade:982 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:988 control/control.SLES.glade:1515 -#: control/control.glade:249 control/control.glade:255 -#: control/control.glade:355 control/control.glade:361 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:690 control/control.openSUSE.glade:694 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:813 control/control.openSUSE.glade:817 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:955 control/control.openSUSE.glade:959 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1433 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "Corwaitaedje do sistinme" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:624 control/control.SLED.glade:865 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:740 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:980 control/control.SLES.glade:764 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1004 control/control.glade:261 -#: control/control.glade:378 control/control.openSUSE.glade:704 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:975 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Prodûts d' rawete" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:630 control/control.SLED.glade:749 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:864 control/control.SLES.glade:770 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:888 control/control.glade:267 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:861 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +msgid "Disk" +msgstr "Plake" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Coisse ås eures" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:647 control/control.SLED.glade:651 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:763 control/control.SLED.glade:767 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:878 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:882 control/control.SLES.glade:902 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:906 control/control.openSUSE.glade:735 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:739 control/control.openSUSE.glade:875 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:879 -msgid "User Settings" -msgstr "Tchuzes di l' uzeu" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Astalaedje" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:655 control/control.openSUSE.glade:747 -msgid "Installation Overview" -msgstr "Racourti d' astalaedje" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +msgid "Installation Summary" +msgstr "Racourti d' l' astalaedje" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:662 control/control.SLED.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:670 control/control.SLED.glade:674 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:678 control/control.SLED.glade:781 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:785 control/control.SLED.glade:791 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:795 control/control.SLED.glade:799 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:805 control/control.SLED.glade:963 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:967 control/control.SLED.glade:971 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:975 control/control.SLED.glade:1004 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1008 control/control.SLED.glade:1012 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1016 control/control.SLED.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1294 control/control.SLED.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1302 control/control.SLED.glade:1306 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1310 control/control.SLED.glade:1414 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1418 control/control.SLED.glade:1422 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:772 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:776 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:784 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:789 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:794 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:896 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:900 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:906 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:914 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1084 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1088 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1092 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1125 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1129 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1133 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1137 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1450 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1458 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1462 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1466 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1471 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1476 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1580 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1584 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1588 control/control.SLES.glade:796 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:800 control/control.SLES.glade:804 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:808 control/control.SLES.glade:813 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:818 control/control.SLES.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:924 control/control.SLES.glade:930 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:934 control/control.SLES.glade:938 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:944 control/control.SLES.glade:1108 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1112 control/control.SLES.glade:1116 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1120 control/control.SLES.glade:1149 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1153 control/control.SLES.glade:1157 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1161 control/control.SLES.glade:1474 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1478 control/control.SLES.glade:1482 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:1490 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1495 control/control.SLES.glade:1500 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1604 control/control.SLES.glade:1608 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1612 control/control.glade:291 -#: control/control.glade:295 control/control.glade:299 -#: control/control.glade:303 control/control.glade:469 -#: control/control.glade:473 control/control.glade:477 -#: control/control.glade:513 control/control.glade:517 -#: control/control.glade:521 control/control.glade:612 -#: control/control.glade:620 control/control.glade:624 -#: control/control.glade:744 control/control.glade:748 -#: control/control.glade:752 control/control.glade:756 -#: control/control.glade:760 control/control.glade:777 -#: control/control.glade:785 control/control.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:793 control/control.openSUSE.glade:754 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:758 control/control.openSUSE.glade:763 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:770 control/control.openSUSE.glade:774 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:780 control/control.openSUSE.glade:905 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:909 control/control.openSUSE.glade:913 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:917 control/control.openSUSE.glade:923 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1078 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1082 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1086 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1090 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1123 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1127 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1131 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1135 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1393 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1397 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1401 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1405 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1409 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1413 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1417 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1522 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1526 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1530 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "Fé l' astalaedje" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:720 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:835 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:859 control/control.openSUSE.glade:822 -msgid "Repair" -msgstr "Remantchî" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:734 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:756 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:849 control/control.SLES.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:873 control/control.glade:283 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:744 control/control.openSUSE.glade:836 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Astalaedje" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:757 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:872 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:896 control/control.openSUSE.glade:729 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:869 -msgid "Disk" -msgstr "Plake" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:855 control/control.SLED.glade:1331 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:970 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1497 control/control.SLES.glade:994 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1521 control/control.glade:367 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:963 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1439 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "Sistinme a mete a djoû" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:872 control/control.SLED.glade:1348 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:987 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1514 control/control.SLES.glade:1011 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1538 control/control.glade:385 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:981 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1456 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 msgid "Update" msgstr "Metaedje a djoû" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:875 control/control.SLED.glade:880 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:990 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:995 control/control.SLES.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1019 control/control.glade:388 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "Racourti do metaedje a djoû" -#. FATE #304940: s390 reIPL -#: control/control.SLED.glade:890 control/control.SLED.glade:899 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:903 control/control.SLED.glade:907 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:911 control/control.SLED.glade:915 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1032 control/control.SLED.glade:1359 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1364 control/control.SLED.glade:1369 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1375 control/control.SLED.glade:1379 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1383 control/control.SLED.glade:1387 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1392 control/control.SLED.glade:1397 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1450 control/control.SLED.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1005 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1018 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1022 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1026 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1031 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1036 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1153 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1525 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1535 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1541 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1545 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1553 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1558 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1563 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1617 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1621 control/control.SLES.glade:1029 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1038 control/control.SLES.glade:1042 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1046 control/control.SLES.glade:1050 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1055 control/control.SLES.glade:1060 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1177 control/control.SLES.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1554 control/control.SLES.glade:1559 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1565 control/control.SLES.glade:1569 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1573 control/control.SLES.glade:1577 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1582 control/control.SLES.glade:1587 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1641 control/control.SLES.glade:1645 -#: control/control.glade:393 control/control.glade:397 -#: control/control.glade:401 control/control.glade:405 -#: control/control.glade:538 control/control.glade:546 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:999 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1008 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1012 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1016 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1020 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1026 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1467 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1472 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1477 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1483 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1487 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1491 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1495 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1500 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1505 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1555 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1559 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Fé l' metaedje a djoû" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:930 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1051 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1075 control/control.glade:421 -#: control/control.glade:429 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1042 -msgid "System Information" -msgstr "Informåcion sol sistinme" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:934 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1055 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1079 control/control.glade:433 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1046 -msgid "Perform Repair" -msgstr "Fé on remantchaedje" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:945 control/control.SLED.glade:986 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1262 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1066 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1422 control/control.SLES.glade:1090 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1131 control/control.SLES.glade:1446 -#: control/control.glade:444 control/control.glade:488 -#: control/control.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1060 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1106 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1365 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "Astalaedje di båze" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:951 control/control.SLED.glade:992 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1072 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1113 control/control.SLES.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1137 control/control.glade:459 -#: control/control.glade:503 -msgid "Language" -msgstr "Lingaedje" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +msgid "AutoYaST Settings" +msgstr "Tchuzes AutoYaST" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1038 control/control.SLED.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1239 control/control.SLED.glade:1428 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1460 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1159 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1252 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1399 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1594 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1627 control/control.SLES.glade:1183 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1276 control/control.SLES.glade:1423 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1618 control/control.SLES.glade:1651 -#: control/control.glade:551 control/control.glade:631 -#: control/control.glade:798 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1213 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1332 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1536 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1565 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Apontiaedje" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1041 control/control.SLED.glade:1048 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1145 control/control.SLED.glade:1151 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1155 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1162 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1169 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1294 control/control.SLES.glade:1186 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1193 control/control.SLES.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1314 control/control.SLES.glade:1318 -#: control/control.glade:554 control/control.glade:560 -#: control/control.glade:643 control/control.glade:648 -#: control/control.glade:652 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1254 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1260 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1264 -msgid "Network" -msgstr "Rantoele" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +msgid "System Configuration" +msgstr "Apontiaedje sistinme" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1054 control/control.SLED.glade:1058 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1159 control/control.SLED.glade:1163 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1175 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1179 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1302 control/control.SLES.glade:1199 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1203 control/control.SLES.glade:1322 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1326 control/control.glade:566 -#: control/control.glade:656 -msgid "Customer Center" -msgstr "Cinte cliyint" +#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" +#~ msgstr "Astalaedje des prodûts d' rawete" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1064 control/control.SLED.glade:1070 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1076 control/control.SLED.glade:1170 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1176 control/control.SLED.glade:1180 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1184 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1185 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1191 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1197 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1314 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1318 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1322 control/control.SLES.glade:1209 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1215 control/control.SLES.glade:1221 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1332 control/control.SLES.glade:1338 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1342 control/control.SLES.glade:1346 -#: control/control.glade:572 control/control.glade:578 -#: control/control.glade:584 control/control.glade:662 -#: control/control.glade:668 control/control.glade:672 -#: control/control.glade:676 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1268 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1272 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1276 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1280 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1284 -msgid "Online Update" -msgstr "Metaedje a djoû so fyis" +#~ msgid "Language Installation" +#~ msgstr "Astalaedje do lingaedje" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1083 control/control.SLED.glade:1208 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1205 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1346 control/control.SLES.glade:1229 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1370 control/control.glade:588 -#: control/control.glade:688 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1301 -msgid "Release Notes" -msgstr "Notes di modêye" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "L' astalaedje s' a fwait comifåt.\n" +#~ "Vosse sistinme est presse a esse eployî.\n" +#~ "Clitchîz so Fini po vs elodjî dins l' sistinme.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Vinoz n' dire bondjoû so http://www.suse.com/.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1110 control/control.SLED.glade:1242 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1402 control/control.SLES.glade:1426 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1221 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1335 -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "Apontiaedje otomatike" +#~ msgid "Initialization..." +#~ msgstr "Inicialijhaedje..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1116 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1255 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1279 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1227 -msgid "root Password" -msgstr "Sicret root" +#~ msgid "Configuring network..." +#~ msgstr "Dj' aponteye l' rantoele..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1121 control/control.SLED.glade:1127 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1133 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1260 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1266 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1272 control/control.SLES.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1290 control/control.SLES.glade:1296 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1232 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1238 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1244 -msgid "Check Installation" -msgstr "Verifyî l' astalaedje" +#~ msgid "Configuring hardware..." +#~ msgstr "Dj' aponteye l' éndjolreye..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1139 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1278 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1302 control/control.glade:639 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1250 -msgid "Hostname" -msgstr "No d' lodjeu" +#~ msgid "Finishing configuration..." +#~ msgstr "Dji fini l' apontiaedje..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1188 control/control.SLED.glade:1192 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1332 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1336 control/control.SLES.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1360 control/control.glade:680 -#: control/control.glade:684 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1288 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1292 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1342 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1346 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "Uzeus" +#~ msgid "User Settings" +#~ msgstr "Tchuzes di l' uzeu" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1271 control/control.SLED.glade:1277 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1281 control/control.SLED.glade:1337 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1343 control/control.SLED.glade:1351 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1431 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1437 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1441 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1503 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1509 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1517 control/control.SLES.glade:1455 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1461 control/control.SLES.glade:1465 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1527 control/control.SLES.glade:1533 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1541 control/control.glade:719 -#: control/control.glade:727 control/control.glade:733 -#: control/control.glade:737 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1374 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1380 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1384 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1445 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1451 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1459 -msgid "AutoYaST Settings" -msgstr "Tchuzes AutoYaST" +#~ msgid "Installation Overview" +#~ msgstr "Racourti d' astalaedje" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1431 control/control.SLED.glade:1463 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1597 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1630 control/control.SLES.glade:1621 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1654 control/control.glade:801 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1539 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1568 -msgid "System Configuration" -msgstr "Apontiaedje sistinme" +#~ msgid "Repair" +#~ msgstr "Remantchî" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1467 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1201 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1340 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1601 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1634 control/control.SLES.glade:1225 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1364 control/control.SLES.glade:1625 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1658 -msgid "Clean Up" -msgstr "Rinetyî" +#~ msgid "System Information" +#~ msgstr "Informåcion sol sistinme" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:291 control/control.SLES.glade:314 -msgid "" -"\n" -"\n" -"The installation has completed successfully.\n" -"Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"\n" -"\t" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"\n" -"L' astalaedje s' a fwait sins problinme.\n" -"Vosse sistinme est presse a esse eployî.\n" -"Clitchîz Fini po-z intrer dins l' sinstinme.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Vinoz n' dire bondjoû so http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"\n" -"\t" +#~ msgid "Perform Repair" +#~ msgstr "Fé on remantchaedje" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:307 control/control.SLES.glade:330 -msgid "Server Base Scenario" -msgstr "Sinnario d' on sierveu d' båze" +#~ msgid "Language" +#~ msgstr "Lingaedje" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:308 control/control.SLES.glade:331 -msgid "" -"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n" -"Choose the one that matches your server the best." -msgstr "" -"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server ofere sacwants sinnarios d' båze.\n" -"Tchoezixhoz l' ci ki va l' mia avou vosse sierveu." +#~ msgid "Network" +#~ msgstr "Rantoele" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:314 control/control.SLES.glade:337 -msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)" -msgstr "Éndjole fizike (po les priyîs ttafwaitmint forvoeyou eto)" +#~ msgid "Customer Center" +#~ msgstr "Cinte cliyint" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:315 control/control.SLES.glade:338 -msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" -msgstr "Éndjole forvoeyowe (po ls evironmint paraforvoeyous come Xen)" +#~ msgid "Online Update" +#~ msgstr "Metaedje a djoû so fyis" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:316 control/control.SLES.glade:339 -msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "Lodjoe d' forvoeyaedje Xen (X11 locå nén prémetou apontyî)" +#~ msgid "Release Notes" +#~ msgstr "Notes di modêye" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:639 control/control.SLES.glade:663 -msgid "Network Services Configuration" -msgstr "Apontiaedje des siervices rantoele" +#~ msgid "Automatic Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Apontiaedje otomatike" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:760 control/control.SLES.glade:784 -msgid "Server Scenario" -msgstr "Sinnario d' on sierveu" +#~ msgid "root Password" +#~ msgstr "Sicret root" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:765 control/control.SLES.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:286 -msgid "Installation Summary" -msgstr "Racourti d' l' astalaedje" +#~ msgid "Check Installation" +#~ msgstr "Verifyî l' astalaedje" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1326 control/control.SLES.glade:1350 -msgid "Service" -msgstr "Siervice" +#~ msgid "Hostname" +#~ msgstr "No d' lodjeu" -#: control/control.SLES.glade:340 +#~ msgid "Users" +#~ msgstr "Uzeus" + +#~ msgid "Clean Up" +#~ msgstr "Rinetyî" + +#~ msgid "Server Base Scenario" +#~ msgstr "Sinnario d' on sierveu d' båze" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n" +#~ "Choose the one that matches your server the best." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server ofere sacwants sinnarios d' båze.\n" +#~ "Tchoezixhoz l' ci ki va l' mia avou vosse sierveu." + +#~ msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)" +#~ msgstr "Éndjole fizike (po les priyîs ttafwaitmint forvoeyou eto)" + +#~ msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" +#~ msgstr "Éndjole forvoeyowe (po ls evironmint paraforvoeyous come Xen)" + +#~ msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" +#~ msgstr "Lodjoe d' forvoeyaedje Xen (X11 locå nén prémetou apontyî)" + +#~ msgid "Server Scenario" +#~ msgstr "Sinnario d' on sierveu" + +#~ msgid "Service" +#~ msgstr "Siervice" + #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "Lodjoe d' forvoeyaedje Xen (X11 locå nén prémetou apontyî)" +#~| msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" +#~ msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" +#~ msgstr "Lodjoe d' forvoeyaedje Xen (X11 locå nén prémetou apontyî)" -#: control/control.glade:276 control/control.openSUSE.glade:717 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "Tchoezi l' sicribanne" +#~ msgid "Desktop Selection" +#~ msgstr "Tchoezi l' sicribanne" -#: control/control.glade:634 -msgid "Root Password" -msgstr "Sicret root" +#~ msgid "Root Password" +#~ msgstr "Sicret root" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:420 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -"\t " -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Alabouneure!\n" -"L' astalaedje d' openSUSE so voste éndjole a stî fwaite.\n" -"Après avu clitchî so Fini vs pôrîz vs elodjî dins l' sistinme.\n" -"Vinoz ns dire bondjoû so %1.\n" -"Plaijhoz vs bén! Voste Ekipe di disvelopmint SUSE\n" -"\t " +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Congratulations!\n" +#~ "The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +#~ "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" +#~ "Visit us at %1.\n" +#~ "Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" +#~ "\t " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Alabouneure!\n" +#~ "L' astalaedje d' openSUSE so voste éndjole a stî fwaite.\n" +#~ "Après avu clitchî so Fini vs pôrîz vs elodjî dins l' sistinme.\n" +#~ "Vinoz ns dire bondjoû so %1.\n" +#~ "Plaijhoz vs bén! Voste Ekipe di disvelopmint SUSE\n" +#~ "\t " -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:438 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." -msgstr "" -"L' evironmint d' sicribanne di vosse copiutrece vos dene l' eterface grafike\n" -"d' uzeu po vosse copiutrece mins ossu ene shûte di programes po\n" -"l' emilaedje, li betchtaedje waibe, li boutaedje å buro, des djeus eyet des\n" -"usteyes po manaedjî voste éndjole.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE ofere on tchoes d' evironmints d' sicribanne. Les evironmints d'\n" -"sicribanne les pus eployîs totavå sont GNOME et KDE eyet sont ttossu bén l' onk ki\n" -"l' ôte sopoirtés pas openSUSE. Les deus evironmints d' sicribanne sont-st åjheys\n" -"a eployî, foitmint integrés eyet ont des belès rivnances. Tchaeke evironmint d'\n" -"sicribanne a s' stîle da sinne, diferin, insi vosse gosse vos doet dire li ké des scribannes\n" -"est l' meyeus por vos-ôtes." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" +#~ "interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" +#~ "email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" +#~ "manage your computer.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" +#~ "used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" +#~ "supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" +#~ "highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" +#~ "environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" +#~ "is the most appropriate desktop for you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L' evironmint d' sicribanne di vosse copiutrece vos dene l' eterface grafike\n" +#~ "d' uzeu po vosse copiutrece mins ossu ene shûte di programes po\n" +#~ "l' emilaedje, li betchtaedje waibe, li boutaedje å buro, des djeus eyet des\n" +#~ "usteyes po manaedjî voste éndjole.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "openSUSE ofere on tchoes d' evironmints d' sicribanne. Les evironmints d'\n" +#~ "sicribanne les pus eployîs totavå sont GNOME et KDE eyet sont ttossu bén l' onk ki\n" +#~ "l' ôte sopoirtés pas openSUSE. Les deus evironmints d' sicribanne sont-st åjheys\n" +#~ "a eployî, foitmint integrés eyet ont des belès rivnances. Tchaeke evironmint d'\n" +#~ "sicribanne a s' stîle da sinne, diferin, insi vosse gosse vos doet dire li ké des scribannes\n" +#~ "est l' meyeus por vos-ôtes." -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:451 -msgid "GNOME Desktop" -msgstr "Scribanne GNOME" +#~ msgid "GNOME Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Scribanne GNOME" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:452 -msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgstr "Scribanne KDE" +#~ msgid "KDE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Scribanne KDE" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:453 -msgid "XFCE Desktop" -msgstr "Scribanne XFCE" +#~ msgid "XFCE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Scribanne XFCE" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:454 -msgid "LXDE Desktop" -msgstr "Scribanne LXDE" +#~ msgid "LXDE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Scribanne LXDE" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:455 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "Minimå X Window" +#~ msgid "Minimal X Window" +#~ msgstr "Minimå X Window" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:456 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Remote Desktop" -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "Sicribanne då lon" +#~| msgid "Remote Desktop" +#~ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Sicribanne då lon" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:457 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "Minimå tchoes do sierveu (môde tecse)" +#~ msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +#~ msgstr "Minimå tchoes do sierveu (môde tecse)" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:699 control/control.openSUSE.glade:970 -msgid "Online Repositories" -msgstr "Depots so fyis" +#~ msgid "Online Repositories" +#~ msgstr "Depots so fyis" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/country.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/country.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/country.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: country.wa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-08-18 16:16+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)base.be>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <linux-wa(a)walon.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/crowbar.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/crowbar.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/crowbar.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-04-05 17:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/dhcp-server.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/dhcp-server.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/dhcp-server.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-30 18:12+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon\n" @@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1651 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" @@ -618,86 +618,85 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:609 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" -"and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" -"Really use this interface?\n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"and netmask)." msgstr "Tchoezi Nonna Nonna IP dins?" #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:633 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 #, fuzzy msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "&LDAP" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:640 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "Sierveu &No nén oblidjî" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 #, fuzzy msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "&Dominne No" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 #, fuzzy msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "&Prumî No Sierveu IP" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:658 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 #, fuzzy msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "Deujhinme No &Sierveu IP" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 #, fuzzy msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "Tchoezi por vos Pontea " #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:666 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 #, fuzzy msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "Eure Sierveu" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 #, fuzzy msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "Rexhe Sierveu" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 #, fuzzy msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "Sierveu" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 #, fuzzy msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "Tchoezi por vos Eure" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:684 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1140 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 msgid "&Units" msgstr "" @@ -705,39 +704,39 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1018 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1030 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1042 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1054 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 #, fuzzy msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "oudonbén IP." #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1068 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 #, fuzzy msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "Informåcion sol sistinme" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1074 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 #, fuzzy msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "Ra&ntoele" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "Min&imum IP Address" @@ -745,13 +744,13 @@ #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 #, fuzzy msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "IP Adresse" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1104 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 #, fuzzy msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "IP Adresse" @@ -760,7 +759,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1110 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 @@ -772,7 +771,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 @@ -781,60 +780,60 @@ msgstr "Dierin IP Adresse" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 #, fuzzy msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "Permete" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1125 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 #, fuzzy msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "Eure" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1131 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 #, fuzzy msgid "&Default" msgstr "&Prémetou" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1159 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1361 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1370 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 #, fuzzy msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "Novea DNS" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "Candjî DNS" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 #, fuzzy msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "Pondants et djondants" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 #, fuzzy msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "DN&S Sierveu." #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 #, fuzzy msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" @@ -843,8 +842,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "IP." @@ -853,8 +852,8 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1595 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1618 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" @@ -862,137 +861,137 @@ msgstr "dins minme." #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 #, fuzzy msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "Lodjoe" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1649 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 msgid "Name" msgstr "No" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 #, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "Éndjolreye Adresse" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 msgid "Type" msgstr "Sôre" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1662 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 #, fuzzy msgid "List Setup" msgstr "Djivêye" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&No" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "Adresse &IP" #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 #, fuzzy msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "Éndjolreye Adresse" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1690 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 #, fuzzy msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "&Eternet" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1692 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1707 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 #, fuzzy msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "Candjî dins Djivêye" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1710 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 #, fuzzy msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "Disfacer Djivêye" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Eternet" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1812 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Token Ring" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1886 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1932 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1942 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 #, fuzzy msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "vude." #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1952 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "" #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1970 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2034 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "IP." #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "" #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2006 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2021 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 #, fuzzy msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "Tchoezi." #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" @@ -1006,15 +1005,15 @@ msgstr "eyet?" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" @@ -1029,7 +1028,7 @@ "?" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2237 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "Sierveu" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/dns-server.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/dns-server.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/dns-server.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dns-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-30 18:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/drbd.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/drbd.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/drbd.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-04-05 17:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -23,6 +23,16 @@ msgid "Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Apontiaedje d' XPRAM" +#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86 +msgid "DRBD" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88 +msgid "&DRBD" +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. @@ -63,25 +73,85 @@ msgid "Resource Configuration" msgstr "Apontiaedje del rantoele" +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resource Basic Configuration" +msgstr "Apontiaedje del rantoele" + +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration" +msgstr "Apontiaedje del rantoele" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51 +msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52 +msgid "" +"included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to delete configuration %1." +msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n" +msgstr "Li disfaçaedje di l' apontiaedje %1 a fwait berwete." + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to delete configuration %1." +msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n" +msgstr "Li disfaçaedje di l' apontiaedje %1 a fwait berwete." + #. Drbd configure1 dialog caption #. Drbd configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:60 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138 #, fuzzy #| msgid "DNS Configuration" msgid "DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Apontiaedje DNS" #. Drbd configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy -msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" -msgstr "Apontiaedje do prumî enondaedje di l' éndjole" +#| msgid "First part of configuration of CASA" +msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD" +msgstr "Prumire pårteye di l' apontiaedje di CASA" #. Drbd configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141 #, fuzzy -msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" -msgstr "Module d' apontiaedje do tcherdjeu d' enondaedje sistinme" +#| msgid "Second part of configuration of CASA" +msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD" +msgstr "Deujhinme pårteye di l' apontiaedje di CASA" #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:36 @@ -106,9 +176,12 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:36 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing autofs Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" " <big>Inicialijhaedje di l' apontiaedje d' autofs</big> \n" "Ratindoz, si vs plait bén... \n" @@ -125,9 +198,12 @@ #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Saving autofs Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" "<big>Schapaedje di l' apontiaedje autofs</big> \n" "Ratindoz si vs plait bén... \n" @@ -152,16 +228,85 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55 #, fuzzy +msgid "<big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>Apontiaedje del taprece</big>" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Booting:\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually\n" +"\t\tSwitch On and Off:\n" +"\t\t\tStarting or Stopping DRBD Server right now\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>Apontiaedje del taprece</big>" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\tProtocol\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" +"\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" +"\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" +"\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 +#, fuzzy msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Apontiaedje del taprece</big>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" @@ -171,35 +316,36 @@ " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" -"Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n" -"module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n" -"configured in this file.\n" +" use this if you want to define more resources later\n" +" without reloading the module.\n" +" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n" +" as configured mentioned in this file. " msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"Configure DRBD here. \n" +"Configure drbd here. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Schapaedje di l' apontiaedje autofs</big> \n" "Ratindoz si vs plait bén... \n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n" -"If your DRBD was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" +"If your drbd was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" @@ -212,7 +358,7 @@ "\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:93 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<BIG>DSL Overview</BIG> \n" @@ -220,7 +366,7 @@ #| "edit their configuration. " msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" -"Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n" +"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Vuwe djeneråle DSL</BIG> \n" @@ -228,21 +374,21 @@ "Candjî ossu leus apontiaedjes " #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Press Add to configure a DRBD.\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Press Add to configure a drbd." msgstr "" "<big>Schapaedje di l' apontiaedje autofs</big> \n" "Ratindoz si vs plait bén... \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Dj' abandene li schapaedje</big> \n" @@ -250,7 +396,7 @@ "\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" @@ -262,7 +408,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -270,7 +416,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" @@ -290,14 +436,15 @@ msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protocole" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:545 +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Profile name must be set." msgid "Node names must be different." msgstr "Li no do profil doet esse defini." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:567 -msgid "Fill out all fields." +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568 +msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -342,8 +489,8 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81 msgid "" -"To propagate this configuration,\n" -"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n" +"To propagate this configuration ,\n" +"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." msgstr "" #. } @@ -361,105 +508,190 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start service %1" -msgid "Starting DRBD service failed." +msgid "Start DRBD service failed" msgstr "Enonder l' siervice %1" #. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Storing comment failed" -msgid "Stopping DRBD service failed." +msgid "Stop DRBD service failed" msgstr "Li wårdaedje del rawete di tecse a fwait berwete" #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137 #, fuzzy msgid "Heartbeat Configuration" msgstr "Apontiaedje di l' éndjolreye" #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:138 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicialijhaedje..." +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of drbd. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101 +msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123 +msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:71 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Inicialijhaedje di l' apontiaedje do son" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:79 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141 #, fuzzy msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "Lére les tchuzes do volume" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:80 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142 #, fuzzy msgid "Read resources" msgstr "Lére les groupes di rsoûce" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:81 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:84 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "Dji lé les tchuzes do volume..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:85 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "Dji lé les groupes di rsoûce..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:86 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "Dji lé l' lisse des modules..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:87 src/modules/Drbd.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fini" +#. new_map = remove(new_map, key); +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412 +msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421 +msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of Resource Groups" +msgid "" +"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" +"%2" +msgstr "Apontiaedje des groupes di rsoûce." + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464 +msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Dji scrî l' apontiaedje di YaST" #. if (!modified) return true; #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484 #, fuzzy msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Scrire les tchuzes do procsi" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485 #, fuzzy msgid "Write resources" msgstr "Scrire les groupes di rsoûce" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Dji scrît les tchuzes..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "Dji scrî les groupes di rsoûce..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 #, fuzzy msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "Dji defini l' cawêye tchoezeye por vos..." +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502 +msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" +msgstr "" + #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" +#~ msgstr "Apontiaedje do prumî enondaedje di l' éndjole" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" +#~ msgstr "Module d' apontiaedje do tcherdjeu d' enondaedje sistinme" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " <big>Inicialijhaedje di l' apontiaedje d' autofs</big> \n" +#~ "Ratindoz, si vs plait bén... \n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Schapaedje di l' apontiaedje autofs</big> \n" +#~ "Ratindoz si vs plait bén... \n" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Drbd Configuration" #~ msgstr "Apontiaedje do son" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/fcoe-client.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/fcoe-client.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/fcoe-client.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-04-05 17:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -45,8 +45,18 @@ msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "Cliyint NFS" +#. setting of config value is 'yes' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "Oyi" + +#. setting of config value is 'no' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 +msgid "no" +msgstr "Nonna" + #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:92 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgid "" @@ -54,15 +64,44 @@ "Command %1 failed." msgstr "Li oistaedje do pacaedje %1 a fwait berwete." +#. FCoE is not available on the interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "is not available" +msgid "not available" +msgstr "n' est disponibe" + +#. the interface is not configured for FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not configured" +msgid "not configured" +msgstr "Nén apontyî" + +#. the flag is 'true' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 +msgid "true" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is 'false' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 +msgid "false" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is not set at all +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 +msgid "not set" +msgstr "nén defini" + #. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:280 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration of printer" msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2" msgstr "Apontiaedje del sicrirece" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:342 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -70,7 +109,7 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:357 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -78,12 +117,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:391 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device" msgstr "" #. question to the user: really create and start FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 msgid "" "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" "interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n" @@ -91,32 +130,32 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot create directory '%1'." msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." msgstr "Dji n' pout nén fé l' ridant '%1'." #. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:454 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:462 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 msgid "" "Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" "Continue because running in test mode" msgstr "" #. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:557 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to reset all values?" msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?" msgstr "Voloz rmete a zero totes les valixhances podbon?" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:565 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 msgid "" "Attention:\n" "Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" @@ -124,34 +163,34 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:575 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 msgid "" "Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" "to an already activated multipath device." msgstr "" #. replace values in table -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:724 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed." msgstr "Li oistaedje do pacaedje %1 a fwait berwete." -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:736 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed." msgstr "Li oistaedje do pacaedje %1 a fwait berwete." #. text of a warning popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:768 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 msgid "" "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" "interface isn't DCB capable." msgstr "" #. text of an information (notify) popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:805 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 msgid "" "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." @@ -184,7 +223,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Oyi" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 @@ -192,7 +231,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Neni" #. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 @@ -269,7 +308,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Driver" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mineu" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Flag FCoE" @@ -569,104 +608,99 @@ msgstr "Voloz l' astaler asteure?" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:862 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:871 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "Dji n' sai trover des éndjins." #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:891 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:905 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot start '%1' service" +msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." +msgstr "Dji n' pout nén enonder l' siervice '%1'" + +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "" +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot start '%1' service" +msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." +msgstr "Dji n' pout nén enonder l' siervice '%1'" + #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" "VLAN interface to get a valid configuration." msgstr "" -#. it's about a flag which is not set at all -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1099 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1105 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1110 -msgid "not set" -msgstr "" - -#. also about setting of a flag -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "true" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "false" -msgstr "" - #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Inicialijhaedje di l' apontiaedje do cliyint NTP" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "Verifyî les pacaedjes d' astalés" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 #, fuzzy #| msgid "All services" msgid "Check services" msgstr "Tos les siervices" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1461 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "Dji cache après des cwåtes rantoele..." #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1463 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read device configuration" msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "Lére l' apontiaedje di l' éndjin" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1467 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for installed RPM packages..." msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "Dji verifeye des pacaedjes RPM astalés..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1469 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for network devices..." msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "Dj' aveurixhe des éndjins d' rantoele..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1471 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "Dji cache après des cwåtes rantoele..." #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" @@ -674,103 +708,103 @@ #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1475 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1569 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fini" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1501 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting service %1..." msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "Dj' enonde li siervice %1..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1514 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Dji n' sai trover des éndjins." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1524 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the configuration." msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "Dji n' sai lére l' apontiaedje." #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1540 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving Routing Configuration" msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Schapaedje di l' apontiaedje do routaedje" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Scrire les tchuzes" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart the service" msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "Renonder l' siervice" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1559 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adjust spooler services" msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "Dji radjstêye les siervices di spouleur" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1563 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Dji scrît les tchuzes..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1565 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting service..." msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "Dji renonde li siervice..." #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1567 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adjusting spooler services..." msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "Dji radjustêye les siervices di spouleur..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write settings to '%1'" msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "Dji n' pout nén scrire les tchuzes so '%1'" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1605 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting service %1..." msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "Dj' enonde li siervice %1..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the configuration." msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "Dji n' sai lére l' apontiaedje." #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1669 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -781,20 +815,20 @@ "<big>Apontiaedje del taprece</big>" #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1683 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Interfaces" msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "Eterfaces" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1691 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1701 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting service %1..." msgid "Starting of services" @@ -802,11 +836,11 @@ #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1709 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1719 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 msgid "enabled" msgstr "en alaedje" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1710 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1720 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 msgid "disabled" msgstr "essocté" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/firewall-services.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/firewall-services.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/firewall-services.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall-services.wa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-09-15 13:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/firewall.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/firewall.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/firewall.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall.wa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-01-09 13:38+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <linux(a)walon.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/firstboot.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/firstboot.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/firstboot.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-20 13:20+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <linux-wa(a)walon.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/ftp-server.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/ftp-server.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/ftp-server.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ftp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-30 18:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/geo-cluster.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/geo-cluster.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/geo-cluster.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ #. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:97 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -71,92 +71,297 @@ #. #. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Automatic configuration failed." +msgid "configuration file" +msgstr "L' apontiaedje otomatike a fwait berwete." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "arbitrator ip" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "transport" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Radjouter" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:72 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Candjî" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Disfacer" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" #. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:104 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "I va" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:105 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rinoncî" -#. parser value first -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter a valid e-mail address." +msgid "Please enter valid ip address" +msgstr "Intrez ene adresse emile ki convént." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:164 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Repositories" +msgid "retries" +msgstr "Depots" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 +msgid "weights" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Expires: " +msgid "expire" +msgstr "Espire : " + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Required patterns" +msgid "acquire-after" +msgstr "Patrons k' on -z a dandjî" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +msgid "before-acquire-handler" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "timeout is no valid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:166 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "expire is no valid" +msgstr "' ni covént nén." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The repository is not valid." +msgid "acquireafter is no valid" +msgstr "Li depot n' est nén valåbe." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "retries is no valid" +msgstr "' ni covént nén." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "weights is no valid" +msgstr "' ni covént nén." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "ticket can not be null" msgstr "" +#. fill confs with global_files +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Software to be installed:" +msgid "site have to be filled" +msgstr "Programe a-z astaler:" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Software to be installed:" +msgid "ticket have to be filled" +msgstr "Programe a-z astaler:" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid." +msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!" +msgstr "L' adresse IP do pontea n' est nén valåbe." + #. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:317 +#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd. +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Geo Cluster configure" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Zone name %1 already exists." +msgid "Ticket name already exist!" +msgstr "Li no d' redjon %1 egzistêye dedja." + +#. abort? +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration name is missing." +msgid "Configuration name can not be null" +msgstr "Li no d' apontiaedje manke." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration name already exists!" +msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." +msgstr "Li no di l' apontiaedje egzistêye dedja." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The hostname is invalid." +msgid "port is invalid!" +msgstr "Li no d' lodjoe n' est nén valide." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Software to be installed:" +msgid "transport have to be filled!" +msgstr "Programe a-z astaler:" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Software to be installed:" +msgid "site have to be filled!" +msgstr "Programe a-z astaler:" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Software to be installed:" +msgid "ticket have to be filled!" +msgstr "Programe a-z astaler:" + +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Host Configuration Summary:" +msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" +msgstr "Racourti di l' apontiaedje do lodjoe:" + +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "Choose configuration file:" +msgstr "Apontiaedje del soris" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Host Configuration" +msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" +msgstr "Apontiaedje do lodjoe" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +msgid "Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "Apontyî l' côpe-feu" + #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Inicialijhaedje..." + +#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write general settings." +msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." +msgstr "Dji n' sai scrire les djenerålès tchuzes." + +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242 +msgid "Cannot write global settings." msgstr "" +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write general settings." +msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." +msgstr "Dji n' sai scrire les djenerålès tchuzes." + #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:168 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -165,120 +370,108 @@ #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lére les tchuzes di dvant" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:185 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:184 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dji lé les tchuzes di dvant..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:186 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:282 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fini" +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:255 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:272 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Scrire les tchuzes" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:274 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:278 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dji scrît les tchuzes..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:280 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "" -#. read sites -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:311 -msgid "Cannot write global settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:315 -msgid "Cannot write sites settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write ticket -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:318 -msgid "Cannot write ticket settings." -msgstr "" - #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:324 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dji n' sai scrire les tchuzes." #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:372 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Racourti di l' apontiaedje..." #. Progress stage 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 msgid "Read the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lére li båze di dnêyes" #. Progress stage 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 msgid "Detect the devices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Trover les éndjins" #. Progress step 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 msgid "Reading the database..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dji lé l' båze di dnêyes..." #. Progress step 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 msgid "Detecting the devices..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dji cache après les éndjins..." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 msgid "Cannot read the database1." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dji n' sai lére li båze di dnêyes 1." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 msgid "Cannot read the database2." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dji n' sai lére li båze di dnêyes 2." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 msgid "Cannot detect devices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dji n' sai trover des éndjins." #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enonder SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dj' enonde SuSEconfig..." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 msgid "Configuration summary ..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Racourti di l' apontiaedje..." Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/gtk.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/gtk.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/gtk.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2-gtk.wa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-08-18 14:29+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)base.be>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <linux-wa(a)walon.org>\n" @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ #: src/YGUtils.cc:644 msgid "Next" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Shuvant" #: src/ygtksteps.c:75 msgid "Current step" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/http-server.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/http-server.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/http-server.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: http-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-30 18:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/inetd.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/inetd.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/inetd.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: inetd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-30 18:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/installation.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/installation.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/installation.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation.wa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-08-16 18:50+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)base.be>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <linux-wa(a)walon.org>\n" @@ -73,22 +73,22 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:96 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml" msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:78 +#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "Dji copeye les fitchîs aviè l' sistinme d' astalé..." @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ msgstr "L' astalaedje a pårti des imådjes est essocté (<a href=\"%1\">mete en alaedje</a>)." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:73 +#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "Inicialijhaedje do manaedjeu d' purnea..." @@ -287,6 +287,7 @@ msgstr "Metaedjes a djoû po %1 %2" #: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Prodût nén cnoxhou" @@ -345,7 +346,7 @@ #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137 -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:312 +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Acoird di licince" @@ -418,10 +419,24 @@ "abandner l' processus d' astalaedje.\n" "\n" -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:336 -msgid "License needs to be accepted" -msgstr "Li licince doet esse acceptêye" +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Release Notes" +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "Notes di modêye" +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342 +msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" @@ -533,7 +548,7 @@ #. OEM image if target disk is defined #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 msgid "The system will reboot now..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Li sistinme va renonder asteure..." #. bnc #395030 #. Use less memory @@ -626,11 +641,11 @@ msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "Apontyî eterfaces &FCoE" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "Apontyî les plakes &iSCSI" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:113 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" @@ -653,15 +668,22 @@ msgid "Installation is just about to start!" msgstr "L' astalaedje va ataker bén rade !" -#. download release notes now -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:135 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:356 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Release Notes" -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." -msgstr "Notes di modêye" +#. Set the UI content to show some progress. +#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. bug #302384 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 +msgid "Initializing" +msgstr "Inicialijhaedje" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 +msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgstr "Inicialijhaedje di l' astalaedje..." + #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" @@ -680,64 +702,64 @@ #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:85 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "Fini l' astalaedje di båze" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "Dj' ahive li djivêye des scripes di finixhaedje a houkî..." #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "Copyî les fitchîs sol sistinme d' astalé" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:142 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "Schaper l' apontiaedje" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "Schaper les tchuzes d' astalaedje" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:188 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "Astaler l' enondrece di l' éndjole" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:200 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "Aprester l' sistinme pol prumî enondaedje di l' éndjole" #. merge steps from add-on products #. bnc #438678 -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348 msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "Dji verifeye l' livea : %1..." #. a fallback busy message -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:394 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437 msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "Dji houke l' etape %1..." #. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:414 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457 msgid " * %1" msgstr " * %1" #. Anything else -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:451 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fini" #. get the latest errors -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "Aroke d' astalaedje" @@ -756,11 +778,6 @@ msgid "Installation is being initialized." msgstr "L' astalaedje est inicialijhî." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 -msgid "Initializing the installation..." -msgstr "Inicialijhaedje di l' astalaedje..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. help for the dialog - busy message #: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 @@ -773,13 +790,6 @@ msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." msgstr "Dj' aprestêye l' apontiaedje do sistinme di cmince..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. bug #302384 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 -msgid "Initializing" -msgstr "Inicialijhaedje" - #. dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 #, fuzzy @@ -1000,12 +1010,12 @@ msgstr "" #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "Dji passe l' apontiaedje pask' on uzeu mel a dmandé" #. error message is a popup -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:257 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -1016,31 +1026,31 @@ #. not using tabs #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:500 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:514 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:559 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:569 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567 msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" msgstr "AROKE : I manke on tite" #. busy message -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:525 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "Dji radjustêye li propozront ås tchuzes do moumint..." #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:529 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1031 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "Dji corwaite vosse sistinme..." #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:700 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "Aroke : Nole propôzucion" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:745 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1049,7 +1059,7 @@ "I gn aveut des arokes." #. dialog headline -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:949 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Mwaisse vuwe di l' astalaedje" @@ -1058,25 +1068,25 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:973 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "&Passer houte l' apontiaedje" #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:982 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "&Eployî l' apontiaedje shuvant" #. menu button #. menu button #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:994 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1178 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "&Candjî..." #. menu button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1000 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1173 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgid "&Export Configuration" @@ -1084,23 +1094,23 @@ #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1071 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "Clitchî so on gros tite po fé des candjmints ou eployî l' menu « Candjî... » vaici pa dzo." -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1075 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "Clitchî so on gros tite po fé des candjmints ou eployî l' menu « Candjî... » vaici pa dzo." #. menu button item -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1172 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "&Rimete les tchuzes tchoezeyes por vos" #. General part of the help text for all types of proposals -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206 msgid "" "\n" "Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" @@ -1114,7 +1124,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1219 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 msgid "" "\n" "Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1145,7 +1155,7 @@ #. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26 #. #. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1245 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1272 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n" @@ -1157,7 +1167,7 @@ #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1255 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253 msgid "" "\n" "Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1169,7 +1179,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1282 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1181,7 +1191,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1293 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1193,7 +1203,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1304 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1203,12 +1213,12 @@ "Metoz les tchuzes di l' éndjole en alaedje e tchôcant Shuvant\n" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "Boutaedje d' astalaedje UML" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1315 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -1219,7 +1229,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1332 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -1230,7 +1240,7 @@ "\n" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1345 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343 msgid "" "Some proposals might be\n" "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n" @@ -1241,11 +1251,11 @@ "ene tchuze k' est eclawêye, dimandez a vosse manaedjeu d' sistinme.\n" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1371 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369 msgid "&Update" msgstr "&Mete a djoû" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1372 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370 msgid "&Install" msgstr "Asta&ler" @@ -1364,51 +1374,35 @@ msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "Dji sonde les deurès plakes..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 -msgid "Search for Linux partitions" -msgstr "Trover des pårticions Linux" - +#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 -msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." -msgstr "Dji cache après des pårticions Linux..." - -#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "Trover des fitchîs sistinme" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "Dji cache après les fitchîs sistinme..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:136 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "Inicialijhî l' manaedjeu des programes" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:137 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "Inicialijhaedje do manaedjeu des programes...." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:140 -msgid "Evaluate update possibility" -msgstr "Préjhî les possibilité di metaedje a djoû" - -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:141 -msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." -msgstr "Dji préjhe les possibilité di metaedje a djoû..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:146 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "Sondaedje do sistinme" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:152 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "YaST sonde les sistinmes d' astalés..." #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1421,7 +1415,7 @@ "Si vs plait bén, verifyîz voste éndjolreye!\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1434,7 +1428,7 @@ "Dji n' a pont trové d' deure plake tins l' astalaedje.\n" "Si vs plait bén, verifyîz voste éndjolreye!\n" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:279 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1445,7 +1439,7 @@ "(especiålmint so les sistinmes S/390 ou iSCSI)\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" @@ -1462,7 +1456,7 @@ "Verifyîz voste éndjolreye.\n" #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:343 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." @@ -1471,31 +1465,31 @@ "Dj' abandene l' astalaedje." #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:96 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 msgid "Removed" msgstr "Oisté" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:100 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "En alaedje" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Essocté" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:199 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:667 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:726 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736 msgid "Previously Used Repositories" msgstr "Depots dedja -z eployîs" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, #. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:205 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 msgid "" "These repositories were found on the system\n" "you are upgrading:" @@ -1504,27 +1498,27 @@ "ki vs estoz a mete a djoû:" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225 msgid "Current Status" msgstr "Situwåcion pol moumint" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:217 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Depot" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:219 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "&(Dis)mete estat" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:235 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" "on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." @@ -1533,7 +1527,7 @@ "sol sistinme ki vs estoz a mete a djoû. Metoz en alaedje les cis k' vos vloz mete e processus di metaedje a djoû." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249 msgid "" "To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." @@ -1542,30 +1536,30 @@ "boton <n>(Dis)mete estat oudonbén dobe-clitchîz sol bon cayet do tåvlea." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:243 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253 msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." msgstr "Po candjî l' adresse, clitchîz sol boton Candjî...." #. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted #. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key #. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:265 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:272 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:278 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Nén cnoxhou" #. TRANSLATORS: textentry -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383 msgid "&Repository URL" msgstr "Ad&resse do depot" #. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:637 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647 msgid "Network is not Configured" msgstr "Li rantoele n' est nén apontieye" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649 msgid "" "Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n" "Configure it?" @@ -1574,49 +1568,49 @@ "L' apontyî?" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:670 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:727 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737 msgid "Adding and removing repositories..." msgstr "Dji radjoute et oistêye des depots..." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:673 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:732 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742 msgid "Repositories are being added and removed." msgstr "Des depots sont radjoutés et oistés." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:692 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702 msgid "Remove unused repositories" msgstr "Oister les depots nén eployîs" -#. Removes selected repositories -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:696 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:813 +#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859 msgid "Removing unused repositories..." msgstr "Dji oistêye les depots nén eployîs.." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:703 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713 msgid "Add enabled repositories" msgstr "Radjouter des depots en alaedje" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:867 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925 msgid "Adding enabled repositories..." msgstr "Dji radjoute des depots en alaedje..." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:715 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725 msgid "Add disabled repositories" msgstr "Radjouter des depots essoctés" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:719 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1024 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082 msgid "Adding disabled repositories..." msgstr "Dji radjoute des depots essoctés..." #. true - OK, continue -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:841 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899 msgid "Correct Media Requested" msgstr "I fåt l' bon media" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901 msgid "" "Make sure that media with label %1\n" "is in the CD/DVD drive.\n" @@ -1630,7 +1624,7 @@ #. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them #. for the system upgrade -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:906 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964 msgid "" "Cannot add repository %1\n" "URL: %2\n" @@ -1640,7 +1634,7 @@ msgstr "" #. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:943 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001 msgid "" "Cannot add enabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1652,7 +1646,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:963 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021 msgid "" "An error occurred while refreshing repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1664,7 +1658,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:983 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041 msgid "" "An error occurred while enabling repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1675,7 +1669,7 @@ "URL : %2\n" #. do not probe! adding as disabled! -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1064 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122 msgid "" "Cannot add disabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1753,52 +1747,47 @@ msgstr "Dji schape l' apontiaedje proxy..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/random_finish.rb:62 -msgid "Enabling random number generator..." -msgstr "Dji mete e-n alaedje l' ahiveu d' limeros a l' astcheyance..." - -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "Dji schape li zone d' eure..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145 msgid "Saving language..." msgstr "Dji schape li lingaedje..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150 msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgstr "Dji schape l' apontiaedje del console..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169 msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." msgstr "Dji schape l' apontiaedje del taprece..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174 msgid "Saving product information..." msgstr "Dji schape l' informåcion sol prodût..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179 msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." msgstr "Dji schape les tchuzes d' astalaedje otomatike..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185 msgid "Saving security settings..." msgstr "Dji schape les tchuzes di såvrité..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:192 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208 msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..." msgstr "Dji schape les tchuzes des scripes d' enondaedje do sistinme..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:70 +#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67 msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "Dji schape l' apontiaedje di l' éndjolreye" @@ -1830,7 +1819,7 @@ msgstr "Dji scrî l' apontiaedje di YaST" #. call command -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -2077,6 +2066,69 @@ msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "Dji cache après des pårticions Linux..." +#. Text to display +#. +#. @return String +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote Administration" +msgid "Enabling remote administration..." +msgstr "Manaedjmint å lon" + +#. checking whether images are supported +#. BNC #409927 +#. Checking files for signatures +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845 +msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" +msgstr "Dji n' a sepou lére les informåcions åd fwait di l' astalaedje des imådjes" + +#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193 +msgid "Deploying..." +msgstr "Dji disploye..." + +#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types. +#. +#. @see #all_supported_types +#. @see #objects_state +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216 +msgid "Storing user preferences..." +msgstr "Dji wåde les preferinces di l' uzeu..." + +#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348 +msgid "Restoring user preferences..." +msgstr "Dji rassonre les preferinces di l' uzeu" + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446 +msgid "" +"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" +"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." +msgstr "" +"L' astalaedje n' a sepou rezoude otomaticmint les aloyances des pacaedjes.\n" +"Li manaedjeu des programes va esse drovou por vos les rezoude al mwin." + +#~ msgid "License needs to be accepted" +#~ msgstr "Li licince doet esse acceptêye" + +#~ msgid "Search for Linux partitions" +#~ msgstr "Trover des pårticions Linux" + +#~ msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." +#~ msgstr "Dji cache après des pårticions Linux..." + +#~ msgid "Evaluate update possibility" +#~ msgstr "Préjhî les possibilité di metaedje a djoû" + +#~ msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." +#~ msgstr "Dji préjhe les possibilité di metaedje a djoû..." + +#~ msgid "Enabling random number generator..." +#~ msgstr "Dji mete e-n alaedje l' ahiveu d' limeros a l' astcheyance..." + #~ msgid "Network Device: %1" #~ msgstr "Éndjin rantoele: %1" @@ -2646,26 +2698,7 @@ #~ "tins l' astalaedje.\n" #~ "Verifyîz voste éndjolreye.\n" -#~ msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" -#~ msgstr "Dji n' a sepou lére les informåcions åd fwait di l' astalaedje des imådjes" - -#~ msgid "Deploying..." -#~ msgstr "Dji disploye..." - -#~ msgid "Storing user preferences..." -#~ msgstr "Dji wåde les preferinces di l' uzeu..." - -#~ msgid "Restoring user preferences..." -#~ msgstr "Dji rassonre les preferinces di l' uzeu" - #~ msgid "" -#~ "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" -#~ "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "L' astalaedje n' a sepou rezoude otomaticmint les aloyances des pacaedjes.\n" -#~ "Li manaedjeu des programes va esse drovou por vos les rezoude al mwin." - -#~ msgid "" #~ "No system type was selected.\n" #~ "Select the default type." #~ msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/instserver.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/instserver.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/instserver.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: instserver\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-30 18:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/iplb.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/iplb.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/iplb.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -91,6 +91,26 @@ msgstr "" #. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "Oyi" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "no" +msgstr "Nonna" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Host Configuration" +msgid "&Global Configuration" +msgstr "Apontiaedje do lodjoe" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1 LDAP Server Configuration" +msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" +msgstr "Apontiaedje do sierveu LDAP %1" + #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 msgid "Check Interval" msgstr "" @@ -200,7 +220,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -440,7 +460,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -477,7 +497,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 msgid "Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Siervice" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 msgid "Check Command" @@ -501,11 +521,11 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 msgid "Login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Login" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sicret" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 msgid "Database Name" @@ -521,7 +541,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 msgid "Netmask" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Masse di sorrantoele" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 msgid "Scheduler" @@ -529,7 +549,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Protocole" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 msgid "Virtual Servers" @@ -537,15 +557,15 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Radjouter" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Candjî" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Disfacer" #. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 @@ -571,13 +591,19 @@ #. return `cacel or a string #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "I va" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 msgid "Cancel" +msgstr "Rinoncî" + +#. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +msgid "" +"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" +"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" msgstr "" -#. split the real server ip value; #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 msgid "Real Server's IP Address" msgstr "" @@ -590,10 +616,28 @@ msgid "weight" msgstr "" +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The IP address is invalid." +msgid "IP address is not Valid" +msgstr "L' adresse IP n' est nén valåbe." + +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add a new record" +msgid "Add a new real server:" +msgstr "Radjouter novea eredjistraedje" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +msgid "Edit the real server:" +msgstr "" + #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inicialijhaedje..." #. Read all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -620,7 +664,7 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fini" #. Write all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -630,19 +674,19 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Scrire les tchuzes" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enonder SuSEconfig" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dji scrît les tchuzes..." #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dj' enonde SuSEconfig..." #. write global conf #. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" @@ -652,10 +696,10 @@ #. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dji n' sai scrire les tchuzes." #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Racourti di l' apontiaedje..." Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/iscsi-client.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/iscsi-client.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/iscsi-client.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-30 18:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon\n" @@ -74,154 +74,158 @@ msgid "iSNS Port" msgstr "Portugal" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:109 +#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 #, fuzzy -msgid "Initiator Name" +msgid "&Initiator Name" msgstr "No d' ridant" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:115 -msgid "Offloa&d Card" +#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well +#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware +#. shifting load from processor to card) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 +msgid "Offload Car&d" msgstr "" #. table of connected targets #. table of discovered targets #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:179 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Interface" msgstr "Eterface" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:180 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 #, fuzzy msgid "Portal Address" msgstr "Adresse" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:181 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 #, fuzzy msgid "Target Name" msgstr "No" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:215 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 #, fuzzy msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Ataker Monter" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Add" msgstr "Radjouter" #. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit" msgstr "&Candjî" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 #, fuzzy msgid "Log Out" msgstr "Si dislodjî" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" msgstr "Raloyî" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Discovery" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 #, fuzzy msgid "Log In" msgstr "Djournå" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "" #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target #. authentication dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:234 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:268 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 #, fuzzy msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "Nonna Aveurixhmint" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:271 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 #, fuzzy msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "Aveurixhmint" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:273 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:279 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 #, fuzzy msgid "Username" msgstr "Suriname" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:240 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:274 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 #, fuzzy msgid "Password" msgstr "Mot di passe" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 #, fuzzy msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "Aveurixhmint" #. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Startup" msgstr "Cmince" #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Adresse IP" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 #, fuzzy msgid "Port" msgstr "Portugal" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Key" msgstr "Clé" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valixhance" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "Service" msgstr "Siervice" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 #, fuzzy msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "Raloyî" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:366 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "" #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:385 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 #, fuzzy msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "Esplikêye" @@ -229,7 +233,7 @@ #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:400 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" @@ -238,9 +242,9 @@ #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:435 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:474 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "" @@ -478,13 +482,13 @@ msgstr "no" #. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:626 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "Sititchî IP." #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:632 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "Sititchî." @@ -493,41 +497,41 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:867 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 #, fuzzy msgid "True" msgstr "Vraiy" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 #, fuzzy msgid "False" msgstr "Fås" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:772 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:892 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 #, fuzzy msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "en alaedje." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 #, fuzzy msgid "Continue" msgstr "&Continouwer" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:776 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:896 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 #, fuzzy msgid "Cancel" msgstr "&Rinoncî" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:886 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "" @@ -616,14 +620,20 @@ msgstr "Li siervice comince" #. interface type for hardware offloading -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:70 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Software" -msgid "(Software)" -msgstr "Programe" +#| msgid "Select Software" +msgid "default (Software)" +msgstr "Tchoezi on programe" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "All" +msgid "all" +msgstr "Totafwait" + #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:672 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 #, fuzzy msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" @@ -633,12 +643,17 @@ msgstr "eyet eyet dins BIOS." #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Apontiaedje rascourti." #, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Software" +#~ msgid "(Software)" +#~ msgstr "Programe" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Toggle Start-Up" #~ msgstr "Ataker Monter" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/iscsi-lio-server.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/iscsi-lio-server.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/iscsi-lio-server.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-04-05 17:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/iscsi-server.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/iscsi-server.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/iscsi-server.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-04-05 17:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/isns.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/isns.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/isns.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-04-05 17:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -312,89 +312,89 @@ msgstr "Inicialijhaedje..." #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:106 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 #, fuzzy msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "Po-z moussî e sistinme X11, li pacaedje %1 doet esse astalé." -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:109 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 #, fuzzy msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "Voloz l' astaler asteure?" #. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:486 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "Inicialijhaedje di l' apontiaedje del sicrirece" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:502 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Lére li båze di dnêyes" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:504 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587 #, fuzzy msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Lére les tchuzes da l' uzeu" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:506 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589 #, fuzzy msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "Éndjins d' &detectés" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:510 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Dji lé l' båze di dnêyes..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:512 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Dji lé les tchuzes do volume..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:514 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597 #, fuzzy msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "Dji cache après ds éndjins Bluetooth..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:516 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:594 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fini" #. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:568 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "Dji schape l' apontiaedje del sicrirece" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:584 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Scrire les tchuzes" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:586 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "Enonder SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:590 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Dji scrît les tchuzes..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:592 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "Dj' enonde SuSEconfig..." #. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf) -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:606 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Dji n' sai scrire les tchuzes." Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/kdump.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/kdump.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/kdump.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kdump\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-30 18:14+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon\n" @@ -401,8 +401,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. Popup::Message(crash_value); #. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:558 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:577 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "" @@ -539,16 +539,6 @@ msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "&Dismetou" -#. checking if packages are available -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:101 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:103 -msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:113 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:115 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Package for kdump is not available." -msgstr "Pont d' back-end di bon n' est disponibe." - #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 #, fuzzy @@ -1278,147 +1268,151 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:483 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:593 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Inicialijhaedje di l' apontiaedje autofs" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:602 src/modules/Kdump.rb:610 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Dji scrît l' fitchî des ådvins..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:604 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Lére" #. Progress stage 4/4 #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:606 src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading available memory..." msgstr "Dji lé l' båze di dnêyes..." #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Dji lét l' djivêye des uzeus..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:634 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "Dji n' pout nén lére les tchuzes do moumint." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:641 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "Lisse des coisses d' eurêye ki gn a" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Schapaedje di l' apontiaedje autofs" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:696 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Scrire les tchuzes" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:698 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699 #, fuzzy msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Tchuzes di metaedje a djoû" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Dji scrît les tchuzes..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "Dji mete a djoû l' apontiaedje..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:706 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fini" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Dji n' sai scrire les tchuzes." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:725 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:844 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "Cogne" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "enabled" msgstr "en alaedje" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "disabled" msgstr "essocté" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841 #, fuzzy msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "Li valixhance del tchuze" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848 #, fuzzy msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "Cogne" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855 #, fuzzy msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "Nombe" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862 #, fuzzy msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "Nombe" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:961 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." msgstr "" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Package for kdump is not available." +#~ msgstr "Pont d' back-end di bon n' est disponibe." + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Dump Format \n" #~ " Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/kerberos-server.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/kerberos-server.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/kerberos-server.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kerberos-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-30 18:14+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/kerberos.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/kerberos.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/kerberos.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kerberos\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-30 18:14+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/languages_db.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/languages_db.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/languages_db.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-10-07 17:20+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)tele2allin.be>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <linux-wa(a)walon.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/ldap-client.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/ldap-client.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/ldap-client.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-30 18:14+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/ldap-server.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/ldap-server.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/ldap-server.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-30 18:14+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/ldap.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/ldap.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/ldap.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -230,46 +230,46 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." msgstr "" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" msgstr "" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" msgstr "" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ #. entry of the current template. #. ") + #. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" @@ -291,12 +291,12 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" msgstr "" @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 msgid "LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sierveu LDAP" #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 @@ -373,9 +373,9 @@ #. table header 1/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atributs" #. table header 2/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 msgid "Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valixhance" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/live-installer.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/live-installer.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/live-installer.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: live-installer.wa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-08-19 14:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)base.be>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <linux-wa(a)walon.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/lxc.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/lxc.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/lxc.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-04-05 17:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/mail.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/mail.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/mail.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: mail\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-30 18:14+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/multipath.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/multipath.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/multipath.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-04-05 17:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/ncurses-pkg.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/ncurses-pkg.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/ncurses-pkg.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packages.wa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-03-02 22:06+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <linux(a)walon.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/ncurses.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/ncurses.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/ncurses.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-25 22:41+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <linux-wa(a)walon.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/network.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/network.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/network.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 11:54+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-02-23 17:21+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Djan Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <linux-wa(a)walon.org>\n" @@ -109,102 +109,52 @@ msgstr "Divintrinne aroke" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:67 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63 msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..." msgstr "Dji scrî l' apontiaedje do côpe-feu..." -#. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC -#. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:102 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" -msgstr "Li poirt SSH est eclawé (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">drovi</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:104 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "Li poirt SSH est eclawé (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">drovi</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:110 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" -msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "L' astalaedje a pårti des imådjes est en alaedje (<a href=\"%1\">essocter</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:114 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" -msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "L' astalaedje a pårti des imådjes est essocté (<a href=\"%1\">mete en alaedje</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" -msgstr "Li poirt SSH est eclawé (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">drovi</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:123 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "Li poirt SSH est eclawé (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">drovi</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:128 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" -msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "L' astalaedje a pårti des imådjes est en alaedje (<a href=\"%1\">essocter</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:132 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" -msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "L' astalaedje a pårti des imådjes est essocté (<a href=\"%1\">mete en alaedje</a>)" - #. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:218 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:133 msgid "Firewall and SSH" msgstr "Côpe-feu eyet SSH" #. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:220 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:135 msgid "&Firewall and SSH" msgstr "Côpe-&feu eyet SSH" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:231 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:146 msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "Apontiaedje di båze do côpe-feu eyet d' SSH" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:237 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152 msgid "Open &VNC Ports" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:160 msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "Siervices di côpe-feu eyet SSH" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:256 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:171 msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "Mete èn alaedje côpe-feu" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:264 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179 msgid "Open SSH Port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:272 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Open SSH Port and Enable SSH Service" msgid "Enable SSH Service" msgstr "Drovi pôrt SSH eyet mete èn alaedje li siervice SSH" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" @@ -215,13 +165,13 @@ "<big>Côpe-feu</big> \n" "Li côpe-feu est on mecanisse di disfince ki waeranti vosse copiutrece des atakes vinant del rantoele." -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:290 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" "Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:293 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 msgid "" "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" "service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" @@ -229,13 +179,64 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215 msgid "" "You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" "started by the installer automatically if needed." msgstr "" +#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog +#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" +msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "L' astalaedje a pårti des imådjes est en alaedje (<a href=\"%1\">essocter</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" +msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "L' astalaedje a pårti des imådjes est essocté (<a href=\"%1\">mete en alaedje</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" +msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "L' astalaedje a pårti des imådjes est en alaedje (<a href=\"%1\">essocter</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" +msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "L' astalaedje a pårti des imådjes est essocté (<a href=\"%1\">mete en alaedje</a>)" + +#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" +msgstr "Li poirt SSH est eclawé (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">drovi</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "Li poirt SSH est eclawé (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">drovi</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" +msgstr "Li poirt SSH est eclawé (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">drovi</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "Li poirt SSH est eclawé (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">drovi</a>)" + #. Commandline help title #. configuration of hosts #. Hosts dialog caption @@ -523,9 +524,18 @@ msgid "Interfaces for Bridging" msgstr "Eterfaces pol pontaedje" -#. Lan::PrepareForAutoinst(); -#. Lan::Autoinstall(); -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:173 +#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML +#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML +#. has higher priority +#. +#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with +#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than +#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses". +#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means +#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml". +#. Other elements may have similar problems, +#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance. +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration Error : uninitialized interface!" msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." @@ -623,7 +633,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:476 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "Apontiaedje do routaedje" @@ -727,7 +737,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "Éndjin" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:414 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:416 msgid "Options" msgstr "Tchuzes" @@ -814,13 +824,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "Adviertixhmint: i gn a pont ecriptaedje eployî." #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "Change." msgstr "Candjî." @@ -1195,14 +1205,14 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "Sôre d' én&djin" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:353 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "No di l' &apontiaedje" @@ -1215,7 +1225,7 @@ msgstr "Groupe do tunel" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1312 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "Éndjins pontea" @@ -1426,29 +1436,29 @@ #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1289 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Adresse" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "Apontyîz voste adresse IP." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1298 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "Én&djolreye" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1305 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "&Vårlet Bond" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1319 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "&Sins fyis" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Ifplugd priority" msgid "Ifplugd Priority" @@ -1456,7 +1466,7 @@ #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1470,15 +1480,15 @@ msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "Apontiaedje del cwåte rantoele" -#. allow to add bonding device into bridge and also device with mask /32(bnc#405343) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:131 +#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" #| "Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP addess 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" -"Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" +"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" msgstr "" "Il avize ki pol moens onk des éndjins tchoezi a ddja stî apontyî.\n" "Mete a pont l' apontiaedje pol pont (IP addess 0.0.0.0/32) ?\n" @@ -1697,7 +1707,7 @@ msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "L' éndjin a stî disfacé." -#. encoding: utf-8 +#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** #. #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -1813,7 +1823,7 @@ msgstr "Åk n' a nén stî come dj' astaléve li firmware." #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1828,13 +1838,12 @@ "l' eterface ni srè pus manaedjî pal ManaedjeuRantoele.\n" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:458 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "L' éndjin k' vos avoz tchoezi a STARTMODE=nfsroot. Disfacer podbon ?" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#. radio button group label, method of setup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:494 src/include/network/widgets.rb:352 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "Metôde d' apontiaedje del rantoele" @@ -1843,7 +1852,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:524 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:523 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "Tchuzes del rantoele" @@ -1870,7 +1879,7 @@ msgstr "Candjî l' prémetowe rote via DHCP" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:81 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1880,20 +1889,20 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:90 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1901,7 +1910,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1909,7 +1918,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" @@ -1919,14 +1928,14 @@ " Tchuzes dins\n" " Note minme no" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 #, fuzzy #| msgid "If you write something into Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with this options.\n" msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "Si vs sicrijhoz åk dins Tchuzes ethtool, ifup houcrè ethtool avou cisse tchuze la.\n" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" @@ -1935,7 +1944,7 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:148 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" @@ -1943,7 +1952,7 @@ msgstr " oudonbén" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" @@ -1951,78 +1960,84 @@ msgstr " Tchuzes dins Éndjin eyet Astalaedje Comandes" #. Manual dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:269 msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Apontiaedje al mwin del cwåte rantoele" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:282 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "&PCMCIA" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:291 msgid "&USB" msgstr "&USB" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:298 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:300 msgid "&Hotplug Type" msgstr "Sôre di &Hotplug" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:303 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:305 msgid "P&CI" msgstr "P&CI" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:315 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:317 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "Module do &nawea" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:325 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:327 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "No do &module" #. TODO: Ud ... Rules -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:380 -msgid "Udev rules" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Udev rules" +msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "Rîles udev" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "No d' l' éndjin" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385 msgid "Change" msgstr "Candjî" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 -msgid "Show visible port identification" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:396 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Show visible port identification" +msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "Mostrer l' veyåve idintifiaedje do pôrt" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:401 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Segondes" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:406 msgid "Blink" msgstr "Clignotmint" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:409 -msgid "Ethtool options" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:411 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Ethtool options" +msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "Tchuzes ethtool" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:491 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "Tchoes al mwin del cwåte rantoele" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -2032,19 +2047,19 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:564 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:504 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:559 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "Cwåte &rantoele" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:512 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Trover" #. Remember current device number (#308763) #. see also bnc#391802 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:833 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:824 msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -2053,7 +2068,7 @@ "Tchoezixhoz nd èn ôte." #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:877 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:868 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Apontiaedje del cwåte rantoele S/390" @@ -2061,137 +2076,137 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:897 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:990 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1057 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1094 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "Apontiaedjes di l' éndjin S/390" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:907 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:898 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "No do &pôrt" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:912 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:903 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "Limero d' pôrt" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:926 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:917 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "M&ete en alaedje li passaedje a l' IPA" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:933 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "Mete en a&laedje li sopoirt di Layer 2" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:940 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:931 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "Adresse &MAC di Layer2" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1015 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "Lére canå" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1084 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "Scrire canå" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "Controler canå" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:971 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "Tapez l'No do pôrt po cist eterface ci (diferince GRANDÈS/ptitès letes)" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr " Tchuzes" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 #, fuzzy msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr " Tchoezi Mete en alaedje IP en alaedje" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 #, fuzzy msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr " Tchoezi Mete en alaedje" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr " Adresse" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1008 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "Limero d' &pôrt" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1007 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "Li tins est houte po LANCMD" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1032 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr " Pôrt Nombe" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1033 #, fuzzy msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr " Eure" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "Môde copatibilité" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1049 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1040 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "Môde sitindou" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1051 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "tty båzé so CTC (raloyaedjes di Linux a Linux)" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "Môde copatibilité avou OS/390 eyet z/OS" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protocole" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1095 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1086 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1112 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "No do &soçon" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1123 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1114 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" @@ -2199,7 +2214,7 @@ msgstr " no IUCV no" #. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1250 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "An error occured while creating device.\n" @@ -2213,7 +2228,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1272 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1260 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "Divize di l' éndjolreye" @@ -2267,16 +2282,15 @@ " Si siervi di tot eyet" #. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Use the Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt>\n" -"if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n" +"Use wicked if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" msgstr " Si siervi di<tt></tt> GNOME oudonbén KDE" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:64 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Network Card Overview</big> \n" @@ -2284,14 +2298,14 @@ "edit their configuration. \n" msgstr "<big> Rantoele Cåte Esplikêye</big> " -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:69 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Adding a Network Card:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" msgstr "<big> Rantoele Cåte</big> Radjouter" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:72 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Configuring or Deleting:</big> \n" @@ -2300,7 +2314,7 @@ msgstr "<big> oudonbén Dji disface</big> oudonbén Apontyî oudonbén Disfacer" #. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:79 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big>\n" @@ -2313,12 +2327,12 @@ "<big> Apontiaedjes</big>\n" " Mete en alaedje dins prémetou eyet metou." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:87 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 msgid "All changes will be applied after reboot." msgstr "Tos les candjmints sront metous en ouve après aveur renondé." #. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" @@ -2328,7 +2342,7 @@ "to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"\n" msgstr " dins Tchoezi por vos Pontea prémetou prémetou eyet" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:97 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" @@ -2336,13 +2350,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 msgid "" "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 msgid "" "Enable IPv6 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" @@ -2350,14 +2364,14 @@ "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 msgid "" "Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" @@ -2369,7 +2383,7 @@ " IP\n" " " -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" "the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" @@ -2378,7 +2392,7 @@ "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" @@ -2386,7 +2400,7 @@ msgstr " no eyet" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:136 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 #, fuzzy msgid "" "A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" @@ -2395,7 +2409,7 @@ msgstr " no IP" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:142 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" @@ -2404,7 +2418,7 @@ "(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.\n" msgstr " Trover no minme no oudonbén" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:148 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" "Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" "(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" @@ -2412,7 +2426,7 @@ "command." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" "search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" @@ -2422,7 +2436,7 @@ "configurations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "By choosing Only Manually, netconfig will no longer be\n" "allowed to modify /etc/resolv.conf. You can however edit the file\n" @@ -2436,7 +2450,7 @@ #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" @@ -2446,12 +2460,12 @@ "<big> Adresse</big>\n" " Tchoezi Nonna Adresse IP" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:180 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" @@ -2459,7 +2473,7 @@ msgstr " Tchoezi IP oudonbén oudonbén DSL" #. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select DHCP\n" @@ -2468,7 +2482,7 @@ msgstr " Tchoezi metou Rantoele" #. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" @@ -2480,7 +2494,7 @@ "" #. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" @@ -2489,7 +2503,7 @@ msgstr " IP Adresse eyet Då lon IP Adresse" #. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 #, fuzzy msgid "" "For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" @@ -2498,7 +2512,7 @@ msgstr " Adresse IP eyet" #. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 msgid "" "Contact your network administrator for more information about\n" "the network configuration." @@ -2506,14 +2520,14 @@ "Atotchîz vosse manaedjeu del rantoele po ndè saveur di pus åd fwait\n" "di l' apontiaedje del rantoele." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 #, fuzzy msgid "" "DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP." msgstr " ricomandé" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:218 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Firewall Zone</big>\n" @@ -2527,12 +2541,12 @@ "<big></big>\n" " Tchoezi en alaedje eyet en alaedje tot eyet Nonna dismetou" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:227 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 #, fuzzy msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." msgstr " Eterface" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>\n" @@ -2545,7 +2559,7 @@ "<big> Unité</big>\n" " grandeu dins metou Tchoezi ricomandé" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" @@ -2553,12 +2567,12 @@ msgstr " Tchoezi s Éndjin Måy eyet Nouk Adresse" #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:243 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 msgid "<big>DHCP Client Options</big>" msgstr "<big>Tchuzes do cliyint DHCP</big>" #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:245 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" @@ -2569,7 +2583,7 @@ msgstr " Cliyint vude metou minme eyet minme" #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" @@ -2583,7 +2597,7 @@ msgstr " No d' lodjeu Evoyî no eyet DNS No d' lodjeu Evoyî dins dins vude" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" @@ -2593,7 +2607,7 @@ " Apontyî dins" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Enter an IPv4 Address Label, an IP Address, and\n" @@ -2601,7 +2615,7 @@ msgstr " No IP Adresse eyet" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 msgid "" "IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" @@ -2609,7 +2623,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:279 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." msgstr " no dins no" @@ -2617,7 +2631,7 @@ #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:285 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Choose between three Key Input Types for your key.\n" @@ -2640,7 +2654,7 @@ "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 msgid "" "Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking." @@ -2649,7 +2663,7 @@ "pol rantoelaedje sins fyi." #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The Operating Mode depends on the network topology. The mode\n" @@ -2662,7 +2676,7 @@ " Mode oudonbén" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" @@ -2675,7 +2689,7 @@ msgstr " Rantoele No minme Totafwait dins minme eyet Nonna vude oudonbén<tt></tt>" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 #, fuzzy msgid "" "In some networks, you need to set an Authentication Mode.\n" @@ -2699,7 +2713,7 @@ "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To use WEP, enter the\n" @@ -2710,7 +2724,7 @@ msgstr " A oudonbén tot tot" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" @@ -2722,7 +2736,7 @@ msgstr " A Måjhon eyet" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" @@ -2730,7 +2744,7 @@ msgstr " A dins" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:362 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361 #, fuzzy msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" @@ -3300,23 +3314,23 @@ msgstr "Inicialijhaedje..." #. Ramote Administration dialog caption -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Remote Administration" msgstr "Manaedjmint å lon" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "&Permete manaedjmint å lon" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "&Èn nén permete manaedjmint å lon" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" @@ -3330,17 +3344,17 @@ " en alaedje Si siervi di<> oudonbén Java<> SSH" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "Tchuzes do manaedjmint å lon" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "Ces pacaedjes la dvèt esse astalés:" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3355,124 +3369,111 @@ #. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that #. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not #. plugged in. Preferably a short string. -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:254 msgid "unplugged" msgstr "distchôkî" #. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:259 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:260 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Nén cnoxhou" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:287 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Apontiaedje schapé comifåt" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293 msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Apontiaedje DNS schapé comifåt" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:295 msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Apontiaedje DSL schapé comifåt" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297 msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Apontiaedje des lodjoes schapé comifåt" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301 msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Apontiaedje del RDIS schapé comifåt" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305 msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Apontiaedje del cwåte rantoele schapé comifåt" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309 msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Apontiaedje del houcrece schapé comifåt" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Apontiaedje do procsi schapé comifåt" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317 msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Apontiaedje di l' ahesseu schapé comifåt" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Apontiaedje do routaedje schapé comifåt" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:330 msgid "Configure mail now?" msgstr "Apontyî l' emile sol côp?" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:335 msgid "Run configuration of %1?" msgstr "Enonder l' apontiaedje di %1?" +#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service +#. +#. see bnc#433084 +#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup +#. +#. returns true if items were disabled +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008 +msgid "" +"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" +"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." +msgstr "" + #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:682 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "Cwåtes rantoele" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:686 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1071 msgid "Modems" msgstr "Modems" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:690 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1075 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "Cwåtes RDIS" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1079 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "Éndjins DSL" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:700 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1084 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "Tos ls éndjins rantoele" -#. Check if we're running in "normal" stage with NM -#. see bnc#433084 -#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1100 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" -#| "cannot be edited by YaST.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "To edit the settings, use NetworkManager connection editor, or\n" -#| "switch the network setup method to Traditional method with ifup." -msgid "" -"Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" -"cannot be edited by YaST.\n" -"\n" -"To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n" -"switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n" -msgstr "" -"Li rantoele est controlêye pol moumint pal ManaedjeuRantoele eyet ses tchuzes\n" -"ni savèt nén esse apontieyes pa YaST.\n" -"\n" -"Po candjî les apontiaedjes, siervoz vs di l' aspougneu di raloyaedje do ManaedjeuRantoele\n" -"oudonbén passez al metôde d' apontiaedje del rantoele Tradicionele avou ifup." - #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93 @@ -3733,7 +3734,7 @@ #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:417 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "Li pontea prémetou n' est nén valåbe." @@ -3945,14 +3946,42 @@ msgid "Set &MTU" msgstr "Defini &MTU" +#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Services" +msgid "NetworkManager Service" +msgstr "Siervices di rantoele" + +#. ifup is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Traditional Chinese" +msgid "Traditional ifup" +msgstr "Tradicionel Chinwès" + +#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add &Service" +msgid "Wicked Service" +msgstr "Radjouter on &siervice" + +#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Services" +msgid "Network Services Disabled" +msgstr "Siervices di rantoele" + #. Store the NetworkManager widget #. @param [String] key id of the widget #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:336 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355 msgid "Applet needed" msgstr "I fåt renonder l' aplikete" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" @@ -3967,50 +3996,35 @@ "(knetworkmanager / KManaedjeuRantoele po KDE eyet nm-applet po GNOME).\n" "Waitîz bén k' il overe eyet si nén, enondez l' al mwin." -#. radio button label -#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager -#. program -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 -msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" -msgstr "&Uzeu controlé pal ManaedjeuRantoele (NetworkManager)" - -#. radio button label -#. ifup is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:365 -msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" -msgstr "Metode &tradicionele avou ifup" - -#. radio button label -#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371 -msgid "Controlled by &wicked" -msgstr "" +msgid "General Network Settings" +msgstr "Tchuzes djeneråles del rantoele" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:410 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "Tchuzes do protocole IPv6" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:825 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "Mete en alaedje IPv6" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:428 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Éndjin nén cnoxhou" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "Adresse DHCP" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:445 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "Pont d' adresse IP dinêye" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:448 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" @@ -4019,12 +4033,12 @@ "%2 - %3" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:503 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "&Candjî d' éndjin" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "Tchoezi l' éndjin rantoele" @@ -4042,106 +4056,102 @@ msgstr "A cåze d' ene rantoele avou pontea, YaST2 a dandjî d' renonder l' rantoele po mete en ouve les apontiaedjes." #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Name" -msgid "Device name:" +msgid "Device Name:" msgstr "No d' l' éndjin" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103 -msgid "Base udev rule on" +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101 +msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "" #. make sure there is enough space (#367239) -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:110 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP address: %1/%2" msgid "MAC address: %s" msgstr "Adresse IP: %1%2" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:116 msgid "BusID: %s" msgstr "" -#. Checks if given name can be accepted as nic's new one. -#. -#. Pops up an explanation if the name is invalid -#. -#. @return [boolean] false if name is invalid -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:154 +#. check if the name is assigned to another device already +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:153 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration name already exists!" msgid "Configuration name already exists." msgstr "Li no di l' apontiaedje egzistêye dedja." -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:158 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:157 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Sound card configuration module." msgid "Invalid configuration name." msgstr "Module d' apontiaedje del cwåte son." #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:371 msgid "Write hostname" msgstr "Sicrire li no d' lodjoe" #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:400 src/modules/Lan.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:535 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "Mete a djoû l' apontiaedje" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:402 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:375 msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "Meta a djoû /etc/resolv.conf" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:406 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" msgstr "Schapaedje di l' apontiaedje do no do lodjoe eyet do DNS" #. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) #. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:415 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:388 msgid "Writing hostname..." msgstr "Dji scrît l' no do lodjoe..." #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:429 src/modules/Lan.rb:640 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:405 src/modules/Lan.rb:630 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "Dji mete a djoû l' apontiaedje..." #. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) #. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:440 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:416 msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..." msgstr "Dji mete a djoû /etc/resolv.conf ..." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:533 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "No do lodjoe" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:563 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:539 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "No do lodjoe: %1" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:571 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:547 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "Li no do lodjoe n' serè nén scrît dins /etc/hosts" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:593 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:569 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "Sierveus di nos: %1" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:603 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:579 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "Djivêye di cweraedje: %1" @@ -4160,64 +4170,64 @@ msgstr "Dji met a djoû /etc/hosts..." #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "Inicialijhaedje di l' apontiaedje del rantoele" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "Trover les éndjins rantoele" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "Lére les pondants et les djondants do mineu" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "Lére l' apontiaedje di l' éndjin" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "Lére l' apontiaedje del rantoele" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Lére les tchuzes do côpe-feu" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Lére li no do lodjoe eyet l' apontiaedje do DNS" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "Lére les pondants et les djondants di l' astalaedje" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:302 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "Lére l' apontiaedje do routaedje" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "Trover l' sitatut do moumint" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:318 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Detecting for ndiswrapper..." msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "Dji trove si gn a ndiswrapper..." #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "There is a ndiswrapper configuration detected,\n" @@ -4232,7 +4242,7 @@ "l' module do nawea n' a nén stî passé pa « modprobe ».\n" "Voloz fé « modprobe » po ndiswrapper ?\n" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:345 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "ndiswrapper kernel module wasn't loaded.\n" @@ -4245,243 +4255,249 @@ "Verifyîz l' apontiaedje al mwin." #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "Dji cache après des éndjins d' rantoele..." #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "Dji lé l' apontiaedje di l' éndjin..." #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:373 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "Dji lé l' apontiaedje del rantoele..." #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:382 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Dji lé les tchuzes do côpe-feu..." #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Dji lé l' no do lodjoe eyet l' apontiaedje do DNS..." #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:397 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "Dji lé les pondants et les djondants di l' astalaedje..." #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:403 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "Dji lé l' apontiaedje do routaedje..." #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:409 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "Dji cache après l' sitatut do moumint..." #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:415 src/modules/Lan.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fini" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 #, fuzzy #| msgid "To apply this change a reboot is needed." msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "Po mete en ouve ci candjmint, i fåt renonder l' éndjole." #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "Schapaedje di l' apontiaedje del rantoele" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "Sicrire les pondants et les djondants des mineus" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "Sicrire l' apontiaedje di l' éndjin" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "Sicrire l' apontiaedje del rantoele" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "Sicrire l' apontiaedje do routaedje" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Sicrire l' no do lodjoe eyet l' apontiaedje do DNS" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "Mete a pont les siervices del rantoele" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 src/modules/Remote.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:289 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Sicrire les tchuzes do côpe-feu" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "Dispierter les siervices del rantoele" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "Dji scrî /etc/modprobe.conf..." #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "Dji scrî l' apontiaedje di l' éndjin..." #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:573 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "Dji scrî l' apontiaedje del rantoele..." #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:579 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "Dji scrî l' apontiaedje do routaedje..." #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Dji scrî l' no do lodjoe eyet l' apontiaedje do DNS..." #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "Dji met a pont les siervices del rantoele..." #. Progress step 8 -#. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:608 src/modules/Remote.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:303 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Dji scrî les tchuzes do côpe-feu..." #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "Dji dispiete les siervices del rantoele..." -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647 msgid "No network running" msgstr "Nole rantoele ovrante" +#. Import data +#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgstr "" + #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "Môde di rantoele" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "Eterfaces controlés pal ManaedjeuRantoele" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "Dismete li ManaedjeuRantoele" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "Metaedje a pont tradicionel del rantoele avou NetControl - ifup" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:811 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "Mete en alaedje li ManaedjeuRantoele" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:817 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "Li sopoirt pol protocole IPv6 est en alaedje" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:819 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "Essocter IPv6" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:823 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "Li sopoirt pol protocole IPv6 est essocté" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:181 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Not connected" msgid "connected" msgstr "Nén raloyî" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:196 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1190 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1194 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1251 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1255 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1259 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "Enondé otomaticmint a l' enondaedje sistinme" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1202 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "Enondé otomaticmint å raloyaedje do cåbe" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1206 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1267 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "Manaedjî pal ManaedjeuRantoele" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1210 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "Èn srè nén enondé do tot" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1215 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "Enondé al mwin" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "Adresse IP aroyeye e s' siervant di" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1292 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP address: %1/%2" msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "Adresse IP: %1%2" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1295 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP address: %1, subnet mask %2" msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" @@ -4490,48 +4506,48 @@ #. FIXME: #. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1326 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "Nén apontyî" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Name: %1" msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "No di l' éndjin: %1" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bond slaves" msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "Vårlets Bond" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1322 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1383 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Ending Banner" msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "&Fini l' banire" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1398 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "Nén raloyî" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1336 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "Pont d' hwinfo" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "Dji n' a sepou apontyî l' cwåte rantoele a cåze ki l' éndjin do nawea (eth0, wlan0) n' est nén la. C' est dandjureus a cåze k' i manke on li firmware (po des éndjins wlan). Alez vey li rexhowe dmesg po ndè saveur di pus." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1362 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" @@ -4543,44 +4559,59 @@ "L' éndjin n' est nén apontyî. Tchôkîz Candjî\n" "pos apontyî.\n" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "Firmware ki dj' a dandjî" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "unknown" msgstr "nén cnoxhou" +#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before +#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled." +msgid "" +"Package %{package} is not installed\n" +"firewall settings will be disabled." +msgstr "Li pacaedje SuSEfirewell2 n' est nén astalé, li meur disconte feu serè dismetou." + #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:291 msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "Apontyî l' manaedjeu d' håynaedje" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "Renonder les siervices" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:299 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "Dji schape l' apontiaedje di manaedjmint då lon" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:308 msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "Dj' aponteye l' manaedjeu d' håynaedje..." +#. Enable xinetd +#. Enable XDM +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:327 src/modules/Remote.rb:335 +msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "" + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:359 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "Dji renonde li siervice..." -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:415 +#. description in proposal +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "Li manaedjmint då lon est en alaedje." -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "Li manaedjmint då lon est essocté." @@ -4634,21 +4665,52 @@ msgstr "Redjiblaedje d' IP:" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:82 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:121 msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" msgstr "Redjon aroyeye otomaticmint" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:123 msgid "Firewall Disabled" msgstr "Côpe-feu essocté" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:96 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135 msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "(Nén waerantî)" #, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" +#~| "cannot be edited by YaST.\n" +#~| "\n" +#~| "To edit the settings, use NetworkManager connection editor, or\n" +#~| "switch the network setup method to Traditional method with ifup." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" +#~ "cannot be edited by YaST.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n" +#~ "switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Li rantoele est controlêye pol moumint pal ManaedjeuRantoele eyet ses tchuzes\n" +#~ "ni savèt nén esse apontieyes pa YaST.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Po candjî les apontiaedjes, siervoz vs di l' aspougneu di raloyaedje do ManaedjeuRantoele\n" +#~ "oudonbén passez al metôde d' apontiaedje del rantoele Tradicionele avou ifup." + +#~ msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" +#~ msgstr "&Uzeu controlé pal ManaedjeuRantoele (NetworkManager)" + +#~ msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" +#~ msgstr "Metode &tradicionele avou ifup" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Device Name" +#~ msgid "Device name:" +#~ msgstr "No d' l' éndjin" + +#, fuzzy #~| msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">disable and close</a>)" #~ msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" #~ msgstr "Li siervice SSH serè metou èn alaedje, li pôrt SSH serè drovou (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">essocter eyet clôre</a>)" @@ -4658,9 +4720,6 @@ #~ msgid "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">enable and open</a>)" #~ msgstr "Li siervice SSH serè essocté, li pôrt SSH serè eclawé (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">mete èn alaedje eyet drovi</a>)" -#~ msgid "General Network Settings" -#~ msgstr "Tchuzes djeneråles del rantoele" - #~ msgid "General &Network Settings" #~ msgstr "Tchuzes djeneråles del &rantoele" @@ -5128,9 +5187,6 @@ #~ msgid "Add &Provider to Existing Interface" #~ msgstr "Radjouter &ahesseu a l' eterface egzistant" -#~ msgid "Network Services" -#~ msgstr "Siervices di rantoele" - #~ msgid "S&kip" #~ msgstr "&Passer" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/nfs.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/nfs.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/nfs.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-30 18:14+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/nfs_server.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/nfs_server.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/nfs_server.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs_server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-30 18:14+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon\n" @@ -88,30 +88,30 @@ msgstr "Oyi Nonna NFS" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS server is enabled" msgstr "NFS en alaedje" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS server is disabled" msgstr "NFS dismetou" #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "" #. error #. error -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 #, fuzzy msgid "No mount point specified." msgstr "Nonna." -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 msgid "" "The exports table already\n" "contains this directory." @@ -120,12 +120,12 @@ #. CLI action handler. #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 #, fuzzy msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." msgstr "Dominne." -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 #, fuzzy msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." msgstr "Comande dins." @@ -182,38 +182,29 @@ msgstr "dins dins." #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 #, fuzzy msgid "&Directory to Export" msgstr "Eberweter" #. button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "&Foyter..." -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." msgstr "vude" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 #, fuzzy msgid "The exports table already contains this directory." msgstr "contént." -#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" -"with spaces in their names.\n" -"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." -msgstr "NFS dins." - #. the dir does not exist -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 #, fuzzy msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "" @@ -221,19 +212,19 @@ "L' askepyî?" #. title in the file selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 #, fuzzy msgid "Select the Directory to Export" msgstr "Tchoezi Eberweter" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 #, fuzzy msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "Lodjoe Cåte" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 #, fuzzy msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "Tchuzes" @@ -241,7 +232,7 @@ #. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue #. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). #. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 #, fuzzy msgid "" "'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n" @@ -249,7 +240,7 @@ msgstr "en alaedje" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Options for this wild card\n" @@ -258,12 +249,12 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." msgstr "" #. Help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" @@ -271,14 +262,14 @@ msgstr " NFS metou" #. Help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you choose Start NFS Server, clicking Next opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export." msgstr " Ataker NFS Sierveu Shuvant dins" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" @@ -287,7 +278,7 @@ msgstr " a dandjî d' Mete en alaedje no dins oudonbén eyet" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" @@ -295,51 +286,51 @@ msgstr " eyet Mete en alaedje Såvrité eyet metou" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "Sierveu NFS" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 #, fuzzy msgid "&Start" msgstr "&Evoye" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "Do &Not Start" msgstr "Ni nén astaler" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "Mete en alaedje" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable NFS&v4" msgstr "Mete en alaedje" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" msgstr "no:" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "&Såvrité" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "NFS Sierveu Apontiaedje" #. Help, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" @@ -348,7 +339,7 @@ msgstr " contént tot" #. Help, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" @@ -356,74 +347,68 @@ "IP networks.\n" msgstr " Lodjoe Cåte oudonbén" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536 +#. Help, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." msgstr "<tt></tt> tot" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." -msgstr " vude tot" - #. Help, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.\n" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 #, fuzzy msgid "Add &Directory" msgstr "Ra&djouter" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Candjî" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "Dis&facer" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 #, fuzzy msgid "Host Wild Card" msgstr "Lodjoe Cåte" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 msgid "Options" msgstr "Tchuzes" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 #, fuzzy msgid "Add &Host" msgstr "Radjouter Lodjoe" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "&Candjî" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "Dis&facer" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 #, fuzzy msgid "Directories to Export" msgstr "Eberweter" #. not fatal - write other dirs. -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:182 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Unable to create a missing directory:\n" @@ -431,7 +416,7 @@ msgstr "1" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:194 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -439,84 +424,68 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:216 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "NFS Sierveu Apontiaedje" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:221 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 #, fuzzy msgid "Save /etc/exports" msgstr "Schaper" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:223 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart services" msgstr "Rataker" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:227 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 msgid "Saving /etc/exports..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 msgid "Restarting services..." msgstr "" #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:231 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "Finwès" #. help text -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." msgstr "NFS." #. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:253 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:302 -msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:308 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Unable to install the boot loader." -msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." -msgstr "Dji n' a sepou astaler l' tcherdjeu d' enondaedje sistinme." - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:315 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Unable to install the boot loader." -msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." -msgstr "Dji n' a sepou astaler l' tcherdjeu d' enondaedje sistinme." - #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:326 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." msgstr "eyet." -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:335 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unable to install the boot loader." msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." msgstr "Dji n' a sepou astaler l' tcherdjeu d' enondaedje sistinme." -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:343 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:361 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" @@ -524,17 +493,38 @@ msgstr "NFS" #. summary header; directories exported by NFS -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:384 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS Exports" msgstr "NFS" #. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:402 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" +#~ "with spaces in their names.\n" +#~ "Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." +#~ msgstr "NFS dins." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." +#~ msgstr " vude tot" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Unable to install the boot loader." +#~ msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." +#~ msgstr "Dji n' a sepou astaler l' tcherdjeu d' enondaedje sistinme." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Unable to install the boot loader." +#~ msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." +#~ msgstr "Dji n' a sepou astaler l' tcherdjeu d' enondaedje sistinme." + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Directories" #~ msgstr "Fitchî ridant: " Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/nis.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/nis.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/nis.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-30 18:14+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/nis_server.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/nis_server.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/nis_server.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis_server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-30 18:14+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon\n" @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ #. To translators: checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:100 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 #, fuzzy msgid "This host is also a NIS &client" msgstr "NIS" @@ -431,25 +431,31 @@ msgstr "NIS Sierveu Cweri" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:64 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." msgstr " NIS eyet IP oudonbén no NIS" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:71 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 #, fuzzy msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." msgstr " NIS" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:84 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 #, fuzzy -msgid "N&IS domain name:" -msgstr "NIS no:" +msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" +msgstr "NIS &Dominne No" +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +msgid "NIS &Master Server:" +msgstr "NIS Sierveu " + #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:111 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 #, fuzzy msgid "Slave Server Setup" msgstr "Sierveu" @@ -971,6 +977,10 @@ msgstr "NIS." #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "N&IS domain name:" +#~ msgstr "NIS no:" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "NIS &master server:" #~ msgstr "NIS:" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/ntp-client.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/ntp-client.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/ntp-client.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ntp-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-08 16:50+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)tele2allin.be>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <linux-wa(a)walon.org>\n" @@ -53,24 +53,23 @@ msgstr "No d' lodjoe do sierveu NTP %1 nén valide" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:239 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 #, fuzzy msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "Adresse do sierveu NTP" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:249 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 #, fuzzy msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "Rataker" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:258 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 #, fuzzy msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "Apontiaedje" -#. try to line up the widgets horizontally #. push button label #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 #, fuzzy @@ -84,7 +83,7 @@ msgstr "&Apontyî..." #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:388 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" @@ -92,15 +91,25 @@ msgstr "dins." #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:399 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398 #, fuzzy msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "Dji sincronijhe avou l' sierveu NTP" +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Type of Connection to the CUPS Server" +msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." +msgstr "Sôre di raloyaedje å sierveu CUPS" + #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:481 -msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 +msgid "" +"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" +"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" +"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgstr "" #. local clock type name @@ -665,10 +674,13 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" +" You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "<big> Ataker</big> " #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:42 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" @@ -679,7 +691,7 @@ "<big></big> dins\n" " dins dins eyet ricomandé" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" "By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" @@ -688,7 +700,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" @@ -701,7 +713,7 @@ " Apontyî" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" @@ -712,7 +724,7 @@ msgstr "<big> Sierveus</big> eyet eyet Candjî A Radjouter A eyet Disfacer" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:71 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Display Log</big>\n" @@ -720,7 +732,7 @@ msgstr "<big> Håynaedje Djournå</big> dins metou Håynaedje Djournå" #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" @@ -729,7 +741,7 @@ msgstr "<big> Sipepieus</big> oudonbén Sipepieus Apontiaedje." #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Clock Type</big> \n" @@ -737,7 +749,7 @@ msgstr "<big> Ôrlodje Sôre</big> " #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Unit Number</big> \n" @@ -748,7 +760,7 @@ " Unité Nombe" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" @@ -763,7 +775,7 @@ " eyet Éndjin A hårdêye oudonbén" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" @@ -771,7 +783,7 @@ msgstr "<big> Mineu Calibraedje</big> Mineu Calibraedje" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" @@ -781,7 +793,7 @@ msgstr "<big> Adresse Sierveu</big> Adresse oudonbén Daegntoele" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" @@ -791,7 +803,7 @@ msgstr "<big> Sierveu</big> dins Tchoezi eyet Locå Sierveu eyet Publik Sierveu" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" @@ -800,7 +812,7 @@ msgstr "<big> Sierveu Accessibilité</big> eyet Sayî" #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" @@ -809,7 +821,7 @@ msgstr "<big> Adresse</big> Adresse" #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" @@ -818,7 +830,7 @@ msgstr "<big> Adresse</big> Adresse" #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" @@ -830,7 +842,7 @@ #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:145 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" @@ -842,7 +854,7 @@ " Tchuzes\n" "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" @@ -854,7 +866,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:161 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" @@ -862,7 +874,7 @@ msgstr "<big> Sôre</big> " #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" @@ -870,7 +882,7 @@ msgstr " A Sierveu" #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" @@ -880,7 +892,7 @@ "" #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" @@ -888,7 +900,7 @@ msgstr " A Radio Ôrlodje" #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" @@ -898,7 +910,7 @@ "" #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" @@ -906,7 +918,7 @@ msgstr " A metou" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Server Location</big>\n" @@ -915,7 +927,7 @@ msgstr "<big> Sierveu Plaece</big> dins oudonbén" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" @@ -926,7 +938,7 @@ msgstr "<big> Sierveu dins Locå</big> dins Plaece Cachî après" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:199 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" @@ -935,7 +947,7 @@ msgstr "<big> Publik Sierveu</big> Publik Sierveus A dins Payis" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:205 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Note</big> \n" @@ -949,7 +961,7 @@ msgstr "<big> Note</big> oudonbén Daegntoele eyet ricomandéhttp://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" @@ -958,7 +970,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" @@ -969,7 +981,7 @@ msgstr "<big> Si siervi di A l' astcheyance Sierveus</big> DNS" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:235 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" @@ -979,7 +991,7 @@ msgstr "<big> Ôrlodje Mineu Calibraedje</big> xxx depends metou tot" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:242 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" @@ -1363,132 +1375,135 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step -#. error report +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:594 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:906 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "Finwès" #. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "Cliyint Apontiaedje" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 #, fuzzy msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "Sicrire" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:747 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "Rataker" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:751 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Dji scrît les tchuzes..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "Verifyî l' apontiaedje ldap" #. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:876 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:970 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:976 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:982 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985 #, fuzzy msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "Sierveus 1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:986 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989 #, fuzzy msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "Radio Ôrlodjes 1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:990 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993 #, fuzzy msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:994 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997 #, fuzzy msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001 #, fuzzy msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "Accepter 1" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017 #, fuzzy msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "Dj' ahive l' apontiaedje otomatike..." #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 #, fuzzy msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "Apontiaedje otomatike..." #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024 #, fuzzy msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "Racourti di l' apontiaedje del soris." #. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "" #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087 #, fuzzy msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "Sierveu eyet." #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091 #, fuzzy msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "Sierveu oudonbén." #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/oneclickinstall.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/oneclickinstall.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/oneclickinstall.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-08-19 14:18+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)base.be>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <linux-wa(a)walon.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/online-update-configuration.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/online-update-configuration.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/online-update-configuration.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-02-16 12:54+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Djan Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/online-update.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/online-update.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/online-update.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: online-update.wa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-08-19 14:19+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)base.be>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <linux-wa(a)walon.org>\n" @@ -117,8 +117,8 @@ msgid "Initializing Online Update" msgstr "Inicialijhaedje des metaedjes a djoû so fyis" -#. yes/no message -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:204 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 msgid "" "No update repository\n" "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" @@ -126,6 +126,13 @@ "Nou depot di metaedje a djoû\n" "n' est co apontyî. Enonder l' apontiaedje asteure?" +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not configured yet." +msgid "No update repository configured yet." +msgstr "Nén co apontyî." + #. progress window label #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 msgid "Progress Log" Added: trunk/yast/wa/po/opensuse_mirror.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/opensuse_mirror.wa.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/opensuse_mirror.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +# Translation into the walloon language. +# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Pablo Saratxaga <pablo(a)walon.org>, 2001, 2004. +# Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>, 2007. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: yast memory\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-04-05 17:37+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Walloon <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Directory" +msgstr "Ridant" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "Aroke" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "Oyi" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "no" +msgstr "Nonna" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "&Mirror" +msgstr "Aroke" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145 +msgid "&Do not Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select or Deselect &All" +msgid "Select/Deselect &All" +msgstr "Tchoezi ou distchoezi &totafwait" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/packager.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/packager.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/packager.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager.wa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-02-19 15:35+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <linux(a)walon.org>\n" @@ -177,6 +177,19 @@ msgid "&Text Mode" msgstr "Môde &tecse" +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Check for latest updates failed. View\n" +#| "the logs for details.\n" +msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." +msgstr "Li cachaedje après les dierins metaedjes a djoû a fwait berwete. Alez vey les djournås po ndè saveur di pus.\n" + #. dialog heading #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 msgid "Copy Installation Media" @@ -551,7 +564,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:668 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicialijhaedje..." @@ -624,7 +637,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "URL : %1" @@ -876,7 +889,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1200 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Totafwait :" @@ -884,7 +897,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Sayî co on côp?" @@ -1271,7 +1284,7 @@ msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "&Ataker l' verifiaedje" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:694 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "Fé r&exhe" @@ -1532,7 +1545,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1195 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1574,38 +1587,38 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:502 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:604 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:582 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:773 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "Åk n' a nén stî come dj' aprestéve li sistinme d' astalaedje." #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:639 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "Dji n' a nén trové l' fitchî %1 sol media." #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1235 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1399 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "Dji n' mi sai siervi d' prodûts d' rawete." #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1286 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1, URL : %2" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "URL : %1, Tchimin : %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "Prodûts di pus" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The installation repository contains also the listed additional repositories.\n" @@ -1617,38 +1630,38 @@ "I gn a ossu e depot d' astalaedje les depots di pus metou el djivêye.\n" "Tchoezixhoz les cis k' vos vloz eployî." -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "Prodûts d' pus a tchoezi" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1357 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Radjouter &prodûts d' tchoezis" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Stitchîz l' plake CD d' prodût d' rawete" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the first installation medium." msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Sititchîz l' prumî media d' astalaedje." #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "Dji n' sai radjouter l' prodût %1." #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1737 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1743 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Prodût nén cnoxhou" @@ -1706,7 +1719,7 @@ msgstr "Astalaedje abandné." #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:35 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "Media %1" @@ -1714,13 +1727,13 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 msgid ">%1" msgstr ">%1" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:255 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:270 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 msgid "Done." msgstr "Fwait." @@ -1728,21 +1741,21 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:295 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" msgstr "Shuvant : %1 -- %2" #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:312 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 msgid "Next: %1" msgstr "Shuvant : %1" #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924 msgid "Total" msgstr "Totå" @@ -1751,152 +1764,195 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1168 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1421 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "Dj' aberwete %1 (grandeu d' aberwetaedje : %2)" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081 msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr " (I dmeure : %1%2 pacaedjes)" #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114 msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "Dj' aberwete les pacaedjes..." #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117 msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr " (%1 pacaedjes d' aberwetés so %2)" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "Dji disface %1" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "Dj' astale %1 (grandeu d' astalaedje : %2)" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1456 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Dji mete en ouve li delta RPM: %1" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system. However, you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "Vosse copiutrece est on sistinme 64 bites x86-64. Mins nerén, vos sayîz d' astaler ene distribucion 32 bites." #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:341 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "Propôzicion di programes" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:358 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "Prodût : %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:372 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "Sôre di sistinme : %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:383 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387 msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "Modeles : " #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "Grandeu des pacaedjes as astaler : %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "Dj' aberwete dåzès depots so fyis : %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472 #, fuzzy #| msgid "These Add-On products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "Ces prodûts d' rawet on stî marké po l' oto-disfaçaedje : %1" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:492 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please, contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new the installation media." msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "Arinnez les vindeus di ces rawetes, s' i vs plait, po vs diner les noveas medias d' astalaedje." #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please, contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with the new installation media." msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "Arinnez l' vindeu di cisse rawete, s' i vs plait, po vs diner l' novea media d' astalaedje." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:537 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "Aroke : Dji n' sai verifyî l' espåce di libe e ridant d' båze %1 (éndjin %2), dji n' sai ataker l' astalaedje." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "Asteme : Dji n' sai vey s' i gn a del plaece assez e ridant %1 (édnjin %2)." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "Pont d' plaece sol plake assez." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "Pont d' plaece sol plake assez. Oistez des pacaedjes ezès tchoezixhant onk pa onk." #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "Ki %1 (%2%%) d' plaece disponibe sol pårticion %3. " +#. newly installed products +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696 +msgid "New product %s will be installed" +msgstr "" + +#. product update: %s is a product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1 packages will be updated" +msgid "Product %s will be updated" +msgstr "%1 pacaedjes seront metou a djoû" + +#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708 +msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715 +msgid "Product %s will stay installed" +msgstr "" + +#. Removing another product might be an issue +#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725 +msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726 +msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752 +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" +"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" +"</li></ul></li></ul>" +msgstr "" + #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1216 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "Nou depot d' trové so « %1 »." #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n" @@ -1914,31 +1970,31 @@ "des notes di modêye a pårti do sierveu SUSE Linux Web." #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1516 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "Dji met ddins l' media enondé..." #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "Li metaedje didins do depot di paket d' siervice a fwait berwete." #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1571 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "Inicialijhaedje des depots..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1803 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "Sititchî plake lazer 1 di %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1805 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "Plake lazer 1 di %1 nén trovêye" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1915 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -1947,7 +2003,7 @@ "Waitîz l' fitchî djournå %1 po ndè sawè dpus." #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2176 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." @@ -1956,12 +2012,12 @@ "Li propôzicion di programes va co on côp esse houkeye." #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2194 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "Dji préjhe li tchoes des pacaedjes..." #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2469 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1970,34 +2026,40 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param string filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:191 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:198 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "Dji n' sai lére li fitchî di licince %1" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:192 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:334 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Lingaedje" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 -msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" -msgstr "&Oyi, dji so d' acoird avou l' acoird di licince" +#. check box label +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." +msgstr "Dji so d' &acoird avou l' acoird di licince" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:399 +#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "N&o, I Do Not Agree" -msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" -msgstr "&Nonna, dji so nén d' acoird" +#| msgid "" +#| "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" +#| "on the first media in the file %1" +msgid "" +"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" +"%{license_url}" +msgstr "" +"Si vs voloz imprimez cisse EULA, vos l' poloz trover\n" +"sol prumî media e fitchî %1" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:439 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %1" @@ -2006,7 +2068,7 @@ "sol prumî media e fitchî %1" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:455 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -2016,19 +2078,19 @@ "ene des tchuzes k' i gn a. Si vs n' estoz nén d' acoird avou l' acoird di licince\n" "l' apontiaedje serè abandné.\n" +#. dialog title #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:467 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Acoird di licince" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "Vormint abandner l' astalaedje do prodût d' rawete ?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -2037,7 +2099,7 @@ "Rifuzer l' acoird podbon ?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1120 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -2046,7 +2108,7 @@ "prodût d' rawete. Rifuzer l' acoird podbon ?" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1137 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "Li sistinme si distind..." @@ -2133,72 +2195,77 @@ #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34 +msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "Dire l' &URL..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "&FTP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "&HTTP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "HTT&PS..." #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719 msgid "&SMB/CIFS" msgstr "&SMB/CIFS" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 msgid "&NFS..." msgstr "&NFS..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "&CD..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "&DVD..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "&Deure plake..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "Wårdaedje di masse &USB (clé USB, plake)..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "Ridant &coinrece..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "Imådje ISO &coinrece..." #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60 msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "&Aberweter les fitchîs d' discrijhaedje des depots" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:106 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." @@ -2207,7 +2274,7 @@ "do media, purdoz Imådje ISO" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:111 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" @@ -2215,88 +2282,88 @@ msgstr " metou media" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "No do &sierveu" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "&Tchimin viè l' ridant ou l' imådje ISO" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "Imådje &ISO" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "Protocole N&FS v4" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Tchuzes di montaedje" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:148 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156 #, fuzzy #| msgid " (default)" msgid "(default)" msgstr " (prémetou)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "URL do depot" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "Pr&otocole" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "&URL do depot" #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "URL do depot" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:195 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "Sierveu NFS" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:199 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "Media CD ou DVD" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Deure plake" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "Clé ou plake USB" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:880 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "Ridant coinrece" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "Imådje ISO coinrece" @@ -2305,24 +2372,24 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "Sierveu eyet ridant" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:432 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "Li no do depot n' pout nén esse vude." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:444 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "No do &depot" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:459 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" @@ -2330,12 +2397,12 @@ msgstr "<big> Depot URL</big> URL URL" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "No do &siervice" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" @@ -2343,17 +2410,17 @@ msgstr "<big> Depot URL</big> URL URL" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:516 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "L' URL ni pout nén esse vude." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:543 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" @@ -2364,16 +2431,16 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:716 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1843 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "Candjî des pårts di l' URL" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:723 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1850 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "Candjî tote l' URL" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:735 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" @@ -2381,7 +2448,7 @@ "to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server." msgstr "<big> NFS Sierveu</big> Sierveu No eyet Tchimin oudonbén Imådje NFS no eyet metou" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:742 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2390,16 +2457,16 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "Plake &CD-ROM" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:799 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "Plake &DVD-ROM" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:804 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" @@ -2407,12 +2474,12 @@ msgstr "<big> Plake lazer (CD) oudonbén Media</big> Plake lazer (CD) oudonbén media" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "Fitchî d' imådje ISO" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:918 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" @@ -2421,7 +2488,7 @@ "oudonbén l' ridant n' egzistêye nén.\n" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:948 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" @@ -2430,7 +2497,7 @@ "oudonbén l' fitchî n' egzistêye nén.\n" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:972 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2441,17 +2508,17 @@ "L' eployî cwand minme ?\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:993 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "&Tchimin do ridant" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1259 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "Ridant avou d&jusse des RPM" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" @@ -2464,20 +2531,20 @@ " Simpe RPM" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1252 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "Éndjin d' wårdaedje di masse &USB" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1257 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 msgid "&File System" msgstr "Sistinme di &fitchî" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1258 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1325 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "Ri&dant" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1263 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" @@ -2493,7 +2560,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1273 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1340 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2501,11 +2568,11 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "&Plake" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" @@ -2520,12 +2587,12 @@ " Simpe RPM" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "&Tchimin viè l' imådje ISO" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" @@ -2534,71 +2601,71 @@ msgstr "<big> Locå Imådje</big> Tchimin Imådje" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "&No do sierveu" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1561 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Pôrt" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574 msgid "&Share" msgstr "På&rtaedjî" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "&Imådje ISO" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1582 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "&Ridant so sierveu" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "O&tintifiaedje" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "&Anonime" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "&Groupe d' ovraedje ou dominne" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "No d' &uzeu" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1619 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Sicret" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1694 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "&FTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1697 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "H&TTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "HTT&PS" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1874 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" @@ -2617,7 +2684,7 @@ " Pårtaedjî no eyet Tchimin Imådje media Imådje" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1887 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 #, fuzzy msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" @@ -2627,12 +2694,12 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1949 -msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957 +msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2067 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" @@ -2644,7 +2711,7 @@ "rantoele ou del deure plake.\n" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -2653,7 +2720,7 @@ msgstr " Plake lazer (CD) oudonbén Plake lazer (CD) oudonbén" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2086 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -2677,7 +2744,7 @@ "minme ridant.\n" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2098 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -2696,27 +2763,27 @@ "come /data1/CD1.\n" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2113 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select the media type." msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "Tchoezixhoz l' sôre di media." -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "Stitchîz l' plake CD d' prodût d' rawete" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "Stitchîz l' plake DVD d' prodût d' rawete" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "Dji n' a trové nole plake USB." #. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2332 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2726,11 +2793,17 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2551 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "Sôre di media" +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add-On Products" +msgid "Add On Product" +msgstr "Prodûts d' rawete" + #. SourceManager read dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 msgid "Initializing Available Repositories" @@ -2822,7 +2895,9 @@ msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "Depots apontyîs" -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:680 +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "&Lijheu a fé rexhe" @@ -2900,12 +2975,12 @@ "Li depot d' tchoezi n' a pont d' URL." #. progress information, %1 stands for number of services -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." msgstr "Dji ramexhnêye les informåcions di trovêyes so %1 siervices..." #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:618 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 msgid "" "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -2916,7 +2991,7 @@ "ki bloke motoit l' corwaitaedje del rantoele." #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:627 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." msgstr "Nou depot SLP n' a stî trové so vosse rantoele." @@ -2945,6 +3020,14 @@ msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "Distchoezixhoz des pacaedjes s' i vs plait." +#~ msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +#~ msgstr "&Oyi, dji so d' acoird avou l' acoird di licince" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "N&o, I Do Not Agree" +#~ msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" +#~ msgstr "&Nonna, dji so nén d' acoird" + #~ msgid "&USB Stick or Disk..." #~ msgstr "Clé ou plake &USB..." Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/pam.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/pam.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/pam.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pam\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-04-23 20:43+0200\n" "Last-Translator: jean <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: walon\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/pkg-bindings.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/pkg-bindings.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/pkg-bindings.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings.wa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-02-23 08:02+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Djan Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <linux-wa(a)walon.org>\n" @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ #. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) #: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 -#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:187 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 msgid "Loading the Package Manager..." msgstr "Tcherdjaedje do manaedjeu des pacaedjes..." @@ -184,6 +184,6 @@ msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "Inicialijhî l' sistinme såme" -#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:183 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 msgid "Read Installed Packages" msgstr "Lére les pacaedjes d' astalés" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/printer.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/printer.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/printer.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: printer\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-01-08 14:09+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <linux(a)walon.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/product-creator.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/product-creator.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/product-creator.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: product-creator\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-01-09 13:41+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <linux(a)walon.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/proxy.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/proxy.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/proxy.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-04-05 17:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/qt-pkg.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/qt-pkg.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/qt-pkg.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packages-qt.wa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-08-18 14:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)base.be>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <linux-wa(a)walon.org>\n" @@ -47,47 +47,47 @@ msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "&Depots" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:418 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419 msgid "S&earch" msgstr "Trov&er" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:425 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "&Mot-clés" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:434 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435 msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "Racourti d' a&stalaedje" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:519 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520 msgid "D&escription" msgstr "D&iscrijhaedje" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:532 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "&Tecnikès dnêyes" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:545 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "Aloyances" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:561 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "&Modêyes" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:579 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580 msgid "File List" msgstr "Lisse des fitchîs" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:596 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597 msgid "Change Log" msgstr "Djournå des candjmints" #. "Cancel" button #. button #0 #. text -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:623 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 @@ -97,175 +97,175 @@ msgstr "&Rinoncî" #. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:633 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&Prinde" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:676 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677 msgid "&File" msgstr "&Fitchî" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:678 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "&Aberweter..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "&Ebaguer..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:683 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "&Cwiter -- sins schaper les candjmints" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "C&witer -- schaper les candjmints" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697 msgid "&Package" msgstr "&Pacaedjes" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:736 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 #: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 msgid "All Packages" msgstr "Tos les pacaedjes" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:738 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "Mete a djoû si gn a 'ne novele modêye" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:741 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 #: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "Mete a djoû sins condicion" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:755 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756 msgid "&Patch" msgstr "&Coridjaedje" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:782 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "Apontiaed&je" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "&Depots..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785 msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "Metaedje a djoû so &fyis..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:794 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "&Aloyances" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:796 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "&Verifyî sol côp" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798 msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "Verifyî &otomaticmint" #. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:810 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811 msgid "&Options" msgstr "&Tchuzes" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:813 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814 msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "Mostrer les pacaedjes -de&vel" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823 msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "Mostrer les pacaedjes -&debuginfo/-debugsource" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:830 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831 msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "Môde di verifiaedje do &sistinme" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:835 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836 msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" msgstr "Passer &houte des pacaedjes ricomandés po les Pacaedjes dedja astalés" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:841 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "Ri&netyî cwand on disface des pacaedjes" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:845 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846 msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "&Permete li candjmint d' vindeu" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:858 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859 msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "&Rawetes" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:860 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 msgid "Show &Products" msgstr "Mostrer les &prodûts" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "Mostrer les candjmints des p&acaedjes" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863 msgid "Show &History" msgstr "Mostrer &istwere" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:870 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871 msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "Astaler tos les pacaedje -&devel ki corespondèt" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:874 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875 msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr "Astaler tos les pacaedjes -de&buginfo ki corespondèt" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:877 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878 msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr "Astaler tos les pacaedje -de&bugsource ki corespondèt" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:882 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "Ahiver on Cas d' &saye di rezoudeu d' aloyances" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:902 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903 msgid "&Help" msgstr "&Aidance" #. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out #. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc #. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:908 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "&Esplikêyes" #. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912 msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "&Simboles" #. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:914 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915 msgid "&Keys" msgstr "&Tapes" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1100 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "Totes les aloyances des pacaedjes sont bounes." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1116 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117 msgid "P&atches" msgstr "Coridj&aedjes" #. startsWith #. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1178 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179 msgid "Save Package List" msgstr "Schaper l' lisse des pacaedjes" @@ -273,56 +273,56 @@ #. parent #. Post error popup. #. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1217 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1311 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 #: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 msgid "Error" msgstr "Aroke" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219 msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr "Åk n' a nén stî come dj' ebagueu l' lisse des pacaedjes viè %1" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1230 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231 msgid "Load Package List" msgstr "Dji tchedje li lisse des pacaedjes" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313 msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr "Aroke e scrijhant l' lisse des pacaedjes a pårti d' %1" #. caption #. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1414 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "%1 pacaedjes seront metou a djoû" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "&Continue" msgstr "&Continouwer" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "&Rinoncî" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1454 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Rinoncî å candjmint</a> di pacaedjes do sistinme viè des modêyes do depot %2" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1473 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Candjî les pacaedjes do sistinme</a> viè les modêyes di c' depot ci (%2)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr "Sorpacaedjes di radjoutés:" #. "OK" button #. addHStretch( hbox ); #. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1698 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 #: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 #: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/qt.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/qt.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/qt.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packages-qt.wa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-08-18 16:17+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)base.be>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <linux-wa(a)walon.org>\n" @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "Aspougneu di foye di stîle" -#: src/YQApplication.cc:640 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:643 msgid "" "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ "Discandjî les botons d' droete eyet d' hintche?" #. Popup dialog caption -#: src/YQApplication.cc:653 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:656 msgid "Unexpected Click" msgstr "Clitche nén ratindou" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/rdp.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/rdp.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/rdp.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-04-05 17:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/rear.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/rear.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/rear.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-04-05 17:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/registration.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/registration.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/registration.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration.wa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-09-14 19:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon\n" @@ -21,50 +21,98 @@ "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" #. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:34 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35 #, fuzzy msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "Code d' eredjistraedje" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:36 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37 msgid "" -"Select a server from the list or press Cancel\n" -"to use the default SUSE registration server." +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:64 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65 #, fuzzy msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "Eredjistraedje" +#. %s is the default SCC URL +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" +msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" +msgstr "Apontiaedje do inte cliyintele di Novell" + #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48 #, fuzzy msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "Code d' eredjistraedje" #. reset the user input in case an exception is raised -#. register the system -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:134 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:164 +#. nil = use the default URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:144 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:549 +#. register the base product +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "Code d' eredjistraedje" -#. TODO FIXME: still not the final text +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..." +msgid "Updating to %s ..." +msgstr "Dji met a djoû /etc/hosts..." + +#. display the registration update dialog +#. dialog title +#. dialog title +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration" +msgstr "Code d' eredjistraedje" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration name is missing." +msgid "Registration is being updated..." +msgstr "Li no d' apontiaedje manke." + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The previous registration is being updated." +msgstr "Rafrister depots d' programes" + +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275 +msgid "" +"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" +"You can manually register the system from scratch." +msgstr "" + #. label text describing the registration (1/2) #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:177 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289 msgid "" "Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/EMail from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" @@ -72,55 +120,58 @@ #. label text describing the registration (2/2), #. not displayed in installed system #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 -msgid "If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system." +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 +msgid "" +"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +"installation has completed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:196 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" msgid "Network Configuration..." msgstr "Apontiaedje do inte cliyintele di Novell" -#. make sure to revert the change if something goes wrong -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:205 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:633 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:212 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:373 -msgid "&Email" -msgstr "" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Email Address" +msgid "&E-mail Address" +msgstr "Adresse emile" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:214 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:239 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:375 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "Code d' eredjistraedje" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:218 +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332 #, fuzzy +msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +msgstr "Code d' eredjistraedje" + +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "Eredjistraedje" -#. TODO: improve the help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:226 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and add-on products." +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" -#. dialog title -#. dialog title -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:234 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:646 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:371 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration" -msgstr "Code d' eredjistraedje" - #. not set yet? -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377 msgid "" "Registration added some update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -128,58 +179,29 @@ "on-line updates during installation?" msgstr "" -#. use two column layout if needed -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:312 -msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:317 +#. cache the available addons +#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Details..." -msgid "Details" -msgstr "Detays..." +msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." +msgstr "Code d' eredjistraedje" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:320 -msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" -msgstr "" - -#. popup message, %s are product names -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Automatically selecting '%s'\n" -"dependencies:\n" -"\n" -"%s" -msgstr "" - -#. check the addons requiring a reg. code -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:358 -msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s addons." -msgstr "" - #. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:411 -msgid "Extension Selection" -msgstr "" - -#. cache the available addons -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:485 -msgid "Loading Available Add-on Products and Extensions..." -msgstr "" - -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 #, fuzzy msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Code d' eredjistraedje" -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:595 -msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" -msgstr "" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Please wait, while volumes are being detected." +msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." +msgstr "Tårdjîz s' i vs plait tins k' dji detectêye les volumes." #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:610 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -191,368 +213,728 @@ msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:636 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "Register Again" msgstr "Eredjistraedje" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Your system is ready for use." +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "Vo sistinme est presse a -z eployî." + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" + #. error message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:672 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/scc.rb:42 -msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538 +msgid "" +"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" +"Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:165 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:174 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:194 -msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541 +msgid "" +"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -#. register the base product -#. register addons -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:173 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:193 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registering Product..." -msgid_plural "Registering Products..." -msgstr[0] "Code d' eredjistraedje" -msgstr[1] "Code d' eredjistraedje" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/scc.rb:44 +msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:213 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208 #, fuzzy msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "L' astalaedje a stî comifåt" -#. --------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:238 -msgid "Add-on &Name" +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243 +msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:267 -msgid "Really delete add-on '%s'?" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 +#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically +#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice +#. but better than aborting the installation... +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration Code" -msgstr "Code d' eredjistraedje" +#| msgid "Downloading Package" +msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" +msgstr "Dj' aberwete li pacaedje" -#. TODO FIXME: add a help text -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:312 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" -msgstr "Code d' eredjistraedje" +msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" +msgstr "Siervice: %1" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:349 +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49 #, fuzzy msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "Prodût" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:351 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" -"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." -msgstr " Prodût dins Novell s eyet A Prodût A Éndjolreye eyet Nén oblidjî Pondants et djondants" +#| msgid "An error occurred during the installation of" +msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "Åk n' a nén stî come dj' astaléve" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:356 -msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" -"to your SMT manual for further assistance." -msgstr "" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing autoinstallation profile..." +msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "Dji scrî l' profil d' oto-astalaedje..." -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:364 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register the Product" -msgstr "Code d' eredjistraedje" +msgid "Registration Settings" +msgstr "Dinêyes Si siervi di" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:379 -msgid "Install Available Patches from Update Repositories" -msgstr "" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Email Address" +msgid "E-mail Address: %s" +msgstr "Adresse emile" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:387 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 #, fuzzy -msgid "Server Settings" -msgstr "Tchuzes do sierveu CUPS" +#| msgid "Configuration name is missing." +msgid "Registration Code is Configured" +msgstr "Li no d' apontiaedje manke." -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:391 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 #, fuzzy -msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +#| msgid "Installed (Available)" +msgid "Install Available Updates" +msgstr "Astalé (disponibe)" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registration Server" msgstr "Code d' eredjistraedje" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:396 -msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Server URL: " +msgid "Server URL: %s" +msgstr "URL do sierveu: " + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Use SLP discovery" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:403 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 #, fuzzy -msgid "Optional Server Certificate" -msgstr "Siervice: %1" +#| msgid "&Server Certificate" +msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s" +msgstr "Acertineure do &sierveu" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:421 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register Add-ons..." +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" +msgstr "Fingerprint" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Code d' eredjistraedje" -#. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:478 -msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Current Connection" +msgid "Secure Connection Error" +msgstr "Raloyaedje do moumint" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 +msgid "Details:" +msgstr "Totafwait:" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Client Certificate" +msgid "Failed Certificate Details" +msgstr "Acertineure do &cliyint" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Issued To" msgstr "" +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61 +msgid "Common Name (CN): " +msgstr "" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63 +msgid "Organization (O): " +msgstr "" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65 +msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +msgid "Issued By" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 +msgid "Validity" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 +msgid "Issued On: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Expires: " +msgid "Expires On: " +msgstr "Espire : " + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "WARNING: The key has expired!\n" +#| "Expiry date: %1" +msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" +msgstr "" +"ADVIERTIXHMINT: Li clé est trop viye!\n" +"Date d' espiraedje: %1" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "If &Serial Number is Known" +msgid "Serial Number: " +msgstr "Sel limero d' &xhilete est cnoxhou" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "Fingerprint" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "Fingerprint" + #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:65 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Destination is invalid." -msgid "" -"The email address is not known or\n" -"the registration code is not valid." +msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "Li destinåcion n' est nén valåbe." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96 +msgid "" +"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" +"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" +"might take very long time.\n" +"\n" +"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n" +"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n" +"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n" +"the upgrade again." +msgstr "" + +#. add the hint to the error details +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration failed." +msgstr "Code d' eredjistraedje" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115 +#, fuzzy msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "Dinêyes Si siervi di" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:87 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry registration later." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:89 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration failed." -msgstr "Code d' eredjistraedje" - -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 -msgid "Secure connection error: %s" +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 +msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "" #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Details..." msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "Detays..." -#. label follwed by a certificate description -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:147 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Certificate:" -msgstr "Siervice: %1" +#. progress label +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209 +msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:151 -msgid "Issued To" +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210 +msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:154 -msgid "Issued By" +#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use +#. the original error message from openSSL +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228 +msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:157 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34 #, fuzzy -msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " -msgstr "Fingerprint" +#| msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" +msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." +msgstr "Dji schape l' apontiaedje di manaedjmint då lon" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:159 +#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze +#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM! +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8 #, fuzzy -msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " -msgstr "Fingerprint" +msgid "SSL Certificate" +msgstr "Siervice: %1" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:176 -msgid "Common Name (CN): " +#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10 +msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178 -msgid "Organization (O): " -msgstr "" - -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:180 -msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " -msgstr "" - -#. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:194 -msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195 -msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." -msgstr "" - -#. return the boot command line parameter -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 #, fuzzy -msgid "Searching..." -msgstr "Dji verifeye..." +msgid "Certificate:" +msgstr "Siervice: %1" -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." -msgstr "Code d' eredjistraedje" - #. create UI label for a base product #. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "vindeu nén cnoxhou" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "Dj' atake l' astalaedje..." #. # error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:176 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:182 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:194 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Acoird di licince" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "" -#. go back if any EULA has not been accepted, let the user deselect the -#. not accepted extension -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:65 +#. ask user to accept an addon EULA +#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon +#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "" #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85 msgid "" "Downloading the license for\n" "%s\n" "failed." msgstr "" +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "%s License Agreement" +msgstr "" + #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:93 -msgid "Extension and Module License Agreement" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37 +msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "" -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:95 -msgid "%s License Agreement" +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "" +"Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" +#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 +msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." +msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." +msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Extension and Module Selection" +msgstr "Code d' eredjistraedje" + +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" + +#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Details..." +msgid "Details" +msgstr "Detays..." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "is not available" +msgid "%s (not available)" +msgstr "n' est disponibe" + +#. check the addons requiring a reg. code +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212 +msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" +msgstr "Code d' eredjistraedje" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Device identifier" +msgid "Identifier" +msgstr "Idintifieu di l' éndjin" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Modêye" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "Årtchitecteure" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Rule Type" +msgid "Release Type" +msgstr "Sôre di rîle" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration Code" +msgstr "Code d' eredjistraedje" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." +msgid "Download Available Extensions..." +msgstr "Dj' aberwete l' astalaedje do stindaedje di lingadjaedje sistinme..." + +#. disable download on a non-registered system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" +msgid "Really delete '%s'?" +msgstr "Vormint disfacer '%1'?" + +#. replace the content +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161 +msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Version" +msgstr "&Modêye" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Architecture" +msgid "&Architecture" +msgstr "Årtchitecteure" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Rule Type" +msgid "&Release Type" +msgstr "Sôre di rîle" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +msgstr " Prodût dins Novell s eyet A Prodût A Éndjolreye eyet Nén oblidjî Pondants et djondants" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Register the Product" +msgstr "Code d' eredjistraedje" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing Available Repositories" +msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" +msgstr "Inicialijhaedje des depots k' i gn a" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Server Settings" +msgstr "Tchuzes do sierveu CUPS" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +msgstr "Code d' eredjistraedje" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123 +msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" +msgstr "Siervice: %1" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "Siervice: %1" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "none" +msgstr "nouk" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." +msgstr "Code d' eredjistraedje" + #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:26 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 #, fuzzy +msgid "Certificate has expired" +msgstr "Siervice: %1" + +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 +#, fuzzy msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "Siervice: %1" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:28 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:124 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:133 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51 #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" -#~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Credentials" -#~ msgstr "Apontiaedje do inte cliyintele di Novell" +#| msgid "Invalid time" +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "Eure nén valåbe" +#. input field label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78 #, fuzzy +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" +msgstr "Code d' eredjistraedje" + +#. return the boot command line parameter +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "Dji verifeye..." + +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +msgstr "Code d' eredjistraedje" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Registering Product..." +#~ msgid_plural "Registering Products..." +#~ msgstr[0] "Code d' eredjistraedje" +#~ msgstr[1] "Code d' eredjistraedje" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" +#~ msgstr "Code d' eredjistraedje" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Register Add-ons..." +#~ msgstr "Code d' eredjistraedje" + +#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" #~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Registration" #~ msgstr "Apontiaedje do inte cliyintele di Novell" @@ -601,10 +983,6 @@ #~ msgid "Hardware Profile" #~ msgstr "Profil d' éndjolreye" -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Registration Status" -#~ msgstr "Dinêyes Si siervi di" - #~ msgid "Optional Information" #~ msgstr "Informåcions nén oblidjeyes" @@ -845,11 +1223,6 @@ #~ msgstr "L' astalaedje a stî comifåt" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Configuration name is missing." -#~ msgid "Registration code is missing." -#~ msgstr "Li no d' apontiaedje manke." - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Registration Status at: %1" #~ msgstr "Dinêyes Si siervi di" @@ -1006,10 +1379,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Ôtes depots di programes" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The software repositories have been updated." -#~ msgstr "Rafrister depots d' programes" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Find details in the Software Repositories module." #~ msgstr "Ôtes depots di programes" @@ -1040,10 +1409,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Gn a pont d' prodût d' rawete tchoezi po l' astalaedje" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Registration server:" -#~ msgstr "Code d' eredjistraedje" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Server CA certificate location:" #~ msgstr "Siervice: %1" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/reipl.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/reipl.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/reipl.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-04-05 17:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:68 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:91 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ "and LUN '%3'.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:105 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "&Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&No" #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:175 #, fuzzy @@ -261,35 +261,35 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured reipl methods" msgstr "cawêyes apontieyes" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336 msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338 #, fuzzy msgid "The method ccw is configured." msgstr "L' éndjin n' est nén apontyî" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341 #, fuzzy msgid "The method ccw is not supported." msgstr "Li sôre di redjon %1 n' est nén sopoirtêye." -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:362 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "The method fcp is configured." msgstr "L' éndjin n' est nén apontyî" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 #, fuzzy msgid "The method fcp is not supported." msgstr "Li sôre di redjon %1 n' est nén sopoirtêye." Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/relocation-server.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/relocation-server.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/relocation-server.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-04-05 17:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/s390.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/s390.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/s390.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: s390\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-30 18:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon\n" @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ #: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:472 msgid "&Deselect All" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Distchoezi totafwait" #. error popup #. error popup Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/samba-client.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/samba-client.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/samba-client.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-30 18:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon\n" @@ -213,6 +213,19 @@ msgid "M&aximum" msgstr "" +#. require_groups +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allowed Services" +msgid "Allowed Group(s)" +msgstr "Siervices permetous" + +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Group Name" +msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" +msgstr "No d' groupe" + #. combobox label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 #, fuzzy @@ -867,7 +880,10 @@ msgstr "Dji scrît les tchuzes..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress finished +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "Finwès" @@ -875,12 +891,12 @@ #. progress stage label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673 msgid "Install required packages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Astaler les pacaedjes dimandés" #. progress step label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675 msgid "Installing required packages..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dj' astale les pacaedjes dimandés..." #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947 @@ -940,12 +956,14 @@ msgstr "Aveurixhmint Mete en alaedje" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Oyi" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106 msgid "No" msgstr "Nonna" @@ -968,71 +986,178 @@ "Try again." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 -msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" -msgstr "" +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "Inicialijhaedje Samba Cliyint Apontiaedje" +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Inicialijhaedje Samba Cliyint Apontiaedje" +msgid "Read the global Samba settings" +msgstr "Lére Samba" +#. translators: progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Read the global Samba settings" -#~ msgstr "Lére Samba" +msgid "Read the winbind status" +msgstr "Lére sitatut" +#. translators: progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Read the winbind status" -#~ msgstr "Lére sitatut" +msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." +msgstr "Samba." +#. translators: progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." -#~ msgstr "Samba." +msgid "Reading the winbind status..." +msgstr "sitatut." +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Reading the winbind status..." -#~ msgstr "sitatut." +msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "Samba Cliyint Apontiaedje" +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Scrire les tchuzes" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Disable Samba services" -#~ msgstr "Dismete Samba" +msgid "Disable Samba services" +msgstr "Dismete Samba" +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Enable Samba services" -#~ msgstr "Mete en alaedje Samba" +msgid "Enable Samba services" +msgstr "Mete en alaedje Samba" +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Dji scrît les tchuzes..." + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Disabling Samba services..." -#~ msgstr "Samba." +msgid "Disabling Samba services..." +msgstr "Samba." +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Enabling Samba services..." -#~ msgstr "Samba." +msgid "Enabling Samba services..." +msgstr "Samba." +#. write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." -#~ msgstr "Dji n' sai scrire les tchuzes." +#| msgid "Write device configuration" +msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" +msgstr "Sicrire l' apontiaedje di l' éndjin" +#. write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Global Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Globå Apontiaedje" +#| msgid "Writing Users Configuration..." +msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgstr "Dji scrî l' apontiaedje des uzeus..." +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" -#~ msgstr "oudonbén Dominne 1" +#| msgid "Cannot write settings to '%1'" +msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." +msgstr "Dji n' pout nén scrire les tchuzes so '%1'" +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" -#~ msgstr "Måjhon metou" +#| msgid "Cannot start '%1' service" +msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgstr "Dji n' pout nén enonder l' siervice '%1'" +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" -#~ msgstr "Nombe 1" +#| msgid "Cannot restart the pm-profiler daemon." +msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." +msgstr "Dji n' sai renonder l' démon pm-profiler." +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" -#~ msgstr " Aveurixhmint" +#| msgid "Cannot stop '%1' service" +msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." +msgstr "Dji n' pout nén arester l' siervice '%1'" +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870 #, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." +msgstr "Dji n' sai scrire les tchuzes." + +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "Globå Apontiaedje" + +#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "oudonbén Dominne 1" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgstr "Måjhon metou" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" +msgstr "Aveurixhmint" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" +msgstr "Nombe 1" + +#. summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "oudonbén Dominne 1" + +#. summary item: authentication using winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" +msgstr " Aveurixhmint" + +#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 +msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" +msgstr "" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "&UNC Path" #~ msgstr "&Noû coridjaedjes" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/samba-server.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/samba-server.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/samba-server.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-30 18:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/samba-users.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/samba-users.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/samba-users.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-users\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-08-18 16:18+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)base.be>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <linux-wa(a)walon.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/scanner.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/scanner.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/scanner.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: scanner\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-14 22:25+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <linux-wa(a)walon.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/security.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/security.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/security.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: security\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-30 18:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/services-manager.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/services-manager.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/services-manager.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -16,12 +16,224 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the default system settings..." +msgid "Saving default systemd target..." +msgstr "Dji lé les prémetowès tchuzes do sistinme..." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" +msgstr "" + #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default system settings" +msgid "&Default systemd target" +msgstr "Prémetowès tchuzes do sistinme" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default system settings" +msgid "Default systemd target" +msgstr "Prémetowès tchuzes do sistinme" + +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default system settings" +msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "Prémetowès tchuzes do sistinme" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the default system settings..." +msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "Dji lé les prémetowès tchuzes do sistinme..." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "A&vailable are:" +msgid "Available Targets" +msgstr "Il est &possibe d' avou pol moumint:" + +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The software proposal is reset to the default values." +msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " +msgstr "Li propôzicion di programes est rmetowe ås prémetowès valixhances." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." +msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" +msgstr "Nou pacaedje di tchoezi po l' astalaedje." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234 +msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237 +msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241 +msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248 +msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251 +msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." +msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" +msgstr "Nou pacaedje di tchoezi po l' astalaedje." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 +msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgstr "Dji scrî l' apontiaedje..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the system configuration" +msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" +msgstr "Dji scrî l' apontiaedje do sistinme" + +#. Fills the dialog contents +#. Fills the dialog contents +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default system settings" +msgid "Default System &Target" +msgstr "Prémetowès tchuzes do sistinme" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "Siervice" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "Mete en alaedje" + +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "En alaedje" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Discrijhaedje" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start-Up" +msgid "&Start/Stop" +msgstr "Enondaedje" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enab&le or Disable" +msgid "&Enable/Disable" +msgstr "Mete en &alaedje ou dismete" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 +msgid "Show &Details" +msgstr "&Totafwait l' detay" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service Name" +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "No do siervice" + +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the previous settings..." +msgid "Reading services status..." +msgstr "Dji lé les tchuzes di dvant..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "Dismete" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Active" +msgid "Inactive" +msgstr "En alaedje" + +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Active (will start)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Inactive (will stop)" +msgstr "" + +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190 +msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" +msgstr "" + +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" msgstr "" @@ -61,3 +273,79 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "" + +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default language" +msgid "Default Target" +msgstr "Prémetou lingaedje" + +#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. +#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 +msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +msgid "Not configured yet." +msgstr "Nén co apontyî." + +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state +#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " +msgstr "" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Graphical Menu File" +msgid "Graphical mode" +msgstr "Fitchî grafike di dressêye" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Text Mode" +msgid "Text mode" +msgstr "Môde tecse" + +#. Systemd targets +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Graphical interface" +msgid "Graphical Interface" +msgstr "Eterface &grafike" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Mode" +msgid "Emergency Mode" +msgstr "Tchoezi l' môde" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Switch Mode" +msgid "Switch Root" +msgstr "Mode di&scandjî" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +msgid "Initrd Default Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other System" +msgid "Multi-User System" +msgstr "Ôte sistinme" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Mode" +msgid "Rescue Mode" +msgstr "Tchoezi l' môde" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/slp-server.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/slp-server.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/slp-server.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: slp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-30 18:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/snapper.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/snapper.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/snapper.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-04-05 17:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -26,14 +26,14 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Description" msgstr "Discrijhaedje" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&User Name" msgid "User data" @@ -41,47 +41,47 @@ #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Parity Algorithm" msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "Algorite di parité" #. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modify %1" msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" msgstr "Candjî %1" #. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Space Free (%1)" msgid "Pre (%1)" msgstr "Espåce libe (%1)" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 #, fuzzy #| msgid "USB port (%1)" msgid "Post (%1)" msgstr "Pôrt USB (%1)" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create New User" msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "Ahiver on novea uzeu" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read the autofs maps" msgid "Single snapshot" @@ -89,249 +89,249 @@ #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:265 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Probe" msgid "Pre" msgstr "Sayî" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" msgstr "Vormint disfacer '%1'?" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:392 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Singapore" msgid "Single" msgstr "Singapour" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read the autofs maps" msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "Lére les mapes autofs" #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cl&ear Current Configuration" msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "Ri&netyî l' apontiaedje do moumint" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Type" msgstr "Sôre" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start &Update" msgid "Start Date" msgstr "Ataker l' &metaedje a djoû" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Time and Date" msgid "End Date" msgstr "Eure et date" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Us&er Data" msgid "User Data" msgstr "Dinêyes di l' u&zeu" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Save Changes" msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "Schaper les candjmints" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Modify" msgstr "Candjî" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:590 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Selected Devices:" msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "Éndjins tchoezis :" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:636 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Next %1: %2" msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "%1 shuvant : %2" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading packages files..." msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "Dji lé les fitchîs des pacaedjes..." #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving file system configuration..." msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "Dji schape l' apontiaedje do sistinme di fitchî..." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The device was deleted." msgid "New file was created." msgstr "L' éndjin a stî disfacé." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:764 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:775 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File %1 does not exists" msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "Li fitchî '%1' n' egzistêye nén" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Profile name not specified." msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "Li no do profil n' est nén specifyî." #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:791 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:822 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remove from Data" msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "Oister des dnêyes" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:859 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "Restore" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No Driver Selected" msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "Nou mineu di tchoezi" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:931 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:989 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1041 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1046 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1054 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Open" msgid "&Open" msgstr "Drovi" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1122 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No Driver Selected" msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "Nou mineu di tchoezi" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to delete this entry?" msgid "" @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1216 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1234 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -354,21 +354,21 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." msgid "No file was selected for restoring" msgstr "Nou pacaedje di tchoezi po l' astalaedje." #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Deselecting files..." msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "Dji distchoezi les fitchîs..." #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1277 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/sound.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/sound.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/sound.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sound.wa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-01-08 14:29+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <linux(a)walon.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/squid.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/squid.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/squid.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-04-05 17:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -1482,11 +1482,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 msgid "Afrikaans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Afrikaans" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 msgid "Arabic" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Arabe" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 msgid "Armenian" @@ -1534,7 +1534,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 msgid "Persian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Farsi" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 msgid "Finnish" @@ -1554,7 +1554,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 msgid "Indonesian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indonezyin" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 msgid "Italian" @@ -1570,7 +1570,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 msgid "Latvian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Letonyin" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 msgid "Lithuanian" @@ -1578,7 +1578,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 msgid "Malay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Malay" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 msgid "Dutch" @@ -1639,7 +1639,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 msgid "Thai" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Taylandès" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 msgid "Turkish" @@ -1652,11 +1652,11 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 msgid "Uzbek" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ouzbeke" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 msgid "Vietnamese" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vietnamyin" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 msgid "Simplified Chinese" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/sshd.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/sshd.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/sshd.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-04-05 17:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ #. Table header #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nombe" #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Sshd" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/storage.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/storage.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/storage.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-01-09 10:18+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <linux(a)walon.org>\n" @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ msgstr "&Ahiver l' apontiaedje des pårticions..." #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ #. this is the resize case #. #. this is the normal case -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Proposal type" @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ msgstr "Sôre di propôzicion" #. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ #. help text continued #. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ " eyet dins" #. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:182 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -173,15 +173,21 @@ #. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off #. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:230 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:314 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -901,7 +907,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6209 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "Propozer ene pårticion &Home a pårt" @@ -919,7 +925,7 @@ msgstr "Sôre di propôzicion" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -934,7 +940,7 @@ "Vormint s' siervi di cist apontiaedje?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:266 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You tried to mount a fat partition to one of\n" @@ -958,7 +964,7 @@ "Vormint s' siervi di cist apontiaedje la?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:279 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You tried to mount a fat partition to the\n" @@ -980,7 +986,7 @@ "Vormint s' siervi di cist apontiaedje la?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:293 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You tried to mount a fat partition to the\n" @@ -1002,7 +1008,7 @@ "Vormint s' siervi di cist apontiaedje la?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1023,7 +1029,7 @@ "Vormint s' siervi di cist apontiaedje la?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:328 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Warning:\n" @@ -1045,7 +1051,7 @@ "Vormint wårder cisse grandeu del pårticion boot?\n" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" @@ -1056,7 +1062,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:365 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" @@ -1084,7 +1090,7 @@ "Vormint s' siervi di cist apontiaedje la sins pårticion /boot?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:385 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1104,7 +1110,7 @@ "\n" "Vormint s' siervi di cist apontiaedje la?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:403 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1113,7 +1119,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:422 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1130,30 +1136,7 @@ "Vormint s' siervi di cist apontiaedje la?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:443 -msgid "" -"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" -"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" -"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" -"This does not work.\n" -"\n" -"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" -"partition for your files below /boot.\n" -"\n" -"Really use this setup?\n" -msgstr "" -"Asteme: Avou vost apontiaedje do moumint, vost astalaedje di\n" -"%1 resconterrè des rujhes a l' enondaedje a cåze ki vs n' avoz nole\n" -"pårticion « /boot » eyet k' vosse pårticion « /root » est on volume LVM lodjike.\n" -"Ça va nén aler.\n" -"\n" -"Si vos n' savoz nén vraiymint çou k' vos fjhoz, siervoz vs d' ene normåle\n" -"pårticion po vos fitchîs pa dzo /boot.\n" -"\n" -"Vormint s' siervi di cist apontiaedje la?\n" - -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:464 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" @@ -1190,7 +1173,7 @@ "Vormint s' siervi di cist apontiaedje la?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" @@ -1227,12 +1210,12 @@ "Vormint s' siervi di cist apontiaedje la?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Vormint s' siervi di cist apontiaedje la?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:517 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -1263,7 +1246,7 @@ "Vormint s' siervi di cist apontiaedje la sins pårticion swap?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -1282,7 +1265,7 @@ "sortot dins tolminmé ké di ces cas shuvants:\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1295,7 +1278,7 @@ "- sel pårticion n' a nén co d' sistinme di fitchî\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If in doubt, you might want to go back and mark this partition for\n" @@ -1311,7 +1294,7 @@ "come /, /boot, /usr, /opt, oudonbén /var.\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:553 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1322,7 +1305,7 @@ "Wårder l' pårticion nén abwesnêye po do bon?\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:608 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1331,7 +1314,7 @@ "Oistez l' do RAID divant del candjî.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:619 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1340,7 +1323,7 @@ "Oistez l' do groupe di volumes divant del candjî.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:629 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1349,7 +1332,7 @@ "Oistez l' volume divant del candjî.\n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:662 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1358,7 +1341,7 @@ "Oistez l' do RAID divant del disfacer.\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1366,14 +1349,14 @@ "L' éndjin (%2) est eployî pa %1.\n" "Oistez %1 divant del disfacer.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:685 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The disk cannot be deleted." msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "Li plake ni sait nén esse disfacêye." #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The device (%1) cannot be removed\n" @@ -1388,7 +1371,7 @@ "pårticion lodjike avou on pus hôt limero est ovrante.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" @@ -1407,7 +1390,7 @@ "Tchoezixhoz s' i vs plait Rinoncî såf si vs savoz ttafwaitmint çou k' vos fjhoz.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:815 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1422,7 +1405,7 @@ "disfacer l' sitindowe pårticion.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1437,7 +1420,7 @@ "d' disfacer l' sitindowe pårticion.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:837 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1458,15 +1441,15 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:672 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6336 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "Èn rovyîz nén çou k' vos tapez chal." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:675 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "Vude sicret permetou." @@ -1501,7 +1484,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:700 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Enter a password for your file system:" msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" @@ -1514,7 +1497,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:684 src/modules/Storage.rb:3995 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reenter the password for &verification:" msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" @@ -1544,7 +1527,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1555,7 +1538,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3959 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1977,7 +1960,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6190 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" @@ -1988,25 +1971,25 @@ msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Zone name %1 already exists." msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "Li no d' redjon %1 egzistêye dedja." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1725 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1734 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Zone name %1 already exists." msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "Li no d' redjon %1 egzistêye dedja." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1765 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -2049,7 +2032,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -2065,7 +2048,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -2081,7 +2064,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -2110,7 +2093,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:653 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2349,12 +2332,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:947 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:974 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2362,38 +2345,38 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:963 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:988 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995 #, fuzzy msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Monter" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:979 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1025 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS user." msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "On n' sai nén disfacer èn uzeu NIS." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1038 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS user." msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "On n' sai nén disfacer èn uzeu NIS." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "I n' est nén possibe d' ahiver ene pårticion so %1." #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "Ricorwaitî éndjins" @@ -2403,56 +2386,63 @@ msgstr "Abaguer ponts montaedje..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 #, fuzzy #| msgid "root Password" msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "Sicret root" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "Apontyî &iSCSI..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure &zFCP..." +msgid "Configure &FCoE..." +msgstr "Apontyî &zFCP..." + +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "Apontyî &Multipath..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:133 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "Apontyî &DASD..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:141 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "Apontyî &zFCP..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "Apontyî &XPRAM..." #. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:157 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "Apontyî..." #. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "Sitocaedjes k' i gn a so %1" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:184 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:192 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -2460,14 +2450,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:202 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:262 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" @@ -2476,7 +2466,7 @@ " Ricorwaitî les plakes podbon ?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:280 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" @@ -2485,9 +2475,22 @@ " Atôtchî l' apontiaedje iSCSI podbon ?" #. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +#| "Really call zFCP configuration?" +msgid "" +"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call FCoE configuration?" +msgstr "" +"Atôtchî l' apontiaedje zFCP fwait rnoncî a tos les candjmints do moumint.\n" +" Atôtchî l' apontiaedje zFCP podbon ?" + #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:294 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:303 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Calling Multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" @@ -2500,7 +2503,7 @@ " Atôtchî l' apontiaedje Multipath podbon ?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" @@ -2509,7 +2512,7 @@ " Atôtchî l' apontiaedje DASD podbon ?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:329 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" @@ -2518,7 +2521,7 @@ " Atôtchî l' apontiaedje zFCP podbon ?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -2813,15 +2816,51 @@ msgstr "Éndjins &eployîs" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Choose the size for the new partition." +msgid "Choose the role of the device." +msgstr "Tchoezixhoz l' grandeu del novele pårticion." + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "O&perating Mode" +msgid "Operating System" +msgstr "Môde d' o&perance" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress" +msgid "Data and ISV Applications" +msgstr "Progrès d' metaedje en ouve do delta RPM" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +msgid "Swap" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" +msgstr "" + +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +msgid "Role" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." msgstr " Prumire eyet" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" "volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" @@ -2829,7 +2868,7 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" @@ -2837,47 +2876,47 @@ msgstr " Prumire eyet" #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "Apontiaedje di l' abwesnaedje" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "Abwesner l' pårticion" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "En nén abwesner l' pårticion" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "En nén monter l' pårticion" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "Tchuzes do montaedje" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "Monter l' pårticion" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:281 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Pont d' montaedje" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "&Tchuzes Fstab..." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "Les fitchîs crypt duvèt esse ecriptés." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2890,19 +2929,19 @@ "Waitîz dabôrd les tchuzes d' abwesnaedje.\n" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "Les fitchîs crypt ont dandjî d' on pont d' montaedje." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "Les fitchîs crypt ont dandjî d' on pont d' montaedje." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2917,7 +2956,7 @@ "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2926,30 +2965,30 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 #, fuzzy #| msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "Tos les candjmints vont esse pierdous!" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:693 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Password" msgstr "Sicret" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" "on this partition does not support resizing.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgid "" @@ -2958,7 +2997,7 @@ msgstr "I n' est nén possibe d' ahiver ene pårticion so %1." #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:838 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" @@ -2966,21 +3005,21 @@ msgstr "Pårticion" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "Candjî l' grandeu del pårticion %1" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "Candjî di grandeu do volume lodjike %1" #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:918 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "Grandeu do moumint: %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:930 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "Eployî pol moumint: %1" @@ -2988,8 +3027,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:943 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -3001,27 +3040,27 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "Grandeu macsimom (%1)" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:963 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "Grandeu minimom (%1)" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "Grandeu da vosse" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "" @@ -3030,7 +3069,7 @@ #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." @@ -3040,7 +3079,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -3049,12 +3088,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "Rexhowe di %1" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1203 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "Dji rcorwaite les plakes..." @@ -3251,65 +3290,65 @@ msgstr "Li redjon stitcheye n' est n' est nén valide." #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:537 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "Radjouter ene pårticion so %1" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:583 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "Candjî l' pårticion %1" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 #, fuzzy msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "Nonna dins." #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Format partition %1$s (%2$s) for swap" msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "Abwesner l' pårticion %1$s (%2$s) po swap" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:635 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mount partition" msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "Monter l' pårticion" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Format" msgid "Forward" msgstr "Abwesner" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:658 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Background" msgid "Backward" msgstr "Fonds" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "Racertiner l' disfaçaedje di totes les pårticions" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:716 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "Disfacer po do bon totes les pårticions so «%1» ?" @@ -3322,7 +3361,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5161 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "Li plake est eployeye et n' sait esse candjeye." @@ -4290,13 +4329,13 @@ msgstr "Eployî pa" #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1017 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "Candjî Lodjike" #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Candjî Lodjike" @@ -4517,7 +4556,7 @@ #. tree node label #. dialog heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Tchuzes" @@ -4738,17 +4777,17 @@ "\n" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:631 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "Radjouter RAID %1" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "Candjî l' grandeu di RAID %1" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:711 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "Candjî RAID %1" @@ -4853,117 +4892,129 @@ #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:34 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "Etikete" #. list entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "UUID" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "Monté pa" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "Eployî pa" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "ID do BIOS" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "Informåcions sol cilinde" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:50 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "Informåcions sol canå d' fiyaesses" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "Ecriptaedje" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:59 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:152 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "No d' l' éndjin" #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "Etikete do volume" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "ID d' l' éndjin" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:156 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "Tchimin di l' éndjin" +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Optional" +msgid "Optimal" +msgstr "Nén rekis" + +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "End Cylinder" +msgid "Cylinder" +msgstr "Difén do cilinde" + #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:115 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "Prémetou monté pa" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:126 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 msgid "Default File System" msgstr "Prémetou sistinme di fitchî" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "Mostrer les éndjins d' sitocaedje pa" #. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "Informåcions veyåves so les éndjins d' sitocaedje :" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:183 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" "settings:" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:188 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" @@ -4974,14 +5025,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:201 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" "determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" @@ -4990,14 +5041,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." @@ -5331,13 +5382,13 @@ msgstr "Modele" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:275 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276 #, fuzzy msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "Grandeu" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:284 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgid "" @@ -5345,14 +5396,14 @@ "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "Li valixhance doet esse inte 0 eyet 32767. Sayîz co on côp." -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "Li valixhance doet esse inte 0 eyet 32767. Sayîz co on côp." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" "Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" @@ -5360,17 +5411,17 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "&Prumiristé del swap" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:316 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "Li valixhance doet esse inte 0 eyet 32767. Sayîz co on côp." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:323 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" @@ -5378,14 +5429,14 @@ msgstr " Prumiristé prumiristé prumiristé" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:470 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mount &read-only" msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "Monter lé&re-seulmint" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" @@ -5394,13 +5445,13 @@ msgstr " Monter Lére Tchoezi por vos" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:486 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495 #, fuzzy msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "Nonn&a" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:490 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499 #, fuzzy msgid "" "No Access Time:\n" @@ -5408,14 +5459,14 @@ msgstr " Nonna Tchoezi por vos" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:500 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mountable by &user" msgid "Mountable by &User" msgstr "Montåve pa l' &uzeu" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:504 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" @@ -5423,12 +5474,12 @@ msgstr " Uzeu Tchoezi por vos" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "Èn nén monter a l' enondaedje do &sistinme" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:523 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" @@ -5439,12 +5490,12 @@ msgstr " Sistinme Ataker dins eyet<tt><></tt><> Tchoezi por vos" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:540 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "Mete en alaedje li sopoirt des &cwotas" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:546 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" @@ -5453,12 +5504,12 @@ msgstr " Mete en alaedje en alaedje" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:565 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "Môde d' edjîstraedje e &djournå des dnêyes" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" @@ -5475,12 +5526,12 @@ "<tt></tt> Dinêyes Nonna" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "Djivêyes di mwaistraedje di l' &accès (ACL)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:599 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" @@ -5488,12 +5539,12 @@ msgstr " metou" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "&Sitindous atributs di l' uzeu" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:614 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" @@ -5501,20 +5552,20 @@ msgstr " Uzeu Atributs metou" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:631 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Arbitrary option &value" msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "&Valixhance del tchuze tolminme li kéne" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." msgstr "Caractere nén valåbe e pont d' montaedje. Ni vs siervoz nén di « `'!\"%# » dins on pont d' montaedje." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" @@ -5523,12 +5574,12 @@ msgstr " Tchuze Valixhance dins" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:657 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "&Ecôdaedje des caracteres des nos d' fitchî" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:678 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" @@ -5536,12 +5587,12 @@ msgstr " Fitchî dins Purneas" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "&Pådje di côde po les courts nos FAT" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" @@ -5549,12 +5600,12 @@ msgstr " Court metou" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "Nombe di &FAT" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" @@ -5562,14 +5613,14 @@ msgstr " Nombe dins prémetou" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 #, fuzzy #| msgid "FAT &size" msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "&Grandeu do FAT" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 #, fuzzy msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" @@ -5577,21 +5628,21 @@ msgstr " grandeu oudonbén YaST2 grandeu" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Root &dir entries" msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "Intrêyes e ri&dant raecene" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The minimum size for \"Root dir entries\" is 112. Please try again." msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr "Li pus ptite grandeu po les \"Intrêyes e ridant raecene\" est 112. Sayîz co on côp s' i vs plait." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:756 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Root Dir Entries:\n" @@ -5599,14 +5650,14 @@ msgstr " Raecene dins" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:769 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hash &function" msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "&Fonccion hash" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" @@ -5614,14 +5665,14 @@ msgstr " no dins" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 #, fuzzy #| msgid "FS &revision" msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "&Rivizion do SF" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 #, fuzzy msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" @@ -5630,14 +5681,14 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:805 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Block &size in bytes" msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "&Grandeu des blokes e bites" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Block Size:\n" @@ -5646,13 +5697,13 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1051 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "Grandeu des &inodes" #. help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:827 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" @@ -5660,14 +5711,14 @@ msgstr " Grandeu grandeu" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Percentage of inode space" msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "Å&cintaedje di espåce des inodes" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" @@ -5675,14 +5726,14 @@ msgstr " dins" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Inode &aligned" msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "Inode &aroyî" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" @@ -5692,14 +5743,14 @@ msgstr " oudonbén prémetou" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:909 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Log size in megabytes" msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "Grandeu do &djournå e megabites" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The \"Log size\" value is incorrect.\n" @@ -5713,7 +5764,7 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Log Size\n" @@ -5721,19 +5772,19 @@ msgstr " Djournå grandeu grandeu dins prémetou grandeu" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "Houkî l' &usteye di djivêye des mwais blokes" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:945 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stride &length in blocks" msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "&Longueur des strides e blokes" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:953 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The \"Stride length in blocks\" value is not possible.\n" @@ -5746,7 +5797,7 @@ "Tcbhoezixhoz ene ôte valixhance pus grande k' 1, s' i vs plait." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:957 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" @@ -5756,7 +5807,7 @@ msgstr " Longeu dins dins" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Block Size:\n" @@ -5764,14 +5815,14 @@ msgstr " grandeu grandeu dins grandeu eyet grandeu grandeu eyet" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bytes per &inode" msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "Bites pas &inode" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:991 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Bytes per Inode: \n" @@ -5785,14 +5836,14 @@ msgstr " octets YaST2<> metou grandeu dins metou" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1007 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Percentage of blocks &reserved for root" msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "Åcintaedje di blokes &rizervés a root" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The \"Percentage of blocks reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" @@ -5806,31 +5857,31 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." msgstr "" #. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disable regular checks" msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "Essocter les verifiaedjes fwaits erîlêymint" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "Fonccion Indecsaedje di &ridant" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1073 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" @@ -5838,12 +5889,12 @@ msgstr " Indecse dins" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" "Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" @@ -5851,12 +5902,12 @@ msgstr "" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:922 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:932 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -5889,7 +5940,7 @@ "cisse plake vaici.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:950 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -5922,7 +5973,7 @@ "cisse plake vaici.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:969 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -5946,7 +5997,7 @@ "di cisse plake.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -5964,7 +6015,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:975 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "Nén possibe di candjî d' grandeu:" @@ -5977,7 +6028,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2703 src/modules/Storage.rb:3908 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Could not set encryption.\n" @@ -5996,7 +6047,7 @@ "Li scret d' ecriptaedje diné peut esse mwais.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3939 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -6007,7 +6058,7 @@ "Sayîz co on côp." #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" @@ -6024,30 +6075,30 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4024 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Enter Password:" msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "&Intrer l' sicret:" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4083 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086 #, fuzzy #| msgid "root Password" msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Sicret root" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4102 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4117 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Encrypt Volume Group" msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "Ecripter groupe di volumes" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4121 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6055,14 +6106,14 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Enter Password:" msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "&Intrer l' sicret:" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4190 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6070,72 +6121,72 @@ msgstr "" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Enter Password:" msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "&Intrer l' sicret:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4212 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 #, fuzzy #| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "YaST2 a trové les éndjins shuvant" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 #, fuzzy #| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "YaST2 a trové les éndjins shuvant" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4228 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4338 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disk" msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "Plake" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disk" msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "Plake" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Plake" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4378 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381 #, fuzzy #| msgid "RAID" msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4391 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394 #, fuzzy #| msgid "RAID" msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "RAID" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5173 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6145,7 +6196,7 @@ "L' éndjin %1 n' sai nén esse candjî a cåze k' il a l' swap en alaedje\n" "k' ons a dandjî po fé l' astalaedje.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5213 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6155,7 +6206,7 @@ "L' éndjin %1 n' sai nén esse candjî a cåze k' il a les dnêyes\n" "k' ons a dandjî po fé l' astalaedje.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5242 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6165,7 +6216,7 @@ "L' éndjin %1 n' sai nén esse oisté a cåze k' il a l' swap en alaedje\n" "k' ons a dandjî po fé l' astalaedje.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6175,7 +6226,7 @@ "L' éndjin %1 n' sai nén esse oisté a cåze k' il a les dnêyes\n" "k' ons a dandjî po fé l' astalaedje.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5280 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -6193,7 +6244,7 @@ " l' éndjin %2 k' a l' swap en alaedje k' ons a dandjî po fé \n" " l' astalaedje.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -6209,7 +6260,7 @@ " l' éndjin %2 k' a des dnêyes k' ons a dandjî po fé l' astalaedje.\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5313 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6217,20 +6268,20 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Copying root filesystem..." msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Dji copeye li sistinme di fitchî racene..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6005 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Add the following resolvables failed: %1" msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" @@ -6864,53 +6915,53 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4545 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent fs. Try checking fs under Windows." msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "Candjaedje del grandeu nén possibe a cåze d' on cron sf. Sayîz d' verifyî l' sf dins Windows." #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6143 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "Ahiver ene propôzicion båzé so &LVM" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6158 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Encrypt Volume Group" msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" msgstr "Ecripter groupe di volumes" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6176 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File system options:" msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "Tchuzes do sistinme di fitchî:" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6223 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "Propozer ene pårticion &Home a pårt" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6241 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6251 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Proposal type" msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Sôre di propôzicion" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6266 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" @@ -6918,7 +6969,7 @@ msgstr " oudonbén" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6273 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -6927,32 +6978,32 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6289 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "Tapez vosse sicret po l' ecriptaedje propôzé." #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6321 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342 msgid "Password:" msgstr "Sicret:" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6332 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "Ritaper l' sicret po verifiaedje :" @@ -6979,28 +7030,49 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:177 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "Prémetou monté pa:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:178 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Default File System" msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "Prémetou sistinme di fitchî" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "Mostrer les éndjins d' sitocaedje pa :" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "Aroymint des pårticions :" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "Informåcions veyåves so les éndjins d' sitocaedje :" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" +#~ "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" +#~ "partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" +#~ "This does not work.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" +#~ "partition for your files below /boot.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Really use this setup?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Asteme: Avou vost apontiaedje do moumint, vost astalaedje di\n" +#~ "%1 resconterrè des rujhes a l' enondaedje a cåze ki vs n' avoz nole\n" +#~ "pårticion « /boot » eyet k' vosse pårticion « /root » est on volume LVM lodjike.\n" +#~ "Ça va nén aler.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Si vos n' savoz nén vraiymint çou k' vos fjhoz, siervoz vs d' ene normåle\n" +#~ "pårticion po vos fitchîs pa dzo /boot.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Vormint s' siervi di cist apontiaedje la?\n" + #~ msgid "&Edit Partition Setup..." #~ msgstr "&Candjî l' apontiaedje des pårticions..." Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/sudo.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/sudo.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/sudo.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sudo\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-30 18:16+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/support.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/support.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/support.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -19,39 +19,41 @@ #. Command line help text for the Xsupport module #: src/clients/support.rb:56 msgid "Configuration of support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Apontiaedje do sopoirt" #. Rich text title for Support in proposals #: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:83 msgid "Support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sopoirt" #. Menu title for Support in proposals #: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Sopoirt" #. Command line parameters dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:46 msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Divize del mwaisse vuwe di l' apontiaedje do sopoirt" #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 -msgid "Open Novell Support Center" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Open Novell Support Center" +msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" +msgstr "Drovi l' cinte di sopoirt Novell" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 -msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal." +msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Drovi" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "Collect Data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ramexhner les dnêyes" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:84 msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files." @@ -59,11 +61,11 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Create report tarball" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ahiver ene tarbale des rapoirts" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:108 msgid "Upload Data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eberweter des dnêyes" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL." @@ -71,7 +73,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Upload" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eberweter" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Could not find any installed browser." @@ -87,7 +89,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Divize di l' eberwetaedje di l' apontiaedje do sopoirt" #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226 @@ -100,7 +102,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:239 msgid "Package with log files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pacaedje avou des fitchîs djournå" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:253 msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL" @@ -108,16 +110,16 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:255 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:756 msgid "Upload Target" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eberweter l' såme" #. } #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:327 msgid "Cannot write settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dji n' sai scrire les tchuzes" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dji n' sai scrire les tchuzes." #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" @@ -126,32 +128,32 @@ #. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir; #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:401 msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tchoezi l' fitchî tarbale des fitchîs djournå" #. Command line parameters dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:421 msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Apontiaedje des parametes di l' apontiaedje do sopoirt" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ahiver on plin fitchî ki fwait l' djivêye a pårti d' « / »" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tchessî les spepieuzès informåcions eyet scanaedjes del plake evoye" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:436 msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cachî après l' sistinme di fitchî raecene po ls instances eDirectory" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:441 msgid "Include full SLP service lists" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mete divins les djivêyes etires des siervices SLP" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:446 msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fé on rpm -V po tchaeke rpm astalé" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:451 msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs" @@ -164,11 +166,11 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:472 msgid "Activates all support functions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Met en alaedje totes les fonccions do sopoirt" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:479 msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ni ramexhnêye k' on minimom d' informåcion" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings" @@ -176,26 +178,26 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "Expert Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tchuzes po les spepieus" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tchuzes" #. Support overview dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584 msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sipepieus apontiaedje do sopoirt" #. FIXME table header #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:614 msgid "Default Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prémetowès tchuzes" #. Support configure2 dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:680 msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Apontiaedje d' atôtchance di l' apontiaedje do sopoirt" #. Support configure2 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:685 @@ -204,27 +206,27 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "Company" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eterprijhe" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701 msgid "Email Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adresse emile" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708 msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "No" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "Phone Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Limero di telefone" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:722 msgid "Store ID" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eredjistrî l' ID" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:733 msgid "Terminal ID" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ID do terminå" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:744 msgid "GPG UID" @@ -235,8 +237,10 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 -msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Novell 11 digit service request number" +msgid "11-digit service request number" +msgstr "Limero di dmande di siervice di Novell a 11 caracteres" #. abort? #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:847 @@ -245,25 +249,25 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Collecting Data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dji ramexhnêye les dnêyes" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Progress" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Progrès" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931 msgid "Collected Data Review" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verifiaedje des dnêyes ramexhnêyes" #. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix #. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "File Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "No do fitchî" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984 msgid "Remove from Data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Oister des dnêyes" #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:36 @@ -278,6 +282,8 @@ "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Dj' abandene l' inicialijhaedje:</big> \n" +"Abandnez l' apontiaedje e såvrité e tchôcant Abandner asteure.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 @@ -294,6 +300,10 @@ "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Abandon do schapaedje</big> \n" +"Abandnez li schapaedje e tchôcant Abandner.\n" +"Ene divize e pus vos dirè si vos l' poloz fé e tote såvrité.\n" +"\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 @@ -301,6 +311,8 @@ "<big>Support Configuration</big> \n" "Configure support here. \n" msgstr "" +"<big>Apontiaedje do sopoirt</big> \n" +"Apontyîz vaici l' sopoirt. \n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:59 @@ -323,8 +335,8 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Opening Novell Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use Open Novell Support Center.\n" +"<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" "You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" @@ -406,7 +418,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -449,7 +461,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<big>Privacy Policy</big> \n" -"Find Novell's privacy policy at\n" +"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" "%1.\n" msgstr "" @@ -753,18 +765,18 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:147 msgid "Support Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Apontiaedje do sopoirt" #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inicialijhaedje..." #. global string created_directory=""; #: src/modules/Support.rb:143 @@ -773,7 +785,7 @@ #: src/modules/Support.rb:144 msgid "root Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sicret root" #: src/modules/Support.rb:163 msgid "Password incorrect" @@ -792,30 +804,30 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:329 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Scrire les tchuzes" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:331 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enonder SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:335 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dji scrît les tchuzes..." #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:337 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dj' enonde SuSEconfig..." #. Progress finished #: src/modules/Support.rb:339 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fini" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/Support.rb:438 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Racourti di l' apontiaedje..." Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/sysconfig.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/sysconfig.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/sysconfig.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sysconfig\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-30 18:16+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon\n" @@ -537,74 +537,141 @@ "\n" msgstr "<big> Apontiaedje</big> " -#~ msgid "Searching..." -#~ msgstr "Dji cwere..." +#. Translation: Progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159 +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "Dji cwere..." +#. Display confirmation dialog +#. @param [String] message Confirmation message +#. @param [String] command Command to confirm +#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Command: " -#~ msgstr "Comande " +msgid "Command: " +msgstr "Comande " +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "S&kip" -#~ msgstr "Passer houte" +msgid "S&kip" +msgstr "Passer houte" +#. get activation map for variable +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171 +msgid "A command will be executed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Command %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "Comande" +#| msgid "Starting module %1..." +msgid "Starting command: %1..." +msgstr "Dj' enonde li module %1..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Apontiaedje" +msgid "Command %1 failed" +msgstr "Comande" +#. write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Write the new settings" -#~ msgstr "Sicrire" +msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" +msgstr "Apontiaedje" +#. progress bar item +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Activate the changes" -#~ msgstr "Dispierter" +msgid "Write the new settings" +msgstr "Sicrire" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "All configuration scripts will be started." -#~ msgstr "Totafwait." +msgid "Activate the changes" +msgstr "Dispierter" +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060 +msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Configuration script failed." -#~ msgstr "Apontiaedje." +#| msgid "Starting service %1..." +msgid "Saving variable %1..." +msgstr "Dj' enonde li siervice %1..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Configuration module %1 will be started." -#~ msgstr "Apontiaedje." +#| msgid "Reading packages files..." +msgid "Saving changes to the files..." +msgstr "Dji lé les fitchîs des pacaedjes..." +#. service is running, reload it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Configuration module %1 failed." -#~ msgstr "Apontiaedje." +msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" +msgstr "Siervice" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" -#~ msgstr "Siervice" +#| msgid "Starting service %1..." +msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgstr "Dj' enonde li siervice %1..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "Ritcherdjî" +msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "Ritcherdjî" +#. service is running, restart it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" -#~ msgstr "Siervice" +msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" +msgstr "Siervice" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "Rataker" +#| msgid "Restarting service..." +msgid "Restarting service %1..." +msgstr "Dji renonde li siervice..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Finished" -#~ msgstr "Finwès" +msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "Rataker" +#. set 100% in progress bar +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Configuration Summary" -#~ msgstr "Apontiaedje Racourti" +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Finwès" +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269 #, fuzzy +msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgstr "Apontiaedje Racourti" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "All configuration scripts will be started." +#~ msgstr "Totafwait." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Configuration script failed." +#~ msgstr "Apontiaedje." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Configuration module %1 will be started." +#~ msgstr "Apontiaedje." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Configuration module %1 failed." +#~ msgstr "Apontiaedje." + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Here, see the values YaST2 will change.\n" #~ "Choose \"OK\" for YaST2 to save these changes.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/tftp-server.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/tftp-server.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/tftp-server.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tftp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-30 18:16+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/timezone_db.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/timezone_db.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/timezone_db.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: timezone_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-08-19 14:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)base.be>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <linux-wa(a)walon.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/tune.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/tune.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/tune.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tune\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-01-08 14:29+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <linux(a)walon.org>\n" @@ -21,41 +21,41 @@ "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n" #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:47 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 #, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "Çou module YaST2 n' sopoite nén l' eterface e roye di cmande" #. translators: popup heading -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:71 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 #, fuzzy msgid "Probing Hardware..." msgstr "Dji saye li soris..." #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:74 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Avançmint del bouye" #. title label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:292 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 #, fuzzy msgid "&All Entries" msgstr "Tot&afwait" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:304 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 #, fuzzy msgid "&Save to File..." msgstr "&Schaper Fitchî." #. dialog header -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:313 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 #, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Information" msgstr "Éndjolreye Pondants et djondants" #. help text -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:316 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The Hardware Information module displays the hardware\n" @@ -64,19 +64,25 @@ " Éndjolreye Pondants et djondants\n" "" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:319 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 #, fuzzy msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." msgstr " Schaper Fitchî eyet no do fitchî" +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +msgid "System and Hardware Settings" +msgstr "Sistinme Apontiaedjes" + #. this is a heading #. tree node string -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:48 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 msgid "System" msgstr "Sistinme" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 #, fuzzy msgid "S&ystem" msgstr "S&istinme" @@ -1576,9 +1582,5 @@ #~ msgstr "&Sistinme Apontiaedjes." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "System Settings" -#~ msgstr "Sistinme Apontiaedjes" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Saving System Settings..." #~ msgstr "Sistinme Apontiaedjes." Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/update.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/update.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/update.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update.wa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 13:22+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-08-19 14:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)base.be>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <linux-wa(a)walon.org>\n" @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ #. screen title for update options #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:298 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278 msgid "Update Options" msgstr "Tchuzes di metaedje a djoû" @@ -170,18 +170,18 @@ #. Table item (unknown file system) #. label - name of sustem to update #. starts with >`< -#. label for an unknown installed system +#. Get installed release name +#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:95 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:101 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:121 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1969 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Nén cnoxhou" #. label showing to which version we are updating -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal summary item, %1 is a product name -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:198 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 msgid "Update to %1" msgstr "Mete a djoû diviè %1" @@ -255,9 +255,19 @@ "roter. Metoz en alaedje Disfacer les pacaedjes nén mintnous po disfacer ces\n" "pacaedjes tins l' metaedje a djoû.\n" -#. yes/no question +#. warning / question #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231 msgid "" +"Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n" +"lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n" +"adjust the list of packages yourself.\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243 +msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to reset your detailed selection?" msgstr "" @@ -267,13 +277,13 @@ #. error report #. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount #. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:70 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:379 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 msgid "Failed to mount target system" msgstr "Li montaedje do sistinme vizé a fwait berwete" #. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:75 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." msgstr "Èn astalaedje kékfeye nén complet a stî trové." @@ -344,12 +354,12 @@ #. error message in proposal #. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:83 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:404 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384 msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "Dji n' sai lére li båze di dnêyes RPM do moumint." #. error message in proposal -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:99 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." msgstr "Li prodût d' astalé n' rote nén avou l' prodût sol media d' astalaedje." @@ -357,14 +367,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:108 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:126 -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:169 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:175 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Prodût nén cnoxhou" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system #. %2 is the version being installed -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 msgid "" "Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" @@ -375,22 +385,22 @@ "a djoû oudonbén dismete les depots des programes des prodûts avou des diferinnès modêyes.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:162 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." msgstr "Adviertixhmint: Metaedje a djoû di '%1' viè '%2', les prodûts n' corespondèt nén pår." #. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:214 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "Ni mete a djoû k' les pacaedjes d' astalés" #. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:229 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206 msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "Mete a djoû e s' båzant so des modeles" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:255 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232 msgid "" "<big>Update Options</big> Select how your system will be updated.\n" "Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n" @@ -403,17 +413,17 @@ "nén mintnous dvrént esse disfacés.\n" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "&Tchuze di metaedje a djoû" #. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:407 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "Nouk di ces fitchîs n' egzistèt: %1" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:541 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -426,27 +436,27 @@ "enonder ou certinnès aplicåcions pôrént n' roter comifåt." #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:88 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93 msgid "Unknown Linux" msgstr "Linux nén cnoxhou" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:91 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96 msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux" msgstr "Linux nén cnoxhou ou nén Linux" #. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:113 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "%1 (%2)" #. label for selection of root partition (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:181 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186 msgid "Partition or System to Boot:" msgstr "Pårticion ou sistinme kel copiutrece s' enonde:" #. help text for root partition dialog (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:184 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to boot.\n" @@ -457,12 +467,12 @@ "\n" #. label for selection of root partition (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:191 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196 msgid "Partition or System to Update:" msgstr "Pårticion ou sistinme a mete a djoû:" #. help text for root partition dialog (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:194 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to update.\n" @@ -473,12 +483,12 @@ "\n" #. headline for dialog "Select for update" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:202 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207 msgid "Select for Update" msgstr "Tchoezi po l' metaedje a djoû" #. help text for root partition dialog (general part) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:209 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214 msgid "" "\n" "Show All Partitions expands the list to a\n" @@ -491,42 +501,42 @@ "\n" #. table header -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:229 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234 msgid "System" msgstr "Sistinme" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:231 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236 msgid "Partition" msgstr "Pårticion" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:233 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Årtchitecteure" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:235 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240 msgid "File System" msgstr "Sistinme di fitchî" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:237 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242 msgid "Label" msgstr "Etikete" #. check box -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:247 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252 msgid "&Show All Partitions" msgstr "&Mostrer tertotes les pårticions" #. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:278 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283 msgid "&Boot" msgstr "&Enonde li copiutrece" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:348 +#. error popup +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354 msgid "" "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n" "on the selected partition." @@ -535,7 +545,7 @@ "sol pårticion d' tchoezeye." #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:358 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 msgid "" "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n" "is different from the one of this product.\n" @@ -544,7 +554,7 @@ "est diferinne del cene di ç' prodût ci.\n" #. pop-up question -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:388 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" @@ -553,13 +563,13 @@ "Estoz seur di cwand minme l' astaler ?" #. button label -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:392 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398 msgid "&Yes, Use It" msgstr "&Oyi, l' eployî" #. Target load failed, #466803 #. Target load failed, #466803 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:426 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:451 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461 msgid "" "Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n" "It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n" @@ -571,12 +581,12 @@ "\n" "Voloz vs cwand minme tcheryî pus lon ?" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:432 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:457 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467 msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "&Oyi, continouwer" #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." @@ -585,17 +595,17 @@ "so comint rezoude ci problinme." #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "Sistinme Linux nén cnoxhou" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "Sistinme nén Linux" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -610,7 +620,7 @@ "l' pårticion al mwin ou renondez vosse copiutrece.\n" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "Dji verifeye li pårticion %1" @@ -619,23 +629,23 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "&Totafwait l' detay" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "Dj verifeye l' sistinme di fitchî so %1..." #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "Li verifiaedje do sistinme di fitchî a fwait berwete" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -646,24 +656,24 @@ "Voloz vs continouwer a monter l' éndjin ?\n" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "&Passer houte li montaedje" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1059 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "Li scret n'' est nén bon. Sayî co on côp?" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Adviertixhmint" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1167 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -680,7 +690,7 @@ "Voloz vs continouwer l' metaedje a djoû do sistinme do moumint ?\n" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1259 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -701,27 +711,27 @@ "Po abandner l' metaedje a djoû, clitchîz so Rinoncî.\n" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1277 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "&specifyî les tchuzes di montaedje" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1293 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Tchuzes di montaedje" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1296 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "&Pont d' montaedje" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Éndjins" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" @@ -730,12 +740,12 @@ "(vude po l' otodeteccion)" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1381 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "Li pårticion /var %1 n' a nén sepou esse montêye.\n" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -747,17 +757,17 @@ "ID udev : %5, \n" "Tchimin udev : %6" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1436 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 msgid "None" msgstr "Nouk" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "Dji n' a sepou trover otomaticmint li pårticion /var" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1464 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -768,22 +778,22 @@ "l' pårticion /var al mwin po continouwer l' processus di metaedje a livea." #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1477 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "&Tchoezi l' éndjin avou l' pårticion /var" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482 msgid "Device Info" msgstr "Info so l' éndjin" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1624 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "Dj n' sai nén monter l' pårticion /var avou cist apontiaedje di plake.\n" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1655 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -796,7 +806,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -809,17 +819,17 @@ "tolminme kene ôte metôde po totes les pårticions." #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1717 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "Dj n' a pont trové d' fstab." #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1742 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "Li pårticion root e /etc/fstab a -z on éndjin root k' i n' clope nén.\n" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1747 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "Elle est pol moumint montêye come %1 mins est djivêye come %2.\n" @@ -838,38 +848,73 @@ msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "Dji waite s' i gn a ddja des sistinmes" +#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file. +#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation. +#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing. +#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open. +#. +#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/" +#. @return [String] product name +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Specified profile not found." +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "Profil sipecifyî nén trové." + +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read license file %1" +msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}" +msgstr "Dji n' sai lére li fitchî di licince %1" + #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Prodût nén cnoxhou" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box, it might happen that we need to downgrade some packages during update -#: src/modules/Update.rb:817 -msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" -msgstr "Permete li dismetaedje a djoû di pacaedjes" +#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case +#. and we don't continue further +#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" +"%{patterns}" +msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:18 control/update.glade:42 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to select %1 packages for installation." +msgid "" +"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" +"%{packages}" +msgstr "Li tchoezixhaedje di %1 pacaedjes po l' astalaedje a fwait berwete." + +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Tchuzes di metaedje a djoû" -#: control/update.glade:34 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4 msgid "Update" msgstr "Metaedje a djoû" -#: control/update.glade:48 control/update.glade:52 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Fé l' metaedje a djoû" -#: control/update.glade:63 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8 msgid "Update System Configuration" msgstr "Mete a djoû l' apontiaedje sistinme" -#: control/update.glade:71 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9 msgid "Update Configuration" msgstr "Mete a djoû l' apontiaedje" +#~ msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" +#~ msgstr "Permete li dismetaedje a djoû di pacaedjes" + #~ msgid "Clean Up" #~ msgstr "Rinetyî" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/users.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/users.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/users.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: users\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-03 21:46+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <linux-wa(a)walon.org>\n" @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ msgstr "Sicret pol manaedjeu do sistinme « root »" #. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise user to remember his new password +#. advise users to remember their new password #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgstr "Èn rovyîz nén çou k' vos tapez chal." @@ -4495,22 +4495,22 @@ "Oistez aprume ces uzeus do groupe." #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6596 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Uzeus</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6606 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Groupes</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Tchuzes d' elodjaedje</h3>" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6619 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "L' uzeu %1 est apontyî po l' elodjaedje otomatike" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/vm.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/vm.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/vm.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: vm.wa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-03 20:42+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)tele2allin.be>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <linux-wa(a)walon.org>\n" @@ -34,12 +34,12 @@ msgstr "Astaler hypervisor et les usteyes" #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:148 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:167 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" @@ -48,134 +48,178 @@ "Enondez l' astalaedje dins l' lodjeu sistinme.\n" #. progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:184 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "Verifyî les pakets d' astalés" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:186 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "Apontiaedje do pont rantoele" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:201 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "Dj' aponteye l' sierveu VM (dominne 0)" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:204 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." msgstr "<big>Apontiaedje do sierveu VM</big>L' apontiaedje do sierveu VM (dominne 0) a deus pårteyes." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:208 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." msgstr "Les pakets dmandés sont -st astalés aprume dins l' sistinme. Adon l' tcherdjeu d' enondaedje est discandjî po GRUB (s' i n' est nén co -z eployî) eyet l' seccion Xen est radjoutêye al dressêye do tcherdjeu d' enondaedje, s' i manke." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:212 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 #, fuzzy #| msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and Linux kernel." msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "Dj' a dandjî d' GRUB pask' i sopoite li standård multiboot dimandé po -z lancî Xen eyet l' noya Linux." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:216 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 #, fuzzy #| msgid "When the configuration is successfully finished, it is possible to boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr "Cwand l' apontiaedje est pår fini, il est possibe di lancî l' sierveu VM a pårti do menu do tcherdjeu d' enondaedje." #. error popup -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "L' astalaedje va -z esse abandnêye." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:224 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "Hypervisor et les usteyes sont -st astalés." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:241 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236 +msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..." +msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" +msgstr "Dj' aponteye l' forveyou éndjin..." + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:249 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "X server" +msgid "KVM server" +msgstr "Sierveu X" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Admin tools" +msgid "KVM tools" +msgstr "Usteyes di manaedjmint" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "" -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:276 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260 +msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:294 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." +msgid "Virtualization client tools" +msgstr "Hypervisor et les usteyes sont -st astalés." + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "X server" +msgid "Xen server" +msgstr "Sierveu X" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Admin tools" +msgid "Xen tools" +msgstr "Usteyes di manaedjmint" + #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:372 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "L' astalaedje va -z esse abandnêye." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:380 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "L' astalaedje va -z esse abandnêye." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:387 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:398 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:411 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "Dj' enonde e mode tecse. Astaler cwante minme les componints grafikes?" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:424 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "Dji verifeye les pakets..." #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:427 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "Dj' astale les pakets..." #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:432 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "Dj n' sai nén astaler les pakets dmandés." #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:449 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Updating configuration..." msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "Dji mete a djoû l' apontiaedje..." #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:460 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "Dj' aponteye l' prémetou pont rantoele..." #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:481 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network Bridge" msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "Pont rantoele" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:482 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 #, fuzzy #| msgid "For normal network configurations, xen needs a network bridge.Configure a default network bridge?" msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" @@ -190,11 +234,11 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:540 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:543 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The machine is ready to start the VM Server.\n" @@ -206,7 +250,7 @@ "\n" "Renondez l' éndjin et tchoezixhoz l' seccion Xen dins l' menu do tcherdjeu d' enondaedje pol lancî.\n" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:546 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The machine is ready to start the VM Server.\n" @@ -218,19 +262,19 @@ "\n" "Renondez l' éndjin et tchoezixhoz l' seccion Xen dins l' menu do tcherdjeu d' enondaedje pol lancî.\n" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:549 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "Hypervisor et les usteyes sont -st astalés." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:550 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "Hypervisor et les usteyes sont -st astalés." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:551 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/wagon.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/wagon.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/wagon.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-18 22:42+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <linux-wa(a)walon.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/wol.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/wol.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/wol.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: wol\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-04-26 09:03+0200\n" "Last-Translator: jean <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: walon\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/xpram.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/xpram.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/xpram.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: xpram\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-08-18 16:18+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)base.be>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <linux-wa(a)walon.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/wa/po/yast2-apparmor.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/yast2-apparmor.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/yast2-apparmor.wa.po 2014-10-07 15:41:33 UTC (rev 89770) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-30 18:16+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon\n" @@ -338,11 +338,11 @@ #. May want to replace Wizard() with UI() #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:181 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:229 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:239 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:268 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:287 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112 #, fuzzy msgid "&Done" @@ -1193,23 +1193,31 @@ msgid "Could not recognize mode: " msgstr "no " -#. restarts ag_complain agent if necessary -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:128 +#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117 +msgid "enforce" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118 +msgid "complain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134 #, fuzzy msgid "Show All Profiles" msgstr "Mostrer Totafwait" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:129 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles" msgstr "Apontyî Mode En alaedje" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:132 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138 #, fuzzy msgid "Show Active Profiles" msgstr "Mostrer En alaedje" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:133 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles" msgstr "Apontyî Mode Totafwait" @@ -1217,47 +1225,47 @@ #. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"), #. TODO switch to variable in a module #. TODO plain reread does not work here -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439 #, fuzzy msgid "Profile Name" msgstr "No" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Mode" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:154 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160 #, fuzzy msgid "Toggle Mode" msgstr "Mode" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:155 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161 #, fuzzy msgid "Set All to Enforce" msgstr "Totafwait" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:156 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162 #, fuzzy msgid "Set All to Complain" msgstr "Totafwait" #. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:177 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183 #, fuzzy msgid "Profile Mode Configuration" msgstr "Mode Apontiaedje" #. We'll need this often - cache it -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:225 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:264 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:283 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure Profile Mode" msgstr "Apontyî Mode" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:291 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select new partition table type for %1." msgid "Select an action to perform." -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89769 - trunk/yast/mr/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 17:41:03 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89769 Added: trunk/yast/mr/po/cio.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/opensuse_mirror.mr.po Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/add-on-creator.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/add-on.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/audit-laf.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/auth-client.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/auth-server.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/autoinst.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/base.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/bootloader.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/ca-management.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/cluster.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/control-center.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/control.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/country.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/crowbar.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/dhcp-server.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/dns-server.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/drbd.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/fcoe-client.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/firewall-services.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/firewall.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/firstboot.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/ftp-server.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/geo-cluster.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/gtk.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/http-server.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/inetd.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/installation.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/instserver.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/iplb.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/iscsi-client.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/iscsi-lio-server.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/iscsi-server.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/isns.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/kdump.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/kerberos-server.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/kerberos.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/languages_db.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/ldap-client.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/ldap-server.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/ldap.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/live-installer.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/lxc.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/mail.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/multipath.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/ncurses-pkg.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/ncurses.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/network.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/nfs.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/nfs_server.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/nis.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/nis_server.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/ntp-client.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/oneclickinstall.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/online-update-configuration.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/online-update.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/packager.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/pam.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/pkg-bindings.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/printer.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/product-creator.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/proxy.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/qt-pkg.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/qt.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/rdp.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/rear.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/registration.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/reipl.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/relocation-server.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/s390.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/samba-client.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/samba-server.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/samba-users.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/scanner.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/security.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/services-manager.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/slp-server.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/snapper.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/sound.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/squid.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/sshd.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/storage.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/sudo.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/support.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/sysconfig.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/tftp-server.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/timezone_db.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/tune.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/update.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/users.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/vm.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/wagon.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/wol.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/xpram.mr.po trunk/yast/mr/po/yast2-apparmor.mr.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/add-on-creator.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/add-on-creator.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/add-on-creator.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/add-on.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/add-on.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/add-on.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-11 20:27+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ameya Palande <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -44,21 +44,21 @@ #. this is a heading #. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks #: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1871 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "ऍ़ड-ऑन प्रॉडक्टस" #. busy message (dialog) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label #: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1872 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "प्रारंभ करत आहे..." #. help #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879 msgid "Initializing add-on products..." msgstr "फॉन्टस सुरु होत आहे..." @@ -84,10 +84,10 @@ #. placeholder for unknown path #. placeholder for unknown URL #: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:384 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:940 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:949 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "अज्ञात" @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ #. main screen heading #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "अॅड-आॅन प्राॅडक्ट इनस्टॉलेशन" @@ -228,36 +228,36 @@ #. ... #. ] #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:585 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1586 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1598 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604 #, fuzzy msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "नामावली उत्पादवस्तू सापडली नाही" #. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:319 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316 #, fuzzy msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "मध्यम नामावली सापडत नाही." #. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "फॉन्टस सुरु होत आहे..." -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "युआरएल: %1, संचिका: %2" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:392 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 #, fuzzy msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "सॉफ्टवेअर निड करा" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:394 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \n" @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ "निवडलेल्या माध्यमावर अनेक कॅटलॉग आढलले.\n" "वापरण्यासाठी कॅटलॉग निवडा.\n" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:404 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401 #, fuzzy msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "कुठली नोंद सापडली नाही" @@ -281,34 +281,34 @@ #. else #. { #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:416 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:743 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "खरोखरच जास्तीच्या वस्तूंची स्थापनेतून बाहेर पडायचे का?" #. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:427 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 #, fuzzy msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "नोंद निवडा" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:632 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "जास्तीच्या वस्तूच्या अवारंवीता पूर्ण होऊ शकत नाहीत." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:713 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "उत्पादवस्तू निवड" #. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:719 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "उपलब्ध उत्पादवस्तू" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:725 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Product Selection</big> \n" @@ -320,12 +320,12 @@ "उत्पादन निवडा.\n" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:793 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "निवडलेल्या जास्तीच्या वस्तूंच्या अवलंबिता पूर्ण होऊ शकत नाहीत." #. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:915 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big>\n" @@ -344,97 +344,97 @@ "घातलेले काढून टाकण्यासाठी, ते निवडा व Deleteवर क्लिक करा." #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 #, fuzzy msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "युआरएल: %1, संचिका: %2" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:970 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Product" msgstr "प्रॉडक्ट" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:972 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969 msgid "Media" msgstr "माध्यम" #. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1127 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "उत्पादवस्तू काढून टाकण्यासाठी निवडा." #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1135 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1253 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259 #, fuzzy msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "ऍ़ड-ऑन प्रॉडक्टस" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1260 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266 #, fuzzy msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "ऍ़ड-ऑन प्रॉडक्टस" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268 msgid "URL" msgstr "यूआरएल" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1276 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 #, fuzzy msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "पॅकेज मॅनेजर" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1280 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 #, fuzzy msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." msgstr " नवीन नमुना तयार करण्यासाठी नवीन वापरा किंवा सध्याचाच नमुना आयात करण्यासाठी आयात वापरा." #. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1335 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 #, fuzzy msgid "Vendor: %1 " msgstr "सारांश: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1336 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "अज्ञात विक्रेता" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1339 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 #, fuzzy msgid "Version: %1 " msgstr "आवृत्ती: " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1340 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "अपरिचित चूक" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1343 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository URL: %1 " msgstr "सारांश: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "अज्ञात प्रोसेसर" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1356 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository Alias: %1 " msgstr "सारांश: %1 " @@ -442,18 +442,18 @@ #. Removes the currently selected Add-On #. #. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1636 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1689 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "अज्ञात प्रोसेसर" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1639 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "अज्ञात" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1712 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718 #, fuzzy msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "कर्नेल मॉडयुल अवलंबीता सुधारत आहेत..." Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/audit-laf.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/audit-laf.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/audit-laf.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -863,32 +863,51 @@ msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." msgstr "संदर्भ वाचले जात आहे." -#. Error message +#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do you want to skip Registration?" +msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" +msgstr "अपरिचित चूक" + +#. question continues +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467 +msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. message about loaded kernel module #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471 -msgid "" -"The audit daemon doesn't run.\n" -"Do you want to start it now?" +msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:476 -msgid "" -" The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" -"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" -"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n" -"Do you want to start the daemon now?" +#. Headline of a popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Sound Daemons" +msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" +msgstr "ध्वनीप्रक्रिया" + +#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:484 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "&Start" +msgstr "सुरू" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 #, fuzzy -msgid "Audit daemon not running." -msgstr "इशाराः क्झेंड चालू नाही" +#| msgid "Do not install" +msgid "&Do not start" +msgstr " स्थापन करू नका" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू करू शकत नाही." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -897,40 +916,40 @@ msgstr "" #. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:546 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "इनऐटेड कॉनफिग्युरेशन साठवले जात आहे" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:562 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566 #, fuzzy msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "नमुने लिहा" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:568 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "नमुने लिहित आहे..." #. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588 #, fuzzy msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "लक्ष्य अगोदरच जोडलेले आहे." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:587 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" @@ -938,35 +957,39 @@ msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:612 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "सेवा %1 पुन्हा सुरू करण्यात अपयश" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:619 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "सेटिंग्स %1वर नाही लिहू शकत." #. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:650 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652 msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:656 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "सेटिंग्स %1वर नाही लिहू शकत." #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:705 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707 #, fuzzy msgid "Log file" msgstr "&स्थानिक फाईल" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Audit daemon not running." +#~ msgstr "इशाराः क्झेंड चालू नाही" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Unknown option" #~ msgstr "अनोळखी पर्याय: %1" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/auth-client.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/auth-client.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/auth-client.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -56,12 +56,12 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:148 src/include/dialogs.rb:220 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:310 src/include/dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "रद्द करा" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ठीक आहे" #. Waiting for response #. Waiting for response @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Help" -msgstr "" +msgstr "मदत" #. No we open the dialog #: src/include/dialogs.rb:306 @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "New" -msgstr "" +msgstr "नवीन" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Add New Domain" @@ -178,15 +178,15 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:538 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "जोडा" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:539 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "संपादन" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "हटवा" #. Inetd configure dialog caption #: src/include/dialogs.rb:547 @@ -390,23 +390,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/auth-server.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/auth-server.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/auth-server.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -43,11 +43,11 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:72 msgid "Enable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "सुविधा कार्यान्वित करा" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:73 msgid "Disable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "सुविधा अकार्यान्वित करा" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:75 msgid "Database type (\"hdb\" or \"bdb\")" @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:98 msgid "File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "धारिका" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:99 msgid "Position" @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ #. all known interfaces for testing #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" -msgstr "" +msgstr "फायरवॉलमध्ये ठिकाण उघडा" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203 @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194 msgid "Firewall is disabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "फायरवॉल अकार्यान्वित आहे" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200 msgid "Register at SLP Daemon: " @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:112 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:202 msgid "Restart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "पुन्हा सुरू करा" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:114 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:203 @@ -236,6 +236,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Start new config wizward +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit existing configuration" +msgid "Migrate existing Configuration" +msgstr "सध्याचा आकृतीबंध संपादित करा" + #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135 msgid "" "Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n" @@ -274,7 +280,7 @@ #. ******************** #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:48 msgid "General Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "साधारण जुळणी" #. list of valid encoding methods for password inputs, used by add database and edit database #. dialogs @@ -290,7 +296,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "फायरवॉल मांडणी" #. create new item #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:198 @@ -355,7 +361,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Basic Kerberos Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "मूलभूत कर्बेरॉस सेटिंग्ज" #. TextEntry label: "Realm" is a typical kerberos phrase. #. Please think twice please before you translate this, @@ -387,7 +393,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:637 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:729 msgid "Current Selection: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "सध्याच निवड:" #. tree widget headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:789 @@ -438,7 +444,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "गुप्तशब्द" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1073 msgid "Validate Password" @@ -465,7 +471,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "शिष्टाचार" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1146 msgid "Provider Hostname" @@ -487,7 +493,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264 msgid "Bro&wse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "संचार करा..." #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231 @@ -655,20 +661,22 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" "variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" -"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" "specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" @@ -678,14 +686,14 @@ "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:67 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" "LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n" "(e.g. ldapsearch), check Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n" @@ -695,13 +703,13 @@ "when creating the first database on a server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n" "change any configuration settings here.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n" "for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n" @@ -709,7 +717,7 @@ "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n" "click Change Password. \n" @@ -719,28 +727,28 @@ "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:102 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" "The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" "the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" @@ -751,17 +759,17 @@ "thumbs)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" "should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" @@ -770,7 +778,7 @@ "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "If Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status is enabled, users trying to\n" "authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n" @@ -779,30 +787,30 @@ "option. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" @@ -810,34 +818,34 @@ "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" "(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "Use Add to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n" "Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" @@ -845,30 +853,30 @@ "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" @@ -876,21 +884,21 @@ "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:200 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:204 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" "in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" @@ -902,11 +910,11 @@ "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:214 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:215 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" "made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" @@ -914,21 +922,21 @@ "such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" "Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:228 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 msgid "" "Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n" "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" @@ -938,15 +946,15 @@ "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:236 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:237 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 msgid "" "refreshOnly: The slave server will periodically open a new\n" "connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n" @@ -954,28 +962,28 @@ "Replication Interval setting.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:244 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 msgid "" "refreshAndPersist: The slave server will open a persistent\n" "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:249 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:250 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" "The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:253 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:254 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" @@ -985,22 +993,24 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "<big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" +"<big>प्रारंभ सोडून देत आहे:</big> \n" +"आकृतीबंधाचे साधन Abort दाबून आता सुरक्षितपणे सोडून द्या." #. Write dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 msgid "<big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big> \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:272 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog\n" @@ -1008,11 +1018,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:278 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 msgid "" "This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n" "created. Click Finish to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n" @@ -1020,78 +1030,78 @@ msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:287 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" "If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n" "for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.\n" msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:297 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:300 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 msgid "" "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:306 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" "Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:310 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:313 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" "To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the Enabled TLS\n" "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:319 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" "Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" "support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:324 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" "corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:329 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:330 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" "different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" @@ -1099,19 +1109,19 @@ "textfields.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:336 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 msgid "" "To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:340 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "Below this item, configure some global parameters." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:344 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" "Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" "a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" @@ -1119,71 +1129,71 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:350 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" "Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:354 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:357 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:358 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" "LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:361 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" "Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" "credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:364 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:367 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:372 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:373 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 msgid "" "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests: The Server will\n" "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:378 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" "Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:381 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" "receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:386 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 msgid "" "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated:\n" "The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n" @@ -1191,7 +1201,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:392 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" "\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" @@ -1201,29 +1211,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:400 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:401 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" "To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:404 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" "Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:407 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" "If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" "checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:410 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" "To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" "server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" @@ -1232,231 +1242,231 @@ #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:417 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:421 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: database_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:425 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: acl_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:429 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:433 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:437 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:441 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:444 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:449 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:454 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:459 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:462 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:467 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:472 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:477 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:482 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:487 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:492 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:495 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : dict_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:501 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:505 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:509 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:513 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:517 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:521 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_type -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:525 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:529 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:533 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:537 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:541 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:545 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:549 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:553 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:557 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:561 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:565 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:569 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." msgstr "" @@ -1765,6 +1775,12 @@ #. Ralf Haferkamp <rhafer(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id$ +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LDAP Client Configuration" +msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration" +msgstr "LDAP ग्राहक संरचना" + #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28 msgid "MirrorMode Node List" msgstr "" @@ -1811,7 +1827,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:204 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:297 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "प्रारंभ करत आहे..." #. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. **************************************** @@ -1850,7 +1866,7 @@ #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:100 msgid "Databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "डेटाबेसेस" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 msgid "Suffix DN" @@ -1940,7 +1956,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1007 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:407 msgid "Password &Encryption" -msgstr "" +msgstr "परवलीशब्द कुटयुक्त" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1015 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368 @@ -1954,7 +1970,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "नाही" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 @@ -1962,7 +1978,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "होय" #. skip attribute that already have an index defined #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1188 @@ -1978,7 +1994,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1298 msgid "Password Policy Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "मॉड्यूल संरचना" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1307 msgid "Access Control Configuration" @@ -2002,7 +2018,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:100 msgid "LDAP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldap), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:112 @@ -2071,7 +2087,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167 msgid "None" -msgstr "" +msgstr "कोणी नाही" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174 msgid "Select &Allow Flags:" @@ -2139,7 +2155,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234 msgid "&Browse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "संचार करत आहे..." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285 msgid "Certificate &Key File (PEM Format - Unencrypted)" @@ -2147,7 +2163,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:288 msgid "B&rowse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "संचार करणे" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:295 msgid "Launch CA Management Module" @@ -2159,7 +2175,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:305 msgid "Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "व्यवस्थापक DN" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:307 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:81 msgid "&Append Base DN" @@ -2219,7 +2235,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "गुणधर्म" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 @@ -2247,7 +2263,7 @@ #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239 msgid "Password Policy Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "परवलीशब्दाची मांडणी" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:47 msgid "Enable Password Policies" @@ -2331,11 +2347,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:133 msgid "Read" -msgstr "" +msgstr "वाचा" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:134 msgid "Write" -msgstr "" +msgstr "लिहा" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:135 msgid "Manage (full access)" @@ -2356,7 +2372,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:197 msgid "A&ppend Base DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "बेस DN अपेन्ड करा" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:211 msgid "LDAP Administrator &Password" @@ -2416,7 +2432,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645 msgid "Try again?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "पुन्हा प्रयत्न करायचा?" #. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original #. Entry, try to merge them here @@ -2493,11 +2509,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Attributes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "गुणविशेष" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "संपादन" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 msgid "Access Level" @@ -2509,7 +2525,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 msgid "Flow Control" @@ -2560,7 +2576,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716 msgid "Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "पोर्ट" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637 msgid "Replication Type" @@ -2572,19 +2588,19 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647 msgid "Days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "दिवस" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651 msgid "Hours" -msgstr "" +msgstr "तास" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118 msgid "Minutes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "मिनिटे" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659 msgid "Seconds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "सेकंद" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672 msgid "Authentication DN" @@ -2690,8 +2706,8 @@ msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3479 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3526 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3572 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." msgstr "" @@ -2891,7 +2907,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227 msgid "Not configured yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "अजून संरचित केले नाही." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472 msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist." @@ -2954,7 +2970,7 @@ msgid "Could not create database directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4096 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." msgstr "" @@ -2967,101 +2983,101 @@ msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3373 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3386 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3399 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3412 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3425 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3511 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3557 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3603 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 msgid "Writing to password file failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3969 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3979 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3974 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3984 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4016 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4024 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4031 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4043 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4048 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4062 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4069 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4089 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "संचिका तयार करू शकत नाही" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4863 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 #, perl-format msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4873 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4874 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 #, perl-format msgid "" "Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n" "CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4968 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4978 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5346 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5355 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/autoinst.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/autoinst.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/autoinst.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:422 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" @@ -108,8 +108,7 @@ msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "" -#. doClone(); -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:84 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82 #, fuzzy msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "मोडेम पॅरामिटर्स" @@ -121,38 +120,33 @@ msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set." msgstr "AutoYaST प्रोफाईल गायब आहे." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/clone_system.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Author: Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> -#. Summary: This client is clones some settings of the -#. system. -#. -#. Changes: * initial - just do a simple clone -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:42 +#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "X विंडो प्रणाली संरचना प्रतिलिपीत करत आहे..." -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:52 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unknown mode" msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr "अज्ञात मोड" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:59 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Comma separated list of runlevels" msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "सुविधांची नावे रनलेव्हलने विभागलेली" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89 msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "यंत्रणा प्रतिकृत करा" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:92 -msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "निर्णायक ऑटोयास्ट कार्यक्रम /root/autoinst.xml मध्ये सापडू शकत नाही." #. help 1/2 @@ -302,23 +296,23 @@ msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "पोस्ट-स्क्रिप्ट्स वापरत आहे" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting services" msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "सेवा परत सुरू करत आहे" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:289 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:302 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "संरचना संपत आहे" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:405 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404 #, fuzzy msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "स्रोत %1 ची चौकशी करत आहे" @@ -2486,13 +2480,13 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for #. #. @return the newly created node name -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid " - Drive" msgstr "&चालक" #. volume group -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid " - Volume group" msgstr " व्हॉल्यूम समूह " @@ -2597,11 +2591,11 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:908 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 msgid "Drives" msgstr "चालक" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Total of %1 drive" #| msgid_plural "Total of %1 drives" @@ -2809,28 +2803,28 @@ msgstr "पॅकेजची सोडवणूक अपयशी ठरली. कृपया ऑटोयास्ट संक्षेपातीलसॉफ्टवेयर विभाग बघा." #. 1 cyl buffer per partition -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:491 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" msgstr "आपल्या XML प्रोफाईलमध्ये आकृतीबंध केलेली विभाजन योजना हार्ड डिस्कवर मावत नाही. %1MB गायब" -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:918 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" msgstr "ठराविक उपकरण संरचित केलेले नाही" #. Handle /etc/fstab usage #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "मूळ विभाजक वापरून बघितला जात आहे कृपया काही सेकंद थांबा..." #. a popup -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025 msgid "No Linux root partition found." msgstr "लिनक्स मूळ विभाजन मिळाले नाही." #. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting #. is inevitable. -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038 msgid "" "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" @@ -2839,7 +2833,7 @@ " बनवला नाही. आपोआप स्थापना शक्य नाही.\n" #. return list of available devices -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/base.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/base.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/base.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -1283,7 +1283,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:877 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "सोडा" @@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2552 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&परवली शब्द" @@ -1505,6 +1505,31 @@ msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgstr "आवश्यक पॅकेजेस स्थापन करण्यास अपयश." +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating configuration..." +msgid "Updating system configuration..." +msgstr "संरचना अद्ययावत करत आहे..." + +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This may take a while" +msgid "This may take a while." +msgstr "ह्याला काही वेळ लागू शकेल" + +#. Get information about the OS release +#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file +#. is missing. +#. +#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) +#. @return [String] the release information +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Control file %1 was not found." +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "नियंत्रक फाईल %1 सापडली नाही." + #. Confirm user request to abort installation #: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833 msgid "Really abort the installation?" @@ -2154,15 +2179,15 @@ #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:401 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "मोडेम" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड" @@ -2170,27 +2195,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "अज्ञात" @@ -2200,331 +2225,331 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1123 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "अतिरिक्त नोंदी पत्ते" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "ARCnet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "ARCnet महाजाल कार्ड" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 msgid "ATM" msgstr "ATM" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "Asynchronous ट्रान्सफर मोड (ATM)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "ब्ल्युटूथ" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1137 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "ब्ल्यूटूथ जोडणी" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "Bond नेटवर्क" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "समान लींक संपर्क वर्कस्टेशनकरता (CLAW)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "ISDN कार्ड" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "चॅनेल ते चॅनेल पडदा (CTC)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "DSL जोडणी" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "त्याच्यासारखा दिसणारा" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "नकली महाजाल उपकरण" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "ESCON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "एन्टर फाईल्स कनेक्टर (ESCON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "इथरनेट" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1165 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "इथरनेट महाजाल कार्ड" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "FDDI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "FDDI महाजाल कार्ड" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "FICON" msgstr "FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "फायबरचॅनेल सीसीस्ट कनेक्टर (FICON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1177 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "होत परफारन्स संमातर पडदा (HIPPI)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "Hipersockets" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1182 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "हायफर सॉकेट पडदा (HSI)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "ISDN जोडणी" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "IrDA" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "इनफ्रारेड नेटवर्क उपकरण" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "इनफ्रारेड उपकरण" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "इन्टर युझर कमुनीकेशन व्हेईकल्स (IUCV)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "OSA LCS" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "OSA LCS महाजाल कार्ड" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "लूपबॅक" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "लूपबॅक उपकरण" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "मायरीनेट" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "मायरीनेट महाजाल कार्ड" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "समांतर ओळ" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "संमातर ओळ जोडणी" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "QETH" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "OSA-एक्सप्रेस or QDIO उपकरण (QETH)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "IPv6-इन-IPv4 Encapsulation उपकरण" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "अनुक्रमे ओळ" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1227 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "अनुक्रमे ओळीचे संपर्क" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "टोकण रिंग" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "टोकन बेल महाजाल कार्ड" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "USB महाजाल उपकरण" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "VMWare" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "VMWare महाजाल उपकरण" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "बिनतारी" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "वायरलेस महाजाल कार्ड" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "XPNET" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "XP महाजाल" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 #, fuzzy msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "व्हर्च्यूहल युजर्स" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "पूल" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "TUN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 #, fuzzy msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "महाजाल मोड" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 #, fuzzy msgid "TAP" msgstr "FTP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 #, fuzzy msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "इनफिनीबॅड" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #, fuzzy msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "इनफ्रारेड उपकरण" @@ -2588,7 +2613,7 @@ msgstr "निर्यात केलेली संचिका" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:288 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2601,28 +2626,23 @@ "खरंच पुढे चालू ठेवायचे?" #. If there is network running, return true. -#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Mode and return false +#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 -#, fuzzy -msgid "No running network detected." -msgstr "टोकनरिंग महाजाल नियंत्रक" - -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:356 -msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349 +msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" +"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:357 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355 msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" -"and start this module again" +"and start this module again\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:360 -#, fuzzy -msgid "or continue without network." -msgstr "2: स्थानिक अनेक वापरकर्ते दुर्गम महाजालाशिवाय" - #. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names #: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 msgid "" @@ -2941,52 +2961,52 @@ msgstr "&प्रतिष्ठापित करा" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1715 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 msgid "Package: " msgstr "पॅकेज: " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206 msgid "Size: " msgstr "आकार: " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "" #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:248 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "पॅकेज उतरवून घेतली जात आहे %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "पॅकेज उतरवून घेत आहे" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:310 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "विस्तृत माहिती दाखवा" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:376 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378 #, fuzzy msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "फाईल एकत्रितपणाचा तपास फसला:" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:389 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:598 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "पॅकेजची स्थापना पुन्हा करून पाहायची आहे का?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:397 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:606 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "स्थापनामध्ये थांबवायची आहे का?" @@ -2995,57 +3015,57 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:425 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:459 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "चूकः %1:" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:482 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "पॅकेज विस्थापित होत आहे %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:523 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "पॅकेज स्थापित होत आहे %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "पॅकेज विस्थापित होत आहे" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "पॅकेज स्थापित होत आहे" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:583 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "पॅकेज काढून टाकणे %1 फसले." #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:585 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "पॅकेजची स्थापना %1 फसली." #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:657 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:780 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" @@ -3061,29 +3081,29 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:795 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805 msgid "Side A" msgstr "\"अ\" बाजू" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:798 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808 msgid "Side B" msgstr "\"ब\" बाजू" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822 #, fuzzy msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "%1x %2" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:814 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 #, fuzzy msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "%1x %2" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:819 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" @@ -3092,7 +3112,7 @@ "'%1'" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" @@ -3105,7 +3125,7 @@ "ही सूची संपर्कात आहे का ते तपासा." #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" @@ -3118,60 +3138,60 @@ "ही संपर्क संपर्कात आहे का ते तपासा." #. currently unused -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858 #, fuzzy msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." msgstr "योग्य संदर्भ माध्यम चढवू शकले नाही." #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:869 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2158 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:892 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:897 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "बाहेर पडा" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919 #, fuzzy msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "DNS आपोआप परत बोलावले आहे" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "स्थापनेचा पुन्हा प्रयत्न करायचा आहे का?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:985 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "माध्यम वगळायचे आहे का?" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:992 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "वाईट माध्यम विसरत आहे..." #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1013 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1074 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&युआरएल" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1321 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331 #, fuzzy msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "स्रोत %1 निर्माण करत आहे " #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1354 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 #, fuzzy msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "संदर्भ पुर्नजीवीत होताना चूक झाली." @@ -3179,9 +3199,9 @@ #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1358 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1489 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1601 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "दूरच्या संदर्भाचे वर्णन मिळवू शकले नाही." @@ -3189,24 +3209,24 @@ #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1361 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1492 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1604 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "नवीन मेटाडेटा मिळविताना चूक झाली" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617 #, fuzzy msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "स्रोत वैध नाही." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377 #, fuzzy msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "स्रोत मेटाडाटा अवैध आहे." @@ -3215,101 +3235,101 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1380 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1514 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1620 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "पुर्नजीवनाचा पुन: प्रयत्न करायचा का?" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1436 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446 #, fuzzy msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "स्रोत %1 ची चौकशी करत आहे" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1485 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 #, fuzzy msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "संदर्भ पुर्नजीवीत होताना चूक झाली." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1498 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "स्रोताच्या चौकशीचा तपशील" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "स्रोत मेटाडाटा अवैध आहे." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1597 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "कार्यक्रम साठा:" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1685 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "पॅकेज उतरवून घेतली जात आहे %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1693 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "पॅकेज उतरवून घेत आहे" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "डेल्टा RPM पॅकेज %1 लागू करत आहे..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1713 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "डेल्टा RPM डाऊनलोड करण्यात अपयश" #. at start of patch providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744 msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "पॅकेज उतरवून घेतली जात आहे %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1742 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752 msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" msgstr "पॅकेज उतरवून घेत आहे" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "स्क्रिप्ट %1 सुरु करत आहे (पॅच %2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1821 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "स्क्रिप्ट चालवत आहे" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1826 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "पॅकेज: " #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843 msgid "Script: " msgstr "स्क्रिप्ट: " #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "स्क्रिप्टचा आऊटपुट" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1927 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3318,7 +3338,7 @@ "\n" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3328,46 +3348,46 @@ msgstr "" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1959 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969 #, fuzzy msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "नूतनीकरण" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1993 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading" msgstr "उतरवून घेत आहे" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2043 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2091 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "उतरवून घेत आहे: %1" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2196 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2271 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "पॅकेज डेटाबेस तपासली जात आहे" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "पॅकेज डेटाबेस पुर्ननिर्मित होत आहे. ह्या प्रक्रियेला काही वेळ लागेल." #. progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2204 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2287 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297 msgid "Status" msgstr "वस्तुस्थिती" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2237 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3376,12 +3396,12 @@ "%1" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2274 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "पॅकेज डेटाबेस बदलत आहे. ह्या प्रक्रियेत थोडा वेळ लागेल." #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3390,13 +3410,13 @@ "%1" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2353 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "डाटाबेस वाचत आहे..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "सर्व स्थापीत पॅकेजेस तपासा" @@ -3408,30 +3428,30 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2369 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2385 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395 #, fuzzy msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "डाटाबेस वाचत आहे..." #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434 #, fuzzy msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "लक्ष्यसूची सुरवात करताना असमर्थ झाली" #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2515 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525 #, fuzzy msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "MySQL डेटाबेस" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "युजर ऑथेंन्टीकेशन" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550 #, fuzzy msgid "" "URL: %1\n" @@ -3440,7 +3460,7 @@ msgstr "युआरएल: %1" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2549 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "वापरकर्ता" @@ -3506,44 +3526,20 @@ msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "आपण हा परवाना करार स्वीकारता का?" -#. display an error message and advice to manually fix the system -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:236 -msgid "" -"The current system is not consistent,\n" -"some packages have unresolved dependencies." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:243 -msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:252 -msgid "" -"Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" -"check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" -"in the software manager." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:263 -msgid "" -"Start the software manager and fix the problems\n" -"or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" -msgstr "" - #. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:325 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223 msgid "" "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" "to be solved manually in the software manager." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:520 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "आवश्यक पॅकेजेसची स्थापना अयशस्वी झाली" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3554,12 +3550,12 @@ "कदाचित YaST नीट काम करणार नाही.\n" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "आवश्यक असणारे पॅकेज संस्थापित केल्याशिवाय चालू होऊ शकत नाही." #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3719,7 +3715,7 @@ #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:548 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545 msgid "Packages" msgstr "पॅकेजेस" @@ -4162,7 +4158,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The GnuPG key %1\n" @@ -4187,17 +4183,17 @@ "करण्यासाठी पूर्वी ही कळला मालकाचीच आहे." #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:993 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1019 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "अविश्वासू GnuPG आयात करा" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Trust" msgid "&Trust" @@ -4205,7 +4201,7 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1112 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" @@ -4227,13 +4223,13 @@ "तरीही ते स्थापन करायचे आहे का?" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1129 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130 #, fuzzy msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "इशारा" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1148 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" @@ -4251,87 +4247,95 @@ "तरीही ते प्रस्थापित करायचे?" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "अनोळखी फाईल प्रणाली" #. we need to remember the values for tab switching +#. these are the initial values #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:145 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:146 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:340 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing..." msgstr "ड्रायवर स्थापित होत आहे..." #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:544 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541 msgid "Media" msgstr "माध्यम" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:546 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Remaining" msgstr "हरवलेले पॅकेज" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547 msgid "Time" msgstr "वेळ" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:566 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563 #, fuzzy msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांना कृत्याची परवानगी:\n" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:650 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647 #, fuzzy msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "पॅकेजेस स्थापीत होईपर्यंत कृपया वाट पाहा." -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:651 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." msgstr "" #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 #, fuzzy msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "नोटस मोकळ्या करा" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "चलचित्र दाखवा" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:683 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680 msgid "&Details" msgstr "अधिक माहिती" -#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:721 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Perform Update" +msgid "Performing Upgrade" +msgstr "अपडेट करा" + +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Perform Installation" msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "स्थापना करा" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:757 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "पॅकेजची स्थापना" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -4340,17 +4344,17 @@ "कामातून बाहेर पडायचे आहे का?" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:845 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "अर्धवट सोडून दिले" #. read file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:185 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187 msgid "File not found." msgstr "" #. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:191 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "यंत्रणेचा लॉग (%1)" @@ -4959,7 +4963,7 @@ msgstr "इनट्रीड निर्मिती दरम्यान चूक झाली." #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:648 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -5075,7 +5079,7 @@ #. KiloByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:146 msgid "KiB" -msgstr "" +msgstr "केआयबी" #. MegaByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:148 @@ -5961,6 +5965,14 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "No running network detected." +#~ msgstr "टोकनरिंग महाजाल नियंत्रक" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "or continue without network." +#~ msgstr "2: स्थानिक अनेक वापरकर्ते दुर्गम महाजालाशिवाय" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Installed Size" #~ msgstr "स्थापित आकार" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/bootloader.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/bootloader.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/bootloader.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -120,22 +120,22 @@ msgstr "ही यंत्रणा आता पुन्हा सुरू करा..." #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:108 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "स्थापनेकरता बूट लोडर निवडलेला नाही. यंत्रणा बुटेबल नाही" #. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:118 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "विभाग पाडल्यामुळे, बूटलोडर नीट स्थापित करता येऊ शकत नाही." #. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:217 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 msgid "Booting" msgstr "बूटीग" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:219 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "बूटीग" @@ -144,12 +144,12 @@ #. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 msgid "Disk Order" msgstr "तबकडीची आज्ञा" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230 #, fuzzy msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "फिल्टर स्थापिते" @@ -161,10 +161,9 @@ msgstr "बूट मेनू" #. `VSpacing(1), -#. Run dialog for loader installation details for Grub2 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#. Window title #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgstr "बूट लोडर पर्याय" @@ -285,17 +284,23 @@ "कोड लिहा किंवा हा विभाग चालूकरण्यासाठीतुमचा बूट मॅनेजर\n" "सक्रिय करा." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 +msgid "" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." msgstr "कस्टम बूट पार्टिशन च्यावरून बूट करण्यासाठी पार्टिशन निवडू देते " -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" @@ -304,7 +309,7 @@ "सीरीयल कनेक्शन पॅरामीटर्स सीरीयल कन्सोल साठी आपणास \n" " निकषांची व्याख्या करु देते. अधिक माहितीसाठी कृपया grub दस्तावेद (<code>info grub</code>) पहा." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" @@ -318,7 +323,7 @@ "कमांडकडे <code>सीरीयल कन्सोल</code> देखील पाठवू शकता. अशा वेळी, आपण \n" "कोणतीही की दाबाल ते टर्मिनल GRUB टर्मिनल म्हणून निवडले जाईल." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." @@ -326,19 +331,19 @@ "फॉलबॅक सेक्शन्स जर डिफॉल्ट अयशस्वी ठरला मधे सेक्शनक्रमांकांची सूची समाविष्ट असते\n" "जी डिफॉल्ट सेक्शन बूट करण्यासारखा नसल्यास बूटींगसाठी वापरली जाईल." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "सिलेक्टिंगहाईड मेन्यू ऑन बूट बूट मेन्यू लपवेल " -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:82 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." msgstr "ग्राफिकल मेन्यू फाईल ग्राफिकल बूट मेन्यूसाठी वापरण्यासाठी फाईलची व्याख्या करते." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" @@ -350,7 +355,7 @@ "पासवर्ड स्वीकारेल." #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:95 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" @@ -363,82 +368,82 @@ "BIOS मधील ऑर्डरनुसार डिस्क्सची ऑर्डर नमूद करण्यासाठी, \n" "डिस्कचा क्रम पुन्हा लावण्यासाठीअप आणि डाऊनबटणे वर खाली करा." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "बूट लोडर ठिकाण" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 #, fuzzy msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "बूट पार्टिशनसाठी पार्टिशन तक्त्यात सक्रिय फ्लॅग निश्चित करा." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 #, fuzzy msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "एक दशांश सेकंदात वेळ संपली" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 #, fuzzy msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "मूळ बूट भाग" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "MBR साठी सर्वसाधारण बूट कोड लिहा." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "HFS बूट विभाजन" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "मुख्य बूट रेकॉर्ड" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "%1बूट विभाजन व विभाग" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "%1 चे बूट विभाजन व विभाग" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "%1बूट विभाजन व विभाग" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 #, fuzzy msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "इतर कर्नेल पॅरामिर्टर्स" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 #, fuzzy msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "डिफॉल्ट अयशस्वी झाल्यास फॉलबॅक सेक्शन्स" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 #, fuzzy msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "बूटवर मेन्यू लपवा" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "Graphical &Menu File" msgstr "चित्रमय मेन्यू फाईल" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125 #, fuzzy msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "मेन्यू इंटरफेससाठी पासवर्ड" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126 #, fuzzy msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "फ्लॅग डीबग करत आहे." @@ -493,130 +498,130 @@ #. Common widget of a console #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 #, fuzzy msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "अनुक्रम पडदा" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 #, fuzzy msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "इनव्हेलिड अर्गुमेन्ट" #. textentry header -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455 msgid "&Device" msgstr "उपकरण" #. disabling & enabling up/down -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:542 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544 #, fuzzy msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "वर्गामध्ये कमीत कमी एक मुद्रणयंत्र हवे." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:551 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553 msgid "D&isks" msgstr "तबकड्या" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:565 msgid "&Up" msgstr "वर" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:564 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:566 msgid "&Down" msgstr "खाली" #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:768 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:803 -msgid "Boot Loader Location" -msgstr "बूट लोडर ठिकाण" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:774 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:809 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740 #, fuzzy -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" -msgstr "मुख्य बूट रेकॉर्ड" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:748 -#, fuzzy msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" msgstr "%1बूट विभाजन व विभाग" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741 #, fuzzy msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "%1 चे बूट विभाजन व विभाग" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:754 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811 +msgid "Boot Loader Location" +msgstr "बूट लोडर ठिकाण" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817 #, fuzzy +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" +msgstr "मुख्य बूट रेकॉर्ड" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762 +#, fuzzy msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "%1बूट विभाजन व विभाग" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:780 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:821 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829 #, fuzzy msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "HFS बूट विभाजन" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:814 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822 msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "" #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:873 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831 msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" msgstr "बूट लोडर स्थापना आणि अधिक माहिती" -#. Cache for genericWidgets function -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:52 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "बूट लोडर पर्याय" -#. there is no graphic adapter on s390 (bnc#874010) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:75 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgstr "इतर कर्नेल पॅरामिर्टर्स" -#. there is no os prober on s390(bnc#868909) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:94 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "बूट लोडर पर्याय" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Secure" msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr "सुरक्षित" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "Layer 2 सपोर्ट सुरु करा" #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "बूट लोडर ठिकाण" #. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." msgstr "" @@ -655,27 +660,45 @@ msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" + #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 +msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 #, fuzzy msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "वैकल्पीत कर्नेल सूचना ओळ पॅरामीटर्स" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Distribution:" +msgid "D&istributor" +msgstr " वाटप: " + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98 #, fuzzy msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "VGA मोड" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "वैकल्पीत कर्नेल सूचना ओळ पॅरामीटर्स" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 +msgid "Protective MBR flag" +msgstr "" + #. combo box item #. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels #. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels @@ -711,9 +734,28 @@ msgid "Unspecified" msgstr "निर्देश न केलेले" +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "1st" +msgid "set" +msgstr "पहिला" + +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remove" +msgid "remove" +msgstr "कमी करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 +msgid "do not change" +msgstr "" + #. Init function for console #. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:148 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Autodetected card" msgid "Autodetect by grub2" @@ -721,27 +763,32 @@ #. FATE: #110038: Serial console #. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:223 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "चित्रमय मेन्यू फाईल" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:235 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261 #, fuzzy msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "अनुक्रम पडदा" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:242 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Conflict Resolution:" msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "काँफ्लिक्ट रिझोल्यूशन" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:250 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 #, fuzzy msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "इनव्हेलिड अर्गुमेन्ट" +#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 +msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +msgstr "" + #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption @@ -755,7 +802,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 #, fuzzy msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "विभाग पाडल्यामुळे, बूटलोडर नीट स्थापित करता येऊ शकत नाही." @@ -888,11 +935,7 @@ msgid "Xen" msgstr "" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152 -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:91 msgid "Floppy" msgstr "फ्लॉपी" @@ -1918,33 +1961,34 @@ #. #. #. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:167 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:171 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:183 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:187 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:205 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 #, fuzzy msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "स्थान: %1" @@ -1954,31 +1998,33 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "बूट लोडर प्रकार: %1" #. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda) -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 msgid " (\"/boot\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 msgid " (extended)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:236 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 msgid " (\"/\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242 +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr "" #. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:256 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 #, fuzzy msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "स्थान: %1" @@ -2003,241 +2049,183 @@ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" msgstr "सध्या अस्तित्वात असलेली GRUB मेन्यूज सुचवा आणि एकत्र करा" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:76 +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "एलडिएपि सिक्यूअर पोर्ट: % १" #. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" msgstr "अज्ञात मॉडेल: %1" #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "" #. TODO add more devices -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:126 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" msgstr "" -#. if "iscsi" is true -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:166 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." -msgstr "बूट उपकरण मिळाले नाही" +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:184 +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 #, fuzzy msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "बूट उपकरण मिळाले नाही" #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:204 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "" #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:259 -msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:278 +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "बूट लोडर तपासा" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "विभाजन वाचा" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "बूट लोडर मांडणी भरा" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:177 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "बूट लोडर तपासला जात आहे..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:179 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "विभाजने वाचली जात आहे..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:181 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "बूट लोडर मांडणी भरली जात आहे..." #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचना सुरू होत आहे" #. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307 msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" msgstr "मिळविलेले कर्नेल पॅरामीटर्स: %1" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:366 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "इनट्रीड निर्माण करा" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:368 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचना फाईल संग्रहीत करा" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "बूट लोडर स्थापा" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:374 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "इंड्रीड निर्माण करत आहे..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:376 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचना फाईल्स संग्रहीत करत आहे..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:378 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "बूट लोडर स्थापीत करत आहे..." #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:79 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "लिनक्स" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." +#~ msgstr "बूट उपकरण मिळाले नाही" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:85 -msgid "Failsafe" -msgstr "फेलसेफ" +#~ msgid "Linux" +#~ msgstr "लिनक्स" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:97 -msgid "Hard Disk" -msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क" +#~ msgid "Failsafe" +#~ msgstr "फेलसेफ" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:103 -msgid "Memory Test" -msgstr "स्मृती परिक्षा" +#~ msgid "Hard Disk" +#~ msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:109 -msgid "MBR before Installation" -msgstr "स्थापनेपूर्वी MBR " +#~ msgid "Memory Test" +#~ msgstr "स्मृती परिक्षा" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:115 -msgid "Previous Kernel" -msgstr "मागील कर्नेल" +#~ msgid "MBR before Installation" +#~ msgstr "स्थापनेपूर्वी MBR " -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:121 -msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "विक्रेता डायगोनिस्टीक" +#~ msgid "Previous Kernel" +#~ msgstr "मागील कर्नेल" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:230 -msgid "_Linux" -msgstr "लिनक्स" +#~ msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" +#~ msgstr "विक्रेता डायगोनिस्टीक" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:237 -msgid "_Failsafe" -msgstr "फेलसेफ" +#~ msgid "_Linux" +#~ msgstr "लिनक्स" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:244 -msgid "_Floppy" -msgstr "फ्लॉपी" +#~ msgid "_Failsafe" +#~ msgstr "फेलसेफ" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:251 -msgid "_Hard Disk" -msgstr "हार्डडिस्क" +#~ msgid "_Floppy" +#~ msgstr "फ्लॉपी" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:258 -msgid "_Memory Test" -msgstr "स्मृती परिक्षा" +#~ msgid "_Hard Disk" +#~ msgstr "हार्डडिस्क" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:265 -msgid "_MBR before Installation" -msgstr "स्थापनेपूर्वी MBR " +#~ msgid "_Memory Test" +#~ msgstr "स्मृती परिक्षा" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:272 -msgid "_Previous Kernel" -msgstr "पूर्वीचे कर्नेल" +#~ msgid "_MBR before Installation" +#~ msgstr "स्थापनेपूर्वी MBR " -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:279 -msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "विक्रेता डायगोनिस्टीक" +#~ msgid "_Previous Kernel" +#~ msgstr "पूर्वीचे कर्नेल" +#~ msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" +#~ msgstr "विक्रेता डायगोनिस्टीक" + #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/ca-management.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/ca-management.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/ca-management.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -54,25 +54,25 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:442 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 msgid "Organization" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:444 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 msgid "Locality" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:445 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 msgid "State" msgstr "राज्य" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:446 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 msgid "Country" msgstr "" @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ msgstr "" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:440 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "" @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ msgid "Email" msgstr "ईमेल" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:443 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "अर्गानाइझेशन यूनिट" @@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline #. we need to fake a certificate name #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:571 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 @@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ #. The main () #. To translators: dialog label #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:174 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 msgid "Common Server Certificate" msgstr "" @@ -666,11 +666,18 @@ msgid "For more information, please read the manual." msgstr "" +#. popup text +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 +msgid "" +"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" +"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" +msgstr "" + #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:159 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 @@ -678,33 +685,33 @@ msgstr "वर्णन" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:166 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 msgid "&Remove" msgstr "ला काढा" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:168 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Replace" msgid "&Import/Replace" msgstr "बदली करा" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:208 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The device is not configured" msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" msgstr "उपकरण संरचीत केलेले नाही" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:210 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 msgid "" "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:214 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Are you sure you want to remove the selected %1" msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?" @@ -737,52 +744,110 @@ msgid "Issued For:" msgstr "यासाठी जारी केलेr:" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:214 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Volume Name: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "व्हॉल्यूम नाव: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Organizational Unit" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "अर्गानाइझेशन यूनिट" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Location: %1" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "स्थान: %1" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Name: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr " नाव: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mount " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "माउंट " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 msgid "Issued By:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:248 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " msgstr "" #. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:271 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 msgid "&Advanced..." msgstr "प्रगत..." -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:273 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:462 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 msgid "&View" msgstr "पहा" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:274 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 #, fuzzy msgid "&Change CA Password" msgstr "प्रयोक्ता पासवर्ड बदलू शकतो" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:275 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 msgid "C&reate SubCA" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:276 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 msgid "Export to &File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:277 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 msgid "Export to &LDAP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:278 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 msgid "&Edit Default" msgstr "" @@ -836,7 +901,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:774 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 msgid "Summary" msgstr "" @@ -868,18 +933,18 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:815 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:826 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:929 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:938 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:947 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1036 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1045 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1184 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1193 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1202 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 msgid " (critical)\n" msgstr "" @@ -891,40 +956,40 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:954 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:994 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 msgid "(critical) " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:999 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1070 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 msgid "(critical)\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:812 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 msgid "nsComment: " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:825 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 msgid "nsCertType: " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address" msgstr "" @@ -998,84 +1063,228 @@ "Certificate not found" msgstr "" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Name: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr " नाव: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Organizational Unit" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "अर्गानाइझेशन यूनिट" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Location: %1" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "स्थान: %1" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Type " +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr " प्रकार " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mount " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "माउंट " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Type " +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr " प्रकार " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Type " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Is CA: " +msgstr " प्रकार " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " RAID " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Key Size: " +msgstr " RAID " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Serial Number" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Serialnumber: " +msgstr "अनुक्रमांक:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Version: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Version: " +msgstr " आवृत्ती: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Valid from: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid from: " +msgstr "पासून वैध:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " RAID " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid to: " +msgstr " RAID " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of pub. Key : " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of signature: " +msgstr "" + #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) #. Initialize the tab of the dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:389 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:518 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 msgid "Valid" msgstr "" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:392 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 msgid "Revoked" msgstr "" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:396 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 msgid "Expired" msgstr "" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:439 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 msgid "Status" msgstr "वस्तुस्थिती" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:441 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 msgid "E-Mail Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 msgid "Add" msgstr "जोडा" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 msgid "Add Server Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 msgid "Add Client Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:463 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "&Change Password" msgstr "प्रयोक्ता पासवर्ड बदलू शकतो" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:464 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 msgid "&Revoke" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:465 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "काढून टाका" #. Fate (#2613) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:469 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 msgid "Export" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:471 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 msgid "Export to File" msgstr "" #. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 msgid "Export to LDAP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:572 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 msgid "Delete current certificate?" msgstr "" @@ -1165,7 +1374,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:712 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 msgid "&Valid Period (days):" msgstr "" @@ -1613,7 +1822,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:802 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 msgid "Path Length " msgstr "" @@ -1817,6 +2026,13 @@ "Request not found.\n" msgstr "" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 +msgid "" +"\n" +"generation Time: " +msgstr "" + #. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention #. @param request extention #. @return [void] @@ -1825,78 +2041,78 @@ #. @param request extention #. @return [void] #. Filling up reqeust extentions -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:245 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:569 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:674 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found." msgstr "" #. IS CA ? -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:632 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:639 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:691 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 msgid "This frame shows the signing request." msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:696 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:719 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:725 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)" msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:765 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:771 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 msgid "Click Sign Request to go on." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:789 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 #, fuzzy msgid " days" msgstr "1 दिवस" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:795 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 msgid " (critical)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1221 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 msgid "&Edit Request" msgstr "" #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1232 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 msgid "Sign Request" msgstr "" #. signing request -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1245 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 msgid "The request has been signed." msgstr "" Added: trunk/yast/mr/po/cio.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/cio.mr.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/cio.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya(a)gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Runlevels" +msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "सर्व रनलेव्हलमध्ये" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "साधन" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Used" +msgstr "वापरलेले" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "नाहीं" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "योय" + +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Fiber channel" +msgid "Filter channels" +msgstr "Fiber वाहिनी" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "&सर्व निवड" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Detailed selection..." +msgid "&Clear selection" +msgstr "विस्तृत निवड..." + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Channel" +msgid "&Unban Channels" +msgstr "चॅनेल" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "" +"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Ranges to Unban." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/cluster.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/cluster.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/cluster.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -89,225 +89,225 @@ msgstr "मध्ये संरचना" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:83 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120 msgid "OK" msgstr "ठीक आहे" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "रद्द करा" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remote Address:" msgid "IP Address" msgstr "दूरस्थ पत्ता:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remote Address:" msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "दूरस्थ पत्ता:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "nodeid" msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Transport:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:391 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Channel" msgstr "चॅनेल" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:396 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:417 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network Address Setup" msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "महाजाल पत्ता मांडणी" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:420 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1334 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Portal Address" msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "पोस्टल पत्ता" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:404 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Scan the Channels" msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "वाहिन्याची पाहणी" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Clustering" msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "समूहीकरण" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:428 -msgid "expected votes:" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remote Address:" msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "दूरस्थ पत्ता:" -#. Changewidget items will change value to first one automatically -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:671 +#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable Security Event Notification" msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "सुरक्षा घटने संबंधी सूचना लागू करा." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "Threads:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:677 -msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:682 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:787 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 msgid "Running" msgstr "चालू आहे" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No network running" msgid "Not running" msgstr "नेटवर्क चालू नाही" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:825 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Booting" msgstr "बूटीग" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:835 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:842 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Started manually" msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" msgstr "हाताने सुरू करा" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "बटन सुरू आणि बंद" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "सध्याची स्थिती: " -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start Firewall Now" msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "आता फायरवॉल सुरू करा" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop Firewall Now" msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "आता फायरवॉल बंद करा" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:962 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Local Host" msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "लोकल होस्ट" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Add" msgstr "जोडा" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:967 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Delay" msgid "Del" msgstr "उशीर होणे" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:968 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042 msgid "Edit" msgstr "संपादन" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:974 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select File" msgid "Sync File" msgstr "फाईल निवडा" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:981 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Suggested fstab Lines" msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "सुचविलेल्या fstab ओळी" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1117 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1120 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1150 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter a valid host name." msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "होस्टचे वैध नाव प्रविष्ट करा." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1164 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1178 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter a new name for the %1 profile." msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "कार्यक्रमाकरिता नवीन नाव %1 घाला." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter the file name" msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "फाईलचे नाव लिहा" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1225 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Archive %1 already exists.\n" @@ -320,46 +320,46 @@ " आपल्याका तो खरोखरच ओव्हरराईट करायचा आहे?" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1235 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "%1 वर फाईल वाचणे अपयशी ठरले.\n" #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1249 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Image creation failed." msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "प्रतिमा तयार करणे असफल" #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1329 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1332 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1335 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1339 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" @@ -372,23 +372,26 @@ "<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" "<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" @@ -397,7 +400,7 @@ "\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" @@ -408,7 +411,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Initializing Configuration</big> \n" @@ -421,7 +424,7 @@ "कृपया प्रतीक्षा करा... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" @@ -430,7 +433,7 @@ "आता Abort दाबून आकृतीबंध उपयोगिता सुरक्षितपणे निष्फळ करा.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:77 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Saving the Configuration</big> \n" @@ -443,7 +446,7 @@ "कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा..." #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -468,41 +471,41 @@ msgstr "प्रारंभ करत आहे..." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration" msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्राची संरचना कार्यान्वयीत करत आहे" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "डाटाबेस वाचा" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:402 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "आधीची सेटिंग्ज वाचा" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:404 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read firewall settings" msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "फायरवॉल प्रणाली वाचा" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "डाटाबेस वाचत आहे..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "पूर्वीची सेटींग्ज वाचली जात आहे" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." @@ -510,75 +513,75 @@ #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527 msgid "Finished" msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:429 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "आवश्यक पॅकेज स्थापित करू शकत नाही." #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change existing configuration" msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन वाचासध्याचा आकृतीबंध बदला" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the database1." msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "डाटाबेस 1 वाचू शकत नाही." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:457 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the database2." msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "डाटाबेस 2 वाचू शकत नाही." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:473 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "डिव्हायसेस ओळखू शकत नाही." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:490 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving the Configuration" msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Save changes to the Profile" msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "अभिव्यक्तितील बदल संग्रहीत करा" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "बदल फाईलमध्ये संग्रहीत करत आहे..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहू शकत नाही." Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/control-center.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/control-center.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/control-center.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:35+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma <priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/control.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/control.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/control.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma <priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -12,27 +12,30 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:7 -msgid "Add-On Product Installation" -msgstr "जास्तीची वस्तू स्थापना" - -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:15 -msgid "Language Installation" -msgstr "नविन भाषांचे इनस्टॉलेशन" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:355 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#| "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t" msgid "" "\n" "\n" "The installation has completed successfully.\n" "Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" "\n" "\n" "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" "\n" -"\t" +" " msgstr "" "\n" "\n" @@ -45,745 +48,366 @@ "\n" "\t" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:371 control/control.openSUSE.glade:429 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 #, fuzzy -msgid "Initialization..." -msgstr "प्रारंभ करत आहे..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:372 control/control.openSUSE.glade:430 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Configuring network..." -msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचित करत आहे..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:373 control/control.openSUSE.glade:431 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Configuring hardware..." -msgstr "भाषा संरचित करा...." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:374 control/control.openSUSE.glade:432 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Finishing configuration..." -msgstr "संरचना संपत आहे" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:377 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:319 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:343 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "IMAP Server" msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "IMAP सेवा संगणक" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:382 control/control.SLED.glade:493 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:771 control/control.SLED.glade:775 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:956 control/control.SLED.glade:997 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:324 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:412 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:551 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:886 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:890 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1077 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1118 control/control.SLES.glade:348 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:436 control/control.SLES.glade:554 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:575 control/control.SLES.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:914 control/control.SLES.glade:1101 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1142 control/control.glade:72 -#: control/control.glade:132 control/control.glade:464 -#: control/control.glade:508 control/control.openSUSE.glade:463 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:583 control/control.openSUSE.glade:895 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:899 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1071 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "रचना संस्थापन" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:436 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:382 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:470 control/control.SLES.glade:406 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:494 control/control.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 msgid "Overview" msgstr "सार" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:444 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:392 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:478 control/control.SLES.glade:416 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:502 control/control.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19 msgid "Expert" msgstr "निपुण" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:461 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:497 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:521 control/control.openSUSE.glade:550 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20 #, fuzzy msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "रचना संस्थापन" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:478 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:515 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:539 control/control.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:568 control/control.openSUSE.glade:984 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:989 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "अद्ययावत रचना" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:512 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:570 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:613 control/control.SLES.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:637 control/control.glade:153 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:601 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "जाळे संरचना" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:559 control/control.SLED.glade:1212 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1218 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:653 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1350 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1362 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:690 control/control.SLES.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:1380 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1386 control/control.SLES.glade:1398 -#: control/control.glade:194 control/control.glade:692 -#: control/control.glade:697 control/control.glade:701 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:643 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1305 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1311 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)" +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "महाजाल सेवा संरचना" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "हार्डवेअर संरचना" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:579 control/control.SLED.glade:692 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:816 control/control.SLED.glade:926 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1320 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:695 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:807 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:931 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1047 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:719 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:831 control/control.SLES.glade:955 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1071 control/control.SLES.glade:1510 -#: control/control.glade:213 control/control.glade:313 -#: control/control.glade:416 control/control.openSUSE.glade:667 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:794 control/control.openSUSE.glade:937 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1038 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1428 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "तयारी" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:585 control/control.SLED.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:697 control/control.SLED.glade:739 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:822 control/control.SLED.glade:831 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:710 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:812 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:854 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:937 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:946 control/control.SLES.glade:725 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:734 control/control.SLES.glade:836 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:878 control/control.SLES.glade:961 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:970 control/control.glade:219 -#: control/control.glade:228 control/control.glade:237 -#: control/control.glade:319 control/control.glade:328 -#: control/control.glade:337 control/control.glade:449 -#: control/control.glade:493 control/control.openSUSE.glade:672 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:799 control/control.openSUSE.glade:841 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:943 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1066 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Network Configuration" +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "महाजाल संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Address Setup" +msgid "Network Autosetup" +msgstr "महाजाल पत्ता मांडणी" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Welcome" msgstr " सुस्वागतम्" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:600 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:716 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:740 control/control.glade:343 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:682 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disk Activation" msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "तबकडी" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:606 control/control.SLED.glade:707 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:837 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:722 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:822 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:952 control/control.SLES.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:846 control/control.SLES.glade:976 -#: control/control.glade:243 control/control.glade:349 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:686 control/control.openSUSE.glade:809 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:951 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "तबकडी" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:612 control/control.SLED.glade:618 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:711 control/control.SLED.glade:715 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:843 control/control.SLED.glade:849 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1325 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:728 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:734 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:826 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:830 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:958 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:964 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1491 control/control.SLES.glade:752 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:758 control/control.SLES.glade:850 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:854 control/control.SLES.glade:982 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:988 control/control.SLES.glade:1515 -#: control/control.glade:249 control/control.glade:255 -#: control/control.glade:355 control/control.glade:361 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:690 control/control.openSUSE.glade:694 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:813 control/control.openSUSE.glade:817 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:955 control/control.openSUSE.glade:959 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1433 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "प्रणाली विश्लेषण" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:624 control/control.SLED.glade:865 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:740 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:980 control/control.SLES.glade:764 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1004 control/control.glade:261 -#: control/control.glade:378 control/control.openSUSE.glade:704 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:975 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "ऍ़ड-ऑन प्रॉडक्टस" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:630 control/control.SLED.glade:749 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:864 control/control.SLES.glade:770 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:888 control/control.glade:267 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:861 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +msgid "Disk" +msgstr "चकती" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "वेळ विभाग" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:647 control/control.SLED.glade:651 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:763 control/control.SLED.glade:767 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:878 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:882 control/control.SLES.glade:902 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:906 control/control.openSUSE.glade:735 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:739 control/control.openSUSE.glade:875 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:879 -#, fuzzy -msgid "User Settings" -msgstr "मूळ मांडणी" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "संस्थापन" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:655 control/control.openSUSE.glade:747 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Installation Overview" -msgstr "स्थापीत मिडिया" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +msgid "Installation Summary" +msgstr "सारांश संस्थापन" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:662 control/control.SLED.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:670 control/control.SLED.glade:674 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:678 control/control.SLED.glade:781 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:785 control/control.SLED.glade:791 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:795 control/control.SLED.glade:799 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:805 control/control.SLED.glade:963 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:967 control/control.SLED.glade:971 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:975 control/control.SLED.glade:1004 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1008 control/control.SLED.glade:1012 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1016 control/control.SLED.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1294 control/control.SLED.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1302 control/control.SLED.glade:1306 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1310 control/control.SLED.glade:1414 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1418 control/control.SLED.glade:1422 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:772 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:776 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:784 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:789 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:794 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:896 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:900 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:906 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:914 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1084 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1088 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1092 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1125 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1129 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1133 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1137 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1450 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1458 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1462 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1466 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1471 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1476 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1580 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1584 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1588 control/control.SLES.glade:796 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:800 control/control.SLES.glade:804 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:808 control/control.SLES.glade:813 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:818 control/control.SLES.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:924 control/control.SLES.glade:930 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:934 control/control.SLES.glade:938 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:944 control/control.SLES.glade:1108 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1112 control/control.SLES.glade:1116 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1120 control/control.SLES.glade:1149 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1153 control/control.SLES.glade:1157 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1161 control/control.SLES.glade:1474 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1478 control/control.SLES.glade:1482 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:1490 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1495 control/control.SLES.glade:1500 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1604 control/control.SLES.glade:1608 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1612 control/control.glade:291 -#: control/control.glade:295 control/control.glade:299 -#: control/control.glade:303 control/control.glade:469 -#: control/control.glade:473 control/control.glade:477 -#: control/control.glade:513 control/control.glade:517 -#: control/control.glade:521 control/control.glade:612 -#: control/control.glade:620 control/control.glade:624 -#: control/control.glade:744 control/control.glade:748 -#: control/control.glade:752 control/control.glade:756 -#: control/control.glade:760 control/control.glade:777 -#: control/control.glade:785 control/control.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:793 control/control.openSUSE.glade:754 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:758 control/control.openSUSE.glade:763 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:770 control/control.openSUSE.glade:774 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:780 control/control.openSUSE.glade:905 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:909 control/control.openSUSE.glade:913 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:917 control/control.openSUSE.glade:923 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1078 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1082 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1086 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1090 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1123 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1127 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1131 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1135 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1393 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1397 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1401 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1405 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1409 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1413 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1417 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1522 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1526 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1530 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "स्थापना करा" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:720 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:835 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:859 control/control.openSUSE.glade:822 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Repair" -msgstr "दुरूस्त करा" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:734 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:756 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:849 control/control.SLES.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:873 control/control.glade:283 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:744 control/control.openSUSE.glade:836 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "संस्थापन" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:757 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:872 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:896 control/control.openSUSE.glade:729 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:869 -msgid "Disk" -msgstr "चकती" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:855 control/control.SLED.glade:1331 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:970 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1497 control/control.SLES.glade:994 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1521 control/control.glade:367 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:963 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1439 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "प्रणाली अद्ययावत" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:872 control/control.SLED.glade:1348 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:987 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1514 control/control.SLES.glade:1011 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1538 control/control.glade:385 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:981 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1456 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 msgid "Update" msgstr "अद्ययावत करा" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:875 control/control.SLED.glade:880 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:990 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:995 control/control.SLES.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1019 control/control.glade:388 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "अद्ययावत सारांश" -#. FATE #304940: s390 reIPL -#: control/control.SLED.glade:890 control/control.SLED.glade:899 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:903 control/control.SLED.glade:907 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:911 control/control.SLED.glade:915 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1032 control/control.SLED.glade:1359 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1364 control/control.SLED.glade:1369 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1375 control/control.SLED.glade:1379 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1383 control/control.SLED.glade:1387 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1392 control/control.SLED.glade:1397 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1450 control/control.SLED.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1005 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1018 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1022 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1026 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1031 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1036 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1153 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1525 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1535 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1541 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1545 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1553 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1558 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1563 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1617 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1621 control/control.SLES.glade:1029 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1038 control/control.SLES.glade:1042 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1046 control/control.SLES.glade:1050 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1055 control/control.SLES.glade:1060 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1177 control/control.SLES.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1554 control/control.SLES.glade:1559 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1565 control/control.SLES.glade:1569 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1573 control/control.SLES.glade:1577 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1582 control/control.SLES.glade:1587 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1641 control/control.SLES.glade:1645 -#: control/control.glade:393 control/control.glade:397 -#: control/control.glade:401 control/control.glade:405 -#: control/control.glade:538 control/control.glade:546 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:999 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1008 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1012 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1016 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1020 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1026 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1467 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1472 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1477 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1483 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1487 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1491 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1495 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1500 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1505 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1555 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1559 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "अपडेट करा" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:930 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1051 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1075 control/control.glade:421 -#: control/control.glade:429 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1042 -msgid "System Information" -msgstr "प्रणाली माहिती" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:934 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1055 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1079 control/control.glade:433 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1046 -msgid "Perform Repair" -msgstr "दुरूस्ती करा" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:945 control/control.SLED.glade:986 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1262 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1066 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1422 control/control.SLES.glade:1090 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1131 control/control.SLES.glade:1446 -#: control/control.glade:444 control/control.glade:488 -#: control/control.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1060 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1106 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1365 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "पायाभूत स्थापना" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:951 control/control.SLED.glade:992 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1072 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1113 control/control.SLES.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1137 control/control.glade:459 -#: control/control.glade:503 -msgid "Language" -msgstr "भाषा" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +msgid "AutoYaST Settings" +msgstr "AutoYaST सेटींग्ज" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1038 control/control.SLED.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1239 control/control.SLED.glade:1428 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1460 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1159 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1252 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1399 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1594 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1627 control/control.SLES.glade:1183 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1276 control/control.SLES.glade:1423 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1618 control/control.SLES.glade:1651 -#: control/control.glade:551 control/control.glade:631 -#: control/control.glade:798 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1213 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1332 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1536 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1565 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "संरचना" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1041 control/control.SLED.glade:1048 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1145 control/control.SLED.glade:1151 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1155 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1162 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1169 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1294 control/control.SLES.glade:1186 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1193 control/control.SLES.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1314 control/control.SLES.glade:1318 -#: control/control.glade:554 control/control.glade:560 -#: control/control.glade:643 control/control.glade:648 -#: control/control.glade:652 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1254 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1260 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1264 -msgid "Network" -msgstr "जाल" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +msgid "System Configuration" +msgstr "प्रणाली संरचना" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1054 control/control.SLED.glade:1058 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1159 control/control.SLED.glade:1163 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1175 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1179 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1302 control/control.SLES.glade:1199 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1203 control/control.SLES.glade:1322 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1326 control/control.glade:566 -#: control/control.glade:656 -msgid "Customer Center" -msgstr "ग्राहक केंद्र" +#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" +#~ msgstr "जास्तीची वस्तू स्थापना" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1064 control/control.SLED.glade:1070 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1076 control/control.SLED.glade:1170 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1176 control/control.SLED.glade:1180 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1184 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1185 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1191 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1197 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1314 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1318 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1322 control/control.SLES.glade:1209 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1215 control/control.SLES.glade:1221 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1332 control/control.SLES.glade:1338 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1342 control/control.SLES.glade:1346 -#: control/control.glade:572 control/control.glade:578 -#: control/control.glade:584 control/control.glade:662 -#: control/control.glade:668 control/control.glade:672 -#: control/control.glade:676 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1268 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1272 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1276 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1280 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1284 -msgid "Online Update" -msgstr "ऑनलाईन सुधारणा" +#~ msgid "Language Installation" +#~ msgstr "नविन भाषांचे इनस्टॉलेशन" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1083 control/control.SLED.glade:1208 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1205 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1346 control/control.SLES.glade:1229 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1370 control/control.glade:588 -#: control/control.glade:688 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1301 -msgid "Release Notes" -msgstr "नोटस मोकळ्या करा" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "स्थापना यशस्वीरित्या पूर्ण झाली आहे.\n" +#~ "आपली प्रणाली वापरासाठी सज्ज आहे.\n" +#~ "प्रणाली वर लॉगइन करण्यासाठी Finish पर क्लिक करा.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "कृपया आम्हाला://www.novell.com/linux/वर भेटा.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1110 control/control.SLED.glade:1242 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1402 control/control.SLES.glade:1426 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1221 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1335 #, fuzzy -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "मूळ संरचना" +#~ msgid "Initialization..." +#~ msgstr "प्रारंभ करत आहे..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1116 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1255 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1279 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1227 #, fuzzy -msgid "root Password" -msgstr "मूळ परवलीशब्द" +#~ msgid "Configuring network..." +#~ msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचित करत आहे..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1121 control/control.SLED.glade:1127 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1133 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1260 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1266 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1272 control/control.SLES.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1290 control/control.SLES.glade:1296 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1232 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1238 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1244 #, fuzzy -msgid "Check Installation" -msgstr "संस्थापन" +#~ msgid "Configuring hardware..." +#~ msgstr "भाषा संरचित करा...." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1139 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1278 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1302 control/control.glade:639 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1250 -msgid "Hostname" -msgstr "सादरकर्त्यांचे नाव" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Finishing configuration..." +#~ msgstr "संरचना संपत आहे" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1188 control/control.SLED.glade:1192 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1332 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1336 control/control.SLES.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1360 control/control.glade:680 -#: control/control.glade:684 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1288 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1292 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1342 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1346 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "वापरकर्ते" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "User Settings" +#~ msgstr "मूळ मांडणी" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1271 control/control.SLED.glade:1277 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1281 control/control.SLED.glade:1337 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1343 control/control.SLED.glade:1351 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1431 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1437 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1441 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1503 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1509 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1517 control/control.SLES.glade:1455 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1461 control/control.SLES.glade:1465 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1527 control/control.SLES.glade:1533 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1541 control/control.glade:719 -#: control/control.glade:727 control/control.glade:733 -#: control/control.glade:737 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1374 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1380 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1384 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1445 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1451 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1459 -msgid "AutoYaST Settings" -msgstr "AutoYaST सेटींग्ज" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Installation Overview" +#~ msgstr "स्थापीत मिडिया" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1431 control/control.SLED.glade:1463 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1597 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1630 control/control.SLES.glade:1621 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1654 control/control.glade:801 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1539 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1568 -msgid "System Configuration" -msgstr "प्रणाली संरचना" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Repair" +#~ msgstr "दुरूस्त करा" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1467 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1201 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1340 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1601 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1634 control/control.SLES.glade:1225 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1364 control/control.SLES.glade:1625 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1658 -msgid "Clean Up" -msgstr "स्वच्छता" +#~ msgid "System Information" +#~ msgstr "प्रणाली माहिती" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:291 control/control.SLES.glade:314 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" -#| "Your system is ready for use.\n" -#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "\t" -msgid "" -"\n" -"\n" -"The installation has completed successfully.\n" -"Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"\n" -"\t" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"\n" -"स्थापना यशस्वीरित्या पूर्ण झाली आहे.\n" -"आपली प्रणाली वापरासाठी सज्ज आहे.\n" -"प्रणाली वर लॉगइन करण्यासाठी Finish पर क्लिक करा.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"कृपया आम्हाला://www.novell.com/linux/वर भेटा.\n" -"\n" -"\t" +#~ msgid "Perform Repair" +#~ msgstr "दुरूस्ती करा" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:307 control/control.SLES.glade:330 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Server Base Scenario" -msgstr "सेवासंगणकाचे नाव:" +#~ msgid "Language" +#~ msgstr "भाषा" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:308 control/control.SLES.glade:331 -msgid "" -"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n" -"Choose the one that matches your server the best." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Network" +#~ msgstr "जाल" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:314 control/control.SLES.glade:337 -msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Customer Center" +#~ msgstr "ग्राहक केंद्र" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:315 control/control.SLES.glade:338 -msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Online Update" +#~ msgstr "ऑनलाईन सुधारणा" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:316 control/control.SLES.glade:339 -msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Release Notes" +#~ msgstr "नोटस मोकळ्या करा" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:639 control/control.SLES.glade:663 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)" -msgid "Network Services Configuration" -msgstr "महाजाल सेवा संरचना" +#~ msgid "Automatic Configuration" +#~ msgstr "मूळ संरचना" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:760 control/control.SLES.glade:784 #, fuzzy -msgid "Server Scenario" -msgstr "सेवासंगणकाची मांडणी" +#~ msgid "root Password" +#~ msgstr "मूळ परवलीशब्द" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:765 control/control.SLES.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:286 -msgid "Installation Summary" -msgstr "सारांश संस्थापन" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Check Installation" +#~ msgstr "संस्थापन" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1326 control/control.SLES.glade:1350 -msgid "Service" -msgstr "सेवा" +#~ msgid "Hostname" +#~ msgstr "सादरकर्त्यांचे नाव" -#: control/control.SLES.glade:340 -msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Users" +#~ msgstr "वापरकर्ते" -#: control/control.glade:276 control/control.openSUSE.glade:717 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "डेस्कटॉप निवड" +#~ msgid "Clean Up" +#~ msgstr "स्वच्छता" -#: control/control.glade:634 -msgid "Root Password" -msgstr "मूळ परवलीशब्द" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Server Base Scenario" +#~ msgstr "सेवासंगणकाचे नाव:" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:420 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -"\t " -msgstr "" -"\n" -"अभिनंदन!\n" -"आपल्या मशीनवर ओपनSUSE ची स्थापना पूर्ण झाली\n" -"Finishवर क्लिक केल्यानंतर, आपण प्रणालीवर लॉग इन करु शकाल\n" -"आम्हाला %1 या ठिकाणी भेटा\n" -"खूप मजा करा! आपला SUSE विकास गट\n" -"\t" +#~ msgid "Server Scenario" +#~ msgstr "सेवासंगणकाची मांडणी" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:438 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Service" +#~ msgstr "सेवा" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:451 +#~ msgid "Desktop Selection" +#~ msgstr "डेस्कटॉप निवड" + +#~ msgid "Root Password" +#~ msgstr "मूळ परवलीशब्द" + #, fuzzy -msgid "GNOME Desktop" -msgstr "डेस्कटॉप" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Congratulations!\n" +#~ "The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +#~ "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" +#~ "Visit us at %1.\n" +#~ "Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" +#~ "\t " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "अभिनंदन!\n" +#~ "आपल्या मशीनवर ओपनSUSE ची स्थापना पूर्ण झाली\n" +#~ "Finishवर क्लिक केल्यानंतर, आपण प्रणालीवर लॉग इन करु शकाल\n" +#~ "आम्हाला %1 या ठिकाणी भेटा\n" +#~ "खूप मजा करा! आपला SUSE विकास गट\n" +#~ "\t" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:452 #, fuzzy -msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgstr "डेस्कटॉप" +#~ msgid "GNOME Desktop" +#~ msgstr "डेस्कटॉप" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:453 #, fuzzy -msgid "XFCE Desktop" -msgstr "डेस्कटॉप" +#~ msgid "KDE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "डेस्कटॉप" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:454 #, fuzzy -msgid "LXDE Desktop" -msgstr "डेस्कटॉप" +#~ msgid "XFCE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "डेस्कटॉप" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:455 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "LXDE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "डेस्कटॉप" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:456 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Alternate Desktops" -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "पर्यायी डेस्कटॉप" +#~| msgid "Alternate Desktops" +#~ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" +#~ msgstr "पर्यायी डेस्कटॉप" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:457 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:699 control/control.openSUSE.glade:970 #, fuzzy -msgid "Online Repositories" -msgstr "ऑनलाईन सुधारणा" +#~ msgid "Online Repositories" +#~ msgstr "ऑनलाईन सुधारणा" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/country.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/country.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/country.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/crowbar.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/crowbar.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/crowbar.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/dhcp-server.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/dhcp-server.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/dhcp-server.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1651 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 msgid "IP" msgstr "" @@ -537,75 +537,74 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:609 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 msgid "" -"The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" -"and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" -"Really use this interface?\n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"and netmask)." msgstr "" #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:633 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:640 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "क्षेत्र नाव" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:658 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:666 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:684 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1140 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 msgid "&Units" msgstr "" @@ -613,49 +612,49 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1018 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1030 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1042 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1054 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1068 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 #, fuzzy msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "प्रणाली माहिती" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1074 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1104 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "" @@ -663,7 +662,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1110 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 @@ -674,7 +673,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 @@ -682,53 +681,53 @@ msgstr "" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1125 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1131 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 msgid "&Default" msgstr "मूलभूत" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1159 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1361 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1370 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "" #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -736,8 +735,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "" @@ -745,135 +744,135 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1595 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1618 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1649 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 msgid "Name" msgstr "नाव" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 msgid "Type" msgstr "प्रकार" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1662 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&नांव" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "आयपी पत्ता" #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1690 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1692 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1707 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1710 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "इथरनेट" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1812 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "टोकण रिंग" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1886 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1932 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1942 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1952 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "" #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1970 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2034 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "" #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2006 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2021 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "" #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -886,15 +885,15 @@ msgstr "" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" @@ -906,7 +905,7 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2237 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/dns-server.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/dns-server.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/dns-server.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/drbd.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/drbd.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/drbd.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -22,6 +22,16 @@ msgid "Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "वैश्विक कॉन्फिगरेशन" +#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86 +msgid "DRBD" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88 +msgid "&DRBD" +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. @@ -61,24 +71,84 @@ msgid "Resource Configuration" msgstr "मॉड्यूल संरचना" +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resource Basic Configuration" +msgstr "मॉड्यूल संरचना" + +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration" +msgstr "मॉड्यूल संरचना" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51 +msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52 +msgid "" +"included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The file is a configuration file." +msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n" +msgstr "ही फाईल संचारीत फाईल आहे." + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network." +msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n" +msgstr "महाजालद्वारे चाळणीकरिता संरचना ठरविण्यात अपयश आले." + #. Drbd configure1 dialog caption #. Drbd configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:60 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138 #, fuzzy #| msgid "DNS Configuration" msgid "DRBD Configuration" msgstr "DNS संरचना" #. Drbd configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy -msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" +#| msgid "First part of configuration of CASA" +msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "CASA च्या आकृतीबंधाचा पहिला भाग" #. Drbd configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141 #, fuzzy -msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" +#| msgid "Second part of configuration of CASA" +msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "CASA च्या आकृतीबंधाचा दुसरा भाग" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -110,7 +180,7 @@ #| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" "<big>आकृतीबंध प्रारंभित करत आहे</big> \n" "कृपया प्रतीक्षा करा... \n" @@ -128,14 +198,14 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "<big>Saving the Configuration</big> \n" -#| "Please wait..." +#| "<big>Saving Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे</big> \n" -"कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा..." +"<big>आकृतीबंध जतन करत आहे</big> \n" +"कृपया प्रतीक्षा करा ... \n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:48 @@ -156,14 +226,79 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55 #, fuzzy +msgid "<big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "<big>जोडणी संरचीत</big>" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Booting:\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually\n" +"\t\tSwitch On and Off:\n" +"\t\t\tStarting or Stopping DRBD Server right now\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "<big>जोडणी संरचीत</big>" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\tProtocol\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" +"\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" +"\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" +"\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 +#, fuzzy msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "<big>जोडणी संरचीत</big>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" @@ -173,31 +308,37 @@ " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" -"Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n" -"module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n" -"configured in this file.\n" +" use this if you want to define more resources later\n" +" without reloading the module.\n" +" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n" +" as configured mentioned in this file. " msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"Configure DRBD here. \n" +"Configure drbd here. \n" msgstr "" "<big>केडम्पचा आकृतीबंध तयार करणे</big> \n" "केडम्पचा आकृतीबंध येथे तयार करा. \n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Adding a Kdump:</big> \n" +#| "Choose an kdump from the list of detected kdumps.\n" +#| "If your kdump was not detected, select Other (not detected).\n" +#| "Then press Configure.\n" msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n" -"If your DRBD was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" +"If your drbd was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" "<big>केडम्प समाविष्ट करणे:</big> \n" @@ -206,7 +347,7 @@ "मग दाबा:Configure.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -217,11 +358,11 @@ "तो अतिरिक्त डायलॉग उघडतो.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:93 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" -"Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n" +"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<big>केडम्प आकृतीबंध अवलोकन</big> \n" @@ -229,21 +370,28 @@ "संपादन करा. \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Adding a Kdump:</big> \n" +#| "Press Add to configure a kdump." msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Press Add to configure a DRBD.\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Press Add to configure a drbd." msgstr "" "<big>केडम्प समाविष्ट करणे:</big> \n" "केडम्पचा आकृतीबंध करण्यासाठी Add दाबा." #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" +#| "Choose a kdump to change or remove.\n" +#| "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgstr "" "<big>संपादन करणे किंवा काढून टाकणे:</big> \n" @@ -251,7 +399,7 @@ "मग हवे तसेEdit किंवाDelete दाबा.\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -263,7 +411,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -274,7 +422,7 @@ "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -295,14 +443,15 @@ msgid "Protocol" msgstr "शिष्टाचार" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:545 +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Scheme name must be set." msgid "Node names must be different." msgstr "योजनेचे नाव स्थिर व्हायला हवे." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:567 -msgid "Fill out all fields." +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568 +msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -348,8 +497,8 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81 msgid "" -"To propagate this configuration,\n" -"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n" +"To propagate this configuration ,\n" +"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." msgstr "" #. } @@ -367,105 +516,228 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." -msgid "Starting DRBD service failed." +msgid "Start DRBD service failed" msgstr "'lirc' सुविधा सुरू करण्यात अपयश." #. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop services" -msgid "Stopping DRBD service failed." +msgid "Stop DRBD service failed" msgstr "सेवा थांबवा" #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137 #, fuzzy msgid "Heartbeat Configuration" msgstr "हार्डवेअर संरचना" #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:138 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "प्रारंभ करत आहे..." +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of drbd. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101 +msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123 +msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:71 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "DSL संरचना सुरू करत आहे" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:79 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141 #, fuzzy msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "जागतिक सांबा मांडणी वाचा" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:80 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142 #, fuzzy msgid "Read resources" msgstr "साधने ग्रुप वाचत आहे" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:81 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143 #, fuzzy msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "विनबाइंडची सद्यःस्थिती बघा" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:84 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "जागतिक सांबा मांडणी वाचत आहे..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:85 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "साधने ग्रुप वाचत आहे..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:86 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "विनबाइंडची सद्यःस्थिती बघत आहे..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:87 src/modules/Drbd.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 msgid "Finished" msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" +#. new_map = remove(new_map, key); +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412 +msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421 +msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of Resource Groups" +msgid "" +"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" +"%2" +msgstr "साधने गट संरचीत करा" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464 +msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "NFS संरचना लिहीत आहे" #. if (!modified) return true; #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "ग्लोबल मांडणी लिहा" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485 #, fuzzy msgid "Write resources" msgstr "साधने गट लिहा" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 #, fuzzy msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "सद्यस्थिती शोधा" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "जागतिक मांडणी लिहीत आहे..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "साधने गट लिहीत आहे..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 #, fuzzy msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "सद्यस्थिती शोधत आहे..." +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." +msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" +msgstr "संचिका तयार करण्यास असमर्थ '%1'." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" +#~ msgstr "CASA च्या आकृतीबंधाचा पहिला भाग" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" +#~ msgstr "CASA च्या आकृतीबंधाचा दुसरा भाग" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<big>Initializing Configuration</big> \n" +#~| "Please wait... \n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>आकृतीबंध प्रारंभित करत आहे</big> \n" +#~ "कृपया प्रतीक्षा करा... \n" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<big>Saving the Configuration</big> \n" +#~| "Please wait..." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे</big> \n" +#~ "कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" +#~ "Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n" +#~ "If your DRBD was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +#~ "Then press Configure.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>केडम्प समाविष्ट करणे:</big> \n" +#~ "सापडलेल्या केडम्पसच्या सूचीतून एक केडम्प निवडा.\n" +#~ "आपला केडम्प सापडला नसेल तर इतर (न सापडलेले) निवडा.\n" +#~ "मग दाबा:Configure.\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" +#~ "Press Add to configure a DRBD.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>केडम्प समाविष्ट करणे:</big> \n" +#~ "केडम्पचा आकृतीबंध करण्यासाठी Add दाबा." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" +#~ "Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +#~ "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>संपादन करणे किंवा काढून टाकणे:</big> \n" +#~ "बदल करण्यासाठी अगर काढण्यासाठी एक केडम्प निवडा.\n" +#~ "मग हवे तसेEdit किंवाDelete दाबा.\n" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Drbd Configuration" #~ msgstr "DNS संरचना" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/fcoe-client.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/fcoe-client.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/fcoe-client.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -44,8 +44,18 @@ msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "NFS ग्राहक" +#. setting of config value is 'yes' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "योय" + +#. setting of config value is 'no' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 +msgid "no" +msgstr "नाहीं" + #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:92 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgid "" @@ -53,15 +63,44 @@ "Command %1 failed." msgstr "पॅकेज काढून टाकणे %1 फसले." +#. FCoE is not available on the interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "is not available" +msgid "not available" +msgstr "हे उपलब्ध नाही" + +#. the interface is not configured for FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not configured" +msgid "not configured" +msgstr "संरचित केले नाही" + +#. the flag is 'true' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 +msgid "true" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is 'false' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 +msgid "false" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is not set at all +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 +msgid "not set" +msgstr "" + #. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:280 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration of IPsec" msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2" msgstr "IPsec ची संरचना" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:342 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -69,7 +108,7 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:357 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -77,12 +116,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:391 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device" msgstr "" #. question to the user: really create and start FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 msgid "" "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" "interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n" @@ -90,34 +129,34 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot create account for user %1." msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." msgstr "वापरकर्त्याकरिता अकाऊंट तयार करू शकत नाही %1." #. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:454 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Command %1 failed" msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed." msgstr "आज्ञा %1 अयशस्वी" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:462 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 msgid "" "Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" "Continue because running in test mode" msgstr "" #. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:557 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Are you sure you want to remove the selected %1" msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?" msgstr "आपली खात्री आहे का की आपल्याला निवडलेले %1 काढायचे आहे?" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:565 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 msgid "" "Attention:\n" "Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" @@ -125,34 +164,34 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:575 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 msgid "" "Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" "to an already activated multipath device." msgstr "" #. replace values in table -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:724 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed." msgstr "पॅकेज काढून टाकणे %1 फसले." -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:736 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed." msgstr "पॅकेज काढून टाकणे %1 फसले." #. text of a warning popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:768 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 msgid "" "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" "interface isn't DCB capable." msgstr "" #. text of an information (notify) popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:805 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 msgid "" "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." @@ -183,7 +222,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "होय" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 @@ -191,7 +230,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "नाही" #. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 @@ -264,7 +303,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Driver" -msgstr "" +msgstr "चालक" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Flag FCoE" @@ -573,104 +612,99 @@ msgstr "आता स्थापा ?" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:862 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:871 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "डिव्हायसेस ओळखू शकत नाही." #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:891 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:905 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." +msgstr "विनबाइंड सेवा सुरू नाही केली गेली." + +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "" +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot start '%1' service" +msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." +msgstr "'%1' सेवा सुरू करू शकत नाही" + #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" "VLAN interface to get a valid configuration." msgstr "" -#. it's about a flag which is not set at all -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1099 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1105 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1110 -msgid "not set" -msgstr "" - -#. also about setting of a flag -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "true" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "false" -msgstr "" - #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration" msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "इनऐटेड कॉनफिग्युरेशन सुरु होत आहे" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "स्थापीत पॅकेजेस तपासा" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network services" msgid "Check services" msgstr "सेवा महाजाल" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1461 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड शोधत आहे..." #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1463 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read /etc/ipsec.conf" msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "/etc/ipsec.conf वाचा" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1467 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for installed RPM packages..." msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr " स्थापित RPM पॅकेजेस तपासत आहे..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1469 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for network devices..." msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "जाळे उपकरण तपासत आहे..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1471 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड शोधत आहे..." #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" @@ -678,123 +712,123 @@ #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1475 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1569 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 msgid "Finished" msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1501 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "'lirc' सुविधा सुरू करण्यात अपयश." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1514 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "डिव्हायसेस ओळखू शकत नाही." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1524 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the configuration." msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "आकृतीबंध वाचू शकत नाही" #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1540 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "इनऐटेड कॉनफिग्युरेशन साठवले जात आहे" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart the service" msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "सुविधा पुन्हा सुरू करा" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1559 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adjust spooler services" msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "स्पुलर सुविधा सांभाळत आहे" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1563 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1565 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting service..." msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "सुविधा पुन्हा सुरू करत आहे..." #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1567 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adjusting spooler services..." msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "स्पूलर सुविधा सांभाळत आहेत..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/samba/smb.conf." msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "/etc/samba/smb.conf ला मांडणी लिहू शकत नाही." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1605 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "'lirc' सुविधा सुरू करण्यात अपयश." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write sysconfig variables." msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "सीस कॉनफिग व्हेरीएबल्स लिहू शकत नाही." #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1669 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 #, fuzzy #| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" msgid "General FCoE configuration" msgstr "<big>जोडणी संरचीत</big>" #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1683 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Interfaces" msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "संवादमच" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1691 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1701 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." msgid "Starting of services" @@ -802,11 +836,11 @@ #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1709 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1719 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 msgid "enabled" msgstr "कार्यान्वित करा" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1710 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1720 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 msgid "disabled" msgstr "अकार्यान्वित करा" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/firewall-services.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/firewall-services.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/firewall-services.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/firewall.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/firewall.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/firewall.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:39+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/firstboot.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/firstboot.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/firstboot.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:35+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma <priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/ftp-server.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/ftp-server.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/ftp-server.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/geo-cluster.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/geo-cluster.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/geo-cluster.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ #. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:97 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -71,92 +71,285 @@ #. #. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration files" +msgid "configuration file" +msgstr "संरचना फाईल अद्ययावत करा" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "arbitrator ip" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "transport" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "जोडा" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:72 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "संपादन" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "हटवा" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" #. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:104 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ठीक आहे" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:105 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "रद्द करा" -#. parser value first -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter a valid e-mail address." +msgid "Please enter valid ip address" +msgstr "वैध ई-मले पत्ता प्रविष्ट करा" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:164 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Directories" +msgid "retries" +msgstr "डिरेक्टरी" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 +msgid "weights" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188 +msgid "expire" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Required patterns" +msgid "acquire-after" +msgstr "आवश्यक नमुने (पॅटर्न्स)" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +msgid "before-acquire-handler" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "timeout is no valid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:166 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "expire is no valid" +msgstr "' अवैध आहे." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "acquireafter is no valid" +msgstr "स्रोत वैध नाही." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "retries is no valid" +msgstr "' अवैध आहे." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "weights is no valid" +msgstr "' अवैध आहे." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "ticket can not be null" msgstr "" +#. fill confs with global_files +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332 +msgid "site have to be filled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337 +msgid "ticket have to be filled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid." +msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!" +msgstr "प्रवेशद्वार आयपी पत्ता अयोग्य आहे." + #. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:317 +#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd. +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Geo Cluster configure" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Provider name %1 already exists." +msgid "Ticket name already exist!" +msgstr "पुरविणाऱ्याचे नाव %1 अगोदरच अस्तित्वात आहे." + +#. abort? +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." +msgid "Configuration name can not be null" +msgstr "आकृतीबंध नाव रिक्त नसते." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." +msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." +msgstr "आकृतीबंध नाव रिक्त नसते." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Key is invalid." +msgid "port is invalid!" +msgstr "कळ अवैध आहे." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595 +msgid "transport have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +msgid "site have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605 +msgid "ticket have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add Complete Configuration Files" +msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" +msgstr "पूर्ण संरचना फाईल्स मिळवा" + +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration files" +msgid "Choose configuration file:" +msgstr "संरचना फाईल अद्ययावत करा" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Class Configuration" +msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" +msgstr "वर्गाची संरचना" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +msgid "Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "फायरवॉल संरचना" + #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "प्रारंभ करत आहे..." + +#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write general settings." +msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." +msgstr "सर्वसामान्य मांडणी लिहीली जाऊ शकत नाही." + +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242 +msgid "Cannot write global settings." msgstr "" +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write general settings." +msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." +msgstr "सर्वसामान्य मांडणी लिहीली जाऊ शकत नाही." + #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:168 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -165,120 +358,108 @@ #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "आधीची सेटिंग्ज वाचा" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:185 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:184 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "पूर्वीची सेटींग्ज वाचली जात आहे" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:186 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:282 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:255 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:272 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:274 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:278 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:280 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "" -#. read sites -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:311 -msgid "Cannot write global settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:315 -msgid "Cannot write sites settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write ticket -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:318 -msgid "Cannot write ticket settings." -msgstr "" - #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:324 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहू शकत नाही." #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:372 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "सारांश संरचना..." #. Progress stage 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 msgid "Read the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "डाटाबेस वाचा" #. Progress stage 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 msgid "Detect the devices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "वस्तू निश्चित करत आहे" #. Progress step 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 msgid "Reading the database..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "डाटाबेस वाचत आहे..." #. Progress step 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 msgid "Detecting the devices..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "वस्तू निश्चित करत आहे..." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 msgid "Cannot read the database1." -msgstr "" +msgstr "डाटाबेस 1 वाचू शकत नाही." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 msgid "Cannot read the database2." -msgstr "" +msgstr "डाटाबेस 2 वाचू शकत नाही." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 msgid "Cannot detect devices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "डिव्हायसेस ओळखू शकत नाही." #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEआकृतीबंध चालवा" #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEआकृतीबंध चालवत आहे..." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 msgid "Configuration summary ..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "आकृतीबंध सारांश ..." Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/gtk.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/gtk.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/gtk.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -205,11 +205,11 @@ #: src/YGUtils.cc:643 msgid "Back" -msgstr "" +msgstr "मागे" #: src/YGUtils.cc:644 msgid "Next" -msgstr "" +msgstr "पुढचा" #: src/ygtksteps.c:75 #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/http-server.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/http-server.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/http-server.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/inetd.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/inetd.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/inetd.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:39+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/installation.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/installation.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/installation.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -58,22 +58,22 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:96 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml" msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:78 +#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "स्थापित यंत्रणेवर फाईल्स प्रतिकृत होत आहेत..." @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ msgstr "संस्थापन पध्दती" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:73 +#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "डिफॉल्ट खिडकी प्रंबधक सुरु होत आहेत..." @@ -271,6 +271,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "अज्ञात मोड" @@ -331,7 +332,7 @@ #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137 -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:312 +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "अनुज्ञप्ति स्वीकारपत्र" @@ -403,11 +404,24 @@ "निवडू शकता.\n" "\n" -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:336 +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299 #, fuzzy -msgid "License needs to be accepted" -msgstr "पुर्नस्थापित करायला हवा आहे" +#| msgid "Release Notes" +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "नोटस मोकळ्या करा" +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342 +msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 #, fuzzy @@ -533,7 +547,7 @@ #. OEM image if target disk is defined #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 msgid "The system will reboot now..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ही यंत्रणा आता पुन्हा सुरू करा..." #. bnc #395030 #. Use less memory @@ -630,11 +644,11 @@ msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "ZFCP डिस्क कॉनफिग्युअर करा" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "iSCSI डिस्क कॉनफिग्युअर करा" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:113 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" @@ -658,14 +672,22 @@ msgid "Installation is just about to start!" msgstr "" -#. download release notes now -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:135 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:356 +#. Set the UI content to show some progress. +#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. bug #302384 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 +msgid "Initializing" +msgstr "सुरु करणे" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Release Notes" -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." -msgstr "नोटस मोकळ्या करा" +msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgstr "फॉन्टस सुरु होत आहे..." #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 @@ -687,67 +709,67 @@ #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:85 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "बेसीक स्थापना संपत आहे" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "स्थापने अगोदरची स्क्रिप्ट" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "स्थापित यंत्रणेवर फाईल्स प्रतिकृत करा." #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:142 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "संरचना संचित करा" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "स्थापना सेटींग्ज साठवून ठेवा" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:188 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "बूट प्रंबधक स्थापन करा" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:200 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "प्राथमिक बूटसाठी यंत्रणा तयार करा" #. merge steps from add-on products #. bnc #438678 -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "तपासत आहे" #. a fallback busy message -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:394 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437 #, fuzzy msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "प्रणाली माहीती गोळा करीत आहे..." #. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:414 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457 msgid " * %1" msgstr "" #. Anything else -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:451 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494 msgid "Finished" msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" #. get the latest errors -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "संस्थापन पध्दती" @@ -770,12 +792,6 @@ "मूळ यंत्रणा स्थापित होईपर्यत कृपया थांबा.\n" "" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Initializing the installation..." -msgstr "फॉन्टस सुरु होत आहे..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. help for the dialog - busy message #: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 @@ -790,13 +806,6 @@ msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." msgstr "प्रणाली संरचना लिहीत आहे" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. bug #302384 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 -msgid "Initializing" -msgstr "सुरु करणे" - #. dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 #, fuzzy @@ -1011,12 +1020,12 @@ msgstr "" #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "वापरकत्याच्या विनंतीवरुन कॉनफिग्युरेशन टाळत आहे" #. error message is a popup -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:257 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -1027,32 +1036,32 @@ #. not using tabs #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:500 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:514 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:559 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:569 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567 msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" msgstr "ERROR: ठराव नाही" #. busy message -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:525 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523 #, fuzzy msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "सध्याच्या मांडणीसाठी सारांश दाखवा" #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:529 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1031 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "तुमची यंत्रणा तपासली जात आहे..." #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:700 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "ERROR: ठराव नाही" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:745 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1061,7 +1070,7 @@ "त्यात काही चुका होत्या." #. dialog headline -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:949 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947 #, fuzzy msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "स्थापीत मिडिया" @@ -1071,25 +1080,25 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:973 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन वगळा" #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:982 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "खालील संरचना वापरा" #. menu button #. menu button #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:994 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1178 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "&बदला..." #. menu button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1000 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1173 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgid "&Export Configuration" @@ -1097,25 +1106,25 @@ #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1071 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "बदलासाठी कोणतेही शीर्षक क्लीक करा किंवा \"बदल...\" मेन्यू वापरा." -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1075 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "बदलासाठी कोणतेही शीर्षक क्लीक करा किंवा \"बदल...\" मेन्यू वापरा." #. menu button item -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1172 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "डिफॉल्ट रिसेट वापरा" #. General part of the help text for all types of proposals -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206 msgid "" "\n" "Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" @@ -1129,7 +1138,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1219 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1161,7 +1170,7 @@ #. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26 #. #. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1245 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1272 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -1178,7 +1187,7 @@ #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1255 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1191,7 +1200,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1282 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1203,7 +1212,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1293 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1215,7 +1224,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1304 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1226,12 +1235,12 @@ "\n" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "UML स्थापना ठराव" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1315 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -1242,7 +1251,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1332 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -1253,7 +1262,7 @@ "\n" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1345 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Some proposals might be\n" @@ -1269,11 +1278,11 @@ "प्रस्ताव बदलण्यासाठी, आपल्या प्रणाली प्रशासकाला विचारा." #. FATE #120373 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1371 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369 msgid "&Update" msgstr "अद्ययावत करा" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1372 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370 msgid "&Install" msgstr "&प्रतिष्ठापित करा" @@ -1398,51 +1407,34 @@ msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "हार्डडिस्क तपासा..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 -msgid "Search for Linux partitions" -msgstr "" - +#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 -msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." -msgstr "" - -#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 #, fuzzy msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "हरवलेल्या विभाजने शोधा" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "मूळ उपकरणाकरिता शोध घेत आहे..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:136 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 #, fuzzy msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "नविन पॅकेजेस डेटाबेस सुरू करत आहे..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:137 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "नविन पॅकेजेस डेटाबेस सुरू करत आहे..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:140 -msgid "Evaluate update possibility" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:141 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." -msgstr "पॅकेज निवड अभ्यासन पहात आहे..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:146 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:152 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 #, fuzzy msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "" @@ -1451,7 +1443,7 @@ "" #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1464,7 +1456,7 @@ "तुमचे हार्डवेअर कृपया तपासा!\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1477,7 +1469,7 @@ "स्थापनेकरता हार्डडिस्क मिळू शकल्या नाहीत.\n" "तुमचे हार्डवेअर कृपया तपासा!\n" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:279 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1485,7 +1477,7 @@ msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" @@ -1502,7 +1494,7 @@ "आढळले नाहीत. आपले हार्डवेअर तपासा.\n" #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:343 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" @@ -1510,161 +1502,161 @@ msgstr "नामावली कार्यान्वयन करण्यात अयशस्वी." #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:96 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remove" msgid "Removed" msgstr "कमी करा" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:100 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Enabled" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "अक्षम केले " #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:199 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:667 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:726 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736 #, fuzzy msgid "Previously Used Repositories" msgstr "अतिरिक्त स्त्रोत निवडा:" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, #. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:205 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 msgid "" "These repositories were found on the system\n" "you are upgrading:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225 #, fuzzy msgid "Current Status" msgstr "सध्याची स्थिती: " #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:217 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository" msgstr "कार्यक्रम साठा:" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:219 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 msgid "URL" msgstr "यूआरएल" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "टॉगलची स्थिती" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:235 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" "on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249 msgid "" "To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:243 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253 msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." msgstr "" #. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted #. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key #. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:265 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:272 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:278 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "अज्ञात" #. TRANSLATORS: textentry -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383 #, fuzzy msgid "&Repository URL" msgstr "उत्पादवस्तू नोंदणी" #. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:637 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647 #, fuzzy msgid "Network is not Configured" msgstr "कार्यक्रम संरचित झाली नाही" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649 msgid "" "Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n" "Configure it?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:670 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:727 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding and removing repositories..." msgstr "अतिरिक्त स्त्रोत निवडा:" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:673 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:732 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742 #, fuzzy msgid "Repositories are being added and removed." msgstr "" "\n" "प्रतिमा पुन्हा मिळेपर्यंत कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा.\n" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:692 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702 #, fuzzy msgid "Remove unused repositories" msgstr "आधी संग्रहीत केलेली संरचना वाचा" -#. Removes selected repositories -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:696 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:813 +#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859 #, fuzzy msgid "Removing unused repositories..." msgstr "आधी संग्रहीत केलेली संरचना वाचत आहे..." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:703 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713 #, fuzzy msgid "Add enabled repositories" msgstr "आधी संग्रहीत केलेली संरचना वाचा" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:867 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding enabled repositories..." msgstr "अतिरिक्त स्त्रोत निवडा:" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:715 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725 #, fuzzy msgid "Add disabled repositories" msgstr "आधी संग्रहीत केलेली संरचना वाचा" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:719 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1024 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding disabled repositories..." msgstr "अतिरिक्त स्त्रोत निवडा:" #. true - OK, continue -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:841 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899 msgid "Correct Media Requested" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901 msgid "" "Make sure that media with label %1\n" "is in the CD/DVD drive.\n" @@ -1674,7 +1666,7 @@ #. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them #. for the system upgrade -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:906 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964 msgid "" "Cannot add repository %1\n" "URL: %2\n" @@ -1684,7 +1676,7 @@ msgstr "" #. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:943 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot add enabled repository\n" @@ -1696,7 +1688,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:963 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021 #, fuzzy msgid "" "An error occurred while refreshing repository\n" @@ -1706,7 +1698,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:983 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041 #, fuzzy msgid "" "An error occurred while enabling repository\n" @@ -1717,7 +1709,7 @@ "%2" #. do not probe! adding as disabled! -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1064 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot add disabled repository\n" @@ -1802,58 +1794,53 @@ msgstr "प्रॉक्सी संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/random_finish.rb:62 -msgid "Enabling random number generator..." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "वेळ विभाग संग्रहीत करा..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145 msgid "Saving language..." msgstr "भाषा संग्रहीत करत आहे..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150 msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgstr "कंसोल संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169 msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." msgstr "किबोर्ड संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174 msgid "Saving product information..." msgstr "उत्पादवस्तू माहिती संग्रहीत करत आहे..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving automatical installation settings..." msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." msgstr "आपोआप स्थापना रचना संग्रहीत करत आहे..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading security settings..." msgid "Saving security settings..." msgstr "सुरक्षा सेटिंग्ज वाचत आहे..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:192 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving sound card settings..." msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..." msgstr "ध्वनीकार्ड मांडणी संग्रहीत करत आहे..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:70 +#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67 msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "हार्डवेअर संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे..." @@ -1887,7 +1874,7 @@ msgstr "यास्ट संरचना लिहीत आहे..." #. call command -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -2150,7 +2137,62 @@ msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "" +#. Text to display +#. +#. @return String +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote Administration" +msgid "Enabling remote administration..." +msgstr "दुरस्थ व्यवस्थापक" + +#. checking whether images are supported +#. BNC #409927 +#. Checking files for signatures +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" +msgstr "स्थापनेची रॅम डिस्क निर्माण करण्यात अपयशी." + +#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Deploying..." +msgstr "प्रतिमा उतरवून घेत आहे..." + +#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types. +#. +#. @see #all_supported_types +#. @see #objects_state +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Storing user preferences..." +msgstr "सेवा थांबवत आहे..." + +#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Restoring user preferences..." +msgstr "पॅकेज पुन्हा साठवून ठेवत आहे %1..." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446 +msgid "" +"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" +"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." +msgstr "" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "License needs to be accepted" +#~ msgstr "पुर्नस्थापित करायला हवा आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज निवड अभ्यासन पहात आहे..." + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Network Device: %1" #~ msgstr "महाजालावरील उपकरण" @@ -2613,22 +2655,6 @@ #~ "आढळले नाहीत. आपले हार्डवेअर तपासा.\n" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" -#~ msgstr "स्थापनेची रॅम डिस्क निर्माण करण्यात अपयशी." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Deploying..." -#~ msgstr "प्रतिमा उतरवून घेत आहे..." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Storing user preferences..." -#~ msgstr "सेवा थांबवत आहे..." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Restoring user preferences..." -#~ msgstr "पॅकेज पुन्हा साठवून ठेवत आहे %1..." - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "No system type was selected.\n" #~ "Select the default type." Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/instserver.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/instserver.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/instserver.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/iplb.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/iplb.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/iplb.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ #. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 msgid "Global Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "वैश्विक कॉन्फिगरेशन" #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration" @@ -91,6 +91,26 @@ msgstr "" #. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "योय" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "no" +msgstr "नाहीं" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Global Configuration" +msgid "&Global Configuration" +msgstr "वैश्विक कॉन्फिगरेशन" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba Server Configuration" +msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" +msgstr "सांबा सेवासंगणक संरचना" + #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 msgid "Check Interval" msgstr "" @@ -117,7 +137,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87 msgid "Execute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "कार्यान्वित करणे" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186 msgid "Email Alert" @@ -200,7 +220,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -440,7 +460,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -477,7 +497,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 msgid "Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "सेवा" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 msgid "Check Command" @@ -501,11 +521,11 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 msgid "Login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "प्रवेश" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "गुप्तशब्द" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 msgid "Database Name" @@ -521,7 +541,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 msgid "Netmask" -msgstr "" +msgstr "नेटमास्क" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 msgid "Scheduler" @@ -529,7 +549,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "शिष्टाचार" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 msgid "Virtual Servers" @@ -537,15 +557,15 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "जोडा" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "संपादन" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "हटवा" #. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 @@ -571,13 +591,19 @@ #. return `cacel or a string #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ठीक आहे" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 msgid "Cancel" +msgstr "रद्द करा" + +#. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +msgid "" +"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" +"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" msgstr "" -#. split the real server ip value; #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 msgid "Real Server's IP Address" msgstr "" @@ -590,10 +616,30 @@ msgid "weight" msgstr "" +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The IP address is invalid." +msgid "IP address is not Valid" +msgstr "आयपी पत्ता अवैध आहे." + +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add a new share" +msgid "Add a new real server:" +msgstr "नवीन वाटा मिळवा" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the role of the server" +msgid "Edit the real server:" +msgstr "सेवासंगणकाचे काम स्थिर करा" + #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "प्रारंभ करत आहे..." #. Read all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -620,7 +666,7 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" #. Write all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -630,19 +676,19 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEआकृतीबंध चालवा" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..." #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEआकृतीबंध चालवत आहे..." #. write global conf #. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" @@ -652,10 +698,10 @@ #. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहू शकत नाही." #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "सारांश संरचना..." Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/iscsi-client.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/iscsi-client.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/iscsi-client.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -63,149 +63,155 @@ msgid "iSNS Port" msgstr "पोर्ट" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:109 -msgid "Initiator Name" +#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initiator Name" +msgid "&Initiator Name" msgstr "इनिशिएटरचे नाव" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:115 +#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well +#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware +#. shifting load from processor to card) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Sound Card" -msgid "Offloa&d Card" +msgid "Offload Car&d" msgstr "ध्वनी कार्ड" #. table of connected targets #. table of discovered targets #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:179 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Interface" msgstr "दुवा" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:180 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 msgid "Portal Address" msgstr "पोस्टल पत्ता" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:181 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Target Name" msgstr "लक्ष्य नाव" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:215 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "सुरू करा" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Add" msgstr "जोडा" #. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Edit" msgstr "संपादन" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Log Out" msgstr "बंदकरा" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" msgstr "संपर्क साधला." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Discovery" msgstr "शोध" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "Log In" msgstr "दाखल व्हा" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "जोडा" #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target #. authentication dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:234 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:268 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "खात्री नाही" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:271 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "आत येणारे Authentication" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:273 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:279 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Username" msgstr "वापरकर्त्याचे नाव" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:240 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:274 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "Password" msgstr "गुप्तशब्द" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "बाहेर जाणारे Authentication" #. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Startup" msgstr "सुरू करा" #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP पत्ता" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 msgid "Port" msgstr "पोर्ट" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Key" msgstr "कळ" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Value" msgstr "मूल्य" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "Service" msgstr "सेवा" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "जोडलेले लक्ष्य" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:366 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "लक्ष्य शोधले" #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:385 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "iSCSI Initiator ओव्हरव्हूय" #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:400 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" @@ -214,9 +220,9 @@ #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:435 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:474 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "iSCSI Initiator शोध" @@ -470,12 +476,12 @@ "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" #. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:626 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "IP पत्ता घाला." #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:632 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "पोर्ट घाला." @@ -483,37 +489,37 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:867 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 msgid "True" msgstr "खरा" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 msgid "False" msgstr "खोटा" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:772 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:892 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 #, fuzzy msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "या TargetNameचे लक्ष्य आधीपासूनच जोडलेले आहे. खातरजमा करा कीडेटा खराब होण्यापासून वाचविण्यासाठी Multipathing सुरू केलेले आहे." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 msgid "Continue" msgstr "पुढे चालू करा" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:776 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:896 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "रद्द करा" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:886 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "लक्ष्य अगोदरच जोडलेले आहे." @@ -595,14 +601,20 @@ msgstr "सेवा थांबवा" #. interface type for hardware offloading -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:70 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Software" -msgid "(Software)" +msgid "default (Software)" msgstr "सॉफ्टवेअर" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "All" +msgid "all" +msgstr "सर्व" + #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:672 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 #, fuzzy msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" @@ -615,7 +627,7 @@ "जर आपल्याला इतर initiatorname वापरावयाचे असेल तर त्याला BIOS मध्ये बदलून घ्या." #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "सारांश संरचना..." Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/iscsi-lio-server.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/iscsi-lio-server.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/iscsi-lio-server.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/iscsi-server.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/iscsi-server.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/iscsi-server.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/isns.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/isns.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/isns.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -313,81 +313,81 @@ msgstr "प्रारंभ करत आहे..." #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:106 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "आयएसएनएस सेवा आकृती बंधित करण्यासाटी %1 पॅकेज स्थापित झाले पाहिजे." -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:109 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "आता स्थापा ?" #. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:486 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569 msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "आयएसएनएस डेमॉन आकृतीबंध सुरू करीत आहे." #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:502 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "डाटाबेस वाचा" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:504 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "आधीची सेटिंग्ज वाचा" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:506 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "वस्तू निश्चित करत आहे" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:510 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "डाटाबेस वाचत आहे..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:512 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "पूर्वीची सेटींग्ज वाचली जात आहे" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:514 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "वस्तू निश्चित करत आहे..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:516 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:594 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677 msgid "Finished" msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" #. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:568 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651 msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "आयएसएनेएस आकृतीबंध संग्रहीत करत आहे" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:584 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:586 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "SuSEआकृतीबंध चालवा" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:590 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:592 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "SuSEआकृतीबंध चालवत आहे..." #. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf) -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:606 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहू शकत नाही." Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/kdump.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/kdump.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/kdump.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -399,8 +399,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. Popup::Message(crash_value); #. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:558 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:577 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "बदल लागू करण्यासाठी रिबूट आवश्यक आहे." @@ -541,16 +541,6 @@ msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "अकार्यान्वित" -#. checking if packages are available -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:101 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:103 -msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." -msgstr "kexec-tools साठीचे पॅकेज उपलब्ध नाही." - -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:113 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:115 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Package for kdump is not available." -msgstr "योग्य बॅकएंड उपलब्ध नाही." - #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 #, fuzzy @@ -1281,146 +1271,153 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:483 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:593 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "मोडेम संरचना कार्यान्वित करा" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:602 src/modules/Kdump.rb:610 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "संरचना वाचत आहे..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:604 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "सर्वसामान्य मांडणी वाचू शकत नाही." #. Progress stage 4/4 #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:606 src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading available memory..." msgstr "उपलब्ध संदर्भ शोधले जात आहे..." #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "विभाजने वाचली जात आहे..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "/etc/sysconfig/kdump ही कॉंफिग फाइल वाचू शकत नाही" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:634 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "सर्वसामान्य मांडणी वाचू शकत नाही." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:641 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "%1फाईल वाचू शकत नाही" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "मोडेम संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:696 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:698 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699 #, fuzzy msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "अद्ययावत पर्याय" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "संरचना अद्ययावत करत आहे..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:706 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707 msgid "Finished" msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहू शकत नाही." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:725 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "क्रॅशकर्नेल निकष बूटलोडर फॉल्ट्मध्ये समाविष्ट करत आहे." #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:844 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "रनलेव्हलमध्ये %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "enabled" msgstr "कार्यान्वित करा" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "disabled" msgstr "अकार्यान्वित करा" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841 #, fuzzy msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "पर्यायासाठी रिकामी किंमत: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848 #, fuzzy msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "फाईल पध्दती" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855 #, fuzzy msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "जास्तीत जास्त जुना मागोवा" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862 #, fuzzy msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "जास्तीत जास्त जुना मागोवा" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:961 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." +#~ msgstr "kexec-tools साठीचे पॅकेज उपलब्ध नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Package for kdump is not available." +#~ msgstr "योग्य बॅकएंड उपलब्ध नाही." + #~ msgid "ENABLED" #~ msgstr "शक्य (एनेबल्ड)" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/kerberos-server.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/kerberos-server.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/kerberos-server.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/kerberos.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/kerberos.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/kerberos.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:39+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/languages_db.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/languages_db.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/languages_db.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:39+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/ldap-client.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/ldap-client.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/ldap-client.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:39+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/ldap-server.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/ldap-server.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/ldap-server.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/ldap.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/ldap.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/ldap.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -41,6 +41,8 @@ "\n" "The server could be down or unreachable.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"सर्व्हर बंद झाला असेल किंवा पोहोचण्याच्या पलिकडे असेल.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:534 @@ -48,6 +50,8 @@ "\n" "The value of DN is missing or invalid.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"DN ची किंमत हरवलेली आहे किंवा अवैध.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:538 @@ -55,6 +59,8 @@ "\n" "Attribute type not found.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"गुणविशेष प्रकार मिळाला नाही.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:540 @@ -62,23 +68,25 @@ "\n" "Object class not found.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"हेतू वर्ग मिळाले नाही.\n" #. error message, more specific description follows #. error message #. error message #: src/Ldap.rb:545 src/Ldap.rb:782 src/Ldap.rb:848 msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP सर्व्हरशी संपर्क होऊ शकत नाही." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:549 msgid "A problem occurred while connecting to the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP सेवासंगणक जोडणी करताना अडचण आली." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:553 msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP सेवासंगणकातून माहिती वाचताना अडचण आली." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:557 @@ -98,26 +106,26 @@ #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:569 msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP सर्व्हरकरता स्कीम वाचताना प्रॉव्हब्लेम झाला." #. default error message #: src/Ldap.rb:594 msgid "An unknown LDAP error occurred." -msgstr "" +msgstr "अनोळखी LDAP चूक" #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857 msgid "&Show Details" -msgstr "" +msgstr "तपशील दाखवा" #. error message #. error message #. error message #: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912 msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps 'yast2-ldap' is not available." -msgstr "" +msgstr "अनोळखी चूक. कदाचित 'yast2-ldap' उपलब्ध नाही." #. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) #: src/Ldap.rb:800 @@ -144,7 +152,7 @@ #. password entering label #: src/Ldap.rb:975 src/ldap_browser.rb:155 msgid "&LDAP Server Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP सेवा संगणक" #. label #: src/Ldap.rb:979 @@ -154,7 +162,7 @@ #. button label #: src/Ldap.rb:988 msgid "&Anonymous Access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "बिननावाचा संपर्क" #. error message, %1 is DN #: src/Ldap.rb:1330 @@ -163,6 +171,9 @@ "does not exist in the LDAP directory.\n" "The object with the selected DN cannot be created.\n" msgstr "" +"DN साठी थेट जनक (पेरेंट) '%1'\n" +"LDAPडिरेक्टरीत अस्तित्वात नाही.\n" +"निवडलेल्या DN ने ऑब्जेक्ट निर्माण करु शकत नाही.\n" #. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN #: src/Ldap.rb:1634 @@ -170,17 +181,19 @@ "No entry with DN '%1'\n" "exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n" msgstr "" +"'%1'DN बरोबर प्रवेश नाही\n" +"LDAP सर्व्हर अस्तिवात नाही. नवीन निर्माण करायचा का?\n" #. button label #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 msgid "&Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "उघडा" #. help text 1/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 msgid "Set the new value for the current attribute." -msgstr "" +msgstr "सध्याच्या ऍ़ट्रीब्युटकरता नवीन किंमत सेट करा." #. help text 2/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:264 @@ -192,6 +205,12 @@ "it is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using Browse.\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"जर अट्रिब्यूटची जास्त मूल्ये असू शकत असतील, तर\n" +"Add Value ने नवीन प्रविष्टी घाला. कधी कधी बटणात चालू अट्रिब्यूटसाठी\n" +"वापरण्याकरिता संभाव्य मूल्यांची सूची समाविष्ट असते.\n" +"जर संपादित केलेल्या अट्रिब्यूटचे मूल्ये विशिष्ट नांव(DN),\n" +"असायला हवे असेल, तर Browse वापरुन ते LDAP ट्री मधून निवडणे शक्य असते.\n" +"\n" #. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows. #. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note @@ -202,79 +221,86 @@ #. "The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\": " #: src/LdapPopup.rb:287 msgid "The description of attribute \"%1\": " -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"%1\" अट्रीब्युशनचे वर्णन: " #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:311 msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"%1\" ऍ़ट्रीब्युटची किंमती" #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:322 msgid "&Values of \"%1\" Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"%1\" ऍ़ट्रीब्युटची किंमती" #. button label #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356 msgid "&Add Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "किंमत मिळवा" #. menubutton item (default value) #: src/LdapPopup.rb:350 msgid "&Empty Entry" -msgstr "" +msgstr "रिकामी नोंद" #: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 msgid "Bro&wse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "संचारसाधन" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." msgstr "" +"किंमत आधीच '%1' अस्तित्वात आहे.\n" +"कृपया दुसरे एखादे निवडा." #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांच्या व्यवस्थापन साधनांची संरचना" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "गटाच्या व्यवस्थापन साधनांची संरचना" #. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "नवीन मॉड्युलची ऑब्जेक्ट क्लास" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "नवीन मॉड्यूलचे नाव (\"cn\" किंमत)" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" +"भरलेली किंमत आधीच अस्तित्वात आहे.\n" +"दुसरी किंमत निवडा.\n" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "मॉड्यूलनाव भरा." #. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" "the new object is created.\n" msgstr "" +"याठिकाणी चालू टेम्प्लेट वापरुन ऑब्जेक्टच्या मालकीच्या\n" +"अट्रिब्यूट्सची मूल्ये सेट करा. अशी मूल्ये जेव्हानवीन ऑब्जेक्ट निर्माण केले जाते\n" +"तेव्हा वापरली जातात.\n" #. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" #. _("The list of attributes provided in Attribute Name is the @@ -282,23 +308,27 @@ #. entry of the current template. #. ") + #. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").\n" msgstr "" +"सध्याच्या वरुन अट्रिब्यूट मूल्ये निर्माण करण्यासाठी\n" +"आपण विशेष वाक्यरचना वापरु शकता.%attr_nameच्या जागीअट्रिब्यूटचे \n" +"मूल्ये\"attr_name\" घातले जाईल (उदाहरणार्थ, \"/home/% चे मूल्ये म्हणून\"\n" +"वापरा\"homeDirectory\").\n" #. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "अट्रीब्युट नाव" #. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "अट्रीब्युट किंमत" #. general help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:62 @@ -316,11 +346,13 @@ "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" "Discard these changes?\n" msgstr "" +"सध्याच्या एन्ट्रीमध्ये न साठविलेले बदल आहेत.\n" +"हे बदल रद्द करायचे का?\n" #. dialog caption #: src/ldap_browser.rb:85 msgid "LDAP Browser" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP संचारसाधन" #. combobox item #: src/ldap_browser.rb:101 @@ -336,12 +368,12 @@ #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 msgid "LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP सेवा संगणक" #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 msgid "Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "व्यवस्थापक DN" #. check box label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:162 @@ -364,18 +396,20 @@ "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" "Enter a value." msgstr "" +"\"%1\" ऍ़ट्रीब्युट मॅन्डेटरी आहे.\n" +"किंमती भरा." #. button label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:550 msgid "&Reload" -msgstr "" +msgstr "पुन्हा भरा" #. table header 1/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "गुणधर्म" #. table header 2/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 msgid "Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "मूल्य" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/live-installer.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/live-installer.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/live-installer.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/lxc.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/lxc.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/lxc.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/mail.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/mail.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/mail.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/multipath.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/multipath.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/multipath.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/ncurses-pkg.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/ncurses-pkg.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/ncurses-pkg.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/ncurses.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/ncurses.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/ncurses.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/network.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/network.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/network.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 11:54+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:39+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -100,103 +100,61 @@ msgstr "अंत:स्थ भाग" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:67 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..." msgstr "फायरवॉलचे पृथ:करण लिहीत आहे" -#. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC -#. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:102 -#, fuzzy -msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" -msgstr "फायरवॉल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">समर्थ आहे.</a>" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:104 -#, fuzzy -msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "फायरवॉल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">समर्थ आहे.</a>" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:110 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "फायरवॉल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">समर्थ आहे.</a>" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:114 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "फायरवॉल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">समर्थ आहे.</a>" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119 -#, fuzzy -msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" -msgstr "फायरवॉल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">समर्थ आहे.</a>" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:123 -#, fuzzy -msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "फायरवॉल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">समर्थ आहे.</a>" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:128 -#, fuzzy -msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "फायरवॉल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">समर्थ आहे.</a>" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:132 -#, fuzzy -msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "फायरवॉल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">समर्थ आहे.</a>" - #. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:218 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall and SSH" msgstr "फायरवॉल" #. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:220 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:135 #, fuzzy msgid "&Firewall and SSH" msgstr "फायरवॉल" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:231 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "फायरवॉल संरचना" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:237 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&RPC Ports" msgid "Open &VNC Ports" msgstr "RPC ठिकाण" #. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:160 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "फायरवॉल संवादमंच" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:256 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "फायरवॉल" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:264 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&RPC Ports" msgid "Open SSH Port" msgstr "RPC ठिकाण" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:272 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable SSH Service" msgstr "फायरवॉल संवादमंच" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" @@ -204,13 +162,13 @@ "SSH client" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:290 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" "Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:293 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 msgid "" "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" "service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" @@ -218,13 +176,56 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215 msgid "" "You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" "started by the installer automatically if needed." msgstr "" +#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog +#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "फायरवॉल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">समर्थ आहे.</a>" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "फायरवॉल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">समर्थ आहे.</a>" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "फायरवॉल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">समर्थ आहे.</a>" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "फायरवॉल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">समर्थ आहे.</a>" + +#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317 +#, fuzzy +msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" +msgstr "फायरवॉल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">समर्थ आहे.</a>" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319 +#, fuzzy +msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "फायरवॉल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">समर्थ आहे.</a>" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" +msgstr "फायरवॉल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">समर्थ आहे.</a>" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "फायरवॉल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">समर्थ आहे.</a>" + #. Commandline help title #. configuration of hosts #. Hosts dialog caption @@ -508,9 +509,18 @@ msgid "Interfaces for Bridging" msgstr "संवादमंच किंवा स्ट्रीग" -#. Lan::PrepareForAutoinst(); -#. Lan::Autoinstall(); -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:173 +#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML +#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML +#. has higher priority +#. +#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with +#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than +#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses". +#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means +#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml". +#. Other elements may have similar problems, +#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance. +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr " कोन्फिगरेशन एरर: इन्टरफेस इनिशियलाइझ झाला नाही" @@ -607,7 +617,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:476 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन रुटींग" @@ -718,7 +728,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "साधन" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:414 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:416 msgid "Options" msgstr "पर्याय" @@ -798,13 +808,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "सूचना: इन्क्रीप्शंन वापरले गेले नाही." #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "Change." msgstr "बदला." @@ -1183,14 +1193,14 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "उपकरण प्रकार" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:353 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "संरचना नाव" @@ -1204,7 +1214,7 @@ msgstr "नवीन गट मिळवा" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1312 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316 #, fuzzy msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "मोडेम उपकरण" @@ -1414,30 +1424,30 @@ #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1289 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "&Address" msgstr "पत्ता" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "तुमचा आयपी पत्ता संरचीत करा." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1298 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "हार्डवेअर" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1305 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309 #, fuzzy msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "बोन्ड स्लेव्ज" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1319 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "बिनतारी" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Swap &Priority" msgid "Ifplugd Priority" @@ -1445,7 +1455,7 @@ #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1459,12 +1469,12 @@ msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "" -#. allow to add bonding device into bridge and also device with mask /32(bnc#405343) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:131 +#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 #, fuzzy msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" -"Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" +"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" msgstr "" "%१ आधिच कोन्फिगर झाला आहे.\n" " कोन्फिगरेशन कन्टिन्यू करू का?" @@ -1679,7 +1689,7 @@ msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "डिवाइस डिलिट केलेले आहे" -#. encoding: utf-8 +#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** #. #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -1785,7 +1795,7 @@ msgstr "स्थापनेच्या वेळी चूक झाली." #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1800,13 +1810,12 @@ "तर इन्टरफेस नेटवर्कमेनेजरने मेनेज केला जाणार नाही.\n" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:458 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#. radio button group label, method of setup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:494 src/include/network/widgets.rb:352 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "महाडाल रचना पध्दत" @@ -1815,7 +1824,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:524 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:523 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "बायोस सेटींग्ज" @@ -1844,7 +1853,7 @@ msgstr "DHCP द्वारा सादरकर्त्यांचे नाव बदला" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:81 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1852,20 +1861,20 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:90 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1873,7 +1882,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1881,7 +1890,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" @@ -1893,12 +1902,12 @@ "उदा, आयो=०क्ष३०० आयाआरक्यु=५. सुचना: जेव्हा दोन कार्ड एकाच \n" " मोड्युल नेम ने कोन्फिगर केली असतात, तर सेव करताना विकल्प मर्ज होतात." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1908,14 +1917,14 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:148 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" msgstr "इथे नेट्वर्क डिवाइस सेट करा.वेल्युज इथे लिहिल्या जातिल /इटिसि/मोड्प्रोब.कोन्फ वा/ इटिसि/चान्डेव. कोन्फ.\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." @@ -1924,83 +1933,83 @@ "आयबिएम डिवाइस ड्रायवर्स आणि इन्स्टोलेशन क्मांड्स मेन्युअल मधे लिहावे." #. Manual dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:269 msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" msgstr "हातात महाजाल कार्ड संरचना" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:282 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "PCMCIA" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:291 msgid "&USB" msgstr "USB" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:298 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:300 msgid "&Hotplug Type" msgstr "हॉट प्लग प्रकार" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:303 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:305 msgid "P&CI" msgstr "PCI" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:315 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:317 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "कर्नेल मॉड्यूल" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:325 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:327 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "मॉड्यूल नाव" #. TODO: Ud ... Rules -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:380 -msgid "Udev rules" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "डिव्हाईसचे नांव" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385 msgid "Change" msgstr "बदल" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:396 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Server Identification" -msgid "Show visible port identification" +msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "सेवासंगणक ओळख" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:401 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "सेकंद" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:406 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Blin" msgid "Blink" msgstr "ब्लीन" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:409 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:411 #, fuzzy -msgid "Ethtool options" +msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "अतिरिक्त क्षेत्र" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:491 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "हाताने महाजाल पत्र निवडा" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -2010,19 +2019,19 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:564 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:504 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:559 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:512 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 msgid "&Search" msgstr "शोधा" #. Remember current device number (#308763) #. see also bnc#391802 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:833 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:824 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" @@ -2032,7 +2041,7 @@ "एखादे निराळे निवडा." #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:877 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:868 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "S/390 महाजाल कार्ड संरचना" @@ -2040,135 +2049,135 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:897 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:990 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1057 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1094 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "S/390 उपकरण मांडणी" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:907 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:898 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "पोर्टाचे नाव" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:912 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:903 #, fuzzy msgid "Port Number" msgstr "पोर्ट क्रंमाक" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:926 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:917 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "IP A टेकओव्हर चालू करा" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:933 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "Layer 2 सपोर्ट सुरु करा" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:940 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:931 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "Layer2 MAC पत्ता" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1015 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069 #, fuzzy msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "चॅनेल" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1084 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075 #, fuzzy msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "बदल आता लिहा" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 #, fuzzy msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "नियंत्रण फाईल बदलली." #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:971 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "ह्या इन्टरफेसचे पोर्ट नेम एन्टर करा (केस-सिन्सिटिव)." #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr " ह्या इन्टरफेसचे एडिशनल ओप्शन्स एन्टर करा (स्पेसने वेगळे केलेले)." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "जर इन्टरफेससाठी आयपिए एड्रेस टेक ओवर एनेबल केले असले पाहिजे तर एनेबल आयपिए टेक ओवरनिवडा." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "जर हे कार्ड लेयर २ सपोर्टने कोन्फिगर केले आहे तर एनेबल लेयर २ सपोर्ट निवडा." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr " जर हे कार्ड लेयर २ सपोर्टने कोन्फिगर केले आहे तर लेयर २ मेक एड्रेसेस एन्टर करा." #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1008 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "पोर्ट क्रंमाक" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1007 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "LANCMD टाईम-उट" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1032 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr " ह्या इन्टरफेससाठी पोर्ट नंबर निवडा." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1033 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr " ह्या इन्टरफेससाठी एलएएनसिएमडि टाइम-आउट दर्शवा." #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "किम्पेटिबिलिटी मोड" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1049 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1040 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "एक्सटेन्डेड मोड" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1051 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "सिटिसि-बेस्ड टिटिवाय (लायन्क्स टु लायन्क्स क्नेक्शन)" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "कंपेटिबिलिटी मोड विथ ओएस /३९० व झेड्/ओएस" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "संगणक शिष्टाचार" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1095 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1086 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr " ह्या इन्टरफेससाठी प्रोटोकोल निवडा." #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1112 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "पिअरचे नाव" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1123 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1114 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" @@ -2177,7 +2186,7 @@ "उदा, the झेड/विएम युजर नेम ज्याने कनेक्ट करायचे आहे (केस-सेन्सिटिव).\n" #. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1250 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238 #, fuzzy msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" @@ -2186,7 +2195,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1272 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1260 #, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "हार्डवेअरची माहिती" @@ -2242,18 +2251,17 @@ " नेटवर्क्स मधे स्विच करणे सुट होते.\n" #. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Use the Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt>\n" -"if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n" +"Use wicked if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" msgstr "" "ट्रेडिशनल मेथड विथ<tt>ifup</tt> वापरा\n" " जर तुम्ही डेस्कटोप एन्वरोन्मेंट रन करत नाही (ग्नोम वा केडिइ) किंवा तुम्हालामल्टिपल इन्टरफेसेस एकाच वळी वापरावे लागतात.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:64 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" @@ -2263,7 +2271,7 @@ "इन्स्टोल केलेल्या नेटवर्क कार्डचा ओवरव्हयु मिळण्यासाठी. त्यांचे ,\n" "कोनफिगरेशन एडिशनली एडिट करा . \n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:69 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Network Card:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" @@ -2271,7 +2279,7 @@ "<big> नेटवर्क कार्ड एड करत आहे :</big> \n" " नविन नेटवर्क कार्ड मेन्युअली कोन्फिगर करण्यासाठी एड दाबा.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:72 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Configuring or Deleting:</big> \n" @@ -2283,7 +2291,7 @@ "मग एडिट वा डिलिट दाबा.\n" #. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:79 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big>\n" "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" @@ -2293,12 +2301,12 @@ "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:87 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 msgid "All changes will be applied after reboot." msgstr "रिबूट नंतर सगळे बदल लागू होतिल." #. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "" "The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" "The Default Gateway matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" @@ -2312,7 +2320,7 @@ "डिफोल्ट रूट पेक्षा ती वापरली जाते. डिफोल्ट रूट च्या कल्पने बद्दल तुम्ही म्हणू शकता\n" " \"बाकी सगळे इथे गेले पाहिजे.\"\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:97 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" @@ -2320,13 +2328,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 msgid "" "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 msgid "" "Enable IPv6 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" @@ -2334,14 +2342,14 @@ "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 msgid "" "Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" @@ -2356,7 +2364,7 @@ "तुम्हाला हा विकल्प डिसेबल करायचा असल्यास जर तुम्ही वेगळ्या नेटवर्कला कनेक्ट केले \n" "जे वेगवेगळे होस्टनेम देते, कारणरन टाइम मधे होस्टनेम बदलल्याने ग्राफिकल डेस्कटोप चा गोंधळ होतो \n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" "the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" @@ -2365,7 +2373,7 @@ "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 msgid "" "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" @@ -2374,7 +2382,7 @@ "बहुतांशी ते DHCP ने मिळु शकतात.\n" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:136 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 msgid "" "A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an IP address\n" @@ -2385,7 +2393,7 @@ "(उदा, १९२.१६८.०.४२), होस्टनेम म्हणुन नव्हे.\n" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:142 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" @@ -2397,7 +2405,7 @@ "(उदा, suse.de). एडिशनल सर्च डोमेन ही असतात\n" "(उदा suse.com) डोमेनला कोमा किंवा व्हाइट स्पेसने वेगळे करा.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:148 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" "Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" "(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" @@ -2405,7 +2413,7 @@ "command." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" "search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" @@ -2415,7 +2423,7 @@ "configurations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "By choosing Only Manually, netconfig will no longer be\n" "allowed to modify /etc/resolv.conf. You can however edit the file\n" @@ -2429,19 +2437,19 @@ #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" "Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:180 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" @@ -2451,7 +2459,7 @@ "असाइन केलेला स्टेटिक आयपि एड्रेस असाइन्ड नसेल तर हे सिलेक्ट करा." #. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select DHCP\n" @@ -2462,7 +2470,7 @@ " डिएचसिपि सर्वरलोकल नेट्वर्क वर चालत असेल तर तुम्ही डायनेमिक एड्रेस असाइनमेंट सिलेक्ट करा.\n" #. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" "Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" @@ -2470,7 +2478,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" @@ -2482,7 +2490,7 @@ "of your peer." #. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 #, fuzzy msgid "" "For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" @@ -2494,7 +2502,7 @@ "आयपि एड्रेस." #. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 msgid "" "Contact your network administrator for more information about\n" "the network configuration." @@ -2502,7 +2510,7 @@ "महाजाल संरचनेविषयीच्या अधिक माहीतीसाठी तुमच्या महाजाल व्यवस्थापकाला \n" "संपर्क करा." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" "DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP." @@ -2510,7 +2518,7 @@ "डिएचसिपि कोन्फिगरेशन ह्या प्रोड्क्टसाठी रेकमेंड केले नाही.\n" "ह्या प्रोड्क्टचे कंपोनंट्स डिएचसिपि बरोबर काम करणार नाहित." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:218 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Zone</big>\n" "Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" @@ -2521,11 +2529,11 @@ "the firewall will be disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:227 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." msgstr "अत्यावश्यक इन्टरफेसेस हा इन्टरफेस बूट टाइमवर चालू होण्यास अयशस्वी झाला तर नेटवर्क सर्विस रिपोर्ट करते का ते दर्शवतो." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 msgid "" "<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>\n" "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" @@ -2535,7 +2543,7 @@ "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" @@ -2543,13 +2551,13 @@ msgstr " बोन्ड डिवाइस साठी स्लेव डिवाइसेस सिलेक्ट करा. फक्त असे डिवाइसेस ज्यांचे डिवाइस एक्टिवेशनझाले नाही व नन एड्रेस सेट अप झाला आहे ते उपलब्ध आहेत." #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:243 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 #, fuzzy msgid "<big>DHCP Client Options</big>" msgstr "<मोठे>क्लाइंट संर्पक निर्माण करा:</मोठे> " #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:245 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" "the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" @@ -2564,7 +2572,7 @@ "मशिन्स असतिल." #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" @@ -2583,7 +2591,7 @@ " होस्टनेम न पाठ्वण्यासाठी मोकळे सोडा." #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" @@ -2591,7 +2599,7 @@ msgstr "ह्या इन्टरफेसचे (त्याच्या अलिआसेसचे) एडिशनल एड्रेसेस ह्या डायलोग मधे कोन्फिगर करा." #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Enter an Alias Name, an IP Address, and\n" @@ -2602,7 +2610,7 @@ msgstr "अलिआस नेम, IP एड्रेसेस, व नेटमास्क एन्टर करा." #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 msgid "" "IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" @@ -2610,14 +2618,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:279 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." msgstr " इन्टरफेसचे नेम अलिआस नेम मधे एन्टर करु नका. उदा, eth0:fooऐवजी foo एन्टर करा." #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:285 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Choose between three Key Input Types for your key.\n" @@ -2645,7 +2653,7 @@ "\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 msgid "" "Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking." @@ -2654,7 +2662,7 @@ "मांडणी करा." #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 msgid "" "The Operating Mode depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be Ad-Hoc (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -2666,7 +2674,7 @@ "मेनेज्ड (नेट्वर्क मेनेज्ड बाय एक्सेस्‌ पोइन्ट,ज्याला इन्फ्रस्ट्र्क्चर मोड)म्हणतात) ,किंवा मास्टर(ज्यात नेट्वर्क कार्ड एक्सेस्‌ पोइन्ट सारखे एक्ट करते).असु शकतो\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311 msgid "" "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" @@ -2683,7 +2691,7 @@ "अशावेळी तुमचे WLAN कार्ड सर्वात चांगल्या सिग्नल स्ट्रेन्थला असोसिएट करते.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 #, fuzzy msgid "" "In some networks, you need to set an Authentication Mode.\n" @@ -2716,7 +2724,7 @@ "ओथेंटिकेशन मोड निवडा. हे फक्त मेनेज्डओपरेशन मोड मधे शक्य आहे.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340 msgid "" "To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -2730,7 +2738,7 @@ "डायनेमिकली जनरेट होतात, म्हणुन तुम्हाला फक्त ४० ते २३२ बिट्स एन्टर करायेचे आहेत.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 msgid "" "To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -2746,7 +2754,7 @@ "डिक्शनरी एटेक्स शक्य असु शकतात.गेस करायला सोपा असा शब्द पासफ्रेज म्हणुन वापरु नका.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 msgid "" "To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.\n" @@ -2755,7 +2763,7 @@ "पुढच्या डायलोग मधे एडिशनल पेरमिटर्स एन्टर करा.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:362 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361 msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" @@ -3348,23 +3356,23 @@ msgstr "सुरूवात करणे..." #. Ramote Administration dialog caption -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Remote Administration" msgstr "दुरस्थ व्यवस्थापक" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "दूरस्थ व्यवस्थापनाला परवानगी" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "दूरस्थ व्यवस्थापनाला परवानगी नाही" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" @@ -3380,17 +3388,17 @@ "हा रिमोट एड्मिनिस्टरेशनचा प्रकार SSH पेक्षा कमी सुरक्षित असतो.\n" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "दूरस्थ व्यवस्थापन मांडणी" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "ह्या पॅकेजना संस्थापित करण्याची आवश्यकता" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3405,112 +3413,111 @@ #. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that #. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not #. plugged in. Preferably a short string. -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:254 msgid "unplugged" msgstr "अनप्लग्ड" #. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:259 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:260 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "अज्ञात" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:287 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या सग्रहीत झाली" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293 msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "DNS संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या संग्रहीत झाली" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:295 msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "DSL संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या संग्रहीत झाली" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297 msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "सादरकर्ता संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या संग्रहीत झाली" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301 msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "ISDN संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या संग्रहीत झाली" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305 msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या संग्रहीत झाली" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309 msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "मोडेम संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या संग्रहीत झाली" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "प्रॉक्सी संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या संग्रहीत झाली" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317 msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "पुरविणारा संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या संग्रहीत झाली" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "रामुटींग कॉनफिग्युरेशन यशस्वी पणे साठवले" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:330 msgid "Configure mail now?" msgstr "आता मेल संरचना करायची?" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:335 msgid "Run configuration of %1?" msgstr "%1 ची संरचना सुरू करा?" +#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service +#. +#. see bnc#433084 +#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup +#. +#. returns true if items were disabled +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008 +msgid "" +"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" +"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." +msgstr "" + #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:682 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "महाजाल पत्र" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:686 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1071 msgid "Modems" msgstr "मोडेम्स" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:690 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1075 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "ISDN कार्ड" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1079 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "DSL उपकरण" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:700 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1084 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "सर्व महाजाल उपकरण" -#. Check if we're running in "normal" stage with NM -#. see bnc#433084 -#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1100 -msgid "" -"Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" -"cannot be edited by YaST.\n" -"\n" -"To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n" -"switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n" -msgstr "" - #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93 @@ -3775,7 +3782,7 @@ #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:417 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "मूळ प्रवेशद्वार अवैध आहे." @@ -3995,64 +4002,78 @@ msgid "Set &MTU" msgstr "" +#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Service" +msgid "NetworkManager Service" +msgstr "नेटवर्क सेवा" + +#. ifup is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Traditional Chinese" +msgid "Traditional ifup" +msgstr "परंपरागत चायनिज" + +#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add &Service" +msgid "Wicked Service" +msgstr "सुविधा मिळवा" + +#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Services" +msgid "Network Services Disabled" +msgstr "महाजाल सुविधा" + #. Store the NetworkManager widget #. @param [String] key id of the widget #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:336 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355 msgid "Applet needed" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356 msgid "" "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" "(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" "Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually." msgstr "" -#. radio button label -#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager -#. program -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 -msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" -msgstr "नेटवर्क मॅनेजरबरोबर युजर नियंत्रीत" - -#. radio button label -#. ifup is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:365 -msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" -msgstr "इफअप बरोबर पारंपारिक पद्धती" - -#. radio button label -#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371 -msgid "Controlled by &wicked" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +msgid "General Network Settings" +msgstr "बायोस सेटींग्ज" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:410 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:825 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "IPv6 कार्यान्वित करा" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:428 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "अनोळखी उपकरण" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "IP पत्ता" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:445 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "IP पत्ता सोपवलापत्ता नेमस्त केलेला नाही" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:448 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455 #, fuzzy msgid "" "%1 \n" @@ -4060,12 +4081,12 @@ msgstr "पुढे %1: %2 -- %3" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:503 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "उपकरण बदला" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "महाजाल उपकरण निवडा" @@ -4082,62 +4103,58 @@ msgstr "" #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Name" -msgid "Device name:" +msgid "Device Name:" msgstr "डिव्हाईसचे नांव" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103 -msgid "Base udev rule on" +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101 +msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "" #. make sure there is enough space (#367239) -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:110 #, fuzzy msgid "MAC address: %s" msgstr "IPv4 पत्ता" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:116 msgid "BusID: %s" msgstr "" -#. Checks if given name can be accepted as nic's new one. -#. -#. Pops up an explanation if the name is invalid -#. -#. @return [boolean] false if name is invalid -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:154 +#. check if the name is assigned to another device already +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:153 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration name already exists." msgstr "संरचना %1 अगोदरच अस्तित्वात आहे." -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:158 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:157 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Sound card configuration module." msgid "Invalid configuration name." msgstr "ध्वनीकार्ड संरचना मॉड्यूल." #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:371 #, fuzzy msgid "Write hostname" msgstr "सादरकर्त्यांचे नाव" #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:400 src/modules/Lan.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:535 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "अद्ययावत संरचना" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:402 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:375 #, fuzzy msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "/etc/ipsec.conf वाचा" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:406 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" msgstr "सादरकर्ता आणि DNS संरचना वाचत आहे..." @@ -4145,46 +4162,46 @@ #. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) #. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:415 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:388 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing hostname..." msgstr "योजना लिहीत आहे..." #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:429 src/modules/Lan.rb:640 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:405 src/modules/Lan.rb:630 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "संरचना अद्ययावत करत आहे..." #. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) #. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:440 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:416 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..." msgstr "वाचत आहे /etc/modprobe.conf..." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:533 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "सादरकर्ता: DHCP च्याद्वारे मांडणी" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:563 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:539 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "सादरकर्ता: %1" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:571 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:547 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "होस्टनेम लहिले जाणार नाही /etc/होस्ट्स" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:593 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:569 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "सेवासंगणकाचे नाव: %1" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:603 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:579 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "यादी शोधा: %1" @@ -4206,313 +4223,319 @@ msgstr "पॅकेजेस सुधारणा करत आहे..." #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "महाजाल संरचना कार्यान्वित करत आहे" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "महाजाल उपकरण शोधा" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "चालक माहिती वाचा" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "उपकरण संरचना वाचा" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "महाजाल संरचना वाचा" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "फायरवॉल प्रणाली वाचा" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "सादरकर्त्यांचे नाव आणि DNS संरचना" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "स्थापीत माहिती वाचा" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:302 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "राऊटींग कॉनफिग्युरेशन वाचा" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "सद्यस्थिती शोधा" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:318 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 #, fuzzy msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "हार्डवेअर शोधत आहे..." #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" "Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:345 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "महाजाल उपकरण शोधत आहे..." #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "उपकरण संरचना वाचत आहे..." #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:373 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "महाजाल संरचना वाचत आहे..." #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:382 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना वाचत आहे..." #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "सादरकर्ता आणि DNS संरचना वाचत आहे..." #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:397 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "स्थापीत माहिती वाचत आहे..." #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:403 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "राऊटींग कॉनफिग्युरेशन वाचले जात आहे..." #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:409 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "सद्यस्थिती शोधत आहे..." #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:415 src/modules/Lan.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "समाप्त झाले" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 #, fuzzy #| msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "बदल लागू करण्यासाठी रिबूट आवश्यक आहे." #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "महाजाल संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "चालकाची माहिती लिहा" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "उपकरण संरचना लिहा" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "महाजाल संरचना लिहा" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "राऊटींग कॉनफिग्युरेशन लिहा" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "सादरकर्त्याचे नाव आणि DNS संरचना लिहा" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "महाजाल सेवा मांडणी" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 src/modules/Remote.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:289 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहा" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "महाजाल सेवा सक्रीय करा" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "लिहीत आहे /etc/modprobe.conf..." #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "उपकरण संरचना लिहीत आहे..." #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:573 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "महाजाल संरचना लिहीत आहे..." #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:579 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "राऊटींग कॉनफिग्युरेशन लिहिले जात आहे..." #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "सादरकर्त्याचे नाव आणि DNS संरचना लिहीत आहे..." #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "नेटवर्क सुविधा सेट होत आहेत..." #. Progress step 8 -#. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:608 src/modules/Remote.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:303 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहीत आहे..." #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "महाजाल सेवा संक्रिय करत आहे..." -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647 #, fuzzy msgid "No network running" msgstr "बायोस सेटींग्ज" +#. Import data +#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgstr "" + #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "महाजाल मोड" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "महाजाल प्रबंधक अकार्यान्वित करा" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:811 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "महाजाल प्रबंधक कार्यान्वित करा" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:817 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:819 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "डिसेबल आइपिवि६ " #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:823 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:181 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195 #, fuzzy msgid "connected" msgstr "(असुरक्षितकनेक्ट केलेले नाही)" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:196 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1190 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1194 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1251 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1255 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1259 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "बूट वर आपोआप चालू झाले" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1202 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "केवळ जोडणी आपोआप सुरु झाले" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1206 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1267 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "नेटवर्क प्रंबधकात मॅनेज केले" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1210 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "सुरु होणार नाही" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1215 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "हाताने सुरू करा" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 #, fuzzy msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "DHCP वापरून IP पत्ता सोपवला" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1292 #, fuzzy msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "IPv4 पत्ता" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1295 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP address: %1, subnet mask %2" msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" @@ -4521,47 +4544,47 @@ #. FIXME: #. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1326 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "संरचित केले नाही" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Name: %1" msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "उपकरण नाव: %1" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bond slaves" msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "बोन्ड स्लेव्ज" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1322 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1383 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Ending Banner" msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "बॅनर संपादीत करत आहे" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1398 #, fuzzy msgid "Not connected" msgstr "(असुरक्षितकनेक्ट केलेले नाही)" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1336 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1362 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" @@ -4571,50 +4594,67 @@ "साउंड कार्ड आकृतीबंध मोड्यूल सुरू करण्यासाठीकॉनफिगर साउंड कार्डस्दाबा.\n" "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 #, fuzzy msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "माहिती आवश्यक आहे" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "unknown" msgstr "अज्ञात" +#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before +#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This package is not installed and it will not be installed." +msgid "" +"Package %{package} is not installed\n" +"firewall settings will be disabled." +msgstr "हे पॅकेज स्थापित केलेले नाही आणि ते स्थापित केले जआणार नाही" + #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:291 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "आता मेल संरचना करायची?" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "सुविधा पुन्हा सुरू करा" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:299 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "iSCSI Initiator कॉनफिग्येशन साठवले जात आहे" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:308 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "भाषा संरचित करा...." +#. Enable xinetd +#. Enable XDM +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:327 src/modules/Remote.rb:335 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." +msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "'lirc' सुविधा सुरू करण्यात अपयश." + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:359 #, fuzzy msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "सुविधा पुन्हा सुरू करत आहे..." -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:415 +#. description in proposal +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "दूरस्थ व्यवस्थापक कार्यान्वित आहे." -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "दूरस्थ व्यवस्थापक अकार्यान्वित आहे." @@ -4671,22 +4711,33 @@ msgstr "IP फॉरवर्डीग: चालू" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:82 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:121 #, fuzzy msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" msgstr "स्वयंचलित" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:123 msgid "Firewall Disabled" msgstr "फायरवॉल अकार्यान्वित करा" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:96 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135 msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "(असुरक्षित)" +#~ msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" +#~ msgstr "नेटवर्क मॅनेजरबरोबर युजर नियंत्रीत" + +#~ msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" +#~ msgstr "इफअप बरोबर पारंपारिक पद्धती" + #, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Device Name" +#~ msgid "Device name:" +#~ msgstr "डिव्हाईसचे नांव" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" #~ msgstr "SSH पोर्ट <a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">खुले आहे.</a>" @@ -5197,9 +5248,6 @@ #~ msgid "Add &Provider to Existing Interface" #~ msgstr "सध्याच्या पडदयाकरता प्रोव्हायडर मिळवा" -#~ msgid "Network Services" -#~ msgstr "महाजाल सुविधा" - #~ msgid "S&kip" #~ msgstr "वगळा" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/nfs.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/nfs.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/nfs.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:39+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/nfs_server.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/nfs_server.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/nfs_server.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -72,27 +72,27 @@ msgstr "" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 msgid "NFS server is enabled" msgstr "" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 msgid "NFS server is disabled" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "" #. error #. error -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 msgid "No mount point specified." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 msgid "" "The exports table already\n" "contains this directory." @@ -101,11 +101,11 @@ #. CLI action handler. #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." msgstr "" @@ -156,34 +156,26 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 msgid "&Directory to Export" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "संचार करत आहे..." -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 msgid "The exports table already contains this directory." msgstr "" -#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113 -msgid "" -"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" -"with spaces in their names.\n" -"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." -msgstr "" - #. the dir does not exist -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 #, fuzzy msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "" @@ -191,31 +183,31 @@ "ती निर्माण करायची आहे का?" #. title in the file selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 msgid "Select the Directory to Export" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "पर्याय" #. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue #. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). #. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 msgid "" "'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n" "NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n" msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "Options for this wild card\n" "are already set." @@ -223,25 +215,25 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." msgstr "" #. Help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 msgid "" "Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" "and export some of your directories to others." msgstr "" #. Help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 msgid "" "If you choose Start NFS Server, clicking Next opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export." msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" "and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" @@ -249,51 +241,51 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" "Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "NFS सेवा संगणक" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 msgid "&Start" msgstr "सुरू" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 msgid "Do &Not Start" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 msgid "Enable NFS&v4" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 msgid "NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. Help, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 msgid "" "The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" "If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n" @@ -301,82 +293,77 @@ msgstr "" #. Help, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" "Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.\n" msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536 +#. Help, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544 -msgid "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." -msgstr "" - #. Help, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.\n" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 msgid "Add &Directory" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "संपादन" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "काढून करा" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 msgid "Host Wild Card" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 msgid "Options" msgstr "पर्याय" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 msgid "Add &Host" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "सपादन करा" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "काढून टाका" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 msgid "Directories to Export" msgstr "" #. not fatal - write other dirs. -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:182 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 msgid "" "Unable to create a missing directory:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:194 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -384,94 +371,88 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:216 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:221 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 msgid "Save /etc/exports" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:223 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 msgid "Restart services" msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:227 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 msgid "Saving /etc/exports..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 msgid "Restarting services..." msgstr "" #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:231 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" #. help text -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." msgstr "" #. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:253 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:302 -msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:308 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Unable to write %1." -msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." -msgstr "%1 लिहीण्यास असमर्थ." - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:315 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Unable to write %1." -msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." -msgstr "%1 लिहीण्यास असमर्थ." - #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:326 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:335 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unable to write %1." msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." msgstr "%1 लिहीण्यास असमर्थ." -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:343 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:361 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 msgid "" "Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" msgstr "" #. summary header; directories exported by NFS -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:384 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 msgid "NFS Exports" msgstr "" #. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:402 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Unable to write %1." +#~ msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." +#~ msgstr "%1 लिहीण्यास असमर्थ." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Unable to write %1." +#~ msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." +#~ msgstr "%1 लिहीण्यास असमर्थ." + #~ msgid "Directories" #~ msgstr "डिरेक्टरी" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/nis.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/nis.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/nis.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:41+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/nis_server.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/nis_server.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/nis_server.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ #. To translators: checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:100 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 msgid "This host is also a NIS &client" msgstr "" @@ -369,23 +369,30 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:64 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:71 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:84 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 #, fuzzy -msgid "N&IS domain name:" +msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" msgstr "क्षेत्र नाव" +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NIS Server" +msgid "NIS &Master Server:" +msgstr "NIS सेवा संगणक" + #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:111 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 msgid "Slave Server Setup" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/ntp-client.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/ntp-client.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/ntp-client.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -46,25 +46,24 @@ msgstr "वैध सेवासंगणकाचे नाव लिहा." #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:239 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 #, fuzzy msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "सेवा संगणक पत्ता" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:249 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू करा" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:258 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 #, fuzzy msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "NTP सेवासंगणक संरचना" -#. try to line up the widgets horizontally #. push button label #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 #, fuzzy @@ -78,22 +77,32 @@ msgstr "&संरचित करा..." #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:388 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." msgstr "" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:399 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398 #, fuzzy msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "ZEवर्क्ससोबत जुळवून घेत आहे" +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." +msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." +msgstr "LDAP सर्व्हरशी संपर्क होऊ शकत नाही." + #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:481 -msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 +msgid "" +"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" +"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" +"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgstr "" #. local clock type name @@ -605,6 +614,9 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" +" You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" "<big> NTP Daemon स्वयंचलितरीत्या सुरू करm</big> \n" "प्रणाली boot करताना NTP daemon सुरू करावा हे निवडा.\n" @@ -612,7 +624,7 @@ "Network connection NTP daemon सुरू करण्यापूर्वी सुरू असले पाहिजे" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:42 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -625,7 +637,7 @@ "chroot jail मध्ये सुरू करणे\n" "अधिक सुरक्षित असून शिफारस करण्यात येत आहाणिताह." -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" "By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" @@ -634,7 +646,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -651,7 +663,7 @@ "आपल्या network administrator ला विचारा." #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" @@ -667,7 +679,7 @@ "Synchronization peer काढून टाकण्यासाठी तो निवडून Delete क्लिक करा." #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:71 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Display Log</big>\n" @@ -677,7 +689,7 @@ "घड्याळाचा ड्रायव्हर कॅलिब्रेटकरण्यासाठी ड्रायव्हर कॅलिब्रेशनवर क्लिक करा." #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" @@ -689,7 +701,7 @@ "वापरा." #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Clock Type</big> \n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure." @@ -698,7 +710,7 @@ "घडयाकरता कॉनफिग्युअर करायचा ड्रायव्हर निवडा." #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<big>Unit Number</big> \n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -709,7 +721,7 @@ "Unit Number set करा." #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" @@ -730,7 +742,7 @@ "ते स्वतः करावे लागते." #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." @@ -739,7 +751,7 @@ "घड्याळाचा driver calibrate करण्यासाठी Driver Calibration क्लिक करा." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the Address entry.\n" @@ -752,7 +764,7 @@ "विचारा." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -765,7 +777,7 @@ "Select क्लिक करा किंवा Local NTP Serverआणि Public NTP Server मधून निवडा." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -776,7 +788,7 @@ "Test क्लिक करा." #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -787,7 +799,7 @@ "set करण्यासाठी Address वापरा." #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the Address\n" @@ -798,7 +810,7 @@ "Address चे text field वापरा." #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -810,7 +822,7 @@ #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:145 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" @@ -823,7 +835,7 @@ "च्या text field ला लिहा. तपशीलासाठी पहा,\n" "/usr/share/doc/packages/xntp-doc/html/confopt.htm." -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" @@ -835,7 +847,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:161 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 msgid "" "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here." @@ -844,7 +856,7 @@ "Synchronization peer चा प्रकार येथे घेण्यासाठी निवडा." #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." @@ -853,7 +865,7 @@ "Server निवडा." #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." @@ -862,7 +874,7 @@ "Peer निवडा." #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." @@ -871,7 +883,7 @@ "करण्यासाठी Radio Clock निवडा." #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "Outgoing Broadcast." @@ -880,7 +892,7 @@ "Outgoing Broadcast निवडा. " #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." @@ -889,7 +901,7 @@ "व स्थानिक वेळ set करण्यास ती वापरण्यासाठी Incoming Broadcast.निवडा." #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Server Location</big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -900,7 +912,7 @@ "निवडा." #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</big> \n" @@ -915,7 +927,7 @@ "नंतर सापडलेल्या servers च्या यादीतून server निवडा." #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:199 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" "Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" @@ -927,7 +939,7 @@ "निवडा." #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:205 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<big>Note</big> \n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -949,7 +961,7 @@ "सुद्धा पाहू शकता." #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." @@ -959,7 +971,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" @@ -975,7 +987,7 @@ "असतो.\n" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:235 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" @@ -988,7 +1000,7 @@ "अवलंबून असतो. काही drivers सर्व पर्याय वापरत नाहीत." #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:242 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" @@ -1351,121 +1363,124 @@ msgstr "NTP मांडणी वाचत आहे..." #. progress step -#. error report +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:594 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:906 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909 msgid "Finished" msgstr "समाप्त झाले" #. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "NTP ग्राहक संरचना साठवत आहे" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "NTP मांडणी लिहा" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:747 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू करा" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:751 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "अ" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू होत आहे" #. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "आकृतीबंध वाचू शकत नाही" #. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:876 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू करू शकत नाही." #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:970 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "जेव्हा प्रणाली सुरू होत असेल तेव्हा NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम सुरू करा" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:976 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम आपोआप सुरू होत नाही." #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:982 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "सेवासंगणक: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:986 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "रेडिओ घड्याळ: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:990 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "पिअर: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:994 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "वेळेची माहिती प्रसारीत: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "%1 कडून प्रसारीत झालेली वेळेची माहिती स्वीकारा" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017 #, fuzzy msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "सादरकर्त्याचे नाव आणि DNS संरचना लिहा" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 #, fuzzy msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "संरचना फाईल अद्ययावत करत आहे..." #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024 #, fuzzy msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "माऊस संरचना सारांश." #. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "NTP सेवासंगणक चाचणी घेत आहे..." #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "सर्व्हर संपर्कात आहे व व्यवस्थीत प्रतिसाद देतो." #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "सर्व्हर संपर्कात नाही व व्यवस्थीत प्रतिसाद देत नाही." #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/oneclickinstall.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/oneclickinstall.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/oneclickinstall.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/online-update-configuration.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/online-update-configuration.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/online-update-configuration.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/online-update.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/online-update.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/online-update.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -116,13 +116,20 @@ msgid "Initializing Online Update" msgstr "CD अपडेट करता सुरुवात होत आहे..." -#. yes/no message -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:204 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 msgid "" "No update repository\n" "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" msgstr "" +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not configured yet." +msgid "No update repository configured yet." +msgstr "अजून संरचित केले नाही." + #. progress window label #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 msgid "Progress Log" Added: trunk/yast/mr/po/opensuse_mirror.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/opensuse_mirror.mr.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/opensuse_mirror.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya(a)gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Directory" +msgstr "डायरेक्ट्री" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "त्रुटी" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "योय" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "no" +msgstr "नाहीं" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "&Mirror" +msgstr "त्रुटी" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145 +msgid "&Do not Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select or Deselect &All" +msgid "Select/Deselect &All" +msgstr "सर्व निवडा किंवा निवडू नका" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/packager.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/packager.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/packager.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: online-update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:42+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solution<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -173,6 +173,18 @@ msgid "&Text Mode" msgstr "वाक्यरचना पध्दती" +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." +msgstr "" +"नवीनतम अपडेटकरता अयशस्वी . अधिक\n" +"माहिती करता लॉग पहा.\n" + #. dialog heading #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 msgid "Copy Installation Media" @@ -535,7 +547,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:668 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "सुरूवात करणे..." @@ -604,7 +616,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "युआरएल: %1" @@ -872,7 +884,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1200 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "विस्तृत:" @@ -880,7 +892,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा?" @@ -1288,7 +1300,7 @@ msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "तपास सुरू करा" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:694 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "बाहेर पडा" @@ -1559,7 +1571,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1195 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" @@ -1595,83 +1607,83 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:502 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:604 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:582 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:773 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "प्रणाली स्थापीत करत असताना चूक सापडली." #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:639 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654 #, fuzzy msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "नियंत्रक फाईल %1 सापडली नाही." #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1235 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1399 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "अड-ऑन उत्पादन CD सरकवा." #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1286 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309 #, fuzzy msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "युआरएल: %1" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319 #, fuzzy msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "युआरएल: %1, संचिका: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "अतिरिक्त माहिती" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "उत्पादवस्तू निवड" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1357 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "ऍ़ड-ऑन प्रॉडक्टस" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "अड-ऑन उत्पादन CD सरकवा." #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the first installation medium." msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "प्रथम स्थापनेचे माध्यम सरकवा." #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "%1 लिहीण्यास असमर्थ." #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1737 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1743 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "अज्ञात मोड" @@ -1729,7 +1741,7 @@ msgstr "स्थापना मध्येच अर्धवट सोडली." #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:35 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 #, fuzzy msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "माध्यम" @@ -1738,13 +1750,13 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 msgid ">%1" msgstr ">%1" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:255 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:270 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 msgid "Done." msgstr "झाली." @@ -1752,7 +1764,7 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:295 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Next %1: %2" msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" @@ -1761,7 +1773,7 @@ #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:312 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Name: %1" msgid "Next: %1" @@ -1770,7 +1782,7 @@ #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924 msgid "Total" msgstr "एकूण" @@ -1779,12 +1791,12 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1168 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1421 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "उतरवून घेत आहे %1 (%2)" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081 #, fuzzy msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr "" @@ -1793,118 +1805,118 @@ #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Downloading Package" msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "पॅकेज उतरवून घेत आहे" #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117 #, fuzzy msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr "पॅकेज उतरवून घेत आहे" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "काढून टाकत आहे %1" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "स्थापित नाही (%1 -> %2)" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1456 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "डेल्टा RPM लागू करत आहे: %1" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system. However, you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "पण, तुम्ही 32-बीट वाटप स्थापन करण्याचा प्रयत्न करत आहात. " #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:341 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 #, fuzzy msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "UML स्थापना ठराव" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:358 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "वस्तू: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:372 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376 #, fuzzy msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "प्रणाली: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:383 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387 #, fuzzy msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "नमुने" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "स्थापन करण्याच्या पॅकेजचा आकार: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "रिलीज नोट उतरवल्या जात आहेत" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:492 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:537 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "There is not enough free space in directory %1.\n" @@ -1915,28 +1927,75 @@ "पुढे जायचे आहे काय?\n" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "डिस्कमधे पुरेशी जागा नाही." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "पुरेश्या चकतीची जागा नाही. एकाच निवडीत काही पॅकेज काढून टाका." #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "पार्टिशन %3 वर < फक्त %1 (%2%%) मोकळी जागा आहे. " +#. newly installed products +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed." +msgid "New product %s will be installed" +msgstr "पॅकेज %1 संस्थापित होईल." + +#. product update: %s is a product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1 packages will be updated" +msgid "Product %s will be updated" +msgstr "%1 पॅकेजेस अपडेट केली जातील" + +#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708 +msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed." +msgid "Product %s will stay installed" +msgstr "पॅकेज %1 संस्थापित होईल." + +#. Removing another product might be an issue +#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725 +msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726 +msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752 +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" +"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" +"</li></ul></li></ul>" +msgstr "" + #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1216 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342 #, fuzzy msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "संदर्भ मिळाला नाही '%1'." #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n" @@ -1954,33 +2013,33 @@ "SUSE लायनक्स वेब सर्व्हरवरुन अपडेटेड रीलीज नोट्स डाऊनलोड करु शकाल" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1516 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "वाईट माध्यम विसरत आहे..." #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664 #, fuzzy msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "सुविधा पॅक उगम एकत्रित करण्याचे अयशस्वी ठरले." #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1571 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "फॉन्टस सुरु होत आहे..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1803 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "सीडी %1 आत सरकवा 1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1805 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "%1 CD 1 आढळली नाही." #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1915 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -1989,19 +2048,19 @@ "%1 ही लॉग फाईल अधिक माहितीकरता तपासून पहा." #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2176 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2194 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "पॅकेज निवड अभ्यासन पहात आहे..." #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2469 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -2010,42 +2069,44 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param string filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:191 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:198 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "%1फाईल वाचू शकत नाही" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:192 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:334 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 msgid "&Language" msgstr "भाषा" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 -msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +#. check box label +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "होय, मी परवाना करार मान्य करतो" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:399 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "N&o, I Do Not Agree" -msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" -msgstr "नाही, मला मान्य नाही" +#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385 +msgid "" +"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" +"%{license_url}" +msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:439 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %1" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:455 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -2055,34 +2116,34 @@ "एक निवडा. आपण परवाना कराराशी सहमत नसल्यास,\n" "आकृतीबंध सोढून दिला जाईल.\n" +#. dialog title #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:467 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "अनुज्ञप्ति स्वीकारपत्र" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 #, fuzzy msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "खरोखरच जास्तीच्या वस्तूंची स्थापनेतून बाहेर पडायचे का?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1120 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1137 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 #, fuzzy msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "यंत्रणा बंद होत आहे..." @@ -2172,75 +2233,80 @@ #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34 +msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "युआरएल दर्शवा..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "FTP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "HTTP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "HTTPS..." #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719 msgid "&SMB/CIFS" msgstr "SMB/CIFS" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 msgid "&NFS..." msgstr "NFS..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "CD..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "DVD..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 #, fuzzy msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "स्थानिक संचिका..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 #, fuzzy msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "स्थानिक वेळ" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60 #, fuzzy msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "वर्णन नाही" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:106 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." @@ -2249,7 +2315,7 @@ "तर ISO इमेज सेट करा." #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:111 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" @@ -2259,53 +2325,53 @@ "मीडीयाचे स्थळ सेट करा." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "सेवासंगणकाचे नाव" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "सूचीचा मार्ग किंवा आयएसो प्रतिमा" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 #, fuzzy msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "आयएसओ प्रतिमा" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Protocol" msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "संगणक शिष्टाचार" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "आरोहण पर्याय" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:148 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156 #, fuzzy #| msgid " (default)" msgid "(default)" msgstr " (मूळ)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 #, fuzzy msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "पर्यायाचे नाव" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "प्रोटोकोल" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186 #, fuzzy msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "पर्यायाचे नाव" @@ -2313,40 +2379,40 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "कार्यक्रम साठा:" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:195 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "NFS सेवा संगणक" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:199 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "सीडी किंवा डीव्हिडी चालक" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:880 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "स्थानिक संचिका" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 #, fuzzy msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "स्थानिक वेळ" @@ -2356,26 +2422,26 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "सेवासंगणक आणि संचिका" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:432 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440 #, fuzzy msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "वाटपाचा मार्ग रिकामा असू शकत नाही." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:444 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452 #, fuzzy msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "कार्यक्रम साठा:" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:459 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" @@ -2386,13 +2452,13 @@ "वापरा." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 #, fuzzy msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "सेवा नाव" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" @@ -2403,17 +2469,17 @@ "वापरा." #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:516 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "युआरएल रिकामा असू शकत नाही." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&युआरएल" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:543 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" @@ -2426,16 +2492,16 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:716 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1843 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:723 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1850 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:735 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" @@ -2446,7 +2512,7 @@ " NFS सर्व्हरच्या यजमानाचे नांव व सर्व्हवरील पाथ करण्यासाठी,सर्व्हर नेम आणि\n" "डिरेक्टरी किंवा ISO प्रतिमेचा पाथ वापरा." -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:742 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2455,16 +2521,16 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "CD-ROM" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:799 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "DVD-ROM" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:804 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." @@ -2473,12 +2539,12 @@ "मीडीयाचा प्रकार नमूद करण्यासाठी, CD-ROM किंवा DVD-ROM सेट करा." #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "आयएसओ प्रतिमा फाईल" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:918 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" @@ -2488,7 +2554,7 @@ "पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा.\n" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:948 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" @@ -2496,7 +2562,7 @@ msgstr "अपेक्षित फाईल अस्तित्वात नाही" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:972 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2504,18 +2570,18 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:993 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "सूचीचा मार्ग किंवा आयएसो प्रतिमा" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1259 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 #, fuzzy msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "सूचीचा मार्ग किंवा आयएसो प्रतिमा" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" @@ -2528,23 +2594,23 @@ "RPM पॅकेजेस असलेल्या डिरेक्टरीचा पाथ नमूद करण्यासाठीपाथ टू डिरेक्टरीnवापरा." #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1252 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260 #, fuzzy msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "व्यापक साठवण उपकरण" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1257 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 #, fuzzy msgid "&File System" msgstr "सिस्टम" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1258 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1325 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 #, fuzzy msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "डायरेक्ट्री" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1263 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" @@ -2560,7 +2626,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1273 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1340 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2568,12 +2634,12 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331 #, fuzzy msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "फ्लॉपी तबकडी उपकरण" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" @@ -2588,13 +2654,13 @@ "RPM पॅकेजेस असलेल्या डिरेक्टरीचा पाथ नमूद करण्यासाठीपाथ टू डिरेक्टरीnवापरा." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364 #, fuzzy msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "सूचीचा मार्ग किंवा आयएसो प्रतिमा" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" @@ -2605,73 +2671,73 @@ "RPM पॅकेजेस असलेल्या डिरेक्टरीचा पाथ नमूद करण्यासाठीपाथ टू डिरेक्टरीnवापरा." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "सेवासंगणकाचे नाव" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1561 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&स्थान" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574 msgid "&Share" msgstr "वाटप" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 #, fuzzy msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "आयएसओ प्रतिमा" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1582 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "सेवासंगणकावरील संचिका" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "शिक्कामोर्तब करा" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "अनामिक" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611 #, fuzzy msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "डोमेन किंवा वर्कग्रुप" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "वापरकर्ता" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1619 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&परवली शब्द" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1694 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "FTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1697 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "HTTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "HTTPS" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1874 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" @@ -2697,7 +2763,7 @@ "असेल, तर ISO इमेजसेट करा." #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1887 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" @@ -2706,12 +2772,12 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1949 -msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957 +msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2067 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" @@ -2723,7 +2789,7 @@ "वा हार्ड डिस्क वरून." #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2734,7 +2800,7 @@ "उपलब्ध प्रॉडक्ट; CD संच घ्या वा उपलब्ध DVD घ्या." #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2086 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -2760,7 +2826,7 @@ "\n" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2098 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -2779,28 +2845,28 @@ "करा, जसे /data1/CD1.\n" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2113 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select the media type." msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "मीडीयाचा प्रकार निवडा" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "अड-ऑन उत्पादन CD सरकवा." -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr " अड-ऑन उत्पादन DVD सरकवा." #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147 #, fuzzy msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "हार्डडिस्क शोधता आल्या नाहीत" #. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2332 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2810,11 +2876,17 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2551 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "मिडिया तपासा" +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add-On Products" +msgid "Add On Product" +msgstr "ऍ़ड-ऑन प्रॉडक्टस" + #. SourceManager read dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 #, fuzzy @@ -2920,7 +2992,9 @@ msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "संरचना केलेली उपकरणे:" -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:680 +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "बाहेर काढण्यासाठी (इजेक्ट) &ड्राईव्ह" @@ -2999,12 +3073,12 @@ "निवडलेल्या स्रोतामधे URL नाही." #. progress information, %1 stands for number of services -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." msgstr "%1 सेवांची माहिती एकत्र होतांना आढळली..." #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:618 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 #, fuzzy msgid "" "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" @@ -3016,7 +3090,7 @@ "जे बहुधा नेटवर्क स्कॅनिंगमधे अडथळा घालते." #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:627 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 #, fuzzy msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." msgstr "SLP नामावली सापडत नाही" @@ -3047,6 +3121,11 @@ msgstr "कृपया काही पॅकेजसची निवड करू नका." #, fuzzy +#~| msgid "N&o, I Do Not Agree" +#~ msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" +#~ msgstr "नाही, मला मान्य नाही" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "All registered repositories are shown here.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -4289,12 +4368,6 @@ #~ msgid "Minimal &Graphical System" #~ msgstr "कमीतकमी आकृतीमय प्रणाली" -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "नवीनतम अपडेटकरता अयशस्वी . अधिक\n" -#~ "माहिती करता लॉग पहा.\n" - #~ msgid "Registered Catalogs" #~ msgstr "संदर्भ रजिस्टर्ड आहेत" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/pam.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/pam.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/pam.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iso-countries\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:39+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma <priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/pkg-bindings.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/pkg-bindings.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/pkg-bindings.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iso-countries\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:39+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma <priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ #. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) #: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 -#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:187 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 #, fuzzy msgid "Loading the Package Manager..." msgstr "पॅकेज डेटाबेस परत बांधत आहे..." @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "टारगेट सिस्टिम इनिशीअलाइझ होत आहे" -#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:183 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 #, fuzzy msgid "Read Installed Packages" msgstr "स्थापीत पॅकेजेस" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/printer.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/printer.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/printer.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/product-creator.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/product-creator.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/product-creator.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/proxy.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/proxy.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/proxy.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/qt-pkg.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/qt-pkg.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/qt-pkg.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -43,48 +43,48 @@ msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "फाईलची पुर्नबांधणी होत आहे" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:418 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419 msgid "S&earch" msgstr "शोधा" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:425 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 #, fuzzy msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "कीवर्ड्च" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:434 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435 msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "स्थापना सारांश" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:519 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520 msgid "D&escription" msgstr "वर्णन" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:532 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "तांत्रिक डेटा" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:545 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "अवलंबित्वे" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:561 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "आवृत्त्या" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:579 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580 msgid "File List" msgstr "फाईलची यादी" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:596 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597 msgid "Change Log" msgstr "लॉग बदला" #. "Cancel" button #. button #0 #. text -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:623 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 @@ -94,191 +94,191 @@ msgstr "&रद्द करा" #. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:633 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&स्वीकारा" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:676 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677 msgid "&File" msgstr "फाईल" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:678 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 msgid "&Import..." msgstr " आयात करा..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "निर्यात..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:683 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "बाहेर पडा -- बदल काढून टाका" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "&सोडून द्या -- बदल जतन करा" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697 msgid "&Package" msgstr "& पॅकेजेस" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:736 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 #: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 msgid "All Packages" msgstr "सर्व पॅकेज " -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:738 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "अधिक नवीन आवृत्ती उपलब्ध असल्यास अपडेट करा" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:741 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 #: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "बिनशर्त अपडेट करा" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:755 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756 msgid "&Patch" msgstr "पॅच: " -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:782 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration" msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "संरचना" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 #, fuzzy msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "फाईलची पुर्नबांधणी होत आहे" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785 #, fuzzy msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "ऑनलाईन सुधारणा" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:794 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "अवलंबीता" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:796 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 #, fuzzy msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "तपासा" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798 #, fuzzy msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "ऑटोचेक" #. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:810 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811 msgid "&Options" msgstr "पर्याय" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:813 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814 msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823 msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:830 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831 #, fuzzy msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "ऑथेंन्टीकेशन मोड" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:835 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836 msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:841 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Selecting packages..." msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "पॅकेजेस निवडत आहे..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:845 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846 msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:858 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Extras" msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "&एक्स्ट्राज" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:860 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 msgid "Show &Products" msgstr "प्रदर्शन आणि उत्पादने" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 #, fuzzy msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "प्रदर्शन आणि आपोआप पॅकेज बदल" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Show &details" msgid "Show &History" msgstr "विस्तृत माहिती दाखवा" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:870 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871 msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "जुळणारी –सर्व डिवेल पॅकेजेस स्थापित करा" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:874 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875 msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr "सर्व डिबगउंफो पॅकेजेस स्थापित करा" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:877 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878 #, fuzzy msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr "सर्व डिबगउंफो पॅकेजेस स्थापित करा" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:882 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "डिपेन्डन्सी रिझॉल्व्हर टेस्ट केस निर्माण करा" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:902 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903 msgid "&Help" msgstr "&मदत" #. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out #. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc #. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:908 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "ओव्हरव्ह्यू" #. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912 msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "&चिन्हे" #. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:914 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915 msgid "&Keys" msgstr "कळ" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1100 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "सर्व पॅकेजेसची अवलंबित्वे ठीक आहेत" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1116 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117 #, fuzzy msgid "P&atches" msgstr "पॅचेस:" #. startsWith #. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1178 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179 msgid "Save Package List" msgstr "पॅकेज यादी संग्रहीत करा" @@ -286,56 +286,56 @@ #. parent #. Post error popup. #. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1217 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1311 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 #: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 msgid "Error" msgstr "त्रुटी" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219 msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr "पॅकेजेसची सूची %१ मध्ये निर्यात करण्यात चूक" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1230 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231 msgid "Load Package List" msgstr "पॅकेज यादी भरा" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313 msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr "%१ मधून पॅकेजेस लोड करण्यात चूक" #. caption #. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1414 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "%1 पॅकेजेस अपडेट केली जातील" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "&Continue" msgstr "पुढे चालू ठेवा" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "&रद्द करा" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1454 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1473 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr "वाढवलेली सबपॅकेजस" #. "OK" button #. addHStretch( hbox ); #. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1698 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 #: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 #: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/qt.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/qt.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/qt.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "विभाग संपादक" -#: src/YQApplication.cc:640 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:643 msgid "" "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ "डावे व उजवे माऊस बटण बदलायचे?" #. Popup dialog caption -#: src/YQApplication.cc:653 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:656 msgid "Unexpected Click" msgstr "अनपेक्षित क्लिक" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/rdp.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/rdp.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/rdp.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/rear.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/rear.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/rear.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/registration.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/registration.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/registration.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -13,50 +13,98 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" #. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:34 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35 #, fuzzy msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:36 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37 msgid "" -"Select a server from the list or press Cancel\n" -"to use the default SUSE registration server." +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:64 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65 #, fuzzy msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" +#. %s is the default SCC URL +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" +msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" +msgstr "नॉव्हेल ग्राहक केंद्र आकृतीबंध" + #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48 #, fuzzy msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" #. reset the user input in case an exception is raised -#. register the system -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:134 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:164 +#. nil = use the default URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:144 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:549 +#. register the base product +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" -#. TODO FIXME: still not the final text +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating boot options..." +msgid "Updating to %s ..." +msgstr "बूट पर्याय अपडेट करत आहे..." + +#. display the registration update dialog +#. dialog title +#. dialog title +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration" +msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration name is missing." +msgid "Registration is being updated..." +msgstr "आकृतीबंध नाव गायब आहे." + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The previous registration is being updated." +msgstr "मूळ प्रवेशद्वार अवैध आहे." + +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275 +msgid "" +"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" +"You can manually register the system from scratch." +msgstr "" + #. label text describing the registration (1/2) #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:177 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289 msgid "" "Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/EMail from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" @@ -64,54 +112,57 @@ #. label text describing the registration (2/2), #. not displayed in installed system #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 -msgid "If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system." +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 +msgid "" +"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +"installation has completed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:196 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" msgid "Network Configuration..." msgstr "नॉव्हेल ग्राहक केंद्र आकृतीबंध" -#. make sure to revert the change if something goes wrong -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:205 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:633 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:212 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:373 -msgid "&Email" -msgstr "" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Email Address" +msgid "&E-mail Address" +msgstr "ई-मेल पत्ता" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:214 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:239 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:375 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:218 +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332 #, fuzzy +msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335 +#, fuzzy msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" -#. TODO: improve the help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:226 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and add-on products." +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" -#. dialog title -#. dialog title -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:234 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:646 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:371 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration" -msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" - #. not set yet? -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377 msgid "" "Registration added some update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -119,58 +170,27 @@ "on-line updates during installation?" msgstr "" -#. use two column layout if needed -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:312 -msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:317 +#. cache the available addons +#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Details..." -msgid "Details" -msgstr "तपशील..." +msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." +msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:320 -msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" -msgstr "" - -#. popup message, %s are product names -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Automatically selecting '%s'\n" -"dependencies:\n" -"\n" -"%s" -msgstr "" - -#. check the addons requiring a reg. code -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:358 -msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s addons." -msgstr "" - #. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:411 -msgid "Extension Selection" -msgstr "" - -#. cache the available addons -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:485 -msgid "Loading Available Add-on Products and Extensions..." -msgstr "" - -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 #, fuzzy msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:595 -msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462 +msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:610 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -182,308 +202,413 @@ msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:636 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Register New User" msgid "Register Again" msgstr "नवीन प्रयोक्ता नोंद करा" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Your system is ready for use." +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "तुमची प्रणाली वापरासाठी तयार आहे." + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" + #. error message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:672 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/scc.rb:42 -msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538 +msgid "" +"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" +"Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:165 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:174 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:194 -msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541 +msgid "" +"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -#. register the base product -#. register addons -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:173 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:193 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registering Product..." -msgid_plural "Registering Products..." -msgstr[0] "नोंदणी कोड" -msgstr[1] "नोंदणी कोड" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/scc.rb:44 +msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:213 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208 #, fuzzy msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "दुरूस्ती यशस्वी झाली." -#. --------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:238 -msgid "Add-on &Name" +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243 +msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:267 -msgid "Really delete add-on '%s'?" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 +#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically +#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice +#. but better than aborting the installation... +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration Code" -msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" +#| msgid "Downloading SMT certificate file failed" +msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" +msgstr "SMT प्रमाणपत्राची फाईल डाऊनलोड करणे अयशस्वी झाले" -#. TODO FIXME: add a help text -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:312 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" -msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" +msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" +msgstr "सेवासंगणक प्रमाणपत्र" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:349 +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "उत्पादनाची नोंदणी" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:351 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with Hardware Profile and Optional Information." -msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" -"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." -msgstr "उत्पादनाच्या नोंदणीत नॉव्हेलच्या डाटावेसमधील आपल्याउत्पादनाचा समावेश आहे, यामुळे आपणास ऑनलाईनअपडेट्स व तांत्रिक समर्थन मिळणे शक्य होते. आपोआप स्थापन करतांना नोंदणीकरण्यासाठीउत्पादन नोंदणी चालवा.निवडा.पद्धत सोपी करण्यासाठीहार्डवेअर प्रोफाइल ने वपर्यायी माहिती ने आपल्या प्रणालीतील माहिती समाविष्ट करा.." +#| msgid "Run during autoinstallation" +msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "आपोआप स्थापनेदरम्यान चालवा" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:356 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, please set the URL of the SMT Server and the location of the SMT Certificate in SMT Server Settings. Please see your SMT manual for further assistance." -msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" -"to your SMT manual for further assistance." -msgstr "आपल्या नेटवर्कवर कस्टम SMT सर्व्हर असल्यास कृपया SMT सर्व्हरची URL व SMT प्रमाणपत्राचे स्थान SMT Server Settingsमध्ये सेट करा. आणखी मदतीसाठी आपले SMT सूचनापत्रक पहा. " +#| msgid "Do not run during autoinstallation" +msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "आपोआप स्थापनेदरम्यान चालवू नका" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:364 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register the Product" -msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" +#| msgid "Registration Data to Use" +msgid "Registration Settings" +msgstr "वापरण्यासाठी नोंदणी माहिती" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:379 -msgid "Install Available Patches from Update Repositories" -msgstr "" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Email Address" +msgid "E-mail Address: %s" +msgstr "ई-मेल पत्ता" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:387 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 #, fuzzy -msgid "Server Settings" -msgstr "सेवासंगणकाची मांडणी" +#| msgid "Configuration name is missing." +msgid "Registration Code is Configured" +msgstr "आकृतीबंध नाव गायब आहे." -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:391 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 #, fuzzy -msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +#| msgid "&Install All Available Sources" +msgid "Install Available Updates" +msgstr "सर्व उपलब्ध स्रोत स्थापन करा" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registration Server" msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:396 -msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" -msgstr "" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Server URL: " +msgid "Server URL: %s" +msgstr "सेवासंगणक युआरएल:" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:403 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 #, fuzzy -msgid "Optional Server Certificate" +#| msgid "Discovery" +msgid "Use SLP discovery" +msgstr "शोध" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Server Certificate" +msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s" msgstr "सेवासंगणक प्रमाणपत्र" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:421 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register Add-ons..." +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" +msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Extensions and Modules" msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" -#. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:478 -msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Prepare Connection" +msgid "Secure Connection Error" +msgstr "संपर्काची तयारी करा" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 +msgid "Details:" +msgstr "विस्तृत:" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Choose Certificate File" +msgid "Failed Certificate Details" +msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र फाईल निवडा" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Issued To" msgstr "" +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61 +msgid "Common Name (CN): " +msgstr "" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63 +msgid "Organization (O): " +msgstr "" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65 +msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +msgid "Issued By" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Validity" +msgstr "अवैध पर्याय: %1" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 +msgid "Issued On: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" +msgstr "स्रोत वैध नाही." + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error: %1:" +msgid "Expires On: " +msgstr "चूकः %1:" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Serial Number" +msgid "Serial Number: " +msgstr "अनुक्रमांक:" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "बोटांचे ठसे: %1" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "बोटांचे ठसे: %1" + #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:65 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Destination is invalid." -msgid "" -"The email address is not known or\n" -"the registration code is not valid." +msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "लक्ष्य अवैध आहे." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96 +msgid "" +"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" +"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" +"might take very long time.\n" +"\n" +"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n" +"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n" +"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n" +"the upgrade again." +msgstr "" + +#. add the hint to the error details +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration failed." +msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115 +#, fuzzy msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "वापरण्यासाठी नोंदणी माहिती" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:87 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry registration later." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:89 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration failed." -msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" - -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 -msgid "Secure connection error: %s" +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 +msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "" #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Details..." msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "तपशील..." -#. label follwed by a certificate description -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:147 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Certificate:" -msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र" +#. progress label +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209 +msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:151 -msgid "Issued To" +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210 +msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:154 -msgid "Issued By" +#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use +#. the original error message from openSSL +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228 +msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:157 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34 #, fuzzy -msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " -msgstr "बोटांचे ठसे: %1" +#| msgid "Writing routing configuration..." +msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." +msgstr "राऊटींग कॉनफिग्युरेशन लिहिले जात आहे..." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:159 +#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze +#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM! +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8 #, fuzzy -msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " -msgstr "बोटांचे ठसे: %1" +#| msgid "SMT Certificate" +msgid "SSL Certificate" +msgstr "SMT प्रमाणपत्र" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:176 -msgid "Common Name (CN): " +#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10 +msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178 -msgid "Organization (O): " -msgstr "" - -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:180 -msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " -msgstr "" - -#. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:194 -msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195 -msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." -msgstr "" - -#. return the boot command line parameter -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Checking..." -msgid "Searching..." -msgstr "तपासत आहे..." +msgid "Certificate:" +msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र" -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." -msgstr "नोंदणी माहितीचा 1 आयटेम" - #. create UI label for a base product #. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "अनोळकी चूक सांकेतीक" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "स्थापना नक्की करा" #. # error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:176 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:182 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:194 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "अनुज्ञप्ति स्वीकारपत्र" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "" -#. go back if any EULA has not been accepted, let the user deselect the -#. not accepted extension -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:65 +#. ask user to accept an addon EULA +#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon +#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "" #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Downloading SMT certificate file failed" msgid "" @@ -492,63 +617,322 @@ "failed." msgstr "SMT प्रमाणपत्राची फाईल डाऊनलोड करणे अयशस्वी झाले" +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "%s License Agreement" +msgstr "" + #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:93 -msgid "Extension and Module License Agreement" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37 +msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "" -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:95 -msgid "%s License Agreement" +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "" +"Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" +#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 +msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." +msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the registration data." +msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." +msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." +msgstr[0] "रजीस्ट्रेशन माहिती भरा." +msgstr[1] "रजीस्ट्रेशन माहिती भरा." + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Extension and Module Selection" +msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" + +#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Details..." +msgid "Details" +msgstr "तपशील..." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "is not available" +msgid "%s (not available)" +msgstr "हे उपलब्ध नाही" + +#. check the addons requiring a reg. code +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212 +msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" +msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Device Identifier" +msgid "Identifier" +msgstr "उपकरण ओळखचिन्ह" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "आवृत्ती" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "निर्मिती (आर्किटेक्चर)" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Rule Type" +msgid "Release Type" +msgstr "नियम प्रकार" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration Code" +msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Download Available Extensions..." +msgstr "" + +#. disable download on a non-registered system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" +msgid "Really delete '%s'?" +msgstr "खरोखर कमी करावे '%1'?" + +#. replace the content +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Vendor Identifier" +msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" +msgstr "विक्रेता ओळखचिन्ह" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Version" +msgstr "आवृत्ती" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Architecture" +msgid "&Architecture" +msgstr "निर्मिती (आर्किटेक्चर)" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Rule Type" +msgid "&Release Type" +msgstr "नियम प्रकार" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with Hardware Profile and Optional Information." +msgid "" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +msgstr "उत्पादनाच्या नोंदणीत नॉव्हेलच्या डाटावेसमधील आपल्याउत्पादनाचा समावेश आहे, यामुळे आपणास ऑनलाईनअपडेट्स व तांत्रिक समर्थन मिळणे शक्य होते. आपोआप स्थापन करतांना नोंदणीकरण्यासाठीउत्पादन नोंदणी चालवा.निवडा.पद्धत सोपी करण्यासाठीहार्डवेअर प्रोफाइल ने वपर्यायी माहिती ने आपल्या प्रणालीतील माहिती समाविष्ट करा.." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, please set the URL of the SMT Server and the location of the SMT Certificate in SMT Server Settings. Please see your SMT manual for further assistance." +msgid "" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +msgstr "आपल्या नेटवर्कवर कस्टम SMT सर्व्हर असल्यास कृपया SMT सर्व्हरची URL व SMT प्रमाणपत्राचे स्थान SMT Server Settingsमध्ये सेट करा. आणखी मदतीसाठी आपले SMT सूचनापत्रक पहा. " + +#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Register the Product" +msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Server Settings" +msgstr "सेवासंगणकाची मांडणी" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123 +msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" +msgstr "सेवासंगणक प्रमाणपत्र" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "सेवासंगणक प्रमाणपत्र" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "none" +msgstr "कोणी नाही" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Certificate File to Import" +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र फाईल मिळवित आहे" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." +msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:26 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Certificate Overview" +msgid "Certificate has expired" +msgstr "सर्टीपिकेट ओव्हरव्हूज" + +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 +#, fuzzy msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "सेवासंगणक प्रमाणपत्र" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:28 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:124 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:133 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51 #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" -#~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Credentials" -#~ msgstr "नॉव्हेल ग्राहक केंद्र आकृतीबंध" +#| msgid "Invalid time" +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "आवैध वेळ" +#. input field label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78 #, fuzzy +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" +msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#. return the boot command line parameter +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking..." +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "तपासत आहे..." + +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +msgstr "नोंदणी माहितीचा 1 आयटेम" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Registering Product..." +#~ msgid_plural "Registering Products..." +#~ msgstr[0] "नोंदणी कोड" +#~ msgstr[1] "नोंदणी कोड" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" +#~ msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Register Add-ons..." +#~ msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" #~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Registration" #~ msgstr "नॉव्हेल ग्राहक केंद्र आकृतीबंध" @@ -600,11 +984,6 @@ #~ msgid "Hardware Profile" #~ msgstr "हार्डवेअरची माहिती" -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Registration Data to Use" -#~ msgid "Registration Status" -#~ msgstr "वापरण्यासाठी नोंदणी माहिती" - #~ msgid "Optional Information" #~ msgstr "पर्यायी माहिती" @@ -931,11 +1310,6 @@ #~ msgstr "दुरूस्ती यशस्वी झाली." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Configuration name is missing." -#~ msgid "Registration code is missing." -#~ msgstr "आकृतीबंध नाव गायब आहे." - -#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Registration Data to Use" #~ msgid "Registration Status at: %1" #~ msgstr "वापरण्यासाठी नोंदणी माहिती" @@ -952,11 +1326,6 @@ #~ msgstr "संदेश: " #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Error: %1:" -#~ msgid "Expiry: %1" -#~ msgstr "चूकः %1:" - -#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Registration Data to Use" #~ msgid "Registration status is not available." #~ msgstr "वापरण्यासाठी नोंदणी माहिती" @@ -1016,12 +1385,6 @@ #~ msgid "unknown status" #~ msgstr "अनोळखी क्रिया" -#~ msgid "Run during autoinstallation" -#~ msgstr "आपोआप स्थापनेदरम्यान चालवा" - -#~ msgid "Do not run during autoinstallation" -#~ msgstr "आपोआप स्थापनेदरम्यान चालवू नका" - #, fuzzy #~ msgid "%1 item of registration data" #~ msgstr "नोंदणी माहितीचे %1आयटेम" @@ -1039,10 +1402,6 @@ #~ msgid "SMT Server: %1" #~ msgstr "सेवासंगणक: %1" -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "SMT Certificate: %1" -#~ msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र" - #~ msgid "&Key" #~ msgstr "& कळ" @@ -1120,10 +1479,6 @@ #~ msgstr "रिपॉझिटरीज आयात करत आहे..." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The software repositories have been updated." -#~ msgstr "मूळ प्रवेशद्वार अवैध आहे." - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Find details in the Software Repositories module." #~ msgstr "रिपॉझिटरीज आयात करत आहे..." @@ -1278,10 +1633,6 @@ #~ msgid "Valid from: " #~ msgstr "पासून वैध:" -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Valid to: " -#~ msgstr "अवैध पर्याय: %1" - #~ msgid "Trust" #~ msgstr "फिंगरप्रिंट:" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/reipl.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/reipl.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/reipl.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:68 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:91 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ "and LUN '%3'.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:105 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "&Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&नांव" #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:175 #, fuzzy @@ -261,35 +261,35 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured reipl methods" msgstr "संरचित फाईल्स:" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336 msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338 #, fuzzy msgid "The method ccw is configured." msgstr "उपकरण संरचीत केलेले नाही" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341 #, fuzzy msgid "The method ccw is not supported." msgstr "समांतरणला मदत नाही." -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:362 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "The method fcp is configured." msgstr "उपकरण संरचीत केलेले नाही" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 #, fuzzy msgid "The method fcp is not supported." msgstr "समांतरणला मदत नाही." Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/relocation-server.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/relocation-server.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/relocation-server.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/s390.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/s390.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/s390.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ #: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:472 msgid "&Deselect All" -msgstr "" +msgstr "सर्व फाईल्स निवडू नका" #. error popup #. error popup Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/samba-client.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/samba-client.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/samba-client.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -205,6 +205,19 @@ msgid "M&aximum" msgstr "क&माल" +#. require_groups +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allowed Services" +msgid "Allowed Group(s)" +msgstr "सेवांना अनुमती दिली" + +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Group Name" +msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" +msgstr "गटाचे नाव" + #. combobox label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 #, fuzzy @@ -907,59 +920,62 @@ msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress finished +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 msgid "Finished" msgstr "पूर्ण झाले" #. progress stage label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673 msgid "Install required packages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "आवश्यक पॅकेजेस स्थापीत करा" #. progress step label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675 msgid "Installing required packages..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "आवश्यक असणाऱ्या पॅकेजेस स्थापीत करा..." #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947 msgid "PAM Login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PAM प्रवेश" #. summary item #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 msgid "Use Kerberos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "केरबेरोस वापरा" #. summary item #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "केरबेरोस वापरू नका" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Default Realm" -msgstr "" +msgstr "डीफॉल्ट रीआल्म" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966 msgid "Default Domain" -msgstr "" +msgstr "साधारण क्षेत्र" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973 msgid "KDC Server Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KDC सेवासंगणक पत्ता" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977 msgid "Clock Skew" -msgstr "" +msgstr "क्लॉक स्क्यू" #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993 msgid "KDC Server: %1 " -msgstr "" +msgstr "KDC सेवासंगणक: %1 " #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998 @@ -971,7 +987,7 @@ #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 msgid "Default Realm: %1 " -msgstr "" +msgstr "डिफॉल्ट रीआल्म: %1 " #. summary text (yes/no follows) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 @@ -981,12 +997,14 @@ msgstr "ऑफलाईन शहनिशा सक्षम केली गेली" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "Yes" msgstr "होय" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106 msgid "No" msgstr "नाही" @@ -1001,6 +1019,8 @@ "Clock skew is invalid.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" +"क्लॉक स्क्यू वैध आहे.\n" +"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा.\n" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053 @@ -1008,71 +1028,150 @@ "Lifetime is invalid.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" +"लाइफटाईम अवैध आहे.\n" +"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." -#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 -msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" -msgstr "" +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 +msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "साम्बा क्लायंटचे कॉन्फिगरेशन सुरू करीत आहे" -#~ msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" -#~ msgstr "साम्बा क्लायंटचे कॉन्फिगरेशन सुरू करीत आहे" +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632 +msgid "Read the global Samba settings" +msgstr "वैश्विक साम्बा सेटिंग्स वाचा" -#~ msgid "Read the global Samba settings" -#~ msgstr "वैश्विक साम्बा सेटिंग्स वाचा" +#. translators: progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634 +msgid "Read the winbind status" +msgstr "विनबाइंडची सद्यःस्थिती बघा" -#~ msgid "Read the winbind status" -#~ msgstr "विनबाइंडची सद्यःस्थिती बघा" +#. translators: progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638 +msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." +msgstr "वैश्विक साम्बा सेटिंग्स वाचीत आहे..." -#~ msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." -#~ msgstr "वैश्विक साम्बा सेटिंग्स वाचीत आहे..." +#. translators: progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640 +msgid "Reading the winbind status..." +msgstr "विनबाइंडची सद्यःस्थिती बघत आहे..." -#~ msgid "Reading the winbind status..." -#~ msgstr "विनबाइंडची सद्यःस्थिती बघत आहे..." +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741 +msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "साम्बा क्लायंटचे कॉन्फिगरेशन सुरक्षित ठेवीत आहे" -#~ msgid "Disable Samba services" -#~ msgstr "सांबा सुविधा अकार्यान्वित करा" +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा" -#~ msgid "Enable Samba services" -#~ msgstr "सांबा सुविधा कार्यान्वित करा" +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748 +msgid "Disable Samba services" +msgstr "सांबा सुविधा अकार्यान्वित करा" -#~ msgid "Disabling Samba services..." -#~ msgstr "सांबा सुविधा अकार्यान्वित करत आहे" +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750 +msgid "Enable Samba services" +msgstr "सांबा सुविधा कार्यान्वित करा" -#~ msgid "Enabling Samba services..." -#~ msgstr "सांबा सुविधा कार्यान्वित करत आहे" +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..." -#~ msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." -#~ msgstr "सेटिंग्स %1वर नाही लिहू शकत." +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757 +msgid "Disabling Samba services..." +msgstr "सांबा सुविधा अकार्यान्वित करत आहे" -#~ msgid "Cannot start winbind service." -#~ msgstr "विनबाइंड सेवा सुरू नाही केली गेली." +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759 +msgid "Enabling Samba services..." +msgstr "सांबा सुविधा कार्यान्वित करत आहे" -#~ msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." -#~ msgstr "विनबाइंड प्रक्रिया सुरू नाही केली गेली." +#. write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769 +msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" +msgstr "कर्बेरोस कॉन्फिगरेशन लिहा" -#~ msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." -#~ msgstr "विनबाइंड सेवा थांबविली नाही गेली." +#. write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771 +msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgstr "कर्बेरोस कॉन्फिगरेशन लिहीत आहे..." -#~ msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." -#~ msgstr " विनबाइंड प्रक्रिया थांबविली नाही गेली." +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879 +msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." +msgstr "सेटिंग्स %1वर नाही लिहू शकत." -#~ msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." -#~ msgstr "PAM सेटिंग्स नाही लिहीता आल्या" +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838 +msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgstr "विनबाइंड सेवा सुरू नाही केली गेली." -#~ msgid "Global Configuration" -#~ msgstr "वैश्विक कॉन्फिगरेशन" +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843 +msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." +msgstr "विनबाइंड प्रक्रिया सुरू नाही केली गेली." -#~ msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" -#~ msgstr "कार्यसमूह किंवा डोमेनः %1" +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." +msgstr "विनबाइंड सेवा थांबविली नाही गेली." -#~ msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" -#~ msgstr "हया मशीनच्या होम सूची" +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." +msgstr " विनबाइंड प्रक्रिया थांबविली नाही गेली." -#~ msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" -#~ msgstr "भागांची कमाल संख्याः %1" +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870 +msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." +msgstr "PAM सेटिंग्स नाही लिहीता आल्या" -#~ msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" -#~ msgstr "SMB द्वारे शहनिशा: %1" +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044 +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "वैश्विक कॉन्फिगरेशन" +#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "कार्यसमूह किंवा डोमेनः %1" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060 +msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgstr "हया मशीनच्या होम सूची" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067 +msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" +msgstr "ऑफलाईन शहनिशा सक्षम केली गेली" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" +msgstr "भागांची कमाल संख्याः %1" + +#. summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "कार्यसमूह किंवा डोमेन: %1" + +#. summary item: authentication using winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101 +msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" +msgstr "SMB द्वारे शहनिशा: %1" + +#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 +msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" +msgstr "" + #, fuzzy #~ msgid "&UNC Path" #~ msgstr "नवीन ठिगळे" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/samba-server.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/samba-server.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/samba-server.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/samba-users.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/samba-users.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/samba-users.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/scanner.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/scanner.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/scanner.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/security.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/security.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/security.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/services-manager.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/services-manager.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/services-manager.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -16,14 +16,222 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the default system settings..." +msgid "Saving default systemd target..." +msgstr "प्रांरभीची यंत्रणेची मांडणी वाचत आहे..." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" +msgstr "" + #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default initrd Path" +msgid "&Default systemd target" +msgstr "मूळ इड्रीड मार्ग" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default initrd Path" +msgid "Default systemd target" +msgstr "मूळ इड्रीड मार्ग" + +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the default system settings" +msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "प्रांरभीची यंत्रणेची मांडणी वाचा" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the default system settings..." +msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "प्रांरभीची यंत्रणेची मांडणी वाचत आहे..." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Shares" +msgid "Available Targets" +msgstr "वाटप उपल्ब्ध" + +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219 +msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." +msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" +msgstr "पॅकेज स्थापनेकरिता %1 निवडताना फसले." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234 +msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237 +msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241 +msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248 +msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251 +msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." +msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" +msgstr "पॅकेज स्थापनेकरिता %1 निवडताना फसले." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 +msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgstr "संरचना लिहीत आहे..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the system configuration" +msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" +msgstr "प्रणाली संरचना लिहीत आहे" + +#. Fills the dialog contents +#. Fills the dialog contents +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91 +msgid "Default System &Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "सेवा" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "Enabled" + +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "क्रियाशील" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "वर्णन" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Start" +msgid "&Start/Stop" +msgstr "सुरू" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" +msgid "&Enable/Disable" +msgstr "केडम्प सक्षम/अक्षम करा" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 +msgid "Show &Details" +msgstr "तपशील दाखवा" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Security Manager" +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "सुरक्षा प्रबंधक" + +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading Samba service settings..." +msgid "Reading services status..." +msgstr "सांबा सुविधा मांडणी वाचत आहे" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "अक्षम केले " + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Active" +msgid "Inactive" +msgstr "क्रियाशील" + +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Active (will start)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Inactive (will stop)" +msgstr "" + +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190 +msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" +msgstr "" + +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "सेवा" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:116 msgid "" @@ -61,3 +269,83 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "" + +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default Image" +msgid "Default Target" +msgstr "डिफॉल्ट प्रतिमा" + +#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. +#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 +msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +msgid "Not configured yet." +msgstr "अजून संरचित केले नाही." + +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state +#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Could not add interface." +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " +msgstr "इंटरफेस घालता आला नाही." + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Graphical Menu File" +msgid "Graphical mode" +msgstr "चित्रमय मेन्यू फाईल" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Text Mode" +msgid "Text mode" +msgstr "मजकूर अवस्था" + +#. Systemd targets +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Firewall Interfaces" +msgid "Graphical Interface" +msgstr "फायरवॉल संवादमंच" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Mode" +msgid "Emergency Mode" +msgstr "मोड निवडा." + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Switch Mode" +msgid "Switch Root" +msgstr "बदल मार्ग" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default Image" +msgid "Initrd Default Target" +msgstr "डिफॉल्ट प्रतिमा" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other System" +msgid "Multi-User System" +msgstr "दुसरी यंत्रणा बूट करा" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Required DMA Mode" +msgid "Rescue Mode" +msgstr "आवश्यक DMA पध्दत" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/slp-server.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/slp-server.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/slp-server.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/snapper.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/snapper.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/snapper.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -25,14 +25,14 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Description" msgstr "वर्णन" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&User Map" msgid "User data" @@ -40,45 +40,45 @@ #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 #, fuzzy #| msgid "C&leanup Script" msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "स्वच्छता स्क्रिप्ट" #. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 #, fuzzy #| msgid "(%1)" msgid "Pre (%1)" msgstr "(%1)" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 #, fuzzy #| msgid "USB port (%1)" msgid "Post (%1)" msgstr "USB स्थान (%1)" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create New Partition" msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "नविन भाग बनवा" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading list of users..." msgid "Single snapshot" @@ -86,243 +86,243 @@ #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:265 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Pre" msgstr "च्याआधी" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" msgstr "खरोखर कमी करावे '%1'?" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:392 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Singapore" msgid "Single" msgstr "Singapore" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading list of users..." msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांची यादी वाचत आहे..." #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cl&ear Current Configuration" msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "स्वच्छ व सध्याची संरचना" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "ID" msgstr "ओळख चिन्ह" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Type" msgstr "प्रकार" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "दिनांकाच्या सुरवातीला" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "End Date" msgstr "दिनांकाचा शेवट" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Us&er Data" msgid "User Data" msgstr "वापरकर्त्याविषयी माहिती" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No Change" msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "काही बदल नाही" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Modify" msgid "Modify" msgstr "बदला" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:590 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Selected IDE device" msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "निवडलेले IDE उपकरण" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:636 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Next %1: %2" msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "पुढे %1: %2" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "बदल फाईलमध्ये संग्रहीत करत आहे..." #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Accepting failed verifications" msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr " अयशस्वी पडताळणी स्वीकारत आहे." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:764 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:775 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File %1 does not exists" msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "फाईल %1 अस्तित्वात नाही" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File Contents: %1" msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "फाईलमधील माहिती: %1" #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:791 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:822 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restored Files:" msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "फाईल्सची पुर्नबांधणी होत आहे:" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:859 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restore Options" msgid "Restore" msgstr "विकल्प पुन्हा आणा" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Selected" msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "निवडले" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:931 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:989 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1041 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1046 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1054 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "&Open" msgstr "उघडा" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1122 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Selected" msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "निवडले" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to delete this entry?" msgid "" @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1216 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1234 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -345,21 +345,21 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." msgid "No file was selected for restoring" msgstr "पॅकेज स्थापनेकरिता %1 निवडताना फसले." #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restoring Files" msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "फाईलची पुर्नबांधणी होत आहे" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1277 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/sound.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/sound.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/sound.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/squid.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/squid.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/squid.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -1503,11 +1503,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 msgid "Afrikaans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "आफ्रिकन" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 msgid "Arabic" -msgstr "" +msgstr "अरेबिक" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 msgid "Armenian" @@ -1555,7 +1555,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 msgid "Persian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "पर्झियन" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 msgid "Finnish" @@ -1575,7 +1575,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 msgid "Indonesian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "इन्डोनेशियन" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 msgid "Italian" @@ -1591,7 +1591,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 msgid "Latvian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "लॅट्वियन" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 msgid "Lithuanian" @@ -1599,7 +1599,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 msgid "Malay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "माले" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 msgid "Dutch" @@ -1660,7 +1660,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 msgid "Thai" -msgstr "" +msgstr "थाई" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 msgid "Turkish" @@ -1673,11 +1673,11 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 msgid "Uzbek" -msgstr "" +msgstr "उझ्बेक" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 msgid "Vietnamese" -msgstr "" +msgstr "वियटनामीज" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 msgid "Simplified Chinese" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/sshd.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/sshd.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/sshd.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ #. Table header #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "नंबर" #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Sshd" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/storage.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/storage.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/storage.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ msgstr "&निर्माण करा विभाजन सेटअप" #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ #. this is the resize case #. #. this is the normal case -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write global settings" @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ msgstr "ग्लोबल मांडणी लिहा" #. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ #. help text continued #. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ "विभाजक संवादात.\n" #. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:182 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -183,15 +183,21 @@ #. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off #. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "सांगितलेला प्रस्ताव करणे अशक्य." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:230 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:314 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -1031,7 +1037,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6209 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "वेगळे &गृह विभाजन प्रस्तावित करा " @@ -1050,7 +1056,7 @@ msgstr "प्रस्ताव प्रकार " #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" @@ -1064,7 +1070,7 @@ "विभाजनाला\"/\" मूळ माउंट पॉइंट निर्देशित करा.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:266 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" @@ -1078,7 +1084,7 @@ " ext2 किंवा reiserfs सारखी लिनक्स प्रणाली या माउंट पॉइंटसाठी वापरा.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:279 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" @@ -1092,7 +1098,7 @@ " ext2 किंवा reiserfs सारखी लिनक्स प्रणाली या माउंट पॉइंटसाठी वापरा.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:293 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" @@ -1106,7 +1112,7 @@ " ext2 किंवा reiserfs सारखी लिनक्स प्रणाली या माउंट पॉइंटसाठी वापरा.\n" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning:\n" @@ -1128,7 +1134,7 @@ "हे बदलू?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:328 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning:\n" @@ -1144,7 +1150,7 @@ "आपणास हे करायचे आहे?\n" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" @@ -1155,7 +1161,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:365 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" @@ -1175,7 +1181,7 @@ "आपणास आपले सेटअप बदलायचे आहे का?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:385 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" @@ -1196,7 +1202,7 @@ "\n" "हे बदलू?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:403 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1205,7 +1211,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:422 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" @@ -1223,34 +1229,9 @@ "हे बदलू?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" -"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" -"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" -"This does not work.\n" -"\n" -"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" -"partition for your files below /boot.\n" -"\n" -"Really use this setup?\n" -msgstr "" -"इशारा : आपल्या वर्तमान सेटअप बरोबर, आपले %1 इन्स्टॉलेशन\n" -"ला बूटींग करताना समस्या येऊ शकतात, कारण आपल्याकडे \"बूट\"\n" -"विभाजन नाही आणि आपले \"मूळ\" विभाजन LVM तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम आहे.\n" -"हे काम करू शकत नाही.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"जर आपणास माहित नसेल की आपण नक्की काय करत आहोत, एक सामान्य \n" -"विभाजन आपल्या /बूट खालील फाइल्ससाठी वापरा.\n" -"\n" -"हे बदलू?\n" - -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:464 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" "FAT partition mounted on %1.\n" @@ -1274,7 +1255,7 @@ "हे बदलू?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" @@ -1300,13 +1281,13 @@ "हे बदलू?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478 #, fuzzy msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "हा यंत्रणासमूह खरंच काढून टाकू?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:517 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1329,7 +1310,7 @@ "हे आपणास बदलायचे आहे?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1345,7 +1326,7 @@ "विशेषतः खालील पैकी कोणत्याही गोष्टीमध्ये:\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1358,7 +1339,7 @@ "- जर हे विभाजन अजूनही फाईल प्रणाली समाविष्ट करत नसेल \n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If in doubt, you might want to go back and mark this partition for\n" @@ -1374,7 +1355,7 @@ "जसेकी /, /बूट, /usr, /opt, किंवा/var.\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:553 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" @@ -1386,7 +1367,7 @@ "आपणास आपले सेटअप बदलायचे आहे का?\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:608 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1395,7 +1376,7 @@ "त्याचे संपादन करण्यापूर्वी ते RAID मधून काढा.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:619 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1404,7 +1385,7 @@ "त्याचे संपादन करण्यापूर्वी व्हॉल्यूम समूहातून काढा.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:629 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1413,7 +1394,7 @@ "त्याचे संपादन करण्यापूर्वी व्हॉल्यूम काढा.\n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:662 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1422,7 +1403,7 @@ "ते काढून टाकण्यापूर्वी RAID मधून काढा.\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1430,13 +1411,13 @@ "साधन (%2) %1 कडून वापरात आहे.\n" "ते काढून टाकण्यापूर्वी %1 काढा.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:685 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654 #, fuzzy msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "डिवाइस डिलिट केलेले आहे" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The device (%1) cannot be removed\n" @@ -1451,7 +1432,7 @@ "विभाजन उच्चक्रमाकासह वापरात आहे.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" @@ -1470,7 +1451,7 @@ "आपण खरोखरच काय करत आहात हे माहीत नसेल तर कृपया निवडा रद्द करा. \n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:815 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1485,7 +1466,7 @@ "वाढीव विभाजन काढून टाकण्यापूर्वी.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1500,7 +1481,7 @@ "वाढीव विभाजन काढून टाकण्यापूर्वी.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:837 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1521,15 +1502,15 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:672 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6336 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "आपण जे इथे लिहीले ते विसरू नका" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:675 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 #, fuzzy msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr " रिक्त पर्यायाच्या स्ट्रिंग्जना अनुमती नाही." @@ -1565,7 +1546,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:700 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Enter a password for your file system:" msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" @@ -1578,7 +1559,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:684 src/modules/Storage.rb:3995 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reenter the password for &verification:" msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" @@ -1604,7 +1585,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1615,7 +1596,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3959 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -2036,7 +2017,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6190 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" @@ -2049,25 +2030,25 @@ msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr " स्वाक्षरीय हाताळणी " -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Empty option strings are not allowed." msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr " रिक्त पर्यायाच्या स्ट्रिंग्जना अनुमती नाही." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1725 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1734 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Provider name %1 already exists." msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "पुरविणाऱ्याचे नाव %1 अगोदरच अस्तित्वात आहे." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1765 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -2111,7 +2092,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -2131,7 +2112,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" @@ -2150,7 +2131,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" @@ -2183,7 +2164,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:653 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2435,12 +2416,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:947 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:974 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2448,39 +2429,39 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:963 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:988 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mount" msgid "Unmount" msgstr "स्वार व्हा" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:979 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1025 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS user." msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "NIS वापरकर्ते काढून टाकणे शक्य नाही." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1038 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS user." msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "NIS वापरकर्ते काढून टाकणे शक्य नाही." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "विभाजन निर्माण करणे शक्य नाही %1 वर." #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 #, fuzzy msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "रेम डिस्क" @@ -2492,63 +2473,69 @@ msgstr "वर चढविणारा बिंदू रिकामा" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Provider Password" msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "पुरविणारा परवलीशब्द लिहा" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "iSCSI डिस्क कॉनफिग्युअर करा" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 #, fuzzy +msgid "Configure &FCoE..." +msgstr "&संरचित करा..." + +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 +#, fuzzy msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "पूर्ण आपोआप सुधारणाची जोडणी करा..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:133 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "&संरचित करा..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:141 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "&संरचित करा..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "&संरचित करा..." #. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:157 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure..." msgstr "&संरचित करा..." #. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 #, fuzzy msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "उपलब्ध योजना: %1" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:184 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:192 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -2556,14 +2543,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:202 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:262 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" @@ -2571,7 +2558,7 @@ msgstr "विभाजन तक्ता पुनर्वाचनाने सर्व बदल रद्द होतात. खरोखरच विभाजन तक्ता पुनर्वाचन करु?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:280 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" @@ -2579,9 +2566,17 @@ msgstr "विभाजन तक्ता पुनर्वाचनाने सर्व बदल रद्द होतात. खरोखरच विभाजन तक्ता पुनर्वाचन करु?" #. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call FCoE configuration?" +msgstr "विभाजन तक्ता पुनर्वाचनाने सर्व बदल रद्द होतात. खरोखरच विभाजन तक्ता पुनर्वाचन करु?" + #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:294 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:303 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" @@ -2589,7 +2584,7 @@ msgstr "विभाजन तक्ता पुनर्वाचनाने सर्व बदल रद्द होतात. खरोखरच विभाजन तक्ता पुनर्वाचन करु?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" @@ -2597,7 +2592,7 @@ msgstr "विभाजन तक्ता पुनर्वाचनाने सर्व बदल रद्द होतात. खरोखरच विभाजन तक्ता पुनर्वाचन करु?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:329 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" @@ -2605,7 +2600,7 @@ msgstr "विभाजन तक्ता पुनर्वाचनाने सर्व बदल रद्द होतात. खरोखरच विभाजन तक्ता पुनर्वाचन करु?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" @@ -2897,15 +2892,55 @@ msgstr "ब्रिज्ड उपकरणे" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 #, fuzzy +msgid "Choose the role of the device." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"आपल्या %1 विभाजनासाठी नवीन आकार निवडा.\n" +"" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "O&perating Mode" +msgid "Operating System" +msgstr "ऑपरेटींग मोड" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress" +msgid "Data and ISV Applications" +msgstr " डेल्टा आरपीएम उपयोग सुरु झाला आहे" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +msgid "Swap" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" +msgstr "" + +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Role: %s" +msgid "Role" +msgstr "काम: %s" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." msgstr "प्रथम विभाजनाचा प्रकार व हे विभाजन फॉरमॅट करायचे आहे किंवा नाही हे निवडा." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" "volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" @@ -2913,7 +2948,7 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" @@ -2921,55 +2956,55 @@ msgstr "नंतर माउंट पॉईंट लिहा, ( /, /बूट, /usr, /var, इत्यादी)" #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 #, fuzzy msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "संरचना पर्याय" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 #, fuzzy msgid "Format partition" msgstr "विभाजनाचा आकार." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "विभाजनाचा आकार." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "विभाजनाला डिस्क" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 #, fuzzy msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "आरोहण पर्याय" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "विभाजन" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:281 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "स्वार होण्याचा बिंदू" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 #, fuzzy msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "Fs&tab विकल्प" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 #, fuzzy msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "योजना निवडलेली नाही." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" @@ -2983,19 +3018,19 @@ "फॉरमॅट पर्यायही तपासा.\n" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 #, fuzzy msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "माउंट पॉईंट पुरवा." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 #, fuzzy msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "माउंट पॉईंट पुरवा." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -3011,7 +3046,7 @@ "\n" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -3020,23 +3055,23 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 #, fuzzy #| msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "सर्व बदल!" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:693 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Password" msgstr "गुप्तशब्द" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" @@ -3046,7 +3081,7 @@ "आपण निवडलेले विभाजन पुनरआकारित करु शकत नाही कारण फाइल यंत्रणा\n" "या विभाजनावरील, पुनरकारणीला समर्थन देत नाही.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgid "" @@ -3055,7 +3090,7 @@ msgstr "विभाजन निर्माण करणे शक्य नाही %1 वर." #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:838 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" @@ -3068,24 +3103,24 @@ "कारण फाइल यंत्रणा विसंगत दिसते.\n" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "भाग संपादीत करा" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr " तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम पूनर्आकरित करा " #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:918 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 #, fuzzy msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "सध्याची स्थिती: %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:930 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 #, fuzzy msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "सध्याची स्थिती: %1" @@ -3094,8 +3129,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:943 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -3107,7 +3142,7 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 #, fuzzy @@ -3115,14 +3150,14 @@ msgstr "लिनक्स आकार (%1)" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:963 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 #, fuzzy msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "लिनक्स आकार (%1)" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 #, fuzzy @@ -3130,7 +3165,7 @@ msgstr "इच्छित आकार" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "" @@ -3140,7 +3175,7 @@ #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 #, fuzzy @@ -3153,7 +3188,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -3162,13 +3197,13 @@ msgstr "" #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 #, fuzzy msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "आऊटपुट" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1203 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 #, fuzzy msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "डिस्क विभाग वाचत आहे..." @@ -3388,67 +3423,67 @@ msgstr "नोंदविलेला LDAP URL अवैध आहे." #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:537 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "विभाजन संपादित करा %1" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:583 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "विभाजन संपादित करा %1" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No space is left in the extended partition." msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "विस्तारित विभाजनात एकही जागा उरली नाही." #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adding partition %1 to swap" msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "स्वॅपमध्ये विभाजन %1 मिळवत आहोत" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:635 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 #, fuzzy msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "विभाजन" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Forward" msgid "Forward" msgstr "पुढे" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:658 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Background" msgid "Backward" msgstr "पृष्ठभूमि" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 #, fuzzy msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "सर्व विभाजन माऊंट करीत आहोत..." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:716 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 #, fuzzy msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "खरोखर काढून टाकू सर्व विभाजने %1 वरील?" @@ -3463,7 +3498,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5161 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" @@ -4466,13 +4501,13 @@ msgstr "द्वारा वापरले" #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1017 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम संपादित करा" #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम संपादित करा" @@ -4700,7 +4735,7 @@ #. tree node label #. dialog heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "स्थापिते" @@ -4948,19 +4983,19 @@ "\n" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:631 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 #, fuzzy msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr " RAI&D जोडा" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr " RAID काढा" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:711 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "&संपादित करा RAID" @@ -5073,67 +5108,67 @@ #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:34 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "लेबल" #. list entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 #, fuzzy msgid "UUID" msgstr "ओळख चिन्ह" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount by" msgstr "माउंट द्वारा" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 #, fuzzy msgid "Used by" msgstr "द्वारा वापरले" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 #, fuzzy msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "BIOS" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "चालकाची माहिती लिहा" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:50 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 #, fuzzy msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "सादरकर्त्यांची माहिती संग्रहीत करा" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 #, fuzzy msgid "Encryption" msgstr "इनक्रिप्शन" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:59 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:152 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "डिव्हाईसचे नांव" #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "व्हॉल्यूम &लेबल" @@ -5141,59 +5176,72 @@ #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "डिव्हाईसचा आयडी" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:156 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "साधन पथ" +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Optional" +msgid "Optimal" +msgstr "पर्याय" + +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cylinder" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"सिलेंडर बंद करा: " + #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:115 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 #, fuzzy msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "साधारण क्षेत्र" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:126 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 #, fuzzy msgid "Default File System" msgstr "स्थानिक फाईलप्रणाली" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 #, fuzzy msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "साठवण उपकरण" #. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 #, fuzzy msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "वापरणाऱ्याच्या माहितीचे उगम" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:183 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" "settings:" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:188 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" @@ -5204,14 +5252,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:201 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" "determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" @@ -5220,14 +5268,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." @@ -5571,14 +5619,14 @@ msgstr "नमुने" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:275 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Size" msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "&आकार" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:284 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgid "" @@ -5586,14 +5634,14 @@ "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "संख्या 0 व 32767 मधलीच असली पाहिजे. पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "संख्या 0 व 32767 मधलीच असली पाहिजे. पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" "Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" @@ -5601,17 +5649,17 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "अदलाबदल &प्राधान्य" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:316 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "संख्या 0 व 32767 मधलीच असली पाहिजे. पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:323 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" @@ -5620,14 +5668,14 @@ "अदलाबदल प्रधान्यात प्रवेश करा. उच्चतर संख्या म्हणजे उच्चतर प्राधान्य.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:470 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mount &read-only" msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "माउंट &केवळ-वाचा" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" @@ -5638,14 +5686,14 @@ "फाइल यंत्रणेला लेखनीय अक्सेस शक्य नाही. मूळ खोटे आहे.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:486 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No &access time" msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "अक्सेस वेळ नाही " #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:490 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No access time:\n" @@ -5658,14 +5706,14 @@ "फाइल वाचली जाताना अक्सेस वेळा अद्ययावत केल्या जात नाहीत. मूळ खोटे आहे." #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:500 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mountable by &user" msgid "Mountable by &User" msgstr "माउंटेबल द्वारा &प्रयोक्ता" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:504 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" @@ -5674,12 +5722,12 @@ "ही फाइल सामान्य प्रयोक्ता माउंट करू शकतो. मूळ खोटे आहे. \n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "यंत्रणा &स्टार्ट-अप वर माउंट करु नका." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:523 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" @@ -5696,13 +5744,13 @@ "दिला जातो. मूळ खोटे आहे.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:540 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "Layer 2 सपोर्ट सुरु करा" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:546 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -5710,12 +5758,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:565 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "डेटा&जर्नलिंग मोड" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" @@ -5735,12 +5783,12 @@ "<tt>राइटबॅक</tt> -- डेटा आदेश राखले गेले नाहीत.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "&अक्सेस नियंत्रण सूची (ACL)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:599 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" @@ -5749,12 +5797,12 @@ "फाइल यंत्रणेवरील नियंत्रण सूची अक्सेस सक्षम करा. \n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "&विस्तारित प्रयोक्ता अट्रिब्यूट्स " #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:614 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" @@ -5763,19 +5811,19 @@ "फाईल यंत्रणेवर विस्तारित प्रयोक्ता अट्रिब्यूट्सना अनुमती द्या.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:631 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Arbitrary option &value" msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "आर्बिट्ररी पर्याय &संख्या" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 #, fuzzy msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." msgstr "माउंट पॉईंटमध्ये अग्राह्य वर्ण. माउंटपॉईंटमध्ये \"`'!\"%#\" वापरु नका." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" "In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" @@ -5786,12 +5834,12 @@ "मल्टीपल पर्यायांना कॉमाजनी विलग केले आहे. \n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:657 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "चार&सेट फाइल नावांसाठी " #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:678 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" @@ -5800,12 +5848,12 @@ "विंडोज विभाजनांमध्ये फाइल नावांच्या प्रदर्शनासाठी वापरलेले चारसेट सेट करा. \n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "कोड&पेज छोट्या FAT नावांसाठी" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" "This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" @@ -5814,12 +5862,12 @@ "हे कोडपेज FAT फाइल प्रणालीवर शॉर्टनेम अक्षरात बदलण्यासाठी वापरले जाते.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr " &FATsची संख्या" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" "Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." @@ -5828,14 +5876,14 @@ "फाइल यंत्रणेतील फाइल वाटप तक्त्यांची संख्या निर्दिष्ट करा मूळ आहे 2." #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 #, fuzzy #| msgid "FAT &size" msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "FAT &आकार" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 #, fuzzy msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" @@ -5845,21 +5893,21 @@ "वापरलेल्या फाइल वाटप तक्ता प्रकार निर्दिष्ट करा (12, 16, किंवा 32-बिट). ऑटो निर्दिष्ट असले तर YaST2 स्वयंचलितपणे फाइल यंत्रणा आकारसाठी सर्वात योग्य संख्या निवडेल.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Root &dir entries" msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "रूट &डायरेक्टरी प्रविष्टी" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The minimum size for \"Root dir entries\" is 112. Please try again." msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr "किमान आकार यासाठी \"रूट डायरेक्टरी प्रविष्टी \" 112 आहे. कृपया पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:756 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Root dir entries:\n" @@ -5872,14 +5920,14 @@ "मूळ निर्देशिकेत उपलब्ध प्रविष्टींची संख्या निवडा." #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:769 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hash &function" msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "हॅश &फंक्शन" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Hash function:\n" @@ -5892,14 +5940,14 @@ "निर्देशिकांमधील फाइलची नावे सॉर्ट करण्यासाठी वापरलेले हॅश फंक्शन नाव हे निर्दिष्ट करते." #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 #, fuzzy #| msgid "FS &revision" msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "FS &उजळणी" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "FS revision:\n" @@ -5913,14 +5961,14 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:805 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Block &size in bytes" msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "ब्लॉक &आकार बाइट्समध्ये " #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Block size:\n" @@ -5934,13 +5982,13 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1051 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "&इनोड आकार " #. help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:827 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" @@ -5949,14 +5997,14 @@ "हा पर्याय फाइल यंत्रणेचा इनोड आकार निर्दिष्ट करतो.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Percentage of inode space" msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "&टक्केवारी इनोड जागेची " #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Percentage of inode space:\n" @@ -5969,14 +6017,14 @@ "पर्याय \"टक्केवारी इनोड जागेची \" फाइल यंत्रणेतील इनोड्सना वाटता येईल अशा जागेची कमाल टक्केवारी निर्दिष्ट करते.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Inode &aligned" msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "इनोड &संरेखित" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Inode Aligned:\n" @@ -5995,14 +6043,14 @@ "सामान्यतः जास्त कार्यक्षम असते असंरेखित अक्सेसपेक्षा.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:909 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Log size in megabytes" msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "&लॉग आकार मेगाबाइट्समध्ये " #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The \"Log size\" value is incorrect.\n" @@ -6016,7 +6064,7 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Log size\n" @@ -6029,19 +6077,19 @@ "लॉग आकार सेट करा (मेगाबाइट्समध्ये). ऑटो असल्यास, मूळ आहे 40% ऑग्रिगेट आकाराच्या." #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "इनव्होक बॅड ब्लॉक्स सूची &ब्लॉक्समध्ये" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:945 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stride &length in blocks" msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "स्ट्राइड &लांबी ब्लॉक्समध्ये " #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:953 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The \"Stride length in blocks\" value is not possible.\n" @@ -6054,7 +6102,7 @@ "कृपया 1 पेक्षा मोठी संख्या निवडा." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:957 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -6067,7 +6115,7 @@ "RAID स्ट्राइपमध्ये त्यांचे आर्ग्युमेंट म्हणून.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Block size:\n" @@ -6080,14 +6128,14 @@ "ब्लॉक्सचा आकार बाइट्समध्ये निर्दिष्ट करा. ग्राह्य ब्लॉक आकार संख्या आहेत 1024, 2048, व 4096 बाइट्समध्ये प्रति ब्लॉक ऑटोची निवड केल्यास, ब्लॉकचा आकार फाइल यंत्रणा आकार व फाइल यंत्रणेच्या अपेक्षित वापराद्वारा ठरविला जातो.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bytes per &inode" msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "बाइट्स प्रति&इनोड" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:991 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Bytes per inode:\n" @@ -6110,14 +6158,14 @@ "इनोड्सची संख्या विस्तारित करणे शक्य नाही, म्हणून खात्री करा या परामूल्यासाठी योग्य संख्या प्रविष्ट करण्याची.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1007 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Percentage of blocks &reserved for root" msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "ब्लॉक्सची टक्केवारी &आरक्षित रूटसाठी " #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The \"Percentage of blocks reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" @@ -6131,46 +6179,46 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Percentage of blocks reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. This value defaults to 5%." msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." msgstr "ब्लॉक्सची टक्केवारी आरक्षित रूटसाठी: निर्दिष्ट करा ब्लॉक्सची टक्केवारी सुपर प्रयोक्त्यासाठी आरक्षित. ही संख्या मूळ ते 5%." #. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 #, fuzzy msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "सेवा अकार्यान्वित करा" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1073 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disk Journal" msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "डिस्कची पुस्तिका" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" "Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" @@ -6178,12 +6226,12 @@ msgstr "" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:922 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:932 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -6216,7 +6264,7 @@ "डिस्कमधून.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:950 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -6249,7 +6297,7 @@ "डिस्कमधून.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:969 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -6273,7 +6321,7 @@ "होईल.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6291,7 +6339,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:975 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "पुनर्आकार शक्य नाही:" @@ -6304,7 +6352,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2703 src/modules/Storage.rb:3908 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Could not set encryption.\n" @@ -6323,7 +6371,7 @@ "पुरविलेला क्रिप्ट संकेतशब्द चूक असू शकतो. \n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3939 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" @@ -6335,7 +6383,7 @@ "कृपया पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" @@ -6348,29 +6396,29 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4024 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "इनक्रीप्शन कळ लिहा" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4083 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Provider Password" msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "पुरविणारा परवलीशब्द लिहा" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4102 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4117 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120 #, fuzzy msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr " व्हॉल्यूम समूह " -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4121 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6378,14 +6426,14 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you want to retry?" msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "आपल्याला परत प्रयत्न करायचा आहे?" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4190 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6393,98 +6441,98 @@ msgstr "" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "इनक्रीप्शन कळ लिहा" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4212 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 #, fuzzy #| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "यास्ट2 ने पुढील उपकरण शोधले" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 #, fuzzy #| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "यास्ट2 ने पुढील उपकरण शोधले" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4228 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4338 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341 #, fuzzy #| msgid "DASD Disks" msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "DASD तबकडी" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347 #, fuzzy #| msgid "DASD Disks" msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "DASD तबकडी" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353 msgid "Disk" msgstr "चकती" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4378 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381 #, fuzzy msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "R&AID:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4391 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394 #, fuzzy msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "R&AID:" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5173 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5213 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5242 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5280 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6492,7 +6540,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6500,7 +6548,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5313 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6508,20 +6556,20 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Set global root filesystem" msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "ग्लोबल रुट फाईलप्रणाली निश्चित करा." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6005 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" @@ -7187,52 +7235,52 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4545 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent fs. Try checking fs under Windows." msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "अनियमित fs मुळे पुर्नआकार अशक्य आहे. विंडोज खाली fs तपासाचा प्रयत्न करा." #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6143 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" msgstr " &LVM आधारित प्रस्ताव निर्माण करा " #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6158 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 #, fuzzy msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" msgstr " व्हॉल्यूम समूह " #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6176 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File system options:" msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "फाईल प्रणाली विकल्प:" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6223 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "वेगळे &गृह विभाजन प्रस्तावित करा " #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6241 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6251 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write global settings" msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "ग्लोबल मांडणी लिहा" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6266 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" @@ -7242,7 +7290,7 @@ "LVM आधारित प्रस्ताव निर्माण करण्यासाठी जुळते बटण निवडा." #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6273 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -7251,33 +7299,33 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6289 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "एनक्रिप्टेड फाईल प्रणालीसाठी आपला संकेतशब्द लिहा." #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6321 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342 msgid "Password:" msgstr "Password:" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6332 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 #, fuzzy msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "&पडताळणीसाठी पुन्हा एकदा संकेतशब्द लिहा:" @@ -7305,33 +7353,56 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:177 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 #, fuzzy msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "साधारण क्षेत्र" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:178 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 #, fuzzy msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "स्थानिक फाईलप्रणाली" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 #, fuzzy msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "साठवण उपकरण" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Partitioning" msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "विभाजन चालू" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 #, fuzzy msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "वापरणाऱ्याच्या माहितीचे उगम" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" +#~ "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" +#~ "partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" +#~ "This does not work.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" +#~ "partition for your files below /boot.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Really use this setup?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "इशारा : आपल्या वर्तमान सेटअप बरोबर, आपले %1 इन्स्टॉलेशन\n" +#~ "ला बूटींग करताना समस्या येऊ शकतात, कारण आपल्याकडे \"बूट\"\n" +#~ "विभाजन नाही आणि आपले \"मूळ\" विभाजन LVM तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम आहे.\n" +#~ "हे काम करू शकत नाही.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "जर आपणास माहित नसेल की आपण नक्की काय करत आहोत, एक सामान्य \n" +#~ "विभाजन आपल्या /बूट खालील फाइल्ससाठी वापरा.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "हे बदलू?\n" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "&Edit Partition Setup..." #~ msgstr "भाग संपादीत करा" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/sudo.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/sudo.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/sudo.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/support.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/support.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/support.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -38,16 +38,18 @@ #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 -msgid "Open Novell Support Center" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SUSE Support" +msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" +msgstr "SUSE पाठबळ" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 -msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal." +msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "उघडा" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "Collect Data" @@ -117,7 +119,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहू शकत नाही." #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" @@ -176,11 +178,11 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "Expert Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "एक्सपर्ट सेटिंग्ज" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "पर्याय" #. Support overview dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584 @@ -208,11 +210,11 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701 msgid "Email Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ई-मेल पत्ता" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708 msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "नाव" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "Phone Number" @@ -235,7 +237,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 -msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number" +msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "" #. abort? @@ -249,7 +251,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Progress" -msgstr "" +msgstr "प्रगती" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931 msgid "Collected Data Review" @@ -259,7 +261,7 @@ #. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "File Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&फाईलचे नाव" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984 msgid "Remove from Data" @@ -278,6 +280,8 @@ "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>प्रारंभ निष्फळ करत आहेः</big> \n" +"आता Abort दाबून आकृतीबंध उपयोगिता सुरक्षितपणे निष्फळ करा.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 @@ -294,6 +298,10 @@ "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"<big> जतनाचे कार्य निष्फळ करत आहे:</big> \n" +"Abort दाबून जतनाची प्रक्रिया निष्फळ करा.\n" +"अतिरिक्त डायलॉग आपणास असे करणे सुरक्षित आहे की नाही ते सांगतो.\n" +"\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 @@ -318,13 +326,16 @@ "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>संपादित करत आहे किंवा पुसून टाकत आहे</big> \n" +"आपण Edit दाबल्यास, ज्यात आकृतीबंध बदलायचा आहे\n" +"तो अतिरिक्त डायलॉग उघडतो.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Opening Novell Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use Open Novell Support Center.\n" +"<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" "You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" @@ -406,7 +417,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -449,7 +460,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<big>Privacy Policy</big> \n" -"Find Novell's privacy policy at\n" +"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" "%1.\n" msgstr "" @@ -468,6 +479,10 @@ "Press Next to continue.\n" " \n" msgstr "" +"<big>आकृतीबंध भाग दोन</big> \n" +"चालू ठेवण्यासाठी नेक्स्ट\n" +"दाबा.\n" +" \n" #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 @@ -476,6 +491,9 @@ "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" "" msgstr "" +"<big>Something निवडणे</big> \n" +"ते शक्य नाही. आपल्याला आधी त्याला कोड करावे लागेल. :-)\n" +"" #. encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** @@ -753,7 +771,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -764,7 +782,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "प्रारंभ करत आहे..." #. global string created_directory=""; #: src/modules/Support.rb:143 @@ -792,30 +810,30 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:329 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:331 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEआकृतीबंध चालवा" #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:335 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..." #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:337 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEआकृतीबंध चालवत आहे..." #. Progress finished #: src/modules/Support.rb:339 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/Support.rb:438 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "सारांश संरचना..." Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/sysconfig.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/sysconfig.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/sysconfig.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -482,48 +482,108 @@ "<big>sysconfig संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे</big> \n" "कृया प्रतीक्षा करा... \n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" -#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" -#~ " it will not touch it.\n" -#~ msgstr "सुसेकॉन्फिग प्रत्येक आकृतीबंध फाइलची चेकसम सेव करतो, त्यामुळेतुम्ही त्यापैकी काही हाताने बदलल्यास तो शोधू शकतो. तुम्ही आकृतीबंध फाइलहाताने बदलली असल्यासतो तिला स्पर्श करणार नाही.\n" +#. Translation: Progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159 +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "शोधत आहे..." -#~ msgid "Searching..." -#~ msgstr "शोधत आहे..." +#. Display confirmation dialog +#. @param [String] message Confirmation message +#. @param [String] command Command to confirm +#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883 +msgid "Command: " +msgstr "आदेश :" -#~ msgid "Command: " -#~ msgstr "आदेश :" +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889 +msgid "S&kip" +msgstr "वगळा" -#~ msgid "S&kip" -#~ msgstr "वगळा" +#. get activation map for variable +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171 +msgid "A command will be executed" +msgstr "आज्ञा कार्यान्वयित केली जाते" -#~ msgid "A command will be executed" -#~ msgstr "आज्ञा कार्यान्वयित केली जाते" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172 +msgid "Starting command: %1..." +msgstr "आज्ञा सुरू करत आहे: %1..." -#~ msgid "Starting command: %1..." -#~ msgstr "आज्ञा सुरू करत आहे: %1..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173 +msgid "Command %1 failed" +msgstr "आज्ञा %1 अयशस्वी" -#~ msgid "Command %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "आज्ञा %1 अयशस्वी" +#. write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009 +msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" +msgstr "यंत्रणासंरचना संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे" -#~ msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" -#~ msgstr "यंत्रणासंरचना संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे" +#. progress bar item +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036 +msgid "Write the new settings" +msgstr "नवीन मांडणी लिहीत आहे" -#~ msgid "Write the new settings" -#~ msgstr "नवीन मांडणी लिहीत आहे" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037 +msgid "Activate the changes" +msgstr "बदल कार्यान्वित करा" -#~ msgid "Activate the changes" -#~ msgstr "बदल कार्यान्वित करा" +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060 +msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." +msgstr "चलराशी %1 फाईल %2 मध्ये संग्रहीत करण्यास अपयश." -#~ msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." -#~ msgstr "चलराशी %1 फाईल %2 मध्ये संग्रहीत करण्यास अपयश." +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068 +msgid "Saving variable %1..." +msgstr "चलराशी %1 संग्रहीत करत आहे..." -#~ msgid "Saving variable %1..." -#~ msgstr "चलराशी %1 संग्रहीत करत आहे..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073 +msgid "Saving changes to the files..." +msgstr "बदल फाईलमध्ये संग्रहीत करत आहे..." -#~ msgid "Saving changes to the files..." -#~ msgstr "बदल फाईलमध्ये संग्रहीत करत आहे..." +#. service is running, reload it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100 +msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" +msgstr "सेवा %1 पुन्हा कार्यरत केली जाईल" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103 +msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgstr "सेवा %1 पुन्हा कार्यरत करत आहे..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105 +msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "सेवा %1 पुन्हा कार्यरत करण्यात अपयश" + +#. service is running, restart it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143 +msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" +msgstr "सेवा %1 पुन्हा सुरू केली जाईल" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146 +msgid "Restarting service %1..." +msgstr "सेवा %1 पुन्हा सुरू करत आहे..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148 +msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "सेवा %1 पुन्हा सुरू करण्यात अपयश" + +#. set 100% in progress bar +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "समाप्त झाले" + +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269 +msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgstr "संरचना सारांश" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" +#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" +#~ " it will not touch it.\n" +#~ msgstr "सुसेकॉन्फिग प्रत्येक आकृतीबंध फाइलची चेकसम सेव करतो, त्यामुळेतुम्ही त्यापैकी काही हाताने बदलल्यास तो शोधू शकतो. तुम्ही आकृतीबंध फाइलहाताने बदलली असल्यासतो तिला स्पर्श करणार नाही.\n" + #~ msgid "All configuration scripts will be started." #~ msgstr "सर्व संरचना स्क्रिप्ट सुरू केली जाईल." @@ -542,30 +602,6 @@ #~ msgid "Configuration module %1 failed." #~ msgstr "संरचना मॉड्युल %1 अयशस्वी." -#~ msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" -#~ msgstr "सेवा %1 पुन्हा कार्यरत केली जाईल" - -#~ msgid "Reloading service %1..." -#~ msgstr "सेवा %1 पुन्हा कार्यरत करत आहे..." - -#~ msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "सेवा %1 पुन्हा कार्यरत करण्यात अपयश" - -#~ msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" -#~ msgstr "सेवा %1 पुन्हा सुरू केली जाईल" - -#~ msgid "Restarting service %1..." -#~ msgstr "सेवा %1 पुन्हा सुरू करत आहे..." - -#~ msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "सेवा %1 पुन्हा सुरू करण्यात अपयश" - -#~ msgid "Finished" -#~ msgstr "समाप्त झाले" - -#~ msgid "Configuration Summary" -#~ msgstr "संरचना सारांश" - #~ msgid "" #~ "Here, see the values YaST2 will change.\n" #~ "Choose \"OK\" for YaST2 to save these changes.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/tftp-server.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/tftp-server.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/tftp-server.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/timezone_db.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/timezone_db.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/timezone_db.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/tune.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/tune.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/tune.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -13,38 +13,38 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:47 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 #, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "हे यास्ट2 मॉड्यूल सूचना ओळ पडद्याकरता सहाय्य करीत नाही." #. translators: popup heading -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:71 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 #, fuzzy msgid "Probing Hardware..." msgstr "माऊस शोधत आहे..." #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:74 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 msgid "Progress" msgstr "प्रगती" #. title label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:292 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 msgid "&All Entries" msgstr "सर्व नोंदी" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:304 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 msgid "&Save to File..." msgstr "फाईलमध्ये संग्रहीत करा..." #. dialog header -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:313 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 msgid "Hardware Information" msgstr "हार्डवेअरची माहिती" #. help text -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:316 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 msgid "" "The Hardware Information module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" @@ -52,18 +52,25 @@ "हार्डवेअरची माहितीमॉड्युल आपल्या संगणकाचा हार्डवेअरचा तपशील \n" "प्रदर्शित करते. अधिक माहितीसाठीकोणत्याही नोडवर क्लिक करा.\n" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:319 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." msgstr "आपण फाईलवर हार्डवेअरची माहिती जतन करु शकतासेव्ह टु फाईल वर क्लिक करा व फाइलनेम प्रविष्ट करा" +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "System Settings" +msgid "System and Hardware Settings" +msgstr "यंत्रणा मांडणी" + #. this is a heading #. tree node string -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:48 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 msgid "System" msgstr "सिस्टम" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 msgid "S&ystem" msgstr "यंत्रणा" @@ -1455,8 +1462,5 @@ #~ msgid "&System Settings..." #~ msgstr "यंत्रणा मांडणी" -#~ msgid "System Settings" -#~ msgstr "यंत्रणा मांडणी" - #~ msgid "Saving System Settings..." #~ msgstr "यंत्रणेची मांडणी संग्रहीत करत आहे..." Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/update.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/update.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/update.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 13:22+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ #. screen title for update options #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:298 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278 msgid "Update Options" msgstr "अद्ययावत पर्याय" @@ -174,18 +174,18 @@ #. Table item (unknown file system) #. label - name of sustem to update #. starts with >`< -#. label for an unknown installed system +#. Get installed release name +#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:95 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:101 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:121 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1969 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "अज्ञात" #. label showing to which version we are updating -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal summary item, %1 is a product name -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:198 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 #, fuzzy msgid "Update to %1" msgstr "अपडेट" @@ -270,9 +270,19 @@ "काम करणार नाहीत. अपडेट दरम्यान तीपॅकेजेस काढून टाकण्यासाठी\n" "डिलीट अनमेंटेंड पॅकेजेससक्रिय करा.\n" -#. yes/no question +#. warning / question #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231 msgid "" +"Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n" +"lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n" +"adjust the list of packages yourself.\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243 +msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to reset your detailed selection?" msgstr "" @@ -282,13 +292,13 @@ #. error report #. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount #. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:70 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:379 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 msgid "Failed to mount target system" msgstr "लक्षीत यंत्रणेचे आरोहम करण्यात अपयशी" #. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:75 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." msgstr "" @@ -359,12 +369,12 @@ #. error message in proposal #. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:83 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:404 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384 msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "चालू आरबीएम डेटाबेस वाचू शकत नाही." #. error message in proposal -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:99 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." msgstr "" @@ -372,15 +382,15 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:108 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:126 -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:169 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:175 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "अज्ञात प्रोसेसर" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system #. %2 is the version being installed -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 msgid "" "Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" @@ -388,22 +398,22 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:162 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." msgstr "" #. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:214 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "" #. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:229 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206 msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:255 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232 msgid "" "<big>Update Options</big> Select how your system will be updated.\n" "Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n" @@ -412,17 +422,17 @@ msgstr "" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "अद्ययावत करण्याचे पर्याय" #. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:407 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "यापैकी कोणतीहि फाइल अस्तित्वात नाहीः%1" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:541 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -435,27 +445,27 @@ "काही उपयोजिता नीट चालणार नाहीत." #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:88 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93 msgid "Unknown Linux" msgstr "अज्ञात" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:91 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96 msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux" msgstr "अज्ञात किंवा नॉन-लिनक्स" #. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:113 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "%1 (%2)" #. label for selection of root partition (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:181 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186 msgid "Partition or System to Boot:" msgstr "आरंभ करायाची यंत्रणा किंवा भाग:" #. help text for root partition dialog (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:184 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to boot.\n" @@ -466,12 +476,12 @@ "\n" #. label for selection of root partition (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:191 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196 msgid "Partition or System to Update:" msgstr "आरंभ करायाची यंत्रणा किंवा भाग:" #. help text for root partition dialog (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:194 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to update.\n" @@ -482,12 +492,12 @@ "\n" #. headline for dialog "Select for update" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:202 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207 msgid "Select for Update" msgstr "अद्ययावत करण्यासाठी निवडा" #. help text for root partition dialog (general part) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:209 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214 msgid "" "\n" "Show All Partitions expands the list to a\n" @@ -500,42 +510,42 @@ "\n" #. table header -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:229 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234 msgid "System" msgstr "सिस्टम" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:231 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236 msgid "Partition" msgstr "दोन भाग" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:233 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "संरचना" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:235 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240 msgid "File System" msgstr "सिस्टम" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:237 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242 msgid "Label" msgstr "लेबल" #. check box -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:247 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252 msgid "&Show All Partitions" msgstr "सर्व भाग दाखवा" #. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:278 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283 msgid "&Boot" msgstr "आरंभ करा" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:348 +#. error popup +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354 msgid "" "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n" "on the selected partition." @@ -544,7 +554,7 @@ "नाही." #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:358 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n" @@ -557,21 +567,21 @@ "या उत्पादनापेक्षा वेगळी आहे." #. pop-up question -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:388 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:392 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398 #, fuzzy msgid "&Yes, Use It" msgstr "हो, परत लिहा" #. Target load failed, #466803 #. Target load failed, #466803 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:426 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:451 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461 msgid "" "Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n" "It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n" @@ -579,13 +589,13 @@ "Are you sure you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:432 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:457 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467 #, fuzzy msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "पुढे चालू ठेवा" #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108 #, fuzzy msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" @@ -595,17 +605,17 @@ "येथील SBD लेख बघा." #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "अज्ञात लिनक्स सिस्टीम" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "नॉन-लिनक्स सिस्टीम" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -620,7 +630,7 @@ "किंवा तुमचा संगमक पुन्हा चालू करा\n" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "भाग तपासत आहे %1" @@ -629,23 +639,23 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "तपशील दाखवा" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "भाग तपासत आहे %1" #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" @@ -661,24 +671,24 @@ "उपकरण माउंट करणे तुम्हाला चालू ठेवायचे आहे काय?" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1059 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "चुकीचा परवलीशब्द. पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा?" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161 msgid "Warning" msgstr "चेतावणी" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1167 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -689,7 +699,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1259 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" @@ -711,27 +721,27 @@ "अपडेट खंडित करण्यासाठी, कॅन्सलवर क्लिक करा. " #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1277 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "आरोहणाचा पर्याय सूचीत करा" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1293 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "आरोहण पर्याय" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1296 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "आरोहण बिंदू" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298 msgid "&Device" msgstr "उपकरण" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" @@ -740,12 +750,12 @@ "(आपोआप शोधासाठी रिक्त)" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1381 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "/var भाग %1 चे आरोहण करता आले नाही.\n" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -753,18 +763,18 @@ "udev path: %6" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1436 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 msgid "None" msgstr "कोणी नाही" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "ह्या डिस्क संरचनेनुसार /var भागाचे आरोहण करण्यात असमर्थ.\n" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1464 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -772,24 +782,24 @@ msgstr "" #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1477 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476 #, fuzzy msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "मूळ विभाजन निवडा" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Info" msgstr "डिव्हाईसचा आयडी" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1624 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "ह्या डिस्क संरचनेनुसार /var भागाचे आरोहण करण्यात असमर्थ.\n" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1655 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -802,7 +812,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -811,17 +821,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1717 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "fstab सापडत नाही." #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1742 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "/etc/fstab मधल्या मूळ भागात अवैध मूळ उपकरण.\n" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1747 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "हे आता %1 म्हणून आरोहण केले आहे व %2 म्हणून नोंदले आहे.\n" @@ -842,39 +852,74 @@ msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "इडिरेक्टरी ट्रीजला शोधत आहे" +#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file. +#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation. +#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing. +#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open. +#. +#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/" +#. @return [String] product name +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Control file %1 was not found." +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "नियंत्रक फाईल %1 सापडली नाही." + +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read file %1" +msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}" +msgstr "%1फाईल वाचू शकत नाही" + #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "अज्ञात प्रोसेसर" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box, it might happen that we need to downgrade some packages during update -#: src/modules/Update.rb:817 -msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" -msgstr "पॅकेज डाउनग्रेडला परवानगी द्या." +#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case +#. and we don't continue further +#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" +"%{patterns}" +msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:18 control/update.glade:42 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to select %1 packages for installation." +msgid "" +"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" +"%{packages}" +msgstr "पॅकेज स्थापनेकरिता %1 निवडताना फसले." + +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "अद्ययावत रचना" -#: control/update.glade:34 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4 msgid "Update" msgstr "अद्ययावत करा" -#: control/update.glade:48 control/update.glade:52 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "अपडेट करा" -#: control/update.glade:63 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8 msgid "Update System Configuration" msgstr "यंत्रणेची संरचना अद्ययावत करा" -#: control/update.glade:71 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9 msgid "Update Configuration" msgstr "संरचना अद्ययावत करा" +#~ msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज डाउनग्रेडला परवानगी द्या." + #~ msgid "Clean Up" #~ msgstr "स्वच्छता" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/users.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/users.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/users.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ msgstr "सिस्टिम व्यवस्थापक \"root\" चा परवलीचा शब्द" #. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise user to remember his new password +#. advise users to remember their new password #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgstr "आपण जे इथे लिहीले ते विसरू नका" @@ -4602,23 +4602,23 @@ "आधी त्यांना या समूहातून काढावे लागेल." #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6596 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "<h3>वापरकर्ता</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6606 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "<h3>समूह</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622 #, fuzzy msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "लॉगइन सेटिंग्ज" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6619 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/vm.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/vm.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/vm.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -26,40 +26,41 @@ msgstr "हायपरवायझर आणि टूल्स स्थापित झाली आहेत." #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:148 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:167 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" msgstr "व्हर्चुअल मशिनची स्थापना यूएमएल मशिनच्या आतून सुरू करता येणार नाही. होस्ट सिस्टीममधून स्थापना सुरू करा.\n" #. progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:184 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "सर्व स्थापीत पॅकेजेस तपासा" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:186 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड संरचना" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:201 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "VM सेवासंगणकाची संरचना करत आहे (क्षेत्र 0)" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:204 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." msgstr "<big>व्हीएम सर्व्हर आकृतीबंध</big>व्हीएम सर्व्हर आकृतीबंधाचे (डोमेन 0) दोन भाग आहेत." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:208 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 #, fuzzy msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." msgstr "" @@ -68,110 +69,151 @@ "तेथे नसेल तर तो बूट लोडर मेनूमध्ये वाढविला जातो." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:212 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 #, fuzzy #| msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and Linux kernel." msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "GRUB आवश्यक आहे कारण क्झेन आणि लिनक्स बूट करण्यासाठीआवश्यकअसलेल्या मल्टीबूट स्टॅंडर्डला समर्थन करतो." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:216 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 #, fuzzy #| msgid "When the configuration is successfully finished, it is possible to boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr "जेव्हा आकृतीबंध यशस्वीपणे पूर्ण केला जातो, बूट लोडर मेनूमधूनव्हीएम सर्व्हर बूट करणे शक्य होते." #. error popup -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "स्थापना खंडीत केली जाईल." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:224 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "हायपरवायझर आणि टूल्स स्थापित झाली आहेत." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:241 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236 +msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..." +msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" +msgstr "आभासी यंत्राची संरचना करत आहे..." + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:249 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Broken server" +msgid "KVM server" +msgstr "मोडलेले सर्व्हर" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253 +msgid "KVM tools" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "" -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:276 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260 +msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:294 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." +msgid "Virtualization client tools" +msgstr "हायपरवायझर आणि टूल्स स्थापित झाली आहेत." + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Broken server" +msgid "Xen server" +msgstr "मोडलेले सर्व्हर" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Xen Section" +msgid "Xen tools" +msgstr "कर्नेल भाग" + #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:372 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "स्थापना खंडीत केली जाईल." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:380 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "स्थापना खंडीत केली जाईल." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:387 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:398 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:411 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:424 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "पॅकेज तपासत आहे..." #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:427 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "पॅकेजेस स्थापन होत आहेत..." #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:432 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "आवश्यक पॅकेज स्थापित करू शकत नाही." #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:449 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Updating configuration files..." msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "संरचना फाईल अद्ययावत करत आहे..." #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:460 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "साधारण मांडणी संरचित करत आहे..." #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:481 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network Bridge" msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "नेटवर्क ब्रिज" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:482 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" msgstr "" @@ -184,11 +226,11 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:540 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:543 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The machine is ready to start the VM Server.\n" @@ -200,7 +242,7 @@ "\n" "मशिन रिबूट करा आणि क्झेन सेक्शन सुरू करण्यासाठी तोबूट लोडरमधून निवडा.\n" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:546 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The machine is ready to start the VM Server.\n" @@ -212,19 +254,19 @@ "\n" "मशिन रिबूट करा आणि क्झेन सेक्शन सुरू करण्यासाठी तोबूट लोडरमधून निवडा.\n" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:549 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "हायपरवायझर आणि टूल्स स्थापित झाली आहेत." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:550 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "हायपरवायझर आणि टूल्स स्थापित झाली आहेत." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:551 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/wagon.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/wagon.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/wagon.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/wol.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/wol.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/wol.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/xpram.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/xpram.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/xpram.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/yast2-apparmor.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/yast2-apparmor.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/yast2-apparmor.mr.po 2014-10-07 15:41:03 UTC (rev 89769) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -316,11 +316,11 @@ #. May want to replace Wizard() with UI() #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:181 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:229 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:239 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:268 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:287 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "&Done" msgstr "झाले" @@ -1185,61 +1185,69 @@ msgid "Could not recognize mode: " msgstr "मोड ओळखता आला नाही: " -#. restarts ag_complain agent if necessary -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:128 +#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117 +msgid "enforce" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118 +msgid "complain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134 msgid "Show All Profiles" msgstr "सर्व अधिक माहिती दाखवा" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:129 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135 msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles" msgstr "IDE उपकरणासाठी DMA पध्दती संरचित करा" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:132 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138 msgid "Show Active Profiles" msgstr "उपलब्ध संक्षिप्त चरित्रे" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:133 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139 msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles" msgstr "IDE उपकरणासाठी DMA पध्दती संरचित करा" #. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"), #. TODO switch to variable in a module #. TODO plain reread does not work here -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439 msgid "Profile Name" msgstr "अभिव्यक्तीचे नाव" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 msgid "Mode" msgstr "मोड (रूप)" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:154 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160 msgid "Toggle Mode" msgstr "मजकूर अवस्था" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:155 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161 msgid "Set All to Enforce" msgstr "एन्फोर्सला सर्व सेट करा" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:156 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162 msgid "Set All to Complain" msgstr "कम्प्लेनला सर्व सेट करा" #. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:177 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183 msgid "Profile Mode Configuration" msgstr "मोडेम संरचना" #. We'll need this often - cache it -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:225 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:264 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:283 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289 msgid "Configure Profile Mode" msgstr "पुरवणारे संरचीत केले:" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:291 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please select an action to perform from the buttons below." msgid "Select an action to perform." -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89768 - trunk/yast/kn/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 17:40:22 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89768 Added: trunk/yast/kn/po/cio.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/opensuse_mirror.kn.po Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/add-on-creator.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/add-on.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/audit-laf.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/auth-client.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/auth-server.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/autoinst.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/base.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/bootloader.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/ca-management.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/cluster.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/control-center.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/control.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/country.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/crowbar.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/dhcp-server.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/dns-server.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/drbd.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/fcoe-client.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/firewall-services.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/firewall.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/firstboot.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/ftp-server.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/geo-cluster.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/gtk.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/http-server.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/inetd.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/installation.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/instserver.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/iplb.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/iscsi-client.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/iscsi-lio-server.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/iscsi-server.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/isns.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/kdump.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/kerberos-server.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/kerberos.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/languages_db.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/ldap-client.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/ldap-server.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/ldap.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/live-installer.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/lxc.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/mail.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/multipath.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/ncurses-pkg.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/ncurses.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/network.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/nfs.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/nfs_server.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/nis.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/nis_server.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/ntp-client.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/oneclickinstall.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/online-update-configuration.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/online-update.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/packager.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/pam.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/pkg-bindings.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/printer.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/product-creator.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/proxy.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/qt-pkg.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/qt.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/rdp.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/rear.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/registration.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/reipl.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/relocation-server.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/s390.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/samba-client.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/samba-server.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/samba-users.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/scanner.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/security.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/services-manager.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/slp-server.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/snapper.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/sound.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/squid.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/sshd.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/storage.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/sudo.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/support.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/sysconfig.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/tftp-server.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/timezone_db.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/tune.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/update.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/users.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/vm.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/wagon.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/wol.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/xpram.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/yast2-apparmor.kn.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/add-on-creator.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/add-on-creator.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/add-on-creator.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/add-on.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/add-on.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/add-on.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -43,21 +43,21 @@ #. this is a heading #. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks #: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1871 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "" #. busy message (dialog) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label #: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1872 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" #. help #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879 msgid "Initializing add-on products..." msgstr "" @@ -83,10 +83,10 @@ #. placeholder for unknown path #. placeholder for unknown URL #: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:384 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:940 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:949 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ #. main screen heading #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "" @@ -215,40 +215,40 @@ #. ... #. ] #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:585 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1586 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1598 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604 msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:319 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316 msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "" #. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:392 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:394 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391 msgid "" "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \n" "Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n" "Select the repository to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:404 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401 msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "" @@ -260,33 +260,33 @@ #. else #. { #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:416 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:743 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:427 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:632 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:713 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "" #. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:719 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:725 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722 msgid "" "<big>Product Selection</big> \n" "Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n" @@ -294,12 +294,12 @@ msgstr "" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:793 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "" #. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:915 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 msgid "" "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big> \n" "Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" @@ -308,102 +308,102 @@ msgstr "" #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:970 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Product" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:972 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969 msgid "Media" msgstr "" #. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1127 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1135 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1253 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259 msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1260 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266 msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1276 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1280 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." msgstr "" #. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1335 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 msgid "Vendor: %1 " msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1336 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1339 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 msgid "Version: %1 " msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1340 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346 msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1343 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 msgid "Repository URL: %1 " msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355 msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1356 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362 msgid "Repository Alias: %1 " msgstr "" #. Removes the currently selected Add-On #. #. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1636 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1689 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1639 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645 msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1712 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718 msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/audit-laf.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/audit-laf.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/audit-laf.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -780,30 +780,44 @@ msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." msgstr "" -#. Error message +#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 +msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" +msgstr "" + +#. question continues +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467 +msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. message about loaded kernel module #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471 -msgid "" -"The audit daemon doesn't run.\n" -"Do you want to start it now?" +msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:476 -msgid "" -" The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" -"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" -"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n" -"Do you want to start the daemon now?" +#. Headline of a popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480 +msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:484 -msgid "Audit daemon not running." +#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "&Start" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "&Do not start" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491 msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -812,36 +826,36 @@ msgstr "" #. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:546 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548 msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:562 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566 msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:568 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572 msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "" #. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588 msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:587 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" @@ -849,26 +863,26 @@ msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:612 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614 msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:619 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "" #. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:650 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652 msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:656 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:705 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707 msgid "Log file" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/auth-client.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/auth-client.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/auth-client.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -390,23 +390,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/auth-server.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/auth-server.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/auth-server.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -236,6 +236,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Start new config wizward +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "Migrate existing Configuration" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" + #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135 msgid "" "Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n" @@ -655,20 +661,22 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" "variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" -"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" "specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" @@ -678,14 +686,14 @@ "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:67 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" "LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n" "(e.g. ldapsearch), check Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n" @@ -695,13 +703,13 @@ "when creating the first database on a server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n" "change any configuration settings here.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n" "for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n" @@ -709,7 +717,7 @@ "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n" "click Change Password. \n" @@ -719,28 +727,28 @@ "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:102 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" "The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" "the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" @@ -751,17 +759,17 @@ "thumbs)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" "should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" @@ -770,7 +778,7 @@ "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "If Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status is enabled, users trying to\n" "authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n" @@ -779,30 +787,30 @@ "option. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" @@ -810,34 +818,34 @@ "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" "(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "Use Add to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n" "Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" @@ -845,30 +853,30 @@ "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" @@ -876,21 +884,21 @@ "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:200 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:204 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" "in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" @@ -902,11 +910,11 @@ "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:214 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:215 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" "made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" @@ -914,21 +922,21 @@ "such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" "Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:228 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 msgid "" "Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n" "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" @@ -938,15 +946,15 @@ "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:236 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:237 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 msgid "" "refreshOnly: The slave server will periodically open a new\n" "connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n" @@ -954,28 +962,28 @@ "Replication Interval setting.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:244 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 msgid "" "refreshAndPersist: The slave server will open a persistent\n" "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:249 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:250 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" "The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:253 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:254 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" @@ -985,22 +993,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "<big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" #. Write dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 msgid "<big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big> \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:272 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog\n" @@ -1008,11 +1016,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:278 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 msgid "" "This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n" "created. Click Finish to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n" @@ -1020,78 +1028,78 @@ msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:287 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" "If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n" "for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.\n" msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:297 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:300 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 msgid "" "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:306 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" "Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:310 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:313 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" "To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the Enabled TLS\n" "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:319 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" "Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" "support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:324 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" "corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:329 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:330 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" "different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" @@ -1099,19 +1107,19 @@ "textfields.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:336 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 msgid "" "To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:340 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "Below this item, configure some global parameters." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:344 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" "Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" "a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" @@ -1119,71 +1127,71 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:350 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" "Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:354 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:357 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:358 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" "LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:361 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" "Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" "credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:364 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:367 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:372 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:373 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 msgid "" "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests: The Server will\n" "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:378 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" "Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:381 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" "receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:386 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 msgid "" "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated:\n" "The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n" @@ -1191,7 +1199,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:392 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" "\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" @@ -1201,29 +1209,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:400 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:401 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" "To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:404 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" "Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:407 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" "If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" "checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:410 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" "To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" "server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" @@ -1232,231 +1240,231 @@ #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:417 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:421 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: database_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:425 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: acl_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:429 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:433 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:437 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:441 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:444 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:449 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:454 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:459 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:462 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:467 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:472 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:477 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:482 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:487 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:492 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:495 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : dict_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:501 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:505 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:509 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:513 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:517 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:521 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_type -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:525 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:529 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:533 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:537 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:541 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:545 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:549 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:553 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:557 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:561 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:565 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:569 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." msgstr "" @@ -1765,6 +1773,12 @@ #. Ralf Haferkamp <rhafer(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id$ +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" + #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28 msgid "MirrorMode Node List" msgstr "" @@ -2493,7 +2507,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Attributes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ವೈಶಿಷ್ಟ್ಯಗಳು" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 msgid "Edit" @@ -2690,8 +2704,8 @@ msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3479 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3526 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3572 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." msgstr "" @@ -2954,7 +2968,7 @@ msgid "Could not create database directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4096 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." msgstr "" @@ -2967,101 +2981,101 @@ msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3373 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3386 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3399 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3412 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3425 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3511 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3557 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3603 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 msgid "Writing to password file failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3969 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3979 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3974 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3984 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4016 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4024 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4031 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4043 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4048 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4062 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4069 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4089 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4863 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 #, perl-format msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4873 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4874 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 #, perl-format msgid "" "Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n" "CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4968 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4978 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5346 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5355 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/autoinst.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/autoinst.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/autoinst.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:422 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" @@ -104,8 +104,7 @@ msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "" -#. doClone(); -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:84 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82 msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "" @@ -115,33 +114,26 @@ msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set." msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/clone_system.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Author: Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> -#. Summary: This client is clones some settings of the -#. system. -#. -#. Changes: * initial - just do a simple clone -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:42 +#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:52 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:59 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64 msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89 msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:92 -msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "" #. help 1/2 @@ -273,21 +265,21 @@ msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268 msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:289 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:302 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:405 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404 msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "" @@ -2157,12 +2149,12 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for #. #. @return the newly created node name -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129 msgid " - Drive" msgstr "" #. volume group -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133 msgid " - Volume group" msgstr "" @@ -2261,11 +2253,11 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:908 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 msgid "Drives" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 msgid "Total of %1 drive" msgstr "" @@ -2445,35 +2437,35 @@ msgstr "" #. 1 cyl buffer per partition -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:491 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:918 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" msgstr "" #. Handle /etc/fstab usage #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "" #. a popup -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025 msgid "No Linux root partition found." msgstr "" #. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting #. is inevitable. -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038 msgid "" "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" msgstr "" #. return list of available devices -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/base.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/base.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/base.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -1166,7 +1166,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:877 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "" @@ -1189,7 +1189,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2552 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" @@ -1370,6 +1370,27 @@ msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." +msgid "Updating system configuration..." +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" + +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +msgid "This may take a while." +msgstr "" + +#. Get information about the OS release +#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file +#. is missing. +#. +#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) +#. @return [String] the release information +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63 +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "" + #. Confirm user request to abort installation #: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833 msgid "Really abort the installation?" @@ -1949,15 +1970,15 @@ #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:401 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "" @@ -1965,27 +1986,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" @@ -1995,326 +2016,326 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1123 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 msgid "ATM" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1137 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1165 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "FICON" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1177 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1182 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1227 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "TUN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "TAP" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "" @@ -2377,7 +2398,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:288 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2386,26 +2407,23 @@ msgstr "" #. If there is network running, return true. -#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Mode and return false +#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 -msgid "No running network detected." +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349 +msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" +"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:356 -msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" -msgstr "" - -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:357 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355 msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" -"and start this module again" +"and start this module again\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:360 -msgid "or continue without network." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names #: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 msgid "" @@ -2706,51 +2724,51 @@ msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1715 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 msgid "Package: " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206 msgid "Size: " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "" #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:248 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:310 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:376 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:389 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:598 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:397 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:606 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "" @@ -2759,57 +2777,57 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:425 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:459 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:482 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:523 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:583 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:585 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:657 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:780 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" @@ -2820,34 +2838,34 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:795 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805 msgid "Side A" msgstr "" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:798 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808 msgid "Side B" msgstr "" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:814 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:819 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" msgstr "" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -2856,7 +2874,7 @@ msgstr "" #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -2865,89 +2883,89 @@ msgstr "" #. currently unused -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858 msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." msgstr "" #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:869 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2158 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:892 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:897 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:985 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:992 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1013 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1074 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084 msgid "&URL" msgstr "" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1321 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1354 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1358 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1489 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1601 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1361 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1492 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1604 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -2955,103 +2973,103 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1380 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1514 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1620 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1436 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1485 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1498 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1597 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1685 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1693 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1713 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "" #. at start of patch providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744 msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1742 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752 msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" msgstr "" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1821 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1826 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "" #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843 msgid "Script: " msgstr "" #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1927 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3061,68 +3079,68 @@ msgstr "" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1959 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1993 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2043 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2091 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2196 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2271 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" #. progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2204 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2287 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297 msgid "Status" msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2237 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2274 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2353 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "" @@ -3133,27 +3151,27 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2369 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2385 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "" #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "" #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2515 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3161,7 +3179,7 @@ msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2549 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "" @@ -3217,44 +3235,20 @@ msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "" -#. display an error message and advice to manually fix the system -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:236 -msgid "" -"The current system is not consistent,\n" -"some packages have unresolved dependencies." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:243 -msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:252 -msgid "" -"Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" -"check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" -"in the software manager." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:263 -msgid "" -"Start the software manager and fix the problems\n" -"or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" -msgstr "" - #. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:325 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223 msgid "" "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" "to be solved manually in the software manager." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:520 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3262,12 +3256,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3384,7 +3378,7 @@ #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:548 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545 msgid "Packages" msgstr "" @@ -3711,7 +3705,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -3720,23 +3714,23 @@ msgstr "" #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:993 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1019 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1112 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -3750,12 +3744,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1129 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1148 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -3768,98 +3762,104 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "" #. we need to remember the values for tab switching +#. these are the initial values #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:145 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:146 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:340 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:544 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541 msgid "Media" msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:546 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Warning" msgid "Remaining" msgstr "ಎಚ್ಚರಿಕೆ" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547 msgid "Time" msgstr "" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:566 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:650 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647 msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:651 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." msgstr "" #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:683 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680 msgid "&Details" msgstr "" -#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:721 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 +msgid "Performing Upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722 msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:757 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" msgstr "" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:845 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "" #. read file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:185 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187 msgid "File not found." msgstr "" #. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:191 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "" @@ -4467,7 +4467,7 @@ msgstr "" #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:648 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/bootloader.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/bootloader.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/bootloader.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -122,22 +122,22 @@ msgstr "" #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:108 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "" #. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:118 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "" #. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:217 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 msgid "Booting" msgstr "" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:219 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "" @@ -146,12 +146,12 @@ #. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 msgid "Disk Order" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "" @@ -162,10 +162,9 @@ msgstr "" #. `VSpacing(1), -#. Run dialog for loader installation details for Grub2 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#. Window title #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgstr "" @@ -258,23 +257,29 @@ "to start this section." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 +msgid "" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" @@ -283,25 +288,25 @@ "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:82 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" @@ -309,7 +314,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:95 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -318,72 +323,72 @@ "To remove a disk, push Remove." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 msgid "Graphical &Menu File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125 msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126 msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "" @@ -435,110 +440,110 @@ #. Common widget of a console #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "" #. textentry header -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455 msgid "&Device" msgstr "" #. disabling & enabling up/down -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:542 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544 msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:551 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553 msgid "D&isks" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:565 msgid "&Up" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:564 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:566 msgid "&Down" msgstr "" #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:768 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:803 -msgid "Boot Loader Location" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740 +msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:774 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:809 -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741 +msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:748 -msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811 +msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 -msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817 +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:754 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:780 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:821 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:814 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822 msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "" #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:873 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831 msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" msgstr "" -#. Cache for genericWidgets function -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:52 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "" -#. there is no graphic adapter on s390 (bnc#874010) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:75 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgstr "" -#. there is no os prober on s390(bnc#868909) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:94 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." msgstr "" @@ -574,24 +579,40 @@ msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" + #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 +msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +msgid "D&istributor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98 msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 +msgid "Protective MBR flag" +msgstr "" + #. combo box item #. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels #. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels @@ -624,30 +645,50 @@ msgid "Unspecified" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 +msgid "set" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 +msgid "remove" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 +msgid "do not change" +msgstr "" + #. Init function for console #. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:148 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "" #. FATE: #110038: Serial console #. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:223 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:235 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:242 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:250 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "" +#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 +msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +msgstr "" + #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption @@ -661,7 +702,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "" @@ -792,11 +833,7 @@ msgid "Xen" msgstr "" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152 -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:91 msgid "Floppy" msgstr "" @@ -1647,33 +1684,34 @@ #. #. #. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:167 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:171 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:183 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:187 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:205 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "" @@ -1682,31 +1720,33 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "" #. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda) -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 msgid " (\"/boot\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 msgid " (extended)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:236 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 msgid " (\"/\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242 +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr "" #. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:256 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "" @@ -1729,232 +1769,126 @@ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:76 +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "" #. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" msgstr "" #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "" #. TODO add more devices -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:126 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" msgstr "" -#. if "iscsi" is true -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:166 -msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:184 +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "" #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:204 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "" #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:259 -msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:278 +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:177 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:179 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:181 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" #. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307 msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:366 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:368 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:374 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:376 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:378 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:79 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:85 -msgid "Failsafe" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:97 -msgid "Hard Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:103 -msgid "Memory Test" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:109 -msgid "MBR before Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:115 -msgid "Previous Kernel" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:121 -msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:230 -msgid "_Linux" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:237 -msgid "_Failsafe" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:244 -msgid "_Floppy" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:251 -msgid "_Hard Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:258 -msgid "_Memory Test" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:265 -msgid "_MBR before Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:272 -msgid "_Previous Kernel" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:279 -msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/ca-management.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/ca-management.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/ca-management.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -53,25 +53,25 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:442 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 msgid "Organization" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:444 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 msgid "Locality" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:445 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 msgid "State" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:446 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 msgid "Country" msgstr "" @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ msgstr "" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:440 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "" @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ msgid "Email" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:443 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "" @@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline #. we need to fake a certificate name #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:571 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 @@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ #. The main () #. To translators: dialog label #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:174 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 msgid "Common Server Certificate" msgstr "" @@ -659,11 +659,18 @@ msgid "For more information, please read the manual." msgstr "" +#. popup text +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 +msgid "" +"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" +"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" +msgstr "" + #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:159 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 @@ -671,29 +678,29 @@ msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:166 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 msgid "&Remove" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:168 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 msgid "&Import/Replace" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:208 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:210 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 msgid "" "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:214 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?" msgstr "" @@ -724,51 +731,99 @@ msgid "Issued For:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:214 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 msgid "Issued By:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:248 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " msgstr "" #. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:271 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 msgid "&Advanced..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:273 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:462 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 msgid "&View" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:274 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 msgid "&Change CA Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:275 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 msgid "C&reate SubCA" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:276 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 msgid "Export to &File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:277 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 msgid "Export to &LDAP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:278 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 msgid "&Edit Default" msgstr "" @@ -822,7 +877,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:774 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 msgid "Summary" msgstr "" @@ -854,18 +909,18 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:815 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:826 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:929 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:938 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:947 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1036 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1045 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1184 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1193 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1202 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 msgid " (critical)\n" msgstr "" @@ -877,40 +932,40 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:954 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:994 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 msgid "(critical) " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:999 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1070 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 msgid "(critical)\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:812 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 msgid "nsComment: " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:825 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 msgid "nsCertType: " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address" msgstr "" @@ -984,83 +1039,203 @@ "Certificate not found" msgstr "" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Is CA: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Key Size: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Serialnumber: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Version: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid from: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid to: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of pub. Key : " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of signature: " +msgstr "" + #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) #. Initialize the tab of the dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:389 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:518 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 msgid "Valid" msgstr "" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:392 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 msgid "Revoked" msgstr "" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:396 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 msgid "Expired" msgstr "" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:439 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 msgid "Status" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:441 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 msgid "E-Mail Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 msgid "Add Server Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 msgid "Add Client Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:463 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 msgid "&Change Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:464 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 msgid "&Revoke" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:465 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "" #. Fate (#2613) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:469 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 msgid "Export" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:471 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 msgid "Export to File" msgstr "" #. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 msgid "Export to LDAP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:572 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 msgid "Delete current certificate?" msgstr "" @@ -1150,7 +1325,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:712 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 msgid "&Valid Period (days):" msgstr "" @@ -1578,7 +1753,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:802 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 msgid "Path Length " msgstr "" @@ -1780,6 +1955,13 @@ "Request not found.\n" msgstr "" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 +msgid "" +"\n" +"generation Time: " +msgstr "" + #. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention #. @param request extention #. @return [void] @@ -1788,77 +1970,77 @@ #. @param request extention #. @return [void] #. Filling up reqeust extentions -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:245 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:569 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:674 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found." msgstr "" #. IS CA ? -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:632 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:639 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:691 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 msgid "This frame shows the signing request." msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:696 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:719 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:725 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)" msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:765 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:771 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 msgid "Click Sign Request to go on." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:789 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 msgid " days" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:795 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 msgid " (critical)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1221 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 msgid "&Edit Request" msgstr "" #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1232 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 msgid "Sign Request" msgstr "" #. signing request -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1245 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 msgid "The request has been signed." msgstr "" Added: trunk/yast/kn/po/cio.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/cio.kn.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/cio.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +# Kannada message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2010 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: kn\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Used" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +msgid "Filter channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "&Clear selection" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +msgid "&Unban Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "" +"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Ranges to Unban." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/cluster.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/cluster.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/cluster.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -78,243 +78,243 @@ msgstr "" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:83 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&OK" msgid "OK" msgstr "ಸರಿ(&O)" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Cancel" msgid "Cancel" msgstr "ರದ್ದು ಮಾಡು(&C)" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 #, fuzzy #| msgid "MAC Address" msgid "IP Address" msgstr "MAC ವಿಳಾಸ" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 #, fuzzy #| msgid "MAC Address" msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "MAC ವಿಳಾಸ" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "nodeid" msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Transport:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:391 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:396 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:417 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470 msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:420 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1334 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396 #, fuzzy #| msgid "MAC Address" msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "MAC ವಿಳಾಸ" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:404 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464 msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480 msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:428 -msgid "expected votes:" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "MAC Address" msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "MAC ವಿಳಾಸ" -#. Changewidget items will change value to first one automatically -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:671 +#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "Threads:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:677 -msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:682 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:787 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 msgid "Running" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "Not running" msgstr "" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:825 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:835 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:842 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Current Mouse Type: %1" msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "ಪ್ರಸಕ್ತ ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಬಗೆ : %1" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:962 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:967 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041 msgid "Del" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:968 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:974 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Sync File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:981 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1117 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1120 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1150 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1164 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1178 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1225 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" msgstr "" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1235 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "" #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1249 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "" #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1329 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1332 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1335 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1339 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" @@ -327,23 +327,26 @@ "<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" "<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" @@ -352,7 +355,7 @@ "\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" @@ -363,28 +366,28 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:77 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<big>Saving cluster Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -405,103 +408,103 @@ msgstr "" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:402 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:404 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423 msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:429 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440 msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "" #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:457 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:473 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:490 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525 msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/control-center.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/control-center.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/control-center.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/control.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/control.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/control.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -15,708 +15,208 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:7 -msgid "Add-On Product Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:15 -msgid "Language Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:355 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "The installation has completed successfully.\n" "Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" "\n" "\n" "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" "\n" -"\t" +" " msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:371 control/control.openSUSE.glade:429 -msgid "Initialization..." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:372 control/control.openSUSE.glade:430 -msgid "Configuring network..." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:373 control/control.openSUSE.glade:431 -msgid "Configuring hardware..." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:374 control/control.openSUSE.glade:432 -msgid "Finishing configuration..." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:377 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:319 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:343 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:382 control/control.SLED.glade:493 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:771 control/control.SLED.glade:775 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:956 control/control.SLED.glade:997 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:324 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:412 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:551 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:886 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:890 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1077 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1118 control/control.SLES.glade:348 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:436 control/control.SLES.glade:554 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:575 control/control.SLES.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:914 control/control.SLES.glade:1101 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1142 control/control.glade:72 -#: control/control.glade:132 control/control.glade:464 -#: control/control.glade:508 control/control.openSUSE.glade:463 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:583 control/control.openSUSE.glade:895 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:899 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1071 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:436 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:382 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:470 control/control.SLES.glade:406 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:494 control/control.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:444 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:392 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:478 control/control.SLES.glade:416 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:502 control/control.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19 msgid "Expert" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:461 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:497 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:521 control/control.openSUSE.glade:550 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:478 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:515 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:539 control/control.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:568 control/control.openSUSE.glade:984 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:989 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:512 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:570 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:613 control/control.SLES.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:637 control/control.glade:153 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:601 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:559 control/control.SLED.glade:1212 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1218 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:653 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1350 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1362 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:690 control/control.SLES.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:1380 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1386 control/control.SLES.glade:1398 -#: control/control.glade:194 control/control.glade:692 -#: control/control.glade:697 control/control.glade:701 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:643 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1305 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1311 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:579 control/control.SLED.glade:692 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:816 control/control.SLED.glade:926 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1320 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:695 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:807 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:931 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1047 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:719 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:831 control/control.SLES.glade:955 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1071 control/control.SLES.glade:1510 -#: control/control.glade:213 control/control.glade:313 -#: control/control.glade:416 control/control.openSUSE.glade:667 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:794 control/control.openSUSE.glade:937 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1038 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1428 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:585 control/control.SLED.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:697 control/control.SLED.glade:739 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:822 control/control.SLED.glade:831 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:710 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:812 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:854 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:937 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:946 control/control.SLES.glade:725 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:734 control/control.SLES.glade:836 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:878 control/control.SLES.glade:961 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:970 control/control.glade:219 -#: control/control.glade:228 control/control.glade:237 -#: control/control.glade:319 control/control.glade:328 -#: control/control.glade:337 control/control.glade:449 -#: control/control.glade:493 control/control.openSUSE.glade:672 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:799 control/control.openSUSE.glade:841 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:943 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1066 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +msgid "Network Autosetup" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:600 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:716 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:740 control/control.glade:343 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:682 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:606 control/control.SLED.glade:707 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:837 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:722 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:822 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:952 control/control.SLES.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:846 control/control.SLES.glade:976 -#: control/control.glade:243 control/control.glade:349 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:686 control/control.openSUSE.glade:809 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:951 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:612 control/control.SLED.glade:618 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:711 control/control.SLED.glade:715 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:843 control/control.SLED.glade:849 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1325 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:728 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:734 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:826 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:830 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:958 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:964 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1491 control/control.SLES.glade:752 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:758 control/control.SLES.glade:850 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:854 control/control.SLES.glade:982 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:988 control/control.SLES.glade:1515 -#: control/control.glade:249 control/control.glade:255 -#: control/control.glade:355 control/control.glade:361 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:690 control/control.openSUSE.glade:694 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:813 control/control.openSUSE.glade:817 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:955 control/control.openSUSE.glade:959 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1433 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:624 control/control.SLED.glade:865 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:740 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:980 control/control.SLES.glade:764 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1004 control/control.glade:261 -#: control/control.glade:378 control/control.openSUSE.glade:704 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:975 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:630 control/control.SLED.glade:749 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:864 control/control.SLES.glade:770 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:888 control/control.glade:267 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:861 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +msgid "Disk" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:647 control/control.SLED.glade:651 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:763 control/control.SLED.glade:767 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:878 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:882 control/control.SLES.glade:902 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:906 control/control.openSUSE.glade:735 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:739 control/control.openSUSE.glade:875 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:879 -msgid "User Settings" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +msgid "Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:655 control/control.openSUSE.glade:747 -msgid "Installation Overview" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:662 control/control.SLED.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:670 control/control.SLED.glade:674 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:678 control/control.SLED.glade:781 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:785 control/control.SLED.glade:791 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:795 control/control.SLED.glade:799 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:805 control/control.SLED.glade:963 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:967 control/control.SLED.glade:971 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:975 control/control.SLED.glade:1004 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1008 control/control.SLED.glade:1012 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1016 control/control.SLED.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1294 control/control.SLED.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1302 control/control.SLED.glade:1306 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1310 control/control.SLED.glade:1414 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1418 control/control.SLED.glade:1422 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:772 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:776 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:784 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:789 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:794 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:896 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:900 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:906 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:914 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1084 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1088 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1092 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1125 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1129 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1133 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1137 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1450 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1458 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1462 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1466 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1471 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1476 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1580 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1584 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1588 control/control.SLES.glade:796 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:800 control/control.SLES.glade:804 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:808 control/control.SLES.glade:813 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:818 control/control.SLES.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:924 control/control.SLES.glade:930 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:934 control/control.SLES.glade:938 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:944 control/control.SLES.glade:1108 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1112 control/control.SLES.glade:1116 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1120 control/control.SLES.glade:1149 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1153 control/control.SLES.glade:1157 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1161 control/control.SLES.glade:1474 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1478 control/control.SLES.glade:1482 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:1490 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1495 control/control.SLES.glade:1500 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1604 control/control.SLES.glade:1608 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1612 control/control.glade:291 -#: control/control.glade:295 control/control.glade:299 -#: control/control.glade:303 control/control.glade:469 -#: control/control.glade:473 control/control.glade:477 -#: control/control.glade:513 control/control.glade:517 -#: control/control.glade:521 control/control.glade:612 -#: control/control.glade:620 control/control.glade:624 -#: control/control.glade:744 control/control.glade:748 -#: control/control.glade:752 control/control.glade:756 -#: control/control.glade:760 control/control.glade:777 -#: control/control.glade:785 control/control.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:793 control/control.openSUSE.glade:754 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:758 control/control.openSUSE.glade:763 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:770 control/control.openSUSE.glade:774 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:780 control/control.openSUSE.glade:905 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:909 control/control.openSUSE.glade:913 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:917 control/control.openSUSE.glade:923 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1078 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1082 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1086 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1090 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1123 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1127 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1131 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1135 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1393 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1397 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1401 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1405 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1409 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1413 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1417 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1522 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1526 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1530 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:720 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:835 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:859 control/control.openSUSE.glade:822 -msgid "Repair" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:734 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:756 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:849 control/control.SLES.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:873 control/control.glade:283 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:744 control/control.openSUSE.glade:836 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:757 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:872 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:896 control/control.openSUSE.glade:729 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:869 -msgid "Disk" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:855 control/control.SLED.glade:1331 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:970 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1497 control/control.SLES.glade:994 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1521 control/control.glade:367 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:963 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1439 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:872 control/control.SLED.glade:1348 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:987 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1514 control/control.SLES.glade:1011 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1538 control/control.glade:385 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:981 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1456 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 msgid "Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:875 control/control.SLED.glade:880 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:990 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:995 control/control.SLES.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1019 control/control.glade:388 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "" -#. FATE #304940: s390 reIPL -#: control/control.SLED.glade:890 control/control.SLED.glade:899 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:903 control/control.SLED.glade:907 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:911 control/control.SLED.glade:915 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1032 control/control.SLED.glade:1359 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1364 control/control.SLED.glade:1369 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1375 control/control.SLED.glade:1379 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1383 control/control.SLED.glade:1387 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1392 control/control.SLED.glade:1397 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1450 control/control.SLED.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1005 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1018 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1022 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1026 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1031 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1036 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1153 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1525 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1535 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1541 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1545 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1553 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1558 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1563 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1617 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1621 control/control.SLES.glade:1029 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1038 control/control.SLES.glade:1042 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1046 control/control.SLES.glade:1050 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1055 control/control.SLES.glade:1060 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1177 control/control.SLES.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1554 control/control.SLES.glade:1559 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1565 control/control.SLES.glade:1569 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1573 control/control.SLES.glade:1577 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1582 control/control.SLES.glade:1587 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1641 control/control.SLES.glade:1645 -#: control/control.glade:393 control/control.glade:397 -#: control/control.glade:401 control/control.glade:405 -#: control/control.glade:538 control/control.glade:546 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:999 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1008 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1012 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1016 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1020 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1026 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1467 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1472 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1477 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1483 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1487 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1491 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1495 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1500 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1505 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1555 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1559 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:930 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1051 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1075 control/control.glade:421 -#: control/control.glade:429 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1042 -msgid "System Information" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:934 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1055 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1079 control/control.glade:433 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1046 -msgid "Perform Repair" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:945 control/control.SLED.glade:986 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1262 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1066 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1422 control/control.SLES.glade:1090 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1131 control/control.SLES.glade:1446 -#: control/control.glade:444 control/control.glade:488 -#: control/control.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1060 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1106 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1365 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:951 control/control.SLED.glade:992 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1072 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1113 control/control.SLES.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1137 control/control.glade:459 -#: control/control.glade:503 -msgid "Language" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1038 control/control.SLED.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1239 control/control.SLED.glade:1428 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1460 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1159 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1252 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1399 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1594 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1627 control/control.SLES.glade:1183 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1276 control/control.SLES.glade:1423 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1618 control/control.SLES.glade:1651 -#: control/control.glade:551 control/control.glade:631 -#: control/control.glade:798 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1213 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1332 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1536 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1565 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1041 control/control.SLED.glade:1048 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1145 control/control.SLED.glade:1151 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1155 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1162 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1169 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1294 control/control.SLES.glade:1186 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1193 control/control.SLES.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1314 control/control.SLES.glade:1318 -#: control/control.glade:554 control/control.glade:560 -#: control/control.glade:643 control/control.glade:648 -#: control/control.glade:652 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1254 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1260 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1264 -msgid "Network" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1054 control/control.SLED.glade:1058 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1159 control/control.SLED.glade:1163 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1175 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1179 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1302 control/control.SLES.glade:1199 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1203 control/control.SLES.glade:1322 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1326 control/control.glade:566 -#: control/control.glade:656 -msgid "Customer Center" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1064 control/control.SLED.glade:1070 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1076 control/control.SLED.glade:1170 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1176 control/control.SLED.glade:1180 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1184 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1185 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1191 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1197 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1314 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1318 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1322 control/control.SLES.glade:1209 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1215 control/control.SLES.glade:1221 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1332 control/control.SLES.glade:1338 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1342 control/control.SLES.glade:1346 -#: control/control.glade:572 control/control.glade:578 -#: control/control.glade:584 control/control.glade:662 -#: control/control.glade:668 control/control.glade:672 -#: control/control.glade:676 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1268 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1272 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1276 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1280 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1284 -msgid "Online Update" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1083 control/control.SLED.glade:1208 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1205 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1346 control/control.SLES.glade:1229 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1370 control/control.glade:588 -#: control/control.glade:688 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1301 -msgid "Release Notes" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1110 control/control.SLED.glade:1242 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1402 control/control.SLES.glade:1426 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1221 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1335 -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1116 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1255 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1279 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1227 -msgid "root Password" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1121 control/control.SLED.glade:1127 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1133 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1260 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1266 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1272 control/control.SLES.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1290 control/control.SLES.glade:1296 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1232 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1238 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1244 -msgid "Check Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1139 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1278 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1302 control/control.glade:639 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1250 -msgid "Hostname" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1188 control/control.SLED.glade:1192 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1332 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1336 control/control.SLES.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1360 control/control.glade:680 -#: control/control.glade:684 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1288 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1292 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1342 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1346 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1271 control/control.SLED.glade:1277 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1281 control/control.SLED.glade:1337 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1343 control/control.SLED.glade:1351 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1431 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1437 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1441 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1503 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1509 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1517 control/control.SLES.glade:1455 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1461 control/control.SLES.glade:1465 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1527 control/control.SLES.glade:1533 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1541 control/control.glade:719 -#: control/control.glade:727 control/control.glade:733 -#: control/control.glade:737 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1374 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1380 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1384 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1445 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1451 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1459 -msgid "AutoYaST Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1431 control/control.SLED.glade:1463 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1597 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1630 control/control.SLES.glade:1621 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1654 control/control.glade:801 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1539 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1568 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1467 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1201 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1340 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1601 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1634 control/control.SLES.glade:1225 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1364 control/control.SLES.glade:1625 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1658 -msgid "Clean Up" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:291 control/control.SLES.glade:314 -msgid "" -"\n" -"\n" -"The installation has completed successfully.\n" -"Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"\n" -"\t" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:307 control/control.SLES.glade:330 -msgid "Server Base Scenario" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:308 control/control.SLES.glade:331 -msgid "" -"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n" -"Choose the one that matches your server the best." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:314 control/control.SLES.glade:337 -msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:315 control/control.SLES.glade:338 -msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:316 control/control.SLES.glade:339 -msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:639 control/control.SLES.glade:663 -msgid "Network Services Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:760 control/control.SLES.glade:784 -msgid "Server Scenario" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:765 control/control.SLES.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:286 -msgid "Installation Summary" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1326 control/control.SLES.glade:1350 -msgid "Service" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES.glade:340 -msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.glade:276 control/control.openSUSE.glade:717 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.glade:634 -msgid "Root Password" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:420 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -"\t " -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:438 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:451 -msgid "GNOME Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:452 -msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:453 -msgid "XFCE Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:454 -msgid "LXDE Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:455 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:456 -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:457 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:699 control/control.openSUSE.glade:970 -msgid "Online Repositories" -msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/country.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/country.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/country.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/crowbar.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/crowbar.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/crowbar.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/dhcp-server.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/dhcp-server.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/dhcp-server.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1651 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 msgid "IP" msgstr "" @@ -535,75 +535,74 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:609 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 msgid "" -"The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" -"and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" -"Really use this interface?\n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"and netmask)." msgstr "" #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:633 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:640 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:658 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:666 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:684 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1140 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 msgid "&Units" msgstr "" @@ -611,48 +610,48 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1018 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1030 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1042 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1054 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1068 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1074 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1104 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "" @@ -660,7 +659,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1110 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 @@ -671,7 +670,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 @@ -679,53 +678,53 @@ msgstr "" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1125 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1131 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 msgid "&Default" msgstr "" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1159 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1361 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1370 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "" #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -733,8 +732,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "" @@ -742,135 +741,135 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1595 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1618 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1649 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 msgid "Type" msgstr "ಬಗೆ" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1662 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 msgid "&Name" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1690 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1692 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1707 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1710 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1812 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1886 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1932 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1942 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1952 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "" #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1970 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2034 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "" #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2006 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2021 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "" #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -883,15 +882,15 @@ msgstr "" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" @@ -903,7 +902,7 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2237 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/dns-server.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/dns-server.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/dns-server.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/drbd.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/drbd.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/drbd.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -22,6 +22,16 @@ msgid "Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" +#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86 +msgid "DRBD" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88 +msgid "&DRBD" +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. @@ -59,23 +69,83 @@ msgid "Resource Configuration" msgstr "" +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "Resource Basic Configuration" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" + +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51 +msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52 +msgid "" +"included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69 +msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86 +msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n" +msgstr "" + #. Drbd configure1 dialog caption #. Drbd configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:60 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mouse configuration" msgid "DRBD Configuration" msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" #. Drbd configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:63 -msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" -msgstr "" +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" #. Drbd configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 -msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" -msgstr "" +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:36 @@ -98,7 +168,7 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 @@ -112,7 +182,7 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 @@ -129,14 +199,77 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55 +msgid "<big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Booting:\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually\n" +"\t\tSwitch On and Off:\n" +"\t\t\tStarting or Stopping DRBD Server right now\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +msgid "<big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\tProtocol\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" +"\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" +"\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" +"\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" @@ -146,32 +279,33 @@ " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" -"Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n" -"module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n" -"configured in this file.\n" +" use this if you want to define more resources later\n" +" without reloading the module.\n" +" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n" +" as configured mentioned in this file. " msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"Configure DRBD here. \n" +"Configure drbd here. \n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n" -"If your DRBD was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" +"If your drbd was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -179,30 +313,30 @@ msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:93 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" -"Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n" +"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Press Add to configure a DRBD.\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Press Add to configure a drbd." msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgstr "" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -211,7 +345,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -219,7 +353,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -235,12 +369,13 @@ msgid "Protocol" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:545 +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546 msgid "Node names must be different." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:567 -msgid "Fill out all fields." +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568 +msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -282,8 +417,8 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81 msgid "" -"To propagate this configuration,\n" -"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n" +"To propagate this configuration ,\n" +"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." msgstr "" #. } @@ -297,85 +432,144 @@ #. Report::Error ( Service::Error()); #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 -msgid "Starting DRBD service failed." +msgid "Start DRBD service failed" msgstr "" #. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150 -msgid "Stopping DRBD service failed." +msgid "Stop DRBD service failed" msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137 msgid "Heartbeat Configuration" msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:138 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of drbd. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101 +msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123 +msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:71 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:79 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:80 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:81 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:84 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:85 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:86 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:87 src/modules/Drbd.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" +#. new_map = remove(new_map, key); +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412 +msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421 +msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445 +msgid "" +"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464 +msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" #. if (!modified) return true; #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502 +msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/fcoe-client.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/fcoe-client.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/fcoe-client.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -37,20 +37,57 @@ msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "" +#. setting of config value is 'yes' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#. setting of config value is 'no' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:92 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 msgid "" "Cannot remove the FCoE interface.\n" "Command %1 failed." msgstr "" +#. FCoE is not available on the interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 +msgid "not available" +msgstr "" + +#. the interface is not configured for FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "not configured" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" + +#. the flag is 'true' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 +msgid "true" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is 'false' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 +msgid "false" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is not set at all +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 +msgid "not set" +msgstr "" + #. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:280 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2" msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:342 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -58,7 +95,7 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:357 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -66,12 +103,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:391 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device" msgstr "" #. question to the user: really create and start FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 msgid "" "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" "interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n" @@ -79,28 +116,28 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." msgstr "" #. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:454 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:462 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 msgid "" "Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" "Continue because running in test mode" msgstr "" #. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:557 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?" msgstr "" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:565 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 msgid "" "Attention:\n" "Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" @@ -108,30 +145,30 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:575 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 msgid "" "Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" "to an already activated multipath device." msgstr "" #. replace values in table -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:724 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:736 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed." msgstr "" #. text of a warning popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:768 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 msgid "" "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" "interface isn't DCB capable." msgstr "" #. text of an information (notify) popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:805 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 msgid "" "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." @@ -459,200 +496,191 @@ msgstr "" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:862 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:871 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "" #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:891 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:905 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "" +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." +msgstr "" + #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" "VLAN interface to get a valid configuration." msgstr "" -#. it's about a flag which is not set at all -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1099 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1105 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1110 -msgid "not set" -msgstr "" - -#. also about setting of a flag -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "true" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "false" -msgstr "" - #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 msgid "Check services" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1461 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1463 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1467 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1469 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1471 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1475 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1569 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1501 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1514 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1524 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "" #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1540 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1559 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1563 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1565 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "" #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1567 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1605 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "" #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1669 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 msgid "General FCoE configuration" msgstr "" #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1683 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1691 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1701 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 msgid "Starting of services" msgstr "" #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1709 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1719 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 msgid "enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1710 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1720 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/firewall-services.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/firewall-services.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/firewall-services.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/firewall.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/firewall.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/firewall.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/firstboot.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/firstboot.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/firstboot.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/ftp-server.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/ftp-server.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/ftp-server.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/geo-cluster.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/geo-cluster.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/geo-cluster.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ #. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:97 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -71,92 +71,259 @@ #. #. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "configuration file" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "arbitrator ip" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "transport" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:72 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 msgid "Delete" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" #. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:104 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "OK" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:105 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" -#. parser value first -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Please enter valid ip address" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:164 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 +msgid "retries" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 +msgid "weights" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188 +msgid "expire" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 +msgid "acquire-after" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +msgid "before-acquire-handler" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "timeout is no valid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:166 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231 +msgid "expire is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +msgid "acquireafter is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +msgid "retries is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +msgid "weights is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "ticket can not be null" msgstr "" +#. fill confs with global_files +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332 +msgid "site have to be filled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337 +msgid "ticket have to be filled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582 +msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!" +msgstr "" + #. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:317 +#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd. +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Geo Cluster configure" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527 +msgid "Ticket name already exist!" +msgstr "" + +#. abort? +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573 +msgid "Configuration name can not be null" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576 +msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589 +msgid "port is invalid!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595 +msgid "transport have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +msgid "site have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605 +msgid "ticket have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" + +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "Choose configuration file:" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" + #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" +#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 +msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." +msgstr "" + +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242 +msgid "Cannot write global settings." +msgstr "" + +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266 +msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." +msgstr "" + #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:168 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -165,75 +332,63 @@ #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:185 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:184 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:186 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:282 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:255 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:272 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:274 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:278 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:280 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "" -#. read sites -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:311 -msgid "Cannot write global settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:315 -msgid "Cannot write sites settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write ticket -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:318 -msgid "Cannot write ticket settings." -msgstr "" - #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:324 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:372 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/gtk.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/gtk.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/gtk.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/http-server.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/http-server.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/http-server.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/inetd.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/inetd.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/inetd.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/installation.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/installation.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/installation.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -55,22 +55,22 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:96 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml" msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:78 +#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "" @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:73 +#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "" @@ -249,6 +249,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" @@ -305,7 +306,7 @@ #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137 -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:312 +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" @@ -359,10 +360,22 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:336 -msgid "License needs to be accepted" +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299 +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "" +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342 +msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" @@ -550,11 +563,11 @@ msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:113 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -575,13 +588,22 @@ msgid "Installation is just about to start!" msgstr "" -#. download release notes now -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:135 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:356 -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +#. Set the UI content to show some progress. +#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. bug #302384 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 +msgid "Initializing" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 +msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgstr "" + #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" @@ -600,64 +622,64 @@ #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:85 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:142 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:188 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:200 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "" #. merge steps from add-on products #. bnc #438678 -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348 msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "" #. a fallback busy message -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:394 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437 msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "" #. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:414 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457 msgid " * %1" msgstr "" #. Anything else -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:451 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. get the latest errors -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "" @@ -676,11 +698,6 @@ msgid "Installation is being initialized." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 -msgid "Initializing the installation..." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. help for the dialog - busy message #: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 @@ -693,13 +710,6 @@ msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. bug #302384 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 -msgid "Initializing" -msgstr "" - #. dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 msgid "Installation Options" @@ -878,12 +888,12 @@ msgstr "" #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "" #. error message is a popup -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:257 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -892,38 +902,38 @@ #. not using tabs #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:500 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:514 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:559 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:569 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567 msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" msgstr "" #. busy message -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:525 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "" #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:529 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1031 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "" #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:700 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:745 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." msgstr "" #. dialog headline -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:949 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "" @@ -932,25 +942,25 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:973 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:982 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "" #. menu button #. menu button #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:994 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1178 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "" #. menu button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1000 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1173 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." msgid "&Export Configuration" @@ -958,21 +968,21 @@ #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1071 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1075 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "" #. menu button item -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1172 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "" #. General part of the help text for all types of proposals -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206 msgid "" "\n" "Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" @@ -982,7 +992,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1219 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 msgid "" "\n" "Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1010,7 +1020,7 @@ #. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26 #. #. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1245 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1272 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n" @@ -1019,7 +1029,7 @@ #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1255 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253 msgid "" "\n" "Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1028,7 +1038,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1282 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1037,7 +1047,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1293 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1046,7 +1056,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1304 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1054,12 +1064,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1315 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -1068,7 +1078,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1332 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -1076,7 +1086,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1345 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343 msgid "" "Some proposals might be\n" "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n" @@ -1084,11 +1094,11 @@ msgstr "" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1371 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369 msgid "&Update" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1372 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370 msgid "&Install" msgstr "" @@ -1203,65 +1213,49 @@ msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 -msgid "Search for Linux partitions" -msgstr "" - +#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 -msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." -msgstr "" - -#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:136 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:137 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:140 -msgid "Evaluate update possibility" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:141 -msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:146 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:152 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "" #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:279 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1269,7 +1263,7 @@ msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1278,151 +1272,151 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:343 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:96 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 msgid "Removed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:100 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:199 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:667 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:726 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736 msgid "Previously Used Repositories" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, #. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:205 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 msgid "" "These repositories were found on the system\n" "you are upgrading:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225 msgid "Current Status" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:217 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227 msgid "Repository" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:219 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:235 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" "on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249 msgid "" "To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:243 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253 msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." msgstr "" #. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted #. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key #. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:265 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:272 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:278 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: textentry -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383 msgid "&Repository URL" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:637 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647 msgid "Network is not Configured" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649 msgid "" "Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n" "Configure it?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:670 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:727 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737 msgid "Adding and removing repositories..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:673 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:732 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742 msgid "Repositories are being added and removed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:692 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702 msgid "Remove unused repositories" msgstr "" -#. Removes selected repositories -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:696 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:813 +#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859 msgid "Removing unused repositories..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:703 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713 msgid "Add enabled repositories" msgstr "" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:867 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925 msgid "Adding enabled repositories..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:715 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725 msgid "Add disabled repositories" msgstr "" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:719 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1024 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082 msgid "Adding disabled repositories..." msgstr "" #. true - OK, continue -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:841 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899 msgid "Correct Media Requested" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901 msgid "" "Make sure that media with label %1\n" "is in the CD/DVD drive.\n" @@ -1432,7 +1426,7 @@ #. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them #. for the system upgrade -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:906 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964 msgid "" "Cannot add repository %1\n" "URL: %2\n" @@ -1442,7 +1436,7 @@ msgstr "" #. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:943 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001 msgid "" "Cannot add enabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1451,7 +1445,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:963 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021 msgid "" "An error occurred while refreshing repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1460,7 +1454,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:983 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041 msgid "" "An error occurred while enabling repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1468,7 +1462,7 @@ msgstr "" #. do not probe! adding as disabled! -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1064 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122 msgid "" "Cannot add disabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1537,52 +1531,47 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/random_finish.rb:62 -msgid "Enabling random number generator..." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145 msgid "Saving language..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150 msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169 msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174 msgid "Saving product information..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179 msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185 msgid "Saving security settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:192 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208 msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:70 +#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67 msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "" @@ -1616,7 +1605,7 @@ msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" #. call command -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -1810,6 +1799,49 @@ msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "" +#. Text to display +#. +#. @return String +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." +msgid "Enabling remote administration..." +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" + +#. checking whether images are supported +#. BNC #409927 +#. Checking files for signatures +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845 +msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" +msgstr "" + +#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193 +msgid "Deploying..." +msgstr "" + +#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types. +#. +#. @see #all_supported_types +#. @see #objects_state +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216 +msgid "Storing user preferences..." +msgstr "" + +#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348 +msgid "Restoring user preferences..." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446 +msgid "" +"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" +"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "Warning" #~ msgstr "ಎಚ್ಚರಿಕೆ" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/instserver.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/instserver.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/instserver.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/iplb.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/iplb.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/iplb.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -91,6 +91,26 @@ msgstr "" #. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "&Global Configuration" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" + #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 msgid "Check Interval" msgstr "" @@ -200,7 +220,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -440,7 +460,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -578,6 +598,12 @@ msgstr "" #. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +msgid "" +"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" +"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 msgid "Real Server's IP Address" msgstr "" @@ -590,6 +616,20 @@ msgid "weight" msgstr "" +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +msgid "IP address is not Valid" +msgstr "" + +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +msgid "Add a new real server:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +msgid "Edit the real server:" +msgstr "" + #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/iscsi-client.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/iscsi-client.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/iscsi-client.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -63,146 +63,152 @@ msgid "iSNS Port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:109 -msgid "Initiator Name" -msgstr "" +#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Directory Name" +msgid "&Initiator Name" +msgstr "ಡೈರೆಕ್ಟರೀ ಹೆಸರು" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:115 -msgid "Offloa&d Card" +#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well +#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware +#. shifting load from processor to card) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 +msgid "Offload Car&d" msgstr "" #. table of connected targets #. table of discovered targets #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:179 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Interface" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:180 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 msgid "Portal Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:181 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Target Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:215 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Add" msgstr "" #. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Log Out" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Discovery" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "Log In" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "" #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target #. authentication dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:234 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:268 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:271 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:273 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:279 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Username" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:240 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:274 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "" #. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "Startup" msgstr "" #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 msgid "Port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Key" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Value" msgstr "" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "Service" msgstr "" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:366 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "" #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:385 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "" #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:400 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" @@ -211,9 +217,9 @@ #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:435 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:474 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "" @@ -421,12 +427,12 @@ msgstr "" #. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:626 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "" #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:632 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "" @@ -434,36 +440,36 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:867 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 msgid "True" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 msgid "False" msgstr "" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:772 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:892 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 msgid "Continue" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:776 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:896 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:886 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "" @@ -543,12 +549,16 @@ msgstr "" #. interface type for hardware offloading -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:70 -msgid "(Software)" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 +msgid "default (Software)" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 +msgid "all" +msgstr "" + #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:672 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -557,6 +567,6 @@ msgstr "" #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/iscsi-lio-server.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/iscsi-lio-server.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/iscsi-lio-server.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/iscsi-server.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/iscsi-server.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/iscsi-server.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/isns.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/isns.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/isns.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -279,81 +279,81 @@ msgstr "" #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:106 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:109 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "" #. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:486 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569 msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:502 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:504 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:506 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:510 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:512 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:514 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:516 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:594 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:568 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651 msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:584 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:586 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:590 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:592 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "" #. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf) -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:606 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/kdump.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/kdump.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/kdump.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -359,8 +359,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. Popup::Message(crash_value); #. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:558 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:577 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "" @@ -488,15 +488,6 @@ msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "" -#. checking if packages are available -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:101 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:103 -msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:113 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:115 -msgid "Package for kdump is not available." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" @@ -1079,126 +1070,126 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:483 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:593 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:602 src/modules/Kdump.rb:610 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:604 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:606 src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 msgid "Reading available memory..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:634 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:641 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:696 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:698 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:706 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:725 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:844 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841 msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:961 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/kerberos-server.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/kerberos-server.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/kerberos-server.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/kerberos.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/kerberos.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/kerberos.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/languages_db.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/languages_db.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/languages_db.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/ldap-client.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/ldap-client.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/ldap-client.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/ldap-server.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/ldap-server.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/ldap-server.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/ldap.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/ldap.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/ldap.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -230,46 +230,46 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." msgstr "" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" msgstr "" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" msgstr "" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ #. entry of the current template. #. ") + #. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" @@ -291,12 +291,12 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/live-installer.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/live-installer.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/live-installer.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/lxc.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/lxc.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/lxc.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/mail.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/mail.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/mail.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/multipath.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/multipath.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/multipath.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/ncurses-pkg.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/ncurses-pkg.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/ncurses-pkg.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/ncurses.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/ncurses.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/ncurses.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-16 22:46+0530\n" "Last-Translator: gundachandru <gundachandru(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/network.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/network.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/network.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 11:54+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -83,84 +83,50 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:67 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63 msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..." msgstr "" -#. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC -#. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:104 -msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:110 -msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:114 -msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119 -msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:123 -msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:128 -msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:132 -msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" - #. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:218 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:133 msgid "Firewall and SSH" msgstr "" #. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:220 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:135 msgid "&Firewall and SSH" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:231 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:146 msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:237 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152 msgid "Open &VNC Ports" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:160 msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:256 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:171 msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:264 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179 msgid "Open SSH Port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:272 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187 msgid "Enable SSH Service" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" @@ -168,13 +134,13 @@ "SSH client" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:290 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" "Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:293 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 msgid "" "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" "service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" @@ -182,13 +148,48 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215 msgid "" "You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" "started by the installer automatically if needed." msgstr "" +#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog +#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292 +msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296 +msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301 +msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305 +msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317 +msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319 +msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324 +msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328 +msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" + #. Commandline help title #. configuration of hosts #. Hosts dialog caption @@ -450,9 +451,18 @@ msgid "Interfaces for Bridging" msgstr "" -#. Lan::PrepareForAutoinst(); -#. Lan::Autoinstall(); -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:173 +#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML +#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML +#. has higher priority +#. +#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with +#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than +#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses". +#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means +#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml". +#. Other elements may have similar problems, +#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance. +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171 msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "" @@ -532,7 +542,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:476 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -630,7 +640,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:414 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:416 msgid "Options" msgstr "" @@ -699,13 +709,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "Change." msgstr "" @@ -1064,14 +1074,14 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:353 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "" @@ -1084,7 +1094,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1312 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "" @@ -1267,35 +1277,35 @@ #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1289 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "&Address" msgstr "" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1298 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1305 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1319 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1309,11 +1319,11 @@ msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "" -#. allow to add bonding device into bridge and also device with mask /32(bnc#405343) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:131 +#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" -"Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" +"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" msgstr "" #. Network card name (wireless) @@ -1524,7 +1534,7 @@ msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 +#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** #. #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -1612,7 +1622,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1622,13 +1632,12 @@ msgstr "" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:458 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#. radio button group label, method of setup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:494 src/include/network/widgets.rb:352 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "" @@ -1637,7 +1646,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:524 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:523 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "" @@ -1664,7 +1673,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:81 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1672,20 +1681,20 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:90 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1693,7 +1702,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1701,19 +1710,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" "format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" "configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1721,92 +1730,92 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:148 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." msgstr "" #. Manual dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:269 msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:282 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:291 msgid "&USB" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:298 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:300 msgid "&Hotplug Type" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:303 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:305 msgid "P&CI" msgstr "" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:315 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:317 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:325 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:327 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "" #. TODO: Ud ... Rules -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:380 -msgid "Udev rules" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385 msgid "Change" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 -msgid "Show visible port identification" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:396 +msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:401 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:406 msgid "Blink" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:409 -msgid "Ethtool options" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:411 +msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:491 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -1814,26 +1823,26 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:564 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:504 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:559 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:512 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 msgid "&Search" msgstr "" #. Remember current device number (#308763) #. see also bnc#391802 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:833 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:824 msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:877 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:868 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -1841,138 +1850,138 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:897 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:990 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1057 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1094 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:907 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:898 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:912 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:903 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:926 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:917 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:933 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:940 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:931 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1015 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1084 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:971 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1008 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1007 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1032 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1033 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1049 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1040 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1051 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1095 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1086 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1112 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1123 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1114 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" msgstr "" #. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1250 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -1980,7 +1989,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1272 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1260 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "" @@ -2023,28 +2032,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 msgid "" -"Use the Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt>\n" -"if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n" +"Use wicked if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:64 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" "edit their configuration. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:69 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Network Card:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:72 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 msgid "" "<big>Configuring or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a network card to change or remove.\n" @@ -2052,7 +2060,7 @@ msgstr "" #. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:79 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big>\n" "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" @@ -2062,12 +2070,12 @@ "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:87 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 msgid "All changes will be applied after reboot." msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "" "The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" "The Default Gateway matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" @@ -2076,7 +2084,7 @@ "to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:97 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" @@ -2084,13 +2092,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 msgid "" "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 msgid "" "Enable IPv6 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" @@ -2098,14 +2106,14 @@ "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 msgid "" "Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" "also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" @@ -2114,7 +2122,7 @@ "different hostnames. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" "the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" @@ -2123,14 +2131,14 @@ "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 msgid "" "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" msgstr "" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:136 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 msgid "" "A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an IP address\n" @@ -2138,7 +2146,7 @@ msgstr "" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:142 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" @@ -2146,7 +2154,7 @@ "(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:148 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" "Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" "(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" @@ -2154,7 +2162,7 @@ "command." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" "search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" @@ -2164,7 +2172,7 @@ "configurations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "By choosing Only Manually, netconfig will no longer be\n" "allowed to modify /etc/resolv.conf. You can however edit the file\n" @@ -2178,26 +2186,26 @@ #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" "Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:180 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 msgid "" "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 msgid "" "Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select DHCP\n" "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" @@ -2205,7 +2213,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" "Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" @@ -2213,7 +2221,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 msgid "" "Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" @@ -2221,7 +2229,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 msgid "" "For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" "the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" @@ -2229,19 +2237,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 msgid "" "Contact your network administrator for more information about\n" "the network configuration." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" "DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:218 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Zone</big>\n" "Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" @@ -2252,11 +2260,11 @@ "the firewall will be disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:227 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 msgid "" "<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>\n" "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" @@ -2266,19 +2274,19 @@ "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" "Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:243 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 msgid "<big>DHCP Client Options</big>" msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:245 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" "the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" @@ -2288,7 +2296,7 @@ msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" "hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" @@ -2301,21 +2309,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264 msgid "" "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" "Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.\n" msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 msgid "" "Enter an IPv4 Address Label, an IP Address, and\n" "the Netmask." msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 msgid "" "IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" @@ -2323,14 +2331,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:279 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." msgstr "" #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:285 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 msgid "" "Choose between three Key Input Types for your key.\n" " Passphrase: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n" @@ -2347,14 +2355,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 msgid "" "Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking." msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 msgid "" "The Operating Mode depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be Ad-Hoc (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -2364,7 +2372,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311 msgid "" "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" @@ -2376,7 +2384,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 msgid "" "In some networks, you need to set an Authentication Mode.\n" "It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. WEP\n" @@ -2397,7 +2405,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340 msgid "" "To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -2407,7 +2415,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 msgid "" "To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -2418,14 +2426,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 msgid "" "To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.\n" msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:362 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361 msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" @@ -2969,23 +2977,23 @@ msgstr "" #. Ramote Administration dialog caption -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" @@ -2996,17 +3004,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3017,112 +3025,111 @@ #. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that #. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not #. plugged in. Preferably a short string. -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:254 msgid "unplugged" msgstr "" #. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:259 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:260 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:287 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293 msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:295 msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297 msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301 msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305 msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309 msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317 msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:330 msgid "Configure mail now?" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:335 msgid "Run configuration of %1?" msgstr "" +#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service +#. +#. see bnc#433084 +#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup +#. +#. returns true if items were disabled +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008 +msgid "" +"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" +"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." +msgstr "" + #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:682 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:686 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1071 msgid "Modems" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:690 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1075 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1079 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:700 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1084 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "" -#. Check if we're running in "normal" stage with NM -#. see bnc#433084 -#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1100 -msgid "" -"Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" -"cannot be edited by YaST.\n" -"\n" -"To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n" -"switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n" -msgstr "" - #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93 @@ -3369,7 +3376,7 @@ #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:417 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3563,76 +3570,81 @@ msgid "Set &MTU" msgstr "" +#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300 +msgid "NetworkManager Service" +msgstr "" + +#. ifup is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308 +msgid "Traditional ifup" +msgstr "" + +#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316 +msgid "Wicked Service" +msgstr "" + +#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324 +msgid "Network Services Disabled" +msgstr "" + #. Store the NetworkManager widget #. @param [String] key id of the widget #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:336 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355 msgid "Applet needed" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356 msgid "" "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" "(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" "Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually." msgstr "" -#. radio button label -#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager -#. program -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 -msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" -msgstr "" - -#. radio button label -#. ifup is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:365 -msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" -msgstr "" - -#. radio button label -#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371 -msgid "Controlled by &wicked" +msgid "General Network Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:410 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:825 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:428 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:445 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:448 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" msgstr "" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:503 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "" @@ -3648,71 +3660,69 @@ msgstr "" #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97 -msgid "Device name:" -msgstr "" +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Directory Name" +msgid "Device Name:" +msgstr "ಡೈರೆಕ್ಟರೀ ಹೆಸರು" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103 -msgid "Base udev rule on" +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101 +msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "" #. make sure there is enough space (#367239) -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:110 msgid "MAC address: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:116 msgid "BusID: %s" msgstr "" -#. Checks if given name can be accepted as nic's new one. -#. -#. Pops up an explanation if the name is invalid -#. -#. @return [boolean] false if name is invalid -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:154 +#. check if the name is assigned to another device already +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:153 msgid "Configuration name already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:158 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:157 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mouse configuration." msgid "Invalid configuration name." msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ." #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:371 msgid "Write hostname" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:400 src/modules/Lan.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:535 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mouse configuration" msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:402 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:375 msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:406 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" msgstr "" #. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) #. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:415 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:388 msgid "Writing hostname..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:429 src/modules/Lan.rb:640 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:405 src/modules/Lan.rb:630 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." msgid "Updating configuration..." @@ -3721,31 +3731,31 @@ #. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) #. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:440 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:416 msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..." msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:533 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:563 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:539 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:571 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:547 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:593 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:569 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:603 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:579 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "" @@ -3764,389 +3774,408 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:302 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:318 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "" #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" "Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:345 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:373 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:382 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:397 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:403 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:409 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "" #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:415 src/modules/Lan.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 src/modules/Remote.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:289 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:573 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:579 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8 -#. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:608 src/modules/Remote.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:303 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647 msgid "No network running" msgstr "" +#. Import data +#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgstr "" + #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:811 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:817 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:819 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:823 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:181 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195 msgid "connected" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:196 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1190 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1194 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1251 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1255 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1259 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1202 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1206 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1267 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1210 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1215 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1292 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1295 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "" #. FIXME: #. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1326 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1322 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1383 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1398 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1336 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1362 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "unknown" msgstr "" +#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before +#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:239 +msgid "" +"Package %{package} is not installed\n" +"firewall settings will be disabled." +msgstr "" + #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:291 msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:299 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:308 msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "" +#. Enable xinetd +#. Enable XDM +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:327 src/modules/Remote.rb:335 +msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "" + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:359 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "" -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:415 +#. description in proposal +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "" -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "" @@ -4194,17 +4223,17 @@ msgstr "" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:82 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:121 msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" msgstr "" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:123 msgid "Firewall Disabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:96 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135 msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/nfs.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/nfs.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/nfs.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/nfs_server.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/nfs_server.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/nfs_server.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -71,27 +71,27 @@ msgstr "" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 msgid "NFS server is enabled" msgstr "" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 msgid "NFS server is disabled" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "" #. error #. error -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 msgid "No mount point specified." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 msgid "" "The exports table already\n" "contains this directory." @@ -100,11 +100,11 @@ #. CLI action handler. #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." msgstr "" @@ -155,63 +155,55 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 msgid "&Directory to Export" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 msgid "The exports table already contains this directory." msgstr "" -#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113 -msgid "" -"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" -"with spaces in their names.\n" -"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." -msgstr "" - #. the dir does not exist -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "" #. title in the file selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 msgid "Select the Directory to Export" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "" #. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue #. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). #. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 msgid "" "'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n" "NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n" msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "Options for this wild card\n" "are already set." @@ -219,25 +211,25 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." msgstr "" #. Help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 msgid "" "Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" "and export some of your directories to others." msgstr "" #. Help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 msgid "" "If you choose Start NFS Server, clicking Next opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export." msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" "and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" @@ -245,51 +237,51 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" "Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 msgid "&Start" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 msgid "Do &Not Start" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 msgid "Enable NFS&v4" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 msgid "NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. Help, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 msgid "" "The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" "If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n" @@ -297,82 +289,77 @@ msgstr "" #. Help, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" "Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.\n" msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536 +#. Help, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544 -msgid "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." -msgstr "" - #. Help, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.\n" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 msgid "Add &Directory" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 msgid "Host Wild Card" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 msgid "Options" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 msgid "Add &Host" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 msgid "Directories to Export" msgstr "" #. not fatal - write other dirs. -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:182 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 msgid "" "Unable to create a missing directory:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:194 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -380,83 +367,71 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:216 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:221 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 msgid "Save /etc/exports" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:223 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 msgid "Restart services" msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:227 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 msgid "Saving /etc/exports..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 msgid "Restarting services..." msgstr "" #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:231 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." msgstr "" #. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:253 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:302 -msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:308 -msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:315 -msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." -msgstr "" - #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:326 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:335 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:343 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:361 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 msgid "" "Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" msgstr "" #. summary header; directories exported by NFS -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:384 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 msgid "NFS Exports" msgstr "" #. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:402 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/nis.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/nis.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/nis.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/nis_server.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/nis_server.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/nis_server.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ #. To translators: checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:100 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 msgid "This host is also a NIS &client" msgstr "" @@ -368,22 +368,27 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:64 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:71 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:84 -msgid "N&IS domain name:" +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 +msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" msgstr "" +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 +msgid "NIS &Master Server:" +msgstr "" + #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:111 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 msgid "Slave Server Setup" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/ntp-client.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/ntp-client.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/ntp-client.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -45,21 +45,20 @@ msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:239 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:249 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:258 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "" -#. try to line up the widgets horizontally #. push button label #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 msgid "S&ynchronize now" @@ -72,21 +71,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:388 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." msgstr "" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:399 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "" +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 +msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." +msgstr "" + #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:481 -msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 +msgid "" +"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" +"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" +"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgstr "" #. local clock type name @@ -588,10 +595,13 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" +" You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:42 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -599,7 +609,7 @@ "is more secure and strongly recommended." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" "By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" @@ -608,7 +618,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -618,7 +628,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" @@ -628,14 +638,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:71 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<big>Display Log</big>\n" "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" msgstr "" #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" @@ -643,14 +653,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Clock Type</big> \n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure." msgstr "" #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<big>Unit Number</big> \n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -658,7 +668,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" @@ -670,14 +680,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the Address entry.\n" @@ -686,7 +696,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -695,7 +705,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -703,7 +713,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -711,7 +721,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the Address\n" @@ -719,7 +729,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -728,7 +738,7 @@ #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:145 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" @@ -736,7 +746,7 @@ "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" @@ -748,49 +758,49 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:161 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 msgid "" "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here." msgstr "" #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." msgstr "" #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." msgstr "" #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." msgstr "" #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "Outgoing Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Server Location</big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -798,7 +808,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</big> \n" @@ -808,7 +818,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:199 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" "Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" @@ -816,7 +826,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:205 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<big>Note</big> \n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -829,7 +839,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." @@ -837,7 +847,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" @@ -847,7 +857,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:235 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" @@ -856,7 +866,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:242 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" "ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" @@ -1189,117 +1199,120 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step -#. error report +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:594 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:906 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:747 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:751 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841 msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:876 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:970 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:976 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:982 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:986 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:990 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:994 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "" #. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "" #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "" #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "" #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/oneclickinstall.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/oneclickinstall.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/oneclickinstall.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/online-update-configuration.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/online-update-configuration.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/online-update-configuration.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/online-update.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/online-update.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/online-update.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -107,13 +107,18 @@ msgid "Initializing Online Update" msgstr "" -#. yes/no message -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:204 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 msgid "" "No update repository\n" "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" msgstr "" +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 +msgid "No update repository configured yet." +msgstr "" + #. progress window label #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 msgid "Progress Log" Added: trunk/yast/kn/po/opensuse_mirror.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/opensuse_mirror.kn.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/opensuse_mirror.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +# Kannada message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2010 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: kn\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Directory Name" +msgid "Directory" +msgstr "ಡೈರೆಕ್ಟರೀ ಹೆಸರು" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 +msgid "&Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145 +msgid "&Do not Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 +msgid "Select/Deselect &All" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/packager.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/packager.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/packager.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -138,6 +138,15 @@ msgid "&Text Mode" msgstr "" +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706 +msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." +msgstr "" + #. dialog heading #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 msgid "Copy Installation Media" @@ -455,7 +464,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:668 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" @@ -522,7 +531,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "" @@ -741,7 +750,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1200 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "" @@ -749,7 +758,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "" @@ -1075,7 +1084,7 @@ msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:694 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "" @@ -1296,7 +1305,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1195 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1328,71 +1337,71 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:502 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:604 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:582 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:773 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:639 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1235 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1399 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "" #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1286 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1357 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "" #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1737 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1743 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" @@ -1437,7 +1446,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:35 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "" @@ -1445,13 +1454,13 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 msgid ">%1" msgstr "" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:255 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:270 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 msgid "Done." msgstr "" @@ -1459,21 +1468,21 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:295 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" msgstr "" #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:312 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 msgid "Next: %1" msgstr "" #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924 msgid "Total" msgstr "" @@ -1482,144 +1491,185 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1168 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1421 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081 msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr "" #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114 msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "" #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117 msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr "" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1456 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:341 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:358 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:372 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:383 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387 msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:492 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:537 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "" #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "" +#. newly installed products +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696 +msgid "New product %s will be installed" +msgstr "" + +#. product update: %s is a product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706 +msgid "Product %s will be updated" +msgstr "" + +#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708 +msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715 +msgid "Product %s will stay installed" +msgstr "" + +#. Removing another product might be an issue +#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725 +msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726 +msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752 +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" +"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" +"</li></ul></li></ul>" +msgstr "" + #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1216 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 msgid "" "The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1627,50 +1677,50 @@ msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1516 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "" #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1571 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "" #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1803 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1805 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1915 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." msgstr "" #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2176 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2194 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "" #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2469 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1679,72 +1729,74 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param string filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:191 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:198 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:192 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:334 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 msgid "&Language" msgstr "" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 -msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +#. check box label +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:399 -msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" +#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385 +msgid "" +"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" +"%{license_url}" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:439 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %1" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:455 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" "the configuration will be aborted.\n" msgstr "" +#. dialog title #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:467 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1120 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1137 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "" @@ -1823,165 +1875,170 @@ #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34 +msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "" #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719 msgid "&SMB/CIFS" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 msgid "&NFS..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60 msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:106 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:111 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:148 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156 msgid "(default)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:195 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:199 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:880 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "" @@ -1990,53 +2047,53 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:432 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:444 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:459 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" "Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" "Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:516 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537 msgid "&URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:543 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551 msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." @@ -2046,23 +2103,23 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:716 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1843 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:723 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1850 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:735 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743 msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" "to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:742 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2071,42 +2128,42 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:799 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:804 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:918 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:948 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:972 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2114,17 +2171,17 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:993 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1259 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024 msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" "Use Path to Directory to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2134,20 +2191,20 @@ msgstr "" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1252 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1257 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 msgid "&File System" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1258 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1325 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1263 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271 msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2160,7 +2217,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1273 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1340 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2168,11 +2225,11 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2184,12 +2241,12 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2197,71 +2254,71 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1561 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569 msgid "&Port" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574 msgid "&Share" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1582 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1619 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1694 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1697 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1874 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2276,7 +2333,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1887 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" @@ -2285,12 +2342,12 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1949 -msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957 +msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2067 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2298,7 +2355,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2306,7 +2363,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2086 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095 msgid "" "\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2316,7 +2373,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2098 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107 msgid "" "\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2325,25 +2382,25 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2113 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "" #. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2332 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2353,11 +2410,15 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2551 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "" +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587 +msgid "Add On Product" +msgstr "" + #. SourceManager read dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 msgid "Initializing Available Repositories" @@ -2449,7 +2510,9 @@ msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:680 +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "" @@ -2519,12 +2582,12 @@ msgstr "" #. progress information, %1 stands for number of services -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:618 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 msgid "" "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -2532,7 +2595,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:627 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/pam.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/pam.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/pam.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-16 22:32+0530\n" "Last-Translator: gundachandru <gundachandru(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/pkg-bindings.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/pkg-bindings.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/pkg-bindings.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ #. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) #: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 -#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:187 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 msgid "Loading the Package Manager..." msgstr "" @@ -177,6 +177,6 @@ msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "" -#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:183 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 msgid "Read Installed Packages" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/printer.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/printer.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/printer.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/product-creator.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/product-creator.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/product-creator.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/proxy.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/proxy.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/proxy.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/qt-pkg.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/qt-pkg.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/qt-pkg.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -39,47 +39,47 @@ msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:418 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419 msgid "S&earch" msgstr "" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:425 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:434 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435 msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:519 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520 msgid "D&escription" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:532 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:545 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:561 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:579 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580 msgid "File List" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:596 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597 msgid "Change Log" msgstr "" #. "Cancel" button #. button #0 #. text -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:623 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 @@ -89,175 +89,175 @@ msgstr "ರದ್ದು ಮಾಡು(&C)" #. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:633 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:676 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677 msgid "&File" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:678 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:683 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697 msgid "&Package" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:736 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 #: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 msgid "All Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:738 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:741 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 #: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:755 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756 msgid "&Patch" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:782 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785 msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:794 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:796 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798 msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "" #. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:810 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811 msgid "&Options" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:813 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814 msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823 msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:830 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831 msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:835 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836 msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:841 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:845 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846 msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:858 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859 msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:860 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 msgid "Show &Products" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863 msgid "Show &History" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:870 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871 msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:874 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875 msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:877 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878 msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:882 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:902 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903 msgid "&Help" msgstr "" #. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out #. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc #. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:908 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "" #. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912 msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "" #. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:914 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915 msgid "&Keys" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1100 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1116 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117 msgid "P&atches" msgstr "" #. startsWith #. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1178 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179 msgid "Save Package List" msgstr "" @@ -265,56 +265,56 @@ #. parent #. Post error popup. #. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1217 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1311 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 #: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 msgid "Error" msgstr "" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219 msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1230 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231 msgid "Load Package List" msgstr "" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313 msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr "" #. caption #. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1414 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "&Continue" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1454 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1473 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr "" #. "OK" button #. addHStretch( hbox ); #. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1698 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 #: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 #: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/qt.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/qt.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/qt.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -58,14 +58,14 @@ msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "" -#: src/YQApplication.cc:640 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:643 msgid "" "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" msgstr "" #. Popup dialog caption -#: src/YQApplication.cc:653 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:656 msgid "Unexpected Click" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/rdp.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/rdp.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/rdp.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/rear.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/rear.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/rear.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/registration.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/registration.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/registration.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -16,45 +16,84 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" #. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:34 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35 msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:36 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37 msgid "" -"Select a server from the list or press Cancel\n" -"to use the default SUSE registration server." +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:64 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65 msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "" +#. %s is the default SCC URL +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100 +msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" +msgstr "" + #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48 msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "" #. reset the user input in case an exception is raised -#. register the system -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:134 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:164 +#. nil = use the default URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:144 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:549 +#. register the base product +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "" -#. TODO FIXME: still not the final text +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236 +msgid "Updating to %s ..." +msgstr "" + +#. display the registration update dialog +#. dialog title +#. dialog title +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Registration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 +msgid "Registration is being updated..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262 +msgid "The previous registration is being updated." +msgstr "" + +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275 +msgid "" +"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" +"You can manually register the system from scratch." +msgstr "" + #. label text describing the registration (1/2) #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:177 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289 msgid "" "Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/EMail from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" @@ -62,47 +101,51 @@ #. label text describing the registration (2/2), #. not displayed in installed system #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 -msgid "If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system." +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 +msgid "" +"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +"installation has completed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:196 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309 msgid "Network Configuration..." msgstr "" -#. make sure to revert the change if something goes wrong -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:205 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:633 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:212 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:373 -msgid "&Email" -msgstr "" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "MAC Address" +msgid "&E-mail Address" +msgstr "MAC ವಿಳಾಸ" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:214 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:239 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:375 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96 msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:218 -msgid "&Skip Registration" +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332 +msgid "&Local Registration Server..." msgstr "" -#. TODO: improve the help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:226 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and add-on products." +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335 +msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "" -#. dialog title -#. dialog title -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:234 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:646 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:371 -msgid "Registration" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" #. not set yet? -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377 msgid "" "Registration added some update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -110,55 +153,25 @@ "on-line updates during installation?" msgstr "" -#. use two column layout if needed -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:312 -msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:317 -msgid "Details" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:320 -msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" -msgstr "" - -#. popup message, %s are product names -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Automatically selecting '%s'\n" -"dependencies:\n" -"\n" -"%s" -msgstr "" - -#. check the addons requiring a reg. code -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:358 -msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s addons." -msgstr "" - -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:411 -msgid "Extension Selection" -msgstr "" - #. cache the available addons -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:485 -msgid "Loading Available Add-on Products and Extensions..." +#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 +msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "" -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:595 -msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462 +msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:610 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -170,325 +183,621 @@ msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:636 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494 msgid "Register Again" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507 +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" + #. error message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:672 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/scc.rb:42 -msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538 +msgid "" +"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" +"Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:165 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:174 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:194 -msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541 +msgid "" +"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -#. register the base product -#. register addons -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:173 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:193 -msgid "Registering Product..." -msgid_plural "Registering Products..." -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/scc.rb:44 +msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:213 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208 msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "" -#. --------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:238 -msgid "Add-on &Name" +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243 +msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:267 -msgid "Really delete add-on '%s'?" +#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically +#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice +#. but better than aborting the installation... +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259 +msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 -msgid "Name" +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263 +msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 -msgid "Registration Code" +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "" -#. TODO FIXME: add a help text -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:312 -msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 +msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:349 -msgid "Product Registration" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 +msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:351 -msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" -"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 +msgid "Registration Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:356 -msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" -"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 +msgid "E-mail Address: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:364 -msgid "Register the Product" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 +msgid "Registration Code is Configured" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:379 -msgid "Install Available Patches from Update Repositories" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Install Available Updates" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:387 -msgid "Server Settings" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 +msgid "Registration Server" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:391 -msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Server URL: %s" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:396 -msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Use SLP discovery" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:403 -msgid "Optional Server Certificate" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 +msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:421 -msgid "Register Add-ons..." +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" msgstr "" -#. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:478 -msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 +msgid "Extensions and Modules" msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:65 -msgid "" -"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" -"Do you want to configure the network now?" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 +msgid "Secure Connection Error" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 -msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 +msgid "Details:" msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76 -msgid "Connection time out." +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 +msgid "Failed Certificate Details" msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83 -msgid "" -"The email address is not known or\n" -"the registration code is not valid." +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Issued To" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 -msgid "Registration client error." +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61 +msgid "Common Name (CN): " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:87 -msgid "" -"Registration server error.\n" -"Retry registration later." +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63 +msgid "Organization (O): " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:89 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 -msgid "Registration failed." +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65 +msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " msgstr "" -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 -msgid "Secure connection error: %s" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +msgid "Issued By" msgstr "" -#. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:142 -msgid "Details: %s" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 +msgid "Validity" msgstr "" -#. label follwed by a certificate description -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:147 -msgid "Certificate:" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 +msgid "Issued On: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:151 -msgid "Issued To" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:154 -msgid "Issued By" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Expires On: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:157 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 +msgid "Serial Number: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:159 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38 msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:176 -msgid "Common Name (CN): " +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 +msgid "" +"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" +"Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178 -msgid "Organization (O): " +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77 +msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:180 -msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82 +msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90 +msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96 +msgid "" +"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" +"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" +"might take very long time.\n" +"\n" +"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n" +"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n" +"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n" +"the upgrade again." +msgstr "" + +#. add the hint to the error details +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 +msgid "Registration failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115 +msgid "Registration client error." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117 +msgid "" +"Registration server error.\n" +"Retry registration later." +msgstr "" + +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 +msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." +msgstr "" + +#. %s are error details +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184 +msgid "Details: %s" +msgstr "" + #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:194 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" -#. return the boot command line parameter -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -msgid "Searching..." +#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use +#. the original error message from openSSL +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228 +msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." +msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" + +#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze +#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM! +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8 +msgid "SSL Certificate" msgstr "" +#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10 +msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System" +msgstr "" + +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Certificate:" +msgstr "" + #. create UI label for a base product #. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "" #. # error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:176 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:182 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:194 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "" -#. go back if any EULA has not been accepted, let the user deselect the -#. not accepted extension -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:65 +#. ask user to accept an addon EULA +#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon +#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "" #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85 msgid "" "Downloading the license for\n" "%s\n" "failed." msgstr "" +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "%s License Agreement" +msgstr "" + #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:93 -msgid "Extension and Module License Agreement" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37 +msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "" -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:95 -msgid "%s License Agreement" +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "" +"Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" +#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 +msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." +msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." +msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39 +msgid "Extension and Module Selection" +msgstr "" + +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" + +#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131 +msgid "%s (not available)" +msgstr "" + +#. check the addons requiring a reg. code +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212 +msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 +msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Permissions" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "ಅನುಮತಿಗಳು" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "Release Type" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Registration Code" +msgstr "" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Download Available Extensions..." +msgstr "" + +#. disable download on a non-registered system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete this item?" +msgid "Really delete '%s'?" +msgstr "ಈ ಅಂಶವನ್ನು ನಿಜವಾಗಿಯೂ ಅಳಿಸಬೇಕೆ?" + +#. replace the content +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161 +msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Permissions" +msgid "&Version" +msgstr "ಅನುಮತಿಗಳು" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "&Architecture" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "&Release Type" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Register the Product" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 +msgid "Server Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 +msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123 +msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130 +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139 +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "none" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173 +msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." +msgstr "" + #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:26 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 +msgid "Certificate has expired" +msgstr "" + +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:28 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:124 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:133 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" + +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "" + +#. input field label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" +msgstr "" + +#. return the boot command line parameter +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/reipl.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/reipl.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/reipl.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:68 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:91 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ "and LUN '%3'.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:105 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" @@ -238,30 +238,30 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329 msgid "Configured reipl methods" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336 msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338 msgid "The method ccw is configured." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341 msgid "The method ccw is not supported." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:362 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 msgid "The method fcp is configured." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 msgid "The method fcp is not supported." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/relocation-server.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/relocation-server.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/relocation-server.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/s390.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/s390.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/s390.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/samba-client.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/samba-client.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/samba-client.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -188,6 +188,15 @@ msgid "M&aximum" msgstr "" +#. require_groups +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 +msgid "Allowed Group(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 +msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" +msgstr "" + #. combobox label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 msgid "&Kerberos Method" @@ -760,7 +769,10 @@ msgstr "" #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress finished +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" @@ -830,12 +842,14 @@ msgstr "" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106 msgid "No" msgstr "" @@ -858,6 +872,151 @@ "Try again." msgstr "" +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 +msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632 +msgid "Read the global Samba settings" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634 +msgid "Read the winbind status" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638 +msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640 +msgid "Reading the winbind status..." +msgstr "" + +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." +msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748 +msgid "Disable Samba services" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750 +msgid "Enable Samba services" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757 +msgid "Disabling Samba services..." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759 +msgid "Enabling Samba services..." +msgstr "" + +#. write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" + +#. write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." +msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" + +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879 +msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838 +msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843 +msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870 +msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." +msgstr "" + +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" + +#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060 +msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067 +msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. summary item: authentication using winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101 +msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" +msgstr "" + #: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/samba-server.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/samba-server.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/samba-server.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/samba-users.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/samba-users.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/samba-users.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/scanner.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/scanner.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/scanner.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/security.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/security.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/security.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/services-manager.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/services-manager.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/services-manager.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -16,12 +16,200 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33 +msgid "Saving default systemd target..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" +msgstr "" + #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +msgid "&Default systemd target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +msgid "Default systemd target" +msgstr "" + +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +msgid "Available Targets" +msgstr "" + +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219 +msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231 +msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234 +msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237 +msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241 +msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248 +msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251 +msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254 +msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." +msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." +msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" + +#. Fills the dialog contents +#. Fills the dialog contents +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91 +msgid "Default System &Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service Types" +msgid "Service" +msgstr "ಸೇವೆ(ಸರ್ವಿಸ್) ಬಗೆಗಳು" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "" + +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 +msgid "&Start/Stop" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109 +msgid "&Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 +msgid "Show &Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service Types" +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "ಸೇವೆ(ಸರ್ವಿಸ್) ಬಗೆಗಳು" + +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126 +msgid "Reading services status..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Inactive" +msgstr "" + +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Active (will start)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Inactive (will stop)" +msgstr "" + +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190 +msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" +msgstr "" + +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" msgstr "" @@ -61,3 +249,65 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "" + +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 +msgid "Default Target" +msgstr "" + +#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. +#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 +msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration." +msgid "Not configured yet." +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ." + +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state +#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " +msgstr "" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +msgid "Graphical mode" +msgstr "" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24 +msgid "Text mode" +msgstr "" + +#. Systemd targets +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +msgid "Graphical Interface" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +msgid "Emergency Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +msgid "Switch Root" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +msgid "Initrd Default Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31 +msgid "Multi-User System" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32 +msgid "Rescue Mode" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/slp-server.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/slp-server.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/slp-server.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/snapper.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/snapper.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/snapper.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -22,14 +22,14 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User" msgid "User data" @@ -37,255 +37,255 @@ #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Pre (%1)" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Post (%1)" msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Single snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:265 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Probe" msgid "Pre" msgstr "ಪರೀಕ್ಷಿಸು" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete this item?" msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" msgstr "ಈ ಅಂಶವನ್ನು ನಿಜವಾಗಿಯೂ ಅಳಿಸಬೇಕೆ?" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:392 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 msgid "Single" msgstr "" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mouse configuration" msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Type" msgstr "ಬಗೆ" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "End Date" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User" msgid "User Data" msgstr "ಬಳಕೆದಾರ" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Modify" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:590 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:636 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:764 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File name" msgid "File was removed." msgstr "ಕಡತದ ಹೆಸರು" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:775 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:791 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:822 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:859 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "Restore" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:931 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:989 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1041 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1046 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1054 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "&Open" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1122 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1216 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1234 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -306,17 +306,17 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 msgid "No file was selected for restoring" msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1277 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/sound.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/sound.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/sound.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/squid.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/squid.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/squid.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/sshd.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/sshd.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/sshd.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/storage.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/storage.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/storage.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" @@ -93,13 +93,13 @@ #. this is the resize case #. #. this is the normal case -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" msgstr "" #. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ #. help text continued #. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 msgid "" "\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:182 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 msgid "" "\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -131,15 +131,21 @@ #. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off #. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:230 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:314 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -755,7 +761,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6209 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "" @@ -773,7 +779,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -783,7 +789,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:266 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -793,7 +799,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:279 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -803,7 +809,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:293 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -813,7 +819,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -826,7 +832,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:328 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -836,7 +842,7 @@ msgstr "" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" @@ -847,7 +853,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:365 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -859,7 +865,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:385 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -871,7 +877,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:403 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -880,7 +886,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:422 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -891,22 +897,8 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 msgid "" -"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" -"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" -"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" -"This does not work.\n" -"\n" -"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" -"partition for your files below /boot.\n" -"\n" -"Really use this setup?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:464 -msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" "FAT partition mounted on %1.\n" @@ -920,7 +912,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -935,12 +927,12 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:517 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" @@ -953,7 +945,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -962,7 +954,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -971,7 +963,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" @@ -979,7 +971,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:553 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -987,53 +979,53 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:608 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:619 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:629 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:662 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:685 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1042,7 +1034,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:815 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1052,7 +1044,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1062,7 +1054,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:837 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1077,13 +1069,13 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:672 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6336 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:675 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "" @@ -1110,7 +1102,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:700 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "" @@ -1121,7 +1113,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:684 src/modules/Storage.rb:3995 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "" @@ -1141,7 +1133,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1150,7 +1142,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3959 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1464,7 +1456,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6190 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" @@ -1475,21 +1467,21 @@ msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1725 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1734 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1765 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -1521,7 +1513,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" @@ -1534,7 +1526,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" @@ -1547,7 +1539,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" @@ -1569,7 +1561,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:653 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -1743,12 +1735,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:947 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:974 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -1756,31 +1748,31 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:963 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:988 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:979 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1025 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1038 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "" @@ -1790,54 +1782,59 @@ msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +msgid "Configure &FCoE..." +msgstr "" + +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:133 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:141 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "" #. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:157 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "" #. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:184 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:192 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -1845,51 +1842,58 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:202 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:262 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:280 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +msgid "" +"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call FCoE configuration?" +msgstr "" + #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:294 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:303 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:329 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -2154,14 +2158,44 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +msgid "Choose the role of the device." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +msgid "Operating System" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "Data and ISV Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +msgid "Swap" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" +msgstr "" + +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +msgid "Role" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" "volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" @@ -2169,54 +2203,54 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." msgstr "" #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:281 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2225,17 +2259,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2245,7 +2279,7 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2254,56 +2288,56 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:693 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Password" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" "on this partition does not support resizing.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." msgstr "" #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:838 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "" #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:918 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:930 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "" @@ -2311,8 +2345,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:943 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -2324,33 +2358,33 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:963 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." @@ -2360,7 +2394,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -2369,12 +2403,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1203 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "" @@ -2557,56 +2591,56 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:537 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:583 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:635 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 msgid "Forward" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:658 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Backward" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:716 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "" @@ -2619,7 +2653,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5161 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" @@ -3472,12 +3506,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1017 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "" @@ -3673,7 +3707,7 @@ #. tree node label #. dialog heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "" @@ -3871,17 +3905,17 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:631 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:711 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "" @@ -3982,115 +4016,123 @@ #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:34 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "" #. list entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:50 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:59 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:152 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "" #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:156 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "" +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +msgid "Optimal" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +msgid "Cylinder" +msgstr "" + #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:115 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:126 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 msgid "Default File System" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "" #. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:183 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" "settings:" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:188 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" @@ -4101,14 +4143,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:201 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" "determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" @@ -4117,14 +4159,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." @@ -4433,23 +4475,23 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:275 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:284 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" "Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" @@ -4457,29 +4499,29 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:316 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:323 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:470 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" "Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" @@ -4487,36 +4529,36 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:486 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:490 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499 msgid "" "No Access Time:\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:500 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 msgid "Mountable by &User" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:504 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:523 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532 msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" @@ -4526,12 +4568,12 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:540 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:546 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -4539,12 +4581,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:565 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583 msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" @@ -4556,40 +4598,40 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:599 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:614 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:631 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" "In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" @@ -4597,91 +4639,91 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:657 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:678 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" "This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" "Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Size" msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "ಗಾತ್ರ" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" "Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:756 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 msgid "" "Root Dir Entries:\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:769 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" "This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" "This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" @@ -4689,12 +4731,12 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:805 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" @@ -4702,37 +4744,37 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1051 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:827 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" "The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" "The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" @@ -4741,12 +4783,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:909 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -4754,31 +4796,31 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 msgid "" "Log Size\n" "Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:945 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:953 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:957 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -4787,19 +4829,19 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:991 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 msgid "" "Bytes per Inode: \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -4812,12 +4854,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1007 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -4825,41 +4867,41 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." msgstr "" #. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1073 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" "Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" @@ -4867,12 +4909,12 @@ msgstr "" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:922 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:932 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" @@ -4885,7 +4927,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:950 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -4898,7 +4940,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:969 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -4908,7 +4950,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -4922,7 +4964,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:975 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "" @@ -4935,7 +4977,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2703 src/modules/Storage.rb:3908 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -4944,7 +4986,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3939 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -4952,7 +4994,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -4961,24 +5003,24 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4024 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4083 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4102 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4117 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4121 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -4986,12 +5028,12 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4190 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -4999,86 +5041,86 @@ msgstr "" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4212 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4228 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4338 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353 msgid "Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4378 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4391 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5173 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5213 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5242 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5280 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5086,7 +5128,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5094,7 +5136,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5313 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -5102,18 +5144,18 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6005 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" @@ -5701,48 +5743,48 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4545 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6143 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6158 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6176 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6223 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6241 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6251 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6266 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 msgid "" "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6273 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -5751,32 +5793,32 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6289 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "" #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6321 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342 msgid "Password:" msgstr "" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6332 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "" @@ -5803,22 +5845,22 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:177 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:178 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/sudo.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/sudo.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/sudo.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/support.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/support.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/support.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -38,11 +38,11 @@ #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 -msgid "Open Novell Support Center" +msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 -msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal." +msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 -msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number" +msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "" #. abort? @@ -323,8 +323,8 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Opening Novell Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use Open Novell Support Center.\n" +"<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" "You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<big>Privacy Policy</big> \n" -"Find Novell's privacy policy at\n" +"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" "%1.\n" msgstr "" @@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/sysconfig.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/sysconfig.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/sysconfig.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -463,3 +463,103 @@ "Please wait... \n" "\n" msgstr "" + +#. Translation: Progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159 +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "" + +#. Display confirmation dialog +#. @param [String] message Confirmation message +#. @param [String] command Command to confirm +#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883 +msgid "Command: " +msgstr "" + +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889 +msgid "S&kip" +msgstr "" + +#. get activation map for variable +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171 +msgid "A command will be executed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172 +msgid "Starting command: %1..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173 +msgid "Command %1 failed" +msgstr "" + +#. write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." +msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" + +#. progress bar item +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036 +msgid "Write the new settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037 +msgid "Activate the changes" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060 +msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068 +msgid "Saving variable %1..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073 +msgid "Saving changes to the files..." +msgstr "" + +#. service is running, reload it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100 +msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103 +msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105 +msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "" + +#. service is running, restart it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143 +msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146 +msgid "Restarting service %1..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148 +msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "" + +#. set 100% in progress bar +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration summary." +msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯ ಸಾರಾಂಶ." Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/tftp-server.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/tftp-server.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/tftp-server.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/timezone_db.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/timezone_db.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/timezone_db.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/tune.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/tune.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/tune.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -16,53 +16,58 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:47 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "" #. translators: popup heading -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:71 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 msgid "Probing Hardware..." msgstr "" #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:74 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 msgid "Progress" msgstr "" #. title label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:292 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 msgid "&All Entries" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:304 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 msgid "&Save to File..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:313 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 msgid "Hardware Information" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:316 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 msgid "" "The Hardware Information module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:319 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." msgstr "" +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +msgid "System and Hardware Settings" +msgstr "" + #. this is a heading #. tree node string -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:48 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 msgid "System" msgstr "" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 msgid "S&ystem" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/update.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/update.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/update.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 13:22+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ #. screen title for update options #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:298 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278 msgid "Update Options" msgstr "" @@ -148,18 +148,18 @@ #. Table item (unknown file system) #. label - name of sustem to update #. starts with >`< -#. label for an unknown installed system +#. Get installed release name +#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:95 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:101 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:121 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1969 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #. label showing to which version we are updating -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal summary item, %1 is a product name -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:198 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 msgid "Update to %1" msgstr "" @@ -218,9 +218,19 @@ "packages during the update.\n" msgstr "" -#. yes/no question +#. warning / question #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231 msgid "" +"Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n" +"lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n" +"adjust the list of packages yourself.\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243 +msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to reset your detailed selection?" msgstr "" @@ -228,13 +238,13 @@ #. error report #. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount #. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:70 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:379 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 msgid "Failed to mount target system" msgstr "" #. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:75 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." msgstr "" @@ -305,12 +315,12 @@ #. error message in proposal #. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:83 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:404 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384 msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "" #. error message in proposal -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:99 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." msgstr "" @@ -318,14 +328,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:108 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:126 -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:169 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:175 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system #. %2 is the version being installed -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 msgid "" "Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" @@ -333,22 +343,22 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:162 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." msgstr "" #. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:214 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "" #. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:229 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206 msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:255 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232 msgid "" "<big>Update Options</big> Select how your system will be updated.\n" "Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n" @@ -357,17 +367,17 @@ msgstr "" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "" #. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:407 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:541 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -376,27 +386,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:88 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93 msgid "Unknown Linux" msgstr "" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:91 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96 msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux" msgstr "" #. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:113 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "" #. label for selection of root partition (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:181 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186 msgid "Partition or System to Boot:" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:184 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to boot.\n" @@ -404,12 +414,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for selection of root partition (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:191 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196 msgid "Partition or System to Update:" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:194 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to update.\n" @@ -417,12 +427,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline for dialog "Select for update" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:202 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207 msgid "Select for Update" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (general part) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:209 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214 msgid "" "\n" "Show All Partitions expands the list to a\n" @@ -431,69 +441,69 @@ msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:229 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234 msgid "System" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:231 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236 msgid "Partition" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:233 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:235 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240 msgid "File System" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:237 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242 msgid "Label" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:247 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252 msgid "&Show All Partitions" msgstr "" #. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:278 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283 msgid "&Boot" msgstr "" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:348 +#. error popup +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354 msgid "" "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n" "on the selected partition." msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:358 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 msgid "" "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n" "is different from the one of this product.\n" msgstr "" #. pop-up question -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:388 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:392 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398 msgid "&Yes, Use It" msgstr "" #. Target load failed, #466803 #. Target load failed, #466803 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:426 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:451 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461 msgid "" "Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n" "It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n" @@ -501,29 +511,29 @@ "Are you sure you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:432 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:457 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467 msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "" #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." msgstr "" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -533,7 +543,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "" @@ -542,23 +552,23 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -566,24 +576,24 @@ msgstr "" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1059 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161 msgid "Warning" msgstr "ಎಚ್ಚರಿಕೆ" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1167 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -594,7 +604,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1259 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -607,39 +617,39 @@ msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1277 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1293 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1296 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298 msgid "&Device" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1381 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -647,17 +657,17 @@ "udev path: %6" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1436 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 msgid "None" msgstr "" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1464 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -665,22 +675,22 @@ msgstr "" #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1477 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482 msgid "Device Info" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1624 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1655 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -690,7 +700,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -699,17 +709,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1717 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "" #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1742 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1747 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "" @@ -728,37 +738,63 @@ msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "" +#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file. +#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation. +#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing. +#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open. +#. +#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/" +#. @return [String] product name +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65 +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74 +msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}" +msgstr "" + #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box, it might happen that we need to downgrade some packages during update -#: src/modules/Update.rb:817 -msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" +#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case +#. and we don't continue further +#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" +"%{patterns}" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:18 control/update.glade:42 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" +"%{packages}" +msgstr "" + +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:34 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4 msgid "Update" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:48 control/update.glade:52 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:63 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mouse configuration" msgid "Update System Configuration" msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" -#: control/update.glade:71 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mouse configuration" msgid "Update Configuration" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/users.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/users.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/users.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ msgstr "" #. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise user to remember his new password +#. advise users to remember their new password #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgstr "" @@ -3980,22 +3980,22 @@ msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6596 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6606 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6619 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/vm.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/vm.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/vm.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -27,134 +27,166 @@ msgstr "" #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:148 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:167 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" msgstr "" #. progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:184 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:186 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:201 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:204 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:208 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:212 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:216 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:224 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233 msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:241 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236 +msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237 +msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:249 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252 +msgid "KVM server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253 +msgid "KVM tools" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "" -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:276 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260 +msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:294 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290 +msgid "Virtualization client tools" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308 +msgid "Xen server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309 +msgid "Xen tools" +msgstr "" + #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:372 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384 msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:380 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392 msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:387 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:398 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:411 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:424 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "" #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:427 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "" #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:432 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "" #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:449 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:460 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "" #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:481 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:482 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" msgstr "" @@ -167,26 +199,26 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:540 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:543 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:546 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:549 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:550 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567 msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:551 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568 msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/wagon.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/wagon.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/wagon.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/wol.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/wol.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/wol.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-16 22:30+0530\n" "Last-Translator: gundachandru <gundachandru(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/xpram.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/xpram.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/xpram.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/yast2-apparmor.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/yast2-apparmor.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/yast2-apparmor.kn.po 2014-10-07 15:40:22 UTC (rev 89768) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -295,11 +295,11 @@ #. May want to replace Wizard() with UI() #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:181 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:229 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:239 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:268 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:287 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "&Done" msgstr "" @@ -1063,61 +1063,69 @@ msgid "Could not recognize mode: " msgstr "" -#. restarts ag_complain agent if necessary -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:128 +#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117 +msgid "enforce" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118 +msgid "complain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134 msgid "Show All Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:129 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135 msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:132 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138 msgid "Show Active Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:133 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139 msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles" msgstr "" #. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"), #. TODO switch to variable in a module #. TODO plain reread does not work here -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439 msgid "Profile Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:154 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160 msgid "Toggle Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:155 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161 msgid "Set All to Enforce" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:156 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162 msgid "Set All to Complain" msgstr "" #. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:177 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183 msgid "Profile Mode Configuration" msgstr "" #. We'll need this often - cache it -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:225 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:264 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:283 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289 msgid "Configure Profile Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:291 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297 msgid "Select an action to perform." msgstr "" -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89767 - trunk/yast/vi/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 17:39:14 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89767 Added: trunk/yast/vi/po/cio.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/opensuse_mirror.vi.po Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/add-on-creator.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/add-on.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/audit-laf.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/auth-client.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/auth-server.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/autoinst.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/base.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/bootloader.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/ca-management.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/cluster.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/control-center.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/control.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/country.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/crowbar.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/dhcp-server.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/dns-server.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/drbd.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/fcoe-client.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/firewall-services.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/firewall.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/firstboot.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/ftp-server.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/geo-cluster.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/gtk.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/http-server.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/inetd.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/installation.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/instserver.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/iplb.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/iscsi-client.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/iscsi-lio-server.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/iscsi-server.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/isns.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/kdump.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/kerberos-server.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/kerberos.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/languages_db.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/ldap-client.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/ldap-server.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/ldap.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/live-installer.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/lxc.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/mail.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/multipath.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/ncurses-pkg.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/ncurses.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/network.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/nfs.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/nfs_server.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/nis.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/nis_server.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/ntp-client.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/oneclickinstall.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/online-update-configuration.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/online-update.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/packager.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/pam.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/pkg-bindings.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/printer.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/product-creator.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/proxy.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/qt-pkg.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/qt.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/rdp.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/rear.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/registration.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/reipl.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/relocation-server.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/s390.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/samba-client.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/samba-server.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/samba-users.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/scanner.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/security.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/services-manager.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/slp-server.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/snapper.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/sound.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/squid.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/sshd.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/storage.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/sudo.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/support.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/sysconfig.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/tftp-server.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/timezone_db.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/tune.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/update.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/users.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/vm.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/wagon.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/wol.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/xpram.vi.po trunk/yast/vi/po/yast2-apparmor.vi.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/add-on-creator.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/add-on-creator.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/add-on-creator.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/add-on.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/add-on.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/add-on.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -46,21 +46,21 @@ #. this is a heading #. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks #: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1871 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Sản phẩm thương mại" #. busy message (dialog) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label #: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1872 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Đang chạy..." #. help #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing add-on products..." msgstr "Đang nạp phông chữ..." @@ -87,10 +87,10 @@ #. placeholder for unknown path #. placeholder for unknown URL #: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:384 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:940 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:949 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Không biết" @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ #. main screen heading #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "Cài đặt sản phẩm thương mại" @@ -233,37 +233,37 @@ #. ... #. ] #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:585 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1586 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1598 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604 #, fuzzy msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "Không tìm thấy sản phẩm trong thư mục" #. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:319 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316 #, fuzzy msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "Không tìm thấy thư mục trên đĩa." #. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "Đang nạp phông chữ..." -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, Thư mục: %2" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:392 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 #, fuzzy msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "Lựa chọn phần mềm" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:394 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \n" @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ "Tìm thấy vài thư mục trên đĩa đã chọn.\n" "Hãy chọn thư mục muốn dùng.\n" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:404 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401 msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "" @@ -286,35 +286,35 @@ #. else #. { #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:416 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:743 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "Thực sự thoát cài đặt sản phẩm thương mại?" #. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:427 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 #, fuzzy msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "Chọn thư mục" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:632 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629 #, fuzzy msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "Không thể giải quyết hoàn toàn vấn đề phụ thuộc của sản phẩm thương mại." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:713 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "Chọn sản phẩm" #. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:719 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "Sản phẩm có" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:725 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Product Selection</big> \n" @@ -326,13 +326,13 @@ "Hãy chọn sản phẩm muốn cài.\n" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:793 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 #, fuzzy msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "Không thể giải quyết hoàn toàn vấn đề phụ thuộc của những sản phẩm thương mại đã chọn." #. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:915 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 msgid "" "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big> \n" "Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" @@ -341,112 +341,112 @@ msgstr "" #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 #, fuzzy msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, Thư mục: %2" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:970 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Product" msgstr "Sản phẩm" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:972 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969 msgid "Media" msgstr "Đĩa" #. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1127 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "Chọn sản phẩm để xóa." #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1135 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1253 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259 #, fuzzy msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "Sản phẩm thương mại" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1260 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266 #, fuzzy msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "Sản phẩm thương mại" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1276 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 #, fuzzy msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "Trình quản lý gói YaST2" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1280 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." msgstr "" #. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1335 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 msgid "Vendor: %1 " msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1336 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "Không biết thư mục này" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1339 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 #, fuzzy msgid "Version: %1 " msgstr "Phiên bản: " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1340 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "Không biết thời lượng" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1343 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 msgid "Repository URL: %1 " msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "Không biết thư mục này" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1356 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362 msgid "Repository Alias: %1 " msgstr "" #. Removes the currently selected Add-On #. #. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1636 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1689 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Không biết thời lượng" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1639 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "Không biết" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1712 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718 #, fuzzy msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "Đang cập nhật sự độc lập của các môđun nhân..." Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/audit-laf.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/audit-laf.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/audit-laf.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -845,32 +845,52 @@ msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." msgstr "Không đọc được hạng mục." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471 -msgid "" -"The audit daemon doesn't run.\n" -"Do you want to start it now?" +#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 +msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:476 -msgid "" -" The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" -"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" -"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n" -"Do you want to start the daemon now?" +#. question continues +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467 +msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:484 +#. message about loaded kernel module +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471 +msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Headline of a popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480 #, fuzzy -msgid "Audit daemon not running." -msgstr "Dịch vụ không chạy" +msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" +msgstr "Không chạy được daemon dịch vụ winbind." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 +#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start &Update" +msgid "Start and &Enable" +msgstr "Bắt đầu &cập nhật" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&State:" +msgid "&Start" +msgstr "&Tỉnh:" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do not install" +msgid "&Do not start" +msgstr "Không cài đặt" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491 +#, fuzzy msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "Không chạy được daemon dịch vụ winbind." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -879,39 +899,39 @@ msgstr "" #. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:546 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "Đang lưu cấu hình CASA" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:562 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Ghi thiết lập" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566 #, fuzzy msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "Ghi thiết lập" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:568 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Đang ghi các thiết lập..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "Đang ghi các thiết lập..." #. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588 msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:587 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" @@ -919,35 +939,39 @@ msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:612 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "Không chạy được daemon dịch vụ winbind." #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:619 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "Không ghi được các thiết lập vào %1." #. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:650 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652 msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:656 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "Không ghi được các thiết lập vào %1." #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:705 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707 #, fuzzy msgid "Log file" msgstr "&Tập tin" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Audit daemon not running." +#~ msgstr "Dịch vụ không chạy" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Unknown option" #~ msgstr "Không biết thời lượng" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/auth-client.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/auth-client.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/auth-client.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Được" #. Waiting for response #. Waiting for response @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Help" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Trợ giúp" #. No we open the dialog #: src/include/dialogs.rb:306 @@ -101,9 +101,10 @@ msgid "Add New Domain" msgstr "" +# Description #: src/include/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Name:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tên:" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:359 msgid "Activate Domain" @@ -179,7 +180,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:538 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Thêm" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:539 msgid "Edit" @@ -187,7 +188,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Xoá" #. Inetd configure dialog caption #: src/include/dialogs.rb:547 @@ -391,23 +392,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/auth-server.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/auth-server.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/auth-server.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -44,11 +44,11 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:72 msgid "Enable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dùng dịch vụ" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:73 msgid "Disable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Không dùng dịch vụ" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:75 msgid "Database type (\"hdb\" or \"bdb\")" @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:98 msgid "File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tập tin" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:99 msgid "Position" @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ #. all known interfaces for testing #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mở cổng trong tường lửa" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203 @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194 msgid "Firewall is disabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tường lửa bị tắt" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200 msgid "Register at SLP Daemon: " @@ -237,6 +237,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Start new config wizward +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "First Boot Configuration" +msgid "Migrate existing Configuration" +msgstr "Cấu hình khởi động lần đầu" + #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135 msgid "" "Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n" @@ -418,7 +424,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:973 msgid "Browse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Duyệt" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:980 msgid "Generate a Random Password" @@ -488,7 +494,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264 msgid "Bro&wse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "D&uyệt..." #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231 @@ -656,20 +662,22 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" "variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" -"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" "specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" @@ -679,14 +687,14 @@ "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:67 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" "LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n" "(e.g. ldapsearch), check Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n" @@ -696,13 +704,13 @@ "when creating the first database on a server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n" "change any configuration settings here.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n" "for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n" @@ -710,7 +718,7 @@ "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n" "click Change Password. \n" @@ -720,28 +728,28 @@ "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:102 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" "The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" "the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" @@ -752,17 +760,17 @@ "thumbs)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" "should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" @@ -771,7 +779,7 @@ "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "If Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status is enabled, users trying to\n" "authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n" @@ -780,30 +788,30 @@ "option. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" @@ -811,34 +819,34 @@ "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" "(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "Use Add to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n" "Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" @@ -846,30 +854,30 @@ "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" @@ -877,21 +885,21 @@ "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:200 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:204 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" "in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" @@ -903,11 +911,11 @@ "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:214 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:215 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" "made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" @@ -915,21 +923,21 @@ "such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" "Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:228 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 msgid "" "Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n" "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" @@ -939,15 +947,15 @@ "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:236 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:237 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 msgid "" "refreshOnly: The slave server will periodically open a new\n" "connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n" @@ -955,28 +963,28 @@ "Replication Interval setting.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:244 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 msgid "" "refreshAndPersist: The slave server will open a persistent\n" "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:249 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:250 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" "The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:253 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:254 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" @@ -986,22 +994,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "<big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" #. Write dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 msgid "<big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big> \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:272 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog\n" @@ -1009,11 +1017,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:278 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 msgid "" "This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n" "created. Click Finish to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n" @@ -1021,78 +1029,78 @@ msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:287 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" "If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n" "for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.\n" msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:297 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:300 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 msgid "" "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:306 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" "Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:310 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:313 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" "To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the Enabled TLS\n" "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:319 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" "Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" "support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:324 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" "corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:329 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:330 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" "different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" @@ -1100,19 +1108,19 @@ "textfields.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:336 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 msgid "" "To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:340 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "Below this item, configure some global parameters." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:344 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" "Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" "a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" @@ -1120,71 +1128,71 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:350 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" "Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:354 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:357 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:358 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" "LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:361 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" "Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" "credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:364 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:367 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:372 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:373 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 msgid "" "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests: The Server will\n" "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:378 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" "Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:381 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" "receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:386 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 msgid "" "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated:\n" "The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n" @@ -1192,7 +1200,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:392 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" "\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" @@ -1202,29 +1210,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:400 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:401 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" "To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:404 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" "Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:407 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" "If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" "checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:410 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" "To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" "server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" @@ -1233,231 +1241,231 @@ #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:417 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:421 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: database_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:425 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: acl_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:429 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:433 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:437 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:441 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:444 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:449 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:454 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:459 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:462 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:467 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:472 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:477 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:482 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:487 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:492 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:495 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : dict_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:501 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:505 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:509 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:513 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:517 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:521 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_type -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:525 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:529 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:533 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:537 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:541 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:545 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:549 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:553 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:557 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:561 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:565 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:569 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." msgstr "" @@ -1766,6 +1774,12 @@ #. Ralf Haferkamp <rhafer(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id$ +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SLP Server Configuration" +msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration" +msgstr "Cấu hình máy chủ SLP" + #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28 msgid "MirrorMode Node List" msgstr "" @@ -1812,7 +1826,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:204 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:297 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Đang chạy..." #. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. **************************************** @@ -1955,7 +1969,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Không" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 @@ -1963,7 +1977,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Có" #. skip attribute that already have an index defined #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1188 @@ -2072,7 +2086,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167 msgid "None" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Không có" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174 msgid "Select &Allow Flags:" @@ -2140,7 +2154,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234 msgid "&Browse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Duyệt..." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285 msgid "Certificate &Key File (PEM Format - Unencrypted)" @@ -2417,7 +2431,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645 msgid "Try again?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Thử lại?" #. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original #. Entry, try to merge them here @@ -2494,7 +2508,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Attributes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Thuộc tính" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 msgid "Edit" @@ -2561,7 +2575,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716 msgid "Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cổng" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637 msgid "Replication Type" @@ -2691,8 +2705,8 @@ msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3479 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3526 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3572 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." msgstr "" @@ -2892,7 +2906,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227 msgid "Not configured yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chưa cấu hình." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472 msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist." @@ -2955,7 +2969,7 @@ msgid "Could not create database directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4096 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." msgstr "" @@ -2968,101 +2982,101 @@ msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3373 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3386 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3399 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3412 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3425 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3511 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3557 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3603 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 msgid "Writing to password file failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3969 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3979 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3974 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3984 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4016 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4024 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4031 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4043 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4048 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4062 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4069 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4089 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Không thể tạo thư mục." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4863 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 #, perl-format msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4873 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4874 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 #, perl-format msgid "" "Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n" "CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4968 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4978 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5346 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5355 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/autoinst.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/autoinst.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/autoinst.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie(a)riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:422 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" @@ -111,8 +111,7 @@ msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "" -#. doClone(); -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:84 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82 msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "" @@ -122,36 +121,29 @@ msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set." msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/clone_system.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Author: Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> -#. Summary: This client is clones some settings of the -#. system. -#. -#. Changes: * initial - just do a simple clone -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:42 +#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "Đang sao chép cấu hình X Window System vào hệ thống..." -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:52 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unknown Command: %1" msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr "Lệnh không biết: %1" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:59 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64 msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89 msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:92 -msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "" #. help 1/2 @@ -297,22 +289,22 @@ msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268 msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:289 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:302 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "Cấu hình" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:405 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404 msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "" @@ -2325,13 +2317,13 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for #. #. @return the newly created node name -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid " - Drive" msgstr "Trình điều khiển:" #. volume group -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133 msgid " - Volume group" msgstr "" @@ -2437,12 +2429,12 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:908 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 #, fuzzy msgid "Drives" msgstr "Trình điều khiển:" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 msgid "Total of %1 drive" msgstr "" @@ -2637,35 +2629,35 @@ msgstr "" #. 1 cyl buffer per partition -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:491 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:918 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" msgstr "" #. Handle /etc/fstab usage #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "Đang đánh giá phân vùng gốc. Xin chờ một chút..." #. a popup -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025 msgid "No Linux root partition found." msgstr "Không tìm thấy phân vùng Linux nào." #. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting #. is inevitable. -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038 msgid "" "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" msgstr "" #. return list of available devices -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/base.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/base.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/base.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-05-28 17:22+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Quang Duong Ha <contact(a)haqduong.net>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN(a)googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -1290,7 +1290,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:877 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Bỏ qua" @@ -1313,7 +1313,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2552 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562 msgid "&Password" msgstr "Mật &khẩu" @@ -1512,6 +1512,29 @@ msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgstr "Lỗi cài đặt những gói đã yêu cầu." +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating configuration..." +msgid "Updating system configuration..." +msgstr "Đang cập nhật cấu hình..." + +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This may take a while" +msgid "This may take a while." +msgstr "Có thể cần chờ một chút" + +#. Get information about the OS release +#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file +#. is missing. +#. +#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) +#. @return [String] the release information +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63 +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "" + #. Confirm user request to abort installation #: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833 msgid "Really abort the installation?" @@ -2160,15 +2183,15 @@ #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:401 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "Modem" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "Card mạng" @@ -2176,27 +2199,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Không biết" @@ -2206,331 +2229,331 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1123 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "Địa chỉ phụ" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "Card mạng ARCnet" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 msgid "ATM" msgstr "ATM" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "Chế độ truyền không đồng bộ (ATM)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1137 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "Kết nối Bluetooth" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "Mạng khung" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "Card ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "Kết nối DSL" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "Hình nộm" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "ESCON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Mạng có dây" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1165 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "Card mạng có dây" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "FDDI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "Card mạng FDDI" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "FICON" msgstr "FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1177 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1182 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "Kết nối ISDN" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "IrDA" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "Thiết bị mạng hồng ngoại" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "Thiết bị hồng ngoại" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "OSA LCS" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "Card mạng OSA LCS" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 #, fuzzy msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "Thiết bị đĩa &mềm:" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "Myrinet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "Card mạng Myrinet" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "Đường Parallel" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "Đường kết nối song song" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "QETH" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "Đường nối tiếp" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1227 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "Đường kết nối nối tiếp" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Token Ring" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 #, fuzzy msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "Không có kết nối mạng" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "Thiết bị mạng USB" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "VMWare" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 #, fuzzy msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "mạng t_uyến" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "Mạng không dây" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Card mạng không dây" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "XPNET" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 #, fuzzy msgid "XP Network" msgstr "Mạng" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "LAN ảo" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "Cầu" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "Cầu Mạng" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "TUN" msgstr "TUN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 #, fuzzy msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "T_ên mạng:" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "TAP" msgstr "TAP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "TAP mạng" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #, fuzzy msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "Kiểm tra các thiết bị mạng" @@ -2594,7 +2617,7 @@ msgstr "Thư mục chi&a sẻ" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:288 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2607,28 +2630,25 @@ "Thực sự tiếp tục?" #. If there is network running, return true. -#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Mode and return false +#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "No running network detected!" -msgid "No running network detected." -msgstr "Không tìm được kết nối mạng hoạt động!" - -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:356 -msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" +#| msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" +msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" +"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "Khởi động lại cài đặt và thiết lập mạng trong Linuxrc" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:357 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355 msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" -"and start this module again" +"and start this module again\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:360 -msgid "or continue without network." -msgstr "hoặc tiếp tục nhưng không có mạng." - #. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names #: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 msgid "" @@ -2956,52 +2976,52 @@ msgstr "&Xóa bỏ" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1715 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 msgid "Package: " msgstr "Gói: " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206 msgid "Size: " msgstr "Cỡ: " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "Thời gian còn lại để thử lại: %1" #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:248 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Đang tải xuống gói %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "Đang tải xuống gói" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:310 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "Hiển thị &chi tiết" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:376 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378 #, fuzzy msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "Kiểm tra tính toàn vẹn của tập tin không thành công: " #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:389 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:598 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "Thử lại cài đặt gói?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:397 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:606 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "Thoát khỏi cài đặt?" @@ -3010,57 +3030,57 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:425 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:459 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "Lỗi: %1:" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:482 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Đang gỡ bỏ gói %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:523 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Đang cài đặt gói %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "Đang gỡ bỏ gói" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "Đang cài đặt gói" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:583 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "Gỡ bỏ gói %1 không thành công." #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:585 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "Cài đặt gói %1 không thành công." #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:657 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:780 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" @@ -3076,28 +3096,28 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:795 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805 msgid "Side A" msgstr "Mặt A" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:798 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808 msgid "Side B" msgstr "Mặt B" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "%1 (Đĩa %2)" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:814 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 #, fuzzy msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "Đĩa: %1" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:819 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" @@ -3106,7 +3126,7 @@ "'%1'" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" @@ -3119,7 +3139,7 @@ "Hãy kiểm tra xem có truy cập được vào thư mục đó không." #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" @@ -3132,58 +3152,58 @@ "Hãy kiểm tra xem có truy cập được vào máy chủ đó không." #. currently unused -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858 #, fuzzy msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." msgstr "Không gắn được đĩa hạng mục đúng." #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:869 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2158 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "Bỏ qua tự động làm tươi" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:892 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:897 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "Đẩy đĩa r&a" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "Thử cài đặt lại?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:985 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "Bỏ qua đĩa này?" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:992 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "Đang lờ đi những đĩa xấu..." #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1013 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1074 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1321 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1354 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 #, fuzzy msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "Lỗi khi đọc bản ghi log." @@ -3191,9 +3211,9 @@ #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1358 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1489 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1601 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "Không thể lấy được mô tả hạng mục ở xa." @@ -3201,23 +3221,23 @@ #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1361 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1492 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1604 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "Gặp lỗi khi lấy dữ liệu mêta mới." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "Kho ứng dụng không hợp lệ." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Dữ liệu về kho ứng dụng không hợp lệ." @@ -3225,105 +3245,105 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1380 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1514 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1620 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "Thử &lại?" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1436 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1485 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 #, fuzzy msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "Lỗi khi đọc bản ghi log." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1498 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Lỗi: Dữ liệu nhận được bị sai." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1597 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1685 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Đang tải xuống những thay đổi gói RPM %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1693 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "Đang tải xuống những thay đổi gói RPM" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "Đang áp dụng cập nhật thay đổi gói RPM %1..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1713 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "Đang áp dụng cập nhật thay đổi gói RPM" #. at start of patch providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744 msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Đang tải xuống bản vá gói RPM %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1742 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752 msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" msgstr "Đang tải xuống bản vá gói RPM" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "Bắt đầu kịch bản %1 (bản vá %2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1821 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "Đang chạy kịch bản..." #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1826 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "Vá lỗi:" #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843 msgid "Script: " msgstr "Script: " #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "Kết quả của Kịch bản" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1927 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" msgstr "Vá lỗi: %1\n" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3333,44 +3353,44 @@ msgstr "" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1959 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "&Bỏ qua cập nhật" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1993 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Đang tải về" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2043 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2091 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "Đang tải về: %1" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2196 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2271 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "Đang kiểm tra cơ sở dữ liệu gói" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Đang xây dựng lại cơ sở dữ liệu gói. Quá trình này cần một chút thời gian." #. progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2204 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2287 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297 msgid "Status" msgstr "Trạng thái" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2237 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3379,12 +3399,12 @@ "%1" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2274 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Đang chuyển đổi cơ sở dữ liệu gói. Quá trình này cần một chút thời gian." #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3393,12 +3413,12 @@ "%1" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2353 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "Đang đọc cơ sở dữ liệu RPM..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "Đang đọc gói đã cài" @@ -3409,27 +3429,27 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2369 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2385 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "Quét cơ sở dữ liệu RPM..." #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "Khởi tạo đích không thành công." #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2515 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "Đọc cơ sở dữ liệu RPM" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "Xác thực người dùng" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3440,7 +3460,7 @@ "%2" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2549 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&Tên người dùng" @@ -3505,44 +3525,20 @@ msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "Bạn có chấp nhận điều kiện bản quyền này?" -#. display an error message and advice to manually fix the system -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:236 -msgid "" -"The current system is not consistent,\n" -"some packages have unresolved dependencies." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:243 -msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:252 -msgid "" -"Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" -"check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" -"in the software manager." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:263 -msgid "" -"Start the software manager and fix the problems\n" -"or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" -msgstr "" - #. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:325 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223 msgid "" "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" "to be solved manually in the software manager." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:520 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "Cài đặt gói yêu cầu không thành công." #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3553,12 +3549,12 @@ "YaST có thể sẽ làm việc không đúng.\n" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "Không thể tiếp tục mà không cài đặt các gói đã yêu cầu." #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3710,7 +3706,7 @@ #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:548 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Gói" @@ -4149,7 +4145,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The GnuPG key %1\n" @@ -4174,7 +4170,7 @@ "và chìa khóa thực sự thuộc về người đó." #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:993 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "WARNING: The key has expired!\n" @@ -4185,18 +4181,18 @@ "Ngày hết hạn: %1" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1019 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "Nhập chìa khóa GnuPG không tin tưởng" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1112 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" @@ -4219,13 +4215,13 @@ "Vẫn dùng tập tin này?" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1129 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130 #, fuzzy msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "Cảnh báo" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1148 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" @@ -4245,87 +4241,95 @@ "Vẫn dùng tập tin?" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "Không biết thư mục này" #. we need to remember the values for tab switching +#. these are the initial values #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:145 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:146 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:340 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "Đang cài đặt..." #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:544 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541 msgid "Media" msgstr "Đĩa" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:546 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remaining Packages" msgid "Remaining" msgstr "Gói còn lại" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547 msgid "Time" msgstr "Thời gian" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:566 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "Hành động đã thực hiện:" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:650 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647 #, fuzzy msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "Xin hãy đợi một chút trong khi cài đặt gói." -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:651 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." msgstr "" #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Release &Notes" msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "Ghi chú về &phát hành" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "&Chiếu ảnh" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:683 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Chi tiết" -#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:721 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Perform Update" +msgid "Performing Upgrade" +msgstr "Thực hiện cập nhật" + +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Perform Installation" msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "Thực hiện cài đặt" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:757 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "Cài đặt gói" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -4334,17 +4338,17 @@ "thoát khỏi cài đặt?" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:845 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Đã thoát" #. read file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:185 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187 msgid "File not found." msgstr "" #. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:191 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "" @@ -4958,7 +4962,7 @@ msgstr "Có lỗi trong khi tạo initrd." #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:648 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -5947,6 +5951,14 @@ "Hostname %2 cannot be added." msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "No running network detected!" +#~ msgid "No running network detected." +#~ msgstr "Không tìm được kết nối mạng hoạt động!" + +#~ msgid "or continue without network." +#~ msgstr "hoặc tiếp tục nhưng không có mạng." + #~ msgid "Installed Size" #~ msgstr "Kích thước đã cài đặt" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/bootloader.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/bootloader.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/bootloader.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-05-08 17:43+0700\n" "Last-Translator: haqduong <contact(a)haqduong.net>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -135,23 +135,23 @@ msgstr "Hệ thống sẽ khởi động lại..." #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:108 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "Không có boot loader nào được chọn cho việc cài đặt. Hệ thống của bạn có thể không thể khởi động." #. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:118 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "Chương trình khởi động không thể cài đặt đúng do phân vùng." #. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:217 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 #, fuzzy msgid "Booting" msgstr "Đừng làm gì" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:219 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227 #, fuzzy msgid "&Booting" msgstr "Đừng làm gì" @@ -161,12 +161,12 @@ #. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 msgid "Disk Order" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "Thiết lập thứ tự đĩa" @@ -177,10 +177,9 @@ msgstr "" #. `VSpacing(1), -#. Run dialog for loader installation details for Grub2 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#. Window title #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgstr "Tùy chọn chương trình khởi động" @@ -273,23 +272,29 @@ "to start this section." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 +msgid "" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" @@ -298,25 +303,25 @@ "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:82 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" @@ -324,7 +329,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:95 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -333,78 +338,78 @@ "To remove a disk, push Remove." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "Chép địa điểm ảnh" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 #, fuzzy msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "Tuyến mặc định:" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "Tùy chọn phân vùng khởi động" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "Chép địa điểm ảnh" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "Chép địa điểm ảnh" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "Chép địa điểm ảnh" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 #, fuzzy msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "Kết nối _quay số" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 msgid "Graphical &Menu File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125 msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126 msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "" @@ -458,125 +463,125 @@ #. Common widget of a console #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "" #. textentry header -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455 #, fuzzy msgid "&Device" msgstr "_Thiết bị:" #. disabling & enabling up/down -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:542 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544 msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:551 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553 msgid "D&isks" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:565 msgid "&Up" msgstr "&Lên" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:564 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:566 msgid "&Down" msgstr "&Xuống" #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:768 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:803 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740 #, fuzzy -msgid "Boot Loader Location" +msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" msgstr "Chép địa điểm ảnh" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:774 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:809 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741 #, fuzzy -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" +msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "Chép địa điểm ảnh" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:748 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811 #, fuzzy -msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" +msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "Chép địa điểm ảnh" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817 #, fuzzy -msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "Chép địa điểm ảnh" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:754 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "Chép địa điểm ảnh" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:780 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:821 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829 #, fuzzy msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "Phân vùng" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:814 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822 msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "" #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:873 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831 msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" msgstr "" -#. Cache for genericWidgets function -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:52 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "Tùy chọn chương trình khởi động" -#. there is no graphic adapter on s390 (bnc#874010) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:75 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 #, fuzzy msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgstr "Kết nối _quay số" -#. there is no os prober on s390(bnc#868909) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:94 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "Tùy chọn chương trình khởi động" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 #, fuzzy #| msgid "During Boot" msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr "Khi khởi động" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "Chép địa điểm ảnh" #. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." msgstr "" @@ -612,25 +617,43 @@ msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" + #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 +msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Distribution:" +msgid "D&istributor" +msgstr "Bản phân phối:" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98 #, fuzzy msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "Chế độ" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 +msgid "Protective MBR flag" +msgstr "" + #. combo box item #. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels #. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels @@ -666,32 +689,56 @@ msgid "Unspecified" msgstr "&Khác" +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 +msgid "set" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remove" +msgid "remove" +msgstr "Gỡ bỏ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Abandon all changes?" +msgid "do not change" +msgstr "Bỏ đi mọi thay đổi?" + #. Init function for console #. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:148 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "" #. FATE: #110038: Serial console #. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:223 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:235 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:242 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Conflict Resolution:" msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "Giải quyết mâu thuẫu:" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:250 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "" +#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 +msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +msgstr "" + #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption @@ -705,7 +752,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "" @@ -845,11 +892,7 @@ msgid "Xen" msgstr "" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152 -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:91 msgid "Floppy" msgstr "Đĩa mềm" @@ -1733,33 +1776,34 @@ #. #. #. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:167 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:171 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:183 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:187 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:205 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change Location: %1" msgid "Change Location: %s" @@ -1770,31 +1814,33 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "" #. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda) -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 msgid " (\"/boot\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 msgid " (extended)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:236 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 msgid " (\"/\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242 +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr "" #. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:256 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "Trạng thái vị trí: %1" @@ -1818,250 +1864,165 @@ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:76 +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "During Boot" msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "Khi khởi động" #. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" msgstr "Không xác định chương trình khởi động: %1" #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "" #. TODO add more devices -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:126 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" msgstr "" -#. if "iscsi" is true -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:166 -msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." -msgstr "Thiết bị khởi động ở trên đĩa iSCSI: %1. Hệ thống có thể không khởi động." +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:184 +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 #, fuzzy msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "Thiết bị chưa được cấu hình" #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:204 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "" #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:259 -msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:278 +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:177 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "Đang kiểm tra thông tin xác thực..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:179 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:181 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Cấu hình phẳng" #. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307 msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:366 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367 #, fuzzy msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "Tạo đĩa CD" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:368 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369 #, fuzzy msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "Tải lại cấu hình" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371 #, fuzzy msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "Không thể tải" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:374 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:376 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:378 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Cấu hình phẳng" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:79 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." +#~ msgstr "Thiết bị khởi động ở trên đĩa iSCSI: %1. Hệ thống có thể không khởi động." -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:85 #, fuzzy -msgid "Failsafe" -msgstr "Tập tin" +#~ msgid "Failsafe" +#~ msgstr "Tập tin" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:97 -msgid "Hard Disk" -msgstr "Ổ cứng" +#~ msgid "Hard Disk" +#~ msgstr "Ổ cứng" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:103 -msgid "Memory Test" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:109 -msgid "MBR before Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:115 #, fuzzy -msgid "Previous Kernel" -msgstr "Trước đó" +#~ msgid "Previous Kernel" +#~ msgstr "Trước đó" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:121 -msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:230 -msgid "_Linux" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:237 #, fuzzy -msgid "_Failsafe" -msgstr "Tập tin" +#~ msgid "_Failsafe" +#~ msgstr "Tập tin" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:244 -msgid "_Floppy" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:251 -msgid "_Hard Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:258 #, fuzzy -msgid "_Memory Test" -msgstr "T_rộn các thẻ" +#~ msgid "_Memory Test" +#~ msgstr "T_rộn các thẻ" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:265 -msgid "_MBR before Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:272 #, fuzzy -msgid "_Previous Kernel" -msgstr "Trước đó" +#~ msgid "_Previous Kernel" +#~ msgstr "Trước đó" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:279 -msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "" - #~ msgid "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result is error 18 during install grub MBR)." #~ msgstr "Chương trình khởi động được cài đặt trên phân vùng không kích thước dưới %1 GB. Hệ thống có thể không khởi động nếu BIOS chỉ hỗ trợ lba24 (kết quả là lỗi 18 khi cài đặt grub MBR)." Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/ca-management.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/ca-management.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/ca-management.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie(a)riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -58,27 +58,27 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:442 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 #, fuzzy msgid "Organization" msgstr "Hướng" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:444 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 msgid "Locality" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:445 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 #, fuzzy msgid "State" msgstr "Chỗ :" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:446 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 #, fuzzy msgid "Country" @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ msgstr "Tên" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:440 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "" @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ msgid "Email" msgstr "Thư điện tử" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:443 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "" @@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline #. we need to fake a certificate name #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:571 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 @@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ #. The main () #. To translators: dialog label #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:174 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 msgid "Common Server Certificate" msgstr "" @@ -707,11 +707,18 @@ msgid "For more information, please read the manual." msgstr "" +#. popup text +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 +msgid "" +"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" +"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" +msgstr "" + #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:159 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 @@ -720,34 +727,34 @@ msgstr "_Mô tả:" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:166 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remove" msgid "&Remove" msgstr "Gỡ bỏ" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:168 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Replace" msgid "&Import/Replace" msgstr "Th&ay thế" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:208 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 #, fuzzy msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" msgstr "Không có thư mục này." #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:210 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 msgid "" "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:214 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Are you sure you wish to remove this host from the list?" msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?" @@ -781,57 +788,113 @@ msgid "Issued For:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:214 +# Description +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "Tên:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "Hướng" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Language: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "Ngôn ngữ: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Name: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr " Tên: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "Độ _tương phản:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 msgid "Issued By:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:248 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " msgstr "" #. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:271 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 #, fuzzy msgid "&Advanced..." msgstr "Nâng cao" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:273 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:462 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 #, fuzzy msgid "&View" msgstr "Xem" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:274 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 #, fuzzy msgid "&Change CA Password" msgstr "Mật khẩu khoá riêng:" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:275 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 #, fuzzy msgid "C&reate SubCA" msgstr "Tạo đĩa CD" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:276 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 #, fuzzy msgid "Export to &File" msgstr "Xuất vào _thư mục..." -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:277 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 #, fuzzy msgid "Export to &LDAP" msgstr "_Xuất vào đĩa CD..." -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:278 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 msgid "&Edit Default" msgstr "" @@ -887,7 +950,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:774 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 msgid "Summary" msgstr "" @@ -919,18 +982,18 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:815 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:826 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:929 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:938 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:947 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1036 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1045 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1184 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1193 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1202 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 msgid " (critical)\n" msgstr "" @@ -942,8 +1005,8 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:954 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:994 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 #, fuzzy msgid "(critical) " msgstr "Hành động tới hạn" @@ -951,32 +1014,32 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:999 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1070 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 msgid "(critical)\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:812 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 msgid "nsComment: " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:825 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 msgid "nsCertType: " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address" msgstr "" @@ -1053,92 +1116,218 @@ "Certificate not found" msgstr "Không tìm thấy tập tin" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Name: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr " Tên: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "Hướng" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "Độ _tương phản:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Is CA: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Key Size: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Serialnumber: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Version: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Version: " +msgstr " Phiên bản: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid from: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid to: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of pub. Key : " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of signature: " +msgstr "" + #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) #. Initialize the tab of the dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:389 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:518 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 msgid "Valid" msgstr "" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:392 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 msgid "Revoked" msgstr "" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:396 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Expired" msgstr "Xuất" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:439 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 msgid "Status" msgstr "Trạng thái" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:441 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 #, fuzzy msgid "E-Mail Address" msgstr "Địa chỉ" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 #, fuzzy msgid "Add" msgstr "Địa chỉ" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Server Certificate" msgstr "Tập tin chứng nhận của CA:" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Client Certificate" msgstr "Tập tin chứng nhận của ứng dụng khách:" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:463 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "&Change Password" msgstr "Mật khẩu :" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:464 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 msgid "&Revoke" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:465 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 #, fuzzy msgid "&Delete" msgstr "Xoá bỏ thẻ" #. Fate (#2613) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:469 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 msgid "Export" msgstr "Xuất" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:471 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 #, fuzzy msgid "Export to File" msgstr "Xuất vào _thư mục..." #. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 #, fuzzy msgid "Export to LDAP" msgstr "_Xuất vào đĩa CD..." -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:572 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 #, fuzzy msgid "Delete current certificate?" msgstr "Chọn tập tin chứng nhận của ứng dụng khách." @@ -1233,7 +1422,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:712 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 msgid "&Valid Period (days):" msgstr "" @@ -1691,7 +1880,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:802 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 #, fuzzy msgid "Path Length " msgstr "Chưa thêm đường" @@ -1908,6 +2097,14 @@ "Request not found.\n" msgstr "Không tìm thấy tập tin" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"generation Time: " +msgstr "Chung" + #. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention #. @param request extention #. @return [void] @@ -1916,78 +2113,78 @@ #. @param request extention #. @return [void] #. Filling up reqeust extentions -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:245 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:569 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:674 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found." msgstr "" #. IS CA ? -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:632 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:639 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:691 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 msgid "This frame shows the signing request." msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:696 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:719 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 #, fuzzy msgid "Requested Extensions" msgstr "Theo phần mở rộng" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:725 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)" msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:765 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:771 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 msgid "Click Sign Request to go on." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:789 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 msgid " days" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:795 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 msgid " (critical)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1221 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 msgid "&Edit Request" msgstr "" #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1232 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 msgid "Sign Request" msgstr "" #. signing request -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1245 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 #, fuzzy msgid "The request has been signed." msgstr "Kết nối mạng đã bị ngắt." Added: trunk/yast/vi/po/cio.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/cio.vi.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/cio.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +# Vietnamese translation for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright © 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright © 2005, 2006 Gnome i18n Project for Vietnamese. +# Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>, 2006. +# Clytie Siddall <clytie(a)riverland.net.au>, 2005, 2006. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:32+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: vi\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "Thiết bị" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Used" +msgstr "Dùng" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "không" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "có" + +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter: " +msgid "Filter channels" +msgstr "Lọc: " + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select &All" +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "Chọ&n tất cả" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Detailed selection..." +msgid "&Clear selection" +msgstr "&Lựa chọn chi tiết..." + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +msgid "&Unban Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "" +"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Ranges to Unban." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/cluster.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/cluster.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/cluster.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -85,269 +85,271 @@ msgstr "&Cấu hình CASA" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:83 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120 msgid "OK" msgstr "Được" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Cancel" msgid "Cancel" msgstr "&Dừng" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Address:" msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Địa chỉ IP:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Address:" msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "Địa chỉ IP:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "nodeid" msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Transport:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:391 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Change" msgid "Channel" msgstr "&Thay đổi" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:396 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:417 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Destination Address:" msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "Địa chỉ đích:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:420 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1334 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Broadcast Address:" msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "Địa chỉ phát thanh:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:404 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Multicast" msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "Nhóm" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464 msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480 msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:428 -msgid "expected votes:" -msgstr "" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Expected MD5: %1" +msgid "Expected Votes:" +msgstr "MD5 đã đợi: %1" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Address:" msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "Địa chỉ IP:" -#. Changewidget items will change value to first one automatically -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:671 +#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "Threads:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:677 -msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:682 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:787 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Running on AC" msgid "Running" msgstr "Đang chạy bằng điện chính" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Service is not running" msgid "Not running" msgstr "Dịch vụ không chạy" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:825 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Booting" msgid "Booting" msgstr "&Khởi động" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:835 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:842 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "Bật và tắt" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Trạng thái hiện thời: " -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start the Service Now" msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "Chạy dịch vụ ngay bây giờ" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop the Service Now" msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "Dừng dịch vụ ngay bây giờ" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:962 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Add" msgstr "Thêm" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:967 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Delete" msgid "Del" msgstr "Xoá" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:968 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Edit" msgid "Edit" msgstr "&Sửa" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:974 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select File" msgid "Sync File" msgstr "Chọn tập tin" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:981 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1117 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1120 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1150 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter the file name" msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "Hãy nhập tên tập tin" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1164 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1178 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter the file name" msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "Hãy nhập tên tập tin" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter the file name" msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "Hãy nhập tên tập tin" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1225 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" msgstr "" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1235 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "" #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1249 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Operation failed" msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "Thao tác thất bại." #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1329 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1332 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1335 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1339 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" @@ -360,23 +362,26 @@ "<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" "<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" @@ -385,7 +390,7 @@ "\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" @@ -396,7 +401,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Initializing CASA Configuration</big> \n" @@ -409,7 +414,7 @@ "Xin hãy chờ... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" @@ -418,7 +423,7 @@ "Có thể dừng cấu hình một cách an toàn bằng nút Dừng bây giờ.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:77 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Saving CASA Configuration</big> \n" @@ -431,7 +436,7 @@ "Xin hãy chờ... \n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -456,41 +461,41 @@ msgstr "Đang chạy..." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing CASA Configuration" msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "Khởi chạy cấu hình CASA" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Đọc cơ sở dữ liệu" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:402 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Đọc thiết lập trước đây" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:404 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write firewall settings" msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "Ghi thiết lập tường lửa" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Đang đọc cơ sở dữ liệu..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Đang đọc thiết lập trước đây..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." @@ -498,67 +503,67 @@ #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Hoàn thành" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:429 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "Lỗi cài đặt những gói đã yêu cầu." #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Updating configuration..." msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "Đang cập nhật cấu hình..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "Không đọc được database1." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:457 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "Không thể đọc được database2." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:473 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Không dò tìm được thiết bị." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:490 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving CASA Configuration" msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "Đang lưu cấu hình CASA" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Ghi thiết lập" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Đang ghi các thiết lập..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525 msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Không ghi được các thiết lập." Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/control-center.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/control-center.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/control-center.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-28 21:12+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN(a)googlegroups.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/control.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/control.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/control.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-28 21:21+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN(a)googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -16,28 +16,30 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; nplural=0\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n" -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:7 -msgid "Add-On Product Installation" -msgstr "Cài đặt sản phẩm thương mại" - -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 #, fuzzy -msgid "Language Installation" -msgstr "Cài đặt gói" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:355 -#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#| "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t" msgid "" "\n" "\n" "The installation has completed successfully.\n" "Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" "\n" "\n" "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" "\n" -"\t" +" " msgstr "" "\n" "\n" @@ -50,744 +52,360 @@ "\n" "\t" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:371 control/control.openSUSE.glade:429 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 #, fuzzy -msgid "Initialization..." -msgstr "Đang chạy..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:372 control/control.openSUSE.glade:430 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Configuring network..." -msgstr "Đang quét mạng..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:373 control/control.openSUSE.glade:431 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Configuring hardware..." -msgstr "&Cấu hình..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:374 control/control.openSUSE.glade:432 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Finishing configuration..." -msgstr "Đang cập nhật cấu hình..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:377 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:319 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:343 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "IMAP Server" msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "Máy chủ IMAP" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:382 control/control.SLED.glade:493 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:771 control/control.SLED.glade:775 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:956 control/control.SLED.glade:997 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:324 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:412 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:551 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:886 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:890 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1077 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1118 control/control.SLES.glade:348 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:436 control/control.SLES.glade:554 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:575 control/control.SLES.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:914 control/control.SLES.glade:1101 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1142 control/control.glade:72 -#: control/control.glade:132 control/control.glade:464 -#: control/control.glade:508 control/control.openSUSE.glade:463 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:583 control/control.openSUSE.glade:895 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:899 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1071 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Thiết lập cài đặt" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:436 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:382 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:470 control/control.SLES.glade:406 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:494 control/control.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Tổng kết" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:444 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:392 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:478 control/control.SLES.glade:416 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:502 control/control.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19 msgid "Expert" msgstr "Nâng cao" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:461 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:497 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:521 control/control.openSUSE.glade:550 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20 #, fuzzy msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "Thiết lập cài đặt" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:478 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:515 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:539 control/control.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:568 control/control.openSUSE.glade:984 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:989 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Cập nhật thiết lập" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:512 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:570 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:613 control/control.SLES.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:637 control/control.glade:153 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:601 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Cấu hình mạng" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:559 control/control.SLED.glade:1212 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1218 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:653 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1350 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1362 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:690 control/control.SLES.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:1380 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1386 control/control.SLES.glade:1398 -#: control/control.glade:194 control/control.glade:692 -#: control/control.glade:697 control/control.glade:701 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:643 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1305 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1311 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Configuration" +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "Cấu hình mạng" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "Cấu hình phần cứng" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:579 control/control.SLED.glade:692 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:816 control/control.SLED.glade:926 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1320 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:695 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:807 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:931 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1047 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:719 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:831 control/control.SLES.glade:955 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1071 control/control.SLES.glade:1510 -#: control/control.glade:213 control/control.glade:313 -#: control/control.glade:416 control/control.openSUSE.glade:667 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:794 control/control.openSUSE.glade:937 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1038 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1428 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "Chuẩn bị" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:585 control/control.SLED.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:697 control/control.SLED.glade:739 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:822 control/control.SLED.glade:831 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:710 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:812 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:854 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:937 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:946 control/control.SLES.glade:725 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:734 control/control.SLES.glade:836 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:878 control/control.SLES.glade:961 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:970 control/control.glade:219 -#: control/control.glade:228 control/control.glade:237 -#: control/control.glade:319 control/control.glade:328 -#: control/control.glade:337 control/control.glade:449 -#: control/control.glade:493 control/control.openSUSE.glade:672 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:799 control/control.openSUSE.glade:841 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:943 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1066 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Configuration" +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "Cấu hình mạng" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disk Activation" +msgid "Network Autosetup" +msgstr "Dùng đĩa" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "Xin chào" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:600 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:716 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:740 control/control.glade:343 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:682 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disk Activation" msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "Dùng đĩa" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:606 control/control.SLED.glade:707 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:837 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:722 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:822 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:952 control/control.SLES.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:846 control/control.SLES.glade:976 -#: control/control.glade:243 control/control.glade:349 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:686 control/control.openSUSE.glade:809 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:951 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Dùng đĩa" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:612 control/control.SLED.glade:618 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:711 control/control.SLED.glade:715 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:843 control/control.SLED.glade:849 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1325 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:728 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:734 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:826 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:830 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:958 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:964 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1491 control/control.SLES.glade:752 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:758 control/control.SLES.glade:850 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:854 control/control.SLES.glade:982 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:988 control/control.SLES.glade:1515 -#: control/control.glade:249 control/control.glade:255 -#: control/control.glade:355 control/control.glade:361 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:690 control/control.openSUSE.glade:694 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:813 control/control.openSUSE.glade:817 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:955 control/control.openSUSE.glade:959 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1433 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "Phân tích hệ thống" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:624 control/control.SLED.glade:865 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:740 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:980 control/control.SLES.glade:764 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1004 control/control.glade:261 -#: control/control.glade:378 control/control.openSUSE.glade:704 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:975 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Sản phẩm thương mại" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:630 control/control.SLED.glade:749 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:864 control/control.SLES.glade:770 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:888 control/control.glade:267 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:861 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Disk" +msgstr "Ổ cứng" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Múi giờ" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:647 control/control.SLED.glade:651 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:763 control/control.SLED.glade:767 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:878 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:882 control/control.SLES.glade:902 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:906 control/control.openSUSE.glade:735 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:739 control/control.openSUSE.glade:875 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:879 -#, fuzzy -msgid "User Settings" -msgstr "Cập nhật thiết lập" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Cài đặt" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:655 control/control.openSUSE.glade:747 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Installation Overview" -msgstr "Nguồn cài đặt" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +msgid "Installation Summary" +msgstr "Tổng kết cài đặt" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:662 control/control.SLED.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:670 control/control.SLED.glade:674 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:678 control/control.SLED.glade:781 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:785 control/control.SLED.glade:791 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:795 control/control.SLED.glade:799 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:805 control/control.SLED.glade:963 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:967 control/control.SLED.glade:971 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:975 control/control.SLED.glade:1004 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1008 control/control.SLED.glade:1012 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1016 control/control.SLED.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1294 control/control.SLED.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1302 control/control.SLED.glade:1306 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1310 control/control.SLED.glade:1414 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1418 control/control.SLED.glade:1422 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:772 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:776 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:784 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:789 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:794 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:896 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:900 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:906 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:914 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1084 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1088 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1092 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1125 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1129 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1133 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1137 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1450 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1458 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1462 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1466 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1471 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1476 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1580 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1584 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1588 control/control.SLES.glade:796 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:800 control/control.SLES.glade:804 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:808 control/control.SLES.glade:813 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:818 control/control.SLES.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:924 control/control.SLES.glade:930 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:934 control/control.SLES.glade:938 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:944 control/control.SLES.glade:1108 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1112 control/control.SLES.glade:1116 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1120 control/control.SLES.glade:1149 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1153 control/control.SLES.glade:1157 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1161 control/control.SLES.glade:1474 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1478 control/control.SLES.glade:1482 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:1490 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1495 control/control.SLES.glade:1500 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1604 control/control.SLES.glade:1608 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1612 control/control.glade:291 -#: control/control.glade:295 control/control.glade:299 -#: control/control.glade:303 control/control.glade:469 -#: control/control.glade:473 control/control.glade:477 -#: control/control.glade:513 control/control.glade:517 -#: control/control.glade:521 control/control.glade:612 -#: control/control.glade:620 control/control.glade:624 -#: control/control.glade:744 control/control.glade:748 -#: control/control.glade:752 control/control.glade:756 -#: control/control.glade:760 control/control.glade:777 -#: control/control.glade:785 control/control.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:793 control/control.openSUSE.glade:754 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:758 control/control.openSUSE.glade:763 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:770 control/control.openSUSE.glade:774 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:780 control/control.openSUSE.glade:905 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:909 control/control.openSUSE.glade:913 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:917 control/control.openSUSE.glade:923 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1078 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1082 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1086 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1090 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1123 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1127 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1131 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1135 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1393 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1397 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1401 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1405 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1409 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1413 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1417 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1522 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1526 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1530 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "Thực hiện cài đặt" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:720 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:835 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:859 control/control.openSUSE.glade:822 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Repair" -msgstr "Thực hiện sửa" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:734 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:756 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:849 control/control.SLES.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:873 control/control.glade:283 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:744 control/control.openSUSE.glade:836 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Cài đặt" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:757 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:872 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:896 control/control.openSUSE.glade:729 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:869 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Disk" -msgstr "Ổ cứng" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:855 control/control.SLED.glade:1331 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:970 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1497 control/control.SLES.glade:994 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1521 control/control.glade:367 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:963 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1439 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "Hệ thống để cập nhật" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:872 control/control.SLED.glade:1348 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:987 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1514 control/control.SLES.glade:1011 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1538 control/control.glade:385 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:981 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1456 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 msgid "Update" msgstr "Cập nhật" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:875 control/control.SLED.glade:880 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:990 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:995 control/control.SLES.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1019 control/control.glade:388 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "Tổng kết cập nhật" -#. FATE #304940: s390 reIPL -#: control/control.SLED.glade:890 control/control.SLED.glade:899 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:903 control/control.SLED.glade:907 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:911 control/control.SLED.glade:915 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1032 control/control.SLED.glade:1359 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1364 control/control.SLED.glade:1369 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1375 control/control.SLED.glade:1379 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1383 control/control.SLED.glade:1387 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1392 control/control.SLED.glade:1397 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1450 control/control.SLED.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1005 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1018 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1022 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1026 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1031 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1036 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1153 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1525 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1535 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1541 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1545 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1553 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1558 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1563 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1617 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1621 control/control.SLES.glade:1029 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1038 control/control.SLES.glade:1042 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1046 control/control.SLES.glade:1050 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1055 control/control.SLES.glade:1060 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1177 control/control.SLES.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1554 control/control.SLES.glade:1559 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1565 control/control.SLES.glade:1569 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1573 control/control.SLES.glade:1577 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1582 control/control.SLES.glade:1587 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1641 control/control.SLES.glade:1645 -#: control/control.glade:393 control/control.glade:397 -#: control/control.glade:401 control/control.glade:405 -#: control/control.glade:538 control/control.glade:546 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:999 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1008 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1012 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1016 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1020 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1026 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1467 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1472 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1477 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1483 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1487 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1491 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1495 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1500 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1505 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1555 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1559 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Thực hiện cập nhật" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:930 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1051 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1075 control/control.glade:421 -#: control/control.glade:429 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1042 -msgid "System Information" -msgstr "Thông tin hệ thống" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:934 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1055 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1079 control/control.glade:433 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1046 -msgid "Perform Repair" -msgstr "Thực hiện sửa" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:945 control/control.SLED.glade:986 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1262 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1066 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1422 control/control.SLES.glade:1090 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1131 control/control.SLES.glade:1446 -#: control/control.glade:444 control/control.glade:488 -#: control/control.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1060 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1106 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1365 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "Cài đặt cơ bản" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:951 control/control.SLED.glade:992 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1072 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1113 control/control.SLES.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1137 control/control.glade:459 -#: control/control.glade:503 -msgid "Language" -msgstr "Ngôn ngữ" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +msgid "AutoYaST Settings" +msgstr "Thiết lập AutoYaST" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1038 control/control.SLED.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1239 control/control.SLED.glade:1428 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1460 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1159 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1252 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1399 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1594 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1627 control/control.SLES.glade:1183 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1276 control/control.SLES.glade:1423 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1618 control/control.SLES.glade:1651 -#: control/control.glade:551 control/control.glade:631 -#: control/control.glade:798 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1213 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1332 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1536 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1565 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Cấu hình" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1041 control/control.SLED.glade:1048 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1145 control/control.SLED.glade:1151 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1155 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1162 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1169 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1294 control/control.SLES.glade:1186 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1193 control/control.SLES.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1314 control/control.SLES.glade:1318 -#: control/control.glade:554 control/control.glade:560 -#: control/control.glade:643 control/control.glade:648 -#: control/control.glade:652 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1254 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1260 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1264 -msgid "Network" -msgstr "Mạng" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +msgid "System Configuration" +msgstr "Cấu hình hệ thống" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1054 control/control.SLED.glade:1058 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1159 control/control.SLED.glade:1163 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1175 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1179 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1302 control/control.SLES.glade:1199 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1203 control/control.SLES.glade:1322 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1326 control/control.glade:566 -#: control/control.glade:656 -msgid "Customer Center" -msgstr "Trung tâm khách hàng" +#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" +#~ msgstr "Cài đặt sản phẩm thương mại" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1064 control/control.SLED.glade:1070 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1076 control/control.SLED.glade:1170 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1176 control/control.SLED.glade:1180 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1184 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1185 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1191 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1197 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1314 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1318 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1322 control/control.SLES.glade:1209 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1215 control/control.SLES.glade:1221 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1332 control/control.SLES.glade:1338 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1342 control/control.SLES.glade:1346 -#: control/control.glade:572 control/control.glade:578 -#: control/control.glade:584 control/control.glade:662 -#: control/control.glade:668 control/control.glade:672 -#: control/control.glade:676 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1268 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1272 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1276 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1280 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1284 -msgid "Online Update" -msgstr "Cập nhật qua mạng" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Language Installation" +#~ msgstr "Cài đặt gói" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1083 control/control.SLED.glade:1208 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1205 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1346 control/control.SLES.glade:1229 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1370 control/control.glade:588 -#: control/control.glade:688 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1301 -msgid "Release Notes" -msgstr "Ghi chú về phát hành" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Cài đặt đã kết thúc thành công.\n" +#~ "Hệ thống đã sẵn sàng.\n" +#~ "Nhấn Kết thúc để đăng nhập vào hệ thống.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Hãy thăm chúng tôi tại http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1110 control/control.SLED.glade:1242 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1402 control/control.SLES.glade:1426 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1221 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1335 #, fuzzy -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "Các tập tin cấu hình tĩnh" +#~ msgid "Initialization..." +#~ msgstr "Đang chạy..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1116 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1255 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1279 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1227 #, fuzzy -msgid "root Password" -msgstr "Mật khẩu root" +#~ msgid "Configuring network..." +#~ msgstr "Đang quét mạng..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1121 control/control.SLED.glade:1127 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1133 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1260 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1266 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1272 control/control.SLES.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1290 control/control.SLES.glade:1296 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1232 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1238 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1244 #, fuzzy -msgid "Check Installation" -msgstr "Cài đặt CD" +#~ msgid "Configuring hardware..." +#~ msgstr "&Cấu hình..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1139 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1278 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1302 control/control.glade:639 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1250 -msgid "Hostname" -msgstr "Tên máy" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Finishing configuration..." +#~ msgstr "Đang cập nhật cấu hình..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1188 control/control.SLED.glade:1192 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1332 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1336 control/control.SLES.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1360 control/control.glade:680 -#: control/control.glade:684 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1288 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1292 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1342 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1346 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "Người dùng" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "User Settings" +#~ msgstr "Cập nhật thiết lập" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1271 control/control.SLED.glade:1277 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1281 control/control.SLED.glade:1337 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1343 control/control.SLED.glade:1351 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1431 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1437 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1441 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1503 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1509 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1517 control/control.SLES.glade:1455 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1461 control/control.SLES.glade:1465 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1527 control/control.SLES.glade:1533 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1541 control/control.glade:719 -#: control/control.glade:727 control/control.glade:733 -#: control/control.glade:737 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1374 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1380 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1384 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1445 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1451 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1459 -msgid "AutoYaST Settings" -msgstr "Thiết lập AutoYaST" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Installation Overview" +#~ msgstr "Nguồn cài đặt" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1431 control/control.SLED.glade:1463 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1597 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1630 control/control.SLES.glade:1621 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1654 control/control.glade:801 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1539 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1568 -msgid "System Configuration" -msgstr "Cấu hình hệ thống" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Repair" +#~ msgstr "Thực hiện sửa" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1467 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1201 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1340 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1601 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1634 control/control.SLES.glade:1225 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1364 control/control.SLES.glade:1625 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1658 -msgid "Clean Up" -msgstr "Xóa" +#~ msgid "System Information" +#~ msgstr "Thông tin hệ thống" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:291 control/control.SLES.glade:314 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" -#| "Your system is ready for use.\n" -#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "\t" -msgid "" -"\n" -"\n" -"The installation has completed successfully.\n" -"Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"\n" -"\t" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"\n" -"Cài đặt đã kết thúc thành công.\n" -"Hệ thống đã sẵn sàng.\n" -"Nhấn Kết thúc để đăng nhập vào hệ thống.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Hãy thăm chúng tôi tại http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" -"\n" -"\t" +#~ msgid "Perform Repair" +#~ msgstr "Thực hiện sửa" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:307 control/control.SLES.glade:330 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Server Base Scenario" -msgstr "Tên máy chủ: " +#~ msgid "Language" +#~ msgstr "Ngôn ngữ" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:308 control/control.SLES.glade:331 -msgid "" -"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n" -"Choose the one that matches your server the best." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Network" +#~ msgstr "Mạng" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:314 control/control.SLES.glade:337 -msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Customer Center" +#~ msgstr "Trung tâm khách hàng" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:315 control/control.SLES.glade:338 -msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Online Update" +#~ msgstr "Cập nhật qua mạng" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:316 control/control.SLES.glade:339 -msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Release Notes" +#~ msgstr "Ghi chú về phát hành" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:639 control/control.SLES.glade:663 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Network Configuration" -msgid "Network Services Configuration" -msgstr "Cấu hình mạng" +#~ msgid "Automatic Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Các tập tin cấu hình tĩnh" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:760 control/control.SLES.glade:784 #, fuzzy -msgid "Server Scenario" -msgstr "Chi tiết máy chủ" +#~ msgid "root Password" +#~ msgstr "Mật khẩu root" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:765 control/control.SLES.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:286 -msgid "Installation Summary" -msgstr "Tổng kết cài đặt" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Check Installation" +#~ msgstr "Cài đặt CD" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1326 control/control.SLES.glade:1350 -msgid "Service" -msgstr "Dịch vụ" +#~ msgid "Hostname" +#~ msgstr "Tên máy" -#: control/control.SLES.glade:340 -msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Users" +#~ msgstr "Người dùng" -#: control/control.glade:276 control/control.openSUSE.glade:717 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "Lựa chọn môi trường" +#~ msgid "Clean Up" +#~ msgstr "Xóa" -#: control/control.glade:634 -msgid "Root Password" -msgstr "Mật khẩu root" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Server Base Scenario" +#~ msgstr "Tên máy chủ: " -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:420 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -"\t " -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Xin chúc mừng!\n" -"Đã hoàn thành cài đặt &product; lên máy của bạn.\n" -"Sau khi nhấn Hoàn thành, bạn có thể đăng nhập vào hệ thống.\n" -"Hãy thăm chúng tôi tại %1.\n" -"Chúc bạn có nhiều niềm vui! Nhóm phát triển SuSE\n" -"\t" +#~ msgid "Server Scenario" +#~ msgstr "Chi tiết máy chủ" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:438 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Service" +#~ msgstr "Dịch vụ" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:451 -msgid "GNOME Desktop" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Desktop Selection" +#~ msgstr "Lựa chọn môi trường" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:452 +#~ msgid "Root Password" +#~ msgstr "Mật khẩu root" + #, fuzzy -msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgstr "Thoát Tìm kiếm Môi trường" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Congratulations!\n" +#~ "The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +#~ "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" +#~ "Visit us at %1.\n" +#~ "Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" +#~ "\t " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Xin chúc mừng!\n" +#~ "Đã hoàn thành cài đặt &product; lên máy của bạn.\n" +#~ "Sau khi nhấn Hoàn thành, bạn có thể đăng nhập vào hệ thống.\n" +#~ "Hãy thăm chúng tôi tại %1.\n" +#~ "Chúc bạn có nhiều niềm vui! Nhóm phát triển SuSE\n" +#~ "\t" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:453 -msgid "XFCE Desktop" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "KDE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Thoát Tìm kiếm Môi trường" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:454 #, fuzzy -msgid "LXDE Desktop" -msgstr "Thoát Tìm kiếm Môi trường" +#~ msgid "LXDE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Thoát Tìm kiếm Môi trường" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:455 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:456 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Alternate Desktops" -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "Môi trường khác" +#~| msgid "Alternate Desktops" +#~ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Môi trường khác" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:457 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:699 control/control.openSUSE.glade:970 #, fuzzy -msgid "Online Repositories" -msgstr "Cập nhật qua mạng" +#~ msgid "Online Repositories" +#~ msgstr "Cập nhật qua mạng" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/country.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/country.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/country.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie(a)riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/crowbar.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/crowbar.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/crowbar.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/dhcp-server.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/dhcp-server.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/dhcp-server.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie(a)riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1651 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 #, fuzzy msgid "IP" msgstr "TKIP" @@ -579,78 +579,77 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:609 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 msgid "" -"The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" -"and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" -"Really use this interface?\n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"and netmask)." msgstr "" #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:633 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:640 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "Máy ảnh chọn" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:658 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 #, fuzzy msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "DNS phụ :" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 #, fuzzy msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "Tuyến mặc định:" #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:666 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:684 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1140 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 msgid "&Units" msgstr "" @@ -658,39 +657,39 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1018 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1030 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1042 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1054 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1068 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 #, fuzzy msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "Cấu hình" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1074 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 #, fuzzy msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "mạng t_uyến" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 #, fuzzy msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "Ngày hiện có :" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "Min&imum IP Address" @@ -698,13 +697,13 @@ #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 #, fuzzy msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "Địa chỉ IP:" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1104 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 #, fuzzy msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "Địa chỉ IP:" @@ -713,7 +712,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1110 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 @@ -725,7 +724,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 @@ -734,56 +733,56 @@ msgstr "Địa chỉ IP:" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1125 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1131 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 #, fuzzy msgid "&Default" msgstr "Tuyến mặc định:" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1159 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1361 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1370 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 #, fuzzy msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "Thông tin kết nối" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 #, fuzzy msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "DNS chính:" #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -791,8 +790,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "" @@ -800,142 +799,142 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1595 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1618 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1649 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 msgid "Name" msgstr "Tên" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 #, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "Địa chỉ phần cứng:" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 msgid "Type" msgstr "Kiểu" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1662 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 #, fuzzy msgid "&Name" msgstr "Tên" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 #, fuzzy msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "Địa chỉ IP:" #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 #, fuzzy msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "Địa chỉ phần cứng:" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1690 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1692 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1707 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1710 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 #, fuzzy msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "Xoá bỏ ra Đĩa" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1812 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1886 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 #, fuzzy msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "Giá trị %1 sai." #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1932 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1942 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1952 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 #, fuzzy msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "Tên này đã được dùng" #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1970 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2034 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "" #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2006 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2021 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "" #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -948,15 +947,15 @@ msgstr "" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" @@ -968,7 +967,7 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2237 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/dns-server.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/dns-server.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/dns-server.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie(a)riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/drbd.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/drbd.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/drbd.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -24,6 +24,16 @@ msgid "Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Cấu hình toàn cầu" +#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86 +msgid "DRBD" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88 +msgid "&DRBD" +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. @@ -63,24 +73,83 @@ msgid "Resource Configuration" msgstr "Cấu hình mạng" +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resource Basic Configuration" +msgstr "Cấu hình mạng" + +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration" +msgstr "Cấu hình mạng" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51 +msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52 +msgid "" +"included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n" +msgstr "Phần đầu của cấu hình CASA" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "First part of configuration of CASA" +msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n" +msgstr "Phần đầu của cấu hình CASA" + #. Drbd configure1 dialog caption #. Drbd configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:60 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration" msgid "DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Cấu hình" #. Drbd configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy -msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" +#| msgid "First part of configuration of CASA" +msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Phần đầu của cấu hình CASA" #. Drbd configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141 #, fuzzy -msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" +#| msgid "Second part of configuration of CASA" +msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Phần thứ hai của cấu hình CASA" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -106,9 +175,12 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:36 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing CASA Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" "<big>Đang khởi chạy cấu hình CASA</big> \n" "Xin hãy chờ... \n" @@ -125,9 +197,12 @@ #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Saving CASA Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" "<big>Đang lưu cấu hình CASA</big> \n" "Xin hãy chờ... \n" @@ -152,16 +227,85 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55 #, fuzzy +msgid "<big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "" +"<big>Đang lưu cấu hình CASA</big> \n" +"Xin hãy chờ... \n" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Booting:\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually\n" +"\t\tSwitch On and Off:\n" +"\t\t\tStarting or Stopping DRBD Server right now\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "" +"<big>Đang lưu cấu hình CASA</big> \n" +"Xin hãy chờ... \n" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\tProtocol\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" +"\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" +"\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" +"\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 +#, fuzzy msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "" "<big>Đang lưu cấu hình CASA</big> \n" "Xin hãy chờ... \n" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" @@ -171,31 +315,32 @@ " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" -"Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n" -"module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n" -"configured in this file.\n" +" use this if you want to define more resources later\n" +" without reloading the module.\n" +" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n" +" as configured mentioned in this file. " msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"Configure DRBD here. \n" +"Configure drbd here. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Cấu hình CASA</big> \n" "Cấu hình CASA ở đây. \n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n" -"If your DRBD was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" +"If your drbd was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Thêm một máy chủ SLP</big> \n" @@ -204,7 +349,7 @@ "Sau đó nhấn Cấu hình.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -215,11 +360,11 @@ "sẽ mở ra.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:93 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" -"Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n" +"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Tổng quan về cấu hình máy chủ SLP</big> \n" @@ -227,21 +372,21 @@ "có thể sửa cấu hình của chúng. \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Press Add to configure a DRBD.\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Press Add to configure a drbd." msgstr "" "<big>Thêm một máy chủ SLP</big> \n" "Nhấn Thêm để cấu hình một máy chủ SLP.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Sửa hoặc Xóa</big> \n" @@ -249,7 +394,7 @@ "Sau đó nhấn Sửa hoặc Xóa theo mong muốn.\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -261,7 +406,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -272,7 +417,7 @@ "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -293,14 +438,15 @@ msgid "Protocol" msgstr "&Giao thức" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:545 +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Scope and IP address must be inserted." msgid "Node names must be different." msgstr "Cần chèn phạm vi và địa chỉ IP." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:567 -msgid "Fill out all fields." +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568 +msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -346,8 +492,8 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81 msgid "" -"To propagate this configuration,\n" -"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n" +"To propagate this configuration ,\n" +"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." msgstr "" #. } @@ -365,106 +511,189 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start search service" -msgid "Starting DRBD service failed." +msgid "Start DRBD service failed" msgstr "Khởi chạy dịch vụ tìm kiếm" #. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start search service" -msgid "Stopping DRBD service failed." +msgid "Stop DRBD service failed" msgstr "Khởi chạy dịch vụ tìm kiếm" #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137 #, fuzzy msgid "Heartbeat Configuration" msgstr "Cấu hình phần cứng" #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:138 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Đang chạy..." +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of drbd. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101 +msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123 +msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:71 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Khởi chạy cấu hình CASA" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:79 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141 #, fuzzy msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "Đọc thiết lập Samba toàn cầu" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:80 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142 #, fuzzy msgid "Read resources" msgstr "Thêm tài nguyên" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:81 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143 #, fuzzy msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "Đọc trạng thái winbind" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:84 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "Đang đọc thiết lập Samba toàn cầu..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:85 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "Đang đọc danh sách môđun" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:86 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "Đang đọc trạng thái winbind..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:87 src/modules/Drbd.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Hoàn thành" +#. new_map = remove(new_map, key); +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412 +msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421 +msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n" +msgid "" +"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" +"%2" +msgstr "Môđun cấu hình YaST %1\n" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464 +msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Đang ghi cấu hình YaST..." #. if (!modified) return true; #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484 #, fuzzy msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Ghi thiết lập hạng mục" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485 #, fuzzy msgid "Write resources" msgstr "Ghi thiết lập" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Đang ghi các thiết lập..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "Đang ghi các thiết lập..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 #, fuzzy msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "Đang đọc trạng thái winbind..." +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to create directory." +msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" +msgstr "Không thể tạo thư mục." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" +#~ msgstr "Phần thứ hai của cấu hình CASA" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Đang khởi chạy cấu hình CASA</big> \n" +#~ "Xin hãy chờ... \n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Đang lưu cấu hình CASA</big> \n" +#~ "Xin hãy chờ... \n" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Drbd Configuration" #~ msgstr "Cấu hình" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/fcoe-client.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/fcoe-client.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/fcoe-client.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -46,8 +46,18 @@ msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "Máy khách NFS" +#. setting of config value is 'yes' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "có" + +#. setting of config value is 'no' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 +msgid "no" +msgstr "không" + #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:92 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgid "" @@ -55,15 +65,44 @@ "Command %1 failed." msgstr "Gỡ bỏ gói %1 không thành công." +#. FCoE is not available on the interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "is not available" +msgid "not available" +msgstr "không có" + +#. the interface is not configured for FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not configured yet." +msgid "not configured" +msgstr "Chưa cấu hình." + +#. the flag is 'true' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 +msgid "true" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is 'false' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 +msgid "false" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is not set at all +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 +msgid "not set" +msgstr "" + #. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:280 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration of an SLP server" msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2" msgstr "Cấu hình của một máy chủ SLP" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:342 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -71,7 +110,7 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:357 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -79,12 +118,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:391 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device" msgstr "" #. question to the user: really create and start FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 msgid "" "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" "interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n" @@ -92,32 +131,32 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot create directory '%1'." msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." msgstr "Không tạo được thư mục '%1'." #. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:454 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:462 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 msgid "" "Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" "Continue because running in test mode" msgstr "" #. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:557 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to reset your settings?" msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?" msgstr "Bạn có thực sự muốn đặt lại thiết lập của mình?" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:565 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 msgid "" "Attention:\n" "Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" @@ -125,34 +164,34 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:575 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 msgid "" "Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" "to an already activated multipath device." msgstr "" #. replace values in table -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:724 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed." msgstr "Gỡ bỏ gói %1 không thành công." -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:736 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed." msgstr "Gỡ bỏ gói %1 không thành công." #. text of a warning popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:768 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 msgid "" "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" "interface isn't DCB capable." msgstr "" #. text of an information (notify) popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:805 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 msgid "" "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." @@ -183,7 +222,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Có" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 @@ -191,7 +230,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Không" #. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 @@ -563,206 +602,201 @@ msgstr "Bạn có muốn cài đặt nó bây giờ?" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:862 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:871 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "Không dò tìm được thiết bị." #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:891 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:905 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." +msgstr "Không chạy được dịch vụ winbind." + +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "" +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot start '%1' service" +msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." +msgstr "Không chạy được dịch vụ '%1'" + #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" "VLAN interface to get a valid configuration." msgstr "" -#. it's about a flag which is not set at all -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1099 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1105 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1110 -msgid "not set" -msgstr "" - -#. also about setting of a flag -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "true" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "false" -msgstr "" - #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Đang chạy cấu hình máy khách Samba" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "Lỗi cài đặt những gói đã yêu cầu." #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Check for network devices" msgid "Check services" msgstr "Kiểm tra các thiết bị mạng" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1461 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1463 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1467 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for network devices..." msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "Đang kiểm tra các thiết bị mạng..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1469 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for network devices..." msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "Đang kiểm tra các thiết bị mạng..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1471 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "Đang dò tìm thiết bị..." #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1475 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1569 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Hoàn thành" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1501 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing settings failed" msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "Lỗi ghi thiết lập" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1514 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Không dò tìm được thiết bị." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1524 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read catalogs." msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "Không đọc được hạng mục." #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1540 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Đang ghi cấu hình máy khách Samba" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Ghi thiết lập" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start search service" msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "Khởi chạy dịch vụ tìm kiếm" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1559 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adjust firewall service" msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "Chỉnh sửa dịch vụ tường lửa" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1563 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Đang ghi các thiết lập..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1565 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting browser..." msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "Đang chạy trình duyệt..." #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1567 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "Đang chỉnh sửa dịch vụ tường lửa..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "Không ghi được các thiết lập vào %1." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1605 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing settings failed" msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "Lỗi ghi thiết lập" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read catalogs." msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "Không đọc được hạng mục." #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1669 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" @@ -775,20 +809,20 @@ " \n" #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1683 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Interface:" msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "Giao diện:" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1691 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1701 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing settings failed" msgid "Starting of services" @@ -796,13 +830,13 @@ #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1709 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1719 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enabled" msgid "enabled" msgstr "Dùng" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1710 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1720 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disabled" msgid "disabled" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/firewall-services.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/firewall-services.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/firewall-services.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/firewall.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/firewall.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/firewall.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie(a)riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/firstboot.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/firstboot.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/firstboot.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-28 16:13+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN(a)googlegroups.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/ftp-server.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/ftp-server.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/ftp-server.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/geo-cluster.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/geo-cluster.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/geo-cluster.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ #. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:97 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -72,92 +72,293 @@ #. #. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Completed" +msgid "configuration file" +msgstr "Hoàn thành cấu hình" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "arbitrator ip" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "transport" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Thêm" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:72 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Xoá" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" #. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:104 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Được" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:105 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" -#. parser value first -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter a valid e-mail address" +msgid "Please enter valid ip address" +msgstr "Xin hãy nhập một địa chỉ e-mail đúng" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:164 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "More directories" +msgid "retries" +msgstr "Thư mục thêm" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Modem Lights" +msgid "weights" +msgstr "Đèn modem" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188 +msgid "expire" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 +msgid "acquire-after" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +msgid "before-acquire-handler" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "timeout is no valid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:166 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "expire is no valid" +msgstr "' không đúng." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "acquireafter is no valid" +msgstr "' không đúng." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "retries is no valid" +msgstr "' không đúng." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "weights is no valid" +msgstr "' không đúng." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "ticket can not be null" msgstr "" +#. fill confs with global_files +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patches have been installed." +msgid "site have to be filled" +msgstr "Đã cài các vá lỗi." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patches have been installed." +msgid "ticket have to be filled" +msgstr "Đã cài các vá lỗi." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582 +msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!" +msgstr "" + #. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:317 +#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd. +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Geo Cluster configure" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This name is already in use" +msgid "Ticket name already exist!" +msgstr "Tên này đã được dùng" + +#. abort? +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Completed" +msgid "Configuration name can not be null" +msgstr "Hoàn thành cấu hình" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Completed" +msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." +msgstr "Hoàn thành cấu hình" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Key is invalid." +msgid "port is invalid!" +msgstr "Chìa khóa sai." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595 +msgid "transport have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patches have been installed." +msgid "site have to be filled!" +msgstr "Đã cài các vá lỗi." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patches have been installed." +msgid "ticket have to be filled!" +msgstr "Đã cài các vá lỗi." + +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "System Configuration" +msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" +msgstr "Cấu hình hệ thống" + +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Save configuration" +msgid "Choose configuration file:" +msgstr "Lưu cấu hình" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "System Configuration" +msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" +msgstr "Cấu hình hệ thống" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" +msgid "Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "Đang ghi cấu hình tường lửa" + #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Đang chạy..." + +#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." +msgstr "Không ghi được các thiết lập." + +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242 +msgid "Cannot write global settings." msgstr "" +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." +msgstr "Không ghi được các thiết lập." + #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:168 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -166,120 +367,108 @@ #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Đọc thiết lập trước đây" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:185 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:184 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Đang đọc thiết lập trước đây..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:186 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:282 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoàn thành" +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:255 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:272 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ghi thiết lập" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:274 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:278 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Đang ghi các thiết lập..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:280 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "" -#. read sites -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:311 -msgid "Cannot write global settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:315 -msgid "Cannot write sites settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write ticket -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:318 -msgid "Cannot write ticket settings." -msgstr "" - #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:324 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Không ghi được các thiết lập." #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:372 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tổng kết cấu hình..." #. Progress stage 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 msgid "Read the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Đọc cơ sở dữ liệu" #. Progress stage 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 msgid "Detect the devices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dò tìm thiết bị" #. Progress step 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 msgid "Reading the database..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Đang đọc cơ sở dữ liệu..." #. Progress step 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 msgid "Detecting the devices..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Đang dò tìm thiết bị..." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 msgid "Cannot read the database1." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Không đọc được database1." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 msgid "Cannot read the database2." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Không đọc được database2." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 msgid "Cannot detect devices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Không dò tìm được thiết bị." #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chạy SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Đang chạy SuSEconfig..." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 msgid "Configuration summary ..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tổng kết cấu hình ..." Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/gtk.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/gtk.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/gtk.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ #: src/YGUtils.cc:644 msgid "Next" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kế" #: src/ygtksteps.c:75 #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/http-server.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/http-server.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/http-server.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie(a)riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/inetd.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/inetd.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/inetd.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie(a)riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/installation.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/installation.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/installation.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-18 03:56+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN(a)googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -62,22 +62,22 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:96 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml" msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:78 +#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "Đang sao chép tập tin vào hệ thống đã cài đặt..." @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ msgstr "Chế độ cài đặt" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:73 +#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "Đang chạy trình quản lý cửa sổ mặc định..." @@ -272,6 +272,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Không biết thời lượng" @@ -334,7 +335,7 @@ #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137 -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:312 +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Điều kiện bản quyền" @@ -396,11 +397,24 @@ "Dùng Chấp nhận để thực hiện một cài đặt mới với những giá trị đã hiển thị.\n" "\n" -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:336 +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299 #, fuzzy -msgid "License needs to be accepted" -msgstr "cần phải cài đặt lại" +#| msgid "Release Notes" +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "Ghi chú về bản phát hành" +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342 +msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 #, fuzzy @@ -621,11 +635,11 @@ msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "Cấu hình các đĩa &ZFCP" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "Cấu hình các đĩa &iSCSI" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:113 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 #, fuzzy msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" msgstr "Cấu hình mạng" @@ -649,14 +663,22 @@ msgid "Installation is just about to start!" msgstr "" -#. download release notes now -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:135 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:356 +#. Set the UI content to show some progress. +#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. bug #302384 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 +msgid "Initializing" +msgstr "Đang chạy" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Release Notes" -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." -msgstr "Ghi chú về bản phát hành" +msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgstr "Đang chạy trình quản lý cửa sổ mặc định..." #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 @@ -678,67 +700,67 @@ #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:85 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "Đang kết thúc cài đặt sơ cấp" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "Đang &chuyển tới hệ thống đã cài..." #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "Chép tập tin vào hệ thống đã cài đặt" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:142 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "Lưu cấu hình" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "Lưu thiết lập cài đặt" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:188 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "Cài trình khởi động" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:200 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "Chuẩn bị hệ thống để khởi động lần đầu" #. merge steps from add-on products #. bnc #438678 -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "Đã bắt đầu kiểm tra (%1)...\n" #. a fallback busy message -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:394 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437 #, fuzzy msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "Đang chạy môđun %1..." #. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:414 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457 msgid " * %1" msgstr "" #. Anything else -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:451 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Hoàn thành" #. get the latest errors -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625 #, fuzzy msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "Nguồn cài đặt" @@ -762,12 +784,6 @@ "Xin hãy chờ trong khi cài đặt hệ thống sơ cấp được.\n" "" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Initializing the installation..." -msgstr "Đang chạy trình quản lý cửa sổ mặc định..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. help for the dialog - busy message #: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 @@ -782,13 +798,6 @@ msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." msgstr "Đang ghi cấu hình hệ thống" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. bug #302384 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 -msgid "Initializing" -msgstr "Đang chạy" - #. dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 #, fuzzy @@ -1003,12 +1012,12 @@ msgstr "" #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "Bỏ qua cấu hình theo yêu cầu của người dùng" #. error message is a popup -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:257 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -1017,32 +1026,32 @@ #. not using tabs #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:500 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:514 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:559 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:569 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567 msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" msgstr "LỖI: Thiếu tiêu đề" #. busy message -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:525 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523 #, fuzzy msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "Đang đọc thiết lập trước đây..." #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:529 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1031 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "Đang phân tích hệ thống..." #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:700 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "LỖI: Không có đề xuất" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:745 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1051,7 +1060,7 @@ "Có lỗi." #. dialog headline -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:949 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947 #, fuzzy msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Nguồn cài đặt" @@ -1061,25 +1070,25 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:973 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "&Bỏ qua cấu hình" #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:982 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "&Dùng cấu hình sau" #. menu button #. menu button #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:994 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1178 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "&Thay đổi..." #. menu button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1000 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1173 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgid "&Export Configuration" @@ -1087,25 +1096,25 @@ #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1071 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "Nhấn vào mỗi đề mục để thay đổi hoặc dùng trình đơn \"Thay đổi...\" ở dưới." -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1075 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "Nhấn vào mỗi đề mục để thay đổi hoặc dùng trình đơn \"Thay đổi...\" ở dưới." #. menu button item -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1172 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "Đặt thành &mặc định" #. General part of the help text for all types of proposals -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206 msgid "" "\n" "Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" @@ -1119,7 +1128,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1219 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1151,7 +1160,7 @@ #. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26 #. #. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1245 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1272 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -1168,7 +1177,7 @@ #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1255 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1181,7 +1190,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1282 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1193,7 +1202,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1293 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1205,7 +1214,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1304 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1216,12 +1225,12 @@ "\n" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "Đề nghị cài đặt UML" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1315 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -1232,7 +1241,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1332 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -1243,7 +1252,7 @@ "\n" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1345 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Some proposals might be\n" @@ -1259,11 +1268,11 @@ "bị khóa, hãy hỏi nhà quản trị." #. FATE #120373 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1371 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369 msgid "&Update" msgstr "&Cập nhật" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1372 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370 msgid "&Install" msgstr "&Cài đặt" @@ -1399,60 +1408,41 @@ msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "Đang thử các ổ cứng" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Search for Linux partitions" -msgstr "Tìm kiếm trong ứng dụng" - +#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 -msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." -msgstr "" - -#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 #, fuzzy msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "Tìm kiếm tập tin" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "Tìm kiếm tập tin" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:136 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 #, fuzzy msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "Đang nạp phông chữ..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:137 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "Đang nạp phông chữ..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:140 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Evaluate update possibility" -msgstr "Cập nhật tự động" - -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:141 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." -msgstr "Đang tính các lựa chọn gói..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:146 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 #, fuzzy msgid "System Probing" msgstr "Đang kiểm tra..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:152 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 #, fuzzy msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "Xin hãy đợi trong khi cấu hình hệ thống." #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1465,7 +1455,7 @@ "Xin hãy kiểm tra phần cứng!\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1478,7 +1468,7 @@ "Không tìm thấy ổ cứng để cài đặt.\n" "Xin hãy kiểm tra phần cứng!\n" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:279 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1486,7 +1476,7 @@ msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" @@ -1503,7 +1493,7 @@ "Hãy kiểm tra phần cứng.\n" #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:343 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" @@ -1511,160 +1501,160 @@ msgstr "Lỗi bắt đầu thư mục." #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:96 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remove" msgid "Removed" msgstr "Gỡ bỏ" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:100 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Dùng" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Không dùng" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:199 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:667 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:726 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736 #, fuzzy msgid "Previously Used Repositories" msgstr "Tập tin phụ" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, #. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:205 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 msgid "" "These repositories were found on the system\n" "you are upgrading:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225 #, fuzzy msgid "Current Status" msgstr "Trạng thái hiện thời: " #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:217 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository" msgstr "Đăng ký sản phẩm" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:219 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 #, fuzzy msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "Trạng thái" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:235 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" "on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249 msgid "" "To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:243 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253 msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." msgstr "" #. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted #. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key #. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:265 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:272 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:278 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Không biết" #. TRANSLATORS: textentry -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383 #, fuzzy msgid "&Repository URL" msgstr "Đăng ký sản phẩm" #. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:637 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647 #, fuzzy msgid "Network is not Configured" msgstr "Cấu hình mạng" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649 msgid "" "Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n" "Configure it?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:670 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:727 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding and removing repositories..." msgstr "Tập tin phụ" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:673 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:732 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742 #, fuzzy msgid "Repositories are being added and removed." msgstr "Xin hãy đợi trong khi cấu hình hệ thống." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:692 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702 #, fuzzy msgid "Remove unused repositories" msgstr "Đọc thiết lập trước đây" -#. Removes selected repositories -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:696 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:813 +#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859 #, fuzzy msgid "Removing unused repositories..." msgstr "Đọc những gói có trong nguồn cài đặt.." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:703 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713 #, fuzzy msgid "Add enabled repositories" msgstr "Đọc thiết lập trước đây" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:867 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding enabled repositories..." msgstr "Tập tin phụ" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:715 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725 #, fuzzy msgid "Add disabled repositories" msgstr "Đọc thiết lập trước đây" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:719 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1024 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding disabled repositories..." msgstr "Tập tin phụ" #. true - OK, continue -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:841 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899 msgid "Correct Media Requested" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901 msgid "" "Make sure that media with label %1\n" "is in the CD/DVD drive.\n" @@ -1674,7 +1664,7 @@ #. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them #. for the system upgrade -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:906 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964 msgid "" "Cannot add repository %1\n" "URL: %2\n" @@ -1684,7 +1674,7 @@ msgstr "" #. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:943 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot add enabled repository\n" @@ -1696,7 +1686,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:963 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021 #, fuzzy msgid "" "An error occurred while refreshing repository\n" @@ -1708,7 +1698,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:983 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041 #, fuzzy msgid "" "An error occurred while enabling repository\n" @@ -1719,7 +1709,7 @@ "%2" #. do not probe! adding as disabled! -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1064 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot add disabled repository\n" @@ -1806,57 +1796,52 @@ msgstr "Đang lưu cấu hình proxy..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/random_finish.rb:62 -msgid "Enabling random number generator..." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "Đang lưu múi giờ..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145 msgid "Saving language..." msgstr "Đang lưu ngôn ngữ..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150 msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgstr "Đang lưu cấu hình kênh giao tác console..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169 msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." msgstr "Đang lưu cấu hình bàn phím..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174 msgid "Saving product information..." msgstr "Đang lưu thông tin sản phẩm..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving automatical installation settings..." msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." msgstr "Đang lưu thiết lập cài đặt tự động..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving security settings..." msgstr "Đang ghi thiết lập..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:192 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..." msgstr "Đang đọc thiết lập trước đây..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:70 +#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67 msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "Đang lưu cấu hình phần cứng..." @@ -1890,7 +1875,7 @@ msgstr "Đang ghi cấu hình YaST..." #. call command -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -2146,7 +2131,69 @@ msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "" +#. Text to display +#. +#. @return String +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote Administration" +msgid "Enabling remote administration..." +msgstr "Quản lý từ xa" + +#. checking whether images are supported +#. BNC #409927 +#. Checking files for signatures +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845 +msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" +msgstr "" + +#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Deploying..." +msgstr "Đang tải xuống gói %1 (%2)..." + +#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types. +#. +#. @see #all_supported_types +#. @see #objects_state +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Storing user preferences..." +msgstr "Tùy thích Điện năng" + +#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Restoring user preferences..." +msgstr "Tùy thích Điện năng" + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446 +msgid "" +"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" +"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." +msgstr "" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "License needs to be accepted" +#~ msgstr "cần phải cài đặt lại" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Search for Linux partitions" +#~ msgstr "Tìm kiếm trong ứng dụng" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Evaluate update possibility" +#~ msgstr "Cập nhật tự động" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." +#~ msgstr "Đang tính các lựa chọn gói..." + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Network Device: %1" #~ msgstr "Khởi chạy dịch vụ tìm kiếm" @@ -2531,18 +2578,6 @@ #~ "Hãy kiểm tra phần cứng.\n" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Deploying..." -#~ msgstr "Đang tải xuống gói %1 (%2)..." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Storing user preferences..." -#~ msgstr "Tùy thích Điện năng" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Restoring user preferences..." -#~ msgstr "Tùy thích Điện năng" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "No system type was selected.\n" #~ "Select the default type." Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/instserver.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/instserver.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/instserver.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie(a)riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/iplb.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/iplb.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/iplb.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ #. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 msgid "Global Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cấu hình toàn cầu" #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration" @@ -92,6 +92,26 @@ msgstr "" #. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "có" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "no" +msgstr "không" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Global Configuration" +msgid "&Global Configuration" +msgstr "Cấu hình toàn cầu" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SLP Server Configuration" +msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" +msgstr "Cấu hình máy chủ SLP" + #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 msgid "Check Interval" msgstr "" @@ -201,7 +221,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -441,7 +461,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -478,7 +498,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 msgid "Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dịch vụ" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 msgid "Check Command" @@ -538,7 +558,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Thêm" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 msgid "Edit" @@ -546,7 +566,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Xoá" #. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 @@ -572,13 +592,19 @@ #. return `cacel or a string #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Được" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +msgid "" +"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" +"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 msgid "Real Server's IP Address" msgstr "" @@ -591,10 +617,26 @@ msgid "weight" msgstr "" +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "IP address is not Valid" +msgstr "' không đúng." + +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +msgid "Add a new real server:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +msgid "Edit the real server:" +msgstr "" + #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Đang chạy..." #. Read all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -621,7 +663,7 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoàn thành" #. Write all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -631,19 +673,19 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ghi thiết lập" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chạy SuSEconfig" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Đang ghi các thiết lập..." #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Đang chạy SuSEconfig..." #. write global conf #. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" @@ -653,10 +695,10 @@ #. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Không ghi được các thiết lập." #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tổng kết cấu hình..." Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/iscsi-client.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/iscsi-client.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/iscsi-client.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie(a)riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -67,166 +67,170 @@ msgid "iSNS Port" msgstr "Cổng" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:109 +#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 #, fuzzy -msgid "Initiator Name" +msgid "&Initiator Name" msgstr "Tên thư mục" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:115 -msgid "Offloa&d Card" +#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well +#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware +#. shifting load from processor to card) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 +msgid "Offload Car&d" msgstr "" #. table of connected targets #. table of discovered targets #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:179 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Interface:" msgid "Interface" msgstr "Giao diện:" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:180 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 #, fuzzy msgid "Portal Address" msgstr "Địa chỉ IP:" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:181 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 #, fuzzy msgid "Target Name" msgstr "Tên thẻ :" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:215 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 #, fuzzy msgid "Add" msgstr "Địa chỉ" #. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit" msgstr "&Sửa" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Log Out" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 #, fuzzy msgid "Connected" msgstr "Dã _kết nối:" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 #, fuzzy msgid "Discovery" msgstr "Thư mục" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 #, fuzzy msgid "Log In" msgstr "Biểu hình" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 #, fuzzy msgid "Connect" msgstr "_Kết nối" #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target #. authentication dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:234 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:268 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 #, fuzzy msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "Xác thực:" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:271 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 #, fuzzy msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "Xác thực:" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:273 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:279 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 #, fuzzy msgid "Username" msgstr "Tên _người dùng:" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:240 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:274 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 #, fuzzy msgid "Password" msgstr "Mật khẩu :" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 #, fuzzy msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "Xác thực:" #. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Startup" msgstr "Bắt đầu &cập nhật" #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 #, fuzzy msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Địa chỉ IP:" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 msgid "Port" msgstr "Cổng" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Key" msgstr "Chìa khóa" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Value" msgstr "Giá trị" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 #, fuzzy msgid "Service" msgstr "_Thiết bị:" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 #, fuzzy msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "Tình trạng kết nối" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:366 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "" #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:385 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "" #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:400 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" @@ -235,9 +239,9 @@ #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:435 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:474 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "" @@ -453,13 +457,13 @@ msgstr "" #. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:626 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "Hiện mật khẩu" #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:632 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "" @@ -467,38 +471,38 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:867 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 msgid "True" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 #, fuzzy msgid "False" msgstr "Tập tin" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:772 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:892 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 msgid "Continue" msgstr "Tiếp tục" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:776 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:896 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 #, fuzzy msgid "Cancel" msgstr "&Dừng" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:886 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 #, fuzzy msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "Tên này đã được dùng" @@ -583,14 +587,20 @@ msgstr "" #. interface type for hardware offloading -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:70 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Software" -msgid "(Software)" +msgid "default (Software)" msgstr "Phần mềm" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Install" +msgid "all" +msgstr "Cài đặt" + #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:672 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -599,7 +609,7 @@ msgstr "" #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Cấu hình" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/iscsi-lio-server.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/iscsi-lio-server.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/iscsi-lio-server.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/iscsi-server.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/iscsi-server.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/iscsi-server.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie(a)riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/isns.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/isns.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/isns.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -316,85 +316,85 @@ msgstr "Đang chạy..." #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:106 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 #, fuzzy msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "Để cấu hình máy chủ SLP cần cài đặt gói %1." -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:109 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 #, fuzzy msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "Bạn có muốn cài đặt nó bây giờ?" #. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:486 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "Đang chạy cấu hình tường lửa" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:502 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Đọc cơ sở dữ liệu" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:504 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Đọc thiết lập trước đây" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:506 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "Dò tìm thiết bị" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:510 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Đang đọc cơ sở dữ liệu..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:512 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Đang đọc thiết lập trước đây..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:514 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "Đang dò tìm thiết bị..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:516 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:594 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Hoàn thành" #. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:568 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "Đang lưu cấu hình CASA" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:584 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Ghi thiết lập" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:586 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "Chạy SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:590 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Đang ghi các thiết lập..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:592 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "Đang chạy SuSEconfig..." #. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf) -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:606 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Không ghi được các thiết lập." Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/kdump.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/kdump.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/kdump.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -391,8 +391,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. Popup::Message(crash_value); #. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:558 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:577 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "" @@ -525,16 +525,6 @@ msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "Không dùng" -#. checking if packages are available -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:101 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:103 -msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:113 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:115 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Package for kdump is not available." -msgstr "không có" - #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 #, fuzzy @@ -1195,147 +1185,151 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:483 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:593 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Khởi chạy cấu hình CASA" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:602 src/modules/Kdump.rb:610 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Đang đọc cấu hình hiện thời..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:604 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Không đọc được thiết lập hiện thời." #. Progress stage 4/4 #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:606 src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading available memory..." msgstr "Đang dò tìm hạng mục..." #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Đang đọc thiết lập trước đây..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:634 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "Không đọc được thiết lập hiện thời." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:641 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "Không đọc được hạng mục." #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Đang lưu cấu hình CASA" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:696 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Ghi thiết lập" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:698 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699 #, fuzzy msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Cập nhật thiết lập" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Đang ghi thiết lập..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "Đang cập nhật cấu hình..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:706 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Hoàn thành" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Không ghi được thiết lập." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:725 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:844 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 #, fuzzy msgid "enabled" msgstr "Dùng" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 #, fuzzy msgid "disabled" msgstr "Không dùng" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841 msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848 #, fuzzy msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "Dấu chân: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855 #, fuzzy msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "Số bản _sao :" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862 #, fuzzy msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "Số bản _sao :" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:961 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." msgstr "" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Package for kdump is not available." +#~ msgstr "không có" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Reading disk partitions..." #~ msgstr "Đang đọc thiết lập trước đây..." Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/kerberos-server.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/kerberos-server.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/kerberos-server.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/kerberos.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/kerberos.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/kerberos.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie(a)riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/languages_db.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/languages_db.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/languages_db.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-05-10 13:09+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Ngọc <ngoc_do1991(a)yahoo.com>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/ldap-client.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/ldap-client.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/ldap-client.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie(a)riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/ldap-server.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/ldap-server.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/ldap-server.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie(a)riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/ldap.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/ldap.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/ldap.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -231,46 +231,46 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." msgstr "" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" msgstr "" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" msgstr "" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ #. entry of the current template. #. ") + #. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" @@ -292,12 +292,12 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" msgstr "" @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 msgid "LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Máy chủ LDAP" #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 @@ -379,4 +379,4 @@ #. table header 2/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 msgid "Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Giá trị" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/live-installer.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/live-installer.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/live-installer.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/lxc.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/lxc.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/lxc.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/mail.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/mail.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/mail.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/multipath.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/multipath.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/multipath.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/ncurses-pkg.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/ncurses-pkg.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/ncurses-pkg.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-02 16:44+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN(a)googlegroups.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/ncurses.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/ncurses.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/ncurses.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-05-28 17:07+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Quang Duong Ha <contact(a)haqduong.net>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/network.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/network.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/network.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 11:54+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie(a)riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -104,91 +104,57 @@ msgstr "Vùng ở trong" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:67 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..." msgstr "Đang ghi cấu hình tường lửa" -#. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC -#. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:104 -msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:110 -msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:114 -msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119 -msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:123 -msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:128 -msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:132 -msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" - #. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:218 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall and SSH" msgstr "Tường lửa mở" #. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:220 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:135 #, fuzzy msgid "&Firewall and SSH" msgstr "Tường lửa mở" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:231 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "Đang ghi cấu hình tường lửa" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:237 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152 msgid "Open &VNC Ports" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:160 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "Chỉnh sửa dịch vụ tường lửa" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:256 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "Bật _Vô tuyến" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:264 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179 msgid "Open SSH Port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:272 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable SSH Service" msgstr "Chỉnh sửa dịch vụ tường lửa" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" @@ -196,13 +162,13 @@ "SSH client" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:290 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" "Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:293 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 msgid "" "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" "service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" @@ -210,13 +176,48 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215 msgid "" "You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" "started by the installer automatically if needed." msgstr "" +#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog +#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292 +msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296 +msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301 +msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305 +msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317 +msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319 +msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324 +msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328 +msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" + #. Commandline help title #. configuration of hosts #. Hosts dialog caption @@ -498,9 +499,18 @@ msgid "Interfaces for Bridging" msgstr "" -#. Lan::PrepareForAutoinst(); -#. Lan::Autoinstall(); -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:173 +#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML +#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML +#. has higher priority +#. +#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with +#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than +#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses". +#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means +#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml". +#. Other elements may have similar problems, +#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance. +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171 msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "" @@ -585,7 +595,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:476 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479 #, fuzzy msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "Cấu hình" @@ -699,7 +709,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "_Thiết bị:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:414 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:416 msgid "Options" msgstr "Tùy chọn" @@ -777,13 +787,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "Change." msgstr "" @@ -1166,7 +1176,7 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 #, fuzzy msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "Kiểu cảnh" @@ -1174,7 +1184,7 @@ #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:353 #, fuzzy msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "Cấu hình" @@ -1188,7 +1198,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1312 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316 #, fuzzy msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "Tên thiết bị modem" @@ -1390,37 +1400,37 @@ #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1289 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 #, fuzzy msgid "&Address" msgstr "Địa chỉ" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1298 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "&Phần cứng" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1305 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1319 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323 #, fuzzy msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "Chuột vô tuyến" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1435,11 +1445,11 @@ msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "T_ên mạng:" -#. allow to add bonding device into bridge and also device with mask /32(bnc#405343) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:131 +#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" -"Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" +"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" msgstr "" #. Network card name (wireless) @@ -1654,7 +1664,7 @@ msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "Thiết bị chưa được cấu hình" -#. encoding: utf-8 +#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** #. #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -1747,7 +1757,7 @@ msgstr "Có lỗi trong khi tạo initrd." #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1757,13 +1767,12 @@ msgstr "" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:458 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#. radio button group label, method of setup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:494 src/include/network/widgets.rb:352 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "" @@ -1772,7 +1781,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:524 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:523 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "Chạy mạng" @@ -1801,7 +1810,7 @@ msgstr "Tuyến mặc định:" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:81 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1809,20 +1818,20 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:90 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1830,7 +1839,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1838,19 +1847,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" "format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" "configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1858,97 +1867,97 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:148 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." msgstr "" #. Manual dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:269 #, fuzzy msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Cấu hình phẳng" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:282 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:291 msgid "&USB" msgstr "&USB" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:298 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:300 msgid "&Hotplug Type" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:303 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:305 msgid "P&CI" msgstr "" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:315 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:317 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:325 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:327 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "" #. TODO: Ud ... Rules -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:380 -msgid "Udev rules" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Name" msgstr "_Thiết bị:" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385 #, fuzzy msgid "Change" msgstr "&Thay đổi" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 -msgid "Show visible port identification" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:396 +msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:401 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:406 msgid "Blink" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:409 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:411 #, fuzzy -msgid "Ethtool options" +msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "Thông tin khác" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:491 #, fuzzy msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "Máy ảnh chọn" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -1956,28 +1965,28 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:564 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:504 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:559 #, fuzzy msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "T_ên mạng:" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:512 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 #, fuzzy msgid "&Search" msgstr "Tìm kiếm" #. Remember current device number (#308763) #. see also bnc#391802 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:833 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:824 msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:877 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:868 #, fuzzy msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Tải lại cấu hình" @@ -1986,144 +1995,144 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:897 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:990 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1057 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1094 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:907 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:898 #, fuzzy msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "Tên người dùng:" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:912 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:903 #, fuzzy msgid "Port Number" msgstr "Tên người dùng:" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:926 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:917 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:933 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:940 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:931 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1015 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1084 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075 #, fuzzy msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "Tên máy" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 #, fuzzy msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "Trung tâm điều khiển YaST2" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:971 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1008 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1007 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1032 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1033 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1049 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1040 #, fuzzy msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "Siêu dữ liệu đã mở rộng" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1051 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1095 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1086 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1112 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 #, fuzzy msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "Tên người dùng:" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1123 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1114 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" msgstr "" #. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1250 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238 #, fuzzy msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" @@ -2132,7 +2141,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1272 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1260 #, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "Địa chỉ phần cứng:" @@ -2176,28 +2185,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 msgid "" -"Use the Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt>\n" -"if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n" +"Use wicked if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:64 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" "edit their configuration. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:69 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Network Card:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:72 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Configuring or Deleting:</big> \n" @@ -2209,7 +2217,7 @@ "Sau đó nhấn Sửa hoặc Xóa theo mong muốn.\n" #. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:79 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big>\n" "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" @@ -2219,13 +2227,13 @@ "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:87 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 #, fuzzy msgid "All changes will be applied after reboot." msgstr "Mọi thay đổi sẽ bị mất!" #. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "" "The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" "The Default Gateway matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" @@ -2234,7 +2242,7 @@ "to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:97 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" @@ -2242,13 +2250,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 msgid "" "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 msgid "" "Enable IPv6 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" @@ -2256,14 +2264,14 @@ "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 msgid "" "Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" "also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" @@ -2272,7 +2280,7 @@ "different hostnames. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" "the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" @@ -2281,14 +2289,14 @@ "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 msgid "" "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" msgstr "" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:136 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 msgid "" "A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an IP address\n" @@ -2296,7 +2304,7 @@ msgstr "" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:142 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" @@ -2304,7 +2312,7 @@ "(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:148 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" "Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" "(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" @@ -2312,7 +2320,7 @@ "command." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" "search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" @@ -2322,7 +2330,7 @@ "configurations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "By choosing Only Manually, netconfig will no longer be\n" "allowed to modify /etc/resolv.conf. You can however edit the file\n" @@ -2336,26 +2344,26 @@ #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" "Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:180 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 msgid "" "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 msgid "" "Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select DHCP\n" "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" @@ -2363,7 +2371,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" "Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" @@ -2371,7 +2379,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 msgid "" "Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" @@ -2379,7 +2387,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 msgid "" "For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" "the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" @@ -2387,19 +2395,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 msgid "" "Contact your network administrator for more information about\n" "the network configuration." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" "DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:218 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Zone</big>\n" "Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" @@ -2410,11 +2418,11 @@ "the firewall will be disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:227 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 msgid "" "<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>\n" "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" @@ -2424,20 +2432,20 @@ "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" "Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:243 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 #, fuzzy msgid "<big>DHCP Client Options</big>" msgstr "<big>Chọn tư cách thành viên của miền Windows</big>" #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:245 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" "the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" @@ -2447,7 +2455,7 @@ msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" "hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" @@ -2460,21 +2468,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264 msgid "" "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" "Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.\n" msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 msgid "" "Enter an IPv4 Address Label, an IP Address, and\n" "the Netmask." msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 msgid "" "IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" @@ -2482,14 +2490,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:279 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." msgstr "" #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:285 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 msgid "" "Choose between three Key Input Types for your key.\n" " Passphrase: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n" @@ -2506,14 +2514,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 msgid "" "Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking." msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 msgid "" "The Operating Mode depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be Ad-Hoc (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -2523,7 +2531,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311 msgid "" "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" @@ -2535,7 +2543,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 msgid "" "In some networks, you need to set an Authentication Mode.\n" "It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. WEP\n" @@ -2556,7 +2564,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340 msgid "" "To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -2566,7 +2574,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 msgid "" "To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -2577,14 +2585,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 msgid "" "To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.\n" msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:362 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361 msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" @@ -3160,24 +3168,24 @@ msgstr "Đang chạy..." #. Ramote Administration dialog caption -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56 #, fuzzy msgid "Remote Administration" msgstr "Quản lý" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" @@ -3188,17 +3196,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "Cần cài đặt những gói sau:" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3209,117 +3217,116 @@ #. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that #. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not #. plugged in. Preferably a short string. -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:254 msgid "unplugged" msgstr "" #. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:259 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:260 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Không biết" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:287 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293 msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:295 msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297 msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301 msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305 msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309 msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317 msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:330 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure mail now?" msgstr "Cấu hình" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:335 #, fuzzy msgid "Run configuration of %1?" msgstr "Tải lại cấu hình" +#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service +#. +#. see bnc#433084 +#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup +#. +#. returns true if items were disabled +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008 +msgid "" +"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" +"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." +msgstr "" + #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:682 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "T_ên mạng:" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:686 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1071 #, fuzzy msgid "Modems" msgstr "Đèn modem" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:690 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1075 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1079 #, fuzzy msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "_Thiết bị:" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:700 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1084 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "" -#. Check if we're running in "normal" stage with NM -#. see bnc#433084 -#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1100 -msgid "" -"Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" -"cannot be edited by YaST.\n" -"\n" -"To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n" -"switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n" -msgstr "" - #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93 @@ -3583,7 +3590,7 @@ #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:417 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3786,69 +3793,81 @@ msgid "Set &MTU" msgstr "" +#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300 +#, fuzzy +msgid "NetworkManager Service" +msgstr "Chạy mạng" + +#. ifup is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional File" +msgid "Traditional ifup" +msgstr "Tập tin phụ" + +#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service" +msgid "Wicked Service" +msgstr "Dịch vụ" + +#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Network Services Disabled" +msgstr "Chạy mạng" + #. Store the NetworkManager widget #. @param [String] key id of the widget #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:336 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355 msgid "Applet needed" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356 msgid "" "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" "(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" "Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually." msgstr "" -#. radio button label -#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager -#. program -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 -msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" -msgstr "" - -#. radio button label -#. ifup is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:365 -msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" -msgstr "" - -#. radio button label -#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371 -msgid "Controlled by &wicked" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +msgid "General Network Settings" +msgstr "Máy ảnh chọn" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:410 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417 #, fuzzy msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "Địa chỉ IP:" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:825 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "Bật" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:428 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Không biết thời gian" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "Địa chỉ IP:" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:445 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452 #, fuzzy msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "Cần chèn phạm vi và địa chỉ IP." -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:448 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455 #, fuzzy msgid "" "%1 \n" @@ -3856,12 +3875,12 @@ msgstr "Tiếp theo %1: %2 -- %3" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:503 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "" @@ -3878,59 +3897,55 @@ msgstr "" #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95 #, fuzzy -msgid "Device name:" +msgid "Device Name:" msgstr "_Thiết bị:" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103 -msgid "Base udev rule on" +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101 +msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "" #. make sure there is enough space (#367239) -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:110 #, fuzzy msgid "MAC address: %s" msgstr "Địa chỉ IP:" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:116 msgid "BusID: %s" msgstr "" -#. Checks if given name can be accepted as nic's new one. -#. -#. Pops up an explanation if the name is invalid -#. -#. @return [boolean] false if name is invalid -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:154 +#. check if the name is assigned to another device already +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:153 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration name already exists." msgstr "Tên này đã được dùng" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:158 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:157 #, fuzzy msgid "Invalid configuration name." msgstr "Cấu hình" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:371 #, fuzzy msgid "Write hostname" msgstr "Tên máy" #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:400 src/modules/Lan.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:535 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "Cập nhật cấu hình" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:402 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:375 msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:406 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" msgstr "Tải lại cấu hình" @@ -3938,46 +3953,46 @@ #. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) #. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:415 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:388 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing hostname..." msgstr "Đang ghi thiết lập..." #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:429 src/modules/Lan.rb:640 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:405 src/modules/Lan.rb:630 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "Đang cập nhật cấu hình..." #. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) #. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:440 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:416 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..." msgstr "Đang cập nhật cấu hình..." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:533 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:563 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:539 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:571 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:547 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:593 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:569 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:603 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:579 #, fuzzy msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "Tìm kiếm trong ảnh" @@ -4000,340 +4015,346 @@ msgstr "Đang cập nhật cấu hình..." #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "Cấu hình phẳng" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 #, fuzzy msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "Thông tin điện năng" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 #, fuzzy msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "Tải lại cấu hình" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 #, fuzzy msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "Tải lại cấu hình" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 #, fuzzy msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Tải lại cấu hình" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 #, fuzzy msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "Thông tin kết nối" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:302 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 #, fuzzy msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "Tải lại cấu hình" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:318 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 #, fuzzy msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "Chế độ đo" #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" "Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:345 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "Tải lại cấu hình" #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:373 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "Tải lại cấu hình" #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:382 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Tải lại cấu hình" #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:397 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:403 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "Tải lại cấu hình" #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:409 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 #, fuzzy msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "Đang kiểm tra thông tin xác thực..." #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:415 src/modules/Lan.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "_Tìm" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "Cấu hình phẳng" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 #, fuzzy msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "Thông tin điện năng" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 #, fuzzy msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "Tải lại cấu hình" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 #, fuzzy msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "Kết nối mạng tuyến" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 #, fuzzy msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "Tải lại cấu hình" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 #, fuzzy msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Tải lại cấu hình" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 #, fuzzy msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "Khởi chạy dịch vụ tìm kiếm" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 src/modules/Remote.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:289 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Ghi thiết lập tường lửa" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532 #, fuzzy msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "Khởi chạy dịch vụ tìm kiếm" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:573 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "Kết nối mạng tuyến" #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:579 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "Thông tin định tuyến đích OSI" #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8 -#. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:608 src/modules/Remote.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:303 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Đang ghi thiết lập tường lửa..." #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647 #, fuzzy msgid "No network running" msgstr "Không có kết nối mạng" +#. Import data +#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgstr "" + #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "T_ên mạng:" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 #, fuzzy msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "Tiểu dụng Quản lý mạng" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799 #, fuzzy msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "Bật chạy _mạng" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:811 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "Bật chạy _mạng" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:817 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:819 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814 #, fuzzy msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "Tắt" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:823 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:181 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195 #, fuzzy msgid "connected" msgstr "chưa kết nối" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:196 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1190 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1194 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1251 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1255 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1259 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1202 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1206 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1267 #, fuzzy msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "Tiểu dụng Quản lý mạng" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1210 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1215 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 #, fuzzy msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "Cần chèn phạm vi và địa chỉ IP." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1292 #, fuzzy msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "Địa chỉ IP:" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1295 #, fuzzy msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "Cần chèn phạm vi và địa chỉ IP." @@ -4341,92 +4362,107 @@ #. FIXME: #. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1326 #, fuzzy msgid "Not configured" msgstr "_Cấu hình" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "_Thiết bị:" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1322 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1383 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1398 #, fuzzy msgid "Not connected" msgstr "chưa kết nối" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1336 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1362 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 #, fuzzy msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "Thông tin cần thiết" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "unknown" msgstr "không biết" +#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before +#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This package is not installed and it will not be installed." +msgid "" +"Package %{package} is not installed\n" +"firewall settings will be disabled." +msgstr "Gói này chưa được cài đặt và sẽ không được cài đặt." + #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:291 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "Cấu hình quản lý điện năng" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "Chạy dịch vụ ngay bây giờ" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:299 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "Cấu hình phẳng" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:308 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "Cấu hình quản lý điện năng" +#. Enable xinetd +#. Enable XDM +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:327 src/modules/Remote.rb:335 +msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "" + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:359 #, fuzzy msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "Đang dò tìm thiết bị..." -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:415 +#. description in proposal +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "" -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "" @@ -4482,25 +4518,25 @@ msgstr "Bật chạy _mạng" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:82 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:121 #, fuzzy msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" msgstr "WPA Tự động" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:123 msgid "Firewall Disabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:96 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135 #, fuzzy msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "(Chưa kết nối)" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "General Network Settings" -#~ msgstr "Máy ảnh chọn" +#~ msgid "Device name:" +#~ msgstr "_Thiết bị:" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "General &Network Settings" @@ -4633,10 +4669,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Máy ảnh chọn" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Network Services" -#~ msgstr "Chạy mạng" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Edit %1 Interface %2" #~ msgstr "Giao diện:" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/nfs.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/nfs.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/nfs.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie(a)riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/nfs_server.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/nfs_server.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/nfs_server.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie(a)riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -75,29 +75,29 @@ msgstr "" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS server is enabled" msgstr "Ngưng đã bật" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS server is disabled" msgstr "Chạy mạng bị tắt" #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "" #. error #. error -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 msgid "No mount point specified." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 msgid "" "The exports table already\n" "contains this directory." @@ -106,11 +106,11 @@ #. CLI action handler. #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." msgstr "" @@ -163,52 +163,44 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 #, fuzzy msgid "&Directory to Export" msgstr "Đường dẫn thư mục" #. button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 #, fuzzy msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "Duyệt" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 msgid "The exports table already contains this directory." msgstr "" -#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113 -msgid "" -"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" -"with spaces in their names.\n" -"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." -msgstr "" - #. the dir does not exist -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 #, fuzzy msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "Không có thư mục này." #. title in the file selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 msgid "Select the Directory to Export" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 #, fuzzy msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "Tùy chọn modem" @@ -216,14 +208,14 @@ #. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue #. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). #. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 msgid "" "'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n" "NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n" msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "Options for this wild card\n" "are already set." @@ -231,25 +223,25 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." msgstr "" #. Help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 msgid "" "Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" "and export some of your directories to others." msgstr "" #. Help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 msgid "" "If you choose Start NFS Server, clicking Next opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export." msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" "and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" @@ -257,58 +249,58 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" "Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "Không bao giờ" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 msgid "&Start" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "Do &Not Start" msgstr "&Không nhập" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "Bật" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable NFS&v4" msgstr "Bật" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" msgstr "Hãy nhập một miền đúng." -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "&Bảo mật" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "Cấu hình" #. Help, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 msgid "" "The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" "If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n" @@ -316,82 +308,77 @@ msgstr "" #. Help, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" "Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.\n" msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536 +#. Help, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544 -msgid "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." -msgstr "" - #. Help, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.\n" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 #, fuzzy msgid "Add &Directory" msgstr "Thư mục" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 #, fuzzy msgid "&Edit" msgstr "Sửa đổi:" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 #, fuzzy msgid "De&lete" msgstr "Xoá bỏ thẻ" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 msgid "Host Wild Card" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Options" msgstr "Tùy chọn modem" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 msgid "Add &Host" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 #, fuzzy msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "Sửa đổi:" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 #, fuzzy msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "Xoá bỏ thẻ" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 #, fuzzy msgid "Directories to Export" msgstr "Không có thư mục này." #. not fatal - write other dirs. -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:182 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Unable to create a missing directory:\n" @@ -399,7 +386,7 @@ msgstr "Không thể tạo thư mục." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:194 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -407,95 +394,89 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:216 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "Cấu hình phẳng" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:221 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 msgid "Save /etc/exports" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:223 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart services" msgstr "Khởi chạy dịch vụ tìm kiếm" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:227 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 msgid "Saving /etc/exports..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 msgid "Restarting services..." msgstr "" #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:231 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "_Tìm" #. help text -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." msgstr "" #. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:253 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgstr "Không thể đăng nhập." -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:302 -msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:308 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." -msgstr "Không thể xoay {0} ảnh" - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:315 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." -msgstr "Không thể tải" - #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:326 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:335 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." msgstr "Không thể xoay {0} ảnh" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:343 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:361 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 msgid "" "Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" msgstr "" #. summary header; directories exported by NFS -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:384 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS Exports" msgstr "Xuất" #. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:402 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." +#~ msgstr "Không thể xoay {0} ảnh" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." +#~ msgstr "Không thể tải" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Directories" #~ msgstr "Thư mục" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/nis.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/nis.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/nis.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie(a)riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/nis_server.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/nis_server.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/nis_server.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie(a)riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ #. To translators: checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:100 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 msgid "This host is also a NIS &client" msgstr "" @@ -378,22 +378,31 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:64 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:71 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:84 -msgid "N&IS domain name:" -msgstr "" +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Ima&ge Name:" +msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" +msgstr "Tên ản&h:" +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NIS Server" +msgid "NIS &Master Server:" +msgstr "Máy chủ NIS" + #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:111 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 msgid "Slave Server Setup" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/ntp-client.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/ntp-client.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/ntp-client.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie(a)riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -47,23 +47,22 @@ msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:239 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 #, fuzzy msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "Không bao giờ" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:249 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:258 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 #, fuzzy msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "Cấu hình" -#. try to line up the widgets horizontally #. push button label #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 #, fuzzy @@ -77,21 +76,31 @@ msgstr "&Cấu hình..." #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:388 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." msgstr "" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:399 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "" +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Connection to the wired network failed." +msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." +msgstr "Việc kết nối đến mạng tuyến bị lỗi." + #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:481 -msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 +msgid "" +"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" +"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" +"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgstr "" #. local clock type name @@ -611,10 +620,13 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" +" You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:42 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -622,7 +634,7 @@ "is more secure and strongly recommended." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" "By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" @@ -631,7 +643,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -641,7 +653,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" @@ -651,7 +663,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:71 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Display Log</big>\n" @@ -662,7 +674,7 @@ "trong ô ở dưới.\n" #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" @@ -670,14 +682,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Clock Type</big> \n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure." msgstr "" #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<big>Unit Number</big> \n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -685,7 +697,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" @@ -697,14 +709,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the Address entry.\n" @@ -713,7 +725,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -722,7 +734,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -730,7 +742,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -738,7 +750,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the Address\n" @@ -746,7 +758,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -755,7 +767,7 @@ #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:145 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" @@ -763,7 +775,7 @@ "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" @@ -775,49 +787,49 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:161 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 msgid "" "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here." msgstr "" #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." msgstr "" #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." msgstr "" #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." msgstr "" #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "Outgoing Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Server Location</big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -825,7 +837,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</big> \n" @@ -835,7 +847,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:199 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" "Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" @@ -843,7 +855,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:205 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<big>Note</big> \n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -856,7 +868,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." @@ -864,7 +876,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" @@ -874,7 +886,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:235 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" @@ -883,7 +895,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:242 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" "ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" @@ -1240,122 +1252,125 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step -#. error report +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:594 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:906 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "_Tìm" #. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "Cấu hình phẳng" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:747 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:751 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Đang ghi các thiết lập..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841 msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:876 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:970 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:976 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:982 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:986 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:990 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:994 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017 #, fuzzy msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "Đang ghi cấu hình YaST..." #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 #, fuzzy msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "Các tập tin cấu hình tĩnh" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024 #, fuzzy msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "Cấu hình thành phần" #. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "" #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "" #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "" #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/oneclickinstall.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/oneclickinstall.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/oneclickinstall.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/online-update-configuration.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/online-update-configuration.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/online-update-configuration.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/online-update.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/online-update.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/online-update.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie(a)riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -118,13 +118,20 @@ msgid "Initializing Online Update" msgstr "Cập nhật qua mạng" -#. yes/no message -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:204 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 msgid "" "No update repository\n" "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" msgstr "" +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not configured yet." +msgid "No update repository configured yet." +msgstr "Chưa cấu hình." + #. progress window label #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 msgid "Progress Log" Added: trunk/yast/vi/po/opensuse_mirror.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/opensuse_mirror.vi.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/opensuse_mirror.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +# Vietnamese translation for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright © 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright © 2005, 2006 Gnome i18n Project for Vietnamese. +# Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>, 2006. +# Clytie Siddall <clytie(a)riverland.net.au>, 2005, 2006. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:32+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: vi\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Directory" +msgstr "Thư mục" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "Lỗi" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "có" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "no" +msgstr "không" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "&Mirror" +msgstr "Lỗi" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145 +msgid "&Do not Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select &All" +msgid "Select/Deselect &All" +msgstr "Chọ&n tất cả" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/packager.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/packager.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/packager.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-28 15:42+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN(a)googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -167,6 +167,15 @@ msgid "&Text Mode" msgstr "&Chế độ văn bản" +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706 +msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." +msgstr "Sao lưu %1 không thành công. Hãy xem %2 để biết chi tiết." + #. dialog heading #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 msgid "Copy Installation Media" @@ -517,7 +526,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:668 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Đang khởi chạy..." @@ -586,7 +595,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325 #, fuzzy msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "URL:" @@ -842,7 +851,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1200 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Chi tiết:" @@ -850,7 +859,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Thử lại?" @@ -1245,7 +1254,7 @@ msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "&Bắt đầu kiểm tra" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:694 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "Đẩy đĩa r&a" @@ -1504,7 +1513,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1195 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" @@ -1539,82 +1548,82 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:502 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:604 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:582 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:773 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "Gặp lỗi khi đợi chuẩn bị hệ thống cài đặt." #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:639 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "Không tìm thấy tập tin điều khiển %1 trên đĩa." #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1235 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1399 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "Lỗi thêm sản phẩm thương mại." #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1286 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309 #, fuzzy msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "URL:" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319 #, fuzzy msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, Thư mục: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "Sản phẩm thương mại" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "Chọn sản phẩm" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1357 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Sản phẩm thương mại" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Hãy đặt CD chứa sản phẩm thương mại vào ổ." #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the first installation medium." msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Hãy đặt đĩa cài đặt đầu tiên vào ổ." #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "Lỗi thêm sản phẩm thương mại." #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1737 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1743 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Không biết thời lượng" @@ -1667,7 +1676,7 @@ msgstr "Đã dừng cài đặt." #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:35 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Medium: %1" msgid "Medium %1" @@ -1677,13 +1686,13 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 msgid ">%1" msgstr ">%1" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:255 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:270 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 msgid "Done." msgstr "Hoàn thành." @@ -1691,7 +1700,7 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:295 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Next %1: %2" msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" @@ -1701,7 +1710,7 @@ #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:312 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Name: %1" msgid "Next: %1" @@ -1710,7 +1719,7 @@ #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924 msgid "Total" msgstr "Tổng cộng" @@ -1719,13 +1728,13 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1168 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1421 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "Đang tải (%2) %1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081 #, fuzzy msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr "" @@ -1734,146 +1743,187 @@ #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Downloading Package" msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "Đang tải xuống gói" #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117 #, fuzzy msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr "Đang tải xuống gói" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "Đang xóa %1" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "Đang tải (%2) %1" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1456 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338 #, fuzzy msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Đang áp dụng delta" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 #, fuzzy msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "Tuy nhiên, bạn đang cài đặt một hệ thống 32bit." #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:341 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 #, fuzzy msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "Đề nghị cài đặt UML" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:358 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362 #, fuzzy msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "Sản phẩm %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:372 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:383 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387 #, fuzzy msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "Mẫu" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "Kích thước của các gói cài đặt: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "Đọc hạng mục đã cấu hình" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:492 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:537 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 #, fuzzy msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "thêm không gian đĩa." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 #, fuzzy msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "Không đủ không gian đĩa. Hãy gỡ bỏ vài gói trong một lựa chọn đơn." #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "" +#. newly installed products +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696 +msgid "New product %s will be installed" +msgstr "" + +#. product update: %s is a product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706 +msgid "Product %s will be updated" +msgstr "" + +#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708 +msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715 +msgid "Product %s will stay installed" +msgstr "" + +#. Removing another product might be an issue +#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725 +msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726 +msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752 +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" +"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" +"</li></ul></li></ul>" +msgstr "" + #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1216 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342 #, fuzzy msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "Không tìm thấy hạng mục trên '%1'." #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n" @@ -1891,35 +1941,35 @@ "của SUSE Linux." #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1516 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642 #, fuzzy msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "Đang lờ đi những đĩa xấu..." #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664 #, fuzzy msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "Nhập nguồn gói cập nhật không thành công." #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1571 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "Đang nạp phông chữ..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1803 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "Hãy đặt %1 CD 1 vào" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1805 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 #, fuzzy msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "Không tìm thấy tập tin" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1915 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -1928,19 +1978,19 @@ "Hãy kiểm tra tập tin bản ghi %1 để biết chi tiết." #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2176 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2194 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "Đang tính các lựa chọn gói..." #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2469 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1949,43 +1999,45 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param string filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:191 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:198 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "Không mở được tập tin %1" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:192 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:334 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 #, fuzzy msgid "&Language" msgstr "Ngôn ngữ" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 +#. check box label +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +#| msgid "Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "Vâng, tôi đồng ý với điều kiện bản quyền" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:399 -#, fuzzy -msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" -msgstr "Không, tôi không đồng ý" +#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385 +msgid "" +"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" +"%{license_url}" +msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:439 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %1" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:455 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -1995,34 +2047,34 @@ "một trong những tùy chọn ở dưới. Nếu không đồng ý với điều kiện bản quyền,\n" "thì sẽ thoát khỏi cấu hình.\n" +#. dialog title #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:467 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Đồng ý bản quyền" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 #, fuzzy msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "Thực sự thoát cài đặt sản phẩm thương mại?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1120 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1137 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 #, fuzzy msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "Hệ thống đang tắt..." @@ -2115,112 +2167,117 @@ #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34 +msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "Chỉ ra &URL..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "&FTP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "&HTTP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "HTT&PS..." #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719 msgid "&SMB/CIFS" msgstr "&SMB/CIFS" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 msgid "&NFS..." msgstr "&NFS..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "&CD..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "&DVD..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 #, fuzzy msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "Đĩ&a cứng" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "Thư mục trên &máy..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 #, fuzzy msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "Tập tin ISO" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60 #, fuzzy msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "Mô tả vá lỗi" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:106 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:111 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "Tên máy &chủ" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "Đường &dẫn tới thư mục hoặc tập tin ISO" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 #, fuzzy msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "Tập tin ISO" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146 #, fuzzy #| msgid "P&rotocol" msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "&Giao thức" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modem Options" msgid "Mount Options" @@ -2228,23 +2285,23 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:148 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156 #, fuzzy msgid "(default)" msgstr "Tuyến mặc định:" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 #, fuzzy msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "&Tên của gói" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "&Giao thức" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186 #, fuzzy msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "&Tên của gói" @@ -2252,41 +2309,41 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "Kết quả: %1" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:195 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "Máy chủ NFS" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:199 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 #, fuzzy msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "Ổ &CD hoặc DVD" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Ổ cứng" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:880 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "Thư mục nội bộ" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 #, fuzzy msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "Tập tin ISO" @@ -2296,14 +2353,14 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "Máy chủ và thư mục" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:432 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440 #, fuzzy msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "" @@ -2311,43 +2368,43 @@ "thể cập nhật." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:444 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452 #, fuzzy msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "Kết quả: %1" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:459 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" "Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 #, fuzzy msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "Tên máy &chủ" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" "Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:516 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "URL không thể rỗng." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:543 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551 msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." @@ -2357,24 +2414,24 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:716 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1843 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:723 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1850 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "Việc tải lên hoàn thành." #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:735 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743 msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" "to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:742 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2383,28 +2440,28 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "&CD-ROM" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:799 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "&DVD-ROM" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:804 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "Tập tin ISO" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:918 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" @@ -2412,7 +2469,7 @@ msgstr "Tập tin chỉ ra không tồn tại." #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:948 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" @@ -2420,7 +2477,7 @@ msgstr "Tập tin chỉ ra không tồn tại." #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:972 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2428,19 +2485,19 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:993 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 #, fuzzy msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "Đường &dẫn tới thư mục hoặc tập tin ISO" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1259 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 #, fuzzy msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "Đường &dẫn tới thư mục hoặc tập tin ISO" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024 msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" "Use Path to Directory to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2450,22 +2507,22 @@ msgstr "" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1252 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1257 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 #, fuzzy msgid "&File System" msgstr "Danh &sách tập tin" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1258 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1325 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 #, fuzzy msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "Thư mục" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1263 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271 msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2478,7 +2535,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1273 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1340 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2486,12 +2543,12 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331 #, fuzzy msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "Thiết bị" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2503,13 +2560,13 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364 #, fuzzy msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "Đường &dẫn tới thư mục hoặc tập tin ISO" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2517,73 +2574,73 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "Tê&n máy chủ" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1561 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Cổng" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574 msgid "&Share" msgstr "&Chia sẻ" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 #, fuzzy msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "Tập tin ISO" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1582 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "Thư mục trên máy chủ" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "&Xác thực" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "&Giấu tên" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611 #, fuzzy msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "Nhóm làm việc hoặc Miền" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&Tên người dùng" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1619 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Mật khẩu" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1694 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "&FTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1697 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "H&TTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "HTT&PS" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1874 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2598,7 +2655,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1887 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" @@ -2607,12 +2664,12 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1949 -msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957 +msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2067 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" @@ -2624,7 +2681,7 @@ "hoặc từ ổ cứng.\n" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -2636,7 +2693,7 @@ "cần có bộ CD hoặc DVD." #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2086 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -2660,7 +2717,7 @@ "CD vào một thư mục.\n" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2098 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -2679,27 +2736,27 @@ "CD thứ nhất, ví dụ /data/CD1.\n" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2113 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122 #, fuzzy msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "Chọn tập tin là khóa riêng." -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "Hãy đặt CD chứa sản phẩm thương mại vào ổ." -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "Hãy đặt DVD chứa sản phẩm thương mại vào ổ." #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147 #, fuzzy msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "Chưa phát hiện máy ảnh nào." #. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2332 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2709,12 +2766,18 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2551 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563 #, fuzzy msgid "Media Type" msgstr "Kiểm tra đĩa" +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add-On Products" +msgid "Add On Product" +msgstr "Sản phẩm thương mại" + #. SourceManager read dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 #, fuzzy @@ -2820,7 +2883,9 @@ msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "Hạng mục đã cấu hình" -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:680 +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "" @@ -2897,12 +2962,12 @@ msgstr "" #. progress information, %1 stands for number of services -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:618 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 msgid "" "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -2910,7 +2975,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:627 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 #, fuzzy msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." msgstr "Không tìm thấy hạng mục SLP." @@ -2941,6 +3006,14 @@ msgstr "Xin hãy bỏ chọn một vài gói." #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +#~ msgstr "Vâng, tôi đồng ý với điều kiện bản quyền" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" +#~ msgstr "Không, tôi không đồng ý" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "All registered repositories are shown here.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -4132,9 +4205,6 @@ #~ msgid "Minimal &Graphical System" #~ msgstr "&Hệ thống đồ hoạ nhỏ nhẹ" -#~ msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." -#~ msgstr "Sao lưu %1 không thành công. Hãy xem %2 để biết chi tiết." - #~ msgid "Registered Catalogs" #~ msgstr "Hạng mục đăng ký" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/pam.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/pam.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/pam.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-05-10 06:42+0700\n" "Last-Translator: haqduong <contact(a)haqduong.net>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/pkg-bindings.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/pkg-bindings.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/pkg-bindings.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ #. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) #: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 -#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:187 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 #, fuzzy msgid "Loading the Package Manager..." msgstr "Đang đọc cơ sở dữ liệu gói..." @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "Mở thư mục đích không thành công" -#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:183 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 #, fuzzy msgid "Read Installed Packages" msgstr "Gói đã &cài" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/printer.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/printer.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/printer.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie(a)riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/product-creator.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/product-creator.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/product-creator.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/proxy.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/proxy.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/proxy.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/qt-pkg.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/qt-pkg.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/qt-pkg.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-28 21:56+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN(a)googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -46,49 +46,49 @@ msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "Thử &lại" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:418 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419 #, fuzzy msgid "S&earch" msgstr "Tìm kiếm" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:425 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 #, fuzzy msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "Từ khóa" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:434 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435 msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "Tổng &kết cài đặt" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:519 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520 msgid "D&escription" msgstr "&Mô tả" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:532 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "Dữ liệu &kỹ thuật" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:545 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "Phụ thuộc" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:561 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "&Phiên bản" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:579 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580 msgid "File List" msgstr "Danh sách tập tin" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:596 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597 msgid "Change Log" msgstr "Bản ghi thay đổi" #. "Cancel" button #. button #0 #. text -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:623 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 @@ -98,192 +98,192 @@ msgstr "&Dừng" #. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:633 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&Chấp nhận" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:676 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677 msgid "&File" msgstr "&Tập tin" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:678 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "&Nhập..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "&Xuất..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:683 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "Dừng -- &Bỏ mọi thay đổi" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "Thoát -- &Lưu thay đổi" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697 msgid "&Package" msgstr "&Gói" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:736 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 #: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 msgid "All Packages" msgstr "Mọi gói" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:738 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "Cập nhật nếu có phiên bản mới hơn" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:741 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 #: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "Cập nhật trong mọi trường hợp" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:755 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756 msgid "&Patch" msgstr "&Vá lỗi" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:782 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration" msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "Cấu hình" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 #, fuzzy msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "Thử &lại" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785 #, fuzzy msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "Cập nhật qua mạng" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:794 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "&Phụ thuộc" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:796 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 #, fuzzy msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "&Kiểm tra" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798 #, fuzzy msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "Tự động kiểm tr&a" #. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:810 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811 msgid "&Options" msgstr "Tùy &chọn" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:813 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814 #, fuzzy msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "&Hiển thị danh sách các gói thất bại" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823 #, fuzzy msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "Cài đặt mọi gói -&debuginfo tương ứng" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:830 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831 #, fuzzy msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "Cấu hình hệ thống" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:835 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836 msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:841 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:845 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846 msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:858 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Extras" msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "&Mở rộng" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:860 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 #, fuzzy msgid "Show &Products" msgstr "&Sản phẩm" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 #, fuzzy msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "&Hiển thị thay đổi một cách tự động" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Show &details" msgid "Show &History" msgstr "Hiển thị &chi tiết" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:870 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871 msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "&Cài đặt mọi gói -devel tương ứng" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:874 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875 msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr "Cài đặt mọi gói -&debuginfo tương ứng" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:877 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878 #, fuzzy msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr "Cài đặt mọi gói -&debuginfo tương ứng" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:882 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:902 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903 msgid "&Help" msgstr "T&rợ giúp" #. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out #. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc #. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:908 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "&Chung" #. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912 msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "&Ký hiệu" #. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:914 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915 msgid "&Keys" msgstr "&Từ khóa" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1100 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "Mọi phụ thuộc gói đều OK." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1116 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117 #, fuzzy msgid "P&atches" msgstr "Vá lỗi" #. startsWith #. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1178 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179 msgid "Save Package List" msgstr "Lưu danh sách gói" @@ -291,60 +291,60 @@ #. parent #. Post error popup. #. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1217 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1311 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 #: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 msgid "Error" msgstr "Lỗi" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219 #, fuzzy msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr "Lỗi khi ghi danh sách gói vào %1" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1230 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231 msgid "Load Package List" msgstr "Nạp danh sách gói" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313 msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr "Lỗi nạp danh sách gói từ %1" #. caption #. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1414 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 #, fuzzy msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "Mọi thay đổi sẽ bị mất!" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 #, fuzzy msgid "&Continue" msgstr "Tiếp tục" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 #, fuzzy msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "&Dừng" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1454 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1473 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr "Đã thêm gói con:" #. "OK" button #. addHStretch( hbox ); #. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1698 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 #: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 #: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/qt.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/qt.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/qt.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-05-19 19:37+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Quang Duong Ha <contact(a)haqduong.net>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN(a)googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "Trình soạn thảo Stylesheet" -#: src/YQApplication.cc:640 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:643 msgid "" "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ "Đổi hai nút chuột trái và chuột phải?" #. Popup dialog caption -#: src/YQApplication.cc:653 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:656 msgid "Unexpected Click" msgstr "Đổi nút chuột" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/rdp.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/rdp.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/rdp.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/rear.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/rear.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/rear.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/registration.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/registration.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/registration.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -19,50 +19,98 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0\n" #. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:34 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35 #, fuzzy msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "Mã đăng ký" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:36 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37 msgid "" -"Select a server from the list or press Cancel\n" -"to use the default SUSE registration server." +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:64 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65 #, fuzzy msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "Mã đăng ký" +#. %s is the default SCC URL +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" +msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" +msgstr "Cấu hình Trung tâm khách hàng Novell" + #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48 #, fuzzy msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "Mã đăng ký" #. reset the user input in case an exception is raised -#. register the system -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:134 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:164 +#. nil = use the default URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:144 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:549 +#. register the base product +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "Mã đăng ký" -#. TODO FIXME: still not the final text +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating configuration..." +msgid "Updating to %s ..." +msgstr "Đang cập nhật cấu hình..." + +#. display the registration update dialog +#. dialog title +#. dialog title +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration" +msgstr "Mã đăng ký" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration is being updated..." +msgstr "Mã đăng ký" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The previous registration is being updated." +msgstr "Không tìm thấy thiết bị mạng nào" + +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275 +msgid "" +"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" +"You can manually register the system from scratch." +msgstr "" + #. label text describing the registration (1/2) #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:177 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289 msgid "" "Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/EMail from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" @@ -70,54 +118,57 @@ #. label text describing the registration (2/2), #. not displayed in installed system #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 -msgid "If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system." +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 +msgid "" +"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +"installation has completed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:196 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" msgid "Network Configuration..." msgstr "Cấu hình Trung tâm khách hàng Novell" -#. make sure to revert the change if something goes wrong -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:205 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:633 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:212 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:373 -msgid "&Email" -msgstr "" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Address" +msgid "&E-mail Address" +msgstr "Địa chỉ" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:214 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:239 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:375 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "Mã đăng ký" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:218 +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332 #, fuzzy +msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +msgstr "Mã đăng ký" + +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335 +#, fuzzy msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "Mã đăng ký" -#. TODO: improve the help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:226 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and add-on products." +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" -#. dialog title -#. dialog title -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:234 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:646 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:371 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration" -msgstr "Mã đăng ký" - #. not set yet? -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377 msgid "" "Registration added some update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -125,58 +176,27 @@ "on-line updates during installation?" msgstr "" -#. use two column layout if needed -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:312 -msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:317 +#. cache the available addons +#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Details..." -msgid "Details" -msgstr "Chi tiết..." +msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." +msgstr "Mã đăng ký" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:320 -msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" -msgstr "" - -#. popup message, %s are product names -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Automatically selecting '%s'\n" -"dependencies:\n" -"\n" -"%s" -msgstr "" - -#. check the addons requiring a reg. code -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:358 -msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s addons." -msgstr "" - #. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:411 -msgid "Extension Selection" -msgstr "" - -#. cache the available addons -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:485 -msgid "Loading Available Add-on Products and Extensions..." -msgstr "" - -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 #, fuzzy msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Mã đăng ký" -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:595 -msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462 +msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:610 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -188,367 +208,717 @@ msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:636 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494 #, fuzzy msgid "Register Again" msgstr "Mã đăng ký" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Your system is ready for use." +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "Hệ thống của bạn đã sẵn sàng làm việc." + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" + #. error message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:672 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/scc.rb:42 -msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538 +msgid "" +"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" +"Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:165 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:174 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:194 -msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541 +msgid "" +"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -#. register the base product -#. register addons -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:173 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:193 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registering Product..." -msgid_plural "Registering Products..." -msgstr[0] "Mã đăng ký" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/scc.rb:44 +msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:213 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208 #, fuzzy msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "Đã cấu hình thành công" -#. --------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:238 -msgid "Add-on &Name" +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243 +msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:267 -msgid "Really delete add-on '%s'?" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 +#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically +#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice +#. but better than aborting the installation... +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration Code" -msgstr "Mã đăng ký" +#| msgid "Downloading Package" +msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" +msgstr "Đang tải xuống gói" -#. TODO FIXME: add a help text -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:312 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Operation failed" -msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" -msgstr "Thao tác thất bại." +msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" +msgstr "Tập tin chứng nhận của CA:" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:349 +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "Đăng ký sản phẩm" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:351 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with Hardware Profile and Optional Information." -msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" -"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." -msgstr "Đăng ký sản phẩm sẽ lưu sản phẩm của bạn trong cơ sở dữ liệu của Novell, cho phép nhận cập nhật trực tuyến và hỗ trợ kỹ thuật. Để đăng ký tự động trong khi cài đặt, hãy chọn Chạy Đăng ký sản phẩm. Để đơn giản hóa quá trình, hãy thêm thông tin từ hệ thống bằng Xác lập phần cứng và Thông tin thêm." +#| msgid "Run during autoinstallation" +msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "Chạy khi cài đặt tự động" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:356 -msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" -"to your SMT manual for further assistance." -msgstr "" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do not run during autoinstallation" +msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "Không chạy khi cài đặt tự động" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:364 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Data to Use" +msgid "Registration Settings" +msgstr "Dữ liệu đăng ký sử dụng" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IP Address:" +msgid "E-mail Address: %s" +msgstr "Địa chỉ IP:" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register the Product" +msgid "Registration Code is Configured" msgstr "Mã đăng ký" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:379 -msgid "Install Available Patches from Update Repositories" -msgstr "" - -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:387 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 #, fuzzy -msgid "Server Settings" -msgstr "Thiết lập máy chủ SLP" +#| msgid "&Install All Available Sources" +msgid "Install Available Updates" +msgstr "&Cài đặt tất cả những nguồn có" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:391 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 #, fuzzy -msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +msgid "Registration Server" msgstr "Mã đăng ký" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:396 -msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Server URL: " +msgid "Server URL: %s" +msgstr "URL máy chủ: " + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Use SLP discovery" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:403 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 #, fuzzy -msgid "Optional Server Certificate" +msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s" msgstr "Tập tin chứng nhận của CA:" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:421 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register Add-ons..." +#| msgid "CA Certificate File:" +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" +msgstr "Tập tin chứng nhận của CA:" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Mã đăng ký" -#. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:478 -msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "VPN Configuration Error" +msgid "Secure Connection Error" +msgstr "Lỗi cấu hình VPN" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 +msgid "Details:" +msgstr "Chi tiết:" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Client Certificate File:" +msgid "Failed Certificate Details" +msgstr "Tập tin chứng nhận của ứng dụng khách:" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Issued To" msgstr "" +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61 +msgid "Common Name (CN): " +msgstr "" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63 +msgid "Organization (O): " +msgstr "" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65 +msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +msgid "Issued By" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 +msgid "Validity" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 +msgid "Issued On: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Expires On: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 +msgid "Serial Number: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "Dấu chân: %1" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "Dấu chân: %1" + #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:65 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "" -"The email address is not known or\n" -"the registration code is not valid." +msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "Mã đăng ký" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96 +msgid "" +"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" +"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" +"might take very long time.\n" +"\n" +"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n" +"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n" +"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n" +"the upgrade again." +msgstr "" + +#. add the hint to the error details +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Operation failed" +msgid "Registration failed." +msgstr "Thao tác thất bại." + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115 +#, fuzzy msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "Dữ liệu đăng ký sử dụng" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:87 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry registration later." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:89 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Operation failed" -msgid "Registration failed." -msgstr "Thao tác thất bại." - -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 -msgid "Secure connection error: %s" +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 +msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "" #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Details..." msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "Chi tiết..." -#. label follwed by a certificate description -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:147 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Certificate:" -msgstr "Tập tin chứng nhận của CA:" +#. progress label +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209 +msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:151 -msgid "Issued To" +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210 +msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:154 -msgid "Issued By" +#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use +#. the original error message from openSSL +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228 +msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:157 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34 #, fuzzy -msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " -msgstr "Dấu chân: %1" +#| msgid "Saving network configuration..." +msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." +msgstr "Đang lưu cấu hình mạng..." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:159 +#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze +#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM! +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8 #, fuzzy -msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " -msgstr "Dấu chân: %1" +msgid "SSL Certificate" +msgstr "Tập tin chứng nhận của CA:" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:176 -msgid "Common Name (CN): " +#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10 +msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178 -msgid "Organization (O): " -msgstr "" - -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:180 -msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " -msgstr "" - -#. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:194 -msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195 -msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." -msgstr "" - -#. return the boot command line parameter -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Checking..." -msgid "Searching..." -msgstr "Đang kiểm tra..." +msgid "Certificate:" +msgstr "Tập tin chứng nhận của CA:" -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." -msgstr "1 mục của dữ liệu đăng ký" - #. create UI label for a base product #. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Không biết thư mục này" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "Đang chạy trình duyệt..." #. # error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:176 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:182 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:194 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Điều kiện bản quyền" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "" -#. go back if any EULA has not been accepted, let the user deselect the -#. not accepted extension -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:65 +#. ask user to accept an addon EULA +#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon +#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "" #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85 msgid "" "Downloading the license for\n" "%s\n" "failed." msgstr "" +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "%s License Agreement" +msgstr "" + #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:93 -msgid "Extension and Module License Agreement" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37 +msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "" -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:95 -msgid "%s License Agreement" +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "" +"Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" +#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 +msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." +msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." +msgstr[0] "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." +msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." +msgstr[0] "" + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Extension and Module Selection" +msgstr "Mã đăng ký" + +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" + +#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Details..." +msgid "Details" +msgstr "Chi tiết..." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "is not available" +msgid "%s (not available)" +msgstr "không có" + +#. check the addons requiring a reg. code +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212 +msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" +msgstr "Mã đăng ký" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Identity:" +msgid "Identifier" +msgstr "Thực thể:" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Phiên bản" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "Kiến trúc" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Release Notes" +msgid "Release Type" +msgstr "Ghi chú về phát hành" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration Code" +msgstr "Mã đăng ký" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Download Available Extensions..." +msgstr "" + +#. disable download on a non-registered system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" +msgid "Really delete '%s'?" +msgstr "Thật sự xoá bỏ '%1'?" + +#. replace the content +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161 +msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Versions" +msgid "&Version" +msgstr "&Phiên bản" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Architecture" +msgid "&Architecture" +msgstr "Kiến trúc" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Release Notes" +msgid "&Release Type" +msgstr "Ghi chú về phát hành" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with Hardware Profile and Optional Information." +msgid "" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +msgstr "Đăng ký sản phẩm sẽ lưu sản phẩm của bạn trong cơ sở dữ liệu của Novell, cho phép nhận cập nhật trực tuyến và hỗ trợ kỹ thuật. Để đăng ký tự động trong khi cài đặt, hãy chọn Chạy Đăng ký sản phẩm. Để đơn giản hóa quá trình, hãy thêm thông tin từ hệ thống bằng Xác lập phần cứng và Thông tin thêm." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Register the Product" +msgstr "Mã đăng ký" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Server Settings" +msgstr "Thiết lập máy chủ SLP" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +msgstr "Mã đăng ký" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123 +msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" +msgstr "Tập tin chứng nhận của CA:" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "Tập tin chứng nhận của CA:" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "none" +msgstr "không có" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "CA Certificate File:" +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "Tập tin chứng nhận của CA:" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." +msgstr "Mã đăng ký" + #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:26 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "CA Certificate File:" +msgid "Certificate has expired" +msgstr "Tập tin chứng nhận của CA:" + +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 +#, fuzzy msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "Tập tin chứng nhận của CA:" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:28 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:124 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:133 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51 #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" -#~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Credentials" -#~ msgstr "Cấu hình Trung tâm khách hàng Novell" +#| msgid "Invalid URL" +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "URL không hợp lệ" +#. input field label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78 #, fuzzy +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" +msgstr "Mã đăng ký" + +#. return the boot command line parameter +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking..." +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "Đang kiểm tra..." + +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +msgstr "1 mục của dữ liệu đăng ký" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Registering Product..." +#~ msgid_plural "Registering Products..." +#~ msgstr[0] "Mã đăng ký" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Operation failed" +#~ msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" +#~ msgstr "Thao tác thất bại." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Register Add-ons..." +#~ msgstr "Mã đăng ký" + +#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" #~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Registration" #~ msgstr "Cấu hình Trung tâm khách hàng Novell" @@ -600,11 +970,6 @@ #~ msgid "Hardware Profile" #~ msgstr "Xác lập phần cứng" -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Registration Data to Use" -#~ msgid "Registration Status" -#~ msgstr "Dữ liệu đăng ký sử dụng" - #~ msgid "Optional Information" #~ msgstr "Thông tin thêm" @@ -854,11 +1219,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Đã cấu hình thành công" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Registration Code" -#~ msgid "Registration code is missing." -#~ msgstr "Mã đăng ký" - -#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Registration Data to Use" #~ msgid "Registration Status at: %1" #~ msgstr "Dữ liệu đăng ký sử dụng" @@ -927,12 +1287,6 @@ #~ msgid "unknown status" #~ msgstr "không biết" -#~ msgid "Run during autoinstallation" -#~ msgstr "Chạy khi cài đặt tự động" - -#~ msgid "Do not run during autoinstallation" -#~ msgstr "Không chạy khi cài đặt tự động" - #, fuzzy #~ msgid "%1 item of registration data" #~ msgstr "%1 mục của dữ liệu đăng ký" @@ -1017,10 +1371,6 @@ #~ msgstr "&Danh sách cập nhật" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The software repositories have been updated." -#~ msgstr "Không tìm thấy thiết bị mạng nào" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Find details in the Software Repositories module." #~ msgstr "&Danh sách cập nhật" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/reipl.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/reipl.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/reipl.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:68 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:91 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ "and LUN '%3'.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:105 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "&Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Tên" #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:175 #, fuzzy @@ -263,35 +263,35 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured reipl methods" msgstr "Hạng mục đã cấu hình" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336 msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338 #, fuzzy msgid "The method ccw is configured." msgstr "Thiết bị chưa được cấu hình" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341 #, fuzzy msgid "The method ccw is not supported." msgstr "Thiết bị chưa được cấu hình" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:362 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "The method fcp is configured." msgstr "Thiết bị chưa được cấu hình" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 #, fuzzy msgid "The method fcp is not supported." msgstr "Thiết bị chưa được cấu hình" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/relocation-server.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/relocation-server.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/relocation-server.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/s390.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/s390.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/s390.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie(a)riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/samba-client.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/samba-client.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/samba-client.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-16 12:22+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN(a)googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -209,6 +209,15 @@ msgid "M&aximum" msgstr "" +#. require_groups +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 +msgid "Allowed Group(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 +msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" +msgstr "" + #. combobox label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 #, fuzzy @@ -897,7 +906,10 @@ msgstr "Đang ghi các thiết lập..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress finished +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Hoàn thành" @@ -972,12 +984,14 @@ msgstr "&Xác thực ngoại tuyến" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Có" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106 msgid "No" msgstr "Không" @@ -1000,72 +1014,151 @@ "Try again." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 -msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" -msgstr "" +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 +msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "Đang chạy cấu hình máy khách Samba" -#~ msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Đang chạy cấu hình máy khách Samba" +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632 +msgid "Read the global Samba settings" +msgstr "Đọc thiết lập Samba toàn cầu" -#~ msgid "Read the global Samba settings" -#~ msgstr "Đọc thiết lập Samba toàn cầu" +#. translators: progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634 +msgid "Read the winbind status" +msgstr "Đọc trạng thái winbind" -#~ msgid "Read the winbind status" -#~ msgstr "Đọc trạng thái winbind" +#. translators: progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638 +msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." +msgstr "Đang đọc thiết lập Samba toàn cầu..." -#~ msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." -#~ msgstr "Đang đọc thiết lập Samba toàn cầu..." +#. translators: progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640 +msgid "Reading the winbind status..." +msgstr "Đang đọc trạng thái winbind..." -#~ msgid "Reading the winbind status..." -#~ msgstr "Đang đọc trạng thái winbind..." +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741 +msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "Đang ghi cấu hình máy khách Samba" -#~ msgid "Disable Samba services" -#~ msgstr "Không dùng dịch vụ Samba" +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Ghi thiết lập" -#~ msgid "Enable Samba services" -#~ msgstr "Dùng dịch vụ Samba" +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748 +msgid "Disable Samba services" +msgstr "Không dùng dịch vụ Samba" -#~ msgid "Disabling Samba services..." -#~ msgstr "Không dùng dịch vụ Samba..." +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750 +msgid "Enable Samba services" +msgstr "Dùng dịch vụ Samba" -#~ msgid "Enabling Samba services..." -#~ msgstr "Dùng dịch vụ Samba..." +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Đang ghi các thiết lập..." -#~ msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." -#~ msgstr "Không ghi được các thiết lập vào %1." +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757 +msgid "Disabling Samba services..." +msgstr "Không dùng dịch vụ Samba..." -#~ msgid "Cannot start winbind service." -#~ msgstr "Không chạy được dịch vụ winbind." +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759 +msgid "Enabling Samba services..." +msgstr "Dùng dịch vụ Samba..." -#~ msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." -#~ msgstr "Không chạy được daemon dịch vụ winbind." +#. write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769 +msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" +msgstr "Ghi cấu hình Kerberos" -#~ msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." -#~ msgstr "Không dừng được dịch vụ winbind." +#. write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771 +msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgstr "Đang ghi cấu hình Kerberos..." -#~ msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." -#~ msgstr "Không chạy được daemon dịch vụ winbind." +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879 +msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." +msgstr "Không ghi được các thiết lập vào %1." +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838 +msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgstr "Không chạy được dịch vụ winbind." + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843 +msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." +msgstr "Không chạy được daemon dịch vụ winbind." + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." +msgstr "Không dừng được dịch vụ winbind." + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." +msgstr "Không chạy được daemon dịch vụ winbind." + +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." -#~ msgstr "Không ghi được thiết lập." +msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." +msgstr "Không ghi được thiết lập." -#~ msgid "Global Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Cấu hình toàn cầu" +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044 +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "Cấu hình toàn cầu" -#~ msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" -#~ msgstr "Nhóm làm việc hoặc Miền: %1" +#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "Nhóm làm việc hoặc Miền: %1" -#~ msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" -#~ msgstr "Tạo thư mục cá nhân khi đăng nhập" +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060 +msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgstr "Tạo thư mục cá nhân khi đăng nhập" +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" -#~ msgstr "Số chia sẻ lớn nhất" +#| msgid "Off&line Authentication" +msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" +msgstr "&Xác thực ngoại tuyến" -#~ msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" -#~ msgstr "Xác thực với SMB: %1" +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" +msgstr "Số chia sẻ lớn nhất" +#. summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "Nhóm làm việc hoặc Miền: %1" + +#. summary item: authentication using winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101 +msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" +msgstr "Xác thực với SMB: %1" + +#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 +msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" +msgstr "" + #, fuzzy #~ msgid "&UNC Path" #~ msgstr "Vá lỗi &mới" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/samba-server.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/samba-server.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/samba-server.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie(a)riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/samba-users.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/samba-users.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/samba-users.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-users\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-05-14 11:43+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Quang Duong Ha <contact(a)haqduong.net>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN(a)googlegroups.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/scanner.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/scanner.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/scanner.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie(a)riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/security.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/security.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/security.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie(a)riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/services-manager.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/services-manager.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/services-manager.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -17,12 +17,216 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing default window manager..." +msgid "Saving default systemd target..." +msgstr "Đang chạy trình quản lý cửa sổ mặc định..." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" +msgstr "" + #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +msgid "&Default systemd target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +msgid "Default systemd target" +msgstr "" + +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "A&vailable are:" +msgid "Available Targets" +msgstr "&Có:" + +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219 +msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No patches have been selected for installation.\n" +msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" +msgstr "Không có vá lỗi nào được chọn để cài đặt.\n" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234 +msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237 +msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241 +msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248 +msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251 +msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No patches have been selected for installation.\n" +msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" +msgstr "Không có vá lỗi nào được chọn để cài đặt.\n" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing YaST Configuration..." +msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgstr "Đang ghi cấu hình YaST..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the system configuration" +msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" +msgstr "Đang ghi cấu hình hệ thống" + +#. Fills the dialog contents +#. Fills the dialog contents +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91 +msgid "Default System &Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "Dịch vụ" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "Dùng" + +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "D&escription" +msgid "Description" +msgstr "&Mô tả" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Stop" +msgid "&Start/Stop" +msgstr "&Dừng" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enab&le or Disable" +msgid "&Enable/Disable" +msgstr "&Dùng hoặc không" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Show &details" +msgid "Show &Details" +msgstr "Hiển thị &chi tiết" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Power Manager" +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "Bộ Quản lý Điện năng" + +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the winbind status..." +msgid "Reading services status..." +msgstr "Đang đọc trạng thái winbind..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "Không dùng" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Inactive" +msgstr "" + +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Active (will start)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Inactive (will stop)" +msgstr "" + +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190 +msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" +msgstr "" + +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" msgstr "" @@ -62,3 +266,71 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "" + +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default Route:" +msgid "Default Target" +msgstr "Tuyến mặc định:" + +#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. +#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 +msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +msgid "Not configured yet." +msgstr "Chưa cấu hình." + +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state +#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " +msgstr "" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +msgid "Graphical mode" +msgstr "" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Text Mode" +msgid "Text mode" +msgstr "&Chế độ văn bản" + +#. Systemd targets +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Interface:" +msgid "Graphical Interface" +msgstr "Giao diện:" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +msgid "Emergency Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +msgid "Switch Root" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +msgid "Initrd Default Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31 +msgid "Multi-User System" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exposure Mode" +msgid "Rescue Mode" +msgstr "Chế độ phơi nắng" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/slp-server.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/slp-server.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/slp-server.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: slp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-05-12 08:37+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Quang Duong Ha <contact(a)haqduong.net>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN(a)googlegroups.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/snapper.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/snapper.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/snapper.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 #, fuzzy #| msgid "D&escription" msgid "Description" @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&User Name" msgid "User data" @@ -44,39 +44,39 @@ #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Pre (%1)" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Post (%1)" msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create New Tag" msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "Tạo thẻ mới" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read the winbind status" msgid "Single snapshot" @@ -84,89 +84,89 @@ #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:265 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Prev" msgid "Pre" msgstr "Lùi" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" msgstr "Thật sự xoá bỏ '%1'?" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:392 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 msgid "Single" msgstr "" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read the winbind status" msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "Đọc trạng thái winbind" #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read current configuration" msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "Đọc cấu hình hiện thời" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Type" msgstr "Kiểu" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start &Update" msgid "Start Date" msgstr "Bắt đầu &cập nhật" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Send Data" msgid "End Date" msgstr "Dữ liệu gửi" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Send Data" msgid "User Data" msgstr "Dữ liệu gửi" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Change" msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "&Thay đổi" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modified" #| msgid_plural "Modified ({0})" @@ -174,80 +174,80 @@ msgstr "Đã sửa đổi ({0})" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:590 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:636 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Next %1: %2" msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "Tiếp theo %1: %2" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:764 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File name" msgid "File was removed." msgstr "Tên tập tin" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:775 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to initialize the catalog." msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "Lỗi bắt đầu thư mục." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:791 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:822 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remove Tag From Selection" #| msgid_plural "Remove Tags From Selection" @@ -255,11 +255,11 @@ msgstr "Gỡ bỏ thẻ ra vùng chọn" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:859 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "Restore" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remove Tag From Selection" #| msgid_plural "Remove Tags From Selection" @@ -267,61 +267,61 @@ msgstr "Gỡ bỏ thẻ ra vùng chọn" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:931 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:989 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1041 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1046 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1054 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Open" msgid "&Open" msgstr "Mở" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1122 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "_Delete Selected Tag" msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "_Xoá bỏ thẻ được chọn" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1216 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1234 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -342,17 +342,17 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 msgid "No file was selected for restoring" msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1277 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/sound.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/sound.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/sound.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-05-11 07:24+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Quang Duong Ha <contact(a)haqduong.net>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/squid.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/squid.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/squid.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/sshd.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/sshd.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/sshd.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/storage.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/storage.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/storage.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie(a)riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ #. this is the resize case #. #. this is the normal case -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write catalog settings" @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ msgstr "Ghi thiết lập hạng mục" #. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ #. help text continued #. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 msgid "" "\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:182 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 msgid "" "\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -138,15 +138,21 @@ #. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off #. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:230 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:314 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -773,7 +779,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6209 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "" @@ -792,7 +798,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -802,7 +808,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:266 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -812,7 +818,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:279 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -822,7 +828,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:293 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -832,7 +838,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -845,7 +851,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:328 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -855,7 +861,7 @@ msgstr "" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" @@ -866,7 +872,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:365 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -878,7 +884,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:385 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -890,7 +896,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:403 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -899,7 +905,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:422 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -910,22 +916,8 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 msgid "" -"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" -"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" -"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" -"This does not work.\n" -"\n" -"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" -"partition for your files below /boot.\n" -"\n" -"Really use this setup?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:464 -msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" "FAT partition mounted on %1.\n" @@ -939,7 +931,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -954,13 +946,13 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478 #, fuzzy msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Thật sự xoá bỏ tập tin này?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:517 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" @@ -973,7 +965,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -982,7 +974,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -991,7 +983,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" @@ -999,7 +991,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:553 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1007,53 +999,53 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:608 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:619 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:629 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:662 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:685 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1062,7 +1054,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:815 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1072,7 +1064,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1082,7 +1074,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:837 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1097,13 +1089,13 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:672 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6336 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:675 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "" @@ -1131,7 +1123,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:700 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 #, fuzzy msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "Nhập &mật khẩu:" @@ -1143,7 +1135,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:684 src/modules/Storage.rb:3995 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998 #, fuzzy msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "Nhập &mật khẩu:" @@ -1164,7 +1156,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1173,7 +1165,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3959 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1499,7 +1491,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6190 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" @@ -1510,23 +1502,23 @@ msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724 #, fuzzy msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "Tùy chọn đã được dùng." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1725 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1734 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738 #, fuzzy msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "Tùy chọn đã được dùng." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1765 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -1558,7 +1550,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" @@ -1571,7 +1563,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" @@ -1584,7 +1576,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" @@ -1606,7 +1598,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:653 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -1781,12 +1773,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:947 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:974 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -1794,33 +1786,33 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:963 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:988 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Amount:" msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Lượng:" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:979 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1025 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1038 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 #, fuzzy msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "_Thiết bị:" @@ -1832,63 +1824,69 @@ msgstr "Điểm &gắn:" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Private Key Password:" msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "Mật khẩu khoá riêng:" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "Cấu hình các đĩa &iSCSI" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 #, fuzzy +msgid "Configure &FCoE..." +msgstr "_Cấu hình VPN..." + +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 +#, fuzzy msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "&Cấu hình..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:133 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "&Cấu hình..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:141 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "_Cấu hình VPN..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "_Cấu hình VPN..." #. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:157 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure..." msgstr "&Cấu hình..." #. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 #, fuzzy msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "Phiên bản có: %1 (%2)" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:184 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:192 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -1896,51 +1894,58 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:202 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:262 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:280 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +msgid "" +"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call FCoE configuration?" +msgstr "" + #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:294 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:303 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:329 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -2219,14 +2224,49 @@ msgstr "_Thiết bị:" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Choose the role of the device." +msgstr "Hãy chọn một hạng mục tương ứng với vấn đề của ngài." + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Open System" +msgid "Operating System" +msgstr "Hệ thống mở" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Search applications" +msgid "Data and ISV Applications" +msgstr "Tìm kiếm trong ứng dụng" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +msgid "Swap" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" +msgstr "" + +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +msgid "Role" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" "volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" @@ -2234,63 +2274,63 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." msgstr "" #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 #, fuzzy msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "Độ bão hoà" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 #, fuzzy msgid "Format partition" msgstr "Độ bão hoà" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "Không tìm thấy phân vùng Linux nào." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "Không tìm thấy phân vùng Linux nào." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 #, fuzzy msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "Độ bão hoà" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "Độ bão hoà" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:281 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Điểm &gắn:" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 #, fuzzy msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "_Phụ đề:" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 #, fuzzy msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "Hệ thống tập tin ả_o" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2299,17 +2339,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2319,7 +2359,7 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2328,61 +2368,61 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 #, fuzzy #| msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "Mọi thay đổi sẽ bị mất!" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:693 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 #, fuzzy msgid "Password" msgstr "Mật &khẩu" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" "on this partition does not support resizing.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." msgstr "" #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:838 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "Sửa đổi biểu tượng" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "" #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:918 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 #, fuzzy msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "Cỡ: %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:930 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 #, fuzzy msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "Trạng thái hiện thời: " @@ -2391,8 +2431,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:943 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -2405,21 +2445,21 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:963 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 #, fuzzy msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "Tự chạy" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 #, fuzzy @@ -2427,14 +2467,14 @@ msgstr "Cỡ :" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "Hãy chọn một hạng mục tương ứng với vấn đề của ngài." #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." @@ -2444,7 +2484,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -2453,13 +2493,13 @@ msgstr "" #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 #, fuzzy msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "_Xuất:" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1203 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 #, fuzzy msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "Đang quét mạng..." @@ -2660,64 +2700,64 @@ msgstr "Giá trị %1 sai." #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:537 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "Sửa đổi biểu tượng" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:583 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "Sửa đổi biểu tượng" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 #, fuzzy msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "Độ bão hoà" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:635 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 #, fuzzy msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "Độ bão hoà" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 #, fuzzy msgid "Forward" msgstr "Cổng" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:658 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Back" msgid "Backward" msgstr "&Quay lại" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 #, fuzzy msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "Thật sự xoá bỏ phiên bản « {0} » không?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:716 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 #, fuzzy msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "Thật sự xoá bỏ phiên bản « {0} » không?" @@ -2732,7 +2772,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5161 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" @@ -3656,12 +3696,12 @@ msgstr "Dùng ISDN" #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1017 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Cỡ :" @@ -3869,7 +3909,7 @@ #. tree node label #. dialog heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Thiết lập" @@ -4073,18 +4113,18 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:631 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "Gỡ _bỏ thẻ" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:711 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "" @@ -4187,66 +4227,66 @@ #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:34 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "Nhãn" #. list entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount by" msgstr "_Tháng" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 #, fuzzy msgid "Used by" msgstr "Dùng ISDN" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "Thông tin điện năng" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:50 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 #, fuzzy msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "Thông tin phụ" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 #, fuzzy msgid "Encryption" msgstr "&Mô tả" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:59 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:152 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Tên thiết bị modem" #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "Tên _tập ảnh:" @@ -4254,9 +4294,8 @@ #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "Device ID" msgstr "_Thiết bị:" @@ -4264,49 +4303,61 @@ #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:156 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Path" msgstr "Đường dẫn thư mục" +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Optional" +msgid "Optimal" +msgstr "Không bắt buộc" + +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cylinder" +msgstr "Đang chạy môđun %1..." + #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:115 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 #, fuzzy msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "Tuyến mặc định:" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:126 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 #, fuzzy msgid "Default File System" msgstr "Hệ thống tập tin ả_o" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "" #. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:183 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" "settings:" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:188 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" @@ -4317,14 +4368,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:201 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" "determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" @@ -4333,14 +4384,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." @@ -4661,23 +4712,23 @@ msgstr "Mẫu" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:275 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:284 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" "Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" @@ -4685,29 +4736,29 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:316 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:323 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:470 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" "Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" @@ -4715,37 +4766,37 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:486 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:490 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499 msgid "" "No Access Time:\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:500 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 #, fuzzy msgid "Mountable by &User" msgstr "_Tháng" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:504 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:523 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532 msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" @@ -4755,12 +4806,12 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:540 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:546 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -4768,12 +4819,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:565 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583 msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" @@ -4785,40 +4836,40 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:599 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:614 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:631 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" "In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" @@ -4826,93 +4877,93 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:657 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666 #, fuzzy msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "Tìm kiếm tập tin" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:678 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" "This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 #, fuzzy msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "Số bản _sao :" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" "Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 #, fuzzy msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "Cỡ :" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" "Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 #, fuzzy msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "Thư mục thêm" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:756 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 msgid "" "Root Dir Entries:\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:769 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" "This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" "This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" @@ -4920,12 +4971,12 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:805 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" @@ -4933,39 +4984,39 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1051 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:827 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" "The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Ignore &All" msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "Lờ đi tất &cả" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" "The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" @@ -4974,12 +5025,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:909 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -4987,31 +5038,31 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 msgid "" "Log Size\n" "Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:945 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:953 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:957 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -5020,19 +5071,19 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:991 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 msgid "" "Bytes per Inode: \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -5045,12 +5096,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1007 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -5058,42 +5109,42 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." msgstr "" #. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 #, fuzzy msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "Thư mục trên máy chủ" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1073 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" "Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" @@ -5101,12 +5152,12 @@ msgstr "" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:922 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:932 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" @@ -5119,7 +5170,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:950 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -5132,7 +5183,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:969 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -5142,7 +5193,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -5156,7 +5207,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:975 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "_Đổi cỡ thành: " @@ -5170,7 +5221,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2703 src/modules/Storage.rb:3908 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -5179,7 +5230,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3939 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -5187,7 +5238,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -5196,29 +5247,29 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4024 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Enter Password:" msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "Nhập &mật khẩu:" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4083 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Private Key Password:" msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Mật khẩu khoá riêng:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4102 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4117 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120 #, fuzzy msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "Tạo phiên bản mới" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4121 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -5226,14 +5277,14 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Enter Password:" msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "Nhập &mật khẩu:" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4190 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -5241,96 +5292,96 @@ msgstr "" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Enter Password:" msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "Nhập &mật khẩu:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4212 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 #, fuzzy #| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "YaST2 đã nhận ra các thiết bị sau" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 #, fuzzy #| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "YaST2 đã nhận ra các thiết bị sau" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4228 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4338 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hard Disk" msgid "Disk" msgstr "Ổ cứng" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4378 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381 #, fuzzy msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "Tạo đĩa CD" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4391 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394 #, fuzzy msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "Tạo đĩa CD" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5173 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5213 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5242 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5280 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5338,7 +5389,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5346,7 +5397,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5313 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -5354,18 +5405,18 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6005 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" @@ -6008,54 +6059,54 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4545 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6143 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 #, fuzzy msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "Tạo sự kết nối VPN" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6158 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 #, fuzzy msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" msgstr "Tạo phiên bản mới" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6176 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197 #, fuzzy msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "Không tìm thấy phân vùng Linux nào." #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6223 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244 #, fuzzy msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "Không tìm thấy phân vùng Linux nào." #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6241 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6251 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write catalog settings" msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Ghi thiết lập hạng mục" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6266 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 msgid "" "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6273 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -6064,32 +6115,32 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6289 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "" #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6321 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342 msgid "Password:" msgstr "Mật khẩu :" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6332 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 #, fuzzy msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "Nhập &mật khẩu:" @@ -6117,26 +6168,26 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:177 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 #, fuzzy msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "Tuyến mặc định:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:178 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 #, fuzzy msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "Hệ thống tập tin ả_o" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 #, fuzzy msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "Tạo phiên bản mới" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/sudo.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/sudo.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/sudo.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-05-18 18:05+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Quang Duong Ha <contact(a)haqduong.net>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/support.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/support.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/support.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -39,16 +39,18 @@ #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 -msgid "Open Novell Support Center" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SUSE Support" +msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" +msgstr "Hỗ trợ SUSE" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 -msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal." +msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mở" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "Collect Data" @@ -118,7 +120,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Không ghi được các thiết lập." #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" @@ -177,11 +179,11 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "Expert Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Thiết lập cao cấp" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tùy chọn" #. Support overview dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584 @@ -213,7 +215,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708 msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tên" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "Phone Number" @@ -236,7 +238,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 -msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number" +msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "" #. abort? @@ -250,7 +252,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Progress" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Quá trình" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931 msgid "Collected Data Review" @@ -279,6 +281,8 @@ "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Dừng khởi động:</big> \n" +"Có thể dừng cấu hình một cách an toàn bằng nút Dừng bây giờ.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 @@ -295,6 +299,10 @@ "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Dừng lưu:</big> \n" +"Dừng quá trình lưu bằng nút Thoát.\n" +"Một hộp thoại hiện ra sẽ cho biết dừng lưu có an toàn hay không.\n" +"\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 @@ -319,13 +327,16 @@ "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Sửa hoặc Xóa:</big> \n" +"Nếu bạn nhấn Sửa, một hộp thoại để thay đổi cấu hình\n" +"sẽ mở ra.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Opening Novell Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use Open Novell Support Center.\n" +"<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" "You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" @@ -407,7 +418,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -450,7 +461,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<big>Privacy Policy</big> \n" -"Find Novell's privacy policy at\n" +"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" "%1.\n" msgstr "" @@ -469,6 +480,9 @@ "Press Next to continue.\n" " \n" msgstr "" +"<big>Cấu hình phần 2</big> \n" +"Nhấn Tiếp theo để tiếp tục.\n" +" \n" #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 @@ -477,6 +491,9 @@ "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" "" msgstr "" +"<big>Chọn một vài thứ</big> \n" +"Không thể. Đầu tiên bạn phải viết mã cho nó. :-)\n" +"" #. encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** @@ -754,7 +771,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -765,7 +782,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Đang chạy..." #. global string created_directory=""; #: src/modules/Support.rb:143 @@ -793,30 +810,30 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:329 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ghi thiết lập" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:331 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chạy SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:335 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Đang ghi các thiết lập..." #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:337 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Đang chạy SuSEconfig..." #. Progress finished #: src/modules/Support.rb:339 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoàn thành" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/Support.rb:438 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tổng kết cấu hình..." Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/sysconfig.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/sysconfig.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/sysconfig.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie(a)riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -497,28 +497,125 @@ "\n" msgstr "" +#. Translation: Progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Searching..." -#~ msgstr "Bắt đầu tìm kiếm" +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "Bắt đầu tìm kiếm" +#. Display confirmation dialog +#. @param [String] message Confirmation message +#. @param [String] command Command to confirm +#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Command: " -#~ msgstr "Ghi chú :" +msgid "Command: " +msgstr "Ghi chú :" +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889 +msgid "S&kip" +msgstr "" + +#. get activation map for variable +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171 +msgid "A command will be executed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Cấu hình phẳng" +#| msgid "Starting module %1..." +msgid "Starting command: %1..." +msgstr "Đang chạy môđun %1..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Configuration script failed." -#~ msgstr "Cấu hình" +#| msgid "Command '%1'" +msgid "Command %1 failed" +msgstr "Câu lệnh '%1'" +#. write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Finished" -#~ msgstr "_Tìm" +msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" +msgstr "Cấu hình phẳng" +#. progress bar item +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Configuration Summary" +#| msgid "Write the settings" +msgid "Write the new settings" +msgstr "Ghi thiết lập" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037 +msgid "Activate the changes" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060 +msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Starting module %1..." +msgid "Saving variable %1..." +msgstr "Đang chạy môđun %1..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073 +msgid "Saving changes to the files..." +msgstr "" + +#. service is running, reload it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100 +msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Contacting server..." +msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgstr "Đang liên lạc máy chủ..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." +msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "Gỡ bỏ gói %1 không thành công." + +#. service is running, restart it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143 +msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Contacting server..." +msgid "Restarting service %1..." +msgstr "Đang liên lạc máy chủ..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." +msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "Gỡ bỏ gói %1 không thành công." + +#. set 100% in progress bar +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "_Tìm" + +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgstr "Cấu hình" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Configuration script failed." #~ msgstr "Cấu hình" #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/tftp-server.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/tftp-server.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/tftp-server.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie(a)riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/timezone_db.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/timezone_db.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/timezone_db.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-05-10 18:27+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Quang Duong Ha <contact(a)haqduong.net>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/tune.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/tune.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/tune.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie(a)riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -17,59 +17,65 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0\n" #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:47 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 #, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "Môđun YaST2 này không hỗ trợ giao diện câu lệnh." #. translators: popup heading -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:71 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 #, fuzzy msgid "Probing Hardware..." msgstr "Đang thử chuột..." #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:74 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Quá trình" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. title label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:292 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 #, fuzzy msgid "&All Entries" msgstr "WPA Enterprise" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:304 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 msgid "&Save to File..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:313 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 #, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Information" msgstr "Thông tin điện năng" #. help text -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:316 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 msgid "" "The Hardware Information module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:319 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." msgstr "" +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +msgid "System and Hardware Settings" +msgstr "Máy ảnh chọn" + #. this is a heading #. tree node string -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:48 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 #, fuzzy msgid "System" msgstr "Hệ thống mở" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 #, fuzzy msgid "S&ystem" msgstr "Hệ thống mở" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/update.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/update.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/update.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 13:22+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie(a)riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ #. screen title for update options #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:298 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278 #, fuzzy msgid "Update Options" msgstr "Tùy chọn modem" @@ -153,18 +153,18 @@ #. Table item (unknown file system) #. label - name of sustem to update #. starts with >`< -#. label for an unknown installed system +#. Get installed release name +#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:95 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:101 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:121 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1969 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Không biết" #. label showing to which version we are updating -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal summary item, %1 is a product name -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:198 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 #, fuzzy msgid "Update to %1" msgstr "Ngày _sửa đổi" @@ -225,9 +225,19 @@ "packages during the update.\n" msgstr "" -#. yes/no question +#. warning / question #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231 msgid "" +"Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n" +"lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n" +"adjust the list of packages yourself.\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243 +msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to reset your detailed selection?" msgstr "" @@ -237,13 +247,13 @@ #. error report #. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount #. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:70 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:379 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 msgid "Failed to mount target system" msgstr "" #. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:75 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." msgstr "" @@ -318,13 +328,13 @@ #. error message in proposal #. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:83 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:404 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "Không đọc được database1." #. error message in proposal -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:99 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." msgstr "" @@ -332,15 +342,15 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:108 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:126 -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:169 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:175 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Không biết thời lượng" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system #. %2 is the version being installed -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 msgid "" "Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" @@ -348,24 +358,24 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:162 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." msgstr "" #. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:214 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 #, fuzzy msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "không chứa bất kỳ cập nhật nào cho gói đã cài." #. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:229 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206 #, fuzzy msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "Cập nhật thiết lập" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:255 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232 msgid "" "<big>Update Options</big> Select how your system will be updated.\n" "Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n" @@ -374,18 +384,18 @@ msgstr "" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 #, fuzzy msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "Tùy chọn modem" #. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:407 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:541 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -394,29 +404,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:88 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Linux" msgstr "Vùng không rõ" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:91 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux" msgstr "Vùng không rõ" #. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:113 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "" #. label for selection of root partition (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:181 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186 msgid "Partition or System to Boot:" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:184 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to boot.\n" @@ -424,12 +434,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for selection of root partition (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:191 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196 msgid "Partition or System to Update:" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:194 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to update.\n" @@ -437,13 +447,13 @@ msgstr "" #. headline for dialog "Select for update" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:202 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207 #, fuzzy msgid "Select for Update" msgstr "Chọn đường dẫn" #. help text for root partition dialog (general part) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:209 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214 msgid "" "\n" "Show All Partitions expands the list to a\n" @@ -452,73 +462,73 @@ msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:229 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234 #, fuzzy msgid "System" msgstr "Hệ thống mở" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:231 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236 #, fuzzy msgid "Partition" msgstr "Độ bão hoà" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:233 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238 #, fuzzy msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Kho" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:235 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240 #, fuzzy msgid "File System" msgstr "Hệ thống mở" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:237 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242 msgid "Label" msgstr "Nhãn" #. check box -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:247 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252 msgid "&Show All Partitions" msgstr "" #. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:278 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283 msgid "&Boot" msgstr "" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:348 +#. error popup +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354 msgid "" "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n" "on the selected partition." msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:358 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 msgid "" "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n" "is different from the one of this product.\n" msgstr "" #. pop-up question -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:388 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:392 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398 msgid "&Yes, Use It" msgstr "" #. Target load failed, #466803 #. Target load failed, #466803 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:426 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:451 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461 msgid "" "Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n" "It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n" @@ -526,32 +536,32 @@ "Are you sure you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:432 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:457 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467 #, fuzzy msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "Tiếp tục" #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." msgstr "" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "Chìa khóa GnuPG không biết" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151 #, fuzzy msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "&Tiếp tục sửa chữa hệ thống" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -561,7 +571,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "" @@ -570,25 +580,25 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415 #, fuzzy msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "Hiển thị &chi tiết" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529 #, fuzzy msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "Kiểm tra chữ ký không thành công" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -596,25 +606,25 @@ msgstr "" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542 #, fuzzy msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "&Bỏ qua cấu hình" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1059 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Cảnh báo" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1167 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -625,7 +635,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1259 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -638,41 +648,41 @@ msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1277 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1293 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Tùy chọn modem" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1296 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298 #, fuzzy msgid "&Device" msgstr "_Thiết bị:" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1381 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -680,17 +690,17 @@ "udev path: %6" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1436 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 msgid "None" msgstr "Không có" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1464 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -698,23 +708,23 @@ msgstr "" #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1477 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Info" msgstr "Thiết bị" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1624 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1655 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -724,7 +734,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -733,18 +743,18 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1717 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716 #, fuzzy msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "Chưa tìm kết quả." #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1742 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1747 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "" @@ -765,44 +775,77 @@ msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "Đang dò tìm các bộ điều khiển" +#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file. +#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation. +#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing. +#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open. +#. +#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/" +#. @return [String] product name +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65 +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot load release notes." +msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}" +msgstr "Không nạp được ghi chú về bản phát hành." + #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Không biết thời lượng" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box, it might happen that we need to downgrade some packages during update -#: src/modules/Update.rb:817 +#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case +#. and we don't continue further +#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" +"%{patterns}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 #, fuzzy -msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" -msgstr "Mọi gói" +#| msgid "Failed to select %1 packages for installation" +msgid "" +"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" +"%{packages}" +msgstr "Không chọn được %1 gói để cài đặt" -#: control/update.glade:18 control/update.glade:42 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Cập nhật thiết lập" -#: control/update.glade:34 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4 #, fuzzy msgid "Update" msgstr "_Cập nhật mỗi:" -#: control/update.glade:48 control/update.glade:52 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Thực hiện cập nhật" -#: control/update.glade:63 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8 #, fuzzy msgid "Update System Configuration" msgstr "Cấu hình thành phần" -#: control/update.glade:71 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9 #, fuzzy msgid "Update Configuration" msgstr "Cấu hình" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" +#~ msgstr "Mọi gói" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Clean Up" #~ msgstr "Xóa" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/users.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/users.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/users.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie(a)riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ msgstr "" #. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise user to remember his new password +#. advise users to remember their new password #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgstr "" @@ -4308,23 +4308,23 @@ msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6596 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6606 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622 #, fuzzy msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "Thiết lập gia nhập" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6619 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 #, fuzzy msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "Đọc hạng mục đã cấu hình" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/vm.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/vm.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/vm.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie(a)riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -30,36 +30,37 @@ msgstr "Lựa chọn đã yêu cầu chưa được cài đặt." #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:148 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:167 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" msgstr "" #. progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:184 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281 #, fuzzy msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "Gói đã &cài" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:186 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "Cấu hình mạng" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:201 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:204 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 #, fuzzy msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." msgstr "" @@ -67,107 +68,143 @@ "Cấu hình máy chủ SLP ở đây. \n" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:208 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:212 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:216 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:224 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "Lựa chọn đã yêu cầu chưa được cài đặt." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:241 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236 +msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" +msgstr "Đang cấu hình thiết bị %s cho mạng tuyến..." + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:249 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NIS Server" +msgid "KVM server" +msgstr "Máy chủ NIS" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253 +msgid "KVM tools" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "" -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:276 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260 +msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:294 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Virtualization client tools" +msgstr "Lựa chọn đã yêu cầu chưa được cài đặt." + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Xen server" +msgstr "Lùi" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309 +msgid "Xen tools" +msgstr "" + #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:372 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384 #, fuzzy msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "Hướng" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:380 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392 msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:387 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:398 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:411 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:424 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "Đang kiểm tra thông tin xác thực..." #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:427 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "" #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:432 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "" #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:449 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Updating configuration..." msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "Đang cập nhật cấu hình..." #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:460 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "Đang cấu hình thiết bị %s cho mạng tuyến..." #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:481 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "Chạy mạng" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:482 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" msgstr "" @@ -180,29 +217,29 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:540 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:543 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:546 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:549 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 #, fuzzy msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "Lựa chọn đã yêu cầu chưa được cài đặt." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:550 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567 #, fuzzy msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "Lựa chọn đã yêu cầu chưa được cài đặt." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:551 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568 #, fuzzy msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "Lựa chọn đã yêu cầu chưa được cài đặt." @@ -241,10 +278,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Thư mục" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Preserve" -#~ msgstr "Lùi" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Preparing Disk Image" #~ msgstr "Tạo thẻ mới" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/wagon.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/wagon.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/wagon.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/wol.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/wol.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/wol.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-05-10 20:10+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Quang Duong Ha <contact(a)haqduong.net>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/xpram.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/xpram.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/xpram.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie(a)riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/vi/po/yast2-apparmor.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/yast2-apparmor.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/yast2-apparmor.vi.po 2014-10-07 15:39:14 UTC (rev 89767) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie(a)riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -323,11 +323,11 @@ #. May want to replace Wizard() with UI() #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:181 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:229 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:239 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:268 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:287 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112 #, fuzzy msgid "&Done" @@ -1139,65 +1139,73 @@ msgid "Could not recognize mode: " msgstr "Không thể thay đổi tên của một phiên bản" -#. restarts ag_complain agent if necessary -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:128 +#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117 +msgid "enforce" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118 +msgid "complain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134 msgid "Show All Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:129 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135 msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:132 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138 msgid "Show Active Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:133 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139 msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles" msgstr "" #. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"), #. TODO switch to variable in a module #. TODO plain reread does not work here -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439 msgid "Profile Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 #, fuzzy msgid "Mode" msgstr "Thêm" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:154 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160 #, fuzzy msgid "Toggle Mode" msgstr "&Chế độ văn bản" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:155 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161 msgid "Set All to Enforce" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:156 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162 msgid "Set All to Complain" msgstr "" #. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:177 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183 #, fuzzy msgid "Profile Mode Configuration" msgstr "Cấu hình cập nhật trực tuyến" #. We'll need this often - cache it -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:225 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:264 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:283 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure Profile Mode" msgstr "Cấu hình bây giờ (khuyên dùng)" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:291 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select an area to crop" msgid "Select an action to perform." -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89766 - trunk/yast/bs/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 17:38:54 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89766 Added: trunk/yast/bs/po/cio.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/opensuse_mirror.bs.po Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/add-on-creator.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/add-on.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/audit-laf.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/auth-client.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/auth-server.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/autoinst.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/base.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/bootloader.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/ca-management.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/cluster.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/control-center.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/control.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/country.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/crowbar.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/dhcp-server.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/dns-server.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/drbd.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/fcoe-client.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/firewall-services.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/firewall.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/firstboot.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/ftp-server.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/geo-cluster.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/gtk.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/http-server.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/inetd.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/installation.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/instserver.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/iplb.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/iscsi-client.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/iscsi-lio-server.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/iscsi-server.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/isns.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/kdump.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/kerberos-server.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/kerberos.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/languages_db.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/ldap-client.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/ldap-server.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/ldap.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/live-installer.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/lxc.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/mail.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/multipath.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/ncurses-pkg.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/ncurses.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/network.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/nfs.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/nfs_server.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/nis.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/nis_server.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/ntp-client.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/oneclickinstall.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/online-update-configuration.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/online-update.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/packager.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/pam.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/pkg-bindings.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/printer.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/product-creator.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/proxy.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/qt-pkg.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/qt.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/rdp.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/rear.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/registration.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/reipl.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/relocation-server.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/s390.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/samba-client.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/samba-server.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/samba-users.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/scanner.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/security.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/services-manager.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/slp-server.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/snapper.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/sound.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/squid.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/sshd.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/storage.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/sudo.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/support.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/sysconfig.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/tftp-server.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/timezone_db.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/tune.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/update.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/users.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/vm.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/wagon.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/wol.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/xpram.bs.po trunk/yast/bs/po/yast2-apparmor.bs.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/add-on-creator.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/add-on-creator.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/add-on-creator.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/add-on.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/add-on.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/add-on.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-28 12:23+1000\n" "Last-Translator: Haris Hromadžić <harishromadzic(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian\n" @@ -63,21 +63,21 @@ #. this is a heading #. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks #: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1871 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Add-On Proizvodi" #. busy message (dialog) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label #: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1872 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicijalizacija.." #. help #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879 msgid "Initializing add-on products..." msgstr "Inicijaliziranje add-on proizvoda..." @@ -103,10 +103,10 @@ #. placeholder for unknown path #. placeholder for unknown URL #: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:384 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:940 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:949 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Nepoznato" @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ #. main screen heading #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "Instalacija Add-On Proizvoda" @@ -245,33 +245,33 @@ #. ... #. ] #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:585 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1586 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1598 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604 msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "Proizvodi nisu pronađeni u repozitoriju." #. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:319 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316 msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "Softverski repozitoriji nisu pronađeni na mediju." #. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "Inicijalizacija novog izvora instalacije..." -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, Direktorij: %2" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:392 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "Odabir Softverskih Repozitorija" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:394 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391 msgid "" "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \n" "Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n" @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ "Više repozitorija je pronađeno na odabranom mediju.\n" "Odaberite repozitorij koji će se koristiti.\n" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:404 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401 msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "Repozitoriji &Pronađeni" @@ -293,33 +293,33 @@ #. else #. { #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:416 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:743 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "Zaista želite obustaviti instalaciju add-on proizvoda?" #. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:427 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "Odaberite repozitorij." #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:632 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "Softverski preduslovi za add-on proizvod ne mogu biti ispunjeni." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:713 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "Odabir Proizvoda" #. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:719 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "Raspoloživi Proizvodi" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:725 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722 msgid "" "<big>Product Selection</big> \n" "Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n" @@ -330,12 +330,12 @@ "za instalacijul.\n" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:793 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "Softverski preduslovi za odabarane add-on proizvode ne mogu biti ispunjeni." #. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:915 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 msgid "" "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big> \n" "Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" @@ -348,102 +348,102 @@ "odaberite ga i kliknite Izbriši." #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "%1, Direktorij: %2" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:970 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Product" msgstr "Proizvod" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:972 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969 msgid "Media" msgstr "Medij" #. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1127 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "Odaberite proizvod koji će biti brisan." #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1135 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "Uklanjanje odabranog add-on-a..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1253 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259 msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "Instalirani Add-on Proizvodi" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1260 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266 msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "Add-on Proizvodi" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1276 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "Pokeni &Softver Menadžer..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1280 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." msgstr "Svi add-on proizvodi, instalirani na vašem sistemu, su prikazani." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." msgstr "Kliknite Dodaj da biste dodali novi add-on proizvod, ili Brisanje da uklonite add-on koji se koristi." #. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1335 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 msgid "Vendor: %1 " msgstr "Proizvođač: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1336 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "Proizvođač nepoznat" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1339 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 msgid "Version: %1 " msgstr "Verzija: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1340 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346 msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "Verzija nepoznata" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1343 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 msgid "Repository URL: %1 " msgstr "URL repozitorija: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355 msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "URL repozitorija nepoznat" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1356 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362 msgid "Repository Alias: %1 " msgstr "Alias Repozitorija: %1 " #. Removes the currently selected Add-On #. #. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1636 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1689 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Nepoznat Proizvod" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1639 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645 msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "Nepoznat URL" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ "Jeste li sigurni da želite ga želite izbrisati?" #. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1712 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718 msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "Uklanjanje softverskih preduslova..." Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/audit-laf.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/audit-laf.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/audit-laf.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -830,30 +830,46 @@ msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." msgstr "" -#. Error message +#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 +msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" +msgstr "" + +#. question continues +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467 +msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. message about loaded kernel module #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471 -msgid "" -"The audit daemon doesn't run.\n" -"Do you want to start it now?" +msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:476 -msgid "" -" The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" -"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" -"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n" -"Do you want to start the daemon now?" +#. Headline of a popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480 +msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:484 -msgid "Audit daemon not running." +#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "&Start" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Module to Start:" +msgid "&Do not start" +msgstr "&Modul za pokretanje:" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491 msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -862,39 +878,39 @@ msgstr "" #. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:546 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "Snimam konfiguraciju sysconfig-a" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:562 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Zapiši postavke" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566 #, fuzzy msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "Zapiši postavke" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:568 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Upisujem postavke..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "Upisujem postavke..." #. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588 msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:587 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" @@ -902,27 +918,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:612 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614 msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:619 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "" #. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:650 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652 msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:656 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:705 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707 #, fuzzy msgid "Log file" msgstr "Datoteka" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/auth-client.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/auth-client.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/auth-client.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Help" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pomoć" #. No we open the dialog #: src/include/dialogs.rb:306 @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Izbrii" #. Inetd configure dialog caption #: src/include/dialogs.rb:547 @@ -390,23 +390,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/auth-server.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/auth-server.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/auth-server.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:98 msgid "File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Datoteka" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:99 msgid "Position" @@ -236,6 +236,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Start new config wizward +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Basic Configuration" +msgid "Migrate existing Configuration" +msgstr "Osnovna konfiguracija" + #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135 msgid "" "Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n" @@ -387,7 +393,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:637 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:729 msgid "Current Selection: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Trenutni odabir:" #. tree widget headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:789 @@ -655,20 +661,22 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" "variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" -"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" "specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" @@ -678,14 +686,14 @@ "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:67 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" "LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n" "(e.g. ldapsearch), check Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n" @@ -695,13 +703,13 @@ "when creating the first database on a server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n" "change any configuration settings here.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n" "for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n" @@ -709,7 +717,7 @@ "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n" "click Change Password. \n" @@ -719,28 +727,28 @@ "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:102 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" "The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" "the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" @@ -751,17 +759,17 @@ "thumbs)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" "should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" @@ -770,7 +778,7 @@ "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "If Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status is enabled, users trying to\n" "authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n" @@ -779,30 +787,30 @@ "option. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" @@ -810,34 +818,34 @@ "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" "(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "Use Add to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n" "Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" @@ -845,30 +853,30 @@ "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" @@ -876,21 +884,21 @@ "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:200 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:204 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" "in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" @@ -902,11 +910,11 @@ "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:214 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:215 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" "made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" @@ -914,21 +922,21 @@ "such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" "Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:228 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 msgid "" "Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n" "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" @@ -938,15 +946,15 @@ "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:236 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:237 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 msgid "" "refreshOnly: The slave server will periodically open a new\n" "connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n" @@ -954,28 +962,28 @@ "Replication Interval setting.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:244 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 msgid "" "refreshAndPersist: The slave server will open a persistent\n" "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:249 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:250 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" "The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:253 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:254 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" @@ -985,22 +993,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "<big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" #. Write dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 msgid "<big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big> \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:272 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog\n" @@ -1008,11 +1016,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:278 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 msgid "" "This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n" "created. Click Finish to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n" @@ -1020,78 +1028,78 @@ msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:287 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" "If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n" "for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.\n" msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:297 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:300 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 msgid "" "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:306 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" "Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:310 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:313 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" "To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the Enabled TLS\n" "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:319 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" "Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" "support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:324 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" "corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:329 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:330 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" "different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" @@ -1099,19 +1107,19 @@ "textfields.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:336 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 msgid "" "To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:340 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "Below this item, configure some global parameters." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:344 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" "Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" "a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" @@ -1119,71 +1127,71 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:350 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" "Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:354 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:357 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:358 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" "LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:361 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" "Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" "credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:364 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:367 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:372 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:373 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 msgid "" "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests: The Server will\n" "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:378 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" "Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:381 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" "receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:386 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 msgid "" "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated:\n" "The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n" @@ -1191,7 +1199,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:392 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" "\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" @@ -1201,29 +1209,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:400 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:401 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" "To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:404 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" "Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:407 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" "If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" "checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:410 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" "To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" "server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" @@ -1232,231 +1240,231 @@ #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:417 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:421 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: database_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:425 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: acl_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:429 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:433 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:437 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:441 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:444 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:449 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:454 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:459 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:462 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:467 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:472 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:477 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:482 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:487 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:492 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:495 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : dict_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:501 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:505 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:509 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:513 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:517 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:521 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_type -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:525 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:529 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:533 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:537 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:541 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:545 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:549 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:553 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:557 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:561 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:565 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:569 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." msgstr "" @@ -1765,6 +1773,12 @@ #. Ralf Haferkamp <rhafer(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id$ +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Keyboard Configuration" +msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration" +msgstr "Podešavanje tastature" + #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28 msgid "MirrorMode Node List" msgstr "" @@ -1954,7 +1968,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ne" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 @@ -1962,7 +1976,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Da" #. skip attribute that already have an index defined #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1188 @@ -2002,7 +2016,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:100 msgid "LDAP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldap), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:112 @@ -2071,7 +2085,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167 msgid "None" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nijedan" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174 msgid "Select &Allow Flags:" @@ -2440,7 +2454,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990 msgid "Select" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odaberi" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826 msgid "Define the Access Level" @@ -2690,8 +2704,8 @@ msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3479 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3526 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3572 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." msgstr "" @@ -2891,7 +2905,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227 msgid "Not configured yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Još nije podešeno." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472 msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist." @@ -2954,7 +2968,7 @@ msgid "Could not create database directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4096 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." msgstr "" @@ -2967,101 +2981,101 @@ msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3373 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3386 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3399 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3412 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3425 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3511 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3557 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3603 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 msgid "Writing to password file failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3969 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3979 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3974 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3984 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4016 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4024 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4031 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4043 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4048 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4062 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4069 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4089 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4863 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 #, perl-format msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4873 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4874 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 #, perl-format msgid "" "Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n" "CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4968 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4978 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5346 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5355 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/autoinst.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/autoinst.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/autoinst.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 19.08.2002. 20:17\n" "Last-Translator: Amila Akagić <bono(a)linux.org.ba>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <lokal(a)lugbih.org>\n" @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:422 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -115,8 +115,7 @@ msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "" -#. doClone(); -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:84 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82 #, fuzzy msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "Prazno korisničko ime" @@ -127,37 +126,30 @@ msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set." msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/clone_system.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Author: Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> -#. Summary: This client is clones some settings of the -#. system. -#. -#. Changes: * initial - just do a simple clone -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:42 +#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "Spašavam konfiguracijske podatke na određeni sistem." -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:52 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 #, fuzzy #| msgid "unknown model" msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr "nepoznat model" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:59 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64 msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89 #, fuzzy msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "Analiziram vaš sistem..." -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:92 -msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "" #. help 1/2 @@ -301,22 +293,22 @@ msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "Izvršavam korisničke skripte nakon instalacije..." -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268 msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:289 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:302 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "Osnovna konfiguracija" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:405 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404 msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "" @@ -2397,12 +2389,12 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for #. #. @return the newly created node name -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129 msgid " - Drive" msgstr "" #. volume group -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid " - Volume group" msgstr "&Lokalne grupe" @@ -2506,11 +2498,11 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:908 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 msgid "Drives" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 msgid "Total of %1 drive" msgstr "" @@ -2702,36 +2694,36 @@ msgstr "" #. 1 cyl buffer per partition -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:491 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:918 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" msgstr "" #. Handle /etc/fstab usage #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017 #, fuzzy msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "Učitavam informacije o paketima; Moment molim..." #. a popup -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025 msgid "No Linux root partition found." msgstr "" #. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting #. is inevitable. -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038 msgid "" "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" msgstr "" #. return list of available devices -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/base.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/base.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/base.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (base)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-15 22:37+1000\n" "Last-Translator: Haris Hromadžić <harishromadzic(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <lokal(a)lugbih.org>\n" @@ -1285,7 +1285,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:877 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Preskoči" @@ -1308,7 +1308,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2552 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Lozinka" @@ -1507,6 +1507,27 @@ msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgstr "Neuspjelo instaliranje potrebnih softverskih paketa." +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the system configuration" +msgid "Updating system configuration..." +msgstr "Pišem konfiguraciju sistema" + +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +msgid "This may take a while." +msgstr "" + +#. Get information about the OS release +#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file +#. is missing. +#. +#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) +#. @return [String] the release information +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63 +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "" + #. Confirm user request to abort installation #: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833 msgid "Really abort the installation?" @@ -2143,15 +2164,15 @@ #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:401 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "Modem" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "Mrežna kartica" @@ -2159,27 +2180,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Nepoznato" @@ -2189,326 +2210,326 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1123 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "Dodatna Adresa" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "ARCnet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "ARCnet Mrežna Kartica" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 msgid "ATM" msgstr "ATM" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1137 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "Bluetooth Konekcija" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond" msgstr "Bond" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "Bond Mreža" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "Obični Link Pristup za kompjutere (CLAW)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "ISDN Kartica" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "DSL Konekcija" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "Dummy uređaj" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "Dummz Mrežni Uređaj" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "ESCON uređaj" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Ethernet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1165 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "Ethernet Mrežna Kartica" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "FDDI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "FDDI Mrežna Kartica" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "FICON" msgstr "FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1177 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "High Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "Hipersockets" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1182 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "ISDN Konekcija" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "IrDA" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "Infrared Mrežni Uređaj" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "Infrared Uređaj" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "OSA LCS" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "OSA LCS Mrežna Kartica" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "Loopback" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "Loopback Device" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "Myrinet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "Myrinet Mrežna Kartica" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "Parallel Line" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "Parallel Line Connection" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "QETH" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "OSA-Express or QDIO Uređaj (QETH)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "Serijska Linija" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1227 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "Serial Line Connection" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Token Ring" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "Token Ring Mrežna Kartica" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "USB Mrežni Uređaj" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "VMWare" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "VMWare Mrežni uređaj" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "Bežično" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Bežična Mrežna Kartica" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "XPNET" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "XP Mreža" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "Virtualni LAN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "Bridge" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "Mrežni Bridge" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "TUN" msgstr "TUN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "Mrežni TUNnel" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "TAP" msgstr "TaP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "Mreža TAP" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "InfiniBand" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "InfiniBand Uređaj" @@ -2571,7 +2592,7 @@ msgstr "&Izveženi Direktoriji" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:288 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2584,28 +2605,31 @@ "Da li zaista želite nastaviti?" #. If there is network running, return true. -#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Mode and return false +#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 -msgid "No running network detected." -msgstr "Aktivna mreža nije pronađena" - -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:356 -msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" +msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" +"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "Ponovo pokreni installaciju i konfiguriši mrežu u Linuxrc" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:357 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" +#| "and start this module again" msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" -"and start this module again" +"and start this module again\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" "Konfigurišite mrežu sa YaST-om ili Network Manager plugin-om\n" "i pokrenite ponovo ovaj modul" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:360 -msgid "or continue without network." -msgstr "ili nastavite bez mreže." - #. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names #: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 msgid "" @@ -2920,51 +2944,51 @@ msgstr "&Deinstaliraj" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1715 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 msgid "Package: " msgstr "Softverski paket: " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206 msgid "Size: " msgstr "Veličina: " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "Preostalo vrijem do automatskog ponovnog pokušaja: %1" #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:248 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Preuzimanje softverskog paketa %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "Preuzimanje Softerskog Paketa" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:310 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "Prikaži &detalje" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:376 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "Softverski paket %1 je oštećen, provjera integriteta nije uspjela." #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:389 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:598 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "Želite li ponovo pokušati instalirati softverski paket?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:397 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:606 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "Želite li prekinuti instalaciju?" @@ -2973,15 +2997,15 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:425 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:459 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "Greška: %1" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:482 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" @@ -2990,35 +3014,35 @@ "Provjerite sistem naknadno, pokretanjem Software Management modula.\n" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Deinstaliranje softverskog paketa %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:523 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Installiranje softerskog paketa %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "Deinstaliranje Softveskog Paketa" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "Instaliranje Softverskog Paketa" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:583 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "Uklanjanje softverskog paketa %1 nije uspjelo." #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:585 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "Instaliranje softerskog paketa %1 nije uspjelo." #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:657 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." @@ -3027,7 +3051,7 @@ "Provjerite sistem naknadno, pokretanjem Software Management modula." #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:780 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" @@ -3042,27 +3066,27 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:795 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805 msgid "Side A" msgstr "Strana A" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:798 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808 msgid "Side B" msgstr "Strana B" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "%1 (Disk %2)" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:814 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "%1 (Medij %2)" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:819 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" @@ -3071,7 +3095,7 @@ "'%1'" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -3084,7 +3108,7 @@ "Provjeriti da li je direktorij dostupan." #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -3097,89 +3121,89 @@ "Provjeriti da li je server dostupan." #. currently unused -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858 msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." msgstr "Ispravan medij repozitorij nije moguće montirati." #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:869 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2158 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "Preskoči Automatsko obnavljanje" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:892 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:897 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "&Izbaci" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "A&utomatski Izbaci CD ili DVD Medij" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "Želite li ponovo pokušati instalaciju?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:985 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "Želite li preskočiti medij?" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:992 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "Ignoriši oštećen medij..." #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1013 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1074 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1321 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "Kreiranje Repozitorija %1" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1354 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "Desila se greška prilikom kreiranja repozitorija." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1358 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1489 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1601 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "NIje moguće pribaviti opis udaljenog repozitorija." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1361 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1492 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1604 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "Desila se greška prilikom učitavanja novog metadata." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "Repozitorij nije validan." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Metadata repozitorija nije validna." @@ -3187,96 +3211,96 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1380 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1514 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1620 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "Pokušaj ponovo?" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1436 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "Ispitivanje Repositorija %1" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1485 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "Desila se greška prilikom ispitivanja repozitorija." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1498 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "Ispitivanje detalja repozitorija." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Metadata repozitorija je validna." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1597 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "Repozitorij %1" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1685 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Preuzimanje delta RPM softverskog paketa %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1693 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "Preuzimanje delta RPM softverskog paketa" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "Primjena delta RPM softverskog paketa %1..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1713 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "Primjena delta RPM softverskog paketa" #. at start of patch providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744 msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Preuzimanje patch RPM softverskog paketa %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1742 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752 msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" msgstr "Preuzimanje Patch RPM softverskog paketa" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "Pokretanje skripte %1 (patch %2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1821 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "Rad Script-e u toku" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1826 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "Patch: " #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843 msgid "Script: " msgstr "Skrpta:" #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "Rezultat Scripte" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1927 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3285,7 +3309,7 @@ "\n" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3300,44 +3324,44 @@ "mogu nedostajati ili biti zastarjeli." #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1959 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "&Preskoči Obnavljanje" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1993 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Preuzimanje" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2043 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2091 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "Preuzimanje: %1" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2196 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2271 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "Provjera Baze softverskih paketa" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Obnavljanje baze softverskih paketa. Ovaj proces može potrajati." #. progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2204 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2287 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2237 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3346,12 +3370,12 @@ "%1" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2274 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Konvertovanje baze softverskih paketa. Ovaj proces može potrajati." #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3360,12 +3384,12 @@ "%1" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2353 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "Učitavam RPM bazu podataka..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "Učitavam Instalirane Softverske Pakete" @@ -3376,27 +3400,27 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2369 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2385 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "Skeniram RPM bazu podataka..." #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "Inicijalizacija krajnjeg odredišta nije uspjela." #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2515 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "RPM baza podataka čitanje" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "Korisnička Prijava" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3407,7 +3431,7 @@ "%2" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2549 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&Korisničko ime:" @@ -3475,39 +3499,8 @@ msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "Da li prihvatate ugovor o licenci?" -#. display an error message and advice to manually fix the system -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:236 -msgid "" -"The current system is not consistent,\n" -"some packages have unresolved dependencies." -msgstr "" -"Trenutni sistem nije konsistentan,\n" -"neki softverski paketi imaju nerješene softverske pretpostavke." - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:243 -msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -msgstr "Automatsko rješavanje nije uspjelo, potrebno je manualno rješavanje softverskih pretpostavki." - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:252 -msgid "" -"Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" -"check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" -"in the software manager." -msgstr "" -"Yast je automatski dodao ili uklonio neke softverske pakete,\n" -"provjerite zadane promjene za popravku sistema\n" -"u software manager-u." - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:263 -msgid "" -"Start the software manager and fix the problems\n" -"or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" -msgstr "" -"Pokreni software manager i rješi nedostatke\n" -"ili preskoči popravku i samo instaliraj već potvrđene softverske pakete?" - #. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:325 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223 msgid "" "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" "to be solved manually in the software manager." @@ -3516,12 +3509,12 @@ "moraju biti rješene pojedinačno pomoću software manager-a." #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:520 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "Instaliranje potrebnih softverskih paketa nije uspjelo." #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3532,12 +3525,12 @@ "postoji mogućnost da YaST neće raditi.\n" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "Nije moguće nastaviti bez instliranje potrebnih softverskih paketa." #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3684,7 +3677,7 @@ #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:548 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Softverski Paketi" @@ -4107,7 +4100,7 @@ "(%2):" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -4120,23 +4113,23 @@ "ključ zaista pripada tom vlasniku, prije nego ga uvezete." #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:993 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "UPOZORENJE: ključ je istekao!" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1019 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "Unos GnuPG Ključa bez povjerenja" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "&Povjerenje" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1112 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4158,12 +4151,12 @@ "\n" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1129 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "Pogrešan međuproces" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1148 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4184,85 +4177,91 @@ "I dalje je želite korisiti?\n" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "Nepoznat međuproces" #. we need to remember the values for tab switching +#. these are the initial values #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:145 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:146 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:340 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "Instaliranje..." #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:544 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541 msgid "Media" msgstr "Medij" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:546 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remaining Packages" msgid "Remaining" msgstr "Preostali paketi" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547 msgid "Time" msgstr "Vrijeme" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:566 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "Poduzete aktivnosti:" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:650 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647 msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "Softverski paketi se instaliraju." -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:651 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." msgstr "Obustavljanje Installacije Instalacija softverskog paketa se može obustaviti korištenjem Obustavi dugmeta. Međutim, sistem može doći u nekonzistentno in neupotrebljivo stanje ili neće moći da se pokrene ako osnovna sistemska komponenta nije instalirana." #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Release &Notes" msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "Izdanje &Bilješke" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "Slide Sho&w" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:683 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Detalji..." -#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:721 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 +msgid "Performing Upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Perform Installation" msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "Poduzmi instalaciju" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:757 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "Instalacija paketa" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -4271,17 +4270,17 @@ "prekinuti instalaciju?" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:845 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Obustavljeno" #. read file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:185 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187 msgid "File not found." msgstr "" #. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:191 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "Sistemski Log (%1)" @@ -4893,7 +4892,7 @@ msgstr "Dogodila se greška tokom kreiranja initrd " #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:648 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -5898,6 +5897,38 @@ "Ne postoji povratna zona za %1 administrirana od strane vašeg DNS servera.\n" "Host-ime %2 nije moguće dodati." +#~ msgid "No running network detected." +#~ msgstr "Aktivna mreža nije pronađena" + +#~ msgid "or continue without network." +#~ msgstr "ili nastavite bez mreže." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The current system is not consistent,\n" +#~ "some packages have unresolved dependencies." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Trenutni sistem nije konsistentan,\n" +#~ "neki softverski paketi imaju nerješene softverske pretpostavke." + +#~ msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." +#~ msgstr "Automatsko rješavanje nije uspjelo, potrebno je manualno rješavanje softverskih pretpostavki." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" +#~ "check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" +#~ "in the software manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Yast je automatski dodao ili uklonio neke softverske pakete,\n" +#~ "provjerite zadane promjene za popravku sistema\n" +#~ "u software manager-u." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Start the software manager and fix the problems\n" +#~ "or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pokreni software manager i rješi nedostatke\n" +#~ "ili preskoči popravku i samo instaliraj već potvrđene softverske pakete?" + #~ msgid "Installed Size" #~ msgstr "Instalirana veličina" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/bootloader.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/bootloader.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/bootloader.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:41+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -134,23 +134,23 @@ msgstr "" #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:108 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "" #. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:118 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "" #. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:217 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 #, fuzzy msgid "Booting" msgstr "Bootam sa %1" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:219 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227 #, fuzzy msgid "&Booting" msgstr "Bootam sa %1" @@ -160,13 +160,13 @@ #. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 #, fuzzy msgid "Disk Order" msgstr "Red" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230 #, fuzzy msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "Podešavanje zvuka" @@ -179,10 +179,9 @@ msgstr "Bootam sa %1" #. `VSpacing(1), -#. Run dialog for loader installation details for Grub2 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#. Window title #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgstr "Podešavanje zvuka" @@ -277,23 +276,29 @@ "to start this section." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 +msgid "" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" @@ -302,25 +307,25 @@ "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:82 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" @@ -328,7 +333,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:95 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -337,88 +342,88 @@ "To remove a disk, push Remove." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "Podešavanje zvuka" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 #, fuzzy msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "Podrazumijevana (detektovana)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 #, fuzzy msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "" "Niste unijeli šifru.\n" "Molim pokušajte ponovo." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "" "Niste unijeli šifru.\n" "Molim pokušajte ponovo." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "" "Niste unijeli šifru.\n" "Molim pokušajte ponovo." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "" "Niste unijeli šifru.\n" "Molim pokušajte ponovo." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 #, fuzzy msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "&Protokol za konekciju:" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 msgid "Graphical &Menu File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125 #, fuzzy msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "Šifra za \"root-a\", administratora sistema" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126 msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "" @@ -472,35 +477,35 @@ #. Common widget of a console #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "" #. textentry header -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455 #, fuzzy msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Servis" #. disabling & enabling up/down -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:542 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544 msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:551 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553 msgid "D&isks" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:565 msgid "&Up" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:564 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:566 #, fuzzy msgid "&Down" msgstr "&Download" @@ -508,98 +513,98 @@ #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:768 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:803 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740 #, fuzzy -msgid "Boot Loader Location" -msgstr "Podešavanje zvuka" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:774 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:809 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" +msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" msgstr "" "Niste unijeli šifru.\n" "Molim pokušajte ponovo." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:748 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741 #, fuzzy -msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" +msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "" "Niste unijeli šifru.\n" "Molim pokušajte ponovo." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811 #, fuzzy -msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" +msgid "Boot Loader Location" +msgstr "Podešavanje zvuka" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "" "Niste unijeli šifru.\n" "Molim pokušajte ponovo." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:754 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "" "Niste unijeli šifru.\n" "Molim pokušajte ponovo." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:780 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:821 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829 #, fuzzy msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "" "Niste unijeli šifru.\n" "Molim pokušajte ponovo." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:814 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822 msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "" #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:873 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" msgstr "P&rekini instalaciju" -#. Cache for genericWidgets function -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:52 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "Podešavanje zvuka" -#. there is no graphic adapter on s390 (bnc#874010) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:75 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 #, fuzzy msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgstr "&Protokol za konekciju:" -#. there is no os prober on s390(bnc#868909) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:94 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "Podešavanje zvuka" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 #, fuzzy msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr "&Servis" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "Podešavanje zvuka" #. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." msgstr "" @@ -640,25 +645,41 @@ msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" + #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 +msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +msgid "D&istributor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98 #, fuzzy msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "Mod" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 +msgid "Protective MBR flag" +msgstr "" + #. combo box item #. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels #. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels @@ -692,9 +713,25 @@ msgid "Unspecified" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +msgid "set" +msgstr "&Reset" + +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 +msgid "remove" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 +msgid "do not change" +msgstr "" + #. Init function for console #. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:148 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Autodetected card" msgid "Autodetect by grub2" @@ -702,22 +739,27 @@ #. FATE: #110038: Serial console #. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:223 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:235 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:242 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:250 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "" +#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 +msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +msgstr "" + #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption @@ -732,7 +774,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "" @@ -877,11 +919,7 @@ msgid "Xen" msgstr "" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152 -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:91 msgid "Floppy" msgstr "" @@ -1817,33 +1855,34 @@ #. #. #. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:167 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:171 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:183 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:187 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:205 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 #, fuzzy msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "Log upozorenja: %1" @@ -1853,32 +1892,34 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "Instaliraj boot menadžer" #. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda) -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 msgid " (\"/boot\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 msgid " (extended)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:236 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 msgid " (\"/\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242 +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr "" #. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:256 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 #, fuzzy msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "Log upozorenja: %1" @@ -1905,253 +1946,159 @@ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:76 +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "&Servis" #. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" msgstr "Instaliraj boot menadžer" #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "" #. TODO add more devices -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:126 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" msgstr "" -#. if "iscsi" is true -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:166 -msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:184 +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "" #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:204 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "" #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:259 -msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:278 +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 #, fuzzy msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "Instaliraj boot menadžer" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:177 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "Instaliraj boot menadžer" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:179 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:181 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182 #, fuzzy msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "Skupljam informacije..." #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Podešavanje zvuka" #. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307 msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:366 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367 #, fuzzy msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "Čistim..." #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:368 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369 #, fuzzy msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "Podešavanje zvuka" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371 #, fuzzy msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "Instaliram boot menadžer..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:374 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375 #, fuzzy msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "Čistim..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:376 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "Podešavanje zvuka" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:378 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "Instaliram boot menadžer..." #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Podešavanje zvuka" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:79 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:85 #, fuzzy -msgid "Failsafe" -msgstr "Datoteke" +#~ msgid "Failsafe" +#~ msgstr "Datoteke" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:97 -msgid "Hard Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:103 -msgid "Memory Test" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:109 #, fuzzy -msgid "MBR before Installation" -msgstr "&Prekini instalaciju" +#~ msgid "MBR before Installation" +#~ msgstr "&Prekini instalaciju" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:115 -msgid "Previous Kernel" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:121 -msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:230 -msgid "_Linux" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:237 #, fuzzy -msgid "_Failsafe" -msgstr "Datoteke" +#~ msgid "_Failsafe" +#~ msgstr "Datoteke" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:244 -msgid "_Floppy" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:251 -msgid "_Hard Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:258 -msgid "_Memory Test" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:265 #, fuzzy -msgid "_MBR before Installation" -msgstr "&Prekini instalaciju" +#~ msgid "_MBR before Installation" +#~ msgstr "&Prekini instalaciju" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:272 -msgid "_Previous Kernel" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:279 -msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "" - #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Booting Mode" #~ msgstr "Bootam sa %1" @@ -2786,10 +2733,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Z&atvori" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Res&et" -#~ msgstr "&Reset" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Error occurred while installing GRUB" #~ msgstr "Dogodila se greka prilikom instalacije" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/ca-management.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/ca-management.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/ca-management.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -59,26 +59,26 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:442 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 msgid "Organization" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:444 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 msgid "Locality" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:445 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 #, fuzzy msgid "State" msgstr "Status" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:446 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 msgid "Country" msgstr "" @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ msgstr "Naziv" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:440 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "" @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ msgid "Email" msgstr "Tamilski" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:443 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "" @@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline #. we need to fake a certificate name #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:571 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 @@ -647,7 +647,7 @@ #. The main () #. To translators: dialog label #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:174 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 msgid "Common Server Certificate" msgstr "" @@ -692,11 +692,18 @@ msgid "For more information, please read the manual." msgstr "" +#. popup text +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 +msgid "" +"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" +"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" +msgstr "" + #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:159 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 @@ -704,30 +711,30 @@ msgstr "Opis" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:166 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 msgid "&Remove" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:168 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 msgid "&Import/Replace" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:208 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 #, fuzzy msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" msgstr "Servis %1 ne postoji." #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:210 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 msgid "" "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:214 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Do you really want to\n" @@ -767,54 +774,103 @@ msgid "Issued For:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:214 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "Ime klase" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 msgid "Issued By:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:248 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " msgstr "" #. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:271 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 #, fuzzy msgid "&Advanced..." msgstr "&Promijeni..." -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:273 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:462 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 msgid "&View" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:274 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 #, fuzzy msgid "&Change CA Password" msgstr "&Unesite šifru:" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:275 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 #, fuzzy msgid "C&reate SubCA" msgstr "&Napravi" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:276 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 msgid "Export to &File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:277 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 msgid "Export to &LDAP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:278 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 #, fuzzy msgid "&Edit Default" msgstr "&Podrazumjevani" @@ -877,7 +933,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:774 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 msgid "Summary" msgstr "" @@ -909,18 +965,18 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:815 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:826 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:929 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:938 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:947 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1036 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1045 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1184 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1193 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1202 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 msgid " (critical)\n" msgstr "" @@ -932,40 +988,40 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:954 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:994 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 msgid "(critical) " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:999 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1070 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 msgid "(critical)\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:812 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 msgid "nsComment: " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:825 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 msgid "nsCertType: " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address" msgstr "" @@ -1042,87 +1098,207 @@ "Certificate not found" msgstr "" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Is CA: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Key Size: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Serialnumber: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Version: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid from: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid to: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of pub. Key : " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of signature: " +msgstr "" + #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) #. Initialize the tab of the dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:389 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:518 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 msgid "Valid" msgstr "" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:392 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 msgid "Revoked" msgstr "" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:396 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Expired" msgstr "&Ekspert..." #. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:439 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:441 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 msgid "E-Mail Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 #, fuzzy msgid "Add" msgstr "&Dodaj" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 msgid "Add Server Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 msgid "Add Client Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:463 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "&Change Password" msgstr "&Unesite šifru:" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:464 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 msgid "&Revoke" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:465 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Izbriši" #. Fate (#2613) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:469 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 #, fuzzy msgid "Export" msgstr "&Ekspert..." -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:471 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 msgid "Export to File" msgstr "" #. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 msgid "Export to LDAP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:572 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 msgid "Delete current certificate?" msgstr "" @@ -1214,7 +1390,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:712 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 msgid "&Valid Period (days):" msgstr "" @@ -1678,7 +1854,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:802 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 msgid "Path Length " msgstr "" @@ -1894,6 +2070,13 @@ "Request not found.\n" msgstr "" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 +msgid "" +"\n" +"generation Time: " +msgstr "" + #. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention #. @param request extention #. @return [void] @@ -1902,33 +2085,33 @@ #. @param request extention #. @return [void] #. Filling up reqeust extentions -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:245 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:569 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:674 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found." msgstr "" #. IS CA ? -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:632 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:639 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:691 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 msgid "This frame shows the signing request." msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:696 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 #, fuzzy msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." msgstr "" @@ -1936,21 +2119,21 @@ "Ako niste sigurni, koristite odabrane vrijednosti koje su već izabrane.\n" "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:719 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:725 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)" msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:765 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:771 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 #, fuzzy msgid "Click Sign Request to go on." msgstr "" @@ -1958,29 +2141,29 @@ "Kliknite na Prihvati kako bi nastavili.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:789 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 msgid " days" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:795 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 msgid " (critical)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1221 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 msgid "&Edit Request" msgstr "" #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1232 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 msgid "Sign Request" msgstr "" #. signing request -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1245 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 msgid "The request has been signed." msgstr "" Added: trunk/yast/bs/po/cio.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/cio.bs.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/cio.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +# Bosnian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>, 2001. +# Amila Akagic <bono(a)lugbih.org>, 2002. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: bs\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service" +msgid "Device" +msgstr "Servis" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Used" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Yes" +msgid "yes" +msgstr "Da" + +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +msgid "Filter channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select" +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "Odaberi" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Please select" +msgid "&Clear selection" +msgstr "Molim izaberite" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +msgid "&Unban Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "" +"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Ranges to Unban." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/cluster.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/cluster.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/cluster.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -86,245 +86,245 @@ msgstr "Podesi zvučnu karticu" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:83 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&OK" msgid "OK" msgstr "&U redu" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Cancel" msgid "Cancel" msgstr "&Odustani" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "nodeid" msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Transport:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:391 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:396 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:417 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470 msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:420 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1334 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396 msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:404 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464 msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480 msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:428 -msgid "expected votes:" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "" -#. Changewidget items will change value to first one automatically -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:671 +#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "Threads:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:677 -msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:682 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:787 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 msgid "Running" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "Not running" msgstr "" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:825 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Booting from %1" msgid "Booting" msgstr "Bootam sa %1" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:835 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:842 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Current Selection: " msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Trenutni odabir:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:962 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040 #, fuzzy #| msgid "A&dd" msgid "Add" msgstr "Do&daj" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:967 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Delete" msgid "Del" msgstr "Izbrii" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:968 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Edit" msgid "Edit" msgstr "&Promijeni" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:974 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File" msgid "Sync File" msgstr "Datoteka" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:981 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1117 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1120 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1150 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1164 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1178 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1225 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" msgstr "" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1235 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "" #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1249 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "" #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1329 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1332 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1335 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1339 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" @@ -337,23 +337,26 @@ "<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" "<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" @@ -362,7 +365,7 @@ "\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" @@ -373,7 +376,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Initializing Powertweak Configuration</big> \n" @@ -386,7 +389,7 @@ "Molim sačekajte trenutak.. \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<BIG>Aborting the initialization:</BIG> \n" @@ -402,7 +405,7 @@ "\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:77 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Saving Powertweak Configuration</big> \n" @@ -415,7 +418,7 @@ "Molim sačekajte trenutak... " #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<BIG>Aborting the Save Process:</BIG> \n" @@ -448,39 +451,39 @@ msgstr "Inicijalizacija..." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing user and group configuration" msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "Započinjem konfiguraciju korisnika i grupa" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Učitaj bazu podataka" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:402 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Učitaj prethodne postavke" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:404 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Učitavam bazu podataka..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Učitavam prethodne postavke..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading the default login settings..." msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." @@ -488,73 +491,73 @@ #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Završeno" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:429 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440 msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "" #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Inetd configuration" msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "Podešavanje inetd-a" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading the database..." msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "Učitavam bazu podataka..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:457 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading the database..." msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "Učitavam bazu podataka..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:473 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Detect the devices" msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Detektuj uređaje" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:490 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving Powertweak Configuration" msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "Snimam konfiguraciju Powertweak-a" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Zapiši postavke" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Upisujem postavke..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting firewall..." msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "Pokrećem firewall..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write the settings" msgid "Cannot write settings." Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/control-center.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/control-center.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/control-center.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-25 16:28+1000\n" "Last-Translator: Haris Hromadžić <harishromadzic(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <lokal(a)lugbih.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/control.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/control.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/control.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -18,752 +18,315 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:7 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Add-On Product Installation" -msgstr "P&rekini instalaciju" - -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:15 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Language Installation" -msgstr "Nova instalacija" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:355 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "The installation has completed successfully.\n" "Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" "\n" "\n" "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" "\n" -"\t" +" " msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:371 control/control.openSUSE.glade:429 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Initialization..." -msgstr "Inicijalizacija..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:372 control/control.openSUSE.glade:430 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Configuring network..." -msgstr "Podešavam bootloader..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:373 control/control.openSUSE.glade:431 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Configuring hardware..." -msgstr "Podešavam bootloader..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:374 control/control.openSUSE.glade:432 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Finishing configuration..." -msgstr "Učitavam tip konfiguracije..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:377 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:319 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:343 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:382 control/control.SLED.glade:493 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:771 control/control.SLED.glade:775 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:956 control/control.SLED.glade:997 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:324 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:412 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:551 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:886 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:890 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1077 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1118 control/control.SLES.glade:348 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:436 control/control.SLES.glade:554 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:575 control/control.SLES.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:914 control/control.SLES.glade:1101 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1142 control/control.glade:72 -#: control/control.glade:132 control/control.glade:464 -#: control/control.glade:508 control/control.openSUSE.glade:463 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:583 control/control.openSUSE.glade:895 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:899 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1071 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Postavke instalacije" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:436 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:382 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:470 control/control.SLES.glade:406 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:494 control/control.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 #, fuzzy msgid "Overview" msgstr "Servis" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:444 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:392 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:478 control/control.SLES.glade:416 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:502 control/control.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19 #, fuzzy msgid "Expert" msgstr "&Ekspert..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:461 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:497 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:521 control/control.openSUSE.glade:550 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20 #, fuzzy msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "Postavke instalacije" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:478 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:515 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:539 control/control.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:568 control/control.openSUSE.glade:984 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:989 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 #, fuzzy msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Snimi postavke" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:512 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:570 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:613 control/control.SLES.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:637 control/control.glade:153 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:601 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Podešavanje inetd-a" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:559 control/control.SLED.glade:1212 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1218 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:653 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1350 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1362 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:690 control/control.SLES.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:1380 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1386 control/control.SLES.glade:1398 -#: control/control.glade:194 control/control.glade:692 -#: control/control.glade:697 control/control.glade:701 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:643 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1305 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1311 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 #, fuzzy +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "Podešavanje inetd-a" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29 +#, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "Podešavanje tastature" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:579 control/control.SLED.glade:692 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:816 control/control.SLED.glade:926 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1320 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:695 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:807 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:931 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1047 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:719 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:831 control/control.SLES.glade:955 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1071 control/control.SLES.glade:1510 -#: control/control.glade:213 control/control.glade:313 -#: control/control.glade:416 control/control.openSUSE.glade:667 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:794 control/control.openSUSE.glade:937 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1038 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1428 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:585 control/control.SLED.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:697 control/control.SLED.glade:739 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:822 control/control.SLED.glade:831 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:710 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:812 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:854 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:937 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:946 control/control.SLES.glade:725 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:734 control/control.SLES.glade:836 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:878 control/control.SLES.glade:961 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:970 control/control.glade:219 -#: control/control.glade:228 control/control.glade:237 -#: control/control.glade:319 control/control.glade:328 -#: control/control.glade:337 control/control.glade:449 -#: control/control.glade:493 control/control.openSUSE.glade:672 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:799 control/control.openSUSE.glade:841 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:943 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1066 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "Podešavanje inetd-a" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Network Autosetup" +msgstr "Opis" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:600 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:716 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:740 control/control.glade:343 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:682 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "Opis" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:606 control/control.SLED.glade:707 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:837 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:722 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:822 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:952 control/control.SLES.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:846 control/control.SLES.glade:976 -#: control/control.glade:243 control/control.glade:349 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:686 control/control.openSUSE.glade:809 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:951 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 #, fuzzy msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Opis" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:612 control/control.SLED.glade:618 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:711 control/control.SLED.glade:715 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:843 control/control.SLED.glade:849 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1325 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:728 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:734 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:826 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:830 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:958 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:964 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1491 control/control.SLES.glade:752 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:758 control/control.SLES.glade:850 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:854 control/control.SLES.glade:982 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:988 control/control.SLES.glade:1515 -#: control/control.glade:249 control/control.glade:255 -#: control/control.glade:355 control/control.glade:361 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:690 control/control.openSUSE.glade:694 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:813 control/control.openSUSE.glade:817 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:955 control/control.openSUSE.glade:959 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1433 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 #, fuzzy msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "&Sistemski korisnici" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:624 control/control.SLED.glade:865 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:740 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:980 control/control.SLES.glade:764 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1004 control/control.glade:261 -#: control/control.glade:378 control/control.openSUSE.glade:704 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:975 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:630 control/control.SLED.glade:749 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:864 control/control.SLES.glade:770 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:888 control/control.glade:267 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:861 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +msgid "Disk" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 #, fuzzy msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Vremenska &zona" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:647 control/control.SLED.glade:651 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:763 control/control.SLED.glade:767 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:878 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:882 control/control.SLES.glade:902 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:906 control/control.openSUSE.glade:735 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:739 control/control.openSUSE.glade:875 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:879 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 #, fuzzy -msgid "User Settings" -msgstr "Snimi postavke" +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Nova instalacija" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:655 control/control.openSUSE.glade:747 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 #, fuzzy -msgid "Installation Overview" -msgstr "Nova instalacija" +msgid "Installation Summary" +msgstr "Postavke instalacije" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:662 control/control.SLED.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:670 control/control.SLED.glade:674 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:678 control/control.SLED.glade:781 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:785 control/control.SLED.glade:791 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:795 control/control.SLED.glade:799 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:805 control/control.SLED.glade:963 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:967 control/control.SLED.glade:971 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:975 control/control.SLED.glade:1004 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1008 control/control.SLED.glade:1012 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1016 control/control.SLED.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1294 control/control.SLED.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1302 control/control.SLED.glade:1306 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1310 control/control.SLED.glade:1414 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1418 control/control.SLED.glade:1422 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:772 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:776 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:784 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:789 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:794 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:896 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:900 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:906 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:914 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1084 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1088 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1092 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1125 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1129 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1133 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1137 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1450 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1458 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1462 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1466 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1471 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1476 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1580 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1584 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1588 control/control.SLES.glade:796 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:800 control/control.SLES.glade:804 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:808 control/control.SLES.glade:813 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:818 control/control.SLES.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:924 control/control.SLES.glade:930 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:934 control/control.SLES.glade:938 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:944 control/control.SLES.glade:1108 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1112 control/control.SLES.glade:1116 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1120 control/control.SLES.glade:1149 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1153 control/control.SLES.glade:1157 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1161 control/control.SLES.glade:1474 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1478 control/control.SLES.glade:1482 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:1490 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1495 control/control.SLES.glade:1500 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1604 control/control.SLES.glade:1608 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1612 control/control.glade:291 -#: control/control.glade:295 control/control.glade:299 -#: control/control.glade:303 control/control.glade:469 -#: control/control.glade:473 control/control.glade:477 -#: control/control.glade:513 control/control.glade:517 -#: control/control.glade:521 control/control.glade:612 -#: control/control.glade:620 control/control.glade:624 -#: control/control.glade:744 control/control.glade:748 -#: control/control.glade:752 control/control.glade:756 -#: control/control.glade:760 control/control.glade:777 -#: control/control.glade:785 control/control.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:793 control/control.openSUSE.glade:754 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:758 control/control.openSUSE.glade:763 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:770 control/control.openSUSE.glade:774 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:780 control/control.openSUSE.glade:905 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:909 control/control.openSUSE.glade:913 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:917 control/control.openSUSE.glade:923 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1078 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1082 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1086 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1090 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1123 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1127 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1131 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1135 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1393 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1397 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1401 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1405 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1409 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1413 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1417 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1522 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1526 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1530 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 #, fuzzy msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "" "Pokreni\n" "instalaciju" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:720 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:835 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:859 control/control.openSUSE.glade:822 -msgid "Repair" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:734 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:756 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:849 control/control.SLES.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:873 control/control.glade:283 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:744 control/control.openSUSE.glade:836 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 #, fuzzy -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Nova instalacija" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:757 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:872 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:896 control/control.openSUSE.glade:729 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:869 -msgid "Disk" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:855 control/control.SLED.glade:1331 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:970 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1497 control/control.SLES.glade:994 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1521 control/control.glade:367 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:963 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1439 -#, fuzzy msgid "System for Update" msgstr "Podešavanje sistemskih komponenti" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:872 control/control.SLED.glade:1348 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:987 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1514 control/control.SLES.glade:1011 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1538 control/control.glade:385 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:981 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1456 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 #, fuzzy msgid "Update" msgstr "Nadogradnja sistema" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:875 control/control.SLED.glade:880 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:990 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:995 control/control.SLES.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1019 control/control.glade:388 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "" -#. FATE #304940: s390 reIPL -#: control/control.SLED.glade:890 control/control.SLED.glade:899 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:903 control/control.SLED.glade:907 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:911 control/control.SLED.glade:915 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1032 control/control.SLED.glade:1359 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1364 control/control.SLED.glade:1369 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1375 control/control.SLED.glade:1379 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1383 control/control.SLED.glade:1387 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1392 control/control.SLED.glade:1397 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1450 control/control.SLED.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1005 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1018 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1022 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1026 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1031 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1036 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1153 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1525 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1535 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1541 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1545 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1553 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1558 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1563 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1617 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1621 control/control.SLES.glade:1029 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1038 control/control.SLES.glade:1042 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1046 control/control.SLES.glade:1050 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1055 control/control.SLES.glade:1060 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1177 control/control.SLES.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1554 control/control.SLES.glade:1559 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1565 control/control.SLES.glade:1569 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1573 control/control.SLES.glade:1577 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1582 control/control.SLES.glade:1587 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1641 control/control.SLES.glade:1645 -#: control/control.glade:393 control/control.glade:397 -#: control/control.glade:401 control/control.glade:405 -#: control/control.glade:538 control/control.glade:546 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:999 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1008 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1012 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1016 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1020 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1026 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1467 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1472 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1477 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1483 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1487 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1491 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1495 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1500 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1505 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1555 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1559 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:930 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1051 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1075 control/control.glade:421 -#: control/control.glade:429 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1042 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 #, fuzzy -msgid "System Information" -msgstr "Podešavanje sistemskih komponenti" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:934 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1055 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1079 control/control.glade:433 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1046 -msgid "Perform Repair" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:945 control/control.SLED.glade:986 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1262 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1066 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1422 control/control.SLES.glade:1090 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1131 control/control.SLES.glade:1446 -#: control/control.glade:444 control/control.glade:488 -#: control/control.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1060 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1106 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1365 -#, fuzzy msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "Nova instalacija" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:951 control/control.SLED.glade:992 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1072 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1113 control/control.SLES.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1137 control/control.glade:459 -#: control/control.glade:503 -msgid "Language" -msgstr "Jezik" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +#, fuzzy +msgid "AutoYaST Settings" +msgstr "Postavke instalacije" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1038 control/control.SLED.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1239 control/control.SLED.glade:1428 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1460 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1159 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1252 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1399 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1594 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1627 control/control.SLES.glade:1183 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1276 control/control.SLES.glade:1423 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1618 control/control.SLES.glade:1651 -#: control/control.glade:551 control/control.glade:631 -#: control/control.glade:798 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1213 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1332 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1536 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1565 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Osnovna konfiguracija" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1041 control/control.SLED.glade:1048 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1145 control/control.SLED.glade:1151 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1155 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1162 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1169 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1294 control/control.SLES.glade:1186 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1193 control/control.SLES.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1314 control/control.SLES.glade:1318 -#: control/control.glade:554 control/control.glade:560 -#: control/control.glade:643 control/control.glade:648 -#: control/control.glade:652 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1254 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1260 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1264 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 #, fuzzy -msgid "Network" -msgstr "Mr&eža..." +msgid "System Configuration" +msgstr "Podešavanje sistemskih komponenti" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1054 control/control.SLED.glade:1058 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1159 control/control.SLED.glade:1163 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1175 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1179 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1302 control/control.SLES.glade:1199 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1203 control/control.SLES.glade:1322 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1326 control/control.glade:566 -#: control/control.glade:656 -msgid "Customer Center" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1064 control/control.SLED.glade:1070 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1076 control/control.SLED.glade:1170 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1176 control/control.SLED.glade:1180 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1184 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1185 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1191 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1197 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1314 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1318 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1322 control/control.SLES.glade:1209 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1215 control/control.SLES.glade:1221 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1332 control/control.SLES.glade:1338 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1342 control/control.SLES.glade:1346 -#: control/control.glade:572 control/control.glade:578 -#: control/control.glade:584 control/control.glade:662 -#: control/control.glade:668 control/control.glade:672 -#: control/control.glade:676 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1268 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1272 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1276 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1280 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1284 #, fuzzy -msgid "Online Update" -msgstr "Nadogradnja sistema" +#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" +#~ msgstr "P&rekini instalaciju" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1083 control/control.SLED.glade:1208 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1205 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1346 control/control.SLES.glade:1229 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1370 control/control.glade:588 -#: control/control.glade:688 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1301 -msgid "Release Notes" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1110 control/control.SLED.glade:1242 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1402 control/control.SLES.glade:1426 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1221 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1335 #, fuzzy -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "Osnovna konfiguracija" +#~ msgid "Language Installation" +#~ msgstr "Nova instalacija" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1116 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1255 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1279 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1227 #, fuzzy -msgid "root Password" -msgstr "Zapiši šifre" +#~ msgid "Initialization..." +#~ msgstr "Inicijalizacija..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1121 control/control.SLED.glade:1127 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1133 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1260 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1266 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1272 control/control.SLES.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1290 control/control.SLES.glade:1296 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1232 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1238 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1244 #, fuzzy -msgid "Check Installation" -msgstr "Nova instalacija" +#~ msgid "Configuring network..." +#~ msgstr "Podešavam bootloader..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1139 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1278 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1302 control/control.glade:639 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1250 #, fuzzy -msgid "Hostname" -msgstr "&Prezime:" +#~ msgid "Configuring hardware..." +#~ msgstr "Podešavam bootloader..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1188 control/control.SLED.glade:1192 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1332 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1336 control/control.SLES.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1360 control/control.glade:680 -#: control/control.glade:684 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1288 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1292 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1342 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1346 #, fuzzy -msgid "Users" -msgstr "Korisnik" +#~ msgid "Finishing configuration..." +#~ msgstr "Učitavam tip konfiguracije..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1271 control/control.SLED.glade:1277 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1281 control/control.SLED.glade:1337 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1343 control/control.SLED.glade:1351 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1431 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1437 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1441 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1503 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1509 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1517 control/control.SLES.glade:1455 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1461 control/control.SLES.glade:1465 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1527 control/control.SLES.glade:1533 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1541 control/control.glade:719 -#: control/control.glade:727 control/control.glade:733 -#: control/control.glade:737 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1374 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1380 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1384 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1445 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1451 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1459 #, fuzzy -msgid "AutoYaST Settings" -msgstr "Postavke instalacije" +#~ msgid "User Settings" +#~ msgstr "Snimi postavke" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1431 control/control.SLED.glade:1463 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1597 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1630 control/control.SLES.glade:1621 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1654 control/control.glade:801 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1539 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1568 #, fuzzy -msgid "System Configuration" -msgstr "Podešavanje sistemskih komponenti" +#~ msgid "Installation Overview" +#~ msgstr "Nova instalacija" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1467 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1201 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1340 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1601 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1634 control/control.SLES.glade:1225 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1364 control/control.SLES.glade:1625 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1658 #, fuzzy -msgid "Clean Up" -msgstr "Čistim..." +#~ msgid "System Information" +#~ msgstr "Podešavanje sistemskih komponenti" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:291 control/control.SLES.glade:314 -msgid "" -"\n" -"\n" -"The installation has completed successfully.\n" -"Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"\n" -"\t" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Language" +#~ msgstr "Jezik" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:307 control/control.SLES.glade:330 -msgid "Server Base Scenario" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Network" +#~ msgstr "Mr&eža..." -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:308 control/control.SLES.glade:331 -msgid "" -"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n" -"Choose the one that matches your server the best." -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Online Update" +#~ msgstr "Nadogradnja sistema" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:314 control/control.SLES.glade:337 -msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Automatic Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Osnovna konfiguracija" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:315 control/control.SLES.glade:338 -msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "root Password" +#~ msgstr "Zapiši šifre" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:316 control/control.SLES.glade:339 -msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Check Installation" +#~ msgstr "Nova instalacija" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:639 control/control.SLES.glade:663 #, fuzzy -msgid "Network Services Configuration" -msgstr "Podešavanje inetd-a" +#~ msgid "Hostname" +#~ msgstr "&Prezime:" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:760 control/control.SLES.glade:784 -msgid "Server Scenario" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Users" +#~ msgstr "Korisnik" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:765 control/control.SLES.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:286 #, fuzzy -msgid "Installation Summary" -msgstr "Postavke instalacije" +#~ msgid "Clean Up" +#~ msgstr "Čistim..." -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1326 control/control.SLES.glade:1350 -msgid "Service" -msgstr "Servis" +#~ msgid "Service" +#~ msgstr "Servis" -#: control/control.SLES.glade:340 -msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.glade:276 control/control.openSUSE.glade:717 #, fuzzy -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "Desktop postavke" +#~ msgid "Desktop Selection" +#~ msgstr "Desktop postavke" -#: control/control.glade:634 -msgid "Root Password" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:420 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -"\t " -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:438 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:451 -msgid "GNOME Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:452 -msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:453 -msgid "XFCE Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:454 -msgid "LXDE Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:455 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:456 -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:457 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:699 control/control.openSUSE.glade:970 #, fuzzy -msgid "Online Repositories" -msgstr "Nadogradnja sistema" +#~ msgid "Online Repositories" +#~ msgstr "Nadogradnja sistema" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "XEN Virtualization Host" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/country.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/country.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/country.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 16.07.2003. 16:32\n" "Last-Translator: Amila Akagić <bono(a)linux.org.ba>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <lokal(a)lugbih.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/crowbar.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/crowbar.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/crowbar.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/dhcp-server.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/dhcp-server.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/dhcp-server.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1651 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 msgid "IP" msgstr "" @@ -600,82 +600,81 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:609 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 #, fuzzy msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "Vrijednost mora biti jedna od %1" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 msgid "" -"The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" -"and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" -"Really use this interface?\n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"and netmask)." msgstr "" #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:633 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:640 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "&Resetuj konfiguraciju" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 #, fuzzy msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "&Ime datoteke" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:658 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:666 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 #, fuzzy msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "Vremenska zona" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 #, fuzzy msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "Štampači" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 #, fuzzy msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "&Servis" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 #, fuzzy msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "Podrazumijevana vrijednost:" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:684 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1140 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 msgid "&Units" msgstr "" @@ -683,38 +682,38 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1018 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1030 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1042 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1054 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1068 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 #, fuzzy msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "Podešavanje inetd-a" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1074 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 #, fuzzy msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "Trenutni odabir:" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "Min&imum IP Address" @@ -722,13 +721,13 @@ #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 #, fuzzy msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "&Mrežni moduli" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1104 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "" @@ -736,7 +735,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1110 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 @@ -748,7 +747,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 @@ -757,54 +756,54 @@ msgstr "&Mrežni moduli" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1125 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 #, fuzzy msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "Podrazumijevana vrijednost:" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1131 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 msgid "&Default" msgstr "&Podrazumjevani" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1159 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1361 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1370 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "" #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -812,8 +811,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "" @@ -821,147 +820,147 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1595 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1618 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1649 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naziv" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 #, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "Hardware" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 #, fuzzy msgid "Type" msgstr "&Vrsta" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1662 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 #, fuzzy msgid "&Name" msgstr "Naziv" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 #, fuzzy msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "&Mrežni moduli" #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 #, fuzzy msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "Hardware" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1690 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 #, fuzzy msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "Istočna Kanada" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1692 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1707 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1710 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 #, fuzzy msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "&Odaberite iz liste" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1812 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1886 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 #, fuzzy msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "Vrijednost mora biti jedna od %1" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1932 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 #, fuzzy msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "Vrijednost mora biti jedna od %1" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1942 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1952 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "" #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1970 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2034 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 #, fuzzy msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "Vrijednost mora biti jedna od %1" #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2006 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2021 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 #, fuzzy msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "&Odaberite iz liste" #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 #, fuzzy msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "Vrijednost mora biti jedna od %1" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -974,15 +973,15 @@ msgstr "" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" @@ -994,7 +993,7 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2237 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "&Resetuj konfiguraciju" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/dns-server.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/dns-server.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/dns-server.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/drbd.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/drbd.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/drbd.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -25,6 +25,16 @@ msgid "Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Klasa konfiguracije" +#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86 +msgid "DRBD" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88 +msgid "&DRBD" +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. @@ -65,23 +75,80 @@ msgid "Resource Configuration" msgstr "Osnovna konfiguracija" +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resource Basic Configuration" +msgstr "Osnovna konfiguracija" + +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration" +msgstr "Osnovna konfiguracija" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51 +msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52 +msgid "" +"included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n" +msgstr "Konfiguracija firewall-a" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the configuration type" +msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n" +msgstr "Učitaj tip konfiguracije" + #. Drbd configure1 dialog caption #. Drbd configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:60 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138 #, fuzzy msgid "DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguracije" #. Drbd configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy -msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" +msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Konfiguracija firewall-a" #. Drbd configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141 #, fuzzy -msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" +msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Konfigurisanje zvučne kartice" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -105,12 +172,15 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:36 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing sysconfig Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<BIG>Započinjem konfiguraciju Powertweak-a</BIG> \n" -"Molim sačekajte trenutak.. \n" +"<BIG>Započinjem konfiguraciju sysconfig-a </BIG> \n" +"Molim sačekajte trenutak... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:40 @@ -126,12 +196,17 @@ #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Saving sysconfig Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" +#| "\n" msgid "" "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<BIG>Spašavam konfiguraciju Powertweak-a</BIG> \n" -"Molim sačekajte trenutak... " +"<BIG>Snimam konfiguraciju sysconfig-a</BIG> \n" +"Molim sačekajte trenutak... \n" +"\n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:48 @@ -154,16 +229,85 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55 #, fuzzy +msgid "<big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "" +"<BIG>Spašavam konfiguraciju Powertweak-a</BIG> \n" +"Molim sačekajte trenutak... " + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Booting:\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually\n" +"\t\tSwitch On and Off:\n" +"\t\t\tStarting or Stopping DRBD Server right now\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "" +"<BIG>Spašavam konfiguraciju Powertweak-a</BIG> \n" +"Molim sačekajte trenutak... " + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\tProtocol\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" +"\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" +"\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" +"\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 +#, fuzzy msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "" "<BIG>Spašavam konfiguraciju Powertweak-a</BIG> \n" "Molim sačekajte trenutak... " -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" @@ -173,31 +317,32 @@ " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" -"Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n" -"module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n" -"configured in this file.\n" +" use this if you want to define more resources later\n" +" without reloading the module.\n" +" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n" +" as configured mentioned in this file. " msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"Configure DRBD here. \n" +"Configure drbd here. \n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Spašavam konfiguraciju Powertweak-a</BIG> \n" "Molim sačekajte trenutak... " #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n" -"If your DRBD was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" +"If your drbd was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Dodavanje TV ili radio kartice:</BIG> \n" @@ -207,7 +352,7 @@ "\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -215,11 +360,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:93 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" -"Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n" +"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Pregled TV i radio kartica</BIG> \n" @@ -228,22 +373,22 @@ " \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Press Add to configure a DRBD.\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Press Add to configure a drbd." msgstr "" "<BIG>Snimam konfiguraciju sysconfig-a</BIG> \n" "Molim sačekajte trenutak... \n" "\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Izmjene ili brisanje:</BIG> \n" @@ -252,7 +397,7 @@ "\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" @@ -264,7 +409,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -272,7 +417,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" @@ -293,14 +438,15 @@ msgid "Protocol" msgstr "&Protokol" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:545 +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546 msgid "Node names must be different." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:567 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please select your card first." -msgid "Fill out all fields." +msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "Molim prvo odaberite vašu karticu." #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -345,8 +491,8 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81 msgid "" -"To propagate this configuration,\n" -"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n" +"To propagate this configuration ,\n" +"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." msgstr "" #. } @@ -362,104 +508,179 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the firewall failed" -msgid "Starting DRBD service failed." +msgid "Start DRBD service failed" msgstr "Pokretanje firewall-a nije uspjelo" #. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the firewall failed" -msgid "Stopping DRBD service failed." +msgid "Stop DRBD service failed" msgstr "Pokretanje firewall-a nije uspjelo" #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137 #, fuzzy msgid "Heartbeat Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguracija powertweak-a" #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:138 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicijalizacija..." +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of drbd. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101 +msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123 +msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:71 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Započinjem konfiguraciju TV i radio kartice" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:79 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141 #, fuzzy msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "Učitaj prethodne postavke" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:80 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:81 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:84 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "Snimam postavke..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:85 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "Učitavam listu modula..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:86 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "Učitavam listu modula..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:87 src/modules/Drbd.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Završeno" +#. new_map = remove(new_map, key); +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412 +msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421 +msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445 +msgid "" +"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464 +msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Pišem konfiguraciju sistema" #. if (!modified) return true; #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484 #, fuzzy msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Zapiši postavke" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485 #, fuzzy msgid "Write resources" msgstr "Zapiši grupe" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Upisujem postavke..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "Upisujem grupe..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "" +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502 +msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" +msgstr "" + #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<BIG>Započinjem konfiguraciju Powertweak-a</BIG> \n" +#~ "Molim sačekajte trenutak.. \n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<BIG>Spašavam konfiguraciju Powertweak-a</BIG> \n" +#~ "Molim sačekajte trenutak... " + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Configuration of drbd" #~ msgstr "Konfiguracije" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/fcoe-client.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/fcoe-client.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/fcoe-client.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -43,8 +43,20 @@ msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "" +#. setting of config value is 'yes' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Yes" +msgid "yes" +msgstr "Da" + +#. setting of config value is 'no' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:92 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the firewall failed" msgid "" @@ -52,15 +64,44 @@ "Command %1 failed." msgstr "Pokretanje firewall-a nije uspjelo" +#. FCoE is not available on the interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unavailable" +msgid "not available" +msgstr "Nedostupno" + +#. the interface is not configured for FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not configured yet." +msgid "not configured" +msgstr "Još nije podešeno." + +#. the flag is 'true' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 +msgid "true" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is 'false' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 +msgid "false" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is not set at all +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 +msgid "not set" +msgstr "" + #. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:280 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration File Editor" msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2" msgstr "Editor konfiguracijskih datoteka" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:342 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -68,7 +109,7 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:357 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -76,12 +117,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:391 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device" msgstr "" #. question to the user: really create and start FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 msgid "" "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" "interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n" @@ -89,23 +130,23 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." msgstr "" #. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:454 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:462 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 msgid "" "Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" "Continue because running in test mode" msgstr "" #. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:557 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -116,7 +157,7 @@ "Da li zaista želite izbrisati korisnika %1? \n" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:565 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 msgid "" "Attention:\n" "Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" @@ -124,34 +165,34 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:575 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 msgid "" "Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" "to an already activated multipath device." msgstr "" #. replace values in table -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:724 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the firewall failed" msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed." msgstr "Pokretanje firewall-a nije uspjelo" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:736 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the firewall failed" msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed." msgstr "Pokretanje firewall-a nije uspjelo" #. text of a warning popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:768 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 msgid "" "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" "interface isn't DCB capable." msgstr "" #. text of an information (notify) popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:805 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 msgid "" "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." @@ -182,7 +223,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Da" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 @@ -190,7 +231,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ne" #. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 @@ -584,200 +625,195 @@ msgstr "Da li ga želite instalirati sada?" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:862 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:871 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Detect the devices" msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "Detektuj uređaje" #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:891 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:905 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Detect the devices" +msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." +msgstr "Detektuj uređaje" + +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "" +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Detect the devices" +msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." +msgstr "Detektuj uređaje" + #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" "VLAN interface to get a valid configuration." msgstr "" -#. it's about a flag which is not set at all -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1099 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1105 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1110 -msgid "not set" -msgstr "" - -#. also about setting of a flag -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "true" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "false" -msgstr "" - #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing user and group configuration" msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Započinjem konfiguraciju korisnika i grupa" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network services" msgid "Check services" msgstr "Mrežni servisi" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1461 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Detecting TV cards..." msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "Detektujem TV kartice..." #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1463 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1467 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking deleted users..." msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "Provjeravam izbrisane korisnike..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1469 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking deleted users..." msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "Provjeravam izbrisane korisnike..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1471 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Detecting TV cards..." msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "Detektujem TV kartice..." #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1475 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1569 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Završeno" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1501 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the firewall failed" msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "Pokretanje firewall-a nije uspjelo" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1514 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Detect the devices" msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Detektuj uređaje" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1524 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "" #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1540 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Snimam konfiguraciju sysconfig-a" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Zapiši postavke" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network services" msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "Mrežni servisi" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1559 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Edit additional services" msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "Podesi dodatne servise" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1563 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Upisujem postavke..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1565 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "Detektujem uređaje..." #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1567 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1605 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the firewall failed" msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "Pokretanje firewall-a nije uspjelo" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "" #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1669 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Saving Powertweak Configuration</big> \n" @@ -788,20 +824,20 @@ "Molim sačekajte trenutak... " #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1683 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network Interfaces" msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "Mrežni interfejsi" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1691 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1701 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the firewall failed" msgid "Starting of services" @@ -809,13 +845,13 @@ #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1709 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1719 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enabled" msgid "enabled" msgstr "Uključeno" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1710 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1720 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disabled" msgid "disabled" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/firewall-services.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/firewall-services.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/firewall-services.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/firewall.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/firewall.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/firewall.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall.bs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 11.07.2003. 21:49\n" "Last-Translator: Amila Akagić <bono(a)linux.org.ba>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <lokal(a)lugbih.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/firstboot.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/firstboot.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/firstboot.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/ftp-server.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/ftp-server.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/ftp-server.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/geo-cluster.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/geo-cluster.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/geo-cluster.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ #. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:97 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -71,92 +71,259 @@ #. #. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration File Editor" +msgid "configuration file" +msgstr "Editor konfiguracijskih datoteka" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "arbitrator ip" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "transport" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:72 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Izbrii" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" #. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:104 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "OK" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:105 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" -#. parser value first -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Please enter valid ip address" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:164 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 +msgid "retries" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 +msgid "weights" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188 +msgid "expire" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 +msgid "acquire-after" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +msgid "before-acquire-handler" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "timeout is no valid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:166 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231 +msgid "expire is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +msgid "acquireafter is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +msgid "retries is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +msgid "weights is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "ticket can not be null" msgstr "" +#. fill confs with global_files +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332 +msgid "site have to be filled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337 +msgid "ticket have to be filled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582 +msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!" +msgstr "" + #. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:317 +#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd. +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Geo Cluster configure" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527 +msgid "Ticket name already exist!" +msgstr "" + +#. abort? +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573 +msgid "Configuration name can not be null" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576 +msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589 +msgid "port is invalid!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595 +msgid "transport have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +msgid "site have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605 +msgid "ticket have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Class Configuration" +msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" +msgstr "Klasa konfiguracije" + +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "Choose configuration file:" +msgstr "Konfiguracija miša" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Class Configuration" +msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" +msgstr "Klasa konfiguracije" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Firewall configuration" +msgid "Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguracija firewall-a" + #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" +#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 +msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." +msgstr "" + +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242 +msgid "Cannot write global settings." +msgstr "" + +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266 +msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." +msgstr "" + #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:168 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -165,97 +332,85 @@ #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Učitaj prethodne postavke" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:185 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:184 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Učitavam prethodne postavke..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:186 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:282 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Završeno" +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:255 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:272 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zapiši postavke" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:274 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:278 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Upisujem postavke..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:280 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "" -#. read sites -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:311 -msgid "Cannot write global settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:315 -msgid "Cannot write sites settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write ticket -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:318 -msgid "Cannot write ticket settings." -msgstr "" - #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:324 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:372 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 msgid "Read the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Učitaj bazu podataka" #. Progress stage 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 msgid "Detect the devices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Detektuj uređaje" #. Progress step 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 msgid "Reading the database..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Učitavam bazu podataka..." #. Progress step 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 msgid "Detecting the devices..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Detektujem uređaje..." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 msgid "Cannot read the database1." Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/gtk.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/gtk.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/gtk.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/http-server.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/http-server.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/http-server.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/inetd.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/inetd.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/inetd.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-24 21:20+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Amila Akagić <bono(a)linux.org.ba>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <lokal(a)lugbih.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/installation.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/installation.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/installation.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-20 21:56+1000\n" "Last-Translator: Haris Hromadžić <harishromadzic(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <lokal(a)lugbih.org>\n" @@ -67,22 +67,22 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:96 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml" msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:78 +#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "Kopiraj datoteke na instalirani sistem..." @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ msgstr "Instaliranje putem image-a je onemogućeno (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:73 +#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "Iniciranje osnovnog window manager-a..." @@ -281,6 +281,7 @@ msgstr "Poboljšanja za %1 %2" #: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Proizvod nepoznat" @@ -339,7 +340,7 @@ #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137 -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:312 +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Ugovor o licenci" @@ -412,10 +413,22 @@ "proces instaliranja u bilo kojem trenutku.\n" "\n" -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:336 -msgid "License needs to be accepted" -msgstr "Licenca mora biti prihvaćena" +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299 +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "" +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342 +msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" @@ -620,11 +633,11 @@ msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "Konfiguriši &FCoE Interfejse" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "Konfiguriši &iSCSI Diskove" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:113 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 #, fuzzy msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" msgstr "Podešavanje inetd-a" @@ -646,13 +659,23 @@ msgid "Installation is just about to start!" msgstr "Instaliranje upravo počinje!" -#. download release notes now -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:135 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:356 -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." -msgstr "" +#. Set the UI content to show some progress. +#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. bug #302384 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Initializing" +msgstr "Inicijalizacija..." +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 +msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgstr "Inicijaliziranje instalacije..." + #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" @@ -671,64 +694,64 @@ #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:85 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "Završavam osnovnu instalaciju" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "Kreiranje liste završnih skripti za pokrenuti..." #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "Kopiraj datoteke na instalirani sistem" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:142 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "Snimi konfiguraciju" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "Snimi postavke instalacije" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:188 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "Instaliraj boot menadžer" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:200 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "Pripremi sistem za prvi boot" #. merge steps from add-on products #. bnc #438678 -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348 msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "Faza provjere: %1..." #. a fallback busy message -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:394 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437 msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "Pozivanje %1..." #. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:414 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457 msgid " * %1" msgstr " * %1" #. Anything else -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:451 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Završeno" #. get the latest errors -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "Instalacijska greška" @@ -747,11 +770,6 @@ msgid "Installation is being initialized." msgstr "Nistalacija se inicijalizira." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 -msgid "Initializing the installation..." -msgstr "Inicijaliziranje instalacije..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. help for the dialog - busy message #: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 @@ -765,14 +783,6 @@ msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." msgstr "Pišem konfiguraciju sistema" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. bug #302384 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Initializing" -msgstr "Inicijalizacija..." - #. dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 #, fuzzy @@ -981,13 +991,13 @@ msgstr "" #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238 #, fuzzy msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "Po korisničkom zahtjevu preskačem podešavanje hardvera" #. error message is a popup -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:257 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -996,32 +1006,32 @@ #. not using tabs #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:500 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:514 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:559 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:569 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567 msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" msgstr "" #. busy message -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:525 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523 #, fuzzy msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "Učitavam prethodne postavke..." #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:529 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1031 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "Analiziram vaš sistem..." #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:700 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:745 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1030,7 +1040,7 @@ "Bilo je grešaka." #. dialog headline -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:949 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947 #, fuzzy msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Instalaciona log datoteka" @@ -1040,13 +1050,13 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:973 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971 #, fuzzy msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "Osnovna konfiguracija" #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:982 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980 #, fuzzy msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "&Resetuj konfiguraciju" @@ -1054,38 +1064,38 @@ #. menu button #. menu button #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:994 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1178 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "&Promijeni..." #. menu button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1000 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1173 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171 #, fuzzy msgid "&Export Configuration" msgstr "Osnovna konfiguracija" #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1071 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "Kliknite na naslov ili \"Promijeni\" meni ispod kako bi promijenili postavke." -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1075 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "Kliknite na naslov ili \"Promijeni\" meni ispod kako bi promijenili postavke." #. menu button item -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1172 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "&Vrati na uobičajene opcije" #. General part of the help text for all types of proposals -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206 msgid "" "\n" "Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" @@ -1099,7 +1109,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1219 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1131,7 +1141,7 @@ #. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26 #. #. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1245 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1272 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -1148,7 +1158,7 @@ #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1255 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1161,7 +1171,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1282 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1174,7 +1184,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1293 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1187,7 +1197,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1304 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1199,12 +1209,12 @@ "\n" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1315 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -1213,7 +1223,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1332 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1225,7 +1235,7 @@ "\n" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1345 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343 msgid "" "Some proposals might be\n" "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n" @@ -1233,12 +1243,12 @@ msgstr "" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1371 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369 #, fuzzy msgid "&Update" msgstr "Nadogradnja sistema" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1372 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370 msgid "&Install" msgstr "&Instaliraj" @@ -1370,53 +1380,34 @@ msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "Pronalazim tvrde diskove" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Search for Linux partitions" -msgstr "Traži &opis" - +#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." -msgstr "Pravim planove za particije..." - -#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "Pravim planove za particije..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:136 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 #, fuzzy msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "Inicijalizujem uobičajeni window menadžer" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:137 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "Inicijaliziram kernel module..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:140 -msgid "Evaluate update possibility" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:141 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." -msgstr "Čistim..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:146 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 #, fuzzy msgid "System Probing" msgstr "Tražim..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:152 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 #, fuzzy msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "" @@ -1425,7 +1416,7 @@ "" #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1438,7 +1429,7 @@ "Molim provjerite vaš hardware!\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1451,7 +1442,7 @@ "Nisam pronašao tvrde diskove za instalaciju.\n" "Molim provjerite vaš hardware!\n" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:279 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1459,7 +1450,7 @@ msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276 #, fuzzy msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" @@ -1471,122 +1462,122 @@ "Molim provjerite vaš hardware!\n" #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:343 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:96 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 msgid "Removed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:100 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Uključeno" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Isključeno" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:199 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:667 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:726 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736 #, fuzzy msgid "Previously Used Repositories" msgstr "Podesi dodatne servise" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, #. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:205 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 msgid "" "These repositories were found on the system\n" "you are upgrading:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225 #, fuzzy msgid "Current Status" msgstr "&Koristi trenutnu vrijednost" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:217 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository" msgstr "&Profil repository:" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:219 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 msgid "URL" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 #, fuzzy msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "Status" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:235 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" "on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249 msgid "" "To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:243 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253 msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." msgstr "" #. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted #. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key #. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:265 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:272 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:278 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Nepoznato" #. TRANSLATORS: textentry -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383 #, fuzzy msgid "&Repository URL" msgstr "Trenutni odabir:" #. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:637 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647 #, fuzzy msgid "Network is not Configured" msgstr "Podešavanje inetd-a" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649 msgid "" "Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n" "Configure it?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:670 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:727 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding and removing repositories..." msgstr "Podesi dodatne servise" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:673 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:732 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742 #, fuzzy msgid "Repositories are being added and removed." msgstr "" @@ -1594,45 +1585,45 @@ "Molim sačekajte dok se sistem konfiguriše.\n" "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:692 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702 #, fuzzy msgid "Remove unused repositories" msgstr "Učitaj prethodne postavke" -#. Removes selected repositories -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:696 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:813 +#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859 #, fuzzy msgid "Removing unused repositories..." msgstr "Učitavam informacije o paketima; Moment molim..." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:703 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713 #, fuzzy msgid "Add enabled repositories" msgstr "Učitaj prethodne postavke" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:867 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding enabled repositories..." msgstr "Podesi dodatne servise" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:715 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725 #, fuzzy msgid "Add disabled repositories" msgstr "Učitaj prethodne postavke" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:719 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1024 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding disabled repositories..." msgstr "Podesi dodatne servise" #. true - OK, continue -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:841 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899 msgid "Correct Media Requested" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901 msgid "" "Make sure that media with label %1\n" "is in the CD/DVD drive.\n" @@ -1642,7 +1633,7 @@ #. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them #. for the system upgrade -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:906 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964 msgid "" "Cannot add repository %1\n" "URL: %2\n" @@ -1652,7 +1643,7 @@ msgstr "" #. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:943 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot add enabled repository\n" @@ -1662,7 +1653,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:963 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021 #, fuzzy msgid "" "An error occurred while refreshing repository\n" @@ -1672,7 +1663,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:983 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041 #, fuzzy msgid "" "An error occurred while enabling repository\n" @@ -1681,7 +1672,7 @@ msgstr "Učitavam informacije o paketima; Moment molim..." #. do not probe! adding as disabled! -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1064 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot add disabled repository\n" @@ -1757,56 +1748,51 @@ msgstr "Snimanje proxy konfiguracije..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/random_finish.rb:62 -msgid "Enabling random number generator..." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "Snimam vremensku zonu..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145 msgid "Saving language..." msgstr "Snimam jezik..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150 msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgstr "Snimanje konfiguracije konzole..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169 msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." msgstr "Snimanje konfiguracije tastature..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174 msgid "Saving product information..." msgstr "Snimanje informacija o proizvodu..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179 msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." msgstr "Snimanje automatskih instalacionih postavki..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving settings..." msgid "Saving security settings..." msgstr "Snimam postavke..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:192 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving settings..." msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..." msgstr "Snimam postavke..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:70 +#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "Podešavanje tastature" @@ -1844,7 +1830,7 @@ msgstr "Upisujem konfiguraciju korisnika i grupe..." #. call command -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -2079,7 +2065,68 @@ msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "Pravim planove za particije..." +#. Text to display +#. +#. @return String +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote Administration" +msgid "Enabling remote administration..." +msgstr "'Remote' administracija" + +#. checking whether images are supported +#. BNC #409927 +#. Checking files for signatures +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845 +msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" +msgstr "" + +#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Deploying..." +msgstr "Inicijalizujem uobičajeni window menadžer" + +#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types. +#. +#. @see #all_supported_types +#. @see #objects_state +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Storing user preferences..." +msgstr "Pokrećem firewall..." + +#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Restoring user preferences..." +msgstr "Pokrećem firewall..." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446 +msgid "" +"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" +"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "License needs to be accepted" +#~ msgstr "Licenca mora biti prihvaćena" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Search for Linux partitions" +#~ msgstr "Traži &opis" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." +#~ msgstr "Pravim planove za particije..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." +#~ msgstr "Čistim..." + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Network Device: %1" #~ msgstr "Mrežni servisi" @@ -2445,14 +2492,6 @@ #~ "Molim provjerite vaš hardware!\n" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Deploying..." -#~ msgstr "Inicijalizujem uobičajeni window menadžer" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Storing user preferences..." -#~ msgstr "Pokrećem firewall..." - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<tt>SuSEconfig</tt> must write the configuration\n" #~ "of your &product; system. Depending on the CPU and the amount of memory,\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/instserver.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/instserver.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/instserver.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/iplb.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/iplb.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/iplb.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -91,6 +91,28 @@ msgstr "" #. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Yes" +msgid "yes" +msgstr "Da" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Class Configuration" +msgid "&Global Configuration" +msgstr "Klasa konfiguracije" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Firewall configuration" +msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguracija firewall-a" + #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 msgid "Check Interval" msgstr "" @@ -200,7 +222,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -440,7 +462,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -477,7 +499,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 msgid "Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Servis" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 msgid "Check Command" @@ -501,7 +523,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 msgid "Login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prijava" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 msgid "Password" @@ -545,7 +567,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Izbrii" #. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 @@ -578,6 +600,12 @@ msgstr "" #. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +msgid "" +"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" +"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 msgid "Real Server's IP Address" msgstr "" @@ -590,6 +618,24 @@ msgid "weight" msgstr "" +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +msgid "IP address is not Valid" +msgstr "" + +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add a New Local User" +msgid "Add a new real server:" +msgstr "Dodaj novog lokalnog korisnika" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit a service entry" +msgid "Edit the real server:" +msgstr "Promijenite stavku servisa" + #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." @@ -620,7 +666,7 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Završeno" #. Write all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -630,7 +676,7 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zapiši postavke" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" @@ -638,7 +684,7 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Upisujem postavke..." #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/iscsi-client.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/iscsi-client.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/iscsi-client.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -73,167 +73,171 @@ msgid "iSNS Port" msgstr "Pert" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:109 -msgid "Initiator Name" +#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 +msgid "&Initiator Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:115 -msgid "Offloa&d Card" +#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well +#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware +#. shifting load from processor to card) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 +msgid "Offload Car&d" msgstr "" #. table of connected targets #. table of discovered targets #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:179 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network Interfaces" msgid "Interface" msgstr "Mrežni interfejsi" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:180 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 #, fuzzy msgid "Portal Address" msgstr "IPv4 adresa" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:181 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 #, fuzzy msgid "Target Name" msgstr "Ime &varijable" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:215 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 #, fuzzy msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Status" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 #, fuzzy msgid "Add" msgstr "&Dodaj" #. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit" msgstr "&Promijeni" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 #, fuzzy msgid "Log Out" msgstr "Bogota" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 #, fuzzy msgid "Connected" msgstr "Povezani na monitor:" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Discovery" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 #, fuzzy msgid "Log In" msgstr "Prijava" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 #, fuzzy msgid "Connect" msgstr "Nastavi" #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target #. authentication dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:234 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:268 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 #, fuzzy msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "Metod autentifikacije korisnika" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:271 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 #, fuzzy msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "Metod autentifikacije korisnika" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:273 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:279 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 #, fuzzy msgid "Username" msgstr "&Korisničko ime:" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:240 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:274 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 #, fuzzy msgid "Password" msgstr "&Unesite šifru:" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 #, fuzzy msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "Metod autentifikacije korisnika" #. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Startup" msgstr "Status" #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 #, fuzzy msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IPv4 adresa" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 #, fuzzy msgid "Port" msgstr "Pert" # KE -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 #, fuzzy msgid "Key" msgstr "Kenija" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Value" msgstr "Vrijednost" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "Service" msgstr "Servis" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:366 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "" #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:385 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "" #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:400 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" @@ -242,9 +246,9 @@ #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:435 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:474 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "" @@ -506,13 +510,13 @@ msgstr "" #. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:626 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "IPv4 adresa" #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:632 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "&Unesite šifru:" @@ -521,39 +525,39 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:867 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 #, fuzzy msgid "True" msgstr "Bruneji" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 #, fuzzy msgid "False" msgstr "Maltski" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:772 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:892 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 msgid "Continue" msgstr "Nastavi" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:776 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:896 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 #, fuzzy msgid "Cancel" msgstr "&Odustani" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:886 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "" @@ -639,14 +643,20 @@ msgstr "" #. interface type for hardware offloading -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:70 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Software" -msgid "(Software)" +msgid "default (Software)" msgstr "Softver" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "All" +msgid "all" +msgstr "Sve" + #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:672 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -655,7 +665,7 @@ msgstr "" #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Sažetak konfiguracije" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/iscsi-lio-server.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/iscsi-lio-server.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/iscsi-lio-server.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/iscsi-server.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/iscsi-server.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/iscsi-server.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/isns.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/isns.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/isns.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -313,87 +313,87 @@ msgstr "Inicijalizacija..." #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:106 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:109 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 #, fuzzy msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "Da li ga želite instalirati sada?" #. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:486 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "Započinjem konfiguraciju korisnika i grupa" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:502 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Učitaj bazu podataka" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:504 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Učitaj prethodne postavke" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:506 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "Detektuj uređaje" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:510 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Učitavam bazu podataka..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:512 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Učitavam prethodne postavke..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:514 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "Detektujem uređaje..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:516 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:594 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Završeno" #. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:568 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "Snimam konfiguraciju sysconfig-a" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:584 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Zapiši postavke" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:586 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669 #, fuzzy msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "Pokrečem SuSEconfig.%1" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:590 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Upisujem postavke..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:592 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675 #, fuzzy msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "Pokrečem SuSEconfig.%1" #. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf) -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:606 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Zapiši postavke" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/kdump.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/kdump.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/kdump.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -381,8 +381,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. Popup::Message(crash_value); #. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:558 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:577 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "" @@ -513,15 +513,6 @@ msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "Isključeno" -#. checking if packages are available -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:101 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:103 -msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:113 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:115 -msgid "Package for kdump is not available." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" @@ -1160,140 +1151,140 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:483 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:593 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Započinjem konfiguraciju korisnika i grupa" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:602 src/modules/Kdump.rb:610 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Učitavam tip konfiguracije..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:604 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Update jačine zvuka..." #. Progress stage 4/4 #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:606 src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading available memory..." msgstr "Učitavam bazu podataka..." #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Pravim planove za particije..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:634 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "Pravim planove za particije..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:641 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "Učitavam bazu podataka..." #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Snimam konfiguraciju Powertweak-a" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:696 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Zapiši postavke" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:698 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699 #, fuzzy msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Nadogradi konfiguraciju" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Upisujem postavke..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "Update jačine zvuka..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:706 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Završeno" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Zapiši postavke" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:725 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:844 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 #, fuzzy msgid "enabled" msgstr "Uključeno" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 #, fuzzy msgid "disabled" msgstr "Isključeno" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841 msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855 #, fuzzy msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "Filter: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:961 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/kerberos-server.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/kerberos-server.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/kerberos-server.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/kerberos.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/kerberos.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/kerberos.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/languages_db.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/languages_db.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/languages_db.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/ldap-client.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/ldap-client.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/ldap-client.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:41+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/ldap-server.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/ldap-server.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/ldap-server.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/ldap.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/ldap.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/ldap.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -230,46 +230,46 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." msgstr "" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" msgstr "" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" msgstr "" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ #. entry of the current template. #. ") + #. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" @@ -291,12 +291,12 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" msgstr "" @@ -378,4 +378,4 @@ #. table header 2/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 msgid "Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vrijednost" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/live-installer.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/live-installer.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/live-installer.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/lxc.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/lxc.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/lxc.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/mail.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/mail.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/mail.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/multipath.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/multipath.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/multipath.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/ncurses-pkg.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/ncurses-pkg.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/ncurses-pkg.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/ncurses.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/ncurses.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/ncurses.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/network.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/network.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/network.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 11:54+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:41+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -98,89 +98,55 @@ msgstr "Unutrašnji mrežni interfejs" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:67 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..." msgstr "Editujte firewall konfiguraciju" -#. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC -#. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:104 -msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:110 -msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:114 -msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119 -msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:123 -msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:128 -msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:132 -msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" - #. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:218 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall and SSH" msgstr "Firewall" #. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:220 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:135 #, fuzzy msgid "&Firewall and SSH" msgstr "Firewall" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:231 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguracija firewall-a" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:237 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152 msgid "Open &VNC Ports" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:160 msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:256 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "Firewall" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:264 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179 msgid "Open SSH Port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:272 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187 msgid "Enable SSH Service" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" @@ -188,13 +154,13 @@ "SSH client" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:290 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" "Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:293 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 msgid "" "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" "service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" @@ -202,13 +168,48 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215 msgid "" "You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" "started by the installer automatically if needed." msgstr "" +#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog +#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292 +msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296 +msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301 +msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305 +msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317 +msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319 +msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324 +msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328 +msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" + #. Commandline help title #. configuration of hosts #. Hosts dialog caption @@ -494,9 +495,18 @@ msgid "Interfaces for Bridging" msgstr "" -#. Lan::PrepareForAutoinst(); -#. Lan::Autoinstall(); -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:173 +#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML +#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML +#. has higher priority +#. +#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with +#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than +#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses". +#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means +#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml". +#. Other elements may have similar problems, +#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance. +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration File Editor" msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." @@ -585,7 +595,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:476 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479 #, fuzzy msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "Podešavanje zvuka" @@ -700,7 +710,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:414 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:416 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opcije" @@ -778,13 +788,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 #, fuzzy msgid "Change." msgstr "&Promijeni..." @@ -1187,7 +1197,7 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 #, fuzzy msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "Štampači" @@ -1195,7 +1205,7 @@ #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:353 #, fuzzy msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "Konfiguracija je prazna" @@ -1210,7 +1220,7 @@ msgstr "Podrazumjevana &grupa" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1312 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316 #, fuzzy msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "Modul diskete:" @@ -1413,39 +1423,39 @@ #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1289 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 #, fuzzy msgid "&Address" msgstr "IPv6 adresa" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "Konfigurisanje vae zvu�e kartice" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1298 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302 #, fuzzy msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "Hardware" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1305 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1319 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323 #, fuzzy msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "Datoteke" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1460,11 +1470,11 @@ msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "Nepoznata bttv kartica " -#. allow to add bonding device into bridge and also device with mask /32(bnc#405343) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:131 +#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" -"Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" +"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" msgstr "" #. Network card name (wireless) @@ -1679,7 +1689,7 @@ msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 +#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** #. #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -1774,7 +1784,7 @@ "%1" #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1784,13 +1794,12 @@ msgstr "" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:458 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#. radio button group label, method of setup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:494 src/include/network/widgets.rb:352 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "Mreža/Napredno" @@ -1800,7 +1809,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:524 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:523 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "Mrežni servisi" @@ -1830,7 +1839,7 @@ msgstr "Konfiguriši boot mod" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:81 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1838,20 +1847,20 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:90 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1859,7 +1868,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1867,19 +1876,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" "format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" "configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1887,101 +1896,101 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:148 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." msgstr "" #. Manual dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:269 #, fuzzy msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurisanje zvučne kartice" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:282 #, fuzzy msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "Nepoznato ime modula" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:291 msgid "&USB" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:298 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:300 msgid "&Hotplug Type" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:303 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:305 msgid "P&CI" msgstr "" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:315 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:317 #, fuzzy msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "&Mrežni moduli" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:325 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:327 #, fuzzy msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "&Moduli" #. TODO: Ud ... Rules -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:380 -msgid "Udev rules" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Name" msgstr "&Prezime:" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385 #, fuzzy msgid "Change" msgstr "&Promijeni..." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 -msgid "Show visible port identification" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:396 +msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:401 #, fuzzy msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Zvuk" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:406 msgid "Blink" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:409 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:411 #, fuzzy -msgid "Ethtool options" +msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "&Dodatne informacije za korisnika" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:491 #, fuzzy msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "Ru�i odabir zvu�e kartice" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" @@ -1990,21 +1999,21 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:564 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:504 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:559 #, fuzzy msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "Nepoznata bttv kartica " #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:512 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 #, fuzzy msgid "&Search" msgstr "Traži" #. Remember current device number (#308763) #. see also bnc#391802 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:833 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:824 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" @@ -2012,7 +2021,7 @@ msgstr "Konfiguracija je prazna" #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:877 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:868 #, fuzzy msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurisanje zvučne kartice" @@ -2021,62 +2030,62 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:897 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:990 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1057 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1094 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:907 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:898 #, fuzzy msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "&Prezime:" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:912 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:903 #, fuzzy msgid "Port Number" msgstr "&Prezime:" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:926 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:917 #, fuzzy msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "Uključeno" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:933 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:940 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:931 #, fuzzy msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "IPv6 adresa" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1015 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069 #, fuzzy msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "&Odustani" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1084 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075 #, fuzzy msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "&Odustani" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 #, fuzzy msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "&Odustani" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:971 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "" @@ -2085,7 +2094,7 @@ "\n" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "" @@ -2093,31 +2102,31 @@ "Molim vas izaberite novi jezik za vaš SuSE Linux sistem.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1008 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 #, fuzzy msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "&Prezime:" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1007 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1032 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "" @@ -2125,7 +2134,7 @@ "Molim vas izaberite novi jezik za vaš SuSE Linux sistem.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1033 #, fuzzy msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "" @@ -2134,32 +2143,32 @@ "\n" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1049 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1040 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1051 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protokol" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1095 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1086 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "" @@ -2168,20 +2177,20 @@ "\n" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1112 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 #, fuzzy msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "&Prezime:" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1123 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1114 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" msgstr "" #. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1250 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -2189,7 +2198,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1272 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1260 #, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "Hardware" @@ -2247,15 +2256,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 msgid "" -"Use the Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt>\n" -"if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n" +"Use wicked if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:64 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Network Card Overview</big> \n" @@ -2267,7 +2275,7 @@ "ovdje možete izmijeniti njihovu konfiguraciju.\n" " \n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:69 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Adding a Network Card:</big> \n" @@ -2277,7 +2285,7 @@ "Ukoliko pritisnete Dodaj, možete ručno konfigurisati TV ili radio kartice.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:72 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Configuring or Deleting:</big> \n" @@ -2290,7 +2298,7 @@ "\n" #. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:79 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big>\n" "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" @@ -2300,13 +2308,13 @@ "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:87 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 #, fuzzy msgid "All changes will be applied after reboot." msgstr "Sve promjene će biti izgubljene!" #. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "" "The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" "The Default Gateway matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" @@ -2315,7 +2323,7 @@ "to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:97 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" @@ -2323,13 +2331,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 msgid "" "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 msgid "" "Enable IPv6 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" @@ -2337,14 +2345,14 @@ "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 msgid "" "Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" "also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" @@ -2353,7 +2361,7 @@ "different hostnames. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" "the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" @@ -2362,14 +2370,14 @@ "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 msgid "" "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" msgstr "" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:136 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 msgid "" "A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an IP address\n" @@ -2377,7 +2385,7 @@ msgstr "" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:142 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" @@ -2385,7 +2393,7 @@ "(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:148 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" "Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" "(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" @@ -2393,7 +2401,7 @@ "command." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" "search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" @@ -2403,7 +2411,7 @@ "configurations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "By choosing Only Manually, netconfig will no longer be\n" "allowed to modify /etc/resolv.conf. You can however edit the file\n" @@ -2417,26 +2425,26 @@ #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" "Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:180 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 msgid "" "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 msgid "" "Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select DHCP\n" "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" @@ -2444,7 +2452,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" "Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" @@ -2452,7 +2460,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 msgid "" "Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" @@ -2460,7 +2468,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 msgid "" "For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" "the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" @@ -2468,19 +2476,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 msgid "" "Contact your network administrator for more information about\n" "the network configuration." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" "DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:218 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Zone</big>\n" "Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" @@ -2491,11 +2499,11 @@ "the firewall will be disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:227 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 msgid "" "<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>\n" "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" @@ -2505,14 +2513,14 @@ "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" "Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:243 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 #, fuzzy msgid "<big>DHCP Client Options</big>" msgstr "" @@ -2521,7 +2529,7 @@ "\n" #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:245 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" "the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" @@ -2531,7 +2539,7 @@ msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" "hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" @@ -2544,7 +2552,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" @@ -2555,14 +2563,14 @@ "\n" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 msgid "" "Enter an IPv4 Address Label, an IP Address, and\n" "the Netmask." msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 msgid "" "IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" @@ -2570,14 +2578,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:279 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." msgstr "" #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:285 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 msgid "" "Choose between three Key Input Types for your key.\n" " Passphrase: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n" @@ -2594,14 +2602,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 msgid "" "Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking." msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 msgid "" "The Operating Mode depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be Ad-Hoc (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -2611,7 +2619,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311 msgid "" "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" @@ -2623,7 +2631,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 msgid "" "In some networks, you need to set an Authentication Mode.\n" "It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. WEP\n" @@ -2644,7 +2652,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340 msgid "" "To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -2654,7 +2662,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 msgid "" "To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -2665,14 +2673,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 msgid "" "To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.\n" msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:362 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361 msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" @@ -3252,24 +3260,24 @@ msgstr "Inicijalizacija..." #. Ramote Administration dialog caption -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Remote Administration" msgstr "'Remote' administracija" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 #, fuzzy msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "Osnovna konfiguracija" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" @@ -3280,18 +3288,18 @@ msgstr "" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 #, fuzzy msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "Osnovna konfiguracija" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3302,128 +3310,127 @@ #. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that #. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not #. plugged in. Preferably a short string. -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:254 msgid "unplugged" msgstr "" #. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:259 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:260 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Nepoznato" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:287 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Automatska konfiguracija je upjeno zavrena." #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293 #, fuzzy msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Automatska konfiguracija je upjeno zavrena." #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:295 #, fuzzy msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Automatska konfiguracija je upjeno zavrena." #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297 #, fuzzy msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Automatska konfiguracija je upjeno zavrena." #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Automatska konfiguracija je upjeno zavrena." #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Konfigurisanje zvučne kartice" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309 #, fuzzy msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Automatska konfiguracija je upjeno zavrena." #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313 #, fuzzy msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Automatska konfiguracija je upjeno zavrena." #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317 #, fuzzy msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Automatska konfiguracija je upjeno zavrena." #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 #, fuzzy msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Automatska konfiguracija je upjeno zavrena." #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:330 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure mail now?" msgstr "Podesi zvučnu karticu" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:335 #, fuzzy msgid "Run configuration of %1?" msgstr "Podešavanje zvuka" +#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service +#. +#. see bnc#433084 +#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup +#. +#. returns true if items were disabled +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008 +msgid "" +"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" +"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." +msgstr "" + #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:682 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "Nepoznata bttv kartica " #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:686 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1071 msgid "Modems" msgstr "Modemi" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:690 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1075 #, fuzzy msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "ISDN adapteri" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1079 #, fuzzy msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "Servis" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:700 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1084 #, fuzzy msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "Mreža/Napredno" -#. Check if we're running in "normal" stage with NM -#. see bnc#433084 -#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1100 -msgid "" -"Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" -"cannot be edited by YaST.\n" -"\n" -"To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n" -"switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n" -msgstr "" - #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93 @@ -3701,7 +3708,7 @@ #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:417 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420 #, fuzzy msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "Opis" @@ -3908,83 +3915,92 @@ msgid "Set &MTU" msgstr "" +#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300 +#, fuzzy +msgid "NetworkManager Service" +msgstr "Mrežni servisi" + +#. ifup is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308 +msgid "Traditional ifup" +msgstr "" + +#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service" +msgid "Wicked Service" +msgstr "Servis" + +#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Network Services Disabled" +msgstr "Mrežni servisi" + #. Store the NetworkManager widget #. @param [String] key id of the widget #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:336 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355 msgid "Applet needed" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356 msgid "" "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" "(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" "Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually." msgstr "" -#. radio button label -#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager -#. program -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371 #, fuzzy -msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" -msgstr "&Korisničko ime (login):" +msgid "General Network Settings" +msgstr "Pravim mrežne modul diskete" -#. radio button label -#. ifup is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:365 -msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" -msgstr "" - -#. radio button label -#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371 -msgid "Controlled by &wicked" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:410 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417 #, fuzzy msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "Desktop postavke" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:825 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "Uključeno" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:428 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Nepoznato ime modula" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "IPv4 adresa" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:445 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452 #, fuzzy msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "Desktop postavke" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:448 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" msgstr "" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:503 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510 #, fuzzy msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "Uključeni servisi" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "Mreža/Napredno" @@ -4002,61 +4018,57 @@ msgstr "" #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95 #, fuzzy -msgid "Device name:" +msgid "Device Name:" msgstr "&Prezime:" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103 -msgid "Base udev rule on" +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101 +msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "" #. make sure there is enough space (#367239) -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:110 #, fuzzy msgid "MAC address: %s" msgstr "IPv6 adresa" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:116 msgid "BusID: %s" msgstr "" -#. Checks if given name can be accepted as nic's new one. -#. -#. Pops up an explanation if the name is invalid -#. -#. @return [boolean] false if name is invalid -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:154 +#. check if the name is assigned to another device already +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:153 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration name already exists." msgstr "Konfiguracija je prazna" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:158 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:157 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Inetd configuration" msgid "Invalid configuration name." msgstr "Podešavanje inetd-a" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:371 #, fuzzy msgid "Write hostname" msgstr "&Odustani" #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:400 src/modules/Lan.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:535 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "Nadogradi konfiguraciju" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:402 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:375 #, fuzzy msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "Greka prilikom spaavanja '/etc/modules.conf'.\n" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:406 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" msgstr "Pišem konfiguraciju sistema" @@ -4064,14 +4076,14 @@ #. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) #. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:415 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:388 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing hostname..." msgstr "Upisujem korisnike..." #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:429 src/modules/Lan.rb:640 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:405 src/modules/Lan.rb:630 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "Pišem konfiguraciju sistema" @@ -4079,35 +4091,35 @@ #. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) #. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:440 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:416 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..." msgstr "Greka prilikom spaavanja '/etc/modules.conf'.\n" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:533 #, fuzzy msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "&Prezime:" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:563 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:539 #, fuzzy msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "&Prezime:" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:571 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:547 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:593 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:569 #, fuzzy msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "XFree86 3 server: %1" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:603 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:579 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "" @@ -4128,350 +4140,356 @@ msgstr "Update jačine zvuka..." #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "Pišem konfiguraciju sistema" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 #, fuzzy msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "Pravim mrežne modul diskete" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 #, fuzzy msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "Konfigurisanje zvučne kartice" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 #, fuzzy msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "Konfigurisanje zvučne kartice" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 #, fuzzy msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "Konfigurisanje zvučne kartice" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 #, fuzzy msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Konfigurisanje zvučne kartice" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 #, fuzzy msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "Skupljam informacije..." #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:302 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 #, fuzzy msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "Podešavanje zvuka" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:318 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 #, fuzzy msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "Pravim mrežne modul diskete" #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" "Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:345 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 #, fuzzy msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "Pravim mrežne modul diskete" #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "Konfigurisanje zvučne kartice" #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:373 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "Konfigurisanje zvučne kartice" #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:382 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "(Ponovo)Pokrećem firewall..." #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Pišem konfiguraciju sistema" #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:397 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "Skupljam informacije..." #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:403 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "Promjenite lilo konfiguraciju" #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:409 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 #, fuzzy msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "Pravim mrežne modul diskete" #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:415 src/modules/Lan.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "&Završi" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurisanje zvučne kartice" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 #, fuzzy msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "Update konfiguraciju" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 #, fuzzy msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "Konfigurisanje zvučne kartice" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 #, fuzzy msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "Podešavanje zvuka" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 #, fuzzy msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Pišem konfiguraciju sistema" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 src/modules/Remote.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:289 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "Greka prilikom spaavanja '/etc/modules.conf'.\n" #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "Pišem konfiguraciju sistema" #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:573 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "Konfigurisanje zvučne kartice" #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:579 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "Pišem konfiguraciju sistema" #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Pišem konfiguraciju sistema" #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 #, fuzzy msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "Podešavam linker cache" #. Progress step 8 -#. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:608 src/modules/Remote.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:303 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Pišem konfiguraciju sistema" #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605 #, fuzzy msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "Pravim mrežne modul diskete" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647 #, fuzzy msgid "No network running" msgstr "Mrežni servisi" +#. Import data +#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgstr "" + #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "Mreža/Napredno" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 #, fuzzy msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "&Korisničko ime (login):" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799 #, fuzzy msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "Nepoznata bttv kartica " #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803 #, fuzzy msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "&Korisničko ime (login):" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:811 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "Nepoznata bttv kartica " #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:817 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:819 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814 #, fuzzy msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "Isključeno" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:823 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:181 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195 #, fuzzy msgid "connected" msgstr "Nije nađeno." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:196 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1190 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1194 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1251 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1255 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1259 #, fuzzy msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "Pokreni firewall" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1202 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1206 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1267 #, fuzzy msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "Nepoznata bttv kartica " #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1210 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1215 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 #, fuzzy msgid "Started manually" msgstr "Pokreni firewall" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 #, fuzzy msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "Desktop postavke" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1292 #, fuzzy msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "IPv4 adresa" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1295 #, fuzzy msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "Desktop postavke" @@ -4479,92 +4497,105 @@ #. FIXME: #. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1326 #, fuzzy msgid "Not configured" msgstr "Još nije podešeno." #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "&Prezime:" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1322 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1383 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1398 #, fuzzy msgid "Not connected" msgstr "Nije nađeno." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1336 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1362 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "unknown" msgstr "nepoznat" +#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before +#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:239 +msgid "" +"Package %{package} is not installed\n" +"firewall settings will be disabled." +msgstr "" + #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:291 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "Podesi zvučnu karticu" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "Detektuj uređaje" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:299 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "Podešavanje zvuka" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:308 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "Podešavam bootloader..." +#. Enable xinetd +#. Enable XDM +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:327 src/modules/Remote.rb:335 +msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "" + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:359 #, fuzzy msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "Detektujem uređaje..." -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:415 +#. description in proposal +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 #, fuzzy msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "Osnovna konfiguracija" -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 #, fuzzy msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "Osnovna konfiguracija" @@ -4620,28 +4651,32 @@ # AQ #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:82 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:121 #, fuzzy msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" msgstr "Antarktik" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:123 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall Disabled" msgstr "Isključeno" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:96 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135 #, fuzzy msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "Nije nađeno." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "General Network Settings" -#~ msgstr "Pravim mrežne modul diskete" +#~ msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" +#~ msgstr "&Korisničko ime (login):" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Device name:" +#~ msgstr "&Prezime:" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "General &Network Settings" #~ msgstr "Pravim mrežne modul diskete" @@ -4947,10 +4982,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Mrežni interfejsi" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Network Services" -#~ msgstr "Mrežni servisi" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Edit %1 Interface %2" #~ msgstr "Mrežni interfejsi" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/nfs.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/nfs.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/nfs.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:41+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/nfs_server.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/nfs_server.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/nfs_server.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:41+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -81,29 +81,29 @@ msgstr "" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 msgid "NFS server is enabled" msgstr "" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS server is disabled" msgstr "Name server daemon" #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "" #. error #. error -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 #, fuzzy msgid "No mount point specified." msgstr "Niste napisali riječ za pretragu" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 msgid "" "The exports table already\n" "contains this directory." @@ -112,11 +112,11 @@ #. CLI action handler. #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." msgstr "" @@ -169,52 +169,44 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 #, fuzzy msgid "&Directory to Export" msgstr "Odabrani direktorij: %1" #. button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 #, fuzzy msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "Z&atvori" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 msgid "The exports table already contains this directory." msgstr "" -#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113 -msgid "" -"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" -"with spaces in their names.\n" -"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." -msgstr "" - #. the dir does not exist -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "" #. title in the file selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 #, fuzzy msgid "Select the Directory to Export" msgstr "Odabrani direktorij: %1" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 #, fuzzy msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "Opcije" @@ -222,14 +214,14 @@ #. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue #. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). #. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 msgid "" "'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n" "NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n" msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "Options for this wild card\n" "are already set." @@ -237,25 +229,25 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." msgstr "" #. Help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 msgid "" "Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" "and export some of your directories to others." msgstr "" #. Help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 msgid "" "If you choose Start NFS Server, clicking Next opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export." msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" "and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" @@ -263,57 +255,57 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" "Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "Pokreni sequencer" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 #, fuzzy msgid "&Start" msgstr "&Software" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "Do &Not Start" msgstr "&Modul za pokretanje:" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "Uključeno" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable NFS&v4" msgstr "Uključeno" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "Pišem konfiguraciju sistema" #. Help, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 msgid "" "The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" "If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n" @@ -321,89 +313,84 @@ msgstr "" #. Help, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" "Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.\n" msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536 +#. Help, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544 -msgid "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." -msgstr "" - #. Help, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.\n" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 #, fuzzy msgid "Add &Directory" msgstr "Odabrani direktorij: %1" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 #, fuzzy msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Kraj" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 #, fuzzy msgid "De&lete" msgstr "Izbrii" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 msgid "Host Wild Card" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opcije" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 #, fuzzy msgid "Add &Host" msgstr "&Računar:" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 #, fuzzy msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "&Kraj" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 #, fuzzy msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "Izbrii" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 #, fuzzy msgid "Directories to Export" msgstr "Odabrani direktorij: %1" #. not fatal - write other dirs. -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:182 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 msgid "" "Unable to create a missing directory:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:194 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -411,97 +398,91 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:216 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "Pišem konfiguraciju sistema" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:221 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 msgid "Save /etc/exports" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:223 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart services" msgstr "Ponovo pokreni inetd servis" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:227 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving /etc/exports..." msgstr "Spaavanje ..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 #, fuzzy msgid "Restarting services..." msgstr "Ponovo pokrećem inetd servis..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:231 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Završeno" #. help text -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." msgstr "Pišem konfiguraciju sistema" #. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:253 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgstr "Neuspješna detekcija TV kartica." -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:302 -msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:308 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." -msgstr "Neuspješna detekcija TV kartica." - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:315 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." -msgstr "Neuspješna detekcija TV kartica." - #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:326 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:335 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." msgstr "Neuspješna detekcija TV kartica." -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:343 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:361 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 msgid "" "Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" msgstr "" #. summary header; directories exported by NFS -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:384 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 msgid "NFS Exports" msgstr "" #. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:402 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." +#~ msgstr "Neuspješna detekcija TV kartica." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." +#~ msgstr "Neuspješna detekcija TV kartica." + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Directories" #~ msgstr "Direktoriji" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/nis.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/nis.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/nis.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:41+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/nis_server.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/nis_server.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/nis_server.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:41+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ #. To translators: checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:100 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 msgid "This host is also a NIS &client" msgstr "" @@ -382,22 +382,28 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:64 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:71 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:84 -msgid "N&IS domain name:" +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 +msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" msgstr "" +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +msgid "NIS &Master Server:" +msgstr "Podesi zvučnu karticu" + #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:111 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 msgid "Slave Server Setup" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/ntp-client.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/ntp-client.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/ntp-client.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -49,25 +49,24 @@ msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:239 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 #, fuzzy msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "&Servis" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:249 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 #, fuzzy #| msgid "NTP daemon" msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "NTP daemon" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:258 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 #, fuzzy msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguracije" -#. try to line up the widgets horizontally #. push button label #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 #, fuzzy @@ -81,22 +80,30 @@ msgstr "&Podesi..." #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:388 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." msgstr "" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:399 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398 #, fuzzy msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "Detektujem uređaje..." +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 +msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." +msgstr "" + #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:481 -msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 +msgid "" +"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" +"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" +"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgstr "" #. local clock type name @@ -645,10 +652,13 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" +" You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:42 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -656,7 +666,7 @@ "is more secure and strongly recommended." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" "By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" @@ -665,7 +675,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -675,7 +685,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" @@ -685,7 +695,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:71 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Display Log</big>\n" @@ -697,7 +707,7 @@ "" #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" @@ -705,14 +715,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Clock Type</big> \n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure." msgstr "" #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<big>Unit Number</big> \n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -720,7 +730,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" @@ -732,7 +742,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" @@ -744,7 +754,7 @@ "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the Address entry.\n" @@ -753,7 +763,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -762,7 +772,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -770,7 +780,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -778,7 +788,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the Address\n" @@ -786,7 +796,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -795,7 +805,7 @@ #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:145 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" @@ -803,7 +813,7 @@ "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" @@ -815,49 +825,49 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:161 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 msgid "" "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here." msgstr "" #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." msgstr "" #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." msgstr "" #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." msgstr "" #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "Outgoing Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Server Location</big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -865,7 +875,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</big> \n" @@ -875,7 +885,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:199 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" "Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" @@ -883,7 +893,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:205 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<big>Note</big> \n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -896,7 +906,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." @@ -904,7 +914,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" @@ -914,7 +924,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:235 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" @@ -923,7 +933,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:242 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" "ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" @@ -1291,126 +1301,129 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step -#. error report +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:594 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:906 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Završeno" #. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "Spašavam konfiguraciju inetd servisa" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:747 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "Pono&vo pokreni detekciju" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:751 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Pišem novi inetd.conf..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756 #, fuzzy msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "Ponovo pokrećem inetd servis..." #. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841 msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:876 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "Pono&vo pokreni detekciju" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:970 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:976 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:982 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:986 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:990 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:994 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017 #, fuzzy msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "Konfigurisanje zvučne kartice" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 #, fuzzy msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "Nadogradi konfiguraciju" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024 #, fuzzy msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "Konfiguracija miša" #. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 #, fuzzy msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "Detektujem uređaje..." #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "" #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "" #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/oneclickinstall.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/oneclickinstall.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/oneclickinstall.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/online-update-configuration.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/online-update-configuration.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/online-update-configuration.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/online-update.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/online-update.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/online-update.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:41+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -117,13 +117,20 @@ msgid "Initializing Online Update" msgstr "Učitavam informacije o paketima; Moment molim..." -#. yes/no message -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:204 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 msgid "" "No update repository\n" "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" msgstr "" +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not configured yet." +msgid "No update repository configured yet." +msgstr "Još nije podešeno." + #. progress window label #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 #, fuzzy Added: trunk/yast/bs/po/opensuse_mirror.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/opensuse_mirror.bs.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/opensuse_mirror.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +# Bosnian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>, 2001. +# Amila Akagic <bono(a)lugbih.org>, 2002. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: bs\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select &Directory" +msgid "Directory" +msgstr "O&daberi direktorij" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "Greška" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Yes" +msgid "yes" +msgstr "Da" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "&Mirror" +msgstr "Greška" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145 +msgid "&Do not Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 +msgid "Select/Deselect &All" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/packager.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/packager.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/packager.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -146,6 +146,15 @@ msgid "&Text Mode" msgstr "&Vremenska zona" +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706 +msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." +msgstr "" + #. dialog heading #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 #, fuzzy @@ -507,7 +516,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:668 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicijalizacija..." @@ -580,7 +589,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "" @@ -818,7 +827,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1200 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "" @@ -826,7 +835,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "" @@ -1177,7 +1186,7 @@ msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "&Software" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:694 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684 #, fuzzy msgid "&Eject" msgstr "&Podesi" @@ -1424,7 +1433,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1195 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1456,70 +1465,70 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:502 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:604 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:582 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:773 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729 #, fuzzy msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "Greka prilikom spaavanja datoteke: %1 \n" #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:639 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654 #, fuzzy msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "Paket %1 nije pronađen na uređaju." #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1235 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1399 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "" #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1286 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "&Dodatne informacije za korisnika" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1357 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Molim izaberite" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Molim da provjerite da li je instalacijski medij tačan." #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Molim da provjerite da li je instalacijski medij tačan." #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "" @@ -1528,8 +1537,8 @@ #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1737 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1743 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Nepoznat monitor" @@ -1578,7 +1587,7 @@ msgstr "Postavke instalacije" #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:35 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 #, fuzzy msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "Makedonija" @@ -1587,14 +1596,14 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 #, fuzzy msgid ">%1" msgstr "%1 " #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:255 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:270 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 msgid "Done." msgstr "Gotov." @@ -1602,14 +1611,14 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:295 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" msgstr "" #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:312 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 #, fuzzy msgid "Next: %1" msgstr "Naziv" @@ -1617,7 +1626,7 @@ #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924 #, fuzzy msgid "Total" msgstr "Portugal" @@ -1627,151 +1636,192 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1168 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1421 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "&Download" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081 #, fuzzy msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr "Upozorenje" #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "&Download" #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117 #, fuzzy msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr "&Download" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253 #, fuzzy msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "&Download" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "&Download" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1456 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:341 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:358 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:372 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:383 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387 msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "&Profil repository:" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:492 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:537 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "" #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "" +#. newly installed products +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696 +msgid "New product %s will be installed" +msgstr "" + +#. product update: %s is a product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706 +msgid "Product %s will be updated" +msgstr "" + +#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708 +msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715 +msgid "Product %s will stay installed" +msgstr "" + +#. Removing another product might be an issue +#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725 +msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726 +msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752 +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" +"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" +"</li></ul></li></ul>" +msgstr "" + #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1216 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 msgid "" "The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1779,55 +1829,55 @@ msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1516 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642 #, fuzzy msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "Instaliram boot menadžer..." #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664 #, fuzzy msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "&Kraj instalacije" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1571 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "Inicijalizacija..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1803 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "Molim izaberite" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1805 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1915 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." msgstr "" #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2176 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2194 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320 #, fuzzy msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "Izbor jezika" #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2469 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1836,74 +1886,75 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param string filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:191 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:198 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:192 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:334 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Jezik" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 -msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +#. check box label +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:399 -#, fuzzy -msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" -msgstr "Ne pri&hvati" +#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385 +msgid "" +"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" +"%{license_url}" +msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:439 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %1" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:455 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" "the configuration will be aborted.\n" msgstr "" +#. dialog title #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:467 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 #, fuzzy msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "Zaista želite prekinuti instalaciju?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1120 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1137 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "" @@ -1989,117 +2040,122 @@ #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34 +msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 #, fuzzy msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "&HTTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 #, fuzzy msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "&HTTP" #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719 msgid "&SMB/CIFS" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 msgid "&NFS..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 #, fuzzy msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "&Standardna boot disketa" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 #, fuzzy msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "&Direktoriji" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 #, fuzzy msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "&Direktoriji" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60 #, fuzzy msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "Bez opisa" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:106 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:111 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 #, fuzzy msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "&Servis" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583 #, fuzzy msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "&Direktoriji" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 #, fuzzy msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "&Direktoriji" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Protocol" msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "&Protokol" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Options" msgid "Mount Options" @@ -2107,24 +2163,24 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:148 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156 #, fuzzy msgid "(default)" msgstr "&Podrazumjevani" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 #, fuzzy msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "&Profil repository:" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176 #, fuzzy msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "&Protokol" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186 #, fuzzy msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "&Profil repository:" @@ -2132,43 +2188,43 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "&Reset" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:195 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "&Kod datoteke" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:199 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 #, fuzzy msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "&Standardna boot disketa" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:880 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888 #, fuzzy msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "&Direktoriji" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 #, fuzzy msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "&Direktoriji" @@ -2178,57 +2234,57 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 #, fuzzy msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "Odabrani direktorij: %1" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:432 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440 #, fuzzy msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "Parametri modula:" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:444 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452 #, fuzzy msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "&Reset" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:459 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" "Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 #, fuzzy msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "&Servis" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" "Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:516 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537 msgid "&URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:543 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551 msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." @@ -2238,23 +2294,23 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:716 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1843 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:723 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1850 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:735 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743 msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" "to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:742 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2263,28 +2319,28 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:799 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:804 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:918 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" @@ -2294,7 +2350,7 @@ "Molim pokušajte ponovo. \n" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:948 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" @@ -2304,7 +2360,7 @@ "Molim pokušajte ponovo. \n" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:972 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2312,19 +2368,19 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:993 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 #, fuzzy msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "&Direktoriji" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1259 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 #, fuzzy msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "&Direktoriji" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024 msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" "Use Path to Directory to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2334,22 +2390,22 @@ msgstr "" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1252 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1257 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 #, fuzzy msgid "&File System" msgstr "Sistem" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1258 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1325 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 #, fuzzy msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "&Direktoriji" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1263 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271 msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2362,7 +2418,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1273 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1340 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2370,12 +2426,12 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331 #, fuzzy msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "&Servis" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2387,13 +2443,13 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364 #, fuzzy msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "&Direktoriji" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2401,81 +2457,81 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565 #, fuzzy msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "&Servis" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1561 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569 #, fuzzy msgid "&Port" msgstr "Ne pri&hvati" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574 #, fuzzy msgid "&Share" msgstr "Sp&asi" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 #, fuzzy msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "&Direktoriji" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1582 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590 #, fuzzy msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "&Direktoriji" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595 #, fuzzy msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "Metod autentifikacije korisnika" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620 #, fuzzy msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&Prezime:" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1619 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 #, fuzzy msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Unesite šifru:" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1694 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1697 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705 #, fuzzy msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "&HTTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712 #, fuzzy msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "&HTTP" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1874 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2490,7 +2546,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1887 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" @@ -2499,12 +2555,12 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1949 -msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957 +msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2067 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2512,7 +2568,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2520,7 +2576,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2086 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095 msgid "" "\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2530,7 +2586,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2098 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107 msgid "" "\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2539,27 +2595,27 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2113 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122 #, fuzzy msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "Detektuj uređaje" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147 #, fuzzy msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "Nije nađeno." #. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2332 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2569,12 +2625,17 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2551 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563 #, fuzzy msgid "Media Type" msgstr "Makedonija" +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add On Product" +msgstr "&Dodatne informacije za korisnika" + #. SourceManager read dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 #, fuzzy @@ -2678,7 +2739,9 @@ msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "&Podesi zvučne kartice..." -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:680 +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "" @@ -2756,12 +2819,12 @@ msgstr "" #. progress information, %1 stands for number of services -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:618 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 msgid "" "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -2769,7 +2832,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:627 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 #, fuzzy msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." msgstr "Postavke instalacije" @@ -2793,6 +2856,10 @@ msgstr "Molim izaberite" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" +#~ msgstr "Ne pri&hvati" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "All changes will be lost. Really exit?" #~ msgstr "Sve promjene će biti izgubljene!" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/pam.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/pam.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/pam.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/pkg-bindings.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/pkg-bindings.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/pkg-bindings.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ #. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) #: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 -#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:187 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 #, fuzzy msgid "Loading the Package Manager..." msgstr "Učitavam bazu podataka..." @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "" -#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:183 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 #, fuzzy msgid "Read Installed Packages" msgstr "Instaliraj boot powertweak paket?" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/printer.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/printer.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/printer.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:41+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/product-creator.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/product-creator.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/product-creator.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/proxy.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/proxy.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/proxy.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/qt-pkg.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/qt-pkg.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/qt-pkg.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -47,46 +47,46 @@ msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "&Profil repository:" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:418 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419 #, fuzzy msgid "S&earch" msgstr "Traži" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:425 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 #, fuzzy msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "&Testiraj tastaturu:" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:434 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435 #, fuzzy msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "&Instaliraj" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:519 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520 #, fuzzy msgid "D&escription" msgstr "Opis" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:532 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:545 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:561 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562 #, fuzzy msgid "&Versions" msgstr "&Prijedlog" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:579 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580 #, fuzzy msgid "File List" msgstr "Datoteke" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:596 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597 #, fuzzy msgid "Change Log" msgstr "&Promijeni..." @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ #. "Cancel" button #. button #0 #. text -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:623 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 @@ -104,191 +104,191 @@ msgstr "&Odustani" #. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:633 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "Pri&hvati" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:676 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677 #, fuzzy msgid "&File" msgstr "Da&toteke" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:678 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:683 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697 #, fuzzy msgid "&Package" msgstr "&Nazad" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:736 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 #: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 #, fuzzy msgid "All Packages" msgstr "&Nazad" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:738 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:741 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 #: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 #, fuzzy msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "Nadogradi konfiguraciju" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:755 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756 #, fuzzy msgid "&Patch" msgstr "&Putanja do datoteke" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:782 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 #, fuzzy msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "Konfiguracije" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 #, fuzzy msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "&Profil repository:" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785 msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:794 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:796 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798 #, fuzzy msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "&Autodetekcija" #. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:810 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811 #, fuzzy msgid "&Options" msgstr "Opcije" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:813 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814 #, fuzzy msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "&Nazad" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823 #, fuzzy msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "&Nazad" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:830 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831 msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:835 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836 msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:841 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:845 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846 msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:858 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859 msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:860 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 #, fuzzy msgid "Show &Products" msgstr "Proto" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 #, fuzzy msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "&Nazad" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863 msgid "Show &History" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:870 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871 msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:874 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875 msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:877 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878 msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:882 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:902 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903 msgid "&Help" msgstr "P&omoć" #. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out #. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc #. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:908 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909 #, fuzzy msgid "&Overview" msgstr "&Servis" #. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912 msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "" #. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:914 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915 #, fuzzy msgid "&Keys" msgstr "&Da" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1100 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1116 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117 #, fuzzy msgid "P&atches" msgstr "Pert" #. startsWith #. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1178 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179 msgid "Save Package List" msgstr "" @@ -296,59 +296,59 @@ #. parent #. Post error popup. #. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1217 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1311 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 #: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 msgid "Error" msgstr "Greška" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219 msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1230 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231 msgid "Load Package List" msgstr "" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313 msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr "" #. caption #. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1414 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 #, fuzzy msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "Sve promjene će biti izgubljene!" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 #, fuzzy msgid "&Continue" msgstr "Nastavi" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 #, fuzzy msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "&Odustani" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1454 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1473 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr "" #. "OK" button #. addHStretch( hbox ); #. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1698 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 #: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 #: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/qt.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/qt.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/qt.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -66,14 +66,14 @@ msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "" -#: src/YQApplication.cc:640 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:643 msgid "" "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" msgstr "" #. Popup dialog caption -#: src/YQApplication.cc:653 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:656 msgid "Unexpected Click" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/rdp.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/rdp.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/rdp.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/rear.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/rear.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/rear.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/registration.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/registration.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/registration.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -20,49 +20,94 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" #. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:34 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35 #, fuzzy msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "&Datum isteka" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:36 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37 msgid "" -"Select a server from the list or press Cancel\n" -"to use the default SUSE registration server." +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:64 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65 #, fuzzy msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "&Datum isteka" +#. %s is the default SCC URL +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" +msgstr "Konfiguracija powertweak-a" + #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48 #, fuzzy msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "&Datum isteka" #. reset the user input in case an exception is raised -#. register the system -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:134 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:164 +#. nil = use the default URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:144 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:549 +#. register the base product +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192 #, fuzzy msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "&Datum isteka" -#. TODO FIXME: still not the final text +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating the sound volume..." +msgid "Updating to %s ..." +msgstr "Update jačine zvuka..." + +#. display the registration update dialog +#. dialog title +#. dialog title +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registration" +msgstr "&Datum isteka" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registration is being updated..." +msgstr "&Datum isteka" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The previous registration is being updated." +msgstr "Softverska ponuda je resetovana na uobičajene vrijednosti." + +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275 +msgid "" +"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" +"You can manually register the system from scratch." +msgstr "" + #. label text describing the registration (1/2) #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:177 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289 msgid "" "Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/EMail from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" @@ -70,51 +115,53 @@ #. label text describing the registration (2/2), #. not displayed in installed system #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 -msgid "If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system." +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 +msgid "" +"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +"installation has completed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:196 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Configuration..." msgstr "Konfiguracija powertweak-a" -#. make sure to revert the change if something goes wrong -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:205 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:633 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:212 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:373 -msgid "&Email" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "&E-mail Address" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:214 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:239 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:375 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96 #, fuzzy msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "&Datum isteka" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:218 +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332 #, fuzzy +msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +msgstr "&Datum isteka" + +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335 +#, fuzzy msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "&Datum isteka" -#. TODO: improve the help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:226 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and add-on products." +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" -#. dialog title -#. dialog title -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:234 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:646 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:371 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Registration" -msgstr "&Datum isteka" - #. not set yet? -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377 msgid "" "Registration added some update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -122,57 +169,27 @@ "on-line updates during installation?" msgstr "" -#. use two column layout if needed -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:312 -msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:317 +#. cache the available addons +#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 #, fuzzy -msgid "Details" -msgstr "&Detalji..." +msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." +msgstr "&Datum isteka" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:320 -msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" -msgstr "" - -#. popup message, %s are product names -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Automatically selecting '%s'\n" -"dependencies:\n" -"\n" -"%s" -msgstr "" - -#. check the addons requiring a reg. code -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:358 -msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s addons." -msgstr "" - #. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:411 -msgid "Extension Selection" -msgstr "" - -#. cache the available addons -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:485 -msgid "Loading Available Add-on Products and Extensions..." -msgstr "" - -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 #, fuzzy msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "&Datum isteka" -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:595 -msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462 +msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:610 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -184,353 +201,676 @@ msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:636 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494 #, fuzzy msgid "Register Again" msgstr "&Datum isteka" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507 +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" + #. error message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:672 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/scc.rb:42 -msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538 +msgid "" +"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" +"Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:165 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:174 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:194 -msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541 +msgid "" +"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -#. register the base product -#. register addons -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:173 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:193 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Registering Product..." -msgid_plural "Registering Products..." -msgstr[0] "&Datum isteka" -msgstr[1] "&Datum isteka" -msgstr[2] "&Datum isteka" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/scc.rb:44 +msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:213 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208 #, fuzzy msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "Zvu�a konfiguracija je spaena" -#. --------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:238 -msgid "Add-on &Name" +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243 +msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:267 -msgid "Really delete add-on '%s'?" +#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically +#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice +#. but better than aborting the installation... +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259 +msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 -msgid "Name" +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263 +msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49 #, fuzzy -msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "&Datum isteka" -#. TODO FIXME: add a help text -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:312 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 #, fuzzy -msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" +msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "Završavam osnovnu instalaciju" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "&Nastavi instalaciju" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registration Settings" msgstr "&Datum isteka" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:349 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 +msgid "E-mail Address: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 #, fuzzy -msgid "Product Registration" +msgid "Registration Code is Configured" msgstr "&Datum isteka" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:351 -msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" -"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available modules" +msgid "Install Available Updates" +msgstr "Dostupni moduli" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registration Server" +msgstr "&Datum isteka" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Server / Args" +msgid "Server URL: %s" +msgstr "Server / Args" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Use SLP discovery" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:356 -msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" -"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 +msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:364 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 #, fuzzy -msgid "Register the Product" +msgid "Extensions and Modules" msgstr "&Datum isteka" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:379 -msgid "Install Available Patches from Update Repositories" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 +msgid "Secure Connection Error" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:387 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 #, fuzzy -msgid "Server Settings" -msgstr "Snimi postavke" +msgid "Details:" +msgstr "&Detalji..." -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:391 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" -msgstr "&Datum isteka" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 +msgid "Failed Certificate Details" +msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:396 -msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Issued To" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:403 -msgid "Optional Server Certificate" +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61 +msgid "Common Name (CN): " msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:421 +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63 +msgid "Organization (O): " +msgstr "" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65 +msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +msgid "Issued By" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 +msgid "Validity" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 +msgid "Issued On: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 #, fuzzy -msgid "Register Add-ons..." -msgstr "&Datum isteka" +#| msgid "Filter: %1" +msgid "Expires On: " +msgstr "Filter: %1" -#. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:478 -msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" msgstr "" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 +msgid "Serial Number: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38 +msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "" + #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:65 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." +msgstr "&Datum isteka" + +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96 +msgid "" +"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" +"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" +"might take very long time.\n" +"\n" +"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n" +"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n" +"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n" +"the upgrade again." +msgstr "" + +#. add the hint to the error details #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The email address is not known or\n" -"the registration code is not valid." +msgid "Registration failed." msgstr "&Datum isteka" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115 #, fuzzy msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "&Dodatne informacije za korisnika" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:87 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry registration later." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:89 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Registration failed." -msgstr "&Datum isteka" - -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 -msgid "Secure connection error: %s" +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 +msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "" #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184 #, fuzzy msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "&Detalji..." -#. label follwed by a certificate description -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:147 -msgid "Certificate:" +#. progress label +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209 +msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:151 -msgid "Issued To" +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210 +msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:154 -msgid "Issued By" +#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use +#. the original error message from openSSL +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228 +msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:157 -msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " -msgstr "" +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing user and group configuration..." +msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." +msgstr "Upisujem konfiguraciju korisnika i grupe..." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:159 -msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " +#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze +#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM! +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8 +msgid "SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:176 -msgid "Common Name (CN): " +#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10 +msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178 -msgid "Organization (O): " +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Certificate:" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:180 -msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " -msgstr "" - -#. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:194 -msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195 -msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." -msgstr "" - -#. return the boot command line parameter -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Searching..." -msgstr "Tražim..." - -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." -msgstr "&Datum isteka" - #. create UI label for a base product #. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Nepoznat monitor" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "Pokrećem firewall..." #. # error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:176 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:182 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:194 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "" -#. go back if any EULA has not been accepted, let the user deselect the -#. not accepted extension -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:65 +#. ask user to accept an addon EULA +#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon +#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "" #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85 msgid "" "Downloading the license for\n" "%s\n" "failed." msgstr "" +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "%s License Agreement" +msgstr "" + #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:93 -msgid "Extension and Module License Agreement" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37 +msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "" -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:95 -msgid "%s License Agreement" +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "" +"Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" +#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 +msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." +msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" +msgstr[2] "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." +msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" +msgstr[2] "" + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Extension and Module Selection" +msgstr "&Datum isteka" + +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" + +#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Details" +msgstr "&Detalji..." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unavailable" +msgid "%s (not available)" +msgstr "Nedostupno" + +#. check the addons requiring a reg. code +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212 +msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" +msgstr "&Datum isteka" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "Release Type" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registration Code" +msgstr "&Datum isteka" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Download Available Extensions..." +msgstr "" + +#. disable download on a non-registered system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete this group?" +msgid "Really delete '%s'?" +msgstr "Da li zaista želite da izbrišete ovu grupu?" + +#. replace the content +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161 +msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Version" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "&Architecture" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "&Release Type" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register the Product" +msgstr "&Datum isteka" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Server Settings" +msgstr "Snimi postavke" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +msgstr "&Datum isteka" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123 +msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130 +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139 +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "(none)" +msgid "none" +msgstr "(nema)" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." +msgstr "&Datum isteka" + #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:26 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 +msgid "Certificate has expired" +msgstr "" + +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:28 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:124 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:133 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "" + +#. input field label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Credentials" -#~ msgstr "Konfiguracija powertweak-a" +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" +msgstr "&Datum isteka" +#. return the boot command line parameter +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 #, fuzzy +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "Tražim..." + +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +msgstr "&Datum isteka" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Registering Product..." +#~ msgid_plural "Registering Products..." +#~ msgstr[0] "&Datum isteka" +#~ msgstr[1] "&Datum isteka" +#~ msgstr[2] "&Datum isteka" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" +#~ msgstr "&Datum isteka" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Register Add-ons..." +#~ msgstr "&Datum isteka" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Registration" #~ msgstr "Konfiguracija powertweak-a" @@ -563,10 +903,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Hardware" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Registration Status" -#~ msgstr "&Datum isteka" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Optional Information" #~ msgstr "&Dodatne informacije za korisnika" @@ -617,20 +953,11 @@ #~ msgstr "Zvu�a konfiguracija je spaena" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Registration code is missing." -#~ msgstr "&Datum isteka" - -#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Log Messages: %1" #~ msgid "Message: %1" #~ msgstr "Log poruke: %1" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Filter: %1" -#~ msgid "Expiry: %1" -#~ msgstr "Filter: %1" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Registration status is not available." #~ msgstr "&Dodatne informacije za korisnika" @@ -668,14 +995,6 @@ #~ msgstr "nepoznat" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Run during autoinstallation" -#~ msgstr "Završavam osnovnu instalaciju" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Do not run during autoinstallation" -#~ msgstr "&Nastavi instalaciju" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Included Information" #~ msgstr "&Dodatne informacije za korisnika" @@ -717,10 +1036,6 @@ #~ msgstr "&Profil repository:" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The software repositories have been updated." -#~ msgstr "Softverska ponuda je resetovana na uobičajene vrijednosti." - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Find details in the Software Repositories module." #~ msgstr "&Profil repository:" @@ -786,9 +1101,6 @@ #~ msgid "(default)" #~ msgstr "&Podrazumjevani" -#~ msgid "(none)" -#~ msgstr "(nema)" - #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Set Default" #~ msgstr "&Podrazumjevani" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/reipl.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/reipl.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/reipl.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:68 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:91 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ "Nakon gašenja, ponovo učitajte sistem\n" "sa adresom vašeg root DASD.\n" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:105 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -284,31 +284,31 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured reipl methods" msgstr "Podesi izbor sofvera" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336 msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338 msgid "The method ccw is configured." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341 msgid "The method ccw is not supported." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:362 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 msgid "The method fcp is configured." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 msgid "The method fcp is not supported." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/relocation-server.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/relocation-server.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/relocation-server.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/s390.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/s390.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/s390.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/samba-client.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/samba-client.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/samba-client.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -200,6 +200,15 @@ msgid "M&aximum" msgstr "" +#. require_groups +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 +msgid "Allowed Group(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 +msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" +msgstr "" + #. combobox label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 msgid "&Kerberos Method" @@ -826,7 +835,10 @@ msgstr "Pišem novi inetd.conf..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress finished +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Završeno" @@ -897,12 +909,14 @@ msgstr "Metod autentifikacije korisnika" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Da" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106 msgid "No" msgstr "Ne" @@ -925,75 +939,172 @@ "Try again." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 -msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" -msgstr "" +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "Podešavanje inetd-a" +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Podešavanje inetd-a" +msgid "Read the global Samba settings" +msgstr "Pišem novi inetd.conf..." +#. translators: progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Read the global Samba settings" -#~ msgstr "Pišem novi inetd.conf..." +msgid "Read the winbind status" +msgstr "Učitaj bazu podataka" +#. translators: progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Read the winbind status" -#~ msgstr "Učitaj bazu podataka" +msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." +msgstr "Pišem novi inetd.conf..." +#. translators: progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." -#~ msgstr "Pišem novi inetd.conf..." +msgid "Reading the winbind status..." +msgstr "Učitavam bazu podataka..." +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Reading the winbind status..." -#~ msgstr "Učitavam bazu podataka..." +msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "Podešavanje sistemskih komponenti" +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Zapiši postavke" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Disable Samba services" -#~ msgstr "Uključeni servisi" +msgid "Disable Samba services" +msgstr "Uključeni servisi" +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Enable Samba services" -#~ msgstr "Uključeni servisi" +msgid "Enable Samba services" +msgstr "Uključeni servisi" +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Upisujem postavke..." + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Disabling Samba services..." -#~ msgstr "Pronalazim USB uređaje" +msgid "Disabling Samba services..." +msgstr "Pronalazim USB uređaje" +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Enabling Samba services..." -#~ msgstr "Uključeni servisi" +msgid "Enabling Samba services..." +msgstr "Uključeni servisi" +#. write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Cannot start winbind service." -#~ msgstr "Ponovo pokrećem inetd servis..." +msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" +msgstr "Spašavam konfiguraciju inetd servisa" +#. write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." -#~ msgstr "Ponovo pokrećem inetd servis..." +#| msgid "Writing user and group configuration..." +msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgstr "Upisujem konfiguraciju korisnika i grupe..." +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." -#~ msgstr "Ponovo pokrećem inetd servis..." +msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." +msgstr "Napiši novi inetd.conf" +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." -#~ msgstr "Ponovo pokrećem inetd servis..." +msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgstr "Ponovo pokrećem inetd servis..." +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." -#~ msgstr "Napiši novi inetd.conf" +msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." +msgstr "Ponovo pokrećem inetd servis..." +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Global Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Osnovna konfiguracija" +msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." +msgstr "Ponovo pokrećem inetd servis..." +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" -#~ msgstr "Ma&ksimalan broj dana za istu šifru" +msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." +msgstr "Ponovo pokrećem inetd servis..." +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870 #, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." +msgstr "Napiši novi inetd.conf" + +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "Osnovna konfiguracija" + +#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgstr "&Skelet za Home direktorij" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" +msgstr "Metod autentifikacije korisnika" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" +msgstr "Ma&ksimalan broj dana za istu šifru" + +#. summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. summary item: authentication using winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" +msgstr "Metod autentifikacije korisnika" + +#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 +msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" +msgstr "" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "&UNC Path" #~ msgstr "&Putanja do datoteke" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/samba-server.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/samba-server.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/samba-server.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/samba-users.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/samba-users.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/samba-users.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/scanner.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/scanner.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/scanner.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:41+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/security.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/security.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/security.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:41+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/services-manager.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/services-manager.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/services-manager.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -16,12 +16,216 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the default system setttings..." +msgid "Saving default systemd target..." +msgstr "Učitavam podrazumjevane sistemske postavke..." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" +msgstr "" + #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +msgid "&Default systemd target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default (detected)" +msgid "Default systemd target" +msgstr "Podrazumijevana (detektovana)" + +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the default system settings" +msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "Učitaj podrazumjevane sistemske postavke" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the default system setttings..." +msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "Učitavam podrazumjevane sistemske postavke..." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "A&vailable are:" +msgid "Available Targets" +msgstr "Dost&upne su:" + +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219 +msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231 +msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234 +msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237 +msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241 +msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248 +msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251 +msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254 +msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing user and group configuration..." +msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgstr "Upisujem konfiguraciju korisnika i grupe..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the system configuration" +msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" +msgstr "Pišem konfiguraciju sistema" + +#. Fills the dialog contents +#. Fills the dialog contents +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91 +msgid "Default System &Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "Servis" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "Uključeno" + +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Opis" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Stop" +msgid "&Start/Stop" +msgstr "S&tani" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disabled" +msgid "&Enable/Disable" +msgstr "Isključeno" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Details..." +msgid "Show &Details" +msgstr "&Detalji..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service" +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "Servis" + +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the previous settings..." +msgid "Reading services status..." +msgstr "Učitavam prethodne postavke..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "Isključeno" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Inactive" +msgstr "" + +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Active (will start)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Inactive (will stop)" +msgstr "" + +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190 +msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" +msgstr "" + +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" msgstr "" @@ -61,3 +265,67 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "" + +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default Value: " +msgid "Default Target" +msgstr "Podrazumijevana vrijednost:" + +#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. +#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 +msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +msgid "Not configured yet." +msgstr "Još nije podešeno." + +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state +#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " +msgstr "" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Graphics Cards" +msgid "Graphical mode" +msgstr "Grafičke kartice" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24 +msgid "Text mode" +msgstr "" + +#. Systemd targets +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +msgid "Graphical Interface" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +msgid "Emergency Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +msgid "Switch Root" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +msgid "Initrd Default Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31 +msgid "Multi-User System" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32 +msgid "Rescue Mode" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/slp-server.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/slp-server.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/slp-server.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/snapper.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/snapper.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/snapper.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -28,14 +28,14 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Description" msgstr "Opis" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User" msgid "User data" @@ -43,37 +43,37 @@ #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Pre (%1)" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Post (%1)" msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading the database..." msgid "Single snapshot" @@ -81,227 +81,227 @@ #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:265 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Pre" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete this group?" msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" msgstr "Da li zaista želite da izbrišete ovu grupu?" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:392 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Singapore" msgid "Single" msgstr "Singapur" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading the database..." msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "Učitavam bazu podataka..." #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Class Configuration" msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "Klasa konfiguracije" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 #, fuzzy #| msgid "UID" msgid "ID" msgstr "UID" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Type" msgstr "Vrsta" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start-up States" msgid "Start Date" msgstr "Start-up States" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "End Date" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 #, fuzzy #| msgid "New User Defaults" msgid "User Data" msgstr "Podrazumjevane postavke za nove korisnike" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Modify" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:590 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:636 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:764 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:775 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:791 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:822 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Select from list" msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "&Odaberite iz liste" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:859 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "Restore" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Select from list" msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "&Odaberite iz liste" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:931 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:989 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1041 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1046 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1054 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "&Open" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1122 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to delete this user?" msgid "" @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1216 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1234 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -324,17 +324,17 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 msgid "No file was selected for restoring" msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1277 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/sound.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/sound.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/sound.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:41+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/squid.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/squid.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/squid.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -1439,11 +1439,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 msgid "Afrikaans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Afrikaans" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 msgid "Arabic" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Arapski" # AM #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 @@ -1513,7 +1513,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 msgid "Indonesian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Infoneziski" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 msgid "Italian" @@ -1529,7 +1529,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 msgid "Latvian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Latviski" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 msgid "Lithuanian" @@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 msgid "Thai" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tajlandski" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 msgid "Turkish" @@ -1614,7 +1614,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 msgid "Vietnamese" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vijetnamski" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/sshd.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/sshd.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/sshd.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ #. Table header #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Broj" #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Sshd" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/storage.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/storage.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/storage.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:41+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ msgstr "Napravite planove za particije" #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ #. this is the resize case #. #. this is the normal case -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Save settings" @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ msgstr "Snimi postavke" #. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ #. help text continued #. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 msgid "" "\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:182 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 msgid "" "\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -145,15 +145,21 @@ #. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off #. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:230 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:314 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -810,7 +816,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6209 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "" @@ -829,7 +835,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -839,7 +845,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:266 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -849,7 +855,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:279 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -859,7 +865,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:293 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -869,7 +875,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -882,7 +888,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:328 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -892,7 +898,7 @@ msgstr "" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" @@ -903,7 +909,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:365 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -915,7 +921,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:385 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -927,7 +933,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:403 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -936,7 +942,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:422 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -947,22 +953,8 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 msgid "" -"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" -"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" -"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" -"This does not work.\n" -"\n" -"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" -"partition for your files below /boot.\n" -"\n" -"Really use this setup?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:464 -msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" "FAT partition mounted on %1.\n" @@ -976,7 +968,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -991,13 +983,13 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478 #, fuzzy msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Da li zaista želite da izbrišete ovu grupu?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:517 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" @@ -1010,7 +1002,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1019,7 +1011,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1028,7 +1020,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" @@ -1036,7 +1028,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:553 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1044,53 +1036,53 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:608 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:619 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:629 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:662 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:685 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1099,7 +1091,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:815 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1109,7 +1101,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1119,7 +1111,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:837 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1135,15 +1127,15 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:672 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6336 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "Ne zaboravite šifru koju se ovdje upisali." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:675 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "" @@ -1173,7 +1165,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:700 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 #, fuzzy msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "&Unesite šifru za root korisnika:" @@ -1185,7 +1177,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:684 src/modules/Storage.rb:3995 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998 #, fuzzy msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "Ponovo unesite šifru &radi provjere:" @@ -1211,7 +1203,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" @@ -1223,7 +1215,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3959 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" @@ -1556,7 +1548,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6190 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" @@ -1567,21 +1559,21 @@ msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1725 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1734 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1765 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -1613,7 +1605,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" @@ -1626,7 +1618,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1646,7 +1638,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1681,7 +1673,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:653 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1863,12 +1855,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:947 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:974 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -1876,35 +1868,35 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:963 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:988 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995 #, fuzzy msgid "Unmount" msgstr "&Nemoj instalirati" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:979 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1025 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 #, fuzzy msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Da li elite da promjenite CD i pokuate ponovo ?" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1038 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 #, fuzzy msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Da li elite da promjenite CD i pokuate ponovo ?" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 #, fuzzy msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Da li elite da promjenite CD i pokuate ponovo ?" #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 #, fuzzy msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "Detektuj uređaje" @@ -1916,63 +1908,69 @@ msgstr "&Nemoj instalirati" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write passwords" msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "Zapiši šifre" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "&Podesi..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 #, fuzzy +msgid "Configure &FCoE..." +msgstr "&Podesi..." + +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 +#, fuzzy msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "&Podesi..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:133 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "&Podesi..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:141 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "&Podesi..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "&Podesi..." #. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:157 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure..." msgstr "&Podesi..." #. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 #, fuzzy msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "Dost&upne su:" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:184 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:192 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -1980,51 +1978,58 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:202 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:262 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:280 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +msgid "" +"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call FCoE configuration?" +msgstr "" + #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:294 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:303 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:329 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -2303,14 +2308,49 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Choose the role of the device." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Molim vas da odaberete novi jezik za vaš SuSE Linux.\n" +"\n" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Operating System" +msgstr "Podrazumijevana (detektovana)" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "Data and ISV Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +msgid "Swap" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" +msgstr "" + +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +msgid "Role" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" "volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" @@ -2318,63 +2358,63 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." msgstr "" #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 #, fuzzy msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "&Opcije konfiguracije" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 #, fuzzy msgid "Format partition" msgstr "Napravite planove za particije" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "Štampači" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "Štampači" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 #, fuzzy msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "Štampači" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "Štampači" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:281 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "&Nemoj instalirati" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 #, fuzzy msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "Opcije" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 #, fuzzy msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "&Bootaj instalirani sistem" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2383,19 +2423,19 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 #, fuzzy msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "Pravim tačke montiranja" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 #, fuzzy msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "Pravim tačke montiranja" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2405,7 +2445,7 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2414,31 +2454,31 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 #, fuzzy #| msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "Sve promjene će biti izgubljene!" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:693 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 #, fuzzy msgid "Password" msgstr "&Unesite šifru:" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" "on this partition does not support resizing.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 #, fuzzy msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" @@ -2446,31 +2486,31 @@ msgstr "Da li elite da promjenite CD i pokuate ponovo ?" #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:838 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "Štampači" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "Glasno� zvu�e kartice" #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:918 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 #, fuzzy msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "Filter: %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:930 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "" @@ -2478,8 +2518,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:943 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -2491,21 +2531,21 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:963 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 #, fuzzy msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "Preglednik man stranica" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 #, fuzzy @@ -2513,7 +2553,7 @@ msgstr "&Prilagođeno" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "" @@ -2523,7 +2563,7 @@ #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 #, fuzzy @@ -2536,7 +2576,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -2545,12 +2585,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1203 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "" @@ -2758,65 +2798,65 @@ "Molim pokušajte ponovo." #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:537 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "Štampači" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:583 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "Štampači" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 #, fuzzy msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "Štampači" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 #, fuzzy msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "Napravite planove za particije" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:635 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 #, fuzzy msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "Štampači" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 #, fuzzy msgid "Forward" msgstr "&Formatiraj disketu" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:658 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Back" msgid "Backward" msgstr "&Nazad" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 #, fuzzy msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "Pravim planove za particije..." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:716 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 #, fuzzy msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "Da li zaista želite da izbrišete ovu grupu?" @@ -2831,7 +2871,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5161 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" @@ -3754,13 +3794,13 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1017 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "Glasno� zvu�e kartice" #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Glasno� zvu�e kartice" @@ -3974,7 +4014,7 @@ #. tree node label #. dialog heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 #, fuzzy msgid "Settings" msgstr "Snimi postavke" @@ -4177,17 +4217,17 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:631 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:711 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "" @@ -4290,66 +4330,66 @@ #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:34 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "" #. list entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 #, fuzzy msgid "UUID" msgstr "UID" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount by" msgstr "&Nemoj instalirati" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "Učitavam tip konfiguracije..." #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:50 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 #, fuzzy msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "Konfiguracija firewall-a" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 #, fuzzy msgid "Encryption" msgstr "Opis" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:59 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:152 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Putanja do datoteke" #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "Glasno�" @@ -4357,9 +4397,8 @@ #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "Device ID" msgstr "Filter: %1" @@ -4367,49 +4406,60 @@ #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:156 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Path" msgstr "Putanja do datoteke" +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Option" +msgid "Optimal" +msgstr "Opcija" + +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +msgid "Cylinder" +msgstr "" + #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:115 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 #, fuzzy msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "Podrazumjevana &grupa" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:126 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 #, fuzzy msgid "Default File System" msgstr "Podrazumijevana (detektovana)" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "" #. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:183 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" "settings:" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:188 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" @@ -4420,14 +4470,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:201 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" "determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" @@ -4436,14 +4486,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." @@ -4763,12 +4813,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:275 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:284 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" @@ -4777,7 +4827,7 @@ "Korisničo ime mora biti dugo između 2 i 8 znakova.\n" "Molim pokušajte ponovo.\n" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288 #, fuzzy msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" @@ -4785,7 +4835,7 @@ "Molim pokušajte ponovo.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" "Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" @@ -4793,12 +4843,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:316 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317 #, fuzzy msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "" @@ -4806,19 +4856,19 @@ "Molim pokušajte ponovo.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:323 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:470 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" "Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" @@ -4826,37 +4876,37 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:486 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:490 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499 msgid "" "No Access Time:\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:500 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 #, fuzzy msgid "Mountable by &User" msgstr "&Nemoj instalirati" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:504 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:523 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532 msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" @@ -4866,12 +4916,12 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:540 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:546 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -4879,12 +4929,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:565 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583 msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" @@ -4896,40 +4946,40 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:599 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:614 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:631 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" "In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" @@ -4937,90 +4987,90 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:657 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:678 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" "This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" "Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 #, fuzzy msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "Indonesija" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" "Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:756 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 msgid "" "Root Dir Entries:\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:769 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" "This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" "This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" @@ -5028,12 +5078,12 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:805 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" @@ -5041,39 +5091,39 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1051 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060 #, fuzzy msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "Indonesija" #. help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:827 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" "The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 #, fuzzy msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "Indonesija" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" "The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" @@ -5082,12 +5132,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:909 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -5095,31 +5145,31 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 msgid "" "Log Size\n" "Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:945 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:953 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:957 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -5128,19 +5178,19 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:991 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 msgid "" "Bytes per Inode: \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -5153,12 +5203,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1007 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -5166,42 +5216,42 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." msgstr "" #. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 #, fuzzy msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "&Isključi Caps Lock" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1073 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" "Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" @@ -5209,12 +5259,12 @@ msgstr "" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:922 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:932 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" @@ -5227,7 +5277,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:950 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -5240,7 +5290,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:969 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -5250,7 +5300,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -5264,7 +5314,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:975 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "" @@ -5277,7 +5327,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2703 src/modules/Storage.rb:3908 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -5286,7 +5336,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3939 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" @@ -5298,7 +5348,7 @@ "Molim pokušajte ponovo." #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" @@ -5311,29 +5361,29 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4024 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Enter Password:" msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "&Unesite šifru:" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4083 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write passwords" msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Zapiši šifre" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4102 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4117 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120 #, fuzzy msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "Glasno�" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4121 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -5341,14 +5391,14 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Enter Password:" msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "&Unesite šifru:" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4190 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -5356,95 +5406,95 @@ msgstr "" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Enter Password:" msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "&Unesite šifru:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4212 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 #, fuzzy #| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "YAST2 je detektovao slijedeće uređaje" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 #, fuzzy #| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "YAST2 je detektovao slijedeće uređaje" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4228 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4338 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353 #, fuzzy msgid "Disk" msgstr "Danski" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4378 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381 #, fuzzy msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "&ISDN..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4391 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394 #, fuzzy msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "&ISDN..." #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5173 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5213 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5242 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5280 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5452,7 +5502,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5460,7 +5510,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5313 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -5468,18 +5518,18 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6005 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" @@ -6102,46 +6152,46 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4545 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6143 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6158 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 #, fuzzy msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" msgstr "Glasno�" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6176 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197 #, fuzzy msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "Štampači" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6223 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244 #, fuzzy msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "Štampači" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6241 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6251 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Save settings" msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Snimi postavke" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6266 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" @@ -6153,7 +6203,7 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6273 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -6162,34 +6212,34 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6289 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "&Unesite šifru za root korisnika:" #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6321 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342 #, fuzzy msgid "Password:" msgstr "&Unesite šifru:" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6332 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 #, fuzzy msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "Ponovo unesite šifru &radi provjere:" @@ -6217,26 +6267,26 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:177 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 #, fuzzy msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "Podrazumjevana &grupa" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:178 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 #, fuzzy msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "Podrazumijevana (detektovana)" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 #, fuzzy msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "Upozorenje" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/sudo.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/sudo.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/sudo.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/support.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/support.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/support.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -38,11 +38,11 @@ #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 -msgid "Open Novell Support Center" +msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 -msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal." +msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opcije" #. Support overview dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584 @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708 msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Naziv" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "Phone Number" @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 -msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number" +msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "" #. abort? @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Progress" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Progres" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931 msgid "Collected Data Review" @@ -323,8 +323,8 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Opening Novell Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use Open Novell Support Center.\n" +"<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" "You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<big>Privacy Policy</big> \n" -"Find Novell's privacy policy at\n" +"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" "%1.\n" msgstr "" @@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -792,7 +792,7 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:329 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zapiši postavke" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:331 @@ -802,7 +802,7 @@ #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:335 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Upisujem postavke..." #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:337 @@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ #. Progress finished #: src/modules/Support.rb:339 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Završeno" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/sysconfig.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/sysconfig.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/sysconfig.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 16.07.2003. 15:26\n" "Last-Translator: Adis Nezirovic <adis(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <lokal(a)lugbih.org>\n" @@ -500,80 +500,147 @@ "Molim sačekajte trenutak... \n" "\n" +#. Translation: Progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159 +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "Tražim..." + +#. Display confirmation dialog +#. @param [String] message Confirmation message +#. @param [String] command Command to confirm +#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" -#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" -#~ " it will not touch it.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ " SuSEconfig će sačuvati checksum svake konf. datoteke, tako da može detektovati ako\n" -#~ "ste ručno mijenjati neku od njih. Ako ste promijenili konf. datoteku ručno,\n" -#~ "neće je mijenjati." +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "Command output:" +msgid "Command: " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Izvještaj:" -#~ msgid "Searching..." -#~ msgstr "Tražim..." +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889 +msgid "S&kip" +msgstr "" +#. get activation map for variable +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171 +msgid "A command will be executed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Starting command: %1..." -#~ msgstr "String ne moe sadravati: %1" +msgid "Starting command: %1..." +msgstr "String ne moe sadravati: %1" -#~ msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Snimam konfiguraciju sysconfig-a" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Command %1 failed" +msgstr "Konfiguracija uspješno sačuvana." +#. write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009 +msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" +msgstr "Snimam konfiguraciju sysconfig-a" + +#. progress bar item +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Write the new settings" -#~ msgstr "Zapiši postavke" +msgid "Write the new settings" +msgstr "Zapiši postavke" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Activate the changes" -#~ msgstr "&Aktiviraj ili deaktiviraj" +msgid "Activate the changes" +msgstr "&Aktiviraj ili deaktiviraj" +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Saving variable %1..." -#~ msgstr "Spaavanje ..." +msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." +msgstr "Spaavanje ..." +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "All configuration scripts will be started." -#~ msgstr "Zvu�a konfiguracija � biti sada spaena." +msgid "Saving variable %1..." +msgstr "Spaavanje ..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Starting configuration scripts..." -#~ msgstr "Konfiguracija je prazna" +#| msgid "Saving settings..." +msgid "Saving changes to the files..." +msgstr "Snimam postavke..." +#. service is running, reload it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100 +msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Configuration script failed." -#~ msgstr "Konfiguracija je prazna" +msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgstr "Ponovo pokrećem inetd servis..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Configuration module %1 will be started." -#~ msgstr "Zvu�a konfiguracija � biti sada spaena." +msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "Ponovo pokreni inetd servis" +#. service is running, restart it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Starting configuration module %1..." -#~ msgstr "String ne moe sadravati: %1" +msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" +msgstr "Zvu�a konfiguracija � biti sada spaena." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Configuration module %1 failed." -#~ msgstr "Konfiguracija uspješno sačuvana." +msgid "Restarting service %1..." +msgstr "Ponovo pokrećem inetd servis..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Reloading service %1..." -#~ msgstr "Ponovo pokrećem inetd servis..." +msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "Ponovo pokreni inetd servis" +#. set 100% in progress bar +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Završeno" + +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269 +msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgstr "Sažetak konfiguracije" + #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Restarting service %1..." -#~ msgstr "Ponovo pokrećem inetd servis..." +#~ msgid "" +#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" +#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" +#~ " it will not touch it.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " SuSEconfig će sačuvati checksum svake konf. datoteke, tako da može detektovati ako\n" +#~ "ste ručno mijenjati neku od njih. Ako ste promijenili konf. datoteku ručno,\n" +#~ "neće je mijenjati." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "Ponovo pokreni inetd servis" +#~ msgid "All configuration scripts will be started." +#~ msgstr "Zvu�a konfiguracija � biti sada spaena." -#~ msgid "Finished" -#~ msgstr "Završeno" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Starting configuration scripts..." +#~ msgstr "Konfiguracija je prazna" -#~ msgid "Configuration Summary" -#~ msgstr "Sažetak konfiguracije" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Configuration script failed." +#~ msgstr "Konfiguracija je prazna" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Starting configuration module %1..." +#~ msgstr "String ne moe sadravati: %1" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Here, see the values YaST2 will change.\n" #~ "Choose \"OK\" for YaST2 to save these changes.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/tftp-server.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/tftp-server.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/tftp-server.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/timezone_db.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/timezone_db.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/timezone_db.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 16.07.2003. 15:27\n" "Last-Translator: Adis Nezirovic <adis(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <lokal(a)lugbih.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/tune.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/tune.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/tune.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:41+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -19,55 +19,61 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:47 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "" #. translators: popup heading -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:71 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 #, fuzzy msgid "Probing Hardware..." msgstr "Podesi &hardware..." #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:74 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Progres" #. title label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:292 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 msgid "&All Entries" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:304 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 msgid "&Save to File..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:313 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 #, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Information" msgstr "Hardware" #. help text -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:316 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 msgid "" "The Hardware Information module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:319 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." msgstr "" +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +msgid "System and Hardware Settings" +msgstr "Snimi postavke" + #. this is a heading #. tree node string -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:48 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 msgid "System" msgstr "Sistem" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 #, fuzzy msgid "S&ystem" msgstr "Sistem" @@ -1427,10 +1433,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Snimi postavke" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "System Settings" -#~ msgstr "Snimi postavke" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Saving System Settings..." #~ msgstr "Snimam postavke..." Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/update.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/update.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/update.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 13:22+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:41+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ #. screen title for update options #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:298 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278 #, fuzzy msgid "Update Options" msgstr "Update konfiguraciju" @@ -161,18 +161,18 @@ #. Table item (unknown file system) #. label - name of sustem to update #. starts with >`< -#. label for an unknown installed system +#. Get installed release name +#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:95 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:101 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:121 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1969 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Nepoznato" #. label showing to which version we are updating -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal summary item, %1 is a product name -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:198 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 #, fuzzy msgid "Update to %1" msgstr "Izaberite jezik" @@ -233,9 +233,19 @@ "packages during the update.\n" msgstr "" -#. yes/no question +#. warning / question #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231 msgid "" +"Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n" +"lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n" +"adjust the list of packages yourself.\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243 +msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to reset your detailed selection?" msgstr "" @@ -243,14 +253,14 @@ #. error report #. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount #. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:70 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:379 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 #, fuzzy msgid "Failed to mount target system" msgstr "Spašavam konfiguracijske podatke na određeni sistem." #. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:75 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." msgstr "" @@ -329,13 +339,13 @@ #. error message in proposal #. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:83 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:404 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "Ne mogu učitati bazu podataka TV kartica." #. error message in proposal -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:99 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." msgstr "" @@ -343,15 +353,15 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:108 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:126 -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:169 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:175 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Nepoznat monitor" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system #. %2 is the version being installed -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 msgid "" "Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" @@ -359,23 +369,23 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:162 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." msgstr "" #. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:214 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "" #. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:229 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206 #, fuzzy msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "Update konfiguraciju" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:255 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232 msgid "" "<big>Update Options</big> Select how your system will be updated.\n" "Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n" @@ -384,18 +394,18 @@ msgstr "" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 #, fuzzy msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "Update konfiguraciju" #. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:407 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:541 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -404,29 +414,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:88 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Linux" msgstr "Nepoznato" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:91 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux" msgstr "Nepoznat monitor" #. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:113 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "" #. label for selection of root partition (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:181 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186 msgid "Partition or System to Boot:" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:184 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -438,13 +448,13 @@ "\n" #. label for selection of root partition (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:191 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196 #, fuzzy msgid "Partition or System to Update:" msgstr "Nadogradnja Sistema" #. help text for root partition dialog (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:194 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -456,13 +466,13 @@ "\n" #. headline for dialog "Select for update" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:202 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207 #, fuzzy msgid "Select for Update" msgstr "&Odaberite iz liste" #. help text for root partition dialog (general part) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:209 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214 msgid "" "\n" "Show All Partitions expands the list to a\n" @@ -471,72 +481,72 @@ msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:229 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234 msgid "System" msgstr "Sistem" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:231 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236 msgid "Partition" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:233 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:235 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240 #, fuzzy msgid "File System" msgstr "Izaberite model miša" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:237 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242 msgid "Label" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:247 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252 msgid "&Show All Partitions" msgstr "" #. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:278 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283 #, fuzzy msgid "&Boot" msgstr "Bogota" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:348 +#. error popup +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354 msgid "" "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n" "on the selected partition." msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:358 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 msgid "" "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n" "is different from the one of this product.\n" msgstr "" #. pop-up question -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:388 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:392 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398 #, fuzzy msgid "&Yes, Use It" msgstr "&Da, instaliraj" #. Target load failed, #466803 #. Target load failed, #466803 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:426 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:451 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461 msgid "" "Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n" "It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n" @@ -544,30 +554,30 @@ "Are you sure you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:432 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:457 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467 #, fuzzy msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "Nastavi" #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." msgstr "" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -577,7 +587,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "" @@ -586,26 +596,26 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415 #, fuzzy msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "&Detalji..." #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "Provjeravam izbrisane korisnike..." #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529 #, fuzzy msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "Izaberite model miša" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -613,25 +623,25 @@ msgstr "" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542 #, fuzzy msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "Mountain" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1059 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Upozorenje" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1167 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -642,7 +652,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1259 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -655,43 +665,43 @@ msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1277 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276 #, fuzzy msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "&Napredne opcije" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1293 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Opcije" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1296 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295 #, fuzzy msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "Mountain" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298 #, fuzzy msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Servis" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1381 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -699,17 +709,17 @@ "udev path: %6" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1436 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 msgid "None" msgstr "Nijedan" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1464 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -717,23 +727,23 @@ msgstr "" #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1477 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Info" msgstr "&Servis" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1624 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1655 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -743,7 +753,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -752,18 +762,18 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1717 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716 #, fuzzy msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "Soundfont-datoteke nisu naene." #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1742 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1747 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "" @@ -784,40 +794,66 @@ msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "" +#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file. +#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation. +#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing. +#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open. +#. +#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/" +#. @return [String] product name +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65 +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74 +msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}" +msgstr "" + #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Nepoznat monitor" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box, it might happen that we need to downgrade some packages during update -#: src/modules/Update.rb:817 -msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" +#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case +#. and we don't continue further +#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" +"%{patterns}" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:18 control/update.glade:42 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" +"%{packages}" +msgstr "" + +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5 #, fuzzy msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Update konfiguraciju" -#: control/update.glade:34 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4 #, fuzzy msgid "Update" msgstr "Izaberite jezik" -#: control/update.glade:48 control/update.glade:52 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7 #, fuzzy msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "&Odaberite iz liste" -#: control/update.glade:63 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8 #, fuzzy msgid "Update System Configuration" msgstr "Nadogradi konfiguraciju" -#: control/update.glade:71 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9 #, fuzzy msgid "Update Configuration" msgstr "Nadogradi konfiguraciju" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/users.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/users.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/users.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: users.bs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-07-24 18:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Adis Nezirovic <adis(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <lokal(a)lugbih.org>\n" @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ msgstr "Šifra za \"root-a\", administratora sistema" #. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise user to remember his new password +#. advise users to remember their new password #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgstr "Ne zaboravite šifru koju se ovdje upisali." @@ -4791,23 +4791,23 @@ "Prvo uklonite korisnike iz grupe. \n" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6596 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6606 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622 #, fuzzy msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "Desktop postavke" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6619 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/vm.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/vm.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/vm.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -32,144 +32,184 @@ msgstr "" #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:148 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:167 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" msgstr "" #. progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:184 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281 #, fuzzy msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "Instaliraj boot powertweak paket?" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:186 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "Osnovna konfiguracija" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:201 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "Podešavam izbor softvera..." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:204 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:208 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:212 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:216 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 #, fuzzy msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "Zvu�a konfiguracija � biti sada spaena." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:224 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233 msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:241 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236 +msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" +msgstr "Podešavam izbor softvera..." + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:249 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252 +msgid "KVM server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253 +msgid "KVM tools" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "" -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:276 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260 +msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:294 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Please select the parameter\n" +#| "your want to edit first." +msgid "Virtualization client tools" +msgstr "" +"Molim odaberite parametar \n" +"koji želite konfigurisati." + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Xen server" +msgstr "&Postavke" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309 +msgid "Xen tools" +msgstr "" + #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:372 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384 #, fuzzy msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "Postavke instalacije" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:380 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392 #, fuzzy msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "Zvu�a konfiguracija � biti sada spaena." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:387 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:398 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:411 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:424 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "Provjeravam izbrisane korisnike..." #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:427 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "Instaliraj boot powertweak paket?" #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:432 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "" #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:449 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading the configuration type..." msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "Učitavam tip konfiguracije..." #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:460 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "Podesi zvučnu karticu" #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:481 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "Mrežni servisi" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:482 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" msgstr "" @@ -182,23 +222,23 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:540 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:543 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:546 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:549 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:550 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Please select the parameter\n" @@ -208,7 +248,7 @@ "Molim odaberite parametar \n" "koji želite konfigurisati." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:551 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568 msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "" @@ -268,10 +308,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Pokušaj ponovo" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Preserve" -#~ msgstr "&Postavke" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Kernel: %1" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Spajanje nije uspjelo:\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/wagon.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/wagon.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/wagon.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/wol.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/wol.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/wol.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/xpram.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/xpram.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/xpram.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/yast2-apparmor.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/yast2-apparmor.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/yast2-apparmor.bs.po 2014-10-07 15:38:54 UTC (rev 89766) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -317,11 +317,11 @@ #. May want to replace Wizard() with UI() #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:181 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:229 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:239 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:268 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:287 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112 #, fuzzy msgid "&Done" @@ -1122,65 +1122,73 @@ msgid "Could not recognize mode: " msgstr "" -#. restarts ag_complain agent if necessary -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:128 +#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117 +msgid "enforce" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118 +msgid "complain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134 msgid "Show All Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:129 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles" msgstr "Podesi izbor sofvera" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:132 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138 msgid "Show Active Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:133 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139 msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles" msgstr "" #. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"), #. TODO switch to variable in a module #. TODO plain reread does not work here -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439 #, fuzzy msgid "Profile Name" msgstr "Ime grupe" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Mod" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:154 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160 msgid "Toggle Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:155 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161 msgid "Set All to Enforce" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:156 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162 msgid "Set All to Complain" msgstr "" #. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:177 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183 #, fuzzy msgid "Profile Mode Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguracija powertweak-a" #. We'll need this often - cache it -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:225 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:264 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:283 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure Profile Mode" msgstr "Podesi bootloader" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:291 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select an external interface." msgid "Select an action to perform." -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89765 - trunk/yast/nl/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 17:38:38 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89765 Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/add-on-creator.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/add-on.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/audit-laf.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-client.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-server.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/base.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/ca-management.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/cio.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/cluster.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/control-center.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/control.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/country.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/crowbar.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/dhcp-server.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/dns-server.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/drbd.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/fcoe-client.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/firewall-services.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/firewall.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/firstboot.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/ftp-server.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/geo-cluster.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/gtk.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/http-server.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/inetd.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/installation.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/instserver.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/iplb.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-client.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-lio-server.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-server.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/isns.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/kerberos-server.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/kerberos.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/languages_db.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/ldap-client.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/ldap-server.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/ldap.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/live-installer.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/lxc.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/mail.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/multipath.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/ncurses-pkg.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/ncurses.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/network.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/nfs.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/nfs_server.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/nis.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/nis_server.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/ntp-client.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/oneclickinstall.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/online-update-configuration.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/online-update.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/opensuse_mirror.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/packager.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/pam.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/pkg-bindings.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/printer.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/product-creator.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/proxy.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/qt-pkg.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/qt.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/rdp.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/rear.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/reipl.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/relocation-server.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/s390.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/samba-client.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/samba-server.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/samba-users.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/scanner.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/security.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/services-manager.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/slp-server.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/snapper.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/sound.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/squid.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/sshd.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/sudo.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/support.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/sysconfig.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/tftp-server.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/timezone_db.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/tune.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/update.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/users.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/vm.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/wagon.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/wol.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/xpram.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/yast2-apparmor.nl.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/add-on-creator.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/add-on-creator.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/add-on-creator.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-06 21:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/add-on.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/add-on.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/add-on.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-03 14:10+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-03-30 22:48+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -51,8 +51,7 @@ "Informatie over Addon-module\n" "----------------------------\n" "\n" -"Om een nieuw addon-product via de commandoregel toe te voegen gebruikt u " -"deze syntaxis:\n" +"Om een nieuw addon-product via de commandoregel toe te voegen gebruikt u deze syntaxis:\n" " /sbin/yast2 add-on URL\n" "URL is het pad naar de addon-bron.\n" "\n" @@ -65,12 +64,8 @@ "dvd://\n" #: src/clients/add-on.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"Naam doelbestand (optie 'xmlfile') ontbreekt. Gebruik de commandoregeloptie " -"xmlfile=<XML-doelbestand>." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Naam doelbestand (optie 'xmlfile') ontbreekt. Gebruik de commandoregeloptie xmlfile=<XML-doelbestand>." #. dialog caption #. this is a heading @@ -155,11 +150,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:226 -msgid "" -"Select the language extensions to be installed then click OK." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer de taaluitbreidingen die u wilt installeren en klik daarna op " -"OK." +msgid "Select the language extensions to be installed then click OK." +msgstr "Selecteer de taaluitbreidingen die u wilt installeren en klik daarna op OK." #. TRANSLATORS: popup question #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:245 @@ -213,8 +205,7 @@ "The CD-ROM data does not match the running Linux system.\n" "Aborting now.\n" msgstr "" -"De gegevens op de CD-ROM komen niet overeen met het draaiende Linux-" -"systeem.\n" +"De gegevens op de CD-ROM komen niet overeen met het draaiende Linux-systeem.\n" "Er wordt nu gestopt.\n" #. VENDOR: dialog heading @@ -354,9 +345,7 @@ #. message popup #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." -msgstr "" -"Afhankelijkheden van de geselecteerde addon-producten konden niet worden " -"opgelost." +msgstr "Afhankelijkheden van de geselecteerde addon-producten konden niet worden opgelost." #. Help for add-on products #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 @@ -369,8 +358,7 @@ "<big>Addon-productinstallatie</big> \n" "Hier ziet u alle addon-producten die voor installatie zijn geselecteerd.\n" "Om een nieuw product toe te voegen, klik op Toevoegen. Om een\n" -"toegevoegd product te verwijderen, selecteer het en klik op Verwijderen</" -"b>." +"toegevoegd product te verwijderen, selecteer het en klik op Verwijderen." #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 @@ -420,18 +408,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." -msgstr "" -"Alle addon-producten die op uw systeem zijn geïnstalleerd worden getoond." -"" +msgstr "Alle addon-producten die op uw systeem zijn geïnstalleerd worden getoond." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 -msgid "" -"Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove " -"an add-on which is in use." -msgstr "" -"Klik op Toevoegen-knop om een nieuw addon-product toe te voegen of " -"op Verwijderen om een in gebruik zijnde addon te verwijderen." +msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." +msgstr "Klik op Toevoegen-knop om een nieuw addon-product toe te voegen of op Verwijderen om een in gebruik zijnde addon te verwijderen." #. no items #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 @@ -482,8 +464,7 @@ "\n" "Are sure you want to delete it?" msgstr "" -"Verwijderen van het addon-product %1 kan tot gevolg hebben dat alle vanaf " -"deze addon\n" +"Verwijderen van het addon-product %1 kan tot gevolg hebben dat alle vanaf deze addon\n" "geïnstalleerde pakketten verwijderd worden.\n" "\n" "Wilt u het echt verwijderen?" @@ -507,22 +488,16 @@ "\n" "Do you want to skip using add-on products?" msgstr "" -"Uw systeem heeft onvoldoende geheugen voor het gebruiken van addon-" -"producten\n" -"tijdens de installatie. U kunt de addon-producten later op een draaiend " -"systeem toevoegen.\n" +"Uw systeem heeft onvoldoende geheugen voor het gebruiken van addon-producten\n" +"tijdens de installatie. U kunt de addon-producten later op een draaiend systeem toevoegen.\n" "\n" "Wilt u het gebruik van addon-producten overslaan?" #~ msgid "&Select Language Extensions to be Installed" #~ msgstr "&Selecteer de te installeren taaluitbreidingen" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the language extensions to be installed and then click the " -#~ "OK button." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selecteer de taaluitbreidingen die u wilt installeren en klik op de " -#~ "OK-knop." +#~ msgid "Select the language extensions to be installed and then click the OK button." +#~ msgstr "Selecteer de taaluitbreidingen die u wilt installeren en klik op de OK-knop." #~ msgid "Reading packages available at the installation repositories..." #~ msgstr "Lezen van de beschikbare pakketten in de installatiebronnen..." Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/audit-laf.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/audit-laf.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/audit-laf.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -76,9 +76,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for frequency option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:130 msgid "How many records to write before a flush to disk is issued" -msgstr "" -"Hoeveel records schrijven alvorens een schrijfactie naar de schijf wordt " -"gedaan" +msgstr "Hoeveel records schrijven alvorens een schrijfactie naar de schijf wordt gedaan" #. translators: command line help text for max_log_file option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:137 @@ -108,8 +106,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for space_left option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:174 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system starts to run low" -msgstr "" -"Vrije ruimte op de logpartitie (in MByte) wanneer deze als laag wordt gezien" +msgstr "Vrije ruimte op de logpartitie (in MByte) wanneer deze als laag wordt gezien" #. translators: command line help text for space_left_action option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:181 @@ -124,8 +121,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:203 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system is running low" -msgstr "" -"Vrije ruimte op de logpartitie (in MByte) wanneer deze als laag wordt gezien" +msgstr "Vrije ruimte op de logpartitie (in MByte) wanneer deze als laag wordt gezien" #. command line help text for admin_space_left_action option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:210 @@ -135,15 +131,12 @@ #. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:225 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if admin_space_left is reached" -msgstr "" -"Uit te voeren script (volledige padnaam) als admin_space_left is bereikt" +msgstr "Uit te voeren script (volledige padnaam) als admin_space_left is bereikt" #. command line help text for action_mail_acct option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:232 msgid "Mail sent to this account (if space_left_action set to EMAIL)" -msgstr "" -"E-mail wordt naar dit adres gestuurd (als actie bij te lage overgebleven " -"ruimte is ingesteld op EMAIL)" +msgstr "E-mail wordt naar dit adres gestuurd (als actie bij te lage overgebleven ruimte is ingesteld op EMAIL)" #. command line help text for disk_full_action option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:239 @@ -250,9 +243,7 @@ #. Report error - error during reset #: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:492 msgid "Cannot reset rules. Check /etc/audit/audit.rules." -msgstr "" -"Kan de regels niet opnieuw instellen. De regels in /etc/audit/audit.rules " -"controleren." +msgstr "Kan de regels niet opnieuw instellen. De regels in /etc/audit/audit.rules controleren." #. Handle actions of rules dialog #: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:560 @@ -500,12 +491,10 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big> \n" "\n" msgstr "" -"<big>De configuratie van het Linux Audit Framework wordt " -"geïnitialiseerd</big> \n" +"<big>De configuratie van het Linux Audit Framework wordt geïnitialiseerd</big> \n" "\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 @@ -515,8 +504,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " -"te klikken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:43 @@ -544,33 +532,22 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big> \n" -"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is " -"responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file /var/" -"log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" -"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications " -"which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file " -"watches)." +"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" +"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches)." msgstr "" "<big>Auditd logbestandconfiguratie</big> \n" -"De audit-daemon logt alle relevante audit-gebeurtenissen naar het standaard " -"logbestand /var/log/audit/audit.log.\n" -"Gebeurtenissen kunnen van de apparmor kernelmodule komen , van " -"applicaties\n" -"die libaudit gebruiken (e.g. PAM) of incidenten veroorzaakt door " -"regels (e.g. bestandbewaking)." +"De audit-daemon logt alle relevante audit-gebeurtenissen naar het standaard logbestand /var/log/audit/audit.log.\n" +"Gebeurtenissen kunnen van de apparmor kernelmodule komen , van applicaties\n" +"die libaudit gebruiken (e.g. PAM) of incidenten veroorzaakt door regels (e.g. bestandbewaking)." #. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60 msgid "" -"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules " -"and the possibility to add rules.\n" -"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page ('man auditd.conf')." +"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules and the possibility to add rules.\n" +"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd.conf')." msgstr "" -"Meer informatie over regels en de mogelijkheid om regels toe te voegen " -"biedt de dialoog Regels voor auditctl.\n" -"Gedetailleerde informatie over de instellingen van de logbestanden kunnen " -"verkregen worden uit 'man auditd.conf'." +"Meer informatie over regels en de mogelijkheid om regels toe te voegen biedt de dialoog Regels voor auditctl.\n" +"Gedetailleerde informatie over de instellingen van de logbestanden kunnen verkregen worden uit 'man auditd.conf'." #. logfile_settings dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:64 @@ -584,89 +561,64 @@ #. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68 msgid "" -"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly " -"as the kernel\n" -"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of " -"writing it on disk (does not affect\n" +"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly as the kernel\n" +"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\n" "data sent to the dispatcher). " msgstr "" -"Formaat: ingesteld op RAW om alle data te loggen " -"(opgeslagen in een formaat zoals de kernel\n" -"het heeft verzonden) of NOLOG om alle audit-informatie weg te gooien " -"in plaats van het naar schijf te\n" -"schrijven (heeft geen invloed op de data die naar het verdeelprogramma wordt " -"gezonden). " +"Formaat: ingesteld op RAW om alle data te loggen (opgeslagen in een formaat zoals de kernel\n" +"het heeft verzonden) of NOLOG om alle audit-informatie weg te gooien in plaats van het naar schijf te\n" +"schrijven (heeft geen invloed op de data die naar het verdeelprogramma wordt gezonden). " #. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74 msgid "" -"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to " -"INCREMENTAL the\n" -"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an " -"explicit flush to disk.\n" -"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: " -"keep data portion synced,\n" +"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to INCREMENTAL the\n" +"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an explicit flush to disk.\n" +"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: keep data portion synced,\n" "SYNC: keep data and meta-data fully synced." msgstr "" -"Leegmaken: (van buffer) beschrijft hoe de data naar schijf wordt " -"geschreven. Als deze is ingesteld op\n" -"INCREMENTEEL dan geeft de Frequentie-parameter aan hoeveel " -"records in de buffer te schrijven alvorens\n" +"Leegmaken: (van buffer) beschrijft hoe de data naar schijf wordt geschreven. Als deze is ingesteld op\n" +"INCREMENTEEL dan geeft de Frequentie-parameter aan hoeveel records in de buffer te schrijven alvorens\n" "deze expliciet leeg te maken naar schijf.\n" -"NONE betekent: geen speciale inspanning bij het leegmaken, DATA</" -"i>: houd het datagedeelte gesynchroniseerd,\n" +"NONE betekent: geen speciale inspanning bij het leegmaken, DATA: houd het datagedeelte gesynchroniseerd,\n" "SYNC: houd de data en de meta-data volledig gesynchroniseerd." #. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81 msgid "" -"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take " -"when this\n" +"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take when this\n" "value is reached via Size and Action.\n" msgstr "" -"Configureer de maximum grootte van het logbestand en de te nemen actie " -"als deze\n" +"Configureer de maximum grootte van het logbestand en de te nemen actie als deze\n" "waarde is bereikt via Grootte en actie.\n" #. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files " -"specifies the number\n" -"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a " -"warning\n" -"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records " -"to\n" +"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files specifies the number\n" +"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a warning\n" +"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records to\n" "disk. IGNORE means do nothing, KEEP_LOGS is similar\n" "to ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.\n" msgstr "" -"Als de actie is ingesteld op ROTEREN dan specificeert Aantal " -"logbestanden het aantal\n" -"te bewaren bestanden. Met SYSLOG zal de audit-daemon een waarschuwing " -"schrijven naar\n" -"/var/log/messages, met SUSPEND stopt de daemon met schrijven van " -"records naar schijf,\n" +"Als de actie is ingesteld op ROTEREN dan specificeert Aantal logbestanden het aantal\n" +"te bewaren bestanden. Met SYSLOG zal de audit-daemon een waarschuwing schrijven naar\n" +"/var/log/messages, met SUSPEND stopt de daemon met schrijven van records naar schijf,\n" "IGNORE: betekent doe niets, KEEP_LOGS is hetzelfde\n" "als ROTEREN, maar logbestanden worden niet overschreven.\n" #. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93 msgid "" -"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to " -"the\n" +"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to the\n" "log file. If USER is set, the User Defined Name is\n" -"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses " -"the\n" -"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully " -"qualified\n" +"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses the\n" +"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully qualified\n" "domain name.\n" msgstr "" -"Opmaak voor computernaam beschrijft hoe de computernaam naar het " -"logbestand\n" -"geschreven moet worden. Als USER is ingesteld wordt de " -"Gebruikergedefinieerde\n" -"naam gebruikt. NONE betekent dat er geen computernaam ingevoegd " -"wordt,\n" +"Opmaak voor computernaam beschrijft hoe de computernaam naar het logbestand\n" +"geschreven moet worden. Als USER is ingesteld wordt de Gebruikergedefinieerde\n" +"naam gebruikt. NONE betekent dat er geen computernaam ingevoegd wordt,\n" "HOSTNAME is de naam teruggeven door de 'gethostname'-systeemoproep,\n" "FQD: volledig gekwalificeerde domeinnaam\n" @@ -674,50 +626,39 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big> \n" -"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page\n" +"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual page\n" "('man auditd.conf')." msgstr "" "<big>Configuratie voor Auditd verdeelprogramma </big> \n" -"Gedetailleerde informatie over de instellingen voor het verdeelprogramma " -"kunnen verkregen worden met 'man auditd.conf'." +"Gedetailleerde informatie over de instellingen voor het verdeelprogramma kunnen verkregen worden met 'man auditd.conf'." #. dispatcher dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107 msgid "" -"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon " -"and\n" +"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon and\n" "gets all audit events on stdin." msgstr "" -"Verdeelprogramma: Het verdeelprogramma wordt gestart door de audit-" -"daemon en\n" +"Verdeelprogramma: Het verdeelprogramma wordt gestart door de audit-daemon en\n" "krijgt alle audit-events op stdin." #. dispatcher dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and " -"the dispatcher\n" -"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the " -"dispatcher are discarded\n" -"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want " -"a blocking/lossless\n" +"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and the dispatcher\n" +"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the dispatcher are discarded\n" +"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want a blocking/lossless\n" "communication." msgstr "" -"Communicatie: Bestuurt de communicatie tussen de daemon en het " -"verdeelprogramma.\n" -"Optie lossy (standaard) betekent dat gebeurtenissen die naar de " -"verdeler gaan weggegooid\n" -"worden als deze wachtrij (128k buffer) vol is. Kies lossless als u " -"een geblokkeerde\n" +"Communicatie: Bestuurt de communicatie tussen de daemon en het verdeelprogramma.\n" +"Optie lossy (standaard) betekent dat gebeurtenissen die naar de verdeler gaan weggegooid\n" +"worden als deze wachtrij (128k buffer) vol is. Kies lossless als u een geblokkeerde\n" "communicatie wilt zonder verlies." #. dispatcher dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "The dispatcher 'audispd' is an audit event multiplexor.\n" -"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd." -"conf')." +"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf')." msgstr "" "De verdeler 'audispd' is een audit-gebeurtenis-multiplexor\n" "(voor meer informatie zie 'man audispd' en 'man audispd.conf'." @@ -728,10 +669,8 @@ "Note: The dispatcher program must be owned by 'root', have '0750'\n" " file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\n" msgstr "" -"Opmerking: Het verdeelprogramma moet als eigenaar root hebben, " -"moet '0750'\n" -" als bestandspermissies hebben en de volledige padnaam moet ingevoerd zijn.</" -"p>\n" +"Opmerking: Het verdeelprogramma moet als eigenaar root hebben, moet '0750'\n" +" als bestandspermissies hebben en de volledige padnaam moet ingevoerd zijn.\n" #. disk space dialog help 1/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:126 @@ -741,89 +680,63 @@ "For detailed information, refer to the manual page ('man auditd.conf').\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuratie voor de schijfruimte van auditd</big> \n" -"De instellingen die hier worden gemaakt verwijzen naar de schijfruimte op de " -"logpartitie.\n" -"Voor gedetailleerde informatie wordt verwezen naar de man-pagina ('man " -"auditd.conf').\n" +"De instellingen die hier worden gemaakt verwijzen naar de schijfruimte op de logpartitie.\n" +"Voor gedetailleerde informatie wordt verwezen naar de man-pagina ('man auditd.conf').\n" #. disk space dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform " -"an Action because\n" +"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an Action because\n" "the system is starting to run low on space." -msgstr "" -"Overgebleven ruimte (in megabytes) vertelt de daemon wanneer een " -"Actie uit te voeren omdat het systeem een laag niveau aan ruimte " -"begint te krijgen." +msgstr "Overgebleven ruimte (in megabytes) vertelt de daemon wanneer een Actie uit te voeren omdat het systeem een laag niveau aan ruimte begint te krijgen." #. disk space dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136 msgid "" -"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The " -"system is running\n" -"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action</" -"b> will be performed." +"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The system is running\n" +"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action will be performed." msgstr "" -"De waarde voor Administratieve overgebleven ruimte zou lager " -"moeten zijn dan hierboven. Het systeem\n" -"begint te weinig schijfruimte te krijgen als deze waarde is bereikt " -"en de gespecificeerde Actie zal worden uitgevoerd." +"De waarde voor Administratieve overgebleven ruimte zou lager moeten zijn dan hierboven. Het systeem\n" +"begint te weinig schijfruimte te krijgen als deze waarde is bereikt en de gespecificeerde Actie zal worden uitgevoerd." #. disk space dialog hep 4/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "If an action is set to EMAIL, a warning mail will be sent to the\n" -"account specified in Action Mail Account. SYSLOG means " -"the\n" -"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. IGNORE " -"means\n" +"account specified in Action Mail Account. SYSLOG means the\n" +"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. IGNORE means\n" "do nothing. EXEC runs the script specified in Path to\n" "Script. SUSPEND stops writing records to disk. SINGLE\n" "switches the system to single user mode. HALT shuts down the\n" "system.\n" msgstr "" -"Als een actie is ingesteld op EMAIL dan wordt er een waarschuwing " -"per\n" -"e-mail gestuurd naar het gespecificeerde adres in Actie e-mailadres." -" \n" -"SYSLOG betekent dat de schijfruimtewaarschuwing naar /var/log/" -"messages\n" -"geschreven zal worden, IGNORE betekent doe niets, EXEC: voert " -"het\n" -"script uit in Pad naar script, SUSPEND stopt met het schrijven " -"van\n" -"records naar schijf, SINGLE: brengt het computersysteem in single-" -"user-modus,\n" +"Als een actie is ingesteld op EMAIL dan wordt er een waarschuwing per\n" +"e-mail gestuurd naar het gespecificeerde adres in Actie e-mailadres. \n" +"SYSLOG betekent dat de schijfruimtewaarschuwing naar /var/log/messages\n" +"geschreven zal worden, IGNORE betekent doe niets, EXEC: voert het\n" +"script uit in Pad naar script, SUSPEND stopt met het schrijven van\n" +"records naar schijf, SINGLE: brengt het computersysteem in single-user-modus,\n" "HALT: stop het systeem.\n" #. disk space dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150 msgid "" -"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full " -"already) and\n" -"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while " -"writing to disk).\n" +"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full already) and\n" +"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while writing to disk).\n" "Available actions are the same as above (except for EMAIL)." msgstr "" -"U kunt ook een Actie volle schijf specificeren (schijf is reeds " -"vol) en\n" -"een Fout op schijf-actie (wordt uitgevoerd als er een fout optreedt " -"bij het schrijven naar een schijf).\n" -"Beschikbare acties zijn zoals hierboven beschreven (behalve voor EMAIL</" -"i>." +"U kunt ook een Actie volle schijf specificeren (schijf is reeds vol) en\n" +"een Fout op schijf-actie (wordt uitgevoerd als er een fout optreedt bij het schrijven naar een schijf).\n" +"Beschikbare acties zijn zoals hierboven beschreven (behalve voor EMAIL." #. disk space dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "Note: All scripts specified for EXEC must be owned\n" -"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be " -"entered.\n" +"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\n" msgstr "" -"Opmerking: Alle scripts gespecificeerd voor Actie EXEC</" -"i> moeten als\n" -"eigenaar 'root' hebben, '0750' als bestandspermissie en de volledige padnaam " -"moet zijn ingevoerd.\n" +"Opmerking: Alle scripts gespecificeerd voor Actie EXEC moeten als\n" +"eigenaar 'root' hebben, '0750' als bestandspermissie en de volledige padnaam moet zijn ingevoerd.\n" #. rules dialog help 1/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:160 @@ -831,57 +744,40 @@ "<big>Rules for auditctl</big> \n" "This dialog offers the possibility to enable or to disable the syscall\n" "auditing as well as to lock the audit configuration.\n" -"The selected flag from Set Enabled Flag will be added to the rules.</" -"p>" +"The selected flag from Set Enabled Flag will be added to the rules." msgstr "" "<big>Regels voor auditctl</big> \n" -"Deze dialoog biedt de mogelijkheid om de syscall auditing in of uit te " -"schaklen\n" +"Deze dialoog biedt de mogelijkheid om de syscall auditing in of uit te schaklen\n" "alsook om de audit-configuratie te vergrendelen.\n" -"De geselecteerde vlag van Schakel 'Ingeschakelde vlag' in wordt " -"toegevoegd aan de regels." +"De geselecteerde vlag van Schakel 'Ingeschakelde vlag' in wordt toegevoegd aan de regels." #. rules dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next " -"reboot." -msgstr "" -"Opmerling: De regels vergrendelen betekent dat zij niet " -"gewijzigd kunnen worden tot de volgende systeemstart." +msgid "Note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next reboot." +msgstr "Opmerling: De regels vergrendelen betekent dat zij niet gewijzigd kunnen worden tot de volgende systeemstart." #. rules dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\n" -" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/" -"audit.log (default). " +" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). " msgstr "" "Inschakelen van auditing zonder toegevoegde regels veroorzaakt dat de\n" -"applicaties die libaudit gebruiken, b.v. PAM, loggen naar /var/log/" -"audit/audit.log (standaard). " +"applicaties die libaudit gebruiken, b.v. PAM, loggen naar /var/log/audit/audit.log (standaard). " #. rules dialog help 4/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175 msgid "" -"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for " -"advanced users. \n" +"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advanced users. \n" "For more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.\n" msgstr "" -"U kunt ook de regels handmatig bewerken, wat alleen is aanbevolen voor " -"ervaren gebruikers. \n" +"U kunt ook de regels handmatig bewerken, wat alleen is aanbevolen voor ervaren gebruikers. \n" "Voor meer informatie over alle opties zie 'man auditctl'.\n" #. rules dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit " -"subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings " -"from /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" -msgstr "" -"Controleer syntaxis zendt de regels via auditctl naar het " -"audit-subsysteem en controleert de syntaxis. Terugzetten herstelt " -"de instellingen uit /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" +msgid "Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings from /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" +msgstr "Controleer syntaxis zendt de regels via auditctl naar het audit-subsysteem en controleert de syntaxis. Terugzetten herstelt de instellingen uit /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" #. rules dialog help 6/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:183 @@ -891,12 +787,9 @@ "Click Load to open a file selection dialog in which you can load\n" "an example rules file.\n" msgstr "" -"Klik op Herstellen en resetten om de voorgaande regels te " -"herstellen\n" -"en te resetten (uit de voorgaande syntaxis controles) door auditctl " -"hiermee aan te roepen. \n" -"Klik op Laden om een bestandsselectiedialoog te openen en daarna kunt " -"u een voorbeeld\n" +"Klik op Herstellen en resetten om de voorgaande regels te herstellen\n" +"en te resetten (uit de voorgaande syntaxis controles) door auditctl hiermee aan te roepen. \n" +"Klik op Laden om een bestandsselectiedialoog te openen en daarna kunt u een voorbeeld\n" "bestand met regels laden.\n" #. Header of tab in tab widget @@ -928,12 +821,8 @@ #. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318 -msgid "" -"To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package %1 " -"must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Om verder te gaan met Linux Auditing instellen, moet het pakket %1 " -"worden geïnstalleerd." +msgid "To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package %1 must be installed." +msgstr "Om verder te gaan met Linux Auditing instellen, moet het pakket %1 worden geïnstalleerd." #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -1032,7 +921,6 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162 #. Headline of a popup #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480 -#| msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" msgstr "Starten van de audit-daemon" @@ -1103,8 +991,7 @@ "Reboot the system afterwards for the change to take effect.\n" msgstr "" "Wilt u de 'Ingeschakeld vlag' wijzigen?\n" -"Zo ja, de nieuwe regels zullen naar /etc/audit/audit.rules weggeschreven " -"worden.\n" +"Zo ja, de nieuwe regels zullen naar /etc/audit/audit.rules weggeschreven worden.\n" "Herstart het systeem, waarna de wijzigingen effectief zijn.\n" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162 Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-client.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-client.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-client.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-03 14:10+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-15 21:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: André Kaper <andre.edith(a)concepts.nl>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -146,8 +146,7 @@ "Do you want to write this configuration?" msgstr "" "Er zijn geen geactiveerde domeinen in de sectie [sssd].\n" -"Sssd zal niet worden gestart. Alleen lokale authenticatie zal beschikbaar " -"zijn.\n" +"Sssd zal niet worden gestart. Alleen lokale authenticatie zal beschikbaar zijn.\n" "Wilt u deze configuratie opslaan?" #. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for list of inactive domains @@ -223,94 +222,49 @@ msgstr "Geeft aan wat de syntax is van het configuratie bestand" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:22 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." -msgstr "" -"Kommagescheiden lijst van services die starten zodra sssd zichzelf start" +msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." +msgstr "Kommagescheiden lijst van services die starten zodra sssd zichzelf start" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:27 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:80 -msgid "" -"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data " -"Provider crash or restart before they give up" -msgstr "" -"Aantal keren dat services moeten proberen opnieuw te verbinden in geval van " -"een crash van een leverancier van gegevens of herstart voordat ze dit opgeven" +msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgstr "Aantal keren dat services moeten proberen opnieuw te verbinden in geval van een crash van een leverancier van gegevens of herstart voordat ze dit opgeven" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:31 -msgid "" -"SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be " -"configured or SSSD won't start." -msgstr "" -"SSSD kan meerdere domeinen tegelijkertijd gebruiken, maar tenminste één " -"moetgeconfigureerd zijn. Anders start SSSD niet." +msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." +msgstr "SSSD kan meerdere domeinen tegelijkertijd gebruiken, maar tenminste één moetgeconfigureerd zijn. Anders start SSSD niet." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:32 -msgid "" -"This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be " -"queried." -msgstr "" -"Deze parameter bevat de lijst van domeinen in de volgorde waarin ze worden " -"afgevraagd." +msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." +msgstr "Deze parameter bevat de lijst van domeinen in de volgorde waarin ze worden afgevraagd." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:36 -msgid "" -"Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing " -"user name and domain into these components" -msgstr "" -"Standaard reguliere expressie die beschrijft hoe de tekenreeks met " -"gebruikersnaam en domein moet worden ontleedt in deze componenten" +msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" +msgstr "Standaard reguliere expressie die beschrijft hoe de tekenreeks met gebruikersnaam en domein moet worden ontleedt in deze componenten" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:40 -msgid "" -"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a " -"(name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." -msgstr "" -"Het standaard printf(3)-compatibele formaat dat beschrijft hoe een geordende " -"lijst (naam, domein) vertaalt wordt in een volledig gekwalificeerde naam." +msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." +msgstr "Het standaard printf(3)-compatibele formaat dat beschrijft hoe een geordende lijst (naam, domein) vertaalt wordt in een volledig gekwalificeerde naam." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:44 -msgid "" -"SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update " -"its internal DNS resolver." -msgstr "" -"SSSD controleert de status van resolv.conf om vast te stellen wanneer de " -"interne DNS resolver moet worden bijgewerkt." +msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." +msgstr "SSSD controleert de status van resolv.conf om vast te stellen wanneer de interne DNS resolver moet worden bijgewerkt." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:45 -msgid "" -"By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to " -"polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." -msgstr "" -"Standaard proberen we inotify hiervoor te gebruiken en we vallen terug op " -"het iedere 5 seconden bekijken van resolv.conf, als inotify niet kan worden " -"gebruikt." +msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." +msgstr "Standaard proberen we inotify hiervoor te gebruiken en we vallen terug op het iedere 5 seconden bekijken van resolv.conf, als inotify niet kan worden gebruikt." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:49 -msgid "" -"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache " -"files." -msgstr "" -"Map in het bestandssysteem waar SSSD de Kerberos replay-cache-bestanden moet " -"opslaan." +msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." +msgstr "Map in het bestandssysteem waar SSSD de Kerberos replay-cache-bestanden moet opslaan." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:53 -msgid "" -"This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a " -"domain name component." -msgstr "" -"Deze tekenreeks zal worden gebruikt als een standaard domeinnaam voor alle " -"namen zonder een domeinnaamcomponent" +msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." +msgstr "Deze tekenreeks zal worden gebruikt als een standaard domeinnaam voor alle namen zonder een domeinnaamcomponent" #. Define Global Services Parameters #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the " -"default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most " -"verbose mode." -msgstr "" -"Bitmasker dat aangeeft welke debug niveaus zichtbaar zullen zijn. 0x0010 is " -"de standaard waarde en tegelijk de laagst toegestane waarde, 0xFFF0 is de " -"meest uitgebreide modus." +msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." +msgstr "Bitmasker dat aangeeft welke debug niveaus zichtbaar zullen zijn. 0x0010 is de standaard waarde en tegelijk de laagst toegestane waarde, 0xFFF0 is de meest uitgebreide modus." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:65 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" @@ -325,93 +279,49 @@ msgstr "Timeout in seconden tussen heartbeats voor deze service." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:85 -msgid "" -"This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be " -"opened at one time by this SSSD process." -msgstr "" -"Deze optie specificeert het maximum aantal bestandbeschrijvers dat tegelijk " -"geopend kunnen zijn door dit SSSD-proces." +msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." +msgstr "Deze optie specificeert het maximum aantal bestandbeschrijvers dat tegelijk geopend kunnen zijn door dit SSSD-proces." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:90 -msgid "" -"This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process " -"can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." -msgstr "" -"Deze optie specificeert het aantal seconden dat een client van een SSSD " -"proces een bestandbeschrijver kan vasthouden zonder erover te berichten." +msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." +msgstr "Deze optie specificeert het aantal seconden dat een client van een SSSD proces een bestandbeschrijver kan vasthouden zonder erover te berichten." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:95 -msgid "" -"If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it " -"is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." -msgstr "" -"Als een service niet reageert op ping controles (zie ook de ”timeout” " -"optie), zal die eerst een SIGTERM signaal krijgen met de instructie elegant " -"te stoppen." +msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." +msgstr "Als een service niet reageert op ping controles (zie ook de ”timeout” optie), zal die eerst een SIGTERM signaal krijgen met de instructie elegant te stoppen." #. NSS configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:103 -msgid "" -"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about " -"all users)?" -msgstr "" -"Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss opsommingen in de cache zetten (verzoeken om " -"informatie over alle gebruikers)?" +msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" +msgstr "Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss opsommingen in de cache zetten (verzoeken om informatie over alle gebruikers)?" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:108 -msgid "" -"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background " -"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value " -"for the domain." -msgstr "" -"De entry-cache kan automatisch worden ingesteld om entries te updaten in de " -"achtergrond als dit ze wordt verzocht boven een percentage van de " -"entry_cache_timeout waarde van het domein." +msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." +msgstr "De entry-cache kan automatisch worden ingesteld om entries te updaten in de achtergrond als dit ze wordt verzocht boven een percentage van de entry_cache_timeout waarde van het domein." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:113 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits " -"(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) " -"before asking the back end again." -msgstr "" -"specificeert hoeveel seconden nss_sss negatieve hits in de cache in de cache " -"mag zetten (dat zijn queries voor ongeldige database-entries, zoals niet " -"bestaande entries) voordat de back-end hierover opnieuw wordt gevraagd." +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." +msgstr "specificeert hoeveel seconden nss_sss negatieve hits in de cache in de cache mag zetten (dat zijn queries voor ongeldige database-entries, zoals niet bestaande entries) voordat de back-end hierover opnieuw wordt gevraagd." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:118 msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched from the sss NSS database." -msgstr "" -"Sluit bepaalde gebruikers uit zodat ze niet worden opgehaald uit de sss NSS " -"database." +msgstr "Sluit bepaalde gebruikers uit zodat ze niet worden opgehaald uit de sss NSS database." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:123 msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched from the sss NSS database." -msgstr "" -"Sluit bepaalde groepen uit zodat ze niet worden opgehaald uit de sss NSS " -"database." +msgstr "Sluit bepaalde groepen uit zodat ze niet worden opgehaald uit de sss NSS database." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:128 -msgid "" -"If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." -msgstr "" -"Als u wilt dat gefilterde gebruikers groepsleden blijven, dan zet u deze " -"optie op onwaar." +msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." +msgstr "Als u wilt dat gefilterde gebruikers groepsleden blijven, dan zet u deze optie op onwaar." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:132 -msgid "" -"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value " -"or a template." -msgstr "" -"Laat de thuismap van de gebruiker buiten beschouwing. U kunt of een absolute " -"waarde of een sjabloon opgeven." +msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." +msgstr "Laat de thuismap van de gebruiker buiten beschouwing. U kunt of een absolute waarde of een sjabloon opgeven." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:136 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1103 -msgid "" -"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified " -"explicitly by the domain's data provider." -msgstr "" -"Stel een standaard sjabloon in voor de thuismap van een gebruiker als die " -"niet expliciet is gespecificeerd door de gegevensleverancier van het domein." +msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." +msgstr "Stel een standaard sjabloon in voor de thuismap van een gebruiker als die niet expliciet is gespecificeerd door de gegevensleverancier van het domein." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:140 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." @@ -419,78 +329,44 @@ #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:144 msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values." -msgstr "" -"Beperk de shell van de gebruikers tot één van de gepresenteerde waarden." +msgstr "Beperk de shell van de gebruikers tot één van de gepresenteerde waarden." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:148 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback" msgstr "Vervang ieder exemplaar van deze shells door de shell_fallback" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:153 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." -msgstr "" -"De standaard te gebruiken shell als een toegestane shell niet is " -"geïnstalleerd op de machine." +msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." +msgstr "De standaard te gebruiken shell als een toegestane shell niet is geïnstalleerd op de machine." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:157 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1107 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." -msgstr "" -"De standaard te gebruiken shell als een leverancier er geen levert tijdens " -"het zoeken." +msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." +msgstr "De standaard te gebruiken shell als een leverancier er geen levert tijdens het zoeken." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:162 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:205 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be " -"considered valid." -msgstr "" -"Specificeert tijd in seconden waarin de lijst van subdomeinen wordt beschouwd " -"als geldig." +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." +msgstr "Specificeert tijd in seconden waarin de lijst van subdomeinen wordt beschouwd als geldig." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be " -"valid." -msgstr "" -"Specificeert tijd in seconden waarin records in de in-memory cache geldig " -"zijn." +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." +msgstr "Specificeert tijd in seconden waarin records in de in-memory cache geldig zijn." #. PAM configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:175 -msgid "" -"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached " -"logins (in days since the last successful online login)." -msgstr "" -"Als de identificatie leverancier offline is, hoe lang staan we cached " -"logins toe (in dagen sinds de laatste succesvolle online login)." +msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." +msgstr "Als de identificatie leverancier offline is, hoe lang staan we cached logins toe (in dagen sinds de laatste succesvolle online login)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:180 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:185 -msgid "" -"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts " -"has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." -msgstr "" -"De tijd in minuten die moet verstrijken nadat offline_failed_login_attempts " -"is " -"bereikt voordat een nieuwe login poging mogelijk is." +msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." +msgstr "De tijd in minuten die moet verstrijken nadat offline_failed_login_attempts is bereikt voordat een nieuwe login poging mogelijk is." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:190 -msgid "" -"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." -msgstr "" -"Bepaalt welk soort berichten worden getoond aan de gebruiker tijdens " -"authenticatie." +msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." +msgstr "Bepaalt welk soort berichten worden getoond aan de gebruiker tijdens authenticatie." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:195 -msgid "" -"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to " -"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to " -"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." -msgstr "" -"Voor ieder PAM verzoek terwijl SSSD online is, zal de SSSD onmiddellijk " -"proberen de in de cache bewaarde identiteitsinformatie van de gebruiker bij " -"te werken om te garanderen dat authenticatie plaatsvind met de meest " -"recente informatie." +msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." +msgstr "Voor ieder PAM verzoek terwijl SSSD online is, zal de SSSD onmiddellijk proberen de in de cache bewaarde identiteitsinformatie van de gebruiker bij te werken om te garanderen dat authenticatie plaatsvind met de meest recente informatie." #. The kerberos domain section #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:200 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:693 @@ -500,143 +376,80 @@ #. SUDO configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:213 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes " -"that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." -msgstr "" -"Wel of niet evalueren van de sudoNotBefore en sudoNotAfter attributen die " -"tijdsafhankelijke sudoer-entries toepassen." +msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." +msgstr "Wel of niet evalueren van de sudoNotBefore en sudoNotAfter attributen die tijdsafhankelijke sudoer-entries toepassen." #. AUTOFS configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:221 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative " -"hits before asking the back end again." -msgstr "" -"Specificeert het aantal seconden dat de autofs-responder negatieve hits " -"in de cache moet bewaren alvorens de backend opnieuw te bevragen." +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." +msgstr "Specificeert het aantal seconden dat de autofs-responder negatieve hits in de cache moet bewaren alvorens de backend opnieuw te bevragen." #. SSH configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:229 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts " -"file." -msgstr "" -"Wel of niet hostnamen en adressen hashen in het beheerde bestand known_hosts." +msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." +msgstr "Wel of niet hostnamen en adressen hashen in het beheerde bestand known_hosts." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:234 -msgid "" -"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its " -"host keys were requested." -msgstr "" -"De hoeveelheid seconden een host in het beheerde bestand known_hosts wordt " -"gehouden nadat zijn " -"host-keys zijn opgevraagd." +msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." +msgstr "De hoeveelheid seconden een host in het beheerde bestand known_hosts wordt gehouden nadat zijn host-keys zijn opgevraagd." #. DOMAIN SECTIONS #. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:243 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:248 -msgid "" -"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is " -"outside these limits, it is ignored." -msgstr "" -"UID en GID limieten voor het domein. Als een domein een item bevat dat buiten " -"deze limieten valt, wordt het genegeerd." +msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." +msgstr "UID en GID limieten voor het domein. Als een domein een item bevat dat buiten deze limieten valt, wordt het genegeerd." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:253 msgid "Determines if a domain can be enumerated." msgstr "Stelt vast of een domein kan worden genoemd." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:258 -msgid "" -"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor " -"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." -msgstr "" -"Als de service zich niet beëindigd na ”force_timeout” seconden, zal de " -"monitor de service geforceerd afsluiten door middel van het signaal SIGKILL." +msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." +msgstr "Als de service zich niet beëindigd na ”force_timeout” seconden, zal de monitor de service geforceerd afsluiten door middel van het signaal SIGKILL." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the " -"backend again." -msgstr "" -"Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss items als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend " -"opnieuw wordt bevraagd." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss items als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." -msgstr "" -"Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss gebruiker-items als geldig beschouwen " -"voordat de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss gebruiker-items als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." -msgstr "" -"Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss groep-items als geldig beschouwen voordat de " -"backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss groep-items als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before " -"asking the backend again." -msgstr "" -"Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss netgroep-items als geldig beschouwen voordat " -"de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss netgroep-items als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." -msgstr "" -"Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss service-items als geldig beschouwen voordat " -"de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss service-items als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 -msgid "" -"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend " -"again." -msgstr "" -"Hoeveel seconden moet sudo regels als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend " -"opnieuw wordt bevraagd." +msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Hoeveel seconden moet sudo regels als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:293 -msgid "" -"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid " -"before asking the backend again." -msgstr "" -"Hoeveel seconden moet de autofs service automounter-maps als geldig " -"beschouwen voordat de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd." +msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Hoeveel seconden moet de autofs service automounter-maps als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:298 msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache." -msgstr "" -"Bepaalt of credentials van gebruikers ook in de lokale LDB-cache worden " -"bewaard." +msgstr "Bepaalt of credentials van gebruikers ook in de lokale LDB-cache worden bewaard." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:303 -msgid "" -"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before " -"being removed during a cleanup of the cache." -msgstr "" -"Aantal dagen dat items in de cache worden gelaten, na iedere succesvolle " -"aanmelding, voordat ze worden verwijderd tijdens het opruimen van de cache." +msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." +msgstr "Aantal dagen dat items in de cache worden gelaten, na iedere succesvolle aanmelding, voordat ze worden verwijderd tijdens het opruimen van de cache." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:308 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "De identificatie-leverancier die wordt gebruikt voor het domein." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:313 -msgid "" -"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) " -"as the user's login name reported to NSS." -msgstr "" -"Gebruik de volledige naam en het domein (zoals vastgelegd in " -"full_name_format van het domein) zoals ook gebruikt voor de aanmeldnaam " -"van de gebruiker gerapporteerd aan NSS." +msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." +msgstr "Gebruik de volledige naam en het domein (zoals vastgelegd in full_name_format van het domein) zoals ook gebruikt voor de aanmeldnaam van de gebruiker gerapporteerd aan NSS." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:319 msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain." @@ -647,11 +460,8 @@ msgstr "De toegangscontrole leverancier gebruikt voor het domein." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:331 -msgid "" -"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." -msgstr "" -"De leverancier die bewerkingen voor wachtwoordwijziging af zou moeten " -"handelen voor het domein." +msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." +msgstr "De leverancier die bewerkingen voor wachtwoordwijziging af zou moeten handelen voor het domein." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:337 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain." @@ -659,13 +469,11 @@ #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:343 msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings." -msgstr "" -"De leverancier die laden van selinux instellingen zou moeten afhandelen." +msgstr "De leverancier die laden van selinux instellingen zou moeten afhandelen." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:349 msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains." -msgstr "" -"De leverancier die het verkrijgen van subdomeinen zou moeten afhandelen." +msgstr "De leverancier die het verkrijgen van subdomeinen zou moeten afhandelen." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:355 msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain." @@ -673,55 +481,31 @@ #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:361 msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information." -msgstr "" -"De leverancier gebruikt voor het ophalen van host identiteitsinformatie." +msgstr "De leverancier gebruikt voor het ophalen van host identiteitsinformatie." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:366 -msgid "" -"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string " -"containing user name and domain into these components." -msgstr "" -"Reguliere expressie voor het domein, die beschrijft hoe de reeks met " -"gebruikersnaam en domein moet worden omgezet in deze componenten." +msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." +msgstr "Reguliere expressie voor het domein, die beschrijft hoe de reeks met gebruikersnaam en domein moet worden omgezet in deze componenten." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:371 -msgid "" -"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, " -"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." -msgstr "" -"Een formaat, compatible met printf(3), dat beschrijft hoe de geordende lijst " -"(naam, domein) moet worden vertaald in een volledig gekwalificeerde naam " -"voor dit domein." +msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." +msgstr "Een formaat, compatible met printf(3), dat beschrijft hoe de geordende lijst (naam, domein) moet worden vertaald in een volledig gekwalificeerde naam voor dit domein." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:377 -msgid "" -"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when " -"performing DNS lookups." -msgstr "" -"Biedt de mogelijkheid de adresfamilie van voorkeur te selecteren, voor " -"gebruik " -"tijdens DNS zoekopdrachten" +msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." +msgstr "Biedt de mogelijkheid de adresfamilie van voorkeur te selecteren, voor gebruik tijdens DNS zoekopdrachten" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:382 -msgid "" -"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS " -"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." -msgstr "" -"Stelt vast hoelang (in seconden) wordt gewacht op een antwoord van de DNS " -"resolver voordat wordt aangenomen dat die onbereikbaar is." +msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." +msgstr "Stelt vast hoelang (in seconden) wordt gewacht op een antwoord van de DNS resolver voordat wordt aangenomen dat die onbereikbaar is." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:386 msgid "Use the domain part of machine's hostname." msgstr "Gebruik het domeindeel van hostnaam van het systeem." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:387 -msgid "" -"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of " -"the service discovery DNS query." -msgstr "" -"Als servicezoeken wordt gebruikt in de backend, specificeert het het " -"domeindeel van " -"de DNS zoekopdracht van het servicezoeken." +msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." +msgstr "Als servicezoeken wordt gebruikt in de backend, specificeert het het domeindeel van de DNS zoekopdracht van het servicezoeken." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:391 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." @@ -732,96 +516,55 @@ msgstr "Behandel gebruikers- en groepnamen als hoofdlettergevoelig." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:401 -msgid "" -"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second " -"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested " -"name was an alias." -msgstr "" -"Als een gebruiker of groep op naam wordt opgezocht in de proxy provider, " -"wordt een tweede zoekopdracht op ID uitgevoerd om de naam te kunnen " -"onderscheiden van een alias met dezelfde naam." +msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." +msgstr "Als een gebruiker of groep op naam wordt opgezocht in de proxy provider, wordt een tweede zoekopdracht op ID uitgevoerd om de naam te kunnen onderscheiden van een alias met dezelfde naam." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:406 -msgid "" -"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." -msgstr "" -"Gebruik deze homedir als standaard waarde voor alle subdomeinen binnen dit " -"domein." +msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." +msgstr "Gebruik deze homedir als standaard waarde voor alle subdomeinen binnen dit domein." #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:412 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." -msgstr "" -"Kommagescheiden lijst van gebruikers die toestemming hebben om zich aan te " -"melden. " +msgstr "Kommagescheiden lijst van gebruikers die toestemming hebben om zich aan te melden. " #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:417 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only " -"to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "" -"Kommagescheiden lijst van groepen die toestemming hebben zich aan te melden. " -"Dit is alleen van toepassing op groepen binnen dit SSSD domein." +msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "Kommagescheiden lijst van groepen die toestemming hebben zich aan te melden. Dit is alleen van toepassing op groepen binnen dit SSSD domein." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:422 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access." -msgstr "" -"Kommagescheiden lijst van gebruikers die expliciet toegang wordt geweigerd." +msgstr "Kommagescheiden lijst van gebruikers die expliciet toegang wordt geweigerd." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:427 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This " -"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "" -"Kommagescheiden lijst van groepen die expliciet toegang wordt geweigerd. Dit " -"is alleen van toepassing op groepen binnen het SSSD domein." +msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "Kommagescheiden lijst van groepen die expliciet toegang wordt geweigerd. Dit is alleen van toepassing op groepen binnen het SSSD domein." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:433 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." -msgstr "" -"De standaard basis-DN te gebruiken voor het uitvoeren van LDAP sudo-regels." +msgstr "De standaard basis-DN te gebruiken voor het uitvoeren van LDAP sudo-regels." #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:442 -msgid "" -"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home " -"directory." -msgstr "" -"De software voegt de aanmeldnaam toe aan de base_directory and gebruikt die " -"als persoonlijke map." +msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." +msgstr "De software voegt de aanmeldnaam toe aan de base_directory and gebruikt die als persoonlijke map." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:447 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." -msgstr "" -"Geeft aan of een persoonlijke map standaard moet worden aangemaakt voor " -"nieuwe gebruikers." +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." +msgstr "Geeft aan of een persoonlijke map standaard moet worden aangemaakt voor nieuwe gebruikers." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:452 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." -msgstr "" -"Geeft aan of een persoonlijke map standaard moet worden gewist voor " -"verwijderde gebruikers." +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." +msgstr "Geeft aan of een persoonlijke map standaard moet worden gewist voor verwijderde gebruikers." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:457 -msgid "" -"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created " -"home directory." -msgstr "" -"Gebruikt door sss_useradd(8) om de standaard permissies op te geven voor een " -"nieuw aangemaakte persoonlijke map." +msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." +msgstr "Gebruikt door sss_useradd(8) om de standaard permissies op te geven voor een nieuw aangemaakte persoonlijke map." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:462 -msgid "" -"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in " -"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by " -"sss_useradd(8)" -msgstr "" -"De map, met hierin het noodzakelijke minimum aan bestanden en submappen, " -"die moet worden gekopieerd in de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker, zodra " -"de persoonlijke map is aangemaakt door sss_useradd(8)" +msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" +msgstr "De map, met hierin het noodzakelijke minimum aan bestanden en submappen, die moet worden gekopieerd in de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker, zodra de persoonlijke map is aangemaakt door sss_useradd(8)" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:467 msgid "The mail spool directory." @@ -833,27 +576,16 @@ #. The ldap domain section #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:480 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:485 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference." -msgstr "" -"Geeft de kommagescheiden lijst van URI's van de LDAP servers waarmee SSSD " -"verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." +msgstr "Geeft de kommagescheiden lijst van URI's van de LDAP servers waarmee SSSD verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:491 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:497 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." -msgstr "" -"Geeft de kommagescheiden lijst van URI's van de LDAP servers waarmee SSSD " -"verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur, om het wachtwoord van de " -"gebruiker te veranderen." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." +msgstr "Geeft de kommagescheiden lijst van URI's van de LDAP servers waarmee SSSD verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur, om het wachtwoord van de gebruiker te veranderen." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:503 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations." -msgstr "" -"De standaard basis-DN te gebruiken voor het uitvoeren van bewerkingen op " -"een LDAP gebruiker." +msgstr "De standaard basis-DN te gebruiken voor het uitvoeren van bewerkingen op een LDAP gebruiker." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:509 msgid "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server." @@ -861,9 +593,7 @@ #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:513 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." -msgstr "" -"De standaard bind-DN die wordt gebruikt voor het uitvoeren van LDAP " -"bewerkingen." +msgstr "De standaard bind-DN die wordt gebruikt voor het uitvoeren van LDAP bewerkingen." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:519 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." @@ -879,8 +609,7 @@ #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:533 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." -msgstr "" -"Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met de aanmeldnaam van de gebruiker." +msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met de aanmeldnaam van de gebruiker." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:538 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." @@ -888,251 +617,127 @@ #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:543 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." -msgstr "" -"Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met de primaire groeps-id van de gebruiker." +msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met de primaire groeps-id van de gebruiker." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:548 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." -msgstr "" -"Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met het gecos-veld van de gebruiker." +msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met het gecos-veld van de gebruiker." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:553 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." -msgstr "" -"Het LDAP attribuut dat de naam van de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker bevat." +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." +msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de naam van de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker bevat." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:558 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." -msgstr "" -"Het LDAP attribuut dat het pad naar de standaard shell van de gebruiker bevat." +msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat het pad naar de standaard shell van de gebruiker bevat." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:563 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." -msgstr "" -"Het LDAP attribuut dat het UUID/GUID bevat van een LDAP gebruikersobject." +msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat het UUID/GUID bevat van een LDAP gebruikersobject." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:568 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." -msgstr "" -"Het LDAP attribuut dat de objectSID bevat van een LDAP gebruikersobject." +msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de objectSID bevat van een LDAP gebruikersobject." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:573 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:778 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." -msgstr "" -"Het LDAP attribuut dat het tijdstempel bevat van de laatste wijziging aan het " -"bovenliggend object." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." +msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat het tijdstempel bevat van de laatste wijziging aan het bovenliggend object." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:578 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last " -"password change)." -msgstr "" -"Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van " -"een " -"LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (datum van de " -"laatste " -"verandering van het wachtwoord)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." +msgstr "Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (datum van de laatste verandering van het wachtwoord)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:583 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password " -"age)." -msgstr "" -"Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van " -"een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (minimum " -"leeftijd van het wachtwoord)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." +msgstr "Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (minimum leeftijd van het wachtwoord)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:588 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password " -"age)." -msgstr "" -"Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van " -"een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (maximum " -"leeftijd van het wachtwoord)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." +msgstr "Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (maximum leeftijd van het wachtwoord)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:593 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning " -"period)." -msgstr "" -"Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van " -"een " -"LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger " -"(waarschuwingsperiode van het wachtwoord)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." +msgstr "Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (waarschuwingsperiode van het wachtwoord)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:598 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password " -"inactivity period)." -msgstr "" -"Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van " -"een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (periode " -"dat het wachtwoord inactief is)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." +msgstr "Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (periode dat het wachtwoord inactief is)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:603 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this " -"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its " -"shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." -msgstr "" -"Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow of ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow wordt " -"gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat " -"overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (datum waarop het account " -"verloopt)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." +msgstr "Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow of ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (datum waarop het account verloopt)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:608 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in " -"kerberos." -msgstr "" -"Als ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de " -"naam van een LDAP attribuut, dat de datum en tijd opslaat van de laatste " -"verandering van het wachtwoord in kerberos." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." +msgstr "Als ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut, dat de datum en tijd opslaat van de laatste verandering van het wachtwoord in kerberos." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:613 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." -msgstr "" -"Als ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de " -"naam van een LDAP attribuut dat de vervaldatum en -tijd opslaat van het " -"huidige wachtwoord." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." +msgstr "Als ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat de vervaldatum en -tijd opslaat van het huidige wachtwoord." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:618 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " -"of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." -msgstr "" -"Als ldap_account_expire_policy=ad wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de " -"naam van een LDAP attribuut dat de vervaltijd van het account opslaat." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." +msgstr "Als ldap_account_expire_policy=ad wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat de vervaltijd van het account opslaat." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:623 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " -"of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." -msgstr "" -"Als ldap_account_expire_policy=ad wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de " -"naam van een LDAP attribuut dat het control-bit-veld van het " -"gebruikersaccount opslaat." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." +msgstr "Als ldap_account_expire_policy=ad wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat het control-bit-veld van het gebruikersaccount opslaat." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:628 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter " -"determines if access is allowed or not." -msgstr "" -"Als ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds of een equivalent wordt gebruikt, stelt " -"deze parameter vast of toegang is toegestaan of niet." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." +msgstr "Als ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds of een equivalent wordt gebruikt, stelt deze parameter vast of toegang is toegestaan of niet." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:633 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if " -"access is allowed or not." -msgstr "" -"Als ldap_account_expire_policy=nds word gebruikt, stelt dit attribuut vast " -"of toegang is toegestaan of niet." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." +msgstr "Als ldap_account_expire_policy=nds word gebruikt, stelt dit attribuut vast of toegang is toegestaan of niet." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:638 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until " -"which date access is granted." -msgstr "" -"Als ldap_account_expire_policy=nds word gebruikt, stelt dit attribuut vast " -"tot wanneer toegang is toegestaan." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." +msgstr "Als ldap_account_expire_policy=nds word gebruikt, stelt dit attribuut vast tot wanneer toegang is toegestaan." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:643 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the " -"hours of a day in a week when access is granted." -msgstr "" -"Als ldap_account_expire_policy=nds word gebruikt, stelt dit attribuut de uren " -"van een dag in een week vast wanneer toegang is toegestaan." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." +msgstr "Als ldap_account_expire_policy=nds word gebruikt, stelt dit attribuut de uren van een dag in een week vast wanneer toegang is toegestaan." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:648 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name " -"(UPN)." -msgstr "" -"Het LDAP attribuut dat de Kerberos \"User Principal Name\" (UPN) bevat van " -"de gebruiker." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." +msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de Kerberos \"User Principal Name\" (UPN) bevat van de gebruiker." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:652 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." -msgstr "" -"Het LDAP attribuut dat de SSH publieke sleutels bevat van de gebruiker. " +msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de SSH publieke sleutels bevat van de gebruiker. " #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:657 -msgid "" -"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the " -"realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to " -"fail." -msgstr "" -"Sommige directory servers, bijvoorbeeld Active Directory, zouden het " -"gebiedsdeel van de UPN kunnen leveren in kleine letters, waardoor de " -"authenticatie kan mislukken." +msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." +msgstr "Sommige directory servers, bijvoorbeeld Active Directory, zouden het gebiedsdeel van de UPN kunnen leveren in kleine letters, waardoor de authenticatie kan mislukken." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:658 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." -msgstr "" -"Stel deze optie in op true als u een gebied met hoofdletter wilt gebruiken" +msgstr "Stel deze optie in op true als u een gebied met hoofdletter wilt gebruiken" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:663 -msgid "" -"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of " -"enumerated records." -msgstr "" -"Legt vast hoeveel seconden SSSD moet wachten voordat de cache van opgesomde " -"records wordt ververst." +msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." +msgstr "Legt vast hoeveel seconden SSSD moet wachten voordat de cache van opgesomde records wordt ververst." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:668 -msgid "" -"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups " -"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save " -"space." -msgstr "" -"Stel vast hoe vaak de cache van inactieve entries (zoals van groepen zonder " -"leden en gebruikers die zich nooit hebben aangemeld) moet worden " -"gecontroleerd en vervolgens te verwijderen om ruimte te besparen." +msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." +msgstr "Stel vast hoe vaak de cache van inactieve entries (zoals van groepen zonder leden en gebruikers die zich nooit hebben aangemeld) moet worden gecontroleerd en vervolgens te verwijderen om ruimte te besparen." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:673 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." -msgstr "" -"Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met de volledige naam van de gebruiker." +msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met de volledige naam van de gebruiker." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:678 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." -msgstr "" -"Het LDAP attribuut dat een overzicht geeft van groepslidmaatschappen van de " -"gebruiker." +msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat een overzicht geeft van groepslidmaatschappen van de gebruiker." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:683 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will " -"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry " -"to determine access privilege." -msgstr "" -"Als access_provider=ldap en ldap_access_order=authorized_service, zal SSSD " -"de aanwezigheid van het authorizedService attribuut in het LDAP-item van de " -"gebruiker gebruiken om toegangsrechten vast te stellen." +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." +msgstr "Als access_provider=ldap en ldap_access_order=authorized_service, zal SSSD de aanwezigheid van het authorizedService attribuut in het LDAP-item van de gebruiker gebruiken om toegangsrechten vast te stellen." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:688 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the " -"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access " -"privilege." -msgstr "" -"Als access_provider=ldap en ldap_access_order=host, zal SSSD de aanwezigheid " -"van het attribuut host in het LDAP item van de gebruiker gebruiken om de " -"toegangsrechten vast te stellen." +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." +msgstr "Als access_provider=ldap en ldap_access_order=host, zal SSSD de aanwezigheid van het attribuut host in het LDAP item van de gebruiker gebruiken om de toegangsrechten vast te stellen." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:698 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." @@ -1159,45 +764,20 @@ msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat het objectSID bevat van een LDAP groepsobject." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:728 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." -msgstr "" -" Het LDAP attribuut dat een datumstempel bevat van de laatste wijziging van " -"het " -"bovenliggend object." +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." +msgstr " Het LDAP attribuut dat een datumstempel bevat van de laatste wijziging van het bovenliggend object." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:734 -msgid "" -"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. " -"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will " -"follow." -msgstr "" -"Als ldap_schema is ingesteld op een schema-formaat dat geneste groepen " -"ondersteunt (bijv. RFC2307bis), dan controleert deze optie hoeveel geneste " -"SSSD niveaus nog volgen." +msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." +msgstr "Als ldap_schema is ingesteld op een schema-formaat dat geneste groepen ondersteunt (bijv. RFC2307bis), dan controleert deze optie hoeveel geneste SSSD niveaus nog volgen." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:740 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with " -"complex or deep nested groups." -msgstr "" -"Deze optie geeft SSSD opdracht te profiteren van een Active Directory " -"specifiek " -"kenmerk dat zoekopdrachten naar groepen kan versnellen bij toepassen van " -"complexe of diep geneste groepen." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." +msgstr "Deze optie geeft SSSD opdracht te profiteren van een Active Directory specifiek kenmerk dat zoekopdrachten naar groepen kan versnellen bij toepassen van complexe of diep geneste groepen." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:746 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when " -"dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." -msgstr "" -"Deze optie geeft SSSD opdracht te profiteren van een Active Directory " -"specifiek " -"kenmerk dat initgroups operaties kan versnellen (met name bij het omgaan met " -"complexe of diep geneste groepen)." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." +msgstr "Deze optie geeft SSSD opdracht te profiteren van een Active Directory specifiek kenmerk dat initgroups operaties kan versnellen (met name bij het omgaan met complexe of diep geneste groepen)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:752 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." @@ -1212,151 +792,84 @@ msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de naam bevat van netgroep-leden." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:768 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." -msgstr "" -"Het LDAP attribuut dat de (host, gebruiker, domein) netgroup tripletten bevat." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." +msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de (host, gebruiker, domein) netgroup tripletten bevat." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:773 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." -msgstr "" -"Het LDAP attribuut dat de UUID/GUID van een LDAP netgroep-object bevat." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." +msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de UUID/GUID van een LDAP netgroep-object bevat." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:783 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "De objectklasse van een service-item in LDAP." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:788 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their " -"aliases." -msgstr "" -"Het LDAP attribuut dat de naam bevat van service-attributen en hun " -"aliassen." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." +msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de naam bevat van service-attributen en hun aliassen." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:793 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de poort bevat waarmee deze service kan werken." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:798 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." -msgstr "" -"Het LDAP attribuut dat de protocollen bevat waarmee deze service kan werken." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." +msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de protocollen bevat waarmee deze service kan werken." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:804 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches " -"for this attribute type." -msgstr "" -"Een optionele basis-DN, zoekbereik en een LDAP filter dat de LDAP " -"zoekopdrachten " -"beperkt voor dit type attribuut." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +msgstr "Een optionele basis-DN, zoekbereik en een LDAP filter dat de LDAP zoekopdrachten beperkt voor dit type attribuut." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:809 -msgid "" -" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run " -"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode " -"is entered)." -msgstr "" -"Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) dat ldap zoekopdrachten toestemming " -"hebben te draaien voordat ze worden gestopt en de resultaten in de cache " -"worden geretourneerd (en modus offline wordt gestart)." +msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgstr "Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) dat ldap zoekopdrachten toestemming hebben te draaien voordat ze worden gestopt en de resultaten in de cache worden geretourneerd (en modus offline wordt gestart)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:814 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group " -"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results " -"are returned (and offline mode is entered)." -msgstr "" -"Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) dat ldap zoekopdrachten naar " -"gebruiker- en groep-opsommingen zijn toegestaan voordat ze worden gestopt " -"en de resultaten in de cache worden geretourneerd (en modus offline wordt " -"gestart)." +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgstr "Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) dat ldap zoekopdrachten naar gebruiker- en groep-opsommingen zijn toegestaan voordat ze worden gestopt en de resultaten in de cache worden geretourneerd (en modus offline wordt gestart)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:819 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) " -"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." -msgstr "" -"Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) waarna de poll(2)/select(2) " -"gevolgd door een connect(2) terug keert in geval van geen activiteit." +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." +msgstr "Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) waarna de poll(2)/select(2) gevolgd door een connect(2) terug keert in geval van geen activiteit." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:824 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs " -"will abort if no response is received." -msgstr "" -"Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) waarna aanroepen naar synchrone LDAP " -"API's zullen stoppen als geen reactie is ontvangen." +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." +msgstr "Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) waarna aanroepen naar synchrone LDAP API's zullen stoppen als geen reactie is ontvangen." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:829 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be " -"maintained." -msgstr "" -"Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) tot wanneer een verbinding met de " -"LDAP server in stand zal worden gehouden." +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." +msgstr "Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) tot wanneer een verbinding met de LDAP server in stand zal worden gehouden." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:834 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. " -"Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." -msgstr "" -"Specificeert het aantal records dat moet worden opgehaald van LDAP in een " -"enkel verzoek. Sommige LDAP servers dwingen een maximum limiet per-verzoek " -"af." +msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." +msgstr "Specificeert het aantal records dat moet worden opgehaald van LDAP in een enkel verzoek. Sommige LDAP servers dwingen een maximum limiet per-verzoek af." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:839 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "Schakel de LDAP-paging-controle uit." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:844 -msgid "" -"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum " -"security level necessary to establish the connection." -msgstr "" -"Geef het minimum veiligheidsniveau op dat nodig is voor het maken van de " -"verbinding, als er wordt gecommuniceerd met een LDAP server die SASL gebruikt." +msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." +msgstr "Geef het minimum veiligheidsniveau op dat nodig is voor het maken van de verbinding, als er wordt gecommuniceerd met een LDAP server die SASL gebruikt." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:849 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal " -"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." -msgstr "" -"Geef het aantal groepsleden op dat moet ontbreken uit de interne " -"cache om een 'dereference lookup' teweeg te brengen." +msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." +msgstr "Geef het aantal groepsleden op dat moet ontbreken uit de interne cache om een 'dereference lookup' teweeg te brengen." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:855 -msgid "" -"Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if " -"any." -msgstr "" -"Geeft aan welke controles worden uitgevoerd op servercertificaten in een TLS " -"sessie, als " -"die er zijn." +msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any." +msgstr "Geeft aan welke controles worden uitgevoerd op servercertificaten in een TLS sessie, als die er zijn." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:860 -msgid "" -"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate " -"Authorities that sssd will recognize." -msgstr "" -"Specificeert het bestand dat certificaten bevat voor alle Certificate " -"Authorities die sssd zal herkennen." +msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." +msgstr "Specificeert het bestand dat certificaten bevat voor alle Certificate Authorities die sssd zal herkennen." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:865 -msgid "" -"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority " -"certificates in separate individual files." -msgstr "" -"Legt het pad of een directory vast dat Certificate Authority certificaten " -"bevat in gescheiden, individuele bestanden." +msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." +msgstr "Legt het pad of een directory vast dat Certificate Authority certificaten bevat in gescheiden, individuele bestanden." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:869 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." -msgstr "" -"Specificeert het bestand dat certificaten bevat voor de sleutel van de client." +msgstr "Specificeert het bestand dat certificaten bevat voor de sleutel van de client." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:873 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." @@ -1367,22 +880,12 @@ msgstr "Legt acceptabele cipher-suites vast." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:883 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the " -"channel." -msgstr "" -"Legt vast dat de id_provider verbinding ook tls moet gebruiken om het kanaal " -"te beschermen." +msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." +msgstr "Legt vast dat de id_provider verbinding ook tls moet gebruiken om het kanaal te beschermen." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:888 -msgid "" -"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the " -"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying " -"on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." -msgstr "" -"Legt vast dat SSSD moet proberen om gebruiker - en groep ID's vast te leggen " -"van de attributen ldap_user_objectsid en ldap_group_objectsid, in plaats van " -"te vertrouwen op ldap_user_uid_number en ldap_group_gid_number." +msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." +msgstr "Legt vast dat SSSD moet proberen om gebruiker - en groep ID's vast te leggen van de attributen ldap_user_objectsid en ldap_group_objectsid, in plaats van te vertrouwen op ldap_user_uid_number en ldap_group_gid_number." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:892 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." @@ -1397,13 +900,8 @@ msgstr "Geeft aan welk SASL gebied te gebruiken." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:907 -msgid "" -"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to " -"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." -msgstr "" -"Als deze optie aan staat, zal de LDAP bibliotheek een zoekopdracht op " -"IP-adres " -"uitvoeren om de volledige hostnaam op te halen tijdens een SASL bind." +msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." +msgstr "Als deze optie aan staat, zal de LDAP bibliotheek een zoekopdracht op IP-adres uitvoeren om de volledige hostnaam op te halen tijdens een SASL bind." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:912 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." @@ -1411,66 +909,39 @@ #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:917 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." -msgstr "" -"Geeft aan dat de id_provider Kerberos credentials (TGT) moet initiëren." +msgstr "Geeft aan dat de id_provider Kerberos credentials (TGT) moet initiëren." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:922 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "Geeft de levensduur in seconden van de TGT als GSSAPI wordt gebruikt." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:927 -msgid "" -"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer het beleid om het verlopen van het wachtwoord te evalueren aan de " -"kant van de client." +msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." +msgstr "Selecteer het beleid om het verlopen van het wachtwoord te evalueren aan de kant van de client." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:932 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." -msgstr "" -"Geeft aan wanneer automatische \"referral chasing\" moet worden ingeschakeld." +msgstr "Geeft aan wanneer automatische \"referral chasing\" moet worden ingeschakeld." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:937 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." -msgstr "" -"Geeft de naam van de service die wordt gebruikt zodra service-ontdekking is " -"ingeschakeld." +msgstr "Geeft de naam van de service die wordt gebruikt zodra service-ontdekking is ingeschakeld." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:941 -msgid "" -"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows " -"password changes when service discovery is enabled." -msgstr "" -"Geeft de naam van de service die wordt gebruikt om een LDAP server te vinden " -"die wachtwoord veranderingen toestaat als service-ontdekking is ingeschakeld." +msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." +msgstr "Geeft de naam van de service die wordt gebruikt om een LDAP server te vinden die wachtwoord veranderingen toestaat als service-ontdekking is ingeschakeld." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:946 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with " -"days since the Epoch after a password change operation." -msgstr "" -"Geeft aan of het attribuut ldap_user_shadow_last_change wordt bijgewerkt met " -"het aantal dagen vanaf de Epoch na een wachtwoord veranderingsoperatie." +msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." +msgstr "Geeft aan of het attribuut ldap_user_shadow_last_change wordt bijgewerkt met het aantal dagen vanaf de Epoch na een wachtwoord veranderingsoperatie." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:951 -msgid "" -"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), " -"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that " -"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." -msgstr "" -"Als access_provider = ldap en ldap_access_order = filter (standaard) worden " -"gebruikt, is deze optie verplicht. Deze optie specificeert een criterium " -"voor het LDAP zoekfilter waaraan moet worden voldaan om de gebruiker " -"toegang tot deze host te verschaffen." +msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." +msgstr "Als access_provider = ldap en ldap_access_order = filter (standaard) worden gebruikt, is deze optie verplicht. Deze optie specificeert een criterium voor het LDAP zoekfilter waaraan moet worden voldaan om de gebruiker toegang tot deze host te verschaffen." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:956 -msgid "" -" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can " -"be enabled." -msgstr "" -" Met deze optie kan een evaluatie van toegangscontrole aan de zijde van de " -"client " -"worden ingesteld." +msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." +msgstr " Met deze optie kan een evaluatie van toegangscontrole aan de zijde van de client worden ingesteld." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:962 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." @@ -1478,37 +949,23 @@ #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:967 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." -msgstr "" -"Geeft aan hoe alias dereferentie wordt uitgevoerd tijdens een zoekopdracht." +msgstr "Geeft aan hoe alias dereferentie wordt uitgevoerd tijdens een zoekopdracht." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:972 -msgid "" -"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that " -"use the RFC2307 schema." -msgstr "" -"Staat toe lokale gebruikers te handhaven als leden van een LDAP groep voor " -"servers die het RFC2307 schema gebruiken." +msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." +msgstr "Staat toe lokale gebruikers te handhaven als leden van een LDAP groep voor servers die het RFC2307 schema gebruiken." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:995 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:999 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the " -"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." -msgstr "" -"Geeft een komma-gescheiden lijst van IP-adressen of hostnamen van de " -"Kerberos servers waarmee SSSD een verbinding zou moeten maken, in volgorde " -"van voorkeur." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." +msgstr "Geeft een komma-gescheiden lijst van IP-adressen of hostnamen van de Kerberos servers waarmee SSSD een verbinding zou moeten maken, in volgorde van voorkeur." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1004 msgid "The name of the Kerberos realm." msgstr "De naam van het Kerberos gebied." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1009 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1014 -msgid "" -"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative " -"servers can be defined here." -msgstr "" -"Als de dienst voor het veranderen van wachtwoorden niet draait op het KDC, " -"kunnen hier alternatieve servers worden gedefinieerd." +msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." +msgstr "Als de dienst voor het veranderen van wachtwoorden niet draait op het KDC, kunnen hier alternatieve servers worden gedefinieerd." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1019 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." @@ -1519,66 +976,36 @@ msgstr "Locatie van de cache met credential van de gebruiker." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1029 -msgid "" -" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change " -"password request is aborted." -msgstr "" -" Time-out in seconden nadat een verzoek tot online authenticatie of tot " -"verandering van wachtwoord is afgebroken." +msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." +msgstr " Time-out in seconden nadat een verzoek tot online authenticatie of tot verandering van wachtwoord is afgebroken." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1034 -msgid "" -"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been " -"spoofed." -msgstr "" -"Verifieer met behulp van krb5_keytab dat de TGT die is verkregen, niet is " -"vervalst." +msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." +msgstr "Verifieer met behulp van krb5_keytab dat de TGT die is verkregen, niet is vervalst." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1039 -msgid "" -"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from " -"KDCs." -msgstr "" -"De locatie van de keytab te gebruiken bij het valideren van credentials, " -"verkregen van " -"KDC's." +msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." +msgstr "De locatie van de keytab te gebruiken bij het valideren van credentials, verkregen van KDC's." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1044 -msgid "" -"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to " -"request a TGT when the provider comes online again." -msgstr "" -"Sla het wachtwoord van de gebruiker op als de provider offline is en " -"gebruik dit om een TGT te verzoeken, zodra de provider weer online is." +msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." +msgstr "Sla het wachtwoord van de gebruiker op als de provider offline is en gebruik dit om een TGT te verzoeken, zodra de provider weer online is." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1048 -msgid "" -"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer " -"immediately followed by a time unit." -msgstr "" -"Vraag om een te vernieuwen ticket met een totale leeftijd, gegeven als een " -"geheel getal onmiddellijk gevolgd door een tijdseenheid." +msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." +msgstr "Vraag om een te vernieuwen ticket met een totale leeftijd, gegeven als een geheel getal onmiddellijk gevolgd door een tijdseenheid." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1052 -msgid "" -"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately " -"followed by a time unit." -msgstr "" -"Vraag om een ticket met een leeftijd, gegeven als een geheel getal " -"onmiddellijk gevolgd door een tijdseenheid." +msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." +msgstr "Vraag om een ticket met een leeftijd, gegeven als een geheel getal onmiddellijk gevolgd door een tijdseenheid." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1056 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." -msgstr "" -"De tijd in seconden tussen twee controles als de TGT moet worden vernieuwd." +msgstr "De tijd in seconden tussen twee controles als de TGT moet worden vernieuwd." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1061 -msgid "" -"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-" -"authentication." -msgstr "" -"Schakelt flexibele authenticatie secure tunneling (FAST) in voor " -"pre-authenticatie van Kerberos." +msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." +msgstr "Schakelt flexibele authenticatie secure tunneling (FAST) in voor pre-authenticatie van Kerberos." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1065 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." @@ -1586,8 +1013,7 @@ #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1070 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." -msgstr "" -"Specificeert of de hoofd host en gebruiker gecanonaliseerd moeten worden." +msgstr "Specificeert of de hoofd host en gebruiker gecanonaliseerd moeten worden." #. The Active Directory domain section #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1083 @@ -1595,44 +1021,24 @@ msgstr "Specificeert de naam van het Active Directory domein." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1087 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1091 -msgid "" -"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to " -"which SSSD should connect in order of preference." -msgstr "" -"De komma-gescheiden lijst van IP adressen of hostnamen van de AD servers " -"waarmee SSSD verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur." +msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." +msgstr "De komma-gescheiden lijst van IP adressen of hostnamen van de AD servers waarmee SSSD verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1095 -msgid "" -"Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the " -"fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this " -"host." -msgstr "" -"Optioneel. Mag worden gebruikt op machines waar de hostnaam niet de " -"volledig gekwalificeerde naam weergeeft, die wordt gebruikt in het Active " -"Directory domein om deze host mee te identificeren." +msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." +msgstr "Optioneel. Mag worden gebruikt op machines waar de hostnaam niet de volledig gekwalificeerde naam weergeeft, die wordt gebruikt in het Active Directory domein om deze host mee te identificeren." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1099 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "Gaat boven de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1112 -msgid "" -" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr "" -" Specificeert de onderste grens van de reeks van te gebruiken POSIX ID's " -"voor overeen laten komen met SID's van gebruikers en groepen in Active " -"Directory." +msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr " Specificeert de onderste grens van de reeks van te gebruiken POSIX ID's voor overeen laten komen met SID's van gebruikers en groepen in Active Directory." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1117 -msgid "" -"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr "" -"Specificeert de bovenste grens van de reeks van te gebruiken POSIX ID's " -"voor overeen laten komen met SID's van gebruikers en groepen in Active " -"Directory." +msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr "Specificeert de bovenste grens van de reeks van te gebruiken POSIX ID's voor overeen laten komen met SID's van gebruikers en groepen in Active Directory." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1122 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." @@ -1647,12 +1053,8 @@ msgstr "Specificeert de naam van het standaard domein" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1135 -msgid "" -"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to " -"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." -msgstr "" -"Verandert het gedrag van het algoritme van de het overeen laten komen van " -"ID's om zich meer te gedragen als winbind's “idmap_autorid” algoritme." +msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." +msgstr "Verandert het gedrag van het algoritme van de het overeen laten komen van ID's om zich meer te gedragen als winbind's “idmap_autorid” algoritme." #. The Active Directory domain section #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1147 @@ -1660,41 +1062,24 @@ msgstr "Specificeert de naam van het IPA-domein." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1151 -msgid "" -"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to " -"which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." -msgstr "" -"De komma-gescheiden lijst van IP adressen of hostnamen van de IPA-servers " -"waarmee SSSD verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur." +msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." +msgstr "De komma-gescheiden lijst van IP adressen of hostnamen van de IPA-servers waarmee SSSD verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1155 -msgid "" -"May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully " -"qualified name." -msgstr "" -"Mag worden gebruikt op machines waar de hostnaam(5) niet de volledig " -"gekwalificeerde naam weergeeft." +msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." +msgstr "Mag worden gebruikt op machines waar de hostnaam(5) niet de volledig gekwalificeerde naam weergeeft." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1160 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into " -"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." -msgstr "" -"Deze optie vertelt SSSD om de DNS-server ingebouwd in FreeIPA v2 automatisch " -"bij te werken met het IP-adres van deze client." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." +msgstr "Deze optie vertelt SSSD om de DNS-server ingebouwd in FreeIPA v2 automatisch bij te werken met het IP-adres van deze client." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1165 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." -msgstr "" -"De toe te passen TTL naar het DNS-record van de client bij het bijwerken " -"ervan." +msgstr "De toe te passen TTL naar het DNS-record van de client bij het bijwerken ervan." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1169 -msgid "" -"Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." -msgstr "" -"Kies het interface waarvan het IP-adres gebruikt zou moeten worden voor " -"dynamisch bijwerken van de DNS." +msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." +msgstr "Kies het interface waarvan het IP-adres gebruikt zou moeten worden voor dynamisch bijwerken van de DNS." #. end Export #. ################################################################ @@ -1717,5 +1102,3 @@ #: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:346 msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" msgstr "Systeem is geconfigureerd voor gebruik van alleen /etc/passwd.\n" - - Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-server.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-server.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-server.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -89,8 +89,7 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:209 msgid "Database cannot be created when the service is not enabled" -msgstr "" -"Database kan niet aangemaakt worden wanneer de service niet is ingeschakeld" +msgstr "Database kan niet aangemaakt worden wanneer de service niet is ingeschakeld" #. y2milestone("db-options : %1", db); #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:219 @@ -101,12 +100,8 @@ #. error popup #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228 -msgid "" -"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings " -"later in the installed system." -msgstr "" -"De LDAP-database is al aangemaakt. U kunt de instellingen later wijzigen in " -"het geïnstalleerde systeem." +msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." +msgstr "De LDAP-database is al aangemaakt. U kunt de instellingen later wijzigen in het geïnstalleerde systeem." #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101 @@ -118,12 +113,8 @@ msgstr "[handmatig ingesteld]" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to " -"continue." -msgstr "" -"Kan het root-wachtwoord van het systeem niet ophalen. Stel een wachtwoord " -"voor de LDAP-server in om door te gaan." +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." +msgstr "Kan het root-wachtwoord van het systeem niet ophalen. Stel een wachtwoord voor de LDAP-server in om door te gaan." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112 msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:" @@ -216,12 +207,8 @@ "zonder de installatie van de benodigde pakketten." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309 -msgid "" -"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has " -"finished." -msgstr "" -"OpenLDAP instellen voor replicatie is mislukt. Opnieuw configureren na de " -"installatie is gereed." +msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." +msgstr "OpenLDAP instellen voor replicatie is mislukt. Opnieuw configureren na de installatie is gereed." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:344 msgid "" @@ -243,10 +230,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107 msgid "" -"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not " -"running.\n" -"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do " -"you \n" +"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n" +"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" "U hebt een bestaande configuratie, maar de LDAP-server is nu niet actief.\n" @@ -276,8 +261,7 @@ "configuration to the configuration database?\n" msgstr "" "Uw systeem is op dit moment ingesteld om het configuratiebestand\n" -"/etc/openldap/slapd.conf te gebruiken. YaST ondersteunt alleen de " -"dynamische\n" +"/etc/openldap/slapd.conf te gebruiken. YaST ondersteunt alleen de dynamische\n" "configuratiedatabase van OpenLDAP (back-config). Wilt u uw bestaande\n" "configuratie migreren naar de configuratiedatabase?\n" @@ -335,12 +319,8 @@ msgstr "De LDAP-server is niet actief." #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199 -msgid "" -"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want " -"to create a new configuration from scratch?" -msgstr "" -"Wilt u het nu starten om opnieuw zijn configuratiegegevens te lezen of wilt " -"u een nieuwe configuratie vanaf het begin aanmaken?" +msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" +msgstr "Wilt u het nu starten om opnieuw zijn configuratiegegevens te lezen of wilt u een nieuwe configuratie vanaf het begin aanmaken?" #. get helps page #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:227 @@ -369,9 +349,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:355 msgid "All data, including configuration, is replicated from a remote server." -msgstr "" -"Alle gegevens, inclusief configuratie, zijn gerepliceerd van een server op " -"afstand." +msgstr "Alle gegevens, inclusief configuratie, zijn gerepliceerd van een server op afstand." #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:386 msgid "" @@ -554,20 +532,15 @@ #. Doing these checks during installation will #. most probably fail #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1277 -msgid "" -"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider " -"server.\n" -msgstr "" -"Open de verbinding naar de \"cn=config\" database op de server van de " -"leverancier.\n" +msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n" +msgstr "Open de verbinding naar de \"cn=config\" database op de server van de leverancier.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1280 msgid "" "Verify that the provider server allows remote connections to the \n" "\"cn=config\" database and that you entered the correct password.\n" msgstr "" -"Verifieer dat de server van de leverancier verbindingen op afstand toestaat " -"naar de \n" +"Verifieer dat de server van de leverancier verbindingen op afstand toestaat naar de \n" "\"cn=config\" database en dat u het juiste wachtwoord hebt ingevoerd.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1287 @@ -576,8 +549,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1302 msgid "An error occurred while verifying the TLS/SSL configuration." -msgstr "" -"Er is een fout opgetreden bij verifiëren van de instellingen voor TLS/SSL." +msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden bij verifiëren van de instellingen voor TLS/SSL." #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1314 msgid "Do you want to import a different CA/Server Certificate?" @@ -586,8 +558,7 @@ #. Check if the syncrepl config of cn=config makes sense #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1325 msgid "The replication configuration on the provider server is missing.\n" -msgstr "" -"De configuratie voor replicatie op de server van de provider ontbreekt.\n" +msgstr "De configuratie voor replicatie op de server van de provider ontbreekt.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1328 msgid "Click Continue to create it now." @@ -603,19 +574,13 @@ "gereed is om te werken als een consument voor replicatie.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1383 -msgid "" -"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." -msgstr "" -"Instellen van gestapelde replicatie van de cn=config is nu niet ondersteund." +msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." +msgstr "Instellen van gestapelde replicatie van de cn=config is nu niet ondersteund." #. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1410 -msgid "" -"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication " -"configuration on the provider server failed.\n" -msgstr "" -"Controleren van de authenticatie credentials gedefinieerd in de configuratie " -"voor replicatie op de server van de provider is mislukt.\n" +msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" +msgstr "Controleren van de authenticatie credentials gedefinieerd in de configuratie voor replicatie op de server van de provider is mislukt.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998 @@ -637,21 +602,17 @@ "To act as a master server for replication, the configuration database needs\n" "to be remotely accessible. Set a password for the configuration database.\n" msgstr "" -"Om als een masterserver voor replicatie te fungeren, moet de " -"configuratiedatabase\n" -"van afstand toegankelijk zijn. Stel een wachtwoord in voor de " -"configuratiedatabase.\n" +"Om als een masterserver voor replicatie te fungeren, moet de configuratiedatabase\n" +"van afstand toegankelijk zijn. Stel een wachtwoord in voor de configuratiedatabase.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1525 msgid "" "\n" -"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to " -"encrypted\n" +"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to encrypted\n" "LDAP Connections.)\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"(Toegang van afstand tot de configuratiedatabase zal worden beperkt tot " -"versleutelde\n" +"(Toegang van afstand tot de configuratiedatabase zal worden beperkt tot versleutelde\n" "LDAP verbindingen.)\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1532 @@ -667,8 +628,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "Prepare for MirrorMode replication (generates the serverId attribute)" -msgstr "" -"Bereid de MirrorMode replicatie voor (genereert het attribuut serverId)" +msgstr "Bereid de MirrorMode replicatie voor (genereert het attribuut serverId)" #. The "Startup Configuration node for the main tree widget #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:17 @@ -682,17 +642,12 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "Select Yes if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" -"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be " -"started. Note:\n" -"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</" -"p>\n" +"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" +"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Selecteer Ja als de LDAP-server automatisch gestart zou moeten " -"worden \n" -"als onderdeel van het boot-proces. Selecteer Nee als de LDAP-server " -"niet gestart zou moeten worden. Opmerking:\n" -"Na selectie van Nee, kunt u de OpenLDAP-configuratie niet meer " -"wijzigen.\n" +"Selecteer Ja als de LDAP-server automatisch gestart zou moeten worden \n" +"als onderdeel van het boot-proces. Selecteer Nee als de LDAP-server niet gestart zou moeten worden. Opmerking:\n" +"Na selectie van Nee, kunt u de OpenLDAP-configuratie niet meer wijzigen.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26 msgid "<h4>Protocol Listeners</h4>" @@ -700,32 +655,23 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:27 msgid "Enable and disable the various protocol listeners of OpenLDAP." -msgstr "" -"Schakel in en uit de verschillende luisteraars naar protocol van OpenLDAP." -"" +msgstr "Schakel in en uit de verschillende luisteraars naar protocol van OpenLDAP." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" -"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured " -"communication\n" -"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate " -"configured." +"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" +"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured." msgstr "" -"LDAP is het standaard LDAP-interface op poort 389. Met TLS/SSL " -"beveiligde communicatie\n" +"LDAP is het standaard LDAP-interface op poort 389. Met TLS/SSL beveiligde communicatie\n" "is mogelijk met StartTLS wanneer u een server-certificaat hebt ingesteld." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33 msgid "" -"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL " -"protected\n" -"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate " -"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" +"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n" +"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" msgstr "" -"LDAPS schakelt het interface \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" in voor met " -"SSL beveiligde\n" -"verbindingen op poort 636. Dit werkt alleen als u een server-certificaat " -"hebt ingesteld (zie \"Globale instellingen\"/\"TLS instelling\").\n" +"LDAPS schakelt het interface \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" in voor met SSL beveiligde\n" +"verbindingen op poort 636. Dit werkt alleen als u een server-certificaat hebt ingesteld (zie \"Globale instellingen\"/\"TLS instelling\").\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "" @@ -753,29 +699,21 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. " -"Hdb is a\n" -"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout " -"and\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" +"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" "bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" -"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) " -"library to store data.\n" -"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and " -"more execution-efficient.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" -"Maak een keuze voor de Database uit hdb, bdb en " -"mdb. Hdb is een\n" -"variant van de backend bdb die een hiërarchische indeling van de " -"database gebruikt en\n" +"Maak een keuze voor de Database uit hdb, bdb en mdb. Hdb is een\n" +"variant van de backend bdb die een hiërarchische indeling van de database gebruikt en\n" "subtree hernoemen gebruikt. Anders is het identiek met bdb. Een\n" "hdb-database heeft een grotere idlcachesize nodig dan een\n" "bdb-database voor een goed prestatie bij zoeken.\n" -"mdb-database gebruikt de bibliotheek OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-" -"Mapped DB (LMDB) om gegevens op te slaan.\n" -"Het is vergelijkbaar met de hdb-backend maar het gaat efficiënter om " -"met de ruimte en computerkracht.\n" +"mdb-database gebruikt de bibliotheek OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) om gegevens op te slaan.\n" +"Het is vergelijkbaar met de hdb-backend maar het gaat efficiënter om met de ruimte en computerkracht.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" @@ -787,29 +725,22 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" -"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password</" -"b> \n" -"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and " -"other \n" -"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends " -"the \n" -"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example," -"dc=com</tt>\n" -"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective " -"Administrator DN\n" +"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" +"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" +"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends the \n" +"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" +"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" -"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root " -"password\n" +"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" "Als deze assistent is gestart gedurende de installatie, dan is het \n" -"Wachtwoord van de LDAP-administrator initieel ingesteld op het " -"wachtwoord van root in het systeem\n" +"Wachtwoord van de LDAP-administrator initieel ingesteld op het wachtwoord van root in het systeem\n" "dat eerder is ingevoerd in het installatieproces. " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 @@ -844,8 +775,7 @@ "click Change Password. \n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the \n" "Password Encryption. \n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already " -"been \n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n" "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" @@ -859,46 +789,39 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN " -"automatically\n" +"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" -"Voer de complete DN in of alleen het eerste deel en voeg de basis DN er " -"automatisch achter\n" +"Voer de complete DN in of alleen het eerste deel en voeg de basis DN er automatisch achter\n" "met Basis DN achtervoegen." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change " -"Password.\n" -"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password " -"Encryption.\n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been " -"set in the configuration.\n" +"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" +"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Om het wachtwoord voor het account van de beheerder te wijzigen, klik op " -"Wachtwoord wijzigen.\n" -"Er verschijnt een venster waarin u het nieuwe wachtwoord kunt invoeren en " -"selecteer de Wachtwoordversleuteling.\n" -"De wachtwoordvelden zijn initieel leeg zelfs als een wachtwoord eerder al " -"was ingesteld in de configuratie.\n" +"Om het wachtwoord voor het account van de beheerder te wijzigen, klik op Wachtwoord wijzigen.\n" +"Er verschijnt een venster waarin u het nieuwe wachtwoord kunt invoeren en selecteer de Wachtwoordversleuteling.\n" +"De wachtwoordvelden zijn initieel leeg zelfs als een wachtwoord eerder al was ingesteld in de configuratie.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" -"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can " -"adjust\n" -"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the " -"number of entries\n" -"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough " -"RAM) this number\n" -"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index " -"Cache (IDL cache) \n" -"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially " -"HDB-Databases require a\n" -"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the " -"entry cache as a rule of\n" +"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" +"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" +"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n" +"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index Cache (IDL cache) \n" +"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n" +"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs)." msgstr "" +"Met de Itemcache en Indexcache (IDL-cache) kunt u de grootte van\n" +"de interne caches van OpenLDAP aanpassen. De Itemcache definieert het aantal items\n" +"dat door OpenLDAP in het werkgeheugen gehouden wordt. Als het mogelijk is (genoeg RAM) dan zou aantal\n" +"groot genoeg moeten zijn om de gehele database in geheugen te houden. De Indexcache (IDL-cache) \n" +"wordt gebruikt om het zoekproces te versnellen op geïndexeerde attributen. In het algemeen, maar speciaal bij \n" +"HDB-databases is een grote IDL-cache vereist voor een goede performance van het zoeken (drie keer de \n" +"grootte van de itemcache als vuistregel)." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" @@ -914,16 +837,17 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP " -"server\n" -"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests " -"before storing them\n" -"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, " -"but may be\n" -"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify " -"extended operation \n" +"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" +"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" +"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n" +"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" +"Selecteer Plattetekst-wachtwoorden versleutelen om aan te geven dat de OpenLDAP-server\n" +"de wachtwoorden in platte tekst moet coderen die aanwezig zijn in toevoegings- en\n" +"wijzigingsverzoeken voordat ze in de database worden opgeslagen. Merk op dat dit het\n" +"X.500/LDAP-informatiemodel schendt, maar nodig kan zijn als compensatie voor LDAP-cliënten\n" +"die het wachtwoord niet versleutelen tijdens het verzenden. " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" @@ -935,17 +859,12 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object " -"DN." -msgstr "" -"Voer de naam in van het standaard beleidsobject in DN van standaard " -"beleidsobject." +msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." +msgstr "Voer de naam in van het standaard beleidsobject in DN van standaard beleidsobject." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You " -"may\n" +"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" @@ -959,42 +878,32 @@ msgstr "Wijzig de opties voor indexeren van een hdb of bdb-database." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 -msgid "" -"The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index " -"defined." -msgstr "" -"De tabel toont een lijst met attributen die nu een index hebben " -"gedefinieerd." +msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." +msgstr "De tabel toont een lijst met attributen die nu een index hebben gedefinieerd." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" -"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different " -"types\n" +"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" -"Indexen worden door OpenLDAP gebruikt om de prestatie van het zoeken te " -"verbeteren bij specifieke\n" -"soorten zoekopdrachten. Indexen zouden geconfigureerd moeten worden " -"overeenkomstig de meest\n" -"voorkomende zoekopdrachten in een database. YaST stelt u in staat drie " -"verschillende typen\n" +"Indexen worden door OpenLDAP gebruikt om de prestatie van het zoeken te verbeteren bij specifieke\n" +"soorten zoekopdrachten. Indexen zouden geconfigureerd moeten worden overeenkomstig de meest\n" +"voorkomende zoekopdrachten in een database. YaST stelt u in staat drie verschillende typen\n" "indexes.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" -"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be " -"configured\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" -"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality " -"index\n" +"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1013,11 +922,9 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly " -"added\n" +"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" -"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the " -"indexing\n" +"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1030,14 +937,12 @@ "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" msgstr "" -"Deze tabel geeft u een overzicht van alle regels voor toegangscontrole " -"die\n" +"Deze tabel geeft u een overzicht van alle regels voor toegangscontrole die\n" "nu zijn geconfigureerd voor de geselecteerde database\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a " -"more\n" +"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1047,17 +952,14 @@ "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" msgstr "" -"Gebruik Toevoegen om nieuwe regels voor toeganscontrole te maken " -"en\n" +"Gebruik Toevoegen om nieuwe regels voor toeganscontrole te maken en\n" "Verwijderen om een regel voor toegangscontrole te verwijderen.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" -"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose " -"target\n" +"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" -"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, " -"using\n" +"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1067,14 +969,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" -"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" " -"checkbox, if you want to \n" +"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" -"Selecteer het keuzevakje \"Ldapsync-leverancier voor deze database " -"inschakelen\" \n" -"als u in staat wilt zijn om om de nu geselecteerde database te repliceren " -"naar een andere server." +"Selecteer het keuzevakje \"Ldapsync-leverancier voor deze database inschakelen\" \n" +"als u in staat wilt zijn om om de nu geselecteerde database te repliceren naar een andere server." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" @@ -1082,16 +981,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator " -"(stored\n" -"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is " -"synced\n" -"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify " -"or\n" -"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the " -"indicator\n" -"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator " -"is\n" +"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" +"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" +"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify or\n" +"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the indicator\n" +"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n" "only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n" "a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" @@ -1103,15 +997,15 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" -"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write " -"operations\n" -"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in " -"the session log. \n" -"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" " -"replication. In \n" -"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master " -"server." +"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" +"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" +"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" replication. In \n" +"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" +"Configureert een in-geheugen sessielog voor het opslaan van informatie over schrijfbewerkingen\n" +"die in de database zijn gedaan. Specificeer hoeveel schrijfbewerkingen opgeslagen zouden moeten worden in de sessielog. \n" +"Configureren van een sessielog is alleen zinvol voor \"refreshOnly\" replicatie. In \n" +"zo'n geval kan het de replicatie versnellen en de load op de master-server verminderen." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" @@ -1119,8 +1013,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" -"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want " -"the\n" +"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1134,8 +1027,7 @@ "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" "enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n" "use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n" -"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-" -"standard\n" +"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n" "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1167,8 +1059,7 @@ msgstr "" "refreshAndPersist: de slave-server zal voor synchronisatie een\n" "blijvende verbinding openen naar de master-server. Bijgewerkte items op de\n" -"master-server worden onmiddellijk verzonden naar de slave via deze " -"verbinding.\n" +"master-server worden onmiddellijk verzonden naar de slave via deze verbinding.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" @@ -1176,29 +1067,23 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" -"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to " -"authenticate against the master.\n" -"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated " -"database on the master.\n" +"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" +"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -"Specificeer een DN en wachtwoord die de slave-server moet gebruiken om " -"zich te authenticeren tegen de master.\n" -"De gespecificeerde DN heeft leestoegang nodig tot alle items in de " -"gerepliceerde " -"database op de master.\n" +"Specificeer een DN en wachtwoord die de slave-server moet gebruiken om zich te authenticeren tegen de master.\n" +"De gespecificeerde DN heeft leestoegang nodig tot alle items in de gerepliceerde database op de master.\n" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Verwijzing naar bijwerken</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" -"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can " -"configure a different update referral here.\n" -"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for " -"the\n" +"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n" +"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n" "slave server is as slave server too. \n" msgstr "" @@ -1213,8 +1098,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratie programma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " -"te klikken." +"U kunt het configuratie programma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken." #. Write dialog help #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 @@ -1243,21 +1127,16 @@ "Server module.\n" msgstr "" "Deze dialoog biedt een korte samenvatting over de configuratie die u hebt\n" -"aangemaakt. Klik op Voltooien om de configuratie weg te schrijven en " -"verlaat\n" +"aangemaakt. Klik op Voltooien om de configuratie weg te schrijven en verlaat\n" "de LDAP-servermodule.\n" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 -msgid "" -"With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server.</" -"p> " -msgstr "" +msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " +msgstr "Met Start LDAP-server Ja of Nee, start of stopt u de LDAP-server." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 -msgid "" -"If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration " -"wizard." +msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 @@ -1268,15 +1147,12 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 -msgid "" -"Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios " -"are available:" +msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server " -"with\n" +"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1288,19 +1164,20 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" -"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that " -"replicates all its data,\n" +"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" +"Replicatie-slave-server: Stel een OpenLDAP slave-server in die alle gegevens kopieert,\n" +"inclusief de configuratie, van een master-server." #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>TLS-instellingen</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Basis instellingen</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" @@ -1311,32 +1188,27 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" -"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the " -"server\n" +"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" -"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</" -"p>\n" +"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" -"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so " -"that\n" +"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Importeer certificaat</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" -"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File</" -"b>,\n" -"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the " -"corresponding\n" +"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" +"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the corresponding\n" "textfields.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1349,69 +1221,67 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "Below this item, configure some global parameters." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configureer hieronder enige globale parameters." #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog " -"in which to choose\n" -"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not " -"support the removal of \n" +"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" +"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" "Schema Data" msgstr "" +"Voeg schemabestanden toe in dit dialoogvenster. Druk op Toevoegen om een\n" +"bestandsselectievenster te openen om een nieuw schema te selecteren. Let op: OpenLDAP\n" +"(bij gebruik van back-config) ondersteunt nu niet het verwijderen van schemagegevens" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" -"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and " -"statistics\n" +"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 -msgid "" -"Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or " -"disallow:" -msgstr "" +msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" +msgstr "Selecteer welke speciale eigenschappen de OpenLDAP-server zou moeten toestaan of verbieden:" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Selecteer toelatingsvlaggen</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" -"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind " -"requests.\n" +"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" -"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind " -"when \n" -"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not " -"present) " +"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" +"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" +"Anonieme binding waar credentials niet leeg zijn: Om anonieme binding als \n" +"de credentials niet leeg zijn toe te staan (d.w.z. wachtwoord is aanwezig maar bindings-DN niet) " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" +"Niet geauthenticeerde binding als DN niet leeg is: Om niet geauthenticeerde \n" +"(anonieme) bindingen toe te staan als de DN niet leeg is" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" -"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow " -"unauthenticated\n" +"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Selecteer verbodsvlaggen:</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 msgid "" @@ -1422,16 +1292,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" -"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple " -"Bind\n" +"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" -"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection " -"back\n" +"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1446,352 +1314,281 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" -"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The " -"\"Frontend\"\n" -"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and " -"overlays\n" -"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration " -"of\n" +"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" +"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n" +"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n" "the LDAP server itself.\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klik op Database toevoegen... om een database toe te voegen." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" -"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete " -"Database....\n" +"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" -"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") " -"here. This is required to make\n" +"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" +"Voer hier een wachtwoord in voor de configuratie-database (\"cn=config\"). Dit is vereist om\n" +"de configuratie-database van afstand toegankelijk te maken." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" -"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select " -"the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" -"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as " -"needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" +"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" +"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" -"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master " -"server. Please enter the master\n" -"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or " -"\"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" +"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" +"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" "for the master's configuration database (\"cn=config\")." msgstr "" +"Om een slave-server in te stellen zijn enige details nodig die opgevraagd worden van de master-server. Voer de naam van de host van de\n" +"master-server in, pas het protocol aan (ofwel \"ldap\" of \"ldaps\") en het noodzakelijke poortnummer en voer het wachtwoord\n" +"van de configuratie-database van de master in (\"cn=config\")." #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 -msgid "" -"Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your " -"Kerberos server." +msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 -msgid "" -"Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is " -"to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" +msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" msgstr "" +"Hoewel u aan uw Kerberos-gebied elke ASCII-tekenreeks mag geven is de conventie\n" +"deze gelijk te maken aan uw domeinnaam in hoofdletters.\n" #. advanced item help: database_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." +msgstr "Deze tekenreeks bepaalt de locatie van de Kerberos-database voor dit gebied." #. advanced item help: acl_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file " -"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</" -"p>" +msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to " -"authenticate to the database." -msgstr "" +msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." +msgstr "Deze tekenreeks specificeert de locatie van het keytab-bestand dat kadmin gebruikt voor de authenticatie tot de database." #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 -msgid "" -"This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals " -"created in this realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." +msgstr "Dit absolute tijdstip specificeert de standaard verloopdatum van de autoriteiten aangemaakt in dit gebied." #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 -msgid "" -"These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in " -"this realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." +msgstr "Deze vlaggen specificeren de standaard attributen van de autoriteiten aangemaakt in dit gebied." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Latere datum toestaan" #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aanzetten van deze vlag staat toe dat de autoriteit postdateable tickets verkrijgt." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Doorsturen toestaan" #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aanzetten van deze vlag staat toe dat de autoriteit door te sturen tickets verkrijgt." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vernieuwen toestaan" #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aanzetten van deze vlag staat toe dat de autoriteit te vernieuwen tickets verkrijgt." +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Proxy aanbrengen toestaan" #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aanzetten van deze vlag staat toe dat de autoriteit proxy-tickets verkrijgt." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aanzetten van gebruiker-gebruiker autenticatie" #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another " -"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." -msgstr "" +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." +msgstr "Aanzetten van deze vlag staat toe dat de autoriteiteen sessie-sleutel verkrijgt voor een andere gebruiker, waarmee gebruiker-gebruiker authenticatie wordt toegestaan voor deze autoriteit." +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vereist preauth" #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to " -"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this " -"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will " -"only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket " -"set." -msgstr "" +msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." +msgstr "Als deze vlag is gezet bij een klant-autoriteit dan moet die autoriteit een voor-autheticatie doen bij de KDC alvorens tickets te verkrijgen. Deze vlag aanzetten bij een service-autoriteit betekent dat service-tickets voor deze autoriteit alleen afgegeven worden aan klanten met een TGT waarbij het voorgeauthenticeerde ticket is aangezet." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vereist hwauth" #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using " -"a hardware device before receiving any tickets." -msgstr "" +msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." +msgstr "Als deze vlag is aangezet dan moet de autoriteit voorauthenticeren met een hardware apparaat alvorens tickets te verkrijgen." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Service toestaan" #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this " -"principal." -msgstr "" +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." +msgstr "Aanzetten van deze vlag staat de KDC toe service-tickets af te geven voor deze autoriteit." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tgs-verzoek toestaan" #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-" -"granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was " -"used to obtain the TGT." -msgstr "" +msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." +msgstr "Aanzetten van deze vlag staat een autoriteit toe tickets te verkrijgen op basis van een ticket-toestaan-ticket (TGT), anders dan het herhalen van het authenticatoeprocess dat gebruikt is voor het TGT." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ticket toestaan" #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this " -"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within " -"this realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." +msgstr "Aanzetten van deze vlag betekent dat de KDC tickets voor deze autoriteit uitgeeft. Uitzetten van deze vlag schakelt de autoriteit uit in dit gebied." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wijziging vereist" #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aanzetten van deze vlag forceert het wijzigen van het wachtwoord voor deze autoriteit." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Service voor wachtwoord wijzigen" #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change " -"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a " -"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that " -"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password " -"authentication." -msgstr "" +msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." +msgstr "Als deze vlag aan staat dan is deze autoriteit gemarkeerd als een service voor wijziging van een wachtwoord. Dit zou alleen gebruikt moeten worden in bepaalde gevallen, bijvoorbeeld als het wachtwoord van een gebruiker is vervallen, maar de gebruiker moet tickets voor deze autoriteit verkrijgen om het te wijzigen zonder de normale wachtwoordauthenticatie." #. advanced item help : dict_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 -msgid "" -"The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are " -"not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy " -"assigned to the principal, no check will be done." -msgstr "" +msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." +msgstr "Deze tekenreeks bevat de locatie van het woordenboekbestand dat tekenreeksen bevat die niet zijn toegestaan als wachtwoorden. Als deze tag niet is ingesteld of als er geen beleid is toegekend aan de autoriteit dan wordt er niet gecontroleerd." #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 -msgid "" -"This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens " -"for this realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." +msgstr "Dit poortnummer specificeert de poort waarop de kadmind-deamon moet luisteren voor dit gebied." #. advanced item help : key_stash_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored " -"with kdb5_stash." -msgstr "" +msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." +msgstr "Deze tekenreeks specificeert de locatie waar de hoofdsleutel is opgeslagen bij kdb5_stash." #. advanced item help : kdc_ports #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." +msgstr "Deze tekenreeks specificeert de lijst van poorten waarnaar KDC moet luisteren voor dit gebied." #. advanced item help : master_key_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the " -"master key. The default value is K/M." -msgstr "" +msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." +msgstr "Deze tekenreeks specificeert de naam van de autoriteit die verbonden is met hoofdsleutel. De standaard waarde is K/M." #. advanced item help : master_key_type #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Deze tekenreeks met sleuteltype toont het sleuteltype van de hoofdsleutel." #. advanced item help : max_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"valid for in this realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." +msgstr "Deze tijdspanne specificeert de maximum tijdsduur gedurende welke een ticket geldig is in dit gebied." #. advanced item help : max_renew_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"renewed for in this realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." +msgstr "Deze tijdspanne specificeert de maximum tijdsduur waarbinnen een ticket vernieuwd mag worden in dit gebied." #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 -msgid "" -"A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt " -"combinations of principals for this realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." +msgstr "Een lijst van key/salt-tekenreeksen die de standaard key/salt combinaties specificeert van autoriteiten voor dit gebied." #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 -msgid "" -"Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." +msgstr "Specificeert de toegestane key/salt-combinaties van autoriteiten voor dit gebied." #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm " -"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm " -"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" -msgstr "" +msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" +msgstr "Specificeert of de lijst met doorlopen gebieden voor kruis-gebied-tickets wel of niet gecontroleerd moet worden tegen het doorlooppad berekend uit de gebiedsnamen en de [capaths]-sectie van zijn krb5.conf bestand" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 -msgid "" -"This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be " -"maintained via the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." +msgstr "Deze LDAP-specifieke tag geeft het aantal verbindingen aan dat via de LDAP-server onderhouden wordt." #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 -msgid "" -"This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed " -"passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." +msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 -msgid "" -"Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The " -"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</" -"p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under " -"the subtree." -msgstr "" +msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." +msgstr "Specificeert de lijst van DN's dieper in de boomstructuur die de autoriteiten van een gebied bevatten. Deze lijst van DN's van objects dieper in de boomstructuur wordt gescheiden door dubbele punten(:).Het zoekgebied specificeert het gebied voor het zoeken van de autoriteiten dieper in de boomstructuur." #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 -msgid "" -"Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a " -"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a " -"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." -msgstr "" +msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." +msgstr "Specificeert de DN van het container-object waarin de autoriteiten van een gebied aangemaakt zullen worden. Als de container-referentie niet is geconfigureerd voor een gebied dan worden de autoriteiten aangemaakt in de container van het gebied." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Specificeert de maximum levensduur van een ticket voor autoriteiten in dit gebied." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 -msgid "" -"Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." -"" -msgstr "" +msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." +msgstr "Specificeert de maximum vernieuwbare levensduur van tickets voor autoriteiten in dit gebied." #. ################################################################################# #. ################################################################################# @@ -1810,33 +1607,34 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:53 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1885 msgid "Database Path" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pad naar database" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:60 msgid "&Database Path" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pad naar &database" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:71 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1889 msgid "ACL File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ACL-bestand" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:78 msgid "ACL &File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ACL-&bestand" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200 #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:89 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1893 msgid "Administrator Keytab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beheerder-keytab" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:107 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1900 msgid "Default Principal Expiration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Standaard hoofdverloopdatum" #. checkbox text #. checkbox text @@ -1878,134 +1676,138 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1906 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2008 msgid "Default Principal Flags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Standaard hoofdvlaggen" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:166 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:680 msgid "Allow p&ostdated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Latere datum t&oestaan" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:174 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:688 msgid "Allow &forwardable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Doo&rsturen toestaan" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:182 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:696 msgid "Allow rene&wable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vernieu&wen toestaan" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:190 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:704 msgid "Allow &proxiable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Proxy aanbrengen toestaan" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:198 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:712 msgid "Enable &user-to-user authentication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aanzetten van gebr&uiker-gebruiker authenticatie" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:206 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:720 msgid "Requires pr&eauth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vereist pr&eauth" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:214 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:728 msgid "Requires &hwauth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vereist &hwauth" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:220 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:734 msgid "Allow &service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Service toestaan" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:226 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:740 msgid "Allow tgs re&quest" -msgstr "" +msgstr "T&gs-verzoek toestaan" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:232 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:746 msgid "Allow &tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Ticket toestaan" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:238 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:752 msgid "Need &change" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Wijziging vereist" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:246 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:760 msgid "P&assword changing service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Service voor w&achtwoord wijzigen" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:261 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1911 msgid "Dictionary File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Woordenboekbestand" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:279 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1916 msgid "Kadmin Daemon Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kadmin-daemon-poort" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:297 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1921 msgid "Kpasswd Daemon Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kpasswd-daemon-poort" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:315 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1926 msgid "Key Stash File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Key-stash-bestand" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:333 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1929 msgid "KDC Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KDC-poort" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:351 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1933 msgid "Master Key Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoofdsleutel-naam" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:369 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1938 msgid "Master Key Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoofdsleuteltype" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:88 #. Treeview list item #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:387 @@ -2013,7 +1815,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1943 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1998 msgid "Maximum Ticket Life Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Maximum ticket-levensduur" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:401 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:434 @@ -2029,66 +1831,69 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1948 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2003 msgid "Maximum Ticket Renew Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Maximum ticket-vernieuwingsduur" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:453 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1953 msgid "Default Encryption Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Standaard versleuteltypen" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:471 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1958 msgid "KDC Supported Encryption Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Door KDC ondersteunde versleuteltypen" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:489 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1963 msgid "Reject Bad Transit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Weiger foute doorgang" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:507 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1983 msgid "Number of LDAP connections" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aantal LDAP-verbindingen" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:525 msgid "File for the LDAP password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bestand voor LDAP-wachtwoord" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:545 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1988 msgid "Search Subtrees" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Submappen doorzoeken" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:558 msgid "Search Scope" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zoekbereik" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:565 msgid "&subtree search" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&submappen doorzoeken" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:572 msgid "&one level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "één niv&eau" +# workflow: "Software-Auswahl" +# -ke- #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:588 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1993 msgid "Principal Container" -msgstr "" +msgstr " Hoofdcontainer" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); #. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); #. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2016 msgid "Advanced LDAP Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Geavanceerde LDAP-instellingen" #. encoding: utf-8 #. File: include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.ycp @@ -2115,9 +1920,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50 -msgid "" -"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the " -"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." +msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85 @@ -2125,8 +1928,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" +msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130 @@ -2159,7 +1961,7 @@ #. *************************************** #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:53 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2191 msgid "Startup Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opstartconfiguratie" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:62 @@ -2169,57 +1971,60 @@ #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:67 msgid "Schema Files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Schemabestanden" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:75 msgid "Log Level Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instellingen logniveau" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:83 msgid "Allow/Disallow Features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Toestaan/Verboden eigenschappen" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:91 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:218 msgid "TLS Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TLS-instellingen" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:100 msgid "Databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Databases" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 msgid "Suffix DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Achtervoegsel DN" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:173 msgid "Database Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Type database" #. widget_map["g_schema","inclist"] = l; #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:228 msgid "Your TLS/SSL Configuration seems to be incomplete." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uw TLS/SSL-configuratie schijnt niet compleet te zijn." #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:229 msgid "Do you really want to enable the \"ldaps\" protocol listener?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Weet u zeker dat u de \"ldaps\"-protocollistener wilt activeren?" +# there are length limits +# 2000-03-08 17:43:39 CET -ke- #. add a new file to the list #. file dialog heading #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:265 msgid "Select New Schema File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selecteer nieuw schemabestand" #. error popup #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:272 msgid "The schema file is already in the list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Het schemabestand bevindt zich al in de lijst." #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:462 msgid "Select a valid Certificate File" @@ -2233,15 +2038,17 @@ msgid "A common server certificate is not available." msgstr "" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71 #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:575 msgid "Select Certificate File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selecteer certificaatbestand" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71 #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:583 msgid "Select Certificate Key File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selecteer certificaat sleutelbestand" #. **************************************** #. * handlers for database parent widget @@ -2256,25 +2063,25 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:721 msgid "Do you really want to delete the database?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Weet u zeker dat u de database wilt verwijderen?" #. Error Popup #. Error Popup #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:750 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:884 msgid "Unable to write settings for the current database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kan de instellingen voor de huidige database niet schrijven." #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:804 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:941 msgid "Unable to read settings for the current database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kan de instellingen voor de huidige database niet lezen." #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:959 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1001 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:403 msgid "New Administrator &Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nieuw beheer&wachtwoord" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:965 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1007 @@ -2285,7 +2092,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1015 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368 msgid "Change Administration Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wijzig systeembeheerder-wachtwoord" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1038 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1039 @@ -2309,12 +2116,15 @@ msgid "Multiple Replication Consumers not supported currently" msgstr "" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 #. **************************************** #. tree generation functions ** #. *************************************** #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1290 msgid "Index Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Index-configuratie" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1298 msgid "Password Policy Configuration" @@ -2322,23 +2132,27 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1307 msgid "Access Control Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Toegangscontrole-configuratie" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1316 msgid "Replication Provider" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Leverancier van replicatie" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1325 msgid "Replication Consumer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gebruiker van replicatie" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:70 msgid "&Start Kerberos Server" msgstr "" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:77 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:96 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:94 msgid "Protocol Listeners" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Protocol-listeners" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:100 msgid "LDAP" @@ -2347,67 +2161,68 @@ #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldap), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:112 msgid "LDAP over SSL (ldaps)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP over SSL (ldaps)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:141 msgid "Included &Schema Files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ingesloten &schemabestanden" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:152 msgid "Select &Log Level Flags:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selecteer &logniveauvlaggen:" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:67 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:154 msgid "Trace Function Calls" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Traceer functieaanroepen" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:155 msgid "Debug Packet Handling" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Debug pakketafhandeling" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:156 msgid "Heavy Trace Debugging (function args)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ingrijpende tracering voor debugging (functie argumenten)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:157 msgid "Connection Management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Connectiebeheer" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:158 msgid "Print Packets Sent and Received" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Druk verzonden en ontvangen pakketjes af" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:159 msgid "Search Filter Processing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zoekfilterverwerking" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:160 msgid "Configuration File Processing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuratiebestandsverwerking" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:161 msgid "Access Control List Processing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verwerking toegangscontrolelijst (ACL)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:162 msgid "Log Connections, Operations, and Result" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Registreer verbindingen, bewerkingen en resultaten in de log" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:163 msgid "Log Entries Sent" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aantal verzonden ingangen in de log" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:164 msgid "Print Communication with Shell Back-Ends" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Druk communicatie met shell backends af" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:165 msgid "Entry Parsing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Interpreteer ingang" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:166 msgid "LDAPSync Replication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAPSync-replicatie" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167 msgid "None" @@ -2415,70 +2230,67 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174 msgid "Select &Allow Flags:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selecteer &Toelatingsvlaggen:" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:176 msgid "LDAPv2 Bind Requests" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAPv2 verbindingsverzoeken" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:179 msgid "Anonymous Bind when Credentials Not Empty" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anonymous Bind met gevulde credentials" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:183 msgid "Unauthenticated Bind when DN Not Empty" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Niet-geauthenticeerde bind met gevulde DN" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:187 msgid "Unauthenticated Update Operations to Process" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Niet-geauthenticeerde opwaardeeracties die moeten worden verwerkt" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:193 msgid "Select &Disallow Flags:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selecteer &Verbodsvlaggen:" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:197 -msgid "" -"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous " -"directory access)" -msgstr "" +msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)" +msgstr "Schakel acceptatie van anonieme bindingsverzoeken uit (voorkomt geen anonieme toegang tot de directory)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:201 msgid "Disable Simple Bind authentication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eenvoudige bind-authenticatie uitzetten" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:204 -msgid "" -"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" -msgstr "" +msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" +msgstr "Schakel het forceren van een sessie tot een anonieme status uit bij ontvangst van de StartTLS-operatie" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:210 msgid "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sta geen StartTLS-operatie toe indien geauthenticeerd" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:221 msgid "Basic Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Basisinstellingen" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:227 msgid "Enable TLS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TLS activeren" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:234 msgid "Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Schakel LDAP over SSL-interface (ldaps) in" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:242 msgid "Use common Server Certificate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gebruik algemeen servercertificaat" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:254 msgid "Import Certificate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Importeer certificaat" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:273 msgid "Certificate &File (PEM Format)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Certificaatbestand in PEM formaat" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234 msgid "&Browse..." @@ -2486,7 +2298,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285 msgid "Certificate &Key File (PEM Format - Unencrypted)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Certificaa&tsleutelbestand (PEM formaat -- niet versleuteld)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:288 msgid "B&rowse..." @@ -2510,19 +2322,19 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:309 msgid "Change Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wijzig wachtwoord" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:317 msgid "Edit BDB Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "BDB-database bewerken" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:324 msgid "Entry Cache" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Itemcache" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:330 msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indexcache (IDL-cache)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 msgid "Checkpoint Settings" @@ -2530,7 +2342,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:344 msgid "kilobytes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "kilobytes" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:346 msgid "minutes" @@ -2538,27 +2350,30 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:354 msgid "Change Configuration Database Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instellingen van configuratie-database wijzigen" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:359 msgid "Allow Plaintext Authentication (Simple Bind) for this Database. " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sta authenticatie via gewone tekst (Simple Bind) toe voor deze database. " #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:362 msgid "(Remote Connection needs to be encrypted)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(Connectie van afstand moet vercijfert zijn)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:374 msgid "Edit Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Database wijzigen" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Database type not currently supported." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Database type word niet ondersteund." +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:381 msgid "Indexing Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indexering-configuratie" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 msgid "Attribute" @@ -2567,25 +2382,26 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 msgid "Presence" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aanwezigheid" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:453 msgid "Equality" msgstr "Gelijkheid" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:454 msgid "Substring" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Deeltekenreeks" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:402 msgid "Change Administrator Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wijzig beheerwachtwoord" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:447 msgid "Add Index" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Index toevoegen" #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239 @@ -2594,23 +2410,24 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:47 msgid "Enable Password Policies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wachtwoordbeleid inschakelen" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:55 msgid "Hash Clear Text Passwords" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wachtwoorden opgesteld in gewone tekst versleutelen" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:63 msgid "Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Status \"Account vergrendeld\" prijsgeven" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:73 msgid "Default Policy Object DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Standaard beleid object-DN" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:89 msgid "Edit Policy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beleid bewerken" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:100 msgid "All Entries" @@ -2622,76 +2439,77 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:102 msgid "The Entry with the DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Het item met de DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:106 msgid "Everybody" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Iedereen" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:107 msgid "Authenticated Clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Geauthenticeerde cliënten" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:108 msgid "Anonymous Clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anonieme cliënten" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:109 msgid "The accessed Entry (self)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Het item dat is binnengegaan (zelf)" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:110 msgid "The user with the DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "De gebruiker met de DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:111 msgid "All entries in the subtree" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alle items in de onderverdeling" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:112 msgid "All members of the group" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alle leden van de groep" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:125 msgid "<empty>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<leeg>" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:219 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:126 msgid "No Access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Geen toegang" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:128 msgid "No Access (but disclose information on error)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Geen toegang (echter ontsluit de informatie bij een fout)" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:131 msgid "Authenticate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verificatie" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:132 msgid "Compare" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vergelijken" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:133 msgid "Read" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lezen" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:134 msgid "Write" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Schrijven" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:135 msgid "Manage (full access)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beheren (volledig toegang)" #. don't count frontend and Config DB #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:167 msgid "New Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nieuwe database" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:170 msgid "Basic Database Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Basisinstellingen database" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:189 msgid "&Administrator DN" @@ -2703,24 +2521,24 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:211 msgid "LDAP Administrator &Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP administratie &wachtwoord" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:230 msgid "&Database Directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Databasemap" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:240 msgid "Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gebruik deze database als de standaard voor OpenLDAP-cliënten" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:311 msgid "Select Database Directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Databasemap selecteren" #. check values #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:350 msgid "Base DN must be set." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Basis DN moet zijn ingesteld." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:359 msgid "A database with this Base DN already exists." @@ -2728,11 +2546,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:399 msgid "Root DN must be set if a password is given." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Root DN moet zijn ingesteld als er een wachtwoord is opgegeven.opgegeven." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:405 msgid "Password validation failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wachtwoordvalidatie mislukt." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:435 msgid "" @@ -2742,20 +2560,20 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:451 msgid "A directory must be specified." -msgstr "" +msgstr "U moet een map opgeven." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:458 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "De map bestaat niet. Aanmaken?" #. try to read the ppolicy from the server #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637 msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Authenticatie is mislukt. Het wachtwoord is waarschijnlijk onjuist.\n" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640 msgid "The error message was: '" -msgstr "" +msgstr "De foutmelding is: '" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645 msgid "Try again?" @@ -2765,21 +2583,21 @@ #. Entry, try to merge them here #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720 msgid "Available Attribute Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beschikbare attribuuttypen" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724 msgid "Selected Attribute Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selecteer attribuuttypen" #. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985 msgid "Who should this rule apply to" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Waarop is deze regel van toepassing" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227 msgid "Entry DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Item DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990 msgid "Select" @@ -2787,7 +2605,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826 msgid "Define the Access Level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Definieer het niveau van toegang" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836 msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)" @@ -2799,7 +2617,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849 msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Doorgaan met evaluatie van deze regel (\"continue\")" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904 msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield" @@ -2808,27 +2626,27 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225 msgid "Subtree DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN van lager niveau" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950 msgid "Group DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Groeps-DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973 msgid "Edit Access Control Rule" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bewerk toegangscontroleregel" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978 msgid "Target Objects" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Doelobjecten" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999 msgid "Matching the filter:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Komt overeen met het filter:" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006 msgid "LDAP Filter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP-filter" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016 msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute" @@ -2844,19 +2662,19 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 msgid "Access Level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Toegangsniveau" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039 msgid "Who" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wie" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 msgid "Flow Control" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Flow-controle" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319 msgid "Up" @@ -2899,7 +2717,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614 msgid "Provider Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Providernaam" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716 msgid "Port" @@ -2907,11 +2725,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637 msgid "Replication Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Type replicatie" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644 msgid "Replication Interval" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Interval voor replicatie" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647 msgid "Days" @@ -2931,15 +2749,15 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672 msgid "Authentication DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Authenticatie-DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693 msgid "Custom update referral" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verwijzing naar aangepaste update" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709 msgid "Target Host" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Doelhost" #. no updateref #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929 @@ -2953,20 +2771,19 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007 msgid "Do you still want to continue?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wilt u doorgaan?" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989 msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed." msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 -msgid "" -"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" -msgstr "" +msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" +msgstr "Gaarne verifiëren dat de doelserver is ingeschakeld als een LDAPsync-leverancier" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Schakel ldapsync-leverancier in voor deze database" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144 msgid "Operations" @@ -2986,11 +2803,14 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:352 msgid "Reading Startup Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opstartconfiguratie lezen" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:353 msgid "Reading Configuration Backend" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lezen van configuratiebackend" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:354 msgid "Reading Configuration Data" @@ -3008,31 +2828,32 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:466 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1033 msgid "LDAP search failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP zoeken is mislukt." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:812 msgid "Invalid LDAP URI scheme." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP-URI-schema niet geldig." +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:72 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:828 msgid "LDAP initialization failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Initialiseren van LDAP is mislukt." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:854 msgid "LDAP bind failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Binden van LDAP is mislukt." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:877 msgid "Initializing LDAP schema failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Initialiseren van het LDAP-schema is mislukt." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:888 msgid "Reading LDAP schema failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lezen van het LDAP-schema is mislukt." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:898 msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Het Kerberos-schema is niet bekend bij de LDAP-server." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 @@ -3041,37 +2862,40 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1005 msgid "Modifying the kerberos database failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wijzigen van kerberos-database is mislukt." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1046 msgid "LDAP modify failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wijzigen van LDAP is mislukt." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1074 msgid "Incomplete data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Onvolledige gegevens." +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:288 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1101 msgid "Unsupported database type." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Niet ondersteund type database." #. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service #. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1546 msgid "Enabling LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activeren van LDAP-server" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1547 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1559 msgid "Starting LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Start de LDAP-server" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1549 msgid "Activating OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OpenLDAP-server wordt geactiveerd" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1560 msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OpenLDAP-server wordt herstart" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1569 msgid "Enabling Kerberos Server" @@ -3087,23 +2911,25 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1602 msgid "Writing Startup Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opstartconfiguratie wordt opgeslaan" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1603 msgid "Cleaning up config directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opschonen van de config-map" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:60 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1604 msgid "Creating Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuratie aanmaken" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1605 msgid "Starting OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP-server wordt opgestart" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1606 msgid "Creating Base Objects" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aanmaken van basis objecten" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1607 msgid "Saving Kerberos Configuration" @@ -3115,41 +2941,42 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1616 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2569 msgid "Switch from slapd.conf to config backend failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Overschakelen van slapd.conf naar config-backend is mislukt." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1624 msgid "Enabling the LDAPI Protocol listener failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inschakelen van het programma dat luistert naar het LDAPI-protocol is mislukt." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1648 msgid "Config Directory cleanup failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opschonen van config-map is mislukt." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1686 msgid "Error while populating the configurations database with \"slapadd\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fout bij het invoeren in de configuratiedatabase met \"slapadd\"." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1706 msgid "Enabling the LDAP Service failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activeren van de LDAP-service is mislukt." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1722 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2600 msgid "Starting the LDAP service failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Starten van de LDAP-service is mislukt." +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162 #. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service #. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1784 msgid "Stopping LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stop de LDAP-server" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1785 msgid "Disabling LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP-server uitschakelen" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1787 msgid "De-activating OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OpenLDAP-server wordt gedeactiveerd" #. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service #. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. @@ -3167,33 +2994,32 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1825 msgid "Writing Sysconfig files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sysconfig-bestanden worden geschreven" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1826 msgid "Applying changes to Configuration Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wijzigingen toepassen op de configuratiedatabase" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1827 msgid "Applying changes to /etc/openldap/ldap.conf" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wijzigingen aanbrengen in /etc/openldap/ldap.conf" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1828 msgid "Creating Base Objects for newly created databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Basis objecten aanmaken voor nieuw aangemaakte databases" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1829 msgid "Updating Default Password Policy Objects" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opwaarderen van standaard wachtwoordbeleid objecten" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830 -msgid "" -"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take " -"some minutes)" -msgstr "" +msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" +msgstr "Wacht op het gereedkomen van de openLDAP-achtergrondtaak voor het indexeren (dit kan enige minuten duren)" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831 msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server if required" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OpenLDAP-server wordt herstart indien nodig" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1834 msgid "Writing AuthServer Configuration" @@ -3201,16 +3027,14 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1931 msgid "Creating base objects failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aanmaken van de basis objecten is mislukt." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1940 msgid "Creating Password Policy objects failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aanmaken van wachtwoordbeleid objecten is mislukt." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to " -"finish.\n" +msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1954 @@ -3219,7 +3043,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2194 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Register at SLP Service: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Registreer bij SLP daemon: " #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 msgid "Start Kerberos Server: " @@ -3227,15 +3051,15 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2215 msgid "Create the following databases:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Maak de volgende databases aan:" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2220 msgid "Database Suffix: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Database-achtervoegsel: " #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2221 msgid "Database Type: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Type database: " #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227 msgid "Not configured yet." @@ -3247,12 +3071,12 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2477 msgid "Certificate File does not exist" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Certificaatbestand bestaat niet" #. error message #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2482 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1752 msgid "Certificate key file does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Certificaatsleutelbestand bestaat niet." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2489 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2523 msgid "Can not set a filesystem ACL on the private key." @@ -3264,39 +3088,41 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2545 msgid "Cleaning up directory for config database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opschonen van de map voor de configuratiedatabase" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2546 msgid "Converting slapd.conf to config database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Converteren van slapd.conf naar de config-database" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2547 msgid "Switching startup configuration to use config database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Omschakelen van de opstartconfiguratie om the config-database te gebruiken" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2548 msgid "Restarting LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "De LDAP-server wordt herstart" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2549 msgid "Migrating LDAP Server Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP-server-configuratie migreren" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2559 msgid "Output of \"slaptest\":\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uitvoer van \"slaptest\":\n" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:60 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2560 msgid "Migration of existing configuration failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Migratie van een bestaande configuratie is mislukt." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2579 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2587 msgid "Enabling LDAPI listener failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activeren van de LDAPI-listener is mislukt." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2709 msgid "Common server certificate not available. StartTLS is disabled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Algemeen server-certificaat is niet beschikbaar. StartTLS is uitgeschakeld." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2803 msgid "Could not create database directory." @@ -3312,28 +3138,26 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2860 -msgid "" -"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its " -"own fully qualified hostname." +msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kan krb5.conf niet schrijven." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aanmaken van kerberos-database is mislukt." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 msgid "Writing to password file failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Schrijven naar wachtwoordbestand is mislukt." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." -msgstr "" +msgstr "is geen geldige LDAP DN." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." @@ -3345,15 +3169,13 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 -msgid "" -"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-" -"letter code." +msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Het eerste deel van de suffix moet c=,st=,l=,o=,ou= of dc= zijn." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 #, perl-format @@ -3377,11 +3199,11 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." -msgstr "" +msgstr "De Root DN moet een kind-object zijn van de Base DN." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kon de map niet aanmaken." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 #, perl-format @@ -3389,8 +3211,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 -msgid "" -"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" +msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 @@ -3412,156 +3233,154 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Schrijven naar krb5.conf is mislukt." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Schrijven naar kdc.conf is mislukt." #. error at paramter check #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:301 #, perl-format msgid "Database type '%s' is not supported. Allowed are 'bdb' and 'hdb'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Database type '%s' word niet ondersteund. Alleen 'bdb' en 'hdb' zijn toegestaan." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347 msgid "The countryName must be an ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Het landnummer moet een ISO-3166 tweeletterige landcode zijn." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:391 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:726 msgid "Invalid 'rootdn'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ongeldig rootdn." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:400 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:734 msgid "'rootdn' must be below the 'suffix'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "rootdn moet zich onder de suffix bevinden." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:415 msgid "To set a password, you must define 'rootdn'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om een wachtwoord in te stellen dient u een 'rootdn' te hebben gedefinieerd." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:422 msgid "Define 'rootpw'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Definieer 'rootww'." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:435 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:768 #, perl-format msgid "'%s' is an unsupported crypt method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "'%s' is een niet ondersteunde encryptiemethode." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:475 msgid "Define 'directory'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Definieer 'map'" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:489 msgid "The directory does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Map bestaat niet." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:511 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:526 msgid "Invalid cache size value." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ongeldige waarde voor de afmeting van de cache." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:547 msgid "Invalid checkpoint value." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ongeldige waarde voor checkpoint." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:753 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:758 msgid "Define 'passwd'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Definieer 'passwd'." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:805 msgid "Database edit failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wijziging database mislukt." #. error message at parameter check #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:865 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:938 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1086 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1129 msgid "Missing parameter 'suffix'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ontbrekende parameter suffix." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1533 msgid "Cannot restart the service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kan service niet herstarten." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1540 msgid "Cannot stop the service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kan de service niet stoppen." #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1703 msgid "CA certificate file does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "CA certificaatbestand bestaat niet." #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1719 msgid "CA certificate path does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "CA certificaatpad bestaat niet." #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1735 msgid "Certificate file does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Certificaatbestand bestaat niet." #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1770 msgid "Invalid value for 'TLSVerifyClient'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ongeldige waarde voor 'TLSVerifyClient'." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1779 msgid "Writing failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Schrijven mislukt." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1944 msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateFile' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ontbrekende waarde voor 'ServerCertificateFile'." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1950 msgid "Cannot read certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kan certificaatbestand niet lezen." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1955 msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateData' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ontbrekende parameter 'ServerCertificateData'." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1962 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1987 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2003 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2012 msgid "Corrupt PEM data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beschadigde PEM-data." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1969 msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyFile' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ontbrekende parameter 'ServerKeyFile'." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1975 msgid "Cannot read key file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kan het sleutelbestand niet lezen." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1980 msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyData' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ontbrekende parameter 'ServerKeyData'." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1998 msgid "Cannot read CA certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kan CA certificaatbestand niet lezen." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2021 msgid "Cannot write certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kan certificaatbestand niet schrijven." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2027 msgid "Cannot write key file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kan sleutelbestand niet schrijven." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2046 msgid "Cannot write CA certificate file." -msgstr "" - - +msgstr "Kan CA certificaatbestand niet schrijven." Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -30,9 +30,7 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts1_finish.rb:47 #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45 msgid "Executing autoinstall scripts in the installation environment..." -msgstr "" -"Automatische installatiescripts worden in de installatieomgeving " -"uitgevoerd..." +msgstr "Automatische installatiescripts worden in de installatieomgeving uitgevoerd..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 @@ -138,11 +136,8 @@ #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 -msgid "" -"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" -msgstr "" -"Cliënt voor het aanmaken van AutoYast-profiel op het huidige draaiende " -"systeem" +msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" +msgstr "Cliënt voor het aanmaken van AutoYast-profiel op het huidige draaiende systeem" #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 msgid "known modules: %1" @@ -169,30 +164,22 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 msgid "" "Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified " -"location." +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location." msgstr "" -"Kopieer de inhoud van het bestand en specificeer het definitieve pad op " -"het geïnstalleerde\n" -"systeem met behulp van deze dialoog. YaST zal dit bestand naar de " -"gespecificeerde locatie kopiëren." +"Kopieer de inhoud van het bestand en specificeer het definitieve pad op het geïnstalleerde\n" +"systeem met behulp van deze dialoog. YaST zal dit bestand naar de gespecificeerde locatie kopiëren." #. help 2/2 #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a " -"symbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit " -"pattern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" "new permissions." msgstr "" -"Om gekopieerde bestanden te beveiligen moeten de eigenaar en de " -"permissies van de\n" -"bestanden worden ingesteld. De eigenaar is met de syntaxis userid:" -"groupid in te stellen.\n" -"Permissies kunnen een symbolische representatie zijn van de te maken " -"wijzigingen of bestaan uit\n" +"Om gekopieerde bestanden te beveiligen moeten de eigenaar en de permissies van de\n" +"bestanden worden ingesteld. De eigenaar is met de syntaxis userid:groupid in te stellen.\n" +"Permissies kunnen een symbolische representatie zijn van de te maken wijzigingen of bestaan uit\n" "een octaal nummer dat het bitpatroon van de nieuwe permissies weergeeft." # bedoelt men hier: @@ -271,18 +258,13 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location " -"in the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web " -"server\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared." msgstr "" -"Voor veel applicaties en diensten heeft u misschien een " -"configuratiebestand voorbereid,\n" -"welke in zijn geheel moet worden gekopieerd naar een bepaalde locatie in het " -"geïnstalleerde\n" -"systeem. Dit bijvoorbeeld in het geval u een webserver wilt gaan installeren " -"en u een\n" +"Voor veel applicaties en diensten heeft u misschien een configuratiebestand voorbereid,\n" +"welke in zijn geheel moet worden gekopieerd naar een bepaalde locatie in het geïnstalleerde\n" +"systeem. Dit bijvoorbeeld in het geval u een webserver wilt gaan installeren en u een\n" "httpd.conf-configuratiebestand heeft voorbereid." #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:332 @@ -309,9 +291,7 @@ #. Dialog title for autoyast dialog #: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:62 msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings" -msgstr "" -"Het systeem wordt geconfigureerd volgens de automatische installatie-" -"instellingen" +msgstr "Het systeem wordt geconfigureerd volgens de automatische installatie-instellingen" #. determine name of client, if not use default name #. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); @@ -423,8 +403,7 @@ "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Even geduld a.u.b. Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische " -"installatie.\n" +"Even geduld a.u.b. Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische installatie.\n" #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:41 msgid "Probe hardware" @@ -528,9 +507,7 @@ #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." -msgstr "" -"Even geduld a.u.b. Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische " -"installatie." +msgstr "Even geduld a.u.b. Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische installatie." #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" @@ -688,12 +665,10 @@ #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 msgid "" -"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-" -"out)\n" +"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages. \n" msgstr "" -"Afhankelijk van uw ervaring, kunt u installatiemeldingen overslaan, " -"loggen\n" +"Afhankelijk van uw ervaring, kunt u installatiemeldingen overslaan, loggen\n" "en/of bekijken (met tijdslimiet). \n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219 @@ -701,10 +676,8 @@ "It is recommended to show all messages with time-out.\n" "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.\n" msgstr "" -"Het wordt aanbevolen alle meldingen te bekijken met een " -"tijdslimiet.\n" -"Waarschuwingen kunnen in sommige gevallen worden overgeslagen maar mogen " -"niet genegeerd worden.\n" +"Het wordt aanbevolen alle meldingen te bekijken met een tijdslimiet.\n" +"Waarschuwingen kunnen in sommige gevallen worden overgeslagen maar mogen niet genegeerd worden.\n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:226 msgid "Messages and Logging" @@ -721,14 +694,12 @@ #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Kies één van de volgende basisselecties en klik op gedetailleerd</" -"i> om\n" +"Kies één van de volgende basisselecties en klik op gedetailleerd om\n" "uitgebreide selecties en pakketten toe te voegen.\n" "\n" @@ -740,10 +711,8 @@ msgstr "Locatie van de installatiebron (zoals http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 -msgid "" -"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" -msgstr "" -"De inst-bron van dit systeem (u kunt geen images aanmaken als u dit kiest)" +msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" +msgstr "De inst-bron van dit systeem (u kunt geen images aanmaken als u dit kiest)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 msgid "using that installation source failed" @@ -758,41 +727,31 @@ msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " -"to mount\n" -"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " -"can be\n" -"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " -"possible.\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "Aangekoppeld in /etc/fstab door:\n" -"\tNormaliter wordt een aan te koppelen bestandssysteem geïdentificeerd door " -"de\n" -"\tapparaatnaam in /etc/fstab. Deze identificatie kan gewijzigd worden zodat " -"het aan\n" -"\tte koppelen bestandssysteem gevonden kan worden door te zoeken naar een " -"UUID\n" -"\tof een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandssystemen kunnen aangekoppeld worden " -"via een\n" -"\tUUID of volumelabel. Wanneer een optie uitgeschakeld is, dan is dit " -"onmogelijk.\n" +"\tNormaliter wordt een aan te koppelen bestandssysteem geïdentificeerd door de\n" +"\tapparaatnaam in /etc/fstab. Deze identificatie kan gewijzigd worden zodat het aan\n" +"\tte koppelen bestandssysteem gevonden kan worden door te zoeken naar een UUID\n" +"\tof een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandssystemen kunnen aangekoppeld worden via een\n" +"\tUUID of volumelabel. Wanneer een optie uitgeschakeld is, dan is dit onmogelijk.\n" "\t" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " msgstr "" "Volumelabel:\n" "\t De in dit veld opgegeven naam wordt gebruikt als volumelabel. Dit heeft\n" -"\t normaal alleen zin wanneer u de optie aankoppelen per volumelabel " -"activeert.\n" +"\t normaal alleen zin wanneer u de optie aankoppelen per volumelabel activeert.\n" "\t Een volumelabel kan niet het teken / of spaties bevatten.\n" "\t " @@ -893,8 +852,7 @@ "You selected to create the partition, but you did not select a valid file\n" "system. Select a valid filesystem to continue.\n" msgstr "" -"U het maken van een partitie geselecteerd, maar u hebt geen geldig " -"bestandssysteem\n" +"U het maken van een partitie geselecteerd, maar u hebt geen geldig bestandssysteem\n" "geselecteerd. Gaarne een geldig bestandssysteem selecteren om door te gaan.\n" #. We don't use the return value of the check, because we @@ -963,11 +921,8 @@ #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:589 -msgid "" -"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." -msgstr "" -"Grootte \"auto\" is alleen geldig als het aankoppelpunt \"/boot\" of \"swap" -"\" is geselecteerd." +msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." +msgstr "Grootte \"auto\" is alleen geldig als het aankoppelpunt \"/boot\" of \"swap\" is geselecteerd." #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:597 msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." @@ -1033,13 +988,10 @@ "\n" "Voor deze machine kon geen profiel worden gevonden of opgehaald.\n" "Controleer of u de juiste locatie op de commandoregel heeft opgegeven\n" -"en probeer het nog eens. Door deze foutmelding kunt u alleen een URL-adres " -"naar het\n" +"en probeer het nog eens. Door deze foutmelding kunt u alleen een URL-adres naar het\n" "profiel opgeven, geen map. Wanneer u gebruik maakt van op regels- of op\n" -"hostnaam gebaseerde besturingsbestanden, dan dient u het installatieproces " -"opnieuw\n" -"te starten en u er van te verzekeren dat de besturingsbestanden toegankelijk " -"zijn.\n" +"hostnaam gebaseerde besturingsbestanden, dan dient u het installatieproces opnieuw\n" +"te starten en u er van te verzekeren dat de besturingsbestanden toegankelijk zijn.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30 msgid "System Profile Location" @@ -1074,8 +1026,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"U ziet hier alle harde schijven die automatisch op uw systeem zijn " -"gedetecteerd.\n" +"U ziet hier alle harde schijven die automatisch op uw systeem zijn gedetecteerd.\n" "Selecteer de harde schijf waarop u &product; wilt installeren.\n" "" @@ -1149,17 +1100,14 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200 msgid "Use this interface to define classes of control files. \n" -msgstr "" -"Gebruik deze interface voor het definiëren van categorieën voor " -"besturingsbestanden. \n" +msgstr "Gebruik deze interface voor het definiëren van categorieën voor besturingsbestanden. \n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206 msgid "" "For example, you can define a class of configurations for\n" "a specific department, group, or site in your company environment.\n" msgstr "" -"U kunt bijvoorbeeld een categorie van configuraties definiëren voor een " -"specifieke\n" +"U kunt bijvoorbeeld een categorie van configuraties definiëren voor een specifieke\n" "afdeling, groep of terrein in uw bedrijfsomgeving.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:213 @@ -1168,8 +1116,7 @@ "and when it is merged when creating a control file.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"De volgorde (prioriteit) definieert de hiërarchie van een categorie en " -"wanneer\n" +"De volgorde (prioriteit) definieert de hiërarchie van een categorie en wanneer\n" "het wordt samengevoegd bij het aanmaken van een besturingsbestand.\n" "\n" @@ -1238,8 +1185,7 @@ "creating the classes.\n" msgstr "" "Wanneer u categorieën gedefinieerd en aangemaakt heeft,\n" -"kunt u ze met behulp van deze interface samenvoegen tot een nieuw " -"profiel.\n" +"kunt u ze met behulp van deze interface samenvoegen tot een nieuw profiel.\n" "Dit profiel bevat dan informatie van iedere categorie afhankelijk\n" "van de prioriteit (volgorde) die is ingesteld bij het aanmaken van\n" "de categorieën.\n" @@ -1451,12 +1397,8 @@ #. @param list menu items #. @return [Symbol] #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:565 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current " -"system?" -msgstr "" -"Wilt u echt dat de instellingen van de module %1 worden toegepast op uw " -"huidige systeem?" +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" +msgstr "Wilt u echt dat de instellingen van de module %1 worden toegepast op uw huidige systeem?" #. opening/parsing the xml file failed #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:635 @@ -1470,12 +1412,8 @@ #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:740 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " -"system?" -msgstr "" -"Weet u zeker dat u de instellingen van het profiel wilt toepassen op uw " -"huidige system?" +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" +msgstr "Weet u zeker dat u de instellingen van het profiel wilt toepassen op uw huidige system?" #. EXIT #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:781 @@ -1511,8 +1449,7 @@ "the Repository field." msgstr "" "\n" -"Geef in het depotveld de map op, waarin u alle " -"besturingsbestanden\n" +"Geef in het depotveld de map op, waarin u alle besturingsbestanden\n" "wilt opslaan." #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:71 @@ -1616,8 +1553,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and " -"partitioning\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" "Het 'kickstart'-bestand is geïmporteerd.\n" @@ -1751,31 +1687,25 @@ "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " -"interruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"De optie 'Installatie bevestigen' is standaard geselecteerd om een " -"ongewenste installatie\n" -"te voorkomen. Het stopt het systeem tijdens de installatie en laat een " -"overzicht zien van de\n" -"gewenste handelingen in het gebruikelijke voorstelvenster. Om de installatie " -"automatisch en\n" +"De optie 'Installatie bevestigen' is standaard geselecteerd om een ongewenste installatie\n" +"te voorkomen. Het stopt het systeem tijdens de installatie en laat een overzicht zien van de\n" +"gewenste handelingen in het gebruikelijke voorstelvenster. Om de installatie automatisch en\n" "zonder onderbreking uit te voeren dient u deze optie te deselecteren.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in " -"manual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Als u het tweede stadium van AutoYaST uitschakelt, wordt de installatie " -"voortgezet in de handmatige modus\n" +"Als u het tweede stadium van AutoYaST uitschakelt, wordt de installatie voortgezet in de handmatige modus\n" " na de eerste keer opnieuw opstarten (na de installatie van het pakket).\n" " \n" @@ -1786,8 +1716,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Voor de afhandeling van de ondertekeningen, lees de handleiding van " -"AutoYast.\n" +"Voor de afhandeling van de ondertekeningen, lees de handleiding van AutoYast.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:172 @@ -1813,8 +1742,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:333 msgid "Pathlist for answers (multiple paths are separated by space)" -msgstr "" -"Padlijst voor antwoorden (meer paden worden gescheiden door een spatie)" +msgstr "Padlijst voor antwoorden (meer paden worden gescheiden door een spatie)" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Store answer in this file" @@ -1920,17 +1848,13 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD " -"and\n" +"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.\n" msgstr "" -"Dit hulpmiddel gebruikt xmllint om het profiel te valideren aan " -"de hand van DTD en het\n" -"controleert op ontbrekende gegevens. Bepaalde gegevens kunnen opzettelijk " -"weggelaten zijn en de hierdoor\n" -"veroorzaakte foutmeldingen kunnen in dat geval genegeerd worden, " -"bijvoorbeeld tijdens de aanmaak van categorieën.\n" +"Dit hulpmiddel gebruikt xmllint om het profiel te valideren aan de hand van DTD en het\n" +"controleert op ontbrekende gegevens. Bepaalde gegevens kunnen opzettelijk weggelaten zijn en de hierdoor\n" +"veroorzaakte foutmeldingen kunnen in dat geval genegeerd worden, bijvoorbeeld tijdens de aanmaak van categorieën.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22 msgid "" @@ -1950,25 +1874,19 @@ "The imported data is loaded into the configuration management system \n" "to add more configuration options available with SUSE.\n" msgstr "" -"Om een 'Kickstart'-bestand te importeren moet u het pad van het " -"configuratiebestand\n" -"opgeven. De geïmporteerde gegevens zullen in het systeem voor " -"configuratiebeheer worden \n" +"Om een 'Kickstart'-bestand te importeren moet u het pad van het configuratiebestand\n" +"opgeven. De geïmporteerde gegevens zullen in het systeem voor configuratiebeheer worden \n" "geladen om zo meer configuratie-opties aan SUSE toe te voegen.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package " -"selections.\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.\n" msgstr "" -"Dit hulpmiddel maakt een referentieprofiel aan door informatie van dit " -"systeem\n" -"te lezen. Selecteer de van dit systeem te lezen bronnen als aanvulling op " -"de\n" -"standaardbronnen, zoals bijvoorbeeld de schijfindeling en de pakketselecties." -"\n" +"Dit hulpmiddel maakt een referentieprofiel aan door informatie van dit systeem\n" +"te lezen. Selecteer de van dit systeem te lezen bronnen als aanvulling op de\n" +"standaardbronnen, zoals bijvoorbeeld de schijfindeling en de pakketselecties.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:36 msgid " Partition your hard disks... " @@ -1976,12 +1894,10 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " -"system.\n" +"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"In de tabel rechts ziet u de partities die op het doelsysteem aangemaakt " -"zullen worden.\n" +"In de tabel rechts ziet u de partities die op het doelsysteem aangemaakt zullen worden.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:40 @@ -2020,12 +1936,10 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions " -"are\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "" -"Wanneer er geen partities zijn gedefinieerd en het gespecificeerde station " -"tevens\n" +"Wanneer er geen partities zijn gedefinieerd en het gespecificeerde station tevens\n" "het station is waar de hoofdpartitie op moet komen, dan zullen de\n" "volgende partities automatisch worden aangemaakt:" @@ -2034,8 +1948,7 @@ " <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt>, and a root partition <tt>/</tt>.\n" "Sizes are calculated automatically.\n" msgstr "" -" <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt> (voor het wisselgeheugen) en een " -"hoofdpartitie <tt>/</tt>.\n" +" <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt> (voor het wisselgeheugen) en een hoofdpartitie <tt>/</tt>.\n" "De groottes worden automatisch berekend.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:61 @@ -2043,41 +1956,27 @@ msgstr "Geavanceerde opties" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new " -"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST " -"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended " -"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition " -"using sectors rather than size in MBytes." -msgstr "" -"AutoYaST zal standaard een uitgebreide partitie aanmaken en zal alle nieuwe " -"partities als logische partities toevoegen. Het is echter mogelijk AutoYaST2 " -"de opdracht te geven een bepaalde partitie aan te maken als primaire- of " -"uitgebreide partitie. Ook is het mogelijk de grootte van een partitie te " -"specificeren in sectoren in plaats van in MBytes." +msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgstr "AutoYaST zal standaard een uitgebreide partitie aanmaken en zal alle nieuwe partities als logische partities toevoegen. Het is echter mogelijk AutoYaST2 de opdracht te geven een bepaalde partitie aan te maken als primaire- of uitgebreide partitie. Ook is het mogelijk de grootte van een partitie te specificeren in sectoren in plaats van in MBytes." #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "These options and other advanced options cannot be configured using this\n" "interface. Instead, add them manually to the control file.\n" msgstr "" -"Deze en andere geavanceerde opties kunnen niet worden geconfigureerd met " -"behulp van deze\n" -"interface. In plaats daarvan dient u ze handmatig aan het besturingsbestand " -"toe te voegen.\n" +"Deze en andere geavanceerde opties kunnen niet worden geconfigureerd met behulp van deze\n" +"interface. In plaats daarvan dient u ze handmatig aan het besturingsbestand toe te voegen.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID " -"partitions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Raadpleeg de documentatie voor LVM- en RAID-instellingen en voeg de " -"configuratie\n" +"Raadpleeg de documentatie voor LVM- en RAID-instellingen en voeg de configuratie\n" "aan een bestaand besturingsbestand toe. U kunt als voorbereiding alleen\n" "niet-geformatteerde LVM- en RAID-partities aanmaken.\n" "\n" @@ -2085,15 +1984,12 @@ #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:122 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" -"Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol HTTP(S). De server antwoordde met code " -"%2." +msgstr "Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol HTTP(S). De server antwoordde met code %2." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:142 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" -"Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol FTP. De server antwoordde met code %2." +msgstr "Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol FTP. De server antwoordde met code %2." #. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:158 @@ -2173,23 +2069,20 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Pre-installatiescripts</h3>\n" -"Voeg de commando's toe die uitgevoerd moeten worden voordat de " -"installatie begint. \n" +"Voeg de commando's toe die uitgevoerd moeten worden voordat de installatie begint. \n" #. help 2/6 #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" -"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the " -"installation\n" +"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n" "is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Post-installatie scripts</h3>\n" -"Voeg de commando's toe die op het systeem uitgevoerd moeten worden nadat " -"de installatie is voltooid.\n" +"Voeg de commando's toe die op het systeem uitgevoerd moeten worden nadat de installatie is voltooid.\n" "Deze scripts draaien buiten de 'chroot'-omgeving.\n" "" @@ -2201,21 +2094,16 @@ "For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the chroot scripts options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the " -"installed \n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>'Chroot'-scripts</H3>\n" -"Kies de opties voor 'chroot'-scripts om uw post-installatie-script " -"binnen de\n" -"'chroot'-omgeving te laten draaien. Deze scripts worden uitgevoerd " -"voorafgaand\n" -"aan de eerste herstart van het systeem. Standaard worden de 'chroot'-scripts " -"op het\n" -"installatiesysteem opgestart. Om bestanden op het geïnstalleerde systeem te " -"benaderen,\n" +"Kies de opties voor 'chroot'-scripts om uw post-installatie-script binnen de\n" +"'chroot'-omgeving te laten draaien. Deze scripts worden uitgevoerd voorafgaand\n" +"aan de eerste herstart van het systeem. Standaard worden de 'chroot'-scripts op het\n" +"installatiesysteem opgestart. Om bestanden op het geïnstalleerde systeem te benaderen,\n" "moet u altijd het koppelpunt \"/mnt\" in uw scripts gebruiken.\n" "\n" @@ -2224,16 +2112,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted" -"\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Het is mogelijk om 'chroot'-scripts in een later stadium, na de " -"bootloader-\n" -"configuratie, te draaien. Hiervoor gebruikt u het speciale booleaanse label " -"\"chrooted\". Dit start de scripts in het geïnstalleerde systeem.\n" +"Het is mogelijk om 'chroot'-scripts in een later stadium, na de bootloader-\n" +"configuratie, te draaien. Hiervoor gebruikt u het speciale booleaanse label \"chrooted\". Dit start de scripts in het geïnstalleerde systeem.\n" "\n" #. help 5/6 @@ -2262,15 +2147,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl " -"or \n" +"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl or \n" "Python for preinstallation scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Pre-installatiescripts kunnen alleen shellscripts zijn. Gebruik geen " -"Perl of \n" +"Pre-installatiescripts kunnen alleen shellscripts zijn. Gebruik geen Perl of \n" "Python als pre-installatiescripts.\n" "\n" @@ -2280,44 +2163,32 @@ "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, " -"which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an " -"installation\n" -"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, " -"too.\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, too.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Netwerktoegang:</H3>\n" -" Tijdens het uitvoeren van scripts na de installatie is het netwerk " -"uitgeschakeld en\n" -" is initialisatie in de scripts vereist om het netwerk toegankelijk te " -"maken. Een\n" -" alternatief voor post-installatiescripts met een netwerk is het gebruik van " -"init-scripts, die\n" -" een volledig geconfigureerd systeem waarborgen wanneer de scripts worden " -"uitgevoerd. Als u een installatie hebt uitgevoerd\n" -" via een netwerk, kunt u de optie Netwerk ook voor het script na " -"installatie gebruiken.\n" +" Tijdens het uitvoeren van scripts na de installatie is het netwerk uitgeschakeld en\n" +" is initialisatie in de scripts vereist om het netwerk toegankelijk te maken. Een\n" +" alternatief voor post-installatiescripts met een netwerk is het gebruik van init-scripts, die\n" +" een volledig geconfigureerd systeem waarborgen wanneer de scripts worden uitgevoerd. Als u een installatie hebt uitgevoerd\n" +" via een netwerk, kunt u de optie Netwerk ook voor het script na installatie gebruiken.\n" " \n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up " -"box as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that " -"might help\n" +"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" "you to debug your script.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback en foutopsporing:</H3>\n" -" Bij alle scripts behalve de init-scripts kunnen STDOUT+STDERR in een pop-" -"upvak worden weergegeven als feedback.\n" -" Als u foutopsporing inschakelt, ontvangt u meer uitvoer in het " -"feedbackvenster, die u mogelijk kan helpen\n" +" Bij alle scripts behalve de init-scripts kunnen STDOUT+STDERR in een pop-upvak worden weergegeven als feedback.\n" +" Als u foutopsporing inschakelt, ontvangt u meer uitvoer in het feedbackvenster, die u mogelijk kan helpen\n" " bij het opsporen van fouten in uw script.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155 @@ -2405,15 +2276,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the " -"installation for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Door het toevoegen van scripts aan het automatische installatieproces, kunt " -"u de installatie naar behoefte\n" -"aanpassen en de controle bij de verschillende stappen van de installatie " -"overnemen.\n" +"Door het toevoegen van scripts aan het automatische installatieproces, kunt u de installatie naar behoefte\n" +"aanpassen en de controle bij de verschillende stappen van de installatie overnemen.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "User Script Management" @@ -2440,12 +2308,8 @@ #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:722 -msgid "" -"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " -"error message is:\n" -msgstr "" -"De XML-ontleder rapporteerde een fout tijdens het ontleden van het autoyast-" -"profiel. Het foutbericht is:\n" +msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" +msgstr "De XML-ontleder rapporteerde een fout tijdens het ontleden van het autoyast-profiel. Het foutbericht is:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 @@ -2458,10 +2322,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "De gebruiker-gedefinieerde categorieën konden niet opgehaald worden.\n" -"Zorg er voor dat alle categorieën correct gedefinieerd en voor dit systeem, " -"via netwerk\n" -"of lokaal, beschikbaar zijn. Het systeem kan niet met behulp van het " -"originele besturingsbestand \n" +"Zorg er voor dat alle categorieën correct gedefinieerd en voor dit systeem, via netwerk\n" +"of lokaal, beschikbaar zijn. Het systeem kan niet met behulp van het originele besturingsbestand \n" "geïnstalleerd worden zonder daarbij van categorieën gebruik te maken.\n" #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes @@ -2526,35 +2388,27 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:450 msgid "" -"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " -"those available\n" -"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " -"data\n" +"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"De meeste modules, die gebruikt zijn om de configuratie op te zetten, " -"zijn identiek aan\n" -"die welke via het YaST Configuratiecentrum beschikbaar zijn. In plaats van " -"het instellen van\n" -"dit systeem, worden de opgegeven data verzameld en geëxporteerd naar het " -"besturingsbestand\n" -"dat gebruikt kan worden om een ander systeem met behulp van AutoYaST op te " -"zetten.\n" +"De meeste modules, die gebruikt zijn om de configuratie op te zetten, zijn identiek aan\n" +"die welke via het YaST Configuratiecentrum beschikbaar zijn. In plaats van het instellen van\n" +"dit systeem, worden de opgegeven data verzameld en geëxporteerd naar het besturingsbestand\n" +"dat gebruikt kan worden om een ander systeem met behulp van AutoYaST op te zetten.\n" "\n" #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, " -"including\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" "partitioning, general options, and software.\n" msgstr "" "Als aanvulling op bestaande en bekende modules zijn er nieuwe\n" "interfaces voor speciale en complexe configuraties gemaakt, zoals\n" -"bijvoorbeeld voor de schijfindeling, de algemene opties en voor software.</" -"p>\n" +"bijvoorbeeld voor de schijfindeling, de algemene opties en voor software.\n" #. Construct node name for display in tree. #. @@ -2660,8 +2514,7 @@ #. the next instructions taints result #: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." -msgstr "" -"Volumegroep '%1' moet tenminste een fysieke volume hebben. Deze ingeven." +msgstr "Volumegroep '%1' moet tenminste een fysieke volume hebben. Deze ingeven." #. PUBLIC INTERFACE #. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE @@ -2744,24 +2597,16 @@ #. Install #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:360 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." -"log" -msgstr "" -"Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie met patroon. Gaarne /tmp/" -"ay_image.log controleren" +msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie met patroon. Gaarne /tmp/ay_image.log controleren" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:368 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "Image aanmaken - pakketten installeren" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:378 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." -"log" -msgstr "" -"Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie met pakketten. Gaarne /tmp/" -"ay_image.log controleren" +msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie met pakketten. Gaarne /tmp/ay_image.log controleren" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:389 @@ -2773,18 +2618,14 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:418 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be " -"changed anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." msgstr "" "U kunt nu wijzigingen in de image aanbrengen in %1/\n" -"Als u op de OK-knop drukt zal de image gecomprimeerd worden en is niet meer " -"te wijzigen." +"Als u op de OK-knop drukt zal de image gecomprimeerd worden en is niet meer te wijzigen." #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:432 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "" -"Comprimeren van de image is mislukt in '%1'. Gaarne /tmp/ay_image.log " -"controleren" +msgstr "Comprimeren van de image is mislukt in '%1'. Gaarne /tmp/ay_image.log controleren" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:439 msgid "Image created successfully" @@ -2825,12 +2666,10 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:613 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " -"AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" -"U kunt nu wijzigingen aanbrengen aan de ISO in %1, zoals een compleet ander " -"AutoYaST XML-bestand toevoegen.\n" +"U kunt nu wijzigingen aanbrengen aan de ISO in %1, zoals een compleet ander AutoYaST XML-bestand toevoegen.\n" "Als u op de OK-knop drukt wordt de iso aangemaakt." #. create the actual ISO file @@ -2872,21 +2711,13 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:903 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the " -"autoyast profile." -msgstr "" -"Het uitvoeren van de pakketoplosfunctie is mislukt. Controleer de " -"softwaresectie in het autoyast-profiel." +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." +msgstr "Het uitvoeren van de pakketoplosfunctie is mislukt. Controleer de softwaresectie in het autoyast-profiel." #. 1 cyl buffer per partition #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 -msgid "" -"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard " -"disk. %1MB missing" -msgstr "" -"De partitie-indeling die is geconfigureerd in uw XML-profiel past niet op de " -"harde schijf. %1MB ontbreekt" +msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" +msgstr "De partitie-indeling die is geconfigureerd in uw XML-profiel past niet op de harde schijf. %1MB ontbreekt" #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" @@ -2911,8 +2742,7 @@ "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" msgstr "" "Meerdere hoofdpartities gevonden. U heeft echter niet aangegeven welke\n" -"hoofdpartitie gebruikt moet worden. Automatische installatie is niet " -"mogelijk.\n" +"hoofdpartitie gebruikt moet worden. Automatische installatie is niet mogelijk.\n" #. return list of available devices #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 @@ -2987,28 +2817,18 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "Enter the partition information according to your\n" -#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the " -#~ "existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and " -#~ "no size.\n" +#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and no size.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical " -#~ "partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then " -#~ "choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with " -#~ "AutoYaST.\n" +#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with AutoYaST.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "For more information, refer to the online documentation.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Geef de partitie-informatie op overeenkomstig uw\n" -#~ " behoeften. Als u een bestaande partitie opnieuw wilt gebruiken, geeft u " -#~ "het partitienummer van deze bestaande partitie op (telling begint met " -#~ "partitienummer 1) en geen grootte.\n" +#~ " behoeften. Als u een bestaande partitie opnieuw wilt gebruiken, geeft u het partitienummer van deze bestaande partitie op (telling begint met partitienummer 1) en geen grootte.\n" #~ " \n" -#~ " Voor partities die deel uitmaken van een volumegroep (niet de logische " -#~ "partities binnen een volumegroep), stelt u de partitie-ID in op 0x8e en " -#~ "kiest u vervolgens de volumegroep. De volumegroep moet al zijn ingesteld " -#~ "met AutoYaST.\n" +#~ " Voor partities die deel uitmaken van een volumegroep (niet de logische partities binnen een volumegroep), stelt u de partitie-ID in op 0x8e en kiest u vervolgens de volumegroep. De volumegroep moet al zijn ingesteld met AutoYaST.\n" #~ " \n" #~ " Raadpleeg de online documentatie voor meer informatie.\n" #~ " \n" @@ -3067,16 +2887,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical " -#~ "partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical " -#~ "hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" +#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ " Maak en bewerk uw volumegroepen hier. Wijs daarna fysieke partities toe " -#~ "aan deze volumegroep in het partitiedialoogvenster van een fysieke vaste " -#~ "schijf. Stel de partitie-ID in op 0x8e voor die partities.\n" +#~ " Maak en bewerk uw volumegroepen hier. Wijs daarna fysieke partities toe aan deze volumegroep in het partitiedialoogvenster van een fysieke vaste schijf. Stel de partitie-ID in op 0x8e voor die partities.\n" #~ " \n" #~ msgid "Configure Volume Groups" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/base.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/base.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/base.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -87,8 +87,7 @@ #. string: command line interface is not supported #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:146 msgid "This YaST2 module does not support the command line interface." -msgstr "" -"Deze YaST2-module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de commandoregelinterface." +msgstr "Deze YaST2-module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de commandoregelinterface." #. translators: default error message for command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:328 @@ -98,8 +97,7 @@ #. translators: default error message for command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:333 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands." -msgstr "" -"Gebruik 'yast2 %1 help' voor de volledige lijst met beschikbare commando's." +msgstr "Gebruik 'yast2 %1 help' voor de volledige lijst met beschikbare commando's." #. translators: error message in command line interface #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:371 @@ -145,8 +143,7 @@ #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:556 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "" -"Gebruik 'yast2 %1 %2 help' voor de volledige lijst met beschikbare opties." +msgstr "Gebruik 'yast2 %1 %2 help' voor de volledige lijst met beschikbare opties." #. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:574 @@ -180,8 +177,7 @@ " Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'." msgstr "" "\n" -" Opties van het type [string] dienen te worden geschreven in de vorm " -"'optie=waarde'." +" Opties van het type [string] dienen te worden geschreven in de vorm 'optie=waarde'." #. translators: example title for command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:719 @@ -244,26 +240,17 @@ #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:880 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." -msgstr "" -"Gebruik 'yast2 %1 <commando> help' voor de lijst met beschikbare opties." +msgstr "Gebruik 'yast2 %1 <commando> help' voor de lijst met beschikbare opties." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:944 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"Naam doelbestand (optie 'xmlfile') ontbreekt. Gebruik de commandoregeloptie " -"xmlfile=<XML-doelbestand>." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Naam doelbestand (optie 'xmlfile') ontbreekt. Gebruik de commandoregeloptie xmlfile=<XML-doelbestand>." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:956 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> " -"command line option." -msgstr "" -"Naam doelbestand (optie 'xmlfile') is leeg. Gebruik de commandoregeloptie " -"xmlfile=<XML-doelbestand>." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Naam doelbestand (optie 'xmlfile') is leeg. Gebruik de commandoregeloptie xmlfile=<XML-doelbestand>." #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1096 @@ -480,8 +467,7 @@ "\n" "%2" msgstr "" -"Het profiel staat u niet toe you om de producten op dit systeem uit te " -"voeren.\n" +"Het profiel staat u niet toe you om de producten op dit systeem uit te voeren.\n" "Doorgaan met deze installatie laat u achter in een niet ondersteunde status\n" "en kan van invloed zijn op vereisten voor compliance.\n" " \n" @@ -495,9 +481,7 @@ #. bugzilla #332436 #: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1319 msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow." -msgstr "" -"Er is een interne fout opgetreden tijdens het integreren van aanvullende " -"werkprocedures." +msgstr "Er is een interne fout opgetreden tijdens het integreren van aanvullende werkprocedures." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:168 #. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget @@ -805,10 +789,8 @@ "containing the key and click Add.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Een bestaande TSIG-sleutel toevoegen</big> \n" -"Selecteer, om een reeds aangemaakte TSIG-sleutel toe te voegen, de naam</" -"b>\n" -"van het bestand dat de sleutel bevat en klik vervolgens op Toevoegen." -"\n" +"Selecteer, om een reeds aangemaakte TSIG-sleutel toe te voegen, de naam\n" +"van het bestand dat de sleutel bevat en klik vervolgens op Toevoegen.\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580 @@ -820,10 +802,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Een nieuwe TSIG-sleutel aanmaken</big> \n" "Om een nieuwe TSIG-sleutel te maken moet u de bestandsnaam van het\n" -"bestand waar de sleutel in aangemaakt moet worden en de sleutel-ID " -"om\n" -"de sleutel te identificeren instellen, en vervolgens op Genereren " -"klikken.\n" +"bestand waar de sleutel in aangemaakt moet worden en de sleutel-ID om\n" +"de sleutel te identificeren instellen, en vervolgens op Genereren klikken.\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:587 @@ -936,8 +916,7 @@ "To add a new option, click Add. To remove\n" "an option, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Klik op Toevoegen om een nieuwe optie toe te voegen. Om een optie " -"te\n" +"Klik op Toevoegen om een nieuwe optie toe te voegen. Om een optie te\n" "verwijderen selecteert u deze en klikt u daarna op Verwijderen." #. help 3/4, optional @@ -1015,26 +994,15 @@ "Some elements use arrow keys (e.g., to scroll in lists)." msgstr "" "1) Algemeen \n" -"U kunt met uw toetsenbord navigeren door de verschillende elementen van de " -"dialoog.\n" -"Gebruik [TAB] om naar het volgende element te gaan en [SHIFT] (of [ALT]) + " -"[TAB] om terug te gaan\n" +"U kunt met uw toetsenbord navigeren door de verschillende elementen van de dialoog.\n" +"Gebruik [TAB] om naar het volgende element te gaan en [SHIFT] (of [ALT]) + [TAB] om terug te gaan\n" "Selecteer of activeer elementen met [SPATIE] of [ENTER].\n" -"Sommige elementen kunt u besturen met de pijltoetsen (bijv. om te schuiven " -"schuiven in lijsten)." +"Sommige elementen kunt u besturen met de pijltoetsen (bijv. om te schuiven schuiven in lijsten)." #. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:334 -msgid "" -"Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use " -"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of " -"configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog " -"on the right." -msgstr "" -"Navigatie in de boomstructuur wordt ook gedaan met pijltjestoetsen. Om " -"een tak te openen gebruik [SPATIE]. Voor modules met een boomstructuur (kan " -"er uit zien als een ljist) van items voot instellingen aan de linkerkant " -"gebruik [ENTER] om de bijbehorende dialoog rechts te krijgen." +msgid "Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right." +msgstr "Navigatie in de boomstructuur wordt ook gedaan met pijltjestoetsen. Om een tak te openen gebruik [SPATIE]. Voor modules met een boomstructuur (kan er uit zien als een ljist) van items voot instellingen aan de linkerkant gebruik [ENTER] om de bijbehorende dialoog rechts te krijgen." #. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:341 @@ -1064,11 +1032,9 @@ "move focus forward with [CTRL] + [F] and backward with [CTRL] + [B]." msgstr "" "2) Vervanging van toetsaanslagen \n" -"Omdat de omgeving van invloed kan zijn op de werking van het " -"toetsenbord,\n" +"Omdat de omgeving van invloed kan zijn op de werking van het toetsenbord,\n" "zijn er meerdere manieren om door de pagina's van de dialoog te navigeren.\n" -"Wanneer [TAB] en [SHIFT] of [ALT] + [TAB] niet werken, dan kunt u de focus " -"met\n" +"Wanneer [TAB] en [SHIFT] of [ALT] + [TAB] niet werken, dan kunt u de focus met\n" "[CTRL] + [F] vooruit en met [CTRL] + [B] achteruit verplaatsen." #. NCurses Control Center help 6/10 @@ -1079,20 +1045,17 @@ "[ESC] + [TAB] is also a substitute for [ALT] + [TAB]." msgstr "" "Als [ALT]+[letter] niet werkt,\n" -"probeer dan eens [ESC] + [letter]. Voorbeeld: [ESC] + [H] i.p.v. [ALT] + " -"[H].\n" +"probeer dan eens [ESC] + [letter]. Voorbeeld: [ESC] + [H] i.p.v. [ALT] + [H].\n" "[ESC] + [TAB] is tevens een vervanging voor [ALT] + [TAB]." #. NCurses Control Center help 7/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:363 msgid "" "3) Function Keys \n" -"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings " -"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." +"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." msgstr "" "3) Functietoetsen \n" -"F-toetsen bieden een snelle toegang tot de hoofdfuncties. Een overzicht van " -"de functietoetsen voor de huidige dialoog wordt onderaan getoond." +"F-toetsen bieden een snelle toegang tot de hoofdfuncties. Een overzicht van de functietoetsen voor de huidige dialoog wordt onderaan getoond." #. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:370 @@ -1568,7 +1531,6 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 #. TRANSLATORS: Popup message #: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 -#| msgid "Reading current configuration..." msgid "Updating system configuration..." msgstr "Huidige configuratie wordt bijgewerkt..." @@ -1896,14 +1858,12 @@ #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:286 msgid "" "<big>Create a new GPG key</big> \n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more " -"information.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n" "Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Een nieuwe GPG-sleutel maken</big> \n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> wordt gestart. Zie <tt>gpg</tt>-handleiding-pager " -"voor meer informatie.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> wordt gestart. Zie <tt>gpg</tt>-handleiding-pager voor meer informatie.\n" " Druk op Ctrl+C om te annuleren.\n" " " @@ -1966,8 +1926,7 @@ "and select the action to process." msgstr "" "\n" -"Om geavanceerde acties uit te voeren of om het log in een bestand op te " -"slaan,\n" +"Om geavanceerde acties uit te voeren of om het log in een bestand op te slaan,\n" "kik op %1 en selecteer vervolgens de uit te voeren actie." #. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label @@ -1989,8 +1948,7 @@ "to which to save the log.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Om het log in een bestand op te slaan, klik op Log opslaan en " -"selecteer\n" +"Om het log in een bestand op te slaan, klik op Log opslaan en selecteer\n" "vervolgens het bestand waarin u het log wilt opslaan.\n" #. menu button @@ -2040,8 +1998,7 @@ #. label #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:111 msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation." -msgstr "" -"De firewall kan niet worden aangepast in de eerste fase van de installatie." +msgstr "De firewall kan niet worden aangepast in de eerste fase van de installatie." #. label #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:116 @@ -2090,8 +2047,7 @@ "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -"Deze netwerkinterfaces voor het interne netwerk kunnen niet gedeselecteerd " -"worden:\n" +"Deze netwerkinterfaces voor het interne netwerk kunnen niet gedeselecteerd worden:\n" "%1\n" #. question popup @@ -2704,8 +2660,7 @@ "Really continue?" msgstr "" "Al uw netwerkinterfaces worden momenteel beheerd door NetworkManager,\n" -"maar de in te stellen service werkt mogelijk niet goed samen met dit " -"programma.\n" +"maar de in te stellen service werkt mogelijk niet goed samen met dit programma.\n" "\n" "Wilt u toch doorgaan?" @@ -2741,8 +2696,7 @@ "A port number may be a number from 0 to 65535.\n" "No spaces are allowed.\n" msgstr "" -"Een poortnaam mag bestaan uit de lettertekens 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', en '*+." -"_-'.\n" +"Een poortnaam mag bestaan uit de lettertekens 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', en '*+._-'.\n" "Een poortnummer mag een getal zijn tussen de 0 en 65535.\n" "Spaties zijn niet toegestaan.\n" @@ -2911,111 +2865,73 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:169 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" -msgstr "" -"Nieuw '%1' netwerkapparaat gevonden en toegevoegd als een interne firewall-" -"interface" +msgstr "Nieuw '%1' netwerkapparaat gevonden en toegevoegd als een interne firewall-interface" #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:180 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface" -msgstr "" -"Nieuw '%1' netwerkapparaat gevonden; toegevoegd als een externe firewall-" -"interface" +msgstr "Nieuw '%1' netwerkapparaat gevonden; toegevoegd als een externe firewall-interface" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:564 msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled." -msgstr "" -"Het pakket SuSEfirewall2 is niet geïnstalleerd. De firewall zal worden " -"uitgeschakeld." +msgstr "Het pakket SuSEfirewall2 is niet geïnstalleerd. De firewall zal worden uitgeschakeld." #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:582 -msgid "" -"Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Firewall is geactiveerd (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">uitschakelen</a>)" +msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "Firewall is geactiveerd (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">uitschakelen</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:587 -msgid "" -"Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Firewall is gedeactiveerd (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">inschakelen</a>)" +msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "Firewall is gedeactiveerd (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">inschakelen</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:621 -msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"SSH-poort is geopend (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">sluiten</" -"a>)" +msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "SSH-poort is geopend (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">sluiten</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:626 -msgid "" -"SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"SSH-poort is gesloten (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">openen</" -"a>)" +msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "SSH-poort is gesloten (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">openen</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:646 msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), " -"but\n" +"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n" "there are no network interfaces configured" msgstr "" -"SSH-poort is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">sluiten</" -"a>), maar\n" +"SSH-poort is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">sluiten</a>), maar\n" "er zijn nog geen netwerkinterfaces ingesteld" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:661 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port " -"on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"U bent een systeem aan het installeren over SSH, maar u heeft de SSH-poort " -"niet geopend op de firewall." +msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." +msgstr "U bent een systeem aan het installeren over SSH, maar u heeft de SSH-poort niet geopend op de firewall." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:703 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--" -"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Poorten voor 'beheer op afstand' (VNC) zijn geopend (<a href=\"firewall--" -"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">sluiten</a>)" +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "Poorten voor 'beheer op afstand' (VNC) zijn geopend (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">sluiten</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:708 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--" -"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Poorten voor 'beheer op afstand' (VNC) zijn gesloten (<a href=\"firewall--" -"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">openen</a>)" +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "Poorten voor 'beheer op afstand' (VNC) zijn gesloten (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">openen</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:718 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have " -"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"U bent een systeem aan het installeren door middel van 'beheer op " -"afstand' (VNC), maar u heeft de VNC-poorten niet geopend op de firewall." +msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." +msgstr "U bent een systeem aan het installeren door middel van 'beheer op afstand' (VNC), maar u heeft de VNC-poorten niet geopend op de firewall." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:736 @@ -3029,12 +2945,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:746 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the " -"needed ports on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"U bent een systeem aan het installeren met een iSCSI-doel, maar u hebt de " -"noodzakelijke poorten in de firewall niet geopend." +msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." +msgstr "U bent een systeem aan het installeren met een iSCSI-doel, maar u hebt de noodzakelijke poorten in de firewall niet geopend." #. Returns service definition. #. See @services for the format. @@ -3172,8 +3084,7 @@ "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" -"Negeren van een fout bij het downloaden kan leiden tot een gebroken " -"systeem.\n" +"Negeren van een fout bij het downloaden kan leiden tot een gebroken systeem.\n" "Verifieer het systeem later door de Softwarebeheer-module te draaien.\n" #. At start of package install. @@ -3208,26 +3119,21 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" -"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management " -"module." +"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" "Geen aandacht geven aan een pakketfout kan leiden tot een gebroken systeem.\n" -"Het systeem moet later geverifieerd worden door de Softwarebeheer-module te " -"draaien." +"Het systeem moet later geverifieerd worden door de Softwarebeheer-module te draaien." #. error report #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" -"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has " -"changed. To \n" -"continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories " -"from \n" +"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" +"continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories from \n" "the YaST control center and refresh the repository.\n" msgstr "" "De bron op de opgegeven URL geeft nu een ander media-ID.\n" -"Als de URL correct is, dan geeft dit aan dat de inhoud van de bron is " -"veranderd.\n" +"Als de URL correct is, dan geeft dit aan dat de inhoud van de bron is veranderd.\n" "Om deze bron te blijven gebruiken, open Installatiebronnen in \n" "YaST Configuratiecentrum en vernieuw de installatiebron.\n" @@ -3521,8 +3427,7 @@ #. message in a progress popup #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." -msgstr "" -"Pakketdatabase wordt opnieuw opgebouwd. Dit proces kan enige tijd kosten." +msgstr "Pakketdatabase wordt opnieuw opgebouwd. Dit proces kan enige tijd kosten." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:754 #. progress bar label @@ -3731,8 +3636,7 @@ "<big>License Confirmation</big> \n" "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" "of acceptance of its license.\n" -"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be " -"installed.\n" +"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n" " \n" "To accept the license of the package, click I Agree.\n" "To reject the license of the package, click I Disagree." @@ -3740,8 +3644,7 @@ "<big>Licentiebevestiging</big> \n" "Het pakket in de kop van de dialoog heeft een expliciete bevestiging\n" "nodig ten behoeve van de acceptatie van zijn licentie.\n" -"Wanneer u niet met de pakketlicentie akkoord gaat, zal het pakket niet " -"geïnstalleerd worden.\n" +"Wanneer u niet met de pakketlicentie akkoord gaat, zal het pakket niet geïnstalleerd worden.\n" " \n" "Klik op Ik ga akkoord als u de pakketlicentie accepteert.\n" "Klik op Ik ga niet akkoord als u de pakketlicentie afwijst." @@ -3750,18 +3653,14 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:331 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software " -"to install.\n" -"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in " -"the left\n" +"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" +"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n" "\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n" "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\tIn dit dialoog kunt u de taken van dit systeem definiëren en welke " -"software er geïnstalleerd dient te worden.\n" -"\t\tBeschikbare taken en software voor dit systeem worden op categorie " -"getoond\n" +"\t\tIn dit dialoog kunt u de taken van dit systeem definiëren en welke software er geïnstalleerd dient te worden.\n" +"\t\tBeschikbare taken en software voor dit systeem worden op categorie getoond\n" "in de linker\n" "\t\tkolom. Om een beschrijving van een item te bekijken, selecteer\n" "het item in de lijst.\n" @@ -3796,8 +3695,7 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:351 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining " -"disk space\n" +"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" "\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n" "\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n" "\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n" @@ -3805,13 +3703,11 @@ "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\tRechtsonder toont de schijfgebruikweergave hoeveel schijfruimte er over " -"blijft\n" +"\t\tRechtsonder toont de schijfgebruikweergave hoeveel schijfruimte er over blijft\n" "\t\tnadat alle verzochte wijzigingen zijn uitgevoerd.\n" "\t\tPartities die vol of bijna vol zijn kunnen de systeemprestaties nadelig\n" "\t\tbeïnvloeden en in sommige gevallen zelfs leiden tot serieuze problemen.\n" -"\t\tHet systeem heeft enige vrije schijfruimte nodig om correct te kunnen " -"werken.\n" +"\t\tHet systeem heeft enige vrije schijfruimte nodig om correct te kunnen werken.\n" "\t\t" # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" @@ -3912,12 +3808,8 @@ msgstr "Doorgaan in softwarebeheer" #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:669 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed " -"or removed packages." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Installatierapport</BIG> Hier is een samenvatting van de " -"geïnstalleerde en verwijderde pakketten." +msgid "<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or removed packages." +msgstr "<BIG>Installatierapport</BIG> Hier is een samenvatting van de geïnstalleerde en verwijderde pakketten." #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:677 msgid "Installation Report" @@ -3970,8 +3862,7 @@ "Het pakket %1 uit de installatiebron %2\n" "%3\n" "is niet digitaal ondertekend. Dit betekent dat de oorsprong\n" -"en integriteit van het pakket niet kan worden geverifieerd. Het installeren " -"van\n" +"en integriteit van het pakket niet kan worden geverifieerd. Het installeren van\n" "het pakket kan de integriteit van uw systeem in gevaar brengen.\n" "\n" "Wilt u het toch installeren?" @@ -4028,16 +3919,14 @@ msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" -"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. " -"Using the file\n" +"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n" "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?" msgstr "" "Geen controlesom voor bestand %1 gevonden in de installatiebron.\n" "Dit betekent dat het bestand onderdeel is van de ondertekende bron,\n" -"maar de lijst van controlesommen in deze bron vermeldt dit bestand niet. Het " -"gebruiken\n" +"maar de lijst van controlesommen in deze bron vermeldt dit bestand niet. Het gebruiken\n" "van het bestand kan de integriteit van uw systeem in gevaar brengen.\n" "\n" "Wilt u het toch gebruiken?" @@ -4112,13 +4001,10 @@ msgstr "" "Pakket %1 uit installatiebron %2\n" "%3\n" -"is ondertekend met de volgende GnuGPG-sleutel, maar de integriteitscontrole " -"is mislukt: %4\n" +"is ondertekend met de volgende GnuGPG-sleutel, maar de integriteitscontrole is mislukt: %4\n" "\n" -"Het pakket is, nadat het door de maker is ondertekend, gewijzigd, ofwel per " -"ongeluk of\n" -"door een aanvaller. Het installeren ervan brengt een groot risico voor de " -"integriteit\n" +"Het pakket is, nadat het door de maker is ondertekend, gewijzigd, ofwel per ongeluk of\n" +"door een aanvaller. Het installeren ervan brengt een groot risico voor de integriteit\n" "en veiligheid van uw systeem met zich mee.\n" "\n" "Wilt u het toch installeren?\n" @@ -4138,11 +4024,9 @@ msgstr "" "Bestand %1 uit installatiebron %2\n" "%3\n" -" is ondertekend met de volgende GnuGPG-sleutel, maar de integriteitscontrole " -"is mislukt: %4\n" +" is ondertekend met de volgende GnuGPG-sleutel, maar de integriteitscontrole is mislukt: %4\n" "\n" -"Het bestand is, nadat het door de maker is ondertekend, ofwel per ongeluk " -"of\n" +"Het bestand is, nadat het door de maker is ondertekend, ofwel per ongeluk of\n" "door een aanvaller gewijzigd. Het gebruiken ervan brengt een groot\n" "risico voor de integriteit en veiligheid van uw systeem met zich mee.\n" "\n" @@ -4267,8 +4151,7 @@ msgstr "" "De eigenaar van de sleutel kan opwaarderingen,\n" "pakketten en pakketbronnen aanleveren die uw systeem zal vertrouwen\n" -"en voor installatie en opwaardering zal aanbieden zonder verdere " -"waarschuwing.\n" +"en voor installatie en opwaardering zal aanbieden zonder verdere waarschuwing.\n" "Op die manier zal het importeren van de sleutel naar uw sleutelring met\n" "vertrouwde sleutels de sleuteleigenaar toestaan om enige controle te hebben\n" "over de software op uw systeem." @@ -4278,8 +4161,7 @@ msgid "" "A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" -"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be " -"used." +"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used." msgstr "" "Er zal een waarschuwingsvenster worden geopend voor elk\n" "pakket dat niet is ondertekend door een vertrouwde (geïmporteerde) sleutel.\n" @@ -4347,8 +4229,7 @@ "\n" "Het bestand is, ofwel per ongeluk of door een aanvaller, nadat het in\n" "de installatiebron is gezet en ondertekent, gewijzigd. Het gebruiken ervan\n" -"brengt een groot risico voor de integriteit en veiligheid van uw systeem met " -"zich mee.\n" +"brengt een groot risico voor de integriteit en veiligheid van uw systeem met zich mee.\n" "\n" "Wilt u het toch gebruiken?\n" @@ -4365,8 +4246,7 @@ "but the expected checksum is not known.\n" "\n" "This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" -"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at " -"risk.\n" +"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?\n" msgstr "" @@ -4374,10 +4254,8 @@ "is %2,\n" "maar de verwachte controlesom is niet bekend.\n" "\n" -"Dit betekent dat de oorsprong en integriteit van het bestand niet kan " -"worden\n" -"geverifieerd. Het gebruik van het bestand brengt de integriteit van uw " -"systeem in gevaar.\n" +"Dit betekent dat de oorsprong en integriteit van het bestand niet kan worden\n" +"geverifieerd. Het gebruik van het bestand brengt de integriteit van uw systeem in gevaar.\n" "\n" "Wilt u het toch gebruiken?\n" @@ -4427,16 +4305,8 @@ msgstr "De pakketten worden geïnstalleerd." #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 -msgid "" -"Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using " -"the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent " -"or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Afbreken van de installatie Pakketinstallatie kan worden " -"afgebroken met de Afbreken-knop. Het systeem kan dan echter in een " -"inconsistente of onbruikbare status zijn of het zou niet opgestart kunnen " -"worden als de basissysteemcomponent niet is geïnstalleerd." +msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." +msgstr "Afbreken van de installatie Pakketinstallatie kan worden afgebroken met de Afbreken-knop. Het systeem kan dan echter in een inconsistente of onbruikbare status zijn of het zou niet opgestart kunnen worden als de basissysteemcomponent niet is geïnstalleerd." #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 @@ -5148,12 +5018,9 @@ "Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n" "start or end a component and the last component may not begin with a digit." msgstr "" -"Een geldige domeinnaam bestaat uit componenten die door punten worden " -"gescheiden.\n" -"Elk component bestaat uit letters, cijfers en koppeltekens. Een koppelteken " -"mag niet aan het begin\n" -"of einde van een component staan en het laatste component mag niet met een " -"cijfer beginnen." +"Een geldige domeinnaam bestaat uit componenten die door punten worden gescheiden.\n" +"Elk component bestaat uit letters, cijfers en koppeltekens. Een koppelteken mag niet aan het begin\n" +"of einde van een component staan en het laatste component mag niet met een cijfer beginnen." #. Translators: hyphen: "-" #: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:64 @@ -5201,8 +5068,7 @@ "Voorbeelden:\n" "IP: 192.168.0.1 of 2001:db8:0::1\n" "IP/netwerkmasker: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 of 2001:db8:0::1/56\n" -"IP/netwerkmasker_bits: 192.168.0.0/24 of 192.168.0.1/32 of 2001:db8:0::1/" -"ffff::0\n" +"IP/netwerkmasker_bits: 192.168.0.0/24 of 192.168.0.1/32 of 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" #. Byte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:144 @@ -5280,8 +5146,7 @@ "and it is unlikely that settings can be written.\n" msgstr "" "Deze module moet als root draaien.\n" -"Als u nu verder gaat is het mogelijk dat de module niet goed zal " -"functioneren.\n" +"Als u nu verder gaat is het mogelijk dat de module niet goed zal functioneren.\n" "Bepaalde instellingen zullen bijvoorbeeld niet juist ingelezen kunnen\n" "worden en waarschijnlijk kunnen de instellingen niet opgeslagen worden.\n" @@ -5929,9 +5794,7 @@ #. Popup error message, wrong FQDN format #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:250 msgid "The hostname must be in the fully qualified domain name format." -msgstr "" -"De hostnaam moet de opmaak van een volledig gekwalificeerde domeinnaam " -"hebben." +msgstr "De hostnaam moet de opmaak van een volledig gekwalificeerde domeinnaam hebben." #. Popup error message, FQDN hostname must finish with a dot #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:256 @@ -5982,14 +5845,12 @@ "\n" "A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n" "separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" -"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address " -"'192.168.32.1'.\n" +"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n" msgstr "" "Het omgekeerde IPv4-adres %1 is ongeldig.\n" "\n" "Een geldige omgekeerde IPv4 bestaat uit vier getallen tussen 0 en 255,\n" -"onderling gescheiden door een punt en gevolgd door de tekenreeks '.in-addr." -"arpa.'.\n" +"onderling gescheiden door een punt en gevolgd door de tekenreeks '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" "Voorbeeld: '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' voor het IPv4-adres '192.168.32.1'.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make @@ -6001,8 +5862,7 @@ "such as 'host.example.org.'.\n" msgstr "" "De relatieve hostnaam %1 kan niet samen met zone %2 gebruikt worden.\n" -"Gebruik hiervoor in de plaats een gekwalificeerde hostnaam welke op een punt " -"eindigt,\n" +"Gebruik hiervoor in de plaats een gekwalificeerde hostnaam welke op een punt eindigt,\n" "zoals bijvoorbeeld: 'host.example.org.'.\n" #. Popup error message, Checking MX (Mail eXchange) record format @@ -6039,8 +5899,7 @@ "Ongeldig SOA-record.\n" "%1 moet een BIND tijdstype zijn.\n" "Een BIND tijdstype bestaat uit getallen en uit de hoofdletterongevoelige\n" -"achtervoegsels W, D, H, M en S. De tijd in seconden is zonder achtervoegsel " -"toegestaan.\n" +"achtervoegsels W, D, H, M en S. De tijd in seconden is zonder achtervoegsel toegestaan.\n" "Geef waarden op zoals bijvoorbeeld 12H15m, 86400 of 1W30M.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking SOA record, @@ -6056,8 +5915,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, 'filename' is needed parameter #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1020 msgid "The filename must be defined when logging to a file." -msgstr "" -"Als er naar een bestand gelogd wordt moet de bestandsnaam gedefinieerd zijn." +msgstr "Als er naar een bestand gelogd wordt moet de bestandsnaam gedefinieerd zijn." #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set file size #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1028 @@ -6134,9 +5992,7 @@ #~ "sommige pakketten hebben niet opgeloste afhankelijkheden." #~ msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Automatisch oplossen is mislukt, handmatig oplossen van afhankelijkheden " -#~ "is noodzakelijk." +#~ msgstr "Automatisch oplossen is mislukt, handmatig oplossen van afhankelijkheden is noodzakelijk." #~ msgid "" #~ "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" @@ -6152,8 +6008,7 @@ #~ "or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "De softwarebeheerder starten en de problemen repareren\n" -#~ "of het repareren overslaan en alleen de reeds geconfigureerde pakketten " -#~ "installeren?" +#~ "of het repareren overslaan en alleen de reeds geconfigureerde pakketten installeren?" #~ msgid "Installed Size" #~ msgstr "Installatiegrootte" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -87,9 +87,7 @@ #. @return [Boolean] true on success #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:239 msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode" -msgstr "" -"De optie toevoegen is alleen beschikbaar in de interactieve " -"commandoregelmodus" +msgstr "De optie toevoegen is alleen beschikbaar in de interactieve commandoregelmodus" #. command line error report #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:245 @@ -141,19 +139,13 @@ #. warning text in the summary richtext #: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "" -"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " -"bootable." -msgstr "" -"Er is geen te installeren bootloader geselecteerd. Uw systeem is misschien " -"niet opstartbaar." +msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." +msgstr "Er is geen te installeren bootloader geselecteerd. Uw systeem is misschien niet opstartbaar." #. error in the proposal #: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "" -"Vanwege de partitionering kan de bootloader niet goed worden geïnstalleerd" +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "Vanwege de partitionering kan de bootloader niet goed worden geïnstalleerd" #. proposal part - bootloader label #: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 @@ -213,17 +205,13 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " -"code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " -"even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" "Actieve vlag instellen in partitietabel voor opstartpartitie \n" -"Activeert de partitie die de bootloader bevat. De algemene MBR-code start " -"vervolgens\n" -"de actieve partitie op. Bij een ouder BIOS moet één partitie actief zijn, " -"zelfs\n" +"Activeert de partitie die de bootloader bevat. De algemene MBR-code start vervolgens\n" +"de actieve partitie op. Bij een ouder BIOS moet één partitie actief zijn, zelfs\n" "als de bootloader is geïnstalleerd in de MBR." #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -244,12 +232,10 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " -"loaded.\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" msgstr "" "Wachttijd in seconden \n" -"De tijd die de bootloader wacht alvorens de standaard-kernel wordt geladen.</" -"p>\n" +"De tijd die de bootloader wacht alvorens de standaard-kernel wordt geladen.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 msgid "" @@ -260,156 +246,114 @@ "boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" "using the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -" Door op Instellen als standaard te klikken markeert u de " -"geselecteerde \n" -"sectie als standaard. Tijdens het opstarten geeft de bootloader een " -"opstartmenu\n" -"weer en wacht vervolgens of de gebruiker een kernel selecteert of een " -"ander \n" -"besturingssysteem om op te starten. Als voor de wachttijd niet op een toets " -"wordt\n" -"gedrukt, wordt de standaard kernel of het standaard besturingssysteem " -"opgestart.\n" -"De volgorde van de secties in het menu van de bootloader kan worden " -"gewijzigd met de toetsen Omhoog en Omlaag.\n" +" Door op Instellen als standaard te klikken markeert u de geselecteerde \n" +"sectie als standaard. Tijdens het opstarten geeft de bootloader een opstartmenu\n" +"weer en wacht vervolgens of de gebruiker een kernel selecteert of een ander \n" +"besturingssysteem om op te starten. Als voor de wachttijd niet op een toets wordt\n" +"gedrukt, wordt de standaard kernel of het standaard besturingssysteem opgestart.\n" +"De volgorde van de secties in het menu van de bootloader kan worden gewijzigd met de toetsen Omhoog en Omlaag.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of " -"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" -"Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR Vervang de MBR van uw " -"schijf door generieke code (besturingssysteem-onafhankelijke code die\n" +"Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR Vervang de MBR van uw schijf door generieke code (besturingssysteem-onafhankelijke code die\n" "de actieve partitie opstart)." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the " -"other is\n" +"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" "Boot from Root Partition." msgstr "" -"Opstarten van opstartpartitie is een van de aanbevolen opties, de " -"andere is \n" +"Opstarten van opstartpartitie is een van de aanbevolen opties, de andere is \n" "Opstarten van hoofdpartitie." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option " -"Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" +"Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" "It is recommended to install grub to MBR" msgstr "" -"Gebruik de vertrouwde grub betekent installeer de vertrouwde grub " -"en gebruik deze. De optie Grafisch menubestand wordt genegeerd.\n" +"Gebruik de vertrouwde grub betekent installeer de vertrouwde grub en gebruik deze. De optie Grafisch menubestand wordt genegeerd.\n" "Het is aanbevolen grub in de MBR te installeren" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have " -"another operating system\n" +"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" "installed on your computer" msgstr "" -"Opstarten van het hoofdopstartrecord (MBR) wordt afgeraden als u " -"een ander\n" +"Opstarten van het hoofdopstartrecord (MBR) wordt afgeraden als u een ander\n" "besturingssysteem hebt geïnstalleerd op de computer" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53 msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there " -"is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot " -"Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is " -"needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" +"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" +"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start this section." msgstr "" -"Opstarten van opstartpartitie is de aanbevolen optie wanneer een " -"geschikte partitie\n" -"aanwezig is. Selecteer Actieve vlag instellen in partitietabel voor " -"opstartpartitie en Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR\n" -" in Opties voor bootloader om de MBR bij te werken als dat nodig is " -"of uw andere opstartmanager in te stellen voor het \n" +"Opstarten van opstartpartitie is de aanbevolen optie wanneer een geschikte partitie\n" +"aanwezig is. Selecteer Actieve vlag instellen in partitietabel voor opstartpartitie en Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR\n" +" in Opties voor bootloader om de MBR bij te werken als dat nodig is of uw andere opstartmanager in te stellen voor het \n" "starten van deze sectie." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root " -"partition is on \n" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" msgstr "" -"Opstarten van uitgebreide partitie moet geselecteerd worden als " -"uw root-partitie zich op \n" +"Opstarten van uitgebreide partitie moet geselecteerd worden als uw root-partitie zich op \n" "een logische partitie bevindt en de partitie /boot ontbreekt" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." -msgstr "" -"Aangepaste opstartpartitie laat u een partitie kiezen waarvan " -"wordt opgestart." +msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +msgstr "Aangepaste opstartpartitie laat u een partitie kiezen waarvan wordt opgestart." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -"MD-array is opgebouwd vanaf 2 schijven. Redundantie voor MD-array " -"inschakelen\n" +"MD-array is opgebouwd vanaf 2 schijven. Redundantie voor MD-array inschakelen\n" "inschakelen om GRUB naar MBR van beide schijven te schrijven." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</" -"code>) for details." +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." msgstr "" "Gebruik seriële console definieert de te gebruiken parameters \n" -"voor een seriële console. Raadpleeg de grub-documentatie (<code>info grub</" -"code>) voor details." +"voor een seriële console. Raadpleeg de grub-documentatie (<code>info grub</code>) voor details." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a " -"serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</" -"code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which " -"you\n" +"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" +"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" +"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" "Terminaldefinitie \n" -"Definieert het type terminal dat u gebruikt. Voor een seriële terminal " -"(bijvoorbeeld een seriële console)\n" -" geeft u <code>serial</code> op. U kunt tevens <code>console</code> aan de " -"opdracht \n" -"toevoegen: <code>serial console</code>. In dat geval wordt de terminal " -"waarop u een \n" +"Definieert het type terminal dat u gebruikt. Voor een seriële terminal (bijvoorbeeld een seriële console)\n" +" geeft u <code>serial</code> op. U kunt tevens <code>console</code> aan de opdracht \n" +"toevoegen: <code>serial console</code>. In dat geval wordt de terminal waarop u een \n" " willekeurige toets indrukt, geselecteerd als GRUB-terminal." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section " -"numbers\n" +"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -"Terugvalsecties als standaardinstelling mislukt bevat een lijst " -"met sectienummers die worden gebruikt voor\n" +"Terugvalsecties als standaardinstelling mislukt bevat een lijst met sectienummers die worden gebruikt voor\n" "het opstarten als de standaardsectie niet kan worden opgestart." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer Menu verbergen bij opstarten om het opstartmenu te " -"verbergen" +msgstr "Selecteer Menu verbergen bij opstarten om het opstartmenu te verbergen" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 -msgid "" -"Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot " -"menu." -msgstr "" -"Grafisch menubestand definieert het voor het grafisch opstartmenu " -"te gebruiken bestand." +msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." +msgstr "Grafisch menubestand definieert het voor het grafisch opstartmenu te gebruiken bestand." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." @@ -418,13 +362,11 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will " -"only accept the password if you repeat\n" +"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" "it in Retype Password." msgstr "" "Bescherm de bootloader met een wachtwoord \n" -"Definieer het wachtwoord om toegang krijgen tot het opstartmenu. YaST " -"accepteert het wachtwoord\n" +"Definieer het wachtwoord om toegang krijgen tot het opstartmenu. YaST accepteert het wachtwoord\n" "uitsluitend als u het herhaalt in Typ het wachtwoord opnieuw." #. help text 1/5 @@ -437,12 +379,9 @@ "To remove a disk, push Remove." msgstr "" "<big>Schijfvolgorde</big> \n" -"Om de volgorde van de schijven te specificeren volgens de volgorde in de " -"BIOS,\n" -"gebruik de knoppen Omhoog en Omlaag om de schijven op volgorde " -"te zetten.\n" -"Om een schijf toe te voegen, druk op Toevoegen. Om een schijf te " -"verwijderen, druk op Verwijderen." +"Om de volgorde van de schijven te specificeren volgens de volgorde in de BIOS,\n" +"gebruik de knoppen Omhoog en Omlaag om de schijven op volgorde te zetten.\n" +"Om een schijf toe te voegen, druk op Toevoegen. Om een schijf te verwijderen, druk op Verwijderen." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" @@ -685,55 +624,29 @@ #. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33 -msgid "" -"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional " -"parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "" -"Optionele parameter voor de kernel-opdrachtregel; hiermee " -"definieert u aanvullende aan de kernel door te geven parameters." +msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "Optionele parameter voor de kernel-opdrachtregel; hiermee definieert u aanvullende aan de kernel door te geven parameters." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30 -msgid "" -"Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the " -"console to when booting." -msgstr "" -"VGA-modus definieert de bij het opstarten door de kernel in te " -"stellen VGA-modus voor de console." +msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." +msgstr "VGA-modus definieert de bij het opstarten door de kernel in te stellen VGA-modus voor de console." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "" -"Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe " -"parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "" -"Parameter voor de failsafe kernel-opdrachtregel; hiermee " -"definieert u aanvullende aan de kernel door te geven failsafe parameters." +msgid "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "Parameter voor de failsafe kernel-opdrachtregel; hiermee definieert u aanvullende aan de kernel door te geven failsafe parameters." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "" -"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " -"foreign distribution " -msgstr "" -"Vreemd OS detecteren door middel van os-prober voor multiboot met " -"andere vreemde distributie " +msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " +msgstr "Vreemd OS detecteren door middel van os-prober voor multiboot met andere vreemde distributie " #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 -msgid "" -"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only " -"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not " -"touch if you are not sure." -msgstr "" -"Protective MBR-vlag is een instelling alleen voor experts, die " -"alleen nodig is op exotische hardware. Voor details zie Protective MBR in " -"GPT schijven. Niet aankomen als u niet zeker bent." +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "Protective MBR-vlag is een instelling alleen voor experts, die alleen nodig is op exotische hardware. Voor details zie Protective MBR in GPT schijven. Niet aankomen als u niet zeker bent." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 -msgid "" -"Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create " -"boot entry name. " -msgstr "" -"Distributeur specificeert de naam van de distributeur van de " -"kernel gebruikt om de naam van het boot-item aan te maken. " +msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " +msgstr "Distributeur specificeert de naam van de distributeur van de kernel gebruikt om de naam van het boot-item aan te maken. " #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 @@ -835,9 +748,7 @@ #. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now #: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." -msgstr "" -"Niet ondersteunde bootloader '%s'. Pas uw AutoYaST-profiel overeenkomstig " -"aan." +msgstr "Niet ondersteunde bootloader '%s'. Pas uw AutoYaST-profiel overeenkomstig aan." #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption @@ -854,9 +765,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "" -"De boot-partitie is van het type NFS. De bootloader niet worden " -"geïnstalleerd." +msgstr "De boot-partitie is van het type NFS. De bootloader niet worden geïnstalleerd." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #. dialog caption @@ -1190,10 +1099,8 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the " -"current \n" -"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or " -"reread\n" +"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" +"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" "the configuration saved on your disk. %1" msgstr "" "Via de knop Overig\n" @@ -1238,16 +1145,11 @@ "kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n" "menu can be changed using the Up and Down buttons." msgstr "" -" Door op Als standaard instellen te klikken wordt de " -"geselecteerde \n" -"sectie als de standaard gemarkeerd. Tijdens het opstarten zal de bootloader " -"een \n" -"opstartmenu tonen en op de gebruiker wachten zodat deze een kernel of een " -"ander besturingssysteem \n" -"kan selecteren dat opgestart moet worden. De standaardkernel (of " -"besturingssysteem) zal \n" -"worden opgestart wanneer er binnen de wachttijd niet op een toets wordt " -"gedrukt.\n" +" Door op Als standaard instellen te klikken wordt de geselecteerde \n" +"sectie als de standaard gemarkeerd. Tijdens het opstarten zal de bootloader een \n" +"opstartmenu tonen en op de gebruiker wachten zodat deze een kernel of een ander besturingssysteem \n" +"kan selecteren dat opgestart moet worden. De standaardkernel (of besturingssysteem) zal \n" +"worden opgestart wanneer er binnen de wachttijd niet op een toets wordt gedrukt.\n" "De sectievolgorde in het bootloadermenu kan worden gewijzigd met behulp van\n" "de knoppen Omhoog en Omlaag." @@ -1289,22 +1191,18 @@ "- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" "partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details</" -"b>\n" +"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" "to update the master boot record\n" "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start &product;." msgstr "" "\n" -"- In de bootsector van de partitie <tt>/boot</tt> of <tt>/</tt> " -"(hoofdpartitie). \n" +"- In de bootsector van de partitie <tt>/boot</tt> of <tt>/</tt> (hoofdpartitie). \n" "Dit is de aanbevolen optie als er een geschikte partitie aanwezig is.\n" "Selecteer Bootloaderpartitie activeren of\n" -"MBR door generieke code vervangen bij Details " -"bootloaderinstallatie\n" +"MBR door generieke code vervangen bij Details bootloaderinstallatie\n" "om de master boot record bij te werken wanneer\n" -"het nodig is of om uw bootloader in te stellen voor het starten van " -"&product;." +"het nodig is of om uw bootloader in te stellen voor het starten van &product;." #. custom bootloader help text, 4 of 7 #. this part will only be shown if a floppy drive is attached. @@ -1342,10 +1240,8 @@ "you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition." msgstr "" "Bijvoorbeeld, de meeste PC's hebben een BIOS-limiet\n" -"dat het opstarten naar de harde schijf beperkt tot cilinders beneden de " -"1024.\n" -"Afhankelijk van de bootmanager die u gebruikt bent u wel of niet in staat om " -"vanaf een logische partitie op te starten." +"dat het opstarten naar de harde schijf beperkt tot cilinders beneden de 1024.\n" +"Afhankelijk van de bootmanager die u gebruikt bent u wel of niet in staat om vanaf een logische partitie op te starten." #. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:186 @@ -1367,8 +1263,7 @@ msgstr "" "Details bootloaderinstallatie \n" "Om de geavanceerde opties van de bootloaderinstallatie aan te passen\n" -" (bijvoorbeeld de apparaatindeling), klik op Details " -"bootloaderinstallatie." +" (bijvoorbeeld de apparaatindeling), klik op Details bootloaderinstallatie." #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:210 @@ -1401,15 +1296,13 @@ msgstr "" "Handmatige configuratie \n" "Hier kunt u de bootloaderconfiguratie handmatig wijzigen.\n" -"Opmerking: het definitieve configuratiebestand kan een andere insprong " -"hebben." +"Opmerking: het definitieve configuratiebestand kan een andere insprong hebben." #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244 msgid "" "Section Name \n" -"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The " -"section\n" +"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" "name must be unique." msgstr "" "Sectienaam \n" @@ -1432,10 +1325,8 @@ "section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" "selected section." msgstr "" -"Selecteer Geselecteerde sectie klonen om de momenteel " -"geselecteerde\n" -"sectie te klonen. Verander daarna de opties die anders moeten zijn dan in " -"de\n" +"Selecteer Geselecteerde sectie klonen om de momenteel geselecteerde\n" +"sectie te klonen. Verander daarna de opties die anders moeten zijn dan in de\n" "geselecteerde sectie." #. help text 3/5 @@ -1444,8 +1335,7 @@ "Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" "to load and start." msgstr "" -"Selecteer Image-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of andere image " -"toe te voegen\n" +"Selecteer Image-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of andere image toe te voegen\n" "om te laden en te starten." #. help text 4/5 @@ -1454,8 +1344,7 @@ "Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" "but to start it in a Xen environment." msgstr "" -"Selecteer Xen-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of ander image toe " -"te voegen, \n" +"Selecteer Xen-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of ander image toe te voegen, \n" "maar die te starten in een XEN-omgeving." #. help text 5/5 @@ -1466,20 +1355,17 @@ "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "Selecteer Ander systeem (Chainloader) om een sectie toe te voegen\n" -"die een bootsector van een partitie van de schijf laadt en start. Dit wordt " -"gebruikt\n" +"die een bootsector van een partitie van de schijf laadt en start. Dit wordt gebruikt\n" "voor het opstarten van andere besturingssystemen." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278 msgid "" "Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the " -"disk. This is used for\n" +"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "Selecteer Menu-sectie om een sectie toe te voegen \n" -"die configuratiebestand laadt (de lijst met boot-secties) van een partitie " -"van de schijf. Dit wordt gebruikt\n" +"die configuratiebestand laadt (de lijst met boot-secties) van een partitie van de schijf. Dit wordt gebruikt\n" "voor het opstarten van andere besturingssystemen." #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names @@ -1708,84 +1594,51 @@ msgstr "Image-sectie" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24 -msgid "" -"Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name " -"directly or choose via Browse." -msgstr "" -"Kernel-image definieert de op te starten kernel. Voer de naam " -"rechtstreeks in of kies via Bladeren" +msgid "Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via Browse." +msgstr "Kernel-image definieert de op te starten kernel. Voer de naam rechtstreeks in of kies via Bladeren" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27 -msgid "" -"Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Hoofdapparaat stelt het apparaat in dat aan de kernel moet worden " -"doorgegeven als opstartapparaat." +msgid "Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device." +msgstr "Hoofdapparaat stelt het apparaat in dat aan de kernel moet worden doorgegeven als opstartapparaat." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36 msgid "" -"Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to " -"use. Either enter the path and file name\n" +"Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" "directly or choose by using Browse.\n" msgstr "" -"Allereerste RAM-schijf, mits niet leeg, definieert de aanvankelijk " -"te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam \n" +"Allereerste RAM-schijf, mits niet leeg, definieert de aanvankelijk te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam \n" "rechtstreeks in of kies door te Bladeren.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39 -msgid "" -"Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for " -"booting an OS other than Linux." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer Chainloader-sectie als u een sectie wilt definiëren voor " -"het opstarten van een ander besturingssysteem dan Linux." +msgid "Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux." +msgstr "Selecteer Chainloader-sectie als u een sectie wilt definiëren voor het opstarten van een ander besturingssysteem dan Linux." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42 -msgid "" -"Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to select " -"this section." -msgstr "" -"Schakel Wachtwoordbeveiliging gebruiken in om het selecteren van " -"deze sectie met een wachtwoord te beveiligen." +msgid "Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to select this section." +msgstr "Schakel Wachtwoordbeveiliging gebruiken in om het selecteren van deze sectie met een wachtwoord te beveiligen." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45 -msgid "" -"Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems " -"found on your computer." -msgstr "" -"Met Ander systeem kunt u een ander op de computer geïnstalleerd " -"niet-Linux besturingssysteem kiezen." +msgid "Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer." +msgstr "Met Ander systeem kunt u een ander op de computer geïnstalleerd niet-Linux besturingssysteem kiezen." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48 -msgid "" -"Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your BIOS " -"needs this flag set in order to boot it" -msgstr "" -"Selecteer Deze partitie activeren indien geselecteerd voor opstarten</" -"b> als de BIOS verlangt dat deze vlag is ingesteld om de partitie te kunnen " -"opstarten" +msgid "Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it" +msgstr "Selecteer Deze partitie activeren indien geselecteerd voor opstarten als de BIOS verlangt dat deze vlag is ingesteld om de partitie te kunnen opstarten" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51 msgid "" -"Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks " -"to boot. In most cases you want\n" -"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the " -"grub documentation.\n" +"Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" +"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.\n" msgstr "" -"Met Blok-offset voor chainloading geeft u de lijst op te starten " -"blokken op. In de meeste gevallen \n" -"geeft u hier <code>+1</code> op. Raadpleeg de grub-documentatie voor meer " -"bijzonderheden over de notatie voor de blokkenlijst.\n" +"Met Blok-offset voor chainloading geeft u de lijst op te starten blokken op. In de meeste gevallen \n" +"geeft u hier <code>+1</code> op. Raadpleeg de grub-documentatie voor meer bijzonderheden over de notatie voor de blokkenlijst.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54 msgid "" -"Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other " -"image \n" +"Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n" "and start it in a Xen environment.\n" msgstr "" -"Selecteer XEN-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of ander image toe " -"te voegen, \n" +"Selecteer XEN-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of ander image toe te voegen, \n" "maar die te starten in een XEN-omgeving.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:57 @@ -1793,12 +1646,8 @@ msgstr "Hypervisor specificeert de te gebruiken Hypervisor." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional " -"parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." -msgstr "" -"Extra parameters voor de Xen Hypervisor; hiermee definieert u " -"aanvullende aan de xen hypervisor door te geven parameters." +msgid "Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." +msgstr "Extra parameters voor de Xen Hypervisor; hiermee definieert u aanvullende aan de xen hypervisor door te geven parameters." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:63 msgid "Menu Section" @@ -1809,29 +1658,19 @@ msgstr "Partitie van menubestand" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65 -msgid "" -"Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is " -"loaded menu file." -msgstr "" -"Beschrijvingsbestand van het menu specificeert het pad op het root-" -"apparaat waar vanaf het menubestand wordt geladen." +msgid "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file." +msgstr "Beschrijvingsbestand van het menu specificeert het pad op het root-apparaat waar vanaf het menubestand wordt geladen." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68 -msgid "" -"Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually need " -"to be on the first disk." -msgstr "" -"Verwijs de Sectie naar de eerste schijf in de apparaatmap Windows " -"moet gewoonlijk op de eerste schijf staan." +msgid "Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually need to be on the first disk." +msgstr "Verwijs de Sectie naar de eerste schijf in de apparaatmap Windows moet gewoonlijk op de eerste schijf staan." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71 msgid "" -"Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is " -"possible via buttons: Add , \n" +"Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: Add , \n" "Edit and Delete" msgstr "" -"Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is " -"possible via buttons: Add , \n" +"Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: Add , \n" "Edit and Delete" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:74 @@ -1847,8 +1686,7 @@ "Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only \n" "Usually specified in global section" msgstr "" -"Forceren dat hoofdbestandssysteem als alleen-lezen wordt gekoppeld</" -"b> \n" +"Forceren dat hoofdbestandssysteem als alleen-lezen wordt gekoppeld \n" "Wordt meestal opgegeven in de algemene sectie" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:80 @@ -1857,10 +1695,8 @@ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n" "file on a SCSI disk partition." msgstr "" -"Selecteer Dumpsectie om een sectie toe te voegen waarin wordt " -"opgegeven hoe\n" -"een systeemdump moet worden gemaakt op een DASD-schijfpartitie of " -"tapeapparaat of om een\n" +"Selecteer Dumpsectie om een sectie toe te voegen waarin wordt opgegeven hoe\n" +"een systeemdump moet worden gemaakt op een DASD-schijfpartitie of tapeapparaat of om een\n" " bestand toe te voegen aan een SCSI-schijfpartitie." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:85 @@ -1868,20 +1704,15 @@ "Select Menu Section to add a new menu to the configuration.\n" "Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.\n" msgstr "" -"Selecteer Menusectie om een nieuw menu toe te voegen aan de " -"configuratie.\n" -"Menusecties vertegenwoordigen een lijst met taken die samen worden " -"gegroepeerd\n" +"Selecteer Menusectie om een nieuw menu toe te voegen aan de configuratie.\n" +"Menusecties vertegenwoordigen een lijst met taken die samen worden gegroepeerd\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88 msgid "" -"Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters to " -"enable the SELinux security framework. \n" +"Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" "Please note that this will also disable AppArmor." msgstr "" -"Selecteer SELinux inschakelen om de noodzakelijke kernel-boot-" -"parameters toe te voegen om het SELinux beveiligingsframework in te " -"schakelen. \n" +"Selecteer SELinux inschakelen om de noodzakelijke kernel-boot-parameters toe te voegen om het SELinux beveiligingsframework in te schakelen. \n" "Let erop dat dit ook AppArmor zal uitschakelen." #. radio button @@ -2053,62 +1884,38 @@ #. error report #: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." -msgstr "" -"Vanwege de partitionering kan de bootloader niet goed worden geïnstalleerd." +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgstr "Vanwege de partitionering kan de bootloader niet goed worden geïnstalleerd." #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal #. #. #. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Bootcode installeren in MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">niet installeren</" -"a>" +msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Bootcode installeren in MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">niet installeren</a>" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Bootcode niet installeren in MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">installeren</" -"a>" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgstr "Bootcode niet installeren in MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">installeren</a>" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " -"install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Bootcode in /boot-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">niet " -"installeren</a>" +msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Bootcode in /boot-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">niet installeren</a>" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" -"\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Bootcode niet in /boot-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot" -"\">installeren</a>" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" +msgstr "Bootcode niet in /boot-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">installeren</a>" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " -"install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Bootcode in \"/\"-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">niet " -"installeren</a>" +msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Bootcode in \"/\"-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">niet installeren</a>" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" -"\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Bootcode niet in \"/\"-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot" -"\">installeren</a>" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" +msgstr "Bootcode niet in \"/\"-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">installeren</a>" #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 @@ -2171,12 +1978,8 @@ #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 -msgid "" -"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " -"are doing please select above location." -msgstr "" -"Waarschuwing: geen locatie voor bootloader stage1 geselecteerd. Tenzij u " -"weet wat u doet, selecteer de bovenstaande locatie." +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "Waarschuwing: geen locatie voor bootloader stage1 geselecteerd. Tenzij u weet wat u doet, selecteer de bovenstaande locatie." #: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" @@ -2195,53 +1998,32 @@ #. TODO add more devices #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" -msgstr "" -"Partitienummer > 3 wordt gebruikt voor het opstarten met de GPT-partitietabel" +msgstr "Partitienummer > 3 wordt gebruikt voor het opstarten met de GPT-partitietabel" #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 -msgid "" -"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk " -"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub " -"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install " -"stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "" -"Opstarten vanaf MBR werkt niet samen met bestandssysteem btrfs en GPT " -"schijflabel zonder bios_grub partitie. Om dit probleem te repareren, maak " -"de bios_grub partitie of gebruik een van de ext-bestandssystemen als boot-" -"partitie of installeer geen stage 1 op MBR." +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "Opstarten vanaf MBR werkt niet samen met bestandssysteem btrfs en GPT schijflabel zonder bios_grub partitie. Om dit probleem te repareren, maak de bios_grub partitie of gebruik een van de ext-bestandssystemen als boot-partitie of installeer geen stage 1 op MBR." #. check if boot device is on raid0 #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." -msgstr "" -"Het opstartapparaat is op een RAID-type: %1. Systeem zal niet opstarten." +msgstr "Het opstartapparaat is op een RAID-type: %1. Systeem zal niet opstarten." #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 -msgid "" -"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " -"Master Boot Record" -msgstr "" -"Het opstartapparaat is op een software RAID1. Selecteer een andere locatie " -"voor de bootloader, bijv. Master Boot Record" +msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" +msgstr "Het opstartapparaat is op een software RAID1. Selecteer een andere locatie voor de bootloader, bijv. Master Boot Record" #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 -msgid "" -"YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device " -"map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader " -"Installation Details\"" -msgstr "" -"YaST kon niet de exacte volgorde van de schijven voor het opstarten (booten) " -"voor de apparaatindeling bepalen. Bekijk de volgorde en pas deze zo nodig " -"aan in \"Details bootloaderinstallatie\"" +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +msgstr "YaST kon niet de exacte volgorde van de schijven voor het opstarten (booten) voor de apparaatindeling bepalen. Bekijk de volgorde en pas deze zo nodig aan in \"Details bootloaderinstallatie\"" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." -msgstr "" -"Partitie met ext voor booting ontbreekt. Kan boot-code niet installeren." +msgstr "Partitie met ext voor booting ontbreekt. Kan boot-code niet installeren." #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) #: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 @@ -2365,64 +2147,39 @@ #~ msgstr "Diagnostiek leverancier" #~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Het opstartapparaat is op een iSCSI-schijf: %1. Systeem zou niet kunnen " -#~ "opstarten." +#~ msgstr "Het opstartapparaat is op een iSCSI-schijf: %1. Systeem zou niet kunnen opstarten." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely " -#~ "below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result " -#~ "is error 18 during install grub MBR)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "De bootloader is geïnstalleerd in een partitie die niet geheel onder %1 " -#~ "GB ligt. Het systeem zou niet kunnen opstarten als de BIOS alleen lba24 " -#~ "ondersteund (resultaat is fout 18 bij installatie van MBR van grub)." +#~ msgid "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result is error 18 during install grub MBR)." +#~ msgstr "De bootloader is geïnstalleerd in een partitie die niet geheel onder %1 GB ligt. Het systeem zou niet kunnen opstarten als de BIOS alleen lba24 ondersteund (resultaat is fout 18 bij installatie van MBR van grub)." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of " -#~ "range.\n" -#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot " -#~ "order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader " -#~ "configuration)" +#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of range.\n" +#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader configuration)" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat.<br/" -#~ ">\n" -#~ "De apparaatmap bevat meer dan 8 apparaten en het bootapparaat is buiten " -#~ "bereik.\n" -#~ "Het bereik is gelimiteerd door de BIOS tot de eerste 8 apparaten Pas de " -#~ "BIOS boot-volgorde aan ( of als deze al is ingesteld, corrigeer deze on " -#~ "de configuratie van de bootloader)." +#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat. \n" +#~ "De apparaatmap bevat meer dan 8 apparaten en het bootapparaat is buiten bereik.\n" +#~ "Het bereik is gelimiteerd door de BIOS tot de eerste 8 apparaten Pas de BIOS boot-volgorde aan ( of als deze al is ingesteld, corrigeer deze on de configuratie van de bootloader)." #~ msgid "The LILO is not supported now." #~ msgstr "De LILO is nu niet ondersteund." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your " -#~ "system may not be bootable." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Het opgegeven opstartpad zal niet worden geactiveerd voor uw installatie. " -#~ "U systeem is misschien niet opstartbaar." +#~ msgid "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your system may not be bootable." +#~ msgstr "Het opgegeven opstartpad zal niet worden geactiveerd voor uw installatie. U systeem is misschien niet opstartbaar." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " -#~ "small primary Apple HFS partition." +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a small primary Apple HFS partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat." -#~ " \n" -#~ "Als u geen selectie kunt maken kan het noodzakelijk zijn dat u een kleine " -#~ "primaire Apple HFS-partitie aanmaakt." +#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat. \n" +#~ "Als u geen selectie kunt maken kan het noodzakelijk zijn dat u een kleine primaire Apple HFS-partitie aanmaakt." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " -#~ "PReP Boot partition." +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a PReP Boot partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat." -#~ " \n" -#~ "Als u geen selectie kunt maken kan het noodzakelijk zijn dat u een PreP-" -#~ "Boot-partitie aanmaakt." +#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat. \n" +#~ "Als u geen selectie kunt maken kan het noodzakelijk zijn dat u een PreP-Boot-partitie aanmaakt." #~ msgid "Stay &LILO" #~ msgstr "Bij &LILO blijven" @@ -2430,12 +2187,8 @@ #~ msgid "Convert Settings and Install &GRUB" #~ msgstr "Instellingen converteren en &GRUB installeren" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to " -#~ "GRUB" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "LILO wordt niet ondersteund. De aanbevolen optie is om converteren van " -#~ "LILO naar GRUB te selecteren" +#~ msgid "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to GRUB" +#~ msgstr "LILO wordt niet ondersteund. De aanbevolen optie is om converteren van LILO naar GRUB te selecteren" #~ msgid "&ELILO Global Options" #~ msgstr "&ELILO Algemene opties" @@ -2468,70 +2221,53 @@ #~ "Set level of verbosity [0-5] Increase verbosity of ELILO\n" #~ "in case of boot problems." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Uitgebreidheid [0-5] Geef aan hoe uitgebreid de ELILO-" -#~ "meldingen zijn \n" +#~ "Uitgebreidheid [0-5] Geef aan hoe uitgebreid de ELILO-meldingen zijn \n" #~ "wanneer zich problemen voordoen bij het opstarten." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line</" -#~ "b> \n" -#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These " -#~ "are\n" +#~ "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line \n" +#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" #~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Voeg een tekenreeks toe aan de algemene opties op kernel-" -#~ "opdrachtregel \n" -#~ "Geeft u de mogelijkheid globale, aanvullende parameters door te geven aan " -#~ "de kernel.\n" -#~ "Deze worden gebruikt als in een gegeven sectie geen 'append' voorkomt.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Voeg een tekenreeks toe aan de algemene opties op kernel-opdrachtregel \n" +#~ "Geeft u de mogelijkheid globale, aanvullende parameters door te geven aan de kernel.\n" +#~ "Deze worden gebruikt als in een gegeven sectie geen 'append' voorkomt.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the " -#~ "initial\n" -#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Naam van het standaard initrd-bestand, mits niet leeg, " -#~ "definieert de aanvankelijk\n" -#~ "te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in " -#~ "of kies door te\n" +#~ "Naam van het standaard initrd-bestand, mits niet leeg, definieert de aanvankelijk\n" +#~ "te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of kies door te\n" #~ "Bladeren\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Name of default image file, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Naam van het imagebestand, mits niet leeg, definieert het te " -#~ "gebruiken\n" -#~ "imagebestand. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of kies " -#~ "door te\n" +#~ "Naam van het imagebestand, mits niet leeg, definieert het te gebruiken\n" +#~ "imagebestand. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of kies door te\n" #~ "Bladeren" #~ msgid "" #~ "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu') \n" #~ "Beware: 'textmenu' has occasionally caused problems on some machines." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Geef de gebruikersinterface op voor ELILO ('eenvoudig' of " -#~ "'tekstmenu') \n" +#~ "Geef de gebruikersinterface op voor ELILO ('eenvoudig' of 'tekstmenu') \n" #~ "Let op: 'tekstmenu' heeft op sommige machines problemen veroorzaakt." #~ msgid "" #~ "Prevent EDD30 mode \n" -#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to " -#~ "TRUE.\n" +#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to TRUE.\n" #~ "However, some controllers do not support EDD30 and forcing the variable\n" #~ "may cause problems. Therefore, as of elilo-3.2, there is an option to \n" #~ "avoid forcing the variable.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "EDD30-modus blokkeren \n" -#~ "Als EDD30 is uitgeschakeld, probeert ELILO standaard de variabele in te " -#~ "stellen op TRUE.\n" -#~ "Sommige controllers ondersteunen EDD30 echter niet en het forceren van de " -#~ "variabele\n" +#~ "Als EDD30 is uitgeschakeld, probeert ELILO standaard de variabele in te stellen op TRUE.\n" +#~ "Sommige controllers ondersteunen EDD30 echter niet en het forceren van de variabele\n" #~ "kan dan problemen veroorzaken. Daarom hebt u vanaf ELILO-3.2 de optie \n" #~ "het forceren van de variabele te blokkeren.\n" @@ -2542,10 +2278,8 @@ #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Poging tot verplaatsing toestaan \n" -#~ "Als een fout optreedt bij het toewijzen van geheugen tijdens het " -#~ "aanvankelijk laden van de \n" -#~ " kernel, is een poging tot verplaatsing toegestaan (waarbij wordt " -#~ "verondersteld dat de kernel kan worden verplaatst).\n" +#~ "Als een fout optreedt bij het toewijzen van geheugen tijdens het aanvankelijk laden van de \n" +#~ " kernel, is een poging tot verplaatsing toegestaan (waarbij wordt verondersteld dat de kernel kan worden verplaatst).\n" #~ " " #~ msgid "" @@ -2567,8 +2301,7 @@ #~ "Specify kernel chooser to use: \"simple\" or \"textmenu\"" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Stel het gebruikersinterface in voor ELILO\n" -#~ "Specificeer het te gebruiken kernelkeuzesysteem: \"eenvoudig\" of " -#~ "\"tekstmenu\"" +#~ "Specificeer het te gebruiken kernelkeuzesysteem: \"eenvoudig\" of \"tekstmenu\"" #~ msgid "" #~ "Display the Content of a File by Function Keys\n" @@ -2590,8 +2323,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Specificeer de bestandsnaam voor een specifieke te laden FPSWA\n" #~ "Specificeer de bestandsnaam voor een specifieke te laden FPSWA.\n" -#~ "Als deze optie wordt gebruikt dan zal geen ander bestand geprobeerd " -#~ "worden." +#~ "Als deze optie wordt gebruikt dan zal geen ander bestand geprobeerd worden." #~ msgid "" #~ "Message Printed on Main Screen (If Supported)\n" @@ -2599,8 +2331,7 @@ #~ "the chooser." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Bericht getoond op het hoofdscherm (Indien ondersteund)\n" -#~ "Een bericht dat getoond wordt op het hoofdscherm als dat ondersteund " -#~ "wordt\n" +#~ "Een bericht dat getoond wordt op het hoofdscherm als dat ondersteund wordt\n" #~ "door het keuzeprogramma." #~ msgid "" @@ -2609,8 +2340,7 @@ #~ "auto booting when not in interactive mode.\n" #~ "Default is 0" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch " -#~ "opstarten\n" +#~ "Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch opstarten\n" #~ "Het aantal tienden van seconden dat moet worden gewacht alvorens\n" #~ "automatisch op te starten in niet-interactieve modus.\n" #~ "Standaard is 0" @@ -2618,12 +2348,8 @@ #~ msgid "Boot Image Location" #~ msgstr "Locatie opstart-image" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive " -#~ "mode)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch " -#~ "opstarten (wordt gebruikt wanneer niet in interactieve modus)" +#~ msgid "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive mode)" +#~ msgstr "Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch opstarten (wordt gebruikt wanneer niet in interactieve modus)" #~ msgid "Force interactive mode" #~ msgstr "Interactieve modus forceren" @@ -2647,8 +2373,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Naam van standaard image-bestand" #~ msgid "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu')" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Geef de gebruikersinterface op voor ELILO ('eenvoudig' of 'tekstmenu')" +#~ msgstr "Geef de gebruikersinterface op voor ELILO ('eenvoudig' of 'tekstmenu')" #~ msgid "Message printed on main screen (if supported)" #~ msgstr "Bericht dat verschijnt op hoofdscherm (indien ondersteund)" @@ -2661,15 +2386,13 @@ #~ msgstr "EDD30-modus blokkeren" #~ msgid "Specify the filename for a specific FPSWA to load" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "De bestandsnaam opgeven voor een specifieke FPSWA die moet worden geladen" +#~ msgstr "De bestandsnaam opgeven voor een specifieke FPSWA die moet worden geladen" #~ msgid "Allow attempt to relocate" #~ msgstr "Poging tot verplaatsing toestaan" #~ msgid "Global Append &String of Options to Kernel Command Line" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Algemene tekenreek&s met opties toe te voegen aan de kernel-opdrachtregel" +#~ msgstr "Algemene tekenreek&s met opties toe te voegen aan de kernel-opdrachtregel" #~ msgid "&Name of Default Image File" #~ msgstr "&Naam van standaard image-bestand" @@ -2691,16 +2414,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Forceren dat rootfs als alleen-lezen wordt gekoppeld" #~ msgid "&Set the User Interface for ELILO (\"simple\" or \"textmenu\")" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "&Stel de gebruikersinterface in voor ELILO (\"eenvoudig\" of \"tekstmenu" -#~ "\")" +#~ msgstr "&Stel de gebruikersinterface in voor ELILO (\"eenvoudig\" of \"tekstmenu\")" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive " -#~ "Mode)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "&Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch " -#~ "opstarten (wordt gebruikt in niet-interactieve modus)" +#~ msgid "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive Mode)" +#~ msgstr "&Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch opstarten (wordt gebruikt in niet-interactieve modus)" #~ msgid "Display the Content of a File by Function &Keys" #~ msgstr "De inhoud van een bestand weergeven door functie&toetsen" @@ -2755,8 +2472,7 @@ #~ "Dit is het partitienummer van uw opstartpartitie. Op een\n" #~ "PowerMac moet het in HFS-formaat zijn omdat we de hfsutils gebruiken om\n" #~ "de bestanden naar die partitie te kopiëren. Op CHRP hebt u een 41 PReP\n" -#~ "opstartpartitie nodig, /boot/second uit het quik-pakket is daar " -#~ "opgeslagen." +#~ "opstartpartitie nodig, /boot/second uit het quik-pakket is daar opgeslagen." #~ msgid "" #~ "Boot Folder Path\n" @@ -2768,42 +2484,30 @@ #~ "map wordt gemarkeerd als op te starten." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line</" -#~ "b> \n" -#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These " -#~ "are\n" +#~ "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line \n" +#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" #~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Voeg een tekenreeks toe aan de algemene opties op de kernel-" -#~ "opdrachtregel \n" -#~ "Geeft u de mogelijkheid globale, aanvullende parameters door te geven aan " -#~ "de kernel.\n" -#~ "Deze worden gebruikt als in een gegeven sectie geen 'append' voorkomt.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Voeg een tekenreeks toe aan de algemene opties op de kernel-opdrachtregel \n" +#~ "Geeft u de mogelijkheid globale, aanvullende parameters door te geven aan de kernel.\n" +#~ "Deze worden gebruikt als in een gegeven sectie geen 'append' voorkomt.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the " -#~ "initial\n" -#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Naam van het standaard initrd-bestand, mits niet leeg, " -#~ "definieert de aanvankelijk\n" -#~ "te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in " -#~ "of kies door te\n" +#~ "Naam van het standaard initrd-bestand, mits niet leeg, definieert de aanvankelijk\n" +#~ "te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of kies door te\n" #~ "Bladeren\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Name of Default Image File, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Naam van het standaard image-bestand, mits niet leeg, " -#~ "definieert het aanvankelijk \n" -#~ "te gebruiken bestand. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of " -#~ "kies door te\n" +#~ "Naam van het standaard image-bestand, mits niet leeg, definieert het aanvankelijk \n" +#~ "te gebruiken bestand. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of kies door te\n" #~ "Bladeren" #~ msgid "" @@ -2817,84 +2521,65 @@ #~ "Partition for Boot Loader Duplication\n" #~ "specifies other Linux device nodes where the bootinfo should be stored.\n" #~ "If this option is given, the boot partition will be converted to FAT. \n" -#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a " -#~ "RAID1 or RAID5 system." +#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a RAID1 or RAID5 system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Partitie voor bootloaderduplicatie\n" -#~ "specificeert andere Linux apparaatnodes waar de bootinformatie opgeslagen " -#~ "zou moeten worden.\n" +#~ "specificeert andere Linux apparaatnodes waar de bootinformatie opgeslagen zou moeten worden.\n" #~ "Met deze optie wordt de bootpartitie geconverteerd naar FAT. \n" -#~ "De bedoeling van deze optie is om bootbestanden naar alle leden van een " -#~ "RAID1- of RAID5-systeem te schrijven." +#~ "De bedoeling van deze optie is om bootbestanden naar alle leden van een RAID1- of RAID5-systeem te schrijven." #~ msgid "" #~ "Change Boot Device in NV-RAM\n" #~ "this option will tell lilo to update the OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n" -#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified " -#~ "in\n" +#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified in\n" #~ "\"boot=\". If this option is missing, the system may not boot." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Opstartapparaat veranderen in NV-RAM\n" #~ "deze optie vertelt lilo om de OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n" -#~ "variabele bij te werken met het volledige OpenFirmware-pad dat wijst naar " -#~ "het apparaat gespecificeerd in\n" -#~ "\"boot=\". Als deze optie ontbreekt, dan zou het systeem niet kunnen " -#~ "opstarten." +#~ "variabele bij te werken met het volledige OpenFirmware-pad dat wijst naar het apparaat gespecificeerd in\n" +#~ "\"boot=\". Als deze optie ontbreekt, dan zou het systeem niet kunnen opstarten." #~ msgid "" #~ "Do not Use OS-chooser\n" -#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script " -#~ "named \"os-chooser\". \n" -#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple " -#~ "G5 systems \n" +#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script named \"os-chooser\". \n" +#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple G5 systems \n" #~ "will crash if there is no monitor attached." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Geen besturingssysteemkiezer gebruiken\n" -#~ " vertelt lilo om yaboot te gebruiken als opstartbestand in plaats van een " -#~ "Forth-script genaamd \"os-chooser\". \n" -#~ "De OpenFirmware-driver in de nVidia grafische kaart zoals meegeleverd met " -#~ "Apple G5 systemen \n" +#~ " vertelt lilo om yaboot te gebruiken als opstartbestand in plaats van een Forth-script genaamd \"os-chooser\". \n" +#~ "De OpenFirmware-driver in de nVidia grafische kaart zoals meegeleverd met Apple G5 systemen \n" #~ "breekt af als er geen monitor is aagekoppeld." #~ msgid "" #~ "Timeout in Seconds for MacOS/Linux\n" -#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots " -#~ "automatically \n" +#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots automatically \n" #~ "if no key is pressed to boot MacOS" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Wachttijd in seconden voor MacOS/Linux\n" -#~ "Bevat de vertaging tussen MacOS/Linux in seconden totdat Linux " -#~ "automatisch opstart \n" +#~ "Bevat de vertaging tussen MacOS/Linux in seconden totdat Linux automatisch opstart \n" #~ "als er geen toets wordt ingedrukt om MacOS op te starten" #~ msgid "" #~ "Always Boot from FAT Partition\n" -#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition " -#~ "format\n" -#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for " -#~ "more\n" +#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition format\n" +#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for more\n" #~ "complex setups. This option forces the lilo script to use\n" #~ "the FAT formatted file system" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Altijd vanaf FAT-partitie opstarten\n" -#~ "Normaal zal het lilo-script automagisch het boot-partitieformaat " -#~ "selecteren\n" -#~ "als ofwel een PReP-bootpartitie of een FAT geformatteerd bestandssysteem " -#~ "voor meer\n" +#~ "Normaal zal het lilo-script automagisch het boot-partitieformaat selecteren\n" +#~ "als ofwel een PReP-bootpartitie of een FAT geformatteerd bestandssysteem voor meer\n" #~ "complexe instellingen. Deze optie forceert het lilo-script om het\n" #~ "FAT geformatteerde bestandssysteem te gebruiken" #~ msgid "" #~ "Install Boot Loader Even on Errors\n" #~ "Install the bootloader even if it is unsure whether your firmware is\n" -#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Bootloader zelfs bij foutmeldingen installeren\n" -#~ "Installeer de bootloader zelfs als het onzeker is of de firmware buggy " -#~ "is\n" -#~ "zodat de volgend boot zal mislukken. Dit resulteert in een niet " -#~ "ondersteunde setup." +#~ "Installeer de bootloader zelfs als het onzeker is of de firmware buggy is\n" +#~ "zodat de volgend boot zal mislukken. Dit resulteert in een niet ondersteunde setup." #~ msgid "PPC Boot Loader Location" #~ msgstr "Locatie PPC-bootloader" @@ -3102,13 +2787,10 @@ #~ msgstr "De LILO opstartlader is niet ondersteund" #~ msgid "The /boot directory is on an XFS filesystem. System may not boot." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "De /boot-map is op een XFS-bestandssysteem. Het systeem zou niet kunnen " -#~ "opstarten." +#~ msgstr "De /boot-map is op een XFS-bestandssysteem. Het systeem zou niet kunnen opstarten." #~ msgid "Copying hardware configuration template failed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Het kopiëren van de sjabloon voor de hardwareconfiguratie is mislukt." +#~ msgstr "Het kopiëren van de sjabloon voor de hardwareconfiguratie is mislukt." #~ msgid "Install S390 Boot Loader" #~ msgstr "S390-bootloader installeren" @@ -3165,13 +2847,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "You chose to install the boot loader to the hard disk.\n" -#~ "The menu of the boot loader contains an entry to boot from the hard " -#~ "disk.\n" +#~ "The menu of the boot loader contains an entry to boot from the hard disk.\n" #~ "Replace it with an entry to boot from the floppy?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "U wilt de bootloader op de harddisk installeren.\n" -#~ "Het bootloader-menu bevat een opgave om van de harddisk te kunnen " -#~ "booten.\n" +#~ "Het bootloader-menu bevat een opgave om van de harddisk te kunnen booten.\n" #~ "Wilt u deze vervangen zodat u van diskette kan booten?" #~ msgid "" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/ca-management.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/ca-management.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/ca-management.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ca-management.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-06 16:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-05 00:23+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -99,22 +99,15 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:84 msgid "Password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" -msgstr "" -"Wachtwoord (beveiliging: dit dient te worden gegeven door een " -"omgevingsvariabele)" +msgstr "Wachtwoord (beveiliging: dit dient te worden gegeven door een omgevingsvariabele)" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:93 msgid "CA password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" -msgstr "" -"CA-wachtwoord (beveiliging: dit dient te worden gegeven door een " -"omgevingsvariabele)" +msgstr "CA-wachtwoord (beveiliging: dit dient te worden gegeven door een omgevingsvariabele)" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:100 -msgid "" -"P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" -msgstr "" -"P12-wachtwoord (veiligheid: dit dient te worden gegeven door een " -"omgevingsvariabele)" +msgid "P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" +msgstr "P12-wachtwoord (veiligheid: dit dient te worden gegeven door een omgevingsvariabele)" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:112 msgid "Path of the exported CA, certificate, or CRL" @@ -130,19 +123,15 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:172 msgid "" "\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and " -"certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" -"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and " -"certificate from a file.\n" +"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and certificate from a file.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"YaST maakt automatisch een standaard-CA en een certificaat aan. Deze CA en " -"het\n" +"YaST maakt automatisch een standaard-CA en een certificaat aan. Deze CA en het\n" "certificaat worden gebruikt om met Apache-server te kunnen communiceren.\n" -"Hier kunt u de instellingen voor deze CA en certificaat wijzigen of een CA " -"en certificaat uit een bestand importeren.\n" +"Hier kunt u de instellingen voor deze CA en certificaat wijzigen of een CA en certificaat uit een bestand importeren.\n" "\n" #. Initialization dialog contents @@ -393,12 +382,8 @@ #. #. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "" -"Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server " -"Name and E-Mail." -msgstr "" -"Kan de naam van de lokale computer niet evalueren. Wijzig de waarden van de " -"servernaam en e-mail." +msgid "Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server Name and E-Mail." +msgstr "Kan de naam van de lokale computer niet evalueren. Wijzig de waarden van de servernaam en e-mail." #. new handling of force reset because of (#238754) #. NO FORCE RESET @@ -419,21 +404,16 @@ msgstr "De oude instellingen verwijderen?" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." -msgstr "" -"Kan het systeemwachtwoord van root niet achterhalen. Stel een CA-wachtwoord " -"in om door te kunnen gaan." +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." +msgstr "Kan het systeemwachtwoord van root niet achterhalen. Stel een CA-wachtwoord in om door te kunnen gaan." #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325 msgid "" "The password is too short to use for the certificates. \n" -"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -"creation.\n" +"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" msgstr "" "Het wachtwoord is te kort om te kunnen gebruiken voor de certificaten.\n" -"Voer een geldig wachtwoord in voor de certificaten of schakel het aanmaken " -"van certificaten uit.\n" +"Voer een geldig wachtwoord in voor de certificaten of schakel het aanmaken van certificaten uit.\n" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:351 msgid "Current default CA and certificate." @@ -488,15 +468,11 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406 msgid "" -"The root password is too short for use as the password for the " -"certificates.\n" -" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -"creation.\n" +"The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates.\n" +" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" msgstr "" -"Het root-wachtwoord is te kort om te kunnen gebruiken als wachtwoord voor de " -"certificaten.\n" -"Voer een geldig wachtwoord in voor de certificaten of schakel het aanmaken " -"van certificaten uit.\n" +"Het root-wachtwoord is te kort om te kunnen gebruiken als wachtwoord voor de certificaten.\n" +"Voer een geldig wachtwoord in voor de certificaten of schakel het aanmaken van certificaten uit.\n" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:413 msgid "Not creating a CA and certificate." @@ -507,12 +483,8 @@ msgstr "CA en certificaat uit een bestand importeren" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427 -msgid "" -"Is the default hostname linux really unique? The certificate is " -"only valid if the hostname is correct." -msgstr "" -"Is de standaardhostnaam linux echt uniek? Het certificaat is " -"alleen geldig als de hostnaam correct is." +msgid "Is the default hostname linux really unique? The certificate is only valid if the hostname is correct." +msgstr "Is de standaardhostnaam linux echt uniek? Het certificaat is alleen geldig als de hostnaam correct is." #. menu title #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:468 @@ -550,28 +522,24 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" -"In this frame, select the desired installation method for CAs and " -"certificates\n" +"In this frame, select the desired installation method for CAs and certificates\n" "while completing the installation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Selecteer in dit venster, tijdens het afronden van de installatie, de " -"gewenste installatie methode\n" +"Selecteer in dit venster, tijdens het afronden van de installatie, de gewenste installatie methode\n" "voor de CA's en de certificaten.\n" "\n" #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112 msgid "" "\n" -"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in " -"the installed system \n" +"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in the installed system \n" "if you do not want to create or import it now.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"U hebt ook de mogelijkheid om de standaard-CA en -certificaat op het " -"geïnstalleerde systeem aan te maken\n" +"U hebt ook de mogelijkheid om de standaard-CA en -certificaat op het geïnstalleerde systeem aan te maken\n" "als u deze niet nu wilt aanmaken of importeren.\n" "\n" @@ -668,17 +636,14 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388 msgid "" "\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA " -"and certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" "Here, change these default settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"YaST maakt automatisch een standaard CA en een certificaat aan. De CA " -"en het\n" -"certificaat worden gebruikt om met Apache server te kunnen " -"communiceren.\n" +"YaST maakt automatisch een standaard CA en een certificaat aan. De CA en het\n" +"certificaat worden gebruikt om met Apache server te kunnen communiceren.\n" "De standaard instellingen kunnen hier worden gewijzigd.\n" "\n" @@ -703,67 +668,38 @@ #. help text 1/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77 -msgid "" -"A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted " -"network connections." -msgstr "" -"Een server-certificaat wordt gebruikt door services die SSL/TLS-" -"versleutelde netwerkverbindingen leveren." +msgid "A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted network connections." +msgstr "Een server-certificaat wordt gebruikt door services die SSL/TLS-versleutelde netwerkverbindingen leveren." #. help text 2/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84 -msgid "" -"The purpose of the Common Server Certificate is, to provide a " -"certificate for several services running on this host. " -msgstr "" -"Het doel van de Common Server Certificate is een certificaat voor " -"verschillende services te leveren die draaien op deze host. " +msgid "The purpose of the Common Server Certificate is, to provide a certificate for several services running on this host. " +msgstr "Het doel van de Common Server Certificate is een certificaat voor verschillende services te leveren die draaien op deze host. " #. help text 3/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during " -"configuration of such a service." -msgstr "" -"Sommige YaST-modulen leveren de mogelijkheid dit certificaat te gebruiken " -"tijdens de configuratie van zo'n service." +msgid "Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during configuration of such a service." +msgstr "Sommige YaST-modulen leveren de mogelijkheid dit certificaat te gebruiken tijdens de configuratie van zo'n service." #. help text 4/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100 -msgid "" -"With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server " -"certificate or replace the current one." -msgstr "" -"Met de knop Importeren/Vervangen kunt u een nieuw " -"servercertificaat toevoegen of de huidige vervangen." +msgid "With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server certificate or replace the current one." +msgstr "Met de knop Importeren/Vervangen kunt u een nieuw servercertificaat toevoegen of de huidige vervangen." #. help text 5/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108 -msgid "" -"You can remove the Certificates by clicking the Remove button. But " -"make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services." -msgstr "" -"U kunt de certificaten verwijderen door op de knop Verwijderen te " -"klikken. Echter, wees absoluut zeker, dat het niet meer wordt gebruikt door " -"andere services." +msgid "You can remove the Certificates by clicking the Remove button. But make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services." +msgstr "U kunt de certificaten verwijderen door op de knop Verwijderen te klikken. Echter, wees absoluut zeker, dat het niet meer wordt gebruikt door andere services." #. help text 6/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116 -msgid "" -"Certificates can be written to a file using Export to File in " -"section Certificate in the CA Management module." -msgstr "" -"Met Naar bestand exporteren in de sectie Certificaat van de " -"module CA-beheer kunt u certificaten naar een bestand opslaan." +msgid "Certificates can be written to a file using Export to File in section Certificate in the CA Management module." +msgstr "Met Naar bestand exporteren in de sectie Certificaat van de module CA-beheer kunt u certificaten naar een bestand opslaan." #. help text 7/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124 -msgid "" -"Certificates to import from disk must have been written in PKCS12 " -"format with CA chain." -msgstr "" -"Certificaten die vanaf een disk geïmporteerd moeten worden, dienen in het " -"PKCS12 formaat met CA chain te zijn geschreven." +msgid "Certificates to import from disk must have been written in PKCS12 format with CA chain." +msgstr "Certificaten die vanaf een disk geïmporteerd moeten worden, dienen in het PKCS12 formaat met CA chain te zijn geschreven." #. help text 8/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:132 @@ -826,12 +762,8 @@ #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Special information about the current CA is provided by Certificates</" -"b>, CRL, and Advanced." -msgstr "" -"Speciale informatie over het huidige CA wordt gegeven door " -"Certificaten, CRL en Geavanceerd." +msgid "Special information about the current CA is provided by Certificates, CRL, and Advanced." +msgstr "Speciale informatie over het huidige CA wordt gegeven door Certificaten, CRL en Geavanceerd." #. getDescriptionCA - description of a CA #. @param CA name @@ -966,38 +898,25 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:51 -msgid "" -"When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some " -"default values." -msgstr "" -"Tijdens de aanmaak van een nieuw subCA of certificaat zal het systeem u " -"enige standaard waarden voorstellen." +msgid "When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some default values." +msgstr "Tijdens de aanmaak van een nieuw subCA of certificaat zal het systeem u enige standaard waarden voorstellen." #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:57 msgid "With this workflow, change these default settings." -msgstr "" -"Met deze werkprocedure zijn de standaard instellingen aan te passen." +msgstr "Met deze werkprocedure zijn de standaard instellingen aan te passen." #. help text 3/4 #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153 -msgid "" -"However, the modified settings will be used for new entries only.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"De aangepaste instellingen worden echter alleen bij nieuwe opgaves " -"gebruikt." +msgid "However, the modified settings will be used for new entries only." +msgstr "De aangepaste instellingen worden echter alleen bij nieuwe opgaves gebruikt." #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69 -msgid "" -"You can edit the default settings for subCAs, client " -"certificates, and server certificates." -msgstr "" -"U kunt de standaard instellingen van de subCA's, de cliënt " -"certificaten en de server certificaten aanpassen." +msgid "You can edit the default settings for subCAs, client certificates, and server certificates." +msgstr "U kunt de standaard instellingen van de subCA's, de cliënt certificaten en de server certificaten aanpassen." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:88 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:79 @@ -1020,12 +939,8 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are " -"saved." -msgstr "" -"Dit venster geeft van alle standaard instellingen een overzicht alvorens " -"ze worden opgeslagen." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are saved." +msgstr "Dit venster geeft van alle standaard instellingen een overzicht alvorens ze worden opgeslagen." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:142 @@ -1138,14 +1053,8 @@ #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46 -msgid "" -"First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The " -"columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the " -"state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked)." -msgstr "" -"Bekijk als eerste het overzicht met alle beschikbare certificaten van " -"deze CA. De kolommen bevatten de DN van de certificaten inclusief email " -"adres en de certificaat status (zoals: geldig of ingetrokken)." +msgid "First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked)." +msgstr "Bekijk als eerste het overzicht met alle beschikbare certificaten van deze CA. De kolommen bevatten de DN van de certificaten inclusief email adres en de certificaat status (zoals: geldig of ingetrokken)." #. help text 2/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:52 @@ -1154,37 +1063,23 @@ #. help text 3/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57 -msgid "" -"View opens a window with a text representation of the complete " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"Overzicht opent een venster met een tekstuele voorstelling van het " -"complete certificaat." +msgid "View opens a window with a text representation of the complete certificate." +msgstr "Overzicht opent een venster met een tekstuele voorstelling van het complete certificaat." #. help text 4/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Furthermore, you can Revoke, Delete, or Export a " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"Bovendien kunt u een certificaat Intrekken, Verwijderen of " -"Exporteren." +msgid "Furthermore, you can Revoke, Delete, or Export a certificate." +msgstr "Bovendien kunt u een certificaat Intrekken, Verwijderen of Exporteren." #. help text 5/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:71 msgid "With Add, generate a new server or client certificate." -msgstr "" -"Met Toevoegen kunt u een nieuwe server of cliënt certificaat " -"genereren." +msgstr "Met Toevoegen kunt u een nieuwe server of cliënt certificaat genereren." #. help text 6/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78 -msgid "" -"In the area below, see the most important values of the selected " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"In het onderstaande gebied ziet u de meest belangrijke waarden van het " -"geselecteerde certificaat." +msgid "In the area below, see the most important values of the selected certificate." +msgstr "In het onderstaande gebied ziet u de meest belangrijke waarden van het geselecteerde certificaat." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71 #. popup window header @@ -1194,8 +1089,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:145 msgid "You are only revoking the certificate. No new CRL will be created." -msgstr "" -"U trekt alleen het certificaat in. Er zal geen nieuwe CRL worden aangemaakt." +msgstr "U trekt alleen het certificaat in. Er zal geen nieuwe CRL worden aangemaakt." #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:150 msgid "Reasons" @@ -1478,8 +1372,7 @@ #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:69 msgid "You can Export the CRL to a file or LDAP Directory." -msgstr "" -"U kunt de CRL naar een bestand of naar een LDAP-map Exporteren." +msgstr "U kunt de CRL naar een bestand of naar een LDAP-map Exporteren." #. popup window header #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:95 @@ -1538,11 +1431,8 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142 -msgid "" -"When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values." -msgstr "" -"Tijdens de aanmaak van een nieuwe CRL zal het systeem u enige standaard " -"waarden voorstellen." +msgid "When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values." +msgstr "Tijdens de aanmaak van een nieuwe CRL zal het systeem u enige standaard waarden voorstellen." #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:148 @@ -1579,17 +1469,8 @@ #. Translators: long help text - security information #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111 -msgid "" -"Warning! Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write " -"the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored " -"there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be " -"readable for the root user." -msgstr "" -"Waarschuwing! Activeren van het automatisch aanmaken en exporteren van " -"een CRL schrijft het CA-wachtwoord naar een configuratiebestand op schijf. " -"Het wachtwoord wordt daar opgeslagen in leesbare tekst omdat dat nodig is " -"voor het aanmaken van een CRL. Het bestand is alleen te lezen door de root " -"gebruiker." +msgid "Warning! Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be readable for the root user." +msgstr "Waarschuwing! Activeren van het automatisch aanmaken en exporteren van een CRL schrijft het CA-wachtwoord naar een configuratiebestand op schijf. Het wachtwoord wordt daar opgeslagen in leesbare tekst omdat dat nodig is voor het aanmaken van een CRL. Het bestand is alleen te lezen door de root gebruiker." #. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA #. @param selected CA @@ -1601,34 +1482,15 @@ #. this default can only be set inside this function #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:381 msgid "Export the CRL of this CA once by selecting Export once." -msgstr "" -"Exporteer de CRL van deze CA één keer door Exporteer eenmalig te " -"selecteren." +msgstr "Exporteer de CRL van deze CA één keer door Exporteer eenmalig te selecteren." #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384 -msgid "" -"To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select Repeated recreation " -"and export. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in " -"Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can " -"additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and " -"understand the Security Information." -msgstr "" -"Om het herhaald aanmaken van de CRL te activeren selecteer Herhaald " -"aanmaken en exporteren. In dat geval moet het interval voor het aanmaken " -"in Herhaalperiode worden aangegeven. Als het interval op 24 uur gezet " -"wordt dan kunt u ook het uur selecteren waarop het exporteren moet " -"plaatsvinden. Verzeker u ervan dat u de Beveiligingsinformatie hebt " -"gelezen en begrepen." +msgid "To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select Repeated recreation and export. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and understand the Security Information." +msgstr "Om het herhaald aanmaken van de CRL te activeren selecteer Herhaald aanmaken en exporteren. In dat geval moet het interval voor het aanmaken in Herhaalperiode worden aangegeven. Als het interval op 24 uur gezet wordt dan kunt u ook het uur selecteren waarop het exporteren moet plaatsvinden. Verzeker u ervan dat u de Beveiligingsinformatie hebt gelezen en begrepen." #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387 -msgid "" -"You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP " -"server or both. Set up the respective parameters in Export to local file</" -"b> and Export to LDAP." -msgstr "" -"U kunt het exporteren van de CRL naar een lokaal bestand of naar een LDAP-" -"server of beide activeren. Configureer de respectivelijke parameters in " -"Exporteer naar een lokaal bestand en Exporteer naar LDAP." +msgid "You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP server or both. Set up the respective parameters in Export to local file and Export to LDAP." +msgstr "U kunt het exporteren van de CRL naar een lokaal bestand of naar een LDAP-server of beide activeren. Configureer de respectivelijke parameters in Exporteer naar een lokaal bestand en Exporteer naar LDAP." #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:401 msgid "Export once" @@ -1782,26 +1644,20 @@ #. help text 1/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:89 msgid "To generate a new CA, some entries are needed." -msgstr "" -"Er zijn enkele opgaves nodig om een nieuwe CA te kunnen genereren." +msgstr "Er zijn enkele opgaves nodig om een nieuwe CA te kunnen genereren." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:91 msgid "To generate a new certificate, some entries are needed." -msgstr "" -"Er zijn enkele opgaves nodig om een nieuw certificaat te kunnen genereren." -"" +msgstr "Er zijn enkele opgaves nodig om een nieuw certificaat te kunnen genereren." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:96 msgid "To generate a new request, some entries are needed." -msgstr "" -"Er zijn enkele opgaves nodig om een nieuw verzoek te kunnen genereren." +msgstr "Er zijn enkele opgaves nodig om een nieuw verzoek te kunnen genereren." #. help text 2/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:106 msgid "It depends on the policy defined in the configuration file." -msgstr "" -"Dit is afhankelijk van de policy welke in het configuratie bestand " -"gedefinieerd is." +msgstr "Dit is afhankelijk van de policy welke in het configuratie bestand gedefinieerd is." #. help text 4/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:111 @@ -1810,49 +1666,30 @@ #. help text 5/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117 -msgid "" -"CA Name is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, " -"\"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\"." -msgstr "" -"CA Name is de naam van een CA certificaat. Gebruik alleen de " -"tekens \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\" en \"_\"." +msgid "CA Name is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\"." +msgstr "CA Name is de naam van een CA certificaat. Gebruik alleen de tekens \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\" en \"_\"." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123 msgid "Common Name is the name of the CA." msgstr "Common Name is de naam van het CA." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129 -msgid "" -"Common Name is the name of the user for whom to create the " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"Common Name is de naam van de gebruiker waarvoor het certificaat " -"wordt aangemaakt." +msgid "Common Name is the name of the user for whom to create the certificate." +msgstr "Common Name is de naam van de gebruiker waarvoor het certificaat wordt aangemaakt." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Common Name is the fully qualified domain name of the server." -msgstr "" -"Common Name is de volledig gekwalificeerde domeinnaam van de " -"server." +msgid "Common Name is the fully qualified domain name of the server." +msgstr "Common Name is de volledig gekwalificeerde domeinnaam van de server." #. help text 6/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145 -msgid "" -"E-Mail Addresses are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server " -"administrator." -msgstr "" -"E-Mail Addresses zijn geldige email adressen van de gebruiker of " -"de serverbeheerder." +msgid "E-Mail Addresses are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server administrator." +msgstr "E-Mail Addresses zijn geldige email adressen van de gebruiker of de serverbeheerder." #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152 -msgid "" -"Organization, Organizational Unit, Locality, and " -"State are often optional." -msgstr "" -"Organization, Organizational Unit, Plaats, en " -"Staat zijn meestal optioneel." +msgid "Organization, Organizational Unit, Locality, and State are often optional." +msgstr "Organization, Organizational Unit, Plaats, en Staat zijn meestal optioneel." #. To translators: pushbutton label #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:173 @@ -1883,32 +1720,18 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469 -msgid "" -"The private key of the CA needs a Password with a minimum length " -"of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"De privé sleutel van de CA heeft een Wachtwoord nodig met een " -"minimale lengte van vijf karakters. Herhaal om verificatie redenen de opgave " -"in het volgende veld." +msgid "The private key of the CA needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." +msgstr "De privé sleutel van de CA heeft een Wachtwoord nodig met een minimale lengte van vijf karakters. Herhaal om verificatie redenen de opgave in het volgende veld." #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476 -msgid "" -"Each CA has its own Key Length. Some applications that use " -"certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "" -"Elke CA heeft z'n eigen Sleutel lengte. Sommige programma's, die " -"van certificaten gebruik maken, hebben speciale sleutel lengtes nodig." +msgid "Each CA has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "Elke CA heeft z'n eigen Sleutel lengte. Sommige programma's, die van certificaten gebruik maken, hebben speciale sleutel lengtes nodig." #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484 -msgid "" -"The CA is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the " -"time frame in days." -msgstr "" -"De CA is alleen geldig gedurende een bepaalde periode (Geldige " -"periode). Geef het tijdskader in dagen op." +msgid "The CA is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the time frame in days." +msgstr "De CA is alleen geldig gedurende een bepaalde periode (Geldige periode). Geef het tijdskader in dagen op." #. help text 4/4 #. help text 4/4 @@ -1916,65 +1739,33 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:492 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543 -msgid "" -"Advanced Options are very special options. If you change these " -"options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work " -"correctly." -msgstr "" -"De Geavanceerde opties zijn zeer speciaal. Als u deze opties " -"wijzigt, is het voor SUSE niet langer meer mogelijk om een correcte werking " -"van het aangemaakte certificaat nog te kunnen garanderen." +msgid "Advanced Options are very special options. If you change these options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work correctly." +msgstr "De Geavanceerde opties zijn zeer speciaal. Als u deze opties wijzigt, is het voor SUSE niet langer meer mogelijk om een correcte werking van het aangemaakte certificaat nog te kunnen garanderen." #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498 -msgid "" -"The private key of the certificate needs a Password with a minimum " -"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " -"field." -msgstr "" -"De privé sleutel van het certificaat heeft een Wachtwoord nodig " -"met een minimale lengte van vijf karakters. Herhaal om verificatie redenen " -"de opgave in het volgende veld." +msgid "The private key of the certificate needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." +msgstr "De privé sleutel van het certificaat heeft een Wachtwoord nodig met een minimale lengte van vijf karakters. Herhaal om verificatie redenen de opgave in het volgende veld." #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505 -msgid "" -"Each certificate has its own Key Length. Some applications that " -"use certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "" -"Elk certificaat heeft z'n eigen Sleutel lengte. Sommige " -"programma's, die van certificaten gebruik maken, hebben speciale sleutel " -"lengtes nodig." +msgid "Each certificate has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "Elk certificaat heeft z'n eigen Sleutel lengte. Sommige programma's, die van certificaten gebruik maken, hebben speciale sleutel lengtes nodig." #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513 -msgid "" -"The certificate is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). " -"Enter the time frame in days." -msgstr "" -"Het certificaat is alleen geldig gedurende een bepaalde periode " -"(Geldige periode). Geef het tijdskader in dagen op." +msgid "The certificate is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the time frame in days." +msgstr "Het certificaat is alleen geldig gedurende een bepaalde periode (Geldige periode). Geef het tijdskader in dagen op." #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528 -msgid "" -"The private key of the request needs a Password with a minimum " -"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " -"field." -msgstr "" -"De privésleutel van het verzoek heeft een Wachtwoord nodig met een " -"minimale lengte van vijf karakters. Herhaal om verificatie redenen de opgave " -"in het volgende veld." +msgid "The private key of the request needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." +msgstr "De privésleutel van het verzoek heeft een Wachtwoord nodig met een minimale lengte van vijf karakters. Herhaal om verificatie redenen de opgave in het volgende veld." #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535 -msgid "" -"Each request has its own Key Length. Some applications that use " -"certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "" -"Elk verzoek heeft z'n eigen Sleutel lengte. Sommige programma's, " -"die van certificaten gebruik maken, hebben speciale sleutel lengtes nodig.</" -"p>" +msgid "Each request has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "Elk verzoek heeft z'n eigen Sleutel lengte. Sommige programma's, die van certificaten gebruik maken, hebben speciale sleutel lengtes nodig." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:561 msgid "&Use CA Password as Certificate Password" @@ -2008,12 +1799,8 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be " -"created." -msgstr "" -"Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het aan te " -"maken CA." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be created." +msgstr "Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het aan te maken CA." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:706 @@ -2022,12 +1809,8 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that " -"will be created." -msgstr "" -"Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het aan te " -"maken certificaat." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that will be created." +msgstr "Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het aan te maken certificaat." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:716 @@ -2036,12 +1819,8 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " -"created." -msgstr "" -"Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het verzoek dat " -"aangemaakt zal worden." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be created." +msgstr "Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het verzoek dat aangemaakt zal worden." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:727 @@ -2155,16 +1934,8 @@ #. #. Creating a new CA/Certificate #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55 -msgid "" -"This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that " -"can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the " -"file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"Dit venster laat de overige kenmerken en OpenSSL X509v3 extensies zien " -"die kunnen worden ingesteld. Als u met deze extensies niet vertrouwd bent, " -"bekijkt u dan eens het /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt " -"(package openssl-doc) bestand." +msgid "This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc)." +msgstr "Dit venster laat de overige kenmerken en OpenSSL X509v3 extensies zien die kunnen worden ingesteld. Als u met deze extensies niet vertrouwd bent, bekijkt u dan eens het /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc) bestand." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61 msgid "Wrong entries can make the certificate unusable." @@ -2230,12 +2001,8 @@ #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47 -msgid "" -"First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The " -"columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address." -msgstr "" -"Bekijk als eerste het overzicht met alle beschikbare verzoeken van deze " -"CA. De kolommen bevatten de DN van het verzoek inclusief email adres." +msgid "First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address." +msgstr "Bekijk als eerste het overzicht met alle beschikbare verzoeken van deze CA. De kolommen bevatten de DN van het verzoek inclusief email adres." #. help text 2/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:53 @@ -2244,38 +2011,23 @@ #. help text 3/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58 -msgid "" -"View opens a window with a text representation of the complete " -"request." -msgstr "" -"Overzicht opent een venster met een tekstuele voorstelling van het " -"complete verzoek." +msgid "View opens a window with a text representation of the complete request." +msgstr "Overzicht opent een venster met een tekstuele voorstelling van het complete verzoek." #. help text 4/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65 -msgid "" -"You can also Sign, Delete, or Export a request." -msgstr "" -"U kunt bovendien een verzoek Ondertekenen, Verwijderen of " -"exporteren." +msgid "You can also Sign, Delete, or Export a request." +msgstr "U kunt bovendien een verzoek Ondertekenen, Verwijderen of exporteren." #. help text 5/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72 -msgid "" -"With Import, read a new request. With Add, generate a new " -"request." -msgstr "" -"Met Importeren kan een nieuw verzoek worden ingelezen. Met " -"Toevoegen kan een nieuw verzoek worden aangemaakt." +msgid "With Import, read a new request. With Add, generate a new request." +msgstr "Met Importeren kan een nieuw verzoek worden ingelezen. Met Toevoegen kan een nieuw verzoek worden aangemaakt." #. help text 6/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79 -msgid "" -"In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." -"" -msgstr "" -"In het onderstaande gebied ziet u de meest belangrijke waarden van het " -"geselecteerde verzoek." +msgid "In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." +msgstr "In het onderstaande gebied ziet u de meest belangrijke waarden van het geselecteerde verzoek." #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:326 msgid "Generate Time" @@ -2372,18 +2124,13 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 -msgid "" -"The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." -msgstr "" -"Het verzoek heeft speciale verzoek-extensies die u kunt accepteren." +msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." +msgstr "Het verzoek heeft speciale verzoek-extensies die u kunt accepteren." #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 -msgid "" -"If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." -msgstr "" -"Als u deze extensies verwerpt zullen de standaardwaarden er voor in de " -"plaats worden gebruikt." +msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." +msgstr "Als u deze extensies verwerpt zullen de standaardwaarden er voor in de plaats worden gebruikt." #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" @@ -2395,12 +2142,8 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " -"signed." -msgstr "" -"Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het te " -"ondertekenen verzoek." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." +msgstr "Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het te ondertekenen verzoek." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 @@ -2455,16 +2198,12 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149 -msgid "" -"Create Root CA generates a new root certificate authority." -msgstr "" -"Root CA aanmaken genereert een nieuwe root certificaat autoriteit." -"" +msgid "Create Root CA generates a new root certificate authority." +msgstr "Root CA aanmaken genereert een nieuwe root certificaat autoriteit." #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156 -msgid "" -"For more information about CA Management, please read the manual." +msgid "For more information about CA Management, please read the manual." msgstr "Voor meer informatie over CA-beheer, lees de handleiding." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_device_confirm.ycp:70 @@ -2525,8 +2264,7 @@ "The new password is too short to use it for the certificates.\n" "Enter a valid password for the certificates.\n" msgstr "" -"Het nieuwe wachtwoord is te kort om te kunnen gebruiken voor de " -"certificaten.\n" +"Het nieuwe wachtwoord is te kort om te kunnen gebruiken voor de certificaten.\n" "Voer een geldig wachtwoord in voor de certificaten.\n" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:245 @@ -2682,22 +2420,15 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1216 msgid "" "<big>Importing Common Server Certificate (PKCS12 + CA Chain Format)\n" -" from Disk:</big> Select one file name and press Next to continue." -"\n" +" from Disk:</big> Select one file name and press Next to continue.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Common server certificaat (PKCS12 + CA chain formaat)\n" -" importeren van disk:</big> Selecteer een bestandsnaam en klik op " -"Verder om door te gaan.\n" +" importeren van disk:</big> Selecteer een bestandsnaam en klik op Verder om door te gaan.\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222 -msgid "" -"Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place " -"where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." -msgstr "" -"Importeer een server certificaat en de corresponderende CA en kopieer deze " -"naar een plaats waar andere YaST modules zo'n common certificaat kunnen " -"vinden." +msgid "Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." +msgstr "Importeer een server certificaat en de corresponderende CA en kopieer deze naar een plaats waar andere YaST modules zo'n common certificaat kunnen vinden." #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230 @@ -2739,12 +2470,10 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369 msgid "" "The hostname of this server (command: hostname --long) have to match \n" -"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in " -"subject alternative names." +"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in subject alternative names." msgstr "" "De hostnaam van deze server (commando: hostname --long) moet overeenkomen \n" -"met ofwel de common-naam van het certificaat (CN) of een van de waarden in " -"het subject alternatieve namen." +"met ofwel de common-naam van het certificaat (CN) of een van de waarden in het subject alternatieve namen." #. popup window header #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1383 @@ -2812,12 +2541,10 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658 msgid "" "Key Password is required. \n" -"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not " -"encrypted key." +"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not encrypted key." msgstr "" "Sleutelwachtwoord is vereist.\n" -"Het moet het wachtwoord zijn voor de versleutelde sleutel of een nieuwe in " -"het geval van een niet versleutelde sleutel." +"Het moet het wachtwoord zijn voor de versleutelde sleutel of een nieuwe in het geval van een niet versleutelde sleutel." #. Error popup #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1693 Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/cio.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/cio.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/cio.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-03 14:10+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-04 11:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -81,9 +81,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error #: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" -msgstr "" -"Gespecificeerde reeks is ongeldig. Verkeerde waarde bevindt zich in fragment " -"'%s'" +msgstr "Gespecificeerde reeks is ongeldig. Verkeerde waarde bevindt zich in fragment '%s'" #: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" @@ -92,16 +90,13 @@ #: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 msgid "" "List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" -"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range " -"specified with dash.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" "Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" msgstr "" "Lijst met reeksen kanalen gescheiden door en komma uit verbanning halen.\n" -"Reeks kan een kanaal, deel van kanaal zijn die gevuld zal worden tot nul of " -"reeks gespecificeerd door minteken.\n" +"Reeks kan een kanaal, deel van kanaal zijn die gevuld zal worden tot nul of reeks gespecificeerd door minteken.\n" "Voorbeeld waarde: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" #: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 msgid "Ranges to Unban." msgstr "Reeksen waarvan de verbanning ongedaan wordt gemaakt." - Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/cluster.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/cluster.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/cluster.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -142,7 +142,6 @@ msgstr "Clusternaam:" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 -#| msgid "expected votes:" msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "Verwachte stemmen:" @@ -169,23 +168,12 @@ msgstr "Threads:" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 -#| msgid "" -#| "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/" -#| "corosync/authkey." -msgid "" -"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/" -"authkey." -msgstr "" -"Voor een nieuw aangemaakt cluster, druk op de onderstaande knop om /etc/" -"corosync/authkey te genereren ." +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +msgstr "Voor een nieuw aangemaakt cluster, druk op de onderstaande knop om /etc/corosync/authkey te genereren ." #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 -msgid "" -"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other " -"nodes manually." -msgstr "" -"Om vast te koppelen aan een bestaand cluster, kopieer handmatig /etc/" -"corosync/authkey van andere nodes." +msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." +msgstr "Om vast te koppelen aan een bestaand cluster, kopieer handmatig /etc/corosync/authkey van andere nodes." #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 msgid "Running" @@ -304,8 +292,7 @@ "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" "Sleutelbestand %1 is gegenereerd.\n" -"Op de knop \"Voorgestelde bestanden toevoegen\" klikken voegt ze toe aan de " -"sync-lijst." +"Op de knop \"Voorgestelde bestanden toevoegen\" klikken voegt ze toe aan de sync-lijst." #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 msgid "Key generation failed." @@ -314,13 +301,11 @@ #. SaveCsync2(); #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" -"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between " -"cluster nodes.\n" +"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -"Conntrackd is een daemon die helpt om de status van firewalls tussen " -"clusternodes te dupliceren.\n" +"Conntrackd is een daemon die helpt om de status van firewalls tussen clusternodes te dupliceren.\n" "YaST kan helpen bij het instellen van enige basis aspecten van conntrackd.\n" "U moet het starten met de ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." @@ -342,262 +327,75 @@ #. All helps are here #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the " -#| "address which the openais executive should bind. This address should " -#| "always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over " -#| "192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 " -#| "address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the " -#| "full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of " -#| "the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 " -#| "networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n" -#| "<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address " -#| "used by openais executive. The default should work for most " -#| "networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a " -#| "multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config" -#| "\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in " -#| "which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the " -#| "nodeid field must be specified.\n" -#| "<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is " -#| "possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the " -#| "openais services configured for different UDP ports. \n" -#| "<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes " -#| "in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu " -#| " \n" -#| "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is " -#| "optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 " -#| "bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster " -#| "membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will " -#| "be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the " -#| "system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value " -#| "of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" -#| "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant " -#| "ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication " -#| "offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network " -#| "environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly " -#| "double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't " -#| "become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one " -#| "network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only " -#| "one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If " -#| "multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may " -#| "be chosen. \n" msgid "" -"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address " -"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in " -"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set " -"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which " -"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be " -"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface " -"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the " -"nodeid field must be specified. \n" -"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used " -"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but " -"the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address " -"to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address." -" This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 " -"networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must " -"be specified.\n" -"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is " -"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais " -"services configured for different UDP ports. \n" -"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in " -"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu </" -"p>\n" -"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional " -"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value " -"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. " -"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from " -"the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring " -"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should " -"not be used. \n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, " -"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers " -"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network " -"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly " -"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become " -"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network " -"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one " -"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple " -"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen." -" \n" -"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting " -"quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is " -"present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. </" -"p>\n" -"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using " -"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" +"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n" +"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.\n" +"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports. \n" +"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" +"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Bind-netwerkadres</big> Dit specificeert het adres waaraan " -"het programma openais zich bindt. Dit adres zou altijd moeten eindigen op " -"nul. Als het totem-verkeer gerouteerd moet worden over 192.168.5.92, stel " -"bindnetaddr in op 192.168.5.0. Dit kan ook een IPv6-adres zijn, in welk " -"geval IPv6 zal worden gebruikt. In dit geval moet het volledige adres worden " -"gespecificeerd en is er geen automatische selectie van het netwerkinterface " -"binnen een specifiek subnet zoals met IPv4. Als IPv6 wordt gebruikt moet het " -"veld nodeid gespecificeerd worden. \n" -"<big>Multicastadres</big> Dit is het door openais gebruikte " -"multicastadres. De standaard zou in de meeste netwerken moeten werken, maar " -"de netwerkbeheerder zou gevraagd moeten worden naar een te gebruiken " -"multicastadres. Vermijdt 224.x.x.x omdat dit een \"config\"-multicastadres " -"is. Dit mag ook een IPv6 multicastadres zijn, in welk geval IPv6 zal " -"worden gebruikt. Als IPv6 wordt gebruikt, moet het veld node-id worden " -"gespecificeerd.\n" -"<big>Poort</big> Dit specificeert het UDP-poortnummer. Het is " -"mogelijk om hetzelfde multicastadres in een netwerk met geconfigureerde " -"openais services voor verschillende UDP-poorten. \n" -"<big>Memberadres</big> Deze lijst specificeert alle nodes in " -"het cluster per IP-adres. Dit is in te stellen met gebruik van udpu </" -"p>\n" -"<big>Node-ID</big> Deze configuratie-optie is optioneel bij " -"gebruik van IPv4 en vereist bij gebruik van IPv6. Dit is een 32-bit waarde " -"die de node-identifier levert aan het lidmaatschap van de clusterservice. " -"Als dit niet is gespecificeerd met IPv4, zal de node-id worden bepaald uit " -"het 32-bit IP-adres van het systeem waaraan het systeem is gebonden met ring-" -"identifier 0. De waarde 0 van de node-identifier is gereserveerd en moet " -"niet worden gebruikt. \n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> Dit specificeert de modus van de redundante " -"ring, die geen, actief of passief mag zijn. Actieve replicatie biedt een " -"iets lagere latency van verzenden naar aflevering in onbetrouwbare " -"netwerkomgevingen maar minder prestaties. Passieve replicatie kan de " -"snelheid van het totem-protocol bijna verdubbelen als het protocol niet cpu-" -"bound wordt. De laatste optie is geen, in welk geval slechts één " -"netwerkinterface zal worden gebruikt om het totem-protocol te laten werken. " -"Als er slechts één interface-directive is gespecificeerd, zal geen " -"automatisch worden gekozen. Als meerdere interface-directives zijn " -"gespecificeerd, mag alleen actief of passief worden gekozen. \n" -"<big>Verwachte stemmen</big> Verwacht stemnummer voor het " -"stemmenquorum. Zal automatisch berekend worden wanneer de sectie nodelijst " -"{} aanwezig is in corosync.conf of gespecificeerd kan worden in de sectie " -"quorum {}. \n" -"<big>Node-id automatisch genereren</big> Node-id is vereist " -"bij gebruik van IPv6. Dit ingeschakeld zal de node-id automatisch " -"genereren. \n" +"<big>Bind-netwerkadres</big> Dit specificeert het adres waaraan het programma openais zich bindt. Dit adres zou altijd moeten eindigen op nul. Als het totem-verkeer gerouteerd moet worden over 192.168.5.92, stel bindnetaddr in op 192.168.5.0. Dit kan ook een IPv6-adres zijn, in welk geval IPv6 zal worden gebruikt. In dit geval moet het volledige adres worden gespecificeerd en is er geen automatische selectie van het netwerkinterface binnen een specifiek subnet zoals met IPv4. Als IPv6 wordt gebruikt moet het veld nodeid gespecificeerd worden. \n" +"<big>Multicastadres</big> Dit is het door openais gebruikte multicastadres. De standaard zou in de meeste netwerken moeten werken, maar de netwerkbeheerder zou gevraagd moeten worden naar een te gebruiken multicastadres. Vermijdt 224.x.x.x omdat dit een \"config\"-multicastadres is. Dit mag ook een IPv6 multicastadres zijn, in welk geval IPv6 zal worden gebruikt. Als IPv6 wordt gebruikt, moet het veld node-id worden gespecificeerd.\n" +"<big>Poort</big> Dit specificeert het UDP-poortnummer. Het is mogelijk om hetzelfde multicastadres in een netwerk met geconfigureerde openais services voor verschillende UDP-poorten. \n" +"<big>Memberadres</big> Deze lijst specificeert alle nodes in het cluster per IP-adres. Dit is in te stellen met gebruik van udpu \n" +"<big>Node-ID</big> Deze configuratie-optie is optioneel bij gebruik van IPv4 en vereist bij gebruik van IPv6. Dit is een 32-bit waarde die de node-identifier levert aan het lidmaatschap van de clusterservice. Als dit niet is gespecificeerd met IPv4, zal de node-id worden bepaald uit het 32-bit IP-adres van het systeem waaraan het systeem is gebonden met ring-identifier 0. De waarde 0 van de node-identifier is gereserveerd en moet niet worden gebruikt. \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> Dit specificeert de modus van de redundante ring, die geen, actief of passief mag zijn. Actieve replicatie biedt een iets lagere latency van verzenden naar aflevering in onbetrouwbare netwerkomgevingen maar minder prestaties. Passieve replicatie kan de snelheid van het totem-protocol bijna verdubbelen als het protocol niet cpu-bound wordt. De laatste optie is geen, in welk geval slechts één netwerkinterface zal worden gebruikt om het totem-protocol te laten werken. Als er slechts één interface-directive is gespecificeerd, zal geen automatisch worden gekozen. Als meerdere interface-directives zijn gespecificeerd, mag alleen actief of passief worden gekozen. \n" +"<big>Verwachte stemmen</big> Verwacht stemnummer voor het stemmenquorum. Zal automatisch berekend worden wanneer de sectie nodelijst {} aanwezig is in corosync.conf of gespecificeerd kan worden in de sectie quorum {}. \n" +"<big>Node-id automatisch genereren</big> Node-id is vereist bij gebruik van IPv6. Dit ingeschakeld zal de node-id automatisch genereren. \n" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are " -"used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the " -"protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this " -"directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to " -"encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates " -"that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for " -"non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" -"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 " -"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further " -"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 " -"encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this " -"option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces " -"total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles " -"in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks " -"with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible " -"with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A " -"throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option " -"is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame " -"transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is " -"enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this " -"option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default is on. \n" +"<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" +"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Threads</big> Deze directive bestuurt hoeveel threads " -"worden gebruikt voor versleuteling en het zenden van multicast berichten. " -"Als secauth is uitgezet zal het protocol nooit 'threaded' verzenden " -"gebruiken. Als secauth is aangezet, staat deze directive systemen in staat " -"te worden geconfigureerd om meerdere threads voor versleuteling en het " -"zenden van multicast berichten te gebruiken. Een thread-directive van 0 " -"geeft aan dat geen 'threaded' verzenden moet worden gebruikt. Deze modus " -"biedt de beste prestaties voor niet-SMP systemen. De standaard is 0. </" -"p>\n" -"<big>Security Auth inschakelen</big> Dit specificeert dat HMAC/" -"SHA1 authenticatie moet worden gebruikt om alle berichten te authenticeren. " -"Het specificeert verder dat alle gegevens versleuteld moeten worden met het " -"versleutelingsalgoritme sober128 om gegevens te beschermen tegen " -"afluisteren. Deze optie inschakelen voegt een kop van 36 bytes toe aan elk " -"door totem verzonden bericht wat de totale doorvoer vermindert. " -"Versleuteling en authenticatie gebruiken 75% van de CPU-cycles in aisexec " -"zoals gemeten met gprof indien ingeschakeld. Voor 100Mbps netwerken met " -"verzenden van 1500 MTU frames: een doorvoer van 9Mb/sec is mogelijk met 100% " -"cpu-gebruik wanneer deze optie is ingeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. Een doorvoer " -"van 10Mb/sec is mogelijk met 20% cpu-gebruik wanneer deze optie is " -"uitgeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. Voor G-e netwerken met verzenden met grote " -"frames: een doorvoer van 20Mb/sec is mogelijk wanneer deze optie is " -"ingeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. Een doorvoer van 60Mb/sec is mogelijk wanneer " -"deze optie is uitgeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. The default is on. \n" +"<big>Threads</big> Deze directive bestuurt hoeveel threads worden gebruikt voor versleuteling en het zenden van multicast berichten. Als secauth is uitgezet zal het protocol nooit 'threaded' verzenden gebruiken. Als secauth is aangezet, staat deze directive systemen in staat te worden geconfigureerd om meerdere threads voor versleuteling en het zenden van multicast berichten te gebruiken. Een thread-directive van 0 geeft aan dat geen 'threaded' verzenden moet worden gebruikt. Deze modus biedt de beste prestaties voor niet-SMP systemen. De standaard is 0. \n" +"<big>Security Auth inschakelen</big> Dit specificeert dat HMAC/SHA1 authenticatie moet worden gebruikt om alle berichten te authenticeren. Het specificeert verder dat alle gegevens versleuteld moeten worden met het versleutelingsalgoritme sober128 om gegevens te beschermen tegen afluisteren. Deze optie inschakelen voegt een kop van 36 bytes toe aan elk door totem verzonden bericht wat de totale doorvoer vermindert. Versleuteling en authenticatie gebruiken 75% van de CPU-cycles in aisexec zoals gemeten met gprof indien ingeschakeld. Voor 100Mbps netwerken met verzenden van 1500 MTU frames: een doorvoer van 9Mb/sec is mogelijk met 100% cpu-gebruik wanneer deze optie is ingeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. Een doorvoer van 10Mb/sec is mogelijk met 20% cpu-gebruik wanneer deze optie is uitgeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. Voor G-e netwerken met verzenden met grote frames: een doorvoer van 20Mb/sec is mogelijk wanneer deze optie is ingeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. Een doorvoer van 60Mb/sec is mo gelijk wanneer deze optie is uitgeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. The default is on. \n" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during " -#| "boot or not\n" -#| "\t\t\t" msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot " -"or not\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when " -"Firewall is enabled\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Opstarten van de corosync service " -"bij opstarten of niet\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Firewall-instellingen</big> Schakel de poort in " -"wanneer de Firewall is ingeschakeld\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Opstarten van de corosync service bij opstarten of niet\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall-instellingen</big> Schakel de poort in wanneer de Firewall is ingeschakeld\n" "\t\t\t" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the " -"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the " -"same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be " -"synced.\n" -"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed " -"using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is " -"generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup " -"should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</" -"p>\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be synced.\n" +"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> De hier gebruikte hostnamen moeten de " -"lokale hostnamen van de clusternodes zijn. Dat betekent dat u exac dezelfde " -"tekst moet gebruiken zoals uitgevoerd door het commando hostname.\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> De volledige absolute bestandsnaam om " -"te synchroniseren.\n" -"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authenticatie wordt gedaan met " -"de IP-adressen en pre-shared-keys in Csync2. Het sleutelbestand wordt " -"gegenereerd met csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. Het bestand key_hagroup " -"moet handmatig gekopieerd worden naar alle members van het cluster nadat het " -"is aangemaakt.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> De hier gebruikte hostnamen moeten de lokale hostnamen van de clusternodes zijn. Dat betekent dat u exac dezelfde tekst moet gebruiken zoals uitgevoerd door het commando hostname.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> De volledige absolute bestandsnaam om te synchroniseren.\n" +"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authenticatie wordt gedaan met de IP-adressen en pre-shared-keys in Csync2. Het sleutelbestand wordt gegenereerd met csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. Het bestand key_hagroup moet handmatig gekopieerd worden naar alle members van het cluster nadat het is aangemaakt.\n" "\t" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network " -"interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for " -"using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated " -"network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" -"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be " -"used for syncing.\n" -"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for " -"syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" +"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be used for syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Dedicated interface</big> Een dedicated " -"netwerkinterface voor synchronisatie. Het interface moet multicast " -"ondersteunen en is OP bij gebruik. U moet het mogelijk vooraf instellen. </" -"p>\n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> Het IPv4 adres toegekend aan het dedicated " -"netwerkinterface. Dit wordt automatisch gedetecteerd.\n" -"\t\t<big>Multicast adres</big> Het voor synchroniseren te " -"gebruiken multicast adres.\n" -"\t\t<big>Groepsnummer</big> Een numeriek ID aangevend de groep " -"voor synchronisatie.\n" +"\t\t<big>Dedicated interface</big> Een dedicated netwerkinterface voor synchronisatie. Het interface moet multicast ondersteunen en is OP bij gebruik. U moet het mogelijk vooraf instellen. \n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> Het IPv4 adres toegekend aan het dedicated netwerkinterface. Dit wordt automatisch gedetecteerd.\n" +"\t\t<big>Multicast adres</big> Het voor synchroniseren te gebruiken multicast adres.\n" +"\t\t<big>Groepsnummer</big> Een numeriek ID aangevend de groep voor synchronisatie.\n" "\t" #. Read dialog help 1/2 @@ -616,8 +414,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " -"te klikken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/control-center.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/control-center.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/control-center.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control-center.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-19 16:51+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/control.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/control.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/control.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-07 10:58+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -355,8 +355,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Virtuele machine (Voor geparavirtualiseerde omgevingen zoals Xen)" #~ msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Xen virtualisatie host (Lokale X11 is standaard niet geconfigureerd)" +#~ msgstr "Xen virtualisatie host (Lokale X11 is standaard niet geconfigureerd)" #~ msgid "Server Scenario" #~ msgstr "Scenario van server" @@ -366,8 +365,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Service" #~ msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "KVM virtualisatie host (Lokale X11 is standaard niet geconfigureerd)" +#~ msgstr "KVM virtualisatie host (Lokale X11 is standaard niet geconfigureerd)" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #~ msgid "Desktop Selection" @@ -388,8 +386,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Gefeliciteerd!\n" #~ "De installatie van openSUSE op uw computer is klaar.\n" -#~ "Nadat u op Voltooien hebt geklikt kunt u uzelf aanmelden op het " -#~ "systeem.\n" +#~ "Nadat u op Voltooien hebt geklikt kunt u uzelf aanmelden op het systeem.\n" #~ "Bezoek ons op %1.\n" #~ "Veel plezier! Uw openSUSE-ontwikkelteam\n" #~ "\t " @@ -407,22 +404,15 @@ #~ "environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" #~ "is the most appropriate desktop for you." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "De bureaubladomgeving van uw computer levert een grafisch " -#~ "gebruikersinterface\n" -#~ "voor uw computer, evenals een scala van programma's voor e-mail, " -#~ "webbrowsing,\n" -#~ "kantoorproductiviteit, spellen en hulpmiddelen voor het beheer van uw " -#~ "computer.\n" +#~ "De bureaubladomgeving van uw computer levert een grafisch gebruikersinterface\n" +#~ "voor uw computer, evenals een scala van programma's voor e-mail, webbrowsing,\n" +#~ "kantoorproductiviteit, spellen en hulpmiddelen voor het beheer van uw computer.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "openSUSE levert een keuze aan bureaubladomgevingen. De meest breed " -#~ "gebruikte\n" -#~ "bureaubladomgevingen zijn GNOME en KDE, die gelijkwaardig ondersteund " -#~ "worden onder\n" +#~ "openSUSE levert een keuze aan bureaubladomgevingen. De meest breed gebruikte\n" +#~ "bureaubladomgevingen zijn GNOME en KDE, die gelijkwaardig ondersteund worden onder\n" #~ "openSUSE. Beide bureaubladomgevingen zijn gemakkelijk te gebruiken, hoog\n" -#~ "geïntegreerd en hebben een aantrekkelijke look-en-feel. Elke " -#~ "bureaubladomgeving\n" -#~ "heeft een bepaalde stijl, zodat persoonlijke smaak bepaalt welke voor u " -#~ "het meest\n" +#~ "geïntegreerd en hebben een aantrekkelijke look-en-feel. Elke bureaubladomgeving\n" +#~ "heeft een bepaalde stijl, zodat persoonlijke smaak bepaalt welke voor u het meest\n" #~ "geschikte bureaublad is." #~ msgid "GNOME Desktop" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/country.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/country.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/country.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: country.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-23 17:30+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 23:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -59,11 +59,8 @@ #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"De toetsenbordindeling '%1' is ongeldig. Gebruik het commando 'list' om de " -"mogelijke waarden te bekijken." +msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "De toetsenbordindeling '%1' is ongeldig. Gebruik het commando 'list' om de mogelijke waarden te bekijken." #. summary item #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 @@ -89,22 +86,15 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Hier kunt u de verschillende instellingen van de toetsenbordmodule " -"verfijnen.\n" -"Deze instellingen worden opgeslagen in het bestand <tt>/etc/sysconfig/" -"keyboard</tt>.\n" +"Hier kunt u de verschillende instellingen van de toetsenbordmodule verfijnen.\n" +"Deze instellingen worden opgeslagen in het bestand <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt>.\n" "Indien onzeker, gebruik de reeds geselecteerde standaardwaarden.\n" "" #. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" -msgstr "" -"De instellingen hier hebben alleen betrekking op het console-toetsenbord. " -"Voor het instellen van het toetsenbord voor de grafische gebruikersinterface " -"heeft u een ander programma nodig.\n" +msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" +msgstr "De instellingen hier hebben alleen betrekking op het console-toetsenbord. Voor het instellen van het toetsenbord voor de grafische gebruikersinterface heeft u een ander programma nodig.\n" #. heading text #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 @@ -186,16 +176,14 @@ "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in Test.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Kies de toetsenbordindeling die u wilt gebruiken\n" "voor de installatie en het geïnstalleerde systeem. \n" "Test de indeling in Test.\n" -"Voor geavanceerde opties, zoals herhaalsnelheid en vertraging, selecteer " -"Geavanceerd.\n" +"Voor geavanceerde opties, zoals herhaalsnelheid en vertraging, selecteer Geavanceerd.\n" "\n" #. general help trailer @@ -214,17 +202,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" -"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " -"your desktop environment.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" +"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Kies de toetsenbordindeling die u in het systeem wilt gebruiken.\n" -"Voor geavanceerde opties, zoals herhaalsnelheid en vertraging, selecteer " -"Geavanceerd.\n" -"Zoek naar meer opties evenals meer toetsenbordindelingen van uw " -"bureaubladomgeving.\n" +"Voor geavanceerde opties, zoals herhaalsnelheid en vertraging, selecteer Geavanceerd.\n" +"Zoek naar meer opties evenals meer toetsenbordindelingen van uw bureaubladomgeving.\n" #. Screen title for keyboard screen #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 @@ -344,8 +328,7 @@ #. help for write dialog #: language/src/clients/language.rb:235 msgid "Saving Configuration Please wait..." -msgstr "" -"De configuratie wordt opgeslagen Even geduld a.u.b... " +msgstr "De configuratie wordt opgeslagen Even geduld a.u.b... " #. summary label #: language/src/clients/language.rb:254 @@ -361,11 +344,8 @@ #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' #: language/src/clients/language.rb:303 -msgid "" -"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"'%1' is geen geldige taal. Gebruik het commando 'list' om de mogelijke " -"waarden te bekijken." +msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +msgstr "'%1' is geen geldige taal. Gebruik het commando 'list' om de mogelijke waarden te bekijken." #. label text #. heading text @@ -411,14 +391,11 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " -"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"De extra pakketten met ondersteuning voor de geselecteerde primaire en " -"secundaire talen zullen geïnstalleerd worden. Pakketten die niet langer meer " -"nodig zijn zullen worden verwijderd.\n" +"De extra pakketten met ondersteuning voor de geselecteerde primaire en secundaire talen zullen geïnstalleerd worden. Pakketten die niet langer meer nodig zijn zullen worden verwijderd.\n" "" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_language.ycp:112 @@ -502,20 +479,13 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "\n" -"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the " -"primary language.\n" -"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to " -"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted " -"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" +"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Selecteer de optie Toetsenbordindeling aanpassen om de " -"toetsenbordindeling aan te passen aan de primaire taal.\n" -"Selecteer de optie Tijdzone aanpassen om de huidige tijdszone aan te " -"passen aan de primaire taal. Als de toetsenbordindeling of de tijdzone al " -"zijn aangepast aan de standaard taalinstelling dan zijn deze respectievelijk " -"uitgeschakeld.\n" +"Selecteer de optie Toetsenbordindeling aanpassen om de toetsenbordindeling aan te passen aan de primaire taal.\n" +"Selecteer de optie Tijdzone aanpassen om de huidige tijdszone aan te passen aan de primaire taal. Als de toetsenbordindeling of de tijdzone al zijn aangepast aan de standaard taalinstelling dan zijn deze respectievelijk uitgeschakeld.\n" "\n" #. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 @@ -528,8 +498,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Secundaire talen \n" -"Specificeer in het selectie venster de extra talen die u op uw systeem wilt " -"gaan gebruiken.\n" +"Specificeer in het selectie venster de extra talen die u op uw systeem wilt gaan gebruiken.\n" "\n" #. error message - package solver failed @@ -543,8 +512,7 @@ "There is not enough space to install all additional packages.\n" "Remove some languages from the selection." msgstr "" -"Er is niet genoeg ruimte om alle aanvullende pakketten te kunnen " -"installeren.\n" +"Er is niet genoeg ruimte om alle aanvullende pakketten te kunnen installeren.\n" "Verwijder enkele talen uit de selectie." #. help text for langauge expert screen @@ -558,8 +526,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Hier kunt u de verschillende instellingen voor de taal verfijnen.\n" -"Deze instellingen worden opgeslagen in het bestand <tt>/etc/sysconfig/" -"language</tt>.\n" +"Deze instellingen worden opgeslagen in het bestand <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.\n" "Indien onzeker, gebruik de reeds geselecteerde standaardwaarden.\n" "\n" @@ -572,38 +539,27 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Regio-instellingen voor gebruiker 'root'\n" -"bepaalt hoe de lokaliteitsvariabelen (LC_*) voor de root-gebruiker zijn " -"ingesteld." +"bepaalt hoe de lokaliteitsvariabelen (LC_*) voor de root-gebruiker zijn ingesteld." #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -"values\n" +"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" "are unset. \n" "Yes: root has the same locale settings as normal user. \n" "No: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Alleen ctype: de root-gebruiker heeft hetzelfde LC_CTYPE als een " -"normale gebruiker.\n" +"Alleen ctype: de root-gebruiker heeft hetzelfde LC_CTYPE als een normale gebruiker.\n" "Andere waarden zijn niet ingesteld. \n" -"Ja: de root-gebruiker heeft dezelfde lokale instellingen als een " -"normale gebruiker. \n" -"Nee: de root-gebruiker heeft geen van de lokale variabelen " -"ingesteld.\n" +"Ja: de root-gebruiker heeft dezelfde lokale instellingen als een normale gebruiker. \n" +"Nee: de root-gebruiker heeft geen van de lokale variabelen ingesteld.\n" "\n" #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "" -"Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary " -"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " -"not be available for the selected locale." -msgstr "" -"Gebruik Gedetailleerde instellingen om een lokaliteit voor de " -"primaire taal in te stellen die niet voorkomt in de hoofddialoog. De " -"vertaling is mogelijk niet beschikbaar voor de gekozen lokaliteit." +msgid "Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale." +msgstr "Gebruik Gedetailleerde instellingen om een lokaliteit voor de primaire taal in te stellen die niet voorkomt in de hoofddialoog. De vertaling is mogelijk niet beschikbaar voor de gekozen lokaliteit." #. heading text #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 @@ -675,14 +631,11 @@ #: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" -"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the " -"appropriate support\n" +"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" -"Er is slechts minimale ondersteuning voor de gekozen taal beschikbaar op dit " -"medium.\n" -"Voeg de Language Add-On-CD als extra installatiebron toe voor de " -"juiste ondersteuning\n" +"Er is slechts minimale ondersteuning voor de gekozen taal beschikbaar op dit medium.\n" +"Voeg de Language Add-On-CD als extra installatiebron toe voor de juiste ondersteuning\n" "voor deze taal.\n" #. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) @@ -691,10 +644,8 @@ "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." msgstr "" -"De gekozen taal kan niet in de teksmodus worden gebruikt. De Engelse taal " -"zal worden\n" -"gebruikt voor de installatie, en de gekozen taal zal worden gebruikt in het " -"nieuwe systeem." +"De gekozen taal kan niet in de teksmodus worden gebruikt. De Engelse taal zal worden\n" +"gebruikt voor de installatie, en de gekozen taal zal worden gebruikt in het nieuwe systeem." #. translators: command line help text for timezone module #: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 @@ -782,27 +733,21 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware " -"Clock Set To.\n" -"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " -"Microsoft\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock Set To.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " -"time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Geef aan of uw computer is ingesteld op de lokale tijd of UTC bij " -"Hardwareklok ingesteld op.\n" -"De meeste computers die nog een ander besturingssysteem geïnstalleerd hebben " -"(zoals Microsoft Windows) gebruiken de lokale tijd.\n" +"Geef aan of uw computer is ingesteld op de lokale tijd of UTC bij Hardwareklok ingesteld op.\n" +"De meeste computers die nog een ander besturingssysteem geïnstalleerd hebben (zoals Microsoft Windows) gebruiken de lokale tijd.\n" "Computers met alleen Linux worden normaliter\n" "ingesteld op Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"Als de hardwareklok op UTC is ingesteld kan uw systeem automatisch schakelen " -"van zomertijd naar wintertijd en vice versa.\n" +"Als de hardwareklok op UTC is ingesteld kan uw systeem automatisch schakelen van zomertijd naar wintertijd en vice versa.\n" "\n" #. help text: extra note about localtime @@ -818,24 +763,19 @@ "\n" "Opmerking: De interne systeemklok zoals gebruikt door de Linux-kernel moet\n" "altijd in UTC zijn, omdat dit de referentie is voor de juiste lokale tijd\n" -"in de gebruikersruimte. Als u de lokale tijd voor de CMOS-klok gebruikt, " -"kijk\n" -"dan in de gebruikershandleiding voor achtergrondinformatie over " -"neveneffecten.\n" +"in de gebruikersruimte. Als u de lokale tijd voor de CMOS-klok gebruikt, kijk\n" +"dan in de gebruikershandleiding voor achtergrondinformatie over neveneffecten.\n" "" #. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " -"system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " -"year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " -"backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -843,17 +783,12 @@ "Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?" msgstr "" "\n" -"U hebt lokale tijd geselecteerd, maar alleen Linux lijkt op uw systeem te " -"zijn geïnstalleerd.\n" -"In dat geval is het ten zeerste aanbevolen om UTC te gebruiken en op " -"Annuleren te klikken.\n" +"U hebt lokale tijd geselecteerd, maar alleen Linux lijkt op uw systeem te zijn geïnstalleerd.\n" +"In dat geval is het ten zeerste aanbevolen om UTC te gebruiken en op Annuleren te klikken.\n" "\n" -"Als u de lokale tijd wilt behouden, dan moet u de CMOS-klok twee keer per " -"jaar aanpassen\n" -"vanwege het omschakelen voor zomer- en wintertijd. Als u de klok niet " -"omschakelt, kunnen\n" -"reservekopieën mis gaan, uw e-mailsysteem kan e-mailberichten laten vallen, " -"etc.\n" +"Als u de lokale tijd wilt behouden, dan moet u de CMOS-klok twee keer per jaar aanpassen\n" +"vanwege het omschakelen voor zomer- en wintertijd. Als u de klok niet omschakelt, kunnen\n" +"reservekopieën mis gaan, uw e-mailsysteem kan e-mailberichten laten vallen, etc.\n" "\n" "Als u UTC gebruikt zal Linux de tijd automatisch aanpassen.\n" "\n" @@ -861,12 +796,8 @@ #. help text for set time dialog #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "" -"The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " -"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." -msgstr "" -"De huidige systeemdatum en -tijd worden getoond. Pas deze handmatig aan " -"op de juiste waarden of gebruik het Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgstr "De huidige systeemdatum en -tijd worden getoond. Pas deze handmatig aan op de juiste waarden of gebruik het Network Time Protocol (NTP)." #. help text, cont. #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 @@ -992,17 +923,14 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:814 msgid "" "\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region</" -"b>.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" "In Time Zone, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Om de tijdzone die u op uw systeem wilt gebruiken te kiezen, selecteer eerst " -"de regio.\n" -"Selecteer vervolgens bij Tijdzone de juiste tijdzone, land of regio " -"uit de lijst.\n" +"Om de tijdzone die u op uw systeem wilt gebruiken te kiezen, selecteer eerst de regio.\n" +"Selecteer vervolgens bij Tijdzone de juiste tijdzone, land of regio uit de lijst.\n" "\n" #. general help trailer @@ -1013,8 +941,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Als de huidige tijd niet correct is, klik dan op Wijzigen om dit aan " -"te passen.\n" +"Als de huidige tijd niet correct is, klik dan op Wijzigen om dit aan te passen.\n" "" #. Screen title for timezone screen @@ -1292,14 +1219,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "For Devices for Lock, enter a space-separated list of devices to " -#~ "which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\n" +#~ "For Devices for Lock, enter a space-separated list of devices to which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Voor de te vergrendelen apparaten, voer een door spaties " -#~ "gescheiden lijst van apparaten in waarop u de instellingen voor Scroll " -#~ "Lock, Num Lock en Caps Lock wilt toepassen.\n" +#~ "Voor de te vergrendelen apparaten, voer een door spaties gescheiden lijst van apparaten in waarop u de instellingen voor Scroll Lock, Num Lock en Caps Lock wilt toepassen.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "Ca&ps Lock On" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/crowbar.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/crowbar.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/crowbar.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-14 10:00+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/dhcp-server.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/dhcp-server.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/dhcp-server.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -125,9 +125,7 @@ #. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces" -msgstr "" -"Print de huidige gebruikte interface en laat de andere beschikbare " -"interfaces zien" +msgstr "Print de huidige gebruikte interface en laat de andere beschikbare interfaces zien" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #. command line help text for an option @@ -588,18 +586,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 -#| msgid "" -#| "The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP " -#| "address \n" -#| "and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" -#| "Really use this interface?\n" msgid "" -"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP " -"address \n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" "and netmask)." msgstr "" -"Een of meer geselecteerde netwerkinterfaces zijn niet geconfigureerd (geen " -"IP-adres \n" +"Een of meer geselecteerde netwerkinterfaces zijn niet geconfigureerd (geen IP-adres \n" "en netwerkmasker)." #. configuration will be saved in ldap? @@ -814,12 +805,10 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" -"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP " -"server.\n" +"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" -"Het dynamische DHCP-adresbereik is nodig om overeen te komen met hetzelfde " -"netwerk als de DHCP-server draait.\n" +"Het dynamische DHCP-adresbereik is nodig om overeen te komen met hetzelfde netwerk als de DHCP-server draait.\n" "IP-adres %1 komt niet overeen met netwerk '%2/%3'." #. Label of the registered hosts table @@ -960,8 +949,7 @@ "naar dit dialoog terugkeren. Om dit dialoog weer te geven moet u de\n" "wijzigingen eerst opslaan en de module daarna opnieuw starten.\n" "Als een te complexe configuratie is ingesteld zal bij het starten van\n" -"de DHCP-server module de dialoog met geavanceerde instellingen worden " -"weergegeven.\n" +"de DHCP-server module de dialoog met geavanceerde instellingen worden weergegeven.\n" "\n" "Doorgaan?" @@ -978,8 +966,7 @@ msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" -"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and " -"write\n" +"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and write\n" "/etc/dhcpd.conf. The new configuration from %1 will not be imported. All\n" "changes will be saved to the default configuration file.\n" " \n" @@ -987,10 +974,8 @@ msgstr "" "U hebt een alternatief configuratiebestand voor de DHCP-server opgegeven.\n" "\n" -"YaST ondersteunt dit niet. De DHCP-servermodule kan alleen /etc/dhcpd.conf " -"lezen\n" -"en schrijven. De nieuwe configuratie van %1 zal niet worden geïmporteerd. " -"Alle\n" +"YaST ondersteunt dit niet. De DHCP-servermodule kan alleen /etc/dhcpd.conf lezen\n" +"en schrijven. De nieuwe configuratie van %1 zal niet worden geïmporteerd. Alle\n" "wijzigingen zullen worden opgeslagen in het standaard-configuratiebestand.\n" " \n" "Wilt u doorgaan?\n" @@ -1009,8 +994,7 @@ "<big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big> \n" "First IP Address defines\n" "the starting address of the range and Last IP Address defines\n" -"the last one. Hostname Base is a string that determines how " -"hostnames\n" +"the last one. Hostname Base is a string that determines how hostnames\n" "are created (such as <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" "<tt>%i</tt> is replaced with the number of the host in the range.\n" "If no <tt>%i</tt> is defined, the number is added at the end of the\n" @@ -1025,12 +1009,9 @@ "hostnamen worden aangemaakt (bijv. <tt>dhcp%i</tt> of <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" "<tt>%i</tt> zal worden vervangen door het nummer van de host in het bereik.\n" "Als er geen <tt>%i</tt> is gedefinieerd, dan wordt het nummer toegevoegd\n" -"aan het einde van de tekenreeks. <tt>%i</tt> kan slechts eenmaal worden " -"gebruikt\n" -"in Hostnaambasis. Start definieert het eerste getal dat " -"gebruikt\n" -"wordt voor de eerste hostnaam. Hostnamen worden incrementeel aangemaakt.</" -"p>\n" +"aan het einde van de tekenreeks. <tt>%i</tt> kan slechts eenmaal worden gebruikt\n" +"in Hostnaambasis. Start definieert het eerste getal dat gebruikt\n" +"wordt voor de eerste hostnaam. Hostnamen worden incrementeel aangemaakt.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 1) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:33 @@ -1054,8 +1035,7 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42 msgid "" "New Zone Name or Reverse Zone Name\n" -"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be " -"changed.\n" +"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.\n" msgstr "" "U kunt zowel Naam nieuwe zone als Naam omgekeerde zone\n" "niet wijzigen omdat beide afkomstig zijn uit de huidige instellingen\n" @@ -1068,8 +1048,7 @@ "to contain reverse entries of the main DNS zone.\n" msgstr "" "Selecteer het keuzevakje Ook omgekeerde zone aanmaken als u \n" -"een zone wilt aanmaken die omgekeerde items van de hoofd-DNS-zone bevat.</" -"p>\n" +"een zone wilt aanmaken die omgekeerde items van de hoofd-DNS-zone bevat.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 1) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:50 @@ -1107,8 +1086,7 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67 msgid "" "To add a New Name Server, click Add, complete the form,\n" -"then click Ok. If the new name server name is included in the " -"current\n" +"then click Ok. If the new name server name is included in the current\n" "DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n" "during the zone creation.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1135,8 +1113,7 @@ "<big>DNS Records</big> \n" "Define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\n" "all hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\n" -"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to " -"use\n" +"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\n" "and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.\n" msgstr "" "<big>DNS-records</big> \n" @@ -1165,8 +1142,7 @@ "To add a new range of DNS records, click Add,\n" "complete the form, then click Ok.\n" msgstr "" -"Om een nieuw bereik van DNS-records toe te voegen, klik op Toevoegen</" -"b>,\n" +"Om een nieuw bereik van DNS-records toe te voegen, klik op Toevoegen,\n" "vul het formulier in en klik op Ok.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 1) @@ -1203,8 +1179,7 @@ "<big>DNS-synchronisatie</big> \n" "Dit is een geavanceerd hulpmiddel voor het bewerken van\n" "DNS-serverinstellingen zodat die overeen komen met uw DHCP-instellingen.\n" -"Alleen 'A'-records--DNS-records die hostnamen converteren naar IP-" -"adressen--\n" +"Alleen 'A'-records--DNS-records die hostnamen converteren naar IP-adressen--\n" "worden hier onderhouden.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 2) @@ -1228,8 +1203,7 @@ "from Special Tasks.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Om van voren af aan een DNS-zone aan te maken, kies menuoptie speciale " -"taken -> Assistent starten.\n" +"Om van voren af aan een DNS-zone aan te maken, kies menuoptie speciale taken -> Assistent starten.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 4) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:139 @@ -1237,13 +1211,10 @@ "\n" " To create or remove a single DNS record,\n" "click Add or Delete.\n" -"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the " -"corresponding\n" +"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the corresponding\n" "reverse zone, select Synchronize with Reverse Zone.\n" "Use Remove DNS Records Matching Range \n" -"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range " -"of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, " -"select\n" +"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\n" "Add New Range of DNS Records from Special Tasks.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1253,8 +1224,7 @@ "omgekeerde zone te synchroniseren, selecteer \n" "Synchroniseren met omgekeerde zone.\n" "Gebruik Bereik van overeenkomende DNS-records verwijderen\n" -"uit Speciale taken om alle informatie met betrekking tot dit bereik " -"van IP-adressen uit de DNS-server te verwijderen. Om een nieuw bereik\n" +"uit Speciale taken om alle informatie met betrekking tot dit bereik van IP-adressen uit de DNS-server te verwijderen. Om een nieuw bereik\n" "van DNS-records aan te maken, selecteer\n" "Nieuw bereik van DNS-records aanmaken uit Speciale tekan.\n" @@ -1545,8 +1515,7 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234 msgid "" "No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS zone.\n" -"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server " -"defined. \n" +"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server defined. \n" "Really use the current settings?\n" msgstr "" "Er wordt geen IP-adres geleverd voor een naamserver in de huidige DNS-zone.\n" @@ -1862,8 +1831,7 @@ "is more secure and strongly recommended." msgstr "" "\n" -"Om de DHCP-server in Chroot Jail te laten draaien, dient u Start DHCP " -"Server in Chroot Jail\n" +"Om de DHCP-server in Chroot Jail te laten draaien, dient u Start DHCP Server in Chroot Jail\n" "in te stellen. Het opstarten van een willekeurige daemon in een Chroot Jail\n" "is veiliger en wordt dan ook sterk aanbevolen." @@ -1888,13 +1856,10 @@ "To delete a declaration, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "Geconfigureerde declaraties \n" -"Om een bestaande declaratie aan te passen dient u deze eerst te selecteren " -"en vervolgens op Wijzigen\n" -"te klikken. Om een nieuwe declaratie toe te voegen, selecteert u eerst een " -"declaratie die de nieuwe\n" +"Om een bestaande declaratie aan te passen dient u deze eerst te selecteren en vervolgens op Wijzigen\n" +"te klikken. Om een nieuwe declaratie toe te voegen, selecteert u eerst een declaratie die de nieuwe\n" "declaratie moet gaan bevatten en klikt u vervolgens op Toevoegen.\n" -"Een declaratie kunt u verwijderen door deze te selecteren en dan op " -"Verwijderen te klikken." +"Een declaratie kunt u verwijderen door deze te selecteren en dan op Verwijderen te klikken." #. help text 5/5 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66 @@ -1918,8 +1883,7 @@ "Set the Network Address and Network Mask of the subnet." msgstr "" "<big>Netwerkadres en masker</big> \n" -"Stel het Netwerkadres en het Netwerkmasker van het subnet in.</" -"p>" +"Stel het Netwerkadres en het Netwerkmasker van het subnet in." #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 @@ -2003,8 +1967,7 @@ "To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use Dynamic DNS." msgstr "" "\n" -"Gebruik Dynamische DNS om de dynamische hosts van dit subnet aan te " -"passen." +"Gebruik Dynamische DNS om de dynamische hosts van dit subnet aan te passen." #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 @@ -2027,12 +1990,9 @@ "and reverse zone." msgstr "" "<big>TSIG sleutel</big> \n" -"Om dynamische DNS-bijwerkingen uit te kunnen voeren dient de verificatie " -"sleutel opgegeven te zijn.\n" -"Gebruik TSIG sleutel om de voor de verificatie te gebruiken sleutel " -"te selecteren. De sleutel\n" -"moet voor de DHCP en de DNS-servers dezelfde zijn. Specificeer de sleutel " -"voor zowel de voorwaartse\n" +"Om dynamische DNS-bijwerkingen uit te kunnen voeren dient de verificatie sleutel opgegeven te zijn.\n" +"Gebruik TSIG sleutel om de voor de verificatie te gebruiken sleutel te selecteren. De sleutel\n" +"moet voor de DHCP en de DNS-servers dezelfde zijn. Specificeer de sleutel voor zowel de voorwaartse\n" "als de omgekeerde zone." #. help text 3/4 @@ -2044,8 +2004,7 @@ "Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings." msgstr "" "<big>Globale DHCP-server instellingen</big> \n" -"De globale instellingen van een DHCP-server moeten bijgewerkt zijn om de " -"dynamische\n" +"De globale instellingen van een DHCP-server moeten bijgewerkt zijn om de dynamische\n" "DNS optimaal te kunnen laten werken. U kunt dit automatisch laten doen door\n" "Globale dynamische DNS-instellingen bijwerken te activeren." @@ -2054,45 +2013,35 @@ msgid "" "<big>Zones to Update</big> \n" "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" -"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the " -"DHCP\n" +"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\n" "server, you can leave the fields empty." msgstr "" "<big>Bij te werken zones</big> \n" -"Specificeer de bij te werken voorwaartse en omgekeerde zones. U dient voor " -"beide ook hun \n" -"primaire naamserver te specificeren. Wanneer de naamserver op dezelfde host " -"draait als de DHCP\n" +"Specificeer de bij te werken voorwaartse en omgekeerde zones. U dient voor beide ook hun \n" +"primaire naamserver te specificeren. Wanneer de naamserver op dezelfde host draait als de DHCP\n" "server, dan kunt u de velden leeg laten." #. help text #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "<big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big> \n" -"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started " -"with \n" -"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible " -"options,\n" +"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" +"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n" "consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used." msgstr "" "<big>Opstartargumenten voor DHCP-server</big> \n" -"Hier kunt u de parameters opgeven waarmee u de DHCP-server wilt laten " -"opstarten\n" -"(bijv. \"-p 1234\") voor een niet-standaard poort om naar te luisteren). " -"Voor\n" -"alle mogelijke opties, lees de man-pagina van dhcpd. Indien leeg gelaten " -"zullen de standaardwaarden worden gebruikt." +"Hier kunt u de parameters opgeven waarmee u de DHCP-server wilt laten opstarten\n" +"(bijv. \"-p 1234\") voor een niet-standaard poort om naar te luisteren). Voor\n" +"alle mogelijke opties, lees de man-pagina van dhcpd. Indien leeg gelaten zullen de standaardwaarden worden gebruikt." #. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Selection</big> \n" -"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</" -"p>\n" +"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Netwerkkaartselectie</big> \n" -"Selecteer één of meer netwerkaarten uit de lijst om te gebruiken met de DHCP-" -"server.\n" +"Selecteer één of meer netwerkaarten uit de lijst om te gebruiken met de DHCP-server.\n" #. Optional field - used with LDAP support #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160 @@ -2153,10 +2102,8 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189 -msgid "" -"Print Server offers this server as the default print server." -msgstr "" -"Printserver biedt deze server als de standaard printserver aan." +msgid "Print Server offers this server as the default print server." +msgstr "Printserver biedt deze server als de standaard printserver aan." #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193 @@ -2170,8 +2117,7 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197 msgid "" -"Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP " -"expires\n" +"Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" "and the client must ask for an IP again." msgstr "" "Standaard lease tijd stelt de tijd in waarna het geleasde IP\n" @@ -2186,8 +2132,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Subnetinformatie</big>\n" -"Bekijk de informatie over het huidige subnet, zoals het adres, " -"netwerkmasker\n" +"Bekijk de informatie over het huidige subnet, zoals het adres, netwerkmasker\n" "en minimum en maximum IP-adressen die voor de clients beschikbaar zijn.\n" "\n" @@ -2196,20 +2141,17 @@ msgid "" "<big>IP Address Range</big> \n" "Set the First IP Address and the Last IP Address\n" -"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the " -"same netmask.\n" +"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\n" "For instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the \n" "Allow Dynamic BOOTP flag if the specified range may be dynamically\n" "assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients.\n" msgstr "" "<big>IP-adresbereik</big> \n" "Stel het Eerste IP-adres en Laatste IP-adres in\n" -"van de adresreeks waaruit de clients een lease krijgen. Deze adressen " -"moeten\n" +"van de adresreeks waaruit de clients een lease krijgen. Deze adressen moeten\n" "hetzelfde netmasker hebben. Voorbeeld: <tt>192.168.1.1</tt>\n" "en <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>.\n" -"Selecteer Dynamische BOOTP toestaan als het opgegeven bereik " -"dynamisch\n" +"Selecteer Dynamische BOOTP toestaan als het opgegeven bereik dynamisch\n" "mag worden toegewezen aan BOOTP- en DHCP-clients.\n" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 @@ -2220,10 +2162,8 @@ "which sets the optimal IP refreshing time for clients. " msgstr "" "<big>Lease-tijd</big> \n" -"Hier kunt u de standaard lease-tijd voor het huidige IP-" -"adressenbereik\n" -"instellen, welke de optimale IP-vernieuwingstijd voor de clients instelt." -" " +"Hier kunt u de standaard lease-tijd voor het huidige IP-adressenbereik\n" +"instellen, welke de optimale IP-vernieuwingstijd voor de clients instelt. " #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223 @@ -2266,17 +2206,13 @@ "Om een nieuwe host toe te voegen, moet u z'n Naam,\n" "Hardware adres en IP-adres instellen en\n" "vervolgens op Toevoegen klikken.\n" -"Om een geconfigureerde host te modificeren dient u deze eerst in de tabel " -"te selecteren,\n" -"de gewenste waarden te wijzigen en vervolgens op In lijst wijzigen te " -"klikken." +"Om een geconfigureerde host te modificeren dient u deze eerst in de tabel te selecteren,\n" +"de gewenste waarden te wijzigen en vervolgens op In lijst wijzigen te klikken." #. host management help 1/3 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "To remove a host, select it and click Delete from List." -msgstr "" -"Om een host te verwijderen dient u deze eerst te selecteren en daarna op " -"Uit lijst verwijderen te klikken." +msgstr "Om een host te verwijderen dient u deze eerst te selecteren en daarna op Uit lijst verwijderen te klikken." #. help text 1/7 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263 @@ -2470,8 +2406,7 @@ "If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n" "all changes will be lost. Really leave?" msgstr "" -"Weet u zeker dat u de DHCP-server configuratie wilt verlaten zonder deze " -"eerst op te slaan?\n" +"Weet u zeker dat u de DHCP-server configuratie wilt verlaten zonder deze eerst op te slaan?\n" "Alle gemaakte wijzigingen zullen verloren gaan." #. yes-no popup @@ -2492,8 +2427,7 @@ "%1\n" "Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign them to a zone." msgstr "" -"De hieronder weergegeven interfaces komen in geen enkele firewall-zone " -"voor.\n" +"De hieronder weergegeven interfaces komen in geen enkele firewall-zone voor.\n" "%1\n" "Start YaST2 Firewallconfiguratie om ze toe te wijzen aan een zone." @@ -2756,7 +2690,7 @@ "\n" "YaST zal nu stoppen." -#. error report +#. error report #: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1474 msgid "" "Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n" @@ -2885,7 +2819,7 @@ msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het aanmaken van %1." -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key #: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2738 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het bijwerken van %1." Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/dns-server.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/dns-server.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/dns-server.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dns-server.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-25 13:09+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -582,20 +582,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1180 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 -msgid "" -"Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" -msgstr "" -"Naamserver (in een volledig gekwalificeerd formaat en eindigend met een punt " -"of een relatieve naam)" +msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgstr "Naamserver (in een volledig gekwalificeerd formaat en eindigend met een punt of een relatieve naam)" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1187 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 -msgid "" -"Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" -msgstr "" -"Mailserver (in een volledig gekwalificeerd formaat en eindigend met een punt " -"of een relatieve naam)" +msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgstr "Mailserver (in een volledig gekwalificeerd formaat en eindigend met een punt of een relatieve naam)" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command @@ -654,11 +648,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1257 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 -msgid "" -"DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" -msgstr "" -"Recordwaarde DNS-bron, zoals bijvoorbeeld 192.0.34.166 voor example.org's A-" -"record" +msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" +msgstr "Recordwaarde DNS-bron, zoals bijvoorbeeld 192.0.34.166 voor example.org's A-record" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command @@ -1000,8 +991,7 @@ "IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n" "been changed to its local equivalent %2." msgstr "" -"Doorsturen van een een DNS verzoek naar zichzelf zou een oneindige loop " -"veroorzaken.\n" +"Doorsturen van een een DNS verzoek naar zichzelf zou een oneindige loop veroorzaken.\n" "IP-adres %1 wordt nu door deze server gebruikt, dus moet het\n" "worden gewijzigd naar zijn lokale equivalent %2." @@ -1581,8 +1571,7 @@ #. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916 msgid "" -"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII " -"characters excluding '='\n" +"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" "and must be at least one character long." msgstr "" "Ongeldig %{txt}-record. Het moet bestaan uit te printen US-ASCII tekens met\n" @@ -1678,13 +1667,10 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612 msgid "" "Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n" -"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From " -"feature." +"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature." msgstr "" -"De records voor de huidige zone zijn automatisch gegenereerd uit de %1 " -"zone.\n" -"Om records handmatig te wijzigen moet u het item \"Automatisch gegenereerde " -"records uit\" uitschakelen." +"De records voor de huidige zone zijn automatisch gegenereerd uit de %1 zone.\n" +"Om records handmatig te wijzigen moet u het item \"Automatisch gegenereerde records uit\" uitschakelen." #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2717 @@ -1780,8 +1766,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Initialiseren afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afsluiten door nu op Afbreken " -"te klikken." +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afsluiten door nu op Afbreken te klikken." #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:28 @@ -1824,8 +1809,7 @@ "is more secure and strongly recommended." msgstr "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" -"Om de DNS-server in Chroot Jail te laten draaien, dient u Start DNS-" -"server in Chroot Jail\n" +"Om de DNS-server in Chroot Jail te laten draaien, dient u Start DNS-server in Chroot Jail\n" "in te stellen. Het opstarten van welke daemon dan ook in een Chroot Jail\n" "is veiliger en wordt dan ook dringend aangeraden." @@ -1885,10 +1869,8 @@ "<big>Dynamische DNS-zone bijwerken</big> \n" "De zone kan automatisch worden bijgewerkt, meestal omdat de IP-adressen\n" "dynamisch door de DHCP-server worden toegewezen. Om DDNS-updates toe te\n" -"staan, dient Dynamisch bijwerken toestaan te worden ingesteld als " -"ook\n" -"de TSIG-sleutel die voor de verificatie gebruikt moet worden. Voor " -"zowel\n" +"staan, dient Dynamisch bijwerken toestaan te worden ingesteld als ook\n" +"de TSIG-sleutel die voor de verificatie gebruikt moet worden. Voor zowel\n" "de DHCP- als de DNS-servers moet u dezelfde sleutel gaan gebruiken." #. help 3/5, only for alt. 1 @@ -1899,8 +1881,7 @@ "entry of the table then click Edit." msgstr "" "<big>Een DNS-zone wijzigen:</big> \n" -"Voor het wijzigen van de zone instellingen dient u eerst het betreffende " -"item\n" +"Voor het wijzigen van de zone instellingen dient u eerst het betreffende item\n" "in de tabel te selecteren en daarna op Bewerken te klikken." #. help 4/5, only for alt. 1 @@ -1909,10 +1890,8 @@ "To add a new record to the zone, click Add. To remove\n" "a record, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Klik op Toevoegen om een nieuw record aan de zone toe te voegen. " -"Voor het verwijderen\n" -"van een record dient u deze eerst te selecteren en daarna op Verwijderen</" -"B> te klikken." +"Klik op Toevoegen om een nieuw record aan de zone toe te voegen. Voor het verwijderen\n" +"van een record dient u deze eerst te selecteren en daarna op Verwijderen te klikken." #. help 5/5, only for alt. 1 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:93 @@ -1929,17 +1908,13 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Master Servers</big> \n" -"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use Add</" -"b>\n" -"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click " -"Delete\n" +"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use Add\n" +"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click Delete\n" "to remove an existing one." msgstr "" "<big>Master servers</big> \n" -"Stel de IP-adressen van de master naamservers voor deze zone in. Gebruik " -"Toevoegen\n" -"om een nieuwe master naamserver toe te voegen. Selecteer een bestaande " -"server en\n" +"Stel de IP-adressen van de master naamservers voor deze zone in. Gebruik Toevoegen\n" +"om een nieuwe master naamserver toe te voegen. Selecteer een bestaande server en\n" "Klik op Verwijderen om deze te verwijderen." #. help 1/2 @@ -1947,15 +1922,13 @@ msgid "" "<big>Zone Type</big> \n" "To make this name server the primary source of the data of the zone,\n" -"select Master. To make it the secondary name server, select Slave</" -"b>\n" +"select Master. To make it the secondary name server, select Slave\n" "or Stub, so the data of the zone will be mirrored from the master\n" "server." msgstr "" "<big>Zone type</big> \n" "Selecteer Master om deze naamserver als primaire databron van\n" -"de zone in te stellen. Om het als secondaire naamserver in te stellen, dient " -"u\n" +"de zone in te stellen. Om het als secondaire naamserver in te stellen, dient u\n" "Slave of Stub te selecteren: de zone data zal dan van\n" "de master server worden gespiegeld." @@ -1963,8 +1936,7 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<big>Zone Direction</big> \n" -"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and " -"back.\n" +"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and back.\n" "Select if this zone will be used to translate from domain names to IP\n" "addresses (Forward) or from IP addresses to domain names\n" "(Reverse).\n" @@ -1984,10 +1956,8 @@ "interface classes are defined in the firewall configuration component.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interface categorieën</big> \n" -"Selecteer welke categorieën interfaces toegang moeten hebben tot de DNS-" -"server.\n" -"De categorieën interfaces zijn bij het onderdeel firewallconfiguratie reeds " -"gedefinieerd.\n" +"Selecteer welke categorieën interfaces toegang moeten hebben tot de DNS-server.\n" +"De categorieën interfaces zijn bij het onderdeel firewallconfiguratie reeds gedefinieerd.\n" #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:129 @@ -2044,13 +2014,11 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "Serial number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n" -"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize " -"the\n" +"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" "entire zone).\n" msgstr "" "Serienummer wordt gebruikt om te bepalen of de zone op de master\n" -"servers is gewijzigd (de slave servers hoeven dan niet steeds de gehele " -"zone\n" +"servers is gewijzigd (de slave servers hoeven dan niet steeds de gehele zone\n" "te synchroniseren).\n" #. help text 6/9 - Refresh @@ -2070,10 +2038,8 @@ "Retry sets how often slave servers try to synchronize\n" "the zone from the master server if synchronization fails." msgstr "" -"Herhalen bepaalt hoe vaak de slave servers zullen proberen om, na " -"een\n" -"mislukte synchronisatie, met de zone van de master server te synchroniseren." -"" +"Herhalen bepaalt hoe vaak de slave servers zullen proberen om, na een\n" +"mislukte synchronisatie, met de zone van de master server te synchroniseren." #. help text 8/9 - Expiry #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:167 @@ -2082,10 +2048,8 @@ "servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Vervaltijd betekent de periode waarna de zone op slave servers " -"vervalt\n" -"en waarna slave servers stoppen met het beantwoorden: dit totdat deze weer " -"gesynchroniseerd is.\n" +"Vervaltijd betekent de periode waarna de zone op slave servers vervalt\n" +"en waarna slave servers stoppen met het beantwoorden: dit totdat deze weer gesynchroniseerd is.\n" "" #. help text 9/9 - Minimum @@ -2105,19 +2069,14 @@ "<big>TSIG Key Management</big> \n" "Define TSIG keys used for dynamic zone updates.\n" "To add a new TSIG key, use the \n" -"File Name text field or the Browse button then click Add</" -"b>.\n" -"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click Delete</" -"b>.\n" +"File Name text field or the Browse button then click Add.\n" +"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click Delete.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>TSIG-sleutelbeheer</big> \n" -"Definieer de te gebruiken TSIG-sleutels voor de dynamische zonebijwerkingen. " -"Gebruik voor het\n" -"toevoegen van een nieuwe TSIG-sleutel het tekstveld Bestandsnaam of " -"de kknop Bladeren\n" -"en klik vervolgens op Toevoegen. Om een bestaande TSIG-sleutel te " -"verwijderen,\n" +"Definieer de te gebruiken TSIG-sleutels voor de dynamische zonebijwerkingen. Gebruik voor het\n" +"toevoegen van een nieuwe TSIG-sleutel het tekstveld Bestandsnaam of de kknop Bladeren\n" +"en klik vervolgens op Toevoegen. Om een bestaande TSIG-sleutel te verwijderen,\n" "selecteer deze in de lijst en klik op Verwijderen.\n" "" @@ -2179,10 +2138,8 @@ "To add a new forwarder, set its IP Address and click Add.\n" "To delete a configured forwarder, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Geef om een nieuwe forwarder toe te voegen z'n IP-adres op en klik " -"daarna op Toevoegen.\n" -"Om een geconfigureerde forwarder te verwijderen moet u deze eerst selecteren " -"en vervolgens op Verwijderen klikken." +"Geef om een nieuwe forwarder toe te voegen z'n IP-adres op en klik daarna op Toevoegen.\n" +"Om een geconfigureerde forwarder te verwijderen moet u deze eerst selecteren en vervolgens op Verwijderen klikken." #. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:225 @@ -2204,15 +2161,12 @@ "Om nieuwe opties toe te voegen moet u de Optie selecteren,\n" "z'n Waarde opgeven en op Toevoegen klikken.\n" "Om een geconfigureerde optie aan te passen moet u deze in de tabel\n" -"selecteren, de Waarde er van wijzigen en op Wijzigen klikken.</" -"p>\n" +"selecteren, de Waarde er van wijzigen en op Wijzigen klikken.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:236 msgid "To remove an option, select it and click Delete." -msgstr "" -"Om een optie te verwijderen dient u deze eerst te selecteren en daarna op " -"Verwijderen te klikken." +msgstr "Om een optie te verwijderen dient u deze eerst te selecteren en daarna op Verwijderen te klikken." #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:238 @@ -2221,33 +2175,24 @@ "Use this dialog to define various options of the DNS server logging." msgstr "" "<big>Loggen</big> \n" -"Gebruik dit dialoog om verschillende opties van het DNS-server loggen te " -"definiëren." +"Gebruik dit dialoog om verschillende opties van het DNS-server loggen te definiëren." #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:242 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Log to System Log to save DNS server log messages to the " -"system log. \n" +"Select Log to System Log to save DNS server log messages to the system log. \n" "To save the DNS server log messages to a separate file, select \n" -"Log to File and set the Filename to which to save the log " -"and \n" +"Log to File and set the Filename to which to save the log and \n" "the Maximum Size of the log file.\n" -"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use Maximum Versions</" -"b>\n" +"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use Maximum Versions\n" "to specify how many log files should be saved.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Selecteer Naar systeemlog loggen om logberichten van de DNS-server " -"in het systeemlog op te slaan. De DNS-server logberichten kunnen in een " -"apart bestand worden opgeslagen,\n" -"selecteer hiervoor Naar bestand loggen en geef de Bestandsnaam " -"op waarin\n" -"het log moet worden opgeslagen en de Maximum grootte van het " -"logbestand.\n" -"De DNS-server zal de logbestanden automatisch roteren. Gebruik Maximum " -"versies om\n" +"Selecteer Naar systeemlog loggen om logberichten van de DNS-server in het systeemlog op te slaan. De DNS-server logberichten kunnen in een apart bestand worden opgeslagen,\n" +"selecteer hiervoor Naar bestand loggen en geef de Bestandsnaam op waarin\n" +"het log moet worden opgeslagen en de Maximum grootte van het logbestand.\n" +"De DNS-server zal de logbestanden automatisch roteren. Gebruik Maximum versies om\n" "te specificeren hoeveel logbestanden er opgeslagen mogen worden.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3 @@ -2263,11 +2208,9 @@ msgstr "" "Extra loggen:\n" "selecteer de acties die u wilt laten loggen. Algemene acties worden\n" -"altijd gelogd. Alle DNS-queries loggen logt alle queries van clients " -"aan de DNS-server.\n" +"altijd gelogd. Alle DNS-queries loggen logt alle queries van clients aan de DNS-server.\n" "Alle zone-bijwerkingen loggen logt wanneer DNS is bijgewerkt.\n" -"Zone-overdrachten loggen logt wanneer een zone compleet is " -"overgedragen naar\n" +"Zone-overdrachten loggen logt wanneer een zone compleet is overgedragen naar\n" "de secondaire\n" "nameserver.\n" @@ -2312,17 +2255,12 @@ "To add an already created key, set the Filename\n" "(or use the Browse button to select it) and click Add.\n" "To generate a new key, enter the Filename and the Key ID\n" -"then click Generate. The new key will be generated and also added.</" -"p>\n" +"then click Generate. The new key will be generated and also added.\n" msgstr "" -"Om een reeds aangemaakte sleutel te verwijderen, geef de bestandsnaam</" -"b> op\n" -"(of gebruik de knop Bladeren om het bestand te selecteren) en klik op " -"Toevoegen.\n" -"Om een nieuwe sleutel te genereren, voer de bestandsnaam en " -"Sleutel-ID in en klik\n" -"op Genereren. De nieuwe sleutel zal dan worden gegenereerd en " -"toegevoegd.\n" +"Om een reeds aangemaakte sleutel te verwijderen, geef de bestandsnaam op\n" +"(of gebruik de knop Bladeren om het bestand te selecteren) en klik op Toevoegen.\n" +"Om een nieuwe sleutel te genereren, voer de bestandsnaam en Sleutel-ID in en klik\n" +"op Genereren. De nieuwe sleutel zal dan worden gegenereerd en toegevoegd.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:288 @@ -2345,28 +2283,22 @@ #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:298 msgid "" -"To add a new zone, enter its Zone Name, select the Zone Type</" -"b>,\n" +"To add a new zone, enter its Zone Name, select the Zone Type,\n" "and click Add.\n" msgstr "" -"Om een nieuwe zone toe te voegen, geef de Zonenaam, selecteer het " -"Zonetype\n" +"Om een nieuwe zone toe te voegen, geef de Zonenaam, selecteer het Zonetype\n" "en klik op Toevoegen.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address " -"followed by\n" +"To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address followed by\n" "<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> as its Zone Name (for example, zone name\n" -"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), " -"select\n" +"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), select\n" "the Zone Type, and click Add.\n" msgstr "" -"Om een nieuwe IPv4 omgekeerde zone toe te voegen, voer een gedeelte van " -"het omgekeerde\n" -"IPv4-adres in gevolgd door <tt>.in-addr.arpa<tti> als Zonenaam " -"(bijvoorbeeld zonenaam\n" +"Om een nieuwe IPv4 omgekeerde zone toe te voegen, voer een gedeelte van het omgekeerde\n" +"IPv4-adres in gevolgd door <tt>.in-addr.arpa<tti> als Zonenaam (bijvoorbeeld zonenaam\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> voor het <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> netwerk),\n" "selecteer vervolgens het Zonetype en klik op Toevoegen.\n" @@ -2374,20 +2306,16 @@ #. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311 msgid "" -"To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address " -"followed by\n" -"<tt>%1</tt> as its Zone Name. Several formats for entering the zone " -"name are\n" +"To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address followed by\n" +"<tt>%1</tt> as its Zone Name. Several formats for entering the zone name are\n" "supported: Standard form: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "Forward form: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" "Forward form without netmask bits: <tt>%4</tt>\n" "(by default <tt>64</tt> netmask bits are used).\n" msgstr "" -"Om een nieuw IPv6 omgekeerde zone toe te voegen, voer een gedeelte van " -"het\n" +"Om een nieuw IPv6 omgekeerde zone toe te voegen, voer een gedeelte van het\n" "omgekeerde IPv6-adres in gevolgd door <tt>%1</tt> als Zonenaam.\n" -"Verschillende formaten voor het invoeren van de zonenaam worden ondersteund: " -"De\n" +"Verschillende formaten voor het invoeren van de zonenaam worden ondersteund: De\n" "standaard vorm: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "de voorwaardse vorm: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" "de voorwaardse vorm zonder netmaskbits: <tt>%4</tt>\n" @@ -2402,15 +2330,13 @@ msgstr "" "Om de instellingen te wijzigen voor een zone, zoals zonetransport\n" "en naam- en e-mailservers, selecteer deze en klik op Bewerken.\n" -"Om een geconfigureerde zone te verwijderen, selecteer deze en klik op " -"Verwijderen.\n" +"Om een geconfigureerde zone te verwijderen, selecteer deze en klik op Verwijderen.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334 msgid "" "<big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big> \n" -"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control " -"access\n" +"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control access\n" "to the zone.\n" msgstr "" "<big>DDNS en zonetransport</big> \n" @@ -2426,10 +2352,8 @@ "before the zone can be updated dynamically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Om dynamisch bijwerken van de zone toe te staan, selecteer Dynamisch " -"bijwerken toestaan\n" -"en selecteer de TSIG-sleutel. U dient minstens één TSIG-sleutel te " -"definiëren\n" +"Om dynamisch bijwerken van de zone toe te staan, selecteer Dynamisch bijwerken toestaan\n" +"en selecteer de TSIG-sleutel. U dient minstens één TSIG-sleutel te definiëren\n" "voordat de zone dynamisch kan worden bijgewerkt.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 3/3 @@ -2456,8 +2380,7 @@ "check-box and choose the zone to generate the records from.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Omgekeerde zonerecords kunnen gegenereerd worden vanuit een andere master-" -"zone.\n" +"Omgekeerde zonerecords kunnen gegenereerd worden vanuit een andere master-zone.\n" "Selecteer het selectievak Automatisch genereren van records uit\n" "en kies de zone waaruit de records gegenereerd moeten worden.\n" @@ -2469,24 +2392,20 @@ "from the current on in the Connected Reverse Zones field." msgstr "" "\n" -"Als dit geen omgekeerde zone is dan kunt u zien welke zones zijn " -"gegenereerd\n" +"Als dit geen omgekeerde zone is dan kunt u zien welke zones zijn gegenereerd\n" "vanuit de huidige in het Verbonden omgekeerde zones veld." #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Name Servers #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:371 msgid "" "<big>NS Records</big> \n" -"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click Add</" -"b>.\n" +"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click Add.\n" "To remove one of the listed name servers, select it and click\n" "Delete.\n" msgstr "" "<big>NS-records</big> \n" -"Om een nieuwe naamserver toe te voegen, voer het adres van de naamserver in " -"en klik op Toevoegen.\n" -"Om een van de naamservers uit de lijst te verwijderen, selecteer het en klik " -"op\n" +"Om een nieuwe naamserver toe te voegen, voer het adres van de naamserver in en klik op Toevoegen.\n" +"Om een van de naamservers uit de lijst te verwijderen, selecteer het en klik op\n" "Verwijderen.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers @@ -2499,11 +2418,9 @@ "Delete.\n" msgstr "" "<big>MX-records</big> \n" -"Om een nieuwe mailserver toe te voegen, voer het adres en de " -"prioriteit in\n" +"Om een nieuwe mailserver toe te voegen, voer het adres en de prioriteit in\n" "en klik op Toevoegen.\n" -"Om een van de mailservers uit de lijst te verwijderen, selecteer deze en " -"klik\n" +"Om een van de mailservers uit de lijst te verwijderen, selecteer deze en klik\n" "op Verwijderen.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7 @@ -2511,15 +2428,12 @@ msgid "" "Serial is the number used for determining if the zone has \n" "changed on\n" -"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize " -"the\n" +"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" "entire zone).\n" msgstr "" -"Serieel is het nummer dat wordt gebruikt bij het bepalen of de " -"zone\n" +"Serieel is het nummer dat wordt gebruikt bij het bepalen of de zone\n" "op de masterservers gewijzigd is\n" -"(zodat slave-servers niet altijd de volledige zone hoeven te " -"synchroniseren)\n" +"(zodat slave-servers niet altijd de volledige zone hoeven te synchroniseren)\n" "\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 3/7 @@ -2538,10 +2452,8 @@ "servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Vervaltijd betekent de periode waarna de zone op slave-servers " -"vervalt\n" -"en waarna slave-servers stoppen met beantwoorden totdat deze zijn " -"gesynchroniseerd.\n" +"Vervaltijd betekent de periode waarna de zone op slave-servers vervalt\n" +"en waarna slave-servers stoppen met beantwoorden totdat deze zijn gesynchroniseerd.\n" "" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 1/7 or 1/5 @@ -2553,10 +2465,8 @@ "click Add." msgstr "" "<big>Records</big> \n" -"In dit dialoog kunt u de bronrecords van de zone wijzigen. Om nieuwe " -"bronrecords\n" -"toe te voegen, selecteer de Recordsleutel, Type en Waarde</" -"b>, en klik\n" +"In dit dialoog kunt u de bronrecords van de zone wijzigen. Om nieuwe bronrecords\n" +"toe te voegen, selecteer de Recordsleutel, Type en Waarde, en klik\n" "daarna op Toevoegen." #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 2/7 or 2/5 @@ -2565,10 +2475,7 @@ "To change an existing record, select it, modify the desired entries,\n" "and click Change. To delete a record, select it and click\n" "Delete." -msgstr "" -"Om een bestaande record te wijzigen, selecteer deze, wijzig de gewenste " -"onderdelen en klik op Wijzigen. Om een record te verwijderen, " -"selecteer deze en klik op Verwijderen." +msgstr "Om een bestaande record te wijzigen, selecteer deze, wijzig de gewenste onderdelen en klik op Wijzigen. Om een record te verwijderen, selecteer deze en klik op Verwijderen." #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 3/7 or 3/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:432 @@ -2614,20 +2521,16 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:452 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "" "NS: Name Server:\n" -"Record Key is a zone name relative to the current zone or an " -"absolute\n" +"Record Key is a zone name relative to the current zone or an absolute\n" "domain name followed by a dot.\n" "Value is a hostname relative to the current zone or fully qualified\n" "hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.\n" msgstr "" "NS: Naamserver \n" -"Recordsleutel is een zonenaam relatief aan de huidige zone of een " -"absolute\n" +"Recordsleutel is een zonenaam relatief aan de huidige zone of een absolute\n" "domeinnaam gevolgd door een punt.\n" -"Waarde is een hostnaam relatief aan de huidige zone of een volledige " -"gekwalificeerde\n" -"hostnaam gevolgd door een punt. Het dient door een A-record gerepresenteerd " -"te worden.\n" +"Waarde is een hostnaam relatief aan de huidige zone of een volledige gekwalificeerde\n" +"hostnaam gevolgd door een punt. Het dient door een A-record gerepresenteerd te worden.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1) #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:460 @@ -2641,10 +2544,8 @@ "MX: Mail relay \n" "Recordsleutel is een host- of zonenaam relatief aan de huidige zone\n" "of een absolute host- of zonenaam gevolgd door een punt.\n" -"Waarde is een hostnaam relatief aan de huidige zone of een volledige " -"gekwalificeerde\n" -"hostnaam gevolgd door een punt. Het dient door een A-record gerepresenteerd " -"te worden.\n" +"Waarde is een hostnaam relatief aan de huidige zone of een volledige gekwalificeerde\n" +"hostnaam gevolgd door een punt. Het dient door een A-record gerepresenteerd te worden.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2) #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:468 @@ -2652,8 +2553,7 @@ "PTR: Reverse Translation:\n" "Record Key is a full reverse zone name (derived from the IP address)\n" "followed by a dot\n" -"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</" -"tt>)\n" +"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n" " or a part of reverse zone name relative to the current zone\n" "(such as <tt>1</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> in zone\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n" @@ -2666,8 +2566,7 @@ " of een deel van de omgekeerde zonenaam relatief aan de huidige zone\n" "(bijv: 1 voor IP-adres 192.168.0.1 in zone\n" "0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.).\n" -"Waarde is een volledige gekwalificeerde hostnaam gevolgd door een " -"punt.\n" +"Waarde is een volledige gekwalificeerde hostnaam gevolgd door een punt.\n" #. Final step of the installation wizard - 1/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:487 @@ -2676,8 +2575,7 @@ "Check the entered settings before finishing the configuration. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuratie voltooien</big>\n" -"Controleer de opgegeven instellingen alvorens de configuratie af te " -"ronden. \n" +"Controleer de opgegeven instellingen alvorens de configuratie af te ronden. \n" #. Final step of the installation wizard - 2/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:491 @@ -2686,8 +2584,7 @@ "SuSEfirewall2 settings to allow all connections to your DNS server." msgstr "" "Selecteer Open poort in firewall om de SuSEfirewall2 instellingen\n" -"dusdanig aan te passen zodat alle verbindingen met uw DNS-server worden " -"toegestaan." +"dusdanig aan te passen zodat alle verbindingen met uw DNS-server worden toegestaan." #. Final step of the installation wizard - 3/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:495 @@ -2744,10 +2641,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Zonetransport</big> \n" "Stel Zonetransport inschakelen in om zonetransporten toe te staan\n" -"en selecteer de ACL's die gecontroleerd zullen worden als een externe " -"host\n" -"een zoneoverdracht probeert te bewerkstelligen. Minstens één ACL dient te " -"zijn\n" +"en selecteer de ACL's die gecontroleerd zullen worden als een externe host\n" +"een zoneoverdracht probeert te bewerkstelligen. Minstens één ACL dient te zijn\n" "gedefinieerd alvorens zonetransporten toegestaan kunnen worden." #. forward zone help text 1/2 @@ -3081,9 +2976,7 @@ #. error report, %1 is ldap object #: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1946 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP." -msgstr "" -"Fout opgetreden tijdens het aanmaken van cn=defaultDNS,%1. LDAP wordt niet " -"gebruikt." +msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het aanmaken van cn=defaultDNS,%1. LDAP wordt niet gebruikt." #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN #: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1972 @@ -3238,6 +3131,4 @@ #~ msgstr "DNS-server draait niet" #~ msgid "Invalid TXT record key. It should be similar to a hostname." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ongeldig TXT-record-sleutel. Het zou met een hostnaam overeen moeten " -#~ "komen." +#~ msgstr "Ongeldig TXT-record-sleutel. Het zou met een hostnaam overeen moeten komen." Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/drbd.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/drbd.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/drbd.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -186,8 +186,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " -"te drukken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te drukken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 @@ -229,8 +228,7 @@ "\t\t" msgstr "" "Bezig met booten:\n" -"\t\t\tactiveren van \"Aan\" om de DRBD-server nu te starten en bij " -"booten\n" +"\t\t\tactiveren van \"Aan\" om de DRBD-server nu te starten en bij booten\n" "\t\t\tactiveren van \"Uit\", de DRBD-server start alleen handmatig\n" "\t\tSchakel Aan en Uit:\n" "\t\t\tNu starten of stoppen van DRBD-server\n" @@ -243,166 +241,78 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a " -"resource\n" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -"Klik op de knop \"Toevoegen\", \"Bewerken\", \"Verwijderen\" om een " -"hulpbron toe te voegen, te bewerken or te verwijderen\n" +"Klik op de knop \"Toevoegen\", \"Bewerken\", \"Verwijderen\" om een hulpbron toe te voegen, te bewerken or te verwijderen\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -" -#| "n) of one of the nodes\n" -#| "\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, " -#| "which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device " -#| "respectively to reach the partner device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP " -#| "port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" -#| "\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource " -#| "being described. You must use this device with your application (file " -#| "system) and you must not use the low level block device which is " -#| "specified with the disk parameter.\n" -#| "\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and " -#| "retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on " -#| "top of it.\n" -#| "\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the " -#| "backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" -#| "\t\t" msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) " -"of one of the nodes\n" -"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which " -"is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach " -"the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to " -"the node's partner device.\n" -"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being " -"described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and " -"you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk " -"parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" -"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve " -"the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</" -"p>\n" -"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the " -"backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t\"Naam\" is verplicht en moet overeenkomen met de Linux-hostnaam " -"(uname -n) van een van de nodes\n" -"\t\t\"Adres:poort\": een hulpbron heeft één IP-adres per apparaat nodig, " -"die wordt gebruikt om te wachten op inkomende verbindingen vanaf het partner-" -"apparaat om het apparaat te bereiken. Elke DRBD-hulpbron heeft een TCP-poort " -"nodig die gebruikt wordt om te verbinden met de node van het " -"partner-apparaat.\n" -"\t\t\"Apparaat\": De naam van de node van het blokapparaat van de " -"hulpbron die wordt beschreven. U moet dit apparaat met uw toepassing " -"gebruiken (bestandssysteem) en u moet het blokapparaat op een lager niveau " -"niet gebruiken wat is gespecificeerd met de schijfparameter, gevolgd door " -"zijn minor-getal\n" +"\t\t\"Naam\" is verplicht en moet overeenkomen met de Linux-hostnaam (uname -n) van een van de nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Adres:poort\": een hulpbron heeft één IP-adres per apparaat nodig, die wordt gebruikt om te wachten op inkomende verbindingen vanaf het partner-apparaat om het apparaat te bereiken. Elke DRBD-hulpbron heeft een TCP-poort nodig die gebruikt wordt om te verbinden met de node van het partner-apparaat.\n" +"\t\t\"Apparaat\": De naam van de node van het blokapparaat van de hulpbron die wordt beschreven. U moet dit apparaat met uw toepassing gebruiken (bestandssysteem) en u moet het blokapparaat op een lager niveau niet gebruiken wat is gespecificeerd met de schijfparameter, gevolgd door zijn minor-getal\n" "\t\tZoals: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'.\n" -"\t\t\"Schijf\": DRBD gebruikt dit blokapparaat om echt de gegevens op te " -"slaan en op te halen. Benader zo'n apparaat nooit terwijl DRBD erop actief " -"is.\n" -"\t\t\"Meta-schijf\": intern. Intern betekent dat het laatste deel van het " -"reserve apparaat wordt gebruikt om de meta-gegevens op te slaan.\n" +"\t\t\"Schijf\": DRBD gebruikt dit blokapparaat om echt de gegevens op te slaan en op te halen. Benader zo'n apparaat nooit terwijl DRBD erop actief is.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-schijf\": intern. Intern betekent dat het laatste deel van het reserve apparaat wordt gebruikt om de meta-gegevens op te slaan.\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" -"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " -"local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" -"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " -"local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" -"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both " -"local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" -"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node " -"was a degraded cluster\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" "\n" -"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-" -"error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" "\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" -"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by " -"DRBD\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" "\n" -"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected " -"response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is " -"considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must " -"be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, " -"the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" -"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-" -"alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time " -"period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default " -"unit is 100ms\n" -"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive " -"packet\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" "\n" -"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two " -"write barriers\n" -"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write " -"request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The " -"default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" -"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top " -"of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by " -"background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is " -"KB/sec.\n" -"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= " -"active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, " -"Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" -"\t\tProtocol A: schrijf-IO wordt gerapporteerd als voltooid, als het de " -"locale schijf en de locale TCP verzendbuffer heeft bereikt.\n" -"\t\tProtocol B: schrijf-IO wordt gerapporteerd als voltooid, als het de " -"locale schijf en de buffer-cache heeft bereikt.\n" -"\t\tProtocol C: schrijf-IO wordt gerapporteerd als voltooid, als het " -"zowel de locale als de schijf op afstand heeft bereikt.\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: schrijf-IO wordt gerapporteerd als voltooid, als het de locale schijf en de locale TCP verzendbuffer heeft bereikt.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: schrijf-IO wordt gerapporteerd als voltooid, als het de locale schijf en de buffer-cache heeft bereikt.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: schrijf-IO wordt gerapporteerd als voltooid, als het zowel de locale als de schijf op afstand heeft bereikt.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\twfc-timeout: wacht op timeout van de verbinding\n" -"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: wacht op de timeout van de verbinding, als " -"deze node een gedegradeerde cluster is\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: wacht op de timeout van de verbinding, als deze node een gedegradeerde cluster is\n" "\n" -"\t\ton-io-error: wat te doen wanneer het apparaat op een lager " -"niveau een io-fout rapporteert aan de hogere lagen\n" -"\t\tsndbuf-size: de grootte van de verzendbuffer van de TCP-" -"socket\n" -"\t\tmax-buffers: maximum aantal verzoeken om te worden toegewezen " -"door DRBD\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: wat te doen wanneer het apparaat op een lager niveau een io-fout rapporteert aan de hogere lagen\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: de grootte van de verzendbuffer van de TCP-socket\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: maximum aantal verzoeken om te worden toegewezen door DRBD\n" "\n" -"\t\ttimeout: als de partnernode een verwacht antwoordpakket niet " -"kan verzenden binnen tijd van tienden van een seconde, de partnernode wordt " -"daarom als dood beschouwd en de TCP/IP verbinding wordt verlaten. Dit moet " -"lager zijn dan connect-int en ping-int. De standaard waarde is 60 = 6 " -"seconden, de eenheid 0,1 seconde.\n" -"\t\tconnect-int: de tijd die de tegenhanger heeft om te antwoorden " -"op een keep-alive-pakket. In geval dat het antwoord van de tegenhanger niet " -"binnen deze periode is ontvangen, wordt deze als dood beschouwd. De " -"standaard waarde is 500 ms, de standaard eenheid is 100 ms\n" -"\t\tping-int: de tijd die de tegenhanger heeft om te antwoorden op " -"een keep-alive-pakket\n" +"\t\ttimeout: als de partnernode een verwacht antwoordpakket niet kan verzenden binnen tijd van tienden van een seconde, de partnernode wordt daarom als dood beschouwd en de TCP/IP verbinding wordt verlaten. Dit moet lager zijn dan connect-int en ping-int. De standaard waarde is 60 = 6 seconden, de eenheid 0,1 seconde.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: de tijd die de tegenhanger heeft om te antwoorden op een keep-alive-pakket. In geval dat het antwoord van de tegenhanger niet binnen deze periode is ontvangen, wordt deze als dood beschouwd. De standaard waarde is 500 ms, de standaard eenheid is 100 ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: de tijd die de tegenhanger heeft om te antwoorden op een keep-alive-pakket\n" "\n" -"\t\tmax-epoch-size: het hoogste aantal blokken met gegevens tussen " -"twee schrijfgrenzen\n" -"\t\tko-count: het aantal keren maal de timeout dat de secondaire " -"node niet in staat is een enkel schrijfverzoek uit te voeren, daarna wordt " -"deze uit het cluster gestoten. De standaard waarde is 0, wat deze functie " -"uitschakelt.\n" -"\t\trate: om voor een geoliede werking van de toepassing bovenop " -"DRBD te zorgen is het mogelijk de bandbreedte, die gebruikt mag worden door " -"synchronisaties op de achtergrond, te beperken. De standaard is 250 kB/sec, " -"de standaard eenheid is kB/sec.\n" -"\t\tal-extents: de parameter waarmee u bestuurt hoe groot de hot-" -"area (= actieve set) mag worden. Het standaard aantal extents is 127. " -"(minimum: 7, maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: het hoogste aantal blokken met gegevens tussen twee schrijfgrenzen\n" +"\t\tko-count: het aantal keren maal de timeout dat de secondaire node niet in staat is een enkel schrijfverzoek uit te voeren, daarna wordt deze uit het cluster gestoten. De standaard waarde is 0, wat deze functie uitschakelt.\n" +"\t\trate: om voor een geoliede werking van de toepassing bovenop DRBD te zorgen is het mogelijk de bandbreedte, die gebruikt mag worden door synchronisaties op de achtergrond, te beperken. De standaard is 250 kB/sec, de standaard eenheid is kB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: de parameter waarmee u bestuurt hoe groot de hot-area (= actieve set) mag worden. Het standaard aantal extents is 127. (minimum: 7, maximum: 3843)\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 @@ -410,35 +320,24 @@ msgstr "<big>Globale configuratie van DRBD</big>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 -msgid "" -"Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's " -"sanity check" -msgstr "" -"Activeer \"IP-verificatie uitschakelen\" om één van de drbdadm's " -"fitheidtests uit te schakelen" +msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" +msgstr "Activeer \"IP-verificatie uitschakelen\" om één van de drbdadm's fitheidtests uit te schakelen" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" -"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it " -"waited so\n" +"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" " of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n" " limited logging capacity.\n" -" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' " -"seconds,\n" +" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n" " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -"Dialoog verversen: De gebruikersdialoog telt en toont de seconden " -"die tot\n" -" dan zijn verstreken. U zou dit uit kunnen zetten als de " -"console van uw\n" -" server is verbonden met een seriële terminalserver met " -"beperkte\n" +"Dialoog verversen: De gebruikersdialoog telt en toont de seconden die tot\n" +" dan zijn verstreken. U zou dit uit kunnen zetten als de console van uw\n" +" server is verbonden met een seriële terminalserver met beperkte\n" " logcapaciteit.\n" -" De dialoog zal de telling tonen na iedere 'dialoog-" -"verversing' seconden,\n" -" instellen op 0 schakelt het opnieuw schrijven volledig uit. " -"" +" De dialoog zal de telling tonen na iedere 'dialoog-verversing' seconden,\n" +" instellen op 0 schakelt het opnieuw schrijven volledig uit. " #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 msgid "" @@ -473,8 +372,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Een DRBD toevoegen:</big> \n" "Selecteer een DRBD uit de lijst met gedetecteerde DRBD's.\n" -"Wanneer uw DRBD niet gedetecteerd is, gebruik dan Overige (niet " -"gedetecteerd).\n" +"Wanneer uw DRBD niet gedetecteerd is, gebruik dan Overige (niet gedetecteerd).\n" "Klik daarna op Configureren.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -517,8 +415,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Bewerken of verwijderen:</big> \n" "Selecteer de te wijzigen of te verwijderen DRBD.\n" -"Klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: Bewerken of Verwijderen.</" -"p>\n" +"Klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: Bewerken of Verwijderen.\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/fcoe-client.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/fcoe-client.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/fcoe-client.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-06 16:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-05 00:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -360,8 +360,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " -"te klikken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:43 @@ -404,8 +403,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Een fcoe-client toevoegen:</big> \n" "Selecteer uit de lijst met gedetecteerde fcoe-clients een fcoe-client.\n" -"Als uw fcoe-client niet automatisch gedetecteerd werd, gebruik dan " -"Overige (niet gedetecteerd)\n" +"Als uw fcoe-client niet automatisch gedetecteerd werd, gebruik dan Overige (niet gedetecteerd)\n" "en druk op Configureren.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -421,35 +419,18 @@ #. Services dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:71 -msgid "" -"<big>Starting of services</big> Enable or disable the start " -"of the services fcoe and lldpad at boot time." -msgstr "" -"<big>Services opstarten</big> Schakel het starten van de " -"services fcoe en lldpad in of uit bij het opstarten." +msgid "<big>Starting of services</big> Enable or disable the start of the services fcoe and lldpad at boot time." +msgstr "<big>Services opstarten</big> Schakel het starten van de services fcoe en lldpad in of uit bij het opstarten." #. Services dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -"Starting the service fcoe means starting the Fibre Channel over " -"Ethernet service daemon fcoemon which controls the FCoE " -"interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon lldpad." -msgstr "" -"Opstarten van de service fcoe betekent opstarten van de " -"servicedaemon fcoemon (Fibre Channel over Ethernet) die de " -"FCoE-interfaces bestuurt en een verbinding opzet met de daemon lldpad." -"" +msgid "Starting the service fcoe means starting the Fibre Channel over Ethernet service daemon fcoemon which controls the FCoE interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon lldpad." +msgstr "Opstarten van de service fcoe betekent opstarten van de servicedaemon fcoemon (Fibre Channel over Ethernet) die de FCoE-interfaces bestuurt en een verbinding opzet met de daemon lldpad." #. Services dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:82 -msgid "" -"The lldpad service provides the Link Layer Discovery Protocol</" -"i> agent daemon lldpad, which informs fcoemon about DCB (Data " -"Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces." -msgstr "" -"De service lldpad levert de agentdaemon lldpad (Link " -"Layer Discovery Protocol) die fcoemon informeert over DCB-" -"functies (Data Center Bridging) en de configuratie van de interfaces." +msgid "The lldpad service provides the Link Layer Discovery Protocol agent daemon lldpad, which informs fcoemon about DCB (Data Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces." +msgstr "De service lldpad levert de agentdaemon lldpad (Link Layer Discovery Protocol) die fcoemon informeert over DCB-functies (Data Center Bridging) en de configuratie van de interfaces." #. Interfaces dialog help 1/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:88 @@ -460,54 +441,23 @@ #. Interfaces dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92 -msgid "" -"The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of " -"VLAN and FCoE configuration. FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is " -"configured for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network interface), " -"this is shown in column FCoE VLAN Interface." -msgstr "" -"De dialoog voor interfaces toont alle gedetecteerde netwerkkaarten " -"inclusief de status van de configuratie van VLAN en FCoE. FCoE is " -"mogelijk als een VLAN-interface is ingesteld voor FCoE op de switch. Voor " -"elke netwerkkaart (netwerkinterface) wordt dit getoond in de kolom FCoE " -"VLAN-interface." +msgid "The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of VLAN and FCoE configuration. FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is configured for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network interface), this is shown in column FCoE VLAN Interface." +msgstr "De dialoog voor interfaces toont alle gedetecteerde netwerkkaarten inclusief de status van de configuratie van VLAN en FCoE. FCoE is mogelijk als een VLAN-interface is ingesteld voor FCoE op de switch. Voor elke netwerkkaart (netwerkinterface) wordt dit getoond in de kolom FCoE VLAN-interface." #. Interfaces dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99 -msgid "" -"It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using Retry " -"Detection(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)." -"" -msgstr "" -"Het is mogelijk de controle op FCoE-services opnieuw te proberen door " -"Detectie opnieuw proberen te gebruiken (kan vereist zijn voor " -"interfaces die enige tijd vergen om actief te worden)." +msgid "It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using Retry Detection(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)." +msgstr "Het is mogelijk de controle op FCoE-services opnieuw te proberen door Detectie opnieuw proberen te gebruiken (kan vereist zijn voor interfaces die enige tijd vergen om actief te worden)." #. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:103 -msgid "" -"The values for FCoE VLAN Interface in detail: not available</" -"b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the " -"switch first). not configured: FCoE is possible but not yet " -"activated. Press Create FCoE VLAN Interface to activate. If the " -"FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the " -"column, e.g. eth3.200." -msgstr "" -"De waarden voor FCoE VLAN interface in detail: niet " -"beschikbaar betekent, Fibre Channel over Ethernet is niet mogelijk (moet " -"eerst worden ingeschakeld op de switch) niet geconfigureerd: FCoE " -"is mogelijk, maar nog niet geactiveerd, druk op FCoE VLAN-interface " -"aanmaken om dit te doen. Als het FCoE VLAN interface al is aangemaakt " -"wordt de naam in de kolom getoond, bijv. eth3.200." +msgid "The values for FCoE VLAN Interface in detail: not available: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the switch first). not configured: FCoE is possible but not yet activated. Press Create FCoE VLAN Interface to activate. If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200." +msgstr "De waarden voor FCoE VLAN interface in detail: niet beschikbaar betekent, Fibre Channel over Ethernet is niet mogelijk (moet eerst worden ingeschakeld op de switch) niet geconfigureerd: FCoE is mogelijk, maar nog niet geactiveerd, druk op FCoE VLAN-interface aanmaken om dit te doen. Als het FCoE VLAN interface al is aangemaakt wordt de naam in de kolom getoond, bijv. eth3.200." #. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:113 -msgid "" -"To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on Change " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Om de configuratie van een FCoE VLAN interface te wijzigen, druk op de " -"knop Instellingen wijzigen." +msgid "To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on Change Settings." +msgstr "Om de configuratie van een FCoE VLAN interface te wijzigen, druk op de knop Instellingen wijzigen." #. Configuration dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:117 @@ -516,28 +466,17 @@ #. Configuration dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:121 -msgid "" -"Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings " -"are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'." -msgstr "" -"Hier kunt u de algemene instellingen voor de FCoE systeemservice " -"configureren. De instellingen worden naar '/etc/fcoe/config' geschreven." +msgid "Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'." +msgstr "Hier kunt u de algemene instellingen voor de FCoE systeemservice configureren. De instellingen worden naar '/etc/fcoe/config' geschreven." #. Configuration dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "The values are: \n" -"Debug: yes or no This is used to enable or disable " -"debugging messages from the fcoe service script and fcoemon." -" Use syslog: yes or no Messages are sent to the " -"system log if set to yes (data are logged to /var/log/messages)." +"Debug: yes or no This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe service script and fcoemon. Use syslog: yes or no Messages are sent to the system log if set to yes (data are logged to /var/log/messages)." msgstr "" "De waarden zijn: \n" -"Debug: yes of no wordt gebruikt om debugberichten in te " -"schakelen vanuit het fcoe-servicescript en fcoemon. Syslog " -"gebruiken: yes of no Berichten worden naar de " -"systeemlog gezonden indien op yes ingesteld (gegevens worden gelogd " -"naar /var/log/messages)." +"Debug: yes of no wordt gebruikt om debugberichten in te schakelen vanuit het fcoe-servicescript en fcoemon. Syslog gebruiken: yes of no Berichten worden naar de systeemlog gezonden indien op yes ingesteld (gegevens worden gelogd naar /var/log/messages)." #. edit dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:133 @@ -546,30 +485,13 @@ #. Edit dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137 -msgid "" -"The daemon fcoemon reads these configuration files on " -"initialization. There is a file for every interface and the values " -"indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required." -msgstr "" -"De daemon fcoemon leest deze configuratiebestanden bij " -"initialisatie. Er is een bestand voor elk interface en de waarden geven " -"aan of FCoE exemplaren moeten worden aangemaakt en of DCB is vereist." +msgid "The daemon fcoemon reads these configuration files on initialization. There is a file for every interface and the values indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required." +msgstr "De daemon fcoemon leest deze configuratiebestanden bij initialisatie. Er is een bestand voor elk interface en de waarden geven aan of FCoE exemplaren moeten worden aangemaakt en of DCB is vereist." #. Edit dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:143 -msgid "" -"The values are: FCoE Enable: yes or no Enable " -"or disable the creation of FCoE instances. DCB Required: yes</" -"i> or no The default is yes, DCB is usually required." -" AUTO VLAN: yes or no If set to yes " -"'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically." -msgstr "" -"De waarden zijn: FCoE Enable: yes of no</" -"i> Schakel het aanmaken van FCoE exemplaren in of uit. DCB " -"Required: yes of no De standaard is yes, DCB is " -"gewoonlijk vereist. AUTO VLAN: yes of no Indien " -"ingesteld op yes zal 'fcoemon' de VLAN-interfaces automatisch " -"aanmaken." +msgid "The values are: FCoE Enable: yes or no Enable or disable the creation of FCoE instances. DCB Required: yes or no The default is yes, DCB is usually required. AUTO VLAN: yes or no If set to yes 'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically." +msgstr "De waarden zijn: FCoE Enable: yes of no Schakel het aanmaken van FCoE exemplaren in of uit. DCB Required: yes of no De standaard is yes, DCB is gewoonlijk vereist. AUTO VLAN: yes of no Indien ingesteld op yes zal 'fcoemon' de VLAN-interfaces automatisch aanmaken." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71 #. Header of tab in tab widget @@ -618,12 +540,8 @@ #. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -> comment from iscsi-client #. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:413 -msgid "" -"To continue the FCoE configuration, the %1 package must be " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Om door te gaan met het instellen van FCoE, moet het %1-pakket " -"worden geïnstalleerd." +msgid "To continue the FCoE configuration, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Om door te gaan met het instellen van FCoE, moet het %1-pakket worden geïnstalleerd." #: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:416 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -857,37 +775,24 @@ #~ msgstr "Bezig met verwijderen van FCoE VLAN-apparaat" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Check the appropriate button, e.g. if you want to start FCoE " -#~ "automatically at\n" +#~ "Check the appropriate button, e.g. if you want to start FCoE automatically at\n" #~ "boot time click on 'When booting' in 'FcoE' frame." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Activeer de betreffende knop, bijv. als u FCoE automatisch wilt " -#~ "opstarten\n" +#~ "Activeer de betreffende knop, bijv. als u FCoE automatisch wilt opstarten\n" #~ "bij het opstarten van het systeem 'Bij opstarten' in het 'FcoE'-frame." #~ msgid "Configuration summary..." #~ msgstr "Configuratie overzicht..." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If the FCoE VLAN interface is already created it is shown in the column, " -#~ "e.g. eth3.200" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Als het FCoE VLAN-interface al is aangemaakt, dan wordt het in de kolom " -#~ "getoond, bijv. eth3.200" +#~ msgid "If the FCoE VLAN interface is already created it is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200" +#~ msgstr "Als het FCoE VLAN-interface al is aangemaakt, dan wordt het in de kolom getoond, bijv. eth3.200" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Here you can configure the general settings for FCoE (/etc/fcoe/" -#~ "config). \n" +#~ "Here you can configure the general settings for FCoE (/etc/fcoe/config). \n" #~ "Debug: yes or no, Use syslog: yes or no" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hier kunt u de algemene instellingen voor FCoE (/etc/fcoe/config) " -#~ "configureren. \n" -#~ "Debug: yes of no, syslog gebruiken: yes of no</" -#~ "i>" +#~ "Hier kunt u de algemene instellingen voor FCoE (/etc/fcoe/config) configureren. \n" +#~ "Debug: yes of no, syslog gebruiken: yes of no" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "FCoE enable: yes or no, DCB required: yes or no</" -#~ "i>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "FCoE inschakelen: yes of no, DCB vereist: yes of " -#~ "no" +#~ msgid "FCoE enable: yes or no, DCB required: yes or no" +#~ msgstr "FCoE inschakelen: yes of no, DCB vereist: yes of no" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/firewall-services.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/firewall-services.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/firewall-services.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall-services.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-03 17:58+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/firewall.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/firewall.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/firewall.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-07 10:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/firstboot.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/firstboot.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/firstboot.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firstboot.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-04 14:43+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/ftp-server.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/ftp-server.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/ftp-server.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ftp-server.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-04 15:22+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/geo-cluster.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/geo-cluster.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/geo-cluster.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -75,7 +75,6 @@ #. #. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 -#| msgid "Configuration of geo-cluster" msgid "configuration file" msgstr "configuratiebestand" @@ -165,17 +164,14 @@ msgstr "tijdslimiet is niet geldig" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231 -#| msgid "timeout is no valid" msgid "expire is no valid" msgstr "tijdslimiet is niet geldig" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 -#| msgid "timeout is no valid" msgid "acquireafter is no valid" msgstr "verkrijgen-na is niet geldig" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 -#| msgid "timeout is no valid" msgid "retries is no valid" msgstr "nieuwe-pogingen is niet geldig" @@ -184,7 +180,6 @@ msgstr "waarde van nieuwe-pogingen lager dan 3 mag niet" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 -#| msgid "timeout is no valid" msgid "weights is no valid" msgstr "gewicht is niet geldig" @@ -198,7 +193,6 @@ msgstr "site moet ingevuld zijn" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337 -#| msgid "ticket can not be null" msgid "ticket have to be filled" msgstr "ticket moet ingevuld zijn" @@ -234,7 +228,6 @@ #. abort? #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573 -#| msgid "ticket can not be null" msgid "Configuration name can not be null" msgstr "Naam van configuratie kan niet nul zijn" @@ -243,7 +236,6 @@ msgstr "Naam van configuratie kan geen duplicaat." #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589 -#| msgid "timeout is no valid" msgid "port is invalid!" msgstr "poort is niet geldig!" @@ -256,20 +248,17 @@ msgstr "site moet ingevuld zijn!" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605 -#| msgid "ticket can not be null" msgid "ticket have to be filled!" msgstr "ticket moet ingevuld zijn!" #. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644 -#| msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" msgstr "Configuratie van GeoCluster geselecteerd" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650 -#| msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" msgid "Choose configuration file:" msgstr "Configuratiebestand kiezen:" @@ -299,12 +288,10 @@ #. #. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 -#| msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" msgstr "Configuraties van GeoCluster" #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 -#| msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Firewall-configuratie" @@ -315,7 +302,6 @@ #. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 -#| msgid "Cannot write global settings." msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." msgstr "Globale configuratie instellingen kunnen niet wegschrijven worden." @@ -327,7 +313,6 @@ #. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth #. Create a ticket item #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266 -#| msgid "Cannot write global settings." msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." msgstr "Globale instellingen van tickets kunnen niet wegschrijven worden." Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/gtk.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/gtk.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/gtk.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2-gtk.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-03 23:13+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -252,25 +252,11 @@ #~ msgid "Package _listing:" #~ msgstr "Pakket_lijst:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Overview</h1>Press a patch in the " -#~ "list to see more information about it.To install a patch, just " -#~ "click on its \"checkbox\"." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Overzicht</h1>Druk op een patch in " -#~ "de lijst om meer informatie erover te zien.Om een patch te " -#~ "installeren, klik eenvoudig op het \"keuzevakje\"." +#~ msgid "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Overview</h1>Press a patch in the list to see more information about it.To install a patch, just click on its \"checkbox\"." +#~ msgstr "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Overzicht</h1>Druk op een patch in de lijst om meer informatie erover te zien.Om een patch te installeren, klik eenvoudig op het \"keuzevakje\"." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Overview</h1>Browse packages using " -#~ "the groups list on the left.Press a package in the list to see " -#~ "more information about it.To install or remove a package, just " -#~ "click on its \"checkbox\"." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Overzicht</h1>Blader door pakketten " -#~ "in de groepenlijst links.Druk op een pakket in de lijst om meer " -#~ "informatie erover te zien.Om een pakket te installeren, klik " -#~ "eenvoudig op het \"keuzevakje\"." +#~ msgid "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Overview</h1>Browse packages using the groups list on the left.Press a package in the list to see more information about it.To install or remove a package, just click on its \"checkbox\"." +#~ msgstr "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Overzicht</h1>Blader door pakketten in de groepenlijst links.Druk op een pakket in de lijst om meer informatie erover te zien.Om een pakket te installeren, klik eenvoudig op het \"keuzevakje\"." #~ msgid "Priorities" #~ msgstr "Prioriteiten" @@ -305,10 +291,8 @@ #~ msgid "Install anyway?" #~ msgstr "Toch installeren?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There are some conflicts on the transaction that must be solved manually." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Er zijn enkele transactieconflicten die handmatig opgelost moeten worden." +#~ msgid "There are some conflicts on the transaction that must be solved manually." +#~ msgstr "Er zijn enkele transactieconflicten die handmatig opgelost moeten worden." #~ msgid "Changes not saved!" #~ msgstr "Wijzigingen zijn niet opgeslagen!" @@ -319,12 +303,8 @@ #~ msgid "Unsupported packages" #~ msgstr "Niet ondersteunde pakketten" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please realize that the following software is either unsupported or " -#~ "requires an additional customer contract for support." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Let er op dat de volgende geselecteerde software niet ondersteund wordt " -#~ "of een extra klantcontract voor ondersteuning vereist." +#~ msgid "Please realize that the following software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support." +#~ msgstr "Let er op dat de volgende geselecteerde software niet ondersteund wordt of een extra klantcontract voor ondersteuning vereist." #~ msgid "Online Update" #~ msgstr "Online Opwaarderen" @@ -335,225 +315,50 @@ #~ msgid "Please wait..." #~ msgstr "Even geduld a.u.b..." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h1>Purpose</h1>This tool lets you install, remove, and update " -#~ "applications.Software in &product; is broken down and distributed " -#~ "in the form of packages. This way, if multiple applications require a " -#~ "common system file, this system file is shipped in its own package and is " -#~ "installed only once if needed. The user need not be concerned about such " -#~ "underlying dependencies. Likewise, the plugins and other non-" -#~ "essential data of a given application may be shipped in their own " -#~ "packages, so the user may install them only if needed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h1>Doel</h1>Dit hulpmiddel laat u programma's installeren, " -#~ "verwijderen en bijwerken.Software in &product; is opgesplitst en " -#~ "gedistribueerd in de vorm van pakketten. Op deze manier, als een aantal " -#~ "programma's een gezamenlijk systeembestand nodig hebben, dan wordt dit " -#~ "systeembestand in zijn eigen pakket verscheept en wordt alleen " -#~ "geïnstalleerd wanneer het nodig is. De gebruiker behoeft zich geen zorgen " -#~ "te maken over zulke onderliggende afhankelijkheden. Evenzo kunnen " -#~ "de plugins en andere niet-essentiële gegevens van een gegeven programma " -#~ "in hun eigen pakket verscheept worden, zodat de gebruiker ze alleen hoeft " -#~ "te installeren indien nodig." +#~ msgid "<h1>Purpose</h1>This tool lets you install, remove, and update applications.Software in &product; is broken down and distributed in the form of packages. This way, if multiple applications require a common system file, this system file is shipped in its own package and is installed only once if needed. The user need not be concerned about such underlying dependencies. Likewise, the plugins and other non-essential data of a given application may be shipped in their own packages, so the user may install them only if needed." +#~ msgstr "<h1>Doel</h1>Dit hulpmiddel laat u programma's installeren, verwijderen en bijwerken.Software in &product; is opgesplitst en gedistribueerd in de vorm van pakketten. Op deze manier, als een aantal programma's een gezamenlijk systeembestand nodig hebben, dan wordt dit systeembestand in zijn eigen pakket verscheept en wordt alleen geïnstalleerd wanneer het nodig is. De gebruiker behoeft zich geen zorgen te maken over zulke onderliggende afhankelijkheden. Evenzo kunnen de plugins en andere niet-essentiële gegevens van een gegeven programma in hun eigen pakket verscheept worden, zodat de gebruiker ze alleen hoeft te installeren indien nodig." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Common suffixes for complementary packages:<ul><li>-plugin-</" -#~ "b>: extends the application with extra functionality.</li><li>-devel</" -#~ "b>: headers for software development.</li><li>-debuginfo: debug " -#~ "symbols for software testing.</li><li>-fr, -pl or other " -#~ "language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for " -#~ "installation automatically when needed).</li></ul>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Algemene achtervoegsels voor aanvullende pakketten:<ul><li>-" -#~ "plugin-: breidt het programma uit met extra functionaliteit.</" -#~ "li><li>-devel: headers voor softwareontwikkeling.</li><li>-" -#~ "debuginfo: debugsymbolen voor software testen.</li><li>-fr, " -#~ "-pl of andere taalaanduidingen: Bestanden met vertalingen (uw taal " -#~ "zal, indien nodig, automatisch worden gemarkeerd voor installatie).</li></" -#~ "ul>" +#~ msgid "Common suffixes for complementary packages:<ul><li>-plugin-: extends the application with extra functionality.</li><li>-devel: headers for software development.</li><li>-debuginfo: debug symbols for software testing.</li><li>-fr, -pl or other language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for installation automatically when needed).</li></ul>" +#~ msgstr "Algemene achtervoegsels voor aanvullende pakketten:<ul><li>-plugin-: breidt het programma uit met extra functionaliteit.</li><li>-devel: headers voor softwareontwikkeling.</li><li>-debuginfo: debugsymbolen voor software testen.</li><li>-fr, -pl of andere taalaanduidingen: Bestanden met vertalingen (uw taal zal, indien nodig, automatisch worden gemarkeerd voor installatie).</li></ul>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Both the packages that are installed on your system, and the packages " -#~ "that are available from the repositories you have configured will " -#~ "be listed together. Status filters are available in the right-" -#~ "bottom box." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Zowel de pakketten die zijn geïnstalleerd op uw systeem als de " -#~ "pakketten die beschikbaar zijn in de installtiebronnen die u hebt " -#~ "ingesteld zullen samen worden getoond. Status-filters zijn " -#~ "beschikbaar in het vak rechtsonder." +#~ msgid "Both the packages that are installed on your system, and the packages that are available from the repositories you have configured will be listed together. Status filters are available in the right-bottom box." +#~ msgstr "Zowel de pakketten die zijn geïnstalleerd op uw systeem als de pakketten die beschikbaar zijn in de installtiebronnen die u hebt ingesteld zullen samen worden getoond. Status-filters zijn beschikbaar in het vak rechtsonder." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<blockquote>A repository is a packages media; it can either be local " -#~ "(such as the installation CD), or a remote internet server. You can find " -#~ "an utility to setup repositories on the YaST control center, which can " -#~ "also be accessed via the Configuration > Repositories menu item.</" -#~ "blockquote>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<blockquote>Een installatiebron is een medium met pakketten; het kan " -#~ "ofwel iets lokaal zijn (zoals de installatie-CD) of een internet-server " -#~ "op afstand. U kunt een hulpmiddel vinden in het YaST-controlcenter om " -#~ "installatiebronnen in te stellen, die ook toegankelijk is via het menu-" -#~ "item Configuratie > Installatiebronnen.</blockquote>" +#~ msgid "<blockquote>A repository is a packages media; it can either be local (such as the installation CD), or a remote internet server. You can find an utility to setup repositories on the YaST control center, which can also be accessed via the Configuration > Repositories menu item.</blockquote>" +#~ msgstr "<blockquote>Een installatiebron is een medium met pakketten; het kan ofwel iets lokaal zijn (zoals de installatie-CD) of een internet-server op afstand. U kunt een hulpmiddel vinden in het YaST-controlcenter om installatiebronnen in te stellen, die ook toegankelijk is via het menu-item Configuratie > Installatiebronnen.</blockquote>" #~ msgid "<h1>Usage</h1>" #~ msgstr "<h1>Gebruik</h1>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h2>Install, Upgrade, Remove, Undo tab pages</h2>All packages are " -#~ "listed together unless you have selected a status filter from the " -#~ "right-bottom box. The check-box next to the package name indicates " -#~ "whether the package is installed or not. If a more recent version of an " -#~ "installed package is available, the version text will be highlighted in " -#~ "blue and an upgrade button conveniently placed next to it. It is " -#~ "highlighted red if the version installed is no longer being made " -#~ "available in any configured repository.The context menu (right " -#~ "click on a package) provides extra options. The Undo option can be " -#~ "used to revert any changes you have made. Multiple packages may be " -#~ "selected (using the Control key) and modified together.Use the " -#~ "Version list over the description box to select a specific version " -#~ "of a package.Press the Apply button when you want your " -#~ "changes to be performed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h2>Tabbladen voor Installeren, Opwaarderen, Verwijderen, Ongedaan maken</" -#~ "h2>Alle pakketten worden tezamen weergegeven tenzij u een status</" -#~ "i>-filter uit het rechtsonder vak hebt geselecteerd. The keuzevakje naast " -#~ "de pakketnaam geeft aan of het pakket is geïnstalleerd of niet. Als er " -#~ "een recentere versie van een geïnstalleerd pakket beschikbaar is, dan zal " -#~ "de versietekst in blauw zijn geaccentueerd en een opwaardeerknop ernaast " -#~ "om het u gemakkelijk te maken. Het is geaccentueerd met rood als de " -#~ "geïnstalleerde versie niet langer beschikbaar is een geconfigureerde " -#~ "installatiebron.Het contextmenu (rechts klikken op een pakket) " -#~ "levert extra opties. De optie Ongedaan maken kan worden gebruikt " -#~ "om elke wijziging die u hebt gemaakt terug te draaien. Meerdere pakketten " -#~ "kunnen geselecteerd worden (met de Ctrl-toets) en samen gewijzigd worden." -#~ "Gebruik de Versielijst boven het beschrijvingsvak om een " -#~ "specifieke versie van een pakket te selecteren.Druk op de knop " -#~ "Toepassen wanneer u wilt dat uw wijzigingen moeten worden " -#~ "uitgevoerd." +#~ msgid "<h2>Install, Upgrade, Remove, Undo tab pages</h2>All packages are listed together unless you have selected a status filter from the right-bottom box. The check-box next to the package name indicates whether the package is installed or not. If a more recent version of an installed package is available, the version text will be highlighted in blue and an upgrade button conveniently placed next to it. It is highlighted red if the version installed is no longer being made available in any configured repository.The context menu (right click on a package) provides extra options. The Undo option can be used to revert any changes you have made. Multiple packages may be selected (using the Control key) and modified together.Use the Version list over the description box to select a specific version of a package.Press the Apply button when you want your changes to be performed." +#~ msgstr "<h2>Tabbladen voor Installeren, Opwaarderen, Verwijderen, Ongedaan maken</h2>Alle pakketten worden tezamen weergegeven tenzij u een status-filter uit het rechtsonder vak hebt geselecteerd. The keuzevakje naast de pakketnaam geeft aan of het pakket is geïnstalleerd of niet. Als er een recentere versie van een geïnstalleerd pakket beschikbaar is, dan zal de versietekst in blauw zijn geaccentueerd en een opwaardeerknop ernaast om het u gemakkelijk te maken. Het is geaccentueerd met rood als de geïnstalleerde versie niet langer beschikbaar is een geconfigureerde installatiebron.Het contextmenu (rechts klikken op een pakket) levert extra opties. De optie Ongedaan maken kan worden gebruikt om elke wijziging die u hebt gemaakt terug te draaien. Meerdere pakketten kunnen geselecteerd worden (met de Ctrl-toets) en samen gewijzigd worden.Gebruik de Versielijst boven het beschrijvingsvak om een specifieke versie van een pakket te selecteren.Druk op de knop Toepassen wanneer u wilt dat uw wijzigingen moeten worden uitgevoerd." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h2>Lock software</h2>Packages can be locked against automatic changes " -#~ "via the context menu.Locking is only useful in very unusual cases: " -#~ "for instance, you may not want to install a given driver because it " -#~ "interferes with your system, yet you want to install some collection that " -#~ "includes it. Locks can be applied whether the package is installed or not." -#~ "" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h2>Software vergrendelen</h2>Pakketten kunnen worden vergrendeld " -#~ "tegen automatische wijziging via het contextmenu.Vergrendelen is " -#~ "alleen nuttig in erg ongebruikelijke gevallen: bijvoorbeeld, u zou een " -#~ "bepaald stuurprogramma niet willen installeren omdat het interfereert met " -#~ "uw systeem, toch wilt u een bepaalde verzameling die het bevat " -#~ "installeren. Vergrendelingen kunnen worden toegepast of het pakket nu is " -#~ "geïnstalleerd of niet." +#~ msgid "<h2>Lock software</h2>Packages can be locked against automatic changes via the context menu.Locking is only useful in very unusual cases: for instance, you may not want to install a given driver because it interferes with your system, yet you want to install some collection that includes it. Locks can be applied whether the package is installed or not." +#~ msgstr "<h2>Software vergrendelen</h2>Pakketten kunnen worden vergrendeld tegen automatische wijziging via het contextmenu.Vergrendelen is alleen nuttig in erg ongebruikelijke gevallen: bijvoorbeeld, u zou een bepaald stuurprogramma niet willen installeren omdat het interfereert met uw systeem, toch wilt u een bepaalde verzameling die het bevat installeren. Vergrendelingen kunnen worden toegepast of het pakket nu is geïnstalleerd of niet." #~ msgid "<h2>Filters</h2>" #~ msgstr "<h2>Filters</h2>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h3>Search</h3>Enter free text into the search-field to match their " -#~ "names and descriptions. (a search for 'office' will bring up the " -#~ "'LibreOffice' packages as well as 'AbiWord' which carries the word " -#~ "'office' in its description). You can search for multiple keywords by " -#~ "separating the with a white space (e.g. 'spread sheet' would return " -#~ "'libreoffice-calc').You may use the search combined with a filter, like " -#~ "searching for a package in a given repository. Other search attributes " -#~ "are provided, such as to search for a given file." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h3>Zoeken</h3>Voer vrije tekst in in het zoekveld om overeen te laten " -#~ "komen met hun namen en beschrijvingen. (zoeken naar 'office' zal de " -#~ "'LibreOffice' pakketten evenals 'AbiWord' laten zien die het woord " -#~ "'office' in zijn beschrijving bevat). U kunt zoeken naar meerdere " -#~ "zoekwoorden door ze te scheiden met een spatie (bijv. 'spread sheet' zou " -#~ "'LibreOffice-calc' laten zien). U kunt het zoeken combineren met een " -#~ "filter, zoals zoeken naar een pakket in een bepaalde installatiebron. " -#~ "Andere zoekattributen zijn beschikbaar, zoals zoeken naar een bepaald " -#~ "bestand." +#~ msgid "<h3>Search</h3>Enter free text into the search-field to match their names and descriptions. (a search for 'office' will bring up the 'LibreOffice' packages as well as 'AbiWord' which carries the word 'office' in its description). You can search for multiple keywords by separating the with a white space (e.g. 'spread sheet' would return 'libreoffice-calc').You may use the search combined with a filter, like searching for a package in a given repository. Other search attributes are provided, such as to search for a given file." +#~ msgstr "<h3>Zoeken</h3>Voer vrije tekst in in het zoekveld om overeen te laten komen met hun namen en beschrijvingen. (zoeken naar 'office' zal de 'LibreOffice' pakketten evenals 'AbiWord' laten zien die het woord 'office' in zijn beschrijving bevat). U kunt zoeken naar meerdere zoekwoorden door ze te scheiden met een spatie (bijv. 'spread sheet' zou 'LibreOffice-calc' laten zien). U kunt het zoeken combineren met een filter, zoals zoeken naar een pakket in een bepaalde installatiebron. Andere zoekattributen zijn beschikbaar, zoals zoeken naar een bepaald bestand." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h3>Groups</h3>Software for &product; is indexed so that you can find " -#~ "software for a specific task when you are not aware of the software " -#~ "selection available. A more detailed, hierarchical classification is " -#~ "provided by the RPM Groups filter." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h3>Groupen</h3>Software voor &product; is geïndexeerd zodat u " -#~ "software voor een specifieke taak lunt vinden als u zich niet bewust bent " -#~ "van de beschikbare softwareselectie. Een meer gedetailleerde, " -#~ "hiërarchische classificatie wordt geleverd door het RPM-groepen</" -#~ "b>filter." +#~ msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>Software for &product; is indexed so that you can find software for a specific task when you are not aware of the software selection available. A more detailed, hierarchical classification is provided by the RPM Groups filter." +#~ msgstr "<h3>Groupen</h3>Software voor &product; is geïndexeerd zodat u software voor een specifieke taak lunt vinden als u zich niet bewust bent van de beschikbare softwareselectie. Een meer gedetailleerde, hiërarchische classificatie wordt geleverd door het RPM-groepenfilter." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h3>Patterns and Languages</h3>Patterns are task-oriented " -#~ "collections of multiple packages that install like one. The installation " -#~ "of the File Server pattern, for example, will install various " -#~ "packages needed for running such a server.If you want to install a " -#~ "particular language, you may want to do so via the Language tool " -#~ "from the YaST control center." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h3>Patronen en Talen</h3>Patronen zijn taak-geörienteerde " -#~ "verzamelingen van pakketten die zich installeren als één pakket. De " -#~ "installatie van het Bestandsserver-patroon, bijvoorbeeld, zal " -#~ "verschillende noodzakelijke pakketten installeren voor het draaien van " -#~ "zo'n server.Als u een bepaalde taal wilt installeren, dan zou u " -#~ "dat kunne doen via het Taal-hulpmiddel uit het YaST-controlcenter." -#~ "" +#~ msgid "<h3>Patterns and Languages</h3>Patterns are task-oriented collections of multiple packages that install like one. The installation of the File Server pattern, for example, will install various packages needed for running such a server.If you want to install a particular language, you may want to do so via the Language tool from the YaST control center." +#~ msgstr "<h3>Patronen en Talen</h3>Patronen zijn taak-geörienteerde verzamelingen van pakketten die zich installeren als één pakket. De installatie van het Bestandsserver-patroon, bijvoorbeeld, zal verschillende noodzakelijke pakketten installeren voor het draaien van zo'n server.Als u een bepaalde taal wilt installeren, dan zou u dat kunne doen via het Taal-hulpmiddel uit het YaST-controlcenter." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h2>Software details in the box below</h2>Explore the available " -#~ "information about the package in the box below. Note that more " -#~ "information is available for installed packages than for those only " -#~ "available from a repository.You can also pick a specific version " -#~ "of the package to install from this box." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h2>Softwaredetails in het onderstaande vak</h2>Loop door de " -#~ "information over het pakket in het onderstaande vak. Merk op dat er meer " -#~ "informatie beschikbaar is voor geïnstalleerde pakketten dan voor diegenen " -#~ "die alleen beschikbaar zijn in een installatiebron.U kunt in dit " -#~ "vak ook een specifieke versie van het pakket kiezen om te installeren." +#~ msgid "<h2>Software details in the box below</h2>Explore the available information about the package in the box below. Note that more information is available for installed packages than for those only available from a repository.You can also pick a specific version of the package to install from this box." +#~ msgstr "<h2>Softwaredetails in het onderstaande vak</h2>Loop door de information over het pakket in het onderstaande vak. Merk op dat er meer informatie beschikbaar is voor geïnstalleerde pakketten dan voor diegenen die alleen beschikbaar zijn in een installatiebron.U kunt in dit vak ook een specifieke versie van het pakket kiezen om te installeren." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h1>Purpose</h1>This tool gives you control on overviewing and picking " -#~ "patches. You may also reverse patches that have been applied to the " -#~ "system." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h1>Doel</h1>Dit hulpmiddel geeft u controle over het overzicht en " -#~ "kiezen van patches. U kunt ook patches terugdraaien die op het systeem " -#~ "zijn toegepast." +#~ msgid "<h1>Purpose</h1>This tool gives you control on overviewing and picking patches. You may also reverse patches that have been applied to the system." +#~ msgstr "<h1>Doel</h1>Dit hulpmiddel geeft u controle over het overzicht en kiezen van patches. U kunt ook patches terugdraaien die op het systeem zijn toegepast." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h1>Usage</h1><h2>Categories</h2>Patches are grouped as follows:</" -#~ "p><ul><li>Security: patches a software flaw that could be " -#~ "exploited to gain restricted privilege.</li><li>Recommended: fixes " -#~ "non-security related flaws (e.g. data corruption, performance slowdown)</" -#~ "li><li>Optional: ones that only apply to few users.</" -#~ "li><li>Documentation: fixes documentation errors.</li><li>YaST</" -#~ "b>: patches for the YaST control center tools.</li></ul>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h1>Gebruik</h1><h2>Categorieën</h2>Patches zijn als volgt gegroepeerd:" -#~ "<ul><li>Beveiliging: repareert een softwarefout die gebruikt zou " -#~ "kunnen worden om toegang te krijgen tot anderszins beveiligd gebruik.</" -#~ "li><li>Aanbevolen: repareert niet-beveiliging gerelateerde fouten (bijv. " -#~ "data corruptie, performance verlaging)</li> <li>Optioneel: patches die " -#~ "alleen van toepassing zijn op een paar gebruikers.</li></ul> Alleen " -#~ "patches die van toepassing zijn op uw systeem zullen zichtbaar zijn. De " -#~ "ontwikkelaars van &product; houden zich heel erg in om patches door te " -#~ "drukken; u kunt er zeker van zijn dat alle patches aanzienlijk ernstig " -#~ "van karakter zijn. Als u op zoek bent naar verbeteringen van " -#~ "programma's, dan zou u moeten zoeken naar Opwaarderingen in " -#~ "Softwarebeheer." +#~ msgid "<h1>Usage</h1><h2>Categories</h2>Patches are grouped as follows:<ul><li>Security: patches a software flaw that could be exploited to gain restricted privilege.</li><li>Recommended: fixes non-security related flaws (e.g. data corruption, performance slowdown)</li><li>Optional: ones that only apply to few users.</li><li>Documentation: fixes documentation errors.</li><li>YaST: patches for the YaST control center tools.</li></ul>" +#~ msgstr "<h1>Gebruik</h1><h2>Categorieën</h2>Patches zijn als volgt gegroepeerd:<ul><li>Beveiliging: repareert een softwarefout die gebruikt zou kunnen worden om toegang te krijgen tot anderszins beveiligd gebruik.</li><li>Aanbevolen: repareert niet-beveiliging gerelateerde fouten (bijv. data corruptie, performance verlaging)</li> <li>Optioneel: patches die alleen van toepassing zijn op een paar gebruikers.</li></ul> Alleen patches die van toepassing zijn op uw systeem zullen zichtbaar zijn. De ontwikkelaars van &product; houden zich heel erg in om patches door te drukken; u kunt er zeker van zijn dat alle patches aanzienlijk ernstig van karakter zijn. Als u op zoek bent naar verbeteringen van programma's, dan zou u moeten zoeken naar Opwaarderingen in Softwarebeheer." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Only patches that apply to your system will be visible. You can be " -#~ "sure that the decision to make a patch available is not done trivially.</" -#~ "p>If you are looking for applications enhancements, you should check " -#~ "for upgrades on the Software Manager." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Alleen patches die van toepassing zijn op uw systeem zullen zichtbaar " -#~ "zijn. U kunt er zeker van zijn dat de beslissing om een patch beschikbaar " -#~ "te stellen niet lichtvaardig wordt gedaan.Als u naar verbeteringen " -#~ "van programma's op zoek bent, dan zou u opwaarderingen in " -#~ "Softwarebeheer moeten controleren." +#~ msgid "Only patches that apply to your system will be visible. You can be sure that the decision to make a patch available is not done trivially.If you are looking for applications enhancements, you should check for upgrades on the Software Manager." +#~ msgstr "Alleen patches die van toepassing zijn op uw systeem zullen zichtbaar zijn. U kunt er zeker van zijn dat de beslissing om een patch beschikbaar te stellen niet lichtvaardig wordt gedaan.Als u naar verbeteringen van programma's op zoek bent, dan zou u opwaarderingen in Softwarebeheer moeten controleren." #~ msgid "Information only available for installed packages." #~ msgstr "Informatie is alleen beschikbaar voor geïnstalleerde pakketten." @@ -622,9 +427,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Wijzigingenlogboek" #~ msgid "Changelog applies only to the installed version." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "De log met wijzigingen is alleen van toepassing op de geïnstalleerde " -#~ "versie." +#~ msgstr "De log met wijzigingen is alleen van toepassing op de geïnstalleerde versie." #~ msgid "Authors" #~ msgstr "Auteurs" @@ -678,8 +481,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Installatiebron is in lange tijd niet ververst." #~ msgid "Switch installed packages to the versions in this repository" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Schakel geïnstalleerde pakketten naar de versies in deze installatiebron" +#~ msgstr "Schakel geïnstalleerde pakketten naar de versies in deze installatiebron" #~ msgid "Edit Repositories" #~ msgstr "Installatiebronnen bewerken" @@ -798,12 +600,8 @@ #~ msgid "Export to" #~ msgstr "Exporteren naar" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " -#~ "dependencies resolver." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Gebruik dit om uitgebreide logbestanden aan te maken om te helpen bij het " -#~ "vinden van fouten in de afhankelijkhedenoplosser." +#~ msgid "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependencies resolver." +#~ msgstr "Gebruik dit om uitgebreide logbestanden aan te maken om te helpen bij het vinden van fouten in de afhankelijkhedenoplosser." #~ msgid "The logs will be saved to the directory:" #~ msgstr "De logs worden opgeslagen in de map:" @@ -818,9 +616,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Testcase voor afhankelijkhedenoplosser is geschreven naar:" #~ msgid "Also create a <tt>y2logs.tgz</tt> tar archive to attach to bugzilla?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ook een tar-archief <tt>y2logs.tgz</tt> aanmaken om in bugzilla te kunnen " -#~ "plaatsen?" +#~ msgstr "Ook een tar-archief <tt>y2logs.tgz</tt> aanmaken om in bugzilla te kunnen plaatsen?" #~ msgid "" #~ "Failed to create dependencies resolver testcase.\n" @@ -914,13 +710,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Installed: cannot remove a pattern.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "You must manually remove the individual packages you no longer want to " -#~ "keep." +#~ "You must manually remove the individual packages you no longer want to keep." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Geïnstalleerd: kan geen patroon verwijderen.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "U moet handmatig de individuele pakketten verwijderen die u niet langer " -#~ "wilt behouden." +#~ "U moet handmatig de individuele pakketten verwijderen die u niet langer wilt behouden." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200 #~ msgid "Candidate provides:" @@ -937,12 +731,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Package search: Use spaces to separate your keywords.\n" -#~ "(usage example: a name search for \"yast dhcp\" would match yast dhcpd " -#~ "tool)" +#~ "(usage example: a name search for \"yast dhcp\" would match yast dhcpd tool)" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Pakket zoeken: Gebruik spaties om trefwoorden te scheiden.\n" -#~ "(bijvoorbeeld: zoeken op de naam \"yast dhcp\" zal yast's dhcpd-" -#~ "hulpmiddel vinden)" +#~ "(bijvoorbeeld: zoeken op de naam \"yast dhcp\" zal yast's dhcpd-hulpmiddel vinden)" #~ msgid "Name & Summary" #~ msgstr "Naam & samenvatting" @@ -960,9 +752,7 @@ #~ msgstr "%s-patronen zijn beschikbaar%s die overeenkomen met uw zoektermen." #~ msgid "Search by file name only reliable for installed packages." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Zoeken op bestandsnaam is alleen betrouwbaar voor geïnstalleerde " -#~ "pakketten." +#~ msgstr "Zoeken op bestandsnaam is alleen betrouwbaar voor geïnstalleerde pakketten." #~ msgid "view all changes" #~ msgstr "alle wijzigingen bekijken" @@ -1021,12 +811,8 @@ #~ msgid "Show Unneeded Dependencies" #~ msgstr "Onnodige afhankelijkheden tonen" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This is a listing of dependencies no longer used. It is neither accurate, " -#~ "nor comprehensive. Use with care." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dit is een lijst van afhankelijkheden die niet langer in gebruik zijn. " -#~ "Het is niet accuraat en niet samenhangend. Met voorzichtigheid gebruiken." +#~ msgid "This is a listing of dependencies no longer used. It is neither accurate, nor comprehensive. Use with care." +#~ msgstr "Dit is een lijst van afhankelijkheden die niet langer in gebruik zijn. Het is niet accuraat en niet samenhangend. Met voorzichtigheid gebruiken." #~ msgid "Remove All" #~ msgstr "Alles verwijderen" @@ -1112,19 +898,14 @@ #~ msgid "Reboot required:" #~ msgstr "Systeemherstart vereist:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "the system will have to be restarted in order for this patch to take " -#~ "effect." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "het systeem moet opnieuw gestart worden om deze patch effectief te maken. " +#~ msgid "the system will have to be restarted in order for this patch to take effect." +#~ msgstr "het systeem moet opnieuw gestart worden om deze patch effectief te maken. " #~ msgid "Relogin required:" #~ msgstr "Opnieuw aanmelden is nodig:" #~ msgid "you must logout and login again for this patch to take effect." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "u moet zich afmelden en opnieuw aanmelden om deze patch effectief te " -#~ "maken." +#~ msgstr "u moet zich afmelden en opnieuw aanmelden om deze patch effectief te maken." #~ msgid "Optional" #~ msgstr "Optioneel" @@ -1132,21 +913,8 @@ #~ msgid "Other" #~ msgstr "Overig" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Common suffixes for complementory packages:<ul><li>-plugin-</" -#~ "b>: extends the application with extra functionality.</li><li>-devel</" -#~ "b>: headers for software development.</li><li>-debuginfo: debug " -#~ "symbols for software testing.</li><li>-fr, -pl or other " -#~ "language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for " -#~ "installation automatically when needed).</li></ul>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Algemene achtervoegsels voor aanvullende pakketten:<ul><li>-" -#~ "plugin-: breidt het programma uit met extra functionaliteit.</" -#~ "li><li>-devel: headers voor softwareontwikkeling.</li><li>-" -#~ "debuginfo: debugsymbolen voor software testen.</li><li>-fr, " -#~ "-pl of andere taalaanduidingen: Bestanden met vertalingen (uw taal " -#~ "zal, indien nodig, automatisch worden gemarkeerd voor installatie).</li></" -#~ "ul>" +#~ msgid "Common suffixes for complementory packages:<ul><li>-plugin-: extends the application with extra functionality.</li><li>-devel: headers for software development.</li><li>-debuginfo: debug symbols for software testing.</li><li>-fr, -pl or other language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for installation automatically when needed).</li></ul>" +#~ msgstr "Algemene achtervoegsels voor aanvullende pakketten:<ul><li>-plugin-: breidt het programma uit met extra functionaliteit.</li><li>-devel: headers voor softwareontwikkeling.</li><li>-debuginfo: debugsymbolen voor software testen.</li><li>-fr, -pl of andere taalaanduidingen: Bestanden met vertalingen (uw taal zal, indien nodig, automatisch worden gemarkeerd voor installatie).</li></ul>" #~ msgid "Search Packages on &Web..." #~ msgstr "Zoeken naar pakketten op het &web..." Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/http-server.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/http-server.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/http-server.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: http-server.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-02 22:21+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/inetd.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/inetd.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/inetd.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: inetd.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-03 17:21+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -286,17 +286,13 @@ #. Translators: Popup::Message #: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:552 msgid "To delete a service, select one in the main dialog" -msgstr "" -"Om een service te verwijderen dient u er één te selecteren in het " -"hoofddialoog" +msgstr "Om een service te verwijderen dient u er één te selecteren in het hoofddialoog" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:950 #. Translators: Popup::Message #: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:599 msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog." -msgstr "" -"Om een service te activeren of te deactiveren moet u er eerst één in het " -"hoofddialoog selecteren." +msgstr "Om een service te activeren of te deactiveren moet u er eerst één in het hoofddialoog selecteren." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:1021 #. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line); @@ -309,8 +305,7 @@ #. Translators: Popup::Message #: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:751 msgid "To edit a service, select one in the main dialog" -msgstr "" -"Om een service te wijzigen dient u er één te selecteren in het hoofddialoog" +msgstr "Om een service te wijzigen dient u er één te selecteren in het hoofddialoog" #. Translators: Popup::Warning #: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:782 @@ -410,8 +405,7 @@ #. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings #: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only." -msgstr "" -"De gebruiker %1 is alleen voor de interne server processen gereserveerd." +msgstr "De gebruiker %1 is alleen voor de interne server processen gereserveerd." #. Popup::Error #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:38 @@ -439,8 +433,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatieproces afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " -"te klikken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:54 @@ -472,8 +465,7 @@ "configuration. To stop the super-server, click Disable.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Netwerkservice instellen</big> \n" -"Klik op Activeren om de netwerkservices, beheerd door een super-" -"serverconfiguratie,\n" +"Klik op Activeren om de netwerkservices, beheerd door een super-serverconfiguratie,\n" "te activeren. Klik op Deactiveren om de super-server te stoppen.\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:70 @@ -483,8 +475,7 @@ "and will be changed in the system configuration.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuratie servicestatus:</big> \n" -"Alle met een X gemarkeerde services in kolom Ch zijn " -"gewijzigd\n" +"Alle met een X gemarkeerde services in kolom Ch zijn gewijzigd\n" "en zullen in de systeem configuratie aangepast worden.\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:75 @@ -492,24 +483,20 @@ "<big>Services Status:</big> \n" "All services marked with --- are inactive (locked).\n" "All services marked with On are active (unlocked).\n" -"All services marked with NI are not installed and cannot be " -"configured." +"All services marked with NI are not installed and cannot be configured." msgstr "" "<big>Servicestatussen:</big> \n" "Alle services gemarkeerd met --- zijn niet actief (locked).\n" "Alle services gemarkeerd met Aan zijn actief (unlocked).\n" -"Alle services gemarkeerd met NI zijn niet geïnstalleerd en kunnen dus " -"niet geconfigureerd worden." +"Alle services gemarkeerd met NI zijn niet geïnstalleerd en kunnen dus niet geconfigureerd worden." #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Changing Service Status:</big> \n" -"Select the service to enable or disable and press Toggle Status (On or " -"Off).\n" +"Select the service to enable or disable and press Toggle Status (On or Off).\n" msgstr "" "<big>De servicestatus wordt gewijzigd:</big> \n" -"Selecteer de service die u wilt activeren of deactiveren en klik op " -"Status omschakelen (Aan of Uit).\n" +"Selecteer de service die u wilt activeren of deactiveren en klik op Status omschakelen (Aan of Uit).\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84 msgid "" @@ -517,8 +504,7 @@ "Select the service to edit and press Edit.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Services wijzigen:</big> \n" -"Selecteer de service die u wilt gaan wijzigen en klik op Bewerken.</" -"p>\n" +"Selecteer de service die u wilt gaan wijzigen en klik op Bewerken.\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:87 msgid "" @@ -526,8 +512,7 @@ "Select the service to delete and press Delete.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Services verwijderen:</big> \n" -"Selecteer de service die u wilt gaan verwijderen en klik op Verwijderen</" -"b>.\n" +"Selecteer de service die u wilt gaan verwijderen en klik op Verwijderen.\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:90 msgid "" @@ -541,13 +526,11 @@ msgid "" "<big>Canceling Configuration:</big>\n" "Leave the configuration untouched by pressing the Cancel button.\n" -"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration " -"will remain.\n" +"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuratie afbreken:</big>\n" "U kunt de configuratie afbreken door op de knop Afbreken te klikken.\n" -"Wanneer u dit doet zullen alle wijzigingen verloren gaan en de originele " -"configuratie zal ongewijzigd blijven.\n" +"Wanneer u dit doet zullen alle wijzigingen verloren gaan en de originele configuratie zal ongewijzigd blijven.\n" #. Help for the EditOrCreateServiceDlg () dialog. #. @return The help text. @@ -588,12 +571,8 @@ "</ul>" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122 -msgid "" -"This is a short description. For details, see info xinetd.conf.</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"Dit is een korte beschrijving. Zie info xinetd.conf voor de " -"details.\n" +msgid "This is a short description. For details, see info xinetd.conf.\n" +msgstr "Dit is een korte beschrijving. Zie info xinetd.conf voor de details.\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125 msgid "" @@ -617,15 +596,12 @@ #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134 msgid "" -"The protocol must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/" -"protocols.\n" +"The protocol must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/protocols.\n" "Examples include tcp,udp,rpc/tcp, and rpc/udp.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Het protocol moet een geldig protocol zijn zoals dat " -"gespecificeerd is in /etc/protocols.\n" -"Voorbeelden inclusief tcp,udp,rpc/tcp en rpc/udp</" -"i>.\n" +"Het protocol moet een geldig protocol zijn zoals dat gespecificeerd is in /etc/protocols.\n" +"Voorbeelden inclusief tcp,udp,rpc/tcp en rpc/udp.\n" "\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:139 @@ -646,18 +622,14 @@ "De wait/nowait optie bepaalt of de service als\n" "enkelvoudig of meervoudig behandeld zal worden en of xinetd of het\n" "serverprogramma de verbinding zal accepteren. Als de waarde\n" -"ja is, dan wordt de service als enkelvoudig behandelt. Dit betekent " -"dat xinetd \n" +"ja is, dan wordt de service als enkelvoudig behandelt. Dit betekent dat xinetd \n" "de server opstart en stopt met het behandelen van verzoeken aan de service\n" "totdat de server dood is en de serversoftware de verbinding accepteert.\n" "Als de waarde nee is zal de service als\n" -"meervoudig behandeld worden en zal xinetd doorgaan met het afhandelen van " -"nieuwe\n" +"meervoudig behandeld worden en zal xinetd doorgaan met het afhandelen van nieuwe\n" "service verzoeken en zal het tevens de verbindingen accepteren. \n" -"udp/dgram services gaat er normaliter van uit dat de waarde ja " -"zal zijn,\n" -"dit omdat udp niet op een verbinding georiënteerd is. tcp/stream " -"servers\n" +"udp/dgram services gaat er normaliter van uit dat de waarde ja zal zijn,\n" +"dit omdat udp niet op een verbinding georiënteerd is. tcp/stream servers\n" "verwachten normaal gesproken de waarde nee.\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:153 @@ -667,8 +639,7 @@ "less than root.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"De server zal draaien met de permissies van de gebruiker die " -"geselecteerd\n" +"De server zal draaien met de permissies van de gebruiker die geselecteerd\n" "is bij Gebruiker. Het is handig om services te laten werken\n" "met permissies die lager zijn dan die van root.\n" "\n" @@ -682,10 +653,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Geef bij Server de padnaam op van het programma dat,\n" -"na een binnenkomend verzoek op z'n socket, opgestart moet worden door de " -"superserver.\n" -"De parameters voor dit programma kunnen gespecificeerd worden bij " -"Serverargumenten.\n" +"na een binnenkomend verzoek op z'n socket, opgestart moet worden door de superserver.\n" +"De parameters voor dit programma kunnen gespecificeerd worden bij Serverargumenten.\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -759,8 +728,7 @@ #. "enabled" defaults to true #: src/modules/Inetd.rb:607 msgid "<ul>All services are marked as stopped.</ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul>Alle services zijn gemarkeerd als zijnde gestopt.</ul>" +msgstr "<ul>Alle services zijn gemarkeerd als zijnde gestopt.</ul>" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_start.ycp:99 #. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/installation.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/installation.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/installation.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -44,23 +44,15 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" -"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST " -"profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." -"xml</tt>." +"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" -"Gebruik Systeeminstellingen klonen als u een Autoyast-profiel wilt " -"aanmaken.\n" -"Met behulp van Autoyast kunt u een volledige openSUSE Linux-installatie " -"uitvoeren zonder\n" -"gebruikersinteractie. Voor Autoyast is een profiel nodig om te weten hoe het " -"geïnstalleerde\n" -"systeem eruit komt te zien. Als deze optie is geselecteerd, wordt een " -"profiel van het huidige\n" +"Gebruik Systeeminstellingen klonen als u een Autoyast-profiel wilt aanmaken.\n" +"Met behulp van Autoyast kunt u een volledige openSUSE Linux-installatie uitvoeren zonder\n" +"gebruikersinteractie. Voor Autoyast is een profiel nodig om te weten hoe het geïnstalleerde\n" +"systeem eruit komt te zien. Als deze optie is geselecteerd, wordt een profiel van het huidige\n" "systeem opgeslagen in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." #. this is a heading @@ -76,20 +68,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "" -"The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=" -"\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." -msgstr "" -"Het AutoYaST profiel zal weggeschreven worden onder /root/autoinst.xml (<a " -"href=\"%1\">het niet wegschrijven</a>)." +msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." +msgstr "Het AutoYaST profiel zal weggeschreven worden onder /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">het niet wegschrijven</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." -msgstr "" -"Het AutoYaST profiel zal niet weggeschreven worden onder /root/autoinstxml " -"(<a href=\"\">het wel wegschrijven</a>)." +msgstr "Het AutoYaST profiel zal niet weggeschreven worden onder /root/autoinstxml (<a href=\"\">het wel wegschrijven</a>)." #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml" @@ -128,12 +114,8 @@ msgstr "Installatie vanuit images" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:119 -msgid "" -"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Hier kunt u kiezen om door Novell voorgedefinieerde images te gebruiken om " -"RPM-installatie te versnellen." +msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation." +msgstr "Hier kunt u kiezen om door Novell voorgedefinieerde images te gebruiken om RPM-installatie te versnellen." #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:133 msgid "&Install from Images" @@ -144,12 +126,8 @@ msgstr "&Geen installatie vanuit images" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:153 -msgid "" -"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation " -"source" -msgstr "" -"Aangepast gebruik van images - dit vereist een te configureren URL als " -"installatiebron" +msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source" +msgstr "Aangepast gebruik van images - dit vereist een te configureren URL als installatiebron" #. Image name, Image location #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:162 @@ -157,20 +135,12 @@ msgstr "Hier kunt u aangepaste images aanmaken.\n" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:163 -msgid "" -"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an " -"image here" -msgstr "" -"U moet de software-selectie eerst configureren alvorens u hier een image " -"kunt aanmaken" +msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here" +msgstr "U moet de software-selectie eerst configureren alvorens u hier een image kunt aanmaken" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during " -"installation)" -msgstr "" -"Maak een image-bestand aan (AutoYaST zal het ophalen uit de gegeven locatie " -"bij installatie)" +msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)" +msgstr "Maak een image-bestand aan (AutoYaST zal het ophalen uit de gegeven locatie bij installatie)" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:181 msgid "Create Image" @@ -186,8 +156,7 @@ #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:211 msgid "Create ISO (image and autoinst.xml will be on the media)" -msgstr "" -"ISO aanmaken (image en autoinst.xml zullen zich op het medium bevinden)" +msgstr "ISO aanmaken (image en autoinst.xml zullen zich op het medium bevinden)" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -195,35 +164,25 @@ msgid "" "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" -"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in " -"the\n" +"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" "images will be installed from packages the standard way.\n" msgstr "" -"Installatie vanuit images wordt gebruikt om de installatie te " -"versnellen.\n" -"Images bevatten gecomprimeerde onderdelen van een geïnstalleerd systeem " -"overeenkomstig\n" -"uw keuze van patronen. De rest van de pakketten die niet in images zitten " -"worden\n" +"Installatie vanuit images wordt gebruikt om de installatie te versnellen.\n" +"Images bevatten gecomprimeerde onderdelen van een geïnstalleerd systeem overeenkomstig\n" +"uw keuze van patronen. De rest van de pakketten die niet in images zitten worden\n" "op de standaard manier uit pakketten geïnstalleerd.\n" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:233 msgid "" "Creating own Images is used if you\n" -"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will " -"dump an\n" -"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured " -"already.\n" -"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-" -"installation." +"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" +"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation." msgstr "" "Aanmaken van eigen images wordt gebruikt als u\n" -"de complete stap van RPM-installatie wilt overslaan. In plaats daarvan dumpt " -"AutoYaST een\n" -"image op de harde schijf wat heel wat sneller is en al voor-geconfigureerd " -"kan zijn.\n" -"Al het andere dan RPM-installatie wordt gedaan zoals tijdens een normale " -"auto-installatie." +"de complete stap van RPM-installatie wilt overslaan. In plaats daarvan dumpt AutoYaST een\n" +"image op de harde schijf wat heel wat sneller is en al voor-geconfigureerd kan zijn.\n" +"Al het andere dan RPM-installatie wordt gedaan zoals tijdens een normale auto-installatie." #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:336 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:347 msgid "you need to do the software selection before creating an image" @@ -232,15 +191,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" -"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages " -"originating from the images will\n" -"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</" -"p>" +"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" +"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created." msgstr "" -"Merk op dat bij het installeren vanuit images, de tijdstempels van alle " -"pakketten uit de images komen\n" -"en niet overeenkomen met de datum van installatie maar met de datum dat de " -"image is gemaakt." +"Merk op dat bij het installeren vanuit images, de tijdstempels van alle pakketten uit de images komen\n" +"en niet overeenkomen met de datum van installatie maar met de datum dat de image is gemaakt." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80 @@ -282,15 +237,13 @@ #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166 msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"Installatie vanaf images is ingeschakeld (<a href=\"%1\">uitschakelen</a>)." +msgstr "Installatie vanaf images is ingeschakeld (<a href=\"%1\">uitschakelen</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181 msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"Installatie vanaf images is uitgeschakeld (<a href=\"%1\">inschakelen</a>)." +msgstr "Installatie vanaf images is uitgeschakeld (<a href=\"%1\">inschakelen</a>)." #. progress step title #: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 @@ -417,14 +370,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" -"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available " -"translations.\n" +"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available translations.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "De licentie moet geaccepteerd zijn voordat de installatie doorgaat.\n" -"Gebruik Vertalingen van licenties... om de licentie te tonen in alle " -"beschikbare vertalingen.\n" +"Gebruik Vertalingen van licenties... om de licentie te tonen in alle beschikbare vertalingen.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued @@ -479,8 +430,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" -msgstr "" -"U moet de licentieovereenkomst accepteren om dit product te installeren" +msgstr "U moet de licentieovereenkomst accepteren om dit product te installeren" #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 @@ -519,8 +469,7 @@ "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" msgstr "" "De installatie van &product; op uw computer is klaar.\n" -"Nadat u op Voltooien heeft geklikt, kunt u zich op het systeem " -"aanmelden.\n" +"Nadat u op Voltooien heeft geklikt, kunt u zich op het systeem aanmelden.\n" #. congratulation text 3/4 #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169 @@ -562,20 +511,14 @@ #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:214 msgid "" "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." -"xml</tt>." +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" "Gebruik Klonen als u een Autoyast-profiel wilt aanmaken.\n" -"Met behulp van Autoyast kunt u een volledige openSUSE Linux-installatie " -"uitvoeren zonder\n" -"gebruikersinteractie. Voor Autoyast is een profiel nodig om te weten hoe het " -"geïnstalleerde\n" -"systeem eruit komt te zien. Als deze optie is geselecteerd, wordt een " -"profiel van het huidige\n" +"Met behulp van Autoyast kunt u een volledige openSUSE Linux-installatie uitvoeren zonder\n" +"gebruikersinteractie. Voor Autoyast is een profiel nodig om te weten hoe het geïnstalleerde\n" +"systeem eruit komt te zien. Als deze optie is geselecteerd, wordt een profiel van het huidige\n" "systeem opgeslagen in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." #. Dialog busy message @@ -588,11 +531,8 @@ #. #187558 #. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:308 -msgid "" -"To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Om het huidige systeem te kunnen klonen moet het pakket %1 " -"geïnstalleerd zijn." +msgid "To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Om het huidige systeem te kunnen klonen moet het pakket %1 geïnstalleerd zijn." #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:311 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -634,12 +574,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" -"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of " -"packages." +"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." msgstr "" "Debugging is aan gezet.\n" -"YaST zal een softwarebeheerder voor u openen om de huidige status van de " -"pakketten te controleren." +"YaST zal een softwarebeheerder voor u openen om de huidige status van de pakketten te controleren." #. unknown image #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375 @@ -673,13 +611,8 @@ msgstr "Te gebruiken schijf" #: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk " -"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer de schijf waarnaar de image zal worden geschreven. Alle gegevens " -"op de schijf zullen verloren gaan en de schijf zal gepartitioneerd worden " -"zoals gedefinieerd in de image." +msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." +msgstr "Selecteer de schijf waarnaar de image zal worden geschreven. Alle gegevens op de schijf zullen verloren gaan en de schijf zal gepartitioneerd worden zoals gedefinieerd in de image." #: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" @@ -753,9 +686,7 @@ #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" -msgstr "" -"Zaken voor bijwerken van pakketten zijn gevonden in deze extra " -"installatiebronnen:" +msgstr "Zaken voor bijwerken van pakketten zijn gevonden in deze extra installatiebronnen:" #. yes/no popup question #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:168 @@ -895,32 +826,24 @@ "Add Online Repositories Before Installation." msgstr "" "\n" -"Om de aanbevolen externe softwarebronnen tijdens de installatie of het " -"bijwerken\n" -"te gebruiken, selecteer Online-softwarebronnen toevoegen vóór de " -"installatie." +"Om de aanbevolen externe softwarebronnen tijdens de installatie of het bijwerken\n" +"te gebruiken, selecteer Online-softwarebronnen toevoegen vóór de installatie." #. help text for installation method #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:208 msgid "" "\n" -"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " -"select\n" +"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" "Include Add-on Products from Separate Media.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Om een addon-product van aparte media met &product; te installeren, " -"selecteer\n" +"Om een addon-product van aparte media met &product; te installeren, selecteer\n" "Addon-producten van aparte media insluiten.\n" #. help text: additional help for installation #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:211 -msgid "" -"If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://" -"drivers.suse.com site." -msgstr "" -"Als u specifieke hardware stuurprogramma's nodig hebt voor de " -"installatie, zie dan de http://drivers.suse.comsite." +msgid "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com site." +msgstr "Als u specifieke hardware stuurprogramma's nodig hebt voor de installatie, zie dan de http://drivers.suse.comsite." #. Error message #: src/clients/inst_license.rb:128 @@ -976,12 +899,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:145 msgid "" "A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" -"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the " -"configuration.\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Een geconfigureerd netwerk is nodig voor externe installatiebronnen\n" -"of voor addon-producten. Als u geen gebruik maakt van externe " -"installatiebronnen\n" +"of voor addon-producten. Als u geen gebruik maakt van externe installatiebronnen\n" "dan kunt u het instellen overslaan.\n" #. error popup @@ -996,35 +917,25 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 #: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 msgid "" -"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a " -"number \n" -"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major " -"ones \n" +"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number \n" +"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" "GNOME and KDE." msgstr "" -"In Linux is keuze een topprioriteit. openSUSE biedt een " -"aantal\n" -"verschillende bureaubladomgevingen. Hieronder is een lijst met de 2 " -"belangrijkste,\n" +"In Linux is keuze een topprioriteit. openSUSE biedt een aantal\n" +"verschillende bureaubladomgevingen. Hieronder is een lijst met de 2 belangrijkste,\n" "GNOME en KDE." #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 #: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" -"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal " -"installation patterns)\n" -"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in " -"the software \n" -"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add " -"additional desktop \n" +"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n" +"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the software \n" +"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n" "environments. This screen allows you to set the default." msgstr "" -"U kunt een alternatieve bureaubladomgeving selecteren (of één van de " -"minimale installatiepatronen)\n" -"dat beter in uw behoeften voorziet door de Overige optie te kiezen . " -"Later in de \n" -"softwareselectie of na installatie, kunt u uw selectie wijzigen of een extra " -"bureaubladomgeving \n" +"U kunt een alternatieve bureaubladomgeving selecteren (of één van de minimale installatiepatronen)\n" +"dat beter in uw behoeften voorziet door de Overige optie te kiezen . Later in de \n" +"softwareselectie of na installatie, kunt u uw selectie wijzigen of een extra bureaubladomgeving \n" "toevoegen. Dit scherm staat u toe de standaard in te stellen." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 @@ -1050,8 +961,7 @@ #. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158) #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56 msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown." -msgstr "" -"Kan het basisproduct niet vinden. Uitgavenotities zullen niet getoond worden." +msgstr "Kan het basisproduct niet vinden. Uitgavenotities zullen niet getoond worden." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_finish.ycp:62 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_finish.ycp:102 @@ -1114,8 +1024,7 @@ #. busy message #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." -msgstr "" -"Bezig met het aanpassen van het voorstel aan de huidige instellingen..." +msgstr "Bezig met het aanpassen van het voorstel aan de huidige instellingen..." #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated @@ -1175,9 +1084,7 @@ #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." -msgstr "" -"Klik op een onderdeel om deze te wijzigen of gebruik het menu \"Wijzigen..." -"\" onderin het venster." +msgstr "Klik op een onderdeel om deze te wijzigen of gebruik het menu \"Wijzigen...\" onderin het venster." #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." @@ -1206,13 +1113,11 @@ #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values " -"displayed.\n" +"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Klik op Installeren om met de weergegeven waarden een nieuwe " -"installatie uit te voeren.\n" +"Klik op Installeren om met de weergegeven waarden een nieuwe installatie uit te voeren.\n" "\n" #. kicking out, bug #203811 @@ -1255,8 +1160,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Klik op Bijwerken om bijwerken met de weergegeven waarden uit te " -"voeren.\n" +"Klik op Bijwerken om bijwerken met de weergegeven waarden uit te voeren.\n" "\n" #. Help text for network configuration proposal @@ -1330,10 +1234,8 @@ "locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.\n" msgstr "" "Enkele voorstellen kunnen\n" -"door de systeembeheerder geblokkeerd zijn en kunnen daarom niet gewijzigd " -"worden.\n" -"Neem contact op met uw systeembeheerder als u toch een geblokkeerd voorstel " -"wilt aanpassen.\n" +"door de systeembeheerder geblokkeerd zijn en kunnen daarom niet gewijzigd worden.\n" +"Neem contact op met uw systeembeheerder als u toch een geblokkeerd voorstel wilt aanpassen.\n" #. FATE #120373 #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369 @@ -1484,19 +1386,16 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." -msgstr "" -"YaST tast nu de hardware van uw computer en geïnstalleerde systemen af." +msgstr "YaST tast nu de hardware van uw computer en geïnstalleerde systemen af." #. additonal error when HW was not found #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 msgid "" "\n" -"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -"installation." +"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" "\n" -"Raadpleeg 'drivers.suse.com' als u specifieke hardware stuurprogramma's " -"nodig hebt voor de installatie." +"Raadpleeg 'drivers.suse.com' als u specifieke hardware stuurprogramma's nodig hebt voor de installatie." #. pop-up error report #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 @@ -1598,12 +1497,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" -"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the " -"upgrade process." +"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." msgstr "" "Hier kunt u alle gevonden software installatiebronnen zien\n" -"op het systeem dat u aan het opwaarderen bent. Activeer diegenen die u wilt " -"gebruiken bij het opwaardeerproces." +"op het systeem dat u aan het opwaarderen bent. Activeer diegenen die u wilt gebruiken bij het opwaardeerproces." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 #: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249 @@ -1618,8 +1515,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253 msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." -msgstr "" -"Om een URL-adres te wijzigen, klik op de knop Wijzigen...." +msgstr "Om een URL-adres te wijzigen, klik op de knop Wijzigen...." #. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted #. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key @@ -1787,8 +1683,7 @@ "Next to continue. \n" " \n" msgstr "" -"Voordat uw systeem klaar is voor gebruik moeten er nog enkele stappen " -"worden ondernomen.\n" +"Voordat uw systeem klaar is voor gebruik moeten er nog enkele stappen worden ondernomen.\n" "YaST zal u nu door enkele basisconfiguraties heen leiden. Klik op\n" "Verder om door te gaan. \n" " \n" @@ -1906,8 +1801,7 @@ #. progress step title #: src/clients/x11_finish.rb:66 msgid "Copying X Window System configuration into system..." -msgstr "" -"Configuratie van het X Window-systeem wordt naar het systeem gekopieerd..." +msgstr "Configuratie van het X Window-systeem wordt naar het systeem gekopieerd..." #. progress step title #. TRANSLATORS: busy message @@ -1935,8 +1829,7 @@ "\n" "Laden van de geïnstalleerde kernel door kexec te gebruiken.\n" "\n" -"Bezig te proberen de geïnstalleerde kernel via kexec te laden i.p.v. met " -"herstarten\n" +"Bezig te proberen de geïnstalleerde kernel via kexec te laden i.p.v. met herstarten\n" "Een ogenblik geduld.\n" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -2007,8 +1900,7 @@ msgstr "" "De grafische interface kon niet gestart worden.\n" "\n" -"Ofwel de benodigde pakketten zijn niet geïnstalleerd (minimale " -"installatie) \n" +"Ofwel de benodigde pakketten zijn niet geïnstalleerd (minimale installatie) \n" "of de grafische kaart wordt niet correct ondersteund.\n" "\n" "De tekstversie van YaST2 zal u nu verder door de\n" @@ -2065,8 +1957,7 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:202 msgid "Information required for the base installation is now complete." -msgstr "" -"De benodigde informatie voor de basis-installatie is nu compleet." +msgstr "De benodigde informatie voor de basis-installatie is nu compleet." #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 @@ -2076,12 +1967,9 @@ "(erasing any existing data in those partitions) according to the\n" "installation settings in the previous dialogs." msgstr "" -"Als u nu verder gaat zullen aan de hand van de instellingen in de " -"voorgaande dialogen\n" -"bestaande partities op uw harde schijf verwijderd of " -"geformatteerd\n" -"worden (waarbij de bestaande gegevens op deze partities verloren " -"zullen gaan)." +"Als u nu verder gaat zullen aan de hand van de instellingen in de voorgaande dialogen\n" +"bestaande partities op uw harde schijf verwijderd of geformatteerd\n" +"worden (waarbij de bestaande gegevens op deze partities verloren zullen gaan)." #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225 @@ -2109,8 +1997,7 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:246 msgid "Information required to perform an update is now complete." -msgstr "" -"Benodigde informatie om het bijwerken uit te voeren is nu gereed." +msgstr "Benodigde informatie om het bijwerken uit te voeren is nu gereed." #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:248 @@ -2142,25 +2029,18 @@ #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:63 msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"Zwarte lijst van apparaten is ingeschakeld (<a href=\"%s\">uitschakelen</a>)." +msgstr "Zwarte lijst van apparaten is ingeschakeld (<a href=\"%s\">uitschakelen</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:69 msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"Zwarte lijst van apparaten is uitgeschakeld (<a href=\"%s\">inschakelen</a>)." +msgstr "Zwarte lijst van apparaten is uitgeschakeld (<a href=\"%s\">inschakelen</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to " -"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." -msgstr "" -"Gebruik Zwarte lijst van apparaten als u een zwarte lijst met " -"channels naar zulke apparaten die de footprint van het kernelgeheugen " -"verminderen." +msgid "Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." +msgstr "Gebruik Zwarte lijst van apparaten als u een zwarte lijst met channels naar zulke apparaten die de footprint van het kernelgeheugen verminderen." #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:135 @@ -2176,7 +2056,6 @@ #. #. @return String #: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68 -#| msgid "Initializing the installation..." msgid "Enabling remote administration..." msgstr "Beheer van afstand wordt ingeschakeld..." @@ -2213,10 +2092,8 @@ "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." msgstr "" -"De installatie was niet in staat om pakketafhankelijkheden automatisch op te " -"lossen.\n" -"De softwarebeheerder zal voor u geopend worden om deze handmatig op te " -"lossen." +"De installatie was niet in staat om pakketafhankelijkheden automatisch op te lossen.\n" +"De softwarebeheerder zal voor u geopend worden om deze handmatig op te lossen." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_language.ycp:99 #~ msgid "Search for Linux partitions" @@ -2323,11 +2200,8 @@ #~ msgid "Hardware Information of the Selected Network Card" #~ msgstr "Hardware informatie over geselecteerde netwerkkaart" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hier kunt u uw netwerkkaarten instellen zodat ze onmiddellijk gebruikt " -#~ "kunnen worden." +#~ msgid "Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately." +#~ msgstr "Hier kunt u uw netwerkkaarten instellen zodat ze onmiddellijk gebruikt kunnen worden." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you do not need a network connection now,\n" @@ -2493,8 +2367,7 @@ #~ "Go back and change it?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Omdat de test van de internet verbinding is mislukt, zou u\n" -#~ "doorgestuurd moeten worden naar het vorige scherm om de configuratie te " -#~ "wijzigen\n" +#~ "doorgestuurd moeten worden naar het vorige scherm om de configuratie te wijzigen\n" #~ "Wilt u terug gaan om de configuratie te veranderen?" #~ msgid "Go Back" @@ -2548,12 +2421,8 @@ #~ msgid "Writing Network Setup..." #~ msgstr "De netwerk instellingen worden opgeslagen..." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested..." -#~ "" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wacht even terwijl de netwerkconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen en getest..." -#~ "" +#~ msgid "Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested..." +#~ msgstr "Wacht even terwijl de netwerkconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen en getest..." #~ msgid "" #~ "Writing the network settings failed.\n" @@ -2643,8 +2512,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on " -#~ "your\n" +#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on your\n" #~ "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n" #~ "discarding all its configuration data.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2670,25 +2538,21 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Select Use Automatic Configuration to let the installation " -#~ "program\n" +#~ "Select Use Automatic Configuration to let the installation program\n" #~ "configure your network and hardware automatically. Otherwise you will\n" #~ "be offered a configuration proposal with the possibility to tune all the\n" #~ "settings manually. Inexperienced users are advised to use automatic\n" #~ "configuration.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Selecteer Gebruik automatische configuratie om het " -#~ "installatieprogramma\n" +#~ "Selecteer Gebruik automatische configuratie om het installatieprogramma\n" #~ "uw netwerk automatische te laten instellen. Anders krijgt u een\n" -#~ "configuratievoorstel met de mogelijkheid alle instellingen handmatig aan " -#~ "te\n" +#~ "configuratievoorstel met de mogelijkheid alle instellingen handmatig aan te\n" #~ "passen. Onervaren gebruikers kunnen beter de automatische configuratie\n" #~ "gebruiken.\n" #~ msgid "Update mode does not support automatic configuration." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "De bijwerkmodus ondersteunt de automatische configuratie niet." +#~ msgstr "De bijwerkmodus ondersteunt de automatische configuratie niet." #~ msgid "" #~ "The feature Update is only\n" @@ -2815,14 +2679,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Onbekend chroot-pad. De debugger kan niet verder gaan." #~ msgid "Connecting to the inst-sys failed. Debugger cannot continue." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "De verbinding met inst-sys is mislukt. De debugger kan niet verder gaan." +#~ msgstr "De verbinding met inst-sys is mislukt. De debugger kan niet verder gaan." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To access the X11 system, the %1 package must be installed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Het pakket %1 moet geïnstalleerd zijn om toegang tot het X11-" -#~ "systeem te kunnen krijgen." +#~ msgid "To access the X11 system, the %1 package must be installed." +#~ msgstr "Het pakket %1 moet geïnstalleerd zijn om toegang tot het X11-systeem te kunnen krijgen." #~ msgid "Do you want to install it now?" #~ msgstr "oorbereidenet nu installeren?" @@ -2876,68 +2736,51 @@ #~ msgstr "Lettertypen worden geïnitialiseerd..." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation " -#~ "up. \n" -#~ "Images contain compressed snapshots of installed system matching your " -#~ "selection \n" -#~ "of patterns. The rest of packages which are not in images will be " -#~ "installed from \n" +#~ "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up. \n" +#~ "Images contain compressed snapshots of installed system matching your selection \n" +#~ "of patterns. The rest of packages which are not in images will be installed from \n" #~ "packages the standard way." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Installatie vanuit images wordt gebruikt om de installatie te " -#~ "versnellen.\n" -#~ "Images bevatten gecomprimeerde onderdelen van een geïnstalleerd systeem " -#~ "overeenkomstig uw keuze\n" -#~ "van patronen. De rest van de pakketten die niet in images zitten worden " -#~ "op de standaard manier\n" +#~ "Installatie vanuit images wordt gebruikt om de installatie te versnellen.\n" +#~ "Images bevatten gecomprimeerde onderdelen van een geïnstalleerd systeem overeenkomstig uw keuze\n" +#~ "van patronen. De rest van de pakketten die niet in images zitten worden op de standaard manier\n" #~ "uit pakketten geïnstalleerd." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Installation is currently writing the automatic configuration. Please " -#~ "wait..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "De installatie is bezig met het schrijven van de automatische " -#~ "configuratie. Even geduld..." +#~ msgid "Installation is currently writing the automatic configuration. Please wait..." +#~ msgstr "De installatie is bezig met het schrijven van de automatische configuratie. Even geduld..." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on " -#~ "your\n" +#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on your\n" #~ "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n" #~ "abandoning all its configuration data.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Kies Nieuwe installatie in het geval er geen\n" -#~ "Linux-systeem op uw computer is geïnstalleerd of als u een bestaand " -#~ "Linux-\n" +#~ "Linux-systeem op uw computer is geïnstalleerd of als u een bestaand Linux-\n" #~ "systeem volledig wilt vervangen en geen instellingen wilt overnemen.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " -#~ "select\n" +#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" #~ "Include Add-On Products from Separate Media." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Om een addon-product van aparte media met &product; te installeren, " -#~ "selecteer\n" +#~ "Om een addon-product van aparte media met &product; te installeren, selecteer\n" #~ "Addon-producten van aparte media insluiten." #~ msgid "Please wait while the installation is probing the network cards..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Even geduld a.u.b terwijl de installatie de netwerkkaarten onderzoekt..." +#~ msgstr "Even geduld a.u.b terwijl de installatie de netwerkkaarten onderzoekt..." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely " -#~ "abort.\n" +#~ "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely abort.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Uw harde schijf is op geen enkele wijze gewijzigd, dus u kunt nog steeds " -#~ "veilig afbreken.\n" +#~ "Uw harde schijf is op geen enkele wijze gewijzigd, dus u kunt nog steeds veilig afbreken.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "Probe floppy disks devices" @@ -2964,14 +2807,11 @@ #~ msgstr "Beschadigd systeem re&pareren" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Repair Installed System if you have a damaged Linux " -#~ "system on\n" +#~ "Select Repair Installed System if you have a damaged Linux system on\n" #~ "your hard disk. This option can try to fix problems automatically.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Kies Geïnstalleerd systeem repareren in het geval u een beschadigd " -#~ "Linux-systeem op uw\n" -#~ "harde schijf heeft staan. Met deze optie wordt getracht de problemen " -#~ "automatisch op te lossen.\n" +#~ "Kies Geïnstalleerd systeem repareren in het geval u een beschadigd Linux-systeem op uw\n" +#~ "harde schijf heeft staan. Met deze optie wordt getracht de problemen automatisch op te lossen.\n" #~ "" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/instserver.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/instserver.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/instserver.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: instserver.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-04 15:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/iplb.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/iplb.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/iplb.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-15 22:08+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -180,151 +180,88 @@ "Default: 10 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -"virtual setting.\n" -"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 1\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" -"<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|" -"syslog_facility\n" -"An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the " -"logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=\"/" -"man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" +"<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|syslog_facility\n" +"An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" "Default: log directly to the file /var/log/ldirectord.log.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" -"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -"methods.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " -"seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting</" -"b>|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If " -"none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -"options are ORed\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" "\n" "<big>callback</big> = \"/path/to/callback\"\n" -"If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls " -"the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has " -"changed on\n" -"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on " -"the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name " -"of the\n" +"If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has changed on\n" +"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n" "configuration.\n" -"This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord " -"automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if " -"autoreload is\n" +"This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if autoreload is\n" "set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n" "\n" "<big>execute</big> = \"configuration\"\n" -"Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named " -"configuration.\n" +"Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named configuration.\n" "\n" "<big>auto reload</big> = yes|no\n" -"Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the " -"configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the " -"configuration file changed\n" -"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous " -"version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" +"Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n" +"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to " -"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS</" -"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: yes\n" "\n" "<big>fork</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every " -"virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will " -"increase\n" -"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many " -"virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate " -"instances\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n" +"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n" "of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" "<big>supervised</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All " -"log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful " -"to run\n" -"ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://" -"untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</" -"a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/" -"daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n" +"ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -334,243 +271,129 @@ "Standaard: 10 seconden\n" "\n" "<big>tijdslimiet van controleren</big> = n\n" -"Tijdslimiet in seconden voor verbinden, extern en controles met ping. " -"Als de tijdslimiet is verlopen dan wordt de echte server dood verklaart.\n" -"Indien gedefinieerd in een virtuele serversectie zal de globale " -"waarde overschreven worden.\n" -"Indien ongedefinieerd zal de waarde van negotiatetimeout worden " -"gebruikt. negotiatetimeout is ook een globale waarde die overschreven kan " -"worden door een per-virtuele instelling.\n" -"Indien zowel checktimeout als negotiatetimeout niet zijn ingesteld, " -"dan zal de standaard worden gebruikt.\n" +"Tijdslimiet in seconden voor verbinden, extern en controles met ping. Als de tijdslimiet is verlopen dan wordt de echte server dood verklaart.\n" +"Indien gedefinieerd in een virtuele serversectie zal de globale waarde overschreven worden.\n" +"Indien ongedefinieerd zal de waarde van negotiatetimeout worden gebruikt. negotiatetimeout is ook een globale waarde die overschreven kan worden door een per-virtuele instelling.\n" +"Indien zowel checktimeout als negotiatetimeout niet zijn ingesteld, dan zal de standaard worden gebruikt.\n" "Standaard: 5 seconden\n" "\n" "<big>aantal mislukkingen</big> = n\n" -"Het aantal opeenvolgende keren dat een mislukking moet worden " -"gerapporteerd door een controle voordat de echte server beschouwd wordt te " -"zijn mislukt. Een waarde 1 betekent dat de echte server beschouwd wordt te " -"zijn mislukt bij het eerste mislukken. Een succesvolle controle zet het " -"aantal op 0.\n" -"Als het gedefinieerd is in een virtuele serversectie dan wordt de " -"globale waarde overschreven.\n" +"Het aantal opeenvolgende keren dat een mislukking moet worden gerapporteerd door een controle voordat de echte server beschouwd wordt te zijn mislukt. Een waarde 1 betekent dat de echte server beschouwd wordt te zijn mislukt bij het eerste mislukken. Een succesvolle controle zet het aantal op 0.\n" +"Als het gedefinieerd is in een virtuele serversectie dan wordt de globale waarde overschreven.\n" "Standaard: 1\n" "\n" "<big>tijdslimiet voor onderhandelen</big> = n\n" "Tijdslimiet in seconden voor controles bij onderhandelen.\n" -"Indien gedefinieerd in een virtuele serversectie dan wordt de globale " -"waarde overschreven.\n" -"Indien ongedefinieerd dan wordt de waarde van connecttimeout " -"gebruikt. connecttimeout is ook een globale waarde die overschreven wordt " -"door een per-virtuele instelling.\n" -"Als zowel negotiatetimeout als connecttimeout niet zijn ingesteld, " -"dan zal de standaard worden gebruikt.\n" +"Indien gedefinieerd in een virtuele serversectie dan wordt de globale waarde overschreven.\n" +"Indien ongedefinieerd dan wordt de waarde van connecttimeout gebruikt. connecttimeout is ook een globale waarde die overschreven wordt door een per-virtuele instelling.\n" +"Als zowel negotiatetimeout als connecttimeout niet zijn ingesteld, dan zal de standaard worden gebruikt.\n" "Standaard: 30 seconden\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = IP-adres|hostnaam[:poortnummer|" -"servicenaam] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"de server waarop een webservice wordt omgeleid als alle echte servers " -"down zijn. Dit is typisch 127.0.0.1 met een noodpagina.\n" -"Indien gedefinieerd in een virtuele serversectie, wordt de globale " -"waarde overschreven.\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = IP-adres|hostnaam[:poortnummer|servicenaam] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"de server waarop een webservice wordt omgeleid als alle echte servers down zijn. Dit is typisch 127.0.0.1 met een noodpagina.\n" +"Indien gedefinieerd in een virtuele serversectie, wordt de globale waarde overschreven.\n" "\n" -"<big>logbestand</big> = \"/pad/naar/logbestand\"|" -"syslog_facility\n" -"Een alternatief logbestand kan met deze directive worden " -"gespecificeerd. Indien het logbestand niet begint met '/', dan wordt " -"aangenomen dat het een <a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) " -"facility name is.\n" -"Standaard: log direct naar het bestand /var/log/ldirectord.log</" -"i>.\n" +"<big>logbestand</big> = \"/pad/naar/logbestand\"|syslog_facility\n" +"Een alternatief logbestand kan met deze directive worden gespecificeerd. Indien het logbestand niet begint met '/', dan wordt aangenomen dat het een <a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name is.\n" +"Standaard: log direct naar het bestand /var/log/ldirectord.log.\n" "\n" "<big>e-mailbericht</big> = \"e-mailadres\"\n" -"Een geldig e-mailadres voor het verzenden van let-op-berichten over " -"de gewijzigde verbindingsstatus naar elke echte server gedefinieerd in de " -"virtuele service. Deze optie vereist\n" -"dat de perl-module MailTools is geïnstalleerd. Probeert automatisch e-mail " -"te verzenden met een van de ingebouwde methoden. Zie perldoc Mail::Mailer " -"voor meer informatie over methoden.\n" -"Indien gedefinieerd in een virtuele serversectie, zal de globale " -"waarde overschreven worden.\n" +"Een geldig e-mailadres voor het verzenden van let-op-berichten over de gewijzigde verbindingsstatus naar elke echte server gedefinieerd in de virtuele service. Deze optie vereist\n" +"dat de perl-module MailTools is geïnstalleerd. Probeert automatisch e-mail te verzenden met een van de ingebouwde methoden. Zie perldoc Mail::Mailer voor meer informatie over methoden.\n" +"Indien gedefinieerd in een virtuele serversectie, zal de globale waarde overschreven worden.\n" "\n" "<big>frequentie van e-mailbericht</big> = n\n" -"Vertraging in seconden tussen zich herhalende e-mailberichten wanneer " -"een gegeven echte server in de virtuele service ontoegankelijk blijft. Een " -"instelling van nul seconden zal\n" -"zich herhalende berichten uitschakelen. De nauwkeurigheid van de tijd van " -"deze instelling is afhankelijk van het aantal seconden gedefinieerd in de " -"optie voor de instelling van het controle-interval.\n" -"Indien gedefinieerd in een virtuele serversectie, zal de globale " -"waarde overschreven worden.\n" +"Vertraging in seconden tussen zich herhalende e-mailberichten wanneer een gegeven echte server in de virtuele service ontoegankelijk blijft. Een instelling van nul seconden zal\n" +"zich herhalende berichten uitschakelen. De nauwkeurigheid van de tijd van deze instelling is afhankelijk van het aantal seconden gedefinieerd in de optie voor de instelling van het controle-interval.\n" +"Indien gedefinieerd in een virtuele serversectie, zal de globale waarde overschreven worden.\n" "Standaard: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>status e-mailbericht</big> = all|none|starting</" -"b>|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"Kommagescheiden lijst van serverstatussen waarin e-mailberichten " -"verzonden zouden moeten worden. all is een korte aanduiding voor\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". Als " -"none is gespecificeerd, mag geen andere optie gespecificeerd worden, " -"andere opties worden met de functie OR (OF)\n" +"<big>status e-mailbericht</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Kommagescheiden lijst van serverstatussen waarin e-mailberichten verzonden zouden moeten worden. all is een korte aanduiding voor\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". Als none is gespecificeerd, mag geen andere optie gespecificeerd worden, andere opties worden met de functie OR (OF)\n" "met elkaar gecombineerd.\n" -"Indien gedefinieerd in een virtuele serversectie, zal de globale " -"waarde overschreven worden.\n" +"Indien gedefinieerd in een virtuele serversectie, zal de globale waarde overschreven worden.\n" "Standaard: all\n" "\n" "<big>callback</big> = \"/pad/naar/callback\"\n" -"Als deze directive is gedefinieerd, roept ldirectord " -"automatisch het uitvoerbare programma /pad/naar/callback nadat het " -"configuratiebestand op de schijf is\n" -"gewijzigd. Dit is nuttig om het configuratiebestand via scp op de " -"andere heartbeat host bij te werken. Het eerste argument van de callback is " -"de naam van de\n" +"Als deze directive is gedefinieerd, roept ldirectord automatisch het uitvoerbare programma /pad/naar/callback nadat het configuratiebestand op de schijf is\n" +"gewijzigd. Dit is nuttig om het configuratiebestand via scp op de andere heartbeat host bij te werken. Het eerste argument van de callback is de naam van de\n" "configuratie.\n" -"Deze directive kan ook gebruikt worden om ldirectord opnieuw " -"automatisch te starten nadat het configuratiebestand op schijf is gewijzigd. " -"Als autoreload echter is\n" +"Deze directive kan ook gebruikt worden om ldirectord opnieuw automatisch te starten nadat het configuratiebestand op schijf is gewijzigd. Als autoreload echter is\n" "ingesteld op yes, wordt de configuratie in elk geval opnieuw geladen.\n" "\n" "<big>execute</big> = \"configuratie\"\n" -"Gebruik deze directive om een exemplaar van ldirectord te starten " -"voor de genoemde configuratie.\n" +"Gebruik deze directive om een exemplaar van ldirectord te starten voor de genoemde configuratie.\n" "\n" "<big>auto reload</big> = yes|no\n" -"Definieert of <ldirectord> continu zou moeten controleren of " -"het configuratiebestand is gewijzigd. Als dit is ingesteld op 'yes' en het " -"configuratiebestand is op schijf\n" -"gewijzigd en zijn wijzigingstijd (mtime) is nieuwer dan die van de vorige " -"versie, dan wordt het configuratiebestand automatically opnieuw geladen.\n" +"Definieert of <ldirectord> continu zou moeten controleren of het configuratiebestand is gewijzigd. Als dit is ingesteld op 'yes' en het configuratiebestand is op schijf\n" +"gewijzigd en zijn wijzigingstijd (mtime) is nieuwer dan die van de vorige versie, dan wordt het configuratiebestand automatically opnieuw geladen.\n" "Standaard: no\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"Indien yes, dan zal, wanneer van de echte of failback servers " -"is bepaald dat ze down zijn, ze niet echt verwijderd worden verwijderd uit " -"de LVS tabel.\n" -"In plaats daarvan wordt hun gewicht op nul gezet, wat betekent dat er geen " -"nieuwe verbindingen zullen worden geaccepteerd.\n" -"Dit heeft het neveneffect dat als de echte server blijvende " -"verbindingen heeft, nieuwe verbindingen vanuit alle bestaande clients " -"gerouteerd zullen worden naar de\n" -"echte server, totdat de blijvende timeout kan vervallen. Zie ipvsadm voor " -"meer informatie over blijvende verbindingen.\n" +"Indien yes, dan zal, wanneer van de echte of failback servers is bepaald dat ze down zijn, ze niet echt verwijderd worden verwijderd uit de LVS tabel.\n" +"In plaats daarvan wordt hun gewicht op nul gezet, wat betekent dat er geen nieuwe verbindingen zullen worden geaccepteerd.\n" +"Dit heeft het neveneffect dat als de echte server blijvende verbindingen heeft, nieuwe verbindingen vanuit alle bestaande clients gerouteerd zullen worden naar de\n" +"echte server, totdat de blijvende timeout kan vervallen. Zie ipvsadm voor meer informatie over blijvende verbindingen.\n" "Dit neveneffect kan vermeden worden door het volgende uit te voeren:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"Als het proc-bestand niet aanwezig is dan betekent dit waarschijnlijk " -"dat de kernel geen ondersteuning voor lvs heeft, LVS " -"ondersteuning is niet geladen of de kernel is te\n" -"oud om het proc-bestand te bevatten. Uitvoeren van ipvsadm als root zou " -"LVS in de kernel moeten laden als dat mogelijk is.\n" -"Indien no, dan zullen de echte of terugval-servers verwijderd " -"worden uit de tabel LVS van de kernel. De standaard is " -"yes.\n" -"Indien gedefinieerd in een virtuele serversectie zal de globale " -"waarde overschreven worden.\n" +"Als het proc-bestand niet aanwezig is dan betekent dit waarschijnlijk dat de kernel geen ondersteuning voor lvs heeft, LVS ondersteuning is niet geladen of de kernel is te\n" +"oud om het proc-bestand te bevatten. Uitvoeren van ipvsadm als root zou LVS in de kernel moeten laden als dat mogelijk is.\n" +"Indien no, dan zullen de echte of terugval-servers verwijderd worden uit de tabel LVS van de kernel. De standaard is yes.\n" +"Indien gedefinieerd in een virtuele serversectie zal de globale waarde overschreven worden.\n" "Standaard: yes\n" "\n" "<big>fork</big> = yes|no\n" -"Indien yes, dan zal ldirectord een kind-proces afsplitsen voor " -"elke virtuele server en controles uitvoeren tegen de echte servers ervan. " -"Dit zal reactietijden\n" -"vergroten bij wijzigingen in echte serverstatus in configuraties met vele " -"virtuele servers. Dit kan ook minder geheugen gebruiken dan bij het gebruik " -"van vele exemplaren\n" -"van ldirectord. Kindprocessen zullen automatisch opnieuw opgestart worden " -"als ze sterven.\n" +"Indien yes, dan zal ldirectord een kind-proces afsplitsen voor elke virtuele server en controles uitvoeren tegen de echte servers ervan. Dit zal reactietijden\n" +"vergroten bij wijzigingen in echte serverstatus in configuraties met vele virtuele servers. Dit kan ook minder geheugen gebruiken dan bij het gebruik van vele exemplaren\n" +"van ldirectord. Kindprocessen zullen automatisch opnieuw opgestart worden als ze sterven.\n" "Standaard: no\n" "\n" "<big>supervised</big> = yes|no\n" -"Indien yes, ldirectord gaat niet in achtergrondmodus. Alle " -"logberichten gaan naar stdout in plaats van een logbestand. Dit is nuttig " -"bij uitvoeren van\n" -"ldirectord onder supervisie van daemontools. Zie <a href=\"http://" -"untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</" -"a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/" -"daemontools.html</a> voor details.\n" +"Indien yes, ldirectord gaat niet in achtergrondmodus. Alle logberichten gaan naar stdout in plaats van een logbestand. Dit is nuttig bij uitvoeren van\n" +"ldirectord onder supervisie van daemontools. Zie <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> voor details.\n" "Standaard: no\n" "\n" #: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|" -"servicename)|firewall-mark\n" -"Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than " -"zero. The\n" -"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> " -"option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual " -"service\n" +"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark\n" +"Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n" +"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n" "must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->" -"ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" -"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request</" -"i>\", \"receive\"]\n" -"Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended " -"primarily for\n" -"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a " -"range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in " -"which case\n" -"each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server " -"using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, " -"must be\n" -"gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and " -"defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will " -"be\n" -"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-" -"receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the " -"request-receive\n" -"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the " -"request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" -"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server " -"is used.\n" -"For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual " -"services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP " -"address of a\n" -"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running " -"ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its " -"virtual\n" -"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is " -"another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way " -"that the\n" +"<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" +"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request\", \"receive\"]\n" +"Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n" +"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n" +"each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n" +"gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n" +"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n" +"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" +"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n" +"For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP address of a\n" +"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n" +"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n" "underlying LVS code in the kernel functions.\n" -"More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The " -"checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, " -"emailalertfreq and\n" -"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in " -"which case the global setting is overridden.\n" +"More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n" +"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate</" -"b>|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" -"Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a " -"receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP " -"connection, thus the\n" -"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then " -"negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one " -"negotiate\n" -"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and " -"in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" -"ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real " -"servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP " -"services. Off\n" -"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be " -"activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always " -"be\n" +"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" +"Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP connection, thus the\n" +"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n" +"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" +"ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP services. Off\n" +"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n" "activated. Default is negotiate.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|" -"imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|" -"oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|" -"simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" -"The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None " -"denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" -"simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it " -"against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the " -"server\n" -"using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive</" -"b> sections for protocol specific information.\n" +"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" +"The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" +"simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n" +"using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive sections for protocol specific information.\n" "Default:\n" "<dl compact=\"compact\">\n" "<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n" @@ -593,9 +416,7 @@ "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>check command</big> = \"path to script\"\n" -"This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be " -"run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if " -"everything\n" +"This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n" "is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n" "Four parameters are passed to the script:\n" "</dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n" @@ -606,105 +427,68 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>check port</big> = n\n" -"Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service " -"port.\n" +"Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n" "Default: port specified for each real server\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"</" -"b>\n" -"This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real " -"server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be " -"overridden by\n" +"<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"\n" +"This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n" "an optional per real-server based request-string.\n" -"For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, " -"or the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" -"For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL</" -"small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one " -"or more\n" +"For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" +"For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n" "rows. This is a required setting.\n" -"For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any " -"occurances of \n" +"For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n" " are replaced with a new line character.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>receive</big> = \"regexp to compare\"\n" -"If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the " -"real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in " -"mind that\n" -"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special " -"characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be " -"overridden by an\n" +"If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n" +"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n" "optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n" -"For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's " -"addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" +"For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" "For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD</" -"small>\n" -"Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the " -"URI specified in the request-string. GET is " -"the\n" -"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD " -"is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" +"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD\n" +"Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the URI specified in the request-string. GET is the\n" +"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" "Default: GET\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>virtual host</big> = \"hostname\"\n" -"Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or " -"HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP " -"request. In the\n" -"case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name " -"of the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will " -"be\n" -"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last " -"resort the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" +"Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP request. In the\n" +"case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name of the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n" +"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>login</big> = \"username\"\n" -"For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , " -"MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log " -"in.\n" +"For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n" "For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n" -"For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from " -"address for an OPTIONS query.\n" +"For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from address for an OPTIONS query.\n" "Default:\n" "</dt><dt>* FTP: Anonymous\n" -"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the " -"configuration\n" -"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is " -"derived as per the passwd option below.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication " -"will not be attempted.\n" +"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n" +"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>password</big> = \"password\"\n" -"Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , " -"LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" +"Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" "SIP servers.\n" "For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n" "Default:\n" -"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where " -"hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at " -"run time, or sourced\n" +"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at run time, or sourced\n" "from uname if unset.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , " -"MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be " -"performed.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>database name</big> = \"databasename\"\n" -"Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the " -"database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed " -"against. This\n" +"Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed against. This\n" "is a required setting.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>radius secret</big> = \"radiussecret\"\n" -"Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform " -"an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd " -"(set by\n" +"Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd (set by\n" "passwd above).\n" "Default: empty string\n" "\n" @@ -718,209 +502,115 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>scheduler</big> = scheduler_name\n" -"Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an " -"information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm" -"\">ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" +"Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" "Default: \"wrr\"\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>protocol</big> = tcp|udp|fwm\n" -"Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP</" -"small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall " -"mark then the\n" +"Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n" "protocol must be fwm.\n" "Default:\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the " -"port is not 53: tcp\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is " -"53: udp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n" "</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n" "</dt></dl>\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -"virtual setting.\n" -"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 1\n" "\n" "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" -"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -"methods.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " -"seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting</" -"b>|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If " -"none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -"options are ORed\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to " -"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS</" -"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: yes\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_adres|hostnaam:poortnummer|" -"servicenaam)|firewall-mark\n" -"Definieert een virtuele service door IP-adres (of hostnaam) en poort " -"(of servicenaam) of firewall-mark. Een firewall-mark is een geheel getal " -"groter dan nul. De\n" -"configuratie van markering van pakketten wordt bestuurd met de optie <tt>\"-m" -"\"</tt> naar ipchains(8). Alle echte services en vlaggen voor een " -"virtuele service\n" +"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_adres|hostnaam:poortnummer|servicenaam)|firewall-mark\n" +"Definieert een virtuele service door IP-adres (of hostnaam) en poort (of servicenaam) of firewall-mark. Een firewall-mark is een geheel getal groter dan nul. De\n" +"configuratie van markering van pakketten wordt bestuurd met de optie <tt>\"-m\"</tt> naar ipchains(8). Alle echte services en vlaggen voor een virtuele service\n" "moeten onmiddellijk op deze regel volgen en inspringen.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>real servers</big> = ip_adres|hostnaam[->ip_adres|" -"hostnaam][:poortnummer|servicenaam]\n" -"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request</" -"i>\", \"receive\"]\n" -"Definieert een echte service met IP-adres (of hostnaam) en poort (of " -"servicenaam). Als de poort wordt weggelaten dan zal een 0 worden gebruikt, " -"dit is primair bedoeld voor\n" -"fwmark services waar de poort voor echte servers wordt genegeerd. Optioneel " -"kan een reeks van IP-adressen (of twee hostnamen) worden " -"gegeven, in welk geval\n" -"elk IP-adres in de reeks behandeld zal worden als een echte " -"server met de gegeven poort. Het tweede argument definieert de methode van " -"forwarding, moet zijn\n" -"gate, ipip of masq. Het derde argument is optioneel en " -"definieert het gewicht voor die echte server. Bij weglaten zal een gewicht " -"van 1 worden gebruikt.\n" -"De laatste twee argumenten zijn ook optioneel. Ze definiëren a vraag-" -"ontvangen paar om te gebruiken bij het controleren of een server nog leeft. " -"Ze gaan boven het paar\n" -"vraag-ontvangen in de virtuele serversectie. Deze twee tekenreeksen moet " -"tussen aanhalingstekens staan. Als de vraag-tekenreeks begint met http://... " -"is het IP-adres en de poort van de echte\n" -"server ondergeschikt, anders wordt het IP-adres en de poort van de echte " -"server gebruikt.\n" -"Voor TCP en UDP (niet-fwmark) virtuele " -"services, tenzij de methode van forwarding is masq en het IP " -"adres van een\n" -"echte server niet-lokaal is (niet aanwezig op een interface van de host " -"waarop ldirectord actief is) dan zal de poort van de echte server ingesteld " -"worden op die van de virtuele\n" -"service. Dat betekent, port-mapping is alleen beschikbaar als de echte " -"server een andere machine is en de methode van forwarding is masq. Dit is " -"vanwege de manier waarop\n" +"<big>real servers</big> = ip_adres|hostnaam[->ip_adres|hostnaam][:poortnummer|servicenaam]\n" +"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request\", \"receive\"]\n" +"Definieert een echte service met IP-adres (of hostnaam) en poort (of servicenaam). Als de poort wordt weggelaten dan zal een 0 worden gebruikt, dit is primair bedoeld voor\n" +"fwmark services waar de poort voor echte servers wordt genegeerd. Optioneel kan een reeks van IP-adressen (of twee hostnamen) worden gegeven, in welk geval\n" +"elk IP-adres in de reeks behandeld zal worden als een echte server met de gegeven poort. Het tweede argument definieert de methode van forwarding, moet zijn\n" +"gate, ipip of masq. Het derde argument is optioneel en definieert het gewicht voor die echte server. Bij weglaten zal een gewicht van 1 worden gebruikt.\n" +"De laatste twee argumenten zijn ook optioneel. Ze definiëren a vraag-ontvangen paar om te gebruiken bij het controleren of een server nog leeft. Ze gaan boven het paar\n" +"vraag-ontvangen in de virtuele serversectie. Deze twee tekenreeksen moet tussen aanhalingstekens staan. Als de vraag-tekenreeks begint met http://... is het IP-adres en de poort van de echte\n" +"server ondergeschikt, anders wordt het IP-adres en de poort van de echte server gebruikt.\n" +"Voor TCP en UDP (niet-fwmark) virtuele services, tenzij de methode van forwarding is masq en het IP adres van een\n" +"echte server niet-lokaal is (niet aanwezig op een interface van de host waarop ldirectord actief is) dan zal de poort van de echte server ingesteld worden op die van de virtuele\n" +"service. Dat betekent, port-mapping is alleen beschikbaar als de echte server een andere machine is en de methode van forwarding is masq. Dit is vanwege de manier waarop\n" "de onderliggende LVS-code in the kernel functioneert.\n" -"Meer dan een van deze items kan binnen een virtuele sectie liggen. De " -"opties checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, " -"emailalertfreq en\n" -"quiescent boven aangegeven kunnen ook aanwezig zijn in een virtuele sectie, " -"in welk geval de globale instelling wordt overschreven.\n" +"Meer dan een van deze items kan binnen een virtuele sectie liggen. De opties checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq en\n" +"quiescent boven aangegeven kunnen ook aanwezig zijn in een virtuele sectie, in welk geval de globale instelling wordt overschreven.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate</" -"b>|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" -"Uit te voeren type controle. Negotiate stuurt een verzoek en komt " -"overeen met een ontvangen tekenreeks. Connect probeert alleen een TCP/" -"IP verbinding te maken, dus het\n" -"mogen de tekenreeksen voor request en receive weggelaten worden. Als " -"checktype een getal is dan wordt negotiate en connect gecombineerd zodat na " -"elke N pogingen om te verbinden één poging voor negotiate\n" -"wordt uitgevoerd. Dit is nuttig om te controleren hoe vaak een service " -"antwoordt en in veel langere intervallen een controle op negotite wordt " -"gedaan. Ping betekent dat\n" -"ICMP-ping zal worden gebruikt om de beschikbaarheid van echte " -"servers te testen. Ping wordt ook gebruikt als controle op de verbinding " -"voor UDP services. Off\n" -"betekent geen controle zal worden gedaan en geen echte of terugval-servers " -"zullen geactiveerd worden. On betekent er wordt geen controle gedaan en " -"echte servers zullen altijd worden\n" +"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" +"Uit te voeren type controle. Negotiate stuurt een verzoek en komt overeen met een ontvangen tekenreeks. Connect probeert alleen een TCP/IP verbinding te maken, dus het\n" +"mogen de tekenreeksen voor request en receive weggelaten worden. Als checktype een getal is dan wordt negotiate en connect gecombineerd zodat na elke N pogingen om te verbinden één poging voor negotiate\n" +"wordt uitgevoerd. Dit is nuttig om te controleren hoe vaak een service antwoordt en in veel langere intervallen een controle op negotite wordt gedaan. Ping betekent dat\n" +"ICMP-ping zal worden gebruikt om de beschikbaarheid van echte servers te testen. Ping wordt ook gebruikt als controle op de verbinding voor UDP services. Off\n" +"betekent geen controle zal worden gedaan en geen echte of terugval-servers zullen geactiveerd worden. On betekent er wordt geen controle gedaan en echte servers zullen altijd worden\n" "geactiveerd. Standaard is negotiate.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|" -"imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|" -"oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|" -"simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" -"Het te monitoren type service bij gebruik van checktype=negotiate. " -"None betekent dat een service niet zal worden gemonitord.\n" -"simpletcp stuurt de request-tekenreeks naar de server en test " -"het tegen de receive-regexp. De andere typen controles verbinden met " -"de server\n" -"met het gespecificeerde protocol. Bekijk de request en receive " -"secties voor protocol specifieke informatie.\n" +"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" +"Het te monitoren type service bij gebruik van checktype=negotiate. None betekent dat een service niet zal worden gemonitord.\n" +"simpletcp stuurt de request-tekenreeks naar de server en test het tegen de receive-regexp. De andere typen controles verbinden met de server\n" +"met het gespecificeerde protocol. Bekijk de request en receive secties voor protocol specifieke informatie.\n" "Standaard:\n" "<dl compact=\"compact\">\n" "<dt>* Virtuele serverpoort is 21: ftp\n" @@ -942,11 +632,8 @@ "</dt><dt>* Anders: none\n" "\n" "\n" -"</dt><dt><big>check command</big> = \"pad naar script\"</" -"b>\n" -"Deze instelling wordt gebruikt als checktype is external en is het uit te " -"voeren commando om de status van een echte server te controleren. Het zou " -"moeten eindigen met status 0 als alles\n" +"</dt><dt><big>check command</big> = \"pad naar script\"\n" +"Deze instelling wordt gebruikt als checktype is external en is het uit te voeren commando om de status van een echte server te controleren. Het zou moeten eindigen met status 0 als alles\n" "OK is of niet-nul anders.\n" "Er worden vier parameters doorgegeven aan het script:\n" "</dt><dt>* ip-adres virtuele server/firewall-markering\n" @@ -957,112 +644,68 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>check port</big> = n\n" -"Aantal te monitoren poorten. Soms verschilt check port van service-" -"poort.\n" +"Aantal te monitoren poorten. Soms verschilt check port van service-poort.\n" "Standaard: poort gespecificeerd voor elke echte server\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>request</big> = \"uri naar gevraagde object\"</" -"b>\n" -"Dit object zal elk controle-interval in seconden bevraagd worden op " -"elke echte server. De tekenreeks moet omgeven zijn door aanhalingstekens. " -"Merk op dat deze tekenreeks overschreven kan worden door\n" +"<big>request</big> = \"uri naar gevraagde object\"\n" +"Dit object zal elk controle-interval in seconden bevraagd worden op elke echte server. De tekenreeks moet omgeven zijn door aanhalingstekens. Merk op dat deze tekenreeks overschreven kan worden door\n" "een optionele bevraagtekenreeks per echte-server.\n" -"Voor een controle in de DNS moet dit de naam van een A-" -"record zijn of het adres van een op te zoeken PTR-record.\n" -"Voor een MySQL, Oracle of PostgreSQL controle, moet dit een " -"SQL query zijn. De terugontvangen gegevens worden niet " -"gecontroleerd, alleen dat het antwoord is een of meer\n" +"Voor een controle in de DNS moet dit de naam van een A-record zijn of het adres van een op te zoeken PTR-record.\n" +"Voor een MySQL, Oracle of PostgreSQL controle, moet dit een SQL query zijn. De terugontvangen gegevens worden niet gecontroleerd, alleen dat het antwoord is een of meer\n" "rijen is. Dit is een vereiste instelling.\n" -"Voor een controle met simpletcp wordt deze tekenreeks woordelijk " -"verzonden behalve bij het voorkomen van \n" +"Voor een controle met simpletcp wordt deze tekenreeks woordelijk verzonden behalve bij het voorkomen van \n" " die vervangen wordt door een teken nieuwe-regel.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>receive</big> = \"te vergelijken regexp\"\n" -"Als het gevraagde resultaat deze te vergelijken regexp bevat " -"zal de echte server alive worden verklaard. De regexp moet tussen quotes " -"staan. Houd in gedachten dat\n" -"regexps geen platte tekenreeksen zijn en dat u bepaalde tekens van een " -"escape-teken moet voorzien als ze letterlijk opgevat kunnen worden. Merk op " -"dat deze regexp overschreven kan worden door een\n" +"Als het gevraagde resultaat deze te vergelijken regexp bevat zal de echte server alive worden verklaard. De regexp moet tussen quotes staan. Houd in gedachten dat\n" +"regexps geen platte tekenreeksen zijn en dat u bepaalde tekens van een escape-teken moet voorzien als ze letterlijk opgevat kunnen worden. Merk op dat deze regexp overschreven kan worden door een\n" "optionele op per echte server gebaseerde receive-regexp.\n" -"Voor een DNS controle kan dit elk adres in een A-record " -"zijn of elke van de namen in een PTR-record.\n" -"Voor een controle op MySQL kan de instelling van receive niet gebruikt " -"worden.\n" +"Voor een DNS controle kan dit elk adres in een A-record zijn of elke van de namen in een PTR-record.\n" +"Voor een controle op MySQL kan de instelling van receive niet gebruikt worden.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD</" -"small>\n" -"Stelt de HTTP methode in die gebruikt zou moeten " -"worden om de URI gespecificeerd in de request-string op te " -"halen. " -"GET is de\n" -"methode die standaard gebruikt wordt als de parameter niet is ingesteld. Als " -"HEAD wordt gebruikt zal de receive-string niet ingesteld " -"moeten zijn.\n" +"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD\n" +"Stelt de HTTP methode in die gebruikt zou moeten worden om de URI gespecificeerd in de request-string op te halen. GET is de\n" +"methode die standaard gebruikt wordt als de parameter niet is ingesteld. Als HEAD wordt gebruikt zal de receive-string niet ingesteld moeten zijn.\n" "Standaard: GET\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>virtual host</big> = \"hostnaam\"\n" -"Gebruikt wanneer een onderhandelingscontrole met HTTP " -"of HTTPS wordt gedaan. Stelt de host-header in die gebruikt " -"wordt in het HTTP-verzoek. In het geval\n" -"van HTTPS moet dit in het algemeen overeenkomen met de 'common " -"name' van het SSL-certificaat. Indien niet ingesteld zal de " -"'host header worden gebruikt\n" -"afgeleid van de 'request url' voor de echte server indien aanwezig. Als " -"laatste redmiddel zal het IP-adres van de echte server worden " -"gebruikt.\n" +"Gebruikt wanneer een onderhandelingscontrole met HTTP of HTTPS wordt gedaan. Stelt de host-header in die gebruikt wordt in het HTTP-verzoek. In het geval\n" +"van HTTPS moet dit in het algemeen overeenkomen met de 'common name' van het SSL-certificaat. Indien niet ingesteld zal de 'host header worden gebruikt\n" +"afgeleid van de 'request url' voor de echte server indien aanwezig. Als laatste redmiddel zal het IP-adres van de echte server worden gebruikt.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>login</big> = \"gebruikersnaam\"\n" -"Voor FTP , IMAP , LDAP , " -"MySQL, Oracle, POP en PostgreSQL, de gebruikersnaam gebruikt " -"bij het aanmelden.\n" -"Voor Radius wordt het wachtwoord gebruikt voor het attribuut " -"User-Name.\n" -"Voor SIP wordt de gebruikersnaam gebruikt als zowel " -"het naar- als van-address voor een OPTIONS zoekopdracht.\n" +"Voor FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP en PostgreSQL, de gebruikersnaam gebruikt bij het aanmelden.\n" +"Voor Radius wordt het wachtwoord gebruikt voor het attribuut User-Name.\n" +"Voor SIP wordt de gebruikersnaam gebruikt als zowel het naar- als van-address voor een OPTIONS zoekopdracht.\n" "Standaard:\n" "</dt><dt>* FTP: Anonymous\n" -"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle en PostgreSQL: Moet gespecificeerd worden in de " -"configuratie\n" -"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostnaam>, hostnaam is " -"afgeleid van de onderstaande optie passwd.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Anders: lege tekenreeks, die aangeeft dat authenticatie met " -"hoofd-/kleine letters niet geprobeerd wordt.\n" +"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle en PostgreSQL: Moet gespecificeerd worden in de configuratie\n" +"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostnaam>, hostnaam is afgeleid van de onderstaande optie passwd.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Anders: lege tekenreeks, die aangeeft dat authenticatie met hoofd-/kleine letters niet geprobeerd wordt.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>password</big> = \"wachtwoord\"\n" -"Te gebruiken wachtwoord voor aanmelden bij FTP , " -"IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, " -"POP , PostgreSQL en\n" +"Te gebruiken wachtwoord voor aanmelden bij FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL en\n" "SIP servers.\n" -"Voor Radius wordt het wachtwoord gebruikt voor het attribuut " -"User-Password.\n" +"Voor Radius wordt het wachtwoord gebruikt voor het attribuut User-Password.\n" "Standaard:\n" -"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostnaam>, waar " -"hostnaam de omgevingsvariabele HOSTNAME is geëvalueerd bij " -"uitvoeren of opgehaald\n" +"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostnaam>, waar hostnaam de omgevingsvariabele HOSTNAME is geëvalueerd bij uitvoeren of opgehaald\n" "met uname indien niet ingesteld.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Anders: lege tekenreeks. In het geval van LDAP , " -"MySQL, Oracle en PostgreSQL betekent dit dat authenticatie niet zal worden " -"gedaan.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Anders: lege tekenreeks. In het geval van LDAP , MySQL, Oracle en PostgreSQL betekent dit dat authenticatie niet zal worden gedaan.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>database name</big> = \"databasenaae\"\n" -"Te gebruiken database voor MySQL, Oracle en PostgreSQL servers, dit is de " -"database waarop de query (ingesteld door bovenstaand receive) gedaan " -"zal worden. Dit\n" +"Te gebruiken database voor MySQL, Oracle en PostgreSQL servers, dit is de database waarop de query (ingesteld door bovenstaand receive) gedaan zal worden. Dit\n" "is een vereiste instelling.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>radius secret</big> = \"radiussecret\"\n" -"Te gebruiken secret voor Radius servers, dit is de secret gebruikt " -"om een Access-Request met de gebruikersnaam (ingesteld met bovenstaand " -"login) en wachtwoord (ingesteld met\n" +"Te gebruiken secret voor Radius servers, dit is de secret gebruikt om een Access-Request met de gebruikersnaam (ingesteld met bovenstaand login) en wachtwoord (ingesteld met\n" "bovenstaand passwd).\n" "Standaard: lege tekenreeks\n" "\n" @@ -1072,138 +715,75 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>netmask</big> = w.x.y.z\n" -"Te gebruiken netmasker voor granulariteit van blijvende " -"client-verbindingen.\n" +"Te gebruiken netmasker voor granulariteit van blijvende client-verbindingen.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>scheduler</big> = scheduler_name\n" -"Te gebruiken planner door LVS voor loadbalancing. Voor " -"informatie over de beschikbare planners kijk op manpagina <a href=\"ipvsadm" -"\">ipvsadm</a>(8).\n" +"Te gebruiken planner door LVS voor loadbalancing. Voor informatie over de beschikbare planners kijk op manpagina <a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a>(8).\n" "Standaard: \"wrr\"\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>protocol</big> = tcp|udp|fwm\n" -"Te gebruiken protocol. Als de virtuele gespecificeerd is als een " -"IP-adres en poort dan moet het tcp of udp zijn. Indien een " -"firewall " -"is gemarkeerd dan\n" +"Te gebruiken protocol. Als de virtuele gespecificeerd is als een IP-adres en poort dan moet het tcp of udp zijn. Indien een firewall is gemarkeerd dan\n" "moet het protocol fwm zijn.\n" "Standaard:\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtuele is een IP-adres en poort en de " -"poort is niet 53: tcp\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtuele is een IP-adres en poort en de poort is " -"53: udp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtuele is een IP-adres en poort en de poort is niet 53: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtuele is een IP-adres en poort en de poort is 53: udp\n" "</dt><dt>* Virtuele is een firewall markering: fwm\n" "</dt></dl>\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"Timeout in seconden voor connect, external and ping controles. Als de " -"timeout is overschreden dan wordt de echte server dood verklaard.\n" -"Indien gedefinieerd in een virtuele serversection dan wordt de " -"globale waarde is overschreven.\n" -"Indien ongedefinieerd dan wordt de waarde van negotiatetimeout " -"gebruikt. " -"negotiatetimeout is ook een globale waarde die overschreven kan worden door " -"een instelling per-virtueel.\n" -"Als zowel checktimeout en negotiatetimeout niet zijn ingesteld, dan " -"wordt de standaard gebruikt.\n" +"Timeout in seconden voor connect, external and ping controles. Als de timeout is overschreden dan wordt de echte server dood verklaard.\n" +"Indien gedefinieerd in een virtuele serversection dan wordt de globale waarde is overschreven.\n" +"Indien ongedefinieerd dan wordt de waarde van negotiatetimeout gebruikt. negotiatetimeout is ook een globale waarde die overschreven kan worden door een instelling per-virtueel.\n" +"Als zowel checktimeout en negotiatetimeout niet zijn ingesteld, dan wordt de standaard gebruikt.\n" "Standaard: 5 seconden\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "Timeout in seconden voor onderhandelingscontroles.\n" -"Indien gedefinieerd in een virtuele serversectie dan wordt de globale " -"waarde overschreven.\n" -"Indien ongedefinieerd wordt de waarde van connecttimeout gebruikt. " -"connecttimeout is ook een globale waarde die overschreven kan worden door een " -"instelling per virtuele.\n" -"Indien zowel negotiatetimeout en connecttimeout niet zijn ingesteld, " -"dan wordt de standaard gebruikt.\n" +"Indien gedefinieerd in een virtuele serversectie dan wordt de globale waarde overschreven.\n" +"Indien ongedefinieerd wordt de waarde van connecttimeout gebruikt. connecttimeout is ook een globale waarde die overschreven kan worden door een instelling per virtuele.\n" +"Indien zowel negotiatetimeout en connecttimeout niet zijn ingesteld, dan wordt de standaard gebruikt.\n" "Standaard: 30 seconden\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"Het aantal opvolgende keren dat een mislukking zal moeten worden " -"gerapporteerd door een controle voordat de echte server beschouwd wordt te " -"zijn mislukt. Een waarde van 1 betekent dat de echte server beschouwd wordt " -"te zijn mislukt bij de eerste mislukking. Een succesvolle controle zal " -"teller van mislukkingen terugzetten op 0.\n" -"Indien gedefinieerd in een virtuele serversectie zal de globale waarde " -"worden overschreven.\n" +"Het aantal opvolgende keren dat een mislukking zal moeten worden gerapporteerd door een controle voordat de echte server beschouwd wordt te zijn mislukt. Een waarde van 1 betekent dat de echte server beschouwd wordt te zijn mislukt bij de eerste mislukking. Een succesvolle controle zal teller van mislukkingen terugzetten op 0.\n" +"Indien gedefinieerd in een virtuele serversectie zal de globale waarde worden overschreven.\n" "Standaard: 1\n" "\n" "<big>email alert</big> = \"e-mailadres\"\n" -"Een geldig e-mailadres voor het zenden van een waarschuwing over de " -"gewijzigde verbindingsstatus naar elke echte server gedefinieerd in de " -"virtuele service. Deze optie vereist dat de\n" -"perl-module MailTools is geïnstalleerd. Automatisch probeert de e-mail te " -"verzenden met elk van de ingebouwde methoden. Zie perldoc Mail::Mailer voor " -"meer informatie over methoden.\n" -"Indien gedefinieerd in een virtuele serversectie wordt de globale " -"waarde overschreven.\n" +"Een geldig e-mailadres voor het zenden van een waarschuwing over de gewijzigde verbindingsstatus naar elke echte server gedefinieerd in de virtuele service. Deze optie vereist dat de\n" +"perl-module MailTools is geïnstalleerd. Automatisch probeert de e-mail te verzenden met elk van de ingebouwde methoden. Zie perldoc Mail::Mailer voor meer informatie over methoden.\n" +"Indien gedefinieerd in een virtuele serversectie wordt de globale waarde overschreven.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -"Vertaging in seconden tussen het herhalen van waarschuwingen per " -"e-mail " -"terwijl elke gegeven echte server in de virtuele service ontoegankelijk " -"blijft. " -"Een instelling van nul seconden zal\n" -"zich herhalende waarschuwingen tegenhouden. De nauwkeurigheid van de timing " -"van e-mail van deze instelling is afhankelijk van het aantal seconden " -"gedefinieerd in de instelling van de optie het controle-interval.\n" -"Indien gedefinieerd in een virtuele serversectie wordt de globale " -"waarde overschreven.\n" +"Vertaging in seconden tussen het herhalen van waarschuwingen per e-mail terwijl elke gegeven echte server in de virtuele service ontoegankelijk blijft. Een instelling van nul seconden zal\n" +"zich herhalende waarschuwingen tegenhouden. De nauwkeurigheid van de timing van e-mail van deze instelling is afhankelijk van het aantal seconden gedefinieerd in de instelling van de optie het controle-interval.\n" +"Indien gedefinieerd in een virtuele serversectie wordt de globale waarde overschreven.\n" "Standaard: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting</" -"b>|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"Komma-gescheiden lijst met serverstatussen waarin e-mail " -"waarschuwingen " -"verzonden moeten worden. all is kort voor\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". Als " -"none is gespecificeerd, mag geen andere optie worden gespecificeerd, " -"anders wordt op de opties de of-functie toegepast.\n" -"Indien gedefinieerd in een virtuele serversectie wordt de globale " -"waarde overschreven.\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Komma-gescheiden lijst met serverstatussen waarin e-mail waarschuwingen verzonden moeten worden. all is kort voor\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". Als none is gespecificeerd, mag geen andere optie worden gespecificeerd, anders wordt op de opties de of-functie toegepast.\n" +"Indien gedefinieerd in een virtuele serversectie wordt de globale waarde overschreven.\n" "Standaard: all\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = IP-adres|hostnaam[:poortnummer|" -"servicenaam] [gateway|masker|ipip]\n" -"de server waarnaar een webservice wordt gericht als alle echte servers " -"down zijn. Dit zou typisch 127.0.0.1 zijn met een noodpagina.\n" -"Indien gedefinieerd in een virtuele serversectie wordt de globale " -"waarde overschreven.\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = IP-adres|hostnaam[:poortnummer|servicenaam] [gateway|masker|ipip]\n" +"de server waarnaar een webservice wordt gericht als alle echte servers down zijn. Dit zou typisch 127.0.0.1 zijn met een noodpagina.\n" +"Indien gedefinieerd in een virtuele serversectie wordt de globale waarde overschreven.\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"Indien yes, worden wanneer echte of failback servers worden " -"bepaald om " -"down te zijn, ze niet echt verwijderd worden uit de LVS van de " -"kerneltabel.\n" -"Hun gewicht wordt echter op nul gezet wat betekent dat geen nieuwe " -"verbindingen " -"geaccepteerd zullen worden.\n" -"Dit heeft als neveneffect, dat als de echte server blijvende " -"verbindingen " -"heeft, nieuwe verbindingen van elke bestaande client gecontinueerd zullen " -"worden " -"om gerouteerd te blijven worden naar de\n" -"echte server, totdat de blijvende timeout kan aflopen. Zie ipvsadm voor meer " -"informatie over blijvende verbindingen.\n" +"Indien yes, worden wanneer echte of failback servers worden bepaald om down te zijn, ze niet echt verwijderd worden uit de LVS van de kerneltabel.\n" +"Hun gewicht wordt echter op nul gezet wat betekent dat geen nieuwe verbindingen geaccepteerd zullen worden.\n" +"Dit heeft als neveneffect, dat als de echte server blijvende verbindingen heeft, nieuwe verbindingen van elke bestaande client gecontinueerd zullen worden om gerouteerd te blijven worden naar de\n" +"echte server, totdat de blijvende timeout kan aflopen. Zie ipvsadm voor meer informatie over blijvende verbindingen.\n" "Dit neveneffect kan vermeden worden door het volgende commando:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"Als het proc-bestand niet aanwezig is dan betekent dat waarschijnlijk " -"dat de kernel " -"geen ondersteuning voor lvs heeft, LVS ondersteuning niet is " -"geladen of de " -"kernel is te\n" -"oud om het proc-bestand te hebben. Uitvoeren van ipvsadm als root zou " -"LVS " -"in de kernel moeten laden als dat mogelijk is.\n" -"Indien no, dan zullen de echte of failback servers verwijderd " -"worden uit " -"de LVS-tabel in de kernel. De standaard is yes.\n" -"Indien gedefinieerd in een virtuele serversectie wordt de globale " -"waarde overschreven.\n" +"Als het proc-bestand niet aanwezig is dan betekent dat waarschijnlijk dat de kernel geen ondersteuning voor lvs heeft, LVS ondersteuning niet is geladen of de kernel is te\n" +"oud om het proc-bestand te hebben. Uitvoeren van ipvsadm als root zou LVS in de kernel moeten laden als dat mogelijk is.\n" +"Indien no, dan zullen de echte of failback servers verwijderd worden uit de LVS-tabel in de kernel. De standaard is yes.\n" +"Indien gedefinieerd in een virtuele serversectie wordt de globale waarde overschreven.\n" "Standaard: yes\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -1424,5 +1004,3 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Configuratie overzicht..." - - Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-client.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-client.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-client.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -255,8 +255,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " -"te klikken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:46 @@ -277,8 +276,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Opslaan afbreken</big> \n" "Breek de opslagprocedure af door op Afbreken te klikken.\n" -" In een aanvullend dialoogvenster wordt aangegeven of het veilig is om dit " -"te doen.\n" +" In een aanvullend dialoogvenster wordt aangegeven of het veilig is om dit te doen.\n" " \n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 @@ -300,8 +298,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Een iSCSI-initiator toevoegen</big> \n" "Selecteer een iSCSI-initiator in de lijst met gedetecteerde initiators.\n" -" Als uw iSCSI-initiator niet is gedetecteerd, gebruikt u Overig (niet " -"gedetecteerd).\n" +" Als uw iSCSI-initiator niet is gedetecteerd, gebruikt u Overig (niet gedetecteerd).\n" " Klik vervolgens op Instellen.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -312,8 +309,7 @@ "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Bewerken of verwijderen</big> \n" -"Als u klikt op Bewerken, wordt er een aanvullend dialoogvenster " -"geopend\n" +"Als u klikt op Bewerken, wordt er een aanvullend dialoogvenster geopend\n" " waarin u de configuratie kunt wijzigen.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 @@ -351,13 +347,11 @@ #. table of connected targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 msgid "" -"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press Add</" -"b>.\n" +"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press Add.\n" "To remove it, press Log Out.\n" "To change the start-up status, press Toggle.\n" msgstr "" -"Lijst met huidige sessies Als u een nieuw doel wilt toevoegen, selecteer het " -"en klikt op Toevoegen.\n" +"Lijst met huidige sessies Als u een nieuw doel wilt toevoegen, selecteer het en klikt op Toevoegen.\n" "Als u een doel wilt verwijderen klikt op Afmelden.\n" "Als u de opstartstatus wilt wijzigen, klikt op Omschakelen.\n" @@ -368,67 +362,42 @@ msgstr "<h1>Waarschuwing</h1>" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115 -msgid "" -"When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that " -"this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data " -"corruption.\n" -msgstr "" -"Zorg er voor dat bij READ/WRITE-toegang tot een iSCSI-" -"apparaat deze toegang exclusief is. Anders bestaat er het risico dat er " -"datacorruptie optreedt.\n" +msgid "When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.\n" +msgstr "Zorg er voor dat bij READ/WRITE-toegang tot een iSCSI-apparaat deze toegang exclusief is. Anders bestaat er het risico dat er datacorruptie optreedt.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 msgid "" -"InitiatorName is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</" -"tt>. \n" -"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only " -"able to change it in the BIOS setup." +"InitiatorName is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup." msgstr "" -"Initiatornaam is een waarde uit <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname." -"iscsi</tt>.\n" -"Als u werkt met iBFT, wordt de waarde daaruit toegevoegd en kunt u de waarde " -"alleen wijzigen in de BIOS-instellingen." +"Initiatornaam is een waarde uit <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>.\n" +"Als u werkt met iBFT, wordt de waarde daaruit toegevoegd en kunt u de waarde alleen wijzigen in de BIOS-instellingen." #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 msgid "" -"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for " -"discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" -"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should " -"be 3205.\n" +"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" +"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n" msgstr "" -"Als u gebruik wilt maken van iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) " -"voor het ontdekken van doelen in plaats van de standaard SendTargets-" -"methode,\n" -"vul het IP-adres en de poort van de iSNS-server in. De standaardpoort is " -"3205.\n" +"Als u gebruik wilt maken van iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) voor het ontdekken van doelen in plaats van de standaard SendTargets-methode,\n" +"vul het IP-adres en de poort van de iSNS-server in. De standaardpoort is 3205.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "Enter the IP Address of the discovered server.\n" -"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username " -"and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" +"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" "select No Authentication.\n" msgstr "" "Voer het IP-adres van de gevonden server in.\n" -"Wijzig Poort alleen indien nodig. Voor verificatie, gebruik " -"Gebruikersnaam en Wachtwoord. Als u geen\n" +"Wijzig Poort alleen indien nodig. Voor verificatie, gebruik Gebruikersnaam en Wachtwoord. Als u geen\n" "verificatie nodig hebt, selecteer Geen verificatie.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 -msgid "" -"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click " -"Connect. " -msgstr "" -"Lijst van knooppunten die door de iSCSI-doel worden aangeboden. Selecteer er " -"een en klik op Verbinden. " +msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click Connect. " +msgstr "Lijst van knooppunten die door de iSCSI-doel worden aangeboden. Selecteer er een en klik op Verbinden. " #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 -msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication and enter the Username and " -"Password." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer het type verificatie en voer de gebruikersnaam en het " -"wachtwoord in." +msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the Username and Password." +msgstr "Selecteer het type verificatie en voer de gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord in." #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>" @@ -438,11 +407,9 @@ msgid "" "manual is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\n" "default, the user needs to connect them manually\n" -"onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. " -"when\n" +"onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n" "root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.\n" -"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI " -"service\n" +"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n" "starts up.\n" msgstr "" "handmatig is voor iSCSI-doelen waarmee niet standaard wordt\n" @@ -455,12 +422,8 @@ #. list of discovered targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 -msgid "" -"List of discovered targets. Start a new Discovery or Connect " -"to any target." -msgstr "" -"Lijst met gevonden doelen. Start een nieuwe Zoekopdracht of klik op " -"Verbinden om verbinding te maken met een doel." +msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new Discovery or Connect to any target." +msgstr "Lijst met gevonden doelen. Start een nieuwe Zoekopdracht of klik op Verbinden om verbinding te maken met een doel." #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145 msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>" @@ -495,8 +458,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:218 msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target." -msgstr "" -"Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het afmelden bij het geselecteerde doel." +msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het afmelden bij het geselecteerde doel." #. toggle all 3 possible values (bnc#457252) #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228 @@ -563,12 +525,8 @@ #. check if not already connected #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 -msgid "" -"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that " -"multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." -msgstr "" -"Het doel met deze doelnaam is al verbonden. Zorg dat de functie voor " -"meerdere paden is ingeschakeld om beschadigde gegevens te voorkomen." +msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." +msgstr "Het doel met deze doelnaam is al verbonden. Zorg dat de functie voor meerdere paden is ingeschakeld om beschadigde gegevens te voorkomen." # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- @@ -601,12 +559,8 @@ #. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) #. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 -msgid "" -"To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." -"" -msgstr "" -"Als u de iSCSI-initiator wilt instellen, moet het %1-pakket worden " -"geïnstalleerd." +msgid "To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Als u de iSCSI-initiator wilt instellen, moet het %1-pakket worden geïnstalleerd." #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -689,8 +643,7 @@ msgstr "" "Initiatornaam uit iBFT en die uit <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "zijn verschillend. De oude initiatornaam wordt vervangen door de waarde uit\n" -"iBFT en er wordt een back-up gemaakt. Wijzig de initiatornaam in de BIOS " -"als\n" +"iBFT en er wordt een back-up gemaakt. Wijzig de initiatornaam in de BIOS als\n" "u een andere naam wilt gebruiken.\n" #. do discovery first Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-lio-server.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-lio-server.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-lio-server.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-23 17:30+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 22:45+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -262,8 +262,7 @@ "<big>Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Configuratie van iSCSI LIO-doel wordt geïnitialiseerd</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Configuratie van iSCSI LIO-doel wordt geïnitialiseerd</big> \n" "Even geduld a.u.b... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 @@ -273,8 +272,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " -"te klikken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:47 @@ -337,8 +335,7 @@ "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Bewerken of verwijderen</big> \n" -"Als u klikt op Bewerken, wordt er een aanvullend dialoogvenster " -"geopend\n" +"Als u klikt op Bewerken, wordt er een aanvullend dialoogvenster geopend\n" " waarin u de configuratie kunt wijzigen.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 @@ -409,65 +406,30 @@ #. discovery authentication #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119 -msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of " -"Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert " -"User and Password." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer het type verificatie. Gebruik Geen verificatie of een van " -"de Inkomende en Uitgaande (kunnen beide samen gebruikt " -"worden). Voer daarna de Gebruikersnaam en het Wachtwoord in." +msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User and Password." +msgstr "Selecteer het type verificatie. Gebruik Geen verificatie of een van de Inkomende en Uitgaande (kunnen beide samen gebruikt worden). Voer daarna de Gebruikersnaam en het Wachtwoord in." #. target client setup. #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 -msgid "" -"Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target " -"portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is " -"InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi " -"initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." -msgstr "" -"Gebruik Toevoegen om een client toegang te geven tot een LUN " -"geïmporteerd uit doel-portal-groep. Specificeer welke client is toegestaan " -"om er toegang toe te hebben (de clientnaam is InitiatorName in '/etc/" -"iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' in de iscsi-initiator). Verwijderen zal de " -"toegang van de client tot de LUN verwijderen." +msgid "Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." +msgstr "Gebruik Toevoegen om een client toegang te geven tot een LUN geïmporteerd uit doel-portal-groep. Specificeer welke client is toegestaan om er toegang toe te hebben (de clientnaam is InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' in de iscsi-initiator). Verwijderen zal de toegang van de client tot de LUN verwijderen." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 -msgid "" -"With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN " -"target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the " -"type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both " -"together. Then insert User and Password. If Use " -"Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is " -"disabled here." -msgstr "" -"Met LUN bewerken kunt u wijzigen tot welke LUN's de client toegang " -"heeft. Merk op dat het doelnummer van de LUN uniek moet zijn. Na " -"indrukken van Auth bewerken, selecteert u het type authenticatie. " -"Gebruik Inkomend, Uitgaand of beiden. Voer dan Gebruiker</" -"b> en Wachtwoord. Als Authenticatie gebruiken is uitgeschakeld " -"in de vorige dialoog, Auth bewerken is hier uitgeschakeld." +msgid "With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." +msgstr "Met LUN bewerken kunt u wijzigen tot welke LUN's de client toegang heeft. Merk op dat het doelnummer van de LUN uniek moet zijn. Na indrukken van Auth bewerken, selecteert u het type authenticatie. Gebruik Inkomend, Uitgaand of beiden. Voer dan Gebruiker en Wachtwoord. Als Authenticatie gebruiken is uitgeschakeld in de vorige dialoog, Auth bewerken is hier uitgeschakeld." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to " -"the LUN." -msgstr "" -"Kopiëren biedt de mogelijkheid om een extra client toegang te " -"geven tot de LUN." +msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN." +msgstr "Kopiëren biedt de mogelijkheid om een extra client toegang te geven tot de LUN." #. target dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by " -"clicking Add.\n" -"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete</" -"b>." +"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking Add.\n" +"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete." msgstr "" -"Lijst van aangeboden doelen en doelportalgroepen. Maak een nieuw doel aan " -"door op Toevoegen te klikken.\n" -"Om ze te verwijderen of te wijzigen, selecteer ze en klik op Bewerken " -"of Verwijderen." +"Lijst van aangeboden doelen en doelportalgroepen. Maak een nieuw doel aan door op Toevoegen te klikken.\n" +"Om ze te verwijderen of te wijzigen, selecteer ze en klik op Bewerken of Verwijderen." #. edit target #. add target @@ -478,80 +440,58 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " -"LUN.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a LUN.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN</" -"b>. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -"Het is mogelijk om willekeurige blokapparaten of bestanden beschikbaar te " -"maken onder een LUN.\n" +"Het is mogelijk om willekeurige blokapparaten of bestanden beschikbaar te maken onder een LUN.\n" "U moet het pad naar ofwel het blokapparaat of bestand leveren. \n" -"De LUN-naam is een willekeurige naam om uniek de LUN aan te " -"geven. \n" -"De naam moet uniek zijn binnen de portalgroep van het doel. Als de " -"gebruiker\n" +"De LUN-naam is een willekeurige naam om uniek de LUN aan te geven. \n" +"De naam moet uniek zijn binnen de portalgroep van het doel. Als de gebruiker\n" "geen naam voor de LUN levert, dan wordt deze automatisch gegenereerd." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172 msgid "" -"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which " -"address\n" +"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" -"Onder IP-adres en Portnummer specificeert u onder welk " -"adres\n" -"en poort de service beschikbaar zal zijn. De standaard voor poortnummer is " -"3260.\n" +"Onder IP-adres en Portnummer specificeert u onder welk adres\n" +"en poort de service beschikbaar zal zijn. De standaard voor poortnummer is 3260.\n" "Alleen IP-adressen toegekend aan een van de netwerkkaarten zijn mogelijk." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162 msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values." -msgstr "" -"Een nieuw doel aanmaken. Vervang de sjabloonwaarden door de juiste waarden." +msgstr "Een nieuw doel aanmaken. Vervang de sjabloonwaarden door de juiste waarden." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " -"lun.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN</" -"b>. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -"Het is mogelijk om willekeurige blokapparaten of bestanden beschikbaar te " -"maken onder een LUN.\n" +"Het is mogelijk om willekeurige blokapparaten of bestanden beschikbaar te maken onder een LUN.\n" "U moet het pad naar ofwel het blokapparaat of bestand leveren. \n" -"De LUN-naam is een willekeurige naam om uniek de LUN aan te " -"geven. \n" -"De naam moet uniek zijn binnen de portalgroep van het doel. Als de " -"gebruiker\n" +"De LUN-naam is een willekeurige naam om uniek de LUN aan te geven. \n" +"De naam moet uniek zijn binnen de portalgroep van het doel. Als de gebruiker\n" "geen naam voor de LUN levert, dan wordt deze automatisch gegenereerd." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional " -"configuration options." -msgstr "" -"U kunt aanvullende configuratie-opties toevoegen, bewerken of " -"verwijderen." +msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." +msgstr "U kunt aanvullende configuratie-opties toevoegen, bewerken of verwijderen." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 msgid "" -"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing " -"purposes).\n" -"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and " -"Sectors are optional." +"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" +"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." msgstr "" -"Bewerk het LUN-nummer indien nodig, stel Type in (nullio is " -"voor testdoeleinden).\n" -"Als Type=fileio, zet Pad naar schijfstation of bestand. SCSI-ID</" -"b> en Sectoren zijn optioneel." +"Bewerk het LUN-nummer indien nodig, stel Type in (nullio is voor testdoeleinden).\n" +"Als Type=fileio, zet Pad naar schijfstation of bestand. SCSI-ID en Sectoren zijn optioneel." #. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145 @@ -579,8 +519,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:269 msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!" -msgstr "" -"Geselecteerd pad moet ofwel een blokapparaat of een normaal bestand zijn." +msgstr "Geselecteerd pad moet ofwel een blokapparaat of een normaal bestand zijn." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:275 msgid "Selected Path is already in use!" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-server.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-server.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-server.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-server.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-09 21:09+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/isns.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/isns.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/isns.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: isns.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-06 16:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-09 21:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -173,8 +173,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " -"te klikken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:25 @@ -208,85 +207,30 @@ "Configureer een iSNS-server. \n" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39 -msgid "" -"<big>iSNS Server location</big> The DNS name or the IP address of " -"the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\n" -msgstr "" -"<big>Lokatie van iSNS server</big> De DNS naam of het IP-adres van " -"de iSNS-service kan ingevoerd worden als het iSNS-adres.\n" +msgid "<big>iSNS Server location</big> The DNS name or the IP address of the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\n" +msgstr "<big>Lokatie van iSNS server</big> De DNS naam of het IP-adres van de iSNS-service kan ingevoerd worden als het iSNS-adres.\n" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:42 -msgid "" -"The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service " -"are displayed. Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI " -"targets. It is only possible to delete them. Deleting a node " -"removes it from the iSNS database." -msgstr "" -"De lijst van alel beschikbare iSCSI nodes die geregistreerd staan met de " -"iSNS service zijn getoond. Nodes zijn geregistreerd door iSCSI " -"initiators en iSCSI targets. Het is alleen mogelijk om hen te " -"verwijderen. Verwijderen van een node vewijderd deze uit de iSNS " -"database." +msgid "The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are displayed. Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI targets. It is only possible to delete them. Deleting a node removes it from the iSNS database." +msgstr "De lijst van alel beschikbare iSCSI nodes die geregistreerd staan met de iSNS service zijn getoond. Nodes zijn geregistreerd door iSCSI initiators en iSCSI targets. Het is alleen mogelijk om hen te verwijderen. Verwijderen van een node vewijderd deze uit de iSNS database." #. discovery domains #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to Create</" -"b> a discovery domain or Delete one. Deleting a domain removes the " -"members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members." -msgstr "" -"Een lijst van alle detectiedomeinen wordt getoond. Het is mogelijk een " -"detectiedomeinen aan te maken met Aanmaken en met Verwijderen " -"te verwijderen.Verwijderen van een domein verwijdert de leden van het " -"domein maar verwijdert niet de leden van de iSCSI node " +msgid "A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to Create a discovery domain or Delete one. Deleting a domain removes the members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members." +msgstr "Een lijst van alle detectiedomeinen wordt getoond. Het is mogelijk een detectiedomeinen aan te maken met Aanmaken en met Verwijderen te verwijderen.Verwijderen van een domein verwijdert de leden van het domein maar verwijdert niet de leden van de iSCSI node " #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:49 -msgid "" -"A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting " -"another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery " -"domain. It is possible to Add an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or " -"Delete the node. Deleting a node removes it from the domain but " -"does not delete the iSCSI node Creating an iSCSI node allows a not " -"yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When " -"the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this " -"domain When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS " -"service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same " -"Discovery Domains. " -msgstr "" -"Een lijst van alle iSCSI-nodes is weergegeven door detectiedomein. Door een " -"ander detectiedomein ververst zich de lijst met leden van dat " -"detectiedomein. Het is mogelijl om een iSCSI-node toe te voegen " -"Toevoegen aan een detectiedomein of de node te Verwijderen. " -"Een node verwijderen verwijdert het van het domein maar verwijdert niet " -"de iSCSI-node Aanmaken van een iSCSI-node staat toe een nog niet " -"geregistreerde node toe te voegen als een lid van het detectiedomein. " -"Wannner de initiator of doel deze node registreerd dan wordt het onderdeel " -"van dit domein Wanneer een iSCSI initiator een opzoekverzoek doet " -"dan zal de iSNS-service alle iSCSI-node-doelen geven die leden zijn van " -"dezelfde detectiedomeinen. " +msgid "A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery domain. It is possible to Add an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or Delete the node. Deleting a node removes it from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery Domains. " +msgstr "Een lijst van alle iSCSI-nodes is weergegeven door detectiedomein. Door een ander detectiedomein ververst zich de lijst met leden van dat detectiedomein. Het is mogelijl om een iSCSI-node toe te voegen Toevoegen aan een detectiedomein of de node te Verwijderen. Een node verwijderen verwijdert het van het domein maar verwijdert niet de iSCSI-node Aanmaken van een iSCSI-node staat toe een nog niet geregistreerde node toe te voegen als een lid van het detectiedomein. Wannner de initiator of doel deze node registreerd dan wordt het onderdeel van dit domein Wanneer een iSCSI initiator een opzoekverzoek doet dan zal de iSNS-service alle iSCSI-node-doelen geven die leden zijn van dezelfde detectiedomeinen. " #. dds table dialog #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 -msgid "" -"At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery " -"Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. A Discovery Domain must be a " -"member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. In an iSNS " -"database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery " -"Domains contain iSCSI Node members." -msgstr "" -"Aan de top wordt een lijst van alle detectiedomeinsets weergegeven. " -"Detectiedomeinen behoren bij detectiedomeinsets. Een detectiedomein moet " -"lid zijn van een detectiedomeinsets om actief te zijn. In een iSNS " -"database bevat een detectiedomeinset detectiedomeinen en een detectiedomein " -"bevat leden van iSCSI-nodes." +msgid "At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. A Discovery Domain must be a member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. In an iSNS database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery Domains contain iSCSI Node members." +msgstr "Aan de top wordt een lijst van alle detectiedomeinsets weergegeven. Detectiedomeinen behoren bij detectiedomeinsets. Een detectiedomein moet lid zijn van een detectiedomeinsets om actief te zijn. In een iSNS database bevat een detectiedomeinset detectiedomeinen en een detectiedomein bevat leden van iSCSI-nodes." #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:56 -msgid "" -"The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different " -"discovery domain set is selected." -msgstr "" -"De lijst met leden van een detectiedomeinset wordt ververst wanneer een " -"verschillende detectiedomeinset wordt geselecteerd." +msgid "The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different discovery domain set is selected." +msgstr "De lijst met leden van een detectiedomeinset wordt ververst wanneer een verschillende detectiedomeinset wordt geselecteerd." #. **************** global funcions and variables ***** #: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:28 @@ -295,9 +239,7 @@ #: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:39 msgid "Select discovery domain set to which discovery domain will be added." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer de detectiedomeinset waaraan het detectiedomein zal worden " -"toegevoegd." +msgstr "Selecteer de detectiedomeinset waaraan het detectiedomein zal worden toegevoegd." #: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:43 msgid "Discovery Domain Name Set" @@ -348,9 +290,7 @@ #. Report::DisplayErrors(display,10); #: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:711 msgid "Unable to connect to iSNS server. Check iSNS server address." -msgstr "" -"Niet in staat om een connectie te maken met de iSNS-server. Controleer het " -"adres van de iSNS-server." +msgstr "Niet in staat om een connectie te maken met de iSNS-server. Controleer het adres van de iSNS-server." #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:70 @@ -365,12 +305,8 @@ #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed #: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 -msgid "" -"To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Als u de isns-service wilt configureren, moet het %1-pakket zijn " -"geïnstalleerd." +msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Als u de isns-service wilt configureren, moet het %1-pakket zijn geïnstalleerd." #: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 msgid "Install it now?" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -54,36 +54,22 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:102 msgid "Dump target includes destination for saving dump images" -msgstr "" -"Het bereik van de dump bevat de bestemming waar de dump-image zal worden " -"opgeslagen" +msgstr "Het bereik van de dump bevat de bestemming waar de dump-image zal worden opgeslagen" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:116 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only " -"\"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "" -"Het naamschema is /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_tekst>[.gz]. Voer alleen " -"\"kernel_tekst\" in." +msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "Het naamschema is /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_tekst>[.gz]. Voer alleen \"kernel_tekst\" in." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:127 -msgid "" -"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the " -"kdump kernel." -msgstr "" -"De kdump-commandoregel is de commandoregel die zal worden doorgegeven aan de " -"kdump-kernel." +msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." +msgstr "De kdump-commandoregel is de commandoregel die zal worden doorgegeven aan de kdump-kernel." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:138 -msgid "" -"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " -"line string." -msgstr "" -"Stel deze variabele in als u waarden wilt toevoegen aan de standaard-" -"commandoregeltekst." +msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." +msgstr "Stel deze variabele in als u waarden wilt toevoegen aan de standaard-commandoregeltekst." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:149 @@ -98,9 +84,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:165 msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all." -msgstr "" -"Specificeert hoeveel oude dumps zullen worden bewaart. 0 betekent allemaal " -"bewaren." +msgstr "Specificeert hoeveel oude dumps zullen worden bewaart. 0 betekent allemaal bewaren." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:173 @@ -114,12 +98,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:189 -msgid "" -"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes " -"password (plain text file)." -msgstr "" -"SMTP-wachtwoord voor het verzenden van meldingen. Pad van bestand dat " -"wachtwoord bevat (bestand met platte tekst)" +msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." +msgstr "SMTP-wachtwoord voor het verzenden van meldingen. Pad van bestand dat wachtwoord bevat (bestand met platte tekst)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:197 @@ -163,12 +143,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:254 -msgid "" -"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " -"nfs, cifs" -msgstr "" -"Het doel van de dump bevat het type doel: bestand (lokaal bestandssysteem) " -"ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" +msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" +msgstr "Het doel van de dump bevat het type doel: bestand (lokaal bestandssysteem) ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:261 @@ -209,12 +185,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:302 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means " -"only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "" -"Het naamschema is /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_tekst>[.gz] kernel betekent " -"alleen \"kernel_tekst\"." +msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "Het naamschema is /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_tekst>[.gz] kernel betekent alleen \"kernel_tekst\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:309 @@ -223,12 +195,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:316 -msgid "" -"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 " -"or s are allowed" -msgstr "" -"Optie betekent runlevel om de kdump-kernel op te starten. Alleen de waarden " -"1,2,3,5 of s zijn toegestaan" +msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" +msgstr "Optie betekent runlevel om de kdump-kernel op te starten. Alleen de waarden 1,2,3,5 of s zijn toegestaan" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:323 @@ -370,9 +338,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:661 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps" -msgstr "" -"Aantal oude dumps: alle dumps worden opgeslagen zonder dat oude dumps worden " -"verwijderd" +msgstr "Aantal oude dumps: alle dumps worden opgeslagen zonder dat oude dumps worden verwijderd" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:669 @@ -409,8 +375,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:746 msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten." -msgstr "" -"Kernel-optie \"crashkernel\" inclusief reeksen. Deze worden geschreven." +msgstr "Kernel-optie \"crashkernel\" inclusief reeksen. Deze worden geschreven." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. Popup::Message(crash_value); @@ -463,11 +428,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:809 -msgid "" -"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." -msgstr "" -"Optie kan alleen waarde \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" of \"lzo\" " -"bevatten." +msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." +msgstr "Optie kan alleen waarde \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" of \"lzo\" bevatten." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #: src/clients/kdump.rb:829 @@ -783,13 +745,11 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "Enable/Disable Kdump \n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/" -"removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary. \n" msgstr "" "Kdump activeren/deactiveren \n" -" Kdump activeren of deactiveren. De opstartoptie crashkernel parameter is " -"toegevoegd/verwijderd.\n" +" Kdump activeren of deactiveren. De opstartoptie crashkernel parameter is toegevoegd/verwijderd.\n" " Om de wijzigingen toe te passen, dient u te herstarten. \n" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 @@ -806,21 +766,10 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "Firmware-Assisted Dump \n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " -"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-" -"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which " -"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the " -"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has " -"more than 1.5 GB of memory." +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory." msgstr "" "Door-firmware-geassisteerde-dump \n" -" Dumps worden niet gegenereerd voordat de partitie opnieuw is " -"geïnitialiseerd maar vinden plaats wanneer de partitie opnieuw is opgestart. " -"Bij uitvoeren van een door firmware geassisteerde dump wordt systeemgeheugen " -"bevroren en de partitie opnieuw gestart, die een nieuw exemplaar van het " -"bestandssysteem maakt om gegevens te dumpen van de vorige kernel-crash. Deze " -"functie is alleen geschikt wanneer het systeem meer dan 1.5 GB geheugen " -"heeft." +" Dumps worden niet gegenereerd voordat de partitie opnieuw is geïnitialiseerd maar vinden plaats wanneer de partitie opnieuw is opgestart. Bij uitvoeren van een door firmware geassisteerde dump wordt systeemgeheugen bevroren en de partitie opnieuw gestart, die een nieuw exemplaar van het bestandssysteem maakt om gegevens te dumpen van de vorige kernel-crash. Deze functie is alleen geschikt wanneer het systeem meer dan 1.5 GB geheugen heeft." #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57 @@ -841,47 +790,37 @@ "Dump Format \n" " No Dump - Only save the kernel log. \n" " ELF Format - Create dump file in the ELF format. \n" -" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip." -" \n" -" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster." -" \n" +" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip. \n" +" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster. \n" "" msgstr "" "Dump-format \n" " Geen dump - alleen de kernel-log opslaan. \n" " ELF-format - maak een dumpbestand in het ELF-format. \n" -" Gecomprimeerd format - comprimeer dumpgegevens voor elke pagina " -"met gzip. \n" -" LZO gecomprimeerd format - enigszins grotere bestanden maar veel " -"sneller. \n" +" Gecomprimeerd format - comprimeer dumpgegevens voor elke pagina met gzip. \n" +" LZO gecomprimeerd format - enigszins grotere bestanden maar veel sneller. \n" "" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/6 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Saving Target for Kdump Image \n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " -"dumps. " +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps. " msgstr "" "Opslagdoel voor Kdump-image \n" -" Het doel voor het opslaan van Kdump-images. Selecteer het type doel voor " -"het opslaan van dumps. " +" Het doel voor het opslaan van Kdump-images. Selecteer het type doel voor het opslaan van dumps. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/6 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "Local Filestem - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " Directory for Saving Dumps - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " -"Browse\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing Browse\n" " " msgstr "" -"Lokaal bestandssysteem - Sla de Kdump-image op in het lokale " -"bestandssysteem.\n" -" Map voor opslaan van dumps - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-" -"images.\n" -" U kunt bladeren naar de map voor het opslaan van Kdump-images door te " -"klikken op Bladeren\n" +"Lokaal bestandssysteem - Sla de Kdump-image op in het lokale bestandssysteem.\n" +" Map voor opslaan van dumps - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-images.\n" +" U kunt bladeren naar de map voor het opslaan van Kdump-images door te klikken op Bladeren\n" " " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/6 @@ -892,17 +831,14 @@ " Port - The port number for connection.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " Enable Anonymous FTP enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection." -" " +" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection. " msgstr "" "FTP - Kdump-image via FTP opslaan.\n" " Servernaam - de naam van de FTP-server.\n" " Poort - het poortnummer voor de verbinding.\n" " Map op de server - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-images.\n" -" Anonieme FTP activeren - activeert anonieme verbinding met de " -"server.\n" -"....Gebruikersnaam voor FTP-verbinding. Wachtwoord voor FTP-" -"verbinding. " +" Anonieme FTP activeren - activeert anonieme verbinding met de server.\n" +"....Gebruikersnaam voor FTP-verbinding. Wachtwoord voor FTP-verbinding. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/6 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 @@ -930,8 +866,7 @@ msgstr "" "NFS - sla Kdump-image op via NFS.\n" " Servernaam - de naam van de NFS-server.\n" -" Map op de server - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-images." -" " +" Map op de server - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-images. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/6 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:107 @@ -947,10 +882,8 @@ " Servernaam - de naam van de server.\n" " Geëxporteerde share - de naam van de Windows-share.\n" " Map op de server - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-images.\n" -" Authenticatie gebruiken - activeert geauthenticeerde verbinding " -"met de server.\n" -" Gebruikersnaam voor verbinding. Wachtwoord voor verbinding." -" " +" Authenticatie gebruiken - activeert geauthenticeerde verbinding met de server.\n" +" Gebruikersnaam voor verbinding. Wachtwoord voor verbinding. " #. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:116 @@ -959,8 +892,7 @@ " The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]\n" " Please enter only kernel_string. " msgstr "" -"Aangepaste Kdump-kernel de gebruiker kan de aangepaste kernel " -"invoeren.\n" +"Aangepaste Kdump-kernel de gebruiker kan de aangepaste kernel invoeren.\n" " Het naamschema is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_tekst>[.gz]\n" " De gebruiker voert alleen kernel_tekst in. " @@ -994,16 +926,14 @@ " Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump. " msgstr "" "Onmiddellijke herstart na het opslaan van de kern activeren - \n" -" Activeer het onmiddellijk herstarten nadat de kern is opgeslagen in de " -"kdump. " +" Activeer het onmiddellijk herstarten nadat de kern is opgeslagen in de kdump. " #. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:137 msgid "" "Enable Delete Old Dump Images - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." -" " +" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed. " msgstr "" "Verwijderen van oude dump-images activeren - \n" " Activeer het verwijderen van oude dump-images. Als het \n" @@ -1027,69 +957,50 @@ #. SMTP Server #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." -msgstr "" -"SMTP-server voor het verzenden van meldingen per e-mail na een " -"dump." +msgid "SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." +msgstr "SMTP-server voor het verzenden van meldingen per e-mail na een dump." #. SMTP User Name #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "User Name for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " -"plain SMTP will be used.\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" "Gebruikersnaam voor de SMTP-authenticatie wanneer een\n" -" SMTP-server is ingesteld. Zonder gebruikersnaam/wachtwoord wordt " -"normaal SMTP gebruikt.\n" +" SMTP-server is ingesteld. Zonder gebruikersnaam/wachtwoord wordt normaal SMTP gebruikt.\n" #. SMTP Password #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:159 msgid "" -"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. " -"This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP " -"will be used.\n" +"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" "Wachtwoord voor de SMTP-authenticatie wanneer een\n" " SMTP-server is ingesteld.\n" -" Dit is een optie. Zonder gebruikersnaam/wachtwoord wordt normaal SMTP " -"gebruikt.\n" +" Dit is een optie. Zonder gebruikersnaam/wachtwoord wordt normaal SMTP gebruikt.\n" #. Notification To (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:163 -msgid "" -"Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification " -"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" -msgstr "" -"Melding naar Specificeer een e-mailadres waarnaar een melding per " -"e-mail gezonden zal worden wanneer er een dump is opgeslagen.\n" +msgid "Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" +msgstr "Melding naar Specificeer een e-mailadres waarnaar een melding per e-mail gezonden zal worden wanneer er een dump is opgeslagen.\n" #. Notification CC (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:167 msgid "" -"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " -"to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</" -"p>\n" +"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.\n" msgstr "" -"Melding-CC Specificeer een lijst met spatie-gescheiden e-" -"mailadressen\n" -" waarnaar een melding per e-mail gezonden zal worden via Cc als er een dump " -"is opgeslagen.\n" +"Melding-CC Specificeer een lijst met spatie-gescheiden e-mailadressen\n" +" waarnaar een melding per e-mail gezonden zal worden via Cc als er een dump is opgeslagen.\n" #. Number of Old Dumps (number) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:171 msgid "" -"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the " -"number of dump files \n" +"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." msgstr "" -"Aantal oude dumps specificeert hoeveel oude dumps worden bewaard. " -"Als het aantal \n" -"dump-bestanden dit aantal overschrijdt, dan worden oudere dumps verwijderd.</" -"p>" +"Aantal oude dumps specificeert hoeveel oude dumps worden bewaard. Als het aantal \n" +"dump-bestanden dit aantal overschrijdt, dan worden oudere dumps verwijderd." #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:175 @@ -1107,8 +1018,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " -"te klikken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:183 @@ -1151,8 +1061,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Een Kdump toevoegen:</big> \n" "Selecteer een kdump uit de lijst met gedetecteerde kdumps.\n" -"Wanneer uw kdump niet automatisch gedetecteerd is, gebruik dan Overige " -"(niet gedetecteerd).\n" +"Wanneer uw kdump niet automatisch gedetecteerd is, gebruik dan Overige (niet gedetecteerd).\n" "Klik daarna op Instellen.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -1195,8 +1104,7 @@ msgstr "" "<BIG>Bewerken of verwijderen:</BIG> \n" "Selecteer de te wijzigen of te verwijderen kdump.\n" -"Klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: Bewerken of Verwijderen.</" -"P>\n" +"Klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: Bewerken of Verwijderen.\n" #. definition UI terms for saveing dump target #. @@ -1433,10 +1341,8 @@ #~ " ELF Format - Create dumpfile in the ELF format " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Dumpformaat \n" -#~ " Gecomprimeerd formaat - comprimeert de dumpgegevens pagina " -#~ "voor pagina.\n" -#~ " ELF-formaat - maakt het dumpbestand aan in het ELF-formaat." -#~ " " +#~ " Gecomprimeerd formaat - comprimeert de dumpgegevens pagina voor pagina.\n" +#~ " ELF-formaat - maakt het dumpbestand aan in het ELF-formaat. " #~ msgid "Unsupported architecture, \"crashkernel\" was not added" #~ msgstr "Niet-ondersteunde architectuur, \"crashkernel\" is niet toegevoegd" @@ -1449,14 +1355,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Kdump Command Line Append\n" -#~ " Setting this option means _append_ values to the default command " -#~ "line string. \n" +#~ " Setting this option means _append_ values to the default command line string. \n" #~ " The string will be appended if the Kdump Command Line\n" #~ " is set. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Kdump-commandoregel-toevoeging\n" -#~ " Wanneer deze optie geactiveerd is betekent dit dat de opgegeven " -#~ "waarden\n" +#~ " Wanneer deze optie geactiveerd is betekent dit dat de opgegeven waarden\n" #~ " worden toegevoegd aan de standaard-commandoregel.\n" #~ " De tekst wordt toegevoegd als de Kdump-commandoregel\n" #~ " is geactiveerd. \n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/kerberos-server.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/kerberos-server.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/kerberos-server.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kerberos-server.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-20 22:20+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/kerberos.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/kerberos.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/kerberos.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kerberos.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-09 14:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -59,8 +59,7 @@ #: src/clients/kerberos.rb:121 msgid "Use DNS to acquire the configuration at runtime" -msgstr "" -"Gebruik DNS om de configuratiegegevens te verkrijgen tijdens het uitvoeren" +msgstr "Gebruik DNS om de configuratiegegevens te verkrijgen tijdens het uitvoeren" #. translators: command line help text for the kdc option #: src/clients/kerberos.rb:127 @@ -202,18 +201,8 @@ #. help text (do not transl. values "m","h", "d") #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:61 -msgid "" -"By default, the time unit of Default Lifetime, Default " -"Renewable Lifetime, and Clock Skew is set to seconds. " -"Alternatively, specify the time unit (<tt>m</tt> for minutes, <tt>h</tt> for " -"hours, or <tt>d</tt> for days) and use it as a value suffix, as in <tt>1d</" -"tt> or <tt>24h</tt> for one day." -msgstr "" -"De waarden van Standaard Levensduur, de Standaard Vernieuwbare " -"levensduur en het Tijdsverschil staan standaard in seconden. Als " -"alternatief kunt u de tijdseenheid ook specificeren als (<tt>m</tt> voor " -"minuten, <tt>h</tt> voor uren en <tt>d</tt> voor dagen) en het als waarde-" -"achtervoegsel gebruiken (bijv: <tt>1d</tt> of <tt>24h</tt> voor één dag)." +msgid "By default, the time unit of Default Lifetime, Default Renewable Lifetime, and Clock Skew is set to seconds. Alternatively, specify the time unit (<tt>m</tt> for minutes, <tt>h</tt> for hours, or <tt>d</tt> for days) and use it as a value suffix, as in <tt>1d</tt> or <tt>24h</tt> for one day." +msgstr "De waarden van Standaard Levensduur, de Standaard Vernieuwbare levensduur en het Tijdsverschil staan standaard in seconden. Als alternatief kunt u de tijdseenheid ook specificeren als (<tt>m</tt> voor minuten, <tt>h</tt> voor uren en <tt>d</tt> voor dagen) en het als waarde-achtervoegsel gebruiken (bijv: <tt>1d</tt> of <tt>24h</tt> voor één dag)." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:86 @@ -227,17 +216,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:115 -msgid "" -"Forwardable lets you transfer your complete identity (TGT) to " -"another machine. Proxiable only lets you transfer particular tickets. " -"Select wheter the options should be applied to all PAM services, none of " -"them or enter a list of services separated by spaces." -msgstr "" -"Met Doorstuurbaar kunt u uw complete identiteit (TGT)naar een " -"andere machine sturen. Met Proxiabel kun u alleen bepaalde tickets " -"doorsturen. Selecteer of deze opties toegepast moeten worden op alle PAM-" -"services of geen van deze of geef een lijst op met services gescheiden door " -"spaties." +msgid "Forwardable lets you transfer your complete identity (TGT) to another machine. Proxiable only lets you transfer particular tickets. Select wheter the options should be applied to all PAM services, none of them or enter a list of services separated by spaces." +msgstr "Met Doorstuurbaar kunt u uw complete identiteit (TGT)naar een andere machine sturen. Met Proxiabel kun u alleen bepaalde tickets doorsturen. Selecteer of deze opties toegepast moeten worden op alle PAM-services of geen van deze of geef een lijst op met services gescheiden door spaties." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 @@ -253,32 +233,18 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:144 -msgid "" -"If Retained is enabled, a PAM module keeps the tickets after " -"closing the session." -msgstr "" -"Als Behouden is aangezet, houdt een PAM-module de tickets na het " -"sluiten van de sessie vast." +msgid "If Retained is enabled, a PAM module keeps the tickets after closing the session." +msgstr "Als Behouden is aangezet, houdt een PAM-module de tickets na het sluiten van de sessie vast." #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:159 -msgid "" -"To enable Kerberos support for your OpenSSH client, select Kerberos " -"Support for OpenSSH Client. In this case, Kerberos tickets are used for " -"user authentication on the SSH server." -msgstr "" -"Om Kerberos ondersteuning voor uw OpenSSH-cliënt aan te zetten, vinkt u " -"Kerberos ondersteuning voor OpenSSH-Cliënt aan. In dit geval worden " -"Kerberos-tickets gebruikt voor gebruikerautenticatie door de SSH-server." +msgid "To enable Kerberos support for your OpenSSH client, select Kerberos Support for OpenSSH Client. In this case, Kerberos tickets are used for user authentication on the SSH server." +msgstr "Om Kerberos ondersteuning voor uw OpenSSH-cliënt aan te zetten, vinkt u Kerberos ondersteuning voor OpenSSH-Cliënt aan. In dit geval worden Kerberos-tickets gebruikt voor gebruikerautenticatie door de SSH-server." #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Check Ignore Unknown Users to have Kerberos ignore authentication " -"attempts by users it does not know." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer Onbekende gebruikers negeren om er voor te zorgen dat " -"Kerberos authenticatieverzoeken van onbekende gebruikers negeert." +msgid "Check Ignore Unknown Users to have Kerberos ignore authentication attempts by users it does not know." +msgstr "Selecteer Onbekende gebruikers negeren om er voor te zorgen dat Kerberos authenticatieverzoeken van onbekende gebruikers negeert." #. intfield label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:188 @@ -287,15 +253,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:190 -msgid "" -"When the Minimum UID is greater than 0, authentication attempts by " -"users with UIDs below the specified number are ignored. This is useful for " -"disabling Kerberos authentication for the system administrator root." -msgstr "" -"Wanneer het Minimum UID groter dan 0 is, zullen authenticatie " -"pogingen door gebruikers met UID's lager dan het gespecificeerde nummer " -"genegeerd worden. Dit is handig om bijvoorbeeld de Kerberos verificatie voor " -"de systeembeheerder (<tt>root</tt>) daarmee uit te schakelen." +msgid "When the Minimum UID is greater than 0, authentication attempts by users with UIDs below the specified number are ignored. This is useful for disabling Kerberos authentication for the system administrator root." +msgstr "Wanneer het Minimum UID groter dan 0 is, zullen authenticatie pogingen door gebruikers met UID's lager dan het gespecificeerde nummer genegeerd worden. Dit is handig om bijvoorbeeld de Kerberos verificatie voor de systeembeheerder (<tt>root</tt>) daarmee uit te schakelen." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:203 @@ -304,13 +263,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:205 -msgid "" -"The Clock Skew is the tolerance for time stamps not exactly " -"matching the host's system clock. The value is in seconds." -msgstr "" -"Het Tijdsverschil is de tolerantie van de tijdsaanduiding die niet " -"exact met de systeemklok van de host overeenkomt. De waarde is in seconden.</" -"p>" +msgid "The Clock Skew is the tolerance for time stamps not exactly matching the host's system clock. The value is in seconds." +msgstr "Het Tijdsverschil is de tolerantie van de tijdsaanduiding die niet exact met de systeemklok van de host overeenkomt. De waarde is in seconden." #. push button label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:230 @@ -326,8 +280,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Om uw tijd met een NTP-server te synchroniseren, dient u uw computer\n" -"als een NTP-client in te stellen. Dit doet u in de module NTP-" -"configuratie.\n" +"als een NTP-client in te stellen. Dit doet u in de module NTP-configuratie.\n" "\n" #. push button label @@ -337,12 +290,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:247 -msgid "" -"To configure the source of user accounts, select the appropriate " -"configuration module in Configure User Data." -msgstr "" -"Als u de bron van gebruikersaccounts wilt instellen, selecteert u de " -"gewenste configuratiemodule in Gebruikersgegevens instellen." +msgid "To configure the source of user accounts, select the appropriate configuration module in Configure User Data." +msgstr "Als u de bron van gebruikersaccounts wilt instellen, selecteert u de gewenste configuratiemodule in Gebruikersgegevens instellen." #. menu item #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:252 @@ -361,12 +310,8 @@ #. help text for "Credential Cac&he Directory" #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:267 -msgid "" -"Specify the directory where to place credential cache files as " -"Credential Cache Directory." -msgstr "" -"Specificeer de map waar credential-cache-bestanden moeten staan " -"Credential-Cache-map." +msgid "Specify the directory where to place credential cache files as Credential Cache Directory." +msgstr "Specificeer de map waar credential-cache-bestanden moeten staan Credential-Cache-map." #. push button label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:280 @@ -380,12 +325,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:292 -msgid "" -"Credential Cache Template specifies the location in which to place " -"the user's session-specific credential cache." -msgstr "" -"Credential-Cache Sjabloon specificeert de locatie waarin de " -"specifieke gebruikers-sessie-credential-cache geplaast wordt." +msgid "Credential Cache Template specifies the location in which to place the user's session-specific credential cache." +msgstr "Credential-Cache Sjabloon specificeert de locatie waarin de specifieke gebruikers-sessie-credential-cache geplaast wordt." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:306 @@ -394,12 +335,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:308 -msgid "" -"Specify the location of the file with the keys of principals in Keytab " -"File Location." -msgstr "" -"Specificeer de locatie van het bestand met de sleutels van principals in " -"Locatie van keytab-bestand." +msgid "Specify the location of the file with the keys of principals in Keytab File Location." +msgstr "Specificeer de locatie van het bestand met de sleutels van principals in Locatie van keytab-bestand." #. push button label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:321 @@ -413,12 +350,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:333 -msgid "" -"With Mappings, specify how the PAM module should derive the " -"principal's name from the system user name." -msgstr "" -"Met Mappings specificeert u hoe de PAM-module de naam van de " -"principal afleidt uit de naam van de systeemgebruiker." +msgid "With Mappings, specify how the PAM module should derive the principal's name from the system user name." +msgstr "Met Mappings specificeert u hoe de PAM-module de naam van de principal afleidt uit de naam van de systeemgebruiker." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:346 @@ -427,22 +360,13 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:348 -msgid "" -"The value of Banner is a text that should be shown before a " -"password questions." -msgstr "" -"De waarde van Aankondiging is een tekst die getoond wordt voor de " -"vraag om het wachtwoord." +msgid "The value of Banner is a text that should be shown before a password questions." +msgstr "De waarde van Aankondiging is een tekst die getoond wordt voor de vraag om het wachtwoord." #. generic help for Services tab #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:362 -msgid "" -"All settings in this dialog can be applied for all PAM services, no " -"service or a specific list of services separated by commas." -msgstr "" -"Alle instellingen in deze dialoog kunnen op alle PAM-services toegepast " -"worden, geen service of een specifieke lijst van services gescheiden door " -"komma's." +msgid "All settings in this dialog can be applied for all PAM services, no service or a specific list of services separated by commas." +msgstr "Alle instellingen in deze dialoog kunnen op alle PAM-services toegepast worden, geen service of een specifieke lijst van services gescheiden door komma's." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:370 @@ -451,12 +375,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:372 -msgid "" -"When Addressless Initial Tickets is set, initial tickets (TGT) " -"with no address information are requested." -msgstr "" -"Als Initiële tickets zonder adres is ingesteld worden initiële " -"tickets (TGT) zonder adresinformatie aangevraagd." +msgid "When Addressless Initial Tickets is set, initial tickets (TGT) with no address information are requested." +msgstr "Als Initiële tickets zonder adres is ingesteld worden initiële tickets (TGT) zonder adresinformatie aangevraagd." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:386 @@ -465,12 +385,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:388 -msgid "" -"Check Debug to turn on debugging for selected services via syslog." -"" -msgstr "" -"Vink Debug aan om de debugging voor geselecteerde services aan te " -"zetten via de syslog." +msgid "Check Debug to turn on debugging for selected services via syslog." +msgstr "Vink Debug aan om de debugging voor geselecteerde services aan te zetten via de syslog." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:402 @@ -479,11 +395,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:404 -msgid "" -"Sensitive Debug turns on debugging of sensitive information.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Gevoelige debug zet debugging aan van gevoelige informatie." +msgid "Sensitive Debug turns on debugging of sensitive information." +msgstr "Gevoelige debug zet debugging aan van gevoelige informatie." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:418 @@ -492,14 +405,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:420 -msgid "" -"Check Accept Existing Ticket to tell PAM module to accept the " -"presence of pre-existing Kerberos credentials as sufficient to authenticate " -"the user." -msgstr "" -"Vink Accepteer een bestaand ticket aan om aan de PAM-module aan te " -"geven het aanwezig zijn van reeds bestaande Kerberos-credentials voldoende " -"is voor de authenticatie van de gebruiker." +msgid "Check Accept Existing Ticket to tell PAM module to accept the presence of pre-existing Kerberos credentials as sufficient to authenticate the user." +msgstr "Vink Accepteer een bestaand ticket aan om aan de PAM-module aan te geven het aanwezig zijn van reeds bestaande Kerberos-credentials voldoende is voor de authenticatie van de gebruiker." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:435 @@ -508,12 +415,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:437 -msgid "" -"List the services allowed to provide credentials in External " -"Credentials." -msgstr "" -"Toon de services die zijn toegestaan de credentials te leveren voor " -"Externe credentials." +msgid "List the services allowed to provide credentials in External Credentials." +msgstr "Toon de services die zijn toegestaan de credentials te leveren voor Externe credentials." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:452 @@ -522,12 +425,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:454 -msgid "" -"Use Shared Memory describes the services for which the shared " -"memory is used during authentication." -msgstr "" -"Gebruik gezamelijk geheugen beschrijft de services waarvoor " -"gezamelijk geheugen wordt gebruikt bij authenticatie." +msgid "Use Shared Memory describes the services for which the shared memory is used during authentication." +msgstr "Gebruik gezamelijk geheugen beschrijft de services waarvoor gezamelijk geheugen wordt gebruikt bij authenticatie." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:469 @@ -536,12 +435,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:471 -msgid "" -"Select the services for which TGT should be validated by changing the " -"value of Validate Initial Ticket." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer de services waarvoor TGT gevalideerd wordt door het veranderen " -"van de waarde van Maak initieel ticket geldig." +msgid "Select the services for which TGT should be validated by changing the value of Validate Initial Ticket." +msgstr "Selecteer de services waarvoor TGT gevalideerd wordt door het veranderen van de waarde van Maak initieel ticket geldig." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:486 @@ -550,12 +445,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:488 -msgid "" -"With Initial Prompt checked, the PAM module asks for a password " -"before the authentication attempt." -msgstr "" -"Met Eerst prompt geactiveerd vraagt de PAM-module eerst om een " -"wachtwoord voor de poging tot verificatie." +msgid "With Initial Prompt checked, the PAM module asks for a password before the authentication attempt." +msgstr "Met Eerst prompt geactiveerd vraagt de PAM-module eerst om een wachtwoord voor de poging tot verificatie." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:502 @@ -564,14 +455,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:504 -msgid "" -"If Subsequent Prompt is enabled, the PAM module may ask the user " -"for a password, in case the previously-entered password was somehow " -"insufficient for authentication." -msgstr "" -"Als Volgende prompt is ingesteld kan de PAM-module aan de " -"gebruiker vragen om een wachtwoord als het eerdere wachtwoord op de een of " -"andere manier niet voldoende was voor verificatie." +msgid "If Subsequent Prompt is enabled, the PAM module may ask the user for a password, in case the previously-entered password was somehow insufficient for authentication." +msgstr "Als Volgende prompt is ingesteld kan de PAM-module aan de gebruiker vragen om een wachtwoord als het eerdere wachtwoord op de een of andere manier niet voldoende was voor verificatie." #. directory location popup label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:602 @@ -610,16 +495,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Authentication with Kerberos</big> \n" -"The Kerberos client configuration updates your PAM settings to enable " -"Kerberos authentication. Your system needs access to a Kerberos server in " -"the network for this to work.\n" +"The Kerberos client configuration updates your PAM settings to enable Kerberos authentication. Your system needs access to a Kerberos server in the network for this to work.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Authenticatie met Kerberos \n" -"De Kerberos-clientconfiguratie werkt uw PAM-instellingen bij om de Kerberos-" -"authenticatie te activeren. Uw systeem heeft toegang tot een Kerberos-" -"server nodig om dit te laten werken.\n" +"De Kerberos-clientconfiguratie werkt uw PAM-instellingen bij om de Kerberos-authenticatie te activeren. Uw systeem heeft toegang tot een Kerberos-server nodig om dit te laten werken.\n" "\n" #. help text 2/5 @@ -627,49 +508,30 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Basic Client Settings:\n" -"Enter your Default Domain, Default Realm, and the hostname or " -"address of your Key Distribution Center (KDC Server Address). To " -"specify more values for KDC, separate them by spaces." +"Enter your Default Domain, Default Realm, and the hostname or address of your Key Distribution Center (KDC Server Address). To specify more values for KDC, separate them by spaces." msgstr "" "\n" "Basis-client-Instellingen \n" -"Geef uw standaarddomein, standaard-realm en de hostnaam of het " -"adres van uw Key Distribution Center (KDC-serveradres) op. Om meer " -"waarden voor KDC te specificeren, scheid ze van elkaar met spaties. " +"Geef uw standaarddomein, standaard-realm en de hostnaam of het adres van uw Key Distribution Center (KDC-serveradres) op. Om meer waarden voor KDC te specificeren, scheid ze van elkaar met spaties. " #. help text 3/5 #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:719 msgid "" "\n" -"It is common practice to use the domain name in uppercase as your default " -"realm name, but you can select freely. If the realm is not available on the " -"server, you cannot log in. Ask your server administrator if you need more " -"information.\n" +"It is common practice to use the domain name in uppercase as your default realm name, but you can select freely. If the realm is not available on the server, you cannot log in. Ask your server administrator if you need more information.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Het is gebruikelijk om de domeinnaam in hoofdletters als uw standaard realm-" -"naam te gebruiken. U mag dit echter helemaal zelf bepalen. Je kan niet " -"inloggen als het realm niet beschikbaar is. Voor meer informatie raadpleeg " -"uw administrator.\n" +"Het is gebruikelijk om de domeinnaam in hoofdletters als uw standaard realm-naam te gebruiken. U mag dit echter helemaal zelf bepalen. Je kan niet inloggen als het realm niet beschikbaar is. Voor meer informatie raadpleeg uw administrator.\n" #. help text for Use DNS to acquire the configuration data at runtime #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:723 -msgid "" -"Check Use DNS to Acquire the Configuration Data at Runtime to let " -"your client use the Kerberos authentication data provided by DNS. This " -"option cannot be selected if the DNS server does not provide such data." -msgstr "" -"Activeer Gebruik de DNS om de configuratiegegevens te verkrijgen tijdens " -"het uitvoeren om uw cliënt de Kerberos-verificatiegegevens uit de DNS te " -"laten gebruiken. Deze optie kan niet geselecteerd worden als de DNS-server " -"zulke gegevens niet levert." +msgid "Check Use DNS to Acquire the Configuration Data at Runtime to let your client use the Kerberos authentication data provided by DNS. This option cannot be selected if the DNS server does not provide such data." +msgstr "Activeer Gebruik de DNS om de configuratiegegevens te verkrijgen tijdens het uitvoeren om uw cliënt de Kerberos-verificatiegegevens uit de DNS te laten gebruiken. Deze optie kan niet geselecteerd worden als de DNS-server zulke gegevens niet levert." #. help text 5/5 #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:727 msgid "To configure more settings, click Advanced Settings." -msgstr "" -"Om meer instellingen te kunnen instellen klik op Geavanceerde " -"instellingen." +msgstr "Om meer instellingen te kunnen instellen klik op Geavanceerde instellingen." #. radio button label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:752 @@ -685,8 +547,7 @@ #. checkbox label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:777 msgid "Use DN&S to acquire the configuration data at runtime" -msgstr "" -"Gebruik DN&S om de configuratiegegevens te verkrijgen tijdens het uitvoeren" +msgstr "Gebruik DN&S om de configuratiegegevens te verkrijgen tijdens het uitvoeren" #. frame label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:785 Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/languages_db.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/languages_db.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/languages_db.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: languages_db.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-10-06 12:31+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/ldap-client.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/ldap-client.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/ldap-client.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap-client.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-06 10:41+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -241,20 +241,14 @@ #. help text 2/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:535 -msgid "" -"To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select Use LDAP</" -"b>. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer Gebruik LDAP om uw gebruikers met behulp van een " -"OpenLDAP-server te verifiëren. NSS en PAM zullen overeenkomstig " -"geconfigureerd worden." +msgid "To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select Use LDAP. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly." +msgstr "Selecteer Gebruik LDAP om uw gebruikers met behulp van een OpenLDAP-server te verifiëren. NSS en PAM zullen overeenkomstig geconfigureerd worden." #. help text 3/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:539 msgid "" "To deactivate LDAP services, click Do Not Use LDAP.\n" -"If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch." -"conf\n" +"If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf\n" "will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP entry\n" "removed." msgstr "" @@ -265,114 +259,70 @@ #. help text 3.5/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:546 -msgid "" -"To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select " -"Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins." -msgstr "" -"Met de optie LDAP-gebruikers toestaan maar logins uitschakelen " -"kunt u LDAP activeren zonder logins toe te staan." +msgid "To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins." +msgstr "Met de optie LDAP-gebruikers toestaan maar logins uitschakelen kunt u LDAP activeren zonder logins toe te staan." #. help text #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:550 -msgid "" -"Check Use System Security Services Daemon if you want the system " -"to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap." -msgstr "" -"Activeer Systeembeveiligingsservices-daemon als u wilt dat het " -"systeem SSSD gebruikt in plaats van nss ldap." +msgid "Check Use System Security Services Daemon if you want the system to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap." +msgstr "Activeer Systeembeveiligingsservices-daemon als u wilt dat het systeem SSSD gebruikt in plaats van nss ldap." #. help text 4/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:554 msgid "" -"Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) " -"in Addresses and the distinguished name of the search base (Base " -"DN, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n" -"by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve " -"the\n" -"addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the " -"server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap." -"example.com:379</tt>.\n" +"Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in Addresses and the distinguished name of the search base (Base DN, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n" +"by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve the\n" +"addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Voer bij Adressen het adres van de LDAP-server (zoals ldap." -"voorbeeld.com of 10.20.0.2) in en de DN van de zoekbasis (Basis DN, " -"zoals dc=voorbeeld,dc=com). Geef meerdere servers op\n" -"door de adressen met een spatie te scheiden. Het moet mogelijk zijn om de " -"adressen\n" -" om te zetten zonder LDAP te gebruiken. U kunt de poort waarop de server " -"wordt uitgevoerd ook opgeven met de syntaxis \"server:poort\", bijvoorbeeld " -"<tt>ldap.voorbeeld.com:379</tt>.\n" +"Voer bij Adressen het adres van de LDAP-server (zoals ldap.voorbeeld.com of 10.20.0.2) in en de DN van de zoekbasis (Basis DN, zoals dc=voorbeeld,dc=com). Geef meerdere servers op\n" +"door de adressen met een spatie te scheiden. Het moet mogelijk zijn om de adressen\n" +" om te zetten zonder LDAP te gebruiken. U kunt de poort waarop de server wordt uitgevoerd ook opgeven met de syntaxis \"server:poort\", bijvoorbeeld <tt>ldap.voorbeeld.com:379</tt>.\n" " \n" #. help text 5/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:561 -msgid "" -"With Find, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the " -"service location protocol (SLP). Using Fetch DN, read the base DN " -"from server." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer de LDAP-server met behulp van Zoeken uit de lijst die " -"door het service locatie protocol (SLP) aangeleverd is. Met behulp van " -"Fetch DN kunt u de basis DN van de server lezen." +msgid "With Find, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the service location protocol (SLP). Using Fetch DN, read the base DN from server." +msgstr "Selecteer de LDAP-server met behulp van Zoeken uit de lijst die door het service locatie protocol (SLP) aangeleverd is. Met behulp van Fetch DN kunt u de basis DN van de server lezen." #. help text 6/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:565 msgid "" "Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -"If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/SSL</" -"b>\n" +"If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/SSL\n" "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a CA\n" "certificate file in PEM format from a given URL.\n" msgstr "" "Sommige LDAP-servers ondersteunen StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -"Als uw server dit ondersteunt en dit ook is geconfigureerd, activeert u " -"LDAP TLS/SSL\n" -"om uw communicatie met de LDAP-server te versleutelen. U zou het bestand met " -"een\n" +"Als uw server dit ondersteunt en dit ook is geconfigureerd, activeert u LDAP TLS/SSL\n" +"om uw communicatie met de LDAP-server te versleutelen. U zou het bestand met een\n" "CA-certificaat kunnen downloaden van een gegeven URL.\n" #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:571 msgid "" -"A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the " -"config\n" -" options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on " -"server certificates.\n" -" The value is the level that can be specified with keywords " -"never, allow,\n" -" try and demand. In the SSL/TLS Configuration " -"dialog there is\n" -" the option Request server certificate which will set the " -"TLS_REQCERT\n" -" configuration option to demand if it's enabled or to " -"allow if it's disabled.\n" +"A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the config\n" +" options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on server certificates.\n" +" The value is the level that can be specified with keywords never, allow,\n" +" try and demand. In the SSL/TLS Configuration dialog there is\n" +" the option Request server certificate which will set the TLS_REQCERT\n" +" configuration option to demand if it's enabled or to allow if it's disabled.\n" msgstr "" -"Een TLS-sessie kan een speciale clientconfiguratie nodig hebben. Eén " -"van de configuratie-opties is TLS_REQCERT die specificeert welke " -"controles uitgevoerd moeten worden op servercertificaten.\n" -" De waarde is het niveau dat gespecificeerd kan worden met " -"sleutelwoorden never, allow,\n" -" try en demand. In de dialoog SSL/TLS-" -"configuratie is er\n" -" de optie Servercertificaat die de configuratie-optie " -"TLS_REQCERT\n" -" op demand instelt als het is ingeschakeld of allow " -"als het is uitgeschakeld.\n" +"Een TLS-sessie kan een speciale clientconfiguratie nodig hebben. Eén van de configuratie-opties is TLS_REQCERT die specificeert welke controles uitgevoerd moeten worden op servercertificaten.\n" +" De waarde is het niveau dat gespecificeerd kan worden met sleutelwoorden never, allow,\n" +" try en demand. In de dialoog SSL/TLS-configuratie is er\n" +" de optie Servercertificaat die de configuratie-optie TLS_REQCERT\n" +" op demand instelt als het is ingeschakeld of allow als het is uitgeschakeld.\n" #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:579 msgid "" -"In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS " -"URLs.\n" -" LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They " -"have a syntax\n" -" similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the " -"default port for LDAPS URLs\n" +"In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS URLs.\n" +" LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They have a syntax\n" +" similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the default port for LDAPS URLs\n" " is 636 instead of 389.\n" msgstr "" "Naast LDAP URL's and TLS/SSL-versleuteling ondersteunt LDAP LDAPS URL's.\n" -" LDAPS URL's gebruikt SSL-verbindingen in plaats van gewone " -"verbindingen. Ze hebben een syntaxis\n" -" overeenkomend met LDAP URL's behalve dat de schema's verschillend " -"zijn en de standaard poort voor LDAPS URL's\n" +" LDAPS URL's gebruikt SSL-verbindingen in plaats van gewone verbindingen. Ze hebben een syntaxis\n" +" overeenkomend met LDAP URL's behalve dat de schema's verschillend zijn en de standaard poort voor LDAPS URL's\n" " is 636 in plaats van 389.\n" #. help text 8/9 @@ -391,20 +341,15 @@ #. help text 9/9 (additional) #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:591 msgid "" -"Automounter is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, " -"such\n" +"Automounter is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, such\n" "as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should already\n" "exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but you\n" "want to use it, it will be installed automatically.\n" msgstr "" -"Automounter is een daemon die automatisch mappen, zoals " -"persoonlijke\n" -"mappen van gebruikers, aankoppelt. De bijhorende configuratiebestanden (auto." -"*)\n" -"dienen reeds te bestaan, lokaal of via LDAP. Indien het niet geïnstalleerd " -"is en\n" -"u het wel wilt gaan gebruiken, dan zal het automatisch geïnstalleerd worden." -"\n" +"Automounter is een daemon die automatisch mappen, zoals persoonlijke\n" +"mappen van gebruikers, aankoppelt. De bijhorende configuratiebestanden (auto.*)\n" +"dienen reeds te bestaan, lokaal of via LDAP. Indien het niet geïnstalleerd is en\n" +"u het wel wilt gaan gebruiken, dan zal het automatisch geïnstalleerd worden.\n" #. check box label #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:614 @@ -491,8 +436,7 @@ "\n" "De huidige configuratie gebruikt geen SSSD maar nss_ldap.\n" "Alleen op SSSD gebaseerde configuraties worden door YaST ondersteund.\n" -"wilt u doorgaan en SSSD gebruiken of afbreken om de oude configuratie te " -"behouden?" +"wilt u doorgaan en SSSD gebruiken of afbreken om de oude configuratie te behouden?" #. error popup label #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:838 @@ -517,8 +461,7 @@ "you cannot retrieve data with NIS. Really use LDAP instead of NIS?\n" msgstr "" "Wanneer u de computer configureert als een LDAP-client,\n" -"kunt u geen gegevens ophalen met NIS. Wilt u toch LDAP gebruiken in plaats " -"van NIS?\n" +"kunt u geen gegevens ophalen met NIS. Wilt u toch LDAP gebruiken in plaats van NIS?\n" #. popup text #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:941 @@ -550,12 +493,10 @@ #. yes/no question #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:970 msgid "" -"The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is " -"disabled.\n" +"The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is disabled.\n" "Enable certificate checks now?" msgstr "" -"De beveiligde verbinding is ingeschakeld, maar verificatie van het server-" -"certificaat is uitgeschakeld.\n" +"De beveiligde verbinding is ingeschakeld, maar verificatie van het server-certificaat is uitgeschakeld.\n" "Certificaat-controle nu inschakelen?" #. help text caption 1 @@ -566,32 +507,22 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1017 msgid "" -"If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the realm and " -"KDC Address.\n" -"Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking SSSD " -"Offline Authentication.\n" -"For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>." -"\n" +"If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the realm and KDC Address.\n" +"Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking SSSD Offline Authentication.\n" +"For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.\n" msgstr "" -"Als Kerberos authenticatie moet worden gebruikt, specificeer dan de " -"realm en het KDC-adres.\n" -"Bepaal of credentials van de gebruiker lokaal lokaal gecasht moet worden " -"door SSSD offline authenticatie te activeren.\n" -"Voor meer informatie over instellingen van SSSD, lees de man-pagina van " -"<tt>sssd.conf</tt>.\n" +"Als Kerberos authenticatie moet worden gebruikt, specificeer dan de realm en het KDC-adres.\n" +"Bepaal of credentials van de gebruiker lokaal lokaal gecasht moet worden door SSSD offline authenticatie te activeren.\n" +"Voor meer informatie over instellingen van SSSD, lees de man-pagina van <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1023 msgid "" -"Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute of " -"the\n" -"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation " -"of its values." +"Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute of the\n" +"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation of its values." msgstr "" -"Protocol voor wachtwoordwijziging verwijst naar het attribuut " -"pam_password\n" -"van het bestand <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt>. Zie <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> voor een " -"uitleg\n" +"Protocol voor wachtwoordwijziging verwijst naar het attribuut pam_password\n" +"van het bestand <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt>. Zie <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> voor een uitleg\n" "over de bijbehorende waarden." #. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name @@ -606,8 +537,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1034 msgid "" "If secure connection requires certificate checking, specify where your\n" -"certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing " -"certificates\n" +"certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing certificates\n" "or the explicit path to one certificate file." msgstr "" "Als de beveiligde verbinding certificaat-controle vereist, dan kunt u\n" @@ -635,56 +565,42 @@ msgid "" "To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n" "Administrator DN.\n" -"You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) " -"or \n" -"the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is " -"appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" +"You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or \n" +"the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" msgstr "" -"Als u toegang wilt tot de gegevens die zijn opgeslagen op de server, " -"geeft u de \n" +"Als u toegang wilt tot de gegevens die zijn opgeslagen op de server, geeft u de \n" "Beheer DN op.\n" -"U kunt de volledige DN opgeven (bijvoorbeeld cn=Beheerder,dc=mijndomein," -"dc=com) of\n" -"alleen de relatieve DN (bijvoorbeeld, cn=Beheerder). De basis-DN van de LDAP " -"wordt automatisch toegevoegd als u de betreffende optie selecteert.\n" +"U kunt de volledige DN opgeven (bijvoorbeeld cn=Beheerder,dc=mijndomein,dc=com) of\n" +"alleen de relatieve DN (bijvoorbeeld, cn=Beheerder). De basis-DN van de LDAP wordt automatisch toegevoegd als u de betreffende optie selecteert.\n" #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1057 msgid "" "To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups,\n" -"check Create Default Configuration Objects. The objects are only " -"created when they do not already exist.\n" +"check Create Default Configuration Objects. The objects are only created when they do not already exist.\n" msgstr "" -"Vink Standaard configuratieobjecten aanmaken aan om de standaard " -"configuratieobjecten voor\n" -"LDAP-gebruikers en groepen aan te maken. De objecten worden alleen " -"aangemaakt als ze nog niet bestaan.\n" +"Vink Standaard configuratieobjecten aanmaken aan om de standaard configuratieobjecten voor\n" +"LDAP-gebruikers en groepen aan te maken. De objecten worden alleen aangemaakt als ze nog niet bestaan.\n" #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1061 msgid "" "Press Configure to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet " -"or\n" +"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" "have changed your configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Klik op Instellen om de, op de LDAP-server opgeslagen,\n" -"instellingen in te stellen. Wanneer u nog geen verbinding heeft of als u uw " -"configuratie heeft veranderd, zal u\n" +"instellingen in te stellen. Wanneer u nog geen verbinding heeft of als u uw configuratie heeft veranderd, zal u\n" "naar het wachtwoord worden gevraagd.\n" #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1068 msgid "" -"Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if " -"they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" -"set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and " -"ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.\n" +"Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" +"set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.\n" msgstr "" -"Geef een zoekbasis op voor specifieke mappings (gebruikers of groepen) " -"als die afwijken van de basis-DN. Deze waarden zijn\n" -"ingesteld op de attributen ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base en " -"ldap_autofs_search_base in het bestand /etc/sssd/sssd.conf.\n" +"Geef een zoekbasis op voor specifieke mappings (gebruikers of groepen) als die afwijken van de basis-DN. Deze waarden zijn\n" +"ingesteld op de attributen ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base en ldap_autofs_search_base in het bestand /etc/sssd/sssd.conf.\n" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #. tab label @@ -848,8 +764,7 @@ "Changing the cn value renames the template.\n" msgstr "" "Wijzig de attribuutwaarden met van het sjabloon met Bewerken.\n" -"Het veranderen van de waarde cn zal het sjabloon een andere naam " -"geven.\n" +"Het veranderen van de waarde cn zal het sjabloon een andere naam geven.\n" #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1624 @@ -932,10 +847,8 @@ "create one with New. Delete the current module\n" "using Delete.\n" msgstr "" -"Elke configuratieset wordt een \"configuratiemodule\" genoemd. Als er " -"zich\n" -"geen configuratiemodule bevindt op de opgegeven locatie " -"(basisconfiguratie),\n" +"Elke configuratieset wordt een \"configuratiemodule\" genoemd. Als er zich\n" +"geen configuratiemodule bevindt op de opgegeven locatie (basisconfiguratie),\n" " maakt u er een met de optie Nieuw. Verwijder de huidige module\n" " met Verwijderen.\n" @@ -943,13 +856,11 @@ #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1897 msgid "" "Edit the values of attributes in the table with Edit.\n" -"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the cn value " -"renames the\n" +"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the cn value renames the\n" "current module.\n" msgstr "" "Wijzig de kenmerkwaardes in de tabel met behulp van Bewerken.\n" -"Sommige waardes hebben een speciale betekenis, het veranderen van de cn</" -"b> waarde\n" +"Sommige waardes hebben een speciale betekenis, het veranderen van de cn waarde\n" "bijvoorbeeld geeft de huidige module een nieuwe naam.\n" #. helptext 4/4 @@ -999,19 +910,10 @@ msgstr "Initialiseren..." #~ msgid "Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Blader door de LDAP-structuur in het linker gedeelte van het " -#~ "dialoogvenster." +#~ msgstr "Blader door de LDAP-structuur in het linker gedeelte van het dialoogvenster." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the " -#~ "object data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected " -#~ "attribute. Use Save to save your changes to LDAP." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Als het LDAP-object eenmaal is geselecteerd in de structuur dan toont " -#~ "de tabel de objectdata. Gebruik Bewerken mo de waarde te wijzigen " -#~ "van het geselecteerde attribuut. Gebruik Opslaan om uw wijzigingen " -#~ "in LDAP op te slaan." +#~ msgid "Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use Save to save your changes to LDAP." +#~ msgstr "Als het LDAP-object eenmaal is geselecteerd in de structuur dan toont de tabel de objectdata. Gebruik Bewerken mo de waarde te wijzigen van het geselecteerde attribuut. Gebruik Opslaan om uw wijzigingen in LDAP op te slaan." #~ msgid "" #~ "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" @@ -1060,12 +962,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" -#~ "Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server " -#~ "Certificate is valid." +#~ "Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate is valid." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Het opzetten van TLS-versleuteling is mislukt.\n" -#~ "Controleer of het juiste CA-certificaat is geïnstalleerd en het " -#~ "servercertificaat geldig is." +#~ "Controleer of het juiste CA-certificaat is geïnstalleerd en het servercertificaat geldig is." #~ msgid "" #~ "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" @@ -1136,18 +1036,13 @@ #~ "De object categorie is niet gevonden.\n" #~ msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Er kan geen verbinding met de LDAP-server tot stand worden gebracht." +#~ msgstr "Er kan geen verbinding met de LDAP-server tot stand worden gebracht." #~ msgid "A problem occurred while connecting to the LDAP server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij een poging verbinding te maken met de " -#~ "LDAP-server." +#~ msgstr "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij een poging verbinding te maken met de LDAP-server." #~ msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij het lezen van gegevens van de LDAP-" -#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij het lezen van gegevens van de LDAP-server." #~ msgid "A problem occurred while writing LDAP users." #~ msgstr "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij schrijven van LDAP-gebruikers." @@ -1156,14 +1051,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij schrijven van LDAP-groepen." #~ msgid "A problem occurred while writing data to the LDAP server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij het schrijven van gegevens naar de LDAP-" -#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij het schrijven van gegevens naar de LDAP-server." #~ msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij het lezen van een schema van de LDAP-" -#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij het lezen van een schema van de LDAP-server." #~ msgid "An unknown LDAP error occurred." #~ msgstr "Er is een onbekende LDAP-fout opgetreden." @@ -1184,8 +1075,7 @@ #~ "Retry connection without TLS/SSL?\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Het mislukken van het maken van de verbinding kan komen doordat uw\n" -#~ "cliënt geconfigureerd is voor TLS/SSL terwijl de server dit niet " -#~ "ondersteunt.\n" +#~ "cliënt geconfigureerd is voor TLS/SSL terwijl de server dit niet ondersteunt.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Wilt u het verbinden zonder TLS/SSL proberen?\n" @@ -1214,8 +1104,7 @@ #~ "An object with the selected DN exists, but it is not a template object.\n" #~ "Select another one.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Er bestaat een object met de geselecteerde DN, maar dit is geen " -#~ "sjabloonobject.\n" +#~ "Er bestaat een object met de geselecteerde DN, maar dit is geen sjabloonobject.\n" #~ "Selecteer een ander object.\n" #~ msgid "Writing LDAP Configuration..." @@ -1263,24 +1152,19 @@ #~ "If the attribute can have more values, add new entries\n" #~ "with Add Value. Sometimes the button contains the list of\n" #~ "possible values to use for the current attribute.\n" -#~ "If the value of the edited attribute should be a distinguished name " -#~ "(DN),\n" +#~ "If the value of the edited attribute should be a distinguished name (DN),\n" #~ "it is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using Browse.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Als het attribuut meerdere waarden kan hebben, voegt u nieuwe items " -#~ "toe\n" +#~ "Als het attribuut meerdere waarden kan hebben, voegt u nieuwe items toe\n" #~ "met Waarde toevoegen. Soms bevat de knop de lijst met\n" -#~ " mogelijke waarden die kunnen worden gebruikt voor het huidige " -#~ "attribuut.\n" -#~ " Als de waarde van het bewerkte attribuut een DN (Distinguished Name) " -#~ "moet zijn,\n" +#~ " mogelijke waarden die kunnen worden gebruikt voor het huidige attribuut.\n" +#~ " Als de waarde van het bewerkte attribuut een DN (Distinguished Name) moet zijn,\n" #~ " kunt u deze met Bladeren kiezen uit de LDAP-structuur.\n" #~ " \n" #~ msgid "The description of attribute \"%1\": " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "De beschrijving van het kenmerk \"%1\" (alleen engelstalig):" +#~ msgstr "De beschrijving van het kenmerk \"%1\" (alleen engelstalig):" #~ msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute" #~ msgstr "&Waarde van \"%1\" kenmerk" @@ -1325,28 +1209,22 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" -#~ "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults " -#~ "when\n" +#~ "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" #~ "the new object is created.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Hier kunt u de kenmerkwaarden van een object,\n" -#~ "met gebruik van het huidige sjabloon, opgeven. Als een nieuw object " -#~ "wordt\n" +#~ "met gebruik van het huidige sjabloon, opgeven. Als een nieuw object wordt\n" #~ "aangemaakt zullen deze waarden als de standaarden gebruikt worden.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" -#~ "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be " -#~ "replaced\n" -#~ "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid" -#~ "\"\n" +#~ "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" +#~ "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" #~ "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "U kunt van een speciale syntax gebruik maken om kenmerk waarden\n" -#~ "van reeds bestaande kenmerken aan te maken. De expressie %attr_name</" -#~ "i> zal worden vervangen\n" -#~ "met de waarde van het kenmerk \"attr_name\" (voorbeeld: gebruik \"/home/" -#~ "%uid\"\n" +#~ "van reeds bestaande kenmerken aan te maken. De expressie %attr_name zal worden vervangen\n" +#~ "met de waarde van het kenmerk \"attr_name\" (voorbeeld: gebruik \"/home/%uid\"\n" #~ "als de waarde voor \"homeDirectory\").\n" #~ msgid "Attribute &Name" @@ -1359,154 +1237,58 @@ #~ msgstr "LDAP-versie 2" #~ msgid "There was a problem with writing LDAP users." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Er is tijdens het opslaan van de LDAP-gebruikers een probleem opgetreden." +#~ msgstr "Er is tijdens het opslaan van de LDAP-gebruikers een probleem opgetreden." #~ msgid "There was a problem with writing LDAP groups." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Er is tijdens het opslaan van de LDAP-groepen een probleem opgetreden." +#~ msgstr "Er is tijdens het opslaan van de LDAP-groepen een probleem opgetreden." #~ msgid "There was a problem with writing data to the LDAP server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij het schrijven van gegevens naar de LDAP-" -#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij het schrijven van gegevens naar de LDAP-server." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging " -#~ "Policies, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password " -#~ "policy groups of attributes to configure." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selecteer de tabs Beleid voor wachtwoordwijziging, Beleid " -#~ "voor wachtwoordveroudering en Beleid voor uitsluiting om de " -#~ "beleidsgroepen voor het LDAP-wachtwoord voor in te stellen attributen te " -#~ "kiezen." +#~ msgid "Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure." +#~ msgstr "Selecteer de tabs Beleid voor wachtwoordwijziging, Beleid voor wachtwoordveroudering en Beleid voor uitsluiting om de beleidsgroepen voor het LDAP-wachtwoord voor in te stellen attributen te kiezen." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to " -#~ "set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords " -#~ "may not be used." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Geef de waarde voor Maximaal aantal wachtwoorden opgeslagen in " -#~ "geschiedenis op om in te stellen hoeveel eerder gebruikte " -#~ "wachtwoorden moeten worden opgeslagen. Opgeslagen wachtwoorden mogen niet " -#~ "worden gebruikt." +#~ msgid "Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used." +#~ msgstr "Geef de waarde voor Maximaal aantal wachtwoorden opgeslagen in geschiedenis op om in te stellen hoeveel eerder gebruikte wachtwoorden moeten worden opgeslagen. Opgeslagen wachtwoorden mogen niet worden gebruikt." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to " -#~ "change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an " -#~ "administrator." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Schakel Gebruiker moet wachtwoord wijzigen na opnieuw instellen " -#~ "in om gebruikers te forceren tot een wijziging van hun wachtwoord nadat " -#~ "het wachtwoord opnieuw is ingesteld of door een beheerder is gewijzigd.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator." +#~ msgstr "Schakel Gebruiker moet wachtwoord wijzigen na opnieuw instellen in om gebruikers te forceren tot een wijziging van hun wachtwoord nadat het wachtwoord opnieuw is ingesteld of door een beheerder is gewijzigd." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their " -#~ "passwords." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Schakel Gebruiker kan wachtwoord wijzigen in om gebruikers toe " -#~ "te staan hun wachtwoord te wijzigen." +#~ msgid "Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their passwords." +#~ msgstr "Schakel Gebruiker kan wachtwoord wijzigen in om gebruikers toe te staan hun wachtwoord te wijzigen." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, " -#~ "check Old Password Required for Password Change." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Als het bestaande wachtwoord samen met het nieuwe wachtwoord moet " -#~ "worden opgegeven, schakelt u Oud wachtwoord vereist voor " -#~ "wachtwoordwijziging in." +#~ msgid "If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check Old Password Required for Password Change." +#~ msgstr "Als het bestaande wachtwoord samen met het nieuwe wachtwoord moet worden opgegeven, schakelt u Oud wachtwoord vereist voor wachtwoordwijziging in." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords " -#~ "are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not " -#~ "be checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords " -#~ "are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the " -#~ "user has provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked " -#~ "Passwords passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the " -#~ "password cannot be checked." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selecteer of de kwaliteit van het wachtwoord moet worden gecontroleerd " -#~ "terwijl wachtwoorden worden gewijzigd of toegevoegd. Selecteer Geen " -#~ "controle als wachtwoorden helemaal niet moeten worden gecontroleerd. " -#~ "Met Niet-controleerbare wachtwoorden accepteren worden " -#~ "wachtwoorden zelfs geaccepteerd als de controle niet kan worden " -#~ "uitgevoerd, bijvoorbeeld als de gebruiker een gecodeerd wachtwoord heeft " -#~ "opgegeven. Met Alleen gecontroleerde wachtwoorden accepteren " -#~ "worden wachtwoorden geweigerd als de kwaliteitstest mislukt of als het " -#~ "wachtwoord niet kan worden gecontroleerd." +#~ msgid "Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked." +#~ msgstr "Selecteer of de kwaliteit van het wachtwoord moet worden gecontroleerd terwijl wachtwoorden worden gewijzigd of toegevoegd. Selecteer Geen controle als wachtwoorden helemaal niet moeten worden gecontroleerd. Met Niet-controleerbare wachtwoorden accepteren worden wachtwoorden zelfs geaccepteerd als de controle niet kan worden uitgevoerd, bijvoorbeeld als de gebruiker een gecodeerd wachtwoord heeft opgegeven. Met Alleen gecontroleerde wachtwoorden accepteren worden wachtwoorden geweigerd als de kwaliteitstest mislukt of als het wachtwoord niet kan worden gecontroleerd." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in " -#~ "Minimum Password Length." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Stel bij Minimale wachtwoordlengte het minimale aantal tekens in " -#~ "dat moet worden gebruikt in een wachtwoord." +#~ msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in Minimum Password Length." +#~ msgstr "Stel bij Minimale wachtwoordlengte het minimale aantal tekens in dat moet worden gebruikt in een wachtwoord." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between " -#~ "modifications to the password." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Met Minimale wachtwoordleeftijd stelt u in hoeveel tijd er moet " -#~ "verstrijken tussen de wachtwoordwijzigingen." +#~ msgid "Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password." +#~ msgstr "Met Minimale wachtwoordleeftijd stelt u in hoeveel tijd er moet verstrijken tussen de wachtwoordwijzigingen." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a " -#~ "password expires." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Met Maximale wachtwoordleeftijd stelt u in hoe lang na de " -#~ "wijziging een wachtwoord verloopt." +#~ msgid "Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password expires." +#~ msgstr "Met Maximale wachtwoordleeftijd stelt u in hoe lang na de wijziging een wachtwoord verloopt." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how " -#~ "long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning " -#~ "messages should be given to an authenticating user." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bij Tijd voordat verlopen van wachtwoord een waarschuwing " -#~ "veroorzaakt stelt u in hoelang voordat een wachtwoord verloopt, er " -#~ "een waarschuwingsbericht moet worden gegeven aan een gebruiker tijdens de " -#~ "verificatie." +#~ msgid "In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user." +#~ msgstr "Bij Tijd voordat verlopen van wachtwoord een waarschuwing veroorzaakt stelt u in hoelang voordat een wachtwoord verloopt, er een waarschuwingsbericht moet worden gegeven aan een gebruiker tijdens de verificatie." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set the number of times an expired password can be used to " -#~ "authenticate in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bij Toegestaan gebruik van een verlopen wachtwoord stelt u het " -#~ "aantal keren in dat een verlopen wachtwoord kan worden gebruikt voor " -#~ "verificatie." +#~ msgid "Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." +#~ msgstr "Bij Toegestaan gebruik van een verlopen wachtwoord stelt u het aantal keren in dat een verlopen wachtwoord kan worden gebruikt voor verificatie." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after " -#~ "a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Schakel Wachtwoordvergrendeling inschakelen in om het gebruik " -#~ "van een wachtwoord te verbieden na een opgegeven aantal achtereenvolgende " -#~ "mislukte verbindingspogingen." +#~ msgid "Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." +#~ msgstr "Schakel Wachtwoordvergrendeling inschakelen in om het gebruik van een wachtwoord te verbieden na een opgegeven aantal achtereenvolgende mislukte verbindingspogingen." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the " -#~ "password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the " -#~ "Password." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bij Mislukte verbindingen voor wachtwoordvergrendeling stelt u " -#~ "het aantal achtereenvolgende mislukte verbindingspogingen in waarna het " -#~ "wachtwoord niet meer mag worden gebruikt voor verificatie." +#~ msgid "Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the Password." +#~ msgstr "Bij Mislukte verbindingen voor wachtwoordvergrendeling stelt u het aantal achtereenvolgende mislukte verbindingspogingen in waarna het wachtwoord niet meer mag worden gebruikt voor verificatie." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration</" -#~ "b>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bij Duur van wachtwoordvergrendeling stelt u in hoe lang het " -#~ "wachtwoord niet kan worden gebruikt." +#~ msgid "Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." +#~ msgstr "Bij Duur van wachtwoordvergrendeling stelt u in hoe lang het wachtwoord niet kan worden gebruikt." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password " -#~ "failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful " -#~ "authentication has occurred." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Met Cacheduur van mislukte verbindingen stelt u in hoe lang het " -#~ "duurt voordat mislukte wachtwoorden worden opgeschoond uit de " -#~ "mislukkingsteller ondanks dat er geen succesvolle verificatie heeft " -#~ "plaatsgevonden." +#~ msgid "Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred." +#~ msgstr "Met Cacheduur van mislukte verbindingen stelt u in hoe lang het duurt voordat mislukte wachtwoorden worden opgeschoond uit de mislukkingsteller ondanks dat er geen succesvolle verificatie heeft plaatsgevonden." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #~ msgid "&Password Change Policies" @@ -1598,16 +1380,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/" -#~ "SSL\n" -#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download CA " -#~ "certificate file in PEM format from given URL.\n" +#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/SSL\n" +#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download CA certificate file in PEM format from given URL.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Sommige LDAP-servers ondersteunen StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -#~ "Als uw server dit ondersteunt en dit ook is geconfigureerd, activeert u " -#~ "LDAP TLS/SSL\n" -#~ "om uw communicatie met de LDAP-server te versleutelen. U zou het bestand " -#~ "met het CA-certificaat kunnen downloaden van de gegeven URL.\n" +#~ "Als uw server dit ondersteunt en dit ook is geconfigureerd, activeert u LDAP TLS/SSL\n" +#~ "om uw communicatie met de LDAP-server te versleutelen. U zou het bestand met het CA-certificaat kunnen downloaden van de gegeven URL.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "For configuration of advanced LDAP settings, click\n" @@ -1624,8 +1402,7 @@ #~ "If it is not installed and you want to use it, it is installed\n" #~ "automatically.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Automounter is een daemon dat automatisch mappen, zoals " -#~ "persoonlijke mappen van gebruikers, aankoppelt.\n" +#~ "Automounter is een daemon dat automatisch mappen, zoals persoonlijke mappen van gebruikers, aankoppelt.\n" #~ "De bijhorende configuratiebestanden (auto.*) dienen reeds te bestaan,\n" #~ "lokaal of via LDAP.\n" #~ "Indien het niet geïnstalleerd is en u het wel wilt gaan\n" @@ -1659,76 +1436,51 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "was gekopieerd naar de map '%2'" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute " -#~ "of the <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for the " -#~ "meaning of its values." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Protocol voor wachtwoordwijziging verwijst naar het attribuut " -#~ "pam_password van het bestand <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt>. Zie <tt>man " -#~ "pam_ldap</tt> voor de betekenis van de bijbehorende waarden." +#~ msgid "Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute of the <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for the meaning of its values." +#~ msgstr "Protocol voor wachtwoordwijziging verwijst naar het attribuut pam_password van het bestand <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt>. Zie <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> voor de betekenis van de bijbehorende waarden." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If secure connection requires certificate checking, you may specify " -#~ "where is your certificate file located. It is possible to enter either " -#~ "directory with certificates, or the explicit path to one certificate file." -#~ "" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Als de beveiligde verbinding certificaat-controle vereist, dan kunt u " -#~ "specificeren waar uw certificaatbestand zich bevindt. Het is mogelijk om " -#~ "ofwel een map met certificaten in te voeren of het expliciete pad naar " -#~ "een certificaatbestand." +#~ msgid "If secure connection requires certificate checking, you may specify where is your certificate file located. It is possible to enter either directory with certificates, or the explicit path to one certificate file." +#~ msgstr "Als de beveiligde verbinding certificaat-controle vereist, dan kunt u specificeren waar uw certificaatbestand zich bevindt. Het is mogelijk om ofwel een map met certificaten in te voeren of het expliciete pad naar een certificaatbestand." #~ msgid "" #~ "Normally, the LDAP version 3 protocol is used. If you have\n" #~ "an LDAP server using protocol 2 (for example, OpenLDAP v1), activate\n" #~ "LDAP Version 2.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Normaal gesproken wordt het protocol voor LDAP-versie 3 gebruikt. Als " -#~ "u een LDAP-server hebt\n" +#~ "Normaal gesproken wordt het protocol voor LDAP-versie 3 gebruikt. Als u een LDAP-server hebt\n" #~ "waarop protocol 2 wordt gebruikt (bijvoorbeeld OpenLDAP v1), activeert u\n" #~ " LDAP-versie 2.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "First, set Configuration Base DN.\n" -#~ "It is the base for storing your configuration data, which is saved on the " -#~ "LDAP\n" +#~ "It is the base for storing your configuration data, which is saved on the LDAP\n" #~ "server.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Eerst dient u de Configuratie basis DN in te stellen.\n" -#~ "Het is de basis voor het opslaan van uw configuratie data, welke op de " -#~ "LDAP-server\n" +#~ "Het is de basis voor het opslaan van uw configuratie data, welke op de LDAP-server\n" #~ "is opgeslagen.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n" #~ "Administrator DN.\n" -#~ "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain," -#~ "dc=com) or just\n" -#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is " -#~ "appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" +#~ "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or just\n" +#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Als u toegang wilt tot de gegevens die zijn opgeslagen op de server, " -#~ "geeft u de \n" +#~ "Als u toegang wilt tot de gegevens die zijn opgeslagen op de server, geeft u de \n" #~ "Beheer DN op.\n" -#~ " U kunt de volledige DN opgeven (bijvoorbeeld cn=Beheerder,dc=mijndomein," -#~ "dc=com) of alleen\n" -#~ " de relatieve DN (bijvoorbeeld, cn=Beheerder). De basis-DN van de LDAP " -#~ "wordt automatisch toegevoegd als u de betreffende optie selecteert.\n" +#~ " U kunt de volledige DN opgeven (bijvoorbeeld cn=Beheerder,dc=mijndomein,dc=com) of alleen\n" +#~ " de relatieve DN (bijvoorbeeld, cn=Beheerder). De basis-DN van de LDAP wordt automatisch toegevoegd als u de betreffende optie selecteert.\n" #~ msgid "Home Directories" #~ msgstr "Persoonlijke mappen" #~ msgid "" #~ "If home directories of users should be stored on this machine,\n" -#~ "check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any " -#~ "direct\n" -#~ "action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can " -#~ "manage\n" +#~ "check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any direct\n" +#~ "action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can manage\n" #~ "user home directories.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Als er op deze computer persoonlijke mappen van gebruikers zijn " -#~ "opgeslagen\n" +#~ "Als er op deze computer persoonlijke mappen van gebruikers zijn opgeslagen\n" #~ "kies dan de toepasselijke optie. Het wijzigen van deze waarde heeft geen\n" #~ "directe gevolgen. Het heeft alleen invloed op de YaST-gebruikersmodule\n" #~ "waarmee persoonlijke mappen kunnen worden onderhouden.\n" @@ -1738,13 +1490,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Wachtwoordbeleid" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add</" -#~ "b> to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" +#~ "Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" #~ " if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configureer het geselecteerde wachtwoordbeleid met Bewerken. " -#~ "Gebruik Toevoegen om een nieuw wachtwoordbeleid toe te voegen. De " -#~ "configuratie is alleen mogelijk\n" +#~ "Configureer het geselecteerde wachtwoordbeleid met Bewerken. Gebruik Toevoegen om een nieuw wachtwoordbeleid toe te voegen. De configuratie is alleen mogelijk\n" #~ " als het wachtwoorbeleid reeds is aangezet in de LDAP-server." #~ msgid "&Password Map" @@ -1794,14 +1543,11 @@ #~ "removing current ones.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "De tweede tabel bevat een lijst met standaard waarden die voor\n" -#~ "nieuwe objecten worden gebruikt. Modificeer de lijst door nieuwe waarden " -#~ "toe\n" +#~ "nieuwe objecten worden gebruikt. Modificeer de lijst door nieuwe waarden toe\n" #~ "te voegen, of door de huidige waarden te wijzigen of te verwijderen.\n" #~ msgid "Here, manage the configuration stored in LDAP directory." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hier kunt u de configuratie, die in de LDAP-map is opgeslagen, beheren." -#~ "" +#~ msgstr "Hier kunt u de configuratie, die in de LDAP-map is opgeslagen, beheren." #~ msgid "" #~ "You currently have configuration modules\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/ldap-server.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/ldap-server.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/ldap-server.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap-server.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-20 12:11+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freekdekruijf(a)kde.nl>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -97,8 +97,7 @@ #: src/clients/ldap-server.rb:209 msgid "Database cannot be created when the service is not enabled" -msgstr "" -"De database kan niet worden aangemaakt als de service niet is geactiveerd" +msgstr "De database kan niet worden aangemaakt als de service niet is geactiveerd" #. y2milestone("db-options : %1", db); #: src/clients/ldap-server.rb:219 @@ -109,12 +108,8 @@ #. error popup #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:58 #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:228 -msgid "" -"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later " -"in the installed system." -msgstr "" -"De LDAP-database is al aangemaakt. U kunt de instellingen later wijzigen als " -"het systeem is geïnstalleerd." +msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." +msgstr "De LDAP-database is al aangemaakt. U kunt de instellingen later wijzigen als het systeem is geïnstalleerd." #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:101 @@ -127,12 +122,8 @@ msgstr "[handmatig ingesteld]" #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to " -"continue." -msgstr "" -"Kan het root-wachtwoord van het systeem niet achterhalen. Stel een " -"LDAP-serverwachtwoord in om door te kunnen gaan." +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." +msgstr "Kan het root-wachtwoord van het systeem niet achterhalen. Stel een LDAP-serverwachtwoord in om door te kunnen gaan." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162 #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:112 @@ -230,12 +221,8 @@ "pakketten niet met de configuratie doorgaan." #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:309 -msgid "" -"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has " -"finished." -msgstr "" -"Instellen van OpenLDAP replicatie is mislukt. Doe de configuratie opnieuw " -"nadat de installatie is beëindigd." +msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." +msgstr "Instellen van OpenLDAP replicatie is mislukt. Doe de configuratie opnieuw nadat de installatie is beëindigd." #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:344 msgid "" @@ -258,10 +245,8 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/complex.rb:105 msgid "" -"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not " -"running.\n" -"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do " -"you \n" +"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n" +"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" "U hebt een bestaande configuratie, maar de LDAP-server is nu niet actief.\n" @@ -354,12 +339,8 @@ msgstr "De LDAP-server draait niet." #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:198 -msgid "" -"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want " -"to create a new configuration from scratch?" -msgstr "" -"Wilt u nu de configuratiedata herlezen om te starten of wilt u een nieuwe " -"configuratie aanmaken vanaf niets?" +msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" +msgstr "Wilt u nu de configuratiedata herlezen om te starten of wilt u een nieuwe configuratie aanmaken vanaf niets?" #. get helps page #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:226 @@ -388,9 +369,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:353 msgid "All data, including configuration, is replicated from a remote server." -msgstr "" -"Alle gegevens, inclusief configuratie, is gerepliceerd vanaf een server op " -"afstand." +msgstr "Alle gegevens, inclusief configuratie, is gerepliceerd vanaf een server op afstand." #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:384 msgid "" @@ -528,12 +507,8 @@ #. Doing these checks during installation will #. most probably fail #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:972 -msgid "" -"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider " -"server.\n" -msgstr "" -"Het openen van de verbinding naar de \"cn=config\" database op de server van " -"de leverancier is mislukt.\n" +msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n" +msgstr "Het openen van de verbinding naar de \"cn=config\" database op de server van de leverancier is mislukt.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:975 msgid "" @@ -541,8 +516,7 @@ "\"cn=config\" database and that you entered the correct password.\n" msgstr "" "Ga na dat de server van de leverancier verbindingen van afstand accepteert \n" -"naar de \"cn=config\" database en dat u het juiste wachtwoord hebt " -"ingevoerd.\n" +"naar de \"cn=config\" database en dat u het juiste wachtwoord hebt ingevoerd.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:982 msgid "The following error messages were returned:" @@ -559,8 +533,7 @@ #. Check if the syncrepl config of cn=config makes sense #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1020 msgid "The replication configuration on the provider server is missing.\n" -msgstr "" -"De replicatie-configuratie op de server van de leverancier ontbreekt.\n" +msgstr "De replicatie-configuratie op de server van de leverancier ontbreekt.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1023 msgid "Click Continue to create it now." @@ -576,20 +549,13 @@ "het al werkt als een replicatie-gebruiker.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1078 -msgid "" -"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." -msgstr "" -"Instellen van gecascadeerde replicatie van het cn=config wordt nu niet " -"ondersteund." +msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." +msgstr "Instellen van gecascadeerde replicatie van het cn=config wordt nu niet ondersteund." #. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1105 -msgid "" -"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication " -"configuration on the provider server failed.\n" -msgstr "" -"Controleren van de authenticatie-credentials gedefinieerd in de " -"replicatie-configuratie op de leveranciersserver is mislukt.\n" +msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" +msgstr "Controleren van de authenticatie-credentials gedefinieerd in de replicatie-configuratie op de leveranciersserver is mislukt.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998 @@ -611,10 +577,8 @@ "To act as a master server for replication, the configuration database needs\n" "to be remotely accessible. Set a password for the configuration database.\n" msgstr "" -"Om als een master-server voor replicatie te fungeren moet de " -"configuratie-database\n" -"via het netwerk toegankelijk zijn. Stel een wachtwoord in voor de " -"configuratie-database.\n" +"Om als een master-server voor replicatie te fungeren moet de configuratie-database\n" +"via het netwerk toegankelijk zijn. Stel een wachtwoord in voor de configuratie-database.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1220 msgid "" @@ -639,8 +603,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1238 msgid "Prepare for MirrorMode replication (generates the serverId attribute)" -msgstr "" -"De MirrorMode-replicatie voorbereiden (genereert het attribuut serverId)" +msgstr "De MirrorMode-replicatie voorbereiden (genereert het attribuut serverId)" #. The "Startup Configuration node for the main tree widget #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:17 @@ -655,16 +618,12 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "Select Yes if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" -"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be " -"started. Note:\n" +"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" "After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Selecteer Ja als de LDAP-server automatisch gestart moet worden als " -"\n" -"onderdeel van het opstartproces. Selecteer Nee als de LDAP-server niet " -"moet worden gestart. Noot:\n" -"Na selectie van Nee kunt u geen wijzigingen meer aanbrengen in de " -"OpenLDAP configuratie.\n" +"Selecteer Ja als de LDAP-server automatisch gestart moet worden als \n" +"onderdeel van het opstartproces. Selecteer Nee als de LDAP-server niet moet worden gestart. Noot:\n" +"Na selectie van Nee kunt u geen wijzigingen meer aanbrengen in de OpenLDAP configuratie.\n" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:77 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:96 @@ -676,33 +635,23 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:27 msgid "Enable and disable the various protocol listeners of OpenLDAP." -msgstr "" -"Schakel de verschillende luisteraars naar het OpenLDAP-protocol in of " -"uit." +msgstr "Schakel de verschillende luisteraars naar het OpenLDAP-protocol in of uit." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" -"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured " -"communication\n" -"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate " -"configured." +"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" +"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured." msgstr "" -"LDAP is het standaard LDAP-interface op poort 389. TLS/SSL " -"beveiligde communicatie\n" -"is mogelijk met de StartTLS-operatie als u een server-certificaat hebt " -"geconfigureerd." +"LDAP is het standaard LDAP-interface op poort 389. TLS/SSL beveiligde communicatie\n" +"is mogelijk met de StartTLS-operatie als u een server-certificaat hebt geconfigureerd." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:33 msgid "" -"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL " -"protected\n" -"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate " -"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" +"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n" +"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" msgstr "" -"LDAPS schakelt het \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface in voor " -"SSL-beschermde\n" -"verbindingen op poort 636. Dit werkt alleen als u een server-certificaat " -"geconfigureerd hebt (zie \"Globale instellingen\"/\"TLS-instellingen\").\n" +"LDAPS schakelt het \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface in voor SSL-beschermde\n" +"verbindingen op poort 636. Dit werkt alleen als u een server-certificaat geconfigureerd hebt (zie \"Globale instellingen\"/\"TLS-instellingen\").\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "" @@ -710,10 +659,8 @@ "LDAP server via a Unix Domain Socket. Do not disable the LDAPI interface \n" "as YaST uses it to communicate with the server.\n" msgstr "" -"LDAPI schakelt het \"LDAP over IPC\" interface in voor toegang tot " -"de\n" -"LDAP-server via een Unix Domain Socket. Schakel het LDAPI-interface niet uit " -"\n" +"LDAPI schakelt het \"LDAP over IPC\" interface in voor toegang tot de\n" +"LDAP-server via een Unix Domain Socket. Schakel het LDAPI-interface niet uit \n" "omdat YaST het gebruikt om te communiceren met de server.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:41 @@ -735,20 +682,16 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is " -"a\n" -"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout " -"and\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" +"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" "bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" msgstr "" "Kies de Database uit hdb en bdb. Hdb is een \n" -"variant van de bdb-backend die een hiërarchische database-layout " -"gebruikt en \n" +"variant van de bdb-backend die een hiërarchische database-layout gebruikt en \n" "subtree hernoemen ondersteunt. Anders is het identiek met bdb. Een\n" -"hdb-database heeft een grotere idlcachesize nodig voor een " -"goede\n" +"hdb-database heeft een grotere idlcachesize nodig voor een goede\n" "prestatie bij zoeken dan een bdb-database.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:56 @@ -756,45 +699,33 @@ "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." msgstr "" -"De basis DN optie bepaalt de naam van het root item van de database " -"\n" +"De basis DN optie bepaalt de naam van het root item van de database \n" "die zal worden aangemaakt." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password" -" \n" -"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and " -"other \n" -"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends the " -"\n" -"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>" -"dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" -"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective " -"Administrator DN\n" +"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" +"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" +"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends the \n" +"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" +"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" "De Beheerder-DN met een LDAP-beheerderwachtwoord \n" -"specificeert een superuseridentiteit voor de database, voorbijgaand aan alle " -"ACL's en andere\n" -"administratieve restricties. Als u Basis DN toevoegen activeert dan " -"wordt de\n" -"Basis DN die u hierboven hebt ingevuld toegevoegd, bijvoorbeeld, een " -"basis DN van\n" -"<tt>dc=voorbeeld,dc=nl</tt> en een beheerder-DN van <tt>c=Admin</tt> word een " -"effectieve\n" +"specificeert een superuseridentiteit voor de database, voorbijgaand aan alle ACL's en andere\n" +"administratieve restricties. Als u Basis DN toevoegen activeert dan wordt de\n" +"Basis DN die u hierboven hebt ingevuld toegevoegd, bijvoorbeeld, een basis DN van\n" +"<tt>dc=voorbeeld,dc=nl</tt> en een beheerder-DN van <tt>c=Admin</tt> word een effectieve\n" "beheerder-DN van <tt>c=Admin,dc=voorbeeld,dc=nl</tt>. " #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" -"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root " -"password\n" +"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" "Als deze assistent is opgestart tijdens de installatie, dan is het \n" -"LDAP-beheerderswachtwoord initieel ingesteld op het root-wachtwoord " -"van het systeem\n" +"LDAP-beheerderswachtwoord initieel ingesteld op het root-wachtwoord van het systeem\n" "dat eerder in het installatieproces is ingegeven. " #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:72 @@ -806,17 +737,12 @@ "file <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. This checkbox is selected by default\n" "when creating the first database on a server.\n" msgstr "" -"Om deze database als standaard te gebruiken voor de hulpmiddelen van " -"OpenLDAP-cliënt\n" -"(b.v. ldapsearch) activeer dan Gebruik deze database als de standaard " -"voor\n" -"OpenLDAP-cliënten. Dit zal resulteren in het wegschrijven van de hostnaam " -"\"localhost\"\n" +"Om deze database als standaard te gebruiken voor de hulpmiddelen van OpenLDAP-cliënt\n" +"(b.v. ldapsearch) activeer dan Gebruik deze database als de standaard voor\n" +"OpenLDAP-cliënten. Dit zal resulteren in het wegschrijven van de hostnaam \"localhost\"\n" "en de boven ingegeven Basis DN naar het configuratiebestand\n" -"<tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt> van de OpenLDAP-cliënt. Dit keuzevakje " -"wordt\n" -"standaard geselecteerd bij het aanmaken van de eerste database op een " -"server.\n" +"<tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt> van de OpenLDAP-cliënt. Dit keuzevakje wordt\n" +"standaard geselecteerd bij het aanmaken van de eerste database op een server.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:80 msgid "" @@ -833,12 +759,9 @@ "authentication to the configuration database will only be allowed when \n" "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" msgstr "" -"Om authenticatie met platte tekst in- of uit te schakelen (LDAP eenvoudige " -"binding)\n" -"voor de configuratiedatabase, klik op het bijbehorende keuzevakje. " -"Authenticatie met\n" -"gewone tekst naar de configuratiedatabase zal alleen worden toegestaan " -"wanneer voldoende\n" +"Om authenticatie met platte tekst in- of uit te schakelen (LDAP eenvoudige binding)\n" +"voor de configuratiedatabase, klik op het bijbehorende keuzevakje. Authenticatie met\n" +"gewone tekst naar de configuratiedatabase zal alleen worden toegestaan wanneer voldoende\n" "beschermde verbindingen worden gebruikt (bijv. SSL/TLS versleuteling).\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:89 @@ -850,14 +773,11 @@ "The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n" "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Om het wachtwoord van de beheerder voor de configuratie-database te " -"wijzigen, \n" +"Om het wachtwoord van de beheerder voor de configuratie-database te wijzigen, \n" "klik op Wijzig wachtwoord.\n" -"Er zal een popup verschijnen waarin u het nieuwe wachtwoord kunt invoeren en " -"de \n" +"Er zal een popup verschijnen waarin u het nieuwe wachtwoord kunt invoeren en de \n" "Wachtwoordversleuteling selecteren.\n" -"De wachtwoordvelden zijn initieel leeg, zelfs als er al een wachtwoord is " -"ingesteld \n" +"De wachtwoordvelden zijn initieel leeg, zelfs als er al een wachtwoord is ingesteld \n" "in de configuratie.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:97 @@ -870,58 +790,38 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" -"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN " -"automatically\n" +"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" -"Voer de complete DN in of alleen het eerste deel en voeg de basis DN " -"automatsch toe\n" +"Voer de complete DN in of alleen het eerste deel en voeg de basis DN automatsch toe\n" "met Basis DN toevoegen." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:102 msgid "" -"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change " -"Password.\n" -"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password " -"Encryption.\n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been " -"set in the configuration.\n" +"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" +"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Om het wachtwoord van de beheerder te wijzigen, klik op Wijzig " -"wachtwoord.\n" -"Er zal een popup verschijnen waarin u het nieuwe wachtwoord kunt invoeren en " -"de Wachtwoordversleuteling selecteren.\n" -"De wachtwoordvelden zijn initieel leeg, zelfs als er al een wachtwoord is " -"ingesteld in de configuratie.\n" +"Om het wachtwoord van de beheerder te wijzigen, klik op Wijzig wachtwoord.\n" +"Er zal een popup verschijnen waarin u het nieuwe wachtwoord kunt invoeren en de Wachtwoordversleuteling selecteren.\n" +"De wachtwoordvelden zijn initieel leeg, zelfs als er al een wachtwoord is ingesteld in de configuratie.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:107 msgid "" -"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can " -"adjust\n" -"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the " -"number of entries\n" -"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough " -"RAM) this number\n" -"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index " -"Cache (IDL cache) \n" -"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially " -"HDB-Databases require a\n" -"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the " -"entry cache as a rule of\n" +"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" +"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" +"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n" +"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index Cache (IDL cache) \n" +"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n" +"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs)." msgstr "" -"Met de Itemcache en Indexcache (IDL-cache) kunt u de grootte " -"van\n" -"de interne caches van OpenLDAP aanpassen. De Itemcache definieert het " -"aantal items\n" -"dat door OpenLDAP in het werkgeheugen gehouden wordt. Als het mogelijk is " -"(genoeg RAM) dan zou aantal\n" -"groot genoeg moeten zijn om de gehele database in geheugen te houden. De " -"Indexcache (IDL-cache) \n" -"wordt gebruikt om het zoekproces te versnellen op geïndexeerde attributen. In " -"het algemeen, maar speciaal bij \n" -"HDB-databases is een grote IDL-cache vereist voor een goede performance van " -"het zoeken (drie keer de \n" +"Met de Itemcache en Indexcache (IDL-cache) kunt u de grootte van\n" +"de interne caches van OpenLDAP aanpassen. De Itemcache definieert het aantal items\n" +"dat door OpenLDAP in het werkgeheugen gehouden wordt. Als het mogelijk is (genoeg RAM) dan zou aantal\n" +"groot genoeg moeten zijn om de gehele database in geheugen te houden. De Indexcache (IDL-cache) \n" +"wordt gebruikt om het zoekproces te versnellen op geïndexeerde attributen. In het algemeen, maar speciaal bij \n" +"HDB-databases is een grote IDL-cache vereist voor een goede performance van het zoeken (drie keer de \n" "grootte van de itemcache als vuistregel)." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 @@ -939,24 +839,16 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:120 msgid "" -"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP " -"server\n" -"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before " -"storing them\n" -"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, " -"but may be\n" -"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify " -"extended operation \n" +"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" +"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" +"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n" +"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -"Selecteer Plattetekst-wachtwoorden versleutelen om aan te geven dat " -"de OpenLDAP-server\n" -"de wachtwoorden in platte tekst moet coderen die aanwezig zijn in " -"toevoegings- en\n" -"wijzigingsverzoeken voordat ze in de database worden opgeslagen. Merk op dat " -"dit het\n" -"X.500/LDAP-informatiemodel schendt, maar nodig kan zijn als compensatie voor " -"LDAP-cliënten\n" +"Selecteer Plattetekst-wachtwoorden versleutelen om aan te geven dat de OpenLDAP-server\n" +"de wachtwoorden in platte tekst moet coderen die aanwezig zijn in toevoegings- en\n" +"wijzigingsverzoeken voordat ze in de database worden opgeslagen. Merk op dat dit het\n" +"X.500/LDAP-informatiemodel schendt, maar nodig kan zijn als compensatie voor LDAP-cliënten\n" "die het wachtwoord niet versleutelen tijdens het verzenden. " #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:127 @@ -967,33 +859,23 @@ "attacker. Sites sensitive to security issues should not enable this\n" "option. \n" msgstr "" -"Als Status \"Account vergrendeld\" prijsgeven is geactiveerd, " -"krijgen gebruikers die zich\n" -"authenticeren tot een vergrendeld account een melding dat hun account is " -"vergrendeld. \n" -"Deze informatie kan bruikbare informatie verschaffen aan een aanvaller. Voor " -"sites die gevoelig zijn\n" +"Als Status \"Account vergrendeld\" prijsgeven is geactiveerd, krijgen gebruikers die zich\n" +"authenticeren tot een vergrendeld account een melding dat hun account is vergrendeld. \n" +"Deze informatie kan bruikbare informatie verschaffen aan een aanvaller. Voor sites die gevoelig zijn\n" "voor veiligheidskwesties dient u deze optie niet te activeren.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:134 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object " -"DN." -msgstr "" -"Voer de naam in van het standaard beleid object in bij Standaard beleid " -"object-DN." +msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." +msgstr "Voer de naam in van het standaard beleid object in bij Standaard beleid object-DN." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:137 msgid "" -"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You " -"may\n" +"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" -"Maak of wijzig het standaard beleid door te klikken op Beleid bewerken<" -"/b>. U kunt\n" -"gevraagd worden om het LDAP administrator-wachtwoord daarna in te geven, om " -"toe te\n" +"Maak of wijzig het standaard beleid door te klikken op Beleid bewerken. U kunt\n" +"gevraagd worden om het LDAP administrator-wachtwoord daarna in te geven, om toe te\n" "staan dat het Beleid-object wordt gelezen van de server.\n" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 @@ -1008,53 +890,41 @@ msgstr "Wijzig de opties voor indexering van een hdb of bdb-database." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:144 -msgid "" -"The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index " -"defined." -msgstr "" -"De tabel toont een lijst van attributen waarvoor nu een index is " -"gedefinieerd." +msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." +msgstr "De tabel toont een lijst van attributen waarvoor nu een index is gedefinieerd." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" -"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different " -"types\n" +"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" "Indexen worden door OpenLDAP gebruikt om de prestatie bij het zoeken op\n" "specifieke typen zoekopdrachten te verbeteren. Indexen zouden geconfigureerd\n" "moeten worden overeenkomstig de meest algemeen gebruikte zoekopdrachten in\n" -"een database. YaST biedt u het instellen van drie verschillende typen " -"indexen.\n" +"een database. YaST biedt u het instellen van drie verschillende typen indexen.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" -"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be " -"configured\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" "Aanwezigheid: Deze index wordt gebruikt voor het zoeken met\n" -"aanwezigheidsfilters (d.w.z. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt> ). " -"Aanwezigheidsindexen\n" +"aanwezigheidsfilters (d.w.z. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt> ). Aanwezigheidsindexen\n" "zouden alleen geconfigureerd moeten worden voor attributen die weinig voor\n" "komen in de database\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" -"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality " -"index\n" +"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" -"Gelijkheid: Deze index wordt gebruikt voor zoeken met " -"gelijkheidsfilters \n" -"(d.w.z. (<tt>(attributeType=<exacte waarde>)</tt>). Een Gelijkheid<" -"/b>sindex \n" -"zou altijd geconfigureerd moeten worden voor het attribuut <tt>objectclass<" -"/tt>.\n" +"Gelijkheid: Deze index wordt gebruikt voor zoeken met gelijkheidsfilters \n" +"(d.w.z. (<tt>(attributeType=<exacte waarde>)</tt>). Een Gelijkheidsindex \n" +"zou altijd geconfigureerd moeten worden voor het attribuut <tt>objectclass</tt>.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:163 msgid "" @@ -1062,8 +932,7 @@ "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" msgstr "" "Deeltekenreeks: Deze index wordt gebruikt voor zoeken met een\n" -"deeltekenreeksfilter (d.w.z. <tt>(attributeType=<deeltekenreeks>*)</tt>" -")\n" +"deeltekenreeksfilter (d.w.z. <tt>(attributeType=<deeltekenreeks>*)</tt>)\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:166 msgid "" @@ -1078,8 +947,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:171 msgid "" -"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly " -"added\n" +"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" "written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" "information for the database.\n" @@ -1107,8 +975,7 @@ "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" -"Voor elke regel kunt u zien welke doelobjecten overeenkomen met die " -"regel.\n" +"Voor elke regel kunt u zien welke doelobjecten overeenkomen met die regel.\n" "Om een meer gedetailleerd overzicht van een regel te krijgen of een regel te\n" "wijzigen, selecteer een regel in de tabel en klik op Bewerken\n" @@ -1124,15 +991,13 @@ msgid "" "OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" -"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, " -"using\n" +"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" "De evaluatie van toegangscontrole van OpenLDAP stopt bij de eerste regel\n" "waarvan de doeldefinitie (DN, filter en attributen) overeenkomt met het item\n" "waar toegang toe nodig is. U kunt daarom de volgorde van de regels naar\n" -"behoefte aanpassen. U kunt daarvoor de knoppen Omhoog en Omlaag" -"\n" +"behoefte aanpassen. U kunt daarvoor de knoppen Omhoog en Omlaag\n" "gebruiken\n" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 @@ -1142,14 +1007,11 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:200 msgid "" -"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, " -"if you want to \n" +"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" -"Selecteer het keuzevakje \"Ldapsync-leverancier voor deze database " -"inschakelen\", \n" -"als u in staat wilt zijn om de huidige geselecteerde database te repliceren " -"op een andere \n" +"Selecteer het keuzevakje \"Ldapsync-leverancier voor deze database inschakelen\", \n" +"als u in staat wilt zijn om de huidige geselecteerde database te repliceren op een andere \n" "server." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:203 @@ -1158,33 +1020,22 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:204 msgid "" -"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator " -"(stored\n" -"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is " -"synced\n" -"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify " -"or\n" -"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the " -"indicator\n" -"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator " -"is\n" +"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" +"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" +"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify or\n" +"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the indicator\n" +"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n" "only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n" "a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" msgstr "" -"Hier kunt u instellen hoe vaak de synchronisatie-statusindicator " -"(opgeslagen\n" -"in het \"contextCSN\"-attribuut) wordt weggeschreven naar de database. " -"Het\n" +"Hier kunt u instellen hoe vaak de synchronisatie-statusindicator (opgeslagen\n" +"in het \"contextCSN\"-attribuut) wordt weggeschreven naar de database. Het\n" "wordt uitgewisseld met de database als het aantal gespecificeerde\n" -"schrijf-\"Bewerkingen\" of meer dan \"Minuten\" zijn gepasseerd " -"sinds\n" -"de laatste keer dat de indicator is weggeschreven. Standaard (beide waarden " -"'0')\n" -"wordt de statusindicator alleen weggeschreven na een schone afsluiting. Het " -"vaker\n" -"wegschrijven kan resulteren in snellere opstarttijden na een niet schone " -"afsluiting\n" +"schrijf-\"Bewerkingen\" of meer dan \"Minuten\" zijn gepasseerd sinds\n" +"de laatste keer dat de indicator is weggeschreven. Standaard (beide waarden '0')\n" +"wordt de statusindicator alleen weggeschreven na een schone afsluiting. Het vaker\n" +"wegschrijven kan resulteren in snellere opstarttijden na een niet schone afsluiting\n" "maar kan resulteren in een lagere performance in omgevingen met vele\n" "LDAP-schrijfbewerkigen.\n" @@ -1194,23 +1045,15 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:215 msgid "" -"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write " -"operations\n" -"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in " -"the session log. \n" -"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" " -"replication. In \n" -"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master " -"server." +"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" +"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" +"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" replication. In \n" +"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" -"Configureert een in-geheugen sessielog voor het opslaan van informatie " -"over schrijfbewerkingen\n" -"die in de database zijn gedaan. Specificeer hoeveel schrijfbewerkingen " -"opgeslagen zouden moeten worden in de sessielog. \n" -"Configureren van een sessielog is alleen zinvol voor \"refreshOnly\" " -"replicatie. In \n" -"zo'n geval kan het de replicatie versnellen en de load op de master-server " -"verminderen." +"Configureert een in-geheugen sessielog voor het opslaan van informatie over schrijfbewerkingen\n" +"die in de database zijn gedaan. Specificeer hoeveel schrijfbewerkingen opgeslagen zouden moeten worden in de sessielog. \n" +"Configureren van een sessielog is alleen zinvol voor \"refreshOnly\" replicatie. In \n" +"zo'n geval kan het de replicatie versnellen en de load op de master-server verminderen." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:221 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" @@ -1221,8 +1064,7 @@ "Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" -"Selecteer \"Deze database is een replicatie gebruiker\" als u wilt " -"dat\n" +"Selecteer \"Deze database is een replicatie gebruiker\" als u wilt dat\n" "de database een replica is van een database op een andere server.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:227 @@ -1235,16 +1077,14 @@ "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" "enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n" "use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n" -"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using " -"non-standard\n" +"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n" "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" "Voer hier de verbindingsdetails in voor de replicatieverbinding naar de\n" "master-server. Selecteer daarvoor het te gebruiken protocol (ldap\n" "of ldaps) en voer hier de volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam van de\n" "master-server in. Het is belangrijk om de volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam\n" -"te gebruiken om in staat te zijn het TLS/SSL certificaat van de " -"master-server\n" +"te gebruiken om in staat te zijn het TLS/SSL certificaat van de master-server\n" "te verifiëren. Pas het poortnummer aan als de master-server niet-standaard\n" "ldap-poorten gebruikt.\n" @@ -1276,8 +1116,7 @@ msgstr "" "refreshAndPersist: De slave-server opent een blijvende verbinding\n" "met de master-server voor synchronizatie. Bijgewerkte items op de\n" -"master-server worden onmiddellijk naar de slave gestuurd via die verbinding.<" -"/p>\n" +"master-server worden onmiddellijk naar de slave gestuurd via die verbinding.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:249 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" @@ -1285,15 +1124,11 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:250 msgid "" -"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to " -"authenticate against the master.\n" -"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated " -"database on the master.\n" +"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" +"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -"Specificeer een DN en wachtwoord die de slave-server zou moeten gebruiken " -"om te authenticeren bij de master.\n" -"De gespecificeerde DN heeft leestoegang nodig tot alle items in de " -"gerepliceerde database op de master.\n" +"Specificeer een DN en wachtwoord die de slave-server zou moeten gebruiken om te authenticeren bij de master.\n" +"De gespecificeerde DN heeft leestoegang nodig tot alle items in de gerepliceerde database op de master.\n" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:253 @@ -1304,17 +1139,13 @@ msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" -"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can " -"configure a different update referral here.\n" -"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for " -"the\n" +"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n" +"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n" "slave server is as slave server too. \n" msgstr "" -"Omdat de slave-database alleen-lezen is, zal de slave-server op " -"schrijfbewerkingen\n" +"Omdat de slave-database alleen-lezen is, zal de slave-server op schrijfbewerkingen\n" "antwoorden met een LDAP-verwijzing. \n" -"Deze verwijzing verwijst standaard de client naar de master-server. U kunt " -"hier een andere bijwerk-verwijzing configureren.\n" +"Deze verwijzing verwijst standaard de client naar de master-server. U kunt hier een andere bijwerk-verwijzing configureren.\n" "Dit is bijv. bruikbaar in een gecascadeerde replicatie opzet dwz. wanneer de\n" "leverancier van de slave-server zelf een slave-server is.\n" @@ -1329,8 +1160,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratie programma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " -"te klikken." +"U kunt het configuratie programma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken." #. Write dialog help #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:269 @@ -1364,20 +1194,12 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:287 -msgid "" -"With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server." -" " -msgstr "" -"Met Start LDAP-server Ja of Nee, start of stopt u de LDAP-server.<" -"/p>" +msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " +msgstr "Met Start LDAP-server Ja of Nee, start of stopt u de LDAP-server." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:290 -msgid "" -"If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration " -"wizard." -msgstr "" -"Als u Ja selecteert, klikt u op Volgende om de " -"configuratie-assistent te starten" +msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." +msgstr "Als u Ja selecteert, klikt u op Volgende om de configuratie-assistent te starten" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:293 msgid "" @@ -1389,21 +1211,15 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:297 -msgid "" -"Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios " -"are available:" -msgstr "" -"Selecteer het type LDAP-server die u in wilt stellen. De volgende " -"scenario's zijn beschikbaar:" +msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" +msgstr "Selecteer het type LDAP-server die u in wilt stellen. De volgende scenario's zijn beschikbaar:" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:300 msgid "" -"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server " -"with\n" +"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" -"Alleenstaande server: Stel een enkele alleenstaande " -"OpenLDAP-server\n" +"Alleenstaande server: Stel een enkele alleenstaande OpenLDAP-server\n" "in zonder voorbereidingen voor replicatie.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:303 @@ -1411,18 +1227,15 @@ "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" msgstr "" -"Master-server met replicatie: Maak een OpenLDAP-server aan die " -"voorbereid\n" +"Master-server met replicatie: Maak een OpenLDAP-server aan die voorbereid\n" "is om als master-server met replicatie (leverancier) te fungeren.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:306 msgid "" -"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that " -"replicates all its data,\n" +"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" -"Replicatie-slave-server: Stel een OpenLDAP slave-server in die alle " -"gegevens kopieert,\n" +"Replicatie-slave-server: Stel een OpenLDAP slave-server in die alle gegevens kopieert,\n" "inclusief de configuratie, van een master-server." #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 @@ -1448,19 +1261,15 @@ msgid "" "Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" -"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation." -"\n" +"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" "Activeer LDAP over SSL-interface (ldaps) ingeschakeld om de server\n" -"LDAPS-verbindingen op poort 636 te laten accepteren. OpenLDAP zal, indien " -"niet geactiveerd, alleen versleutelde TLS-verbindingen via StartTLS " -"ondersteunen.\n" +"LDAPS-verbindingen op poort 636 te laten accepteren. OpenLDAP zal, indien niet geactiveerd, alleen versleutelde TLS-verbindingen via StartTLS ondersteunen.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:324 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" -"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so " -"that\n" +"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" "Als u reeds een algemeen servercertificaat hebt geïnstalleerd met de\n" @@ -1475,10 +1284,8 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:330 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" -"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File" -",\n" -"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the " -"corresponding\n" +"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" +"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the corresponding\n" "textfields.\n" msgstr "" "Als u geen algemeen servercertificaat hebt of u wilt dat OpenLDAP een\n" @@ -1502,18 +1309,13 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:344 msgid "" -"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in " -"which to choose\n" -"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not " -"support the removal of \n" +"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" +"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" "Schema Data" msgstr "" -"Voeg schemabestanden toe in dit dialoogvenster. Druk op Toevoegen " -"om een\n" -"bestandsselectievenster te openen om een nieuw schema te selecteren. Let op: " -"OpenLDAP\n" -"(bij gebruik van back-config) ondersteunt nu niet het verwijderen van " -"schemagegevens" +"Voeg schemabestanden toe in dit dialoogvenster. Druk op Toevoegen om een\n" +"bestandsselectievenster te openen om een nieuw schema te selecteren. Let op: OpenLDAP\n" +"(bij gebruik van back-config) ondersteunt nu niet het verwijderen van schemagegevens" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:350 @@ -1526,12 +1328,8 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:354 -msgid "" -"Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or " -"disallow:" -msgstr "" -"Selecteer welke speciale eigenschappen de OpenLDAP-server zou moeten " -"toestaan of verbieden:" +msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" +msgstr "Selecteer welke speciale eigenschappen de OpenLDAP-server zou moeten toestaan of verbieden:" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:357 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" @@ -1539,8 +1337,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:358 msgid "" -"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind " -"requests.\n" +"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" "LDAPv2 verbindingsverzoeken: Om de server LDAPv2\n" @@ -1549,29 +1346,23 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:361 msgid "" -"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind " -"when \n" -"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not " -"present) " +"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" +"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" -"Anonieme binding waar credentials niet leeg zijn: Om anonieme " -"binding als \n" -"de credentials niet leeg zijn toe te staan (d.w.z. wachtwoord is aanwezig " -"maar bindings-DN niet) " +"Anonieme binding waar credentials niet leeg zijn: Om anonieme binding als \n" +"de credentials niet leeg zijn toe te staan (d.w.z. wachtwoord is aanwezig maar bindings-DN niet) " #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:364 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" -"Niet geauthenticeerde binding als DN niet leeg is: Om niet " -"geauthenticeerde \n" +"Niet geauthenticeerde binding als DN niet leeg is: Om niet geauthenticeerde \n" "(anonieme) bindingen toe te staan als de DN niet leeg is" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:367 msgid "" -"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow " -"unauthenticated\n" +"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1590,33 +1381,26 @@ "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" msgstr "" -"Schakel acceptatie van anonieme verbindingsverzoeken uit: De " -"server\n" -"zal niet langer anonieme verbindingsverzoeken accepteren. Merk op, dat dit in " -"het algemeen geen anonieme toegang tot de directory voorkomt.\n" +"Schakel acceptatie van anonieme verbindingsverzoeken uit: De server\n" +"zal niet langer anonieme verbindingsverzoeken accepteren. Merk op, dat dit in het algemeen geen anonieme toegang tot de directory voorkomt.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:378 msgid "" "Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" -"Schakel eenvoudige bindingsauthenticatie uit: schakelt volledig de " -"eenvoudige\n" +"Schakel eenvoudige bindingsauthenticatie uit: schakelt volledig de eenvoudige\n" "bindingsauthenticatie uit\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:381 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" -"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection " -"back\n" +"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" -"Schakel het forceren van een sessie tot een anonieme status uit bij " -"ontvangst\n" -"van de StartTLS-operatie: de server zal niet langer een geauthenticeerde " -"verbinding\n" -"terugbrengen in de anonieme status bij het ontvangen van d " -"StartTLS-operation.\n" +"Schakel het forceren van een sessie tot een anonieme status uit bij ontvangst\n" +"van de StartTLS-operatie: de server zal niet langer een geauthenticeerde verbinding\n" +"terugbrengen in de anonieme status bij het ontvangen van d StartTLS-operation.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:386 msgid "" @@ -1625,82 +1409,61 @@ "connections.\n" msgstr "" "Sta geen StartTLS operatie toe indien reeds geauthenticeerd:\n" -"De server staat niet toe dat de StartTLS-operatie plaatsvindt op reeds " -"geauthenticeerde\n" +"De server staat niet toe dat de StartTLS-operatie plaatsvindt op reeds geauthenticeerde\n" "verbindingen.\n" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:392 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" -"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The " -"\"Frontend\"\n" +"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" "database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n" -"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration " -"of\n" +"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n" "the LDAP server itself.\n" msgstr "" -"Deze lijst toont alle geconfigureerde databases. De databases met het " -"type\n" -"\"frontend\" en \"config\" representeren speciale interne databases. De " -"\"Frontend\"-database\n" -"wordt gebruikt om globale toegangscontrole beperkingen te configureren en " -"overlays\n" -"die van toepassing zijn op alle databases. De \"Config\"-database bevat de " -"configuratie\n" +"Deze lijst toont alle geconfigureerde databases. De databases met het type\n" +"\"frontend\" en \"config\" representeren speciale interne databases. De \"Frontend\"-database\n" +"wordt gebruikt om globale toegangscontrole beperkingen te configureren en overlays\n" +"die van toepassing zijn op alle databases. De \"Config\"-database bevat de configuratie\n" "van de LDAP-server zelf.\n" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:400 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." -msgstr "" -"Klik op Database toevoegen... om een database toe te voegen." +msgstr "Klik op Database toevoegen... om een database toe te voegen." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:401 msgid "" -"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete " -"Database....\n" +"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" -"Om een database te verwijderen, selecteer een database uit de lijst en " -"druk op Database verwijderen....\n" +"Om een database te verwijderen, selecteer een database uit de lijst en druk op Database verwijderen....\n" "U kunt geen \"config\" en \"frontend\"-databases verwijderen.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:404 msgid "" -"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") " -"here. This is required to make\n" +"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" -"Voer hier een wachtwoord in voor de configuratie-database (\"cn=config<" -"/i>\"). Dit is vereist om\n" +"Voer hier een wachtwoord in voor de configuratie-database (\"cn=config\"). Dit is vereist om\n" "de configuratie-database van afstand toegankelijk te maken." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:407 msgid "" -"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the " -"\"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" -"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed " -"for MirrorMode replication.\n" +"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" +"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" -"Als de server verondersteld wordt om te participeren in een MirrorMode " -"opstelling, activeer dan het keuzevak Voor MirrorMode-replicatie " -"voorbereiden.\n" -"Dit zorgt ervoor dat het attribuut serverId gegenereerd wordt zoals nodig is " -"voor MirrorMode-replicatie.\n" +"Als de server verondersteld wordt om te participeren in een MirrorMode opstelling, activeer dan het keuzevak Voor MirrorMode-replicatie voorbereiden.\n" +"Dit zorgt ervoor dat het attribuut serverId gegenereerd wordt zoals nodig is voor MirrorMode-replicatie.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:410 msgid "" -"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master " -"server. Please enter the master\n" -"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps<" -"/i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" +"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" +"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" "for the master's configuration database (\"cn=config\")." msgstr "" -"Om een slave-server in te stellen zijn enige details nodig die opgevraagd " -"worden van de master-server. Voer de naam van de host van de\n" -"master-server in, pas het protocol aan (ofwel \"ldap\" of \"ldaps<" -"/i>\") en het noodzakelijke poortnummer en voer het wachtwoord\n" +"Om een slave-server in te stellen zijn enige details nodig die opgevraagd worden van de master-server. Voer de naam van de host van de\n" +"master-server in, pas het protocol aan (ofwel \"ldap\" of \"ldaps\") en het noodzakelijke poortnummer en voer het wachtwoord\n" "van de configuratie-database van de master in (\"cn=config\")." #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -1724,22 +1487,16 @@ msgstr "Server-URI" #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50 -msgid "" -"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the " -"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." -msgstr "" -"Deze server is niet opgezet als een MirrorMode-node. Klik op \"Volgende\" om " -"de standaard assistent voor configuratie van OpenLDAP te starten." +msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." +msgstr "Deze server is niet opgezet als een MirrorMode-node. Klik op \"Volgende\" om de standaard assistent voor configuratie van OpenLDAP te starten." #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85 msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Overview" msgstr "Overzicht OpenLDAP-mirrormodus" #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" -msgstr "" -"De host verwijderen waarop u deze YaST-module hebt gestart is niet mogelijk.\n" +msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" +msgstr "De host verwijderen waarop u deze YaST-module hebt gestart is niet mogelijk.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130 msgid "Start yast2 openldap-mirrormode on a different MirrorMode server." @@ -2067,23 +1824,16 @@ msgstr "Selecteer &Verbodsvlaggen:" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:175 -msgid "" -"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous " -"directory access)" -msgstr "" -"Schakel acceptatie van anonieme bindingsverzoeken uit (voorkomt geen anonieme " -"toegang tot de directory)" +msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)" +msgstr "Schakel acceptatie van anonieme bindingsverzoeken uit (voorkomt geen anonieme toegang tot de directory)" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:179 msgid "Disable Simple Bind authentication" msgstr "Eenvoudige bind-authenticatie uitzetten" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" -msgstr "" -"Schakel het forceren van een sessie tot een anonieme status uit bij ontvangst " -"van de StartTLS-operatie" +msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" +msgstr "Schakel het forceren van een sessie tot een anonieme status uit bij ontvangst van de StartTLS-operatie" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:188 msgid "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated" @@ -2176,8 +1926,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:337 msgid "Allow Plaintext Authentication (Simple Bind) for this Database. " -msgstr "" -"Sta authenticatie via gewone tekst (Simple Bind) toe voor deze database. " +msgstr "Sta authenticatie via gewone tekst (Simple Bind) toe voor deze database. " #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:340 msgid "(Remote Connection needs to be encrypted)" @@ -2514,8 +2263,7 @@ #. FIXME: Validate attribute types #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185 msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the Attributes textfield" -msgstr "" -"Een lijst van geldige attributen invoeren in het tekstveld Attributen" +msgstr "Een lijst van geldige attributen invoeren in het tekstveld Attributen" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield" @@ -2538,8 +2286,7 @@ "The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n" "not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n" msgstr "" -"De geselecteerde database bevat toegangscontroleregels die nu niet " -"ondersteund worden\n" +"De geselecteerde database bevat toegangscontroleregels die nu niet ondersteund worden\n" "door YaST. De dialoog voor toegangscontrole zal uitgeschakeld worden.\n" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594 @@ -2609,11 +2356,8 @@ msgstr "Controleren van LDAPsync-mogelijkheden van de leverancier is mislukt." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 -msgid "" -"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" -msgstr "" -"Gaarne verifiëren dat de doelserver is ingeschakeld als een " -"LDAPsync-leverancier" +msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" +msgstr "Gaarne verifiëren dat de doelserver is ingeschakeld als een LDAPsync-leverancier" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database" @@ -2718,8 +2462,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:706 msgid "Enabling the LDAPI Protocol listener failed." -msgstr "" -"Inschakelen van het programma dat luistert naar het LDAPI-protocol is mislukt." +msgstr "Inschakelen van het programma dat luistert naar het LDAPI-protocol is mislukt." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:730 msgid "Config Directory cleanup failed." @@ -2773,12 +2516,8 @@ msgstr "Opwaarderen van standaard wachtwoordbeleid objecten" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:883 -msgid "" -"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take " -"some minutes)" -msgstr "" -"Wacht op het gereedkomen van de openLDAP-achtergrondtaak voor het indexeren " -"(dit kan enige minuten duren)" +msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" +msgstr "Wacht op het gereedkomen van de openLDAP-achtergrondtaak voor het indexeren (dit kan enige minuten duren)" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162 #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:884 @@ -2798,11 +2537,8 @@ msgstr "Aanmaken van wachtwoordbeleid objecten is mislukt." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1006 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" -msgstr "" -"Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het wachten op het gereed komen van het " -"indexeren van de OpenLDAP database.\n" +msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" +msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het wachten op het gereed komen van het indexeren van de OpenLDAP database.\n" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1007 msgid "Restart OpenLDAP manually." @@ -2868,8 +2604,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1576 msgid "Switching startup configuration to use config database" -msgstr "" -"Omschakelen van de opstartconfiguratie om the config-database te gebruiken" +msgstr "Omschakelen van de opstartconfiguratie om the config-database te gebruiken" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162 #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1577 @@ -2895,8 +2630,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1738 msgid "Common server certificate not available. StartTLS is disabled." -msgstr "" -"Algemeen server-certificaat is niet beschikbaar. StartTLS is uitgeschakeld." +msgstr "Algemeen server-certificaat is niet beschikbaar. StartTLS is uitgeschakeld." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1821 msgid "Could not create database directory." @@ -2912,12 +2646,8 @@ msgstr "Kan de eigen volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam niet bepalen." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1874 -msgid "" -"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own " -"fully qualified hostname." -msgstr "" -"Een master-server voor replicatie kan niet correct werken zonder de eigen " -"volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam te weten." +msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." +msgstr "Een master-server voor replicatie kan niet correct werken zonder de eigen volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam te weten." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2510 src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2520 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." @@ -2933,12 +2663,8 @@ msgstr "Ongeldige LDAP DN: \"%s\", kan geen RDN-waarden uitlezen" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2565 -msgid "" -"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country " -"2-letter code." -msgstr "" -"De waarde van het \"c\"-attribuut moet een geldige ISO-3166 tweeletterige " -"landcode zijn." +msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." +msgstr "De waarde van het \"c\"-attribuut moet een geldige ISO-3166 tweeletterige landcode zijn." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2572 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 @@ -2979,11 +2705,8 @@ msgstr "CA-certificaatbestand: \"%s\" bestaat niet" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:3414 -msgid "" -"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" -msgstr "" -"Fout bij een poging het server-certificaat van de server van de leverancier " -"te verifiëren.\n" +msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" +msgstr "Fout bij een poging het server-certificaat van de server van de leverancier te verifiëren.\n" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:3415 #, perl-format @@ -3008,9 +2731,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:301 #, perl-format msgid "Database type '%s' is not supported. Allowed are 'bdb' and 'hdb'." -msgstr "" -"Database type '%s' word niet ondersteund. Alleen 'bdb' en 'hdb' zijn " -"toegestaan." +msgstr "Database type '%s' word niet ondersteund. Alleen 'bdb' en 'hdb' zijn toegestaan." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347 @@ -3030,8 +2751,7 @@ #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:415 msgid "To set a password, you must define 'rootdn'." -msgstr "" -"Om een wachtwoord in te stellen dient u een 'rootdn' te hebben gedefinieerd." +msgstr "Om een wachtwoord in te stellen dient u een 'rootdn' te hebben gedefinieerd." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:422 Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/ldap.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/ldap.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/ldap.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -28,12 +28,10 @@ #: src/Ldap.rb:256 msgid "" "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" -"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server " -"Certificate is valid." +"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate is valid." msgstr "" "Versleuteling met TLS opzetten is mislukt.\n" -"Verifieert dat het juiste CA-certificaat is geïnstalleerd en het server-" -"certificaat geldig is." +"Verifieert dat het juiste CA-certificaat is geïnstalleerd en het server-certificaat geldig is." #. hint to error message #: src/Ldap.rb:260 @@ -115,9 +113,7 @@ #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:569 msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server." -msgstr "" -"Er deed zich een probleem voor bij het lezen van het schema van de LDAP-" -"server." +msgstr "Er deed zich een probleem voor bij het lezen van het schema van de LDAP-server." #. default error message #: src/Ldap.rb:594 @@ -223,10 +219,8 @@ "Als het attribuut meer waarden kan hebben, voeg dan nieuwe items toe\n" "met Waarde toevoegen. Soms bevat de knop de lijst met\n" "mogelijke te gebruiken waarden voor het huidige attribuut.\n" -"Als de waarde van het bewerkte attribuut een distinguished name (DN) zou " -"moeten zijn,\n" -"dan is het mogelijk deze te kiezen uit de LDAP-boomstructuur met Browse</" -"b>.\n" +"Als de waarde van het bewerkte attribuut een distinguished name (DN) zou moeten zijn,\n" +"dan is het mogelijk deze te kiezen uit de LDAP-boomstructuur met Browse.\n" "\n" #. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows. @@ -312,13 +306,11 @@ #: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" -"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults " -"when\n" +"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" "the new object is created.\n" msgstr "" "Hier, stel de waarden in van attributen behorende bij\n" -"een object die het huidige sjabloon gebruikt. Zulke waarden worden als " -"standaard gebruikt wanneer\n" +"een object die het huidige sjabloon gebruikt. Zulke waarden worden als standaard gebruikt wanneer\n" "het nieuwe object wordt gemaakt.\n" #. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" @@ -330,16 +322,13 @@ #: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" -"values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be " -"replaced\n" +"values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").\n" msgstr "" "U kunt een speciale syntaxis gebruiken om attribuutwaarden\n" -"aan te maken uit bestaande. De uitdrukking %attr_name zal vervangen " -"worden\n" -"door de waarde van attribuut \"attr_name\" (bijvoorbeeld, gebruik \"/home/" -"%uid\"\n" +"aan te maken uit bestaande. De uitdrukking %attr_name zal vervangen worden\n" +"door de waarde van attribuut \"attr_name\" (bijvoorbeeld, gebruik \"/home/%uid\"\n" "als een waarde voor \"homeDirectory\").\n" #. combobox label @@ -355,20 +344,12 @@ #. general help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:62 msgid "Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog." -msgstr "" -"Blader door de LDAP boomstructuur in het linker deel van de dialoog." +msgstr "Blader door de LDAP boomstructuur in het linker deel van de dialoog." #. help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object " -"data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use " -"Save to save your changes to LDAP." -msgstr "" -"Nadat het LDAP-object is geselecteerd in de boomstructuur, toont de tabel " -"de gegevens van het object. Gebruik Bewerken om de waarde van het " -"geselecteerde attribuut te wijziging. Gebruik Opslaan om uw " -"wijzigingen op te slaan in LDAP." +msgid "Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use Save to save your changes to LDAP." +msgstr "Nadat het LDAP-object is geselecteerd in de boomstructuur, toont de tabel de gegevens van het object. Gebruik Bewerken om de waarde van het geselecteerde attribuut te wijziging. Gebruik Opslaan om uw wijzigingen op te slaan in LDAP." #. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows) #: src/ldap_browser.rb:69 @@ -448,6 +429,5 @@ #~ "An object with the selected DN exists, but it is not a template object.\n" #~ "Select another one.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Er bestaat een object met de geselecteerde DN, maar er het is nog geen " -#~ "template object.\n" +#~ "Er bestaat een object met de geselecteerde DN, maar er het is nog geen template object.\n" #~ "Kies een andere.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/live-installer.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/live-installer.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/live-installer.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: live-installer.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-05 22:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/lxc.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/lxc.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/lxc.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-10-29 00:07+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/mail.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/mail.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/mail.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: mail.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-25 22:50+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -112,12 +112,10 @@ #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "If choosing No Connection, the mail server will be started.\n" -"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the " -"localhost.\n" +"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.\n" msgstr "" "Het kiezen van Geen verbinding zal de e-mailserver starten \n" -"maar alleen lokaal e-mailtransport is mogelijk. De MTA luistert op localhost." -"\n" +"maar alleen lokaal e-mailtransport is mogelijk. De MTA luistert op localhost.\n" #. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88 @@ -126,23 +124,19 @@ "Specify the rewriting of the sender's address here for each user.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Hier dient u voor elke gebruiker het te herschrijven adres van de " -"afzender te specificeren.\n" +"Hier dient u voor elke gebruiker het te herschrijven adres van de afzender te specificeren.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:96 msgid "" "\n" "Some servers require authentication for sending mails. Here you can\n" -"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use " -"authentication,\n" +"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use authentication,\n" "simply leave these fields empty.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Sommige servers hebben voor het kunnen versturen van berichten " -"verificatie\n" -"nodig. Hier kunt u de informatie t.b.v. deze optie opgeven. Laat deze " -"velden\n" +"Sommige servers hebben voor het kunnen versturen van berichten verificatie\n" +"nodig. Hier kunt u de informatie t.b.v. deze optie opgeven. Laat deze velden\n" "gewoon leeg indien u geen verificatie wilt gaan gebruiken.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 2/4 @@ -150,25 +144,20 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" -"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as smtp.provider." -"com.\n" +"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as smtp.provider.com.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"De uitgaande mailserver is in het algemeen bedoeld voor dial-up " -"verbindingen. Geef de\n" -"SMTP server van de internet service provider op, zoals bijvoorbeeld smtp." -"provider.com.\n" +"De uitgaande mailserver is in het algemeen bedoeld voor dial-up verbindingen. Geef de\n" +"SMTP server van de internet service provider op, zoals bijvoorbeeld smtp.provider.com.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your " -"provider.\n" +"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Geef in het Gebruikersnaam veld de gebruikersnaam op die u van uw " -"provider heeft gekregen.\n" +"Geef in het Gebruikersnaam veld de gebruikersnaam op die u van uw provider heeft gekregen.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113 @@ -209,15 +198,12 @@ "\n" "This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n" "Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n" -"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses." -"\n" +"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Deze tabel zorgt voor het doorsturen van lokaal afgeleverde mail.\n" -"Het doorsturen naar een andere lokale gebruiker (zinvol voor " -"systeemaccounts,\n" -"vooral voor root), naar een remote adres, of naar een lijst met " -"adressen.\n" +"Het doorsturen naar een andere lokale gebruiker (zinvol voor systeemaccounts,\n" +"vooral voor root), naar een remote adres, of naar een lijst met adressen.\n" #. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 2 of 2 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:143 @@ -649,8 +635,7 @@ "smtp.provider.com.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"De uitgaande mailserver is in het algemeen bedoeld voor dial-up " -"verbindingen.\n" +"De uitgaande mailserver is in het algemeen bedoeld voor dial-up verbindingen.\n" "Geef de internet service providers SMTP server op, zoals bijvoorbeeld\n" "smtp.provider.com.\n" @@ -668,11 +653,9 @@ "Use the text box provided or a more detailed dialog.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Het is mogelijk dat u de door u verzonden mail er uit wilt laten ziet " -"alsof het oorspronkelijk verzonden is\n" +"Het is mogelijk dat u de door u verzonden mail er uit wilt laten ziet alsof het oorspronkelijk verzonden is\n" "door company.com in plaats van pc-042.company.com.\n" -"Gebruik hiervoor het geboden tekstvenster of een meer gedetailleerd dialoog." -"\n" +"Gebruik hiervoor het geboden tekstvenster of een meer gedetailleerd dialoog.\n" #. Translators: text entry label #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:122 @@ -719,8 +702,7 @@ #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:162 msgid "" "\n" -"Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS) checks incoming and outgoing " -"mail\n" +"Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS) checks incoming and outgoing mail\n" "with AMaViS.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -770,24 +752,17 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\n" -"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new " -"service\n" -"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can " -"send\n" +"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n" +"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n" "email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n" -"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed " -"with\n" +"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n" "the domain key.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "DKIM inschakelen voor uitgaande e-mail vereist extra acties. Er zal een\n" -"SSL-sleutel worden gegenereerd voor de waarde 'mydomain' gedefinieerd in " -"Postfix.\n" -"Een nieuwe service 'submission' zal worden geconfigureerd in Postfix. Nadat " -"dit is\n" -"ingesteld kunt u e-mail met deze service 'submission' verzenden vanuit " -"'mynetworks' met SASL-authenticatie ingeschakeld. Alleen de door deze nieuwe " -"service verzonden\n" +"SSL-sleutel worden gegenereerd voor de waarde 'mydomain' gedefinieerd in Postfix.\n" +"Een nieuwe service 'submission' zal worden geconfigureerd in Postfix. Nadat dit is\n" +"ingesteld kunt u e-mail met deze service 'submission' verzenden vanuit 'mynetworks' met SASL-authenticatie ingeschakeld. Alleen de door deze nieuwe service verzonden\n" "e-mails zullen worden ondertekend met de domeinsleutel.\n" #. help text @@ -798,30 +773,22 @@ "Service. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\n" "in /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt and needs to be deployed to an\n" "according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n" -"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, " -"the\n" +"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n" "public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n" "automatically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "De publieke sleutel van de domeinsleutel moet worden aangeboden door een\n" -"Domain Name Service (DNS). De publieke sleutel zal worden opgeslagen als " -"een\n" +"Domain Name Service (DNS). De publieke sleutel zal worden opgeslagen als een\n" "DNS TXT-record in /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt en moet worden\n" -"toegepast volgens de Domain Name Service. Als er een nameservice op deze " -"server\n" -"draait, die de 'authoritatieve server' voor dat domein is, dan zal de " -"publieke\n" -"sleutel automatisch worden toegevoegd als een TXT-record in die domeinzone.</" -"p>\n" +"toegepast volgens de Domain Name Service. Als er een nameservice op deze server\n" +"draait, die de 'authoritatieve server' voor dat domein is, dan zal de publieke\n" +"sleutel automatisch worden toegevoegd als een TXT-record in die domeinzone.\n" #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 -msgid "" -"If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." -msgstr "" -"Als u ondersteuning voor DKIM inschakelt, zal de virusscanning (AMaViS) ook " -"worden ingeschakeld." +msgid "If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." +msgstr "Als u ondersteuning voor DKIM inschakelt, zal de virusscanning (AMaViS) ook worden ingeschakeld." #. Translators: text entry label #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:224 @@ -857,10 +824,8 @@ "It is recommended to have a regular user account\n" "for the system administrator and redirect root's mail to this account." msgstr "" -"Het wordt aanbevolen om voor de systeembeheerder een algemeen " -"gebruikersaccount\n" -"te hanteren en de mail van de root gebruiker naar dit account door te sturen." -"" +"Het wordt aanbevolen om voor de systeembeheerder een algemeen gebruikersaccount\n" +"te hanteren en de mail van de root gebruiker naar dit account door te sturen." #. Translators: combo box label #. /etc/sysconfig/postfix: POSTFIX_MDA @@ -870,13 +835,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 -msgid "" -"The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not " -"forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." -msgstr "" -"De afleveringsmodus is meestal via Direct, tenzij u de mail " -"van de root gebruiker niet wilt doorsturen of via IMAP toegang tot de mail " -"wilt hebben." +msgid "The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." +msgstr "De afleveringsmodus is meestal via Direct, tenzij u de mail van de root gebruiker niet wilt doorsturen of via IMAP toegang tot de mail wilt hebben." #. LogView label. take a string from users? #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345 @@ -916,9 +876,7 @@ #. Validation #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:839 msgid "Cannot use procmail when root's mail is not forwarded." -msgstr "" -"Kan procmail niet gebruiken wanneer de mail van de gebruiker root niet wordt " -"doorgestuurd." +msgstr "Kan procmail niet gebruiken wanneer de mail van de gebruiker root niet wordt doorgestuurd." #. combo box choice: #. deliver mail normally @@ -1214,12 +1172,8 @@ #~ msgid "Mail Server Configuration " #~ msgstr "E-mailserverconfiguratie" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This module will configure and start Postfix and, if necessary, the " -#~ "Cyrus IMAP server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Deze module configureert en start Postfix en, indien nodig, de Cyrus " -#~ "IMAP-server." +#~ msgid "This module will configure and start Postfix and, if necessary, the Cyrus IMAP server." +#~ msgstr "Deze module configureert en start Postfix en, indien nodig, de Cyrus IMAP-server." #~ msgid "" #~ "Warning:\n" @@ -1250,48 +1204,25 @@ #~ msgstr "E-mailserver is niet geconfigureerd." #~ msgid "Select configuration type according your needs." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selecteer het type configuratie aan de hand van uw persoonlijke behoeften." +#~ msgstr "Selecteer het type configuratie aan de hand van uw persoonlijke behoeften." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to use sendmail as your MTA, you have to use the Standard " -#~ "configuration." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Als u 'sendmail' wilt gebruiken als MTA dan moet u de standaard " -#~ "configuratie gebruiken." +#~ msgid "If you want to use sendmail as your MTA, you have to use the Standard configuration." +#~ msgstr "Als u 'sendmail' wilt gebruiken als MTA dan moet u de standaard configuratie gebruiken." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Advanced configuration use LDAP as backend and will configure your " -#~ "system as LDAP-Client and setup an LDAP-Server if necessary." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "De geavanceerde configuratie gebruikt LDAP als backend en zal uw systeem " -#~ "configureren als LDAP-client en een LDAP-server instellen indien nodig." +#~ msgid "The Advanced configuration use LDAP as backend and will configure your system as LDAP-Client and setup an LDAP-Server if necessary." +#~ msgstr "De geavanceerde configuratie gebruikt LDAP als backend en zal uw systeem configureren als LDAP-client en een LDAP-server instellen indien nodig." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Standard\" type." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "De draaiende e-mailserverconfiguratie is gebaseerd op het type \"Standaard" -#~ "\"." +#~ msgid "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Standard\" type." +#~ msgstr "De draaiende e-mailserverconfiguratie is gebaseerd op het type \"Standaard\"." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is possible to change to \"Advanced\" settings. This will overwrite " -#~ "all existing settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "U kunt dit veranderen in \"Geavanceerd\", maar dit zal alle bestaande " -#~ "instellingen overschrijven." +#~ msgid "It is possible to change to \"Advanced\" settings. This will overwrite all existing settings." +#~ msgstr "U kunt dit veranderen in \"Geavanceerd\", maar dit zal alle bestaande instellingen overschrijven." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Advanced\" type." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "De draaiende e-mailserverconfiguratie is gebaseerd op het type " -#~ "\"Geavanceerd\"." +#~ msgid "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Advanced\" type." +#~ msgstr "De draaiende e-mailserverconfiguratie is gebaseerd op het type \"Geavanceerd\"." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is possible to change to \"Standard\" settings. This will overwrite " -#~ "all existing settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "U kunt dit veranderen in \"Standaard\", maar dit zal alle bestaande " -#~ "instellingen overschrijven." +#~ msgid "It is possible to change to \"Standard\" settings. This will overwrite all existing settings." +#~ msgstr "U kunt dit veranderen in \"Standaard\", maar dit zal alle bestaande instellingen overschrijven." #~ msgid "Standard" #~ msgstr "Standaard" @@ -1340,51 +1271,28 @@ #~ msgstr "Uw computer is niet geconfigureerd als LDAP-client." #~ msgid "We suggest you set up a local LDAP server for the mail server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wij adviseren om een lokale LDAP-server voor de e-mailserver op te zetten." +#~ msgstr "Wij adviseren om een lokale LDAP-server voor de e-mailserver op te zetten." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Create certificates for the LDAP and mail server in order to secure your " -#~ "system." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Maak certificaten aan voor de LDAP- en e-mailserver om uw systeem te " -#~ "beveiligen." +#~ msgid "Create certificates for the LDAP and mail server in order to secure your system." +#~ msgstr "Maak certificaten aan voor de LDAP- en e-mailserver om uw systeem te beveiligen." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Your computer is configured as an LDAP client and the LDAP server is " -#~ "local." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Uw computer is geconfigureerd als een LDAP-cliënt en de LDAP-server is " -#~ "lokaal." +#~ msgid "Your computer is configured as an LDAP client and the LDAP server is local." +#~ msgstr "Uw computer is geconfigureerd als een LDAP-cliënt en de LDAP-server is lokaal." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "We suggest you adapt the LDAP server configuration for the mail server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wij adviseren om de LDAP-serverconfiguratie aan te passen voor de e-" -#~ "mailserver." +#~ msgid "We suggest you adapt the LDAP server configuration for the mail server." +#~ msgstr "Wij adviseren om de LDAP-serverconfiguratie aan te passen voor de e-mailserver." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For this reason you have to know the password of the LDAP administrator " -#~ "account:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Om deze reden dient u het wachtwoord voor het LDAP-beheeraccount te weten:" +#~ msgid "For this reason you have to know the password of the LDAP administrator account:" +#~ msgstr "Om deze reden dient u het wachtwoord voor het LDAP-beheeraccount te weten:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Your computer is configured as a LDAP client and the LDAP server is not " -#~ "local." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Uw computer is geconfigureerd als een LDAP-cliënt en de LDAP-server is " -#~ "niet lokaal." +#~ msgid "Your computer is configured as a LDAP client and the LDAP server is not local." +#~ msgstr "Uw computer is geconfigureerd als een LDAP-cliënt en de LDAP-server is niet lokaal." #~ msgid "We suggest you configure the LDAP server for the mail server." #~ msgstr "Wij adviseren om de LDAP-server in te stellen voor de e-mailserver." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Furthermore, the LDAP server has to contain the suse-mailserver." -#~ "schema and the corresponding index entries." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Verder moet de LDAP-server suse-mailserver.schema en bijhorende " -#~ "indexregels bevatten." +#~ msgid "Furthermore, the LDAP server has to contain the suse-mailserver.schema and the corresponding index entries." +#~ msgstr "Verder moet de LDAP-server suse-mailserver.schema en bijhorende indexregels bevatten." #~ msgid "Create certificates." #~ msgstr "Certificaten aanmaken" @@ -1411,8 +1319,7 @@ #~ "Create the certificate with the YaST2 CA management module.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "U hebt geen servercertificaat en geen sleutel aangemaakt.\n" -#~ "U zult geen gebruik kunnen maken van de serverzijdige SSL en TLS op de " -#~ "mailserver.\n" +#~ "U zult geen gebruik kunnen maken van de serverzijdige SSL en TLS op de mailserver.\n" #~ "Maak het certificaat aan met de YaST-module CA-beheer.\n" #~ msgid "Do Not Use TLS" @@ -1765,15 +1672,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Administrator Authorization</big> \n" #~ "To use the YaST mail server component, your system must use LDAP\n" -#~ "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services." -#~ " \n" -#~ "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, " -#~ "too. \n" +#~ "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services. \n" +#~ "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, too. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Systeembeheerder-verificatie</big> \n" #~ "Om de YaST Mailserver-component te kunnen gebruiken dient uw systeem\n" -#~ "LDAP als repository voor de gebruikers- groepsaccounts en de DNS-" -#~ "services\n" +#~ "LDAP als repository voor de gebruikers- groepsaccounts en de DNS-services\n" #~ "te gebruiken. \n" #~ "Sommige mailserverinstellingen zullen ook in de LDAP-repository worden\n" #~ "opgeslagen. \n" @@ -1797,8 +1701,7 @@ #~ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -#~ "U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken</" -#~ "b> te klikken.\n" +#~ "U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Saving Mail Server Configuration</big> \n" @@ -1829,14 +1732,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Mail Size:</big> \n" -#~ "This parameter limits the total size in bytes of a mail (sending and " -#~ "getting),\n" +#~ "This parameter limits the total size in bytes of a mail (sending and getting),\n" #~ "including envelope information.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Mailgrootte:</big> \n" -#~ "Deze parameter beperkt de totale grootte in bytes van een mail (verzenden " -#~ "en ontvangen),\n" +#~ "Deze parameter beperkt de totale grootte in bytes van een mail (verzenden en ontvangen),\n" #~ "inclusief envelopinformatie.\n" #~ "" @@ -1869,65 +1770,45 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>SPAM Prevention</big> \n" -#~ "Postfix offers a variety of parameters that limit the delivery of " -#~ "unsolicited commercial e-mail (UCE).\n" -#~ "In this dialog, configure this settings. For example, set access lists " -#~ "or RBL\n" +#~ "Postfix offers a variety of parameters that limit the delivery of unsolicited commercial e-mail (UCE).\n" +#~ "In this dialog, configure this settings. For example, set access lists or RBL\n" #~ "(real-time blackhole list) name servers. \n" #~ " \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>SPAM-preventie</big> \n" -#~ "Postfix biedt een aantal parameters aan die het afleveren van Unsolicited " -#~ "Commercial E-mail (UCE) beperkt.\n" +#~ "Postfix biedt een aantal parameters aan die het afleveren van Unsolicited Commercial E-mail (UCE) beperkt.\n" #~ "In dit dialoog kunt u deze instellingen instellen. Bijvoorbeeld, u kunt\n" -#~ "toegangslijsten of RBL (real-time blackhole list) naamservers " -#~ "vastleggen.\n" +#~ "toegangslijsten of RBL (real-time blackhole list) naamservers vastleggen.\n" #~ " \n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Start Virus Scanner AMAVIS:</big> \n" -#~ "If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, your emails will be scanned for " -#~ "viruses and and for spam.\n" -#~ "The virus scanner engine Clamavd and the spam finder " -#~ "SpamAssassin will be installed \n" -#~ "and configured as well. You can also install other (commercial) virus " -#~ "scanner engines.\n" +#~ "If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, your emails will be scanned for viruses and and for spam.\n" +#~ "The virus scanner engine Clamavd and the spam finder SpamAssassin will be installed \n" +#~ "and configured as well. You can also install other (commercial) virus scanner engines.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Start de virus scanner AMAVIS:</big> \n" -#~ "Als u de virusscanner AMAVIS start, zullen uw e-mails gescand worden op " -#~ "virussen en spam.\n" -#~ "De virusscanner-engine Clamavd en de spamzoeker SpamAssassin</" -#~ "b> zullen ook worden geïnstalleerd \n" -#~ "en geconfigureerd. U kunt ook andere (commerciële) virusscanner-engines " -#~ "installeren.\n" +#~ "Als u de virusscanner AMAVIS start, zullen uw e-mails gescand worden op virussen en spam.\n" +#~ "De virusscanner-engine Clamavd en de spamzoeker SpamAssassin zullen ook worden geïnstalleerd \n" +#~ "en geconfigureerd. U kunt ook andere (commerciële) virusscanner-engines installeren.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Configure Spam Learning Extension:</big> \n" -#~ "The spam learning extension can only be configured if the local delivery " -#~ "method is cyrus imapd.\n" -#~ "In this case the shared folders NewSpam and NoSpam will be " -#~ "created. Spam email \n" -#~ "which was not detected by SpamAssassin should be put into the " -#~ "folder NewSpam.\n" -#~ "If you want your spam finder to be most effective you should also put non-" -#~ "spam email into\n" -#~ "the folder NoSpam. The emails in this folder cannot be read by " -#~ "anyone.\n" +#~ "The spam learning extension can only be configured if the local delivery method is cyrus imapd.\n" +#~ "In this case the shared folders NewSpam and NoSpam will be created. Spam email \n" +#~ "which was not detected by SpamAssassin should be put into the folder NewSpam.\n" +#~ "If you want your spam finder to be most effective you should also put non-spam email into\n" +#~ "the folder NoSpam. The emails in this folder cannot be read by anyone.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Configureer de Spam Learning Extension:</big> \n" -#~ "De 'spam learning extension' kan alleen geconfigureerd worden als de " -#~ "lokale afleveringsmethode cyrus imapd is.\n" -#~ "In dat geval zullen de gemeenschappelijke folders NewSpam en " -#~ "NoSpam worden aangemaakt. Spam e-mail \n" -#~ "die niet was gedetecteerd door SpamAssassin zou in de folder " -#~ "NewSpam gezet moeten worden.\n" -#~ "Als u wilt dat uw spamzoeker het meest effectief werkt dan zou u uw non-" -#~ "spam e-mail in\n" -#~ "de folder NoSpam moeten zetten. De e-mails in deze folder kunnen " -#~ "niet door iedereen gelezen worden.\n" +#~ "De 'spam learning extension' kan alleen geconfigureerd worden als de lokale afleveringsmethode cyrus imapd is.\n" +#~ "In dat geval zullen de gemeenschappelijke folders NewSpam en NoSpam worden aangemaakt. Spam e-mail \n" +#~ "die niet was gedetecteerd door SpamAssassin zou in de folder NewSpam gezet moeten worden.\n" +#~ "Als u wilt dat uw spamzoeker het meest effectief werkt dan zou u uw non-spam e-mail in\n" +#~ "de folder NoSpam moeten zetten. De e-mails in deze folder kunnen niet door iedereen gelezen worden.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -1937,8 +1818,7 @@ #~ " \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Vertrouwde lokale netwerken:</big> \n" -#~ "Cliënten van deze netwerken kunnen uw mailserver voor e-mail-relaying " -#~ "gebruiken.\n" +#~ "Cliënten van deze netwerken kunnen uw mailserver voor e-mail-relaying gebruiken.\n" #~ "(versturen van niet-lokale e-mail)\n" #~ " \n" @@ -1956,15 +1836,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Local Delivery Type</big> \n" #~ "In this frame, choose the local mail delivery method. \n" -#~ "For clients to be able to connect to your mail server via the POP or " -#~ "IMAP\n" +#~ "For clients to be able to connect to your mail server via the POP or IMAP\n" #~ "protocol, choose Cyrus IMAP. \n" #~ " \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Type lokale aflevering</big> \n" #~ "In dit frame kunt u de methode van lokale aflevering kiezen.\n" -#~ "Voor clients die via het POP- of IMAP-protocol verbinding kunnen maken " -#~ "met uw mailserver, kies Cyrus IMAP.\n" +#~ "Voor clients die via het POP- of IMAP-protocol verbinding kunnen maken met uw mailserver, kies Cyrus IMAP.\n" #~ " \n" #~ msgid "" @@ -1978,14 +1856,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Mail Fetching Scheduler</big> \n" -#~ "If you have mail boxes on an Internet provider, you can fetch this " -#~ "regularly\n" +#~ "If you have mail boxes on an Internet provider, you can fetch this regularly\n" #~ "at defined time intervals and by connecting to the Internet.\n" #~ " \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Planner voor mail ophalen</big> \n" -#~ "Als u mailboxen bij een internetprovider heeft, dan kunt u deze " -#~ "regelmatig via\n" +#~ "Als u mailboxen bij een internetprovider heeft, dan kunt u deze regelmatig via\n" #~ "een opgegeven tijdinterval en tijdens een internetverbinding ophalen.\n" #~ " \n" @@ -1994,8 +1870,7 @@ #~ "define mail fetching jobs.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Opmerking: als u geen type lokale aflevering hebt gedefinieerd, dan " -#~ "kunt\n" +#~ "Opmerking: als u geen type lokale aflevering hebt gedefinieerd, dan kunt\n" #~ "u geen taken voor het ophalen van mail definiëren.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2012,14 +1887,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Note: You can create and set up the domains with the YaST \n" -#~ "DNS server module. In the current module, you only can set the " -#~ "properties\n" +#~ "DNS server module. In the current module, you only can set the properties\n" #~ "concerning the mail server.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Opmerking: u kunt de domeinen aanmaken en instellen met de\n" -#~ "YaST DNS-servermodule. In de huidige module kunt u alleen de " -#~ "eigenschappen\n" +#~ "YaST DNS-servermodule. In de huidige module kunt u alleen de eigenschappen\n" #~ "die te maken hebben met de mailserver instellen.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2115,8 +1988,7 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 #~ msgid "Reading mail server local delivery settings..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Instellingen voor lokale aflevering door mailserver worden gelezen..." +#~ msgstr "Instellingen voor lokale aflevering door mailserver worden gelezen..." #~ msgid "Reading mail fetching jobs..." #~ msgstr "Taken voor het ophalen van mail worden gelezen..." @@ -2140,8 +2012,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Kan de instellingen voor mailserver-relaying niet lezen." #~ msgid "Cannot read the mail server local delivery settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kan de instellingen voor lokale aflevering door mailserver niet lezen." +#~ msgstr "Kan de instellingen voor lokale aflevering door mailserver niet lezen." #~ msgid "Cannot read the mail server fetching jobs." #~ msgstr "Kan de taken voor het ophalen van mail door de server niet lezen." @@ -2192,8 +2063,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Globale instellingen van mailserver worden geschreven..." #~ msgid "Writing mail server local delivery settings..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Instellingen voor lokale aflevering door mailserver worden geschreven..." +#~ msgstr "Instellingen voor lokale aflevering door mailserver worden geschreven..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200 #~ msgid "Writing mail server transports..." @@ -2219,8 +2089,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Kan de globale instellingen van de mailserver niet opslaan." #~ msgid "Cannot write the mail server local delivery settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kan de instellingen voor lokale aflevering door mailserver niet opslaan." +#~ msgstr "Kan de instellingen voor lokale aflevering door mailserver niet opslaan." #~ msgid "Cannot write mail server transports." #~ msgstr "Kan de mailserver-transportroutes niet opslaan." @@ -2250,25 +2119,17 @@ #~ msgid "Invalid e-mail format." #~ msgstr "Ongeldig email formaat." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In this dialog You can configure the mail settings of an user ." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "In dit dialoog kunt u de mailinstellingen van een gebruiker instellen." -#~ "" +#~ msgid "In this dialog You can configure the mail settings of an user ." +#~ msgstr "In dit dialoog kunt u de mailinstellingen van een gebruiker instellen." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "First you can set the mail addresses and aliases for the user." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Eerst kunt u de e-mailadressen en aliassen voor de gebruiker instellen." -#~ "" +#~ msgid "First you can set the mail addresses and aliases for the user." +#~ msgstr "Eerst kunt u de e-mailadressen en aliassen voor de gebruiker instellen." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you have selected \"cyrus\" for the local delivery of mails, you " -#~ "can set the size limit for the users mail box.\n" +#~ "If you have selected \"cyrus\" for the local delivery of mails, you can set the size limit for the users mail box.\n" #~ " If you do not set any value the mail box size is unlimited." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Als u \"cyrus\" selecteert voor de lokale aflevering van e-mail, dan " -#~ "kunt u de maximale grootte voor de mailbox van de gebruiker instellen.\n" +#~ "Als u \"cyrus\" selecteert voor de lokale aflevering van e-mail, dan kunt u de maximale grootte voor de mailbox van de gebruiker instellen.\n" #~ "Als u geen waarde instelt, dan is de grootte van de mailbox onbeperkt." #~ msgid "E-Mail Addresses " @@ -2379,28 +2240,23 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Administrator Authorization</big> \n" #~ "To use the YaST2 mail server component, your system must use LDAP\n" -#~ "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services." -#~ " \n" -#~ "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, " -#~ "too. \n" +#~ "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services. \n" +#~ "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, too. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Systeembeheerder-verificatie</big> \n" #~ "Om het YaST2 Mailserver-component te kunnen gebruiken dient uw systeem\n" -#~ "LDAP als repository voor de gebruikers- groepsaccounts en de DNS-" -#~ "services\n" +#~ "LDAP als repository voor de gebruikers- groepsaccounts en de DNS-services\n" #~ "te gebruiken. \n" #~ "Sommige mailserverinstellingen zullen ook in de LDAP-repository worden\n" #~ "opgeslagen. \n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Start Virus Scanner AMAVIS:</big> \n" -#~ "If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, do not forget to install a virus " -#~ "scanner engine. \n" +#~ "If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, do not forget to install a virus scanner engine. \n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Virusscanner AMAVIS starten:</big> \n" -#~ "Als u de virusscanner AMAVIS start, vergeet dan niet om een virusscanner-" -#~ "engine te installeren.\n" +#~ "Als u de virusscanner AMAVIS start, vergeet dan niet om een virusscanner-engine te installeren.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -2410,8 +2266,7 @@ #~ " \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Vertrouwde lokale netwerken:</big> \n" -#~ "Clients van deze netwerken kunnen uw mailserver voor mail-relaying " -#~ "gebruiken.\n" +#~ "Clients van deze netwerken kunnen uw mailserver voor mail-relaying gebruiken.\n" #~ "(versturen van niet-lokale mail)\n" #~ " \n" @@ -2454,32 +2309,17 @@ #~ "voor het verzenden en ontvangen van e-mail. Ze hebben\n" #~ "deze module niet nodig.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The running mail server configuration is based on the Standard " -#~ "type." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "De draaiende e-mailserverconfiguratie is gebaseerd op het type " -#~ "Standaard." +#~ msgid "The running mail server configuration is based on the Standard type." +#~ msgstr "De draaiende e-mailserverconfiguratie is gebaseerd op het type Standaard." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is possible to change to Advanced settings. This will overwrite " -#~ "all existing settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "U kunt dit veranderen in Geavanceerd, maar dit zal alle bestaande " -#~ "instellingen overschrijven." +#~ msgid "It is possible to change to Advanced settings. This will overwrite all existing settings." +#~ msgstr "U kunt dit veranderen in Geavanceerd, maar dit zal alle bestaande instellingen overschrijven." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The running mail server configuration is based on the Advanced " -#~ "type." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "De draaiende e-mailserver is gebaseerd op het type Geavanceerd." +#~ msgid "The running mail server configuration is based on the Advanced type." +#~ msgstr "De draaiende e-mailserver is gebaseerd op het type Geavanceerd." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is possible to change to Standard settings. This will overwrite " -#~ "all existing settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "U kunt dit veranderen in Standaard, maar dit zal alle bestaande " -#~ "instellingen overschrijven." +#~ msgid "It is possible to change to Standard settings. This will overwrite all existing settings." +#~ msgstr "U kunt dit veranderen in Standaard, maar dit zal alle bestaande instellingen overschrijven." #~ msgid "" #~ "YaST2 can only configure Postfix and Sendmail,\n" @@ -2488,10 +2328,5 @@ #~ "YaST2 kan alleen Postfix en Sendmail instellen,\n" #~ "geen van beide is echter geïnstalleerd." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The delivery mode is usually procmail, unless you do not " -#~ "forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "De afleveringsmodus is meestal via procmail, tenzij u de " -#~ "mail van de root gebruiker niet wilt doorsturen of via IMAP toegang tot " -#~ "de mail wilt hebben." +#~ msgid "The delivery mode is usually procmail, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." +#~ msgstr "De afleveringsmodus is meestal via procmail, tenzij u de mail van de root gebruiker niet wilt doorsturen of via IMAP toegang tot de mail wilt hebben." Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/multipath.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/multipath.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/multipath.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: multipath.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-09 21:30+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/ncurses-pkg.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/ncurses-pkg.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/ncurses-pkg.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ncurses-pkg.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-23 17:30+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 22:52+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -61,11 +61,8 @@ msgstr "pakketten gewijzigd om de afhankelijkheden op te lossen:" #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1297 -msgid "" -"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." -msgstr "" -"U kunt er voor kiezen toch te installeren, maar u loopt het risico een " -"corrupt systeem te krijgen." +msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." +msgstr "U kunt er voor kiezen toch te installeren, maar u loopt het risico een corrupt systeem te krijgen." #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1298 msgid "&Continue anyway" @@ -128,42 +125,20 @@ msgstr "Niet noodzakelijk" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "" -"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " -"recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by " -"already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for " -"Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be set." -msgstr "" -"Dit is een lijst met nuttige pakketten. Ze zullen extra geïnstalleerd worden " -"indien aanbevolen door een nieuw geïnstalleerd pakket. Om pakketten " -"aanbevolen door al geïnstalleerde pakketten moet de optie Installeer " -"aanbevolen pakketten voor reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten uit het menu " -"Afhankelijkheden worden geactiveerd." +msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be set." +msgstr "Dit is een lijst met nuttige pakketten. Ze zullen extra geïnstalleerd worden indien aanbevolen door een nieuw geïnstalleerd pakket. Om pakketten aanbevolen door al geïnstalleerde pakketten moet de optie Installeer aanbevolen pakketten voor reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten uit het menu Afhankelijkheden worden geactiveerd." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 -msgid "" -"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already " -"installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." -msgstr "" -"Het is gesuggereerd om deze pakketten te installeren omdat ze passen bij " -"reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten. De beslissing om te installeren is aan de " -"gebruiker." +msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." +msgstr "Het is gesuggereerd om deze pakketten te installeren omdat ze passen bij reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten. De beslissing om te installeren is aan de gebruiker." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 -msgid "" -"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. " -"updates aren't possible." -msgstr "" -"De oplosser heeft gedetecteerd dat deze pakketten geen installatiebron " -"hebben, d.w.z. bijwerken is niet mogelijk." +msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible." +msgstr "De oplosser heeft gedetecteerd dat deze pakketten geen installatiebron hebben, d.w.z. bijwerken is niet mogelijk." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 -msgid "" -"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any " -"longer." -msgstr "" -"Deze pakketten zouden niet meer nodig kunnen zijn omdat vroegere " -"afhankelijkheden niet langer van toepassing zijn." +msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer." +msgstr "Deze pakketten zouden niet meer nodig kunnen zijn omdat vroegere afhankelijkheden niet langer van toepassing zijn." #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 msgid "Delete" @@ -196,12 +171,8 @@ #. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB #: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 #, c-format -msgid "" -"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s " -"locale" -msgstr "" -"Vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere aan taal gerelateerde bestanden voor " -"taalregio %s" +msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s locale" +msgstr "Vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere aan taal gerelateerde bestanden voor taalregio %s" #. the label of the selections #: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:319 @@ -430,14 +401,12 @@ #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:180 msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to " -msgstr "" -"Testcasus van herkenningsprogramma voor afhankelijkheid geschreven naar" +msgstr "Testcasus van herkenningsprogramma voor afhankelijkheid geschreven naar" #. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:249 msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following" -msgstr "" -"Om afhankelijkheden te vervullen van reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten volgens" +msgstr "Om afhankelijkheden te vervullen van reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten volgens" #. part 2 of the text #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:251 @@ -577,8 +546,7 @@ #: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:257 msgid "This information is available for installed packages only." -msgstr "" -"Deze informatie is alleen beschikbaar voor geïnstalleerde pakketten." +msgstr "Deze informatie is alleen beschikbaar voor geïnstalleerde pakketten." #: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:429 msgid "References: " @@ -691,98 +659,33 @@ #. part1 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 -msgid "" -"Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to " -"manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single " -"packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or " -"languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when " -"installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package " -"selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table " -"and menu." -msgstr "" -"Welkom bij de pakketselectieDit hulpmiddel zal u helpen bij " -"het beheren van de software op uw systeem. U kunt losse pakketten " -"installeren, bijwerken of verwijderen, evenals patronen (sets van pakketten " -"voor een bepaald doel) of talen. Over het algemeen behoeft u zich geen " -"zorgen te maken over pakketafhankelijkheden bij het installeren of " -"verwijderen van iets, de oplosser doet dat voor u. Het kiezen van pakketten " -"bestaat uit drie hoofddelen : filters, pakkettabel en menu</" -"b>." +msgid "Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table and menu." +msgstr "Welkom bij de pakketselectieDit hulpmiddel zal u helpen bij het beheren van de software op uw systeem. U kunt losse pakketten installeren, bijwerken of verwijderen, evenals patronen (sets van pakketten voor een bepaald doel) of talen. Over het algemeen behoeft u zich geen zorgen te maken over pakketafhankelijkheden bij het installeren of verwijderen van iets, de oplosser doet dat voor u. Het kiezen van pakketten bestaat uit drie hoofddelen : filters, pakkettabel en menu." #. part of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 -msgid "" -"Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large " -"amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain " -"repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ " -"Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on " -"filters can be found in How to use filters." -msgstr "" -"Filters op het linker paneel zijn ontworpen om het oriënteren in " -"een groot aantal pakketten gemakkelijker te maken. Zij kunnen bijv. alleen " -"pakketten laten zien uit een bepaalde installatiebronnen of in een " -"geselecteerd patroon (bijvoorbeeld, Spellen of C/C++ ontwikkeling), alsook " -"zoeken naar een bepaalde zoekterm. Meer informatie over filters is te vinden " -"in Hoe filters te gebruiken." +msgid "Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in How to use filters." +msgstr "Filters op het linker paneel zijn ontworpen om het oriënteren in een groot aantal pakketten gemakkelijker te maken. Zij kunnen bijv. alleen pakketten laten zien uit een bepaalde installatiebronnen of in een geselecteerd patroon (bijvoorbeeld, Spellen of C/C++ ontwikkeling), alsook zoeken naar een bepaalde zoekterm. Meer informatie over filters is te vinden in Hoe filters te gebruiken." #. additional help text for post installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 -msgid "" -"Package table is the main component of the package selector. You " -"will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the " -"selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has " -"several columns:" -msgstr "" -"Pakkettabel is de hoofdcomponent van de pakketkeuze. U wilt een " -"lijst zien van pakketten die met het huidige filter overeenkomen " -"(bijvoorbeeld, de geselecteerde RPM-groep of zoekresultaten). Elke regel van " -"de pakkettabel heeft verschillende kolommen:" +msgid "Package table is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:" +msgstr "Pakkettabel is de hoofdcomponent van de pakketkeuze. U wilt een lijst zien van pakketten die met het huidige filter overeenkomen (bijvoorbeeld, de geselecteerde RPM-groep of zoekresultaten). Elke regel van de pakkettabel heeft verschillende kolommen:" #. part2 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 -msgid "" -"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and " -"Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available " -"version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed " -"version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" -msgstr "" -"<ol><li>Pakketstatus (voor meer informatie kijk op Pakketstatus en " -"symbolen)</li> <li>Pakketnaam</li><li>Pakketsamenvatting</" -"li><li>Beschikbare versie ( in sommige van de geconfigureerde " -"installatiebronnen)</li> <li>Geïnstalleerde versie (leeg voor een nog niet " -"geïnstalleerd pakket)</li> <li>Pakketgrootte</li></ol>" +msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgstr "<ol><li>Pakketstatus (voor meer informatie kijk op Pakketstatus en symbolen)</li> <li>Pakketnaam</li><li>Pakketsamenvatting</li><li>Beschikbare versie ( in sommige van de geconfigureerde installatiebronnen)</li> <li>Geïnstalleerde versie (leeg voor een nog niet geïnstalleerd pakket)</li> <li>Pakketgrootte</li></ol>" #. part3 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 -msgid "" -"The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status " -"of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete " -"a package or select an additional package for installation. The status " -"change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu " -"item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package " -"Status and Symbols)." -msgstr "" -"Het menu Acties direct onder de tabel stelt u in staat om de " -"status van een geselecteerde pakket (of van alle pakketten in de lijst) te " -"veranderen, zoals bijvoorbeeld om een pakket te verwijderen of om een extra " -"te installeren pakket te selecteren. De status kan ook veranderd worden door " -"direct op de sneltoets van de bijhorende menuoptie te drukken (voor " -"gedetaileerde informatie over de pakketstatus, zie Pakketstatus en " -"symbolen)." +msgid "The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package Status and Symbols)." +msgstr "Het menu Acties direct onder de tabel stelt u in staat om de status van een geselecteerde pakket (of van alle pakketten in de lijst) te veranderen, zoals bijvoorbeeld om een pakket te verwijderen of om een extra te installeren pakket te selecteren. De status kan ook veranderd worden door direct op de sneltoets van de bijhorende menuoptie te drukken (voor gedetaileerde informatie over de pakketstatus, zie Pakketstatus en symbolen)." #. part4 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 -msgid "" -"Menu provides functions related to the handling of package " -"dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions " -"like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful " -"Functions in Menu." -msgstr "" -"Menu biedt functies gerelateerd aan het afhandelen van " -"pakketafhankelijkheden. Toont relevante informatie over pakketten of voert " -"verschillende acties uit, zoals het openen van de bewerker van " -"installatiebronnen. Voor meer informatie, kijk op Bruikbare functies in " -"het menu." +msgid "Menu provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful Functions in Menu." +msgstr "Menu biedt functies gerelateerd aan het afhandelen van pakketafhankelijkheden. Toont relevante informatie over pakketten of voert verschillende acties uit, zoals het openen van de bewerker van installatiebronnen. Voor meer informatie, kijk op Bruikbare functies in het menu." #. the headline of the help window #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 @@ -791,31 +694,13 @@ #. part 1 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 -msgid "" -"The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the " -"keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an " -"additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should " -"never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the " -"installed version of a package should always be kept." -msgstr "" -"De pakketstatus kan worden veranderd met behulp van menu Acties of " -"met de bij de menuoptie opgegeven sneltoetsen. Gebruik bijvoorbeeld '+' om " -"een extra pakket te installeren. De status \"Taboe\" heeft de " -"betekenis dat het pakket nooit moet worden geïnstalleerd. Daarentegen " -"betekent de status \"Geblokkeerd\" dat de geïnstalleerde versie altijd moet " -"worden behouden." +msgid "The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept." +msgstr "De pakketstatus kan worden veranderd met behulp van menu Acties of met de bij de menuoptie opgegeven sneltoetsen. Gebruik bijvoorbeeld '+' om een extra pakket te installeren. De status \"Taboe\" heeft de betekenis dat het pakket nooit moet worden geïnstalleerd. Daarentegen betekent de status \"Geblokkeerd\" dat de geïnstalleerde versie altijd moet worden behouden." #. part 2 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 -msgid "" -"You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. " -"The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all " -"packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." -msgstr "" -"U kunt RET of SPATIE gebruiken om de pakketstatus om te " -"schakelen. Het menu Acties stelt u tevens in staat om de status van " -"alle in de lijst staande pakketten te wijzigen (selecteer 'Alle pakketten in " -"de lijst')." +msgid "You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." +msgstr "U kunt RET of SPATIE gebruiken om de pakketstatus om te schakelen. Het menu Acties stelt u tevens in staat om de status van alle in de lijst staande pakketten te wijzigen (selecteer 'Alle pakketten in de lijst')." #. part 3 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 @@ -824,30 +709,13 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 -msgid "" -" + : package will be installeda+ : package will be " -"installed automatically > : package will be updated</" -"p>a> : package will be automatically updated i : " -"package is installed - : package will be deleted---" -": never install this package (taboo)" -msgstr "" -" + : dit pakket zal worden geïnstalleeerda+ : pakket " -"wordt automatisch geïnstalleerd > : pakket wordt " -"opgewaardeerda> : pakket wordt automatisch opgewaardeerd</" -"p> i : pakket is geïnstalleerd - : pakket wordt " -"verwijderd---: pakket nooit installeren (taboo)" +msgid " + : package will be installeda+ : package will be installed automatically > : package will be updateda> : package will be automatically updated i : package is installed - : package will be deleted---: never install this package (taboo)" +msgstr " + : dit pakket zal worden geïnstalleeerda+ : pakket wordt automatisch geïnstalleerd > : pakket wordt opgewaardeerda> : pakket wordt automatisch opgewaardeerd i : pakket is geïnstalleerd - : pakket wordt verwijderd---: pakket nooit installeren (taboo)" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 -msgid "" -"-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it " -"( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages:</" -"p> i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" -msgstr "" -"-i-: behoud de geïnstalleerde versie en werk niet bij of verwijder " -"het nooit ( pakket geblokkeerd )Statusinformatie voor patronen en " -"talen: i : Aan alle vereisten van dit patroon/taal is voldaan</" -"p>" +msgid "-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages: i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" +msgstr "-i-: behoud de geïnstalleerde versie en werk niet bij of verwijder het nooit ( pakket geblokkeerd )Statusinformatie voor patronen en talen: i : Aan alle vereisten van dit patroon/taal is voldaan" #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 @@ -856,88 +724,28 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 -msgid "" -"Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the " -"selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties " -"(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), " -"package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the " -"drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." -msgstr "" -"Filter stelt u in staat om alleen die pakketten waarin u bent " -"geïnteresseerd uit te filteren. Pakketfilters zijn gebaseerd op " -"pakketeigenschappen (installatiebron, RPM-groep), pakket-\"containers" -"\" (patronen, talen), pakketclassificatie of zoekresultaten. Selecteer het " -"gewenste filter uit het keuzemenu. Specifieke filters zijn hieronder " -"beschreven." +msgid "Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." +msgstr "Filter stelt u in staat om alleen die pakketten waarin u bent geïnteresseerd uit te filteren. Pakketfilters zijn gebaseerd op pakketeigenschappen (installatiebron, RPM-groep), pakket-\"containers\" (patronen, talen), pakketclassificatie of zoekresultaten. Selecteer het gewenste filter uit het keuzemenu. Specifieke filters zijn hieronder beschreven." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 -msgid "" -"Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have " -"(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of " -"packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may " -"have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the " -"solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Patronen beschrijven de mogelijkheden en functies die systemen " -"zouden moeten hebben (bijvoorbeeld: X-server of console hulpmiddelen). Elk " -"patroon bevat een set pakketten die nodig zijn (moet), aanbevolen zijn (zou " -"moeten) en suggesties zijn (mag). Als u patronen aan of uit zet, voor " -"installatie, bijwerken of verwijderen, zal de oplosser gaan draaien en de " -"status van ondergeschikte pakketten overeenkomstig wijzigen." +msgid "Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." +msgstr "Patronen beschrijven de mogelijkheden en functies die systemen zouden moeten hebben (bijvoorbeeld: X-server of console hulpmiddelen). Elk patroon bevat een set pakketten die nodig zijn (moet), aanbevolen zijn (zou moeten) en suggesties zijn (mag). Als u patronen aan of uit zet, voor installatie, bijwerken of verwijderen, zal de oplosser gaan draaien en de status van ondergeschikte pakketten overeenkomstig wijzigen." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 -msgid "" -"Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They " -"contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific " -"files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers " -"that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a " -"property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. " -"The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific " -"repository. " -msgstr "" -"Talen zijn pakket-containers die erg lijken op patronen. Zij " -"bevatten pakketten met vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere taalspecifieke " -"bestanden voor de geselecteerde taal. RPM-Groepen zijn echter geen " -"pakket-containers die geïnstalleerd kunnen worden. Het lidmaatschap van een " -"bepaalde RPM-groep is een eigenschap van het pakket zelf. Deze hebben een " -"hiërarchische (boom)structuur. Het filter Installatiebronnen laat " -"pakketten zien uit een specifieke installatiebron." +msgid "Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific repository. " +msgstr "Talen zijn pakket-containers die erg lijken op patronen. Zij bevatten pakketten met vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere taalspecifieke bestanden voor de geselecteerde taal. RPM-Groepen zijn echter geen pakket-containers die geïnstalleerd kunnen worden. Het lidmaatschap van een bepaalde RPM-groep is een eigenschap van het pakket zelf. Deze hebben een hiërarchische (boom)structuur. Het filter Installatiebronnen laat pakketten zien uit een specifieke installatiebron." #. help text package search #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 -msgid "" -"To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for " -"the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the " -"expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides " -"or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." -"" -msgstr "" -"Om het filter Zoeken te gebruiken, voer een zoekterm (of deel van " -"een zoekterm) voor de pakketzoekactie in. Zoek bijvoorbeeld naar alle 3D-" -"pakketten met behulp van de uitdrukking \"3d\". Het is ook mogelijk te " -"zoeken in de pakketbeschrijving, de RPM-levert of -vereist. Klik dan op het " -"bijhorende keuzevakje. Start het zoeken door op de knop 'Zoeken' te drukken." -"" +msgid "To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." +msgstr "Om het filter Zoeken te gebruiken, voer een zoekterm (of deel van een zoekterm) voor de pakketzoekactie in. Zoek bijvoorbeeld naar alle 3D-pakketten met behulp van de uitdrukking \"3d\". Het is ook mogelijk te zoeken in de pakketbeschrijving, de RPM-levert of -vereist. Klik dan op het bijhorende keuzevakje. Start het zoeken door op de knop 'Zoeken' te drukken." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 -msgid "" -"The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose " -"status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or " -"removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter " -"Package Classification provides information about Recommended, " -"Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." -msgstr "" -"De Installatiesamenvatting laat de samenvatting zien van de " -"pakketten waarvan de status is veranderd in deze sessie (zij zijn " -"bijvoorbeeld gemarkeerd voor installatie of verwijdering), ofwel door de " -"gebruiker of automatisch door de oplosser. Het filter " -"Pakketclassificatie biedt informatie over pakketten die zijn " -"Aanbevolen, Gesuggereerd, Verweest of Niet nodig." -"" +msgid "The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter Package Classification provides information about Recommended, Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." +msgstr "De Installatiesamenvatting laat de samenvatting zien van de pakketten waarvan de status is veranderd in deze sessie (zij zijn bijvoorbeeld gemarkeerd voor installatie of verwijdering), ofwel door de gebruiker of automatisch door de oplosser. Het filter Pakketclassificatie biedt informatie over pakketten die zijn Aanbevolen, Gesuggereerd, Verweest of Niet nodig." #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 @@ -945,135 +753,32 @@ msgstr "Bruikbare functies in het menu" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 -msgid "" -"Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the " -"handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are " -"checked with every status change. You will be informed about package " -"conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve " -"the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try " -"Again'." -msgstr "" -"Afhankelijkheden: Dit menu biedt verschillende acties in verband " -"met het behandelen van pakketafhankelijkheden. Standaard wordt er bij elke " -"statuswijziging op pakketafhankelijkheden gecontroleerd.U zult bij " -"pakketconflicten geïnformeerd worden in een dialoog waarin voorstellen voor " -"het mogelijk oplossen van het conflict zitten. Om het conflict op te lossen " -"selecteer een van de aangeboden oplossingen en klik op 'OK -- opnieuw " -"proberen'." +msgid "Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'." +msgstr "Afhankelijkheden: Dit menu biedt verschillende acties in verband met het behandelen van pakketafhankelijkheden. Standaard wordt er bij elke statuswijziging op pakketafhankelijkheden gecontroleerd.U zult bij pakketconflicten geïnformeerd worden in een dialoog waarin voorstellen voor het mogelijk oplossen van het conflict zitten. Om het conflict op te lossen selecteer een van de aangeboden oplossingen en klik op 'OK -- opnieuw proberen'." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 -msgid "" -"To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle " -"Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually " -"by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry " -"will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve " -"conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic " -"installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate " -"Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into " -"the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what " -"you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." -msgstr "" -"Om afhankelijkheidscontrole bij elke verandering van de status uit te " -"schakelen zet u Automatische afhankelijkheidscontrole uit. U kunt " -"handmatig afhankelijkheden controleren door op Afhankelijkheden nu " -"controleren te drukken. Het element Systeem controleren zal de " -"pakketafhankelijkheden controleren en conflicten niet-interactief oplossen " -"en, indien noodzakelijk, ontbrekende pakketten markeren voor automatische " -"installatie. Voor het zoeken van fouten kunt u Testgeval voor " -"afhankelijkheidsoplossingen genereren gebruiken. Dit dumpt " -"pakketafhankelijkheden in de map <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Dit " -"is wat gewoonlijk nodig is als er gevraagd wordt om de \"solver testcase\" " -"in Bugzilla." +msgid "To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." +msgstr "Om afhankelijkheidscontrole bij elke verandering van de status uit te schakelen zet u Automatische afhankelijkheidscontrole uit. U kunt handmatig afhankelijkheden controleren door op Afhankelijkheden nu controleren te drukken. Het element Systeem controleren zal de pakketafhankelijkheden controleren en conflicten niet-interactief oplossen en, indien noodzakelijk, ontbrekende pakketten markeren voor automatische installatie. Voor het zoeken van fouten kunt u Testgeval voor afhankelijkheidsoplossingen genereren gebruiken. Dit dumpt pakketafhankelijkheden in de map <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Dit is wat gewoonlijk nodig is als er gevraagd wordt om de \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:266 -msgid "" -"Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency " -"Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed " -"Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package " -"will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of " -"installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the " -"system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode</" -"i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the " -"YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Beschikbare opties voor afhankelijkheidscontrole zijn: Automatische " -"controle op afhankelijkheden (zie boven), Installeer aanbevolen " -"pakketten door reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten: indien ingeschakeld, " -"worden door reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten aanbevolen pakketten " -"geïnstalleerd, Systeemverificatiemodus: repareer afhankelijkheden van " -"geïnstalleerde pakketten en los deze onmiddelijk op. Opmerking: na controle " -"van het systeem met Systeem nu verifiëren is de optie " -"Systeemverificatiemodus geactiveerd (indien gewenst de optie " -"deactiveren). Deze opties worden opgeslagen het instellingenbestand van YaST " -"<tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgstr "Beschikbare opties voor afhankelijkheidscontrole zijn: Automatische controle op afhankelijkheden (zie boven), Installeer aanbevolen pakketten door reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten: indien ingeschakeld, worden door reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten aanbevolen pakketten geïnstalleerd, Systeemverificatiemodus: repareer afhankelijkheden van geïnstalleerde pakketten en los deze onmiddelijk op. Opmerking: na controle van het systeem met Systeem nu verifiëren is de optie Systeemverificatiemodus geactiveerd (indien gewenst de optie deactiveren). Deze opties worden opgeslagen het instellingenbestand van YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:272 -msgid "" -"Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove " -"dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may " -"differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, " -"they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/" -"etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Geavanceerde opties: Opschonen bij verwijderen van pakketten: " -"verwijder afhankelijke ongebruikte pakketten. Wijziging van leverancier " -"toestaan: pakketleverancier mag verschillen van de leverancier van het " -"geïnstalleerde pakket. Deze opties zullen niet opgeslagen worden, ze kunnen " -"alleen ingesteld worden in het instellingenbestand van de pakketbibliotheek " -"<tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgid "Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgstr "Geavanceerde opties: Opschonen bij verwijderen van pakketten: verwijder afhankelijke ongebruikte pakketten. Wijziging van leverancier toestaan: pakketleverancier mag verschillen van de leverancier van het geïnstalleerde pakket. Deze opties zullen niet opgeslagen worden, ze kunnen alleen ingesteld worden in het instellingenbestand van de pakketbibliotheek <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:278 -msgid "" -"View: Choose which information about the selected package will " -"be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: " -"package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package " -"versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and " -"dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Beeld: Kies welke informatie over het geselecteerde pakket getoond " -"wordt in het venster onder de pakkettabel. Beschikbare opties zijn: " -"pakketbeschrijving (standaard), technische gegevens (versie, grootte, " -"licentie etc.) pakketversies (alle beschikbare), bestandenlijst (alle " -"bestanden in het pakket) en afhankelijkheden (levert, vereist etc.)." +msgid "View: Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." +msgstr "Beeld: Kies welke informatie over het geselecteerde pakket getoond wordt in het venster onder de pakkettabel. Beschikbare opties zijn: pakketbeschrijving (standaard), technische gegevens (versie, grootte, licentie etc.) pakketversies (alle beschikbare), bestandenlijst (alle bestanden in het pakket) en afhankelijkheden (levert, vereist etc.)." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:284 -msgid "" -"Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the " -"rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository " -"Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update " -"repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch " -"Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three " -"possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package " -"Installation menu." -msgstr "" -"Configuratie: Dit menu integreert de pakketkiezer met de rest " -"van de pakketbeheerhulpmiddelen. Vanaf hier kunt u " -"Installatiebronnebeheer starten en geconfigureerde installatiebronnen " -"bewerken of periodieke downloads voor bijwerken doen van installatiebronnen " -"(Online Update Configuratie starten). U kunt ook een van de drie " -"mogelijke gedragingen van de pakketkiezer bij het verlaten kiezen - in het " -"menu Actie na pakketinstallatie." +msgid "Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation menu." +msgstr "Configuratie: Dit menu integreert de pakketkiezer met de rest van de pakketbeheerhulpmiddelen. Vanaf hier kunt u Installatiebronnebeheer starten en geconfigureerde installatiebronnen bewerken of periodieke downloads voor bijwerken doen van installatiebronnen (Online Update Configuratie starten). U kunt ook een van de drie mogelijke gedragingen van de pakketkiezer bij het verlaten kiezen - in het menu Actie na pakketinstallatie." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:289 -msgid "" -"Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package " -"List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and " -"languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import " -"Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring " -"the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described " -"in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup " -"table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted " -"partition." -msgstr "" -"Extra's: Hieronder zitten verschillende functies. Exporteer " -"de pakketlijst naar een bestand schrijft de gegevens over de " -"geïnstalleerde pakketten, patronen en talen naar het gespecificeerde XML-" -"bestand. Dit bestand kan later gelezen worden door de optie Importeer " -"pakketlijst uit bestand b.v. op een andere computer. Dit zal de set " -"pakketten op de doelcomputer in dezelfde staat brengen als beschreven in het " -"geleverde XML-bestand. Toon beschikbare schijfruimte laat in een " -"extra venster een tabel zien met het schijfgebruik en de vrije schijfruimte " -"op de huidige aangekoppelde partities." +msgid "Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." +msgstr "Extra's: Hieronder zitten verschillende functies. Exporteer de pakketlijst naar een bestand schrijft de gegevens over de geïnstalleerde pakketten, patronen en talen naar het gespecificeerde XML-bestand. Dit bestand kan later gelezen worden door de optie Importeer pakketlijst uit bestand b.v. op een andere computer. Dit zal de set pakketten op de doelcomputer in dezelfde staat brengen als beschreven in het geleverde XML-bestand. Toon beschikbare schijfruimte laat in een extra venster een tabel zien met het schijfgebruik en de vrije schijfruimte op de huidige aangekoppelde partities." #. label of a frame with search settings #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:297 @@ -1260,8 +965,7 @@ #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:575 msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for " -msgstr "" -"Vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere aan taal gerelateerde bestanden voor " +msgstr "Vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere aan taal gerelateerde bestanden voor " #. the headline of the help popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603 @@ -1271,92 +975,28 @@ #. help text online udpate #. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:611 -msgid "" -"General information about patches:The patches of kind security</" -"b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You " -"should also install recommended patches, they usually contain " -"important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in " -"the feature." -msgstr "" -"Algemene informatie over patches:De soorten patches, " -"beveiliging lossen problemen over beveiliging op en we bevelen ten " -"zeerste aan om ze te installeren. U zou ook aanbevolen patches moeten " -"installeren, ze bevatten gewoonlijk belangrijke reparaties van bugs. " -"Installeer patches voor functies als u geïnteresseerd bent in de " -"functie." +msgid "General information about patches:The patches of kind security are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install recommended patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in the feature." +msgstr "Algemene informatie over patches:De soorten patches, beveiliging lossen problemen over beveiliging op en we bevelen ten zeerste aan om ze te installeren. U zou ook aanbevolen patches moeten installeren, ze bevatten gewoonlijk belangrijke reparaties van bugs. Installeer patches voor functies als u geïnteresseerd bent in de functie." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 -msgid "" -"Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) " -"will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second " -"run." -msgstr "" -"Patches voor \"libzypp\" (pakket, patch, patroon en productbeheer) zullen " -"altijd als eerste geïnstalleerd worden. De andere patches moeten tijdens een " -"tweede uitvoering geïnstalleerd worden." +msgid "Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run." +msgstr "Patches voor \"libzypp\" (pakket, patch, patroon en productbeheer) zullen altijd als eerste geïnstalleerd worden. De andere patches moeten tijdens een tweede uitvoering geïnstalleerd worden." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 -msgid "" -"Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your " -"installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your " -"system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. " -"i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You " -"have selected this patch for installation." -msgstr "" -"Betekenis van de statusvlaggen:a+ : Patches die betrekking " -"hebben op uw installatie zijn voorgeselecteerd. Ze zullen gedownload en op " -"uw systeem geïnstalleerd worden. Wanneer u een bepaalde patch niet wilt " -"hebben, dan kunt u deze met '-' deselecteren. i : Aan alle " -"vereisten van deze patch is voldaan. + : U hebt deze patch " -"geselecteerd voor installatie." +msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You have selected this patch for installation." +msgstr "Betekenis van de statusvlaggen:a+ : Patches die betrekking hebben op uw installatie zijn voorgeselecteerd. Ze zullen gedownload en op uw systeem geïnstalleerd worden. Wanneer u een bepaalde patch niet wilt hebben, dan kunt u deze met '-' deselecteren. i : Aan alle vereisten van deze patch is voldaan. + : U hebt deze patch geselecteerd voor installatie." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 -msgid "" -"More details about the status: If there are several patches for a " -"package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all " -"got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is " -"deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is " -"because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still " -"selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with " -"it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the " -"patches are not wanted." -msgstr "" -"Meer details over de status: Als er verschillende patches voor een " -"pakket zijn (of een set pakketten), die nog niet toegepast zijn in het " -"system, zijn ze allemaal voorgeselecteerd en hebben de status a+. Als " -"een van de patches is gedeactiveerd met '-' kan het daarna de status i</" -"b> tonen. Dit is omdat een van de andere patches voor de(het)zelfde " -"pakket(ten) nog steeds is geselecteerd. De nieuwere versies van het/de " -"pakket(ten) zal/zullen worden geïnstalleerd en met deze patch worden " -"bevredigd. Deactiveren van alle patches is vereist als de patches ongewenst " -"zijn" +msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted." +msgstr "Meer details over de status: Als er verschillende patches voor een pakket zijn (of een set pakketten), die nog niet toegepast zijn in het system, zijn ze allemaal voorgeselecteerd en hebben de status a+. Als een van de patches is gedeactiveerd met '-' kan het daarna de status i tonen. Dit is omdat een van de andere patches voor de(het)zelfde pakket(ten) nog steeds is geselecteerd. De nieuwere versies van het/de pakket(ten) zal/zullen worden geïnstalleerd en met deze patch worden bevredigd. Deactiveren van alle patches is vereist als de patches ongewenst zijn" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -msgid "" -"The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e." -"g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to " -"search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a " -"patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages " -"are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the " -"package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are " -"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system." -" The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the " -"'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." -msgstr "" -"De menu's:Het menu Filter stelt u in staat om de patches te " -"filteren, bijv. toon de 'Geïnstalleerden' of geef een lijst met patches voor " -"'Beveiliging'. Het biedt ook het zoeken naar patches. Gebruik het menu " -"Acties om de status van een patch te wijzigingen. Het menu " -"Beeld biedt de mogelijkheid om te zien welke pakketten betrokken zijn " -"bij de patch. Merk op: als het filter is 'Alle patches' dan kan de lijst met " -"pakketten voor sommige patches leeg zijn. Dit betekent dat er geen pakketten " -"betrokken zijn omdat geen van de patchpakketten is geïnstalleerd op het " -"systeem. Het menu Afhankelijkheden bevat controles op " -"afhankelijkheden en het item 'Testgeval voor oplosser genereren' entry." +msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." +msgstr "De menu's:Het menu Filter stelt u in staat om de patches te filteren, bijv. toon de 'Geïnstalleerden' of geef een lijst met patches voor 'Beveiliging'. Het biedt ook het zoeken naar patches. Gebruik het menu Acties om de status van een patch te wijzigingen. Het menu Beeld biedt de mogelijkheid om te zien welke pakketten betrokken zijn bij de patch. Merk op: als het filter is 'Alle patches' dan kan de lijst met pakketten voor sommige patches leeg zijn. Dit betekent dat er geen pakketten betrokken zijn omdat geen van de patchpakketten is geïnstalleerd op het systeem. Het menu Afhankelijkheden bevat controles op afhankelijkheden en het item 'Testgeval voor oplosser genereren' entry." #. label for a warning popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:648 @@ -1396,12 +1036,8 @@ #. text for a Notify popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:714 -msgid "" -"All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost." -" Really exit?" -msgstr "" -"Al uw gemaakte wijzigingen in de pakket-, patch- of patroonselectie " -"zullen verloren gaan wanneer u annuleert. Wilt u stoppen?" +msgid "All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. Really exit?" +msgstr "Al uw gemaakte wijzigingen in de pakket-, patch- of patroonselectie zullen verloren gaan wanneer u annuleert. Wilt u stoppen?" #. the label of language table #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:722 @@ -1449,21 +1085,8 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 -msgid "" -"Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated " -"automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other " -"packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any " -"installation media.They are third-party packagesManually " -"select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Opwaardeer-probleemlijst De pakketten in deze lijst kunnen niet " -"automatisch worden bijgewerkt.Mogelijke redenen:Ze zijn " -"vanwege andere pakketten in onbruik geraakt.Op geen enkel " -"installatiemedium zijn voor nieuwe versies voor opwaardering beschikbaar.</" -"p>Het zijn pakketten afkomstig van een derde partijBepaal " -"handmatig wat u met ze wilt doen. De veiligste actie is ze te verwijderen.</" -"p>" +msgid "Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." +msgstr "Opwaardeer-probleemlijst De pakketten in deze lijst kunnen niet automatisch worden bijgewerkt.Mogelijke redenen:Ze zijn vanwege andere pakketten in onbruik geraakt.Op geen enkel installatiemedium zijn voor nieuwe versies voor opwaardering beschikbaar.Het zijn pakketten afkomstig van een derde partijBepaal handmatig wat u met ze wilt doen. De veiligste actie is ze te verwijderen." #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 @@ -1492,13 +1115,8 @@ #~ msgid "----- this patch is broken !!! -----" #~ msgstr "----- deze patch is defect!!! -----" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" " -#~ "is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "De soort \"aanbevolen\" betekent dat u de patch zou moeten " -#~ "installeren. \"beveiliging\" is een beveiligingspatch waarvan het zeer " -#~ "aan te bevelen is om het te installeren." +#~ msgid "Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it." +#~ msgstr "De soort \"aanbevolen\" betekent dat u de patch zou moeten installeren. \"beveiliging\" is een beveiligingspatch waarvan het zeer aan te bevelen is om het te installeren." #~ msgid "Search Packages on &Web" #~ msgstr "Zoek pakketten op het &web " Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/ncurses.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/ncurses.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/ncurses.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ncurses\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-28 02:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Rinse de Vries <rinsedevries(a)kde.nl>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -102,16 +102,11 @@ #~ msgid "Press F1 for Help" #~ msgstr "Druk op F1 voor Help" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Press F1 again to get further help or ESC to close this " -#~ "dialog." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Druk nog eens op F1 voor het krijgen van nadere informatie of " -#~ "op ESC om dit dialoog te sluiten." +#~ msgid "Press F1 again to get further help or ESC to close this dialog." +#~ msgstr "Druk nog eens op F1 voor het krijgen van nadere informatie of op ESC om dit dialoog te sluiten." #~ msgid "Press F1 or ESC to close this dialog." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Druk op F1 of op ESC om dit dialoog te sluiten." +#~ msgstr "Druk op F1 of op ESC om dit dialoog te sluiten." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/network.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/network.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/network.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -145,23 +145,18 @@ #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" -"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " -"attacks.\n" -"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via " -"dedicated\n" +"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" +"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n" "SSH client" msgstr "" "<big>Firewall en SSH</big> \n" -"Een firewall is een verdedigingsmechanisme dat uw computer beschermt voor " -"aanvallen vanaf het netwerk.\n" -"SSH is een service die van afstand aanmelden op het systeem mogelijk maakt " -"met een daarvoor specifieke\n" +"Een firewall is een verdedigingsmechanisme dat uw computer beschermt voor aanvallen vanaf het netwerk.\n" +"SSH is een service die van afstand aanmelden op het systeem mogelijk maakt met een daarvoor specifieke\n" "SSH-client" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled " -"after\n" +"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" "Hier kunt u kiezen of de firewall zal worden in- of uitgeschakeld na\n" @@ -169,16 +164,12 @@ #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 msgid "" -"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for " -"SSH\n" -"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH " -"service (i.e. it\n" +"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" +"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" "will be started on computer boot)." msgstr "" -"Met een ingeschakelde firewall kunt u beslissen de SSH-poort open te " -"zetten of niet\n" -"en van afstand SSH-aanmelden toe te staan. Onafhankelijk kunt u ook de SSH-" -"service inschakelen (dwz. het\n" +"Met een ingeschakelde firewall kunt u beslissen de SSH-poort open te zetten of niet\n" +"en van afstand SSH-aanmelden toe te staan. Onafhankelijk kunt u ook de SSH-service inschakelen (dwz. het\n" "wordt ingeschakeld bij opstarten van de computer)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -379,11 +370,8 @@ #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:892 -msgid "" -"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." -msgstr "" -"Er is geen URL-adres voor de uitgavenotities gedefinieerd. De internettest " -"kan niet worden uitgevoerd." +msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." +msgstr "Er is geen URL-adres voor de uitgavenotities gedefinieerd. De internettest kan niet worden uitgevoerd." #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error @@ -392,20 +380,15 @@ "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" "\n" -"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any " -"steps\n" -"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network " -"configuration,\n" +"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n" +"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n" "click 'Cancel'.\n" msgstr "" -"Het downloaden van de nieuwste uitgavenotities is mislukt door een fout van " -"de server.\n" +"Het downloaden van de nieuwste uitgavenotities is mislukt door een fout van de server.\n" "Dit hoeft niet te betekenen dat het netwerk onjuist is ingesteld.\n" "\n" -"Klik op 'Doorgaan' voor de volgende installatiestap. Klik op 'Annuleren' om " -"de andere\n" -"stappen die een internetverbinding nodig hebben over te slaan of om terug te " -"gaan\n" +"Klik op 'Doorgaan' voor de volgende installatiestap. Klik op 'Annuleren' om de andere\n" +"stappen die een internetverbinding nodig hebben over te slaan of om terug te gaan\n" "naar uw netwerconfiguratie.\n" #. popup to inform user about the failure @@ -603,8 +586,7 @@ #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/remote.rb:85 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "" -"Stel 'yes' in om beheer op afstand toe te staan of 'no' om dit te verbieden." +msgstr "Stel 'yes' in om beheer op afstand toe te staan of 'no' om dit te verbieden." #. Command line output Headline #: src/clients/remote.rb:128 @@ -647,8 +629,7 @@ #: src/clients/routing.rb:71 msgid "Show routing table entry for selected destination" -msgstr "" -"Toon de het item in de routeringstabel voor de geselecteerde bestemming" +msgstr "Toon de het item in de routeringstabel voor de geselecteerde bestemming" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #: src/clients/routing.rb:79 @@ -787,8 +768,7 @@ #: src/clients/routing.rb:324 msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified." -msgstr "" -"Er dient minstens een bestemming en gateway IP-adres gespecificeerd te zijn." +msgstr "Er dient minstens een bestemming en gateway IP-adres gespecificeerd te zijn." #: src/clients/routing.rb:333 msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..." @@ -799,12 +779,8 @@ msgstr "Het IP-adres van de bestemming moet gespecificeerd worden." #: src/clients/routing.rb:354 -msgid "" -"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) " -"must be specified" -msgstr "" -"Tenminste één van de volgende parameters (gateway, netmask, apparaat, " -"opties) moet worden gespecificeerd" +msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" +msgstr "Tenminste één van de volgende parameters (gateway, netmask, apparaat, opties) moet worden gespecificeerd" #: src/clients/routing.rb:376 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." @@ -1273,9 +1249,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:260 msgid "Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. " -msgstr "" -"Selecteer de opties voor het bonding-stuurprogramma en bewerk het indien " -"nodig. " +msgstr "Selecteer de opties voor het bonding-stuurprogramma en bewerk het indien nodig. " #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else @@ -1442,8 +1416,7 @@ #. tab set but not for one tab #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1228 msgid "Configure the detailed network card settings here." -msgstr "" -"Hier kunt u de gedetailleerde netwerkkaart instellingen instellen." +msgstr "Hier kunt u de gedetailleerde netwerkkaart instellingen instellen." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84 #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing @@ -1479,21 +1452,15 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" -" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with " -"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" -" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On " -"Cable Connection\n" -" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have " -"to\n" +" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" +" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On Cable Connection\n" +" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n" " set the priority of each interface. \n" msgstr "" "<big>PRIORITEIT VAN IFPLUGD</big> \n" -" Alle interfaces geconfigureerd met Tijdens een kabelverbinding en " -"met IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 worden\n" -" gebruikt met uitsluiting van elkaar. Als meer dan één van deze interfaces " -"Tijdens een kabelverbinding heeft\n" -" dan hebben we een manier nodig om te bepalen welk interface te gebruiken. " -"Daarom moeten we hebben om\n" +" Alle interfaces geconfigureerd met Tijdens een kabelverbinding en met IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 worden\n" +" gebruikt met uitsluiting van elkaar. Als meer dan één van deze interfaces Tijdens een kabelverbinding heeft\n" +" dan hebben we een manier nodig om te bepalen welk interface te gebruiken. Daarom moeten we hebben om\n" " de prioriteit van elk interface in te stellen.\n" #. Address dialog caption @@ -1523,8 +1490,7 @@ #. Network card name (wireless) #: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:69 msgid "PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II based, and similar wireless cards" -msgstr "" -"PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II gebaseerde en vergelijkbare draadloze kaarten" +msgstr "PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II gebaseerde en vergelijkbare draadloze kaarten" #. Network card name (wireless) #: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:76 @@ -1693,12 +1659,8 @@ msgstr "Gebruik optie \"id\" om het apparaat te bepalen." #: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:101 -msgid "" -"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of " -"\"id\"." -msgstr "" -"De waarde van \"id\" ligt buiten het bereik. Gebruik de optie \"list\" om de " -"maximumwaarde van \"id\" te controleren." +msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"." +msgstr "De waarde van \"id\" ligt buiten het bereik. Gebruik de optie \"list\" om de maximumwaarde van \"id\" te controleren." #. Handler for action "add" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options @@ -1805,10 +1767,8 @@ "Het apparaat heeft firmware nodig om correct te functioneren. Firmware kan\n" "doorgaans worden gedownload van de webpagina van de leverancier van het\n" "stuurprogramma.\n" -"Als u de firmware al hebt gedownload en geïnstalleerd, klikt u op " -"Doorgaan\n" -"om het apparaat in te stellen. Anders klikt u op Annuleren en keert " -"u\n" +"Als u de firmware al hebt gedownload en geïnstalleerd, klikt u op Doorgaan\n" +"om het apparaat in te stellen. Anders klikt u op Annuleren en keert u\n" "terug naar dit dialoogvenster nadat u de firmware hebt geïnstalleerd.\n" #. this is one of 2 places to install packages :-( @@ -1820,12 +1780,8 @@ msgstr "De firmware wordt geïnstalleerd" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:234 -msgid "" -"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script " -"needs to be executed. Execute it now?" -msgstr "" -"Voor een succesvolle installatie van firmware, moet het " -"'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script uitgevoerd worden. Nu uitvoeren?" +msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" +msgstr "Voor een succesvolle installatie van firmware, moet het 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script uitgevoerd worden. Nu uitvoeren?" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:248 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." @@ -1849,9 +1805,7 @@ #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" -msgstr "" -"Het geselecteerde apparaat heft STARTMODE=nfsroot. Wilt u dit echt " -"verwijderen?" +msgstr "Het geselecteerde apparaat heft STARTMODE=nfsroot. Wilt u dit echt verwijderen?" #. Network setup method dialog caption #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376 @@ -1907,76 +1861,57 @@ "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -"Type apparaat. Verschillende apparaattypen zijn beschikbaar, " -"selecteer \n" +"Type apparaat. Verschillende apparaattypen zijn beschikbaar, selecteer \n" "er een naar behoefte." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" -"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name " -"(for\n" +"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -"Udev-regels zijn de regels voor de kernelapparaatbeheerder die " -"toestaan\n" +"Udev-regels zijn de regels voor de kernelapparaatbeheerder die toestaan\n" "een MAC-adres of BusID van het netwerkapparaat te koppelen met zijn naam\n" "(b.v. eth1, wlan0 ) en deze apparaatnaam blijvend te maken na een herstart.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" -"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify " -"now configured NIC. \n" -"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will " -"start blinking for selected time.\n" +"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" +"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Zichtbare poort-identificatie tonen staat u toe om de nu " -"geconfigureerde NIC fysiek te identificeren. \n" -"Stel de juiste tijd in, klik Knipperen en LED's op uw NIC zullen " -"knipperen gedurende de geselecteerde tijd.\n" +"Zichtbare poort-identificatie tonen staat u toe om de nu geconfigureerde NIC fysiek te identificeren. \n" +"Stel de juiste tijd in, klik Knipperen en LED's op uw NIC zullen knipperen gedurende de geselecteerde tijd.\n" "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" -"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if " -"there is more than one driver available for\n" -"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the " -"list, but usually the default value works.\n" +"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" +"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.\n" msgstr "" -"Kernel-module. Geef hier de kernel-module in, (stuurprogramma)-" -"naam, \n" -"van uw netwerkapparaat. Als het apparaat al is geconfigureerd dan kunt u " -"zien of er meer stuurprogramma's zijn voor uw apparaat\n" -"in de keuzelijst. Kies, indien nodig, een stuurprogramma uit de lijst, maar " -"gewoonlijk werkt de standaardwaarde.\n" +"Kernel-module. Geef hier de kernel-module in, (stuurprogramma)-naam, \n" +"van uw netwerkapparaat. Als het apparaat al is geconfigureerd dan kunt u zien of er meer stuurprogramma's zijn voor uw apparaat\n" +"in de keuzelijst. Kies, indien nodig, een stuurprogramma uit de lijst, maar gewoonlijk werkt de standaardwaarde.\n" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" -"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, " -"for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" -"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while " -"saving.\n" +"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" +"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" msgstr "" " Bovendien mag u Opties specificeren voor de kernel-module.\n" "Zij dienen geschreven te worden in het formaat: optie=waarde.\n" "De items moeten gescheiden zijn door middel van spaties,\n" "bijv: io=0x300 irq=5. Opmerking: wanneer er twee kaarten met\n" -"dezelfde modulenaam zijn geconfigureerd, dan zullen de opties tijdens het " -"opslaan\n" +"dezelfde modulenaam zijn geconfigureerd, dan zullen de opties tijdens het opslaan\n" "samengevoegd worden.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 -msgid "" -"If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool " -"with these options.\n" -msgstr "" -"Als u opties specificeert in Ethtool-opties, dan zal ifup ethtool " -"aanroepen met deze opties.\n" +msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" +msgstr "Als u opties specificeert in Ethtool-opties, dan zal ifup ethtool aanroepen met deze opties.\n" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139 @@ -1995,8 +1930,7 @@ "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" msgstr "" "Hier kunt u uw netwerkapparaat instellen. De instellingen zullen in\n" -"/etc/modprobe.conf of in /etc/chandev.conf worden opgeslagen.</" -"p>\n" +"/etc/modprobe.conf of in /etc/chandev.conf worden opgeslagen.\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152 @@ -2004,8 +1938,7 @@ "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." msgstr "" -"De module opties moeten volgens een bepaald formaat geschreven worden dat " -"is gespecificeerd\n" +"De module opties moeten volgens een bepaald formaat geschreven worden dat is gespecificeerd\n" "in de handleiding IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 @@ -2088,8 +2021,7 @@ "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." msgstr "" "Selecteer de netwerkkaart die u wilt gaan instellen a.u.b.. U kunt naar\n" -"een specifieke netwerkkaart zoeken door het opgeven van de naam in het " -"zoekveld." +"een specifieke netwerkkaart zoeken door het opgeven van de naam in het zoekveld." #. Selection box label #. Selection box title @@ -2183,41 +2115,24 @@ #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." -msgstr "" -"Geef voor deze interface (hoofdlettergevoelig) de poortnaam op." +msgstr "Geef voor deze interface (hoofdlettergevoelig) de poortnaam op." #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 -msgid "" -"Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by " -"spaces)." -msgstr "" -"Geef de eventuele extra opties voor deze interface op (gescheiden " -"door spaties)." +msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." +msgstr "Geef de eventuele extra opties voor deze interface op (gescheiden door spaties)." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 -msgid "" -"Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be " -"enabled for this interface." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer IPA Takeover activeren als de IP adres takeover voor " -"deze interface geactiveerd moet worden." +msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." +msgstr "Selecteer IPA Takeover activeren als de IP adres takeover voor deze interface geactiveerd moet worden." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 -msgid "" -"Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured " -"with layer 2 support." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer Layer 2 ondersteuning inschakelen asl dit apparaat layer " -"2 ondersteund." +msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." +msgstr "Selecteer Layer 2 ondersteuning inschakelen asl dit apparaat layer 2 ondersteund." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 -msgid "" -"Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured " -"with layer 2 support." -msgstr "" -"Voer het Layer 2 MAC adres in als dit apparaat layer 2 " -"ondersteuning ondersteund." +msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." +msgstr "Voer het Layer 2 MAC adres in als dit apparaat layer 2 ondersteuning ondersteund." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 @@ -2319,8 +2234,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt de configuratie veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken." -"\n" +"U kunt de configuratie veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken.\n" #. Network cards write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:41 @@ -2380,8 +2294,7 @@ "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Netwerkkaart toevoegen:</BIG> \n" -"Klik op Toevoegen om handmatig een nieuwe netwerkkaart in te stellen." -"\n" +"Klik op Toevoegen om handmatig een nieuwe netwerkkaart in te stellen.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 msgid "" @@ -2400,24 +2313,19 @@ "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" "It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n" "To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n" -"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the " -"response \n" +"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n" "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" "<big>IPv6-protocol-instellingen</big>\n" -"Activeer IPv6 activeren om de ipv6-module in de kernel in te " -"schakelen.\n" +"Activeer IPv6 activeren om de ipv6-module in de kernel in te schakelen.\n" "U kunt IPv6 samen met IPv4 gebruiken. Dit is de standaard optie.\n" -"Om IPv6 uit te schakelen, deactiveer deze optie (dit plaatst de " -"kernelmodule\n" -"voor IPv6 op de zwarte lijst). Als het ipv6-protocol niet op uw netwerk " -"wordt\n" +"Om IPv6 uit te schakelen, deactiveer deze optie (dit plaatst de kernelmodule\n" +"voor IPv6 op de zwarte lijst). Als het ipv6-protocol niet op uw netwerk wordt\n" "gebruikt kan de responstijd sneller zijn.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 msgid "All changes will be applied after reboot." -msgstr "" -"De wijzigingen zullen worden uitgevoerd bij de volgende systeemstart." +msgstr "De wijzigingen zullen worden uitgevoerd bij de volgende systeemstart." #. Routing dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 @@ -2439,14 +2347,12 @@ msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed." -"\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" +"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" msgstr "" "Voor elke route, geef het IP-adres van het bestemmingsnetwerk in, het\n" "gateway-adres en het netmasker. Om deze waarden weg te laten gebruikt u\n" "het minteken \"-\". Selecteer ook het apparaat waardoor het verkeer naar\n" -"het gedefinieerde netwerk gerouteerd wordt. \"-\" staat voor elk interface.</" -"p>\n" +"het gedefinieerde netwerk gerouteerd wordt. \"-\" staat voor elk interface.\n" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 @@ -2454,8 +2360,7 @@ "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -"IPv4-forwarding inschakelen (forward pakketten van externe " -"netwerken\n" +"IPv4-forwarding inschakelen (forward pakketten van externe netwerken\n" "naar interne) als dit systeem een router is.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 @@ -2472,26 +2377,20 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 msgid "" -"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone " -"is not enough. \n" +"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -"Belangrijk: als de firewall is ingeschakeld, is het toestaan van " -"IP-forwarding alleen niet genoeg. \n" +"Belangrijk: als de firewall is ingeschakeld, is het toestaan van IP-forwarding alleen niet genoeg. \n" "U zou masquerading en/of minstens een redirect regel in de configuratie van\n" -"de firewall moeten instellen. U kunt de YaST firewall-module daarvoor " -"gebruiken.\n" +"de firewall moeten instellen. U kunt de YaST firewall-module daarvoor gebruiken.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" -"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the " -"DHCP client.\n" -"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical " -"desktop. \n" -"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that " -"assign \n" +"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" +"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n" +"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n" "different hostnames. " msgstr "" "Wanneer u DHCP gebruikt om een IP-adres te krijgen, geef dan op of u ook\n" @@ -2499,29 +2398,21 @@ "zien via het commando hostname) zal automatisch door de DHCP-cliënt\n" "worden ingesteld.\n" "Het veranderen van de hostnaam tijdens het gebruik van de computer kan uw\n" -"grafische omgeving in de war sturen. Deactiveer daarom deze optie als u " -"verbinding\n" -"maakt met verschillende netwerken die mogelijk elk een andere hostnaam " -"toewijzen." +"grafische omgeving in de war sturen. Deactiveer daarom deze optie als u verbinding\n" +"maakt met verschillende netwerken die mogelijk elk een andere hostnaam toewijzen." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" -"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is " -"a \n" -"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, " -"even \n" -"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, " -"especially \n" +"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" +"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n" +"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n" "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -"Ken de hostnaam toe aan de loopback-IP associeert uw hostnaam " -"met \n" -"het IP-adres <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Dit is " -"een \n" +"Ken de hostnaam toe aan de loopback-IP associeert uw hostnaam met \n" +"het IP-adres <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Dit is een \n" "bruikbare optie als u wilt dat de hostnaam altijd oplosbaar is, zelfs \n" -"zonder actief netwerk. Gebruik het in alle andere gevallen met zorg, " -"speciaal \n" +"zonder actief netwerk. Gebruik het in alle andere gevallen met zorg, speciaal \n" "als deze computer enige netwerkservices levert.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 @@ -2529,8 +2420,7 @@ "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" msgstr "" -"Voer de naamservers en de domeinzoeklijst in voor het oplossen van " -"hostnamen.\n" +"Voer de naamservers en de domeinzoeklijst in voor het oplossen van hostnamen.\n" "Gebruikelijk kunnen deze door middel van DHCP worden verkregen.\n" #. resolver dialog help @@ -2549,8 +2439,7 @@ msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" -"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search " -"domains\n" +"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search domains\n" "(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.\n" msgstr "" "Een zoekdomein is de domeinnaam waar het zoeken naar hostnamen\n" @@ -2560,41 +2449,29 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" -"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the " -"DNS domain\n" -"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially " -"important if this \n" -"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using " -"the hostname \n" +"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" +"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" +"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the hostname \n" "command." msgstr "" -"Geef de korte naam van deze computer (b.v. mijnmachine) en het DNS-" -"domein\n" -"(b.v. voorbeeld.nl) waartoe het behoord. Het domein is speciaal " -"belangrijk als deze \n" -"computer een e-mailserver is. U kunt de hostnaam van uw computer zien met " -"het hostname \n" +"Geef de korte naam van deze computer (b.v. mijnmachine) en het DNS-domein\n" +"(b.v. voorbeeld.nl) waartoe het behoord. Het domein is speciaal belangrijk als deze \n" +"computer een e-mailserver is. U kunt de hostnaam van uw computer zien met het hostname \n" "commando." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" -"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is " -"handled\n" +"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" "by the netconfig script, which merges statically defined data with\n" "dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n" -"etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for " -"most\n" +"etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for most\n" "configurations.\n" msgstr "" -"Kies de manier waarop de DNS-configuratie (naamservers, zoeklijst, de " -"inhoud van het\n" -"bestand /etc/resolv.conf) gewijzigd zullen worden. Normaal wordt dit " -"gedaan door\n" -"het script netconfig dat statisch gedefinieerde gegevens hier mengt " -"met dynamische\n" -"(b.v. van de DHCP-cliënt, NetwerkManager etc.). Dit is de standaard, de " -"optie Gebruik\n" +"Kies de manier waarop de DNS-configuratie (naamservers, zoeklijst, de inhoud van het\n" +"bestand /etc/resolv.conf) gewijzigd zullen worden. Normaal wordt dit gedaan door\n" +"het script netconfig dat statisch gedefinieerde gegevens hier mengt met dynamische\n" +"(b.v. van de DHCP-cliënt, NetwerkManager etc.). Dit is de standaard, de optie Gebruik\n" "standaard beleid is voldoende voor de meeste configuraties.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 @@ -2608,18 +2485,13 @@ "Leaving the field blank is the same as using the Only Manually\n" "policy.\n" msgstr "" -"Door de optie Alleen handmatig te kiezen, zal netconfig " -"niet\n" +"Door de optie Alleen handmatig te kiezen, zal netconfig niet\n" "langer worden toegestaan het bestand /etc/resolv.conf te wijzigen. U\n" -"kunt het bestand echter handmatig bewerken. Door de optie Gebruik " -"aangepast\n" -"beleid kunt u een tekenreeks voor aangepast beleid definiëren die " -"bestaat\n" -"uit een komma-gescheiden lijst van interfacenamen, inclusief jokertekens, " -"met\n" +"kunt het bestand echter handmatig bewerken. Door de optie Gebruik aangepast\n" +"beleid kunt u een tekenreeks voor aangepast beleid definiëren die bestaat\n" +"uit een komma-gescheiden lijst van interfacenamen, inclusief jokertekens, met\n" "STATIC en STATIC_FALLBACK als voorgedefinieerde speciale waarden. Voor meer\n" -"informatie, kijk op de man-pagina netconfig. Opmerking: het veld " -"leeg\n" +"informatie, kijk op de man-pagina netconfig. Opmerking: het veld leeg\n" "laten is hetzelfde als Alleen handmatig beleid.\n" #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred @@ -2627,22 +2499,16 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" -"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address " -"to this device.\n" +"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Adres instellen</big>\n" -"Selecteer Geen adres instellen als u aan dit apparaat geen IP-" -"adres wilt verbinden.\n" +"Selecteer Geen adres instellen als u aan dit apparaat geen IP-adres wilt verbinden.\n" "Dit is vooral bruikbaar voor bonding-ethernetapparaten.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS." -"\n" -msgstr "" -"Activeer iBFT als u het netwerk geconfigureerd wilt houden in uw " -"BIOS.\n" +msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" +msgstr "Activeer iBFT als u het netwerk geconfigureerd wilt houden in uw BIOS.\n" #. Address dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 @@ -2661,18 +2527,15 @@ "are then automatically obtained from the server.\n" msgstr "" "Een van de methoden voor dynamisch toewijzen van adressen kiezen.\n" -"Selecteer DHCP als u een DHCP-server op uw lokale netwerk hebt " -"draaien.\n" +"Selecteer DHCP als u een DHCP-server op uw lokale netwerk hebt draaien.\n" "Netwerkadressen worden dan automatisch verkregen van de server.\n" #. Address dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" -"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + " -"Zeroconf\n" -". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.</" -"p>\n" +"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" +". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.\n" msgstr "" "Om automatisch te zoeken naar een IP-adres en deze statisch toe te\n" "wijzen, selecteer Zeroconf. Om DHCP te gebruiken met zeroconf als\n" @@ -2682,8 +2545,7 @@ #. Address dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 msgid "" -"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for " -"your computer, and the \n" +"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "for your peer.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2694,19 +2556,13 @@ #. Address dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 msgid "" -"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your " -"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" -"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix " -"<tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" -"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written " -"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" +"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" msgstr "" -"Voor Statisch adres instellen, geef het statische IP-adres (bijv: " -"<tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) op van uw computer en\n" -"het netwerkmasker (meestal <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> of alleen de lengte van " -"het voorloopgedeelte <tt>/24</tt>). Optioneel kunt\n" -"u een volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam voor dit IP-adres opgeven. Deze zal " -"worden geschreven naar <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"Voor Statisch adres instellen, geef het statische IP-adres (bijv: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) op van uw computer en\n" +"het netwerkmasker (meestal <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> of alleen de lengte van het voorloopgedeelte <tt>/24</tt>). Optioneel kunt\n" +"u een volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam voor dit IP-adres opgeven. Deze zal worden geschreven naar <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" #. Address dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 @@ -2745,12 +2601,8 @@ "firewall woren uitgeschakeld." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 -msgid "" -"Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports " -"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." -msgstr "" -"Vereiste interface geeft aan of de netwerkdienst een foutmelding " -"geeft als de interface niet gestart kan worden tijdens het opstarten." +msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." +msgstr "Vereiste interface geeft aan of de netwerkdienst een foutmelding geeft als de interface niet gestart kan worden tijdens het opstarten." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 msgid "" @@ -2758,8 +2610,7 @@ "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" "transferred over the network in one frame. Usually, you do not need to\n" "set a MTU, but using lower MTU values may improve the network performance,\n" -"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the " -"recommended\n" +"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the recommended\n" "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Maximale overdrachtseenheid</big>\n" @@ -2773,12 +2624,10 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" -"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No " -"Address Setup are available." +"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." msgstr "" "Selecteer de slave-apparaten voor het bond-apparaat.\n" -"Alleen de apparaten waarvan de apparaatactivatie is ingesteld op Nooit</" -"b> en met Geen ingesteld netwerkadres zijn beschikbaar." +"Alleen de apparaten waarvan de apparaatactivatie is ingesteld op Nooit en met Geen ingesteld netwerkadres zijn beschikbaar." #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 @@ -2789,35 +2638,27 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" -"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for " -"each\n" +"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" "DHCP client on a single network. Therefore, specify a unique free-form\n" "identifier here if you have several (virtual) machines using the same\n" "network interface and thus the same hardware address." msgstr "" -"De DHCP cliënt identificatie label, wanneer niet opgegeven, wordt " -"standaard\n" -"gelijk aan het hardware adres van de netwerk interface. Voor elke DHCP " -"cliënt op\n" -"een enkel netwerk dient deze verschillend te zijn. Specificeer daarom hier " -"een vrij in\n" -"te delen identificatie label wanneer u verschillende (virtuele) machines " -"heeft die van hetzelfde\n" +"De DHCP cliënt identificatie label, wanneer niet opgegeven, wordt standaard\n" +"gelijk aan het hardware adres van de netwerk interface. Voor elke DHCP cliënt op\n" +"een enkel netwerk dient deze verschillend te zijn. Specificeer daarom hier een vrij in\n" +"te delen identificatie label wanneer u verschillende (virtuele) machines heeft die van hetzelfde\n" "netwerk interface gebruik maken en dus hetzelfde hardware adres hebben." #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" -"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP " -"server. Some \n" +"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).\n" "Some DHCP servers require the Hostname to Send option field to\n" -"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO</" -"b>\n" -"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/" -"HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO\n" +"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.\n" msgstr "" "Bij Te versturen hostnaam wordt een tekenreeks opgegeven\n" @@ -2852,28 +2693,18 @@ #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 msgid "" -"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and " -"legacy. The total\n" -" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) " -"is\n" -" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility " -"truncates it after 9 characters." +"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" +" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" +" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." msgstr "" -"IPv4-adreslabel, eerder bekend als aliasnaam, is optioneel en " -"verouderd. De totale\n" -" lengte van de interfacenaam (inclusief de dubbelepunt en " -"label) is\n" -" beperkt tot 15 tekens en de verouderde ifconfig-utility kort " -"het af na 9 tekens." +"IPv4-adreslabel, eerder bekend als aliasnaam, is optioneel en verouderd. De totale\n" +" lengte van de interfacenaam (inclusief de dubbelepunt en label) is\n" +" beperkt tot 15 tekens en de verouderde ifconfig-utility kort het af na 9 tekens." #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 -msgid "" -"Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter " -"foo instead of eth0:foo." -msgstr "" -"Sluit de interfacenaam niet in met de aliasnaam. Bijvoorbeeld voer " -"foo in in plaats van eth0:foo." +msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." +msgstr "Sluit de interfacenaam niet in met de aliasnaam. Bijvoorbeeld voer foo in in plaats van eth0:foo." #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing @@ -2903,8 +2734,7 @@ " Hexadecimaal: geef rechtstreeks de hex-codes van de sleutel op.\n" "Voor 64-bit sleutels moeten er 10 hex-digits opgeven worden, voor\n" "128-bit sleutels 26, voor 156-bit sleutels 32 en voor 256-bit sleutels 58.\n" -"U mag gebruik maken van liggende streepjes ('-') om de digits-paren of " -"groepen\n" +"U mag gebruik maken van liggende streepjes ('-') om de digits-paren of groepen\n" "van elkaar te scheiden, een voorbeeld: <tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>.\n" " \n" @@ -2926,11 +2756,9 @@ "called Infrastructure Mode), or Master (the network card\n" "acts as an access point).\n" msgstr "" -"De operating modus is afhankelijk van de netwerk topologie. De " -"modus kan\n" +"De operating modus is afhankelijk van de netwerk topologie. De modus kan\n" "Ad-hoc (peer-to-peer netwerk zonder accesspoint), Managed\n" -"(netwerk wordt door een accesspoint beheerd, dit wordt soms de " -"Infrastructuur modus\n" +"(netwerk wordt door een accesspoint beheerd, dit wordt soms de Infrastructuur modus\n" "genoemd), of Master zijn (de netwerkkaart gedraagt zich\n" "als een accespoint).\n" @@ -2940,21 +2768,17 @@ "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" "wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n" -"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA " -"authentication mode,\n" +"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA authentication mode,\n" "you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n" "case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n" "signal strength.\n" msgstr "" "Stel de Netwerknaam (ESSID) in die gebruikt\n" -"wordt om de cellen te identificeren die deel uitmaken van hetzelfde " -"virtuele\n" -"draadloze netwerk. Alle stations in een draadloos netwerk hebben dezelfde " -"ESSID nodig om\n" +"wordt om de cellen te identificeren die deel uitmaken van hetzelfde virtuele\n" +"draadloze netwerk. Alle stations in een draadloos netwerk hebben dezelfde ESSID nodig om\n" "met elkaar te kunnen communiceren. Als u de operatie modus Managed\n" "kiest en de verificatie modus niet gelijk is aan WPA, dan kunt u dit\n" -"veld leeg laten of het op <tt>any</tt> instellen. In dit geval zal uw WLAN " -"kaart zich met\n" +"veld leeg laten of het op <tt>any</tt> instellen. In dit geval zal uw WLAN kaart zich met\n" "het access point associëren met de best mogelijke signaalsterkte.\n" #. Wireless dialog help @@ -2971,33 +2795,26 @@ "NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n" "potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n" "specific needs for shared key authentication, use the Open\n" -"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected " -"Access)\n" +"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" "was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n" "WPA. If you want to use WPA, select WPA-PSK or WPA-EAP as the\n" "authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n" "Managed.\n" msgstr "" -"In sommige netwerken dient u een authenticatiemodus in te " -"stellen.\n" +"In sommige netwerken dient u een authenticatiemodus in te stellen.\n" "Dit is afhankelijk van de gebruikte beveiligingstechnologie WEP of WPA.\n" "WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy) is een systeem voor het\n" "versleutelen van draadloos netwerkverkeer met een optionele\n" "authenticatie gebaseerd op de gebruikte versleutelcode.\n" "In de meeste gevallen waar WEP wordt gebruikt, is de WEP-Open\n" "modus (helemaal geen authenticatie) prima. Dit betekent niet dat u geen WEP\n" -"versleuteling kunt gebruiken (in dat geval gebruikt u Geen versleuteling</" -"b>).\n" +"versleuteling kunt gebruiken (in dat geval gebruikt u Geen versleuteling).\n" "Sommige netwerken kunnen WEP-shared key-authenticatie nodig hebben.\n" -"OPMERKING: De shared-key-verificatie maakt het voor een potentiële " -"aanvaller\n" +"OPMERKING: De shared-key-verificatie maakt het voor een potentiële aanvaller\n" "gemakkelijker om in uw netwerk in te breken. Gebruik de Open\n" -"modus, tenzij u specifieke redenen heeft om de shared-key-verificatie te " -"gebruiken.\n" -"Het is bewezen dat WEP niet echt veilig is, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected " -"Access)\n" -"is gedefinieerd om de gaten in deze beveiliging te dichten, maar niet alle " -"hardware\n" +"modus, tenzij u specifieke redenen heeft om de shared-key-verificatie te gebruiken.\n" +"Het is bewezen dat WEP niet echt veilig is, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" +"is gedefinieerd om de gaten in deze beveiliging te dichten, maar niet alle hardware\n" "biedt WPA-ondersteuning. Als u WPA wilt gebruiken, selecteer dan\n" "WPA-PSK of WPA-EAP als authenticatiemodus.\n" "Dit is alleen in de besturingsmodus Managed mogelijk.\n" @@ -3027,14 +2844,10 @@ "dictionary attacks are still possible. Do not use a word that is\n" "easy to guess as the passphrase.\n" msgstr "" -"Om WPA-PSK (soms WPA Home genoemd) te gebruiken moet u de preshared " -"sleutel opgeven. Deze\n" -"sleutel wordt gebruikt voor de verificatie en de versleutelingscodes worden " -"hiermee\n" -"gegenereerd. Ze zijn onkwetsbaar voor de bekende WEP sleutel aanvallen, " -"maar\n" -"woordenlijstaanvallen zijn nog steeds mogelijk. Gebruik geen gemakkelijk te " -"raden\n" +"Om WPA-PSK (soms WPA Home genoemd) te gebruiken moet u de preshared sleutel opgeven. Deze\n" +"sleutel wordt gebruikt voor de verificatie en de versleutelingscodes worden hiermee\n" +"gegenereerd. Ze zijn onkwetsbaar voor de bekende WEP sleutel aanvallen, maar\n" +"woordenlijstaanvallen zijn nog steeds mogelijk. Gebruik geen gemakkelijk te raden\n" "woord als wachtwoord.\n" #. Wireless dialog help @@ -3051,15 +2864,12 @@ msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" -"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for " -"all\n" +"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n" "available options." msgstr "" "Deze waarden zullen in het interface configuratie bestand\n" -"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network' worden opgeslagen. Wanneer u extra " -"instellingen nodig heeft,\n" -"dan kunt u deze handmatig toevoegen. Bekijk in dezelfde map het bestand " -"'wireless' voor alle\n" +"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network' worden opgeslagen. Wanneer u extra instellingen nodig heeft,\n" +"dan kunt u deze handmatig toevoegen. Bekijk in dezelfde map het bestand 'wireless' voor alle\n" "beschikbare opties." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84 @@ -3153,8 +2963,7 @@ "For TTLS and PEAP, enter your Identity\n" "and Password as configured on the server.\n" "If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n" -"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</" -"p>\n" +"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.\n" msgstr "" "Voor TTLS en PEAP voert u uw identiteit\n" "en wachtwoord in zoals ingesteld op de server.\n" @@ -3181,16 +2990,13 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:128 msgid "" "TLS uses a Client Certificate instead of a username and\n" -"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key " -"pair\n" +"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n" "to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n" "a Client Key file that contains your private key and\n" "the appropriate Client Key Password for that file.\n" msgstr "" -"TLS gebruikt een clientcertificaat in plaats van de combinatie " -"van\n" -"gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord voor authenticatie. TSL gebruikt een publiek/" -"privé\n" +"TLS gebruikt een clientcertificaat in plaats van de combinatie van\n" +"gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord voor authenticatie. TSL gebruikt een publiek/privé\n" "sleutelpaar om de communicatie te versleutelen. Daarom heeft u tevens een\n" "clientkey bestand nodig waar uw privé-sleutel in is opgeslagen en\n" "het client key wachtwoord voor dat bestand.\n" @@ -3248,12 +3054,9 @@ "allowed methods or in case you have encountered difficulties regarding\n" "authentication, choose your inner authentication method.\n" msgstr "" -"Hier kunt u de ingebouwde authenticatiemethode instellen (ook wel phase 2 " -"authenticatiemethode).\n" -"In principe zijn alle methoden toegestaan. Als u de toegestane methoden " -"wilt\n" -"beperken of als u moeilijkheden heeft ondervonden met bepaalde " -"authenticatie-\n" +"Hier kunt u de ingebouwde authenticatiemethode instellen (ook wel phase 2 authenticatiemethode).\n" +"In principe zijn alle methoden toegestaan. Als u de toegestane methoden wilt\n" +"beperken of als u moeilijkheden heeft ondervonden met bepaalde authenticatie-\n" "methoden, stel dan hier de ingebouwde authenticateimethode in.\n" #. radio button group label @@ -3267,8 +3070,7 @@ "implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.\n" msgstr "" "Als u PEAP gebruikt kunt u tevens het gebruik van een specifieke PEAP-\n" -"implementatie (versie 0 of 1) afdwingen. Dit is in het algemeen niet " -"noodzakelijk.\n" +"implementatie (versie 0 of 1) afdwingen. Dit is in het algemeen niet noodzakelijk.\n" #. radio button: any version of PEAP #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:256 @@ -3365,8 +3167,7 @@ #. Popup text #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:562 msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode." -msgstr "" -"De WPA verificatie mode is alleen in de managed besturingsmode mogelijk." +msgstr "De WPA verificatie mode is alleen in de managed besturingsmode mogelijk." #. Popup text #. modes: combination of operation and authentication @@ -3382,9 +3183,7 @@ #. Error popup #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:600 msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)." -msgstr "" -"De wachtwoord frase moet een lengte hebben van 8 tot 63 karakters " -"(inclusief)." +msgstr "De wachtwoord frase moet een lengte hebben van 8 tot 63 karakters (inclusief)." #. Error popup #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:611 @@ -3439,13 +3238,11 @@ msgid "" "To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" "set the Channel the card should use here. This is not needed\n" -"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for " -"access\n" +"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n" "points in that case.\n" msgstr "" "Wanneer u uw draadloze LAN kaart in master of ad-hoc mode wilt gaan\n" -"gebruiken, kunt u hier het door de kaart te gebruiken Kanaal " -"instellen.\n" +"gebruiken, kunt u hier het door de kaart te gebruiken Kanaal instellen.\n" "Bij de managed mode is dit niet nodig -- om de accesspoints te vinden zal\n" "de kaart bij deze mode alle kanalen namelijk gaan doorlopen.\n" @@ -3455,8 +3252,7 @@ "In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n" "Bit Rate explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible." msgstr "" -"In enkele uitzonderlijke gevallen wilt u misschien expliciet een " -"transmissie\n" +"In enkele uitzonderlijke gevallen wilt u misschien expliciet een transmissie\n" "Bit snelheid instellen. Zo snel mogelijk is de standaard." #. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5 @@ -3466,8 +3262,7 @@ "define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address." msgstr "" "In een omgeving met meerdere Accesspoints kunt u door het opgeven\n" -"van het MAC adres aangeven met welk toegangspunt u verbinding zou willen " -"hebben." +"van het MAC adres aangeven met welk toegangspunt u verbinding zou willen hebben." #. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:718 @@ -3476,10 +3271,8 @@ "This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n" "be disconnected from AC power.\n" msgstr "" -"Energiebeheer gebruiken activeert het energiebesparing " -"mechanisme.\n" -"Dit is in het algemeen verstandig, vooral als u een notebook gebruiker bent " -"en de\n" +"Energiebeheer gebruiken activeert het energiebesparing mechanisme.\n" +"Dit is in het algemeen verstandig, vooral als u een notebook gebruiker bent en de\n" "verbinding met de netspanning verbroken zou kunnen worden.\n" #. Wireless expert dialog help 2b/5 @@ -3556,16 +3349,14 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1001 msgid "" "In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n" -"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four " -"keys,\n" +"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n" "although only one key is used to encrypt the data. This is the default key.\n" "The other keys can be used to decrypt data. Usually you have only\n" "one key." msgstr "" "In dit venster kunt u uw WEP sleutels definieren waarmee u uw\n" "data versleutelt voordat deze verzonden wordt. U mag maximaal vier sleutels\n" -"hebben, slechts één sleutel wordt voor de data versleuteling gebruikt. Dit " -"is de\n" +"hebben, slechts één sleutel wordt voor de data versleuteling gebruikt. Dit is de\n" "standaard sleutel. De andere sleutels kunnen voor het decoderen van data\n" "gebruikt worden. Normaliter heeft u slechts één sleutel." @@ -3625,12 +3416,10 @@ #. validated in ValidateWpaEap #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1281 msgid "" -"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in " -"connections\n" +"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" msgstr "" -"Het niet gebruiken van een Certificate Authority (CA)-certificaat kan " -"resulteren in\n" +"Het niet gebruiken van een Certificate Authority (CA)-certificaat kan resulteren in\n" "onveilige, kwetsbare draadloze netwerken. Doorgaan zonder CA?" #. error popup text @@ -3715,17 +3504,14 @@ "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</" -"tt>).\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Instellingen voor beheer op afstand</big>\n" "Als deze functie is ingeschakeld kunt\n" "u het systeem vanaf een andere computer over het netwerk beheren.\n" -"Gebruik een VNC-cliënt zoals krdc (verbinden met <tt><hostnaam>:%1</" -"tt>),\n" -"of een Java-geschikte webbrowser (verbinden met <tt>http://<hostnaam>:" -"%2/</tt>).\n" +"Gebruik een VNC-cliënt zoals krdc (verbinden met <tt><hostnaam>:%1</tt>),\n" +"of een Java-geschikte webbrowser (verbinden met <tt>http://<hostnaam>:%2/</tt>).\n" "Dit type beheer op afstand is minder veilig dan het gebruik van SSH.\n" #. Dialog frame title @@ -3837,9 +3623,6 @@ #. #. returns true if items were disabled #: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008 -#| msgid "" -#| "Network is currently handled by an unsupported network service\n" -#| "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." @@ -3994,12 +3777,8 @@ #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:502 -msgid "" -"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use " -"it at your own risk?" -msgstr "" -"Het is niet aanbevolen om .local als domeinnaam te gebruiken vanwege " -"Multicast-DNS. Gebruik het op eigen risico?" +msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" +msgstr "Het is niet aanbevolen om .local als domeinnaam te gebruiken vanwege Multicast-DNS. Gebruik het op eigen risico?" #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:527 @@ -4183,20 +3962,15 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:58 msgid "" "When Dial Prefix Regular Expression is set, users can\n" -"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the " -"expression.\n" +"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n" "A recommended value is <tt>[09]?</tt>, allowing <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>,\n" "and the empty prefix. If the expression is empty, users are not allowed\n" "to change the prefix.\n" msgstr "" -"Wanneer Reguliere expressie voor het bel-toegangsnummer is " -"ingesteld, kunnen\n" -"gebruikers het in KInternet opgegeven bel-toegangsnummer dusdanig wijzigen " -"zodat het met\n" -"de expressie overeenkomt. Een aanbevolen waarde is <tt>[09]?</tt>: <tt>0</" -"tt>, <tt>9</tt>\n" -"en het lege toegangsnummer worden dan toegestaan. Bij een lege expressie " -"wordt het\n" +"Wanneer Reguliere expressie voor het bel-toegangsnummer is ingesteld, kunnen\n" +"gebruikers het in KInternet opgegeven bel-toegangsnummer dusdanig wijzigen zodat het met\n" +"de expressie overeenkomt. Een aanbevolen waarde is <tt>[09]?</tt>: <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>\n" +"en het lege toegangsnummer worden dan toegestaan. Bij een lege expressie wordt het\n" "gebruikers niet toegestaan om het toegangsnummer aan te passen.\n" #. radio button group label,method of setup @@ -4259,8 +4033,7 @@ "via 'ifup' or 'qinternet' (see 'User Controlled' below).\n" msgstr "" "Handmatig: U kunt de interface handmatig bedienen\n" -"met behulp van 'ifup' of 'qinternet' (zie 'Door gebruiker bediend' " -"hieronder)..\n" +"met behulp van 'ifup' of 'qinternet' (zie 'Door gebruiker bediend' hieronder)..\n" #. Combo box option for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:126 @@ -4295,10 +4068,8 @@ msgstr "" "Met Tijdens hotpluggen,\n" "zal de interface ingesteld worden zodra deze beschikbaar komt. Dit is\n" -"bijna hetzelfde als 'Tijdens opstarten', maar het zal niet resulteren in " -"een\n" -"foutmelding tijdens het opstarten in het geval de interface niet aanwezig " -"is.\n" +"bijna hetzelfde als 'Tijdens opstarten', maar het zal niet resulteren in een\n" +"foutmelding tijdens het opstarten in het geval de interface niet aanwezig is.\n" #. Combo box option for Device Activation #. Combo box option for Device Activation @@ -4309,28 +4080,22 @@ #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:152 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this " -"startmode will never\n" -"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still " -"available.\n" +"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n" +"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n" "Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" -"Gebruik maken van Op NFSroot is bijna hetzelfde als <tt>auto</tt>. " -"Maar interfaces met deze startmodus zullen nooit worden\n" -"afgesloten via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <interface></tt> werkt " -"wel.\n" +"Gebruik maken van Op NFSroot is bijna hetzelfde als <tt>auto</tt>. Maar interfaces met deze startmodus zullen nooit worden\n" +"afgesloten via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <interface></tt> werkt wel.\n" "Gebruik dit als u een NFS- of iSCSI-hoofdbestandssysteem hebt.\n" #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:162 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this " -"startmode will never\n" +"Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n" "be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n" "Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" -"Gebruik maken van op NFSroot is bijna hetzelfde als 'auto'. Maar " -"interfaces met deze startmodus zullen nooit worden\n" +"Gebruik maken van op NFSroot is bijna hetzelfde als 'auto'. Maar interfaces met deze startmodus zullen nooit worden\n" "afgesloten via 'rcnetwork stop'. ifdown <interface> werkt wel.\n" "Gebruik dit als u een nfs- of iscsi-hoofdbestandssysteem hebt.\n" @@ -4344,14 +4109,12 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:201 msgid "" "<big>Device Activation</big> \n" -"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time " -"activates it during system boot, \n" +"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time activates it during system boot, \n" "Never does not start the device.\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" "<big>Apparaatactivering</big>\n" -"Bepaal wanneer de netwerkinterface geactiveerd dient te worden. " -"Tijdens opstarten start de interface op met het systeem.\n" +"Bepaal wanneer de netwerkinterface geactiveerd dient te worden. Tijdens opstarten start de interface op met het systeem.\n" "Nooit start het apparaat niet op.\n" "%1\n" @@ -4487,12 +4250,8 @@ msgstr "Bevestig het opnieuw opstarten van het netwerk" #: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:26 -msgid "" -"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply " -"the settings." -msgstr "" -"Vanwege het gebridgte netwerk moet YaST2 het netwerk opnieuw opstarten om de " -"instellingen toe te passen." +msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings." +msgstr "Vanwege het gebridgte netwerk moet YaST2 het netwerk opnieuw opstarten om de instellingen toe te passen." #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name #: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95 @@ -4877,12 +4636,8 @@ #. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported #. @return true on success #: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 -msgid "" -"AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked " -"will be used." -msgstr "" -"AutoYaST instelling networking/managed: NetworkManager is niet beschikbaar, " -"Wicked zal worden gebruikt." +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgstr "AutoYaST instelling networking/managed: NetworkManager is niet beschikbaar, Wicked zal worden gebruikt." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71 #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings @@ -5013,14 +4768,8 @@ msgstr "Geen hwinfo" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 -msgid "" -"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) " -"is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan " -"devices). See dmesg output for details." -msgstr "" -"Kan de netwerkkaart niet instellen omdat het kernelapparaat (eth0, wlan0) " -"niet aanwezig is. Dit wordt meestal veroorzaakt door ontbrekende firmware " -"(voor wlan apparaten). Zie uitvoer van dmesg voor details." +msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." +msgstr "Kan de netwerkkaart niet instellen omdat het kernelapparaat (eth0, wlan0) niet aanwezig is. Dit wordt meestal veroorzaakt door ontbrekende firmware (voor wlan apparaten). Zie uitvoer van dmesg voor details." #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 msgid "" @@ -5158,14 +4907,11 @@ #~ "To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n" #~ "switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Het netwerk wordt nu gecontroleerd door NetworkManager en zijn " -#~ "instellingen \n" +#~ "Het netwerk wordt nu gecontroleerd door NetworkManager en zijn instellingen \n" #~ "kunnen niet door YaST bewerkt worden.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Om de instellingen te bewerken gebruikt u de NetworkManager " -#~ "connectiebewerker\n" -#~ "of schakelt u om naar het instellen van het netwerk met de traditionele " -#~ "methode met ifup.\n" +#~ "Om de instellingen te bewerken gebruikt u de NetworkManager connectiebewerker\n" +#~ "of schakelt u om naar het instellen van het netwerk met de traditionele methode met ifup.\n" #~ msgid "Device name:" #~ msgstr "Apparaatnaam:" @@ -5176,19 +4922,11 @@ #~ msgid "Controlled by &wicked" #~ msgstr "Beheerd door &wicked" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=" -#~ "\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "SSH-service zal worden ingeschakeld, de SSH-poort zal worden geopend (<a " -#~ "href=\"%1\">uitschakelen en sluiten</a>)" +#~ msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" +#~ msgstr "SSH-service zal worden ingeschakeld, de SSH-poort zal worden geopend (<a href=\"%1\">uitschakelen en sluiten</a>)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=" -#~ "\"%1\">enable and open</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "SSH-service zal uitgeschakeld worden, SSH-poort zal geblokkeerd worden " -#~ "(<a href=\"%1\">inschakelen en openen</a>)" +#~ msgid "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">enable and open</a>)" +#~ msgstr "SSH-service zal uitgeschakeld worden, SSH-poort zal geblokkeerd worden (<a href=\"%1\">inschakelen en openen</a>)" #~ msgid "General &Network Settings" #~ msgstr "Algemene &netwerkinstellingen" @@ -5216,8 +4954,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Alias &naam" #~ msgid "Proposed bridged configuration for virtual machine network" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Voorgestelde gebridgte configuratie voor het virtuele machine netwerk" +#~ msgstr "Voorgestelde gebridgte configuratie voor het virtuele machine netwerk" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 @@ -5291,11 +5028,8 @@ #~ msgid "Bond slaves" #~ msgstr "Bond-slaves" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The device is not configured. Press Edit for configuration." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Het apparaat is niet geconfigureerd. Klik op Bewerken om het in " -#~ "te stellen." +#~ msgid "The device is not configured. Press Edit for configuration." +#~ msgstr "Het apparaat is niet geconfigureerd. Klik op Bewerken om het in te stellen." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Initializing DSL Configuration\n" @@ -5353,8 +5087,7 @@ #~ "If you press Add, you can manually configure a DSL device." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Een DSL apparaat toevoegen:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Wanneer u op Toevoegen klikt, kunt u handmatig een DSL apparaat " -#~ "instellen." +#~ "Wanneer u op Toevoegen klikt, kunt u handmatig een DSL apparaat instellen." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG> \n" @@ -5362,8 +5095,7 @@ #~ "Then press the appropriate button: Edit or Delete." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Bewerken of verwijderen:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Selecteer een DSL apparaat waarvan u de configuratie wilt wijzigen of " -#~ "verwijderen.\n" +#~ "Selecteer een DSL apparaat waarvan u de configuratie wilt wijzigen of verwijderen.\n" #~ "Klik dan op de gewenste knop: Bewerken of Verwijderen." #~ msgid "Type" @@ -5390,20 +5122,15 @@ #~ "First, choose your PPP mode. This is either\n" #~ "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE), PPP over ATM (PPPoATM),\n" #~ "CAPI for ADSL or Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP).\n" -#~ "Use PPP over Ethernet if your DSL modem is connected via ethernet " -#~ "to your computer.\n" -#~ "Use Point to Point Tunneling Protocol if you want to connect to a " -#~ "VPN server.\n" +#~ "Use PPP over Ethernet if your DSL modem is connected via ethernet to your computer.\n" +#~ "Use Point to Point Tunneling Protocol if you want to connect to a VPN server.\n" #~ "If you are not sure which mode to use, ask your provider. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Kies eerst uw PPP modus. Dit is of\n" #~ "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE) of PPP over ATM (PPPoATM).\n" -#~ "CAPI voor ADSL of Point to Point Tunneling Protocol " -#~ "(PPTP).\n" -#~ "Gebruik PPP over Ethernet als uw DSL-modem via ethernet met uw " -#~ "computer is verbonden.\n" -#~ "Vraag uw provider om hulp als u niet zeker weet welke modus u moet gaan " -#~ "gebruiken." +#~ "CAPI voor ADSL of Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP).\n" +#~ "Gebruik PPP over Ethernet als uw DSL-modem via ethernet met uw computer is verbonden.\n" +#~ "Vraag uw provider om hulp als u niet zeker weet welke modus u moet gaan gebruiken." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are using PPP over Ethernet, first configure your\n" @@ -5413,29 +5140,22 @@ #~ "uw ethernetkaart." #~ msgid "" -#~ "The PPP Mode-Dependent Settings are settings required to set " -#~ "up\n" -#~ "your DSL connection. VPI/VCI makes sense only for PPP over ATM</" -#~ "i>\n" +#~ "The PPP Mode-Dependent Settings are settings required to set up\n" +#~ "your DSL connection. VPI/VCI makes sense only for PPP over ATM\n" #~ "connections, Ethernet Card is needed for PPP over Ethernet\n" #~ "connections.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "De PPP modus-afhankelijke instellingen zijn instellingen die u " -#~ "nodig heeft om uw\n" -#~ "DSL verbinding in te stellen. VPI/VCI is alleen geschikt voor " -#~ "PPP over ATM\n" -#~ "verbindingen, Ethernetkaart is nodig voor PPP over Ethernet</" -#~ "i>\n" +#~ "De PPP modus-afhankelijke instellingen zijn instellingen die u nodig heeft om uw\n" +#~ "DSL verbinding in te stellen. VPI/VCI is alleen geschikt voor PPP over ATM\n" +#~ "verbindingen, Ethernetkaart is nodig voor PPP over Ethernet\n" #~ "verbindingen.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "For PPPoATM, enter your VPI/VCI pair, for example, 0.38\n" #~ "for British Telecom. If unsure, ask your provider." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Voor PPPoATM dient u uw VPI/VCI paar op te geven, bijvoorbeeld " -#~ "0.38\n" -#~ "voor British Telecom. Vraag uw provider er naar indien u het niet weet.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "Voor PPPoATM dient u uw VPI/VCI paar op te geven, bijvoorbeeld 0.38\n" +#~ "voor British Telecom. Vraag uw provider er naar indien u het niet weet." #~ msgid "" #~ "For PPPoE, enter the device of the ethernet card to which your DSL\n" @@ -5443,8 +5163,7 @@ #~ "so by pressing Configure Network Cards." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Voor PPPoE moet u het apparaat van de ethernetkaart, waarmee uw DSL\n" -#~ "modem is verbonden, opgeven. Wanneer u uw ethernetkaart nog niet heeft " -#~ "ingesteld, kunt u dit\n" +#~ "modem is verbonden, opgeven. Wanneer u uw ethernetkaart nog niet heeft ingesteld, kunt u dit\n" #~ "doen door op Netwerkkaarten instellen te klikken." #~ msgid "For PPTP, enter the server name or IP address." @@ -5559,8 +5278,7 @@ #~ "Additionally you can edit their configurations. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Overzicht ISDN-kaarten</BIG> \n" -#~ "Hier kunt u een overzicht krijgen van de geïnstalleerde ISDN-kaarten en " -#~ "verbindingsinstellingen.\n" +#~ "Hier kunt u een overzicht krijgen van de geïnstalleerde ISDN-kaarten en verbindingsinstellingen.\n" #~ "Tevens kunt u hun configuratie hier wijzigen. \n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5568,8 +5286,7 @@ #~ "Press Add to configure an ISDN card manually.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Een ISDN-kaart toevoegen:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Wanneer u op Toevoegen klikt kunt u handmatig een ISDN-kaart " -#~ "instellen.\n" +#~ "Wanneer u op Toevoegen klikt kunt u handmatig een ISDN-kaart instellen.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Test an ISDN Card Setup:</BIG> \n" @@ -5582,12 +5299,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Adding an ISDN Connection:</BIG> \n" -#~ "If you press Add, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "If you press Add, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Een ISDN-verbinding toevoegen:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Wanneer u op Toevoegen klikt kunt u een ISDN-inbelverbinding " -#~ "instellen.\n" +#~ "Wanneer u op Toevoegen klikt kunt u een ISDN-inbelverbinding instellen.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG> \n" @@ -5596,8 +5311,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Bewerken of verwijderen:</BIG> \n" #~ "Selecteer een te wijzigen of te verwijderen ISDN-kaart of verbinding.\n" -#~ "Klik daarna op de gewenste knop: Bewerken of Verwijderen.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "Klik daarna op de gewenste knop: Bewerken of Verwijderen.\n" #~ msgid "Hardware" #~ msgstr "Hardware" @@ -5616,8 +5330,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Gedetailleerde ISDN-instellingen" #~ msgid "" -#~ "The Remote Phone Number List controls which remote machines " -#~ "are\n" +#~ "The Remote Phone Number List controls which remote machines are\n" #~ "allowed to connect to this interface.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "De Remote telefoonnummer lijst bepaalt welke remote machines\n" @@ -5631,53 +5344,41 @@ #~ "keuzevak om toestemming te geven aan alle caller id's.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the callback mode is off, calls are handled normally " -#~ "without special \n" +#~ "If the callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special \n" #~ "processing.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Als de callback modus uit staat worden de aanroepen \n" #~ "normaal en zonder speciale acties afgehandeld.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, " -#~ "a callback \n" +#~ "If the callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n" #~ "is triggered.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Als de callback modus als server staat ingesteld zal na " -#~ "een \n" +#~ "Als de callback modus als server staat ingesteld zal na een \n" #~ "inkomende aanroep de callback modus worden uitgevoerd.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the callback mode is client, the local system does the " -#~ "initial call then \n" +#~ "If the callback mode is client, the local system does the initial call then \n" #~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Als de callback modus als cliënt staat ingesteld zal het lokale " -#~ "systeem als \n" -#~ "eerste gaan bellen en dan wachten op de callback van de remote machine.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Als de callback modus als cliënt staat ingesteld zal het lokale systeem als \n" +#~ "eerste gaan bellen en dan wachten op de callback van de remote machine.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Callback Delay is the number of seconds between the initial " -#~ "call and the\n" -#~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the " -#~ "server than on\n" +#~ "Callback Delay is the number of seconds between the initial call and the\n" +#~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the server than on\n" #~ "the client.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "De callback wachttijd is het aantal seconden tussen de eerste " -#~ "aanroep en de\n" -#~ "callback (server) of de hangup (cliënt). Het zou groter moeten zijn op de " -#~ "server dan op\n" +#~ "De callback wachttijd is het aantal seconden tussen de eerste aanroep en de\n" +#~ "callback (server) of de hangup (cliënt). Het zou groter moeten zijn op de server dan op\n" #~ "de cliënt.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "In Additional ipppd Options, add extra options for ipppd,\n" #~ "for example, +pap +chap for the dial-in server authentication.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bij Extra ipppd opties kunt u extra opties voor ipppd " -#~ "instellen,\n" -#~ "zoals bijvoorbeeld +pap +chap ten behoeve van de inbel-server verificatie." -#~ "\n" +#~ "Bij Extra ipppd opties kunt u extra opties voor ipppd instellen,\n" +#~ "zoals bijvoorbeeld +pap +chap ten behoeve van de inbel-server verificatie.\n" #~ msgid "&Additional ipppd Options" #~ msgstr "&Extra ipppd opties" @@ -5716,13 +5417,11 @@ #~ msgstr "Selectie van ISDN-service" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your " -#~ "DSL\n" +#~ "If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your DSL\n" #~ "connection via Add DSL CAPI Interface. You can also do this later\n" #~ "in the DSL configuration dialog.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wanneer u een gecombineerde ISDN/DSL CAPI controller heeft, dan kunt u " -#~ "uw DSL\n" +#~ "Wanneer u een gecombineerde ISDN/DSL CAPI controller heeft, dan kunt u uw DSL\n" #~ "verbinding instellen met behulp van DSL CAPI interface toevoegen.\n" #~ "U kunt dit echter ook later in het DSL configuratie dialoog doen.\n" @@ -5732,19 +5431,16 @@ #~ "the default for all common Internet providers.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Voor ISDN-netwerkgebruik zijn er twee type interfaces:\n" -#~ "RawIP en SyncPPP. In de meeste gevallen zult u SyncPPP " -#~ "gebruiken:\n" +#~ "RawIP en SyncPPP. In de meeste gevallen zult u SyncPPP gebruiken:\n" #~ "de standaard bij de meeste internet providers.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "To switch between various Internet providers, an\n" -#~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple " -#~ "providers to the\n" +#~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple providers to the\n" #~ "same interface.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Om te kunnen schakelen tussen verschillende internet providers is een\n" -#~ "interface voor elke provider verder niet nodig. Het toevoegen van " -#~ "meerdere providers\n" +#~ "interface voor elke provider verder niet nodig. Het toevoegen van meerdere providers\n" #~ "aan dezelfde interface is voldoende.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5789,24 +5485,17 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "My phone number -- As your own telephone number (MSN), put in your \n" -#~ "telephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected " -#~ "directly\n" -#~ "to the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in " -#~ "the\n" -#~ "MSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or " -#~ "digits\n" -#~ "of your phone extension) . If this fails, try using 0, which normally " -#~ "means\n" +#~ "telephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected directly\n" +#~ "to the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in the\n" +#~ "MSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or digits\n" +#~ "of your phone extension) . If this fails, try using 0, which normally means\n" #~ "the default MSN is actually used." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Mijn telefoonnummer -- Geef als uw eigen telefoonnummer (MSN) uw " -#~ "telefoonnummer \n" +#~ "Mijn telefoonnummer -- Geef als uw eigen telefoonnummer (MSN) uw telefoonnummer \n" #~ "op (zonder kengetal) wanneer uw ISDN-kaart rechtstreeks is verbonden met\n" #~ "de ISDN-aansluiting. Wanneer deze is verbonden met een PBX, geef dan het\n" -#~ "in het PBX opgeslagen MSN nummer op (bijv: uw telefoon extensie of de " -#~ "laatste cijfer(s)\n" -#~ "van uw telefoon extensie) . Probeer de 0 te gebruiken wanneer dit " -#~ "mislukt.\n" +#~ "in het PBX opgeslagen MSN nummer op (bijv: uw telefoon extensie of de laatste cijfer(s)\n" +#~ "van uw telefoon extensie) . Probeer de 0 te gebruiken wanneer dit mislukt.\n" #~ "Normaal betekent dat dan dat de standaard MSN wordt gebruikt." #~ msgid "" @@ -5819,10 +5508,8 @@ #~ "</tt>\n" #~ "Note: ippp0 is an example" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wanneer u handmatig selecteert, dan moet u (terwijl u als 'root' " -#~ "aangemeld bent) met\n" -#~ "behulp van de volgende commando's de service handmatig starten en " -#~ "stoppen:\n" +#~ "Wanneer u handmatig selecteert, dan moet u (terwijl u als 'root' aangemeld bent) met\n" +#~ "behulp van de volgende commando's de service handmatig starten en stoppen:\n" #~ "<tt>\n" #~ " start: ifup ippp0\n" #~ " stop : ifdown ippp0\n" @@ -5832,33 +5519,27 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Selecting channel bundling sets up a 128-kBit connection\n" -#~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second " -#~ "channel,\n" +#~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second channel,\n" #~ "use the following commands:\n" #~ "<tt>\n" #~ " isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n" #~ " isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n" #~ " \n" #~ "</tt>\n" -#~ "You can also install the package xibod to have this happen " -#~ "automatically. If\n" -#~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic " -#~ "goes down, it \n" +#~ "You can also install the package xibod to have this happen automatically. If\n" +#~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic goes down, it \n" #~ "removes a channel.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Door kanalen bundelen te selecteren zal er een 128-kBit " -#~ "verbinding\n" +#~ "Door kanalen bundelen te selecteren zal er een 128-kBit verbinding\n" #~ "worden gemaakt dat ook als Multilink PPP bekend staat.\n" -#~ "Gebruik, om het tweede kanaal al dan niet te activeren, de volgende " -#~ "commando's:\n" +#~ "Gebruik, om het tweede kanaal al dan niet te activeren, de volgende commando's:\n" #~ "<tt>\n" #~ " isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n" #~ " isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n" #~ " \n" #~ "</tt>\n" -#~ "U kunt ook het pakket xibod installeren om dit alles automatisch " -#~ "te laten gebeuren.\n" +#~ "U kunt ook het pakket xibod installeren om dit alles automatisch te laten gebeuren.\n" #~ "Wanneer er meer bandbreedte nodig is zal het een kanaal toevoegen.\n" #~ "Als de verkeersdrukte minder wordt zal het een kanaal verwijderen.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -5867,16 +5548,13 @@ #~ "Selecting\n" #~ "External Firewall Interface activates the firewall\n" #~ "and sets this interface as external.\n" -#~ "Restart Firewall restarts the firewall if a connection is " -#~ "established.\n" +#~ "Restart Firewall restarts the firewall if a connection is established.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Door\n" #~ "Externe firewall interface te selecteren zal de firewall\n" -#~ "geactiveerd worden en wordt deze interface als extern apparaat " -#~ "ingesteld.\n" -#~ "Herstart firewall zal de firewall herstarten zodra een verbinding " -#~ "tot stand is gebracht.\n" +#~ "geactiveerd worden en wordt deze interface als extern apparaat ingesteld.\n" +#~ "Herstart firewall zal de firewall herstarten zodra een verbinding tot stand is gebracht.\n" #~ " " #~ msgid "D&efault Provider" @@ -5973,8 +5651,7 @@ #~ "particular vendors by selecting a vendor." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Selecteer de in te stellen ISDN-kaart. U kunt de kaarten \n" -#~ "op een specifieke leverancier filteren door een leverancier te selecteren." -#~ "" +#~ "op een specifieke leverancier filteren door een leverancier te selecteren." #~ msgid "All" #~ msgstr "Alles" @@ -6012,13 +5689,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "If you have an old legacy ISA card, you can enter values for\n" #~ "IO port or memory addresses and the used interrupt.\n" -#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your " -#~ "salesman.\n" +#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your salesman.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Wanneer u een oude ISA-kaart heeft kunt u de waarden voor\n" #~ "de IO poort of het geheugenadres en de gebruikte interrupt opgeven.\n" -#~ "Kijk in uw technische handleiding voor de correcte waarden of neem " -#~ "contact op met uw leverancier.\n" +#~ "Kijk in uw technische handleiding voor de correcte waarden of neem contact op met uw leverancier.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Start Mode: With OnBoot, the driver is loaded during\n" @@ -6026,12 +5701,9 @@ #~ "rcisdn start command. Only the user root can do this.\n" #~ "HotPlug is a special case for PCMCIA and USB devices.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Startmodus: Met OnBoot wordt het stuurprogramma tijdens " -#~ "de\n" -#~ "systeem boot geladen. Met Handmatig moet het stuurprogramma met " -#~ "het\n" -#~ "rcisdn start commando gestart worden. Alleen de gebruiker root kan " -#~ "dit doen.\n" +#~ "Startmodus: Met OnBoot wordt het stuurprogramma tijdens de\n" +#~ "systeem boot geladen. Met Handmatig moet het stuurprogramma met het\n" +#~ "rcisdn start commando gestart worden. Alleen de gebruiker root kan dit doen.\n" #~ "HotPlug is een speciaal geval voor PCMCIA- en USB-apparaten.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6041,11 +5713,8 @@ #~ "Er zijn meerdere stuurprogramma's voor uw ISDN-kaart beschikbaar.\n" #~ "Selecteer er één uit de lijst.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "ISDN Protocol: In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "ISDN-protocol: In de meeste gevallen is dit het Euro-ISDN-" -#~ "protocol." +#~ msgid "ISDN Protocol: In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN." +#~ msgstr "ISDN-protocol: In de meeste gevallen is dit het Euro-ISDN-protocol." #~ msgid "" #~ "Area Code: Enter your local area code for the ISDN\n" @@ -6056,20 +5725,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Dial Prefix: If you need a prefix to get an public line, \n" -#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common " -#~ "one is \"0\".\n" +#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common one is \"0\".\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bel toegangsnummer: Wanneer u een toegangsnummer nodig heeft " -#~ "om een buitenlijn te krijgen,\n" -#~ "dan kunt u dat hier invullen. Dit wordt alleen bij een interne S0 bus " -#~ "gebruikt en het is meestal een \"0\".\n" +#~ "Bel toegangsnummer: Wanneer u een toegangsnummer nodig heeft om een buitenlijn te krijgen,\n" +#~ "dan kunt u dat hier invullen. Dit wordt alleen bij een interne S0 bus gebruikt en het is meestal een \"0\".\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck Start ISDN " -#~ "Log." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Zet Start ISDN Loggen uit als u niet al uw ISDN verkeer wilt " -#~ "gaan loggen." +#~ msgid "If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck Start ISDN Log." +#~ msgstr "Zet Start ISDN Loggen uit als u niet al uw ISDN verkeer wilt gaan loggen." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:175 #~ msgid "ISDN Protocol" @@ -6254,8 +5916,7 @@ #~ "If you press Add, you can manually configure a modem.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Modem toevoegen:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Wanneer u op Toevoegen klikt, kunt u handmatig een modem instellen." -#~ "\n" +#~ "Wanneer u op Toevoegen klikt, kunt u handmatig een modem instellen.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG> \n" @@ -6263,8 +5924,7 @@ #~ "Then press the appropriate button: Edit or Delete." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Bewerken of verwijderen:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Selecteer een modem waarvan u de configuratie wilt wijzigen of " -#~ "verwijderen.\n" +#~ "Selecteer een modem waarvan u de configuratie wilt wijzigen of verwijderen.\n" #~ "Klik dan op de gewenste knop: Bewerken of Verwijderen." #~ msgid "Modem Devices" @@ -6277,18 +5937,13 @@ #~ msgstr "Geef alle modem configuratie waarden op." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Modem Device specifies to which port your modem is connected. " -#~ "ttyS0,\n" -#~ "ttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, " -#~ "etc.,\n" +#~ "Modem Device specifies to which port your modem is connected. ttyS0,\n" +#~ "ttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, etc.,\n" #~ "in DOS/Windows. ttyACM0 and ttyACM1 refer to USB ports." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Modem apparaat specificeert de poort waarop uw modem is " -#~ "aangesloten.\n" -#~ "ttyS0, ttyS1, etc, hebben betrekking op seriële poorten en corresponderen " -#~ "gewoonlijk met\n" -#~ "COM1, COM2, etc. van DOS/Windows, ttyACM0 en ttyACM1 verwijzen naar USB " -#~ "poorten." +#~ "Modem apparaat specificeert de poort waarop uw modem is aangesloten.\n" +#~ "ttyS0, ttyS1, etc, hebben betrekking op seriële poorten en corresponderen gewoonlijk met\n" +#~ "COM1, COM2, etc. van DOS/Windows, ttyACM0 en ttyACM1 verwijzen naar USB poorten." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:280 #~ msgid "" @@ -6296,25 +5951,18 @@ #~ "Often, this is 9 or 0.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Wanneer u op een PBX bent aangesloten moet u waarschijnlijk een\n" -#~ "Bel toegangsnummer opgegeven. Vaak is dit een 9 of een " -#~ "0.\n" +#~ "Bel toegangsnummer opgegeven. Vaak is dit een 9 of een 0.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Choose Dial Mode according to your phone link. Most telephone\n" -#~ "companies use Tone Dial as the Dial Mode. Check the " -#~ "additional\n" -#~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (Speaker On) or for " -#~ "your\n" -#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (Detect Dial Tone).</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "companies use Tone Dial as the Dial Mode. Check the additional\n" +#~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (Speaker On) or for your\n" +#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (Detect Dial Tone).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Kies de juiste Bel-mode voor uw telefoonaansluiting. De meeste\n" -#~ "telefoonbedrijven gebruiken toon bellen als Bel-mode. " -#~ "Selecteer\n" -#~ "de extra keuze vakken als u het geluid van uw modem luidspreker " -#~ "(Luidspreker aan</l>)\n" -#~ "wilt aanzetten of als u wilt dat uw modem wacht op de kiestoon " -#~ "(Kiestoon detectie</l>).\n" +#~ "telefoonbedrijven gebruiken toon bellen als Bel-mode. Selecteer\n" +#~ "de extra keuze vakken als u het geluid van uw modem luidspreker (Luidspreker aan</l>)\n" +#~ "wilt aanzetten of als u wilt dat uw modem wacht op de kiestoon (Kiestoon detectie</l>).\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Press Details to configure the baud rate and the modem \n" @@ -6427,12 +6075,9 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Dial on Demand means that the Internet\n" -#~ "connection will be established automatically when data from the Internet " -#~ "is\n" -#~ "requested. To use this feature, specify at least one name server. " -#~ "Use\n" -#~ "this feature only if your Internet connection is inexpensive, because " -#~ "there are\n" +#~ "connection will be established automatically when data from the Internet is\n" +#~ "requested. To use this feature, specify at least one name server. Use\n" +#~ "this feature only if your Internet connection is inexpensive, because there are\n" #~ "programs that periodically request data from the Internet." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Inbellen op verzoek betekent dat de internetverbinding\n" @@ -6446,8 +6091,7 @@ #~ "When Modify DNS is enabled, the name server will be\n" #~ "changed automatically when connected to the Internet." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wanneer DNS wijzigen is geactiveerd, dan wordt de " -#~ "naamserver\n" +#~ "Wanneer DNS wijzigen is geactiveerd, dan wordt de naamserver\n" #~ "bij een gemaakte internetverbinding automatisch gewijzigd." #~ msgid "" @@ -6455,36 +6099,28 @@ #~ "after connecting, disable Automatically Retrieve DNS and\n" #~ "manually enter the DNS." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wanneer de provider zijn domein naamserver (DNS) na de verbinding " -#~ "niet\n" -#~ "doorgeeft, dient Automatisch DNS opzoeken uitgeschakeld te worden " -#~ "en\n" +#~ "Wanneer de provider zijn domein naamserver (DNS) na de verbinding niet\n" +#~ "doorgeeft, dient Automatisch DNS opzoeken uitgeschakeld te worden en\n" #~ "moet de DNS handmatig worden opgegeven." #~ msgid "" #~ "Name Servers are required to convert hostnames\n" -#~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You " -#~ "only\n" +#~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You only\n" #~ "need to specify the name servers if you enable dial on demand or\n" #~ "disable DNS Modification when connected.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "De Naamservers zijn nodig om hostnamen (bijv: www.suse.com)\n" #~ "om te zetten in IP-adressen (bijv: 213.95.15.200). U hoeft alleen\n" -#~ "naamservers te specificeren als u Inbellen op verzoek heeft " -#~ "ingeschakeld of\n" +#~ "naamservers te specificeren als u Inbellen op verzoek heeft ingeschakeld of\n" #~ "als u DNS wijzigen tijdens de verbinding heeft uitgeschakeld.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Ignore Prompts disables the detection of any prompts from the " -#~ "dial-up\n" -#~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try " -#~ "this\n" +#~ "Ignore Prompts disables the detection of any prompts from the dial-up\n" +#~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try this\n" #~ "option.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Prompts negeren schakelt de detectie van prompts van de " -#~ "inbelserver uit.\n" -#~ "Als het opbouwen van de verbinding langzaam gaat of helemaal niet wil, " -#~ "probeer\n" +#~ "Prompts negeren schakelt de detectie van prompts van de inbelserver uit.\n" +#~ "Als het opbouwen van de verbinding langzaam gaat of helemaal niet wil, probeer\n" #~ "dan deze optie.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6494,15 +6130,13 @@ #~ "to the Internet safe from external attacks." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Door Externe firewall interface te selecteren zal de firewall\n" -#~ "geactiveerd worden en wordt deze interface als extern apparaat " -#~ "ingesteld.\n" +#~ "geactiveerd worden en wordt deze interface als extern apparaat ingesteld.\n" #~ "Door deze optie te kiezen zullen de dial-up verbindingen met\n" #~ "het internet beschermd zijn tegen aanvallen van buitenaf." #~ msgid "" #~ "The Idle Time-Out specifies the time after which an idle\n" -#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "De Idle time-out is de wachttijd waarna een idle verbinding\n" #~ "wordt verbroken (0 betekent geen time-out bij de verbinding).\n" @@ -6574,10 +6208,8 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Dynamic IP Address\n" -#~ "if your provider assigns one temporary address per connection. In this " -#~ "case,\n" -#~ "the outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is " -#~ "established.\n" +#~ "if your provider assigns one temporary address per connection. In this case,\n" +#~ "the outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is established.\n" #~ "This is the default with most providers." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Selecteer dynamisch IP-adres wanneer\n" @@ -6587,30 +6219,24 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Use Peer DNS to change\n" -#~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your " -#~ "static\n" -#~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, " -#~ "almost all\n" +#~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your static\n" +#~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, almost all\n" #~ "providers support Use Peer DNS.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Schakel Peer-DNS gebruiken om uw\n" -#~ "domeinnaamservers te wijzigen nadat een verbinding is opgebouwd. Dit " -#~ "vervangt uw\n" -#~ "statische DNS-configuratie door de IP-adressen van de verkregen DNS-" -#~ "servers. Vandaag de dag\n" +#~ "domeinnaamservers te wijzigen nadat een verbinding is opgebouwd. Dit vervangt uw\n" +#~ "statische DNS-configuratie door de IP-adressen van de verkregen DNS-servers. Vandaag de dag\n" #~ "ondersteunen bijna alle providers het gebruik van peer-DNS.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without " -#~ "special \n" +#~ "If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special \n" #~ "processing." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Indien de callback mode uit staat worden de aanroepen \n" #~ "normaal en zonder speciale acties afgehandeld." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a " -#~ "callback \n" +#~ "If callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n" #~ "is triggered." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Als de callback mode ingesteld staat als server, zal na een \n" @@ -6620,14 +6246,12 @@ #~ "If callback mode is client, the local system does the initial call then \n" #~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Als de callback mode ingesteld staat als cliënt, zal het lokale systeem " -#~ "als \n" +#~ "Als de callback mode ingesteld staat als cliënt, zal het lokale systeem als \n" #~ "eerste gaan bellen en dan wachten op de callback van de remote machine.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Default Route to set the default\n" -#~ "route for this provider. This is most likely correct unless you want to " -#~ "reach\n" +#~ "route for this provider. This is most likely correct unless you want to reach\n" #~ "single machines or subnetworks through this provider." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Klik op Standaard route voor het instellen van de standaard\n" @@ -6711,8 +6335,7 @@ #~ "Press Add to configure a new provider manually.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Provider toevoegen:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Klik op Toevoegen om handmatig een nieuwe provider in te stellen.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "Klik op Toevoegen om handmatig een nieuwe provider in te stellen.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" @@ -6721,8 +6344,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Bewerken of verwijderen:</BIG> \n" #~ "Selecteer de te wijzigen of te verwijderen provider.\n" -#~ "Klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: Bewerken of Verwijderen</" -#~ "B>.\n" +#~ "Klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: Bewerken of Verwijderen.\n" #~ msgid "Select the appropriate provider." #~ msgstr "Selecteer de gewenste provider a.u.b.." @@ -6735,9 +6357,7 @@ #~ "kies dan één van de providers uit de lijst." #~ msgid "Use New to add a provider not in the list." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Gebruik Nieuw voor het toevoegen van een provider die niet in " -#~ "de lijst staat." +#~ msgstr "Gebruik Nieuw voor het toevoegen van een provider die niet in de lijst staat." #~ msgid "Choose one of the available provider types." #~ msgstr "Kies één van de beschikbare provider types." @@ -6778,16 +6398,14 @@ #~ "Configure access to your Internet provider. If you have\n" #~ "selected your provider from the list, these values are provided.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configureer de toegang tot uw internetprovider. Als u uw provider uit " -#~ "de lijst\n" +#~ "Configureer de toegang tot uw internetprovider. Als u uw provider uit de lijst\n" #~ "heeft geselecteerd, dan worden deze waarden aangeleverd.\n" #~ msgid "Enter a Provider Name for the provider." #~ msgstr "Geef een providernaam voor de provider op." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Enter a Provider Name for the provider and a Phone Number</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "Enter a Provider Name for the provider and a Phone Number\n" #~ "to access your provider." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Geef, om toegang tot uw provider te krijgen, een providernaam\n" @@ -6795,8 +6413,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Select the type of packet encapsulation.\n" -#~ "RawIP means that MAC headers are stripped. SyncPPP stands " -#~ "for\n" +#~ "RawIP means that MAC headers are stripped. SyncPPP stands for\n" #~ "Synchronous PPP." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Kies het type packet encapsulation a.u.b.. RawIP betekent\n" @@ -6811,23 +6428,19 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Geef de Lijn ID\n" #~ "(bijv: 0056780362), het T-online nummer (bijv:870008594732),\n" -#~ "de gebruikerscode (typerend 0001) en het wachtwoord op dat " -#~ "moet\n" -#~ "worden gebruikt voor de aanmelding (vraag het na bij uw provider indien u " -#~ "het niet zeker weet)." +#~ "de gebruikerscode (typerend 0001) en het wachtwoord op dat moet\n" +#~ "worden gebruikt voor de aanmelding (vraag het na bij uw provider indien u het niet zeker weet)." #~ msgid "" #~ "Enter the User Name and the\n" #~ "Password to use as the login (ask your provider if unsure)." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Geef de gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord op dat moet\n" -#~ "worden gebruikt voor de aanmelding (vraag het na bij uw provider indien u " -#~ "het niet zeker weet)." +#~ "worden gebruikt voor de aanmelding (vraag het na bij uw provider indien u het niet zeker weet)." #~ msgid "" #~ "The User Name will be extended\n" -#~ "with the t-online-com/ at the start and with @t-online-com.de</" -#~ "i>\n" +#~ "with the t-online-com/ at the start and with @t-online-com.de\n" #~ "at the end." #~ msgstr "" #~ "De gebruikersnaam zal worden uitgebreid\n" @@ -6835,21 +6448,17 @@ #~ "aan het eind." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Check Always Ask for Password to be asked for the password " -#~ "every time.\n" +#~ "Check Always Ask for Password to be asked for the password every time.\n" #~ "Your\n" #~ "Internet service provider might not allow passwords to be saved on\n" #~ "disk. If you enter the password here, it is saved in clear text on disk\n" #~ "(readable by root only).\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selecteer Altijd naar het wachtwoord vragen om telkens om het " -#~ "wachtwoord te vragen.\n" +#~ "Selecteer Altijd naar het wachtwoord vragen om telkens om het wachtwoord te vragen.\n" #~ "Uw\n" -#~ "internetprovider staat mogelijk niet toe dat u wachtwoorden op de harde " -#~ "schijf opslaat.\n" -#~ "Als u uw wachtwoord hier invoert, dan wordt het als platte tekst op de " -#~ "harde schijf opgeslagen\n" +#~ "internetprovider staat mogelijk niet toe dat u wachtwoorden op de harde schijf opslaat.\n" +#~ "Als u uw wachtwoord hier invoert, dan wordt het als platte tekst op de harde schijf opgeslagen\n" #~ "(alleen voor root leesbaar).\n" #~ "\n" @@ -6942,17 +6551,14 @@ #~ "Use KInternet (without NetworkManager) or store passwords on the system.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "NetworkManager kan niet naar een wachtwoord vragen.\n" -#~ "Gebruik KInternet (zonder NetworkManager) of bewaar wachtwoorden op het " -#~ "systeem.\n" +#~ "Gebruik KInternet (zonder NetworkManager) of bewaar wachtwoorden op het systeem.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "You have entered some characters that are not numbers in the phone " -#~ "field.\n" +#~ "You have entered some characters that are not numbers in the phone field.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Continue?" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "U heeft karakters in het telefoonveld opgegeven wat echter geen getallen " -#~ "zijn.\n" +#~ "U heeft karakters in het telefoonveld opgegeven wat echter geen getallen zijn.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Doorgaan?" @@ -6962,54 +6568,40 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space\n" #~ "(after the /) with your Kamp login. Then enter your password\n" -#~ "and click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "and click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Vervang in het Gebruikersnaam veld de blanco ruimte\n" #~ "(na /) met uw Kamp aanmelding. Geef vervolgens uw wachtwoord op\n" -#~ "en klik op Verder. Neem bij problemen contact op met uw provider.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "en klik op Verder. Neem bij problemen contact op met uw provider.\n" #~ msgid "Access AOL-DSL." #~ msgstr "AOL-DSL toegang." #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (before\n" -#~ "the @) with your AOL login. Then enter your password and click " -#~ "Next.\n" -#~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you " -#~ "need\n" -#~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can " -#~ "enter\n" -#~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and " -#~ "request\n" +#~ "the @) with your AOL login. Then enter your password and click Next.\n" +#~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you need\n" +#~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can enter\n" +#~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and request\n" #~ "the AOL staff to enter the PIN number for you.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Vervang in het Gebruikersnaam veld de blanco ruimte\n" -#~ "(voor de @) door uw AOL aanmelding. Geef vervolgens uw wachtwoord " -#~ "op en klik op Verder.\n" -#~ "Wanneer u een nieuwe AOL klant bent en u voor de eerste keer wilt " -#~ "inbellen, dan dient u uw\n" -#~ "AOL PIN nummer éénmalig op te geven. Als u een Windows systeem heeft, dan " -#~ "kunt u de PIN\n" -#~ "in de AOL inbel-software opgeven. Wanneer dat niet het geval is, bel dan " -#~ "de AOL hotline en\n" -#~ "vraag de AOL medewerkers of zij het PIN nummer voor u willen opgeven.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "(voor de @) door uw AOL aanmelding. Geef vervolgens uw wachtwoord op en klik op Verder.\n" +#~ "Wanneer u een nieuwe AOL klant bent en u voor de eerste keer wilt inbellen, dan dient u uw\n" +#~ "AOL PIN nummer éénmalig op te geven. Als u een Windows systeem heeft, dan kunt u de PIN\n" +#~ "in de AOL inbel-software opgeven. Wanneer dat niet het geval is, bel dan de AOL hotline en\n" +#~ "vraag de AOL medewerkers of zij het PIN nummer voor u willen opgeven.\n" #~ msgid "Access to Kamp 1&1 DSL." #~ msgstr "Kamp 1&1 DSL toegang." #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (after\n" -#~ "the /) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click " -#~ "Next.\n" +#~ "the /) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click Next.\n" #~ "Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vervang in het Gebruikersnaam veld de blanco ruimte (na /</" -#~ "b>)\n" -#~ "met uw 1&1 aanmelding. Geef vervolgens uw wachtwoord op en klik op " -#~ "Verder.\n" +#~ "Vervang in het Gebruikersnaam veld de blanco ruimte (na /)\n" +#~ "met uw 1&1 aanmelding. Geef vervolgens uw wachtwoord op en klik op Verder.\n" #~ "Neem bij problemen contact op met uw provider.\n" #~ msgid "Access to Kamp Eggenet DSL." @@ -7027,14 +6619,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (after\n" -#~ "the /) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password " -#~ "and\n" +#~ "the /) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password and\n" #~ "click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vervang in het Gebruikersnaam veld de blanco ruimte (na /</" -#~ "b>)\n" -#~ "met uw T-Online Business aanmelding. Geef vervolgens uw wachtwoord op en " -#~ "klik op\n" +#~ "Vervang in het Gebruikersnaam veld de blanco ruimte (na /)\n" +#~ "met uw T-Online Business aanmelding. Geef vervolgens uw wachtwoord op en klik op\n" #~ "Verder. Neem bij problemen contact op met uw provider.\n" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 @@ -7044,24 +6633,19 @@ #~ msgstr "Providerconfiguratie" #~ msgid "E&nable Device Control for Non-root User Via QInternet" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Apparaataa&nsturing voor niet-root-gebruiker via QInternet activeren" +#~ msgstr "Apparaataa&nsturing voor niet-root-gebruiker via QInternet activeren" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Device Control</big>\n" #~ "Usually, only the system administrator is allowed to activate and\n" -#~ "deactivate a network interface. With Enable Device Control for Non-" -#~ "root User\n" -#~ "Via QInternet, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This " -#~ "will require\n" +#~ "deactivate a network interface. With Enable Device Control for Non-root User\n" +#~ "Via QInternet, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This will require\n" #~ "smpppd installed and running.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Apparaataansturing</big>\n" #~ "Gewoonlijk mag alleen de systeembeheerder een netwerkinterface \n" -#~ "activeren en deactiveren. Met Apparaataansturing voor niet-root-" -#~ "gebruiker via QInternet activeren\n" -#~ "kan elke gebruiker de interface met behulp van QInternet bedienen. Dit " -#~ "vereist dat\n" +#~ "activeren en deactiveren. Met Apparaataansturing voor niet-root-gebruiker via QInternet activeren\n" +#~ "kan elke gebruiker de interface met behulp van QInternet bedienen. Dit vereist dat\n" #~ "smpppd is geïnstalleerd en actief is.\n" #~ msgid "Initializing DSL Configuration" @@ -7330,19 +6914,11 @@ #~ msgid "Firewall Settings" #~ msgstr "Firewallinstellingen" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" -#~ "\">disable</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Firewall zal geactiveerd worden (<a href=\"firewall--" -#~ "disable_firewall_in_proposal\">uitschakelen</a>)" +#~ msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" +#~ msgstr "Firewall zal geactiveerd worden (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">uitschakelen</a>)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" -#~ "\">enable</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Firewall zal gedeactiveerd worden (<a href=\"firewall--" -#~ "enable_firewall_in_proposal\">inschakelen</a>)" +#~ msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" +#~ msgstr "Firewall zal gedeactiveerd worden (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">inschakelen</a>)" #~ msgid "Password:" #~ msgstr "Wachtwoord:" @@ -7381,8 +6957,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Wis alle getoonde opties" #~ msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Stel domeinen in waarvoor de proxy-instellingen niet gebruikt mogen worden" +#~ msgstr "Stel domeinen in waarvoor de proxy-instellingen niet gebruikt mogen worden" #~ msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication" #~ msgstr "De te gebruiken gebruikersnaam voor de proxy-verificatie" @@ -7415,9 +6990,7 @@ #~ msgstr "&Proxy" #~ msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Het is raadzaam om u opnieuw aan te melden om de nieuwe proxy-" -#~ "instellingen effectief te maken." +#~ msgstr "Het is raadzaam om u opnieuw aan te melden om de nieuwe proxy-instellingen effectief te maken." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:60 #~ msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration" @@ -7483,17 +7056,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.\n" -#~ "Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings " -#~ "to take effect, \n" -#~ "however in some cases the application may pick up new settings " -#~ "immediately. Please check \n" +#~ "Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n" +#~ "however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n" #~ "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Configureer uw internet proxy- (caching)-instellingen hier.\n" -#~ "Opmerking: Het is in het algemeen aangeraden om u opnieuw aan " -#~ "te melden om de instellingen effectief te laten zijn, \n" -#~ "in sommige gevallen echter, kan de applicatie de nieuwe instellingen " -#~ "onmiddellijk oppakken. Gaarne controleren \n" +#~ "Opmerking: Het is in het algemeen aangeraden om u opnieuw aan te melden om de instellingen effectief te laten zijn, \n" +#~ "in sommige gevallen echter, kan de applicatie de nieuwe instellingen onmiddellijk oppakken. Gaarne controleren \n" #~ "wat uw applicatie (webbrowser, ftp-client,...) ondersteunt. " #~ msgid "" @@ -7504,8 +7073,7 @@ #~ "waarmee u toegang tot het world wide web (WWW) krijgt.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your " -#~ "secured access\n" +#~ "HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" #~ "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "URL van HTTPS-proxy is de naam van de proxyserver\n" @@ -7526,8 +7094,7 @@ #~ "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" #~ "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Als de optie Dezelfde proxy voor alle protocollen gebruiken is " -#~ "ingeschakeld,\n" +#~ "Als de optie Dezelfde proxy voor alle protocollen gebruiken is ingeschakeld,\n" #~ "hoeft u alleen de URL van de HTTP-proxy in te vullen. Dit zal dan\n" #~ "voor alle protocollen (HTTP, HTTPS en FTP) worden gebruikt.\n" @@ -7536,30 +7103,25 @@ #~ "for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n" #~ "for example, %1.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Geen proxy domeinen is een lijst met domeinen waarvan de " -#~ "verzoeken\n" -#~ "rechtstreeks gedaan moeten worden zonder daarbij van een cache gebruik te " -#~ "maken,\n" +#~ "Geen proxy domeinen is een lijst met domeinen waarvan de verzoeken\n" +#~ "rechtstreeks gedaan moeten worden zonder daarbij van een cache gebruik te maken,\n" #~ "zoals bijvoorbeeld: %1.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" #~ "the Proxy User Name and Proxy Password. A valid username\n" -#~ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks)." -#~ "\n" +#~ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Als u een proxyserver met verificatie gebruikt, voer dan\n" #~ "Proxy-gebruikersnaam en Proxy-wachtwoord in. Een geldige\n" -#~ "gebruikersnaam bestaat alleen uit afdrukbare ASCII-lettertekens " -#~ "(aanhalingstekens uitgezonderd).\n" +#~ "gebruikersnaam bestaat alleen uit afdrukbare ASCII-lettertekens (aanhalingstekens uitgezonderd).\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Press Test Proxy Settings to test\n" #~ "the current configuration for HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Klik op Proxyinstellingen testen om\n" -#~ "de huidige configuratie voor de HTTP-, HTTPS- en FTP-proxy te testen.</" -#~ "p> \n" +#~ "de huidige configuratie voor de HTTP-, HTTPS- en FTP-proxy te testen. \n" #~ msgid "&Enable Proxy" #~ msgstr "&Activeer proxy" @@ -7621,16 +7183,13 @@ #~ msgstr "Onjuiste URL voor HTTP-proxy." #~ msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "De URL voor de HTTP-proxy dient een schemaspecificatie (http) te bevatten." +#~ msgstr "De URL voor de HTTP-proxy dient een schemaspecificatie (http) te bevatten." #~ msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid." #~ msgstr "De URL voor de HTTPS-proxy is ongeldig." #~ msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "De URL voor de HTTPS-proxy dient een schemaspecificatie (http) te " -#~ "bevatten." +#~ msgstr "De URL voor de HTTPS-proxy dient een schemaspecificatie (http) te bevatten." #~ msgid "FTP proxy URL is invalid." #~ msgstr "Onjuiste FTP proxy URL." @@ -7661,29 +7220,23 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Udev Rules are rules for the Kernel device manager that allow\n" -#~ "associating MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for " -#~ "example,\n" +#~ "associating MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for example,\n" #~ "eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Udev-regels zijn de regels voor de kernelapparaatbeheerder die " -#~ "toestaan\n" +#~ "Udev-regels zijn de regels voor de kernelapparaatbeheerder die toestaan\n" #~ "een MAC-adres of BusID van het netwerkapparaat te koppelen met zijn naam\n" -#~ "(b.v. eth1, wlan0 ) en deze apparaatnaam blijvend te maken na een " -#~ "herstart.\n" +#~ "(b.v. eth1, wlan0 ) en deze apparaatnaam blijvend te maken na een herstart.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway " -#~ "address,\n" +#~ "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" #~ "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -#~ "the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be " -#~ "routed, \n" +#~ "the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed, \n" #~ "as well.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Voor elke route, geef het IP-adres van het bestemmingsnetwerk in, het\n" #~ "gateway-adres en het netmasker. Om deze waarden weg te laten gebruikt u\n" #~ "het minteken \"-\". Selecteer ook het apparaat waardoor het verkeer naar\n" -#~ "het gedefinieerde netwerk gerouteerd wordt. \"-\" staat voor elk " -#~ "interface.\n" +#~ "het gedefinieerde netwerk gerouteerd wordt. \"-\" staat voor elk interface.\n" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 @@ -7696,8 +7249,7 @@ #~ "be reestablished automatically after failure.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Wanneer Automatisch opnieuw verbinden is geactiveerd zal de\n" -#~ "verbinding automatisch opnieuw worden opgebouwd als deze is verbroken.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "verbinding automatisch opnieuw worden opgebouwd als deze is verbroken.\n" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:80 #~ msgid "Automatically &Reconnect" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/nfs.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/nfs.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/nfs.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-25 23:11+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -76,8 +76,7 @@ #. fstab(5): fs_type #: src/clients/nfs.rb:111 msgid "File system ID, supported nfs and nfs4. Default value is nfs." -msgstr "" -"Bestandssysteem-id, ondersteund is nfs en nfs4. Standaard waarde is nfs." +msgstr "Bestandssysteem-id, ondersteund is nfs en nfs4. Standaard waarde is nfs." #. CLI action handler. #. Print summary in command line @@ -123,8 +122,7 @@ #. error message #: src/clients/nfs.rb:285 msgid "Multiple NFS mounts match the criteria:" -msgstr "" -"Er zijn meerdere NFS-aankoppelpunten gevonden die aan de criteria voldoen:" +msgstr "Er zijn meerdere NFS-aankoppelpunten gevonden die aan de criteria voldoen:" #. error popup message #: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:99 @@ -170,55 +168,43 @@ "exported from remote servers and mounted locally via NFS (NFS shares)." msgstr "" "De tabel bevat alle mappen die \n" -"geëxporteerd zijn vanuit servers op afstand en lokaal aangekoppeld zijn via " -"NFS (NFS-shares)." +"geëxporteerd zijn vanuit servers op afstand en lokaal aangekoppeld zijn via NFS (NFS-shares)." #. Help, part 2 of 3 #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:61 msgid "" "Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n" "exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \n" -"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further " -"information \n" +"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further information \n" "about mounting NFS and mount options, refer to <tt>man nfs.</tt>" msgstr "" -"Elke NFS-share wordt geïdentificeerd door een NFS-serveradres op afstand " -"en\n" +"Elke NFS-share wordt geïdentificeerd door een NFS-serveradres op afstand en\n" "geëxporteerde map, lokale map waar de map op afstand is aangekoppeld, \n" -"NFS-type (ofwel normaal nfs of nfsv4) en aankoppelopties. Voor verdere " -"informatie \n" -"over het aankoppelen van NFS en aankoppelopties, ga naar <tt>man nfs.</tt></" -"p>" +"NFS-type (ofwel normaal nfs of nfsv4) en aankoppelopties. Voor verdere informatie \n" +"over het aankoppelen van NFS en aankoppelopties, ga naar <tt>man nfs.</tt>" #. Help, part 3 of 3 #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:68 msgid "" -"To mount a new NFS share, click Add. To change the configuration " -"of\n" +"To mount a new NFS share, click Add. To change the configuration of\n" "a currently mounted share, click Edit. Remove and unmount a selected\n" "share with Delete.\n" msgstr "" -"Om een nieuwe NFS-share aan te koppelen, klikt u op Toevoegen. Om " -"de\n" -"configuratie te wijzigen van de huidige gekoppelde share, klik op " -"Bewerken.\n" -"Verwijderen en afkoppelen van een geselecteerde share gaat met " -"Verwijderen.\n" +"Om een nieuwe NFS-share aan te koppelen, klikt u op Toevoegen. Om de\n" +"configuratie te wijzigen van de huidige gekoppelde share, klik op Bewerken.\n" +"Verwijderen en afkoppelen van een geselecteerde share gaat met Verwijderen.\n" #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:76 msgid "" "If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n" -"protocol), check the Enable NFSv4 option. In that case, you might " -"need\n" -"to supply specific a NFSv4 Domain Name required for the correct " -"setting\n" +"protocol), check the Enable NFSv4 option. In that case, you might need\n" +"to supply specific a NFSv4 Domain Name required for the correct setting\n" "of file/directory access rights.\n" msgstr "" "Als u toegang wilt tot NFSv4-shares (NFSv4 is een nieuwere versie\n" "van het NFS-protocol), activeer dan de optie Schakel NFSv4 in.\n" "In dat geval moet u mogelijk de specifieke NFSv4 Domeinnaam leveren,\n" -"die is vereist voor de juiste instelling van de toegangsrechten van bestand/" -"map.\n" +"die is vereist voor de juiste instelling van de toegangsrechten van bestand/map.\n" #. selection box label #. changed from "Remote hosts" because now it shows @@ -337,22 +323,19 @@ msgstr "" "Bij Extern bestandssysteem,\n" "vult u het pad in naar de map op de NFS-server. Kies\n" -"Selecteren om een van de geëxporteerde mappen van de server te " -"kiezen.\n" +"Selecteren om een van de geëxporteerde mappen van de server te kiezen.\n" "" #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455 msgid "" "\t\t\n" -"For Mount Point, enter the path in the local file system where the " -"directory should be mounted. With\n" +"For Mount Point, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\n" "Browse, select your mount point\n" "interactively." msgstr "" "Bij Extern bestandssysteem,\n" -"Bij aankoppelpunt , vult u het pad in van het lokale bestandssysteem " -"waar de map aangekoppeld dient te worden. Met\n" +"Bij aankoppelpunt , vult u het pad in van het lokale bestandssysteem waar de map aangekoppeld dient te worden. Met\n" "Bladeren,kunt u het aankoppelpunt interactief \n" "selecteren." Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/nfs_server.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/nfs_server.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/nfs_server.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs_server.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-23 17:31+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 23:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -69,12 +69,8 @@ msgstr "Exportopties (zie 'man exports')" #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:113 -msgid "" -"Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc." -"com' etc." -msgstr "" -"Domeinspecificatie voor NFSv4 id-mapping, bijvoorbeeld 'localdomain' of 'abc." -"com' etc." +msgid "Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc.com' etc." +msgstr "Domeinspecificatie voor NFSv4 id-mapping, bijvoorbeeld 'localdomain' of 'abc.com' etc." #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:119 msgid "Yes/No option for enabling/disabling support for NFSv4." @@ -121,19 +117,12 @@ #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 -msgid "" -"Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." -msgstr "" -"Het domein kan niet worden ingesteld zonder NFSv4 aan te zetten. Gebruik " -"daarvoor het commando 'set enablev4'." +msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." +msgstr "Het domein kan niet worden ingesteld zonder NFSv4 aan te zetten. Gebruik daarvoor het commando 'set enablev4'." #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 -msgid "" -"Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to " -"get information about available options." -msgstr "" -"Het set-commando dient te worden gebruikt als 'set optie=waarde'. Gebruik " -"'set help' om de beschikbare opties te raadplegen." +msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." +msgstr "Het set-commando dient te worden gebruikt als 'set optie=waarde'. Gebruik 'set help' om de beschikbare opties te raadplegen." #. Then no need to check for conflict. #: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:205 @@ -253,12 +242,8 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 -msgid "" -"Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for " -"the domain to 'localdomain'." -msgstr "" -"Kan het bestand /etc/idmapd.conf niet lezen. Domein ingesteld op de " -"standaard 'localdomain'." +msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." +msgstr "Kan het bestand /etc/idmapd.conf niet lezen. Domein ingesteld op de standaard 'localdomain'." #. Help, part 1 of 2 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 @@ -276,36 +261,26 @@ "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export." msgstr "" "Indien u Start NFS-server kiest, opent de knop Verder \n" -"een configuratie dialoog waar u de te exporteren mappen kunt specificeren.</" -"P>" +"een configuratie dialoog waar u de te exporteren mappen kunt specificeren." #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" -"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. " -"Leave\n" -"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you " -"are not sure.\n" +"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" +"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you are not sure.\n" msgstr "" -"Als de server NFSv4-cliënts moet bedienen zet dan de optie NFSv4 " -"aanzetten aan\n" -"en vul het NFSv4-domein in in het tekstveld voor gebruik door de id-mapping-" -"daemon. Laat de\n" -"waarde op localdomain staan of raadpleeg zo nodig de man-pagina voor idmapd " -"en idmapd.conf.\n" +"Als de server NFSv4-cliënts moet bedienen zet dan de optie NFSv4 aanzetten aan\n" +"en vul het NFSv4-domein in in het tekstveld voor gebruik door de id-mapping-daemon. Laat de\n" +"waarde op localdomain staan of raadpleeg zo nodig de man-pagina voor idmapd en idmapd.conf.\n" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" -"Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have " -"Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" +"Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" msgstr "" -"Als de server en de cliënt de GSS-bibliotheek nodig hebben voor " -"authenticatie,\n" -"zet dan de optie GSS beveiliging aanzetten aan. Om de GSS-API te " -"gebruiken heeft u Kerberos en gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) nodig op uw " -"systeem\n" +"Als de server en de cliënt de GSS-bibliotheek nodig hebben voor authenticatie,\n" +"zet dan de optie GSS beveiliging aanzetten aan. Om de GSS-API te gebruiken heeft u Kerberos en gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) nodig op uw systeem\n" #. frame label #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 @@ -358,23 +333,18 @@ #. Help, part 2 of 4 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" -"Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected " -"directory.\n" +"Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.\n" msgstr "" -"Hosts-jokerteken stelt in welke hosts toegang krijgen tot de " -"geselecteerde map.\n" +"Hosts-jokerteken stelt in welke hosts toegang krijgen tot de geselecteerde map.\n" "Dit kunnen een afzonderlijke host, groepen, jokertekens of\n" "IP-netwerken zijn\n" #. Help, part 3 of 4 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 -msgid "" -"Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." -msgstr "" -"Voer een asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) in in plaats van een naam om alle hosts op " -"te geven." +msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." +msgstr "Voer een asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) in in plaats van een naam om alle hosts op te geven." #. Help, part 4 of 4 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 @@ -491,12 +461,8 @@ #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) #: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 -msgid "" -"Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup " -"is correct." -msgstr "" -"Kan svcgssd niet starten. Verzeker uzelf ervan dat de kerberos en gssapi " -"(nfs-utils) juist zijn ingesteld." +msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." +msgstr "Kan svcgssd niet starten. Verzeker uzelf ervan dat de kerberos en gssapi (nfs-utils) juist zijn ingesteld." #: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." @@ -558,25 +524,19 @@ #~ msgid "Firewall" #~ msgstr "Firewall" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "NFSv4 is enabled. Make sure that only one exported filesystem is " -#~ "marked with the fsid=0 option for a particular client." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "NFSv4 is ingeschakeld. Ga na dat er slechts één bestandssysteem is " -#~ "gemarkeerd met de fsid=0 optie voor een bepaalde cliënt." +#~ msgid "NFSv4 is enabled. Make sure that only one exported filesystem is marked with the fsid=0 option for a particular client." +#~ msgstr "NFSv4 is ingeschakeld. Ga na dat er slechts één bestandssysteem is gemarkeerd met de fsid=0 optie voor een bepaalde cliënt." #~ msgid "" #~ "In case of multiple exports to a NFSv4 client,\n" -#~ "you need to bind the exported paths with no fsid=0 to the one with " -#~ "fsid=0.\n" +#~ "you need to bind the exported paths with no fsid=0 to the one with fsid=0.\n" #~ "To export the server paths <tt>/Eve</tt> and <tt>/Adam</tt> as\n" #~ "<tt>/</tt> and <tt>/husband</tt>, respectively, use \n" #~ "<pre>/Eve 10.0.0.1(fsid=0,crossmnt,ro,...)\n" #~ "/Eve/husband 10.0.0.1(bind=/Adam,ro,...)</pre>\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "In het geval van meerdere exports naar een NFSv4-cliënt, is het " -#~ "nodig \n" +#~ "In het geval van meerdere exports naar een NFSv4-cliënt, is het nodig \n" #~ "om de geëxporteerde paden zonder fsid=0 aan een met fsid=0 te binden.\n" #~ "Om de serverpaden <tt>/Eve</tt> en <tt>/Adam</tt> respectievelijk als\n" #~ "<tt>/</tt> en <tt>/husband</tt> te exporteren, gebruik \n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/nis.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/nis.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/nis.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-08 09:44+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -105,8 +105,7 @@ msgstr "" "De optie Broadcast biedt de mogelijkheid\n" "om in het lokale netwerk naar een server te zoeken indien de\n" -"gespecificeerde server niet reageert. Dit is echter een veiligheidsrisico.</" -"p>\n" +"gespecificeerde server niet reageert. Dit is echter een veiligheidsrisico.\n" #. Translators: short for Expert settings #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:71 @@ -146,15 +145,12 @@ "Firewall Settings \n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the 'ypbind' service\n" "from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details</" -"b>.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" "Firewall-instellingen \n" -"Stel Open firewall poort in om de firewall zodanig open te stellen " -"dat\n" -"externe computers toegang tot de service 'ypbind' krijgen. Klik op " -"Firewall-details\n" +"Stel Open firewall poort in om de firewall zodanig open te stellen dat\n" +"externe computers toegang tot de service 'ypbind' krijgen. Klik op Firewall-details\n" "om de interfaces te selecteren waarvoor de poort geopend moet worden.\n" "Deze optie is alleen beschikaar wanneer de firewall geactiveerd is.\n" @@ -170,36 +166,25 @@ #. help text for netconfig part #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244 msgid "" -"Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it " -"is\n" -"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined " -"here\n" +"Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it is\n" +"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined here\n" "with dynamically obtained data (e.g. from DHCP client, NetworkManager\n" "etc.). This is the Default Policy and sufficient for most configurations. \n" -"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to " -"modify\n" +"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to modify\n" "the configuration. You can, however, edit the file manually. By choosing\n" "Custom Policy, you can specify a custom policy string, which consists of a\n" "space-separated list of interface names, including wildcards, with\n" -"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, " -"see\n" +"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, see\n" "the netconfig manual page.\n" msgstr "" -"Kies de manier waarop de NIS-configuratie gewijzigd moet worden. Normaal " -"is dat\n" -"het door het netconfigscript wordt behandeld die statisch hier gedefinieerde " -"waarden\n" -"mengt met de dynamisch verkregen waarden (b.v. als DHCP-cliënt, " -"NetworkManager etc.).\n" +"Kies de manier waarop de NIS-configuratie gewijzigd moet worden. Normaal is dat\n" +"het door het netconfigscript wordt behandeld die statisch hier gedefinieerde waarden\n" +"mengt met de dynamisch verkregen waarden (b.v. als DHCP-cliënt, NetworkManager etc.).\n" "Dit is Standaard beleid en is voldoende voor de meeste configuraties.\n" -"Door Alleen handmatige wijzigingen zal netconfig niet langer toestaan de " -"configuratie te\n" -"wijzigen. U kunt echter het bestand handmatig bewerken. Door Gebruikerbeleid " -"te kiezen\n" -"kunt u een gebruikerbeleidtekenreeks definiëren die bestaat uit een spatie-" -"gescheiden\n" -"lijst van interfacenamen, inclusief jokertekens, met STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK " -"als\n" +"Door Alleen handmatige wijzigingen zal netconfig niet langer toestaan de configuratie te\n" +"wijzigen. U kunt echter het bestand handmatig bewerken. Door Gebruikerbeleid te kiezen\n" +"kunt u een gebruikerbeleidtekenreeks definiëren die bestaat uit een spatie-gescheiden\n" +"lijst van interfacenamen, inclusief jokertekens, met STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK als\n" "voorgedefinieerde speciale waarde. Voor meer informatie, zie de netconfig\n" "handleidingpagina.\n" @@ -227,14 +212,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:279 -msgid "" -"NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in " -"NFS Client, which can be configured using NFS Configuration button.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"NFS-instellingen die invloed hebben op hoe de automounter werkt kunnen " -"ingesteld worden in NFS-client, die geconfigureerd kan worden met de knop " -"NFS-configuratie button." +msgid "NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in NFS Client, which can be configured using NFS Configuration button." +msgstr "NFS-instellingen die invloed hebben op hoe de automounter werkt kunnen ingesteld worden in NFS-client, die geconfigureerd kan worden met de knop NFS-configuratie button." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:72 #. radio button label @@ -368,27 +347,14 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:674 -msgid "" -"Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is " -"using. Disabling Answer Remote Hosts restricts this only to the local " -"host." -msgstr "" -"Normaal gesproken is het voor elke host mogelijk om na te gaan welke " -"server een client gebruikt. Door Externe hosts beantwoorden uit te " -"schakelen zal dit tot de lokale host worden beperkt." +msgid "Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is using. Disabling Answer Remote Hosts restricts this only to the local host." +msgstr "Normaal gesproken is het voor elke host mogelijk om na te gaan welke server een client gebruikt. Door Externe hosts beantwoorden uit te schakelen zal dit tot de lokale host worden beperkt." #. help text 2/4 #. Check, ie. turn on a check box #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:682 -msgid "" -"Check Broken server if answers from servers running on an " -"unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better " -"to replace such a server." -msgstr "" -"Klik op Gebroken server wanneer antwoorden van servers, die op een " -"poort zonder privileges draaien, geaccepteerd moeten worden. Het is echter " -"een veiligheidsrisico en het zou beter zijn om zo'n type server te vervangen." -"" +msgid "Check Broken server if answers from servers running on an unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better to replace such a server." +msgstr "Klik op Gebroken server wanneer antwoorden van servers, die op een poort zonder privileges draaien, geaccepteerd moeten worden. Het is echter een veiligheidsrisico en het zou beter zijn om zo'n type server te vervangen." #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:690 @@ -470,12 +436,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:985 -msgid "" -"The Service Location Protocol (SLP) can be used to find NIS server." -"" -msgstr "" -"Het Service Locatie Protocol (SLP) kan voor het zoeken naar een " -"NIS-server gebruikt worden." +msgid "The Service Location Protocol (SLP) can be used to find NIS server." +msgstr "Het Service Locatie Protocol (SLP) kan voor het zoeken naar een NIS-server gebruikt worden." #. dialog label #. dialog subtitle Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/nis_server.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/nis_server.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/nis_server.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis_server.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-04 13:20+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-04 11:03+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -172,13 +172,11 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:73 msgid "" -"Select if your passwd file should be merged with the shadow</" -"i>\n" +"Select if your passwd file should be merged with the shadow\n" "file (only possible if the shadow file exists).\n" msgstr "" "Bepaal of uw passwd-bestand moet worden samengevoegd\n" -"met het shadow-bestand (alleen mogelijk als het bestand shadow " -"bestaat).\n" +"met het shadow-bestand (alleen mogelijk als het bestand shadow bestaat).\n" #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:81 @@ -216,8 +214,7 @@ #. were a pain to use. #: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:61 msgid "With this dialog, adjust which maps will be available." -msgstr "" -"In dit dialoog kunt u instellen welke maps beschikbaar zullen zijn." +msgstr "In dit dialoog kunt u instellen welke maps beschikbaar zullen zijn." #. multilesection box label #: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:103 @@ -232,12 +229,9 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71 msgid "" -"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this " -"machine as a server, check\n" +"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check\n" "the corresponding option.\n" -msgstr "" -"Geef een NIS-domein op. Als deze host ook een NIS-client is met " -"deze computer als een server, selecteer dan de overeenkomende optie.\n" +msgstr "Geef een NIS-domein op. Als deze host ook een NIS-client is met deze computer als een server, selecteer dan de overeenkomende optie.\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:78 @@ -260,10 +254,8 @@ "changing the login shell or GECOS (full name and related information) can\n" "be used to set up these more specific options.\n" msgstr "" -"Wachtwoordwijzigingen toegestaan staat gebruikers toe hun " -"wachtwoorden\n" -"te veranderen in de aanwezigheid van NIS. De knoppen laten wijzigingen aan " -"de\n" +"Wachtwoordwijzigingen toegestaan staat gebruikers toe hun wachtwoorden\n" +"te veranderen in de aanwezigheid van NIS. De knoppen laten wijzigingen aan de\n" "aanmeld-shell toe en GECOS kan (volledige naam en gerelateerde informatie)\n" "gebruikt worden voor het instellen van deze meer specifieke opties.\n" @@ -335,15 +327,12 @@ "Firewall Settings \n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the NIS server\n" "from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details</" -"b>.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" "Firewall-instellingen \n" -"Stel Firewall-poort openen in om de firewall zodanig open te stellen " -"dat\n" -"externe computers toegang tot de NIS-server krijgen. Klik op Firewall-" -"details\n" +"Stel Firewall-poort openen in om de firewall zodanig open te stellen dat\n" +"externe computers toegang tot de NIS-server krijgen. Klik op Firewall-details\n" "om de interfaces te selecteren waarvoor de poort geopend moet worden.\n" "Deze optie is alleen beschikaar wanneer de firewall geactiveerd is.\n" @@ -392,10 +381,8 @@ "The entry with netmask <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> and network\n" "<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> must exist to allow connections from the local host.\n" msgstr "" -"Om verbindingen met de lokale host toe te kunnen staan moet het item met " -"het\n" -"netmasker <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> en netwerk <tt>127.0.0.0</tt> " -"bestaan.\n" +"Om verbindingen met de lokale host toe te kunnen staan moet het item met het\n" +"netmasker <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> en netwerk <tt>127.0.0.0</tt> bestaan.\n" #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:192 @@ -423,21 +410,13 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the " -"master NIS server." -msgstr "" -"Geef het NIS-domein en het IP-adres of de hostnaam van de " -"master-NIS-server op." +msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." +msgstr "Geef het NIS-domein en het IP-adres of de hostnaam van de master-NIS-server op." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 -msgid "" -"If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check " -"the corresponding option." -msgstr "" -"Wanneer deze host ook een NIS-client is die deze machine als server " -"gebruikt, dient de bijhorende optie geselecteerd te zijn." +msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." +msgstr "Wanneer deze host ook een NIS-client is die deze machine als server gebruikt, dient de bijhorende optie geselecteerd te zijn." #. textentry label #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 @@ -476,15 +455,8 @@ #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:175 -msgid "" -"Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use " -"Add to add a new one, Edit to change an existing entry, and " -"Delete to remove an entry." -msgstr "" -"Hier kunt u de namen van de hosts invoeren die als NIS-server-slaves " -"moeten worden geconfigureerd. Gebruik de knop Toevoegen om een nieuwe " -"toe te voegen , de knop Bewerken om een bestaand item te wijzigen en " -"de knop Verwijderen om een item te wissen." +msgid "Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use Add to add a new one, Edit to change an existing entry, and Delete to remove an entry." +msgstr "Hier kunt u de namen van de hosts invoeren die als NIS-server-slaves moeten worden geconfigureerd. Gebruik de knop Toevoegen om een nieuwe toe te voegen , de knop Bewerken om een bestaand item te wijzigen en de knop Verwijderen om een item te wissen." #. To translators: selection box label #: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:195 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:234 @@ -543,8 +515,7 @@ "slave or not to configure a NIS server.\n" msgstr "" "Geef aan of u de NIS-server wilt instellen als masterof als\n" -"slave of dat u de NIS-server helemaal niet wilt instellen.</" -"p>\n" +"slave of dat u de NIS-server helemaal niet wilt instellen.\n" #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:73 @@ -815,8 +786,7 @@ #. error popup #: src/modules/NisServer.rb:905 msgid "Error while creating an empty user database.\n" -msgstr "" -"Fout opgetreden tijdens het aanmaken van een lege gebruikersdatabase.\n" +msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het aanmaken van een lege gebruikersdatabase.\n" #. To translators: message in the popup dialog #: src/modules/NisServer.rb:927 Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/ntp-client.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/ntp-client.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/ntp-client.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -34,44 +34,22 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using " -"the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable " -"the Save NTP Configuration option" -msgstr "" -"Druk op Nu synchroniseren om uw systeemtijd correct in te stellen " -"met behulp van de geselecteerde NTP-server. Als u permanent van NTP gebruik " -"wilt maken, activeer dan de optie NTP-configuratie opslaan." +msgid "Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the Save NTP Configuration option" +msgstr "Druk op Nu synchroniseren om uw systeemtijd correct in te stellen met behulp van de geselecteerde NTP-server. Als u permanent van NTP gebruik wilt maken, activeer dan de optie NTP-configuratie opslaan." #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "" -"Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started " -"as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The " -"default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the " -"yast2 ntp-client module." -msgstr "" -"De optie NTP als daemon uitvoeren activeren, betekent dat de NTP-" -"service als daemon wordt gestart. Anders wordt de systeemtijd periodiek " -"gesynchroniseerd. Het standaard interval is 15 minuten. U kunt dat na de " -"installatie wijzigen met de yast2 ntp-client module." +msgid "Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the yast2 ntp-client module." +msgstr "De optie NTP als daemon uitvoeren activeren, betekent dat de NTP-service als daemon wordt gestart. Anders wordt de systeemtijd periodiek gesynchroniseerd. Het standaard interval is 15 minuten. U kunt dat na de installatie wijzigen met de yast2 ntp-client module." #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "" -"Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Met de Configureer-knop opent u de geavanceerde NTP-configuratie.</" -"p>" +msgid "Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration." +msgstr "Met de Configureer-knop opent u de geavanceerde NTP-configuratie." #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "" -"Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is " -"configured." -msgstr "" -"Het synchroniseren met een NTP-server is alleen mogelijk als u een " -"netwerk hebt ingesteld." +msgid "Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured." +msgstr "Het synchroniseren met een NTP-server is alleen mogelijk als u een netwerk hebt ingesteld." #. translators: error popup #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141 @@ -126,10 +104,6 @@ #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 -#| msgid "" -#| "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or " -#| "network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server " -#| "configuration?" msgid "" "Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" "If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" @@ -637,8 +611,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " -"te klikken." +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken." #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:25 @@ -667,22 +640,16 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" -"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be " -"activated. \n" -"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It " -"is 15 minutes by default.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" " You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" "<big>Start de NTP-daemon</big> \n" -"Selecteer of de NTP-daemon nu en tijdens het opstarten van het systeem " -"geactiveerd moet\n" -"worden. Tijdens het initialiseren zal de NTP-daemon de hostnamen gaan " -"opzoeken. Voordat\n" +"Selecteer of de NTP-daemon nu en tijdens het opstarten van het systeem geactiveerd moet\n" +"worden. Tijdens het initialiseren zal de NTP-daemon de hostnamen gaan opzoeken. Voordat\n" "de NTP-daemon start dient de netwerkverbinding opgestart te zijn.\n" -"Bij selectie van Zonder daemon synchroniseren zal de ntp-daemon niet " -"geactiveerd worden. \n" -"De systeemtijd zal periodiek ingesteld worden. Het interval is aan te " -"passen. De standaard is 15 minuten.\n" +"Bij selectie van Zonder daemon synchroniseren zal de ntp-daemon niet geactiveerd worden. \n" +"De systeemtijd zal periodiek ingesteld worden. Het interval is aan te passen. De standaard is 15 minuten.\n" " U kunt dit wijzigen wanneer het systeem is ingesteld." #. help text 2/5 @@ -701,23 +668,16 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" -"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote " -"hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" -"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</" -"tt> file and to localhost. \n" -"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This " -"option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" +"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" +"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost. \n" +"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuratie van Secure NTP</big> \n" -"Door het selecteren van NTP-server beperken tot geconfigureerde servers</" -"b>\n" +"Door het selecteren van NTP-server beperken tot geconfigureerde servers\n" "voorkomt u dat alle externe hosts de NTP-instellingen op uw computer kunnen\n" -"bekijken en wijzigen. Op deze manier is de NTP-service beperkt tot alleen de " -"servers\n" -"die opgesomd staan in het bestand <tt>etc/ntp.conf</tt> en de lokale host." -" \n" -"U kunt de toegangscontrolemarkeringen verfijnen in het serveroverzicht. " -"Deze\n" +"bekijken en wijzigen. Op deze manier is de NTP-service beperkt tot alleen de servers\n" +"die opgesomd staan in het bestand <tt>etc/ntp.conf</tt> en de lokale host. \n" +"U kunt de toegangscontrolemarkeringen verfijnen in het serveroverzicht. Deze\n" "optie is niet beschikbaar als NTP geconfigureerd is via DHCP.\n" #. help text 3/5 @@ -732,28 +692,22 @@ "<big>Instellen via DHCP</big> \n" "Activeer NTP-daemon via DHCP instellen om de informatie\n" "over de NTP-servers via het DHCP-protocol van uw netwerkserver op te halen\n" -"in plaats van deze handmatig in te stellen. Vraag bij uw netwerkbeheerder " -"na\n" -"of de informatie over de NTP-servers ook door de DHCP-server aangeboden " -"wordt." +"in plaats van deze handmatig in te stellen. Vraag bij uw netwerkbeheerder na\n" +"of de informatie over de NTP-servers ook door de DHCP-server aangeboden wordt." #. help text 4/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" -"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new " -"synchronization\n" +"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new synchronization\n" "peer, click Add. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n" "select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "<big>Geconfigureerde servers</big> \n" -"Selecteer de betreffende regel en klik vervolgens op Bewerken om NTP-" -"servers, peers, lokale klokken\n" -"en NTP-broadcasts aan te passen. Klik op Toevoegen om een nieuwe " -"synchronisatie peer toe te voegen.\n" -"Een bestaande synchronisatie peer kunt u verwijderen door deze te selecteren " -"en op Verwijderen te klikken." +"Selecteer de betreffende regel en klik vervolgens op Bewerken om NTP-servers, peers, lokale klokken\n" +"en NTP-broadcasts aan te passen. Klik op Toevoegen om een nieuwe synchronisatie peer toe te voegen.\n" +"Een bestaande synchronisatie peer kunt u verwijderen door deze te selecteren en op Verwijderen te klikken." #. help text 5/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 @@ -762,21 +716,18 @@ "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Logbestand weergeven </big>\n" -"Als u de logbestanden van de NTP-daemon wilt weergeven, klikt u op de " -"knop Logbestand weergeven.\n" +"Als u de logbestanden van de NTP-daemon wilt weergeven, klikt u op de knop Logbestand weergeven.\n" #. help text to a button #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" -"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or " -"against\n" +"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" "a locally connected clock, use Advanced Configuration." msgstr "" "<big>Geavanceerde configuratie</big> \n" "Om deze in te stellen voor het synchroniseren tegen meerdere externe\n" -"hosts of tegen een lokaal aangesloten klok, gebruik Geavanceerde " -"configuratie." +"hosts of tegen een lokaal aangesloten klok, gebruik Geavanceerde configuratie." #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 @@ -802,8 +753,7 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" -"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic " -"link to \n" +"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" "the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n" "Create Symlink and set the Device. To browse for the device,\n" "click Browse.\n" @@ -812,12 +762,10 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Klokapparaat</big> \n" "Om de klok te kunnen laten werken is het noodzakelijk dat er een speciale\n" -"symbolische link naar het apparaat, waaraan de klok is verbonden, wordt " -"gemaakt.\n" +"symbolische link naar het apparaat, waaraan de klok is verbonden, wordt gemaakt.\n" "Om dit te doen klikt u op Symlink aanmaken en stelt u vervolgens het\n" "Apparaat in. Klik op Bladeren als u het apparaat wilt gaan\n" -"opzoeken. Bij enkele kloktypes is het niet nodig om een symbolische link " -"aan\n" +"opzoeken. Bij enkele kloktypes is het niet nodig om een symbolische link aan\n" "te maken, of moet deze handmatig worden aangemaakt." #. help text 4/4 @@ -827,8 +775,7 @@ "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." msgstr "" "<big>Stuurprogrammacalibratie</big> \n" -"Klik op Stuurprogrammacalibratie om het klokstuurprogramma te " -"kalibreren." +"Klik op Stuurprogrammacalibratie om het klokstuurprogramma te kalibreren." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 @@ -854,8 +801,7 @@ "<big>Een server selecteren</big> \n" "Klik op Selecteren om een NTP-server uit een lokaal netwerk, of\n" "een lijst van bekende NTP-servers, te selecteren.\n" -" Maak een keuze uit Lokale NTP-server en Publieke NTP-server.</" -"p>" +" Maak een keuze uit Lokale NTP-server en Publieke NTP-server." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 @@ -906,8 +852,7 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" -"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in " -"the\n" +"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" "Options text field. For details, see\n" "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" @@ -920,23 +865,18 @@ msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" -"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the " -"remote\n" +"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\n" "host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to notrap\n" "nomodify noquery. This option is only available if you have checked the\n" "Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only option in\n" "Security Settings.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Toegangscontroleopties</big> \n" -"Hier kunt u de toegangscontrolemarkeringen (directive <tt>restrict</tt></" -"b>\n" -"in /etc/ntp.conf) voor deze server definieren, waarbij wordt " -"aangegeven welke type\n" +"Hier kunt u de toegangscontrolemarkeringen (directive <tt>restrict</tt>\n" +"in /etc/ntp.conf) voor deze server definieren, waarbij wordt aangegeven welke type\n" "acties externe hosts mogen uitvoeren op uw NTP-daemon. Standaard is dit\n" -"ingesteld op notrap nomodify noquery. Deze optie is alleen " -"beschikbaar\n" -"als u NTP-service beperken tot geconfigureerde servers hebt " -"geselecteerd\n" +"ingesteld op notrap nomodify noquery. Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar\n" +"als u NTP-service beperken tot geconfigureerde servers hebt geselecteerd\n" "bij de Veiligheidsinstellingen.\n" #. help text 1/6 @@ -990,10 +930,8 @@ "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." msgstr "" -"Selecteer Accepteer broadcast pakketten om NTP-packets, die door " -"andere hosts\n" -"op het netwerk verspreid worden, te accepteren en te gebruiken om de lokale " -"tijd mee in te stellen." +"Selecteer Accepteer broadcast pakketten om NTP-packets, die door andere hosts\n" +"op het netwerk verspreid worden, te accepteren en te gebruiken om de lokale tijd mee in te stellen." #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 @@ -1019,22 +957,18 @@ "netwerk</big> \n" "Klik op Opzoeken om met behulp van het\n" "Service Locatie Protocol (SLP) de NTP-servers in het lokale netwerk te\n" -"zoeken. Selecteer vervolgens een server uit de lijst met gevonden servers.</" -"p>" +"zoeken. Selecteer vervolgens een server uit de lijst met gevonden servers." #. help text 3/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" -"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To " -"display\n" +"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" "NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in Country." msgstr "" "<big>Een publieke NTP-server selecteren</big> \n" -"Selecteer de te gebruiken NTP-server uit de lijst van Publieke NTP-" -"servers. Om alleen\n" -"NTP-servers uit een bepaald land weer te geven, dient u dat in Land " -"te selecteren." +"Selecteer de te gebruiken NTP-server uit de lijst van Publieke NTP-servers. Om alleen\n" +"NTP-servers uit een bepaald land weer te geven, dient u dat in Land te selecteren." #. help text 4/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 @@ -1051,12 +985,9 @@ "<big>Opmerking</big> \n" "De getoonde NTP-servers zijn mogelijk niet voor elk land beschikbaar,\n" "misschien alleen maar voor een bepaald land of regio.\n" -"Voordat u gebruik gaat maken van een NTP-server uit de lijst, kunt u het " -"beste even\n" -"uw systeembeheerder of internet service provider vragen of er een NTP-server " -"dichter bij u in de\n" -"buurt te vinden is: de geadviseerde server is te prefereren boven welke " -"server dan ook van deze lijst.\n" +"Voordat u gebruik gaat maken van een NTP-server uit de lijst, kunt u het beste even\n" +"uw systeembeheerder of internet service provider vragen of er een NTP-server dichter bij u in de\n" +"buurt te vinden is: de geadviseerde server is te prefereren boven welke server dan ook van deze lijst.\n" "Kijk ook eens op http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html\n" "voor een NTP-server bij u in de buurt." @@ -1067,8 +998,7 @@ "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." msgstr "" "<big>Server toegankelijkheid testen</big> \n" -"Klik op Test om te testen of de geselecteerde server op de juiste " -"manier reageert." +"Klik op Test om te testen of de geselecteerde server op de juiste manier reageert." #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) @@ -1076,51 +1006,38 @@ msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" -"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names " -"are\n" -"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means " -"that\n" +"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n" +"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\n" "your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Willekeurige servers gebruiken</big> \n" -"Deze service wordt aangeboden door pool.ntp.org. Als u deze optie " -"selecteert,\n" -" worden drie verschillende servers toegevoegd aan de configuratie. De " -"servernamen zijn\n" -" permanent, maar de bijbehorende DNS-records (IP's) worden elk uur " -"gewijzigd. Dit betekent dat\n" -" de NTP-client elk uur wordt gesynchroniseerd met verschillende servers.</" -"p>\n" +"Deze service wordt aangeboden door pool.ntp.org. Als u deze optie selecteert,\n" +" worden drie verschillende servers toegevoegd aan de configuratie. De servernamen zijn\n" +" permanent, maar de bijbehorende DNS-records (IP's) worden elk uur gewijzigd. Dit betekent dat\n" +" de NTP-client elk uur wordt gesynchroniseerd met verschillende servers.\n" #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" -"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various " -"calibration\n" -"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the " -"particular\n" +"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" +"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n" "driver. Some drivers do not use all the options." msgstr "" "<big>Klokstuurprogrammacalibratie</big> \n" -"Het klokstuurprogramma moet eventueel gekalibreerd worden. In dit venster " -"kunnen diverse calibratie\n" -"opties worden ingesteld. De betekenis van de betreffende opties is " -"afhankelijk van het\n" -"betreffende stuurprogramma. Enkele stuurprogramma's ondersteunen niet alle " -"opties." +"Het klokstuurprogramma moet eventueel gekalibreerd worden. In dit venster kunnen diverse calibratie\n" +"opties worden ingesteld. De betekenis van de betreffende opties is afhankelijk van het\n" +"betreffende stuurprogramma. Enkele stuurprogramma's ondersteunen niet alle opties." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" -"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</" -"i>.\n" +"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" msgstr "" "Om meer over de betekenis van de opties te weten te komen kunt u het\n" "beste het ntp-doc pakket installeren en\n" -"/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm nader bekijken.</" -"p>\n" +"/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm nader bekijken.\n" #. yes-no popup #: src/include/ntp-client/misc.rb:35 Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/oneclickinstall.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/oneclickinstall.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/oneclickinstall.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-23 17:30+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 23:07+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -43,12 +43,8 @@ msgstr "Bestand waar de interne representatie van een YMP naar toe gaat" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:44 -msgid "" -"File containing internal representation of One Click Install " -"instructions" -msgstr "" -"Bestand met de interne representatie van instructies voor " -"Eénkliksinstallatie" +msgid "File containing internal representation of One Click Install instructions" +msgstr "Bestand met de interne representatie van instructies voor Eénkliksinstallatie" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:65 msgid "Error: Nothing to do specified in the YMP file." @@ -56,14 +52,11 @@ #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:71 msgid "If you continue, the following repositories will be subscribed:" -msgstr "" -"Als u verdergaat, dan worden de volgende installatiebronnen toegevoegd:" +msgstr "Als u verdergaat, dan worden de volgende installatiebronnen toegevoegd:" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:81 msgid "If you continue, the following software packages will be installed:" -msgstr "" -"Als verdergaat, dan zullen de volgende softwarepakketten worden " -"geïnstalleerd op uw systeem:" +msgstr "Als verdergaat, dan zullen de volgende softwarepakketten worden geïnstalleerd op uw systeem:" #. trick ncurses #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:110 @@ -117,9 +110,7 @@ #. If we don't want to remain subscribed, remove the repositories that were added for installation. #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:184 msgid "Warning: Unable to remove temporarily added repositories." -msgstr "" -"Waarschuwing: Kan de tijdelijk toegevoegde installatiebronnen niet " -"verwijderen." +msgstr "Waarschuwing: Kan de tijdelijk toegevoegde installatiebronnen niet verwijderen." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:801 #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:188 @@ -136,11 +127,8 @@ msgstr "Deze assistent zal software op uw computer installeren." #: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:47 -msgid "" -"See <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> for more information." -msgstr "" -"Zie <tt>http://nl.opensuse.org/Standards/One_Click_Install</tt> voor meer " -"informatie." +msgid "See <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> for more information." +msgstr "Zie <tt>http://nl.opensuse.org/Standards/One_Click_Install</tt> voor meer informatie." #. <region name="Define the UI components"> * #: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:59 @@ -214,50 +202,28 @@ msgstr "Installatiestappen" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:56 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to subscribe to the required " -"repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"Er deed zich een fout voor tijdens het inschrijven bij de vereiste bronnen. " -"Bekijk de yast2-logs voor meer informatie." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to subscribe to the required repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "Er deed zich een fout voor tijdens het inschrijven bij de vereiste bronnen. Bekijk de yast2-logs voor meer informatie." #. Remove any removals #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:96 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to remove the specified packages. Review " -"the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"Er deed zich een fout voor tijdens het verwijderen van de gespecificeerde " -"pakketten. Zie de yast2-logs voor meer informatie." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to remove the specified packages. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "Er deed zich een fout voor tijdens het verwijderen van de gespecificeerde pakketten. Zie de yast2-logs voor meer informatie." #. if that was successful now try and install the patterns #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:113 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to install the specified patterns. Review " -"the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"Er deed zich een fout voor tijdens het installeren van de gespecificeerde " -"patronen. Bekijk de yast2-logs voor meer informatie." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to install the specified patterns. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "Er deed zich een fout voor tijdens het installeren van de gespecificeerde patronen. Bekijk de yast2-logs voor meer informatie." #. if that was successful now try and install the packages #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:129 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to install the specified packages. Review " -"the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"Er deed zich een fout voor tijdens het installeren van de gespecificeerde " -"pakketten. Bekijk de yast2-logs voor meer informatie." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to install the specified packages. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "Er deed zich een fout voor tijdens het installeren van de gespecificeerde pakketten. Bekijk de yast2-logs voor meer informatie." #. If we don't want to remain subscribed, remove the repositories that were added for installation. #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:148 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to unsubscribe from the repositories that " -"were used to perform the installation. You can remove them manually in YaST " -"> Software Repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"Er deed zich een fout voor tijdens het uitschrijven bij de bronnen die " -"tijdens de installatie zijn gebruikt. U kunt ze handmatig verwijderen in " -"YaST > Installatiebronnen. Bekijk de yast2-logs voor meer informatie." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to unsubscribe from the repositories that were used to perform the installation. You can remove them manually in YaST > Software Repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "Er deed zich een fout voor tijdens het uitschrijven bij de bronnen die tijdens de installatie zijn gebruikt. U kunt ze handmatig verwijderen in YaST > Installatiebronnen. Bekijk de yast2-logs voor meer informatie." #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:159 msgid "No error occurred." @@ -294,11 +260,8 @@ msgstr "Installatie is niet mogelijk" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:71 -msgid "" -"The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for %s." -msgstr "" -"De installatie-link of het bestand dat u opende bevat geen instructies voor " -"%s." +msgid "The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for %s." +msgstr "De installatie-link of het bestand dat u opende bevat geen instructies voor %s." #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:81 msgid "Software is being installed." @@ -327,12 +290,8 @@ msgstr "Niet opnieuw vragen" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:348 -msgid "" -"These repositories will only be added during installation. You will not " -"remain subscribed." -msgstr "" -"Deze bronnen zullen alleen worden toegevoegd tijdens de installatie. U zult " -"niet ingeschreven blijven." +msgid "These repositories will only be added during installation. You will not remain subscribed." +msgstr "Deze bronnen zullen alleen worden toegevoegd tijdens de installatie. U zult niet ingeschreven blijven." #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:352 msgid "You will remain subscribed to these repositories after installation." @@ -340,9 +299,7 @@ #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:360 msgid "If you continue, the following changes will be made to your system:" -msgstr "" -"Als u doorgaat zullen de volgende wijzigingen worden aangebracht aan uw " -"systeem:" +msgstr "Als u doorgaat zullen de volgende wijzigingen worden aangebracht aan uw systeem:" #. Put remove message at top, incase people try to push it off the bottom of the warning by adding lots of packages. #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:372 @@ -382,12 +339,8 @@ msgstr "Installatie is gedeeltelijk gelukt." #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:507 -msgid "" -"The installation has failed. For more information, see the log file at <tt>/" -"var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Failure stage was: " -msgstr "" -"De installatie is mislukt. Zie het logbestand <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt> " -"voor meer informatie. Het foutstadium was: " +msgid "The installation has failed. For more information, see the log file at <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Failure stage was: " +msgstr "De installatie is mislukt. Zie het logbestand <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt> voor meer informatie. Het foutstadium was: " #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:515 msgid "Error Message" @@ -454,12 +407,8 @@ msgstr "onbekend" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerResponse.rb:13 -msgid "" -"Root privileges are required. Either they were not supplied, or an unknown " -"error occurred." -msgstr "" -"Systeembeheerderprivileges (root-rechten) zijn vereist. Ofwel deze zijn niet " -"meegegeven, of er is een onbekende fout opgetreden." +msgid "Root privileges are required. Either they were not supplied, or an unknown error occurred." +msgstr "Systeembeheerderprivileges (root-rechten) zijn vereist. Ofwel deze zijn niet meegegeven, of er is een onbekende fout opgetreden." #~ msgid "Please wait while this software is being installed." #~ msgstr "Wacht even terwijl de software wordt geïnstalleerd." Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/online-update-configuration.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/online-update-configuration.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/online-update-configuration.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-25 23:24+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -93,8 +93,7 @@ #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:66 msgid "Register for support and get update repository" -msgstr "" -"Registreer voor ondersteuning en verkrijg de installatiebron voor bijwerken" +msgstr "Registreer voor ondersteuning en verkrijg de installatiebron voor bijwerken" #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:67 msgid "Send hardware information to the smolt project" @@ -138,14 +137,11 @@ #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:81 msgid "In %1 the current update repository is shown." -msgstr "" -"In %1 wordt de huidige installatiebron voor bijwerken getoond." +msgstr "In %1 wordt de huidige installatiebron voor bijwerken getoond." #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:85 msgid "Press %1 to use the default update repository." -msgstr "" -"Druk op %1 om de standaard-installatiebron voor bijwerken te " -"gebruiken." +msgstr "Druk op %1 om de standaard-installatiebron voor bijwerken te gebruiken." #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:89 msgid "Find related actions in the %1 menu." @@ -156,31 +152,16 @@ msgstr "Automatisch online bijwerken instellen in %1." #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:97 -msgid "" -"Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be " -"ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with." -msgstr "" -"Kies een interval voor bijwerken en geef aan of interactieve reparaties " -"genegeerd moeten worden en of er automatisch akkoord gegaan moet worden met " -"licenties." +msgid "Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with." +msgstr "Kies een interval voor bijwerken en geef aan of interactieve reparaties genegeerd moeten worden en of er automatisch akkoord gegaan moet worden met licenties." #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:102 -msgid "" -"All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed " -"when %1 is enabled." -msgstr "" -"Alle pakketten die worden aanbevolen door een bij te werken pakket, zullen " -"worden geïnstalleerd wanneer %1 is ingeschakeld." +msgid "All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed when %1 is enabled." +msgstr "Alle pakketten die worden aanbevolen door een bij te werken pakket, zullen worden geïnstalleerd wanneer %1 is ingeschakeld." #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:108 -msgid "" -"Category filter for patches can be configured in the section %1. " -"Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be " -"skipped." -msgstr "" -"Filteren op categorie voor reparaties kan ingesteld worden in de sectie " -"%1. Alleen reparaties van de categorieën in de lijst zullen worden " -"geïnstalleerd. Andere zullen worden overgeslagen." +msgid "Category filter for patches can be configured in the section %1. Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be skipped." +msgstr "Filteren op categorie voor reparaties kan ingesteld worden in de sectie %1. Alleen reparaties van de categorieën in de lijst zullen worden geïnstalleerd. Andere zullen worden overgeslagen." #. cache the base product details #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:73 Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/online-update.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/online-update.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/online-update.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: online-update.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-03 14:11+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-31 00:48+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -70,14 +70,8 @@ #. help text for online-update initialization #: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 -msgid "" -"The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. " -"Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source " -"module." -msgstr "" -"Het systeem is bezig met het initialiseren van de installatie- en bronnen " -"voor bijwerken. Installatie- en bronnen voor bijwerken kunnen worden " -"gewijzigd in de module Installatiebronnen." +msgid "The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source module." +msgstr "Het systeem is bezig met het initialiseren van de installatie- en bronnen voor bijwerken. Installatie- en bronnen voor bijwerken kunnen worden gewijzigd in de module Installatiebronnen." #. progress stage label #: src/clients/online_update.rb:137 @@ -172,12 +166,8 @@ #. help text for online update #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 -msgid "" -"If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be " -"shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" -msgstr "" -"Als er speciale berichten bij reparaties horen, zullen ze worden getoond " -"in een extra dialoog als de reparatie wordt geïnstalleerd.\n" +msgid "If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" +msgstr "Als er speciale berichten bij reparaties horen, zullen ze worden getoond in een extra dialoog als de reparatie wordt geïnstalleerd.\n" #. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp) #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:81 @@ -270,10 +260,8 @@ "At least one of the updates installed requires a system reboot to function\n" "properly. Reboot the system as soon as possible." msgstr "" -"Voor minstens één van de geïnstalleerde elementen voor bijwerken moet het " -"systeem worden\n" -"herstart om correct te kunnen werken. Start uw systeem zo spoedig mogelijk " -"opnieuw op." +"Voor minstens één van de geïnstalleerde elementen voor bijwerken moet het systeem worden\n" +"herstart om correct te kunnen werken. Start uw systeem zo spoedig mogelijk opnieuw op." #. popup message #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:67 @@ -284,8 +272,7 @@ "\n" "Reboot the system as soon as possible." msgstr "" -"Deze elementen voor bijwerken vereisen dat het systeem wordt herstart om " -"goed te kunnen werken:\n" +"Deze elementen voor bijwerken vereisen dat het systeem wordt herstart om goed te kunnen werken:\n" "\n" "%1.\n" "\n" @@ -294,18 +281,15 @@ #. continue/cancel popup text #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 msgid "" -"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of " -"YaST.\n" +"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of YaST.\n" "They should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\n" "\n" "You selected some other patches to be installed now.\n" "\n" "Continue with installing your selection?" msgstr "" -"Er zijn reparaties beschikbaar voor pakketbeheer, die een herstart van YaST " -"vereisen.\n" -"Deze dienen eerst geïnstalleerd te worden en alle andere reparaties pas na " -"de herstart.\n" +"Er zijn reparaties beschikbaar voor pakketbeheer, die een herstart van YaST vereisen.\n" +"Deze dienen eerst geïnstalleerd te worden en alle andere reparaties pas na de herstart.\n" "\n" "U hebt enkele andere reparaties geselecteerd om nu te worden geïnstalleerd.\n" "\n" @@ -478,8 +462,7 @@ "If you abort the installation now, no patch will be installed.\n" "Your installation will remain untouched.\n" msgstr "" -"Als u de installatie nu afbreekt, zal er geen reparatie geïnstalleerd " -"worden.\n" +"Als u de installatie nu afbreekt, zal er geen reparatie geïnstalleerd worden.\n" "Uw systeem zal ongewijzigd blijven.\n" #. Warning text for aborting if some patches are installed, some not @@ -550,8 +533,7 @@ #. Dialog label above a list of patches #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:424 msgid "These patches will need rebooting after installation" -msgstr "" -"Deze patches maken het nodig het syteem opnieuw op te starten na installatie" +msgstr "Deze patches maken het nodig het syteem opnieuw op te starten na installatie" #. Push button for Skipping all patches that require rebooting #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:433 @@ -561,9 +543,7 @@ #. Solver can't solve it automatically #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:457 msgid "Online update was unable to unselect some patches that need rebooting." -msgstr "" -"Online bijwerken was niet in staat de selectie van enige patches die een " -"herstart van het systeem nodig maken ongedaan te maken." +msgstr "Online bijwerken was niet in staat de selectie van enige patches die een herstart van het systeem nodig maken ongedaan te maken." #. Dialog label above a list of products (out of support) #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:539 Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/opensuse_mirror.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/opensuse_mirror.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/opensuse_mirror.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-03 14:11+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-04 11:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -64,4 +64,3 @@ #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 msgid "Select/Deselect &All" msgstr "&Alles selecteren of deselecteren" - Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/packager.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/packager.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/packager.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -254,8 +254,7 @@ "\n" "Would you like to configure it?" msgstr "" -"Online-bronnen die door het product zijn gedefinieerd hebben een " -"internetverbinding nodig.\n" +"Online-bronnen die door het product zijn gedefinieerd hebben een internetverbinding nodig.\n" "\n" "Wilt u de internetverbinding confgureren?" @@ -401,21 +400,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1266 -msgid "" -"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"Selecteer de online installatiebronnen die u wilt en klik op Verder.</" -"p>\n" +msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.\n" +msgstr "Selecteer de online installatiebronnen die u wilt en klik op Verder.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1270 -msgid "" -"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"Selecteer de online installatiebronnen die u wilt gebruiken en klik op " -"Voltooien.\n" +msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.\n" +msgstr "Selecteer de online installatiebronnen die u wilt gebruiken en klik op Voltooien.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1275 @@ -434,9 +425,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1377 #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 msgid "The repository manager is downloading repository details..." -msgstr "" -"Het installatiebronnenbeheer downloadt de details van de " -"installatiebron..." +msgstr "Het installatiebronnenbeheer downloadt de details van de installatiebron..." #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message #. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL @@ -533,12 +522,8 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST " -"profile." -msgstr "" -"Het uitvoeren van de pakketoplosfunctie is mislukt. Controleer de " -"softwaresectie in het AutoYaST-profiel." +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." +msgstr "Het uitvoeren van de pakketoplosfunctie is mislukt. Controleer de softwaresectie in het AutoYaST-profiel." #. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area #. %1 - an error message (details) @@ -604,12 +589,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:72 -msgid "" -"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Installatiebronnen - deze module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de " -"commandoregelinterface. Gebruik in plaats daarvan '%1'." +msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Installatiebronnen - deze module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de commandoregelinterface. Gebruik in plaats daarvan '%1'." #. pad to 3 characters #: src/clients/repositories.rb:166 @@ -778,37 +759,24 @@ "Manage configured software repositories and services.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"In deze dialoog kunt u geconfigureerde softwarebronnen en services beheren.</" -"p>\n" +"In deze dialoog kunt u geconfigureerde softwarebronnen en services beheren.\n" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:880 -msgid "" -"A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol " -"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software " -"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"A service of Installatiebron Index Service (RIS) is een " -"protocol voor pakketbronbeheer. Een service kan een of meer software " -"installatiebronnen bieden die dynamisch gewijzigd kunnen worden door de " -"servicebeheerder." +msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." +msgstr "A service of Installatiebron Index Service (RIS) is een protocol voor pakketbronbeheer. Een service kan een of meer software installatiebronnen bieden die dynamisch gewijzigd kunnen worden door de servicebeheerder." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" -"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository " -"or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is " -"available at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Een nieuwe bron of service toevoegen \n" -"Om een nieuwe installatiebron toe te voegen, gebruik Toevoegen en " -"specificeer de bron of service.\n" -"YaST zal automatisch detecteren of een service of een installatiebron is " -"ingegeven.\n" +"Om een nieuwe installatiebron toe te voegen, gebruik Toevoegen en specificeer de bron of service.\n" +"YaST zal automatisch detecteren of een service of een installatiebron is ingegeven.\n" "\n" #. help, continued @@ -850,70 +818,46 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" -"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, " -"use\n" -"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh " -"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use " -"the check boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, use\n" +"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "De status van een installatiebron of service wijzigen \n" -"Om een bronlocatie te wijzigen, gebruik Bewerken. Om een bron te " -"verwijderen, gebruik\n" -"Verwijderen. Om een bron in of uit te schakelen of het verversen " -"tijdens de initialisatie aan\n" -"of uit te zetten, selecteer de installatiebron in de tabel en gebruik " -"onderstaande keuzevakjes.\n" +"Om een bronlocatie te wijzigen, gebruik Bewerken. Om een bron te verwijderen, gebruik\n" +"Verwijderen. Om een bron in of uit te schakelen of het verversen tijdens de initialisatie aan\n" +"of uit te zetten, selecteer de installatiebron in de tabel en gebruik onderstaande keuzevakjes.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:938 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest " -"priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is " -"available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is " -"used.\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" msgstr "" "Prioriteit van een installatiebron \n" -"De prioriteit van een installatiebron is een geheel getal tussen 0 (de " -"hoogste prioriteit) en 200 (de laagste prioriteit). De standaard is 99. Als " -"een pakket beschikbaar is in meer bronnen dan wordt die met de hoogste " -"prioriteit gebruikt.\n" +"De prioriteit van een installatiebron is een geheel getal tussen 0 (de hoogste prioriteit) en 200 (de laagste prioriteit). De standaard is 99. Als een pakket beschikbaar is in meer bronnen dan wordt die met de hoogste prioriteit gebruikt.\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:946 -msgid "" -"Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in " -"repositories and services." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer de betreffende optie bovenaan het venster om te navigeren in " -"installatiebronnen en services." +msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." +msgstr "Selecteer de betreffende optie bovenaan het venster om te navigeren in installatiebronnen en services." #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:954 msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after " -"installation." +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." msgstr "" -"Gedownloade Pakketten bewaren Activeer deze optie om " -"gedownloade\n" +"Gedownloade Pakketten bewaren Activeer deze optie om gedownloade\n" "pakketten te bewaren in een lokale cache zodat zij later opnieuw gebruik\n" "kunnen worden bij het opnieuw installeren van pakketten. Indien niet\n" -"geactiveerd, zullen de gedownloade pakketten verwijderd worden na " -"installatie." +"geactiveerd, zullen de gedownloade pakketten verwijderd worden na installatie." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:960 -msgid "" -"The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/" -"packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." -msgstr "" -"De standaard lokale cache is gelokaliseerd in de map /var/cache/zypp/" -"packages, wijzig de locatie in het bestand /etc/zypp/zypp.conf.</" -"P>" +msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." +msgstr "De standaard lokale cache is gelokaliseerd in de map /var/cache/zypp/packages, wijzig de locatie in het bestand /etc/zypp/zypp.conf." #. popup message part 1 #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005 @@ -1022,17 +966,14 @@ "Really add the repository again?" msgstr "" "Installatiebron %1\n" -"is al toegevoegd. Elke installatiebron zou slechts een keer toegevoegd " -"moeten worden.\n" +"is al toegevoegd. Elke installatiebron zou slechts een keer toegevoegd moeten worden.\n" "\n" "Deze installatiebron nog eens toevvoegen?" #. Error popup #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1835 msgid "Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.\n" -msgstr "" -"Er deden zich fouten voor tijdens het herstellen van de bronconfiguratie</" -"p>\n" +msgstr "Er deden zich fouten voor tijdens het herstellen van de bronconfiguratie\n" #. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame #. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame @@ -1045,11 +986,8 @@ #. warning text #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 #: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 -msgid "" -"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." -msgstr "" -"De afhankelijkheden kunnen niet automatisch worden opgelost. Handmatige " -"interventie is nodig" +msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +msgstr "De afhankelijkheden kunnen niet automatisch worden opgelost. Handmatige interventie is nodig" # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- @@ -1065,25 +1003,18 @@ #. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Software-installatie - deze module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de " -"commandoregelinterface. Gebruik in plaats daarvan '%1'." +msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Software-installatie - deze module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de commandoregelinterface. Gebruik in plaats daarvan '%1'." #. error message (%1 is a package file name) #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 msgid "Error: Cannot copy package %1 to temporary repository." -msgstr "" -"Fout: kon het pakket %1 niet naar de tijdelijke installatiebron kopiëren." +msgstr "Fout: kon het pakket %1 niet naar de tijdelijke installatiebron kopiëren." #. error message #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed." -msgstr "" -"Fout: kan geen tijdelijke map aanmaken, pakketten kunnen niet geïnstalleerd " -"worden." +msgstr "Fout: kan geen tijdelijke map aanmaken, pakketten kunnen niet geïnstalleerd worden." #. error message #. error message @@ -1114,8 +1045,7 @@ #. start package manager #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:362 msgid "An error occurred during repository initialization." -msgstr "" -"Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens de initialisatie van de installatiebron." +msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens de initialisatie van de installatiebron." #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:369 msgid "" @@ -1205,8 +1135,7 @@ #. rich text - error message #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:112 msgid "The drive does not contain a medium or the ISO file system is broken." -msgstr "" -"Het station bevat geen medium of het ISO-bestandssysteem is beschadigd." +msgstr "Het station bevat geen medium of het ISO-bestandssysteem is beschadigd." #. result of the check - success #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:122 @@ -1215,17 +1144,13 @@ #. wrong MD5 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 -msgid "" -"Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." -msgstr "" -"Fout -- MD5-controlesom komt niet overeen Het medium is " -"onbruikbaar." +msgid "Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." +msgstr "Fout -- MD5-controlesom komt niet overeen Het medium is onbruikbaar." #. the correct MD5 is unknown #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131 msgid "Unknown -- The correct MD5 sum of the medium is unknown." -msgstr "" -"Onbekend -- de correcte MD5-controlesom van het medium is niet bekend." +msgstr "Onbekend -- de correcte MD5-controlesom van het medium is niet bekend." #. warning popup - the CD/DVD drive doesn't contain the first medium (CD1/DVD1) #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:251 @@ -1247,8 +1172,7 @@ #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you " -"should check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.\n" msgstr "" "Als u tijdens het installeren problemen ondervindt en u\n" @@ -1258,31 +1182,24 @@ #. help text - media check 3/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check</" -"B>\n" +"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check\n" "or use Check ISO File and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum. " msgstr "" -"Selecteer een station, plaats het medium in het station en klik op " -"Controle starten\n" +"Selecteer een station, plaats het medium in het station en klik op Controle starten\n" "of gebruik Controle ISO-bestand en selecteer een ISO-bestand.\n" "De controle kan enkele minuten duren, afhankelijk van de snelheid van het\n" -"station en de grootte van het medium. De controle verifieert de MD5-checksum." -"" +"station en de grootte van het medium. De controle verifieert de MD5-checksum." #. help text - media check 4/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " -"installation.\n" -"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</" -"P>\n" +"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" +"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.\n" msgstr "" -"Als de mediumcontrole is mislukt, is het beter niet door te gaan met de " -"installatie.\n" -"Dit kan mislukken of u kunt uw data verliezen. Het is beter het beschadigde " -"medium te vervangen.\n" +"Als de mediumcontrole is mislukt, is het beter niet door te gaan met de installatie.\n" +"Dit kan mislukken of u kunt uw data verliezen. Het is beter het beschadigde medium te vervangen.\n" #. help text - media check 5/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321 @@ -1295,32 +1212,21 @@ #. help text - media check 6/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 -msgid "" -"Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." -"" -msgstr "" -"Let op: U mag het medium niet wijzigen terwijl het door het " -"systeem wordt gebruikt." +msgid "Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." +msgstr "Let op: U mag het medium niet wijzigen terwijl het door het systeem wordt gebruikt." #. help text - media check 7/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 -msgid "" -"To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the " -"boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Om het medium voor de installatie te controleren gebruikt u het item " -"medium controleren in het opstartmenu." +msgid "To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu." +msgstr "Om het medium voor de installatie te controleren gebruikt u het item medium controleren in het opstartmenu." #. help text - media check 8/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your " -"recording\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</" -"P>\n" +"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.\n" msgstr "" -"Als u zelf de media brandt gebruik dan de optie pad van uw " -"brandsoftware.\n" +"Als u zelf de media brandt gebruik dan de optie pad van uw brandsoftware.\n" "Dit voorkomt leesfouten aan het einde van de media tijdens de controle.\n" #. advice check of the media @@ -1477,8 +1383,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Toevoegen van een nieuwe GPG-sleutel \n" -"Om een nieuwe GPG-sleutel toe te voegen, geef het pad naar het " -"sleutelbestand op.\n" +"Om een nieuwe GPG-sleutel toe te voegen, geef het pad naar het sleutelbestand op.\n" "\n" #. header in file selection popup @@ -1606,8 +1511,7 @@ "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." msgstr "" -"Het gebruik van een ISO-image over het ftp- of http-protocol is niet " -"mogelijk.\n" +"Het gebruik van een ISO-image over het ftp- of http-protocol is niet mogelijk.\n" "Wijzig het protocol of pak het ISO-image uit aan de kant van de server." #. popup message part 2 @@ -1634,8 +1538,7 @@ #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." -msgstr "" -"Er is een fout opgetreden bij de voorbereiding van het installatiesysteem." +msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden bij de voorbereiding van het installatiesysteem." #. error report #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654 @@ -1667,8 +1570,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional " -"repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" "De installatiebron bevat ook de lijst met additionele bronnen.\n" @@ -1840,50 +1742,29 @@ #. warning text #: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 -msgid "" -"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-" -"bit distribution." -msgstr "" -"Uw computer is een 64-bits x86-64-systeem, u probeert echter een 32-bits " -"distributie te installeren." +msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." +msgstr "Uw computer is een 64-bits x86-64-systeem, u probeert echter een 32-bits distributie te installeren." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 -msgid "" -"The pattern list states which functionality will be available after " -"installing the system." -msgstr "" -"De patroonlijst laat zien welke functionaliteit beschikbaar zal zijn na " -"installatie van het systeem." +msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." +msgstr "De patroonlijst laat zien welke functionaliteit beschikbaar zal zijn na installatie van het systeem." #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 -msgid "" -"The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to " -"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and " -"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed " -"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) " -"free space before starting the installation." -msgstr "" -"Het voorstel rapporteert de totale grootte van bestanden die " -"geïnstalleerd worden het systeem. Het systeem zal enige andere bestanden " -"bevatten (tijdelijke en werkbestanden) zodat de gebruikte ruimte iets groter " -"zal zijn dan de voorgestelde waarde. Het is daarom een goed idee om minstens " -"25% (of ongeveer 300MB) vrije ruimte te hebben alvorens met de installatie " -"te starten." +msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." +msgstr "Het voorstel rapporteert de totale grootte van bestanden die geïnstalleerd worden het systeem. Het systeem zal enige andere bestanden bevatten (tijdelijke en werkbestanden) zodat de gebruikte ruimte iets groter zal zijn dan de voorgestelde waarde. Het is daarom een goed idee om minstens 25% (of ongeveer 300MB) vrije ruimte te hebben alvorens met de installatie te starten." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if " -"the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" "De totale 'te downloaden grootte' is de grootte van de pakketten die\n" "gedownload zullen worden vanaf remote (network) installatiebronnen.\n" -"Deze waarde is belangrijk wanneer de verbinding langzaam is of wanneer er " -"een limiet is voor het downloaden.\n" +"Deze waarde is belangrijk wanneer de verbinding langzaam is of wanneer er een limiet is voor het downloaden.\n" #. help text for software proposal - header #: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 @@ -1918,41 +1799,27 @@ #: src/modules/Packages.rb:472 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" -msgstr "" -"Deze addon-producten zijn gemarkeerd voor automatische verwijdering: %1" +msgstr "Deze addon-producten zijn gemarkeerd voor automatische verwijdering: %1" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"Neem contact op met de leveranciers van deze addons om u te voorzien van " -"nieuwe installatiemedia." +msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." +msgstr "Neem contact op met de leveranciers van deze addons om u te voorzien van nieuwe installatiemedia." #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"Neem contact op met de leverancier van deze addons om u te voorzien van een " -"nieuw installatiemedium." +msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." +msgstr "Neem contact op met de leverancier van deze addons om u te voorzien van een nieuw installatiemedium." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 -msgid "" -"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot " -"start installation." -msgstr "" -"Fout: Kan de vrije ruimte in de basismap %1 (apparaat %2) niet controleren, " -"kan installatie niet starten." +msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." +msgstr "Fout: Kan de vrije ruimte in de basismap %1 (apparaat %2) niet controleren, kan installatie niet starten." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." -msgstr "" -"Waarschuwing: Kan de vrije ruimte in map %1 (apparaat %2) niet controleren." +msgstr "Waarschuwing: Kan de vrije ruimte in map %1 (apparaat %2) niet controleren." #. summary warning #: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 @@ -1962,15 +1829,12 @@ #. summary warning #: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." -msgstr "" -"Onvoldoende schijfruimte. Verwijder enkele pakketten uit de enkelvoudige " -"selectie." +msgstr "Onvoldoende schijfruimte. Verwijder enkele pakketten uit de enkelvoudige selectie." #. add a backslash if it's missing #: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " -msgstr "" -"Op partitie %3 is slechts %1 (%2%%) vrije schijfruimte beschikbaar. " +msgstr "Op partitie %3 is slechts %1 (%2%%) vrije schijfruimte beschikbaar. " #. newly installed products #: src/modules/Packages.rb:696 @@ -1985,8 +1849,7 @@ #. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one #: src/modules/Packages.rb:708 msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" -msgstr "" -"Product %{old_product} zal bijgewerkt worden tot %{new_product}" +msgstr "Product %{old_product} zal bijgewerkt worden tot %{new_product}" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:715 msgid "Product %s will stay installed" @@ -2000,39 +1863,23 @@ #: src/modules/Packages.rb:726 msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." -msgstr "" -"Fout: Product %s zal automatisch verwijderd worden." +msgstr "Fout: Product %s zal automatisch verwijderd worden." #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", #. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") #: src/modules/Packages.rb:752 -#| msgid "" -#| "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" -#| "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a " -#| "new\n" -#| "installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or " -#| "module\n" -#| "in the registration step</li><li>Or resolve the conflicts manually in " -#| "the \n" -#| "package management</li></ul></li></ul>" msgid "" "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" -"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or " -"module\n" -"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to " -"the\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" "software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Sommige producten zijn gemarkeerd voor automatisch verwijderen.</" -"b></li>\n" +"<ul><li>Sommige producten zijn gemarkeerd voor automatisch verwijderen.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Neem contact op met de verkoper van de verwijderde add-on om u van\n" -"een nieuw installatiemedium te voorzien</li><li>Of om door te gaan met " -"producten " -"opwaerderen ga naar de\n" -"softwareselectie en markeer het product (het -release pakket) voor " -"verwijdering.\n" +"een nieuw installatiemedium te voorzien</li><li>Of om door te gaan met producten opwaerderen ga naar de\n" +"softwareselectie en markeer het product (het -release pakket) voor verwijdering.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL @@ -2043,8 +1890,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 msgid "" -"The release notes for the initial release are part of the " -"installation\n" +"The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2117,12 +1963,8 @@ msgstr "Kan licentiebestand '%1' niet lezen" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 -msgid "" -"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the " -"root of the live media when building the image." -msgstr "" -"Om de licentie van het product juist te tonen, zet u het bestand license.tar." -"gz in de basismap van het live-medium bij het bouwen van de image." +msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." +msgstr "Om de licentie van het product juist te tonen, zet u het bestand license.tar.gz in de basismap van het live-medium bij het bouwen van de image." #. combo box #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 @@ -2480,14 +2322,10 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" -"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is " -"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name." -"\n" +"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Bronnaam</big> \n" -"Gebruik Bronnaam om de naam van de installatiebron te specificeren. " -"Als dit leeg wordt gelaten zal YaST de productnaam (indien beschikbaar) of " -"het URL-adres als naam gebruiken.\n" +"Gebruik Bronnaam om de naam van de installatiebron te specificeren. Als dit leeg wordt gelaten zal YaST de productnaam (indien beschikbaar) of het URL-adres als naam gebruiken.\n" #. text entry #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 @@ -2498,13 +2336,10 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" -"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, " -"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" +"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Service naam</big> \n" -"Gebruik Service naam om de naam van de service te specificeren. Als " -"dit leeg wordt gelaten zal YaST een gedeelte van het URL-adres als naam " -"gebruiken.\n" +"Gebruik Service naam om de naam van de service te specificeren. Als dit leeg wordt gelaten zal YaST een gedeelte van het URL-adres als naam gebruiken.\n" #. popup message #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 @@ -2552,15 +2387,12 @@ msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See " -"man 5 nfs\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man 5 nfs\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" "<big>Opties voor aankoppelen</big> \n" -"U kunt extra opties gebruikt voor het aankoppelen van het NFS-volume " -"specificeren.\n" -"Dit is een optie voor experts, behouden van de standaard waarde is " -"aanbevolen. Zie man 5 nfs\n" +"U kunt extra opties gebruikt voor het aankoppelen van het NFS-volume specificeren.\n" +"Dit is een optie voor experts, behouden van de standaard waarde is aanbevolen. Zie man 5 nfs\n" "voor details en de lijst met ondersteunde opties." #. radio button @@ -2579,8 +2411,7 @@ "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." msgstr "" "<big>Cd- of dvd-media</big> \n" -"Stel CD-ROM of DVD-ROM in om het type medium te specificeren.</" -"p>" +"Stel CD-ROM of DVD-ROM in om het type medium te specificeren." #. dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 @@ -2667,10 +2498,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>USB-stick of -schijf</big> \n" "Selecteer het USB-apparaat waarop de installatiebron aanwezig is.\n" -"Gebruik Pad naar map om de map van de installatiebron te " -"specificeren.\n" -"Als er geen pad is dan zal het systeem de hoofdmap van het apparaat " -"gebruiken.\n" +"Gebruik Pad naar map om de map van de installatiebron te specificeren.\n" +"Als er geen pad is dan zal het systeem de hoofdmap van het apparaat gebruiken.\n" "Als de map alleen RPM-pakketten bevat zonder enige metadata\n" "(er is dus geen productinformatie), selecteer dan de optie\n" "Gewone RPM-map.\n" @@ -2705,8 +2534,7 @@ "<big>Schijf</big> \n" "Selecteer de schijf waarop de installatiebron aanwezig is.\n" "Stel Pad naar map in om het pad naar de map te specificeren.\n" -"Als er geen pad is dan zal het systeem de hoofd map van de schijf " -"gebruiken.\n" +"Als er geen pad is dan zal het systeem de hoofd map van de schijf gebruiken.\n" "Als de map alleen RPM-pakketten bevat zonder enige metadata\n" "(er is dus geen productinformatie), selecteer dan de optie\n" "Gewone RPM-map.\n" @@ -2802,8 +2630,7 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck Anonymous and specify the\n" "User Name and the Password.\n" "\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to " -"Directory\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to Directory\n" "or ISO Image. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image.\n" @@ -2822,12 +2649,10 @@ #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" -"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS " -"repository.\n" +"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" msgstr "" -"Het is mogelijk om het poortnummer voor een HTTP/HTTPS-bron in te " -"stellen.\n" +"Het is mogelijk om het poortnummer voor een HTTP/HTTPS-bron in te stellen.\n" "Laat het leeg om de standaardpoort te gebruiken.\n" #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. @@ -2913,18 +2738,15 @@ msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check Download repository description files to download " -"the\n" +"repository. Check Download repository description files to download the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. \n" msgstr "" "Bestanden downloaden \n" "Elke installatiebron heeft bestanden die de inhoud van bron beschrijven.\n" -"Selecteer Bestanden met bronbeschrijvingen downloaden om de " -"bestanden\n" +"Selecteer Bestanden met bronbeschrijvingen downloaden om de bestanden\n" "te downloaden op het moment dat deze YaST-module wordt afgesloten. Als deze\n" -"optie niet is geselecteerd zal YaST de bestanden automatisch downloaden " -"wanneer\n" +"optie niet is geselecteerd zal YaST de bestanden automatisch downloaden wanneer\n" "ze later nodig zijn.\n" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:271 @@ -3233,24 +3055,18 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Package Search</big> \n" -#~ "Use the functionality of Webpin package search to search in all " -#~ "known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.\n" +#~ "Use the functionality of Webpin package search to search in all known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Pakketzoeken</big> \n" -#~ "Gebruik van de functionaliteit van Webpin pakketzoeken om te " -#~ "zoeken in alle bekende openSUSE build-service en openSUSE " -#~ "installatiebronnen van de gemeenschap.\n" +#~ "Gebruik van de functionaliteit van Webpin pakketzoeken om te zoeken in alle bekende openSUSE build-service en openSUSE installatiebronnen van de gemeenschap.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>Security</big> The software found is often not part of " -#~ "the\n" +#~ "<big>Security</big> The software found is often not part of the\n" #~ "distribution itself. You need to decide whether to trust the source of a\n" -#~ "package. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "package. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Beveiliging</big> De gevonden software is vaak geen\n" -#~ "onderdeel van de distributie zelf. U moet zelf beslissen of u de bron " -#~ "van\n" +#~ "onderdeel van de distributie zelf. U moet zelf beslissen of u de bron van\n" #~ "een pakket vertrouwt. Wij nemen geen enkele verantwoordelijk voor het\n" #~ "installeren van dit soort software.\n" @@ -3264,9 +3080,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Zoeken is mislukt" #~ msgid "No packages matching entered criteria were found." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Er zijn geen pakketten gevonden die aan de ingegeven criteria " -#~ "voldoen." +#~ msgstr "Er zijn geen pakketten gevonden die aan de ingegeven criteria voldoen." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" @@ -3277,8 +3091,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Toevoegen van een nieuwe GPG-sleutel \n" -#~ "Om een nieuwe GPG-sleutel toe te voegen specificeert u het pad naar het " -#~ "sleutelbestand.\n" +#~ "Om een nieuwe GPG-sleutel toe te voegen specificeert u het pad naar het sleutelbestand.\n" #~ "Activeer het keuzevakje Vertrouwd aan als u de sleutel vertrouwd.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -3299,12 +3112,10 @@ #~ "De server op afstand gaf de foutcode %1" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Here you can see default online repositories downloaded from the " -#~ "Internet.\n" +#~ "Here you can see default online repositories downloaded from the Internet.\n" #~ "Click on the repository to see its details.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hier kunt u de standaard online installatiebronnen die van internet " -#~ "zijn gedownload zien.\n" +#~ "Hier kunt u de standaard online installatiebronnen die van internet zijn gedownload zien.\n" #~ "Klik op een installatiebron om de details te bekijken.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -3318,26 +3129,21 @@ #~ msgstr "Pakketinformatie wordt gelezen. Even geduld a.u.b..." #~ msgid "There was an error in the repository initialization." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Er is een fout opgetreden bij de initialisatie van de installatiebron." +#~ msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden bij de initialisatie van de installatiebron." #~ msgid "Search &In" #~ msgstr "Zoeken &in" #~ msgid "" -#~ "These are the release notes made for the first initial release. " -#~ "They are\n" -#~ "part of the installation media. During the configuration steps, if a " -#~ "connection\n" +#~ "These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n" +#~ "part of the installation media. During the configuration steps, if a connection\n" #~ "to the Internet is available, you can download updated release notes\n" #~ "from the SUSE Linux Web server." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dit zijn de uitgavenotities die gemaakt zijn voor de eerste " -#~ "initiële\n" +#~ "Dit zijn de uitgavenotities die gemaakt zijn voor de eerste initiële\n" #~ "uitgave, die deel uitmaakt van de installatiemedia. Als u tijdens de\n" #~ "installatie een internetverbinding tot uw beschikking heeft, dan kunt u\n" -#~ "bijgewerkte uitgave-informatie van de webserver van SUSE Linux downloaden." -#~ "" +#~ "bijgewerkte uitgave-informatie van de webserver van SUSE Linux downloaden." #~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" #~ msgstr "Installatie van addon-product" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/pam.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/pam.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/pam.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pam.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-22 00:20+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Rinse de Vries <rinsedevries(a)kde.nl>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/pkg-bindings.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/pkg-bindings.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/pkg-bindings.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-06 16:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-19 18:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -33,51 +33,26 @@ #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:36 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Loading Available Packages</BIG>Loading available " -"objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a " -"while..." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Laden van beschikbare pakketten</BIG>Het laden van " -"beschikbare objecten uit de geconfigureerde installatiebronnen is bezig. Dit " -"kan even duren..." +msgid "<BIG>Loading Available Packages</BIG>Loading available objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a while..." +msgstr "<BIG>Laden van beschikbare pakketten</BIG>Het laden van beschikbare objecten uit de geconfigureerde installatiebronnen is bezig. Dit kan even duren..." #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:42 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Loading Installed Packages</BIG>The package manager is " -"reading installed packages..." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Laden van geïnstalleerde pakketten</BIG>De " -"pakketbeheerder leest de geïnstalleerde pakketten in..." +msgid "<BIG>Loading Installed Packages</BIG>The package manager is reading installed packages..." +msgstr "<BIG>Laden van geïnstalleerde pakketten</BIG>De pakketbeheerder leest de geïnstalleerde pakketten in..." #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:47 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Registering a New Repository</BIG>A new repository is " -"being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available " -"packages in the repository..." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Registreren van een nieuwe installatiebron</BIG>Een " -"nieuwe installatiebron wordt geregistreerd. De pakketbeheerder leest de " -"lijst van beschikbare pakketten in de installatiebron..." +msgid "<BIG>Registering a New Repository</BIG>A new repository is being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available packages in the repository..." +msgstr "<BIG>Registreren van een nieuwe installatiebron</BIG>Een nieuwe installatiebron wordt geregistreerd. De pakketbeheerder leest de lijst van beschikbare pakketten in de installatiebron..." #: src/HelpTexts.h:52 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Saving Repositories</BIG>The package manager is " -"updating configured repositories..." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Opslaan van installatiebronnen</BIG>De pakketbeheerder " -"is bezig de geconfigureerde installatiebronnen op te waarderen..." +msgid "<BIG>Saving Repositories</BIG>The package manager is updating configured repositories..." +msgstr "<BIG>Opslaan van installatiebronnen</BIG>De pakketbeheerder is bezig de geconfigureerde installatiebronnen op te waarderen..." #: src/HelpTexts.h:55 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Refreshing the Repository</BIG>The package manager is " -"updating the repository content..." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Verversen van de installatiebron</BIG>De " -"pakketbeheerder is de inhoud van de installatiebron aan het opwaarderen...</" -"P>" +msgid "<BIG>Refreshing the Repository</BIG>The package manager is updating the repository content..." +msgstr "<BIG>Verversen van de installatiebron</BIG>De pakketbeheerder is de inhoud van de installatiebron aan het opwaarderen..." #. error message #: src/Package.cc:651 Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/printer.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/printer.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/printer.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: printer.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-18 19:42+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -74,26 +74,17 @@ #. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is #. mandatory to set up local print queues. #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." -msgstr "" -"Kan printen niet configureren (vereist pakket cups-client is niet " -"geïnstalleerd)." +msgid "Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." +msgstr "Kan printen niet configureren (vereist pakket cups-client is niet geïnstalleerd)." #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "" -"Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." -msgstr "" -"Kan lokale printers niet configureren (vereist pakket cups is niet " -"geïnstalleerd)." +msgid "Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." +msgstr "Kan lokale printers niet configureren (vereist pakket cups is niet geïnstalleerd)." #. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config: #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117 -msgid "" -"No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." -msgstr "" -"Geen toegang tot lokale printer (gebruikt CUPS-server '%1' op afstand voor " -"printen)." +msgid "No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." +msgstr "Geen toegang tot lokale printer (gebruikt CUPS-server '%1' op afstand voor printen)." #. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd: #. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd is necessary because @@ -135,9 +126,7 @@ #. so that also in this special case no automated queue setup is done. #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:196 msgid "Cannot configure local printers (no local cupsd accessible)." -msgstr "" -"Kan lokale printers niet configureren (er is geen toegang tot een lokale " -"cupsd)." +msgstr "Kan lokale printers niet configureren (er is geen toegang tot een lokale cupsd)." #. with an empty URI (i.e. no need to test this here) #. but Printer::ConnectionItems adds trailing spaces @@ -199,28 +188,20 @@ #. by calling the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality right now. #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:49 msgid "&Do an automatic configuration of local connected printers now" -msgstr "" -"&Voer nu een automatische configuratie uit van lokaal aangekoppelde printers" +msgstr "&Voer nu een automatische configuratie uit van lokaal aangekoppelde printers" #. Header for a dialog section where the user can #. specify if USB printers are configured automatically: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61 -msgid "" -"Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" -msgstr "" -"Specificeer of automatische printerconfiguratie moet gebeuren als deze wordt " -"ingeplugd" +msgid "Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" +msgstr "Specificeer of automatische printerconfiguratie moet gebeuren als deze wordt ingeplugd" #. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers #. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer. #. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name. #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75 -msgid "" -"&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer " -"configuration" -msgstr "" -"Het pakket udev-configure-printer gebr&uiken voor automatische " -"USB-printerconfiguratie" +msgid "&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer configuration" +msgstr "Het pakket udev-configure-printer gebr&uiken voor automatische USB-printerconfiguratie" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: @@ -237,12 +218,8 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of " -"printers for the local system." -msgstr "" -"Een instelling van een CUPS-server op afstand is in conflict met het " -"automatisch configureren van printers voor het lokale systeem." +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of printers for the local system." +msgstr "Een instelling van een CUPS-server op afstand is in conflict met het automatisch configureren van printers voor het lokale systeem." #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). @@ -252,8 +229,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf" -msgstr "" -"Het verwijderen van het 'ServerName' item in /etc/cups/client.conf is mislukt" +msgstr "Het verwijderen van het 'ServerName' item in /etc/cups/client.conf is mislukt" #. There is no "abort" functionality which does a sudden death of the whole module (see dialogs.ycp). #. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage @@ -447,9 +423,7 @@ #. show the same content as in the BasicAddDialog to set the default paper size: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:193 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:271 msgid "Default paper size (if printer and driver supports it)" -msgstr "" -"Standaard papiergrootte (als de printer en het apparaatstuurprogramma het " -"ondersteunen)" +msgstr "Standaard papiergrootte (als de printer en het apparaatstuurprogramma het ondersteunen)" #. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: #. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: @@ -540,12 +514,8 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379 -msgid "" -"Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed " -"for the queue name." -msgstr "" -"Alleen letters (a-z en A-Z), cijfers [0-9], en '_' zijn toegestaan voor de " -"wachtrijnaam." +msgid "Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed for the queue name." +msgstr "Alleen letters (a-z en A-Z), cijfers [0-9], en '_' zijn toegestaan voor de wachtrijnaam." #. when a queue name is changed to be valid: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:389 @@ -567,12 +537,8 @@ #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown #. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821 -msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, " -"wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "" -"Als de volgende dialoog geen nieuwe printerconfiguratie toont zoals deze " -"wordt verwacht, wacht dan even en gebruik de knop 'Lijst verversen'." +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "Als de volgende dialoog geen nieuwe printerconfiguratie toont zoals deze wordt verwacht, wacht dan even en gebruik de knop 'Lijst verversen'." #. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called #. and this function would have shown more specific messages. @@ -618,12 +584,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used. #. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term. #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315 -msgid "" -"No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' " -"is used)" -msgstr "" -"Geen wordt geen apparaatstuurprogramma gebruikt (het is een 'rauwe' wachtrij " -"of er wordt een 'System V style interface script' gebruikt)" +msgid "No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' is used)" +msgstr "Geen wordt geen apparaatstuurprogramma gebruikt (het is een 'rauwe' wachtrij of er wordt een 'System V style interface script' gebruikt)" #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323 msgid "Current Driver" @@ -632,9 +594,7 @@ #. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:384 msgid "Adjust Options of the Current Driver or Assign a Different Driver" -msgstr "" -"Pas opties voor het huidige apparaatstuurprogramma aan of wijs een ander " -"apparaatstuurprogramma toe" +msgstr "Pas opties voor het huidige apparaatstuurprogramma aan of wijs een ander apparaatstuurprogramma toe" #. Label of a TextEntry for a short printer driver description (only one line): #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:461 @@ -676,12 +636,8 @@ #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown #. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823 -msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time " -"and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "" -"Als de volgende dialoog geen verwachte wijzigingen toont, wacht dan even en " -"gebruik de knop 'Lijst verversen'." +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "Als de volgende dialoog geen verwachte wijzigingen toont, wacht dan even en gebruik de knop 'Lijst verversen'." #. Exit this dialog in any case: #. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed: @@ -694,9 +650,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when "Driver Options" was selected: #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:855 msgid "Possible reasons: Nothing selected or it is a remote configuration." -msgstr "" -"Mogelijke oorzaak: Er is niets geselecteerd of het is een externe " -"configuratie." +msgstr "Mogelijke oorzaak: Er is niets geselecteerd of het is een externe configuratie." #. Header for a ComboBox to keep the printer model or select another manufacturer: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:416 @@ -708,11 +662,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term #. when no driver is used for a print queue. #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432 -msgid "" -"Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" -msgstr "" -"Behoud uw model of selecteer een printer&fabrikant als er geen 'raw-wachtrij' " -"ingesteld zou moeten worden" +msgid "Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" +msgstr "Behoud uw model of selecteer een printer&fabrikant als er geen 'raw-wachtrij' ingesteld zou moeten worden" #. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:452 @@ -724,9 +675,7 @@ #. when no driver is used for a print queue. #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:467 msgid "Select a printer &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up." -msgstr "" -"Een printer&fabrikant selecteren als er geen 'raw-wachtrij' ingesteld zou " -"moeten worden." +msgstr "Een printer&fabrikant selecteren als er geen 'raw-wachtrij' ingesteld zou moeten worden." #. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server @@ -835,11 +784,8 @@ msgstr "S&topbits" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076 -msgid "" -"To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Het RPM-pakket bluez-cups moet zijn geïnstalleerd om toegang tot een " -"bluetooth-printer te kunnen krijgen." +msgid "To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." +msgstr "Het RPM-pakket bluez-cups moet zijn geïnstalleerd om toegang tot een bluetooth-printer te kunnen krijgen." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -921,11 +867,8 @@ msgstr "URI (zie de handleiding van de printer) [procent gecodeerd]" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402 -msgid "" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Het RPM-pakket samba-client moet geïnstalleerd zijn om toegang tot een " -"SMB-printer-share te kunnen krijgen." +msgid "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed." +msgstr "Het RPM-pakket samba-client moet geïnstalleerd zijn om toegang tot een SMB-printer-share te kunnen krijgen." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -993,9 +936,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1792 msgid "To access an IPX print queue, the RPM package ncpfs must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Het RPM-pakket ncpfs moet geïnstalleerd zijn om toegang tot een " -"IPX-afdrukwachtrij te kunnen krijgen." +msgstr "Het RPM-pakket ncpfs moet geïnstalleerd zijn om toegang tot een IPX-afdrukwachtrij te kunnen krijgen." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -1031,9 +972,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1985 msgid "To print via 'pipe', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Het RPM-pakket cups-backend moet geïnstalleerd zijn om via 'pipe' af te " -"kunnen drukken." +msgstr "Het RPM-pakket cups-backend moet geïnstalleerd zijn om via 'pipe' af te kunnen drukken." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -1050,8 +989,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2139 msgid "Device URI (for which 'beh' should be applied) [percent-encoded]" -msgstr "" -"Apparaat URI (waarvoor 'beh' zou moeten worden toegepast) [procent gecodeerd]" +msgstr "Apparaat URI (waarvoor 'beh' zou moeten worden toegepast) [procent gecodeerd]" #. TRANSLATORS: Check box #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2149 @@ -1256,15 +1194,11 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2473 msgid "The 'space' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits." -msgstr "" -"De 'space' pariteitscontrole wordt alleen ondersteund met 7-bits gegevens." +msgstr "De 'space' pariteitscontrole wordt alleen ondersteund met 7-bits gegevens." #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2481 -msgid "" -"The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." -msgstr "" -"De 'mark' pariteitscontrole wordt alleen ondersteund met 7-bits gegevens en 1 " -"stopbit." +msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." +msgstr "De 'mark' pariteitscontrole wordt alleen ondersteund met 7-bits gegevens en 1 stopbit." #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2523 msgid "Bluetooth device ID could not be empty." @@ -1306,8 +1240,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2747 msgid "Device URI, number of retries, and delay could not be empty." -msgstr "" -"Apparaat-URI, aantal herhaalde pogingen en vertraging mogen niet leeg zijn." +msgstr "Apparaat-URI, aantal herhaalde pogingen en vertraging mogen niet leeg zijn." #. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe #. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe @@ -1415,8 +1348,7 @@ #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3043 msgid "The generic test reports failures for share '%1' on host '%2'." -msgstr "" -"De algemene test rapporteert mislukkingen voor share '%1' op host '%2'." +msgstr "De algemene test rapporteert mislukkingen voor share '%1' op host '%2'." #. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: @@ -1433,19 +1365,13 @@ #. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client) #. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3245 -msgid "" -"To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Om Active Directory (R) te ondersteunen moet het RPM-pakket " -"samba-krb-printing zijn geïnstalleerd." +msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed." +msgstr "Om Active Directory (R) te ondersteunen moet het RPM-pakket samba-krb-printing zijn geïnstalleerd." #. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3285 msgid "Active Directory (R) support will be disabled for all SMB print queues." -msgstr "" -"Ondersteuning voor Active Directory (R) zal uigeschakeld worden voor alle " -"wachtrijen voor SMB-afdrukken." +msgstr "Ondersteuning voor Active Directory (R) zal uigeschakeld worden voor alle wachtrijen voor SMB-afdrukken." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 @@ -1544,8 +1470,7 @@ #. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:111 msgid "Printer Description Files for Ghostscript Drivers" -msgstr "" -"Printerbeschrijvingsbestanden voor Ghostscript apparaatstuurprogramma's" +msgstr "Printerbeschrijvingsbestanden voor Ghostscript apparaatstuurprogramma's" #. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs. #. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs" in this text @@ -1596,8 +1521,7 @@ #. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:190 msgid "Driver for Konica Minolta 2300W and 2400W (unmaintained)" -msgstr "" -"Apparaatstuurprogramma voor Konica Minolta 2300W en 2400W (zonder onderhoud)" +msgstr "Apparaatstuurprogramma voor Konica Minolta 2300W en 2400W (zonder onderhoud)" #. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package epson-inkjet-printer-escpr. #. There is no need to have the package name "epson-inkjet-printer-escpr" in this text @@ -1638,8 +1562,7 @@ #. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here #. and there is nothing else to be done after this: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:679 -msgid "" -"The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." +msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." msgstr "Het printerbeschrijvingsbestand komt niet overeen met de specificatie." #. when a PPD file is not in compliance: @@ -1650,11 +1573,8 @@ #. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline #. when PPD file is not in compliance: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:699 -msgid "" -"A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." -msgstr "" -"Een niet-overkomende printerbeschrijvingsbestand kan leiden tot willekeurig " -"falen." +msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." +msgstr "Een niet-overkomende printerbeschrijvingsbestand kan leiden tot willekeurig falen." #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:716 msgid "Failed to make the printer description file available" @@ -1671,9 +1591,7 @@ #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:138 msgid "Failed to set driver options for queue %1." -msgstr "" -"Het instellen van opties voor het apparaatstuurprogramma is mislukt voor " -"wachtrij %1." +msgstr "Het instellen van opties voor het apparaatstuurprogramma is mislukt voor wachtrij %1." #. Read dialog help 1/1: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:37 @@ -1704,14 +1622,12 @@ "<big>Print Queue Overview</big> \n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" "When various applications submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the " -"printer\n" +"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n" "device. \n" "It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n" "device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -"printer.\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1719,14 +1635,10 @@ "Een printer wordt niet direct gebruikt maar via een printerwachtrij. \n" "Als verschillende applicaties printjobs tegelijk aanbieden, dan worden\n" "de jobs in de rij gezet en na elkaar naar het printerapparaat gezonden. \n" -"Het is mogelijk om verschillende printerwachtrijen te hebben voor dezelfde " -"printer.\n" -"Bijvoorbeeld een tweede rij met een alleen-zwarte aansturing voor een " -"kleurenprinter\n" -"of een postscript rij en een rij met een PCL-aansturing voor een " -"PostScript+PCL printer\n" -"of een rij voor printen aan één kant van het papier en een voor tweezijdig " -"printen.\n" +"Het is mogelijk om verschillende printerwachtrijen te hebben voor dezelfde printer.\n" +"Bijvoorbeeld een tweede rij met een alleen-zwarte aansturing voor een kleurenprinter\n" +"of een postscript rij en een rij met een PCL-aansturing voor een PostScript+PCL printer\n" +"of een rij voor printen aan één kant van het papier en een voor tweezijdig printen.\n" "\n" #. Overview dialog help 2/7: @@ -1748,8 +1660,7 @@ "daarom kunnen ze niet gewijzigd worden op deze host. \n" "De wachtrijen op afstand die hier in de lijst staan zijn bekend op deze host\n" "en kunnen gewoonlijk direct door toepassingen gebruikt worden\n" -"zodat er geen noodzaak is om een lokale wachtrij op te zetten voor een " -"printer\n" +"zodat er geen noodzaak is om een lokale wachtrij op te zetten voor een printer\n" "die al beschikbaar is via een wachtrij op afstand. \n" "\n" @@ -1763,8 +1674,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Een printer configureren:</big> \n" -"Druk op Toevoegen om een nieuwe wachtrij in te stellen voor een " -"printer.\n" +"Druk op Toevoegen om een nieuwe wachtrij in te stellen voor een printer.\n" "" #. Overview dialog help 4/7: @@ -1840,8 +1750,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>AutoYaST overzicht voor afdrukwachtrij</big> \n" -"AutoYaST ondersteunt alleen instellingen voor het afdrukken met CUPS via het " -"netwerk. \n" +"AutoYaST ondersteunt alleen instellingen voor het afdrukken met CUPS via het netwerk. \n" "Er is geen AutoYaST ondersteuning voor lokale afdrukwachtrijen.\n" "" @@ -1852,38 +1761,27 @@ "<big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big> \n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" "When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device. " -"\n" -"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer " -"device.\n" -"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer " -"drivers\n" +"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device. \n" +"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer device.\n" +"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers\n" "should be used for the same printer device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver\n" "to enforce black-only printout on a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -"printer\n" -"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less " -"quality).\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer\n" +"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less quality).\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Stel een nieuwe wachtrij in voor een printerapparaat</big> \n" -"Een printerapparaat wordt niet direct gebruikt maar via een printwachtrij. " -"\n" +"Een printerapparaat wordt niet direct gebruikt maar via een printwachtrij. \n" "Als verschillende applicaties printjobs tegelijk aanbieden, dan worden\n" "de jobs in de rij gezet en na elkaar naar het printerapparaat gezonden. \n" -"Het is mogelijk om verschillende printerwachtrijen te hebben voor hetzelfde " -"printerapparaat.\n" -"Gewoonlijk zijn verschillende printerwachtrijen nodig als verschillende " -"printerstuurprogramma's\n" +"Het is mogelijk om verschillende printerwachtrijen te hebben voor hetzelfde printerapparaat.\n" +"Gewoonlijk zijn verschillende printerwachtrijen nodig als verschillende printerstuurprogramma's\n" "gebruikt moeten worden voor hetzelfde printerapparaat.\n" -"Bijvoorbeeld een tweede rij met een alleen-zwarte aansturing voor een " -"kleurenprinter\n" -"zodat alleen zwarte inkt wordt gebruikt of een postscript rij en een rij met " -"een PCL-aansturing\n" -"voor een PostScript+PCL printer, omdat dat sneller is maar met een lagere " -"kwaliteit,\n" +"Bijvoorbeeld een tweede rij met een alleen-zwarte aansturing voor een kleurenprinter\n" +"zodat alleen zwarte inkt wordt gebruikt of een postscript rij en een rij met een PCL-aansturing\n" +"voor een PostScript+PCL printer, omdat dat sneller is maar met een lagere kwaliteit,\n" "of een rij voor printen aan één kant van het papier en één voor\n" "tweezijdig printen.\n" "" @@ -1909,8 +1807,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "\n" -"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer " -"device. \n" +"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer device. \n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout. \n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -1918,28 +1815,22 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " -"else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -"device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"De verbinding bepaalt op welke manier de data wordt verzonden naar het " -"printerapparaat. \n" -"Als er een verkeerde verbinding wordt geselecteerd dan kan geen data naar het " -"apparaat worden gestuurd\n" +"De verbinding bepaalt op welke manier de data wordt verzonden naar het printerapparaat. \n" +"Als er een verkeerde verbinding wordt geselecteerd dan kan geen data naar het apparaat worden gestuurd\n" "zodat er niet geprint kan worden. \n" "Als een printerapparaat toegankelijk is via meer dan één type verbinding,\n" "dan wordt dat getoond voor elk type verbinding. \n" "In het bijzonder zijn HP-apparaten vaak bereikbaar via het 'usb:/...'\n" "en de 'hp:/...' verbinding.\n" "De laatste wordt geleverd door het HP-stuurprogrammapakket 'hplip'.\n" -"Voor simpel printen zouden beide soorten verbindingen moeten werken maar voor " -"iets anders\n" -"(b.v. apparaatstatus via 'hp-toolbox', of scannen met een HP all-in-one " -"apparaat)\n" +"Voor simpel printen zouden beide soorten verbindingen moeten werken maar voor iets anders\n" +"(b.v. apparaatstatus via 'hp-toolbox', of scannen met een HP all-in-one apparaat)\n" "moet de 'hp:/...' verbinding worden gebruikt.\n" "\n" @@ -1950,8 +1841,7 @@ "The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model. \n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<" -"br>\n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all. \n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" "with the autodetected model name of the currently selected connection\n" "and those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\n" @@ -1976,8 +1866,7 @@ "and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n" "to what you know what works best for your printer. \n" "If no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\n" -"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the " -"model.\n" +"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n" "Often only the model name in the driver descriptions\n" "is different from the autodetected model name.\n" "Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n" @@ -1999,66 +1888,49 @@ "\n" "Het stuurprogramma bepaalt of de juiste gegevens voor het specifieke\n" "printer-model worden geproduceerd. \n" -"Als er een verkeerd stuurprogramma is gekozen dan worden de verkeerde " -"gegevens naar de printer\n" -"gestuurd hetgeen resulteert in iets wat er slecht of chaotisch uitziet of " -"helemaal niets laat zien. \n" -"Initieel wordt het invoerveld voor de zoek-tekst ingevuld met een model-naam " -"die komt uit de\n" +"Als er een verkeerd stuurprogramma is gekozen dan worden de verkeerde gegevens naar de printer\n" +"gestuurd hetgeen resulteert in iets wat er slecht of chaotisch uitziet of helemaal niets laat zien. \n" +"Initieel wordt het invoerveld voor de zoek-tekst ingevuld met een model-naam die komt uit de\n" "automatische detectie van de nu geselecteerde verbinding.\n" -"Hiermee wordt een stuurprogramma geselecteerd waarvan de beschrijving " -"overeenkomt de model-naam.\n" +"Hiermee wordt een stuurprogramma geselecteerd waarvan de beschrijving overeenkomt de model-naam.\n" "Deze worden standaard getoond. \n" -"Als de beschrijving van het stuurprogrammau overeenkomt met de automatisch " -"gedetecteerde model-naam\n" +"Als de beschrijving van het stuurprogrammau overeenkomt met de automatisch gedetecteerde model-naam\n" "en alle overeenkomende beschrijvingen bij hetzelfde model behoren dan\n" -"worden de beschrijvingen gesorteerd op de meest waarschijnlijke eerst en de " -"minst waarschijnlijke laatst.\n" +"worden de beschrijvingen gesorteerd op de meest waarschijnlijke eerst en de minst waarschijnlijke laatst.\n" "De bovenste wordt dan automatisch voor-geselecteerd.\n" -"Als er geen stuurprogramma automatisch wordt voor-geselecteerd dan moet u er " -"handmatig\n" +"Als er geen stuurprogramma automatisch wordt voor-geselecteerd dan moet u er handmatig\n" "naar zoeken en deze selecteren. \n" -"Als een stuurprogramma automatisch was voor-geselecteerd dan betekent dat " -"niet\n" +"Als een stuurprogramma automatisch was voor-geselecteerd dan betekent dat niet\n" "noodzakelijk dat deze de juiste is\n" "voor uw specifieke behoeften.\n" "Het kan zelfs zo zijn dat de automatisch voor-geselecteerde stuurprogramma\n" "helemaal niet werkt voor uw printer-model.\n" "De reden is dat de automatisch selectie\n" "werkt op basis van het vergelijken van tekenreeksen\n" -"(de automatisch gedetecteerde model-naam en de beschrijving van de " -"stuurprogramma)\n" +"(de automatisch gedetecteerde model-naam en de beschrijving van de stuurprogramma)\n" "zodat het resultaat alleen een best-guess voorstel is\n" "over hoe uw eigen printer-model opgezet moet worden. \n" "Controleer daarom of de huidige voor-geselecteerde waarden zinnig zijn\n" "en voel u vrij om er mee te spelen en wijzig de instellingen\n" "tot wat waarvan u weet dat het beste werkt voor uw printer. \n" -"Als geen beschrijving van de stuurprogramma overeenkomt met de automatisch " -"gedetecteerde model-naam\n" -"dan betekent dat niet noodzakelijk dat er geen stuurprogramma beschikbaar is " -"voor dat model.\n" -"Vaak verschilt alleen de model-naam in de beschrijvingen van de " -"stuurprogramma\n" +"Als geen beschrijving van de stuurprogramma overeenkomt met de automatisch gedetecteerde model-naam\n" +"dan betekent dat niet noodzakelijk dat er geen stuurprogramma beschikbaar is voor dat model.\n" +"Vaak verschilt alleen de model-naam in de beschrijvingen van de stuurprogramma\n" "van de automatisch gedetecteerde model-naam.\n" "U kunt daarom alles als zoek-tekst naar een stuurprogramma invullen\n" "en alle beschikbare beschrijvingen doorzoeken. \n" "Gewoonlijk zijn de standaard optie-instellingen redelijk\n" "zodat de stuurprogramma voor uw specifieke printer-model werkt.\n" -"Enkele instellingen van opties moeten overeenkomen met uw specifieke " -"printer.\n" -"In het bijzonder moet de standaard papiergrootte-instelling van de " -"stuurprogramma\n" +"Enkele instellingen van opties moeten overeenkomen met uw specifieke printer.\n" +"In het bijzonder moet de standaard papiergrootte-instelling van de stuurprogramma\n" "overeenkomen met het papier dat in uw printer is geladen.\n" "U kunt ofwel expliciet A4 of Letter selecteren als standaard papiergrootte\n" -"of niets selecteren om de ingebouwde standaard papiergrootte van de " -"stuurprogramma te gebruiken\n" +"of niets selecteren om de ingebouwde standaard papiergrootte van de stuurprogramma te gebruiken\n" "waarop de stuurprogramma terugvalt als deze geen A4 noch Letter ondersteunt\n" "(bijvoorbeeld een stuurprogramma voor een klein-formaat foto-printer).\n" -"Als u graag de andere opties voor de stuurprogramma wijzigt, behalve A4 of " -"Letter,\n" +"Als u graag de andere opties voor de stuurprogramma wijzigt, behalve A4 of Letter,\n" "dan moet u eerst de wachtrij opzetten en dan kunt u in een tweede stap\n" -"alle opties van de stuurprogramma aanpassen in de 'Bewerken/wijzigen' " -"dialoog.\n" +"alle opties van de stuurprogramma aanpassen in de 'Bewerken/wijzigen' dialoog.\n" "" #. BasicAddDialog help 5/7: @@ -2128,13 +2000,10 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Een alternatieve manier om HP-apparaten in te stellen is door run " -"hp-setup \n" -"uit te voeren, HP's eigen hulpmiddel, 'hp-setup', levert speciaal " -"ondersteuning\n" +"Een alternatieve manier om HP-apparaten in te stellen is door run hp-setup \n" +"uit te voeren, HP's eigen hulpmiddel, 'hp-setup', levert speciaal ondersteuning\n" "bij het instellen van HP-printers en HP-all-in-one apparaten die een\n" -"propriëtair apparaatstuurprogramma nodig heeft dat wordt gedownload van HP " -"en\n" +"propriëtair apparaatstuurprogramma nodig heeft dat wordt gedownload van HP en\n" "op de juiste manier geïnstalleerd op een specifiek eindgebruikerssysteem.\n" "Verder levert 'hp-setup' bettere ondersteuning voor het instellen\n" "van HP-netwrrkprinters en HP-all-in-one netwerkapparaten\n" @@ -2170,10 +2039,8 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " -"else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -"device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used. \n" "When you exchange the currently used connection with another one,\n" "the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" @@ -2203,58 +2070,43 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"De verbinding bepaalt op welke manier de data wordt verzonden naar het " -"printerapparaat. \n" -"Als er een verkeerde verbinding wordt geselecteerd dan kan geen data naar het " -"apparaat worden gestuurd\n" +"De verbinding bepaalt op welke manier de data wordt verzonden naar het printerapparaat. \n" +"Als er een verkeerde verbinding wordt geselecteerd dan kan geen data naar het apparaat worden gestuurd\n" "zodat er niet geprint kan worden. \n" "Als een printerapparaat toegankelijk is via meer dan één type verbinding,\n" "dan wordt dat getoond voor elk type verbinding. \n" "In het bijzonder zijn HP-apparaten vaak bereikbaar via de verbinding\n" "'usb:/...' en de 'hp:/...'.\n" "De laatste wordt geleverd door het HP-stuurprogrammapakket 'hplip'.\n" -"Voor simpel printen zouden beide soorten verbindingen moeten werken maar voor " -"iets anders\n" -"(b.v. apparaatstatus via 'hp-toolbox', of scannen met een HP all-in-one " -"apparaat)\n" +"Voor simpel printen zouden beide soorten verbindingen moeten werken maar voor iets anders\n" +"(b.v. apparaatstatus via 'hp-toolbox', of scannen met een HP all-in-one apparaat)\n" "moet de 'hp:/...' verbinding worden gebruikt. \n" "Als u de nu gebruikte verbinding verwisselt voor een andere, dan\n" "zal het invoerveld voor de zoektekst naar het stuurprogramma vooraf worden\n" -"ingevuld met de automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam van de nieuw " -"geselecteerde verbinding\n" -"en worden standaard die stuurprogramma's getoond waarvan beschrijvingen " -"overeenkomen\n" +"ingevuld met de automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam van de nieuw geselecteerde verbinding\n" +"en worden standaard die stuurprogramma's getoond waarvan beschrijvingen overeenkomen\n" "met de modelnaam. \n" -"Als de beschrijvingen van de stuurprogramma's overeenkomen met de automatisch " -"gedetecteerde modelnaam\n" -"en als alle overeenkomende beschrijvingen van stuurprogramma's bij hetzelfde " -"model horen,\n" -"dan worden die beschrijvingen gesorteerd zodat het meest waarschijnlijke " -"stuurprogramma\n" -"bovenaan de lijst komen te staan (echter nog steeds onder het nu gebruikte " -"stuurprpgramma).\n" -"Dit betekent echter niet noodzakelijk dat dit ook het meest waarschijnlijke " -"stuurprogramma is\n" +"Als de beschrijvingen van de stuurprogramma's overeenkomen met de automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam\n" +"en als alle overeenkomende beschrijvingen van stuurprogramma's bij hetzelfde model horen,\n" +"dan worden die beschrijvingen gesorteerd zodat het meest waarschijnlijke stuurprogramma\n" +"bovenaan de lijst komen te staan (echter nog steeds onder het nu gebruikte stuurprpgramma).\n" +"Dit betekent echter niet noodzakelijk dat dit ook het meest waarschijnlijke stuurprogramma is\n" "voor uw specifieke behoefte.\n" "Strikt genomen kan het bovenaan vermelde stuurprogramma\n" "in het geheel niet werken voor uw specifieke printermodel.\n" "De reden is dat de automatische stuurprogramma selectie\n" "alleen werkt op basis van het vergelijken van tekenreeksen\n" -"(de automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam en de beschrijvingen van de " -"stuurprogramma's)\n" +"(de automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam en de beschrijvingen van de stuurprogramma's)\n" "zodat het resultaat slechts een best-guess voorstel is\n" "over hoe uw specifieke printermodel in te stellen. \n" "Controleer daarom of de nu voorgeselecteerde zinvol zijn\n" "en voel u vrij om hiermee te spelen en de instellingen te wijzigen\n" "tot iets wat het beste werkt voor uw printer. \n" -"Als er geen beschrijving van stuurprogramma's overeenkomt met de automatisch " -"gedetecteerde modelnaam,\n" -"dan hoeft dat niet noodzakelijk te betekenen dat er geen stuurprogramma " -"beschikbaar is voor dat model.\n" +"Als er geen beschrijving van stuurprogramma's overeenkomt met de automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam,\n" +"dan hoeft dat niet noodzakelijk te betekenen dat er geen stuurprogramma beschikbaar is voor dat model.\n" "Vaak is alleen de modelnaam in de beschrijving van de stuurprogramma's\n" "verschillend van de automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam.\n" -"U kunt dus elke willekeurige zoektekst invoeren bij het zoeken naar een " -"geschikt stuurprogramma\n" +"U kunt dus elke willekeurige zoektekst invoeren bij het zoeken naar een geschikt stuurprogramma\n" "en zoeken in alle beschikbare beschrijvingen van stuurprogramma's.\n" "\n" @@ -2265,12 +2117,9 @@ "The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model. \n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<" -"br>\n" -"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings " -"later\n" -"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now.<" -"br>\n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all. \n" +"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings later\n" +"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now. \n" "Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n" "For example the default paper size setting of the driver\n" "must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer. \n" @@ -2287,8 +2136,7 @@ "and then in a second step you can adjust all driver options\n" "by using this dialog again. \n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" -"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not " -"changed.\n" +"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not changed.\n" "This results usually only one single driver which matches\n" "so that you would have to enter a less specific driver search string\n" "to get also other drivers or you use the 'Find More' button.\n" @@ -2298,17 +2146,12 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Het stuurprogramma bepaalt dat de juiste data wordt geproduceerd voor " -"het\n" +"Het stuurprogramma bepaalt dat de juiste data wordt geproduceerd voor het\n" "specifieke printermodel. \n" -"Als een verkeerd stuurprogramma is toegekend dan wordt de verkeerde data naar " -"de printer gezonden\n" -"wat resulteert in slecht uitziende printout, chaotische printout, of helemaal " -"geen printout. \n" -"U kunt ofwel een ander stuurprogramma kiezen en later de optieinstellingen " -"ervoor wijzigen\n" -"of het nu gebruikte stuurprogramma behouden en zijn optieinstellingen nu " -"wijzigen. \n" +"Als een verkeerd stuurprogramma is toegekend dan wordt de verkeerde data naar de printer gezonden\n" +"wat resulteert in slecht uitziende printout, chaotische printout, of helemaal geen printout. \n" +"U kunt ofwel een ander stuurprogramma kiezen en later de optieinstellingen ervoor wijzigen\n" +"of het nu gebruikte stuurprogramma behouden en zijn optieinstellingen nu wijzigen. \n" "Sommige optieinstellingen moeten overeenkomen met uw specifieke printer.\n" "Bijvoorbeeld de standaard papergrootte instelling van het stuurprogramma\n" "moet overeenkomen met het papier dat nu is geladen in uw printer. \n" @@ -2317,28 +2160,20 @@ "zou moeten werken voor het betreffende stuurprogramma.\n" "Niettemin kan het voorkomen dat uw specifieke printer niet wil printen\n" "met een hoge resolutie. Bijvoorbeeld bij een laserprinter\n" -"die onvoldoende ingebouwd geheugen heeft om de hoge resolutie pagina's te " -"verwerken. \n" +"die onvoldoende ingebouwd geheugen heeft om de hoge resolutie pagina's te verwerken. \n" "Als u het nu gebruikte stuurprogramma wilt vervangen door een andere,\n" "dan moet u eerst deze wijziging toepassen op de printwachtrij\n" "zodat het nieuwe stuurprogramma wordt gebruikt voor de wachtrij\n" "(dwz. u moet deze dialoog als eerste stap beëindigen)\n" -"en daarna in een tweede stap kunt u alle opties voor stuurprogramma's " -"wijzigen\n" +"en daarna in een tweede stap kunt u alle opties voor stuurprogramma's wijzigen\n" "door deze dialoog opnieuw te gebruiken. \n" -"Initieel wordt het invoerveld voor de zoektekst naar het stuurprogramma " -"ingevuld\n" -"met de beschrijving van het nu gebruikte stuurprogramma als de verbinding " -"niet is gewijzigd.\n" -"Dit resulteert gewoonlijk slechts in één enkel stuurprogramma dat " -"overeenkomt\n" +"Initieel wordt het invoerveld voor de zoektekst naar het stuurprogramma ingevuld\n" +"met de beschrijving van het nu gebruikte stuurprogramma als de verbinding niet is gewijzigd.\n" +"Dit resulteert gewoonlijk slechts in één enkel stuurprogramma dat overeenkomt\n" "zodat u een minder specifieke zoektekst moet invoeren\n" -"om ook andere stuurprogramma's te krijgen of u gebruikt de knop 'Meer " -"zoeken.\n" -"Als geen stuurprogramma overeenkomt, dan betekent dat niet dat er geen " -"stuurprogramma beschikbaar is.\n" -"U kunt dus elke willekeurige zoektekst invoeren bij het zoeken naar een " -"geschikt stuurprogramma\n" +"om ook andere stuurprogramma's te krijgen of u gebruikt de knop 'Meer zoeken.\n" +"Als geen stuurprogramma overeenkomt, dan betekent dat niet dat er geen stuurprogramma beschikbaar is.\n" +"U kunt dus elke willekeurige zoektekst invoeren bij het zoeken naar een geschikt stuurprogramma\n" "en zoeken in alle beschikbare beschrijvingen van stuurprogramma's.\n" "" @@ -2347,10 +2182,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "In contrast to connection and driver where you must select the right one,\n" -"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and " -"location.\n" -"Application programs often show description and location in the print " -"dialog.\n" +"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and location.\n" +"Application programs often show description and location in the print dialog.\n" "To make sure that those strings look correct in any language\n" "which a particular user of a particular application program may use,\n" "it is safe when you use only plain ASCII text without\n" @@ -2363,19 +2196,13 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"In tegenstelling tot verbinding en stuurprogramma waar u de juiste moet " -"kiezen,\n" -"bent u vrij om een willekeurige tekenreeks te gebruiken voor beschrijving<" -"/b> en locatie.\n" -"Applicatieprogramma's tonen vaak de beschrijving en locatie in de " -"printerdialoog.\n" +"In tegenstelling tot verbinding en stuurprogramma waar u de juiste moet kiezen,\n" +"bent u vrij om een willekeurige tekenreeks te gebruiken voor beschrijving en locatie.\n" +"Applicatieprogramma's tonen vaak de beschrijving en locatie in de printerdialoog.\n" "Om er zeker van te zijn dat deze tekenreeksen er goed uit zien in elke taal\n" -"die een specifieke gebruiker van een specifiek applicatieprogramma kan " -"gebruiken,\n" -"is het veilig wanneer u alleen platte ASCII tekst gebruikt zonder speciale " -"tekens\n" -"(bijv. alleen de ASCII letters (a-z en A-Z), ASCII nummers (0-9) en de ASCII " -"spatie (hex 20)).\n" +"die een specifieke gebruiker van een specifiek applicatieprogramma kan gebruiken,\n" +"is het veilig wanneer u alleen platte ASCII tekst gebruikt zonder speciale tekens\n" +"(bijv. alleen de ASCII letters (a-z en A-Z), ASCII nummers (0-9) en de ASCII spatie (hex 20)).\n" "Gewoonlijk bevat de beschrijving het model en optioneel het stuurprogramma\n" "(b.v. 'ACME FunPrinter 1000 met het generieke PCL-stuurprogramma')\n" "en de locatie beschrijft waar de printer staat\n" @@ -2398,16 +2225,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Stel opties voor stuurprogramma in</big> \n" -"Gewoonlijk is het het beste om de stuurprogrammastandaarden ongewijzigd te " -"laten omdat\n" +"Gewoonlijk is het het beste om de stuurprogrammastandaarden ongewijzigd te laten omdat\n" "de standaarden redelijke waarden hebben voor het gebruikelijke printen. \n" "Bovendien tonen de printdialogen in de gebruikelijke applicatieprogramma's\n" "ook de stuurprogrammaopties zodat elke gebruiker de stuurprogrammaopties\n" "kan specificeren voor elke individuele printout. \n" -"De enige instelling die gecontroleerd zou moeten worden is in elk geval de " -"papiergrootte\n" -"die ingesteld moet zijn op wat nu wordt gebruikt door de standaad in de " -"printer.\n" +"De enige instelling die gecontroleerd zou moeten worden is in elk geval de papiergrootte\n" +"die ingesteld moet zijn op wat nu wordt gebruikt door de standaad in de printer.\n" "\n" #. DriverOptionsDialog help 2/3: @@ -2425,8 +2249,7 @@ "\n" "Niet-standaard instellingen kunnen niet in alle gevallen werken of hebben\n" "onverwachte gevolgen. \n" -"Bijvoorbeeld een hoge resolutie instelling kan niet werken voor een " -"laserprinter\n" +"Bijvoorbeeld een hoge resolutie instelling kan niet werken voor een laserprinter\n" "als zijn standaard ingebouwde geheugen onvoldoende is om de hoge resolutie\n" "pagina's te verwerken. \n" "Of een instelling hoge kwaliteit kan het printen ontoelaatbaar langzaam zijn\n" @@ -2447,19 +2270,13 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Aan de andere kant zal in bepaalde gevallen printer-specifieke " -"stuurprogrammainstellingen\n" -"aangepast moeten worden om de volle functionaliteit van een printer te " -"verkrijgen. \n" +"Aan de andere kant zal in bepaalde gevallen printer-specifieke stuurprogrammainstellingen\n" +"aangepast moeten worden om de volle functionaliteit van een printer te verkrijgen. \n" "In het bijzinder wanneer de printer optionele eenheden heeft zoals\n" -"een duplex eenheid (tweezijdig printen) of optionele papierinvoer, dan moeten " -"de\n" -"de overeenkomstige stuurprogrammainstellingen gecontroleerd en aangepast " -"worden. \n" -"Bijvoorbeeld de optie voor een duplex eenheid moet ingesteld worden op " -"'geïnstalleerd' of 'true'\n" -"anders kan het stuurprogramma een optie voor de instelling van duplex printen " -"negeren.\n" +"een duplex eenheid (tweezijdig printen) of optionele papierinvoer, dan moeten de\n" +"de overeenkomstige stuurprogrammainstellingen gecontroleerd en aangepast worden. \n" +"Bijvoorbeeld de optie voor een duplex eenheid moet ingesteld worden op 'geïnstalleerd' of 'true'\n" +"anders kan het stuurprogramma een optie voor de instelling van duplex printen negeren.\n" "\n" #. AddDriverDialog help 1/2: @@ -2477,8 +2294,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Voeg toe of verwijder printerstuurprogrammapakketten</big> \n" -"Als een printerstuurprogrammapakket niet gemarkeerd is, is het niet " -"geïnstalleerd\n" +"Als een printerstuurprogrammapakket niet gemarkeerd is, is het niet geïnstalleerd\n" "en dan kunt u het selecteren zodat het geïnstalleerd kan worden. \n" "Als een printerstuurprogrammapakket gemarkeerd is dan is het geïnstalleerd\n" "en kunt u het selecteren om het te verwijderen.\n" @@ -2536,8 +2352,7 @@ "zal niet werken omdat het stuurprogramma zou ontbreken.\n" "Voor niet-PostScript printers hebt u een printerstuurprogramma nodig\n" "en een PPD-bestand dat exact overeenkomt met het betreffende stuurprogramma.\n" -"Overeenkomende PPD-bestanden worden automatisch geïnstalleerd op de juiste " -"plaats\n" +"Overeenkomende PPD-bestanden worden automatisch geïnstalleerd op de juiste plaats\n" "als u de bovengenoemde printerstuurprogrammapakketten installeert. \n" "Alleen voor PostScript printers is een PPD-bestand alleen in het algemeen\n" "voldoende om een werkende PostScript printerconfiguratie in te stellen.\n" @@ -2558,10 +2373,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Specificeer de verbinding</big> \n" -"De verbinding bepaalt op welke manier data verzonden wordt naar het " -"printerapparaat. \n" -"Als er een verkeerde verbinding wordt gebruikt dan kan er geen data naar het " -"apparaat\n" +"De verbinding bepaalt op welke manier data verzonden wordt naar het printerapparaat. \n" +"Als er een verkeerde verbinding wordt gebruikt dan kan er geen data naar het apparaat\n" "gezonden worden en kan er dus niets geprint worden.\n" "\n" @@ -2571,24 +2384,19 @@ "\n" "<big>Printer Device URI</big> \n" "A connection is specified as so called device URI. \n" -"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of " -"data-transfer,\n" +"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n" "for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'. \n" "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" "which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer. \n" "Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n" "Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n" -"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character). " -"\n" +"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character). \n" "The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n" -"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign " -"'='. \n" -"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark " -"'?')\n" +"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='. \n" +"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n" "of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n" "a full device URI could be for example: \n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false" -" \n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" "Some examples: \n" "A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n" "with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like: \n" @@ -2604,26 +2412,20 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Printerapparaat-URI</big> \n" -"Een verbinding wordt gespecificeed als een zogenaamde apparaat-URI. " -"\n" -"Het eerste woord (het zogenaamde URI-schema) specificeert de soort van " -"dataoverdracht,\n" +"Een verbinding wordt gespecificeed als een zogenaamde apparaat-URI. \n" +"Het eerste woord (het zogenaamde URI-schema) specificeert de soort van dataoverdracht,\n" "bijvoorbeeld 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', of 'ipp'. \n" "Na het schema staan meer of minder extra componenten\n" "die de details specificeren voor dit soort van gegevensoverdracht. \n" "Spaties zijn niet toegestaan in een URI.\n" "Daarom moet een spatie in een waarde voor een URI-component gecodeerd\n" "worden als '%20' (20 is de hexadecimale waarde van een spatie). \n" -"De componenten van een URI worden gescheiden door speciale gereserveerde " -"tekens\n" -"zoals een dubbelepunt ':', slash '/', vraagteken '?', ampersand '&' of " -"is-gelijk '='. \n" -"Tenslotte kunnen er optionele parameters zijn (gescheiden door een vraagteken " -"'?')\n" +"De componenten van een URI worden gescheiden door speciale gereserveerde tekens\n" +"zoals een dubbelepunt ':', slash '/', vraagteken '?', ampersand '&' of is-gelijk '='. \n" +"Tenslotte kunnen er optionele parameters zijn (gescheiden door een vraagteken '?')\n" "in de vorm van 'optie1=waarde1&optie2=waarde2&optie3=waarde3' zodat\n" "een volledige apparaat-URI bijvoorbeeld zou kunnen zijn: \n" -"ipp://server.domein:631/printers/wachtrijnaam?waitjob=false&waitprinter=fa" -"lse \n" +"ipp://server.domein:631/printers/wachtrijnaam?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" "Speciale tekens moeten procent-gecodeerd zijn (ook bekend als URL-encoding).\n" "Enige voorbeelden: \n" "Een USB printermodel 'Fun Printer 1000+' gemaakt door 'ACME'\n" @@ -2719,11 +2521,9 @@ "<big>Procent codering</big> \n" "Het onderwerp is gecompliceerd.\n" "Het is aanbevolen om gereserveerde tekens en spaties voor\n" -"componentwaarden in URI's te vermijden als de waarden onder uw controle " -"staan\n" +"componentwaarden in URI's te vermijden als de waarden onder uw controle staan\n" "(bijv. u kunt het niet vermijden wanneer u zulke tekens moet specificeren\n" -"in waarden voor een URI om toegang te krijgen tot een printerwachtrij op " -"afstand\n" +"in waarden voor een URI om toegang te krijgen tot een printerwachtrij op afstand\n" "maar de printerwachtrij staat niet onder uw controle).\n" "Wanneer mogelijk, gebruik alleen zogenaamde niet-gereserveerde tekens.\n" "Dit zijn kleine en hoofdletters, decimale cijfers, minteken, punt,\n" @@ -2731,8 +2531,7 @@ "Zelfs minteken, punt, tilde en onderscheid tussen kleine en hoofdletters\n" "zou speciale problemen in speciale gevallen kunnen veroorzaken\n" "(bijv. alleen letters, cijfers en underscore zijn bekend goed te werken\n" -"voor een CUPS-printer-wachtrij-naam en kleine/hoofdletter is niet significant " -"daar).\n" +"voor een CUPS-printer-wachtrij-naam en kleine/hoofdletter is niet significant daar).\n" "Daarom is het het beste alleen kleine letters, cijfers en underscore\n" "te gebruiken voor alle waarden in alle URI's indien mogelijk. \n" "Gereserveerde tekens en spaties in de waarde van een component\n" @@ -2744,14 +2543,10 @@ "(dwz. niet-procent-gecodeerd).\n" "Voor zulke invoervelden worden alle spaties en gereserveerde tekens\n" "automatisch procent-gecodeerd.\n" -"Bijvoorbeeld als een wachtwoord echt 'Foo%20Bar' is " -"(niet-procent-gecodeerd),\n" -"dan moet het letterlijk in het wachtwoord-invoerveld in de dialoog ingevoerd " -"worden.\n" -"De automatische procent-codering resulteert in 'Foo%2520Bar' wat de manier is " -"hoe\n" -"de waarde van de wachtwoord-component in het echt is opgeslagen in de URI. " -"\n" +"Bijvoorbeeld als een wachtwoord echt 'Foo%20Bar' is (niet-procent-gecodeerd),\n" +"dan moet het letterlijk in het wachtwoord-invoerveld in de dialoog ingevoerd worden.\n" +"De automatische procent-codering resulteert in 'Foo%2520Bar' wat de manier is hoe\n" +"de waarde van de wachtwoord-component in het echt is opgeslagen in de URI. \n" "Als daarentegen een invoerveld in de dialoog bedoelt is om meer dan een\n" "enkele waarde in te voeren voor een enkele component van de URI\n" "(bijv. een enkel invoerveld voor alle optionele parameters\n" @@ -2792,8 +2587,7 @@ "at-teken @ is procent gecodeerd as %40 \n" "linker rechte haakje [ is procent gecodeerd as %5B \n" "rechter rechte haak ] is procent gecodeerd as %5D \n" -"Voor details zie 'Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Algemene syntaxis' op " -"\n" +"Voor details zie 'Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Algemene syntaxis' op \n" "http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986\n" "" @@ -2822,29 +2616,23 @@ "Example device URIs: \n" "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1 \n" "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F \n" -"To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be " -"installed.\n" -"The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the " -"data\n" +"To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed.\n" +"The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the data\n" "to a bluetooth printer.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Apparaat-URI's voor direct verbonden apparaten</big> \n" "Apparaten die direct zijn verbonden via de parallelle poort of via USB\n" -"worden automatisch gedetecteerd en de juiste apparaat-URI wordt automatisch " -"gegenereerd.\n" +"worden automatisch gedetecteerd en de juiste apparaat-URI wordt automatisch gegenereerd.\n" "Bijvoorbeeld: \n" "parallel:/dev/lp0 \n" "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer?serial=A1B2C3 \n" "hp:/usb/HP_LaserJet?serial=1234 \n" "Gewoonlijk werken alleen de automatisch gegenereerde apparaat-URI's.\n" -"Als het apparaat niet automatisch wordt gedetecteerd dan is er gewoonlijk " -"geen communicatie\n" -"met het apparaat mogelijk en kunnen er geen gegevens naar het apparaat worden " -"gezonden. \n" -"Om toegang te krijgen tot een HP-printer of alles-in-een apparaat via de " -"backend-hp\n" +"Als het apparaat niet automatisch wordt gedetecteerd dan is er gewoonlijk geen communicatie\n" +"met het apparaat mogelijk en kunnen er geen gegevens naar het apparaat worden gezonden. \n" +"Om toegang te krijgen tot een HP-printer of alles-in-een apparaat via de backend-hp\n" "dan moet het RPM-pakket hplip geïnstalleerd zijn.\n" "Het pakket levert de afdruk- en scansoftware van HP, HPLIP. \n" "In tegenstelling tot apparaten die via een seriële poort of bluetooth\n" @@ -2856,10 +2644,8 @@ "Voorbeeld apparaat-URI's: \n" "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1 \n" "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F \n" -"Om toegang te krijgen tot een apparaat via bluetooth moet het RPM-pakket " -"bluez-cups zijn geïnstalleerd.\n" -"Het pakket levert de CUPS-backend 'bluetooth' die de gegevens in " -"werkelijkheid\n" +"Om toegang te krijgen tot een apparaat via bluetooth moet het RPM-pakket bluez-cups zijn geïnstalleerd.\n" +"Het pakket levert de CUPS-backend 'bluetooth' die de gegevens in werkelijkheid\n" "naar een bluetooth-printer stuurt.\n" "" @@ -2867,8 +2653,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:586 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big>" -" \n" +"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big> \n" "A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n" "and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n" "A network printer has such a device built-in.\n" @@ -2905,8 +2690,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Apparaat-URI's om toegang te krijgen tot een netwerkprinter of een " -"printserverdoos</big> \n" +"<big>Apparaat-URI's om toegang te krijgen tot een netwerkprinter of een printserverdoos</big> \n" "Een printserverdoos is een klein apparaat met een netwerkverbinding\n" "en een USB of parallelle poort om de echte printer aan te sluiten.\n" "Een netwerkprinter heeft zo'n soort apparaat ingebouwd.\n" @@ -2923,8 +2707,7 @@ "Een LPD draait op het apparaat en levert een of meer LPD-wachtrijen.\n" "Het IP-adres en een LPD-wachtrijnaam zijn nodig voor toegang.\n" "Bijna alle netwerkprinters en printserverdozen ondersteunen het.\n" -"Vaak werkt een willekeurige wachtrijnaam of 'LPT1' op de een of andere " -"manier.\n" +"Vaak werkt een willekeurige wachtrijnaam of 'LPT1' op de een of andere manier.\n" "Maar het gebruik van een correcte LPD-wachtrij die niet op de een\n" "of andere manier de data wijzigt of extra formfeeds of bannerpagina's\n" "toevoegt zou essentieel kunnen zijn voor betrouwbaar printen.\n" @@ -2933,8 +2716,7 @@ "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP) \n" "IPP is het eigen protocol voor CUPS dat op een echte computer draait\n" "maar als IPP is geïmplementeerd in een kleine printserverdoos,\n" -"het is vaak niet goed geïmplementeerd. Gebruik IPP alleen wanneer de " -"leverancier\n" +"het is vaak niet goed geïmplementeerd. Gebruik IPP alleen wanneer de leverancier\n" "in de documentatie dit officieel ondersteunt. \n" "De overeenkomstige apparaat-URI is: \n" "ipp://ip-adres:poortnummer/resource \n" @@ -2955,8 +2737,7 @@ "Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n" "provides in your particular network: \n" "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS) \n" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " -"installed.\n" +"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n" "The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n" "the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" "to a SMB printer share. \n" @@ -2999,8 +2780,7 @@ "the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share: \n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \n" "For more information have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and \n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share " -"\n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" "'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n" "of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. \n" "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR) \n" @@ -3034,24 +2814,21 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Apparaat-URI's om te printen via een printserver-machine</big> " -"\n" +"<big>Apparaat-URI's om te printen via een printserver-machine</big> \n" "In tegenstelling tot een printserverdoos is een printserver-machine\n" "een echte computer die een printservice biedt. \n" "Toegang gaat via verschillende netwerkprotocollen.\n" "Vraag uw netwerkbeheerder wat elke printserver-machine\n" "levert in uw specifieke netwerk: \n" "Windows (R) of Samba (SMB/CIFS) \n" -"Het RPM-pakket samba-client moet zijn geïnstalleerd om toegang te hebben tot " -"een SMB-printer-share.\n" +"Het RPM-pakket samba-client moet zijn geïnstalleerd om toegang te hebben tot een SMB-printer-share.\n" "Het pakket levert de CUPS-backend 'smb'die gekoppeld is aan\n" "het <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> programma dat in werkelijkheid de gegevens\n" "naar een SMB-printer-share zendt. \n" "Een servernaam en een printer-share-naam en optioneel een werkgroepnaam\n" "zijn nodig voor toegang.\n" "Verder kan een gebruikersnaam en een wachtwoord nodig zijn voor toegang>.\n" -"Bedenk dat spaties en speciale tekens procent-gecodeerd moeten worden (zie " -"eerder). \n" +"Bedenk dat spaties en speciale tekens procent-gecodeerd moeten worden (zie eerder). \n" "Standaard voert CUPS backends uit (hier smbspool) als gebruiker 'lp'.\n" "Bij afdrukken in een Active Directory (R) omgeving (AD)\n" "is het de gebruiker 'lp' niet toegestaan om in deze omgeving\n" @@ -3064,12 +2841,10 @@ "die een omhulling is om smbspool uit te voeren als de originele\n" "gebruiker die een bepaalde afdruktaak heeft ingediend.\n" "Wanneer het Kerberos protocol voor authenticatie wordt gebruikt\n" -"in een AD-omgeving, dan krijgt een gebruiker een \"ticket granting ticket\" " -"(TGT)\n" +"in een AD-omgeving, dan krijgt een gebruiker een \"ticket granting ticket\" (TGT)\n" "via de schermbeheerder bij aanmelden in het bureaublad van Gnome of KDE.\n" "Wanneer smbspool wordt uitgevoerd als de originele gebruiker die een\n" -"specifieke afdruktaak heeft ingediend, dan kan het het TGT van deze " -"gebruiker\n" +"specifieke afdruktaak heeft ingediend, dan kan het het TGT van deze gebruiker\n" "krijgen en gebruiken om het door te geven in de afdrukgegevens naar de\n" "SMB-printer-share zelfs in een AD-omgeving met Kerberos-authenticatie.\n" "In dit geval is er geen vaste gebruikersnaam of een vast wachtwoord\n" @@ -3082,16 +2857,13 @@ "direct naar de SMB printer-share in de AD-omgeving zenden.\n" "Het werkt dus specifiek niet op een aparte CUPS-servermachine\n" "waar gebruikers die afdruktaken indienen niet zijn aangemeld. \n" -"Voor de traditionele manier is een overeenkomstige volledige apparaat-URI: " -"\n" +"Voor de traditionele manier is een overeenkomstige volledige apparaat-URI: \n" "smb://gebruikersnaam:wachtswoord@werkgroep/server/printer \n" "Bijvoorbeeld 'John Doe' met wachtwoord '@thuis!' zou er zoiets uitzien\n" -"met het volgende apparaat URI om toegang te bieden tot 'Fun Printer 1000+' " -"als:\n" +"met het volgende apparaat URI om toegang te bieden tot 'Fun Printer 1000+' als:\n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \n" "Voor meer informatie kijk op <tt>man smbspool</tt> en \n" -"http://nl.opensuse.org/SDB:Printen_via_SMB_(Samba)_share_of_Windows_share " -"\n" +"http://nl.opensuse.org/SDB:Printen_via_SMB_(Samba)_share_of_Windows_share \n" "Traditionele UNIX Server (LPR) \n" "Een Line Printer Daemon (LPD) draait op een traditionele UNIX-server\n" "en levert een of meer LPD-wachtrijen.\n" @@ -3116,8 +2888,7 @@ "<tt>nprint</tt> programma draait dat werkelijk de data naar\n" "een Novell Netware printwachtrij zendt.\n" "Een servernaam en een printerwachtrijnaam is nodig voor toegang.\n" -"Verder is een gebruikersnaam en een wachtwoord mogelijk vereist voor " -"toegang.\n" +"Verder is een gebruikersnaam en een wachtwoord mogelijk vereist voor toegang.\n" "De overeenkomstige apparaat-URI is: \n" "novell://gebruikersnaam:wachtwoord@server/wachtrij \n" "Voor meer informatie kijk naar <tt>man nprint</tt> en\n" @@ -3158,12 +2929,10 @@ "The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before. \n" "Example: \n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number \n" -"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second " -"delay\n" +"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n" "between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n" "and the print job is lost. \n" -"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh<" -"/tt> and \n" +"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and \n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…" "" msgstr "" @@ -3173,8 +2942,7 @@ "als u het exact juiste apparaat-URI weet voor uw specifieke geval\n" "of om een bestaande apparaat-URI op een speciale manier te wijzigen. \n" "Zend printdata naar een ander programma (pipe) \n" -"Om dit te kunnen doen, moet het RPM-pakket cups-backends worden " -"geïnstalleerd.\n" +"Om dit te kunnen doen, moet het RPM-pakket cups-backends worden geïnstalleerd.\n" "Het pakket biedt de CUPS-backend-'pipe' die\n" "het programma draait dat u hier specificeert.\n" "De overeenkomende apparaat-URI is: \n" @@ -3196,16 +2964,13 @@ "in geval van een fout. '0' betekent een oneindig aantal pogingen. \n" "Vertraging is het aantal seconden tussen twee pogingen\n" "om de backend aan te roepen. \n" -"The laatste parameter is the originele URI, die de wachtrij oorspronkelijk " -"had. \n" +"The laatste parameter is the originele URI, die de wachtrij oorspronkelijk had. \n" "Voorbeeld: \n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-adres:poort-nummer \n" "De beh backend probeert een netwerkprinter 3 keer met 5 seconden vertraging\n" -"tussen de pogingen. Als toegang nog steeds mislukt, zal de wachtrij niet " -"uitgeschakeld\n" +"tussen de pogingen. Als toegang nog steeds mislukt, zal de wachtrij niet uitgeschakeld\n" "worden en gaat de printjob verloren. \n" -"Voor meer informatie kijk op <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> " -"en \n" +"Voor meer informatie kijk op <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> en \n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…" "" @@ -3249,23 +3014,19 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Printen via het netwerk</big> \n" -"Het is gebruikelijk CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) te gebruiken om te " -"printen via het netwerk. \n" +"Het is gebruikelijk CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) te gebruiken om te printen via het netwerk. \n" "Standaard gebruikt CUPS de zogenaamde 'Browsing' modus\n" "voor het beschikbaar stellen van printers via het netwerk. \n" -"In dit geval moeten CUPS-servers op afstand hun printers via het netwerk " -"bekend maken\n" +"In dit geval moeten CUPS-servers op afstand hun printers via het netwerk bekend maken\n" "en moet als gevolg daarvan op uw host het CUPS-daemon proces (cupsd) draaien\n" "die luistert naar inkomende informatie over bekend gemaakte printers. \n" "CUPS Browsing informatie wordt ontvangen via UDP-poort 631. \n" "Betreffende de firewall: \n" "Controleer of er een firewall actief is voor een networkzone waarin printers\n" -"beschikbaar zijn via het netwerk om te worden gebruikt door vertrouwde " -"gebruikers\n" +"beschikbaar zijn via het netwerk om te worden gebruikt door vertrouwde gebruikers\n" "(niemand laat willekeurige gebruikers op zijn printer printen).\n" "Standaard laat SuSEfirewall alle toegang toe via een netwerkinterface\n" -"dat behoort bij de 'interne zone' omdat deze zone standaard wordt vertrouwd.<" -"br>\n" +"dat behoort bij de 'interne zone' omdat deze zone standaard wordt vertrouwd. \n" "Het is niet logisch om te printen in een vertrouwd intern netwerk\n" "met een netwerkinterface dat behoort tot de niet vertrouwde 'externe zone'\n" "die standaard als niet veilig wordt ingesteld.\n" @@ -3305,14 +3066,11 @@ "\n" "Als u toegang hebt tot CUPS-servers op afstand om af te drukken\n" "maar deze servers publiceren hun printerinformatie niet via het netwerk\n" -"of als u de inkomende informatie over gepubliceerde printers niet kan " -"accepteren\n" +"of als u de inkomende informatie over gepubliceerde printers niet kan accepteren\n" "(bijv. omdat u firewallbescherming nodig hebt voor de netwerkzone\n" -"waarin de printers publiceren), dan kunt u om printerinformatie van " -"CUPS-servers\n" +"waarin de printers publiceren), dan kunt u om printerinformatie van CUPS-servers\n" "verzoeken (aangenomen dat de CUPS-servers dit toestaan). \n" -"Voor elke CUPS-server waaraan een verzoek wordt gedaan, is een " -"cups-polld-proces\n" +"Voor elke CUPS-server waaraan een verzoek wordt gedaan, is een cups-polld-proces\n" "gestart door het CUPS-daemon-proces (cupsd) op uw host.\n" "Standaard zal elke cups-polld een CUPS-server op afstand elke 30\n" "seconden afvragen op printerinformatie.\n" @@ -3323,8 +3081,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n" -"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your " -"host.\n" +"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n" "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly. \n" "A possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\n" "for some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\n" @@ -3335,21 +3092,16 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Als u alleen via het netwerk print en als u alleen een enkele CUPS-server " -"hebt,\n" -"dan is er geen noodzaak om CUPS-browsing te gebruiken en om een CUPS-daemon " -"te\n" -"hebben draaien op uw host. In plaats daarvan is het eenvoudiger om de " -"CUPS-server\n" +"Als u alleen via het netwerk print en als u alleen een enkele CUPS-server hebt,\n" +"dan is er geen noodzaak om CUPS-browsing te gebruiken en om een CUPS-daemon te\n" +"hebben draaien op uw host. In plaats daarvan is het eenvoudiger om de CUPS-server\n" "te specificeren en direct toegang te hebben. \n" "Een mogelijk nadeel is dat programma's enige tijd vertraagd worden\n" "(totdat er een timeout optreedt) wanneer zij toegang\n" "proberen te krijgen tot de CUPS-server maar is niet beschikbaar\n" "(bijv. wanneer u op reis bent met uw laptop). Gewoonlijk is het timeout\n" -"bij het opzoeken van een hostnaam (DNS) die de vertraging veroorzaakt zodat " -"het kan\n" -"helpen om een hard gecodeerde regel voor de CUPS-server in het bestand " -"/etc/hosts te hebben.\n" +"bij het opzoeken van een hostnaam (DNS) die de vertraging veroorzaakt zodat het kan\n" +"helpen om een hard gecodeerde regel voor de CUPS-server in het bestand /etc/hosts te hebben.\n" "" #. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4: @@ -3385,22 +3137,17 @@ "Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to use\n" "its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network. \n" "In this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues via network\n" -"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must " -"run\n" +"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n" "which is listening for incoming information about published printers. \n" "CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Delen van printwachtrijen en maak deze bekend via het netwerk</big><" -"/b> \n" +"<big>Delen van printwachtrijen en maak deze bekend via het netwerk</big> \n" "Gebruikelijk is CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) zo in te stellen dat de\n" -"zogenaamde 'blader'-modus gebruikt kan worden om printers beschikbaar te " -"maken via het netwerk. \n" -"In dat geval maken CUPS-servers hun lokale printwachtrijen bekend via het " -"netwerk\n" -"en overeenkomstig moet op CUPS-cliënt-systemen het CUPS-daemon-proces (cupsd) " -"draaien\n" +"zogenaamde 'blader'-modus gebruikt kan worden om printers beschikbaar te maken via het netwerk. \n" +"In dat geval maken CUPS-servers hun lokale printwachtrijen bekend via het netwerk\n" +"en overeenkomstig moet op CUPS-cliënt-systemen het CUPS-daemon-proces (cupsd) draaien\n" "die luistert naar inkomende informatie over bekend gemaakte printers. \n" "CUPS-blader-informatie wordt ontvangen via UDP-poort 631.\n" "" @@ -3415,27 +3162,21 @@ "to allow remote access for all hosts in the local network\n" "and to publish printers to all those hosts. \n" "It is not required to publish printers in any case. \n" -"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS " -"Browsing.\n" +"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS Browsing.\n" "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server on the client systems\n" "(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server directly.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ten eerste moeten alle CUPS-cliënt-systemen worden toegestaan toegang te " -"hebben\n" -"tot de CUPS-server. Daarna of de printers bekend mogen worden gemaakt bij " -"cliënten. \n" +"Ten eerste moeten alle CUPS-cliënt-systemen worden toegestaan toegang te hebben\n" +"tot de CUPS-server. Daarna of de printers bekend mogen worden gemaakt bij cliënten. \n" "In een lokaal netwerk is het gebruikelijk om CUPS-browsing in te stellen\n" "en toegang van buiten open te stellen voor alle hosts in het lokale netwerk\n" "en alle printers bekend te maken aan al die hosts. \n" "Het is niet verreist de printers in alle gevallen bekend te maken.\n" -"Als u een enkele CUPS-server hebt, dan is er geen noodzaak voor " -"CUPS-browsing.\n" -"In plaats hiervan is het eenvoudiger om de CUPS-server op de cliënt-systemen " -"te\n" -"specificeren (via 'Printen via het netwerk') zodat de cliënten direct " -"toegang\n" +"Als u een enkele CUPS-server hebt, dan is er geen noodzaak voor CUPS-browsing.\n" +"In plaats hiervan is het eenvoudiger om de CUPS-server op de cliënt-systemen te\n" +"specificeren (via 'Printen via het netwerk') zodat de cliënten direct toegang\n" "hebben tot de server.\n" "" @@ -3517,8 +3258,7 @@ "op uw host tegen ongewenste toegang via het netwerk. \n" "Afdrukken via het netwerk wordt gedaan in een vertrouwd intern netwerk\n" "(niemand laat willekeurige gebruikers van welk extern netwerk ook\n" -"toe om op zijn printer te printen) en gewoonlijk hebben de gebruikers " -"fysieke\n" +"toe om op zijn printer te printen) en gewoonlijk hebben de gebruikers fysieke\n" "toegang tot de printer nodig om hun papieruitvoer te krijgen. \n" "Standaard laat de SuSEfirewall alle netwerkverkeer passeren\n" "via een netwerkinterface dat behoort tot de 'interne zone'\n" @@ -3556,8 +3296,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>CUPS bewerkingbeleid</big> \n" -"Bewerkingbeleid zijn de regels die gebruikt worden bij elke bewerking binnen " -"CUPS.\n" +"Bewerkingbeleid zijn de regels die gebruikt worden bij elke bewerking binnen CUPS.\n" "Zulke bewerkingen zijn bijvoorbeeld 'print iets', 'annuleer een printout',\n" "'configureer een printer', 'wijzig of verwijder een printerconfiguratie'\n" "en 'schakel printen in of uit'.\n" @@ -3584,8 +3323,7 @@ " \n" "The following error policies exist: \n" "Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing. \n" -"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by " -"default). \n" +"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default). \n" "Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -3607,8 +3345,7 @@ " \n" "Het foutenbeleid dat gebruikt kan worden is: \n" "Stop de printer en bewaar de job voor later. \n" -"Stuur de job opnieuw vanaf het begin na enige tijd te hebben gewacht (30 " -"seconden als standaard). \n" +"Stuur de job opnieuw vanaf het begin na enige tijd te hebben gewacht (30 seconden als standaard). \n" "Breek de job af en gooi deze weg en ga verder met de volgende job.\n" "" @@ -3631,8 +3368,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Automatische configuratie voor lokaal aangesloten printers</big><" -"br>\n" +"<big>Automatische configuratie voor lokaal aangesloten printers</big> \n" "Activeer het keuzevakje om de automatische configuratie van YaST\n" "voor printers, die met de lokale host zijn verbonden, uit te voeren. \n" "Voor elk automatisch gedetecteerde lokaal verbonden printer,\n" @@ -3671,8 +3407,7 @@ "<big>Automatische configuratie voor USB-printers</big> \n" "Het RPM-pakket 'udev-configure-printer' levert\n" "automatische configuratie wanneer USB-printers ingeplugd worden. \n" -"Wanneer zijn keuzevakje initieel niet is geactiveerd, is het niet " -"geïnstalleerd\n" +"Wanneer zijn keuzevakje initieel niet is geactiveerd, is het niet geïnstalleerd\n" "en dan kunt u het selecteren zodat het zal worden geïnstalleerd. \n" "Wanneer zijn keuzevakje initieel is geactiveerd, dan is het al geïnstalleerd\n" "en dan kunt u het deactiveren zodat het zal worden verwijderd. \n" @@ -3773,16 +3508,13 @@ #. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128 msgid "" -"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not " -"accessible.\n" +"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n" "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" "A non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n" msgstr "" -"Een lokaal draaiende CUPS-daemon is vereist maar lijkt niet toegankelijk te " -"zijn.\n" +"Een lokaal draaiende CUPS-daemon is vereist maar lijkt niet toegankelijk te zijn.\n" "Controleer met 'lpstat -h localhost -r' of een lokale cupsd toegankelijk is.\n" -"Een niet-toegankelijke cupsd leidt tot een eindeloos aantal verdere " -"mislukkingen.\n" +"Een niet-toegankelijke cupsd leidt tot een eindeloos aantal verdere mislukkingen.\n" #. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails #. when the local cupsd does not use the official IPP port (631). @@ -3808,10 +3540,8 @@ "(waar 1234 elk poortnummer is die niet de officiële poort 631 is)\n" "in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf (controleer ook of er een 'BrowsePort 1234' is).\n" "De YaST-printermodule ondersteunt de niet-officiële poort niet.\n" -"Een niet-officiële poort leidt tot een eindeloos aantal verdere " -"mislukkingen.\n" -"Als u echt een niet-officiële poort wilt gebruiken, dan kunt u de " -"YaST-printermodule\n" +"Een niet-officiële poort leidt tot een eindeloos aantal verdere mislukkingen.\n" +"Als u echt een niet-officiële poort wilt gebruiken, dan kunt u de YaST-printermodule\n" "niet gebruiken voor het configureren van uw printers.\n" #. Busy message: @@ -3821,8 +3551,7 @@ "Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n" "(this might take some time)" msgstr "" -"Er worden verschillende tests uitgevoerd met betrekking tot de toegang tot de " -"CUPS-server...\n" +"Er worden verschillende tests uitgevoerd met betrekking tot de toegang tot de CUPS-server...\n" "(dit kan enige tijd duren)" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: @@ -3834,19 +3563,14 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210 msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used." -msgstr "" -"Om door te gaan, zou u er akkoord mee moeten gaan dat '%1' niet langer wordt " -"gebruikt." +msgstr "Om door te gaan, zou u er akkoord mee moeten gaan dat '%1' niet langer wordt gebruikt." #. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed #. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and #. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 -msgid "" -"A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." -msgstr "" -"Een niet-toegankelijke server leidt tot een eindeloze reeks van vertragingen " -"en mislukkingen." +msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." +msgstr "Een niet-toegankelijke server leidt tot een eindeloze reeks van vertragingen en mislukkingen." #. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 @@ -3873,11 +3597,8 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 -msgid "" -"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." -msgstr "" -"Dit is een configuratie op afstand. Alleen lokale configuraties kunnen " -"verwijderd worden." +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." +msgstr "Dit is een configuratie op afstand. Alleen lokale configuraties kunnen verwijderd worden." #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 msgid "Confirm Deletion" @@ -3885,12 +3606,8 @@ #. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 -msgid "" -"The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be " -"restored." -msgstr "" -"De geselecteerde configuratie zou onmiddellijk verwijderd worden en kan niet " -"hersteld worden." +msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." +msgstr "De geselecteerde configuratie zou onmiddellijk verwijderd worden en kan niet hersteld worden." #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 @@ -3916,8 +3633,7 @@ #. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642 msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool." -msgstr "" -"Een verwijderde klasse kan met dit hulpmiddel niet opnieuw worden aangemaakt." +msgstr "Een verwijderde klasse kan met dit hulpmiddel niet opnieuw worden aangemaakt." #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688 msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs" @@ -3926,8 +3642,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected." -msgstr "" -"De testpagina kan niet geprint worden omdat printjobs geweigerd worden." +msgstr "De testpagina kan niet geprint worden omdat printjobs geweigerd worden." #. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. #. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". @@ -3939,8 +3654,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled." -msgstr "" -"De testpagina kan niet geprint worden omdat uitprinten is uigeschakeld." +msgstr "De testpagina kan niet geprint worden omdat uitprinten is uigeschakeld." #. Test whether there are already pending jobs in a local queue. #. If yes, the queue is usually currently actively printing because @@ -3948,12 +3662,8 @@ #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 -msgid "" -"There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is " -"printed." -msgstr "" -"Er zijn wachtende printjobs die verwijderd zouden kunnen worden voordat de " -"testpagina is geprint." +msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." +msgstr "Er zijn wachtende printjobs die verwijderd zouden kunnen worden voordat de testpagina is geprint." #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. @@ -4033,8 +3743,7 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon." -msgstr "" -"De testpagina is verzonden naar %1. Het printen zou spoedig moeten starten." +msgstr "De testpagina is verzonden naar %1. Het printen zou spoedig moeten starten." #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label #. regarding a positive testpage printout result: @@ -4086,34 +3795,24 @@ msgstr "Voor de volledige log, zie het bestand /var/log/cups/error_log." #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 -msgid "" -"CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" -msgstr "" -"Log-informatie van CUPS tijdens het verwerken van de testpagina voor %1 " -"(alleen Engels)" +msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" +msgstr "Log-informatie van CUPS tijdens het verwerken van de testpagina voor %1 (alleen Engels)" #. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." -msgstr "" -"Voor informatie uit de CUPS-log, zie het bestand /var/log/cups/error_log." +msgstr "Voor informatie uit de CUPS-log, zie het bestand /var/log/cups/error_log." #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 -msgid "" -"When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote " -"system." -msgstr "" -"Als afdrukken via een systeem op afstand mislukt, dan de hulp inroepen van de " -"systeembeheerder van het systeem op afstand." +msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." +msgstr "Als afdrukken via een systeem op afstand mislukt, dan de hulp inroepen van de systeembeheerder van het systeem op afstand." #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration." -msgstr "" -"Een instelling van een CUPS-server op afstand is in conflict met het " -"toevoegen van een configuratie." +msgstr "Een instelling van een CUPS-server op afstand is in conflict met het toevoegen van een configuratie." #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 msgid "Cannot Modify" @@ -4121,11 +3820,8 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 -msgid "" -"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." -msgstr "" -"Dit is een configuratie op afstand. Alleen lokale configuraties kunnen " -"gewijzigd worden." +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." +msgstr "Dit is een configuratie op afstand. Alleen lokale configuraties kunnen gewijzigd worden." #. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy #. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to @@ -4180,12 +3876,8 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local " -"system." -msgstr "" -"Een instelling van een CUPS-server op afstand is in conflict met instellen " -"van beleid voor het lokale systeem." +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local system." +msgstr "Een instelling van een CUPS-server op afstand is in conflict met instellen van beleid voor het lokale systeem." #. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name. #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:331 @@ -4196,8 +3888,7 @@ #. Do not change or translate "DefaultPolicy", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:354 msgid "Failed to set 'DefaultPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -msgstr "" -"Het instellen van 'DefaultPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" +msgstr "Het instellen van 'DefaultPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" #. where %1 will be replaced by the default error policy value. #. Do not change or translate "ErrorPolicy", it is a system settings name. @@ -4287,9 +3978,7 @@ #. from where remote printer information is polled: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:146 msgid "Polled CUPS server names or &IP Addresses (separated by space)" -msgstr "" -"Namen van CUPS-servers of &IP-adressen die afgevraagd worden (gescheiden door " -"spatie)" +msgstr "Namen van CUPS-servers of &IP-adressen die afgevraagd worden (gescheiden door spatie)" #. A CheckBox to do all printing tasks directly #. only via one single remote CUPS server: @@ -4326,9 +4015,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:210 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:263 msgid "Regarding firewall setup see the help text of this dialog." -msgstr "" -"Voor details met betrekking tot de firewall-instellingen zie de helptekst van " -"deze dialoog." +msgstr "Voor details met betrekking tot de firewall-instellingen zie de helptekst van deze dialoog." #. to a client-only config but with an effectively empty server name. #. Such a client-only config does not make sense: @@ -4347,8 +4034,7 @@ #. when a client-only server is not accessible: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:396 msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of failures." -msgstr "" -"Een niet-toegankelijke server leidt tot een eindeloze reeks van mislukkingen." +msgstr "Een niet-toegankelijke server leidt tot een eindeloze reeks van mislukkingen." #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:430 @@ -4363,9 +4049,7 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:467 msgid "The checkbox to do all printing via one CUPS server was disabled." -msgstr "" -"Het keuzevakje om al het afdrukken via één CUPS-server te doen was " -"uitgeschakeld." +msgstr "Het keuzevakje om al het afdrukken via één CUPS-server te doen was uitgeschakeld." #. An effectively non-empty current_browse_allow_value requires "Browsing On" in cupsd.conf: #. It was initially a BrowsePoll config but the user has @@ -4383,9 +4067,7 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowseAllow. #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:569 msgid "Failed to set BrowseAllow value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"Het instellen van BrowseAllow waarde(n) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is " -"mislukt" +msgstr "Het instellen van BrowseAllow waarde(n) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" #. but now the user has deactivated it #. so that the BrowseAllow config should be disabled. @@ -4395,8 +4077,7 @@ #. Instead set only "BrowseAllow none" in cupsd.conf: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:597 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAllow none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"Het instellen van 'BrowseAllow none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" +msgstr "Het instellen van 'BrowseAllow none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" #. a BrowsePoll config but with effectively empty server names. #. Such a BrowsePoll config does not make sense: @@ -4407,8 +4088,7 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowsePoll. #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:659 msgid "Failed to set BrowsePoll value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -msgstr "" -"Het instellen van BrowsePoll waarde(n) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" +msgstr "Het instellen van BrowsePoll waarde(n) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" #. but now the user has deactivated it #. so that the BrowsePoll config should be disabled: @@ -4434,8 +4114,7 @@ #. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727 msgid "" -"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept " -"announcements'\n" +"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept announcements'\n" "or after 'request printer information from CUPS servers' was disabled\n" "it takes usually 5 minutes until already received information faded away..." msgstr "" @@ -4462,9 +4141,7 @@ #. A label which explains how the subsequent choices can be used: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:83 msgid "There are various ways how to specify which remote hosts are allowed:" -msgstr "" -"Er zijn verschillende manieren om te specificeren welke hosts op afstand zijn " -"toegestaan:" +msgstr "Er zijn verschillende manieren om te specificeren welke hosts op afstand zijn toegestaan:" #. A CheckBox label to allow remote access to local print queues #. for computers within the local network: @@ -4522,28 +4199,20 @@ #. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues #. for hosts and/or networks: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180 -msgid "" -"Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" -msgstr "" -"Sta toegang toe vanaf deze IP-adressen of &netwerk/netmasker (gescheiden door " -"een spatie)" +msgid "Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" +msgstr "Sta toegang toe vanaf deze IP-adressen of &netwerk/netmasker (gescheiden door een spatie)" #. TextEntry to publish local print queues #. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192 -msgid "" -"Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by " -"space)" -msgstr "" -"Maak printers openbaar aan deze IP-adressen of netwerk-&broadcastadressen " -"(gescheiden door een spatie)" +msgid "Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by space)" +msgstr "Maak printers openbaar aan deze IP-adressen of netwerk-&broadcastadressen (gescheiden door een spatie)" #. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default #. via a partivular network interface which is shown below. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:214 msgid "&Publish printers by default via the network interface below." -msgstr "" -"&Maak printers openbaar als standaard in het onderstaande netwerkinterface." +msgstr "&Maak printers openbaar als standaard in het onderstaande netwerkinterface." #. A header for a ComboBox which lists network interfaces: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:221 @@ -4559,8 +4228,7 @@ #. Do not change or translate "Listen localhost", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:396 msgid "Failed to set only 'Listen localhost' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"Het instellen van alleen 'Listen localhost' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" +msgstr "Het instellen van alleen 'Listen localhost' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" #. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:406 @@ -4571,23 +4239,19 @@ #. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:424 src/include/printer/sharing.rb:594 msgid "Failed to remove 'BrowseAddress' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"Het verwijderen van 'BrowseAddress' items uit /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" +msgstr "Het verwijderen van 'BrowseAddress' items uit /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" #. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. #. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:536 msgid "Failed to set 'Allow' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"Het instellen van Allow' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" +msgstr "Het instellen van Allow' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" #. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. #. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:560 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"Het instellen van 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is " -"mislukt" +msgstr "Het instellen van 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" #. Do not change or translate "Listen *:631", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:613 @@ -4597,12 +4261,8 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer " -"configurations." -msgstr "" -"Een instelling van een CUPS-server op afstand is in conflict met gedeelde " -"lokale printerconfiguraties." +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer configurations." +msgstr "Een instelling van een CUPS-server op afstand is in conflict met gedeelde lokale printerconfiguraties." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 @@ -4742,8 +4402,7 @@ #. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. #: src/modules/Printer.rb:678 msgid "Failed to determine driver options for queue %1." -msgstr "" -"Het bepalen van de opties voor de apparaataansturing voor queue %1 is mislukt." +msgstr "Het bepalen van de opties voor de apparaataansturing voor queue %1 is mislukt." #. Initialize printer configuration (checks only the installed packages) see #. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_P…: @@ -4793,9 +4452,7 @@ #. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. #: src/modules/Printer.rb:1098 msgid "Cannot show print queues (failed to detect print queues)." -msgstr "" -"Kon de de printqueue's niet tonen (het detecteren van de printqueues is " -"mislukt)." +msgstr "Kon de de printqueue's niet tonen (het detecteren van de printqueues is mislukt)." #. Use local variables to have shorter variable names: #: src/modules/Printer.rb:1119 @@ -4858,16 +4515,13 @@ #. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. #: src/modules/Printer.rb:1496 msgid "Failed to create the printer driver database." -msgstr "" -"Het aanmaken van de de database voor printerapparaatstuurprogramma is mislukt." +msgstr "Het aanmaken van de de database voor printerapparaatstuurprogramma is mislukt." #. fallback entry for a SelectionBox when no connection is selected. #. It will be replaced by real content, when a connection is selected. #: src/modules/Printer.rb:1525 msgid "Select a connection, then matching drivers show up here." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer een verbinding, daarna tonen overeenkomstige " -"apparaatstuurprogramma's zich hier." +msgstr "Selecteer een verbinding, daarna tonen overeenkomstige apparaatstuurprogramma's zich hier." #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: @@ -4878,16 +4532,13 @@ #. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label). #: src/modules/Printer.rb:1594 msgid "No matching driver found. Change the search string or try 'Find More'." -msgstr "" -"Geen overeenkomend apparaatstuurprogramma gevonden. Wijzig de zoektekst of " -"probeer 'Meer zoeken'." +msgstr "Geen overeenkomend apparaatstuurprogramma gevonden. Wijzig de zoektekst of probeer 'Meer zoeken'." #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: #: src/modules/Printer.rb:1619 msgid "Processing many printer drivers. Please wait..." -msgstr "" -"Veel printerapparaatstuurprogramma's worden verwerkt. Even geduld aub..." +msgstr "Veel printerapparaatstuurprogramma's worden verwerkt. Even geduld aub..." #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). @@ -4905,8 +4556,7 @@ #. which should not happen at all: #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2208 msgid "Failed to determine the driver options." -msgstr "" -"Het vaststellen van de opties voor de apparaatstuurprogramma's is mislukt." +msgstr "Het vaststellen van de opties voor de apparaatstuurprogramma's is mislukt." #. Info for a currently selected item which is to be set as new value in the system: #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2215 @@ -5010,8 +4660,7 @@ "kan worden. Dit gebeurt als YaST in tekstmodus draait, of als de\n" "gebruiker die YaST draait geen DISPLAY-omgevingsvariabele heeft\n" "aangemaakt of wanneer het YaST-proces geen toegang heeft tot de\n" -"grafische display. In deze gevallen zou u 'hp-setup' handmatig moeten " -"uitvoeren als gebruiker 'root'.\n" +"grafische display. In deze gevallen zou u 'hp-setup' handmatig moeten uitvoeren als gebruiker 'root'.\n" #. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: @@ -5030,12 +4679,10 @@ #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2691 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer " -"configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n" msgstr "" "'hp-setup' is opgestart.\n" -"U moet 'hp-setup' voltooien alvorens u verder kunt met de " -"printer-configuratie.\n" +"U moet 'hp-setup' voltooien alvorens u verder kunt met de printer-configuratie.\n" #. from the BasicAdd dialog but the RPM package hplip is not installed: #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. @@ -5052,20 +4699,13 @@ #. Is the package available to be installed? #. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " -"available." -msgstr "" -"Het vereiste pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd en er is geen installatiebron " -"beschikbaar." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." +msgstr "Het vereiste pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd en er is geen installatiebron beschikbaar." #. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." -msgstr "" -"Het vereiste pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd en niet beschikbaar op de " -"installatiebron." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgstr "Het vereiste pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd en niet beschikbaar op de installatiebron." #. Only a simple message because: #. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, @@ -5090,17 +4730,14 @@ #. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:287 msgid "Remove %1 regardless of breaking dependencies?" -msgstr "" -"Moet %1 toch verwijderd worden ondanks dat onopgeloste afhankelijkheden " -"achterblijven?" +msgstr "Moet %1 toch verwijderd worden ondanks dat onopgeloste afhankelijkheden achterblijven?" #. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline #. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline #. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:292 msgid "Breaking dependencies leads to arbitrary failures elsewhere." -msgstr "" -"Onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kan leiden tot willekeurig falen ergens anders." +msgstr "Onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kan leiden tot willekeurig falen ergens anders." #. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. @@ -5129,9 +4766,7 @@ #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:388 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:445 msgid "Failed to enable starting of the CUPS daemon during system boot" -msgstr "" -"Het activeren van het starten van de CUPS-daemon tijdens het opstarten van " -"het systeem is mislukt" +msgstr "Het activeren van het starten van de CUPS-daemon tijdens het opstarten van het systeem is mislukt" #. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment #. because a restart disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: @@ -5170,9 +4805,7 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:441 msgid "Currently the CUPS daemon is not started during system boot." -msgstr "" -"Op dit moment wordt de CUPS-daemon niet opgestart bij het opstarten van het " -"systeem." +msgstr "Op dit moment wordt de CUPS-daemon niet opgestart bij het opstarten van het systeem." #. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment #. because a stop disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/product-creator.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/product-creator.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/product-creator.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: product-creator.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-07 12:18+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -116,8 +116,7 @@ #. command line help text for 'create_iso' option #: src/clients/product-creator.rb:144 msgid "Output should be an ISO image instead of directory tree" -msgstr "" -"Uitvoer zou een ISO-image moeten zijn in plaats van een mappenstructuur" +msgstr "Uitvoer zou een ISO-image moeten zijn in plaats van een mappenstructuur" #. command line help text for 'iso_name' option #: src/clients/product-creator.rb:150 @@ -372,8 +371,7 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:345 msgid "Copying additional and customized files to directory tree..." -msgstr "" -"De extra en aangepaste bestanden worden naar de mappenstructuur gekopieerd..." +msgstr "De extra en aangepaste bestanden worden naar de mappenstructuur gekopieerd..." #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:346 msgid "Copying selected packages" @@ -543,33 +541,22 @@ #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:785 msgid "Start creating a new image configuration with Add." -msgstr "" -"Start het aanmaken van een nieuwe image-configuratie met Toevoegen." -"" +msgstr "Start het aanmaken van een nieuwe image-configuratie met Toevoegen." #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:787 -msgid "" -"Use Edit to change selected image configuration or create the " -"image." -msgstr "" -"Klik op Bewerken om de geselecteerde image-configuratie te " -"wijzigen of maak de image aan." +msgid "Use Edit to change selected image configuration or create the image." +msgstr "Klik op Bewerken om de geselecteerde image-configuratie te wijzigen of maak de image aan." #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:791 -msgid "" -"Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting " -"Delete." -msgstr "" -"Verwijder de map met de geselecteerde configuratie door Verwijderen</" -"b> te selecteren." +msgid "Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting Delete." +msgstr "Verwijder de map met de geselecteerde configuratie door Verwijderen te selecteren." #. help text, %1 is directory #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:796 msgid "All image configurations are saved in <tt>%1</tt> directory." -msgstr "" -"Alle image-configuraties worden opgeslagen in de map <tt>%1</tt> ." +msgstr "Alle image-configuraties worden opgeslagen in de map <tt>%1</tt> ." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 #. main dialog caption @@ -869,14 +856,12 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1512 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Kies één van de volgende basis selecties en klik op Gedetailleerd</" -"i> om\n" +"Kies één van de volgende basis selecties en klik op Gedetailleerd om\n" "meer add-on selecties en pakketten toe te voegen.\n" "" @@ -910,31 +895,22 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1830 msgid "" "<big>Sign</big> \n" -"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG " -"key. \n" +"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG key. \n" "This key is checked when the product is added as a repository." msgstr "" "<big>Ondertekenen</big> \n" -"Om het voor gebruikers mogelijk te maken uw product te verifiëren kunt u het " -"ondertekenen met een GPG-sleutel.\n" -"Deze sleutel wordt gecontroleerd als het product als een softwarebron wordt " -"toegevoegd." +"Om het voor gebruikers mogelijk te maken uw product te verifiëren kunt u het ondertekenen met een GPG-sleutel.\n" +"Deze sleutel wordt gecontroleerd als het product als een softwarebron wordt toegevoegd." #. part of the help text (signing dialog), the URL can be modified to the translated language #. (if the page exists in that language, you have to check that!) #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1837 msgid "" -"If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option " -"'Insecure:\n" -"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading " -"an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc " -"for more information." +"If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option 'Insecure:\n" +"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc for more information." msgstr "" -"Als het product niet ondertekent is zal YaST automatisch de optie " -"'Onveilig: 1'\n" -"toevoegen aan het linuxrc configuratiebestand, anders zou linuxrc het laden " -"van een niet ondertekend installatiesysteem weigeren bij opstarten. Zie " -"http://nl.opensuse.org/SDB:Linuxrc voor meer informatie." +"Als het product niet ondertekent is zal YaST automatisch de optie 'Onveilig: 1'\n" +"toevoegen aan het linuxrc configuratiebestand, anders zou linuxrc het laden van een niet ondertekend installatiesysteem weigeren bij opstarten. Zie http://nl.opensuse.org/SDB:Linuxrc voor meer informatie." #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1846 msgid "Signing the Product on the Medium" @@ -981,8 +957,7 @@ "Verify the data in the summary then press Next to continue.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Controleer de gegevens in het overzicht en klik vervolgens op Verder om " -"door te gaan.\n" +"Controleer de gegevens in het overzicht en klik vervolgens op Verder om door te gaan.\n" "\n" #. All helps are here @@ -1000,14 +975,11 @@ msgid "" "For example, \n" "configure the CD for automatic installations and specify the installation\n" -"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the " -"original is used.\n" +"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the original is used.\n" msgstr "" "Een voorbeeld: \n" -"Configureer de CD voor automatische installatie en specificeer de " -"installatiebron\n" -"locatie. Bij twijfel laat u het bestand ongewijzigd, het origineel zal dan " -"gebruikt worden.\n" +"Configureer de CD voor automatische installatie en specificeer de installatiebron\n" +"locatie. Bij twijfel laat u het bestand ongewijzigd, het origineel zal dan gebruikt worden.\n" #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:46 @@ -1021,8 +993,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " -"te klikken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:54 @@ -1085,13 +1056,10 @@ #. overview dialog help part 5 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"Press Create Image with KIWI for additional configuration of " -"various\n" -"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image " -"system." +"Press Create Image with KIWI for additional configuration of various\n" +"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image system." msgstr "" -"Klik op Image aanmaken met KIWI voor aanvullende configuratie van " -"verschillende\n" +"Klik op Image aanmaken met KIWI voor aanvullende configuratie van verschillende\n" "typen images, zoals live-media of Xen-images, met het KIWI-imagesysteem." #. Configure1 dialog help 1/4 @@ -1128,8 +1096,7 @@ msgstr "" "Softwarebeheerder\n" "Gebruik de softwarebeheerder zonder enige voorgeselecteerde pakketten. Alle\n" -"pakketten, die tijdens de installatie automatisch geselecteerd zouden " -"moeten\n" +"pakketten, die tijdens de installatie automatisch geselecteerd zouden moeten\n" "worden, dienen handmatig geselecteerd te worden en moeten op die hardware\n" "en architectuur gebaseerd zijn waarvoor u deze CD gaat maken.\n" "\n" @@ -1147,25 +1114,18 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<big>Target Architecture</big> \n" -"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that " -"of\n" +"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that of\n" "the machine you are currently working on.\n" "All selected repositories must support the target architecture. \n" -"Note: KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not " -"change\n" -"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current " -"configuration.\n" +"Note: KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not change\n" +"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current configuration.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Doelarchitectuur</big> \n" -"Het is mogelijk een product aan te maken voor een verschillende architecture " -"dan\n" +"Het is mogelijk een product aan te maken voor een verschillende architecture dan\n" "de architectuur van de machine waarop u werkt.\n" -"Alle geselecteerde installatiebronnen moeten de doelarchitectuur " -"ondersteunen. \n" -"Opmerking: KIWI ondersteunt nog geen verschillende architecturen, " -"verander de\n" -"architectuur dus niet als u de bedoeling hebt om een KIWI-image te maken uit " -"de huidige configuratie.\n" +"Alle geselecteerde installatiebronnen moeten de doelarchitectuur ondersteunen. \n" +"Opmerking: KIWI ondersteunt nog geen verschillende architecturen, verander de\n" +"architectuur dus niet als u de bedoeling hebt om een KIWI-image te maken uit de huidige configuratie.\n" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:123 @@ -1212,39 +1172,28 @@ #. help text - the base selection dialog 2/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:147 msgid "" -"One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The " -"base\n" -"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is " -"also\n" +"One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The base\n" +"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is also\n" "bootable.\n" msgstr "" -"Een van de gebruikte installatiebronnen moet gemarkeerd zijn als het " -"basis product. De basis\n" -"product-installatiebron zou geboot moeten kunnen worden om er zeker van te " -"zijn dat het nieuw\n" +"Een van de gebruikte installatiebronnen moet gemarkeerd zijn als het basis product. De basis\n" +"product-installatiebron zou geboot moeten kunnen worden om er zeker van te zijn dat het nieuw\n" "aangemaakte product ook geboot kan worden.\n" #. help text - the base selection dialog 3/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:153 -msgid "" -"The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"De andere installatiebronnen zullen als addons worden gebruikt voor de " -"basis installatiebron." +msgid "The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository." +msgstr "De andere installatiebronnen zullen als addons worden gebruikt voor de basis installatiebron." #. help text - the base selection dialog 4/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and " -"proposes\n" +"The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and proposes\n" "the base product. If the proposed value is wrong, select the right base\n" "repository from the list.\n" msgstr "" -"De product-creator lost afhankelijkheden van de geselecteerde producten " -"op en stelt\n" -"het basis product voor. Als de voorgestelde waarde verkeerd is selecteer dan " -"de juiste basis\n" +"De product-creator lost afhankelijkheden van de geselecteerde producten op en stelt\n" +"het basis product voor. Als de voorgestelde waarde verkeerd is selecteer dan de juiste basis\n" "installatiebron uit de lijst.\n" #. what are we configuring now ("iso"/"xen"/...) @@ -1422,28 +1371,20 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1513 msgid "" -"Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:</" -"p>\n" +"Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:\n" "%2.\n" "\n" -"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package " -"selection or ignore the situation.\n" +"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package selection or ignore the situation.\n" "\n" -"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any " -"further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the " -"section.\n" +"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the section.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Pakketten uit sectie '%1' zijn niet beschikbaar in de geselecteerde " -"installatiebronnen:\n" +"Pakketten uit sectie '%1' zijn niet beschikbaar in de geselecteerde installatiebronnen:\n" "%2.\n" "\n" -"Verwijder ofwel de pakketten uit de sectie of controleer de gedetailleerde " -"pakketselectie of negeer de situatie.\n" +"Verwijder ofwel de pakketten uit de sectie of controleer de gedetailleerde pakketselectie of negeer de situatie.\n" "\n" -"Naar de gedetailleerde pakketselectie gaan en accepteren wat wordt getoond " -"zonder verdere wijzigingen resulteert in verwijdering van problematische " -"pakketten uit de sectie.\n" +"Naar de gedetailleerde pakketselectie gaan en accepteren wat wordt getoond zonder verdere wijzigingen resulteert in verwijdering van problematische pakketten uit de sectie.\n" "\n" #. button label @@ -1570,12 +1511,8 @@ #. informative label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2277 -msgid "" -"Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from " -"Studio." -msgstr "" -"Bewerken van de volgende bestanden is uitgeschakeld voor configuraties " -"geïmporteerd uit Studio." +msgid "Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from Studio." +msgstr "Bewerken van de volgende bestanden is uitgeschakeld voor configuraties geïmporteerd uit Studio." #. tab header #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2305 @@ -1591,12 +1528,10 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2367 msgid "" "Select the value for image Compression. This will modify the\n" -"flags value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an " -"explanation of available values." +"flags value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an explanation of available values." msgstr "" "Selecteer de waarde voor image Compressie. Dit zal de waarde\n" -"van de vlaggen van het image-type wijzigen. Lees de kiwi handleiding " -"voor de uitleg van de beschikbare waarden." +"van de vlaggen van het image-type wijzigen. Lees de kiwi handleiding voor de uitleg van de beschikbare waarden." # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- @@ -1616,12 +1551,8 @@ #. help text for "&Ignored software" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2424 -msgid "" -"For ignored software, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a " -"new line." -msgstr "" -"Voer voor genegeerde software elk item (zoals 'smtp_daemon') in op " -"een nieuwe regel" +msgid "For ignored software, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a new line." +msgstr "Voer voor genegeerde software elk item (zoals 'smtp_daemon') in op een nieuwe regel" #. label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2431 @@ -1630,12 +1561,8 @@ #. help text for "&Ignored software" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2436 -msgid "" -"Each entry of Packages to Delete is one package name to be " -"uninstalled from the target image." -msgstr "" -"Elk item in Te verwijderen pakketten is één pakketnaam die be uit " -"de installatie van de doel-image verwijderd moet worden." +msgid "Each entry of Packages to Delete is one package name to be uninstalled from the target image." +msgstr "Elk item in Te verwijderen pakketten is één pakketnaam die be uit de installatie van de doel-image verwijderd moet worden." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2443 @@ -1655,13 +1582,10 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2461 msgid "" "Set the image Size in the specified Unit.\n" -"If Additive is checked, the meaning of Size is different: it " -"is the minimal free space available on the image." +"If Additive is checked, the meaning of Size is different: it is the minimal free space available on the image." msgstr "" -"Stel de Grootte van de image in in de gespecificeerde Eenheid</" -"b>.\n" -"Als Optellen is geactiveerd dan is de betekenis van Grootte " -"anders: het is de minimale vrije ruimte die beschikbaar is in de image." +"Stel de Grootte van de image in in de gespecificeerde Eenheid.\n" +"Als Optellen is geactiveerd dan is de betekenis van Grootte anders: het is de minimale vrije ruimte die beschikbaar is in de image." #. combo box label (MB/GB values) #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2473 @@ -1681,12 +1605,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2489 -msgid "" -"To create an encrypted file system, check Encrypt Image with LUKS " -"and enter the password." -msgstr "" -"Om een versleuteld bestandssysteem te maken, activeert u Image met " -"LUKS versleutelen en voert u het wachtwoord in." +msgid "To create an encrypted file system, check Encrypt Image with LUKS and enter the password." +msgstr "Om een versleuteld bestandssysteem te maken, activeert u Image met LUKS versleutelen en voert u het wachtwoord in." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2500 @@ -1696,14 +1616,12 @@ #. general help for directory structure tab #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2513 msgid "Edit the configuration scripts used to build your image." -msgstr "" -"Bewerk de voor het bouwen van uw image gebruikte configuratiescripts." +msgstr "Bewerk de voor het bouwen van uw image gebruikte configuratiescripts." #. general help for directory structure tab #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2520 msgid "Point to the configuration directories for building your image." -msgstr "" -"Verwijs naar de configuratiemappen voor het bouwen van uw image." +msgstr "Verwijs naar de configuratiemappen voor het bouwen van uw image." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2527 @@ -1712,14 +1630,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2531 -msgid "" -"Define the path to the Directory with System Configuration (the " -"<tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of " -"the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Definieer het pad naar de map met systeemconfiguratie (de " -"<tt>root</tt>-map). De volledige map wordt met behulp van <tt>cp -a</tt> " -"gekopieerd naar de hoofdmap van de image-structuur." +msgid "Define the path to the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." +msgstr "Definieer het pad naar de map met systeemconfiguratie (de <tt>root</tt>-map). De volledige map wordt met behulp van <tt>cp -a</tt> gekopieerd naar de hoofdmap van de image-structuur." #. label (above table) #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2551 @@ -1733,14 +1645,8 @@ #. help for table with users #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2561 -msgid "" -"Configure the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>root</" -"tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image " -"tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Configureer de map met systeemconfiguratie (de <tt>root</tt>-map). " -"De volledige map wordt met behulp van <tt>cp -a</tt> gekopieerd naar de " -"hoofdmap van de image-structuur." +msgid "Configure the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." +msgstr "Configureer de map met systeemconfiguratie (de <tt>root</tt>-map). De volledige map wordt met behulp van <tt>cp -a</tt> gekopieerd naar de hoofdmap van de image-structuur." #. label (above table) #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2588 @@ -1754,13 +1660,8 @@ #. help for table with users #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2598 -msgid "" -"Configure the Directory with Scripts (the <tt>config</tt> " -"directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all " -"the image packages." -msgstr "" -"Configureer de map met scripts (de <tt>config</tt>-map). Het bevat " -"scripts die worden uitgevoerd na de installatie van alle image-pakketten." +msgid "Configure the Directory with Scripts (the <tt>config</tt> directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages." +msgstr "Configureer de map met scripts (de <tt>config</tt>-map). Het bevat scripts die worden uitgevoerd na de installatie van alle image-pakketten." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2627 @@ -1780,14 +1681,8 @@ msgstr "I&mage-configuratiescript" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2646 -msgid "" -"Edit your Image Configuration Script, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. " -"This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package " -"scripts have run." -msgstr "" -"Bewerk uw image-configuratiescript, genaamd <tt>config.sh</tt>. " -"Dit script wordt gestart aan het einde van de installatie, voordat de " -"pakketscripts zijn gestart." +msgid "Edit your Image Configuration Script, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package scripts have run." +msgstr "Bewerk uw image-configuratiescript, genaamd <tt>config.sh</tt>. Dit script wordt gestart aan het einde van de installatie, voordat de pakketscripts zijn gestart." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2666 @@ -1795,13 +1690,8 @@ msgstr "Pad naar map met scrip&ts" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2667 -msgid "" -"The optional Directory with Scripts (<tt>config</tt> directory) " -"contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image " -"packages." -msgstr "" -"De optionele map met scripts (<tt>config</tt>-map) bevat script " -"die worden gestart na de installatie van alle image-pakketten." +msgid "The optional Directory with Scripts (<tt>config</tt> directory) contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages." +msgstr "De optionele map met scripts (<tt>config</tt>-map) bevat script die worden gestart na de installatie van alle image-pakketten." #. push button label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2677 @@ -1814,12 +1704,8 @@ msgstr "Opsc&hoonscript" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2688 -msgid "" -"Edit your Cleanup Script (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run " -"at the beginning of the image creation process." -msgstr "" -"Bewerk uw opschoonscript (<tt>images.sh</tt>). Dit script wordt " -"gestart aan het begin van het aanmaken van de image." +msgid "Edit your Cleanup Script (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run at the beginning of the image creation process." +msgstr "Bewerk uw opschoonscript (<tt>images.sh</tt>). Dit script wordt gestart aan het begin van het aanmaken van de image." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2698 @@ -1833,12 +1719,8 @@ #. help text for Author, Contact and Specification widgets #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2711 -msgid "" -"Set the values for Author of the image, Contact Information</" -"b>, and the image Specification." -msgstr "" -"Stelt de waarden in voor de auteur van de image, " -"contactinformatie en de imagespecificatie." +msgid "Set the values for Author of the image, Contact Information, and the image Specification." +msgstr "Stelt de waarden in voor de auteur van de image, contactinformatie en de imagespecificatie." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2724 @@ -1862,12 +1744,8 @@ #. help text for locale #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2762 -msgid "" -"The value of Locale (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of " -"the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." -msgstr "" -"De waarde van Locale (bijv. <tt>nl_NL</tt>) definieert de inhoud " -"van de RC_LANG variabele in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." +msgid "The value of Locale (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." +msgstr "De waarde van Locale (bijv. <tt>nl_NL</tt>) definieert de inhoud van de RC_LANG variabele in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2770 @@ -1876,13 +1754,8 @@ #. help text for keytable #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2778 -msgid "" -"Keyboard Layout specifies the name of the console keymap to use. " -"The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Toetsenbordlayout specificeert de naam van de te gebruiken console-" -"keymap. De waarde correspondeert met een map-bestand in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/" -"keymaps</tt>." +msgid "Keyboard Layout specifies the name of the console keymap to use. The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>." +msgstr "Toetsenbordlayout specificeert de naam van de te gebruiken console-keymap. De waarde correspondeert met een map-bestand in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2787 @@ -1891,19 +1764,13 @@ #. help text for timezone #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2795 -msgid "" -"It is possible to set a specific Time zone. Available time zones " -"are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory." -msgstr "" -"Het is mogelijk om een specifieke Tijdzone in te stellen. " -"Beschikbare tijdzones zijn aanwezig in de map <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt>.</" -"p>" +msgid "It is possible to set a specific Time zone. Available time zones are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory." +msgstr "Het is mogelijk om een specifieke Tijdzone in te stellen. Beschikbare tijdzones zijn aanwezig in de map <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt>." #. general help for users tab #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2803 msgid "Create users that should be available on the target system." -msgstr "" -"Maak de gebruikers aan die beschikbaar moeten zijn op het doelsysteem." +msgstr "Maak de gebruikers aan die beschikbaar moeten zijn op het doelsysteem." #. table header #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2814 @@ -1942,12 +1809,10 @@ #. help for table with users #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2828 msgid "" -"For each user, specify the Name, Password, Home " -"Directory and group\n" +"For each user, specify the Name, Password, Home Directory and group\n" "to which the users belongs.\n" msgstr "" -"Geef voor elke gebruiker een naam, wachtwoord, " -"persoonlijke map en groep\n" +"Geef voor elke gebruiker een naam, wachtwoord, persoonlijke map en groep\n" "waar de gebruiker bijhoort op.\n" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_start.ycp:58 @@ -1979,20 +1844,13 @@ #. help text for kiwi UI preparation #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2973 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on " -"template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Voer de naam in van uw image-configuratie. Baseer een nieuwe configuratie " -"op het sjabloon uit de lijst of op de map met een bestaande configuratie." +msgid "Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration." +msgstr "Voer de naam in van uw image-configuratie. Baseer een nieuwe configuratie op het sjabloon uit de lijst of op de map met een bestaande configuratie." #. help text for kiwi UI preparation #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2980 -msgid "" -"Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory." -msgstr "" -"Plaats eigengemaakte configuratiesjablonen in de <tt>%1</tt> map." +msgid "Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory." +msgstr "Plaats eigengemaakte configuratiesjablonen in de <tt>%1</tt> map." #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2988 @@ -2006,14 +1864,8 @@ #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2994 -msgid "" -"Modify the list of Package Repositories that will be used for " -"creating the image. Use Add From System to add one of the current " -"system repositories." -msgstr "" -"Wijzig de lijst met pakketbronnen die gebruikt zullen worden bij " -"het aanmaken van de image. Gebruik Voeg toe vanuit het systeem om een " -"van de huidige systeembronnen toe te voegen." +msgid "Modify the list of Package Repositories that will be used for creating the image. Use Add From System to add one of the current system repositories." +msgstr "Wijzig de lijst met pakketbronnen die gebruikt zullen worden bij het aanmaken van de image. Gebruik Voeg toe vanuit het systeem om een van de huidige systeembronnen toe te voegen." #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2999 @@ -2032,12 +1884,8 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3123 -msgid "" -"Selected directory does not contain valid description of system " -"configuration." -msgstr "" -"De geselecteerde map bevat geen geldige beschrijving van een " -"systeemconfiguratie." +msgid "Selected directory does not contain valid description of system configuration." +msgstr "De geselecteerde map bevat geen geldige beschrijving van een systeemconfiguratie." #. busy popup #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 @@ -2480,16 +2328,13 @@ #~ "op het squashfs-gecomprimeerde bestandssysteem." #~ msgid "" -#~ "These packages from section '%1' are not available with selected " -#~ "repositories:\n" +#~ "These packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:\n" #~ "%2.\n" #~ "Check the list of packages and package repositories." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Deze pakketten uit sectie '%1' zijn niet beschikbaar in de " -#~ "geselecteerde installatiebronnen:\n" +#~ "Deze pakketten uit sectie '%1' zijn niet beschikbaar in de geselecteerde installatiebronnen:\n" #~ "%2.\n" -#~ "Controleer de lijst met pakketten en installatiebronnen met pakketten." -#~ "" +#~ "Controleer de lijst met pakketten en installatiebronnen met pakketten." #~ msgid "Path to file with standard output" #~ msgstr "Pad naar bestaand met standaard product" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/proxy.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/proxy.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/proxy.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-10-26 13:10+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/qt-pkg.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/qt-pkg.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/qt-pkg.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: qt-pkg.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-23 17:30+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 23:11+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -311,20 +311,12 @@ msgstr "&Annuleren" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 -msgid "" -"<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system " -"packages to versions in repository %2" -msgstr "" -"<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Annuleer omschakeling</a> van " -"systeempakketten naar versies in installatiebron %2" +msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" +msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Annuleer omschakeling</a> van systeempakketten naar versies in installatiebron %2" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 -msgid "" -"<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the " -"versions in this repository (%2)" -msgstr "" -"<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Schakel systeempakketten</a> naar de " -"versies in deze installatiebron (%2)" +msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" +msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Schakel systeempakketten</a> naar de versies in deze installatiebron (%2)" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 msgid "Added Subpackages:" @@ -356,17 +348,8 @@ msgstr "Fout: onvoldoende schijfruimte!" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:186 -msgid "" -"You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you " -"risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not " -"absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press Cancel now and " -"deselect some packages." -msgstr "" -"Als u weet wat u doet kunt u er voor kiezen om toch te installeren. U " -"loopt echter het risico dat u een corrupt systeem krijgt dat alleen " -"handmatig kan worden gerepareerd. Als u niet zeker weet hoe u in zo'n " -"situatie moet handelen, klik dan op Annuleren en deselecteer enkele " -"pakketten." +msgid "You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press Cancel now and deselect some packages." +msgstr "Als u weet wat u doet kunt u er voor kiezen om toch te installeren. U loopt echter het risico dat u een corrupt systeem krijgt dat alleen handmatig kan worden gerepareerd. Als u niet zeker weet hoe u in zo'n situatie moet handelen, klik dan op Annuleren en deselecteer enkele pakketten." #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 msgid "C&ontinue Anyway" @@ -391,12 +374,8 @@ msgstr "Automatische wijzigingen" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:301 -msgid "" -"In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been " -"changed to resolve dependencies:" -msgstr "" -"Ter aanvulling van uw handmatige selecties zijn de volgende pakketten " -"gewijzigd om de afhankelijkheden op te lossen:" +msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" +msgstr "Ter aanvulling van uw handmatige selecties zijn de volgende pakketten gewijzigd om de afhankelijkheden op te lossen:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 @@ -409,12 +388,8 @@ msgstr "Niet ondersteunde pakketten" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:322 -msgid "" -"Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or " -"requires an additional customer contract for support." -msgstr "" -"Let er op dat de volgende geselecteerde software niet ondersteund wordt of " -"een extra klantcontract voor ondersteuning vereist." +msgid "Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support." +msgstr "Let er op dat de volgende geselecteerde software niet ondersteund wordt of een extra klantcontract voor ondersteuning vereist." #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:421 msgid "Not implemented yet. Sorry." @@ -427,220 +402,101 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:65 -msgid "" -"Note: This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for " -"details." -msgstr "" -"Opmerking: Dit is maar een kort overzicht. Raadpleeg de handleiding " -"voor de details." +msgid "Note: This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for details." +msgstr "Opmerking: Dit is maar een kort overzicht. Raadpleeg de handleiding voor de details." #. Help specific to online update mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:72 msgid "In this dialog, select patches to download and install." -msgstr "" -"In dit dialoogvenster selecteert u patches die u wilt downloaden en " -"installeren." +msgstr "In dit dialoogvenster selecteert u patches die u wilt downloaden en installeren." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:73 -msgid "" -"The list on the left side contains available patches along with the " -"respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the " -"(estimated) download size." -msgstr "" -"De lijst links bevat de beschikbare patches samen met de respectievelijke " -"patch-type (beveiliging, aanbevolen of optioneel) en de (geschatte) " -"downloadgrootte." +msgid "The list on the left side contains available patches along with the respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the (estimated) download size." +msgstr "De lijst links bevat de beschikbare patches samen met de respectievelijke patch-type (beveiliging, aanbevolen of optioneel) en de (geschatte) downloadgrootte." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:76 -msgid "" -"This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on " -"your system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches</" -"b> check box below the list." -msgstr "" -"Normaal gesproken bevat deze lijst alleen de patches die nog niet op uw " -"systeem geïnstalleerd zijn. U kunt dit met behulp van het keuzevakje " -"Inclusief geïnstalleerde patches onderaan de lijst wijzigen." +msgid "This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches check box below the list." +msgstr "Normaal gesproken bevat deze lijst alleen de patches die nog niet op uw systeem geïnstalleerd zijn. U kunt dit met behulp van het keuzevakje Inclusief geïnstalleerde patches onderaan de lijst wijzigen." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:78 -msgid "" -"The Patch Description field contains a longer explanation of the " -"currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description " -"here." -msgstr "" -"Het veld Patch-beschrijving veld bevat een uitgebreidere uitleg over " -"de geselecteerde patch. Klik in de lijst op een patch om de beschrijving " -"ervan hier te bekijken." +msgid "The Patch Description field contains a longer explanation of the currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description here." +msgstr "Het veld Patch-beschrijving veld bevat een uitgebreidere uitleg over de geselecteerde patch. Klik in de lijst op een patch om de beschrijving ervan hier te bekijken." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:80 -msgid "" -"The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently " -"selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete " -"individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is " -"intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." -msgstr "" -"De pakketlijst aan de rechterkant toont u de inhoud van de huidige " -"geselecteerde patch, zoals bijvoorbeeld de pakketten die het bevat.. Van een " -"patch kunt u geen individuele pakketten installeren of verwijderen, alleen " -"de patch in zijn geheel. Dit is gedaan om systeeminconsistenties te " -"voorkomen." +msgid "The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." +msgstr "De pakketlijst aan de rechterkant toont u de inhoud van de huidige geselecteerde patch, zoals bijvoorbeeld de pakketten die het bevat.. Van een patch kunt u geen individuele pakketten installeren of verwijderen, alleen de patch in zijn geheel. Dit is gedaan om systeeminconsistenties te voorkomen." #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" ( below the package list ) #. that show details about the ( one ) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:88 -msgid "" -"In addition to Patches, you can also select one of the other filter " -"views from Filter at the upper left:" -msgstr "" -"Naast Patches kunt u ook een van de andere filterweergaven selecteren " -"bij Filter linksboven:" +msgid "In addition to Patches, you can also select one of the other filter views from Filter at the upper left:" +msgstr "Naast Patches kunt u ook een van de andere filterweergaven selecteren bij Filter linksboven:" #. Help specific to normal (non-online-update) mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:96 -msgid "" -"In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can " -"select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." -msgstr "" -"In dit dialoog kunt u de pakketten selecteren die u wilt installeren, " -"opwaarderen, of verwijderen. U kunt zowel individuele pakketten als gehele " -"pakket\"selecties\" selecteren." +msgid "In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." +msgstr "In dit dialoog kunt u de pakketten selecteren die u wilt installeren, opwaarderen, of verwijderen. U kunt zowel individuele pakketten als gehele pakket\"selecties\" selecteren." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:98 -msgid "" -"Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or " -"right-click it to open a context menu." -msgstr "" -"Klik om de status te wijzigen op het statuspictogram van een pakket of van " -"een selectie, rechtsklik om een contextmenu te openen." +msgid "Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or right-click it to open a context menu." +msgstr "Klik om de status te wijzigen op het statuspictogram van een pakket of van een selectie, rechtsklik om een contextmenu te openen." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:100 -msgid "" -"Use the Check Dependencies button to resolve package dependencies. " -"Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only " -"be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check " -"will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn " -"you if there are dependency conflicts." -msgstr "" -"Gebruik de knop Afhankelijkheden controleren voor het oplossen van " -"pakketafhankelijkheden. Sommige pakketten vereisen de installatie van andere " -"pakketten. Ook zijn er pakketten die alleen geïnstalleerd kunnen worden " -"wanneer bepaalde andere pakketten niet geïnstalleerd zijn. Deze controle zal " -"automatisch aangeven welke pakketten er voor de installatie nodig zijn en " -"het zal u waarschuwen in het geval dat er afhankelijkheidsconflicten " -"optreden." +msgid "Use the Check Dependencies button to resolve package dependencies. Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn you if there are dependency conflicts." +msgstr "Gebruik de knop Afhankelijkheden controleren voor het oplossen van pakketafhankelijkheden. Sommige pakketten vereisen de installatie van andere pakketten. Ook zijn er pakketten die alleen geïnstalleerd kunnen worden wanneer bepaalde andere pakketten niet geïnstalleerd zijn. Deze controle zal automatisch aangeven welke pakketten er voor de installatie nodig zijn en het zal u waarschuwen in het geval dat er afhankelijkheidsconflicten optreden." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:105 -msgid "" -"When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will automatically " -"be performed." -msgstr "" -"Wanneer u dit dialoog met behulp van Accepteren verlaat, dan zal deze " -"controle automatisch worden uitgevoerd." +msgid "When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will automatically be performed." +msgstr "Wanneer u dit dialoog met behulp van Accepteren verlaat, dan zal deze controle automatisch worden uitgevoerd." #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" (below the package list) #. that show details about the (one) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:111 -msgid "" -"Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at " -"the upper left:" -msgstr "" -"Selecteer één van de beschikbare filteroverzichten in het Filter</" -"b>venster linksboven:" +msgid "Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at the upper left:" +msgstr "Selecteer één van de beschikbare filteroverzichten in het Filtervenster linksboven:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:115 -msgid "" -"Selections shows some predefined sets of packages that logically " -"belong together." -msgstr "" -"Selecties toont enkele voorgedefinieerde pakketselecties die logisch " -"gezien bij elkaar horen." +msgid "Selections shows some predefined sets of packages that logically belong together." +msgstr "Selecties toont enkele voorgedefinieerde pakketselecties die logisch gezien bij elkaar horen." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:116 -msgid "" -"Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can " -"also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." -msgstr "" -"Gebruik het keuzevakje naast de selectie om het als een geheel te " -"selecteren. Ook kunt u individuele pakketten in de rechter pakketlijst " -"selecteren of de selectie er van juist ongedaan maken." +msgid "Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." +msgstr "Gebruik het keuzevakje naast de selectie om het als een geheel te selecteren. Ook kunt u individuele pakketten in de rechter pakketlijst selecteren of de selectie er van juist ongedaan maken." #. Help common to all modes: Description of the various filter views #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:124 -msgid "" -"Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and " -"collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category " -"to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right " -"side." -msgstr "" -"Pakketgroepen toont de pakketten in categorieën. U kunt de groepen " -"als boomstructuur uitklappen en inklappen om de categorieën daarmee te " -"verfijnen of te generaliseren. Klik op een willekeurige categorie om de " -"pakketten in die categorie in de pakketlijst aan de rechterkant zichtbaar te " -"maken." +msgid "Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right side." +msgstr "Pakketgroepen toont de pakketten in categorieën. U kunt de groepen als boomstructuur uitklappen en inklappen om de categorieën daarmee te verfijnen of te generaliseren. Klik op een willekeurige categorie om de pakketten in die categorie in de pakketlijst aan de rechterkant zichtbaar te maken." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:127 -msgid "" -" Hint: There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that " -"will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." -msgstr "" -" Tip: Helemaal onderaan de lijst ziet u het item \"zzz All\" dat alle " -"pakketten zal laten zien. Bij trage computers kan dit enkele minuten duren." +msgid " Hint: There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." +msgstr " Tip: Helemaal onderaan de lijst ziet u het item \"zzz All\" dat alle pakketten zal laten zien. Bij trage computers kan dit enkele minuten duren." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:130 -msgid "" -"Search allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. " -"This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." -msgstr "" -"Zoeken biedt u de mogelijkheid te zoeken naar pakketten die aan " -"verschillende criteria tegemoet komen. Dit is meestal de eenvoudigste manier " -"om een pakket te vinden, vooral als u de naam er van weet." +msgid "Search allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." +msgstr "Zoeken biedt u de mogelijkheid te zoeken naar pakketten die aan verschillende criteria tegemoet komen. Dit is meestal de eenvoudigste manier om een pakket te vinden, vooral als u de naam er van weet." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:132 -msgid "" -"Hint: You can also use this to find out what package contains a " -"certain library. Search in the Provides RPM field." -msgstr "" -"Tip: Ook kunt u dit gebruiken om uit te vinden welk pakket een " -"bepaalde bibliotheek bevat. Zoek in het RPM-veld Zorgt voor." +msgid "Hint: You can also use this to find out what package contains a certain library. Search in the Provides RPM field." +msgstr "Tip: Ook kunt u dit gebruiken om uit te vinden welk pakket een bepaalde bibliotheek bevat. Zoek in het RPM-veld Zorgt voor." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:135 -msgid "" -"Installation Summary by default shows the changes to your system -- " -"what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." -msgstr "" -"Installatieoverzicht laat standaard alle wijzigingen op uw systeem " -"zien -- welke pakketten geïnstalleerd, verwijderd, of opgewaardeerd zullen " -"worden." +msgid "Installation Summary by default shows the changes to your system -- what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." +msgstr "Installatieoverzicht laat standaard alle wijzigingen op uw systeem zien -- welke pakketten geïnstalleerd, verwijderd, of opgewaardeerd zullen worden." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:137 -msgid "" -"It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to " -"Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can " -"see all changes that will be made to your system." -msgstr "" -"Over het algemeen is het een goed idee om Afhankelijkheden controleren</" -"b> te gebruiken en dan vervolgens naar Installatieoverzicht te gaan " -"voordat u op Accepteren klikt. Op die manier ziet u alle wijzigingen " -"die op uw systeem gemaakt zullen worden." +msgid "It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system." +msgstr "Over het algemeen is het een goed idee om Afhankelijkheden controleren te gebruiken en dan vervolgens naar Installatieoverzicht te gaan voordat u op Accepteren klikt. Op die manier ziet u alle wijzigingen die op uw systeem gemaakt zullen worden." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:140 -msgid "" -"You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; " -"use the check boxes at the left side." -msgstr "" -"Ook kunt u expliciet selecteren welke pakketten met welke status u hier wilt " -"zien; gebruik daarvoor de keuzevakjes aan de linkerkant." +msgid "You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; use the check boxes at the left side." +msgstr "Ook kunt u expliciet selecteren welke pakketten met welke status u hier wilt zien; gebruik daarvoor de keuzevakjes aan de linkerkant." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:142 -msgid "" -"Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see " -"what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and " -"uncheck everything else." -msgstr "" -"Tip: Ook kunt u het effect van dit filter omkeren. U kunt zien welke " -"pakketten op uw systeem ongewijzigd zullen blijven. Gewoon op Behouden</" -"b> klikken en al het andere deselecteren." +msgid "Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and uncheck everything else." +msgstr "Tip: Ook kunt u het effect van dit filter omkeren. U kunt zien welke pakketten op uw systeem ongewijzigd zullen blijven. Gewoon op Behouden klikken en al het andere deselecteren." #. Make sure all images used here are specified in #. helpimages_DATA in include/Makefile.am ! @@ -657,8 +513,7 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:168 msgid "This package is not installed and it will not be installed." -msgstr "" -"Dit pakket is niet geïnstalleerd en het zal ook niet geïnstalleerd worden." +msgstr "Dit pakket is niet geïnstalleerd en het zal ook niet geïnstalleerd worden." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:172 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:278 @@ -691,12 +546,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:186 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the " -"versions are the same)." -msgstr "" -"Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd. Opwaardeer het of installeer het opnieuw " -"(bij identieke versies)." +msgid "This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions are the same)." +msgstr "Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd. Opwaardeer het of installeer het opnieuw (bij identieke versies)." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:191 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:277 @@ -718,22 +569,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:199 -msgid "" -"This package is not installed and should not be installed under any " -"circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other " -"packages might have or get." -msgstr "" -"Dit pakket is niet geïnstalleerd en zou in geen geval geïnstalleerd mogen " -"worden, vooral niet omdat andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden " -"kunnen hebben of kunnen krijgen." +msgid "This package is not installed and should not be installed under any circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "Dit pakket is niet geïnstalleerd en zou in geen geval geïnstalleerd mogen worden, vooral niet omdat andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen krijgen." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316 -msgid "" -"Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any " -"installation media." -msgstr "" -"Als \"taboe\" ingestelde pakketten worden behandeld alsof ze op geen enkel " -"installatiemedia bestaan." +msgid "Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any installation media." +msgstr "Als \"taboe\" ingestelde pakketten worden behandeld alsof ze op geen enkel installatiemedia bestaan." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:207 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:101 @@ -742,21 +583,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:209 -msgid "" -"This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not " -"because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." -msgstr "" -"Dit pakket is geïnstalleerd en zou niet aangepast mogen worden, vooral niet " -"omdat andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen " -"krijgen." +msgid "This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "Dit pakket is geïnstalleerd en zou niet aangepast mogen worden, vooral niet omdat andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen krijgen." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:213 -msgid "" -"Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by " -"newer versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Gebruik deze status voor pakketten derden die niet door eventuele, met de " -"distributie meegeleverde, nieuwere versies overschreven mogen worden." +msgid "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "Gebruik deze status voor pakketten derden die niet door eventuele, met de distributie meegeleverde, nieuwere versies overschreven mogen worden." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:218 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:275 @@ -766,19 +598,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:220 -msgid "" -"This package will be installed automatically because some other package " -"needs it." -msgstr "" -"Omdat een ander pakket het nodig heeft, zal dit pakket automatisch " -"geïnstalleerd gaan worden." +msgid "This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs it." +msgstr "Omdat een ander pakket het nodig heeft, zal dit pakket automatisch geïnstalleerd gaan worden." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:222 -msgid "" -"Hint: You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." -msgstr "" -"Tip: U zal waarschijnlijk \"taboe\" moeten gebruiken om zo'n pakket " -"te kunnen verwijderen." +msgid "Hint: You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." +msgstr "Tip: U zal waarschijnlijk \"taboe\" moeten gebruiken om zo'n pakket te kunnen verwijderen." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:226 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:276 @@ -788,12 +613,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:228 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer " -"version, so it will automatically be updated." -msgstr "" -"Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd, maar sommige ander pakketten hebben een " -"nieuwere versie nodig: het zal daarom automatisch worden bijgewerkt." +msgid "This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer version, so it will automatically be updated." +msgstr "Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd, maar sommige ander pakketten hebben een nieuwere versie nodig: het zal daarom automatisch worden bijgewerkt." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:233 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:274 @@ -803,18 +624,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:235 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it " -"is deleted." -msgstr "" -"Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd, maar pakketafhankelijkheden vereisen dat het " -"verwijderd moet worden." +msgid "This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it is deleted." +msgstr "Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd, maar pakketafhankelijkheden vereisen dat het verwijderd moet worden." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:236 msgid "This can happen, for example, if some other package obsoletes this one." -msgstr "" -"Dit gebeurt bijvoorbeeld als een ander pakket door dit pakket overbodig " -"wordt." +msgstr "Dit gebeurt bijvoorbeeld als een ander pakket door dit pakket overbodig wordt." #. Translators: Headline for help about "magic keys" in the package manager #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:265 @@ -834,13 +649,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:278 -msgid "" -"Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the " -"latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." -msgstr "" -"Neem dit pakket. Installeer het wanneer het nog niet geïnstalleerd is. " -"Opwaardeer het wanneer het geïnstalleerd is en er een nieuwere versie " -"beschikbaar is." +msgid "Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." +msgstr "Neem dit pakket. Installeer het wanneer het nog niet geïnstalleerd is. Opwaardeer het wanneer het geïnstalleerd is en er een nieuwere versie beschikbaar is." #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:285 @@ -849,21 +659,13 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287 -msgid "" -"Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not " -"installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." -msgstr "" -"Verwijder dit pakket. Markeer het als \"niet installeren\" indien het nog " -"niet geïnstalleerd is. Verwijder het als het wel geïnstalleerd is." +msgid "Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." +msgstr "Verwijder dit pakket. Markeer het als \"niet installeren\" indien het nog niet geïnstalleerd is. Verwijder het als het wel geïnstalleerd is." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:295 -msgid "" -"Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore " -"packages that are not installed." -msgstr "" -"Opwaardeer dit pakket indien het geïnstalleerd is en er een nieuwere versie " -"beschikbaar is. Negeer de niet-geïnstalleerde pakketten." +msgid "Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore packages that are not installed." +msgstr "Opwaardeer dit pakket indien het geïnstalleerd is en er een nieuwere versie beschikbaar is. Negeer de niet-geïnstalleerde pakketten." #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:302 @@ -872,25 +674,13 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:304 -msgid "" -"Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently " -"set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." -msgstr "" -"Het effect van \">\" hierboven ongedaan maken: stel het pakket als \"behouden" -"\" in wanneer het nu op \"opwaarderen\" staat ingesteld. Negeer alle andere " -"pakketten." +msgid "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." +msgstr "Het effect van \">\" hierboven ongedaan maken: stel het pakket als \"behouden\" in wanneer het nu op \"opwaarderen\" staat ingesteld. Negeer alle andere pakketten." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312 -msgid "" -"Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package " -"does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies " -"that other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "" -"Stel dit pakket in als \"taboe\" wanneer het niet geïnstalleerd is: om u " -"ervan te verzekeren dat dit pakket niet geïnstalleerd gaat worden, vooral " -"niet omdat andere pakketten mogelijk onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen " -"hebben of kunnen krijgen. " +msgid "Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "Stel dit pakket in als \"taboe\" wanneer het niet geïnstalleerd is: om u ervan te verzekeren dat dit pakket niet geïnstalleerd gaat worden, vooral niet omdat andere pakketten mogelijk onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen krijgen. " # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:175 #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description @@ -900,23 +690,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:324 -msgid "" -"Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package " -"will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that " -"other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "" -"Dit pakket als \"beschermd\" instellen wanneer het geïnstalleerd is: om u " -"ervan te verzekeren dat dit pakket niet gewijzigd wordt, vooral niet omdat " -"andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen " -"krijgen. " +msgid "Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "Dit pakket als \"beschermd\" instellen wanneer het geïnstalleerd is: om u ervan te verzekeren dat dit pakket niet gewijzigd wordt, vooral niet omdat andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen krijgen. " #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:328 -msgid "" -"Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer " -"versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Gebruik dit voor pakketten van derden die niet door eventuele, met de " -"distributie meegeleverde, nieuwere versies overschreven mogen worden." +msgid "Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "Gebruik dit voor pakketten van derden die niet door eventuele, met de distributie meegeleverde, nieuwere versies overschreven mogen worden." #: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:180 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:248 #: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:182 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:208 @@ -976,13 +755,8 @@ msgstr "Testgeval voor afhankelijkheidsoplossing genereren" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:391 -msgid "" -"Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " -"dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" -msgstr "" -"Gebruik dit om uitgebreide logs te genereren die u kunnen helpen bij het " -"opsporen van fouten in de afhankelijkheidsoplosser. De logs zullen worden " -"opgeslagen in de map <tt>%1</tt>" +msgid "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" +msgstr "Gebruik dit om uitgebreide logs te genereren die u kunnen helpen bij het opsporen van fouten in de afhankelijkheidsoplosser. De logs zullen worden opgeslagen in de map <tt>%1</tt>" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:395 @@ -990,13 +764,8 @@ msgstr "Testgeval voor oplossing" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410 -msgid "" -"Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare " -"<tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" -msgstr "" -"Het testgeval voor de afhankelijkheidsoplossing zal worden geschreven " -"naar <tt>%1</tt>Wilt u <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> voorbereiden om " -"als bijlage voor bugzilla te gebruiken?" +msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" +msgstr "Het testgeval voor de afhankelijkheidsoplossing zal worden geschreven naar <tt>%1</tt>Wilt u <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> voorbereiden om als bijlage voor bugzilla te gebruiken?" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:413 @@ -1005,12 +774,8 @@ #. caption #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:426 -msgid "" -"Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check " -"disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" -msgstr "" -"Fout bij aanmaken van testgeval voor afhankelijkheidsoplossing</" -"p>Controleer de schijfruimte en toegangsrechten voor <tt>%1</tt>" +msgid "Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" +msgstr "Fout bij aanmaken van testgeval voor afhankelijkheidsoplossingControleer de schijfruimte en toegangsrechten voor <tt>%1</tt>" #. startsWith #. filter @@ -1762,8 +1527,7 @@ "Mogelijke redenen:\n" "<ul>\n" "<li>Ze zijn vanwege andere pakketten in onbruik geraakt\n" -"<li>Er zijn op geen enkel installatiemedium nieuwe versies beschikbaar voor " -"de opwaardering\n" +"<li>Er zijn op geen enkel installatiemedium nieuwe versies beschikbaar voor de opwaardering\n" "<li>Het zijn pakketten van derde partijen\n" "</ul>\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/qt.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/qt.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/qt.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: qt.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-30 16:14+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 23:11+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -74,8 +74,7 @@ "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" msgstr "" -"U klikte met de rechter muisknop op een plek waar een linker muisklik werd " -"verwacht.\n" +"U klikte met de rechter muisknop op een plek waar een linker muisklik werd verwacht.\n" "Wilt u de functies van de linker en rechter muisknop omdraaien?" #. Popup dialog caption Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/rdp.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/rdp.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/rdp.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-10-26 13:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/rear.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/rear.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/rear.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-16 12:06+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -118,10 +118,8 @@ "a registered system." msgstr "" "Voer een registratie- of evaluatie-code in voor dit product en uw\n" -"gebruikersnaam/e-mailadres van het SUSE Customer Center in de onderstaande " -"velden.\n" -"Toegang tot updates voor beveiliging en algemene software is alleen mogelijk " -"op\n" +"gebruikersnaam/e-mailadres van het SUSE Customer Center in de onderstaande velden.\n" +"Toegang tot updates voor beveiliging en algemene software is alleen mogelijk op\n" "een geregistreerd systeem." #. label text describing the registration (2/2), @@ -131,9 +129,7 @@ msgid "" "If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" "installation has completed." -msgstr "" -"Als u productregistratie nu overslaat doe het dan nadat de installatie " -"gereed is." +msgstr "Als u productregistratie nu overslaat doe het dan nadat de installatie gereed is." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 @@ -170,12 +166,8 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " -"updates and extensions." -msgstr "" -"Voer de credentials van SUSE Customer Center hier in om het systeem te " -"registreren voor het verkrijgen van updates en extensies." +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." +msgstr "Voer de credentials van SUSE Customer Center hier in om het systeem te registreren voor het verkrijgen van updates en extensies." #. not set yet? #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377 @@ -242,21 +234,12 @@ msgstr "Het systeem is reeds geregistreerd." #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 -msgid "" -"You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " -"modules to enhance the functionality of the system." -msgstr "" -"U kunt het opnieuw registreren of u kunt extra extensies of modules " -"registreren om de functionaliteit van het systeem te verhogen." +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "U kunt het opnieuw registreren of u kunt extra extensies of modules registreren om de functionaliteit van het systeem te verhogen." #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 -msgid "" -"If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " -"Customer Center and remove the system manually there." -msgstr "" -"Als u de registratie van uw systeem wilt verwijderen dan moet u zich " -"aanmelden in het SUSE Customer Center en het systeem handmatig daar " -"verwijderen." +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "Als u de registratie van uw systeem wilt verwijderen dan moet u zich aanmelden in het SUSE Customer Center en het systeem handmatig daar verwijderen." #. error message #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534 @@ -282,8 +265,7 @@ "is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" "Ga na of een product is geïnstalleerd en /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" -"is een symbolische koppeling wijzend naar het .prod-bestand van het " -"basisproduct." +"is een symbolische koppeling wijzend naar het .prod-bestand van het basisproduct." #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" #: src/clients/scc.rb:44 @@ -304,13 +286,11 @@ #. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice #. but better than aborting the installation... #: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259 -#| msgid "SSL Certificate" msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "Bezig SSL-certificaat te downloaden" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71 #: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263 -#| msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "Bezig het SSL-certificaat te importeren" @@ -458,8 +438,7 @@ "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -"Netwerk is niet geconfigureerd, de registratieserver kan niet worden " -"bereikt.\n" +"Netwerk is niet geconfigureerd, de registratieserver kan niet worden bereikt.\n" "Wilt u het netwerk nu instellen?" #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77 @@ -521,8 +500,7 @@ #. error message #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." -msgstr "" -"Ontvangen SSL-certificaat komt niet overeen met het verwachte certificaat." +msgstr "Ontvangen SSL-certificaat komt niet overeen met het verwachte certificaat." #. %s are error details #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184 @@ -643,23 +621,17 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you " -"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " -"extension or module." +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" "Voer registratiecodes in voor de vereiste extensies of modules.\n" -"Registratiecodes zijn vereist voor succesvolle registratie. Als u geen " -"registratiecode kan leveren ga dan terug en maak de selectie ongedaan van de " -"de respectievelijke extensie of module." +"Registratiecodes zijn vereist voor succesvolle registratie. Als u geen registratiecode kan leveren ga dan terug en maak de selectie ongedaan van de de respectievelijke extensie of module." #. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." -msgstr[0] "" -"De extensie die u selecteerde heeft een aparte registratiecode nodig." -msgstr[1] "" -"De extensies die u selecteerde hebben aparte registratiecodes nodig." +msgstr[0] "De extensie die u selecteerde heeft een aparte registratiecode nodig." +msgstr[1] "De extensies die u selecteerde hebben aparte registratiecodes nodig." #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." @@ -674,29 +646,18 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 -msgid "" -"Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." -msgstr "" -"U kunt hier beschikbare extensies en modulen voor uw systeem selecteren.</" -"p>" +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "U kunt hier beschikbare extensies en modulen voor uw systeem selecteren." #. help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 -msgid "" -"Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " -"registration code." -msgstr "" -"Merk op dat sommige extensies of modules een aparte registratiecode nodig " -"kunnen hebben." +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgstr "Merk op dat sommige extensies of modules een aparte registratiecode nodig kunnen hebben." #. help text (3/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the " -"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." -msgstr "" -"Als een extensie of module wilt verwijderen dan moet u zich aanmelden in " -"het SUSE Customer Center en ze daar handmatig verwijderen." +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "Als een extensie of module wilt verwijderen dan moet u zich aanmelden in het SUSE Customer Center en ze daar handmatig verwijderen." #. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67 @@ -724,12 +685,8 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 -msgid "" -"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered " -"together with the base product." -msgstr "" -"Hier kunt u selecteren welke extensies of modules geregistreerd zullen " -"worden samen met het basisproduct." +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgstr "Hier kunt u selecteren welke extensies of modules geregistreerd zullen worden samen met het basisproduct." #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" @@ -767,51 +724,39 @@ #. replace the content #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161 -#| msgid "Extension or Module &Name" msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" msgstr "&Identifier van extensie en module" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 -#| msgid "Version" msgid "&Version" msgstr "&Versie" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 -#| msgid "Architecture" msgid "&Architecture" msgstr "&Architectuur" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 -#| msgid "Release Type" msgid "&Release Type" msgstr "&Type uitgave" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " -"database,\n" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product " -"Registration." +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." msgstr "" -"Productregistratie is voegt uw product toe aan de database in het SUSE " -"Customer Center,\n" +"Productregistratie is voegt uw product toe aan de database in het SUSE Customer Center,\n" "waarmee u online-bijwerken en technische ondersteuning krijgt.\n" -"Om een registratie uit te veoeren tijdens een automatische installatie, " -"selecteert u Productregistratie uitvoeren." +"Om een registratie uit te veoeren tijdens een automatische installatie, selecteert u Productregistratie uitvoeren." #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " -"of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " -"Refer\n" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." msgstr "" -"Als uw netwerk een eigen registratie-server bevat, stel dan de juiste URL " -"van de server\n" -"en de locatie van het SMT-certificaat in de SMT-server-instellingen " -"in. Kijk in uw SMT-handboek voor verdere assistentie." +"Als uw netwerk een eigen registratie-server bevat, stel dan de juiste URL van de server\n" +"en de locatie van het SMT-certificaat in de SMT-server-instellingen in. Kijk in uw SMT-handboek voor verdere assistentie." #. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 @@ -820,8 +765,7 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100 msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" -msgstr "" -"Beschikbare updates installeren vanaf installatiebronnen voor bijwerken" +msgstr "Beschikbare updates installeren vanaf installatiebronnen voor bijwerken" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 @@ -846,7 +790,6 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71 #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139 -#| msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "Optionele vingerafdruk van SSL-servercertificaat" @@ -886,52 +829,28 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 -msgid "" -"Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the " -"authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." -msgstr "" -"Beveiligde verbinding (HTTPS) gebruikt SSL-certificaten voor verifiëren " -"van de authenticiteit van de server en voor versleuteling van de " -"overgedragen gegevens." +msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +msgstr "Beveiligde verbinding (HTTPS) gebruikt SSL-certificaten voor verifiëren van de authenticiteit van de server en voor versleuteling van de overgedragen gegevens." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "" -"You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known " -"certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " -"issuer of the unknown certificate." -msgstr "" -"U kunt er voor kiezen om het certificaat te importeren in de lijst met " -"bekende certificaat autoriteiten (CA), wat betekent dat u het subject en de " -"uitgever van het onbekende certificaat vertrouwt." +msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." +msgstr "U kunt er voor kiezen om het certificaat te importeren in de lijst met bekende certificaat autoriteiten (CA), wat betekent dat u het subject en de uitgever van het onbekende certificaat vertrouwt." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"Een certificaat importeren staat het gebruik toe van bijvoorbeeld een " -"zelf-getekend certificaat." +msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." +msgstr "Een certificaat importeren staat het gebruik toe van bijvoorbeeld een zelf-getekend certificaat." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 -msgid "" -"Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to " -"be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." -msgstr "" -"Belangrijk: U zou de vingerafdruk van het certificaat moeten " -"controleren om zeker te zijn dat u het echte certificaat van de gewenste " -"server importeert." +msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +msgstr "Belangrijk: U zou de vingerafdruk van het certificaat moeten controleren om zeker te zijn dat u het echte certificaat van de gewenste server importeert." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big " -"security risk." -msgstr "" -"Een onbekend certificaat zonder verificatie importeren is een groot " -"beveiligingsrisico." +msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." +msgstr "Een onbekend certificaat zonder verificatie importeren is een groot beveiligingsrisico." #. error message, the entered URL is not valid #: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51 @@ -1023,8 +942,7 @@ #~ "select repositories which will be used for installation." #~ msgstr "" #~ "U kunt handmatig de status van de installatiebron wijzigen,\n" -#~ "selecteer installatiebronnen die gebruikt zullen worden voor de " -#~ "installatie." +#~ "selecteer installatiebronnen die gebruikt zullen worden voor de installatie." #~ msgid "Repository State" #~ msgstr "Status installatiebron" @@ -1037,26 +955,20 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " -#~ "select\n" +#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" #~ "Include Add-on Products from Separate Media.\n" -#~ "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see %s " -#~ "site." +#~ "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see %s site." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Om een addon-product van aparte media met &product; te installeren, " -#~ "selecteer\n" +#~ "Om een addon-product van aparte media met &product; te installeren, selecteer\n" #~ "Addon-producten van aparte media insluiten.\n" -#~ "> Als u specifieke hardware-drivers voor installatie nodig hebt, zie " -#~ "de site %s." +#~ "> Als u specifieke hardware-drivers voor installatie nodig hebt, zie de site %s." #~ msgid "Registering Selected Add-on Products and Extensions" #~ msgstr "Geselecteerde add-on producten en extensies registreren" #~ msgid "Enter Registration Keys for Selected Add-on Products and Extensions" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Registratiesleutels voor geselecteerde add-on producten en extensies " -#~ "registreren invoeren" +#~ msgstr "Registratiesleutels voor geselecteerde add-on producten en extensies registreren invoeren" #~| msgid "Registration &Code" #~ msgid "Registration &Key" @@ -1079,11 +991,8 @@ #~ msgid "Adding Services" #~ msgstr "bezig met toevoegen van services" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The repository manager is downloading registered repositories..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Het installatiebronnenbeheer is bezig de geregistreerde " -#~ "installatiebronnen te downloaden..." +#~ msgid "The repository manager is downloading registered repositories..." +#~ msgstr "Het installatiebronnenbeheer is bezig de geregistreerde installatiebronnen te downloaden..." #~ msgid "Online Update Configuration" #~ msgstr "Configuratie van online-bijwerken" @@ -1140,8 +1049,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Er is een server voor bijwerken toegevoegd aan uw configuratie." #~ msgid "No update server could be added to your configuration." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Er kon geen server voor bijwerken worden toegevoegd aan uw configuratie." +#~ msgstr "Er kon geen server voor bijwerken worden toegevoegd aan uw configuratie." #~ msgid "No software repository needed to be changed." #~ msgstr "Geen software installatiebron heeft wijziging nodig." @@ -1242,8 +1150,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " -#~ "Novell.\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Novell.\n" #~ "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" #~ "Configure Later.\n" #~ "" @@ -1256,22 +1163,17 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " -#~ "system\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" #~ "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " -#~ "involved\n" -#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the " -#~ "Novell\n" -#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " -#~ "identity\n" +#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Novell\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" #~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Om het registratieproces te vereenvoudigen, kunt u informatie over uw\n" -#~ "systeem bijsluiten met Optionele informatie en Hardwareprofiel</" -#~ "b>.\n" +#~ "systeem bijsluiten met Optionele informatie en Hardwareprofiel.\n" #~ "Met Details wordt de maximale hoeveelheid informatie getoond die\n" #~ "bij uw registratie zal worden bijgesloten. Om te weten welke informatie\n" #~ "precies nodig is voor uw product, wordt eerst contact opgenomen met de\n" @@ -1281,52 +1183,39 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code\n" #~ "so you are prompted for your product code. \n" -#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your " -#~ "product.\n" +#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your product.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Als u uw kopie van dit product hebt gekocht, activeer dan " -#~ "Registratiecode\n" -#~ "en vul uw productcode in. Dit registreert u voor de installatie-" -#~ "ondersteuning\n" +#~ "Als u uw kopie van dit product hebt gekocht, activeer dan Registratiecode\n" +#~ "en vul uw productcode in. Dit registreert u voor de installatie-ondersteuning\n" #~ "waar u voor uw product recht op hebt.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Novell. The data is used for\n" -#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " -#~ "support\n" -#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " -#~ "View\n" -#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" -#~ "tt>.\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Er zal geen informatie worden doorgespeeld naar wie dan ook buiten " -#~ "Novell.\n" -#~ "De gegevens worden gebruikt in statistieken en om uw gebruikservaringen " -#~ "te\n" -#~ "verbeteren ten aanzien van ondersteuning voor stuurprogramma's en voor " -#~ "uw\n" -#~ "webaccount. Het gedetailleerde privacybeleid vindt u onder Details</" -#~ "b>.\n" +#~ "Er zal geen informatie worden doorgespeeld naar wie dan ook buiten Novell.\n" +#~ "De gegevens worden gebruikt in statistieken en om uw gebruikservaringen te\n" +#~ "verbeteren ten aanzien van ondersteuning voor stuurprogramma's en voor uw\n" +#~ "webaccount. Het gedetailleerde privacybeleid vindt u onder Details.\n" #~ "De verzonden informatie kunt u bekijken in het logbestand\n" #~ "<tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " -#~ "update \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" #~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, " -#~ "such \n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~ "" @@ -1343,53 +1232,43 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local " -#~ "registration server if your company provides one).\n" +#~ "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n" #~ "Make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n" #~ "You can go back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Het registratieproces zal contact opnemen met een Novell-server (of een " -#~ "lokale registratieserver als uw bedrijf er een biedt).\n" +#~ "Het registratieproces zal contact opnemen met een Novell-server (of een lokale registratieserver als uw bedrijf er een biedt).\n" #~ "Verzeker u ervan dat de netwerk- en proxy-instellingen juist zijn.\n" -#~ "U kunt terug gaan naar de netwerkinstellingen om deze te controleren of " -#~ "te wijzigen.\n" +#~ "U kunt terug gaan naar de netwerkinstellingen om deze te controleren of te wijzigen.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " -#~ "Open-SLX.\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Open-SLX.\n" #~ "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" #~ "Configure Later.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Configureer uw systeem om online-bijwerken te activeren door het bij\n" -#~ "Open-XSL te registreren. Selecteer Nu instellen om dit nu te " -#~ "doen.\n" +#~ "Open-XSL te registreren. Selecteer Nu instellen om dit nu te doen.\n" #~ "Of stel de registratie uit met Later instellen.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " -#~ "system\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" #~ "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " -#~ "involved\n" -#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-" -#~ "SLX\n" -#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " -#~ "identity\n" +#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-SLX\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" #~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Om het registratieproces te vereenvoudigen, kunt u informatie over uw\n" -#~ "systeem bijsluiten met Optionele informatie en Hardwareprofiel</" -#~ "b>.\n" +#~ "systeem bijsluiten met Optionele informatie en Hardwareprofiel.\n" #~ "Met Details wordt de maximale hoeveelheid informatie getoond die\n" #~ "bij uw registratie zal worden bijgesloten. Om te weten welke informatie\n" #~ "precies nodig is voor uw product, wordt eerst contact opgenomen met de\n" @@ -1399,36 +1278,26 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used " -#~ "for\n" -#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " -#~ "support\n" -#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " -#~ "View\n" -#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" -#~ "tt>.\n" +#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used for\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Er zal geen informatie worden doorgespeeld naar wie dan ook buiten Open-" -#~ "SLX.\n" -#~ "De gegevens worden gebruikt in statistieken en om uw gebruikservaringen " -#~ "te\n" -#~ "verbeteren ten aanzien van ondersteuning voor stuurprogramma's en voor " -#~ "uw\n" -#~ "webaccount. Het gedetailleerde privacybeleid vindt u onder Details</" -#~ "b>.\n" +#~ "Er zal geen informatie worden doorgespeeld naar wie dan ook buiten Open-SLX.\n" +#~ "De gegevens worden gebruikt in statistieken en om uw gebruikservaringen te\n" +#~ "verbeteren ten aanzien van ondersteuning voor stuurprogramma's en voor uw\n" +#~ "webaccount. Het gedetailleerde privacybeleid vindt u onder Details.\n" #~ "De verzonden informatie kunt u bekijken in het logbestand\n" #~ "<tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " -#~ "update \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" #~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-" -#~ "SLX, such \n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-SLX, such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~ "" @@ -1437,8 +1306,7 @@ #~ "Met Regelmatig synchroniseren met het Customer Center wordt\n" #~ "gecontroleerd of uw bronnen voor bijwerken nog geldig zijn, en worden\n" #~ "eventuele nieuwe beschikbare bronnen toegevoegd. Daarnaast worden\n" -#~ "eventuele wijzigingen in uw bijgesloten gegevens naar Open-SLX " -#~ "verzonden,\n" +#~ "eventuele wijzigingen in uw bijgesloten gegevens naar Open-SLX verzonden,\n" #~ "bijvoorbeeld hardware-informatie als Hardwareprofiel geactiveerd\n" #~ "is. Met deze optie worden geen opwaarderingsbronnen verwijderd die\n" #~ "handmatig werden toegevoegd.\n" @@ -1446,18 +1314,15 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local " -#~ "registration server if your company provides one).\n" +#~ "The registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n" #~ "Please make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n" #~ "You can step back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Het registratieproces zal contact opnemen met een Open-SLX-server (of een " -#~ "lokale registratieserver als uw bedrijf er een biedt).\n" +#~ "Het registratieproces zal contact opnemen met een Open-SLX-server (of een lokale registratieserver als uw bedrijf er een biedt).\n" #~ "Verzeker u ervan dat het netwerk- en de proxy-instellingen juist zijn.\n" -#~ "U kunt een stap terug gaan naar de netwerkinstellingen om deze te " -#~ "controleren of te wijzigen.\n" +#~ "U kunt een stap terug gaan naar de netwerkinstellingen om deze te controleren of te wijzigen.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "Error" @@ -1532,8 +1397,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Geavanceerd" #~ msgid "Xen Dom0 detected. The following package needs to be installed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Xen Dom0 gedetecteerd. Het is nodig het volgende pakket te installeren." +#~ msgstr "Xen Dom0 gedetecteerd. Het is nodig het volgende pakket te installeren." #~ msgid "Xen DomU detected." #~ msgstr "Xen DomU gedetecteerd." @@ -1541,11 +1405,8 @@ #~ msgid "The following package needs to be installed." #~ msgstr "Het is nodig om het volgende pakket installeren." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Om deze installatie te kunnen noemen moet het pakket %1 worden " -#~ "geïnstalleerd." +#~ msgid "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." +#~ msgstr "Om deze installatie te kunnen noemen moet het pakket %1 worden geïnstalleerd." #~ msgid "Therefore the following package needs to be removed first." #~ msgstr "Daarom moeten de volgende pakketten eerst verwijderd worden." @@ -1553,12 +1414,8 @@ #~ msgid "The package %1 should have been installed and %2 removed." #~ msgstr "Het pakket %1 zou geïnstalleerd moeten zijn en %2 verwijderd." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Registration will continue now although the registration server may " -#~ "miscount this installation." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Registratie zal nu doorgaan hoewel de registratieserver deze installatie " -#~ "verkeerd telt." +#~ msgid "Registration will continue now although the registration server may miscount this installation." +#~ msgstr "Registratie zal nu doorgaan hoewel de registratieserver deze installatie verkeerd telt." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:373 #~ msgid "Setting up online update source..." @@ -1604,29 +1461,19 @@ #~ msgid "Key is invalid." #~ msgstr "Sleutel is ongeldig." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Get more information about the registration process with " -#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Meer informatie over het registratieproces verkrijgt u met " -#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>." +#~ msgid "Get more information about the registration process with <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." +#~ msgstr "Meer informatie over het registratieproces verkrijgt u met <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." #~ msgid "" #~ "Other information used for registration is shown in Registration\n" -#~ "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter " -#~ "the\n" -#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with " -#~ "<tt>suse_register\n" -#~ "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove " -#~ "a\n" -#~ "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with " -#~ "Edit." +#~ "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter the\n" +#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with <tt>suse_register\n" +#~ "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a\n" +#~ "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with Edit." #~ msgstr "" #~ "De overige informatie die voor registratie wordt gebruikt wordt\n" -#~ "weergegeven in Registratiegegevens. Een nieuw sleutel- en " -#~ "waardepaar\n" -#~ "kunt u invoeren door te klikken op Toevoegen en de gewenste " -#~ "gegevens\n" +#~ "weergegeven in Registratiegegevens. Een nieuw sleutel- en waardepaar\n" +#~ "kunt u invoeren door te klikken op Toevoegen en de gewenste gegevens\n" #~ "in te voeren. Deze parameters zijn wat kan worden doorgegeven aan\n" #~ "<tt>suse_register -a</tt>. Meer informatie over deze parameters kunt u\n" #~ "verkrijgen met <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Verwijder een sleutel- en\n" @@ -1743,30 +1590,11 @@ #~ msgid "See the help text for details." #~ msgstr "Voor details, de hulptekst raadplegen." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To register this installation at a local registration server, " -#~ "configure the URL and optionally the server's CA certificate via the " -#~ "Advanced menu." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Om deze installatie in een lokale registratieserver te registreren " -#~ "dient u de URL en optioneel het CA-certificaat van de server te " -#~ "configureren via het menu Geavanceerd." +#~ msgid "To register this installation at a local registration server, configure the URL and optionally the server's CA certificate via the Advanced menu." +#~ msgstr "Om deze installatie in een lokale registratieserver te registreren dient u de URL en optioneel het CA-certificaat van de server te configureren via het menu Geavanceerd." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The registration server URL has to start with https:// whereas " -#~ "the location of its CA certificate may be a URL of the format http://</" -#~ "i>, https:// or ftp://. Furthermore valid locations are /" -#~ "path/on/local/disk, floppy/path/on/floppy-disk and the " -#~ "keyword done. The latter indicates that no CA certificate handling " -#~ "needs to be done in order to trust the registration server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "De URL van de registratieserver moet beginnen met https:// " -#~ "terwijl de plaats van zijn CA-certificaat een URL mag zijn met http://" -#~ ", https:// of ftp://. Verdere zijn geldige plaatsen /" -#~ "patd/op/lokale/schijf, floppy/patd/op/floppy-disk en " -#~ "het sleutelwoord done. Dat laatste geeft aan dat er geen CA-" -#~ "certificaat behandeling nodig is om de registratieserver te vertrouwen.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "The registration server URL has to start with https:// whereas the location of its CA certificate may be a URL of the format http://, https:// or ftp://. Furthermore valid locations are /path/on/local/disk, floppy/path/on/floppy-disk and the keyword done. The latter indicates that no CA certificate handling needs to be done in order to trust the registration server." +#~ msgstr "De URL van de registratieserver moet beginnen met https:// terwijl de plaats van zijn CA-certificaat een URL mag zijn met http://, https:// of ftp://. Verdere zijn geldige plaatsen /patd/op/lokale/schijf, floppy/patd/op/floppy-disk en het sleutelwoord done. Dat laatste geeft aan dat er geen CA-certificaat behandeling nodig is om de registratieserver te vertrouwen." #~ msgid "Do you want to skip registration?" #~ msgstr "Wilt u registratie overslaan?" @@ -1793,9 +1621,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Overslaan" #~ msgid "The registration server URL could not be validated as URL." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "De URL van de registratieserver kan niet als een geldige URL worden " -#~ "opgevat." +#~ msgstr "De URL van de registratieserver kan niet als een geldige URL worden opgevat." #~ msgid "Change the URL and retry." #~ msgstr "De URL wijzigen en het opnieuw proberen." @@ -1833,8 +1659,7 @@ #~ "You have to trust this certificate to continue with the registration.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Dit certificaat wordt gebruikt om te verbinden met de SMT-server.\n" -#~ "U moet het certificaat vertrouwen om door te kunnen gaan met de " -#~ "registratie.\n" +#~ "U moet het certificaat vertrouwen om door te kunnen gaan met de registratie.\n" #~ msgid "Issued For:" #~ msgstr "Uitgegeven voor:" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/reipl.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/reipl.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/reipl.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: reipl.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-23 17:31+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 23:12+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -174,8 +174,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " -"te klikken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:44 @@ -207,39 +206,29 @@ #. Configure dialog help 2 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio " -"buttons\n" -"listed inside reipl methods. Depending on what your machine " -"supports,\n" +"Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio buttons\n" +"listed inside reipl methods. Depending on what your machine supports,\n" "choose between CCW (channel command word) devices and SCSI devices,\n" "which are attached through zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Then fill out the\n" "necessary parameter entry fields for the respective method.\n" msgstr "" -"Kies één van de methoden om uw machine opnieuw op te starten met de radio-" -"buttons\n" -"weergegeven binnen reipl-methoden. Afhankelijk van wat uw machine " -"ondersteunt,\n" +"Kies één van de methoden om uw machine opnieuw op te starten met de radio-buttons\n" +"weergegeven binnen reipl-methoden. Afhankelijk van wat uw machine ondersteunt,\n" "kies tussen CCW (channel command word) apparaten en SCSI-apparaten,\n" -"die gekoppeld zijn via zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Vul daarna de " -"noodzakelijke\n" +"die gekoppeld zijn via zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Vul daarna de noodzakelijke\n" "invulvelden voor parameters in van de respectievelijke methode.\n" #. Configure dialog help 3 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "The device must be a valid device bus ID with lower case letters\n" -"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<subchannel set ID>.<" -"device ID>,\n" -"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a " -"DASD or to\n" +"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<subchannel set ID>.<device ID>,\n" +"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a DASD or to\n" "an FCP adapter." msgstr "" -"Het apparaat moet een geldig apparaatbus-ID zijn met kleine " -"letters\n" -"in een sysfs-compatibel formaat 0.<subchannel set ID>.<" -"device ID>,\n" -"zoals 0.0.5c51. Afhankelijk van de gekozen methode, kan dit ofwel verwijzen " -"naar een DASD of naar\n" +"Het apparaat moet een geldig apparaatbus-ID zijn met kleine letters\n" +"in een sysfs-compatibel formaat 0.<subchannel set ID>.<device ID>,\n" +"zoals 0.0.5c51. Afhankelijk van de gekozen methode, kan dit ofwel verwijzen naar een DASD of naar\n" "een FCP-adapter." #. Configure dialog help 4 @@ -249,8 +238,7 @@ "configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use one blank character\n" "to select the default configuration." msgstr "" -"De loadparm moet maximaal uit 8 tekens bestaan en selecteert een " -"opstart\n" +"De loadparm moet maximaal uit 8 tekens bestaan en selecteert een opstart\n" "configuratie uit het menu van de zipl-opstartlader. Gebruik één blank teken\n" "om de standaard configuratie te selecteren." @@ -260,23 +248,17 @@ "The worldwide port number (WWPN) must be entered with lowercase\n" "letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as 0x5005076300c40e5a.\n" msgstr "" -"Het wereldwijde poortnummer (WWPN) moet ingegeven worden met " -"kleine\n" -"letters als een 16-cijferig hexadecimale waarde, zoals 0x5005076300c40e5a.</" -"p>\n" +"Het wereldwijde poortnummer (WWPN) moet ingegeven worden met kleine\n" +"letters als een 16-cijferig hexadecimale waarde, zoals 0x5005076300c40e5a.\n" #. Configure dialog help 6 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:84 msgid "" -"The logical unit number (LUN) must be entered with lowercase " -"letters\n" -"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000." -"" +"The logical unit number (LUN) must be entered with lowercase letters\n" +"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000." msgstr "" -"Het logische unit-nummer (LUN) moet ingegeven worden in kleine " -"letters\n" -"als een 16-cijferig hexadecimale waarde met alle achtergevoegde nullen, " -"zoals 0x52ca000000000000." +"Het logische unit-nummer (LUN) moet ingegeven worden in kleine letters\n" +"als een 16-cijferig hexadecimale waarde met alle achtergevoegde nullen, zoals 0x52ca000000000000." #. Configure dialog help 7 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:88 @@ -285,10 +267,8 @@ "a boot configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use 0 to select\n" "the default configuration." msgstr "" -"Het keuzegetal voor het opstartprogramma moet een niet-negatief " -"geheel getal zijn\n" -"die een opstartconfiguratie kiest uit het menu van de zipl-opstartlader. " -"Gebruik 0 om de\n" +"Het keuzegetal voor het opstartprogramma moet een niet-negatief geheel getal zijn\n" +"die een opstartconfiguratie kiest uit het menu van de zipl-opstartlader. Gebruik 0 om de\n" "standaard configuratie te selecteren." #. Configure dialog help 8 @@ -297,21 +277,17 @@ "The boot record logical block address (LBA) specifies the master\n" "boot record and is currently always 0." msgstr "" -"Het logische blokadres van het opstartrecord (LBA) specificeert " -"het master\n" +"Het logische blokadres van het opstartrecord (LBA) specificeert het master\n" "boot record en is nu altijd 0." #. Configure dialog help 9 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:98 msgid "" -"After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by " -"shutdown,\n" +"After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by shutdown,\n" "and the system will automatically restart from your specified device." msgstr "" -"Na confirmatie van deze dialoog, kunt u een herstart van het systeem " -"starten, b.v. door afsluiten,\n" -"waarna het systeem automatisch zal herstarten vanaf het door u " -"gespecificeerde apparaat." +"Na confirmatie van deze dialoog, kunt u een herstart van het systeem starten, b.v. door afsluiten,\n" +"waarna het systeem automatisch zal herstarten vanaf het door u gespecificeerde apparaat." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:72 #. Initialization dialog contents Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/relocation-server.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/relocation-server.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/relocation-server.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-05 17:43+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -209,8 +209,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " -"te klikken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:44 @@ -239,45 +238,28 @@ "Relocation Address \n" "Address xend should listen on for relocation-socket connections\n" "Allowed Hosts \n" -"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all " -"connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated " -"sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name " -"or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be " -"accepted.\n" +"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be accepted.\n" "SSL Key File/SSL Cert File \n" "SSL key and certificate to use for the ssl relocation interface" msgstr "" "Relocatie-adres \n" "Adres xend moet luisteren naar verbindingen voor het relocatie-socket\n" "Toegestane hosts \n" -"De hosts waarvoor het is toegestaan om met de relocatie-poort te praten. " -"Indien leeg, dan zijn alle verbindingen toegestaan. Anders is dit een door " -"spaties gescheiden reeks van reguliere expressies. Elke host met een " -"volledig gekwalificeerde domeinnaam of een IP-adres dat overeenkomt met een " -"van deze reguliere expressies zal worden geaccepteerd.\n" +"De hosts waarvoor het is toegestaan om met de relocatie-poort te praten. Indien leeg, dan zijn alle verbindingen toegestaan. Anders is dit een door spaties gescheiden reeks van reguliere expressies. Elke host met een volledig gekwalificeerde domeinnaam of een IP-adres dat overeenkomt met een van deze reguliere expressies zal worden geaccepteerd.\n" "SSL-sleutelbestand/SSL-certbestand \n" "SSL-sleutel en certificaat te gebruiken voor het ssl-relocatie-interface" #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<big>Tunneled migration</big> \n" -"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host " -"libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting " -"the data stream.\n" +"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting the data stream.\n" "<big>Plain migration</big> \n" -"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the " -"destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually " -"specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range." +"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range." msgstr "" "<big>Getunnelde migratie</big> \n" -"De libvirtd van de bronhost opent een directe verbinding met de libvirtd van " -"de bestemmingshost voor het zenden van migratie gegevens. Dit staat de optie " -"van versleuteling van de gegevensstroom toe.\n" +"De libvirtd van de bronhost opent een directe verbinding met de libvirtd van de bestemmingshost voor het zenden van migratie gegevens. Dit staat de optie van versleuteling van de gegevensstroom toe.\n" "<big>Gewone migratie</big> \n" -"The VM van de bronhost opent een directe niet versleutelde TCP-verbinding " -"naar de bestemmingshost voor het verzenden van de migratie gegeven. Tenzij " -"er een poort handmatig is gespecificeerd, zal libvirt een migratie-poort uit " -"de standaard reeks kiezen." +"The VM van de bronhost opent een directe niet versleutelde TCP-verbinding naar de bestemmingshost voor het verzenden van de migratie gegeven. Tenzij er een poort handmatig is gespecificeerd, zal libvirt een migratie-poort uit de standaard reeks kiezen." #. Main workflow of the relocation-server configuration #. @return sequence result Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/s390.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/s390.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/s390.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: s390.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-23 17:31+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 23:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -203,8 +203,7 @@ "Really format the following disks? \n" "%1" msgstr "" -"Door het formatteren van deze schijven zullen alle gegevens die er op staan " -"worden vernietigd. \n" +"Door het formatteren van deze schijven zullen alle gegevens die er op staan worden vernietigd. \n" "Wilt u de volgende schijven formatteren? \n" "%1" @@ -361,8 +360,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratie programma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " -"te klikken." +"U kunt het configuratie programma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken." #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 @@ -383,8 +381,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Opslagproces afbreken:</big> \n" "Het opslaan kunt u afbreken door op Afbreken te klikken.\n" -"Een extra venster zal u informeren of dit al dan niet veilig te doen is.</" -"p>\n" +"Een extra venster zal u informeren of dit al dan niet veilig te doen is.\n" #. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 #. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 @@ -404,14 +401,12 @@ "the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" msgstr "" "Om de schijven voor weergave te filteren, stel het Hoogste \n" -"channel-ID en Laagste channel-ID in en klik op Filteren.</" -"p>\n" +"channel-ID en Laagste channel-ID in en klik op Filteren.\n" #. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." -msgstr "" -"Om nieuwe DASD-schijven in te stellen, klik op Toevoegen." +msgstr "Om nieuwe DASD-schijven in te stellen, klik op Toevoegen." #. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 @@ -425,8 +420,7 @@ #. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 msgid "" -"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select " -"all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" "Select All or Deselect All.\n" msgstr "" "Om acties in één keer op meerdere schijven toe te passen, markeert u\n" @@ -465,8 +459,7 @@ #. Disk add help 3/3 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" -msgstr "" -"Om de DIAG-modus te gebruiken, selecteer DIAG gebruiken.\n" +msgstr "Om de DIAG-modus te gebruiken, selecteer DIAG gebruiken.\n" #. Initialization dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -484,25 +477,18 @@ #. Dump dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." -msgstr "" -"Bereid een of meer volumes voor voor gebruik als S/390 dump-apparaat.</" -"b>" +msgstr "Bereid een of meer volumes voor voor gebruik als S/390 dump-apparaat." #. Dump dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 -msgid "" -"Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are " -"limited to DASD. " -msgstr "" -"Ondersteunde apparaten zijn ECKD DASD en ZFCP disks, terwijl multi-" -"volumes beperkt zijn tot DASD. " +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "Ondersteunde apparaten zijn ECKD DASD en ZFCP disks, terwijl multi-volumes beperkt zijn tot DASD. " #. Dump dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 msgid "" "Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" -"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk</" -"b>." +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." msgstr "" "Alleen gehele schijven kunnen worden gebruikt, geen partities. Als het\n" "apparaat niet compatibel geformatteerd of gepartioneerd is, activeer dan\n" @@ -510,20 +496,13 @@ #. Dump dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 -msgid "" -"To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or " -"ZFCP dialog. " -msgstr "" -"Om DASD en ZFCP apparaten te gebruiken activeer ze in respectievelijke " -"YaST-dialoog DASD of ZFCP. " +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "Om DASD en ZFCP apparaten te gebruiken activeer ze in respectievelijke YaST-dialoog DASD of ZFCP. " #. Dump dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 -msgid "" -"Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." -msgstr "" -"Apparaten die in gebruik zijn of aangekoppelde partities zullen niet worden " -"getoond." +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "Apparaten die in gebruik zijn of aangekoppelde partities zullen niet worden getoond." #. Dump dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 @@ -561,12 +540,8 @@ #. warn only in case of force #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 -msgid "" -"The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will " -"be lost! Continue?" -msgstr "" -"De schijf %1 zal nu als dump-apparaat worden geformatteerd. Alle gegevens op " -"dit apparaat zullen verloren gaan! Doorgaan?" +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "De schijf %1 zal nu als dump-apparaat worden geformatteerd. Alle gegevens op dit apparaat zullen verloren gaan! Doorgaan?" #. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 @@ -583,8 +558,7 @@ "To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" " They are separated by line breaks.\n" msgstr "" -"Om de IUCV terminalserver in te stellen, specificeert u de te gebruiken z/" -"VM ID's.\n" +"Om de IUCV terminalserver in te stellen, specificeert u de te gebruiken z/VM ID's.\n" " Ze worden van elkaar gescheiden door regelafbrekingen.\n" #. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 @@ -593,25 +567,13 @@ msgstr "<big>TS-shell</big>" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user " -"and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." -msgstr "" -"TS-shell stelt u in staat de Autorisatie voor elke gebruiker en " -"groep van de TS-shell te specificeren. De rechten van een groep worden " -"overgenomen door hun leden." +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "TS-shell stelt u in staat de Autorisatie voor elke gebruiker en groep van de TS-shell te specificeren. De rechten van een groep worden overgenomen door hun leden." #. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, " -"defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all " -"allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." -msgstr "" -"Elk toegestane z/VM ID kan handmatig worden geselecteerd onder " -"Selectie, gedefinieerd door een Regex of geladen uit een " -"Bestand die alle toegestane z/VM ID's gescheiden door " -"regelafbrekingen bevat." +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "Elk toegestane z/VM ID kan handmatig worden geselecteerd onder Selectie, gedefinieerd door een Regex of geladen uit een Bestand die alle toegestane z/VM ID's gescheiden door regelafbrekingen bevat." #. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 @@ -619,30 +581,22 @@ "Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" "User to remove users." msgstr "" -"Klik op Nieuwe gebruiker om extra gebruikers van de TS-shell aan " -"te\n" +"Klik op Nieuwe gebruiker om extra gebruikers van de TS-shell aan te\n" "maken of op Gebruiker verwijderen om ze te verwijderen." #. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" -"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to " -"change\n" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" "the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." msgstr "" -"Om groepen toe te voegen of te verwijderen uit de autorisatietabel van TS-" -"shell\n" -"of om het lidmaatschap van deze te wijzigen, ga naar Groepen beheren." -"" +"Om groepen toe te voegen of te verwijderen uit de autorisatietabel van TS-shell\n" +"of om het lidmaatschap van deze te wijzigen, ga naar Groepen beheren." #. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts " -"should be gathered." -msgstr "" -"Met Onderzochte ID's specificeert u de z/VM ID's waaruit " -"transcripts moeten worden verzameld." +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "Met Onderzochte ID's specificeert u de z/VM ID's waaruit transcripts moeten worden verzameld." #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 @@ -651,26 +605,16 @@ #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory " -"and Password has to be provided.\n" -"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting " -"them on the right." +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." msgstr "" -"Om een nieuwe gebruiker van de TS-shell aan te maken moeten de " -"Gebruikersnaam, Thuismap en Wachtwoord worden " -"ingevoerd.\n" -"\t Het is ook mogelijk om Extra groepen te specificeren door ze " -"rechts te selecteren." +"Om een nieuwe gebruiker van de TS-shell aan te maken moeten de Gebruikersnaam, Thuismap en Wachtwoord worden ingevoerd.\n" +"\t Het is ook mogelijk om Extra groepen te specificeren door ze rechts te selecteren." #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 -msgid "" -"To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, " -"activate Force Password Change." -msgstr "" -"Om er zeker van te zijn dat gebruikers hun wachtwoord wijzigen na de " -"eerste keer aanmelden, activeert u Forceer een wijziging van wachtwoord</" -"b>." +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "Om er zeker van te zijn dat gebruikers hun wachtwoord wijzigen na de eerste keer aanmelden, activeert u Forceer een wijziging van wachtwoord." #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 @@ -691,51 +635,38 @@ "Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" "member of this groups to inherit the same rights." msgstr "" -"Definieer de TS-shell autorisatie per groep als u wilt dat elk lid van " -"de \n" +"Definieer de TS-shell autorisatie per groep als u wilt dat elk lid van de \n" "TS-shell van deze groepen deze rechten verkrijgt." #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" -"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or " -"Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." msgstr "" -"Bestaande groepen kunnen worden toegevoegd aan of verwijderd uit de " -"autorisatie\n" -"van de TS-shell. Selecteer de groepen in de tabel en klik op Selecteren " -"of Selectie ongedaan maken. De huidige status wordt getoond in de kolom " -"TS-aut." +"Bestaande groepen kunnen worden toegevoegd aan of verwijderd uit de autorisatie\n" +"van de TS-shell. Selecteer de groepen in de tabel en klik op Selecteren of Selectie ongedaan maken. De huidige status wordt getoond in de kolom TS-aut." #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" "selection." -msgstr "" -"Wijzig leden van de TS-shell van de geselecteerde groep in de selectie " -"TS-leden." +msgstr "Wijzig leden van de TS-shell van de geselecteerde groep in de selectie TS-leden." #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 msgid "" -"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group " -"input field and confirming with Create.\n" -"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has " -"to be used." +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." msgstr "" -"Nieuwe groepen kunnen worden gemaakt door de naam in te voeren in het " -"invoerveld Nieuwe groep en deze te bevestigen met Aanmaken.\n" -"\t Om eerder aangemaakte groepen te verwijderen moet de dialoog YaST-" -"gebruikers worden gebruikt." +"Nieuwe groepen kunnen worden gemaakt door de naam in te voeren in het invoerveld Nieuwe groep en deze te bevestigen met Aanmaken.\n" +"\t Om eerder aangemaakte groepen te verwijderen moet de dialoog YaST-gebruikers worden gebruikt." #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." -msgstr "" -"Maak wijzigingen in deze dialoog ongedaan door op de knop Terug te " -"klikken." +msgstr "Maak wijzigingen in deze dialoog ongedaan door op de knop Terug te klikken." #. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 @@ -743,24 +674,13 @@ msgstr "<big>IUCVConn bij aanmelden</big>" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 -msgid "" -"IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users " -"a password and home directory has to be provided." -msgstr "" -"IUCVConn bij aanmelden heeft één gebruiker voor elk z/VM ID nodig. Om " -"deze gebruikers aan te maken moet een wachtwoord en thuismap " -"worden aangeleverd." +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "IUCVConn bij aanmelden heeft één gebruiker voor elk z/VM ID nodig. Om deze gebruikers aan te maken moet een wachtwoord en thuismap worden aangeleverd." #. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 -msgid "" -"It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or " -"just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is " -"enabled. " -msgstr "" -"Het is mogelijk om de gebruikers handmatig te synchroniseren door te " -"klikken op Sync of gewoon de wijzigingen bevestigen met Ok " -"terwijl IUCVConn bij aanmelden is ingeschakeld. " +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "Het is mogelijk om de gebruikers handmatig te synchroniseren door te klikken op Sync of gewoon de wijzigingen bevestigen met Ok terwijl IUCVConn bij aanmelden is ingeschakeld. " #. Text approval #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 @@ -1004,22 +924,15 @@ #. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." -msgstr "" -"Verkeerde z/VM ID \"%1\" in regel %2, alleen letters en cijfers zijn " -"toegestaan." +msgstr "Verkeerde z/VM ID \"%1\" in regel %2, alleen letters en cijfers zijn toegestaan." #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 -msgid "" -"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." -msgstr "" -"Verkeerde z/VM ID \"%1\" in regel %2, cijfers aan het begin zijn niet " -"toegestaan." +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "Verkeerde z/VM ID \"%1\" in regel %2, cijfers aan het begin zijn niet toegestaan." #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 -msgid "" -"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." -msgstr "" -"Verkeerde z/VM ID \"%1\" in regel %2, meer dan 8 tekens zijn niet toegestaan." +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "Verkeerde z/VM ID \"%1\" in regel %2, meer dan 8 tekens zijn niet toegestaan." #. only the last entry is allowed to be empty #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 @@ -1029,9 +942,7 @@ #. check password #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." -msgstr "" -"Een juist ingevoerd wachtwoord is vereist om IUCVConn-gebruikers te " -"synchroniseren." +msgstr "Een juist ingevoerd wachtwoord is vereist om IUCVConn-gebruikers te synchroniseren." #. check home directory #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 @@ -1053,12 +964,8 @@ #. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. #. @return true for valid inputs #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 -msgid "" -"Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are " -"allowed." -msgstr "" -"Verkeerde invoer, alleen kleine letters, cijfers en als scheidingsteken " -"komma's zijn toegestaan." +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "Verkeerde invoer, alleen kleine letters, cijfers en als scheidingsteken komma's zijn toegestaan." #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 msgid "Comma is only a separator." @@ -1089,27 +996,13 @@ #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 -msgid "" -"Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal " -"devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a " -"combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance." -" " -msgstr "" -"Verschillende IUCVtty exemplaren kunnen actief zijn om meerdere " -"terminalapparaten aan te leveren. De exemplaren worden onderscheiden door " -"een terminal-ID, die een combinatie is van de Terminal-ID-prefix en " -"het nummer van het exemplaar. " +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "Verschillende IUCVtty exemplaren kunnen actief zijn om meerdere terminalapparaten aan te leveren. De exemplaren worden onderscheiden door een terminal-ID, die een combinatie is van de Terminal-ID-prefix en het nummer van het exemplaar. " #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 -msgid "" -"For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm</" -"i>", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are " -"available." -msgstr "" -"Als u bijvoorbeeld tien exemplaren definieert met de prefix "lxterm</" -"i>" dan zijn de terminal-ID's van lxterm0 tot lxterm9 " -"beschikbaar." +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "Als u bijvoorbeeld tien exemplaren definieert met de prefix "lxterm" dan zijn de terminal-ID's van lxterm0 tot lxterm9 beschikbaar." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 @@ -1118,63 +1011,37 @@ #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 -msgid "" -"The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes " -"to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and " -"login programs." -msgstr "" -"Het apparaat surrprogramma z/VM IUCV HVC is een kernelmodule en gebruikt " -"apparaatnodes om tot acht HVC-terminalapparaten te activeren om met getty en " -"aanmeldprogramma's te communiceren." +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "Het apparaat surrprogramma z/VM IUCV HVC is een kernelmodule en gebruikt apparaatnodes om tot acht HVC-terminalapparaten te activeren om met getty en aanmeldprogramma's te communiceren." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 -msgid "" -"With restrict access, allow only connections from certain " -"terminal servers." -msgstr "" -"Met toegang beperken laat u alleen de verbinding vanaf bepaalde " -"Terminalservers toe." +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "Met toegang beperken laat u alleen de verbinding vanaf bepaalde Terminalservers toe." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 -msgid "" -"Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." -"" -msgstr "" -"Definieer de emulatie voor alle exemplaren in één keer of voor elk van " -"hen apart." +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "Definieer de emulatie voor alle exemplaren in één keer of voor elk van hen apart." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 msgid "" -"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages " -"to\n" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" "the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " msgstr "" -"Activeer kernelberichten naar hvc0 routeren om kernelberichten " -"naar\n" +"Activeer kernelberichten naar hvc0 routeren om kernelberichten naar\n" "het hvc0-apparaat te sturen in plaats van naar ttyS0. " #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 -msgid "" -"Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add " -"console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the " -"YaST bootloader module." -msgstr "" -"Moeten kernelberichten nog steeds op ttyS0 getoond worden, voeg dan " -"handmatig console=ttyS0 toe aan de huidige kernelparameter van de " -"boot-selectie in de YaST bootloader module." +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "Moeten kernelberichten nog steeds op ttyS0 getoond worden, voeg dan handmatig console=ttyS0 toe aan de huidige kernelparameter van de boot-selectie in de YaST bootloader module." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 -msgid "" -"<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through " -"the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" -msgstr "" -"<h3>Waarschuwing: HVC-terminals blijven aangemeld zonder een handmatige " -"afmelding via de sneltoets: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "<h3>Waarschuwing: HVC-terminals blijven aangemeld zonder een handmatige afmelding via de sneltoets: ctrl _ d</h3>" #. Dialog content #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 @@ -1242,20 +1109,13 @@ #. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 -msgid "" -"Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" -msgstr "" -"De te nemen acties instellen als er zich een kernel-panic voordoet</" -"b>" +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "De te nemen acties instellen als er zich een kernel-panic voordoet" #. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 -msgid "" -"The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior " -"during kernel panics." -msgstr "" -"De Dumpconf-daemon moet worden ingeschakeld om het gedrag bij " -"kernel-panics te beïnvloeden." +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "De Dumpconf-daemon moet worden ingeschakeld om het gedrag bij kernel-panics te beïnvloeden." #. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 @@ -1280,53 +1140,31 @@ #. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 msgid "" -"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only " -"available\n" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" "on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " msgstr "" -"dump_reipl Dump Linux en herstart systeem. Deze optie is alleen " -"beschikbaar\n" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux en herstart systeem. Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar\n" "op LPAR met z9(r) machines en later en op z/VMversion 5.3 en later. " #. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." -msgstr "" -"vmcmd Voer gespecificeerd CP commando's uit en stop systeem." +msgstr "vmcmd Voer gespecificeerd CP commando's uit en stop systeem." #. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 -msgid "" -"The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified " -"panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system " -"crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"De tijd gedefinieerd in Minuten vertraging vertraagt het activeren " -"van de specifieke panic-actie voor een opnieuw gestart systeem om loops te " -"voorkomen. Als het systeem crasht voordat de tijd is verlopen zal de " -"standaard actie (stop) worden uitgevoerd." +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "De tijd gedefinieerd in Minuten vertraging vertraagt het activeren van de specifieke panic-actie voor een opnieuw gestart systeem om loops te voorkomen. Als het systeem crasht voordat de tijd is verlopen zal de standaard actie (stop) worden uitgevoerd." #. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 -msgid "" -"The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If " -"no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices " -"dialog." -msgstr "" -"Het apparaat voor het dumpen van het geheugen kan worden ingesteld met " -"Dump-apparaat. Als er geen apparaat wordt getoond dan moet u er een " -"aanmaken met de dialoog YaST Dump-apparaten." +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "Het apparaat voor het dumpen van het geheugen kan worden ingesteld met Dump-apparaat. Als er geen apparaat wordt getoond dan moet u er een aanmaken met de dialoog YaST Dump-apparaten." #. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 -msgid "" -"With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux " -"system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." -msgstr "" -"Met VMCMD specificeert u CP commando's die worden uitgevoerd " -"voordat het Linux systeem is gestopt. Slechts %1 regels en een totaal van %2 " -"tekens zijn toegestaan." +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "Met VMCMD specificeert u CP commando's die worden uitgevoerd voordat het Linux systeem is gestopt. Slechts %1 regels en een totaal van %2 tekens zijn toegestaan." #. radio button label #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 @@ -1359,16 +1197,12 @@ #. don't allow dumps if no device is available #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." -msgstr "" -"Het is niet mogelijk om het dump-proces in te schakelen zonder een dump-" -"apparaat." +msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om het dump-proces in te schakelen zonder een dump-apparaat." #. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." -msgstr "" -"Het is niet mogelijk om vmcmd uit te voeren zonder minstens één commando te " -"definiëren." +msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om vmcmd uit te voeren zonder minstens één commando te definiëren." #. Dialog caption #: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 @@ -1465,8 +1299,7 @@ #. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." -msgstr "" -"Om een nieuw ZFCP-apparaat in te stellen, klik op Toevoegen." +msgstr "Om een nieuw ZFCP-apparaat in te stellen, klik op Toevoegen." #. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 @@ -1509,23 +1342,18 @@ #. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs " -"conforming\n" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" "format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" -"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, " -"such as\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" -"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value " -"with\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" "all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." msgstr "" "Het Kanaal-ID dient in kleine letters in een sysfs, conform\n" "aan het formaat 0.0.<devno>, zoals <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" -"Het WWPN-nummer dient in kleine letters als een uit 16 tekens bestaande " -"hexadecimale\n" +"Het WWPN-nummer dient in kleine letters als een uit 16 tekens bestaande hexadecimale\n" "waarde te worden ingevoerd, zoals <tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" -"De LUN dient in kleine letters als een uit 16 tekens bestaande " -"hexadecimale waarde met\n" +"De LUN dient in kleine letters als een uit 16 tekens bestaande hexadecimale waarde met\n" "navolgende nullen te worden ingevoerd, zoals <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." #. popup label @@ -2114,12 +1942,9 @@ #~ "already configured dump device, select it and click Edit.\n" #~ "To remove a configured dump device, select it and click Delete." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Om een nieuw dump-apparaat toe te voegen of in te stellen, klik op " -#~ "Toevoegen.\n" -#~ "Om een reeds geconfigureerd dump-apparaat te bewerken, selecteer het en " -#~ "klik op Bewerken.\n" -#~ "Om een geconfigureerd dump-apparaat te verwijderen, selecteer het en klik " -#~ "op Verwijderen." +#~ "Om een nieuw dump-apparaat toe te voegen of in te stellen, klik op Toevoegen.\n" +#~ "Om een reeds geconfigureerd dump-apparaat te bewerken, selecteer het en klik op Bewerken.\n" +#~ "Om een geconfigureerd dump-apparaat te verwijderen, selecteer het en klik op Verwijderen." #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Add New Dump Device</big> \n" @@ -2127,16 +1952,14 @@ #~ "ECKD DASD. Set Dump Device to select the device\n" #~ "to format. If the device is already formatted\n" #~ "or configured, setting\n" -#~ "Install Dump Record Even If Disk Already &Formatted is required.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "Install Dump Record Even If Disk Already &Formatted is required." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Nieuw dump-apparaat toevoegen</big> \n" #~ "Bereid een apparaat voor om te gebruiken als een s/390 dump-apparaat.\n" #~ "Ondersteunde apparaten zijn ECKD DASD. Geef bij\n" #~ "Dump-apparaat het te formatteren apparaat op. Als het apparaat\n" #~ "al geformatteerd of geconfigureerd is, dan is het activeren van \n" -#~ "Dump-record installeren, zelfs als de schijf reeds is ge&formatteerd</" -#~ "b> vereist." +#~ "Dump-record installeren, zelfs als de schijf reeds is ge&formatteerd vereist." #~ msgid "Disk unusable." #~ msgstr "Schijf is onbruikbaar." Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/samba-client.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/samba-client.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/samba-client.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-client.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-06 16:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-05 00:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -176,12 +176,8 @@ #. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid' #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Specify the Range for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</" -"tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values)." -msgstr "" -"Geef het bereik op voor Samba-gebruikers- en -groeps-id's (de " -"waarden <tt>winbind uid</tt> en <tt>winbind gid</tt>)." +msgid "Specify the Range for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values)." +msgstr "Geef het bereik op voor Samba-gebruikers- en -groeps-id's (de waarden <tt>winbind uid</tt> en <tt>winbind gid</tt>)." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:1061 #. frame label @@ -417,8 +413,7 @@ #. continue/cancel popup #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:808 msgid "" -"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the " -"following\n" +"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the following\n" "settings in smb.conf to the default values:\n" "%1" msgstr "" @@ -479,8 +474,7 @@ "<big>Initializing Samba Client Configuration</big> \n" "\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Configuratie van Samba-client wordt geïnitialiseerd</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Configuratie van Samba-client wordt geïnitialiseerd</big> \n" "\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 @@ -490,8 +484,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig stoppen door op Afbreken te " -"klikken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig stoppen door op Afbreken te klikken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:44 @@ -523,48 +516,38 @@ #. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active " -"Directory domain.\n" +"A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n" "Specify the name of the membership.\n" msgstr "" -"Een Linux-client kan lid zijn van een werkgroep, NT-domein of Active " -"Directory-domein.\n" +"Een Linux-client kan lid zijn van een werkgroep, NT-domein of Active Directory-domein.\n" "Geef de naam van het lidmaatschap op.\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication allows \n" -"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if " -"joining an AD domain.\n" +"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.\n" msgstr "" "SMB-informatie voor Linux-verificatie gebruiken staat de \n" -"verificatie toe van wachtwoorden bij een NT- of Kerberosserver wanneer wordt " -"deelgenomen aan een AD-domein.\n" +"verificatie toe van wachtwoorden bij een NT- of Kerberosserver wanneer wordt deelgenomen aan een AD-domein.\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67 msgid "" -"Check Change primary DNS suffix to add your AD server into the " -"list of name servers.\n" +"Check Change primary DNS suffix to add your AD server into the list of name servers.\n" "This option is only available for static network setups." msgstr "" -"Activeer Achtervoegsel van primaire DNS wijzigen om uw AD-server " -"aan de lijst met nameservers toe te voegen.\n" -"Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar voor statische instellingen van het netwerk." -"" +"Activeer Achtervoegsel van primaire DNS wijzigen om uw AD-server aan de lijst met nameservers toe te voegen.\n" +"Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar voor statische instellingen van het netwerk." #. Samba role dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "When you press OK, the system verifies the membership and,\n" -"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the " -"domain.\n" +"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.\n" msgstr "" -"Wanneer u op OK drukt zal het systeem het lidmaatschap " -"verifiëren.\n" -"Als het een NT- of Active Directory-domein is zal deze host tevens " -"toestemming krijgen om zich bij het domein aan te melden.\n" +"Wanneer u op OK drukt zal het systeem het lidmaatschap verifiëren.\n" +"Als het een NT- of Active Directory-domein is zal deze host tevens toestemming krijgen om zich bij het domein aan te melden.\n" #. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:79 @@ -582,41 +565,18 @@ #. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"Check Create Home Directory on Login to have local home " -"directories created on the first login." -msgstr "" -"Schakel Persoonlijke map aanmaken bij aanmelden in als u wilt dat " -"deze bij de eerste aanmelding worden gemaakt." +msgid "Check Create Home Directory on Login to have local home directories created on the first login." +msgstr "Schakel Persoonlijke map aanmaken bij aanmelden in als u wilt dat deze bij de eerste aanmelding worden gemaakt." #. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89 -msgid "" -"Offline Authentication enables the user to log in even if there is " -"no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must " -"log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored " -"encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no " -"connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially " -"useful for mobile users." -msgstr "" -"Offline-verificatie maakt het voor de gebruiker mogelijk om zich " -"aan te melden, zelfs als er geen verbinding is met de domeincontroller. Deze " -"optie vereist dat u minstens eenmaal bij uw domein bent aangemeld. De " -"toegangsrechten van de gebruikers worden dan versleuteld opgeslagen op uw " -"computer en opnieuw gebruikt voor een domeinaanmelding als er geen " -"verbinding met de domeincontroller kan worden opgebouwd. Dit is in het " -"bijzonder handig voor mobiele gebruikers." +msgid "Offline Authentication enables the user to log in even if there is no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially useful for mobile users." +msgstr "Offline-verificatie maakt het voor de gebruiker mogelijk om zich aan te melden, zelfs als er geen verbinding is met de domeincontroller. Deze optie vereist dat u minstens eenmaal bij uw domein bent aangemeld. De toegangsrechten van de gebruikers worden dan versleuteld opgeslagen op uw computer en opnieuw gebruikt voor een domeinaanmelding als er geen verbinding met de domeincontroller kan worden opgebouwd. Dit is in het bijzonder handig voor mobiele gebruikers." #. Samba membership dialog help (common part) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Click Expert Settings to enable advanced features such as WINS " -"options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Klik op Geavanceerde instellingen om geavanceerde mogelijkheden " -"zoals WINS-opties of aankoppelen van persoonlijke mappen op de server uit " -"Active Directory-domeinen." +msgid "Click Expert Settings to enable advanced features such as WINS options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains." +msgstr "Klik op Geavanceerde instellingen om geavanceerde mogelijkheden zoals WINS-opties of aankoppelen van persoonlijke mappen op de server uit Active Directory-domeinen." #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:97 @@ -626,28 +586,17 @@ #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"Set the Username and Password that should be used for " -"joining\n" -"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be " -"saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form." +"Set the Username and Password that should be used for joining\n" +"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form." msgstr "" -"Geef de Gebruikersnaam en het Wachtwoord op dat gebruikt " -"moet\n" -"worden voor het deelnemen aan het gekozen domein gedurende de auto-" -"installatie.\n" -"Opmerking: het wachtwoord zal worden opgeslagen als platte (niet-" -"versleutelde) tekst in het profiel. " +"Geef de Gebruikersnaam en het Wachtwoord op dat gebruikt moet\n" +"worden voor het deelnemen aan het gekozen domein gedurende de auto-installatie.\n" +"Opmerking: het wachtwoord zal worden opgeslagen als platte (niet-versleutelde) tekst in het profiel. " #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105 -msgid "" -"Specify the Active Directory Server to use for joining an Active " -"Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos " -"configuration." -msgstr "" -"Geef de Active Directory Server op die u wilt gebruiken om deel te " -"nemen aan een Active Directory-domein. Dit wordt ook gebruikt als de waarde " -"voor KDC in de configuratie van Kerberos." +msgid "Specify the Active Directory Server to use for joining an Active Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos configuration." +msgstr "Geef de Active Directory Server op die u wilt gebruiken om deel te nemen aan een Active Directory-domein. Dit wordt ook gebruikt als de waarde voor KDC in de configuratie van Kerberos." #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109 @@ -659,8 +608,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Om uw tijd met een NTP-server te synchroniseren, dient u uw computer\n" -"als een NTP-client in te stellen. Dit doet u bij de module NTP-" -"configuratie.\n" +"als een NTP-client in te stellen. Dit doet u bij de module NTP-configuratie.\n" "\n" #. default value of Machine Account @@ -698,8 +646,7 @@ #. popup to fill in the domain leaving info; %1 is the domain name #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:201 msgid "Enter the username and the password for leaving the domain %1." -msgstr "" -"Geef de gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord op om het domein '%1' te verlaten." +msgstr "Geef de gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord op om het domein '%1' te verlaten." #. additional information for cluster environment #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:229 @@ -709,9 +656,7 @@ #. popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:240 msgid "Enter the username and the password for joining the domain %1." -msgstr "" -"Geef de gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord op u om aan te melden bij domein " -"'%1'." +msgstr "Geef de gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord op u om aan te melden bij domein '%1'." #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:247 msgid "To join the domain anonymously, leave the text entries empty.\n" @@ -759,8 +704,7 @@ #. popup question #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:355 msgid "User shares already exist. Keep or delete these shares?" -msgstr "" -"Er zijn al gebruikersshares aanwezig. Wilt u deze behouden of verwijderen?" +msgstr "Er zijn al gebruikersshares aanwezig. Wilt u deze behouden of verwijderen?" #. button label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:357 @@ -784,12 +728,8 @@ #. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:395 -msgid "" -"If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for " -"name resolution, check Use WINS for Hostname Resolution." -msgstr "" -"Als u Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) wilt gebruiken voor " -"naam vinden, activeer Gebruik WINS voor hostnaam vinden." +msgid "If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check Use WINS for Hostname Resolution." +msgstr "Als u Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) wilt gebruiken voor naam vinden, activeer Gebruik WINS voor hostnaam vinden." #. check box label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:405 @@ -798,12 +738,8 @@ #. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label) #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:412 -msgid "" -"Check Retrieve WINS server via DHCP to use a WINS server provided " -"by DHCP." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer WINS-server via DHCP ophalen om een WINS-server die door " -"DHCP wordt geleverd te gebruiken." +msgid "Check Retrieve WINS server via DHCP to use a WINS server provided by DHCP." +msgstr "Selecteer WINS-server via DHCP ophalen om een WINS-server die door DHCP wordt geleverd te gebruiken." #. frame label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:432 @@ -837,83 +773,42 @@ #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\') #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:505 -msgid "" -"Allow Users to Share Their Directories enables members of the " -"group in Permitted Group to share directories they own with other " -"users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</" -"tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system " -"permissions allow access." -msgstr "" -"Gebruikers toestaan hun eigen mappen te delen maakt het voor " -"gebruikers van de groep in Toegestane groep mogelijk om hun mappen " -"te delen met andere gebruikers. Bijvoorbeeld <tt>users</tt> voor een lokaal " -"bereik of <tt>DOMEIN%1Gebruikers</tt> voor een domeinbereik. De gebruiker " -"dient er bovendien voor te zorgen dat de permissies van het bestandssysteem " -"de toegang toestaan." +msgid "Allow Users to Share Their Directories enables members of the group in Permitted Group to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access." +msgstr "Gebruikers toestaan hun eigen mappen te delen maakt het voor gebruikers van de groep in Toegestane groep mogelijk om hun mappen te delen met andere gebruikers. Bijvoorbeeld <tt>users</tt> voor een lokaal bereik of <tt>DOMEIN%1Gebruikers</tt> voor een domeinbereik. De gebruiker dient er bovendien voor te zorgen dat de permissies van het bestandssysteem de toegang toestaan." #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4) #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 -msgid "" -"With Maximum Number of Shares, limit the total amount of shares " -"that may be created." -msgstr "" -"Met Maximum aantal shares kunt u het totaal aantal shares dat mag " -"worden aangemaakt beperken." +msgid "With Maximum Number of Shares, limit the total amount of shares that may be created." +msgstr "Met Maximum aantal shares kunt u het totaal aantal shares dat mag worden aangemaakt beperken." #. membership dialog help common part #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:516 -msgid "" -"To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable Allow " -"Guest Access." -msgstr "" -"Om toegang tot gebruikersshares zonder verificatie toe te staan, " -"selecteer Gasttoegang toestaan." +msgid "To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable Allow Guest Access." +msgstr "Om toegang tot gebruikersshares zonder verificatie toe te staan, selecteer Gasttoegang toestaan." #. help text for PAM Mount table #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:525 msgid "" "In the table Mount Server Directories, you can specify server\n" -"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when " -"the\n" +"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n" "user is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, specify User\n" -"Name for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each " -"user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." +"Name for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." msgstr "" "In de tabel Koppel servermappen aan,kunt u mappen specificeren\n" -"(zoals een persoonlijke map) die lokaal aangekoppeld zou moeten worden " -"wanneer\n" -"de gebruiker is aangemeld. Als het aankoppelen gebruikerspecifiek zou " -"moeten,\n" -"specificeer dan Gebruikersnaam voor de geselecteerde regel. Anders " -"wordt\n" -"de map gekoppeld voor elke gebruiker. Voor meer informatie, zie de man-" -"pagina pam_mount.conf." +"(zoals een persoonlijke map) die lokaal aangekoppeld zou moeten worden wanneer\n" +"de gebruiker is aangemeld. Als het aankoppelen gebruikerspecifiek zou moeten,\n" +"specificeer dan Gebruikersnaam voor de geselecteerde regel. Anders wordt\n" +"de map gekoppeld voor elke gebruiker. Voor meer informatie, zie de man-pagina pam_mount.conf." #. help text for PAM Mount table: example #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:532 -msgid "" -"For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for " -"Remote Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount " -"the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a " -"part of Options." -msgstr "" -"Bijvoorbeeld, u mag de waarde <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> voor Pad " -"op afstand gebruiken, de <tt>~/</tt> waarde voor Lokaal " -"aankoppelpunt om de persoonlijke map te koppelen, samen met een waarde " -"<tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> als onderdeel van Opties." +msgid "For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for Remote Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of Options." +msgstr "Bijvoorbeeld, u mag de waarde <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> voor Pad op afstand gebruiken, de <tt>~/</tt> waarde voor Lokaal aankoppelpunt om de persoonlijke map te koppelen, samen met een waarde <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> als onderdeel van Opties." #. help text for kerberos method option #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:540 -msgid "" -"The value of Kerberos Method defines how kerberos tickets are " -"verified. When Single Sing-on for SSH is used, the default Kerberos " -"Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page " -"for details." -msgstr "" -"De waarde van de Kerberos methode definieert hoe kerberos tickets " -"verifieert. Wanneer Single Sing-on voor SSH wordt gebruikt, is de " -"standaard Kerberos methode ingesteld door YaST <tt>secrets en keytab</tt>. " -"Zie man-pagina smb.conf voor details." +msgid "The value of Kerberos Method defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When Single Sing-on for SSH is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details." +msgstr "De waarde van de Kerberos methode definieert hoe kerberos tickets verifieert. Wanneer Single Sing-on voor SSH wordt gebruikt, is de standaard Kerberos methode ingesteld door YaST <tt>secrets en keytab</tt>. Zie man-pagina smb.conf voor details." #. translators: initialization dialog caption #: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:74 @@ -1220,5 +1115,4 @@ #: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" -msgstr "" -"Doorgaan met samenvoegen kan niet: Status van cluster is niet samenhangend" +msgstr "Doorgaan met samenvoegen kan niet: Status van cluster is niet samenhangend" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/samba-server.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/samba-server.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/samba-server.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-server.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-23 17:31+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 23:31+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -30,9 +30,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for samba-server module #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:66 msgid "Samba server configuration module (see Samba documentation for details)" -msgstr "" -"SAMBA-server configuratie module. Bekijk de Samba documentatie voor de " -"details" +msgstr "SAMBA-server configuratie module. Bekijk de Samba documentatie voor de details" #. translators: command line help text for share action #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:79 @@ -117,23 +115,17 @@ #. translators: command line help text for share read_list option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:201 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to read from the share" -msgstr "" -"Komma-gescheiden lijst met gebruikers die toestemming hebben om van de share " -"te lezen" +msgstr "Komma-gescheiden lijst met gebruikers die toestemming hebben om van de share te lezen" #. translators: command line help text for share write_list option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:208 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to write to the share" -msgstr "" -"Komma-gescheiden lijst met gebruikers die toestemming hebben om naar de " -"share te schrijven" +msgstr "Komma-gescheiden lijst met gebruikers die toestemming hebben om naar de share te schrijven" #. translators: command line help text for share browseable option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:215 msgid "Flag if the share should be visible when browsing the LAN" -msgstr "" -"Markeer dit in het geval de share tijdens het bladeren op het LAN zichtbaar " -"moet zijn" +msgstr "Markeer dit in het geval de share tijdens het bladeren op het LAN zichtbaar moet zijn" #. translators: command line help text for share guest_ok option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:222 @@ -143,9 +135,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for share valid_users option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:229 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to access the share" -msgstr "" -"Komma-gescheiden lijst met gebruikers waarvoor toegang tot de share is " -"toegestaan" +msgstr "Komma-gescheiden lijst met gebruikers waarvoor toegang tot de share is toegestaan" #. translators: command line help text for PDC role option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:236 @@ -165,9 +155,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for standalone server role option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:254 msgid "Server should provide shares, but should not allow domain logins" -msgstr "" -"De server dient shares aan te bieden, maar mag geen domein aanmeldingen " -"toestaan" +msgstr "De server dient shares aan te bieden, maar mag geen domein aanmeldingen toestaan" #. translators: command line help text for smbpasswd option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:260 @@ -177,8 +165,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for tdbsam option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:266 msgid "Use the 'passdb.tdb' file to store user information" -msgstr "" -"Gebruik het 'passdb.tdb' bestand om de gebruikersinformatie in op te slaan" +msgstr "Gebruik het 'passdb.tdb' bestand om de gebruikersinformatie in op te slaan" #. translators: command line help text for ldapsam option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:272 @@ -202,20 +189,13 @@ #. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298 -msgid "" -"The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" -msgstr "" -"Het LDAP-achtervoegsel DN voor het manipuleren van de gebruikersinformatie " -"op de LDAP-server" +msgid "The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" +msgstr "Het LDAP-achtervoegsel DN voor het manipuleren van de gebruikersinformatie op de LDAP-server" #. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305 -msgid "" -"The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing " -"passwords)" -msgstr "" -"De LDAP-DN voor het wijzigen van de inhoud op de LDAP-server (bijvoorbeeld " -"om wachtwoorden te wijzigen)" +msgid "The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing passwords)" +msgstr "De LDAP-DN voor het wijzigen van de inhoud op de LDAP-server (bijvoorbeeld om wachtwoorden te wijzigen)" #. translators: error message for share command line action #. must provide the share name @@ -279,16 +259,13 @@ msgid "" "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" -"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the " -"users,\n" +"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" "run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" msgstr "" "Omdat er momenteel gebruikers verbonden zijn met deze Sambaserver\n" "is de serverconfiguratie opnieuw geladen in plaats van opnieuw gestart.\n" -"Om er voor te zorgen dat alle wijzigingen worden doorgevoerd kunt u de " -"commando's\n" -"'/etc/init.d/smb restart' en '/etc/init.d/nmb restart' uitvoeren. De " -"verbindingen met\n" +"Om er voor te zorgen dat alle wijzigingen worden doorgevoerd kunt u de commando's\n" +"'/etc/init.d/smb restart' en '/etc/init.d/nmb restart' uitvoeren. De verbindingen met\n" "deze server zullen dan wel worden verbroken." #. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM @@ -319,9 +296,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:279 msgid "Multiple optional values for one backend must be quoted." -msgstr "" -"Plaats meerdere optionele waarden voor één back-end tussen dubbele " -"aanhalingstekens." +msgstr "Plaats meerdere optionele waarden voor één back-end tussen dubbele aanhalingstekens." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:168 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL @@ -893,8 +868,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " -"te klikken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:45 @@ -922,51 +896,38 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big> \n" -"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and " -"click Next.\n" +"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and click Next.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Werkgroep of domein selectie</big> \n" -"Selecteer een bestaande naam van een werkgroep of typ een nieuwe naam in en " -"klik op Verder.\n" +"Selecteer een bestaande naam van een werkgroep of typ een nieuwe naam in en klik op Verder.\n" "\n" #. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT " -"style domain.\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.\n" "The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" -"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their " -"passwords.\n" -"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings " -"in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be " -"phased out in future releases." +"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" +"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be phased out in future releases." msgstr "" "<big>SAMBA-server type</big>\n" -"Een domein controller staat Windows cliënten toe om zich op een " -"Windows NT-stijl domein aan te melden.\n" -"De reserve controller gebruikt een andere domein controller voor de " -"validatie.\n" -"De primaire controller gebruikt z'n eigen informatie voor de gebruikers en " -"hun wachtwoorden.\n" -"De in de configuratiedialoog beschikbare opties hangen af van de " -"instellingen in deze sectie. De domaincontroller in Windows NT-stijl zal " -"uitgefaseerd worden in toekomstige uitgaven." +"Een domein controller staat Windows cliënten toe om zich op een Windows NT-stijl domein aan te melden.\n" +"De reserve controller gebruikt een andere domein controller voor de validatie.\n" +"De primaire controller gebruikt z'n eigen informatie voor de gebruikers en hun wachtwoorden.\n" +"De in de configuratiedialoog beschikbare opties hangen af van de instellingen in deze sectie. De domaincontroller in Windows NT-stijl zal uitgefaseerd worden in toekomstige uitgaven." #. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain." -"\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.\n" "The options available in the configuration dialogs \n" "depend on the settings in this selection." msgstr "" "<big>SAMBA-server type</big> \n" -"Een domein controller staat Windows cliënten toe om zich op een " -"Windows domein aan te melden.\n" +"Een domein controller staat Windows cliënten toe om zich op een Windows domein aan te melden.\n" "De in de configuratiedialogen beschikbare opties\n" "hangen van deze instelling af." @@ -1039,9 +1000,7 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "The base settings set up the domain and the\n" -"server role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain " -"Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The " -"backup controller \n" +"server role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The backup controller \n" "uses another domain controller for validation. The primary controller\n" "uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" "If the server should not participate as a domain controller, choose the\n" @@ -1049,10 +1008,8 @@ msgstr "" "De basis instellingen stellen de domein en de server rol in.\n" "Reserve domein controller en Primaire domein controller staan\n" -"Windows cliënten toe om zich op een Windows domein aan te melden. De reserve " -"controller \n" -"gebruikt een andere domein controller voor de validatie. De primaire " -"controller\n" +"Windows cliënten toe om zich op een Windows domein aan te melden. De reserve controller \n" +"gebruikt een andere domein controller voor de validatie. De primaire controller\n" "gebruikt z'n eigen informatie voor de gebruikers en hun wachtwoorden.\n" "Wanneer de server niet als domein controller participeert, kies dan de\n" "Geen DC waarde.\n" @@ -1100,12 +1057,10 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "Advanced Settings provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global " -"settings.\n" +"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.\n" msgstr "" "Geavanceerde instellingen geeft toegang tot \n" -"gedetailleerde configuratie, gebruikersauthenticatiebronnen en geavanceerde " -"globale instellingen.\n" +"gedetailleerde configuratie, gebruikersauthenticatiebronnen en geavanceerde globale instellingen.\n" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" @@ -1131,13 +1086,10 @@ "choose it in the list and press Delete.\n" msgstr "" "Klik op Toevoegen om een nieuw domein aan de lijst toe te voegen.\n" -"Geef in het opengaande venster de naam van het trust domein en het " -"wachtwoord op.\n" -"Het wachtwoord wordt door de SAMBA-server gebruikt om toegang te krijgen tot " -"het\n" +"Geef in het opengaande venster de naam van het trust domein en het wachtwoord op.\n" +"Het wachtwoord wordt door de SAMBA-server gebruikt om toegang te krijgen tot het\n" "trust domein. Nadat er op OK is geklikt, zal YaST proberen om de\n" -"trust relatie tot stand te brengen. Een domein is te verwijderen door deze " -"in de lijst\n" +"trust relatie tot stand te brengen. Een domein is te verwijderen door deze in de lijst\n" "te selecteren en vervolgens op Verwijderen te klikken.\n" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:162 @@ -1163,10 +1115,8 @@ "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" "an existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" msgstr "" -"Gebruik Toevoegen om een nieuwe configuratie-optie toe te voegen, " -"Bewerken\n" -"om een bestaande optie aan te passen en Verwijderen om een optie te " -"verwijderen.\n" +"Gebruik Toevoegen om een nieuwe configuratie-optie toe te voegen, Bewerken\n" +"om een bestaande optie aan te passen en Verwijderen om een optie te verwijderen.\n" #. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:174 @@ -1183,10 +1133,8 @@ "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" "already existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" msgstr "" -"Gebruik Toevoegen om een nieuwe configuratie-optie toe te voegen, " -"Bewerken\n" -"om een bestaande optie aan te passen en Verwijderen om een optie te " -"verwijderen.\n" +"Gebruik Toevoegen om een nieuwe configuratie-optie toe te voegen, Bewerken\n" +"om een bestaande optie aan te passen en Verwijderen om een optie te verwijderen.\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:182 @@ -1203,29 +1151,21 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "Search Base DN (distinguished name) is\n" -"the base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN</" -"b> is used when\n" +"the base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN is used when\n" "creating new users and groups. If the administration DN requires\n" "a password for write access, set the password using\n" "Set LDAP Administration Password.\n" msgstr "" "Zoek basis DN (onderscheidende naam) is de basis\n" -"waarop het zoeken naar de informatie gestart dient te worden. De " -"Administratie DN wordt\n" -"gebruikt in het geval er nieuwe gebruikers en groepen aangemaakt worden. Als " -"de\n" -"administratie DN een wachtwoord voor het schrijven nodig heeft, geef dan het " -"wachtwoord met\n" +"waarop het zoeken naar de informatie gestart dient te worden. De Administratie DN wordt\n" +"gebruikt in het geval er nieuwe gebruikers en groepen aangemaakt worden. Als de\n" +"administratie DN een wachtwoord voor het schrijven nodig heeft, geef dan het wachtwoord met\n" "behulp van LDAP-administratie wachtwoord instellen op.\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196 -msgid "" -"Note: Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password " -"is set.\n" -msgstr "" -"Opmerking:Instellingen worden opgeslagen alvorens u het LDAP-" -"administratie wachtwoord instelt.\n" +msgid "Note: Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.\n" +msgstr "Opmerking:Instellingen worden opgeslagen alvorens u het LDAP-administratie wachtwoord instelt.\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200 @@ -1243,14 +1183,11 @@ #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207 msgid "" -"If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current " -"one first\n" +"If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current one first\n" "by pressing Delete and add a new one with Add.\n" msgstr "" -"Als u de authenticatiebron van de gebruiker wilt wijzigen, verwijder dan " -"de huidige eerst\n" -"door op Delete te drukken en voeg een nieuwe toe met de knop " -"Toevoegen\n" +"Als u de authenticatiebron van de gebruiker wilt wijzigen, verwijder dan de huidige eerst\n" +"door op Delete te drukken en voeg een nieuwe toe met de knop Toevoegen\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:211 @@ -1353,41 +1290,21 @@ "honored when creating a subdirectory.\n" msgstr "" "ACL's overnemen kan gebruikt worden om er zeker van te zijn\n" -"dat als er standaard ACL's op de bovenliggende mappen bestaan, ze ook " -"altijd\n" +"dat als er standaard ACL's op de bovenliggende mappen bestaan, ze ook altijd\n" "gehonoreerd worden tijdens het aanmaken van een submap.\n" #. add new share dialog help #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 -msgid "" -"With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by " -"Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only " -"available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to " -"a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume. Relevant permissions " -"must also be granted, see Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page for further " -"details." +msgid "With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume. Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page for further details." msgstr "" -"Met Snapshots blootstellen geselecteerd zal Samba snapshots " -"gemaakt door Snapper voor toegang en manipulatie door CIFS/SMB-clients " -"blootstellen.\n" -"Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar als Samba ondersteuning voor Snapper biedt " -"en het Share-pad overeenkomt met een door Btrfs gesteund " -"configuratiesubvolume van Snapper. Relevante toegangsrechten moeten ook " -"worden toegekend, zie de manpagina van Samba vfs snapper(8) voor " -"verdere details." +"Met Snapshots blootstellen geselecteerd zal Samba snapshots gemaakt door Snapper voor toegang en manipulatie door CIFS/SMB-clients blootstellen.\n" +"Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar als Samba ondersteuning voor Snapper biedt en het Share-pad overeenkomt met een door Btrfs gesteund configuratiesubvolume van Snapper. Relevante toegangsrechten moeten ook worden toegekend, zie de manpagina van Samba vfs snapper(8) voor verdere details." #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283 -msgid "" -"Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of " -"features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if " -"Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See " -"Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page for further details." +msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page for further details." msgstr "" -"Btrfs-functies gebruiken instrueert Samba om voordeel te trekken " -"van functies specifiek voor het Btrfs-bestandssysteem.\n" -"Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar als Samba ondersteuning voor Btrfs biedt en " -"het Share-pad is een Btrfs-subvolume. Zie de manpagina van Samba vfs " -"snapper(8) voor verdere details." +"Btrfs-functies gebruiken instrueert Samba om voordeel te trekken van functies specifiek voor het Btrfs-bestandssysteem.\n" +"Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar als Samba ondersteuning voor Btrfs biedt en het Share-pad is een Btrfs-subvolume. Zie de manpagina van Samba vfs snapper(8) voor verdere details." #. help for LDAP Settings dialog #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:289 @@ -1396,91 +1313,53 @@ "Here, determine the LDAP server to use for authentication.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Setting LDAP Password Back-End allows storing user information in the " -"LDAP tree specified by the URL. With LDAP Idmap Back-End, store SID/" -"uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" +"Setting LDAP Password Back-End allows storing user information in the LDAP tree specified by the URL. With LDAP Idmap Back-End, store SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" "\n" -"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, " -"including full Administrator DN.\n" +"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, including full Administrator DN.\n" "\n" -"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP " -"objects.\n" +"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP objects.\n" "\n" -"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To " -"set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings</" -"b>." +"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings." msgstr "" "<big>LDAP-instellingen</big> \n" "Bepaal hier de te gebruiken LDAP-server voor authenticatie.\n" "\n" "\n" -"LDAP-wachtwoordbackend instellen stelt u in staat " -"gebruikersinformatie in de boomstructuur van LDAP gespecificeerd door de " -"URL. Met LDAP-idmap-backend, slaat u SID/uid/gid mappingtabellen in " -"LDAP op.\n" +"LDAP-wachtwoordbackend instellen stelt u in staat gebruikersinformatie in de boomstructuur van LDAP gespecificeerd door de URL. Met LDAP-idmap-backend, slaat u SID/uid/gid mappingtabellen in LDAP op.\n" "\n" -"In de authenticatiesectie, stelt u de credentials voor de LDAP-server in, " -"inclusief de volledige DN van de beheerder.\n" +"In de authenticatiesectie, stelt u de credentials voor de LDAP-server in, inclusief de volledige DN van de beheerder.\n" "\n" -"Basis DN voor zoeken is het achtervoegsel van LDAP toegevoegd aan " -"Samba-specifieke LDAP-objecten.\n" +"Basis DN voor zoeken is het achtervoegsel van LDAP toegevoegd aan Samba-specifieke LDAP-objecten.\n" "\n" -"Om de verbinding naar uw LDAP-server te testen, klikt u op Verbinding " -"testen. Om LDAP-instellingen voor de expert te gebruiken of standaard " -"waarden te gebruiken, klik op Geavanceerde instellingen." +"Om de verbinding naar uw LDAP-server te testen, klikt u op Verbinding testen. Om LDAP-instellingen voor de expert te gebruiken of standaard waarden te gebruiken, klik op Geavanceerde instellingen." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303 -msgid "" -"User Suffix specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The " -"value is pre-pended to the value of Search Base DN. Similarly, " -"Group Suffix specifies the place for groups, Machine Suffix " -"for machines and Idmap Suffix for idmap mappings." -msgstr "" -"Achtervoegsel van gebruiker specificeert waar gebruikers in de " -"LDAP boomstructuur ingevoegd worden. De waarde wordt toegevoegd aan de " -"waarde van Zoek basis-DN. Overeenkomstig specificeert " -"Achtervoegsel van groep de plaats voor groepen, Achtervoegsel voor " -"machines voor machines en Achtervoegsel voor idmap die voor idmap-" -"mappings." +msgid "User Suffix specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The value is pre-pended to the value of Search Base DN. Similarly, Group Suffix specifies the place for groups, Machine Suffix for machines and Idmap Suffix for idmap mappings." +msgstr "Achtervoegsel van gebruiker specificeert waar gebruikers in de LDAP boomstructuur ingevoegd worden. De waarde wordt toegevoegd aan de waarde van Zoek basis-DN. Overeenkomstig specificeert Achtervoegsel van groep de plaats voor groepen, Achtervoegsel voor machines voor machines en Achtervoegsel voor idmap die voor idmap-mappings." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307 msgid "" -"Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait " -"after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\n" -"Time-Out specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</" -"p>" +"Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\n" +"Time-Out specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds)." msgstr "" -"Replicatieslaaptijd is het aantal milliseconden die Samba zal " -"wachten na het schrijven naar de LDAP-server, zodat LDAP-replica's dit " -"kunnen bijbenen.\n" -"Time-Out specificeert de wachttijd voor LDAP-operaties (in " -"seconden)." +"Replicatieslaaptijd is het aantal milliseconden die Samba zal wachten na het schrijven naar de LDAP-server, zodat LDAP-replica's dit kunnen bijbenen.\n" +"Time-Out specificeert de wachttijd voor LDAP-operaties (in seconden)." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311 -msgid "" -"Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with Use SSL or TLS." -"" -msgstr "" -"Definieer of SSL voor de LDAP-verbinding moet worden gebruikt met SSL " -"of TLS gebruiken." +msgid "Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with Use SSL or TLS." +msgstr "Definieer of SSL voor de LDAP-verbinding moet worden gebruikt met SSL of TLS gebruiken." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "" -"Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete " -"LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\n" -"With Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the " -"LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual " -"page for details." +"Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\n" +"With Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details." msgstr "" -"DN verwijderen specificeert of het verwijderen de complete LDAP-" -"entry moet verwijderen of alleen de Samba-specifieke attributen.\n" -"Met Wachtwoorden synchroniseren, definieert u mogelijke " -"synchronisatie van het LDAP-wachtwoord met de NT en LM hashes. Zie de " -"manpagina van <tt>smb.conf</tt> voor details." +"DN verwijderen specificeert of het verwijderen de complete LDAP-entry moet verwijderen of alleen de Samba-specifieke attributen.\n" +"Met Wachtwoorden synchroniseren, definieert u mogelijke synchronisatie van het LDAP-wachtwoord met de NT en LM hashes. Zie de manpagina van <tt>smb.conf</tt> voor details." #. translators: warning text #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322 @@ -1532,20 +1411,17 @@ "Exporting / might lead to security problems because it makes your\n" "entire file system browsable from Samba clients.\n" msgstr "" -"Het exporteren van / zal leiden tot beveiligingsproblemen, het zorgt er " -"namelijk\n" +"Het exporteren van / zal leiden tot beveiligingsproblemen, het zorgt er namelijk\n" "voor dat uw gehele bestandssysteem door Samba cliënten door te bladeren is.\n" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" "Advanced Settings provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, " -"and\n" +"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n" "expert global settings.\n" msgstr "" "Geavanceerde instellingen geven toegang tot \n" -"gedetailleerde configuratie, zoals LDAP-instellingen, " -"gebruikersauthenticatiebronnen en\n" +"gedetailleerde configuratie, zoals LDAP-instellingen, gebruikersauthenticatiebronnen en\n" "geavanceerde globale instellingen.\n" #. translators: combo box value @@ -1761,8 +1637,7 @@ #: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 msgid "Only dcObject (dc) and organizationalUnit (ou) classes are supported." -msgstr "" -"YaST ondersteunt alleen dcObject (dc) en organizationalUnit (ou) categorieën." +msgstr "YaST ondersteunt alleen dcObject (dc) en organizationalUnit (ou) categorieën." #. translators: warning message, %s is LDAP server name/IP #: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:624 Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/samba-users.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/samba-users.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/samba-users.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-users.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-09 15:06+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/scanner.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/scanner.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/scanner.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: scanner.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-10-26 14:46+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/security.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/security.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/security.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: security.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-10-26 14:46+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/services-manager.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/services-manager.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/services-manager.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -46,47 +46,24 @@ msgstr "Bezig het standaard systemd target te selecteren" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units " -"whose job is to activate services and other units." -msgstr "" -"Systemd is een systeem- en servicebeheerder voor Linux. Het bestaat uit " -"eenheden met de taak is om services en andere eenheden te activeren." +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "Systemd is een systeem- en servicebeheerder voor Linux. Het bestaat uit eenheden met de taak is om services en andere eenheden te activeren." #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 -msgid "" -"Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink " -"located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man " -"page." -msgstr "" -"Standaard target-eenheid wordt standaard geactiveerd bij opstarten. " -"Gewoonlijk is het een symlink gelokaliseerd in pad /etc/systemd/system/" -"default.target . Zie meer op manpagina van systemd." +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "Standaard target-eenheid wordt standaard geactiveerd bij opstarten. Gewoonlijk is het een symlink gelokaliseerd in pad /etc/systemd/system/default.target . Zie meer op manpagina van systemd." #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "" -"Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with " -"network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." -msgstr "" -"Multi-User target is voor het instellen van een niet-grafisch multi-user " -"systeem met een netwerk geschikt voor een server (overeenkomstig met " -"runlevel 3)." +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "Multi-User target is voor het instellen van een niet-grafisch multi-user systeem met een netwerk geschikt voor een server (overeenkomstig met runlevel 3)." #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 -msgid "" -"Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which " -"is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." -msgstr "" -"Graphical target voor instellen van een grafisch aanmeldscherm met netwerk " -"wat typisch is voor werkstations (overeenkomend met runlevel 5)." +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "Graphical target voor instellen van een grafisch aanmeldscherm met netwerk wat typisch is voor werkstations (overeenkomend met runlevel 5)." #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 -msgid "" -"When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with " -"graphical target." -msgstr "" -"Als u niet zeker bent van de beste optie voor u, kies dan het grafische " -"target" +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "Als u niet zeker bent van de beste optie voor u, kies dan het grafische target" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 msgid "Available Targets" @@ -105,9 +82,7 @@ #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234 msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" -msgstr "" -"Installatie van Live wordt typisch gebruikt voor een volledige GUI in het " -"doelsysteem" +msgstr "Installatie van Live wordt typisch gebruikt voor een volledige GUI in het doelsysteem" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237 msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" @@ -115,8 +90,7 @@ #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241 msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" -msgstr "" -"Installatie van Tekstmodus neemt aan dat het targetsysteem geen GUI heeft" +msgstr "Installatie van Tekstmodus neemt aan dat het targetsysteem geen GUI heeft" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244 #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248 @@ -132,11 +106,8 @@ msgstr "X11 pakketten zijn niet geselecteerd voor de installatie" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 -msgid "" -"This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" -msgstr "" -"Deze aanbeveling is gebaseerd op de analyse van andere instellingen voor de " -"installatie" +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "Deze aanbeveling is gebaseerd op de analyse van andere instellingen voor de installatie" #. Default for double-click in the table #. Default for double-click in the table @@ -248,27 +219,20 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:121 msgid "" "<big>Services</big> \n" -"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from " -"the \n" +"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from the \n" " list of services.\n" -"It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is " -"enabled\n" +"It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is enabled\n" "and a particular service requires opening them.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Services</big> \n" "Dit installatievoorstel stelt u in staat om een een service uit de lijst\n" "met services te starten en in te schakelen.\n" -"Het Kan ook poorten in de firewall voor een service openen als de " -"firewall is\n" +"Het Kan ook poorten in de firewall voor een service openen als de firewall is\n" "ingeschakeld en een specifieke service vereist deze te openen.\n" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:145 -msgid "" -"Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched " -"%link" -msgstr "" -"Service %service zal %toggled worden en poort in firewall zal worden " -"%switched %link" +msgid "Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched %link" +msgstr "Service %service zal %toggled worden en poort in firewall zal worden %switched %link" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:160 msgid "Service %service will be %toggled %link" @@ -298,9 +262,7 @@ #. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. #: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" -msgstr "" -"Onbekend profielschema voor services van autoyast voor 'beheerder van " -"services'" +msgstr "Onbekend profielschema voor services van autoyast voor 'beheerder van services'" #. AutoYast summary #: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 @@ -329,7 +291,6 @@ #. Systemd targets #: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 -#| msgid "Graphical mode" msgid "Graphical Interface" msgstr "Grafische interface" @@ -342,7 +303,6 @@ msgstr "Root omschakelen" #: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 -#| msgid "Default Target" msgid "Initrd Default Target" msgstr "Standaard doel van initrd" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/slp-server.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/slp-server.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/slp-server.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: slp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-05 16:42+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/snapper.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/snapper.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/snapper.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-30 16:15+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 23:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -248,8 +248,7 @@ #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" -msgstr "" -"Het verschil tussen het huidige en de geselecteerde momentopname tonen:" +msgstr "Het verschil tussen het huidige en de geselecteerde momentopname tonen:" #. radio button label #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 @@ -259,14 +258,12 @@ #. radio button label #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" -msgstr "" -"Het verschil tussen de eerste momentopname en het huidige systeem tonen" +msgstr "Het verschil tussen de eerste momentopname en het huidige systeem tonen" #. radio button label #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" -msgstr "" -"Het verschil tussen de tweede momentopname en het huidige systeem tonen" +msgstr "Het verschil tussen de tweede momentopname en het huidige systeem tonen" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 @@ -341,19 +338,16 @@ "\n" "%2\n" "\n" -"Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</" -"p>\n" +"Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.\n" "Files that did not exist in the snapshot will be deleted.Are you sure?" msgstr "" "Deze bestanden zullen hersteld worden vanuit de momentopname '%1':\n" "\n" "%2\n" "\n" -"Bestanden die bestaan in de originele momentopname zullen gekopieerd " -"worden\n" +"Bestanden die bestaan in de originele momentopname zullen gekopieerd worden\n" "naar het huidige systeem.\n" -"Bestanden die niet bestonden in de momentopname zullen worden verwijderd." -"OK?" +"Bestanden die niet bestonden in de momentopname zullen worden verwijderd.OK?" #. Read dialog help #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36 @@ -368,59 +362,33 @@ #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<big>Snapshots Configuration</big>\n" -"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three " -"types\n" -"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots " -"are\n" -"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post " -"are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between " -"taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in " -"the table.\n" -"Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click Show Changes to see " -"the\n" +"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" +"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots are\n" +"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.\n" +"Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click Show Changes to see the\n" "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuratie van momentopnamen</big>\n" -"De tabel toont een lijst met momentopnamen van hoofdbestandssysteem. Er " -"zijn drie typen momentopnamen, enkel, vooraf en nadien. " -"Enkele momentopnamen worden gebruikt voor voor het opslaan van de status van " -"een bestandssysteem op een bepaalt moment, terwijl Vooraf(Pre) En " -"Nadien(Post) worden gebruikt om de wijzigingen te definiëren die zijn gedaan " -"door een speciale operatie uitgevoerd tussen het nemen van twee " -"momentopnamen. Vooraf en Nadien momentopnamen zijn aan elkaar gekoppeld in " -"de tabel.\n" -"Selecteer een momentopname of momentopnamenkoppel en klik op " -"Wijzigingen tonen om de nieuwe wijzigingen in het bestandssysteem te " -"zien in de gespecificeerde momentopname.\n" +"De tabel toont een lijst met momentopnamen van hoofdbestandssysteem. Er zijn drie typen momentopnamen, enkel, vooraf en nadien. Enkele momentopnamen worden gebruikt voor voor het opslaan van de status van een bestandssysteem op een bepaalt moment, terwijl Vooraf(Pre) En Nadien(Post) worden gebruikt om de wijzigingen te definiëren die zijn gedaan door een speciale operatie uitgevoerd tussen het nemen van twee momentopnamen. Vooraf en Nadien momentopnamen zijn aan elkaar gekoppeld in de tabel.\n" +"Selecteer een momentopname of momentopnamenkoppel en klik op Wijzigingen tonen om de nieuwe wijzigingen in het bestandssysteem te zien in de gespecificeerde momentopname.\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first " -"('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the " -"description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of " -"creation for both snapshots.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By " -"default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is " -"possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Overzicht van momentopnamen</big>\n" "\n" -"De boomstructuur toont alle bestanden die zijn gewijzigd tussen het maken " -"van de eerste ('vooraf') en tweede ('nadien') momentopname. Rechts ziet u de " -"beschrijving die is gemaakt toen de eerste momentopname was gemaakt en het " -"tijdstip van maken van beide momentopnamen.\n" +"De boomstructuur toont alle bestanden die zijn gewijzigd tussen het maken van de eerste ('vooraf') en tweede ('nadien') momentopname. Rechts ziet u de beschrijving die is gemaakt toen de eerste momentopname was gemaakt en het tijdstip van maken van beide momentopnamen.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Wanneer een bestand in de boomstructuur is geselecteerd, dan ziet u de " -"wijzigingen die zijn aangebracht. Standaard worden wijzigingen tussen " -"geselecteerde gekoppelde momentopnamen getoond, maar het is mogelijk om het " -"bestand met verschillende versies te vergelijken.\n" +"Wanneer een bestand in de boomstructuur is geselecteerd, dan ziet u de wijzigingen die zijn aangebracht. Standaard worden wijzigingen tussen geselecteerde gekoppelde momentopnamen getoond, maar het is mogelijk om het bestand met verschillende versies te vergelijken.\n" "\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots @@ -428,24 +396,18 @@ msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the " -"current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time " -"of its creation.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between " -"snapshot version and current system.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Overzicht van momentopnamen</big>\n" "\n" -"De boomstructuur toont alle bestanden die verschillend zijn tussen de " -"geselecteerde momentopname en het huidige systeem. Rechts ziet u de " -"beschrijving van de momentopname en het tijdstip van maken.\n" +"De boomstructuur toont alle bestanden die verschillend zijn tussen de geselecteerde momentopname en het huidige systeem. Rechts ziet u de beschrijving van de momentopname en het tijdstip van maken.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Wanneer een bestand in de boomstructuur is geselecteerd, dan ziet u de " -"verschillen tussen de versie in de momentopname en het huidige systeem.\n" +"Wanneer een bestand in de boomstructuur is geselecteerd, dan ziet u de verschillen tussen de versie in de momentopname en het huidige systeem.\n" "\n" #. popup error @@ -556,8 +518,7 @@ "tool can be used to create configurations." msgstr "" "Er is geen snapper-configuratie. U moet een of meer configuraties\n" -"aanmaken om yast2-snapper te kunnen gebruiken. Het " -"commandoregelhulpprogramma\n" +"aanmaken om yast2-snapper te kunnen gebruiken. Het commandoregelhulpprogramma\n" "snapper kan gebruikt worden om configuraties aan te maken." #. label for log window @@ -578,9 +539,5 @@ #~ msgid "File /etc/sysconfig/snapper is not available." #~ msgstr "Bestand /etc/sysconfig/snapper is niet beschikbaar." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "These files will be copied from snapshot '%1' to current system: %2</" -#~ "p>Are you sure?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Deze bestanden zullen worden gekopieerd uit momentopname '%1' naar het " -#~ "huidige systeem: %2Zeker weten?" +#~ msgid "These files will be copied from snapshot '%1' to current system: %2Are you sure?" +#~ msgstr "Deze bestanden zullen worden gekopieerd uit momentopname '%1' naar het huidige systeem: %2Zeker weten?" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/sound.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/sound.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/sound.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sound.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-17 16:18+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -44,9 +44,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for add action #: src/clients/sound.rb:79 msgid "Add sound card. Without parameters, add first one detected." -msgstr "" -"Geluidskaart toevoegen. Zonder parameters = de eerste gedetecteerde " -"toevoegen." +msgstr "Geluidskaart toevoegen. Zonder parameters = de eerste gedetecteerde toevoegen." #. help text for unknownd parameters #: src/clients/sound.rb:84 @@ -76,12 +74,8 @@ #. - for unknown parameter names #. help text for unknownd parameters; do not translate 'show' #: src/clients/sound.rb:121 -msgid "" -"Value of the specific module parameter. Use the 'show' command to see a list " -"of allowed parameters." -msgstr "" -"Waarde van de specifieke moduleparameter. Gebruik het commando 'show' voor " -"een lijst met toegestane parameters." +msgid "Value of the specific module parameter. Use the 'show' command to see a list of allowed parameters." +msgstr "Waarde van de specifieke moduleparameter. Gebruik het commando 'show' voor een lijst met toegestane parameters." #. translators: command line help text for volume action #: src/clients/sound.rb:131 @@ -91,12 +85,8 @@ #. - for unknown parameter names #. help text; do not translate 'channels' as command name #: src/clients/sound.rb:137 -msgid "" -"Value of the specific channel (0-100). Use the 'channels' command to see a " -"list of available channels." -msgstr "" -"Waarde van het specifieke kanaal (0-100). Gebruik het commando 'channels' " -"voor een lijst met beschikbare kanalen." +msgid "Value of the specific channel (0-100). Use the 'channels' command to see a list of available channels." +msgstr "Waarde van het specifieke kanaal (0-100). Gebruik het commando 'channels' voor een lijst met beschikbare kanalen." #. translators: command line help text for modules action #: src/clients/sound.rb:144 @@ -268,11 +258,9 @@ "Enable or add an additional software repository containing the packages.\n" msgstr "" "De vereiste pakketten zijn niet beschikbaar: %1\n" -"Sommige geluidsapparaten werken mogelijk niet of sommige mogelijkheden " -"worden niet ondersteund.\n" +"Sommige geluidsapparaten werken mogelijk niet of sommige mogelijkheden worden niet ondersteund.\n" "\n" -"Activeer of voeg een aanvullende software-installatiebron toe die de " -"vereiste pakketten bevat.\n" +"Activeer of voeg een aanvullende software-installatiebron toe die de vereiste pakketten bevat.\n" #. creates summary table with card labels and thier states #. (running/not running/dissappeared) @@ -561,15 +549,11 @@ #. help text - mixer setting #: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:377 msgid "" -"With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected " -"sound card. \n" -"Press Next to save your volume settings, press Back to restore " -"the original settings." +"With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected sound card. \n" +"Press Next to save your volume settings, press Back to restore the original settings." msgstr "" -"Met deze dialoog kunt u van elk kanaal van de geselecteerde geluidskaart " -"het volume instellen. \n" -"Klik op Verder om uw volume-instellingen op te slaan, of klik op " -"Terug om de originele instellingen terug te zetten." +"Met deze dialoog kunt u van elk kanaal van de geselecteerde geluidskaart het volume instellen. \n" +"Klik op Verder om uw volume-instellingen op te slaan, of klik op Terug om de originele instellingen terug te zetten." #. dialog header, %1 = card id (number), %2 = name #: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:385 @@ -811,8 +795,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Wanneer u nu het volume niet wilt aanpassen, klik dan op Snelle \n" -"automatische instelling. U kunt later het volume instellen en de " -"opties \n" +"automatische instelling. U kunt later het volume instellen en de opties \n" "wijzigen.\n" "\n" @@ -925,8 +908,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Selecteer de in te stellen optie en klik daarna op de knop Activeren</" -"b> \n" +"Selecteer de in te stellen optie en klik daarna op de knop Activeren \n" "om de nieuwe waarde vast te leggen. Als er mogelijke waarden voor de \n" "gegeven optie bekend zijn, dan kunt u deze in het venster Mogelijke \n" "waarde selecteren. Met Reset herstelt u alle waarden. \n" @@ -1183,8 +1165,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Gebruik Overig om het volume van de geselecteerde kaart in te " -"stellen\n" +"Gebruik Overig om het volume van de geselecteerde kaart in te stellen\n" "of om de te laden module voor het afspelen van MIDI-bestanden in te\n" "instellen (Sequencer starten).\n" "Gebruik Testgeluid afspelen om de geselecteerde kaart te testen.\n" @@ -1200,27 +1181,20 @@ #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:273 msgid "" -"The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and " -"applications.\n" +"The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and applications.\n" "Use Other to set the selected sound device as the primary device." msgstr "" -"Het geluidsapparaat met index 0 is het standaardapparaat dat het systeem " -"en de programma's zullen gebruiken.\n" -"Gebruik Overig om het geselecteerde geluidsapparaat als het " -"standaardapparaat in te stellen." +"Het geluidsapparaat met index 0 is het standaardapparaat dat het systeem en de programma's zullen gebruiken.\n" +"Gebruik Overig om het geselecteerde geluidsapparaat als het standaardapparaat in te stellen." #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:276 msgid "" "The applications which use OSS (Open Sound System) can use the software\n" -"mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> " -"to\n" +"mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> to\n" "start the application." msgstr "" "Programma's die gebruik maken van OSS (Open Sound System) kunnen de\n" -"softwaremixer gebruiken door middel van de aoss-wrapper. Gebruik het " -"commando <tt>aoss <osscommando></tt> om het programma te starten. <" -"osscommando> is een commando met eventuele parameters dat de OSS API " -"gebruikt." +"softwaremixer gebruiken door middel van de aoss-wrapper. Gebruik het commando <tt>aoss <osscommando></tt> om het programma te starten. <osscommando> is een commando met eventuele parameters dat de OSS API gebruikt." #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:286 src/include/sound/texts.rb:316 msgid "An error has occurred. " @@ -1262,15 +1236,13 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Met Verwijderen kunt u een geconfigureerde geluidskaart " -"verwijderen. \n" +"Met Verwijderen kunt u een geconfigureerde geluidskaart verwijderen. \n" "Met Geluidskaart toevoegen kunt u een geluidskaart toevoegen.\n" "\n" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:317 msgid "You can try to pass some options to the module." -msgstr "" -"U kunt proberen om enige opties mee te geven aan de module." +msgstr "U kunt proberen om enige opties mee te geven aan de module." #. this is the first part of message "The sound card 'cardname' #. will be configured as the first snd card" @@ -1465,10 +1437,8 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In this dialog, specify your joystick type. If your\n" -#~ "joystick type is not in the list, select Generic Analog Joystick.</" -#~ "p>\n" -#~ "You will not find any USB joysticks here. If you have a USB device, " -#~ "just plug in the joystick and start using it.\n" +#~ "joystick type is not in the list, select Generic Analog Joystick.\n" +#~ "You will not find any USB joysticks here. If you have a USB device, just plug in the joystick and start using it.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "In deze dialoog kunt u het type van uw joystick opgeven.\n" #~ "Als uw joystick-type niet in de lijst voorkomt, kunt u het\n" @@ -1503,19 +1473,12 @@ #~ msgid "%1 - Invalid configuration" #~ msgstr "%1 - Ongeldige configuratie" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The configuration is not active - either the joystick is not connected or " -#~ "a wrong driver is used" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "De configuratie is niet actief - ofwel de joystick is niet verbonden of " -#~ "er wordt een verkeerd apparaatstuurprogramma gebruikt" +#~ msgid "The configuration is not active - either the joystick is not connected or a wrong driver is used" +#~ msgstr "De configuratie is niet actief - ofwel de joystick is niet verbonden of er wordt een verkeerd apparaatstuurprogramma gebruikt" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Press Edit to change the joystick driver or Delete to " -#~ "remove the configuration" +#~ msgid "Press Edit to change the joystick driver or Delete to remove the configuration" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selecteer een schemabestand uit de lijst en klik op Verwijderen " -#~ "om het uit de\n" +#~ "Selecteer een schemabestand uit de lijst en klik op Verwijderen om het uit de\n" #~ "configuratie te verwijderen." #~ msgid "Axis %1" @@ -1534,8 +1497,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Geluidskaarten met ondersteuning voor joystick" #~ msgid "To add an USB joystick close this dialog and just connect it." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Om een USB-joystick toe te voegen sluit deze dialoog en plug gewoon in." +#~ msgstr "Om een USB-joystick toe te voegen sluit deze dialoog en plug gewoon in." #~ msgid "&Configure joystick" #~ msgstr "Joystick &instellen" @@ -1550,15 +1512,10 @@ #~ msgstr "<big>Joysticks</big>" #~ msgid "Here is an overview of the detected joysticks." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hier ziet u een overzicht van de gegevens voor het genereren van het " -#~ "addon-product." +#~ msgstr "Hier ziet u een overzicht van de gegevens voor het genereren van het addon-product." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To configure a new joystick connected to a Gameport press Add " -#~ "button." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Om nieuwe DASD-schijven in te stellen, klik op Toevoegen." +#~ msgid "To configure a new joystick connected to a Gameport press Add button." +#~ msgstr "Om nieuwe DASD-schijven in te stellen, klik op Toevoegen." #~ msgid "Model" #~ msgstr "Model" @@ -1579,9 +1536,7 @@ #~ "The selected joystick configuration is not active.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "The joystick cannot be tested." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "De geselecteerde configuratie zou onmiddellijk verwijderd worden en kan " -#~ "niet hersteld worden." +#~ msgstr "De geselecteerde configuratie zou onmiddellijk verwijderd worden en kan niet hersteld worden." #~ msgid "Generic Analog Joystick" #~ msgstr "Generieke analoge joystick" @@ -1626,12 +1581,8 @@ #~ "Selecteer Geen joystick om een geconfigureerde joystick van\n" #~ "het systeem te verwijderen of als u helemaal geen joystick hebt.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Press Test to test the functionality of the selected joystick " -#~ "type." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Klik op Test om de werking van het geselecteerde joystick-type " -#~ "te testen." +#~ msgid "Press Test to test the functionality of the selected joystick type." +#~ msgstr "Klik op Test om de werking van het geselecteerde joystick-type te testen." #~ msgid "" #~ "Note: Connect your joystick to your computer\n" @@ -1645,12 +1596,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Two or more sound cards in your system support joysticks.\n" -#~ "To configure a joystick, select the sound card and press Configure " -#~ "Joystick.\n" +#~ "To configure a joystick, select the sound card and press Configure Joystick.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Twee of meer geluidskaarten in uw systeem ondersteunen joysticks.\n" -#~ "Om een joystick in te stellen moet u eerst de geluidskaart selecteren " -#~ "en daarna op Joystick instellen klikken.\n" +#~ "Om een joystick in te stellen moet u eerst de geluidskaart selecteren en daarna op Joystick instellen klikken.\n" #~ msgid "The configured cards do not support the joystick." #~ msgstr "De geconfigureerde kaarten ondersteunen de joystick niet." Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/squid.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/squid.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/squid.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: squid.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-23 17:31+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 23:39+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -536,8 +536,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " -"te klikken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:42 @@ -600,9 +599,7 @@ #. Cache Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Refresh Patterns define how Squid treats the objects in the cache." -"\n" +msgid "Refresh Patterns define how Squid treats the objects in the cache.\n" msgstr "" "Patronen verversen definieert de manier\n" "waarop Squid de objecten in de cache behandelt.\n" @@ -643,12 +640,8 @@ #. Cache 2 Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:88 -msgid "" -"Cache memory defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for " -"objects." -msgstr "" -"Cache-geheugen definiëert de ideale hoeveelheid geheugen voor " -"objecten." +msgid "Cache memory defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for objects." +msgstr "Cache-geheugen definiëert de ideale hoeveelheid geheugen voor objecten." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:91 msgid "" @@ -656,8 +649,7 @@ "on the disk. Objects larger than this size will not be saved on disk.\n" msgstr "" "Max objectgrootte definieert de maximum grootte van op de schijf\n" -"te bewaren objecten. Grotere objecten zullen niet op schijf bewaard worden.</" -"p>\n" +"te bewaren objecten. Grotere objecten zullen niet op schijf bewaard worden.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:94 msgid "" @@ -679,18 +671,15 @@ "Vervanging begint als het wissel(schijf)gebruik boven de \n" "Verwissel laagwatermarkering is, met pogingen om het gebruik bij de \n" "Verwissel laagwatermarkeringhouden. Als wisselgebruik dicht bij de\n" -"Verwissel hoogwatermarkering komt dan wordt verwijdering " -"agressiever.\n" +"Verwissel hoogwatermarkering komt dan wordt verwijdering agressiever.\n" "Als het gebruik dicht bij de Verwissel laagwatermarkering zit dan\n" "wordt er telkens minder vervanging gedaan.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:105 msgid "" -"Cache Replacement Policy determines which objects are to be " -"replaced\n" +"Cache Replacement Policy determines which objects are to be replaced\n" "when disk space is needed.\n" -"Memory Replacement Policy specifies the policy for object replacement " -"in\n" +"Memory Replacement Policy specifies the policy for object replacement in\n" "memory when space for new objects is not available.\n" "Policies could be:\n" "<table>\n" @@ -715,8 +704,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cache-vervangingspolicy bepaalt welke objecten vervangen worden\n" "als er schijfruimte nodig is.\n" -"Geheugenvervangingspolicy specificeert de policy voor " -"objectvervanging in\n" +"Geheugenvervangingspolicy specificeert de policy voor objectvervanging in\n" "geheugen wanneer ruimte voor nieuwe objecten niet beschikbaar is.\n" "Policies kunnen zijn:\n" "<table>\n" @@ -741,25 +729,16 @@ #. Cache Directory #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:132 -msgid "" -"Directory Name defines a top-level directory where cache swap " -"files will be stored." -msgstr "" -"Directoriynaam definiëert de topmap waar cache wisselbestanden " -"opgeslagen worden." +msgid "Directory Name defines a top-level directory where cache swap files will be stored." +msgstr "Directoriynaam definiëert de topmap waar cache wisselbestanden opgeslagen worden." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:135 -msgid "" -"Size defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this " -"directory." -msgstr "" -"Grootte definiëert de te gebruiken hoeveelheid schijfruimte (in " -"MB) onder deze map." +msgid "Size defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this directory." +msgstr "Grootte definiëert de te gebruiken hoeveelheid schijfruimte (in MB) onder deze map." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"Level 1 Directories defines a number of first-level " -"subdirectories, \n" +"Level 1 Directories defines a number of first-level subdirectories, \n" "which will be created under the Directory Name directory.\n" msgstr "" "Niveau-1 mappen definieert een aantal eerste niveau submappen, \n" @@ -767,26 +746,20 @@ #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:141 msgid "" -"Level 2 Directories defines a number of second-level " -"subdirectories,\n" +"Level 2 Directories defines a number of second-level subdirectories,\n" "which will be created under each first-level directory.\n" msgstr "" -"Niveau-2 mappen definiëert het aantal tweede niveau submappen die " -"aangemaakt zullen worden\n" +"Niveau-2 mappen definiëert het aantal tweede niveau submappen die aangemaakt zullen worden\n" "onder elk eerste niveau map.\n" #. ACL Groups #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:145 -msgid "" -"Access to the Squid server can be controlled via ACL Groups." -msgstr "" -"Toegang tot de Squid-server kan gecontroleerd worden via ACL-groepen</" -"b>." +msgid "Access to the Squid server can be controlled via ACL Groups." +msgstr "Toegang tot de Squid-server kan gecontroleerd worden via ACL-groepen." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"ACL Group has various types and the description of ACL Group " -"depends\n" +"ACL Group has various types and the description of ACL Group depends\n" "on the particular type.\n" msgstr "" "ACL-groep heeft verschillende typeringen en de beschrijving\n" @@ -794,41 +767,30 @@ #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:151 msgid "" -"In the Access Control table, access can be denied or allowed to " -"ACL Groups.\n" -"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be " -"allowed\n" +"In the Access Control table, access can be denied or allowed to ACL Groups.\n" +"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be allowed\n" "or denied to members who belong to all ACL Groups at the same time.\n" msgstr "" -"In de Toegangscontroletabel kan toegang geweigerd of toegestaan " -"worden voor ACL-groepen.\n" -"Als er meer ACL-groupen op één regel staan dan betekent dat dat toegang " -"wordt toegestaan\n" -"of geweigerd voor de leden die aan al deze ACL-groepen op hetzelfde moment " -"voldoen.\n" +"In de Toegangscontroletabel kan toegang geweigerd of toegestaan worden voor ACL-groepen.\n" +"Als er meer ACL-groupen op één regel staan dan betekent dat dat toegang wordt toegestaan\n" +"of geweigerd voor de leden die aan al deze ACL-groepen op hetzelfde moment voldoen.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "The Access Control table is checked in the order listed here.\n" "The first matching entry is used.\n" msgstr "" -"Een Toegangscontrole tabel wordt in de hier weergegeven volgorde " -"gecontroleerd.\n" +"Een Toegangscontrole tabel wordt in de hier weergegeven volgorde gecontroleerd.\n" "De eerste die overeenkomt wordt gebruikt.\n" #. Logging and Timeouts Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:160 -msgid "" -"Access Log defines the file in which client activities are logged." -"" -msgstr "" -"Toegangslog definiëert het bestand waar activiteiten van clients " -"worden gelogd." +msgid "Access Log defines the file in which client activities are logged." +msgstr "Toegangslog definiëert het bestand waar activiteiten van clients worden gelogd." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:163 msgid "" -"Cache Log defines the file in which general information about " -"your\n" +"Cache Log defines the file in which general information about your\n" "cache's behavior is logged.\n" msgstr "" "Cache-log definieert het bestand waarin algemene informatie over\n" @@ -836,14 +798,11 @@ #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:166 msgid "" -"Cache Store Log defines the location of the transaction log of " -"all\n" -"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an " -"object\n" +"Cache Store Log defines the location of the transaction log of all\n" +"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an object\n" "gets deleted. This option can be left empty.\n" msgstr "" -"Cache-opslaglog definieert de locatie waar de transactielog van " -"alle\n" +"Cache-opslaglog definieert de locatie waar de transactielog van alle\n" "objecten die in de objectenopslag zitten evenals de tijd wanneer een object\n" "verwijderd wordt. Deze optie kan leeg zijn.\n" @@ -853,8 +812,7 @@ "Access Log in HTTPD common log file format.\n" msgstr "" "Met Emuleer Httpd-log specificeert u dat Squid zijn\n" -"Toegangslog in het algemene HTTPD-logbestandsformaat wegschrijft.</" -"p>\n" +"Toegangslog in het algemene HTTPD-logbestandsformaat wegschrijft.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:174 msgid "" @@ -879,8 +837,7 @@ "error pages that are displayed to clients. Defaults to webmaster.\n" msgstr "" "E-mailadres beheerder is het adres dat toegevoegd wordt aan elke\n" -"foutmeldingspagina die aan cliënten getoond wordt. Standaard is de webmaster." -"\n" +"foutmeldingspagina die aan cliënten getoond wordt. Standaard is de webmaster.\n" #. table cell #: src/include/squid/inits.rb:73 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:55 @@ -1031,11 +988,8 @@ #. test if changed ACL is used in other option (not managed by thid module) #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:467 -msgid "" -"If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" -msgstr "" -"Als u de naam van deze ACL-groep wijzigt dan kunnen deze opties beïnvloed " -"worden:\n" +msgid "If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" +msgstr "Als u de naam van deze ACL-groep wijzigt dan kunnen deze opties beïnvloed worden:\n" #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:474 msgid "Change name anyway" @@ -1061,8 +1015,7 @@ #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:524 msgid "If you delete this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" -msgstr "" -"Als u deze ACL-groep verwijdert dan kunnen deze opties beïnvloed worden: \n" +msgstr "Als u deze ACL-groep verwijdert dan kunnen deze opties beïnvloed worden: \n" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:373 #. + @@ -1383,12 +1336,8 @@ msgstr "Bestemmingsdomein" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:148 -msgid "" -"This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the " -"origin server is located." -msgstr "" -"Dit verwijst naar het bestemmingsdomein, dwz. het brondomein waar de " -"oorspronkelijke server zich bevindt." +msgid "This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the origin server is located." +msgstr "Dit verwijst naar het bestemmingsdomein, dwz. het brondomein waar de oorspronkelijke server zich bevindt." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:155 msgid "Matches the client domain name." @@ -1447,11 +1396,8 @@ msgstr "Komt overeen met een reguliere expressie op de complete URL." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:213 -msgid "" -"Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" -msgstr "" -"Komt overeen met een URL-pad zonder enige informatie over protocol, poort of " -"hostnaam" +msgid "Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" +msgstr "Komt overeen met een URL-pad zonder enige informatie over protocol, poort of hostnaam" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:220 msgid "port" @@ -1505,24 +1451,16 @@ msgstr "Dit type komt overeen met de HTTP-methode in de aanvraagkoppen." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:278 -msgid "" -"A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the " -"user agent header." -msgstr "" -"Een reguliere expressie die overeenkomt met het type van de browser van de " -"client gebaseerd op de user-agent-header." +msgid "A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the user agent header." +msgstr "Een reguliere expressie die overeenkomt met het type van de browser van de client gebaseerd op de user-agent-header." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:288 msgid "Maximum Number of HTTP Connections" msgstr "Maximum aantal HTTP-verbindingen" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:300 -msgid "" -"Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of " -"HTTP connections established." -msgstr "" -"Komt overeen als het IP-adres van de client meer dan het gespecificeerde " -"aantal HTTP-verbindingen heeft gemaakt." +msgid "Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of HTTP connections established." +msgstr "Komt overeen als het IP-adres van de client meer dan het gespecificeerde aantal HTTP-verbindingen heeft gemaakt." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:307 msgid "Matches Referer header." @@ -1538,19 +1476,15 @@ #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:328 msgid "Regular expression matching any of the known request headers." -msgstr "" -"Reguliere expressie die overeen komt met elk van de bekende verzoek-headers." +msgstr "Reguliere expressie die overeen komt met elk van de bekende verzoek-headers." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:351 msgid "" -"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. " -"Can\n" +"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. Can\n" "be used to detect file download or some types of HTTP tunnelling requests.\n" msgstr "" -"Reguliere expressie die overeenkomt met het mime-type van het ontvangen " -"antwoord door squid.\n" -"Kan gebruikt worden om een download van een bestand te detecteren of enige " -"typen HTTP-tunneling-verzoeken.\n" +"Reguliere expressie die overeenkomt met het mime-type van het ontvangen antwoord door squid.\n" +"Kan gebruikt worden om een download van een bestand te detecteren of enige typen HTTP-tunneling-verzoeken.\n" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:358 msgid "Match the mime type of the request generated by the client." Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/sshd.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/sshd.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/sshd.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sshd.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-25 23:51+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -393,16 +393,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Maximum Authentication Tries \n" -#~ "Specifies the maximum number of authentication attempts permitted per " -#~ "connection.\n" -#~ "Once the number of failures reaches half this value, additional failures " -#~ "are logged." +#~ "Specifies the maximum number of authentication attempts permitted per connection.\n" +#~ "Once the number of failures reaches half this value, additional failures are logged." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Maximum aantal authenticatie pogingen \n" -#~ "Specificeert het maximum aantal toegestane authenticatie pogingen per " -#~ "connectie.\n" -#~ "Als half het aantal mislukkingen is bereikt dan worden verdere " -#~ "mislukkingen gelogd." +#~ "Specificeert het maximum aantal toegestane authenticatie pogingen per connectie.\n" +#~ "Als half het aantal mislukkingen is bereikt dan worden verdere mislukkingen gelogd." #~ msgid "" #~ "RSA Authentication \n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -128,8 +128,7 @@ "displayed is proposed for your hard drive." msgstr "" "\n" -"Uw harde schijven zijn gecontroleerd. Het afgebeelde " -"partitioneringsvoorstel\n" +"Uw harde schijven zijn gecontroleerd. Het afgebeelde partitioneringsvoorstel\n" "voor uw harde schijf word voorgesteld." #. help text continued @@ -176,9 +175,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." -msgstr "" -"Niet genoeg ruimte beschikbaar om momentopnamen voor het hoofdvolume voor te " -"stellen." +msgstr "Niet genoeg ruimte beschikbaar om momentopnamen voor het hoofdvolume voor te stellen." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 @@ -417,8 +414,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Windows gebruik is de grootte van het gebruikte gedeelte van uw " -"Windowspartitie.\n" +"Windows gebruik is de grootte van het gebruikte gedeelte van uw Windowspartitie.\n" "\n" #. help text (non-graphical mode), continued @@ -539,9 +535,7 @@ #. popup text #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." -msgstr "" -"Uw systeem kan alleen worden geconfigureerd met de optie Aangepaste " -"partitionering." +msgstr "Uw systeem kan alleen worden geconfigureerd met de optie Aangepaste partitionering." #. Win NT / 2000 #. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently @@ -683,11 +677,8 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "" -"Geen schijven gevonden. Gebruik de opwaardeer-CD - indien beschikbaar - voor " -"installatie." +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "Geen schijven gevonden. Gebruik de opwaardeer-CD - indien beschikbaar - voor installatie." #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on #. one hard disk - this selection is done here @@ -702,8 +693,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"U ziet hier alle harde schijven die automatisch in uw systeem zijn " -"gevonden.\n" +"U ziet hier alle harde schijven die automatisch in uw systeem zijn gevonden.\n" "Selecteer de harde schijf waar &product; op geïnstalleerd moet worden.\n" "\n" @@ -715,8 +705,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"U kunt later het deel van uw harde schijf selecteren wat voor &product; " -"gebruikt moet worden.\n" +"U kunt later het deel van uw harde schijf selecteren wat voor &product; gebruikt moet worden.\n" "\n" #. help part 3 of 3 @@ -732,10 +721,8 @@ "\n" "\n" "Voor ervaren gebruikers bestaat de optie Aangepaste partitionering\n" -"waarmee volledige controle wordt verkregen over het partitioneren van harde " -"schijven\n" -"en het toewijzen van partities aan aankoppelpunten tijdens de installatie " -"van &product;.\n" +"waarmee volledige controle wordt verkregen over het partitioneren van harde schijven\n" +"en het toewijzen van partities aan aankoppelpunten tijdens de installatie van &product;.\n" "\n" #. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning @@ -818,8 +805,7 @@ "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." msgstr "" "De /home partitie zal niet worden geformatteerd. Controleer na installatie,\n" -"dat de eigendomsrechten van persoonlijke mappen op de juiste manier zijn " -"ingesteld." +"dat de eigendomsrechten van persoonlijke mappen op de juiste manier zijn ingesteld." #. label text #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218 @@ -919,8 +905,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Gebruik de gehele harde schijf, of één of meer van de aangegeven " -"partities\n" +"Gebruik de gehele harde schijf, of één of meer van de aangegeven partities\n" "of vrije gebieden.\n" "\n" @@ -948,10 +933,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"De gemarkeerde gebieden zullen worden verwijderd. Alle er in zich " -"bevindende \n" -"data zal verloren gaan. Het herstellen van deze data is niet " -"mogelijk.\n" +"De gemarkeerde gebieden zullen worden verwijderd. Alle er in zich bevindende \n" +"data zal verloren gaan. Het herstellen van deze data is niet mogelijk.\n" "\n" #. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) @@ -972,10 +955,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"De geselecteerde harde schijf wordt waarschijnlijk door Windows gebruikt. Er " -"is\n" -"niet genoeg ruimte voor &product; beschikbaar. U kunt of Windows geheel " -"verwijderen\n" +"De geselecteerde harde schijf wordt waarschijnlijk door Windows gebruikt. Er is\n" +"niet genoeg ruimte voor &product; beschikbaar. U kunt of Windows geheel verwijderen\n" "of de ruimte verkleinen om zo genoeg ruimte te krijgen.\n" "" @@ -993,8 +974,7 @@ "Als u Windows verwijderd, zal alle data op deze partitie onherroepelijk\n" "verloren gaan tijdens het installeren. Bij het verkleinen van Windows\n" "raden we u sterk aan om een reservekopie te maken, dit omdat de data\n" -"gereorganiseerd moet worden. Onder bepaalde omstandigheden mislukt dit wel " -"eens.\n" +"gereorganiseerd moet worden. Onder bepaalde omstandigheden mislukt dit wel eens.\n" "\n" #. Label text @@ -1041,10 +1021,8 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "U wilt een FAT-partitie aankoppelen op één van de volgende\n" -"aankoppelpunten: / /usr /home /opt of /var. Dit zal zeer waarschijnlijk " -"problemen\n" -"veroorzaken. Gebruik voor deze aankoppelpunten een Linux-bestandssysteem, " -"zoals ext3 of ext4.\n" +"aankoppelpunten: / /usr /home /opt of /var. Dit zal zeer waarschijnlijk problemen\n" +"veroorzaken. Gebruik voor deze aankoppelpunten een Linux-bestandssysteem, zoals ext3 of ext4.\n" "\n" "Deze instelling gebruiken?\n" @@ -1261,8 +1239,7 @@ "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" -"\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1308,8 +1285,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -"points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" "Bij twijfel kunt u beter teruggaan en deze partitie markeren om\n" @@ -1323,8 +1299,7 @@ "\n" "Really keep the partition unformatted?\n" msgstr "" -"Wanneer u besluit om de partitie te formatteren zal alle data er van " -"verloren gaan.\n" +"Wanneer u besluit om de partitie te formatteren zal alle data er van verloren gaan.\n" "\n" "Wilt u de partitie niet geformatteerd laten?\n" @@ -1383,25 +1358,20 @@ "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" -"Het apparaat (%1) kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het een logische " -"partitie \n" +"Het apparaat (%1) kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het een logische partitie \n" "is en er een andere logische partitie met een hoger nummer in gebruik is.\n" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"De geselecteerde uitgebreide partitie bevat momenteel partities die " -"aangekoppeld zijn:\n" +"De geselecteerde uitgebreide partitie bevat momenteel partities die aangekoppeld zijn:\n" "%1\n" -"We bevelen *sterk* aan om deze partities te afkoppelen voordat u de " -"uitgebreide\n" +"We bevelen *sterk* aan om deze partities te afkoppelen voordat u de uitgebreide\n" "partitie gaat verwijderen.\n" "Kies Annuleren tenzij u heel zeker weet waarmee u bezig bent.\n" @@ -1568,32 +1538,27 @@ "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " -"disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "Aangekoppeld in /etc/fstab door:\n" "Normaliter wordt een te mounten bestandssysteem geïdentificeerd door de\n" "apparaatnaam in /etc/fstab. Deze identificatie kan gewijzigd worden zodat\n" "het aan te koppelen bestandssysteem gevonden kan worden door te zoeken\n" -"naar een UUID of een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandsystemen kunnen " -"aangekoppeld\n" -"worden via een UUID of volumelabel. Als een optie uitgeschakeld is, dan is " -"het\n" +"naar een UUID of een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandsystemen kunnen aangekoppeld\n" +"worden via een UUID of volumelabel. Als een optie uitgeschakeld is, dan is het\n" "verder niet mogelijk.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "Volumelabel:\n" -"De in dit veld opgegeven naam wordt gebruikt als volumelabel. Dit heeft " -"normaal alleen\n" +"De in dit veld opgegeven naam wordt gebruikt als volumelabel. Dit heeft normaal alleen\n" "zin wanneer u de optie aankoppelen per volumelabel activeert.\n" "Een volumelabel kan niet het teken / of spaties bevatten.\n" @@ -1730,8 +1695,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Het bestandssysteem op de partitie kan niet door YaST2 verkleint worden.\n" -"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het verkleinen van een " -"bestandssysteem toe." +"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het verkleinen van een bestandssysteem toe." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1308 @@ -1741,23 +1705,18 @@ "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Het bestandssysteem op de hetlogische volume kan niet door YaST2 verkleint " -"worden.\n" -"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het verkleinen van een " -"bestandssysteem toe." +"Het bestandssysteem op de hetlogische volume kan niet door YaST2 verkleint worden.\n" +"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het verkleinen van een bestandssysteem toe." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1320 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." -msgstr "" -"U riskeert het verlies van gegevens bij het verkleinen van deze partitie." +msgstr "U riskeert het verlies van gegevens bij het verkleinen van deze partitie." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." -msgstr "" -"U riskeert het verlies van gegevens bij het verkleinen van deze dit logische " -"volume." +msgstr "U riskeert het verlies van gegevens bij het verkleinen van deze dit logische volume." # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- @@ -1773,10 +1732,8 @@ "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Het bestandssysteem op de geselecteerde partitie kan niet door YaST2 " -"uitgebreid worden.\n" -"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het uitbreiden van een " -"bestandssysteem toe." +"Het bestandssysteem op de geselecteerde partitie kan niet door YaST2 uitgebreid worden.\n" +"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het uitbreiden van een bestandssysteem toe." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1353 @@ -1786,10 +1743,8 @@ "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Het bestandssysteem op het geselecteerde logische volume kan niet door YaST2 " -"uitgebreid worden.\n" -"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het uitbreiden van een " -"bestandssysteem toe." +"Het bestandssysteem op het geselecteerde logische volume kan niet door YaST2 uitgebreid worden.\n" +"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het uitbreiden van een bestandssysteem toe." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1361 msgid "Continue resizing?" @@ -1802,8 +1757,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." -msgstr "" -"U hebt een logisch volume met daarop een reiser bestandssysteem verkleind." +msgstr "U hebt een logisch volume met daarop een reiser bestandssysteem verkleind." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1387 msgid "" @@ -1814,10 +1768,8 @@ "Shrink the file system now?" msgstr "" "\n" -"Het is mogelijk om een reiser bestandssysteem te verkleinen, deze optie is " -"echter\n" -"nog niet grondig getest. Het wordt aanbevolen een reservekopie van uw " -"gegevens te maken.\n" +"Het is mogelijk om een reiser bestandssysteem te verkleinen, deze optie is echter\n" +"nog niet grondig getest. Het wordt aanbevolen een reservekopie van uw gegevens te maken.\n" "\n" "Bestandssysteem nu verkleinen?" @@ -1846,14 +1798,12 @@ msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Het geselecteerde apparaat bevat partities die momenteel aangekoppeld zijn:\n" "%1\n" -"We bevelen *sterk* aan om deze partities eerst af te afkoppelen voordat u de " -"partitietabel verwijderd.\n" +"We bevelen *sterk* aan om deze partities eerst af te afkoppelen voordat u de partitietabel verwijderd.\n" "Klik op Annuleren tenzij u exact weet waar u mee bezig bent.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -1902,14 +1852,11 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1601 msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" -msgstr "" -"Subvolumes aanmaken en verwijderen uit een Btrfs-bestandssysteem.\n" +msgstr "Subvolumes aanmaken en verwijderen uit een Btrfs-bestandssysteem.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1606 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." -msgstr "" -"Automatische snapshots voor een Btrfs bestandssysteem met snapper " -"inschakelen." +msgstr "Automatische snapshots voor een Btrfs bestandssysteem met snapper inschakelen." #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1620 @@ -2009,16 +1956,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -"tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Dit aankoppelpunt komt overeen met een tijdelijk bestandssysteem zoals /tmp " -"of /var/tmp.\n" +"Dit aankoppelpunt komt overeen met een tijdelijk bestandssysteem zoals /tmp of /var/tmp.\n" "Als u het wachtwoord voor versleuteling leeg laat, zal het systeem een \n" "willekeurig wachtwoord voor u bij het opstarten van het systeem aanmaken.\n" "Dit betekent dat alle gegevens op deze bestandssystemen verloren\n" @@ -2031,16 +1976,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Wanneer u uw wachtwoord vergeet krijgt u geen toegang meer tot de data van " -"uw bestandssysteem.\n" +"Wanneer u uw wachtwoord vergeet krijgt u geen toegang meer tot de data van uw bestandssysteem.\n" "Het is belangrijk dat u uw wachtwoord zorgvuldig uitkiest. Een combinatie\n" "van cijfers en letters wordt aanbevolen. Om er zeker van te kunnen zijn dat\n" "het wachtwoord correct is opgegeven moet u het tweemaal opgeven.\n" @@ -2052,16 +1995,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "U moet onderscheidt maken tussen grote en kleine letters. Een wachtwoord\n" -"moet uit minstens %1 karakters bestaan en mag verder geen speciale " -"karakters\n" +"moet uit minstens %1 karakters bestaan en mag verder geen speciale karakters\n" "bevatten (bijv: letters met accent tekens of trema's).\n" "\n" @@ -2108,17 +2049,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Als het versleutelde bestandssysteem geen systeembestand bevat en daarom " -"niet\n" -" nodig is voor het opwaarderen kunt u Overslaan selecteren. In dat " -"geval wordt er \n" +"Als het versleutelde bestandssysteem geen systeembestand bevat en daarom niet\n" +" nodig is voor het opwaarderen kunt u Overslaan selecteren. In dat geval wordt er \n" " geen toegang verkregen tot het bestandssysteem tijdens de opwaardering.\n" " \n" @@ -2137,8 +2075,7 @@ "met uw installatie tijdens het opstarten, omdat de schijf waarop \n" "uw partitie /boot zich bevindt, geen GPT-schijflabel bevat.\n" "\n" -"Het is waarschijnlijk niet mogelijk om met dergelijke instellingen op te " -"starten.\n" +"Het is waarschijnlijk niet mogelijk om met dergelijke instellingen op te starten.\n" "\n" "Als u deze schijf moet gebruiken voor de installatie dan moet u het \n" "schijflabel met de geavanceerde partitionering vernietigen.\n" @@ -2177,8 +2114,7 @@ "\n" "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" -"U heeft gekozen om een bestandssysteem met bestanden die het " -"besturingssysteem\n" +"U heeft gekozen om een bestandssysteem met bestanden die het besturingssysteem\n" "nodig heeft tijdens opstarten niet automatisch aan te koppelen.\n" "\n" "Dit kan problemen veroorzaken.\n" @@ -2246,17 +2182,13 @@ "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" -"FAT bestandssysteem gebruikt voor systeem aankoppelpunt (/, /usr, /opt, /" -"var, /home).\n" +"FAT bestandssysteem gebruikt voor systeem aankoppelpunt (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "Dat is niet mogelijk." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "" -"Ongeldig karakter in aankoppelpunt. Gebruik geen \"`'!\"%#\" in een " -"aankoppelpunt." +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "Ongeldig karakter in aankoppelpunt. Gebruik geen \"`'!\"%#\" in een aankoppelpunt." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:268 @@ -2338,8 +2270,7 @@ "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -"U kunt nu proberen het af te koppelen, doorgaan zonder afkoppelen of " -"annuleren.\n" +"U kunt nu proberen het af te koppelen, doorgaan zonder afkoppelen of annuleren.\n" "Klik op Annuleren tenzij u exact weet wat u doet." #. button text @@ -2359,21 +2290,15 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"Het is niet mogelijk om het bestandssysteem in te laten krimpen terwijl het " -"is aangekoppeld." +msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om het bestandssysteem in te laten krimpen terwijl het is aangekoppeld." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"Het is niet mogelijk om het bestandssysteem uit te breiden terwijl het is " -"aangekoppeld." +msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om het bestandssysteem uit te breiden terwijl het is aangekoppeld." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"Het is niet mogelijk om de grootte van het bestandssysteem te wijzigen " -"terwijl het is aangekoppeld." +msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om de grootte van het bestandssysteem te wijzigen terwijl het is aangekoppeld." #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 @@ -2481,8 +2406,7 @@ "Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call FCoE configuration?" msgstr "" -"Het aanroepen van het configureren van FCoE annuleert alle huidige " -"wijzigingen.\n" +"Het aanroepen van het configureren van FCoE annuleert alle huidige wijzigingen.\n" "Wilt u de configuratie van FCoE toch aanroepen?" #. popup text @@ -2493,8 +2417,7 @@ "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" -"Het aanroepen van de multipad-configuratie annuleert alle huidige " -"wijzigingen.\n" +"Het aanroepen van de multipad-configuratie annuleert alle huidige wijzigingen.\n" "Wilt u de multipad-configuratie toch aanroepen?\n" #. popup text @@ -2833,13 +2756,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " -"existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" "Als u alle gegevens op een volume wilt versleutelen\n" -"kies dan Apparaat versleutelen. Het wijzigen van de encryptie op een " -"bestaand\n" +"kies dan Apparaat versleutelen. Het wijzigen van de encryptie op een bestaand\n" "volume zal alle gegevens erop verwijderen.\n" #. helptext @@ -2957,8 +2878,7 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." -msgstr "" -"Grootte wijzigen wordt niet ondersteund door het onderliggende apparaat." +msgstr "Grootte wijzigen wordt niet ondersteund door het onderliggende apparaat." #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 @@ -3070,8 +2990,7 @@ msgstr "" "U bent een aangekoppeld bestandsysteem met %1 Gigabyte aan het uitbreiden. \n" "Dit kan behoorlijk langzaam gaan en uren kosten. U zou kunnen overwegen om \n" -"het bestandssysteem af te koppelen, wat de snelheid van het het van " -"grootte \n" +"het bestandssysteem af te koppelen, wat de snelheid van het het van grootte \n" "veranderen heel wat kan laten toenemen." #. label for log view @@ -3435,8 +3354,7 @@ "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "De partitie %1 is in gebruik. Het kan niet in grootte worden\n" -"gewijzigd. Om %1 in grootte te wijzigen, zorg er voor dat deze niet in " -"gebruik is." +"gewijzigd. Om %1 in grootte te wijzigen, zorg er voor dat deze niet in gebruik is." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454 @@ -3680,8 +3598,7 @@ "partitions are shown here.\n" msgstr "" "Dit beeld toont alle partities van de geselecteerde\n" -"harde schijf. Als de harde schijf gebruikt wordt door b.v. BIOS RAID of " -"multipad dan\n" +"harde schijf. Als de harde schijf gebruikt wordt door b.v. BIOS RAID of multipad dan\n" "worden hier geen partities getoond.\n" #. helptext @@ -3692,8 +3609,7 @@ "software RAIDs and multipath disks.\n" msgstr "" "Dit beeld toont alle apparaten die gebruikt worden door de\n" -"geselecteerde harde schijf. Het beeld is alleen beschikbaar voor BIOS " -"RAID's,\n" +"geselecteerde harde schijf. Het beeld is alleen beschikbaar voor BIOS RAID's,\n" "gepartitioneerde software RAID's en multipadschijven.\n" #. tab heading @@ -3728,8 +3644,7 @@ "the table.\n" msgstr "" "YaST2 heeft een scan gemaakt van uw harde schijven en een of meer \n" -"bestaande Linux systemen met aankoppelpunten gevonden. De oude " -"aankoppelpunten\n" +"bestaande Linux systemen met aankoppelpunten gevonden. De oude aankoppelpunten\n" "worden getoond in de tabel.\n" #. help text, richtext format @@ -3741,8 +3656,7 @@ msgstr "" "U kunt kiezen of de bestaande systeemvolumes,\n" "bijv. / and /usr, zullen worden geformatteerd bij\n" -"installatie. Niet-systeemvolumes, bijv. /home, zullen niet worden " -"geformatteerd." +"installatie. Niet-systeemvolumes, bijv. /home, zullen niet worden geformatteerd." #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 @@ -3896,15 +3810,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Padnaam van loop-bestand: Dit moet een absolute pad zijn naar " -"het bestand\n" -"zijn dat de data voor het in te stellen versleutelde loop-apparaat bevat.</" -"p>\n" +"Padnaam van loop-bestand: Dit moet een absolute pad zijn naar het bestand\n" +"zijn dat de data voor het in te stellen versleutelde loop-apparaat bevat.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 @@ -3915,12 +3826,9 @@ "exists, all data in it is lost.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Loop-bestand aanmaken: Als dit is aangevinkt zal het bestand " -"aangemaakt\n" -"worden met de in het volgende veld opgegeven grootte. OPMERKING: " -"Wanneer \n" -"het bestand reeds bestaat zal de zich er in bevindende data verloren gaan.</" -"p>\n" +"Loop-bestand aanmaken: Als dit is aangevinkt zal het bestand aangemaakt\n" +"worden met de in het volgende veld opgegeven grootte. OPMERKING: Wanneer \n" +"het bestand reeds bestaat zal de zich er in bevindende data verloren gaan.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 @@ -3930,8 +3838,7 @@ "created in the encrypted loop device will have this size.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Grootte: Dit is de grootte van het loop-bestand. Het " -"bestandssysteem\n" +"Grootte: Dit is de grootte van het loop-bestand. Het bestandssysteem\n" "dat is gemaakt in het versleutelde loop-apparaat heeft deze grootte.\n" #. helptext @@ -3944,12 +3851,9 @@ "careful when providing the size and path name.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"OPMERKING:Gedurende de installatie kan YaST geen controle op " -"consistentie\n" -"van de bestandsgrootte en de padnamen uitvoeren, omdat het bestandssysteem " -"dan niet\n" -"toegankelijk is. Het zal aan het einde van de installatie worden aangemaakt. " -"Wees voorzichtig \n" +"OPMERKING:Gedurende de installatie kan YaST geen controle op consistentie\n" +"van de bestandsgrootte en de padnamen uitvoeren, omdat het bestandssysteem dan niet\n" +"toegankelijk is. Het zal aan het einde van de installatie worden aangemaakt. Wees voorzichtig \n" "met het opgeven van de grootte en de padnaam.\n" #. input field label @@ -4094,8 +3998,7 @@ "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." msgstr "" -"De naam van de volumegroep mag geen niet toegestane tekens bevatten. " -"Toegestaan\n" +"De naam van de volumegroep mag geen niet toegestane tekens bevatten. Toegestaan\n" "zijn alfanumerieke tekens, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" en \"+\"." #. error popup text @@ -4131,9 +4034,7 @@ #. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "" -"Wilt u de volumegroep \"%1\" en alle gerelateerde logische volumes echt " -"verwijderen?" +msgstr "Wilt u de volumegroep \"%1\" en alle gerelateerde logische volumes echt verwijderen?" #. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 @@ -4141,8 +4042,7 @@ "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" msgstr "" -"U heeft ongeldige data opgegeven. U moet een fysieke uitbreidingsgrootte " -"opgeven\n" +"U heeft ongeldige data opgegeven. U moet een fysieke uitbreidingsgrootte opgeven\n" "groter dan %1 in machten van 2, bijv: \"%2\" of \"%3\"" #. error popup text @@ -4176,15 +4076,12 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group." -msgstr "" -"Voer de naam en fysieke uitbreidingsgrootte in van de nieuwe volumegroep." -"" +msgstr "Voer de naam en fysieke uitbreidingsgrootte in van de nieuwe volumegroep." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer de fysieke volumes waaruit de volumegroep zal bestaan." +msgstr "Selecteer de fysieke volumes waaruit de volumegroep zal bestaan." #. label for input field #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 @@ -4217,13 +4114,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "Voer de grootte in evenals het aantal en de grootte\n" -"van de 'stripes' voor het nieuwe logische volume. Het aantal stripes kan " -"niet hoger zijn\n" +"van de 'stripes' voor het nieuwe logische volume. Het aantal stripes kan niet hoger zijn\n" "dan het aantal fysieke volumes van de volumegroep." #. helptext @@ -4240,8 +4135,7 @@ "met willekeurige grootte van het volume. De vereiste ruimte wordt, indien\n" "nodig, toegekend uit de Thin-pool. Men kan dus een Thin-volume maken\n" "met een grootte groter dan de Thin-pool. Wanneer er echt gegevens naar een\n" -"Thin-volume geschreven worden, dan moet de toegekende Thin-pool in staat " -"zijn\n" +"Thin-volume geschreven worden, dan moet de toegekende Thin-pool in staat zijn\n" "om aan de eis van deze vraag om ruimte te voldoen.\n" "Thin-volumes kunnen geen Stripe-count hebben." @@ -4276,8 +4170,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "U kunt het logische volume als een Normaal volume declareren.\n" @@ -4289,23 +4182,19 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." msgstr "" "U kunt het logische volume definiëren als een Thin-pool\n" -"Dit betekent dat Thin-volumes de benodigde ruimte na een aanvraag uit " -"zo'n pool toekennen." +"Dit betekent dat Thin-volumes de benodigde ruimte na een aanvraag uit zo'n pool toekennen." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" -"b>." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." msgstr "" "U kunt het logische volume definiëren als een Thin-volume.\n" -"Dit betekent dat het volume de benodigde ruimte na een aanvraag toekent uit " -"een Thin-pool." +"Dit betekent dat het volume de benodigde ruimte na een aanvraag toekent uit een Thin-pool." #. heading for frame #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 @@ -4359,15 +4248,12 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" -"Er zijn niet genoeg geschikte ongebruikte apparaten om een volumegroep aan " -"te maken.\n" +"Er zijn niet genoeg geschikte ongebruikte apparaten om een volumegroep aan te maken.\n" "\n" -"Om LVM te gebruiken, hebt u minstens een ongebruikte partitie van het type " -"0x8e (of 0x83) nodig of\n" +"Om LVM te gebruiken, hebt u minstens een ongebruikte partitie van het type 0x8e (of 0x83) nodig of\n" "een ongebruikt RAID-apparaat. Wijzig uw partitietabel overeenkomstig." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 @@ -4582,8 +4468,7 @@ "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" "Really exit?" msgstr "" -"U hebt de partitionering of opslaginstellingen gewijzigd. Deze " -"veranderingen\n" +"U hebt de partitionering of opslaginstellingen gewijzigd. Deze veranderingen\n" "zullen verloren gaan bij het verlaten van de partitiedialoog met %1.\n" "Echt beëindigen?" @@ -4604,12 +4489,8 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Het NFS-configureren is niet beschikbaar. Controleer de installatie van " -"yast2-nfs-client." +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." +msgstr "Het NFS-configureren is niet beschikbaar. Controleer de installatie van yast2-nfs-client." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 @@ -4640,47 +4521,34 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: Dit niveau vergroot uw schijfprestaties.\n" -"Er is GEEN redundantie in deze modus. Wanneer een station faalt is " -"gegevensherstel niet mogelijk.\n" +"Er is GEEN redundantie in deze modus. Wanneer een station faalt is gegevensherstel niet mogelijk.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " -"on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 1: Deze modus heeft de beste redundantie. Het kan met " -"twee of\n" -"meerdere schijven worden gebruikt. Deze modus zorgt voor een exacte kopie " -"van alle data op\n" -"alle stations. Zolang er maar een schijf blijft werken zal er geen data " -"verloren gaan.\n" -"De gebruikte partities voor dit type RAID moeten ongeveer dezelfde grootte " -"hebben.\n" +"RAID 1: Deze modus heeft de beste redundantie. Het kan met twee of\n" +"meerdere schijven worden gebruikt. Deze modus zorgt voor een exacte kopie van alle data op\n" +"alle stations. Zolang er maar een schijf blijft werken zal er geen data verloren gaan.\n" +"De gebruikte partities voor dit type RAID moeten ongeveer dezelfde grootte hebben.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 5: Deze modus geeft controle over een groter aantal " -"schijven en biedt ook nog\n" -"enige redundantie. Deze modus kan gebruikt worden bij drie of meerdere " -"schijven. Bij het falen van\n" -"één schijf zal alle data intact blijven; bij het gelijktijdig falen van twee " -"schijven gaat alle data verloren\n" +"RAID 5: Deze modus geeft controle over een groter aantal schijven en biedt ook nog\n" +"enige redundantie. Deze modus kan gebruikt worden bij drie of meerdere schijven. Bij het falen van\n" +"één schijf zal alle data intact blijven; bij het gelijktijdig falen van twee schijven gaat alle data verloren\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 @@ -4697,15 +4565,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" -"p>\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" msgstr "" "Partities toevoegen aan uw RAID. Afhankelijk van uw RAID-type\n" "is de bruikbare schijfgrootte de som van deze partities (RAID0), de grootte\n" -"van de kleinste partitie (RAID 1) of de (N-1)*kleinste partitie (RAID 5).</" -"p>\n" +"van de kleinste partitie (RAID 1) of de (N-1)*kleinste partitie (RAID 5).\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 @@ -4768,17 +4633,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" msgstr "" -"Chunk-grootte: De kleinste \"atomische\" hoeveelheid data dat " -"op apparaten\n" -"kan worden geschreven. Een redelijke chunk-grootte voor RAID 5 is 128 kB, " -"voor RAID 0 is 32 kB\n" -"in eerste instantie voldoende. Bij RAID 1 heeft de chunk-grootte weinig " -"effect op de array.\n" +"Chunk-grootte: De kleinste \"atomische\" hoeveelheid data dat op apparaten\n" +"kan worden geschreven. Een redelijke chunk-grootte voor RAID 5 is 128 kB, voor RAID 0 is 32 kB\n" +"in eerste instantie voldoende. Bij RAID 1 heeft de chunk-grootte weinig effect op de array.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" @@ -4788,12 +4648,10 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "Het pariteit-algoritme dat gebruikt wordt bij RAID5/6.\n" -"Links-symmetrisch geeft de maximale prestatie bij schijven met roterende " -"platen.\n" +"Links-symmetrisch geeft de maximale prestatie bij schijven met roterende platen.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 @@ -4872,16 +4730,14 @@ "for the raid to be usable.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Raid %1 kan niet gewijzigd worden omdat het zich in een inactieve status " -"bevindt.\n" +"Raid %1 kan niet gewijzigd worden omdat het zich in een inactieve status bevindt.\n" "Dit betekent gewoonlijk dat de subset van raid-apparaten te klein is\n" "voor de raid om bruikbaar te zijn.\n" #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID." -msgstr "" -"Er zijn niet genoeg geschikte ongebruikte apparaten om een RAID aan te maken." +msgstr "Er zijn niet genoeg geschikte ongebruikte apparaten om een RAID aan te maken." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 @@ -4920,8 +4776,7 @@ "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "De RAID %1 is in gebruik. Het kan niet in grootte\n" -"wijzigen. Om van %1 de grootte te wijzigen, zorg er voor dat deze niet in " -"gebruik is." +"wijzigen. Om van %1 de grootte te wijzigen, zorg er voor dat deze niet in gebruik is." #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 @@ -5086,22 +4941,16 @@ msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" -"i>\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" "Standaard aangekoppeld door geeft de aankoppelmethode\n" -"voor nieuw aangemaakte bestandssystemen. Apparaatnaam gebruikt de " -"apparaatnaam\n" -"van de kernel die niet blijvend is. Apparaat-ID en Apparaatpad</" -"i>\n" -"gebruiken namen die door udev worden gegenereerd uit hardware-informatie. " -"Deze zouden\n" -"blijvend moeten zijn maar helaas is dat niet altijd waar. Tenslotte UUID</" -"i> en\n" +"voor nieuw aangemaakte bestandssystemen. Apparaatnaam gebruikt de apparaatnaam\n" +"van de kernel die niet blijvend is. Apparaat-ID en Apparaatpad\n" +"gebruiken namen die door udev worden gegenereerd uit hardware-informatie. Deze zouden\n" +"blijvend moeten zijn maar helaas is dat niet altijd waar. Tenslotte UUID en\n" "Volumelabel use the file systems UUID and label.\n" #. helptext @@ -5117,18 +4966,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "Uitlijning van nieuw aangemaakte partities\n" -"bepaalt hoe aangemaakte partities worden uitgelijnd. cilinder is de " -"traditionele uitlijning op cylindergrenzen van de schijf. optimaal " -"lijnt de \n" -"partities uit op de beste prestaties volgens hints geleverd door de Linux-" -"kernel \n" +"bepaalt hoe aangemaakte partities worden uitgelijnd. cilinder is de traditionele uitlijning op cylindergrenzen van de schijf. optimaal lijnt de \n" +"partities uit op de beste prestaties volgens hints geleverd door de Linux-kernel \n" "of probeert compatibel met Windows Vista en Win 7 te zijn.\n" #. helptext @@ -5138,8 +4982,7 @@ "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." msgstr "" "Opslagapparaten tonen per controleert\n" -"de naam die getoond wordt voor harde schijven in de navigatieboomstructuur.</" -"p>" +"de naam die getoond wordt voor harde schijven in de navigatieboomstructuur." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 @@ -5402,8 +5245,7 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" "Deze dialoog is voor het definiëren van klassen voor de raid-apparaten\n" @@ -5414,21 +5256,15 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " -"the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" "U kunt een apparaat in een klasse stoppen door rechts te klikken op het\n" -"apparaat en de toepasselijke klasse uit het contextmenu te kiezen. Door op " -"de \n" -"Ctrl- of Shift-toets te drukken kunt u meerdere apparaten selecteren en ze " -"in een\n" -"stap in een klasse stoppen. Men kan ook de knoppen gelabeld \"%1\" tot " -"\"%2\" gebruiken \n" +"apparaat en de toepasselijke klasse uit het contextmenu te kiezen. Door op de \n" +"Ctrl- of Shift-toets te drukken kunt u meerdere apparaten selecteren en ze in een\n" +"stap in een klasse stoppen. Men kan ook de knoppen gelabeld \"%1\" tot \"%2\" gebruiken \n" "om nu geselecteerde apparaten in deze klasse te stoppen." #. dialog help text @@ -5454,13 +5290,10 @@ msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " -"follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" -"Interleaved gebruikt eerst het apparaat van klasse A, dan het " -"eerste \n" -"apparaat van klasse B tot alle klassen met toegewezen apparaten. Daarna " -"komt \n" +"Interleaved gebruikt eerst het apparaat van klasse A, dan het eerste \n" +"apparaat van klasse B tot alle klassen met toegewezen apparaten. Daarna komt \n" "het tweede apparaat van klasse A, het tweede apparaat van klasse B enzovoort." #. dialog help text @@ -5470,42 +5303,29 @@ "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" "order in the RAID to be created." msgstr "" -"Alle apparaten zonder een klasse worden gesorteerd aan het eind van de lijst " -"met \n" -"apparaten. Wanneer u de pop-up verlaat wordt de huidige volgorde van de " -"apparaten \n" +"Alle apparaten zonder een klasse worden gesorteerd aan het eind van de lijst met \n" +"apparaten. Wanneer u de pop-up verlaat wordt de huidige volgorde van de apparaten \n" "gebruikt als volgorde van apparaten in de aan te maken RAID." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" -"Door op de knop \"%1\" te drukken kunt u een bestand selecteren die " -"regels\n" -"bevat met een reguliere expressie en een naam van een klasse (bijv. \"sda.* " -"A\").\n" -"Alle apparaten die overeenkomen met de reguliere expressie zullen in de " -"klasse op\n" -"deze regel gestopt worden. De reguliere expressie wordt gehouden tegen de " -"naam in\n" +"Door op de knop \"%1\" te drukken kunt u een bestand selecteren die regels\n" +"bevat met een reguliere expressie en een naam van een klasse (bijv. \"sda.* A\").\n" +"Alle apparaten die overeenkomen met de reguliere expressie zullen in de klasse op\n" +"deze regel gestopt worden. De reguliere expressie wordt gehouden tegen de naam in\n" "de kernel (bijv. /dev/sda1), de padnaam van udev (bijv.\n" -"/dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) en het udev-id " -"(bijv. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). De eerste " -"overeenkomst bepaalt\n" -"uiteindelijk de klasse als een apparaatnaam meer dan één keer overeenkomt " -"met de\n" +"/dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) en het udev-id (bijv. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). De eerste overeenkomst bepaalt\n" +"uiteindelijk de klasse als een apparaatnaam meer dan één keer overeenkomt met de\n" "reguliere expressie." #. headline text @@ -5530,8 +5350,7 @@ "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -"Ongeldige grootte gespecificeerd. Gebruikeen getal gevolgd door K, M, G or " -"%.\n" +"Ongeldige grootte gespecificeerd. Gebruikeen getal gevolgd door K, M, G or %.\n" "De waarde moet boven 100k of tussen 1% en 200% liggen. Probeer het opnieuw." #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288 @@ -5542,8 +5361,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "Tmpfs-grootte:\n" @@ -5568,8 +5386,7 @@ "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" "Prioriteit van wisselgeheugen:\n" -"Geef de prioriteit van het wisselgeheugen op. Hogere getallen geven een " -"hogere prioriteit aan.\n" +"Geef de prioriteit van het wisselgeheugen op. Hogere getallen geven een hogere prioriteit aan.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 @@ -5580,8 +5397,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Als alleen-lezen aankoppelen:\n" @@ -5600,8 +5416,7 @@ "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Geen toegangstijd:\n" -"Wanneer een bestand wordt gelezen worden de toegangstijden niet bijgewerkt. " -"Standaard onwaar.\n" +"Wanneer een bestand wordt gelezen worden de toegangstijden niet bijgewerkt. Standaard onwaar.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 @@ -5615,8 +5430,7 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Door gebruiker aan te koppelen:\n" -"Het bestandssysteem mag door een gewone gebruiker aangekoppeld worden. " -"Standaard onwaar.\n" +"Het bestandssysteem mag door een gewone gebruiker aangekoppeld worden. Standaard onwaar.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 @@ -5629,19 +5443,14 @@ "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" -"tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Niet tijdens opstarten van systeem aankoppelen:\n" -"Het bestandssysteem wordt niet automatisch tijdens het opstarten van het " -"systeem aangekoppeld.\n" +"Het bestandssysteem wordt niet automatisch tijdens het opstarten van het systeem aangekoppeld.\n" "Er wordt een regel in /etc/fstab aangemaakt en het bestandssysteem zal\n" -"met de juiste opties aangekoppeld worden zodra het commando <tt>mount <" -"aankoppelpunt></tt>\n" -"wordt uitgevoerd (<aankoppelpunt> is de map waarop het bestandssysteem " -"is aangekoppeld).\n" +"met de juiste opties aangekoppeld worden zodra het commando <tt>mount <aankoppelpunt></tt>\n" +"wordt uitgevoerd (<aankoppelpunt> is de map waarop het bestandssysteem is aangekoppeld).\n" "Standaard onwaar.\n" #. button text @@ -5673,23 +5482,16 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." -"\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" msgstr "" "Gegevens-journaling-modus:\n" "Specificeert de journalingmodus voor bestandsgegevens.\n" -"<tt>journaal</tt> -- Alle gegevens worden aan het journaal toevertrouwd " -"voordat\n" -"ze naar het bestandssysteem zelf worden geschreven. Hoogste " -"prestatieverlies \n" -"<tt>geordend</tt> -- Alle gegevens worden direct naar het bestandssysteem " -"zelf\n" -"geschreven voordat de metadata aan het journaal wordt toevertrouwd. " -"Gemiddeld prestatieverlies \n" -"<tt>terugschrijven</tt> -- De gegevensvolgorde wordt niet behouden. Geen " -"prestatieverlies\n" +"<tt>journaal</tt> -- Alle gegevens worden aan het journaal toevertrouwd voordat\n" +"ze naar het bestandssysteem zelf worden geschreven. Hoogste prestatieverlies \n" +"<tt>geordend</tt> -- Alle gegevens worden direct naar het bestandssysteem zelf\n" +"geschreven voordat de metadata aan het journaal wordt toevertrouwd. Gemiddeld prestatieverlies \n" +"<tt>terugschrijven</tt> -- De gegevensvolgorde wordt niet behouden. Geen prestatieverlies\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 @@ -5725,19 +5527,14 @@ msgstr "Willekeurige optie-&waarde" #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." -msgstr "" -"Ongeldige tekens in willekeurige waarde van een optie. Gebruik geen spaties " -"of tabs. Probeer het opnieuw." +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." +msgstr "Ongeldige tekens in willekeurige waarde van een optie. Gebruik geen spaties of tabs. Probeer het opnieuw." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Aanvullende opties:\n" @@ -5757,8 +5554,7 @@ "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Karakterset voor bestandsnamen:\n" -"Stelt de karakterset in die voor het weergeven van bestandsnamen in Windows " -"partities gebruikt moet worden.\n" +"Stelt de karakterset in die voor het weergeven van bestandsnamen in Windows partities gebruikt moet worden.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 @@ -5769,12 +5565,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" "Codepagina voor korte FAT namen:\n" -"Deze codepagina wordt gebruikt voor de conversie naar korte-naam karakters " -"op FAT bestandssystemen.\n" +"Deze codepagina wordt gebruikt voor de conversie naar korte-naam karakters op FAT bestandssystemen.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 @@ -5785,12 +5579,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" "Aantal FAT's:\n" -"Specificeert het aantal bestand allocatie tabellen in het bestandssysteem. " -"De standaard is 2." +"Specificeert het aantal bestand allocatie tabellen in het bestandssysteem. De standaard is 2." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 @@ -5801,15 +5593,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " -"for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "FAT grootte:\n" -"Specificeert het type bestand-allocatie-tabel dat gebruikt wordt (12, 16 of " -"32-bit). Wanneer men dit automatisch laat doen zal YaST automatisch die " -"waarde selecteren die het beste past bij de grootte van het bestandssysteem." -"\n" +"Specificeert het type bestand-allocatie-tabel dat gebruikt wordt (12, 16 of 32-bit). Wanneer men dit automatisch laat doen zal YaST automatisch die waarde selecteren die het beste past bij de grootte van het bestandssysteem.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 @@ -5819,8 +5606,7 @@ #. popup text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "" -"De minimale grootte voor \"Hoofdmapitems\" is 112. Probeer het nog eens." +msgstr "De minimale grootte voor \"Hoofdmapitems\" is 112. Probeer het nog eens." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 @@ -5840,12 +5626,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " -"in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" "Hash-functie:\n" -"Dit specificeert de naam van de hash functie die gebruikt wordt voor het " -"sorteren van de bestandsnamen in mappen.\n" +"Dit specificeert de naam van de hash functie die gebruikt wordt voor het sorteren van de bestandsnamen in mappen.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 @@ -5856,16 +5640,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgstr "" "FS revisie:\n" -"Deze optie definieert de revisie van het reiserfs formaat dat gebruikt moet " -"worden. '3.5' is voor achterwaartse compatibiliteit met kernels van de 2.2.x " -"series. '3.6' is meer recent, maar kan alleen gebruikt worden met kernel " -"versies gelijk aan of groter dan 2.4.\n" +"Deze optie definieert de revisie van het reiserfs formaat dat gebruikt moet worden. '3.5' is voor achterwaartse compatibiliteit met kernels van de 2.2.x series. '3.6' is meer recent, maar kan alleen gebruikt worden met kernel versies gelijk aan of groter dan 2.4.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5877,14 +5655,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Blokgrootte:\n" -"Specificeer de blokgrootte in bytes. Geldige blokgrootte waarden zijn 512, " -"1024, 2048 en 4096 bytes per blok. Als automatisch instellen is " -"geselecteerd, dan zal de standaard blokgrootte 4096 gebruikt worden.\n" +"Specificeer de blokgrootte in bytes. Geldige blokgrootte waarden zijn 512, 1024, 2048 en 4096 bytes per blok. Als automatisch instellen is geselecteerd, dan zal de standaard blokgrootte 4096 gebruikt worden.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5911,13 +5685,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Percentage voor inode-ruimte:\n" -"De optie \"Percentage voor inode-ruimte\" specificeert het maximum " -"percentage aan ruimte in het bestandssysteem dat kan worden toegewezen aan " -"inodes.\n" +"De optie \"Percentage voor inode-ruimte\" specificeert het maximum percentage aan ruimte in het bestandssysteem dat kan worden toegewezen aan inodes.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 @@ -5928,17 +5699,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" "Inode aaneengesloten:\n" -"De optie \"Inode aaneengesloten\" wordt gebruikt om te specificeren of een " -"inode allocatie\n" +"De optie \"Inode aaneengesloten\" wordt gebruikt om te specificeren of een inode allocatie\n" "al dan niet aaneengesloten is. Standaard zijn de inodes aaneengesloten.\n" -"Aaneengesloten inode toegang is gewoonlijk efficiënter dan niet " -"aaneengesloten toegang.\n" +"Aaneengesloten inode toegang is gewoonlijk efficiënter dan niet aaneengesloten toegang.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 @@ -5959,12 +5727,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -"aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "Loggrootte\n" -"Stelt de log grootte (in megabytes) in. Wanneer men dit automatisch laat " -"doen, dan is de totale grootte standaard 40%.\n" +"Stelt de log grootte (in megabytes) in. Wanneer men dit automatisch laat doen, dan is de totale grootte standaard 40%.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 @@ -6002,15 +5768,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Blokgrootte:\n" -"Specificeert de blokgrootte in bytes. Geldige waarden zijn 1024, 2048 en " -"4096 bytes per blok. Bij een automatische instelling wordt de blokgrootte " -"bepaald aan de hand van de grootte van het bestandssysteem en het te " -"verwachten gebruik er van.\n" +"Specificeert de blokgrootte in bytes. Geldige waarden zijn 1024, 2048 en 4096 bytes per blok. Bij een automatische instelling wordt de blokgrootte bepaald aan de hand van de grootte van het bestandssysteem en het te verwachten gebruik er van.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 @@ -6026,23 +5787,17 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " -"reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "Bytes per inode:\n" -"Specificeert de bytes tot inode verhouding. YaST maakt een inode aan voor " -"elke\n" +"Specificeert de bytes tot inode verhouding. YaST maakt een inode aan voor elke\n" "<bytes-per-inode> bytes schijfruimte. Hoe groter de verhouding\n" "bytes-per-inode, des te minder inodes er worden aangemaakt. In het algemeen\n" -"moet deze waarde niet kleiner zijn dan de blokgrootte van het " -"bestandssysteem,\n" -"er worden anders te veel inodes aangemaakt. Denk er om dat het niet mogelijk " -"is\n" -"om het aantal inodes van een bestandssysteem te vergroten nadat het " -"aangemaakt is.\n" -"Wees er dus zeker van dat u een redelijke waarde aan deze parameter geeft.</" -"p>\n" +"moet deze waarde niet kleiner zijn dan de blokgrootte van het bestandssysteem,\n" +"er worden anders te veel inodes aangemaakt. Denk er om dat het niet mogelijk is\n" +"om het aantal inodes van een bestandssysteem te vergroten nadat het aangemaakt is.\n" +"Wees er dus zeker van dat u een redelijke waarde aan deze parameter geeft.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016 @@ -6061,17 +5816,8 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 -msgid "" -"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1." -msgstr "" -"Percentage gereserveerde blokken voor root: Specificeert het, voor " -"de systeembeheerder, gereserveerde percentage blokken. De standaard wordt " -"normaal berekent zodat 1 Gig wordt gereserveerd. De bovengrens voor het " -"standaard gereserveerde is 5.0 en het laagste voor het standaard " -"gereserveerde is 0.1." +msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." +msgstr "Percentage gereserveerde blokken voor root: Specificeert het, voor de systeembeheerder, gereserveerde percentage blokken. De standaard wordt normaal berekent zodat 1 Gig wordt gereserveerd. De bovengrens voor het standaard gereserveerde is 5.0 en het laagste voor het standaard gereserveerde is 0.1." #. checkbox text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 @@ -6111,13 +5857,11 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Geen journaal:\n" -"Onderdruk het gebruik van journalering op het bestandssysteem. Activeer dit " -"alleen wanneer\n" +"Onderdruk het gebruik van journalering op het bestandssysteem. Activeer dit alleen wanneer\n" "u echt weet wat u doet.\n" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK @@ -6280,8 +6024,7 @@ "De volgende volumes bevatten een versleutelde handtekening maar de \n" "wachtwoorden zijn nog niet bekend.\n" "De wachtwoorden moeten bekend zijn als de volumes nodig zijn ofwel \n" -"gedurende het bijwerken of als zij een versleuteld LVM fysiek volume " -"bevatten." +"gedurende het bijwerken of als zij een versleuteld LVM fysiek volume bevatten." #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" @@ -6347,11 +6090,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "" -"Partities kunnen niet worden aangemaakt omdat andere partities op de schijf " -"in gebruik zijn." +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgstr "Partities kunnen niet worden aangemaakt omdat andere partities op de schijf in gebruik zijn." #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 msgid "" @@ -6360,8 +6100,7 @@ "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden gewijzigd omdat die een geactiveerd " -"wisselgeheugen bevat\n" +"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden gewijzigd omdat die een geactiveerd wisselgeheugen bevat\n" "dat nodig is voor het uitvoeren van de installatie.\n" #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216 @@ -6381,8 +6120,7 @@ "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het een geactiveerd " -"wisselgeheugen\n" +"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het een geactiveerd wisselgeheugen\n" "bevat dat nodig is om de installatie uit te voeren.\n" #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254 @@ -6415,8 +6153,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Apparaat %1 kan niet worden verwijderd omdat dit indirect apparaat\n" -"%2 zou wijzigen, welke de gegevens bevat die nodig zijn voor de " -"installatie.\n" +"%2 zou wijzigen, welke de gegevens bevat die nodig zijn voor de installatie.\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 @@ -6703,13 +6440,11 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " -"by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" "Gekoppeld op geeft aan hoe het bestandssysteem\n" -"is aangekoppeld: (Kernel) op kernelnaam, (Label) op bestandssysteemlabel, " -"(UUID)\n" +"is aangekoppeld: (Kernel) op kernelnaam, (Label) op bestandssysteemlabel, (UUID)\n" "op bestandssysteem-UUID, (ID) op apparaat-ID, en (Path) op apparaatpad.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry @@ -6717,14 +6452,12 @@ msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " -"volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Een vraagteken (?) geeft aan dat\n" "het bestandssysteem niet vermeld staat in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. Het is ofwel\n" -"handmatig aangekoppeld of door een auto-aankoppelsysteem. Bij het wijzigen " -"van\n" +"handmatig aangekoppeld of door een auto-aankoppelsysteem. Bij het wijzigen van\n" "de instellingen van dit volume zal YaST <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> niet bijwerken.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry @@ -6740,12 +6473,10 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" -"Een sterretje (*) achter het aankoppelpunt geeft aan dat het " -"bestandssysteem\n" +"Een sterretje (*) achter het aankoppelpunt geeft aan dat het bestandssysteem\n" "momenteel niet is aangekoppeld (bijvoorbeeld omdat de optie <tt>noauto</tt>\n" "is ingeschakeld in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." @@ -6811,8 +6542,7 @@ "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" msgstr "" "Stripes toont het aantal stripes voor LVM\n" -"logische volumes en, indien groter dan één, tussen haakjes de stripe-" -"grootte.\n" +"logische volumes en, indien groter dan één, tussen haakjes de stripe-grootte.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 @@ -7108,12 +6838,8 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." -msgstr "" -"Het wijzigen van de grootte is niet mogelijk vanwege een inconsistent " -"bestandssysteem. Probeer het bestandssysteem onder Windows te controleren." +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." +msgstr "Het wijzigen van de grootte is niet mogelijk vanwege een inconsistent bestandssysteem. Probeer het bestandssysteem onder Windows te controleren." #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 @@ -7176,10 +6902,8 @@ "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" -"Het voorstel kan een aparte home-partitie maken. Het bestandssysteem " -"voor\n" -"de home-partitie kan geselecteerd worden met de overeenkomstige keuzelijst.</" -"p>" +"Het voorstel kan een aparte home-partitie maken. Het bestandssysteem voor\n" +"de home-partitie kan geselecteerd worden met de overeenkomstige keuzelijst." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 @@ -7187,8 +6911,7 @@ "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -"De swap-partitie kan groot genoeg worden gemaakt om in de meeste " -"gevallen\n" +"De swap-partitie kan groot genoeg worden gemaakt om in de meeste gevallen\n" "te worden gebruikt voor slaapstand naar schijf." #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 @@ -7293,16 +7016,12 @@ #~ msgstr "&Btrfs als standaard bestandssysteem gebruiken" #~ msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "De commandline interface voor de partitionering module is niet " -#~ "beschikbaar." +#~ msgstr "De commandline interface voor de partitionering module is niet beschikbaar." #~ msgid "" #~ "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" -#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file " -#~ "system,\n" -#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /" -#~ "boot.\n" +#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file system,\n" +#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /boot.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Really use this setup?\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -7319,9 +7038,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Het verwijderen van sommige apparaten is mislukt." #~ msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "De commandoregelinterface voor de partitioneringsmodule is niet " -#~ "beschikbaar" +#~ msgstr "De commandoregelinterface voor de partitioneringsmodule is niet beschikbaar" #~ msgid "" #~ "The selected device is currently mounted on %1.\n" @@ -7338,8 +7055,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Klik op Annuleren tenzij u zeker weet waar u mee bezig bent.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Als u verder gaat zal YaST2 proberen de partitie te afkoppelen alvorens " -#~ "deze te verwijderen.\n" +#~ "Als u verder gaat zal YaST2 proberen de partitie te afkoppelen alvorens deze te verwijderen.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Unmount of %1 failed.\n" @@ -7369,22 +7085,15 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" #~ "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -#~ "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " -#~ "to mount\n" -#~ "is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " -#~ "can be\n" -#~ "mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " -#~ "possible.\n" +#~ "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" +#~ "is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" +#~ "mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Aangekoppeld in /etc/fstab door:\n" -#~ "Normaliter wordt een aan te koppelen bestandssysteem geïdentificeerd door " -#~ "de apparaatnaam in /etc/fstab.\n" -#~ "Deze identificatie kan gewijzigd worden zodat het aan te koppelen " -#~ "bestandssysteem gevonden kan worden door\n" -#~ "te zoeken naar een UUID of een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandssystemen " -#~ "kunnen aangekoppeld \n" -#~ "worden via een UUID of volumelabel. Wanneer een optie uitgeschakeld is, " -#~ "dan is dit onmogelijk.\n" +#~ "Normaliter wordt een aan te koppelen bestandssysteem geïdentificeerd door de apparaatnaam in /etc/fstab.\n" +#~ "Deze identificatie kan gewijzigd worden zodat het aan te koppelen bestandssysteem gevonden kan worden door\n" +#~ "te zoeken naar een UUID of een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandssystemen kunnen aangekoppeld \n" +#~ "worden via een UUID of volumelabel. Wanneer een optie uitgeschakeld is, dan is dit onmogelijk.\n" #~ msgid "&Device name" #~ msgstr "&Apparaat naam" @@ -7407,28 +7116,21 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "De bestandssysteem is momenteel aangekoppeld op %1.\n" -#~ "Het is niet mogelijk de grootte van het bestandssysteem aan te passen als " -#~ "deze aangekoppeld is.\n" +#~ "Het is niet mogelijk de grootte van het bestandssysteem aan te passen als deze aangekoppeld is.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Het bestandssysteem eerst afkoppelen en de grootte-aanpassing daarna " -#~ "opnieuw uitvoeren.\n" +#~ "Het bestandssysteem eerst afkoppelen en de grootte-aanpassing daarna opnieuw uitvoeren.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -#~ "tmp.\n" -#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will " -#~ "create \n" -#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose " -#~ "all \n" +#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will create \n" +#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all \n" #~ "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Dit aankoppelpunt komt overeen met een tijdelijk bestandssysteem zoals /" -#~ "tmp of /var/tmp.\n" -#~ "U mag het crypt-wachtwoord leeg laten. Als u dit doet, maakt het " -#~ "systeem \n" +#~ "Dit aankoppelpunt komt overeen met een tijdelijk bestandssysteem zoals /tmp of /var/tmp.\n" +#~ "U mag het crypt-wachtwoord leeg laten. Als u dit doet, maakt het systeem \n" #~ "een willekeurig wachtwoord voor u bij het opstarten van het systeem.\n" #~ "Dit betekent dat alle gegevens op deze bestandssystemen verloren\n" #~ "gaan wanneer het systeem wordt afgesloten.\n" @@ -7496,14 +7198,10 @@ #~ "koppelingsmethode voor nieuw aangemaakte bestandssystemen." #~ msgid "To use these mount points, press Yes." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Als u deze aankoppelpunten wilt gebruiken, klik dan op Ja.</" -#~ "P>" +#~ msgstr "Als u deze aankoppelpunten wilt gebruiken, klik dan op Ja." #~ msgid "To ignore these mount points, press No." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Als u deze aankoppelpunten wilt negeren, klik dan op Nee.</" -#~ "P>" +#~ msgstr "Als u deze aankoppelpunten wilt negeren, klik dan op Nee." #~ msgid "" #~ "Would you like to use these mount points\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/sudo.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/sudo.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/sudo.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sudo.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-09 16:39+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/support.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/support.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/support.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-03 14:12+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-04 21:10+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -46,9 +46,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." -msgstr "" -"Dit start een browser met verbinding naar het portaal van het SUSE Support " -"Center." +msgstr "Dit start een browser met verbinding naar het portaal van het SUSE Support Center." #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Open" @@ -72,8 +70,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL." -msgstr "" -"Dit doet een upload van de verzamelde logs naar de gespecificeerde URL." +msgstr "Dit doet een upload van de verzamelde logs naar de gespecificeerde URL." #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Upload" @@ -291,8 +288,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " -"te klikken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 @@ -335,8 +331,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Een ondersteuning toevoegen:</big> \n" "Kies een ondersteuning uit de lijst van gedetecteerde ondersteuningen.\n" -"Als uw ondersteuning niet is gedetecteerd, gebruik Ander (niet " -"gedetecteerd).\n" +"Als uw ondersteuning niet is gedetecteerd, gebruik Ander (niet gedetecteerd).\n" "Druk dan op Instellen.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -355,20 +350,15 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use " -"Open SUSE Support Center.\n" -"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure " -"you write down\n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" +"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Openen van SUSE Support Center</big> \n" -"Om een webbrowser te starten die de portal SUSE Support Center opent, " -"gebruikt u SUSE Support Center openen.\n" -"U kunt dan een Service Request openen bij Global Technical Support. Ga na " -"dat u het Service Request number\n" -"opschrijft om in te voegen in de up te loaden gegevens van de supportconfig.<" -"/p>\n" +"Om een webbrowser te starten die de portal SUSE Support Center opent, gebruikt u SUSE Support Center openen.\n" +"U kunt dan een Service Request openen bij Global Technical Support. Ga na dat u het Service Request number\n" +"opschrijft om in te voegen in de up te loaden gegevens van de supportconfig.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:80 @@ -377,9 +367,7 @@ "To run the supportconfig data collection tool, use Collect Data" msgstr "" "<big>Gegevens verzamelen</big> \n" -"Om het hulpmiddel voor het verzamelen van gegevens van de " -"ondersteuningsinstellingen uit te voeren, gebruik Gegevens verzamelen<" -"/p>" +"Om het hulpmiddel voor het verzamelen van gegevens van de ondersteuningsinstellingen uit te voeren, gebruik Gegevens verzamelen" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:84 @@ -389,21 +377,18 @@ "The server may or may not be Global Technical Support." msgstr "" "<big>Verzamelde gegevens uploaden</big> \n" -"Om de reeds verzamelde gegevens naar een server te uploaden, gebruik " -"Gegevens uploaden.\n" +"Om de reeds verzamelde gegevens naar een server te uploaden, gebruik Gegevens uploaden.\n" "De server kan wel of niet de Global Technical Support zijn." #. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<big>Supportconfig Options</big> \n" -"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default " -"settings,\n" +"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default settings,\n" "gather the most data or only gather a minimum amount of data." msgstr "" "<big>Opties van Supportconfig</big> \n" -"Selecteer een optie om de standaards te overschrijven. U kunt de standaard " -"instellingen gebruiken,\n" +"Selecteer een optie om de standaards te overschrijven. U kunt de standaard instellingen gebruiken,\n" "de meeste gegevens verzamelen of alleen een minimale hoeveelheid gegevens." #. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 @@ -414,8 +399,7 @@ "to select specific data sets to collect.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Instellingen voor de expert</big> \n" -"Selecteer Aangepast gebruiken en klik op de knop Instellingen " -"voor de expert\n" +"Selecteer Aangepast gebruiken en klik op de knop Instellingen voor de expert\n" "om specifieke gegevenssets te selecteren om te verzamelen.\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 @@ -423,87 +407,68 @@ msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "Collect additional information. Usually these options are not\n" -"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</" -"p>\n" +"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Opties</big> \n" "Verzamel extra informatie. Deze opties zijn gewoonlijk niet\n" -"nodig, maar kan ingevoegd worden als omstandigheden meer informatie " -"vereisen.\n" +"nodig, maar kan ingevoegd worden als omstandigheden meer informatie vereisen.\n" #. Expert dialog help 1/1 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Default Options</big> \n" -"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball." +"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" "<big>Standaard opties</big> \n" -"Selecteer maak selectie ongedaan van elk van de sets gegevens die u zou " -"willen invoegen in de tarball van supportconfig." +"Selecteer maak selectie ongedaan van elk van de sets gegevens die u zou willen invoegen in de tarball van supportconfig." #. Contact dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<big>Contact Information</big> \n" -"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to " -"include\n" -"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment." -"txt file." +"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to include\n" +"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment.txt file." msgstr "" "<big>Contactinformatie</big> \n" "Vul alle velden van de contactinformatie in die u zou willen invoegen\n" -"in de tarball van supportconfig. De velden worden opgeslagen in het bestand " -"basic-environment.txt file." +"in de tarball van supportconfig. De velden worden opgeslagen in het bestand basic-environment.txt file." #. Contact dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Upload Information</big> \n" -"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported " -"upload services include\n" -"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball " -"filename in your upload target,\n" -"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual " -"tarball filename.\n" +"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported upload services include\n" +"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball filename in your upload target,\n" +"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual tarball filename.\n" "See man supportconfig(1) for further details." msgstr "" "<big>Uploadinformatie</big> \n" -"De uploadbestemming is de bestemmings-URI van de tarball van supportconfig. " -"ondersteunde upload-services omvatten\n" -"ftp, http, https, scp. Als het nodig is de bestandsnaam van de tarball van " -"supportconfig in uw uploadbestemming in te voegen,\n" -"gebruik dan het sleutelwoord tarball. Deze zal vervangen worden door " -"de actuele bestandsnaam van de tarball.\n" +"De uploadbestemming is de bestemmings-URI van de tarball van supportconfig. ondersteunde upload-services omvatten\n" +"ftp, http, https, scp. Als het nodig is de bestandsnaam van de tarball van supportconfig in uw uploadbestemming in te voegen,\n" +"gebruik dan het sleutelwoord tarball. Deze zal vervangen worden door de actuele bestandsnaam van de tarball.\n" "Zie man supportconfig(1) voor verdere details." #. Contact dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<big>Upload Target Examples</big> \n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball</" -"i> \n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball \n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming \n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives" msgstr "" "<big>Voorbeelden van uploadbestemmingen</big> \n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball</" -"i> \n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball \n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming \n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives" #. Contact dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" -"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global " -"Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open " -"service request.\n" +"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" -"Opmerking: Als u een tarball met supportconfig aan het uploaden " -"bent naar Global Technical Support,\n" -"ga dan na dat u het elf-cijferige service-request-number invoegt uit uw " -"geopend service-request.\n" +"Opmerking: Als u een tarball met supportconfig aan het uploaden bent naar Global Technical Support,\n" +"ga dan na dat u het elf-cijferige service-request-number invoegt uit uw geopend service-request.\n" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:137 @@ -518,16 +483,14 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<big>Collected Data Review</big> \n" -"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some " -"of the collected data,\n" +"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some of the collected data,\n" "use Remove from Data and the selected file will be removed.\n" msgstr "" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" "If you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the target\n" "directory and make sure that this option is checked.\n" " \n" @@ -538,8 +501,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<big>Upload URL</big> \n" -"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be " -"uploaded\n" +"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded\n" "as default value.\n" "Change this value only in special cases.\n" "\n" @@ -556,8 +518,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" "If you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full path\n" "into the Package with log files field.\n" " \n" @@ -570,6 +531,9 @@ "Press Next to continue.\n" " \n" msgstr "" +"<big>Tweede deel van de configuratie</big> \n" +"Klik op Verder om door te gaan.\n" +" \n" #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 @@ -578,6 +542,9 @@ "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" "" msgstr "" +"<big>Iets selecteren:</big> \n" +"Kan niet, moet je eerst programmeren :-)\n" +"" #. encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** @@ -603,51 +570,47 @@ #. *************************************************************************** #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:30 msgid "AppArmor information. security-apparmor.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "AppArmor informatie. security-apparmor.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:33 msgid "autofs information. fs-autofs.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "autofs informatie. fs-autofs.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:36 msgid "Information related to booting and the kernel. boot.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Informatie gerelateerd aan opstarten en de kernel. boot.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:39 msgid "Current system service states. chkconfig.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Laat een lijst zien van de huidige systeem service statussen. chkconfig.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:42 msgid "Information related to capturing a system core dump. crash.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Informatie gerelateerd aan het opvangen van een systeemkerndump. crash.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:45 msgid "Information related to cron and at. cron.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Informatie gerelateerd aan cron en at. cron.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:48 msgid "Disk, file system mounts and partition information. fs-diskio.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Schijf, bestandssysteemkoppelingen en partitie-informatie. fs-diskio.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:51 msgid "Domain Name Service information. dns.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Informatie over Domain Name Service. dns.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:54 msgid "Novell eDirectory health check information. novell-edir.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Informatie over de controle op de gezondheid van de Novell eDirectory. novell-edir.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57 -msgid "" -"System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env." -"txt" -msgstr "" +msgid "System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env.txt" +msgstr "Systeemomgeving-informatie, inclusief sysctl en de omgeving van root. env.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files " -"in /etc. etc.txt" -msgstr "" +msgid "Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files in /etc. etc.txt" +msgstr "Verkrijgt recursief *.conf bestanden, samen met verschillende andere configuratiebestanden in /etc. etc.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63 msgid "Enterprise Volume Management System-related information. evms.txt" @@ -655,20 +618,18 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:66 msgid "Heartbeat/high availabilty cluster information. ha.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Informatie over heartbeat/hoge beschikbaarheidscluster. ha.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:69 msgid "iSCSI target and initiator information. fs-iscsi.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Informatie over iSCSI-doel en initiator. fs-iscsi.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:72 msgid "LDAP related information, including a root DSE search. ldap.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP gerelateerde informatie, inclusief een root DSE doorzoeking. ldap.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX " -"Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" +msgid "Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78 @@ -681,11 +642,11 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:84 msgid "System kernel module information. modules.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Systeem-kernel-module-informatie. modules.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:87 msgid "Native device mapper multipathing information. mpio.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Informatie over lokale multipad apparaatmapping. mpio.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:90 msgid "Novell Core Protocol-related information. novell-ncp.txt" @@ -717,16 +678,14 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:111 msgid "List of all open files using lsof. open-files.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lijst van alle open bestanden met gebruik van lsof. open-files.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:114 msgid "OpenWBEM-related information. openwbem.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117 -msgid "" -"Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account " -"information. pam.txt" +msgid "Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account information. pam.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120 @@ -735,7 +694,7 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:123 msgid "Includes key /proc file content. proc.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bevat het hoofdgedeelte van de inhoud van bestanden in /proc. proc.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:126 msgid "Update daemon-related information. updates-daemon.txt" @@ -743,12 +702,10 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:129 msgid "Update client related information. updates.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aan Update-cliënt gerelateerde informatie. updates.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132 -msgid "" -"System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR " -"data files. sar.txt" +msgid "System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR data files. sar.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135 @@ -757,14 +714,12 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:138 msgid "Service Location Protocol related information. slp.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Service Location Protocol gerelateerde informatie. slp.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141 msgid "" -"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for " -"hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" -"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to " -"read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" +"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" +"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" "works in your environment before enabling this option. fs-smartmon.txt\n" msgstr "" @@ -776,13 +731,14 @@ msgid "Software RAID-related information. fs-softraid.txt" msgstr "" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200 #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:152 msgid "Secure Shell server information. ssh.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Informatie over Secure Shell-server. ssh.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:155 msgid "Configuration files found in /etc/sysconfig. sysconfig.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gevonden configuratiebestanden in /etc/sysconfig. sysconfig.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:158 msgid "UDEV device manager-related information. udev.txt" @@ -797,103 +753,77 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances " -"files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" +msgid "Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170 -msgid "" -"A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" -msgstr "" +msgid "A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" +msgstr "Een volledige bestandslijst met gebruikmaking van find vanaf de root van het bestandssyteem. -L, fs-files.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173 -msgid "" -"Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just " -"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if " -"available. -l" -msgstr "" +msgid "Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if available. -l" +msgstr "Voegt het gehele logbestand toe, inclusief commentaar, in plaats van alleen het aantal VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT regels daarvan. Ook geroteerde logs worden toefevoegd indien beschikbaar. -l" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176 msgid "Minimizes the amount of disk information and detailed scanning. -d" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Minimaliseert de hoeveelheid schijfinformatie en gedetailleerde scanning. -d" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option " -"minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." +msgid "Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to " -"complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" -msgstr "" +msgid "Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" +msgstr "Draait een rpm -V op ieder geïnstalleerd RPM-pakket. Dit neemt enige tijd om gereed te komen. -v, rpm-verify.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185 -msgid "" -"Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you " -"to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" -msgstr "" +msgid "Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" +msgstr "Normaal worden alleen de basis SLP-servicetypes getoond. Deze optie staat u toe om elk ontdekt servicetype individueel te bevragen. -s, slp.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188 msgid "Company name to include in the basic-environment.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bedrijfsnaam om in te voegen in de basic-environment.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:191 msgid "Contact's email address to include in the basic-environment.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Het e-mailadres van het contact om in te voegen in de basic-environment.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:194 msgid "Contact's name to include in the basic-environment.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Naam van het contact om in te voegen in de basic-environment.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:197 msgid "Contact's phone number to include in the basic-environment.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Telefoonnummer van het contact om in te voegen in de basic-environment.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200 -msgid "" -"The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the " -"entire file." -msgstr "" +msgid "The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the entire file." +msgstr "Het aantal in te voegen regels bij het verkrijgen van een logbetand. Nul betekent neem het gehele bestand." #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203 -msgid "" -"The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is " -"always used." +msgid "The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is always used." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the " -"entire file." -msgstr "" +msgid "The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the entire file." +msgstr "Het maximum aantal te nemen regels uit /var/log/messages. Nul betekent het gehele bestand." #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball." +msgid "The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." +msgid "The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215 msgid "" -"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if " -"you\n" -"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -" -"Q." +"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if you\n" +"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -Q." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "" -"Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using " -"the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports " -"anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -959,5 +889,3 @@ #: src/modules/Support.rb:438 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Configuratie overzicht..." - - Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/sysconfig.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/sysconfig.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/sysconfig.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sysconfig\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-04 13:20+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-03 22:11+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ #. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:58 msgid "Set value of the variable. Requires options 'variable' and 'value'" -msgstr "" -"Stel de waarde van de variabele in. Vereist de opties 'variable' en 'value'" +msgstr "Stel de waarde van de variabele in. Vereist de opties 'variable' en 'value'" #. help text for command 'set' 2/3 #. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. @@ -144,8 +143,7 @@ "(e.g., %1$%2).\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Gebruik een volledige variabelenaam in de vorm <VARIABELENAAM>" -"$<BESTANDSNAAM>\n" +"Gebruik een volledige variabelenaam in de vorm <VARIABELENAAM>$<BESTANDSNAAM>\n" "(bijvoorbeeld: %1$%2).\n" #. error popup message @@ -322,10 +320,8 @@ #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 msgid "" "After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n" -"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which " -"changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" -"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig " -"takes effect.\n" +"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" +"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.\n" msgstr "" "Nadat u de wijzigingen hebt opgeslagen zal deze editor de variabelen\n" "in het corresponderende sysconfig-bestand aanpassen. Daarna zal het de\n" @@ -336,13 +332,8 @@ #. helptext for popup - part 2/2 #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 -msgid "" -"Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file " -"manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." -msgstr "" -"Belangrijk: U kunt nog altijd ieder individueel " -"configuratiebestand handmatig wijzigen. De bestandsnaam kunt u in de " -"variabeleomschrijving zien." +msgid "Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." +msgstr "Belangrijk: U kunt nog altijd ieder individueel configuratiebestand handmatig wijzigen. De bestandsnaam kunt u in de variabeleomschrijving zien." #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 msgid "/etc/sysconfig Editor" @@ -355,23 +346,13 @@ #. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 -msgid "" -"System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration " -"editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to " -"configure your hardware and system settings." -msgstr "" -"Systeemconfiguratie-editorMet de systeemconfiguratie-editor " -"kunt u enkele systeeminstellingen aanpassen. U kunt ook YaST gebruiken voor " -"het configureren van uw hardware- en systeeminstellingen." +msgid "System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to configure your hardware and system settings." +msgstr "Systeemconfiguratie-editorMet de systeemconfiguratie-editor kunt u enkele systeeminstellingen aanpassen. U kunt ook YaST gebruiken voor het configureren van uw hardware- en systeeminstellingen." #. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 -msgid "" -"Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read " -"directly from configuration files." -msgstr "" -"Opmerking: De omschrijvingen zijn niet vertaald omdat ze " -"rechtstreeks uit de configuratiebestanden worden gelezen." +msgid "Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read directly from configuration files." +msgstr "Opmerking: De omschrijvingen zijn niet vertaald omdat ze rechtstreeks uit de configuratiebestanden worden gelezen." #. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877 @@ -400,13 +381,8 @@ #. help text in popup dialog #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 -msgid "" -"The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select " -"it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." -msgstr "" -"Hier worden de zoekresultaten getoond. Als u het item ziet waar u naar " -"zocht, selecteer het dan en klik vervolgens op \"Ga naar\". Deze dialoog " -"zal sluiten als u op \"Annuleren\" klikt." +msgid "The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." +msgstr "Hier worden de zoekresultaten getoond. Als u het item ziet waar u naar zocht, selecteer het dan en klik vervolgens op \"Ga naar\". Deze dialoog zal sluiten als u op \"Annuleren\" klikt." #. push button label #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956 @@ -627,10 +603,8 @@ msgstr "Configuratie-overzicht" #~ msgid "" -#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can " -#~ "detect if\n" -#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a " -#~ "configuration file manually,\n" +#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" +#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" #~ " it will not touch it.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "SuSEconfig legt van elk configuratiebestand een controlesom vast,\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/tftp-server.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/tftp-server.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/tftp-server.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tftp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 23:43+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -91,12 +91,8 @@ #. dialog help text #: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:83 -msgid "" -"Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). " -"The server will be started using xinetd." -msgstr "" -"Gebruik dit om een server voor TFTP (Trivial File Transfer Protocol) te " -"activeren. De server zal met xinetd. worden gestart." +msgid "Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). The server will be started using xinetd." +msgstr "Gebruik dit om een server voor TFTP (Trivial File Transfer Protocol) te activeren. De server zal met xinetd. worden gestart." #. enlighten newbies, #102946 #. dialog help text @@ -110,15 +106,12 @@ "Boot Image Directory:\n" "Specify the directory where served files are located. The usual value is\n" "<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. The directory will be created if it does not exist. \n" -"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</" -"p>\n" +"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).\n" msgstr "" "Map met bootimage:\n" "Geef de map op waar de aangeboden bestanden zich bevinden. De gebruikelijke\n" -"waarde is <tt>/tftpboot</tt>. De map zal worden aangemaakt als ze nog niet " -"bestaat. \n" -"De server gebruikt dit als hoofdmap (gebruik makend van de optie <tt>-s</" -"tt>).\n" +"waarde is <tt>/tftpboot</tt>. De map zal worden aangemaakt als ze nog niet bestaat. \n" +"De server gebruikt dit als hoofdmap (gebruik makend van de optie <tt>-s</tt>).\n" #. Radio button label, disable TFTP server #: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:115 @@ -206,11 +199,9 @@ #~ "Boot Image Directory:\n" #~ "Specify the directory where served files are\n" #~ "located. The usual value is <tt>/tftpboot</tt>. It is created if it\n" -#~ "does not exist. The server uses this as its root directory (using the " -#~ "<tt>-s</tt> option).\n" +#~ "does not exist. The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Map met bootimage:\n" #~ "Geef de map op waar de aangeboden bestanden\n" #~ "zich bevinden. De gebruikelijke waarde is <tt>/tftpboot</tt>. De map\n" -#~ "zal worden aangemaakt als ze nog niet bestaat. De server gebruikt dit als " -#~ "hoofdmap (gebruik makend van de optie <tt>-s</tt>).\n" +#~ "zal worden aangemaakt als ze nog niet bestaat. De server gebruikt dit als hoofdmap (gebruik makend van de optie <tt>-s</tt>).\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/timezone_db.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/timezone_db.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/timezone_db.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: timezone_db.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-25 12:48+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -2494,4 +2494,3 @@ #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1035 msgid "GMT-9" msgstr "GMT-9" - Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/tune.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/tune.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/tune.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -28,12 +28,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 -msgid "" -"Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Hardwaredetectie - deze module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de " -"commandoregelinterface. Gebruik in plaats daarvan '%1'." +msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Hardwaredetectie - deze module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de commandoregelinterface. Gebruik in plaats daarvan '%1'." #. translators: popup heading #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 @@ -69,18 +65,13 @@ "computer zien. Druk voor meer informatie op een punt naar keuze.\n" #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 -msgid "" -"You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File " -"and enter the filename." -msgstr "" -"U kunt de hardware-informatie in een bestand opslaan. Klik op In " -"bestand opslaan en geef de bestandsnaam op." +msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." +msgstr "U kunt de hardware-informatie in een bestand opslaan. Klik op In bestand opslaan en geef de bestandsnaam op." # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- #. installation proposal header #: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 -#| msgid "Hardware Detection" msgid "System and Hardware Settings" msgstr "Systeem- en hardware-instellingen" @@ -102,12 +93,8 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:95 -msgid "" -"DetailsThe details of the selected hardware component are " -"displayed here." -msgstr "" -"DetailsHier ziet u de details van het geselecteerde " -"hardware component." +msgid "DetailsThe details of the selected hardware component are displayed here." +msgstr "DetailsHier ziet u de details van het geselecteerde hardware component." #. heading text, %1 is component name (e.g. "USB UHCI Root Hub") #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:101 @@ -160,21 +147,13 @@ #. help text - part 1/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:180 -msgid "" -"Detected Hardware This table contains all hardware components " -"detected in your system." -msgstr "" -"Gedetecteerde hardware Deze tabel bevat alle hardware " -"componenten die in uw systeem zijn gedetecteerd." +msgid "Detected Hardware This table contains all hardware components detected in your system." +msgstr "Gedetecteerde hardware Deze tabel bevat alle hardware componenten die in uw systeem zijn gedetecteerd." #. help text - part 2/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:184 -msgid "" -"Details Select a component and press Details to see a " -"more detailed description of the component." -msgstr "" -"Details Selecteer een component en klik op Details om " -"een meer gedetailleerde beschrijving van het component te zien." +msgid "Details Select a component and press Details to see a more detailed description of the component." +msgstr "Details Selecteer een component en klik op Details om een meer gedetailleerde beschrijving van het component te zien." #. help text - part 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:188 @@ -316,52 +295,28 @@ #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:411 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal " -"database of known supported devices." -msgstr "" -"Het is mogelijk om een PCI ID aan een apparaatstuurprogramma toe te " -"voegen om zo zijn interne database met bekende ondersteunde apparaten uit te " -"breiden." +msgid "It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal database of known supported devices." +msgstr "Het is mogelijk om een PCI ID aan een apparaatstuurprogramma toe te voegen om zo zijn interne database met bekende ondersteunde apparaten uit te breiden." #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:415 -msgid "" -"PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. SysFS " -"Dir. is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it " -"is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name." -msgstr "" -"PCI ID-nummers worden opgegeven en weergegeven als hexadecimale nummers. " -"SysFS-map is de mapnaam in de map /sys/bus/pci/drivers. Wanneer deze " -"leeg is zal de stuurprogrammanaam als mapnaam worden gebruikt." +msgid "PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. SysFS Dir. is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name." +msgstr "PCI ID-nummers worden opgegeven en weergegeven als hexadecimale nummers. SysFS-map is de mapnaam in de map /sys/bus/pci/drivers. Wanneer deze leeg is zal de stuurprogrammanaam als mapnaam worden gebruikt." #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:419 -msgid "" -"If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty " -"and enter the SysFS directory name instead." -msgstr "" -"Als het stuurprogramma in de kernel is gecompileerd moet u de " -"stuurprogrammanaam leeg laten en hiervoor in de plaats de SysFS-mapnaam " -"opgeven." +msgid "If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty and enter the SysFS directory name instead." +msgstr "Als het stuurprogramma in de kernel is gecompileerd moet u de stuurprogrammanaam leeg laten en hiervoor in de plaats de SysFS-mapnaam opgeven." #. PCI ID help text, %1 stands for a button name (OK or Finish -- depends on the situation) #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:424 -msgid "" -"Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press " -"%1 to activate the settings." -msgstr "" -"Gebruik de knoppen onderaan de tabel om de lijst met PCI-ID's te " -"wijzigen. Klik op %1 om de instellingen te activeren." +msgid "Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press %1 to activate the settings." +msgstr "Gebruik de knoppen onderaan de tabel om de lijst met PCI-ID's te wijzigen. Klik op %1 om de instellingen te activeren." #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:431 -msgid "" -"Warning: This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you " -"know what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Waarschuwing: Dit is een configuratie voor experts. Ga alleen " -"verder als u weet waar u mee bezig bent." +msgid "Warning: This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you know what you are doing." +msgstr "Waarschuwing: Dit is een configuratie voor experts. Ga alleen verder als u weet waar u mee bezig bent." #. tree node string #: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:26 @@ -1121,12 +1076,9 @@ msgid "" "<big>Global I/O Scheduler</big> \n" "Select the algorithm which orders and sends commands to disk\n" -"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in " -"the\n" -"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually " -"'cfq')\n" -"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/" -"block\n" +"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in the\n" +"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually 'cfq')\n" +"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" "directory (package kernel-source) for more information.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Globale I/O-scheduler</big> \n" @@ -1146,24 +1098,18 @@ #: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Enable SysRq Keys</big> \n" -"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if " -"it\n" -"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key " -"combination\n" +"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if it\n" +"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key combination\n" "Alt-SysRq-<command_key> will start the respective command (e.g. reboot the\n" "computer, dump kernel information). For further information, see\n" -"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).</" -"p>\n" +"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).\n" msgstr "" "<big>SysRq-toetsen activeren</big> \n" -"Als u SysRq-toetsen activeert, dan heeft u enige controle over het systeem, " -"zelfs\n" -"als het vastloopt (zoals tijdens kernel-debugging). Indien geactiveerd zal " -"de\n" +"Als u SysRq-toetsen activeert, dan heeft u enige controle over het systeem, zelfs\n" +"als het vastloopt (zoals tijdens kernel-debugging). Indien geactiveerd zal de\n" "toetsencombinatie Alt-SysRq-<commando_toets> het respectievelijke commando\n" "starten (bijv. de computer herstarten, kernelinformatie dumpen). Voor meer\n" -"informatie zie <tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (pakket " -"kernel-source).\n" +"informatie zie <tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (pakket kernel-source).\n" #. Short sleep between reads or writes #: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:29 @@ -1449,27 +1395,21 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "The table contains information about all attached IDE devices. \n" #~ "Current DMA Mode shows the actual settings. Required DMA\n" -#~ "Mode shows settings that will be applied after Finish is " -#~ "pressed and\n" +#~ "Mode shows settings that will be applied after Finish is pressed and\n" #~ "after each boot." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "De tabel bevat informatie over alle aangesloten IDE-apparaten. De " -#~ "kolom\n" -#~ "Huidige DMA modus laat de actuele instellingen zien. De kolom " -#~ "Benodigde DMA\n" -#~ "modus laat de instellingen zien die actief worden nadat er op " -#~ "Voltooien is geklikt en\n" +#~ "De tabel bevat informatie over alle aangesloten IDE-apparaten. De kolom\n" +#~ "Huidige DMA modus laat de actuele instellingen zien. De kolom Benodigde DMA\n" +#~ "modus laat de instellingen zien die actief worden nadat er op Voltooien is geklikt en\n" #~ "na elke opstart." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Changing the IDE DMA Mode</BIG> \n" -#~ "Select a device in the table then select the desired DMA mode from DMA " -#~ "Mode.\n" +#~ "Select a device in the table then select the desired DMA mode from DMA Mode.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>IDE DMA modus wijzigen</BIG> \n" -#~ "Selecteer een apparaat uit de tabel en klik dan hieronder op de knop met " -#~ "de benodigde DMA modus.\n" +#~ "Selecteer een apparaat uit de tabel en klik dan hieronder op de knop met de benodigde DMA modus.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -1480,8 +1420,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Opmerking:</BIG> \n" #~ "Het uitschakelen van de DMA modus vertraagt de toegang tot het apparaat,\n" -#~ "sommige apparaten echter functioneren niet goed wanneer de DMA " -#~ "geactiveerd is.\n" +#~ "sommige apparaten echter functioneren niet goed wanneer de DMA geactiveerd is.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "Configure the DMA mode for IDE devices" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/update.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/update.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/update.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -106,20 +106,17 @@ "Stores only those modified files that will be replaced during update.\n" msgstr "" "Reservekopie aanmaken van de gewijzigde bestanden:\n" -"Slaat alleen de gewijzigde bestanden op die tijdens het bijwerken worden " -"vervangen.\n" +"Slaat alleen de gewijzigde bestanden op die tijdens het bijwerken worden vervangen.\n" #. help text for backup dialog during update 5/7 #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:120 msgid "" "Create a Complete Backup of\n" -"/etc/sysconfig: This covers all configuration files that are part of " -"the\n" +"/etc/sysconfig: This covers all configuration files that are part of the\n" "sysconfig mechanism, even those that will not be replaced.\n" msgstr "" "Volledige reservekopie van\n" -"/etc/sysconfig maken: Dit omvat alle configuratiebestanden die deel " -"uitmaken\n" +"/etc/sysconfig maken: Dit omvat alle configuratiebestanden die deel uitmaken\n" "van het sysconfig-mechanisme, ook degene die niet vervangen worden.\n" #. help text for backup dialog during update 6/7 @@ -225,16 +222,14 @@ "either case, we recommend to make a backup of your personal data.\n" msgstr "" "De bijwerkoptie verschilt voor beide modi. In\n" -"beide gevallen bevelen we aan om een reservekopie van uw persoonlijke " -"gegevens te maken.\n" +"beide gevallen bevelen we aan om een reservekopie van uw persoonlijke gegevens te maken.\n" #. help text for dialog "update options" 2/4, %1 is a product name #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:151 msgid "" "With New Software: This default setting\n" "updates the existing software and installs all new features and benefits of\n" -"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former " -"predefined\n" +"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former predefined\n" "software selection.\n" msgstr "" "Met nieuwe software: Met deze standaardinstelling\n" @@ -247,8 +242,7 @@ msgid "" "Only Installed Packages: This selection\n" "only updates the packages already installed on your system. Note:\n" -"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, " -"is\n" +"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, is\n" "not available after the update. You might miss new features.\n" msgstr "" "Alleen geïnstalleerde pakketten: Deze selectie werkt\n" @@ -262,8 +256,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:175 msgid "" "After the update, some software might not\n" -"function anymore. Activate Delete Unmaintained Packages to delete " -"those\n" +"function anymore. Activate Delete Unmaintained Packages to delete those\n" "packages during the update.\n" msgstr "" "Na de opwaardering kan het zijn dat bepaalde software niet meer\n" @@ -330,9 +323,7 @@ #. warning text #: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:149 msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. Manual intervention is required." -msgstr "" -"Niet alle conflicten konden worden opgelost. Handmatige interventie is " -"vereist." +msgstr "Niet alle conflicten konden worden opgelost. Handmatige interventie is vereist." #. this is a heading #: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:198 @@ -382,12 +373,8 @@ #. error message in proposal #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 -msgid "" -"The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"Het geïnstalleerde product is niet compatibel met het product dat op de " -"installatiemedia staat." +msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." +msgstr "Het geïnstalleerde product is niet compatibel met het product dat op de installatiemedia staat." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:212 #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) @@ -403,8 +390,7 @@ #. %2 is the version being installed #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 msgid "" -"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the " -"running system. \n" +"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" "or disable software repositories of products with different versions.\n" msgstr "" @@ -417,9 +403,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." -msgstr "" -"Waarschuwing: opwaarderen van '%1' naar '%2', producten komen niet exact " -"overeen." +msgstr "Waarschuwing: opwaarderen van '%1' naar '%2', producten komen niet exact overeen." #. Proposal for backup during update #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 @@ -439,8 +423,7 @@ "installed as well (default). Decide whether unmaintained packages should be\n" "deleted.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Bijwerkopties</big> Selecteer hoe uw systeem wordt " -"bijgewerkt.\n" +"<big>Bijwerkopties</big> Selecteer hoe uw systeem wordt bijgewerkt.\n" "Kies of alleen geïnstalleerde pakketten moeten worden bijgewerkt of dat\n" "ook nieuwe pakketten moeten worden geïnstalleerd (standaard). Beslis of\n" "niet onderhouden pakketten moeten worden verwijderd.\n" @@ -595,12 +578,10 @@ #. pop-up question #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" -"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected " -"partition.\n" +"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" -"Op de geselecteerde partitie is een mogelijk incomplete installatie " -"gevonden.\n" +"Op de geselecteerde partitie is een mogelijk incomplete installatie gevonden.\n" "Wilt u deze toch gebruiken?" #. button label @@ -617,8 +598,7 @@ "\n" "Are you sure you want to continue?" msgstr "" -"Het initialiseren van het systeem voor bijwerken is om een onbekende reden " -"mislukt.\n" +"Het initialiseren van het systeem voor bijwerken is om een onbekende reden mislukt.\n" "Het is ten zeerste aanbevolen niet verder te gaan met het bijwerkproces.\n" "\n" "Wilt u toch doorgaan?" @@ -721,16 +701,14 @@ #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" -"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not " -"fit.\n" +"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" "It is safer to either enlarge the partition\n" "or not use a /boot partition at all.\n" "\n" "Do you want to continue updating the current system?\n" msgstr "" "Uw /boot-partitie is te klein (%1 MB).\n" -"We bevelen een afmeting aan van minimaal %2 MB, anders kan de nieuwe kernel " -"er\n" +"We bevelen een afmeting aan van minimaal %2 MB, anders kan de nieuwe kernel er\n" "niet op passen. Het is daarom veiliger om die partitie te vergroten\n" "of zelfs helemaal geen /boot-partitie te gebruiken.\n" "\n" @@ -754,8 +732,7 @@ "\n" "Als u zeker weet dat de partitie niet noodzakelijk is voor het bijwerken\n" "(als het dus geen systeempartitie is), kunt u op 'Doorgaan' klikken.\n" -"Klik op 'Aankoppelopties opgeven' om de opties voor aankoppelen te " -"controleren of\n" +"Klik op 'Aankoppelopties opgeven' om de opties voor aankoppelen te controleren of\n" "te herstellen. Klik op 'Annuleren' om het bijwerken af te breken.\n" #. push button @@ -817,16 +794,12 @@ #. a popup message #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" -"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the " -"upgrade\n" -"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition " -"manually\n" +"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" +"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" "to continue the upgrade process." msgstr "" -"Uw systeem gebruikt een separate /var partitie die is vereist voor het " -"bijwerken\n" -"om de wijzigingen van de schijfnamen de detecteren. Selecteer de /var " -"partitie\n" +"Uw systeem gebruikt een separate /var partitie die is vereist voor het bijwerken\n" +"om de wijzigingen van de schijfnamen de detecteren. Selecteer de /var partitie\n" "handmatig om door te kunnen gaan met het bijwerken." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_language.ycp:99 @@ -862,19 +835,14 @@ #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" -"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This " -"is\n" +"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" -"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change " -"the\n" +"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change the\n" "mount-by method to any other method for all partitions." msgstr "" -"Enkele partities in het systeem op %1 zijn aangekoppeld met de " -"kernelapparaatnamen. Dit geen\n" -"betrouwbare methode voor het opwaarderen omdat deze namen niet blijvend " -"zijn. Het is daarom\n" -"ten zeerste aanbevolen om uw oude systeem te starten en het aankoppelen-met " -"te wijzigen naar\n" +"Enkele partities in het systeem op %1 zijn aangekoppeld met de kernelapparaatnamen. Dit geen\n" +"betrouwbare methode voor het opwaarderen omdat deze namen niet blijvend zijn. Het is daarom\n" +"ten zeerste aanbevolen om uw oude systeem te starten en het aankoppelen-met te wijzigen naar\n" "een andere methode voor alle partities." #. error message @@ -986,8 +954,7 @@ #~ "Wilt u doorgaan met het aankoppelen van het station?" #~ msgid "Cannot read package data from installation media. Media error?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kan geen pakketgegevens van het installatiemedium lezen. Mediumfout?" +#~ msgstr "Kan geen pakketgegevens van het installatiemedium lezen. Mediumfout?" #~ msgid "Update based on selection \"%1\"" #~ msgstr "Opwaarderen gebaseerd op selectie \"%1\"" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/users.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/users.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/users.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: users.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 23:43+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -106,12 +106,8 @@ #. translators: command line help text for 'user' option #: src/clients/groups.rb:218 -msgid "" -"List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of " -"LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." -msgstr "" -"Lijst van groepsleden, meestal gebruikersnamen, gescheiden door komma's. De " -"lijst van DN's van LDAP-gebruikers moet door dubbele punten gescheiden zijn." +msgid "List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." +msgstr "Lijst van groepsleden, meestal gebruikersnamen, gescheiden door komma's. De lijst van DN's van LDAP-gebruikers moet door dubbele punten gescheiden zijn." #. translators: command line help text for new_groupname option #: src/clients/groups.rb:225 @@ -138,9 +134,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for batchmode option #: src/clients/groups.rb:253 src/clients/users.rb:295 msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead." -msgstr "" -"Vraag niet om ontbrekende gegevens; geef in plaats daarvan een foutstatus " -"terug." +msgstr "Vraag niet om ontbrekende gegevens; geef in plaats daarvan een foutstatus terug." #. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method" #. dialog caption @@ -158,34 +152,19 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Authenticatie \n" -"Hier kunt u de authenticatiemethode voor de gebruikers op uw systeem " -"kiezen.\n" +"Hier kunt u de authenticatiemethode voor de gebruikers op uw systeem kiezen.\n" "" #. helptext 2/3 #. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2 #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 -msgid "" -"Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files " -"/etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." -msgstr "" -"Kies Lokaal om gebruikers alleen te verifiëren met behulp van de " -"lokale bestanden /etc/passwd en /etc/shadow." +msgid "Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." +msgstr "Kies Lokaal om gebruikers alleen te verifiëren met behulp van de lokale bestanden /etc/passwd en /etc/shadow." #. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued) #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133 -msgid "" -"If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to " -"create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a " -"Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new " -"home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." -msgstr "" -"Als u een vorige installatie of een alternatief systeem hebt, dan is het " -"mogelijk om gebruikers op basis van die bron aan te maken. Selecteer " -"hiervoor de optie Gebruikersgegevens uit een vorige installatie lezen</" -"b>. Voor elke gebruiker hergebruikt deze optie een bestaande persoonlijke " -"map, of maakt een nieuwe aan in de locatie die tijdens deze installatie is " -"opgegeven." +msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." +msgstr "Als u een vorige installatie of een alternatief systeem hebt, dan is het mogelijk om gebruikers op basis van die bron aan te maken. Selecteer hiervoor de optie Gebruikersgegevens uit een vorige installatie lezen. Voor elke gebruiker hergebruikt deze optie een bestaande persoonlijke map, of maakt een nieuwe aan in de locatie die tijdens deze installatie is opgegeven." #. radiobutton to select ldap user auth. #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141 @@ -224,8 +203,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185 msgid "" "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" -"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. " -"Then\n" +"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" "press Next to continue with configuration of your client." msgstr "" "Kies de passende waarde als u een NIS- of LDAP-server gebruikt om\n" @@ -237,8 +215,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195 msgid "" "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of " -"your client." +"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." msgstr "" "Kies de passende waarde als u een NIS- of LDAP-server gebruikt om\n" "gebruikersgegevens op te slaan. Ga vervolgens verder met het\n" @@ -260,8 +237,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215 msgid "" "If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of " -"your client." +"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." msgstr "" "Kies de passende waarde als u een LDAP-server gebruikt om\n" "gebruikersgegevens op te slaan. Ga vervolgens verder met het\n" @@ -269,12 +245,8 @@ #. helptext: additional kerberos support #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225 -msgid "" -"Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after " -"configuring the user data source." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer Kerberos-authenticatie instellen om Kerberos in te " -"stellen na het instellen van de gebruikersgegevensbron." +msgid "Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source." +msgstr "Selecteer Kerberos-authenticatie instellen om Kerberos in te stellen na het instellen van de gebruikersgegevensbron." #. check box label #. check box label @@ -371,8 +343,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" -"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and " -"numbers\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" "reenter it in a second field.\n" "\n" @@ -392,8 +363,7 @@ "\n" "All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" "Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" -"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or " -"umlauts.\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -427,12 +397,8 @@ #. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry' #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187 -msgid "" -"To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering " -"text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." -msgstr "" -"Controleer of de huidige toetsenbordindeling juist is door wat tekst en " -"speciale tekens te typen in het veld Toetsenbordindeling testen." +msgid "To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." +msgstr "Controleer of de huidige toetsenbordindeling juist is door wat tekst en speciale tekens te typen in het veld Toetsenbordindeling testen." #. report misspellings of the password #. report misspellings of the password @@ -580,19 +546,13 @@ #. Help text for password expert dialog #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:166 msgid "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users." -msgstr "" -" Kies een wachtwoordversleutelingsmethode voor lokale en " -"systeemgebruikers." +msgstr " Kies een wachtwoordversleutelingsmethode voor lokale en systeemgebruikers." #. Help text for password expert dialog #. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 -msgid "" -"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other " -"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." -msgstr "" -"SHA-512 is de huidige standaard hash-methode, andere algoritmen " -"gebruiken is niet aanbevolen tenzij nodig voor compatibiliteit." +msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgstr "SHA-512 is de huidige standaard hash-methode, andere algoritmen gebruiken is niet aanbevolen tenzij nodig voor compatibiliteit." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 @@ -683,8 +643,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:448 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" -"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be " -"between\n" +"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" " %2 and %3 characters.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -721,13 +680,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467 msgid "" "\n" -"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, " -"and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -741,13 +697,8 @@ #. help text for main add user dialog #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:473 -msgid "" -"Check Use this password for system administrator if the same " -"password as entered for the first user should be used for root." -msgstr "" -"Vink Dit wachtwoord gebruiken voor de systeembeheerder aan wanneer " -"het wachtwoord dat is ingegeven voor de eerste gebruiker ook gebruikt moet " -"worden voor root." +msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." +msgstr "Vink Dit wachtwoord gebruiken voor de systeembeheerder aan wanneer het wachtwoord dat is ingegeven voor de eerste gebruiker ook gebruikt moet worden voor root." #. help text for main add user dialog #. these are used only during installation time @@ -755,27 +706,20 @@ #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 msgid "" "\n" -"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with " -"your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure " -"is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" +"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"De gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord die hier zijn aangemaakt zijn nodig om u " -"aan te melden op uw Linux-systeem. Als de optie Automatisch aanmelden " -"is ingeschakeld, zal de aanmeldingsprocedure worden overgeslagen. Deze " -"gebruiker zal automatisch worden aangemeld.\n" +"De gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord die hier zijn aangemaakt zijn nodig om u aan te melden op uw Linux-systeem. Als de optie Automatisch aanmelden is ingeschakeld, zal de aanmeldingsprocedure worden overgeslagen. Deze gebruiker zal automatisch worden aangemeld.\n" #. help text for main add user dialog #. help text 5/7 (only during installation) #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:480 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "\n" -"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System " -"Mail.\n" +"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Als u de optie Systeemmail ontvangen inschakelt, dan zal de mail voor " -"root naar deze gebruiker worden doorgestuurd.\n" +"Als u de optie Systeemmail ontvangen inschakelt, dan zal de mail voor root naar deze gebruiker worden doorgestuurd.\n" #. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well #. as password encryption (see fate 302980) @@ -855,8 +799,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for delete action #: src/clients/users.rb:167 msgid "Delete an existing user (home directory is not removed)" -msgstr "" -"Een bestaande gebruiker verwijderen. (De persoonlijke map blijft bestaan.)" +msgstr "Een bestaande gebruiker verwijderen. (De persoonlijke map blijft bestaan.)" #. translators: command line help text for list local option #: src/clients/users.rb:175 @@ -926,8 +869,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for home option #: src/clients/users.rb:260 msgid "List of groups of which the user is a member (separated by commas)" -msgstr "" -"Lijst met groepen waarvan de gebruiker lid is (gescheiden door komma's)" +msgstr "Lijst met groepen waarvan de gebruiker lid is (gescheiden door komma's)" #. translators: command line help text for show option #: src/clients/users.rb:267 @@ -953,12 +895,10 @@ #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry " -"that were not set in previous dialogs." +"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that were not set in previous dialogs." msgstr "" "\n" -"Hier ziet u voor het huidige LDAP-item de tabel met alle toegestane " -"kenmerken die in de voorgaande dialogen nog niet zijn ingesteld." +"Hier ziet u voor het huidige LDAP-item de tabel met alle toegestane kenmerken die in de voorgaande dialogen nog niet zijn ingesteld." #. helptext 1/3 (don't translate objectclass"), #. %1 is list of values @@ -981,8 +921,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Edit each attribute using Edit. Some attributes \n" -"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client " -"Module.\n" +"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client Module.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Ieder kenmerk is via Bewerken aan te passen.\n" @@ -1007,14 +946,8 @@ #. helptext #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:91 -msgid "" -"Assign a password policy object to this user in DN of Password Policy " -"object. Activate Reset Password to reset the password of modified " -"user." -msgstr "" -"Wijs een wachtwoordbeleidsobject toe aan deze gebruiker in DN van " -"wachtwoordbeleidsobject. Activeer Wachtwoord opnieuw instellen om " -"het wachtwoord van de gewijzigde gebruiker opnieuw in te stellen." +msgid "Assign a password policy object to this user in DN of Password Policy object. Activate Reset Password to reset the password of modified user." +msgstr "Wijs een wachtwoordbeleidsobject toe aan deze gebruiker in DN van wachtwoordbeleidsobject. Activeer Wachtwoord opnieuw instellen om het wachtwoord van de gewijzigde gebruiker opnieuw in te stellen." #. check box label #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:107 @@ -1111,17 +1044,13 @@ #. helptext for quota #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:97 msgid "Configure quota settings for the user on selected file systems." -msgstr "" -"De quota-instellingen voor de gebruiker op geselecteerde bestandssystemen " -"instellen." +msgstr "De quota-instellingen voor de gebruiker op geselecteerde bestandssystemen instellen." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101 msgid "" "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\n" -"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -"limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</" -"p>\n" +"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Definieer een groottelimiet door het aantal 1 KB-blokken op te\n" "geven dat de gebruiker op dit bestandssysteem mag gebruiken.\n" @@ -1130,75 +1059,38 @@ #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105 -msgid "" -"You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " -"The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are " -"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " -"requests are denied." -msgstr "" -"U kunt zowel zachte als harde limieten voor de grootte en het aantal " -"inodes opgeven. De zachte limieten definiëren een waarschuwingsniveau waarop " -"gebruikers worden geïnformeerd dat ze hun limiet naderen, terwijl harde " -"limieten de grens bepalen waarna schrijftoegang wordt geweigerd." +msgid "You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied." +msgstr "U kunt zowel zachte als harde limieten voor de grootte en het aantal inodes opgeven. De zachte limieten definiëren een waarschuwingsniveau waarop gebruikers worden geïnformeerd dat ze hun limiet naderen, terwijl harde limieten de grens bepalen waarna schrijftoegang wordt geweigerd." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:109 -msgid "" -"As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " -"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is " -"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " -"interval starts immediately." -msgstr "" -"Zodra een gebruiker de zachte limiet heeft bereikt, worden de " -"invoervelden voor het gratie-interval geactiveerd. Geef de tijdsperiode op " -"gedurende welke de gebruiker de hierboven ingestelde zachte limieten mag " -"overschrijden. Het aftellen van het gratie-interval begint onmiddellijk." +msgid "As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately." +msgstr "Zodra een gebruiker de zachte limiet heeft bereikt, worden de invoervelden voor het gratie-interval geactiveerd. Geef de tijdsperiode op gedurende welke de gebruiker de hierboven ingestelde zachte limieten mag overschrijden. Het aftellen van het gratie-interval begint onmiddellijk." #. helptext for quota #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:115 msgid "Configure quota settings for the group on selected file systems." -msgstr "" -"De quota-instellingen voor de groep op geselecteerde bestandssystemen " -"instellen." +msgstr "De quota-instellingen voor de groep op geselecteerde bestandssystemen instellen." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:119 msgid "" "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\n" -"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -"limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</" -"p>\n" +"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Definieer een limiet voor de grootte door het aantal 1 kB-blokken\n" "op te geven dat de groep op dit bestandssysteem mag gebruiken.\n" -"Aanvullend kunt u een inode-limiet definiëren voor het aantal inodes dat de " -"groep op het bestandssysteem mag gebruiken.\n" +"Aanvullend kunt u een inode-limiet definiëren voor het aantal inodes dat de groep op het bestandssysteem mag gebruiken.\n" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123 -msgid "" -"You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " -"The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are " -"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " -"requests are denied." -msgstr "" -"U kunt zowel zachte als harde limieten voor de grootte en het aantal " -"inodes opgeven. De zachte limieten definiëren een waarschuwingsniveau waarop " -"groepen worden geïnformeerd dat ze hun limiet naderen, terwijl harde " -"limieten de grens bepalen waarna schrijftoegang wordt geweigerd." +msgid "You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied." +msgstr "U kunt zowel zachte als harde limieten voor de grootte en het aantal inodes opgeven. De zachte limieten definiëren een waarschuwingsniveau waarop groepen worden geïnformeerd dat ze hun limiet naderen, terwijl harde limieten de grens bepalen waarna schrijftoegang wordt geweigerd." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:127 -msgid "" -"As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " -"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is " -"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " -"interval starts immediately." -msgstr "" -"Zodra een groep de zachte limiet heeft bereikt, worden de invoervelden " -"voor het gratie-interval geactiveerd. Geef de tijdsperiode op gedurende " -"welke de groep de hierboven ingestelde zachte limieten mag overschrijden. " -"Het aftellen van het gratie-interval begint onmiddellijk." +msgid "As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately." +msgstr "Zodra een groep de zachte limiet heeft bereikt, worden de invoervelden voor het gratie-interval geactiveerd. Geef de tijdsperiode op gedurende welke de groep de hierboven ingestelde zachte limieten mag overschrijden. Het aftellen van het gratie-interval begint onmiddellijk." #. combo box label #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:188 @@ -1528,15 +1420,13 @@ "'%1' and '%2'\n" "were found. Use them for current user?\n" "\n" -"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home " -"directory." +"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home directory." msgstr "" "Er zijn een versleutelde image van een map en sleutelbestanden\n" "'%1' en '%2'\n" "gevonden. Deze voor de huidige gebruiker gebruiken?\n" "\n" -"Dit betekent dat gegevens uit deze image zullen worden gebruikt in plaats " -"van de huidige thuismap." +"Dit betekent dat gegevens uit deze image zullen worden gebruikt in plaats van de huidige thuismap." #. popup label, %1 is path to directory #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:369 @@ -1565,9 +1455,7 @@ #. label text #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:422 msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed." -msgstr "" -"Voor gebruikers op afstand kunnen alleen extra groeplidmaatschappen " -"gewijzigd worden." +msgstr "Voor gebruikers op afstand kunnen alleen extra groeplidmaatschappen gewijzigd worden." #. checkbox label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456 @@ -1850,8 +1738,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" -"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or " -"umlauts. \n" +"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts. \n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1868,8 +1755,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Hier kunt u standaardwaarden instellen voor nieuwe lokale of " -"systeemgebruikers.\n" +"Hier kunt u standaardwaarden instellen voor nieuwe lokale of systeemgebruikers.\n" "\n" #. Help text 1/6 @@ -1902,38 +1788,30 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "Default Login Shell \n" -"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter " -"your own path to the shell.\n" +"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.\n" msgstr "" "Standaard aanmeldings-shell \n" -"De naam van de aanmeldings-shell voor een nieuwe gebruiker. Selecteer er één " -"uit de lijst of geef zelf een pad naar de shell op.\n" +"De naam van de aanmeldings-shell voor een nieuwe gebruiker. Selecteer er één uit de lijst of geef zelf een pad naar de shell op.\n" #. Help text 3/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "Default Home \n" -"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is " -"added\n" +"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\n" "to the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Standaardmap voor persoonlijke mappen \n" -"Het standaard padvoorvoegsel voor de persoonlijke map van een nieuwe " -"gebruiker. De gebruikersnaam zal aan het einde van deze waarde worden gezet " -"om een standaardnaam voor de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker te maken. </" -"P>\n" +"Het standaard padvoorvoegsel voor de persoonlijke map van een nieuwe gebruiker. De gebruikersnaam zal aan het einde van deze waarde worden gezet om een standaardnaam voor de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker te maken. \n" #. Help text 4/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "Skeleton Directory \n" -"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a " -"new user is added. \n" +"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. \n" msgstr "" "Modelmap \n" -"Wanneer een nieuwe gebruiker wordt toegevoegd, zal de inhoud van deze map " -"naar de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker gekopieerd worden.\n" +"Wanneer een nieuwe gebruiker wordt toegevoegd, zal de inhoud van deze map naar de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker gekopieerd worden.\n" #. Help text 4.5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:138 @@ -1942,21 +1820,18 @@ "Umask to use for creating new home directories.\n" msgstr "" "Umask voor persoonlijke map \n" -"De te gebruiken 'umask' bij het aanmaken van nieuwe persoonlijke mappen.</" -"p>\n" +"De te gebruiken 'umask' bij het aanmaken van nieuwe persoonlijke mappen.\n" #. Help text 5/6: #. Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format #: src/include/users/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "Expiration Date \n" -"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the " -"format\n" +"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\n" "YYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.\n" msgstr "" "Verloopdatum \n" -"De datum waarop het gebruikersaccount verloopt. De datum moet de opmaak JJJJ-" -"MM-DD hebben. Laat het leeg indien dit account nooit mag verlopen.\n" +"De datum waarop het gebruikersaccount verloopt. De datum moet de opmaak JJJJ-MM-DD hebben. Laat het leeg indien dit account nooit mag verlopen.\n" #. Help text 6/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:149 @@ -1967,8 +1842,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Aantal extra aanmeldingsdagen na verlopen van wachtwoord \n" -"Gebruikers kunnen zich ook na het verlopen van hun wachtwoord nog " -"aanmelden.\n" +"Gebruikers kunnen zich ook na het verlopen van hun wachtwoord nog aanmelden.\n" "Geef het gewenste aantal dagen op. Gebruik -1 voor een onbeperkte periode.\n" "\n" @@ -2042,11 +1916,9 @@ "Create the Username from components of the full name by\n" "clicking Suggestion. It may be modified, but use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -2065,11 +1937,9 @@ "\n" "For the Username, use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -2082,12 +1952,8 @@ #. help text 6/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 -msgid "" -"Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Klik op Gebruikersbeheer om meer gebruikers of groepen aan uw " -"systeem toe te voegen." +msgid "Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system." +msgstr "Klik op Gebruikersbeheer om meer gebruikers of groepen aan uw systeem toe te voegen." #. alternative help text 4/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:278 @@ -2106,12 +1972,10 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:286 msgid "" "\n" -"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, " -"click Password Settings.\n" +"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click Password Settings.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Klik op Wachtwoordinstellingen om de diverse wachtwoordinstellingen " -"(zoals bijvoorbeeld de verloopdatum) van deze gebruiker aan te passen.\n" +"Klik op Wachtwoordinstellingen om de diverse wachtwoordinstellingen (zoals bijvoorbeeld de verloopdatum) van deze gebruiker aan te passen.\n" #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:296 @@ -2177,8 +2041,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Password:\n" -"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves " -"when\n" +"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves when\n" "switching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\n" "password to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\n" "here. This entry is not required.\n" @@ -2186,10 +2049,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Wachtwoord:\n" -"Als u wilt dat niet-leden van de groep zichzelf moeten identificeren " -"wanneer\n" -"ze overschakelen naar deze nieuwe groep (zie de man-pagina van <tt>newgrp</" -"tt>),\n" +"Als u wilt dat niet-leden van de groep zichzelf moeten identificeren wanneer\n" +"ze overschakelen naar deze nieuwe groep (zie de man-pagina van <tt>newgrp</tt>),\n" "dan kunt u aan deze groep een wachtwoord toewijzen. Om veiligheidsredenen\n" "wordt dit wachtwoord hier niet getoond. Deze opgave is niet verplicht.\n" "\n" @@ -2271,12 +2132,9 @@ "located elsewhere.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Wanneer u het UID van een bestaande gebruiker verandert, dan zullen de " -"rechten\n" -"van de bestanden van deze gebruiker ook gewijzigd moeten worden. Dit " -"gebeurt\n" -"automatisch bij de bestanden in de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker, " -"echter\n" +"Wanneer u het UID van een bestaande gebruiker verandert, dan zullen de rechten\n" +"van de bestanden van deze gebruiker ook gewijzigd moeten worden. Dit gebeurt\n" +"automatisch bij de bestanden in de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker, echter\n" "niet bij de bestanden die zich eventueel op andere plaatsen bevinden.\n" #. help text 4/8 @@ -2298,12 +2156,8 @@ #. help text for user's home directory mode #: src/include/users/helps.rb:430 -msgid "" -"Optionally, set the Home Directory Permission Mode for this user's " -"home directory different from the default." -msgstr "" -"Optioneel kunt u via Toegangsrechten voor persoonlijke map de " -"toegangsrechten van die map anders instellen dan standaard." +msgid "Optionally, set the Home Directory Permission Mode for this user's home directory different from the default." +msgstr "Optioneel kunt u via Toegangsrechten voor persoonlijke map de toegangsrechten van die map anders instellen dan standaard." #. alternate helptext 4.5/8; %1 is directory (e.g. '/etc/skel') #: src/include/users/helps.rb:440 @@ -2319,53 +2173,29 @@ #. help text for Move to new location checkbox #: src/include/users/helps.rb:452 -msgid "" -"If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of " -"the current directory with Move to New Location, activated by " -"default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the " -"existing data." -msgstr "" -"Als u de locatie van de persoonlijke map van een gebruiker wijzigt, kunt " -"u de inhoud van de huidige map verplaatsen met de optie Verplaatsen naar " -"nieuwe locatie -- deze wordt standaard geactiveerd. Anders wordt er een " -"nieuwe persoonlijke map aangemaakt zonder de bestaande gegevens." +msgid "If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of the current directory with Move to New Location, activated by default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data." +msgstr "Als u de locatie van de persoonlijke map van een gebruiker wijzigt, kunt u de inhoud van de huidige map verplaatsen met de optie Verplaatsen naar nieuwe locatie -- deze wordt standaard geactiveerd. Anders wordt er een nieuwe persoonlijke map aangemaakt zonder de bestaande gegevens." #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:464 msgid "" "To encrypt the user's home directory, enable Use Encrypted Home\n" -"Directory and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home " -"directory\n" -"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is " -"shared\n" +"Directory and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home directory\n" +"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is shared\n" "among multiple users, it may be possible for a user to compromise system\n" -"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted " -"data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically " -"shared." +"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically shared." msgstr "" "Als u de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker wilt versleutelen, moet u\n" "Versleutelde persoonlijke map gebruiken inschakelen en de grootte\n" -"van de map opgeven. Het versleutelen van de persoonlijke map van een " -"gebruiker\n" -"vormt geen sterke beveiliging tegen andere gebruikers. Als deze computer " -"door\n" -"meerdere gebruikers wordt gedeeld, kan een gebruiker mogelijk de " -"systeembeveiliging\n" -"omzeilen, de sleutel van een andere gebruiker verkrijgen en toegang krijgen " -"tot de versleutelde gegevens. Als sterke beveiliging vereist is, moet het " -"systeem niet fysiek worden gedeeld." +"van de map opgeven. Het versleutelen van de persoonlijke map van een gebruiker\n" +"vormt geen sterke beveiliging tegen andere gebruikers. Als deze computer door\n" +"meerdere gebruikers wordt gedeeld, kan een gebruiker mogelijk de systeembeveiliging\n" +"omzeilen, de sleutel van een andere gebruiker verkrijgen en toegang krijgen tot de versleutelde gegevens. Als sterke beveiliging vereist is, moet het systeem niet fysiek worden gedeeld." #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:476 -msgid "" -"Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is " -"used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint " -"configuration first." -msgstr "" -"Persoonlijke mappen kunnen niet versleuteld worden als een " -"vingerprintlezer wordt gebruikt. Om de persoonlijke map van een gebruiker te " -"kunnen versleutelen moet de vingerprintconfiguratie eerst worden " -"uitgeschakeld." +msgid "Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration first." +msgstr "Persoonlijke mappen kunnen niet versleuteld worden als een vingerprintlezer wordt gebruikt. Om de persoonlijke map van een gebruiker te kunnen versleutelen moet de vingerprintconfiguratie eerst worden uitgeschakeld." #. alternate helptext 5/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:487 @@ -2389,12 +2219,9 @@ msgstr "" "Extra informatie\n" "Hier kunnen enkele extra gebruikergegevens worden opgegeven. Dit veld kan\n" -"maximaal drie onderdelen bevatten, gescheiden door komma's. De " -"standaardinhoud\n" -"is: kantoor,telefoon werk,telefoon privé. Deze " -"informatie wordt\n" -"getoond wanneer u voor deze gebruiker het commando finger gebruikt.</" -"p>\n" +"maximaal drie onderdelen bevatten, gescheiden door komma's. De standaardinhoud\n" +"is: kantoor,telefoon werk,telefoon privé. Deze informatie wordt\n" +"getoond wanneer u voor deze gebruiker het commando finger gebruikt.\n" #. help text 6/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:512 @@ -2461,12 +2288,8 @@ #. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:552 -msgid "" -"Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting " -"Launch." -msgstr "" -"De gedetailleerde configuratie van een bepaalde plugin kunt u starten " -"door Start te kiezen." +msgid "Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting Launch." +msgstr "De gedetailleerde configuratie van een bepaalde plugin kunt u starten door Start te kiezen." #. help texts 1/1 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:562 @@ -2486,12 +2309,9 @@ "password at the next login. If Last Password Change is set to\n" "Never, the user will be forced to change the password." msgstr "" -"Activeer Forceer wachtwoord wijziging om te forceren dat de " -"gebruiker\n" -"het wachtwoord wijzigt bij de volgende aanmelding. Als Laatste " -"wachtwoord\n" -"wijziging op Nooit is gezet dan zal de gebruiker geforceerd " -"worden\n" +"Activeer Forceer wachtwoord wijziging om te forceren dat de gebruiker\n" +"het wachtwoord wijzigt bij de volgende aanmelding. Als Laatste wachtwoord\n" +"wijziging op Nooit is gezet dan zal de gebruiker geforceerd worden\n" "het wachtwoord te wijzigen." #. Help text 2/6 @@ -2520,32 +2340,23 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Aantal extra aanmeldingsdagen na verlopen van wachtwoord \n" -"Gebruikers kunnen zich ook na het verlopen van hun wachtwoord nog " -"aanmelden.\n" +"Gebruikers kunnen zich ook na het verlopen van hun wachtwoord nog aanmelden.\n" "Geef het gewenste aantal dagen op. Gebruik -1 voor een onbeperkte periode.\n" "\n" #. Help text 4/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:595 msgid "" -"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days " -"a user \n" +"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days a user \n" "can use the same password before it expires.\n" -msgstr "" -"Maximum aantal dagen met hetzelfde wachtwoord Stel het aantal " -"dagen in dat een gebruiker hetzelfde wachtwoord mag gebruiken voordat het " -"verloopt.\n" +msgstr "Maximum aantal dagen met hetzelfde wachtwoord Stel het aantal dagen in dat een gebruiker hetzelfde wachtwoord mag gebruiken voordat het verloopt.\n" #. Help text 5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:599 msgid "" -"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum " -"age of \n" +"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum age of \n" "a password before a user is allowed to change it.\n" -msgstr "" -"Minimum aantal dagen met hetzelfde wachtwoord Stel het aantal " -"dagen in dat verstreken moet zijn voordat een gebruiker het wachtwoord mag " -"wijzigen.\n" +msgstr "Minimum aantal dagen met hetzelfde wachtwoord Stel het aantal dagen in dat verstreken moet zijn voordat een gebruiker het wachtwoord mag wijzigen.\n" #. Help text 6/6 : Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format #: src/include/users/helps.rb:603 @@ -2554,8 +2365,7 @@ "The date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD. \n" "Leave it empty if this account never expires.\n" msgstr "" -"Verloopdatum Stel de datum in waarop dit account moet " -"verlopen. \n" +"Verloopdatum Stel de datum in waarop dit account moet verlopen. \n" "De datum moet de opmaak JJJJ-MM-DD hebben. \n" "Laat het leeg indien dit account nooit mag verlopen.\n" @@ -2579,181 +2389,88 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Changing the Values \n" -"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the " -"module with Configure.\n" +"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with Configure.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "De waarden wijzigen \n" -"U kunt deze instellingen instellen door de gewenste modules te starten. " -"Selecteer de module met de knop Instellen.\n" +"U kunt deze instellingen instellen door de gewenste modules te starten. Selecteer de module met de knop Instellen.\n" "\n" #. help text for Password Policy Dialog #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies</" -"b>, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups " -"of attributes to configure." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer de tabs Beleid voor wachtwoordwijziging, Beleid voor " -"wachtwoordveroudering en Beleid voor uitsluiting om de " -"beleidsgroepen voor het LDAP-wachtwoord voor in te stellen attributen te " -"kiezen." +msgid "Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure." +msgstr "Selecteer de tabs Beleid voor wachtwoordwijziging, Beleid voor wachtwoordveroudering en Beleid voor uitsluiting om de beleidsgroepen voor het LDAP-wachtwoord voor in te stellen attributen te kiezen." #. help text for pwdInHistory attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set " -"how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not " -"be used." -msgstr "" -"Geef de waarde voor Maximaal aantal wachtwoorden opgeslagen in " -"geschiedenis op om in te stellen hoeveel eerder gebruikte wachtwoorden " -"moeten worden opgeslagen. Opgeslagen wachtwoorden mogen niet worden gebruikt." -"" +msgid "Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used." +msgstr "Geef de waarde voor Maximaal aantal wachtwoorden opgeslagen in geschiedenis op om in te stellen hoeveel eerder gebruikte wachtwoorden moeten worden opgeslagen. Opgeslagen wachtwoorden mogen niet worden gebruikt." #. help text for pwdMustChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:74 -msgid "" -"Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to " -"change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an " -"administrator." -msgstr "" -"Schakel Gebruiker moet wachtwoord wijzigen na opnieuw instellen in " -"om gebruikers te forceren tot een wijziging van hun wachtwoord nadat het " -"wachtwoord opnieuw is ingesteld of door een beheerder is gewijzigd." +msgid "Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator." +msgstr "Schakel Gebruiker moet wachtwoord wijzigen na opnieuw instellen in om gebruikers te forceren tot een wijziging van hun wachtwoord nadat het wachtwoord opnieuw is ingesteld of door een beheerder is gewijzigd." #. help text for pwdAllowUserChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their " -"passwords." -msgstr "" -"Schakel Gebruiker kan wachtwoord wijzigen in om gebruikers toe te " -"staan hun wachtwoord te wijzigen." +msgid "Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their passwords." +msgstr "Schakel Gebruiker kan wachtwoord wijzigen in om gebruikers toe te staan hun wachtwoord te wijzigen." #. help text for pwdSafeModify attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:82 -msgid "" -"If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, " -"check Old Password Required for Password Change." -msgstr "" -"Als het bestaande wachtwoord samen met het nieuwe wachtwoord moet worden " -"opgegeven, schakelt u Oud wachtwoord vereist voor wachtwoordwijziging " -"in." +msgid "If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check Old Password Required for Password Change." +msgstr "Als het bestaande wachtwoord samen met het nieuwe wachtwoord moet worden opgegeven, schakelt u Oud wachtwoord vereist voor wachtwoordwijziging in." #. help text for pwdCheckQuality attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86 -msgid "" -"Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords " -"are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be " -"checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are " -"accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has " -"provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords " -"passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be " -"checked." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer of de kwaliteit van het wachtwoord moet worden gecontroleerd " -"terwijl wachtwoorden worden gewijzigd of toegevoegd. Selecteer Geen " -"controle als wachtwoorden helemaal niet moeten worden gecontroleerd. Met " -"Niet-controleerbare wachtwoorden accepteren worden wachtwoorden zelfs " -"geaccepteerd als de controle niet kan worden uitgevoerd, bijvoorbeeld als de " -"gebruiker een gecodeerd wachtwoord heeft opgegeven. Met Alleen " -"gecontroleerde wachtwoorden accepteren worden wachtwoorden geweigerd als " -"de kwaliteitstest mislukt of als het wachtwoord niet kan worden " -"gecontroleerd." +msgid "Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked." +msgstr "Selecteer of de kwaliteit van het wachtwoord moet worden gecontroleerd terwijl wachtwoorden worden gewijzigd of toegevoegd. Selecteer Geen controle als wachtwoorden helemaal niet moeten worden gecontroleerd. Met Niet-controleerbare wachtwoorden accepteren worden wachtwoorden zelfs geaccepteerd als de controle niet kan worden uitgevoerd, bijvoorbeeld als de gebruiker een gecodeerd wachtwoord heeft opgegeven. Met Alleen gecontroleerde wachtwoorden accepteren worden wachtwoorden geweigerd als de kwaliteitstest mislukt of als het wachtwoord niet kan worden gecontroleerd." #. help text for pwdMinLength attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in " -"Minimum Password Length." -msgstr "" -"Stel bij Minimale wachtwoordlengte het minimale aantal tekens in dat " -"moet worden gebruikt in een wachtwoord." +msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in Minimum Password Length." +msgstr "Stel bij Minimale wachtwoordlengte het minimale aantal tekens in dat moet worden gebruikt in een wachtwoord." #. help text for pwdMinAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:94 -msgid "" -"Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between " -"modifications to the password." -msgstr "" -"Met Minimale wachtwoordleeftijd stelt u in hoeveel tijd er moet " -"verstrijken tussen de wachtwoordwijzigingen." +msgid "Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password." +msgstr "Met Minimale wachtwoordleeftijd stelt u in hoeveel tijd er moet verstrijken tussen de wachtwoordwijzigingen." #. help text for pwdMaxAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:98 -msgid "" -"Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password " -"expires." -msgstr "" -"Met Maximale wachtwoordleeftijd stelt u in hoe lang na de " -"wijziging een wachtwoord verloopt." +msgid "Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password expires." +msgstr "Met Maximale wachtwoordleeftijd stelt u in hoe lang na de wijziging een wachtwoord verloopt." #. help text for pwdExpireWarning attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:102 -msgid "" -"In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long " -"before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages " -"should be given to an authenticating user." -msgstr "" -"Bij Tijd voordat verlopen van wachtwoord een waarschuwing veroorzaakt</" -"b> stelt u in hoelang voordat een wachtwoord verloopt, er een " -"waarschuwingsbericht moet worden gegeven aan een gebruiker tijdens de " -"verificatie." +msgid "In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user." +msgstr "Bij Tijd voordat verlopen van wachtwoord een waarschuwing veroorzaakt stelt u in hoelang voordat een wachtwoord verloopt, er een waarschuwingsbericht moet worden gegeven aan een gebruiker tijdens de verificatie." #. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate " -"in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." -msgstr "" -"Bij Toegestaan gebruik van een verlopen wachtwoord stelt u het " -"aantal keren in dat een verlopen wachtwoord kan worden gebruikt voor " -"verificatie." +msgid "Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." +msgstr "Bij Toegestaan gebruik van een verlopen wachtwoord stelt u het aantal keren in dat een verlopen wachtwoord kan worden gebruikt voor verificatie." #. help text for pwdLockout attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:110 -msgid "" -"Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a " -"specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." -msgstr "" -"Schakel Wachtwoordvergrendeling inschakelen in om het gebruik van " -"een wachtwoord te verbieden na een opgegeven aantal achtereenvolgende " -"mislukte verbindingspogingen." +msgid "Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." +msgstr "Schakel Wachtwoordvergrendeling inschakelen in om het gebruik van een wachtwoord te verbieden na een opgegeven aantal achtereenvolgende mislukte verbindingspogingen." #. help text for pwdMaxFailure attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "" -"Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the " -"password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the " -"Password." -msgstr "" -"Bij Mislukte verbindingen voor wachtwoordvergrendeling stelt u het " -"aantal achtereenvolgende mislukte verbindingspogingen in waarna het " -"wachtwoord niet meer mag worden gebruikt voor verificatie." +msgid "Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the Password." +msgstr "Bij Mislukte verbindingen voor wachtwoordvergrendeling stelt u het aantal achtereenvolgende mislukte verbindingspogingen in waarna het wachtwoord niet meer mag worden gebruikt voor verificatie." #. help text for pwdLockoutDuration attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:118 -msgid "" -"Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." -"" -msgstr "" -"Bij Duur van wachtwoordvergrendeling stelt u in hoe lang het " -"wachtwoord niet kan worden gebruikt." +msgid "Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." +msgstr "Bij Duur van wachtwoordvergrendeling stelt u in hoe lang het wachtwoord niet kan worden gebruikt." #. help text for pwdFailureCountInterval attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:122 -msgid "" -"Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password " -"failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful " -"authentication has occurred." -msgstr "" -"Met Cacheduur van mislukte verbindingen stelt u in hoe lang het " -"duurt voordat mislukte wachtwoorden worden opgeschoond uit de " -"mislukkingsteller ondanks dat er geen succesvolle verificatie heeft " -"plaatsgevonden." +msgid "Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred." +msgstr "Met Cacheduur van mislukte verbindingen stelt u in hoe lang het duurt voordat mislukte wachtwoorden worden opgeschoond uit de mislukkingsteller ondanks dat er geen succesvolle verificatie heeft plaatsgevonden." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #. tab label @@ -2887,8 +2604,7 @@ msgstr "" "Als er op deze computer persoonlijke mappen van LDAP-gebruikers zijn\n" "opgeslagen kies dan de toepasselijke optie. Het wijzigen van deze waarde\n" -"heeft geen directe gevolgen. Het heeft alleen invloed op de YaST-" -"gebruikersmodule\n" +"heeft geen directe gevolgen. Het heeft alleen invloed op de YaST-gebruikersmodule\n" "waarmee persoonlijke mappen kunnen worden onderhouden.\n" #. help text caption @@ -2896,13 +2612,11 @@ #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675 msgid "" "Press Configure to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet " -"or\n" +"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" "have changed your configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Klik op Instellen om de, op de LDAP-server opgeslagen,\n" -"instellingen in te stellen. Wanneer u nog geen verbinding heeft of als u uw " -"configuratie heeft veranderd, zal u\n" +"instellingen in te stellen. Wanneer u nog geen verbinding heeft of als u uw configuratie heeft veranderd, zal u\n" "naar het wachtwoord worden gevraagd.\n" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 @@ -2914,13 +2628,10 @@ #. password policy help #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" -"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add " -"to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" +"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" " if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server." msgstr "" -"Configureer het geselecteerde wachtwoordbeleid met Bewerken. " -"Gebruik Toevoegen om een nieuw wachtwoordbeleid toe te voegen. De " -"configuratie is alleen mogelijk\n" +"Configureer het geselecteerde wachtwoordbeleid met Bewerken. Gebruik Toevoegen om een nieuw wachtwoordbeleid toe te voegen. De configuratie is alleen mogelijk\n" " als het wachtwoorbeleid reeds is aangezet in de LDAP-server." #. checkbox label @@ -3211,8 +2922,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.\n" -"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but " -"it\n" +"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\n" "restricts passwords to eight characters or less.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -3259,8 +2969,7 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:586 msgid "" -"It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network " -"environments,\n" +"It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network environments,\n" "you might be unable to log in to a NIS client when a user password is\n" "encrypted with a method other than DES.\n" "\n" @@ -3293,19 +3002,14 @@ #. helptext 2/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:730 -msgid "" -"Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default " -"search filters." -msgstr "" -"Hier kunt u de zoekfilters voor de gebruikers en de groepen uitbreiden: " -"complexer dan de standaard zoekfilters." +msgid "Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default search filters." +msgstr "Hier kunt u de zoekfilters voor de gebruikers en de groepen uitbreiden: complexer dan de standaard zoekfilters." #. helptext 3/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734 msgid "" "With Default, load the default filter from the user and group\n" -"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' " -"attributes).\n" +"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\n" "If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.\n" msgstr "" "Met Standaard wordt het standaardfilter geladen uit de\n" @@ -3328,8 +3032,7 @@ " \n" "<tt>(&(objectClass=posixAccount)(uid=u*))</tt>\n" " \n" -"worden alleen gebruikers verkregen wiens gebruikersnaam met een 'u' begint.</" -"p>\n" +"worden alleen gebruikers verkregen wiens gebruikersnaam met een 'u' begint.\n" #. radiobutton label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:763 @@ -3409,34 +3112,28 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:969 msgid "" "\n" -"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM " -"as the login manager.\n" +"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"De hieronder beschreven opties zijn alleen beschikbaar als u KDM of GDM als " -"displaymanager gebruikt.\n" +"De hieronder beschreven opties zijn alleen beschikbaar als u KDM of GDM als displaymanager gebruikt.\n" "\n" #. helptext 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975 msgid "" "Auto Login \n" -"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from " -"the list is logged in automatically.\n" +"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "Automatisch aanmelden \n" -"De aanmeldingsprocedure wordt overgeslagen als Automatisch aanmelden " -"geactiveerd is. De uit de lijst gekozen gebruiker wordt automatisch " -"aangemeld.\n" +"De aanmeldingsprocedure wordt overgeslagen als Automatisch aanmelden geactiveerd is. De uit de lijst gekozen gebruiker wordt automatisch aangemeld.\n" #. helptext 3/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979 msgid "" "Passwordless Logins \n" "If this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\n" -"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user " -"to log in automatically.\n" +"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "Aanmelding zonder wachtwoord \n" "Als deze optie is geselecteerd, dan kunnen alle gebruikers zich\n" @@ -3468,8 +3165,7 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1126 msgid "Cannot delete the user %1. It must be done on the NIS server." -msgstr "" -"Kan gebruiker %1 niet verwijderen. Dit moet op de NIS-server gedaan worden." +msgstr "Kan gebruiker %1 niet verwijderen. Dit moet op de NIS-server gedaan worden." #. Continue/Cancel popup #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1135 @@ -3613,8 +3309,7 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1518 msgid "" "\n" -"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to " -"the\n" +"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to the\n" "system at the same time. To avoid confusion, each user must have\n" "a unique identity. Additionally, every user belongs to at least one group.\n" "\n" @@ -3630,8 +3325,7 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535 msgid "" "\n" -"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently " -"shown in the table with Set Filter.\n" +"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with Set Filter.\n" "Customize your view with Customize Filter.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -3644,16 +3338,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Click Expert Options to edit various expert settings, such as\n" -"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for " -"new\n" +"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for new\n" "users, or login settings. With Write Changes Now, save\n" "all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Klik op Geavanceerd om verschillende geavanceerde instellingen aan " -"te\n" -"kunnen passen: wachtwoordversleutelingstype, " -"gebruikersauthenticatiemethode,\n" +"Klik op Geavanceerd om verschillende geavanceerde instellingen aan te\n" +"kunnen passen: wachtwoordversleutelingstype, gebruikersauthenticatiemethode,\n" "standaardwaarden voor nieuwe gebruikers, en aanmeldingsinstellingen.\n" "Met Wijzigingen nu opslaan kunt u alle tot nu gemaakte wijzigingen\n" "opslaan zonder de configuratiemodule te verlaten.\n" @@ -3729,8 +3420,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\n" -"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify " -"groups.\n" +"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -4341,16 +4031,12 @@ #. label #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:452 msgid "Multiple templates are defined as default. Select the one to read." -msgstr "" -"Er zijn meerdere sjablonen als standaard gedefinieerd. Selecteer degene die " -"gelezen moet worden." +msgstr "Er zijn meerdere sjablonen als standaard gedefinieerd. Selecteer degene die gelezen moet worden." #. error message 2/2 (= next sentence) #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:491 msgid "Correct them manually before running the YaST users module again." -msgstr "" -"Corrigeer ze handmatig voordat u de YaST2-gebruikersmodule opnieuw gaat " -"opstarten." +msgstr "Corrigeer ze handmatig voordat u de YaST2-gebruikersmodule opnieuw gaat opstarten." #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) @@ -4383,8 +4069,7 @@ "Er staat een vreemde regel in het bestand %1:\n" "%2\n" "Misschien klopt het aantal dubbele punten niet of ontbreekt er een item.\n" -"Corrigeer het bestand handmatig alvorens de YaST2-gebruikersmodule weer op " -"te starten." +"Corrigeer het bestand handmatig alvorens de YaST2-gebruikersmodule weer op te starten." #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:545 @@ -4395,8 +4080,7 @@ msgstr "" "Er staat een vreemde regel in het bestand %1.\n" "Misschien klopt het aantal dubbele punten niet of ontbreekt er een item.\n" -"Corrigeer het bestand handmatig alvorens de YaST2-gebruikersmodule weer op " -"te starten." +"Corrigeer het bestand handmatig alvorens de YaST2-gebruikersmodule weer op te starten." #. default error message #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:555 @@ -4618,8 +4302,7 @@ #: src/modules/Users.pm:4397 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written." -msgstr "" -"Bestand %s is niet correct gelezen, het zal daarom niet worden geschreven." +msgstr "Bestand %s is niet correct gelezen, het zal daarom niet worden geschreven." #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468 @@ -4631,8 +4314,7 @@ #: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written." -msgstr "" -"Bestand %s is niet correct gelezen, het zal daarom niet worden geschreven." +msgstr "Bestand %s is niet correct gelezen, het zal daarom niet worden geschreven." #. error message #: src/modules/Users.pm:4583 @@ -4641,14 +4323,12 @@ "Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted." msgstr "" "\n" -"Ondersteuning voor versleuteling is niet geïnstalleerd, home-mappen zullen " -"NIET versleuteld worden." +"Ondersteuning voor versleuteling is niet geïnstalleerd, home-mappen zullen NIET versleuteld worden." #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail." -msgstr "" -"Er is fout opgetreden tijdens het instellen van mail-forwarding voor root." +msgstr "Er is fout opgetreden tijdens het instellen van mail-forwarding voor root." #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:4861 @@ -4716,8 +4396,7 @@ "The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"De bestaande gebruikersnaam behoort mogelijk aan een NIS- of LDAP-" -"gebruiker.\n" +"De bestaande gebruikersnaam behoort mogelijk aan een NIS- of LDAP-gebruiker.\n" #. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...") #: src/modules/Users.pm:5003 @@ -5169,8 +4848,7 @@ #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540 msgid "" "\n" -"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English " -"keyboard\n" +"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n" "layout. In cases of system error, it may be necessary to log in without a\n" "localized keyboard layout.\n" "" @@ -5395,10 +5073,8 @@ #~ msgstr "&eDirectory-LDAP" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you " -#~ "want\n" -#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value." -#~ "" +#~ "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" +#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Kies de passende waarde als u een NIS- of LDAP-server gebruikt om\n" #~ "gebruikersgegevens op te slaan, of als u gebruikers wilt aanmelden\n" @@ -5411,8 +5087,7 @@ #~ msgstr "De authenticatiemethode is %1 en Kerberos." #~ msgid "The configuration will be available later during the installation." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "De configuratie zal later gedurende de installatie beschikbaar zijn." +#~ msgstr "De configuratie zal later gedurende de installatie beschikbaar zijn." #~ msgid "Users %1 will be imported." #~ msgstr "Gebruikers %1 zullen geïmporteerd worden." Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/vm.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/vm.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/vm.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -46,12 +46,8 @@ #. check for kernel-bigsmp #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 -msgid "" -"x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your " -"architecture is " -msgstr "" -"x86_64 is de enige ondersteunde architectuur voor het hosten van virtuele " -"machines. Uw architectuur is " +msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " +msgstr "x86_64 is de enige ondersteunde architectuur voor het hosten van virtuele machines. Uw architectuur is " #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 @@ -59,8 +55,7 @@ "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" msgstr "" -"Installatie van een virtuele machine kan niet in de UML-machine zelf worden " -"gestart.\n" +"Installatie van een virtuele machine kan niet in de UML-machine zelf worden gestart.\n" "Start de installatie in het hostsysteem.\n" #. progress stage 1/2 @@ -82,42 +77,23 @@ #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 -msgid "" -"<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM " -"Server (domain 0) has two parts." -msgstr "" -"<big>Configuratie van VM-server</big>De configuratie van de " -"VM-server (domein 0) bestaat uit twee delen." +msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." +msgstr "<big>Configuratie van VM-server</big>De configuratie van de VM-server (domein 0) bestaat uit twee delen." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 -msgid "" -"The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot " -"loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is " -"added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." -msgstr "" -"Eerst worden de benodigde pakketten in het systeem geïnstalleerd. " -"Vervolgens wordt de bootloader naar GRUB geschakeld (als deze nog niet " -"gebruikt wordt) en wordt de Xen-sectie toegevoegd aan het bootloadermenu als " -"deze ontbreekt." +msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." +msgstr "Eerst worden de benodigde pakketten in het systeem geïnstalleerd. Vervolgens wordt de bootloader naar GRUB geschakeld (als deze nog niet gebruikt wordt) en wordt de Xen-sectie toegevoegd aan het bootloadermenu als deze ontbreekt." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 -msgid "" -"GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to " -"boot Xen and the Linux kernel." -msgstr "" -"GRUB is noodzakelijk omdat het de multibootstandaard ondersteunt die " -"nodig is om de Xen- en de Linux-kernel op te kunnen starten." +msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." +msgstr "GRUB is noodzakelijk omdat het de multibootstandaard ondersteunt die nodig is om de Xen- en de Linux-kernel op te kunnen starten." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 -msgid "" -"When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM " -"Server from the boot loader menu." -msgstr "" -"Als de configuratie met succes is voltooid, kunt u de VM-server opstarten " -"vanuit het bootloadermenu." +msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." +msgstr "Als de configuratie met succes is voltooid, kunt u de VM-server opstarten vanuit het bootloadermenu." #. error popup #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 @@ -239,13 +215,8 @@ msgstr "Netwerk-bridge." #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 -msgid "" -"For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network " -"bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" -msgstr "" -"Voor normale netwerkconfiguraties die host is voor virtuele machines, " -"wordt een netwerk-bridge aangeraden.Een standaard network-bridge " -"configureren?" +msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" +msgstr "Voor normale netwerkconfiguraties die host is voor virtuele machines, wordt een netwerk-bridge aangeraden.Een standaard network-bridge configureren?" #. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV #. Progress::NextStage(); @@ -258,25 +229,15 @@ #. } #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." -msgstr "" -"KVM-componenten zijn geïnstalleerd. Uw host is gereed om KVM-guests te " -"installeren." +msgstr "KVM-componenten zijn geïnstalleerd. Uw host is gereed om KVM-guests te installeren." #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 -msgid "" -"KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native " -"kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." -msgstr "" -"KVM-componenten zijn geïnstalleerd. Start de machine opnieuw op en kies " -"native kernel in het bootloadermenu om KVM-guests te installeren." +msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." +msgstr "KVM-componenten zijn geïnstalleerd. Start de machine opnieuw op en kies native kernel in het bootloadermenu om KVM-guests te installeren." #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 -msgid "" -"For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in " -"the boot loader menu." -msgstr "" -"Voor het installeren van Xen-gasten, start de computer opnieuw op en kies de " -"Xen-sectie in het bootloadermenu." +msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." +msgstr "Voor het installeren van Xen-gasten, start de computer opnieuw op en kies de Xen-sectie in het bootloadermenu." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:77 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:96 @@ -305,9 +266,5 @@ #~ msgid "Select the virtualization platform to install." #~ msgstr "Selecteer het te installeren platform voor virtualisatie." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For installing KVM guests, reboot the machine to load the necessary " -#~ "drivers." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Voor het installeren van KVM gasten, herstart de machine om de " -#~ "noodzakelijke stuurprogramma's te laden." +#~ msgid "For installing KVM guests, reboot the machine to load the necessary drivers." +#~ msgstr "Voor het installeren van KVM gasten, herstart de machine om de noodzakelijke stuurprogramma's te laden." Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/wagon.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/wagon.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/wagon.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: wagon.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-07 11:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/wol.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/wol.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/wol.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: wol\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-19 12:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Benno Schulenberg <benno(a)vertaalt.nl>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/xpram.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/xpram.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/xpram.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: xpram.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-18 15:23+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/yast2-apparmor.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/yast2-apparmor.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/yast2-apparmor.nl.po 2014-10-07 15:38:38 UTC (rev 89765) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-03 14:10+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-04 11:11+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -69,12 +69,8 @@ #. Read the profiles from the SCR agent #: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the " -"profile." -msgstr "" -"Maak een selectie uit de getoonde profielen en klik op Verder om het profiel " -"te verwijderen." +msgid "Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the profile." +msgstr "Maak een selectie uit de getoonde profielen en klik op Verder om het profiel te verwijderen." #: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:93 msgid "Delete Profile - Choose profile to delete" @@ -83,9 +79,7 @@ #. Read the profiles from the SCR agent #: src/clients/AA_EditProfile.rb:88 msgid "Select a listed profile and press Edit to edit it." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer uit de lijst met profielen en klik op Bewerken om het profiel te " -"bewerken." +msgstr "Selecteer uit de lijst met profielen en klik op Bewerken om het profiel te bewerken." #: src/clients/AA_EditProfile.rb:89 msgid "Edit Profile - Choose profile to edit" @@ -108,8 +102,7 @@ "Choose one of the available AppArmor modules to configure\n" " the corresponding action and press Launch.\n" msgstr "" -"Kies een van de beschikbare apparmor-modules om de overeenkomstige " -"acties\n" +"Kies een van de beschikbare apparmor-modules om de overeenkomstige acties\n" "te configureren en drup op Opstarten.\n" #. Selection box label @@ -158,12 +151,8 @@ #. #. *************************************************************************** #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:52 -msgid "" -"This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and " -"AppArmor profile settings." -msgstr "" -"Deze operatie genereerde de volgende fout. Controleer uw installatie en de " -"instellingen van het AppArmor-profiel." +msgid "This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and AppArmor profile settings." +msgstr "Deze operatie genereerde de volgende fout. Controleer uw installatie en de instellingen van het AppArmor-profiel." #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:91 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:103 #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:115 @@ -275,12 +264,10 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:441 msgid "" -"AppArmor Status This reports whether the AppArmor policy " -"enforcement \n" +"AppArmor Status This reports whether the AppArmor policy enforcement \n" "module is loaded and functioning." msgstr "" -"AppArmor Status Geeft aan of de AppArmor module voor het " -"afdwingen van het \n" +"AppArmor Status Geeft aan of de AppArmor module voor het afdwingen van het \n" "beveiligingsbeleid is geladen en werkt." #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:444 @@ -296,8 +283,7 @@ "Profile Modes Use this tool to change the way that AppArmor \n" "uses individual profiles." msgstr "" -"Profielmodus Gebruik dit hulpmiddel om de manier waarop " -"AppArmor \n" +"Profielmodus Gebruik dit hulpmiddel om de manier waarop AppArmor \n" "individuele profielen gebruikt te veranderen." #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:462 @@ -368,26 +354,16 @@ msgstr "Fouten gevonden in AppArmor-profielen" #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:57 -msgid "" -"These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the " -"profile management tools can be used. " -msgstr "" -"Deze problemen dienen te worden opgelost voordat AppArmor kan worden " -"gestart of de hulpprogramma's voor profielbeheer kunnen worden gebruikt. " +msgid "These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the profile management tools can be used. " +msgstr "Deze problemen dienen te worden opgelost voordat AppArmor kan worden gestart of de hulpprogramma's voor profielbeheer kunnen worden gebruikt. " #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:64 msgid "Find a description of the AppArmor profile syntax by running " -msgstr "" -"Zoek een beschrijving van de AppArmor-profielsyntaxis door het uitvoeren " -"van " +msgstr "Zoek een beschrijving van de AppArmor-profielsyntaxis door het uitvoeren van " #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the " -"Administration guide located in the directory: " -msgstr "" -"Uitgebreide documentatie over AppArmor kunt u vinden in de " -"beheerdershandleiding in de map: " +msgid "Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the Administration guide located in the directory: " +msgstr "Uitgebreide documentatie over AppArmor kunt u vinden in de beheerdershandleiding in de map: " #. encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** @@ -820,77 +796,51 @@ "this overrides the restriction of changing file ownership \n" "and group ownership.</li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>In een systeem waarin de optie [_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED] is " -"gedefinieerd, \n" +"<ul><li>In een systeem waarin de optie [_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED] is gedefinieerd, \n" "wordt de beperking op het wijzigen van bestandseigendom \n" "en groepseigendom genegeerd.</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:43 msgid "" "<ul><li>Override all DAC access, including ACL execute access if \n" -"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE." -"</li></ul>" +"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Hiermee wordt alle DAC-toegang, inclusief ACL-uitvoertoegang, " -"genegeerd \n" -"indien [_POSIX_ACL] is gedefinieerd. Uitgesloten is DAC-toegang die valt " -"onder CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" +"<ul><li>Hiermee wordt alle DAC-toegang, inclusief ACL-uitvoertoegang, genegeerd \n" +"indien [_POSIX_ACL] is gedefinieerd. Uitgesloten is DAC-toegang die valt onder CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:49 msgid "" "<ul><li>Overrides all DAC restrictions regarding read and search \n" -"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is " -"defined. \n" +"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is defined. \n" "Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Hiermee worden alle DAC-beperkingen ten aanzien van het lezen en " -"zoeken \n" -"in bestanden en mappen, inclusief ACL-beperkingen, genegeerd indien " -"[_POSIX_ACL] is gedefinieerd. \n" +"<ul><li>Hiermee worden alle DAC-beperkingen ten aanzien van het lezen en zoeken \n" +"in bestanden en mappen, inclusief ACL-beperkingen, genegeerd indien [_POSIX_ACL] is gedefinieerd. \n" "Uitgesloten is DAC-toegang die valt onder CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:57 msgid "" -"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where " -"file\n" +"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where file\n" "owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is\n" "applicable. It does not override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Hiermee worden alle beperkingen ten aanzien van toegestane " -"bewerkingen\n" -"in bestanden -- waarbij bestandseigenaar-id gelijk moet zijn aan gebruikers-" -"i\n" +"<ul><li>Hiermee worden alle beperkingen ten aanzien van toegestane bewerkingen\n" +"in bestanden -- waarbij bestandseigenaar-id gelijk moet zijn aan gebruikers-i\n" "-- genegeerd, behalve wanneer CAP_FSETID van toepassing is. MAC- en\n" "DAC-beperkingen worden hiermee niet genegeerd. </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:65 -msgid "" -"<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file " -"owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the " -"effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the " -"file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and " -"S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not " -"implemented). </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Hiermee worden de volgende beperkingen genegeerd: gebruikers-id moet " -"overeenkomen met de bestandseigenaar-id tijdens het instellen van de " -"S_ISUID- en S_ISGID-bits voor dat bestand; dat de effectieve groeps-ID (of " -"een van de aanvullende groeps-id's) moet overeenkomen met de " -"bestandseigenaar-id tijdens het instellen van de S_ISGID-bit voor dat " -"bestand; de S_ISUID- en S_ISGID-bits worden gewist na ontvangst van de " -"juiste retourwaarde van chown(2) (niet geïmplementeerd). </li></ul>" +msgid "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>Hiermee worden de volgende beperkingen genegeerd: gebruikers-id moet overeenkomen met de bestandseigenaar-id tijdens het instellen van de S_ISUID- en S_ISGID-bits voor dat bestand; dat de effectieve groeps-ID (of een van de aanvullende groeps-id's) moet overeenkomen met de bestandseigenaar-id tijdens het instellen van de S_ISGID-bit voor dat bestand; de S_ISUID- en S_ISGID-bits worden gewist na ontvangst van de juiste retourwaarde van chown(2) (niet geïmplementeerd). </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:71 msgid "" "<ul><li>Overrides the restriction that the real or effective user ID \n" -"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of " -"the process \n" +"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of the process \n" "receiving the signal.</li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Hiermee wordt de beperking genegeerd dat de feitelijke of effectieve " -"gebruikers-ID \n" -"van een proces dat een signaal verzendt, moet overeenkomen met de feitelijke " -"of effectieve \n" +"<ul><li>Hiermee wordt de beperking genegeerd dat de feitelijke of effectieve gebruikers-ID \n" +"van een proces dat een signaal verzendt, moet overeenkomen met de feitelijke of effectieve \n" "gebruikers-ID van het proces dat het signaal ontvangt.</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:79 @@ -898,20 +848,16 @@ "<ul><li>Allows setgid(2) manipulation </li> <li> Allows setgroups(2) </li> \n" "<li> Allows forged gids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Hiermee wordt het bewerken van setgid(2) toegestaan.</li> " -"<li>Hiermee wordt setgroups(2) toegestaan.</li> \n" -"<li>Hiermee worden valse GID's toegestaan bij het doorgeven van socket-" -"vertrouwensgegevens.</li></ul>" +"<ul><li>Hiermee wordt het bewerken van setgid(2) toegestaan.</li> <li>Hiermee wordt setgroups(2) toegestaan.</li> \n" +"<li>Hiermee worden valse GID's toegestaan bij het doorgeven van socket-vertrouwensgegevens.</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:85 msgid "" "<ul><li>Allows setuid(2) manipulation (including fsuid) </li> \n" "<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Hiermee wordt het bewerken van setuid(2) (inclusief fsuid) " -"toegestaan.</li> \n" -"<li> Hiermee worden valse PID's toegestaan bij het doorgeven van socket-" -"vertrouwensgegevens. </li></ul>" +"<ul><li>Hiermee wordt het bewerken van setuid(2) (inclusief fsuid) toegestaan.</li> \n" +"<li> Hiermee worden valse PID's toegestaan bij het doorgeven van socket-vertrouwensgegevens. </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:91 msgid "" @@ -922,20 +868,15 @@ "elke functie in uw toegestane set verwijderen uit elke PID.</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:97 -msgid "" -"<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</" -"li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Wijziging van bestandsattributen S_IMMUTABLE en S_APPEND toestaan</" -"li></ul>" +msgid "<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>Wijziging van bestandsattributen S_IMMUTABLE en S_APPEND toestaan</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:103 msgid "" "<ul><li>Allows binding to TCP/UDP sockets below 1024 </li> \n" "<li> Allows binding to ATM VCIs below 32</li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Hiermee wordt het binden aan TCP/UDP-sockets onder 1024 toegestaan.</" -"li> \n" +"<ul><li>Hiermee wordt het binden aan TCP/UDP-sockets onder 1024 toegestaan.</li> \n" "<li> Hiermee wordt het binden aan ATM VCI's onder 32 toegestaan.</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:109 @@ -945,8 +886,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:115 msgid "" "<ul><li> Allows interface configuration</li> \n" -"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting debug option on sockets</li> \n" "<li> Allows modification of routing tables</li>" msgstr "" @@ -957,17 +897,14 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:121 msgid "" -"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</li> \n" "<li> Allows binding to any address for transparent proxying</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting TOS (type of service)</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting promiscuous mode</li> \n" "<li> Allows clearing driver statistics</li>" msgstr "" -"<li> Instellen van willekeurig proceseigedom en procesgroepseigendom op " -"sockets toestaan</li> \n" -"<li> Binden aan een willekeurig adres voor 'transparent proxying' toestaan</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Instellen van willekeurig proceseigedom en procesgroepseigendom op sockets toestaan</li> \n" +"<li> Binden aan een willekeurig adres voor 'transparent proxying' toestaan</li> \n" "<li> Instellen van TOS (Type Of Service) toestaan</li> \n" "<li> Instellen van alles ontvangen modus toestaan</li> \n" "<li> Wissen van stuurprogrammastatistieken toestaan</li>" @@ -994,8 +931,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:143 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock " -"and\n" +"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock and\n" "mlockall (which does not really have anything to do with IPC) </li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li> Vergrendelen van gedeelde geheugensegmenten toestaan</li> <li>\n" @@ -1007,12 +943,10 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:153 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</" -"li> \n" +"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</li> \n" "<li> Modify cap_bset </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Kernelmodules invoegen en verwijderen -- kernel onbeperkt wijzigen</" -"li> \n" +"<ul><li> Kernelmodules invoegen en verwijderen -- kernel onbeperkt wijzigen</li> \n" "<li> cap_bset wijzigen </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:159 @@ -1021,8 +955,7 @@ "<li> Allows sending USB messages to any device via /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li> Toegang tot ioperm/iopl toestaan</li> \n" -"<li> Verzenden van USB-berichten naar een apparaat via /proc/bus/usb " -"toestaan </li></ul>" +"<li> Verzenden van USB-berichten naar een apparaat via /proc/bus/usb toestaan </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:165 msgid "<ul><li> Allows use of chroot() </li></ul>" @@ -1059,8 +992,7 @@ "<li> Instellen van de domeinnaam toestaan</li> \n" "<li> Instellen van de hostnaam toestaan</li> \n" "<li> Oproepen van bdflush() toestaan</li> \n" -"<li> Mount() en umount() toestaan voor het instellen van nieuwe smb-" -"connecties</li> \n" +"<li> Mount() en umount() toestaan voor het instellen van nieuwe smb-connecties</li> \n" "<li> Enige autofs root ioctls toestaan</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:192 @@ -1080,17 +1012,14 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:199 msgid "" "<li> Allows removing semaphores</li> \n" -"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores " -"and shared memory</li> \n" +"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li> \n" "<li> Allows locking/unlocking of shared memory segment</li> \n" "<li> Allows turning swap on/off</li> \n" "<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing</li>" msgstr "" "<li> Verwijderen van semaphores toestaan</li> \n" -"<li> In plaats van CAP_CHOWN, \"chown\" op IPC-berichtwachrijen, semaphores " -"en gezamenlijk geheugen gebruiken</li> \n" -"<li> Vergrendeling/ontgrendeling toestaan van gezamenlijke " -"geheugensegmenten</li> \n" +"<li> In plaats van CAP_CHOWN, \"chown\" op IPC-berichtwachrijen, semaphores en gezamenlijk geheugen gebruiken</li> \n" +"<li> Vergrendeling/ontgrendeling toestaan van gezamenlijke geheugensegmenten</li> \n" "<li> Aan- of afschakelen van swap toestaan</li> \n" "<li> Gedwongen pids toestaan op doorgeven van socket-credentials</li>" @@ -1099,15 +1028,12 @@ "<li> Allows setting read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting geometry in floppy driver</li> \n" "<li> Allows turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> \n" -"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra " -"ioctls)</li>" +"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra ioctls)</li>" msgstr "" -"<li> Instellen van vooruit lezen en leegmaken van buffers toestaan op " -"blokapparaten</li> \n" +"<li> Instellen van vooruit lezen en leegmaken van buffers toestaan op blokapparaten</li> \n" "<li> Instellen van afmetingen toestaan in floppyapparaatbesturing</li> \n" "<li> Aan-/uitschakelen van DMA toestaan in xd-apparaatbesturing</li> \n" -"<li> Beheer van md-apparaten toestaan (meestal het bovenstaande, maar ook " -"enige extra ioctls)</li>" +"<li> Beheer van md-apparaten toestaan (meestal het bovenstaande, maar ook enige extra ioctls)</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:212 msgid "" @@ -1119,19 +1045,16 @@ "<li> Afstellen van het ide-stuurapparaat toestaan</li> \n" "<li> Toegang tot het nvram-apparaat toestaan</li> \n" "<li> Beheer van het apm_bios, seriële en bttv (TV)-apparaat toestaan</li> \n" -"<li> Fabrikantcommando's toestaan in iaan CAPI " -"ondersteuningsapparaataansturing</li>" +"<li> Fabrikantcommando's toestaan in iaan CAPI ondersteuningsapparaataansturing</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:218 msgid "" -"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> \n" "<li> Allows DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting up serial ports</li> \n" "<li> Allows sending raw qic-117 commands</li>" msgstr "" -"<li> Lezen toestaan van niet-gestandaardiseerde porties van de pci " -"configuratieruimte</li> \n" +"<li> Lezen toestaan van niet-gestandaardiseerde porties van de pci configuratieruimte</li> \n" "<li> DDI debug ioctl toestaan op het sbpcd apparaatstuurprogramma</li> \n" "<li> Instellen van seriële poorten toestaan</li> \n" "<li> Zenden van raw qic-117 commando's toestaan</li>" @@ -1144,8 +1067,7 @@ msgstr "" "<li> In-/uitschakelen van 'tagged queuing' toestaan op SCSI-controllers\n" " en het zenden van willekeurige SCSI-commando's</li> \n" -"<li> Instellen van een encryptiesleutel toestaan op een loopback-" -"bestandssysteem </li></ul>" +"<li> Instellen van een encryptiesleutel toestaan op een loopback-bestandssysteem </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:232 msgid "<ul><li> Allows use of reboot() </li></ul>" @@ -1153,17 +1075,13 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:236 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different " -"UID) processes</li> \n" -"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own " -"processes and setting \n" +"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different UID) processes</li> \n" +"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own processes and setting \n" "the scheduling algorithm used by another process.</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting cpu affinity on other processes </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Verhogen van prioriteit en instellen van prioriteit op andere " -"processen (verschillende UID) toestaan</li> \n" -"<li> Gebruiken van FIFO en Round Robin-planning (realtime) op eigen " -"processen en instellen \n" +"<ul><li> Verhogen van prioriteit en instellen van prioriteit op andere processen (verschillende UID) toestaan</li> \n" +"<li> Gebruiken van FIFO en Round Robin-planning (realtime) op eigen processen en instellen \n" "van het door een ander proces gebruikte planningsalgoritme toestaan.</li> \n" "<li> Instellen CPU-affiniteit op andere processen toestaan </li></ul>" @@ -1172,26 +1090,22 @@ "<ul><li> Override resource limits. Set resource limits.</li> \n" "<li> Override quota limits.</li> \n" "<li> Override reserved space on ext2 filesystem</li> \n" -"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling " -"resources)</li>" +"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling resources)</li>" msgstr "" "<ul><li> Bronbeperkingen negeren. Bronbeperkingen instellen.</li> \n" "<li> Quotabeperkingen negeren.</li> \n" "<li> Gereserveerde ruimte op ext2-bestandssysteem negeren</li> \n" -"<li> Journalmodus voor gegevens op ext3-bestandssysteem wijzigen (maakt " -"gebruik van journalbronnen) </li> " +"<li> Journalmodus voor gegevens op ext3-bestandssysteem wijzigen (maakt gebruik van journalbronnen) </li> " #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:251 msgid "" -"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you " -"can override using fsuid too</li> \n" +"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you can override using fsuid too</li> \n" "<li> Override size restrictions on IPC message queues</li> \n" "<li> Allows more than 64hz interrupts from the real-time clock</li> \n" "<li> Override max number of consoles on console allocation</li> \n" "<li> Override max number of keymaps </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<li> OPMERKING: ext2 respecteert fsuid bij het controleren op het negeren " -"van bronnen, u kunt dus ook negeren met behulp van fsuid</li> \n" +"<li> OPMERKING: ext2 respecteert fsuid bij het controleren op het negeren van bronnen, u kunt dus ook negeren met behulp van fsuid</li> \n" "<li> Beperkingen van de grootte bij IPC-berichtenwachtrijen negeren</li> \n" "<li> Meer dan 64Hz-interrupties van de realtime-klok toestaan</li> \n" "<li> Maximum aantal consoles bij consoletoewijzing negeren</li> \n" @@ -1260,11 +1174,9 @@ "(into /var/log/audit/audit.log file), but still permitted, so \n" "that application's behavior is not restricted." msgstr "" -"Klachtmodus is een profieltraining status die applicatie-" -"activiteit \n" +"Klachtmodus is een profieltraining status die applicatie-activiteit \n" "logt. Alle overtredingen van de AppArmor profielregels worden gelogd \n" -"(in het /var/log/audit/audit.log bestand), maar toch toegestaan, " -"zodat \n" +"(in het /var/log/audit/audit.log bestand), maar toch toegestaan, zodat \n" "het gedrag van de applicatie niet wordt beperkt." #: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:43 @@ -1275,10 +1187,8 @@ "permitted to do so by the profile)." msgstr "" "Met het profiel in afdwingmodus, is de applicatie beschermd door \n" -"AppArmor. De profielregels worden afgedwongen en hun overtreding wordt " -"gelogd,\n" -"maar niet toegestaan (dwz. een applicatie kan geen toegang tot bestanden " -"hebben, tenzij dit is\n" +"AppArmor. De profielregels worden afgedwongen en hun overtreding wordt gelogd,\n" +"maar niet toegestaan (dwz. een applicatie kan geen toegang tot bestanden hebben, tenzij dit is\n" "toegestaan door het profiel)." #. Button for showing active or all profiles @@ -1371,12 +1281,9 @@ "alerts are sent, who receives the alert, and how severe the security \n" "event must be to send an alert." msgstr "" -"Het scherm voor melding van beveiligingsgebeurtenissen stelt u in staat " -"om e-mailalarmering \n" -"op te zetten bij beveiligingsgebeurtenissen. In de volgende stappen " -"specificeert u hoe vaak \n" -"alarmeringen worden verzonden, wie deze ontvangt en hoe ernstig de " -"beveiligingsgebeurtenis \n" +"Het scherm voor melding van beveiligingsgebeurtenissen stelt u in staat om e-mailalarmering \n" +"op te zetten bij beveiligingsgebeurtenissen. In de volgende stappen specificeert u hoe vaak \n" +"alarmeringen worden verzonden, wie deze ontvangt en hoe ernstig de beveiligingsgebeurtenis \n" "moet zijn om een alarmering te verzenden." #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:38 @@ -1387,8 +1294,7 @@ "had 10 security events since Tue Oct 12 11:10:00 2004</tt>" msgstr "" "Meldingtypes Samengevatte melding: \n" -"Samengevatte melding vat het totale aantal systeemgebeurtenissen samen " -"zonder \n" +"Samengevatte melding vat het totale aantal systeemgebeurtenissen samen zonder \n" "details. Bijvoorbeeld: <tt>dhcp-101.up.wirex.com heeft \n" "10 beveiligingsgebeurtenissen gehad sinds Don 12 okt 11:10:00 2009</tt>" @@ -1399,18 +1305,15 @@ "individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. \n" " For example: <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING access to capability\n" "'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n" -"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 " -"2004.</tt>\n" +"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n" "" msgstr "" "Samenvattingmelding: De Samenvattingmelding toont \n" -"de gelogde AppArmor beveiligingsgebeurtenissen en geeft een lijst met de " -"aantallen \n" +"de gelogde AppArmor beveiligingsgebeurtenissen en geeft een lijst met de aantallen \n" "individuele gevallen, inclusief de laatste datum van voorkomen. \n" " Bijvoorbeeld: <tt>AppArmor: TOESTAAN van toegang tot het doen van \n" "'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n" -"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 keer, de laatste op Zat 9 okt 16:05:54 " -"2008.</tt>\n" +"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 keer, de laatste op Zat 9 okt 16:05:54 2008.</tt>\n" "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:53 @@ -1423,12 +1326,9 @@ "and the type of file permission access that is permitted or rejected." msgstr "" "Uitgebreide melding: De Uitgebreide melding toont \n" -"niet gemodificeerde, gelogde AppArmor beveiligingsgebeurtenissen. Het " -"vertelt u alle keren \n" -"dat er een gebeurtenis optrad en schrijft een nieuwe regel in de Uitgebreide " -"log. Deze \n" -"beveiligingsgebeurtenissen bevatten de datum en tijd van de gebeurtenis, " -"zowel \n" +"niet gemodificeerde, gelogde AppArmor beveiligingsgebeurtenissen. Het vertelt u alle keren \n" +"dat er een gebeurtenis optrad en schrijft een nieuwe regel in de Uitgebreide log. Deze \n" +"beveiligingsgebeurtenissen bevatten de datum en tijd van de gebeurtenis, zowel \n" "toegestane toegang tot in het applicatie profiel als afgewezen toegang \n" "en het type bestandstoegang dat is toegestaan of afgewezen." @@ -1441,8 +1341,7 @@ "/usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork)</tt>" msgstr "" "Uitgebreide melding rapporteert ook een aantal berichten die \n" -"door het logprof-hulpmiddel gebruikt worden om profielen te interpreteren. " -" Bijvoorbeeld: \n" +"door het logprof-hulpmiddel gebruikt worden om profielen te interpreteren. Bijvoorbeeld: \n" "<tt> Oct 9 15:40:31 AppArmor: PERMITTING r access to \n" "/etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) profile \n" "/usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork)</tt>" @@ -1473,10 +1372,8 @@ "<li> Voer het e-mailadres in van hen die een Beknopte, Samenvatting \n" "of Uitgebreide melding zou moeten ontvangen. Als er geen lokale \n" "SMTP-server is geconfigureerd om e-mails te verzenden vanaf deze host \n" -"naar het ingevoerde domein , voor bijvoorbeeld <gebruiker>@localhost</" -"i> \n" -"in en activeer <gebruiker> om systeem e-mail te ontvangen, als dat " -"niet \n" +"naar het ingevoerde domein , voor bijvoorbeeld <gebruiker>@localhost \n" +"in en activeer <gebruiker> om systeem e-mail te ontvangen, als dat niet \n" "een root gebruiker is. </li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:83 @@ -1489,14 +1386,10 @@ "occur." msgstr "" "<li>Selecteer het laagste beveiligingsniveau waarvoor een melding \n" -"zou moeten worden gezonden. Beveiligingsgebeurtenissen worden gelogd en de " -"meldingen \n" -"worden gezonden op het moment aangegeven door het interval waarbij " -"gebeurtenissen \n" -"gelijk zijn of groter dan het geselecteerde beveiligingsniveau. Als het " -"interval \n" -"1 dag is, wordt de melding dagelijks verzonden, als er een " -"beveiligingsgebeurtenis plaats \n" +"zou moeten worden gezonden. Beveiligingsgebeurtenissen worden gelogd en de meldingen \n" +"worden gezonden op het moment aangegeven door het interval waarbij gebeurtenissen \n" +"gelijk zijn of groter dan het geselecteerde beveiligingsniveau. Als het interval \n" +"1 dag is, wordt de melding dagelijks verzonden, als er een beveiligingsgebeurtenis plaats \n" "vond." #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:91 @@ -1510,18 +1403,15 @@ msgstr "" "Beveiligingsniveau: Dit zijn nummers 1 tot 10, \n" "10 is het hoogste beveiligingsniveauincident. Het severity.db \n" -"bestand definieert het beveiligingsniveau van potentiële " -"beveiligingsgebeurtenissen. \n" +"bestand definieert het beveiligingsniveau van potentiële beveiligingsgebeurtenissen. \n" "De beveiligingsniveaus worden bepaald door de belangrijkheid van \n" -"verschillende beveiligingsgebeurtenisen, zoals bepaalde toegang tot " -"hulpbronnen \n" +"verschillende beveiligingsgebeurtenisen, zoals bepaalde toegang tot hulpbronnen \n" "of geweigerde services.</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<li>Select Include unknown security events if \n" -"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</" -"li>" +"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li>" msgstr "" "<li>Selecteer Voeg onbekende beveiligingsgebeurtenissen in als \n" "u gebeurtenissen wilt invoegen die geen beveiligingsnummer heeft.</li>" @@ -1533,13 +1423,11 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:106 msgid "" -"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control " -"module. \n" +"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. \n" "You can generate highly optimized and robust security profiles \n" "by using the suggestions made by AppArmor." msgstr "" -"Deze assistent laat items zien die zijn gegenereerd door de AppArmor " -"toegangscontrolemodule. \n" +"Deze assistent laat items zien die zijn gegenereerd door de AppArmor toegangscontrolemodule. \n" "U kunt hoog geoptimaliseerde en robuuste beveiligingsprofielen aanmaken \n" "door de suggesties te gebruiken die door AppArmor worden gemaakt." @@ -1550,11 +1438,9 @@ "that display were logged during the normal application \n" "execution test previously performed. " msgstr "" -"AppArmor suggereert dat u toegang toestaat of weigert tot specifieke " -"hulpbronnen \n" +"AppArmor suggereert dat u toegang toestaat of weigert tot specifieke hulpbronnen \n" "of toestemming tot uitvoeren definieert voor items. Deze vragen \n" -"worden gesteld aan de hand van zaken die werden gelogd tijdens de normale " -"uitvoering \n" +"worden gesteld aan de hand van zaken die werden gelogd tijdens de normale uitvoering \n" "van de test van de applicatie die eerder werd uitgevoerd. " #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:117 @@ -1566,10 +1452,8 @@ "Novell AppArmor Administration Guide for step-by-step \n" "instructions. " msgstr "" -"De volgende hulptekst beschrijf in detail de syntax van het " -"beveiligingsprofiel \n" -"dat door AppArmor wordt gebruikt. In elk stadium kunt u het " -"profiel \n" +"De volgende hulptekst beschrijf in detail de syntax van het beveiligingsprofiel \n" +"dat door AppArmor wordt gebruikt. In elk stadium kunt u het profiel \n" "aanpassen door het gesuggereerde aan te passen. \n" "Dit overzicht assisteert u in het kiezen van uw opties. Kijk in de \n" "Novell AppArmor Administration Guide voor stap-bij-stap \n" @@ -1580,12 +1464,8 @@ msgstr "Toegangmodi " #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:126 -msgid "" -"File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six " -"modes:" -msgstr "" -"Een modus voor toestemming voor bestandstoegang bestaat uit een combinatie " -"van de volgende zes modi:" +msgid "File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six modes:" +msgstr "Een modus voor toestemming voor bestandstoegang bestaat uit een combinatie van de volgende zes modi:" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:129 msgid "<li>r - read</li>" @@ -1758,43 +1638,28 @@ "bash(1), zsh(1)." #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:196 -msgid "" -"<li>* can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>" -msgstr "" -"<li>* kan worden vervangen door elk aantal tekens, behalve '/'<li>" +msgid "<li>* can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>" +msgstr "<li>* kan worden vervangen door elk aantal tekens, behalve '/'<li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:199 -msgid "" -"<li>** can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</" -"li>" -msgstr "" -"<li>** kan vervangen worden door elk aantal tekens, inclusief '/'</" -"li>" +msgid "<li>** can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>" +msgstr "<li>** kan vervangen worden door elk aantal tekens, inclusief '/'</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:202 msgid "<li>? can substitute for any single character except '/'</li>" -msgstr "" -"<li>? kan vervangen worden door elk enkel teken behalve '/'</li>" +msgstr "<li>? kan vervangen worden door elk enkel teken behalve '/'</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:205 -msgid "" -"<li>[abc] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" -msgstr "" -"<li>[abc] zal vervangen worden door het enkele teken a, b, of c</li>" +msgid "<li>[abc] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" +msgstr "<li>[abc] zal vervangen worden door het enkele teken a, b, of c</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:208 -msgid "" -"<li>[a-c] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" -msgstr "" -"<li>[a-c] zal vervangen worden door het enkele teken a, b, of c</li>" +msgid "<li>[a-c] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" +msgstr "<li>[a-c] zal vervangen worden door het enkele teken a, b, of c</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:211 -msgid "" -"<li>{ab,cd} will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match " -"cd</li>" -msgstr "" -"<li>{ab,cd} zal betekenen een regel overeenkomend met ab en een regel " -"overeenkomend met cd</li>" +msgid "<li>{ab,cd} will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd</li>" +msgstr "<li>{ab,cd} zal betekenen een regel overeenkomend met ab en een regel overeenkomend met cd</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:214 msgid "Clean Exec - for sanitized execution" @@ -1931,9 +1796,7 @@ #. Update table values #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:602 msgid "Entry will not be added. Entry name or permissions not defined." -msgstr "" -"Item zal niet worden toegevoegd. Naam van het item of de rechten zijn niet " -"gedefinieerd." +msgstr "Item zal niet worden toegevoegd. Naam van het item of de rechten zijn niet gedefinieerd." #. Prompts the user for a hatname #. Side-Effect: sets Settings["CURRENT_HAT"] @@ -1965,27 +1828,17 @@ msgstr "" "U hebt geen naam opgegeven voor de Hat die u wilt toevoegen.\n" "Geef \n" -"een naam op om een nieuwe Hat te maken of klik op Afbreken om deze assistent " -"af te breken." +"een naam op om een nieuwe Hat te maken of klik op Afbreken om deze assistent af te breken." #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:889 -msgid "" -"The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name " -"or press Abort to cancel this wizard." -msgstr "" -"Het profiel bevat al een Hat met de opgegeven naam. Voer een andere naam in " -"of klik op Afbreken om deze assistent te annuleren." +msgid "The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name or press Abort to cancel this wizard." +msgstr "Het profiel bevat al een Hat met de opgegeven naam. Voer een andere naam in of klik op Afbreken om deze assistent te annuleren." #. FIXME: format these texts better #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:928 -msgid "" -"View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing " -"entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog." -msgstr "" -"Bekijk en wijzig de inhoud van een individueel profiel. Voor bestaande " -"items kunt u op de toegangsrechten klikken om een wijzigingsdialoog te " -"openen." +msgid "View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog." +msgstr "Bekijk en wijzig de inhoud van een individueel profiel. Voor bestaande items kunt u op de toegangsrechten klikken om een wijzigingsdialoog te openen." #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:933 @@ -1997,27 +1850,20 @@ "U -unconstrained (*clean exec)</code>" msgstr "" "Definities toegangsrechten: <code> r - lezen \n" -"w - schrijven l - koppeling m - mmap PROT_EXEC k - " -"bestandsvergrendeling \n" -"a - achteraan toevoegen x - uitvoeren i - overnemen p - discreet " -"profiel \n" +"w - schrijven l - koppeling m - mmap PROT_EXEC k - bestandsvergrendeling \n" +"a - achteraan toevoegen x - uitvoeren i - overnemen p - discreet profiel \n" "P - discreet profiel (*schoon uitvoeren) u - onbeperkt \n" "U -onbeperkt (*schoon uitvoeren)</code>" #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:942 -msgid "" -"Add Entry: Select the type of resource to add from the drop " -"down list." -msgstr "" -"Item toevoegen: Selecteer in de vervolgkeuzelijst het type bron " -"dat u wilt toevoegen." +msgid "Add Entry: Select the type of resource to add from the drop down list." +msgstr "Item toevoegen: Selecteer in de vervolgkeuzelijst het type bron dat u wilt toevoegen." #. help text - part x1 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:947 msgid "<ul><li>File Add a file entry to this profile.</li>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Bestand Een bestandsitem aan dit profiel toevoegen.</li>" +msgstr "<ul><li>Bestand Een bestandsitem aan dit profiel toevoegen.</li>" #. help text - part x2 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:951 @@ -2033,77 +1879,57 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:959 msgid "" "<li>Include Add an include entry to this profile. This option \n" -"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load " -"time.</li>" +"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load time.</li>" msgstr "" -"<li>Include Een include-item aan dit profiel toevoegen. Deze " -"optie \n" -"voegt tijdens het laden de inhoud van het profielitem van een ander bestand " -"in dit profiel in.</li>" +"<li>Include Een include-item aan dit profiel toevoegen. Deze optie \n" +"voegt tijdens het laden de inhoud van het profielitem van een ander bestand in dit profiel in.</li>" #. help text - part x5 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:963 msgid "" "<li>Network Entry Add a network rule entry to this profile. \n" -"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the " -"profile. \n" +"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the profile. \n" "You may specify a network address family and socket type.</li>" msgstr "" "<li>Netwerkitem Een netwerkregelitem aan dit profiel toevoegen. \n" -"Met deze optie kunt u netwerktoegangprivileges specificeren voor het " -"profiel. \n" +"Met deze optie kunt u netwerktoegangprivileges specificeren voor het profiel. \n" "U kunt een netwerkadresfamilie en sockettype opgeven.</li>" #. help text - part x6 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:969 msgid "" "<li>Hat Add a sub-profile for this profile, called a Hat. This\n" -"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be " -"selected\n" +"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be selected\n" "during execution only in the context of being asked for by a changehat\n" "aware application. \n" -"For more information on changehat, see man changehat on your system " -"or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" +"For more information on changehat, see man changehat on your system or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" msgstr "" -"<li>Hat Een subprofiel voor dit profiel toevoegen - een Hat " -"genaamd. Deze\n" -"optie is analoog aan het handmatig aanmaken van een nieuw profiel en kan " -"alleen tijdens\n" -"de uitvoering worden geselecteerd wanneer hierom wordt gevraagd door een " -"changehat\n" +"<li>Hat Een subprofiel voor dit profiel toevoegen - een Hat genaamd. Deze\n" +"optie is analoog aan het handmatig aanmaken van een nieuw profiel en kan alleen tijdens\n" +"de uitvoering worden geselecteerd wanneer hierom wordt gevraagd door een changehat\n" "aware-toepassing. \n" -"Raadpleeg man changehat op uw systeem of de gebruikershandleiding van " -"Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" +"Raadpleeg man changehat op uw systeem of de gebruikershandleiding van Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" #. help text - part x7 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:977 msgid "</ul>Edit Entry: Edit the selected entry." -msgstr "" -"</ul>Item bewerken: Het geselecteerde item bewerken." +msgstr "</ul>Item bewerken: Het geselecteerde item bewerken." #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:982 -msgid "" -"Delete Entry: Removes the selected entry from this profile." -msgstr "" -"Item verwijderen: Hiermee verwijdert u het geselecteerde item " -"uit dit profiel." +msgid "Delete Entry: Removes the selected entry from this profile." +msgstr "Item verwijderen: Hiermee verwijdert u het geselecteerde item uit dit profiel." #. help text - part y1 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:987 msgid "" "*Clean Exec The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile \n" -"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping " -"the environment \n" -"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These " -"variables are:" +"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping the environment \n" +"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These variables are:" msgstr "" -"*Schoon uitvoeren De optie 'Schoon uitvoeren' voor het discrete " -"profiel \n" -"en voor onbeperkte uitvoerrechten levert toegevoegde veiligheid door de " -"omgeving die door \n" -"het dochterprogramma wordt geërfd te strippen van specifieke variabelen. " -"Deze variabelen zijn:" +"*Schoon uitvoeren De optie 'Schoon uitvoeren' voor het discrete profiel \n" +"en voor onbeperkte uitvoerrechten levert toegevoegde veiligheid door de omgeving die door \n" +"het dochterprogramma wordt geërfd te strippen van specifieke variabelen. Deze variabelen zijn:" #. help text - part y2 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:998 @@ -2167,12 +1993,8 @@ #. Widget activated in the table #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1145 -msgid "" -"Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include " -"entries." -msgstr "" -"Include-items kunnen niet bewerkt worden. Selecteer 'toevoegen' of " -"'verwijderen' om Include-items te beheren." +msgid "Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include entries." +msgstr "Include-items kunnen niet bewerkt worden. Selecteer 'toevoegen' of 'verwijderen' om Include-items te beheren." #. Make sure that the entry doesn't already exist #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1294 @@ -2184,12 +2006,8 @@ msgstr "Selecteer het in te voegen bestand" #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1335 -msgid "" -"Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these " -"directories: \n" -msgstr "" -"Ongeldig #include-bestand. Include-bestanden dienen zich in een van deze " -"mappen te bevinden: \n" +msgid "Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these directories: \n" +msgstr "Ongeldig #include-bestand. Include-bestanden dienen zich in een van deze mappen te bevinden: \n" #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1379 msgid "Save changes to the profile" @@ -2221,13 +2039,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<h1>Application to Profile</h1>\n" -#~ "Select the application which you want to profile. Afterwards, when you " -#~ "run the application, AppArmor will collect\n" +#~ "Select the application which you want to profile. Afterwards, when you run the application, AppArmor will collect\n" #~ "information about system resources it accesses." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<h1>Te profileren toepassing</h1>\n" -#~ "Selecteer de toepassing die u wilt profileren. Daarna zal AppArmor, " -#~ "wanneer u de toepassing uitvoert,\n" +#~ "Selecteer de toepassing die u wilt profileren. Daarna zal AppArmor, wanneer u de toepassing uitvoert,\n" #~ "informatie verzamelen over de systeemhulpbronnen die het gebruikt." #~ msgid "Application to Profile" @@ -2240,8 +2056,7 @@ #~ "This is worth reporting bug in Novell Bugzilla:\n" #~ "https://bugzilla.novell.com" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dit is het waard om als bug in Novell's Bugzilla te worden " -#~ "gerapporteerd:\n" +#~ "Dit is het waard om als bug in Novell's Bugzilla te worden gerapporteerd:\n" #~ "https://bugzilla.novell.com" #~ msgid "Generate Profile" @@ -2251,17 +2066,14 @@ #~ msgstr "Profiel bijwerken" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Program Name Pattern: When you enter a program name or " -#~ "pattern \n" +#~ "Program Name Pattern: When you enter a program name or pattern \n" #~ "that matches the name of the binary executable of the program of \n" #~ "interest, the report will display security events that have \n" #~ "occurred for a specific program. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Programmanaampatroon: Als u een programmanaam of patroon \n" -#~ "invoert dat overeenkomt met de naam van de binaire executable van het " -#~ "programma waarin \n" -#~ "u interesse hebt dan zal het rapport de beveiligingsgebeurtenissen " -#~ "weergeven die zijn \n" +#~ "invoert dat overeenkomt met de naam van de binaire executable van het programma waarin \n" +#~ "u interesse hebt dan zal het rapport de beveiligingsgebeurtenissen weergeven die zijn \n" #~ "opgetreden voor een specifiek programma. " #~ msgid "" @@ -2271,20 +2083,16 @@ #~ "by a specific profile. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Profielnaampatroon: Als u de naam van het profiel invoert, \n" -#~ "zal het rapport de beveiligingsgebeurtenissen weergeven die zijn " -#~ "gegenereerd voor \n" -#~ "het gespecificeerde profiel. U kunt dit gebruiken om te zien wat wordt " -#~ "ingeperkt door \n" +#~ "zal het rapport de beveiligingsgebeurtenissen weergeven die zijn gegenereerd voor \n" +#~ "het gespecificeerde profiel. U kunt dit gebruiken om te zien wat wordt ingeperkt door \n" #~ "een specifiek profiel. " #~ msgid "" -#~ "PID Number: Process ID number is a number that uniquely " -#~ "identifies \n" +#~ "PID Number: Process ID number is a number that uniquely identifies \n" #~ "one specific process or running program (this number is valid only \n" #~ "during the lifetime of that process). " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "PID-nummer: Proces-ID nummer is een nummer dat uniek een " -#~ "specifiek \n" +#~ "PID-nummer: Proces-ID nummer is een nummer dat uniek een specifiek \n" #~ "proces identificeert of een draaiend programma (dit nummer is alleen \n" #~ "geldig gedurende de levensduur van dat proces). " @@ -2293,23 +2101,18 @@ #~ "events that you would like to be included in the report. The selected \n" #~ "severity level, and above, will be included in the reports. " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Beveiligingsniveau: Selecteert het laagste beveiligingsniveau " -#~ "voor \n" -#~ "beveiligingsgebeurtenissen die u wilt meenemen in het rapport. Het " -#~ "geselecteerde \n" -#~ "beveiligingsniveau en dat daar boven zal worden meegenomen in de " -#~ "rapporten. " +#~ "Beveiligingsniveau: Selecteert het laagste beveiligingsniveau voor \n" +#~ "beveiligingsgebeurtenissen die u wilt meenemen in het rapport. Het geselecteerde \n" +#~ "beveiligingsniveau en dat daar boven zal worden meegenomen in de rapporten. " #~ msgid "" #~ "Detail: A source to which the profile has denied access. \n" #~ "This includes capabilities and files. You can use this field to \n" #~ "report the resources are not allowed to be accessed by profiles. " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Detail: Een bron waartoe, door het profiel, geen toegang wordt " -#~ "verleend. \n" +#~ "Detail: Een bron waartoe, door het profiel, geen toegang wordt verleend. \n" #~ "Dit omvat functies en bestanden. u kunt dit veld gebruiken om \n" -#~ "over bronnen te rapporteren waartoe geen toegang wordt verleend door " -#~ "profielen. " +#~ "over bronnen te rapporteren waartoe geen toegang wordt verleend door profielen. " #~ msgid "" #~ "Mode: The Mode is the permission that the profile grants \n" @@ -2317,19 +2120,16 @@ #~ "r (read) w (write) l (link) x (execute) " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Modus: De Modus is de toestemming die het profiel verleent \n" -#~ "aan het programma of proces waarop het betrekking heeft. De opties " -#~ "zijn: \n" +#~ "aan het programma of proces waarop het betrekking heeft. De opties zijn: \n" #~ "r (lezen) w (schrijven) l (koppeling) x (uitvoeren) " #~ msgid "" -#~ "Access Type: The access type describes what is actually " -#~ "happening \n" +#~ "Access Type: The access type describes what is actually happening \n" #~ "with the security event. The options are: PERMITTING, REJECTING, \n" #~ "or AUDITING. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Toegangstype: Het toegangstype beschrijft wat er actueel gebeurt \n" -#~ "met de beveiligingsgebeurtenis. De opties zijn: PERMITTING (toestaan), " -#~ "REJECTING (afwijzen), \n" +#~ "met de beveiligingsgebeurtenis. De opties zijn: PERMITTING (toestaan), REJECTING (afwijzen), \n" #~ "of AUDITING (vastleggen). " #~ msgid "" @@ -2340,10 +2140,8 @@ #~ "pathname for your exported report by typing in the full \n" #~ "pathname in the field provided." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "CSV of HTML: Stelt u in staat om een CSV (komma gesepareerde " -#~ "waarden) \n" -#~ "of een html-bestand te exporteren. Het CSV-bestand separeert stukken " -#~ "gegevens in \n" +#~ "CSV of HTML: Stelt u in staat om een CSV (komma gesepareerde waarden) \n" +#~ "of een html-bestand te exporteren. Het CSV-bestand separeert stukken gegevens in \n" #~ "de log met komma's in een standaard gegevensformaat voor \n" #~ "het importeren in tabelgeoriënteerde applicaties. U kunt een \n" #~ "padnaam opgeven voor uw geëxporteerde rapport door de volledige \n" @@ -2353,33 +2151,23 @@ #~ "The Report Configuration dialog enables you to filter the archived \n" #~ "report selected in the previous screen. To filter by Date Range:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "De dialoog Rapport Configuratie stelt u in staat om het in het " -#~ "voorafgaande scherm \n" -#~ "geselecteerde, gearchiveerde rapport te filteren. Om op Datumbereik</" -#~ "b> te filteren:" +#~ "De dialoog Rapport Configuratie stelt u in staat om het in het voorafgaande scherm \n" +#~ "geselecteerde, gearchiveerde rapport te filteren. Om op Datumbereik te filteren:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<ol><li>Click Filter By Date Range. The fields become active.</" -#~ "li> \n" -#~ "<li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of the report." -#~ "</li> \n" -#~ " <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for definitions of " -#~ "parameters.</li></ol>" +#~ "<ol><li>Click Filter By Date Range. The fields become active.</li> \n" +#~ "<li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of the report.</li> \n" +#~ " <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for definitions of parameters.</li></ol>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ol><li>Klik op Filter op datumbereik. De velden worden actief.</" -#~ "li> \n" -#~ "<li>Voer de start- en einddata in die de scope van het rapport aangeven.</" -#~ "li> \n" -#~ " <li>Voer andere filterparameters in. Zie onder voor definities van " -#~ "parameters.</li></ol>" +#~ "<ol><li>Klik op Filter op datumbereik. De velden worden actief.</li> \n" +#~ "<li>Voer de start- en einddata in die de scope van het rapport aangeven.</li> \n" +#~ " <li>Voer andere filterparameters in. Zie onder voor definities van parameters.</li></ol>" #~ msgid "" -#~ "The following definitions help you to enter the filtering parameters in " -#~ "the \n" +#~ "The following definitions help you to enter the filtering parameters in the \n" #~ "Report Configuration Dialog: " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "De volgende definities helpen u om de filterparameters in te voeren in " -#~ "de \n" +#~ "De volgende definities helpen u om de filterparameters in te voeren in de \n" #~ "dialoog voor de rapportageconfiguratie: " #~ msgid "" @@ -2399,11 +2187,9 @@ #~ "the applications are confined by AppArmor. Application \n" #~ "servers are applications that accept incoming network connections. " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Applicatiesauditrapport: Een auditing/verslagleggingshulpmiddel " -#~ "dat \n" +#~ "Applicatiesauditrapport: Een auditing/verslagleggingshulpmiddel dat \n" #~ "rapporteert welke applicatieservers er draaien en of \n" -#~ "de applicaties ingeperkt zijn door AppArmor. Applicatieservers zijn " -#~ "applicaties die inkomende netwerkverbindingen accepteren. " +#~ "de applicaties ingeperkt zijn door AppArmor. Applicatieservers zijn applicaties die inkomende netwerkverbindingen accepteren. " #~ msgid "" #~ "Security Incident Report: A report that displays application \n" @@ -2411,12 +2197,9 @@ #~ "confined applications during a specific time period. You can edit and \n" #~ "customize this report, or add new versions." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Beveiligingsincidentrapport: Een rapport dat " -#~ "applicatiebeveiliging \n" -#~ "laat zien voor een enkele host. Het rapporteert beleidsschendingen voor " -#~ "lokale \n" -#~ "ingeperkte applicaties tijdens een specifieke tijdsperiode. U kunt dit " -#~ "rapport \n" +#~ "Beveiligingsincidentrapport: Een rapport dat applicatiebeveiliging \n" +#~ "laat zien voor een enkele host. Het rapporteert beleidsschendingen voor lokale \n" +#~ "ingeperkte applicaties tijdens een specifieke tijdsperiode. U kunt dit rapport \n" #~ "bewerken en aanpassen of nieuwe versies toevoegen." #~ msgid "" @@ -2429,147 +2212,75 @@ #~ "rapporten: " #~ msgid "" -#~ "The summary of scheduled reports page shows us when reports are " -#~ "scheduled to run. \n" -#~ "Reports can be set to run monthly, weekly, daily, or hourly. The default " -#~ "settings are \n" -#~ "daily at midnight. The reports can also be emailed, upon completion, to " -#~ "up to three \n" +#~ "The summary of scheduled reports page shows us when reports are scheduled to run. \n" +#~ "Reports can be set to run monthly, weekly, daily, or hourly. The default settings are \n" +#~ "daily at midnight. The reports can also be emailed, upon completion, to up to three \n" #~ "email recipients. " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "De pagina met de samenvatting van geplande rapporten toont ons wanneer " -#~ "rapporten gepland zijn om te draaien. \n" -#~ "Rapporten kunnen ingesteld worden om maandelijks, wekelijk, dagelijks, of " -#~ "elk uur te draaien. De standaard \n" -#~ "instellingen zijn dagelijks om middernacht. De rapporten kunnen ook " -#~ "worden geë-maild, na voltooiing, naar tot drie \n" +#~ "De pagina met de samenvatting van geplande rapporten toont ons wanneer rapporten gepland zijn om te draaien. \n" +#~ "Rapporten kunnen ingesteld worden om maandelijks, wekelijk, dagelijks, of elk uur te draaien. De standaard \n" +#~ "instellingen zijn dagelijks om middernacht. De rapporten kunnen ook worden geë-maild, na voltooiing, naar tot drie \n" #~ "e-mailontvangers. " -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In the Set Schedule section, you can schedule the following three types " -#~ "of security reports: " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "In de sectie Stel planning op, kunt u de volgende drie typen " -#~ "beveiligingsrapporten plannen: " +#~ msgid "In the Set Schedule section, you can schedule the following three types of security reports: " +#~ msgstr "In de sectie Stel planning op, kunt u de volgende drie typen beveiligingsrapporten plannen: " #~ msgid "" -#~ "The View Archive Reports form enables you to view previously " -#~ "generated\n" -#~ "reports located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory. Use " -#~ "the checkboxes at the top to narrow-down the category of reports shown in " -#~ "the list to: SIR Reports, AUD Reports or ESS Reports. To see report " -#~ "details, select a report and click the View button. You " -#~ "can view reports from one or more systems if you move the reports to the /" -#~ "var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "In het dialoogvenster 'Gearchiveerde rapporten tonen'kunnen eerder " -#~ "gegenereerde rapporten getoond worden die zijn opgeslagen in de map /var/" -#~ "log/apparmor/reports-archived. Gebruik de keuzevakjes bovenaan om een " -#~ "selectie te maken uit de getoonde categorieën rapporten: Beknopte " -#~ "veiligheidsrapport (ESS), Toepassingscontrolerapport (AUD) en " -#~ "Veiligheidsincidentrapport (SIR). Om de rapportagedetails te zien, " -#~ "selecteert u een rapport en klikt op Tonen. Rapporten van andere " -#~ "systemen worden ook zichtbaar als deze gekopieerd zijn in de map /var/log/" -#~ "apparmor/reports-archived." +#~ "The View Archive Reports form enables you to view previously generated\n" +#~ "reports located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory. Use the checkboxes at the top to narrow-down the category of reports shown in the list to: SIR Reports, AUD Reports or ESS Reports. To see report details, select a report and click the View button. You can view reports from one or more systems if you move the reports to the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory." +#~ msgstr "In het dialoogvenster 'Gearchiveerde rapporten tonen'kunnen eerder gegenereerde rapporten getoond worden die zijn opgeslagen in de map /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. Gebruik de keuzevakjes bovenaan om een selectie te maken uit de getoonde categorieën rapporten: Beknopte veiligheidsrapport (ESS), Toepassingscontrolerapport (AUD) en Veiligheidsincidentrapport (SIR). Om de rapportagedetails te zien, selecteert u een rapport en klikt op Tonen. Rapporten van andere systemen worden ook zichtbaar als deze gekopieerd zijn in de map /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived." #~ msgid "repConfHelp" #~ msgstr "repConfHelp" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Security Incident Report (SIR): A report that displays " -#~ "security \n" -#~ "events of interest to an administrator. The SIR reports policy " -#~ "violations \n" -#~ "for locally confined applications during the specified time period. The " -#~ "SIR \n" -#~ "reports policy exceptions and policy engine state changes. These two " -#~ "types \n" +#~ "Security Incident Report (SIR): A report that displays security \n" +#~ "events of interest to an administrator. The SIR reports policy violations \n" +#~ "for locally confined applications during the specified time period. The SIR \n" +#~ "reports policy exceptions and policy engine state changes. These two types \n" #~ "of security events are defined as follows:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Veiligheidsincidentrapport (SIR) Een Security Incident Report " -#~ "(SIR) toont \n" -#~ "de veiligheidsincidenten aan de systeembeheerder. In de SIR worden de " -#~ "schendingen \n" -#~ "van lokale toepassingen gedurende een bepaalde tijd gerapporteerd. Er " -#~ "worden twee \n" -#~ "typen veiligheidsincidenten vastgelegd en deze zijn als volgt " -#~ "gedefinieerd:" +#~ "Veiligheidsincidentrapport (SIR) Een Security Incident Report (SIR) toont \n" +#~ "de veiligheidsincidenten aan de systeembeheerder. In de SIR worden de schendingen \n" +#~ "van lokale toepassingen gedurende een bepaalde tijd gerapporteerd. Er worden twee \n" +#~ "typen veiligheidsincidenten vastgelegd en deze zijn als volgt gedefinieerd:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<ul> <li>Policy Exceptions: When an application requests a " -#~ "resource \n" -#~ "that's not defined within its profile, a security event is generated.</" -#~ "li> \n" -#~ "<li>Policy Engine State Changes: Enforces policy for applications " -#~ "and \n" -#~ "maintains its own state, including when engines start or stop, when a " -#~ "policy \n" -#~ "is reloaded, and when global security feature are enabled or disabled.</" -#~ "li></ul> \n" -#~ "Select the report from the archive, then View to see the report " -#~ "details." +#~ "<ul> <li>Policy Exceptions: When an application requests a resource \n" +#~ "that's not defined within its profile, a security event is generated.</li> \n" +#~ "<li>Policy Engine State Changes: Enforces policy for applications and \n" +#~ "maintains its own state, including when engines start or stop, when a policy \n" +#~ "is reloaded, and when global security feature are enabled or disabled.</li></ul> \n" +#~ "Select the report from the archive, then View to see the report details." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ul><li>Beleidsschendingen: (Policy Exceptions) Zodra een " -#~ "toepassing bronnen \n" -#~ "aanspreekt die niet vrijgegeven zijn in het bijbehorende profiel dan " -#~ "wordt een \n" -#~ "veiligheidsincident gegenereerd.</li> <li>Beleidsveranderingen: " -#~ "(Policy Engine State Changes) Legt het beleid op \n" -#~ "voor toepassingen en bewaakt de status, inclusief in- en uitschakelen, " -#~ "herladen van het \n" -#~ "profiel, of als een globale veiligheidsinstelling gewijzigd wordt.</li></" -#~ "ul> \n" -#~ "Selecteer het rapport in het archief en gebruik Tonen voor meer " -#~ "informatie." +#~ "<ul><li>Beleidsschendingen: (Policy Exceptions) Zodra een toepassing bronnen \n" +#~ "aanspreekt die niet vrijgegeven zijn in het bijbehorende profiel dan wordt een \n" +#~ "veiligheidsincident gegenereerd.</li> <li>Beleidsveranderingen: (Policy Engine State Changes) Legt het beleid op \n" +#~ "voor toepassingen en bewaakt de status, inclusief in- en uitschakelen, herladen van het \n" +#~ "profiel, of als een globale veiligheidsinstelling gewijzigd wordt.</li></ul> \n" +#~ "Selecteer het rapport in het archief en gebruik Tonen voor meer informatie." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Applications Audit Report (AUD): An auditing tool that reports " -#~ "which application servers are running and whether they are confined by " -#~ "AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming " -#~ "network connections. This report provides the host machine's IP Address, " -#~ "the date the Applications Audit Report ran, the name and path of the " -#~ "unconfined program or application server, the suggested profile or a " -#~ "placeholder for a profile for an unconfined program, the process ID " -#~ "number, the state of the program (confined or unconfined) and the type of " -#~ "confinement that the profile is performing (enforce/complain)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Toepassingscontrolerapport (AUD) Een Applications Audit Report " -#~ "(AUD) is een hulpmiddel om netwerktoepassingen te rapporteren en of deze " -#~ "bewaakt worden door AppArmor. Netwerktoepassingen zijn toepassingen die " -#~ "aanvragen accepteren die via het netwerk binnenkomen. Dit rapport bevat " -#~ "het IP-adres van de host, de uitvoeringsdatum, de naam en het pad van het " -#~ "onbewaakte programma of netwerktoepassing, een voorstel voor een mogelijk " -#~ "profiel, het procesnummer, de status (bewaakt of onbewaakt) en de " -#~ "beperking die door het profiel opgelegd wordt (afdwingen/klagen)." +#~ msgid "Applications Audit Report (AUD): An auditing tool that reports which application servers are running and whether they are confined by AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming network connections. This report provides the host machine's IP Address, the date the Applications Audit Report ran, the name and path of the unconfined program or application server, the suggested profile or a placeholder for a profile for an unconfined program, the process ID number, the state of the program (confined or unconfined) and the type of confinement that the profile is performing (enforce/complain)." +#~ msgstr "Toepassingscontrolerapport (AUD) Een Applications Audit Report (AUD) is een hulpmiddel om netwerktoepassingen te rapporteren en of deze bewaakt worden door AppArmor. Netwerktoepassingen zijn toepassingen die aanvragen accepteren die via het netwerk binnenkomen. Dit rapport bevat het IP-adres van de host, de uitvoeringsdatum, de naam en het pad van het onbewaakte programma of netwerktoepassing, een voorstel voor een mogelijk profiel, het procesnummer, de status (bewaakt of onbewaakt) en de beperking die door het profiel opgelegd wordt (afdwingen/klagen)." #~ msgid "" #~ "Executive Security Summary (ESS): A combined report, \n" -#~ "consisting of one or more high-level reports from one or more machines. " -#~ "This \n" -#~ "report can provide a single view of security events on multiple machines " -#~ "if each \n" +#~ "consisting of one or more high-level reports from one or more machines. This \n" +#~ "report can provide a single view of security events on multiple machines if each \n" #~ "machine's data is copied to the reports archive directory, which is \n" -#~ "/var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. This report provides the " -#~ "host \n" -#~ "machine's IP address, the start and end dates of the polled events, total " -#~ "number \n" -#~ "of rejects, total number of events, average of severity levels reported, " -#~ "and the \n" -#~ "highest severity level reported. One line of the ESS report represents a " -#~ "range \n" +#~ "/var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. This report provides the host \n" +#~ "machine's IP address, the start and end dates of the polled events, total number \n" +#~ "of rejects, total number of events, average of severity levels reported, and the \n" +#~ "highest severity level reported. One line of the ESS report represents a range \n" #~ "of SIR reports." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Beknopte veiligheidsrapportage (ESS) Een Executive Security \n" #~ "Summary is een gecombineerd rapport en bevat een of meer \n" -#~ "veiligheidsincidentenrapporten van een of meer machines. Dit rapport " -#~ "geeft een \n" +#~ "veiligheidsincidentenrapporten van een of meer machines. Dit rapport geeft een \n" #~ "samenvatting van de veiligheidsincidenten op meerdere machines als deze \n" -#~ "gekopieerd zijn in het rapportarchief (de map /var/log/apparmor/" -#~ "reports-archived). \n" -#~ "Dit rapport bevat het IP-adres van de host, de start- en einddata van de " -#~ "gebeurtenissen, \n" -#~ "de gemiddelde ernst van de rapportages, en het ernstigste niveau dat " -#~ "gerapporteerd is. \n" +#~ "gekopieerd zijn in het rapportarchief (de map /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived). \n" +#~ "Dit rapport bevat het IP-adres van de host, de start- en einddata van de gebeurtenissen, \n" +#~ "de gemiddelde ernst van de rapportages, en het ernstigste niveau dat gerapporteerd is. \n" #~ "Een regel in het ESS-rapport vertegenwoordigt een serie SIR-rapporten." #~ msgid "Archived Security Incident Report - Page " @@ -2748,8 +2459,7 @@ #~ "This table displays the events that match your search criteria.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "AppArmor Veiligheidsgebeurtenissen\n" -#~ "Deze tabel toont de gevonden gebeurtenissen die voldoen aan uw " -#~ "zoekcriteria.\n" +#~ "Deze tabel toont de gevonden gebeurtenissen die voldoen aan uw zoekcriteria.\n" #~ msgid "AppArmor Event Report Data" #~ msgstr "AppArmor Gegevens van gebeurtenisrapport" @@ -2806,15 +2516,13 @@ #~ msgstr "Incidenten-DB is niet geïnitialiseerd." #~ msgid "The events database has not been populated. No records exist." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "De incidentendatabank is niet gevuld. Er zijn geen records aanwezig." +#~ msgstr "De incidentendatabank is niet gevuld. Er zijn geen records aanwezig." #~ msgid "Query Returned Empty List." #~ msgstr "De vraag leverde een lege lijst op." #~ msgid "The events database has no records that match the search query." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "De gebeurtenissendatabank bevat geen records die aan de zoekvraag voldoen." +#~ msgstr "De gebeurtenissendatabank bevat geen records die aan de zoekvraag voldoen." #~ msgid "Archived Event Report - Page " #~ msgstr "Gearchiveerde gebeurtenissen - Pagina " @@ -2959,9 +2667,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Kan een stockrapport niet verwijderen." #~ msgid "No name provided for retrieving SIR report page count." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Geen naam opgegegen voor het verkrijgen van het aantal SIR-" -#~ "rapportpagina's." +#~ msgstr "Geen naam opgegegen voor het verkrijgen van het aantal SIR-rapportpagina's." #~ msgid "Mode Request" #~ msgstr "Modus Verzoek" @@ -3017,12 +2723,8 @@ #~ msgid "Audit" #~ msgstr "Controle" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "AppArmor does not appear to be started. Please enable AppArmor and try " -#~ "again." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "AppArmor lijkt niet te zijn gestart. Activeer AppArmor en probeer het " -#~ "opnieuw." +#~ msgid "AppArmor does not appear to be started. Please enable AppArmor and try again." +#~ msgstr "AppArmor lijkt niet te zijn gestart. Activeer AppArmor en probeer het opnieuw." #~ msgid "Can't find apparmor profiles in %s." #~ msgstr "Kan AppArmor-profielen in %s niet vinden." @@ -3161,8 +2863,7 @@ #~ msgstr "# Periode: %s - %s\n" #~ msgid "# The following filters were used for report generation:\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "# De volgende filters zijn gebruikt voor het genereren van het rapport:\n" +#~ msgstr "# De volgende filters zijn gebruikt voor het genereren van het rapport:\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "# Filter: %s, Value: %s\n" @@ -3244,9 +2945,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Kon %s niet openen. Kan rapport niet toevoegen: %s" #~ msgid "Duplicate report name not allowed. Didn't schedule new report: %s" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Reeds voorkomende rapportnaam is niet toegestaan. Geen nieuw rapport " -#~ "aangemaakt: %s" +#~ msgstr "Reeds voorkomende rapportnaam is niet toegestaan. Geen nieuw rapport aangemaakt: %s" #~ msgid "Couldn't open %s. No changes performed." #~ msgstr "Kon %s niet openen. Geen wijzigingen aangebracht." @@ -3254,143 +2953,94 @@ #~ msgid "ag_reports_sched: Unknown instruction %s or arg: %s" #~ msgstr "ag_reports_sched: Onbekende instructie %s of argument: %s" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please refer to this for more detailed information about AppArmor" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Refereer daar aan voor meer gedetailleerde informatie over AppArmor.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "Please refer to this for more detailed information about AppArmor" +#~ msgstr "Refereer daar aan voor meer gedetailleerde informatie over AppArmor." #~ msgid "" #~ "<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions about allowed operations on files,\n" -#~ "where file owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID " -#~ "is \n" +#~ "where file owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is \n" #~ "applicable. It doesn't override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ul><li>Hiermee worden alle beperkingen ten aanzien van toegestane " -#~ "bewerkingen in\n" -#~ "bestanden -- waarbij bestandseigenaar-ID gelijk moet zijn aan gebruikers-" -#~ "ID -- genegeerd, \n" -#~ "behalve wanneer CAP_FSETID van toepassing is. MAC- en DAC-beperkingen " -#~ "worden hiermee niet genegeerd.</li></ul>" +#~ "<ul><li>Hiermee worden alle beperkingen ten aanzien van toegestane bewerkingen in\n" +#~ "bestanden -- waarbij bestandseigenaar-ID gelijk moet zijn aan gebruikers-ID -- genegeerd, \n" +#~ "behalve wanneer CAP_FSETID van toepassing is. MAC- en DAC-beperkingen worden hiermee niet genegeerd.</li></ul>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions that the effective user \n" -#~ "ID shall match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID " -#~ "bits on that \n" -#~ "file; that the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) " -#~ "shall match \n" -#~ "the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; that the " -#~ "S_ISUID and \n" -#~ "S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not " -#~ "implemented). </li></ul>" +#~ "ID shall match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that \n" +#~ "file; that the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) shall match \n" +#~ "the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; that the S_ISUID and \n" +#~ "S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ul><li>Hiermee worden de volgende beperkingen genegeerd: dat de " -#~ "effectieve \n" -#~ "gebruikers-ID moet overeenkomen met de bestandseigenaar-ID tijdens het " -#~ "instellen van \n" -#~ "de S_ISUID- en S_ISGID-bits voor dat bestand; dat de effectieve groeps-ID " -#~ "(of een van de \n" -#~ "aanvullende groeps-ID's) moet overeenkomen met de bestandseigenaar-ID " -#~ "tijdens het instellen \n" -#~ "van de S_ISGID-bit voor dat bestand; dat de S_ISUID- en S_ISGID-bits " -#~ "worden gewist na ontvangst \n" +#~ "<ul><li>Hiermee worden de volgende beperkingen genegeerd: dat de effectieve \n" +#~ "gebruikers-ID moet overeenkomen met de bestandseigenaar-ID tijdens het instellen van \n" +#~ "de S_ISUID- en S_ISGID-bits voor dat bestand; dat de effectieve groeps-ID (of een van de \n" +#~ "aanvullende groeps-ID's) moet overeenkomen met de bestandseigenaar-ID tijdens het instellen \n" +#~ "van de S_ISGID-bit voor dat bestand; dat de S_ISUID- en S_ISGID-bits worden gewist na ontvangst \n" #~ "van de juiste retourwaarde van chown(2) (niet geïmplementeerd). </li></ul>" #~ msgid "Please select an action to perform from the buttons below." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selecteer bij de onderstaande knoppen de actie die u wilt uitvoeren." +#~ msgstr "Selecteer bij de onderstaande knoppen de actie die u wilt uitvoeren." #~ msgid "" #~ "The profile already contains the provided hat name. \n" -#~ "Please enter a different name to try again, or press Abort to cancel this " -#~ "wizard." +#~ "Please enter a different name to try again, or press Abort to cancel this wizard." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Het profiel bevat al een Hat met de opgegeven naam. \n" -#~ "Geef een andere naam op en probeer het opnieuw of klik op Afbreken om " -#~ "deze assistent te annuleren." +#~ "Geef een andere naam op en probeer het opnieuw of klik op Afbreken om deze assistent te annuleren." #~ msgid "" -#~ "In this form you can view and modify the contents of an individual " -#~ "profile. \n" -#~ "For existing entries you can double click the permissions to access a " -#~ "modification dialog." +#~ "In this form you can view and modify the contents of an individual profile. \n" +#~ "For existing entries you can double click the permissions to access a modification dialog." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "In dit formulier kunt u de inhoud van een individueel profiel bekijken " -#~ "en wijzigen. \n" -#~ "Voor bestaande items kunt u op de toegangsrechten klikken om een " -#~ "wijzigingsdialoog te openen." +#~ "In dit formulier kunt u de inhoud van een individueel profiel bekijken en wijzigen. \n" +#~ "Voor bestaande items kunt u op de toegangsrechten klikken om een wijzigingsdialoog te openen." #~ msgid "" #~ "Generate Reports Help If there were, in fact, \n" -#~ "going to be any help for you (which, incidentally, there isn't going to " -#~ "be), \n" -#~ "then you would indeed find said help, here.Thank you for your " -#~ "time, \n" +#~ "going to be any help for you (which, incidentally, there isn't going to be), \n" +#~ "then you would indeed find said help, here.Thank you for your time, \n" #~ "and have a nice day." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Hulp bij het genereren van rapporten Als er enige \n" -#~ "hulp voor u beschikbaar zou zijn (wat er, tussen haakjes, niet zal " -#~ "zijn), \n" +#~ "hulp voor u beschikbaar zou zijn (wat er, tussen haakjes, niet zal zijn), \n" #~ "dan zou u deze inderdaad hier vinden.Sorry voor uw moeite en \n" #~ "nog een prettige dag verder." #~ msgid "" #~ "The View Archive Reports form enables you to view \n" -#~ "previously generated reports, located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-" -#~ "archived \n" -#~ "directory. The checkboxes at the top of the form enable you to narrow-" -#~ "down \n" -#~ "the category of reports shown in the list to the following: SIR Reports, " -#~ "AUD \n" -#~ "Reports, or ESS Reports. To see report details, select a report and click " -#~ "the \n" -#~ "View button. You can view reports from one or more systems " -#~ "if \n" -#~ "you move the reports to the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory." -#~ "" +#~ "previously generated reports, located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived \n" +#~ "directory. The checkboxes at the top of the form enable you to narrow-down \n" +#~ "the category of reports shown in the list to the following: SIR Reports, AUD \n" +#~ "Reports, or ESS Reports. To see report details, select a report and click the \n" +#~ "View button. You can view reports from one or more systems if \n" +#~ "you move the reports to the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory." #~ msgstr "" #~ "In het dialoogvenster 'Gearchiveerde rapporten \n" -#~ "tonen' kunnen eerder gegenereerde rapporten getoond worden die zijn " -#~ "opgeslagen \n" -#~ "in de map /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. Er kan een selectie gemaakt " -#~ "worden \n" -#~ "uit de volgende rapporten: Beknopte veiligheidsrapport (ESS), " -#~ "Toepassingscontrolerapport (AUD) \n" -#~ "en Veiligheidsincidentrapport (SIR). Om de rapportagedetails te zien, " -#~ "selecteert u een rapport en \n" -#~ "klikt u op Tonen . Rapporten van andere systemen worden ook " -#~ "zichtbaar als deze \n" +#~ "tonen' kunnen eerder gegenereerde rapporten getoond worden die zijn opgeslagen \n" +#~ "in de map /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. Er kan een selectie gemaakt worden \n" +#~ "uit de volgende rapporten: Beknopte veiligheidsrapport (ESS), Toepassingscontrolerapport (AUD) \n" +#~ "en Veiligheidsincidentrapport (SIR). Om de rapportagedetails te zien, selecteert u een rapport en \n" +#~ "klikt u op Tonen . Rapporten van andere systemen worden ook zichtbaar als deze \n" #~ "in de map /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived zijn geplaatst." #~ msgid "" #~ "Applications Audit Report (AUD): An auditing tool \n" -#~ "that reports which application servers are running and whether they are " -#~ "confined \n" -#~ "by AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming " -#~ "network \n" -#~ "connections. This report provides the host machine's IP Address, the date " -#~ "the \n" -#~ "Applications Audit Report ran, the name and path of the unconfined " -#~ "program or \n" -#~ "application server, the suggested profile or a placeholder for a profile " -#~ "for an \n" -#~ "unconfined program, the process ID number, The state of the program " -#~ "(confined or \n" +#~ "that reports which application servers are running and whether they are confined \n" +#~ "by AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming network \n" +#~ "connections. This report provides the host machine's IP Address, the date the \n" +#~ "Applications Audit Report ran, the name and path of the unconfined program or \n" +#~ "application server, the suggested profile or a placeholder for a profile for an \n" +#~ "unconfined program, the process ID number, The state of the program (confined or \n" #~ "unconfined), and the type of confinement that the profile is performing \n" #~ "(enforce/complain)." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Toepassingscontrolerapport (AUD) Een Applications Audit Report " -#~ "(AUD) is \n" -#~ "een hulpmiddel om netwerktoepassingen te rapporteren en of deze bewaakt " -#~ "worden door \n" -#~ "AppArmor. Netwerktoepassingen zijn toepassingen die aanvragen accepteren " -#~ "die via het \n" -#~ "netwerk binnenkomen. Dit rapport bevat het IP-adres van de host, de " -#~ "uitvoeringsdatum, de \n" -#~ "naam en het pad van het onbewaakte programma of netwerktoepassing, een " -#~ "voorstel voor \n" -#~ "een mogelijk profiel, het procesnummer, de status (bewaakt of onbewaakt) " -#~ "en de beperking \n" +#~ "Toepassingscontrolerapport (AUD) Een Applications Audit Report (AUD) is \n" +#~ "een hulpmiddel om netwerktoepassingen te rapporteren en of deze bewaakt worden door \n" +#~ "AppArmor. Netwerktoepassingen zijn toepassingen die aanvragen accepteren die via het \n" +#~ "netwerk binnenkomen. Dit rapport bevat het IP-adres van de host, de uitvoeringsdatum, de \n" +#~ "naam en het pad van het onbewaakte programma of netwerktoepassing, een voorstel voor \n" +#~ "een mogelijk profiel, het procesnummer, de status (bewaakt of onbewaakt) en de beperking \n" #~ "die door het profiel opgelegd wordt (afdwingen/klagen)." #~ msgid "Weds" -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89764 - trunk/yast/es/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 17:37:36 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89764 Added: trunk/yast/es/po/cio.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/opensuse_mirror.es.po Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/add-on-creator.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/add-on.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/audit-laf.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/auth-client.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/auth-server.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/autoinst.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/base.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/bootloader.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/ca-management.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/cluster.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/control.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/country.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/crowbar.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/dhcp-server.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/dns-server.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/drbd.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/fcoe-client.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/firewall-services.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/firewall.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/firstboot.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/ftp-server.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/geo-cluster.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/gtk.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/http-server.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/inetd.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/installation.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/instserver.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/iplb.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/iscsi-client.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/iscsi-lio-server.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/iscsi-server.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/isns.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/kdump.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/kerberos-server.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/kerberos.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/ldap-client.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/ldap-server.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/ldap.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/live-installer.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/lxc.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/mail.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/multipath.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/ncurses-pkg.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/ncurses.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/network.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/nfs.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/nfs_server.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/nis.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/nis_server.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/ntp-client.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/oneclickinstall.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/online-update-configuration.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/online-update.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/packager.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/pkg-bindings.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/printer.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/product-creator.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/proxy.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/qt-pkg.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/qt.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/rdp.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/rear.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/registration.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/reipl.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/relocation-server.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/s390.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/samba-client.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/samba-server.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/samba-users.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/scanner.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/security.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/services-manager.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/slp-server.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/snapper.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/sound.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/squid.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/sshd.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/storage.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/sudo.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/support.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/sysconfig.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/tftp-server.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/tune.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/update.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/users.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/vm.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/wagon.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/wol.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/xpram.es.po trunk/yast/es/po/yast2-apparmor.es.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/add-on-creator.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/add-on-creator.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/add-on-creator.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -150,8 +150,7 @@ #. command line help text for 'license' option #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:247 msgid "Path to file with license texts (license.zip or license.tar.gz)" -msgstr "" -"Ruta al archivo con los textos de la licencia (license.zip o license.tar.gz)" +msgstr "Ruta al archivo con los textos de la licencia (license.zip o license.tar.gz)" #. command line help text for 'info' option #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:254 @@ -176,9 +175,7 @@ #. help text for 'number' option; do not translate 'list' #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:281 msgid "Number of the selected add-on (see 'list' command for product numbers)." -msgstr "" -"Número de adicionales seleccionados (use el comando 'list' para el número " -"de productos)." +msgstr "Número de adicionales seleccionados (use el comando 'list' para el número de productos)." #. command line help text for 'changelog' option #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:288 @@ -269,12 +266,8 @@ #. command line message, do not translate 'create', 'clone' #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:864 -msgid "" -"There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the " -"'create' or 'clone' commands." -msgstr "" -"No hay ninguna configuración presente para productos adicionales. Cree una " -"nueva usando las ordenes 'create' o 'clone'." +msgid "There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the 'create' or 'clone' commands." +msgstr "No hay ninguna configuración presente para productos adicionales. Cree una nueva usando las ordenes 'create' o 'clone'." #. error message #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:876 @@ -313,19 +306,14 @@ #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:156 -msgid "" -"Start creating a new add-on product configuration with Add." -msgstr "" -"Iniciar la creación de una nueva configuración con Agregar." +msgid "Start creating a new add-on product configuration with Add." +msgstr "Iniciar la creación de una nueva configuración con Agregar." # clients/ui_helps.ycp:57 #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:160 -msgid "" -"Use Edit to modify the selected add-on product configuration." -msgstr "" -"Utilice Editar para modificar la configuración del producto " -"complementario seleccionado." +msgid "Use Edit to modify the selected add-on product configuration." +msgstr "Utilice Editar para modificar la configuración del producto complementario seleccionado." #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:164 @@ -334,12 +322,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:166 -msgid "" -"Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with " -"Build." -msgstr "" -"Genere un nuevo producto basado en la configuración seleccionada usando " -"Generar." +msgid "Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with Build." +msgstr "Genere un nuevo producto basado en la configuración seleccionada usando Generar." #. table header item #. summary header @@ -1090,29 +1074,18 @@ #. help text for start menu #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:44 -msgid "" -"This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product." +msgid "This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product." msgstr "Este módulo ofrece ayuda para crear un producto adicional." #. help text for start menu, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:48 -msgid "" -"Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the " -"beginning or base it on an existing product." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione el modo en que desea crear el nuevo producto adicional. Puede " -"crearlo desde el principio o a partir de un producto existente." +msgid "Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the beginning or base it on an existing product." +msgstr "Seleccione el modo en que desea crear el nuevo producto adicional. Puede crearlo desde el principio o a partir de un producto existente." #. help text for start menu, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:52 -msgid "" -"When basing the new product on an existing product, check Generate " -"Package Descriptions to generate new descriptions of packages in the " -"existing product." -msgstr "" -"Cuando parta de un producto existente para crear el nuevo, marque " -"Generar descripciones de paquetes para generar nuevas descripciones " -"de los paquetes del producto existente." +msgid "When basing the new product on an existing product, check Generate Package Descriptions to generate new descriptions of packages in the existing product." +msgstr "Cuando parta de un producto existente para crear el nuevo, marque Generar descripciones de paquetes para generar nuevas descripciones de los paquetes del producto existente." #. help text for initial data (paragraph title) #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:56 @@ -1131,13 +1104,8 @@ #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This " -"selection forms the REQUIRES value of the <tt>content</tt> file." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione el producto al que se puede aplicar el nuevo producto " -"adicional. Lo que seleccione aquí será el valor de REQUIRES del " -"archivo <tt>content</tt>." +msgid "Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This selection forms the REQUIRES value of the <tt>content</tt> file." +msgstr "Seleccione el producto al que se puede aplicar el nuevo producto adicional. Lo que seleccione aquí será el valor de REQUIRES del archivo <tt>content</tt>." # clients/support_question.ycp:110 # clients/support_question.ycp:118 @@ -1149,12 +1117,8 @@ #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should " -"form your add-on product." -msgstr "" -"Elija la ruta al directorio que contenga los paquetes RPM que deben " -"conformar el producto adicional." +msgid "Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should form your add-on product." +msgstr "Elija la ruta al directorio que contenga los paquetes RPM que deben conformar el producto adicional." #. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:74 @@ -1163,16 +1127,8 @@ #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -"Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages " -"from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will " -"not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the " -"patterns later in the workflow." -msgstr "" -"Si lo desea, elija la ruta al directorio que contiene los paquetes RPM " -"del producto en el que se debe basar el producto adicional. Estos paquetes " -"no se incluirán en el producto adicional, pero se podrán usar posteriormente " -"para crear los patrones en el flujo de trabajo." +msgid "Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the patterns later in the workflow." +msgstr "Si lo desea, elija la ruta al directorio que contiene los paquetes RPM del producto en el que se debe basar el producto adicional. Estos paquetes no se incluirán en el producto adicional, pero se podrán usar posteriormente para crear los patrones en el flujo de trabajo." #. help text for content file editor (<tt>content</tt> is a name of file) #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:80 @@ -1181,62 +1137,33 @@ #. help text for content file editor, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:84 -msgid "" -"Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect " -"Show Only Required Keywords to see all attributes of the <tt>content</" -"tt> file." -msgstr "" -"Especifique la información necesaria para identificar el producto " -"complementario. Anule la selección de Mostrar sólo palabras clave " -"requeridas para ver todos los atributos del archivo <tt>content</tt>." +msgid "Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect Show Only Required Keywords to see all attributes of the <tt>content</tt> file." +msgstr "Especifique la información necesaria para identificar el producto complementario. Anule la selección de Mostrar sólo palabras clave requeridas para ver todos los atributos del archivo <tt>content</tt>." #. help text for content file editor, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:88 msgid "Use Import to import an existing <tt>content</tt> file." -msgstr "" -"Use Importar para importar un archivo <tt>content</tt> existente.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Use Importar para importar un archivo <tt>content</tt> existente." #. help text for package description files #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</" -"tt> files) here." -msgstr "" -"Editar las descripciones de los paquetes específicas de cada idioma " -"(archivos <tt>packages.lang</tt>)." +msgid "Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</tt> files) here." +msgstr "Editar las descripciones de los paquetes específicas de cada idioma (archivos <tt>packages.lang</tt>)." #. help text for package description files, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:96 -msgid "" -"Use Add Language to add a description file for a new language. The " -"list of available languages is read from the LINGUAS value of the " -"<tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions " -"with Import. Delete the description file with Delete." -msgstr "" -"Use Añadir idioma para añadir un archivo de descripción para un " -"idioma nuevo. La lista de idiomas disponibles se lee desde el valor " -"LINGUAS del archivo <tt>content</tt>. Puede importar un archivo de " -"descripciones de paquetes existente con Importar. Eliminar " -"permite eliminar el archivo de descripciones." +msgid "Use Add Language to add a description file for a new language. The list of available languages is read from the LINGUAS value of the <tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions with Import. Delete the description file with Delete." +msgstr "Use Añadir idioma para añadir un archivo de descripción para un idioma nuevo. La lista de idiomas disponibles se lee desde el valor LINGUAS del archivo <tt>content</tt>. Puede importar un archivo de descripciones de paquetes existente con Importar. Eliminar permite eliminar el archivo de descripciones." #. help text for package description files, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:100 -msgid "" -"Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify description " -"entries for the selected package." -msgstr "" -"Use Añadir y Editar en la segunda tabla para modificar las " -"entradas de descripción del paquete seleccionado." +msgid "Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify description entries for the selected package." +msgstr "Use Añadir y Editar en la segunda tabla para modificar las entradas de descripción del paquete seleccionado." #. help text for package description files, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:104 -msgid "" -"Optionally, choose the path for the file providing Additional Package " -"Dependencies (EXTRA_PROV)." -msgstr "" -"Opcionalmente, elija la ruta del archivo que provee las dependencias " -"del paquete adicional (EXTRA_PROV)." +msgid "Optionally, choose the path for the file providing Additional Package Dependencies (EXTRA_PROV)." +msgstr "Opcionalmente, elija la ruta del archivo que provee las dependencias del paquete adicional (EXTRA_PROV)." #. help text for patterns #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:108 @@ -1245,220 +1172,112 @@ #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:112 -msgid "" -"Use New to create a new pattern or Import to import an " -"existing one." -msgstr "" -"Use Nuevo para crear un patrón nuevo o Importar para " -"importar uno existente." +msgid "Use New to create a new pattern or Import to import an existing one." +msgstr "Use Nuevo para crear un patrón nuevo o Importar para importar uno existente." #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:116 -msgid "" -"Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify pattern " -"attributes." -msgstr "" -"Use Añadir y Editar en la segunda tabla para modificar los " -"atributos del patrón." +msgid "Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify pattern attributes." +msgstr "Use Añadir y Editar en la segunda tabla para modificar los atributos del patrón." #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:120 msgid "" -"Check Required pattern to mark the selected pattern as required " -"for\n" -"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when " -"the installation of the add-on product is started." +"Check Required pattern to mark the selected pattern as required for\n" +"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when the installation of the add-on product is started." msgstr "" -"Marque Patrones requeridos si desea poner los patrones " -"seleccionados como requeridos para el producto adicional.\n" -"Estos patrones serán automáticamente preseleccionados cuando se inicie la " -"instalación del productol." +"Marque Patrones requeridos si desea poner los patrones seleccionados como requeridos para el producto adicional.\n" +"Estos patrones serán automáticamente preseleccionados cuando se inicie la instalación del productol." #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:124 -msgid "" -"Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be " -"created. Select Create ISO Image to create the ISO image of the " -"product in the output directory." -msgstr "" -"Especifique la ruta al directorio donde se deba crear el producto " -"complementario. Seleccione Crear imagen ISO para crear la imagen ISO " -"del producto en el directorio de salida." +msgid "Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be created. Select Create ISO Image to create the ISO image of the product in the output directory." +msgstr "Especifique la ruta al directorio donde se deba crear el producto complementario. Seleccione Crear imagen ISO para crear la imagen ISO del producto en el directorio de salida." #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:128 -msgid "" -"Use Generate Changelog to generate a changelog file containing all " -"changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years." -msgstr "" -"Utilice Generar registro de cambios para crear un archivo de " -"registro con todos los cambios de los paquetes en el producto adicional " -"hechos en los últimos dos años." +msgid "Use Generate Changelog to generate a changelog file containing all changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years." +msgstr "Utilice Generar registro de cambios para crear un archivo de registro con todos los cambios de los paquetes en el producto adicional hechos en los últimos dos años." #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:132 -msgid "" -"Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with Configure Workflow. " -"Use Optional Files to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, " -"licenses, and other optional values." -msgstr "" -"Adapte el flujo de trabajo del producto adicional mediante Configurar " -"flujo de trabajo. Use Archivos opcionales para configurar el " -"texto de los archivos <tt>README</tt>, las licencias y otros valores " -"opcionales." +msgid "Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with Configure Workflow. Use Optional Files to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, licenses, and other optional values." +msgstr "Adapte el flujo de trabajo del producto adicional mediante Configurar flujo de trabajo. Use Archivos opcionales para configurar el texto de los archivos <tt>README</tt>, las licencias y otros valores opcionales." #. workflow help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on " -"product workflow." -msgstr "" -"Aquí puede especificar los archivos necesarios para personalizar el flujo " -"de trabajo del producto complementario." +msgid "Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on product workflow." +msgstr "Aquí puede especificar los archivos necesarios para personalizar el flujo de trabajo del producto complementario." #. workflow help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:140 -msgid "" -"Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file " -"is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation." -"xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory." -msgstr "" -"Especifique la ubicación del archivo de descripción del flujo de trabajo. " -"Se trata de una alternativa para el archivo <tt>control.xml</tt> y se guarda " -"como <tt>installation.xml</tt> en el directorio base del producto adicional." -"" +msgid "Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation.xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory." +msgstr "Especifique la ubicación del archivo de descripción del flujo de trabajo. Se trata de una alternativa para el archivo <tt>control.xml</tt> y se guarda como <tt>installation.xml</tt> en el directorio base del producto adicional." #. workflow help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:144 -msgid "" -"To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, " -"enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are " -"stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the " -"YaST RPM packages in Import the Packages." -msgstr "" -"Para usar módulos de YaST personalizados durante la instalación del " -"producto adicional, especifique la ruta al archivo <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> " -"donde estén almacenados los módulos o configure el contenido de <tt>y2update." -"tgz</tt> especificando los paquetes RPM de YaST en Importar los paquetes</" -"b>." +msgid "To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the YaST RPM packages in Import the Packages." +msgstr "Para usar módulos de YaST personalizados durante la instalación del producto adicional, especifique la ruta al archivo <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> donde estén almacenados los módulos o configure el contenido de <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> especificando los paquetes RPM de YaST en Importar los paquetes." #. help text for expert dialog 1 #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:148 -msgid "" -"The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on " -"that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an OK button." -msgstr "" -"El archivo <tt>info.txt</tt> opcional proporciona información acerca del " -"complemento que se debe mostrar como una ventana emergente con un botón para " -"aceptar." +msgid "The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an OK button." +msgstr "El archivo <tt>info.txt</tt> opcional proporciona información acerca del complemento que se debe mostrar como una ventana emergente con un botón para aceptar." #. help text for expert dialog 1, cont #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:152 -msgid "" -"The text of the license is displayed in a window with Agree and " -"Disagree buttons before the installation starts. The files with the " -"license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</" -"tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory." -msgstr "" -"El texto de la licencia se muestra en una ventana con botones para " -"aceptar y rechazar antes de que comience la instalación. Los " -"archivos que incluyen el texto de licencia en distintos idiomas se comprimen " -"en el archivo <tt>license.zip</tt>, que se almacena en el directorio " -"<tt>media.1</tt>." +msgid "The text of the license is displayed in a window with Agree and Disagree buttons before the installation starts. The files with the license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory." +msgstr "El texto de la licencia se muestra en una ventana con botones para aceptar y rechazar antes de que comience la instalación. Los archivos que incluyen el texto de licencia en distintos idiomas se comprimen en el archivo <tt>license.zip</tt>, que se almacena en el directorio <tt>media.1</tt>." #. help text for expert dialog 2 #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:156 -msgid "" -"The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various " -"language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on " -"product." -msgstr "" -"Los archivos <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> y <tt>COPYING</tt> pueden tener distintas " -"versiones por idioma y se almacenan en el directorio raíz del producto " -"adicional." +msgid "The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on product." +msgstr "Los archivos <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> y <tt>COPYING</tt> pueden tener distintas versiones por idioma y se almacenan en el directorio raíz del producto adicional." #. help text for signing dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:160 -msgid "" -"Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key " -"from the list of keys available or create a new one with Create." -msgstr "" -"Configure aquí la firma del producto adicional. Elija una clave secreta " -"de la lista de claves disponibles o cree una nueva mediante Crear." +msgid "Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key from the list of keys available or create a new one with Create." +msgstr "Configure aquí la firma del producto adicional. Elija una clave secreta de la lista de claves disponibles o cree una nueva mediante Crear." #. help text for signing dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:164 msgid "Enter the passphrase needed to unlock the secret key." -msgstr "" -"Especifique la contraseña codificada necesaria para desbloquear la clave " -"secreta." +msgstr "Especifique la contraseña codificada necesaria para desbloquear la clave secreta." #. help text for signing dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:166 -msgid "" -"Decide if you want to Sign All Packages of the add-on product with " -"the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione si desea Firmar todos los paquetes del producto " -"adicional con la llave seleccionada. Todas las firmas de los paquetes " -"anteriores serán eliminadas." +msgid "Decide if you want to Sign All Packages of the add-on product with the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed." +msgstr "Seleccione si desea Firmar todos los paquetes del producto adicional con la llave seleccionada. Todas las firmas de los paquetes anteriores serán eliminadas." #. help text for generating new key dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:170 -msgid "" -"Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair." -msgstr "" -"Especifique los valores necesarios para generar el nuevo par de claves " -"primarias." +msgid "Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair." +msgstr "Especifique los valores necesarios para generar el nuevo par de claves primarias." #. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:174 -msgid "" -"The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 " -"and 4096 bits long." -msgstr "" -"El tamaño por defecto de las claves DSA es de 1024 bits. La longitud de " -"las claves RSA puede estar comprendida entre 1024 y 4096 bits." +msgid "The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 and 4096 bits long." +msgstr "El tamaño por defecto de las claves DSA es de 1024 bits. La longitud de las claves RSA puede estar comprendida entre 1024 y 4096 bits." #. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:178 -msgid "" -"As Expiration Date, enter the number of days after which the key " -"expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, " -"it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty " -"for a key that never expires." -msgstr "" -"Como Fecha de expiración, especifique el número de días después de " -"los cuales expirará la clave. Si el número va seguido de <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</" -"tt> o <tt>y</tt>, indica el número de semanas, meses o años respectivamente. " -"Deje la entrada vacía si la clave no expira." +msgid "As Expiration Date, enter the number of days after which the key expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty for a key that never expires." +msgstr "Como Fecha de expiración, especifique el número de días después de los cuales expirará la clave. Si el número va seguido de <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt> o <tt>y</tt>, indica el número de semanas, meses o años respectivamente. Deje la entrada vacía si la clave no expira." #. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Use Name, Comment, and E-Mail Address to provide the " -"user identification with which the new key should be associated." -msgstr "" -"Use Nombre, Comentario y Dirección de correo " -"electrónico para identificar al usuario con el que se deba asociar la " -"nueva clave." +msgid "Use Name, Comment, and E-Mail Address to provide the user identification with which the new key should be associated." +msgstr "Use Nombre, Comentario y Dirección de correo electrónico para identificar al usuario con el que se deba asociar la nueva clave." #. help text for overview dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:186 -msgid "" -"Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product." -msgstr "" -"Revise aquí la descripción general de los datos para generar el producto " -"adicional." +msgid "Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product." +msgstr "Revise aquí la descripción general de los datos para generar el producto adicional." #. help text for overview dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:190 -msgid "" -"Press Finish to create the add-on product in the output directory." -"" -msgstr "" -"Pulse Finalizar para crear el producto adicional en el directorio " -"de salida." +msgid "Press Finish to create the add-on product in the output directory." +msgstr "Pulse Finalizar para crear el producto adicional en el directorio de salida." #. text entry label #: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:113 @@ -1568,9 +1387,7 @@ #. help text for content file 'NAME' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:152 msgid "For internal usage. Same restrictions as for package names apply." -msgstr "" -"Para uso interno. Aplican las mismas restricciones que para los nombres de " -"paquetes." +msgstr "Para uso interno. Aplican las mismas restricciones que para los nombres de paquetes." # clients/hwinfo.ycp:86 # clients/hwinfo.ycp:86 @@ -1583,12 +1400,8 @@ # ???????? #. help text for content file 'BASEARCHS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:164 -msgid "" -"Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-" -"release packages architectures. " -msgstr "" -"Lista separada por espacios de arquitecturas de producto. Coincide con la " -"arquitectura de paquetes de productos publicados disponible." +msgid "Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-release packages architectures. " +msgstr "Lista separada por espacios de arquitecturas de producto. Coincide con la arquitectura de paquetes de productos publicados disponible." #. label of content file 'VERSION' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:172 @@ -1598,9 +1411,7 @@ #. help text for content file 'VERSION' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:176 msgid "Product version and release as in RPM <tt>major.minor-release</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Versión y nº de revisión del producto como aparece en el RPM <tt>principal." -"secundaria-revisión</tt>." +msgstr "Versión y nº de revisión del producto como aparece en el RPM <tt>principal.secundaria-revisión</tt>." #. table item label #. table item label @@ -1615,14 +1426,8 @@ #. help text for content file 'DISTRIBUTION' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used " -"in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, " -"version and architecture." -msgstr "" -"Alguna cadena que denote la distribución. La misma cadena probablemente es " -"probablemente más usada en los .rpms para indicar la distribución. " -"Usualmente una conjunción del nombre, versión y arquitectura." +msgid "Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, version and architecture." +msgstr "Alguna cadena que denote la distribución. La misma cadena probablemente es probablemente más usada en los .rpms para indicar la distribución. Usualmente una conjunción del nombre, versión y arquitectura." #. label of content file key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:201 @@ -1632,9 +1437,7 @@ #. help text for content file 'DESCRDIR' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:206 msgid "Package description directory (relative to product directory)." -msgstr "" -"Directorio de descripciones de paquetes (relativo al directorio del " -"producto)." +msgstr "Directorio de descripciones de paquetes (relativo al directorio del producto)." #. label of content file key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:214 @@ -1653,12 +1456,8 @@ #. help text for content file '' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:227 -msgid "" -"UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if LINGUAS is omitted or no " -"default language can be determined." -msgstr "" -"Etiqueta con codificación UTF-8. Etiqueta por omisión si se omite " -"LINGUAS o si no se puede determinar el idioma por omisión." +msgid "UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if LINGUAS is omitted or no default language can be determined." +msgstr "Etiqueta con codificación UTF-8. Etiqueta por omisión si se omite LINGUAS o si no se puede determinar el idioma por omisión." #. label of content file 'LINGUAS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:234 @@ -1727,14 +1526,8 @@ #. help text for content file 'LABEL.lang' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:304 -msgid "" -"UTF-8-encoded LABEL. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the " -"LINGUAS values. For each language in LINGUAS, a matching " -"LABEL.lang is expected." -msgstr "" -"Valor de LABEL con codificación UTF-8. <tt>lang</tt> tiene la misma " -"sintaxis que los valores de LINGUAS. Para cada idioma de LINGUAS</" -"b>, se espera un valor de LABEL.lang correspondiente." +msgid "UTF-8-encoded LABEL. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the LINGUAS values. For each language in LINGUAS, a matching LABEL.lang is expected." +msgstr "Valor de LABEL con codificación UTF-8. <tt>lang</tt> tiene la misma sintaxis que los valores de LINGUAS. Para cada idioma de LINGUAS, se espera un valor de LABEL.lang correspondiente." #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:328 msgid "Architecture" @@ -1772,13 +1565,8 @@ #. help text for 'Cat' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:366 -msgid "" -"One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories " -"are intended for the user and can be specified freely." -msgstr "" -"Categoría de una línea en el idioma por defecto que se utiliza para agrupar " -"patrones. Las categorías están destinadas al usuario y se pueden especificar " -"libremente." +msgid "One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories are intended for the user and can be specified freely." +msgstr "Categoría de una línea en el idioma por defecto que se utiliza para agrupar patrones. Las categorías están destinadas al usuario y se pueden especificar libremente." #. help text for 'Cat.lang' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:370 @@ -1812,11 +1600,8 @@ #. help text for 'Prc' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:400 -msgid "" -"These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." -msgstr "" -"Estos paquetes se instalan por defecto, pero se pueden eliminar sin " -"problemas." +msgid "These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." +msgstr "Estos paquetes se instalan por defecto, pero se pueden eliminar sin problemas." #. label for 'Prs' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:408 @@ -1828,12 +1613,8 @@ #. help text for 'SUGGESTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:410 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:503 #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:712 -msgid "" -"These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency " -"resolution." -msgstr "" -"Se trata sólo de sugerencias para una aplicación que no se gestionan durante " -"la resolución de dependencias." +msgid "These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency resolution." +msgstr "Se trata sólo de sugerencias para una aplicación que no se gestionan durante la resolución de dependencias." #. label for 'Ico' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:418 @@ -1844,20 +1625,10 @@ #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:420 msgid "" "If unspecified, the pattern name is used \n" -" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename " -"does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is " -"specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/" -"YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/" -"icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/" -"share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." +" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." msgstr "" "Si no se especifica, se usa el nombre del patrón \n" -" (los espacios del nombre se sustituyen con carácteres de subrayado). Si el " -"nombre de archivo no incluye una extensión .png o .jpg, se añade .png. Si no " -"se especifica ninguna ruta, se buscan los iconos en la ruta de iconos de " -"temas (primero en /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/, después " -"en /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Se admiten rutas " -"absolutas y relativas (a la ruta de temas /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/)." +" (los espacios del nombre se sustituyen con carácteres de subrayado). Si el nombre de archivo no incluye una extensión .png o .jpg, se añade .png. Si no se especifica ninguna ruta, se buscan los iconos en la ruta de iconos de temas (primero en /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/, después en /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Se admiten rutas absolutas y relativas (a la ruta de temas /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/)." #. label for 'Ord' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:429 @@ -1866,12 +1637,8 @@ #. help text for 'Ord' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:431 -msgid "" -"This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing " -"multiple patterns in the user interface." -msgstr "" -"Este valor entero de tres cifras define el orden del patrón cuando se " -"muestran varios patrones en la interfaz del usuario." +msgid "This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing multiple patterns in the user interface." +msgstr "Este valor entero de tres cifras define el orden del patrón cuando se muestran varios patrones en la interfaz del usuario." #. label for 'Req' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:441 @@ -1890,17 +1657,8 @@ #. help text for 'Prv' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:453 -msgid "" -"Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match REQUIRES</" -"b> from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and " -"edition. For example, package bar-1.42-1 provides the capability " -"<tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Capacidades que proporciona este patrón. Se pueden usar para establecer la " -"correspondencia con REQUIRES desde otros elementos. Cada resolución " -"proporciona una capacidad por defecto, con su nombre y edición propios. Por " -"ejemplo, el paquete bar-1.42-1 proporciona la capacidad <tt>bar = " -"1.42-1</tt>." +msgid "Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match REQUIRES from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and edition. For example, package bar-1.42-1 provides the capability <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." +msgstr "Capacidades que proporciona este patrón. Se pueden usar para establecer la correspondencia con REQUIRES desde otros elementos. Cada resolución proporciona una capacidad por defecto, con su nombre y edición propios. Por ejemplo, el paquete bar-1.42-1 proporciona la capacidad <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." #. label for 'Con' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:461 @@ -1909,12 +1667,8 @@ #. help text for 'Con' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:463 -msgid "" -"This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " -"provides the capability is installed." -msgstr "" -"Este patrón no se puede instalar si la resolución especificada u otra que " -"proporciona la capacidad están instaladas." +msgid "This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." +msgstr "Este patrón no se puede instalar si la resolución especificada u otra que proporciona la capacidad están instaladas." #. label for 'Obs' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:471 @@ -1937,12 +1691,8 @@ #. help text for 'Rec' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:483 -msgid "" -"A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no " -"error is shown." -msgstr "" -"Versión débil de REQUIRES. Si los patrones recomendados no se pueden " -"instalar, no se muestra ningún error." +msgid "A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no error is shown." +msgstr "Versión débil de REQUIRES. Si los patrones recomendados no se pueden instalar, no se muestra ningún error." #. label for 'Sup' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:491 @@ -1951,15 +1701,8 @@ #. help text for 'Sup' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:493 -msgid "" -"A reverse Rec. This pattern is installed if the specified capability " -"is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. " -"Uninstalling it is silently accepted." -msgstr "" -"Inverso de Rec. Este patrón se instala si la capacidad especificada " -"la proporciona alguna resolución instalada. El sistema de resolución de " -"dependencias lo instala. La desinstalación se acepta sin intervención del " -"usuario." +msgid "A reverse Rec. This pattern is installed if the specified capability is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. Uninstalling it is silently accepted." +msgstr "Inverso de Rec. Este patrón se instala si la capacidad especificada la proporciona alguna resolución instalada. El sistema de resolución de dependencias lo instala. La desinstalación se acepta sin intervención del usuario." #. label for 'Sug' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:501 @@ -1973,12 +1716,8 @@ #. help text for 'Fre' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:513 -msgid "" -"The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern " -"specified here is installed." -msgstr "" -"Sólo se considera instalar el patrón actual si el patrón especificado aquí " -"está instalado." +msgid "The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern specified here is installed." +msgstr "Sólo se considera instalar el patrón actual si el patrón especificado aquí está instalado." #. label for 'Ext' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:523 @@ -2037,12 +1776,8 @@ #. help text for 'Ins' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:601 -msgid "" -"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a " -"test version warning or a commercial license." -msgstr "" -"Mensaje informal que se muestra al usuario si se selecciona el paquete, como " -"una advertencia de versión de prueba o una licencia comercial." +msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a test version warning or a commercial license." +msgstr "Mensaje informal que se muestra al usuario si se selecciona el paquete, como una advertencia de versión de prueba o una licencia comercial." #. label for 'Del' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:608 @@ -2051,13 +1786,8 @@ #. help text for 'Del' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:610 -msgid "" -"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for " -"deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." -msgstr "" -"Mensaje informal que se muestra al usuario si el paquete se selecciona para " -"su eliminación, como una advertencia de que el sistema no se puede utilizar " -"sin el paquete." +msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." +msgstr "Mensaje informal que se muestra al usuario si el paquete se selecciona para su eliminación, como una advertencia de que el sistema no se puede utilizar sin el paquete." #. label for 'Eul' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:617 @@ -2066,13 +1796,8 @@ #. help text for 'Eul' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:619 -msgid "" -"Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If " -"the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." -msgstr "" -"Texto del acuerdo de licencia del usuario final (EULA) que se muestra antes " -"de instalar el paquete. Si el usuario no acepta el acuerdo, el paquete no se " -"instala." +msgid "Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." +msgstr "Texto del acuerdo de licencia del usuario final (EULA) que se muestra antes de instalar el paquete. Si el usuario no acepta el acuerdo, el paquete no se instala." #. label of key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:660 @@ -2081,12 +1806,8 @@ #. help text for 'REQUIRES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:662 -msgid "" -"Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product " -"requirements." -msgstr "" -"Resoluciones que deben estar instaladas en el sistema para cumplir los " -"requisitos de este producto." +msgid "Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product requirements." +msgstr "Resoluciones que deben estar instaladas en el sistema para cumplir los requisitos de este producto." #. label of PROVIDES key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:670 @@ -2095,12 +1816,8 @@ #. help text for 'PROVIDES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:672 -msgid "" -"Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match requires</" -"b> from others." -msgstr "" -"Características que provee este producto. Pueden usarse para comparar " -"requisitos de otros." +msgid "Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match requires from others." +msgstr "Características que provee este producto. Pueden usarse para comparar requisitos de otros." #. label of 'CONFLICTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:680 @@ -2109,12 +1826,8 @@ #. help text for 'CONFLICTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:682 -msgid "" -"This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " -"provides the capability is installed." -msgstr "" -"Esta resolución no se puede instalar si la resolución especificada u otra " -"que proporciona la capacidad están instaladas." +msgid "This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." +msgstr "Esta resolución no se puede instalar si la resolución especificada u otra que proporciona la capacidad están instaladas." #. label of 'OBSOLETES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:690 @@ -2123,12 +1836,8 @@ #. help text for 'OBSOLETES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:692 -msgid "" -"When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a " -"name matching this keyword." -msgstr "" -"Cuando se instala esta resolución, se desinstala cualquier otra cuyo nombre " -"coincida con esta palabra clave." +msgid "When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a name matching this keyword." +msgstr "Cuando se instala esta resolución, se desinstala cualquier otra cuyo nombre coincida con esta palabra clave." #. label of 'RECOMMENDS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:700 @@ -2137,13 +1846,8 @@ #. help text for 'RECOMMENDS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:702 -msgid "" -"A weak version of requires. An attempt is made to fulfill " -"RECOMMENDS, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." -msgstr "" -"Una versión débil de requiere. Se intenta cumplir con " -"recomendados, pero se ignoran sin intervención del usuario si no se " -"puede establecer ninguna coincidencia." +msgid "A weak version of requires. An attempt is made to fulfill RECOMMENDS, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." +msgstr "Una versión débil de requiere. Se intenta cumplir con recomendados, pero se ignoran sin intervención del usuario si no se puede establecer ninguna coincidencia." #. label of 'SUGGESTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:710 @@ -2173,12 +1877,8 @@ #. help text for 'productline' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:747 -msgid "" -"A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs " -"and versions." -msgstr "" -"Un nombre corto para el producto que no cambie entre versiones y paquetes de " -"servicio." +msgid "A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs and versions." +msgstr "Un nombre corto para el producto que no cambie entre versiones y paquetes de servicio." #. table item label #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:754 @@ -2192,12 +1892,8 @@ #. help text for media type #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:761 -msgid "" -"Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, " -"ftp, dvd5, dvd9." -msgstr "" -"Tipo de medio que se usará para el producto final. Los valores posibles son: " -"cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9." +msgid "Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9." +msgstr "Tipo de medio que se usará para el producto final. Los valores posibles son: cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9." #. table item label #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:768 @@ -2261,8 +1957,7 @@ #. help text #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1746 msgid "Wait while generating data for add-on... \n" -msgstr "" -"Espere mientras se generan los datos para el complemento... \n" +msgstr "Espere mientras se generan los datos para el complemento... \n" #. error report #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2730 Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/add-on.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/add-on.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/add-on.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -46,8 +46,7 @@ "Ayuda del Módulo de Productos Adicionales\n" "------------------\n" "\n" -"Para añadir un nuevo producto mediante la línea de comandos, use esta " -"sintaxis:\n" +"Para añadir un nuevo producto mediante la línea de comandos, use esta sintaxis:\n" " /sbin/yast2 add-on URL\n" "URL es la ruta a la fuente del producto adicional.\n" "\n" @@ -60,12 +59,8 @@ "dvd://\n" #: src/clients/add-on.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"Falta el nombre del archivo de destino (opción \"xmlfile\"). Utilice la " -"opción de la línea de comandos xmlfile=<archivo_XML_destino>." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Falta el nombre del archivo de destino (opción \"xmlfile\"). Utilice la opción de la línea de comandos xmlfile=<archivo_XML_destino>." #. dialog caption #. this is a heading @@ -149,11 +144,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:226 -msgid "" -"Select the language extensions to be installed then click OK." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione las extensiones de idiomas que desee instalar y pulse " -"Aceptar." +msgid "Select the language extensions to be installed then click OK." +msgstr "Seleccione las extensiones de idiomas que desee instalar y pulse Aceptar." #. TRANSLATORS: popup question #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:245 @@ -265,8 +257,7 @@ #. error report #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316 msgid "No software repository found on medium." -msgstr "" -"No ha sido posible encontrar ningún repositorio de software en el medio." +msgstr "No ha sido posible encontrar ningún repositorio de software en el medio." #. busy message #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335 @@ -308,8 +299,7 @@ #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" -msgstr "" -"¿Está seguro de que desea cancelar la instalación del producto adicional?" +msgstr "¿Está seguro de que desea cancelar la instalación del producto adicional?" # #. popup message @@ -346,9 +336,7 @@ #. message popup #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." -msgstr "" -"No es posible resolver las dependencias de los productos adicionales " -"seleccionados." +msgstr "No es posible resolver las dependencias de los productos adicionales seleccionados." #. Help for add-on products #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 @@ -359,10 +347,8 @@ "select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "<big>Instalación de producto adicional</big>\n" -"Aquí se muestran todos los productos adicionales seleccionados para su " -"instalación.\n" -"Para añadir un nuevo producto, haga clic en Añadir. Para eliminar uno " -"ya añadido,\n" +"Aquí se muestran todos los productos adicionales seleccionados para su instalación.\n" +"Para añadir un nuevo producto, haga clic en Añadir. Para eliminar uno ya añadido,\n" "selecciónelo y haga clic en Eliminar." #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name @@ -413,17 +399,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." -msgstr "" -"Se muestran todos los productos adicionales instalados en su sistema." +msgstr "Se muestran todos los productos adicionales instalados en su sistema." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 -msgid "" -"Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove " -"an add-on which is in use." -msgstr "" -"Use Añadir para añadir un nuevo producto adicional, o Eliminar</" -"b> para eliminar uno complemento en uso." +msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." +msgstr "Use Añadir para añadir un nuevo producto adicional, o Eliminar para eliminar uno complemento en uso." #. no items #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 @@ -473,8 +454,7 @@ "\n" "Are sure you want to delete it?" msgstr "" -"Al eliminar el producto adicional %1 puede hacer que se quiten o desinstalen " -"todos los paquetes\n" +"Al eliminar el producto adicional %1 puede hacer que se quiten o desinstalen todos los paquetes\n" "instalados desde este producto adicional\n" "\n" "¿Está seguro de querer eliminarlo?" @@ -498,8 +478,7 @@ "\n" "Do you want to skip using add-on products?" msgstr "" -"Su sistema no parece tener suficiente memoria para usar productos " -"adicionales\n" +"Su sistema no parece tener suficiente memoria para usar productos adicionales\n" "durante la instalación. Puede habilitar los productos adicionales\n" "más tarde, cuando el sistema esté en ejecución.\n" "\n" @@ -508,13 +487,8 @@ #~ msgid "&Select Language Extensions to be Installed" #~ msgstr "&Seleccionar las extensiones de idiomas que se deben instalar" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the language extensions to be installed and then click the " -#~ "OK button." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccione las extensiones de idiomas que desea instalar y pulse " -#~ "Aceptar." +#~ msgid "Select the language extensions to be installed and then click the OK button." +#~ msgstr "Seleccione las extensiones de idiomas que desea instalar y pulse Aceptar." #~ msgid "Reading packages available at the installation repositories..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Leyendo los paquetes disponibles en los repositorios de instalación..." +#~ msgstr "Leyendo los paquetes disponibles en los repositorios de instalación..." Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/audit-laf.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/audit-laf.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/audit-laf.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -91,8 +91,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for frequency option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:130 msgid "How many records to write before a flush to disk is issued" -msgstr "" -"Cuántos registros se escriben antes de hacer un volcado (flush) a disco" +msgstr "Cuántos registros se escriben antes de hacer un volcado (flush) a disco" #. translators: command line help text for max_log_file option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:137 @@ -124,9 +123,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for space_left option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:174 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system starts to run low" -msgstr "" -"Espacio restante en la partición del registro (en MByte) para considerar que " -"el sistema empieza a estar corto" +msgstr "Espacio restante en la partición del registro (en MByte) para considerar que el sistema empieza a estar corto" #. translators: command line help text for space_left_action option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:181 @@ -141,9 +138,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:203 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system is running low" -msgstr "" -"Espacio restante en la partición del registro (en MByte) para considerar que " -"el sistema está corto" +msgstr "Espacio restante en la partición del registro (en MByte) para considerar que el sistema está corto" #. command line help text for admin_space_left_action option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:210 @@ -153,14 +148,12 @@ #. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:225 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if admin_space_left is reached" -msgstr "" -"Guión a ejecutar (nombre y camino completo) si se alcanza admin_space_left" +msgstr "Guión a ejecutar (nombre y camino completo) si se alcanza admin_space_left" #. command line help text for action_mail_acct option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:232 msgid "Mail sent to this account (if space_left_action set to EMAIL)" -msgstr "" -"Se envía correo a esta cuenta (si space_left_action está puesto a EMAIL)" +msgstr "Se envía correo a esta cuenta (si space_left_action está puesto a EMAIL)" #. command line help text for disk_full_action option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:239 @@ -217,8 +210,7 @@ "Setting the format to 'NONE' (default)." msgstr "" "El 'User Defined Name' no está puesto aunque\n" -"el 'Computer Name Format' está puesto a 'USER'Poniendo el formato a " -"'NONE' (valor por omisión)." +"el 'Computer Name Format' está puesto a 'USER'Poniendo el formato a 'NONE' (valor por omisión)." # # include/printconf/dialogs.ycp:159 include/printconf/dialogs.ycp:209 @@ -331,8 +323,7 @@ "La configuración del auditor está bloqueada (opción -e 2).\n" "¡Esto significa que las reglas están bloqueadas hasta el próximo reboteo!\n" "Si realmente desea esto, asegúrese de que '-e 2' es la última entrada\n" -"en el archivo de reglas. Si no es así, o bien active o bien desactive la " -"auditoría.\n" +"en el archivo de reglas. Si no es así, o bien active o bien desactive la auditoría.\n" "Para comprobar o cambiar las reglas, vuelva al editor de reglas.\n" #. Frame label @@ -534,12 +525,10 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big> \n" "\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Inicializando la configuración de Marco de trabajo de Auditoría " -"de Linux</big> \n" +"<big>Inicializando la configuración de Marco de trabajo de Auditoría de Linux</big> \n" "\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 @@ -549,8 +538,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Cancelando la inicialización:</BIG> \n" -"Para cancelar la utilidad de configuración con seguridad, pulse Cancelar</" -"B> ahora.\n" +"Para cancelar la utilidad de configuración con seguridad, pulse Cancelar ahora.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:43 @@ -572,42 +560,29 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando la grabación:</big> \n" "Cancele el procedimiento de grabación pulsando Cancelar.\n" -"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o " -"no.\n" +"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o no.\n" "\n" #. logfile_settings dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big> \n" -"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is " -"responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file /var/" -"log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" -"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications " -"which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file " -"watches)." +"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" +"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches)." msgstr "" "<big>Configuración del archivo de registro de Auditd</big> \n" -"El daemon audit es el componente del Sistema de Auditoria de Linux " -"responsable de escribirtodos los eventos relevantes al archivo de registro " -"/var/log/audit/audit.log (por omisión).\n" -"Los eventos pueden venir del módulo del kernel apparmor, de las " -"aplicacionesque usan libaudit (p.e. PAM) o incidentes causados por " -"reglas (p.e. vigías de archivo)." +"El daemon audit es el componente del Sistema de Auditoria de Linux responsable de escribirtodos los eventos relevantes al archivo de registro /var/log/audit/audit.log (por omisión).\n" +"Los eventos pueden venir del módulo del kernel apparmor, de las aplicacionesque usan libaudit (p.e. PAM) o incidentes causados por reglas (p.e. vigías de archivo)." # CER-11.2: la primera linea debe estar mal (offers the dialog) - 20090921 corregido #. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60 msgid "" -"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules " -"and the possibility to add rules.\n" -"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page ('man auditd.conf')." +"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules and the possibility to add rules.\n" +"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd.conf')." msgstr "" -"El diálogo Reglas para auditctl ofrece más información acerca de " -"las reglas y la posibilidad de añadir reglas.\n" -"Información detallada acerca de la configuración del archivo de registro " -"puede ser obtenida de la página del manual ('man auditd.conf')." +"El diálogo Reglas para auditctl ofrece más información acerca de las reglas y la posibilidad de añadir reglas.\n" +"Información detallada acerca de la configuración del archivo de registro puede ser obtenida de la página del manual ('man auditd.conf')." #. logfile_settings dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:64 @@ -615,140 +590,103 @@ "Log File: Enter the full path name to the log file\n" "(or use Select File.)" msgstr "" -"Archivo de registro: Introduzca el camino completo al archivo de " -"registro\n" +"Archivo de registro: Introduzca el camino completo al archivo de registro\n" "(o use Seleccionar archivo.)" #. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68 msgid "" -"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly " -"as the kernel\n" -"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of " -"writing it on disk (does not affect\n" +"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly as the kernel\n" +"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\n" "data sent to the dispatcher). " msgstr "" -"Formato: ponga RAW para registrar todos los datos " -"(guardados en un formato\n" -"idéntico al que el kernel envía) o NOLOG para descartar toda la " -"información de\n" -"auditoría en vez de escribirla al disco (no afecta a los datos enviados al " -"despachador). " +"Formato: ponga RAW para registrar todos los datos (guardados en un formato\n" +"idéntico al que el kernel envía) o NOLOG para descartar toda la información de\n" +"auditoría en vez de escribirla al disco (no afecta a los datos enviados al despachador). " # CER-11.1-11.2 ¿incremAntal? #. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74 msgid "" -"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to " -"INCREMENTAL the\n" -"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an " -"explicit flush to disk.\n" -"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: " -"keep data portion synced,\n" +"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to INCREMENTAL the\n" +"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an explicit flush to disk.\n" +"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: keep data portion synced,\n" "SYNC: keep data and meta-data fully synced." msgstr "" -"Flush: describe como escribir los datos al disco. Si se pone a " -"INCREMENTAL\n" -"el parámetro Frequency dice cuantos registros a escribir antes de " -"emitir un flush\n" +"Flush: describe como escribir los datos al disco. Si se pone a INCREMENTAL\n" +"el parámetro Frequency dice cuantos registros a escribir antes de emitir un flush\n" "explícito al disco." #. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81 msgid "" -"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take " -"when this\n" +"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take when this\n" "value is reached via Size and Action.\n" msgstr "" -"Configure el tamaño máximo de archivo de registro (en megabytes) y la " -"acción\n" -"a tomar cuando se alcance este valor mediante el cuadro Tamaño y acción</" -"b>.\n" +"Configure el tamaño máximo de archivo de registro (en megabytes) y la acción\n" +"a tomar cuando se alcance este valor mediante el cuadro Tamaño y acción.\n" # CER-11.2: BUG: similiar - 20090921 corregido #. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files " -"specifies the number\n" -"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a " -"warning\n" -"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records " -"to\n" +"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files specifies the number\n" +"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a warning\n" +"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records to\n" "disk. IGNORE means do nothing, KEEP_LOGS is similar\n" "to ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.\n" msgstr "" -" Si la acción se pone a ROTATE el número de archivos de " -"registro especifica el número\n" -"de archivos a mantener. Poner a SYSLOG, el daemon audit escribirá un " -"aviso en /var/log/messages,\n" -"Con SUSPEND el daemon para de escribir registros a disco, IGNORE</" -"i> significa no hacer nada,\n" -"KEEP_LOGS es similar a ROTATE, pero los archivos de registro no se " -"sobrescriben.\n" +" Si la acción se pone a ROTATE el número de archivos de registro especifica el número\n" +"de archivos a mantener. Poner a SYSLOG, el daemon audit escribirá un aviso en /var/log/messages,\n" +"Con SUSPEND el daemon para de escribir registros a disco, IGNORE significa no hacer nada,\n" +"KEEP_LOGS es similar a ROTATE, pero los archivos de registro no se sobrescriben.\n" #. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93 msgid "" -"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to " -"the\n" +"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to the\n" "log file. If USER is set, the User Defined Name is\n" -"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses " -"the\n" -"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully " -"qualified\n" +"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses the\n" +"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully qualified\n" "domain name.\n" msgstr "" -"Formato de nombre de equipo describe cómo escribir el nombre del " -"equipo\n" -"en el archivo de registro. Si se pone USER, se usa el nombre " -"definido por el\n" +"Formato de nombre de equipo describe cómo escribir el nombre del equipo\n" +"en el archivo de registro. Si se pone USER, se usa el nombre definido por el\n" "usuario. NONE significa no se inserta nombre de equipo.\n" -"HOSTNAME usa el nombre retornado por la orden de sistema " -"'gethostname'\n" +"HOSTNAME usa el nombre retornado por la orden de sistema 'gethostname'\n" "FQD usa nombre de dominio plenamente cualificado\n" #. dispatcher dialog help 1/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big> \n" -"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page\n" +"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual page\n" "('man auditd.conf')." msgstr "" "<big>Configuración del despachador de auditd</big> \n" -"Puede obtener información detallada sobre la configuración del despachador " -"de la página del manual\n" +"Puede obtener información detallada sobre la configuración del despachador de la página del manual\n" "('man auditd.conf'." #. dispatcher dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107 msgid "" -"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon " -"and\n" +"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon and\n" "gets all audit events on stdin." msgstr "" -"Despachador: El programa despachador es arrancado por el daemon " -"audit y\n" +"Despachador: El programa despachador es arrancado por el daemon audit y\n" "recibe todos los eventos de auditoría en stdin (entrada estandard)." #. dispatcher dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and " -"the dispatcher\n" -"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the " -"dispatcher are discarded\n" -"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want " -"a blocking/lossless\n" +"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and the dispatcher\n" +"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the dispatcher are discarded\n" +"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want a blocking/lossless\n" "communication." msgstr "" -"Comunicación: Controla la comunicación entre el daemon y el " -"programa despachador\n" -"Una comunicación lossy (con pérdidas) significa que los eventos " -"enviados al despachador\n" -"son descartados cuando cola (un tampón de 128kB) se llena. Elija " -"lossless desea una\n" +"Comunicación: Controla la comunicación entre el daemon y el programa despachador\n" +"Una comunicación lossy (con pérdidas) significa que los eventos enviados al despachador\n" +"son descartados cuando cola (un tampón de 128kB) se llena. Elija lossless desea una\n" "comunicación bloqueante/sin pérdidas." # CER-11.2: falta un paréntesis - 20090921 corregido @@ -756,12 +694,10 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "The dispatcher 'audispd' is an audit event multiplexor.\n" -"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd." -"conf')." +"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf')." msgstr "" "El despachador 'audispd' es un multiplexor de eventos audit\n" -"Para más información vea las página del manual ('man audispd' y 'man audispd." -"conf'))." +"Para más información vea las página del manual ('man audispd' y 'man audispd.conf'))." #. dispatcher dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:122 @@ -770,8 +706,7 @@ " file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\n" msgstr "" "Nota: El programa despachador debe ser propiedad de 'root',\n" -"tener permisos de archivo '0750', y hay que introducir el camino completo.</" -"p>\n" +"tener permisos de archivo '0750', y hay que introducir el camino completo.\n" # include/network/lan/helps.ycp:75 #. disk space dialog help 1/6 @@ -782,46 +717,35 @@ "For detailed information, refer to the manual page ('man auditd.conf').\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuración del espacio de disco de Auditd</big> \n" -"Los ajustes que se hagan aquí se refieren al espacio en disco en la " -"partición de registro.\n" -"Para información detallada, ver la página del manual ('man auditd.conf').</" -"p>\n" +"Los ajustes que se hagan aquí se refieren al espacio en disco en la partición de registro.\n" +"Para información detallada, ver la página del manual ('man auditd.conf').\n" # CER 11.2- extra ')' - 20090921 corregido #. disk space dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform " -"an Action because\n" +"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an Action because\n" "the system is starting to run low on space." msgstr "" -"Space Left (espacio restante, en megabytes) le dicen al daemon " -"auditor cuando\n" -"realizar una Action (Acción) porque el sistema empieza a quedarse " -"escaso de espacio." +"Space Left (espacio restante, en megabytes) le dicen al daemon auditor cuando\n" +"realizar una Action (Acción) porque el sistema empieza a quedarse escaso de espacio." #. disk space dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136 msgid "" -"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The " -"system is running\n" -"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action</" -"b> will be performed." +"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The system is running\n" +"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action will be performed." msgstr "" -"El valor para Admin Space Left (espacio administrativo restante) " -"debería ser inferior\n" -"del de arriba. El sistema se está quedando corto de sitio en el disco " -"si se alcanza ese\n" +"El valor para Admin Space Left (espacio administrativo restante) debería ser inferior\n" +"del de arriba. El sistema se está quedando corto de sitio en el disco si se alcanza ese\n" "valor y se realizará la acción Action especificada." #. disk space dialog hep 4/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "If an action is set to EMAIL, a warning mail will be sent to the\n" -"account specified in Action Mail Account. SYSLOG means " -"the\n" -"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. IGNORE " -"means\n" +"account specified in Action Mail Account. SYSLOG means the\n" +"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. IGNORE means\n" "do nothing. EXEC runs the script specified in Path to\n" "Script. SUSPEND stops writing records to disk. SINGLE\n" "switches the system to single user mode. HALT shuts down the\n" @@ -830,35 +754,27 @@ "Si una acción está puesta a EMAIL, se enviará un correo de\n" "aviso a la cuenta especificada en Action Mail Account (cuenta \n" "de correo de acción). SYSLOG significa que el aviso de espacio\n" -"en disco será escrito en /var/log/messages. IGNORE significa no hacer " -"nada.\n" +"en disco será escrito en /var/log/messages. IGNORE significa no hacer nada.\n" "EXEC ejecuta el guión especificado en Path to Script.\n" -"SUSPEND para de escribir registros a disco. SINGLE pone el " -"equipo\n" +"SUSPEND para de escribir registros a disco. SINGLE pone el equipo\n" "en modo de usuario único. HALT cierra el equipo.\n" #. disk space dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150 msgid "" -"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full " -"already) and\n" -"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while " -"writing to disk).\n" +"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full already) and\n" +"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while writing to disk).\n" "Available actions are the same as above (except for EMAIL)." msgstr "" -"También puede especificar una Acción disco lleno (el disco ya está " -"lleno) y\n" -"una Acción error disco (realizada siempre que se detecta un error " -"mientras se\n" -" escribe a disco). Las acciones disponibles son las mismas que arriba " -"(excepto por EMAIL)" +"También puede especificar una Acción disco lleno (el disco ya está lleno) y\n" +"una Acción error disco (realizada siempre que se detecta un error mientras se\n" +" escribe a disco). Las acciones disponibles son las mismas que arriba (excepto por EMAIL)" #. disk space dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "Note: All scripts specified for EXEC must be owned\n" -"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be " -"entered.\n" +"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\n" msgstr "" "Nota: Todos los guiones especificados para EXEC\n" "deben ser ser propiedad de 'root', tener permisos de archivo '0750',\n" @@ -870,58 +786,41 @@ "<big>Rules for auditctl</big> \n" "This dialog offers the possibility to enable or to disable the syscall\n" "auditing as well as to lock the audit configuration.\n" -"The selected flag from Set Enabled Flag will be added to the rules.</" -"p>" +"The selected flag from Set Enabled Flag will be added to the rules." msgstr "" "<big>Reglas para auditctl</big> \n" -"Este diálogo ofrece la posibilidad de activar o desactivar la auditoría de " -"syscall\n" +"Este diálogo ofrece la posibilidad de activar o desactivar la auditoría de syscall\n" "también como bloquear la configuración de auditoría.\n" -"La bandera seleccionada de Levantar bandera de activación será " -"añadida a las reglas." +"La bandera seleccionada de Levantar bandera de activación será añadida a las reglas." #. rules dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next " -"reboot." -msgstr "" -"Nota: Bloquear las reglas significa que no pueden ser cambiadas " -"hasta el siguiente reboteo." +msgid "Note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next reboot." +msgstr "Nota: Bloquear las reglas significa que no pueden ser cambiadas hasta el siguiente reboteo." #. rules dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\n" -" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/" -"audit.log (default). " +" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). " msgstr "" "Activar la auditoría sin reglas adicionales causará que las aplicaciones\n" -"que usan libaudit, p.e. PAM a registrar a /var/log/audit/audit.log " -"(por defecto). " +"que usan libaudit, p.e. PAM a registrar a /var/log/audit/audit.log (por defecto). " # Cer-11.1-11.2: ingles erroneo - gives 'man auditctl' - 20090921 creo que corregido #. rules dialog help 4/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175 msgid "" -"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for " -"advanced users. \n" +"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advanced users. \n" "For more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.\n" msgstr "" -"Puede también editar las reglas manualmente, lo que sólo recomendamos " -"para usuarios avanzados. \n" +"Puede también editar las reglas manualmente, lo que sólo recomendamos para usuarios avanzados. \n" "Puede obtener más información de todas las opciones en 'man auditctl'.\n" #. rules dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit " -"subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings " -"from /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" -msgstr "" -"Comprobar sintaxis envía las reglas vía auditctl al " -"subsistema auditor y comprueba si la sintaxis es o no correcta." -" Restaurar restaura los ajustes desde /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" +msgid "Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings from /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" +msgstr "Comprobar sintaxis envía las reglas vía auditctl al subsistema auditor y comprueba si la sintaxis es o no correcta. Restaurar restaura los ajustes desde /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" #. rules dialog help 6/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:183 @@ -967,12 +866,8 @@ # clients/nfs_server.ycp:62 #. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318 -msgid "" -"To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package %1 " -"must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Para continuar la configuración de la auditoría de Linux, el paquete " -"%1 debe ser instalado." +msgid "To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package %1 must be installed." +msgstr "Para continuar la configuración de la auditoría de Linux, el paquete %1 debe ser instalado." #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -1074,9 +969,12 @@ msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "" +# clients/inst_custom_part.ycp:2322 +# clients/inst_custom_part.ycp:2321 +# clients/inst_custom_part.ycp:2335 #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 msgid "&Start" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Iniciar" #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 msgid "&Do not start" @@ -1136,8 +1034,7 @@ "Reboot the system afterwards for the change to take effect.\n" msgstr "" "¿Desea cambiar la 'bandera de activación'?\n" -"En caso afirmativo, las nuevas reglas se escribirán en /etc/audit/audit." -"rules\n" +"En caso afirmativo, las nuevas reglas se escribirán en /etc/audit/audit.rules\n" "Después de eso debe rebotar el sistema para que los cambios tomen efecto.\n" #. Error message Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/auth-client.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/auth-client.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/auth-client.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -222,97 +222,51 @@ msgstr "Indica cuál es la sintaxis del fichero de configuración." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:22 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." -msgstr "" -"Lista de servicios separados por comas que se inician cuando lo hace el " -"propio sssd." +msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." +msgstr "Lista de servicios separados por comas que se inician cuando lo hace el propio sssd." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:27 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:80 -msgid "" -"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data " -"Provider crash or restart before they give up" -msgstr "" -"Número de veces que los servicios deben intentar la reconexión antes de " -"abandonar en el caso de que un Proveedor de datos falle o se reinicie" +msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgstr "Número de veces que los servicios deben intentar la reconexión antes de abandonar en el caso de que un Proveedor de datos falle o se reinicie" # ¿No es redundante el segundo SSSD? En español se sobrentiende. # #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:31 -msgid "" -"SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be " -"configured or SSSD won't start." -msgstr "" -"SSSD puede usar más dominios al mismo tiempo, pero se debe configurar " -"al menos uno o no se iniciará." +msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." +msgstr "SSSD puede usar más dominios al mismo tiempo, pero se debe configurar al menos uno o no se iniciará." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:32 -msgid "" -"This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be " -"queried." -msgstr "" -"Este parámetro contiene la lista de dominios en el orden en el que serán " -"consultados." +msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." +msgstr "Este parámetro contiene la lista de dominios en el orden en el que serán consultados." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:36 -msgid "" -"Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing " -"user name and domain into these components" -msgstr "" -"Expresión regular predeterminada que describe cómo analizar la cadena de " -"texto que contiene el nombre de usuario y el dominio en estos componentes" +msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" +msgstr "Expresión regular predeterminada que describe cómo analizar la cadena de texto que contiene el nombre de usuario y el dominio en estos componentes" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:40 -msgid "" -"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a " -"(name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." -msgstr "" -"El formato predeterminado compatible con printf(3) que describe cómo se " -"traduce un par (nombre, dominio) a un nombre completamente calificado." +msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." +msgstr "El formato predeterminado compatible con printf(3) que describe cómo se traduce un par (nombre, dominio) a un nombre completamente calificado." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:44 -msgid "" -"SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update " -"its internal DNS resolver." -msgstr "" -"SSSD monitoriza el estado de resolv.conf para identificar cuándo necesita " -"actualizar su sistema de resolución DNS interno." +msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." +msgstr "SSSD monitoriza el estado de resolv.conf para identificar cuándo necesita actualizar su sistema de resolución DNS interno." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:45 -msgid "" -"By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to " -"polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." -msgstr "" -"De forma predeterminada, intentaremos usar inotify para esto, y se recurrirá " -"a " -"sondear resolv.conf cada cinco segundos si no se puede usar inotify." +msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." +msgstr "De forma predeterminada, intentaremos usar inotify para esto, y se recurrirá a sondear resolv.conf cada cinco segundos si no se puede usar inotify." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:49 -msgid "" -"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache " -"files." -msgstr "" -"Directorio del sistema de archivos donde SSSD debe almacenar los archivos de " -"caché de repetición de Kerberos." +msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." +msgstr "Directorio del sistema de archivos donde SSSD debe almacenar los archivos de caché de repetición de Kerberos." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:53 -msgid "" -"This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a " -"domain name component." -msgstr "" -"Esta cadena de texto será usada como nombre de dominio predeterminado para " -"todos los nombres sin un componente de nombre de dominio." +msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." +msgstr "Esta cadena de texto será usada como nombre de dominio predeterminado para todos los nombres sin un componente de nombre de dominio." #. Define Global Services Parameters #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the " -"default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most " -"verbose mode." -msgstr "" -"Máscara de bits que indica qué niveles de depuración serán visibles. 0x0010 " -"es el valor predeterminado además de ser el menor permitido, 0xFFF0 es el " -"modo más detallado." +msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." +msgstr "Máscara de bits que indica qué niveles de depuración serán visibles. 0x0010 es el valor predeterminado además de ser el menor permitido, 0xFFF0 es el modo más detallado." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:65 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" @@ -320,109 +274,61 @@ #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:70 msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages" -msgstr "" -"Añadir los microsegundos a la marca de tiempo en los mensajes de depuración" +msgstr "Añadir los microsegundos a la marca de tiempo en los mensajes de depuración" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:75 msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service." msgstr "Tiempo de espera en segundos entre intervalos para este servicio" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:85 -msgid "" -"This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be " -"opened at one time by this SSSD process." -msgstr "" -"Esta opción especifica el número máximo de descriptores de fichero que se " -"pueden abrir al mismo tiempo por el proceso SSSD." +msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." +msgstr "Esta opción especifica el número máximo de descriptores de fichero que se pueden abrir al mismo tiempo por el proceso SSSD." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:90 -msgid "" -"This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process " -"can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." -msgstr "" -"Esta opción especifica el número de segundos que un cliente de un proceso " -"SSSD puede mantenerse a la espera en un descriptor de fichero sin " -"comunicarse por él." +msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." +msgstr "Esta opción especifica el número de segundos que un cliente de un proceso SSSD puede mantenerse a la espera en un descriptor de fichero sin comunicarse por él." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:95 -msgid "" -"If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it " -"is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." -msgstr "" -"Si un servicio no responde a comprobaciones ping (vea la opción \"timeout\"), " -"primero se le envía la señal SIGTERM que le indica que termine " -"adecuadamente." +msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." +msgstr "Si un servicio no responde a comprobaciones ping (vea la opción \"timeout\"), primero se le envía la señal SIGTERM que le indica que termine adecuadamente." #. NSS configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:103 -msgid "" -"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about " -"all users)?" -msgstr "" -"¿Cuántos segundos se deben almacenar en caché las enumeraciones nss_sss " -"(peticiones de información de todos los usuarios)?" +msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" +msgstr "¿Cuántos segundos se deben almacenar en caché las enumeraciones nss_sss (peticiones de información de todos los usuarios)?" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:108 -msgid "" -"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background " -"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value " -"for the domain." -msgstr "" -"La caché de entradas puede ajustarse para que actualice automáticamente las " -"entradas en segundo plano si se solicitan un porcentaje más tardío del valor " -"de entry_cache_timeout para el dominio." +msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." +msgstr "La caché de entradas puede ajustarse para que actualice automáticamente las entradas en segundo plano si se solicitan un porcentaje más tardío del valor de entry_cache_timeout para el dominio." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:113 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits " -"(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) " -"before asking the back end again." -msgstr "" -"Especifica durante cuántos segundos nss_sss debe almacenar en caché aciertos " -"de cache negativos (es decir, peticiones de entradas inválidas en la base de " -"datos, como puedan ser las que no existen) antes de volver a preguntar por " -"ellas." +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." +msgstr "Especifica durante cuántos segundos nss_sss debe almacenar en caché aciertos de cache negativos (es decir, peticiones de entradas inválidas en la base de datos, como puedan ser las que no existen) antes de volver a preguntar por ellas." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:118 msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched from the sss NSS database." -msgstr "" -"Excluir a ciertos usuarios de ser buscados en la base de datos sss de NSS." +msgstr "Excluir a ciertos usuarios de ser buscados en la base de datos sss de NSS." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:123 msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched from the sss NSS database." -msgstr "" -"Excluir a ciertos grupos de ser buscados en la base de datos sss de NSS." +msgstr "Excluir a ciertos grupos de ser buscados en la base de datos sss de NSS." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:128 -msgid "" -"If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." -msgstr "" -"Si quiere que los usuarios filtrados puedan ser miembros del grupo, " -"establezca " -"esta opción a false." +msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." +msgstr "Si quiere que los usuarios filtrados puedan ser miembros del grupo, establezca esta opción a false." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:132 -msgid "" -"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value " -"or a template." -msgstr "" -"Reemplazar el directorio home del usuario. Puede o bien proporcionar un valor " -"absoluto o bien una plantilla." +msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." +msgstr "Reemplazar el directorio home del usuario. Puede o bien proporcionar un valor absoluto o bien una plantilla." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:136 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1103 -msgid "" -"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified " -"explicitly by the domain's data provider." -msgstr "" -"Establece una plantilla predeterminada para el directorio home del usuario si " -"no se especifica una explícitamente por el proveedor de datos del dominio." +msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." +msgstr "Establece una plantilla predeterminada para el directorio home del usuario si no se especifica una explícitamente por el proveedor de datos del dominio." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:140 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." -msgstr "" -"Reemplazar el intérprete de órdenes para el inicio de sesión de todos los " -"usuarios." +msgstr "Reemplazar el intérprete de órdenes para el inicio de sesión de todos los usuarios." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:144 msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values." @@ -430,75 +336,40 @@ #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:148 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback" -msgstr "" -"Sustituir cualquier instancia de estos intérpretes de órdenes con el " -"shell_fallback" +msgstr "Sustituir cualquier instancia de estos intérpretes de órdenes con el shell_fallback" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:153 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." -msgstr "" -"El intérprete de órdenes predeterminado a usar si no hay instalado en la " -"máquina uno permitido." +msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." +msgstr "El intérprete de órdenes predeterminado a usar si no hay instalado en la máquina uno permitido." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:157 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1107 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." -msgstr "" -"El intérprete de órdenes predeterminado a usar si el proveedor no devuelve " -"uno durante el intento de conexión." +msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." +msgstr "El intérprete de órdenes predeterminado a usar si el proveedor no devuelve uno durante el intento de conexión." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:162 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:205 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be " -"considered valid." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el tiempo en segundos durante el cual la lista de subdominios se " -"considerará válida." +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." +msgstr "Especifica el tiempo en segundos durante el cual la lista de subdominios se considerará válida." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be " -"valid." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el tiempo en segundos durante el cual los registros de la caché en " -"la memoria serán válidos." +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." +msgstr "Especifica el tiempo en segundos durante el cual los registros de la caché en la memoria serán válidos." #. PAM configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:175 -msgid "" -"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached " -"logins (in days since the last successful online login)." -msgstr "" -"Si el proveedor de la autenticación no está conectado, cuánto tiempo debemos " -"permitir inicios de sesión desde caché (en días desde el último inicio de " -"sesión con conexión)." +msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." +msgstr "Si el proveedor de la autenticación no está conectado, cuánto tiempo debemos permitir inicios de sesión desde caché (en días desde el último inicio de sesión con conexión)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:180 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:185 -msgid "" -"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts " -"has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." -msgstr "" -"Tiempo en minutos que debe transcurrir después de haber alcanzado " -"offline_failed_login_attempts antes de que sea posible un nuevo intento de " -"ingreso." +msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." +msgstr "Tiempo en minutos que debe transcurrir después de haber alcanzado offline_failed_login_attempts antes de que sea posible un nuevo intento de ingreso." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:190 -msgid "" -"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." -msgstr "" -"Controla qué tipo de mensajes se muestran al usuario durante la autenticación." +msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." +msgstr "Controla qué tipo de mensajes se muestran al usuario durante la autenticación." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:195 -msgid "" -"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to " -"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to " -"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." -msgstr "" -"Para cualquier petición PAM mientras SSSD está conectado, el SSSD tratará " -"de actualizar inmediatamente la información de identidad en caché del usuario " -"para asegurarse de que la autenticación tiene lugar con la información más " -"reciente." +msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." +msgstr "Para cualquier petición PAM mientras SSSD está conectado, el SSSD tratará de actualizar inmediatamente la información de identidad en caché del usuario para asegurarse de que la autenticación tiene lugar con la información más reciente." #. The kerberos domain section #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:200 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:693 @@ -508,159 +379,89 @@ #. SUDO configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:213 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes " -"that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." -msgstr "" -"Cuándo evaluar o no los atributos sudoNotBefore y sudoNotAfter que " -"implementan las entradas sudoers que dependen de la fecha." +msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." +msgstr "Cuándo evaluar o no los atributos sudoNotBefore y sudoNotAfter que implementan las entradas sudoers que dependen de la fecha." #. AUTOFS configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:221 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative " -"hits before asking the back end again." -msgstr "" -"Especifica durante cuántos segundos debe el respondedor autofs mantener en " -"caché " -"resultados negativos antes de pedirlos de nuevo." +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." +msgstr "Especifica durante cuántos segundos debe el respondedor autofs mantener en caché resultados negativos antes de pedirlos de nuevo." #. SSH configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:229 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts " -"file." -msgstr "" -"Cuándo crear o no códigos hash de nombres de host y direcciones en el archivo " -"known_hosts gestionado." +msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." +msgstr "Cuándo crear o no códigos hash de nombres de host y direcciones en el archivo known_hosts gestionado." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:234 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its " -"host keys were requested." -msgstr "" -"Periodo en segundos durante el que se mantiene un host en el archivo " -"known_hosts " -"gestionado tras haber solicitado sus claves de host." +msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." +msgstr "Periodo en segundos durante el que se mantiene un host en el archivo known_hosts gestionado tras haber solicitado sus claves de host." #. DOMAIN SECTIONS #. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:243 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:248 -msgid "" -"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is " -"outside these limits, it is ignored." -msgstr "" -"Límites UID y GID para el dominio. Si un dominio contiene una entrada que " -"está fuera de dichos límites es ignorada." +msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." +msgstr "Límites UID y GID para el dominio. Si un dominio contiene una entrada que está fuera de dichos límites es ignorada." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:253 msgid "Determines if a domain can be enumerated." msgstr "Determina si se puede enumerar un dominio." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:258 -msgid "" -"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor " -"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." -msgstr "" -"Si el servicio no termina tras “force_timeout” segundos, el monitor lo " -"terminará por la fuerza enviándole una señal SIGKILL." +msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." +msgstr "Si el servicio no termina tras “force_timeout” segundos, el monitor lo terminará por la fuerza enviándole una señal SIGKILL." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the " -"backend again." -msgstr "" -"Periodo en segundos durante el cual nss_sss debe considerar válidas las " -"entradas " -"antes de pedirlas de nuevo." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Periodo en segundos durante el cual nss_sss debe considerar válidas las entradas antes de pedirlas de nuevo." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." -msgstr "" -"Periodo en segundos durante el cual nss_sss debe considerar válidas las " -"entradas " -"de usuario antes de pedirlas de nuevo." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Periodo en segundos durante el cual nss_sss debe considerar válidas las entradas de usuario antes de pedirlas de nuevo." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." -msgstr "" -"Periodo en segundos durante el cual nss_sss debe considerar válidas las " -"entradas de grupos " -"antes de pedirlas de nuevo." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Periodo en segundos durante el cual nss_sss debe considerar válidas las entradas de grupos antes de pedirlas de nuevo." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before " -"asking the backend again." -msgstr "" -"Periodo en segundos durante el cual nss_sss debe considerar válidas las " -"entradas netgroup " -"antes de pedirlas de nuevo." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Periodo en segundos durante el cual nss_sss debe considerar válidas las entradas netgroup antes de pedirlas de nuevo." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." -msgstr "" -"Periodo en segundos durante el cual nss_sss debe considerar válidas las " -"entradas de servicios " -"antes de pedirlas de nuevo." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Periodo en segundos durante el cual nss_sss debe considerar válidas las entradas de servicios antes de pedirlas de nuevo." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend " -"again." -msgstr "" -"Periodo en segundos durante el cual sudo debe considerar válidas las reglas " -"antes de pedirlas de nuevo." +msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Periodo en segundos durante el cual sudo debe considerar válidas las reglas antes de pedirlas de nuevo." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:293 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid " -"before asking the backend again." -msgstr "" -"Periodo en segundos durante el cual autofs debe considerar válidas las " -"asociaciones de " -"automounter antes de pedirlas de nuevo." +msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Periodo en segundos durante el cual autofs debe considerar válidas las asociaciones de automounter antes de pedirlas de nuevo." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:298 msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache." -msgstr "" -"Determina si las credenciales de usuario también se almacenan en caché en " -"la caché LDB local." +msgstr "Determina si las credenciales de usuario también se almacenan en caché en la caché LDB local." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:303 -msgid "" -"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before " -"being removed during a cleanup of the cache." -msgstr "" -"Número de días que las entradas permanecen en caché tras el último ingreso " -"con éxito antes de ser eliminadas durante la limpieza de la caché." +msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." +msgstr "Número de días que las entradas permanecen en caché tras el último ingreso con éxito antes de ser eliminadas durante la limpieza de la caché." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:308 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "El proveedor de identificación usado para el dominio." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:313 -msgid "" -"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) " -"as the user's login name reported to NSS." -msgstr "" -"Use el nombre completo y dominio (con el mismo formato de dominio que " -"full_name_format) como nombre de ingreso del usuario reportado a NSS." +msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." +msgstr "Use el nombre completo y dominio (con el mismo formato de dominio que full_name_format) como nombre de ingreso del usuario reportado a NSS." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:319 msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain." @@ -671,11 +472,8 @@ msgstr "El proveedor de control de acceso usado para el dominio." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:331 -msgid "" -"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." -msgstr "" -"El proveedor que debe gestionar las operaciones de cambio de contraseña para " -"el dominio." +msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." +msgstr "El proveedor que debe gestionar las operaciones de cambio de contraseña para el dominio." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:337 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain." @@ -698,48 +496,28 @@ msgstr "El proveedor usado para obtener la información de identidad del host." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:366 -msgid "" -"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string " -"containing user name and domain into these components." -msgstr "" -"Expresión regular para este dominio que describe cómo analizar la cadena de " -"texto que contiene el nombre de usuario y el dominio en estos componentes." +msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." +msgstr "Expresión regular para este dominio que describe cómo analizar la cadena de texto que contiene el nombre de usuario y el dominio en estos componentes." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:371 -msgid "" -"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, " -"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." -msgstr "" -"Un formato compatible con printf(3) que describe cómo se traduce un par " -"(nombre, dominio) para este dominio a un nombre completamente calificado." +msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." +msgstr "Un formato compatible con printf(3) que describe cómo se traduce un par (nombre, dominio) para este dominio a un nombre completamente calificado." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:377 -msgid "" -"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when " -"performing DNS lookups." -msgstr "" -"Proporciona la capacidad de seleccionar la familia de direcciones preferida a " -"usar al realizar búsquedas DNS." +msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." +msgstr "Proporciona la capacidad de seleccionar la familia de direcciones preferida a usar al realizar búsquedas DNS." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:382 -msgid "" -"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS " -"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." -msgstr "" -"Define la cantidad de tiempo (en segundos) de espera de una respuesta de un " -"sistema de resolución DNS antes de asumir que es inalcanzable." +msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." +msgstr "Define la cantidad de tiempo (en segundos) de espera de una respuesta de un sistema de resolución DNS antes de asumir que es inalcanzable." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:386 msgid "Use the domain part of machine's hostname." msgstr "Usar la parte del dominio del nombre de host de la máquina." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:387 -msgid "" -"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of " -"the service discovery DNS query." -msgstr "" -"Si se usa el descubrimiento de servicios en el motor, especifica la parte del " -"dominio de la petición DNS del descubrimiento del servicio." +msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." +msgstr "Si se usa el descubrimiento de servicios en el motor, especifica la parte del dominio de la petición DNS del descubrimiento del servicio." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:391 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." @@ -747,54 +525,32 @@ #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:396 msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive." -msgstr "" -"Tratar los nombres de usuario y grupo distinguiendo mayúsculas de minúsculas." +msgstr "Tratar los nombres de usuario y grupo distinguiendo mayúsculas de minúsculas." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:401 -msgid "" -"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second " -"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested " -"name was an alias." -msgstr "" -"Al buscar un usuario o grupo por nombre en el proveedor del proxy, se realiza " -"una segunda búsqueda por ID para 'canonizar' el nombre en el caso de que " -"el nombre solicitado sea un alias." +msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." +msgstr "Al buscar un usuario o grupo por nombre en el proveedor del proxy, se realiza una segunda búsqueda por ID para 'canonizar' el nombre en el caso de que el nombre solicitado sea un alias." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:406 -msgid "" -"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." -msgstr "" -"Usar este homedir como valor predeterminado para todos los subdominios " -"dentro de este dominio." +msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." +msgstr "Usar este homedir como valor predeterminado para todos los subdominios dentro de este dominio." #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:412 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." -msgstr "" -"Lista de usuarios separados por comas que tienen permitido el " -"inicio de sesión." +msgstr "Lista de usuarios separados por comas que tienen permitido el inicio de sesión." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:417 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only " -"to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "" -"Lista de grupos separados por comas que tienen permitido iniciar sesión. Se " -"aplica a los grupos dentro de este dominio SSSD." +msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "Lista de grupos separados por comas que tienen permitido iniciar sesión. Se aplica a los grupos dentro de este dominio SSSD." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:422 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access." -msgstr "" -"Lista de usuarios separados por comas que tienen el acceso explícitamente " -"denegado." +msgstr "Lista de usuarios separados por comas que tienen el acceso explícitamente denegado." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:427 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This " -"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "" -"Lista de grupos separados por comas que tienen el acceso explícitamente " -"denegado. Se aplica solo a grupos dentro de este dominio SSSD." +msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "Lista de grupos separados por comas que tienen el acceso explícitamente denegado. Se aplica solo a grupos dentro de este dominio SSSD." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:433 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." @@ -803,44 +559,24 @@ #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:442 -msgid "" -"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home " -"directory." -msgstr "" -"Las herramientas añaden el nombre de ingreso al base_directory y lo usan como " -"directorio home." +msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." +msgstr "Las herramientas añaden el nombre de ingreso al base_directory y lo usan como directorio home." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:447 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." -msgstr "" -"Indica si se debe crear un directorio home predefinido para los usuarios " -"nuevos." +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." +msgstr "Indica si se debe crear un directorio home predefinido para los usuarios nuevos." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:452 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." -msgstr "" -"Indica si se debe borrar de forma predeterminada el directorio home de los " -"usuarios eliminados." +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." +msgstr "Indica si se debe borrar de forma predeterminada el directorio home de los usuarios eliminados." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:457 -msgid "" -"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created " -"home directory." -msgstr "" -"Usado por sss_useradd(8) para especificar los permisos predeterminados de un " -"directorio home de nueva creación." +msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." +msgstr "Usado por sss_useradd(8) para especificar los permisos predeterminados de un directorio home de nueva creación." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:462 -msgid "" -"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in " -"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd" -"(8)" -msgstr "" -"La estructura de directorio base, que contiene archivos y directorios que se " -"copiarán al directorio home del usuario cuando dicho directorio sea creado " -"por sss_useradd(8)." +msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" +msgstr "La estructura de directorio base, que contiene archivos y directorios que se copiarán al directorio home del usuario cuando dicho directorio sea creado por sss_useradd(8)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:467 msgid "The mail spool directory." @@ -852,26 +588,16 @@ #. The ldap domain section #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:480 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:485 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference." -msgstr "" -"Especifica la lista separada por comas de las URI de servidores LDAP a los " -"que se debe conectar SSSD en orden de preferencia." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." +msgstr "Especifica la lista separada por comas de las URI de servidores LDAP a los que se debe conectar SSSD en orden de preferencia." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:491 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:497 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." -msgstr "" -"Especifica la lista separada por comas de las URI de servidores LDAP a los " -"que se debe conectar SSSD en orden de preferencia para cambiar la " -"contraseña de un usuario." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." +msgstr "Especifica la lista separada por comas de las URI de servidores LDAP a los que se debe conectar SSSD en orden de preferencia para cambiar la contraseña de un usuario." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:503 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations." -msgstr "" -"El DN base predeterminado para realizar operaciones de usuario de LDAP." +msgstr "El DN base predeterminado para realizar operaciones de usuario de LDAP." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:509 msgid "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server." @@ -903,227 +629,113 @@ #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:543 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." -msgstr "" -"El atributo LDAP que corresponde al id del grupo principal del usuario." +msgstr "El atributo LDAP que corresponde al id del grupo principal del usuario." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:548 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "El atributo LDAP que corresponde al campo gecos del usuario." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:553 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." -msgstr "" -" El atributo LDAP que contiene el nombre del directorio home del usuario." +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." +msgstr " El atributo LDAP que contiene el nombre del directorio home del usuario." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:558 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." -msgstr "" -"El atributo LDAP que contiene la ruta al intérprete de órdenes predeterminado " -"del usuario." +msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene la ruta al intérprete de órdenes predeterminado del usuario." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:563 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." -msgstr "" -"El atributo LDAP que contiene el UUID/GUID de un objeto de usuario LDAP." +msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene el UUID/GUID de un objeto de usuario LDAP." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:568 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." -msgstr "" -"El atributo LDAP que contiene el objectSID de un objeto de usuario LDAP." +msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene el objectSID de un objeto de usuario LDAP." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:573 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:778 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." -msgstr "" -"El atributo LDAP que contiene la marca de tiempo de la última modificación " -"del objeto padre." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." +msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene la marca de tiempo de la última modificación del objeto padre." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:578 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last " -"password change)." -msgstr "" -"Al usar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un " -"atributo " -"LDAP que se corresponde con su homólogo en shadow(5) (fecha del último cambio " -"de la contraseña)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." +msgstr "Al usar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP que se corresponde con su homólogo en shadow(5) (fecha del último cambio de la contraseña)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:583 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password " -"age)." -msgstr "" -"Al usar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un " -"atributo " -"LDAP que se corresponde con su homólogo en shadow(5) (duración mínima de la " -"contraseña)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." +msgstr "Al usar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP que se corresponde con su homólogo en shadow(5) (duración mínima de la contraseña)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:588 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password " -"age)." -msgstr "" -"Al usar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un " -"atributo " -"LDAP que se corresponde con su homólogo shadow(5) (duración máxima de la " -"contraseña)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." +msgstr "Al usar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP que se corresponde con su homólogo shadow(5) (duración máxima de la contraseña)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:593 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning " -"period)." -msgstr "" -"Al usar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un " -"atributo " -"LDAP que se corresponde con su homólogo shadow(5) (aviso de los días que " -"faltan " -"para la caducidad de la contraseña)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." +msgstr "Al usar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP que se corresponde con su homólogo shadow(5) (aviso de los días que faltan para la caducidad de la contraseña)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:598 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password " -"inactivity period)." -msgstr "" -"Al usar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un " -"atributo " -"LDAP que se corresponde con su homólogo shadow(5) (validez del inicio de " -"sesión, " -"en días, tras la caducidad de la contraseña)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." +msgstr "Al usar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP que se corresponde con su homólogo shadow(5) (validez del inicio de sesión, en días, tras la caducidad de la contraseña)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:603 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this " -"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow" -"(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." -msgstr "" -"Al usar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow o ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, este " -"parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP que se corresponde con su " -"homólogo en shadow(5) (fecha de caducidad de la cuenta)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." +msgstr "Al usar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow o ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP que se corresponde con su homólogo en shadow(5) (fecha de caducidad de la cuenta)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:608 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in " -"kerberos." -msgstr "" -"Al usar ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un " -"atributo LDAP que almacena la fecha y hora del último cambio de contraseña en" -"kerberos." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." +msgstr "Al usar ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP que almacena la fecha y hora del último cambio de contraseña enkerberos." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:613 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." -msgstr "" -"Al usar ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un " -"atributo LDAP que almacena la fecha y hora de caducidad de la contraseña " -"actual." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." +msgstr "Al usar ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP que almacena la fecha y hora de caducidad de la contraseña actual." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:618 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " -"of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." -msgstr "" -"Al usar ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, este parámetro contiene el nombre de " -"un " -"atributo LDAP que almacena la fecha de caducidad de la cuenta." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." +msgstr "Al usar ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP que almacena la fecha de caducidad de la cuenta." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:623 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " -"of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." -msgstr "" -"Al usar ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, este parámetro contiene el nombre de " -"un " -"atributo LDAP que almacena el bit del campo de control de la cuenta de " -"usuario." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." +msgstr "Al usar ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP que almacena el bit del campo de control de la cuenta de usuario." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:628 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter " -"determines if access is allowed or not." -msgstr "" -"Al usar ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds o un equivalente, este parámetro " -"determina si está permitido o no el acceso." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." +msgstr "Al usar ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds o un equivalente, este parámetro determina si está permitido o no el acceso." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:633 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if " -"access is allowed or not." -msgstr "" -"Al usar ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, este parámetro determina si está " -"permitido o no el acceso." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." +msgstr "Al usar ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, este parámetro determina si está permitido o no el acceso." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:638 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until " -"which date access is granted." -msgstr "" -"Al usar ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, este atributo determina la fecha " -"hasta " -"la qué se permite el acceso." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." +msgstr "Al usar ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, este atributo determina la fecha hasta la qué se permite el acceso." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:643 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the " -"hours of a day in a week when access is granted." -msgstr "" -"Al usar ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, este atributo determina las horas del " -"día durante la semana en las que se permite el acceso." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." +msgstr "Al usar ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, este atributo determina las horas del día durante la semana en las que se permite el acceso." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:648 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name " -"(UPN)." -msgstr "" -"El atributo LDAP que contiene el User Principal Name (UPN) del usuario de " -"Kerberos." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." +msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene el User Principal Name (UPN) del usuario de Kerberos." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:652 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene las claves SSH públicas del usuario." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:657 -msgid "" -"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the " -"realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to " -"fail." -msgstr "" -"Algunos servidores de directorio, Active Directory por ejemplo, pueden " -"entregar " -"la parte del campo del UPN en minúsculas, lo que puede provocar que falle la " -"autenticación." +msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." +msgstr "Algunos servidores de directorio, Active Directory por ejemplo, pueden entregar la parte del campo del UPN en minúsculas, lo que puede provocar que falle la autenticación." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:658 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "Establezca esta opción a true si quiere usar un ámbito en mayúsculas." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:663 -msgid "" -"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of " -"enumerated records." -msgstr "" -"Especifica cuántos segundos debe esperar SSSD antes de refrescar su caché " -"de registros enumerados." +msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." +msgstr "Especifica cuántos segundos debe esperar SSSD antes de refrescar su caché de registros enumerados." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:668 -msgid "" -"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups " -"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save " -"space." -msgstr "" -"Determina cada cuánto se comprueban las entradas inactivas en la caché (tales " -"como los grupos sin miembros y usuarios que nunca han iniciado sesión) y se " -"eliminan para ahorrar espacio." +msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." +msgstr "Determina cada cuánto se comprueban las entradas inactivas en la caché (tales como los grupos sin miembros y usuarios que nunca han iniciado sesión) y se eliminan para ahorrar espacio." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:673 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." @@ -1131,30 +743,15 @@ #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:678 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." -msgstr "" -"El atributo LDAP que enumera los grupos a los que pertenece el usuario." +msgstr "El atributo LDAP que enumera los grupos a los que pertenece el usuario." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:683 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will " -"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry " -"to determine access privilege." -msgstr "" -"Si access_provider=ldap y ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD usa " -"la presencia del atributo authorizedService en la entrada LDAP del usuario " -"para " -"determinar los privilegios de acceso." +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." +msgstr "Si access_provider=ldap y ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD usa la presencia del atributo authorizedService en la entrada LDAP del usuario para determinar los privilegios de acceso." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:688 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the " -"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access " -"privilege." -msgstr "" -"Si access_provider=ldap y ldap_access_order=host, SSSD usa la presencia " -"del atributo host en la entrada LDAP del usuario para determinar los " -"privilegios " -"de acceso." +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." +msgstr "Si access_provider=ldap y ldap_access_order=host, SSSD usa la presencia del atributo host en la entrada LDAP del usuario para determinar los privilegios de acceso." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:698 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." @@ -1181,42 +778,20 @@ msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene el objectSID de un objeto de grupo LDAP." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:728 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." -msgstr "" -" El atributo LDAP que contiene la marca de tiempo de la última modificación " -"del objeto padre." +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." +msgstr " El atributo LDAP que contiene la marca de tiempo de la última modificación del objeto padre." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:734 -msgid "" -"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. " -"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will " -"follow." -msgstr "" -"Si ldap_schema es un formato de esquema que admite grupos anidados (p. ej. " -"RFC2307bis), entonces esta opción controla cuántos niveles de anidamiento " -"puede alcanzar SSSD." +msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." +msgstr "Si ldap_schema es un formato de esquema que admite grupos anidados (p. ej. RFC2307bis), entonces esta opción controla cuántos niveles de anidamiento puede alcanzar SSSD." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:740 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with " -"complex or deep nested groups." -msgstr "" -"Esta opción le indica a SSSD que aproveche una característica específica de " -"Active Directory que puede acelerar las operaciones de búsqueda de grupos " -"en implementaciones con grupos anidados complejos o profundos." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." +msgstr "Esta opción le indica a SSSD que aproveche una característica específica de Active Directory que puede acelerar las operaciones de búsqueda de grupos en implementaciones con grupos anidados complejos o profundos." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:746 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when " -"dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." -msgstr "" -"Esta opción le indica a SSSD que aproveche una característica específica de " -"Active Directory que podría acelerar las operaciones initgroups (sobre todo " -"cuando se trata con grupos anidados complejos o profundos)." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." +msgstr "Esta opción le indica a SSSD que aproveche una característica específica de Active Directory que podría acelerar las operaciones initgroups (sobre todo cuando se trata con grupos anidados complejos o profundos)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:752 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." @@ -1228,156 +803,87 @@ #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:763 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." -msgstr "" -"El atributo LDAP que contiene los nombres de los miembros del netgroup." +msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene los nombres de los miembros del netgroup." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:768 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." -msgstr "" -"El atributo que contiene las tripletas (host, usuario, dominio) de netgroup." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." +msgstr "El atributo que contiene las tripletas (host, usuario, dominio) de netgroup." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:773 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." -msgstr "" -"El atributo LDAP que contiene el UUID/GUID de un objeto netgroup de LDAP." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." +msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene el UUID/GUID de un objeto netgroup de LDAP." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:783 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "La clase de objeto de una entrada de servicio en LDAP." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:788 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their " -"aliases." -msgstr "" -"El atributo LDAP que contiene el nombre de atributos de servicio y sus " -"alias." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." +msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene el nombre de atributos de servicio y sus alias." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:793 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene el puerto gestionado por el servicio." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:798 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." -msgstr "" -"El atributo LDAP que contiene los protocolos conocidos por el servicio." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." +msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene los protocolos conocidos por el servicio." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:804 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches " -"for this attribute type." -msgstr "" -"Una base DN opcional, ámbito de búsqueda y filtro LDAP para restringir las " -"búsquedas LDAP para este tipo de atributo." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +msgstr "Una base DN opcional, ámbito de búsqueda y filtro LDAP para restringir las búsquedas LDAP para este tipo de atributo." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:809 -msgid "" -" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run " -"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode " -"is entered)." -msgstr "" -" Especifica el periodo de espera (en segundos) durante el que se permite la " -"ejecución de búsquedas ldap antes de que sean canceladas y devueltos los " -"resultados en caché (y se entre en modo sin conexión)." +msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgstr " Especifica el periodo de espera (en segundos) durante el que se permite la ejecución de búsquedas ldap antes de que sean canceladas y devueltos los resultados en caché (y se entre en modo sin conexión)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:814 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group " -"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results " -"are returned (and offline mode is entered)." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el periodo de espera (en segundos) durante el que se permiten las " -"búsquedas ldap de enumeraciones de usuarios y grupos antes de que sean " -"canceladas y devueltos los resultados en caché (y se entre en modo sin " -"conexión)." +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgstr "Especifica el periodo de espera (en segundos) durante el que se permiten las búsquedas ldap de enumeraciones de usuarios y grupos antes de que sean canceladas y devueltos los resultados en caché (y se entre en modo sin conexión)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:819 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) " -"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el tiempo de espera (en segundos) tras el cual el " -"poll(2)/select(2) " -"que sigue a connect(2) retorna en caso de no haber actividad." +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." +msgstr "Especifica el tiempo de espera (en segundos) tras el cual el poll(2)/select(2) que sigue a connect(2) retorna en caso de no haber actividad." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:824 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs " -"will abort if no response is received." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el tiempo de espera (en segundos) tras el cual se abortarán las " -"llamadas " -"a las API síncronas de LDAP si no se recibe una respuesta." +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." +msgstr "Especifica el tiempo de espera (en segundos) tras el cual se abortarán las llamadas a las API síncronas de LDAP si no se recibe una respuesta." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:829 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be " -"maintained." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el tiempo de espera (en segundos) durante el que se mantiene una " -"conexión a un servidor LDAP." +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." +msgstr "Especifica el tiempo de espera (en segundos) durante el que se mantiene una conexión a un servidor LDAP." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:834 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. " -"Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el número de registros que se recuperan de LDAP en una sola " -"petición. Algunos servidores LDAP imponen un límite máximo por petición." +msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." +msgstr "Especifica el número de registros que se recuperan de LDAP en una sola petición. Algunos servidores LDAP imponen un límite máximo por petición." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:839 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "Inhabilita el control de paginación de LDAP." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:844 -msgid "" -"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum " -"security level necessary to establish the connection." -msgstr "" -"Al comunicarse con un servidor LDAP usando SASL, especifica el nivel " -"de seguridad mínimo necesario para establecer la conexión." +msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." +msgstr "Al comunicarse con un servidor LDAP usando SASL, especifica el nivel de seguridad mínimo necesario para establecer la conexión." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:849 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal " -"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el número de miembros de grupos que deben faltar en la caché " -"interna para provocar una búsqueda para la eliminación de referencias." +msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." +msgstr "Especifica el número de miembros de grupos que deben faltar en la caché interna para provocar una búsqueda para la eliminación de referencias." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:855 -msgid "" -"Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if " -"any." -msgstr "" -"Especifica qué comprobaciones se realizan sobre los certificados del servidor " -"en " -"una sesión TLS, si es que los hay." +msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any." +msgstr "Especifica qué comprobaciones se realizan sobre los certificados del servidor en una sesión TLS, si es que los hay." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:860 -msgid "" -"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate " -"Authorities that sssd will recognize." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el archivo que contiene los certificados para todas las " -"Certificate " -"Authorities reconocidas por sssd." +msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." +msgstr "Especifica el archivo que contiene los certificados para todas las Certificate Authorities reconocidas por sssd." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:865 -msgid "" -"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority " -"certificates in separate individual files." -msgstr "" -"Especifica la ruta de un directorio que contiene certificados de Certificate " -"Authority en ficheros independientes separados." +msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." +msgstr "Especifica la ruta de un directorio que contiene certificados de Certificate Authority en ficheros independientes separados." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:869 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el archivo que contiene el certificado de la clave del cliente." +msgstr "Especifica el archivo que contiene el certificado de la clave del cliente." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:873 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." @@ -1388,23 +894,12 @@ msgstr "Especifica las suites de cifrado aceptables." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:883 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the " -"channel." -msgstr "" -"Especifica que la conexión id_provider también debe usar tls para proteger " -"el canal." +msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." +msgstr "Especifica que la conexión id_provider también debe usar tls para proteger el canal." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:888 -msgid "" -"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the " -"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying " -"on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." -msgstr "" -"Especifica que SSSD debe intentar la asociación de los ID de usuario y grupo " -"a partir de los atributos ldap_user_objectsid y ldap_group_objectsid en vez " -"de " -"confiar en ldap_user_uid_number y ldap_group_gid_number." +msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." +msgstr "Especifica que SSSD debe intentar la asociación de los ID de usuario y grupo a partir de los atributos ldap_user_objectsid y ldap_group_objectsid en vez de confiar en ldap_user_uid_number y ldap_group_gid_number." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:892 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." @@ -1419,84 +914,48 @@ msgstr "Especifica el ámbito SASL que se usará" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:907 -msgid "" -"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to " -"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." -msgstr "" -"Si se establece a true, la biblioteca LDAP puede realizar búsquedas " -"inversas para canonizar el nombre de host en un enlace SASL." +msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." +msgstr "Si se establece a true, la biblioteca LDAP puede realizar búsquedas inversas para canonizar el nombre de host en un enlace SASL." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:912 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." -msgstr "" -"Especifica la tabla de claves que se usará cuando se utilice SASL/GSSAPI." +msgstr "Especifica la tabla de claves que se usará cuando se utilice SASL/GSSAPI." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:917 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." -msgstr "" -"Especifica que id_provider debe iniciar las credenciales Kerberos (TGT)." +msgstr "Especifica que id_provider debe iniciar las credenciales Kerberos (TGT)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:922 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "Especifica la duración en segundos del TGT si se usa GSSAPI." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:927 -msgid "" -"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." -msgstr "" -"Selecciona la política para evaluar la caducidad de la contraseña en la " -"parte del cliente." +msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." +msgstr "Selecciona la política para evaluar la caducidad de la contraseña en la parte del cliente." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:932 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." -msgstr "" -"Especifica cuándo se debe habilitar el seguimiento automático de " -"referencias." +msgstr "Especifica cuándo se debe habilitar el seguimiento automático de referencias." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:937 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el nombre del servicio a usar cuando está habilitado el " -"descubrimiento " -"de servicios." +msgstr "Especifica el nombre del servicio a usar cuando está habilitado el descubrimiento de servicios." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:941 -msgid "" -"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows " -"password changes when service discovery is enabled." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el nombre de servicio a usar al buscar un servidor LDAP que " -"permita " -"cambios de contraseña cuando el descubrimiento de servicios está habilitado." +msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." +msgstr "Especifica el nombre de servicio a usar al buscar un servidor LDAP que permita cambios de contraseña cuando el descubrimiento de servicios está habilitado." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:946 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with " -"days since the Epoch after a password change operation." -msgstr "" -"Especifica si se actualiza el atributo ldap_user_shadow_last_change con los " -"días " -"desde Epoch después de una operación de cambio de contraseña." +msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." +msgstr "Especifica si se actualiza el atributo ldap_user_shadow_last_change con los días desde Epoch después de una operación de cambio de contraseña." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:951 -msgid "" -"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), " -"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that " -"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." -msgstr "" -"Si se usa access_provider = ldap y ldap_access_order = filter " -"(predeterminado), " -"esta opción es obligatoria. Especifica un criterio de filtrado de búsqueda " -"LDAP " -"que debe cumplirse para que se le permita al usuario el acceso a este host." +msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." +msgstr "Si se usa access_provider = ldap y ldap_access_order = filter (predeterminado), esta opción es obligatoria. Especifica un criterio de filtrado de búsqueda LDAP que debe cumplirse para que se le permita al usuario el acceso a este host." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:956 -msgid "" -" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can " -"be enabled." -msgstr "" -" Con esta opción se puede habilitar una evaluación de los atributos de " -"control de acceso en la parte del cliente." +msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." +msgstr " Con esta opción se puede habilitar una evaluación de los atributos de control de acceso en la parte del cliente." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:962 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." @@ -1507,33 +966,20 @@ msgstr "Especifica cómo se eliminan las referencias al realizar una búsqueda." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:972 -msgid "" -"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that " -"use the RFC2307 schema." -msgstr "" -"Permite la retención de usuarios locales como miembros de un grupo LDAP en " -"servidores que usen el esquema RFC2307." +msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." +msgstr "Permite la retención de usuarios locales como miembros de un grupo LDAP en servidores que usen el esquema RFC2307." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:995 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:999 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the " -"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." -msgstr "" -"Especifica la lista separada por comas de direcciones IP o nombres de host de " -"los servidores Kerberos a los que se debe conectar SSSD, en orden de " -"preferencia." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." +msgstr "Especifica la lista separada por comas de direcciones IP o nombres de host de los servidores Kerberos a los que se debe conectar SSSD, en orden de preferencia." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1004 msgid "The name of the Kerberos realm." msgstr "El nombre del ámbito Kerberos." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1009 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1014 -msgid "" -"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative " -"servers can be defined here." -msgstr "" -"Si el servicio de cambio de contraseña no está en funcionamiento en el KDC, " -"aquí se pueden definir servidores alternativos." +msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." +msgstr "Si el servicio de cambio de contraseña no está en funcionamiento en el KDC, aquí se pueden definir servidores alternativos." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1019 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." @@ -1544,67 +990,37 @@ msgstr "Ubicación de la caché de credenciales de usuario." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1029 -msgid "" -" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change " -"password request is aborted." -msgstr "" -" Tiempo de espera en segundos tras el que se aborta una solicitud en línea " -"de autenticación o de cambio de contraseña." +msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." +msgstr " Tiempo de espera en segundos tras el que se aborta una solicitud en línea de autenticación o de cambio de contraseña." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1034 -msgid "" -"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been " -"spoofed." -msgstr "" -"Verificar con la ayuda de krb5_keytab que el TGT obtenido no ha sido " -"falsificado." +msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." +msgstr "Verificar con la ayuda de krb5_keytab que el TGT obtenido no ha sido falsificado." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1039 -msgid "" -"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from " -"KDCs." -msgstr "" -"Ubicación de la tabla de claves a usar al validar credenciales obtenidas " -"desde " -"los KDC." +msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." +msgstr "Ubicación de la tabla de claves a usar al validar credenciales obtenidas desde los KDC." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1044 -msgid "" -"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to " -"request a TGT when the provider comes online again." -msgstr "" -"Almacenar la contraseña del usuario si el proveedor está desconectado y " -"usarla para solicitar un TGT cuando el proveedor vuelva a estar conectado." +msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." +msgstr "Almacenar la contraseña del usuario si el proveedor está desconectado y usarla para solicitar un TGT cuando el proveedor vuelva a estar conectado." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1048 -msgid "" -"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer " -"immediately followed by a time unit." -msgstr "" -"Solicitar un tique renovable con una duración total expresada como un entero " -"seguido inmediatamente por una unidad de tiempo." +msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." +msgstr "Solicitar un tique renovable con una duración total expresada como un entero seguido inmediatamente por una unidad de tiempo." # El original tiene un fallo, repite "with a" en "...ticket with a with a...". #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1052 -msgid "" -"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately " -"followed by a time unit." -msgstr "" -"Solicitar un tique con una duración expresada como un entero " -"seguido inmediatamente por una unidad de tiempo." +msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." +msgstr "Solicitar un tique con una duración expresada como un entero seguido inmediatamente por una unidad de tiempo." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1056 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." -msgstr "" -"El intervalo en segundos entre dos comprobaciones si se debe renovar el TGT." +msgstr "El intervalo en segundos entre dos comprobaciones si se debe renovar el TGT." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1061 -msgid "" -"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-" -"authentication." -msgstr "" -"Habilita la autenticación flexible de túneles seguros (FAST) para la " -"pre-autenticación Kerberos." +msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." +msgstr "Habilita la autenticación flexible de túneles seguros (FAST) para la pre-autenticación Kerberos." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1065 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." @@ -1620,44 +1036,24 @@ msgstr "Especifica el nombre del dominio Active Directory." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1087 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1091 -msgid "" -"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to " -"which SSSD should connect in order of preference." -msgstr "" -"Lista separada por comas de direcciones IP o nombres de host de los " -"servidores " -"AD a los que se debe conectar SSSD en orden de preferencia." +msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." +msgstr "Lista separada por comas de direcciones IP o nombres de host de los servidores AD a los que se debe conectar SSSD en orden de preferencia." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1095 -msgid "" -"Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the " -"fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this " -"host." -msgstr "" -"Opcional. Se puede establecer en máquinas donde el hostname(5) no refleja el " -"nombre calificado completo usado en el dominio Active Directory para " -"identificar " -"este host." +msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." +msgstr "Opcional. Se puede establecer en máquinas donde el hostname(5) no refleja el nombre calificado completo usado en el dominio Active Directory para identificar este host." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1099 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "Reemplazar el directorio home del usuario." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1112 -msgid "" -" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr "" -" Especifica el límite inferior del rango de los ID POSIX a usar para asociar " -"los SID de usuarios y grupos Active Directory." +msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr " Especifica el límite inferior del rango de los ID POSIX a usar para asociar los SID de usuarios y grupos Active Directory." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1117 -msgid "" -"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el límite superior del rango de los ID POSIX a usar para asociar " -"los SID de usuarios y grupos Active Directory." +msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr "Especifica el límite superior del rango de los ID POSIX a usar para asociar los SID de usuarios y grupos Active Directory." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1122 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." @@ -1672,12 +1068,8 @@ msgstr "Especifica el nombre del dominio predeterminado." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1135 -msgid "" -"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to " -"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." -msgstr "" -"Cambia el comportamiento del algoritmo de asociación de los ID para que se " -"comporte de forma más parecida al algoritmo “idmap_autorid” de winbind." +msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." +msgstr "Cambia el comportamiento del algoritmo de asociación de los ID para que se comporte de forma más parecida al algoritmo “idmap_autorid” de winbind." #. The Active Directory domain section #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1147 @@ -1685,40 +1077,24 @@ msgstr "Especifica el nombre del dominio IPA." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1151 -msgid "" -"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to " -"which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." -msgstr "" -"Lista separada por comas de direcciones IP o nombres de host de servidores " -"IPA a los que se debe conectar SSSD en orden de preferencia." +msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." +msgstr "Lista separada por comas de direcciones IP o nombres de host de servidores IPA a los que se debe conectar SSSD en orden de preferencia." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1155 -msgid "" -"May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully " -"qualified name." -msgstr "" -"Se puede establecer en máquinas donde el hostname(5) no refleje el nombre " -"calificado completo." +msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." +msgstr "Se puede establecer en máquinas donde el hostname(5) no refleje el nombre calificado completo." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1160 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into " -"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." -msgstr "" -"Esta opción le indica al SSSD que actualice automáticamente el servidor DNS " -"integrado en FreeIPA v2 con la dirección IP de este cliente." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." +msgstr "Esta opción le indica al SSSD que actualice automáticamente el servidor DNS integrado en FreeIPA v2 con la dirección IP de este cliente." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1165 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." -msgstr "" -"El TTL que se aplicará al registro DNS del cliente cuando se actualice." +msgstr "El TTL que se aplicará al registro DNS del cliente cuando se actualice." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1169 -msgid "" -"Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." -msgstr "" -"Elija la interfaz cuya dirección IP debe usarse para actualizaciones " -"dinámicas de DNS." +msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." +msgstr "Elija la interfaz cuya dirección IP debe usarse para actualizaciones dinámicas de DNS." #. end Export #. ################################################################ @@ -1741,5 +1117,3 @@ #: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:346 msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" msgstr "El sistema está configurado para usar /etc/passwd only.\n" - - Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/auth-server.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/auth-server.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/auth-server.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -24,165 +24,169 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:49 msgid "Enable/Disable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Habilitar/Deshabilitar el servicio" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:53 msgid "Add a new database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Añadir una nueva base de datos" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:60 msgid "Show a list of currently available databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Muestra una lista de las bases de datos disponibles actualmente" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:64 msgid "Show a list of currently configured schemas" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Muestra una lista de los esquemas configurados actualmente" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:68 msgid "Add a schema to the list" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Añade un esquema a la lista" +# include/runlevel/ui.ycp:422 include/runlevel/ui.ycp:529 #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:72 msgid "Enable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Habilitar el servicio" +# include/runlevel/ui.ycp:422 include/runlevel/ui.ycp:529 #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:73 msgid "Disable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Deshabilitar el servicio" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:75 msgid "Database type (\"hdb\" or \"bdb\")" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipo de base de datos (\"hdb\" o \"bdb\")" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:79 msgid "Base DN for the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN Base de la base de datos" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:83 msgid "DN for the administrator login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN para el acceso del administrador" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:87 msgid "Administrator password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contraseña del administrador" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:95 msgid "Directory for the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Directorio de la base de datos" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:98 msgid "File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Archivo" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:99 msgid "Position" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Posición" #. map<string, any> edb = LdapServer::ReadDatabase(); #. y2milestone("DBs: %1", edb); #. #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:192 msgid "No base DN provided\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "No se ha proporcionado un DN base\n" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:209 msgid "Database cannot be created when the service is not enabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "No se puede crear la base de datos si el servicio no está activado" #. y2milestone("db-options : %1", db); #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:219 msgid "Error while adding the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se produjo un error al añadir la base de datos" #. error popup #. error popup #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228 -msgid "" -"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings " -"later in the installed system." -msgstr "" +msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." +msgstr "La base de datos LDAP ya ha sido creada. Puede modificar la configuración más tarde en el sistema instalado." #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101 msgid "[root password]" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[contraseña de root]" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:103 msgid "[manually set]" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[definida manualmente]" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to " -"continue." -msgstr "" +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." +msgstr "No es posible recuperar la contraseña root del sistema. Defina una contraseña de servidor LDAP para continuar." +# clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:156 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112 msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurando el servidor LDAP Maestro:" +# clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:156 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:114 msgid "Setting up standalone LDAP Server:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurando el servidor LDAP independiente:" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:121 msgid "Base DN: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN base: " #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:125 msgid "Root DN: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN de root" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:128 msgid "LDAP Password: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contraseña LDAP: " +# clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:156 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Setting up LDAP Slave Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurando el Servidor LDAP Esclavo" +# include/network/providers.ycp:404 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:143 msgid "Provider: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Proveedor:" #. all known interfaces for testing #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Puerto abierto en el cortafuegos" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203 msgid "YES" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SÍ" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:190 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:204 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 msgid "NO" -msgstr "" +msgstr "NO" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194 msgid "Firewall is disabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "El cortafuegos está desactivado" +# include/nis_server/io.ycp:534 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200 msgid "Register at SLP Daemon: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Registrarse en daemon SLP: " +# clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:156 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2192 msgid "Start LDAP Server: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Iniciar el servidor LDAP: " #. Rich text title for LdapServer in proposals #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:253 msgid "OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Servidor OpenLDAP" #. Menu title for LdapServer in proposals #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:257 msgid "Open&LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Servidor Open&LDAP" #. translators: error popup before aborting the module #. translators: error popup before aborting the module @@ -193,6 +197,9 @@ "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the package." msgstr "" +"El paquete '%1' no está disponible.\n" +"YaST no puede continuar con la configuración\n" +"sin instalar el paquete." #. translators: error popup before aborting the module #. translators: error popup before aborting the module @@ -202,11 +209,11 @@ "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the required packages." msgstr "" +"YaST2 no puede continuar con la configuración\n" +"sin instalar los paquetes requeridos." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309 -msgid "" -"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has " -"finished." +msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:344 @@ -214,6 +221,8 @@ "OpenLDAP Server: Common server certificate not available.\n" "StartTLS is disabled." msgstr "" +"Servidor OpenLDAP: el certificado de servidor común no está disponible.\n" +"StartTLS está desactivado." #. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module #: src/clients/openldap-mirrormode.rb:36 @@ -223,26 +232,29 @@ #. Start new config wizward #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:106 msgid "Existing configuration detected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se ha detectado una configuración existente." #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107 msgid "" -"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not " -"running.\n" -"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do " -"you \n" +"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n" +"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" +"Ya tiene una configuración existente, pero el servidor LDAP no se encuentra actualmente en ejecución.\n" +"¿Desea iniciarlo en este momento para volver a leer los datos de configuración o prefiere crear una\n" +"nueva configuración desde cero?" +# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:59 +# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:63 #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:112 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:202 msgid "Restart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reiniciar" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:114 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "New Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nueva configuración" #. Start new config wizward #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 @@ -259,11 +271,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:148 msgid "Migrate existing configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Migrar una configuración existente" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:151 msgid "Create a new configuration from scratch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Iniciar una nueva configuración desde el principio" #. LdapServer summary dialog caption #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:231 @@ -287,43 +299,43 @@ #. ******************** #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:48 msgid "General Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ajustes generales" +# clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:156 #. list of valid encoding methods for password inputs, used by add database and edit database #. dialogs #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:52 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:40 msgid "&Start LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Iniciar el servidor LDAP" +# include/nis_server/io.ycp:534 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:77 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:59 msgid "Register at an &SLP Daemon" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Registrarse en un daemon &SLP" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ajustes del cortafuegos" #. create new item #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "The LDAP Server is not running." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El servidor LDAP no está ejecutándose." #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199 -msgid "" -"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want " -"to create a new configuration from scratch?" -msgstr "" +msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" +msgstr "¿Desea iniciarlo en este momento para volver a leer los datos de configuración o prefiere crear una nueva configuración desde cero?" #. get helps page #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:227 msgid "help page for item " -msgstr "" +msgstr "página de ayuda para el artículo " #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:228 msgid " not available" -msgstr "" +msgstr " no está disponible" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:327 msgid "Server Type" @@ -358,7 +370,7 @@ #. Button text #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:452 msgid "&Advanced Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Configuración avanzada" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:464 msgid "Kerberos Authentication" @@ -370,14 +382,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Basic Kerberos Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ajustes básicos de Kerberos" #. TextEntry label: "Realm" is a typical kerberos phrase. #. Please think twice please before you translate this, #. and check with kerberos.pot how it is translated there. #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:502 msgid "R&ealm" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dominio (r&ealm)" #. abort? #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:563 @@ -390,49 +402,54 @@ #. caption #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Advanced Kerberos Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración avanzada de Kerberos" #. tree widget label #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:623 msgid "Advanced &Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Opciones avanzadas" #. label widget #. header label #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:637 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:729 msgid "Current Selection: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selección actual: " #. tree widget headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración:" #. ############## input handler ################ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:913 msgid "LDAP Authentication failed. Try again?\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fallo la autenticación LDAP. ¿Intentar de nuevo?\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:914 msgid "Error message: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mensaje de error:" +# include/nis_server/io.ycp:580 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:946 msgid "Create new account in the first database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crear una nueva cuenta en la primera base de datos" +# +# include/users/ui.ycp:207 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:960 msgid "User Id" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ID de usuario" +# include/mail/ui.ycp:354 +# include/mail/ui.ycp:371 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:967 msgid "Container Object" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contenedor de Objetos" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:973 msgid "Browse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Examinar" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:980 msgid "Generate a Random Password" @@ -444,20 +461,21 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1007 msgid "Configure Account for Replication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurar cuenta para Replicación" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "no es un DN de LDAP válido" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contraseña" +# include/users/ui.ycp:560 include/users/ui.ycp:1025 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1073 msgid "Validate Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Validar Contraseña" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1093 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1565 @@ -477,38 +495,43 @@ msgid "Provider Details" msgstr "" +# include/mail/ui.ycp:720 +# include/mail/ui.ycp:747 +# +# include/mail/ui.ycp:819 +# include/mail/ui.ycp:1013 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Protocolo" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1146 msgid "Provider Hostname" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nombre de host del servidor Proveedor" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624 msgid "Use StartTLS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usar StartTLS" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1162 msgid "Administration Password for the \"cn=config\" Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contraseña de administración para la Base de Datos \"cn=config\"" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1171 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:261 msgid "C&A Certificate File (PEM Format)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Archivo de certificado C&A (formato PEM)" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264 msgid "Bro&wse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Na&vegación..." #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:567 msgid "Select CA Certificate File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleccionar archivo de certificado CA" #. **************************** #. * tls handlers @@ -521,9 +544,7 @@ #. Doing these checks during installation will #. most probably fail #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1277 -msgid "" -"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider " -"server.\n" +msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1280 @@ -532,17 +553,20 @@ "\"cn=config\" database and that you entered the correct password.\n" msgstr "" +# #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "The following error messages were returned:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Los siguientes mensajes de error fueron recibidos:" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1302 msgid "An error occurred while verifying the TLS/SSL configuration." msgstr "" +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1116 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1176 +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1232 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1290 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1314 msgid "Do you want to import a different CA/Server Certificate?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Desea importar un Certificado CA/Server diferente?" #. Check if the syncrepl config of cn=config makes sense #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1325 @@ -551,7 +575,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1328 msgid "Click Continue to create it now." -msgstr "" +msgstr "click Continuar para crearlo ahora." #. this test needs only be done in a non-MirrorMode setup #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1380 @@ -561,21 +585,18 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1383 -msgid "" -"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." +msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." msgstr "" #. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1410 -msgid "" -"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication " -"configuration on the provider server failed.\n" +msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998 msgid "The test returned the following error messages:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "La prueba ha regresado los siguientes mensajes de error:" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1424 msgid "Click \"Continue\" to correct this now." @@ -585,7 +606,7 @@ #. @return dialog result #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1519 msgid "Replication Master setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración del Maestro de Replicación" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1522 msgid "" @@ -596,21 +617,22 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1525 msgid "" "\n" -"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to " -"encrypted\n" +"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to encrypted\n" "LDAP Connections.)\n" msgstr "" +# include/users/ui.ycp:560 include/users/ui.ycp:1025 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1532 msgid "Enter new &Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Introducir nueva contraseña" +# include/users/ui.ycp:560 include/users/ui.ycp:1025 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1537 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:961 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1003 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:405 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:219 msgid "&Validate Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Validar contraseña" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "Prepare for MirrorMode replication (generates the serverId attribute)" @@ -619,24 +641,25 @@ #. The "Startup Configuration node for the main tree widget #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:17 msgid "<h3>Startup Configuration</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Configuración de inicio</h3>" +# clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:156 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:20 msgid "<h4>Start LDAP Server</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Iniciar el servidor LDAP</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "Select Yes if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" -"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be " -"started. Note:\n" -"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</" -"p>\n" +"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" +"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.\n" msgstr "" +# include/network/modem/dialogs.ycp:145 +# Cam: término en duda #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26 msgid "<h4>Protocol Listeners</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Monitores de protocolos</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:27 msgid "Enable and disable the various protocol listeners of OpenLDAP." @@ -644,18 +667,16 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" -"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured " -"communication\n" -"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate " -"configured." +"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" +"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured." msgstr "" +"LDAP es la interfaz estándar de LDAP en el puerto 389. La comunicación segura mediante\n" +"TLS/SSL es posible con la operación StartTLS en el caso de que tenga un certificado de servidor configurado." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33 msgid "" -"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL " -"protected\n" -"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate " -"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" +"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n" +"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:36 @@ -667,7 +688,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:41 msgid "<h4>Firewall Settings</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Configuración del cortafuegos</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:42 msgid "" @@ -675,24 +696,23 @@ "network ports or not.\n" msgstr "" +# include/partitioning/raid_ui.ycp:389 +# include/partitioning/raid_ui.ycp:389 +# include/partitioning/raid_ui.ycp:389 #. First part of the Add Database Widget #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "<h3>Basic Database Settings</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Configuración básica de la base de datos</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. " -"Hdb is a\n" -"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout " -"and\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" +"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" "bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" -"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) " -"library to store data.\n" -"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and " -"more execution-efficient.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 @@ -700,29 +720,28 @@ "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." msgstr "" +"La opción DN base define el nombre de la raíz \n" +"de la base de datos que se va a crear." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" -"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password</" -"b> \n" -"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and " -"other \n" -"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends " -"the \n" -"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example," -"dc=com</tt>\n" -"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective " -"Administrator DN\n" +"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" +"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" +"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends the \n" +"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" +"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" -"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root " -"password\n" +"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" +"Si este asistente se inició durante la instalación, la \n" +"Contraseña del administrador LDAP será la misma que la contraseña del usuario\n" +"root del sistema, introducida en un paso anterior del proceso de instalación." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" @@ -754,14 +773,13 @@ "click Change Password. \n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the \n" "Password Encryption. \n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already " -"been \n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n" "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Editar la base de datos BDB</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." @@ -769,60 +787,66 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN " -"automatically\n" +"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" +"Introduzca el DN completo o sólo la primera parte y añada el DN base automáticamente \n" +"con la opción Añadir DN base." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change " -"Password.\n" -"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password " -"Encryption.\n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been " -"set in the configuration.\n" +"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" +"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" -"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can " -"adjust\n" -"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the " -"number of entries\n" -"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough " -"RAM) this number\n" -"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index " -"Cache (IDL cache) \n" -"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially " -"HDB-Databases require a\n" -"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the " -"entry cache as a rule of\n" +"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" +"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" +"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n" +"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index Cache (IDL cache) \n" +"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n" +"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs)." msgstr "" +"Con Caché de las entradas y Caché del índice (caché IDL) puede ajustar\n" +"los tamaños de la memoria caché interna de OpenLDAP. Con Caché de las entradas se define el\n" +"número de las entradas que se van a mantener en la memoria del caché de entrada de OpenLDAP. Si es posible\n" +"(si dispone de memoria RAM suficiente) este número debería ser lo suficientemente elevado como para mantener\n" +"cargada en memoria la base de datos completa. Caché del índice (caché IDL) se utiliza para aumentar la \n" +"velocidad de las búsquedas que contienen atributos indexados. Por lo general, y en especial las bases de datos HDB,\n" +"se necesita un valor elevado en la caché IDL para obtener un buen rendimiento en las búsquedas (básicamente,\n" +"tres veces el tamaño del caché de las entradas)." +# +# clients/ui_helps.ycp:101 include/security/ui.ycp:636 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Configuración de la directiva de contraseñas</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." msgstr "" +"Para usar las directivas de contraseñas en esta base de datos, active \n" +"la opción Habilitar directivas de contraseñas." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP " -"server\n" -"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests " -"before storing them\n" -"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, " -"but may be\n" -"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify " -"extended operation \n" +"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" +"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" +"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n" +"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" +"Marque la opción Aplicar codificación hash a contraseñas no cifradas para\n" +"especificar que el servidor OpenLDAP debe cifrar las contraseñas con texto en claro\n" +"presentes en las solicitudes de adición y modificación antes de almacenarlas en la base de datos.\n" +"Tenga en cuenta que este hecho infringe el modelo de información X.500/LDAP, pero puede que\n" +"sea necesario para compensar a los clientes LDAP que no usan la operación extendida de modificación\n" +" de contraseñas para gestionar las contraseñas." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" @@ -834,55 +858,47 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object " -"DN." -msgstr "" +msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." +msgstr "Especifique el nombre del objeto de directiva por defecto en DN del objeto de directiva por defecto." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You " -"may\n" +"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Configuración del índice</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 -msgid "" -"The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index " -"defined." +msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" -"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different " -"types\n" +"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" -"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be " -"configured\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" -"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality " -"index\n" +"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" @@ -901,17 +917,15 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly " -"added\n" +"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" -"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the " -"indexing\n" +"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Configuración del control de acceso</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" @@ -921,8 +935,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a " -"more\n" +"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" @@ -935,41 +948,38 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" -"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose " -"target\n" +"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" -"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, " -"using\n" +"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" +# +# clients/ui_helps.ycp:101 include/security/ui.ycp:636 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Configuración del Proveedor de Replicación</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" -"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" " -"checkbox, if you want to \n" +"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" +"Seleccionar la caja de selección \"Activar ldapsync provider para esta base de datose\", si quiere que\n" +"pueda replicar la base de datos actualmente seleccionada hacia otro servidor." +# Cam: duda #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Configuraciones de Punto de Control</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator " -"(stored\n" -"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is " -"synced\n" -"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify " -"or\n" -"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the " -"indicator\n" -"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator " -"is\n" +"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" +"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" +"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify or\n" +"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the indicator\n" +"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n" "only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n" "a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" @@ -977,34 +987,36 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Registro de sesión</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" -"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write " -"operations\n" -"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in " -"the session log. \n" -"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" " -"replication. In \n" -"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master " -"server." +"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" +"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" +"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" replication. In \n" +"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" +"Configura un registro en memoria para guardar informacion de las operaciones de escritura\n" +"realizadas en la base de datos. Especificar cuantas operaciones de escritoura deben de grabarse en el registro de sesión. \n" +"Configurando un registro de sesión es útil para las replicaciones \"SoloLectura\" . En\n" +"dicho caso puede aumentar la velocidad de la replicación y reducir la utilización en el servidor maestro." +# include/partitioning/raid_ui.ycp:389 +# include/partitioning/raid_ui.ycp:389 +# include/partitioning/raid_ui.ycp:389 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Configuración del Cliente de Replicación</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" -"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want " -"the\n" +"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Proveedor</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 msgid "" @@ -1012,18 +1024,17 @@ "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" "enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n" "use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n" -"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-" -"standard\n" +"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n" "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Tipo de Replicación</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<> OpenLDAP soporta diferentes modos de replicación:" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 msgid "" @@ -1042,28 +1053,25 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Autenticación</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" -"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to " -"authenticate against the master.\n" -"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated " -"database on the master.\n" +"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" +"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" +# clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:156 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Referencia de actualización</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" -"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can " -"configure a different update referral here.\n" -"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for " -"the\n" +"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n" +"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n" "slave server is as slave server too. \n" msgstr "" @@ -1077,6 +1085,8 @@ "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" +"<BIG>Cancelando el inicio:</BIG> \n" +"Para cancelar la utilidad de configuración de forma segura, pulse Cancelar." #. Write dialog help #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 @@ -1093,7 +1103,7 @@ #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Resumen de la configuración del servidor LDAP</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 msgid "" @@ -1104,15 +1114,11 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 -msgid "" -"With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server.</" -"p> " -msgstr "" +msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " +msgstr "Utilice la opción Iniciar el servidor LDAP sí o no para iniciar o detener el servidor LDAP." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 -msgid "" -"If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration " -"wizard." +msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 @@ -1123,15 +1129,12 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 -msgid "" -"Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios " -"are available:" +msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server " -"with\n" +"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1143,19 +1146,21 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" -"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that " -"replicates all its data,\n" +"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" +# include/partitioning/raid_ui.ycp:389 +# include/partitioning/raid_ui.ycp:389 +# include/partitioning/raid_ui.ycp:389 #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Configuración de TLS</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Configuración básica</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" @@ -1166,32 +1171,27 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" -"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the " -"server\n" +"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" -"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</" -"p>\n" +"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" -"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so " -"that\n" +"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Importar certificado</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" -"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File</" -"b>,\n" -"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the " -"corresponding\n" +"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" +"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the corresponding\n" "textfields.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1204,69 +1204,67 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "Below this item, configure some global parameters." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Por debajo este elemento puede configurar algunos parámetros globales." #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog " -"in which to choose\n" -"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not " -"support the removal of \n" +"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" +"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" "Schema Data" msgstr "" +"Desde este diálogo puede añadir o eliminar archivos de esquema. Pulse Añadir para abrir un\n" +"diálogo de búsqueda de archivo en el que seleccionar un esquema nuevo. Nota: Cuando OpenLDAP se utiliza \n" +"junto con una configuración de tipo \"back-config\" no permite eliminar los datos del esquema" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" -"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and " -"statistics\n" +"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 -msgid "" -"Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or " -"disallow:" -msgstr "" +msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" +msgstr "Seleccione qué características especiales debería permitir o rechazar el servidor OpenLDAP:" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Seleccionar permitir indicadores</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" -"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind " -"requests.\n" +"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" -"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind " -"when \n" -"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not " -"present) " +"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" +"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" +"Asociación anónima cuando existen credenciales: Permite una asociación anónima \n" +"cuando existen credenciales (por ejemplo, se proporciona una contraseña pero no existe una asociación al DN)" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" +"Asociación sin autenticar cuando existe un DN: Permite asociaciones sin autenticar \n" +"(anónimas) cuando se proporciona un DN" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" -"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow " -"unauthenticated\n" +"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Seleccionar rechazar indicadores</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 msgid "" @@ -1277,16 +1275,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" -"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple " -"Bind\n" +"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" -"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection " -"back\n" +"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1301,352 +1297,278 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" -"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The " -"\"Frontend\"\n" -"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and " -"overlays\n" -"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration " -"of\n" +"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" +"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n" +"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n" "the LDAP server itself.\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Para añadir una nueva base de datos, pulse Añadir base de datos..." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" -"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete " -"Database....\n" +"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" -"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") " -"here. This is required to make\n" +"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" +"Ingrese una contraseña la base de datos de configuración (\"cn=config\") aca. Esto es requerido para hacer\n" +"la base de datos de configuración accesible remotamente." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" -"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select " -"the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" -"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as " -"needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" +"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" +"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" -"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master " -"server. Please enter the master\n" -"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or " -"\"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" +"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" +"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" "for the master's configuration database (\"cn=config\")." msgstr "" +"Para configurar un servidor esclavo se tienen que consultar algunos detalles del servidor maestro. Porfavor ingrese el nombre de host\n" +"del servidor maestro, ajuste el protocolo (cualquiera \"ldap\" o \"ldaps\") y número de puerto como se necesite e ingrese la contraseña\n" +"para la base de datos de configuracion del servidor maestro (\"cn=config\")." #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 -msgid "" -"Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your " -"Kerberos server." +msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 -msgid "" -"Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is " -"to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" +msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" msgstr "" +"Aunque su dominio (realm) Kerberos pueda contener cualquier cadena ASCII, lo habitual es ponerlo\n" +"igual que su nombre de dominio, en letras mayúsculas.\n" #. advanced item help: database_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." +msgstr "Esta cadena especifica la ubicación de la base de datos Kerberos para este dominio (realm)." #. advanced item help: acl_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file " -"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</" -"p>" +msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to " -"authenticate to the database." -msgstr "" +msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." +msgstr "Esta cadena especifica la ubicación del archivo de claves (keytab) que kadmin utiliza para autenticarse en la base de datos." #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 -msgid "" -"This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals " -"created in this realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." +msgstr "Este tiempo absoluto especifica la fecha de caducidad predeterminada de los sujetos principales creados en este dominio (realm)." #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 -msgid "" -"These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in " -"this realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." +msgstr "Estos indicadores especifican los atributos predeterminados del sujeto principal creado en este dominio (realm)." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Permitir postfechado" #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activar este marcador permite al sujeto principal obtener tickets que se pueden posfechar." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Permitir reenviable" #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activar este marcador permite al sujeto principal obtener tickets que se pueden reenviar." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Permitir renovable" #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activar este marcador permite al sujeto principal obtener tickets que se pueden renovar." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Permitir ruta proxy" #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activar este marcador permite al sujeto principal obtener tickets a través de un proxy." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Habilitar autenticación usuario-a-usuario" #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another " -"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." -msgstr "" +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." +msgstr "Activar este marcador permite al sujeto principal obtener una clave de sesión para otro usuario, permitiendo una autenticación usuario-a-usuario para este sujeto principal." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Requiere preauth" #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to " -"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this " -"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will " -"only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket " -"set." -msgstr "" +msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." +msgstr "Si se activa este indicador en un sujeto principal cliente, entonces se requiere que ese sujeto principal se autentique previamente ante el KDC antes de recibir cualquier ticket. Si activa este indicador en el sujeto principal de servicio, sólo se emitirán los tickets de servicio para este sujeto principal a los clientes con un TGT que tenga establecido un ticket con autenticación previa." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Requiere hwauth" #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using " -"a hardware device before receiving any tickets." -msgstr "" +msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." +msgstr "Si se activa este indicador, entonces se requiere que el sujeto principal se autentique previamente utilizando un dispositivo de hardware antes de recibir cualquier ticket." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Permitir servicio" #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this " -"principal." -msgstr "" +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." +msgstr "Activar este indicador permite al KDC emitir tickets de servicio para este sujeto principal." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Permitir solicitud tgs" #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-" -"granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was " -"used to obtain the TGT." -msgstr "" +msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." +msgstr "Activar este indicador permite al sujeto principal obtener tickets basados en ticket-granting-ticket, en lugar de repetir el proceso de autenticación utilizado para obtener el TGT." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Permitir tickets" #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this " -"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within " -"this realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." +msgstr "Activar este indicador significa que el KDC emitirá tickets para este sujeto principal. Desactivar este indicador inhabilita, esencialmente, el sujeto principal dentro de este dominio (realm)." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cambio necesario" #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activar este indicador fuerza un cambio de contraseña para este sujeto principal." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Servicio de cambio de contraseña" #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change " -"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a " -"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that " -"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password " -"authentication." -msgstr "" +msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." +msgstr "Si este indicador está activado, marca este sujeto principal como servicio de cambio de contraseña. Esto se debería utilizar solamente en casos especiales, por ejemplo, si la contraseña de un usuario ha caducado, el usuario tiene que obtener tickets para ese sujeto principal para poder cambiarla sin tener que utilizar la autenticación de contraseña habitual." #. advanced item help : dict_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 -msgid "" -"The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are " -"not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy " -"assigned to the principal, no check will be done." -msgstr "" +msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." +msgstr "Esta cadena especifica la ubicación del archivo de diccionario que contiene las cadenas que no están permitidas para su uso como contraseñas. Si esta etiqueta no está definida o si no existe una política asignada al sujeto principal, no se ejecutará ninguna comprobación." #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 -msgid "" -"This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens " -"for this realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." +msgstr "Este número de puerto especifica el puerto en el cual el daemon kadmind va a estar escuchando en este dominio (realm)." #. advanced item help : key_stash_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored " -"with kdb5_stash." -msgstr "" +msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." +msgstr " Esta cadena especifica la ubicación donde se ha almacenado la clave maestra con kdb5_stash." #. advanced item help : kdc_ports #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." +msgstr "Esta cadena especifica la lista de puertos en los que KDC va a estar escuchando en este dominio (realm)." #. advanced item help : master_key_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the " -"master key. The default value is K/M." -msgstr "" +msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." +msgstr "Esta cadena especifica el nombre del sujeto principal asociado a la clave maestra. El valor predeterminado es K/M." #. advanced item help : master_key_type #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Esta cadena de tipo clave representa el tipo de clave para las claves maestras." #. advanced item help : max_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"valid for in this realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." +msgstr "Este tiempo delta especifica el periodo máximo de tiempo en el que un ticket puede ser válido en este dominio (realm)." #. advanced item help : max_renew_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"renewed for in this realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." +msgstr "Este tiempo delta especifica el periodo de tiempo máximo en el que un ticket puede ser renovado en este dominio (realm)." #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 -msgid "" -"A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt " -"combinations of principals for this realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." +msgstr "Una lista de cadenas key/salt que especifica las combinaciones predeterminadas key/salt de los sujetos principales para este dominio (realm)." #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 -msgid "" -"Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." +msgstr "Especifica las combinaciones key/salt permitidas de los sujetos principales para este dominio (realm)." #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm " -"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm " -"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" -msgstr "" +msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" +msgstr "Especifica si la lista de los dominios (realms) transitados para tickets inter-dominio (realm) deberían ser comprobadas contra la ruta de tránsito calculada de los nombres de dominio (realm) y la sección [capaths] de su archivo krb5.conf." #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 -msgid "" -"This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be " -"maintained via the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." +msgstr "Esta etiqueta específica de LDAP indica el número de conexiones que se deben mantener a través del servidor LDAP." #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 -msgid "" -"This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed " -"passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." +msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 -msgid "" -"Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The " -"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</" -"p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under " -"the subtree." -msgstr "" +msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." +msgstr "Especifica la lista de subárboles que contienen los sujetos principales de un dominio (realm). La lista contiene los DN de los objetos del subárbol separados por dos puntos (:).El ámbito de búsqueda especifica el ámbito para buscar los sujetos principales bajo el subárbol." #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 -msgid "" -"Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a " -"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a " -"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." -msgstr "" +msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." +msgstr "Especifica el DN del objeto contenedor en el cual se crearán los sujetos principales de un dominio (realm). Si la referencia del contenedor no está configurada para un dominio (realm), se crearán los sujetos principales en el contenedor del dominio (realm)." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Especifica la vida máxima del ticket para los sujetos principales en este dominio (realm)." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 -msgid "" -"Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." -"" -msgstr "" +msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." +msgstr "Especifica la vida máxima de renovación de los tickets para los sujetos principales en este dominio (realm)." #. ################################################################################# #. ################################################################################# @@ -1659,39 +1581,39 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:49 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1974 msgid "Advanced Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración avanzada" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:53 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1885 msgid "Database Path" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ruta de las bases de datos" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:60 msgid "&Database Path" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Ruta de las bases de datos" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:71 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1889 msgid "ACL File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Archivo ACL" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:78 msgid "ACL &File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Archivo ACL" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:89 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1893 msgid "Administrator Keytab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Archivo de claves (keytab) de administrador" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:107 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1900 msgid "Default Principal Expiration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Caducidad principal predeterminada" #. checkbox text #. checkbox text @@ -1704,12 +1626,12 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:615 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:648 msgid "&Available" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Disponible" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:124 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:129 msgid "&Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Fecha" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:135 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:140 @@ -1722,7 +1644,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:655 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:659 msgid "&Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Hora" #. `InputField(`opt(`hstretch),`id(`id_default_principal_expiration),"", #. KerberosServer::getDBvalue("default_principal_expiration")), @@ -1733,134 +1655,137 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1906 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2008 msgid "Default Principal Flags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indicadores principales predeterminados" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:166 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:680 msgid "Allow p&ostdated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Permitir p&ostfechado" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:174 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:688 msgid "Allow &forwardable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Permitir &reenviable" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:182 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:696 msgid "Allow rene&wable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Permitir reno&vable" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:190 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:704 msgid "Allow &proxiable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Permitir vía &proxy" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:198 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:712 msgid "Enable &user-to-user authentication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Habilitar autenticación &usuario a usuario" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:206 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:720 msgid "Requires pr&eauth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Requiere autenticación pr&evia (preauth)" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:214 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:728 msgid "Requires &hwauth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Requiere autenticación previa vía &hardware (hwauth)" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:220 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:734 msgid "Allow &service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Permitir &servicio" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:226 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:740 msgid "Allow tgs re&quest" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Permitir so&licitud tgs" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:232 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:746 msgid "Allow &tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Permitir &tickets" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:238 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:752 msgid "Need &change" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cambio ne&cesario" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:246 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:760 msgid "P&assword changing service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Servicio de c&ambio de contraseña" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:261 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1911 msgid "Dictionary File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Archivo de diccionario" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:279 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1916 msgid "Kadmin Daemon Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Puerto del daemon para kadmin" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:297 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1921 msgid "Kpasswd Daemon Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Puerto del daemon para kpasswd" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:315 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1926 msgid "Key Stash File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Archivo de clave maestra (stash)" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:333 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1929 msgid "KDC Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Puerto KDC" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:351 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1933 msgid "Master Key Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nombre de clave maestra" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:369 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1938 msgid "Master Key Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipo de clave maestra" +# clients/lan_route.ycp:305 +# clients/lan_route.ycp:306 +# include/tv/ui.ycp:349 #. Treeview list item #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:387 @@ -1868,14 +1793,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1943 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1998 msgid "Maximum Ticket Life Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tiempo máximo de duración del ticket" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:401 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:434 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:620 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:653 msgid "&Days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Días" #. Treeview list item #. Treeview list item @@ -1884,66 +1809,67 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1948 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2003 msgid "Maximum Ticket Renew Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tiempo máximo de renovación del ticket" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:453 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1953 msgid "Default Encryption Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipos de cifrado predeterminados" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:471 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1958 msgid "KDC Supported Encryption Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipos de cifrado soportados KDC" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:489 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1963 msgid "Reject Bad Transit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rechazar el tránsito erróneo" +# include/printconf/dialogs.ycp:150 #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:507 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1983 msgid "Number of LDAP connections" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Número de conexiones LDAP" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:525 msgid "File for the LDAP password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Archivo para la contraseña de LDAP" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:545 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1988 msgid "Search Subtrees" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Buscar subárboles" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:558 msgid "Search Scope" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ámbito de búsqueda" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:565 msgid "&subtree search" -msgstr "" +msgstr "búsqueda en &subárbol" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:572 msgid "&one level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&un nivel" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:588 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1993 msgid "Principal Container" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contenedor principal" #. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); #. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); #. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2016 msgid "Advanced LDAP Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración avanzada de LDAP" #. encoding: utf-8 #. File: include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.ycp @@ -1970,9 +1896,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50 -msgid "" -"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the " -"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." +msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85 @@ -1980,8 +1904,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" +msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130 @@ -2006,7 +1929,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:204 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:297 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Iniciando..." #. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. **************************************** @@ -2014,67 +1937,78 @@ #. *************************************** #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:53 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2191 msgid "Startup Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración de inicio" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:62 msgid "Global Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración global" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:67 msgid "Schema Files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Archivos de esquema" +# +# clients/ui_helps.ycp:78 include/security/ui.ycp:638 #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:75 msgid "Log Level Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración del nivel de registro" +# #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:83 msgid "Allow/Disallow Features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Características permitidas/rechazadas" +# include/partitioning/raid_ui.ycp:389 +# include/partitioning/raid_ui.ycp:389 +# include/partitioning/raid_ui.ycp:389 #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:91 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:218 msgid "TLS Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración de TLS" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:100 msgid "Databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bases de datos" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 msgid "Suffix DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sufijo DN" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:173 msgid "Database Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipo de base de datos" #. widget_map["g_schema","inclist"] = l; #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:228 msgid "Your TLS/SSL Configuration seems to be incomplete." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Parece que la configuración de TLS/SSL está incompleta." +# Cam: término en duda, ¿dejamos sólo protocolo? #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:229 msgid "Do you really want to enable the \"ldaps\" protocol listener?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Desea realmente habilitar el monitor de protocolo \"ldaps\"?" +# +# include/printconf/dialogs.ycp:1301 +# include/backup/ui.ycp:53 #. add a new file to the list #. file dialog heading #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:265 msgid "Select New Schema File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleccionar nuevo archivo de esquema" +# include/backup/ui.ycp:424 include/backup/ui.ycp:466 #. error popup #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:272 msgid "The schema file is already in the list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El archivo de esquema ya está en la lista." #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:462 msgid "Select a valid Certificate File" @@ -2091,12 +2025,12 @@ #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:575 msgid "Select Certificate File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleccionar archivo de certificado" #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:583 msgid "Select Certificate Key File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleccionar archivo de clave de certificado" #. **************************************** #. * handlers for database parent widget @@ -2111,36 +2045,37 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:721 msgid "Do you really want to delete the database?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Desea realmente eliminar la base de datos?" #. Error Popup #. Error Popup #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:750 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:884 msgid "Unable to write settings for the current database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración de la base de datos actual." +# include/tv/ui.ycp:441 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:804 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:941 msgid "Unable to read settings for the current database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "No es posible leer la configuración de la base de datos actual." #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:959 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1001 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:403 msgid "New Administrator &Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nueva &contraseña de administrador" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:965 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1007 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:407 msgid "Password &Encryption" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Cifrado de contraseña" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1015 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368 msgid "Change Administration Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cambiar la contraseña del administrador" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1038 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1039 @@ -2149,7 +2084,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "No" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 @@ -2157,7 +2092,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sí" #. skip attribute that already have an index defined #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1188 @@ -2169,215 +2104,227 @@ #. *************************************** #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1290 msgid "Index Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración del índice" +# +# menuentries/menuentry_modem.y2cc:11 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1298 msgid "Password Policy Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración de las directivas de contraseñas" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1307 msgid "Access Control Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración del control de acceso" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1316 msgid "Replication Provider" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Proveedor de Replicación" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1325 msgid "Replication Consumer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cliente de Replicación" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:70 msgid "&Start Kerberos Server" msgstr "" +# include/network/modem/dialogs.ycp:145 +# Cam: término en duda #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:94 msgid "Protocol Listeners" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Monitores de protocolos" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:100 msgid "LDAP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldap), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:112 msgid "LDAP over SSL (ldaps)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP sobre SSL (ldaps)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:141 msgid "Included &Schema Files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lista de archivos de &esquema" +# +# include/printconf/dialogs.ycp:663 include/printconf/dialogs.ycp:763 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:152 msgid "Select &Log Level Flags:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleccionar indicadores del nivel de &registro:" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:154 msgid "Trace Function Calls" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Llamadas a funciones de depuración ('trace function calls')" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:155 msgid "Debug Packet Handling" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gestión de paquetes de depuración ('debug packet handling')" +# Cam: término en duda. Opción: Depuración intensiva de la traza (argumentos de funciones) #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:156 msgid "Heavy Trace Debugging (function args)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Depuración intensiva ('heavy trace debugging')" +# include/network/modem/dialogs.ycp:400 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:157 msgid "Connection Management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gestión de la Conexión" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:158 msgid "Print Packets Sent and Received" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Imprimir paquetes enviados y recibidos" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:159 msgid "Search Filter Processing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Procesando filtro de búsqueda" +# #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:160 msgid "Configuration File Processing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Procesando archivo de configuración" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:161 msgid "Access Control List Processing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Procesando listas de control de acceso" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:162 msgid "Log Connections, Operations, and Result" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Registrar conexiones, operaciones y resultados" +# clients/rc_config_step1.ycp:296 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:163 msgid "Log Entries Sent" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Registrar datos enviados" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:164 msgid "Print Communication with Shell Back-Ends" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Imprimir comunicaciones con terminales de Shell" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:165 msgid "Entry Parsing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Analizador de entrada" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:166 msgid "LDAPSync Replication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Replicación LDAPSync" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167 msgid "None" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ninguno" +# Cam: duda #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174 msgid "Select &Allow Flags:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleccion&ar los indicadores permitidos:" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:176 msgid "LDAPv2 Bind Requests" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Solicitudes de conexión LDAPv2" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:179 msgid "Anonymous Bind when Credentials Not Empty" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Conexión anónima cuando las credenciales no estén vacías" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:183 msgid "Unauthenticated Bind when DN Not Empty" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Conexión sin autenticación cuando el DN no esté vacío" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:187 msgid "Unauthenticated Update Operations to Process" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Operaciones de actualización sin autenticar que se van a procesar" +# Cam: duda #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:193 msgid "Select &Disallow Flags:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleccionar los in&dicadores no permitidos:" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:197 -msgid "" -"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous " -"directory access)" -msgstr "" +msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)" +msgstr "Desactivar la aceptación de solicitudes de asociación anónimas (no impide el acceso anónimo a los directorios)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:201 msgid "Disable Simple Bind authentication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Desactivar la autenticación de asociación simple" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:204 -msgid "" -"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" -msgstr "" +msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" +msgstr "Desactivar la obligación de iniciar la sesión de manera anónima cuando se recibe una petición de operación StartTLS" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:210 msgid "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rechazar la operación StartTLS cuando se utiliza autenticación" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:221 msgid "Basic Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración básica" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:227 msgid "Enable TLS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Habilitar TLS" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:234 msgid "Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activar la interfaz LDAP sobre SSL (ldaps)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:242 msgid "Use common Server Certificate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilizar un certificado de servidor común" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:254 msgid "Import Certificate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Importar certificado" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:273 msgid "Certificate &File (PEM Format)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Archivo de certificado (formato PEM)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234 msgid "&Browse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Examinar..." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285 msgid "Certificate &Key File (PEM Format - Unencrypted)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Archivo de &clave de certificado (formato PEM - sin cifrar)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:288 msgid "B&rowse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Examina&r..." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:295 msgid "Launch CA Management Module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Iniciar el módulo de gestión de autoridades de certificación (CA)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:301 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:178 msgid "&Base DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN &base" +# +# include/users/ui.ycp:41 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:305 msgid "Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN de administrador" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:307 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:81 msgid "&Append Base DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Añadir DN base" +# include/users/ui.ycp:560 include/users/ui.ycp:1025 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:309 msgid "Change Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cambiar la contraseña" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:317 msgid "Edit BDB Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Editar la base de datos BDB" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:324 msgid "Entry Cache" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Caché de las entradas" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:330 msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Caché del índice (caché IDL)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 msgid "Checkpoint Settings" @@ -2385,91 +2332,103 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:344 msgid "kilobytes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "kilobytes" +# menuentries/menuentry_printer_nodet.ycp:29 +# clients/proposal_printer.ycp:99 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:346 msgid "minutes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "minutos" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:354 msgid "Change Configuration Database Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cambiar los valores de configuracion de la base de datos" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:359 msgid "Allow Plaintext Authentication (Simple Bind) for this Database. " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Permitir Autenticació de Texto Plano (Enlace Simple) para esta Base de Datos" +# clients/online_update_load.ycp:1004 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:362 msgid "(Remote Connection needs to be encrypted)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(La conexion remota necesita ser encriptada)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:374 msgid "Edit Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Editar base de datos" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Database type not currently supported." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipo de base de datos no permitido actualmente." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:381 msgid "Indexing Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración para el indexado" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atributo" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 msgid "Presence" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Presencia" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:453 msgid "Equality" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Igualdad" +# +# include/security/ui.ycp:433 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:454 msgid "Substring" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sub-cadena" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:402 msgid "Change Administrator Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cambiar la contraseña del administrador" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:447 msgid "Add Index" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Añadir índice" +# +# clients/ui_helps.ycp:101 include/security/ui.ycp:636 #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239 msgid "Password Policy Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración de la directiva de contraseñas" +# +# include/lilo/ui.ycp:652 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:47 msgid "Enable Password Policies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Habilitar directivas de contraseñas" +# include/users/ui.ycp:1029 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:55 msgid "Hash Clear Text Passwords" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aplicar codificación hash a contraseñas no cifradas" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:63 msgid "Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Revelar el estado de \"Cuenta bloqueada\"" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:73 msgid "Default Policy Object DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN del objeto de directiva por defecto" +# +# clients/ui_helps.ycp:101 include/security/ui.ycp:636 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:89 msgid "Edit Policy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Editar directiva" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:100 msgid "All Entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Todas las entradas" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:101 msgid "All Entries in the Subtree" @@ -2477,105 +2436,119 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:102 msgid "The Entry with the DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "La entrada especificada" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:106 msgid "Everybody" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Todos" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:107 msgid "Authenticated Clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usuarios autentificados" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:108 msgid "Anonymous Clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usuarios anónimos" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:109 msgid "The accessed Entry (self)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "La entrada accedida" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:110 msgid "The user with the DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "El usuario con el DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:111 msgid "All entries in the subtree" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Todas las entradas del subárbol" +# include/users/ui.ycp:1036 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:112 msgid "All members of the group" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Todos los miembros del grupo" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:125 msgid "<empty>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<vacio>" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:126 msgid "No Access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ningún acceso" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:128 msgid "No Access (but disclose information on error)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ningún acceso (pero revelar la información en caso de error)" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:131 msgid "Authenticate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Autenticación" +# clients/support_registration.ycp:66 +# clients/support_askkey.ycp:72 +# clients/support_askkey.ycp:72 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:132 msgid "Compare" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comparar" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:133 msgid "Read" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lectura" +# no-c-format #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:134 msgid "Write" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Escritura" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:135 msgid "Manage (full access)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Administrar (control total)" #. don't count frontend and Config DB #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:167 msgid "New Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nueva base de datos" +# include/partitioning/raid_ui.ycp:389 +# include/partitioning/raid_ui.ycp:389 +# include/partitioning/raid_ui.ycp:389 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:170 msgid "Basic Database Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración básica de la base de datos" +# +# include/users/ui.ycp:41 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:189 msgid "&Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN de &administrador" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:197 msgid "A&ppend Base DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A&ñadir DN base" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:211 msgid "LDAP Administrator &Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contraseña del administrador LDA&P" +# +# include/users/ui.ycp:208 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:230 msgid "&Database Directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Directorio de &base de datos" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:240 msgid "Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usar esta base de datos como predeterminada para los clientes LDAP" +# +# include/users/ui.ycp:208 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:311 msgid "Select Database Directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleccionar directorio de base de datos" #. check values #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:350 msgid "Base DN must be set." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se debe especificar el DN base." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:359 msgid "A database with this Base DN already exists." @@ -2583,11 +2556,13 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:399 msgid "Root DN must be set if a password is given." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se debe especificar el DN de root si se establece una contraseña." +# +# clients/online_update_start.ycp:188 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:405 msgid "Password validation failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "No ha sido posible validar la contraseña." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:435 msgid "" @@ -2597,52 +2572,57 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:451 msgid "A directory must be specified." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se debe definir un directorio." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:458 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "El directorio no existe. ¿Desea crearlo?" #. try to read the ppolicy from the server #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637 msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fallo en la autenticación. Es posible que la contraseña sea incorrecta.\n" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640 msgid "The error message was: '" -msgstr "" +msgstr "El mensaje de error fue: '" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645 msgid "Try again?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Desea volver a intentarlo?" #. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original #. Entry, try to merge them here #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720 msgid "Available Attribute Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipos de atributo disponibles" +# +# include/cups/ui.ycp:1912 +# include/cups/ui.ycp:1612 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724 msgid "Selected Attribute Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipos de atributo seleccionados" #. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985 msgid "Who should this rule apply to" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Entradas a las que aplicar esta regla" +# +# include/users/ui.ycp:928 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227 msgid "Entry DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN de la entrada" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990 msgid "Select" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleccionar" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826 msgid "Define the Access Level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Definir el nivel de acceso" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836 msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)" @@ -2654,7 +2634,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849 msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Continuar evaluando la regla (\"continuar\")" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904 msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield" @@ -2663,27 +2643,27 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225 msgid "Subtree DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN del subárbol" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950 msgid "Group DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN del grupo" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973 msgid "Edit Access Control Rule" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Editar las reglas del control de acceso" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978 msgid "Target Objects" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Objetos destino" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999 msgid "Matching the filter:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Coincidir con el filtro:" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006 msgid "LDAP Filter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Filtro LDAP" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016 msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute" @@ -2691,35 +2671,41 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Attributes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atributos" +# +# include/ui/wizard_hw.ycp:123 +# modules/Wizard_hw.ycp:126 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Editar" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 msgid "Access Level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nivel de acceso" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039 msgid "Who" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Quién" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN" +# classnames.ycp:94 +# classnames.ycp:94 +# classnames.ycp:94 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 msgid "Flow Control" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Control de Flujo" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319 msgid "Up" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Arriba" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320 msgid "Down" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Abajo" #. FIXME: Validate attribute types #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185 @@ -2736,11 +2722,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Target" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Destino" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Filter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Filtro" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347 msgid "" @@ -2752,49 +2738,57 @@ msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer." msgstr "" +# include/network/providers.ycp:531 include/network/providers.ycp:707 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614 msgid "Provider Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nombre del Proveedor" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716 msgid "Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Puerto" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637 msgid "Replication Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipo de Replicación" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644 msgid "Replication Interval" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Intervalo de Replicación" +# clients/hwinfo.ycp:91 +# clients/hwinfo.ycp:91 +# clients/hwinfo.ycp:91 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647 msgid "Days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Días" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651 msgid "Hours" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Horas" +# menuentries/menuentry_printer_nodet.ycp:29 +# clients/proposal_printer.ycp:99 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118 msgid "Minutes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Minutos" +# +# include/network/modem/dialogs.ycp:430 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659 msgid "Seconds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Segundos" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672 msgid "Authentication DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Autenticación DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693 msgid "Custom update referral" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Referencia de actualizacion personalizado" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709 msgid "Target Host" -msgstr "" +msgstr "El Host de Destino" #. no updateref #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929 @@ -2808,24 +2802,25 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007 msgid "Do you still want to continue?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Quiere todavia continuar?" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989 msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed." msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 -msgid "" -"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" -msgstr "" +msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" +msgstr "Porfavor verigicar que el servidor objetivo esta activado para ser un proveedor de LDAPsync" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activar el servicio de proveedor de ldapsync para esta base de datos" +# +# modules/Modem.ycp:155 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144 msgid "Operations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Operaciones" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131 msgid "Session Log" @@ -2841,15 +2836,17 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:352 msgid "Reading Startup Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Leyendo la configuración de inicio" +# modules/Lan.ycp:124 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:353 msgid "Reading Configuration Backend" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Leyendo el motor de configuración" +# modules/Lan.ycp:124 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:354 msgid "Reading Configuration Data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Leyendo los datos de configuración" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:355 msgid "Initializing Authentication Server Configuration" @@ -2863,31 +2860,31 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:466 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1033 msgid "LDAP search failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se ha producido un error al buscar en LDAP." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:812 msgid "Invalid LDAP URI scheme." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Esquema de URI para LDAP no válido." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:828 msgid "LDAP initialization failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se ha producido un error al inicializar LDAP." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:854 msgid "LDAP bind failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se ha producido un error al asociar LDAP." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:877 msgid "Initializing LDAP schema failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Error al iniciar el esquema LDAP." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:888 msgid "Reading LDAP schema failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Error al leer el esquema LDAP." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:898 msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El servidor LDAP no reconoce el esquema de Kerberos." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 @@ -2896,37 +2893,40 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1005 msgid "Modifying the kerberos database failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Error al modificar la base de datos Kerberos." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1046 msgid "LDAP modify failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Error al modificar LDAP." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1074 msgid "Incomplete data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Datos incompletos." +# menuentries/menuentry_lan.y2cc:21 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1101 msgid "Unsupported database type." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipo de base de datos no soportado." #. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service #. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1546 msgid "Enabling LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Habilitando el servidor LDAP" +# clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:156 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1547 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1559 msgid "Starting LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Iniciando el servidor LDAP" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1549 msgid "Activating OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activando el servidor OpenLDAP" +# clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:156 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1560 msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reiniciando el servidor OpenLDAP" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1569 msgid "Enabling Kerberos Server" @@ -2942,23 +2942,27 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1602 msgid "Writing Startup Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de inicio" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1603 msgid "Cleaning up config directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Limpiando el directorio de configuración" +# +# include/network/isdn/wizards.ycp:68 include/network/isdn/wizards.ycp:87 +# menuentries/menuentry_isdn.y2cc:11 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1604 msgid "Creating Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Creando configuración" +# clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:156 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1605 msgid "Starting OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Iniciando el servidor OpenLDAP" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1606 msgid "Creating Base Objects" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Creando los objetos base" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1607 msgid "Saving Kerberos Configuration" @@ -2968,43 +2972,48 @@ msgid "Writing Auth Server Configuration" msgstr "" +# clients/lan_ISDN.ycp:1627 +# include/backup/ui.ycp:1646 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1616 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2569 msgid "Switch from slapd.conf to config backend failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fallo en la migración del archivo de configuración slapd.conf hacia la base de datos de configuración." +# Cam: término en duda, opciones: protocolo de escucha, agente de escucha del protocolo, monitor de protocolo... #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1624 msgid "Enabling the LDAPI Protocol listener failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "No se ha podido activar el monitor de protocolo LDAPI." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1648 msgid "Config Directory cleanup failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La limpieza de directorio de configuración falló." +# Cam: término en duda (populating), opciones: propagar, extender... #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1686 msgid "Error while populating the configurations database with \"slapadd\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Error al completar la base de datos de configuraciones con \"slapadd\"." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1706 msgid "Enabling the LDAP Service failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "No ha sido posible activar el servicio LDAP." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1722 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2600 msgid "Starting the LDAP service failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "No ha sido posible iniciar el servicio LDAP." +# clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:156 #. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service #. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1784 msgid "Stopping LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Deteniendo el servidor LDAP" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1785 msgid "Disabling LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Desactivando el servidor LDAP" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1787 msgid "De-activating OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Desactivando Servidor OpenLDAP" #. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service #. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. @@ -3022,33 +3031,33 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1825 msgid "Writing Sysconfig files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Escribiendo archivos de Sysconfig" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1826 msgid "Applying changes to Configuration Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aplicando los cambios a la Base de datos de configuraciones" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1827 msgid "Applying changes to /etc/openldap/ldap.conf" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aplicando los cambios en /etc/openldap/ldap.conf" +# include/nis_server/io.ycp:582 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1828 msgid "Creating Base Objects for newly created databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Creando los objetos base para las bases de datos recién creadas" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1829 msgid "Updating Default Password Policy Objects" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Actualizando los objetos de directivas predeterminadas de contraseñas" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830 -msgid "" -"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take " -"some minutes)" -msgstr "" +msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" +msgstr "Esperando la finalización de las tareas de indexado en segundo plano de OpenLDAP (puede tardar varios minutos)" +# clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:156 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831 msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server if required" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reiniciando el servidor OpenLDAP si fuera necesario" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1834 msgid "Writing AuthServer Configuration" @@ -3056,45 +3065,46 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1931 msgid "Creating base objects failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se ha producido un error al crear los objetos base." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1940 msgid "Creating Password Policy objects failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Falló la creación de objetos de directivas de contraseña." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to " -"finish.\n" +msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1954 msgid "Restart OpenLDAP manually." msgstr "" +# include/nis_server/io.ycp:534 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2194 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Register at SLP Service: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Registrar en el servicio SLP: " #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 msgid "Start Kerberos Server: " msgstr "" +# Cam: config es el nombre de una base de datos especial, no traducir #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2215 msgid "Create the following databases:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crear las siguientes bases de datos:" +# include/printconf/dialogs.ycp:348 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2220 msgid "Database Suffix: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sufijo de la base de datos: " #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2221 msgid "Database Type: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipo de base de datos: " #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227 msgid "Not configured yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aún no configurado." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472 msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist." @@ -3102,12 +3112,12 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2477 msgid "Certificate File does not exist" -msgstr "" +msgstr "El archivo del certificado no existe" #. error message #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2482 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1752 msgid "Certificate key file does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El archivo de clave de certificado no existe." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2489 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2523 msgid "Can not set a filesystem ACL on the private key." @@ -3119,39 +3129,41 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2545 msgid "Cleaning up directory for config database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Limpiando el directorio para la base de datos de configuración" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2546 msgid "Converting slapd.conf to config database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Convirtiendo el archivo sladp.conf hacia la base de datos de configuración" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2547 msgid "Switching startup configuration to use config database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cambiando la configuración del inicio para utilizar la base de datos de configuración" +# clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:156 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2548 msgid "Restarting LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reiniciando el servidor LDAP" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2549 msgid "Migrating LDAP Server Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Migrando Configuración del Servidor LDAP" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2559 msgid "Output of \"slaptest\":\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Salida de \"slaptest\":\n" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2560 msgid "Migration of existing configuration failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Falló la migración de la configuración existente." +# Cam: término en duda #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2579 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2587 msgid "Enabling LDAPI listener failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Error al iniciar el protocolo LDAPI." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2709 msgid "Common server certificate not available. StartTLS is disabled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El certificado de servidor común no está disponible. StartTLS está desactivado." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2803 msgid "Could not create database directory." @@ -3167,28 +3179,26 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2860 -msgid "" -"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its " -"own fully qualified hostname." +msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." -msgstr "" +msgstr "No se puede escribir krb5.conf." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Error al crear la base de datos Kerberos." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 msgid "Writing to password file failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Error al escribir en el archivo de la contraseña." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." -msgstr "" +msgstr "no es un DN de LDAP válido." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." @@ -3200,15 +3210,13 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 -msgid "" -"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-" -"letter code." +msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La primera parte del sufijo debe ser c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= o dc=." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 #, perl-format @@ -3232,11 +3240,12 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El DN raíz debe ser un objeto hijo del DN base." +# include/users/io.ycp:377 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "No ha sido posible crear el directorio." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 #, perl-format @@ -3244,8 +3253,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 -msgid "" -"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" +msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 @@ -3267,154 +3275,171 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Error al escribir en krb5.conf." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Error al escribir en kdc.conf." #. error at paramter check #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:301 #, perl-format msgid "Database type '%s' is not supported. Allowed are 'bdb' and 'hdb'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "No se admite el tipo de base de datos '%s'. Los tipos permitidos son 'bdb' y 'hdb'." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347 msgid "The countryName must be an ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El parámetro countryName debe ser un código identificador de país de dos letras ISO-3166." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:391 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:726 msgid "Invalid 'rootdn'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Raíz del directorio 'rootdn' no válida." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:400 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:734 msgid "'rootdn' must be below the 'suffix'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La raíz del directorio 'rootdn' debe estar por debajo del sufijo 'suffix'." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:415 msgid "To set a password, you must define 'rootdn'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Para establecer una contraseña debe definir la raíz del directorio 'rootdn'." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:422 msgid "Define 'rootpw'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Definir 'rootpw'." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:435 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:768 #, perl-format msgid "'%s' is an unsupported crypt method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El método de cifrado '%s' no está soportado." +# include/nfs_server/ui.ycp:281 +# include/backup/ui.ycp:455 #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:475 msgid "Define 'directory'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Definir directorio 'directory'." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:489 msgid "The directory does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El directorio no existe." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:511 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:526 msgid "Invalid cache size value." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El valor del tamaño de la caché no es válido." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:547 msgid "Invalid checkpoint value." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El valor del punto de control no es válido." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:753 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:758 msgid "Define 'passwd'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Definir contraseña 'passwd'." +# clients/inst_prepdisk.ycp:482 clients/inst_prepdisk.ycp:501 +# clients/inst_prepdisk.ycp:482 clients/inst_prepdisk.ycp:501 +# clients/inst_prepdisk.ycp:507 clients/inst_prepdisk.ycp:526 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:805 msgid "Database edit failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "No ha sido posible editar la base de datos." #. error message at parameter check #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:865 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:938 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1086 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1129 msgid "Missing parameter 'suffix'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Falta el parámetro sufijo 'suffix'." +# modules/Mail.ycp:708 modules/Mail.ycp:714 modules/Mail.ycp:723 +# modules/Mail.ycp:737 modules/Mail.ycp:756 +# modules/Mail.ycp:929 modules/Mail.ycp:942 modules/Mail.ycp:956 +# modules/Mail.ycp:929 modules/Mail.ycp:942 modules/Mail.ycp:956 +# modules/Mail.ycp:938 modules/Mail.ycp:951 modules/Mail.ycp:965 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1533 msgid "Cannot restart the service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "No es posible reiniciar el servicio." +# include/users/io.ycp:502 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1540 msgid "Cannot stop the service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "No es posible detener el servicio." #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1703 msgid "CA certificate file does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El archivo de certificado de la CA no existe." #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1719 msgid "CA certificate path does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La ruta del certificado CA no existe." #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1735 msgid "Certificate file does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El archivo de certificado no existe." +# include/nfs/routines.ycp:195 +# include/nfs/routines.ycp:168 #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1770 msgid "Invalid value for 'TLSVerifyClient'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El valor de 'TLSVerifyClient' no es válido." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1779 msgid "Writing failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se ha producido un fallo en la escritura." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1944 msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateFile' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Falta el parámetro 'ServerCertificateFile'." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1950 msgid "Cannot read certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "No es posible leer el archivo de certificado." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1955 msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateData' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Falta el parámetro 'ServerCertificateData'." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1962 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1987 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2003 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2012 msgid "Corrupt PEM data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Datos PEM corrompidos." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1969 msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyFile' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Falta el parámetro 'ServerKeyFile'." +# include/backup/ui.ycp:1661 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1975 msgid "Cannot read key file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "No es posible leer el archivo de clave." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1980 msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyData' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Falta el parámetro 'ServerKeyData'." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1998 msgid "Cannot read CA certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "No es posible leer el archivo de certificado CA." +# include/backup/ui.ycp:1661 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2021 msgid "Cannot write certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "No es posible escribir el archivo de certificado." +# include/backup/ui.ycp:1661 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2027 msgid "Cannot write key file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "No es posible escribir el archivo de clave." +# include/backup/ui.ycp:1661 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2046 msgid "Cannot write CA certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "No es posible escribir el archivo de certificado CA." Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/autoinst.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/autoinst.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/autoinst.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -34,8 +34,7 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts1_finish.rb:47 #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45 msgid "Executing autoinstall scripts in the installation environment..." -msgstr "" -"Ejecutando guiones de instalación automática en el entorno de instalación..." +msgstr "Ejecutando guiones de instalación automática en el entorno de instalación..." # modules/Lan.ycp:124 #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -137,10 +136,8 @@ #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 -msgid "" -"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" -msgstr "" -"Cliente para configuración de autoyast basado en el sistema en funcionamiento" +msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" +msgstr "Cliente para configuración de autoyast basado en el sistema en funcionamiento" #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 msgid "known modules: %1" @@ -166,30 +163,22 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 msgid "" "Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified " -"location." +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location." msgstr "" -"Este cuadro de diálogo le permite copiar el contenido del archivo y " -"especificar\n" -"la ruta final en el sistema instalado. YaST2 copia este archivo al lugar " -"especificado." +"Este cuadro de diálogo le permite copiar el contenido del archivo y especificar\n" +"la ruta final en el sistema instalado. YaST2 copia este archivo al lugar especificado." #. help 2/2 #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a " -"symbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit " -"pattern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" "new permissions." msgstr "" -"Para proteger los archivos copiados asigne un propietario y permisos a " -"dichos archivos.\n" -"El usuario se define con la sintaxis userid:groupid. Los permisos " -"pueden ser una\n" -"representación simbólica de los cambios a realizar o un número octal " -"representando\n" +"Para proteger los archivos copiados asigne un propietario y permisos a dichos archivos.\n" +"El usuario se define con la sintaxis userid:groupid. Los permisos pueden ser una\n" +"representación simbólica de los cambios a realizar o un número octal representando\n" "el patrón de bits de los nuevos permisos." # @@ -264,18 +253,13 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location " -"in the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web " -"server\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared." msgstr "" -"Para diversas aplicaciones y servicios, puede que haya preparado un " -"archivo de configuración\n" -"que debería copiarse íntegramente en el sistema instalado. Este es el caso, " -"por ejemplo, si\n" -"está instalando un servidor web y ha preparado un archivo de configuración " -"httpd.conf." +"Para diversas aplicaciones y servicios, puede que haya preparado un archivo de configuración\n" +"que debería copiarse íntegramente en el sistema instalado. Este es el caso, por ejemplo, si\n" +"está instalando un servidor web y ha preparado un archivo de configuración httpd.conf." #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:332 msgid "Select a file from the table first." @@ -300,8 +284,7 @@ #. Dialog title for autoyast dialog #: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:62 msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings" -msgstr "" -"Preparando el sistema conforme a la configuración de instalación automática" +msgstr "Preparando el sistema conforme a la configuración de instalación automática" #. determine name of client, if not use default name #. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); @@ -420,8 +403,7 @@ "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Por favor, espere mientras el sistema se prepara para la instalación " -"automática.\n" +"Por favor, espere mientras el sistema se prepara para la instalación automática.\n" #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:41 msgid "Probe hardware" @@ -534,9 +516,7 @@ #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." -msgstr "" -"Por favor, espere mientras el sistema se prepara para la instalación " -"automática." +msgstr "Por favor, espere mientras el sistema se prepara para la instalación automática." #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" @@ -687,12 +667,10 @@ #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 msgid "" -"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-" -"out)\n" +"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages. \n" msgstr "" -"Dependiendo de su experiencia, puede saltarse, registrar, y mostrar (con " -"tiempo límite)\n" +"Dependiendo de su experiencia, puede saltarse, registrar, y mostrar (con tiempo límite)\n" "los mensajes de instalación.\n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219 @@ -718,14 +696,12 @@ #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Seleccione una de las siguientes selecciones base y pulse " -"Detallado para añadir\n" +"Seleccione una de las siguientes selecciones base y pulse Detallado para añadir\n" "más selecciones y paquetes complementarios.\n" "\n" @@ -737,11 +713,8 @@ msgstr "Ubicación de la fuente de instalación (como http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 -msgid "" -"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" -msgstr "" -"La fuente de instalación de este sistema (no puede crear imagenes si " -"selecciona esto)" +msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" +msgstr "La fuente de instalación de este sistema (no puede crear imagenes si selecciona esto)" # # clients/online_update_start.ycp:188 @@ -761,37 +734,29 @@ msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " -"to mount\n" -"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " -"can be\n" -"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " -"possible.\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "Montar en /etc/fstab por:\n" "\tNormalmente, un sistema de archivos a montar se identifica en /etc/fstab\n" -"\tpor el nombre del dispositivo. Esta identificación se puede cambiar, de " -"modo que el sistema de archivos a montar\n" -"\tse encuentre buscando por UUID o etiquetas de volumen. No todos los " -"sistemas de archivos pueden\n" -"\tmontarse empleando el UUID o la etiqueta de volumen. Si una opción está " -"deshabilitada, no es posible usarla.\n" +"\tpor el nombre del dispositivo. Esta identificación se puede cambiar, de modo que el sistema de archivos a montar\n" +"\tse encuentre buscando por UUID o etiquetas de volumen. No todos los sistemas de archivos pueden\n" +"\tmontarse empleando el UUID o la etiqueta de volumen. Si una opción está deshabilitada, no es posible usarla.\n" "\t" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " msgstr "" "Etiqueta de volumen:\n" -"\t El nombre que introduzca en este campo se utilizará como etiqueta de " -"volumen. Esto sólo suele tener sentido\n" +"\t El nombre que introduzca en este campo se utilizará como etiqueta de volumen. Esto sólo suele tener sentido\n" "\t cuando se activa la opción para montar por etiqueta de volumen.\n" "\t La etiqueta de volumen no puede contener espacios o el carácter /.\n" "\t " @@ -910,8 +875,7 @@ "You selected to create the partition, but you did not select a valid file\n" "system. Select a valid filesystem to continue.\n" msgstr "" -"Ha seleccionado crear una partición, pero no indicó un sistema de archivos " -"válido.\n" +"Ha seleccionado crear una partición, pero no indicó un sistema de archivos válido.\n" "Seleccione un sistema de archivos válido para continuar.\n" #. We don't use the return value of the check, because we @@ -992,11 +956,8 @@ #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:589 -msgid "" -"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." -msgstr "" -"El tamaño \"auto\" sólo es válido si están seleccionados los puntos de " -"montaje \"/boot\" o \"swap\"." +msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." +msgstr "El tamaño \"auto\" sólo es válido si están seleccionados los puntos de montaje \"/boot\" o \"swap\"." #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:597 msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." @@ -1064,12 +1025,9 @@ "No ha sido posible encontrar u obtener un perfil para esta máquina.\n" "Asegúrese de haber introducido la ubicación correcta en\n" "la línea de comandos e inténtelo de nuevo. Debido a este error, sólo\n" -"puede introducir una dirección URL a un perfil y no a un directorio. Si está " -"utilizando\n" -"reglas o archivos de control basados en el nombre de host, debe reiniciar " -"el\n" -"proceso de instalación y asegurarse de que es posible acceder a los archivos " -"de control.\n" +"puede introducir una dirección URL a un perfil y no a un directorio. Si está utilizando\n" +"reglas o archivos de control basados en el nombre de host, debe reiniciar el\n" +"proceso de instalación y asegurarse de que es posible acceder a los archivos de control.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30 msgid "System Profile Location" @@ -1185,8 +1143,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200 msgid "Use this interface to define classes of control files. \n" -msgstr "" -"Utilice esta interfaz para definir clases de archivos de control. \n" +msgstr "Utilice esta interfaz para definir clases de archivos de control. \n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206 msgid "" @@ -1490,12 +1447,8 @@ #. @param list menu items #. @return [Symbol] #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:565 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current " -"system?" -msgstr "" -"¿Desea realmente aplicar la configuración del módulo '%1' a su sistema " -"actual?" +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" +msgstr "¿Desea realmente aplicar la configuración del módulo '%1' a su sistema actual?" #. opening/parsing the xml file failed #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:635 @@ -1510,11 +1463,8 @@ # Cam: término en duda, ¿dejamos sólo protocolo? #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:740 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " -"system?" -msgstr "" -"¿Desea realmente aplicar la configuración del perfil al sistema actual?" +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" +msgstr "¿Desea realmente aplicar la configuración del perfil al sistema actual?" #. EXIT #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:781 @@ -1654,13 +1604,11 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and " -"partitioning\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" "El archivo Kickstart ha sido importado.\n" -"Compruebe la sintaxis importada y asegúrese que la selección de paquetes y " -"las\n" +"Compruebe la sintaxis importada y asegúrese que la selección de paquetes y las\n" "particiones han sido importadas correctamente." #. Validate Dialog @@ -1785,8 +1733,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Las opciones de este diálogo determinan el comportamiento de AutoYaST " -"durante\n" +"Las opciones de este diálogo determinan el comportamiento de AutoYaST durante\n" "la instalación automática.\n" "\n" @@ -1796,31 +1743,25 @@ "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " -"interruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "La opción de confirmación de instalación está seleccionada por omisión\n" -"para evitar instalaciones no deseadas. Esta opción detiene el sistema " -"durante\n" -"la instalación y muestra un resumen de las operaciones solicitadas en la " -"pantalla \n" -"habitual de sugerencias. Desactive esta opción para instalar " -"automáticamente sin interrupciones.\n" +"para evitar instalaciones no deseadas. Esta opción detiene el sistema durante\n" +"la instalación y muestra un resumen de las operaciones solicitadas en la pantalla \n" +"habitual de sugerencias. Desactive esta opción para instalar automáticamente sin interrupciones.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in " -"manual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si desactiva la segunda etapa de AutoYaST, la instalación continuará en modo " -"manual\n" +"Si desactiva la segunda etapa de AutoYaST, la instalación continuará en modo manual\n" "después del primer reinicio (tras la instalación del paquete).\n" "\n" @@ -1860,9 +1801,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:333 msgid "Pathlist for answers (multiple paths are separated by space)" -msgstr "" -"Lista de rutas para respuestas (para utilizar múltiples rutas sepárelas con " -"espacios)" +msgstr "Lista de rutas para respuestas (para utilizar múltiples rutas sepárelas con espacios)" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Store answer in this file" @@ -1978,17 +1917,13 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD " -"and\n" +"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.\n" msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta utiliza xmllint para validar el perfil conforme " -"al DTD y\n" -"comprueba si faltan datos. Algunos datos ausentes puede deberse a algo " -"intencional y\n" -"los mensajes de error informados pueden ignorarse, por ejemplo, al crear " -"clases.\n" +"Esta herramienta utiliza xmllint para validar el perfil conforme al DTD y\n" +"comprueba si faltan datos. Algunos datos ausentes puede deberse a algo intencional y\n" +"los mensajes de error informados pueden ignorarse, por ejemplo, al crear clases.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22 msgid "" @@ -2008,24 +1943,19 @@ "The imported data is loaded into the configuration management system \n" "to add more configuration options available with SUSE.\n" msgstr "" -"Para importar un archivo Kickstart, introduzca la ruta al archivo de " -"configuración.\n" -"Los datos importados son cargarados en el sistema de gestión de " -"configuración \n" +"Para importar un archivo Kickstart, introduzca la ruta al archivo de configuración.\n" +"Los datos importados son cargarados en el sistema de gestión de configuración \n" "para añadir más opciones de configuración disponibles en openSUSE.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package " -"selections.\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.\n" msgstr "" "Esta herramienta crea un perfil de referencia leyendo\n" -"información desde este sistema. Seleccione los recursos a ser leídos desde " -"este sistema\n" -"además de los recursos estándar como el particionado y selecciones de " -"paquetes.\n" +"información desde este sistema. Seleccione los recursos a ser leídos desde este sistema\n" +"además de los recursos estándar como el particionado y selecciones de paquetes.\n" # include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.ycp:144 # include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.ycp:144 @@ -2040,12 +1970,10 @@ # include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.ycp:185 #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " -"system.\n" +"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"La tabla de la derecha muestra las particiones a crearse en el sistema " -"destino.\n" +"La tabla de la derecha muestra las particiones a crearse en el sistema destino.\n" "\n" # include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.ycp:174 @@ -2098,8 +2026,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions " -"are\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "" "Si no se ha definido partición alguna y el disco indicado es también aquél\n" @@ -2122,58 +2049,40 @@ msgstr "Opciones avanzadas" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new " -"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST " -"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended " -"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition " -"using sectors rather than size in MBytes." -msgstr "" -"Por defecto, AutoYaST creará una partición extendida y añadirá todas las " -"nuevas particiones como dispositivos lógicos. Sin embargo, es posible hacer " -"que AutoYaST cree una determinada partición como partición primaria o " -"extendida. Además se puede definir el tamaño de una partición usando " -"sectores en lugar de Mbytes." +msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgstr "Por defecto, AutoYaST creará una partición extendida y añadirá todas las nuevas particiones como dispositivos lógicos. Sin embargo, es posible hacer que AutoYaST cree una determinada partición como partición primaria o extendida. Además se puede definir el tamaño de una partición usando sectores en lugar de Mbytes." #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "These options and other advanced options cannot be configured using this\n" "interface. Instead, add them manually to the control file.\n" msgstr "" -"Estas opciones y otras opciones avanzadas no pueden configurarse usando " -"esta\n" +"Estas opciones y otras opciones avanzadas no pueden configurarse usando esta\n" "interfaz. En su lugar, ha de añadirlas al archivo de control manualmente.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID " -"partitions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Para la configuración de LVM y RAID, consulte la documentación y añada la " -"configuración\n" -"a un archivo de control existente. En preparación sólo puede crear " -"particiones LVM y RAID\n" +"Para la configuración de LVM y RAID, consulte la documentación y añada la configuración\n" +"a un archivo de control existente. En preparación sólo puede crear particiones LVM y RAID\n" "sin formatear.\n" "\n" #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:122 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" -"No se ha encontrado la dirección URL %1 mediante el protocolo HTTP(S). El " -"servidor ha devuelto el código %2." +msgstr "No se ha encontrado la dirección URL %1 mediante el protocolo HTTP(S). El servidor ha devuelto el código %2." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:142 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" -"No se ha encontrado la dirección URL %1 mediante el protocolo FTP. El " -"servidor ha devuelto el código %2." +msgstr "No se ha encontrado la dirección URL %1 mediante el protocolo FTP. El servidor ha devuelto el código %2." #. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:158 @@ -2254,25 +2163,21 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Guiones de preinstalación</h3>\n" -"Añadir comandos para que se ejecuten en el sistema antes de comenzar la " -"instalación. \n" +"Añadir comandos para que se ejecuten en el sistema antes de comenzar la instalación. \n" #. help 2/6 #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" -"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the " -"installation\n" +"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n" "is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Guiones posteriores a la instalación</h3>\n" -"También puede añadir comandos que se ejecuten en el sistema una vez que " -"se haya\n" -"completado la instalación. Estos guiones se ejecutan fuera del entorno " -"chroot.\n" +"También puede añadir comandos que se ejecuten en el sistema una vez que se haya\n" +"completado la instalación. Estos guiones se ejecutan fuera del entorno chroot.\n" "" #. help 3/6 @@ -2283,21 +2188,16 @@ "For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the chroot scripts options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the " -"installed \n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Guiones chroot</H3>\n" -"Elija las opciones guiones chroot si quiere que los guiones " -"posteriores\n" -"a la instalación se ejecuten dentro del entorno chroot. Estos guiones se " -"ejecutan\n" -"antes de que el sistema se reinicie por primera vez. Por omisión, los " -"guiones chroot \n" -"se ejecutan en el sistema de instalación. Para acceder a los archivos en el " -"sistema\n" +"Elija las opciones guiones chroot si quiere que los guiones posteriores\n" +"a la instalación se ejecuten dentro del entorno chroot. Estos guiones se ejecutan\n" +"antes de que el sistema se reinicie por primera vez. Por omisión, los guiones chroot \n" +"se ejecutan en el sistema de instalación. Para acceder a los archivos en el sistema\n" "instalado debe usar siempre en los guiones el punto de montaje \"/mnt\".\n" "\n" @@ -2306,15 +2206,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted" -"\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Es posible ejecutar los guiones chroot posteriormente una vez que\n" -"el cargador de arranque haya sido configurado. Utilice para ello la etiqueta " -"especial booleana \"chrooted\",\n" +"el cargador de arranque haya sido configurado. Utilice para ello la etiqueta especial booleana \"chrooted\",\n" "que hace que los guiones se ejecuten en el sistema instalado.\n" "\n" @@ -2332,10 +2230,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Guiones de inicialización (Init)</H3>\n" -"Estos guiones se ejecutan durante el proceso de arranque inicial y " -"después\n" -"de que YaST haya completado la configuración del sistema. Los guiones " -"finales se ejecutan\n" +"Estos guiones se ejecutan durante el proceso de arranque inicial y después\n" +"de que YaST haya completado la configuración del sistema. Los guiones finales se ejecutan\n" "por medio de un guión rc especial que se activa sólo una vez.\n" "Los guiones finales se ejecutan al final del proceso de arranque\n" "y una vez que se haya iniciado la red.\n" @@ -2346,15 +2242,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl " -"or \n" +"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl or \n" "Python for preinstallation scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Intérprete:</H3>\n" -"Los guiones previos a la instalación sólo pueden ser guiones de shell. No " -"utilice Perl ni \n" +"Los guiones previos a la instalación sólo pueden ser guiones de shell. No utilice Perl ni \n" "Python para los guiones previos a la instalación.\n" "\n" @@ -2364,44 +2258,32 @@ "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, " -"which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an " -"installation\n" -"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, " -"too.\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, too.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Acceso de red:</H3>\n" -"Al ejecutar los guiones de postinstalación, la red queda deshabilitada " -"y \n" -"es necesario iniciarla mediante los guiones para que sea posible acceder a " -"ella. Una\n" -"alternativa para los guiones posteriores a la instalación en la red es el " -"uso de guiones de inicio, que\n" -"garantizan que el sistema quede totalmente configurado al ejecutarlos. Si ha " -"llevado a cabo la instalación\n" -"en una red, también podrá utilizar la opción Red para el guión de " -"postinstalación.\n" +"Al ejecutar los guiones de postinstalación, la red queda deshabilitada y \n" +"es necesario iniciarla mediante los guiones para que sea posible acceder a ella. Una\n" +"alternativa para los guiones posteriores a la instalación en la red es el uso de guiones de inicio, que\n" +"garantizan que el sistema quede totalmente configurado al ejecutarlos. Si ha llevado a cabo la instalación\n" +"en una red, también podrá utilizar la opción Red para el guión de postinstalación.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up " -"box as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that " -"might help\n" +"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" "you to debug your script.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Respuesta y depuración:</H3>\n" -"Todos los guiones excepto los de inicio pueden mostrar STDOUT+STDERR en " -"una ventana emergente a modo de respuesta.\n" -"Si activa la depuración, obtendrá más mensajes en el cuadro de diálogo de " -"respuesta que podrían resultar útiles para\n" +"Todos los guiones excepto los de inicio pueden mostrar STDOUT+STDERR en una ventana emergente a modo de respuesta.\n" +"Si activa la depuración, obtendrá más mensajes en el cuadro de diálogo de respuesta que podrían resultar útiles para\n" "depurar el guión.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155 @@ -2490,15 +2372,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the " -"installation for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Al añadir guiones al proceso de instalación automática puede personalizar la " -"instalación\n" -"conforme a sus necesidades e intervenir en distintas etapas de la " -"instalación.\n" +"Al añadir guiones al proceso de instalación automática puede personalizar la instalación\n" +"conforme a sus necesidades e intervenir en distintas etapas de la instalación.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "User Script Management" @@ -2525,12 +2404,8 @@ #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:722 -msgid "" -"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " -"error message is:\n" -msgstr "" -"El procesador XML ha informado de un error al procesar el perfil de " -"autoyast. El mensaje de error es:\n" +msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" +msgstr "El procesador XML ha informado de un error al procesar el perfil de autoyast. El mensaje de error es:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 @@ -2543,10 +2418,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "No se han podido recuperar las clases definidas en función de usuario.\n" -"Asegúrese de que todas las clases están definidas correctamente y " -"disponibles para este sistema\n" -"a través de la red o localmente. El sistema no puede ser instalado con el " -"archivo de control original\n" +"Asegúrese de que todas las clases están definidas correctamente y disponibles para este sistema\n" +"a través de la red o localmente. El sistema no puede ser instalado con el archivo de control original\n" "sin usar clases.\n" #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes @@ -2611,28 +2484,22 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:450 msgid "" -"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " -"those available\n" -"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " -"data\n" +"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"La mayoría de los módulos utilizados para crear la configuración son " -"iguales a los que están\n" -"disponibles a través del Centro de control YaST2. En lugar de configurar " -"este sistema, los datos\n" -"introducidos son recopilados y exportados al archivo de control que puede " -"emplearse para\n" +"La mayoría de los módulos utilizados para crear la configuración son iguales a los que están\n" +"disponibles a través del Centro de control YaST2. En lugar de configurar este sistema, los datos\n" +"introducidos son recopilados y exportados al archivo de control que puede emplearse para\n" "instalar otro sistema usando AutoYaST.\n" "\n" #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, " -"including\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" "partitioning, general options, and software.\n" msgstr "" "Además de los módulos ya existentes, se han creado interfaces nuevas\n" @@ -2740,17 +2607,13 @@ #. look for VGs to reuse #: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111 msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist." -msgstr "" -"No es posible reutilizar el grupo de volúmenes %1. El grupo de volúmenes no " -"existe." +msgstr "No es posible reutilizar el grupo de volúmenes %1. El grupo de volúmenes no existe." #. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group #. the next instructions taints result #: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." -msgstr "" -"El grupo de volumen '%1' debe tener al menos un volumen físico. Proporcione " -"uno." +msgstr "El grupo de volumen '%1' debe tener al menos un volumen físico. Proporcione uno." #. PUBLIC INTERFACE #. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE @@ -2835,12 +2698,8 @@ #. Install #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:360 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." -"log" -msgstr "" -"Creación de imagen falló mientras se instalaban los patrones. Favor revisar /" -"tmp/ay_image.log" +msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "Creación de imagen falló mientras se instalaban los patrones. Favor revisar /tmp/ay_image.log" # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1116 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1176 # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1232 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1290 @@ -2849,12 +2708,8 @@ msgstr "Creando Imagen - Instalando paquetes" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:378 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." -"log" -msgstr "" -"Creación de imagen falló mientras se instalaban los paquetes. Favor revisar /" -"tmp/ay_image.log" +msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "Creación de imagen falló mientras se instalaban los paquetes. Favor revisar /tmp/ay_image.log" # # clients/inst_sw_select.ycp:153 @@ -2870,17 +2725,14 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:418 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be " -"changed anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." msgstr "" "Puede hacer cambios a la imagen ahora en %1/\n" -"Si presiona el botón ok, la imagen sera comprimida y no puede ser cambiada " -"más." +"Si presiona el botón ok, la imagen sera comprimida y no puede ser cambiada más." #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:432 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "" -"Compresión de Imagen a fallado en '%1'. Favor revisar /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "Compresión de Imagen a fallado en '%1'. Favor revisar /tmp/ay_image.log" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:439 msgid "Image created successfully" @@ -2903,9 +2755,7 @@ #. copy a file #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:527 msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed" -msgstr "" -"No es posible leer el archivo de configuración '%1'. Falló la creación de la " -"imagen ISO." +msgstr "No es posible leer el archivo de configuración '%1'. Falló la creación de la imagen ISO." #. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:557 @@ -2923,12 +2773,10 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:613 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " -"AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" -"Puede hacer cambios a la ISO ahora en %1, como agregar un archivo XML " -"AutoYast completamente diferente.\n" +"Puede hacer cambios a la ISO ahora en %1, como agregar un archivo XML AutoYast completamente diferente.\n" "Si presiona el botón ok, la ISO será creada." #. create the actual ISO file @@ -2972,21 +2820,13 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:903 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the " -"autoyast profile." -msgstr "" -"La ejecución de la resolución de paquetes falló. Por favor, compruebe la " -"sección de software en el perfil de autoyast." +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." +msgstr "La ejecución de la resolución de paquetes falló. Por favor, compruebe la sección de software en el perfil de autoyast." #. 1 cyl buffer per partition #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 -msgid "" -"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard " -"disk. %1MB missing" -msgstr "" -"El plan de particionamiento configurado en su perfil XML no se ajusta a su " -"disco duro. Faltan %1MB" +msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" +msgstr "El plan de particionamiento configurado en su perfil XML no se ajusta a su disco duro. Faltan %1MB" # include/nis_server/what.ycp:57 #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 @@ -3017,8 +2857,7 @@ "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" msgstr "" "Se han encontrado múltiples particiones raíz, pero no se configuró\n" -"la partición raíz que debe ser usada. La instalación automática no es " -"posible.\n" +"la partición raíz que debe ser usada. La instalación automática no es posible.\n" #. return list of available devices #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 @@ -3073,8 +2912,7 @@ msgstr "&Aceptar" #~ msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El perfil de autoyast resultante se encuentra en /root/autoinst.xml." +#~ msgstr "El perfil de autoyast resultante se encuentra en /root/autoinst.xml." # # menuentries/menuentry_runlevel.ycp:56 @@ -3101,28 +2939,18 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "Enter the partition information according to your\n" -#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the " -#~ "existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and " -#~ "no size.\n" +#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and no size.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical " -#~ "partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then " -#~ "choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with " -#~ "AutoYaST.\n" +#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with AutoYaST.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "For more information, refer to the online documentation.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Introduzca la información de la partición según sus\n" -#~ "necesidades. Para reutilizar una partición existente, introduzca el " -#~ "número de la partición que desea reutilizar (la numeración empieza por la " -#~ "partición 1) y ningún tamaño.\n" +#~ "necesidades. Para reutilizar una partición existente, introduzca el número de la partición que desea reutilizar (la numeración empieza por la partición 1) y ningún tamaño.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Para las particiones que son parte de un grupo de volúmenes (no las " -#~ "particiones lógicas dentro de un grupo de volúmenes), defina el " -#~ "identificador de partición como 0x8e y seleccione el grupo de volúmenes. " -#~ "El grupo de volúmenes debe estar ya configurado con AutoYaST.\n" +#~ "Para las particiones que son parte de un grupo de volúmenes (no las particiones lógicas dentro de un grupo de volúmenes), defina el identificador de partición como 0x8e y seleccione el grupo de volúmenes. El grupo de volúmenes debe estar ya configurado con AutoYaST.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Para obtener más información, consulte la documentación en línea.\n" #~ "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/base.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/base.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/base.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -89,15 +89,12 @@ #. translators: default error message for command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:328 msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands." -msgstr "" -"Use 'help' para obtener una lista completa de los comandos disponibles." +msgstr "Use 'help' para obtener una lista completa de los comandos disponibles." #. translators: default error message for command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:333 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands." -msgstr "" -"Use 'yast2 %1 help' para obtener una lista completa de los comandos " -"disponibles." +msgstr "Use 'yast2 %1 help' para obtener una lista completa de los comandos disponibles." # include/nfs_server/routines.ycp:182 #. translators: error message in command line interface @@ -141,16 +138,13 @@ #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:546 msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "" -"Use '%1 %2 help' para obtener una lista completa de las opciones disponibles." +msgstr "Use '%1 %2 help' para obtener una lista completa de las opciones disponibles." #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:556 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "" -"Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' para obtener una lista completa de las opciones " -"disponibles." +msgstr "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' para obtener una lista completa de las opciones disponibles." #. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:574 @@ -187,8 +181,7 @@ " Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'." msgstr "" "\n" -"Las opciones de tipo [cadena de caracteres] deben escribirse como " -"'opción=valor'." +"Las opciones de tipo [cadena de caracteres] deben escribirse como 'opción=valor'." #. translators: example title for command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:719 @@ -253,27 +246,17 @@ #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:880 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." -msgstr "" -"Ejecute 'yast2 %1 <comando> help' para obtener una lista de las opciones " -"disponibles." +msgstr "Ejecute 'yast2 %1 <comando> help' para obtener una lista de las opciones disponibles." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:944 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"Falta el nombre del archivo de destino (opción \"xmlfile\"). Utilice la " -"opción de línea de comandos xmlfile=<archivo_XML_destino>." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Falta el nombre del archivo de destino (opción \"xmlfile\"). Utilice la opción de línea de comandos xmlfile=<archivo_XML_destino>." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:956 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> " -"command line option." -msgstr "" -"El nombre del archivo de destino está vacío (opción \"xmlfile\"). Utilice la " -"opción de línea de comandos xmlfile=<archivo_XML_destino>." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "El nombre del archivo de destino está vacío (opción \"xmlfile\"). Utilice la opción de línea de comandos xmlfile=<archivo_XML_destino>." #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1096 @@ -422,8 +405,7 @@ "See %3 for more information about YaST logs." msgstr "" "Esto merece reportar un error en %1.\n" -"Por favor, adjunte todos los registros de YaST almacenados en el directorio " -"\"%2\". Vea %3 para más información acerca de los registros de YaST." +"Por favor, adjunte todos los registros de YaST almacenados en el directorio \"%2\". Vea %3 para más información acerca de los registros de YaST." #. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO #. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, @@ -843,8 +825,7 @@ "containing the key and click Add.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Adición de una clave TSIG existente</big> \n" -"Para añadir una clave TSIG ya creada, seleccione el Nombre de archivo " -"del archivo\n" +"Para añadir una clave TSIG ya creada, seleccione el Nombre de archivo del archivo\n" "que contiene la clave y pulse Añadir.\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 @@ -856,10 +837,8 @@ "Generate.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Creación de una clave TSIG nueva</big> \n" -"Para crear una clave TSIG nueva, indique el Nombre de archivo del " -"archivo en el que desea\n" -"crear la clave y el ID de clave para identificarla y, a continuación, " -"pulse \n" +"Para crear una clave TSIG nueva, indique el Nombre de archivo del archivo en el que desea\n" +"crear la clave y el ID de clave para identificarla y, a continuación, pulse \n" "Generar.\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 @@ -873,12 +852,10 @@ "in the configuration first.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Eliminar una clave TSIG</big> \n" -"Para eliminar una clave TSIG configurada, selecciónela y pulse Eliminar</" -"b>.\n" +"Para eliminar una clave TSIG configurada, selecciónela y pulse Eliminar.\n" "Recuerde que también se borrarán todas las claves del mismo archivo.\n" "Si una clave TSIG está siendo utilizada en la configuración del servidor,\n" -"no será posible suprimirla. Para ello, el servidor ha de dejar antes de " -"utilizarla\n" +"no será posible suprimirla. Para ello, el servidor ha de dejar antes de utilizarla\n" "en la configuración.\n" # clients/inst_mode.ycp:65 @@ -976,8 +953,7 @@ "entry of the table then click Edit." msgstr "" "<big>Editar la configuración</big> \n" -"Para editar las opciones de configuración, seleccione la entrada deseada en " -"la\n" +"Para editar las opciones de configuración, seleccione la entrada deseada en la\n" "tabla y pulse Editar." #. help 2/4, optional @@ -1071,19 +1047,13 @@ msgstr "" "1) General \n" "Para navegar por los elementos del cuadro de diálogo, utilice\n" -"[TAB] para pasar al elemento siguiente y [MAY] (o [ALT]) + [TAB] para " -"retroceder.\n" +"[TAB] para pasar al elemento siguiente y [MAY] (o [ALT]) + [TAB] para retroceder.\n" "Seleccione o active elementos con [ESPACIO] o [ENTER].\n" -"Algunos elementos utilizan las teclas de flechas (ej. para navegar en " -"listas)." +"Algunos elementos utilizan las teclas de flechas (ej. para navegar en listas)." #. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:334 -msgid "" -"Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use " -"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of " -"configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog " -"on the right." +msgid "Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right." msgstr "" #. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 @@ -1139,13 +1109,11 @@ #| "Press F1 to get the function key bindings for the current dialog." msgid "" "3) Function Keys \n" -"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings " -"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." +"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." msgstr "" "3) Teclas de función \n" "Las teclas F proporcionan un acceso rápido a las funciones principales.\n" -"Pulse F1 para averiguar las correspondencias de las teclas F en el cuadro de " -"diálogo actual." +"Pulse F1 para averiguar las correspondencias de las teclas F en el cuadro de diálogo actual." #. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:370 @@ -2073,14 +2041,12 @@ #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:286 msgid "" "<big>Create a new GPG key</big> \n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more " -"information.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n" "Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Crear nueva clave GPG</big> \n" -"Se inicia <tt>gpg --gen-key</tt>; consulte el paginador manual <tt>gpg</tt> " -"para obtener más información.\n" +"Se inicia <tt>gpg --gen-key</tt>; consulte el paginador manual <tt>gpg</tt> para obtener más información.\n" " Pulse Ctrl+C para cancelar.\n" " " @@ -2123,8 +2089,7 @@ "the field below.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Registro mostrado</big> \n" -"Utilice la opción Registro para seleccionar el registro que desee " -"visualizar. Este se mostrará\n" +"Utilice la opción Registro para seleccionar el registro que desee visualizar. Este se mostrará\n" "en la ventana inferior.\n" #. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 2 @@ -2144,8 +2109,7 @@ "and select the action to process." msgstr "" "\n" -"Para ejecutar acciones avanzadas o guardar el registro en un archivo, pulse " -"%1\n" +"Para ejecutar acciones avanzadas o guardar el registro en un archivo, pulse %1\n" "y seleccione la acción que debe ejecutarse." #. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label @@ -2167,8 +2131,7 @@ "to which to save the log.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Para guardar el registro en un archivo, pulse Guardar registro y " -"seleccione el\n" +"Para guardar el registro en un archivo, pulse Guardar registro y seleccione el\n" "archivo donde quiere almacenarlo.\n" #. menu button @@ -2218,8 +2181,7 @@ #. label #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:111 msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation." -msgstr "" -"El firewall no puede ajustarse durante la primera etapa de la instalación." +msgstr "El firewall no puede ajustarse durante la primera etapa de la instalación." #. label #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:116 @@ -2269,8 +2231,7 @@ "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -"Estas interfaces de red asignadas a la red interna no pueden ser " -"desmarcadas:\n" +"Estas interfaces de red asignadas a la red interna no pueden ser desmarcadas:\n" "%1\n" #. question popup @@ -2359,8 +2320,7 @@ "set %1. " msgstr "" "<big>Configuración del cortafuegos</big> \n" -"Active %1 para abrir el cortafuegos de forma que permita el acceso " -"al\n" +"Active %1 para abrir el cortafuegos de forma que permita el acceso al\n" "servicio desde equipos remotos. " #. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional @@ -2932,8 +2892,7 @@ "Really continue?" msgstr "" "Las interfaces de red están controladas por NetworkManager,\n" -"pero es posible que el servicio de configuración no funcione correctamente " -"con esta aplicación.\n" +"pero es posible que el servicio de configuración no funcione correctamente con esta aplicación.\n" " \n" " ¿Está seguro de que desea continuar?" @@ -2962,8 +2921,7 @@ "A port number may be a number from 0 to 65535.\n" "No spaces are allowed.\n" msgstr "" -"Un nombre de puerto puede contener los caracteres 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', y '*+." -"_-'.\n" +"Un nombre de puerto puede contener los caracteres 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', y '*+._-'.\n" "Un número de puerto puede ser un número del 0 a 65535.\n" "Los espacios no están permitidos.\n" @@ -3130,110 +3088,73 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:169 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" -msgstr "" -"El nuevo dispositivo de red '%1' ha sido encontrado y añadido como interfaz " -"interna del cortafuegos" +msgstr "El nuevo dispositivo de red '%1' ha sido encontrado y añadido como interfaz interna del cortafuegos" #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:180 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface" -msgstr "" -"El nuevo dispositivo de red '%1' ha sido encontrado y añadido como interfaz " -"externa del cortafuegos" +msgstr "El nuevo dispositivo de red '%1' ha sido encontrado y añadido como interfaz externa del cortafuegos" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:564 msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled." -msgstr "" -"El paquete SuSefirewall2 no está instalado. El cortafuegos está desactivado." +msgstr "El paquete SuSefirewall2 no está instalado. El cortafuegos está desactivado." #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:582 -msgid "" -"Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"El cortafuegos está activado (<a href=\"firewall--" -"disable_firewall_in_proposal\">desactivar</a>)" +msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "El cortafuegos está activado (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">desactivar</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:587 -msgid "" -"Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"El cortafuegos está desactivado(<a href=\"firewall--" -"enable_firewall_in_proposal\">activar</a>)" +msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "El cortafuegos está desactivado(<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">activar</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:621 -msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"El puerto SSH está abierto(<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal" -"\">cerrar</a>)" +msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "El puerto SSH está abierto(<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">cerrar</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:626 -msgid "" -"SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"El puerto SSH está cerrado (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal" -"\">abrir</a>)" +msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "El puerto SSH está cerrado (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">abrir</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:646 msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), " -"but\n" +"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n" "there are no network interfaces configured" msgstr "" -"El puerto SSH está abierto (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal" -"\">cerrar</a>),\n" +"El puerto SSH está abierto (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">cerrar</a>),\n" "pero no hay interfaces de red configuradas" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:661 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port " -"on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"Está instalando un sistema sobre SSH, pero no ha abierto el puerto SSH en el " -"cortafuegos." +msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." +msgstr "Está instalando un sistema sobre SSH, pero no ha abierto el puerto SSH en el cortafuegos." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:703 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--" -"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Los puertos de administración remota (VNC) están abiertos (<a href=" -"\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">cerrar</a>)" +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "Los puertos de administración remota (VNC) están abiertos (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">cerrar</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:708 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--" -"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Los puertos de administración remota (VNC) están cerrados (<a href=" -"\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">abrir</a>)" +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "Los puertos de administración remota (VNC) están cerrados (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">abrir</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:718 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have " -"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"Está instalando un sistema mediante administración remota (VNC), pero no ha " -"abierto los puertos VNC en el cortafuegos." +msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." +msgstr "Está instalando un sistema mediante administración remota (VNC), pero no ha abierto los puertos VNC en el cortafuegos." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:736 @@ -3247,12 +3168,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:746 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the " -"needed ports on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"Está instalando un sistema utilizando un destino iSCSI, pero no ha abierto " -"los puertos necesarios en el cortafuegos." +msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." +msgstr "Está instalando un sistema utilizando un destino iSCSI, pero no ha abierto los puertos necesarios en el cortafuegos." #. Returns service definition. #. See @services for the format. @@ -3458,28 +3375,22 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" -"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management " -"module." +"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" "Ignorar un fallo en un paquete puede conducir a un sistema estropeado.\n" -"El sistema debe ser verificado mas tarde ejecutando el modulo gestor de " -"software." +"El sistema debe ser verificado mas tarde ejecutando el modulo gestor de software." #. error report #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" -"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has " -"changed. To \n" -"continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories " -"from \n" +"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" +"continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories from \n" "the YaST control center and refresh the repository.\n" msgstr "" "El origen de la URL indicada ofrece ahora un ID de medio distinto.\n" -"Si la URL es correcta, esto indica que el contenido del origen ha cambiado. " -"Para\n" -"continuar utilizando este repositorio, inicie Cambio de origen de " -"instalación\n" +"Si la URL es correcta, esto indica que el contenido del origen ha cambiado. Para\n" +"continuar utilizando este repositorio, inicie Cambio de origen de instalación\n" "en el Centro de control de YaST y actualice el repositorio.\n" # clients/inst_resize_ui.ycp:601 @@ -3801,9 +3712,7 @@ #. message in a progress popup #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." -msgstr "" -"Reconstruyendo la base de datos de paquetes. Este proceso puede tardar algún " -"tiempo." +msgstr "Reconstruyendo la base de datos de paquetes. Este proceso puede tardar algún tiempo." # clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:748 #. progress bar label @@ -3826,9 +3735,7 @@ #. message in a progress popup #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." -msgstr "" -"Convirtiendo la base de datos de paquetes. Este proceso puede tardar algún " -"tiempo." +msgstr "Convirtiendo la base de datos de paquetes. Este proceso puede tardar algún tiempo." #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323 @@ -4022,8 +3929,7 @@ "<big>License Confirmation</big> \n" "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" "of acceptance of its license.\n" -"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be " -"installed.\n" +"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n" " \n" "To accept the license of the package, click I Agree.\n" "To reject the license of the package, click I Disagree." @@ -4040,20 +3946,15 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:331 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software " -"to install.\n" -"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in " -"the left\n" +"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" +"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n" "\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n" "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t Este cuadro de diálogo le permite definir las tareas de este sistema y " -"qué software instalar.\n" -"\t\t Las tareas y el software disponibles para este sistema se muestran por " -"categorías en la\n" -"\t\t columna de la izquierda. Para ver la descripción de un elemento, " -"selecciónelo en la lista.\n" +"\t\t Este cuadro de diálogo le permite definir las tareas de este sistema y qué software instalar.\n" +"\t\t Las tareas y el software disponibles para este sistema se muestran por categorías en la\n" +"\t\t columna de la izquierda. Para ver la descripción de un elemento, selecciónelo en la lista.\n" "\t\t " #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:338 @@ -4066,10 +3967,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\t\t Cambie el estado de un elemento pulsando en su icono de estado\n" -"\t\t o pulsando con el botón derecho del ratón en cualquier icono de un menú " -"contextual.\n" -"\t\t Con el menú contextual, también es posible cambiar el estado de todos " -"los elementos.\n" +"\t\t o pulsando con el botón derecho del ratón en cualquier icono de un menú contextual.\n" +"\t\t Con el menú contextual, también es posible cambiar el estado de todos los elementos.\n" "\t\t " #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:345 @@ -4081,15 +3980,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\t\t Detalles abre la selección detallada de paquetes de software\n" -"\t\t en la que se pueden ver y seleccionar paquetes de software " -"individuales.\n" +"\t\t en la que se pueden ver y seleccionar paquetes de software individuales.\n" "\t\t " #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:351 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining " -"disk space\n" +"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" "\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n" "\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n" "\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n" @@ -4097,13 +3994,10 @@ "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t La pantalla de uso del disco de la esquina inferior derecha muestra el " -"espacio restante del disco\n" +"\t\t La pantalla de uso del disco de la esquina inferior derecha muestra el espacio restante del disco\n" "\t\t después de que se hayan realizado todos los cambios solicitados.\n" -"\t\t Las particiones de disco duro que estén llenas o casi llenas pueden " -"reducir\n" -"\t\t el rendimiento del sistema e incluso causar problemas serios en algunos " -"casos.\n" +"\t\t Las particiones de disco duro que estén llenas o casi llenas pueden reducir\n" +"\t\t el rendimiento del sistema e incluso causar problemas serios en algunos casos.\n" "\t\t El sistema necesita espacio libre para ejecutarse correctamente.\n" "\t\t " @@ -4219,15 +4113,9 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:669 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<BIG>Installation Summary</BIG> Here is a summary of " -#| "installed packages." -msgid "" -"<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed " -"or removed packages." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Resumen de instalación</BIG> Aquí se encuentra un resumen " -"de los paquetes instalados." +#| msgid "<BIG>Installation Summary</BIG> Here is a summary of installed packages." +msgid "<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or removed packages." +msgstr "<BIG>Resumen de instalación</BIG> Aquí se encuentra un resumen de los paquetes instalados." #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:677 #, fuzzy @@ -4305,8 +4193,7 @@ "El archivo %1desde el repositorio %2\n" "%3\n" "no está firmado digitalmente. No se puede verificar el el origen\n" -"y la integridad del archivo. Utilizarlo puede poner en peligro la " -"integridad\n" +"y la integridad del archivo. Utilizarlo puede poner en peligro la integridad\n" "del sistema.\n" "\n" "¿Desea usarlo de todos modos?\n" @@ -4343,8 +4230,7 @@ msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" -"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. " -"Using the file\n" +"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n" "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?" @@ -4437,8 +4323,7 @@ msgstr "" "El paquete %1 del repositorio %2\n" "%3\n" -"está firmado con la siguiente clave GnuPG, pero la comprobación de " -"integridad ha fallado: %4\n" +"está firmado con la siguiente clave GnuPG, pero la comprobación de integridad ha fallado: %4\n" "\n" "Esto significa que el paquete se ha cambiado por accidente o por un ataque\n" "desde que el creador del repositorio lo firmara. Usarlo supone un gran\n" @@ -4461,12 +4346,10 @@ msgstr "" "El archivo %1 del repositorio %2\n" "%3\n" -"está firmado con la siguiente clave GnuPG, pero la comprobación de " -"integridad ha fallado: %4\n" +"está firmado con la siguiente clave GnuPG, pero la comprobación de integridad ha fallado: %4\n" "\n" "Esto significa que el archivo se ha cambiado por accidente o por un ataque\n" -"desde que el creador del repositorio lo firmara. Usarlo supone un gran " -"riesgo\n" +"desde que el creador del repositorio lo firmara. Usarlo supone un gran riesgo\n" "para la integridad y la seguridad del sistema.\n" "\n" "¿Desea usarlo de todos modos?\n" @@ -4591,21 +4474,18 @@ "paquetes y repositorios de paquetes en los que el sistema confiará\n" "y ofrecerá para su instalación y actualización sin mostrar advertencia\n" "alguna. De esta forma, al importar la clave al almacén de claves\n" -"de confianza, se permite al propietario de la clave que tenga cierto control " -"sobre el software del sistema." +"de confianza, se permite al propietario de la clave que tenga cierto control sobre el software del sistema." #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:961 msgid "" "A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" -"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be " -"used." +"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used." msgstr "" "Se abrirá un cuadro de diálogo de advertencia por\n" "cada paquete que no esté firmado con una clave de confianza (importada),\n" -"los paquetes o repositorios creados por el propietario de la clave no serán " -"utilizados." +"los paquetes o repositorios creados por el propietario de la clave no serán utilizados." #. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:971 @@ -4685,17 +4565,14 @@ "but the expected checksum is not known.\n" "\n" "This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" -"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at " -"risk.\n" +"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?\n" msgstr "" "El checksum de el archivo %1\n" "es %2\n" -"pero no se conoce el checksum esperado. Esto significa que el origen y la " -"integridad\n" -"del archivo no se puede verificar. Utilizarlo puede poner en peligro la " -"integridad de su sistema.\n" +"pero no se conoce el checksum esperado. Esto significa que el origen y la integridad\n" +"del archivo no se puede verificar. Utilizarlo puede poner en peligro la integridad de su sistema.\n" "\n" "¿Desea usarlo de todos modos?\n" @@ -4751,16 +4628,8 @@ msgstr "Los paquetes están siendo instalados." #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 -msgid "" -"Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using " -"the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent " -"or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Cancelar la instalaciónLa instalación de paquetes puede ser " -"cancelada usando el botón Cancelar. Sin embargo, entonces el sistema " -"puede estar en un estado inconsistente o no utilizable o podría no arrancar " -"si un componente de sistema básico no es instalado." +msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." +msgstr "Cancelar la instalaciónLa instalación de paquetes puede ser cancelada usando el botón Cancelar. Sin embargo, entonces el sistema puede estar en un estado inconsistente o no utilizable o podría no arrancar si un componente de sistema básico no es instalado." #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 @@ -4817,7 +4686,7 @@ #. read file content #: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187 msgid "File not found." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fichero no encontrado." # CER - voy por aqui **************** ¡revisión terminada! #. Fill the LogView with file content @@ -5850,8 +5719,7 @@ msgstr "" "Un nombre válido de dominio está formado por partes separadas por puntos.\n" "Cada parte puede contener letras, números y guiones.\n" -"Los guiones no pueden estar al principio o al final de ninguna de estas " -"partes\n" +"Los guiones no pueden estar al principio o al final de ninguna de estas partes\n" "y la última parte no puede empezar por un número." #. Translators: hyphen: "-" @@ -5900,8 +5768,7 @@ "Ejemplos:\n" "IP: 192.168.0.1 or 2001:db8:0::1\n" "IP/Máscara de red: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 o 2001:db8:0::1/56\n" -"IP/Máscara de red de bits: 192.168.0.0/24 o 192.168.0.1/32 o 2001:db8:0::1/" -"ffff::0\n" +"IP/Máscara de red de bits: 192.168.0.0/24 o 192.168.0.1/32 o 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" # modules/Backup.ycp:83 #. Byte abbreviated @@ -5912,7 +5779,7 @@ #. KiloByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:146 msgid "KiB" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KiB" # include/ui/wizard_misc.ycp:23 # include/ui/common_functions.ycp:36 include/ui/common_functions.ycp:64 @@ -6733,16 +6600,13 @@ "\n" "A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n" "separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" -"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address " -"'192.168.32.1'.\n" +"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n" msgstr "" "La dirección IPv4 inversa %1 no es válida.\n" "\n" "Las direcciones IPv4 inversas válidas constan de cuatro números enteros\n" -"entre 0 y 255 separados por puntos y seguidos por la cadena \".in-addr.arpa." -"\".\n" -"Por ejemplo, \"1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.\" para la dirección IPv4 " -"\"192.168.32.1\".\n" +"entre 0 y 255 separados por puntos y seguidos por la cadena \".in-addr.arpa.\".\n" +"Por ejemplo, \"1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.\" para la dirección IPv4 \"192.168.32.1\".\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make #. sense to e relative to zone %2 (%2 is a reverse zone name like '32.200.192.in-addr.arpa') @@ -6790,8 +6654,7 @@ "Registro SOA no válido.\n" "%1 debe ser una hora de tipo BIND.\n" "Una hora de tipo BIND consta de números y los sufijos (sin\n" -"distinguir mayúsculas de minúsculas) W, D, H, M y S. Se admite la hora en " -"segundos sin el sufijo.\n" +"distinguir mayúsculas de minúsculas) W, D, H, M y S. Se admite la hora en segundos sin el sufijo.\n" "Escriba valores como 12H15m, 86400 o 1W30M.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking SOA record, @@ -6897,9 +6760,7 @@ #~ "algunos paquetes tienen dependencias no resueltas." #~ msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Falló la resolución automática, se necesita resolución de dependencia " -#~ "manual." +#~ msgstr "Falló la resolución automática, se necesita resolución de dependencia manual." #~ msgid "" #~ "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" @@ -6934,9 +6795,7 @@ #~ "El comando retornó: %2\n" #~ msgid "Unable to parse '%1' unit Id query output: '%2'\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No es posible interpretar el id de unidad \"%1\" en la consulta de " -#~ "salida: \"%2\"\n" +#~ msgstr "No es posible interpretar el id de unidad \"%1\" en la consulta de salida: \"%2\"\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Unable to disable service %1\n" @@ -6999,8 +6858,7 @@ #~ "IP/Netmask_Bits: 192.168.0.0/24 or 192.168.0.1/32\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Una definición de red válida puede incluir la IP,\n" -#~ "la IP y la máscara de red, la IP y bits de la máscara de red, o bien 0/0 " -#~ "para todas las redes.\n" +#~ "la IP y la máscara de red, la IP y bits de la máscara de red, o bien 0/0 para todas las redes.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Ejemplos:\n" #~ "IP: 192.168.0.1\n" Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/bootloader.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/bootloader.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/bootloader.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -88,9 +88,7 @@ #. @return [Boolean] true on success #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:239 msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode" -msgstr "" -"Agregar opción se encuentra disponible sólo en el modo interactivo por " -"comando" +msgstr "Agregar opción se encuentra disponible sólo en el modo interactivo por comando" #. command line error report #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:245 @@ -147,20 +145,13 @@ #. warning text in the summary richtext #: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "" -"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " -"bootable." -msgstr "" -"No se ha seleccionado ningún cargador de arranque para instalar. Es posible " -"que su sistema no pueda iniciarse." +msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." +msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún cargador de arranque para instalar. Es posible que su sistema no pueda iniciarse." #. error in the proposal #: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "" -"Debido a la forma de particionar elegida, no es posible instalar " -"correctamente el cargador de arranque" +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "Debido a la forma de particionar elegida, no es posible instalar correctamente el cargador de arranque" #. proposal part - bootloader label #: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 @@ -220,18 +211,13 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " -"code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " -"even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" -"Especificar la bandera activa en la tabla de particiones para la " -"partición de arranque\n" -"Para activar la partición que contiene el cargador de arranque. El código " -"MBR genérico arrancará entonces\n" -"la partición activa. Las BIOS más antiguas requieren que una partición esté " -"marcada como activa aunque\n" +"Especificar la bandera activa en la tabla de particiones para la partición de arranque\n" +"Para activar la partición que contiene el cargador de arranque. El código MBR genérico arrancará entonces\n" +"la partición activa. Las BIOS más antiguas requieren que una partición esté marcada como activa aunque\n" "el cargador de arranque esté instalado en el MBR." #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -252,12 +238,10 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " -"loaded.\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" msgstr "" "Tiempo Límite en Segundos \n" -"Especifica el tiempo que el cargador de arranque tendrá que esperar hasta " -"que\n" +"Especifica el tiempo que el cargador de arranque tendrá que esperar hasta que\n" "se cargue el kernel predeterminado.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 @@ -272,168 +256,123 @@ " Pulsando Establecer como predeterminada se marca la sección\n" " seleccionada como predeterminada. Al iniciar, el cargador de arranque\n" " proporcionará un menú de inicio y esperará a que el usuario seleccione\n" -"el kernel u otro sistema operativo para arrancar. Si no se pulsa ninguna " -"tecla\n" +"el kernel u otro sistema operativo para arrancar. Si no se pulsa ninguna tecla\n" " antes del tiempo límite, se cargará el kernel o el sistema operativo\n" " predeterminado. Es posible cambiar el orden de las secciones en el menú\n" -"del cargador de arranque utilizando los botones Arriba y Abajo." -"\n" +"del cargador de arranque utilizando los botones Arriba y Abajo.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of " -"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" -"Escribir código de arranque genérico en el MBR reemplaza el MBR de " -"su disco con código genérico (código independiente del sistema operativo " -"que\n" +"Escribir código de arranque genérico en el MBR reemplaza el MBR de su disco con código genérico (código independiente del sistema operativo que\n" "arranca la partición activa)." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the " -"other is\n" +"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" "Boot from Root Partition." msgstr "" -"Iniciar desde una partición de arranque es una de las opciones " -"recomendadas, la otra es\n" +"Iniciar desde una partición de arranque es una de las opciones recomendadas, la otra es\n" "Iniciar desde una partición raíz." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option " -"Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" +"Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" "It is recommended to install grub to MBR" msgstr "" -"Usar Trusted Grub instala grub trusted y lo usa. Se ignorara la " -"opción Grafical Menu File.\n" +"Usar Trusted Grub instala grub trusted y lo usa. Se ignorara la opción Grafical Menu File.\n" "Se recomienda instalar grub en el MBR." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have " -"another operating system\n" +"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" "installed on your computer" msgstr "" -"Iniciar desde el MBR (Master Boot Record) no se recomienda si " -"tiene otro sistema operativo\n" +"Iniciar desde el MBR (Master Boot Record) no se recomienda si tiene otro sistema operativo\n" "instalado en su equipo" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53 msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there " -"is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot " -"Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is " -"needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" +"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" +"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start this section." msgstr "" -"Iniciar desde una partición raíz es la opción recomendada si " -"existe una partición\n" -"apropiada. Seleccione Establecer indicador activo en la tabla de " -"partición para la partición de arranque y Escribir código genérico en " -"el MBR\n" -"en Opciones del cargador de arranque para actualizar el MBR en el " -"caso de que sea necesario o configure su otro cargador de arranque\n" +"Iniciar desde una partición raíz es la opción recomendada si existe una partición\n" +"apropiada. Seleccione Establecer indicador activo en la tabla de partición para la partición de arranque y Escribir código genérico en el MBR\n" +"en Opciones del cargador de arranque para actualizar el MBR en el caso de que sea necesario o configure su otro cargador de arranque\n" "para iniciar esta sección." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root " -"partition is on \n" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." -msgstr "" -"Partición raíz personalizada le permite elegir una partición desde " -"donde arrancar" +msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +msgstr "Partición raíz personalizada le permite elegir una partición desde donde arrancar" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -"El array MD se compone de 2 discos. Habilitar la redundancia para el " -"array MD\n" +"El array MD se compone de 2 discos. Habilitar la redundancia para el array MD\n" "habilitar la escritura de GRUB en el MBR de ambos discos." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</" -"code>) for details." +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." msgstr "" -"Utilizar la consola en serie le permite definir los parámetros a " -"utilizar\n" -"en una consola en serie. Por favor, revise la documentación de grub " -"(<code>info grub</code>) para obtener más detalles." +"Utilizar la consola en serie le permite definir los parámetros a utilizar\n" +"en una consola en serie. Por favor, revise la documentación de grub (<code>info grub</code>) para obtener más detalles." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a " -"serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</" -"code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which " -"you\n" +"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" +"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" +"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" "Definición del terminal \n" -"Define el tipo de terminal que quiere utilizar. Para un terminal serie (p.e. " -"una consola serie),\n" -"tiene que especificar <code>serial</code>. También puede pasar " -"<code>console</code> al\n" -"comando, así como <code>serial console</code>. En este caso, se seleccionará " -"como terminal\n" +"Define el tipo de terminal que quiere utilizar. Para un terminal serie (p.e. una consola serie),\n" +"tiene que especificar <code>serial</code>. También puede pasar <code>console</code> al\n" +"comando, así como <code>serial console</code>. En este caso, se seleccionará como terminal\n" "de GRUB un terminal en el que se pueda pulsar cualquier tecla." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section " -"numbers\n" +"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -"Secciones de reserva si falla la predeterminada contiene una lista " -"de números de secciones\n" -"que se utilizarán para arrancar en el caso de que no se pueda iniciar la " -"sección predeterminada." +"Secciones de reserva si falla la predeterminada contiene una lista de números de secciones\n" +"que se utilizarán para arrancar en el caso de que no se pueda iniciar la sección predeterminada." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Al seleccionar Ocultar menú en el arranque se ocultará el menú de " -"arranque" +msgstr "Al seleccionar Ocultar menú en el arranque se ocultará el menú de arranque" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 -msgid "" -"Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot " -"menu." -msgstr "" -"Archivo del menú gráfico define el archivo que se utilizará para " -"el menú de arranque gráfico." +msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." +msgstr "Archivo del menú gráfico define el archivo que se utilizará para el menú de arranque gráfico." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." -msgstr "" -"Habilitar señales acústicas prender/apagar las señales acústicas.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Habilitar señales acústicas prender/apagar las señales acústicas." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will " -"only accept the password if you repeat\n" +"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" "it in Retype Password." msgstr "" "Proteger el cargador de arranque con contraseña \n" -"Defina la contraseña requerida para acceder al menú de arranque. YaST sólo " -"aceptará la contraseña si la introduce de nuevo\n" +"Defina la contraseña requerida para acceder al menú de arranque. YaST sólo aceptará la contraseña si la introduce de nuevo\n" "en el campo Volver a introducir Contraseña." #. help text 1/5 @@ -446,8 +385,7 @@ "To remove a disk, push Remove." msgstr "" "<big>Orden de los discos</big> \n" -"Para especificar el orden de los discos de acuerdo al orden de la BIOS, " -"utilice\n" +"Para especificar el orden de los discos de acuerdo al orden de la BIOS, utilice\n" "los botones Arriba y Abajo para reorganizar los discos.\n" "Para agregar un disco, presione Agregar.\n" "Para eliminar un disco, presione Eliminar." @@ -458,8 +396,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" -msgstr "" -"Establecer la b&andera en la tabla de partición para la partición de arranque" +msgstr "Establecer la b&andera en la tabla de partición para la partición de arranque" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 @@ -707,50 +644,28 @@ #. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33 -msgid "" -"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional " -"parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "" -"Parámetro opcional para la línea de comandos del kernel le permite " -"definir parámetros adicionales para pasar al kernel" +msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "Parámetro opcional para la línea de comandos del kernel le permite definir parámetros adicionales para pasar al kernel" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30 -msgid "" -"Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the " -"console to when booting." -msgstr "" -"Modo de vídeo (VGA) define el modo de vídeo (VGA) para la " -"consola que el kernel debe definir en el arranque" +msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." +msgstr "Modo de vídeo (VGA) define el modo de vídeo (VGA) para la consola que el kernel debe definir en el arranque" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "" -"Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe " -"parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "" -"Parámetro para la línea de órdenes del kernel \"Failsafe\" le " -"permite definir parámetros \"modo a prueba de fallos\" para pasar al kernel</" -"p>" +msgid "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "Parámetro para la línea de órdenes del kernel \"Failsafe\" le permite definir parámetros \"modo a prueba de fallos\" para pasar al kernel" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "" -"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " -"foreign distribution " -msgstr "" -"Probe Foreign OS, sondea otros sistemas operativos mediante os-" -"prober para multiarranque de otras distribuciones " +msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " +msgstr "Probe Foreign OS, sondea otros sistemas operativos mediante os-prober para multiarranque de otras distribuciones " #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 -msgid "" -"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only " -"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not " -"touch if you are not sure." +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 -msgid "" -"Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create " -"boot entry name. " +msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 @@ -769,9 +684,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" -msgstr "" -"&Parámetro \"Failsafe\" (a prueba de fallos) para la línea de órdenes del " -"kernel" +msgstr "&Parámetro \"Failsafe\" (a prueba de fallos) para la línea de órdenes del kernel" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" @@ -826,7 +739,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 msgid "remove" -msgstr "" +msgstr "eliminar" #. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 @@ -880,9 +793,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "" -"La partición de arranque es del tipo NFS; no se puede instalar el cargador " -"de arranque." +msgstr "La partición de arranque es del tipo NFS; no se puede instalar el cargador de arranque." #. dialog caption #: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:131 @@ -1189,8 +1100,7 @@ "<BIG>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</BIG> \n" "Change the settings of your boot loader." msgstr "" -"<BIG>Herramienta de configuración del cargador de arranque</" -"BIG> \n" +"<BIG>Herramienta de configuración del cargador de arranque</BIG> \n" "Permite cambiar las opciones de su cargador de arranque." #. help text @@ -1199,8 +1109,7 @@ "<BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG> \n" "Please wait... " msgstr "" -"<BIG>Guardando la configuración del cargador de arranque</BIG></" -"B> \n" +"<BIG>Guardando la configuración del cargador de arranque</BIG> \n" "Por favor, espere... " #. help text, optional part of following @@ -1216,17 +1125,13 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the " -"current \n" -"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or " -"reread\n" +"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" +"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" "the configuration saved on your disk. %1" msgstr "" "Desde Otro,\n" -"puede editar de forma manual los archivos de configuración del cargador de " -"arranque, borrar la configuración \n" -"actual y proponer una nueva configuración, iniciar desde el principio o " -"volver a leer\n" +"puede editar de forma manual los archivos de configuración del cargador de arranque, borrar la configuración \n" +"actual y proponer una nueva configuración, iniciar desde el principio o volver a leer\n" "la configuración guardada en su disco. %1" #. help text 1/1 @@ -1236,8 +1141,7 @@ "manually, click Edit Configuration Files." msgstr "" "Para editar de forma manual los archivos de configuración\n" -"del cargador de arranque, pulse sobre Editar Archivos de Configuración</" -"B>." +"del cargador de arranque, pulse sobre Editar Archivos de Configuración." #. help 1/4 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:83 @@ -1268,14 +1172,10 @@ "menu can be changed using the Up and Down buttons." msgstr "" " Al pulsar Definir como predeterminada, se marca la sección \n" -"seleccionada como predeterminada. Al iniciar, el cargador de arranque le " -"proporcionará \n" -"un menú de inicio y esperará a que el usuario seleccione un kernel u otro " -"sistema operativo \n" -"para arrancar. Si no se pulsa ninguna tecla antes del tiempo límite, se " -"iniciará el kernel o el sistema \n" -"operativo predeterminado. Se puede cambiar el orden de las secciones en el " -"menú del cargador de arranque\n" +"seleccionada como predeterminada. Al iniciar, el cargador de arranque le proporcionará \n" +"un menú de inicio y esperará a que el usuario seleccione un kernel u otro sistema operativo \n" +"para arrancar. Si no se pulsa ninguna tecla antes del tiempo límite, se iniciará el kernel o el sistema \n" +"operativo predeterminado. Se puede cambiar el orden de las secciones en el menú del cargador de arranque\n" "utilizando los botones Arriba y Abajo." #. help 4/4 @@ -1284,8 +1184,7 @@ "Press Add to create a new boot loader section\n" "or Delete to delete the selected section." msgstr "" -"Pulse sobre Añadir para crear una nueva sección en el cargador de " -"arranque\n" +"Pulse sobre Añadir para crear una nueva sección en el cargador de arranque\n" "o Eliminar para eliminar la sección seleccionada." #. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7 @@ -1297,8 +1196,7 @@ "The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:" msgstr "" "<big>Ubicación del cargador de arranque</big> \n" -"Es posible instalar el cargador de arranque (%1) de las siguientes maneras:</" -"p>" +"Es posible instalar el cargador de arranque (%1) de las siguientes maneras:" #. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:124 @@ -1318,19 +1216,16 @@ "- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" "partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details</" -"b>\n" +"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" "to update the master boot record\n" "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start &product;." msgstr "" "\n" -"- En el Sector de arranque de la partición <tt>/boot</tt> o <tt>/</" -"tt> (raíz). \n" +"- En el Sector de arranque de la partición <tt>/boot</tt> o <tt>/</tt> (raíz). \n" "Esta es la opción recomendada si existe la partición adecuada.\n" "Defina Activar partición del cargador de arranque y\n" -"Reemplazar el MBR con código genérico en Detalles de la " -"instalación del cargador de arranque\n" +"Reemplazar el MBR con código genérico en Detalles de la instalación del cargador de arranque\n" "para actualizar el MBR\n" "en el caso de que sea necesario o configure su otro cargador de arranque\n" "para iniciar el &producto;." @@ -1347,8 +1242,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "- En un Disquete.\n" -"Utilice esta opción para evitar el riesgo de interferir con cualquier otro " -"mecanismo de arranque\n" +"Utilice esta opción para evitar el riesgo de interferir con cualquier otro mecanismo de arranque\n" "existente. Habilite la opción de iniciar desde la disquetera en\n" "la BIOS de su equipo para utilizar esta opción." @@ -1360,8 +1254,7 @@ "when selecting this option." msgstr "" "\n" -"- En cualquier Otra partitición. Tenga en cuenta las posibles " -"restricciones de su sistema\n" +"- En cualquier Otra partitición. Tenga en cuenta las posibles restricciones de su sistema\n" "al seleccionar esta opción." #. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7 @@ -1374,8 +1267,7 @@ msgstr "" "Por ejemplo, muchos equipos tienen límites en la BIOS que\n" "que restringen el arranque a\n" -"los cilindros del disco duro menores de 1024. Dependiendo del cargador de " -"arranque utilizado,\n" +"los cilindros del disco duro menores de 1024. Dependiendo del cargador de arranque utilizado,\n" "es posible que pueda o que no pueda arrancar desde una partición lógica." #. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 @@ -1397,10 +1289,8 @@ "mapping), click Boot Loader Installation Details." msgstr "" "Detalles de la instalación del cargador de arranque \n" -"Para ajustar las opciones de la instalación del cargador de arranque " -"avanzadas (como el mapeo de\n" -"unidades), pulse Detalles de la instalación del cargador de arranque." -"" +"Para ajustar las opciones de la instalación del cargador de arranque avanzadas (como el mapeo de\n" +"unidades), pulse Detalles de la instalación del cargador de arranque." #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:210 @@ -1410,8 +1300,7 @@ "use Boot Loader." msgstr "" "Tipo de cargador de arranque \n" -"Para seleccionar si se instala el cargador de arranque y cuál de ellos " -"instalar,\n" +"Para seleccionar si se instala el cargador de arranque y cuál de ellos instalar,\n" "utilice cargador de arranque." #. help text 1/1 @@ -1422,8 +1311,7 @@ "Boot Loader Options." msgstr "" "Opciones del cargador de arranque \n" -"Para ajustar las opciones del cargador de arranque, como el tiempo límite, " -"pulse\n" +"Para ajustar las opciones del cargador de arranque, como el tiempo límite, pulse\n" "Opciones del cargador de arranque." #. help text 1/1 @@ -1434,22 +1322,18 @@ "Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting." msgstr "" "Configuración manual avanzada \n" -"Desde aquí, puede editar de forma manual la configuración del cargador de " -"arranque.\n" -"Nota: Es posible que el archivo de configuración resultante tenga un " -"formato de sangría diferente." +"Desde aquí, puede editar de forma manual la configuración del cargador de arranque.\n" +"Nota: Es posible que el archivo de configuración resultante tenga un formato de sangría diferente." #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244 msgid "" "Section Name \n" -"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The " -"section\n" +"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" "name must be unique." msgstr "" "Nombre de la sección \n" -"Utilice Nombre de la sección para especificar el nombre de la sección " -"del cargador de arranque. El nombre\n" +"Utilice Nombre de la sección para especificar el nombre de la sección del cargador de arranque. El nombre\n" "de la sección debe ser único." #. help text 1/5 @@ -1468,10 +1352,8 @@ "section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" "selected section." msgstr "" -"Seleccione Clonar la sección seleccionada para clonar la sección " -"seleccionada\n" -"actualmente. Luego, modifique las opciones que deberían ser diferentes de " -"la\n" +"Seleccione Clonar la sección seleccionada para clonar la sección seleccionada\n" +"actualmente. Luego, modifique las opciones que deberían ser diferentes de la\n" "sección seleccionada." #. help text 3/5 @@ -1480,8 +1362,7 @@ "Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" "to load and start." msgstr "" -"Seleccione Sección de imagen para añadir un nuevo kernel de Linux " -"u otra imagen\n" +"Seleccione Sección de imagen para añadir un nuevo kernel de Linux u otra imagen\n" "para cargar e iniciar." #. help text 4/5 @@ -1490,8 +1371,7 @@ "Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" "but to start it in a Xen environment." msgstr "" -"Seleccione Sección de Xen para añadir un nuevo kernel de Linux u " -"otra imagen,\n" +"Seleccione Sección de Xen para añadir un nuevo kernel de Linux u otra imagen,\n" "para iniciarla en un entorno de Xen." #. help text 5/5 @@ -1501,22 +1381,18 @@ "loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" -"Seleccione Otro sistema (chainloader) para añadir una sección " -"que \n" -"cargue e inicie el sector de arranque de una partición del disco. Se utiliza " -"para\n" +"Seleccione Otro sistema (chainloader) para añadir una sección que \n" +"cargue e inicie el sector de arranque de una partición del disco. Se utiliza para\n" "arrancar otros sistemas operativos." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278 msgid "" "Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the " -"disk. This is used for\n" +"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "Seleccione Sección de menú para añadir una sección que\n" -"cargue el archivo de configuración (la lista de las secciones de arraque) de " -"una partición del disco. Esto se utiliza para\n" +"cargue el archivo de configuración (la lista de las secciones de arraque) de una partición del disco. Esto se utiliza para\n" "arrancar otros sistemas operativos." #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names @@ -1580,8 +1456,7 @@ "Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost.\n" msgstr "" -"¿Desea realmente salir de la configuración del cargador de arranque sin " -"guardar?\n" +"¿Desea realmente salir de la configuración del cargador de arranque sin guardar?\n" "Se perderán todos los cambios.\n" #. yes-no popup question @@ -1618,10 +1493,8 @@ "The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n" "configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n" msgstr "" -"Ha cambiado la configuración del disco y la configuración del cargador de " -"arranque\n" -"se editó de forma manual. Verifique la configuración del cargador de " -"arranque.\n" +"Ha cambiado la configuración del disco y la configuración del cargador de arranque\n" +"se editó de forma manual. Verifique la configuración del cargador de arranque.\n" #. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set #. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete @@ -1669,9 +1542,7 @@ #. yes-no popup #: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:182 msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?" -msgstr "" -"Se ha producido un error al dar un formato de bajo nivel. ¿Desea intentarlo " -"de nuevo?" +msgstr "Se ha producido un error al dar un formato de bajo nivel. ¿Desea intentarlo de nuevo?" #. error report #. error report @@ -1696,8 +1567,7 @@ "installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n" msgstr "" "Se ha producido un error en la instalación del\n" -"cargador de arranque. ¿Desea volver a intentar configurar el cargador de " -"arranque?\n" +"cargador de arranque. ¿Desea volver a intentar configurar el cargador de arranque?\n" #. FIXME too generic, but was already translated #: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:241 @@ -1752,84 +1622,49 @@ msgstr "Sección de la imagen" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24 -msgid "" -"Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name " -"directly or choose via Browse." -msgstr "" -"Imagen del kernel define el kernel para arrancar. Introduzca el " -"nombre directamente o selecciónelo mediante Examinar" +msgid "Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via Browse." +msgstr "Imagen del kernel define el kernel para arrancar. Introduzca el nombre directamente o selecciónelo mediante Examinar" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27 -msgid "" -"Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Unidad raíz define la unidad para pasar al kernel como unidad raíz " -"(root)." +msgid "Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device." +msgstr "Unidad raíz define la unidad para pasar al kernel como unidad raíz (root)." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36 msgid "" -"Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to " -"use. Either enter the path and file name\n" +"Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" "directly or choose by using Browse.\n" -msgstr "" -"Disco RAM inicial, si no está vacío (en blanco), define el disco " -"ram (ramdisk) inicial a utilizar. Introduzca la ruta y el nombre del archivo " -"directamente o selecciónelo utilizando Examinar\n" +msgstr "Disco RAM inicial, si no está vacío (en blanco), define el disco ram (ramdisk) inicial a utilizar. Introduzca la ruta y el nombre del archivo directamente o selecciónelo utilizando Examinar\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39 -msgid "" -"Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for " -"booting an OS other than Linux." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione Sección para la carga en cadena (chainloader) si desea " -"definir una sección para arrancar un sistema operativo distinto de Linux" +msgid "Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux." +msgstr "Seleccione Sección para la carga en cadena (chainloader) si desea definir una sección para arrancar un sistema operativo distinto de Linux" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42 -msgid "" -"Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to select " -"this section." -msgstr "" -"Al definir Utilizar la protección con contraseña se requerirá una " -"contraseña para seleccionar esta sección" +msgid "Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to select this section." +msgstr "Al definir Utilizar la protección con contraseña se requerirá una contraseña para seleccionar esta sección" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45 -msgid "" -"Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems " -"found on your computer." -msgstr "" -"Otro sistema le permite elegir entre otros sistemas operativos no " -"Linux que se encuentren en su equipo." +msgid "Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer." +msgstr "Otro sistema le permite elegir entre otros sistemas operativos no Linux que se encuentren en su equipo." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48 -msgid "" -"Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your BIOS " -"needs this flag set in order to boot it" -msgstr "" -"Seleccione Activar esta partición cuando se seleccione como de " -"arranque si su BIOS necesita este indicador para poder arrancarla" +msgid "Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it" +msgstr "Seleccione Activar esta partición cuando se seleccione como de arranque si su BIOS necesita este indicador para poder arrancarla" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51 msgid "" -"Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks " -"to boot. In most cases you want\n" -"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the " -"grub documentation.\n" +"Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" +"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.\n" msgstr "" -"Desfase del bloque para la carga en cadena (chainloading) le " -"permite especificar la lista de bloques\n" -" para arrancar. En la mayoría de los casos querrá especificar aquí <code>+1</" -"code>. Para casos específicos en la anotación de la lista de bloques, revise " -"la documentación de grub\n" +"Desfase del bloque para la carga en cadena (chainloading) le permite especificar la lista de bloques\n" +" para arrancar. En la mayoría de los casos querrá especificar aquí <code>+1</code>. Para casos específicos en la anotación de la lista de bloques, revise la documentación de grub\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54 msgid "" -"Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other " -"image \n" +"Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n" "and start it in a Xen environment.\n" msgstr "" -"Seleccione Sección de Xen para añadir un nuevo kernel de Linux u " -"otra imagen,\n" +"Seleccione Sección de Xen para añadir un nuevo kernel de Linux u otra imagen,\n" "e iniciarla en un entorno de Xen.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:57 @@ -1837,12 +1672,8 @@ msgstr "Hipervisor especifica qué Hipervisor utilizar." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional " -"parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." -msgstr "" -"Parámetros adicionales del hipervisor Xen le permite definir " -"parámetros adicionales para pasar al hipervisor xen." +msgid "Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." +msgstr "Parámetros adicionales del hipervisor Xen le permite definir parámetros adicionales para pasar al hipervisor xen." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:63 msgid "Menu Section" @@ -1854,32 +1685,20 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which " -#| "is loaded menu file." -msgid "" -"Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is " -"loaded menu file." -msgstr "" -"Archivo de descripción del Menú indica la ruta en el dispositivo " -"raíz desde donde se carga el archivo del menú." +#| msgid "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file." +msgid "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file." +msgstr "Archivo de descripción del Menú indica la ruta en el dispositivo raíz desde donde se carga el archivo del menú." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68 -msgid "" -"Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually need " -"to be on the first disk." -msgstr "" -"Mapee la sección al primer disco en el mapa de unidades Usualmente " -"Windows necesita estar en el primer disco." +msgid "Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually need to be on the first disk." +msgstr "Mapee la sección al primer disco en el mapa de unidades Usualmente Windows necesita estar en el primer disco." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71 msgid "" -"Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is " -"possible via buttons: Add , \n" +"Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: Add , \n" "Edit and Delete" msgstr "" -"Medidas incluye los archivos medidos con PCR. Es posible cambiar " -"la tabla mediante los botones\n" +"Medidas incluye los archivos medidos con PCR. Es posible cambiar la tabla mediante los botones\n" "Añadir, Editar y Borrar" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:74 @@ -1895,8 +1714,7 @@ "Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only \n" "Usually specified in global section" msgstr "" -"Forzar al sistema de archivo raíz para que sea montado en modo de sólo " -"lectura \n" +"Forzar al sistema de archivo raíz para que sea montado en modo de sólo lectura \n" "Se especifica generalmente en la sección global" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:80 @@ -1905,10 +1723,8 @@ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n" "file on a SCSI disk partition." msgstr "" -"Seleccionar Sección de volcado de datos para añadir una sección " -"que especifique cómo\n" -"crear un volcado de datos del sistema en una partición de disco DASD o en " -"una unidad de cinta o en\n" +"Seleccionar Sección de volcado de datos para añadir una sección que especifique cómo\n" +"crear un volcado de datos del sistema en una partición de disco DASD o en una unidad de cinta o en\n" "un archivo en una partición de disco SCSI." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:85 @@ -1916,19 +1732,15 @@ "Select Menu Section to add a new menu to the configuration.\n" "Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.\n" msgstr "" -"Seleccionar Sección del menú para añadir un nuevo menú a la " -"configuración.\n" -"Las secciones del menú representan una lista de tareas que están agrupadas " -"juntas\n" +"Seleccionar Sección del menú para añadir un nuevo menú a la configuración.\n" +"Las secciones del menú representan una lista de tareas que están agrupadas juntas\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88 msgid "" -"Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters to " -"enable the SELinux security framework. \n" +"Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" "Please note that this will also disable AppArmor." msgstr "" -"Seleccione Habilitar SELinux para agregar los parámetros de inicio " -"necesarios para habilitar el entorno de seguridad SELinux. \n" +"Seleccione Habilitar SELinux para agregar los parámetros de inicio necesarios para habilitar el entorno de seguridad SELinux. \n" "Tenga en cuenta que esto deshabilitará AppArmor." #. radio button @@ -1997,8 +1809,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:114 msgid "&Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only" -msgstr "" -"&Forzar al sistema de archivos raíz para que se monte en modo de sólo lectura" +msgstr "&Forzar al sistema de archivos raíz para que se monte en modo de sólo lectura" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:115 msgid "Allow attempt to &relocate" @@ -2101,11 +1912,8 @@ #. error report #: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." -msgstr "" -"Debido al particionado, no se puede instalar correctamente el cargador de " -"arranque." +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgstr "Debido al particionado, no se puede instalar correctamente el cargador de arranque." #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal #. @@ -2114,69 +1922,40 @@ #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from MBR is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">disable</a>" -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Arranque desde el MBR está habilitado (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr" -"\">deshabilitar</a>)" +msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Arranque desde el MBR está habilitado (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">deshabilitar</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from MBR is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">enable</a>" -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Arranque desde el MBR está deshabilitado (<a href=\"%1\">habilitar</a>)" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgstr "Arranque desde el MBR está deshabilitado (<a href=\"%1\">habilitar</a>)" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Boot from /boot partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot" -#| "\">disable</a>" -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " -"install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Arranque desdela partición /boot está habilitada (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot" -"\">deshabilitar</a>>" +#| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">disable</a>" +msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Arranque desdela partición /boot está habilitada (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">deshabilitar</a>>" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Boot from /boot partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" -#| "\">enable</a>" -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" -"\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Instalación desde imágenes deshabilitada (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" -"\">habilitar</a>)" +#| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">enable</a>" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" +msgstr "Instalación desde imágenes deshabilitada (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">habilitar</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Boot from \"/\" partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_root" -#| "\">disable</a>" -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " -"install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Arranque desde la partición \"/\" está habilitada (<a href=" -"\"disable_boot_root\">deshabilitar</a>)" +#| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">disable</a>" +msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Arranque desde la partición \"/\" está habilitada (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">deshabilitar</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Boot from \"/\" partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" -#| "\">enable</a>" -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" -"\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Arranque desde la partición \"/\" está deshabilitada (<a href=" -"\"enable_boot_root\">habilitar</a>" +#| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">enable</a>" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" +msgstr "Arranque desde la partición \"/\" está deshabilitada (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">habilitar</a>" #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 @@ -2234,8 +2013,7 @@ #. summary text #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:788 msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files" -msgstr "" -"No instalar el cargador de arranque; crear sólo los archivos de configuración" +msgstr "No instalar el cargador de arranque; crear sólo los archivos de configuración" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:919 @@ -2244,9 +2022,7 @@ #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 -msgid "" -"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " -"are doing please select above location." +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." msgstr "" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 @@ -2261,46 +2037,31 @@ #. grub2 is sooo cool... #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" -msgstr "" -"Combinación no soportada de plataforma hardware %1 y cargador de inicio %2" +msgstr "Combinación no soportada de plataforma hardware %1 y cargador de inicio %2" #. TODO add more devices #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" -msgstr "" -"Un numero de particion >3 se esta usando para cargar con la tabla de " -"particiones GPT" +msgstr "Un numero de particion >3 se esta usando para cargar con la tabla de particiones GPT" #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 -msgid "" -"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk " -"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub " -"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install " -"stage 1 to MBR." +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." msgstr "" #. check if boot device is on raid0 #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." -msgstr "" -"La unidad de arranque está en un raid tipo: %1. El sistema no puede arrancar." +msgstr "La unidad de arranque está en un raid tipo: %1. El sistema no puede arrancar." #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 -msgid "" -"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " -"Master Boot Record" -msgstr "" -"La unidad de arranque está en el RAID1 de software. Seleccione otra " -"ubicación para el cargador de arranque, p.ej. Master Boot Record" +msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" +msgstr "La unidad de arranque está en el RAID1 de software. Seleccione otra ubicación para el cargador de arranque, p.ej. Master Boot Record" #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 -msgid "" -"YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device " -"map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader " -"Installation Details\"" +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" msgstr "" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) @@ -2385,17 +2146,10 @@ msgstr "Guardando configuración del cargador de arranque" #~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "La unidad de arranque está en disco iSCSI: %1. El sistema no puede " -#~ "arrancar." +#~ msgstr "La unidad de arranque está en disco iSCSI: %1. El sistema no puede arrancar." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. " -#~ "The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No ha sido posible determinar el orden exacto de los discos para el " -#~ "mapeado de unidades.Se puede cambiar el orden de los discos en \"Detalles " -#~ "de la instalación del cargador de arranque\"" +#~ msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#~ msgstr "No ha sido posible determinar el orden exacto de los discos para el mapeado de unidades.Se puede cambiar el orden de los discos en \"Detalles de la instalación del cargador de arranque\"" #~ msgid "Linux" #~ msgstr "Linux" @@ -2445,62 +2199,37 @@ #~ msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" #~ msgstr "_Diagnósticos del proveedor" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely " -#~ "below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result " -#~ "is error 18 during install grub MBR)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El cargador de arranque esta instalado en una partición que no se " -#~ "encuentra completamente debajo de %1 GB. El sistema puede no iniciar si " -#~ "el BIOS sólo soporta lba24 (resultará en error 18 durante la instalación " -#~ "de grub en el MBR)." +#~ msgid "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result is error 18 during install grub MBR)." +#~ msgstr "El cargador de arranque esta instalado en una partición que no se encuentra completamente debajo de %1 GB. El sistema puede no iniciar si el BIOS sólo soporta lba24 (resultará en error 18 durante la instalación de grub en el MBR)." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of " -#~ "range.\n" -#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot " -#~ "order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader " -#~ "configuration)" +#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of range.\n" +#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader configuration)" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configure una ubicación válida para el cargador de arranque antes de " -#~ "continuar. \n" -#~ "El mapa de unidades tiene más de 8 unidades y la unidad de carga esta " -#~ "fuera de rango.\n" -#~ "El rango es limitado por BIOS a las 8 primeras unidades. Ajuste el orden " -#~ "de carga desde el BIOS (o, de ser necesario, corregia el orden en la " -#~ "configuración del cargador de arranque)" +#~ "Configure una ubicación válida para el cargador de arranque antes de continuar. \n" +#~ "El mapa de unidades tiene más de 8 unidades y la unidad de carga esta fuera de rango.\n" +#~ "El rango es limitado por BIOS a las 8 primeras unidades. Ajuste el orden de carga desde el BIOS (o, de ser necesario, corregia el orden en la configuración del cargador de arranque)" #~ msgid "The LILO is not supported now." #~ msgstr "Actualmente no se soporta LILO." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your " -#~ "system may not be bootable." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No se activará la ruta de arranque seleccionada en su instalación. Es " -#~ "posible que su sistema no pueda iniciarse." +#~ msgid "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your system may not be bootable." +#~ msgstr "No se activará la ruta de arranque seleccionada en su instalación. Es posible que su sistema no pueda iniciarse." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " -#~ "small primary Apple HFS partition." +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a small primary Apple HFS partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configure una ubicación válida para el cargador de arranque antes de " -#~ "continuar. \n" -#~ "En el caso de que no poder hacer ninguna selección podría ser necesario " -#~ "crear una pequeña partición Apple HFS primaria." +#~ "Configure una ubicación válida para el cargador de arranque antes de continuar. \n" +#~ "En el caso de que no poder hacer ninguna selección podría ser necesario crear una pequeña partición Apple HFS primaria." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " -#~ "PReP Boot partition." +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a PReP Boot partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configure una ubicación válida para el cargador de arranque antes de " -#~ "continuar. \n" -#~ "En el caso de que no se pueda hacer ninguna selección podría ser " -#~ "necesario crear una partición de arranque de tipo PReP (PowerPC Reference " -#~ "Platform)." +#~ "Configure una ubicación válida para el cargador de arranque antes de continuar. \n" +#~ "En el caso de que no se pueda hacer ninguna selección podría ser necesario crear una partición de arranque de tipo PReP (PowerPC Reference Platform)." #~ msgid "Stay &LILO" #~ msgstr "Mantener &LILO" @@ -2508,12 +2237,8 @@ #~ msgid "Convert Settings and Install &GRUB" #~ msgstr "Convertir configuración e instalar &GRUB" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to " -#~ "GRUB" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "LILO no es soportado. La opción recomendada es seleccionar convertir de " -#~ "LILO a GRUB" +#~ msgid "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to GRUB" +#~ msgstr "LILO no es soportado. La opción recomendada es seleccionar convertir de LILO a GRUB" # include/lilo/widgets.ycp:73 #~ msgid "&ELILO Global Options" @@ -2553,60 +2278,46 @@ #~ "Set level of verbosity [0-5] Increase verbosity of ELILO\n" #~ "in case of boot problems." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Definir el nivel de detalle (verbosidad) [0-5] Incrementa " -#~ "el detalle (verbosidad) de ELILO\n" +#~ "Definir el nivel de detalle (verbosidad) [0-5] Incrementa el detalle (verbosidad) de ELILO\n" #~ "en caso de tener problemas con el arranque." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line</" -#~ "b> \n" -#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These " -#~ "are\n" +#~ "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line \n" +#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" #~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Cadena de adición global de opciones para la línea de comandos del\n" #~ " kernel \n" -#~ "Permite definir parámetros adicionales de ámbito global para pasar al " -#~ "kernel.\n" +#~ "Permite definir parámetros adicionales de ámbito global para pasar al kernel.\n" #~ "Se utilizan si no aparece ningún valor 'append' en una sección dada.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the " -#~ "initial\n" -#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Nombre del archivo initrd predeterminado, si no está en\n" -#~ " blanco(vacío),define el disco ram (ramdisk) inicial para utilizar. " -#~ "Introduzca la ruta y el nombre del archivo directamente o selecciónelo " -#~ "utilizando\n" +#~ " blanco(vacío),define el disco ram (ramdisk) inicial para utilizar. Introduzca la ruta y el nombre del archivo directamente o selecciónelo utilizando\n" #~ "Examinar\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Name of default image file, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nombre del archivo de imagen predeterminado, si no está en " -#~ "blanco, define el archivo de imagen que utilizar. Introduzca la ruta y el " -#~ "nombre del archivo directamente o selecciónelo utilizando\n" +#~ "Nombre del archivo de imagen predeterminado, si no está en blanco, define el archivo de imagen que utilizar. Introduzca la ruta y el nombre del archivo directamente o selecciónelo utilizando\n" #~ "Examinar" #~ msgid "" #~ "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu') \n" #~ "Beware: 'textmenu' has occasionally caused problems on some machines." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Especificar la interfaz de usuario para ELILO ('simple' o 'menú de " -#~ "texto') \n" -#~ "Tenga cuidado: 'menú de texto' ha ocasionado problemas de forma puntual " -#~ "en algunas máquinas." +#~ "Especificar la interfaz de usuario para ELILO ('simple' o 'menú de texto') \n" +#~ "Tenga cuidado: 'menú de texto' ha ocasionado problemas de forma puntual en algunas máquinas." #~ msgid "" #~ "Prevent EDD30 mode \n" -#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to " -#~ "TRUE.\n" +#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to TRUE.\n" #~ "However, some controllers do not support EDD30 and forcing the variable\n" #~ "may cause problems. Therefore, as of elilo-3.2, there is an option to \n" #~ "avoid forcing the variable.\n" @@ -2614,10 +2325,8 @@ #~ "Prevenir el modo EDD30 \n" #~ "De manera predeterminada, si EDD30 está desactivado, ELILO intentará y\n" #~ " establecerá la variable a VERDADERO (TRUE).\n" -#~ "Sin embargo, algunas controladoras no soportan el modo EDD30 y forzar la " -#~ "variable\n" -#~ "podría causar problemas. Por tanto, a partir de elilo-3.2, existe una " -#~ "opción para \n" +#~ "Sin embargo, algunas controladoras no soportan el modo EDD30 y forzar la variable\n" +#~ "podría causar problemas. Por tanto, a partir de elilo-3.2, existe una opción para \n" #~ "evitar forzar la variable.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -2627,10 +2336,8 @@ #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Permitir el intento de reubicación \n" -#~ "En el caso de producirse un error de asignación de memoria en el punto " -#~ "inicial de la carga del\n" -#~ "kernel, permitir un intento de reubicación (se asume que este kernel " -#~ "permite la reubicación).\n" +#~ "En el caso de producirse un error de asignación de memoria en el punto inicial de la carga del\n" +#~ "kernel, permitir un intento de reubicación (se asume que este kernel permite la reubicación).\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" @@ -2652,8 +2359,7 @@ #~ "Specify kernel chooser to use: \"simple\" or \"textmenu\"" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Establecer la interfaz de usuario para ELILO\n" -#~ "Especifica el selector de kernel que utilizar: \"simple\" o \"textmenu\"</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "Especifica el selector de kernel que utilizar: \"simple\" o \"textmenu\"" #~ msgid "" #~ "Display the Content of a File by Function Keys\n" @@ -2662,8 +2368,7 @@ #~ "key X is pressed. X can vary from 1-12 to cover\n" #~ "function keys F1 to F12" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Mostrar el contenido de un archivo mediante las teclas de función</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "Mostrar el contenido de un archivo mediante las teclas de función\n" #~ "Algunos selectores pueden tomar ventaja de esta opción para\n" #~ "mostrar el contenido de uan archivo mienstras alguna tecla\n" #~ "de función X es presionada. X puede variar desde 1-12 hasta cubrir\n" @@ -2674,8 +2379,7 @@ #~ "Specify the filename for a specific FPSWA to load.\n" #~ "If this option is used then no other file will be tried." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Especificar el nombre de archivo para un FPSWA específico que " -#~ "cargar\n" +#~ "Especificar el nombre de archivo para un FPSWA específico que cargar\n" #~ "Especifica el nombre de archivo para un FPSWA específico que cargar.\n" #~ "Si esta opción es utilizada entonces no se intentará con otro archivo." @@ -2694,8 +2398,7 @@ #~ "auto booting when not in interactive mode.\n" #~ "Default is 0" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Demorar para la espera antes de arrancar automáticamente en " -#~ "segundos\n" +#~ "Demorar para la espera antes de arrancar automáticamente en segundos\n" #~ "El número de décimas de segundos que hay que esperar antes\n" #~ "del arranque automático cuando no se está en modo interactivo.\n" #~ "Predeterminado es 0" @@ -2703,12 +2406,8 @@ #~ msgid "Boot Image Location" #~ msgstr "Ubicación de la imagen de arranque" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive " -#~ "mode)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Tiempo de retardo para esperar el arranque automático en segundos (se " -#~ "utiliza si no está en modo interactivo)" +#~ msgid "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive mode)" +#~ msgstr "Tiempo de retardo para esperar el arranque automático en segundos (se utiliza si no está en modo interactivo)" #~ msgid "Force interactive mode" #~ msgstr "Forzar el modo interactivo" @@ -2723,8 +2422,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Forzar el montaje de rootfs en modo de sólo lectura" #~ msgid "Global append string of options to kernel command line" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Cadena de adición global de opciones para la línea de comandos del kernel" +#~ msgstr "Cadena de adición global de opciones para la línea de comandos del kernel" #~ msgid "Name of default initrd file" #~ msgstr "Nombre del archivo initrd predeterminado" @@ -2733,29 +2431,25 @@ #~ msgstr "Nombre del archivo de imagen predeterminado" #~ msgid "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu')" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Especificar la interfaz de usuario para ELILO ('simple' o 'menú de texto')" +#~ msgstr "Especificar la interfaz de usuario para ELILO ('simple' o 'menú de texto')" #~ msgid "Message printed on main screen (if supported)" #~ msgstr "Mensaje impreso en la pantalla principal (si está soportado)" #~ msgid "Display the content of a file by function keys" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Mostrar el contenido de un archivo por medio de las teclas de función" +#~ msgstr "Mostrar el contenido de un archivo por medio de las teclas de función" #~ msgid "Prevent EDD30 mode" #~ msgstr "Evitar el modo EDD30" #~ msgid "Specify the filename for a specific FPSWA to load" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Especificar el nombre del archivo de un FPSWA específico para cargar" +#~ msgstr "Especificar el nombre del archivo de un FPSWA específico para cargar" #~ msgid "Allow attempt to relocate" #~ msgstr "Permitir intento de reubicación" #~ msgid "Global Append &String of Options to Kernel Command Line" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Cadena de opcione&s de adición global para la línea de comandos del kernel" +#~ msgstr "Cadena de opcione&s de adición global para la línea de comandos del kernel" #~ msgid "&Name of Default Image File" #~ msgstr "&Nombre del archivo de imagen predeterminado" @@ -2776,20 +2470,13 @@ #~ msgstr "Forzar el montaje de rootfs en modo de sólo lectura" #~ msgid "&Set the User Interface for ELILO (\"simple\" or \"textmenu\")" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "E&specificar la interfaz de usuario para ELILO ('simple' o 'menú de " -#~ "texto')" +#~ msgstr "E&specificar la interfaz de usuario para ELILO ('simple' o 'menú de texto')" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive " -#~ "Mode)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Tiempo &de retardo para esperar el arranque automático en segundos " -#~ "(utilizado si no está en modo interactivo)" +#~ msgid "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive Mode)" +#~ msgstr "Tiempo &de retardo para esperar el arranque automático en segundos (utilizado si no está en modo interactivo)" #~ msgid "Display the Content of a File by Function &Keys" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Mostrar el contenido de un archivo por medio de las teclas de función" +#~ msgstr "Mostrar el contenido de un archivo por medio de las teclas de función" #~ msgid "&Specify the Filename for a Specific FPSWA to Load" #~ msgstr "E&specificar el nombre de archivo de un FPSWA específico que cargar" @@ -2834,8 +2521,7 @@ #~ "Ubicación de arranque\n" #~ "Este es el número de particiones de su partición de arraque. En un\n" #~ "PowerMac debe estar en formato HFS debido a que usamos hfsutils para\n" -#~ "copiar los archivos a esa partición. En CHRP usted necesita una " -#~ "partición\n" +#~ "copiar los archivos a esa partición. En CHRP usted necesita una partición\n" #~ "de arranque 41 PReP, /boot/second del paquete quik es almacenado ahí " #~ msgid "" @@ -2848,40 +2534,29 @@ #~ "carpeta se le permitirá ser arrancable." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line</" -#~ "b> \n" -#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These " -#~ "are\n" +#~ "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line \n" +#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" #~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Cadena de adición para las opciones globales pasadas a la línea de " -#~ "comandos del kernel \n" -#~ "Permite definir parámetros globales adicionales para ser pasados al " -#~ "kernel.\n" +#~ "Cadena de adición para las opciones globales pasadas a la línea de comandos del kernel \n" +#~ "Permite definir parámetros globales adicionales para ser pasados al kernel.\n" #~ "Se utilizan si no aparece el valor 'append' en una sección dada.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the " -#~ "initial\n" -#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nombre del archivo initrd predeterminado, si no está en blanco, " -#~ "define el ramdisk inicial para utilizar. Introduzca la ruta y el nombre " -#~ "del archivo directamente o selecciónelo utilizando\n" +#~ "Nombre del archivo initrd predeterminado, si no está en blanco, define el ramdisk inicial para utilizar. Introduzca la ruta y el nombre del archivo directamente o selecciónelo utilizando\n" #~ "Examinar\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Name of Default Image File, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nombre del archivo imagen predeterminado, si no está en blanco, " -#~ "define el archivo\n" -#~ "de imagen que utilizar. Introduzca la ruta y el nombre del archivo " -#~ "directamente o selecciónelo utilizando\n" +#~ "Nombre del archivo imagen predeterminado, si no está en blanco, define el archivo\n" +#~ "de imagen que utilizar. Introduzca la ruta y el nombre del archivo directamente o selecciónelo utilizando\n" #~ "Examinar" #~ msgid "" @@ -2895,84 +2570,65 @@ #~ "Partition for Boot Loader Duplication\n" #~ "specifies other Linux device nodes where the bootinfo should be stored.\n" #~ "If this option is given, the boot partition will be converted to FAT. \n" -#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a " -#~ "RAID1 or RAID5 system." +#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a RAID1 or RAID5 system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Partición para el duplicado del cargador de arranque\n" -#~ "especifica otros nodos de unidades Linux donde la información de arranque " -#~ "está almacenada.\n" +#~ "especifica otros nodos de unidades Linux donde la información de arranque está almacenada.\n" #~ "Si esta opción es dada, la partición de arraque es convertida a FAT. \n" -#~ "El propósito de esta opción es escribir los archivos de arraque en todos " -#~ "los miembros de los sistemas RAID1 o RAID5." +#~ "El propósito de esta opción es escribir los archivos de arraque en todos los miembros de los sistemas RAID1 o RAID5." #~ msgid "" #~ "Change Boot Device in NV-RAM\n" #~ "this option will tell lilo to update the OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n" -#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified " -#~ "in\n" +#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified in\n" #~ "\"boot=\". If this option is missing, the system may not boot." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Cambiar la unidad de arranque en NV-RAM\n" #~ "esta opción indica a lilo actualizar la variable \"unidad de arranque\" \n" -#~ "de OpenFirmware con la ruta completa de OpenFirmware apuntando a la " -#~ "unidad expecificada en\n" +#~ "de OpenFirmware con la ruta completa de OpenFirmware apuntando a la unidad expecificada en\n" #~ "\"boot=\". Si falta esta opción, el sistema no puede arrancar." #~ msgid "" #~ "Do not Use OS-chooser\n" -#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script " -#~ "named \"os-chooser\". \n" -#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple " -#~ "G5 systems \n" +#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script named \"os-chooser\". \n" +#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple G5 systems \n" #~ "will crash if there is no monitor attached." #~ msgstr "" #~ "No utilizar selector de sistema operativo\n" -#~ " indica a lilo utilizar yaboot como archivo de arranque en vez de un " -#~ "cuarto guión llamado \"os-chooser\". \n" -#~ "El controlador OpenFirmware en las targetas gráficas nVidia como las " -#~ "incluidas en los sistemas Apple G5 \n" +#~ " indica a lilo utilizar yaboot como archivo de arranque en vez de un cuarto guión llamado \"os-chooser\". \n" +#~ "El controlador OpenFirmware en las targetas gráficas nVidia como las incluidas en los sistemas Apple G5 \n" #~ "fallarán si no existe un monitor presente." #~ msgid "" #~ "Timeout in Seconds for MacOS/Linux\n" -#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots " -#~ "automatically \n" +#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots automatically \n" #~ "if no key is pressed to boot MacOS" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Tiempo de espera en segundos para MacOS/Linux\n" -#~ "Contiene el tiempo de espera entre MacOS/Linux en segundos hasta que " -#~ "Linux arranca automáticamente \n" +#~ "Contiene el tiempo de espera entre MacOS/Linux en segundos hasta que Linux arranca automáticamente \n" #~ "si no se presiona tecla alguna para arrancar desde MacOS" #~ msgid "" #~ "Always Boot from FAT Partition\n" -#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition " -#~ "format\n" -#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for " -#~ "more\n" +#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition format\n" +#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for more\n" #~ "complex setups. This option forces the lilo script to use\n" #~ "the FAT formatted file system" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Iniciar siempre desde la partición FAT\n" -#~ "Normalmente el guión lilo selecciona automágicamente el formato de la " -#~ "partición de arranque\n" -#~ "para ser una partición de arranque PReP o un sistema de archivos " -#~ "formateado FAT para\n" -#~ "configuraciones más complejas. Esta opción obliga al guión lilo a " -#~ "utilizar\n" +#~ "Normalmente el guión lilo selecciona automágicamente el formato de la partición de arranque\n" +#~ "para ser una partición de arranque PReP o un sistema de archivos formateado FAT para\n" +#~ "configuraciones más complejas. Esta opción obliga al guión lilo a utilizar\n" #~ "el sistema de archivos FAT" #~ msgid "" #~ "Install Boot Loader Even on Errors\n" #~ "Install the bootloader even if it is unsure whether your firmware is\n" -#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Instalar el cargador de arranque incluso sobre errores\n" -#~ "Instala el cargador de arranque incluso si no está claro si su firmware " -#~ "tiene\n" -#~ "fallos de manera que el siguiente arranque falle. Esto resulta en una " -#~ "configuración no admitida." +#~ "Instala el cargador de arranque incluso si no está claro si su firmware tiene\n" +#~ "fallos de manera que el siguiente arranque falle. Esto resulta en una configuración no admitida." # info box title #~ msgid "PPC Boot Loader Location" @@ -3138,8 +2794,7 @@ #~ "opciones para definir aquí." #~ msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive. The system will now be rebooted." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Mantener el disquete en la disquetera. Ahora se va a reiniciar el sistema." +#~ msgstr "Mantener el disquete en la disquetera. Ahora se va a reiniciar el sistema." #~ msgid "Default Boot Section/Menu" #~ msgstr "Sección/Menú de arranque predeterminado" @@ -3178,16 +2833,13 @@ #~ "computer, you need to load ELILO via the EFI shell." #~ msgstr "" #~ "El sistema no se ha cargado mediante un firmware EFI. Para \n" -#~ "cargar su sistema necesita cargar ELILO mediante un terminal de ordenes " -#~ "EFI." +#~ "cargar su sistema necesita cargar ELILO mediante un terminal de ordenes EFI." #~ msgid "LILO bootloader is not supported" #~ msgstr "Actualmente no se soporta LILO" #~ msgid "The /boot directory is on an XFS filesystem. System may not boot." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El directorio /boot está en un sistema de archivos XFS. El sistema no " -#~ "puede arrancar." +#~ msgstr "El directorio /boot está en un sistema de archivos XFS. El sistema no puede arrancar." #~ msgid "Copying hardware configuration template failed." #~ msgstr "Error al copiar la plantilla de configuración de hardware." Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/ca-management.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/ca-management.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/ca-management.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -99,21 +99,15 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:84 msgid "Password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" -msgstr "" -"Contraseña (Seguridad: debe ser proporcionada por una variable de entorno)" +msgstr "Contraseña (Seguridad: debe ser proporcionada por una variable de entorno)" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:93 msgid "CA password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" -msgstr "" -"Contraseña de CA (Seguridad: debe ser proporcionada por una variable de " -"entorno)" +msgstr "Contraseña de CA (Seguridad: debe ser proporcionada por una variable de entorno)" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:100 -msgid "" -"P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" -msgstr "" -"Contraseña P12 (Seguridad: debe ser proporcionada por una variable de " -"entorno)" +msgid "P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" +msgstr "Contraseña P12 (Seguridad: debe ser proporcionada por una variable de entorno)" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:112 msgid "Path of the exported CA, certificate, or CRL" @@ -129,19 +123,15 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:172 msgid "" "\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and " -"certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" -"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and " -"certificate from a file.\n" +"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and certificate from a file.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"YaST genera un certificado y una CA por defecto de forma automática. El " -"certificado y la CA\n" +"YaST genera un certificado y una CA por defecto de forma automática. El certificado y la CA\n" "se utilizan para la comunicación con el servidor Apache.\n" -"Aquí, cambie los ajustes de esta CA y el certificado o importe una CA y un " -"certificado desde un fichero.\n" +"Aquí, cambie los ajustes de esta CA y el certificado o importe una CA y un certificado desde un fichero.\n" " \n" #. Initialization dialog contents @@ -385,12 +375,8 @@ #. #. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "" -"Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server " -"Name and E-Mail." -msgstr "" -"No es posible evaluar el nombre del equipo local. Modificar los valores de " -"nombre de servidor y correo electrónico." +msgid "Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server Name and E-Mail." +msgstr "No es posible evaluar el nombre del equipo local. Modificar los valores de nombre de servidor y correo electrónico." #. new handling of force reset because of (#238754) #. NO FORCE RESET @@ -411,21 +397,16 @@ msgstr "¿Desea eliminar la configuración anterior?" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." -msgstr "" -"No es posible recuperar la contraseña raíz del sistema. Defina una " -"contraseña de CA para continuar." +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." +msgstr "No es posible recuperar la contraseña raíz del sistema. Defina una contraseña de CA para continuar." #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325 msgid "" "The password is too short to use for the certificates. \n" -"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -"creation.\n" +"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" msgstr "" "La contraseña es demasiado corta para usarse en los certificados.\n" -"Introduzca una contraseña valida para los certificados o prohíba la creación " -"de certificados.\n" +"Introduzca una contraseña valida para los certificados o prohíba la creación de certificados.\n" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:351 msgid "Current default CA and certificate." @@ -437,8 +418,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:357 msgid "With higher security requirements, you should change the password." -msgstr "" -"Con requisitos de seguridad más exigentes debería cambiar la contraseña." +msgstr "Con requisitos de seguridad más exigentes debería cambiar la contraseña." #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:369 msgid "[manually set]" @@ -480,15 +460,11 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406 msgid "" -"The root password is too short for use as the password for the " -"certificates.\n" -" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -"creation.\n" +"The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates.\n" +" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" msgstr "" -"La contraseña de root es demasiado corta para usarla como contraseña en los " -"certificados.\n" -"Introduzca una contraseña valida para los certificados o prohíba su " -"creación.\n" +"La contraseña de root es demasiado corta para usarla como contraseña en los certificados.\n" +"Introduzca una contraseña valida para los certificados o prohíba su creación.\n" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:413 msgid "Not creating a CA and certificate." @@ -499,12 +475,8 @@ msgstr "Importando CA y certificado desde fichero" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427 -msgid "" -"Is the default hostname linux really unique? The certificate is " -"only valid if the hostname is correct." -msgstr "" -"¿Está seguro de que el nombre de equipo linux es exclusivo? El " -"certificado sólo es válido si el nombre de equipo es correcto." +msgid "Is the default hostname linux really unique? The certificate is only valid if the hostname is correct." +msgstr "¿Está seguro de que el nombre de equipo linux es exclusivo? El certificado sólo es válido si el nombre de equipo es correcto." #. menu title #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:468 @@ -541,28 +513,24 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" -"In this frame, select the desired installation method for CAs and " -"certificates\n" +"In this frame, select the desired installation method for CAs and certificates\n" "while completing the installation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"En este marco, seleccione el método de instalación deseado para las CA</" -"b> y los certificados\n" +"En este marco, seleccione el método de instalación deseado para las CA y los certificados\n" "mientras completa la instalación.\n" "\n" #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112 msgid "" "\n" -"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in " -"the installed system \n" +"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in the installed system \n" "if you do not want to create or import it now.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"También tiene la posibilidad de crear la CA y el certificado por defecto en " -"el sistema instalado \n" +"También tiene la posibilidad de crear la CA y el certificado por defecto en el sistema instalado \n" " si no desea crearlos o importarlos ahora.\n" " \n" @@ -657,15 +625,13 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388 msgid "" "\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA " -"and certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" "Here, change these default settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"YaST genera automáticamente una CA predeterminada y un certificado. " -"La CA y el certificado\n" +"YaST genera automáticamente una CA predeterminada y un certificado. La CA y el certificado\n" "se utilizan para comunicarse con el servidor Apache.\n" "Aquí puede modificar la configuración predeterminada.\n" "\n" @@ -690,67 +656,38 @@ #. help text 1/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77 -msgid "" -"A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted " -"network connections." -msgstr "" -"Los servicios que suministran conexiones de red cifradas con SSL/TLS usan " -"el certificado de servidor." +msgid "A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted network connections." +msgstr "Los servicios que suministran conexiones de red cifradas con SSL/TLS usan el certificado de servidor." #. help text 2/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84 -msgid "" -"The purpose of the Common Server Certificate is, to provide a " -"certificate for several services running on this host. " -msgstr "" -"La utilidad de el Certificado común de Servidor, es la de ofrecer " -"un certificado para varios servicios ejecutándose en este host." +msgid "The purpose of the Common Server Certificate is, to provide a certificate for several services running on this host. " +msgstr "La utilidad de el Certificado común de Servidor, es la de ofrecer un certificado para varios servicios ejecutándose en este host." #. help text 3/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during " -"configuration of such a service." -msgstr "" -"Algunos módulos de YaST ofrecen la posibilidad de usar este certificado en " -"la configuración de algunos servicios" +msgid "Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during configuration of such a service." +msgstr "Algunos módulos de YaST ofrecen la posibilidad de usar este certificado en la configuración de algunos servicios" #. help text 4/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100 -msgid "" -"With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server " -"certificate or replace the current one." -msgstr "" -"Con el botón Importar/Reemplazar puede añadir un nuevo certificado " -"de servidor o reemplazar el actual." +msgid "With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server certificate or replace the current one." +msgstr "Con el botón Importar/Reemplazar puede añadir un nuevo certificado de servidor o reemplazar el actual." #. help text 5/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108 -msgid "" -"You can remove the Certificates by clicking the Remove button. But " -"make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services." -msgstr "" -"Puede eliminar los certificados pulsando Eliminar. Pero asegúrese " -"de que no se esta usando por algún otro servicio." +msgid "You can remove the Certificates by clicking the Remove button. But make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services." +msgstr "Puede eliminar los certificados pulsando Eliminar. Pero asegúrese de que no se esta usando por algún otro servicio." #. help text 6/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116 -msgid "" -"Certificates can be written to a file using Export to File in " -"section Certificate in the CA Management module." -msgstr "" -"Los certificados pueden escribirse en un fichero mediante la opción " -"Exportar a fichero, que se encuentra en la sección Certificado " -"del módulo Gestión de la CA." +msgid "Certificates can be written to a file using Export to File in section Certificate in the CA Management module." +msgstr "Los certificados pueden escribirse en un fichero mediante la opción Exportar a fichero, que se encuentra en la sección Certificado del módulo Gestión de la CA." #. help text 7/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124 -msgid "" -"Certificates to import from disk must have been written in PKCS12 " -"format with CA chain." -msgstr "" -"Los certificados que se importen de un disco deben estar escritos en " -"formato PKCS12 con cadena CA." +msgid "Certificates to import from disk must have been written in PKCS12 format with CA chain." +msgstr "Los certificados que se importen de un disco deben estar escritos en formato PKCS12 con cadena CA." #. help text 8/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:132 @@ -816,12 +753,8 @@ #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Special information about the current CA is provided by Certificates</" -"b>, CRL, and Advanced." -msgstr "" -"Las opciones Certificados, CRL y Avanzado " -"proporcionan información especial sobre la CA actual." +msgid "Special information about the current CA is provided by Certificates, CRL, and Advanced." +msgstr "Las opciones Certificados, CRL y Avanzado proporcionan información especial sobre la CA actual." #. getDescriptionCA - description of a CA #. @param CA name @@ -944,39 +877,25 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:51 -msgid "" -"When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some " -"default values." -msgstr "" -"A la hora de crear una nueva subCA o certificado, el sistema sugerirá " -"algunos valores predeterminados." +msgid "When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some default values." +msgstr "A la hora de crear una nueva subCA o certificado, el sistema sugerirá algunos valores predeterminados." #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:57 msgid "With this workflow, change these default settings." -msgstr "" -"Por medio de este proceso puede modificar la configuración predeterminada." -"" +msgstr "Por medio de este proceso puede modificar la configuración predeterminada." #. help text 3/4 #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153 -msgid "" -"However, the modified settings will be used for new entries only.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Sin embargo, las opciones de configuración modificadas sólo pueden " -"utilizarse para nuevas entradas." +msgid "However, the modified settings will be used for new entries only." +msgstr "Sin embargo, las opciones de configuración modificadas sólo pueden utilizarse para nuevas entradas." #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69 -msgid "" -"You can edit the default settings for subCAs, client " -"certificates, and server certificates." -msgstr "" -"Puede editar la configuración predeterminada de las subCA, " -"certificados de clientes y certificados de servidor." +msgid "You can edit the default settings for subCAs, client certificates, and server certificates." +msgstr "Puede editar la configuración predeterminada de las subCA, certificados de clientes y certificados de servidor." #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:79 msgid "Default Settings for:" @@ -996,12 +915,8 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are " -"saved." -msgstr "" -"Esta ventana le ofrece una vista de las opciones de configuración " -"predeterminadas antes de guardarlas." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are saved." +msgstr "Esta ventana le ofrece una vista de las opciones de configuración predeterminadas antes de guardarlas." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:142 @@ -1114,15 +1029,8 @@ #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46 -msgid "" -"First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The " -"columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the " -"state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked)." -msgstr "" -"En primer lugar puede observar una lista con los certificados disponibles " -"de esta CA. Las columnas son el DN de los certificados incluyendo la " -"dirección de correo y el estado del certificado (por ejemplo válido o " -"revocado)." +msgid "First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked)." +msgstr "En primer lugar puede observar una lista con los certificados disponibles de esta CA. Las columnas son el DN de los certificados incluyendo la dirección de correo y el estado del certificado (por ejemplo válido o revocado)." #. help text 2/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:52 @@ -1131,37 +1039,23 @@ #. help text 3/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57 -msgid "" -"View opens a window with a text representation of the complete " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"La opción Ver abre una ventana con una representación en texto del " -"certificado completo." +msgid "View opens a window with a text representation of the complete certificate." +msgstr "La opción Ver abre una ventana con una representación en texto del certificado completo." #. help text 4/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Furthermore, you can Revoke, Delete, or Export a " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"Asimismo, puede Revocar, Eliminar o Exportar un " -"certificado." +msgid "Furthermore, you can Revoke, Delete, or Export a certificate." +msgstr "Asimismo, puede Revocar, Eliminar o Exportar un certificado." #. help text 5/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:71 msgid "With Add, generate a new server or client certificate." -msgstr "" -"Con Añadir puede generar un nuevo certificado de cliente o " -"servidor." +msgstr "Con Añadir puede generar un nuevo certificado de cliente o servidor." #. help text 6/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78 -msgid "" -"In the area below, see the most important values of the selected " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"En la zona inferior puede ver los valores más importantes del certificado " -"seleccionado." +msgid "In the area below, see the most important values of the selected certificate." +msgstr "En la zona inferior puede ver los valores más importantes del certificado seleccionado." #. popup window header #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:142 @@ -1170,9 +1064,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:145 msgid "You are only revoking the certificate. No new CRL will be created." -msgstr "" -"Sólo está revocando el certificado. No se creará ninguna nueva lista de " -"certificados revocados (CRL)." +msgstr "Sólo está revocando el certificado. No se creará ninguna nueva lista de certificados revocados (CRL)." #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:150 msgid "Reasons" @@ -1481,11 +1373,8 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142 -msgid "" -"When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values." -msgstr "" -"Al crear una nueva lista CRL, el sistema sugiere algunos valores por " -"defecto." +msgid "When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values." +msgstr "Al crear una nueva lista CRL, el sistema sugiere algunos valores por defecto." #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:148 @@ -1521,16 +1410,8 @@ #. Translators: long help text - security information #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111 -msgid "" -"Warning! Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write " -"the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored " -"there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be " -"readable for the root user." -msgstr "" -"¡Aviso! Activación de la creación automática y exportación de un CRL " -"escribirá la contraseña del CA a un fichero de configuración en el disco. La " -"contraseña se guardará ahí en texto claro puesto que es necesaria para crear " -"un CRL. El fichero sólo será legible para el usuario root." +msgid "Warning! Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be readable for the root user." +msgstr "¡Aviso! Activación de la creación automática y exportación de un CRL escribirá la contraseña del CA a un fichero de configuración en el disco. La contraseña se guardará ahí en texto claro puesto que es necesaria para crear un CRL. El fichero sólo será legible para el usuario root." #. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA #. @param selected CA @@ -1542,33 +1423,15 @@ #. this default can only be set inside this function #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:381 msgid "Export the CRL of this CA once by selecting Export once." -msgstr "" -"Exportar el CRL de esta CA una vez seleccionando Exportar una vez." -"" +msgstr "Exportar el CRL de esta CA una vez seleccionando Exportar una vez." #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384 -msgid "" -"To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select Repeated recreation " -"and export. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in " -"Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can " -"additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and " -"understand the Security Information." -msgstr "" -"Para configurar una creación repetida de CRL, seleccione Creación " -"repetida y exportación. En este caso, establezca el intervalo " -"Intervalo períodico. Si establece el intervalo en 24 horas, puede " -"también seleccionar el intervalo para la exportación. Asegúrese de leer y " -"comprender la Información de Seguridad." +msgid "To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select Repeated recreation and export. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and understand the Security Information." +msgstr "Para configurar una creación repetida de CRL, seleccione Creación repetida y exportación. En este caso, establezca el intervalo Intervalo períodico. Si establece el intervalo en 24 horas, puede también seleccionar el intervalo para la exportación. Asegúrese de leer y comprender la Información de Seguridad." #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387 -msgid "" -"You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP " -"server or both. Set up the respective parameters in Export to local file</" -"b> and Export to LDAP." -msgstr "" -"Puede activar una exportación del CRL a un fichero local o a un servidor " -"LDAP o ambos. Defina los respectivos parámetros en Exportar a fichero " -"local y Exportar a LDAP." +msgid "You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP server or both. Set up the respective parameters in Export to local file and Export to LDAP." +msgstr "Puede activar una exportación del CRL a un fichero local o a un servidor LDAP o ambos. Defina los respectivos parámetros en Exportar a fichero local y Exportar a LDAP." #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:401 msgid "Export once" @@ -1725,13 +1588,11 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:91 msgid "To generate a new certificate, some entries are needed." -msgstr "" -"Para generar un nuevo certificado son necesarias algunas entradas." +msgstr "Para generar un nuevo certificado son necesarias algunas entradas." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:96 msgid "To generate a new request, some entries are needed." -msgstr "" -"Para generar una nueva solicitud son necesarias algunas entradas." +msgstr "Para generar una nueva solicitud son necesarias algunas entradas." #. help text 2/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:106 @@ -1745,49 +1606,30 @@ #. help text 5/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117 -msgid "" -"CA Name is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, " -"\"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\"." -msgstr "" -"El Nombre de CA es el nombre de un certificado de CA. Utilice sólo " -"caracteres , \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", y \"_\"." +msgid "CA Name is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\"." +msgstr "El Nombre de CA es el nombre de un certificado de CA. Utilice sólo caracteres , \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", y \"_\"." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123 msgid "Common Name is the name of the CA." msgstr "Nombre común es el nombre de la CA." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129 -msgid "" -"Common Name is the name of the user for whom to create the " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"Nombre común es el nombre del usuario para el que se crea el " -"certificado." +msgid "Common Name is the name of the user for whom to create the certificate." +msgstr "Nombre común es el nombre del usuario para el que se crea el certificado." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Common Name is the fully qualified domain name of the server." -msgstr "" -"Nombre común es el nombre de dominio totalmente cualificado del " -"servidor." +msgid "Common Name is the fully qualified domain name of the server." +msgstr "Nombre común es el nombre de dominio totalmente cualificado del servidor." #. help text 6/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145 -msgid "" -"E-Mail Addresses are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server " -"administrator." -msgstr "" -"Direcciones de correo son direcciones de correo válidas del " -"usuario o administrador del servidor." +msgid "E-Mail Addresses are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server administrator." +msgstr "Direcciones de correo son direcciones de correo válidas del usuario o administrador del servidor." #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152 -msgid "" -"Organization, Organizational Unit, Locality, and " -"State are often optional." -msgstr "" -"Empresa, Departamento, Localidad y Región " -"suelen ser opcionales." +msgid "Organization, Organizational Unit, Locality, and State are often optional." +msgstr "Empresa, Departamento, Localidad y Región suelen ser opcionales." #. To translators: pushbutton label #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:173 @@ -1818,32 +1660,18 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469 -msgid "" -"The private key of the CA needs a Password with a minimum length " -"of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"La clave privada de la CA requiere una Contraseña con una longitud " -"mínima de cinco caracteres. Deberá volver a introducirla en el siguiente " -"campo para que sea posible realizar la verificación." +msgid "The private key of the CA needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." +msgstr "La clave privada de la CA requiere una Contraseña con una longitud mínima de cinco caracteres. Deberá volver a introducirla en el siguiente campo para que sea posible realizar la verificación." #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476 -msgid "" -"Each CA has its own Key Length. Some applications that use " -"certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "" -"Cada CA tiene su propia Longitud de la clave. Algunas aplicaciones " -"que emplean certificados requieren longitudes de claves especiales." +msgid "Each CA has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "Cada CA tiene su propia Longitud de la clave. Algunas aplicaciones que emplean certificados requieren longitudes de claves especiales." #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484 -msgid "" -"The CA is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the " -"time frame in days." -msgstr "" -"La CA sólo es válida durante un período de tiempo específico (Período " -"de validez). Introduzca el intervalo de tiempo en días." +msgid "The CA is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the time frame in days." +msgstr "La CA sólo es válida durante un período de tiempo específico (Período de validez). Introduzca el intervalo de tiempo en días." #. help text 4/4 #. help text 4/4 @@ -1851,65 +1679,33 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:492 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543 -msgid "" -"Advanced Options are very special options. If you change these " -"options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work " -"correctly." -msgstr "" -"Las Opciones avanzadas son opciones muy especiales. Si modifica " -"estas opciones, SUSE no puede garantizar que el certificado generado " -"funcione correctamente." +msgid "Advanced Options are very special options. If you change these options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work correctly." +msgstr "Las Opciones avanzadas son opciones muy especiales. Si modifica estas opciones, SUSE no puede garantizar que el certificado generado funcione correctamente." #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498 -msgid "" -"The private key of the certificate needs a Password with a minimum " -"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " -"field." -msgstr "" -"La clave privada del certificado necesita una Contraseña con una " -"longitud mínima de cinco caracteres. Vuelva a introducirla en el siguiente " -"apartado para efectos de verificación." +msgid "The private key of the certificate needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." +msgstr "La clave privada del certificado necesita una Contraseña con una longitud mínima de cinco caracteres. Vuelva a introducirla en el siguiente apartado para efectos de verificación." #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505 -msgid "" -"Each certificate has its own Key Length. Some applications that " -"use certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "" -"Cada certificado tiene su propia Longitud de clave. Algunas de las " -"aplicaciones que utilizan certificados necesitan claves de longitudes " -"específicas." +msgid "Each certificate has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "Cada certificado tiene su propia Longitud de clave. Algunas de las aplicaciones que utilizan certificados necesitan claves de longitudes específicas." #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513 -msgid "" -"The certificate is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). " -"Enter the time frame in days." -msgstr "" -"El certificado sólo es válido para un periodo específico (Periodo de " -"validez). Introduzca la duración en días." +msgid "The certificate is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the time frame in days." +msgstr "El certificado sólo es válido para un periodo específico (Periodo de validez). Introduzca la duración en días." #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528 -msgid "" -"The private key of the request needs a Password with a minimum " -"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " -"field." -msgstr "" -"La clave privada de la solicitud requiere una Contraseña con una " -"longitud mínima de cinco caracteres. Deberá volver a introducirla en el " -"siguiente campo para que sea posible realizar la verificación." +msgid "The private key of the request needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." +msgstr "La clave privada de la solicitud requiere una Contraseña con una longitud mínima de cinco caracteres. Deberá volver a introducirla en el siguiente campo para que sea posible realizar la verificación." #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535 -msgid "" -"Each request has its own Key Length. Some applications that use " -"certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "" -"Cada solicitud tiene su propia Longitud de la clave. Algunas " -"aplicaciones que emplean certificados requieren longitudes de claves " -"especiales." +msgid "Each request has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "Cada solicitud tiene su propia Longitud de la clave. Algunas aplicaciones que emplean certificados requieren longitudes de claves especiales." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:561 msgid "&Use CA Password as Certificate Password" @@ -1943,12 +1739,8 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be " -"created." -msgstr "" -"Este marco proporciona una descripción general de todos los ajustes de la " -"CA que va a crear." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be created." +msgstr "Este marco proporciona una descripción general de todos los ajustes de la CA que va a crear." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:706 @@ -1957,12 +1749,8 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that " -"will be created." -msgstr "" -"Esta ventana le ofrece un resumen de todas las opciones de configuración " -"para el certificado que será creado." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that will be created." +msgstr "Esta ventana le ofrece un resumen de todas las opciones de configuración para el certificado que será creado." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:716 @@ -1971,12 +1759,8 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " -"created." -msgstr "" -"Este marco proporciona una descripción general de todos los ajustes de la " -"solicitud que va a crear." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be created." +msgstr "Este marco proporciona una descripción general de todos los ajustes de la solicitud que va a crear." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:727 @@ -2088,16 +1872,8 @@ #. #. Creating a new CA/Certificate #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55 -msgid "" -"This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that " -"can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the " -"file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"Este cuadro muestra mas atributos y extensiones OpenSSL X509v3 que pueden " -"utilizarse. Si no esta familiarizado con estas extensiones consulte el " -"archivo /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-" -"doc)." +msgid "This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc)." +msgstr "Este cuadro muestra mas atributos y extensiones OpenSSL X509v3 que pueden utilizarse. Si no esta familiarizado con estas extensiones consulte el archivo /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc)." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61 msgid "Wrong entries can make the certificate unusable." @@ -2162,13 +1938,8 @@ #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47 -msgid "" -"First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The " -"columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address." -msgstr "" -"En primer lugar, observe la vista de lista con todas las solicitudes " -"disponibles de la CA. Las columnas indican el DN de la solicitud, incluida " -"la dirección de correo electrónico." +msgid "First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address." +msgstr "En primer lugar, observe la vista de lista con todas las solicitudes disponibles de la CA. Las columnas indican el DN de la solicitud, incluida la dirección de correo electrónico." #. help text 2/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:53 @@ -2177,38 +1948,23 @@ #. help text 3/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58 -msgid "" -"View opens a window with a text representation of the complete " -"request." -msgstr "" -"Ver abre una ventana con una representación de texto de la " -"solicitud completa." +msgid "View opens a window with a text representation of the complete request." +msgstr "Ver abre una ventana con una representación de texto de la solicitud completa." #. help text 4/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65 -msgid "" -"You can also Sign, Delete, or Export a request." -msgstr "" -"También puede Firmar, Eliminar o Exportar una " -"solicitud." +msgid "You can also Sign, Delete, or Export a request." +msgstr "También puede Firmar, Eliminar o Exportar una solicitud." #. help text 5/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72 -msgid "" -"With Import, read a new request. With Add, generate a new " -"request." -msgstr "" -"Importar permite leer una nueva solicitud. Añadir genera " -"una nueva solicitud." +msgid "With Import, read a new request. With Add, generate a new request." +msgstr "Importar permite leer una nueva solicitud. Añadir genera una nueva solicitud." #. help text 6/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79 -msgid "" -"In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." -"" -msgstr "" -"En el área siguiente podrá consultar los valores más importantes de la " -"solicitud seleccionada." +msgid "In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." +msgstr "En el área siguiente podrá consultar los valores más importantes de la solicitud seleccionada." #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:326 msgid "Generate Time" @@ -2286,13 +2042,11 @@ #. IS CA ? #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" -msgstr "" -"Esta solicitud es de CA. ¿Está seguro de que desea firmarla como de %1?" +msgstr "Esta solicitud es de CA. ¿Está seguro de que desea firmarla como de %1?" #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" -msgstr "" -"Esta solicitud no es de CA. ¿Está seguro de que desea firmarla como de CA?" +msgstr "Esta solicitud no es de CA. ¿Está seguro de que desea firmarla como de CA?" #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 @@ -2301,19 +2055,13 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 -msgid "" -"The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." -msgstr "" -"La solicitud tiene extensiones de solicitud especiales, que puede aceptar." -"" +msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." +msgstr "La solicitud tiene extensiones de solicitud especiales, que puede aceptar." #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 -msgid "" -"If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." -msgstr "" -"Si rechaza las extensiones, se utilizarán los valores por defecto en su " -"lugar." +msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." +msgstr "Si rechaza las extensiones, se utilizarán los valores por defecto en su lugar." #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" @@ -2325,12 +2073,8 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " -"signed." -msgstr "" -"Este marco proporciona una descripción general de todos los ajustes de la " -"solicitud que va a firmar." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." +msgstr "Este marco proporciona una descripción general de todos los ajustes de la solicitud que va a firmar." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 @@ -2379,24 +2123,17 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:145 msgid "Select one CA and press Enter CA." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione una autoridad de certificación y pulse Introducir CA.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Seleccione una autoridad de certificación y pulse Introducir CA." #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149 -msgid "" -"Create Root CA generates a new root certificate authority." -msgstr "" -"Crear CA raíz genera una nueva autoridad certificadora raíz." +msgid "Create Root CA generates a new root certificate authority." +msgstr "Crear CA raíz genera una nueva autoridad certificadora raíz." #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156 -msgid "" -"For more information about CA Management, please read the manual." -msgstr "" -"Para mas información sobre la gestión de certificados, por favor, lea el " -"manual." +msgid "For more information about CA Management, please read the manual." +msgstr "Para mas información sobre la gestión de certificados, por favor, lea el manual." #. To translators: pushbutton label #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:167 @@ -2611,23 +2348,15 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1216 msgid "" "<big>Importing Common Server Certificate (PKCS12 + CA Chain Format)\n" -" from Disk:</big> Select one file name and press Next to continue." -"\n" +" from Disk:</big> Select one file name and press Next to continue.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Importando certificado de servidor común (formato PKCS12 + cadena " -"CA)\n" -"de disco:</big> Seleccione un nombre de fichero y pulse Siguiente " -"para continuar.\n" +"<big>Importando certificado de servidor común (formato PKCS12 + cadena CA)\n" +"de disco:</big> Seleccione un nombre de fichero y pulse Siguiente para continuar.\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222 -msgid "" -"Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place " -"where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." -msgstr "" -"Importar un certificado de servidor con su correspondiente CA y copiarlo a " -"un lugar donde miran otros módulos de YaST para buscar los certificados " -"comunes." +msgid "Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." +msgstr "Importar un certificado de servidor con su correspondiente CA y copiarlo a un lugar donde miran otros módulos de YaST para buscar los certificados comunes." #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230 @@ -2664,19 +2393,15 @@ msgstr "" "El nombre común del certificado (%1) no es el nombre\n" "del servidor (%2).\n" -"Este certificado puede no ser utilizable como certificado común de " -"servidores.\n" +"Este certificado puede no ser utilizable como certificado común de servidores.\n" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369 msgid "" "The hostname of this server (command: hostname --long) have to match \n" -"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in " -"subject alternative names." +"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in subject alternative names." msgstr "" -"El nombre de host de este servidor (comando: hostname --long) debe " -"coincidir\n" -"con el nombre común del certificado (CN) o uno de los valores en los nombres " -"alternativos." +"El nombre de host de este servidor (comando: hostname --long) debe coincidir\n" +"con el nombre común del certificado (CN) o uno de los valores en los nombres alternativos." #. popup window header #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1383 @@ -2744,12 +2469,10 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658 msgid "" "Key Password is required. \n" -"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not " -"encrypted key." +"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not encrypted key." msgstr "" "Se requiere la contraseña de la llave. \n" -"Debe ser la contraseña para la llave cifrada o una nueva en caso de una " -"llave no cifrada." +"Debe ser la contraseña para la llave cifrada o una nueva en caso de una llave no cifrada." #. Error popup #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1693 @@ -3352,28 +3075,17 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "The password is too short for use as the password for the certificates. \n" -#~ " Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -#~ "creation.\n" +#~ " Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "La contraseña es demasiado corta para que se pueda utilizar como " -#~ "contraseña de los certificados. \n" -#~ " Introduzca una contraseña válida para los certificados o deshabilite la " -#~ "creación de certificados.\n" +#~ "La contraseña es demasiado corta para que se pueda utilizar como contraseña de los certificados. \n" +#~ " Introduzca una contraseña válida para los certificados o deshabilite la creación de certificados.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "The root password is too short for use as the password for the " -#~ "certificates. \n" -#~ " Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -#~ "creation.\n" +#~ "The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates. \n" +#~ " Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "La contraseña raíz es demasiado corta para que se pueda utilizar como " -#~ "contraseña de los certificados. \n" -#~ " Introduzca una contraseña válida para los certificados o deshabilite la " -#~ "creación de certificados.\n" +#~ "La contraseña raíz es demasiado corta para que se pueda utilizar como contraseña de los certificados. \n" +#~ " Introduzca una contraseña válida para los certificados o deshabilite la creación de certificados.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server " -#~ "certificate or replace the currect one." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Con el botón Importar/Reemplazar puede añadir un nuevo " -#~ "certificado de servidor o reemplazar el actual." +#~ msgid "With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server certificate or replace the currect one." +#~ msgstr "Con el botón Importar/Reemplazar puede añadir un nuevo certificado de servidor o reemplazar el actual." Added: trunk/yast/es/po/cio.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/cio.es.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/cio.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +# Spanish message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002, 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Ibán josé García Castillo <Iban.Garcia(a)alufis35.uv.es>, 2000. +# Javier Moreno <javier.moreno(a)alufis35.uv.es>, 2000. +# Jordi Jaen Pallares <jordi(a)suse.de>, 1999, 2000, 2001. +# Pablo Iranzo Gómez <Pablo.Iranzo(a)uv.es>, 2000. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Pablo Iranzo Gómez <Pablo.Iranzo(a)uv.es>\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: es\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Interfaces" +msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "Interfaces disponibles" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "Dispositivo" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Used" +msgstr "Usado" + +# clients/inst_sw_update.ycp:416 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "no" + +# clients/inst_sw_update.ycp:412 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "sí" + +# classnames.ycp:130 +# classnames.ycp:130 +# classnames.ycp:130 +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Fiber channel" +msgid "Filter channels" +msgstr "Canal de fibra" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "&Seleccionar todos" + +# clients/inst_sw_select.ycp:257 +# clients/inst_sw_select.ycp:332 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Detailed selection..." +msgid "&Clear selection" +msgstr "Selección &detallada..." + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&All Selected Packages" +msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" +msgstr "Todos los p&aquetes seleccionados" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Scan the Channels" +msgid "&Unban Channels" +msgstr "Ra&strear canales" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exit" +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "Salir" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "" +"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Ranges to Unban." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/cluster.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/cluster.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/cluster.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -85,7 +85,6 @@ msgstr "Configurar Csync2" #: src/include/cluster/common.rb:51 -#| msgid "Configure Csync2" msgid "Configure conntrackd" msgstr "Configurar conntrackd" @@ -103,13 +102,11 @@ # include/network/isdn/ip.ycp:72 include/network/isdn/ip.ycp:98 #. BNC#871970, change member address struct #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 -#| msgid "Member Address:" msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Dirección IP" # include/network/isdn/ip.ycp:72 include/network/isdn/ip.ycp:98 #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 -#| msgid "Member Address:" msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "Dirección IP de respaldo:" @@ -145,7 +142,6 @@ msgstr "Canal redundante" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480 -#| msgid "Cluster" msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "Nombre de Clúster:" @@ -176,20 +172,12 @@ msgstr "Hilos:" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 -msgid "" -"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/" -"authkey." -msgstr "" -"Para un clúster recién creado, presiona el botón de abajo para generar el " -"fichero /etc/corosync/authkey." +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +msgstr "Para un clúster recién creado, presiona el botón de abajo para generar el fichero /etc/corosync/authkey." #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 -msgid "" -"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other " -"nodes manually." -msgstr "" -"Para unirse a un clúster existente, por favor copie manualmente el /etc/" -"corosync/authkey de otros nodos." +msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." +msgstr "Para unirse a un clúster existente, por favor copie manualmente el /etc/corosync/authkey de otros nodos." # include/runlevel/ui.ycp:489 #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 @@ -210,12 +198,10 @@ # include/nfs_server/ui.ycp:190 # include/nfs_server/ui.ycp:196 #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895 -#| msgid "On -- Start openais at booting" msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" msgstr "Encendido -- iniciar pacemaker durante el arranque" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902 -#| msgid "Off -- Start openais manually only" msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" msgstr "Apagado -- iniciar pacemaker sólo manualmente" @@ -228,12 +214,10 @@ msgstr "Estado actual: " #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925 -#| msgid "Start openais Now" msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "Iniciar pacemaker ahora" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926 -#| msgid "Stop openais Now" msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "Detener pacemaker ahora" @@ -322,8 +306,7 @@ "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" "Archivo de clave %1 generado.\n" -"Haga click en \"Añadir Archivos Sugeridos\" para añadirlos a la lista de " -"sincronización." +"Haga click en \"Añadir Archivos Sugeridos\" para añadirlos a la lista de sincronización." # include/backup/ui.ycp:1770 #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 @@ -333,8 +316,7 @@ #. SaveCsync2(); #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" -"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between " -"cluster nodes.\n" +"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" @@ -358,124 +340,52 @@ #. All helps are here #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address " -"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in " -"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set " -"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which " -"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be " -"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface " -"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the " -"nodeid field must be specified. \n" -"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used " -"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but " -"the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address " -"to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address." -" This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 " -"networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must " -"be specified.\n" -"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is " -"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais " -"services configured for different UDP ports. \n" -"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in " -"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu </" -"p>\n" -"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional " -"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value " -"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. " -"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from " -"the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring " -"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should " -"not be used. \n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, " -"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers " -"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network " -"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly " -"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become " -"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network " -"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one " -"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple " -"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen." -" \n" -"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting " -"quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is " -"present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. </" -"p>\n" -"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using " -"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" +"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n" +"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.\n" +"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports. \n" +"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" +"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are " -"used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the " -"protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this " -"directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to " -"encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates " -"that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for " -"non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" -"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 " -"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further " -"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 " -"encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this " -"option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces " -"total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles " -"in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks " -"with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible " -"with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A " -"throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option " -"is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame " -"transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is " -"enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this " -"option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default is on. \n" +"<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" +"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot " -"or not\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when " -"Firewall is enabled\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the " -"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the " -"same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be " -"synced.\n" -"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed " -"using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is " -"generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup " -"should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</" -"p>\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be synced.\n" +"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.\n" "\t" msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network " -"interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for " -"using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated " -"network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" -"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be " -"used for syncing.\n" -"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for " -"syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" +"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be used for syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.\n" "\t" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Initializing Cluster Configuration</big> \n" -#| "\n" msgid "" "<big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -490,14 +400,10 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Cancelando la inicialización:</BIG> \n" -"Para cancelar la utilidad de configuración con seguridad, pulse Cancelar</" -"B> ahora.\n" +"Para cancelar la utilidad de configuración con seguridad, pulse Cancelar ahora.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Saving cluster Configuration</big> \n" -#| "\n" msgid "" "<big>Saving cluster Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -516,8 +422,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando la grabación:</big> \n" "Cancele el procedimiento de grabación pulsando Cancelar.\n" -"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o " -"no.\n" +"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o no.\n" "\n" # include/cups/ui.ycp:2433 @@ -535,7 +440,6 @@ # clients/printconf.ycp:267 #. Cluster read dialog caption #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395 -#| msgid "Initializing Cluster Configuration" msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración de clúster" @@ -585,7 +489,6 @@ #. read database #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 -#| msgid "Cannot load existing configuration." msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "No se puede cargar la configuración existente" @@ -613,7 +516,6 @@ # menuentries/menuentry_isdn.y2cc:11 #. Cluster read dialog caption #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502 -#| msgid "Saving Cluster Configuration" msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de clúster" @@ -644,32 +546,23 @@ msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "No se puede escribir la configuración." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/" -#~ "corosync/authkey." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Para usar el recién creado cluster, pulse el botón de abajo para generar /" -#~ "etc/corosync/authkey." +#~ msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +#~ msgstr "Para usar el recién creado cluster, pulse el botón de abajo para generar /etc/corosync/authkey." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during " -#~| "boot or not\n" -#~| "\t\t\t<big>Start mgmtd</big> Mgmtd daemon is a standalone " -#~| "service daemon. It is required by the GUI\n" +#~| "\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during boot or not\n" +#~| "\t\t\t<big>Start mgmtd</big> Mgmtd daemon is a standalone service daemon. It is required by the GUI\n" #~| "\t\t\t" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during " -#~ "boot or not\n" +#~ "\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during boot or not\n" #~ "\t\t\t" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "\t\t\t<big>Arranque</big> Iniciar el servicio openais " -#~ "durante el arranque o no\n" -#~ "\t\t\t<big>Iniciar mgmtd</big> El daemon Mgmtd es un daemon " -#~ "de servicio autónomo. Es necesario por la IGU\n" +#~ "\t\t\t<big>Arranque</big> Iniciar el servicio openais durante el arranque o no\n" +#~ "\t\t\t<big>Iniciar mgmtd</big> El daemon Mgmtd es un daemon de servicio autónomo. Es necesario por la IGU\n" #~ "\t\t\t" # clients/support_registration.ycp:249 include/support/registration.ycp:93 Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/control.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/control.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/control.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -394,9 +394,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Máquina virtual (Para ambientes paravirtualizados como Xen)" #~ msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Equipo de virtualización Xen (X11 local no se encuentra configurado por " -#~ "defecto)" +#~ msgstr "Equipo de virtualización Xen (X11 local no se encuentra configurado por defecto)" # clients/lan_nfs_server.ycp:32 # clients/lan_nfs_server.ycp:32 @@ -410,9 +408,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Servicio" #~ msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Equipo de virtualización KVM (X11 local no se encuentra configurado por " -#~ "defecto)" +#~ msgstr "Equipo de virtualización KVM (X11 local no se encuentra configurado por defecto)" # clients/inst_choose_desktop.ycp:250 clients/inst_choose_desktop.ycp:574 clients/inst_sunfb.ycp:309 #~ msgid "Desktop Selection" @@ -455,12 +451,10 @@ #~ "así como un conjunto de aplicaciones para correo electrónico,\n" #~ "internet, oficina, juegos, y utilidades para administrar tu sistema.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "openSUSE ofrece varios entornos de escritorio para elegir. Los más " -#~ "usados\n" +#~ "openSUSE ofrece varios entornos de escritorio para elegir. Los más usados\n" #~ "son GNOME y KDE, soportados ambos por openSUSE. Estos escritorios\n" #~ "son fáciles de usar y altamente integrados, con una atractiva interfaz.\n" -#~ "Cada entorno de escritorio tiene un estilo distintivo, siendo una " -#~ "cuestión\n" +#~ "Cada entorno de escritorio tiene un estilo distintivo, siendo una cuestión\n" #~ "de gustos personales determinar cual es más apropiado para ti." #~ msgid "GNOME Desktop" @@ -511,23 +505,16 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "openSUSE offers you a choice of user interfaces. The two major complete \n" -#~ "desktops are KDE and GNOME. Both provide an easy-to-use desktop with a " -#~ "full \n" -#~ "suite of applications including email, a file manager, games and " -#~ "utilities. \n" +#~ "desktops are KDE and GNOME. Both provide an easy-to-use desktop with a full \n" +#~ "suite of applications including email, a file manager, games and utilities. \n" #~ " \n" -#~ "As desktop selection is a matter of taste, we do not give a " -#~ "recommendation." +#~ "As desktop selection is a matter of taste, we do not give a recommendation." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "openSUSE ofrece una selección de interfaces de usuario. Los dos " -#~ "escritorios completos más \n" -#~ "importantes son KDE y GNOME. Ambos proveen un entorno fácil de utilizar " -#~ "con \n" -#~ "un completo conjunto de aplicaciones que incluye correo electrónico, " -#~ "administrador de archivos, juegos y utilidades.\n" +#~ "openSUSE ofrece una selección de interfaces de usuario. Los dos escritorios completos más \n" +#~ "importantes son KDE y GNOME. Ambos proveen un entorno fácil de utilizar con \n" +#~ "un completo conjunto de aplicaciones que incluye correo electrónico, administrador de archivos, juegos y utilidades.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "La elección de un escritorio es cuestión de gustos, por lo que no podemos " -#~ "darle ninguna recomendación." +#~ "La elección de un escritorio es cuestión de gustos, por lo que no podemos darle ninguna recomendación." #~ msgid "GNOME" #~ msgstr "GNOME" @@ -547,10 +534,8 @@ #~ "It delivers an innovative, highly integrated desktop environment\n" #~ "with a modern look and feel." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "KDE 4.3 es la última versión estable del escritorio liberada por el " -#~ "proyecto KDE.\n" -#~ "Ofrece un escritorio innovador y altamente integrado de apariencia " -#~ "moderna." +#~ "KDE 4.3 es la última versión estable del escritorio liberada por el proyecto KDE.\n" +#~ "Ofrece un escritorio innovador y altamente integrado de apariencia moderna." #~ msgid "KDE 4.1" #~ msgstr "KDE 4.1" Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/country.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/country.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/country.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -69,11 +69,8 @@ #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"La distribución del teclado '%1' no es válida. Utilice el comando 'list' " -"para ver los valores posibles." +msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "La distribución del teclado '%1' no es válida. Utilice el comando 'list' para ver los valores posibles." #. summary item #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 @@ -108,17 +105,9 @@ #. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -#| "keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool, such as SaX." -#| "\n" -msgid "" -"Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" -msgstr "" -"Los ajustes realizados aquí sólo son aplicables al teclado de la " -"consola. Configure el teclado para la interfaz gráfica de usuario con otra " -"herramienta como SaX.\n" +#| msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool, such as SaX.\n" +msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" +msgstr "Los ajustes realizados aquí sólo son aplicables al teclado de la consola. Configure el teclado para la interfaz gráfica de usuario con otra herramienta como SaX.\n" #. heading text #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 @@ -205,16 +194,14 @@ "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in Test.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Seleccione la Distribución del teclado que desee usar\n" "para la instalación y en el sistema instalado. \n" " Pruebe la distribución mediante Probar.\n" -" Si desea acceder a las opciones avanzadas, como la velocidad de repetición " -"o el retraso, pulse Configuración avanzada.\n" +" Si desea acceder a las opciones avanzadas, como la velocidad de repetición o el retraso, pulse Configuración avanzada.\n" " \n" # @@ -236,17 +223,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" -"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " -"your desktop environment.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" +"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Seleccione la Distribución del teclado que desee usar en el sistema.\n" -"Si desea acceder a las opciones avanzadas, como la velocidad de repetición o " -"el retraso, pulse Configuración avanzada.\n" -"Busque mas opciones, asi como mas diseños en la herramienta de diseño de " -"teclado de su entorno de escritorio.\n" +"Si desea acceder a las opciones avanzadas, como la velocidad de repetición o el retraso, pulse Configuración avanzada.\n" +"Busque mas opciones, asi como mas diseños en la herramienta de diseño de teclado de su entorno de escritorio.\n" # clients/inst_environment.ycp:446 #. Screen title for keyboard screen @@ -388,11 +371,8 @@ # 'list' es el nombre de un comando. no traducir. #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' #: language/src/clients/language.rb:303 -msgid "" -"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"%1 no es un idioma válido. Utilice el comando list para ver los valores " -"posibles." +msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +msgstr "%1 no es un idioma válido. Utilice el comando list para ver los valores posibles." # #. label text @@ -444,13 +424,11 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " -"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Se instalarán los paquetes adicionales que soporten los idiomas principal y " -"secundarios seleccionados. Los paquetes no necesitados serán eliminados.\n" +"Se instalarán los paquetes adicionales que soporten los idiomas principal y secundarios seleccionados. Los paquetes no necesitados serán eliminados.\n" "" # clients/inst_language.ycp:133 @@ -535,20 +513,13 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "\n" -"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the " -"primary language.\n" -"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to " -"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted " -"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" +"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Marque la opción Adaptar la disposición del teclado para adaptar la " -"disposición del teclado al idioma principal.\n" -"Marque Adaptar la zona horaria para cambiar la zona horaria actual " -"según el idioma principal. Si la disposición del teclado o su zona horaria " -"ya están adaptados a su idioma predeterminado, la opción estará " -"deshabilitada.\n" +"Marque la opción Adaptar la disposición del teclado para adaptar la disposición del teclado al idioma principal.\n" +"Marque Adaptar la zona horaria para cambiar la zona horaria actual según el idioma principal. Si la disposición del teclado o su zona horaria ya están adaptados a su idioma predeterminado, la opción estará deshabilitada.\n" "\n" # include/users/help.ycp:250 @@ -562,8 +533,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Idiomas secundarios: \n" -"En el cuadro de selección puede especificar idiomas adicionales que quiera " -"usar en el sistema.\n" +"En el cuadro de selección puede especificar idiomas adicionales que quiera usar en el sistema.\n" "\n" #. error message - package solver failed @@ -591,10 +561,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Aquí se puede afinar la configuración para la gestión de idiomas.\n" -"Estas configuraciones se copian en el archivo <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</" -"tt>.\n" -"Si no tiene claro cómo proceder, utilice los valores por defecto " -"seleccionados.\n" +"Estas configuraciones se copian en el archivo <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.\n" +"Si no tiene claro cómo proceder, utilice los valores por defecto seleccionados.\n" "\n" #. help text for langauge expert screen @@ -606,39 +574,27 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Configuración de localización para el usuario root\n" -"permite determinar cómo se definen la configuración de la localización " -"(LC_*) para el usuario root." +"permite determinar cómo se definen la configuración de la localización (LC_*) para el usuario root." #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -"values\n" +"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" "are unset. \n" "Yes: root has the same locale settings as normal user. \n" "No: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Sólo ctype: el usuario root tiene el mismo LC_TYPE que un usuario " -"normal. No se definen\n" +"Sólo ctype: el usuario root tiene el mismo LC_TYPE que un usuario normal. No se definen\n" "otros valores. \n" -"Sí: el usuario root tiene la misma configuración de localización que " -"los usuarios normales. \n" -"No: el usuario root tiene toda la configuración de localización sin " -"definir.\n" +"Sí: el usuario root tiene la misma configuración de localización que los usuarios normales. \n" +"No: el usuario root tiene toda la configuración de localización sin definir.\n" "\n" #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "" -"Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary " -"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " -"not be available for the selected locale." -msgstr "" -"Utilice la opción Configuración de localización detallada para " -"definir una localización para el idioma principal que no aparezca en la " -"lista del cuadro de diálogo principal. Puede que no haya traducción " -"disponible para la localización seleccionada." +msgid "Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale." +msgstr "Utilice la opción Configuración de localización detallada para definir una localización para el idioma principal que no aparezca en la lista del cuadro de diálogo principal. Puede que no haya traducción disponible para la localización seleccionada." #. heading text #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 @@ -711,14 +667,11 @@ #: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" -"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the " -"appropriate support\n" +"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" -"En este medio se incluye sólo una mínima compatibilidad con el idioma " -"seleccionado.\n" -"Añada el CD adicional de idiomas como un repositorio adicional para obtener " -"un soporte apropiado\n" +"En este medio se incluye sólo una mínima compatibilidad con el idioma seleccionado.\n" +"Añada el CD adicional de idiomas como un repositorio adicional para obtener un soporte apropiado\n" "para este idioma.\n" #. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) @@ -727,10 +680,8 @@ "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." msgstr "" -"El idioma seleccionado no se puede utilizar en el modo de texto. Durante la " -"instalación\n" -"se utiliza el inglés, pero en el nuevo sistema se empleará el idioma " -"seleccionado." +"El idioma seleccionado no se puede utilizar en el modo de texto. Durante la instalación\n" +"se utiliza el inglés, pero en el nuevo sistema se empleará el idioma seleccionado." #. translators: command line help text for timezone module #: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 @@ -823,28 +774,22 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware " -"Clock Set To.\n" -"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " -"Microsoft\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock Set To.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " -"time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Especifique si el equipo está configurado con la hora local o con UTC en " -"Reloj de hardware definido como.\n" -"La mayoría de los PC que tienen también otro sistema operativo instalado " -"(como Microsoft\n" +"Especifique si el equipo está configurado con la hora local o con UTC en Reloj de hardware definido como.\n" +"La mayoría de los PC que tienen también otro sistema operativo instalado (como Microsoft\n" "Windows) emplean la hora local.\n" "Los equipos que sólo tienen instalado Linux normalmente se\n" "configuran con la hora coordinada universal (UTC).\n" -"Si el reloj de hardware está definido como UTC, el sistema cambia de la hora " -"estándar\n" +"Si el reloj de hardware está definido como UTC, el sistema cambia de la hora estándar\n" "al horario de verano y viceversa automáticamente.\n" "\n" @@ -859,28 +804,21 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Nota: El reloj interno del sistema utilizado por el kernel Linux, debe estar " -"siempre\n" -"establecido en UTC, ya que este es utiliza como referencia para obtener la " -"hora local\n" -"correcta en el espacio del usuario. Si está utilizando hora local para el " -"reloj CMOS, verifica\n" -"el manual de usuario por sugerencias para resolver posibles efectos " -"secundarios.\n" +"Nota: El reloj interno del sistema utilizado por el kernel Linux, debe estar siempre\n" +"establecido en UTC, ya que este es utiliza como referencia para obtener la hora local\n" +"correcta en el espacio del usuario. Si está utilizando hora local para el reloj CMOS, verifica\n" +"el manual de usuario por sugerencias para resolver posibles efectos secundarios.\n" "" #. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " -"system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " -"year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " -"backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -888,15 +826,12 @@ "Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?" msgstr "" "\n" -"Seleccionaste hora local, pero parece que el único sistema que tienes " -"instalado es Linux.\n" +"Seleccionaste hora local, pero parece que el único sistema que tienes instalado es Linux.\n" "En este caso, recomendamos utilizar UTC, y dar Cancelar.\n" "\n" "Si deseas mantener hora local, debes ajustar el reloj CMOS dos veces al año\n" -"debido a los cambios en horario de verano (donde sea necesario). Si olvidas " -"ajustar el reloj,\n" -"las copias de seguridad podrían fallar, el sistema de correo podría eliminar " -"mensajes, etc.\n" +"debido a los cambios en horario de verano (donde sea necesario). Si olvidas ajustar el reloj,\n" +"las copias de seguridad podrían fallar, el sistema de correo podría eliminar mensajes, etc.\n" "\n" "Si utilizas UTC, Linux ajustará la hora automáticamente.\n" "\n" @@ -904,13 +839,8 @@ #. help text for set time dialog #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "" -"The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " -"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." -msgstr "" -"Se muestran la fecha y la hora actual del sistema. Cámbielas para " -"corregir los valores manualmente o use el protocolo de tiempo de red (NTP).</" -"p>" +msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgstr "Se muestran la fecha y la hora actual del sistema. Cámbielas para corregir los valores manualmente o use el protocolo de tiempo de red (NTP)." #. help text, cont. #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 @@ -1046,15 +976,13 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:814 msgid "" "\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region</" -"b>.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" "In Time Zone, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Para seleccionar la zona horaria que se usará en el sistema, primero debe " -"seleccionar la Región.\n" +"Para seleccionar la zona horaria que se usará en el sistema, primero debe seleccionar la Región.\n" "En Zona horaria seleccione a continuación la zona, el país o\n" "la región apropiada entre las opciones disponibles.\n" "\n" @@ -1416,15 +1344,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "For Devices for Lock, enter a space-separated list of devices to " -#~ "which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\n" +#~ "For Devices for Lock, enter a space-separated list of devices to which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "En Dispositivos con bloqueo introduzca una lista separada por " -#~ "espacios de los dispositivos a los que se aplicarán los ajustes de " -#~ "bloqueo de desplazamiento, bloqueo de teclado numérico y bloqueo de " -#~ "mayúsculas.\n" +#~ "En Dispositivos con bloqueo introduzca una lista separada por espacios de los dispositivos a los que se aplicarán los ajustes de bloqueo de desplazamiento, bloqueo de teclado numérico y bloqueo de mayúsculas.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "Ca&ps Lock On" Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/crowbar.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/crowbar.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/crowbar.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -221,8 +221,7 @@ "\n" "You can visit the Crowbar web UI on http://%1:3000/" msgstr "" -"El Servidor de Administración de SUSE Cloud ha sido desplegado. Cambiar la " -"red\n" +"El Servidor de Administración de SUSE Cloud ha sido desplegado. Cambiar la red\n" "no está soportado actualmente.\n" "\n" "Consulte el sitio de Crowbar en http://%1:3000/" Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/dhcp-server.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/dhcp-server.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/dhcp-server.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -144,9 +144,7 @@ #. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces" -msgstr "" -"Imprimir la interfaz usada actualmente y mostrar lista con otras interfaces " -"disponibles" +msgstr "Imprimir la interfaz usada actualmente y mostrar lista con otras interfaces disponibles" #. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 @@ -173,14 +171,12 @@ #. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183 msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" -msgstr "" -"Dirección IP más baja del rango de direcciones IP dinámico que se asigna" +msgstr "Dirección IP más baja del rango de direcciones IP dinámico que se asigna" #. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190 msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" -msgstr "" -"Dirección IP más alta del rango de direcciones IP dinámico que se asigna" +msgstr "Dirección IP más alta del rango de direcciones IP dinámico que se asigna" # # include/lilo/widgets.ycp:60 @@ -295,8 +291,7 @@ #. yes-no popup #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" -msgstr "" -"No ha sido posible guardar la configuración. ¿Desea cambiar la configuración?" +msgstr "No ha sido posible guardar la configuración. ¿Desea cambiar la configuración?" #. dialog caption #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84 @@ -646,8 +641,7 @@ #. at least minimal configuration #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 msgid "" -"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP " -"address \n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" "and netmask)." msgstr "" @@ -871,12 +865,10 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" -"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP " -"server.\n" +"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" -"El rango de direcciones DHCP dinámico debe hallarse en la misma red que el " -"servidor DHCP.\n" +"El rango de direcciones DHCP dinámico debe hallarse en la misma red que el servidor DHCP.\n" "La IP %1 no coincide con la red %2/%3." # clients/lan_nfs_fstab.ycp:153 @@ -1037,33 +1029,26 @@ #. remove leading '-' #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" -msgstr "" -"\"-%1\" no es una opción de línea de comandos válida para el servidor DHCP" +msgstr "\"-%1\" no es una opción de línea de comandos válida para el servidor DHCP" #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" -msgstr "" -"La opción de línea de comandos del servidor DHCP \"-%1\" requiere un " -"argumento" +msgstr "La opción de línea de comandos del servidor DHCP \"-%1\" requiere un argumento" #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" -"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and " -"write\n" +"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and write\n" "/etc/dhcpd.conf. The new configuration from %1 will not be imported. All\n" "changes will be saved to the default configuration file.\n" " \n" "Really continue?\n" msgstr "" -"Ha especificado un archivo de configuración alternativo para el servidor " -"DHCP.\n" +"Ha especificado un archivo de configuración alternativo para el servidor DHCP.\n" "\n" -"YaST no lo permite, dado que el módulo del servidor DHCP sólo puede leer y " -"escribir el archivo\n" -"/etc/dhcpd.conf. Se importará una nueva configuración de %1 y todos los " -"cambios\n" +"YaST no lo permite, dado que el módulo del servidor DHCP sólo puede leer y escribir el archivo\n" +"/etc/dhcpd.conf. Se importará una nueva configuración de %1 y todos los cambios\n" "se guardarán en el archivo de configuración por defecto.\n" " \n" "¿Seguro que desea continuar?\n" @@ -1082,8 +1067,7 @@ "<big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big> \n" "First IP Address defines\n" "the starting address of the range and Last IP Address defines\n" -"the last one. Hostname Base is a string that determines how " -"hostnames\n" +"the last one. Hostname Base is a string that determines how hostnames\n" "are created (such as <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" "<tt>%i</tt> is replaced with the number of the host in the range.\n" "If no <tt>%i</tt> is defined, the number is added at the end of the\n" @@ -1095,12 +1079,10 @@ "Primera dirección IP define\n" "la dirección de inicio del rango yÚltima dirección IP define la\n" "última. Nombre de host base es una cadena que define el modo en que\n" -"deben crearse los nombres de hosts (como <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</" -"tt>).\n" +"deben crearse los nombres de hosts (como <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" "<tt>%i</tt> se sustituye por el número del host dentro del rango.\n" "Si <tt>%i</tt> no se define, el número se añade al final de la\n" -"cadena. <tt>%i</tt> sólo se puede utilizar una vez en Nombre de host " -"base.\n" +"cadena. <tt>%i</tt> sólo se puede utilizar una vez en Nombre de host base.\n" "Inicio define el primer número que se utiliza para el primer\n" "nombre de host. Los nombres de hosts se crean de forma incremental.\n" @@ -1116,10 +1098,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Asistente DNS</big> \n" "Este asistente le ayudará a crear una nueva zona DNS\n" -"directamente desde la configuración del servidor DHCP. Esta zona DNS es " -"importante\n" -"si desea identificar los clientes DHCP según sus nombres de host. La zona " -"DNS\n" +"directamente desde la configuración del servidor DHCP. Esta zona DNS es importante\n" +"si desea identificar los clientes DHCP según sus nombres de host. La zona DNS\n" "traduce los nombres a las direcciones IP asignadas. También puede\n" "crear una zona inversa que traduzca las direcciones IP a nombres.\n" @@ -1127,13 +1107,10 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42 msgid "" "New Zone Name or Reverse Zone Name\n" -"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be " -"changed.\n" +"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.\n" msgstr "" -"No puede modificar Nombre de zona nueva ni Nombre de zona " -"inversa\n" -"porque se han generado a partir de los valores actuales de red y servidor " -"DHCP.\n" +"No puede modificar Nombre de zona nueva ni Nombre de zona inversa\n" +"porque se han generado a partir de los valores actuales de red y servidor DHCP.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:46 @@ -1152,8 +1129,7 @@ "They administer all the DNS zone records.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Servidores de nombres</big> \n" -"Los servidores de nombres son necesarios para asegurar el funcionamiento " -"correcto del servidor DNS.\n" +"Los servidores de nombres son necesarios para asegurar el funcionamiento correcto del servidor DNS.\n" "Se encargan de administrar todos los registros de la zona DNS.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 2) @@ -1172,29 +1148,22 @@ "Cualquier consulta DNS (por ejemplo, la dirección IP de un \n" "nombre de host en una zona DNS) primero pregunta a la zona padre\n" "(<tt>com</tt> en <tt>ejemplo.com</tt>) por los servidores de nombres\n" -"de la zona actual. A continuación, envía una consulta DNS a dichos " -"servidores de\n" -"nombres para obtener una respuesta que contenga la dirección IP deseada. \n" -"Este es el motivo por el que debe incluir el nombre de host del servidor DNS " -"actual como\n" +"de la zona actual. A continuación, envía una consulta DNS a dichos servidores de\n" +"nombres para obtener una respuesta que contenga la dirección IP deseada. \n" +"Este es el motivo por el que debe incluir el nombre de host del servidor DNS actual como\n" "uno de los servidores de nombres de la zona.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 3) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67 msgid "" "To add a New Name Server, click Add, complete the form,\n" -"then click Ok. If the new name server name is included in the " -"current\n" +"then click Ok. If the new name server name is included in the current\n" "DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n" "during the zone creation.\n" msgstr "" -"Para añadir un Servidor de nombres nuevo, pulse Añadir, " -"complete el formulario\n" -"y pulse Aceptar. Si el nombre del nuevo servidor de nombres está " -"incluido en la zona \n" -"DNS actual, introduzca también su dirección IP. Esto es obligatorio debido a " -"que se utiliza\n" +"Para añadir un Servidor de nombres nuevo, pulse Añadir, complete el formulario\n" +"y pulse Aceptar. Si el nombre del nuevo servidor de nombres está incluido en la zona \n" +"DNS actual, introduzca también su dirección IP. Esto es obligatorio debido a que se utiliza\n" "durante la creación de la zona.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 4) @@ -1214,19 +1183,14 @@ "<big>DNS Records</big> \n" "Define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\n" "all hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\n" -"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to " -"use\n" +"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\n" "and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Registros DNS</big> \n" -"Defina aquí los nombres de hosts DNS para todos los clientes DHCP. No es " -"necesario definir\n" -"todos los nombres de hosts uno por uno. Basta con definir una o varias " -"reglas sencillas acerca del modo\n" -"en que deben crearse los nombres de host. Estas reglas definen el rango de " -"direcciones IP que se debe utilizar\n" -"y la cadena que se debe utilizar para generar los nombres de hosts de un " -"rango determinado.\n" +"Defina aquí los nombres de hosts DNS para todos los clientes DHCP. No es necesario definir\n" +"todos los nombres de hosts uno por uno. Basta con definir una o varias reglas sencillas acerca del modo\n" +"en que deben crearse los nombres de host. Estas reglas definen el rango de direcciones IP que se debe utilizar\n" +"y la cadena que se debe utilizar para generar los nombres de hosts de un rango determinado.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 2) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:88 @@ -1281,10 +1245,8 @@ "IP addresses--are maintained here.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Sincronización DNS</big> \n" -"Es una herramienta avanzada para editar los valores del servidor DNS, de " -"modo que coincidan con los\n" -"valores de DHCP. Aquí sólo se mantienen los registros \"A\" (registros DNS " -"que convierten nombres de hosts en\n" +"Es una herramienta avanzada para editar los valores del servidor DNS, de modo que coincidan con los\n" +"valores de DHCP. Aquí sólo se mantienen los registros \"A\" (registros DNS que convierten nombres de hosts en\n" "direcciones IP).\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 2) @@ -1295,11 +1257,9 @@ "First IP Address and Second IP Address match the current\n" "Dynamic DHCP range.\n" msgstr "" -"Subred actual y Máscara de red muestran los valores de red " -"actuales.\n" +"Subred actual y Máscara de red muestran los valores de red actuales.\n" "Dominio se toma de la configuración DHCP actual.\n" -"Primera dirección IP y Dirección de ID secundaria coinciden " -"con el\n" +"Primera dirección IP y Dirección de ID secundaria coinciden con el\n" "rango DHCP dinámico actual.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 3) @@ -1310,8 +1270,7 @@ "from Special Tasks.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Para crear una zona DNS partiendo de cero, utilice Ejecutar asistente</" -"b>\n" +"Para crear una zona DNS partiendo de cero, utilice Ejecutar asistente\n" "en Tareas especiales.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 4) @@ -1320,25 +1279,19 @@ "\n" " To create or remove a single DNS record,\n" "click Add or Delete.\n" -"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the " -"corresponding\n" +"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the corresponding\n" "reverse zone, select Synchronize with Reverse Zone.\n" "Use Remove DNS Records Matching Range \n" -"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range " -"of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, " -"select\n" +"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\n" "Add New Range of DNS Records from Special Tasks.\n" msgstr "" "\n" " Para crear o eliminar un único registro DNS,\n" "pulse Añadir o Eliminar.\n" -"Para sincronizar las entradas DNS con sus formas inversas en la zona " -"inversa\n" +"Para sincronizar las entradas DNS con sus formas inversas en la zona inversa\n" "correspondiente, seleccione Sincronizar con zona inversa.\n" "Utilice Eliminar rango de registros DNS coincidentes \n" -"en Tareas especiales para suprimir cualquier información relacionada " -"con este rango de direcciones IP del servidor DNS. Para crear un nuevo rango " -"de registros DNS, seleccione\n" +"en Tareas especiales para suprimir cualquier información relacionada con este rango de direcciones IP del servidor DNS. Para crear un nuevo rango de registros DNS, seleccione\n" "Añadir rango nuevo de registros DNS en Tareas especiales.\n" #. old_range: $[ @@ -1416,8 +1369,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error '%i' is a special string, do not translate it, please #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:422 msgid "There can be only one '%i' in the hostname base string." -msgstr "" -"Sólo puede haber un elemento '%i' en la cadena de base de nombre de host." +msgstr "Sólo puede haber un elemento '%i' en la cadena de base de nombre de host." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description @@ -1525,8 +1477,7 @@ "If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n" "Really cancel this operation?\n" msgstr "" -"Si decide cancelar, se perderán todos los cambios realizados en el servidor " -"DNS.\n" +"Si decide cancelar, se perderán todos los cambios realizados en el servidor DNS.\n" "¿Seguro que desea cancelar la operación?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry @@ -1624,14 +1575,11 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234 msgid "" "No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS zone.\n" -"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server " -"defined. \n" +"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server defined. \n" "Really use the current settings?\n" msgstr "" -"No se ha proporcionado ninguna dirección IP de servidor de nombres en la " -"zona DNS actual.\n" -"Puede que esto no funcione, dado que es necesario definir el nombre de " -"servidor y la dirección IP\n" +"No se ha proporcionado ninguna dirección IP de servidor de nombres en la zona DNS actual.\n" +"Puede que esto no funcione, dado que es necesario definir el nombre de servidor y la dirección IP\n" "en cada zona.\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea utilizar los valores actuales?\n" @@ -1918,8 +1866,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Configuración del cortafuegos</big> \n" "Para abrir el cortafuegos y autorizar el acceso al\n" -"servicio desde equipos remotos a través de la interfaz seleccionada, " -"seleccione\n" +"servicio desde equipos remotos a través de la interfaz seleccionada, seleccione\n" "Abrir cortafuegos para las interfaces seleccionadas.\n" "Esta opción sólo está disponible\n" "si el cortafuegos está habilitado." @@ -1932,8 +1879,7 @@ "Start DHCP Server." msgstr "" "<big>Servidor DHCP</big>\n" -"Para ejecutar el servidor DHCP cada vez que se inicie el equipo, " -"seleccione\n" +"Para ejecutar el servidor DHCP cada vez que se inicie el equipo, seleccione\n" "Iniciar el servidor DHCP." #. help text 2/5 @@ -1946,8 +1892,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Para ejecutar el servidor DHCP en jaula chroot , seleccione\n" -"Ejecutar servidor DHCP en una jaula chroot. Iniciar un daemon en una " -"jaula chroot\n" +"Ejecutar servidor DHCP en una jaula chroot. Iniciar un daemon en una jaula chroot\n" "es más seguro y se recomienda encarecidamente." #. help text 3/5 @@ -1970,10 +1915,8 @@ "the new declaration and click Add.\n" "To delete a declaration, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Declaraciones configuradas muestra las opciones de configuración " -"en uso.\n" -"Para modificar una declaración existente, selecciónela y pulse Editar</" -"b>.\n" +"Declaraciones configuradas muestra las opciones de configuración en uso.\n" +"Para modificar una declaración existente, selecciónela y pulse Editar.\n" "Para añadir una nueva, seleccione la declaración que deba incluir\n" "a la nueva y pulse Añadir.\n" "Para suprimir una declaración, selecciónela y pulse Eliminar." @@ -2000,8 +1943,7 @@ "Set the Network Address and Network Mask of the subnet." msgstr "" "<big>Configuración de subred</big> \n" -"Establezca la Dirección de red y la Máscara de red de la " -"subred." +"Establezca la Dirección de red y la Máscara de red de la subred." #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 @@ -2036,8 +1978,7 @@ "The name does not affect behavior of the DHCP server." msgstr "" "<big>Depósito de direcciones</big> \n" -"Defina el nombre del depósito de direcciones en Nombre del depósito</" -"b>. \n" +"Defina el nombre del depósito de direcciones en Nombre del depósito. \n" "Esta opción sirve meramente como identificación.\n" "El nombre no afecta al comportamiento del servidor DHCP." @@ -2085,8 +2026,7 @@ "To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use Dynamic DNS." msgstr "" "\n" -"Para ajustar el DNS dinámico para los hosts de esta subred, utilice la " -"opción DNS dinámico." +"Para ajustar el DNS dinámico para los hosts de esta subred, utilice la opción DNS dinámico." #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 @@ -2109,12 +2049,9 @@ "and reverse zone." msgstr "" "<big>Clave TSIG</big> \n" -"Es necesario definir la clave de autenticación para hacer actualizaciones de " -"DNS dinámico. Use\n" -"Clave TSIG para seleccionar la clave para la autenticación. Esta " -"clave debe ser la misma\n" -"para los servidores DHCP y DNS. Especifique la clave para las zonas directa " -"(forward)\n" +"Es necesario definir la clave de autenticación para hacer actualizaciones de DNS dinámico. Use\n" +"Clave TSIG para seleccionar la clave para la autenticación. Esta clave debe ser la misma\n" +"para los servidores DHCP y DNS. Especifique la clave para las zonas directa (forward)\n" "e inversa (reverse)." #. help text 3/4 @@ -2126,10 +2063,8 @@ "Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings." msgstr "" "<big>Configuración global del servidor DHCP</big> \n" -"Es necesario actualizar la configuración global del servidor DHCP para que " -"el DNS\n" -"dinámico funcione correctamente. Para realizar este proceso automáticamente, " -"seleccione\n" +"Es necesario actualizar la configuración global del servidor DHCP para que el DNS\n" +"dinámico funcione correctamente. Para realizar este proceso automáticamente, seleccione\n" "Actualizar configuración global de DNS dinámico." #. help text 4/4 @@ -2137,45 +2072,35 @@ msgid "" "<big>Zones to Update</big> \n" "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" -"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the " -"DHCP\n" +"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\n" "server, you can leave the fields empty." msgstr "" "<big>Zonas que deben actualizarse</big> \n" -"Indique las zonas inversa y directa que es necesario actualizar. Especifique " -"también \n" -"el servidor de nombres primario de ambas. Si el servidor de nombres se " -"ejecuta en el mismo host\n" +"Indique las zonas inversa y directa que es necesario actualizar. Especifique también \n" +"el servidor de nombres primario de ambas. Si el servidor de nombres se ejecuta en el mismo host\n" "que el servidor DHCP, puede dejar estas casillas vacías." #. help text #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "<big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big> \n" -"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started " -"with \n" -"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible " -"options,\n" +"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" +"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n" "consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used." msgstr "" "<big>Argumentos de inicio del servidor DHCP</big> \n" -"Aquí puede especificar los parámetros de inicio que desee que utilice el " -"servidor DHCP \n" -"(por ejemplo, -p 1234 para escuchar en un puerto distinto del empleado por " -"defecto). Para conocer todas las opciones posibles,\n" -"consulte la página del manual de dhcpd. Si se dejan en blanco, se utilizarán " -"los valores por defecto." +"Aquí puede especificar los parámetros de inicio que desee que utilice el servidor DHCP \n" +"(por ejemplo, -p 1234 para escuchar en un puerto distinto del empleado por defecto). Para conocer todas las opciones posibles,\n" +"consulte la página del manual de dhcpd. Si se dejan en blanco, se utilizarán los valores por defecto." #. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Selection</big> \n" -"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</" -"p>\n" +"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Selección de tarjeta de red</big> \n" -"Seleccione una o varias tarjetas de red de las que se muestran para " -"utilizarlas con el servidor DHCP.\n" +"Seleccione una o varias tarjetas de red de las que se muestran para utilizarlas con el servidor DHCP.\n" #. Optional field - used with LDAP support #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160 @@ -2184,8 +2109,7 @@ "(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n" msgstr "" "Si lo desea, puede especificar también el Nombre del servidor DHCP\n" -"(el nombre del objeto LDAP dhcpServer), en caso de que sea distinto del " -"nombre de host.\n" +"(el nombre del objeto LDAP dhcpServer), en caso de que sea distinto del nombre de host.\n" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164 @@ -2213,8 +2137,7 @@ "offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n" "These values must be IP addresses." msgstr "" -"IP del servidor de nombres primario e IP del servidor de " -"nombres secundario \n" +"IP del servidor de nombres primario e IP del servidor de nombres secundario \n" "Proporcione estos servidores de nombres a los clientes DHCP.\n" "Estos valores deben ser direcciones IP." @@ -2225,8 +2148,7 @@ "value as the default route in the routing table of clients." msgstr "" "Pasarela predeterminada permite insertar\n" -"este valor como ruta por defecto en la tabla de encaminamiento de los " -"clientes." +"este valor como ruta por defecto en la tabla de encaminamiento de los clientes." #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185 @@ -2239,11 +2161,8 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189 -msgid "" -"Print Server offers this server as the default print server." -msgstr "" -"Servidor de impresión define a este servidor como el servidor de " -"impresión predeterminado." +msgid "Print Server offers this server as the default print server." +msgstr "Servidor de impresión define a este servidor como el servidor de impresión predeterminado." #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193 @@ -2257,14 +2176,11 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197 msgid "" -"Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP " -"expires\n" +"Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" "and the client must ask for an IP again." msgstr "" -"Tiempo de asignación predeterminado establece el periodo de tiempo " -"transcurrido el cual\n" -"la dirección asignada expira y el cliente debe solicitar una nueva dirección " -"IP." +"Tiempo de asignación predeterminado establece el periodo de tiempo transcurrido el cual\n" +"la dirección asignada expira y el cliente debe solicitar una nueva dirección IP." #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201 @@ -2275,10 +2191,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Información de subred</big>\n" -"Aquí encontrará información tanto de la subred actual, como de su " -"dirección,\n" -"máscara de red y los valores de mínima y máxima dirección IP disponibles " -"para los clientes.\n" +"Aquí encontrará información tanto de la subred actual, como de su dirección,\n" +"máscara de red y los valores de mínima y máxima dirección IP disponibles para los clientes.\n" "\n" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4 @@ -2286,16 +2200,14 @@ msgid "" "<big>IP Address Range</big> \n" "Set the First IP Address and the Last IP Address\n" -"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the " -"same netmask.\n" +"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\n" "For instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the \n" "Allow Dynamic BOOTP flag if the specified range may be dynamically\n" "assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Rango de direcciones IP</big> \n" "Defina aquí la Primera dirección IP y la Última dirección IP\n" -"que se debe asignar a los clientes. Las direcciones deben tener la misma " -"máscara de red.\n" +"que se debe asignar a los clientes. Las direcciones deben tener la misma máscara de red.\n" "Por ejemplo, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> y <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Marque\n" "Permitir BOOTP dinámico si el rango especificado debe ser asignado\n" "dinámicamente a clientes BOOTP como así también a clientes DHCP.\n" @@ -2308,10 +2220,8 @@ "which sets the optimal IP refreshing time for clients. " msgstr "" "<big>Tiempo de asignación</big> \n" -"Defina aquí el tiempo de asignación Predeterminado para el rango de " -"direcciones IP actual,\n" -"que sirve para establecer el tiempo de actualización IP óptimo de los " -"clientes. " +"Defina aquí el tiempo de asignación Predeterminado para el rango de direcciones IP actual,\n" +"que sirve para establecer el tiempo de actualización IP óptimo de los clientes. " #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223 @@ -2320,8 +2230,7 @@ "for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server." msgstr "" "Máximo (valor opcional) define el periodo de tiempo máximo\n" -"durante el cuál estará bloqueada esta IP para el cliente en el servidor DHCP." -"" +"durante el cuál estará bloqueada esta IP para el cliente en el servidor DHCP." #. Help text #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 @@ -2341,8 +2250,7 @@ "Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding." msgstr "" "<big>Administración de equipos</big> \n" -"Utilice este diálogo para editar máquinas con asignación estática de " -"direcciones IP." +"Utilice este diálogo para editar máquinas con asignación estática de direcciones IP." #. host management help 1/3 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243 @@ -2362,9 +2270,7 @@ #. host management help 1/3 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "To remove a host, select it and click Delete from List." -msgstr "" -"Para eliminar un equipo, selecciónelo y pulse Borrar de la lista.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Para eliminar un equipo, selecciónelo y pulse Borrar de la lista." #. help text 1/7 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263 @@ -2405,8 +2311,7 @@ "if they should share some settings), select Group." msgstr "" "Seleccione Grupo para añadir un grupo de declaraciones\n" -"adicionales (que deban compartir normalmente algunas opciones de " -"configuración)." +"adicionales (que deban compartir normalmente algunas opciones de configuración)." #. help text 6/7, optional #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303 @@ -2415,10 +2320,8 @@ "differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n" "subnet, select Pool of Addresses." msgstr "" -"Seleccione Depósito de direcciones para añadir un depósito de " -"direcciones\n" -"que deba tratarse de forma diferente a otros depósitos de direcciones a " -"pesar de estar\n" +"Seleccione Depósito de direcciones para añadir un depósito de direcciones\n" +"que deba tratarse de forma diferente a otros depósitos de direcciones a pesar de estar\n" "en la misma subred." #. help text 7/7, optional @@ -2429,8 +2332,7 @@ "select Class." msgstr "" "Para crear una clase de condición que se pueda utilizar \n" -"para manejar clientes de forma diferenciada según la clase a la que " -"pertenezcan,\n" +"para manejar clientes de forma diferenciada según la clase a la que pertenezcan,\n" "seleccione Clase." # include/network/isdn/complex.ycp:195 include/network/lan/dialogs.ycp:145 @@ -2588,8 +2490,7 @@ "%1\n" "Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign them to a zone." msgstr "" -"Las interfaces de red de la siguiente lista no se mencionan en ninguna zona " -"del cortafuegos.\n" +"Las interfaces de red de la siguiente lista no se mencionan en ninguna zona del cortafuegos.\n" "%1\n" "Ejecute la configuración del cortafuegos de YaST para asignarlas a una zona." @@ -2844,8 +2745,7 @@ "Aborting now." msgstr "" "El servidor requiere al menos un\n" -"dispositivo de red configurado (además del dispositivo de redvirtual -" -"loopback-) para\n" +"dispositivo de red configurado (además del dispositivo de redvirtual -loopback-) para\n" "funcionar correctamente.\n" "Configure uno.\n" "\n" @@ -2991,15 +2891,12 @@ msgstr "Se ha producido un error al escribir /etc/dhcpd.conf." #~ msgid "" -#~ "The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP " -#~ "address \n" +#~ "The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" #~ "and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" #~ "Really use this interface?\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "La interfaz de red seleccionada no está configurada (no hay dirección " -#~ "IP \n" -#~ "ni máscara de red asignadas). Puede que no funcione con una configuración " -#~ "de servidor DHCP.\n" +#~ "La interfaz de red seleccionada no está configurada (no hay dirección IP \n" +#~ "ni máscara de red asignadas). Puede que no funcione con una configuración de servidor DHCP.\n" #~ "¿Está seguro de que desea utilizar esta interfaz?\n" #~ msgid "" Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/dns-server.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/dns-server.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/dns-server.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -574,8 +574,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1131 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245 msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation" -msgstr "" -"Número máximo de versiones para la rotación, '0' significa sin rotación" +msgstr "Número máximo de versiones para la rotación, '0' significa sin rotación" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command @@ -617,20 +616,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1180 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 -msgid "" -"Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" -msgstr "" -"Servidor de nombres (en formato totalmente cualificado finalizado con un " -"punto o un nombre relativo)" +msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgstr "Servidor de nombres (en formato totalmente cualificado finalizado con un punto o un nombre relativo)" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1187 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 -msgid "" -"Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" -msgstr "" -"Servidor de correo (en formato totalmente cualificado finalizado con un " -"punto o un nombre relativo)" +msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgstr "Servidor de correo (en formato totalmente cualificado finalizado con un punto o un nombre relativo)" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command @@ -666,8 +659,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1229 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343 msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative" -msgstr "" -"Intervalo transcurrido el cual los registros de zona dejan de ser fiables" +msgstr "Intervalo transcurrido el cual los registros de zona dejan de ser fiables" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated @@ -679,8 +671,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1243 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357 msgid "DNS resource record type, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" -msgstr "" -"Tipo de registro del recurso DNS como por ejemplo A, CNAME, NS, MX o PTR" +msgstr "Tipo de registro del recurso DNS como por ejemplo A, CNAME, NS, MX o PTR" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166) #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166) @@ -691,11 +682,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1257 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 -msgid "" -"DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" -msgstr "" -"Valor de registro del recurso DNS, como 192.0.34.166 para el registro A de " -"ejemplo.org" +msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" +msgstr "Valor de registro del recurso DNS, como 192.0.34.166 para el registro A de ejemplo.org" # clients/lan_nfs_fstab.ycp:192 # clients/lan_nfs_fstab.ycp:192 @@ -1342,8 +1330,7 @@ "Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?" msgstr "" "Se perderán todos los cambios.\n" -"¿Está seguro de que desea salir de la configuración del servidor DNS sin " -"guardar?" +"¿Está seguro de que desea salir de la configuración del servidor DNS sin guardar?" # # clients/online_update_start.ycp:168 @@ -1673,8 +1660,7 @@ msgstr "" "IPv6 inverso no valido.\n" "\n" -"Los registros IPv6 inversos están soportados en especificación completa " -"(%1)\n" +"Los registros IPv6 inversos están soportados en especificación completa (%1)\n" "o en especificación relativa a la zona actual." #. (hostname or FQ) @@ -1686,12 +1672,10 @@ #. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916 msgid "" -"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII " -"characters excluding '='\n" +"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" "and must be at least one character long." msgstr "" -"Clave de registro %{type} no válida. Debe consistir de caracteres " -"imprimibles en la codificación US-ASCII\n" +"Clave de registro %{type} no válida. Debe consistir de caracteres imprimibles en la codificación US-ASCII\n" "excluyendo \"=\" y debe tener al menos una longitud de un carácter." #. TRANSLATORS: Error message @@ -1791,11 +1775,9 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612 msgid "" "Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n" -"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From " -"feature." +"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature." msgstr "" -"Los registros de la zona actual se generan automáticamente desde la zona " -"%1.\n" +"Los registros de la zona actual se generan automáticamente desde la zona %1.\n" "Para cambiar los registros de forma manual deshabilite la prestación\n" "'Generar registros automáticamente'." @@ -1817,8 +1799,7 @@ "If you continue, the current zone will be removed." msgstr "" "Todas las zonas esclavas deben tener definida su IP de servidor maestro.\n" -"Si se configura un servidor DNS sin un servidor maestro se producirá un " -"error.\n" +"Si se configura un servidor DNS sin un servidor maestro se producirá un error.\n" "Si continúa, la zona actual se eliminará." #. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message @@ -1829,8 +1810,7 @@ #. A popup error message #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2815 msgid "The specified master name server is not a valid IP address." -msgstr "" -"El servidor de nombres maestro especificado no es una dirección IP válida." +msgstr "El servidor de nombres maestro especificado no es una dirección IP válida." #. Textentry - adding forwarder #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2926 @@ -1872,8 +1852,7 @@ #. yes-no popup #: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" -msgstr "" -"No ha sido posible guardar la configuración. ¿Desea cambiar la configuración?" +msgstr "No ha sido posible guardar la configuración. ¿Desea cambiar la configuración?" #. message popup #: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:96 @@ -1897,8 +1876,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Cancelar el inicio</big> \n" -"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, haga clic ahora en " -"Cancelar." +"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, haga clic ahora en Cancelar." # include/network/lan/helps.ycp:54 #. Write dialog help 1/2 @@ -1919,10 +1897,8 @@ "An additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so." msgstr "" "<big>Cancelar el almacenamiento</big> \n" -"Detenga el procedimiento de almacenamiento haciendo clic en Cancelar</" -"b>.\n" -"Aparecerá un cuadro de diálogo adicional indicándole si se trata de una " -"operación segura o no." +"Detenga el procedimiento de almacenamiento haciendo clic en Cancelar.\n" +"Aparecerá un cuadro de diálogo adicional indicándole si se trata de una operación segura o no." #. main dialog #. help 1/4 @@ -1946,8 +1922,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "Active Ejecutar servidor DNS en chroot jail\n" -"para que el servidor DNS se ejecute en chroot jail. Se recomienda iniciar " -"cualquier\n" +"para que el servidor DNS se ejecute en chroot jail. Se recomienda iniciar cualquier\n" "daemon en chroot jail por ser más seguro." #. help 3/4 @@ -1960,8 +1935,7 @@ "a configured DNS zone, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "<big>Editar zonas DNS</big> \n" -"Para editar la configuración de una zona DNS, seleccione la entrada " -"apropiada\n" +"Para editar la configuración de una zona DNS, seleccione la entrada apropiada\n" "de la tabla y pulse Editar.\n" "Para añadir una nueva zona DNS pulse Añadir. Para eliminar una\n" "zona DNS configurada, selecciónela y pulse Borrar." @@ -1990,8 +1964,7 @@ "Enter the name of the zone (domain) in Zone Name." msgstr "" "<big>Nombre de zona</big> \n" -"Introduzca el nombre de la zona (dominio) en el apartado Nombre de zona</" -"b>." +"Introduzca el nombre de la zona (dominio) en el apartado Nombre de zona." #. help 2/5, alt. 1 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:74 @@ -2004,14 +1977,10 @@ "both DHCP and DNS servers." msgstr "" "<big>Actualizaciones de zona de DNS dinámico</big> \n" -"La zona puede ser actualizada automáticamente debido a la asignación " -"dinámica\n" -"de direcciones IP por parte del servidor DHCP. Para permitir actualizaciones " -"DDNS,\n" -"configure Permitir actualizaciones dinámicas y la Clave TSIG " -"que\n" -"debe usarse para la autenticación. Esta clave debe ser la misma para los " -"servidores\n" +"La zona puede ser actualizada automáticamente debido a la asignación dinámica\n" +"de direcciones IP por parte del servidor DHCP. Para permitir actualizaciones DDNS,\n" +"configure Permitir actualizaciones dinámicas y la Clave TSIG que\n" +"debe usarse para la autenticación. Esta clave debe ser la misma para los servidores\n" "DHCP y DNS." #. help 3/5, only for alt. 1 @@ -2031,8 +2000,7 @@ "To add a new record to the zone, click Add. To remove\n" "a record, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Para añadir un registro nuevo a la zona pulse Añadir. Para " -"eliminarlo,\n" +"Para añadir un registro nuevo a la zona pulse Añadir. Para eliminarlo,\n" "selección el registro y pulse Borrar." #. help 5/5, only for alt. 1 @@ -2050,17 +2018,13 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Master Servers</big> \n" -"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use Add</" -"b>\n" -"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click " -"Delete\n" +"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use Add\n" +"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click Delete\n" "to remove an existing one." msgstr "" "<big>Servidores maestros</big> \n" -"Defina las direcciones IP de los servidores de nombres maestros para esta " -"zona. La opción Añadir\n" -"permite añadir nuevos servidores de nombres maestros. Para eliminar uno ya " -"existente, selecciónelo y\n" +"Defina las direcciones IP de los servidores de nombres maestros para esta zona. La opción Añadir\n" +"permite añadir nuevos servidores de nombres maestros. Para eliminar uno ya existente, selecciónelo y\n" "haga clic en Borrar." #. help 1/2 @@ -2068,26 +2032,21 @@ msgid "" "<big>Zone Type</big> \n" "To make this name server the primary source of the data of the zone,\n" -"select Master. To make it the secondary name server, select Slave</" -"b>\n" +"select Master. To make it the secondary name server, select Slave\n" "or Stub, so the data of the zone will be mirrored from the master\n" "server." msgstr "" "<big>Tipo de zona</big> \n" -"Seleccione Maestro para que este servidor de nombres sea la fuente " -"primaria\n" -"de los datos de la zona y Esclavo o Stub para que sea el " -"servidor de nombres\n" -"secundario. De esta forma, los datos de la zona serán replicados desde el " -"servidor\n" +"Seleccione Maestro para que este servidor de nombres sea la fuente primaria\n" +"de los datos de la zona y Esclavo o Stub para que sea el servidor de nombres\n" +"secundario. De esta forma, los datos de la zona serán replicados desde el servidor\n" "maestro." #. help 2/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<big>Zone Direction</big> \n" -"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and " -"back.\n" +"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and back.\n" "Select if this zone will be used to translate from domain names to IP\n" "addresses (Forward) or from IP addresses to domain names\n" "(Reverse).\n" @@ -2095,8 +2054,7 @@ "<big>Dirección de la zona</big> \n" "DNS se usa para resolver nombres de dominio en direcciones IP y viceversa.\n" "Determine si esta zona debe emplearse para resolver nombres de dominio en\n" -"direcciones IP (seleccione Directa) o direcciones IP en nombres de " -"dominio\n" +"direcciones IP (seleccione Directa) o direcciones IP en nombres de dominio\n" "(seleccione Inversa).\n" #. firewall dialog @@ -2108,10 +2066,8 @@ "interface classes are defined in the firewall configuration component.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Clases de interfaz</big> \n" -"Seleccione mediante qué clases de interfaz se ha de poder acceder al " -"servidor DNS.\n" -"Las clases de interfaz están definidas en el componente de configuración del " -"cortafuegos.\n" +"Seleccione mediante qué clases de interfaz se ha de poder acceder al servidor DNS.\n" +"Las clases de interfaz están definidas en el componente de configuración del cortafuegos.\n" #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:129 @@ -2122,8 +2078,7 @@ "Adapt Firewall Settings.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Adaptar la configuración del cortafuegos</big>\n" -"Active Adaptar configuración del cortafuegos para adaptar su " -"configuración\n" +"Active Adaptar configuración del cortafuegos para adaptar su configuración\n" "de forma que sea posible acceder al servidor DNS a través de todas las\n" "interfaces de red a las que escucha.\n" @@ -2153,8 +2108,7 @@ "Primary Source must contain the fully qualified domain name\n" "of the primary name server." msgstr "" -"Fuente primaria ha de incluir el nombre de dominio totalmente " -"cualificado\n" +"Fuente primaria ha de incluir el nombre de dominio totalmente cualificado\n" "del servidor de nombres primario." #. help text 4/9 - Administrator's mail @@ -2163,22 +2117,18 @@ "Administrator's Mail must contain the e-mail address of\n" "the administrator responsible for the zone.\n" msgstr "" -"Dirección del administrador debe incluir la dirección de correo " -"electrónico\n" +"Dirección del administrador debe incluir la dirección de correo electrónico\n" "del administrador responsable de la zona.\n" #. help text 5/9 - Serial #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "Serial number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n" -"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize " -"the\n" +"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" "entire zone).\n" msgstr "" -"Número de serie que se utiliza para determinar si la zona ha " -"cambiado\n" -"en los servidores maestros (de esta forma los servidores esclavos no tienen " -"que sincronizar\n" +"Número de serie que se utiliza para determinar si la zona ha cambiado\n" +"en los servidores maestros (de esta forma los servidores esclavos no tienen que sincronizar\n" "siempre toda la zona).\n" #. help text 6/9 - Refresh @@ -2188,10 +2138,8 @@ "Refresh sets how often the zone should be synchronized from\n" "master name server to slave name servers." msgstr "" -"Refrescar define la frecuencia con la que la zona debe ser " -"sincronizada\n" -"desde el servidor de nombres primario a los los servidores de nombres " -"esclavos." +"Refrescar define la frecuencia con la que la zona debe ser sincronizada\n" +"desde el servidor de nombres primario a los los servidores de nombres esclavos." #. help text 7/9 - Retry #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 5/7 @@ -2200,8 +2148,7 @@ "Retry sets how often slave servers try to synchronize\n" "the zone from the master server if synchronization fails." msgstr "" -"Reintentar define la frecuencia con la que los servidores esclavos " -"intentarán\n" +"Reintentar define la frecuencia con la que los servidores esclavos intentarán\n" "sincronizar la zona del servidor maestro si la sincronización falla." #. help text 8/9 - Expiry @@ -2211,10 +2158,8 @@ "servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Expiración define el periodo transcurrido el cual la zona caduca " -"en los\n" -"servidores esclavos y estos dejan de contestar peticiones hasta que se " -"sincroniza de nuevo.\n" +"Expiración define el periodo transcurrido el cual la zona caduca en los\n" +"servidores esclavos y estos dejan de contestar peticiones hasta que se sincroniza de nuevo.\n" "" #. help text 9/9 - Minimum @@ -2224,8 +2169,7 @@ "Minimum sets for how long the slave servers should cache\n" "negative answers (name resolution failed)." msgstr "" -"Mínimo define el periodo de tiempo durante el cual los servidores " -"esclavos deben\n" +"Mínimo define el periodo de tiempo durante el cual los servidores esclavos deben\n" "guardar en la caché las respuestas negativas (name resolution failed)." #. ddns keys dialog @@ -2235,20 +2179,15 @@ "<big>TSIG Key Management</big> \n" "Define TSIG keys used for dynamic zone updates.\n" "To add a new TSIG key, use the \n" -"File Name text field or the Browse button then click Add</" -"b>.\n" -"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click Delete</" -"b>.\n" +"File Name text field or the Browse button then click Add.\n" +"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click Delete.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Gestión de claves TSIG</big> \n" -"Defina las claves TSIG utilizadas para las actualizaciones dinámicas de " -"zona.\n" +"Defina las claves TSIG utilizadas para las actualizaciones dinámicas de zona.\n" "Para añadir una nueva clave TSIG, utilice la casilla de texto\n" -"Nombre de archivo o el botón Examinar y pulse a continuación " -"Añadir.\n" -"Parar borrar una clave TSIG existente, selecciónela de la lista y pulse " -"Borrar.\n" +"Nombre de archivo o el botón Examinar y pulse a continuación Añadir.\n" +"Parar borrar una clave TSIG existente, selecciónela de la lista y pulse Borrar.\n" "" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 @@ -2294,8 +2233,7 @@ "it cannot answer.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Redirecionadores</big> \n" -"Los Redireccionadores son servidores DNS a los que su servidor DNS enviara " -"las\n" +"Los Redireccionadores son servidores DNS a los que su servidor DNS enviara las\n" "preguntas que el no sabe contestar.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 2/3 @@ -2310,10 +2248,8 @@ "To add a new forwarder, set its IP Address and click Add.\n" "To delete a configured forwarder, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Para añadir un redireccionador nuevo, defina su Dirección IP y " -"pulse Añadir.\n" -"Para eliminar un redireccionador configurado, selecciónelo y pulse " -"Borrar." +"Para añadir un redireccionador nuevo, defina su Dirección IP y pulse Añadir.\n" +"Para eliminar un redireccionador configurado, selecciónelo y pulse Borrar." #. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:225 @@ -2349,32 +2285,25 @@ "Use this dialog to define various options of the DNS server logging." msgstr "" "<big>Registro</big> \n" -"En este diálogo puede definir diversas opciones de registro del servidor DNS." -"" +"En este diálogo puede definir diversas opciones de registro del servidor DNS." #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:242 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Log to System Log to save DNS server log messages to the " -"system log. \n" +"Select Log to System Log to save DNS server log messages to the system log. \n" "To save the DNS server log messages to a separate file, select \n" -"Log to File and set the Filename to which to save the log " -"and \n" +"Log to File and set the Filename to which to save the log and \n" "the Maximum Size of the log file.\n" -"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use Maximum Versions</" -"b>\n" +"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use Maximum Versions\n" "to specify how many log files should be saved.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Seleccione Registrar al registro del sistema para guardar los " -"mensajes de registro del servidor DNS en el registro del sistema. \n" +"Seleccione Registrar al registro del sistema para guardar los mensajes de registro del servidor DNS en el registro del sistema. \n" "Para guardarlos en un archivo distinto, seleccione Registrar a\n" -"archivo y defina el Nombre de archivo en el que se guardará el " -"registro y\n" +"archivo y defina el Nombre de archivo en el que se guardará el registro y\n" "el Tamaño máximo del archivo de registro.\n" -"El servidor DNS hace rotar automáticamente los archivos de registro. Utilice " -"la opción Número máximo de versiones\n" +"El servidor DNS hace rotar automáticamente los archivos de registro. Utilice la opción Número máximo de versiones\n" "para especificar cuántos archivos de registro se deben guardar.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3 @@ -2389,14 +2318,10 @@ "name server.\n" msgstr "" "En Registro adicional,\n" -"Defina las acciones que se deben registrar. Las acciones comunes se " -"registran siempre.\n" -" Registrar todas las consultas DNS registra todas las consultas del " -"cliente al servidor DNS.\n" -" Registrar actualizaciones de zona registra si se ha actualizado " -"DNS.\n" -" Registrar transferencias de zonaregistra cuando la zona se " -"transfiere \n" +"Defina las acciones que se deben registrar. Las acciones comunes se registran siempre.\n" +" Registrar todas las consultas DNS registra todas las consultas del cliente al servidor DNS.\n" +" Registrar actualizaciones de zona registra si se ha actualizado DNS.\n" +" Registrar transferencias de zonaregistra cuando la zona se transfiere \n" " completamente al servidor de nombres\n" " secundario.\n" @@ -2408,8 +2333,7 @@ "access to zones.\n" msgstr "" "<big>ACLs</big> \n" -"En este diálogo puede definir las listas de control de acceso para " -"controlar\n" +"En este diálogo puede definir las listas de control de acceso para controlar\n" "el acceso a las zonas.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 2/2 @@ -2420,8 +2344,7 @@ "ACL entry, select it and click Delete.\n" msgstr "" "Para añadir una nueva entrada de ACL, basta con introducir el\n" -"Nombre y el Valor de la opción y hacer clic en Añadir. " -"Para eliminar una entrada\n" +"Nombre y el Valor de la opción y hacer clic en Añadir. Para eliminar una entrada\n" "de ACL ya definida, selecciónela y haga clic en Suprimir.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 1/3 @@ -2433,10 +2356,8 @@ "for the dynamic updates of DNS zones (DDNS).\n" msgstr "" "<big>Claves TSIG</big> \n" -"Las claves TSIG se utilizan con fines de autenticación cuando la " -"configuración del\n" -"servidor DNS se modifica de forma remota. Esto es necesario para las " -"actualizaciones\n" +"Las claves TSIG se utilizan con fines de autenticación cuando la configuración del\n" +"servidor DNS se modifica de forma remota. Esto es necesario para las actualizaciones\n" "dinámicas de las zonas DNS (DNS).\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 2/3 @@ -2445,16 +2366,12 @@ "To add an already created key, set the Filename\n" "(or use the Browse button to select it) and click Add.\n" "To generate a new key, enter the Filename and the Key ID\n" -"then click Generate. The new key will be generated and also added.</" -"p>\n" +"then click Generate. The new key will be generated and also added.\n" msgstr "" "Para añadir una clave ya creada, defina el Nombre de archivo\n" -"(o use el botón Examinar para seleccionarla) y haga clic en " -"Añadir.\n" -" Para generar una clave nueva, indique el Nombre de archivo y el " -"ID de clave\n" -" y haga clic en Generar. La clave nueva se generará y se añadirá.</" -"p>\n" +"(o use el botón Examinar para seleccionarla) y haga clic en Añadir.\n" +" Para generar una clave nueva, indique el Nombre de archivo y el ID de clave\n" +" y haga clic en Generar. La clave nueva se generará y se añadirá.\n" # include/users/help.ycp:96 #. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3 @@ -2478,8 +2395,7 @@ #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:298 msgid "" -"To add a new zone, enter its Zone Name, select the Zone Type</" -"b>,\n" +"To add a new zone, enter its Zone Name, select the Zone Type,\n" "and click Add.\n" msgstr "" "Para añadir una nueva zona, introduzca el Nombre de zona,\n" @@ -2488,35 +2404,27 @@ #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address " -"followed by\n" +"To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address followed by\n" "<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> as its Zone Name (for example, zone name\n" -"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), " -"select\n" +"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), select\n" "the Zone Type, and click Add.\n" msgstr "" -"Para añadir una nueva zona inversa IPv4, introduzca parte de la dirección " -"IPv4 inversa\n" -"seguido de <tt>.IN-addr.arpa</tt> como Nombre de zona, ( por ejemplo, " -"nombre de zona <tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> para la red " -"<tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>),\n" +"Para añadir una nueva zona inversa IPv4, introduzca parte de la dirección IPv4 inversa\n" +"seguido de <tt>.IN-addr.arpa</tt> como Nombre de zona, ( por ejemplo, nombre de zona <tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> para la red <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>),\n" " seleccione el Tipo de zona y haga clic en Añadir..\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #4 #. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311 msgid "" -"To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address " -"followed by\n" -"<tt>%1</tt> as its Zone Name. Several formats for entering the zone " -"name are\n" +"To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address followed by\n" +"<tt>%1</tt> as its Zone Name. Several formats for entering the zone name are\n" "supported: Standard form: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "Forward form: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" "Forward form without netmask bits: <tt>%4</tt>\n" "(by default <tt>64</tt> netmask bits are used).\n" msgstr "" -"Para añadir una nueva zona inversa IPv6, introduzca parte de la dirección " -"IPv6 inversa\n" +"Para añadir una nueva zona inversa IPv6, introduzca parte de la dirección IPv6 inversa\n" "seguido de <tt>.%1</tt> como Nombre de zona, Se admiten varios\n" "formatos para el nombre de zona: modo standard: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "Modo Redireccionar: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" @@ -2530,23 +2438,19 @@ "mail servers, select it, and click Edit.\n" "To remove a configured zone, select it and click Delete.\n" msgstr "" -"Para modificar los valores de una zona, como el transporte de la zona y " -"los servidores de nombres\n" +"Para modificar los valores de una zona, como el transporte de la zona y los servidores de nombres\n" "y de correo, seleccione y haga clic en Editar zona.\n" -"Para eliminar una zona configurada, seleccioné y haga clic en Borrar zona." -"\n" +"Para eliminar una zona configurada, seleccioné y haga clic en Borrar zona.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334 msgid "" "<big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big> \n" -"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control " -"access\n" +"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control access\n" "to the zone.\n" msgstr "" "<big>DDNS y transferencia de zona</big> \n" -"En este diálogo puede modificar la configuración del DNS dinámico de la zona " -"y controlar\n" +"En este diálogo puede modificar la configuración del DNS dinámico de la zona y controlar\n" "el acceso a la zona.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 2/3 @@ -2558,8 +2462,7 @@ "before the zone can be updated dynamically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Para permitir las actualizaciones dinámicas de la zona, defina Permitir " -"actualizaciones dinámicas\n" +"Para permitir las actualizaciones dinámicas de la zona, defina Permitir actualizaciones dinámicas\n" "y seleccione la Clave TSIG. Se debe definir al menos una clave TSIG\n" "antes de que la zona se pueda actualizar dinámicamente.\n" @@ -2573,11 +2476,9 @@ "to allow zone transports." msgstr "" "\n" -"Para permitir los transportes de la zona, defina Activar transferencia de " -"zona\n" +"Para permitir los transportes de la zona, defina Activar transferencia de zona\n" "y seleccione las ACLs que se deberán comprobar\n" -"cuando un host remoto intente transferir la zona. Se debe haber definido al " -"menos una ACL\n" +"cuando un host remoto intente transferir la zona. Se debe haber definido al menos una ACL\n" "para que se permitan los transportes de zona." #. Zone Editor - Help @@ -2590,8 +2491,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Los registros inversos de zona se pueden generar desde otra zona maestra.\n" -"Si desea hacerlo así, seleccione Generar registros automáticamente desde</" -"b>\n" +"Si desea hacerlo así, seleccione Generar registros automáticamente desde\n" "y escoja la zona maestra desde la que se generaran los registros.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help @@ -2609,16 +2509,13 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:371 msgid "" "<big>NS Records</big> \n" -"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click Add</" -"b>.\n" +"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click Add.\n" "To remove one of the listed name servers, select it and click\n" "Delete.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Registros NS</big> \n" -"Para añadir un servidor de nombres nuevo, indique la dirección del servidor " -"de nombres y haga clic en Añadir.\n" -"Para eliminar uno de los servidores de nombres de la lista, selecciónelo y " -"haga clic en \n" +"Para añadir un servidor de nombres nuevo, indique la dirección del servidor de nombres y haga clic en Añadir.\n" +"Para eliminar uno de los servidores de nombres de la lista, selecciónelo y haga clic en \n" "Suprimir.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers @@ -2631,11 +2528,9 @@ "Delete.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Registros MX</big> \n" -"Para añadir un servidor de correo nuevo, indique la Dirección y la " -"Prioridad\n" +"Para añadir un servidor de correo nuevo, indique la Dirección y la Prioridad\n" " y haga clic en Añadir.\n" -"Para eliminar uno de los servidores de correo de la lista, selecciónelo y " -"haga clic en \n" +"Para eliminar uno de los servidores de correo de la lista, selecciónelo y haga clic en \n" "Suprimir.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7 @@ -2643,8 +2538,7 @@ msgid "" "Serial is the number used for determining if the zone has \n" "changed on\n" -"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize " -"the\n" +"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" "entire zone).\n" msgstr "" "Serie es el número usado para determinar si la zona ha \n" @@ -2668,8 +2562,7 @@ "servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Caducidad indica el periodo tras el cuál la zona caduca en los " -"servidores\n" +"Caducidad indica el periodo tras el cuál la zona caduca en los servidores\n" "esclavos y éstos dejan de responder hasta que se sincronizan.\n" "" @@ -2682,10 +2575,8 @@ "click Add." msgstr "" "<big>Registros</big> \n" -"En este cuadro de diálogo, edite los registros de recursos de la zona. Para " -"añadir nuevos\n" -"registros de recursos, defina la Clave de registro, el Tipo y " -"el Valor y\n" +"En este cuadro de diálogo, edite los registros de recursos de la zona. Para añadir nuevos\n" +"registros de recursos, defina la Clave de registro, el Tipo y el Valor y\n" "haga clic en Añadir." #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 2/7 or 2/5 @@ -2695,10 +2586,8 @@ "and click Change. To delete a record, select it and click\n" "Delete." msgstr "" -"Para cambiar un registro existente, selecciónelo, modifique las entradas " -"que desee\n" -"y haga clic en Cambiar. Para suprimir un registro, selecciónelo y " -"haga clic en \n" +"Para cambiar un registro existente, selecciónelo, modifique las entradas que desee\n" +"y haga clic en Cambiar. Para suprimir un registro, selecciónelo y haga clic en \n" "Borrar." #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 3/7 or 3/5 @@ -2734,8 +2623,7 @@ "an A record.\n" msgstr "" "CNAME: alias para el nombre de dominio\n" -"Clave de registro es un nombre de host relativo a la zona actual o " -"un\n" +"Clave de registro es un nombre de host relativo a la zona actual o un\n" "nombre de host completo seguido de un punto.\n" "Valor es un nombre de host relativo a la zona actual o un nombre\n" "de host completo seguido de un punto. Debe estar representado por\n" @@ -2746,19 +2634,16 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:452 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "" "NS: Name Server:\n" -"Record Key is a zone name relative to the current zone or an " -"absolute\n" +"Record Key is a zone name relative to the current zone or an absolute\n" "domain name followed by a dot.\n" "Value is a hostname relative to the current zone or fully qualified\n" "hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.\n" msgstr "" "NS: servidor de nombres\n" -"Clave de registro es un nombre de zona relativo a la zona actual o " -"un\n" +"Clave de registro es un nombre de zona relativo a la zona actual o un\n" "nombre de dominio absoluto seguido de un punto.\n" "Valor es un nombre de host relativo a la zona actual o un nombre\n" -"completo seguido de un punto. Debe estar representado por un registro A.</" -"p>\n" +"completo seguido de un punto. Debe estar representado por un registro A.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1) #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:460 @@ -2770,12 +2655,10 @@ "hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.\n" msgstr "" "MX: transmisión de correo\n" -"Clave de registro es un nombre de host o un nombre de zona relativos " -"a la zona actual o un\n" +"Clave de registro es un nombre de host o un nombre de zona relativos a la zona actual o un\n" "nombre de host o un nombre de zona absolutos seguidos de un punto.\n" "Valor es un nombre de host relativo a la zona actual o un nombre\n" -"completo seguido de un punto. Debe estar representado por un registro A.</" -"p>\n" +"completo seguido de un punto. Debe estar representado por un registro A.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2) #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:468 @@ -2783,19 +2666,16 @@ "PTR: Reverse Translation:\n" "Record Key is a full reverse zone name (derived from the IP address)\n" "followed by a dot\n" -"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</" -"tt>)\n" +"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n" " or a part of reverse zone name relative to the current zone\n" "(such as <tt>1</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> in zone\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n" "Value is a fully qualified hostname followed by a dot.\n" msgstr "" "PTR: traducción inversa\n" -"Clave de registro es un nombre de zona inversa completo (derivado de " -"la dirección IP)\n" +"Clave de registro es un nombre de zona inversa completo (derivado de la dirección IP)\n" "seguido de un punto\n" -"(como <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> para la dirección IP " -"<tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n" +"(como <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> para la dirección IP <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n" " o una parte de un nombre de zona inversa relativo a la zona actual\n" "(como <tt>1</tt> para la dirección IP <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> de la zona\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n" @@ -2808,8 +2688,7 @@ "Check the entered settings before finishing the configuration. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Finalización de la configuración</big>\n" -"Compruebe los ajustes introducidos antes de finalizar la configuración.</" -"p> \n" +"Compruebe los ajustes introducidos antes de finalizar la configuración. \n" #. Final step of the installation wizard - 2/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:491 @@ -2818,8 +2697,7 @@ "SuSEfirewall2 settings to allow all connections to your DNS server." msgstr "" "Seleccione Puerto abierto en el cortafuegos para configurar\n" -"SuSEfirewall2 de tal forma que permita todas las conexiones al servidor DNS." -"" +"SuSEfirewall2 de tal forma que permita todas las conexiones al servidor DNS." #. Final step of the installation wizard - 3/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:495 @@ -2830,8 +2708,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Para iniciar el servidor DNS cada vez que se arranque el equipo, ponga el \n" -"comportamiento de inicio en Activado. Si desea lo contrario, póngalo " -"enDesactivado.\n" +"comportamiento de inicio en Activado. Si desea lo contrario, póngalo enDesactivado.\n" #. Final step of the installation wizard - 4/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:502 @@ -2841,8 +2718,7 @@ "set LDAP Support Active." msgstr "" "\n" -"Para almacenar las zonas DNS en LDAP en lugar de en archivos de " -"configuración nativos,\n" +"Para almacenar las zonas DNS en LDAP en lugar de en archivos de configuración nativos,\n" "seleccione Soporte LDAP activo." #. Final step of the installation wizard - 5/5 @@ -2853,8 +2729,7 @@ "DNS Server Expert Configuration." msgstr "" "\n" -"Para acceder al modo avanzado de la configuración del servidor DNS, haga " -"clic en \n" +"Para acceder al modo avanzado de la configuración del servidor DNS, haga clic en \n" "Configuración experta del servidor DNS." #. slave zone help text 1/2 @@ -2865,10 +2740,8 @@ "Master DNS Server IP to define the master name server." msgstr "" "<big>Zona DNS esclava</big> \n" -"Debe haber un servidor de nombres maestro definido para cada zona esclava. " -"Utilice\n" -"IP del servidor DNS maestro para definir el servidor de nombres " -"maestro." +"Debe haber un servidor de nombres maestro definido para cada zona esclava. Utilice\n" +"IP del servidor DNS maestro para definir el servidor de nombres maestro." #. slave zone help text 2/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:521 @@ -2880,11 +2753,9 @@ "to allow zone transports." msgstr "" "<big>Transporte de zona</big> \n" -"Para permitir los transportes de la zona, defina Activar transferencia de " -"zona</big> \n" +"Para permitir los transportes de la zona, defina Activar transferencia de zona</big> \n" "y seleccione las ACLs que se deberán comprobar\n" -"cuando un host remoto intente transferir la zona. Se debe haber definido al " -"menos una ACL\n" +"cuando un host remoto intente transferir la zona. Se debe haber definido al menos una ACL\n" "para que se permitan los transportes de zona." #. forward zone help text 1/2 @@ -3230,8 +3101,7 @@ #. error report, %1 is ldap object #: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1946 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP." -msgstr "" -"Se ha producido un error al crear cn=defaultDNS,%1. LDAP no será utilizado." +msgstr "Se ha producido un error al crear cn=defaultDNS,%1. LDAP no será utilizado." #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN #: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1972 Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/drbd.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/drbd.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/drbd.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -196,8 +196,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando la grabación:</big> \n" "Cancele la grabación pulsando Cancelar.\n" -"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o " -"no.\n" +"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o no.\n" "\n" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:54 @@ -225,30 +224,19 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a " -"resource\n" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) " -"of one of the nodes\n" -"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which " -"is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach " -"the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to " -"the node's partner device.\n" -"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being " -"described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and " -"you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk " -"parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" -"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve " -"the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</" -"p>\n" -"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the " -"backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" @@ -256,47 +244,25 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" -"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " -"local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" -"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " -"local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" -"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both " -"local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" -"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node " -"was a degraded cluster\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" "\n" -"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-" -"error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" "\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" -"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by " -"DRBD\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" "\n" -"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected " -"response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is " -"considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must " -"be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, " -"the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" -"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-" -"alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time " -"period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default " -"unit is 100ms\n" -"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive " -"packet\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" "\n" -"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two " -"write barriers\n" -"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write " -"request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The " -"default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" -"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top " -"of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by " -"background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is " -"KB/sec.\n" -"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= " -"active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, " -"Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" @@ -305,34 +271,24 @@ msgstr "<big>Configuración global de DRBD</big>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 -msgid "" -"Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's " -"sanity check" -msgstr "" -"Marque \"Deshabilitar verificación IP\" para deshabilitar una de " -"las verificaciones del buen estado de drbd" +msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" +msgstr "Marque \"Deshabilitar verificación IP\" para deshabilitar una de las verificaciones del buen estado de drbd" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" -"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it " -"waited so\n" +"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" " of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n" " limited logging capacity.\n" -" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' " -"seconds,\n" +" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n" " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -"Dialogo Actualizar: Este dialogo de usuario cuenta y muestra los " -"segundos \n" -" que lleva esperando. Puede deshabilitarlo si tiene la " -"consola\n" +"Dialogo Actualizar: Este dialogo de usuario cuenta y muestra los segundos \n" +" que lleva esperando. Puede deshabilitarlo si tiene la consola\n" " de su servidor conectada a un terminal serie con poca\n" " capacidad de registro.\n" -" El dialogo imprime la cuenta cada 'refresco del dialogo' " -"segundos,\n" -" especifiquelo a 0 para eliminar completamente el redibujado." -"" +" El dialogo imprime la cuenta cada 'refresco del dialogo' segundos,\n" +" especifiquelo a 0 para eliminar completamente el redibujado." #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 msgid "" @@ -342,6 +298,11 @@ " by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n" " as configured mentioned in this file. " msgstr "" +"Cuenta menor\n" +" uselo si desea poder definir posteriormente más\n" +" recursos sin recargar el modulo.\n" +" de forma predeterminada se carga el modulo con \n" +" los dispositivos configurados en este archivo." #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134 @@ -350,6 +311,7 @@ "Configure drbd here. \n" msgstr "" +# include/network/modem/complex.ycp:105 #. Summary dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138 msgid "" @@ -358,6 +320,10 @@ "If your drbd was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Añadir un drbd:</big> \n" +"Seleccione un drbd de la lista de drbds detectados.\n" +"Si su drbd no ha sido detectado, utilice Otro (no detectado).\n" +"Luego pulse Configurar.\n" # include/network/lan/helps.ycp:87 include/network/modem/complex.ycp:112 #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -379,13 +345,17 @@ "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" +# include/network/lan/helps.ycp:109 #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157 msgid "" "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a drbd." msgstr "" +"<big>Añadir un drbd:</big> \n" +"Pulse Añadir para configurar un drbd." +# include/network/lan/helps.ycp:114 #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161 msgid "" @@ -393,6 +363,9 @@ "Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Editar o suprimir:</big> \n" +"Seleccione un drbd para cambiar o eliminar.\n" +"Luego pulse Editar o Eliminar según su elección.\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 @@ -503,6 +476,8 @@ "To propagate this configuration ,\n" "copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." msgstr "" +"Para propagar esta configuración.\n" +"copie el archivo de configuración '/etc/drbd.conf' manualmente al resto de los nodos." #. } #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:122 @@ -688,16 +663,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Minor Count:\n" -#~ "Use this option if you want to define more resources later without " -#~ "reloading the\n" +#~ "Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n" #~ "module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n" #~ "configured in this file.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Cuenta menor:\n" -#~ "Utilice esta opción si desea definir más recursos luego sin recargar el " -#~ "módulo.\n" -#~ "Por defecto, el módulo es cargado con tantos dispositivos como sean " -#~ "configurados\n" +#~ "Utilice esta opción si desea definir más recursos luego sin recargar el módulo.\n" +#~ "Por defecto, el módulo es cargado con tantos dispositivos como sean configurados\n" #~ "en este archivo.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -724,8 +696,7 @@ #~ "edit their configurations. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Resúmen de configuración DRBD</big> \n" -#~ "Obtenga un resúmen de la configuración de DRBDS instalados. " -#~ "Adicionalmente\n" +#~ "Obtenga un resúmen de la configuración de DRBDS instalados. Adicionalmente\n" #~ "puede editar estas configuraciones. \n" #~ msgid "" @@ -749,8 +720,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "To propagate this configuration,\n" -#~ "copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes " -#~ "manually.\n" +#~ "copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Para publicar esta configuración,\n" #~ "copie el archivo \"/etc/drbd.conf\" manualmente al resto de los nodos.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/fcoe-client.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/fcoe-client.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/fcoe-client.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -49,15 +49,17 @@ msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "&Cliente Fcoe" +# clients/inst_sw_update.ycp:412 #. setting of config value is 'yes' #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 msgid "yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sí" +# clients/inst_sw_update.ycp:416 #. setting of config value is 'no' #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 msgid "no" -msgstr "" +msgstr "no" # clients/online_update_start.ycp:188 #. text of an error popup @@ -82,17 +84,17 @@ #. the flag is 'true' #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 msgid "true" -msgstr "" +msgstr "verdadero" #. the flag is 'false' #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 msgid "false" -msgstr "" +msgstr "falso" #. the flag is not set at all #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 msgid "not set" -msgstr "" +msgstr "no establecida" #. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 @@ -238,7 +240,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sí" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 @@ -246,7 +248,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "No" #. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 @@ -311,7 +313,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Driver" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Controlador" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Flag FCoE" @@ -379,8 +381,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando la configuración:</big> \n" -"Cancele la utilidad de configuración con seguridad, pulsando Cancelar " -"ahora.\n" +"Cancele la utilidad de configuración con seguridad, pulsando Cancelar ahora.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:43 @@ -402,8 +403,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando la grabación:</big> \n" "Cancele el procedimiento de grabación pulsando Cancelar.\n" -"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o " -"no.\n" +"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o no.\n" "\n" # include/network/lan/helps.ycp:54 @@ -427,8 +427,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Añadiendo un cliente fcoe:</big> \n" "Elija un cliente fcoe de la lista de clientes fcoe detectados.\n" -"Si su cliente fcoe no ha sido detectado, utilice Otro (no detectado)</" -"b>.\n" +"Si su cliente fcoe no ha sido detectado, utilice Otro (no detectado).\n" "Luego presione Configurar.\n" # include/network/lan/helps.ycp:87 include/network/modem/complex.ycp:112 @@ -448,46 +447,29 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Starting of services</big> \n" -#| "Enable or disable the start of the services fcoe and lldpad " -#| "at boot time.\n" -msgid "" -"<big>Starting of services</big> Enable or disable the start " -"of the services fcoe and lldpad at boot time." +#| "Enable or disable the start of the services fcoe and lldpad at boot time.\n" +msgid "<big>Starting of services</big> Enable or disable the start of the services fcoe and lldpad at boot time." msgstr "" "<big>Iniciando los servicios</big> \n" -"Habilite o inhabilite el inicio de los servicios fcoe y lldpad " -"durante el arranque.\n" +"Habilite o inhabilite el inicio de los servicios fcoe y lldpad durante el arranque.\n" #. Services dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Starting the service fcoe means starting the Fibre Channel " -#| "over\n" -#| "Ethernet service daemon fcoemon which controls the FCoE " -#| "interfaces and\n" +#| "Starting the service fcoe means starting the Fibre Channel over\n" +#| "Ethernet service daemon fcoemon which controls the FCoE interfaces and\n" #| "establishes a connection with the daemon lldpad." -msgid "" -"Starting the service fcoe means starting the Fibre Channel over " -"Ethernet service daemon fcoemon which controls the FCoE " -"interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon lldpad." +msgid "Starting the service fcoe means starting the Fibre Channel over Ethernet service daemon fcoemon which controls the FCoE interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon lldpad." msgstr "" -"Iniciar el servicio fcoe significa iniciar el demonio del servicio " -"fcoemon para el Canal\n" +"Iniciar el servicio fcoe significa iniciar el demonio del servicio fcoemon para el Canal\n" "de fibra sobre Ethernet que controla las interfaces FCoE y\n" "establece una conexión con el demonio lldpad." #. Services dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:82 -msgid "" -"The lldpad service provides the Link Layer Discovery Protocol</" -"i> agent daemon lldpad, which informs fcoemon about DCB (Data " -"Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces." -msgstr "" -"El servicio lldpad proporciona el demonio del agente para el " -"Protocolo de descubrimiento de la capa de Enlace lldpad, que " -"informa a fcoemon acerca de las características de DCB (Puente del " -"centro de datos) y la configuración de las interfaces." +msgid "The lldpad service provides the Link Layer Discovery Protocol agent daemon lldpad, which informs fcoemon about DCB (Data Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces." +msgstr "El servicio lldpad proporciona el demonio del agente para el Protocolo de descubrimiento de la capa de Enlace lldpad, que informa a fcoemon acerca de las características de DCB (Puente del centro de datos) y la configuración de las interfaces." # include/network/lan/helps.ycp:54 #. Interfaces dialog help 1/5 @@ -498,29 +480,13 @@ #. Interfaces dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status " -#| "of VLAN and FCoE configuration. FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface " -#| "is configured for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network " -#| "interface), this is shown in column FCoE VLAN Interface." -msgid "" -"The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of " -"VLAN and FCoE configuration. FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is " -"configured for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network interface), " -"this is shown in column FCoE VLAN Interface." -msgstr "" -"El diálogo de interfaces muestra todas las tarjetas de red detectadas " -"incluyendo el estado de la configuración FCoE y VLAN. FCoE es posible si " -"una interfaz VLAN está configurada para FCoE en el switch. Esto se muestra " -"para cada tarjeta de red (interfaz de red), en la columna Interfaz FCoE " -"VLAN." +#| msgid "The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of VLAN and FCoE configuration. FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is configured for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network interface), this is shown in column FCoE VLAN Interface." +msgid "The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of VLAN and FCoE configuration. FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is configured for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network interface), this is shown in column FCoE VLAN Interface." +msgstr "El diálogo de interfaces muestra todas las tarjetas de red detectadas incluyendo el estado de la configuración FCoE y VLAN. FCoE es posible si una interfaz VLAN está configurada para FCoE en el switch. Esto se muestra para cada tarjeta de red (interfaz de red), en la columna Interfaz FCoE VLAN." #. Interfaces dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99 -msgid "" -"It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using Retry " -"Detection(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)." -"" +msgid "It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using Retry Detection(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)." msgstr "" #. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 @@ -528,41 +494,23 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The values for FCoE VLAN Interface in detail: \n" -#| "not available: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must " -#| "be enabled on the switch first). \n" -#| "not configured: FCoE is possible but not yet activated. Press " -#| "Create FCoE VLAN Interface to activate. \n" -#| " If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown " -#| "in the column, e.g. eth3.200.\n" -msgid "" -"The values for FCoE VLAN Interface in detail: not available</" -"b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the " -"switch first). not configured: FCoE is possible but not yet " -"activated. Press Create FCoE VLAN Interface to activate. If the " -"FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the " -"column, e.g. eth3.200." +#| "not available: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the switch first). \n" +#| "not configured: FCoE is possible but not yet activated. Press Create FCoE VLAN Interface to activate. \n" +#| " If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200.\n" +msgid "The values for FCoE VLAN Interface in detail: not available: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the switch first). not configured: FCoE is possible but not yet activated. Press Create FCoE VLAN Interface to activate. If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200." msgstr "" "Los valores para la Interfaz FCoE VLAN detallados: \n" -"no disponible: No es posible utilizar Canal de Fibra sobre Ethernet " -"(FCoE) (debe estar habilitado en el switch primero). \n" -"no configurado: FCoE es posible pero no se encuentra activado " -"todavía. Pulse Crear Interfaz FCoE VLAN para activarlo. \n" -" Si la interfaz FCoE VLAN ya ha sido creada, se mostrará su nombre en la " -"columna, por ej. eth3.200.\n" +"no disponible: No es posible utilizar Canal de Fibra sobre Ethernet (FCoE) (debe estar habilitado en el switch primero). \n" +"no configurado: FCoE es posible pero no se encuentra activado todavía. Pulse Crear Interfaz FCoE VLAN para activarlo. \n" +" Si la interfaz FCoE VLAN ya ha sido creada, se mostrará su nombre en la columna, por ej. eth3.200.\n" # include/network/lan/helps.ycp:114 #. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:113 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "To change the configuration of an existing FCoE VLAN interface, click " -#| "onChange Settings." -msgid "" -"To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on Change " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Para cambiar la configuración de una interfaz VLAN FCoE existente, pulse " -"en Cambiar configuración." +#| msgid "To change the configuration of an existing FCoE VLAN interface, click onChange Settings." +msgid "To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on Change Settings." +msgstr "Para cambiar la configuración de una interfaz VLAN FCoE existente, pulse en Cambiar configuración." #. Configuration dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:117 @@ -571,12 +519,8 @@ #. Configuration dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:121 -msgid "" -"Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings " -"are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'." -msgstr "" -"Aquí puede configurar las opciones generales del servicio del sistema " -"FCoE. Los ajustes se escriben en '/etc/fcoe/config'." +msgid "Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'." +msgstr "Aquí puede configurar las opciones generales del servicio del sistema FCoE. Los ajustes se escriben en '/etc/fcoe/config'." #. Configuration dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125 @@ -584,25 +528,18 @@ #| msgid "" #| "The values are: \n" #| "Debug: yes or no \n" -#| "This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe " -#| "service script and fcoemon. \n" +#| "This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe service script and fcoemon. \n" #| "Use syslog: yes or no \n" -#| "Messages are sent to the system log if set to yes (data are logged " -#| "to /var/log/messages)." +#| "Messages are sent to the system log if set to yes (data are logged to /var/log/messages)." msgid "" "The values are: \n" -"Debug: yes or no This is used to enable or disable " -"debugging messages from the fcoe service script and fcoemon." -" Use syslog: yes or no Messages are sent to the " -"system log if set to yes (data are logged to /var/log/messages)." +"Debug: yes or no This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe service script and fcoemon. Use syslog: yes or no Messages are sent to the system log if set to yes (data are logged to /var/log/messages)." msgstr "" "Los valores son: \n" "Debug: yes (sí) o no \n" -"Se utiliza para habilitar o inhabilitar los mensaje de depuración del guión " -"del servicio fcoe y fcoemon. \n" +"Se utiliza para habilitar o inhabilitar los mensaje de depuración del guión del servicio fcoe y fcoemon. \n" "Usar syslog: yes (sí) o no \n" -"Si se establece en yes, los mensajes serán enviados al registro del " -"sistema (serán registrados en /var/log/messages)." +"Si se establece en yes, los mensajes serán enviados al registro del sistema (serán registrados en /var/log/messages)." #. edit dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:133 @@ -613,20 +550,13 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "The daemon fcoemon reads these configuration files on " -#| "initialization.\n" -#| " There is a file for every interface and the values indicate " -#| "whether FCoE instances\n" +#| "The daemon fcoemon reads these configuration files on initialization.\n" +#| " There is a file for every interface and the values indicate whether FCoE instances\n" #| " should be created and if DCB is required." -msgid "" -"The daemon fcoemon reads these configuration files on " -"initialization. There is a file for every interface and the values " -"indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required." +msgid "The daemon fcoemon reads these configuration files on initialization. There is a file for every interface and the values indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required." msgstr "" -"El demonio fcoemon lee los archivos de configuración durante la " -"inicialización.\n" -" Hay un archivo para cada interfaz, y los valores indican si se " -"deben crear instancias FCoE\n" +"El demonio fcoemon lee los archivos de configuración durante la inicialización.\n" +" Hay un archivo para cada interfaz, y los valores indican si se deben crear instancias FCoE\n" " y si se requiere DCB." #. Edit dialog help 3/3 @@ -641,12 +571,7 @@ #| "AUTO VLAN: yes or no \n" #| "If set to yes 'fcoemon' will create the VLAN\n" #| "interfaces automatically." -msgid "" -"The values are: FCoE Enable: yes or no Enable " -"or disable the creation of FCoE instances. DCB Required: yes</" -"i> or no The default is yes, DCB is usually required." -" AUTO VLAN: yes or no If set to yes " -"'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically." +msgid "The values are: FCoE Enable: yes or no Enable or disable the creation of FCoE instances. DCB Required: yes or no The default is yes, DCB is usually required. AUTO VLAN: yes or no If set to yes 'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically." msgstr "" "Los valores son: \n" "FCoE Habilitado: yes (sí) o no \n" @@ -703,12 +628,8 @@ #. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -> comment from iscsi-client #. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:413 -msgid "" -"To continue the FCoE configuration, the %1 package must be " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Para continuar con la configuración de FCoE, el paquete %1 debe " -"estar instalado." +msgid "To continue the FCoE configuration, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Para continuar con la configuración de FCoE, el paquete %1 debe estar instalado." #: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:416 msgid "Install it now?" Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/firewall-services.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/firewall-services.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/firewall-services.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -35,11 +35,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:40 -msgid "" -"Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" -msgstr "" -"Puertos DNS de Multidifusión -multicast- (mDNS) Zeroconf/Bonjour para el " -"servicio de Descubrimiento (DNS-SD)" +msgid "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" +msgstr "Puertos DNS de Multidifusión -multicast- (mDNS) Zeroconf/Bonjour para el servicio de Descubrimiento (DNS-SD)" #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:45 @@ -83,9 +80,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:72 msgid "Firewall Configuration file for mDNS/Bonjour support for HPLIP" -msgstr "" -"Archivo de configuración del cortafuegos para soporte de mDNS/Bonjour para " -"HPLIP" +msgstr "Archivo de configuración del cortafuegos para soporte de mDNS/Bonjour para HPLIP" #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:77 @@ -115,8 +110,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:92 msgid "Open ports for iSNS daemon with broadcast allowed." -msgstr "" -"Abre los puertos para el daemon iSNS con permisos para difusión (broadcast)." +msgstr "Abre los puertos para el daemon iSNS con permisos para difusión (broadcast)." #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:95 @@ -126,9 +120,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:98 msgid "Open ports for Samba Netbios server with broadcast allowed." -msgstr "" -"Abre los puertos para el servidor Samba Netbios con difusión (broadcast) " -"permitida." +msgstr "Abre los puertos para el servidor Samba Netbios con difusión (broadcast) permitida." #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:103 @@ -137,12 +129,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow " -"connection to an NFS server." -msgstr "" -"Configuración del cortafuegos para el cliente NFS. Abre puertos para que el " -"cliente NFS pueda conectarse a un servidor NFS." +msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow connection to an NFS server." +msgstr "Configuración del cortafuegos para el cliente NFS. Abre puertos para que el cliente NFS pueda conectarse a un servidor NFS." #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:111 @@ -151,12 +139,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:114 -msgid "" -"Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow " -"other hosts to connect." -msgstr "" -"Configuración del cortafuegos para el servidor NFS del kernel. Abre puertos " -"de NFS para permitir que otros equipos se conecten a este." +msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow other hosts to connect." +msgstr "Configuración del cortafuegos para el servidor NFS del kernel. Abre puertos de NFS para permitir que otros equipos se conecten a este." #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:119 @@ -196,8 +180,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:140 msgid "Opens port for rsync server in order to allow remote synchronization" -msgstr "" -"Abre los puertos del servidor rsync para permitir sincronización remota" +msgstr "Abre los puertos del servidor rsync para permitir sincronización remota" #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:145 @@ -267,9 +250,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:184 msgid "Open VNC server ports so that viewers can connect." -msgstr "" -"Abre los puertos del servidor VNC para que los visores (vnc viewers) puedan " -"conectar." +msgstr "Abre los puertos del servidor VNC para que los visores (vnc viewers) puedan conectar." #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:187 Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/firewall.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/firewall.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/firewall.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -259,16 +259,12 @@ " Asigne aquí los dispositivos de red a las zonas del cortafuegos\n" "seleccionando el dispositivo en la tabla y pulsando Cambiar.\n" "\n" -"Indique las cadenas especiales , por ejemplo <tt>any</tt>, con la " -"opción \n" -"Personalizar. También es posible indicar aquí interfaces que aún no " -"se han configurado.\n" +"Indique las cadenas especiales , por ejemplo <tt>any</tt>, con la opción \n" +"Personalizar. También es posible indicar aquí interfaces que aún no se han configurado.\n" "Si necesita enmascaramiento, no se permitirá la cadena <tt>any</tt>.\n" "\n" -"Todos los dispositivos de red deben estar asignados a una zona del " -"cortafuegos.\n" -"El tráfico de red a través de cualquier interfaz no asignada se bloqueará.</" -"p>\n" +"Todos los dispositivos de red deben estar asignados a una zona del cortafuegos.\n" +"El tráfico de red a través de cualquier interfaz no asignada se bloqueará.\n" #. Network Manager #. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? @@ -290,54 +286,41 @@ "\n" "To allow a service, select the Zone and the\n" "Service to Allow then press Add.\n" -"To remove an allowed service, select the Zone and the Allowed " -"Service then press Delete.\n" +"To remove an allowed service, select the Zone and the Allowed Service then press Delete.\n" "\n" "By deselecting Protect Firewall from Internal Zone, you remove\n" -"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network " -"will\n" +"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network will\n" "be unprotected.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Servicios autorizados</big>\n" -" Indique los servicios y puertos a los que se debe tener acceso desde la " -"red.\n" +" Indique los servicios y puertos a los que se debe tener acceso desde la red.\n" "Las redes se dividen en zonas del cortafuegos.\n" "\n" "Para permitir un servicio, seleccione la Zona y el \n" "Servicio que se va a autorizar y pulse Añadir.\n" -"Para eliminar un servicio autorizado, seleccione la Zona y el " -"Servicio autorizado y pulse Eliminar.\n" +"Para eliminar un servicio autorizado, seleccione la Zona y el Servicio autorizado y pulse Eliminar.\n" "\n" -"Si se deselecciona Proteger cortafuegos de la zona interna, se " -"eliminará\n" -"la protección de la zona. Todos los servicios y puertos de esta zona " -"quedarán desprotegidos.\n" +"Si se deselecciona Proteger cortafuegos de la zona interna, se eliminará\n" +"la protección de la zona. Todos los servicios y puertos de esta zona quedarán desprotegidos.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "Additional settings can be configured using Advanced.\n" -"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC " -"ports and\n" +"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC ports and\n" "IP protocols.\n" "TCP and UDP ports can be entered as port names (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" "port numbers (<tt>3128</tt>), and port ranges (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" -"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or " -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" +"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" "Enter IP protocols as the protocol name (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Puede configurar ajustes adicionales mediante la opción Avanzados.</" -"b>\n" -"Las entradas deben estar separadas por un espacio. Podrá permitir puertos " -"TCP, UDP y RPC, así como\n" +"Puede configurar ajustes adicionales mediante la opción Avanzados.\n" +"Las entradas deben estar separadas por un espacio. Podrá permitir puertos TCP, UDP y RPC, así como\n" "protocolos IP.\n" -"Los puertos TCP y UDP pueden introducirse como nombres de puertos " -"(<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" -"números de puertos (<tt>3128</tt>) o intervalos de puertos (<tt>8000:8520</" -"tt>).\n" -"Los puertos RPC deben introducirse como nombres de servicios (<tt>portmap</" -"tt> o <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" +"Los puertos TCP y UDP pueden introducirse como nombres de puertos (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" +"números de puertos (<tt>3128</tt>) o intervalos de puertos (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" +"Los puertos RPC deben introducirse como nombres de servicios (<tt>portmap</tt> o <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" "Introduzca los protocolos IP como el nombre del protocolo (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" "\n" @@ -345,220 +328,156 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100 msgid "" "<big>Masquerading</big>\n" -" Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your " -"firewall and allows\n" -"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, " -"transparently. Requests\n" +" Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your firewall and allows\n" +"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, transparently. Requests\n" "from the external network to the internal one are blocked.\n" "Select Masquerade Networks to masquerade your networks\n" "to the external network.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Enmascaramiento</big>\n" -" El enmascaramiento es una función que esconde la red interna detrás del " -"cortafuegos y permite el\n" -"acceso de la red interna a la red externa (ej. Internet) de forma " -"transparente. Las solicitudes de\n" +" El enmascaramiento es una función que esconde la red interna detrás del cortafuegos y permite el\n" +"acceso de la red interna a la red externa (ej. Internet) de forma transparente. Las solicitudes de\n" "la red externa a la interna se bloquean.\n" -"Seleccione Enmascarar redes para enmascarar la red interna de cara a " -"la\n" +"Seleccione Enmascarar redes para enmascarar la red interna de cara a la\n" "red externa.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Redirect-masquerade table dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal " -"network, it is possible to\n" -"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal " -"IP. \n" -"To add a new redirect rule, press Add and complete the redirect form." -"\n" +"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal network, it is possible to\n" +"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal IP. \n" +"To add a new redirect rule, press Add and complete the redirect form.\n" "\n" -"To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press Delete</" -"b>.\n" +"To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press Delete.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si bien las peticiones de la red externa no pueden llegar a la red interna, " -"es posible redirigir de forma\n" -"transparente todos los puertos solicitados al cortafuegos a cualquier IP " -"interna.\n" -"Para añadir una regla de redirección nueva, pulse Añadir y complete " -"el formulario.\n" +"Si bien las peticiones de la red externa no pueden llegar a la red interna, es posible redirigir de forma\n" +"transparente todos los puertos solicitados al cortafuegos a cualquier IP interna.\n" +"Para añadir una regla de redirección nueva, pulse Añadir y complete el formulario.\n" "\n" -"Para eliminar una regla de redirección, selecciónela en la tabla y pulse " -"Eliminar.\n" +"Para eliminar una regla de redirección, selecciónela en la tabla y pulse Eliminar.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Broadcast Configuration</big>\n" -" Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to " -"find \n" +" Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to find \n" "neighboring computers or send information to each computer in the network.\n" -"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues " -"using broadcast packets.\n" +"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues using broadcast packets.\n" "\n" -"SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add " -"needed broadcast\n" -"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated " -"ports for\n" +"SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add needed broadcast\n" +"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated ports for\n" "particular zones.\n" "\n" -"Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of " -"packets in wider networks.\n" -"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect Log Not Accepted Broadcast " -"Packets\n" +"Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of packets in wider networks.\n" +"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets\n" "for the desired zones.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuración de difusión</big>\n" -" Los paquetes de difusión (broadcast) son paquetes UDP especiales " -"enviados por toda la red para localizar\n" +" Los paquetes de difusión (broadcast) son paquetes UDP especiales enviados por toda la red para localizar\n" "sistemas adyacentes o enviar información a todas las máquinas de la red.\n" -"Por ejemplo, los servidores CUPS informan acerca de sus colas de impresión " -"por medio de paquetes broadcast.\n" +"Por ejemplo, los servidores CUPS informan acerca de sus colas de impresión por medio de paquetes broadcast.\n" "\n" -"Los servicios de SuSEfirewall2 seleccionados en interfaces autorizadas " -"añaden automáticamente\n" -"los puertos de difusión (broadcast) necesarios aquí. Para eliminar o añadir " -"puertos, edite la lista de puertos\n" +"Los servicios de SuSEfirewall2 seleccionados en interfaces autorizadas añaden automáticamente\n" +"los puertos de difusión (broadcast) necesarios aquí. Para eliminar o añadir puertos, edite la lista de puertos\n" " separados por espacios correspondiente a la zona en cuestión.\n" "\n" -"Se lleva un registro de otros paquetes de difusión (broadcast) " -"descartados, los cuales podrían llegar a ser muy\n" -"numerosos en redes grandes. Para suprimir el registro de estos paquetes, " -"desactive la opción\n" -"Registrar paquetes de difusión no aceptados para las zonas deseadas.</" -"p>\n" +"Se lleva un registro de otros paquetes de difusión (broadcast) descartados, los cuales podrían llegar a ser muy\n" +"numerosos en redes grandes. Para suprimir el registro de estos paquetes, desactive la opción\n" +"Registrar paquetes de difusión no aceptados para las zonas deseadas.\n" #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<big>Broadcast Reply</big> \n" -"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their " -"reply\n" -"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP " -"browsing.\n" +"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their reply\n" +"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.\n" "\n" -"Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the " -"firewall. Use Add\n" -"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also " -"choose from\n" +"Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the firewall. Use Add\n" +"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also choose from\n" "some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Respuesta de difusión</big> \n" -"El firewall normalmente elimina paquetes enviados por otros sistemas como " -"respuesta\n" -"a paquetes de difusión enviados por el sistema, por ej., Samba browsing o " -"SLP browsing.\n" +"El firewall normalmente elimina paquetes enviados por otros sistemas como respuesta\n" +"a paquetes de difusión enviados por el sistema, por ej., Samba browsing o SLP browsing.\n" "\n" -"Aquí puede configurar que paquetes tienen permitido pasar por el " -"firewall. Utilice el botón\n" -"Añadir para añadir una nueva regla. Deberá seleccionar la zona del " -"firewall y también\n" -"escojer alguno de los servicios ya definidos o crear una regla manualmente.</" -"p>\n" +"Aquí puede configurar que paquetes tienen permitido pasar por el firewall. Utilice el botón\n" +"Añadir para añadir una nueva regla. Deberá seleccionar la zona del firewall y también\n" +"escojer alguno de los servicios ya definidos o crear una regla manualmente.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base IPsec configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142 msgid "" "<big>IPsec Support</big>\n" -" IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks " -"through untrusted networks, such as\n" +" IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks through untrusted networks, such as\n" "the Internet. This dialog opens IPsec for an external zone using\n" "Enabled.\n" "\n" "Details configures how to handle successfully decrypted\n" -"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the " -"internal zone.\n" +"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the internal zone.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Soporte IPsec</big>\n" -" IPsec es una comunicación cifrada entre hosts o redes de confianza a " -"través de redes no confiables como\n" -"Internet. Mediante este cuadro de diálogo se puede abrir IPsec a una zona " -"externa marcando la opción \n" +" IPsec es una comunicación cifrada entre hosts o redes de confianza a través de redes no confiables como\n" +"Internet. Mediante este cuadro de diálogo se puede abrir IPsec a una zona externa marcando la opción \n" "Activado.\n" "\n" "En Detalles se puede configurar cómo se gestionarán los paquetes\n" -"IPsec descifrados correctamente. Por ejemplo, se pueden gestionar como si " -"pertenecieran a la zona interna.\n" +"IPsec descifrados correctamente. Por ejemplo, se pueden gestionar como si pertenecieran a la zona interna.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<big>Logging Level</big>\n" -" This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. " -"Here,\n" -"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not " -"logged at all.\n" +" This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. Here,\n" +"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not logged at all.\n" "\n" -"There are two groups of logged IP packets: Accepted Packets and " -"Not Accepted Packets.\n" -"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: Log All " -"for logging every\n" -"packet, Log Only Critical for logging only interesting ones, or Do " -"Not Log Any\n" +"There are two groups of logged IP packets: Accepted Packets and Not Accepted Packets.\n" +"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: Log All for logging every\n" +"packet, Log Only Critical for logging only interesting ones, or Do Not Log Any\n" "for no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Nivel de registro</big>\n" -" Este cuadro de diálogo sirve para realizar los ajustes de configuración " -"básicos para el registro de los paquetes IP. Aquí puede configurar el " -"registro de los paquetes de conexión entrantes. Los salientes no se " -"registran en absoluto.\n" +" Este cuadro de diálogo sirve para realizar los ajustes de configuración básicos para el registro de los paquetes IP. Aquí puede configurar el registro de los paquetes de conexión entrantes. Los salientes no se registran en absoluto.\n" "\n" -"Hay dos grupos de paquetes IP registrados: los Aceptados y los " -"No aceptados.\n" -"Puede seleccionar tres niveles de registro para cada grupo: Registrar " -"todos para registrar\n" -"todos los paquetes; Registrar sólo críticos, para registrar sólo los " -"de interés y No registrar ninguno\n" -"para no llevar a cabo ningún registro. Debería registrar al menos los " -"paquetes aceptados críticos.\n" +"Hay dos grupos de paquetes IP registrados: los Aceptados y los No aceptados.\n" +"Puede seleccionar tres niveles de registro para cada grupo: Registrar todos para registrar\n" +"todos los paquetes; Registrar sólo críticos, para registrar sólo los de interés y No registrar ninguno\n" +"para no llevar a cabo ningún registro. Debería registrar al menos los paquetes aceptados críticos.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:163 msgid "" "<big>Summary</big>\n" " Here, find a summary of your configuration settings.\n" -"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each " -"firewall zone.\n" +"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each firewall zone.\n" "Every existing zone is summarized here.\n" "\n" "Firewall Starting shows whether the firewall is started in the\n" "boot process or only manually.\n" "\n" -"Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the " -"following items in the summary:\n" +"Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the following items in the summary:\n" "\n" -"Interfaces: All interfaces are listed using their configuration " -"name and device name.\n" +"Interfaces: All interfaces are listed using their configuration name and device name.\n" "\n" -"Open Services, Ports, and Protocols: This lists all allowed " -"network services, additional\n" -"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC " -"(Remote Procedure Call)\n" +"Open Services, Ports, and Protocols: This lists all allowed network services, additional\n" +"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n" "ports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Resumen</big>\n" " Aquí se muestra un resumen de la configuración. El resumen engloba la\n" -"configuración general y la configuración parcial para cada zona del " -"cortafuegos.\n" +"configuración general y la configuración parcial para cada zona del cortafuegos.\n" "Todas las zonas existentes aparecen en el resumen.\n" "\n" -"Inicio del cortafuegos indica si el cortafuegos se inicia durante " -"el\n" +"Inicio del cortafuegos indica si el cortafuegos se inicia durante el\n" "arranque o bien manualmente.\n" "\n" -"Para que los siguientes elementos aparezcan en el resumen, se ha de haber " -"asignado una interfaz de red a las zonas del cortafuegos:\n" +"Para que los siguientes elementos aparezcan en el resumen, se ha de haber asignado una interfaz de red a las zonas del cortafuegos:\n" "\n" -"Interfaces: se muestra una lista de las interfaces con su nombre " -"de configuración y de dispositivo.\n" +"Interfaces: se muestra una lista de las interfaces con su nombre de configuración y de dispositivo.\n" "\n" -"Servicios, puertos y protocolos abiertos: aquí aparecen todos los " -"servicios de red\n" -"autorizados así como los puertos TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP " -"(User Datagram Protocol) y\n" -"RPC (Remote Procedure Call) y los protocolos IP (Internet Protocol) " -"adicionales.\n" +"Servicios, puertos y protocolos abiertos: aquí aparecen todos los servicios de red\n" +"autorizados así como los puertos TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol) y\n" +"RPC (Remote Procedure Call) y los protocolos IP (Internet Protocol) adicionales.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 1/6 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:181 @@ -577,10 +496,8 @@ "a list of port numbers, port names, or port ranges separated by spaces,\n" "such as <tt>22</tt>, <tt>http</tt>, or <tt>137:139</tt>." msgstr "" -"Los Puertos TCP y los Puertos UDP se pueden introducir " -"como\n" -"una lista de números de puertos, nombres de puertos o rangos de puertos " -"separados por espacios,\n" +"Los Puertos TCP y los Puertos UDP se pueden introducir como\n" +"una lista de números de puertos, nombres de puertos o rangos de puertos separados por espacios,\n" "como <tt>22</tt>, <tt>http</tt> o <tt>137:139</tt>." #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 3/6 @@ -588,12 +505,10 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "RPC Ports is a list of RPC services, such as\n" -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces." -"" +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces." msgstr "" "Puertos RPC es una lista de los servicios RPC, como \n" -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt> o <tt>portmap</tt>, separados por " -"espacios." +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt> o <tt>portmap</tt>, separados por espacios." #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 4/6 #. please, do not modify examples @@ -613,16 +528,13 @@ #. please, do not modify examples #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"The Port Range consists of two colon-separated numbers that " -"represent\n" +"The Port Range consists of two colon-separated numbers that represent\n" "all numbers inside the range including the numbers themselves.\n" "The first port number must be lower than the second one,\n" "for example, <tt>200:215</tt>." msgstr "" -"Rango de puertos consta de dos números con un símbolo dos puntos " -"entre ellos que representa\n" -"todos los números dentro del rango, incluidos los propios números de inicio " -"y fin.\n" +"Rango de puertos consta de dos números con un símbolo dos puntos entre ellos que representa\n" +"todos los números dentro del rango, incluidos los propios números de inicio y fin.\n" "El primer número de puerto debe ser inferior al segundo\n" "(por ejemplo, <tt>200:215</tt>)." @@ -633,22 +545,18 @@ "organization. One port number can have multiple port names assigned. Find\n" "the assignment currently in use in the <tt>/etc/services</tt> file." msgstr "" -"El Nombre de puerto es un nombre asignado a un número de puerto " -"por la organización\n" -"IANA. Cada número de puerto puede tener varios nombres asignados. Para " -"averiguar las asignaciones\n" +"El Nombre de puerto es un nombre asignado a un número de puerto por la organización\n" +"IANA. Cada número de puerto puede tener varios nombres asignados. Para averiguar las asignaciones\n" "utilizadas en cada momento, consulte el archivo <tt>/etc/services</tt>." #. TRANSLATORS: help for Installation Proposal Dialog #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Firewall</big> \n" -"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " -"attacks.\n" +"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cortafuegos</big> \n" -"El cortafuegos es un mecanismo de defensa para proteger su sistema de " -"ataques procedentes de la red.\n" +"El cortafuegos es un mecanismo de defensa para proteger su sistema de ataques procedentes de la red.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:223 @@ -673,8 +581,7 @@ "Red de origen \n" "Red o IP desde donde se origina la conexión,\n" "ej., <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> o <tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>\n" -"o <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> o <tt>0/0</tt> (lo cual significa <tt>todo</tt>).</" -"p>\n" +"o <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> o <tt>0/0</tt> (lo cual significa <tt>todo</tt>).\n" #. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 3/5 #. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 2/4 @@ -685,8 +592,7 @@ "RPC services." msgstr "" "Protocolo \n" -"Protocolo usado por el paquete. El protocolo especial <tt>RPC</tt> es usado " -"por\n" +"Protocolo usado por el paquete. El protocolo especial <tt>RPC</tt> es usado por\n" "los servicios RPC." #. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 4/5 @@ -1284,12 +1190,8 @@ msgstr "%1 hay reglas de usuario definidas" #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486 -msgid "" -"Network: %1, Protocol: %2, Destination port: %3, Source " -"port: %4, Options: %5" -msgstr "" -"Red: %1, Protocolo: %2, Puerto destino: %3, Puerto " -"origen: %4, Opciones: %5" +msgid "Network: %1, Protocol: %2, Destination port: %3, Source port: %4, Options: %5" +msgstr "Red: %1, Protocolo: %2, Puerto destino: %3, Puerto origen: %4, Opciones: %5" #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:489 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:492 #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:499 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:504 @@ -1329,8 +1231,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:622 -msgid "" -"Firewall will be stopped after the configuration has been written" +msgid "Firewall will be stopped after the configuration has been written" msgstr "El cortafuegos se detendrá luego de escribir la configuración" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item @@ -1399,9 +1300,7 @@ #. that is possible to use in port-range #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:506 msgid "The port number must be in the interval from 1 to %1 (inclusive)." -msgstr "" -"El número de puerto debe estar incluido en el intervalo de 1 a %1 (ambos " -"incluidos)." +msgstr "El número de puerto debe estar incluido en el intervalo de 1 a %1 (ambos incluidos)." #. TRANSLATORS: popup headline #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:584 @@ -1451,8 +1350,7 @@ msgstr "" "Parece que los valores del servicio adicional\n" "%1\n" -"son incorrectos. Las entradas deben estar separadas por espacios, no por " -"comas,\n" +"son incorrectos. Las entradas deben estar separadas por espacios, no por comas,\n" "que no están permitidas.\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar los valores actuales?" @@ -1462,10 +1360,8 @@ #. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ? #. TRANSLATORS: informative label #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035 -msgid "" -"Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." -msgstr "" -"El enmascaramiento requiere al menos una interfaz externa y otra interfaz." +msgid "Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." +msgstr "El enmascaramiento requiere al menos una interfaz externa y otra interfaz." #. TRANSLATORS: popup message #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056 @@ -1734,8 +1630,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:229 msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services" -msgstr "" -"Servicios conocidos del cortafuegos; varios servicios separados por comas" +msgstr "Servicios conocidos del cortafuegos; varios servicios separados por comas" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:236 @@ -2253,8 +2148,7 @@ #~ "or 0/0" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Definición de red no válida '%1'.\n" -#~ "Una red puede ser definida como una IP o una IP con un / y una máscara de " -#~ "red.\n" +#~ "Una red puede ser definida como una IP o una IP con un / y una máscara de red.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Por ejemplo: 192.168.0.1\n" #~ "o 192.168.0.0/20\n" @@ -2263,26 +2157,17 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Broadcast Reply<big> \n" -#~ "Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their " -#~ "reply\n" -#~ "to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP " -#~ "browsing.\n" +#~ "Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their reply\n" +#~ "to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the " -#~ "firewall. Use Add\n" -#~ "button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and " -#~ "also choose from\n" +#~ "Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the firewall. Use Add\n" +#~ "button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also choose from\n" #~ "some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Respuesta de difusión<big> \n" -#~ "El cortafuego por lo general disminuye los paquetes que son enviados por " -#~ "otras máquinas, en la medida que responden\n" -#~ "a la difusión de paquetes enviados por el sistema, ej., exploración por " -#~ "Samba o exploración SLP.\n" +#~ "El cortafuego por lo general disminuye los paquetes que son enviados por otras máquinas, en la medida que responden\n" +#~ "a la difusión de paquetes enviados por el sistema, ej., exploración por Samba o exploración SLP.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "En esta página puede configurar qué paquetes pueden pasar a través del " -#~ "cortafuegos. Utilice el botón Agregar\n" -#~ "para agregar una nueva regla. Tendrá que elegir la zona de cortafuegos y " -#~ "también elegir de\n" -#~ "algunos servicios ya definidos o configurar sus reglas completamente de " -#~ "forma manual.\n" +#~ "En esta página puede configurar qué paquetes pueden pasar a través del cortafuegos. Utilice el botón Agregar\n" +#~ "para agregar una nueva regla. Tendrá que elegir la zona de cortafuegos y también elegir de\n" +#~ "algunos servicios ya definidos o configurar sus reglas completamente de forma manual.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/firstboot.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/firstboot.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/firstboot.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -51,15 +51,11 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89 msgid "" -"Check Enable Firstboot Sequence to start YaST firstboot utility on " -"the first boot after configuration.\n" -"Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information." -"\n" +"Check Enable Firstboot Sequence to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.\n" +"Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.\n" msgstr "" -"Marque Permitir secuencia de primer arranquepara iniciar la " -"utilidad en la primera carga después de la configuración\n" -"Revise la documentación del modulo yast2-primera-carga para mas " -"información.\n" +"Marque Permitir secuencia de primer arranquepara iniciar la utilidad en la primera carga después de la configuración\n" +"Revise la documentación del modulo yast2-primera-carga para mas información.\n" #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -245,18 +241,13 @@ #: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128 msgid "" "If desired, experts can use the full range of SuSE's configuration\n" -"modules at this time. Check Start YaST Control Center and it will " -"start\n" -"after Finish. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button " -"to\n" +"modules at this time. Check Start YaST Control Center and it will start\n" +"after Finish. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button to\n" "return to this installation sequence.\n" msgstr "" -"Si lo desean, los usuarios expertos pueden utilizar en este momento todos " -"los módulos de\n" -"configuración de openSUSE. Para ello active la casilla Iniciar Centro de " -"Control YaST y este\n" -"se iniciará tras pulsar Terminar. Nota: el Centro de Control no " -"dispone de ningún botón de\n" +"Si lo desean, los usuarios expertos pueden utilizar en este momento todos los módulos de\n" +"configuración de openSUSE. Para ello active la casilla Iniciar Centro de Control YaST y este\n" +"se iniciará tras pulsar Terminar. Nota: el Centro de Control no dispone de ningún botón de\n" "retroceso para volver a esta secuencia de instalación.\n" #. popup text @@ -303,8 +294,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Elija el idioma y la distribución del teclado que se usará " -"durante la instalación y en\n" +"Elija el idioma y la distribución del teclado que se usará durante la instalación y en\n" "el sistema instalado.\n" "\n" @@ -336,8 +326,7 @@ #. error message #: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:272 msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages." -msgstr "" -"No hay espacio suficiente para instalar todos los paquetes adicionales." +msgstr "No hay espacio suficiente para instalar todos los paquetes adicionales." #. progress stages #: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:45 @@ -505,7 +494,5 @@ #~ "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" #~ "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "El idioma seleccionado no se puede utilizar en el modo de texto. Durante " -#~ "la instalación\n" -#~ "se utiliza el inglés, pero en el nuevo sistema se empleará el idioma " -#~ "seleccionado." +#~ "El idioma seleccionado no se puede utilizar en el modo de texto. Durante la instalación\n" +#~ "se utiliza el inglés, pero en el nuevo sistema se empleará el idioma seleccionado." Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/ftp-server.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/ftp-server.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/ftp-server.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -56,9 +56,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:86 msgid "Umask vsftpd: <local users>:<anonymous>, pure-ftpd: <files>:<dirs>" -msgstr "" -"Umask para vsftpd: <usuarios locales>:<usuarios anónimos>, pure-ftpd: " -"<archivos>:<directorios>" +msgstr "Umask para vsftpd: <usuarios locales>:<usuarios anónimos>, pure-ftpd: <archivos>:<directorios>" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:94 @@ -68,9 +66,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:102 msgid "Enter the existing directory for authenticated users (pure-ftpd only)." -msgstr "" -"Introduzca el directorio existente para los usuarios autenticados (sólo para " -"pure-ftpd)" +msgstr "Introduzca el directorio existente para los usuarios autenticados (sólo para pure-ftpd)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:110 @@ -95,18 +91,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:142 -msgid "" -"The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users (KB/s)" -msgstr "" -"Tasa de velocidad máxima de transmisión para los usuarios locales " -"autenticados [KB/s]" +msgid "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users (KB/s)" +msgstr "Tasa de velocidad máxima de transmisión para los usuarios locales autenticados [KB/s]" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:150 msgid "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for anonymous clients (KB/s)" -msgstr "" -"Tasa de velocidad máxima de transmisión permitida para los clientes anónimos " -"[KB/s]" +msgstr "Tasa de velocidad máxima de transmisión permitida para los clientes anónimos [KB/s]" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:158 @@ -120,12 +111,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:181 -msgid "" -"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server " -"(vsftpd only)." -msgstr "" -"El mensaje de bienvenida es el texto que se muestra cuando alguien se " -"conecta al servidor (sólo para vsftpd)" +msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server (vsftpd only)." +msgstr "El mensaje de bienvenida es el texto que se muestra cuando alguien se conecta al servidor (sólo para vsftpd)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:190 @@ -134,21 +121,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:199 -msgid "" -"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd " -"only)." -msgstr "" -"Si está habilitada, esta opción permite las conexiones con protocolo SSL v2 " -"(sólo para vsftpd). " +msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd only)." +msgstr "Si está habilitada, esta opción permite las conexiones con protocolo SSL v2 (sólo para vsftpd). " #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:208 -msgid "" -"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd " -"only)." -msgstr "" -"Si está habilitada, esta opción permite las conexiones con protocolo SSL v3 " -"(sólo para vsftpd)" +msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd only)." +msgstr "Si está habilitada, esta opción permite las conexiones con protocolo SSL v3 (sólo para vsftpd)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:217 @@ -157,19 +136,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:226 -msgid "" -"Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a " -"local admin (pure-ftpd only)." -msgstr "" -"No permitir la descarga de archivos que han sido subidos pero que no han " -"sido validados por el administrador local (sólo para pure-ftp)" +msgid "Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a local admin (pure-ftpd only)." +msgstr "No permitir la descarga de archivos que han sido subidos pero que no han sido validados por el administrador local (sólo para pure-ftp)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:235 msgid "Security settings for SSL and TLS protocol (pure-ftpd only)" -msgstr "" -"Configuración de seguridad para los protocolos SSL y TLS (sólo para pure-" -"ftpd)" +msgstr "Configuración de seguridad para los protocolos SSL y TLS (sólo para pure-ftpd)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:244 @@ -216,16 +189,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:296 msgid "The minimum value for port range for passive connection replies" -msgstr "" -"El valor mínimo del rango de puertos para las respuestas de las conexiones " -"pasivas." +msgstr "El valor mínimo del rango de puertos para las respuestas de las conexiones pasivas." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:303 msgid "The maximum value for port range for passive connection replies" -msgstr "" -"El valor máximo del rango de puertos para las respuestas de las conexiones " -"pasivas." +msgstr "El valor máximo del rango de puertos para las respuestas de las conexiones pasivas." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:310 @@ -264,11 +233,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:362 -msgid "" -"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server." -msgstr "" -"El mensaje de bienvenida es el texto que se muestra cuando alguien se " -"conecta al servidor" +msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server." +msgstr "El mensaje de bienvenida es el texto que se muestra cuando alguien se conecta al servidor" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:369 @@ -283,8 +249,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:379 msgid "Refuse connections that do not use SSL/TLS security mechanisms." -msgstr "" -"Rechazar las conexiones que no utilizan los mecanismos de seguridad SSL/TLS" +msgstr "Rechazar las conexiones que no utilizan los mecanismos de seguridad SSL/TLS" #. EOF #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:454 @@ -403,14 +368,12 @@ #. max rate for authenticated users #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:569 msgid "Maximum Rate for Authenticated Users [KB/s]: " -msgstr "" -"Tasa de velocidad máxima de transmisión para usuarios autentificados [KB/s]: " +msgstr "Tasa de velocidad máxima de transmisión para usuarios autentificados [KB/s]: " #. max rate for anonymous users #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:577 msgid "Maximum Rate for Anonymous Users [KB/s]: " -msgstr "" -"Tasa de velocidad máxima de transmisión para usuarios anónimos [KB/s]: " +msgstr "Tasa de velocidad máxima de transmisión para usuarios anónimos [KB/s]: " #. general settings for access #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:585 @@ -562,14 +525,11 @@ #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:763 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:772 msgid "Example of correct umask <local users>:<anonymous> (177:077)" -msgstr "" -"Ejemplo de valor umask correcto <usuarios locales>:<usuarios anónimos> " -"(177:077)" +msgstr "Ejemplo de valor umask correcto <usuarios locales>:<usuarios anónimos> (177:077)" #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:790 msgid "Example of correct umask <files>:<dirs> (set_umask=177:077)" -msgstr "" -"Ejemplo de valor umask correcto <archivos>:<directorios> (set_umask=177:077)" +msgstr "Ejemplo de valor umask correcto <archivos>:<directorios> (set_umask=177:077)" #. end of if (vsftpd_edit) #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:803 @@ -810,8 +770,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup message #: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:152 msgid "All changes will be lost. Really abort configuration?" -msgstr "" -"Se perderán todos los cambios. ¿Desea realmente cancelar la configuración?" +msgstr "Se perderán todos los cambios. ¿Desea realmente cancelar la configuración?" #. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection #: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:188 @@ -1336,8 +1295,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cancelar la inicialización:</big> \n" -"Para cancelar la utilidad de configuración, pulse Cancelar ahora.</" -"p>\n" +"Para cancelar la utilidad de configuración, pulse Cancelar ahora.\n" # include/network/lan/helps.ycp:54 #. Write dialog help 1/2 @@ -1359,8 +1317,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando la grabación:</big> \n" "Cancele la grabación pulsando Cancelar.\n" -"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer ésto es seguro o " -"no.\n" +"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer ésto es seguro o no.\n" "\n" #. -----------================= START_UP SCREEN =============---------- @@ -1369,14 +1326,12 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "Selected Service \n" -" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: vsftpd, pure-" -"ftpd, \n" +" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n" " . If you have installed both daemons you can switch between them.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Servicio seleccionado \n" -" El cuadro muestra el daemon que está configurado actualmente: " -"vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n" +" El cuadro muestra el daemon que está configurado actualmente: vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n" " . Si tiene instalados ambos, puede conmutar entre ellos.\n" "\n" @@ -1412,8 +1367,7 @@ "se hayan autentificado.\n" "Advertencia: Esta opción tiene implicaciones de seguridad, \n" "especialmente si el usuario tiene permisos de subida, \n" -"o acceso a la shell. Sólo debe habilitarla si sabe lo que está haciendo.</" -"p>\n" +"o acceso a la shell. Sólo debe habilitarla si sabe lo que está haciendo.\n" #. general logging help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:67 @@ -1423,8 +1377,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Registro detallado \n" -"Cuando está habilitado, se registran todas las peticiones y respuestas del " -"servidor FTP.\n" +"Cuando está habilitado, se registran todas las peticiones y respuestas del servidor FTP.\n" "\n" #. general umask help - only pure-ftpd 1/1 @@ -1436,8 +1389,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Umask \n" -"Máscara para la creación de archivos (umask para archivos):(umask para " -"directorios). \n" +"Máscara para la creación de archivos (umask para archivos):(umask para directorios). \n" "Utilice 177:077 si se siente paranoico.\n" "\n" @@ -1451,10 +1403,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Umask para usuarios anónimos: \n" -"El valor que se define como umask en la creación de archivos para los " -"usuarios anónimos. \n" -"Si desea especificar valores en octal recuerde el prefijo \"0\", en caso " -"contrario \n" +"El valor que se define como umask en la creación de archivos para los usuarios anónimos. \n" +"Si desea especificar valores en octal recuerde el prefijo \"0\", en caso contrario \n" "se interpretará el valor como un entero en base 10.\n" "\n" @@ -1462,17 +1412,14 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "Umask for Authenticated Users: \n" -"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated " -"users. \n" +"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated users. \n" "If you want to specify octal values, remember the \"0\" prefix, otherwise \n" "the value will be treated as a base 10 integer.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Umask para usuarios autenticados: \n" -"El valor que se asigna como umask en la creación de archivos para los " -"usuarios autenticados. \n" -"Si desea especificar valores en octal recuerde el prefijo \"0\", en caso " -"contrario \n" +"El valor que se asigna como umask en la creación de archivos para los usuarios autenticados. \n" +"Si desea especificar valores en octal recuerde el prefijo \"0\", en caso contrario \n" "se interpretará el valor como un entero en base 10.\n" "\n" @@ -1486,8 +1433,7 @@ msgstr "" "Directorio FTP para usuarios anónimos: \n" "Puede especificar el directorio que utilizan los usuarios FTP anónimos. \n" -"Pulsando Examinar puede seleccionar el directorio en su sistema local " -"de archivos.\n" +"Pulsando Examinar puede seleccionar el directorio en su sistema local de archivos.\n" "\n" #. general FTP dir for authenticated help 1/1 @@ -1500,8 +1446,7 @@ msgstr "" "Directorio FTP para usuarios autenticados: \n" "Puede especificar el directorio que usan los usuarios FTP autenticados. \n" -"Pulsando Examinar podrá seleccionar el directorio en su sistema local " -"de archivos.\n" +"Pulsando Examinar podrá seleccionar el directorio en su sistema local de archivos.\n" "\n" #. -----------================= PERFORMANCE SCREEN =============---------- @@ -1553,8 +1498,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "Tasa de velocidad máxima de transmisión local: \n" -"La tasa de velocidad máxima de transmisión permitida para los usuarios " -"locales autentificados.\n" +"La tasa de velocidad máxima de transmisión permitida para los usuarios locales autentificados.\n" "" #. performance anonymous max rate help 1/1 @@ -1563,10 +1507,8 @@ "Anonymous Max Rate: \n" "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for anonymous clients.\n" msgstr "" -"Tasa de velocidad máxima de transmisión para usuarios anónimos:</" -"b> \n" -"La velocidad máxima de transmisión permitida para los clientes anónimos.</" -"p>\n" +"Tasa de velocidad máxima de transmisión para usuarios anónimos: \n" +"La velocidad máxima de transmisión permitida para los clientes anónimos.\n" #. -----------================= Authentication SCREEN =============---------- #. @@ -1575,19 +1517,14 @@ msgid "" "Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users \n" "Anonymous Only: If enabled, only anonymous logins are permitted.\n" -"Authenticated Users Only: If enabled, only authenticated users are " -"permitted.\n" -"Both If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are " -"permitted.\n" +"Authenticated Users Only: If enabled, only authenticated users are permitted.\n" +"Both If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are permitted.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Habilitar/Deshabilitar usuarios anónimos y usuarios locales \n" -"Sólo usuarios anónimos Sólo están permitidos los inicios de sesión de " -"usuarios anónimos.\n" -"Sólo usuarios autenticadosSolo están permitidos los inicios de sesión " -"de usuarios autenticados.\n" -"Ambos Si está habilitada, se permiten tanto usuarios autenticados " -"como usuarios anónimos.\n" +"Sólo usuarios anónimos Sólo están permitidos los inicios de sesión de usuarios anónimos.\n" +"Sólo usuarios autenticadosSolo están permitidos los inicios de sesión de usuarios autenticados.\n" +"Ambos Si está habilitada, se permiten tanto usuarios autenticados como usuarios anónimos.\n" "\n" #. authentication Enable Upload help 1/1 @@ -1599,10 +1536,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Permitir la subida \n" -"Si está permitido los usuarios ftp pueden realizar subidas. Los usuarios " -"anónimos\n" -" necesitan que la opción \"Usuarios anónimos pueden subir\" también esté " -"habilitada.\n" +"Si está permitido los usuarios ftp pueden realizar subidas. Los usuarios anónimos\n" +" necesitan que la opción \"Usuarios anónimos pueden subir\" también esté habilitada.\n" "\n" #. authentication Anonymous Can Upload help 1/1 @@ -1611,16 +1546,13 @@ "Anonymous Can Upload \n" "If enabled anonymous users will be permitted to upload.\n" "vsftpd only: If you want to allow anonymous users to upload, you \n" -"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after " -"login.\n" +"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Usuarios anónimos pueden subir(upload) \n" "Si está habilitado, los usuarios anónimos podrán subir archivos.\n" -"sólo para vsftpd: Si desea que los usuarios anónimos puedan efectuar " -"subidas \n" -"necesita un directorio existente con permisos de escritura en el directorio " -"home una vez iniciada la sesión.\n" +"sólo para vsftpd: Si desea que los usuarios anónimos puedan efectuar subidas \n" +"necesita un directorio existente con permisos de escritura en el directorio home una vez iniciada la sesión.\n" "\n" #. authentication Anonymous Can Create Dirs help 1/1 @@ -1628,17 +1560,13 @@ msgid "" "Anonymous Can Create Dirs \n" "If enabled, anonymous users can create directories.\n" -"vsftpd only: If you want to allow anonymous users to create " -"directories,\n" -"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory " -"after login.\n" +"vsftpd only: If you want to allow anonymous users to create directories,\n" +"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.\n" msgstr "" "Usuarios anónimos pueden crear directorios \n" "Si está habilitado, los usuarios anónimos pueden crear directorios.\n" -"sólo para vsftpd : Si desea que los usuarios anónimos puedan crear " -"directorios \n" -"necesita que exista un directorio con permisos de escritura en el directorio " -"home una vez iniciada la sesión.\n" +"sólo para vsftpd : Si desea que los usuarios anónimos puedan crear directorios \n" +"necesita que exista un directorio con permisos de escritura en el directorio home una vez iniciada la sesión.\n" #. -----------================= EXPERT SETTINGS SCREEN =============---------- #. @@ -1650,8 +1578,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Habilitar el modo pasivo \n" -"Si está habilitado, el servidor FTP permite el modo pasivo para las " -"conexiones. \n" +"Si está habilitado, el servidor FTP permite el modo pasivo para las conexiones. \n" "\n" #. expert settings Min Port for Pas. Mode help 1/1 @@ -1663,8 +1590,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Puerto más bajo para modo pasivo \n" -"Número de puerto más bajo para las respuestas en las conexiones en modo " -"pasivo. \n" +"Número de puerto más bajo para las respuestas en las conexiones en modo pasivo. \n" "Se usa para protección por el cortafuegos \n" "\n" @@ -1677,8 +1603,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Puerto más alto para el modo pasivo \n" -"Número de puerto más alto para las respuestas en las conexiones del modo " -"pasivo. \n" +"Número de puerto más alto para las respuestas en las conexiones del modo pasivo. \n" "Se usa como protección en el cortafuegos \n" "\n" @@ -1736,8 +1661,7 @@ msgstr "" "Certificado DSA para las conexiones cifradas mediante SSL \n" "Esta opción especifica la ubicación del certificado DSA que se va a \n" -"utilizar para las conexiones cifradas con SSL. Puede seleccionar el archivo " -"pulsando Examinar\n" +"utilizar para las conexiones cifradas con SSL. Puede seleccionar el archivo pulsando Examinar\n" " \n" #. expert settings Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data help 1/1 @@ -1759,16 +1683,13 @@ "Security Settings \n" "Disable SSL/TLS Disable SSL/TLS encryption layer.\n" "Accept SSL and TLS Accept both, traditional and encrypted sessions.\n" -"Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS Refuse connections that do not use " -"SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n" +"Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS Refuse connections that do not use SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n" "" msgstr "" "Configuración de seguridad \n" "Inhabilitar SSL/TLS Desactiva la capa de cifrado SSL/TLS.\n" -"Aceptar SSL y TLS Acepta ambas, las sesiones tradicionales y las " -"cifradas.\n" -"Rechazar las conexiones sin SSL/TLS Rechaza las conexiones que no " -"utilizan mecanismos de seguridad SSL/TLS, incluyendo las sesiones anónimas.\n" +"Aceptar SSL y TLS Acepta ambas, las sesiones tradicionales y las cifradas.\n" +"Rechazar las conexiones sin SSL/TLS Rechaza las conexiones que no utilizan mecanismos de seguridad SSL/TLS, incluyendo las sesiones anónimas.\n" "" #. -----------================= SUMMARY =============---------- @@ -1792,8 +1713,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Adición de un servidor FTP</big> \n" "Seleccione un servidor FTP en la lista de servidores FTP detectados.\n" -"Si su servidor FTP no ha sido detectado, utilice Otro (no detectado).</" -"b>\n" +"Si su servidor FTP no ha sido detectado, utilice Otro (no detectado).\n" "A continuación, pulse sobre Configurar.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -1804,8 +1724,7 @@ "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Edición o eliminación</big> \n" -"Si pulsa sobre Editar, se abrirá un cuadro de diálogo adicional que " -"le permitirá modificar\n" +"Si pulsa sobre Editar, se abrirá un cuadro de diálogo adicional que le permitirá modificar\n" "la configuración.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 @@ -1837,8 +1756,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Editar o eliminar</big> \n" "Seleccione el servidor FTP que desea modificar o eliminar.\n" -"A continuación, pulse Editar o en Eliminar.respectivamente</" -"p>\n" +"A continuación, pulse Editar o en Eliminar.respectivamente\n" #. CWMServiceStart function with no parameter returning boolean value #. that says if the service is started. @@ -1891,8 +1809,7 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1116 #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1139 msgid " is a home directory after the login of anonymous users." -msgstr "" -"es un directorio home una vez iniciada la sesión de usuarios \"anónimos\"." +msgstr "es un directorio home una vez iniciada la sesión de usuarios \"anónimos\"." #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1080 #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1127 @@ -1913,8 +1830,7 @@ "To allow anonymous users to upload, you need a directory with write access.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Si desea que los usuarios \"anónimos\" puedan realizar subidas, necesita un " -"directorio con permisos de escritura.\n" +"Si desea que los usuarios \"anónimos\" puedan realizar subidas, necesita un directorio con permisos de escritura.\n" "\n" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1104 @@ -1970,20 +1886,12 @@ "necesita un directorio con permisos de escritura para ellos." #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1223 -msgid "" -"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should " -"have no write access.\n" -msgstr "" -"Para las conexiones anónimas, es necesarioque no se pueda escribir en el " -"directorio home del usuario anónimo.\n" +msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access.\n" +msgstr "Para las conexiones anónimas, es necesarioque no se pueda escribir en el directorio home del usuario anónimo.\n" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1310 -msgid "" -"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should " -"have no write access." -msgstr "" -"Para las conexiones anónimas, el directorio home de un usuario anónimo no " -"debería tener permiso de escritura." +msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access." +msgstr "Para las conexiones anónimas, el directorio home de un usuario anónimo no debería tener permiso de escritura." #. Valid function of "Max Port for Pas. Mode" #. check values Max Port >= Min Port @@ -2006,12 +1914,8 @@ #. Valid function of "Security Settings" #. check of existing certificate #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1718 -msgid "" -"The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL " -"connection is missing." -msgstr "" -"El certificado <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> para las conexiones " -"SSL no se encuentra." +msgid "The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL connection is missing." +msgstr "El certificado <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> para las conexiones SSL no se encuentra." #. 0 => anonymous only, 1 => authenticated only, 2=> both #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:219 @@ -2037,12 +1941,8 @@ msgstr "¿Desea configurar vsftpd? (En caso contrario elija pure-ftpd)" #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:916 -msgid "" -"You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration " -"in interactive mode." -msgstr "" -"Tiene instalados ambos daemons. La configuración debe realizarse en modo " -"interactivo." +msgid "You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration in interactive mode." +msgstr "Tiene instalados ambos daemons. La configuración debe realizarse en modo interactivo." #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:935 @@ -2097,9 +1997,7 @@ #. write settings for starting daemon #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1008 msgid "Cannot create upload directory for anonymous connections." -msgstr "" -"¡No es posible crear el directorio de subida de archivos para las conexiones " -"anónimas!" +msgstr "¡No es posible crear el directorio de subida de archivos para las conexiones anónimas!" #. anonymous dir #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1150 @@ -2185,21 +2083,18 @@ #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Registro detallado \n" -#~ "Cuando está habilitado, se registran todas las peticiones y respuestas " -#~ "del servidor FTP.\n" +#~ "Cuando está habilitado, se registran todas las peticiones y respuestas del servidor FTP.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "FTP Directory for Anonymous Users: \n" #~ "Here you can specify a directory which is used for ftp anonymous users. \n" -#~ "By pressing Browse you can select a directory from the local " -#~ "filesystem.\n" +#~ "By pressing Browse you can select a directory from the local filesystem.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Directorio FTP para usuarios anónimos: \n" #~ "Puede especificar el directorio que utilizan los usuarios FTP anónimos. \n" -#~ "Pulsando Examinar puede seleccionar el directorio en su sistema " -#~ "local de archivos.\n" +#~ "Pulsando Examinar puede seleccionar el directorio en su sistema local de archivos.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -2217,8 +2112,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Añadir un servidor FTP</big> \n" #~ "Seleccione un servidor FTP en la lista de servidores FTP detectados.\n" -#~ "Si su servidor FTP no ha sido detectado, utilice Otro (no detectado).</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "Si su servidor FTP no ha sido detectado, utilice Otro (no detectado).\n" #~ "A continuación, pulse sobre Configurar.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -2227,8 +2121,7 @@ #~ "edit their configurations. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Resumen de configuración del servidor FTP</big> \n" -#~ "Obtiene un resumen de los servidores FTP instalados. De manera " -#~ "adicional,\n" +#~ "Obtiene un resumen de los servidores FTP instalados. De manera adicional,\n" #~ "puede editar sus configuraciones. \n" #~ msgid "" Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/geo-cluster.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/geo-cluster.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/geo-cluster.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "puerto" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "site" @@ -94,17 +94,20 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Añadir" +# +# include/ui/wizard_hw.ycp:123 +# modules/Wizard_hw.ycp:126 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Editar" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eliminar" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 @@ -116,13 +119,15 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OK" +# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:19 +# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:19 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cancelar" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135 msgid "Please enter valid ip address" @@ -290,12 +295,12 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 msgid "Firewall Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración del cortafuegos" #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Iniciando..." #. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 @@ -325,7 +330,7 @@ #. Progress stage 2/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Leer la configuración anterior" #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" @@ -335,13 +340,13 @@ #. Progress step 2/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Leyendo la configuración previa..." #. Progress finished #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Terminado" #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster write dialog caption @@ -354,7 +359,7 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Escribir la configuración" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 @@ -364,7 +369,7 @@ #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración..." #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 @@ -375,56 +380,62 @@ #. Error message #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "No se puede escribir la configuración." #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Resumen de configuración..." #. Progress stage 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 msgid "Read the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Leer la base de datos" #. Progress stage 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 msgid "Detect the devices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Detectar los dispositivos" #. Progress step 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 msgid "Reading the database..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Leyendo la base de datos..." #. Progress step 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 msgid "Detecting the devices..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Detectando los dispositivos..." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 msgid "Cannot read the database1." -msgstr "" +msgstr "No es posible leer la base de datos 1." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 msgid "Cannot read the database2." -msgstr "" +msgstr "No es posible leer la base de datos 2." +# modules/Mail.ycp:708 modules/Mail.ycp:714 modules/Mail.ycp:723 +# modules/Mail.ycp:737 modules/Mail.ycp:756 +# modules/Mail.ycp:929 modules/Mail.ycp:942 modules/Mail.ycp:956 +# modules/Mail.ycp:929 modules/Mail.ycp:942 modules/Mail.ycp:956 +# modules/Mail.ycp:938 modules/Mail.ycp:951 modules/Mail.ycp:965 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 msgid "Cannot detect devices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "No es posible detectar los dispositivos." +# modules/Lan.ycp:200 #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ejecutar SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ejecutando SuSEconfig..." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 msgid "Configuration summary ..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Resumen de la configuración..." Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/gtk.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/gtk.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/gtk.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -277,25 +277,11 @@ #~ msgid "Package _listing:" #~ msgstr "_Lista de paquetes:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Overview</h1>Press a patch in the " -#~ "list to see more information about it.To install a patch, just " -#~ "click on its \"checkbox\"." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Vista General</h1>Seleccione un " -#~ "parche en la lista para ver más información.Para instalar un " -#~ "parche, marque en su \"casilla\"." +#~ msgid "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Overview</h1>Press a patch in the list to see more information about it.To install a patch, just click on its \"checkbox\"." +#~ msgstr "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Vista General</h1>Seleccione un parche en la lista para ver más información.Para instalar un parche, marque en su \"casilla\"." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Overview</h1>Browse packages using " -#~ "the groups list on the left.Press a package in the list to see " -#~ "more information about it.To install or remove a package, just " -#~ "click on its \"checkbox\"." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Vista General</h1>Expplore paquetes " -#~ "utilizando los grupos en la izquierda.Seleccione un paquete de la " -#~ "lista para ver más información.Para instalar o eliminar un " -#~ "paquete, marque en su \"casilla\"." +#~ msgid "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Overview</h1>Browse packages using the groups list on the left.Press a package in the list to see more information about it.To install or remove a package, just click on its \"checkbox\"." +#~ msgstr "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Vista General</h1>Expplore paquetes utilizando los grupos en la izquierda.Seleccione un paquete de la lista para ver más información.Para instalar o eliminar un paquete, marque en su \"casilla\"." #~ msgid "Priorities" #~ msgstr "Prioridades" @@ -331,10 +317,8 @@ #~ msgid "Install anyway?" #~ msgstr "¿Instalar de todos modos?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There are some conflicts on the transaction that must be solved manually." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Algunos conflicos en la transacción necesitan resolverse manualmente." +#~ msgid "There are some conflicts on the transaction that must be solved manually." +#~ msgstr "Algunos conflicos en la transacción necesitan resolverse manualmente." #~ msgid "Changes not saved!" #~ msgstr "¡Los cambios no han sido guardados!" @@ -347,12 +331,8 @@ #~ msgid "Unsupported packages" #~ msgstr "Paquetes no soportados" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please realize that the following software is either unsupported or " -#~ "requires an additional customer contract for support." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Tenga en cuenta que el siguiente software, no tienen soporte o es " -#~ "necesario un contrato de soporte adicional." +#~ msgid "Please realize that the following software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support." +#~ msgstr "Tenga en cuenta que el siguiente software, no tienen soporte o es necesario un contrato de soporte adicional." # menuentries/menuentry_online_update.ycp:25 #~ msgid "Online Update" @@ -366,211 +346,50 @@ #~ msgid "Please wait..." #~ msgstr "Por favor espere..." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h1>Purpose</h1>This tool lets you install, remove, and update " -#~ "applications.Software in &product; is broken down and distributed " -#~ "in the form of packages. This way, if multiple applications require a " -#~ "common system file, this system file is shipped in its own package and is " -#~ "installed only once if needed. The user need not be concerned about such " -#~ "underlying dependencies. Likewise, the plugins and other non-" -#~ "essential data of a given application may be shipped in their own " -#~ "packages, so the user may install them only if needed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h1>Propósito</h1>Esta herramienta permite instalar, eliminar, y " -#~ "actualizar aplicaciones.Apllicaciones en &product; son " -#~ "distribuidas en forma de paquetes. De esta manera, si varias aplicaciones " -#~ "requieren un mismo archivo de sistema, este archivo es distribuido en su " -#~ "propio paquete e instalado sólo una vez cuando es necesario. El usuario " -#~ "no necesita preocuparse por estas dependencias. De la misma " -#~ "manera, complementos y otros datos no esenciales pueden ser distribuidos " -#~ "en sus propios paquetes, de manera que el usuario pueda instalarlos sólo " -#~ "si lo necesita." +#~ msgid "<h1>Purpose</h1>This tool lets you install, remove, and update applications.Software in &product; is broken down and distributed in the form of packages. This way, if multiple applications require a common system file, this system file is shipped in its own package and is installed only once if needed. The user need not be concerned about such underlying dependencies. Likewise, the plugins and other non-essential data of a given application may be shipped in their own packages, so the user may install them only if needed." +#~ msgstr "<h1>Propósito</h1>Esta herramienta permite instalar, eliminar, y actualizar aplicaciones.Apllicaciones en &product; son distribuidas en forma de paquetes. De esta manera, si varias aplicaciones requieren un mismo archivo de sistema, este archivo es distribuido en su propio paquete e instalado sólo una vez cuando es necesario. El usuario no necesita preocuparse por estas dependencias. De la misma manera, complementos y otros datos no esenciales pueden ser distribuidos en sus propios paquetes, de manera que el usuario pueda instalarlos sólo si lo necesita." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Common suffixes for complementary packages:<ul><li>-plugin-</" -#~ "b>: extends the application with extra functionality.</li><li>-devel</" -#~ "b>: headers for software development.</li><li>-debuginfo: debug " -#~ "symbols for software testing.</li><li>-fr, -pl or other " -#~ "language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for " -#~ "installation automatically when needed).</li></ul>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sufijos comunes para paquetes complementarios:<ul><li>-plugin-</" -#~ "b>: extiende la aplicación con funcionalidades extras.</li><li>-devel</" -#~ "b>: encabezados para desarrollo.</li><li>-debuginfo: símbolos de " -#~ "depuración para pruebas.</li><li>-fr, -es u otras siglas de " -#~ "idiomas: archivos de traducción (su idioma será marcado para instalación " -#~ "automáticamente cuando sea necesario).</li></ul>" +#~ msgid "Common suffixes for complementary packages:<ul><li>-plugin-: extends the application with extra functionality.</li><li>-devel: headers for software development.</li><li>-debuginfo: debug symbols for software testing.</li><li>-fr, -pl or other language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for installation automatically when needed).</li></ul>" +#~ msgstr "Sufijos comunes para paquetes complementarios:<ul><li>-plugin-: extiende la aplicación con funcionalidades extras.</li><li>-devel: encabezados para desarrollo.</li><li>-debuginfo: símbolos de depuración para pruebas.</li><li>-fr, -es u otras siglas de idiomas: archivos de traducción (su idioma será marcado para instalación automáticamente cuando sea necesario).</li></ul>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Both the packages that are installed on your system, and the packages " -#~ "that are available from the repositories you have configured will " -#~ "be listed together. Status filters are available in the right-" -#~ "bottom box." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Tanto los paquetes instalados, como aquellos disponibles en los " -#~ "repositorios configurados, serán mostrados juntos. Filtros por " -#~ "Estado están disponibles en el cuadro inferior derecho." +#~ msgid "Both the packages that are installed on your system, and the packages that are available from the repositories you have configured will be listed together. Status filters are available in the right-bottom box." +#~ msgstr "Tanto los paquetes instalados, como aquellos disponibles en los repositorios configurados, serán mostrados juntos. Filtros por Estado están disponibles en el cuadro inferior derecho." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<blockquote>A repository is a packages media; it can either be local " -#~ "(such as the installation CD), or a remote internet server. You can find " -#~ "an utility to setup repositories on the YaST control center, which can " -#~ "also be accessed via the Configuration > Repositories menu item.</" -#~ "blockquote>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<blockquote>Un repositorio es un medio con paquetes, ya sea local (como " -#~ "un CD de instalación) o en internet. En el centro de control de YaST " -#~ "encontrará la utilidad para configurar los repositorios, la cual también " -#~ "puede se accedida desde el menú Configuración > Repositorios.</" -#~ "blockquote>" +#~ msgid "<blockquote>A repository is a packages media; it can either be local (such as the installation CD), or a remote internet server. You can find an utility to setup repositories on the YaST control center, which can also be accessed via the Configuration > Repositories menu item.</blockquote>" +#~ msgstr "<blockquote>Un repositorio es un medio con paquetes, ya sea local (como un CD de instalación) o en internet. En el centro de control de YaST encontrará la utilidad para configurar los repositorios, la cual también puede se accedida desde el menú Configuración > Repositorios.</blockquote>" #~ msgid "<h1>Usage</h1>" #~ msgstr "<h1>Uso</h1>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h2>Install, Upgrade, Remove, Undo tab pages</h2>All packages are " -#~ "listed together unless you have selected a status filter from the " -#~ "right-bottom box. The check-box next to the package name indicates " -#~ "whether the package is installed or not. If a more recent version of an " -#~ "installed package is available, the version text will be highlighted in " -#~ "blue and an upgrade button conveniently placed next to it. It is " -#~ "highlighted red if the version installed is no longer being made " -#~ "available in any configured repository.The context menu (right " -#~ "click on a package) provides extra options. The Undo option can be " -#~ "used to revert any changes you have made. Multiple packages may be " -#~ "selected (using the Control key) and modified together.Use the " -#~ "Version list over the description box to select a specific version " -#~ "of a package.Press the Apply button when you want your " -#~ "changes to be performed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h2>Páginas Instalar, Actualizar, Eliminar, Deshacer</h2>Todos los " -#~ "paquetes son listados juntos a menos que seleccione un estado en " -#~ "el filtro del cuadro inferior derecho. La casilla de selección junto al " -#~ "nombre del paquete indica si el paquete se encuentra instalado o no. Si " -#~ "existe una versión más reciente, el número de versión se verá resaltado " -#~ "en azul junto a un botón para actualizar. En caso de verse resaltado en " -#~ "rojo, la versión instalada no se encuentra disponible en ninguno de los " -#~ "repositorios configurados.El menú de contexto (click derecho sobre " -#~ "un paquete) muestra más opciones. La opción Deshacer puede usarse " -#~ "para revertir cualquier cambio que haya realizado. Pueden seleccionarse " -#~ "varios paquetes (utilizando la tecla Control) para se modificados en " -#~ "conjunto.Utilice la lista Versión sobre el cuadro " -#~ "descripción para seleccionar una versión del particular del paquete.</" -#~ "p>Pulse Aplicar cuando esté listo para realizar los cambios." +#~ msgid "<h2>Install, Upgrade, Remove, Undo tab pages</h2>All packages are listed together unless you have selected a status filter from the right-bottom box. The check-box next to the package name indicates whether the package is installed or not. If a more recent version of an installed package is available, the version text will be highlighted in blue and an upgrade button conveniently placed next to it. It is highlighted red if the version installed is no longer being made available in any configured repository.The context menu (right click on a package) provides extra options. The Undo option can be used to revert any changes you have made. Multiple packages may be selected (using the Control key) and modified together.Use the Version list over the description box to select a specific version of a package.Press the Apply button when you want your changes to be performed." +#~ msgstr "<h2>Páginas Instalar, Actualizar, Eliminar, Deshacer</h2>Todos los paquetes son listados juntos a menos que seleccione un estado en el filtro del cuadro inferior derecho. La casilla de selección junto al nombre del paquete indica si el paquete se encuentra instalado o no. Si existe una versión más reciente, el número de versión se verá resaltado en azul junto a un botón para actualizar. En caso de verse resaltado en rojo, la versión instalada no se encuentra disponible en ninguno de los repositorios configurados.El menú de contexto (click derecho sobre un paquete) muestra más opciones. La opción Deshacer puede usarse para revertir cualquier cambio que haya realizado. Pueden seleccionarse varios paquetes (utilizando la tecla Control) para se modificados en conjunto.Utilice la lista Versión sobre el cuadro descripción para seleccionar una versión del particular del paquete.Pulse Aplicar cuando esté listo pa ra realizar los cambios." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h2>Lock software</h2>Packages can be locked against automatic changes " -#~ "via the context menu.Locking is only useful in very unusual cases: " -#~ "for instance, you may not want to install a given driver because it " -#~ "interferes with your system, yet you want to install some collection that " -#~ "includes it. Locks can be applied whether the package is installed or not." -#~ "" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h2>Bloquear aplicación</h2>Con el menú de contexto, podrá bloquear " -#~ "paquetes para evitar actualizaciones automáticas.El bloqueo sólo " -#~ "es útil en situaciones poco usuales, como por ejemplo, no querer instalar " -#~ "un controlador en particular por generar problemas en el sistema, aún " -#~ "así, queriendo instalar algunas colecciones que lo incluyan. Los bloqueos " -#~ "se pueden aplicar tanto a paquetes instalados como a aquellos que no lo " -#~ "están." +#~ msgid "<h2>Lock software</h2>Packages can be locked against automatic changes via the context menu.Locking is only useful in very unusual cases: for instance, you may not want to install a given driver because it interferes with your system, yet you want to install some collection that includes it. Locks can be applied whether the package is installed or not." +#~ msgstr "<h2>Bloquear aplicación</h2>Con el menú de contexto, podrá bloquear paquetes para evitar actualizaciones automáticas.El bloqueo sólo es útil en situaciones poco usuales, como por ejemplo, no querer instalar un controlador en particular por generar problemas en el sistema, aún así, queriendo instalar algunas colecciones que lo incluyan. Los bloqueos se pueden aplicar tanto a paquetes instalados como a aquellos que no lo están." #~ msgid "<h2>Filters</h2>" #~ msgstr "<h2>Filtros</h2>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h3>Search</h3>Enter free text into the search-field to match their " -#~ "names and descriptions. (a search for 'office' will bring up the " -#~ "'LibreOffice' packages as well as 'AbiWord' which carries the word " -#~ "'office' in its description). You can search for multiple keywords by " -#~ "separating the with a white space (e.g. 'spread sheet' would return " -#~ "'libreoffice-calc').You may use the search combined with a filter, like " -#~ "searching for a package in a given repository. Other search attributes " -#~ "are provided, such as to search for a given file." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h3>Buscar</h3>Ingrese un texto en el campo de búsqueda para buscar en " -#~ "los nombres y descripciones. (una búsqueda por 'office' mostrará los " -#~ "paquetes de 'LibreOffice' como así también 'AbiWord' el cual tiene la " -#~ "palabra 'office' en su descripción). Puede buscar varias palabras " -#~ "separando por un espacio en blanco (ej. 'spread sheet' retornará " -#~ "'libreoffice-calc').También puede combinar la búsqueda con un filtro, " -#~ "como buscar por un paquete en un repositorio en particular. También es " -#~ "posible buscar por un archivo dado." +#~ msgid "<h3>Search</h3>Enter free text into the search-field to match their names and descriptions. (a search for 'office' will bring up the 'LibreOffice' packages as well as 'AbiWord' which carries the word 'office' in its description). You can search for multiple keywords by separating the with a white space (e.g. 'spread sheet' would return 'libreoffice-calc').You may use the search combined with a filter, like searching for a package in a given repository. Other search attributes are provided, such as to search for a given file." +#~ msgstr "<h3>Buscar</h3>Ingrese un texto en el campo de búsqueda para buscar en los nombres y descripciones. (una búsqueda por 'office' mostrará los paquetes de 'LibreOffice' como así también 'AbiWord' el cual tiene la palabra 'office' en su descripción). Puede buscar varias palabras separando por un espacio en blanco (ej. 'spread sheet' retornará 'libreoffice-calc').También puede combinar la búsqueda con un filtro, como buscar por un paquete en un repositorio en particular. También es posible buscar por un archivo dado." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h3>Groups</h3>Software for &product; is indexed so that you can find " -#~ "software for a specific task when you are not aware of the software " -#~ "selection available. A more detailed, hierarchical classification is " -#~ "provided by the RPM Groups filter." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h3>Grupos</h3>Aplicaciones para &product; esta indexado para permitir " -#~ "encontrar aplicaciones para una tarea cuando no está seguro de la " -#~ "selección de aplicaciones disponibles. Una vista más detallada se " -#~ "encuentra en filtro Grupos RPM." +#~ msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>Software for &product; is indexed so that you can find software for a specific task when you are not aware of the software selection available. A more detailed, hierarchical classification is provided by the RPM Groups filter." +#~ msgstr "<h3>Grupos</h3>Aplicaciones para &product; esta indexado para permitir encontrar aplicaciones para una tarea cuando no está seguro de la selección de aplicaciones disponibles. Una vista más detallada se encuentra en filtro Grupos RPM." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h3>Patterns and Languages</h3>Patterns are task-oriented " -#~ "collections of multiple packages that install like one. The installation " -#~ "of the File Server pattern, for example, will install various " -#~ "packages needed for running such a server.If you want to install a " -#~ "particular language, you may want to do so via the Language tool " -#~ "from the YaST control center." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h3>Patrones e Idiomas</h3>Patrones son colecciones de paquetes " -#~ "orientados a una tarea que se instalan en conjunto. La instalación del " -#~ "patrón Servidor de Archivos, por ejemplo, instalará varios " -#~ "paquetes necesitados para cumplir esa función.Si desea instalar un " -#~ "idioma en particular, querrá hacerlo desde la herramienta Idioma " -#~ "del centro de control de YaST." +#~ msgid "<h3>Patterns and Languages</h3>Patterns are task-oriented collections of multiple packages that install like one. The installation of the File Server pattern, for example, will install various packages needed for running such a server.If you want to install a particular language, you may want to do so via the Language tool from the YaST control center." +#~ msgstr "<h3>Patrones e Idiomas</h3>Patrones son colecciones de paquetes orientados a una tarea que se instalan en conjunto. La instalación del patrón Servidor de Archivos, por ejemplo, instalará varios paquetes necesitados para cumplir esa función.Si desea instalar un idioma en particular, querrá hacerlo desde la herramienta Idioma del centro de control de YaST." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h2>Software details in the box below</h2>Explore the available " -#~ "information about the package in the box below. Note that more " -#~ "information is available for installed packages than for those only " -#~ "available from a repository.You can also pick a specific version " -#~ "of the package to install from this box." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h2>Detalles de la aplicación en el cuadro inferior</h2>Vea la " -#~ "información disponible del paquete en el cuadro inferior. Tenga en cuenta " -#~ "que hay más información sobre paquetes instalados que sobre aquellos en " -#~ "los repositorios.También puede seleccionar para instalar una " -#~ "versión en particular desde este cuadro." +#~ msgid "<h2>Software details in the box below</h2>Explore the available information about the package in the box below. Note that more information is available for installed packages than for those only available from a repository.You can also pick a specific version of the package to install from this box." +#~ msgstr "<h2>Detalles de la aplicación en el cuadro inferior</h2>Vea la información disponible del paquete en el cuadro inferior. Tenga en cuenta que hay más información sobre paquetes instalados que sobre aquellos en los repositorios.También puede seleccionar para instalar una versión en particular desde este cuadro." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h1>Purpose</h1>This tool gives you control on overviewing and picking " -#~ "patches. You may also reverse patches that have been applied to the " -#~ "system." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h1>Propósito</h1>Esta herramienta le da control sobre la elección de " -#~ "parches. También es posible revertir parches ya aplicados." +#~ msgid "<h1>Purpose</h1>This tool gives you control on overviewing and picking patches. You may also reverse patches that have been applied to the system." +#~ msgstr "<h1>Propósito</h1>Esta herramienta le da control sobre la elección de parches. También es posible revertir parches ya aplicados." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h1>Usage</h1><h2>Categories</h2>Patches are grouped as follows:</" -#~ "p><ul><li>Security: patches a software flaw that could be " -#~ "exploited to gain restricted privilege.</li><li>Recommended: fixes " -#~ "non-security related flaws (e.g. data corruption, performance slowdown)</" -#~ "li><li>Optional: ones that only apply to few users.</" -#~ "li><li>Documentation: fixes documentation errors.</li><li>YaST</" -#~ "b>: patches for the YaST control center tools.</li></ul>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h1>Uso</h1><h2>Categorías</h2>Los parches son agrupados de la " -#~ "siguiente manera:<ul><li>Seguridad: corrige fallas que puedan " -#~ "permitir obtener acceso privilegiado.</li><li>Recomendados: " -#~ "corrige fallas no relacionadas a seguridad (ej. corrupción de datos, " -#~ "rendimiento)</li><li>Opcional: correcciones que aplican a pocos " -#~ "usuarios.</li><li>Documentación: corrige errores de documentación." -#~ "</li><li>YaST: correcciones para las herramientas de YaST.</li></" -#~ "ul>" +#~ msgid "<h1>Usage</h1><h2>Categories</h2>Patches are grouped as follows:<ul><li>Security: patches a software flaw that could be exploited to gain restricted privilege.</li><li>Recommended: fixes non-security related flaws (e.g. data corruption, performance slowdown)</li><li>Optional: ones that only apply to few users.</li><li>Documentation: fixes documentation errors.</li><li>YaST: patches for the YaST control center tools.</li></ul>" +#~ msgstr "<h1>Uso</h1><h2>Categorías</h2>Los parches son agrupados de la siguiente manera:<ul><li>Seguridad: corrige fallas que puedan permitir obtener acceso privilegiado.</li><li>Recomendados: corrige fallas no relacionadas a seguridad (ej. corrupción de datos, rendimiento)</li><li>Opcional: correcciones que aplican a pocos usuarios.</li><li>Documentación: corrige errores de documentación.</li><li>YaST: correcciones para las herramientas de YaST.</li></ul>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Only patches that apply to your system will be visible. You can be " -#~ "sure that the decision to make a patch available is not done trivially.</" -#~ "p>If you are looking for applications enhancements, you should check " -#~ "for upgrades on the Software Manager." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sólo serán visibles parches que se ajusten a sus sistema. Puede estar " -#~ "seguro que la decisión para mostrar un parche no es trivial.Si " -#~ "busca por mejoras, debería verificar mejoras en el " -#~ "Administrador de Software." +#~ msgid "Only patches that apply to your system will be visible. You can be sure that the decision to make a patch available is not done trivially.If you are looking for applications enhancements, you should check for upgrades on the Software Manager." +#~ msgstr "Sólo serán visibles parches que se ajusten a sus sistema. Puede estar seguro que la decisión para mostrar un parche no es trivial.Si busca por mejoras, debería verificar mejoras en el Administrador de Software." # include/scanner/scanner_start.ycp:60 # include/scanner/scanner_start.ycp:60 @@ -836,12 +655,8 @@ #~ msgid "Export to" #~ msgstr "Exportar a" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " -#~ "dependencies resolver." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Utilice esto para generar registros extensos para ayudar a localizar " -#~ "errores en el solucionador de dependencias." +#~ msgid "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependencies resolver." +#~ msgstr "Utilice esto para generar registros extensos para ayudar a localizar errores en el solucionador de dependencias." #~ msgid "The logs will be saved to the directory:" #~ msgstr "Los registros se guardarán en el directorio:" @@ -956,8 +771,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Installed: cannot remove a pattern.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "You must manually remove the individual packages you no longer want to " -#~ "keep." +#~ "You must manually remove the individual packages you no longer want to keep." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Instalado: no es posible eliminar patrones.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -980,12 +794,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Package search: Use spaces to separate your keywords.\n" -#~ "(usage example: a name search for \"yast dhcp\" would match yast dhcpd " -#~ "tool)" +#~ "(usage example: a name search for \"yast dhcp\" would match yast dhcpd tool)" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Buscar paquetes: Utilice espacios para separar las palabras.\n" -#~ "(ej.: una búsqueda por nombre \"yast dhcp\" retornará la herramienta " -#~ "dhcpd de yast)" +#~ "(ej.: una búsqueda por nombre \"yast dhcp\" retornará la herramienta dhcpd de yast)" #~ msgid "Name & Summary" #~ msgstr "Nombre y resúmen" @@ -1000,8 +812,7 @@ #~ msgstr "por" #~ msgid "%sPatterns are available%s that correspond to your search criteria." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "%sPatrones disponibles%s que corresponden con su criterio de búsqueda." +#~ msgstr "%sPatrones disponibles%s que corresponden con su criterio de búsqueda." # include/scanner/scanner_start.ycp:60 # include/scanner/scanner_start.ycp:60 @@ -1069,12 +880,8 @@ #~ msgid "Show Unneeded Dependencies" #~ msgstr "Mostrar dependencias innecesarias" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This is a listing of dependencies no longer used. It is neither accurate, " -#~ "nor comprehensive. Use with care." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Esta no es una lista de dependencias no usadas. No es ni exacta ni " -#~ "completa. Utilice con cuidado." +#~ msgid "This is a listing of dependencies no longer used. It is neither accurate, nor comprehensive. Use with care." +#~ msgstr "Esta no es una lista de dependencias no usadas. No es ni exacta ni completa. Utilice con cuidado." #~ msgid "Remove All" #~ msgstr "Quitar todo" @@ -1169,11 +976,8 @@ #~ msgid "Reboot required:" #~ msgstr "Es necesario reiniciar:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "the system will have to be restarted in order for this patch to take " -#~ "effect." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "el sistema necesita ser reiniciado para que este parche sea aplicado." +#~ msgid "the system will have to be restarted in order for this patch to take effect." +#~ msgstr "el sistema necesita ser reiniciado para que este parche sea aplicado." #~ msgid "Relogin required:" #~ msgstr "Es necesario reiniciar sesión:" @@ -1187,20 +991,8 @@ #~ msgid "Other" #~ msgstr "Otro" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Common suffixes for complementory packages:<ul><li>-plugin-</" -#~ "b>: extends the application with extra functionality.</li><li>-devel</" -#~ "b>: headers for software development.</li><li>-debuginfo: debug " -#~ "symbols for software testing.</li><li>-fr, -pl or other " -#~ "language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for " -#~ "installation automatically when needed).</li></ul>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sufijos comunes para paquetes complementarios:<ul><li>-plugin-</" -#~ "b>: extiende la aplicación con funcionalidades extras.</li><li>-devel</" -#~ "b>: encabezados para desarrollo.</li><li>-debuginfo: símbolos de " -#~ "depuración para pruebas.</li><li>-fr, -es u otras siglas de " -#~ "idiomas: archivos de traducción (su idioma será marcado para instalación " -#~ "automáticamente cuando sea necesario).</li></ul>" +#~ msgid "Common suffixes for complementory packages:<ul><li>-plugin-: extends the application with extra functionality.</li><li>-devel: headers for software development.</li><li>-debuginfo: debug symbols for software testing.</li><li>-fr, -pl or other language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for installation automatically when needed).</li></ul>" +#~ msgstr "Sufijos comunes para paquetes complementarios:<ul><li>-plugin-: extiende la aplicación con funcionalidades extras.</li><li>-devel: encabezados para desarrollo.</li><li>-debuginfo: símbolos de depuración para pruebas.</li><li>-fr, -es u otras siglas de idiomas: archivos de traducción (su idioma será marcado para instalación automáticamente cuando sea necesario).</li></ul>" # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:569 # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:653 @@ -1330,8 +1122,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Elegir" #~ msgid "Information only available for installed packages." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sólo hay información disponible para los paquetes instalados." +#~ msgstr "Sólo hay información disponible para los paquetes instalados." #~ msgid "_Open (as " #~ msgstr "_Abrir (como " @@ -1400,12 +1191,10 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " -#~ "dependency solver.\n" +#~ "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency solver.\n" #~ "The logs will be stored in directory: " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Utilice esto para generar registros extensos para ayudar a localizar " -#~ "errores en el solucionador de dependencias.\n" +#~ "Utilice esto para generar registros extensos para ayudar a localizar errores en el solucionador de dependencias.\n" #~ "Los registros serán almacenados en el directorio: " #, fuzzy @@ -1535,12 +1324,8 @@ #~ msgid "Detailed" #~ msgstr "Detallado" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Group by the PackageKit-based filter or straight from the actual RPM " -#~ "information." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Agrupar usando el filtro basado en PackageKit o directamente desde la " -#~ "información en el RPM." +#~ msgid "Group by the PackageKit-based filter or straight from the actual RPM information." +#~ msgstr "Agrupar usando el filtro basado en PackageKit o directamente desde la información en el RPM." #~ msgid "Edit..." #~ msgstr "Editar..." @@ -1565,14 +1350,10 @@ #~ msgstr "T_odos" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Package search: Use spaces to separate your keywords. They will be " -#~ "matched against RPM name and summary attributes. Other " -#~ "criteria attributes are available by pressing the search icon.\n" +#~ "Package search: Use spaces to separate your keywords. They will be matched against RPM name and summary attributes. Other criteria attributes are available by pressing the search icon.\n" #~ "(usage example: \"yast dhcp\" will return yast's dhcpd tool)" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Buscar paquetes: Utilice espacios para separar las palabras. Se " -#~ "buscará en los atributos nombre y resumen del RPM. Puede " -#~ "ampliar los criterios pulsando en el ícono de búsqueda.\n" +#~ "Buscar paquetes: Utilice espacios para separar las palabras. Se buscará en los atributos nombre y resumen del RPM. Puede ampliar los criterios pulsando en el ícono de búsqueda.\n" #~ "(ejemplo: \"yast dhcp\" retornará la herramienta dhcpd de yast)" #~ msgid "Filter by name & summary" @@ -1591,8 +1372,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Filtrar por novedades (en días)" #~ msgid "Number of days since the package was built by the repository." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Número de días desde que el paquete se construyó por el repositorio." +#~ msgstr "Número de días desde que el paquete se construyó por el repositorio." #~ msgid "Severity" #~ msgstr "Gravedad" @@ -1600,19 +1380,15 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Packages can be organized in:\n" #~ "Groups: simple categorization of packages by purpose.\n" -#~ "Patterns: assists in installing all packages necessary for several " -#~ "working environments.\n" +#~ "Patterns: assists in installing all packages necessary for several working environments.\n" #~ "Languages: adds another language to the system.\n" -#~ "Repositories: catalogues what the several configured repositories " -#~ "have available." +#~ "Repositories: catalogues what the several configured repositories have available." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Los paquetes pueden organizarse en:\n" #~ "\"Grupos: categorización simple de paquetes por propósito.\n" -#~ "Patrones: ayuda a instalar todos los paquetes necesarios para " -#~ "varios entornos de trabajo.\n" +#~ "Patrones: ayuda a instalar todos los paquetes necesarios para varios entornos de trabajo.\n" #~ "Idioma: agregar un nuevo idioma al sistema.\n" -#~ "Repositorios: cataloga lo que tienen disponible los repositorios " -#~ "configurados." +#~ "Repositorios: cataloga lo que tienen disponible los repositorios configurados." #~ msgid "related packages." #~ msgstr "qaquetes relacionados." @@ -1662,12 +1438,8 @@ #~ msgid "Disk Almost Full !" #~ msgstr "¡El disco esta casi lleno!" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "One of the partitions is reaching its limit of capacity. You may have to " -#~ "remove packages if you wish to install some." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Una de las particiones esta alcanzando su límite de capacidad. Tal vez " -#~ "necesite quitar algunos paquetes si desea instalar algo." +#~ msgid "One of the partitions is reaching its limit of capacity. You may have to remove packages if you wish to install some." +#~ msgstr "Una de las particiones esta alcanzando su límite de capacidad. Tal vez necesite quitar algunos paquetes si desea instalar algo." #~ msgid "A_pply" #~ msgstr "A_plicar" @@ -1682,12 +1454,8 @@ #~ msgid "Dependencies from Filtered Repositories" #~ msgstr "Dependencias desde los repositorios filtrados" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The following packages have necessary dependencies that are not provided " -#~ "by the filtered repository. Install them?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Los siguientes paquetes tienen dependencias necesarias que no son " -#~ "provistas por los repositorios filtrados. ¿Desea instalarlas?" +#~ msgid "The following packages have necessary dependencies that are not provided by the filtered repository. Install them?" +#~ msgstr "Los siguientes paquetes tienen dependencias necesarias que no son provistas por los repositorios filtrados. ¿Desea instalarlas?" #~ msgid "Import Package List" #~ msgstr "Importar lista de paquetes" @@ -1717,125 +1485,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Generar casos de prueba de dependencias..." # tengo dudas sobre la traducción del botón "perform changes" porque no encuentro en que archivo está, por lo que no sé como estará traducida. Lo dejo por ahora como 'aplicar cambios' -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h1>Purpose</h1>This tool lets you install, remove, and update " -#~ "applications.openSUSE's software management is also called " -#~ "'package management'. A package is generally an application bundle, but " -#~ "multiple packages that extend the application may be offered in order to " -#~ "avoid clutter (e.g. games tend to de-couple the music data in another " -#~ "package, since its not essential and requires significant disk space). " -#~ "The base package will get the application's name, while extra packages " -#~ "are suffix-ed. Common extras are:<ul><li>-plugin-: extends the " -#~ "application with some extra functionality.</li><li>-devel: needed for " -#~ "software development.</li><li>-debuginfo: needed for software beta-" -#~ "testing.</li><li>-fr, -dr, -pl (language siglas): translation files (your " -#~ "language package will be marked for installation automatically).</li></" -#~ "ul>You will find both packages installed on your system, and packages " -#~ "that are made available through the setup-ed repositories. You cans " -#~ "either install or upgrade an available package, or remove an installed " -#~ "one.<blockquote>A repository is a packages media; it can either be " -#~ "local (like your Suse CDs), or a remote internet server. You can find " -#~ "utilities to setup repositories on the YaST control center.</" -#~ "blockquote><h1>Usage</h1><h2>Available, Upgrades, Installed buttons</" -#~ "h2>These buttons produce listings of the different sources of " -#~ "packages. 'Available' are the ones from the setup-ed repositories less " -#~ "those you have installed. 'Installed' lists the packages installed in " -#~ "your system. 'Upgrades' is a mix listing of the installed packages that " -#~ "have more recent versions available. 'All' will combine all sources.</" -#~ "p><h2>Filters</h2>Enter free text into the search-field to match their " -#~ "names and descriptions. (a search for 'office' will bring up the " -#~ "'OpenOffice' packages as well as AbiWord which carries the word 'office' " -#~ "in its description). You can also choose to view software from a specific " -#~ "repository.<h2>Categories & Collections</h2>Software for " -#~ "openSUSE is indexed so that you can find software for a specific task " -#~ "when you don't know the name of the software you are looking for. Browse " -#~ "indices of software by using the tree-view in the left column; you can " -#~ "view the available software by their Package names, or grouped in " -#~ "'Categories' or 'Patterns' by the selecting a view-mode from the drop-" -#~ "down-menu below. Categories' are simple, hierarchical classifications of " -#~ "software packages, like 'Multimedia/Video', while 'Patterns' are task-" -#~ "oriented collections of multiple packages that install like one (the " -#~ "installation of the 'server'-pattern for example will install various " -#~ "software needed for running a server). By using 'Install All' you make " -#~ "sure that future collection changes, when you upgrade openSUSE, will be " -#~ "honored.<h2>Software details in the box below</h2>In the package " -#~ "detail view you can perform actions affecting this software; like " -#~ "install, uninstall, version-upgrade or -downgrade. All changes that you " -#~ "make will be saved, but not yet performed.You can review changes " -#~ "in the right-side pane of the software-manager. You can revoke changes " -#~ "individually at any time by clicking the 'undo'-button next to a saved " -#~ "change.The lock button can be used to lock the selected package " -#~ "state; it won't allow some automatic operation to install, upgrade or " -#~ "remove the package. This is only useful in very unusual cases: for " -#~ "instance, you may not want to install some drivers because they interfer " -#~ "with your system, yet you want to install some collection that includes " -#~ "them.The changes will be performed once you decide to click the " -#~ "'perform changes' button in the lower-right corner. If you want to leave " -#~ "the software-manager without performing any changes, simply press the " -#~ "button labeled 'Abort'.<blockquote>Developed by Ricardo Cruz <" -#~ "rpmcruz(a)alunos.dcc.fc.up.pt> Thanks to Christian Jager for co-" -#~ "designing this tool.</blockquote>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h1>Propósito</h1>Con esta herramienta puede instalar, eliminar y " -#~ "actualizar aplicaciones.El gestor de software de &product; es " -#~ "llamado también 'gestor de paquetes'. Un paquete, es generalmente una " -#~ "aplicación, pero también pueden ofrecerse otros paquetes que la extienden " -#~ "(ej: algunos juegos tienden a distribuir la música en otro paquete, ya " -#~ "que no es esencial y requiere espacio de disco extra). El paquete base se " -#~ "nombra con el nombre de la aplicación, mientras que a los paquetes extras " -#~ "se les agrega un sufijo. Los extras más comunes son:<ul><li>-plugin-: " -#~ "extiende la aplicación con cierta funcionalidad extra.</li><li>-devel: " -#~ "necesario para desarrollo.</li><li>-debuginfo: necesario para pruebas " -#~ "(testing).</li><li>-es, -fr-, -pl (idiomas): archivos de traducciones (el " -#~ "paquete correspondiente a su idioma se seleccionará automáticamente).</" -#~ "li></lu>Encontrará tanto los paquetes instalados, como aquellos " -#~ "disponibles en los repositorios configurados. Puede instalar o actualizar " -#~ "un paquete disponible, o eliminar uno instalado.<blockquote>Un " -#~ "repositorio es un medio de paquetes, puede ser tanto local (como los CDs " -#~ "de &product;), o remotos (servidor de internet). Puede encontrar " -#~ "utilidades que le permitirán configurar repositorios en el Centro de " -#~ "Control de YaST.</blockquote><h1>Uso</h1><h2>Botones Disponibles, " -#~ "Actualizaciones, Instalados</h2>Estos botones generan un listado de " -#~ "las diferentes fuentes de paquetes. 'Disponibles' son aquellos que se " -#~ "encuentran en los repositorios configurados, descontando los que ya se " -#~ "encuentran instalados. 'Instalados' lista los paquetes instalados en el " -#~ "sistema. 'Actualizaciones' una lista de los paquetes instalados que " -#~ "tienen una versión más reciente disponible. 'Todos' combina todas las " -#~ "fuentes.<h2>Filtros</h2>Ingrese un texto cualquiera en el campo de " -#~ "búsqueda para localizar por nombre y descripción (una búsqueda de " -#~ "'office' mostrará tanto los paquetes de 'OpenOffice' como también AbiWord " -#~ "el cual incluye en su descripción la palabra 'office'). Puede también " -#~ "elegir ver aquellos disponibles en un repositorio en particular.</" -#~ "p><h2>Categorías y Colecciones</h2>El software para &product; se " -#~ "encuentra indexado para permitir buscar por una tarea específica cuando " -#~ "no conoce el nombre del programa que esta buscando. Navegue por los " -#~ "índices utilizando la vista de árbol en la columna izquierda, puede ver " -#~ "el software disponible por su nombre de Paquete, o agrupado por " -#~ "'Categorías' o 'Patrones' seleccionando el modo de vista desde el menú " -#~ "desplegable. 'Categorías' son simplemente clasificaciones jerárquicas de " -#~ "paquetes, como ser 'Multimedia/Video', mientras que 'Patrones' son " -#~ "orientados según tareas (por ejemplo, la instalación del patrón 'server', " -#~ "instalará varias aplicaciones necesarias para ejecutar un servidor). Al " -#~ "utilizar 'Instalar Todo', se asegurará que futuros cambios en la " -#~ "colección, al actualizar openSUSE, serán también tenidos en cuenta.</" -#~ "p><h2>Detalles del software</h2>En la vista de detalles del paquetes, " -#~ "puede realizar varios acciones sobre esta aplicación, instalar, " -#~ "desinstalar, actualizar o desactualizar. Todos los cambios que realice " -#~ "serán guardados, pero no se aplicarán.Puede revisar los cambios en " -#~ "el panel del lado derecho del gestor de software. Puede deshacer estos " -#~ "cambios individualmente en cualquier momento haciendo clic en el botón " -#~ "'deshacer' junto al cambio.El botón de bloqueo puede ser usado " -#~ "para bloquear el estado del paquete seleccionado, lo que evitará cambios " -#~ "automáticos sobre este paquete (instalación, actualización, eliminación). " -#~ "Es útil en pocos casos, por ejemplo, puede no querer instalar algún " -#~ "controlador porque interfiere con el sistema, pero quiere instalar " -#~ "colecciones de paquetes que lo incluyen.Los cambios se aplicarán " -#~ "cuando decida hacer clic en el botón 'aplicar cambios' en la esquina " -#~ "inferior derecha. Si quiere dejar el administrador de paquetes sin " -#~ "realizar ningún cambio, pulse el botón 'Cancelar'.</" -#~ "p><blockquote>Realizado por Ricardo Cruz <rpmcruz(a)alunos.dcc.fc.up." -#~ "pt> Gracias a Christian Jager por cooperar con su diseño.</" -#~ "i> Traducción al español: Sergio Gabriel Teves.</blockquote>" +#~ msgid "<h1>Purpose</h1>This tool lets you install, remove, and update applications.openSUSE's software management is also called 'package management'. A package is generally an application bundle, but multiple packages that extend the application may be offered in order to avoid clutter (e.g. games tend to de-couple the music data in another package, since its not essential and requires significant disk space). The base package will get the application's name, while extra packages are suffix-ed. Common extras are:<ul><li>-plugin-: extends the application with some extra functionality.</li><li>-devel: needed for software development.</li><li>-debuginfo: needed for software beta-testing.</li><li>-fr, -dr, -pl (language siglas): translation files (your language package will be marked for installation automatically).</li></ul>You will find both packages installed on your system, and packages that are made available through the setup-ed repositories. You cans either i nstall or upgrade an available package, or remove an installed one.<blockquote>A repository is a packages media; it can either be local (like your Suse CDs), or a remote internet server. You can find utilities to setup repositories on the YaST control center.</blockquote><h1>Usage</h1><h2>Available, Upgrades, Installed buttons</h2>These buttons produce listings of the different sources of packages. 'Available' are the ones from the setup-ed repositories less those you have installed. 'Installed' lists the packages installed in your system. 'Upgrades' is a mix listing of the installed packages that have more recent versions available. 'All' will combine all sources.<h2>Filters</h2>Enter free text into the search-field to match their names and descriptions. (a search for 'office' will bring up the 'OpenOffice' packages as well as AbiWord which carries the word 'office' in its description). You can also choose to view software from a specific repository.<h2>Categories & Collections</h2>Software for openSUSE is indexed so that you can find software for a specific task when you don't know the name of the software you are looking for. Browse indices of software by using the tree-view in the left column; you can view the available software by their Package names, or grouped in 'Categories' or 'Patterns' by the selecting a view-mode from the drop-down-menu below. Categories' are simple, hierarchical classifications of software packages, like 'Multimedia/Video', while 'Patterns' are task-oriented collections of multiple packages that install like one (the installation of the 'server'-pattern for example will install various software needed for running a server). By using 'Install All' you make sure that future collection changes, when you upgrade openSUSE, will be honored.<h2>Software details in the box below</h2>In the package detail view you can perform actions affecting this software; like install, uninstall, version-upgrade or -downg rade. All changes that you make will be saved, but not yet performed.You can review changes in the right-side pane of the software-manager. You can revoke changes individually at any time by clicking the 'undo'-button next to a saved change.The lock button can be used to lock the selected package state; it won't allow some automatic operation to install, upgrade or remove the package. This is only useful in very unusual cases: for instance, you may not want to install some drivers because they interfer with your system, yet you want to install some collection that includes them.The changes will be performed once you decide to click the 'perform changes' button in the lower-right corner. If you want to leave the software-manager without performing any changes, simply press the button labeled 'Abort'.<blockquote>Developed by Ricardo Cruz <rpmcruz(a)alunos.dcc.fc.up.pt> Thanks to Christian Jager for co-designing this tool.</blockquote>" +#~ msgstr "<h1>Propósito</h1>Con esta herramienta puede instalar, eliminar y actualizar aplicaciones.El gestor de software de &product; es llamado también 'gestor de paquetes'. Un paquete, es generalmente una aplicación, pero también pueden ofrecerse otros paquetes que la extienden (ej: algunos juegos tienden a distribuir la música en otro paquete, ya que no es esencial y requiere espacio de disco extra). El paquete base se nombra con el nombre de la aplicación, mientras que a los paquetes extras se les agrega un sufijo. Los extras más comunes son:<ul><li>-plugin-: extiende la aplicación con cierta funcionalidad extra.</li><li>-devel: necesario para desarrollo.</li><li>-debuginfo: necesario para pruebas (testing).</li><li>-es, -fr-, -pl (idiomas): archivos de traducciones (el paquete correspondiente a su idioma se seleccionará automáticamente).</li></lu>Encontrará tanto los paquetes instalados, como aquellos disponibles en los repositorios configurados. P uede instalar o actualizar un paquete disponible, o eliminar uno instalado.<blockquote>Un repositorio es un medio de paquetes, puede ser tanto local (como los CDs de &product;), o remotos (servidor de internet). Puede encontrar utilidades que le permitirán configurar repositorios en el Centro de Control de YaST.</blockquote><h1>Uso</h1><h2>Botones Disponibles, Actualizaciones, Instalados</h2>Estos botones generan un listado de las diferentes fuentes de paquetes. 'Disponibles' son aquellos que se encuentran en los repositorios configurados, descontando los que ya se encuentran instalados. 'Instalados' lista los paquetes instalados en el sistema. 'Actualizaciones' una lista de los paquetes instalados que tienen una versión más reciente disponible. 'Todos' combina todas las fuentes.<h2>Filtros</h2>Ingrese un texto cualquiera en el campo de búsqueda para localizar por nombre y descripción (una búsqueda de 'office' mostrará tanto los paquetes de 'OpenOffice' como tam bién AbiWord el cual incluye en su descripción la palabra 'office'). Puede también elegir ver aquellos disponibles en un repositorio en particular.<h2>Categorías y Colecciones</h2>El software para &product; se encuentra indexado para permitir buscar por una tarea específica cuando no conoce el nombre del programa que esta buscando. Navegue por los índices utilizando la vista de árbol en la columna izquierda, puede ver el software disponible por su nombre de Paquete, o agrupado por 'Categorías' o 'Patrones' seleccionando el modo de vista desde el menú desplegable. 'Categorías' son simplemente clasificaciones jerárquicas de paquetes, como ser 'Multimedia/Video', mientras que 'Patrones' son orientados según tareas (por ejemplo, la instalación del patrón 'server', instalará varias aplicaciones necesarias para ejecutar un servidor). Al utilizar 'Instalar Todo', se asegurará que futuros cambios en la colección, al actualizar openSUSE, serán también tenidos en cue nta.<h2>Detalles del software</h2>En la vista de detalles del paquetes, puede realizar varios acciones sobre esta aplicación, instalar, desinstalar, actualizar o desactualizar. Todos los cambios que realice serán guardados, pero no se aplicarán.Puede revisar los cambios en el panel del lado derecho del gestor de software. Puede deshacer estos cambios individualmente en cualquier momento haciendo clic en el botón 'deshacer' junto al cambio.El botón de bloqueo puede ser usado para bloquear el estado del paquete seleccionado, lo que evitará cambios automáticos sobre este paquete (instalación, actualización, eliminación). Es útil en pocos casos, por ejemplo, puede no querer instalar algún controlador porque interfiere con el sistema, pero quiere instalar colecciones de paquetes que lo incluyen.Los cambios se aplicarán cuando decida hacer clic en el botón 'aplicar cambios' en la esquina inferior derecha. Si quiere dejar el administrador de paquet es sin realizar ningún cambio, pulse el botón 'Cancelar'.<blockquote>Realizado por Ricardo Cruz <rpmcruz(a)alunos.dcc.fc.up.pt> Gracias a Christian Jager por cooperar con su diseño. Traducción al español: Sergio Gabriel Teves.</blockquote>" #~ msgid "Query..." #~ msgstr "Consulta..." @@ -1899,19 +1550,11 @@ #~ msgid "from" #~ msgstr "desde" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "(As this package is an extension to an already installed package, it is " -#~ "recommended it be installed.)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "(este paquete es una exstención de uno ya instalado, se recomienda " -#~ "para ser instalado.)" +#~ msgid "(As this package is an extension to an already installed package, it is recommended it be installed.)" +#~ msgstr "(este paquete es una exstención de uno ya instalado, se recomienda para ser instalado.)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "(As this package complements some installed packages, it is suggested</" -#~ "b> it be installed.)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "(este paquete complementa algunos otros instalados, se sugiere " -#~ "para ser instalado.)" +#~ msgid "(As this package complements some installed packages, it is suggested it be installed.)" +#~ msgstr "(este paquete complementa algunos otros instalados, se sugiere para ser instalado.)" # clients/online_update.ycp:46 #~ msgid "Installed at:" @@ -1989,21 +1632,14 @@ #~ "Package repositories: Limits the query to one repository.\n" #~ "Repositories may be added or managed through YaST control center." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Repositorios de paquetes: Limitar la consulta a sólo un " -#~ "repositorio.\n" -#~ "Se pueden agregar o gestionar los repositorios mediante el centro de " -#~ "control de YaST." +#~ "Repositorios de paquetes: Limitar la consulta a sólo un repositorio.\n" +#~ "Se pueden agregar o gestionar los repositorios mediante el centro de control de YaST." #~ msgid "All Repositories" #~ msgstr "Todos los repositorios" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Package lock: prevents the package status from being modified by " -#~ "the solver (that is, it won't honour dependencies or collections ties.)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bloqueo de paquetes: previene que el estado del paquete sea " -#~ "modificado por el sistema de resolución (es decir, se ignorarán las " -#~ "dependencias.)" +#~ msgid "Package lock: prevents the package status from being modified by the solver (that is, it won't honour dependencies or collections ties.)" +#~ msgstr "Bloqueo de paquetes: previene que el estado del paquete sea modificado por el sistema de resolución (es decir, se ignorarán las dependencias.)" #~ msgid "Available: " #~ msgstr "Disponible: " @@ -2048,9 +1684,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Paquetes recomendados" #~ msgid "This package is not covered by the default support contract." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Este paquete no se encuentra cubierto por el contrato de soporte por " -#~ "defecto." +#~ msgstr "Este paquete no se encuentra cubierto por el contrato de soporte por defecto." #~ msgid "Patch Selection" #~ msgstr "Selección de parches" @@ -2063,12 +1697,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Package repositories: Limits the query to one repository.\n" -#~ "You can add or remove them through the YaST control center or by " -#~ "selecting the respective option." +#~ "You can add or remove them through the YaST control center or by selecting the respective option." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Repositorios de paquetes: Limita la búsqueda a un repositorio.\n" -#~ "Puede añadirlos o quitarlos desde el centro de control de YaST o " -#~ "seleccionando la opción respectiva." +#~ "Puede añadirlos o quitarlos desde el centro de control de YaST o seleccionando la opción respectiva." #~ msgid "Add or Remove..." #~ msgstr "Agregar o Eliminar..." @@ -2084,12 +1716,8 @@ #~ msgid "YaST" #~ msgstr "YaST" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you would like to print this license, check the EULA.txt file on the " -#~ "first media" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si desea imprimir esta licencia, vea el archivo EULA.txt en el primer " -#~ "disco" +#~ msgid "If you would like to print this license, check the EULA.txt file on the first media" +#~ msgstr "Si desea imprimir esta licencia, vea el archivo EULA.txt en el primer disco" #~ msgid "Resolve Problems" #~ msgstr "Resolución de Problemas" Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/http-server.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/http-server.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/http-server.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -46,8 +46,7 @@ #. translators: help text for listen command line action #: src/clients/http-server.rb:65 msgid "Set up the ports and network addresses where the server should listen." -msgstr "" -"Definir los puertos y direcciones de red donde el servidor debe escuchar." +msgstr "Definir los puertos y direcciones de red donde el servidor debe escuchar." # #: src/clients/http-server.rb:74 @@ -127,9 +126,7 @@ #. translators: error message in configure command line action #: src/clients/http-server.rb:242 msgid "Only existing hosts can be specified as the host to configure" -msgstr "" -"Sólo es posible especificar alguno de los el equsipo existesnte coel mo " -"equipo a configurar" +msgstr "Sólo es posible especificar alguno de los el equsipo existesnte coel mo equipo a configurar" #. translators: popup error message when validate servername #: src/clients/http-server.rb:275 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:885 @@ -349,8 +346,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cancelar la inicialización</big> \n" -"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, pulse Abortar.</" -"b> ahora\n" +"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, pulse Abortar. ahora\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:28 @@ -370,52 +366,33 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando la grabación</big> \n" "Cancele el proceso de grabación pulsando Abortar. \n" -"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará acerca de si es seguro hacerlo.</" -"p>\n" +"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará acerca de si es seguro hacerlo.\n" #. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:38 -msgid "" -"The Port value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The " -"default is 80." -msgstr "" -"El valor Puerto determina el puerto en el que escucha Apache2. El " -"valor predeterminado es 80." +msgid "The Port value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The default is 80." +msgstr "El valor Puerto determina el puerto en el que escucha Apache2. El valor predeterminado es 80." #. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:42 -msgid "" -"Listen on Interfaces contains the list of all IP addresses " -"configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 " -"listens. If you are unsure, check all." -msgstr "" -"Escuchar en interfaces contiene la lista de todas las direcciones " -"IP configuradas para este equipo. Las direcciones IP marcadas son aquellas " -"en las que escucha Apache2. Si no está seguro, márquelas todas." +msgid "Listen on Interfaces contains the list of all IP addresses configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 listens. If you are unsure, check all." +msgstr "Escuchar en interfaces contiene la lista de todas las direcciones IP configuradas para este equipo. Las direcciones IP marcadas son aquellas en las que escucha Apache2. Si no está seguro, márquelas todas." #. translators: Wizard dialog 2/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support." -msgstr "" -"Aquí puede habilitar los lenguajes de guiones que el servidor Apache2 " -"debe soportar." +msgid "Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support." +msgstr "Aquí puede habilitar los lenguajes de guiones que el servidor Apache2 debe soportar." #. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 " -"configuration when you press Finish." -msgstr "" -"El resumen muestra las opciones que se escribirán en la configuración de " -"Apache2 cuando pulse Terminar." +msgid "The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 configuration when you press Finish." +msgstr "El resumen muestra las opciones que se escribirán en la configuración de Apache2 cuando pulse Terminar." #. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "Press HTTP Server Expert Configuration \n" -"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration." -"" +"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration." msgstr "" "Pulse Configuración experta del servidor HTTP\n" "\t\tpara crear una configuración más detallada antes de su escritura." @@ -427,8 +404,7 @@ "The table contains a list of all available Apache2 modules.\n" "The first column contains the name of the module. \n" "The second column shows whether the module should be\n" -"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column " -"displays a short description\n" +"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column displays a short description\n" "of the module." msgstr "" "<big>Editando los módulos del servidor HTTP</big> \n" @@ -442,12 +418,10 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "To change the status of a module, \n" -"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.</" -"p>\n" +"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.\n" msgstr "" "Para cambiar el estado de un módulo, \n" -"seleccione la entrada apropiada de la lista y pulse Cambiar estado.</" -"p>\n" +"seleccione la entrada apropiada de la lista y pulse Cambiar estado.\n" #. module dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:71 @@ -462,13 +436,11 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<big>HTTP Server Settings</big> \n" -"Activate the HTTP server by choosing Enabled. To deactivate it, " -"choose\n" +"Activate the HTTP server by choosing Enabled. To deactivate it, choose\n" "Disabled.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuración del servidor HTTP</big> \n" -"Para activar el servidor HTTP seleccione Habilitado. Para " -"desactivarlo, escoja\n" +"Para activar el servidor HTTP seleccione Habilitado. Para desactivarlo, escoja\n" "Deshabilitado.\n" #. firewall adapting help 1/1 @@ -505,119 +477,89 @@ "el servidor debe escuchar las solicitudes de entrada. \n" "Módulos permite configurar los módulos cargados por el\n" " servidor.\n" -"Equipo predeterminado es el nombre de servidor de un equipo utilizado " -"como\n" -"equipo predeterminado (como respaldo). Si no se especifica el nombre de " -"servidor del equipo\n" +"Equipo predeterminado es el nombre de servidor de un equipo utilizado como\n" +"equipo predeterminado (como respaldo). Si no se especifica el nombre de servidor del equipo\n" "por defecto, se muestra una ruta a la raíz de documentos del\n" "equipo por defecto.\n" -"Equipos contiene una lista de los equipos configurados para el " -"servidor.\n" +"Equipos contiene una lista de los equipos configurados para el servidor.\n" #. server configuration overview help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:102 -msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click Edit to " -"change settings." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione una entrada apropiada de la tabla y pulse Editar para " -"cambiar la configuración." +msgid "Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click Edit to change settings." +msgstr "Seleccione una entrada apropiada de la tabla y pulse Editar para cambiar la configuración." #. help of menu button for server configuration 1/1 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:106 msgid "Log Files displays server log files." -msgstr "" -"archivos de registro muestra los archivos de registro del servidor." -"" +msgstr "archivos de registro muestra los archivos de registro del servidor." #. hosts list help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Configured Hosts</big> \n" "This is a list of already configured hosts. One of the hosts is \n" -"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is " -"used if no other host\n" +"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is used if no other host\n" "matches for an incoming request. To set a host as default,\n" "press Set as Default.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Equipos configurados</big> \n" "Esta es una lista de equipos ya configurados. Uno de los equipos está\n" -"marcado como sistema predeterminado (con un asterisco junto al nombre de " -"servidor). Este se usa en caso de que ningúno coincida\n" +"marcado como sistema predeterminado (con un asterisco junto al nombre de servidor). Este se usa en caso de que ningúno coincida\n" "con una solicitud entrante. Para seleccionar un equipo como predeterminado\n" "pulse Definir como predeterminado.\n" #. hosts list help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:116 msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change " -"the host.\n" -"To add a host, click Add. To remove a host, select it and click " -"Delete." +"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change the host.\n" +"To add a host, click Add. To remove a host, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Seleccione una entrada adecuada de la lista y pulse Editar para " -"cambiar el equipo.\n" -"Para agregar un nuevo equipo pulse Añadir. Para eliminar un equipo, " -"selecciónela y pulse Eliminar." +"Seleccione una entrada adecuada de la lista y pulse Editar para cambiar el equipo.\n" +"Para agregar un nuevo equipo pulse Añadir. Para eliminar un equipo, selecciónela y pulse Eliminar." #. host editing help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:120 msgid "" "<big>Host Configuration</big> \n" -"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then " -"click Edit.\n" -"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and " -"click Delete." +"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then click Edit.\n" +"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "<big>Configuración del equipo</big> \n" -"Para editar la configuración del equipo, seleccione la entrada apropiada " -"de la lista y pulse Editar.\n" -"Para añadir una nueva opción pulse Añadir. Para eliminar una opción, " -"selecciónela y pulse Eliminar." +"Para editar la configuración del equipo, seleccione la entrada apropiada de la lista y pulse Editar.\n" +"Para añadir una nueva opción pulse Añadir. Para eliminar una opción, selecciónela y pulse Eliminar." #. host editing help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "The Server Resolution options set the resolution when using\n" -"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose Resolution via HTTP Headers</" -"b>,\n" +"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose Resolution via HTTP Headers,\n" "\tthe default server will never be served requests to the IP address of\n" -"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use " -"Resolution via IP address" +"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use Resolution via IP address" msgstr "" "La opción Resolución de servidor permite la resolución cuando se\n" -"\tusan servidores virtuales. Sin embargo puede escoger Resolución " -"mediante cabeceras HTTP.\n" -"\tel servidor predeterminado nunca sirve peticiones de las direcciones IP " -"de\n" -"\tun servidor virtual por nombre. Si planea configurar un vhost basado en " -"SSL, use Resolución mediante dirección IP" +"\tusan servidores virtuales. Sin embargo puede escoger Resolución mediante cabeceras HTTP.\n" +"\tel servidor predeterminado nunca sirve peticiones de las direcciones IP de\n" +"\tun servidor virtual por nombre. Si planea configurar un vhost basado en SSL, use Resolución mediante dirección IP" #. listen dialog editor help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "<big>Listen Settings for a Host</big> \n" -"The Listen directive allows selection of ports and network " -"interfaces\n" +"The Listen directive allows selection of ports and network interfaces\n" "where the HTTP server should listen for incoming requests.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Modo de escucha de un servidor</big> \n" -"La directiva Escuchar permite seleccionar los puertos e interfaces de " -"red donde\n" +"La directiva Escuchar permite seleccionar los puertos e interfaces de red donde\n" "el servidor HTTP ha de esperar o escuchar las solicitudes que lleguen.\n" #. listen dialog editor help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change " -"the entry.\n" -"To add a new entry, click Add. To remove an entry, select it and " -"click Delete." +"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change the entry.\n" +"To add a new entry, click Add. To remove an entry, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Seleccione una entrada adecuada de la lista y pulse Editar para " -"modificarla.\n" -"Para agregar una nueva entrada, pulse Añadir. Para eliminar una " -"entrada, selecciónela y pulse Eliminar." +"Seleccione una entrada adecuada de la lista y pulse Editar para modificarla.\n" +"Para agregar una nueva entrada, pulse Añadir. Para eliminar una entrada, selecciónela y pulse Eliminar." #. ssl options dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:143 @@ -628,8 +570,7 @@ "encrypting communication.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuración SSL</big> \n" -"Esta es una lista de opciones relacionadas con la configuración SSL (Secure " -"Socket Layer)\n" +"Esta es una lista de opciones relacionadas con la configuración SSL (Secure Socket Layer)\n" "del equipo. SSL permite comunicarse de forma segura con el equipo cifrando\n" "la comunicación.\n" @@ -637,30 +578,23 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "General behavior is determined by the SSL option. The host can\n" -"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access " -"(<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" +"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access (<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" "or accept only connections encrypted via SSL (<tt>Required</tt>).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "La opción SSL determina el comportamiento general. El equipo puede no\n" -"admitir SSL en absoluto (<tt>Ningún SSL</tt>), permitir acceso tanto SSL " -"como no SSL (<tt>Permitido</tt>),\n" -"o bien aceptar sólo las conexiones cifradas mediante SSL (<tt>Requerido</" -"tt>).\n" +"admitir SSL en absoluto (<tt>Ningún SSL</tt>), permitir acceso tanto SSL como no SSL (<tt>Permitido</tt>),\n" +"o bien aceptar sólo las conexiones cifradas mediante SSL (<tt>Requerido</tt>).\n" " \n" #. ssl options dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate option of the table and click Edit to change " -"the option.\n" -"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and " -"click Delete." +"Choose an appropriate option of the table and click Edit to change the option.\n" +"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Seleccione una opción adecuada de la lista y pulse Editar para " -"modificarla.\n" -"Para agregar una nueva opción pulse Añadir. Para eliminar una opción, " -"selecciónela y pulse Eliminar." +"Seleccione una opción adecuada de la lista y pulse Editar para modificarla.\n" +"Para agregar una nueva opción pulse Añadir. Para eliminar una opción, selecciónela y pulse Eliminar." #. ssl options dialog help 3/4 (empty in simple mode) #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:162 @@ -684,41 +618,33 @@ "Note: If you enable use of SSL for a host, the <tt>mod_ssl</tt> \n" "module should be loaded by the server.\n" msgstr "" -"Nota: si habilita el uso de SSL para un equipo, el módulo " -"<tt>mod_ssl</tt>\n" +"Nota: si habilita el uso de SSL para un equipo, el módulo <tt>mod_ssl</tt>\n" "deberá estar cargado en el servidor.\n" #. new host dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "<big>New Host</big> \n" -"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host." -"" +"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host." msgstr "" "<big>Nuevo equipo</big> \n" -"Este diálogo le permite introducir información básica sobre una nuevo equipo " -"virtual." +"Este diálogo le permite introducir información básica sobre una nuevo equipo virtual." #. new host dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "Server Identification specifies the content and\n" -"the presentation of the the new virtual host. Server Name is the DNS " -"name returned as a part\n" +"the presentation of the the new virtual host. Server Name is the DNS name returned as a part\n" "of the HTTP headers of the server response. Server Contents Root\n" "is an absolute path to a directory containing all documents provided by\n" "this virtual host. Administrator E-Mail allows setup of an e-mail\n" "address for feedback about this host.\n" msgstr "" "Identificación del servidor especifica el contenido y la\n" -"presentación del nuevo equipo virtual. Nombre del servidor es el " -"nombre DNS devuelto como parte de los\n" -"encabezados HTTP en las respuestas del servidor. Raíz de contenidos del " -"servidor\n" -"es una ruta absoluta a un directorio que contiene todos los documentos " -"proporcionados por\n" -"el equipo virtual. Dirección de correo del administrador permite " -"configurar una dirección de\n" +"presentación del nuevo equipo virtual. Nombre del servidor es el nombre DNS devuelto como parte de los\n" +"encabezados HTTP en las respuestas del servidor. Raíz de contenidos del servidor\n" +"es una ruta absoluta a un directorio que contiene todos los documentos proporcionados por\n" +"el equipo virtual. Dirección de correo del administrador permite configurar una dirección de\n" "correo electrónico para los comentarios sobre el equipo.\n" #. new host dialog help 3/3 @@ -729,48 +655,38 @@ "settings it should use to create a response for an HTTP request. \n" "There are two basic approaches. If using HTTP headers\n" "from the incoming request, the server looks up the host name specified by\n" -"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual " -"host\n" +"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual host\n" "by the IP address used by the client when connecting to the server.\n" -"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use Resolution via IP address</" -"b>\n" +"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use Resolution via IP address\n" "Consult the Apache2 manual for further details.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Resolución del servidor</big> \n" "Apache2 debe ser capaz de determinar la configuración de equipo virtual\n" "que debe emplear para crear una respuesta a una solicitud HTTP. \n" "En principio existen dos enfoques básicos. Si se utilizan encabezados HTTP\n" -"en la solicitud de entrada, el servidor busca el nombre de equipo " -"especificado en\n" -"los encabezados de las solicitudes HTTP. La otra posibilidad es determinar " -"el equipo virtual\n" -"mediante la dirección IP que utiliza el cliente para conectarse al " -"servidor.\n" -"Si planea configurar un vhost basado en SSL use Resolución mediante " -"direcciones IP\n" +"en la solicitud de entrada, el servidor busca el nombre de equipo especificado en\n" +"los encabezados de las solicitudes HTTP. La otra posibilidad es determinar el equipo virtual\n" +"mediante la dirección IP que utiliza el cliente para conectarse al servidor.\n" +"Si planea configurar un vhost basado en SSL use Resolución mediante direcciones IP\n" "Consulte el manual de Apache2 para obtener más detalles.\n" #. advanced new host dialog 1/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<big>Details for New Host</big> \n" -"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual " -"host." +"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual host." msgstr "" "<big>Detalles del nuevo equipo</big> \n" -"Este cuadro de diálogo permite especificar información adicional sobre un " -"nuevo equipo virtual." +"Este cuadro de diálogo permite especificar información adicional sobre un nuevo equipo virtual." #. advanced new host dialog 2/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "Select Enable CGI Support\n" -"to run CGI scripts in the path in CGI Directory Path using the alias " -"<tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." +"to run CGI scripts in the path in CGI Directory Path using the alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." msgstr "" "Seleccione Habilitar soporte CGI\n" -"para ejecutar guiones CGI en la ruta de Ruta del directorio CGI " -"empleando el alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." +"para ejecutar guiones CGI en la ruta de Ruta del directorio CGI empleando el alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." #. advanced new host dialog 3/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:208 @@ -780,26 +696,15 @@ "Then enter the path for the certificate file in Certificate File\n" "Path.This option is only available for IP-based vhosts.\n" msgstr "" -"Para habilitar el acceso HTTPS a este equipo virtual, seleccione " -"Habilitar soporte SSL.\n" +"Para habilitar el acceso HTTPS a este equipo virtual, seleccione Habilitar soporte SSL.\n" "\n" -" A continuación, introduzca la ruta del archivo de certificado en Ruta al " -"archivo de \n" -"certificado. Esta opción solo esta disponible en vhosts basados en IP.</" -"p>\n" +" A continuación, introduzca la ruta del archivo de certificado en Ruta al archivo de \n" +"certificado. Esta opción solo esta disponible en vhosts basados en IP.\n" #. advanced new host dialog 4/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:215 -msgid "" -"In Directory Index, enter a space-separated list of files that " -"Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends " -"in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided." -msgstr "" -"En Índice de directorio, introduzca una lista de nombres de " -"archivos, separados por espacios, en los que Apache deba buscar y que debe " -"proporcionar cuando se solicite la URL de un directorio (uno que acabe en " -"<tt>/</tt>). Se proporcionará el primer archivo encontrado que coincida con " -"la búsqueda." +msgid "In Directory Index, enter a space-separated list of files that Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided." +msgstr "En Índice de directorio, introduzca una lista de nombres de archivos, separados por espacios, en los que Apache deba buscar y que debe proporcionar cuando se solicite la URL de un directorio (uno que acabe en <tt>/</tt>). Se proporcionará el primer archivo encontrado que coincida con la búsqueda." #. advanced new host dialog 5/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:219 @@ -810,8 +715,7 @@ msgstr "" "HTML público\n" "\n" -"permite acceder a los directorios <tt>.public_html</tt> de todos los " -"usuarios." +"permite acceder a los directorios <tt>.public_html</tt> de todos los usuarios." #. Convert a Listen string to an item for table. Splits by the colon. #. @@ -927,12 +831,8 @@ #. notification about package needed 1/2 #: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:170 -msgid "" -"To configure the HTTP server, the %1 packages must be installed.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Para configurar el servidor HTTP, los paquetes %1 deben estar " -"instalados." +msgid "To configure the HTTP server, the %1 packages must be installed." +msgstr "Para configurar el servidor HTTP, los paquetes %1 deben estar instalados." #. notification about package needed 2/2 #: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:174 @@ -1016,9 +916,7 @@ #. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. #: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:529 msgid "Module description does not have a name specified, ignoring." -msgstr "" -"No se ha especificado ningún nombre para la descripción del módulo, se " -"ignora." +msgstr "No se ha especificado ningún nombre para la descripción del módulo, se ignora." #. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. #: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:541 @@ -1299,9 +1197,7 @@ #. for apache2.2 ServerName is not forced (if not - hostname will be used) #: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:966 msgid "When no Server name is defined, hostname will be used instead." -msgstr "" -"Cuando no se define un nombre de servidor, se utilizará el nombre de equipo " -"en su lugar." +msgstr "Cuando no se define un nombre de servidor, se utilizará el nombre de equipo en su lugar." #. translators: popup error message when validate server #: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:971 @@ -1312,8 +1208,7 @@ #. in another virtual host #: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:991 msgid "The server name entered is already configured on another virtual host." -msgstr "" -"El nombre de servidor introducido ya está configurado en otro equipo virtual." +msgstr "El nombre de servidor introducido ya está configurado en otro equipo virtual." #. error message - the entered ip address is already #. configured for another virtual host @@ -1621,9 +1516,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770 msgid "No certificate key file configured for this host ID." -msgstr "" -"No hay ningún archivo de clave de certificado configurado para este ID de " -"equipo." +msgstr "No hay ningún archivo de clave de certificado configurado para este ID de equipo." #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1779 msgid "Parsing the key file failed." @@ -1631,27 +1524,19 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1812 msgid "No CA certificate file configured for this host ID." -msgstr "" -"No hay ningún archivo de certificado CA configurado para este ID de equipo." +msgstr "No hay ningún archivo de certificado CA configurado para este ID de equipo." #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:13 msgid "Provides access control based on client host name, IP address, etc." -msgstr "" -"Proporciona control de acceso basado en el nombre del equipo cliente, " -"dirección IP, etc." +msgstr "Proporciona control de acceso basado en el nombre del equipo cliente, dirección IP, etc." #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:23 msgid "Executing CGI scripts based on media type or request method" -msgstr "" -"Ejecuta los guiones CGI basados en el tipo de medio o método de petición" +msgstr "Ejecuta los guiones CGI basados en el tipo de medio o método de petición" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:32 -msgid "" -"Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for " -"URL redirection" -msgstr "" -"Sirve para mapear diversas partes del sistema de archivos del equipo en el " -"árbol de documentos y para el reenvío de URLs" +msgid "Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for URL redirection" +msgstr "Sirve para mapear diversas partes del sistema de archivos del equipo en el árbol de documentos y para el reenvío de URLs" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:47 msgid "Basic authentication" @@ -1674,11 +1559,8 @@ msgstr "Autenticación de usuario utilizando archivos DBM" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:96 -msgid "" -"Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" -msgstr "" -"Genera automáticamente índices de directorio de manera semejante al comando " -"ls de Unix" +msgid "Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" +msgstr "Genera automáticamente índices de directorio de manera semejante al comando ls de Unix" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:117 msgid "Execution of CGI scripts" @@ -1686,9 +1568,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:127 msgid "Provides for trailing slash redirects and serving directory index files" -msgstr "" -"Se ocupa de las redirecciones por barra final y servir archivos índice de " -"directorio" +msgstr "Se ocupa de las redirecciones por barra final y servir archivos índice de directorio" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:136 msgid "Modifies the environment passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages" @@ -1696,9 +1576,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:146 msgid "Generation of Expires HTTP headers according to user-specified criteria" -msgstr "" -"Genera la caducidad de cabeceras HTTP conforme a los criterios definidos por " -"el usuario" +msgstr "Genera la caducidad de cabeceras HTTP conforme a los criterios definidos por el usuario" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:161 msgid "Server-parsed HTML documents (Server Side Includes)" @@ -1709,24 +1587,16 @@ msgstr "Registro de las peticiones hechas al servidor" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:187 -msgid "" -"Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and " -"content" -msgstr "" -"Asocia la extensión del archivo solicitado con el comportamiento y contenido " -"del mismo" +msgid "Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and content" +msgstr "Asocia la extensión del archivo solicitado con el comportamiento y contenido del mismo" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:212 msgid "Provides for content negotiation" msgstr "Se ocupa de la negociación de contenido" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:222 -msgid "" -"Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the " -"request" -msgstr "" -"Permite definir variables de entorno basadas en las características de la " -"petición" +msgid "Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the request" +msgstr "Permite definir variables de entorno basadas en las características de la petición" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:233 msgid "Provides information about server activity and performance" @@ -1734,8 +1604,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:241 msgid "Allows CGI scripts to run as a specified user and group" -msgstr "" -"Permite que los guiones CGI se ejecuten como un usuario y grupo especificado" +msgstr "Permite que los guiones CGI se ejecuten como un usuario y grupo especificado" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:252 msgid "User-specific directories" @@ -1754,12 +1623,8 @@ msgstr "Autenticación de usuarios con MD5 Digest Authentication" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:302 -msgid "" -"Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic " -"authentication" -msgstr "" -"Permite que se use un directorio LDAP para almacenar la base de datos para " -"la autenticación HTTP básica" +msgid "Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic authentication" +msgstr "Permite que se use un directorio LDAP para almacenar la base de datos para la autenticación HTTP básica" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:320 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:495 msgid "Content cache keyed to URIs" @@ -1790,12 +1655,8 @@ msgstr "Un sencillo servidor echo para ilustrar los módulos de protocolo" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:413 -msgid "" -"Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the " -"client" -msgstr "" -"Pasa el cuerpo de respuesta a través de un programa externo antes de " -"entregarlo al cliente" +msgid "Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the client" +msgstr "Pasa el cuerpo de respuesta a través de un programa externo antes de entregarlo al cliente" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:426 msgid "Caches a static list of files in memory" @@ -1814,22 +1675,16 @@ msgstr "Proporciona un amplio resumen de la configuración del servidor" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:469 -msgid "" -"LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP " -"modules" -msgstr "" -"Fondo de conexiones LDAP y cacheado de resultados de los servicios para ser " -"utilizados por otros módulos LDAP" +msgid "LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP modules" +msgstr "Fondo de conexiones LDAP y cacheado de resultados de los servicios para ser utilizados por otros módulos LDAP" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:489 msgid "Logging of input and output bytes per request" msgstr "Registro de los bytes de entrada y salida en cada petición" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:509 -msgid "" -"Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" -msgstr "" -"Determina el tipo MIME de un archivo examinando algunos bytes de su contenido" +msgid "Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" +msgstr "Determina el tipo MIME de un archivo examinando algunos bytes de su contenido" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:518 msgid "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway server" @@ -1852,42 +1707,28 @@ msgstr "Módulo de soporte HTTP para mod_proxy" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:592 -msgid "" -"Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" -msgstr "" -"Proporciona un motor de reescritura basada en reglas para reescribir las " -"URLs al vuelo" +msgid "Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" +msgstr "Proporciona un motor de reescritura basada en reglas para reescribir las URLs al vuelo" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:619 msgid "Attempts to correct mistaken URLs that users might have entered" msgstr "Intenta corregir las URLs incorrectas introducidas por los usuarios" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:628 -msgid "" -"Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer " -"Security (TLS) protocols" -msgstr "" -"Potente criptografía utilizando los protocolos SSL (Secure Sockets Layer) y " -"TLS (Transport Layer Security)" +msgid "Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols" +msgstr "Potente criptografía utilizando los protocolos SSL (Secure Sockets Layer) y TLS (Transport Layer Security)" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:668 -msgid "" -"Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" -msgstr "" -"Proporciona una variable de entorno con un identificador único para cada " -"petición" +msgid "Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" +msgstr "Proporciona una variable de entorno con un identificador único para cada petición" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:674 msgid "Clickstream logging of user activity on a site" -msgstr "" -"Registro de las secuencias de pulsaciones del ratón de la actividad de " -"usuarios en un sitio" +msgstr "Registro de las secuencias de pulsaciones del ratón de la actividad de usuarios en un sitio" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:694 msgid "Provides support for dynamically configured mass virtual hosting" -msgstr "" -"Proporciona soporte para equipos virtuales configuradas masiva y " -"dinámicamente" +msgstr "Proporciona soporte para equipos virtuales configuradas masiva y dinámicamente" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:711 msgid "Provides support for PHP5 dynamically generated pages" @@ -1903,9 +1744,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:729 msgid "Provides support for AppArmor subprocess confinement within apache" -msgstr "" -"Proporciona soporte para confinamiento de subprocesos mediante AppArmor " -"dentro de apache" +msgstr "Proporciona soporte para confinamiento de subprocesos mediante AppArmor dentro de apache" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:735 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:742 msgid "Provides support for subversion" @@ -1927,30 +1766,20 @@ #~ msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Ports" #~ msgstr "Abrir &cortafuegos para puertos seleccionados" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "When the firewall is enabled, you can check whether to enable Apache2 " -#~ "ports on the firewall." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Cuando el cortafuegos está activado puede decidir si desea activar los " -#~ "puertos de Apache2 en el cortafuegos." +#~ msgid "When the firewall is enabled, you can check whether to enable Apache2 ports on the firewall." +#~ msgstr "Cuando el cortafuegos está activado puede decidir si desea activar los puertos de Apache2 en el cortafuegos." #~ msgid "IP Adresses" #~ msgstr "Direcciones IP" #~ msgid "" #~ "The Server Resolution options set the resolution when using\n" -#~ "\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose Resolution via HTTP Headers</" -#~ "p>,\n" +#~ "\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose Resolution via HTTP Headers,\n" #~ "\tthe default server will never be served requests to the IP address of\n" -#~ "\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, " -#~ "use Resolution via IP address" +#~ "\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use Resolution via IP address" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Resolución del servidor establece la resolución al utilizar " -#~ "equipos\n" -#~ "virtuales. No obstante, al seleccionar Resolución mediante cabeceras " -#~ "HTTP,\n" -#~ "\t el servidor predeterminado nunca recibe solicitudes de direcciones IP " -#~ "de\n" -#~ "\thosts virtuales basadas en nombres. Si planea configurar un vhost " -#~ "basado en SSL\n" +#~ "Resolución del servidor establece la resolución al utilizar equipos\n" +#~ "virtuales. No obstante, al seleccionar Resolución mediante cabeceras HTTP,\n" +#~ "\t el servidor predeterminado nunca recibe solicitudes de direcciones IP de\n" +#~ "\thosts virtuales basadas en nombres. Si planea configurar un vhost basado en SSL\n" #~ "use Resolución mediante direcciones IP" Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/inetd.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/inetd.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/inetd.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -275,15 +275,12 @@ #. Translators: Popup::Message #: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:552 msgid "To delete a service, select one in the main dialog" -msgstr "" -"Para eliminar un servicio, selecciónelo en el cuadro de diálogo principal" +msgstr "Para eliminar un servicio, selecciónelo en el cuadro de diálogo principal" #. Translators: Popup::Message #: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:599 msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog." -msgstr "" -"Para activar o desactivar un servicio, selecciónelo en el cuadro de diálogo " -"principal." +msgstr "Para activar o desactivar un servicio, selecciónelo en el cuadro de diálogo principal." #. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line); #. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg() @@ -390,9 +387,7 @@ #. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings #: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only." -msgstr "" -"El usuario %1 está reservado exclusivamente para procesos del servidor " -"interno." +msgstr "El usuario %1 está reservado exclusivamente para procesos del servidor interno." #. Popup::Error #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:38 @@ -420,8 +415,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Cancelar el proceso de inicio:</BIG> \n" -"Para cancelar la herramienta de configuración de forma segura, pulse " -"Cancelar.\n" +"Para cancelar la herramienta de configuración de forma segura, pulse Cancelar.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:54 @@ -453,10 +447,8 @@ "configuration. To stop the super-server, click Disable.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuración de los servicios de red</big> \n" -"Pulse Habilitar para activar los servicios de red administrados por " -"una \n" -"configuración de superservidor. Para detener el superservidor, pulse " -"Desactivar.\n" +"Pulse Habilitar para activar los servicios de red administrados por una \n" +"configuración de superservidor. Para detener el superservidor, pulse Desactivar.\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:70 msgid "" @@ -465,8 +457,7 @@ "and will be changed in the system configuration.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Estado de la configuración de los servicios:</big> \n" -"Todos los servicios marcados con una X en la columna Mod. han " -"sido\n" +"Todos los servicios marcados con una X en la columna Mod. han sido\n" "editados y serán modificados en la configuración del sistema.\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:75 @@ -474,25 +465,20 @@ "<big>Services Status:</big> \n" "All services marked with --- are inactive (locked).\n" "All services marked with On are active (unlocked).\n" -"All services marked with NI are not installed and cannot be " -"configured." +"All services marked with NI are not installed and cannot be configured." msgstr "" "<big>Estado de los servicios:</big> \n" "Todos los servicios marcados con --- están inactivos (bloqueados).\n" -"Todos los servicios marcados con Activo están habilitados " -"(desbloqueados).\n" -"Todos los servicios marcados con NI no están instalados y no pueden " -"ser configurados." +"Todos los servicios marcados con Activo están habilitados (desbloqueados).\n" +"Todos los servicios marcados con NI no están instalados y no pueden ser configurados." #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Changing Service Status:</big> \n" -"Select the service to enable or disable and press Toggle Status (On or " -"Off).\n" +"Select the service to enable or disable and press Toggle Status (On or Off).\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cambiar el estado del servicio:</big> \n" -"Seleccione el servicio que desea habilitar o deshabilitar y pulse Cambiar " -"estado (activo o inactivo).\n" +"Seleccione el servicio que desea habilitar o deshabilitar y pulse Cambiar estado (activo o inactivo).\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84 msgid "" @@ -522,13 +508,11 @@ msgid "" "<big>Canceling Configuration:</big>\n" "Leave the configuration untouched by pressing the Cancel button.\n" -"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration " -"will remain.\n" +"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cancelar configuración:</big>\n" "Para cancelar la configuración pulse el botón Cancelar.\n" -"Al hacerlo, todos los cambios se perderán y se mantendrá la configuración " -"original.\n" +"Al hacerlo, todos los cambios se perderán y se mantendrá la configuración original.\n" #. Help for the EditOrCreateServiceDlg () dialog. #. @return The help text. @@ -568,12 +552,8 @@ "</ul>" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122 -msgid "" -"This is a short description. For details, see info xinetd.conf.</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"Esta es una descripción breve, para obtener más información vea info " -"xinetd.conf.\n" +msgid "This is a short description. For details, see info xinetd.conf.\n" +msgstr "Esta es una descripción breve, para obtener más información vea info xinetd.conf.\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125 msgid "" @@ -592,20 +572,16 @@ msgstr "" "El tipo de conector (socket) debe ser stream, dgram, raw, rdm\n" "o seqpacket, dependiendo de si el socket está basado en flujos, datagramas,\n" -"requiere acceso directo a IP o bien una transmisión fiable de datagramas " -"secuenciados.\n" +"requiere acceso directo a IP o bien una transmisión fiable de datagramas secuenciados.\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134 msgid "" -"The protocol must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/" -"protocols.\n" +"The protocol must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/protocols.\n" "Examples include tcp,udp,rpc/tcp, and rpc/udp.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"El protocolo debe ser un protocolo válido tal y como se especifica " -"en /etc/protocols. \n" -"Algunos ejemplos serían tcp,udp,rpc/tcp o rpc/udp</" -"i>.\n" +"El protocolo debe ser un protocolo válido tal y como se especifica en /etc/protocols. \n" +"Algunos ejemplos serían tcp,udp,rpc/tcp o rpc/udp.\n" "\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:139 @@ -623,20 +599,13 @@ "because udp is not connection oriented. tcp/stream servers\n" "normally expect the value to be no.\n" msgstr "" -"La entrada Esperar/No esperar (wait/nowait) determina si el " -"servicio soporta\n" -"múltiples hilos o uno sólo y si es xinetd o bien el programa de servidor el " -"que acepta\n" -"la conexión. Si el valor asignado es sí, el servicio sólo soporta un " -"hilo\n" -"(single-threaded). Esto significa que xinetd inicia el servidor y deja de " -"procesar\n" -"solicitudes para el servicio hasta que el el servidor muere, y que el " -"software de\n" -"servidor acepta la conexión. Si el valor asignado es no, el servicio " -"soporta\n" -"múltiples hilos (multithreaded) y xinetd continúa procesando las nuevas " -"solicitudes\n" +"La entrada Esperar/No esperar (wait/nowait) determina si el servicio soporta\n" +"múltiples hilos o uno sólo y si es xinetd o bien el programa de servidor el que acepta\n" +"la conexión. Si el valor asignado es sí, el servicio sólo soporta un hilo\n" +"(single-threaded). Esto significa que xinetd inicia el servidor y deja de procesar\n" +"solicitudes para el servicio hasta que el el servidor muere, y que el software de\n" +"servidor acepta la conexión. Si el valor asignado es no, el servicio soporta\n" +"múltiples hilos (multithreaded) y xinetd continúa procesando las nuevas solicitudes\n" "del servicio e xinetd acepta la conexión. Los servicios udp/dgram\n" "esperan normalmente un valor sí porque udp no está orientado\n" "a las conexiones.Los servidores tcp/stream esperan normalmente\n" @@ -650,8 +619,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "El servidor se ejecutará con los permisos del usuario seleccionado en\n" -"Usuario. Esto sirve para ejecutar servicios con permisos por menores " -"que root.\n" +"Usuario. Esto sirve para ejecutar servicios con permisos por menores que root.\n" "\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:159 @@ -663,10 +631,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "En la entrada Servidor introduzca la ruta de acceso del \n" -"programa que será ejecutado por el superservidor cuando se reciba una " -"petición en ese conector (socket).\n" -"Puede especificar los parámetros para este programa en Argumentos del " -"servidor.\n" +"programa que será ejecutado por el superservidor cuando se reciba una petición en ese conector (socket).\n" +"Puede especificar los parámetros para este programa en Argumentos del servidor.\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -736,8 +702,7 @@ #. "enabled" defaults to true #: src/modules/Inetd.rb:607 msgid "<ul>All services are marked as stopped.</ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul>Todos los servicios están marcados como detenidos.</ul>" +msgstr "<ul>Todos los servicios están marcados como detenidos.</ul>" #. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured #: src/modules/Inetd.rb:618 Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/installation.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/installation.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/installation.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -47,23 +47,15 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" -"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST " -"profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." -"xml</tt>." +"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" -"Utilice Configuración del Sistema de Duplicación si desea crear un " -"perfil de AutoYaST.\n" -"AutoYaST es una forma de realizar una instalación completa de openSUSE sin " -"necesidad de\n" -"interacción del usuario. AutoYaST necesita un perfil para saber cómo debe " -"que ser\n" -"el sistema instalado. Si esta opción está seleccionada, se almacenará un " -"perfil del sistema actual en\n" +"Utilice Configuración del Sistema de Duplicación si desea crear un perfil de AutoYaST.\n" +"AutoYaST es una forma de realizar una instalación completa de openSUSE sin necesidad de\n" +"interacción del usuario. AutoYaST necesita un perfil para saber cómo debe que ser\n" +"el sistema instalado. Si esta opción está seleccionada, se almacenará un perfil del sistema actual en\n" " <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." #. this is a heading @@ -79,12 +71,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "" -"The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=" -"\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." -msgstr "" -"El perfil de AutoYaST se guardará en /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">no " -"guardar</a>)." +msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." +msgstr "El perfil de AutoYaST se guardará en /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">no guardar</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text @@ -129,12 +117,8 @@ msgstr "Instalación desde imágenes" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:119 -msgid "" -"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Aquí puede elegir si utilizar imágenes predefinidas de Novell para acelerar " -"la instalación." +msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation." +msgstr "Aquí puede elegir si utilizar imágenes predefinidas de Novell para acelerar la instalación." #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:133 msgid "&Install from Images" @@ -145,12 +129,8 @@ msgstr "No instalar desde &imágenes" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:153 -msgid "" -"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation " -"source" -msgstr "" -"Instalación mediante imágenes propias - necesita una URL para utilizar como " -"orígen de la instalación" +msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source" +msgstr "Instalación mediante imágenes propias - necesita una URL para utilizar como orígen de la instalación" #. Image name, Image location #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:162 @@ -158,18 +138,12 @@ msgstr "Aquí puedes crear imágenes personalizadas.\n" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:163 -msgid "" -"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an " -"image here" +msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here" msgstr "Debes configurar la selección de software antes de crear una imagen" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during " -"installation)" -msgstr "" -"Crear un archivo de imagen (durante la instalación AutoYaST lo buscará en la " -"ubicación indicada)" +msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)" +msgstr "Crear un archivo de imagen (durante la instalación AutoYaST lo buscará en la ubicación indicada)" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:181 msgid "Create Image" @@ -193,53 +167,38 @@ msgid "" "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" -"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in " -"the\n" +"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" "images will be installed from packages the standard way.\n" msgstr "" -"La instalación desde imágenes se utiliza para acelerar la " -"instalación.\n" -"Las imágenes contienen capturas comprimidas de sistemas instalados que " -"corresponden\n" -"con su selección de patrones. El resto de los paquetes que no están en las " -"imágenes\n" +"La instalación desde imágenes se utiliza para acelerar la instalación.\n" +"Las imágenes contienen capturas comprimidas de sistemas instalados que corresponden\n" +"con su selección de patrones. El resto de los paquetes que no están en las imágenes\n" "serán instalados de la forma habitual.\n" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:233 msgid "" "Creating own Images is used if you\n" -"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will " -"dump an\n" -"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured " -"already.\n" -"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-" -"installation." +"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" +"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation." msgstr "" "Creando imágenes propias se utilizará\n" -"si desea omitir el paso completo de instalación RPM. En su lugar, AutoYaST " -"desplegará\n" -"una imágen en el disco, ya que es mucho más rápido y puede pre " -"configurarse.\n" -"El resto de la instalación RPM se realiza como una auto instalación normal.</" -"p>" +"si desea omitir el paso completo de instalación RPM. En su lugar, AutoYaST desplegará\n" +"una imágen en el disco, ya que es mucho más rápido y puede pre configurarse.\n" +"El resto de la instalación RPM se realiza como una auto instalación normal." #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:336 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:347 msgid "you need to do the software selection before creating an image" -msgstr "" -"es necesario que realice la selección de software antes de crear una imagen" +msgstr "es necesario que realice la selección de software antes de crear una imagen" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" -"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages " -"originating from the images will\n" -"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</" -"p>" +"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" +"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created." msgstr "" -"Tenga en cuenta que al instalar desde imágenes, la fecha y hora de los " -"paquetes de las imágenes no\n" -"coincidirán con la fecha de instalación, sino que tendrán la fecha de " -"creación de la imagen." +"Tenga en cuenta que al instalar desde imágenes, la fecha y hora de los paquetes de las imágenes no\n" +"coincidirán con la fecha de instalación, sino que tendrán la fecha de creación de la imagen." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80 @@ -281,15 +240,13 @@ #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166 msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"Instalación desde imágenes habilitada (<a href=\"%1\">deshabilitar</a>)." +msgstr "Instalación desde imágenes habilitada (<a href=\"%1\">deshabilitar</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181 msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"Instalación desde imágenes deshabilitada (<a href=\"%1\">habilitar</a>)." +msgstr "Instalación desde imágenes deshabilitada (<a href=\"%1\">habilitar</a>)." #. progress step title #: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 @@ -407,8 +364,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Elija el idioma y la distribución del teclado que se usará " -"durante la instalación y en\n" +"Elija el idioma y la distribución del teclado que se usará durante la instalación y en\n" "el sistema instalado.\n" "\n" @@ -418,14 +374,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" -"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available " -"translations.\n" +"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available translations.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Es necesario que acepte la licencia para continuar con la instalación.\n" -"Utilice Traducciones de la licencia... para ver la licencia en todos " -"los idiomas disponibles.\n" +"Utilice Traducciones de la licencia... para ver la licencia en todos los idiomas disponibles.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued @@ -564,20 +518,14 @@ #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:214 msgid "" "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." -"xml</tt>." +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" "Utilice Clonar si desea crear un perfil de AutoYaST.\n" -"AutoYaST es una forma de realizar una instalación completa de openSUSE sin " -"que\n" -"sea necesaria la interacción del usuario. AutoYaST necesita un perfil para " -"saber cómo tiene que ser\n" -"el sistema instalado. Si esta opción está seleccionada, se almacenará un " -"perfil del sistema actual en\n" +"AutoYaST es una forma de realizar una instalación completa de openSUSE sin que\n" +"sea necesaria la interacción del usuario. AutoYaST necesita un perfil para saber cómo tiene que ser\n" +"el sistema instalado. Si esta opción está seleccionada, se almacenará un perfil del sistema actual en\n" " <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt>." #. Dialog busy message @@ -590,10 +538,8 @@ #. #187558 #. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:308 -msgid "" -"To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Para clonar el sistema actual, debe inestalar el paquete %1." +msgid "To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Para clonar el sistema actual, debe inestalar el paquete %1." #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:311 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -601,8 +547,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313 msgid "autoyast2 package not installed. Cloning disabled." -msgstr "" -"El paquete autoyast2 no se encuentra instalado. Clonación deshabilitada." +msgstr "El paquete autoyast2 no se encuentra instalado. Clonación deshabilitada." #. OEM image if target disk is defined #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 @@ -635,12 +580,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" -"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of " -"packages." +"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." msgstr "" "La depuración se encuentra habilitada.\n" -"YaST abrirá el gestor de paquetes para verificar el estado actual de los " -"paquetes." +"YaST abrirá el gestor de paquetes para verificar el estado actual de los paquetes." # include/mail/ui.ycp:712 # include/mail/ui.ycp:739 include/mail/ui.ycp:823 @@ -690,13 +633,8 @@ msgstr "&Disco a utilizar" #: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk " -"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione el disco en el que se desplegará la imagen. Toda la información " -"contenida en el disco se perderá, y el disco se particionará como se " -"encuentra definido en la imagen." +msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." +msgstr "Seleccione el disco en el que se desplegará la imagen. Toda la información contenida en el disco se perderá, y el disco se particionará como se encuentra definido en la imagen." #: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" @@ -771,15 +709,12 @@ #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" -msgstr "" -"Se han encontrado actualizaciones de paquetes ne los siguientes repositorios " -"adicionales:" +msgstr "Se han encontrado actualizaciones de paquetes ne los siguientes repositorios adicionales:" #. yes/no popup question #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:168 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" -msgstr "" -"¿Iniciar el gestor de paquetes para verificar e instalar actualizaciones?" +msgstr "¿Iniciar el gestor de paquetes para verificar e instalar actualizaciones?" # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1391 # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1506 @@ -915,31 +850,24 @@ "Add Online Repositories Before Installation." msgstr "" "\n" -"Para utilizar los repositorios remotos sugeridos durante la instalación o la " -"actualización, seleccione\n" +"Para utilizar los repositorios remotos sugeridos durante la instalación o la actualización, seleccione\n" "Añadir repositorios en línea antes de la instalación." #. help text for installation method #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:208 msgid "" "\n" -"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " -"select\n" +"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" "Include Add-on Products from Separate Media.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Para instalar un producto complementario desde un medio separado junto con " -"&product;, seleccione\n" +"Para instalar un producto complementario desde un medio separado junto con &product;, seleccione\n" "Incluir productos complementarios desde medios separados.\n" #. help text: additional help for installation #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:211 -msgid "" -"If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://" -"drivers.suse.com site." -msgstr "" -"Si necesita controladores de hardware particulares, consulte el sitio " -"http://drivers.suse.com." +msgid "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com site." +msgstr "Si necesita controladores de hardware particulares, consulte el sitio http://drivers.suse.com." #. Error message #: src/clients/inst_license.rb:128 @@ -995,12 +923,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:145 msgid "" "A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" -"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the " -"configuration.\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Es necesario tener configurada la red para usar los repositorios\n" -" remotos o productos adicionales. Omita esta configuración si no utiliza " -"repositorios remotos.\n" +" remotos o productos adicionales. Omita esta configuración si no utiliza repositorios remotos.\n" #. error popup #: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:187 @@ -1014,35 +940,25 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 #: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 msgid "" -"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a " -"number \n" -"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major " -"ones \n" +"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number \n" +"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" "GNOME and KDE." msgstr "" -"En Linux la elección es una prioridad absoluta. openSUSE " -"ofrece diferentes \n" -"entornos de escritorio. Debajo encontrará una lista de los 2 más " -"importantes \n" +"En Linux la elección es una prioridad absoluta. openSUSE ofrece diferentes \n" +"entornos de escritorio. Debajo encontrará una lista de los 2 más importantes \n" "GNOME y KDE." #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 #: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" -"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal " -"installation patterns)\n" -"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in " -"the software \n" -"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add " -"additional desktop \n" +"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n" +"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the software \n" +"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n" "environments. This screen allows you to set the default." msgstr "" -"Puedes seleccionar alternativas de entornos de escritorio (o una " -"instalación mínima)\n" -"que mejor se adapte a tus necesidades utilizando la opción Otros. Más " -"adelante,\n" -"en la selección de software o después de la instalación, puedes cambiar to " -"selección o agregar\n" +"Puedes seleccionar alternativas de entornos de escritorio (o una instalación mínima)\n" +"que mejor se adapte a tus necesidades utilizando la opción Otros. Más adelante,\n" +"en la selección de software o después de la instalación, puedes cambiar to selección o agregar\n" "un entorno adicional. En este paso selecciona el que usarás por defecto." # clients/inst_choose_desktop.ycp:250 clients/inst_choose_desktop.ycp:574 clients/inst_sunfb.ycp:309 @@ -1072,9 +988,7 @@ #. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158) #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56 msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown." -msgstr "" -"No es posible localizar el producto base. Las notas de versión no se " -"mostrarán." +msgstr "No es posible localizar el producto base. Las notas de versión no se mostrarán." #. 1 GB is a good approximation #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104 @@ -1107,9 +1021,7 @@ #. to store profile after installation #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:227 msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log." -msgstr "" -"Error al guardar la configuración. Puede encontrar más detalles en el " -"registro." +msgstr "Error al guardar la configuración. Puede encontrar más detalles en el registro." #. message show when user has disabled the configuration #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238 @@ -1197,9 +1109,7 @@ #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." -msgstr "" -"Pulse sobre cualquier encabezado para hacer cambios o utilice el menú " -"\"Cambiar...\" de más abajo." +msgstr "Pulse sobre cualquier encabezado para hacer cambios o utilice el menú \"Cambiar...\" de más abajo." #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." @@ -1228,13 +1138,11 @@ #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values " -"displayed.\n" +"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Seleccione Instalar para llevar a cabo una nueva instalación con los " -"valores mostrados.\n" +"Seleccione Instalar para llevar a cabo una nueva instalación con los valores mostrados.\n" "\n" #. kicking out, bug #203811 @@ -1265,8 +1173,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Su disco duro no ha sido modificado, por lo que aún puede cancelar sin " -"problemas.\n" +"Su disco duro no ha sido modificado, por lo que aún puede cancelar sin problemas.\n" "\n" #. Help text for update proposal @@ -1278,8 +1185,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Seleccione Actualizar para llevar a cabo una actualización con los " -"valores mostrados.\n" +"Seleccione Actualizar para llevar a cabo una actualización con los valores mostrados.\n" "\n" #. Help text for network configuration proposal @@ -1329,8 +1235,7 @@ "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." msgstr "" -"La instalación de UML (User Mode Linux) le permite iniciar máquinas " -"virtuales\n" +"La instalación de UML (User Mode Linux) le permite iniciar máquinas virtuales\n" "Linux independientes en el sistema anfitrión." #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or @@ -1343,8 +1248,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Para utilizar la configuración tal y como se muestra, pulse Siguiente</" -"b>.\n" +"Para utilizar la configuración tal y como se muestra, pulse Siguiente.\n" "\n" #. help text @@ -1355,8 +1259,7 @@ "locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.\n" msgstr "" "Es posible que algunas propuestas se encuentren\n" -"bloqueadas por el administrador del sistema y no puedan ser modificadas. " -"Contacte con el\n" +"bloqueadas por el administrador del sistema y no puedan ser modificadas. Contacte con el\n" "administrador del sistema si necesita cambiar una de estas propuestas.\n" #. FATE #120373 @@ -1418,8 +1321,7 @@ "Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.\n" msgstr "" "Seleccione un escenario que se adapte mejor a sus necesidades.\n" -"Más adelante podrá seleccionar aplicaciones adicionales en la propuesta de " -"software.\n" +"Más adelante podrá seleccionar aplicaciones adicionales en la propuesta de software.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message #: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138 @@ -1476,8 +1378,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." -msgstr "" -"Cargando los módulos del kernel para las controladoras de disco duro..." +msgstr "Cargando los módulos del kernel para las controladoras de disco duro..." #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 msgid "Probe hard disks" @@ -1521,12 +1422,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 msgid "" "\n" -"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -"installation." +"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" "\n" -"Consulte \"drivers.suse.com\" si necesita controladores de hardware " -"particulares." +"Consulte \"drivers.suse.com\" si necesita controladores de hardware particulares." #. pop-up error report #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 @@ -1631,8 +1530,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" -"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the " -"upgrade process." +"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." msgstr "" "Aquí puede ver todos los repositorios que se han encontrado\n" "en el sistema que está actualizando. Habilite aquellos que\n" @@ -1645,15 +1543,12 @@ "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." msgstr "" "Para activar, desactivar o eliminar una dirección URL, pulse en el botón\n" -"Cambiar estadoo pulse dos veces sobre el elemento respectivo en la " -"tabla." +"Cambiar estadoo pulse dos veces sobre el elemento respectivo en la tabla." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253 msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." -msgstr "" -"Para cambiar la dirección URL, pulse sobre el botón Cambiar.... .</" -"p>" +msgstr "Para cambiar la dirección URL, pulse sobre el botón Cambiar.... ." #. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted #. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key @@ -1819,10 +1714,8 @@ "Next to continue. \n" " \n" msgstr "" -"Hay que realizar algunos pasos adicionales antes de que el sistema esté " -"listo\n" -"para usarse. A continuación YaST le guiará en algunos ajustes básicos de " -"configuración.\n" +"Hay que realizar algunos pasos adicionales antes de que el sistema esté listo\n" +"para usarse. A continuación YaST le guiará en algunos ajustes básicos de configuración.\n" "Pulse Siguiente para continuar. \n" " \n" @@ -1838,8 +1731,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error message #: src/clients/installation.rb:83 msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation." -msgstr "" -"No se ha definido ninguna secuencia de trabajo para este tipo de instalación." +msgstr "No se ha definido ninguna secuencia de trabajo para este tipo de instalación." # modules/Lan.ycp:220 #. progress step title @@ -1935,9 +1827,7 @@ #. progress step title #: src/clients/x11_finish.rb:66 msgid "Copying X Window System configuration into system..." -msgstr "" -"Copiando la configuración del sistema de ventanas X (X Window System) en el " -"sistema..." +msgstr "Copiando la configuración del sistema de ventanas X (X Window System) en el sistema..." #. progress step title #. TRANSLATORS: busy message @@ -2036,8 +1926,7 @@ msgstr "" "No se ha podido iniciar la interfaz gráfica.\n" "\n" -"Es posible que los paquetes requeridos no estén instalados (instalación " -"mínima)\n" +"Es posible que los paquetes requeridos no estén instalados (instalación mínima)\n" "o que la tarjeta gráfica no esté soportada.\n" "\n" "Como alternativa, el modo texto de YaST le guiará \n" @@ -2094,8 +1983,7 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:202 msgid "Information required for the base installation is now complete." -msgstr "" -"La información necesaria para la instalación básica está completa." +msgstr "La información necesaria para la instalación básica está completa." #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 @@ -2124,9 +2012,7 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:236 src/include/installation/misc.rb:254 msgid "Go back and check the settings if you are unsure." -msgstr "" -"Si no está seguro, todavía puede retroceder y revisar las opciones " -"seleccionadas." +msgstr "Si no está seguro, todavía puede retroceder y revisar las opciones seleccionadas." #. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:242 @@ -2136,9 +2022,7 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:246 msgid "Information required to perform an update is now complete." -msgstr "" -"Se ha completado toda la información necesaria para realizar una " -"actualización." +msgstr "Se ha completado toda la información necesaria para realizar una actualización." #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:248 @@ -2170,24 +2054,18 @@ #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:63 msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"Lista negra de dispositivos habilitada (<a href=\"%1\">deshabilitar</a>)." +msgstr "Lista negra de dispositivos habilitada (<a href=\"%1\">deshabilitar</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:69 msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"Lista negra de dispositivos deshabilitada (<a href=\"%1\">habilitar</a>)." +msgstr "Lista negra de dispositivos deshabilitada (<a href=\"%1\">habilitar</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to " -"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." -msgstr "" -"Utilice Lista negra de dispositivos si desea crear una lista de " -"dispositivos a bloquear para reducir la memoria utilizada por el kernel." +msgid "Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." +msgstr "Utilice Lista negra de dispositivos si desea crear una lista de dispositivos a bloquear para reducir la memoria utilizada por el kernel." #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:135 @@ -2246,8 +2124,7 @@ "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." msgstr "" -"La instalación no ha logrado resolver las dependencias de paquetes " -"automáticamente.\n" +"La instalación no ha logrado resolver las dependencias de paquetes automáticamente.\n" "Se abrirá el gestor de paquetes para que pueda resolverlas manualmente." #~ msgid "Search for Linux partitions" @@ -2351,11 +2228,8 @@ #~ msgid "Hardware Information of the Selected Network Card" #~ msgstr "Información del hardware de la tarjeta de red seleccionada" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Aquí puede configurar sus tarjetas de red para usarlas inmediatamente." -#~ "" +#~ msgid "Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately." +#~ msgstr "Aquí puede configurar sus tarjetas de red para usarlas inmediatamente." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you do not need a network connection now,\n" @@ -2417,8 +2291,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "%1 no es un número de puerto válido para el servidor proxy.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "El número de puerto debe estar comprendido entre 1 y 65535 ambos " -#~ "inclusive." +#~ "El número de puerto debe estar comprendido entre 1 y 65535 ambos inclusive." #~ msgid "Select your network setup type for %1" #~ msgstr "Seleccione el tipo de configuración de la red para %1" @@ -2468,10 +2341,8 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Configuración de red</big>\n" #~ " Aquí puede configurar su tarjeta de red.\n" -#~ "Seleccione configuración DHCP o estática. DHCP se ajusta en la mayoría de " -#~ "casos.\n" -#~ "Para obtener más información, póngase en contacto con su proveedor de " -#~ "acceso a\n" +#~ "Seleccione configuración DHCP o estática. DHCP se ajusta en la mayoría de casos.\n" +#~ "Para obtener más información, póngase en contacto con su proveedor de acceso a\n" #~ "Internet o con el administrador de su red.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -2566,12 +2437,8 @@ #~ msgid "Writing Network Setup..." #~ msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de la red..." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested..." -#~ "" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Por favor, espere mientras se escribe y se prueba la configuración de " -#~ "la red..." +#~ msgid "Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested..." +#~ msgstr "Por favor, espere mientras se escribe y se prueba la configuración de la red..." #~ msgid "" #~ "Writing the network settings failed.\n" @@ -2664,8 +2531,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on " -#~ "your\n" +#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on your\n" #~ "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n" #~ "discarding all its configuration data.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2685,17 +2551,14 @@ #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Seleccione la opción Actualizar un sistema existente para " -#~ "actualizar un\n" -#~ "sistema Linux ya instalado. Esta opción respeta en la medida de lo " -#~ "posible\n" +#~ "Seleccione la opción Actualizar un sistema existente para actualizar un\n" +#~ "sistema Linux ya instalado. Esta opción respeta en la medida de lo posible\n" #~ "la configuración del sistema existente.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Select Use Automatic Configuration to let the installation " -#~ "program\n" +#~ "Select Use Automatic Configuration to let the installation program\n" #~ "configure your network and hardware automatically. Otherwise you will\n" #~ "be offered a configuration proposal with the possibility to tune all the\n" #~ "settings manually. Inexperienced users are advised to use automatic\n" @@ -2705,8 +2568,7 @@ #~ "Seleccione Utilizar configuración automática para dejar que el\n" #~ "programa de instalación configure su red y hardware automáticamente.\n" #~ "En caso contrario, se le ofrecerá una propuesta de configuración con la\n" -#~ "posibilidad de ajustarla manualmente. Los usuarios sin experiencia " -#~ "deberían\n" +#~ "posibilidad de ajustarla manualmente. Los usuarios sin experiencia deberían\n" #~ "optar por utilizar la configuración automática.\n" # clients/ui_helps.ycp:57 @@ -2735,8 +2597,7 @@ #~ "from the SUSE Linux Web server.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Estas son las notas de la versión para la primera publicación. Son\n" -#~ "parte del medio de instalación. Durante la instalación, si dispone de una " -#~ "conexión a\n" +#~ "parte del medio de instalación. Durante la instalación, si dispone de una conexión a\n" #~ "Internet, podrá descargar las notas de versión actualizadas\n" #~ "desde el servidor Web de openSUSE.\n" @@ -2761,8 +2622,7 @@ #~ "Puede encontrar más información al final del archivo \"%1\".\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Merece la pena informar del fallo en %2.\n" -#~ "Por favor, adjunte todos los registros de YaST almacenados en el " -#~ "directorio \"%3\".\n" +#~ "Por favor, adjunte todos los registros de YaST almacenados en el directorio \"%3\".\n" #~ "Vea %4 para más información acerca de los registros de YaST.\n" #~ msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Report_a_YaST_bug" @@ -2776,8 +2636,7 @@ #~ "Please, attach all YaST logs stored in the '%2' directory.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Merece la pena informar del fallo en %1.\n" -#~ "Por favor, adjunte todos los registros de YaST almacenados en el " -#~ "directorio \"%2\".\n" +#~ "Por favor, adjunte todos los registros de YaST almacenados en el directorio \"%2\".\n" #~ msgid "Checking for %1 binary..." #~ msgstr "Verificando archivo binario %1..." @@ -2825,9 +2684,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Abriendo archivo..." #~ msgid "SCR process has died, printing the last log lines..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El proceso SCR terminó de forma inesperada, mostrando las últimas líneas " -#~ "del registro..." +#~ msgstr "El proceso SCR terminó de forma inesperada, mostrando las últimas líneas del registro..." # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1370 # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1485# @@ -2845,15 +2702,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Ruta de chroot desconocida. El depurador no puede continuar." #~ msgid "Connecting to the inst-sys failed. Debugger cannot continue." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Se ha producido un error al conectar con inst-sys. El depurador no puede " -#~ "continuar." +#~ msgstr "Se ha producido un error al conectar con inst-sys. El depurador no puede continuar." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To access the X11 system, the %1 package must be installed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Para acceder al sistema X11, el paquete %1 debe estar instalado." -#~ "" +#~ msgid "To access the X11 system, the %1 package must be installed." +#~ msgstr "Para acceder al sistema X11, el paquete %1 debe estar instalado." #~ msgid "Do you want to install it now?" #~ msgstr "¿Desea instalarlo ahora?" @@ -2866,8 +2718,7 @@ #~ "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" #~ "Please check your hardware!\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -#~ "installation.\n" +#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "No se ha encontrado ningún disco duro para la instalación.\n" #~ "Por favor, ¡revise su hardware!\n" @@ -2882,8 +2733,7 @@ #~ "found for the installation.\n" #~ "Check your hardware.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -#~ "installation.\n" +#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "No se han encontrado discos duros ni controladoras de discos duros\n" #~ "para la instalación.\n" @@ -2905,8 +2755,7 @@ #~ "this process can take some time.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<tt>SuSEconfig</tt> debe escribir la configuración de su sistema\n" -#~ "&product;. Dependiendo de la CPU y de la cantidad de memoria " -#~ "disponible, \n" +#~ "&product;. Dependiendo de la CPU y de la cantidad de memoria disponible, \n" #~ "este proceso puede tardar un poco.\n" #~ msgid "Progress" @@ -2942,33 +2791,22 @@ #~ msgstr "Inicializando las fuentes..." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation " -#~ "up. \n" -#~ "Images contain compressed snapshots of installed system matching your " -#~ "selection \n" -#~ "of patterns. The rest of packages which are not in images will be " -#~ "installed from \n" +#~ "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up. \n" +#~ "Images contain compressed snapshots of installed system matching your selection \n" +#~ "of patterns. The rest of packages which are not in images will be installed from \n" #~ "packages the standard way." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Instalación desde imágenes se utiliza para acelerar la " -#~ "instalación.\n" -#~ "Las imágenes contienen capturas comprimidas de sistemas instalados que " -#~ "corresponden \n" -#~ "con su selección de patrones. El resto de los paquetes que no están en " -#~ "las imágenes \n" +#~ "Instalación desde imágenes se utiliza para acelerar la instalación.\n" +#~ "Las imágenes contienen capturas comprimidas de sistemas instalados que corresponden \n" +#~ "con su selección de patrones. El resto de los paquetes que no están en las imágenes \n" #~ "serán instalados de la forma habitual." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Installation is currently writing the automatic configuration. Please " -#~ "wait..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ahora la instalación está escribiendo la configuración automática. Por " -#~ "favor espere..." +#~ msgid "Installation is currently writing the automatic configuration. Please wait..." +#~ msgstr "Ahora la instalación está escribiendo la configuración automática. Por favor espere..." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on " -#~ "your\n" +#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on your\n" #~ "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n" #~ "abandoning all its configuration data.\n" #~ "" @@ -2981,28 +2819,23 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " -#~ "select\n" +#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" #~ "Include Add-On Products from Separate Media." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Para instalar un producto adicional desde un medio separado con " -#~ "&product;, seleccione\n" +#~ "Para instalar un producto adicional desde un medio separado con &product;, seleccione\n" #~ "Incluir productos adicionales desde medios separados." #~ msgid "Please wait while the installation is probing the network cards..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Por favor, espere mientras la instalación prueba las tarjetas de red..." +#~ msgstr "Por favor, espere mientras la instalación prueba las tarjetas de red..." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely " -#~ "abort.\n" +#~ "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely abort.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Su disco duro todavía no ha sido modificado, por lo que aún puede " -#~ "interrumpir\n" +#~ "Su disco duro todavía no ha sido modificado, por lo que aún puede interrumpir\n" #~ "la instalación sin problemas.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -3029,25 +2862,20 @@ #~ msgstr "&Reparar el sistema instalado" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Repair Installed System if you have a damaged Linux " -#~ "system on\n" +#~ "Select Repair Installed System if you have a damaged Linux system on\n" #~ "your hard disk. This option can try to fix problems automatically.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccione Reparar el sistema instalado si tiene un sistema " -#~ "Linux dañado en\n" -#~ "el disco duro. Con esta opción se intentará resolver automáticamente los " -#~ "problemas.\n" +#~ "Seleccione Reparar el sistema instalado si tiene un sistema Linux dañado en\n" +#~ "el disco duro. Con esta opción se intentará resolver automáticamente los problemas.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" #~ "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "El idioma seleccionado no se puede utilizar en el modo texto. Durante la " -#~ "instalación\n" -#~ "se utiliza el inglés, pero en el nuevo sistema se empleará el idioma " -#~ "seleccionado." +#~ "El idioma seleccionado no se puede utilizar en el modo texto. Durante la instalación\n" +#~ "se utiliza el inglés, pero en el nuevo sistema se empleará el idioma seleccionado." #~ msgid "" #~ "Selecting Other, you can chose a minimal installation that\n" @@ -3059,13 +2887,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Accessing the YaST module %1 has failed.\n" #~ "More information can be found in the '%2' file.\n" -#~ "Please report this bug at %3 and attach the YaST logs stored in the '%4' " -#~ "directory." +#~ "Please report this bug at %3 and attach the YaST logs stored in the '%4' directory." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ha fallado el acceso al módulo %1 de YaST.\n" #~ "Puede haber más información en el archivo '%2'.\n" -#~ "Por favor, informe de este fallo a %3 y adjunte los registros de YaST " -#~ "almacenados en el directorio '%4'." +#~ "Por favor, informe de este fallo a %3 y adjunte los registros de YaST almacenados en el directorio '%4'." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" @@ -3104,26 +2930,18 @@ #~ msgstr "Ejecutando el debugger..." #~ msgid "" -#~ "At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a " -#~ "number\n" -#~ "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major " -#~ "ones\n" -#~ "GNOME and KDE. Both provide an easy to use desktop with a " -#~ "large number\n" -#~ "of desktop applications such as email, file browser, games and many " -#~ "others." +#~ "At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number\n" +#~ "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones\n" +#~ "GNOME and KDE. Both provide an easy to use desktop with a large number\n" +#~ "of desktop applications such as email, file browser, games and many others." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "En linux la elección es una prioridad absoluta. openSUSE " -#~ "ofrece diferentes\n" +#~ "En linux la elección es una prioridad absoluta. openSUSE ofrece diferentes\n" #~ "entornos de escritorio. Debajo encontrará una lista de los 2 mayores\n" -#~ "GNOME y KDE. Ambos proveen un escritorio fácil de usar con " -#~ "un gran número\n" -#~ "de aplicaciones, como correo eletrónico, navegadores, juegos y muchos " -#~ "otros." +#~ "GNOME y KDE. Ambos proveen un escritorio fácil de usar con un gran número\n" +#~ "de aplicaciones, como correo eletrónico, navegadores, juegos y muchos otros." #~ msgid "" -#~ "As desktop selection is a matter of taste a clear recommendation " -#~ "can't be\n" +#~ "As desktop selection is a matter of taste a clear recommendation can't be\n" #~ "given." #~ msgstr "" #~ "La elección de un escritorio es cuestión de gustos, por lo que\n" @@ -3164,73 +2982,51 @@ #~ msgstr "Desplegando imágenes de instalación" #~ msgid "Please wait, while system images are just being deployed..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Por favor, aguarde mientras se despliegan las imágenes del sistema...</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgstr "Por favor, aguarde mientras se despliegan las imágenes del sistema..." #~ msgid "Installation images are part of the installation media." #~ msgstr "Las imágenes de instalación forman parte del medio." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "Installation from images is faster than installation from RPM " -#~ "packages\n" +#~ "Installation from images is faster than installation from RPM packages\n" #~ "because it does not need to handle with RPM database, locks etc.\n" -#~ "One of the images also contains the joint RPM database and other metadata." -#~ "" +#~ "One of the images also contains the joint RPM database and other metadata." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "La instalación utilizando imágenes es mucho más rápido que hacerlo " -#~ "desde paquetes RPM\n" +#~ "La instalación utilizando imágenes es mucho más rápido que hacerlo desde paquetes RPM\n" #~ "ya que no necesita manejarse con la base de datos RPM, bloqueos, etc.\n" -#~ "Una de las imágenes también contiene la base de datos RPM y otros " -#~ "metadatos." +#~ "Una de las imágenes también contiene la base de datos RPM y otros metadatos." #~ msgid "" #~ "If there is no direct access to installation images,\n" -#~ "installation program has to download them first before they are deployed." -#~ "" +#~ "installation program has to download them first before they are deployed." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si no hay acceso a las imágenes de instalación,\n" -#~ "el programa de instalación deberá descargarlas antes de realizar el " -#~ "despliegue." +#~ "el programa de instalación deberá descargarlas antes de realizar el despliegue." #~ msgid "" -#~ "At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a " -#~ "number \n" -#~ "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major " -#~ "ones \n" -#~ "GNOME and KDE (in two different versions). Both provide an " -#~ "easy to use desktop\n" -#~ "with a large number of desktop applications such as email, file browser, " -#~ "games and many others." +#~ "At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number \n" +#~ "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" +#~ "GNOME and KDE (in two different versions). Both provide an easy to use desktop\n" +#~ "with a large number of desktop applications such as email, file browser, games and many others." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "En linux la elección es una prioridad absoluta. openSUSE " -#~ "ofrece diferentes\n" +#~ "En linux la elección es una prioridad absoluta. openSUSE ofrece diferentes\n" #~ "entornos de escritorio. Debajo encontrará una lista de los 2 mayores\n" -#~ "GNOME y KDE (en dos versiones). Ambos proveen un escritorio " -#~ "fácil de usar con un gran número\n" -#~ "de aplicaciones, como correo eletrónico, navegadores, juegos y muchos " -#~ "otros." +#~ "GNOME y KDE (en dos versiones). Ambos proveen un escritorio fácil de usar con un gran número\n" +#~ "de aplicaciones, como correo eletrónico, navegadores, juegos y muchos otros." #~ msgid "" #~ "openSUSE offers you a choice of user interfaces. The two major complete \n" -#~ "desktops are KDE and GNOME. Both provide an easy-to-use desktop with a " -#~ "full \n" -#~ "suite of applications including email, a file manager, games and " -#~ "utilities.\n" +#~ "desktops are KDE and GNOME. Both provide an easy-to-use desktop with a full \n" +#~ "suite of applications including email, a file manager, games and utilities.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "As desktop selection is a matter of taste, we do not give a " -#~ "recommendation." +#~ "As desktop selection is a matter of taste, we do not give a recommendation." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "openSUSE ofrece una selección de interfaces de usuario. Los dos mayores y " -#~ "completos \n" -#~ "escritorios son KDE y GNOME. Ambos proveen un escritorio fácil de " -#~ "utilizar con un \n" -#~ "conjunto de aplicaciones completo, que incluye, correo electrónico, " -#~ "navegadores, juegos y utilidades.\n" +#~ "openSUSE ofrece una selección de interfaces de usuario. Los dos mayores y completos \n" +#~ "escritorios son KDE y GNOME. Ambos proveen un escritorio fácil de utilizar con un \n" +#~ "conjunto de aplicaciones completo, que incluye, correo electrónico, navegadores, juegos y utilidades.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "La elección de un escritorio es cuestión de gustos, por lo que no podemos " -#~ "darle ninguna recomendación." +#~ "La elección de un escritorio es cuestión de gustos, por lo que no podemos darle ninguna recomendación." #~ msgid "Please wait while repositories are being read..." #~ msgstr "Por favor, aguarde mientras se leen los repositorios..." Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/instserver.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/instserver.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/instserver.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -378,8 +378,7 @@ "should be hosted on the local system.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Seleccione una de las opciones del servidor y especifique dónde deberían " -"alojarse\n" +"Seleccione una de las opciones del servidor y especifique dónde deberían alojarse\n" "los repositorios en el sistema local.\n" "" @@ -390,8 +389,7 @@ "the services.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Si alguno de los servicios ya está en funcionamiento y desea configurar " -"el\n" +"Si alguno de los servicios ya está en funcionamiento y desea configurar el\n" "servidor manualmente, seleccione la opción para no configurar los\n" "servicios.\n" "\n" @@ -412,8 +410,7 @@ "installed and started.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Para completar esta configuración es necesario añadir una nueva entrada " -"al archivo\n" +"Para completar esta configuración es necesario añadir una nueva entrada al archivo\n" "/etc/exports y el servidor NFS debe ser instalado e\n" "iniciado.\n" "\n" @@ -421,29 +418,23 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "If you need to restrict access to the exported directories to certain \n" -"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use " -"192.168.1.0/24\n" +"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use 192.168.1.0/24\n" "to restrict access to the 192.168.1.0 subnet.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Si necesita restringir el acceso de los directorios exportados a " -"determinados equipos,\n" -"añada una máscara de comodín más restrictiva. Por ejemplo, utilice " -"192.168.1.0/24\n" +"Si necesita restringir el acceso de los directorios exportados a determinados equipos,\n" +"añada una máscara de comodín más restrictiva. Por ejemplo, utilice 192.168.1.0/24\n" "para restringir el acceso a la subred 192.168.1.0.\n" "\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:45 msgid "" -"Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the " -"available\n" +"Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the available\n" "options, see the manual page for exports (man exports(5))\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Configure además las opciones de exportación. Puede obtener más " -"información sobre\n" -"las opciones disponibles en la página del manual de exports (man " -"exports(5))\n" +"Configure además las opciones de exportación. Puede obtener más información sobre\n" +"las opciones disponibles en la página del manual de exports (man exports(5))\n" "\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:50 @@ -480,22 +471,17 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Si el directorio del repositorio de software seleccionado está fuera\n" -"de la jerarquía del servidor FTP, se añade un punto de montaje en <tt>/etc/" -"fstab</tt>.\n" -"Esto permite que el directorio del repositorio de software esté disponible " -"bajo\n" -"el servidor FTP (utilizando la opción <tt>--bind</tt> del comando <tt>mount</" -"tt>).\n" +"de la jerarquía del servidor FTP, se añade un punto de montaje en <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" +"Esto permite que el directorio del repositorio de software esté disponible bajo\n" +"el servidor FTP (utilizando la opción <tt>--bind</tt> del comando <tt>mount</tt>).\n" "\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:66 msgid "" -"The installation server will be available to clients using the following " -"URL:\n" +"The installation server will be available to clients using the following URL:\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Los clientes podrán acceder al servidor de instalación a través de la " -"siguiente dirección URL:\n" +"Los clientes podrán acceder al servidor de instalación a través de la siguiente dirección URL:\n" "\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:69 @@ -522,28 +508,23 @@ "server root directory.\n" msgstr "" "Para completar esta configuración, se debe instalar e iniciar \n" -"un servidor HTTP. El alias se utilizará para denominar al directorio raíz " -"del servidor\n" +"un servidor HTTP. El alias se utilizará para denominar al directorio raíz del servidor\n" "de instalación.\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "Select a short and easy to remember alias. For example, if you select\n" -"SUSE as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown " -"below:\n" +"SUSE as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown below:\n" msgstr "" -"Seleccione un alias corto y fácil de recordar. Por ejemplo, si " -"selecciona \n" -"SUSE como alias, los repositorios estarán disponibles tal y como " -"aparece a continuación:\n" +"Seleccione un alias corto y fácil de recordar. Por ejemplo, si selecciona \n" +"SUSE como alias, los repositorios estarán disponibles tal y como aparece a continuación:\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<tt>http://<Host IP>/SUSE/<Repository Name></tt>\n" "" msgstr "" -"<tt>http://<ip_del_equipo>/SUSE/<nombre_del_repositorio></" -"tt>\n" +"<tt>http://<ip_del_equipo>/SUSE/<nombre_del_repositorio></tt>\n" "" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:84 src/include/instserver/helps.rb:94 @@ -556,14 +537,12 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"The repository name is used to create a directory under which all " -"product\n" +"The repository name is used to create a directory under which all product\n" "CDs are copied and managed. The repository is accessed using the\n" "configured protocol (NFS, FTP, or HTTP). \n" msgstr "" "El nombre del repositorio se utiliza para crear un directorio en el que\n" -"se copiarán y gestionarán todos los CD del producto. El acceso al " -"repositorio\n" +"se copiarán y gestionarán todos los CD del producto. El acceso al repositorio\n" "se realiza mediante el protocolo configurado (NFS, FTP o HTTP). \n" # clients/support_send.ycp:59 @@ -575,35 +554,27 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:91 msgid "" -"SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation " -"server. \n" +"SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation server. \n" "If checked, the repository will be announced on the network using SLP.\n" msgstr "" -"El protocolo de ubicación de servicios (SLP) hace que resulte más " -"sencillo encontrar un servidor de instalación. \n" +"El protocolo de ubicación de servicios (SLP) hace que resulte más sencillo encontrar un servidor de instalación. \n" "Si está activado, el repositorio se anunciará en la red mediante SLP.\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:95 msgid "" -"Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base " -"product, and press\n" +"Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base product, and press\n" "Next to copy the content into the local repository.\n" msgstr "" -"Seleccione una unidad de origen en la lista, introduzca el primer medio " -"de un producto base y pulse\n" +"Seleccione una unidad de origen en la lista, introduzca el primer medio de un producto base y pulse\n" "Siguiente para copiar el contenido en el repositorio local.\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:98 msgid "" -"When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add " -"additional\n" -"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).</" -"p>\n" +"When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add additional\n" +"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).\n" msgstr "" -"Cuando los soportes del producto base se hayan copiado en el repositorio " -"local, podrá añadir CD adicionales\n" -"al repositorio (por ejemplo, CD de Service Pack o cualquier CD adicional).</" -"p>\n" +"Cuando los soportes del producto base se hayan copiado en el repositorio local, podrá añadir CD adicionales\n" +"al repositorio (por ejemplo, CD de Service Pack o cualquier CD adicional).\n" # clients/support_send.ycp:59 # clients/support_send.ycp:65 @@ -614,12 +585,10 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:102 msgid "" -"ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press Next</" -"b>, you can\n" +"ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press Next, you can\n" "select ISO image files.\n" msgstr "" -"Puede utilizar imágenes ISO en lugar de soportes en formato CD o DVD. Si " -"pulsa Siguiente, podrá \n" +"Puede utilizar imágenes ISO en lugar de soportes en formato CD o DVD. Si pulsa Siguiente, podrá \n" "seleccionar archivos de imágenes ISO.\n" #. Read dialog help 1/2 @@ -638,8 +607,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cancelar la inicialización:</big> \n" -"Para cancelar de manera segura la utilidad de configuración, pulse " -"Cancelar.\n" +"Para cancelar de manera segura la utilidad de configuración, pulse Cancelar.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:114 @@ -661,8 +629,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando la grabación:</big> \n" "Cancele la grabación pulsando Cancelar.\n" -"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer ésto es seguro o " -"no.\n" +"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer ésto es seguro o no.\n" "\n" # include/network/lan/helps.ycp:33 @@ -679,18 +646,14 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "Adding a Repository: \n" -"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then " -"made \n" +"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then made \n" "available for configuration.\n" -"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories " -"and press Configure.\n" +"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories and press Configure.\n" msgstr "" "Añadir un repositorio: \n" -"Los directorios sin configurar se detectan en el directorio del repositorio " -"y \n" +"Los directorios sin configurar se detectan en el directorio del repositorio y \n" "quedan disponibles para su configuración.\n" -"Para añadir un repositorio, selecciónelo de la lista de repositorios sin " -"configurar y pulse Configurar.\n" +"Para añadir un repositorio, selecciónelo de la lista de repositorios sin configurar y pulse Configurar.\n" # include/network/lan/helps.ycp:87 include/network/modem/complex.ycp:112 #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -741,12 +704,10 @@ #. Read service data using _auto #: src/modules/Instserver.rb:308 msgid "" -"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd " -"package\n" +"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n" "will now be installed.\n" msgstr "" -"El servidor de instalación FTP necesita un paquete de servidor FTP. A " -"continuación se instalará\n" +"El servidor de instalación FTP necesita un paquete de servidor FTP. A continuación se instalará\n" "el paquete vsftpd\n" #. Write Apache config @@ -758,12 +719,10 @@ #: src/modules/Instserver.rb:458 msgid "" -"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 " -"package\n" +"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 package\n" "will now be installed." msgstr "" -"El servidor de instalación HTTP necesita un paquete de servidor HTTP. A " -"continuación de instalará\n" +"El servidor de instalación HTTP necesita un paquete de servidor HTTP. A continuación de instalará\n" "el paquete apache2." #. Setup NFS Server Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/iplb.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/iplb.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/iplb.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ #. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 msgid "Global Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración global" #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration" @@ -91,14 +91,16 @@ msgid "Second part of configuration of IPLB" msgstr "" +# clients/inst_sw_update.ycp:412 #. ids of widget of global dialog #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sí" +# clients/inst_sw_update.ycp:416 #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "no" -msgstr "" +msgstr "no" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 msgid "&Global Configuration" @@ -134,7 +136,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87 msgid "Execute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ejecutar" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186 msgid "Email Alert" @@ -177,151 +179,88 @@ "Default: 10 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -"virtual setting.\n" -"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 1\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" -"<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|" -"syslog_facility\n" -"An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the " -"logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=\"/" -"man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" +"<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|syslog_facility\n" +"An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" "Default: log directly to the file /var/log/ldirectord.log.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" -"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -"methods.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " -"seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting</" -"b>|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If " -"none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -"options are ORed\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" "\n" "<big>callback</big> = \"/path/to/callback\"\n" -"If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls " -"the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has " -"changed on\n" -"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on " -"the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name " -"of the\n" +"If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has changed on\n" +"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n" "configuration.\n" -"This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord " -"automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if " -"autoreload is\n" +"This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if autoreload is\n" "set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n" "\n" "<big>execute</big> = \"configuration\"\n" -"Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named " -"configuration.\n" +"Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named configuration.\n" "\n" "<big>auto reload</big> = yes|no\n" -"Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the " -"configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the " -"configuration file changed\n" -"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous " -"version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" +"Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n" +"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to " -"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS</" -"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: yes\n" "\n" "<big>fork</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every " -"virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will " -"increase\n" -"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many " -"virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate " -"instances\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n" +"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n" "of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" "<big>supervised</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All " -"log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful " -"to run\n" -"ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://" -"untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</" -"a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/" -"daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n" +"ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -329,87 +268,42 @@ #: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|" -"servicename)|firewall-mark\n" -"Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than " -"zero. The\n" -"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> " -"option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual " -"service\n" +"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark\n" +"Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n" +"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n" "must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->" -"ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" -"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request</" -"i>\", \"receive\"]\n" -"Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended " -"primarily for\n" -"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a " -"range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in " -"which case\n" -"each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server " -"using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, " -"must be\n" -"gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and " -"defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will " -"be\n" -"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-" -"receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the " -"request-receive\n" -"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the " -"request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" -"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server " -"is used.\n" -"For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual " -"services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP " -"address of a\n" -"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running " -"ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its " -"virtual\n" -"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is " -"another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way " -"that the\n" +"<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" +"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request\", \"receive\"]\n" +"Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n" +"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n" +"each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n" +"gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n" +"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n" +"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" +"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n" +"For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP address of a\n" +"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n" +"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n" "underlying LVS code in the kernel functions.\n" -"More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The " -"checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, " -"emailalertfreq and\n" -"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in " -"which case the global setting is overridden.\n" +"More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n" +"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate</" -"b>|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" -"Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a " -"receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP " -"connection, thus the\n" -"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then " -"negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one " -"negotiate\n" -"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and " -"in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" -"ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real " -"servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP " -"services. Off\n" -"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be " -"activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always " -"be\n" +"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" +"Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP connection, thus the\n" +"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n" +"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" +"ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP services. Off\n" +"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n" "activated. Default is negotiate.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|" -"imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|" -"oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|" -"simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" -"The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None " -"denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" -"simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it " -"against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the " -"server\n" -"using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive</" -"b> sections for protocol specific information.\n" +"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" +"The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" +"simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n" +"using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive sections for protocol specific information.\n" "Default:\n" "<dl compact=\"compact\">\n" "<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n" @@ -432,9 +326,7 @@ "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>check command</big> = \"path to script\"\n" -"This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be " -"run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if " -"everything\n" +"This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n" "is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n" "Four parameters are passed to the script:\n" "</dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n" @@ -445,105 +337,68 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>check port</big> = n\n" -"Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service " -"port.\n" +"Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n" "Default: port specified for each real server\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"</" -"b>\n" -"This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real " -"server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be " -"overridden by\n" +"<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"\n" +"This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n" "an optional per real-server based request-string.\n" -"For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, " -"or the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" -"For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL</" -"small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one " -"or more\n" +"For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" +"For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n" "rows. This is a required setting.\n" -"For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any " -"occurances of \n" +"For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n" " are replaced with a new line character.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>receive</big> = \"regexp to compare\"\n" -"If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the " -"real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in " -"mind that\n" -"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special " -"characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be " -"overridden by an\n" +"If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n" +"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n" "optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n" -"For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's " -"addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" +"For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" "For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD</" -"small>\n" -"Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the " -"URI specified in the request-string. GET is " -"the\n" -"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD " -"is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" +"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD\n" +"Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the URI specified in the request-string. GET is the\n" +"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" "Default: GET\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>virtual host</big> = \"hostname\"\n" -"Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or " -"HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP " -"request. In the\n" -"case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name " -"of the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will " -"be\n" -"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last " -"resort the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" +"Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP request. In the\n" +"case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name of the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n" +"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>login</big> = \"username\"\n" -"For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , " -"MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log " -"in.\n" +"For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n" "For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n" -"For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from " -"address for an OPTIONS query.\n" +"For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from address for an OPTIONS query.\n" "Default:\n" "</dt><dt>* FTP: Anonymous\n" -"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the " -"configuration\n" -"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is " -"derived as per the passwd option below.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication " -"will not be attempted.\n" +"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n" +"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>password</big> = \"password\"\n" -"Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , " -"LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" +"Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" "SIP servers.\n" "For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n" "Default:\n" -"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where " -"hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at " -"run time, or sourced\n" +"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at run time, or sourced\n" "from uname if unset.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , " -"MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be " -"performed.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>database name</big> = \"databasename\"\n" -"Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the " -"database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed " -"against. This\n" +"Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed against. This\n" "is a required setting.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>radius secret</big> = \"radiussecret\"\n" -"Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform " -"an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd " -"(set by\n" +"Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd (set by\n" "passwd above).\n" "Default: empty string\n" "\n" @@ -557,120 +412,73 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>scheduler</big> = scheduler_name\n" -"Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an " -"information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm" -"\">ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" +"Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" "Default: \"wrr\"\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>protocol</big> = tcp|udp|fwm\n" -"Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP</" -"small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall " -"mark then the\n" +"Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n" "protocol must be fwm.\n" "Default:\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the " -"port is not 53: tcp\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is " -"53: udp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n" "</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n" "</dt></dl>\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -"virtual setting.\n" -"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 1\n" "\n" "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" -"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -"methods.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " -"seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting</" -"b>|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If " -"none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -"options are ORed\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to " -"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS</" -"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: yes\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -686,9 +494,10 @@ msgid "Check Port" msgstr "" +# clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:750 #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 msgid "Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Servicio" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 msgid "Check Command" @@ -700,7 +509,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160 msgid "Request" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Solicitud" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:162 msgid "Receive" @@ -710,13 +519,14 @@ msgid "Virtual Host" msgstr "" +# include/security/ui.ycp:711 #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 msgid "Login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inicio de sesión" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contraseña" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 msgid "Database Name" @@ -730,17 +540,23 @@ msgid "Persistent" msgstr "" +# #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 msgid "Netmask" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Máscara de red" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 msgid "Scheduler" msgstr "" +# include/mail/ui.ycp:720 +# include/mail/ui.ycp:747 +# +# include/mail/ui.ycp:819 +# include/mail/ui.ycp:1013 #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Protocolo" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 msgid "Virtual Servers" @@ -748,15 +564,18 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Añadir" +# +# include/ui/wizard_hw.ycp:123 +# modules/Wizard_hw.ycp:126 #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Editar" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eliminar" #. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 @@ -782,11 +601,13 @@ #. return `cacel or a string #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OK" +# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:19 +# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:19 #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cancelar" #. split the real server ip value; #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 @@ -824,7 +645,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Iniciando..." #. Read all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -851,7 +672,7 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Terminado" #. Write all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -861,19 +682,20 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Escribir la configuración" +# modules/Lan.ycp:200 #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ejecutar SuSEconfig" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración..." #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ejecutando SuSEconfig..." #. write global conf #. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" @@ -883,10 +705,10 @@ #. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "No se puede escribir la configuración." #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Resumen de configuración..." Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/iscsi-client.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/iscsi-client.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/iscsi-client.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -283,8 +283,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cancelar el inicio</big> \n" -"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, pulse Cancelar." -" ahora\n" +"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, pulse Cancelar. ahora\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:46 @@ -330,8 +329,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Adición de un iniciador iSCSI</big> \n" "Seleccione un iniciador iSCSI en la lista de iniciadores detectados.\n" -"Si el iniciador iSCSI no se ha detectado, utilice Otro (no detectado).</" -"b>\n" +"Si el iniciador iSCSI no se ha detectado, utilice Otro (no detectado).\n" "A continuación, pulse Configurar.\n" # include/network/lan/helps.ycp:87 include/network/modem/complex.ycp:112 @@ -383,13 +381,11 @@ #. table of connected targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 msgid "" -"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press Add</" -"b>.\n" +"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press Add.\n" "To remove it, press Log Out.\n" "To change the start-up status, press Toggle.\n" msgstr "" -"Lista de sesiones actuales. Para añadir un nuevo destino, seleccióelo y " -"pulse Añadir.\n" +"Lista de sesiones actuales. Para añadir un nuevo destino, seleccióelo y pulse Añadir.\n" "Para eliminarlo, pulse Fin de sesión.\n" "Para modificar el estado de inicio, pulse Alternar.\n" @@ -400,68 +396,42 @@ msgstr "<h1>Advertencia</h1>" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115 -msgid "" -"When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that " -"this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data " -"corruption.\n" -msgstr "" -"Al acceder a un dispositivo iSCSI de lectura y escritura, " -"asegúrese de que el acceso es exclusivo. De lo contrario, existirá un riesgo " -"potencial de corrupción de datos.\n" +msgid "When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.\n" +msgstr "Al acceder a un dispositivo iSCSI de lectura y escritura, asegúrese de que el acceso es exclusivo. De lo contrario, existirá un riesgo potencial de corrupción de datos.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 msgid "" -"InitiatorName is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</" -"tt>. \n" -"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only " -"able to change it in the BIOS setup." +"InitiatorName is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup." msgstr "" -"InitiatorName es un valor tomado de <tt>/etc/initiatorname.iscsi</" -"tt>. \n" -"Si dispone de iBFT, este valor se toma desde ahí y sólo lo puede cambiar " -"desde la configuración de la BIOS." +"InitiatorName es un valor tomado de <tt>/etc/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +"Si dispone de iBFT, este valor se toma desde ahí y sólo lo puede cambiar desde la configuración de la BIOS." #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 msgid "" -"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for " -"discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" -"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should " -"be 3205.\n" +"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" +"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n" msgstr "" -"Si desea utilizar iSNS (Servicio de Nombres de Almacenamiento de " -"Internet) para encontrar destinos en lugar del método predeterminado " -"(SendTargets),\n" -"ingrese la dirección IP del servidor iSNS y el puerto. El puerto " -"predeterminado debe ser 3205.\n" +"Si desea utilizar iSNS (Servicio de Nombres de Almacenamiento de Internet) para encontrar destinos en lugar del método predeterminado (SendTargets),\n" +"ingrese la dirección IP del servidor iSNS y el puerto. El puerto predeterminado debe ser 3205.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "Enter the IP Address of the discovered server.\n" -"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username " -"and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" +"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" "select No Authentication.\n" msgstr "" "Introduzca la dirección IP del servidor descubierto.\n" -"Cambie el Puerto sólo si es necesario. Para la autenticación, utilice " -"el Nombre de usuario y la Contraseña. Si no necesita " -"autenticación,\n" +"Cambie el Puerto sólo si es necesario. Para la autenticación, utilice el Nombre de usuario y la Contraseña. Si no necesita autenticación,\n" "seleccione Sin autenticación.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 -msgid "" -"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click " -"Connect. " -msgstr "" -"Lista de nodos ofrecidos por el destino iSCSI. Seleccione un elemento y " -"pulse Conectar. " +msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click Connect. " +msgstr "Lista de nodos ofrecidos por el destino iSCSI. Seleccione un elemento y pulse Conectar. " #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 -msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication and enter the Username and " -"Password." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione el tipo de autenticación e introduzca el Nombre de usuario " -"y la Contraseña." +msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the Username and Password." +msgstr "Seleccione el tipo de autenticación e introduzca el Nombre de usuario y la Contraseña." #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>" @@ -471,30 +441,22 @@ msgid "" "manual is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\n" "default, the user needs to connect them manually\n" -"onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. " -"when\n" +"onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n" "root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.\n" -"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI " -"service\n" +"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n" "starts up.\n" msgstr "" "manual es para que los destinos iSCSI que no son conectados por\n" "omisión, el usuario necesita hacerlo manualmente\n" -"en el arranquees para que los destinos ISCSI sean conectados " -"durante el arranque, p. ej. cuando\n" +"en el arranquees para que los destinos ISCSI sean conectados durante el arranque, p. ej. cuando\n" "root esta activo iSCSI. Como tal será evaluado por el initrd.\n" -"automatico es para que los destinos iSCSI sean conectados cuando " -"el servicio iSCSI\n" +"automatico es para que los destinos iSCSI sean conectados cuando el servicio iSCSI\n" "inicie.\n" #. list of discovered targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 -msgid "" -"List of discovered targets. Start a new Discovery or Connect " -"to any target." -msgstr "" -"Lista de destinos descubiertos. Comenzar un Descubrimiento nuevo o " -"Conectar con cualquier destino." +msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new Discovery or Connect to any target." +msgstr "Lista de destinos descubiertos. Comenzar un Descubrimiento nuevo o Conectar con cualquier destino." #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145 msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>" @@ -531,13 +493,11 @@ #. delete (logout from) connected target #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:214 msgid "Really log out from the selected target?" -msgstr "" -"¿Está seguro de que desea salir de la sesión en el destino seleccionado?" +msgstr "¿Está seguro de que desea salir de la sesión en el destino seleccionado?" #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:218 msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target." -msgstr "" -"Se ha producido un error al salir de la sesión en el destino seleccionado." +msgstr "Se ha producido un error al salir de la sesión en el destino seleccionado." # clients/lan_ypclient_write.ycp:61 # clients/lan_ypclient_write.ycp:61 @@ -607,12 +567,8 @@ #. check if not already connected #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 -msgid "" -"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that " -"multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." -msgstr "" -"El destino con este TargetName ya está conectado. Compruebe que las vías " -"múltiples estén habilitadas para evitar que se produzcan corrupción de datos." +msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." +msgstr "El destino con este TargetName ya está conectado. Compruebe que las vías múltiples estén habilitadas para evitar que se produzcan corrupción de datos." # clients/online_update.ycp:45 #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 @@ -652,12 +608,8 @@ #. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) #. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 -msgid "" -"To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." -"" -msgstr "" -"Para configurar el iniciador iSCSI, el paquete %1 debe estar " -"instalado." +msgid "To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Para configurar el iniciador iSCSI, el paquete %1 debe estar instalado." #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -744,12 +696,9 @@ "backup created. If you want to use a different initiator name, change it \n" "in the BIOS.\n" msgstr "" -"Los valores de InitiatorName de iBFT y de <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname." -"iscsi</tt>\n" -"son diferentes. El valor de initiatorname antiguo se sustituirá por el de " -"iBFT y se \n" -"creará una copia de seguridad. Si desea utilizar un valor de initiatorname " -"distinto, modifíquelo \n" +"Los valores de InitiatorName de iBFT y de <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" +"son diferentes. El valor de initiatorname antiguo se sustituirá por el de iBFT y se \n" +"creará una copia de seguridad. Si desea utilizar un valor de initiatorname distinto, modifíquelo \n" "en la BIOS.\n" #. do discovery first Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/iscsi-lio-server.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/iscsi-lio-server.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/iscsi-lio-server.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -285,8 +285,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando la inicialización</big> \n" -"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, pulse Abortar</" -"b> ahora.\n" +"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, pulse Abortar ahora.\n" # include/network/lan/helps.ycp:54 #. Write dialog help 1/2 @@ -309,8 +308,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando la grabación:</big> \n" "Cancele el procedimiento de grabación pulsando Cancelar.\n" -"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o " -"no.\n" +"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o no.\n" "\n" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:57 @@ -353,8 +351,7 @@ "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Edición o eliminación</big> \n" -"Si pulsa Editar, se abrirá un cuadro de diálogo adicional que le " -"permitirá modificar\n" +"Si pulsa Editar, se abrirá un cuadro de diálogo adicional que le permitirá modificar\n" "la configuración.\n" # include/network/lan/helps.ycp:103 @@ -428,72 +425,36 @@ #. discovery authentication #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119 -msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of " -"Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert " -"User and Password." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione el tipo de autenticación. Utilice Sin autenticación o bien " -"Autenticación de entrada o Autenticación de salida (también " -"puede seleccionar ambas). A continuación, introduzca el Usuario y la " -"Contraseña." +msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User and Password." +msgstr "Seleccione el tipo de autenticación. Utilice Sin autenticación o bien Autenticación de entrada o Autenticación de salida (también puede seleccionar ambas). A continuación, introduzca el Usuario y la Contraseña." #. target client setup. #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 -msgid "" -"Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target " -"portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is " -"InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi " -"initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." +msgid "Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "With Edit LUN on can modify which LUNs the client can access.After " -#| "pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use " -#| "Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User</" -#| "b> and Password.If Use Authentication is disabled in " -#| "previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." -msgid "" -"With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN " -"target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the " -"type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both " -"together. Then insert User and Password. If Use " -"Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is " -"disabled here." -msgstr "" -"Con Editar LUN puede modificar a qué LUNs tendrá acceso el cliente. " -"Después de pulsar Editar autenticación, seleccione el tipo de " -"autenticación. Use Entrada, Salida o ambas conjuntamente. " -"Después escriba el Usuario y la Contraseña. Si desactivó " -"Usar autenticación en el diálogo anterior, Editar autenticación</" -"b> estará inhabilitado aquí." +#| msgid "With Edit LUN on can modify which LUNs the client can access.After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password.If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." +msgid "With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." +msgstr "Con Editar LUN puede modificar a qué LUNs tendrá acceso el cliente. Después de pulsar Editar autenticación, seleccione el tipo de autenticación. Use Entrada, Salida o ambas conjuntamente. Después escriba el Usuario y la Contraseña. Si desactivó Usar autenticación en el diálogo anterior, Editar autenticación estará inhabilitado aquí." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to " -"the LUN." +msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN." msgstr "" #. target dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by " -#| "clicking Add. \n" -#| "To delete or modify an item, select it and press Modify or " -#| "Delete." +#| "List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking Add. \n" +#| "To delete or modify an item, select it and press Modify or Delete." msgid "" -"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by " -"clicking Add.\n" -"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete</" -"b>." +"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking Add.\n" +"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete." msgstr "" -"Lista de destinos y de destinos de grupos de portal ofrecidos. Para crear un " -"nuevo destiono pulse Añadir. \n" -"Para eliminar o modificar un elemento, selecciónelo y pulse Modificar " -"o Eliminar." +"Lista de destinos y de destinos de grupos de portal ofrecidos. Para crear un nuevo destiono pulse Añadir. \n" +"Para eliminar o modificar un elemento, selecciónelo y pulse Modificar o Eliminar." #. edit target #. add target @@ -505,96 +466,68 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " -#| "lun.\n" +#| "It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" #| "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -#| "The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN</" -#| "b>. \n" +#| "The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" #| "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" #| "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " -"LUN.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a LUN.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN</" -"b>. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -"Se puede hacer que dispositivos de bloque o archivos arbitrarios estén " -"disponibles para un lun.\n" +"Se puede hacer que dispositivos de bloque o archivos arbitrarios estén disponibles para un lun.\n" "Debe proporcionar una ruta al dispositivo de bloque o al archivo. \n" -"El nombre LUN es un nombre arbitrario que identifica de forma " -"exclusiva el LUN. \n" -"El nombre debe ser único dentro del grupo del portal de destino. Si el " -"usuario\n" +"El nombre LUN es un nombre arbitrario que identifica de forma exclusiva el LUN. \n" +"El nombre debe ser único dentro del grupo del portal de destino. Si el usuario\n" "no proporciona un nombre para el LUN, se generará automáticamente." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172 msgid "" -"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which " -"address\n" +"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" -"En Dirección Ip y Número de puerto especifique en qué " -"dirección\n" -"y puerto estará disponible el servicio. El número de puerto predeterminado " -"es el 3260.\n" -"Sólo puede utilizar las direcciones ip asignadas a una de las tarjetas de " -"red." +"En Dirección Ip y Número de puerto especifique en qué dirección\n" +"y puerto estará disponible el servicio. El número de puerto predeterminado es el 3260.\n" +"Sólo puede utilizar las direcciones ip asignadas a una de las tarjetas de red." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162 msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values." -msgstr "" -"Cree un nuevo destino. Sustituya los valores de la plantilla con los valores " -"correctos." +msgstr "Cree un nuevo destino. Sustituya los valores de la plantilla con los valores correctos." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " -"lun.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN</" -"b>. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -"Se puede hacer que dispositivos de bloque o archivos arbitrarios estén " -"disponibles para un lun.\n" +"Se puede hacer que dispositivos de bloque o archivos arbitrarios estén disponibles para un lun.\n" "Debe proporcionar una ruta al dispositivo de bloque o al archivo. \n" -"El nombre LUN es un nombre arbitrario que identifica de forma " -"exclusiva el LUN. \n" -"El nombre debe ser único dentro del grupo del portal de destino. Si el " -"usuario\n" +"El nombre LUN es un nombre arbitrario que identifica de forma exclusiva el LUN. \n" +"El nombre debe ser único dentro del grupo del portal de destino. Si el usuario\n" "no proporciona un nombre para el LUN, se generará automáticamente." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional " -"configuration options." -msgstr "" -"Puede añadir, editar o eliminar todas las opciones de " -"configuración adicionales." +msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." +msgstr "Puede añadir, editar o eliminar todas las opciones de configuración adicionales." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing " -#| "purposes). \n" -#| "If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and " -#| "Sectors are optional." +#| "Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes). \n" +#| "If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." msgid "" -"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing " -"purposes).\n" -"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and " -"Sectors are optional." +"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" +"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." msgstr "" -"Edite el número del LUN si lo requiere, y defina el Tipo (para " -"propósitos de comprobación se usa nullio). \n" -"Si el Tipo=fileio configure la ruta al dispositivo de disco o al " -"archivo. ID de SCSI y Sectores son opcionales." +"Edite el número del LUN si lo requiere, y defina el Tipo (para propósitos de comprobación se usa nullio). \n" +"Si el Tipo=fileio configure la ruta al dispositivo de disco o al archivo. ID de SCSI y Sectores son opcionales." #. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145 @@ -622,9 +555,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:269 msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!" -msgstr "" -"¡La ruta seleccionada debe ser o un dispositivo de bloque o un archivo " -"normal!" +msgstr "¡La ruta seleccionada debe ser o un dispositivo de bloque o un archivo normal!" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:275 msgid "Selected Path is already in use!" Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/iscsi-server.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/iscsi-server.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/iscsi-server.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -235,8 +235,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cancelar la inicialización</big> \n" -"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, pulse ahora en " -"Cancelar.\n" +"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, pulse ahora en Cancelar.\n" # include/network/lan/helps.ycp:54 #. Write dialog help 1/2 @@ -259,8 +258,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando la grabación:</big> \n" "Cancele la grabación pulsando Cancelar.\n" -"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o " -"no.\n" +"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o no.\n" "\n" #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:56 @@ -304,8 +302,7 @@ "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Edición o eliminación</big> \n" -"Si pulsa Editar, se abrirá un cuadro de diálogo adicional que le " -"permitirá modificar\n" +"Si pulsa Editar, se abrirá un cuadro de diálogo adicional que le permitirá modificar\n" "la configuración.\n" # include/network/lan/helps.ycp:103 @@ -379,38 +376,24 @@ #. discovery authentication #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:117 msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of " -"Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert " -"User and Password.\n" -"For incoming authentication, it is possible to Add more pairs or " -"Edit or Delete them." +"Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User and Password.\n" +"For incoming authentication, it is possible to Add more pairs or Edit or Delete them." msgstr "" -"Seleccione el tipo de autenticación. Utilice Sin autenticación, o " -"bien Autenticación de entrada o Autenticación de salida " -"(también puede seleccionar ambas). A continuación, introduzca el Nombre " -"de usuario y la Contraseña. \n" -"En el caso de la autenticación de entrada existe la posibilidad de " -"Añadir más pares, Editarlos y Eliminarlos." +"Seleccione el tipo de autenticación. Utilice Sin autenticación, o bien Autenticación de entrada o Autenticación de salida (también puede seleccionar ambas). A continuación, introduzca el Nombre de usuario y la Contraseña. \n" +"En el caso de la autenticación de entrada existe la posibilidad de Añadir más pares, Editarlos y Eliminarlos." #. target dialog #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "List of offered targets. Create a new target by clicking Add. \n" -"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Modify or Delete</" -"b>." +"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Modify or Delete." msgstr "" -"Lista de destinos ofrecidos. Pulse Añadir para crear un nuevo " -"destino. \n" -"Pulse Modificar o Eliminar para eliminar o modificar un " -"elemento." +"Lista de destinos ofrecidos. Pulse Añadir para crear un nuevo destino. \n" +"Pulse Modificar o Eliminar para eliminar o modificar un elemento." #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:126 -msgid "" -"It is possible to change the Path to block devices, regular files, " -"LVM, or RAID.\n" -msgstr "" -"Existe la posibilidad de modificar la Ruta para bloquear " -"dispositivos, archivos normales, LVM o RAID.\n" +msgid "It is possible to change the Path to block devices, regular files, LVM, or RAID.\n" +msgstr "Existe la posibilidad de modificar la Ruta para bloquear dispositivos, archivos normales, LVM o RAID.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:131 msgid "" @@ -418,12 +401,9 @@ "For Target, use the format iqn.yyyy-mm.<reversed domain name>.\n" "For Path, use block devices, regular files, LVM, or RAID.\n" msgstr "" -"Cree un nuevo destino. Sustituya los valores de la plantilla por los valores " -"correctos.\n" -"Para el Destino, utilice el siguiente formato: iqn.aaaa-mm.<nombre de " -"dominio a la inversa>.\n" -"Para la Ruta, utilice dispositivos de bloqueo, archivos normales, LVM " -"o RAID.\n" +"Cree un nuevo destino. Sustituya los valores de la plantilla por los valores correctos.\n" +"Para el Destino, utilice el siguiente formato: iqn.aaaa-mm.<nombre de dominio a la inversa>.\n" +"Para la Ruta, utilice dispositivos de bloqueo, archivos normales, LVM o RAID.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "" @@ -434,24 +414,16 @@ "Si necesita opciones adicionales, pulse Configuración avanzada.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:141 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional " -"configuration options." -msgstr "" -"Puede añadir, editar o eliminar todas las opciones de " -"configuración adicionales." +msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." +msgstr "Puede añadir, editar o eliminar todas las opciones de configuración adicionales." #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "" -"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing " -"purposes). \n" -"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and " -"Sectors are optional." +"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes). \n" +"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." msgstr "" -"Edite el número de un LUN si lo requiere y defina el Tipo " -"(para propósitos de comprobación se usa nullio). \n" -"Si el tipo es fileio, indique la ruta al dispositivo de disco o al " -"archivo. ID de SCSI y Sectores son opcionales." +"Edite el número de un LUN si lo requiere y defina el Tipo (para propósitos de comprobación se usa nullio). \n" +"Si el tipo es fileio, indique la ruta al dispositivo de disco o al archivo. ID de SCSI y Sectores son opcionales." #. extract ScsiId #: src/include/iscsi-server/widgets.rb:168 @@ -499,9 +471,7 @@ #. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same #: src/include/iscsi-server/widgets.rb:608 msgid "Cannot use the same secret for incoming and outgoing authentication." -msgstr "" -"No es posible utilizar el mismo secreto para la autenticación de entrada y " -"de salida." +msgstr "No es posible utilizar el mismo secreto para la autenticación de entrada y de salida." #. string lun = tostring( UI::QueryWidget(`id(`lun), `Value) ); #: src/include/iscsi-server/widgets.rb:731 Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/isns.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/isns.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/isns.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -205,8 +205,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando la inicialización</big> \n" -"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, pulse Cancelar</" -"b> ahora.\n" +"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, pulse Cancelar ahora.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:25 @@ -228,8 +227,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando la grabación:</big> \n" "Cancele el procedimiento de grabación pulsando Cancelar.\n" -"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o " -"no.\n" +"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o no.\n" "\n" # include/network/lan/helps.ycp:54 @@ -243,87 +241,30 @@ "Configure un servidor iSNS. \n" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39 -msgid "" -"<big>iSNS Server location</big> The DNS name or the IP address of " -"the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\n" -msgstr "" -"<big>localización del servidor iSNS</big> El nombre DNS o la " -"dirección IP del servicio iSNS puede introducirse como dirección del iSNS.\n" +msgid "<big>iSNS Server location</big> The DNS name or the IP address of the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\n" +msgstr "<big>localización del servidor iSNS</big> El nombre DNS o la dirección IP del servicio iSNS puede introducirse como dirección del iSNS.\n" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:42 -msgid "" -"The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service " -"are displayed. Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI " -"targets. It is only possible to delete them. Deleting a node " -"removes it from the iSNS database." -msgstr "" -"Se muestra la lista de todos los nodos iSCSI disponibles registrados con " -"el servicio iSNS. Los nodos son registrados por iniciadores iSCSI y " -"destinos iSCSI. Sólo es posible borrarlos. Borrar un nodo lo " -"elimina completamente de la base de datos iSNS." +msgid "The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are displayed. Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI targets. It is only possible to delete them. Deleting a node removes it from the iSNS database." +msgstr "Se muestra la lista de todos los nodos iSCSI disponibles registrados con el servicio iSNS. Los nodos son registrados por iniciadores iSCSI y destinos iSCSI. Sólo es posible borrarlos. Borrar un nodo lo elimina completamente de la base de datos iSNS." #. discovery domains #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to Create</" -"b> a discovery domain or Delete one. Deleting a domain removes the " -"members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members." -msgstr "" -"Se muestra una lista de todos los dominios de descubrimiento. Es posible " -"Crear un dominio de descubrimiento o Borrar uno. Borrar un " -"dominio elimina los miembros del dominio pero no borra los miembros del nodo " -"iSCSI." +msgid "A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to Create a discovery domain or Delete one. Deleting a domain removes the members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members." +msgstr "Se muestra una lista de todos los dominios de descubrimiento. Es posible Crear un dominio de descubrimiento o Borrar uno. Borrar un dominio elimina los miembros del dominio pero no borra los miembros del nodo iSCSI." #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:49 -msgid "" -"A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting " -"another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery " -"domain. It is possible to Add an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or " -"Delete the node. Deleting a node removes it from the domain but " -"does not delete the iSCSI node Creating an iSCSI node allows a not " -"yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When " -"the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this " -"domain When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS " -"service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same " -"Discovery Domains. " -msgstr "" -"Se muestra una lista de todos los nodos iSCSI por dominio de " -"descubrimiento. Seleccionar otro dominio de descubrimiento refresca la " -"lista con miembros de ese dominio de descubrimiento. Es posible Añadir</" -"b> un nodo iSCSI a un dominio de descubrimiento o Borrar el nodo. " -"Borrar un nodo lo elimina del dominio pero no borra el nodo iSCSI " -"Crear un nodo iSCSI permite que un nodo todavía no registrado sea añadido " -"como miembro del dominio de descubrimiento. Cuando el iniciador o el " -"destino registra este nodo entonces formará parte de este dominio " -"Cuando un iniciador iSCSI hace una petición de descubrimiento, el " -"servicio iSNS devuelve todos los nodos iSCSI destinatarios que son miembros " -"del mismo Dominio de Descubrimiento. " +msgid "A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery domain. It is possible to Add an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or Delete the node. Deleting a node removes it from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery Domains. " +msgstr "Se muestra una lista de todos los nodos iSCSI por dominio de descubrimiento. Seleccionar otro dominio de descubrimiento refresca la lista con miembros de ese dominio de descubrimiento. Es posible Añadir un nodo iSCSI a un dominio de descubrimiento o Borrar el nodo. Borrar un nodo lo elimina del dominio pero no borra el nodo iSCSI Crear un nodo iSCSI permite que un nodo todavía no registrado sea añadido como miembro del dominio de descubrimiento. Cuando el iniciador o el destino registra este nodo entonces formará parte de este dominio Cuando un iniciador iSCSI hace una petición de descubrimiento, el servicio iSNS devuelve todos los nodos iSCSI destinatarios que son miembros del mismo Dominio de Descubrimiento. " #. dds table dialog #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 -msgid "" -"At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery " -"Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. A Discovery Domain must be a " -"member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. In an iSNS " -"database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery " -"Domains contain iSCSI Node members." -msgstr "" -"Arriba se muestra una lista de todos los conjuntos de dominios de " -"descubrimiento. Los dominios de descubrimiento pertenecen a conjuntos de " -"dominios de descubrimiento. Un dominio de descubrimiento debe ser un " -"miembro de un conjunto de dominios de descubrimiento para poder ser activo. " -"En una base de datos iSNS, un conjunto de dominios de descubrimiento " -"contiene dominios de descubrimiento y los dominios de descubrimiento " -"contienen miembros de nodos iSCSI." +msgid "At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. A Discovery Domain must be a member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. In an iSNS database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery Domains contain iSCSI Node members." +msgstr "Arriba se muestra una lista de todos los conjuntos de dominios de descubrimiento. Los dominios de descubrimiento pertenecen a conjuntos de dominios de descubrimiento. Un dominio de descubrimiento debe ser un miembro de un conjunto de dominios de descubrimiento para poder ser activo. En una base de datos iSNS, un conjunto de dominios de descubrimiento contiene dominios de descubrimiento y los dominios de descubrimiento contienen miembros de nodos iSCSI." #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:56 -msgid "" -"The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different " -"discovery domain set is selected." -msgstr "" -"La lista de miembros del conjunto de dominios de descubrimiento es " -"refrescada siempre que se selecciona un conjunto de dominios de " -"descubrimiento diferente." +msgid "The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different discovery domain set is selected." +msgstr "La lista de miembros del conjunto de dominios de descubrimiento es refrescada siempre que se selecciona un conjunto de dominios de descubrimiento diferente." # # modules/Lan.ycp:197 @@ -334,9 +275,7 @@ #: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:39 msgid "Select discovery domain set to which discovery domain will be added." -msgstr "" -"Seleccionar el conjunto de dominios de descubrimiento al cual el dominio de " -"descubrimiento será añadido." +msgstr "Seleccionar el conjunto de dominios de descubrimiento al cual el dominio de descubrimiento será añadido." # # modules/Lan.ycp:197 @@ -395,9 +334,7 @@ #. Report::DisplayErrors(display,10); #: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:711 msgid "Unable to connect to iSNS server. Check iSNS server address." -msgstr "" -"No se puede conectar al servidor iSNS. Compruebe la dirección del servidor " -"iSNS." +msgstr "No se puede conectar al servidor iSNS. Compruebe la dirección del servidor iSNS." # include/mail/ui.ycp:71 include/mail/ui.ycp:94 # include/mail/ui.ycp:142 include/mail/ui.ycp:167 @@ -417,12 +354,8 @@ # clients/nfs_server.ycp:62 #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed #: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 -msgid "" -"To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Para configurar el servicio isns, el paquete %1 debe estar " -"instalado." +msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Para configurar el servicio isns, el paquete %1 debe estar instalado." #: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 msgid "Install it now?" Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/kdump.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/kdump.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/kdump.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -61,48 +61,32 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "Dump format for dump image ELF/compressed" msgid "Dump format for dump image none/ELF/compressed/lzo" -msgstr "" -"Formato de volcado de datos para la imagen de volcado de datos ELF/comprimido" +msgstr "Formato de volcado de datos para la imagen de volcado de datos ELF/comprimido" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:102 msgid "Dump target includes destination for saving dump images" -msgstr "" -"El destino del volcado de datos incluye la ubicación de destino para guardar " -"las imágenes de volcado de datos" +msgstr "El destino del volcado de datos incluye la ubicación de destino para guardar las imágenes de volcado de datos" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:116 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only " -"\"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "" -"El esquema de denominación es: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Por " -"favor, introduzca sólo \"kernel_string\"." +msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "El esquema de denominación es: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Por favor, introduzca sólo \"kernel_string\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:127 -msgid "" -"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the " -"kdump kernel." -msgstr "" -"El commandline de kdump es la línea de comandos que se necesita pasar al " -"kernel kdump." +msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." +msgstr "El commandline de kdump es la línea de comandos que se necesita pasar al kernel kdump." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:138 -msgid "" -"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " -"line string." -msgstr "" -"Establezca esta variable si sólo quiere _añadir_ valores a la cadena de " -"línea de comandos predeterminada." +msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." +msgstr "Establezca esta variable si sólo quiere _añadir_ valores a la cadena de línea de comandos predeterminada." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:149 msgid "Immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump kernel." -msgstr "" -"Reiniciar inmediatamente después de guardar el núcleo en el kernel kdump." +msgstr "Reiniciar inmediatamente después de guardar el núcleo en el kernel kdump." # clients/printconf_write.ycp:121 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -113,9 +97,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:165 msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all." -msgstr "" -"Especifica cuántos volcados antiguos se mantienen. 0 significa mantener " -"todos." +msgstr "Especifica cuántos volcados antiguos se mantienen. 0 significa mantener todos." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:173 @@ -129,25 +111,18 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:189 -msgid "" -"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes " -"password (plain text file)." -msgstr "" -"Contraseña SMTP para enviar los mensajes de notificación. Ruta del archivo " -"que incluye la contraseña (archivo de texto plano)." +msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." +msgstr "Contraseña SMTP para enviar los mensajes de notificación. Ruta del archivo que incluye la contraseña (archivo de texto plano)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:197 msgid "Email address for sending notification messages" -msgstr "" -"Dirección de correo electrónico para enviar los mensajes de notificación" +msgstr "Dirección de correo electrónico para enviar los mensajes de notificación" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:208 msgid "Email address for sending copy of notification messages" -msgstr "" -"Dirección de correo electrónico para enviar copia de los mensajes de " -"notificación" +msgstr "Dirección de correo electrónico para enviar copia de los mensajes de notificación" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:220 @@ -175,8 +150,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:240 msgid "Number for dump level includes pages for saving" -msgstr "" -"El número del nivel de volcado de datos incluye las páginas para guardarlo" +msgstr "El número del nivel de volcado de datos incluye las páginas para guardarlo" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:247 @@ -187,12 +161,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:254 -msgid "" -"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " -"nfs, cifs" -msgstr "" -"El destino del volcado de datos incluye el tipo de destino: archivo (sistema " -"de archivos local), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" +msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" +msgstr "El destino del volcado de datos incluye el tipo de destino: archivo (sistema de archivos local), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:261 @@ -245,12 +215,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:302 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means " -"only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "" -"El esquema de denominación es: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel " -"significa sólo \"kernel_string\"." +msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "El esquema de denominación es: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel significa sólo \"kernel_string\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:309 @@ -259,12 +225,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:316 -msgid "" -"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 " -"or s are allowed" -msgstr "" -"La opción significa el nivel de ejecución para arrancar el kernel kdump. " -"Sólo se permiten valores como 1,2,3,5 o s" +msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" +msgstr "La opción significa el nivel de ejecución para arrancar el kernel kdump. Sólo se permiten valores como 1,2,3,5 o s" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:323 @@ -289,8 +251,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:419 msgid "Kdump is enabled (boot option \"crashkernel\" is added)" -msgstr "" -"Kdump está activado (se ha añadido la opción de arranque \"crashkernel\")" +msgstr "Kdump está activado (se ha añadido la opción de arranque \"crashkernel\")" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:424 @@ -412,9 +373,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:661 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps" -msgstr "" -"Número de volcados antiguos: Todos los volcados son guardados sin borrar los " -"volcados antiguos" +msgstr "Número de volcados antiguos: Todos los volcados son guardados sin borrar los volcados antiguos" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:669 @@ -512,8 +471,7 @@ #: src/clients/kdump.rb:809 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Option can include only \"ELF\" or \"compressed\" value." -msgid "" -"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." +msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." msgstr "La opción puede incluir sólo el valor \"ELF\" o \"comprimido\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message @@ -881,13 +839,11 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "Enable/Disable Kdump \n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/" -"removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary. \n" msgstr "" "Activar/desactivar kdump \n" -" Activa o desactiva kdump. Se añade o se quita el parámetro crashkernel " -"como opción de arranque. \n" +" Activa o desactiva kdump. Se añade o se quita el parámetro crashkernel como opción de arranque. \n" " Para aplicar los cambios es necesario reiniciar. \n" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 @@ -904,12 +860,7 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "Firmware-Assisted Dump \n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " -"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-" -"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which " -"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the " -"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has " -"more than 1.5 GB of memory." +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory." msgstr "" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 @@ -922,8 +873,7 @@ msgstr "" "Nivel de volcado de datos \n" " Especifica el tipo de página necesaria para el análisis.\n" -" Las páginas del tipo especificado se copian al archivo de volcado de " -"datos. \n" +" Las páginas del tipo especificado se copian al archivo de volcado de datos. \n" " Se incluye el tipo de página marcado en la siguiente tabla. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/1 @@ -932,10 +882,8 @@ "Dump Format \n" " No Dump - Only save the kernel log. \n" " ELF Format - Create dump file in the ELF format. \n" -" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip." -" \n" -" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster." -" \n" +" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip. \n" +" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster. \n" "" msgstr "" @@ -943,28 +891,22 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Saving Target for Kdump Image \n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " -"dumps. " +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps. " msgstr "" "Guardando destino para la imagen Kdump \n" -" El destino para guardar imágenes kdump. Seleccione el tipo de destino " -"para guardar volcados de datos. " +" El destino para guardar imágenes kdump. Seleccione el tipo de destino para guardar volcados de datos. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/6 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "Local Filestem - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " Directory for Saving Dumps - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " -"Browse\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing Browse\n" " " msgstr "" -"Sistema de archivos local - Guarda la imagen kdump en el sistema " -"de archivos local.\n" -" Directorio para guardar los volcados de datos - La ruta para " -"guardar las imágenes kdump.\n" -" Seleccione el directorio para guardar las imágenes kdump a través del " -"cuadro de diálogo pulsando Examinar\n" +"Sistema de archivos local - Guarda la imagen kdump en el sistema de archivos local.\n" +" Directorio para guardar los volcados de datos - La ruta para guardar las imágenes kdump.\n" +" Seleccione el directorio para guardar las imágenes kdump a través del cuadro de diálogo pulsando Examinar\n" " " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/6 @@ -975,17 +917,14 @@ " Port - The port number for connection.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " Enable Anonymous FTP enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection." -" " +" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection. " msgstr "" "FTP - Guardar la imagen kdump vía FTP.\n" " Nombre de servidor - El nombre del servidor ftp.\n" " Puerto - El número de puerto para la conexión.\n" -" Directorio en el servidor - La ruta para guardar las imágenes " -"kdump.\n" +" Directorio en el servidor - La ruta para guardar las imágenes kdump.\n" " Habilitar FTP anónimo habilita la conexión anónima al servidor.\n" -" Nombre de usuario para la conexión ftp. Contraseña para la " -"conexión ftp. " +" Nombre de usuario para la conexión ftp. Contraseña para la conexión ftp. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/6 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 @@ -1000,8 +939,7 @@ "SSH - Guardar la imagen kdump vía SSH.\n" " Nombre del servidor - El nombre del servidor.\n" " Puerto - El número de puerto para la conexión.\n" -" Directorio en el servidor - La ruta para guardar las imágenes " -"kdump.\n" +" Directorio en el servidor - La ruta para guardar las imágenes kdump.\n" " Nombre de usuario para la conexión ssh. \n" " Contraseña para la conexión ssh. \n" @@ -1014,8 +952,7 @@ msgstr "" "NFS - Guardar la imagen kdump en un recurso NFS.\n" " Nombre del servidor - El nombre del servidor nfs.\n" -" Directorio en el servidor - La ruta para guardar las imágenes " -"kdump. " +" Directorio en el servidor - La ruta para guardar las imágenes kdump. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/6 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:107 @@ -1029,14 +966,10 @@ msgstr "" "CIFS - Guardar la imagen kdump vía CIFS.\n" " Nombre de servidor - El nombre del servidor.\n" -" Recurso compartido exportado - El nombre del recurso compartido " -"de Windows.\n" -" Directorio en el servidor - La ruta para guardar las imágenes " -"kdump.\n" -" Utilizar autenticación habilita la conexión con autenticación al " -"servidor.\n" -" Nombre de usuario para la conexión. Contraseña para la " -"conexión. " +" Recurso compartido exportado - El nombre del recurso compartido de Windows.\n" +" Directorio en el servidor - La ruta para guardar las imágenes kdump.\n" +" Utilizar autenticación habilita la conexión con autenticación al servidor.\n" +" Nombre de usuario para la conexión. Contraseña para la conexión. " #. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:116 @@ -1045,10 +978,8 @@ " The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]\n" " Please enter only kernel_string. " msgstr "" -"Kernel kdump personalizado El usuario puede introducir el kernel " -"personalizado.\n" -" El esquema de denominación es:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]</" -"i>\n" +"Kernel kdump personalizado El usuario puede introducir el kernel personalizado.\n" +" El esquema de denominación es:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]\n" " Por favor, introduzca sólo kernel_string. " #. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1 @@ -1069,8 +1000,7 @@ " is set. \n" msgstr "" "Añadir línea de comandos de kdump\n" -" Establecer esta opción significa añadir valores a la cadena de línea de " -"comandos predeterminada. \n" +" Establecer esta opción significa añadir valores a la cadena de línea de comandos predeterminada. \n" " La cadena se añade también si la línea de comandos de kdump\n" " está definida. \n" @@ -1081,23 +1011,18 @@ " Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump. " msgstr "" "Activar el reinicio inmediato después de guardar el núcleo - \n" -" Habilita el reinicio inmediato después de guardar el núcleo en kdump." -" " +" Habilita el reinicio inmediato después de guardar el núcleo en kdump. " #. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:137 msgid "" "Enable Delete Old Dump Images - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." -" " +" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed. " msgstr "" -"Activar la eliminación de imágenes de volcado de datos antiguas " -"- \n" -" Habilita la eliminación de imágenes de volcado de datos antiguas. Si el " -"número de archivos de volcado de datos en \n" -" número de volcados de datos antiguos excede este número, se " -"eliminan los volcados de datos antiguos. " +"Activar la eliminación de imágenes de volcado de datos antiguas - \n" +" Habilita la eliminación de imágenes de volcado de datos antiguas. Si el número de archivos de volcado de datos en \n" +" número de volcados de datos antiguos excede este número, se eliminan los volcados de datos antiguos. " #. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:143 @@ -1108,75 +1033,56 @@ " directory. The default is \"off\". It is useful to have\n" " everything in place for debugging. \n" msgstr "" -"Habilitar el kernel de copia en el directorio de volcado de datos " -"- \n" +"Habilitar el kernel de copia en el directorio de volcado de datos - \n" " Si el kernel es seleccionado y la\n" " información de depuración (si está instalada) es copiada en el\n" -" directorio de volcado de datos. El predeterminado es \"desactivado\". " -"Es de utilidad tener\n" +" directorio de volcado de datos. El predeterminado es \"desactivado\". Es de utilidad tener\n" " todo ordenado para la depuración. \n" #. SMTP Server #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." -msgstr "" -"Servidor SMTP usado para enviar un email de notificación tras un " -"volcado de datos." +msgid "SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." +msgstr "Servidor SMTP usado para enviar un email de notificación tras un volcado de datos." #. SMTP User Name #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "User Name for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " -"plain SMTP will be used.\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" -"Nombre de usuario para autenticación SMTP cuando el Servidor " -"SMTP esta establecido. Esto es opcional,\n" +"Nombre de usuario para autenticación SMTP cuando el Servidor SMTP esta establecido. Esto es opcional,\n" " sin usuario/contraseña, se usa SMTP simple.\n" #. SMTP Password #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:159 msgid "" -"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. " -"This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP " -"will be used.\n" +"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" -"Contraseña para la autenticación SMTP cuando el Servidor SMTP</" -"i> esta establecido. Esto es opcional,\n" +"Contraseña para la autenticación SMTP cuando el Servidor SMTP esta establecido. Esto es opcional,\n" " sin usuario/contraseña, se usa SMTP simple\n" #. Notification To (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:163 -msgid "" -"Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification " -"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" -msgstr "" -"Notificar a dirección de correo a la que se envía el correo de " -"notificación cuando un volcado de datos se a guardado.\n" +msgid "Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" +msgstr "Notificar a dirección de correo a la que se envía el correo de notificación cuando un volcado de datos se a guardado.\n" #. Notification CC (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:167 msgid "" -"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " -"to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</" -"p>\n" +"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.\n" msgstr "" -"CC de la notificación Es la lista de direcciones de correo " -"separadas por un espacio a las cuales se envía el correo de notificación\n" +"CC de la notificación Es la lista de direcciones de correo separadas por un espacio a las cuales se envía el correo de notificación\n" " mediante CC si se ha guardado un volcado de datos.\n" #. Number of Old Dumps (number) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:171 msgid "" -"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the " -"number of dump files \n" +"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." msgstr "" -"Numero de imágenes de volcado de datos antiguas especifica cuantas " -"imágenes de volcado\n" +"Numero de imágenes de volcado de datos antiguas especifica cuantas imágenes de volcado\n" "de datos antiguas se mantienen, los volcados mas antiguos se eliminan. " #. Read dialog help 1/2 @@ -1195,8 +1101,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cancelar la inicialización:</big> \n" -"Cancela de forma segura la utilidad de configuración pulsando Cancelar</" -"b> ahora.\n" +"Cancela de forma segura la utilidad de configuración pulsando Cancelar ahora.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:183 @@ -1552,10 +1457,8 @@ #~ " ELF Format - Create dumpfile in the ELF format " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Formato para el volcado de datos \n" -#~ " Formato comprimido - Comprime los datos de volcado por cada " -#~ "página.\n" -#~ " Formato ELF - Crea un archivo de volcado de datos en formato " -#~ "ELF " +#~ " Formato comprimido - Comprime los datos de volcado por cada página.\n" +#~ " Formato ELF - Crea un archivo de volcado de datos en formato ELF " #~ msgid "Unsupported architecture, \"crashkernel\" was not added" #~ msgstr "La arquitectura no está soportada, no se ha añadido \"crashkernel\"" @@ -1568,13 +1471,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Kdump Command Line Append\n" -#~ " Setting this option means _append_ values to the default command " -#~ "line string. \n" +#~ " Setting this option means _append_ values to the default command line string. \n" #~ " The string will be appended if the Kdump Command Line\n" #~ " is set. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Añadir línea de comandos de kdump\n" -#~ " Establecer esta opción significa _añadir_ valores a la cadena de " -#~ "línea de comandos predeterminada. \n" +#~ " Establecer esta opción significa _añadir_ valores a la cadena de línea de comandos predeterminada. \n" #~ " La cadena se añade también si la línea de comandos de kdump\n" #~ " está definida. \n" Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/kerberos-server.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/kerberos-server.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/kerberos-server.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -528,8 +528,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Cancelando la inicialización:</BIG> \n" -"Cancela la utilidad de configuración de forma segura pulsando Cancelar</" -"B>.\n" +"Cancela la utilidad de configuración de forma segura pulsando Cancelar.\n" # include/network/lan/helps.ycp:54 #. Write dialog help 1/2 @@ -551,34 +550,26 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando la grabación:</big> \n" "Cancele la grabación pulsando Cancelar.\n" -"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer ésto es seguro o " -"no.\n" +"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer ésto es seguro o no.\n" "\n" #. Help text: ask for database backend 1/4 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:55 msgid "Specify where the Kerberos server should store the data." -msgstr "" -"Especifique dónde debe almacenar los datos el servidor Kerberos." +msgstr "Especifique dónde debe almacenar los datos el servidor Kerberos." #. Help text: ask for database backend 2/4 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:59 -msgid "" -"<big>Local Database</big> will create a local database for storing the " -"credentials." -msgstr "" -"<big>Base de datos local</big> creará una base de datos local para " -"almacenar las credenciales." +msgid "<big>Local Database</big> will create a local database for storing the credentials." +msgstr "<big>Base de datos local</big> creará una base de datos local para almacenar las credenciales." #. Help text: ask for database backend 3/4 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:63 msgid "" -"<big>Set Up New LDAP Server as Database Back-End</big> will set up a new " -"LDAP server\n" +"<big>Set Up New LDAP Server as Database Back-End</big> will set up a new LDAP server\n" "on this machine and use it as database back-end.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Configurar un nuevo servidor LDAP como motor de base de datos</big> " -"configurará un nuevo servidor LDAP\n" +"<big>Configurar un nuevo servidor LDAP como motor de base de datos</big> configurará un nuevo servidor LDAP\n" "en este equipo y lo utilizará como motor de base de datos.\n" #. Help text: ask for database backend 4/4 @@ -587,27 +578,19 @@ "<big>Use Existing LDAP Server as Database Back-End</big> gives you the\n" "option to use an external LDAP server as database back-end.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Utilizar un servidor LDAP existente como motor de base de datos</" -"big> le ofrece la opción \n" +"<big>Utilizar un servidor LDAP existente como motor de base de datos</big> le ofrece la opción \n" "de utilizar un servidor LDAP externo como motor de base de datos.\n" #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:71 -msgid "" -"Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your " -"Kerberos server." -msgstr "" -"Especifique el <big>dominio (realm)</big> y la <big>contraseña maestra</" -"big> para su servidor Kerberos." +msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." +msgstr "Especifique el <big>dominio (realm)</big> y la <big>contraseña maestra</big> para su servidor Kerberos." #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is " -"to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" +msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" msgstr "" -"Aunque su dominio (realm) Kerberos pueda contener cualquier cadena ASCII, " -"lo habitual es ponerlo\n" +"Aunque su dominio (realm) Kerberos pueda contener cualquier cadena ASCII, lo habitual es ponerlo\n" "igual que su nombre de dominio, en letras mayúsculas.\n" #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 1/6 @@ -621,73 +604,56 @@ "With <big>LDAP Server URI</big> specify the location of the LDAP\n" "server. For example, <tt>ldaps://host.domain.com</tt>." msgstr "" -"Con <big>URI del servidor LDAP</big> especifique la ubicación del " -"servidor LDAP.\n" +"Con <big>URI del servidor LDAP</big> especifique la ubicación del servidor LDAP.\n" "Por ejemplo, <tt>ldaps://host.dominio.com</tt> ." #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 3/6 #. Help text: New LDAP server 2/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:87 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:107 -msgid "" -"With <big>LDAP Base DN</big> you can change the base DN of the LDAP " -"server." -msgstr "" -"Con <big>DN base de LDAP</big> puede cambiar el DN base del servidor LDAP." -"" +msgid "With <big>LDAP Base DN</big> you can change the base DN of the LDAP server." +msgstr "Con <big>DN base de LDAP</big> puede cambiar el DN base del servidor LDAP." #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 4/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" -"The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the " -"Kerberos server should create \n" +"The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the Kerberos server should create \n" "the principals and other informational data by default." msgstr "" -"El <big>DN del contenedor Kerberos</big> especifica el contenedor donde " -"el servidor Kerberos debería crear \n" -"los sujetos principales y otros datos informativos de forma predeterminada.</" -"p>" +"El <big>DN del contenedor Kerberos</big> especifica el contenedor donde el servidor Kerberos debería crear \n" +"los sujetos principales y otros datos informativos de forma predeterminada." #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 5/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:95 msgid "" -"<big>KDC Bind DN</big> is the DN that KDC uses to authenticate to the " -"LDAP server.\n" +"<big>KDC Bind DN</big> is the DN that KDC uses to authenticate to the LDAP server.\n" "Only read access is required for this account.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>DN asociado a KDC</big> es el DN que KDC utiliza para autenticar " -"contra el servidor LDAP.\n" +"<big>DN asociado a KDC</big> es el DN que KDC utiliza para autenticar contra el servidor LDAP.\n" "Sólo se necesita un acceso de escritura para esta cuenta.\n" #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 6/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" -"<big>Kadmin Bind DN</big> is the DN that Kadmind uses to authenticate to " -"the LDAP server.\n" +"<big>Kadmin Bind DN</big> is the DN that Kadmind uses to authenticate to the LDAP server.\n" "This account also needs write access.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>DN asociado a kadmin</big> es el DN que kadmind utiliza para " -"autenticar contra el servidor LDAP.\n" +"<big>DN asociado a kadmin</big> es el DN que kadmind utiliza para autenticar contra el servidor LDAP.\n" "Esta cuenta necesita, además, acceso de escritura.\n" #. Help text: New LDAP server 1/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:103 msgid "In this dialog, edit some parameters to set up an LDAP server." -msgstr "" -"Edite en este cuadro algunos de los parametros para configurar un " -"servidor LDAP." +msgstr "Edite en este cuadro algunos de los parametros para configurar un servidor LDAP." #. Help text: New LDAP server 3/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the " -"Kerberos server should create \n" +"The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the Kerberos server should create \n" "the principals and other informational data by default.\n" msgstr "" -"El <big>DN del contenedor Kerberos</big> especifica el contenedor donde " -"el servidor Kerberos debería crear \n" -"los sujetos principales y otros datos informativos de forma predeterminada.</" -"p>\n" +"El <big>DN del contenedor Kerberos</big> especifica el contenedor donde el servidor Kerberos debería crear \n" +"los sujetos principales y otros datos informativos de forma predeterminada.\n" #. Help text: New LDAP server 4/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:115 @@ -697,93 +663,57 @@ #. Help text: New LDAP server 5/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:117 msgid "" -"If you select the checkbox <big>Use Previously Entered Password</big>, " -"the password you entered\n" +"If you select the checkbox <big>Use Previously Entered Password</big>, the password you entered\n" "as the KDC Master password is also used for the LDAP administrator. \n" msgstr "" -"Si selecciona la casilla de verificación <big>Utilizar la contraseña " -"introducida previamente</big>\n" -"la contraseña que introdujo como contraseña maestra de KDC también se " -"utiliza para el administrador de LDAP. \n" +"Si selecciona la casilla de verificación <big>Utilizar la contraseña introducida previamente</big>\n" +"la contraseña que introdujo como contraseña maestra de KDC también se utiliza para el administrador de LDAP. \n" #. Help text: New LDAP server 6/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:121 -msgid "" -"When the checkbox is not set, you can enter a different password for the " -"LDAP administrator." -msgstr "" -"Si no selecciona la casilla de verificación, puede introducir una " -"contraseña diferente para el administrador de LDAP." +msgid "When the checkbox is not set, you can enter a different password for the LDAP administrator." +msgstr "Si no selecciona la casilla de verificación, puede introducir una contraseña diferente para el administrador de LDAP." #. Help text: Summary 1/3 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:125 -msgid "" -"This is a short summary about your Kerberos server configuration." -msgstr "" -"Esto es un resumen breve de la configuración de su servidor Kerberos." +msgid "This is a short summary about your Kerberos server configuration." +msgstr "Esto es un resumen breve de la configuración de su servidor Kerberos." #. Help text: Summary 2/3 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "With the radio buttons you can enable or disable this service." -msgstr "" -"Con los botones de opción puede activar o desactivar este servicio." +msgstr "Con los botones de opción puede activar o desactivar este servicio." #. Help text: Summary 3/3 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:133 -msgid "" -"You can change some values of your configuration by clicking the Edit</" -"b> button." -msgstr "" -"Puede cambiar algunos valores de su configuración pulsando el botón " -"Editar." +msgid "You can change some values of your configuration by clicking the Edit button." +msgstr "Puede cambiar algunos valores de su configuración pulsando el botón Editar." #. ============================================================================== #. advanced item help: database_name #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:139 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" -"Esta cadena especifica la ubicación de la base de datos Kerberos para " -"este dominio (realm)." +msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." +msgstr "Esta cadena especifica la ubicación de la base de datos Kerberos para este dominio (realm)." #. advanced item help: acl_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:143 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file " -"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Esta cadena especifica la ubicación del archivo de la lista de control de " -"acceso (ACL) que kadmin utiliza para determinar los permisos de los sujetos " -"principales en la base de datos." +msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." +msgstr "Esta cadena especifica la ubicación del archivo de la lista de control de acceso (ACL) que kadmin utiliza para determinar los permisos de los sujetos principales en la base de datos." #. advanced item help: admin_keytab #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:147 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to " -"authenticate to the database." -msgstr "" -"Esta cadena especifica la ubicación del archivo de claves (keytab) que " -"kadmin utiliza para autenticarse en la base de datos." +msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." +msgstr "Esta cadena especifica la ubicación del archivo de claves (keytab) que kadmin utiliza para autenticarse en la base de datos." #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals " -"created in this realm." -msgstr "" -"Este tiempo absoluto especifica la fecha de caducidad predeterminada de " -"los sujetos principales creados en este dominio (realm)." +msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." +msgstr "Este tiempo absoluto especifica la fecha de caducidad predeterminada de los sujetos principales creados en este dominio (realm)." #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:155 -msgid "" -"These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in " -"this realm." -msgstr "" -"Estos indicadores especifican los atributos predeterminados del sujeto " -"principal creado en este dominio (realm)." +msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." +msgstr "Estos indicadores especifican los atributos predeterminados del sujeto principal creado en este dominio (realm)." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:158 msgid "Allow postdated" @@ -792,9 +722,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." -msgstr "" -"Activar este marcador permite al sujeto principal obtener tickets que se " -"pueden posfechar." +msgstr "Activar este marcador permite al sujeto principal obtener tickets que se pueden posfechar." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:163 msgid "Allow forwardable" @@ -803,9 +731,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." -msgstr "" -"Activar este marcador permite al sujeto principal obtener tickets que se " -"pueden reenviar." +msgstr "Activar este marcador permite al sujeto principal obtener tickets que se pueden reenviar." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "Allow renewable" @@ -814,9 +740,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:170 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." -msgstr "" -"Activar este marcador permite al sujeto principal obtener tickets que se " -"pueden renovar." +msgstr "Activar este marcador permite al sujeto principal obtener tickets que se pueden renovar." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "Allow proxiable" @@ -825,9 +749,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." -msgstr "" -"Activar este marcador permite al sujeto principal obtener tickets a través " -"de un proxy." +msgstr "Activar este marcador permite al sujeto principal obtener tickets a través de un proxy." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:176 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" @@ -835,13 +757,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:178 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another " -"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." -msgstr "" -"Activar este marcador permite al sujeto principal obtener una clave de " -"sesión para otro usuario, permitiendo una autenticación usuario-a-usuario " -"para este sujeto principal." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." +msgstr "Activar este marcador permite al sujeto principal obtener una clave de sesión para otro usuario, permitiendo una autenticación usuario-a-usuario para este sujeto principal." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:181 msgid "Requires preauth" @@ -849,19 +766,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:183 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to " -"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this " -"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will " -"only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket " -"set." -msgstr "" -"Si se activa este indicador en un sujeto principal cliente, entonces se " -"requiere que ese sujeto principal se autentique previamente ante el KDC " -"antes de recibir cualquier ticket. Si activa este indicador en el sujeto " -"principal de servicio, sólo se emitirán los tickets de servicio para este " -"sujeto principal a los clientes con un TGT que tenga establecido un ticket " -"con autenticación previa." +msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." +msgstr "Si se activa este indicador en un sujeto principal cliente, entonces se requiere que ese sujeto principal se autentique previamente ante el KDC antes de recibir cualquier ticket. Si activa este indicador en el sujeto principal de servicio, sólo se emitirán los tickets de servicio para este sujeto principal a los clientes con un TGT que tenga establecido un ticket con autenticación previa." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:186 msgid "Requires hwauth" @@ -869,13 +775,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:188 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using " -"a hardware device before receiving any tickets." -msgstr "" -"Si se activa este indicador, entonces se requiere que el sujeto principal se " -"autentique previamente utilizando un dispositivo de hardware antes de " -"recibir cualquier ticket." +msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." +msgstr "Si se activa este indicador, entonces se requiere que el sujeto principal se autentique previamente utilizando un dispositivo de hardware antes de recibir cualquier ticket." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:191 msgid "Allow service" @@ -883,12 +784,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:193 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this " -"principal." -msgstr "" -"Activar este indicador permite al KDC emitir tickets de servicio para este " -"sujeto principal." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." +msgstr "Activar este indicador permite al KDC emitir tickets de servicio para este sujeto principal." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:196 msgid "Allow tgs request" @@ -896,14 +793,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:198 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-" -"granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was " -"used to obtain the TGT." -msgstr "" -"Activar este indicador permite al sujeto principal obtener tickets basados " -"en ticket-granting-ticket, en lugar de repetir el proceso de autenticación " -"utilizado para obtener el TGT." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." +msgstr "Activar este indicador permite al sujeto principal obtener tickets basados en ticket-granting-ticket, en lugar de repetir el proceso de autenticación utilizado para obtener el TGT." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:201 msgid "Allow tickets" @@ -911,14 +802,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:203 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this " -"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within " -"this realm." -msgstr "" -"Activar este indicador significa que el KDC emitirá tickets para este sujeto " -"principal. Desactivar este indicador inhabilita, esencialmente, el sujeto " -"principal dentro de este dominio (realm)." +msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." +msgstr "Activar este indicador significa que el KDC emitirá tickets para este sujeto principal. Desactivar este indicador inhabilita, esencialmente, el sujeto principal dentro de este dominio (realm)." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "Need change" @@ -927,9 +812,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:208 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." -msgstr "" -"Activar este indicador fuerza un cambio de contraseña para este sujeto " -"principal." +msgstr "Activar este indicador fuerza un cambio de contraseña para este sujeto principal." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:209 msgid "Password changing service" @@ -937,184 +820,95 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:211 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change " -"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a " -"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that " -"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password " -"authentication." -msgstr "" -"Si este indicador está activado, marca este sujeto principal como servicio " -"de cambio de contraseña. Esto se debería utilizar solamente en casos " -"especiales, por ejemplo, si la contraseña de un usuario ha caducado, el " -"usuario tiene que obtener tickets para ese sujeto principal para poder " -"cambiarla sin tener que utilizar la autenticación de contraseña habitual." +msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." +msgstr "Si este indicador está activado, marca este sujeto principal como servicio de cambio de contraseña. Esto se debería utilizar solamente en casos especiales, por ejemplo, si la contraseña de un usuario ha caducado, el usuario tiene que obtener tickets para ese sujeto principal para poder cambiarla sin tener que utilizar la autenticación de contraseña habitual." #. advanced item help : dict_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:215 -msgid "" -"The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are " -"not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy " -"assigned to the principal, no check will be done." -msgstr "" -"Esta cadena especifica la ubicación del archivo de diccionario que " -"contiene las cadenas que no están permitidas para su uso como contraseñas. " -"Si esta etiqueta no está definida o si no existe una política asignada al " -"sujeto principal, no se ejecutará ninguna comprobación." +msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." +msgstr "Esta cadena especifica la ubicación del archivo de diccionario que contiene las cadenas que no están permitidas para su uso como contraseñas. Si esta etiqueta no está definida o si no existe una política asignada al sujeto principal, no se ejecutará ninguna comprobación." #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:219 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:223 -msgid "" -"This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens " -"for this realm." -msgstr "" -"Este número de puerto especifica el puerto en el cual el daemon kadmind " -"va a estar escuchando en este dominio (realm)." +msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." +msgstr "Este número de puerto especifica el puerto en el cual el daemon kadmind va a estar escuchando en este dominio (realm)." #. advanced item help : key_stash_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:227 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored " -"with kdb5_stash." -msgstr "" -" Esta cadena especifica la ubicación donde se ha almacenado la clave " -"maestra con kdb5_stash." +msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." +msgstr " Esta cadena especifica la ubicación donde se ha almacenado la clave maestra con kdb5_stash." #. advanced item help : kdc_ports #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:231 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" -"Esta cadena especifica la lista de puertos en los que KDC va a estar " -"escuchando en este dominio (realm)." +msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." +msgstr "Esta cadena especifica la lista de puertos en los que KDC va a estar escuchando en este dominio (realm)." #. advanced item help : master_key_name #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:235 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the " -"master key. The default value is K/M." -msgstr "" -"Esta cadena especifica el nombre del sujeto principal asociado a la clave " -"maestra. El valor predeterminado es K/M." +msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." +msgstr "Esta cadena especifica el nombre del sujeto principal asociado a la clave maestra. El valor predeterminado es K/M." #. advanced item help : master_key_type #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." -msgstr "" -"Esta cadena de tipo clave representa el tipo de clave para las claves " -"maestras." +msgstr "Esta cadena de tipo clave representa el tipo de clave para las claves maestras." #. advanced item help : max_life #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:243 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"valid for in this realm." -msgstr "" -"Este tiempo delta especifica el periodo máximo de tiempo en el que un " -"ticket puede ser válido en este dominio (realm)." +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." +msgstr "Este tiempo delta especifica el periodo máximo de tiempo en el que un ticket puede ser válido en este dominio (realm)." #. advanced item help : max_renew_life #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:247 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"renewed for in this realm." -msgstr "" -"Este tiempo delta especifica el periodo de tiempo máximo en el que un " -"ticket puede ser renovado en este dominio (realm)." +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." +msgstr "Este tiempo delta especifica el periodo de tiempo máximo en el que un ticket puede ser renovado en este dominio (realm)." #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:251 -msgid "" -"A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt " -"combinations of principals for this realm." -msgstr "" -"Una lista de cadenas key/salt que especifica las combinaciones " -"predeterminadas key/salt de los sujetos principales para este dominio " -"(realm)." +msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." +msgstr "Una lista de cadenas key/salt que especifica las combinaciones predeterminadas key/salt de los sujetos principales para este dominio (realm)." #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:255 -msgid "" -"Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" -"Especifica las combinaciones key/salt permitidas de los sujetos " -"principales para este dominio (realm)." +msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." +msgstr "Especifica las combinaciones key/salt permitidas de los sujetos principales para este dominio (realm)." #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:259 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm " -"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm " -"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" -msgstr "" -"Especifica si la lista de los dominios (realms) transitados para tickets " -"inter-dominio (realm) deberían ser comprobadas contra la ruta de tránsito " -"calculada de los nombres de dominio (realm) y la sección [capaths] de su " -"archivo krb5.conf." +msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" +msgstr "Especifica si la lista de los dominios (realms) transitados para tickets inter-dominio (realm) deberían ser comprobadas contra la ruta de tránsito calculada de los nombres de dominio (realm) y la sección [capaths] de su archivo krb5.conf." #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:263 -msgid "" -"This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be " -"maintained via the LDAP server." -msgstr "" -"Esta etiqueta específica de LDAP indica el número de conexiones que se " -"deben mantener a través del servidor LDAP." +msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." +msgstr "Esta etiqueta específica de LDAP indica el número de conexiones que se deben mantener a través del servidor LDAP." #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:267 -msgid "" -"This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed " -"passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." -msgstr "" -"Esta etiqueta específica de LDAP indica el archivo que contiene las " -"contraseñas ocultas de los objetos utilizados para iniciar los servidores " -"Kerberos." +msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." +msgstr "Esta etiqueta específica de LDAP indica el archivo que contiene las contraseñas ocultas de los objetos utilizados para iniciar los servidores Kerberos." #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:271 -msgid "" -"Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The " -"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</" -"p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under " -"the subtree." -msgstr "" -"Especifica la lista de subárboles que contienen los sujetos principales " -"de un dominio (realm). La lista contiene los DN de los objetos del subárbol " -"separados por dos puntos (:).El ámbito de búsqueda especifica el " -"ámbito para buscar los sujetos principales bajo el subárbol." +msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." +msgstr "Especifica la lista de subárboles que contienen los sujetos principales de un dominio (realm). La lista contiene los DN de los objetos del subárbol separados por dos puntos (:).El ámbito de búsqueda especifica el ámbito para buscar los sujetos principales bajo el subárbol." #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:275 -msgid "" -"Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a " -"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a " -"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el DN del objeto contenedor en el cual se crearán los sujetos " -"principales de un dominio (realm). Si la referencia del contenedor no está " -"configurada para un dominio (realm), se crearán los sujetos principales en " -"el contenedor del dominio (realm)." +msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." +msgstr "Especifica el DN del objeto contenedor en el cual se crearán los sujetos principales de un dominio (realm). Si la referencia del contenedor no está configurada para un dominio (realm), se crearán los sujetos principales en el contenedor del dominio (realm)." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:279 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." -msgstr "" -"Especifica la vida máxima del ticket para los sujetos principales en este " -"dominio (realm)." +msgstr "Especifica la vida máxima del ticket para los sujetos principales en este dominio (realm)." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:283 -msgid "" -"Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." -"" -msgstr "" -"Especifica la vida máxima de renovación de los tickets para los sujetos " -"principales en este dominio (realm)." +msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." +msgstr "Especifica la vida máxima de renovación de los tickets para los sujetos principales en este dominio (realm)." #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/kerberos-server/wizards.rb:167 Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/kerberos.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/kerberos.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/kerberos.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -67,8 +67,7 @@ #: src/clients/kerberos.rb:121 msgid "Use DNS to acquire the configuration at runtime" -msgstr "" -"Usar DNS para obtener los datos de configuración en tiempo de ejecución" +msgstr "Usar DNS para obtener los datos de configuración en tiempo de ejecución" #. translators: command line help text for the kdc option #: src/clients/kerberos.rb:127 @@ -221,18 +220,8 @@ #. help text (do not transl. values "m","h", "d") #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:61 -msgid "" -"By default, the time unit of Default Lifetime, Default " -"Renewable Lifetime, and Clock Skew is set to seconds. " -"Alternatively, specify the time unit (<tt>m</tt> for minutes, <tt>h</tt> for " -"hours, or <tt>d</tt> for days) and use it as a value suffix, as in <tt>1d</" -"tt> or <tt>24h</tt> for one day." -msgstr "" -"Los valores de Tiempo de vida por defecto, Tiempo de vida " -"renovable por defecto y Sesgo del reloj se indican en segundos. " -"Si lo prefiere, puede indicar otra unidad de tiempo (<tt>m</tt> para " -"minutos, <tt>h</tt> para horas o <tt>d</tt> para días) y usarla como sufijo, " -"por ejemplo <tt>1d</tt> o <tt>24h</tt> para un día." +msgid "By default, the time unit of Default Lifetime, Default Renewable Lifetime, and Clock Skew is set to seconds. Alternatively, specify the time unit (<tt>m</tt> for minutes, <tt>h</tt> for hours, or <tt>d</tt> for days) and use it as a value suffix, as in <tt>1d</tt> or <tt>24h</tt> for one day." +msgstr "Los valores de Tiempo de vida por defecto, Tiempo de vida renovable por defecto y Sesgo del reloj se indican en segundos. Si lo prefiere, puede indicar otra unidad de tiempo (<tt>m</tt> para minutos, <tt>h</tt> para horas o <tt>d</tt> para días) y usarla como sufijo, por ejemplo <tt>1d</tt> o <tt>24h</tt> para un día." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:86 @@ -246,17 +235,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:115 -msgid "" -"Forwardable lets you transfer your complete identity (TGT) to " -"another machine. Proxiable only lets you transfer particular tickets. " -"Select wheter the options should be applied to all PAM services, none of " -"them or enter a list of services separated by spaces." -msgstr "" -"La opción Reenviable permite transferir la identidad completa " -"(TGT) a otro equipo. Por su lado, la opción Vía proxy sólo permite " -"transferir tickets particulares. Elija si las opciones deberían aplicarse a " -"todos los servicios PAM, a ninguno de ellos, o introduzca una lista de " -"servicios separada por espacios." +msgid "Forwardable lets you transfer your complete identity (TGT) to another machine. Proxiable only lets you transfer particular tickets. Select wheter the options should be applied to all PAM services, none of them or enter a list of services separated by spaces." +msgstr "La opción Reenviable permite transferir la identidad completa (TGT) a otro equipo. Por su lado, la opción Vía proxy sólo permite transferir tickets particulares. Elija si las opciones deberían aplicarse a todos los servicios PAM, a ninguno de ellos, o introduzca una lista de servicios separada por espacios." # # include/network/providers.ycp:498 include/network/providers.ycp:681 @@ -272,33 +252,18 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:144 -msgid "" -"If Retained is enabled, a PAM module keeps the tickets after " -"closing the session." -msgstr "" -"Si se ha habilitado la opción Retenido, un módulo PAM conserva los " -"tickets tras cerrar la sesión." +msgid "If Retained is enabled, a PAM module keeps the tickets after closing the session." +msgstr "Si se ha habilitado la opción Retenido, un módulo PAM conserva los tickets tras cerrar la sesión." #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:159 -msgid "" -"To enable Kerberos support for your OpenSSH client, select Kerberos " -"Support for OpenSSH Client. In this case, Kerberos tickets are used for " -"user authentication on the SSH server." -msgstr "" -"Para habilitar la compatibilidad de Kerberos con el cliente OpenSSH, " -"seleccione Compatibilidad de Kerberos con el cliente OpenSSH. En este " -"caso se utilizan tickets de Kerberos para la autenticación en el servidor " -"SSH." +msgid "To enable Kerberos support for your OpenSSH client, select Kerberos Support for OpenSSH Client. In this case, Kerberos tickets are used for user authentication on the SSH server." +msgstr "Para habilitar la compatibilidad de Kerberos con el cliente OpenSSH, seleccione Compatibilidad de Kerberos con el cliente OpenSSH. En este caso se utilizan tickets de Kerberos para la autenticación en el servidor SSH." #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Check Ignore Unknown Users to have Kerberos ignore authentication " -"attempts by users it does not know." -msgstr "" -"Marque Ignorar usuarios desconocidos para que Kerberos ignore los " -"intentos de autenticación de usuarios que no conoce." +msgid "Check Ignore Unknown Users to have Kerberos ignore authentication attempts by users it does not know." +msgstr "Marque Ignorar usuarios desconocidos para que Kerberos ignore los intentos de autenticación de usuarios que no conoce." # include/nis_server/details.ycp:83 #. intfield label @@ -308,15 +273,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:190 -msgid "" -"When the Minimum UID is greater than 0, authentication attempts by " -"users with UIDs below the specified number are ignored. This is useful for " -"disabling Kerberos authentication for the system administrator root." -msgstr "" -"Si el valor de UID mínimo es mayor que 0, los intentos de " -"autenticación de los usuarios cuyos UID sean inferiores al número indicado " -"se ignorarán. Esto resulta de utilidad para deshabilitar la autenticación de " -"Kerberos para el administrador raíz del sistema." +msgid "When the Minimum UID is greater than 0, authentication attempts by users with UIDs below the specified number are ignored. This is useful for disabling Kerberos authentication for the system administrator root." +msgstr "Si el valor de UID mínimo es mayor que 0, los intentos de autenticación de los usuarios cuyos UID sean inferiores al número indicado se ignorarán. Esto resulta de utilidad para deshabilitar la autenticación de Kerberos para el administrador raíz del sistema." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:203 @@ -326,13 +284,8 @@ # Cam: time stamp --> sello de tiempo (de la wiki) #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:205 -msgid "" -"The Clock Skew is the tolerance for time stamps not exactly " -"matching the host's system clock. The value is in seconds." -msgstr "" -"El Desfase del reloj es la tolerancia que se permite a los sellos " -"de tiempo que no coinciden exactamente con el reloj del sistema del host. El " -"valor se indica en segundos." +msgid "The Clock Skew is the tolerance for time stamps not exactly matching the host's system clock. The value is in seconds." +msgstr "El Desfase del reloj es la tolerancia que se permite a los sellos de tiempo que no coinciden exactamente con el reloj del sistema del host. El valor se indica en segundos." #. push button label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:230 @@ -347,10 +300,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Configure su equipo como cliente NTP para sincronizar la hora del sistema " -"con la de un\n" -"servidor NTP. Puede pasar a la configuración con Configuración de NTP</" -"b>.\n" +"Configure su equipo como cliente NTP para sincronizar la hora del sistema con la de un\n" +"servidor NTP. Puede pasar a la configuración con Configuración de NTP.\n" "\n" #. push button label @@ -360,12 +311,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:247 -msgid "" -"To configure the source of user accounts, select the appropriate " -"configuration module in Configure User Data." -msgstr "" -"Para configurar el origen de las cuentas de usuario, seleccione el módulo " -"de configuración adecuado en Configurar datos de usuario." +msgid "To configure the source of user accounts, select the appropriate configuration module in Configure User Data." +msgstr "Para configurar el origen de las cuentas de usuario, seleccione el módulo de configuración adecuado en Configurar datos de usuario." #. menu item #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:252 @@ -387,12 +334,8 @@ #. help text for "Credential Cac&he Directory" #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:267 -msgid "" -"Specify the directory where to place credential cache files as " -"Credential Cache Directory." -msgstr "" -"Indique el directorio en el que colocar los archivos de caché de " -"credenciales con Directorio de caché de credenciales." +msgid "Specify the directory where to place credential cache files as Credential Cache Directory." +msgstr "Indique el directorio en el que colocar los archivos de caché de credenciales con Directorio de caché de credenciales." #. push button label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:280 @@ -406,12 +349,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:292 -msgid "" -"Credential Cache Template specifies the location in which to place " -"the user's session-specific credential cache." -msgstr "" -"Plantilla de caché de credenciales indica la ubicación en la que " -"se colocará el caché de credenciales específico de la sesión del usuario." +msgid "Credential Cache Template specifies the location in which to place the user's session-specific credential cache." +msgstr "Plantilla de caché de credenciales indica la ubicación en la que se colocará el caché de credenciales específico de la sesión del usuario." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:306 @@ -420,12 +359,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:308 -msgid "" -"Specify the location of the file with the keys of principals in Keytab " -"File Location." -msgstr "" -"Indique la ubicación del archivo con las claves de los sujetos " -"principales en Ubicación del archivo keytab." +msgid "Specify the location of the file with the keys of principals in Keytab File Location." +msgstr "Indique la ubicación del archivo con las claves de los sujetos principales en Ubicación del archivo keytab." #. push button label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:321 @@ -439,12 +374,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:333 -msgid "" -"With Mappings, specify how the PAM module should derive the " -"principal's name from the system user name." -msgstr "" -"Con Mapeados, se especifica cómo el módulo PAM debería derivar el " -"nombre del sujeto principal a partir del nombre de usuario en el sistema." +msgid "With Mappings, specify how the PAM module should derive the principal's name from the system user name." +msgstr "Con Mapeados, se especifica cómo el módulo PAM debería derivar el nombre del sujeto principal a partir del nombre de usuario en el sistema." # include/scanner/scanner_install.ycp:59 menuentries/menuentry_scanner.ycp:36 # include/scanner/scanner_install.ycp:59 menuentries/menuentry_scanner.ycp:36 @@ -457,22 +388,13 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:348 -msgid "" -"The value of Banner is a text that should be shown before a " -"password questions." -msgstr "" -"El valor de Anuncio es un texto que se debería mostrar antes de " -"una solicitud de contraseña." +msgid "The value of Banner is a text that should be shown before a password questions." +msgstr "El valor de Anuncio es un texto que se debería mostrar antes de una solicitud de contraseña." #. generic help for Services tab #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:362 -msgid "" -"All settings in this dialog can be applied for all PAM services, no " -"service or a specific list of services separated by commas." -msgstr "" -"Todos los ajustes de este diálogo se pueden aplicar a todos los servicios " -"de PAM, a ningún servicio o a una lista concreta de servicios separados por " -"comas." +msgid "All settings in this dialog can be applied for all PAM services, no service or a specific list of services separated by commas." +msgstr "Todos los ajustes de este diálogo se pueden aplicar a todos los servicios de PAM, a ningún servicio o a una lista concreta de servicios separados por comas." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:370 @@ -481,12 +403,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:372 -msgid "" -"When Addressless Initial Tickets is set, initial tickets (TGT) " -"with no address information are requested." -msgstr "" -"Cuando Tickets iniciales sin dirección está habilitado, se " -"solicitarán tickets iniciales (TGT) sin información de dirección." +msgid "When Addressless Initial Tickets is set, initial tickets (TGT) with no address information are requested." +msgstr "Cuando Tickets iniciales sin dirección está habilitado, se solicitarán tickets iniciales (TGT) sin información de dirección." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:386 @@ -495,12 +413,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:388 -msgid "" -"Check Debug to turn on debugging for selected services via syslog." -"" -msgstr "" -"Habilite Depuración para activar la depuración de los servicios " -"seleccionados mediante syslog." +msgid "Check Debug to turn on debugging for selected services via syslog." +msgstr "Habilite Depuración para activar la depuración de los servicios seleccionados mediante syslog." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:402 @@ -509,12 +423,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:404 -msgid "" -"Sensitive Debug turns on debugging of sensitive information.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Depuración sensible habilita la depuración de información sensible." -"" +msgid "Sensitive Debug turns on debugging of sensitive information." +msgstr "Depuración sensible habilita la depuración de información sensible." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:418 @@ -523,14 +433,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:420 -msgid "" -"Check Accept Existing Ticket to tell PAM module to accept the " -"presence of pre-existing Kerberos credentials as sufficient to authenticate " -"the user." -msgstr "" -"Habilite Aceptar ticket existente para indicar al módulo PAM que " -"acepte la presencia de credenciales Kerberos preexistentes para autenticar " -"al usuario." +msgid "Check Accept Existing Ticket to tell PAM module to accept the presence of pre-existing Kerberos credentials as sufficient to authenticate the user." +msgstr "Habilite Aceptar ticket existente para indicar al módulo PAM que acepte la presencia de credenciales Kerberos preexistentes para autenticar al usuario." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:435 @@ -539,12 +443,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:437 -msgid "" -"List the services allowed to provide credentials in External " -"Credentials." -msgstr "" -"Introduzca los servicios a los que se permite proporcionar credenciales " -"en Credenciales externas" +msgid "List the services allowed to provide credentials in External Credentials." +msgstr "Introduzca los servicios a los que se permite proporcionar credenciales en Credenciales externas" #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:452 @@ -553,12 +453,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:454 -msgid "" -"Use Shared Memory describes the services for which the shared " -"memory is used during authentication." -msgstr "" -"Usar memoria compartida describe los servicios para los que se " -"utiliza la memoria compartida durante la autenticación." +msgid "Use Shared Memory describes the services for which the shared memory is used during authentication." +msgstr "Usar memoria compartida describe los servicios para los que se utiliza la memoria compartida durante la autenticación." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:469 @@ -567,12 +463,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:471 -msgid "" -"Select the services for which TGT should be validated by changing the " -"value of Validate Initial Ticket." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione los servicios para los que TGT debería ser validado cambiando " -"el valor de Validar ticket inicial." +msgid "Select the services for which TGT should be validated by changing the value of Validate Initial Ticket." +msgstr "Seleccione los servicios para los que TGT debería ser validado cambiando el valor de Validar ticket inicial." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:486 @@ -581,12 +473,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:488 -msgid "" -"With Initial Prompt checked, the PAM module asks for a password " -"before the authentication attempt." -msgstr "" -"Con Solicitud inicial activado, el módulo PAM pedirá una " -"contraseña antes de intentar la autenticación." +msgid "With Initial Prompt checked, the PAM module asks for a password before the authentication attempt." +msgstr "Con Solicitud inicial activado, el módulo PAM pedirá una contraseña antes de intentar la autenticación." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:502 @@ -595,14 +483,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:504 -msgid "" -"If Subsequent Prompt is enabled, the PAM module may ask the user " -"for a password, in case the previously-entered password was somehow " -"insufficient for authentication." -msgstr "" -"Si Solicitud posterior está activado, el módulo PAM puede pedir al " -"usuario una contraseña si la contraseña introducida anteriormente no fue " -"suficiente para la autenticación." +msgid "If Subsequent Prompt is enabled, the PAM module may ask the user for a password, in case the previously-entered password was somehow insufficient for authentication." +msgstr "Si Solicitud posterior está activado, el módulo PAM puede pedir al usuario una contraseña si la contraseña introducida anteriormente no fue suficiente para la autenticación." #. directory location popup label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:602 @@ -642,16 +524,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Authentication with Kerberos</big> \n" -"The Kerberos client configuration updates your PAM settings to enable " -"Kerberos authentication. Your system needs access to a Kerberos server in " -"the network for this to work.\n" +"The Kerberos client configuration updates your PAM settings to enable Kerberos authentication. Your system needs access to a Kerberos server in the network for this to work.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Autenticación con Kerberos</big> \n" -"La configuración del cliente Kerberos actualiza los parámetros de PAM para " -"permitir la autenticación mediante Kerberos. El sistema debe tener acceso a " -"un servidor Kerberos de la red para que funcione.\n" +"La configuración del cliente Kerberos actualiza los parámetros de PAM para permitir la autenticación mediante Kerberos. El sistema debe tener acceso a un servidor Kerberos de la red para que funcione.\n" "\n" #. help text 2/5 @@ -659,49 +537,30 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Basic Client Settings:\n" -"Enter your Default Domain, Default Realm, and the hostname or " -"address of your Key Distribution Center (KDC Server Address). To " -"specify more values for KDC, separate them by spaces." +"Enter your Default Domain, Default Realm, and the hostname or address of your Key Distribution Center (KDC Server Address). To specify more values for KDC, separate them by spaces." msgstr "" "\n" "Configuración básica del cliente\n" -"Introduzca su Dominio por defecto, el Dominio (Realm) por defecto</" -"b> y el nombre de host o la dirección del centro de distribución de claves " -"(Dirección del servidor KDC). Puede agregar varios valores para KDC " -"separados por espacios." +"Introduzca su Dominio por defecto, el Dominio (Realm) por defecto y el nombre de host o la dirección del centro de distribución de claves (Dirección del servidor KDC). Puede agregar varios valores para KDC separados por espacios." #. help text 3/5 #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:719 msgid "" "\n" -"It is common practice to use the domain name in uppercase as your default " -"realm name, but you can select freely. If the realm is not available on the " -"server, you cannot log in. Ask your server administrator if you need more " -"information.\n" +"It is common practice to use the domain name in uppercase as your default realm name, but you can select freely. If the realm is not available on the server, you cannot log in. Ask your server administrator if you need more information.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Es habitual poner el nombre del dominio en mayúsculas como nombre de dominio " -"(realm) por defecto, pero queda a su elección. Si el dominio (realm) no está " -"disponible en el servidor, no podrá iniciar sesión. Consulte al " -"administrador del servidor si necesita más información.\n" +"Es habitual poner el nombre del dominio en mayúsculas como nombre de dominio (realm) por defecto, pero queda a su elección. Si el dominio (realm) no está disponible en el servidor, no podrá iniciar sesión. Consulte al administrador del servidor si necesita más información.\n" #. help text for Use DNS to acquire the configuration data at runtime #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:723 -msgid "" -"Check Use DNS to Acquire the Configuration Data at Runtime to let " -"your client use the Kerberos authentication data provided by DNS. This " -"option cannot be selected if the DNS server does not provide such data." -msgstr "" -"Active Usar DNS para adquirir los datos de configuración en tiempo de " -"ejecución para permitir a su cliente utilizar los datos de autenticación " -"Kerberos proporcionados mediante DNS. Esta opción no se puede seleccionar si " -"el servidor DNS no proporciona dichos datos." +msgid "Check Use DNS to Acquire the Configuration Data at Runtime to let your client use the Kerberos authentication data provided by DNS. This option cannot be selected if the DNS server does not provide such data." +msgstr "Active Usar DNS para adquirir los datos de configuración en tiempo de ejecución para permitir a su cliente utilizar los datos de autenticación Kerberos proporcionados mediante DNS. Esta opción no se puede seleccionar si el servidor DNS no proporciona dichos datos." #. help text 5/5 #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:727 msgid "To configure more settings, click Advanced Settings." -msgstr "" -"Para configurar más opciones, pulse Configuración avanzada." +msgstr "Para configurar más opciones, pulse Configuración avanzada." #. radio button label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:752 @@ -718,8 +577,7 @@ #. checkbox label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:777 msgid "Use DN&S to acquire the configuration data at runtime" -msgstr "" -"Usar DN&S para obtener los datos de configuración en tiempo de ejecución" +msgstr "Usar DN&S para obtener los datos de configuración en tiempo de ejecución" #. frame label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:785 Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/ldap-client.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/ldap-client.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/ldap-client.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -233,8 +233,7 @@ #. error message #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:462 msgid "Could not download the certificate file from specified URL." -msgstr "" -"No se pudo descargar el archivo del certificado del enlace especificado." +msgstr "No se pudo descargar el archivo del certificado del enlace especificado." #. popup message, %1 is file name, %2 directory #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:497 @@ -258,19 +257,14 @@ #. help text 2/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:535 -msgid "" -"To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select Use LDAP</" -"b>. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione Usar LDAP para autenticar a los usuarios con un " -"servidor OpenLDAP. NSS y PAM serán configurados en consecuencia." +msgid "To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select Use LDAP. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly." +msgstr "Seleccione Usar LDAP para autenticar a los usuarios con un servidor OpenLDAP. NSS y PAM serán configurados en consecuencia." #. help text 3/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:539 msgid "" "To deactivate LDAP services, click Do Not Use LDAP.\n" -"If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch." -"conf\n" +"If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf\n" "will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP entry\n" "removed." msgstr "" @@ -281,114 +275,71 @@ #. help text 3.5/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:546 -msgid "" -"To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select " -"Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins." -msgstr "" -"Para activar LDAP pero prohibir a los usuarios que inicien sesión en este " -"equipo, seleccione Usar LDAP pero inhabilitar inicios de sesión." +msgid "To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins." +msgstr "Para activar LDAP pero prohibir a los usuarios que inicien sesión en este equipo, seleccione Usar LDAP pero inhabilitar inicios de sesión." #. help text #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:550 -msgid "" -"Check Use System Security Services Daemon if you want the system " -"to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap." -msgstr "" -"Check Usar el System Security Services Daemon si desea que el " -"sistema use SSSD en lugar de nss_ldap." +msgid "Check Use System Security Services Daemon if you want the system to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap." +msgstr "Check Usar el System Security Services Daemon si desea que el sistema use SSSD en lugar de nss_ldap." #. help text 4/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:554 msgid "" -"Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) " -"in Addresses and the distinguished name of the search base (Base " -"DN, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n" -"by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve " -"the\n" -"addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the " -"server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap." -"example.com:379</tt>.\n" +"Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in Addresses and the distinguished name of the search base (Base DN, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n" +"by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve the\n" +"addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Escriba la dirección del servidor LDAP (por ejemplo, ldap.ejemplo.com o " -"10.20.0.2) en el campo de las direcciones y el nombre completo de la " -"base de búsqueda (DN base como, por ejemplo, dc=ejemplo,dc=com). Si " -"especifica más de una\n" +"Escriba la dirección del servidor LDAP (por ejemplo, ldap.ejemplo.com o 10.20.0.2) en el campo de las direcciones y el nombre completo de la base de búsqueda (DN base como, por ejemplo, dc=ejemplo,dc=com). Si especifica más de una\n" "dirección, sepárelas con espacios. Debe ser posible que las direcciones\n" -" se puedan resolver sin usar LDAP. También puede especificar el puerto en el " -"que se está ejecutando el servidor usando la sintaxis \"servidor:puerto\", " -"por ejemplo, <tt>ldap.ejemplo.com:379</tt>.\n" +" se puedan resolver sin usar LDAP. También puede especificar el puerto en el que se está ejecutando el servidor usando la sintaxis \"servidor:puerto\", por ejemplo, <tt>ldap.ejemplo.com:379</tt>.\n" " \n" #. help text 5/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:561 -msgid "" -"With Find, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the " -"service location protocol (SLP). Using Fetch DN, read the base DN " -"from server." -msgstr "" -"Con Buscar puede seleccionar el servidor LDAP de la lista " -"proporcionada por el protocolo de localización de servicios (SLP). La opción " -"Obtener DN le permite leer el DN base del servidor." +msgid "With Find, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the service location protocol (SLP). Using Fetch DN, read the base DN from server." +msgstr "Con Buscar puede seleccionar el servidor LDAP de la lista proporcionada por el protocolo de localización de servicios (SLP). La opción Obtener DN le permite leer el DN base del servidor." #. help text 6/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:565 msgid "" "Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -"If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/SSL</" -"b>\n" +"If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/SSL\n" "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a CA\n" "certificate file in PEM format from a given URL.\n" msgstr "" "Algunos Servidores LDAP soportan StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" "Si tu servidor lo soporta y está configurado, activa LDAP TLS/SSL\n" -"para cifrar tu comunicación con el servidor LDAP. Debes descargar el archivo " -"de certificado\n" +"para cifrar tu comunicación con el servidor LDAP. Debes descargar el archivo de certificado\n" " CA en formato PEM desde el enlace dado.\n" #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:571 msgid "" -"A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the " -"config\n" -" options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on " -"server certificates.\n" -" The value is the level that can be specified with keywords " -"never, allow,\n" -" try and demand. In the SSL/TLS Configuration " -"dialog there is\n" -" the option Request server certificate which will set the " -"TLS_REQCERT\n" -" configuration option to demand if it's enabled or to " -"allow if it's disabled.\n" +"A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the config\n" +" options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on server certificates.\n" +" The value is the level that can be specified with keywords never, allow,\n" +" try and demand. In the SSL/TLS Configuration dialog there is\n" +" the option Request server certificate which will set the TLS_REQCERT\n" +" configuration option to demand if it's enabled or to allow if it's disabled.\n" msgstr "" -"Una sesión TLS puede requerir una configuración especial del cliente. Una " -"de las opciones \n" -"de configuración es TLS_REQCERT, que especifica que comprobaciones se deben " -"realizar en los certificados del servidor.\n" -"El valor es el nivel que puede ser especificado con palabras clave " -"nunca, permitir, \n" -"intentar y demanda. En el dialogo configuración SSL/TLS " -"existe \n" -"la opción Solicitar certificado del servidor, que configura " -"una opción TLS_REQCERT \n" -"para demanda si esta habilitada o " -"permitir si esta deshabilitada.\n" +"Una sesión TLS puede requerir una configuración especial del cliente. Una de las opciones \n" +"de configuración es TLS_REQCERT, que especifica que comprobaciones se deben realizar en los certificados del servidor.\n" +"El valor es el nivel que puede ser especificado con palabras clave nunca, permitir, \n" +"intentar y demanda. En el dialogo configuración SSL/TLS existe \n" +"la opción Solicitar certificado del servidor, que configura una opción TLS_REQCERT \n" +"para demanda si esta habilitada o permitir si esta deshabilitada.\n" #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:579 msgid "" -"In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS " -"URLs.\n" -" LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They " -"have a syntax\n" -" similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the " -"default port for LDAPS URLs\n" +"In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS URLs.\n" +" LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They have a syntax\n" +" similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the default port for LDAPS URLs\n" " is 636 instead of 389.\n" msgstr "" "Ademas de las URLs LDAP y el cifrado TLS/SSL, LDAP soporta URLs LDAPS.\n" -"URLs LDAPS utilizan conexiones SSL en lugar de conexiones simples. Tienen " -"una sintaxis \n" -"similar a URLs LDAP excepto los esquemas y el puerto por defecto " -"para URLs LDAPS \n" +"URLs LDAPS utilizan conexiones SSL en lugar de conexiones simples. Tienen una sintaxis \n" +"similar a URLs LDAP excepto los esquemas y el puerto por defecto para URLs LDAPS \n" "es 636 en lugar de 389.\n" #. help text 8/9 @@ -407,17 +358,14 @@ #. help text 9/9 (additional) #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:591 msgid "" -"Automounter is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, " -"such\n" +"Automounter is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, such\n" "as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should already\n" "exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but you\n" "want to use it, it will be installed automatically.\n" msgstr "" -"El automounter es un daemon que monta automáticamente " -"directorios,\n" +"El automounter es un daemon que monta automáticamente directorios,\n" "como los directorios locales de usuario. Sus archivos de configuración\n" -"(auto.*) deberían existir ya localmente o a través de LDAP. Si automounter " -"no está instalado y \n" +"(auto.*) deberían existir ya localmente o a través de LDAP. Si automounter no está instalado y \n" " desea usarlo, se instalará automáticamente.\n" #. check box label @@ -505,8 +453,7 @@ "\n" "La configuración actual no usa SSSD, si no nss_ldap.\n" "YaST sólo soporta configuraciones basadas en SSSD.\n" -"¿Quieres continuar y usar SSSD, o cancelar para mantener la configuración " -"anterior?" +"¿Quieres continuar y usar SSSD, o cancelar para mantener la configuración anterior?" #. error popup label #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:838 @@ -531,8 +478,7 @@ "you cannot retrieve data with NIS. Really use LDAP instead of NIS?\n" msgstr "" "Al configurar el equipo como cliente LDAP,\n" -"no es posible recuperar los datos con NIS. ¿Seguro que desea usar LDAP en " -"lugar de NIS?\n" +"no es posible recuperar los datos con NIS. ¿Seguro que desea usar LDAP en lugar de NIS?\n" # clients/lan_ypclient.ycp:131 # clients/lan_ypclient.ycp:117 menuentries/menuentry_lan_ypclient.ycp:14 @@ -550,8 +496,7 @@ "the machine to enable it for all services.\n" msgstr "" "Este cambio sólo afecta a los procesos recién creados y no a los servicios\n" -"en ejecución. Para aplicar el cambio a todos los servicios, reinicie los " -"servicios\n" +"en ejecución. Para aplicar el cambio a todos los servicios, reinicie los servicios\n" "manualmente o reinicie el equipo.\n" #. message popup, part 1/2 @@ -568,12 +513,10 @@ #. yes/no question #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:970 msgid "" -"The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is " -"disabled.\n" +"The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is disabled.\n" "Enable certificate checks now?" msgstr "" -"La seguridad de la conección está activada, pero la verificación del " -"certificado del servidor está desactiada.\n" +"La seguridad de la conección está activada, pero la verificación del certificado del servidor está desactiada.\n" "¿Activar la verificación de certificados ahora?" # clients/support_question.ycp:110 @@ -587,32 +530,22 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1017 msgid "" -"If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the realm and " -"KDC Address.\n" -"Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking SSSD " -"Offline Authentication.\n" -"For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>." -"\n" +"If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the realm and KDC Address.\n" +"Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking SSSD Offline Authentication.\n" +"For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.\n" msgstr "" -"Si se va a utilizar la autenticación Kerberos, especifique el reino</" -"b> y la Dirección KDC.\n" -"Determine si las credenciales de usuario se deben cachear localmente " -"activando la Autenticación SSSD Offline.\n" -"Para más información sobre las configuraciones SSSD, compruebe la página del " -"manual de <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.\n" +"Si se va a utilizar la autenticación Kerberos, especifique el reino y la Dirección KDC.\n" +"Determine si las credenciales de usuario se deben cachear localmente activando la Autenticación SSSD Offline.\n" +"Para más información sobre las configuraciones SSSD, compruebe la página del manual de <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1023 msgid "" -"Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute of " -"the\n" -"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation " -"of its values." +"Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute of the\n" +"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation of its values." msgstr "" -"Protocolo de cambio de contraseña hace referencia al atributo " -"pam_password del \n" -"archivo <tt>/etc/ldap.conf.</tt> Consulte <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> para una " -"explicación de sus valores." +"Protocolo de cambio de contraseña hace referencia al atributo pam_password del \n" +"archivo <tt>/etc/ldap.conf.</tt> Consulte <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> para una explicación de sus valores." #. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1028 @@ -621,20 +554,16 @@ "The default value for Group Member Attribute is %1.\n" msgstr "" "Defina el tipo de grupos LDAP que se debe usar.\n" -"El valor por defecto para Atributo de miembro de grupo es %1.</" -"p>\n" +"El valor por defecto para Atributo de miembro de grupo es %1.\n" #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1034 msgid "" "If secure connection requires certificate checking, specify where your\n" -"certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing " -"certificates\n" +"certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing certificates\n" "or the explicit path to one certificate file." msgstr "" -"Si la conexión segura requiere verificación de certificado, especifica " -"dónde\n" -"está ubicado el archivo de certificado. Introduce o bien un directorio que " -"contenga\n" +"Si la conexión segura requiere verificación de certificado, especifica dónde\n" +"está ubicado el archivo de certificado. Introduce o bien un directorio que contenga\n" "certificados,o bien la ruta explícita a un archivo de certificado." #. help text caption 2 @@ -658,55 +587,42 @@ msgid "" "To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n" "Administrator DN.\n" -"You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) " -"or \n" -"the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is " -"appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" +"You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or \n" +"the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" msgstr "" "Para acceder a los datos almacenados en el servidor, introduzca el \n" "DN de administrador.\n" -" Puede introducir el DN completo (por ejemplo, cn=Administrador,dc=midominio," -"dc=com) o simplemente\n" -" el DN relativo (por ejemplo, cn=Administrador). El DN base para LDAP se " -"añadirá automáticamente si se marca la opción adecuada.\n" +" Puede introducir el DN completo (por ejemplo, cn=Administrador,dc=midominio,dc=com) o simplemente\n" +" el DN relativo (por ejemplo, cn=Administrador). El DN base para LDAP se añadirá automáticamente si se marca la opción adecuada.\n" #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1057 msgid "" "To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups,\n" -"check Create Default Configuration Objects. The objects are only " -"created when they do not already exist.\n" +"check Create Default Configuration Objects. The objects are only created when they do not already exist.\n" msgstr "" -"Active la opción Crear objetos de configuración predeterminada " -"para\n" -"crear los objetos de configuración predeterminada para los usuarios y grupos " -"LDAP. Los objetos sólo se crearán cuando todavía no existan.\n" +"Active la opción Crear objetos de configuración predeterminada para\n" +"crear los objetos de configuración predeterminada para los usuarios y grupos LDAP. Los objetos sólo se crearán cuando todavía no existan.\n" #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1061 msgid "" "Press Configure to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet " -"or\n" +"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" "have changed your configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Pulse Configurar para configurar los valores guardados en el\n" -"servidor LDAP. Se le pedirá la contraseña si todavía no está conectado o si " -"ha\n" +"servidor LDAP. Se le pedirá la contraseña si todavía no está conectado o si ha\n" "modificado la configuración.\n" #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1068 msgid "" -"Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if " -"they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" -"set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and " -"ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.\n" +"Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" +"set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.\n" msgstr "" -"Especifique las bases de búsqueda a usar para mapas específicos (usuarios " -"o grupos) si son diferentes desde el DN base. Estos valores son\n" -"configurados en los atributos ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base " -"yldap_autofs_search_base en el archivo /etc/sssd/sssd.conf.\n" +"Especifique las bases de búsqueda a usar para mapas específicos (usuarios o grupos) si son diferentes desde el DN base. Estos valores son\n" +"configurados en los atributos ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base yldap_autofs_search_base en el archivo /etc/sssd/sssd.conf.\n" # # clients/ui_helps.ycp:78 include/security/ui.ycp:638 @@ -887,10 +803,8 @@ "for new objects. Modify the list by adding new values, editing or\n" "removing current ones.\n" msgstr "" -"La segunda tabla contiene una lista de valores predeterminados " -"usados\n" -"para nuevos objetos. Modifica la lista añadiendo nuevos valores, editando o " -"eliminando\n" +"La segunda tabla contiene una lista de valores predeterminados usados\n" +"para nuevos objetos. Modifica la lista añadiendo nuevos valores, editando o eliminando\n" "los actuales.\n" #. table header 1/2 @@ -966,10 +880,8 @@ "create one with New. Delete the current module\n" "using Delete.\n" msgstr "" -"Cada conjunto de configuración se denomina \"módulo de configuración\". " -"Si no hay\n" -"ningún módulo de configuración en la ubicación proporcionada (configuración " -"base),\n" +"Cada conjunto de configuración se denomina \"módulo de configuración\". Si no hay\n" +"ningún módulo de configuración en la ubicación proporcionada (configuración base),\n" " cree uno con la opción Nuevo. Elimine el módulo actual \n" "usando Suprimir.\n" @@ -977,14 +889,11 @@ #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1897 msgid "" "Edit the values of attributes in the table with Edit.\n" -"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the cn value " -"renames the\n" +"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the cn value renames the\n" "current module.\n" msgstr "" -"Utilice el botón Editar para modificar los valores de atributos de " -"la tabla.\n" -"Algunos valores tienen un significado especial, por ejemplo, al modificar el " -"valor cn\n" +"Utilice el botón Editar para modificar los valores de atributos de la tabla.\n" +"Algunos valores tienen un significado especial, por ejemplo, al modificar el valor cn\n" "se cambia el nombre del módulo actual.\n" #. helptext 4/4 @@ -1038,18 +947,10 @@ msgstr "Iniciando..." #~ msgid "Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Explore el árbol LDAP en la parte izquierda del cuadro de diálogo." +#~ msgstr "Explore el árbol LDAP en la parte izquierda del cuadro de diálogo." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the " -#~ "object data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected " -#~ "attribute. Use Save to save your changes to LDAP." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Una vez seleccionado el objeto LDAP en el árbol, la tabla le muestra " -#~ "los datos del objeto. Utilice Editar para modificar el valor del " -#~ "atributo seleccionado. Utilice Guardar para guardar los cambios en " -#~ "LDAP." +#~ msgid "Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use Save to save your changes to LDAP." +#~ msgstr "Una vez seleccionado el objeto LDAP en el árbol, la tabla le muestra los datos del objeto. Utilice Editar para modificar el valor del atributo seleccionado. Utilice Guardar para guardar los cambios en LDAP." #~ msgid "" #~ "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" @@ -1099,17 +1000,14 @@ #~ msgstr "Utilice TLS para resolver una identidad" #~ msgid "Verify that the LDAP Server is running and reachable." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Verifique que el servidor LDAP está ejecutándose y se puede alcanzar." +#~ msgstr "Verifique que el servidor LDAP está ejecutándose y se puede alcanzar." #~ msgid "" #~ "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" -#~ "Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server " -#~ "Certificate is valid." +#~ "Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate is valid." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Falló el establecimiento de la codificación TLS.\n" -#~ "Verifique que el certificado de la CA está instalado y el del servidor " -#~ "es válido." +#~ "Verifique que el certificado de la CA está instalado y el del servidor es válido." #~ msgid "" #~ "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" @@ -1219,8 +1117,7 @@ #~ "Retry connection without TLS/SSL?\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Una posible causa del fallo en la conexión puede deberse a que su\n" -#~ "cliente este configurado para usar TLS/SSL pero el servidor no lo " -#~ "permite.\n" +#~ "cliente este configurado para usar TLS/SSL pero el servidor no lo permite.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "¿Reintentar la conexión desactivando TLS/SSL?\n" @@ -1248,8 +1145,7 @@ #~ "An object with the selected DN exists, but it is not a template object.\n" #~ "Select another one.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Existe un objeto con el DN seleccionado, pero no es un objeto de la " -#~ "plantilla.\n" +#~ "Existe un objeto con el DN seleccionado, pero no es un objeto de la plantilla.\n" #~ "Seleccione otro.\n" # modules/Lan.ycp:210 modules/Modem.ycp:191 @@ -1299,14 +1195,12 @@ #~ "If the attribute can have more values, add new entries\n" #~ "with Add Value. Sometimes the button contains the list of\n" #~ "possible values to use for the current attribute.\n" -#~ "If the value of the edited attribute should be a distinguished name " -#~ "(DN),\n" +#~ "If the value of the edited attribute should be a distinguished name (DN),\n" #~ "it is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using Browse.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si el atributo puede tener más valores, añada nuevas entradas\n" -#~ "mediante Añadir valor. En ocasiones el botón incluye la lista de " -#~ "valores\n" +#~ "mediante Añadir valor. En ocasiones el botón incluye la lista de valores\n" #~ "posibles para usarlos con el atributo actual.\n" #~ "Si el valor del atributo editado debe ser un nombre completo (DN),\n" #~ "dicho nombre se puede elegir en el árbol LDAP usando Examinar.\n" @@ -1358,27 +1252,21 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" -#~ "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults " -#~ "when\n" +#~ "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" #~ "the new object is created.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Introduzca aquí los valores de los atributos pertenecientes a un\n" -#~ "objeto por medio de la plantilla actual. Estos valores se usarán como " -#~ "valores predeterminados\n" +#~ "objeto por medio de la plantilla actual. Estos valores se usarán como valores predeterminados\n" #~ "para crear el nuevo objeto.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" -#~ "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be " -#~ "replaced\n" -#~ "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid" -#~ "\"\n" +#~ "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" +#~ "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" #~ "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Puede utilizar una sintaxis especial para crear valores de atributos a " -#~ "partir de\n" -#~ "valores ya existentes. La expresión %attr_name será sustituida por " -#~ "el valor\n" +#~ "Puede utilizar una sintaxis especial para crear valores de atributos a partir de\n" +#~ "valores ya existentes. La expresión %attr_name será sustituida por el valor\n" #~ "del atributo \"attr_name\" (por ejemplo, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" #~ "como valor de \"homeDirectory\").\n" @@ -1400,142 +1288,52 @@ #~ msgid "There was a problem with writing data to the LDAP server." #~ msgstr "Se ha producido un problema al escribir datos en el servidor LDAP." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging " -#~ "Policies, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password " -#~ "policy groups of attributes to configure." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccione las pestañas Directivas de cambio de contraseñas, " -#~ "Directivas de antigüedad de contraseñas, y Directivas de " -#~ "bloqueo, para elegir los grupos de directivas de contraseñas LDAP de " -#~ "los atributos que se deben configurar." +#~ msgid "Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure." +#~ msgstr "Seleccione las pestañas Directivas de cambio de contraseñas, Directivas de antigüedad de contraseñas, y Directivas de bloqueo, para elegir los grupos de directivas de contraseñas LDAP de los atributos que se deben configurar." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to " -#~ "set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords " -#~ "may not be used." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Especifique el Número máximo de contraseñas almacenadas en el " -#~ "historial para establecer cuántas contraseñas previamente usadas se " -#~ "deben guardar. Las contraseñas guardadas no se podrán usar." +#~ msgid "Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used." +#~ msgstr "Especifique el Número máximo de contraseñas almacenadas en el historial para establecer cuántas contraseñas previamente usadas se deben guardar. Las contraseñas guardadas no se podrán usar." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to " -#~ "change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an " -#~ "administrator." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Marque la opción El usuario debe cambiar la contraseña después de " -#~ "restaurar para obligar a los usuarios a que cambien sus contraseñas " -#~ "después de que el administrador las restaure o las cambie." +#~ msgid "Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator." +#~ msgstr "Marque la opción El usuario debe cambiar la contraseña después de restaurar para obligar a los usuarios a que cambien sus contraseñas después de que el administrador las restaure o las cambie." # include/network/providers.ycp:114 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their " -#~ "passwords." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Marque la opción El usuario puede cambiar la contraseña para " -#~ "que los usuarios puedan cambiar sus contraseñas." +#~ msgid "Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their passwords." +#~ msgstr "Marque la opción El usuario puede cambiar la contraseña para que los usuarios puedan cambiar sus contraseñas." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, " -#~ "check Old Password Required for Password Change." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si hay que proporcionar la contraseña existente junto con la nueva, " -#~ "marque la opción Se requiere la contraseña antigua para cambiar la " -#~ "contraseña." +#~ msgid "If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check Old Password Required for Password Change." +#~ msgstr "Si hay que proporcionar la contraseña existente junto con la nueva, marque la opción Se requiere la contraseña antigua para cambiar la contraseña." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords " -#~ "are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not " -#~ "be checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords " -#~ "are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the " -#~ "user has provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked " -#~ "Passwords passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the " -#~ "password cannot be checked." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Indique si es necesario comprobar la calidad de las contraseñas al " -#~ "modificarlas o añadirlas. Seleccione No comprobar si no es " -#~ "necesario comprobar las contraseñas en absoluto. Con la opción Aceptar " -#~ "contraseñas no verificables las contraseñas se aceptan incluso si la " -#~ "comprobación no se puede realizar (por ejemplo, si el usuario ha " -#~ "proporcionado una contraseña cifrada). La opción Aceptar sólo " -#~ "contraseñas verificadas provoca que se rechacen las contraseñas si la " -#~ "prueba de calidad no es satisfactoria o si la contraseña no se puede " -#~ "verificar." +#~ msgid "Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked." +#~ msgstr "Indique si es necesario comprobar la calidad de las contraseñas al modificarlas o añadirlas. Seleccione No comprobar si no es necesario comprobar las contraseñas en absoluto. Con la opción Aceptar contraseñas no verificables las contraseñas se aceptan incluso si la comprobación no se puede realizar (por ejemplo, si el usuario ha proporcionado una contraseña cifrada). La opción Aceptar sólo contraseñas verificadas provoca que se rechacen las contraseñas si la prueba de calidad no es satisfactoria o si la contraseña no se puede verificar." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in " -#~ "Minimum Password Length." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Determine el número mínimo de caracteres que se debe usar en una " -#~ "contraseña en el campo Longitud mínima de la contraseña." +#~ msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in Minimum Password Length." +#~ msgstr "Determine el número mínimo de caracteres que se debe usar en una contraseña en el campo Longitud mínima de la contraseña." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between " -#~ "modifications to the password." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Antigüedad mínima de la contraseña indica cuánto tiempo debe " -#~ "transcurrir entre las modificaciones de la contraseña." +#~ msgid "Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password." +#~ msgstr "Antigüedad mínima de la contraseña indica cuánto tiempo debe transcurrir entre las modificaciones de la contraseña." # clients/ui_helps.ycp:116 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a " -#~ "password expires." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Antigüedad máxima de la contraseña indica cuándo caduca la " -#~ "contraseña después de haberla modificado." +#~ msgid "Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password expires." +#~ msgstr "Antigüedad máxima de la contraseña indica cuándo caduca la contraseña después de haberla modificado." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how " -#~ "long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning " -#~ "messages should be given to an authenticating user." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "En el campo Antelación para mostrar advertencia sobre la caducidad " -#~ "de la contraseña indique la antelación con la que se deben mostrar " -#~ "los mensajes de advertencia de caducidad al usuario que se va a " -#~ "autenticar." +#~ msgid "In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user." +#~ msgstr "En el campo Antelación para mostrar advertencia sobre la caducidad de la contraseña indique la antelación con la que se deben mostrar los mensajes de advertencia de caducidad al usuario que se va a autenticar." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set the number of times an expired password can be used to " -#~ "authenticate in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Indique el número de veces que se puede usar una contraseña caducada " -#~ "para autenticarse en Usos permitidos de una contraseña caducada.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." +#~ msgstr "Indique el número de veces que se puede usar una contraseña caducada para autenticarse en Usos permitidos de una contraseña caducada." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after " -#~ "a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Marque la opción Habilitar bloqueo de contraseña para impedir " -#~ "que una contraseña se pueda usar después del número especificado de " -#~ "intentos fallidos consecutivos para conectarse." +#~ msgid "Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." +#~ msgstr "Marque la opción Habilitar bloqueo de contraseña para impedir que una contraseña se pueda usar después del número especificado de intentos fallidos consecutivos para conectarse." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the " -#~ "password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the " -#~ "Password." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Indique el número de intentos fallidos consecutivos tras los cuales ya " -#~ "no se podrá usar la contraseña para autenticarse en Fallos de conexión " -#~ "para bloquear la contraseña." +#~ msgid "Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the Password." +#~ msgstr "Indique el número de intentos fallidos consecutivos tras los cuales ya no se podrá usar la contraseña para autenticarse en Fallos de conexión para bloquear la contraseña." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration</" -#~ "b>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Indique el tiempo durante el que no se podrá usar la contraseña en " -#~ "Duración del bloqueo de la contraseña." +#~ msgid "Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." +#~ msgstr "Indique el tiempo durante el que no se podrá usar la contraseña en Duración del bloqueo de la contraseña." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password " -#~ "failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful " -#~ "authentication has occurred." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Duración en caché de los fallos de conexión indica cuánto " -#~ "tiempo debe transcurrir para que los errores de contraseña se eliminen " -#~ "del contador de fallos, a pesar de que no se haya producido ninguna " -#~ "autenticación correcta." +#~ msgid "Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred." +#~ msgstr "Duración en caché de los fallos de conexión indica cuánto tiempo debe transcurrir para que los errores de contraseña se eliminen del contador de fallos, a pesar de que no se haya producido ninguna autenticación correcta." #~ msgid "&Password Change Policies" #~ msgstr "Directivas de &cambio de contraseñas" @@ -1608,8 +1406,7 @@ # # clients/ui_widgets.ycp:145 #~ msgid "Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Antelación para mostrar advertencia sobre la caducidad de la contraseña" +#~ msgstr "Antelación para mostrar advertencia sobre la caducidad de la contraseña" # include/nis_server/master.ycp:68 #~ msgid "Allowed Uses of an Expired Password" @@ -1646,15 +1443,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/" -#~ "SSL\n" -#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download CA " -#~ "certificate file in PEM format from given URL.\n" +#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/SSL\n" +#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download CA certificate file in PEM format from given URL.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Algunos Servidores LDAP soportan StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" #~ "Si tu servidor lo soporta y está configurado, activa LDAP TLS/SSL\n" -#~ "para encriptar tu comunicación con el servidor LDAP. Debes descargar el " -#~ "archivo de certificado CA en formato PEM desde el enlace dado.\n" +#~ "para encriptar tu comunicación con el servidor LDAP. Debes descargar el archivo de certificado CA en formato PEM desde el enlace dado.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "For configuration of advanced LDAP settings, click\n" @@ -1671,8 +1465,7 @@ #~ "If it is not installed and you want to use it, it is installed\n" #~ "automatically.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "El automounter es un daemon que monta automáticamente " -#~ "directorios\n" +#~ "El automounter es un daemon que monta automáticamente directorios\n" #~ "como por ejemplo los directorios locales de usuario.\n" #~ "Se sobreentiende que sus archivos de configuración (auto.*) ya existen,\n" #~ "ya sea localmente o a través de LDAP.\n" @@ -1707,105 +1500,72 @@ #~ "ha sido copiado al directorio '%2' " #~ msgid "" -#~ "Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users, passwords, " -#~ "and groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" -#~ "set to the nss_base_passwd, nss_base_shadow, and nss_base_group " -#~ "attributes\n" +#~ "Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users, passwords, and groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" +#~ "set to the nss_base_passwd, nss_base_shadow, and nss_base_group attributes\n" #~ "in /etc/ldap.conf file.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Indique las bases de búsqueda que se deben usar para indicar las " -#~ "asignaciones (usuarios, contraseñas y grupos) si son distintas de las DN " -#~ "base. Estos valores se\n" -#~ "definen para los atributos nss_base_passwd, nss_base_shadow y " -#~ "nss_base_group del\n" +#~ "Indique las bases de búsqueda que se deben usar para indicar las asignaciones (usuarios, contraseñas y grupos) si son distintas de las DN base. Estos valores se\n" +#~ "definen para los atributos nss_base_passwd, nss_base_shadow y nss_base_group del\n" #~ "archivo /etc/ldap.conf.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute " -#~ "of the <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for the " -#~ "meaning of its values." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Protocolo de cambio de contraseña hace referencia al atributo " -#~ "pam_password del archivo <tt>/etc/ldap.conf.</tt> Consulte el archivo " -#~ "<tt>man pam_ldap</tt> para averiguar el significado de estos valores." +#~ msgid "Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute of the <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for the meaning of its values." +#~ msgstr "Protocolo de cambio de contraseña hace referencia al atributo pam_password del archivo <tt>/etc/ldap.conf.</tt> Consulte el archivo <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> para averiguar el significado de estos valores." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If secure connection requires certificate checking, you may specify " -#~ "where is your certificate file located. It is possible to enter either " -#~ "directory with certificates, or the explicit path to one certificate file." -#~ "" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si la conección seguro requiere verificación de certificado, debe " -#~ "especificar donde esta localizado el archivo de certificado. Es posible " -#~ "especificar ya sea el directorio con los certificados, o la ruta " -#~ "explícita hacia un archivo de certificado." +#~ msgid "If secure connection requires certificate checking, you may specify where is your certificate file located. It is possible to enter either directory with certificates, or the explicit path to one certificate file." +#~ msgstr "Si la conección seguro requiere verificación de certificado, debe especificar donde esta localizado el archivo de certificado. Es posible especificar ya sea el directorio con los certificados, o la ruta explícita hacia un archivo de certificado." #~ msgid "" #~ "Normally, the LDAP version 3 protocol is used. If you have\n" #~ "an LDAP server using protocol 2 (for example, OpenLDAP v1), activate\n" #~ "LDAP Version 2.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Normalmente se usa la versión 3 del protocolo LDAP. Si hay un " -#~ "servidor \n" +#~ "Normalmente se usa la versión 3 del protocolo LDAP. Si hay un servidor \n" #~ "LDAP que está usando el protocolo 2 (por ejemplo, OpenLDAP v1), active\n" #~ " LDAP versión 2.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "First, set Configuration Base DN.\n" -#~ "It is the base for storing your configuration data, which is saved on the " -#~ "LDAP\n" +#~ "It is the base for storing your configuration data, which is saved on the LDAP\n" #~ "server.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "En primer lugar especifique la Configuración de DN base.\n" -#~ "Se trata de la base para guardar los datos de la configuración " -#~ "almacenada\n" +#~ "Se trata de la base para guardar los datos de la configuración almacenada\n" #~ "en el servidor LDAP.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n" #~ "Administrator DN.\n" -#~ "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain," -#~ "dc=com) or just\n" -#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is " -#~ "appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" +#~ "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or just\n" +#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Para acceder a los datos almacenados en el servidor, introduzca el \n" #~ "DN de administración.\n" -#~ " Puede introducir el DN completo (por ejemplo, cn=Administrador," -#~ "dc=midominio,dc=com) o simplemente\n" -#~ " el DN relativo (por ejemplo, cn=Administrador). El DN base para LDAP se " -#~ "añadirá automáticamente si se marca la opción adecuada.\n" +#~ " Puede introducir el DN completo (por ejemplo, cn=Administrador,dc=midominio,dc=com) o simplemente\n" +#~ " el DN relativo (por ejemplo, cn=Administrador). El DN base para LDAP se añadirá automáticamente si se marca la opción adecuada.\n" #~ msgid "Home Directories" #~ msgstr "Directorios personales" #~ msgid "" #~ "If home directories of users should be stored on this machine,\n" -#~ "check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any " -#~ "direct\n" -#~ "action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can " -#~ "manage\n" +#~ "check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any direct\n" +#~ "action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can manage\n" #~ "user home directories.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si se deben almacenar en este equipo directorios personales de los\n" #~ "usuarios, marque la opción adecuada. Cambiar este valor no causa ninguna\n" -#~ "acción directa; se trata sólo de información para el módulo de usuarios " -#~ "de YaST, que\n" +#~ "acción directa; se trata sólo de información para el módulo de usuarios de YaST, que\n" #~ "puede gestionar los directorios personales de los usuarios.\n" #~ msgid "Password Policy" #~ msgstr "Directiva de contraseñas" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add</" -#~ "b> to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" +#~ "Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" #~ " if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configure la directiva de contraseñas seleccionada con Editar. " -#~ "Utilice Añadir para agregar nuevas directivas de contraseñas. Esta " -#~ "configuración sólo es posible\n" -#~ " cuando las directivas de contraseñas ya están habilitadas en el " -#~ "servidor LDAP." +#~ "Configure la directiva de contraseñas seleccionada con Editar. Utilice Añadir para agregar nuevas directivas de contraseñas. Esta configuración sólo es posible\n" +#~ " cuando las directivas de contraseñas ya están habilitadas en el servidor LDAP." # include/network/providers.ycp:505 #~ msgid "&Password Map" @@ -1856,16 +1616,12 @@ #~ "for new objects. Modify the list by adding new values and editing or\n" #~ "removing current ones.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "La segunda tabla contiene una lista de valores predeterminados " -#~ "usados\n" -#~ "para nuevos objetos. Puede modificar la lista añadiendo nuevos valores y " -#~ "eliminando\n" +#~ "La segunda tabla contiene una lista de valores predeterminados usados\n" +#~ "para nuevos objetos. Puede modificar la lista añadiendo nuevos valores y eliminando\n" #~ "valores existentes.\n" #~ msgid "Here, manage the configuration stored in LDAP directory." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Aquí puede administrar la configuración guardada en el directorio LDAP." -#~ "" +#~ msgstr "Aquí puede administrar la configuración guardada en el directorio LDAP." #~ msgid "" #~ "You currently have configuration modules\n" @@ -1885,8 +1641,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/" -#~ "SSL\n" +#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/SSL\n" #~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Algunos servidores LDAP son compatibles con StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/ldap-server.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/ldap-server.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/ldap-server.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -118,12 +118,8 @@ #. error popup #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:58 #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:228 -msgid "" -"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings " -"later in the installed system." -msgstr "" -"La base de datos LDAP ya ha sido creada. Puede modificar la configuración " -"más tarde en el sistema instalado." +msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." +msgstr "La base de datos LDAP ya ha sido creada. Puede modificar la configuración más tarde en el sistema instalado." #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:101 @@ -136,12 +132,8 @@ msgstr "[definida manualmente]" #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to " -"continue." -msgstr "" -"No es posible recuperar la contraseña root del sistema. Defina una " -"contraseña de servidor LDAP para continuar." +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." +msgstr "No es posible recuperar la contraseña root del sistema. Defina una contraseña de servidor LDAP para continuar." # clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:156 #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:112 @@ -241,12 +233,8 @@ "sin instalar los paquetes requeridos." #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:309 -msgid "" -"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has " -"finished." -msgstr "" -"La Configuración de Replicación de OpenLDAP ha fallado. Reconfigure después " -"de que finalice la instalación." +msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." +msgstr "La Configuración de Replicación de OpenLDAP ha fallado. Reconfigure después de que finalice la instalación." #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:344 msgid "" @@ -271,16 +259,12 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/complex.rb:105 msgid "" -"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not " -"running.\n" -"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do " -"you \n" +"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n" +"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" -"Ya tiene una configuración existente, pero el servidor LDAP no se encuentra " -"actualmente en ejecución.\n" -"¿Desea iniciarlo en este momento para volver a leer los datos de " -"configuración o prefiere crear una\n" +"Ya tiene una configuración existente, pero el servidor LDAP no se encuentra actualmente en ejecución.\n" +"¿Desea iniciarlo en este momento para volver a leer los datos de configuración o prefiere crear una\n" "nueva configuración desde cero?" # include/ui/common_messages.ycp:59 @@ -364,12 +348,8 @@ msgstr "El servidor LDAP no está ejecutándose." #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:198 -msgid "" -"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want " -"to create a new configuration from scratch?" -msgstr "" -"¿Desea iniciarlo en este momento para volver a leer los datos de " -"configuración o prefiere crear una nueva configuración desde cero?" +msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" +msgstr "¿Desea iniciarlo en este momento para volver a leer los datos de configuración o prefiere crear una nueva configuración desde cero?" #. get helps page #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:226 @@ -398,9 +378,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:353 msgid "All data, including configuration, is replicated from a remote server." -msgstr "" -"Toda la información incluyendo configuraciones será replicada desde el " -"servidor remoto." +msgstr "Toda la información incluyendo configuraciones será replicada desde el servidor remoto." #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:384 msgid "" @@ -412,9 +390,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:387 msgid "Setting up a replication master is currently not possible." -msgstr "" -"Configurar un servidor de replicación maestro no es posible en estos " -"momentos." +msgstr "Configurar un servidor de replicación maestro no es posible en estos momentos." #. tree widget headline #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:484 @@ -545,12 +521,8 @@ #. Doing these checks during installation will #. most probably fail #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:972 -msgid "" -"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider " -"server.\n" -msgstr "" -"Ha fallado la conexión a la base de datos \"cn=config\" en el servidor del " -"proveedor.\n" +msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n" +msgstr "Ha fallado la conexión a la base de datos \"cn=config\" en el servidor del proveedor.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:975 msgid "" @@ -558,8 +530,7 @@ "\"cn=config\" database and that you entered the correct password.\n" msgstr "" "Verifique que el Servidor Proveedor permite conexiones remotas a\n" -" la base de datos \"cn=config\" y que haya introducido la contraseña " -"correcta.\n" +" la base de datos \"cn=config\" y que haya introducido la contraseña correcta.\n" # #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:982 @@ -595,20 +566,13 @@ "ya esta actuando como un cliente de replicación.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1078 -msgid "" -"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." -msgstr "" -"La configuración de una replicación en cascada de cn=config no está " -"soportada actualmente." +msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." +msgstr "La configuración de una replicación en cascada de cn=config no está soportada actualmente." #. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1105 -msgid "" -"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication " -"configuration on the provider server failed.\n" -msgstr "" -"Ha fallado la comprobación de las credenciales de autenticación definidas en " -"las configuraciones de replicación en el servidor del proveedor.\n" +msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" +msgstr "Ha fallado la comprobación de las credenciales de autenticación definidas en las configuraciones de replicación en el servidor del proveedor.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998 @@ -631,21 +595,17 @@ "To act as a master server for replication, the configuration database needs\n" "to be remotely accessible. Set a password for the configuration database.\n" msgstr "" -"Para poder actuar como un servidor principal de replicación, la base de " -"datos de configuración necesita\n" -"ser accesible remotamente. Establezca una contraseña para la base de datos " -"de Configuración.\n" +"Para poder actuar como un servidor principal de replicación, la base de datos de configuración necesita\n" +"ser accesible remotamente. Establezca una contraseña para la base de datos de Configuración.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1220 msgid "" "\n" -"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to " -"encrypted\n" +"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to encrypted\n" "LDAP Connections.)\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"(El Acceso remoto a la base de datos de configuracion estará restringido a " -"conexiones\n" +"(El Acceso remoto a la base de datos de configuracion estará restringido a conexiones\n" "LDAP cifradas).\n" # include/users/ui.ycp:560 include/users/ui.ycp:1025 @@ -678,17 +638,12 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "Select Yes if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" -"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be " -"started. Note:\n" -"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</" -"p>\n" +"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" +"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Seleccione Sí si el servidor LDAP debería iniciarse " -"automáticamente\n" -" como parte del proceso de arranque. Seleccione No si no desea que se " -"inicie. Nota:\n" -"Si selecciona No no podrá realizar ningún cambio en la configuración " -"de OpenLDAP.\n" +"Seleccione Sí si el servidor LDAP debería iniciarse automáticamente\n" +" como parte del proceso de arranque. Seleccione No si no desea que se inicie. Nota:\n" +"Si selecciona No no podrá realizar ningún cambio en la configuración de OpenLDAP.\n" # include/network/modem/dialogs.ycp:145 # Cam: término en duda @@ -699,33 +654,23 @@ # Cam: término en duda #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:27 msgid "Enable and disable the various protocol listeners of OpenLDAP." -msgstr "" -"Activar y desactivar los distintos monitores de protocolos para OpenLDAP</" -"p>" +msgstr "Activar y desactivar los distintos monitores de protocolos para OpenLDAP" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" -"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured " -"communication\n" -"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate " -"configured." +"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" +"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured." msgstr "" -"LDAP es la interfaz estándar de LDAP en el puerto 389. La " -"comunicación segura mediante\n" -"TLS/SSL es posible con la operación StartTLS en el caso de que tenga un " -"certificado de servidor configurado." +"LDAP es la interfaz estándar de LDAP en el puerto 389. La comunicación segura mediante\n" +"TLS/SSL es posible con la operación StartTLS en el caso de que tenga un certificado de servidor configurado." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:33 msgid "" -"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL " -"protected\n" -"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate " -"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" +"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n" +"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" msgstr "" -"LDAPS activa la interfaz \"LDAP sobre SSL (ldaps)\" para " -"conexiones protegidas\n" -"en el puerto 636. Esto solo funciona si tiene configurado un certificado de " -"servidor (vea \"Ajustes globales\"/\"Ajustes de TLS\").\n" +"LDAPS activa la interfaz \"LDAP sobre SSL (ldaps)\" para conexiones protegidas\n" +"en el puerto 636. Esto solo funciona si tiene configurado un certificado de servidor (vea \"Ajustes globales\"/\"Ajustes de TLS\").\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "" @@ -733,10 +678,8 @@ "LDAP server via a Unix Domain Socket. Do not disable the LDAPI interface \n" "as YaST uses it to communicate with the server.\n" msgstr "" -"LDAPI activa la interfaz \"LDAP sobre IPC\". Permite acceder al " -"servidor LDAP\n" -"a través de un socket de dominio Unix. No debería desactivar la interfaz " -"LDAPI ya que \n" +"LDAPI activa la interfaz \"LDAP sobre IPC\". Permite acceder al servidor LDAP\n" +"a través de un socket de dominio Unix. No debería desactivar la interfaz LDAPI ya que \n" "YaST lo utiliza para comunicarse con el servidor.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:41 @@ -761,22 +704,16 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is " -"a\n" -"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout " -"and\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" +"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" "bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" msgstr "" -"Seleccione la Base de datos entre hdb y bdb. Hdb</" -"b> es una \n" -"variante del motor bdb que utiliza un diseño de base de datos " -"jerárquico y permite \n" -"renombrar los subárboles. Por lo demás, resulta idéntica a bdb. Una " -"base de\n" -"datos hdb necesita tener un valor de idlcachesize mayor que el " -"de una base\n" +"Seleccione la Base de datos entre hdb y bdb. Hdb es una \n" +"variante del motor bdb que utiliza un diseño de base de datos jerárquico y permite \n" +"renombrar los subárboles. Por lo demás, resulta idéntica a bdb. Una base de\n" +"datos hdb necesita tener un valor de idlcachesize mayor que el de una base\n" "de datos bdb para obtener un buen rendimiento en las búsquedas.\n" "\n" @@ -790,43 +727,29 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password</" -"b> \n" -"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and " -"other \n" -"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends " -"the \n" -"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example," -"dc=com</tt>\n" -"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective " -"Administrator DN\n" +"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" +"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" +"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends the \n" +"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" +"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" -"El DN Administrador junto con Contraseña del Administrador " -"LDAP \n" -"especifican una identidad de superusuario para la base de datos, que supera " -"todas \n" -"las directivas ACL así como cualquier otra restricción administrativa. Al " -"activar \n" -"Añadir DN base se añade el DN base introducido más arriba, por " -"ejemplo,\n" -"un DN base del tipo <tt>dc=ejemplo,dc=com</tt> y un DN administrador como " -"<tt>c=Admin</tt> se\n" -"combinan en un DN administrador real de <tt>c=Admin,dc=ejemplo,dc=com</tt>.</" -"p>" +"El DN Administrador junto con Contraseña del Administrador LDAP \n" +"especifican una identidad de superusuario para la base de datos, que supera todas \n" +"las directivas ACL así como cualquier otra restricción administrativa. Al activar \n" +"Añadir DN base se añade el DN base introducido más arriba, por ejemplo,\n" +"un DN base del tipo <tt>dc=ejemplo,dc=com</tt> y un DN administrador como <tt>c=Admin</tt> se\n" +"combinan en un DN administrador real de <tt>c=Admin,dc=ejemplo,dc=com</tt>." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" -"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root " -"password\n" +"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" "Si este asistente se inició durante la instalación, la \n" -"Contraseña del administrador LDAP será la misma que la contraseña del " -"usuario\n" -"root del sistema, introducida en un paso anterior del proceso de instalación." -"" +"Contraseña del administrador LDAP será la misma que la contraseña del usuario\n" +"root del sistema, introducida en un paso anterior del proceso de instalación." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:72 msgid "" @@ -837,16 +760,11 @@ "file <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. This checkbox is selected by default\n" "when creating the first database on a server.\n" msgstr "" -"Para utilizar esta base de datos como la predeterminada para las " -"herramientas cliente\n" -"de OpenLDAP (por ejemplo, ldapsearch) seleccione Utilizar esta base de " -"datos como predeterminada\n" -"para OpenLDAP. Esto hará que se escriba como nombre del equipo " -"\"localhost\" y el\n" -"DN base introducido más arriba en el archivo de configuración para " -"los clientes OpenLDAP que\n" -"está en <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. Esta casilla de verificación se " -"selecciona de manera\n" +"Para utilizar esta base de datos como la predeterminada para las herramientas cliente\n" +"de OpenLDAP (por ejemplo, ldapsearch) seleccione Utilizar esta base de datos como predeterminada\n" +"para OpenLDAP. Esto hará que se escriba como nombre del equipo \"localhost\" y el\n" +"DN base introducido más arriba en el archivo de configuración para los clientes OpenLDAP que\n" +"está en <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. Esta casilla de verificación se selecciona de manera\n" "predeterminada cuando se crea la primera base de datos en el servidor.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:80 @@ -864,12 +782,9 @@ "authentication to the configuration database will only be allowed when \n" "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" msgstr "" -"Para activar o desactivar autenticación de texto plano (asociación simple " -"LDAP)\n" -"para la base de datos de configuraciones clic en la caja de verificación " -"asociada. La autenticación de texto plano\n" -"con la base de datos de configuraciones estará permitida cuando se utilicen " -"conexiones suficientemente\n" +"Para activar o desactivar autenticación de texto plano (asociación simple LDAP)\n" +"para la base de datos de configuraciones clic en la caja de verificación asociada. La autenticación de texto plano\n" +"con la base de datos de configuraciones estará permitida cuando se utilicen conexiones suficientemente\n" "protegidas (ej: cifrado SSL/TLS).\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:89 @@ -878,16 +793,12 @@ "click Change Password. \n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the \n" "Password Encryption. \n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already " -"been \n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n" "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Para cambiar la contraseña de la cuenta del administrador, pulse " -"Cambiar contraseña.\n" -"Se abrirá una ventana emergente para que pueda introducir la nueva " -"contraseña así como seleccionar\n" -"el Cifrado de contraseña. Los campos de la contraseña se encuentran " -"inicialmente vacíos, aunque\n" +"Para cambiar la contraseña de la cuenta del administrador, pulse Cambiar contraseña.\n" +"Se abrirá una ventana emergente para que pueda introducir la nueva contraseña así como seleccionar\n" +"el Cifrado de contraseña. Los campos de la contraseña se encuentran inicialmente vacíos, aunque\n" "ya hubiera una contraseña definida en la configuración.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:97 @@ -900,61 +811,40 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" -"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN " -"automatically\n" +"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" -"Introduzca el DN completo o sólo la primera parte y añada el DN base " -"automáticamente \n" +"Introduzca el DN completo o sólo la primera parte y añada el DN base automáticamente \n" "con la opción Añadir DN base." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:102 msgid "" -"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change " -"Password.\n" -"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password " -"Encryption.\n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been " -"set in the configuration.\n" +"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" +"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Para cambiar la contraseña de la cuenta del administrador, pulse " -"Cambiar contraseña.\n" -"Se abrirá una ventana emergente para que pueda introducir la nueva " -"contraseña y seleccionar\n" -"el Cifrado de contraseña. Los campos de la contraseña se encuentran " -"inicialmente vacíos, aunque\n" +"Para cambiar la contraseña de la cuenta del administrador, pulse Cambiar contraseña.\n" +"Se abrirá una ventana emergente para que pueda introducir la nueva contraseña y seleccionar\n" +"el Cifrado de contraseña. Los campos de la contraseña se encuentran inicialmente vacíos, aunque\n" "ya hubiera una contraseña definida en la configuración.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:107 msgid "" -"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can " -"adjust\n" -"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the " -"number of entries\n" -"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough " -"RAM) this number\n" -"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index " -"Cache (IDL cache) \n" -"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially " -"HDB-Databases require a\n" -"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the " -"entry cache as a rule of\n" +"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" +"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" +"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n" +"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index Cache (IDL cache) \n" +"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n" +"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs)." msgstr "" -"Con Caché de las entradas y Caché del índice (caché IDL) " -"puede ajustar\n" -"los tamaños de la memoria caché interna de OpenLDAP. Con Caché de las " -"entradas se define el\n" -"número de las entradas que se van a mantener en la memoria del caché de " -"entrada de OpenLDAP. Si es posible\n" -"(si dispone de memoria RAM suficiente) este número debería ser lo " -"suficientemente elevado como para mantener\n" -"cargada en memoria la base de datos completa. Caché del índice (caché IDL)" -" se utiliza para aumentar la \n" -"velocidad de las búsquedas que contienen atributos indexados. Por lo " -"general, y en especial las bases de datos HDB,\n" -"se necesita un valor elevado en la caché IDL para obtener un buen " -"rendimiento en las búsquedas (básicamente,\n" +"Con Caché de las entradas y Caché del índice (caché IDL) puede ajustar\n" +"los tamaños de la memoria caché interna de OpenLDAP. Con Caché de las entradas se define el\n" +"número de las entradas que se van a mantener en la memoria del caché de entrada de OpenLDAP. Si es posible\n" +"(si dispone de memoria RAM suficiente) este número debería ser lo suficientemente elevado como para mantener\n" +"cargada en memoria la base de datos completa. Caché del índice (caché IDL) se utiliza para aumentar la \n" +"velocidad de las búsquedas que contienen atributos indexados. Por lo general, y en especial las bases de datos HDB,\n" +"se necesita un valor elevado en la caché IDL para obtener un buen rendimiento en las búsquedas (básicamente,\n" "tres veces el tamaño del caché de las entradas)." # @@ -973,26 +863,17 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:120 msgid "" -"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP " -"server\n" -"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests " -"before storing them\n" -"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, " -"but may be\n" -"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify " -"extended operation \n" +"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" +"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" +"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n" +"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -"Marque la opción Aplicar codificación hash a contraseñas no cifradas</" -"b> para\n" -"especificar que el servidor OpenLDAP debe cifrar las contraseñas con texto " -"en claro\n" -"presentes en las solicitudes de adición y modificación antes de almacenarlas " -"en la base de datos.\n" -"Tenga en cuenta que este hecho infringe el modelo de información X.500/LDAP, " -"pero puede que\n" -"sea necesario para compensar a los clientes LDAP que no usan la operación " -"extendida de modificación\n" +"Marque la opción Aplicar codificación hash a contraseñas no cifradas para\n" +"especificar que el servidor OpenLDAP debe cifrar las contraseñas con texto en claro\n" +"presentes en las solicitudes de adición y modificación antes de almacenarlas en la base de datos.\n" +"Tenga en cuenta que este hecho infringe el modelo de información X.500/LDAP, pero puede que\n" +"sea necesario para compensar a los clientes LDAP que no usan la operación extendida de modificación\n" " de contraseñas para gestionar las contraseñas." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:127 @@ -1003,34 +884,23 @@ "attacker. Sites sensitive to security issues should not enable this\n" "option. \n" msgstr "" -"Si la opción Revelar el estado de \"Cuenta bloqueada\" está " -"habilitada, los usuarios\n" -"que intente autenticarse en una cuenta bloqueada obtendrán una notificación " -"que indica que la cuenta\n" -"está bloqueada. Esta notificación puede proporcionar información útil para " -"un atacante. Los sitios\n" -"en los que la seguridad sea un aspecto importante no deben habilitar esta " -"opción.\n" +"Si la opción Revelar el estado de \"Cuenta bloqueada\" está habilitada, los usuarios\n" +"que intente autenticarse en una cuenta bloqueada obtendrán una notificación que indica que la cuenta\n" +"está bloqueada. Esta notificación puede proporcionar información útil para un atacante. Los sitios\n" +"en los que la seguridad sea un aspecto importante no deben habilitar esta opción.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:134 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object " -"DN." -msgstr "" -"Especifique el nombre del objeto de directiva por defecto en DN del " -"objeto de directiva por defecto." +msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." +msgstr "Especifique el nombre del objeto de directiva por defecto en DN del objeto de directiva por defecto." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:137 msgid "" -"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You " -"may\n" +"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" -"Puede crear o modificar la directiva predeterminada pulsando sobre " -"Editar directiva.\n" -"Es posible que tras hacer ésto se le pida la contraseña del administrador de " -"LDAP para permitir que\n" +"Puede crear o modificar la directiva predeterminada pulsando sobre Editar directiva.\n" +"Es posible que tras hacer ésto se le pida la contraseña del administrador de LDAP para permitir que\n" "el objeto de la directiva pueda ser leído desde el servidor.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:142 @@ -1039,57 +909,42 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:143 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." -msgstr "" -"Cambiar las opciones de indexado de una base de datos hdb o bdb." +msgstr "Cambiar las opciones de indexado de una base de datos hdb o bdb." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:144 -msgid "" -"The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index " -"defined." -msgstr "" -"La tabla muestra una lista con los atributos que tienen actualmente " -"definido un índice." +msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." +msgstr "La tabla muestra una lista con los atributos que tienen actualmente definido un índice." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" -"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different " -"types\n" +"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" -"OpenLDAP utiliza los índices para mejorar el rendimiento en un tipo " -"concreto de\n" -"búsquedas. Los índices se deberían configurar en correspondencia con las " -"búsquedas más frecuentes\n" -"que se suelen utilizar en una base de datos. YaST le permite configurar tres " -"tipos\n" +"OpenLDAP utiliza los índices para mejorar el rendimiento en un tipo concreto de\n" +"búsquedas. Los índices se deberían configurar en correspondencia con las búsquedas más frecuentes\n" +"que se suelen utilizar en una base de datos. YaST le permite configurar tres tipos\n" "diferentes de índices.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" -"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be " -"configured\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" -"Presencia: Este tipo de índice se utiliza en búsquedas que usan " -"filtros de presencia\n" -"(por ejemplo, <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt> ). Los índices de presencia sólo se " -"deberían configurar\n" +"Presencia: Este tipo de índice se utiliza en búsquedas que usan filtros de presencia\n" +"(por ejemplo, <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt> ). Los índices de presencia sólo se deberían configurar\n" "para los atributos que no se encuentran a menudo en una base de datos\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" -"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality " -"index\n" +"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" -"Igualdad: Este tipo de índice se utiliza en búsquedas que usan " -"filtros de igualdad\n" -"(por ejemplo, <tt>(attributeType=<valores exactos>)</tt>. Un índice de " -"Igualdad\n" +"Igualdad: Este tipo de índice se utiliza en búsquedas que usan filtros de igualdad\n" +"(por ejemplo, <tt>(attributeType=<valores exactos>)</tt>. Un índice de Igualdad\n" "debería configurarse siempre sobre el atributo <tt>objectclass</tt>.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:163 @@ -1097,10 +952,8 @@ "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" msgstr "" -"Sub-cadena: Este tipo de índice se utiliza en búsquedas que usan " -"un filtro\n" -"de sub-cadenas (por ejemplo, <tt>attributeType=<sub-cadena>*</tt>)</" -"p>\n" +"Sub-cadena: Este tipo de índice se utiliza en búsquedas que usan un filtro\n" +"de sub-cadenas (por ejemplo, <tt>attributeType=<sub-cadena>*</tt>)\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:166 msgid "" @@ -1109,26 +962,19 @@ "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" msgstr "" "Utilice Añadir para definir las opciones de indexado de un\n" -" nuevo atributo, Borrar para eliminar un índice existente y " -"Editar\n" -"para modificar las opciones de un atributo que ya se encuentra indexado.</" -"p>\n" +" nuevo atributo, Borrar para eliminar un índice existente y Editar\n" +"para modificar las opciones de un atributo que ya se encuentra indexado.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:171 msgid "" -"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly " -"added\n" +"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" -"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the " -"indexing\n" +"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" -"Nota: Dependiendo del tamaño de la base de datos, le puede llevar algún " -"tiempo\n" -"que se añadan los nuevos índices y se activen en la base de datos. Una vez " -"que la configuración\n" -"se haya registrado en el servidor, se iniciará una tarea en segundo plano " -"para indexar la\n" +"Nota: Dependiendo del tamaño de la base de datos, le puede llevar algún tiempo\n" +"que se añadan los nuevos índices y se activen en la base de datos. Una vez que la configuración\n" +"se haya registrado en el servidor, se iniciará una tarea en segundo plano para indexar la\n" "información en la base de datos.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:177 @@ -1140,46 +986,36 @@ "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" msgstr "" -"La tabla le muestra un resumen de todas las Directivas de control de " -"acceso que se\n" +"La tabla le muestra un resumen de todas las Directivas de control de acceso que se\n" "encuentran actualmente configuradas en la base de datos seleccionada\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:183 msgid "" -"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a " -"more\n" +"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" -"Puede ver, para cada regla, qué objetos son los que coinciden. Para " -"obtener una vista\n" -"más detallada de una regla o para cambiarla, seleccione una regla de la " -"tabla y pulse Editar\n" +"Puede ver, para cada regla, qué objetos son los que coinciden. Para obtener una vista\n" +"más detallada de una regla o para cambiarla, seleccione una regla de la tabla y pulse Editar\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" msgstr "" -"Utilice Añadir para crear nuevas Reglas de control de acceso y " -"Borrar para\n" +"Utilice Añadir para crear nuevas Reglas de control de acceso y Borrar para\n" "eliminar una Regla de control de acceso\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:191 msgid "" -"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose " -"target\n" +"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" -"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, " -"using\n" +"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -"Como el proceso de evaluación del control de acceso de OpenLDAP se " -"detiene en la primera regla\n" -"cuya definición (DN, filtro y atributos) coincida con la entrada a la que se " -"accede, es posible que necesite\n" -"ordenar las reglas de acuerdo a sus necesidades. Para ello, puede utilizar " -"los botones de Arriba y Abajo\n" +"Como el proceso de evaluación del control de acceso de OpenLDAP se detiene en la primera regla\n" +"cuya definición (DN, filtro y atributos) coincida con la entrada a la que se accede, es posible que necesite\n" +"ordenar las reglas de acuerdo a sus necesidades. Para ello, puede utilizar los botones de Arriba y Abajo\n" # # clients/ui_helps.ycp:101 include/security/ui.ycp:636 @@ -1189,14 +1025,11 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:200 msgid "" -"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" " -"checkbox, if you want to \n" +"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" -"Seleccionar la caja de selección \"Activar ldapsync provider para esta " -"base de datos\", si quiere que\n" -"pueda replicar la base de datos actualmente seleccionada hacia otro servidor." -"" +"Seleccionar la caja de selección \"Activar ldapsync provider para esta base de datos\", si quiere que\n" +"pueda replicar la base de datos actualmente seleccionada hacia otro servidor." # Cam: duda #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:203 @@ -1205,32 +1038,21 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:204 msgid "" -"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator " -"(stored\n" -"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is " -"synced\n" -"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify " -"or\n" -"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the " -"indicator\n" -"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator " -"is\n" +"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" +"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" +"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify or\n" +"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the indicator\n" +"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n" "only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n" "a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" msgstr "" -"Aquí puede especificar la frecuencia con que el indicador de estado de la " -"sincronización (almacenado en el atributo\n" -"\"contextCSN\") es escrito en la base de datos. Se sincronizará fuera " -"de la base de datos si \n" -"tras un número de \"Operaciones\" de escritura o han pasado más de " -"los \"Minutos\" minutos especificados desde la\n" -"última vez que el indicador fue escrito. Por defecto(ambos valores son '0') " -"el indicador de estado sólo se escribe\n" -"después de un apagado limpio. Escribir el indicador frecuentemente puede " -"resultar en un tiempo de inicio menor después de un\n" -"apagado no limpio, pero puede resultar en un menor desempeño en ambientes " -"con muchas operaciones de escritura LDAPS.\n" +"Aquí puede especificar la frecuencia con que el indicador de estado de la sincronización (almacenado en el atributo\n" +"\"contextCSN\") es escrito en la base de datos. Se sincronizará fuera de la base de datos si \n" +"tras un número de \"Operaciones\" de escritura o han pasado más de los \"Minutos\" minutos especificados desde la\n" +"última vez que el indicador fue escrito. Por defecto(ambos valores son '0') el indicador de estado sólo se escribe\n" +"después de un apagado limpio. Escribir el indicador frecuentemente puede resultar en un tiempo de inicio menor después de un\n" +"apagado no limpio, pero puede resultar en un menor desempeño en ambientes con muchas operaciones de escritura LDAPS.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:214 msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" @@ -1238,23 +1060,15 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:215 msgid "" -"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write " -"operations\n" -"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in " -"the session log. \n" -"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" " -"replication. In \n" -"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master " -"server." +"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" +"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" +"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" replication. In \n" +"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" -"Configura un registro en memoria para guardar informacion de las " -"operaciones de escritura\n" -"realizadas en la base de datos. Especificar cuantas operaciones de escritura " -"deben de grabarse en el registro de sesión. \n" -"Configurando un registro de sesión es útil para las réplicas \"Sólo " -"Lectura\" . En\n" -"dicho caso puede aumentar la velocidad de la replicación y reducir la " -"utilización en el servidor maestro." +"Configura un registro en memoria para guardar informacion de las operaciones de escritura\n" +"realizadas en la base de datos. Especificar cuantas operaciones de escritura deben de grabarse en el registro de sesión. \n" +"Configurando un registro de sesión es útil para las réplicas \"Sólo Lectura\" . En\n" +"dicho caso puede aumentar la velocidad de la replicación y reducir la utilización en el servidor maestro." # include/partitioning/raid_ui.ycp:389 # include/partitioning/raid_ui.ycp:389 @@ -1265,12 +1079,10 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:224 msgid "" -"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want " -"the\n" +"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" -"Seleccione \"Esta base de datos es un Cliente de Replicación\" " -"si\n" +"Seleccione \"Esta base de datos es un Cliente de Replicación\" si\n" "quiere que la base de datos sea una replica de otra en otro servidor.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:227 @@ -1283,18 +1095,13 @@ "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" "enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n" "use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n" -"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-" -"standard\n" +"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n" "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" -"Ingrese los detalles de conexión para la conexión de replicación para el " -"servidor maestro aquí. Seleccione el\n" -"protocolo a usar (ldap o ldaps) e ingrese el nombre completo " -"de equipo del servidor maestro. Es muy\n" -"importante usar aquí el nombre completo de equipo para poder verificar el " -"certificado TLS/SSL del servidor maestro. Ajuste\n" -"el número de puerto si el servidor maestro esta usando puerto no estándares " -"de ldap.\n" +"Ingrese los detalles de conexión para la conexión de replicación para el servidor maestro aquí. Seleccione el\n" +"protocolo a usar (ldap o ldaps) e ingrese el nombre completo de equipo del servidor maestro. Es muy\n" +"importante usar aquí el nombre completo de equipo para poder verificar el certificado TLS/SSL del servidor maestro. Ajuste\n" +"el número de puerto si el servidor maestro esta usando puerto no estándares de ldap.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:236 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" @@ -1311,10 +1118,8 @@ "interval how often this synchronization happens can be configured via the\n" "Replication Interval setting.\n" msgstr "" -"refreshOnly: El servidor esclavo abrirá periódicamente una nueva " -"conexión, ejecutará una\n" -"sincronización y luego cerrará la conexión nuevamente. La frecuencia de " -"sincronización sucede puede ser configurada\n" +"refreshOnly: El servidor esclavo abrirá periódicamente una nueva conexión, ejecutará una\n" +"sincronización y luego cerrará la conexión nuevamente. La frecuencia de sincronización sucede puede ser configurada\n" "a través de las configuraciones de Intervalo de Replicación.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:244 @@ -1325,8 +1130,7 @@ msgstr "" "Refrescar y Persistir: El servidor esclavo abrirá una conexión\n" " persistente al servidor maestro para la sincronización. Las entradas \n" -"actualizadas en el servidor maestro son inmediatamente enviadas al esclavo a " -"través de esa conexión.\n" +"actualizadas en el servidor maestro son inmediatamente enviadas al esclavo a través de esa conexión.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:249 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" @@ -1334,15 +1138,11 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:250 msgid "" -"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to " -"authenticate against the master.\n" -"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated " -"database on the master.\n" +"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" +"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -"Especificar aquí un DN y una contraseña que el servidor esclavo deberá " -"utilizar para autenticar contra el maestro.\n" -"El DN especificado debe tener acceso de lectura a todas las entradas en la " -"base de datos replicada en el maestro\n" +"Especificar aquí un DN y una contraseña que el servidor esclavo deberá utilizar para autenticar contra el maestro.\n" +"El DN especificado debe tener acceso de lectura a todas las entradas en la base de datos replicada en el maestro\n" # clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:156 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:253 @@ -1353,19 +1153,13 @@ msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" -"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can " -"configure a different update referral here.\n" -"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for " -"the\n" +"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n" +"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n" "slave server is as slave server too. \n" msgstr "" -"Si la base de datos del esclavo es de solo de lectura. El servidor " -"esclavo responderá a operaciones de escritura con una referencia de LDAP.\n" -"Esta referencia por defecto apunta el cliente al servidor maestro. Puede " -"configurar aquí referencias de actualización diferentes.\n" -"Esto es por ejemplo muy útil en una configuración de replicación en cascada, " -"donde el proveedor para el servidor esclavo es también un servidor esclavo. " -"\n" +"Si la base de datos del esclavo es de solo de lectura. El servidor esclavo responderá a operaciones de escritura con una referencia de LDAP.\n" +"Esta referencia por defecto apunta el cliente al servidor maestro. Puede configurar aquí referencias de actualización diferentes.\n" +"Esto es por ejemplo muy útil en una configuración de replicación en cascada, donde el proveedor para el servidor esclavo es también un servidor esclavo. \n" # include/network/lan/helps.ycp:33 #. Read dialog help @@ -1379,8 +1173,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando el inicio:</big> \n" -"Para cancelar la utilidad de configuración de forma segura, pulse " -"Cancelar." +"Para cancelar la utilidad de configuración de forma segura, pulse Cancelar." # include/network/lan/helps.ycp:54 #. Write dialog help @@ -1410,28 +1203,18 @@ "created. Click Finish to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n" "Server module.\n" msgstr "" -"Este cuadro de diálogo le proporciona un breve resumen de la " -"configuración que\n" -"acaba de crear. Pulse Finalizar para escribir la configuración y " -"salir del\n" +"Este cuadro de diálogo le proporciona un breve resumen de la configuración que\n" +"acaba de crear. Pulse Finalizar para escribir la configuración y salir del\n" "módulo del servidor LDAP\n" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:287 -msgid "" -"With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server.</" -"p> " -msgstr "" -"Utilice la opción Iniciar el servidor LDAP sí o no para iniciar o " -"detener el servidor LDAP." +msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " +msgstr "Utilice la opción Iniciar el servidor LDAP sí o no para iniciar o detener el servidor LDAP." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:290 -msgid "" -"If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration " -"wizard." -msgstr "" -"Si selecciona Sí, puede pulsar Siguiente para iniciar el " -"asistente de configuración" +msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." +msgstr "Si selecciona Sí, puede pulsar Siguiente para iniciar el asistente de configuración" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:293 msgid "" @@ -1439,26 +1222,19 @@ "for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.\n" msgstr "" "Si el cortafuegos está activado, puede abrir los puertos de la red\n" -"que necesite para OpenLDAP activando la casilla de verificación " -"correspondiente.\n" +"que necesite para OpenLDAP activando la casilla de verificación correspondiente.\n" #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:297 -msgid "" -"Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios " -"are available:" -msgstr "" -"Seleccionar el tipo de Servidor LDAP que desea configurar. Los siguientes " -"escenarios están disponibles:" +msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" +msgstr "Seleccionar el tipo de Servidor LDAP que desea configurar. Los siguientes escenarios están disponibles:" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:300 msgid "" -"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server " -"with\n" +"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" -"Servidor Independiente: Configura un único servidor OpenLDAP sin " -"preparación para\n" +"Servidor Independiente: Configura un único servidor OpenLDAP sin preparación para\n" "replicación\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:303 @@ -1466,19 +1242,15 @@ "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" msgstr "" -"Servidor Maestro en una configuración de réplica: Crear una " -"configuración de OpenLDAP que esté preparado para actuar como un servidor " -"maestro\n" +"Servidor Maestro en una configuración de réplica: Crear una configuración de OpenLDAP que esté preparado para actuar como un servidor maestro\n" "(proveedor) en una configuración de réplica.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:306 msgid "" -"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that " -"replicates all its data,\n" +"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" -"Servidor Esclavo de Replica: Configurar un servidor esclavo " -"OpenLDAP que replique toda su información,\n" +"Servidor Esclavo de Replica: Configurar un servidor esclavo OpenLDAP que replique toda su información,\n" "incluyendo la configuración, desde un servidor maestro." # include/partitioning/raid_ui.ycp:389 @@ -1499,36 +1271,27 @@ "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.\n" msgstr "" -"Para activar el cifrado a través de TLS/SSL, seleccione la casilla de " -"verificación TLS activado.\n" -"Además, necesita configurar el certificado que debe utilizar el servidor.</" -"p>\n" +"Para activar el cifrado a través de TLS/SSL, seleccione la casilla de verificación TLS activado.\n" +"Además, necesita configurar el certificado que debe utilizar el servidor.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:319 msgid "" -"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the " -"server\n" +"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" -"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</" -"p>\n" +"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" -"Seleccione Activar la interfaz LDAP sobre SSL (ldaps) para " -"permitir que el servidor\n" -"sólo acepte conexiones LDAPS en el puerto 636. Si esta opción no está " -"activada, OpenLDAP sólo permitirá conexiones\n" +"Seleccione Activar la interfaz LDAP sobre SSL (ldaps) para permitir que el servidor\n" +"sólo acepte conexiones LDAPS en el puerto 636. Si esta opción no está activada, OpenLDAP sólo permitirá conexiones\n" "cifradas TLS a través de la operación extendida StartTLS\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:324 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" -"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so " -"that\n" +"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" -"Si ya dispone de un certificado de servidor común instalado por medio del " -"módulo correspondiente de YaST, \n" -"puede seleccionar Usar un certificado de servidor común para que el " -"servidor OpenLDAP utilice ese certificado\n" +"Si ya dispone de un certificado de servidor común instalado por medio del módulo correspondiente de YaST, \n" +"puede seleccionar Usar un certificado de servidor común para que el servidor OpenLDAP utilice ese certificado\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:329 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" @@ -1537,69 +1300,51 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:330 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" -"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File</" -"b>,\n" -"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the " -"corresponding\n" +"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" +"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the corresponding\n" "textfields.\n" msgstr "" -"Si no dispone de un certificado de servidor común o quiere utilizar un " -"certificado diferente para OpenLDAP\n" -"puede introducir los nombres de los archivos del Archivo del certificado " -"CA, Archivo del certificado \n" -"y Archivo de clave del certificado en los campos de texto " -"correspondientes\n" +"Si no dispone de un certificado de servidor común o quiere utilizar un certificado diferente para OpenLDAP\n" +"puede introducir los nombres de los archivos del Archivo del certificado CA, Archivo del certificado \n" +"y Archivo de clave del certificado en los campos de texto correspondientes\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:336 msgid "" "To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" msgstr "" -"Para crear un nuevo CA o un nuevo certificado, inicie el módulo de " -"gestión\n" +"Para crear un nuevo CA o un nuevo certificado, inicie el módulo de gestión\n" "de CA pulsando Iniciar el módulo de gestión de CA\n" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:340 msgid "Below this item, configure some global parameters." -msgstr "" -"Por debajo este elemento puede configurar algunos parámetros globales." +msgstr "Por debajo este elemento puede configurar algunos parámetros globales." #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:344 msgid "" -"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog " -"in which to choose\n" -"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not " -"support the removal of \n" +"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" +"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" "Schema Data" msgstr "" -"Desde este diálogo puede añadir o eliminar archivos de esquema. Pulse " -"Añadir para abrir un\n" -"diálogo de búsqueda de archivo en el que seleccionar un esquema nuevo. Nota: " -"Cuando OpenLDAP se utiliza \n" -"junto con una configuración de tipo \"back-config\" no permite eliminar los " -"datos del esquema" +"Desde este diálogo puede añadir o eliminar archivos de esquema. Pulse Añadir para abrir un\n" +"diálogo de búsqueda de archivo en el que seleccionar un esquema nuevo. Nota: Cuando OpenLDAP se utiliza \n" +"junto con una configuración de tipo \"back-config\" no permite eliminar los datos del esquema" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" -"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and " -"statistics\n" +"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" -"Seleccione los subsistemas de los cuales se deben registrar las " -"instrucciones\n" +"Seleccione los subsistemas de los cuales se deben registrar las instrucciones\n" "de depuración y las estadísticas en el syslog." #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:354 -msgid "" -"Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or " -"disallow:" -msgstr "" -"Seleccione qué características especiales debería permitir o rechazar el " -"servidor OpenLDAP:" +msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" +msgstr "Seleccione qué características especiales debería permitir o rechazar el servidor OpenLDAP:" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:357 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" @@ -1607,46 +1352,36 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:358 msgid "" -"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind " -"requests.\n" +"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" -"Solicitud de asociación LDAPv2: Permite que el servidor acepte " -"solicitudes de asociación\n" +"Solicitud de asociación LDAPv2: Permite que el servidor acepte solicitudes de asociación\n" "LDAPv2. Tenga en cuenta que OpenLDAP no implementa LDAPv2\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:361 msgid "" -"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind " -"when \n" -"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not " -"present) " +"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" +"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" -"Asociación anónima cuando existen credenciales: Permite una " -"asociación anónima \n" -"cuando existen credenciales (por ejemplo, se proporciona una contraseña pero " -"no existe una asociación al DN)" +"Asociación anónima cuando existen credenciales: Permite una asociación anónima \n" +"cuando existen credenciales (por ejemplo, se proporciona una contraseña pero no existe una asociación al DN)" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:364 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" -"Asociación sin autenticar cuando existe un DN: Permite " -"asociaciones sin autenticar \n" +"Asociación sin autenticar cuando existe un DN: Permite asociaciones sin autenticar \n" "(anónimas) cuando se proporciona un DN" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:367 msgid "" -"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow " -"unauthenticated\n" +"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" -"Opciones de actualización sin autenticar para procesar: Permite " -"que se procesen\n" -"operaciones de actualización sin autenticar (anónimas).Todavía estarán " -"sujetas a los\n" +"Opciones de actualización sin autenticar para procesar: Permite que se procesen\n" +"operaciones de actualización sin autenticar (anónimas).Todavía estarán sujetas a los\n" "controles de acceso y otras limitaciones administrativas\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:372 @@ -1659,30 +1394,25 @@ "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" msgstr "" -"Desactivar la aceptación de solicitudes de asociación anónimas: El " -"servidor\n" +"Desactivar la aceptación de solicitudes de asociación anónimas: El servidor\n" "no aceptará solicitudes de asociación anónimas. Tenga en cuenta que\n" " generalmente esto no impide el acceso anónimo a los directorios\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:378 msgid "" -"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple " -"Bind\n" +"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" -"Desactivar la autenticación de asociación simple: Desactiva por " -"completo\n" +"Desactivar la autenticación de asociación simple: Desactiva por completo\n" "la autenticación de asociación simple\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:381 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" -"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection " -"back\n" +"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" -"Desactivar la obligación de iniciar sesión de manera anónima tras la " -"recepción de una operación StartTLS:\n" +"Desactivar la obligación de iniciar sesión de manera anónima tras la recepción de una operación StartTLS:\n" "El servidor no forzará a una conexión autenticada volver al estado anónimo\n" "cuando se reciba una operación StartTLS.\n" @@ -1700,79 +1430,55 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:392 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" -"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The " -"\"Frontend\"\n" -"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and " -"overlays\n" -"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration " -"of\n" +"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" +"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n" +"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n" "the LDAP server itself.\n" msgstr "" -"Esta lista muestra todas las bases de datos configuradas. Las bases de " -"datos \"frontend\" y\n" -"\"config\" representan un tipo especial de bases de datos internas. La base " -"de datos \"Frontend\"\n" -"se utiliza para configurar restricciones de control de acceso globales así " -"como solapamientos (overlays)\n" -"que se aplican a todas las bases de datos. La base de datos \"Config\" " -"mantiene la configuración del propio\n" +"Esta lista muestra todas las bases de datos configuradas. Las bases de datos \"frontend\" y\n" +"\"config\" representan un tipo especial de bases de datos internas. La base de datos \"Frontend\"\n" +"se utiliza para configurar restricciones de control de acceso globales así como solapamientos (overlays)\n" +"que se aplican a todas las bases de datos. La base de datos \"Config\" mantiene la configuración del propio\n" "servidor LDAP.\n" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:400 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." -msgstr "" -"Para añadir una nueva base de datos, pulse Añadir base de datos...</" -"b>" +msgstr "Para añadir una nueva base de datos, pulse Añadir base de datos..." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:401 msgid "" -"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete " -"Database....\n" +"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" -"Para eliminar una base de datos, selecciónela desde la lista y pulse " -"Eliminar base de datos....\n" +"Para eliminar una base de datos, selecciónela desde la lista y pulse Eliminar base de datos....\n" "No puede borrar las base de datos \"config\" ni \"frontend\".\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:404 msgid "" -"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") " -"here. This is required to make\n" +"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" -"Introduzca una contraseña para la base de datos de configuración " -"(\"cn=config\") . Esto es necesario\n" +"Introduzca una contraseña para la base de datos de configuración (\"cn=config\") . Esto es necesario\n" "para hacer accesible la configuración remota de la base de datos." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:407 msgid "" -"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select " -"the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" -"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as " -"needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" +"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" +"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" -"Si se supone que el servidor participará en una configuración MirrorMode, " -"selecciona la casilla de validación \"Preparar la replicación MirrorMode</" -"b>\"\n" -" Esto asegurará que el atributo serverId se genera según las necesidades de " -"la replicación MirrorMode\n" +"Si se supone que el servidor participará en una configuración MirrorMode, selecciona la casilla de validación \"Preparar la replicación MirrorMode\"\n" +" Esto asegurará que el atributo serverId se genera según las necesidades de la replicación MirrorMode\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:410 msgid "" -"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master " -"server. Please enter the master\n" -"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or " -"\"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" +"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" +"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" "for the master's configuration database (\"cn=config\")." msgstr "" -"Para configurar un servidor esclavo se tienen que consultar algunos " -"detalles del servidor maestro. Por favor ingrese el nombre de host\n" -"del servidor maestro, ajuste el protocolo (cualquiera \"ldap\" o " -"\"ldaps\") y número de puerto como se necesite e ingrese la " -"contraseña\n" -"para la base de datos de configuración del servidor maestro " -"(\"cn=config\")." +"Para configurar un servidor esclavo se tienen que consultar algunos detalles del servidor maestro. Por favor ingrese el nombre de host\n" +"del servidor maestro, ajuste el protocolo (cualquiera \"ldap\" o \"ldaps\") y número de puerto como se necesite e ingrese la contraseña\n" +"para la base de datos de configuración del servidor maestro (\"cn=config\")." #. encoding: utf-8 #. File: include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.ycp @@ -1795,27 +1501,20 @@ msgstr "URI del servidor" #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50 -msgid "" -"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the " -"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." -msgstr "" -"Este servidor no está configurado como un Nodo MirrorMode. Pulse \"Siguiente" -"\" para lanzar el asistente de configuración estándar de OpenLDAP." +msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." +msgstr "Este servidor no está configurado como un Nodo MirrorMode. Pulse \"Siguiente\" para lanzar el asistente de configuración estándar de OpenLDAP." #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85 msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Overview" msgstr "Resumen del MirrorMode OpenLDAP " #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" -msgstr "" -"No es posible eliminar el sistema en el que ha iniciado el módulo de YaST.\n" +msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" +msgstr "No es posible eliminar el sistema en el que ha iniciado el módulo de YaST.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130 msgid "Start yast2 openldap-mirrormode on a different MirrorMode server." -msgstr "" -"Inicia yast2 openldap-mirrormode en un servidor MirrorMode diferente." +msgstr "Inicia yast2 openldap-mirrormode en un servidor MirrorMode diferente." #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:140 msgid "Do you really want to remove \"%1\" from the MirrorMode setup?\n" @@ -2151,23 +1850,16 @@ msgstr "Seleccionar los in&dicadores no permitidos:" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:175 -msgid "" -"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous " -"directory access)" -msgstr "" -"Desactivar la aceptación de solicitudes de asociación anónimas (no impide el " -"acceso anónimo a los directorios)" +msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)" +msgstr "Desactivar la aceptación de solicitudes de asociación anónimas (no impide el acceso anónimo a los directorios)" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:179 msgid "Disable Simple Bind authentication" msgstr "Desactivar la autenticación de asociación simple" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" -msgstr "" -"Desactivar la obligación de iniciar la sesión de manera anónima cuando se " -"recibe una petición de operación StartTLS" +msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" +msgstr "Desactivar la obligación de iniciar la sesión de manera anónima cuando se recibe una petición de operación StartTLS" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:188 msgid "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated" @@ -2265,8 +1957,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:337 msgid "Allow Plaintext Authentication (Simple Bind) for this Database. " -msgstr "" -"Permitir Autenticación de Texto Plano (Enlace Simple) para esta Base de Datos" +msgstr "Permitir Autenticación de Texto Plano (Enlace Simple) para esta Base de Datos" # clients/online_update_load.ycp:1004 #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:340 @@ -2503,8 +2194,7 @@ #. try to read the ppolicy from the server #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637 msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n" -msgstr "" -"Fallo en la autenticación. Es posible que la contraseña sea incorrecta.\n" +msgstr "Fallo en la autenticación. Es posible que la contraseña sea incorrecta.\n" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640 msgid "The error message was: '" @@ -2633,9 +2323,7 @@ #. FIXME: Validate attribute types #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185 msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the Attributes textfield" -msgstr "" -"Introduzca una lista de atributos válidos en el campo de texto Atributos</" -"b>" +msgstr "Introduzca una lista de atributos válidos en el campo de texto Atributos" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield" @@ -2658,10 +2346,8 @@ "The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n" "not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n" msgstr "" -"La base de datos seleccionada contiene Reglas de control de acceso " -"actualmente\n" -"no soportadas por YaST. Se desactivará el cuadro de diálogo de Control de " -"acceso.\n" +"La base de datos seleccionada contiene Reglas de control de acceso actualmente\n" +"no soportadas por YaST. Se desactivará el cuadro de diálogo de Control de acceso.\n" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594 msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer." @@ -2738,11 +2424,8 @@ msgstr "La comprobación de las capacidades LDAPsync del proveedor ha fallado" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 -msgid "" -"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" -msgstr "" -"Por favor verifique que el servidor objetivo esta activado para ser un " -"proveedor de LDAPsync" +msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" +msgstr "Por favor verifique que el servidor objetivo esta activado para ser un proveedor de LDAPsync" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database" @@ -2849,9 +2532,7 @@ # include/backup/ui.ycp:1646 #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:698 src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1598 msgid "Switch from slapd.conf to config backend failed." -msgstr "" -"Fallo en la migración del archivo de configuración slapd.conf hacia la base " -"de datos de configuración." +msgstr "Fallo en la migración del archivo de configuración slapd.conf hacia la base de datos de configuración." # Cam: término en duda, opciones: protocolo de escucha, agente de escucha del protocolo, monitor de protocolo... #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:706 @@ -2865,8 +2546,7 @@ # Cam: término en duda (populating), opciones: propagar, extender... #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:768 msgid "Error while populating the configurations database with \"slapadd\"." -msgstr "" -"Error al completar la base de datos de configuraciones con \"slapadd\"." +msgstr "Error al completar la base de datos de configuraciones con \"slapadd\"." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:788 msgid "Enabling the LDAP Service failed." @@ -2913,12 +2593,8 @@ msgstr "Actualizando los objetos de directivas predeterminadas de contraseñas" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:883 -msgid "" -"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take " -"some minutes)" -msgstr "" -"Esperando la finalización de las tareas de indexado en segundo plano de " -"OpenLDAP (puede tardar varios minutos)" +msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" +msgstr "Esperando la finalización de las tareas de indexado en segundo plano de OpenLDAP (puede tardar varios minutos)" # clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:156 #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:884 @@ -2938,12 +2614,8 @@ msgstr "Falló la creación de objetos de directivas de contraseña." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1006 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to " -"finish.\n" -msgstr "" -"Se ha producido un error mientras se esperaba a que finalizara el indexador " -"de la base de datos OpenLDAP.\n" +msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" +msgstr "Se ha producido un error mientras se esperaba a que finalizara el indexador de la base de datos OpenLDAP.\n" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1007 msgid "Restart OpenLDAP manually." @@ -2997,8 +2669,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1520 src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1552 msgid "Can not set a filesystem ACL on the private key." -msgstr "" -"No se puede definir una lista de control de acceso sobre una clave privada." +msgstr "No se puede definir una lista de control de acceso sobre una clave privada." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1522 msgid "Do you have filesystem acl support disabled?" @@ -3010,14 +2681,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1575 msgid "Converting slapd.conf to config database" -msgstr "" -"Convirtiendo el archivo sladp.conf hacia la base de datos de configuración" +msgstr "Convirtiendo el archivo sladp.conf hacia la base de datos de configuración" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1576 msgid "Switching startup configuration to use config database" -msgstr "" -"Cambiando la configuración del inicio para utilizar la base de datos de " -"configuración" +msgstr "Cambiando la configuración del inicio para utilizar la base de datos de configuración" # clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:156 #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1577 @@ -3043,9 +2711,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1738 msgid "Common server certificate not available. StartTLS is disabled." -msgstr "" -"El certificado de servidor común no está disponible. StartTLS está " -"desactivado." +msgstr "El certificado de servidor común no está disponible. StartTLS está desactivado." # include/users/io.ycp:377 #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1821 @@ -3056,21 +2722,15 @@ #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1828 src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2637 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." -msgstr "" -"No ha sido posible modificar el propietario del directorio de la base de " -"datos." +msgstr "No ha sido posible modificar el propietario del directorio de la base de datos." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1873 msgid "Could not determine own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "No es posible determinar el nombre completo de equipo." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1874 -msgid "" -"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its " -"own fully qualified hostname." -msgstr "" -"Un servidor maestro para replicación no puede trabajar correctamente sin " -"conocer su nombre completo de equipo." +msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." +msgstr "Un servidor maestro para replicación no puede trabajar correctamente sin conocer su nombre completo de equipo." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2510 src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2520 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." @@ -3086,12 +2746,8 @@ msgstr "DN LDAP inválido: \"%s\", no es posible extraer los valores RDN" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2565 -msgid "" -"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-" -"letter code." -msgstr "" -"El valor del atributo \"c\" debe contener un código de país ISO-3166 de 2 " -"letras válido." +msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." +msgstr "El valor del atributo \"c\" debe contener un código de país ISO-3166 de 2 letras válido." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2572 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 @@ -3106,8 +2762,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2589 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." -msgstr "" -"Base DN \"%s\" tiene múltiples valores de RDNs (no soportado por YaST)." +msgstr "Base DN \"%s\" tiene múltiples valores de RDNs (no soportado por YaST)." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2598 #, perl-format @@ -3117,8 +2772,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2603 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." -msgstr "" -"Root DN \"%s\" contiene multiples valores RDNs (no soportado por YaST)." +msgstr "Root DN \"%s\" contiene multiples valores RDNs (no soportado por YaST)." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2610 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." @@ -3135,11 +2789,8 @@ msgstr "Archivo de certificado CA: \"%s\" no existe." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:3414 -msgid "" -"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" -msgstr "" -"Se ha producido un error al tratar de verificar el Certificado Servidor del " -"proveedor.\n" +msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" +msgstr "Se ha producido un error al tratar de verificar el Certificado Servidor del proveedor.\n" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:3415 #, perl-format @@ -3164,16 +2815,12 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:301 #, perl-format msgid "Database type '%s' is not supported. Allowed are 'bdb' and 'hdb'." -msgstr "" -"No se admite el tipo de base de datos '%s'. Los tipos permitidos son 'bdb' y " -"'hdb'." +msgstr "No se admite el tipo de base de datos '%s'. Los tipos permitidos son 'bdb' y 'hdb'." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347 msgid "The countryName must be an ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." -msgstr "" -"El parámetro countryName debe ser un código identificador de país de dos " -"letras ISO-3166." +msgstr "El parámetro countryName debe ser un código identificador de país de dos letras ISO-3166." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:391 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:726 @@ -3183,14 +2830,12 @@ #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:400 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:734 msgid "'rootdn' must be below the 'suffix'." -msgstr "" -"La raíz del directorio 'rootdn' debe estar por debajo del sufijo 'suffix'." +msgstr "La raíz del directorio 'rootdn' debe estar por debajo del sufijo 'suffix'." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:415 msgid "To set a password, you must define 'rootdn'." -msgstr "" -"Para establecer una contraseña debe definir la raíz del directorio 'rootdn'." +msgstr "Para establecer una contraseña debe definir la raíz del directorio 'rootdn'." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:422 Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/ldap.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/ldap.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/ldap.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -26,8 +26,7 @@ #: src/Ldap.rb:256 msgid "" "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" -"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server " -"Certificate is valid." +"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate is valid." msgstr "" #. hint to error message @@ -43,6 +42,8 @@ "\n" "The server could be down or unreachable.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Es posible que el servidor esté apagado o que no se pueda acceder a él.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:534 @@ -50,6 +51,8 @@ "\n" "The value of DN is missing or invalid.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Falta el valor de DN o no es válido.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:538 @@ -57,6 +60,8 @@ "\n" "Attribute type not found.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"No se ha encontrado el tipo de atributo.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:540 @@ -64,23 +69,25 @@ "\n" "Object class not found.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"No se ha encontrado la clase de objeto.\n" #. error message, more specific description follows #. error message #. error message #: src/Ldap.rb:545 src/Ldap.rb:782 src/Ldap.rb:848 msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." -msgstr "" +msgstr "No es posible establecer la conexión con el servidor LDAP." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:549 msgid "A problem occurred while connecting to the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Problema al conectar con el servidor LDAP." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:553 msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se ha producido un problema al leer datos del servidor LDAP." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:557 @@ -100,26 +107,26 @@ #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:569 msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se ha producido un problema al leer el esquema del servidor LDAP." #. default error message #: src/Ldap.rb:594 msgid "An unknown LDAP error occurred." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se ha producido un error LDAP desconocido." #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857 msgid "&Show Details" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Mostrar detalles" #. error message #. error message #. error message #: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912 msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps 'yast2-ldap' is not available." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Error desconocido. Es posible que 'yast2-ldap' no esté disponible." #. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) #: src/Ldap.rb:800 @@ -134,6 +141,10 @@ "\n" "Retry connection without TLS/SSL?\n" msgstr "" +"Una posible causa del fallo en la conexión puede deberse a que su\n" +"cliente este configurado para usar TLS/SSL pero el servidor no lo permite.\n" +"\n" +"¿Reintentar la conexión desactivando TLS/SSL?\n" #. Asks user for bind_dn and password to LDAP server #. @param anonymous if anonymous access could be allowed @@ -142,21 +153,26 @@ msgid "BindDN" msgstr "" +# +# include/mail/ui.ycp:802 +# include/mail/ui.ycp:831 +# include/mail/ui.ycp:903 +# include/mail/ui.ycp:1107 #. password entering label #. password entering label #: src/Ldap.rb:975 src/ldap_browser.rb:155 msgid "&LDAP Server Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contraseña del servidor &LDAP" #. label #: src/Ldap.rb:979 msgid "Server: %1:%2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Servidor: %1:%2" #. button label #: src/Ldap.rb:988 msgid "&Anonymous Access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Acceso &anónimo" #. error message, %1 is DN #: src/Ldap.rb:1330 @@ -165,6 +181,9 @@ "does not exist in the LDAP directory.\n" "The object with the selected DN cannot be created.\n" msgstr "" +"El directorio LDAP no contiene un padre directo\n" +"para el DN '%1'. No es posible crear el objeto\n" +"con el DN seleccionado.\n" #. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN #: src/Ldap.rb:1634 @@ -172,17 +191,19 @@ "No entry with DN '%1'\n" "exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n" msgstr "" +"No existe ninguna entrada con el DN '%1'\n" +"en el servidor LDAP. ¿Desea crearla ahora?\n" #. button label #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 msgid "&Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Abrir" #. help text 1/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 msgid "Set the new value for the current attribute." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Definir nuevo valor para el atributo actual." #. help text 2/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:264 @@ -194,6 +215,12 @@ "it is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using Browse.\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"Si el atributo puede tener más valores, añada nuevas entradas\n" +"mediante Añadir valor. En ocasiones el botón incluye la lista de valores\n" +"posibles para usarlos con el atributo actual.\n" +"Si el valor del atributo editado debe ser un nombre completo (DN),\n" +"dicho nombre se puede elegir en el árbol LDAP usando Examinar.\n" +" \n" #. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows. #. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note @@ -204,32 +231,34 @@ #. "The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\": " #: src/LdapPopup.rb:287 msgid "The description of attribute \"%1\": " -msgstr "" +msgstr "La descripción del atributo \"%1\" (en inglés): " #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:311 msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Valor del atributo \"%1\"" #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:322 msgid "&Values of \"%1\" Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Valores del atributo \"%1\"" #. button label #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356 msgid "&Add Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Añadir valor" #. menubutton item (default value) #: src/LdapPopup.rb:350 msgid "&Empty Entry" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Entrada &vacía" +# +# include/lilo/widgets.ycp:165 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 msgid "Bro&wse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Examinar" #. error popup #: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 @@ -237,26 +266,28 @@ "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." msgstr "" +"El valor '%1' ya existe.\n" +"Por favor, seleccione otro." #. description of configuration object #: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración de las herramientas de administración de usuarios" #. description of configuration object #: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración de las herramientas de administración de grupos" #. label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Clase de objeto del nuevo módulo" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" #: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Nombre del nuevo módulo (\"cn\" Valor)" #. error popup #: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 @@ -264,20 +295,24 @@ "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" +"El valor introducido ya existe.\n" +"Seleccione otro valor.\n" #. error popup #: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Introduzca el nombre del módulo." #. help text 1/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" -"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults " -"when\n" +"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" "the new object is created.\n" msgstr "" +"Introduzca aquí los valores de los atributos pertenecientes a un\n" +"objeto por medio de la plantilla actual. Estos valores se usarán como valores predeterminados\n" +"para crear el nuevo objeto.\n" #. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" #. _("The list of attributes provided in Attribute Name is the @@ -288,34 +323,34 @@ #: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" -"values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be " -"replaced\n" +"values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").\n" msgstr "" +"Puede utilizar una sintaxis especial para crear valores de atributos a partir de\n" +"valores ya existentes. La expresión %attr_name será sustituida por el valor\n" +"del atributo \"attr_name\" (por ejemplo, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" +"como valor de \"homeDirectory\").\n" #. combobox label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Nombre de atributo" #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Valor de atributo" #. general help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:62 msgid "Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Explore el árbol LDAP en la parte izquierda del cuadro de diálogo." #. help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object " -"data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use " -"Save to save your changes to LDAP." -msgstr "" +msgid "Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use Save to save your changes to LDAP." +msgstr "Una vez seleccionado el objeto LDAP en el árbol, la tabla le muestra los datos del objeto. Utilice Editar para modificar el valor del atributo seleccionado. Utilice Guardar para guardar los cambios en LDAP." #. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows) #: src/ldap_browser.rb:69 @@ -323,47 +358,51 @@ "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" "Discard these changes?\n" msgstr "" +"Hay cambios no guardados en la entrada actual.\n" +"¿Desea desechar los cambios?\n" #. dialog caption #: src/ldap_browser.rb:85 msgid "LDAP Browser" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Navegador LDAP" #. combobox item #: src/ldap_browser.rb:101 msgid "Current LDAP Client settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración actual del cliente LDAP" #. combo box label #. combo box label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:135 src/ldap_browser.rb:747 msgid "LDAP Connections" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Conexiones LDAP" #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 msgid "LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Servidor LDAP" +# +# include/users/ui.ycp:41 #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 msgid "Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN de administrador" #. check box label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:162 msgid "L&DAP TLS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "L&DAP TLS" #. button label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:168 msgid "A&nonymous Access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Acceso a&nónimo" #. InputField label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:230 msgid "Enter the name of the new LDAP connection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Introducir el nombre de la la nueva conexión LDAP" #. error popup, %1 is attribute name #: src/ldap_browser.rb:452 @@ -371,18 +410,20 @@ "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" "Enter a value." msgstr "" +"El atributo \"%1\" es obligatorio.\n" +"Introduzca un valor." #. button label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:550 msgid "&Reload" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Volver a cargar" #. table header 1/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atributo" #. table header 2/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 msgid "Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valor" Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/live-installer.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/live-installer.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/live-installer.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -152,12 +152,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192 msgid "" "\n" -"Use Accept to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</" -"p>" +"Use Accept to perform a new installation with the values displayed." msgstr "" "\n" -"Pulse Aceptar para llevar a cabo una nueva instalación con los " -"valores mostrados.\n" +"Pulse Aceptar para llevar a cabo una nueva instalación con los valores mostrados.\n" "" #. help text 2/3 @@ -179,8 +177,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Su disco duro no ha sido modificado, por lo que aún puede cancelar sin " -"problemas.\n" +"Su disco duro no ha sido modificado, por lo que aún puede cancelar sin problemas.\n" "" #. help text 1/1 Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/lxc.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/lxc.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/lxc.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -294,35 +294,23 @@ #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<big>LXC Overview</big> \n" -"Here, see the list of configured Linux Containers (LXC) with their current " -"status.\n" -"Use Create to create new container. Delete existing one with " -"Destroy.\n" +"Here, see the list of configured Linux Containers (LXC) with their current status.\n" +"Use Create to create new container. Delete existing one with Destroy.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Vista global de LXC</big> \n" -"Aquí puede ver la lista de los Contenedores de Linux configurados (LXC) con " -"su estado actual.\n" -"Use Crear para crear un nuevo contenedor. Elimine uno existente " -"con Destruir.\n" +"Aquí puede ver la lista de los Contenedores de Linux configurados (LXC) con su estado actual.\n" +"Use Crear para crear un nuevo contenedor. Elimine uno existente con Destruir.\n" "" #. Overview dialog help, part 2 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"You can start selected container with Start. The container is " -"started in background. You can connect to it using Connect button or " -"manually using <tt>lxc-console</tt> command. Once in console, you can close " -"it from within or using the Disconnect button.\n" +"You can start selected container with Start. The container is started in background. You can connect to it using Connect button or manually using <tt>lxc-console</tt> command. Once in console, you can close it from within or using the Disconnect button.\n" "Note that Connect option is not available in text mode." msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar el contenedor seleccionado con Iniciar</ba>.El " -"contenedor se iniciará en segundo plano. Puede conectar a él usando el botón " -"Conectar o manualmente usando el comando <tt>lxc-console</tt>. Una " -"vez en la consola, puede cerrarla desde ahí o usando el botón " -"Desconectar.\n" -"Dese cuenta de que la opción Conectar no está disponible en el " -"modo de texto." +"Puede iniciar el contenedor seleccionado con Iniciar</ba>.El contenedor se iniciará en segundo plano. Puede conectar a él usando el botón Conectar o manualmente usando el comando <tt>lxc-console</tt>. Una vez en la consola, puede cerrarla desde ahí o usando el botón Desconectar.\n" +"Dese cuenta de que la opción Conectar no está disponible en el modo de texto." #. Create dialog help, part 1 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:51 @@ -331,35 +319,18 @@ #. Create dialog help, part 2 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:55 -msgid "" -"Choose a Name for your container, select a base Template, " -"and enter desired network settings." -msgstr "" -"Elija un Nombre para su contenedor, una Plantilla, e " -"introduzca las configuraciones de red deseadas." +msgid "Choose a Name for your container, select a base Template, and enter desired network settings." +msgstr "Elija un Nombre para su contenedor, una Plantilla, e introduzca las configuraciones de red deseadas." #. Create dialog help, part 3 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:59 -msgid "" -"Use the value <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> as IP Address to have dynamic " -"address assigned by DHCP. If there's no bridge device configured yet, use " -"the Configure Network button and create one." -msgstr "" -"Use el valor <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> como dirección IP para asignar una " -"dirección dinámica asignada por DHCP. Si no hay configurado un dispositivo " -"puente configurado todavía, use el botón Configurar Red y cree uno.</" -"p>" +msgid "Use the value <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> as IP Address to have dynamic address assigned by DHCP. If there's no bridge device configured yet, use the Configure Network button and create one." +msgstr "Use el valor <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> como dirección IP para asignar una dirección dinámica asignada por DHCP. Si no hay configurado un dispositivo puente configurado todavía, use el botón Configurar Red y cree uno." #. Create dialog help, part 4 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:63 -msgid "" -"Select a password to use for a system administrator ('root') in the " -"container. If no password is entered, the default value <tt>root</tt> will " -"be used." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione una contraseña a usar para el administrador ('root') del " -"contenedor. Si no se introduce una contraseña, se usará el valor por defecto " -"<tt>root</tt>." +msgid "Select a password to use for a system administrator ('root') in the container. If no password is entered, the default value <tt>root</tt> will be used." +msgstr "Seleccione una contraseña a usar para el administrador ('root') del contenedor. Si no se introduce una contraseña, se usará el valor por defecto <tt>root</tt>." #. Create dialog help, part 5 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:67 @@ -368,12 +339,8 @@ #. info label (try to keep the text short) #: src/modules/Lxc.rb:226 -msgid "" -"Some problems with LXC configuration were found. Check the documentation for " -"details." -msgstr "" -"Se encontraron algunos problemas en la configuración LXC. Comprueba la " -"documentación para más detalles." +msgid "Some problems with LXC configuration were found. Check the documentation for details." +msgstr "Se encontraron algunos problemas en la configuración LXC. Comprueba la documentación para más detalles." #. output follows in widget below #: src/modules/Lxc.rb:232 Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/mail.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/mail.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/mail.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -56,8 +56,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Cancelar inicialización:</BIG> \n" -"Para cancelar de forma segura la herramienta de configuración pulse " -"Cancelar.\n" +"Para cancelar de forma segura la herramienta de configuración pulse Cancelar.\n" "\n" #. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! @@ -112,12 +111,10 @@ #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "If choosing No Connection, the mail server will be started.\n" -"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the " -"localhost.\n" +"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.\n" msgstr "" "Al escoger Sin conexión el servidor de correo será arrancado \n" -"pero sólo será posible el transporte de correo local. El MTA escucha en " -"localhost.\n" +"pero sólo será posible el transporte de correo local. El MTA escucha en localhost.\n" #. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88 @@ -126,23 +123,19 @@ "Specify the rewriting of the sender's address here for each user.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Indique aquí si se debe reescribir la dirección del remite para cada " -"usuario.\n" +"Indique aquí si se debe reescribir la dirección del remite para cada usuario.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:96 msgid "" "\n" "Some servers require authentication for sending mails. Here you can\n" -"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use " -"authentication,\n" +"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use authentication,\n" "simply leave these fields empty.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Algunos servidores requieren un proceso de autenticación para enviar " -"mensajes.\n" -"Aquí puede introducir información para esta opción. Si no quiere usar " -"autenticación,\n" +"Algunos servidores requieren un proceso de autenticación para enviar mensajes.\n" +"Aquí puede introducir información para esta opción. Si no quiere usar autenticación,\n" "deje estos apartados en blanco.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 2/4 @@ -150,12 +143,10 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" -"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as smtp.provider." -"com.\n" +"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as smtp.provider.com.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"El servidor de correo saliente está indicado generalmente para conexiones " -"telefónicas.\n" +"El servidor de correo saliente está indicado generalmente para conexiones telefónicas.\n" "Introduzca el servidor SMTP de su proveedor de Internet, ej.:\n" "smtp.proveedor.com.\n" @@ -163,12 +154,10 @@ #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your " -"provider.\n" +"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"En la casilla Nombre de usuario introduzca el nombre de usuario " -"asignado por su proveedor.\n" +"En la casilla Nombre de usuario introduzca el nombre de usuario asignado por su proveedor.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113 @@ -188,8 +177,7 @@ "They will not be lost.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Nota: Aunque por razones de simplicidad aparezca en este diálogo sólo un " -"servidor,\n" +"Nota: Aunque por razones de simplicidad aparezca en este diálogo sólo un servidor,\n" "puede haber más en su archivo de configuración.\n" "Estos servidores no se perderán.\n" @@ -210,8 +198,7 @@ "\n" "This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n" "Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n" -"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses." -"\n" +"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Esta tabla redirige el correo entregado localmente.\n" @@ -241,8 +228,7 @@ "part of the address.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Esta tabla redirige el correo entrante. A diferencia de la tabla de " -"alias,\n" +"Esta tabla redirige el correo entrante. A diferencia de la tabla de alias,\n" "también considera el dominio como parte de la dirección.\n" #. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 2 of 2 @@ -710,13 +696,11 @@ #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:162 msgid "" "\n" -"Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS) checks incoming and outgoing " -"mail\n" +"Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS) checks incoming and outgoing mail\n" "with AMaViS.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Al activar el escáner antivirus (AMaViS) los mensajes entrantes y " -"salientes\n" +"Al activar el escáner antivirus (AMaViS) los mensajes entrantes y salientes\n" "serán comprobados por medio de AMaViS.\n" #. help text @@ -729,8 +713,7 @@ msgstr "" "La activación de AMaViS también activará los siguientes módulos: \n" "SpamAssassin el escáner de SPAM\n" -"DKIM comprueba el correo entrante firmado con clave de dominio</" -"p>\n" +"DKIM comprueba el correo entrante firmado con clave de dominio\n" "Clamav motor del escáner de virus de código abierto" #. help text @@ -763,21 +746,16 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\n" -"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new " -"service\n" -"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can " -"send\n" +"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n" +"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n" "email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n" -"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed " -"with\n" +"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n" "the domain key.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"La activación de DKIM para el correo saliente requiere acciones " -"adicionales. Se generará\n" +"La activación de DKIM para el correo saliente requiere acciones adicionales. Se generará\n" "una clave SSL para el valor 'midominio' definido en Postfix. Se configurará\n" -"un nuevo servicio de 'envío' en Postfix. Después de que esté configurado " -"podrá enviar\n" +"un nuevo servicio de 'envío' en Postfix. Después de que esté configurado podrá enviar\n" "correo con el servicio de 'envío' de 'misredes' con autenticación SASL\n" "activada. Sólo se firmarán con clave de dominio los correos enviados\n" "a través de este nuevo servicio.\n" @@ -790,31 +768,23 @@ "Service. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\n" "in /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt and needs to be deployed to an\n" "according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n" -"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, " -"the\n" +"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n" "public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n" "automatically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Un servicio de nombres de dominio tiene que ofrecer la clave pública\n" -"de la clave de dominio. Se guardará la clave pública como un registro DNS " -"TXT\n" -"en /var/db/dkim/[midominio].public.txt y será necesario desplegarla " -"en un\n" -"Servicio de nombres de dominio correspondiente. Si hay un servicio de " -"nombres\n" -"ejecutándose en este servidor, que es el servidor autorizado para ese " -"dominio, se añadirá\n" +"de la clave de dominio. Se guardará la clave pública como un registro DNS TXT\n" +"en /var/db/dkim/[midominio].public.txt y será necesario desplegarla en un\n" +"Servicio de nombres de dominio correspondiente. Si hay un servicio de nombres\n" +"ejecutándose en este servidor, que es el servidor autorizado para ese dominio, se añadirá\n" "la clave pública como un registro TXT a esa zona de dominio\n" "automáticamente.\n" #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 -msgid "" -"If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." -msgstr "" -"Si activa la asistencia DKIM, será activado el escáner de virus (AMaViS) " -"también." +msgid "If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." +msgstr "Si activa la asistencia DKIM, será activado el escáner de virus (AMaViS) también." #. Translators: text entry label #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:224 @@ -859,12 +829,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 -msgid "" -"The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not " -"forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." -msgstr "" -"El modo de entrega normalmente es Directo, a no ser que no " -"reenvíe el correo de root o quiera acceder al correo por medio de IMAP." +msgid "The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." +msgstr "El modo de entrega normalmente es Directo, a no ser que no reenvíe el correo de root o quiera acceder al correo por medio de IMAP." #. LogView label. take a string from users? #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345 @@ -963,8 +929,7 @@ #. do not translate MTA #: src/modules/Mail.rb:309 msgid "Determining Mail Transport Agent (MTA)" -msgstr "" -"Determinando Mail Transport Agent (MTA) (agente de transferencia de mensajes)" +msgstr "Determinando Mail Transport Agent (MTA) (agente de transferencia de mensajes)" #. Translators: progress label #: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 @@ -1176,8 +1141,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Configuración del servidor de correo" #~ msgid "Advanced mail server setup with LDAP back-end" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configuración avanzada de servidor de correo avanzado con motor LDAP" +#~ msgstr "Configuración avanzada de servidor de correo avanzado con motor LDAP" #~ msgid "You have configured your MTA without LDAP support. " #~ msgstr "Ha configurado su MTA sin soporte LDAP. " @@ -1207,12 +1171,8 @@ #~ msgid "Mail Server Configuration " #~ msgstr "Configuración del servidor de correo " -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This module will configure and start Postfix and, if necessary, the " -#~ "Cyrus IMAP server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Este módulo configurará y arrancará Postfix y si es necesario, el " -#~ "servidor IMAP Cyrus." +#~ msgid "This module will configure and start Postfix and, if necessary, the Cyrus IMAP server." +#~ msgstr "Este módulo configurará y arrancará Postfix y si es necesario, el servidor IMAP Cyrus." #~ msgid "" #~ "Warning:\n" @@ -1221,8 +1181,7 @@ #~ "receive email. They do not need this module.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Aviso:\n" -#~ "La mayoría de los usuarios domésticos pueden usar las " -#~ "características \n" +#~ "La mayoría de los usuarios domésticos pueden usar las características \n" #~ "incluidas en su aplicación de correo para enviar y\n" #~ "recibir correo. No necesitan este módulo.\n" @@ -1240,49 +1199,25 @@ #~ msgstr "El servidor de correo no está configurado." #~ msgid "Select configuration type according your needs." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccione el tipo de configuración de acuerdo con sus necesidades " -#~ "personales." +#~ msgstr "Seleccione el tipo de configuración de acuerdo con sus necesidades personales." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to use sendmail as your MTA, you have to use the Standard " -#~ "configuration." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si desea usar sendmail como su MTA (agente de transferencia de correo), " -#~ "tiene que usar la configuración estándar." +#~ msgid "If you want to use sendmail as your MTA, you have to use the Standard configuration." +#~ msgstr "Si desea usar sendmail como su MTA (agente de transferencia de correo), tiene que usar la configuración estándar." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Advanced configuration use LDAP as backend and will configure your " -#~ "system as LDAP-Client and setup an LDAP-Server if necessary." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "La configuración avanzada utiliza LDAP como motor y configurará su " -#~ "sistema como un cliente LDAP y un servidor LDAP si es necesario." +#~ msgid "The Advanced configuration use LDAP as backend and will configure your system as LDAP-Client and setup an LDAP-Server if necessary." +#~ msgstr "La configuración avanzada utiliza LDAP como motor y configurará su sistema como un cliente LDAP y un servidor LDAP si es necesario." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Standard\" type." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "La configuración del servidor de correo en ejecución está basado en el " -#~ "tipo \"estándar\"." +#~ msgid "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Standard\" type." +#~ msgstr "La configuración del servidor de correo en ejecución está basado en el tipo \"estándar\"." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is possible to change to \"Advanced\" settings. This will overwrite " -#~ "all existing settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Es posible cambiarlo a configuración \"avanzada\". Esto sobreescribirá " -#~ "todos los ajustes existentes." +#~ msgid "It is possible to change to \"Advanced\" settings. This will overwrite all existing settings." +#~ msgstr "Es posible cambiarlo a configuración \"avanzada\". Esto sobreescribirá todos los ajustes existentes." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Advanced\" type." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "La configuración del servidor de correo en ejecución está basado en el " -#~ "tipo \"avanzado\"." +#~ msgid "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Advanced\" type." +#~ msgstr "La configuración del servidor de correo en ejecución está basado en el tipo \"avanzado\"." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is possible to change to \"Standard\" settings. This will overwrite " -#~ "all existing settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Es posible cambiarlo a configuración \"estándar\". Esto sobreescribirá " -#~ "todos los ajustes existentes." +#~ msgid "It is possible to change to \"Standard\" settings. This will overwrite all existing settings." +#~ msgstr "Es posible cambiarlo a configuración \"estándar\". Esto sobreescribirá todos los ajustes existentes." #~ msgid "Standard" #~ msgstr "Estándar" @@ -1330,53 +1265,28 @@ #~ msgstr "Su sistema no está configurado como cliente LDAP." #~ msgid "We suggest you set up a local LDAP server for the mail server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Le sugerimos que configure un servidor LDAP local para el servidor de " -#~ "correo." +#~ msgstr "Le sugerimos que configure un servidor LDAP local para el servidor de correo." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Create certificates for the LDAP and mail server in order to secure your " -#~ "system." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Crear certificados para el servidor LDAP y el de correo para tener " -#~ "seguridad en sus sistema." +#~ msgid "Create certificates for the LDAP and mail server in order to secure your system." +#~ msgstr "Crear certificados para el servidor LDAP y el de correo para tener seguridad en sus sistema." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Your computer is configured as an LDAP client and the LDAP server is " -#~ "local." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Su sistema está configurado como cliente LDAP y el servidor LDAP es local." +#~ msgid "Your computer is configured as an LDAP client and the LDAP server is local." +#~ msgstr "Su sistema está configurado como cliente LDAP y el servidor LDAP es local." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "We suggest you adapt the LDAP server configuration for the mail server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Le sugerimos que adapte la configuración del servidor LDAP al servidor de " -#~ "correo." +#~ msgid "We suggest you adapt the LDAP server configuration for the mail server." +#~ msgstr "Le sugerimos que adapte la configuración del servidor LDAP al servidor de correo." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For this reason you have to know the password of the LDAP administrator " -#~ "account:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Por esta razón debe usted conocer la clave de la cuenta del administrador " -#~ "de LDAP:" +#~ msgid "For this reason you have to know the password of the LDAP administrator account:" +#~ msgstr "Por esta razón debe usted conocer la clave de la cuenta del administrador de LDAP:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Your computer is configured as a LDAP client and the LDAP server is not " -#~ "local." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Su equipo está configurado como cliente LDAP y el servidor LDAP no es " -#~ "local." +#~ msgid "Your computer is configured as a LDAP client and the LDAP server is not local." +#~ msgstr "Su equipo está configurado como cliente LDAP y el servidor LDAP no es local." #~ msgid "We suggest you configure the LDAP server for the mail server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Le sugerimos que configure el servidor LDAP para el servidor de correo." +#~ msgstr "Le sugerimos que configure el servidor LDAP para el servidor de correo." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Furthermore, the LDAP server has to contain the suse-mailserver." -#~ "schema and the corresponding index entries." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Más aún, el servidor LDAP debe contener el suse-mailserver.schema " -#~ "y las correspondientes entradas de índice." +#~ msgid "Furthermore, the LDAP server has to contain the suse-mailserver.schema and the corresponding index entries." +#~ msgstr "Más aún, el servidor LDAP debe contener el suse-mailserver.schema y las correspondientes entradas de índice." #~ msgid "Create certificates." #~ msgstr "Crear certificados." @@ -1402,8 +1312,7 @@ #~ "Create the certificate with the YaST2 CA management module.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "No ha creado el certificado y clave de servidor.\n" -#~ "No podrá utilizar SSL en el lado del servidor y TSL en el servidor de " -#~ "correo.\n" +#~ "No podrá utilizar SSL en el lado del servidor y TSL en el servidor de correo.\n" #~ "Utilice el módulo de gestión de CAs de YaST2 para crear el certificado.\n" #~ msgid "Do Not Use TLS" @@ -1725,13 +1634,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Nombre" #~ msgid "There is no main mail domain defined. Please fix it!" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No se ha definido ningún dominio principal de correo. ¡Por favor, " -#~ "arréglelo!" +#~ msgstr "No se ha definido ningún dominio principal de correo. ¡Por favor, arréglelo!" #~ msgid "You have defined more then one main mail domain. Please fix it!" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ha definido más de un dominio principal de correo. ¡Por favor, corríjalo!" +#~ msgstr "Ha definido más de un dominio principal de correo. ¡Por favor, corríjalo!" #~ msgid "Mail Server Global Settings" #~ msgstr "Configuración global del servidor de correo" @@ -1740,8 +1646,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Configuración de rutas de transporte del servidor de correo" #~ msgid "Mail Server SPAM Basic Prevention Configuration" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configuración de la prevención básica de SPAM del servidor de correo" +#~ msgstr "Configuración de la prevención básica de SPAM del servidor de correo" #~ msgid "Mail Server Relaying Configuration" #~ msgstr "Configuración de reenvío del servidor de correo" @@ -1759,18 +1664,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Administrator Authorization</big> \n" #~ "To use the YaST mail server component, your system must use LDAP\n" -#~ "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services." -#~ " \n" -#~ "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, " -#~ "too. \n" +#~ "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services. \n" +#~ "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, too. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Autorización del administrador</big> \n" -#~ "Para utilizar el componente de servidor de correo de YaST, el sistema " -#~ "debe utilizar LDAP\n" -#~ "como repositorio para las cuentas de usuario y grupo y para los servicios " -#~ "DNS. \n" -#~ "Algunas opciones de configuración del servidor de correo también serán " -#~ "guardadas \n" +#~ "Para utilizar el componente de servidor de correo de YaST, el sistema debe utilizar LDAP\n" +#~ "como repositorio para las cuentas de usuario y grupo y para los servicios DNS. \n" +#~ "Algunas opciones de configuración del servidor de correo también serán guardadas \n" #~ "en el repositorio LDAP. \n" # include/network/lan/helps.ycp:54 @@ -1785,8 +1685,7 @@ #~ "<big>Initializing Mail Server Configuration</big> \n" #~ "Please wait... \n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Inicializando la configuración del servidor de correo</big></" -#~ "b> \n" +#~ "<big>Inicializando la configuración del servidor de correo</big> \n" #~ "Por favor, espere... \n" #~ msgid "" @@ -1800,8 +1699,7 @@ #~ "<big>Saving Mail Server Configuration</big> \n" #~ "Please wait... \n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Guardando la configuración del servidor de correo</" -#~ "big> \n" +#~ "<big>Guardando la configuración del servidor de correo</big> \n" #~ "Por favor, espere... \n" #~ msgid "" @@ -1812,8 +1710,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Cancelando la grabación:</big> \n" #~ "Cancele la grabación pulsando Cancelar.\n" -#~ "Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro " -#~ "o no.\n" +#~ "Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o no.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -1827,14 +1724,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Mail Size:</big> \n" -#~ "This parameter limits the total size in bytes of a mail (sending and " -#~ "getting),\n" +#~ "This parameter limits the total size in bytes of a mail (sending and getting),\n" #~ "including envelope information.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Tamaño de correo</big> \n" -#~ "Este parámetro limita el tamaño total en bytes de un correo (enviado o " -#~ "recibido),\n" +#~ "Este parámetro limita el tamaño total en bytes de un correo (enviado o recibido),\n" #~ "incluida la información del sobre.\n" #~ " " @@ -1867,66 +1762,45 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>SPAM Prevention</big> \n" -#~ "Postfix offers a variety of parameters that limit the delivery of " -#~ "unsolicited commercial e-mail (UCE).\n" -#~ "In this dialog, configure this settings. For example, set access lists " -#~ "or RBL\n" +#~ "Postfix offers a variety of parameters that limit the delivery of unsolicited commercial e-mail (UCE).\n" +#~ "In this dialog, configure this settings. For example, set access lists or RBL\n" #~ "(real-time blackhole list) name servers. \n" #~ " \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Prevención de SPAM</big> \n" -#~ "Postfix incorpora una gran variedad de parámetros que limitan la entrega " -#~ "del correo comercial no solicitado (UCE).\n" -#~ "En este diálogo puede configurar dichos parámetros y definir, por " -#~ "ejemplo, listas de acceso o\n" -#~ "servidores de nombres RBL (Real-time Blackhole List, lista agujero negro " -#~ "en tiempo real). \n" +#~ "Postfix incorpora una gran variedad de parámetros que limitan la entrega del correo comercial no solicitado (UCE).\n" +#~ "En este diálogo puede configurar dichos parámetros y definir, por ejemplo, listas de acceso o\n" +#~ "servidores de nombres RBL (Real-time Blackhole List, lista agujero negro en tiempo real). \n" #~ " \n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Start Virus Scanner AMAVIS:</big> \n" -#~ "If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, your emails will be scanned for " -#~ "viruses and and for spam.\n" -#~ "The virus scanner engine Clamavd and the spam finder " -#~ "SpamAssassin will be installed \n" -#~ "and configured as well. You can also install other (commercial) virus " -#~ "scanner engines.\n" +#~ "If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, your emails will be scanned for viruses and and for spam.\n" +#~ "The virus scanner engine Clamavd and the spam finder SpamAssassin will be installed \n" +#~ "and configured as well. You can also install other (commercial) virus scanner engines.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Arrancar buscador de virus AMAVIS:</big> \n" -#~ "Si arranca el buscador de virus AMAVIS, se buscarán virus y spam en sus " -#~ "correos electrónicos.\n" -#~ "El motor explorador de virus Clamavd y el buscador de spam " -#~ "SpamAssassin serán también instalados \n" -#~ "y configurados. También puede instalar otros motores exploradores " -#~ "(comerciales) de virus.\n" +#~ "Si arranca el buscador de virus AMAVIS, se buscarán virus y spam en sus correos electrónicos.\n" +#~ "El motor explorador de virus Clamavd y el buscador de spam SpamAssassin serán también instalados \n" +#~ "y configurados. También puede instalar otros motores exploradores (comerciales) de virus.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Configure Spam Learning Extension:</big> \n" -#~ "The spam learning extension can only be configured if the local delivery " -#~ "method is cyrus imapd.\n" -#~ "In this case the shared folders NewSpam and NoSpam will be " -#~ "created. Spam email \n" -#~ "which was not detected by SpamAssassin should be put into the " -#~ "folder NewSpam.\n" -#~ "If you want your spam finder to be most effective you should also put non-" -#~ "spam email into\n" -#~ "the folder NoSpam. The emails in this folder cannot be read by " -#~ "anyone.\n" +#~ "The spam learning extension can only be configured if the local delivery method is cyrus imapd.\n" +#~ "In this case the shared folders NewSpam and NoSpam will be created. Spam email \n" +#~ "which was not detected by SpamAssassin should be put into the folder NewSpam.\n" +#~ "If you want your spam finder to be most effective you should also put non-spam email into\n" +#~ "the folder NoSpam. The emails in this folder cannot be read by anyone.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Configurar la extensión de aprendizaje de Spam:</big> \n" -#~ "La extensión de aprendizaje de Spam sólo puede configurarse si el método " -#~ "de distribución local es cyrus imapd.\n" -#~ "En este caso las carpetas compartidas NewSpam y NoSpam " -#~ "serán creadas. El correo basura\n" -#~ "que no fue detectado por SpamAssassin debería ser puesto en la " -#~ "carpeta NewSpam.\n" -#~ "Si desea que su buscador de spam sea lo más efectivo posible debería " -#~ "también poner correo no spam\n" -#~ "en la carpeta NoSpam. Los correos electrónicos en esta carpeta no " -#~ "pueden ser leídos por nadie.\n" +#~ "La extensión de aprendizaje de Spam sólo puede configurarse si el método de distribución local es cyrus imapd.\n" +#~ "En este caso las carpetas compartidas NewSpam y NoSpam serán creadas. El correo basura\n" +#~ "que no fue detectado por SpamAssassin debería ser puesto en la carpeta NewSpam.\n" +#~ "Si desea que su buscador de spam sea lo más efectivo posible debería también poner correo no spam\n" +#~ "en la carpeta NoSpam. Los correos electrónicos en esta carpeta no pueden ser leídos por nadie.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -1936,8 +1810,7 @@ #~ " \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Redes locales de confianza:</big> \n" -#~ "Los clientes de estas redes pueden utilizar su servidor de correo para el " -#~ "reenvío (relaying) de correo \n" +#~ "Los clientes de estas redes pueden utilizar su servidor de correo para el reenvío (relaying) de correo \n" #~ "(Envío de correo no local).\n" #~ " \n" @@ -1956,8 +1829,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Local Delivery Type</big> \n" #~ "In this frame, choose the local mail delivery method. \n" -#~ "For clients to be able to connect to your mail server via the POP or " -#~ "IMAP\n" +#~ "For clients to be able to connect to your mail server via the POP or IMAP\n" #~ "protocol, choose Cyrus IMAP. \n" #~ " \n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -1978,16 +1850,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Mail Fetching Scheduler</big> \n" -#~ "If you have mail boxes on an Internet provider, you can fetch this " -#~ "regularly\n" +#~ "If you have mail boxes on an Internet provider, you can fetch this regularly\n" #~ "at defined time intervals and by connecting to the Internet.\n" #~ " \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Planificador de recogida de correo</big> \n" -#~ "Si sus buzones de correo se encuentran en un proveedor de Internet, puede " -#~ "recoger el correo\n" -#~ "regularmente en intervalos de tiempo definidos y conectándose a " -#~ "Internet.\n" +#~ "Si sus buzones de correo se encuentran en un proveedor de Internet, puede recoger el correo\n" +#~ "regularmente en intervalos de tiempo definidos y conectándose a Internet.\n" #~ " \n" #~ msgid "" @@ -2012,14 +1881,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Note: You can create and set up the domains with the YaST \n" -#~ "DNS server module. In the current module, you only can set the " -#~ "properties\n" +#~ "DNS server module. In the current module, you only can set the properties\n" #~ "concerning the mail server.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Nota: Puede usar el módulo del servidor DNS de YaST \n" -#~ "para crear y configurar los dominios. En el módulo actual, sólo es " -#~ "posible configurar las propiedades\n" +#~ "para crear y configurar los dominios. En el módulo actual, sólo es posible configurar las propiedades\n" #~ "relativas al servidor de correo.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2032,12 +1899,9 @@ #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Tipo:</big> \n" -#~ "Puede definir dominios virtuales y locales. En los dominios virtuales, " -#~ "sólo los usuarios\n" -#~ "que tengan asignado una dirección de correo en el dominio podrán recibir " -#~ "correos.\n" -#~ "En los dominios locales, todos los usuarios pueden recibir correos. " -#~ "Asigne una dirección de correo \n" +#~ "Puede definir dominios virtuales y locales. En los dominios virtuales, sólo los usuarios\n" +#~ "que tengan asignado una dirección de correo en el dominio podrán recibir correos.\n" +#~ "En los dominios locales, todos los usuarios pueden recibir correos. Asigne una dirección de correo \n" #~ "virtual en el módulo de usuario de YaST.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2121,22 +1985,16 @@ #~ msgstr "No es posible leer las rutas de transporte del servidor de correo." #~ msgid "Cannot read mail server preventions." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No es posible leer la configuración de prevención del servidor de correo." +#~ msgstr "No es posible leer la configuración de prevención del servidor de correo." #~ msgid "Cannot read the mail server relay settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No es posible leer la configuración de reenvío del servidor de correo." +#~ msgstr "No es posible leer la configuración de reenvío del servidor de correo." #~ msgid "Cannot read the mail server local delivery settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No es posible leer la configuración de entrega local del servidor de " -#~ "correo." +#~ msgstr "No es posible leer la configuración de entrega local del servidor de correo." #~ msgid "Cannot read the mail server fetching jobs." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No es posible leer las tareas de recogida de mensajes del servidor de " -#~ "correo." +#~ msgstr "No es posible leer las tareas de recogida de mensajes del servidor de correo." #~ msgid "Cannot read the mail server domains." #~ msgstr "No es posible leer los dominios del servidor de correo." @@ -2171,15 +2029,13 @@ #~ msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración global del servidor de correo..." #~ msgid "Writing mail server local delivery settings..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Escribiendo la configuración de entrega local del servidor de correo..." +#~ msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de entrega local del servidor de correo..." #~ msgid "Writing mail server transports..." #~ msgstr "Escribiendo las rutas de transporte del servidor de correo..." #~ msgid "Writing mail server prevention settings..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Escribiendo la configuración de prevención del servidor de correo..." +#~ msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de prevención del servidor de correo..." # #~ msgid "Writing mail server relaying settings..." @@ -2192,31 +2048,22 @@ #~ msgstr "Escribiendo los dominios del servidor de correo..." #~ msgid "Cannot write the mail server global settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No es posible escribir la configuración global del servidor de correo." +#~ msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración global del servidor de correo." #~ msgid "Cannot write the mail server local delivery settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No es posible escribir la configuración de entrega local del servidor de " -#~ "correo." +#~ msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración de entrega local del servidor de correo." #~ msgid "Cannot write mail server transports." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No es posible escribir las rutas de transporte del servidor de correo." +#~ msgstr "No es posible escribir las rutas de transporte del servidor de correo." #~ msgid "Cannot write mail server preventions." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No es posible escribir la configuración de prevención del servidor de " -#~ "correo." +#~ msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración de prevención del servidor de correo." #~ msgid "Cannot write the mail server relay settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No es posible escribir la configuración de reenvío del servidor de correo." +#~ msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración de reenvío del servidor de correo." #~ msgid "Cannot write the mail server fetching jobs." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No es posible escribir las tareas de recogida de mensajes del servidor de " -#~ "correo." +#~ msgstr "No es posible escribir las tareas de recogida de mensajes del servidor de correo." #~ msgid "Cannot write the mail server domains." #~ msgstr "No es posible escribir los dominios del servidor de correo." @@ -2235,27 +2082,18 @@ #~ msgid "Invalid e-mail format." #~ msgstr "Formato de correo electrónico no válido." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In this dialog You can configure the mail settings of an user ." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "En este cuadro de diálogo se pueden configurar los ajustes de correo " -#~ "de un usuario." +#~ msgid "In this dialog You can configure the mail settings of an user ." +#~ msgstr "En este cuadro de diálogo se pueden configurar los ajustes de correo de un usuario." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "First you can set the mail addresses and aliases for the user." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "En primer lugar, defina las direcciones de correo y los alias del " -#~ "usuario." +#~ msgid "First you can set the mail addresses and aliases for the user." +#~ msgstr "En primer lugar, defina las direcciones de correo y los alias del usuario." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you have selected \"cyrus\" for the local delivery of mails, you " -#~ "can set the size limit for the users mail box.\n" +#~ "If you have selected \"cyrus\" for the local delivery of mails, you can set the size limit for the users mail box.\n" #~ " If you do not set any value the mail box size is unlimited." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si ha seleccionado \"cyrus\" para el envío de correo local, puede " -#~ "definir el límite de tamaño del buzón de correo de los usuarios.\n" -#~ " Si no define ningún valor, el tamaño del buzón de correo será " -#~ "ilimitado." +#~ "Si ha seleccionado \"cyrus\" para el envío de correo local, puede definir el límite de tamaño del buzón de correo de los usuarios.\n" +#~ " Si no define ningún valor, el tamaño del buzón de correo será ilimitado." #~ msgid "E-Mail Addresses " #~ msgstr "Direcciones de correo electrónico " Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/multipath.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/multipath.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/multipath.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -237,133 +237,83 @@ "\t\t\tStart or stop multipathd, check the multipath information. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Stop/Start Multipathd</big> \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Use Multipath\" to start multipathd. Click \"Do not " -"use Multipath\" to stop multipathd. \n" -"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd " -"stopped. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Use Multipath\" to start multipathd. Click \"Do not use Multipath\" to stop multipathd. \n" +"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd stopped. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Configure Multipath</big> \n" -"\t\t\tClick Configure Tab to make the multipath configurations. </" -"p>\n" +"\t\t\tClick Configure Tab to make the multipath configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Estado de Multipath</big> \n" -"\t\t\tArrancar o parar multipathd, probar la información de multipath." -" \n" +"\t\t\tArrancar o parar multipathd, probar la información de multipath. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Parar/Iniciar Multipathd</big> \n" -"\t\t\tPulse \"Usar Multipath\"para iniciar multipathd. Pulse \"No " -"usar Multipath\" para parar multipathd. \n" -"\t\t\tla información del estado de Multipath puede verse cuando multipathd " -"esta parado. \n" +"\t\t\tPulse \"Usar Multipath\"para iniciar multipathd. Pulse \"No usar Multipath\" para parar multipathd. \n" +"\t\t\tla información del estado de Multipath puede verse cuando multipathd esta parado. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Configurar multipath</big> \n" -"\t\t\tPulse Configurar Tab para crear las configuraciones de " -"multipath. \n" +"\t\t\tPulse Configurar Tab para crear las configuraciones de multipath. \n" #. dialog help for Configure tab #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<big>Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There " -"are four sections in the configuration file:\n" -"\t\t\tmultipaths, defaults, blacklist, " -"blacklist_exception, devices. \n" +"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There are four sections in the configuration file:\n" +"\t\t\tmultipaths, defaults, blacklist, blacklist_exception, devices. \n" "\t\t\tMultipaths: list of multipaths finest-grained settings. \n" "\t\t\tDefaults: multipath-tools default settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Defaults\" button to configure defaults " -"settings. \n" -"\t\t\tBlacklist: list of device names to be discard as not multipath " -"candidates. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist\" button to configure blacklist " -"settings. \n" -"\t\t\tBlacklist Exceptions: list of device names to be excluded from " -"blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\" button to configure " -"blacklist_exceptions settings. \n" -"\t\t\tDevices: list of per storage controller settings. Overrides " -"default settings, overridden by per multipath settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure devices\" button to configure devices " -"settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Finish\" button to save and update the configurations." -" \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Defaults\" button to configure defaults settings. \n" +"\t\t\tBlacklist: list of device names to be discard as not multipath candidates. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist\" button to configure blacklist settings. \n" +"\t\t\tBlacklist Exceptions: list of device names to be excluded from blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\" button to configure blacklist_exceptions settings. \n" +"\t\t\tDevices: list of per storage controller settings. Overrides default settings, overridden by per multipath settings. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure devices\" button to configure devices settings. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Finish\" button to save and update the configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuración</big> \n" -"\t\t\tSe puede configurar todo el contenido de /etc/multipath.conf aquí. Hay " -"cuatro secciones en el archivo de configuración:\n" -"\t\t\tmultipaths, predeterminados/b>, lista negra, " -"excepciones a la lista negra, dispositivos. \n" -"\t\t\tMultipaths: lista detallada de los parametros de multipaths." -" \n" -"\t\t\tPredeterminados:Parametros predeterminados de multipath-tools." -" \n" -"\t\t\tPulse el botón \"Configurar predeterminados\"para configurar " -"los parametros predeterminados. \n" -"\t\t\tLista negra: Lista de los nombres de dispositivos a descartar " -"como no candidatos a multipath. \n" -"\t\t\tPulse el botón \"Configurar lista negra\" para configurar los " -"parametros de la lista negra. \n" -"\t\t\tExcepciones de la lista negra: Lista de los nombres de " -"dispositivos a excluirse de la lista negra. \n" -"\t\t\tPulse el botón \"Configurar excepciones de la lista negra\" " -"para configurar las excepciones de la lista negra. \n" -"\t\t\tDispositivos: Lista de parametros por controlador de " -"almacenamiento.Sobreescribe los parametros predeterminados, escritos por los " -"parametros predeterminados por multipath. \n" -"\t\t\tPulse el botón \"Configurar dispositivos\" para configurar los " -"parametros de los dispositivos. \n" -"\t\t\tPulse el botón \"Terminar\" para guardar y actualizar las " -"configuraciones. \n" +"\t\t\tSe puede configurar todo el contenido de /etc/multipath.conf aquí. Hay cuatro secciones en el archivo de configuración:\n" +"\t\t\tmultipaths, predeterminados/b>, lista negra, excepciones a la lista negra, dispositivos. \n" +"\t\t\tMultipaths: lista detallada de los parametros de multipaths. \n" +"\t\t\tPredeterminados:Parametros predeterminados de multipath-tools. \n" +"\t\t\tPulse el botón \"Configurar predeterminados\"para configurar los parametros predeterminados. \n" +"\t\t\tLista negra: Lista de los nombres de dispositivos a descartar como no candidatos a multipath. \n" +"\t\t\tPulse el botón \"Configurar lista negra\" para configurar los parametros de la lista negra. \n" +"\t\t\tExcepciones de la lista negra: Lista de los nombres de dispositivos a excluirse de la lista negra. \n" +"\t\t\tPulse el botón \"Configurar excepciones de la lista negra\" para configurar las excepciones de la lista negra. \n" +"\t\t\tDispositivos: Lista de parametros por controlador de almacenamiento.Sobreescribe los parametros predeterminados, escritos por los parametros predeterminados por multipath. \n" +"\t\t\tPulse el botón \"Configurar dispositivos\" para configurar los parametros de los dispositivos. \n" +"\t\t\tPulse el botón \"Terminar\" para guardar y actualizar las configuraciones. \n" #. dialog help for defaults section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<big>Defaults Configuration</big> \n" "\t\t\tGlobal default settings can be configured and cleared here. \n" -"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath " -"configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it. \n" -"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own " -"value as default setting. \n" +"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it. \n" +"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own value as default setting. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuración predeterminada</big> \n" -"\t\t\tAquí puede configurar y borrar los valores globales predeterminados." -" \n" -"\t\t\tCualquier valor predeterminado tiene efecto en todas las " -"configuraciones de multipath, a menos que sea sobreescrita por el valor " -"local adecuado. \n" -"\t\t\tSi un valor predeterminado se borra, multipath tomara su propio valor " -"como predeterminado. \n" +"\t\t\tAquí puede configurar y borrar los valores globales predeterminados. \n" +"\t\t\tCualquier valor predeterminado tiene efecto en todas las configuraciones de multipath, a menos que sea sobreescrita por el valor local adecuado. \n" +"\t\t\tSi un valor predeterminado se borra, multipath tomara su propio valor como predeterminado. \n" #. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<big>Blacklist Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates." -" \n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, " -"devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist." -" \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " -"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " -"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller in " -"blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" +"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates. \n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller in blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Configuración de la lista negra</big> \n" -"\t\t\tLos nombres de dispositivo se pueden descartar y no son candidatos " -"multipath. \n" -"\t\t\tHay tres metodos para identificar un nombre de dispositivo: wwid</" -"b>, devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: El world wide ID identifica el dispositivo en la lista " -"negra. \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Se pueden usar expresiones regulares para identificar " -"los nombres de dispositivo en udev_dir (por omisión en el directorio /dev). " -"Son nombres comunes de dispositivo cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, " -"raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tdevice: Usado para identificar un controlador especifico de " -"almacenamiento en la lista negra. Un dispositivo se puede especificar por " -"fabricante y modelo. \n" +"\t\t\tLos nombres de dispositivo se pueden descartar y no son candidatos multipath. \n" +"\t\t\tHay tres metodos para identificar un nombre de dispositivo: wwid, devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: El world wide ID identifica el dispositivo en la lista negra. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Se pueden usar expresiones regulares para identificar los nombres de dispositivo en udev_dir (por omisión en el directorio /dev). Son nombres comunes de dispositivo cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Usado para identificar un controlador especifico de almacenamiento en la lista negra. Un dispositivo se puede especificar por fabricante y modelo. \n" "" #. dialog help for blacklist_exception section configure tab 1/3 @@ -371,49 +321,31 @@ msgid "" "<big>Blacklist Exceptions Configuration</big> \n" "\t\t\tDevice names listed here are excluded from blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, " -"devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from " -"blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " -"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " -"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted " -"from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Configuración de las excepciones a la lista negra</big> \n" -"\t\t\tLos nombres de dispositivo listados aquí se excluyen de la lista negra." -" \n" -"\t\t\tHay tres metodos para identificar un nombre de dispositivo: wwid</" -"b>, devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: El identificador world wide ID identifica al dispositivo " -"que se excluye de la lista negra. \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Expresión regular para identificar los nombres de " -"dispositivo en udev_dir (por omisión en el directorio /dev).. Son nombres " -"comunes de dispositivo cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop." -" \n" -"\t\t\tdispositivo:Usado para identificar un controlador de " -"almacenamiento especifico exceptuado de la lista negra.\n" -"Un dispositivo puede especificarse por los nombres del fabricante y del " -"producto. \n" +"\t\t\tLos nombres de dispositivo listados aquí se excluyen de la lista negra. \n" +"\t\t\tHay tres metodos para identificar un nombre de dispositivo: wwid, devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: El identificador world wide ID identifica al dispositivo que se excluye de la lista negra. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Expresión regular para identificar los nombres de dispositivo en udev_dir (por omisión en el directorio /dev).. Son nombres comunes de dispositivo cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdispositivo:Usado para identificar un controlador de almacenamiento especifico exceptuado de la lista negra.\n" +"Un dispositivo puede especificarse por los nombres del fabricante y del producto. \n" "" #. dialog help for devcies section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Devices Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the " -"default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings. \n" -"\t\t\tEach device is identified by vendor and product name." -" \n" +"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings. \n" +"\t\t\tEach device is identified by vendor and product name. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuración de dispositivos</big> \n" -"\t\t\t Se listan aquí los parametros por controlador de almacenamiento, " -"estos sobrescriben a los parametros predeterminados y son sobrescritos por " -"los parametros multipath. \n" -"\t\t\tSe identifica cada dispositivo por los nombres de Fabricante y " -"Producto. \n" +"\t\t\t Se listan aquí los parametros por controlador de almacenamiento, estos sobrescriben a los parametros predeterminados y son sobrescritos por los parametros multipath. \n" +"\t\t\tSe identifica cada dispositivo por los nombres de Fabricante y Producto. \n" #. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words. #. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it. @@ -459,32 +391,23 @@ #. prepare for loading built-in configurations #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:98 msgid "Cannot read multipath section in multipath configuration." -msgstr "" -"No es posible leer la sección multipath en la configuración de multipath." +msgstr "No es posible leer la sección multipath en la configuración de multipath." #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:106 msgid "Cannot read defaults section in multipath configuration." -msgstr "" -"No es posible leer la sección de valores predeterminados (defaults) en la " -"configuración de multipath." +msgstr "No es posible leer la sección de valores predeterminados (defaults) en la configuración de multipath." #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:114 msgid "Cannot read blacklist section in multipath configuration." -msgstr "" -"No es posible leer la lista negra (blacklist) en la configuración de " -"multipath." +msgstr "No es posible leer la lista negra (blacklist) en la configuración de multipath." #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:122 msgid "Cannot read blacklist_exceptions section in multipath configuration." -msgstr "" -"No es posible leer la sección de excepciones a la lista negra " -"(blacklist_exceptions) en la configuración de multipath." +msgstr "No es posible leer la sección de excepciones a la lista negra (blacklist_exceptions) en la configuración de multipath." #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:132 msgid "Cannot read devices section in multipath configuration." -msgstr "" -"No es posible leer la sección dispositivos (devices) en la configuración de " -"multipath." +msgstr "No es posible leer la sección dispositivos (devices) en la configuración de multipath." #. Multipath read dialog caption #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:145 Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/ncurses-pkg.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/ncurses-pkg.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/ncurses-pkg.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -70,11 +70,8 @@ msgstr "los siguientes paquetes para resolver dependencias:" #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1297 -msgid "" -"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." -msgstr "" -"Puede elegir instalar de cualquier modo, pero se arriesga a tener un sistema " -"dañado." +msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." +msgstr "Puede elegir instalar de cualquier modo, pero se arriesga a tener un sistema dañado." # include/ui/common_messages.ycp:23 # include/ui/common_messages.ycp:23 @@ -141,41 +138,20 @@ msgstr "Innecesarios" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "" -"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " -"recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by " -"already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for " -"Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be set." -msgstr "" -"Esta es una lista de paquetes útiles. Serán instalados si son recomendados " -"por otros paquetes nuevos. Para obtener una lista de paquetes recomendados " -"para los ya instalados, es necesario marcar la opción Instalar paquetes " -"recomendados por paquetes ya instalados desde el menú Dependencias</" -"b>." +msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be set." +msgstr "Esta es una lista de paquetes útiles. Serán instalados si son recomendados por otros paquetes nuevos. Para obtener una lista de paquetes recomendados para los ya instalados, es necesario marcar la opción Instalar paquetes recomendados por paquetes ya instalados desde el menú Dependencias." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 -msgid "" -"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already " -"installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." -msgstr "" -"Se sugiere instalar estos paquetes porque concuerdan con paquetes ya " -"instalados. La decisión de instalarlos depende del usuario." +msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." +msgstr "Se sugiere instalar estos paquetes porque concuerdan con paquetes ya instalados. La decisión de instalarlos depende del usuario." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 -msgid "" -"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. " -"updates aren't possible." -msgstr "" -"El solucionador ha detectado que estos paquetes no están en ningún " -"repositorio, no será posible mantenerlos actualizados." +msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible." +msgstr "El solucionador ha detectado que estos paquetes no están en ningún repositorio, no será posible mantenerlos actualizados." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 -msgid "" -"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any " -"longer." -msgstr "" -"Estos paquetes pueden no ser necesarios ya que no son requeridos por ningún " -"otro." +msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer." +msgstr "Estos paquetes pueden no ser necesarios ya que no son requeridos por ningún otro." #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 msgid "Delete" @@ -213,12 +189,8 @@ #. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB #: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 #, c-format -msgid "" -"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s " -"locale" -msgstr "" -"Traducciones, diccionarios y otros archivos relacionados con el idioma para " -"la localización %s" +msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s locale" +msgstr "Traducciones, diccionarios y otros archivos relacionados con el idioma para la localización %s" #. the label of the selections #: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:319 @@ -458,9 +430,7 @@ #. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:249 msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following" -msgstr "" -"Para cumplir las dependencias de paquetes ya instalados, se han seleccionado " -"los siguientes" +msgstr "Para cumplir las dependencias de paquetes ya instalados, se han seleccionado los siguientes" #. part 2 of the text #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:251 @@ -623,8 +593,7 @@ # include/backup/ui.ycp:882 #: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:257 msgid "This information is available for installed packages only." -msgstr "" -"Esta información sólo está disponible para los paquetes instalados" +msgstr "Esta información sólo está disponible para los paquetes instalados" #: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:429 msgid "References: " @@ -745,97 +714,33 @@ #. part1 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 -msgid "" -"Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to " -"manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single " -"packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or " -"languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when " -"installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package " -"selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table " -"and menu." -msgstr "" -"Bienvenido al gestor de paquetesEsta herramienta le ayudará " -"a gestionar el software instalado en su sistema. Puede instalar, actualizar " -"o quitar paquetes, así como patrones (grupos de paquetes para un propósito " -"determinado) o idiomas. Normalmente no es necesario que preste atención a " -"las dependencias cuando instale o quite algún paquete, el sistema de " -"resolución lo hará por usted. El gestor de paquetes consta de tres partes " -"principales: filtros, tabla de paquetes y menú." +msgid "Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table and menu." +msgstr "Bienvenido al gestor de paquetesEsta herramienta le ayudará a gestionar el software instalado en su sistema. Puede instalar, actualizar o quitar paquetes, así como patrones (grupos de paquetes para un propósito determinado) o idiomas. Normalmente no es necesario que preste atención a las dependencias cuando instale o quite algún paquete, el sistema de resolución lo hará por usted. El gestor de paquetes consta de tres partes principales: filtros, tabla de paquetes y menú." #. part of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 -msgid "" -"Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large " -"amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain " -"repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ " -"Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on " -"filters can be found in How to use filters." -msgstr "" -"Los Filtros en el panel izquierdo están diseñados para facilitar " -"el manejo de grandes cantidades de paquetes. Permiten mostrar, p. ej. sólo " -"los paquetes de cierto repositorio, o los de un patrón seleccionado (como " -"por ejemplo, el de Juegos o Desarrollo C/C++) así como buscar palabras " -"concretas. Puede encontrar más información sobre los filtros en Cómo " -"utilizar los filtros." +msgid "Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in How to use filters." +msgstr "Los Filtros en el panel izquierdo están diseñados para facilitar el manejo de grandes cantidades de paquetes. Permiten mostrar, p. ej. sólo los paquetes de cierto repositorio, o los de un patrón seleccionado (como por ejemplo, el de Juegos o Desarrollo C/C++) así como buscar palabras concretas. Puede encontrar más información sobre los filtros en Cómo utilizar los filtros." #. additional help text for post installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 -msgid "" -"Package table is the main component of the package selector. You " -"will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the " -"selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has " -"several columns:" -msgstr "" -"La Tabla de paquetes es el componente principal del gestor de " -"paquetes. Muestra la lista de paquetes que coinciden con el filtro actual " -"(por ejemplo, grupo de RPM seleccionado o resultados de la búsqueda). Cada " -"línea de la tabla de paquetes tiene varias columnas:" +msgid "Package table is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:" +msgstr "La Tabla de paquetes es el componente principal del gestor de paquetes. Muestra la lista de paquetes que coinciden con el filtro actual (por ejemplo, grupo de RPM seleccionado o resultados de la búsqueda). Cada línea de la tabla de paquetes tiene varias columnas:" #. part2 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 -msgid "" -"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and " -"Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available " -"version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version" -"(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" -msgstr "" -"<ol><li>Estado del paquete (para más información consulte Estado del " -"paquete y símbolos)</li><li>Nombre del paquete</li><li>Resumen del " -"paquete</li><li>Versión disponible ( en alguno de los repositorios " -"configurados )</li><li>Versión instalada (vacío para los paquetes que aún no " -"están instalados)</li><li>Tamaño del paquete</li></ol>" +msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgstr "<ol><li>Estado del paquete (para más información consulte Estado del paquete y símbolos)</li><li>Nombre del paquete</li><li>Resumen del paquete</li><li>Versión disponible ( en alguno de los repositorios configurados )</li><li>Versión instalada (vacío para los paquetes que aún no están instalados)</li><li>Tamaño del paquete</li></ol>" #. part3 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 -msgid "" -"The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status " -"of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete " -"a package or select an additional package for installation. The status " -"change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu " -"item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package " -"Status and Symbols)." -msgstr "" -"El menú Acciones ubicado debajo la tabla, permite cambiar el " -"estado del paquete seleccionado (o de todos los paquetes de la lista), por " -"ejemplo, eliminar un paquete o seleccionar un nuevo paquete para su " -"instalación. También puede cambiar el estado también directamente pulsando " -"la tecla especificada en los distintos puntos del menú (consulte Estado " -"del paquete y símbolos para obtener más información sobre el estado del " -"paquete)." +msgid "The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package Status and Symbols)." +msgstr "El menú Acciones ubicado debajo la tabla, permite cambiar el estado del paquete seleccionado (o de todos los paquetes de la lista), por ejemplo, eliminar un paquete o seleccionar un nuevo paquete para su instalación. También puede cambiar el estado también directamente pulsando la tecla especificada en los distintos puntos del menú (consulte Estado del paquete y símbolos para obtener más información sobre el estado del paquete)." #. part4 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 -msgid "" -"Menu provides functions related to the handling of package " -"dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions " -"like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful " -"Functions in Menu." -msgstr "" -"El Menú proporciona funciones relacionadas con el manejo de las " -"dependencias del paquete, mostrando información importante sobre los " -"paquetes y otras acciones útiles, como la posibilidad de abrir el editor de " -"repositorios. Para más información, consulte Funciones útiles del menú</" -"i>." +msgid "Menu provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful Functions in Menu." +msgstr "El Menú proporciona funciones relacionadas con el manejo de las dependencias del paquete, mostrando información importante sobre los paquetes y otras acciones útiles, como la posibilidad de abrir el editor de repositorios. Para más información, consulte Funciones útiles del menú." #. the headline of the help window #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 @@ -844,31 +749,13 @@ #. part 1 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 -msgid "" -"The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the " -"keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an " -"additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should " -"never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the " -"installed version of a package should always be kept." -msgstr "" -"El estado del paquete puede modificarse desde el menú Acciones o " -"con las teclas definidas en los elementos del menú. Por ejemplo, puede " -"utilizar '+' para instalar paquetes adicionales.El estado \"Tabú\" " -"significa que el paquete no debe ser instalado en ningún momento. El estado " -"\"Bloqueado\" significa que se debe mantener siempre instalada la misma " -"versión del paquete." +msgid "The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept." +msgstr "El estado del paquete puede modificarse desde el menú Acciones o con las teclas definidas en los elementos del menú. Por ejemplo, puede utilizar '+' para instalar paquetes adicionales.El estado \"Tabú\" significa que el paquete no debe ser instalado en ningún momento. El estado \"Bloqueado\" significa que se debe mantener siempre instalada la misma versión del paquete." #. part 2 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 -msgid "" -"You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. " -"The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all " -"packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." -msgstr "" -"También puede usar INTRO o ESPACIO para conmutar el estado " -"del paquete. El menú Acciones también le permite cambiar el estado de " -"todos los paquetes de la lista (seleccione 'Todos los paquetes de la lista')." -"" +msgid "You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." +msgstr "También puede usar INTRO o ESPACIO para conmutar el estado del paquete. El menú Acciones también le permite cambiar el estado de todos los paquetes de la lista (seleccione 'Todos los paquetes de la lista')." #. part 3 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 @@ -877,30 +764,13 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 -msgid "" -" + : package will be installeda+ : package will be " -"installed automatically > : package will be updated</" -"p>a> : package will be automatically updated i : " -"package is installed - : package will be deleted---" -": never install this package (taboo)" -msgstr "" -" + : este paquete está seleccionado para la instalación a" -"+ : seleccionado automáticamente para la instalación > : " -"actualizar este paquete a> : actualización automática</" -"p> i : este paquete está instalado - : el paquete " -"será eliminado --- : no instalar nunca este paquete (tabú)</" -"p> " +msgid " + : package will be installeda+ : package will be installed automatically > : package will be updateda> : package will be automatically updated i : package is installed - : package will be deleted---: never install this package (taboo)" +msgstr " + : este paquete está seleccionado para la instalación a+ : seleccionado automáticamente para la instalación > : actualizar este paquete a> : actualización automática i : este paquete está instalado - : el paquete será eliminado --- : no instalar nunca este paquete (tabú) " #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 -msgid "" -"-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it " -"( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages:</" -"p> i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" -msgstr "" -" -i- : mantener la versión instalada y nunca eliminar o actualizar " -"(paquete bloqueado))Información de estado por patrón e idioma:</" -"p> i : Se cumplen todos los requisitos para este patrón/idioma" +msgid "-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages: i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" +msgstr " -i- : mantener la versión instalada y nunca eliminar o actualizar (paquete bloqueado))Información de estado por patrón e idioma: i : Se cumplen todos los requisitos para este patrón/idioma" #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 @@ -909,89 +779,29 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 -msgid "" -"Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the " -"selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties " -"(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), " -"package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the " -"drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." -msgstr "" -"De todos los paquetes disponibles, los Filtros le permiten filtrar " -"sólo aquellos en los que esté interesado. Los filtros de paquetes se basan " -"en las propiedades del paquete (repositorio, grupo RPM), en \"contenedores\" " -"del paquete (patrones, idiomas) o en los resultados de una búsqueda. " -"Seleccione el filtro deseado desde el menú desplegable. Los filtros " -"específicos se describen más abajo." +msgid "Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." +msgstr "De todos los paquetes disponibles, los Filtros le permiten filtrar sólo aquellos en los que esté interesado. Los filtros de paquetes se basan en las propiedades del paquete (repositorio, grupo RPM), en \"contenedores\" del paquete (patrones, idiomas) o en los resultados de una búsqueda. Seleccione el filtro deseado desde el menú desplegable. Los filtros específicos se describen más abajo." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 -msgid "" -"Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have " -"(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of " -"packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may " -"have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the " -"solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Los Patrones describen las prestaciones y funciones que el sistema " -"puede tener (por ejemplo, un servidor X o herramientas para consola). Cada " -"patrón contiene un conjunto de paquetes requeridos (deben estar), " -"recomendados (deberían estar) y sugeridos (pueden estar). Si activa la " -"instalación de un patrón (actualización, borrado), se ejecutará el sistema " -"de resolución y modificará el estado de los paquetes (y sus dependencias) " -"para adecuarse a los cambios." +msgid "Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." +msgstr "Los Patrones describen las prestaciones y funciones que el sistema puede tener (por ejemplo, un servidor X o herramientas para consola). Cada patrón contiene un conjunto de paquetes requeridos (deben estar), recomendados (deberían estar) y sugeridos (pueden estar). Si activa la instalación de un patrón (actualización, borrado), se ejecutará el sistema de resolución y modificará el estado de los paquetes (y sus dependencias) para adecuarse a los cambios." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 -msgid "" -"Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They " -"contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific " -"files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers " -"that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a " -"property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. " -"The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific " -"repository. " -msgstr "" -"Los Idiomas son contenedores de paquetes muy parecidos a los " -"patrones. Contienen paquetes con traducciones, diccionarios y otros archivos " -"específicos del idioma seleccionado. Los Grupos RPM no son " -"contenedores de paquetes que se puedan instalar. Pertenecer a un grupo RPM " -"determinado es una propiedad del propio paquete. Por tanto, tienen una " -"estructura jerárquica (de tipo árbol). El filtro Repositorios permite " -"mostrar sólo los paquetes procedentes de un repositorio específico." +msgid "Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific repository. " +msgstr "Los Idiomas son contenedores de paquetes muy parecidos a los patrones. Contienen paquetes con traducciones, diccionarios y otros archivos específicos del idioma seleccionado. Los Grupos RPM no son contenedores de paquetes que se puedan instalar. Pertenecer a un grupo RPM determinado es una propiedad del propio paquete. Por tanto, tienen una estructura jerárquica (de tipo árbol). El filtro Repositorios permite mostrar sólo los paquetes procedentes de un repositorio específico." # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:556 #. help text package search #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 -msgid "" -"To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for " -"the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the " -"expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides " -"or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." -"" -msgstr "" -"Para utilizar el filtro Buscar introduzca una palabra clave (o " -"parte de ella) para la búsqueda de paquetes. Por ejemplo, puede buscar todos " -"los paquetes que contengan 3D utilizando la expresión \"3d\". También puede " -"buscar en las descripciones de los paquetes, en los campos \"el RPM " -"proporciona\" o \"el RPM requiere\", marcando la casilla de selección " -"adecuada. Inicie la búsqueda pulsando sobre el botón 'Buscar'." +msgid "To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." +msgstr "Para utilizar el filtro Buscar introduzca una palabra clave (o parte de ella) para la búsqueda de paquetes. Por ejemplo, puede buscar todos los paquetes que contengan 3D utilizando la expresión \"3d\". También puede buscar en las descripciones de los paquetes, en los campos \"el RPM proporciona\" o \"el RPM requiere\", marcando la casilla de selección adecuada. Inicie la búsqueda pulsando sobre el botón 'Buscar'." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 -msgid "" -"The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose " -"status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or " -"removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter " -"Package Classification provides information about Recommended, " -"Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." -msgstr "" -"El Resumen de la instalación presenta una lista de los paquetes " -"cuyo estado ha sido cambiado durante esta sesión (por ejemplo, los que se " -"han marcado para instalar o quitar), bien por parte el usuario o " -"automáticamente por el sistema de resolución. El filtro Clasificación " -"provee más información relativa a paquetes Recomendado, Sugerido</" -"i>, Huérfanos, Innecearios." +msgid "The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter Package Classification provides information about Recommended, Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." +msgstr "El Resumen de la instalación presenta una lista de los paquetes cuyo estado ha sido cambiado durante esta sesión (por ejemplo, los que se han marcado para instalar o quitar), bien por parte el usuario o automáticamente por el sistema de resolución. El filtro Clasificación provee más información relativa a paquetes Recomendado, Sugerido, Huérfanos, Innecearios." #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 @@ -999,149 +809,36 @@ msgstr "Funciones útiles del menú" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 -msgid "" -"Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the " -"handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are " -"checked with every status change. You will be informed about package " -"conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve " -"the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try " -"Again'." -msgstr "" -"Dependencias: este menú ofrece varias acciones relacionadas con el " -"manejo de las dependencias. De manera predeterminada, se comprueban las " -"dependencias del paquete cada vez que su estado cambia (Verificación " -"automática de dependencias está activado). Se le informará, en un cuadro " -"de diálogo, sobre posibles conflictos de paquetes y se le proporcionará una " -"posible solución. Para resolver el conflicto, seleccione una de las " -"soluciones ofrecidas y pulse 'OK -- Intentar de nuevo'. " +msgid "Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'." +msgstr "Dependencias: este menú ofrece varias acciones relacionadas con el manejo de las dependencias. De manera predeterminada, se comprueban las dependencias del paquete cada vez que su estado cambia (Verificación automática de dependencias está activado). Se le informará, en un cuadro de diálogo, sobre posibles conflictos de paquetes y se le proporcionará una posible solución. Para resolver el conflicto, seleccione una de las soluciones ofrecidas y pulse 'OK -- Intentar de nuevo'. " #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 -msgid "" -"To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle " -"Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually " -"by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry " -"will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve " -"conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic " -"installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate " -"Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into " -"the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what " -"you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." +msgid "To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." msgstr "" -"Para desactivar la comprobación de dependencias en cada cambio de estado, " -"desmarque Verificación automática de dependencias. En este caso, " -"podrá comprobar las dependencias manualmente seleccionando Verificar " -"dependencias ahora. La opción Verificar el sistema comprobará las " -"dependencias de los paquetes y resolverá los conflictos de forma no " -"interactiva, marcando los paquetes que falten para su instalación\n" -"automática, si es necesario. Con fines de depurado, puede usar Generar " -"caso de prueba del sistema de resolución de dependencias. Se volcarán " -"todas las dependencias de los paquetes en el directorio <tt>/var/log/YaST2/" -"solverTestcase</tt>. Habitualmente, esto se requiere cuando le solicitan un " -"\"caso de prueba del sistema de resolución\" en Bugzilla." +"Para desactivar la comprobación de dependencias en cada cambio de estado, desmarque Verificación automática de dependencias. En este caso, podrá comprobar las dependencias manualmente seleccionando Verificar dependencias ahora. La opción Verificar el sistema comprobará las dependencias de los paquetes y resolverá los conflictos de forma no interactiva, marcando los paquetes que falten para su instalación\n" +"automática, si es necesario. Con fines de depurado, puede usar Generar caso de prueba del sistema de resolución de dependencias. Se volcarán todas las dependencias de los paquetes en el directorio <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Habitualmente, esto se requiere cuando le solicitan un \"caso de prueba del sistema de resolución\" en Bugzilla." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:266 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic " -#| "Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already " -#| "Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already " -#| "installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: " -#| "repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please " -#| "note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option " -#| "System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). " -#| "These option are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/" -#| "yast2</tt>." -msgid "" -"Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency " -"Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed " -"Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package " -"will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of " -"installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the " -"system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode</" -"i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the " -"YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Las opciones disponibles para verificación de dependencias son:" -" Verificación de dependencias automática (ver abajo), Instalar " -"paquetes recomendados para paquetes ya instalados: si se encuentra " -"activo, también se instalarán los paquetes recomendados para aquellos " -"paquetes ya existentes en el sistema, Modo de verificación del Sistema</" -"i>: reparar dependencias de paquetes instalados. Tenga en cuenta que, luego " -"de utilizar Verificar sistema ahora, la opción Modo de " -"verificación del sistema se activará (desmarque la opción si lo desea). " -"Estas opciones son guardadas en el archivo de configuración de YaST en <tt>/" -"etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +#| msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These option are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgstr "Las opciones disponibles para verificación de dependencias son: Verificación de dependencias automática (ver abajo), Instalar paquetes recomendados para paquetes ya instalados: si se encuentra activo, también se instalarán los paquetes recomendados para aquellos paquetes ya existentes en el sistema, Modo de verificación del Sistema: reparar dependencias de paquetes instalados. Tenga en cuenta que, luego de utilizar Verificar sistema ahora, la opción Modo de verificación del sistema se activará (desmarque la opción si lo desea). Estas opciones son guardadas en el archivo de configuración de YaST en <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:272 -msgid "" -"Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove " -"dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may " -"differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, " -"they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/" -"etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Opciones avanzadas: Limpiar al borrar paquetes: elimina " -"dependencias sin utilizar. Permitir cambio de proveedor: el proveedor " -"del paquete puede ser distinto al del paquete instalado. Estas opciones " -"pueden no ser guardadas, sólo pueden ser establecidas en el archivo de " -"configuración de la librería de paquetes <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgid "Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgstr "Opciones avanzadas: Limpiar al borrar paquetes: elimina dependencias sin utilizar. Permitir cambio de proveedor: el proveedor del paquete puede ser distinto al del paquete instalado. Estas opciones pueden no ser guardadas, sólo pueden ser establecidas en el archivo de configuración de la librería de paquetes <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:278 -msgid "" -"View: Choose which information about the selected package will " -"be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: " -"package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package " -"versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and " -"dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Ver: Aquí se puede elegir la información del paquete " -"seleccionado que se mostrará en la ventana situada debajo de la tabla de " -"paquetes. Las opciones disponibles son: descripción del paquete " -"(predeterminado), información técnica (versión, tamaño, licencia, etc.), " -"versiones del paquete (todas las disponibles), lista de archivos (todos los " -"archivos incluidos en el paquete) y dependencias (archivos que proporciona o " -"que requiere, etc.)." +msgid "View: Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." +msgstr "Ver: Aquí se puede elegir la información del paquete seleccionado que se mostrará en la ventana situada debajo de la tabla de paquetes. Las opciones disponibles son: descripción del paquete (predeterminado), información técnica (versión, tamaño, licencia, etc.), versiones del paquete (todas las disponibles), lista de archivos (todos los archivos incluidos en el paquete) y dependencias (archivos que proporciona o que requiere, etc.)." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:284 -msgid "" -"Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the " -"rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository " -"Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update " -"repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch " -"Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three " -"possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package " -"Installation menu." -msgstr "" -"Configuración: Este menú integra el gestor de paquetes con el " -"resto de utilidades disponibles para la gestión de los paquetes. Desde aquí " -"puede Lanzar el gestor de paquetes y editar la lista de repositorios " -"configurados o registrarse para actualizar los repositorios y configurar la " -"descarga periódica de actualizaciones automáticas (Lanzar configuración " -"de actualización en línea). Además, puede seleccionar uno de los tres " -"posibles comportamientos del gestor de paquetes al salir - desde el menú " -"Acción tras la instalación de paquetes." +msgid "Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation menu." +msgstr "Configuración: Este menú integra el gestor de paquetes con el resto de utilidades disponibles para la gestión de los paquetes. Desde aquí puede Lanzar el gestor de paquetes y editar la lista de repositorios configurados o registrarse para actualizar los repositorios y configurar la descarga periódica de actualizaciones automáticas (Lanzar configuración de actualización en línea). Además, puede seleccionar uno de los tres posibles comportamientos del gestor de paquetes al salir - desde el menú Acción tras la instalación de paquetes." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:289 -msgid "" -"Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package " -"List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and " -"languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import " -"Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring " -"the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described " -"in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup " -"table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted " -"partition." -msgstr "" -"Extras: este menú pone a su disposición varias funciones. " -"Exportar lista de paquetes a archivo hará un volcado de datos de los " -"paquetes instalados, patrones e idiomas en un archivo en formato XML. Este " -"archivo se puede leer posteriormente desde la opción Importar lista de " -"paquetes desde archivo p. ej. en un equipo diferente, importando el " -"conjunto de paquetes en el sistema de destino con el mismo estado con el que " -"se describen en el archivo XML proporcionado. Mostrar espacio de disco " -"disponible muestra una tabla emergente donde se muestra el uso del " -"espacio en disco así como el espacio disponible en las particiones montadas." -"" +msgid "Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." +msgstr "Extras: este menú pone a su disposición varias funciones. Exportar lista de paquetes a archivo hará un volcado de datos de los paquetes instalados, patrones e idiomas en un archivo en formato XML. Este archivo se puede leer posteriormente desde la opción Importar lista de paquetes desde archivo p. ej. en un equipo diferente, importando el conjunto de paquetes en el sistema de destino con el mismo estado con el que se describen en el archivo XML proporcionado. Mostrar espacio de disco disponible muestra una tabla emergente donde se muestra el uso del espacio en disco así como el espacio disponible en las particiones montadas." #. label of a frame with search settings #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:297 @@ -1346,8 +1043,7 @@ #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:575 msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for " -msgstr "" -"Traducciones, diccionarios y otros archivos relacionados con el idioma para" +msgstr "Traducciones, diccionarios y otros archivos relacionados con el idioma para" # include/ui/wizard_dialog.ycp:207 # include/ui/common_popups.ycp:244 @@ -1360,114 +1056,34 @@ #. help text online udpate #. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:611 -msgid "" -"General information about patches:The patches of kind security</" -"b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You " -"should also install recommended patches, they usually contain " -"important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in " -"the feature." -msgstr "" -"Información general relativa a parches:Los parches de tipo " -"seguridad resuelven cuestiones de seguridad altamente recomendados a " -"ser instalados. Adicionalmente, debería instalar parches recomendados</" -"b>, los cuales incluyen arreglos importantes. Instale parches de " -"características si está interesado en la misma." +msgid "General information about patches:The patches of kind security are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install recommended patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in the feature." +msgstr "Información general relativa a parches:Los parches de tipo seguridad resuelven cuestiones de seguridad altamente recomendados a ser instalados. Adicionalmente, debería instalar parches recomendados, los cuales incluyen arreglos importantes. Instale parches de características si está interesado en la misma." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 -msgid "" -"Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) " -"will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second " -"run." -msgstr "" -"Los parches para \"libzypp\" (paquete, parche, patrón y gestión de " -"producto) se instalan siempre en primer lugar. El resto de parches debe " -"instalarse después, en una segunda ejecución." +msgid "Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run." +msgstr "Los parches para \"libzypp\" (paquete, parche, patrón y gestión de producto) se instalan siempre en primer lugar. El resto de parches debe instalarse después, en una segunda ejecución." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your " -#| "installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on " -#| "your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</" -#| "p> i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied.+ " -#| ": You have selected this patch for installation." -msgid "" -"Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your " -"installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your " -"system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. " -"i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You " -"have selected this patch for installation." -msgstr "" -"Significado de los indicadores de estado:a+ : Los parches " -"relacionados con su instalación están preseleccionados. Se descargarán e " -"instalarán en su sistema. Si no desea un parche determinado, desmárquelo con " -"'-'. i : Se cumplen todos los requisitos para este parche.</" -"p>+ : Ha seleccionado este parche para su instalación." +#| msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied.+ : You have selected this patch for installation." +msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You have selected this patch for installation." +msgstr "Significado de los indicadores de estado:a+ : Los parches relacionados con su instalación están preseleccionados. Se descargarán e instalarán en su sistema. Si no desea un parche determinado, desmárquelo con '-'. i : Se cumplen todos los requisitos para este parche.+ : Ha seleccionado este parche para su instalación." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a " -#| "package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all " -#| "got preselected and have status a+. If you want to deselect one of " -#| "the patches with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This " -#| "is because any of the other patches concerning the same packages is still " -#| "selected and the newer packages will be installed and withit this patch " -#| "is satified." -msgid "" -"More details about the status: If there are several patches for a " -"package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all " -"got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is " -"deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is " -"because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still " -"selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with " -"it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the " -"patches are not wanted." -msgstr "" -"Más detalles acerca del estado: Si hay varios parches para un paquete " -"(o conjunto de paquetes) que no hayan sido aún aplicados al sistema, son " -"preseleccionados y marcados con el estado a+. Si desea quitar la " -"selección de un parche usando \"-\" puede mostrar el estado i. Esto " -"se debe a algún parche que apliquen al mismo paquete aún se encuentra " -"seleccionado y una versión más nueva del paquete será instalada." +#| msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If you want to deselect one of the patches with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same packages is still selected and the newer packages will be installed and withit this patch is satified." +msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted." +msgstr "Más detalles acerca del estado: Si hay varios parches para un paquete (o conjunto de paquetes) que no hayan sido aún aplicados al sistema, son preseleccionados y marcados con el estado a+. Si desea quitar la selección de un parche usando \"-\" puede mostrar el estado i. Esto se debe a algún parche que apliquen al mismo paquete aún se encuentra seleccionado y una versión más nueva del paquete será instalada." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, " -#| "e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also " -#| "provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change " -#| "the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibilty to " -#| "see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter " -#| "is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This " -#| "means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is " -#| "installed on the system. The Dependencies menus contains " -#| "dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." -msgid "" -"The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e." -"g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to " -"search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a " -"patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages " -"are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the " -"package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are " -"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system." -" The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the " -"'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." -msgstr "" -"Los menús:El menú Filtros permite filtrar parches, por ej. " -"mostrar los \"Instalados\", o listar los parches de \"Seguridad\". " -"Adicionalmente permite buscar parches. Utilice el menú Acciones " -"para cambiar el estado de un paquete. El menú Vista permite " -"visualizar que paquetes están cubiertos por parche. Tenga en cuenta: si el " -"filtro es \"Todos los parches\" la lista de paquetes para algunas parches " -"puede estar vacía. Esto significa que no hay paquetes instalados en el " -"sistemas cubiertos por estos parches. El menú Dependencias " -"contiene comprobaciones de dependencias y el \"Generador de casos de prueba " -"de resolución\"." +#| msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibilty to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menus contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." +msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." +msgstr "Los menús:El menú Filtros permite filtrar parches, por ej. mostrar los \"Instalados\", o listar los parches de \"Seguridad\". Adicionalmente permite buscar parches. Utilice el menú Acciones para cambiar el estado de un paquete. El menú Vista permite visualizar que paquetes están cubiertos por parche. Tenga en cuenta: si el filtro es \"Todos los parches\" la lista de paquetes para algunas parches puede estar vacía. Esto significa que no hay paquetes instalados en el sistemas cubiertos por estos parches. El menú Dependencias contiene comprobaciones de dependencias y el \"Generador de casos de prueba de resolución\"." #. label for a warning popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:648 @@ -1511,12 +1127,8 @@ #. text for a Notify popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:714 -msgid "" -"All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost." -" Really exit?" -msgstr "" -"Todas los cambios realizados en la selección de paquetes, parches o " -"patrones se perderán. ¿Está seguro de que desea salir?" +msgid "All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. Really exit?" +msgstr "Todas los cambios realizados en la selección de paquetes, parches o patrones se perderán. ¿Está seguro de que desea salir?" #. the label of language table #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:722 @@ -1566,20 +1178,8 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 -msgid "" -"Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated " -"automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other " -"packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any " -"installation media.They are third-party packagesManually " -"select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Lista de problemas de actualización Los paquetes de la lista no " -"pueden actualizarse automáticamente.Posibles motivos:Otros " -"paquetes los han dejado obsoletos.No existe ninguna versión nueva a " -"la que actualizar en los medios de instalación.Son paquetes de otros " -"fabricantesSeleccione manualmente lo que desea hacer con ellos. La " -"opción más segura sería eliminarlos." +msgid "Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." +msgstr "Lista de problemas de actualización Los paquetes de la lista no pueden actualizarse automáticamente.Posibles motivos:Otros paquetes los han dejado obsoletos.No existe ninguna versión nueva a la que actualizar en los medios de instalación.Son paquetes de otros fabricantesSeleccione manualmente lo que desea hacer con ellos. La opción más segura sería eliminarlos." #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 @@ -1609,13 +1209,8 @@ #~ msgid "----- this patch is broken !!! -----" #~ msgstr "----- ¡¡este parche está dañado!! -----" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" " -#~ "is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El tipo \"recomendado\" significa que debería instalar el parche. " -#~ "\"seguridad\" es un parche de seguridad y su instalación se recomienda " -#~ "encarecidamente." +#~ msgid "Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it." +#~ msgstr "El tipo \"recomendado\" significa que debería instalar el parche. \"seguridad\" es un parche de seguridad y su instalación se recomienda encarecidamente." #~ msgid "Search Packages on &Web" #~ msgstr "Buscar paquetes en la &web " Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/ncurses.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/ncurses.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/ncurses.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -94,12 +94,8 @@ #~ msgid "Press F1 for Help" #~ msgstr "Pulse F1 para obtener Ayuda" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Press F1 again to get further help or ESC to close this " -#~ "dialog." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vuelva a pulsar F1 para obtener más ayuda o ESC para " -#~ "cerrar este diálogo." +#~ msgid "Press F1 again to get further help or ESC to close this dialog." +#~ msgstr "Vuelva a pulsar F1 para obtener más ayuda o ESC para cerrar este diálogo." #~ msgid "Press F1 or ESC to close this dialog." #~ msgstr "Pulse F1 o ESC para cerrar este diálogo." Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/network.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/network.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/network.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -157,23 +157,18 @@ #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" -"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " -"attacks.\n" -"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via " -"dedicated\n" +"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" +"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n" "SSH client" msgstr "" "<big>Cortafuegos y SSH</big> \n" -"El cortafuegos es un mecanismo de defensa para proteger su sistema de " -"ataques procedentes de la red.\n" -"SSH es un servicio que le permite identificarse remotamente en su computador " -"mediante un cliente\n" +"El cortafuegos es un mecanismo de defensa para proteger su sistema de ataques procedentes de la red.\n" +"SSH es un servicio que le permite identificarse remotamente en su computador mediante un cliente\n" "SSH dedicado" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled " -"after\n" +"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" "Debe escoger si el cortafuegos debe estar activado o desactivado tras\n" @@ -182,24 +177,17 @@ #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port " -#| "for SSH\n" -#| "service and allow remote SSH logins. This will also enable SSH service (i." -#| "e. it\n" +#| "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" +#| "service and allow remote SSH logins. This will also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" #| "will be started on computer boot)." msgid "" -"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for " -"SSH\n" -"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH " -"service (i.e. it\n" +"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" +"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" "will be started on computer boot)." msgstr "" -"Con el cortafuegos activado,debe decidir si abre el puerto del " -"cortafuegos\n" -"para el servicio SSH y permite la identificación remota mediante SSH. " -"También\n" -"debe permitir el servicio SSH( p.e. iniciarlo en el arranque del sistema).</" -"p>" +"Con el cortafuegos activado,debe decidir si abre el puerto del cortafuegos\n" +"para el servicio SSH y permite la identificación remota mediante SSH. También\n" +"debe permitir el servicio SSH( p.e. iniciarlo en el arranque del sistema)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215 @@ -413,11 +401,8 @@ #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:892 -msgid "" -"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." -msgstr "" -"No se ha definido ninguna URL para las notas de la versión. No se puede " -"realizar la prueba de conexión a Internet." +msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." +msgstr "No se ha definido ninguna URL para las notas de la versión. No se puede realizar la prueba de conexión a Internet." #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error @@ -426,20 +411,15 @@ "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" "\n" -"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any " -"steps\n" -"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network " -"configuration,\n" +"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n" +"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n" "click 'Cancel'.\n" msgstr "" -"La descarga de las últimas notas de la versión ha fallado debido a un error " -"en el servidor. \n" +"La descarga de las últimas notas de la versión ha fallado debido a un error en el servidor. \n" " Esto no significa que la red no esté bien configurada. \n" "\n" -"Pulse \"Continuar\" para seguir con el siguiente paso del proceso de " -"instalación. Si desea omitir cualquiera de los pasos\n" -" necesarios para la conexión a Internet o quiere volver a la configuración " -"de red,\n" +"Pulse \"Continuar\" para seguir con el siguiente paso del proceso de instalación. Si desea omitir cualquiera de los pasos\n" +" necesarios para la conexión a Internet o quiere volver a la configuración de red,\n" "pulse \"Cancelar\".\n" #. popup to inform user about the failure @@ -448,8 +428,7 @@ "Download of latest release notes failed. View\n" "the logs for details." msgstr "" -"No ha sido posible descargar las notas más recientes de la versión . " -"Consulte\n" +"No ha sido posible descargar las notas más recientes de la versión . Consulte\n" "el registro para obtener más detalles." #. label of combobox where the log is selected @@ -634,9 +613,7 @@ #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/remote.rb:85 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "" -"Indique \"Sí\" para permitir la administración remota o \"No\" para no " -"permitirla" +msgstr "Indique \"Sí\" para permitir la administración remota o \"No\" para no permitirla" # #. Command line output Headline @@ -678,8 +655,7 @@ #: src/clients/routing.rb:71 msgid "Show routing table entry for selected destination" -msgstr "" -"Mostrar la entrada de la tabla de encaminamiento para el destino seleccionado" +msgstr "Mostrar la entrada de la tabla de encaminamiento para el destino seleccionado" # #: src/clients/routing.rb:79 @@ -843,9 +819,7 @@ #: src/clients/routing.rb:324 msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified." -msgstr "" -"Se ha de especificar al menos las direcciones IP del destino y .de la puerta " -"de enlace." +msgstr "Se ha de especificar al menos las direcciones IP del destino y .de la puerta de enlace." #: src/clients/routing.rb:333 msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..." @@ -856,12 +830,8 @@ msgstr "Debe especificarse la dirección IP del destino." #: src/clients/routing.rb:354 -msgid "" -"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) " -"must be specified" -msgstr "" -"Se ha de especificar al menos uno de los parametros siguientes (puerta de " -"enlace, mascara de red, dispositivo, opciones)" +msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" +msgstr "Se ha de especificar al menos uno de los parametros siguientes (puerta de enlace, mascara de red, dispositivo, opciones)" #: src/clients/routing.rb:376 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." @@ -1347,9 +1317,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:260 msgid "Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. " -msgstr "" -"Seleccione las opciones del controlador vinculado y editelas si es " -"necesario. " +msgstr "Seleccione las opciones del controlador vinculado y editelas si es necesario. " #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else @@ -1515,8 +1483,7 @@ #. tab set but not for one tab #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1228 msgid "Configure the detailed network card settings here." -msgstr "" -"Aquí puede definir la configuración detallada de la tarjeta de red." +msgstr "Aquí puede definir la configuración detallada de la tarjeta de red." # #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing @@ -1554,21 +1521,15 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" -" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with " -"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" -" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On " -"Cable Connection\n" -" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have " -"to\n" +" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" +" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On Cable Connection\n" +" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n" " set the priority of each interface. \n" msgstr "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" -"Todos los interfaz configurados con On Cable Connection and with " -"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 deben\n" -"usarse en forma mutuamente exclusiva. Si mas de uno de estos interfaz es " -"On Cable Connection\n" -"se necesita un camino para decidir que interfaz debe usarse. Es decir, hay " -"que asignar\n" +"Todos los interfaz configurados con On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 deben\n" +"usarse en forma mutuamente exclusiva. Si mas de uno de estos interfaz es On Cable Connection\n" +"se necesita un camino para decidir que interfaz debe usarse. Es decir, hay que asignar\n" "la prioridad de cada interfaz. \n" #. Address dialog caption @@ -1591,15 +1552,12 @@ #. Network card name (wireless) #: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:62 msgid "Lucent Orinoco, Prism II based, and similar wireless cards" -msgstr "" -"Lucent Orinoco, y tarjetas inalámbricas con chipset Prism II y similares" +msgstr "Lucent Orinoco, y tarjetas inalámbricas con chipset Prism II y similares" #. Network card name (wireless) #: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:69 msgid "PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II based, and similar wireless cards" -msgstr "" -"PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, y tarjetas inalámbricas con chipset Prism II y " -"similares" +msgstr "PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, y tarjetas inalámbricas con chipset Prism II y similares" #. Network card name (wireless) #: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:76 @@ -1770,12 +1728,8 @@ msgstr "Utilice la opción id para determinar el dispositivo." #: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:101 -msgid "" -"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of " -"\"id\"." -msgstr "" -"El valor de id no está dentro de los límites. Utilice la opción \"list\" " -"para comprobar el valor máximo de ID." +msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"." +msgstr "El valor de id no está dentro de los límites. Utilice la opción \"list\" para comprobar el valor máximo de ID." #. Handler for action "add" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options @@ -1853,8 +1807,7 @@ "See %1 for details." msgstr "" "Se ha detectado un puente de red Xen.\n" -"Debido al cambio de nombre de las interfaces de red por parte del guión del " -"puente,\n" +"Debido al cambio de nombre de las interfaces de red por parte del guión del puente,\n" "no se deben configurar ni reiniciar las interfaces de red.\n" "Consulte %1 para obtener más detalles." @@ -1869,8 +1822,7 @@ msgstr "" "Se necesita Firmware. Instale desde\n" "el CD de productos adicionales.\n" -"En primer lugar añada su CD de productos adicionales a sus repositorios de " -"YaST,\n" +"En primer lugar añada su CD de productos adicionales a sus repositorios de YaST,\n" " y vuelva a este dialogo de configuración.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:214 @@ -1882,11 +1834,9 @@ "return to this dialog once you have installed the firmware.\n" msgstr "" "Se necesita un firmware para que el dispositivo funcione correctamente. \n" -"Normalmente se puede descargar desde la página Web del proveedor del " -"controlador.\n" +"Normalmente se puede descargar desde la página Web del proveedor del controlador.\n" "Si ya ha descargado e instalado el firmware, pulse Continuar \n" -"para configurar el dispositivo. De lo contrario, pulse 'Cancelar' y vuelva " -"a\n" +"para configurar el dispositivo. De lo contrario, pulse 'Cancelar' y vuelva a\n" " este dialogo cuando haya instalado el firmware.\n" # @@ -1899,12 +1849,8 @@ msgstr "Instalando el firmware..." #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:234 -msgid "" -"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script " -"needs to be executed. Execute it now?" -msgstr "" -"Para terminar la instalación del firmware se ha de ejecutar el guión " -"'install_bcm43xx_firmware'. ¿Ejecutarlo ahora? " +msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" +msgstr "Para terminar la instalación del firmware se ha de ejecutar el guión 'install_bcm43xx_firmware'. ¿Ejecutarlo ahora? " # #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:248 @@ -1929,9 +1875,7 @@ #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" -msgstr "" -"El dispositivo seleccionado tiene STARTMODE=nfsroot. ¿Desea realmente " -"eliminarlo?" +msgstr "El dispositivo seleccionado tiene STARTMODE=nfsroot. ¿Desea realmente eliminarlo?" #. Network setup method dialog caption #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376 @@ -1985,78 +1929,55 @@ "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -"Tipos de dispositivo.Están disponibles varios tipos de " -"dispositivo, seleccione\n" +"Tipos de dispositivo.Están disponibles varios tipos de dispositivo, seleccione\n" "uno de acuerdo a sus necesidades." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" -"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name " -"(for\n" +"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -"Las Reglas Udev son reglas para el gestor de dispositivos del " -"kernel\n" -"que asocian la dirección de hardware (MAC address) o el BusID del " -"dispositivo de red con su nombre ( por ejemplo,\n" +"Las Reglas Udev son reglas para el gestor de dispositivos del kernel\n" +"que asocian la dirección de hardware (MAC address) o el BusID del dispositivo de red con su nombre ( por ejemplo,\n" "eth1, wlan0 ) y los hace persistentes entre reinicios.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" -"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify " -"now configured NIC. \n" -"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will " -"start blinking for selected time.\n" +"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" +"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Señalar en forma visual el puerto le permite identificar " -"físicamente el NIC que esta configurando.\n" -"Seleccione el tiempo deseado, pulse Intermitente y los diodos LED de " -"su NIC harán intermitente durante el tiempo deseado.\n" +"Señalar en forma visual el puerto le permite identificar físicamente el NIC que esta configurando.\n" +"Seleccione el tiempo deseado, pulse Intermitente y los diodos LED de su NIC harán intermitente durante el tiempo deseado.\n" " " #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" -"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if " -"there is more than one driver available for\n" -"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the " -"list, but usually the default value works.\n" +"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" +"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.\n" msgstr "" -"Módulo del Kernel. Introduzca el nombre del módulo del kernel " -"(controlador)\n" -"de su dispositivo de red. Si el dispositivo ya esta configurado, puede que " -"quiera seleccionar\n" +"Módulo del Kernel. Introduzca el nombre del módulo del kernel (controlador)\n" +"de su dispositivo de red. Si el dispositivo ya esta configurado, puede que quiera seleccionar\n" "uno de la lista desplegable si es que hay más de un controlador disponible.\n" -"En la mayoría de los casos, es suficiente con los valores predeterminados.</" -"p>\n" +"En la mayoría de los casos, es suficiente con los valores predeterminados.\n" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" -"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, " -"for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" -"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while " -"saving.\n" +"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" +"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" msgstr "" -"Adicionalmente puede indicar las Opciones del módulo del Kernel. " -"Use este\n" -"formatoopción=valor. Cada entrada debe estar separada por " -"espacios,por ejemplo, io=0x300 irq=5. Nota: Si se configuran " -"dos\n" -" tarjetas con el mismo nombre de módulo, las opciones se fusionaran al " -"guardarse.\n" +"Adicionalmente puede indicar las Opciones del módulo del Kernel. Use este\n" +"formatoopción=valor. Cada entrada debe estar separada por espacios,por ejemplo, io=0x300 irq=5. Nota: Si se configuran dos\n" +" tarjetas con el mismo nombre de módulo, las opciones se fusionaran al guardarse.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 -msgid "" -"If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool " -"with these options.\n" -msgstr "" -"Si especifica opciones en Opciones ethtool, ifup llamara a ethtool " -"con esas opciones.\n" +msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" +msgstr "Si especifica opciones en Opciones ethtool, ifup llamara a ethtool con esas opciones.\n" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139 @@ -2171,8 +2092,7 @@ "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." msgstr "" " Seleccione la tarjeta de red que desea configurar.\n" -"Busque una tarjeta de red determinada introduciendo el nombre en la entrada " -"de búsqueda " +"Busque una tarjeta de red determinada introduciendo el nombre en la entrada de búsqueda " #. Selection box label #. Selection box title @@ -2257,42 +2177,24 @@ #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." -msgstr "" -"Introduzca el Nombre de Puerto para esta interfaz (distinguiendo " -"entre mayúsculas y minúsculas)." +msgstr "Introduzca el Nombre de Puerto para esta interfaz (distinguiendo entre mayúsculas y minúsculas)." #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 -msgid "" -"Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by " -"spaces)." -msgstr "" -"Introduzca las Opciones adicionales para esta interfaz (separadas " -"por espacios)." +msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." +msgstr "Introduzca las Opciones adicionales para esta interfaz (separadas por espacios)." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 -msgid "" -"Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be " -"enabled for this interface." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione Habilitar transferencia IPA si desea activar la " -"transferencia de direcciones IP para esta interfaz." +msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." +msgstr "Seleccione Habilitar transferencia IPA si desea activar la transferencia de direcciones IP para esta interfaz." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 -msgid "" -"Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured " -"with layer 2 support." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione Habilitar soporte para Layer2 si la tarjeta está " -"configurada con el soporte para Layer2." +msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." +msgstr "Seleccione Habilitar soporte para Layer2 si la tarjeta está configurada con el soporte para Layer2." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 -msgid "" -"Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured " -"with layer 2 support." -msgstr "" -"Introduzca la Dirección MAC de Layer2 si la tarjeta está " -"configurada con el soporte para Layer2." +msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." +msgstr "Introduzca la Dirección MAC de Layer2 si la tarjeta está configurada con el soporte para Layer2." #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 @@ -2313,8 +2215,7 @@ # #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1033 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." -msgstr "" -"Especifique el Tiempo Límite de LANCMD para esta interfaz." +msgstr "Especifique el Tiempo Límite de LANCMD para esta interfaz." #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038 @@ -2359,8 +2260,7 @@ "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" msgstr "" "Introduzca el nombre del conector IUCV;\n" -"por ejemplo, el nombre de usuario z/VM con el que desea conectar " -"(distinguiendo entre mayúsculas y minúsculas).\n" +"por ejemplo, el nombre de usuario z/VM con el que desea conectar (distinguiendo entre mayúsculas y minúsculas).\n" #. #176330, must be static #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238 @@ -2393,8 +2293,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando la Inicialización:</big> \n" -"Para cancelar la herramienta de configuración de forma segura, pulse " -"Cancelar ahora.\n" +"Para cancelar la herramienta de configuración de forma segura, pulse Cancelar ahora.\n" #. Network cards write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:41 @@ -2425,8 +2324,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Modo de Configuración de Red</big>\n" "Utilice NetworkManager para que un applet de escritorio\n" -"gestione las conexiones para todas las interfaces. Está especialmente " -"diseñado para\n" +"gestione las conexiones para todas las interfaces. Está especialmente diseñado para\n" "cambiar entre redes fijas y redes inalámbricas.\n" #. Network setup method help @@ -2453,8 +2351,7 @@ "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Añadir una Tarjeta de red</BIG> \n" -"Pulse Añadir para configurar manualmente una nueva tarjeta de red.</" -"P>\n" +"Pulse Añadir para configurar manualmente una nueva tarjeta de red.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 msgid "" @@ -2473,18 +2370,14 @@ "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" "It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n" "To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n" -"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the " -"response \n" +"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n" "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuración del protocolo IPv6</big>\n" "Marque Activar IPv6 para habilitar el módulo ipv6 en el kernel.\n" -"Es posible usar IPv6 e IPv4 simultáneamente. Esta es la opción " -"predeterminada.\n" -"Para desactivar IPv6, desmarque esta opción (introducirá el módulo IPv6 del " -"kernel \n" -"en la lista negra -blacklist-). Si en su red no utiliza el protocolo ipv6, " -"los tiempos \n" +"Es posible usar IPv6 e IPv4 simultáneamente. Esta es la opción predeterminada.\n" +"Para desactivar IPv6, desmarque esta opción (introducirá el módulo IPv6 del kernel \n" +"en la lista negra -blacklist-). Si en su red no utiliza el protocolo ipv6, los tiempos \n" "de respuesta pueden ser mejores.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 @@ -2500,28 +2393,21 @@ "used instead of the default route. The idea of the default route is simply\n" "to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"\n" msgstr "" -"El encaminamiento puede configurarse en este diálogo. La Pasarela " -"Predeterminada\n" -"cubre todos los destinos posibles, pero de forma poco efectiva, de forma " -"que\n" +"El encaminamiento puede configurarse en este diálogo. La Pasarela Predeterminada\n" +"cubre todos los destinos posibles, pero de forma poco efectiva, de forma que\n" "si existe otra entrada que coincida con la dirección deseada, se utilizará \n" -"en vez de la ruta predeterminada. La idea de la ruta predeterminada es " -"simplemente\n" +"en vez de la ruta predeterminada. La idea de la ruta predeterminada es simplemente\n" "permitirnos decir \"y todo lo demás lo enviamos por aquí\".\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed." -"\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" +"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" msgstr "" -"Introduzca para cada ruta la dirección IP de la red destino, dirección de " -"puerta de enlace,\n" -"y máscara de red. Para omitir cualquiera de estos valores utilice \"-\". " -"Seleccione\n" -"el dispositivo por el cual será enrutado el tráfico a la red definida, \"-\" " -"es un alias para cualquier interfaz.\n" +"Introduzca para cada ruta la dirección IP de la red destino, dirección de puerta de enlace,\n" +"y máscara de red. Para omitir cualquiera de estos valores utilice \"-\". Seleccione\n" +"el dispositivo por el cual será enrutado el tráfico a la red definida, \"-\" es un alias para cualquier interfaz.\n" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 @@ -2541,73 +2427,52 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Enable IP Forwarding (forwarding packets from external " -#| "networks\n" -#| "to the internal one) if this system is a router. Both IPv4 and IPv6 " -#| "connectivity \n" +#| "Enable IP Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" +#| "to the internal one) if this system is a router. Both IPv4 and IPv6 connectivity \n" #| "will be affected by this setting. \n" -#| "Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing IP forwarding " -#| "alone is not enough. \n" -#| "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in " -#| "the\n" +#| "Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing IP forwarding alone is not enough. \n" +#| "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" #| "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgid "" -"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone " -"is not enough. \n" +"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" "Permitir Reenvió de IP (reenviar paquetes desde redes externas\n" -"a la red interna) si el sistema trabaja de router. Ambas conectividades, " -"IPv4 y IPv6\n" +"a la red interna) si el sistema trabaja de router. Ambas conectividades, IPv4 y IPv6\n" "se verán afectadas por esta condición.\n" -"Importante: Si esta permitido el cortafuegos, no es suficiente con " -"permitir el reenvió de IP.\n" -"Debe también permitir el enmascaramiento y/o colocar al menos una regla de " -"redireccionado en el cortafuegos. Puede\n" +"Importante: Si esta permitido el cortafuegos, no es suficiente con permitir el reenvió de IP.\n" +"Debe también permitir el enmascaramiento y/o colocar al menos una regla de redireccionado en el cortafuegos. Puede\n" "hacerlo con el modulo del cortafuegos de YaST.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" -"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the " -"DHCP client.\n" -"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical " -"desktop. \n" -"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that " -"assign \n" +"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" +"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n" +"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n" "different hostnames. " msgstr "" "Si utiliza DHCP para obtener una dirección IP, compruebe cuando puede\n" -"obtener un nombre de host mediante DHCP. Su nombre de host puede verse " -"ejecutando el comando hostname. El nombre de host \n" +"obtener un nombre de host mediante DHCP. Su nombre de host puede verse ejecutando el comando hostname. El nombre de host \n" "puede ser configurado automáticamente por el cliente DHCP.\n" -"Cambiar el nombre de host en tiempo de ejecución es confuso para el entorno " -"gráfico.\n" -"Evitélo ( prohibiendo esta acción) al conectar a redes diferentes que puedan " -"asignar\n" +"Cambiar el nombre de host en tiempo de ejecución es confuso para el entorno gráfico.\n" +"Evitélo ( prohibiendo esta acción) al conectar a redes diferentes que puedan asignar\n" "nombres de host diferentes \n" " " #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" -"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is " -"a \n" -"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, " -"even \n" -"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, " -"especially \n" +"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" +"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n" +"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n" "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -"Asignar nombre de host a la IP de bucle local asocia su nombre de " -"host con\n" -"la dirección <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> ( bucle local) en <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Esta " -"opción se usa\n" -"si desea poder resolver su nombre de host en cualquier momento, aun en el " -"caso de que\n" -"la red no este activa. En todos los demás casos, uselo con precaución, " -"especialmente\n" +"Asignar nombre de host a la IP de bucle local asocia su nombre de host con\n" +"la dirección <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> ( bucle local) en <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Esta opción se usa\n" +"si desea poder resolver su nombre de host en cualquier momento, aun en el caso de que\n" +"la red no este activa. En todos los demás casos, uselo con precaución, especialmente\n" "si el computador suministra algunos servicios de red.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 @@ -2615,8 +2480,7 @@ "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" msgstr "" -"Introduzca las listas de servidores de nombres y búsquedas de dominio " -"para resolver los \n" +"Introduzca las listas de servidores de nombres y búsquedas de dominio para resolver los \n" "nombres de host. Normalmente pueden obtenerse mediante DHCP.\n" #. resolver dialog help @@ -2635,57 +2499,40 @@ msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" -"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search " -"domains\n" +"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search domains\n" "(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.\n" msgstr "" -"El dominio de búsqueda es el nombre de dominio en el que comienza la " -"búsqueda del nombre de host.\n" -"El dominio principal de búsqueda suele ser el mismo que el nombre de dominio " -"del\n" -"equipo (por ejemplo, suse.de). Pueden existir dominios de búsqueda " -"adicionales\n" -"(como suse.com) Separe los dominios empleando comas o espacios en blanco.</" -"p>\n" +"El dominio de búsqueda es el nombre de dominio en el que comienza la búsqueda del nombre de host.\n" +"El dominio principal de búsqueda suele ser el mismo que el nombre de dominio del\n" +"equipo (por ejemplo, suse.de). Pueden existir dominios de búsqueda adicionales\n" +"(como suse.com) Separe los dominios empleando comas o espacios en blanco.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" -"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the " -"DNS domain\n" -"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially " -"important if this \n" -"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using " -"the hostname \n" +"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" +"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" +"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the hostname \n" "command." msgstr "" -"Introduzca el nombre corto de su equipo(e.j. mimaquina y el " -"dominio DNS\n" -"(e.j. ejemplo.com al que pertenece. El dominio es especialmente " -"importante si este equipo\n" -"es un servidor de correo. Puede ver el nombre de host de su equipo usando " -"el \n" +"Introduzca el nombre corto de su equipo(e.j. mimaquina y el dominio DNS\n" +"(e.j. ejemplo.com al que pertenece. El dominio es especialmente importante si este equipo\n" +"es un servidor de correo. Puede ver el nombre de host de su equipo usando el \n" "comando hostname/p>" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" -"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is " -"handled\n" +"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" "by the netconfig script, which merges statically defined data with\n" "dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n" -"etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for " -"most\n" +"etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for most\n" "configurations.\n" msgstr "" -"Seleccione en que forma se debe modificar la configuración del DNS" -"(servidores de\n" -" nombres,lista de búsqueda,el contenido del archivo /etc/resolv.conf</" -"i>).\n" -"Normalmente se modifica con el guión netconfig que mezcla los datos " -"estáticos\n" +"Seleccione en que forma se debe modificar la configuración del DNS(servidores de\n" +" nombres,lista de búsqueda,el contenido del archivo /etc/resolv.conf).\n" +"Normalmente se modifica con el guión netconfig que mezcla los datos estáticos\n" "definidos aquí con los obtenidos dinámicamente(e.j. desde cliente DHCP,\n" -"NetworkManager, etc.). Esta opción es la predeterminada Usar valores " -"predeterminados \n" +"NetworkManager, etc.). Esta opción es la predeterminada Usar valores predeterminados \n" "Y debe ser suficiente para la mayoría de las configuraciones.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 @@ -2699,39 +2546,29 @@ "Leaving the field blank is the same as using the Only Manually\n" "policy.\n" msgstr "" -"Si escoge la opción Solo manual, netconfig no modificara " -"/etc/resolv.conf\n" +"Si escoge la opción Solo manual, netconfig no modificara /etc/resolv.conf\n" "Sin embargo usted podrá editar este archivo manualmente. Escogiendo \n" -"Use valores personalizados usted puede especificar un linea de " -"valores personalizados\n" -"que consiste en una lista, separada por comas, de nombres de interfaces" -"(incluyendo caracteres comodín) con los valores\n" +"Use valores personalizados usted puede especificar un linea de valores personalizados\n" +"que consiste en una lista, separada por comas, de nombres de interfaces(incluyendo caracteres comodín) con los valores\n" "predefinidos STATIC y STATIC_FALLBACK\n" "Para mas información lea la pagina man de netconfig\n" -"Nota: Dejar esta linea en blanco equivale a seleccionar Solo manual</" -"p>\n" +"Nota: Dejar esta linea en blanco equivale a seleccionar Solo manual\n" #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" -"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address " -"to this device.\n" +"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuración de dirección</big>\n" -"Seleccione No configurar la dirección si no desea especificar " -"ninguna dirección IP para este dispositivo.\n" +"Seleccione No configurar la dirección si no desea especificar ninguna dirección IP para este dispositivo.\n" "Esto es particularmente útil en dispositivos Ethernet asociados.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS." -"\n" -msgstr "" -"Seleccione iBFT si desea mantener la configuración de red de su " -"BIOS.\n" +msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" +msgstr "Seleccione iBFT si desea mantener la configuración de red de su BIOS.\n" #. Address dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 @@ -2739,8 +2576,7 @@ "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.\n" msgstr "" -"Seleccione Dirección Dinámica si no tiene una IP estática asignada " -"por el\n" +"Seleccione Dirección Dinámica si no tiene una IP estática asignada por el\n" "administrador o por su proveedor de Internet.\n" #. Address dialog help 3/8 @@ -2750,8 +2586,7 @@ "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" "are then automatically obtained from the server.\n" msgstr "" -"Puede escoger uno de los métodos de asignación de dirección dinámica. " -"Seleccione DHCP\n" +"Puede escoger uno de los métodos de asignación de dirección dinámica. Seleccione DHCP\n" "si tiene un servidor DHCP en su red local. La direcciones de red se\n" "obtendrán automáticamente desde el servidor.\n" @@ -2759,46 +2594,34 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" -"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + " -"Zeroconf\n" -". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.</" -"p>\n" +"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" +". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.\n" msgstr "" "Para buscar automáticamente una IP y asignarla estaticamente;seleccione \n" -"Zeroconf. Para utilizar DHCP y replegarse a zeroconf, seleccione " -"DHCP + Zeroconf\n" -". En otro caso, las direcciones de red deberán asignarse " -"estáticamente.\n" +"Zeroconf. Para utilizar DHCP y replegarse a zeroconf, seleccione DHCP + Zeroconf\n" +". En otro caso, las direcciones de red deberán asignarse estáticamente.\n" #. Address dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 msgid "" -"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for " -"your computer, and the \n" +"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "for your peer.\n" msgstr "" -"Introduzca la dirección IP (por ejemplo. <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) " -"de su equipo y la\n" +"Introduzca la dirección IP (por ejemplo. <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) de su equipo y la\n" " dirección IP remota (por ejemplo <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "del computador par.\n" #. Address dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 msgid "" -"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your " -"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" -"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix " -"<tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" -"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written " -"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" +"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" msgstr "" -"Para Dirección IP estática introduzca la dirección IP de su " -"computador(ej.<tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) para su equipo y \n" -" la máscara de red (normalmente <tt>255.255.255.0</tt>) o la longitud del " -"prefijo <tt>/24</tt>. Opcionalmente puede introducir\n" -" un nombre de host para esta dirección IP. El nombre de host debe escribirse " -"en <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"Para Dirección IP estática introduzca la dirección IP de su computador(ej.<tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) para su equipo y \n" +" la máscara de red (normalmente <tt>255.255.255.0</tt>) o la longitud del prefijo <tt>/24</tt>. Opcionalmente puede introducir\n" +" un nombre de host para esta dirección IP. El nombre de host debe escribirse en <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" #. Address dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 @@ -2828,22 +2651,15 @@ "the firewall will be disabled." msgstr "" "<big>Zona del cortafuegos</big>\n" -"Seleccione la Zona del cortafuegos a la que quiere asignar la " -"interfaz. El cortafuegos\n" +"Seleccione la Zona del cortafuegos a la que quiere asignar la interfaz. El cortafuegos\n" "se activará al seleccionar una zona. Si no selecciona ninguna y existen\n" -"otras interfaces del cortafuegos, este permanecerá activado pero el tráfico " -"en\n" -"esta interfaz se bloqueará. Si no selecciona ninguna zona y no existen " -"otras\n" +"otras interfaces del cortafuegos, este permanecerá activado pero el tráfico en\n" +"esta interfaz se bloqueará. Si no selecciona ninguna zona y no existen otras\n" "interfaces, el cortafuegos será desactivado." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 -msgid "" -"Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports " -"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." -msgstr "" -"Interfaz Obligatoria indica si el servicio de red informará de los " -"errores si la interfaz no se puede iniciar durante el arranque." +msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." +msgstr "Interfaz Obligatoria indica si el servicio de red informará de los errores si la interfaz no se puede iniciar durante el arranque." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 msgid "" @@ -2851,29 +2667,23 @@ "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" "transferred over the network in one frame. Usually, you do not need to\n" "set a MTU, but using lower MTU values may improve the network performance,\n" -"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the " -"recommended\n" +"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the recommended\n" "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Unidad Máxima de Transferencia</big>\n" -"La unidad máxima de transferencia (MTU) es el tamaño máximo de " -"paquete\n" +"La unidad máxima de transferencia (MTU) es el tamaño máximo de paquete\n" "transferido de una vez a través de la red. Normalmente no es necesario\n" -"ajustar el MTU, pero si usa valores más pequeños de MTU se podría mejorar la " -"velocidad\n" +"ajustar el MTU, pero si usa valores más pequeños de MTU se podría mejorar la velocidad\n" "de la red en conexiones telefónicas lentas. Seleccione uno de los valores\n" "recomendados o especifique uno.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" -"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No " -"Address Setup are available." +"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." msgstr "" "Seleccione los dispositivos esclavos para el dispositivo asociado.\n" -" Sólo estarán disponibles aquellos dispositivos cuya \"Activación del " -"dispositivo\" sea Nunca y estén configurados como Ninguna " -"dirección asignada." +" Sólo estarán disponibles aquellos dispositivos cuya \"Activación del dispositivo\" sea Nunca y estén configurados como Ninguna dirección asignada." #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 @@ -2884,20 +2694,15 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" -"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for " -"each\n" +"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" "DHCP client on a single network. Therefore, specify a unique free-form\n" "identifier here if you have several (virtual) machines using the same\n" "network interface and thus the same hardware address." msgstr "" -"Si el Identificador de Cliente DHCP se deja vacío, toma por " -"omisión\n" -"la dirección de hardware de la interfaz de red. Debe ser distinto para cada " -"cliente DHCP\n" -"en una red. Por lo tanto, introduzca aquí un identificador inequívoco de " -"formato libre\n" -"si dispone de varias máquinas (virtuales) usando la misma interfaz de red y, " -"por\n" +"Si el Identificador de Cliente DHCP se deja vacío, toma por omisión\n" +"la dirección de hardware de la interfaz de red. Debe ser distinto para cada cliente DHCP\n" +"en una red. Por lo tanto, introduzca aquí un identificador inequívoco de formato libre\n" +"si dispone de varias máquinas (virtuales) usando la misma interfaz de red y, por\n" "consiguiente, la misma dirección de hardware." #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 @@ -2905,41 +2710,30 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" -#| "hostname option field when dhcpcd sends messages to the DHCP server. " -#| "Some \n" +#| "hostname option field when dhcpcd sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" #| "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" #| "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).\n" #| "Some DHCP servers require the Hostname to Send option field to\n" -#| "contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave " -#| "AUTO\n" -#| "to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/" -#| "HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +#| "contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO\n" +#| "to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" #| "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.\n" msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" -"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP " -"server. Some \n" +"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).\n" "Some DHCP servers require the Hostname to Send option field to\n" -"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO</" -"b>\n" -"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/" -"HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO\n" +"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.\n" msgstr "" "El Nombre de host a enviar especifica una cadena empleada en el \n" -"campo de opción de nombre de host cuando dhcpcd envía mensajes al servidor " -"DHCP. Algunos \n" -"servidores DHCP actualizan las zonas de servidor de nombres (registros " -"inversos y directos) \n" +"campo de opción de nombre de host cuando dhcpcd envía mensajes al servidor DHCP. Algunos \n" +"servidores DHCP actualizan las zonas de servidor de nombres (registros inversos y directos) \n" "en función de este nombre de host (servicio DNS dinámico).\n" -"También, algunos servidores DHCP requieren que el campo de opción Nombre " -"de host a enviar contenga\n" -"una cadena específica en los mensajes DHCP de los clientes. Deje el valor " -"AUTO\n" -"para enviar el nombre de host actual (es decir, el que se ha definido en " -"<tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +"También, algunos servidores DHCP requieren que el campo de opción Nombre de host a enviar contenga\n" +"una cadena específica en los mensajes DHCP de los clientes. Deje el valor AUTO\n" +"para enviar el nombre de host actual (es decir, el que se ha definido en <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" "Déjelo vacío para no enviar ningún nombre de host.\n" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 @@ -2947,15 +2741,13 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" -#| "Configure additional addresses of an interface (its aliases) in this " -#| "table.\n" +#| "Configure additional addresses of an interface (its aliases) in this table.\n" msgid "" "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" "Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Direcciones Adicionales</big>\n" -"En este diálogo puede configurar las direcciones adicionales de una " -"interfaz (sus alias).\n" +"En este diálogo puede configurar las direcciones adicionales de una interfaz (sus alias).\n" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 @@ -2975,32 +2767,21 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Alias Name is optional and legacy.The total\n" -#| " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and " -#| "label) is\n" -#| " limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility " -#| "truncates it after 9 characters." +#| " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" +#| " limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." msgid "" -"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and " -"legacy. The total\n" -" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) " -"is\n" -" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility " -"truncates it after 9 characters." +"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" +" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" +" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." msgstr "" "El Nombre del alias es opcional y heredado. El largo\n" -" total del nombre de la interfaz (inclusivo de los dos puntos y " -"la etiqueta) está\n" -" limitado a 15 caracteres y la utilidad ifconfig obsoleta lo " -"trunca luego de 9 caracteres." +" total del nombre de la interfaz (inclusivo de los dos puntos y la etiqueta) está\n" +" limitado a 15 caracteres y la utilidad ifconfig obsoleta lo trunca luego de 9 caracteres." #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 -msgid "" -"Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter " -"foo instead of eth0:foo." -msgstr "" -"No incluir el nombre de interfaz en el nombre del alias. Por ejemplo, " -"escribir foo en lugar de eth0:foo." +msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." +msgstr "No incluir el nombre de interfaz en el nombre del alias. Por ejemplo, escribir foo en lugar de eth0:foo." #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing @@ -3021,20 +2802,14 @@ " \n" msgstr "" "Puede seleccionar entre tres Tipos de Entrada de Clave.\n" -" Frase de paso/b>: La clave es generada a partir de la frase " -"introducida.\n" -" ASCII: La clave está compuesta por los valores ASCII de los " -"caracteres\n" -"introducidos. Debe introducir 5 caracteres para las claves de 64 bits, hasta " -"13\n" +" Frase de paso/b>: La clave es generada a partir de la frase introducida.\n" +" ASCII: La clave está compuesta por los valores ASCII de los caracteres\n" +"introducidos. Debe introducir 5 caracteres para las claves de 64 bits, hasta 13\n" "caracteres para las claves de 128 bits, hasta 16 para las de 156 bits y\n" "hasta 29 caracteres para las claves de 256 bits.\n" -" Hexadecimal: Aquí se introducen directamente los códigos " -"hexadecimales de la\n" -"clave. Debe introducir 10 dígitos hexadecimales para las claves de 64 bits, " -"26 para\n" -"las de 128 bits, 32 dígitos para las claves de 156 bits y 58 dígitos para " -"las de 256 bits.\n" +" Hexadecimal: Aquí se introducen directamente los códigos hexadecimales de la\n" +"clave. Debe introducir 10 dígitos hexadecimales para las claves de 64 bits, 26 para\n" +"las de 128 bits, 32 dígitos para las claves de 156 bits y 58 dígitos para las de 256 bits.\n" "Puede separar pares o grupos de dígitos entre sí con guiones ('-'), por\n" "ejemplo <tt>'0a5f-41e6-48'</tt>.\n" "\n" @@ -3057,12 +2832,9 @@ "called Infrastructure Mode), or Master (the network card\n" "acts as an access point).\n" msgstr "" -"El Modo de Operación depende de la topología de red. El modo puede " -"ser\n" -"Ad-Hoc (red entre iguales sin ningún punto de acceso), Gestionado</" -"b>\n" -"(red gestionada por un punto de acceso, denominado también modo " -"infraestructura),\n" +"El Modo de Operación depende de la topología de red. El modo puede ser\n" +"Ad-Hoc (red entre iguales sin ningún punto de acceso), Gestionado\n" +"(red gestionada por un punto de acceso, denominado también modo infraestructura),\n" "o Maestro (la tarjeta de red actúa como un punto de acceso).\n" #. Wireless dialog help @@ -3071,19 +2843,15 @@ "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" "wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n" -"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA " -"authentication mode,\n" +"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA authentication mode,\n" "you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n" "case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n" "signal strength.\n" msgstr "" "Defina el Identificador de Red (ESSID) que se usará para\n" -"identificar celdas que formen parte de la misma red virtual. Todas las " -"estaciones\n" -"de una red LAN inalámbrica deben tener el mismo ESSID para comunicarse entre " -"sí. Si\n" -"elige el modo de funcionamiento Gestionado y ningún modo de " -"autenticación WPA,\n" +"identificar celdas que formen parte de la misma red virtual. Todas las estaciones\n" +"de una red LAN inalámbrica deben tener el mismo ESSID para comunicarse entre sí. Si\n" +"elige el modo de funcionamiento Gestionado y ningún modo de autenticación WPA,\n" "puede dejar este campo vacío o definirlo como <tt>any</tt>. En este\n" "caso, la tarjeta WLAN se asociará con el punto de acceso con la señal\n" "más fuerte.\n" @@ -3102,8 +2870,7 @@ "NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n" "potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n" "specific needs for shared key authentication, use the Open\n" -"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected " -"Access)\n" +"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" "was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n" "WPA. If you want to use WPA, select WPA-PSK or WPA-EAP as the\n" "authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n" @@ -3111,23 +2878,17 @@ msgstr "" "En algunas redes es preciso definir un Modo de Autenticación\n" "que depende de la tecnología de protección usada, WEP o WPA. WEP\n" -"(privacidad equivalente por cable, del inglés Wired Equivalent Privacy) es " -"un sistema para cifrar el tráfico de redes inalámbricas\n" +"(privacidad equivalente por cable, del inglés Wired Equivalent Privacy) es un sistema para cifrar el tráfico de redes inalámbricas\n" "con un sistema de autenticación opcional basado en la clave de cifrado\n" "usada. Casi siempre que se usa WEP, el modo Abierto (sin\n" -"ningún tipo de autenticación) es suficiente. Esto no significa que no se " -"puede\n" +"ningún tipo de autenticación) es suficiente. Esto no significa que no se puede\n" "utilizar el cifrado WEP. Algunas redes pueden requerir la autenticación\n" -"de Clave compartida de WEP. NOTA: la autenticación de clave " -"compartida facilita a\n" +"de Clave compartida de WEP. NOTA: la autenticación de clave compartida facilita a\n" "los atacantes potenciales el acceso a la red. A no ser que precise\n" "en concreto de la autenticación de claves compartidas, utilice el modo\n" -"Abierto. Dado que se ha demostrado que WEP no es seguro, se ha " -"definido el estándar WPA\n" -"(acceso protegido Wi-Fi, del inglés Wi-Fi Protected Access) para cerrar sus " -"agujeros de seguridad, pero no todos los equipos de hardware\n" -"son compatibles con WPA. Si desea utilizar WPA, seleccione WPA-PSK o " -"WPA-EAP como\n" +"Abierto. Dado que se ha demostrado que WEP no es seguro, se ha definido el estándar WPA\n" +"(acceso protegido Wi-Fi, del inglés Wi-Fi Protected Access) para cerrar sus agujeros de seguridad, pero no todos los equipos de hardware\n" +"son compatibles con WPA. Si desea utilizar WPA, seleccione WPA-PSK o WPA-EAP como\n" "modo de autenticación. Sólo es posible hacerlo si el modo de\n" "funcionamiento es Gestionado.\n" @@ -3143,8 +2904,7 @@ "Para utilizar WEP, introduzca la clave\n" "de cifrado WEP que va a emplear. La longitud de clave\n" "puede ser de 64, 128, 156 o 256 bits, aunque no todos los dispositivos\n" -"soportan todos los tamaños. De estas claves, 24 bits se generan " -"dinámicamente,\n" +"soportan todos los tamaños. De estas claves, 24 bits se generan dinámicamente,\n" "por lo que sólo tiene que introducir de 40 a 232 bits.\n" #. Wireless dialog help @@ -3160,8 +2920,7 @@ "Para utilizar WPA-PSK (que a veces se conoce como WPA personal),\n" "indique la clave compartida previamente. Esta\n" "clave se utiliza para la autenticación y se generan claves de cifrado\n" -"a partir de ella. Estas claves no son vulnerables a los ataques conocidos a " -"las claves WEP, \n" +"a partir de ella. Estas claves no son vulnerables a los ataques conocidos a las claves WEP, \n" "pero los ataques de diccionario siguen siendo posibles. No utilice palabras\n" "fáciles de adivinar como contraseñas.\n" @@ -3179,16 +2938,12 @@ msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" -"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for " -"all\n" +"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n" "available options." msgstr "" -"Estos valores se escribirán en el archivo de configuración de la " -"interfaz\n" -"'ifcfg-*' en '/etc/sysconfig/network'. Si necesita opciones de configuración " -"adicionales,\n" -"añádalas manualmente. Puede consultar todas las opciones disponibles en el " -"archivo\n" +"Estos valores se escribirán en el archivo de configuración de la interfaz\n" +"'ifcfg-*' en '/etc/sysconfig/network'. Si necesita opciones de configuración adicionales,\n" +"añádalas manualmente. Puede consultar todas las opciones disponibles en el archivo\n" "'wireless' en el mismo directorio." #. TextEntry label @@ -3282,14 +3037,12 @@ "For TTLS and PEAP, enter your Identity\n" "and Password as configured on the server.\n" "If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n" -"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</" -"p>\n" +"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.\n" msgstr "" "Para TTLS y PEAP, especifique su Identidad\n" "y Contraseña tal como estén configuradas en el servidor.\n" "Si tiene requisitos especiales para definir el nombre de usuario como\n" -"Identidad anónima, puede hacerlo aquí. Normalmente no es necesario.</" -"p>\n" +"Identidad anónima, puede hacerlo aquí. Normalmente no es necesario.\n" #. text entry label #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:111 @@ -3310,18 +3063,14 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:128 msgid "" "TLS uses a Client Certificate instead of a username and\n" -"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key " -"pair\n" +"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n" "to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n" "a Client Key file that contains your private key and\n" "the appropriate Client Key Password for that file.\n" msgstr "" -"TLS utiliza un Certificado de Cliente para la autenticación en " -"lugar de una\n" -"combinación de nombre de usuario y contraseña. Utiliza un par de claves " -"públicas y privadas\n" -"para cifrar el establecimiento de comunicaciones, por lo que necesitará un " -"archivo de \n" +"TLS utiliza un Certificado de Cliente para la autenticación en lugar de una\n" +"combinación de nombre de usuario y contraseña. Utiliza un par de claves públicas y privadas\n" +"para cifrar el establecimiento de comunicaciones, por lo que necesitará un archivo de \n" "Clave de Cliente adicional que contenga la clave privada y\n" "la Contraseña de clave de cliente adecuada para dicho archivo.\n" @@ -3364,8 +3113,7 @@ "any certificate or key files, contact your system administrator.\n" msgstr "" "Si no conoce su identificador y contraseña o no dispone de \n" -"archivos de claves o certificados, póngase en contacto con el administrador " -"del sistema.\n" +"archivos de claves o certificados, póngase en contacto con el administrador del sistema.\n" #. combo box label #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:239 @@ -3379,8 +3127,7 @@ "allowed methods or in case you have encountered difficulties regarding\n" "authentication, choose your inner authentication method.\n" msgstr "" -"Aquí podrá configurar el método de autenticación interna (también " -"conocido como fase 2).\n" +"Aquí podrá configurar el método de autenticación interna (también conocido como fase 2).\n" "Todos los métodos están permitidos por defecto. Si desea restringir los\n" "métodos permitidos o en caso de que detecte dificultades con la\n" "autenticación, seleccione el método de autenticación interna.\n" @@ -3489,9 +3236,7 @@ #. Popup text #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:562 msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode." -msgstr "" -"El modo de autenticación WPA sólo es posible en el modo de operación " -"gestionado." +msgstr "El modo de autenticación WPA sólo es posible en el modo de operación gestionado." #. Popup text #. modes: combination of operation and authentication @@ -3525,8 +3270,7 @@ #. Popup text #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:631 msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode." -msgstr "" -"La clave de cifrado debe ser especificada para este modo de autenticación." +msgstr "La clave de cifrado debe ser especificada para este modo de autenticación." #. warning only #. Popup text @@ -3559,15 +3303,12 @@ msgid "" "To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" "set the Channel the card should use here. This is not needed\n" -"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for " -"access\n" +"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n" "points in that case.\n" msgstr "" "Si desea utilizar su tarjeta LAN inalámbrica en modo maestro o ad-hoc,\n" -"defina aquí el Canal que debe usar la tarjeta. Esto no es necesario " -"para el\n" -"modo gestionado, ya que en este caso la tarjeta pasa de un canal a otro " -"buscando puntos\n" +"defina aquí el Canal que debe usar la tarjeta. Esto no es necesario para el\n" +"modo gestionado, ya que en este caso la tarjeta pasa de un canal a otro buscando puntos\n" "de acceso.\n" #. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5 @@ -3576,10 +3317,8 @@ "In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n" "Bit Rate explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible." msgstr "" -"En algunos casos excepcionales, puede que quiera definir de forma " -"explícita una\n" -"Tasa de bits de transmisión. La opción predeterminada es la más " -"rápida posible." +"En algunos casos excepcionales, puede que quiera definir de forma explícita una\n" +"Tasa de bits de transmisión. La opción predeterminada es la más rápida posible." #. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:714 @@ -3587,8 +3326,7 @@ "In an environment with multiple Access Points, you may want to\n" "define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address." msgstr "" -"En un entorno con múltiples Puntos de Acceso, puede definir el " -"punto de\n" +"En un entorno con múltiples Puntos de Acceso, puede definir el punto de\n" "acceso al que quiere conectarse introduciendo su dirección MAC." #. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5 @@ -3598,10 +3336,8 @@ "This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n" "be disconnected from AC power.\n" msgstr "" -"Puede activar la opción Usar Gestión de Energía para habilitar la " -"función de ahorro\n" -"de energía. Esto se recomienda especialmente para usuarios de portátiles que " -"vayan a trabajar\n" +"Puede activar la opción Usar Gestión de Energía para habilitar la función de ahorro\n" +"de energía. Esto se recomienda especialmente para usuarios de portátiles que vayan a trabajar\n" "con baterías.\n" #. Wireless expert dialog help 2b/5 @@ -3675,19 +3411,15 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1001 msgid "" "In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n" -"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four " -"keys,\n" +"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n" "although only one key is used to encrypt the data. This is the default key.\n" "The other keys can be used to decrypt data. Usually you have only\n" "one key." msgstr "" "En este diálogo puede definir las claves WEP que va a usar para\n" -"cifrar los datos antes de transmitirlos. Puede tener hasta cuatro claves, si " -"bien\n" -"sólo se utilizará una clave (la clave predeterminada) para cifrar los " -"datos.\n" -"Las claves restantes pueden emplearse para descifrar datos. Normalmente sólo " -"dispone\n" +"cifrar los datos antes de transmitirlos. Puede tener hasta cuatro claves, si bien\n" +"sólo se utilizará una clave (la clave predeterminada) para cifrar los datos.\n" +"Las claves restantes pueden emplearse para descifrar datos. Normalmente sólo dispone\n" "de una clave." #. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3 @@ -3699,14 +3431,10 @@ "wireless LAN connection does not establish, you may need to set this\n" "value to 64." msgstr "" -"Longitud de la clave define la longitud en bits de sus claves " -"WEP.\n" -"Las longitudes posibles son 64 y 128 bits, a las que también se conoce como " -"40 y 104 bits.\n" -"Puede que el hardware antiguo no soporte las claves de 128 bits. Así pues, " -"si no es posible\n" -"establecer una conexión LAN inalámbrica, puede intentar cambiar este valor a " -"64." +"Longitud de la clave define la longitud en bits de sus claves WEP.\n" +"Las longitudes posibles son 64 y 128 bits, a las que también se conoce como 40 y 104 bits.\n" +"Puede que el hardware antiguo no soporte las claves de 128 bits. Así pues, si no es posible\n" +"establecer una conexión LAN inalámbrica, puede intentar cambiar este valor a 64." #. Frame label #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1034 @@ -3747,12 +3475,10 @@ #. validated in ValidateWpaEap #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1281 msgid "" -"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in " -"connections\n" +"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" msgstr "" -"No usar el certificado de la Autoridad Certificadora (CA) puede resultar en " -"conexiones\n" +"No usar el certificado de la Autoridad Certificadora (CA) puede resultar en conexiones\n" "a redes inalámbricas rogue, inseguras. ¿Continuar sin CA ?" #. error popup text @@ -3838,17 +3564,14 @@ "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</" -"tt>).\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuración de Administración Remota</big>\n" "Si esta opción esta activada, usted podrá\n" -"administrar este equipo de forma remota desde de otro equipo. Use un cliente " -"VNC,\n" +"administrar este equipo de forma remota desde de otro equipo. Use un cliente VNC,\n" "como krdc (conectar a <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), o\n" -"un navegador web compatible con Java (conectar a <tt>http://<hostname>:" -"%2/</tt>).\n" +"un navegador web compatible con Java (conectar a <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" "Esta forma de administración remota no es tan segura como usar SSH.\n" #. Dialog frame title @@ -4113,12 +3836,8 @@ #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:502 -msgid "" -"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use " -"it at your own risk?" -msgstr "" -"No se recomienda usar .local como nombre de dominio debido a los DNS " -"multicast. ¿Usarlo a pesar del riesgo?" +msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" +msgstr "No se recomienda usar .local como nombre de dominio debido a los DNS multicast. ¿Usarlo a pesar del riesgo?" #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:527 @@ -4330,20 +4049,15 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:58 msgid "" "When Dial Prefix Regular Expression is set, users can\n" -"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the " -"expression.\n" +"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n" "A recommended value is <tt>[09]?</tt>, allowing <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>,\n" "and the empty prefix. If the expression is empty, users are not allowed\n" "to change the prefix.\n" msgstr "" -"Si se ha activado la Expresión Regular para el Prefijo de Marcado</" -"b>,\n" -"los usuarios pueden cambiar el prefijo de marcado en KInternet dentro del " -"marco de la\n" -"expresión regular. Se recomienda el valor <tt>[09]?</tt>, que permite <tt>0</" -"tt>, <tt>9</tt>\n" -"y el prefijo vacío. Si la expresión está vacía, los usuarios no podrán " -"cambiar el\n" +"Si se ha activado la Expresión Regular para el Prefijo de Marcado,\n" +"los usuarios pueden cambiar el prefijo de marcado en KInternet dentro del marco de la\n" +"expresión regular. Se recomienda el valor <tt>[09]?</tt>, que permite <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>\n" +"y el prefijo vacío. Si la expresión está vacía, los usuarios no podrán cambiar el\n" "prefijo.\n" #. radio button group label,method of setup @@ -4461,28 +4175,21 @@ #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:152 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this " -"startmode will never\n" -"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still " -"available.\n" +"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n" +"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n" "Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" -"Usar la opción En la raíz NFS es parecido a usar <tt>auto</tt>. Sin " -"embargo los dispositivos con este modo de inicio no se apagarán mediante " -"<tt>rcnetwork stop</tt><tt>ifdown <iface></tt>, seguirán funcionando.\n" +"Usar la opción En la raíz NFS es parecido a usar <tt>auto</tt>. Sin embargo los dispositivos con este modo de inicio no se apagarán mediante <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt><tt>ifdown <iface></tt>, seguirán funcionando.\n" "Utilícelo cuando tenga un sistema de archivos raíz NFS o iSCSI.\n" #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:162 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this " -"startmode will never\n" +"Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n" "be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n" "Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" -"Usar la opción En la raíz NFS es parecido a usar el funcionamiento " -"automático. Sin embargo los dispositivos con este modo de inicio no se " -"apagarán nunca\n" +"Usar la opción En la raíz NFS es parecido a usar el funcionamiento automático. Sin embargo los dispositivos con este modo de inicio no se apagarán nunca\n" "mediante \"rcnetwork stop\". \"ifdown <iface>\" sigue funcionando.\n" "Úselo cuando tenga un sistema de archivos raíz NFS o iSCSI.\n" @@ -4498,14 +4205,12 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:201 msgid "" "<big>Device Activation</big> \n" -"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time " -"activates it during system boot, \n" +"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time activates it during system boot, \n" "Never does not start the device.\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" "<big>Activación del dispositivo</big> \n" -"Elija cuando debe iniciarse el dispositivo de red. Durante el " -"arranqueactivar durante el proceso de carga del sistema\n" +"Elija cuando debe iniciarse el dispositivo de red. Durante el arranqueactivar durante el proceso de carga del sistema\n" "Nunca El dispositivo no se iniciara.\n" "%1\n" @@ -4644,12 +4349,8 @@ msgstr "Confirmar reinicio de red" #: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:26 -msgid "" -"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply " -"the settings." -msgstr "" -"Debido al uso de una red puente, YaST2 necesita reiniciar la red para " -"aplicar los ajustes." +msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings." +msgstr "Debido al uso de una red puente, YaST2 necesita reiniciar la red para aplicar los ajustes." #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name #: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95 @@ -5049,9 +4750,7 @@ #. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported #. @return true on success #: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 -msgid "" -"AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked " -"will be used." +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." msgstr "" # @@ -5198,19 +4897,9 @@ #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, " -#| "wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for " -#| "wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." -msgid "" -"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) " -"is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan " -"devices). See dmesg output for details." -msgstr "" -"No es posible configurar la tarjeta de red porque no se encuentra el " -"dispositivo apropiado del kernel(eth0,wlan0) Esto probablemente es debido a " -"un firmware desconocido( en dispositivos wlan). Vea los detalles en la " -"salida de dmesg" +#| msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." +msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." +msgstr "No es posible configurar la tarjeta de red porque no se encuentra el dispositivo apropiado del kernel(eth0,wlan0) Esto probablemente es debido a un firmware desconocido( en dispositivos wlan). Vea los detalles en la salida de dmesg" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 #, fuzzy @@ -5383,8 +5072,7 @@ #~ "Actualmente la red está controlada por NetworkManager y no es posible \n" #~ "editar su configuración con YaST.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Para editar la configuración, utilice el editor de conexión de " -#~ "NetworkManager, o\n" +#~ "Para editar la configuración, utilice el editor de conexión de NetworkManager, o\n" #~ "cambie el método de configuración al método tradicional con ifup.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -5407,19 +5095,11 @@ #~ msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" #~ msgstr "Método &Tradicional con ifup" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=" -#~ "\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El servicio SSH estará habilitado y el puerto abierto (<a href=" -#~ "\"%1\">desactivar y cerrar</a>)" +#~ msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" +#~ msgstr "El servicio SSH estará habilitado y el puerto abierto (<a href=\"%1\">desactivar y cerrar</a>)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=" -#~ "\"%1\">enable and open</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El servicio SSH estará desactivado y el puerto cerrado (<a href=" -#~ "\"%1\">activar y abrir</a>)" +#~ msgid "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">enable and open</a>)" +#~ msgstr "El servicio SSH estará desactivado y el puerto cerrado (<a href=\"%1\">activar y abrir</a>)" #~ msgid "General &Network Settings" #~ msgstr "Opciones generales de &red" @@ -5444,8 +5124,7 @@ #~ msgstr "&Alias" #~ msgid "Proposed bridged configuration for virtual machine network" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configuración de pasarela propuesta para la red de la máquina virtual." +#~ msgstr "Configuración de pasarela propuesta para la red de la máquina virtual." # # modules/Lan.ycp:196 modules/Modem.ycp:186 @@ -5522,11 +5201,8 @@ #~ msgid "Bond slaves" #~ msgstr "Esclavos asociados" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The device is not configured. Press Edit for configuration." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El dispositivo no está configurado. Pulse Editar para " -#~ "configurarlo." +#~ msgid "The device is not configured. Press Edit for configuration." +#~ msgstr "El dispositivo no está configurado. Pulse Editar para configurarlo." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Initializing DSL Configuration\n" @@ -5541,8 +5217,7 @@ #~ "Abort now.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Cancelando el inicio:\n" -#~ "</BIG> Para cancelar de forma segura la herramienta de " -#~ "configuración, pulse\n" +#~ "</BIG> Para cancelar de forma segura la herramienta de configuración, pulse\n" #~ "Cancelar.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5559,16 +5234,13 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Cancelando la grabación:</big> \n" #~ "Cancele la grabación pulsando Cancelar.\n" -#~ "Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro " -#~ "o no.\n" +#~ "Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o no.\n" #~ msgid "The provider %1 is in use." #~ msgstr "%1 es el proveedor usado actualmente." #~ msgid "The provider %1 is in use. Really delete it?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "%1 es el proveedor usado actualmente. ¿Está seguro de que desea " -#~ "eliminarlo?" +#~ msgstr "%1 es el proveedor usado actualmente. ¿Está seguro de que desea eliminarlo?" # #~ msgid "DSL Configuration Overview" @@ -5580,8 +5252,7 @@ #~ "edit their configuration. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Resumen DSL</BIG> \n" -#~ "Aquí puede obtener un resumen de los dispositivos DSL instalados y además " -#~ "modificar\n" +#~ "Aquí puede obtener un resumen de los dispositivos DSL instalados y además modificar\n" #~ "su configuración. " #~ msgid "" @@ -5589,8 +5260,7 @@ #~ "If you press Add, you can manually configure a DSL device." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Añadir un dispositivo DSL</BIG> \n" -#~ "Pulsando Añadir le permite configurar manualmente un dispositivo " -#~ "DSL." +#~ "Pulsando Añadir le permite configurar manualmente un dispositivo DSL." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG> \n" @@ -5598,10 +5268,8 @@ #~ "Then press the appropriate button: Edit or Delete." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Editar o eliminar:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Escoja un dispositivo DSL cuya configuración desee modificar o eliminar " -#~ "y\n" -#~ "pulse a continuación el botón que corresponda: Editar o " -#~ "Eliminar." +#~ "Escoja un dispositivo DSL cuya configuración desee modificar o eliminar y\n" +#~ "pulse a continuación el botón que corresponda: Editar o Eliminar." #~ msgid "Type" #~ msgstr "Tipo" @@ -5627,19 +5295,15 @@ #~ "First, choose your PPP mode. This is either\n" #~ "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE), PPP over ATM (PPPoATM),\n" #~ "CAPI for ADSL or Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP).\n" -#~ "Use PPP over Ethernet if your DSL modem is connected via ethernet " -#~ "to your computer.\n" -#~ "Use Point to Point Tunneling Protocol if you want to connect to a " -#~ "VPN server.\n" +#~ "Use PPP over Ethernet if your DSL modem is connected via ethernet to your computer.\n" +#~ "Use Point to Point Tunneling Protocol if you want to connect to a VPN server.\n" #~ "If you are not sure which mode to use, ask your provider. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Primero, escoja su modo PPP. Este puede ser\n" #~ "PPP sobre Ethernet (PPPoE), PPP sobre ATM (PPPoATM),\n" #~ "<CAPI para DSL o Protocolo de túnel punto a punto (PPTP).\n" -#~ "Utilice PPP sobre Ethernet si su módem DSL esta conectado a su " -#~ "sistema mediante Ethernet.\n" -#~ "Utilice Protocolo de túnel punto a punto si desea conectarse a un " -#~ "servidor VPN.\n" +#~ "Utilice PPP sobre Ethernet si su módem DSL esta conectado a su sistema mediante Ethernet.\n" +#~ "Utilice Protocolo de túnel punto a punto si desea conectarse a un servidor VPN.\n" #~ "Si no esta seguro de que modo usar, pregunte a su proveedor. " #~ msgid "" @@ -5650,19 +5314,14 @@ #~ "tarjeta Ethernet. " #~ msgid "" -#~ "The PPP Mode-Dependent Settings are settings required to set " -#~ "up\n" -#~ "your DSL connection. VPI/VCI makes sense only for PPP over ATM</" -#~ "i>\n" +#~ "The PPP Mode-Dependent Settings are settings required to set up\n" +#~ "your DSL connection. VPI/VCI makes sense only for PPP over ATM\n" #~ "connections, Ethernet Card is needed for PPP over Ethernet\n" #~ "connections.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Las Opciones dependientes del modo PPP son opciones de " -#~ "configuración\n" -#~ "necesarias para la conexión DSL. VPI/VCI se recomienda sólo para " -#~ "conexiones\n" -#~ "PPP sobre ATM, Tarjeta Ethernet es necesario para " -#~ "conexiones PPP sobre Ethernet.\n" +#~ "Las Opciones dependientes del modo PPP son opciones de configuración\n" +#~ "necesarias para la conexión DSL. VPI/VCI se recomienda sólo para conexiones\n" +#~ "PPP sobre ATM, Tarjeta Ethernet es necesario para conexiones PPP sobre Ethernet.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "For PPPoATM, enter your VPI/VCI pair, for example, 0.38\n" @@ -5676,10 +5335,8 @@ #~ "modem is connected. If you did not set up your ethernet card yet, do\n" #~ "so by pressing Configure Network Cards." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Para PPPoE introduzca el dispositivo de la tarjeta Ethernet al que " -#~ "está conectado\n" -#~ "el módem DSL. Configure ahora la tarjeta Ethernet, si no lo había " -#~ "efectuado anteriormente\n" +#~ "Para PPPoE introduzca el dispositivo de la tarjeta Ethernet al que está conectado\n" +#~ "el módem DSL. Configure ahora la tarjeta Ethernet, si no lo había efectuado anteriormente\n" #~ "pulsando Configurar tarjetas de red." #~ msgid "For PPTP, enter the server name or IP address." @@ -5755,8 +5412,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Cancelando la grabación:</big> \n" #~ "Cancele la grabación pulsando Cancelar.\n" -#~ "Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro " -#~ "o no.\n" +#~ "Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o no.\n" #~ msgid "Select the item to edit." #~ msgstr "Seleccione el elemento a editar." @@ -5793,8 +5449,7 @@ #~ "Additionally you can edit their configurations. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Resumen de tarjetas RDSI</BIG> \n" -#~ "Aquí puede obtener un resumen de las tarjetas de RDSI instaladas y las " -#~ "configuraciones de conexión.\n" +#~ "Aquí puede obtener un resumen de las tarjetas de RDSI instaladas y las configuraciones de conexión.\n" #~ "Aquí puede también editar la configuración. \n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5802,8 +5457,7 @@ #~ "Press Add to configure an ISDN card manually.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Añadir una tarjeta RDSI</BIG> \n" -#~ "Pulse Añadir si desea configurar manualmente una tarjeta RDSI.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "Pulse Añadir si desea configurar manualmente una tarjeta RDSI.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Test an ISDN Card Setup:</BIG> \n" @@ -5811,14 +5465,12 @@ #~ "selected card.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Probar la configuración de una tarjeta RDSI</BIG> \n" -#~ "Si pulsa Prueba, el sistema intentará cargar el controlador para " -#~ "la\n" +#~ "Si pulsa Prueba, el sistema intentará cargar el controlador para la\n" #~ "tarjeta seleccionada.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Adding an ISDN Connection:</BIG> \n" -#~ "If you press Add, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "If you press Add, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Añadir una conexión RDSI</BIG> \n" #~ "Pulse Añadir para configurar una conexión RDSI.\n" @@ -5846,71 +5498,55 @@ #~ msgstr "Configuración Detallada de RDSI" #~ msgid "" -#~ "The Remote Phone Number List controls which remote machines " -#~ "are\n" +#~ "The Remote Phone Number List controls which remote machines are\n" #~ "allowed to connect to this interface.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "La lista de números de teléfono remotos controla a qué máquinas " -#~ "remotas\n" +#~ "La lista de números de teléfono remotos controla a qué máquinas remotas\n" #~ "se les permite conectarse a esta interfaz.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Deselect Only Listed Numbers Allowed \n" #~ "to allow all caller IDs.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Elimine la selección de Autorización sólo para números listados</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "Elimine la selección de Autorización sólo para números listados\n" #~ " para autorizar todos los ID de llamadas.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the callback mode is off, calls are handled normally " -#~ "without special \n" +#~ "If the callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special \n" #~ "processing.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si el modo de devolución de llamada está desactivado las " -#~ "llamadas \n" +#~ "Si el modo de devolución de llamada está desactivado las llamadas \n" #~ " serán procesadas normalmente.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, " -#~ "a callback \n" +#~ "If the callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n" #~ "is triggered.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si el modo de devolución de llamada es de servidor, una vez " -#~ "recibida una \n" +#~ "Si el modo de devolución de llamada es de servidor, una vez recibida una \n" #~ "llamada entrante será devuelta.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the callback mode is client, the local system does the " -#~ "initial call then \n" +#~ "If the callback mode is client, the local system does the initial call then \n" #~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si el modo de devolución de llamada es de cliente, el sistema " -#~ "local \n" -#~ "hace la llamada inicial y espera a que la máquina remota devuelva la " -#~ "llamada.\n" +#~ "Si el modo de devolución de llamada es de cliente, el sistema local \n" +#~ "hace la llamada inicial y espera a que la máquina remota devuelva la llamada.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Callback Delay is the number of seconds between the initial " -#~ "call and the\n" -#~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the " -#~ "server than on\n" +#~ "Callback Delay is the number of seconds between the initial call and the\n" +#~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the server than on\n" #~ "the client.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "La Espera de la Devolución de Llamada es el tiempo transcurrido " -#~ "en segundos \n" -#~ " entre la llamada inicia y la devolución de llamada (servidor) o el " -#~ "cuelgue (cliente). \n" +#~ "La Espera de la Devolución de Llamada es el tiempo transcurrido en segundos \n" +#~ " entre la llamada inicia y la devolución de llamada (servidor) o el cuelgue (cliente). \n" #~ "Ha de ser mayor en el servidor que en el cliente.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "In Additional ipppd Options, add extra options for ipppd,\n" #~ "for example, +pap +chap for the dial-in server authentication.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "En Opciones ipppd Adicionales puede añadir más opciones para " -#~ "ipppd,\n" -#~ "como por ejemplo +pap +chap para la autenticación del servidor de " -#~ "comunicaciones.\n" +#~ "En Opciones ipppd Adicionales puede añadir más opciones para ipppd,\n" +#~ "como por ejemplo +pap +chap para la autenticación del servidor de comunicaciones.\n" #~ msgid "&Additional ipppd Options" #~ msgstr "Opciones ipppd &Adicionales" @@ -5941,15 +5577,12 @@ #~ msgstr "Selección de Servicio RDSI" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your " -#~ "DSL\n" +#~ "If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your DSL\n" #~ "connection via Add DSL CAPI Interface. You can also do this later\n" #~ "in the DSL configuration dialog.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si dispone de un controlador CAPI RDSI/DSL combinado, puede configurar " -#~ "la conexión\n" -#~ "DSL con el botón Añadir interfaz CAPI DSL. También puede " -#~ "configurarla posteriormente\n" +#~ "Si dispone de un controlador CAPI RDSI/DSL combinado, puede configurar la conexión\n" +#~ "DSL con el botón Añadir interfaz CAPI DSL. También puede configurarla posteriormente\n" #~ "en el diálogo de configuración de DSL.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5963,22 +5596,18 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "To switch between various Internet providers, an\n" -#~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple " -#~ "providers to the\n" +#~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple providers to the\n" #~ "same interface.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "No necesita una interfaz para cada proveedor a la hora de alternar " -#~ "entre varios proveedores\n" -#~ "de Internet. Añada simplemente múltiples proveedores a una misma interfaz." -#~ "\n" +#~ "No necesita una interfaz para cada proveedor a la hora de alternar entre varios proveedores\n" +#~ "de Internet. Añada simplemente múltiples proveedores a una misma interfaz.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "To avoid adding an interface now, use\n" #~ "Skip not to enter the interface and provider dialogs." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si no desea añadir una interfaz en este momento, utilice\n" -#~ "Omitir para omitir los diálogos correspondientes a la interfaz y " -#~ "al proveedor." +#~ "Omitir para omitir los diálogos correspondientes a la interfaz y al proveedor." #~ msgid "" #~ "You have a DSL CAPI controller. Configure your DSL\n" @@ -5986,8 +5615,7 @@ #~ "in the DSL configuration dialog." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si cuenta con un controlador CAPI DSL, puede configurar su conexión\n" -#~ "DSL mediante Añadir Interfaz CAPI DSL. También puede configurarla " -#~ "posteriormente\n" +#~ "DSL mediante Añadir Interfaz CAPI DSL. También puede configurarla posteriormente\n" #~ "en el cuadro de diálogo de configuración de DSL." #~ msgid "Add &DSL CAPI Interface" @@ -6019,25 +5647,17 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "My phone number -- As your own telephone number (MSN), put in your \n" -#~ "telephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected " -#~ "directly\n" -#~ "to the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in " -#~ "the\n" -#~ "MSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or " -#~ "digits\n" -#~ "of your phone extension) . If this fails, try using 0, which normally " -#~ "means\n" +#~ "telephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected directly\n" +#~ "to the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in the\n" +#~ "MSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or digits\n" +#~ "of your phone extension) . If this fails, try using 0, which normally means\n" #~ "the default MSN is actually used." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Mi número de teléfono - Igual que su número de teléfono (MSN).\n" -#~ "Introduzca su número de teléfono (sin prefijo) si su tarjeta RDSI está " -#~ "conectada\n" -#~ "directamente a la toma de la compañía telefónica. Si está conectada a una " -#~ "estación-RDSI,\n" -#~ " ponga el MSN almacenado en la estación-RDSI (ej. su extensión " -#~ "telefónica\n" -#~ "o el último número o números de su extensión telefónica) . Si esto falla, " -#~ "pruebe\n" +#~ "Introduzca su número de teléfono (sin prefijo) si su tarjeta RDSI está conectada\n" +#~ "directamente a la toma de la compañía telefónica. Si está conectada a una estación-RDSI,\n" +#~ " ponga el MSN almacenado en la estación-RDSI (ej. su extensión telefónica\n" +#~ "o el último número o números de su extensión telefónica) . Si esto falla, pruebe\n" #~ "con 0 (que normalmente significa que se usa el 'MSN predeterminado')." #~ msgid "" @@ -6050,8 +5670,7 @@ #~ "</tt>\n" #~ "Note: ippp0 is an example" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si selecciona el modo manual tendrá que iniciar/detener el servicio " -#~ "manualmente\n" +#~ "Si selecciona el modo manual tendrá que iniciar/detener el servicio manualmente\n" #~ "ejecutando (como usuario 'root') los siguientes comandos:\n" #~ "<tt>\n" #~ " iniciar: ifup ippp0\n" @@ -6062,23 +5681,19 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Selecting channel bundling sets up a 128-kBit connection\n" -#~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second " -#~ "channel,\n" +#~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second channel,\n" #~ "use the following commands:\n" #~ "<tt>\n" #~ " isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n" #~ " isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n" #~ " \n" #~ "</tt>\n" -#~ "You can also install the package xibod to have this happen " -#~ "automatically. If\n" -#~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic " -#~ "goes down, it \n" +#~ "You can also install the package xibod to have this happen automatically. If\n" +#~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic goes down, it \n" #~ "removes a channel.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Al seleccionar unir canales se establece una conexión de 128 " -#~ "Kbit también\n" +#~ "Al seleccionar unir canales se establece una conexión de 128 Kbit también\n" #~ "conocida como Multilink PPP. Para activar o desactivar el segundo canal,\n" #~ "utilice los comandos:\n" #~ "<tt>\n" @@ -6086,8 +5701,7 @@ #~ " isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n" #~ " \n" #~ "</tt>\n" -#~ "Puede instalar el paquete xibod para automatizar este proceso. Si " -#~ "se requiere\n" +#~ "Puede instalar el paquete xibod para automatizar este proceso. Si se requiere\n" #~ "más ancho de banda, se añadirá un canal. Si el tráfico se reduce, se\n" #~ "eliminará un canal.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -6096,15 +5710,13 @@ #~ "Selecting\n" #~ "External Firewall Interface activates the firewall\n" #~ "and sets this interface as external.\n" -#~ "Restart Firewall restarts the firewall if a connection is " -#~ "established.\n" +#~ "Restart Firewall restarts the firewall if a connection is established.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Al seleccionar\n" #~ "Interfaz Externa del Cortafuegos, el cortafuegos se activa\n" #~ "y esta interfaz se configura como externa.\n" -#~ "La opción Reiniciar Cortafuegos reinicia el cortafuegos cuando se " -#~ "establece una conexión.\n" +#~ "La opción Reiniciar Cortafuegos reinicia el cortafuegos cuando se establece una conexión.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "D&efault Provider" @@ -6152,8 +5764,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Active la opción Dirección IP dinámica si su proveedor le\n" -#~ "asigna una dirección temporal para cada conexión. En este caso la " -#~ "dirección de salida\n" +#~ "asigna una dirección temporal para cada conexión. En este caso la dirección de salida\n" #~ "se desconoce hasta el momento en que la conexión se establece.\n" #~ "Así es por defecto en la mayoría de los proveedores.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -6164,8 +5775,7 @@ #~ "route.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Active Ruta Predeterminada para usar esta interfaz como ruta\n" -#~ "predeterminada. Solamente se puede establecer una ruta predeterminada.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "predeterminada. Solamente se puede establecer una ruta predeterminada.\n" # #~ msgid "IP Address Settings" @@ -6236,14 +5846,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "If you have an old legacy ISA card, you can enter values for\n" #~ "IO port or memory addresses and the used interrupt.\n" -#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your " -#~ "salesman.\n" +#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your salesman.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si dispone de una tarjeta ISA antigua, puede introducir valores para\n" -#~ "el puerto de E/S o bien direcciones de memoria y la interrupción " -#~ "utilizada.\n" -#~ "Compruebe en su manual que los valores son correctos o pregunte a su " -#~ "distribuidor.\n" +#~ "el puerto de E/S o bien direcciones de memoria y la interrupción utilizada.\n" +#~ "Compruebe en su manual que los valores son correctos o pregunte a su distribuidor.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Start Mode: With OnBoot, the driver is loaded during\n" @@ -6251,10 +5858,8 @@ #~ "rcisdn start command. Only the user root can do this.\n" #~ "HotPlug is a special case for PCMCIA and USB devices.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Modo de Inicio: Con Durante el Arranque el controlador " -#~ "se carga durante \n" -#~ "el arranque del sistema. Manual significa que el usuario root debe " -#~ "iniciar el\n" +#~ "Modo de Inicio: Con Durante el Arranque el controlador se carga durante \n" +#~ "el arranque del sistema. Manual significa que el usuario root debe iniciar el\n" #~ "controlador con el comando rcisdn start.\n" #~ "HotPlug es un caso especial para dispositivos PCMCIA y USB.\n" @@ -6265,35 +5870,25 @@ #~ "Para esta tarjeta RDSI existen varios controladores,\n" #~ "Seleccione uno de la lista.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "ISDN Protocol: In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Protocolo RDSI: En la mayoría de los casos es Euro-RDSI." +#~ msgid "ISDN Protocol: In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN." +#~ msgstr "Protocolo RDSI: En la mayoría de los casos es Euro-RDSI." #~ msgid "" #~ "Area Code: Enter your local area code for the ISDN\n" #~ "line here, without a leading zero and without a country prefix.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Código de Área: Introduzca aquí el código de área local para " -#~ "la línea RDSI,\n" +#~ "Código de Área: Introduzca aquí el código de área local para la línea RDSI,\n" #~ "sin cero inicial y sin el código nacional.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Dial Prefix: If you need a prefix to get an public line, \n" -#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common " -#~ "one is \"0\".\n" +#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common one is \"0\".\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Prefijo de marcado: Si necesita un prefijo para obtener línea " -#~ "exterior, puede\n" -#~ "especificarlo aquí. Este prefijo, que a menudo se utiliza en un bus " -#~ "interno S0, suele ser \"0\"\n" +#~ "Prefijo de marcado: Si necesita un prefijo para obtener línea exterior, puede\n" +#~ "especificarlo aquí. Este prefijo, que a menudo se utiliza en un bus interno S0, suele ser \"0\"\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck Start ISDN " -#~ "Log." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si no quiere registrar todo el tráfico RDSI, desactive la opción " -#~ "Iniciar Registro RDSI." +#~ msgid "If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck Start ISDN Log." +#~ msgstr "Si no quiere registrar todo el tráfico RDSI, desactive la opción Iniciar Registro RDSI." #~ msgid "ISDN Protocol" #~ msgstr "Protocolo RDSI" @@ -6469,8 +6064,7 @@ #~ "edit their configuration. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Resumen de Módems</BIG> \n" -#~ "Aquí puede obtener un resumen de los módems instalados y además " -#~ "modificar\n" +#~ "Aquí puede obtener un resumen de los módems instalados y además modificar\n" #~ "la configuración. " #~ msgid "" @@ -6487,8 +6081,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Editar o Eliminar:</BIG> \n" #~ "Seleccione un módem cuya configuración desee cambiar o eliminar y\n" -#~ "pulse a continuación el botón que corresponda: Editar o " -#~ "Eliminar." +#~ "pulse a continuación el botón que corresponda: Editar o Eliminar." #~ msgid "Modem Devices" #~ msgstr "Dispositivos Módem" @@ -6502,51 +6095,37 @@ # #~ msgid "" -#~ "Modem Device specifies to which port your modem is connected. " -#~ "ttyS0,\n" -#~ "ttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, " -#~ "etc.,\n" +#~ "Modem Device specifies to which port your modem is connected. ttyS0,\n" +#~ "ttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, etc.,\n" #~ "in DOS/Windows. ttyACM0 and ttyACM1 refer to USB ports." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Dispositivo Módem especifica a qué puerto está conectado\n" -#~ "su módem. ttyS0, ttyS1,etc, se refieren a puertos serie y normalmente " -#~ "corresponden\n" -#~ "a COM1, COM2, etc. En DOS/Windows., ttyACM0, y ttyACM1 designan a puertos " -#~ "USB." +#~ "su módem. ttyS0, ttyS1,etc, se refieren a puertos serie y normalmente corresponden\n" +#~ "a COM1, COM2, etc. En DOS/Windows., ttyACM0, y ttyACM1 designan a puertos USB." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are on a PBX, you probably need to enter a Dial Prefix.\n" #~ "Often, this is 9 or 0.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si está utilizando PBX, probablemente tenga que especificar un " -#~ "Prefijo \n" +#~ "Si está utilizando PBX, probablemente tenga que especificar un Prefijo \n" #~ "de marcado. Este es con frecuencia 9 ó 0.\n" # #~ msgid "" #~ "Choose Dial Mode according to your phone link. Most telephone\n" -#~ "companies use Tone Dial as the Dial Mode. Check the " -#~ "additional\n" -#~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (Speaker On) or for " -#~ "your\n" -#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (Detect Dial Tone).</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "companies use Tone Dial as the Dial Mode. Check the additional\n" +#~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (Speaker On) or for your\n" +#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (Detect Dial Tone).\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccione el Modo de Marcado conforme a su linea telefónica. " -#~ "La mayoría de\n" -#~ "las compañías telefónicas usa el Marcado por tonos como modo de " -#~ "marcado.\n" -#~ "Examine el resto de opciones para encender el altavoz del módem " -#~ "(Altavoz activado)\n" -#~ "o si quiere que el módem se mantenga a la espera de tono (Detectar " -#~ "tono de marcado).\n" +#~ "Seleccione el Modo de Marcado conforme a su linea telefónica. La mayoría de\n" +#~ "las compañías telefónicas usa el Marcado por tonos como modo de marcado.\n" +#~ "Examine el resto de opciones para encender el altavoz del módem (Altavoz activado)\n" +#~ "o si quiere que el módem se mantenga a la espera de tono (Detectar tono de marcado).\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Press Details to configure the baud rate and the modem \n" #~ "initialization strings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pulse Detalles para configurar la velocidad en baudios y las " -#~ "cadenas de inicio del módem." +#~ msgstr "Pulse Detalles para configurar la velocidad en baudios y las cadenas de inicio del módem." #~ msgid "Modem Device:" #~ msgstr "Dispositivo Módem:" @@ -6604,8 +6183,7 @@ #~ "All the relevant information about Init Strings\n" #~ "should be in your modem manual.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Puede consultar la información más importante acerca de Cadenas de " -#~ "Inicio\n" +#~ "Puede consultar la información más importante acerca de Cadenas de Inicio\n" #~ "en el manual del módem.\n" #~ msgid "B&aud Rate" @@ -6662,30 +6240,22 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Dial on Demand means that the Internet\n" -#~ "connection will be established automatically when data from the Internet " -#~ "is\n" -#~ "requested. To use this feature, specify at least one name server. " -#~ "Use\n" -#~ "this feature only if your Internet connection is inexpensive, because " -#~ "there are\n" +#~ "connection will be established automatically when data from the Internet is\n" +#~ "requested. To use this feature, specify at least one name server. Use\n" +#~ "this feature only if your Internet connection is inexpensive, because there are\n" #~ "programs that periodically request data from the Internet." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Llamada Bajo Demanda significa que la conexión a Internet se " -#~ "establecerá\n" -#~ "automáticamente cuando se necesiten datos de Internet. Para usar esta " -#~ "función\n" -#~ "debe especificar al menos un servidor de nombres. Recomendamos " -#~ "usar esta\n" -#~ "función sólo si la conexión a Internet no es muy cara, ya que existen " -#~ "programas que\n" +#~ "Llamada Bajo Demanda significa que la conexión a Internet se establecerá\n" +#~ "automáticamente cuando se necesiten datos de Internet. Para usar esta función\n" +#~ "debe especificar al menos un servidor de nombres. Recomendamos usar esta\n" +#~ "función sólo si la conexión a Internet no es muy cara, ya que existen programas que\n" #~ "solicitan datos a Internet periódicamente." #~ msgid "" #~ "When Modify DNS is enabled, the name server will be\n" #~ "changed automatically when connected to the Internet." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Cuando Modificar DNS esté activado, el servidor de nombres</" -#~ "i> se\n" +#~ "Cuando Modificar DNS esté activado, el servidor de nombres se\n" #~ "cambiará automáticamente cuando se conecte a Internet." #~ msgid "" @@ -6699,24 +6269,18 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Name Servers are required to convert hostnames\n" -#~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You " -#~ "only\n" +#~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You only\n" #~ "need to specify the name servers if you enable dial on demand or\n" #~ "disable DNS Modification when connected.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Los Servidores de nombres son necesarios para convertir los " -#~ "nombres de host\n" -#~ "(como www.suse.com) en direcciones IP (como 213.95.15.200). Sólo es " -#~ "necesario\n" -#~ "especificar los servidores de nombres si habilita la marcación a demanda " -#~ "o inhabilita la\n" +#~ "Los Servidores de nombres son necesarios para convertir los nombres de host\n" +#~ "(como www.suse.com) en direcciones IP (como 213.95.15.200). Sólo es necesario\n" +#~ "especificar los servidores de nombres si habilita la marcación a demanda o inhabilita la\n" #~ "Modificación de DNS al conectar.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Ignore Prompts disables the detection of any prompts from the " -#~ "dial-up\n" -#~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try " -#~ "this\n" +#~ "Ignore Prompts disables the detection of any prompts from the dial-up\n" +#~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try this\n" #~ "option.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "El modo estúpido desactiva la detección de\n" @@ -6730,20 +6294,17 @@ #~ "Choosing this option makes dial-up connections\n" #~ "to the Internet safe from external attacks." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Al seleccionar Interfaz externa del cortafuegos se activa el " -#~ "cortafuegos\n" +#~ "Al seleccionar Interfaz externa del cortafuegos se activa el cortafuegos\n" #~ "y esta interfaz se configura como externa.\n" #~ "Si elige esta opción, las conexiones telefónicas\n" #~ "a Internet serán más seguras de cara a ataques externos." #~ msgid "" #~ "The Idle Time-Out specifies the time after which an idle\n" -#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "El Tiempo de Inactividad determina el tiempo en segundos\n" -#~ "transcurrido el cual se cerrará cualquier conexión inactiva (0 significa " -#~ "que no hay límite).\n" +#~ "transcurrido el cual se cerrará cualquier conexión inactiva (0 significa que no hay límite).\n" #~ msgid "min" #~ msgstr "min." @@ -6829,72 +6390,56 @@ # include/network/isdn/ip.ycp:52 #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Dynamic IP Address\n" -#~ "if your provider assigns one temporary address per connection. In this " -#~ "case,\n" -#~ "the outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is " -#~ "established.\n" +#~ "if your provider assigns one temporary address per connection. In this case,\n" +#~ "the outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is established.\n" #~ "This is the default with most providers." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Marque la opción Dirección IP Dinámica si su proveedor le\n" -#~ "asigna una dirección temporal para cada conexión. En este caso la " -#~ "dirección de salida\n" +#~ "asigna una dirección temporal para cada conexión. En este caso la dirección de salida\n" #~ "se desconoce hasta el momento en que la conexión se establece.\n" #~ "Así es por defecto en la mayoría de los proveedores." #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Use Peer DNS to change\n" -#~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your " -#~ "static\n" -#~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, " -#~ "almost all\n" +#~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your static\n" +#~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, almost all\n" #~ "providers support Use Peer DNS.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Marque Usar el DNS del par para cambiar\n" -#~ "los servidores de nombres del dominio cuando se establezca la conexión. " -#~ "Con esto se sustituye la configuración\n" -#~ "DNS estática con las direcciones IP del servidor DNS obtenidas. En la " -#~ "actualidad, la mayoría de los\n" +#~ "los servidores de nombres del dominio cuando se establezca la conexión. Con esto se sustituye la configuración\n" +#~ "DNS estática con las direcciones IP del servidor DNS obtenidas. En la actualidad, la mayoría de los\n" #~ "proveedores admiten usar el DNS del par.\n" # include/network/isdn/callback.ycp:40 #~ msgid "" -#~ "If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without " -#~ "special \n" +#~ "If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special \n" #~ "processing." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si el modo de devolución de llamada está desactivado, las llamadas " -#~ "serán \n" +#~ "Si el modo de devolución de llamada está desactivado, las llamadas serán \n" #~ "procesadas normalmente." # include/network/isdn/callback.ycp:45 #~ msgid "" -#~ "If callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a " -#~ "callback \n" +#~ "If callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n" #~ "is triggered." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si el modo de devolución de llamada es de servidor, una vez recibida " -#~ "una llamada entrante se devolverá la llamada." +#~ msgstr "Si el modo de devolución de llamada es de servidor, una vez recibida una llamada entrante se devolverá la llamada." # include/network/isdn/callback.ycp:50 #~ msgid "" #~ "If callback mode is client, the local system does the initial call then \n" #~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si el modo de devolución de llamada es de cliente, el sistema local hace " -#~ "la llamada inicial \n" +#~ "Si el modo de devolución de llamada es de cliente, el sistema local hace la llamada inicial \n" #~ "y espera a que la máquina remota devuelva la llamada.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Default Route to set the default\n" -#~ "route for this provider. This is most likely correct unless you want to " -#~ "reach\n" +#~ "route for this provider. This is most likely correct unless you want to reach\n" #~ "single machines or subnetworks through this provider." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Marque la casilla Ruta Predeterminada para definir la ruta\n" -#~ "por defecto para este proveedor. Esta será con seguridad la opción " -#~ "correcta a no ser que\n" -#~ "quiera conectar con máquinas sueltas o subredes a través de este " -#~ "proveedor." +#~ "por defecto para este proveedor. Esta será con seguridad la opción correcta a no ser que\n" +#~ "quiera conectar con máquinas sueltas o subredes a través de este proveedor." # include/network/providers.ycp:325 #~ msgid "Select Internet Service Provider (ISP)" @@ -6997,8 +6542,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Editar o Eliminar:</BIG> \n" #~ "Seleccione el proveedor que quiere modificar o eliminar.\n" -#~ "A continuación pulse Editar o Eliminar según corresponda.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "A continuación pulse Editar o Eliminar según corresponda.\n" # include/network/providers.ycp:328 #~ msgid "Select the appropriate provider." @@ -7012,9 +6556,7 @@ #~ "y a continuación un proveedor de la lista." #~ msgid "Use New to add a provider not in the list." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Utilice Nuevo para añadir un proveedor no incluido en la lista." -#~ "" +#~ msgstr "Utilice Nuevo para añadir un proveedor no incluido en la lista." #~ msgid "Choose one of the available provider types." #~ msgstr "Seleccione uno de los tipos de proveedor disponibles." @@ -7032,25 +6574,21 @@ #~ "dialing number, connect to the home page %2 or call the hot line\n" #~ "%3.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Para registrarse con %1 y encontrar el mejor número de marcado, " -#~ "consulte\n" -#~ "la página web %2 o llame al número de atención al cliente %3</" -#~ "b>.\n" +#~ "Para registrarse con %1 y encontrar el mejor número de marcado, consulte\n" +#~ "la página web %2 o llame al número de atención al cliente %3.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "To register for %1 and find the best\n" #~ "dialing number, connect to the home page %2." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Para registrarse con %1 y encontrar el mejor número de marcado, " -#~ "consulte \n" +#~ "Para registrarse con %1 y encontrar el mejor número de marcado, consulte \n" #~ "la página web %2." #~ msgid "" #~ "To register for %1 and find the best\n" #~ "dialing number, call the hot line %2.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Para registrarse con %1 y encontrar el mejor número de " -#~ "marcado,\n" +#~ "Para registrarse con %1 y encontrar el mejor número de marcado,\n" #~ "llame al servicio de atención al cliente %2.\n" #~ msgid "Provider Parameters" @@ -7061,31 +6599,26 @@ #~ "Configure access to your Internet provider. If you have\n" #~ "selected your provider from the list, these values are provided.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configurar el acceso al proveedor de Internet. Si ha seleccionado un " -#~ "proveedor\n" +#~ "Configurar el acceso al proveedor de Internet. Si ha seleccionado un proveedor\n" #~ "de la lista, estos valores ya están disponibles.\n" #~ msgid "Enter a Provider Name for the provider." #~ msgstr "Introduzca un Nombre de Proveedor para el proveedor." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Enter a Provider Name for the provider and a Phone Number</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "Enter a Provider Name for the provider and a Phone Number\n" #~ "to access your provider." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Introduzca un Nombre de Proveedor para el proveedor y un " -#~ "Número de Teléfono\n" +#~ "Introduzca un Nombre de Proveedor para el proveedor y un Número de Teléfono\n" #~ "para acceder al mismo." #~ msgid "" #~ "Select the type of packet encapsulation.\n" -#~ "RawIP means that MAC headers are stripped. SyncPPP stands " -#~ "for\n" +#~ "RawIP means that MAC headers are stripped. SyncPPP stands for\n" #~ "Synchronous PPP." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Escoja el tipo de encapsulación de paquetes. RawIP significa\n" -#~ "que las cabeceras MAC son eliminadas. SyncPPP significa PPP " -#~ "síncrono." +#~ "que las cabeceras MAC son eliminadas. SyncPPP significa PPP síncrono." #~ msgid "" #~ "Enter the Line ID\n" @@ -7103,34 +6636,28 @@ #~ "Password to use as the login (ask your provider if unsure)." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Introduzca el Nombre de Usuario y la\n" -#~ "Contraseña que va a usar en la conexión (pregunte a su proveedor " -#~ "si no está seguro)." +#~ "Contraseña que va a usar en la conexión (pregunte a su proveedor si no está seguro)." #~ msgid "" #~ "The User Name will be extended\n" -#~ "with the t-online-com/ at the start and with @t-online-com.de</" -#~ "i>\n" +#~ "with the t-online-com/ at the start and with @t-online-com.de\n" #~ "at the end." #~ msgstr "" #~ "El Nombre de Usuario será extendido\n" -#~ "con el prefijo t-online-com/ y con la terminación @t-online-com." -#~ "de." +#~ "con el prefijo t-online-com/ y con la terminación @t-online-com.de." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Check Always Ask for Password to be asked for the password " -#~ "every time.\n" +#~ "Check Always Ask for Password to be asked for the password every time.\n" #~ "Your\n" #~ "Internet service provider might not allow passwords to be saved on\n" #~ "disk. If you enter the password here, it is saved in clear text on disk\n" #~ "(readable by root only).\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Marque Solicitar Siempre la Contraseña para que se solicite la " -#~ "contraseña siempre.\n" +#~ "Marque Solicitar Siempre la Contraseña para que se solicite la contraseña siempre.\n" #~ "Puede\n" #~ "que el proveedor de servicios de Internet no admita que se guarden\n" -#~ "contraseñas en el disco. Si escribe la contraseña, aquí, se guardará en " -#~ "texto sin formato en el disco\n" +#~ "contraseñas en el disco. Si escribe la contraseña, aquí, se guardará en texto sin formato en el disco\n" #~ "(sólo la podrá leer el administrador del sistema).\n" #~ " \n" @@ -7217,18 +6744,15 @@ #~ "Use KInternet (without NetworkManager) or store passwords on the system.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "NetworkManager no tiene posibilidad de solicitar una contraseña.\n" -#~ "Utilice KInternet (sin NetworkManager) o guarde su contraseña en el " -#~ "sistema.\n" +#~ "Utilice KInternet (sin NetworkManager) o guarde su contraseña en el sistema.\n" # include/network/providers.ycp:588 include/network/providers.ycp:748 #~ msgid "" -#~ "You have entered some characters that are not numbers in the phone " -#~ "field.\n" +#~ "You have entered some characters that are not numbers in the phone field.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Continue?" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ha introducido algunos caracteres no numéricos en el campo " -#~ "correspondiente al número de teléfono.\n" +#~ "Ha introducido algunos caracteres no numéricos en el campo correspondiente al número de teléfono.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "¿Desea continuar?" @@ -7238,41 +6762,28 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space\n" #~ "(after the /) with your Kamp login. Then enter your password\n" -#~ "and click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "and click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "En el campo Nombre de Usuario, introduzca su nombre de usuario " -#~ "Kamp\n" -#~ "en el espacio en blanco (detrás de /). A continuación introduzca " -#~ "la contraseña y pulse\n" -#~ "Siguiente. Póngase en contacto con su proveedor si se presenta " -#~ "alguna dificultad.\n" +#~ "En el campo Nombre de Usuario, introduzca su nombre de usuario Kamp\n" +#~ "en el espacio en blanco (detrás de /). A continuación introduzca la contraseña y pulse\n" +#~ "Siguiente. Póngase en contacto con su proveedor si se presenta alguna dificultad.\n" #~ msgid "Access AOL-DSL." #~ msgstr "Acceso AOL-DSL." #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (before\n" -#~ "the @) with your AOL login. Then enter your password and click " -#~ "Next.\n" -#~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you " -#~ "need\n" -#~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can " -#~ "enter\n" -#~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and " -#~ "request\n" +#~ "the @) with your AOL login. Then enter your password and click Next.\n" +#~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you need\n" +#~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can enter\n" +#~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and request\n" #~ "the AOL staff to enter the PIN number for you.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "En el campo Nombre de Usuario, introduzca su nombre de usuario " -#~ "AOL en\n" -#~ "el espacio en blanco (antes de @). A continuación introduzca la " -#~ "contraseña y pulse Siguiente.\n" -#~ "Si es un nuevo cliente de AOL y va a conectarse por primera vez, es " -#~ "necesario que introduzca una vez\n" -#~ "su código PIN de AOL. Si dispone de un sistema Windows, puede introducir " -#~ "el PIN en el software de conexión de\n" -#~ "AOL. En caso contrario, llame al servicio de atención al cliente de AOL y " -#~ "solicíteles que\n" +#~ "En el campo Nombre de Usuario, introduzca su nombre de usuario AOL en\n" +#~ "el espacio en blanco (antes de @). A continuación introduzca la contraseña y pulse Siguiente.\n" +#~ "Si es un nuevo cliente de AOL y va a conectarse por primera vez, es necesario que introduzca una vez\n" +#~ "su código PIN de AOL. Si dispone de un sistema Windows, puede introducir el PIN en el software de conexión de\n" +#~ "AOL. En caso contrario, llame al servicio de atención al cliente de AOL y solicíteles que\n" #~ "introduzcan el código PIN por usted.\n" #~ msgid "Access to Kamp 1&1 DSL." @@ -7280,16 +6791,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (after\n" -#~ "the /) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click " -#~ "Next.\n" +#~ "the /) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click Next.\n" #~ "Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "En el campo Nombre de Usuario, introduzca su nombre de usuario " -#~ "1&1\n" -#~ "en el espacio en blanco (detrás de /). A continuación introduzca " -#~ "la contraseña y pulse\n" -#~ "Siguiente. (Póngase en contacto con su proveedor si se presentan " -#~ "dificultades).\n" +#~ "En el campo Nombre de Usuario, introduzca su nombre de usuario 1&1\n" +#~ "en el espacio en blanco (detrás de /). A continuación introduzca la contraseña y pulse\n" +#~ "Siguiente. (Póngase en contacto con su proveedor si se presentan dificultades).\n" #~ msgid "Access to Kamp Eggenet DSL." #~ msgstr "Acceso a Kamp Eggenet DSL." @@ -7306,16 +6813,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (after\n" -#~ "the /) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password " -#~ "and\n" +#~ "the /) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password and\n" #~ "click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "En el campo Nombre de Usuario, introduzca su nombre de usuario " -#~ "T-Online Business\n" -#~ "en el espacio en blanco (detrás de /). A continuación introduzca " -#~ "la contraseña y pulse\n" -#~ "Siguiente. Póngase en contacto con su proveedor si se presentan " -#~ "dificultades.\n" +#~ "En el campo Nombre de Usuario, introduzca su nombre de usuario T-Online Business\n" +#~ "en el espacio en blanco (detrás de /). A continuación introduzca la contraseña y pulse\n" +#~ "Siguiente. Póngase en contacto con su proveedor si se presentan dificultades.\n" # # modules/Lan.ycp:196 modules/Modem.ycp:186 @@ -7323,25 +6826,19 @@ #~ msgstr "Configuración del Proveedor" #~ msgid "E&nable Device Control for Non-root User Via QInternet" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Permitir el control del dispositivo por los &no superusuarios mediante " -#~ "QInternet" +#~ msgstr "Permitir el control del dispositivo por los &no superusuarios mediante QInternet" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Device Control</big>\n" #~ "Usually, only the system administrator is allowed to activate and\n" -#~ "deactivate a network interface. With Enable Device Control for Non-" -#~ "root User\n" -#~ "Via QInternet, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This " -#~ "will require\n" +#~ "deactivate a network interface. With Enable Device Control for Non-root User\n" +#~ "Via QInternet, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This will require\n" #~ "smpppd installed and running.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Control del dispositivo</big>\n" #~ "Usualmente solo el administrador del sistema puede activar y\n" -#~ "desactivar una interfaz de red. Con Permitir control del dispositivo " -#~ "para lo no superusuarios\n" -#~ "mediante QInternet, cualquier usuario controlara la interfaz mediante " -#~ "QInternet. Puede ser necesario\n" +#~ "desactivar una interfaz de red. Con Permitir control del dispositivo para lo no superusuarios\n" +#~ "mediante QInternet, cualquier usuario controlara la interfaz mediante QInternet. Puede ser necesario\n" #~ "que smpppd este instalando y ejecutándose.\n" # modules/Mail.ycp:157 Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/nfs.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/nfs.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/nfs.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -84,9 +84,7 @@ #. fstab(5): fs_type #: src/clients/nfs.rb:111 msgid "File system ID, supported nfs and nfs4. Default value is nfs." -msgstr "" -"Identificador del sistema de archivos, soporta nfs and nfs4. El valor por " -"defecto es nfs." +msgstr "Identificador del sistema de archivos, soporta nfs and nfs4. El valor por defecto es nfs." # clients/lan_nfs_fstab.ycp:272 # clients/lan_nfs_fstab.ycp:272 @@ -208,54 +206,43 @@ "exported from remote servers and mounted locally via NFS (NFS shares)." msgstr "" "Esta tabla contiene todos los directorios\n" -"exportados desde servidores remotos y montados localmente mediante NFS (NFS " -"shares)." +"exportados desde servidores remotos y montados localmente mediante NFS (NFS shares)." #. Help, part 2 of 3 #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:61 msgid "" "Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n" "exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \n" -"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further " -"information \n" +"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further information \n" "about mounting NFS and mount options, refer to <tt>man nfs.</tt>" msgstr "" "Cada directorio compartido NFS se identifica por la dirección del \n" "servidor NFS remoto y el directorio exportado, directorio local donde \n" -"se monta el directorio remoto, tipo NFS(nfs o nfsv4) y las opciones de " -"montaje.\n" +"se monta el directorio remoto, tipo NFS(nfs o nfsv4) y las opciones de montaje.\n" "Para mas información sobre montar NFS y las opciones de montaje consulte \n" "<tt>man nfs</tt>" #. Help, part 3 of 3 #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:68 msgid "" -"To mount a new NFS share, click Add. To change the configuration " -"of\n" +"To mount a new NFS share, click Add. To change the configuration of\n" "a currently mounted share, click Edit. Remove and unmount a selected\n" "share with Delete.\n" msgstr "" -"Para montar un nuevo directorio compartido, pulsar Añadir. Para " -"cambiar la configuración de\n" -"un directorio actualmente compartido y montado, pulsar Editar. " -"Elimine y desmonte un directorio\n" +"Para montar un nuevo directorio compartido, pulsar Añadir. Para cambiar la configuración de\n" +"un directorio actualmente compartido y montado, pulsar Editar. Elimine y desmonte un directorio\n" " compartido con Eliminar.\n" #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:76 msgid "" "If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n" -"protocol), check the Enable NFSv4 option. In that case, you might " -"need\n" -"to supply specific a NFSv4 Domain Name required for the correct " -"setting\n" +"protocol), check the Enable NFSv4 option. In that case, you might need\n" +"to supply specific a NFSv4 Domain Name required for the correct setting\n" "of file/directory access rights.\n" msgstr "" -"Si necesita acceder a directorios compartidos con NFSv4( NFSv4 es la " -"nueva versión del\n" -" protocolo NFS), seleccione la opción Habilitar NFSv4. En este caso, " -"deberá suministrar\n" -" un Nombre de dominio NFSv4 necesario para configurar correctamente " -"los permisos\n" +"Si necesita acceder a directorios compartidos con NFSv4( NFSv4 es la nueva versión del\n" +" protocolo NFS), seleccione la opción Habilitar NFSv4. En este caso, deberá suministrar\n" +" un Nombre de dominio NFSv4 necesario para configurar correctamente los permisos\n" "de acceso al archivo/directorio.\n" #. selection box label @@ -406,14 +393,12 @@ #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455 msgid "" "\t\t\n" -"For Mount Point, enter the path in the local file system where the " -"directory should be mounted. With\n" +"For Mount Point, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\n" "Browse, select your mount point\n" "interactively." msgstr "" "\t\t\n" -"En Punto de montaje, introduzca la ruta del sistema de archivos local " -"donde se debe montar el directorio. Pulse \n" +"En Punto de montaje, introduzca la ruta del sistema de archivos local donde se debe montar el directorio. Pulse \n" "Examinar para seleccionar el punto de\n" "montaje de forma interactiva." Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/nfs_server.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/nfs_server.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/nfs_server.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -71,12 +71,8 @@ msgstr "Opciones de exportación (ver 'man exports')" #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:113 -msgid "" -"Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc." -"com' etc." -msgstr "" -"La especificación de dominio para mapeo ID de NFSv4, tal como 'localdomain' " -"or 'abc.com' etc." +msgid "Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc.com' etc." +msgstr "La especificación de dominio para mapeo ID de NFSv4, tal como 'localdomain' or 'abc.com' etc." #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:119 msgid "Yes/No option for enabling/disabling support for NFSv4." @@ -119,19 +115,12 @@ #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 -msgid "" -"Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." -msgstr "" -"El dominio no se puede configurar sin habilitar NFSv4. Utilice el comando " -"'set enablev4'." +msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." +msgstr "El dominio no se puede configurar sin habilitar NFSv4. Utilice el comando 'set enablev4'." #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 -msgid "" -"Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to " -"get information about available options." -msgstr "" -"El comando set debe usarse en la forma 'set opción=valor'. Utilice 'set " -"help' para obtener más información de las opciones disponibles." +msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." +msgstr "El comando set debe usarse en la forma 'set opción=valor'. Utilice 'set help' para obtener más información de las opciones disponibles." #. Then no need to check for conflict. #: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:205 @@ -187,8 +176,7 @@ msgstr "" "Existen paréntesis sin equilibrar en las opciones de exportación\n" "de %1.\n" -"Fácilmente puede haber un espacio en blanco indebido en el archivo de " -"configuración.\n" +"Fácilmente puede haber un espacio en blanco indebido en el archivo de configuración.\n" #. text entry label #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 @@ -202,8 +190,7 @@ #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." -msgstr "" -"Introduzca una ruta de exportación que no esté vacía. Por ejemplo: /exports." +msgstr "Introduzca una ruta de exportación que no esté vacía. Por ejemplo: /exports." #. error popup message #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 @@ -253,12 +240,8 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 -msgid "" -"Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for " -"the domain to 'localdomain'." -msgstr "" -"No es posible leer el archivo /etc/idmapd.conf. El dominio usará por defecto " -"'localdomain'." +msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." +msgstr "No es posible leer el archivo /etc/idmapd.conf. El dominio usará por defecto 'localdomain'." #. Help, part 1 of 2 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 @@ -276,35 +259,26 @@ "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export." msgstr "" "Si selecciona Iniciar el servidor NFS, al pulsar Siguiente\n" -"se abrirá un cuadro de diálogo de configuración en el que podrá indicar los " -"directorios que desea exportar." +"se abrirá un cuadro de diálogo de configuración en el que podrá indicar los directorios que desea exportar." #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" -"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. " -"Leave\n" -"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you " -"are not sure.\n" +"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" +"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you are not sure.\n" msgstr "" -"Si el servidor necesita gestionar clientes NFSv4, habilite la opción " -"Habilitar NFSv4\n" -"y especifique el nombre de dominio NFSv4 en la entrada de texto para que lo " -"use el daemon de asignación de ID. Deje este valor como\n" -"localdomain o consulte la página man correspondiente a idmapd e idmapd.conf " -"si tiene alguna duda.\n" +"Si el servidor necesita gestionar clientes NFSv4, habilite la opción Habilitar NFSv4\n" +"y especifique el nombre de dominio NFSv4 en la entrada de texto para que lo use el daemon de asignación de ID. Deje este valor como\n" +"localdomain o consulte la página man correspondiente a idmapd e idmapd.conf si tiene alguna duda.\n" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" -"Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have " -"Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" +"Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" msgstr "" -"Si el servidor y el cliente deben autenticarse usando la biblioteca GSS, " -"habilite la casilla de verificación Habilitar seguridad GSS.\n" -"Para usar la API GSS, necesita disponer de kerberos y gssapi (nfs-utils > " -"1.0.7) en su sistema.\n" +"Si el servidor y el cliente deben autenticarse usando la biblioteca GSS, habilite la casilla de verificación Habilitar seguridad GSS.\n" +"Para usar la API GSS, necesita disponer de kerberos y gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) en su sistema.\n" #. frame label #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 @@ -357,30 +331,23 @@ #. Help, part 2 of 4 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" -"Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected " -"directory.\n" +"Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.\n" msgstr "" -"Comodín del host permite definir qué hosts pueden acceder al " -"directorio seleccionado.\n" +"Comodín del host permite definir qué hosts pueden acceder al directorio seleccionado.\n" "Puede indicarse un solo host, grupos, comodines o\n" "redes IP.\n" #. Help, part 3 of 4 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 -msgid "" -"Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." -msgstr "" -"Introduzca un asterisco (<tt>*</tt>) en vez del nombre para especificar " -"todos los hosts." +msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." +msgstr "Introduzca un asterisco (<tt>*</tt>) en vez del nombre para especificar todos los hosts." #. Help, part 4 of 4 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.\n" -msgstr "" -"Consulte la página <tt>man exports</tt> para obtener más información.</" -"P>\n" +msgstr "Consulte la página <tt>man exports</tt> para obtener más información.\n" #. push button label #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 @@ -489,12 +456,8 @@ #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) #: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 -msgid "" -"Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup " -"is correct." -msgstr "" -"No es posible iniciar svcgssd. Asegúrese de que la configuración de kerberos " -"y gssapi (nfs-utils) sea correcta." +msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." +msgstr "No es posible iniciar svcgssd. Asegúrese de que la configuración de kerberos y gssapi (nfs-utils) sea correcta." #: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 #, fuzzy @@ -538,8 +501,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Deje el campo vacío para especificar todos los hosts." #~ msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No es posible iniciar idmapd. Compruebe la configuración del dominio." +#~ msgstr "No es posible iniciar idmapd. Compruebe la configuración del dominio." #~ msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." #~ msgstr "No es posible reiniciar idmapd." @@ -559,17 +521,12 @@ #~ msgid "Firewall" #~ msgstr "Cortafuegos" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "NFSv4 is enabled. Make sure that only one exported filesystem is " -#~ "marked with the fsid=0 option for a particular client." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "NFSv4 está habilitada. Asegúrese que sólo un sistema de archivos " -#~ "exportado esté marcado con la opción fsid=0 para un cliente concreto." +#~ msgid "NFSv4 is enabled. Make sure that only one exported filesystem is marked with the fsid=0 option for a particular client." +#~ msgstr "NFSv4 está habilitada. Asegúrese que sólo un sistema de archivos exportado esté marcado con la opción fsid=0 para un cliente concreto." #~ msgid "" #~ "In case of multiple exports to a NFSv4 client,\n" -#~ "you need to bind the exported paths with no fsid=0 to the one with " -#~ "fsid=0.\n" +#~ "you need to bind the exported paths with no fsid=0 to the one with fsid=0.\n" #~ "To export the server paths <tt>/Eve</tt> and <tt>/Adam</tt> as\n" #~ "<tt>/</tt> and <tt>/husband</tt>, respectively, use \n" #~ "<pre>/Eve 10.0.0.1(fsid=0,crossmnt,ro,...)\n" @@ -577,8 +534,7 @@ #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "En caso de exportaciones múltiples a un cliente NFSv4,\n" -#~ "es necesario asociar las rutas exportadas sin fsid=0 a la que tiene " -#~ "fsid=0.\n" +#~ "es necesario asociar las rutas exportadas sin fsid=0 a la que tiene fsid=0.\n" #~ "Para exportar rutas de servidor <tt>/Eve</tt> y <tt>/Adam</tt> como\n" #~ "<tt>/</tt> y <tt>/husband</tt>, respectivamente, utilice \n" #~ "<pre>/Eve 10.0.0.1(fsid=0,crossmnt,ro,...)\n" Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/nis.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/nis.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/nis.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -164,15 +164,13 @@ "Firewall Settings \n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the 'ypbind' service\n" "from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details</" -"b>.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" "Configuración del cortafuegos \n" "Active Puerto abierto en el cortafuegos para abrir el cortafuegos y\n" "permitir el acceso al servicio 'ypbind' desde equipos remotos.\n" -"Para seleccionar las interfaces en las que desea abrir el puerto, pulse " -"Detalles del cortafuegos.\n" +"Para seleccionar las interfaces en las que desea abrir el puerto, pulse Detalles del cortafuegos.\n" "Esta opción sólo está disponible si el cortafuegos está activado.\n" #. help text @@ -188,35 +186,25 @@ #. help text for netconfig part #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244 msgid "" -"Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it " -"is\n" -"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined " -"here\n" +"Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it is\n" +"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined here\n" "with dynamically obtained data (e.g. from DHCP client, NetworkManager\n" "etc.). This is the Default Policy and sufficient for most configurations. \n" -"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to " -"modify\n" +"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to modify\n" "the configuration. You can, however, edit the file manually. By choosing\n" "Custom Policy, you can specify a custom policy string, which consists of a\n" "space-separated list of interface names, including wildcards, with\n" -"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, " -"see\n" +"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, see\n" "the netconfig manual page.\n" msgstr "" -"Seleccione el modo en que la configuración de NIS será modificada. " -"Normalmente, esto es\n" +"Seleccione el modo en que la configuración de NIS será modificada. Normalmente, esto es\n" "realizado por el guión netconfig, que combina los datos definidos aqui\n" -"estáticamente con aquellos datos obtenidos dinámicamente (ej.: de DHCP, " -"NetworkManager,\n" -"etc.). Esta es la directiva predeterminada y es suficiente para la mayoría " -"de las configuraciones. \n" +"estáticamente con aquellos datos obtenidos dinámicamente (ej.: de DHCP, NetworkManager,\n" +"etc.). Esta es la directiva predeterminada y es suficiente para la mayoría de las configuraciones. \n" "Si escoge Sólo cambios manual, netconfig no permitirá modificar\n" -"la configuración. Sin embargo, usted podrá editar este archivo manualmente. " -"Escogiendo\n" -"Use valores personalizados, usted puede especificar una línea de valores " -"personalizados que consiste de una\n" -"lista, separada por espacios, de nombres de interfaces, incluyendo " -"caracteres comodín, con\n" +"la configuración. Sin embargo, usted podrá editar este archivo manualmente. Escogiendo\n" +"Use valores personalizados, usted puede especificar una línea de valores personalizados que consiste de una\n" +"lista, separada por espacios, de nombres de interfaces, incluyendo caracteres comodín, con\n" "los valores predefinidos STATIC y STATIC_FALLBACK. Para más información lea\n" "la página del manual de netconfig.\n" @@ -245,14 +233,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:279 -msgid "" -"NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in " -"NFS Client, which can be configured using NFS Configuration button.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Las configuraciones de NFS las cuales afectan cómo opera el automounter " -"podrían ser configuradas en el Cliente NFS, que pueden ser configuradas " -"utilizando el botón Configuración de NFS." +msgid "NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in NFS Client, which can be configured using NFS Configuration button." +msgstr "Las configuraciones de NFS las cuales afectan cómo opera el automounter podrían ser configuradas en el Cliente NFS, que pueden ser configuradas utilizando el botón Configuración de NFS." #. radio button label #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:333 @@ -395,8 +377,7 @@ #. but the domain is unknown. #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:573 src/include/nis/ui.rb:902 msgid "Finding servers works only when the domain is known." -msgstr "" -"La búsqueda de servidores sólo es posible cuando el dominio es conocido." +msgstr "La búsqueda de servidores sólo es posible cuando el dominio es conocido." #. yes-no popup #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:591 @@ -411,33 +392,19 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:674 -msgid "" -"Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is " -"using. Disabling Answer Remote Hosts restricts this only to the local " -"host." -msgstr "" -"Normalmente, cualquier host puede preguntar qué servidor está usando un " -"cliente. Desactivando Responder a máquinas remotas limita esta opción " -"sólo al equipo local." +msgid "Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is using. Disabling Answer Remote Hosts restricts this only to the local host." +msgstr "Normalmente, cualquier host puede preguntar qué servidor está usando un cliente. Desactivando Responder a máquinas remotas limita esta opción sólo al equipo local." #. help text 2/4 #. Check, ie. turn on a check box #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:682 -msgid "" -"Check Broken server if answers from servers running on an " -"unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better " -"to replace such a server." -msgstr "" -"Active Servidor roto si quiere aceptar respuestas de servidores " -"que funcionen en puertos sin privilegios. Constituye un riesgo de seguridad " -"y es más conveniente reemplazar un servidor de este tipo." +msgid "Check Broken server if answers from servers running on an unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better to replace such a server." +msgstr "Active Servidor roto si quiere aceptar respuestas de servidores que funcionen en puertos sin privilegios. Constituye un riesgo de seguridad y es más conveniente reemplazar un servidor de este tipo." #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:690 msgid "See man ypbind for details on other options." -msgstr "" -"Para obtener información sobre otras opciones consulte man ypbind." -"" +msgstr "Para obtener información sobre otras opciones consulte man ypbind." #. frame label #. dialog title @@ -523,12 +490,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:985 -msgid "" -"The Service Location Protocol (SLP) can be used to find NIS server." -"" -msgstr "" -"Puede utilizar el protocolo de ubicación de servicios (SLP) para " -"buscar un servidor NIS." +msgid "The Service Location Protocol (SLP) can be used to find NIS server." +msgstr "Puede utilizar el protocolo de ubicación de servicios (SLP) para buscar un servidor NIS." # clients/online_update_details.ycp:113 #. dialog label Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/nis_server.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/nis_server.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/nis_server.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -197,12 +197,10 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:73 msgid "" -"Select if your passwd file should be merged with the shadow</" -"i>\n" +"Select if your passwd file should be merged with the shadow\n" "file (only possible if the shadow file exists).\n" msgstr "" -"Indique si el archivo passwd ha de fusionarse con el archivo " -"shadow\n" +"Indique si el archivo passwd ha de fusionarse con el archivo shadow\n" "(lo cual sólo es posible si el archivo shadow existe).\n" # include/nis_server/details.ycp:47 @@ -247,8 +245,7 @@ #. were a pain to use. #: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:61 msgid "With this dialog, adjust which maps will be available." -msgstr "" -"Seleccionar con este cuadro de diálogo qué mapas estarán disponibles." +msgstr "Seleccionar con este cuadro de diálogo qué mapas estarán disponibles." #. multilesection box label #: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:103 @@ -265,12 +262,10 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71 msgid "" -"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this " -"machine as a server, check\n" +"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check\n" "the corresponding option.\n" msgstr "" -"Introduzca un dominio NIS. Si este host es también un cliente NIS " -"que usa\n" +"Introduzca un dominio NIS. Si este host es también un cliente NIS que usa\n" "la máquina como servidor, marque la opción correspondiente.\n" # include/nis_server/master.ycp:44 @@ -284,8 +279,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si desea que los servidores esclavos cooperen con este maestro, active\n" "Existe un servidor NIS esclavo activo. Si activa la opción\n" -"Distribución rápida de mapas acelerará la transferencia de los mapas " -"a los esclavos.\n" +"Distribución rápida de mapas acelerará la transferencia de los mapas a los esclavos.\n" # include/nis_server/master.ycp:50 #. help text 3/3 @@ -298,8 +292,7 @@ msgstr "" "Permitir cambiar contraseñas permite a los usuarios cambiar sus\n" "contraseñas en el marco de NIS. Se pueden utilizar botones para configurar\n" -"opciones más específicas como permitir los cambios de la shell de login o " -"GECOS\n" +"opciones más específicas como permitir los cambios de la shell de login o GECOS\n" "(nombre completo e información relacionada).\n" # include/nis_server/master.ycp:57 @@ -370,12 +363,9 @@ "This may replace the domain name just entered. Check your\n" "settings and consider not running a DHCP client on a NIS server.\n" msgstr "" -"El equipo ha sido configurado para cambiar el nombre de dominio NIS a " -"través\n" -"de DHCP, por lo que es posible que se sustituya el nombre de dominio que " -"acaba de introducir.\n" -"Compruebe la configuración y considere la posibilidad de no ejecutar un " -"cliente DHCP\n" +"El equipo ha sido configurado para cambiar el nombre de dominio NIS a través\n" +"de DHCP, por lo que es posible que se sustituya el nombre de dominio que acaba de introducir.\n" +"Compruebe la configuración y considere la posibilidad de no ejecutar un cliente DHCP\n" "en un servidor NIS.\n" #. firewall openning help @@ -384,15 +374,13 @@ "Firewall Settings \n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the NIS server\n" "from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details</" -"b>.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" "Configuración del cortafuegos \n" "Para abrir el cortafuedos para permitir el acceso al servidor NIS\n" " desde equpos remotos, active Puerto abierto en el cortafuegos.\n" -"Para seleccionar las interfaces en las que desea abrir el puerto, pulse " -"Detalles del cortafuegos.\n" +"Para seleccionar las interfaces en las que desea abrir el puerto, pulse Detalles del cortafuegos.\n" "Esta opción sólo está disponible si el cortafuegos está activado.\n" # include/nis_server/securenets.ycp:91 @@ -429,8 +417,7 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:172 msgid "Please enter which hosts are allowed to query the NIS server." -msgstr "" -"Introduzca aquí los equipos que pueden consultar al servidor NIS." +msgstr "Introduzca aquí los equipos que pueden consultar al servidor NIS." # include/nis_server/securenets.ycp:142 #. help text 2/4 @@ -440,8 +427,7 @@ "to the bitwise AND of the host's address and the netmask." msgstr "" " Se acepta una dirección de máquina si el valor de red es igual\n" -"al resultado de la operación Y (AND) bit a bit de la dirección de la " -"máquina y la máscara de red." +"al resultado de la operación Y (AND) bit a bit de la dirección de la máquina y la máscara de red." # include/nis_server/securenets.ycp:145 #. help text 3/4 @@ -451,8 +437,7 @@ "<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> must exist to allow connections from the local host.\n" msgstr "" "La entrada con la máscara de red <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> y red\n" -"<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> debe existir para permitir conexiones desde el host local." -"\n" +"<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> debe existir para permitir conexiones desde el host local.\n" # include/nis_server/securenets.ycp:148 #. help text 4/4 @@ -485,22 +470,14 @@ # include/nis_server/slave.ycp:41 #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the " -"master NIS server." -msgstr "" -"Introduzca el dominio NIS y la dirección IP, o bien el " -"nombre de host del servidor maestro NIS." +msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." +msgstr "Introduzca el dominio NIS y la dirección IP, o bien el nombre de host del servidor maestro NIS." # include/nis_server/slave.ycp:43 #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 -msgid "" -"If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check " -"the corresponding option." -msgstr "" -"Si este host es también un cliente NIS que usa este equipo como servidor, " -"active la opción correspondiente." +msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." +msgstr "Si este host es también un cliente NIS que usa este equipo como servidor, active la opción correspondiente." #. textentry label #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 @@ -544,15 +521,8 @@ # include/nis_server/slaves.ycp:144 #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:175 -msgid "" -"Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use " -"Add to add a new one, Edit to change an existing entry, and " -"Delete to remove an entry." -msgstr "" -"Aquí puede introducir los nombres hosts que serán configurados como " -"servidores esclavos NIS. Use Añadir para añadir uno nuevo, Editar</" -"i> para cambiar una entrada existente y Eliminar para eliminar una " -"entrada." +msgid "Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use Add to add a new one, Edit to change an existing entry, and Delete to remove an entry." +msgstr "Aquí puede introducir los nombres hosts que serán configurados como servidores esclavos NIS. Use Añadir para añadir uno nuevo, Editar para cambiar una entrada existente y Eliminar para eliminar una entrada." # include/nis_server/slaves.ycp:160 include/nis_server/slaves.ycp:186 include/nis_server/slaves.ycp:196 include/nis_server/slaves.ycp:206 #. To translators: selection box label @@ -857,8 +827,7 @@ #. To translators: message in the popup dialog #: src/modules/NisServer.rb:663 msgid "Error while retrieving %1 map from master.\n" -msgstr "" -"Se ha producido un error durante la recuperación del mapa %1 del maestro.\n" +msgstr "Se ha producido un error durante la recuperación del mapa %1 del maestro.\n" # include/nis_server/io.ycp:425 #. To translators: message in the popup dialog Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/ntp-client.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/ntp-client.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/ntp-client.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -36,44 +36,22 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using " -"the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable " -"the Save NTP Configuration option" -msgstr "" -"Pulse Sincronizar ahora, para que los datos horarios de su sistema " -"tengan valores correctos usando el servidor NTP seleccionado. Si desea usar " -"NTP permanentemente, habilite la opción Guardar configuración NTP" +msgid "Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the Save NTP Configuration option" +msgstr "Pulse Sincronizar ahora, para que los datos horarios de su sistema tengan valores correctos usando el servidor NTP seleccionado. Si desea usar NTP permanentemente, habilite la opción Guardar configuración NTP" #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "" -"Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started " -"as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The " -"default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the " -"yast2 ntp-client module." -msgstr "" -"Al habilitar Ejecutar NTP como servicio, el servicio NTP se " -"iniciará como un servicio del sistema (daemon). De lo contrario, la hora del " -"sistema se sincronizará en forma periódica. El intervalo por defecto es de " -"15 minutos. Puede cambiarlo más tarde utilizando el módulo yast2 ntp-" -"client." +msgid "Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the yast2 ntp-client module." +msgstr "Al habilitar Ejecutar NTP como servicio, el servicio NTP se iniciará como un servicio del sistema (daemon). De lo contrario, la hora del sistema se sincronizará en forma periódica. El intervalo por defecto es de 15 minutos. Puede cambiarlo más tarde utilizando el módulo yast2 ntp-client." #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "" -"Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Usar el botón Configurar abre la configuración avanzada de NTP." +msgid "Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration." +msgstr "Usar el botón Configurar abre la configuración avanzada de NTP." #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "" -"Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is " -"configured." -msgstr "" -"La sincronización con el servidor NTP sólo puede hacerse cuando hay una " -"red configurada." +msgid "Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured." +msgstr "La sincronización con el servidor NTP sólo puede hacerse cuando hay una red configurada." #. translators: error popup #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141 @@ -651,8 +629,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<BIG>Cancelar la inicialización:</BIG> \n" -"Para cancelar la utilidad de configuración de forma segura, pulse " -"Cancelar." +"Para cancelar la utilidad de configuración de forma segura, pulse Cancelar." #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:25 @@ -673,8 +650,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando la grabación:</big> \n" "Cancele la grabación pulsando Cancelar.\n" -"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o " -"no." +"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o no." #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:35 @@ -683,10 +659,8 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" -"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be " -"activated. \n" -"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It " -"is 15 minutes by default.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" " You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" @@ -700,29 +674,20 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "Para ejecutar el daemon NTP en chroot jail, active\n" -"Ejecutar daemon NTP en Chroot Jail. Se recomienda iniciar cualquier " -"daemon\n" +"Ejecutar daemon NTP en Chroot Jail. Se recomienda iniciar cualquier daemon\n" "en chroot jail por ser más seguro." #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" -"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote " -"hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" -"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</" -"tt> file and to localhost. \n" -"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This " -"option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" +"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" +"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost. \n" +"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuración de NTP seguro</big> \n" -"al seleccionar la opción Restringir el servicio NTP sólo a los servidores " -"configurados los servidores remotos no podrán ver o modificar la " -"configuración NTP en su \n" -"equipo. De este modo el servicio NTP se limita sólo a los servidores " -"listados en <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> y a localhost. \n" -"Las etiquetas de control de acceso pueden ser ajustadas con más detalle en " -"la tabla resumen de servidores. Esta opción no está disponible si se " -"configura NTP vía DHCP.\n" +"al seleccionar la opción Restringir el servicio NTP sólo a los servidores configurados los servidores remotos no podrán ver o modificar la configuración NTP en su \n" +"equipo. De este modo el servicio NTP se limita sólo a los servidores listados en <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> y a localhost. \n" +"Las etiquetas de control de acceso pueden ser ajustadas con más detalle en la tabla resumen de servidores. Esta opción no está disponible si se configura NTP vía DHCP.\n" #. help text 3/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 @@ -735,10 +700,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Configuración a través de DHCP</big> \n" "Active Configurar el daemon NTP a través de DHCP para obtener del\n" -"servidor de red la información relativa a los servidores NTP a través del " -"protocolo DHCP\n" -"en lugar de configurarlos manualmente. Pregunte al administrador de la red " -"si el servidor\n" +"servidor de red la información relativa a los servidores NTP a través del protocolo DHCP\n" +"en lugar de configurarlos manualmente. Pregunte al administrador de la red si el servidor\n" "DHCP proporciona la información sobre los servidores NTP." #. help text 4/5 @@ -746,18 +709,14 @@ msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" -"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new " -"synchronization\n" +"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new synchronization\n" "peer, click Add. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n" "select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "<big>Servidores configurados</big> \n" -"Para ajustar los servidores NTP, pares, relojes de radio locales y difusión " -"NTP,\n" -"seleccione la línea adecuada y pulse Editar. Para añadir un nuevo par " -"de sincronización,\n" -"pulse Añadir y para eliminar un par de sincronización existente, " -"selecciónelo\n" +"Para ajustar los servidores NTP, pares, relojes de radio locales y difusión NTP,\n" +"seleccione la línea adecuada y pulse Editar. Para añadir un nuevo par de sincronización,\n" +"pulse Añadir y para eliminar un par de sincronización existente, selecciónelo\n" " y pulse Eliminar." #. help text 5/5 @@ -767,15 +726,13 @@ "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Mostrar registro </big> \n" -"Para ver los registros del daemon NTP en una nueva ventana, pulse " -"Mostrar registro.\n" +"Para ver los registros del daemon NTP en una nueva ventana, pulse Mostrar registro.\n" #. help text to a button #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" -"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or " -"against\n" +"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" "a locally connected clock, use Advanced Configuration." msgstr "" "<big>Configuración avanzada</big> \n" @@ -806,8 +763,7 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" -"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic " -"link to \n" +"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" "the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n" "Create Symlink and set the Device. To browse for the device,\n" "click Browse.\n" @@ -815,11 +771,9 @@ "it must be created manually." msgstr "" "<big>Dispositivo</big> \n" -"Para que el reloj funcione puede que sea necesario crear un enlace " -"simbólico\n" +"Para que el reloj funcione puede que sea necesario crear un enlace simbólico\n" "especial al dispositivo al que está conectado. Para ello, marque\n" -"Crear enlace simbólico y defina el Dispositivo. Para buscar el " -"dispositivo,\n" +"Crear enlace simbólico y defina el Dispositivo. Para buscar el dispositivo,\n" " pulse Examinar.\n" " Para algunos tipos de relojes no es necesario crear un enlace simbólico, \n" " o bien es necesario crearlo manualmente." @@ -831,8 +785,7 @@ "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." msgstr "" "<big>Calibración del controlador</big> \n" -"Para calibrar el controlador del reloj, pulse Calibración del " -"controlador." +"Para calibrar el controlador del reloj, pulse Calibración del controlador." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 @@ -843,10 +796,8 @@ "provider." msgstr "" "<big>Dirección del servidor NTP</big> \n" -"Para definir la dirección del servidor NTP, utilice la entrada Dirección</" -"b>.\n" -"Para buscar un servidor NTP, pregunte al administrador de la red o al " -"proveedor\n" +"Para definir la dirección del servidor NTP, utilice la entrada Dirección.\n" +"Para buscar un servidor NTP, pregunte al administrador de la red o al proveedor\n" "de servicios de Internet." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 @@ -892,8 +843,7 @@ "text field." msgstr "" "<big>Dirección</big> \n" -"En la casilla Dirección, defina la dirección a la que desea emitir " -"una difusión (broadcast)." +"En la casilla Dirección, defina la dirección a la que desea emitir una difusión (broadcast)." #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 @@ -903,16 +853,14 @@ "Address." msgstr "" "<big>Dirección</big> \n" -"Utilice Dirección para definir la dirección de la que va a aceptar " -"paquetes de difusión (broadcast)." +"Utilice Dirección para definir la dirección de la que va a aceptar paquetes de difusión (broadcast)." #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" -"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in " -"the\n" +"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" "Options text field. For details, see\n" "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" @@ -925,22 +873,17 @@ msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" -"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the " -"remote\n" +"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\n" "host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to notrap\n" "nomodify noquery. This option is only available if you have checked the\n" "Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only option in\n" "Security Settings.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Opciones de control de acceso</big> \n" -"Aquí puede definir las banderas de control de acceso (<tt>restringir</" -"tt> directiva en\n" -"/etc/ntp.conf) para este servidor, indicando qué tipos de acciones " -"los\n" -"servidores remotos pueden ejecutar en su daemon NTP. Por defecto, está " -"configurado como notrap\n" -"nomodify noquery. Esta opción sólo está disponible si ha escogido la " -"opción\n" +"Aquí puede definir las banderas de control de acceso (<tt>restringir</tt> directiva en\n" +"/etc/ntp.conf) para este servidor, indicando qué tipos de acciones los\n" +"servidores remotos pueden ejecutar en su daemon NTP. Por defecto, está configurado como notrap\n" +"nomodify noquery. Esta opción sólo está disponible si ha escogido la opción\n" "Restringir el servicio NTP sólo a los servidores configuradosen\n" "Configuración de seguridad.\n" @@ -951,8 +894,7 @@ "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here." msgstr "" "<big>Tipo de par de sincronización</big> \n" -"Seleccione aquí el tipo de par (peer) de sincronización que quiere añadir.</" -"p>" +"Seleccione aquí el tipo de par (peer) de sincronización que quiere añadir." #. help text 2/6 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 @@ -997,8 +939,7 @@ "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." msgstr "" "Para aceptar paquetes NTP difundidos por otros hosts en la red\n" -"y usarlos para establecer la hora local, seleccione Difusión entrante." -"" +"y usarlos para establecer la hora local, seleccione Difusión entrante." #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 @@ -1024,22 +965,18 @@ "local</big> \n" "Para buscar servidores NTP en la red local por medio del protocolo\n" "SLP (Service Location Protocol), pulse Consultar \n" -"y seleccione a continuación un servidor de la lista de servidores " -"encontrados." +"y seleccione a continuación un servidor de la lista de servidores encontrados." #. help text 3/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" -"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To " -"display\n" +"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" "NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in Country." msgstr "" "<big>Seleccionar un servidor NTP público</big> \n" -"Seleccione de la lista de Servidores NTP públicos el servidor NTP que " -"quiere usar. Si desea\n" -"que se muestren sólo servidores NTP de un país determinado, selecciónelo en " -"País." +"Seleccione de la lista de Servidores NTP públicos el servidor NTP que quiere usar. Si desea\n" +"que se muestren sólo servidores NTP de un país determinado, selecciónelo en País." #. help text 4/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 @@ -1054,15 +991,11 @@ "to find an NTP server near you." msgstr "" "<big>Nota</big> \n" -"Puede que los servidores NTP de la lista no estén disponibles desde todos " -"los países\n" +"Puede que los servidores NTP de la lista no estén disponibles desde todos los países\n" "sino sólo para un país o región determinados.\n" -"Antes de utilizar cualquier servidor NTP de la lista, pregunte al " -"administrador de sistemas\n" -"o a su proveedor de Internet si existe un servidor NTP más cercano y, en " -"caso afirmativo,\n" -"dé preferencia a este servidor frente a cualquiera de la lista. También " -"puede\n" +"Antes de utilizar cualquier servidor NTP de la lista, pregunte al administrador de sistemas\n" +"o a su proveedor de Internet si existe un servidor NTP más cercano y, en caso afirmativo,\n" +"dé preferencia a este servidor frente a cualquiera de la lista. También puede\n" "consultar http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html\n" "para encontrar el servidor NTP más cercano." @@ -1073,8 +1006,7 @@ "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." msgstr "" "<big>Probar la accesibilidad del servidor</big> \n" -"Pulse Probar para comprobar si el servidor seleccionado responde " -"correctamente." +"Pulse Probar para comprobar si el servidor seleccionado responde correctamente." #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) @@ -1082,48 +1014,37 @@ msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" -"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names " -"are\n" -"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means " -"that\n" +"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n" +"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\n" "your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Utilizar servidores aleatorios</big> \n" "Este servicio lo ofrece pool.ntp.org. Si marca esta opción,\n" -" se añadirán tres servidores distintos a la configuración. Los nombres de " -"los servidores son\n" -" permanentes, pero cambian su registro de DNS (IP) cada hora. Eso significa " -"que su\n" +" se añadirán tres servidores distintos a la configuración. Los nombres de los servidores son\n" +" permanentes, pero cambian su registro de DNS (IP) cada hora. Eso significa que su\n" " cliente NTP estará sincronizado con servidores diferentes cada hora.\n" #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" -"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various " -"calibration\n" -"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the " -"particular\n" +"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" +"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n" "driver. Some drivers do not use all the options." msgstr "" "<big>Calibración del controlador del reloj</big> \n" -"Puede que sea necesario calibrar el controlador del reloj Este diálogo le " -"permite configurar\n" -"diversas opciones de calibración. El significado de ciertas opciones depende " -"de controladores\n" +"Puede que sea necesario calibrar el controlador del reloj Este diálogo le permite configurar\n" +"diversas opciones de calibración. El significado de ciertas opciones depende de controladores\n" "determinados. Algunos controladores no utilizan todas las opciones." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" -"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</" -"i>.\n" +"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" msgstr "" -"Para más información sobre el significado de estas opciones, instale el " -"paquete\n" -"ntp-doc y consulte /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock." -"htm.\n" +"Para más información sobre el significado de estas opciones, instale el paquete\n" +"ntp-doc y consulte /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" # include/ui/common_popups.ycp:279 # include/ui/common_popups.ycp:279 @@ -1637,14 +1558,8 @@ "Para buscar servidores NTP en la red local\n" "debe instalar el paquete %1.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or " -#~ "network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server " -#~ "configuration?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Falló la consulta de prueba al servidor '%1' . Si el servidor no es " -#~ "accesible o aún no se ha configurado la red, seleccione 'No' para " -#~ "ignorar. ¿Revisar la configuración del servidor NTP?" +#~ msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +#~ msgstr "Falló la consulta de prueba al servidor '%1' . Si el servidor no es accesible o aún no se ha configurado la red, seleccione 'No' para ignorar. ¿Revisar la configuración del servidor NTP?" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Start NTP Daemon</big> \n" @@ -1653,8 +1568,7 @@ #~ "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Iniciar el daemon NTP</big> \n" -#~ "Seleccione si desea iniciar el daemon NTP ahora o al iniciar el " -#~ "sistema. \n" +#~ "Seleccione si desea iniciar el daemon NTP ahora o al iniciar el sistema. \n" #~ "NTP resuelve nombres de equipos durante el inicio. La conexión de red\n" #~ "debe iniciarse antes de iniciar el daemon NTP.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/oneclickinstall.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/oneclickinstall.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/oneclickinstall.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -44,12 +44,8 @@ msgstr "Archivo en donde colocar la representación interna del YMP" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:44 -msgid "" -"File containing internal representation of One Click Install " -"instructions" -msgstr "" -"Archivo que contiene la representación interna de las instrucciones de " -"One Click Install" +msgid "File containing internal representation of One Click Install instructions" +msgstr "Archivo que contiene la representación interna de las instrucciones de One Click Install" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:65 msgid "Error: Nothing to do specified in the YMP file." @@ -131,8 +127,7 @@ #. If we don't want to remain subscribed, remove the repositories that were added for installation. #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:184 msgid "Warning: Unable to remove temporarily added repositories." -msgstr "" -"Atención: No se han podido eliminar los repositorios añadidos temporalmente." +msgstr "Atención: No se han podido eliminar los repositorios añadidos temporalmente." #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:188 msgid "Finished" @@ -148,11 +143,8 @@ msgstr "Este asistente instalará software en su equipo." #: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:47 -msgid "" -"See <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> for more information." -msgstr "" -"Consulte <tt>http://es.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> para más " -"información." +msgid "See <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> for more information." +msgstr "Consulte <tt>http://es.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> para más información." #. <region name="Define the UI components"> * #: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:59 @@ -230,51 +222,28 @@ msgstr "Pasos de la instalación" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:56 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to subscribe to the required " -"repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"Error al intentar suscribirse a los repositorios necesarios. Revise los " -"registros de yast2 para más información." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to subscribe to the required repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "Error al intentar suscribirse a los repositorios necesarios. Revise los registros de yast2 para más información." #. Remove any removals #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:96 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to remove the specified packages. Review " -"the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"Error al intentar eliminar los paquetes especificados. Revise los registros " -"de yast2 para más información." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to remove the specified packages. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "Error al intentar eliminar los paquetes especificados. Revise los registros de yast2 para más información." #. if that was successful now try and install the patterns #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:113 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to install the specified patterns. Review " -"the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"Error al intentar instalar los patrones especificados. Revise los registros " -"de yast2 para más información." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to install the specified patterns. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "Error al intentar instalar los patrones especificados. Revise los registros de yast2 para más información." #. if that was successful now try and install the packages #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:129 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to install the specified packages. Review " -"the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"Error al intentar instalar los paquetes especificados. Revise los registros " -"de yast2 para más información." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to install the specified packages. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "Error al intentar instalar los paquetes especificados. Revise los registros de yast2 para más información." #. If we don't want to remain subscribed, remove the repositories that were added for installation. #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:148 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to unsubscribe from the repositories that " -"were used to perform the installation. You can remove them manually in YaST " -"> Software Repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"Error al intentar eliminar la suscripción a los repositorios que se usaron " -"para realizar las instalación. Puede eliminar las suscripciones manualmente " -"en YaST > Repositorios de software. Consulte los registros de yast2 para más " -"información." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to unsubscribe from the repositories that were used to perform the installation. You can remove them manually in YaST > Software Repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "Error al intentar eliminar la suscripción a los repositorios que se usaron para realizar las instalación. Puede eliminar las suscripciones manualmente en YaST > Repositorios de software. Consulte los registros de yast2 para más información." #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:159 msgid "No error occurred." @@ -313,14 +282,9 @@ #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:71 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for " -#| "this version of openSUSE." -msgid "" -"The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for %s." -msgstr "" -"El archivo o enlace de instalación seleccionado no contiene instrucciones " -"para esta versión de openSUSE." +#| msgid "The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for this version of openSUSE." +msgid "The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for %s." +msgstr "El archivo o enlace de instalación seleccionado no contiene instrucciones para esta versión de openSUSE." # include/nis_server/what.ycp:77 #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:81 @@ -351,17 +315,12 @@ msgstr "No preguntar de nuevo" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:348 -msgid "" -"These repositories will only be added during installation. You will not " -"remain subscribed." -msgstr "" -"Estos repositorios se añadirán únicamente durante la instalación. No " -"permanecerá suscrito." +msgid "These repositories will only be added during installation. You will not remain subscribed." +msgstr "Estos repositorios se añadirán únicamente durante la instalación. No permanecerá suscrito." #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:352 msgid "You will remain subscribed to these repositories after installation." -msgstr "" -"Continuará suscrito a los siguientes repositorios después de la instalación." +msgstr "Continuará suscrito a los siguientes repositorios después de la instalación." # include/printconf/dialogs.ycp:1787 #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:360 @@ -410,13 +369,8 @@ msgstr "No se han podido instalar todos los paquetes." #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:507 -msgid "" -"The installation has failed. For more information, see the log file at <tt>/" -"var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Failure stage was: " -msgstr "" -"La instalación ha fallado. Para más información, consulte el archivo de " -"registro en <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. La fase en la que se produjo el " -"fallo fue: " +msgid "The installation has failed. For more information, see the log file at <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Failure stage was: " +msgstr "La instalación ha fallado. Para más información, consulte el archivo de registro en <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. La fase en la que se produjo el fallo fue: " #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:515 msgid "Error Message" @@ -488,12 +442,8 @@ msgstr "desconocido" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerResponse.rb:13 -msgid "" -"Root privileges are required. Either they were not supplied, or an unknown " -"error occurred." -msgstr "" -"Se requieren privilegios de administrador (root), o estos no han sido " -"provistos o se produjo un error desconocido." +msgid "Root privileges are required. Either they were not supplied, or an unknown error occurred." +msgstr "Se requieren privilegios de administrador (root), o estos no han sido provistos o se produjo un error desconocido." # include/security/ui.ycp:433 #~ msgid "Customise" Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/online-update-configuration.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/online-update-configuration.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/online-update-configuration.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -148,8 +148,7 @@ #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:85 msgid "Press %1 to use the default update repository." -msgstr "" -"Pulse %1 para el repositorio predeterminado de actualizaciones." +msgstr "Pulse %1 para el repositorio predeterminado de actualizaciones." #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:89 msgid "Find related actions in the %1 menu." @@ -161,31 +160,16 @@ msgstr "Configure la actualización automática en línea en %1." #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:97 -msgid "" -"Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be " -"ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione un intervalo de actualización e indique si los parches que " -"requieran interacción deben ser ignorados, y si las licencias deben ser " -"aceptadas automáticamente." +msgid "Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with." +msgstr "Seleccione un intervalo de actualización e indique si los parches que requieran interacción deben ser ignorados, y si las licencias deben ser aceptadas automáticamente." #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:102 -msgid "" -"All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed " -"when %1 is enabled." -msgstr "" -"Todos los paquetes recomendados por una actualización se instalarán " -"cuando %1 se encuentre habilitado." +msgid "All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed when %1 is enabled." +msgstr "Todos los paquetes recomendados por una actualización se instalarán cuando %1 se encuentre habilitado." #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:108 -msgid "" -"Category filter for patches can be configured in the section %1. " -"Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be " -"skipped." -msgstr "" -"En la sección %1 se pueden configurar los filtros de categorías " -"para parches. Sólo parches de las categorías listadas serán instalados. El " -"resto será omitido." +msgid "Category filter for patches can be configured in the section %1. Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be skipped." +msgstr "En la sección %1 se pueden configurar los filtros de categorías para parches. Sólo parches de las categorías listadas serán instalados. El resto será omitido." #. cache the base product details #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:73 @@ -230,11 +214,5 @@ msgid "Other" msgstr "Otro" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In %1 set up the automatic online update. Choose the interval " -#~ "to use and if interactive patches should be ignored, otherwise the " -#~ "updater will use the default answers." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configure en <%1> la actualización automática en linea.Escoja el " -#~ "intervalo a usar y si deben ignorarse los parches interactivos, en caso " -#~ "contrario, el actualizador utilizara las respuestas predeterminadas." +#~ msgid "In %1 set up the automatic online update. Choose the interval to use and if interactive patches should be ignored, otherwise the updater will use the default answers." +#~ msgstr "Configure en <%1> la actualización automática en linea.Escoja el intervalo a usar y si deben ignorarse los parches interactivos, en caso contrario, el actualizador utilizara las respuestas predeterminadas." Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/online-update.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/online-update.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/online-update.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -76,14 +76,8 @@ #. help text for online-update initialization #: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 -msgid "" -"The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. " -"Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source " -"module." -msgstr "" -"El sistema está inicializando y actualizando las fuentes de instalación. " -"Los repositorios pueden modificarse mediante el módulo Fuentes de " -"instalación." +msgid "The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source module." +msgstr "El sistema está inicializando y actualizando las fuentes de instalación. Los repositorios pueden modificarse mediante el módulo Fuentes de instalación." #. progress stage label #: src/clients/online_update.rb:137 @@ -170,14 +164,11 @@ msgstr "" "Tras conectar con el servidor de actualización,\n" "YaST descargará todos los parches seleccionados.\n" -"Esto puede demorar algún tiempo. La ventana de registro muestra los detalles " -"de la descarga." +"Esto puede demorar algún tiempo. La ventana de registro muestra los detalles de la descarga." #. help text for online update #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 -msgid "" -"If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be " -"shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" +msgid "If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" msgstr "" "Si hubiera algún mensaje especial asociado a los parches,\n" "se mostrarían en un diálogo extra mientras que el parche se instala.\n" @@ -255,8 +246,7 @@ "At least one of the updates installed requires restart of the session.\n" "Log out and in again as soon as possible.\n" msgstr "" -"Al menos una de las actualizaciones instaladas necesita que se reinicie la " -"sesión.\n" +"Al menos una de las actualizaciones instaladas necesita que se reinicie la sesión.\n" "Salga y vuelva a entrar al sistema tan pronto como sea posible.\n" #. popup message @@ -275,8 +265,7 @@ "properly. Reboot the system as soon as possible." msgstr "" "Al menos una de las actualizaciones instaladas necesita que se reinicie el\n" -"sistema para funcionar correctamente. Reinicie el sistema tan pronto como " -"sea posible." +"sistema para funcionar correctamente. Reinicie el sistema tan pronto como sea posible." #. popup message #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:67 @@ -287,8 +276,7 @@ "\n" "Reboot the system as soon as possible." msgstr "" -"Estas actualizaciones requieren que se reinicie el sistema para funcionar " -"correctamente:\n" +"Estas actualizaciones requieren que se reinicie el sistema para funcionar correctamente:\n" "\n" "%1.\n" "\n" @@ -297,18 +285,15 @@ #. continue/cancel popup text #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 msgid "" -"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of " -"YaST.\n" +"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of YaST.\n" "They should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\n" "\n" "You selected some other patches to be installed now.\n" "\n" "Continue with installing your selection?" msgstr "" -"Hay parches disponibles para el gestor de paquetes que necesitan que se " -"reinicie YaST.\n" -"Éstos se instalarán en primer lugar y los parches restantes lo harán después " -"del reinicio.\n" +"Hay parches disponibles para el gestor de paquetes que necesitan que se reinicie YaST.\n" +"Éstos se instalarán en primer lugar y los parches restantes lo harán después del reinicio.\n" "\n" "Ha seleccionado otros parches para instalar ahora.\n" "\n" Added: trunk/yast/es/po/opensuse_mirror.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/opensuse_mirror.es.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/opensuse_mirror.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +# Spanish message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002, 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Ibán josé García Castillo <Iban.Garcia(a)alufis35.uv.es>, 2000. +# Javier Moreno <javier.moreno(a)alufis35.uv.es>, 2000. +# Jordi Jaen Pallares <jordi(a)suse.de>, 1999, 2000, 2001. +# Pablo Iranzo Gómez <Pablo.Iranzo(a)uv.es>, 2000. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Pablo Iranzo Gómez <Pablo.Iranzo(a)uv.es>\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: es\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Directory" +msgstr "Directorio" + +# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:95 +# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:99 +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "Error" + +# clients/inst_sw_update.ycp:412 +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "sí" + +# clients/inst_sw_update.ycp:416 +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "no" +msgstr "no" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exit" +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "Salir" + +# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:95 +# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:99 +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "&Mirror" +msgstr "Error" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145 +msgid "&Do not Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select or Deselect &All" +msgid "Select/Deselect &All" +msgstr "Seleccion&ar o deseleccionar todo" Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/packager.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/packager.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/packager.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573 #: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706 msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fallo al realizar copia de seguridad de %1. Ver detalles en %2." # # clients/online_update_start.ycp:188 @@ -276,8 +276,7 @@ "\n" "Would you like to configure it?" msgstr "" -"Las fuentes en línea definidas por el producto requieren conexión a " -"Internet.\n" +"Las fuentes en línea definidas por el producto requieren conexión a Internet.\n" "\n" "¿Desea configurarla?" @@ -428,21 +427,13 @@ # include/scanner/scanner_net.ycp:57 #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1266 -msgid "" -"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"Seleccione los repositorios en línea que quiera usar y pulse " -"Siguiente.\n" +msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.\n" +msgstr "Seleccione los repositorios en línea que quiera usar y pulse Siguiente.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1270 -msgid "" -"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"Seleccione los repositorios en línea que quiera usar y pulse " -"Finalizar.\n" +msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.\n" +msgstr "Seleccione los repositorios en línea que quiera usar y pulse Finalizar.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1275 @@ -461,9 +452,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1377 #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 msgid "The repository manager is downloading repository details..." -msgstr "" -"El gestor de repositorios está descargando información del repositorio..." -"" +msgstr "El gestor de repositorios está descargando información del repositorio..." #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message #. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL @@ -555,12 +544,8 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST " -"profile." -msgstr "" -"La ejecución de la resolución de paquetes no se ha llevado a cabo " -"correctamente. Compruebe la sección de software en el perfil de AutoYaST." +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." +msgstr "La ejecución de la resolución de paquetes no se ha llevado a cabo correctamente. Compruebe la sección de software en el perfil de AutoYaST." #. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area #. %1 - an error message (details) @@ -637,12 +622,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:72 -msgid "" -"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Repositorios de instalación - Este módulo no soporta la interfaz por linea " -"de comandos, utilice '%1' en su lugar." +msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Repositorios de instalación - Este módulo no soporta la interfaz por linea de comandos, utilice '%1' en su lugar." # include/printconf/misc.ycp:458 #. pad to 3 characters @@ -815,33 +796,21 @@ "Gestionar los servicios y repositorios de software configurados.\n" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:880 -msgid "" -"A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol " -"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software " -"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"Un servicio o Servicio de índice de repositorio (RIS) es un " -"protocolo para la gestión de repositorios de paquetes. Un servicio puede " -"ofrecer uno o más repositorios de software los cuales pueden ser cambiados " -"por el administrador del servicio." +msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." +msgstr "Un servicio o Servicio de índice de repositorio (RIS) es un protocolo para la gestión de repositorios de paquetes. Un servicio puede ofrecer uno o más repositorios de software los cuales pueden ser cambiados por el administrador del servicio." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" -"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository " -"or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is " -"available at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Añadir un nuevo repositorio o servicio \n" -"Para añadir un nuevo repositorio, utilice Añadir y especifique el " -"repositorio de software o servicio.\n" -"YaSt detectará automáticamente si es un servicio o repositorio lo que se " -"encuentra disponible en esa ubicación.\n" +"Para añadir un nuevo repositorio, utilice Añadir y especifique el repositorio de software o servicio.\n" +"YaSt detectará automáticamente si es un servicio o repositorio lo que se encuentra disponible en esa ubicación.\n" "\n" #. help, continued @@ -885,71 +854,46 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" -"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, " -"use\n" -"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh " -"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use " -"the check boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, use\n" +"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Modificar el estado del repositorio o servicio\n" -"Para cambiar la ubicación de un repositorio, utilice Editar. Para " -"eliminar un repositorio, utilice\n" -"Eliminar. Para habilitar o deshabilitar el repositorio, o cambiar la " -"actualización al inicio,\n" -"seleccione el repositorio en la tabla y use las casillas de selección " -"ubicadas debajo.\n" +"Para cambiar la ubicación de un repositorio, utilice Editar. Para eliminar un repositorio, utilice\n" +"Eliminar. Para habilitar o deshabilitar el repositorio, o cambiar la actualización al inicio,\n" +"seleccione el repositorio en la tabla y use las casillas de selección ubicadas debajo.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:938 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest " -"priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is " -"available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is " -"used.\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" msgstr "" "Prioridad de un repositorio \n" -"Un valor entero entre 0 (la prioridad más alta) y 200 (la prioridad más " -"baja). Por defecto este valor es 99. Si un paquete se encuentra disponible " -"en más de un repositorio, se usará el repositorio con la prioridad más alta." -"\n" +"Un valor entero entre 0 (la prioridad más alta) y 200 (la prioridad más baja). Por defecto este valor es 99. Si un paquete se encuentra disponible en más de un repositorio, se usará el repositorio con la prioridad más alta.\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:946 -msgid "" -"Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in " -"repositories and services." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione la opción adecuada en la parte superior de la ventana para " -"navegar en los repositorios y servicios." +msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." +msgstr "Seleccione la opción adecuada en la parte superior de la ventana para navegar en los repositorios y servicios." #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:954 msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after " -"installation." +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." msgstr "" -"Guardar los paquetes descargados Marque esta opción para " -"mantener los\n" -"paquetes descargados en un caché local de manera que puedan ser " -"posteriormente utilizados\n" -"nuevamente cuando los paquetes son reinstalados. Si es desmarcada, los " -"paquetes descargados\n" +"Guardar los paquetes descargados Marque esta opción para mantener los\n" +"paquetes descargados en un caché local de manera que puedan ser posteriormente utilizados\n" +"nuevamente cuando los paquetes son reinstalados. Si es desmarcada, los paquetes descargados\n" "son eliminados después de la instalación." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:960 -msgid "" -"The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/" -"packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." -msgstr "" -"El caché local predeterminado se encuentra en el directorio /var/cache/" -"zypp/packages. La ubicación puede ser cambiada en el archivo /etc/" -"zypp/zypp.conf." +msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." +msgstr "El caché local predeterminado se encuentra en el directorio /var/cache/zypp/packages. La ubicación puede ser cambiada en el archivo /etc/zypp/zypp.conf." #. popup message part 1 #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005 @@ -1078,8 +1022,7 @@ #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:93 #: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:48 msgid "The software proposal is reset to the default values." -msgstr "" -"La propuesta de software se ha reiniciado con los valores predeterminados." +msgstr "La propuesta de software se ha reiniciado con los valores predeterminados." # include/scanner/scanner_notfound.ycp:30 # include/scanner/scanner_notfound.ycp:30 @@ -1088,11 +1031,8 @@ #. warning text #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 #: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 -msgid "" -"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." -msgstr "" -"No es posible resolver las dependencias automáticamente. Se requiere " -"intervención manual." +msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +msgstr "No es posible resolver las dependencias automáticamente. Se requiere intervención manual." # clients/inst_sw_select.ycp:245 # clients/inst_sw_select.ycp:320 @@ -1108,12 +1048,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Instalación de software - Este módulo no soporta la interfaz de línea de " -"comandos, utilice '%1' en su lugar." +msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Instalación de software - Este módulo no soporta la interfaz de línea de comandos, utilice '%1' en su lugar." #. error message (%1 is a package file name) #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 @@ -1123,9 +1059,7 @@ #. error message #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed." -msgstr "" -"Error: No se puede añadir un directorio temporal, los paquetes no se " -"instalaran." +msgstr "Error: No se puede añadir un directorio temporal, los paquetes no se instalaran." #. error message #. error message @@ -1257,9 +1191,7 @@ #. rich text - error message #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:112 msgid "The drive does not contain a medium or the ISO file system is broken." -msgstr "" -"La unidad no contiene ningún medio o el sistema de archivos ISO es " -"defectuoso." +msgstr "La unidad no contiene ningún medio o el sistema de archivos ISO es defectuoso." #. result of the check - success #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:122 @@ -1268,10 +1200,8 @@ #. wrong MD5 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 -msgid "" -"Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." -msgstr "" -"Error: la suma MD5 no coincide. No debería utilizar este medio." +msgid "Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." +msgstr "Error: la suma MD5 no coincide. No debería utilizar este medio." #. the correct MD5 is unknown #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131 @@ -1302,43 +1232,33 @@ #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you " -"should check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.\n" msgstr "" "Si surge un problema con\n" -"la instalación y utiliza un medio de instalación CD o DVD, debería comprobar " -"si el medio\n" +"la instalación y utiliza un medio de instalación CD o DVD, debería comprobar si el medio\n" "esta defectuoso.\n" #. help text - media check 3/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check</" -"B>\n" +"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check\n" "or use Check ISO File and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum. " msgstr "" -"Seleccione una unidad, introduzca en ella un medio y pulse Iniciar " -"comprobación\n" -"para verificar el medio o Comprobar archivo ISO y seleccione un " -"archivo ISO. Esta operación puede llevar varios minutos dependiendo de la\n" -"velocidad de la unidad y el tamaño del medio. La comprobación verifica la " -"suma de control MD5. " +"Seleccione una unidad, introduzca en ella un medio y pulse Iniciar comprobación\n" +"para verificar el medio o Comprobar archivo ISO y seleccione un archivo ISO. Esta operación puede llevar varios minutos dependiendo de la\n" +"velocidad de la unidad y el tamaño del medio. La comprobación verifica la suma de control MD5. " #. help text - media check 4/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " -"installation.\n" -"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</" -"P>\n" +"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" +"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.\n" msgstr "" -"Si la comprobación del medio no tiene éxito, no debería proseguir con la " -"instalación.\n" -"Puede fallar o provocar una pérdida de datos. Es mejor sustituir el medio " -"defectuoso.\n" +"Si la comprobación del medio no tiene éxito, no debería proseguir con la instalación.\n" +"Puede fallar o provocar una pérdida de datos. Es mejor sustituir el medio defectuoso.\n" #. help text - media check 5/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321 @@ -1352,33 +1272,22 @@ # include/printconf/dialogs.ycp:1339 #. help text - media check 6/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 -msgid "" -"Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." -"" -msgstr "" -"Nota: No puede cambiar de medio mientras está siendo utilizado." +msgid "Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." +msgstr "Nota: No puede cambiar de medio mientras está siendo utilizado." #. help text - media check 7/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 -msgid "" -"To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the " -"boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Para verificar el medio antes de iniciar la instalación, utilice la " -"opción comprobación de medios en el menú de inicio." +msgid "To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu." +msgstr "Para verificar el medio antes de iniciar la instalación, utilice la opción comprobación de medios en el menú de inicio." #. help text - media check 8/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your " -"recording\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</" -"P>\n" +"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.\n" msgstr "" -"Si ha grabado el medio usted mismo, utilice la opción pad en el " -"software de grabación.\n" -" Esta opción evita los errores de lectura al final del medio durante la " -"comprobación.\n" +"Si ha grabado el medio usted mismo, utilice la opción pad en el software de grabación.\n" +" Esta opción evita los errores de lectura al final del medio durante la comprobación.\n" #. advice check of the media #. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line @@ -1388,8 +1297,7 @@ "to avoid installation problems. To skip this step press 'Next'" msgstr "" "Se recomienda comprobar todos los medios de instalación\n" -"para evitar problemas en la instalación. Para saltar este paso, presione " -"'Siguiente'" +"para evitar problemas en la instalación. Para saltar este paso, presione 'Siguiente'" #. combo box #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:352 @@ -1536,8 +1444,7 @@ #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "Adding a New GPG Key \n" -#| "To add a new GPG key, use Add and specify the path to the key " -#| "file.\n" +#| "To add a new GPG key, use Add and specify the path to the key file.\n" #| "" msgid "" "\n" @@ -1547,8 +1454,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Añadiendo una nueva llave GPG \n" -"Para agregar una nueva llave GPG, utilice Agregar e indique la ruta " -"al archivo.\n" +"Para agregar una nueva llave GPG, utilice Agregar e indique la ruta al archivo.\n" "" # clients/lan_nfs_exports.ycp:127 @@ -1579,8 +1485,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Añadiendo una nueva llave GPG \n" -"Para agregar una nueva llave GPG, utilice Agregar e indique la ruta " -"al archivo.\n" +"Para agregar una nueva llave GPG, utilice Agregar e indique la ruta al archivo.\n" "" #. help, continued @@ -1594,8 +1499,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Modificar el estado de una llave GPG\n" -"Para modificar la marca de confiable, utiliceEditar. Para eliminar " -"una llave, utilice\n" +"Para modificar la marca de confiable, utiliceEditar. Para eliminar una llave, utilice\n" "Eliminar.\n" "\n" @@ -1744,8 +1648,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional " -"repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" "El repositorio de instalación también contiene los repositorios adicionales\n" @@ -1940,44 +1843,25 @@ #. warning text #: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 -msgid "" -"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-" -"bit distribution." -msgstr "" -"Su ordenador es un sistema x86-64 de 64 bits, pero está intentando instalar " -"una distribución de 32 bits." +msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." +msgstr "Su ordenador es un sistema x86-64 de 64 bits, pero está intentando instalar una distribución de 32 bits." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 -msgid "" -"The pattern list states which functionality will be available after " -"installing the system." -msgstr "" -"La lista de patrones muestra que funcionalidad estará disponible luego de " -"instalar el sistema." +msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." +msgstr "La lista de patrones muestra que funcionalidad estará disponible luego de instalar el sistema." #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 -msgid "" -"The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to " -"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and " -"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed " -"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) " -"free space before starting the installation." -msgstr "" -"La propuesta muestra el tamaño total de los archivos que serán instalados " -"en el sistema. Sin embargo, el sistema albergará también otros archivos " -"(temporales, y de trabajo) por lo que el espacio usado puede ser ligeramente " -"mayor al mostrado. Es, por lo tanto, una buena idea contar con al menos un " -"25% (o 300MB) de espacio libre antes de comenzar la instalación." +msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." +msgstr "La propuesta muestra el tamaño total de los archivos que serán instalados en el sistema. Sin embargo, el sistema albergará también otros archivos (temporales, y de trabajo) por lo que el espacio usado puede ser ligeramente mayor al mostrado. Es, por lo tanto, una buena idea contar con al menos un 25% (o 300MB) de espacio libre antes de comenzar la instalación." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if " -"the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" "El 'tamaño total a descargar' es el tamaño de los paquetes que serán\n" "descargados desde repositorios remotos. Este valor es importante si\n" @@ -2020,43 +1904,27 @@ #: src/modules/Packages.rb:472 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" -msgstr "" -"Estos productos complementarios están marcados para eliminación automática: " -"%1" +msgstr "Estos productos complementarios están marcados para eliminación automática: %1" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"Póngase en contacto con los vendedores de estos productos complementarios " -"para que le provean un nuevo medio de instalación." +msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." +msgstr "Póngase en contacto con los vendedores de estos productos complementarios para que le provean un nuevo medio de instalación." #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"Póngase en contacto con el vendedor del producto complementario para que le " -"provea un nuevo medio de instalación." +msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." +msgstr "Póngase en contacto con el vendedor del producto complementario para que le provea un nuevo medio de instalación." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 -msgid "" -"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot " -"start installation." -msgstr "" -"Error : No se puede comprobar el espacio libre en el directorio básico %1 " -"( dispositivo %2), no se puede empezar la instalación." +msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." +msgstr "Error : No se puede comprobar el espacio libre en el directorio básico %1 ( dispositivo %2), no se puede empezar la instalación." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." -msgstr "" -"Advertencia : No se puede comprobar el espacio libre en el directorio %1 " -"( dispositivo %2)." +msgstr "Advertencia : No se puede comprobar el espacio libre en el directorio %1 ( dispositivo %2)." #. summary warning #: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 @@ -2066,9 +1934,7 @@ #. summary warning #: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." -msgstr "" -"No hay espacio suficiente en el disco. Elimine algunos paquetes en la " -"selección individual." +msgstr "No hay espacio suficiente en el disco. Elimine algunos paquetes en la selección individual." #. add a backslash if it's missing #: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 @@ -2110,10 +1976,8 @@ msgid "" "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" -"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or " -"module\n" -"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to " -"the\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" "software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" msgstr "" @@ -2126,17 +1990,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 msgid "" -"The release notes for the initial release are part of the " -"installation\n" +"The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.\n" msgstr "" -"Las notas de la publicación inicial son parte del medio de " -"instalación.\n" -"Si dispone de una conexión a Internet durante la configuración, podrá " -"descargar\n" -"las notas de la versión actualizadas desde el servidor Web de SUSE Linux.</" -"b>\n" +"Las notas de la publicación inicial son parte del medio de instalación.\n" +"Si dispone de una conexión a Internet durante la configuración, podrá descargar\n" +"las notas de la versión actualizadas desde el servidor Web de SUSE Linux.\n" #. popup - information label #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642 @@ -2210,13 +2070,8 @@ msgstr "No se puede leer el archivo de licencia %1" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 -msgid "" -"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the " -"root of the live media when building the image." -msgstr "" -"Para mostrar adecuadamente la licencia del producto, coloque el archivo " -"license.tar.gz en la raíz del medio activo en el que se esta construyendo la " -"imagen." +msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." +msgstr "Para mostrar adecuadamente la licencia del producto, coloque el archivo license.tar.gz en la raíz del medio activo en el que se esta construyendo la imagen." # #. combo box @@ -2227,7 +2082,7 @@ #. check box label #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sí, &acepto el acuerdo de licencia." #. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385 @@ -2269,8 +2124,7 @@ #. popup question #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" -msgstr "" -"¿Está seguro de que desea cancelar la instalación de este producto adicional?" +msgstr "¿Está seguro de que desea cancelar la instalación de este producto adicional?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 @@ -2278,8 +2132,7 @@ "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" -"Al rechazar el acuerdo de licencia no se puede continuar con la " -"instalación.\n" +"Al rechazar el acuerdo de licencia no se puede continuar con la instalación.\n" "¿Desea realmente rechazar este acuerdo?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) @@ -2600,13 +2453,10 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" -"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is " -"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name." -"\n" +"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Nombre de repositorio</big> \n" -"Especifique el nombre del repositorio. Si de deja vacío, YaST utilizará el " -"nombre del producto (en caso de estar disponible) o la URL.\n" +"Especifique el nombre del repositorio. Si de deja vacío, YaST utilizará el nombre del producto (en caso de estar disponible) o la URL.\n" # include/runlevel/ui.ycp:489 #. text entry @@ -2618,12 +2468,10 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" -"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, " -"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" +"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Nombre del servicio</big> \n" -"Especifique el nombre del servicio. Si de deja vacío, YaST utilizará parte " -"de la URL como nombre.\n" +"Especifique el nombre del servicio. Si de deja vacío, YaST utilizará parte de la URL como nombre.\n" #. popup message #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 @@ -2665,15 +2513,13 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Servidor NFS</big> \n" "Utilice Nombre del servidor y Ruta al directorio o imagen ISO\n" -"para especificar el nombre de host del servidor NFS y la ruta en el servidor." -"" +"para especificar el nombre de host del servidor NFS y la ruta en el servidor." #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See " -"man 5 nfs\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man 5 nfs\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" "<big>Opciones de montaje</big> \n" @@ -2798,8 +2644,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Pen drive o disco USB</big> \n" "Seleccione el dispositivo USB donde se encuentre el repositorio.\n" -"Utilice Ruta al directorio para indicar el directorio del " -"repositorio.\n" +"Utilice Ruta al directorio para indicar el directorio del repositorio.\n" "Si se omite la ruta, el sistema utilizará el directorio raíz del disco.\n" "Si el directorio contiene sólo paquetes RPM sin metadatos\n" "(es decir, no hay información del producto) entonces marque la opción\n" @@ -2945,8 +2790,7 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck Anonymous and specify the\n" "User Name and the Password.\n" "\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to " -"Directory\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to Directory\n" "or ISO Image. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image.\n" @@ -2954,12 +2798,10 @@ "<big>Servidor y directorio</big> \n" "Utilice Nombre del servidor y Ruta al directorio o imagen ISO\n" "para especificar el nombre del servidor NFS y la ruta.\n" -"Para activar la autenticación, quite la marca de Anónimo y " -"especifique el\n" +"Para activar la autenticación, quite la marca de Anónimo y especifique el\n" "Nombre de usuario y la Contraseña.\n" "\n" -"Para un origen SMB/CIFS, especifique el nombre de Compartir y la " -"Ruta al directorio\n" +"Para un origen SMB/CIFS, especifique el nombre de Compartir y la Ruta al directorio\n" "o imagen ISO. \n" "Si la ubicación es un archivo que alberga una imagen ISO\n" "del medio, defina Imagen ISO.\n" @@ -2967,12 +2809,10 @@ #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" -"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS " -"repository.\n" +"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" msgstr "" -"Es posible indicar el número de Puerto para un repositorio HTTP/" -"HTTPS.\n" +"Es posible indicar el número de Puerto para un repositorio HTTP/HTTPS.\n" "Déjelo en blanco para usar el puerto predeterminado.\n" #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. @@ -2990,8 +2830,7 @@ "or on the hard disk." msgstr "" "<big>Tipo de medio</big> \n" -"El repositorio de software puede estar ubicado en un CD, un servidor de red, " -"o en el disco duro." +"El repositorio de software puede estar ubicado en un CD, un servidor de red, o en el disco duro." #. help, continued #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 @@ -3060,8 +2899,7 @@ msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check Download repository description files to download " -"the\n" +"repository. Check Download repository description files to download the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. \n" msgstr "" @@ -3393,25 +3231,18 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Package Search</big> \n" -#~ "Use the functionality of Webpin package search to search in all " -#~ "known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.\n" +#~ "Use the functionality of Webpin package search to search in all known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Buscador de paquetes</big> \n" -#~ "Use la funcionalidad del buscador de paquetes Webpin para buscar " -#~ "entre todos los repositorios del build-service de openSUSE y los " -#~ "repositorios de la comunidad conocidos.\n" +#~ "Use la funcionalidad del buscador de paquetes Webpin para buscar entre todos los repositorios del build-service de openSUSE y los repositorios de la comunidad conocidos.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>Security</big> The software found is often not part of " -#~ "the\n" +#~ "<big>Security</big> The software found is often not part of the\n" #~ "distribution itself. You need to decide whether to trust the source of a\n" -#~ "package. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "package. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Seguridad</big> El software encontrado, con frecuencia " -#~ "no forma\n" -#~ "parte de la propia distribución. Debe decidir si confía en la fuente del " -#~ "paquete.\n" +#~ "<big>Seguridad</big> El software encontrado, con frecuencia no forma\n" +#~ "parte de la propia distribución. Debe decidir si confía en la fuente del paquete.\n" #~ "No nos hacemos responsables por la instalación de dicho software.\n" #~ msgid "Select packages to install." @@ -3426,9 +3257,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Ha fallado la búsqueda" #~ msgid "No packages matching entered criteria were found." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No se encontraron paquetes que coincidan con los criterios " -#~ "ingresados." +#~ msgstr "No se encontraron paquetes que coincidan con los criterios ingresados." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" @@ -3439,8 +3268,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Agregando una nueva llave GPG \n" -#~ "Para agregar una nueva llave GPG indique la ruta donde se encuentra el " -#~ "archivo.\n" +#~ "Para agregar una nueva llave GPG indique la ruta donde se encuentra el archivo.\n" #~ "Marque la casilla Confiable si desea confiar en esta llave.\n" #~ "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/pkg-bindings.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/pkg-bindings.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/pkg-bindings.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -26,50 +26,26 @@ #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:36 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Loading Available Packages</BIG>Loading available " -"objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a " -"while..." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Cargando paquetes disponibles</BIG>La carga de " -"paquetes disponibles desde los repositorios configurados está en curso. Esto " -"puede tardar un poco..." +msgid "<BIG>Loading Available Packages</BIG>Loading available objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a while..." +msgstr "<BIG>Cargando paquetes disponibles</BIG>La carga de paquetes disponibles desde los repositorios configurados está en curso. Esto puede tardar un poco..." #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:42 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Loading Installed Packages</BIG>The package manager is " -"reading installed packages..." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Cargando paquetes instalados</BIG> El gestor de " -"paquetes está leyendo los paquetes instalados..." +msgid "<BIG>Loading Installed Packages</BIG>The package manager is reading installed packages..." +msgstr "<BIG>Cargando paquetes instalados</BIG> El gestor de paquetes está leyendo los paquetes instalados..." #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:47 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Registering a New Repository</BIG>A new repository is " -"being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available " -"packages in the repository..." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Registrando un nuevo repositorio</BIG> Un nuevo " -"repositorio está siendo registrado. El gestor de paquetes está leyendo la " -"lista de paquetes disponibles en el repositorio..." +msgid "<BIG>Registering a New Repository</BIG>A new repository is being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available packages in the repository..." +msgstr "<BIG>Registrando un nuevo repositorio</BIG> Un nuevo repositorio está siendo registrado. El gestor de paquetes está leyendo la lista de paquetes disponibles en el repositorio..." #: src/HelpTexts.h:52 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Saving Repositories</BIG>The package manager is " -"updating configured repositories..." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Guardando repositorios</BIG>El gestor de paquetes está " -"actualizando los repositorios configurados..." +msgid "<BIG>Saving Repositories</BIG>The package manager is updating configured repositories..." +msgstr "<BIG>Guardando repositorios</BIG>El gestor de paquetes está actualizando los repositorios configurados..." #: src/HelpTexts.h:55 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Refreshing the Repository</BIG>The package manager is " -"updating the repository content..." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Refrescando el repositorio</BIG>El gestor de paquetes " -"está actualizando el contenido del repositorio..." +msgid "<BIG>Refreshing the Repository</BIG>The package manager is updating the repository content..." +msgstr "<BIG>Refrescando el repositorio</BIG>El gestor de paquetes está actualizando el contenido del repositorio..." #. error message #: src/Package.cc:651 Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/printer.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/printer.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/printer.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -51,9 +51,7 @@ #: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:263 msgid "Error: Failed to write /etc/cups/client.conf" -msgstr "" -"Error: No se ha podido escribir el nombre del servidor %1 en /etc/cups/" -"client.conf" +msgstr "Error: No se ha podido escribir el nombre del servidor %1 en /etc/cups/client.conf" #. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST #. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. @@ -87,26 +85,17 @@ #. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is #. mandatory to set up local print queues. #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." -msgstr "" -"No es posible configurar la impresora (el paquete requerido cups-client no " -"está instalado)." +msgid "Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." +msgstr "No es posible configurar la impresora (el paquete requerido cups-client no está instalado)." #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "" -"Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." -msgstr "" -"No es posible configurar las impresora locales (el paquete requerido cups-" -"client no está instalado)." +msgid "Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." +msgstr "No es posible configurar las impresora locales (el paquete requerido cups-client no está instalado)." #. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config: #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117 -msgid "" -"No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." -msgstr "" -"No hay impresora local accesible (use el servidor remoto CUPS '%1' para " -"imprimir)." +msgid "No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." +msgstr "No hay impresora local accesible (use el servidor remoto CUPS '%1' para imprimir)." #. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd: #. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd is necessary because @@ -148,9 +137,7 @@ #. so that also in this special case no automated queue setup is done. #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:196 msgid "Cannot configure local printers (no local cupsd accessible)." -msgstr "" -"No es posible configurar las impresora locales (no existe cupsd local " -"accesible)." +msgstr "No es posible configurar las impresora locales (no existe cupsd local accesible)." # include/ui/summary.ycp:56 # modules/Summary.ycp:59 @@ -177,8 +164,7 @@ #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:343 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:426 #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:817 msgid "New Printer Configuration not yet Stored in the System" -msgstr "" -"La configuración de una nueva impresora no se ha almacenado en el sistema." +msgstr "La configuración de una nueva impresora no se ha almacenado en el sistema." # modules/Lan.ycp:210 modules/Modem.ycp:191 #. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. @@ -224,22 +210,15 @@ #. Header for a dialog section where the user can #. specify if USB printers are configured automatically: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61 -msgid "" -"Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" -msgstr "" -"Indique si deben configurarse automáticamente las impresoras USB cuando se " -"conecten" +msgid "Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" +msgstr "Indique si deben configurarse automáticamente las impresoras USB cuando se conecten" #. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers #. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer. #. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name. #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75 -msgid "" -"&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer " -"configuration" -msgstr "" -"&Usar udev-configure-printer para la configuración automática de impresoras " -"USB" +msgid "&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer configuration" +msgstr "&Usar udev-configure-printer para la configuración automática de impresoras USB" # include/runlevel/ui.ycp:422 include/runlevel/ui.ycp:529 #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: @@ -257,12 +236,8 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of " -"printers for the local system." -msgstr "" -"La configuración de un servidor CUPS remoto está en conflicto con la " -"configuración de impresoras en el sistema local." +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of printers for the local system." +msgstr "La configuración de un servidor CUPS remoto está en conflicto con la configuración de impresoras en el sistema local." #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). @@ -272,8 +247,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf" -msgstr "" -"No se ha podido borrar la entrada 'ServerName' en /etc/cups/client.conf" +msgstr "No se ha podido borrar la entrada 'ServerName' en /etc/cups/client.conf" # include/scanner/scanner_start.ycp:60 # include/scanner/scanner_start.ycp:60 @@ -483,8 +457,7 @@ #. show the same content as in the BasicAddDialog to set the default paper size: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:193 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:271 msgid "Default paper size (if printer and driver supports it)" -msgstr "" -"Tamaño de papel por defecto (si la impresora y el controlador lo permiten)" +msgstr "Tamaño de papel por defecto (si la impresora y el controlador lo permiten)" #. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: #. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: @@ -577,12 +550,8 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379 -msgid "" -"Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are " -"allowed for the queue name." -msgstr "" -"Sólo se permiten letras[A-Z y a-z], números[0-9] y '_' en el nombre de la " -"cola." +msgid "Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed for the queue name." +msgstr "Sólo se permiten letras[A-Z y a-z], números[0-9] y '_' en el nombre de la cola." #. when a queue name is changed to be valid: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:389 @@ -604,12 +573,8 @@ #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown #. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821 -msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, " -"wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "" -"Si el siguiente dialogo no muestra la configuración de la impresora, espere " -"unos instantes y use el botón 'Actualizar Lista'." +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "Si el siguiente dialogo no muestra la configuración de la impresora, espere unos instantes y use el botón 'Actualizar Lista'." #. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called #. and this function would have shown more specific messages. @@ -663,12 +628,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used. #. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term. #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315 -msgid "" -"No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface " -"script' is used)" -msgstr "" -"No se usa controlador (es una cola en bruto -'raw'- o se está utilizando un " -"'guión de interfaz de estilo System V')" +msgid "No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' is used)" +msgstr "No se usa controlador (es una cola en bruto -'raw'- o se está utilizando un 'guión de interfaz de estilo System V')" #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323 msgid "Current Driver" @@ -716,19 +677,14 @@ #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:819 msgid "Modified Printer Configuration not yet Stored in the System" -msgstr "" -"La configuración de una nueva impresora no se ha almacenado en el sistema." +msgstr "La configuración de una nueva impresora no se ha almacenado en el sistema." #. Explanation details of a Popup::WarningDetails. #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown #. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823 -msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time " -"and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "" -"Si el siguiente dialogo no muestra las modificaciones esperadas, espere unos " -"instantes y use el botón 'Actualizar Lista'." +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "Si el siguiente dialogo no muestra las modificaciones esperadas, espere unos instantes y use el botón 'Actualizar Lista'." # #. Exit this dialog in any case: @@ -754,11 +710,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term #. when no driver is used for a print queue. #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432 -msgid "" -"Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" -msgstr "" -"&Mantener el modelo o seleccionar un fabricante, si no se usara una cola " -"'raw'." +msgid "Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" +msgstr "&Mantener el modelo o seleccionar un fabricante, si no se usara una cola 'raw'." # include/scanner/scanner_notfound.ycp:34 # include/scanner/scanner_notfound.ycp:34 @@ -773,8 +726,7 @@ #. when no driver is used for a print queue. #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:467 msgid "Select a printer &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up." -msgstr "" -"Debe seleccionar un fabricante de i&mpresoras, si no se usara una cola 'raw'." +msgstr "Debe seleccionar un fabricante de i&mpresoras, si no se usara una cola 'raw'." # include/scanner/scanner_net.ycp:40 # include/scanner/scanner_net.ycp:40 @@ -819,9 +771,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:593 #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1774 msgid "Optional 'option=value' parameter (usually empty) [percent-encoded]" -msgstr "" -"Parámetro opcional \"opción=valor\"(usualmente vació) [codificación-" -"porcentual]" +msgstr "Parámetro opcional \"opción=valor\"(usualmente vació) [codificación-porcentual]" # include/printconf/dialogs.ycp:150 #. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine @@ -903,11 +853,8 @@ # clients/nfs.ycp:60 # clients/nfs.ycp:55 #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076 -msgid "" -"To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Para acceder a una impresora Bluetooht, el paquete RPM bluez-cups debe estar " -"instalado." +msgid "To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." +msgstr "Para acceder a una impresora Bluetooht, el paquete RPM bluez-cups debe estar instalado." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -925,8 +872,7 @@ "Enter the ID without colons like '1A2B3C4D5E6F'." msgstr "" "No parece haber IDs de dispositivos Bluetooth.\n" -"Ejecute 'hcitools scan ' para obtener la lista de IDs de dispositivos " -"Bluetooth. Introduzca el ID sin puntos, p.e. '1A2B3C4D5E6F'." +"Ejecute 'hcitools scan ' para obtener la lista de IDs de dispositivos Bluetooth. Introduzca el ID sin puntos, p.e. '1A2B3C4D5E6F'." # # modules/Lan.ycp:131 @@ -992,12 +938,8 @@ msgstr "URI (vea el manual de la impresora)[codificación-porcentual]" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402 -msgid "" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Para acceder a compartir impresoras SMB, el paquete RPM 'samba-client' debe " -"estar instalado." +msgid "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed." +msgstr "Para acceder a compartir impresoras SMB, el paquete RPM 'samba-client' debe estar instalado." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -1070,9 +1012,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1792 msgid "To access an IPX print queue, the RPM package ncpfs must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Para acceder a una cola de impresión IPX, el paquete RPM 'ncpfs' debe estar " -"instalado." +msgstr "Para acceder a una cola de impresión IPX, el paquete RPM 'ncpfs' debe estar instalado." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -1112,9 +1052,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1985 msgid "To print via 'pipe', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Para imprimir mediante una 'pipe' el paquete RPM 'cups-backends' debe estar " -"instalado." +msgstr "Para imprimir mediante una 'pipe' el paquete RPM 'cups-backends' debe estar instalado." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -1126,14 +1064,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for program name that will be called via pipe: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2034 msgid "Program (/path/to/command?option=value) [percent-encoded]" -msgstr "" -"Nombre del programa (/ruta/programa?opción=valor) [codificación-porcentual]" +msgstr "Nombre del programa (/ruta/programa?opción=valor) [codificación-porcentual]" #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2139 msgid "Device URI (for which 'beh' should be applied) [percent-encoded]" -msgstr "" -"URI del dispositivo (al que se debe aplicar 'beh')[codificación-porcentual]" +msgstr "URI del dispositivo (al que se debe aplicar 'beh')[codificación-porcentual]" # include/runlevel/ui.ycp:422 include/runlevel/ui.ycp:529 #. TRANSLATORS: Check box @@ -1292,8 +1228,7 @@ #. Because of the dropped scsi backend there must be a user notification: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2338 msgid "In CUPS version 1.5 SCSI printer support is dropped." -msgstr "" -"En la versión 1.5 de CUPS se ha obsoletado el soporte a las impresoras SCSI." +msgstr "En la versión 1.5 de CUPS se ha obsoletado el soporte a las impresoras SCSI." #. Popup::ErrorDetails details (for experts only): #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2340 @@ -1349,16 +1284,11 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2473 msgid "The 'space' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits." -msgstr "" -"La comprobación de paridad 'space' solo se puede utilizar con 7 bits de " -"datos." +msgstr "La comprobación de paridad 'space' solo se puede utilizar con 7 bits de datos." #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2481 -msgid "" -"The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." -msgstr "" -"La comprobación de paridad 'mark' solo se puede utilizar con 7 bits de datos " -"y un bit de parada." +msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." +msgstr "La comprobación de paridad 'mark' solo se puede utilizar con 7 bits de datos y un bit de parada." #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2523 msgid "Bluetooth device ID could not be empty." @@ -1400,9 +1330,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2747 msgid "Device URI, number of retries, and delay could not be empty." -msgstr "" -"URI de dispositivo, el número de reintentos y el retardo no pueden estar " -"vacíos." +msgstr "URI de dispositivo, el número de reintentos y el retardo no pueden estar vacíos." #. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe #. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe @@ -1442,8 +1370,7 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the port number: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2827 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via TCP port %1" -msgstr "" -"Examinar los equipos(hosts) que están accesibles mediante TCP en el puerto %1" +msgstr "Examinar los equipos(hosts) que están accesibles mediante TCP en el puerto %1" #. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case #. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: @@ -1455,17 +1382,13 @@ #. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 515 (LPD/LPR)" -msgstr "" -"Examinar los equipos(hosts) que están accesibles mediante el puerto 515 (LPD/" -"LPR)" +msgstr "Examinar los equipos(hosts) que están accesibles mediante el puerto 515 (LPD/LPR)" #. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case #. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 631 (CUPS/IPP)" -msgstr "" -"Examinar los equipos(hosts) que están accesibles mediante el puerto 631 " -"(CUPS/IPP)" +msgstr "Examinar los equipos(hosts) que están accesibles mediante el puerto 631 (CUPS/IPP)" #. hosts = (list<string>)filter (string h, hosts, ``{ #. list queues = (list<string>)SCR::Read (.cups.remote, h); @@ -1509,17 +1432,14 @@ msgstr "" "Esto solo es un test genérico que puede dar un listado de fallos no fiable\n" "si es necesaria la autenticación via Active Directory(R)\n" -"En este caso, un usuario que tenga permitido imprimir mediante Active " -"Directory(R)\n" +"En este caso, un usuario que tenga permitido imprimir mediante Active Directory(R)\n" "debe iniciar sesión y probar si puede imprimir desde Gnome o KDE" #. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3043 msgid "The generic test reports failures for share '%1' on host '%2'." -msgstr "" -"La prueba de acceso genérica ha fallado para compartir '%1' en el equipo " -"'%2'." +msgstr "La prueba de acceso genérica ha fallado para compartir '%1' en el equipo '%2'." #. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: @@ -1537,18 +1457,13 @@ #. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client) #. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3245 -msgid "" -"To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Para soportar Active Directory (R), es necesario tener instalado el paquete " -"samba-krb-printing." +msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed." +msgstr "Para soportar Active Directory (R), es necesario tener instalado el paquete samba-krb-printing." #. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3285 msgid "Active Directory (R) support will be disabled for all SMB print queues." -msgstr "" -"El soporte de Active Directory deshabilita todas las colas de impresión SMB." +msgstr "El soporte de Active Directory deshabilita todas las colas de impresión SMB." # # include/cups/ui.ycp:2433 @@ -1725,9 +1640,7 @@ #. TextEntry to specify the full path of a PPD file: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:224 msgid "Printer description &file name with full path where it is located" -msgstr "" -"Nombre del archivo de descri&pción de la impresora con la ruta completa a su " -"ubicación" +msgstr "Nombre del archivo de descri&pción de la impresora con la ruta completa a su ubicación" #. Label of a PushButton to open a file selection box #. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: @@ -1753,10 +1666,8 @@ #. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here #. and there is nothing else to be done after this: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:679 -msgid "" -"The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." -msgstr "" -"El archivo de descripción de impresora no cumple con la especificación." +msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." +msgstr "El archivo de descripción de impresora no cumple con la especificación." #. when a PPD file is not in compliance: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:694 @@ -1766,16 +1677,12 @@ #. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline #. when PPD file is not in compliance: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:699 -msgid "" -"A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." -msgstr "" -"Un archivo de descripción de impresora incorrecto puede provocar fallos " -"aleatorios." +msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." +msgstr "Un archivo de descripción de impresora incorrecto puede provocar fallos aleatorios." #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:716 msgid "Failed to make the printer description file available" -msgstr "" -"No se ha podido poner a disposición el archivo de descripción de la impresora" +msgstr "No se ha podido poner a disposición el archivo de descripción de la impresora" #. Title of the Driver Options Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated: @@ -1819,30 +1726,24 @@ "<big>Print Queue Overview</big> \n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" "When various applications submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the " -"printer\n" +"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n" "device. \n" "It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n" "device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -"printer.\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Resumen sobre la cola de impresión</big> \n" -"Un dispositivo de impresión no se usa directamente, sino mediante una cola " -"de impresión. \n" +"Un dispositivo de impresión no se usa directamente, sino mediante una cola de impresión. \n" "Cuando varias aplicaciones envían trabajos de impresión simultáneamente,\n" "éstos se encolan y son enviados uno tras otro al dispositivo de\n" "impresión. \n" -"Es posible tener varias colas de impresión diferentes para el mismo " -"dipositivo\n" +"Es posible tener varias colas de impresión diferentes para el mismo dipositivo\n" "de impresión.\n" -"Por ejemplo una segunda cola con el controlador monocromo para una " -"impresora\n" -"de color o una cola PostScript y una cola con un controlador PCL para una " -"impresora PostScript + PCL.\n" +"Por ejemplo una segunda cola con el controlador monocromo para una impresora\n" +"de color o una cola PostScript y una cola con un controlador PCL para una impresora PostScript + PCL.\n" "\n" #. Overview dialog help 2/7: @@ -1864,8 +1765,7 @@ "y por lo tanto, no pueden cambiarse desde este servidor. \n" "Este servidor reconoce las colas remotas que se listan aquí.\n" "Normalmente las aplicaciones pueden usarlas directamente\n" -"de tal forma que no es necesario configurar una cola local para una " -"impresora\n" +"de tal forma que no es necesario configurar una cola local para una impresora\n" "que ya está disponible mediante una cola remota. \n" "\n" @@ -1956,8 +1856,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Resumen sobre la cola de impresión de AutoYaST</big> \n" -"AutoYaST sólo reconoce la configuración de impresión con CUPS mediante red." -" \n" +"AutoYaST sólo reconoce la configuración de impresión con CUPS mediante red. \n" "No es posible configurar colas de impresión locales con AutoYaST.\n" "" @@ -1968,28 +1867,20 @@ "<big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big> \n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" "When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device." -" \n" -"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer " -"device.\n" -"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer " -"drivers\n" +"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device. \n" +"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer device.\n" +"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers\n" "should be used for the same printer device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver\n" "to enforce black-only printout on a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -"printer\n" -"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less " -"quality).\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer\n" +"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less quality).\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Configurar una nueva cola de impresión para una impresora</big></" -"b> \n" -"Una impresora no se usa directamente, sino mediante una cola de impresión." -" \n" -"Cuando varios programas de aplicación envían trabajos de impresión " -"simultáneamente,\n" +"<big>Configurar una nueva cola de impresión para una impresora</big> \n" +"Una impresora no se usa directamente, sino mediante una cola de impresión. \n" +"Cuando varios programas de aplicación envían trabajos de impresión simultáneamente,\n" "estos se encolan y son enviados uno a uno a la impresora. \n" "Se pueden tener varias colas de impresión para la misma impresora.\n" "Usualmente se necesitan varias colas de impresión cuando se usan varios\n" @@ -2022,8 +1913,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "\n" -"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer " -"device. \n" +"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer device. \n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout. \n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -2031,28 +1921,22 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " -"else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -"device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"La conexión determina de que forma se envían los datos a la impresora." -" \n" -"Si se selecciona una conexión equivocada, no se podrá enviar datos a la " -"impresora\n" +"La conexión determina de que forma se envían los datos a la impresora. \n" +"Si se selecciona una conexión equivocada, no se podrá enviar datos a la impresora\n" "y por lo tanto no habrá ninguna impresión. \n" "Si una impresora es accesible mediante mas de un tipo de conexión,\n" "ésta se muestra para cada tipo de conexión. \n" -"En particular los dispositivos HP son muchas veces accesibles mediante " -"'usb:/...'\n" +"En particular los dispositivos HP son muchas veces accesibles mediante 'usb:/...'\n" "y con la conexión 'hp:/...'.\n" "Ésta ultima la suministra el paquete de controladores HP 'hplip'.\n" "Si sólo se desea imprimir, deben funcionar ambos tipos de conexión, pero\n" -"para mas prestaciones (e.j. la comprobación del estado del dispositivo " -"mediante 'hp-toolbox' o la digitalización\n" +"para mas prestaciones (e.j. la comprobación del estado del dispositivo mediante 'hp-toolbox' o la digitalización\n" "con un dispositivo HP todo-en-uno) se debe utilizar la conexión 'hp/...'.\n" "\n" @@ -2063,8 +1947,7 @@ "The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model. \n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." -" \n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all. \n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" "with the autodetected model name of the currently selected connection\n" "and those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\n" @@ -2089,8 +1972,7 @@ "and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n" "to what you know what works best for your printer. \n" "If no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\n" -"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the " -"model.\n" +"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n" "Often only the model name in the driver descriptions\n" "is different from the autodetected model name.\n" "Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n" @@ -2110,21 +1992,15 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"El controlador es el responsable de que se generen los datos " -"adecuados\n" +"El controlador es el responsable de que se generen los datos adecuados\n" "para cada modelo especifico de impresora. \n" -"Si se asigna un controlador incorrecto, se mandan datos incorrectos a la " -"impresora\n" -"con lo que se obtiene una mala impresión, una impresión caótica, o nada." -" \n" +"Si se asigna un controlador incorrecto, se mandan datos incorrectos a la impresora\n" +"con lo que se obtiene una mala impresión, una impresión caótica, o nada. \n" "Al principio, el campo de búsqueda del controlador se autocompleta\n" -"con el nombre del modelo autodetectado para la conexión actualmente " -"seleccionada\n" -"y se muestran por defecto aquellos controladores en los que la descripción " -"del controlador\n" +"con el nombre del modelo autodetectado para la conexión actualmente seleccionada\n" +"y se muestran por defecto aquellos controladores en los que la descripción del controlador\n" "coincide con el modelo de impresora. \n" -"Si las descripciones de los controladores coinciden con el modelo " -"autodetectado\n" +"Si las descripciones de los controladores coinciden con el modelo autodetectado\n" "y si todas la descripciones parecen pertenecer al mismo modelo,\n" "se ordenan las descripciones de forma que el controlador más razonable\n" "esté situado arriba y sea preseleccionado automáticamente.\n" @@ -2143,36 +2019,24 @@ "Por tanto, compruebe si los valores preseleccionados tienen sentido\n" "y cámbielos libremente hasta encontrar\n" "los que se adecuen mejor a su impresora. \n" -"Si ninguna descripción del controlador coincide con el nombre del modelo " -"autodetectado\n" -"ésto no significa que no exista ningún controlador disponible para su " -"impresora.\n" +"Si ninguna descripción del controlador coincide con el nombre del modelo autodetectado\n" +"ésto no significa que no exista ningún controlador disponible para su impresora.\n" "Muchas veces sólo el nombre del modelo en las descripciones del controlador\n" "es distinto del nombre del modelo autodetectado.\n" -"Por tanto puede introducir lo que quiera como cadena de búsqueda del " -"controlador\n" +"Por tanto puede introducir lo que quiera como cadena de búsqueda del controlador\n" "y buscar en todas las descripciones de controlador disponibles. \n" -"Normalmente las opciones de configuración predeterminadas del controlador " -"deberían ser adecuadas\n" -"de forma que el controlador funcionará para su modelo de impresora en " -"concreto.\n" -"Algunas opciones de configuración del controlador deben ajustarse a su " -"impresora en particular.\n" -"En concreto, la configuración del tamaño del papel predeterminado del " -"controlador\n" +"Normalmente las opciones de configuración predeterminadas del controlador deberían ser adecuadas\n" +"de forma que el controlador funcionará para su modelo de impresora en concreto.\n" +"Algunas opciones de configuración del controlador deben ajustarse a su impresora en particular.\n" +"En concreto, la configuración del tamaño del papel predeterminado del controlador\n" "debe coincidir con el papel efectivamente cargado en su impresora.\n" -"Puede seleccionar explícitamente A4 o Letter como tamaño de papel " -"predeterminado\n" -"o no seleccionar nada para usar el tamaño de papel predeterminado del " -"controlador\n" -"que es también el de reserva en caso de que el controlador no admita ni A4 " -"ni Letter\n" -"(por ejemplo, un controlador de una impresora de fotografía de pequeño " -"formato).\n" +"Puede seleccionar explícitamente A4 o Letter como tamaño de papel predeterminado\n" +"o no seleccionar nada para usar el tamaño de papel predeterminado del controlador\n" +"que es también el de reserva en caso de que el controlador no admita ni A4 ni Letter\n" +"(por ejemplo, un controlador de una impresora de fotografía de pequeño formato).\n" "Si desea ajustar otras opciones del controlador además de A4 o Letter,\n" "debe primero configurar la cola y después, en un segundo paso,\n" -"podrá ajustar todas las opciones del controlador en el diálogo 'Editar/" -"Modificar'.\n" +"podrá ajustar todas las opciones del controlador en el diálogo 'Editar/Modificar'.\n" "" #. BasicAddDialog help 5/7: @@ -2210,10 +2074,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Una de las colas de impresión puede ser configuradas para usarse por " -"defecto. \n" -"Las aplicaciones deben utilizar la cola por defecto en caso que el usuario " -"no\n" +"Una de las colas de impresión puede ser configuradas para usarse por defecto. \n" +"Las aplicaciones deben utilizar la cola por defecto en caso que el usuario no\n" "indicara el uso de una cola específica.\n" "Pero no existe una única cola por defecto.\n" "Más allá de la cola por defecto del sistema, los usuarios pueden mantener\n" @@ -2244,14 +2106,10 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Una manera alternativa de configurar dispositivos HP es ejecutando hp-" -"setup. \n" -"La herramienta de HP 'hp-setup' provee soporte de configuración en " -"particular\n" -"para impresoras y multifunciones HP que requieren un de controlador " -"propietario.\n" -"Asimosmo 'hp-setup' permite configurar impresoras y multifunciones en red HP." -" \n" +"Una manera alternativa de configurar dispositivos HP es ejecutando hp-setup. \n" +"La herramienta de HP 'hp-setup' provee soporte de configuración en particular\n" +"para impresoras y multifunciones HP que requieren un de controlador propietario.\n" +"Asimosmo 'hp-setup' permite configurar impresoras y multifunciones en red HP. \n" "Para más detalles vea el artículo 'Como configurar una impresora HP' en\n" "la base de datos de soporte de openSUSE (en inglés) \n" "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:How_to_set-up_a_HP_printer\n" @@ -2274,8 +2132,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:268 msgid "" "\n" -"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device." -" \n" +"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device. \n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout. \n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -2283,10 +2140,8 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " -"else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -"device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used. \n" "When you exchange the currently used connection with another one,\n" "the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" @@ -2317,56 +2172,40 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "La conexión determina cómo se envían los datos a la impresora. \n" -"Si se selecciona una conexión incorrecta, no se podrán enviar datos al " -"dispositivo\n" +"Si se selecciona una conexión incorrecta, no se podrán enviar datos al dispositivo\n" "de forma que no se imprimirá nada. \n" -"Si se puede acceder a un dispositivo de impresión por medio de más de un " -"tipo de conexión,\n" +"Si se puede acceder a un dispositivo de impresión por medio de más de un tipo de conexión,\n" "se mostrará el dispositivo para cada tipo de conexión. \n" -"En concreto, los dispositivos de HP están disponibles tanto por medio de una " -"conexión 'usb:/...'\n" +"En concreto, los dispositivos de HP están disponibles tanto por medio de una conexión 'usb:/...'\n" "como por una 'hp:/...'.\n" "El paquete del controlador de HP 'hplip' proporciona ésta última.\n" -"Si sólo se desea imprimir, ambos tipos de conexión deberían funcionar, pero " -"para cualquier otra prestación\n" -"(e.j., la comprobación del estado del dispositivo mediante 'hp-toolbox' o la " -"digitalización mediante un dispositivo de HP todo-en uno)\n" +"Si sólo se desea imprimir, ambos tipos de conexión deberían funcionar, pero para cualquier otra prestación\n" +"(e.j., la comprobación del estado del dispositivo mediante 'hp-toolbox' o la digitalización mediante un dispositivo de HP todo-en uno)\n" "se debe usar la conexión 'hp:/...'. \n" "Cuando se intercambia la conexión usada actualmente por otra,\n" -"el campo de entrada de la cadena de búsqueda del controlador se " -"autocompleta\n" +"el campo de entrada de la cadena de búsqueda del controlador se autocompleta\n" "con el nombre del modelo autodetectado de la conexión nueva seleccionada.\n" "Se muestran por defecto los controladores cuya descripción del controlador\n" "coincide con el nombre del modelo. \n" -"Si las descripciones del controlador coinciden con el nombre del modelo " -"autodetectado\n" -"y si todas las descripciones del controlador coincidentes parecen pertenecer " -"al mismo modelo,\n" -"las descripciones del controlador se ordenarán de forma que el controlador " -"más adecuado\n" -"se encuentre en primer lugar (aunque aún por debajo del controlador usado " -"actualmente).\n" +"Si las descripciones del controlador coinciden con el nombre del modelo autodetectado\n" +"y si todas las descripciones del controlador coincidentes parecen pertenecer al mismo modelo,\n" +"las descripciones del controlador se ordenarán de forma que el controlador más adecuado\n" +"se encuentre en primer lugar (aunque aún por debajo del controlador usado actualmente).\n" "Por otra parte, esto no implica que éste sea\n" "el controlador más adecuado para sus necesidades concretas.\n" -"El primer controlador de la lista puede no funcionar de ninguna forma para " -"su modelo \n" +"El primer controlador de la lista puede no funcionar de ninguna forma para su modelo \n" "concreto de impresora. La selección automatizada del controlador\n" "compara cadenas (el nombre del modelo autodetectado y las descripciones \n" -"del controlador) de forma que el resultado sólo puede ser la propuesta más " -"razonable\n" +"del controlador) de forma que el resultado sólo puede ser la propuesta más razonable\n" "de configuración de su modelo concreto de impresora. \n" -"Por lo tanto, compruebe si los valores actualmente preseleccionados tienen " -"sentido.\n" +"Por lo tanto, compruebe si los valores actualmente preseleccionados tienen sentido.\n" "Cambie libremente la configuración\n" "a los valores que funcionen mejor para su impresora. \n" -"Si ninguna descripción del controlador coincide con el nombre del modelo " -"autodetectado, esto \n" -"no implica necesariamente que no haya ningún controlador disponible para el " -"modelo.\n" +"Si ninguna descripción del controlador coincide con el nombre del modelo autodetectado, esto \n" +"no implica necesariamente que no haya ningún controlador disponible para el modelo.\n" "A menudo, el nombre del modelo en las descripciones del controlador\n" "difiere del nombre del modelo autodetectado.\n" -"Por lo tanto puede introducir lo que quiera como cadena de búsqueda del " -"controlador\n" +"Por lo tanto puede introducir lo que quiera como cadena de búsqueda del controlador\n" "y buscar en todas las descripciones de controlador disponibles.\n" "\n" @@ -2377,12 +2216,9 @@ "The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model. \n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." -" \n" -"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings " -"later\n" -"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now." -" \n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all. \n" +"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings later\n" +"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now. \n" "Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n" "For example the default paper size setting of the driver\n" "must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer. \n" @@ -2391,8 +2227,7 @@ "should work for the particular driver.\n" "Nevertheless it may happen that your particular printer fails to print\n" "with high resolution. For example when you have a laser printer\n" -"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages." -" \n" +"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages. \n" "When you exchange the currently used driver by another one,\n" "you must first apply this change to the print queue\n" "so that the new driver is used for the queue\n" @@ -2400,8 +2235,7 @@ "and then in a second step you can adjust all driver options\n" "by using this dialog again. \n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" -"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was " -"not changed.\n" +"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not changed.\n" "This results usually only one single driver which matches\n" "so that you would have to enter a less specific driver search string\n" "to get also other drivers or you use the 'Find More' button.\n" @@ -2413,21 +2247,14 @@ "\n" "El controlador determina que se producen los datos correctos para\n" "el modelo de impresora especificado. \n" -"Si se asigna un controlador incorrecto, se mandan datos incorrectos a la " -"impresora\n" -"lo que produce impresiones defectuosas, caóticas, o que no se imprima nada." -" \n" -"Puede seleccionar otro controlador y modificar más tarde las opciones de " -"configuración\n" -"o mantener el controlador usado actualmente y modificar ahora las opciones " -"de su configuración. \n" -"Algunas opciones de configuración del controlador deben coincidir con su " -"impresora.\n" -"Por ejemplo, la opción de tamaño de papel predeterminada para el " -"controlador\n" +"Si se asigna un controlador incorrecto, se mandan datos incorrectos a la impresora\n" +"lo que produce impresiones defectuosas, caóticas, o que no se imprima nada. \n" +"Puede seleccionar otro controlador y modificar más tarde las opciones de configuración\n" +"o mantener el controlador usado actualmente y modificar ahora las opciones de su configuración. \n" +"Algunas opciones de configuración del controlador deben coincidir con su impresora.\n" +"Por ejemplo, la opción de tamaño de papel predeterminada para el controlador\n" "debe coincidir con el papel cargado actualmente en su impresora. \n" -"Para otras opciones de configuración del controlador puede escoger la que " -"prefiera.\n" +"Para otras opciones de configuración del controlador puede escoger la que prefiera.\n" "Por ejemplo, cualquier elección para la resolución de impresión\n" "debe funcionar para un controlador concreto.\n" "Sin embargo, puede ocurrir que su impresora no pueda imprimir con\n" @@ -2444,8 +2271,7 @@ "Por tanto sólo coincide usualmente un solo controlador\n" "a menos que introduzca una descripción menos específica para obtener otros\n" "controladores o usar el botón 'Mas Controladores'.\n" -"Si no hay coincidencias con ningún controlador, esto no significa que no " -"haya controlador disponible.\n" +"Si no hay coincidencias con ningún controlador, esto no significa que no haya controlador disponible.\n" "Debe introducir otra cadena de búsqueda y buscar en todas las descripciones\n" "de controlador disponibles.\n" "" @@ -2455,10 +2281,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "In contrast to connection and driver where you must select the right one,\n" -"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and " -"location.\n" -"Application programs often show description and location in the print " -"dialog.\n" +"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and location.\n" +"Application programs often show description and location in the print dialog.\n" "To make sure that those strings look correct in any language\n" "which a particular user of a particular application program may use,\n" "it is safe when you use only plain ASCII text without\n" @@ -2471,14 +2295,10 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"A diferencia de la elección de conexión y del controlador que deben " -"seleccionarse adecuadamente,\n" -"puede introducir texto libremente en descripción y en " -"localización.\n" -"Los aplicaciones le mostrarán la descripción y localización en el dialogo de " -"impresión.\n" -"Para asegurarse de que esas cadenas se muestran correctamente en cualquier " -"lenguaje\n" +"A diferencia de la elección de conexión y del controlador que deben seleccionarse adecuadamente,\n" +"puede introducir texto libremente en descripción y en localización.\n" +"Los aplicaciones le mostrarán la descripción y localización en el dialogo de impresión.\n" +"Para asegurarse de que esas cadenas se muestran correctamente en cualquier lenguaje\n" "que un usuario concreto de una aplicación en particular pueda usar,\n" "es seguro utilizar sólo texto plano ASCII sin\n" "caracteres especiales como por e.j. sólo letras ASCII (a-z y A-Z),\n" @@ -2505,16 +2325,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Configurar las opciones del controlador</big> \n" -"Normalmente es mejor mantener las opciones predeterminadas del controlador " -"porque\n" +"Normalmente es mejor mantener las opciones predeterminadas del controlador porque\n" "éstas deben ser razonables en la mayoría de los casos. \n" "Además, los diálogos de impresión en la mayoría de las aplicaciones\n" -"muestran las opciones del controlador también de forma que cada usuario " -"pueda especificar\n" +"muestran las opciones del controlador también de forma que cada usuario pueda especificar\n" "las opciones del controlador para cada impresión. \n" "El único ajuste que debe comprobarse siempre es el tamaño de papel,\n" -"que debe definirse de acuerdo a lo que es sea usado actualmente por defecto " -"en la impresora.\n" +"que debe definirse de acuerdo a lo que es sea usado actualmente por defecto en la impresora.\n" "\n" #. DriverOptionsDialog help 2/3: @@ -2530,15 +2347,12 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Las configuraciones no predeterminadas pueden no funcionar siempre o tener " -"consecuencias\n" +"Las configuraciones no predeterminadas pueden no funcionar siempre o tener consecuencias\n" "inesperadas. \n" "Por ejemplo, una resolución alta podría no funcionar en una impresora láser\n" -"si la memoria interna de la impresora es insuficiente para procesar paginas " -"de\n" +"si la memoria interna de la impresora es insuficiente para procesar paginas de\n" "alta resolución. \n" -"O una opción de alta calidad podría ser intolerablemente lenta en una " -"impresora de inyección de tinta.\n" +"O una opción de alta calidad podría ser intolerablemente lenta en una impresora de inyección de tinta.\n" "\n" #. DriverOptionsDialog help 3/3: @@ -2558,13 +2372,10 @@ "En ciertos casos se debe ajustar la configuración del controlador de una\n" "impresora específica para lograr su completa funcionalidad. \n" "En concreto, cuando la impresora tiene unidades opcionales instaladas como\n" -"una unidad dúplex o alimentadores opcionales de papel, las configuraciones " -"respectivas del controlador\n" +"una unidad dúplex o alimentadores opcionales de papel, las configuraciones respectivas del controlador\n" "deben comprobarse y ajustarse. \n" -"Por ejemplo, la opción de unidad dúplex debe ser ajustada a 'instalada' o " -"'verdadera'\n" -"o el controlador ignorará la configuración de la opción de la impresión " -"dúplex.\n" +"Por ejemplo, la opción de unidad dúplex debe ser ajustada a 'instalada' o 'verdadera'\n" +"o el controlador ignorará la configuración de la opción de la impresión dúplex.\n" "\n" #. AddDriverDialog help 1/2: @@ -2581,16 +2392,12 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Añadir o eliminar paquetes de controladores de impresoras</big></" -"b> \n" -"Cuando un paquete de controladores de impresora no esta marcado, no está " -"instalado.\n" +"<big>Añadir o eliminar paquetes de controladores de impresoras</big> \n" +"Cuando un paquete de controladores de impresora no esta marcado, no está instalado.\n" "Seleccione el paquete si desea instalarlo. \n" -"Cuando un paquete de controladores de impresora está marcado, está " -"instalado.\n" +"Cuando un paquete de controladores de impresora está marcado, está instalado.\n" "Anule la selección del paquete si desea eliminarlo.\n" -"En este ultimo caso, debe asegurarse de que no hay una configuración de " -"impresora \n" +"En este ultimo caso, debe asegurarse de que no hay una configuración de impresora \n" "que necesite ese controlador. \n" "\n" @@ -2632,29 +2439,22 @@ "Si el archivo PPD no está en el directorio /usr/share/cups/model/ ,\n" "no estará disponible para configurar los ajustes de la impresora con él.\n" "Por lo tanto, puede especificar la ruta completa de un archivo PPD,\n" -"localizado en cualquier directorio en su sistema, para conseguir su " -"instalación\n" +"localizado en cualquier directorio en su sistema, para conseguir su instalación\n" "en el directorio /usr/share/cups/model/ . \n" -"Tenga presente que un archivo de descripción de impresora no es un " -"controlador. \n" +"Tenga presente que un archivo de descripción de impresora no es un controlador. \n" "Para las impresoras no PostScript el archivo PPD solo no es\n" "suficiente para configurar los ajustes de impresora operativos.\n" "En concreto, para las impresoras no PostScript no es suficiente\n" "con descargar un archivo PPD desde Internet y efectuar la configuración\n" "de la impresora con este archivo PPD.\n" -"La configuración simple de la impresora podría funcionar pero la impresión " -"real\n" +"La configuración simple de la impresora podría funcionar pero la impresión real\n" "no funcionaría porque faltaría el controlador.\n" "Para impresoras no PostScript, se necesita un controlador de impresora\n" -"y un archivo PPD que se corresponda exactamente con el controlador " -"particular.\n" -"Los archivos PPD coincidentes se instalan automáticamente en el sitio " -"correcto\n" -"al instalar los paquetes de controladores de impresora mencionados arriba." -" \n" +"y un archivo PPD que se corresponda exactamente con el controlador particular.\n" +"Los archivos PPD coincidentes se instalan automáticamente en el sitio correcto\n" +"al instalar los paquetes de controladores de impresora mencionados arriba. \n" "Sólo para impresoras PostScript, un archivo PPD solo es normalmente\n" -"suficiente para ajustar la configuración de una impresora PostScript " -"operativa.\n" +"suficiente para ajustar la configuración de una impresora PostScript operativa.\n" "En concreto, es suficiente cuando el archivo no\n" "contiene una entrada 'cupsFilter' porque tal entrada se\n" "refiere a un controlador de impresora. \n" @@ -2665,8 +2465,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Specify the Connection</big> \n" -"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device." -" \n" +"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device. \n" "If a wrong connection is used, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout.\n" "\n" @@ -2684,24 +2483,19 @@ "\n" "<big>Printer Device URI</big> \n" "A connection is specified as so called device URI. \n" -"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-" -"transfer,\n" +"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n" "for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'. \n" "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" "which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer. \n" "Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n" "Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n" -"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character)." -" \n" +"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character). \n" "The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n" -"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign " -"'='. \n" -"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark " -"'?')\n" +"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='. \n" +"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n" "of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n" "a full device URI could be for example: \n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&" -"waitprinter=false \n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" "Some examples: \n" "A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n" "with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like: \n" @@ -2717,26 +2511,20 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>URI de impresora</big> \n" -"Una conexión se especifica con lo que se llama URI de dispositivo." -" \n" -"La primera palabra (también llamada esquema URI) especifica el tipo de " -"transferencia de datos,\n" +"Una conexión se especifica con lo que se llama URI de dispositivo. \n" +"La primera palabra (también llamada esquema URI) especifica el tipo de transferencia de datos,\n" "por ejemplo 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd' o 'ipp'. \n" "Tras este esquema hay varias partes adicionales\n" "que especifican los detalles para este tipo de transferencia de datos. \n" "No se permiten los espacios en blanco en una URI.\n" "Un espacio en blanco se codifica en el interior de una URI como\n" "%20( 20 es el código hexadecimal del espacio). \n" -"Los componentes de una URI se separan mediante caracteres especiales " -"reservados\n" -"como dos puntos ':', barra '/',interrogante '?', '&amp'' o el signo igual " -"'='. \n" -"Finalmente pueden haber parámetros opcionales separados por un signo de " -"interrogación '?')\n" +"Los componentes de una URI se separan mediante caracteres especiales reservados\n" +"como dos puntos ':', barra '/',interrogante '?', '&amp'' o el signo igual '='. \n" +"Finalmente pueden haber parámetros opcionales separados por un signo de interrogación '?')\n" "de la forma opción1=valor1&opción2=valor2&opción3=valor3, de manera\n" "que una URI puede ser por ejemplo: \n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&" -"waitprinter=false \n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" "Algunos ejemplos: \n" "Una impresora USB modelo 'Fun Printer 1000' fabricada por 'ACME'\n" "con número de serie 'A1B2C3' puede tener una URI de dispositivo como: \n" @@ -2835,20 +2623,17 @@ "(e.j. no podrá evitarlos cuando deba especificar tales caracteres\n" "en valores para una URI de acceso a una cola de impresión remota\n" "pues la cola de impresión remota no se encuentra bajo su control).\n" -"Siempre que sea posible use sólo los denominados 'caracteres no " -"reservados'.\n" +"Siempre que sea posible use sólo los denominados 'caracteres no reservados'.\n" "Caracteres no reservados son las letras minúsculas y mayúsculas,\n" "los dígitos decimales, el guión, el punto, el guión bajo, y la tilde.\n" "Incluso el guión, el punto, la tilde y el uso de mayúsculas\n" "podría causar problemas especiales en casos especiales\n" "(e.j. sólo las letras, los dígitos y el guión bajo parecen funcionar\n" -"para el nombre de una cola de impresión de CUPS mientras que el uso de " -"mayúsculas no parece significativo en este caso).\n" +"para el nombre de una cola de impresión de CUPS mientras que el uso de mayúsculas no parece significativo en este caso).\n" "Por tanto es mejor usar sólo letras minúsculas, dígitos,\n" "y el guión bajo para todos los valores en todas las URIs si es posible.\n" "Los caracteres reservados y de espacio en el valor de un componente\n" -"deben ser codificados porcentualmente (también conocido como codificación " -"URL). \n" +"deben ser codificados porcentualmente (también conocido como codificación URL). \n" "Cuando un campo de entrada en un diálogo se utiliza para introducir\n" "sólo un único valor de un único componente de una URI\n" "(e.j. campos de entrada separados para usuario y contraseña),\n" @@ -2857,18 +2642,15 @@ "En estos campos de entrada la codificación porcentual\n" "se efectúa automáticamente.\n" "Por ejemplo si su contraseña es 'Foo%20Bar' (sin codificación porcentual),\n" -"debe introducirse literalmente en el campo de entrada de la contraseña en el " -"dialogo.\n" +"debe introducirse literalmente en el campo de entrada de la contraseña en el dialogo.\n" "Se codificara automáticamente a 'Foo%2520Bar', que es como el valor\n" "de la contraseña del componente se almacena realmente en la URI. \n" "Por el contrario cuando en un campo de entrada de un dialogo\n" -"hay que introducir más de un valor sencillo para un único componente de la " -"URI\n" +"hay que introducir más de un valor sencillo para un único componente de la URI\n" "(p.e. un único campo de entrada para todos los parámetros opcionales\n" "como 'opción1=valor1&opción2=valor2&opción3=valor3'\n" "o un único campo de entrada para introducir toda la URI),\n" -"deben introducirse los espacios y caracteres reservados codificados " -"porcentualmente\n" +"deben introducirse los espacios y caracteres reservados codificados porcentualmente\n" "porque no es posible codificarlos automáticamente.\n" "Suponga que en un parámetro opcional 'opción=valor'\n" "el valor fuera 'this&that' entonces todo\n" @@ -2903,8 +2685,7 @@ "signo @ se codifica como %40 \n" "corchete izquierdo [ se codifica como %5B \n" "corchete derecho ] se codifica como %5D \n" -"Para mas detalles vea 'Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic Syntax' " -"en \n" +"Para mas detalles vea 'Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic Syntax' en \n" "http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986\n" "" @@ -2933,44 +2714,34 @@ "Example device URIs: \n" "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1 \n" "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F \n" -"To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be " -"installed.\n" -"The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the " -"data\n" +"To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed.\n" +"The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the data\n" "to a bluetooth printer.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>URIs de dispositivo para dispositivos conectados directamente</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>URIs de dispositivo para dispositivos conectados directamente</big> \n" "Los dispositivos que están conectados mediante el puerto paralelo\n" -"o mediante USB se auto-detectan y se genera en forma automática la URI " -"correspondiente.\n" +"o mediante USB se auto-detectan y se genera en forma automática la URI correspondiente.\n" "Por ejemplo: \n" "paralelo:/dev/lp0 \n" "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer?serial=A1B2C3 \n" "hp:/usb/HP_LaserJet?serial=1234 \n" "Normalmente solo funcionan las URIs de dispositivo auto-generadas.\n" "Cuando el dispositivo no se detecta automáticamente, se debe usualmente\n" -"a la ausencia de comunicación y a la imposibilidad de mandar datos al " -"dispositivo. \n" -"Para acceder a una multifunción HP ( HP printer or all-in-one device) " -"mediante\n" +"a la ausencia de comunicación y a la imposibilidad de mandar datos al dispositivo. \n" +"Para acceder a una multifunción HP ( HP printer or all-in-one device) mediante\n" "las herramientas de HP tiene que estar instalado el paquete RPM 'hplip'.\n" -"Este paquete suministra el software de impresión y digitalización HPLIP." -" \n" -"Contrariamente, los dispositivos conectados mediante puerto serie, " -"Bluetooth\n" +"Este paquete suministra el software de impresión y digitalización HPLIP. \n" +"Contrariamente, los dispositivos conectados mediante puerto serie, Bluetooth\n" "o SCSI usualmente no se detectan, por lo que sus URI de dispositivo\n" "debe especificarse manualmente.\n" -"Los parámetros de la URI de un dispositivo serie debes ser acordes con los " -"requisitos de la impresora serie,\n" +"Los parámetros de la URI de un dispositivo serie debes ser acordes con los requisitos de la impresora serie,\n" "consulte el manual de su impresora serie.\n" "Ejemplos de URIs de dispositivo: \n" "serie:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1 \n" "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F \n" -"Para acceder a un dispositivo Bluetooth, tiene que estar instalado el " -"paquete RPM 'bluez-cups'.\n" +"Para acceder a un dispositivo Bluetooth, tiene que estar instalado el paquete RPM 'bluez-cups'.\n" "Este paquete suministra a CUPS la infraestructura 'Bluetooth' que envía los\n" "datos a una impresora Bluetooth.\n" "" @@ -2979,8 +2750,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:586 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big> \n" "A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n" "and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n" "A network printer has such a device built-in.\n" @@ -3017,10 +2787,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Identificadores URI para acceder a una impresora de red o a un " -"servidor de impresión compacto</big> \n" -"Un servidor de impresión compacto es un dispositivo pequeño con una conexión " -"de red\n" +"<big>Identificadores URI para acceder a una impresora de red o a un servidor de impresión compacto</big> \n" +"Un servidor de impresión compacto es un dispositivo pequeño con una conexión de red\n" "y conexión USB o paralela para conectar a la impresora actual.\n" "Una impresora de red tiene uno de estos dispositivos incorporado.\n" "El acceso se efectúa mediante tres protocolos de red distintos.\n" @@ -3035,8 +2803,7 @@ "Protocolo del demonio de impresión en línea (LPD) \n" "Un LPD se ejecuta en el dispositivo y proporciona una o más colas LPD.\n" "Para el acceso se necesita la dirección IP y el nombre de una cola LPD.\n" -"Casi todas las impresoras de red y servidores de impresión compactos lo " -"reconocen.\n" +"Casi todas las impresoras de red y servidores de impresión compactos lo reconocen.\n" "Con frecuencia un nombre de cola arbitrario o LPT1 funciona.\n" "Pero el uso de una cola LPD correcta que no cambie\n" "ningún dato ni añada saltos de pagina ni cabeceras\n" @@ -3045,15 +2812,13 @@ "lpd://dirección-ip/cola .\n" "Protocolo de impresión de Internet (IPP) \n" "IPP es el protocolo nativo para CUPS cuando se ejecuta en un sistema real,\n" -"pero cuando IPP esta implementado en un pequeño servidor de impresión " -"compacto,\n" +"pero cuando IPP esta implementado en un pequeño servidor de impresión compacto,\n" "puede tener algunos defectos. Use sólo IPP si el fabricante\n" "realmente muestra soporte oficial para él. \n" "La URI utilizada es: \n" "ipp://dirección-ip:numero-puerto/recurso .\n" "Donde 'numero-puerto' y 'recurso' son total y exactamente\n" -"dependientes del modelo de impresora de red o servidor de impresión compacto " -"que se este utilizando. \n" +"dependientes del modelo de impresora de red o servidor de impresión compacto que se este utilizando. \n" "Para más información visite \n" "http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/network.html\n" "\n" @@ -3069,8 +2834,7 @@ "Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n" "provides in your particular network: \n" "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS) \n" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " -"installed.\n" +"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n" "The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n" "the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" "to a SMB printer share. \n" @@ -3113,8 +2877,7 @@ "the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share: \n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \n" "For more information have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and \n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)" -"_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" "'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n" "of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. \n" "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR) \n" @@ -3148,8 +2911,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>URIs de dispositivo para imprimir mediante un sistema servidor de " -"impresión</big> \n" +"<big>URIs de dispositivo para imprimir mediante un sistema servidor de impresión</big> \n" "En contraste con un servidor de impresión compacto\n" "un sistema servidor de impresión es un sistema real que ofrece un\n" "servicio de impresión. \n" @@ -3167,12 +2929,10 @@ "Además puede ser necesario un nombre de usuario y una contraseña.\n" "Tenga presente que los espacios y caracteres especiales en estos valores\n" "deben estar codificados en forma porcentual( ver abajo). \n" -"Por defecto CUPS ejecuta el motor de impresión(smbspool) como el usuario " -"'lp'\n" +"Por defecto CUPS ejecuta el motor de impresión(smbspool) como el usuario 'lp'\n" "Cuando se imprime en un entorno de Active Directory (AD)(R)\n" "no esta permitido el usuario 'lp' para imprimir en este entorno\n" -"por lo que la forma tradicional de imprimir por medio de smbspool como " -"usuario 'lp'\n" +"por lo que la forma tradicional de imprimir por medio de smbspool como usuario 'lp'\n" "no funcionara. \n" "Para imprimir en un entorno AD debe instalarse adicionalmente el\n" "paquete RPM samba-krb-printing.\n" @@ -3189,8 +2949,7 @@ "aun en un entorno AD con se autentica con Kerberos. \n" "En este caso no es necesario un nombre fijo de usuario ni una contraseña\n" "fija tal y como esta especificado para autenticarse.\n" -"Es precondición necesaria que get_printing_ticket se ejecute en se ejecute " -"en el\n" +"Es precondición necesaria que get_printing_ticket se ejecute en se ejecute en el\n" "mismo host donde se ha identificado el usuario que lanza la impresión.\n" "Por esta debe iniciarse en en la estación de trabajo desde\n" "la que el usuario enviara trabajos de impresión y los usuarios\n" @@ -3204,8 +2963,7 @@ "impresora compartida \"Fun Printer 1000+\" usara algo asi: \n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \n" "Para más información vea: <tt>man smbspool</tt> y \n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)" -"_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" "'Windows' y 'Active Directory' son marcas registradas de\n" "Microsoft Corporation en los Estados Unidos y otros paises.\n" "Servidor de Impresión tradicional UNIX (LPR) \n" @@ -3230,8 +2988,7 @@ "Este paquete añade la infraestructura \"Novell\" a CUPS permitiéndole\n" "ejecutar el programa <tt>nprint</tt> que es el que envía los datos a una\n" "cola de impresión Novell-Netware.\n" -"Para acceder se necesita un nombre de servidor y el nombre de una cola de " -"impresión.\n" +"Para acceder se necesita un nombre de servidor y el nombre de una cola de impresión.\n" "Además puede ser necesario un nombre de usuario y una contraseña.\n" "La URI utilizada es: \n" "novell://nombreusuario:contraseña@servidor/cola \n" @@ -3274,12 +3031,10 @@ "The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before. \n" "Example: \n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number \n" -"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second " -"delay\n" +"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n" "between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n" "and the print job is lost. \n" -"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/" -"beh</tt> and \n" +"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and \n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…" "" msgstr "" @@ -3287,8 +3042,7 @@ "<big>Identificadores URI de dispositivos especiales</big> \n" "Especificar un identificador URI de dispositivo arbitrario\n" "Cuando conoce exactamente la URI adecuada para su caso particular\n" -"o si quiere modificar un identificador URI de dispositivo existente de " -"alguna forma especial. \n" +"o si quiere modificar un identificador URI de dispositivo existente de alguna forma especial. \n" "Enviar datos de impresión a otro programa (pipe) \n" "Debe estar instalado el paquete RPM cups-backends.\n" "Este paquete proporciona el motor de CUPS para conexiones 'pipe'\n" @@ -3307,11 +3061,9 @@ "beh:/no_desactivar/intentos/retardo/URI_dispositivo_original \n" "Si no_desactivar es '1' beh siempre termina sin error, por lo\n" "que la cola no se desactiva nunca, aunque por otra parte\n" -"en el caso de que se produjera un error, se perderían los trabajos de " -"impresión. \n" +"en el caso de que se produjera un error, se perderían los trabajos de impresión. \n" "Intentos es el número de veces que se repetirá la llamada\n" -"al motor, en caso de error. Un valor de '0' significa intentos infinitos." -" \n" +"al motor, en caso de error. Un valor de '0' significa intentos infinitos. \n" "Retardo son los segundos que transcurrirán entre dos intentos\n" "sucesivos de llamar al motor. \n" "El último parámetro es la URI original que la cola tenía antes. \n" @@ -3320,10 +3072,8 @@ "El motor beh intenta acceder a la impresora de red 3 veces con un\n" "retardo de 5 segundos entre intentos. Si el acceso falla no se \n" "desactiva la cola y el trabajo de impresión se pierde. \n" -"Para más información revise <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> " -"y \n" -"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/" -"BackendErrorHandler \n" +"Para más información revise <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> y \n" +"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler \n" "" #. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4: @@ -3331,8 +3081,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Printing Via Network</big> \n" -"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network." -" \n" +"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network. \n" "By default CUPS uses its so called 'Browsing' mode\n" "to make printers available via network. \n" "In this case remote CUPS servers must publish their printers via network\n" @@ -3367,30 +3116,23 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Impresión mediante la red</big> \n" -"Normalmente se usa CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) para imprimir mediante " -"la red. \n" +"Normalmente se usa CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) para imprimir mediante la red. \n" "Por defecto, CUPS usa lo que se llama un modo 'Navegación'\n" "para hacer disponibles las impresoras mediante la red. \n" "En este caso, los servidores remotos de CUPS deben publicar sus impresoras\n" -"en la red y consecuentemente en su equipo debe estar ejecutándose el demonio " -"de CUPS\n" -"(cupsd) que es el que escucha las informaciones entrantes sobre las " -"impresoras\n" +"en la red y consecuentemente en su equipo debe estar ejecutándose el demonio de CUPS\n" +"(cupsd) que es el que escucha las informaciones entrantes sobre las impresoras\n" "publicadas. \n" -"La información de navegación de CUPS se recibe mediante el puerto UDP 631." -" \n" +"La información de navegación de CUPS se recibe mediante el puerto UDP 631. \n" "Sobre el cortafuegos: \n" "Compruebe si el cortafuegos esta activo en la zona en que\n" "se publican las impresoras mediante la red.\n" -"Por defecto el cortafuegos de SuSE SuSEfirewall permite cualquier " -"información entrante\n" +"Por defecto el cortafuegos de SuSE SuSEfirewall permite cualquier información entrante\n" "mediante una interfaz de red que pertenezca a la 'zona interna'\n" "porque dicha zona es de confianza por defecto. \n" "No tiene sentido imprimir en una red de confianza interna\n" -"con un interfaz de red que pertenezca a la 'zona externa' que carece de " -"ella\n" -"(ésta última es la configuración predeterminada para que las interfaces de " -"red sean seguras).\n" +"con un interfaz de red que pertenezca a la 'zona externa' que carece de ella\n" +"(ésta última es la configuración predeterminada para que las interfaces de red sean seguras).\n" "No deshabilite la protección de CUPS en el cortafuegos\n" "(i.e. para IPP que usa el puerto TCP 631 y el puerto UDP 631)\n" "para la 'zona externa' que no es de confianza. \n" @@ -3399,14 +3141,12 @@ "de cualquier red externa (en concreto de Internet),\n" "asigne la interfaz de red que pertenece a la red interna\n" "a la zona interna del cortafuegos.\n" -"Use el módulo de YaST de configuración del cortafuegos para realizar este " -"ajuste fundamental\n" +"Use el módulo de YaST de configuración del cortafuegos para realizar este ajuste fundamental\n" "para lograr seguridad y utilidad en su red\n" "y usar impresoras remotas en una red interna de confianza\n" "sin realizar configuraciones adicionales del cortafuegos. \n" "Para más detalles vea el artículo de la base de datos de\n" -"soporte openSUSE titulado 'Configuración del Firewall para CUPS y SANE' " -"en \n" +"soporte openSUSE titulado 'Configuración del Firewall para CUPS y SANE' en \n" "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" "" @@ -3429,11 +3169,9 @@ "\n" "Si puede acceder a servidores CUPS remotos para imprimir\n" "pero esos servidores no publican la información de sus impresoras en la red\n" -"o cuando no puede aceptar la información entrante sobre impresoras " -"publicadas\n" +"o cuando no puede aceptar la información entrante sobre impresoras publicadas\n" "(p.e. porque debe tener protección del cortafuegos para la zona de la red\n" -"en la que las impresoras se publican), puede solicitar información de la " -"impresora\n" +"en la que las impresoras se publican), puede solicitar información de la impresora\n" "a los servidores CUPS (si los servidores CUPS permiten su acceso). \n" "Para cada servidor CUPS al que se pregunta, un proceso cups-polld\n" "se ejecuta mediante el proceso del demonio CUPS (cupsd) en su sistema.\n" @@ -3446,10 +3184,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n" -"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your " -"host.\n" -"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly." -" \n" +"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n" +"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly. \n" "A possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\n" "for some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\n" "to access the CUPS server but it is actually not available\n" @@ -3460,16 +3196,14 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Si sólo imprime a través de la red y si utiliza sólo un servidor CUPS,\n" -"no hay necesidad de utilizar el navegador CUPS y tener instalado el servicio " -"CUPS en su sistema.\n" +"no hay necesidad de utilizar el navegador CUPS y tener instalado el servicio CUPS en su sistema.\n" "En su lugar, es más simple acceder directamente al servidor CUPS. \n" "Una posible contra, es que algunas aplicaciones podrían tener un retraso\n" "durante un tiempo cuando intenten acceder al servidor\n" "CUPS y este no se encuentre disponible\n" "(por ejemplo, desde una laptop). Generalmente es la resolución\n" "de nombres (DNS) lo que causa esta demora, por lo que puede ayudar\n" -"el tener la entrada del servidor CUPS directamente en el archivo /etc/" -"hosts.\n" +"el tener la entrada del servidor CUPS directamente en el archivo /etc/hosts.\n" "" #. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4: @@ -3505,25 +3239,18 @@ "Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to use\n" "its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network. \n" "In this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues via network\n" -"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must " -"run\n" +"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n" "which is listening for incoming information about published printers. \n" "CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Compartir colas de impresión y publicarlas mediante la red</big></" -"b> \n" -"Normalmente CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) debe ser configurado para " -"usar\n" -"el denominado modo de 'Navegación' que hace que las impresoras estén " -"disponibles mediante la red. \n" -"En este caso, los servidores de CUPS publican sus colas de impresión locales " -"mediante la red\n" -"y por consiguiente en los sistemas cliente de CUPS el proceso del demonio de " -"CUPS (cupsd) debe ejecutarse\n" -"pues éste está a la escucha de la información entrante acerca de impresoras " -"publicadas. \n" +"<big>Compartir colas de impresión y publicarlas mediante la red</big> \n" +"Normalmente CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) debe ser configurado para usar\n" +"el denominado modo de 'Navegación' que hace que las impresoras estén disponibles mediante la red. \n" +"En este caso, los servidores de CUPS publican sus colas de impresión locales mediante la red\n" +"y por consiguiente en los sistemas cliente de CUPS el proceso del demonio de CUPS (cupsd) debe ejecutarse\n" +"pues éste está a la escucha de la información entrante acerca de impresoras publicadas. \n" "La información de navegación de CUPS se recibe a través del puerto UDP 631.\n" "" @@ -3532,32 +3259,26 @@ msgid "" "\n" "First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n" -"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients." -" \n" +"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients. \n" "In a local network the usual way to set up CUPS Browsing is\n" "to allow remote access for all hosts in the local network\n" "and to publish printers to all those hosts. \n" "It is not required to publish printers in any case. \n" -"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS " -"Browsing.\n" +"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS Browsing.\n" "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server on the client systems\n" -"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server " -"directly.\n" +"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server directly.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"En primer lugar, todos los sistemas cliente de CUPS deben tener acceso al " -"servidor CUPS.\n" -"Debe especificarse cuando deben o no deben publicarse las impresoras a los " -"clientes. \n" +"En primer lugar, todos los sistemas cliente de CUPS deben tener acceso al servidor CUPS.\n" +"Debe especificarse cuando deben o no deben publicarse las impresoras a los clientes. \n" "En una red local la forma usual de iniciar el Explorador CUPS es\n" "permitir el acceso a todos los servidores en la red local\n" "y publicar las impresoras de todos estos servidores. \n" "No es obligatorio publicar siempre las impresoras. \n" "Si sólo tiene un servidor CUPS, no es necesario usar el Explorador CUPS.\n" "En su lugar, simplemente indique en el sistema cliente el servidor CUPS\n" -"(mediante el dialogo 'Imprimir mediante la red') para que los clientes " -"accedan\n" +"(mediante el dialogo 'Imprimir mediante la red') para que los clientes accedan\n" "al servidor directamente.\n" " " @@ -3587,8 +3308,7 @@ "misma red, permitirá que accedan todas las maquinas de la red local.\n" " Una maquina remota esta en la red local cuando tiene una dirección IP\n" "que esta en la misma red que el servidor CUPS\n" -"y cuando la conexión de red a la maquina no usa\\ un interfaz PPP en el " -"servidor CUPS\n" +"y cuando la conexión de red a la maquina no usa\\ un interfaz PPP en el servidor CUPS\n" "(un interfaz cuya etiqueta IFF_POINTOPOINT no esta activado). \n" "Alternativamente o adicionalmente se puede especificar una lista explicita\n" "de interfaz de red con acceso permitido.\n" @@ -3633,8 +3353,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Sobre el cortafuegos: \n" -"Un cortafuegos se usa para proteger los procesos en ejecución en el " -"servidor\n" +"Un cortafuegos se usa para proteger los procesos en ejecución en el servidor\n" "(en este caso el proceso del servidor CUPS 'cupsd')\n" "en su sistema contra accesos no deseados en la red. \n" "La impresión mediante la red ocurre en una red interna de confianza\n" @@ -3645,27 +3364,22 @@ "a través de una interfaz de red que pertenezca a la 'zona interna'\n" "porque esta zona es fiable de forma predeterminada. \n" "No tiene sentido imprimir en red interna de confianza\n" -"con una interfaz de red que pertenezca a la 'zona externa' que carece de " -"ella\n" -"(ésta es la configuración predeterminada para que las interfaces de red sean " -"seguras).\n" +"con una interfaz de red que pertenezca a la 'zona externa' que carece de ella\n" +"(ésta es la configuración predeterminada para que las interfaces de red sean seguras).\n" "No desactive la protección del cortafuegos para CUPS\n" "(i.e. para el protocolo IPP que usa el puerto TCP 631 y el puerto UDP 631)\n" "en la 'zona externa' no fiable. \n" -"Para hacer que las impresoras sean accesibles en una red interna de " -"confianza\n" +"Para hacer que las impresoras sean accesibles en una red interna de confianza\n" "y que estén protegidas por el cortafuegos contra accesos no deseados\n" "de cualquier red externa (en particular de Internet),\n" "asigne la interfaz de red que pertenezca a la red interna\n" "a la zona interna del cortafuegos.\n" -"Use el módulo de YaST de configuración del cortafuegos para realizar este " -"ajuste fundamental\n" +"Use el módulo de YaST de configuración del cortafuegos para realizar este ajuste fundamental\n" "para lograr seguridad y utilidad en su red y\n" "compartir impresoras en una red interna de confianza\n" "sin realizar configuraciones adicionales del cortafuegos. \n" "Para más detalles vea el artículo de la base de datos de\n" -"soporte openSUSE titulado 'Configuración del Firewall para CUPS y SANE' " -"en \n" +"soporte openSUSE titulado 'Configuración del Firewall para CUPS y SANE' en \n" "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" "" @@ -3709,17 +3423,14 @@ " \n" "The following error policies exist: \n" "Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing. \n" -"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by " -"default). \n" +"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default). \n" "Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Política de errores de CUPS</big> \n" -"La política de errores define la política predeterminada que se utiliza " -"cuando\n" -"CUPS no pueda enviar un trabajo de impresión al dispositivo de impresión." -" \n" +"La política de errores define la política predeterminada que se utiliza cuando\n" +"CUPS no pueda enviar un trabajo de impresión al dispositivo de impresión. \n" "Dependiendo de la forma concreta de conexión de la impresora\n" "(por ejemplo 'puerto paralelo', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', o 'ipp'),\n" "y según el tipo de fallo,\n" @@ -3727,16 +3438,14 @@ "puede sobreescribir la política de error predeterminada\n" "e imponer otra política de error (consulte <tt>man backend</tt>).\n" "Por ejemplo, puede detener cualquier intento posterior de impresión\n" -"aún cuando la política de error esté configurada para reintentar el " -"trabajo.\n" +"aún cuando la política de error esté configurada para reintentar el trabajo.\n" "Esto podría suceder cuando cualquier intento de establecer\n" "la comunicación con la impresora sea inútil\n" "por lo que carece de sentido reintentar el trabajo de nuevo.\n" " \n" "Existen las siguientes políticas de error: \n" "Detener la impresora y mantener el trabajo para imprimir más adelante. \n" -"Reenviar el trabajo desde el principio tras un intervalo de tiempo (30 " -"segundos de manera predeterminada). \n" +"Reenviar el trabajo desde el principio tras un intervalo de tiempo (30 segundos de manera predeterminada). \n" "Cancelar y eliminar el trabajo y seguir con el siguiente.\n" "" @@ -3759,9 +3468,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Configuración automática de impresoras conectadas localmente</big></" -"b> Marque la casilla de verificación para ejecutar la configuración " -"automática\n" +"<big>Configuración automática de impresoras conectadas localmente</big> Marque la casilla de verificación para ejecutar la configuración automática\n" "de YaST's para las impresoras conectadas a la maquina local. \n" "Para cada impresora local autodetectada, YaST comprobara\n" "si ya existe en la configuración.\n" @@ -3796,13 +3503,11 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Configuración automatica de impresoras USB</big> /nEl paquete " -"RPM 'udev-configure-printer' efectua\n" +"<big>Configuración automatica de impresoras USB</big> /nEl paquete RPM 'udev-configure-printer' efectua\n" "la configuración automática de las impresoras USB cuando se conectan \n" "Cuando su casilla de verificación no esta marcada, no esta instalado\n" "y puede marcarlo para su instalación.\n" -"Cuando la casilla de verificación esta marcada inicialmente, ya esta " -"instalado \n" +"Cuando la casilla de verificación esta marcada inicialmente, ya esta instalado \n" "y puede desmarcar si quiere desintalarlo. \n" "Cuando udev-configure-printer esta instalado,\n" "la configuración automática de impresoras USB\n" @@ -3913,14 +3618,12 @@ #. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128 msgid "" -"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not " -"accessible.\n" +"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n" "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" "A non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n" msgstr "" "Se necesita que se esté ejecutando localmente el daemon CUPS pero no parece\n" -"estar accesible. Compruebe con 'lpstat -h localhost -r' si esta accesible de " -"forma local\n" +"estar accesible. Compruebe con 'lpstat -h localhost -r' si esta accesible de forma local\n" "cupsd. Un cupsd no accesible lleva a una secuencia de errores sin final.\n" #. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails @@ -3975,10 +3678,8 @@ #. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and #. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 -msgid "" -"A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." -msgstr "" -"Un servidor no accesible produce una secuencia sin fin de retardos y errores." +msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." +msgstr "Un servidor no accesible produce una secuencia sin fin de retardos y errores." # include/cups/ui.ycp:2704 # include/cups/ui.ycp:2259 @@ -4007,8 +3708,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 -msgid "" -"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." msgstr "Esta es una cola remota. Sólo se pueden borrar las colas locales." #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 @@ -4017,12 +3717,8 @@ #. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 -msgid "" -"The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be " -"restored." -msgstr "" -"La configuración seleccionada se borrara de inmediato y no se podrá " -"restaurar." +msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." +msgstr "La configuración seleccionada se borrara de inmediato y no se podrá restaurar." #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 @@ -4060,9 +3756,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected." -msgstr "" -"La pagina de prueba no puede imprimirse debido a que se están rechazando los " -"trabajos de impresión." +msgstr "La pagina de prueba no puede imprimirse debido a que se están rechazando los trabajos de impresión." #. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. #. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". @@ -4074,9 +3768,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled." -msgstr "" -"No se puede imprimir la pagina de prueba porque la impresión esta " -"deshabilitada." +msgstr "No se puede imprimir la pagina de prueba porque la impresión esta deshabilitada." #. Test whether there are already pending jobs in a local queue. #. If yes, the queue is usually currently actively printing because @@ -4084,12 +3776,8 @@ #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 -msgid "" -"There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is " -"printed." -msgstr "" -"Hay trabajos de impresión pendientes que se deben borrar antes de imprimir " -"la pagina de prueba." +msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." +msgstr "Hay trabajos de impresión pendientes que se deben borrar antes de imprimir la pagina de prueba." #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. @@ -4204,8 +3892,7 @@ #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now." -msgstr "" -"Estos son los trabajos de impresión pendientes que deben borrarse ahora." +msgstr "Estos son los trabajos de impresión pendientes que deben borrarse ahora." #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: @@ -4225,35 +3912,24 @@ msgstr "Vea el registro completo en el archivo /var/log/cups/error_log." #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 -msgid "" -"CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" -msgstr "" -"CUPS registra información mientras se esta procesando la pagina de prueba " -"para %1 ( solo ingles)" +msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" +msgstr "CUPS registra información mientras se esta procesando la pagina de prueba para %1 ( solo ingles)" #. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." -msgstr "" -"Para ver la información de registro de CUPS, vea el archivo /var/log/cups/" -"error_log." +msgstr "Para ver la información de registro de CUPS, vea el archivo /var/log/cups/error_log." #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 -msgid "" -"When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote " -"system." -msgstr "" -"Cuando falla la impresión mediante un sistema remoto, debe preguntar al " -"administrador del sistema remoto." +msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." +msgstr "Cuando falla la impresión mediante un sistema remoto, debe preguntar al administrador del sistema remoto." #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration." -msgstr "" -"Hay conflicto en la configuración del servidor CUPS remoto al añadir la " -"configuración." +msgstr "Hay conflicto en la configuración del servidor CUPS remoto al añadir la configuración." # include/backup/ui.ycp:1661 #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 @@ -4262,11 +3938,8 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 -msgid "" -"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." -msgstr "" -"Esta es una configuración remota. Sólo se pueden modificar las " -"configuraciones locales." +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." +msgstr "Esta es una configuración remota. Sólo se pueden modificar las configuraciones locales." #. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy #. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to @@ -4302,9 +3975,7 @@ #. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:93 msgid "&Apply this error policy to all local printer configurations" -msgstr "" -"&Aplicar esta política de errores a todas las configuraciones de impresoras " -"locales" +msgstr "&Aplicar esta política de errores a todas las configuraciones de impresoras locales" #. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS operation policy: #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:101 @@ -4318,19 +3989,13 @@ #. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:113 msgid "Apply this operation &policy to all local printer configurations" -msgstr "" -"Aplicar esta &política de funcionamiento a todas las configuraciones de " -"impresoras locales" +msgstr "Aplicar esta &política de funcionamiento a todas las configuraciones de impresoras locales" #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local " -"system." -msgstr "" -"La configuración de el servidor CUPS remoto esta en conflicto con las " -"políticas configuradas en el sistema local." +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local system." +msgstr "La configuración de el servidor CUPS remoto esta en conflicto con las políticas configuradas en el sistema local." #. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name. #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:331 @@ -4431,9 +4096,7 @@ #. from where remote printer information is polled: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:146 msgid "Polled CUPS server names or &IP Addresses (separated by space)" -msgstr "" -"Nombres de servidor CUPS consultados o direcciones &IP( separados por " -"espacio)." +msgstr "Nombres de servidor CUPS consultados o direcciones &IP( separados por espacio)." #. A CheckBox to do all printing tasks directly #. only via one single remote CUPS server: @@ -4466,17 +4129,14 @@ #. as in the matching CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:208 msgid "A firewall may reject printer announcements from CUPS servers" -msgstr "" -"Un cortafuegos puede rechazar los anuncios de las impresoras desde los " -"servidores CUPS" +msgstr "Un cortafuegos puede rechazar los anuncios de las impresoras desde los servidores CUPS" #. Popup::AnyMessage message: #. Popup::AnyMessage message: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:210 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:263 msgid "Regarding firewall setup see the help text of this dialog." -msgstr "" -"Para detalles sobre el cortafuegos vea el texto de ayuda de este dialogo." +msgstr "Para detalles sobre el cortafuegos vea el texto de ayuda de este dialogo." #. to a client-only config but with an effectively empty server name. #. Such a client-only config does not make sense: @@ -4512,9 +4172,7 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:467 msgid "The checkbox to do all printing via one CUPS server was disabled." -msgstr "" -"Se ha deshabilitado el cuadro de selección para imprimirlo todo mediante un " -"servidor CUPS." +msgstr "Se ha deshabilitado el cuadro de selección para imprimirlo todo mediante un servidor CUPS." #. An effectively non-empty current_browse_allow_value requires "Browsing On" in cupsd.conf: #. It was initially a BrowsePoll config but the user has @@ -4532,9 +4190,7 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowseAllow. #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:569 msgid "Failed to set BrowseAllow value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"No se ha(n) podido escribir el(los) valor(es) de BrowseAllow '%1' en /etc/" -"cups/cupsd.conf." +msgstr "No se ha(n) podido escribir el(los) valor(es) de BrowseAllow '%1' en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." #. but now the user has deactivated it #. so that the BrowseAllow config should be disabled. @@ -4544,8 +4200,7 @@ #. Instead set only "BrowseAllow none" in cupsd.conf: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:597 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAllow none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"No se han podido escribir 'ningún BrowseAllow' en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." +msgstr "No se han podido escribir 'ningún BrowseAllow' en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." #. a BrowsePoll config but with effectively empty server names. #. Such a BrowsePoll config does not make sense: @@ -4556,9 +4211,7 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowsePoll. #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:659 msgid "Failed to set BrowsePoll value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -msgstr "" -"No se ha(n) podido escribir el(los) valor(es) de BrowsePoll '%1' en /etc/" -"cups/cupsd.conf" +msgstr "No se ha(n) podido escribir el(los) valor(es) de BrowsePoll '%1' en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" #. but now the user has deactivated it #. so that the BrowsePoll config should be disabled: @@ -4584,8 +4237,7 @@ #. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727 msgid "" -"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept " -"announcements'\n" +"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept announcements'\n" "or after 'request printer information from CUPS servers' was disabled\n" "it takes usually 5 minutes until already received information faded away..." msgstr "" @@ -4675,21 +4327,14 @@ #. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues #. for hosts and/or networks: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180 -msgid "" -"Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" -msgstr "" -"Permitir acceso desde u&na dirección IP o red/mascara de red (separado por " -"espacio) " +msgid "Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" +msgstr "Permitir acceso desde u&na dirección IP o red/mascara de red (separado por espacio) " #. TextEntry to publish local print queues #. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192 -msgid "" -"Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by " -"space)" -msgstr "" -"Pu&blicar a aquellas direcciones IP o de red de difusión (separadas por " -"espacios)" +msgid "Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by space)" +msgstr "Pu&blicar a aquellas direcciones IP o de red de difusión (separadas por espacios)" #. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default #. via a partivular network interface which is shown below. @@ -4711,38 +4356,30 @@ #. Do not change or translate "Listen localhost", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:396 msgid "Failed to set only 'Listen localhost' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"No se ha podido establecer sólo 'Listen localhost' en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." +msgstr "No se ha podido establecer sólo 'Listen localhost' en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." #. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:406 msgid "Failed to remove 'Allow' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"No se han podido eliminar las entradas 'Allow' en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." +msgstr "No se han podido eliminar las entradas 'Allow' en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." #. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. #. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:424 src/include/printer/sharing.rb:594 msgid "Failed to remove 'BrowseAddress' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"No se han podido eliminar las entradas 'BrowseAddress' en /etc/cups/cupsd." -"conf." +msgstr "No se han podido eliminar las entradas 'BrowseAddress' en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." #. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. #. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:536 msgid "Failed to set 'Allow' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"No se han podido establecer las entradas 'Allow' '%1' en /etc/cups/cupsd." -"conf." +msgstr "No se han podido establecer las entradas 'Allow' '%1' en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." #. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. #. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:560 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"No se han podido establecer las entradas 'BrowseAddress' '%1' en /etc/cups/" -"cupsd.conf." +msgstr "No se han podido establecer las entradas 'BrowseAddress' '%1' en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." #. Do not change or translate "Listen *:631", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:613 @@ -4752,12 +4389,8 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer " -"configurations." -msgstr "" -"Hay conflicto entre la configuración del servidor CUPS remoto y la " -"configuración de las impresoras locales compartidas." +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer configurations." +msgstr "Hay conflicto entre la configuración del servidor CUPS remoto y la configuración de las impresoras locales compartidas." # # include/cups/ui.ycp:2433 @@ -4904,8 +4537,7 @@ #. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. #: src/modules/Printer.rb:678 msgid "Failed to determine driver options for queue %1." -msgstr "" -"No se han podido determinar las opciones del controlador para la cola %1." +msgstr "No se han podido determinar las opciones del controlador para la cola %1." # clients/printconf.ycp:267 #. Initialize printer configuration (checks only the installed packages) see @@ -4961,9 +4593,7 @@ #. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. #: src/modules/Printer.rb:1098 msgid "Cannot show print queues (failed to detect print queues)." -msgstr "" -"No es posible mostrar las colas de impresión (no se han detectado colas de " -"impresión)." +msgstr "No es posible mostrar las colas de impresión (no se han detectado colas de impresión)." # include/mail/ui.ycp:562 include/mail/ui.ycp:720 # include/mail/ui.ycp:592 include/mail/ui.ycp:747 @@ -5058,9 +4688,7 @@ #. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label). #: src/modules/Printer.rb:1594 msgid "No matching driver found. Change the search string or try 'Find More'." -msgstr "" -"No se ha encontrado el controlador adecuado. Intente 'Buscar mas' o cambie " -"la cadena de búsqueda." +msgstr "No se ha encontrado el controlador adecuado. Intente 'Buscar mas' o cambie la cadena de búsqueda." #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: @@ -5133,8 +4761,7 @@ #. Popup::ErrorDetails details: #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2409 msgid "The RPM package 'netcat' is required for a meaningful test." -msgstr "" -"Para una prueba completa se requiere tener instalado el paquete RPM 'netcat'." +msgstr "Para una prueba completa se requiere tener instalado el paquete RPM 'netcat'." #. but it the less meaningful test is not really important #. so that the less meaningful test is silently skipped @@ -5146,9 +4773,7 @@ #. Popup::ErrorDetails details: #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2454 msgid "The RPM package 'iputils' is required for a meaningful test." -msgstr "" -"Para una prueba completa se requiere tener instalado el paquete RPM " -"'iputils'." +msgstr "Para una prueba completa se requiere tener instalado el paquete RPM 'iputils'." # include/printer/texts.ycp:96 # include/printer/texts.ycp:101 @@ -5167,9 +4792,7 @@ #. Popup::ErrorDetails details: #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2555 msgid "The RPM package 'bind-utils' is required for a meaningful test." -msgstr "" -"Para una prueba completa se requiere tener instalado el paquete RPM 'bind-" -"utils'." +msgstr "Para una prueba completa se requiere tener instalado el paquete RPM 'bind-utils'." #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2582 @@ -5192,11 +4815,9 @@ "or when the YaST process is not allowed to access the graphical display.\n" "In this case you should run hp-setup manually directly as user 'root'.\n" msgstr "" -"No se puede ejecutar hp-setup porque no se ha podido abrir una pantalla " -"gráfica.\n" +"No se puede ejecutar hp-setup porque no se ha podido abrir una pantalla gráfica.\n" "En particular, esto sucede cuando YaST está en modo solo-texto,\n" -"o cuando el usuario que ejecuta YaST no tiene definida la variable de " -"entorno DISPLAY,\n" +"o cuando el usuario que ejecuta YaST no tiene definida la variable de entorno DISPLAY,\n" "o cuando no se permite acceso a la pantalla gráfica al proceso YaST.\n" "En ese caso ejecutar hp-setup directamente como usuario \"root\".\n" @@ -5217,12 +4838,10 @@ #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2691 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer " -"configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Se ha lanzado hp-setup.\n" -"Deberá finalizar hp-setup antes de que pueda proceder con la configuración " -"de la impresora.\n" +"Deberá finalizar hp-setup antes de que pueda proceder con la configuración de la impresora.\n" #. from the BasicAdd dialog but the RPM package hplip is not installed: #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. @@ -5239,20 +4858,13 @@ #. Is the package available to be installed? #. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " -"available." -msgstr "" -"El paquete requerido %1 no está instalado y no se encuentra disponible " -"repositorio de paquetes alguno." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." +msgstr "El paquete requerido %1 no está instalado y no se encuentra disponible repositorio de paquetes alguno." #. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." -msgstr "" -"El paquete requerido %1 no está instalado y no está disponible en el " -"repositorio." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgstr "El paquete requerido %1 no está instalado y no está disponible en el repositorio." #. Only a simple message because: #. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, @@ -5315,8 +4927,7 @@ #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:388 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:445 msgid "Failed to enable starting of the CUPS daemon during system boot" -msgstr "" -"No se ha podido iniciar el daemon de CUPS durante el inicio del sistema" +msgstr "No se ha podido iniciar el daemon de CUPS durante el inicio del sistema" # include/nis_server/io.ycp:536 #. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment @@ -5328,8 +4939,7 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:402 msgid "A restart disrupts all currently active print jobs." -msgstr "" -"Un reinicio interrumpe todos los trabajos de impresión actualmente activos." +msgstr "Un reinicio interrumpe todos los trabajos de impresión actualmente activos." #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:408 msgid "Failed to restart the CUPS daemon" @@ -5354,8 +4964,7 @@ #. to be started during boot if it is not yet enabled: #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:439 msgid "Enable starting of the CUPS daemon during system boot" -msgstr "" -"Habilitar el inicio automático del daemon CUPS durante el inicio el sistema" +msgstr "Habilitar el inicio automático del daemon CUPS durante el inicio el sistema" #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:441 @@ -5402,8 +5011,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</" -#~ "big> \n" +#~ "<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big> \n" #~ "A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n" #~ "and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n" #~ "A network printer has such kind of device built-in.\n" @@ -5440,10 +5048,8 @@ #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "<big>Identificadores URI para acceder a una impresora de red o a un " -#~ "servidor de impresión compacto</big> \n" -#~ "Un servidor de impresión compacto es un dispositivo pequeño con una " -#~ "conexión de red\n" +#~ "<big>Identificadores URI para acceder a una impresora de red o a un servidor de impresión compacto</big> \n" +#~ "Un servidor de impresión compacto es un dispositivo pequeño con una conexión de red\n" #~ "y conexión USB o paralela para conectar a la impresora actual.\n" #~ "Una impresora de red tiene uno de estos dispositivos incorporado.\n" #~ "El acceso se efectúa mediante tres protocolos de red distintos.\n" @@ -5456,23 +5062,18 @@ #~ "La URI utilizada es: \n" #~ "socket://dirección-IP:numero-puerto \n" #~ "Protocolo Daemon de Impresión(LPD) \n" -#~ "Un daemon LPD se ejecuta en el dispositivo y provee de una o más colas " -#~ "LPD.\n" +#~ "Un daemon LPD se ejecuta en el dispositivo y provee de una o más colas LPD.\n" #~ "Para el acceso se necesita la dirección IP y el nombre de una cola LPD.\n" -#~ "Casi todas las impresoras de red y servidores de impresión compactos lo " -#~ "soportan.\n" -#~ "Con frecuencia un nombre de cola arbitrario o LPT1 funciona de cierta " -#~ "manera.\n" +#~ "Casi todas las impresoras de red y servidores de impresión compactos lo soportan.\n" +#~ "Con frecuencia un nombre de cola arbitrario o LPT1 funciona de cierta manera.\n" #~ "Pero, usar la cola LPD correcta que no cambie ningún dato ni añada\n" -#~ "saltos de pagina ni cabeceras se hace esencial para una impresión " -#~ "correcta.\n" +#~ "saltos de pagina ni cabeceras se hace esencial para una impresión correcta.\n" #~ "La URI utilizada es: \n" #~ "lpd://dirección-ip/cola \n" #~ "Protocolo de impresión de Internet (IPP) \n" #~ "IPP es el protocolo nativo para CUPS cuando esta funcionando sobre un\n" #~ "sistema real pero cuando IPP esta implementado en un servidor de\n" -#~ "impresión compacto puede tener algunos defectos. Use sólo IPP cuando el " -#~ "fabricante\n" +#~ "impresión compacto puede tener algunos defectos. Use sólo IPP cuando el fabricante\n" #~ "entrega documentación que oficialmente lo soporta.\n" #~ "La URI utilizada es: \n" #~ "ipp://dirección-ip:numero-puerto/recurso \n" @@ -5484,8 +5085,7 @@ #~ "" #~ msgid "Specify how USB printers are configured automatically" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Especifique en que forma se configuran automáticamente las impresoras USB" +#~ msgstr "Especifique en que forma se configuran automáticamente las impresoras USB" #~ msgid "" #~ "No Automatic Configuration\n" Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/product-creator.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/product-creator.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/product-creator.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -132,8 +132,7 @@ #. command line help text for 'create_iso' option #: src/clients/product-creator.rb:144 msgid "Output should be an ISO image instead of directory tree" -msgstr "" -"La salida debería ser una imagen ISO en lugar de un árbol de directorios" +msgstr "La salida debería ser una imagen ISO en lugar de un árbol de directorios" #. command line help text for 'iso_name' option #: src/clients/product-creator.rb:150 @@ -372,8 +371,7 @@ "Creating the directory structure for the new ISO image.\n" " \n" msgstr "" -"Creando la estructura de directorios necesaria para la nueva imagen ISO.</" -"P>\n" +"Creando la estructura de directorios necesaria para la nueva imagen ISO.\n" " \n" #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:332 @@ -398,8 +396,7 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:345 msgid "Copying additional and customized files to directory tree..." -msgstr "" -"Copiando archivos adicionales y personalizados al árbol de directorios..." +msgstr "Copiando archivos adicionales y personalizados al árbol de directorios..." #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:346 msgid "Copying selected packages" @@ -589,35 +586,23 @@ #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:785 msgid "Start creating a new image configuration with Add." -msgstr "" -"Comience creando la configuración de una nueva imagen con Añadir.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Comience creando la configuración de una nueva imagen con Añadir." # include/network/lan/address.ycp:61 #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:787 -msgid "" -"Use Edit to change selected image configuration or create the " -"image." -msgstr "" -"Use Editar para cambiar la configuración de la imagen seleccionada " -"o crear la imagen." +msgid "Use Edit to change selected image configuration or create the image." +msgstr "Use Editar para cambiar la configuración de la imagen seleccionada o crear la imagen." #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:791 -msgid "" -"Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting " -"Delete." -msgstr "" -"Elimine el directorio con la configuración seleccionada usando " -"Eliminar." +msgid "Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting Delete." +msgstr "Elimine el directorio con la configuración seleccionada usando Eliminar." #. help text, %1 is directory #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:796 msgid "All image configurations are saved in <tt>%1</tt> directory." -msgstr "" -"Todas las configuraciones de imágenes se guardan en el directorio <tt>%1</" -"tt>." +msgstr "Todas las configuraciones de imágenes se guardan en el directorio <tt>%1</tt>." #. main dialog caption #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:804 @@ -924,14 +909,12 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1512 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Seleccione una de las siguientes selecciones base y pulse en " -"Detallado para\n" +"Seleccione una de las siguientes selecciones base y pulse en Detallado para\n" "añadir más selecciones y paquetes suplementarios.\n" "" @@ -965,30 +948,22 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1830 msgid "" "<big>Sign</big> \n" -"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG " -"key. \n" +"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG key. \n" "This key is checked when the product is added as a repository." msgstr "" "<big>Firmar</big> \n" -"Para que los usuarios puedan verificar su producto, fírmelo con una clave " -"GPG. \n" +"Para que los usuarios puedan verificar su producto, fírmelo con una clave GPG. \n" "Esta clave se comprueba cuando el producto se añade como un repositorio." #. part of the help text (signing dialog), the URL can be modified to the translated language #. (if the page exists in that language, you have to check that!) #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1837 msgid "" -"If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option " -"'Insecure:\n" -"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading " -"an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc " -"for more information." +"If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option 'Insecure:\n" +"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc for more information." msgstr "" -"Si el producto no está firmado, Yast automáticamente añade la opción " -"'Insecure:\n" -"1' al archivo de configuración linuxrc, de otra manera linuxrc no permitiría " -"la carga del sistema de instalación no firmado al inicio. Consulte http://en." -"opensuse.org/Linuxrc para más información." +"Si el producto no está firmado, Yast automáticamente añade la opción 'Insecure:\n" +"1' al archivo de configuración linuxrc, de otra manera linuxrc no permitiría la carga del sistema de instalación no firmado al inicio. Consulte http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc para más información." #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1846 msgid "Signing the Product on the Medium" @@ -1050,21 +1025,18 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Opciones de arranque</big> \n" -"Aquí puede añadir entradas adicionales al menú de arranque con algunas " -"opciones de inicio.\n" +"Aquí puede añadir entradas adicionales al menú de arranque con algunas opciones de inicio.\n" "\n" #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "For example, \n" "configure the CD for automatic installations and specify the installation\n" -"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the " -"original is used.\n" +"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the original is used.\n" msgstr "" "Por ejemplo, \n" "configure el CD para instalaciones automáticas y especifique la ubicación\n" -"de la fuente de instalación. Si no está seguro, no modifique el archivo para " -"que se utilice el original.\n" +"de la fuente de instalación. Si no está seguro, no modifique el archivo para que se utilice el original.\n" #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:46 @@ -1078,8 +1050,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cancelar el inicio:</big> \n" -"Para cancelar de manera segura la utilidad de configuración, pulse " -"Cancelar.\n" +"Para cancelar de manera segura la utilidad de configuración, pulse Cancelar.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:54 @@ -1097,8 +1068,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando la grabación:</big> \n" "Cancele la grabación pulsando Cancelar.\n" -"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o " -"no.\n" +"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o no.\n" "\n" # include/network/lan/helps.ycp:103 @@ -1109,8 +1079,7 @@ "Obtain an overview of available configurations. Additionally\n" "edit those configurations. \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Resumen de la configuración del creador de productos</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Resumen de la configuración del creador de productos</big> \n" "Aquí obtiene un resumen de las configuraciones disponibles y\n" "puede además, editar dichas configuraciones. \n" @@ -1141,23 +1110,17 @@ msgid "" "Use Create Product to create the ISO image or installation\n" "repository directory with the selected product." -msgstr "" -"Use Crear producto para crear la imagen ISO o el directorio del " -"repositorio de instalación con el producto seleccionado." +msgstr "Use Crear producto para crear la imagen ISO o el directorio del repositorio de instalación con el producto seleccionado." # Cer: Live #. overview dialog help part 5 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"Press Create Image with KIWI for additional configuration of " -"various\n" -"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image " -"system." +"Press Create Image with KIWI for additional configuration of various\n" +"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image system." msgstr "" -"Pulse Crear imagen con KIWI para la configuración adicional de " -"varios tipos\n" -"de imagen, como medios Live o imágenes Xen, con el sistema de imagen KIWI.</" -"p> " +"Pulse Crear imagen con KIWI para la configuración adicional de varios tipos\n" +"de imagen, como medios Live o imágenes Xen, con el sistema de imagen KIWI. " #. Configure1 dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:89 @@ -1192,12 +1155,9 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Administrador de paquetes\n" -"Utilice el administrador de paquetes sin ninguna preselección de paquetes. " -"Todos\n" -"los paquetes que serían seleccionados automáticamente durante la instalación " -"deben\n" -"seleccionarse manualmente dependiendo del hardware y de la arquitectura para " -"la que esté\n" +"Utilice el administrador de paquetes sin ninguna preselección de paquetes. Todos\n" +"los paquetes que serían seleccionados automáticamente durante la instalación deben\n" +"seleccionarse manualmente dependiendo del hardware y de la arquitectura para la que esté\n" "creando este CD.\n" "\n" @@ -1214,22 +1174,17 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<big>Target Architecture</big> \n" -"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that " -"of\n" +"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that of\n" "the machine you are currently working on.\n" "All selected repositories must support the target architecture. \n" -"Note: KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not " -"change\n" -"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current " -"configuration.\n" +"Note: KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not change\n" +"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current configuration.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Arquitectura objetivo</big> \n" "Es posible crear un producto para una arquitectura distinta a la de su\n" " sistema.\n" -"Todos los repositorios seleccionados deben soportar la arquitectura objetivo." -" \n" -"Nota: KIWI no soporta aún arquitecturas distintas, no cambie la " -"arquitectura si\n" +"Todos los repositorios seleccionados deben soportar la arquitectura objetivo. \n" +"Nota: KIWI no soporta aún arquitecturas distintas, no cambie la arquitectura si\n" "intenta crear una imagen KIWI desde su configuración actual.\n" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 @@ -1242,10 +1197,8 @@ " \n" msgstr "" "<big>Directorio e imagen ISO</big> \n" -"Introduzca la ubicación en la que va a crear el directorio estructura. Todos " -"los archivos\n" -"necesarios se copiarán en este directorio. Seleccione una ubicación con " -"suficiente espacio\n" +"Introduzca la ubicación en la que va a crear el directorio estructura. Todos los archivos\n" +"necesarios se copiarán en este directorio. Seleccione una ubicación con suficiente espacio\n" "en disco.\n" " \n" @@ -1279,37 +1232,27 @@ #. help text - the base selection dialog 2/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:147 msgid "" -"One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The " -"base\n" -"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is " -"also\n" +"One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The base\n" +"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is also\n" "bootable.\n" msgstr "" -"Uno de los repositorios utilizados debe estar marcado como producto " -"base.\n" -"El repositorio del producto base debería ser arrancable para asegurar que el " -"producto\n" +"Uno de los repositorios utilizados debe estar marcado como producto base.\n" +"El repositorio del producto base debería ser arrancable para asegurar que el producto\n" "nuevo que se cree sea arrancable.\n" #. help text - the base selection dialog 3/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:153 -msgid "" -"The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Los otros repositorios se usarán como complementos del repositorio base.</" -"p>" +msgid "The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository." +msgstr "Los otros repositorios se usarán como complementos del repositorio base." #. help text - the base selection dialog 4/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and " -"proposes\n" +"The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and proposes\n" "the base product. If the proposed value is wrong, select the right base\n" "repository from the list.\n" msgstr "" -"El creador de producto resuelve las dependencias de los productos " -"seleccionados\n" +"El creador de producto resuelve las dependencias de los productos seleccionados\n" "y propone el producto base. Si el valor propuesto es erróneo elija\n" "el repositorio base correcto en la lista.\n" @@ -1497,27 +1440,20 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1513 msgid "" -"Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:</" -"p>\n" +"Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:\n" "%2.\n" "\n" -"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package " -"selection or ignore the situation.\n" +"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package selection or ignore the situation.\n" "\n" -"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any " -"further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the " -"section.\n" +"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the section.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Los paquetes de la sección '%1' no están disponibles en los repositorios " -"seleccionados:\n" +"Los paquetes de la sección '%1' no están disponibles en los repositorios seleccionados:\n" "%2\n" "\n" -"Usted puede quitar los paquetes de esta sección, marcar la selección " -"detallada o ignorar esta situación.\n" +"Usted puede quitar los paquetes de esta sección, marcar la selección detallada o ignorar esta situación.\n" "\n" -"Ir a la selección detallada de paquetes y aceptar la vista sin ningún cambio " -"posterior conduce a quitar los paquetes problemáticos de esta sección.\n" +"Ir a la selección detallada de paquetes y aceptar la vista sin ningún cambio posterior conduce a quitar los paquetes problemáticos de esta sección.\n" "\n" #. button label @@ -1655,12 +1591,8 @@ #. informative label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2277 -msgid "" -"Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from " -"Studio." -msgstr "" -"No esta permitido editar los siguientes archivos en las configuraciones " -"importadas desde Studio." +msgid "Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from Studio." +msgstr "No esta permitido editar los siguientes archivos en las configuraciones importadas desde Studio." # clients/inst_do_resize.ycp:189 # clients/inst_do_resize.ycp:189 @@ -1679,12 +1611,8 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2367 msgid "" "Select the value for image Compression. This will modify the\n" -"flags value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an " -"explanation of available values." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione el valor de <Compresión> de la imagen. Esto modificará " -"los valores de los indicadores de su tipo de imagen. Consulte el " -"significado de los valores disponibles en el manual de KIWI." +"flags value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an explanation of available values." +msgstr "Seleccione el valor de <Compresión> de la imagen. Esto modificará los valores de los indicadores de su tipo de imagen. Consulte el significado de los valores disponibles en el manual de KIWI." # clients/inst_sw_select.ycp:95 # clients/inst_sw_select.ycp:154 @@ -1704,12 +1632,8 @@ #. help text for "&Ignored software" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2424 -msgid "" -"For ignored software, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a " -"new line." -msgstr "" -"Para el software ignorado, introduzca cada entrada (como " -"'smtp_daemon') en una línea nueva" +msgid "For ignored software, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a new line." +msgstr "Para el software ignorado, introduzca cada entrada (como 'smtp_daemon') en una línea nueva" #. label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2431 @@ -1718,12 +1642,8 @@ #. help text for "&Ignored software" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2436 -msgid "" -"Each entry of Packages to Delete is one package name to be " -"uninstalled from the target image." -msgstr "" -"Cada entrada de los Paquetes a eliminar es un nombre de paquete " -"que se va a desinstalar de la imagen objetivo." +msgid "Each entry of Packages to Delete is one package name to be uninstalled from the target image." +msgstr "Cada entrada de los Paquetes a eliminar es un nombre de paquete que se va a desinstalar de la imagen objetivo." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2443 @@ -1744,13 +1664,10 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2461 msgid "" "Set the image Size in the specified Unit.\n" -"If Additive is checked, the meaning of Size is different: it " -"is the minimal free space available on the image." +"If Additive is checked, the meaning of Size is different: it is the minimal free space available on the image." msgstr "" "Defina el Tamaño de la imagen en la Unidad especificada.\n" -"Si Aditivo está marcado, el significado de Tamaño es " -"diferente: indica el espacio libre mínimo que se encuentra disponible en la " -"imagen." +"Si Aditivo está marcado, el significado de Tamaño es diferente: indica el espacio libre mínimo que se encuentra disponible en la imagen." #. combo box label (MB/GB values) #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2473 @@ -1769,12 +1686,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2489 -msgid "" -"To create an encrypted file system, check Encrypt Image with LUKS " -"and enter the password." -msgstr "" -"Para crear un sistema de archivos encriptado, seleccione Encriptar " -"imagen con LUKS e introduzca la contraseña." +msgid "To create an encrypted file system, check Encrypt Image with LUKS and enter the password." +msgstr "Para crear un sistema de archivos encriptado, seleccione Encriptar imagen con LUKS e introduzca la contraseña." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2500 @@ -1784,14 +1697,12 @@ #. general help for directory structure tab #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2513 msgid "Edit the configuration scripts used to build your image." -msgstr "" -"Edite los guiones de configuración usados para construir su imagen." +msgstr "Edite los guiones de configuración usados para construir su imagen." #. general help for directory structure tab #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2520 msgid "Point to the configuration directories for building your image." -msgstr "" -"Indique los directorios de configuración que para construir su imagen." +msgstr "Indique los directorios de configuración que para construir su imagen." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2527 @@ -1800,14 +1711,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2531 -msgid "" -"Define the path to the Directory with System Configuration (the " -"<tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of " -"the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Defina la ruta al Directorio con la configuración del sistema (el " -"directorio <tt>root</tt>). El directorio completo se copiará al directorio " -"raíz del árbol de la imagen usando <tt>cp -a</tt>." +msgid "Define the path to the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." +msgstr "Defina la ruta al Directorio con la configuración del sistema (el directorio <tt>root</tt>). El directorio completo se copiará al directorio raíz del árbol de la imagen usando <tt>cp -a</tt>." #. label (above table) #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2551 @@ -1821,14 +1726,8 @@ #. help for table with users #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2561 -msgid "" -"Configure the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>root</" -"tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image " -"tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Configure el Directorio con la configuración del sistema (el " -"directorio <tt>root</tt>). El directorio completo se copiará al directorio " -"raíz del árbol de la imagen usando <tt>cp -a</tt>." +msgid "Configure the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." +msgstr "Configure el Directorio con la configuración del sistema (el directorio <tt>root</tt>). El directorio completo se copiará al directorio raíz del árbol de la imagen usando <tt>cp -a</tt>." # clients/lan_nfs_exports.ycp:127 # clients/lan_nfs_exports.ycp:127 @@ -1846,14 +1745,8 @@ #. help for table with users #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2598 -msgid "" -"Configure the Directory with Scripts (the <tt>config</tt> " -"directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all " -"the image packages." -msgstr "" -"Configure el Directorio con guiones (el directorio <tt>config</" -"tt>). Contiene guiones que se ejecutan después de la instalación de todos " -"los paquetes de la imagen." +msgid "Configure the Directory with Scripts (the <tt>config</tt> directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages." +msgstr "Configure el Directorio con guiones (el directorio <tt>config</tt>). Contiene guiones que se ejecutan después de la instalación de todos los paquetes de la imagen." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2627 @@ -1874,14 +1767,8 @@ # Cer: ¿paquete o paquetes? #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2646 -msgid "" -"Edit your Image Configuration Script, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. " -"This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package " -"scripts have run." -msgstr "" -"Edite su Guión de configuración de imagen, llamado <tt>config.sh</" -"tt>. Este guión se ejecuta al final de la instalación pero antes de que los " -"guiones de los paquetes se hayan ejecutado." +msgid "Edit your Image Configuration Script, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package scripts have run." +msgstr "Edite su Guión de configuración de imagen, llamado <tt>config.sh</tt>. Este guión se ejecuta al final de la instalación pero antes de que los guiones de los paquetes se hayan ejecutado." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2666 @@ -1889,14 +1776,8 @@ msgstr "&Ruta al directorio con guiones" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2667 -msgid "" -"The optional Directory with Scripts (<tt>config</tt> directory) " -"contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image " -"packages." -msgstr "" -"El directorio opcional con guiones (directorio <tt>config</" -"tt>) contiene guiones que se ejecutan después la instalación de todos los " -"paquetes de la imagen." +msgid "The optional Directory with Scripts (<tt>config</tt> directory) contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages." +msgstr "El directorio opcional con guiones (directorio <tt>config</tt>) contiene guiones que se ejecutan después la instalación de todos los paquetes de la imagen." #. push button label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2677 @@ -1909,12 +1790,8 @@ msgstr "Guión de &limpieza" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2688 -msgid "" -"Edit your Cleanup Script (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run " -"at the beginning of the image creation process." -msgstr "" -"Edite su guión de limpieza (<tt>images.sh</tt>). Este guión se " -"ejecuta al principio del proceso de creación de la imagen." +msgid "Edit your Cleanup Script (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run at the beginning of the image creation process." +msgstr "Edite su guión de limpieza (<tt>images.sh</tt>). Este guión se ejecuta al principio del proceso de creación de la imagen." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2698 @@ -1928,12 +1805,8 @@ #. help text for Author, Contact and Specification widgets #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2711 -msgid "" -"Set the values for Author of the image, Contact Information</" -"b>, and the image Specification." -msgstr "" -"Defina los valores para Autor de la imagen, Información de " -"contacto, y Especificación de la imagen." +msgid "Set the values for Author of the image, Contact Information, and the image Specification." +msgstr "Defina los valores para Autor de la imagen, Información de contacto, y Especificación de la imagen." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2724 @@ -1961,12 +1834,8 @@ #. help text for locale #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2762 -msgid "" -"The value of Locale (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of " -"the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." -msgstr "" -"El valor de Localización (p. ej. <tt>en_US</tt>) define el " -"contenido de la variable RC_LANG en <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." +msgid "The value of Locale (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." +msgstr "El valor de Localización (p. ej. <tt>en_US</tt>) define el contenido de la variable RC_LANG en <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." # clients/inst_environment.ycp:232 #. textentry label @@ -1976,13 +1845,8 @@ #. help text for keytable #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2778 -msgid "" -"Keyboard Layout specifies the name of the console keymap to use. " -"The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>." -msgstr "" -"La Distribución del teclado define el nombre del mapa de teclado " -"de la consola que se va a utilizar. El valor se corresponde con uno de los " -"archivos de mapas disponibles en <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>." +msgid "Keyboard Layout specifies the name of the console keymap to use. The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>." +msgstr "La Distribución del teclado define el nombre del mapa de teclado de la consola que se va a utilizar. El valor se corresponde con uno de los archivos de mapas disponibles en <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2787 @@ -1991,20 +1855,13 @@ #. help text for timezone #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2795 -msgid "" -"It is possible to set a specific Time zone. Available time zones " -"are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory." -msgstr "" -"También puede definir una Zona horaria específica. Las zonas " -"horarias disponibles se encuentran en el directorio <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</" -"tt>." +msgid "It is possible to set a specific Time zone. Available time zones are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory." +msgstr "También puede definir una Zona horaria específica. Las zonas horarias disponibles se encuentran en el directorio <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt>." #. general help for users tab #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2803 msgid "Create users that should be available on the target system." -msgstr "" -"Cree los usuarios que deben estar disponibles en el sistema de destino.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Cree los usuarios que deben estar disponibles en el sistema de destino." #. table header #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2814 @@ -2046,12 +1903,10 @@ #. help for table with users #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2828 msgid "" -"For each user, specify the Name, Password, Home " -"Directory and group\n" +"For each user, specify the Name, Password, Home Directory and group\n" "to which the users belongs.\n" msgstr "" -"Para cada usuario, especifique Nombre, Contraseña, " -"Directorio personal\n" +"Para cada usuario, especifique Nombre, Contraseña, Directorio personal\n" "y grupo al que pertenece el usuario.\n" #. dialog caption @@ -2082,22 +1937,13 @@ #. help text for kiwi UI preparation #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2973 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on " -"template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Introduzca el nombre de la configuración de su imagen. Base la nueva " -"configuración en una plantilla de la lista o en el directorio con la " -"configuración existente." +msgid "Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration." +msgstr "Introduzca el nombre de la configuración de su imagen. Base la nueva configuración en una plantilla de la lista o en el directorio con la configuración existente." #. help text for kiwi UI preparation #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2980 -msgid "" -"Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory." -msgstr "" -"Sitúe las plantillas de configuración a medida bajo el directorio <tt>%1</" -"tt>." +msgid "Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory." +msgstr "Sitúe las plantillas de configuración a medida bajo el directorio <tt>%1</tt>." #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2988 @@ -2107,19 +1953,12 @@ #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2991 msgid "Select Output Directory for the created image." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione el Directorio de salida para la imagen creada." +msgstr "Seleccione el Directorio de salida para la imagen creada." #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2994 -msgid "" -"Modify the list of Package Repositories that will be used for " -"creating the image. Use Add From System to add one of the current " -"system repositories." -msgstr "" -"Modifique la lista de Repositorios de paquetes que se usarán para " -"la creación de la imagen. Utilice Añadir desde el sistema para añadir " -"uno de los repositorios actuales del sistema." +msgid "Modify the list of Package Repositories that will be used for creating the image. Use Add From System to add one of the current system repositories." +msgstr "Modifique la lista de Repositorios de paquetes que se usarán para la creación de la imagen. Utilice Añadir desde el sistema para añadir uno de los repositorios actuales del sistema." # include/network/lan/address.ycp:61 #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. @@ -2139,12 +1978,8 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3123 -msgid "" -"Selected directory does not contain valid description of system " -"configuration." -msgstr "" -"El directorio seleccionado no contiene una descripción válida de la " -"configuración del sistema" +msgid "Selected directory does not contain valid description of system configuration." +msgstr "El directorio seleccionado no contiene una descripción válida de la configuración del sistema" #. busy popup #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/proxy.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/proxy.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/proxy.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -85,8 +85,7 @@ #. command-line option help #: src/clients/proxy.rb:114 msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication" -msgstr "" -"El nombre de usuario que se debe usar para la autenticación en el proxy" +msgstr "El nombre de usuario que se debe usar para la autenticación en el proxy" #. command-line option help #: src/clients/proxy.rb:121 @@ -220,17 +219,13 @@ #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:454 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:404 msgid "" "Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.\n" -"Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to " -"take effect, \n" -"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. " -"Please check \n" +"Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n" +"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n" "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. " msgstr "" "Configure sus preferencias del proxy (caché) de internet aquí.\n" -"Nota: Generalmente se recomienda reiniciar la sesión para que las " -"preferencias den resultado, \n" -"aunque en algunos casos la aplicación puede tomar las preferencias nuevas " -"inmediatamente. Por favor, revise \n" +"Nota: Generalmente se recomienda reiniciar la sesión para que las preferencias den resultado, \n" +"aunque en algunos casos la aplicación puede tomar las preferencias nuevas inmediatamente. Por favor, revise \n" "lo que su aplicación (navegador web , client ftp,...) soporta. " #. Proxy dialog help 2/8 @@ -240,20 +235,17 @@ "HTTP Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" msgstr "" -"URL del proxy HTTP es el nombre del servidor proxy para el acceso " -"a\n" +"URL del proxy HTTP es el nombre del servidor proxy para el acceso a\n" "la World Wide Web (WWW).\n" #. Proxy dialog help 3/8 #. Proxy dialog help 3/8 #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:465 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:415 msgid "" -"HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured " -"access\n" +"HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" msgstr "" -"URL del proxy HTTPS es el nombre del servidor proxy para el acceso " -"seguro\n" +"URL del proxy HTTPS es el nombre del servidor proxy para el acceso seguro\n" "a World Wide Web (WWW).\n" #. Proxy dialog help 3.5/8 @@ -280,10 +272,8 @@ "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n" msgstr "" -"Si la opción Usar el mismo servidor proxy para todos los protocolos</" -"b> está activada,\n" -"bastará con completar la dirección URL del proxy HTTP, el cual se utilizará " -"para todos los protocolos\n" +"Si la opción Usar el mismo servidor proxy para todos los protocolos está activada,\n" +"bastará con completar la dirección URL del proxy HTTP, el cual se utilizará para todos los protocolos\n" "(HTTP, HTTPS y FTP).\n" #. Proxy dialog help 6/8 @@ -294,10 +284,8 @@ "for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n" "for example, %1.\n" msgstr "" -"Dominios Sin Proxy es una lista de dominios,separados por comas, " -"para\n" -"los que las solicitudes deben hacerse directamente, sin almacenamiento en " -"caché,\n" +"Dominios Sin Proxy es una lista de dominios,separados por comas, para\n" +"los que las solicitudes deben hacerse directamente, sin almacenamiento en caché,\n" "por ejemplo, %1.\n" #. Proxy dialog help 7/8 @@ -306,14 +294,11 @@ msgid "" "If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" "the Proxy User Name and Proxy Password. A valid username\n" -"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</" -"p>\n" +"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).\n" msgstr "" "Si utiliza un servidor proxy con autorización, introduzca\n" -"el Nombre de usuario y Contraseña. Un nombre de usuario " -"válido\n" -"sólo puede utilizar caracteres ASCII imprimibles (a excepción de las " -"comillas).\n" +"el Nombre de usuario y Contraseña. Un nombre de usuario válido\n" +"sólo puede utilizar caracteres ASCII imprimibles (a excepción de las comillas).\n" # clients/ui_helps.ycp:57 #. Proxy dialog help 8/8 @@ -421,8 +406,7 @@ #. Popup::Error text #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:701 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:646 msgid "You cannot enter a password and leave the user name empty." -msgstr "" -"No puede introducir una contraseña y dejar en blanco el nombre de usuario." +msgstr "No puede introducir una contraseña y dejar en blanco el nombre de usuario." #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text @@ -434,8 +418,7 @@ #. Popup::Error text #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:719 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:662 msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -msgstr "" -"La URL del proxy HTTP debe contener una especificación de esquema (http)." +msgstr "La URL del proxy HTTP debe contener una especificación de esquema (http)." #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text @@ -447,8 +430,7 @@ #. Popup::Error text #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:738 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:679 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -msgstr "" -"La URL del proxy HTTPS debe contener una especificación de esquema (http)." +msgstr "La URL del proxy HTTPS debe contener una especificación de esquema (http)." #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text @@ -460,8 +442,7 @@ #. Popup::Error text #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:757 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:698 msgid "FTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -msgstr "" -"La URL del proxy FTP debe contener una especificación de esquema (http)." +msgstr "La URL del proxy FTP debe contener una especificación de esquema (http)." #. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy #. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy @@ -475,8 +456,7 @@ "* Domain name prefixed by '.'" msgstr "" "Uno o mas de los dominios accesibles sin usar el proxy no es correcto.\n" -"Compruebe que todos los dominios coincidan con una de las opciones " -"siguientes:\n" +"Compruebe que todos los dominios coincidan con una de las opciones siguientes:\n" "* Dirección IP\n" "* Dirección IP/mascara de red\n" "* Un nombre de host completo\n" @@ -499,9 +479,7 @@ #: src/modules/Proxy.rb:46 msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective." -msgstr "" -"Se recomienda reiniciar la sesión para hacer efectivas las preferencias del " -"proxy nuevo." +msgstr "Se recomienda reiniciar la sesión para hacer efectivas las preferencias del proxy nuevo." #. Write routing settings and apply changes #. @return true if success Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/qt-pkg.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/qt-pkg.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/qt-pkg.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -337,20 +337,12 @@ msgstr "C&ancelar" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 -msgid "" -"<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system " -"packages to versions in repository %2" -msgstr "" -"<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancelar el cambio</a> de " -"paquetes de sistema a versiones en el repositorio %2" +msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" +msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancelar el cambio</a> de paquetes de sistema a versiones en el repositorio %2" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 -msgid "" -"<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the " -"versions in this repository (%2)" -msgstr "" -"<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Cambiar paquetes de sistema</a> a las " -"versiones en este repositorio (%2)" +msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" +msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Cambiar paquetes de sistema</a> a las versiones en este repositorio (%2)" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 msgid "Added Subpackages:" @@ -380,16 +372,8 @@ msgstr "Error: ¡Espacio de disco agotado!" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:186 -msgid "" -"You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you " -"risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not " -"absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press Cancel now and " -"deselect some packages." -msgstr "" -"Puede continuar con la instalación si sabe lo que está haciendo, pero se " -"arriesga a que el sistema tenga fallos que haya que resolver manualmente. Si " -"no sabe exactamente cómo actuar en un caso así, pulse Cancelar y " -"desmarque algunos paquetes. " +msgid "You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press Cancel now and deselect some packages." +msgstr "Puede continuar con la instalación si sabe lo que está haciendo, pero se arriesga a que el sistema tenga fallos que haya que resolver manualmente. Si no sabe exactamente cómo actuar en un caso así, pulse Cancelar y desmarque algunos paquetes. " # include/ui/common_messages.ycp:23 # include/ui/common_messages.ycp:23 @@ -419,12 +403,8 @@ msgstr "Cambios automáticos" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:301 -msgid "" -"In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been " -"changed to resolve dependencies:" -msgstr "" -"Además de las selecciones manuales, los siguientes paquetes se han " -"modificado para resolver dependencias:" +msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" +msgstr "Además de las selecciones manuales, los siguientes paquetes se han modificado para resolver dependencias:" # include/ui/common_messages.ycp:23 # include/ui/common_messages.ycp:23 @@ -441,12 +421,8 @@ msgstr "Paquetes sin soporte" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:322 -msgid "" -"Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or " -"requires an additional customer contract for support." -msgstr "" -"Tenga en cuenta que las siguientes aplicaciones seleccionadas no tienen " -"soporte o es necesario un contrato de soporte adicional." +msgid "Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support." +msgstr "Tenga en cuenta que las siguientes aplicaciones seleccionadas no tienen soporte o es necesario un contrato de soporte adicional." #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:421 msgid "Not implemented yet. Sorry." @@ -459,217 +435,101 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:65 -msgid "" -"Note: This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for " -"details." -msgstr "" -"Nota: Éste es sólo un breve resumen. Encontrará más información en el " -"manual." +msgid "Note: This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for details." +msgstr "Nota: Éste es sólo un breve resumen. Encontrará más información en el manual." #. Help specific to online update mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:72 msgid "In this dialog, select patches to download and install." -msgstr "" -"En este cuadro de diálogo, seleccione los parches que desee descargar e " -"instalar." +msgstr "En este cuadro de diálogo, seleccione los parches que desee descargar e instalar." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:73 -msgid "" -"The list on the left side contains available patches along with the " -"respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the " -"(estimated) download size." -msgstr "" -"La lista de la izquierda muestra los parches disponibles y el tipo de " -"revisión (seguridad, recomendado u opcional), así como el tamaño estimado de " -"la descarga." +msgid "The list on the left side contains available patches along with the respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the (estimated) download size." +msgstr "La lista de la izquierda muestra los parches disponibles y el tipo de revisión (seguridad, recomendado u opcional), así como el tamaño estimado de la descarga." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:76 -msgid "" -"This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on " -"your system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches</" -"b> check box below the list." -msgstr "" -"Esta lista contiene, normalmente, sólo los parches que todavía no están " -"instalados en el sistema. Puede modificar esta opción activando la casilla " -"de control Incluir parches instalados debajo de la lista." +msgid "This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches check box below the list." +msgstr "Esta lista contiene, normalmente, sólo los parches que todavía no están instalados en el sistema. Puede modificar esta opción activando la casilla de control Incluir parches instalados debajo de la lista." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:78 -msgid "" -"The Patch Description field contains a longer explanation of the " -"currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description " -"here." -msgstr "" -"El campo Descripción del parche contiene una explicación más amplia " -"del parche seleccionado actualmente. Pulse en un parche de la lista para ver " -"su descripción aquí." +msgid "The Patch Description field contains a longer explanation of the currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description here." +msgstr "El campo Descripción del parche contiene una explicación más amplia del parche seleccionado actualmente. Pulse en un parche de la lista para ver su descripción aquí." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:80 -msgid "" -"The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently " -"selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete " -"individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is " -"intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." -msgstr "" -"La lista de paquetes a la derecha muestra el contenido del parche " -"seleccionado actualmente, es decir, los paquetes que contiene. No puede " -"instalar o eliminar sólo determinados paquetes de un parche, sino únicamente " -"el parche completo. Esto es algo intencionado, para evitar inconsistencias " -"en el sistema." +msgid "The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." +msgstr "La lista de paquetes a la derecha muestra el contenido del parche seleccionado actualmente, es decir, los paquetes que contiene. No puede instalar o eliminar sólo determinados paquetes de un parche, sino únicamente el parche completo. Esto es algo intencionado, para evitar inconsistencias en el sistema." #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" ( below the package list ) #. that show details about the ( one ) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:88 -msgid "" -"In addition to Patches, you can also select one of the other filter " -"views from Filter at the upper left:" -msgstr "" -"Además de los Parches, también puede seleccionar una de las otras " -"vistas de filtros en Filtro, en la parte superior izquierda:" +msgid "In addition to Patches, you can also select one of the other filter views from Filter at the upper left:" +msgstr "Además de los Parches, también puede seleccionar una de las otras vistas de filtros en Filtro, en la parte superior izquierda:" #. Help specific to normal (non-online-update) mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:96 -msgid "" -"In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can " -"select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." -msgstr "" -"En este cuadro de diálogo puede seleccionar los paquetes que desea instalar, " -"actualizar o eliminar. Puede seleccionar paquetes sueltos o bien " -"\"selecciones\" completas de paquetes." +msgid "In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." +msgstr "En este cuadro de diálogo puede seleccionar los paquetes que desea instalar, actualizar o eliminar. Puede seleccionar paquetes sueltos o bien \"selecciones\" completas de paquetes." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:98 -msgid "" -"Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or " -"right-click it to open a context menu." -msgstr "" -"Pulse en el icono de estado para cambiar el estado de un paquete o selección " -"o pulse con el botón derecho del ratón para abrir un menú contextual." +msgid "Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or right-click it to open a context menu." +msgstr "Pulse en el icono de estado para cambiar el estado de un paquete o selección o pulse con el botón derecho del ratón para abrir un menú contextual." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:100 -msgid "" -"Use the Check Dependencies button to resolve package dependencies. " -"Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only " -"be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check " -"will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn " -"you if there are dependency conflicts." -msgstr "" -"Utilice el botón Comprobar dependencias para resolver dependencias de " -"paquetes. Algunos paquetes requieren la instalación de otros paquetes. " -"Además, algunos paquetes sólo pueden instalarse si otros paquetes no están " -"instalados. Esta comprobación marca automáticamente los paquetes que han de " -"ser instalados y le avisará si se producen conflictos de dependencias." +msgid "Use the Check Dependencies button to resolve package dependencies. Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn you if there are dependency conflicts." +msgstr "Utilice el botón Comprobar dependencias para resolver dependencias de paquetes. Algunos paquetes requieren la instalación de otros paquetes. Además, algunos paquetes sólo pueden instalarse si otros paquetes no están instalados. Esta comprobación marca automáticamente los paquetes que han de ser instalados y le avisará si se producen conflictos de dependencias." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:105 -msgid "" -"When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will automatically " -"be performed." -msgstr "" -"La comprobación se realizará automáticamente si sale de este cuadro de " -"diálogo con Aceptar." +msgid "When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will automatically be performed." +msgstr "La comprobación se realizará automáticamente si sale de este cuadro de diálogo con Aceptar." #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" (below the package list) #. that show details about the (one) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:111 -msgid "" -"Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at " -"the upper left:" -msgstr "" -"Seleccione una de las vistas de filtro disponibles utilizando el menú se " -"selección Filtro en la parte superior izquierda:" +msgid "Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at the upper left:" +msgstr "Seleccione una de las vistas de filtro disponibles utilizando el menú se selección Filtro en la parte superior izquierda:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:115 -msgid "" -"Selections shows some predefined sets of packages that logically " -"belong together." -msgstr "" -"Selecciones muestra grupos predefinidos de paquetes que están " -"relacionados entre sí." +msgid "Selections shows some predefined sets of packages that logically belong together." +msgstr "Selecciones muestra grupos predefinidos de paquetes que están relacionados entre sí." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:116 -msgid "" -"Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can " -"also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." -msgstr "" -"Active la casilla de verificación situada junto a la selección para " -"escogerla en su totalidad. También puede seleccionar o desmarcar paquetes " -"individuales en la lista de paquetes a la derecha." +msgid "Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." +msgstr "Active la casilla de verificación situada junto a la selección para escogerla en su totalidad. También puede seleccionar o desmarcar paquetes individuales en la lista de paquetes a la derecha." #. Help common to all modes: Description of the various filter views #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:124 -msgid "" -"Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and " -"collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category " -"to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right " -"side." -msgstr "" -"Grupos de paquetes muestra los paquetes clasificados por categorías. " -"Puede expandir o contraer elementos del árbol para restringir o generalizar " -"una categoría. Pulse en una categoría para mostrar los paquetes de esa " -"categoría en la lista de la derecha." +msgid "Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right side." +msgstr "Grupos de paquetes muestra los paquetes clasificados por categorías. Puede expandir o contraer elementos del árbol para restringir o generalizar una categoría. Pulse en una categoría para mostrar los paquetes de esa categoría en la lista de la derecha." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:127 -msgid "" -" Hint: There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that " -"will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." -msgstr "" -" Nota: Al final de la lista se encuentra la entrada \"zzz todo\" que " -"muestra todos los paquetes. Este proceso puede durar algunos segundos en " -"máquinas lentas." +msgid " Hint: There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." +msgstr " Nota: Al final de la lista se encuentra la entrada \"zzz todo\" que muestra todos los paquetes. Este proceso puede durar algunos segundos en máquinas lentas." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:130 -msgid "" -"Search allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. " -"This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." -msgstr "" -"Buscar le permite buscar paquetes que cumplan varios requisitos. Esta " -"es la forma más sencilla de encontrar un paquete si conoce su nombre." +msgid "Search allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." +msgstr "Buscar le permite buscar paquetes que cumplan varios requisitos. Esta es la forma más sencilla de encontrar un paquete si conoce su nombre." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:132 -msgid "" -"Hint: You can also use this to find out what package contains a " -"certain library. Search in the Provides RPM field." -msgstr "" -"Nota: También puede usar esta función para averiguar qué paquete " -"contiene una determinada biblioteca. Busque en el apartado el RPM " -"Proporciona." +msgid "Hint: You can also use this to find out what package contains a certain library. Search in the Provides RPM field." +msgstr "Nota: También puede usar esta función para averiguar qué paquete contiene una determinada biblioteca. Busque en el apartado el RPM Proporciona." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:135 -msgid "" -"Installation Summary by default shows the changes to your system -- " -"what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." -msgstr "" -"Resumen de la instalación muestra de manera predeterminada los " -"cambios en su sistema: qué paquetes van a ser instalados, eliminados o " -"actualizados." +msgid "Installation Summary by default shows the changes to your system -- what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." +msgstr "Resumen de la instalación muestra de manera predeterminada los cambios en su sistema: qué paquetes van a ser instalados, eliminados o actualizados." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:137 -msgid "" -"It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to " -"Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can " -"see all changes that will be made to your system." -msgstr "" -"Por lo general, es una buena idea usar Comprobar dependencias y luego " -"cambiar a Resumen de la instalación antes de pulsar Aceptar. " -"Así puede ver todos los cambios que se efectuarán en su sistema." +msgid "It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system." +msgstr "Por lo general, es una buena idea usar Comprobar dependencias y luego cambiar a Resumen de la instalación antes de pulsar Aceptar. Así puede ver todos los cambios que se efectuarán en su sistema." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:140 -msgid "" -"You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; " -"use the check boxes at the left side." -msgstr "" -"También puede seleccionar de forma explícita los paquetes y estados que " -"desea ver aquí. Utilice las casillas de selección de la parte izquierda." +msgid "You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; use the check boxes at the left side." +msgstr "También puede seleccionar de forma explícita los paquetes y estados que desea ver aquí. Utilice las casillas de selección de la parte izquierda." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:142 -msgid "" -"Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see " -"what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and " -"uncheck everything else." -msgstr "" -"Nota: También puede invertir el efecto de este filtro y ver qué " -"paquetes del sistema no han sido modificados. Simplemente active " -"Mantener y desmarque todo lo demás." +msgid "Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and uncheck everything else." +msgstr "Nota: También puede invertir el efecto de este filtro y ver qué paquetes del sistema no han sido modificados. Simplemente active Mantener y desmarque todo lo demás." #. Make sure all images used here are specified in #. helpimages_DATA in include/Makefile.am ! @@ -720,12 +580,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:186 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the " -"versions are the same)." -msgstr "" -"Este paquete ya está instalado. Actualizar o reinstalar (si las versiones " -"coinciden)." +msgid "This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions are the same)." +msgstr "Este paquete ya está instalado. Actualizar o reinstalar (si las versiones coinciden)." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:191 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:277 @@ -750,21 +606,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:199 -msgid "" -"This package is not installed and should not be installed under any " -"circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other " -"packages might have or get." -msgstr "" -"Este paquete no está instalado y no debe ser instalado bajo ningún concepto, " -"especialmente debido a posibles dependencias no resueltas de otros paquetes." +msgid "This package is not installed and should not be installed under any circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "Este paquete no está instalado y no debe ser instalado bajo ningún concepto, especialmente debido a posibles dependencias no resueltas de otros paquetes." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316 -msgid "" -"Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any " -"installation media." -msgstr "" -"Los paquetes con el estado \"tabú\" se tratan como si no existieran en " -"ningún medio de instalación." +msgid "Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any installation media." +msgstr "Los paquetes con el estado \"tabú\" se tratan como si no existieran en ningún medio de instalación." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:207 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:101 @@ -773,21 +620,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:209 -msgid "" -"This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not " -"because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." -msgstr "" -"Este paquete está instalado y no debe ser modificado, especialmente debido a " -"posibles dependencias no resueltas de otros paquetes." +msgid "This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "Este paquete está instalado y no debe ser modificado, especialmente debido a posibles dependencias no resueltas de otros paquetes." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:213 -msgid "" -"Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by " -"newer versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Use este estado para paquetes de otros fabricantes que no deben " -"sobreescribirse con versiones más recientes que puedan venir con la " -"distribución." +msgid "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "Use este estado para paquetes de otros fabricantes que no deben sobreescribirse con versiones más recientes que puedan venir con la distribución." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:218 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:275 @@ -797,19 +635,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:220 -msgid "" -"This package will be installed automatically because some other package " -"needs it." -msgstr "" -"Este paquete se instalará automáticamente porque algún otro paquete lo " -"necesita." +msgid "This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs it." +msgstr "Este paquete se instalará automáticamente porque algún otro paquete lo necesita." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:222 -msgid "" -"Hint: You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." -msgstr "" -"Nota: Puede que tenga que usar el estado \"tabú\" para deshacerse de " -"un paquete de este tipo." +msgid "Hint: You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." +msgstr "Nota: Puede que tenga que usar el estado \"tabú\" para deshacerse de un paquete de este tipo." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:226 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:276 @@ -819,12 +650,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:228 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer " -"version, so it will automatically be updated." -msgstr "" -"Este paquete ya está instalado pero algún otro paquete necesita una versión " -"posterior, por lo que se actualizará automáticamente." +msgid "This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer version, so it will automatically be updated." +msgstr "Este paquete ya está instalado pero algún otro paquete necesita una versión posterior, por lo que se actualizará automáticamente." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:233 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:274 @@ -834,17 +661,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:235 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it " -"is deleted." -msgstr "" -"Este paquete ya está instalado, pero debe eliminarse debido a las " -"dependencias de paquetes." +msgid "This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it is deleted." +msgstr "Este paquete ya está instalado, pero debe eliminarse debido a las dependencias de paquetes." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:236 msgid "This can happen, for example, if some other package obsoletes this one." -msgstr "" -"Esto puede ocurrir, por ejemplo, cuando un paquete deja obsoleto a otro." +msgstr "Esto puede ocurrir, por ejemplo, cuando un paquete deja obsoleto a otro." # include/scanner/scanner_overview.ycp:120 # include/scanner/scanner_overview.ycp:120 @@ -868,12 +690,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:278 -msgid "" -"Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the " -"latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." -msgstr "" -"Obtener este paquete e instalarlo si todavía no está instalado. Actualizarlo " -"a la última versión si está instalado y existe una versión posterior." +msgid "Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." +msgstr "Obtener este paquete e instalarlo si todavía no está instalado. Actualizarlo a la última versión si está instalado y existe una versión posterior." # include/partitioning/lvm_ui_lib.ycp:363 include/partitioning/raid_ui.ycp:349 # include/partitioning/lvm_ui_lib.ycp:363 include/partitioning/raid_ui.ycp:349 @@ -885,21 +703,13 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287 -msgid "" -"Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not " -"installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." -msgstr "" -"Eliminar este paquete. Marcarlo con \"no instalar\" si todavía no está " -"instalado y eliminarlo si está instalado." +msgid "Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." +msgstr "Eliminar este paquete. Marcarlo con \"no instalar\" si todavía no está instalado y eliminarlo si está instalado." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:295 -msgid "" -"Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore " -"packages that are not installed." -msgstr "" -"Actualizar este paquete si está instalado y existe una nueva versión. " -"Ignorar los paquetes que no están instalados." +msgid "Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore packages that are not installed." +msgstr "Actualizar este paquete si está instalado y existe una nueva versión. Ignorar los paquetes que no están instalados." # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1515 # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1629 @@ -910,23 +720,13 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:304 -msgid "" -"Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently " -"set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." -msgstr "" -"Deshacer el efecto de \">\" de más arriba: Cambiar el paquete a \"mantener\" " -"si está marcado como \"actualizar\". Ignorar el resto de paquetes." +msgid "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." +msgstr "Deshacer el efecto de \">\" de más arriba: Cambiar el paquete a \"mantener\" si está marcado como \"actualizar\". Ignorar el resto de paquetes." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312 -msgid "" -"Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package " -"does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies " -"that other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "" -"Marcar este paquete como \"tabú\" si no está instalado: para asegurarse de " -"que este paquete no se instalará, especialmente debido a posibles " -"dependencias no resueltas de otros paquetes. " +msgid "Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "Marcar este paquete como \"tabú\" si no está instalado: para asegurarse de que este paquete no se instalará, especialmente debido a posibles dependencias no resueltas de otros paquetes. " # include/mail/ui.ycp:720 # include/mail/ui.ycp:747 @@ -939,23 +739,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:324 -msgid "" -"Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package " -"will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that " -"other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "" -"Marcar este paquete como \"protegido\" si está instalado: para asegurarse de " -"que este paquete no se modificará, especialmente debido a posibles " -"dependencias no resueltas de otros paquetes. " +msgid "Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "Marcar este paquete como \"protegido\" si está instalado: para asegurarse de que este paquete no se modificará, especialmente debido a posibles dependencias no resueltas de otros paquetes. " #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:328 -msgid "" -"Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer " -"versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Use esta opción para paquetes de otros fabricantes que no se deben " -"sobreescribir con versiones posteriores que puedan estar incluidas en la " -"distribución." +msgid "Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "Use esta opción para paquetes de otros fabricantes que no se deben sobreescribir con versiones posteriores que puedan estar incluidas en la distribución." # clients/inst_sw_select.ycp:257 # @@ -1024,13 +813,8 @@ msgstr "Crear caso de prueba del sistema resolución de dependencias" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:391 -msgid "" -"Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " -"dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" -msgstr "" -"Utilice esta opción para generar registros exhaustivos que faciliten el " -"seguimiento de errores en la resolución de dependencias. Los registros se " -"almacenarán en el directorio <tt>%1</tt>." +msgid "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" +msgstr "Utilice esta opción para generar registros exhaustivos que faciliten el seguimiento de errores en la resolución de dependencias. Los registros se almacenarán en el directorio <tt>%1</tt>." #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:395 @@ -1038,13 +822,8 @@ msgstr "Caso de prueba del sistema resolución" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410 -msgid "" -"Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare " -"<tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" -msgstr "" -"El caso de prueba del sistema resolución de dependencias se ha escrito en " -" <tt>%1</tt>.¿Desea preparar el archivo <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> " -"para adjuntarlo a Bugzilla?" +msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" +msgstr "El caso de prueba del sistema resolución de dependencias se ha escrito en <tt>%1</tt>.¿Desea preparar el archivo <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> para adjuntarlo a Bugzilla?" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:413 @@ -1053,13 +832,8 @@ #. caption #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:426 -msgid "" -"Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check " -"disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" -msgstr "" -"Error al crear el caso de prueba del sistema de resolución de " -"dependenciasPor favor, compruebe el espacio disponible en el disco y " -"los permisos de <tt>%1</tt>" +msgid "Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" +msgstr "Error al crear el caso de prueba del sistema de resolución de dependenciasPor favor, compruebe el espacio disponible en el disco y los permisos de <tt>%1</tt>" #. startsWith #. filter Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/qt.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/qt.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/qt.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -76,8 +76,7 @@ "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" msgstr "" -"Ha pulsado el botón derecho del ratón, pero se esperaba una pulsación con el " -"izquierdo.\n" +"Ha pulsado el botón derecho del ratón, pero se esperaba una pulsación con el izquierdo.\n" "¿Desea intercambiar los botones izquierdo y derecho del ratón?" #. Popup dialog caption Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/rdp.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/rdp.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/rdp.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -41,9 +41,7 @@ #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/rdp.rb:64 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "" -"Indique \"Sí\" para permitir la administración remota o \"No\" para no " -"permitirla" +msgstr "Indique \"Sí\" para permitir la administración remota o \"No\" para no permitirla" # #. Command line output Headline @@ -95,8 +93,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Configuración de Administración Remota</big>\n" "Si esta opción esta activada, usted podrá\n" -"administrar este equipo de forma remota desde de otro equipo. Use un cliente " -"RDP,\n" +"administrar este equipo de forma remota desde de otro equipo. Use un cliente RDP,\n" "como rdesktop (conectar a <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>).\n" "Esta forma de administración remota es menos segura que usar SSH.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/rear.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/rear.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/rear.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -50,12 +50,8 @@ msgstr "Este sistema no está soportado por rear, porque:" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you " -"ignore this warning." -msgstr "" -"NO espere que la copia de respaldo sea útil para su sistema de recuperación " -"si ignora este aviso." +msgid "Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you ignore this warning." +msgstr "NO espere que la copia de respaldo sea útil para su sistema de recuperación si ignora este aviso." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:104 msgid "This system is not supported." @@ -125,8 +121,7 @@ #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:381 msgid "Finished. You are strongly advised to test the created backup." -msgstr "" -"Finalizado. Se recomienda encarecidamente probar la copia de respaldo creada." +msgstr "Finalizado. Se recomienda encarecidamente probar la copia de respaldo creada." # include/cups/ui.ycp:2433 # include/cups/ui.ycp:2120 @@ -138,80 +133,36 @@ #. help text for Rear #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:419 -msgid "" -"Configure Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) backup for your computer.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Configurar el respaldo Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) para su " -"sistema." +msgid "Configure Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) backup for your computer." +msgstr "Configurar el respaldo Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) para su sistema." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:422 -msgid "" -"Decide how to start your Recovery System. Choose USB if you want " -"to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively." -msgstr "" -"Decida cómo iniciar su Sistema de Rescate. Elija un USB si quiere " -"arrancar desde un dispositivo USB, o ISO para CD-ROM, respectivamente." +msgid "Decide how to start your Recovery System. Choose USB if you want to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively." +msgstr "Decida cómo iniciar su Sistema de Rescate. Elija un USB si quiere arrancar desde un dispositivo USB, o ISO para CD-ROM, respectivamente." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:425 -msgid "" -"Choose where the Backup should be stored. Select NFS if you have " -"to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location " -"as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to " -"store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk." -msgstr "" -"Elija dónde se creará el Respaldo. Seleccione NFS si dispone de un " -"servidor que ofrezca un Sistema de Ficheros en Red (Network File System). " -"Por favor especifique la ubicación como sigue: <tt>nfs://hostname/" -"directorio</tt>. Puede también escoger USB para almacenar su copia de " -"respaldo en una memoria o disco USB." +msgid "Choose where the Backup should be stored. Select NFS if you have to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk." +msgstr "Elija dónde se creará el Respaldo. Seleccione NFS si dispone de un servidor que ofrezca un Sistema de Ficheros en Red (Network File System). Por favor especifique la ubicación como sigue: <tt>nfs://hostname/directorio</tt>. Puede también escoger USB para almacenar su copia de respaldo en una memoria o disco USB." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:428 -msgid "" -"If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click " -"Rescan USB Devices." -msgstr "" -"Si no se muestran dispositivos USB, conecte una memoria USB o un disco " -"USB y haga click en Reescanear Disposivitos USB." +msgid "If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click Rescan USB Devices." +msgstr "Si no se muestran dispositivos USB, conecte una memoria USB o un disco USB y haga click en Reescanear Disposivitos USB." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:431 -msgid "" -"Select Keep old backup if you don't want the previous backup copy " -"to be overwritten." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione Mantener respaldos anteriores si no quiere " -"sobreescribir las copias de respaldo anteriores." +msgid "Select Keep old backup if you don't want the previous backup copy to be overwritten." +msgstr "Seleccione Mantener respaldos anteriores si no quiere sobreescribir las copias de respaldo anteriores." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:434 -msgid "" -"The Advanced menu offers to add additional directories to the " -"backup and additional kernel modules to the rescue system. That's " -"only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the " -"rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules." -msgstr "" -"El menú Avanzado ofrece añadir directorios adicionales a la " -"copia de respaldo y módulos del kernel adicionales al sistema de " -"rescate. Solo es útil si su copia de respaldo no contiene todos los " -"directorios necesarios o si el sistema de rescate no puede iniciar porque " -"faltan módulos del núcleo." +msgid "The Advanced menu offers to add additional directories to the backup and additional kernel modules to the rescue system. That's only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules." +msgstr "El menú Avanzado ofrece añadir directorios adicionales a la copia de respaldo y módulos del kernel adicionales al sistema de rescate. Solo es útil si su copia de respaldo no contiene todos los directorios necesarios o si el sistema de rescate no puede iniciar porque faltan módulos del núcleo." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:437 -msgid "" -"The Save and run rear now button runs rear and shows rear's " -"output. Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on " -"your system!" -msgstr "" -"El botón Guardar y ejecutar rear ahora iniciar rear y muestra la " -"salida de rear.¡Asegúrese de comprobar que la copia de respaldo " -"funciona para su sistema como se espera!" +msgid "The Save and run rear now button runs rear and shows rear's output. Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on your system!" +msgstr "El botón Guardar y ejecutar rear ahora iniciar rear y muestra la salida de rear.¡Asegúrese de comprobar que la copia de respaldo funciona para su sistema como se espera!" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:440 -msgid "" -"OK saves the configuration and quits while Cancel closes " -"the configuration dialog without saving." -msgstr "" -"Aceptar guarda la configuración y sale, mientras que Cancelar</" -"b> cierra el diálogo de configuración sin guardar." +msgid "OK saves the configuration and quits while Cancel closes the configuration dialog without saving." +msgstr "Aceptar guarda la configuración y sale, mientras que Cancelar cierra el diálogo de configuración sin guardar." # clients/online_update_details.ycp:113 #. prepare advanced menu @@ -276,17 +227,11 @@ #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:581 msgid "NETFS_URL is set to an unknown value or in wrong format.\n" -msgstr "" -"La variable NETFS_URL se ha configurado con un valor desconocido o con " -"formato erróneo.\n" +msgstr "La variable NETFS_URL se ha configurado con un valor desconocido o con formato erróneo.\n" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:590 -msgid "" -"Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot " -"configure.\n" -msgstr "" -"Su archivo de configuración de rear contiene opciones que este módulo de " -"YaST2 no puede configurar.\n" +msgid "Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot configure.\n" +msgstr "Su archivo de configuración de rear contiene opciones que este módulo de YaST2 no puede configurar.\n" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:595 msgid "Do you want to continue and overwrite these settings?" Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/registration.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/registration.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/registration.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -33,7 +33,6 @@ #. popup heading (in bold) #: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35 -#| msgid "Local Registration Server" msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "Servidores de registro local" @@ -47,7 +46,6 @@ #. error popup #: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65 -#| msgid "Use custom registration server " msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "No hay ningún servidor de registro seleccionado." @@ -95,7 +93,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Registration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Registro" #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 msgid "Registration is being updated..." @@ -170,9 +168,7 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " -"updates and extensions." +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" #. not set yet? @@ -237,15 +233,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 -msgid "" -"You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " -"modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 -msgid "" -"If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " -"Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." msgstr "" #. error message @@ -358,7 +350,7 @@ #: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 msgid "Details:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Detalles:" #: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 msgid "Failed Certificate Details" @@ -579,7 +571,7 @@ #. dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Acuerdo de licencia" #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." @@ -616,9 +608,7 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you " -"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " -"extension or module." +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" #. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) @@ -641,22 +631,17 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 -msgid "" -"Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." msgstr "" #. help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 -msgid "" -"Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " -"registration code." +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." msgstr "" #. help text (3/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the " -"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." msgstr "" #. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow @@ -687,26 +672,27 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 -msgid "" -"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered " -"together with the base product." +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" msgstr "" +# clients/hwinfo.ycp:69 +# clients/hwinfo.ycp:69 +# clients/hwinfo.ycp:69 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Identifier" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Identificador" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 msgid "Version" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Versión" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Arquitectura" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 msgid "Release Type" @@ -735,11 +721,11 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 msgid "&Version" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Versión" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 msgid "&Architecture" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Arquitectura" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 msgid "&Release Type" @@ -747,19 +733,15 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " -"database,\n" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product " -"Registration." +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " -"of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " -"Refer\n" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." msgstr "" @@ -772,10 +754,12 @@ msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" msgstr "" +# include/cups/ui.ycp:2704 +# include/cups/ui.ycp:2259 #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 msgid "Server Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ajustes del servidor" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" @@ -798,7 +782,7 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 msgid "none" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ninguno" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 @@ -833,38 +817,27 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 -msgid "" -"Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the " -"authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "" -"You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known " -"certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " -"issuer of the unknown certificate." +msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed " -"certificate." +msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 -msgid "" -"Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to " -"be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big " -"security risk." +msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" #. error message, the entered URL is not valid @@ -992,8 +965,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Se ha añadido un servidor de actualizaciones a su configuración." #~ msgid "No update server could be added to your configuration." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No se pudo añadir un servidor de actualizaciones a su configuración." +#~ msgstr "No se pudo añadir un servidor de actualizaciones a su configuración." #~ msgid "No software repository needed to be changed." #~ msgstr "No es necesario cambiar ningún repositorio." @@ -1057,10 +1029,8 @@ #~ "y más adelante desea realizar actualizaciones con el sistema de\n" #~ "actualización en línea, deberá añadir el origen manualmente.\n" #~ "Puede seguir utilizando otras herramientas, como \n" -#~ "Actualizador de Software en el panel. Como alternativa, puede cancelar el " -#~ "proceso y\n" -#~ "luego registrarse por medio de YaST como usuario root para que las " -#~ "fuentes\n" +#~ "Actualizador de Software en el panel. Como alternativa, puede cancelar el proceso y\n" +#~ "luego registrarse por medio de YaST como usuario root para que las fuentes\n" #~ "estén disponibles para todas las herramientas." #~ msgid "Error: Data received is invalid." @@ -1097,228 +1067,169 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " -#~ "Novell.\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Novell.\n" #~ "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" #~ "Configure Later.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configure el sistema para habilitar las actualizaciones en línea " -#~ "registrándolo con Novell.\n" -#~ "Para hacerlo ahora, seleccione Configurar ahora. Para posponer la " -#~ "suscripción, seleccione\n" +#~ "Configure el sistema para habilitar las actualizaciones en línea registrándolo con Novell.\n" +#~ "Para hacerlo ahora, seleccione Configurar ahora. Para posponer la suscripción, seleccione\n" #~ "Configurar más tarde.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " -#~ "system\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" #~ "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " -#~ "involved\n" -#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the " -#~ "Novell\n" -#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " -#~ "identity\n" +#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Novell\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" #~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Para simplificar el proceso de registro, incluya la información del " -#~ "sistema\n" +#~ "Para simplificar el proceso de registro, incluya la información del sistema\n" #~ "mediante Información opcional y Perfil de hardware. \n" -#~ "Detalles muestra la cantidad máxima de información que puede estar " -#~ "relacionada\n" -#~ "con la suscripción. Para obtener esta información, se establece un " -#~ "contacto con el servidor de Novell\n" -#~ "para solicitar la información necesaria para el producto. En este " -#~ "intercambio inicial, sólo se envía la identidad\n" +#~ "Detalles muestra la cantidad máxima de información que puede estar relacionada\n" +#~ "con la suscripción. Para obtener esta información, se establece un contacto con el servidor de Novell\n" +#~ "para solicitar la información necesaria para el producto. En este intercambio inicial, sólo se envía la identidad\n" #~ "del producto instalado.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code\n" #~ "so you are prompted for your product code. \n" -#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your " -#~ "product.\n" +#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your product.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Si ha adquirido una copia de este producto, habilite Código de " -#~ "registro,\n" +#~ "Si ha adquirido una copia de este producto, habilite Código de registro,\n" #~ "de este modo se le solicitará el código de producto. \n" -#~ "De esta forma quedará suscrito para recibir la asistencia de instalación " -#~ "incluida con el producto.\n" +#~ "De esta forma quedará suscrito para recibir la asistencia de instalación incluida con el producto.\n" #~ " " #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Novell. The data is used for\n" -#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " -#~ "support\n" -#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " -#~ "View\n" -#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" -#~ "tt>.\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "No se envía información alguna a nadie ajeno a Novell. Los datos se " -#~ "utilizan\n" -#~ "con fines estadísticos y para ofrecer mayor comodidad al usuario en " -#~ "relación con la compatibilidad de los controladores\n" -#~ "y su cuenta Web. Encontrará una directiva de privacidad detallada en " -#~ "Detalles. Consulte\n" -#~ "la información transmitida en el archivo de registro <tt>~/.suse_register." -#~ "log</tt>.\n" +#~ "No se envía información alguna a nadie ajeno a Novell. Los datos se utilizan\n" +#~ "con fines estadísticos y para ofrecer mayor comodidad al usuario en relación con la compatibilidad de los controladores\n" +#~ "y su cuenta Web. Encontrará una directiva de privacidad detallada en Detalles. Consulte\n" +#~ "la información transmitida en el archivo de registro <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " -#~ "update \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" #~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, " -#~ "such \n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "La opción Sincronizar periódicamente con el centro de servicios al " -#~ "cliente comprueba que los orígenes de \n" -#~ "actualización sigan siendo válidos y añade otros nuevos que estén " -#~ "disponibles.\n" -#~ " Además se envían modificaciones a los datos incluidos en Novell como, " -#~ "por ejemplo, \n" -#~ "información sobre el hardware, en caso de que la opción Información de " -#~ "hardware esté activada.\n" +#~ "La opción Sincronizar periódicamente con el centro de servicios al cliente comprueba que los orígenes de \n" +#~ "actualización sigan siendo válidos y añade otros nuevos que estén disponibles.\n" +#~ " Además se envían modificaciones a los datos incluidos en Novell como, por ejemplo, \n" +#~ "información sobre el hardware, en caso de que la opción Información de hardware esté activada.\n" #~ " Esta opción no elimina ningún origen incluido manualmente.\n" #~ " " #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local " -#~ "registration server if your company provides one).\n" +#~ "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n" #~ "Make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n" #~ "You can go back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "El proceso de registro debe conectar con un servidor de Novell( o un " -#~ "servidor local de registro si su empresa tiene uno).\n" +#~ "El proceso de registro debe conectar con un servidor de Novell( o un servidor local de registro si su empresa tiene uno).\n" #~ "Confirme que son correctos los parámetros de red y del proxy.\n" -#~ "Puede volver atrás, a la configuración de red, para comprobar o cambiar " -#~ "estos parámetros.\n" +#~ "Puede volver atrás, a la configuración de red, para comprobar o cambiar estos parámetros.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " -#~ "Open-SLX.\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Open-SLX.\n" #~ "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" #~ "Configure Later.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configure el sistema para habilitar las actualizaciones en línea " -#~ "registrándolo con Open-SLX.\n" -#~ "Para hacerlo ahora, seleccione Configurar ahora. Para posponer la " -#~ "suscripción, seleccione\n" +#~ "Configure el sistema para habilitar las actualizaciones en línea registrándolo con Open-SLX.\n" +#~ "Para hacerlo ahora, seleccione Configurar ahora. Para posponer la suscripción, seleccione\n" #~ "Configurar más tarde.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " -#~ "system\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" #~ "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " -#~ "involved\n" -#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-" -#~ "SLX\n" -#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " -#~ "identity\n" +#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-SLX\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" #~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Para simplificar el proceso de registro, incluya la información del " -#~ "sistema\n" +#~ "Para simplificar el proceso de registro, incluya la información del sistema\n" #~ "mediante Información opcional y Perfil de hardware. \n" -#~ "Detalles muestra la cantidad máxima de información que puede estar " -#~ "relacionada\n" -#~ "con la suscripción. Para obtener esta información, se establece un " -#~ "contacto con el servidor de Open-SLX\n" -#~ "para solicitar la información necesaria para el producto. En este " -#~ "intercambio inicial, sólo se envía la identidad\n" +#~ "Detalles muestra la cantidad máxima de información que puede estar relacionada\n" +#~ "con la suscripción. Para obtener esta información, se establece un contacto con el servidor de Open-SLX\n" +#~ "para solicitar la información necesaria para el producto. En este intercambio inicial, sólo se envía la identidad\n" #~ "del producto instalado.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used " -#~ "for\n" -#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " -#~ "support\n" -#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " -#~ "View\n" -#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" -#~ "tt>.\n" +#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used for\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "No se envía información alguna a nadie ajeno a Open-SLX. Los datos se " -#~ "utilizan\n" -#~ "con fines estadísticos y para ofrecer mayor comodidad al usuario en " -#~ "relación con la compatibilidad de los controladores\n" -#~ "y su cuenta Web. Encontrará una directiva de privacidad detallada en " -#~ "Detalles. Consulte\n" -#~ "la información transmitida en el archivo de registro <tt>~/.suse_register." -#~ "log</tt>.\n" +#~ "No se envía información alguna a nadie ajeno a Open-SLX. Los datos se utilizan\n" +#~ "con fines estadísticos y para ofrecer mayor comodidad al usuario en relación con la compatibilidad de los controladores\n" +#~ "y su cuenta Web. Encontrará una directiva de privacidad detallada en Detalles. Consulte\n" +#~ "la información transmitida en el archivo de registro <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " -#~ "update \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" #~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-" -#~ "SLX, such \n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-SLX, such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "La opción Sincronizar periódicamente con el centro de servicios al " -#~ "cliente comprueba que los orígenes de \n" -#~ "actualización sigan siendo válidos y añade otros nuevos que estén " -#~ "disponibles.\n" -#~ "Además se envían modificaciones a los datos incluidos en Open-SLX como, " -#~ "por ejemplo, \n" -#~ "información sobre el hardware, en caso de que la opción Información de " -#~ "hardware esté activada.\n" +#~ "La opción Sincronizar periódicamente con el centro de servicios al cliente comprueba que los orígenes de \n" +#~ "actualización sigan siendo válidos y añade otros nuevos que estén disponibles.\n" +#~ "Además se envían modificaciones a los datos incluidos en Open-SLX como, por ejemplo, \n" +#~ "información sobre el hardware, en caso de que la opción Información de hardware esté activada.\n" #~ "Esta opción no elimina ningún origen incluido manualmente.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local " -#~ "registration server if your company provides one).\n" +#~ "The registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n" #~ "Please make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n" #~ "You can step back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "El proceso de registro debe conectar con un servidor Open-SLX (o un " -#~ "servidor local de registro si su empresa tiene uno).\n" +#~ "El proceso de registro debe conectar con un servidor Open-SLX (o un servidor local de registro si su empresa tiene uno).\n" #~ "Confirme que son correctos los parámetros de red y del proxy.\n" -#~ "Puede volver atrás, a la configuración de red, para comprobar o cambiar " -#~ "estos parámetros.\n" +#~ "Puede volver atrás, a la configuración de red, para comprobar o cambiar estos parámetros.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "Error" @@ -1397,8 +1308,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Vencimiento: %1" #~ msgid "No status information about registered products available." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No hay disponible información sobre el estado de productos registrados." +#~ msgstr "No hay disponible información sobre el estado de productos registrados." #~ msgid "Registration status is not available." #~ msgstr "El estado del registro no se encuentra disponible." @@ -1419,11 +1329,8 @@ # clients/nfs_server.ycp:63 # clients/nfs_server.ycp:62 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Para llevar a cabo correctamente esta instalación, necesita instalar el " -#~ "paquete %1." +#~ msgid "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." +#~ msgstr "Para llevar a cabo correctamente esta instalación, necesita instalar el paquete %1." #~ msgid "Therefore the following package needs to be removed first." #~ msgstr "Primero se deben eliminar los siguientes paquetes." @@ -1431,12 +1338,8 @@ #~ msgid "The package %1 should have been installed and %2 removed." #~ msgstr "El paquete %1 debe estar instalado y el %2 eliminado." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Registration will continue now although the registration server may " -#~ "miscount this installation." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El registro debe continuar aunque el servidor de registro puede ignorar " -#~ "esta instalación." +#~ msgid "Registration will continue now although the registration server may miscount this installation." +#~ msgstr "El registro debe continuar aunque el servidor de registro puede ignorar esta instalación." # modules/Lan.ycp:131 #~ msgid "Setting up online update source..." @@ -1498,60 +1401,33 @@ #~ msgid "Key is invalid." #~ msgstr "La clave no es válida." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, " -#~ "enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register " -#~ "while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. " -#~ "To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with " -#~ "Hardware Profile and Optional Information." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El registro del producto lo incluye en la base de datos de Novell, lo " -#~ "que le habilita para obtener actualizaciones en línea y asistencia " -#~ "técnica. Para registrarse durante la instalación automática, seleccione " -#~ "Ejecutar registro del producto. Para simplificar el proceso, " -#~ "incluya la información del sistema mediante Perfil de hardware e " -#~ "Información opcional." +#~ msgid "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with Hardware Profile and Optional Information." +#~ msgstr "El registro del producto lo incluye en la base de datos de Novell, lo que le habilita para obtener actualizaciones en línea y asistencia técnica. Para registrarse durante la instalación automática, seleccione Ejecutar registro del producto. Para simplificar el proceso, incluya la información del sistema mediante Perfil de hardware e Información opcional." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Get more information about the registration process with " -#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Para obtener información adicional acerca del proceso de registro, " -#~ "utilice <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." +#~ msgid "Get more information about the registration process with <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." +#~ msgstr "Para obtener información adicional acerca del proceso de registro, utilice <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." #~ msgid "" #~ "Other information used for registration is shown in Registration\n" -#~ "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter " -#~ "the\n" -#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with " -#~ "<tt>suse_register\n" -#~ "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove " -#~ "a\n" -#~ "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with " -#~ "Edit." +#~ "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter the\n" +#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with <tt>suse_register\n" +#~ "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a\n" +#~ "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with Edit." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "En Datos de registro se muestra información adicional " -#~ "utilizada\n" -#~ "para la suscripción. Para añadir un nuevo par de clave y valor, pulse " -#~ "Añadir\n" -#~ "e introduzca los valores adecuados. Estos parámetros son los que se " -#~ "pueden\n" -#~ " introducir mediante <tt>suse_register -a</tt>. Consiga más información " -#~ "con\n" +#~ "En Datos de registro se muestra información adicional utilizada\n" +#~ "para la suscripción. Para añadir un nuevo par de clave y valor, pulse Añadir\n" +#~ "e introduzca los valores adecuados. Estos parámetros son los que se pueden\n" +#~ " introducir mediante <tt>suse_register -a</tt>. Consiga más información con\n" #~ "<tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Para eliminar un par clave-valor, utilice \n" #~ "Eliminar o modifique uno existente con Editar." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, set the URL of the SMT " -#~ "Server\n" -#~ "and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " -#~ "Refer\n" +#~ "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, set the URL of the SMT Server\n" +#~ "and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" #~ "to your SMT manual for further assistance." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si su red utiliza un servidor SMT a medida, introduzca la dirección " -#~ "URL del\n" -#~ "servidor SMT y la ubicación del certificado SMT en Ajustes del " -#~ "servidor SMT.\n" +#~ "Si su red utiliza un servidor SMT a medida, introduzca la dirección URL del\n" +#~ "servidor SMT y la ubicación del certificado SMT en Ajustes del servidor SMT.\n" #~ "Vea su manual SMT para mas información." # menuentries/menuentry_nis_server.ycp:29 @@ -1665,8 +1541,7 @@ #~ msgstr "La URL no es válida" #~ msgid "The registration server URL has to start with https://" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "La dirección URL del servidor de registro debe comenzar con https://" +#~ msgstr "La dirección URL del servidor de registro debe comenzar con https://" #~ msgid "" #~ "Server CA certificate location is invalid.\n" @@ -1684,30 +1559,11 @@ #~ msgid "See the help text for details." #~ msgstr "Vea la ayuda para mas detalles." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To register this installation at a local registration server, " -#~ "configure the URL and optionally the server's CA certificate via the " -#~ "Advanced menu." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Para registrar esta instalación en un servidor de registro local, " -#~ "configure la URL y opcionalmente el certificado CA del servidor mediante " -#~ "el menú Avanzado" +#~ msgid "To register this installation at a local registration server, configure the URL and optionally the server's CA certificate via the Advanced menu." +#~ msgstr "Para registrar esta instalación en un servidor de registro local, configure la URL y opcionalmente el certificado CA del servidor mediante el menú Avanzado" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The registration server URL has to start with https:// whereas " -#~ "the location of its CA certificate may be a URL of the format http://</" -#~ "i>, https:// or ftp://. Furthermore valid locations are /" -#~ "path/on/local/disk, floppy/path/on/floppy-disk and the " -#~ "keyword done. The latter indicates that no CA certificate handling " -#~ "needs to be done in order to trust the registration server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "La URL del servidor de registro debe empezar con https:// " -#~ "mientras que la ubicación del certificado CA puede ser una URL del " -#~ "formato http://, https:// o ftp://.Otras ubicaciones " -#~ "correctas son /path/on/local/disk, floppy/path/on/floppy-" -#~ "disk y la palabra clave done.Esta ultima indica que no es " -#~ "necesario utilizar el certificado CA para confiar en el servidor de " -#~ "registro." +#~ msgid "The registration server URL has to start with https:// whereas the location of its CA certificate may be a URL of the format http://, https:// or ftp://. Furthermore valid locations are /path/on/local/disk, floppy/path/on/floppy-disk and the keyword done. The latter indicates that no CA certificate handling needs to be done in order to trust the registration server." +#~ msgstr "La URL del servidor de registro debe empezar con https:// mientras que la ubicación del certificado CA puede ser una URL del formato http://, https:// o ftp://.Otras ubicaciones correctas son /path/on/local/disk, floppy/path/on/floppy-disk y la palabra clave done.Esta ultima indica que no es necesario utilizar el certificado CA para confiar en el servidor de registro." #~ msgid "Do you want to skip registration?" #~ msgstr "¿Desea omitir el registro?" @@ -1722,31 +1578,23 @@ #~ "y entonces especificar su ubicación eligiendo %2.\n" #~ msgid "Could not load the SMT certificate file from floppy disk." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No se ha podido cargar el archivo de certificado SMT desde el disquete." +#~ msgstr "No se ha podido cargar el archivo de certificado SMT desde el disquete." #~ msgid "Could not download the SMT certificate file from specified URL." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No se pudo descargar el archivo de certificado SMT de la dirección URL " -#~ "especificada." +#~ msgstr "No se pudo descargar el archivo de certificado SMT de la dirección URL especificada." #~ msgid "Could not find the SMT certificate file in specified path." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No se ha podido encontrar el archivo de certificado SMT en la ruta " -#~ "especificada." +#~ msgstr "No se ha podido encontrar el archivo de certificado SMT en la ruta especificada." #~ msgid "Unknown error occurred while retrieving SMT certificate file." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Se ha producido un error desconocido al recuperar el archivo de " -#~ "certificado SMT." +#~ msgstr "Se ha producido un error desconocido al recuperar el archivo de certificado SMT." # clients/online_update.ycp:44 #~ msgid "Skip" #~ msgstr "Omitir" #~ msgid "The registration server URL could not be validated as URL." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "La URL del servidor de registro no se ha podido validar como una URL." +#~ msgstr "La URL del servidor de registro no se ha podido validar como una URL." #~ msgid "Change the URL and retry." #~ msgstr "Cambie la URL y reinténtelo." @@ -1765,8 +1613,7 @@ #~ msgstr "No se ha podido leer el fichero en el disquete" #~ msgid "Could not find SMT certificate file in local path" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No se ha podido encontrar el archivo de certificado SMT en la ruta local" +#~ msgstr "No se ha podido encontrar el archivo de certificado SMT en la ruta local" #~ msgid "Select SMT certificate file" #~ msgstr "Seleccionar archivo de certificado SMT" Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/reipl.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/reipl.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/reipl.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "&Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Nombre" # #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:175 @@ -179,8 +179,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cancelar la inicialización:</big> \n" -"Para cancelar la utilidad de configuración de manera segura, pulse " -"Cancelar ahora.\n" +"Para cancelar la utilidad de configuración de manera segura, pulse Cancelar ahora.\n" # tags innecesarios removidos intencionalmente #. Write dialog help 1/2 @@ -201,8 +200,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Cancelar la grabación:</big> \n" "Cancele la grabación pulsando Cancelar.\n" -"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o " -"no.\n" +"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o no.\n" "\n" #. Configure dialog help 1 @@ -213,10 +211,8 @@ #. Configure dialog help 2 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio " -"buttons\n" -"listed inside reipl methods. Depending on what your machine " -"supports,\n" +"Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio buttons\n" +"listed inside reipl methods. Depending on what your machine supports,\n" "choose between CCW (channel command word) devices and SCSI devices,\n" "which are attached through zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Then fill out the\n" "necessary parameter entry fields for the respective method.\n" @@ -233,20 +229,14 @@ #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "The device must be a valid device bus ID with lower case letters\n" -"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<subchannel set ID>.<" -"device ID>,\n" -"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a " -"DASD or to\n" +"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<subchannel set ID>.<device ID>,\n" +"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a DASD or to\n" "an FCP adapter." msgstr "" -"El dispositivo debe ser un identificador (ID) de bus de " -"dispositivo\n" -"válido que contenga letras en minúsculas en un formato 0.<ID del " -"conjunto\n" -"del subcanal>.<ID del dispositivo> compatible con sysfs, " -"como\n" -"0.0.5c51. Según el método seleccionado, puede hacer referencia a un DASD o " -"un adaptador FCP." +"El dispositivo debe ser un identificador (ID) de bus de dispositivo\n" +"válido que contenga letras en minúsculas en un formato 0.<ID del conjunto\n" +"del subcanal>.<ID del dispositivo> compatible con sysfs, como\n" +"0.0.5c51. Según el método seleccionado, puede hacer referencia a un DASD o un adaptador FCP." # Cam: "loadparm" no lo traduzco, parece el nombre de un parámetro #. Configure dialog help 4 @@ -256,11 +246,9 @@ "configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use one blank character\n" "to select the default configuration." msgstr "" -"El atributo loadparm debe contener un máximo de 8 caracteres y " -"selecciona\n" +"El atributo loadparm debe contener un máximo de 8 caracteres y selecciona\n" "una configuración de arranque desde el menú del cargador de arranque zipl.\n" -"Utilice un espacio en blanco para seleccionar la configuración " -"predeterminada." +"Utilice un espacio en blanco para seleccionar la configuración predeterminada." #. Configure dialog help 5 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:80 @@ -269,16 +257,13 @@ "letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as 0x5005076300c40e5a.\n" msgstr "" "El número de puerto mundial (WWPN) se debe introducir en letras\n" -"minúsculas como un valor hexadecimal de 16 dígitos, del tipo " -"0x5005076300c40e5a.\n" +"minúsculas como un valor hexadecimal de 16 dígitos, del tipo 0x5005076300c40e5a.\n" #. Configure dialog help 6 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:84 msgid "" -"The logical unit number (LUN) must be entered with lowercase " -"letters\n" -"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000." -"" +"The logical unit number (LUN) must be entered with lowercase letters\n" +"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000." msgstr "" "El número de unidad lógica (LUN) se debe introducir en letras\n" "minúsculas como un valor hexadecimal de 16 dígitos con ceros al final,\n" @@ -291,12 +276,9 @@ "a boot configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use 0 to select\n" "the default configuration." msgstr "" -"El selector del programa de arranque debe ser un número entero que " -"no sea\n" -"negativo y elige una configuración de arranque desde el menú del cargador " -"de\n" -"arranque de zipl. Utilice un valor de 0 para seleccionar la configuración " -"predeterminada." +"El selector del programa de arranque debe ser un número entero que no sea\n" +"negativo y elige una configuración de arranque desde el menú del cargador de\n" +"arranque de zipl. Utilice un valor de 0 para seleccionar la configuración predeterminada." #. Configure dialog help 8 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:94 @@ -304,21 +286,17 @@ "The boot record logical block address (LBA) specifies the master\n" "boot record and is currently always 0." msgstr "" -"La dirección lógica del bloque de carga (LBA) especifica el " -"registro\n" +"La dirección lógica del bloque de carga (LBA) especifica el registro\n" "de arranque maestro (MBR) y actualmente es siempre 0." #. Configure dialog help 9 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:98 msgid "" -"After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by " -"shutdown,\n" +"After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by shutdown,\n" "and the system will automatically restart from your specified device." msgstr "" -"Tras confirmar este cuadro de diálogo, puede activar un reinicio, por " -"ejemplo,\n" -"apagando el equipo, y el sistema se reiniciará automáticamente desde el " -"dispositivo\n" +"Tras confirmar este cuadro de diálogo, puede activar un reinicio, por ejemplo,\n" +"apagando el equipo, y el sistema se reiniciará automáticamente desde el dispositivo\n" "que haya especificado." #. Initialization dialog contents Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/relocation-server.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/relocation-server.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/relocation-server.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -206,8 +206,7 @@ "<big>Initializing relocation-server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Iniciando la configuración del servidor de reubicación</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Iniciando la configuración del servidor de reubicación</big> \n" "Aguarde... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 @@ -217,8 +216,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Cancelando la inicialización:</BIG> \n" -"Para cancelar la utilidad de configuración con seguridad, pulse Cancelar</" -"B> ahora.\n" +"Para cancelar la utilidad de configuración con seguridad, pulse Cancelar ahora.\n" # include/network/lan/helps.ycp:54 #. Write dialog help 1/2 @@ -227,8 +225,7 @@ "<big>Saving relocation-server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Guardando la configuración del servidor de reubicación</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Guardando la configuración del servidor de reubicación</big> \n" "Aguarde... \n" # include/tv/helps.ycp:40 @@ -242,8 +239,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando la grabación:</big> \n" "Cancele el procedimiento de grabación pulsando Cancelar.\n" -"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o " -"no.\n" +"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o no.\n" "\n" #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:54 @@ -251,45 +247,28 @@ "Relocation Address \n" "Address xend should listen on for relocation-socket connections\n" "Allowed Hosts \n" -"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all " -"connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated " -"sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name " -"or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be " -"accepted.\n" +"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be accepted.\n" "SSL Key File/SSL Cert File \n" "SSL key and certificate to use for the ssl relocation interface" msgstr "" "Dirección de reubicación \n" -"La dirección en la cual xend debe escuchar por conexiones de relocation-" -"socket\n" +"La dirección en la cual xend debe escuchar por conexiones de relocation-socket\n" "Hosts permitidos \n" -"Los hosts permitidos a usar el puerto de reubicación. Si se deja vacío, se " -"permitirán todas las conexiones. En caso contrario, debería ser una " -"secuencia de expresiones regulares separadas por espacios. Cualquier host " -"con un nombre completo de dominio o dirección IP que coincida con alguna de " -"estas expesiones regulares, será aceptado.\n" +"Los hosts permitidos a usar el puerto de reubicación. Si se deja vacío, se permitirán todas las conexiones. En caso contrario, debería ser una secuencia de expresiones regulares separadas por espacios. Cualquier host con un nombre completo de dominio o dirección IP que coincida con alguna de estas expesiones regulares, será aceptado.\n" "Archivo de llave SSL/Archivo de certificado SSl \n" "Llave y certificado SSL a utilizar por la interfaz de reubicación" #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<big>Tunneled migration</big> \n" -"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host " -"libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting " -"the data stream.\n" +"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting the data stream.\n" "<big>Plain migration</big> \n" -"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the " -"destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually " -"specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range." +"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range." msgstr "" "<big>Migración en tunel</big> \n" -"El host libvirtd origen abre una conexión directa al host libvirtd destino " -"para enviar información de migración. Esto permite la opción de cifrar el " -"contenido.\n" +"El host libvirtd origen abre una conexión directa al host libvirtd destino para enviar información de migración. Esto permite la opción de cifrar el contenido.\n" "<big>Migración plana</big> \n" -"El host VM origen abre una conexión TCP sin cifrar al host destino para " -"enviar la información de migración. A menos que se indique un puerto " -"manualmente, libvirt escojerá un puerto en el rango predeterminado." +"El host VM origen abre una conexión TCP sin cifrar al host destino para enviar la información de migración. A menos que se indique un puerto manualmente, libvirt escojerá un puerto en el rango predeterminado." #. Main workflow of the relocation-server configuration #. @return sequence result Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/s390.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/s390.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/s390.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ #: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:472 msgid "&Deselect All" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Deseleccionar todo" #. error popup #. error popup @@ -359,8 +359,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<BIG>Cancelar el inicio:</BIG> \n" -"Para cancelar la utilidad de configuración de forma segura, pulse " -"Cancelar." +"Para cancelar la utilidad de configuración de forma segura, pulse Cancelar." #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 @@ -381,8 +380,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando la grabación:</big> \n" "Cancele la grabación pulsando Cancelar.\n" -"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o " -"no.\n" +"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o no.\n" #. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 #. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 @@ -392,8 +390,7 @@ "In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." msgstr "" "<big>Discos DASD configurados</big> \n" -"Este cuadro de diálogo le permite administrar los discos DASD de su sistema." -"" +"Este cuadro de diálogo le permite administrar los discos DASD de su sistema." #. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 #. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 @@ -424,16 +421,13 @@ #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks and " -#| "click\n" +#| "To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks and click\n" #| "Select or Deselect.\n" msgid "" -"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select " -"all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" "Select All or Deselect All.\n" msgstr "" -"Para ejecutar las acciones en varios discos simultáneamente, marque " -"estos\n" +"Para ejecutar las acciones en varios discos simultáneamente, marque estos\n" "discos y clique Seleccionar o deseleccionar.\n" #. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 @@ -442,8 +436,7 @@ "To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" "The action will be performed immediately!" msgstr "" -"Para llevar a cabo una acción en los discos seleccionados, pulse " -"Ejecutar acción.\n" +"Para llevar a cabo una acción en los discos seleccionados, pulse Ejecutar acción.\n" "La acción será ejecutada inmediatamente." #. Disk add help 1/3 @@ -489,25 +482,18 @@ #. Dump dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." -msgstr "" -"Preparar uno o más volúmenes para usar como dispositivo de volcado " -"S/390." +msgstr "Preparar uno o más volúmenes para usar como dispositivo de volcado S/390." #. Dump dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 -msgid "" -"Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are " -"limited to DASD. " -msgstr "" -"Los dispositivos soportados son discos ECKD DASD y ZFCP, mientras que los " -"multi-volúmenes están limitados a DASD. " +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "Los dispositivos soportados son discos ECKD DASD y ZFCP, mientras que los multi-volúmenes están limitados a DASD. " #. Dump dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 msgid "" "Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" -"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk</" -"b>." +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." msgstr "" "Sólo se pueden usar discos enteros, no particiones. Si el dispositivo está\n" "formateado/particionado incompatiblemente, active la marca Forzar\n" @@ -515,20 +501,13 @@ #. Dump dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 -msgid "" -"To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or " -"ZFCP dialog. " -msgstr "" -"Para usar dispositivos DASD y ZFCP actívelos en los diálogos DASD o ZFCP " -"respectivos de YaST. " +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "Para usar dispositivos DASD y ZFCP actívelos en los diálogos DASD o ZFCP respectivos de YaST. " #. Dump dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 -msgid "" -"Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." -msgstr "" -"Los dispositivos que están en uso o tienen particiones montadas no serán " -"mostrados." +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "Los dispositivos que están en uso o tienen particiones montadas no serán mostrados." #. Dump dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 @@ -566,12 +545,8 @@ #. warn only in case of force #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 -msgid "" -"The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will " -"be lost! Continue?" -msgstr "" -"El disco %1 se formateará como dispositivo de volcado. ¡Se perderán todos " -"los datos en este dispositivo!¿Desea continuar?" +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "El disco %1 se formateará como dispositivo de volcado. ¡Se perderán todos los datos en este dispositivo!¿Desea continuar?" #. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 @@ -598,55 +573,35 @@ msgstr "<big>TS-Shell</big>" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user " -"and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." -msgstr "" -"TS-Shell permite especificar la Autorización para cada usuario y " -"grupo de TS-Shell. Los derechos de un grupo son heredados por sus miembros.</" -"p>" +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "TS-Shell permite especificar la Autorización para cada usuario y grupo de TS-Shell. Los derechos de un grupo son heredados por sus miembros." # CER201110: No estoy seguro de a lo que se refieren por "break". #. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, " -"defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all " -"allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." -msgstr "" -"Cada ID z/VM permitida puede ser seleccionada manualmente bajo " -"Selección, definido por una Regex o cargada desde un " -"Archivo que contiene todas las IDs z/VM permitidas en lineas " -"separadas." +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "Cada ID z/VM permitida puede ser seleccionada manualmente bajo Selección, definido por una Regex o cargada desde un Archivo que contiene todas las IDs z/VM permitidas en lineas separadas." #. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" "User to remove users." -msgstr "" -"Pulse el botón Nuevo usuario para crear usuarios de TS-Shell " -"nuevos o borrarlos usando Borrar usuario." +msgstr "Pulse el botón Nuevo usuario para crear usuarios de TS-Shell nuevos o borrarlos usando Borrar usuario." #. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" -"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to " -"change\n" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" "the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." msgstr "" -"Para añadir o eliminar grupos de la tabla de autorización de TS-Shell o " -"para\n" +"Para añadir o eliminar grupos de la tabla de autorización de TS-Shell o para\n" "cambiar sus usuarios miembros, vaya a Gestionar grupos." #. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts " -"should be gathered." -msgstr "" -"Con IDs auditadas especifique los IDs z/VM de donde las " -"transcripciones deben ser recogidas." +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "Con IDs auditadas especifique los IDs z/VM de donde las transcripciones deben ser recogidas." #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 @@ -655,24 +610,16 @@ #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory " -"and Password has to be provided.\n" -"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting " -"them on the right." +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." msgstr "" -"Para crear un nuevo usuario de TS-Shell debe suministrar el nombre de " -"usuario, Directorio Home y contraseña.\n" -"\t También se puede especificar grupos adicionales " -"seleccionándolos a la derecha." +"Para crear un nuevo usuario de TS-Shell debe suministrar el nombre de usuario, Directorio Home y contraseña.\n" +"\t También se puede especificar grupos adicionales seleccionándolos a la derecha." #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 -msgid "" -"To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, " -"activate Force Password Change." -msgstr "" -"Para asegurarse de que el usuario cambia su contraseña después de la " -"primera entrada, active Forzar cambio de contraseña." +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "Para asegurarse de que el usuario cambia su contraseña después de la primera entrada, active Forzar cambio de contraseña." #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 @@ -693,21 +640,17 @@ "Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" "member of this groups to inherit the same rights." msgstr "" -"Defina las autorizaciones de TS-Shell por grupo si quiere que cada " -"miembro\n" +"Defina las autorizaciones de TS-Shell por grupo si quiere que cada miembro\n" "TS-Shell de estos grupos herede los mismos derechos." #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" -"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or " -"Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." msgstr "" "Grupos existentes pueden ser añadidos o eliminados de la autorización\n" -"TS-Shell. Seleccione los grupos en la tabla y pulse en Seleccionar o " -"Deseleccionar. El estado actual se muestra en la columna TS-Auth." -"" +"TS-Shell. Seleccione los grupos en la tabla y pulse en Seleccionar o Deseleccionar. El estado actual se muestra en la columna TS-Auth." #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 @@ -721,22 +664,16 @@ #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 msgid "" -"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group " -"input field and confirming with Create.\n" -"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has " -"to be used." +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." msgstr "" -"Nuevos grupos pueden ser creados entrando el nombre en el campo de " -"entrada Nuevo grupo y confirmándolo input con Crear.\n" -"\t Para borrar los grupos previamente creados ha de usarse el diálogo " -"Usuarios YaST." +"Nuevos grupos pueden ser creados entrando el nombre en el campo de entrada Nuevo grupo y confirmándolo input con Crear.\n" +"\t Para borrar los grupos previamente creados ha de usarse el diálogo Usuarios YaST." #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." -msgstr "" -"Deshacer cambios en este dialogo clicando en el botón Atrás button." -"" +msgstr "Deshacer cambios en este dialogo clicando en el botón Atrás button." #. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 @@ -744,24 +681,13 @@ msgstr "<big>IUCVConn al entrar</big>" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 -msgid "" -"IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users " -"a password and home directory has to be provided." -msgstr "" -"IUCVConn al entrar necesita un usuario por cada ID z/VM ID. Para crear " -"estos usuarios debe proveer a estos usuarios con una contraseñas y un " -"directorio home." +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "IUCVConn al entrar necesita un usuario por cada ID z/VM ID. Para crear estos usuarios debe proveer a estos usuarios con una contraseñas y un directorio home." #. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 -msgid "" -"It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or " -"just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is " -"enabled. " -msgstr "" -"Es posible sincronizar los usuarios manualmente pulsando en Sync o " -"simplemente confirmando los cambios con Aceptar mientras IUCVConn " -"al Entrar esté activo. " +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "Es posible sincronizar los usuarios manualmente pulsando en Sync o simplemente confirmando los cambios con Aceptar mientras IUCVConn al Entrar esté activo. " #. Text approval #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 @@ -997,35 +923,25 @@ #. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." -msgstr "" -"z/VM ID \"%1\" equivocada en la linea %2, sólo se permiten letras y números." +msgstr "z/VM ID \"%1\" equivocada en la linea %2, sólo se permiten letras y números." #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 -msgid "" -"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." -msgstr "" -"z/VM ID \"%1\" equivocada en la linea %2, números al principio no se " -"permiten." +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "z/VM ID \"%1\" equivocada en la linea %2, números al principio no se permiten." #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 -msgid "" -"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." -msgstr "" -"z/VM ID \"%1\" equivocada en la linea %2, no se permiten más de ocho " -"caracteres." +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "z/VM ID \"%1\" equivocada en la linea %2, no se permiten más de ocho caracteres." #. only the last entry is allowed to be empty #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." -msgstr "" -"z/VM ID \"%1\" equivocada en la linea %2, al menos se requiere una letra." +msgstr "z/VM ID \"%1\" equivocada en la linea %2, al menos se requiere una letra." #. check password #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." -msgstr "" -"Se requiere una contraseña correctamente introducida para sincronizar " -"usuarios IUCVConn." +msgstr "Se requiere una contraseña correctamente introducida para sincronizar usuarios IUCVConn." #. check home directory #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 @@ -1047,12 +963,8 @@ #. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. #. @return true for valid inputs #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 -msgid "" -"Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are " -"allowed." -msgstr "" -"Entrada errónea, sólo se permiten letras minúsculas, números y comas para " -"separación." +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "Entrada errónea, sólo se permiten letras minúsculas, números y comas para separación." #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 msgid "Comma is only a separator." @@ -1083,32 +995,15 @@ #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 -msgid "" -"Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal " -"devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a " -"combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance." -" " -msgstr "" -"Varias instancias IUCVtty pueden ejecutarse para proveer múltiples " -"dispositivos de terminal. Las instancias se distinguen por un ID Terminal " -"que es una combinación del Prefijo ID Terminal y el número de la " -"instancia. " +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "Varias instancias IUCVtty pueden ejecutarse para proveer múltiples dispositivos de terminal. Las instancias se distinguen por un ID Terminal que es una combinación del Prefijo ID Terminal y el número de la instancia. " #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm</" -#| "i>", the terminal IDs from lxterm1 to lxterm10 are " -#| "available." -msgid "" -"For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm</" -"i>", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are " -"available." -msgstr "" -"Por ejemplo, si define 10 instancias con el prefijo "lxterm</" -"i>", los IDs terminal desde el lxterm1 al lxterm10 " -"estarán disponibles" +#| msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm1 to lxterm10 are available." +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "Por ejemplo, si define 10 instancias con el prefijo "lxterm", los IDs terminal desde el lxterm1 al lxterm10 estarán disponibles" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 @@ -1117,63 +1012,37 @@ #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 -msgid "" -"The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes " -"to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and " -"login programs." -msgstr "" -"El manejador de dispositivo z/VM IUCV HVC es un módulo del kernel y usa " -"nodos de dispositivos para permitir hasta ocho dispositivos de terminal HVC " -"para comunicarse con programas getty y entrada (login)." +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "El manejador de dispositivo z/VM IUCV HVC es un módulo del kernel y usa nodos de dispositivos para permitir hasta ocho dispositivos de terminal HVC para comunicarse con programas getty y entrada (login)." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 -msgid "" -"With restrict access, allow only connections from certain " -"terminal servers." -msgstr "" -"Con restringir acceso, se permite la conexión sólo desde ciertos " -"Servidores de terminal." +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "Con restringir acceso, se permite la conexión sólo desde ciertos Servidores de terminal." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 -msgid "" -"Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." -"" -msgstr "" -"Define la emulación para todas las instancias de golpe o para cada una " -"separadamente." +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "Define la emulación para todas las instancias de golpe o para cada una separadamente." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 msgid "" -"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages " -"to\n" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" "the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " msgstr "" -"Activar enrutar mensajes del kernel a hvc0 para enrutar los " -"mensajes\n" +"Activar enrutar mensajes del kernel a hvc0 para enrutar los mensajes\n" "del kernel al dispositivo hvc0 en vez ttyS0. " #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 -msgid "" -"Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add " -"console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the " -"YaST bootloader module." -msgstr "" -"Si los mensajes del kernel todavía se mostrasen en ttyS0, añada manualmente " -"console=ttyS0 al parámetro de arranque del kernel en uso en el " -"módulo de arranque de YaST." +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "Si los mensajes del kernel todavía se mostrasen en ttyS0, añada manualmente console=ttyS0 al parámetro de arranque del kernel en uso en el módulo de arranque de YaST." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 -msgid "" -"<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through " -"the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" -msgstr "" -"<h3>Aviso: Los terminales HVC permanecen activos si no hay una orden manual " -"de salir mediante el atajo: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "<h3>Aviso: Los terminales HVC permanecen activos si no hay una orden manual de salir mediante el atajo: ctrl _ d</h3>" #. Dialog content #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 @@ -1240,19 +1109,13 @@ #. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 -msgid "" -"Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" -msgstr "" -"Configure las acciones a tomar si ocurre un pánico del kernel" +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "Configure las acciones a tomar si ocurre un pánico del kernel" #. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 -msgid "" -"The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior " -"during kernel panics." -msgstr "" -"El daemon Dumpconf necesita ser activado para influenciar el " -"comportamiento durante los pánicos del kernel." +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "El daemon Dumpconf necesita ser activado para influenciar el comportamiento durante los pánicos del kernel." #. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 @@ -1277,54 +1140,31 @@ #. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 msgid "" -"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only " -"available\n" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" "on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " msgstr "" -"dump_reipl Vuelca Linux y reinicia el sistema. Esta opción sólo está " -"disponible\n" -"en máquinas LPAR con z9(r) y posteriores y en z/VMversion 5.3 y posteriores." -" " +"dump_reipl Vuelca Linux y reinicia el sistema. Esta opción sólo está disponible\n" +"en máquinas LPAR con z9(r) y posteriores y en z/VMversion 5.3 y posteriores. " #. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." -msgstr "" -"vmcmd Ejecuta las órdenes CP especificadas y para el sistema." +msgstr "vmcmd Ejecuta las órdenes CP especificadas y para el sistema." #. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 -msgid "" -"The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified " -"panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system " -"crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"El tiempo definido en Delay Minutes retrasa la activación de la " -"especificada acción de pánico para un sistema recién arrancado para prevenir " -"bucles. Si el sistema se cae antes que que haya pasado ese tiempo la acción " -"por defecto (parar) se realiza." +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "El tiempo definido en Delay Minutes retrasa la activación de la especificada acción de pánico para un sistema recién arrancado para prevenir bucles. Si el sistema se cae antes que que haya pasado ese tiempo la acción por defecto (parar) se realiza." #. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 -msgid "" -"The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If " -"no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices " -"dialog." -msgstr "" -"El dispositivo para volcar la memoria puede ser definido con Dump " -"Device. Si no se muestra ningún dispositivo tiene que crearlo con el " -"diálogo Dispositivo YaST de volcado." +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "El dispositivo para volcar la memoria puede ser definido con Dump Device. Si no se muestra ningún dispositivo tiene que crearlo con el diálogo Dispositivo YaST de volcado." #. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 -msgid "" -"With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux " -"system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." -msgstr "" -"Con VMCMD especifique las ordenes CP para ser ejecutadas antes de " -"parar el sistema Linux. Sólo se permiten %1 lineas y un total de %2 " -"caracteres." +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "Con VMCMD especifique las ordenes CP para ser ejecutadas antes de parar el sistema Linux. Sólo se permiten %1 lineas y un total de %2 caracteres." #. radio button label #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 @@ -1357,8 +1197,7 @@ #. don't allow dumps if no device is available #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." -msgstr "" -"No es posible activar el proceso de volcado sin un dispositivo de volcado." +msgstr "No es posible activar el proceso de volcado sin un dispositivo de volcado." #. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 @@ -1501,26 +1340,19 @@ #. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs " -"conforming\n" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" "format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" -"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, " -"such as\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" -"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value " -"with\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" "all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." msgstr "" -"El ID de canal se debe introducir con letras minúsculas en un " -"formato admitido\n" +"El ID de canal se debe introducir con letras minúsculas en un formato admitido\n" "por sysfs 0.0.<nºdispositivo>, por ejemplo, <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" -"El WWPN se debe introducir en minúsculas como un valor hexadecimal de 16 " -"dígitos,\n" +"El WWPN se debe introducir en minúsculas como un valor hexadecimal de 16 dígitos,\n" "por ejemplo, <tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" -"El LUN se debe indicar en minúsculas como un valor hexadecimal de 16 " -"dígitos\n" -"con todos sus ceros al final como, por ejemplo, <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." -"" +"El LUN se debe indicar en minúsculas como un valor hexadecimal de 16 dígitos\n" +"con todos sus ceros al final como, por ejemplo, <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." #. popup label #. popup label @@ -1677,8 +1509,7 @@ #. Progress step 1/1 #: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." -msgstr "" -"Creando dispositivo de volcado. Este proceso puede tardar algunos minutos." +msgstr "Creando dispositivo de volcado. Este proceso puede tardar algunos minutos." #. error description #: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/samba-client.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/samba-client.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/samba-client.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -82,8 +82,7 @@ "try to join the domain without specifying user and password.\n" msgstr "" "El usuario utilizado para unirse al dominio. Si no se introduce, YaST\n" -"intentará incorporarse al dominio sin especificar el usuario ni la " -"contraseña.\n" +"intentará incorporarse al dominio sin especificar el usuario ni la contraseña.\n" #. translators: command line help text for joindomain password option #: src/clients/samba-client.rb:138 @@ -176,12 +175,8 @@ #. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid' #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Specify the Range for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</" -"tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values)." -msgstr "" -"Especifique el intervalo para los ID de usuario y grupo Samba " -"(valores <tt>winbind uid</tt> y <tt>winbind gid</tt>)." +msgid "Specify the Range for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values)." +msgstr "Especifique el intervalo para los ID de usuario y grupo Samba (valores <tt>winbind uid</tt> y <tt>winbind gid</tt>)." #. frame label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:235 @@ -412,13 +407,11 @@ #. continue/cancel popup #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:808 msgid "" -"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the " -"following\n" +"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the following\n" "settings in smb.conf to the default values:\n" "%1" msgstr "" -"La configuración de este sistema como cliente para Active Directory " -"restablece los siguientes\n" +"La configuración de este sistema como cliente para Active Directory restablece los siguientes\n" "ajustes de smb.conf a los valores por defecto:\n" "%1" @@ -466,8 +459,7 @@ "the machine to enable it for all services.\n" msgstr "" "Este cambio sólo afecta a los procesos recién creados y no a los servicios\n" -"en ejecución. Para aplicar el cambio a todos los servicios, reinicie los " -"servicios\n" +"en ejecución. Para aplicar el cambio a todos los servicios, reinicie los servicios\n" "manualmente o reinicie el equipo.\n" #. Read dialog help 1/2 @@ -486,8 +478,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cancelar la inicialización</big> \n" -"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, pulse ahora en " -"Cancelar.\n" +"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, pulse ahora en Cancelar.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:44 @@ -507,10 +498,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cancelar el proceso de almacenamiento</big> \n" -"Puede detener el procedimiento de almacenamiento pulsando sobre Cancelar</" -"b>.\n" -"Aparecerá un cuadro de diálogo adicional indicándole si se trata de una " -"operación segura o no.\n" +"Puede detener el procedimiento de almacenamiento pulsando sobre Cancelar.\n" +"Aparecerá un cuadro de diálogo adicional indicándole si se trata de una operación segura o no.\n" "\n" #. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help title @@ -522,46 +511,38 @@ #. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active " -"Directory domain.\n" +"A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n" "Specify the name of the membership.\n" msgstr "" -"Un cliente Linux puede ser miembro de un grupo de trabajo, un dominio NT " -"o un dominio de Active Directory.\n" +"Un cliente Linux puede ser miembro de un grupo de trabajo, un dominio NT o un dominio de Active Directory.\n" "Especifique aquí el nombre del tipo de pertenencia.\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication allows \n" -"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if " -"joining an AD domain.\n" +"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.\n" msgstr "" "Usar la información SMB para la autenticación de Linux permite\n" -"verificar las contraseñas con el servidor NT o Kerberos al unirse a un " -"dominio de AD.\n" +"verificar las contraseñas con el servidor NT o Kerberos al unirse a un dominio de AD.\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67 msgid "" -"Check Change primary DNS suffix to add your AD server into the " -"list of name servers.\n" +"Check Change primary DNS suffix to add your AD server into the list of name servers.\n" "This option is only available for static network setups." msgstr "" -"Compruebe Cambiar sufijo de DNS primario para añadir su servidor " -"AD en la lista de servidores de nombres.\n" +"Compruebe Cambiar sufijo de DNS primario para añadir su servidor AD en la lista de servidores de nombres.\n" "Esta opción sólo esta diponible para configuraciones de redes estáticas." #. Samba role dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "When you press OK, the system verifies the membership and,\n" -"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the " -"domain.\n" +"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.\n" msgstr "" "Al pulsar sobre Aceptar, el sistema comprueba la pertenencia y,\n" -"si es un dominio NT o Active Directory, permite a este equipo unirse a él.</" -"p>\n" +"si es un dominio NT o Active Directory, permite a este equipo unirse a él.\n" #. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:79 @@ -579,41 +560,18 @@ #. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"Check Create Home Directory on Login to have local home " -"directories created on the first login." -msgstr "" -"Marque Crear directorio de usuario (home) al iniciar la sesión " -"para crear el directorio local de usuario en el primer inicio de sesión." +msgid "Check Create Home Directory on Login to have local home directories created on the first login." +msgstr "Marque Crear directorio de usuario (home) al iniciar la sesión para crear el directorio local de usuario en el primer inicio de sesión." #. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89 -msgid "" -"Offline Authentication enables the user to log in even if there is " -"no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must " -"log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored " -"encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no " -"connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially " -"useful for mobile users." -msgstr "" -"Autenticación sin conexión permite al usuario iniciar una sesión " -"aunque no haya ninguna conexión con el controlador de dominio. Para que esta " -"opción funcione, deberá iniciar sesión en el dominio al menos una vez. Las " -"credenciales del usuario se almacenan cifradas en el equipo y se reutilizan " -"para un inicio de sesión de dominio cuando no se puede establecer una " -"conexión con el controlador de dominio. Esto resulta especialmente útil para " -"los usuarios móviles." +msgid "Offline Authentication enables the user to log in even if there is no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially useful for mobile users." +msgstr "Autenticación sin conexión permite al usuario iniciar una sesión aunque no haya ninguna conexión con el controlador de dominio. Para que esta opción funcione, deberá iniciar sesión en el dominio al menos una vez. Las credenciales del usuario se almacenan cifradas en el equipo y se reutilizan para un inicio de sesión de dominio cuando no se puede establecer una conexión con el controlador de dominio. Esto resulta especialmente útil para los usuarios móviles." #. Samba membership dialog help (common part) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Click Expert Settings to enable advanced features such as WINS " -"options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Seleccione Configuración avanzada para habilitar características " -"avanzadas como WINS, o montar directorios personales del servidor desde " -"dominios Active Directory." +msgid "Click Expert Settings to enable advanced features such as WINS options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains." +msgstr "Seleccione Configuración avanzada para habilitar características avanzadas como WINS, o montar directorios personales del servidor desde dominios Active Directory." #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:97 @@ -623,27 +581,16 @@ #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"Set the Username and Password that should be used for " -"joining\n" -"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be " -"saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form." +"Set the Username and Password that should be used for joining\n" +"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form." msgstr "" -"Establezca el Nombre de usuario y la Contraseña que deben " -"emplearse para unirse\n" -"al dominio seleccionado durante la instalación automática. Tenga en cuenta " -"que la contraseña se guardará en el perfil en formato de texto plano (sin " -"cifrar)." +"Establezca el Nombre de usuario y la Contraseña que deben emplearse para unirse\n" +"al dominio seleccionado durante la instalación automática. Tenga en cuenta que la contraseña se guardará en el perfil en formato de texto plano (sin cifrar)." #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105 -msgid "" -"Specify the Active Directory Server to use for joining an Active " -"Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos " -"configuration." -msgstr "" -"Especifique el Servidor de Active Directory que desea utilizar " -"para unirse a un dominio de Active Directory. También se utiliza como valor " -"para KDC en la configuración de Kerberos." +msgid "Specify the Active Directory Server to use for joining an Active Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos configuration." +msgstr "Especifique el Servidor de Active Directory que desea utilizar para unirse a un dominio de Active Directory. También se utiliza como valor para KDC en la configuración de Kerberos." #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109 @@ -654,10 +601,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Configure su sistema como cliente NTP para sincronizar la hora del sistema " -"con la de un\n" -"servidor NTP. Puede acceder a la configuración con Configuración de NTP</" -"b>.\n" +"Configure su sistema como cliente NTP para sincronizar la hora del sistema con la de un\n" +"servidor NTP. Puede acceder a la configuración con Configuración de NTP.\n" "\n" #. default value of Machine Account @@ -695,8 +640,7 @@ #. popup to fill in the domain leaving info; %1 is the domain name #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:201 msgid "Enter the username and the password for leaving the domain %1." -msgstr "" -"Introduzca el nombre de usuario y la contraseña para salir del dominio %1." +msgstr "Introduzca el nombre de usuario y la contraseña para salir del dominio %1." #. additional information for cluster environment #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:229 @@ -706,13 +650,11 @@ #. popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:240 msgid "Enter the username and the password for joining the domain %1." -msgstr "" -"Introduzca el nombre de usuario y la contraseña para unirse al dominio %1." +msgstr "Introduzca el nombre de usuario y la contraseña para unirse al dominio %1." #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:247 msgid "To join the domain anonymously, leave the text entries empty.\n" -msgstr "" -"Para unirse al dominio de forma anónima, deje vacíos los campos de texto.\n" +msgstr "Para unirse al dominio de forma anónima, deje vacíos los campos de texto.\n" #. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:298 @@ -756,9 +698,7 @@ #. popup question #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:355 msgid "User shares already exist. Keep or delete these shares?" -msgstr "" -"Ya existen recursos compartidos de usuarios. ¿Desea mantener o suprimir " -"estos recursos compartidos?" +msgstr "Ya existen recursos compartidos de usuarios. ¿Desea mantener o suprimir estos recursos compartidos?" #. button label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:357 @@ -773,9 +713,7 @@ #. yes/no popup #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:375 msgid "Other Windows sharing services are available. Stop them as well?" -msgstr "" -"Se encuentran disponibles otros servicios para compartir recursos de " -"Windows. ¿Desea detenerlos también?" +msgstr "Se encuentran disponibles otros servicios para compartir recursos de Windows. ¿Desea detenerlos también?" #. check box label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:386 @@ -784,13 +722,8 @@ #. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:395 -msgid "" -"If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for " -"name resolution, check Use WINS for Hostname Resolution." -msgstr "" -"Si desea utilizar el Servicio de Nombres de Internet de Microsoft (WINS) " -"para resolución de nombres, marque Utilizar WINS para resolución de " -"nombres de host." +msgid "If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check Use WINS for Hostname Resolution." +msgstr "Si desea utilizar el Servicio de Nombres de Internet de Microsoft (WINS) para resolución de nombres, marque Utilizar WINS para resolución de nombres de host." #. check box label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:405 @@ -799,12 +732,8 @@ #. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label) #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:412 -msgid "" -"Check Retrieve WINS server via DHCP to use a WINS server provided " -"by DHCP." -msgstr "" -"Marque Obtener servidor WINS vía DHCP para utilizar un servidor " -"WINS proporcionado a través de DHCP." +msgid "Check Retrieve WINS server via DHCP to use a WINS server provided by DHCP." +msgstr "Marque Obtener servidor WINS vía DHCP para utilizar un servidor WINS proporcionado a través de DHCP." #. frame label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:432 @@ -838,83 +767,41 @@ #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\') #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:505 -msgid "" -"Allow Users to Share Their Directories enables members of the " -"group in Permitted Group to share directories they own with other " -"users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</" -"tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system " -"permissions allow access." -msgstr "" -"Permitir a los usuarios compartir sus directorios permite que los " -"miembros del grupo de Grupo permitido compartan los directorios que " -"poseen con otros usuarios. Por ejemplo, los <tt>usuarios</tt> con ámbito " -"local o los de <tt>Usuarios de DOMINIO%1</tt> para un ámbito de dominio. El " -"usuario también debe comprobar que los permisos del sistema de archivos " -"permiten el acceso." +msgid "Allow Users to Share Their Directories enables members of the group in Permitted Group to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access." +msgstr "Permitir a los usuarios compartir sus directorios permite que los miembros del grupo de Grupo permitido compartan los directorios que poseen con otros usuarios. Por ejemplo, los <tt>usuarios</tt> con ámbito local o los de <tt>Usuarios de DOMINIO%1</tt> para un ámbito de dominio. El usuario también debe comprobar que los permisos del sistema de archivos permiten el acceso." #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4) #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 -msgid "" -"With Maximum Number of Shares, limit the total amount of shares " -"that may be created." -msgstr "" -"Número máximo de recursos compartidos permite limitar la cantidad " -"total de recursos compartidos que pueden crearse." +msgid "With Maximum Number of Shares, limit the total amount of shares that may be created." +msgstr "Número máximo de recursos compartidos permite limitar la cantidad total de recursos compartidos que pueden crearse." #. membership dialog help common part #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:516 -msgid "" -"To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable Allow " -"Guest Access." -msgstr "" -"Para permitir el acceso a los recursos compartidos de los usuarios sin " -"autenticación, active Permitir acceso de invitado." +msgid "To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable Allow Guest Access." +msgstr "Para permitir el acceso a los recursos compartidos de los usuarios sin autenticación, active Permitir acceso de invitado." #. help text for PAM Mount table #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:525 msgid "" "In the table Mount Server Directories, you can specify server\n" -"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when " -"the\n" +"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n" "user is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, specify User\n" -"Name for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each " -"user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." +"Name for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." msgstr "" -"En la tabla Montar servidor de directorios, puede indicar " -"servidor \n" -"de directorios (como el directorio home) que deban ser montados localmente " -"cuando el \n" -"usuario inicia sesión. Si el montaje debe ser específico por usuario, " -"indique Nombre de Usuario \n" -"para la regla seleccionada. En caso contrario, el directorio es montado por " -"cada usuario. Para más información, vea la página del manual pam_mount.conf." -"" +"En la tabla Montar servidor de directorios, puede indicar servidor \n" +"de directorios (como el directorio home) que deban ser montados localmente cuando el \n" +"usuario inicia sesión. Si el montaje debe ser específico por usuario, indique Nombre de Usuario \n" +"para la regla seleccionada. En caso contrario, el directorio es montado por cada usuario. Para más información, vea la página del manual pam_mount.conf." #. help text for PAM Mount table: example #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:532 -msgid "" -"For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for " -"Remote Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount " -"the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a " -"part of Options." -msgstr "" -"Por ejemplo, puede utilizar el valor <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> para " -"Directorio remoto, el valor <tt>~/</tt> para Punto de montaje " -"local para montar el directorio home, junto con el valor <tt>user=" -"%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> como parte de Opctiones." +msgid "For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for Remote Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of Options." +msgstr "Por ejemplo, puede utilizar el valor <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> para Directorio remoto, el valor <tt>~/</tt> para Punto de montaje local para montar el directorio home, junto con el valor <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> como parte de Opctiones." #. help text for kerberos method option #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:540 -msgid "" -"The value of Kerberos Method defines how kerberos tickets are " -"verified. When Single Sing-on for SSH is used, the default Kerberos " -"Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page " -"for details." -msgstr "" -" El valor del Método Kerberos establece cómo kerberos verifica las " -"entradas. Cuando es usado Sing-on único para SSH, el Método Kerberos " -"predeterminado establecido por YaST es <tt>secretos y keytab</tt>. Ver " -"página del manual de smb.conf para más detalles." +msgid "The value of Kerberos Method defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When Single Sing-on for SSH is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details." +msgstr " El valor del Método Kerberos establece cómo kerberos verifica las entradas. Cuando es usado Sing-on único para SSH, el Método Kerberos predeterminado establecido por YaST es <tt>secretos y keytab</tt>. Ver página del manual de smb.conf para más detalles." #. translators: initialization dialog caption #: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:74 @@ -983,55 +870,62 @@ msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1116 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1176 +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1232 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1290 #. progress stage label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673 msgid "Install required packages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instalar paquetes requeridos" #. progress step label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675 msgid "Installing required packages..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instalando los paquetes requeridos..." +# include/security/ui.ycp:711 #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947 msgid "PAM Login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inicio de sesión PAM" #. summary item #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 msgid "Use Kerberos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usar Kerberos" #. summary item #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "No usar Kerberos" +# +# include/lilo/widgets.ycp:60 #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Default Realm" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dominio (realm) por defecto" +# clients/lan_ypclient.ycp:137 +# clients/nis.ycp:81 #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966 msgid "Default Domain" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dominio por defecto" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973 msgid "KDC Server Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dirección del servidor KDC" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977 msgid "Clock Skew" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Desfase del reloj" #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993 msgid "KDC Server: %1 " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Servidor KDC:%1 " #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998 @@ -1040,10 +934,12 @@ msgid "Default Domain: %1 " msgstr "Grupo de trabajo o dominio: %1" +# +# include/lilo/widgets.ycp:60 #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 msgid "Default Realm: %1 " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dominio (realm) por defecto: %1 " #. summary text (yes/no follows) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 @@ -1067,7 +963,7 @@ #. summary line #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022 msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración adquirida mediante DNS" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050 @@ -1075,6 +971,8 @@ "Clock skew is invalid.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" +"El desfase del reloj no es válido.\n" +"Inténtelo de nuevo.\n" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053 @@ -1082,6 +980,8 @@ "Lifetime is invalid.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" +"El tiempo de vida no es válido.\n" +"Inténtelo de nuevo." #. Samba-client read dialog caption #: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 @@ -1111,12 +1011,12 @@ #. Samba-client read dialog caption #: src/modules/Samba.rb:741 msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Guardando la configuración del cliente Samba" #. translators: write progress stage #: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Escribir la configuración" #. translators: write progress stage #: src/modules/Samba.rb:748 @@ -1131,7 +1031,7 @@ #. translators: write progress step #: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración..." #. translators: write progress step #: src/modules/Samba.rb:757 @@ -1146,12 +1046,12 @@ #. write progress stage #: src/modules/Samba.rb:769 msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Escribir la configuración de Kerberos" #. write progress step #: src/modules/Samba.rb:771 msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de Kerberos..." #. translators: error message, %1 is filename #. translators: error message, %1 is filename @@ -1203,7 +1103,7 @@ #. autoyast summary item #: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067 msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Autenticación sin conexión activada" #. autoyast summary item #: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 @@ -1213,7 +1113,7 @@ #. summary item: configured workgroup #: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096 msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Grupo de trabajo o dominio: %1" #. summary item: authentication using winbind #: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101 Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/samba-server.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/samba-server.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/samba-server.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -33,9 +33,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for samba-server module #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:66 msgid "Samba server configuration module (see Samba documentation for details)" -msgstr "" -"Módulo de configuración del servidor Samba (consulte la documentación de " -"Samba para obtener más información)" +msgstr "Módulo de configuración del servidor Samba (consulte la documentación de Samba para obtener más información)" #. translators: command line help text for share action #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:79 @@ -120,23 +118,17 @@ #. translators: command line help text for share read_list option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:201 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to read from the share" -msgstr "" -"Lista de usuarios (separados por comas) con permiso de lectura sobre el " -"recurso compartido" +msgstr "Lista de usuarios (separados por comas) con permiso de lectura sobre el recurso compartido" #. translators: command line help text for share write_list option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:208 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to write to the share" -msgstr "" -"Lista de usuarios (separados por comas) con permiso de escritura sobre el " -"recurso compartido" +msgstr "Lista de usuarios (separados por comas) con permiso de escritura sobre el recurso compartido" #. translators: command line help text for share browseable option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:215 msgid "Flag if the share should be visible when browsing the LAN" -msgstr "" -"Señalar si el recurso compartido debe estar visible al examinar la red local " -"(LAN)" +msgstr "Señalar si el recurso compartido debe estar visible al examinar la red local (LAN)" #. translators: command line help text for share guest_ok option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:222 @@ -146,9 +138,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for share valid_users option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:229 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to access the share" -msgstr "" -"Lista de usuarios separados por comas a los que se les permite el acceso al " -"recurso compartido" +msgstr "Lista de usuarios separados por comas a los que se les permite el acceso al recurso compartido" #. translators: command line help text for PDC role option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:236 @@ -168,9 +158,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for standalone server role option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:254 msgid "Server should provide shares, but should not allow domain logins" -msgstr "" -"El servidor debe proporcionar recursos compartidos, pero no permitir inicios " -"de sesión en dominios" +msgstr "El servidor debe proporcionar recursos compartidos, pero no permitir inicios de sesión en dominios" #. translators: command line help text for smbpasswd option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:260 @@ -180,8 +168,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for tdbsam option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:266 msgid "Use the 'passdb.tdb' file to store user information" -msgstr "" -"Utilizar el archivo 'passdb.tdb' para guardar la información de usuario" +msgstr "Utilizar el archivo 'passdb.tdb' para guardar la información de usuario" #. translators: command line help text for ldapsam option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:272 @@ -205,19 +192,13 @@ #. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298 -msgid "" -"The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" -msgstr "" -"Sufijo DN de LDAP para manejar la información de usuario en el servidor LDAP" +msgid "The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" +msgstr "Sufijo DN de LDAP para manejar la información de usuario en el servidor LDAP" #. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305 -msgid "" -"The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing " -"passwords)" -msgstr "" -"DN de LDAP para modificar el contenido del servidor LDAP (por ejemplo, " -"cambiar las contraseñas)" +msgid "The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing passwords)" +msgstr "DN de LDAP para modificar el contenido del servidor LDAP (por ejemplo, cambiar las contraseñas)" #. translators: error message for share command line action #. must provide the share name @@ -281,15 +262,12 @@ msgid "" "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" -"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the " -"users,\n" +"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" "run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" msgstr "" "Dado que hay usuarios conectados actualmente al servidor Samba,\n" -"se ha vuelto a cargar la configuración del servidor en lugar de " -"reiniciarlo.\n" -"Para confirmar que desea aplicar todos los ajustes a pesar de que pueda " -"desconectar a los usuarios,\n" +"se ha vuelto a cargar la configuración del servidor en lugar de reiniciarlo.\n" +"Para confirmar que desea aplicar todos los ajustes a pesar de que pueda desconectar a los usuarios,\n" "ejecute '/etc/init.d/smb restart' y '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" #. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM @@ -320,9 +298,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:279 msgid "Multiple optional values for one backend must be quoted." -msgstr "" -"Los valores opcionales múltiples para el motor (back-end) deben ir " -"entrecomillados." +msgstr "Los valores opcionales múltiples para el motor (back-end) deben ir entrecomillados." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL @@ -555,8 +531,7 @@ "a security threat." msgstr "" "La contraseña para los dominios de confianza\n" -"se almacena en el archivo de control de instalación automática. La " -"contraseña\n" +"se almacena en el archivo de control de instalación automática. La contraseña\n" "se almacena como texto en claro. Esto puede considerarse\n" "una amenaza a la seguridad." @@ -889,8 +864,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cancelar el inicio</big> \n" -"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, pulse Cancelar</" -"b>.\n" +"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, pulse Cancelar.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:45 @@ -911,21 +885,18 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Cancelar el almacenamiento</big> \n" "Detenga el procedimiento de almacenamiento pulsando en Abortar.\n" -"Aparecerá un cuadro de diálogo adicional indicándole si se trata de una " -"operación segura o no.\n" +"Aparecerá un cuadro de diálogo adicional indicándole si se trata de una operación segura o no.\n" "\n" #. Samba selecting workgroup or domain 1/1 - Installation step 1 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big> \n" -"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and " -"click Next.\n" +"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and click Next.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Selección de dominio o grupo de trabajo</big> \n" -"Seleccione un nombre de un grupo de trabajo o dominio existente o escriba un " -"nombre nuevo y pulse Siguiente.\n" +"Seleccione un nombre de un grupo de trabajo o dominio existente o escriba un nombre nuevo y pulse Siguiente.\n" "\n" #. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 @@ -933,46 +904,33 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -#| "A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows " -#| "domain.\n" +#| "A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.\n" #| "The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" -#| "The primary controller uses its own information about users and their " -#| "passwords.\n" -#| "The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the " -#| "settings in this selection." +#| "The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" +#| "The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection." msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT " -"style domain.\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.\n" "The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" -"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their " -"passwords.\n" -"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings " -"in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be " -"phased out in future releases." +"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" +"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be phased out in future releases." msgstr "" "<big>Tipo de servidor Samba</big>\n" -"Un controlador de dominio permite que los clientes de Windows inicien " -"sesión en un dominio de Windows.\n" -"El controlador de reserva utiliza otro controlador de dominio para la " -"validación.\n" -"El controlador primario utiliza su propia información sobre los usuarios y " -"sus contraseñas.\n" -"Las opciones disponibles en los cuadros de diálogo de configuración " -"dependen de los ajustes de esta selección." +"Un controlador de dominio permite que los clientes de Windows inicien sesión en un dominio de Windows.\n" +"El controlador de reserva utiliza otro controlador de dominio para la validación.\n" +"El controlador primario utiliza su propia información sobre los usuarios y sus contraseñas.\n" +"Las opciones disponibles en los cuadros de diálogo de configuración dependen de los ajustes de esta selección." #. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain." -"\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.\n" "The options available in the configuration dialogs \n" "depend on the settings in this selection." msgstr "" "<big>Tipo de servidor Samba</big>\n" -"Un controlador de dominio permite que los clientes de Windows inicien " -"sesión en un dominio de Windows.\n" +"Un controlador de dominio permite que los clientes de Windows inicien sesión en un dominio de Windows.\n" "Las opciones disponibles en los cuadros de diálogo de configuración \n" "dependen de los ajustes de esta selección." @@ -987,8 +945,7 @@ "are enabled or disabled, and some basic information about them. " msgstr "" "Esta es una lista de recursos compartidos ya configurados, tanto\n" -"habilitados como deshabilitados, así como alguna información básica al " -"respecto. " +"habilitados como deshabilitados, así como alguna información básica al respecto. " #. Share list dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:87 @@ -1014,13 +971,10 @@ "by selecting Do Not Show System Shares in the Filter\n" "menu.\n" msgstr "" -"Algunos de los recursos compartidos son especiales. Por ejemplo, el " -"recurso compartido\n" -"Homes es un recurso compartido del sistema especial para acceder a los " -"directorios personales\n" +"Algunos de los recursos compartidos son especiales. Por ejemplo, el recurso compartido\n" +"Homes es un recurso compartido del sistema especial para acceder a los directorios personales\n" "de los usuarios. Los recursos compartidos del sistema pueden ocultarse\n" -"seleccionando No mostrar los recursos compartidos del sistema en el " -"menú Filtro.\n" +"seleccionando No mostrar los recursos compartidos del sistema en el menú Filtro.\n" "\n" #. Share list dialog help 4/4 @@ -1030,8 +984,7 @@ "already existing share, and Delete to \n" "remove the information about a share.\n" msgstr "" -"Utilice Añadir para añadir un nuevo recurso compartido, Editar</" -"b> para modificar\n" +"Utilice Añadir para añadir un nuevo recurso compartido, Editar para modificar\n" "un recurso existente y Borrar para \n" "eliminar la información acerca de un recurso compartido.\n" @@ -1051,20 +1004,15 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "The base settings set up the domain and the\n" -"server role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain " -"Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The " -"backup controller \n" +"server role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The backup controller \n" "uses another domain controller for validation. The primary controller\n" "uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" "If the server should not participate as a domain controller, choose the\n" "Not a DC value.\n" msgstr "" "Los ajustes básicos permiten configurar el dominio y la\n" -"función del servidor. Controlador de dominio de reserva (BDC) y " -"Controlador de dominio primario (PDC) permiten a los clientes Windows " -"iniciar sesión en un dominio de Windows. El controlador de reserva\n" -"utiliza otro controlador de dominio para la validación. El controlador " -"primario utiliza\n" +"función del servidor. Controlador de dominio de reserva (BDC) y Controlador de dominio primario (PDC) permiten a los clientes Windows iniciar sesión en un dominio de Windows. El controlador de reserva\n" +"utiliza otro controlador de dominio para la validación. El controlador primario utiliza\n" "su propia información acerca de los usuarios y sus contraseñas.\n" "Si el servidor no debe participar como controlador de dominio (DC), elija \n" "el valor No es controlador de dominio.\n" @@ -1078,8 +1026,7 @@ "as a domain controller, choose Not a DC.\n" msgstr "" "Configuración básica configura el dominio y la\n" -"función del servidor. Controlador de dominio primario permite a los " -"clientes Windows iniciar\n" +"función del servidor. Controlador de dominio primario permite a los clientes Windows iniciar\n" "sesión en un dominio de Windows. Si el servidor no debe participar\n" "como controlador de dominio, elija No es controlador de dominio.\n" @@ -1106,16 +1053,14 @@ "Optionally, set a Server NetBIOS Name. The\n" "NetBIOS name is the name the server uses in the SMB network." msgstr "" -"También puede definir un valor para Nombre de servidor NetBIOS. El " -"nombre de\n" +"También puede definir un valor para Nombre de servidor NetBIOS. El nombre de\n" "NetBIOS es el nombre que utiliza el servidor en la red SMB." #. Samba role dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "Advanced Settings provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global " -"settings.\n" +"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.\n" msgstr "" "Ajustes avanzados proporciona acceso a\n" "configuración detallada, las fuentes de autenticación de usuarios y\n" @@ -1146,10 +1091,8 @@ msgstr "" "Para agregar un dominio nuevo a la lista, pulse Añadir.\n" "Escriba el nombre del dominio de confianza\n" -"y la contraseña correspondiente en el cuadro de diálogo que se abre. El " -"servidor Samba utiliza la contraseña\n" -"para acceder al dominio de confianza. A continuación, si pulsa Aceptar</" -"b>\n" +"y la contraseña correspondiente en el cuadro de diálogo que se abre. El servidor Samba utiliza la contraseña\n" +"para acceder al dominio de confianza. A continuación, si pulsa Aceptar\n" "se confirmará la relación de confianza. Para suprimir un dominio,\n" "selecciónelo en la lista y pulse Borrar.\n" @@ -1158,8 +1101,7 @@ "For more details about how trusted domains work,\n" "see the Samba HOWTO collection.\n" msgstr "" -"Para obtener más información acerca de cómo funcionan los dominios de " -"confianza,\n" +"Para obtener más información acerca de cómo funcionan los dominios de confianza,\n" "consulte los HOWTO de Samba.\n" #. Single share editing dialog help 1/2 @@ -1177,8 +1119,7 @@ "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" "an existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" msgstr "" -"Utilice Añadir para añadir una nueva opción de configuración, " -"Editar para modificar\n" +"Utilice Añadir para añadir una nueva opción de configuración, Editar para modificar\n" "una opción existente y Borrar para suprimir una opción.\n" # CER, 11.2, 2009: no creo que sea "... global de experto", sino "... global modo experto" @@ -1197,10 +1138,8 @@ "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" "already existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" msgstr "" -"Use Añadir para añadir una nueva opción de configuración, " -"Editar para\n" -"modificar una opción existente y Borrar para eliminar una opción.</" -"p>\n" +"Use Añadir para añadir una nueva opción de configuración, Editar para\n" +"modificar una opción existente y Borrar para eliminar una opción.\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:182 @@ -1217,28 +1156,21 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "Search Base DN (distinguished name) is\n" -"the base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN</" -"b> is used when\n" +"the base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN is used when\n" "creating new users and groups. If the administration DN requires\n" "a password for write access, set the password using\n" "Set LDAP Administration Password.\n" msgstr "" "DN de base de búsqueda (DN, Nombre Distinguido) es\n" -"la base en la que empezar a buscar la información. DN de administración</" -"b> se utiliza al\n" +"la base en la que empezar a buscar la información. DN de administración se utiliza al\n" "crear usuarios y grupos nuevos. Si el DN de administración necesita\n" -"una contraseña para obtener acceso de escritura, defina la contraseña " -"mediante\n" +"una contraseña para obtener acceso de escritura, defina la contraseña mediante\n" "Definir contraseña de administración LDAP.\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196 -msgid "" -"Note: Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password " -"is set.\n" -msgstr "" -"Nota: los ajustes se guardan antes de definir la contraseña de " -"administración LDAP.\n" +msgid "Note: Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.\n" +msgstr "Nota: los ajustes se guardan antes de definir la contraseña de administración LDAP.\n" # CER, 11.2, 2009: aqui estaba traducido back-end como servidor... corrijo a "motor" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1 @@ -1249,24 +1181,19 @@ "information. Samba does not support multiple backends at once anymore,\n" "only one is allowed.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Motores de información de autenticación del usuario</big></" -"b> \n" -"Elija el lugar donde el servidor Samba debe buscar la información para la " -"autenticación.\n" +"<big>Motores de información de autenticación del usuario</big> \n" +"Elija el lugar donde el servidor Samba debe buscar la información para la autenticación.\n" "Samba ya no soporta varios motores de autenticación\n" "por lo que sólo se permite uno.\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207 msgid "" -"If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current " -"one first\n" +"If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current one first\n" "by pressing Delete and add a new one with Add.\n" msgstr "" -"Si quiere cambiar la fuente de autenticación del usuario, quitar primero " -"la actual\n" -"pulsando el botón de Borrar y añadir una nueva con el botón " -"Añadir.\n" +"Si quiere cambiar la fuente de autenticación del usuario, quitar primero la actual\n" +"pulsando el botón de Borrar y añadir una nueva con el botón Añadir.\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:211 @@ -1324,8 +1251,7 @@ "Here, enter the basic information about a share to add.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Añadir un nuevo recurso compartido</big> \n" -"Aquí puede indicar la información básica de un recurso compartido que quiera " -"añadir.\n" +"Aquí puede indicar la información básica de un recurso compartido que quiera añadir.\n" #. add new share dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:252 @@ -1335,8 +1261,7 @@ "purpose of the share." msgstr "" "El Nombre del recurso compartido se utiliza para acceder al\n" -"recurso compartido desde los clientes. La Descripción del recurso " -"compartido indica\n" +"recurso compartido desde los clientes. La Descripción del recurso compartido indica\n" "la función del recurso compartido." #. add new share dialog help 3/3 @@ -1347,12 +1272,9 @@ "is presented as a network disk. Share Path must be\n" "entered for a directory share.\n" msgstr "" -"Existen dos tipos de recursos compartidos. Un recurso compartido de " -"impresora\n" -"se presenta como una impresora de cara a los clientes. Un recurso compartido " -"de directorio \n" -"se presenta como un disco de red. Es necesario introducir la ruta del " -"recurso compartido\n" +"Existen dos tipos de recursos compartidos. Un recurso compartido de impresora\n" +"se presenta como una impresora de cara a los clientes. Un recurso compartido de directorio \n" +"se presenta como un disco de red. Es necesario introducir la ruta del recurso compartido\n" "para los recursos compartidos de directorio.\n" #. add new share dialog help 4/3 @@ -1378,21 +1300,11 @@ #. add new share dialog help #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 -msgid "" -"With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by " -"Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only " -"available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to " -"a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume. Relevant permissions " -"must also be granted, see Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page for further " -"details." +msgid "With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume. Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page for further details." msgstr "" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283 -msgid "" -"Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of " -"features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if " -"Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See " -"Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page for further details." +msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page for further details." msgstr "" #. help for LDAP Settings dialog @@ -1402,88 +1314,53 @@ "Here, determine the LDAP server to use for authentication.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Setting LDAP Password Back-End allows storing user information in the " -"LDAP tree specified by the URL. With LDAP Idmap Back-End, store SID/" -"uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" +"Setting LDAP Password Back-End allows storing user information in the LDAP tree specified by the URL. With LDAP Idmap Back-End, store SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" "\n" -"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, " -"including full Administrator DN.\n" +"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, including full Administrator DN.\n" "\n" -"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP " -"objects.\n" +"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP objects.\n" "\n" -"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To " -"set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings</" -"b>." +"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings." msgstr "" "<big>Ajustes LDAP</big> \n" "Aquí, determinar el servidor LDAP a usar para autentificación.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Ajustar Motor Contraseña LDAP permite guardar información del usuario " -"en el arbol LDAP especificado por la. Con Motor LDAP Idmap, guardar " -"tablas de mapeo SID/uid/gid en LDAP.\n" +"Ajustar Motor Contraseña LDAP permite guardar información del usuario en el arbol LDAP especificado por la. Con Motor LDAP Idmap, guardar tablas de mapeo SID/uid/gid en LDAP.\n" "\n" -"En la sección de autentificación, configure las credenciales para el " -"servidor LDAP, incluyendo DN completo del administrador.\n" +"En la sección de autentificación, configure las credenciales para el servidor LDAP, incluyendo DN completo del administrador.\n" "\n" -"Buscar en la Base DN es el sufijo postpuesto por LDAP a los objetos " -"LDAP específicos-Samba.\n" +"Buscar en la Base DN es el sufijo postpuesto por LDAP a los objetos LDAP específicos-Samba.\n" "\n" -"Para probar la conexión a su servidor LDAP, pulse en Probar conexión. " -"Para ajustar las configuraciones expertas de LDAP o usar valores por " -"defecto, pulse Configuración avanzada." +"Para probar la conexión a su servidor LDAP, pulse en Probar conexión. Para ajustar las configuraciones expertas de LDAP o usar valores por defecto, pulse Configuración avanzada." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303 -msgid "" -"User Suffix specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The " -"value is pre-pended to the value of Search Base DN. Similarly, " -"Group Suffix specifies the place for groups, Machine Suffix " -"for machines and Idmap Suffix for idmap mappings." -msgstr "" -"Sufijo de usuario especifica donde se añaden los usuarios al arbol " -"LDAP. El valor es pre-añadido al valor de Búsqueda Base DN. " -"Similarmente, Sufijo de grupo especifica el sitio para grupos, " -"Sufijo de máquina para máquinas y sufijo Idmap para mapeo " -"idmap." +msgid "User Suffix specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The value is pre-pended to the value of Search Base DN. Similarly, Group Suffix specifies the place for groups, Machine Suffix for machines and Idmap Suffix for idmap mappings." +msgstr "Sufijo de usuario especifica donde se añaden los usuarios al arbol LDAP. El valor es pre-añadido al valor de Búsqueda Base DN. Similarmente, Sufijo de grupo especifica el sitio para grupos, Sufijo de máquina para máquinas y sufijo Idmap para mapeo idmap." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307 msgid "" -"Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait " -"after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\n" -"Time-Out specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</" -"p>" +"Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\n" +"Time-Out specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds)." msgstr "" -"Tiempo de replicación es la cantidad de milisegundos que Samba " -"esperará después de escribir al servidor LDAP, de modo que las réplicas LDAP " -"puedan ponerse al dia.\n" -"Tiempo límite especifica la temporización para las operaciones " -"LDAP (en segundos)." +"Tiempo de replicación es la cantidad de milisegundos que Samba esperará después de escribir al servidor LDAP, de modo que las réplicas LDAP puedan ponerse al dia.\n" +"Tiempo límite especifica la temporización para las operaciones LDAP (en segundos)." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311 -msgid "" -"Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with Use SSL or TLS." -"" -msgstr "" -"Define si usar SSL para las conexiones LDAP con Usar SSL o TLS." +msgid "Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with Use SSL or TLS." +msgstr "Define si usar SSL para las conexiones LDAP con Usar SSL o TLS." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "" -"Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete " -"LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\n" -"With Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the " -"LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual " -"page for details." +"Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\n" +"With Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details." msgstr "" -"Suprimir DN especifica si las operaciones de borrado borran la " -"entrada completa en LDAP o sólo los atributos específicos-Samba.\n" -"Con Sincronizar contraseñas, definir la posible sincronización de " -"la contraseña LDAP con hashes los de NT y LM. Vea la página de manual " -"<tt>smb.conf</tt> para más detalles." +"Suprimir DN especifica si las operaciones de borrado borran la entrada completa en LDAP o sólo los atributos específicos-Samba.\n" +"Con Sincronizar contraseñas, definir la posible sincronización de la contraseña LDAP con hashes los de NT y LM. Vea la página de manual <tt>smb.conf</tt> para más detalles." #. translators: warning text #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322 @@ -1495,8 +1372,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si se cambia el nombre de host de NetBIOS, Samba creará un\n" "identificador del servicio (SID) para su servidor la primera\n" -"vez que se conecte el cliente. Dado que el nuevo identificador será " -"diferente al antiguo,\n" +"vez que se conecte el cliente. Dado que el nuevo identificador será diferente al antiguo,\n" "los clientes no podrán autenticarse más como miembros del dominio.\n" #. translators: warning text @@ -1508,8 +1384,7 @@ "/etc/sysconfig/cron.\n" msgstr "" "Tenga en cuenta que /tmp y /var/tmp son directorios\n" -"de acceso público, y que un trabajo de limpieza previamente programado " -"podría suprimir archivos después de\n" +"de acceso público, y que un trabajo de limpieza previamente programado podría suprimir archivos después de\n" "un período configurado. Consulte MAX_DAYS_IN_TMP y TMP_DIRS_TO_CLEAR en\n" "/etc/sysconfig/cron.\n" @@ -1537,20 +1412,17 @@ "Exporting / might lead to security problems because it makes your\n" "entire file system browsable from Samba clients.\n" msgstr "" -"La exportación de / puede generar problemas de seguridad, ya que hace que " -"todo el sistema de archivos\n" +"La exportación de / puede generar problemas de seguridad, ya que hace que todo el sistema de archivos\n" "puede examinarse desde los clientes Samba.\n" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" "Advanced Settings provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, " -"and\n" +"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n" "expert global settings.\n" msgstr "" "Ajustes avanzados proporciona acceso a\n" -"configuración detallada, como los ajustes LDAP, las fuentes de autenticación " -"de usuarios y\n" +"configuración detallada, como los ajustes LDAP, las fuentes de autenticación de usuarios y\n" "ajustes globales avanzados.\n" #. translators: combo box value @@ -1586,9 +1458,7 @@ msgid "" "All current LDAP-related values will be rewritten.\n" "Continue?\n" -msgstr "" -"Todos los valores actuales relacionados con LDAP se reescribirán.¿Desea " -"continuar?\n" +msgstr "Todos los valores actuales relacionados con LDAP se reescribirán.¿Desea continuar?\n" #. translators: popup message #: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:364 @@ -1764,8 +1634,7 @@ #: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 msgid "Only dcObject (dc) and organizationalUnit (ou) classes are supported." -msgstr "" -"Sólo son compatibles las clases dcObject (dc) y organizationalUnit (ou)." +msgstr "Sólo son compatibles las clases dcObject (dc) y organizationalUnit (ou)." #. translators: warning message, %s is LDAP server name/IP #: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:624 Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/samba-users.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/samba-users.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/samba-users.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -29,8 +29,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:74 msgid "Here, edit the setting of the user's samba account." -msgstr "" -"Aquí puede editar la configuración de la cuenta Samba del usuario." +msgstr "Aquí puede editar la configuración de la cuenta Samba del usuario." #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:77 msgid "If do not enter custom values for " @@ -38,20 +37,12 @@ # # Cer, 11.2, 2009: ¿home? #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Home Drive, Home Path, Profile Path, and Logon " -"Script " -msgstr "" -"Disco principal, Ruta principal, Ruta del perfil y " -"Guión de inicio de sesión " +msgid "Home Drive, Home Path, Profile Path, and Logon Script " +msgstr "Disco principal, Ruta principal, Ruta del perfil y Guión de inicio de sesión " #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:81 -msgid "" -"the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used." -"" -msgstr "" -"se utilizarán los valores predeterminados definidos en su configuración " -"local de Samba." +msgid "the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used." +msgstr "se utilizarán los valores predeterminados definidos en su configuración local de Samba." # Cer: ponía principal en vez de home. ¿es correcto? # include/users/ui.ycp:208 @@ -96,28 +87,18 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:82 msgid "" -"This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for " -"Samba.\n" -"The only setting that you can edit here is the Samba Group Name " -"attribute,\n" -"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All " -"other\n" -"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the Samba Group Name</" -"b>\n" -"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group " -"will\n" +"This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for Samba.\n" +"The only setting that you can edit here is the Samba Group Name attribute,\n" +"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All other\n" +"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the Samba Group Name\n" +"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group will\n" "be used.\n" msgstr "" -"Este complemento puede utilizarse para permitir a un grupo LDAP estar " -"disponible\n" -"para Samba. Lo único configurable aquí es el atributo Nombre del grupo " -"Samba,\n" -"el cual es nombre del grupo tal como debe aparecer para los Clientes-Samba. " -"El resto de\n" -"los parámetros se rellenaran automáticamente. Si deja el Nombre del grupo " -"Samba\n" -"vacío, se usará el nombre configurado en la configuración global para este " -"grupo.\n" +"Este complemento puede utilizarse para permitir a un grupo LDAP estar disponible\n" +"para Samba. Lo único configurable aquí es el atributo Nombre del grupo Samba,\n" +"el cual es nombre del grupo tal como debe aparecer para los Clientes-Samba. El resto de\n" +"los parámetros se rellenaran automáticamente. Si deja el Nombre del grupo Samba\n" +"vacío, se usará el nombre configurado en la configuración global para este grupo.\n" #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:99 msgid "Samba Group Name" @@ -139,8 +120,7 @@ #: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:252 msgid "Could not initialize Samba SID. Disabling plug-in." -msgstr "" -"No ha sido posible iniciar el SID de Samba. Desactivando el complemento." +msgstr "No ha sido posible iniciar el SID de Samba. Desactivando el complemento." #: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:294 msgid "Change the password to create the Samba account" Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/scanner.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/scanner.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/scanner.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -120,8 +120,7 @@ #. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:289 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "It is only possible to delete a driver without a matching scanner." -msgstr "" -"Sólo es posible eliminar un controlador que no esté vinculado a un escáner." +msgstr "Sólo es posible eliminar un controlador que no esté vinculado a un escáner." #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry #. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver @@ -281,12 +280,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. #. Do not change or translate "i386", it is an architecture name. #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:837 -msgid "" -"The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-" -"bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." -msgstr "" -"El controlador epkowa sólo está disponible para arquitecturas compatibles " -"con i386 (32-bit i386 y también 64-bit x86_64)." +msgid "The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." +msgstr "El controlador epkowa sólo está disponible para arquitecturas compatibles con i386 (32-bit i386 y también 64-bit x86_64)." #. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64: #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:845 @@ -298,9 +293,7 @@ #. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "The epkowa driver may cause problems on 64-bit x86_64 architecture." -msgstr "" -"El controlador epkowa puede causar problemas en arquitecturas de 64-bits " -"x86_64." +msgstr "El controlador epkowa puede causar problemas en arquitecturas de 64-bits x86_64." #. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected: #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:865 @@ -412,14 +405,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Scanner Configuration</big> \n" -"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active " -"scanners.\n" +"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active scanners.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Configuración del escáner</big> \n" -"Permite ajustar o cambiar la configuración del escáner y muestra los " -"escáneres activos actualmente.\n" +"Permite ajustar o cambiar la configuración del escáner y muestra los escáneres activos actualmente.\n" "" #. Overview dialog help 2/8: @@ -428,15 +419,13 @@ "\n" "To set up a new scanner, choose the scanner from the list of\n" "detected scanners and press Edit.\n" -"If your scanner has not been detected, use Add for a manual " -"configuration.\n" +"If your scanner has not been detected, use Add for a manual configuration.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "Para configurar un nuevo escáner, seleccione el escáner en la lista de\n" "escáneres detectados y presione Editar.\n" -"Si el escáner no ha sido detectado, utilice Añadir para establecer la " -"configuración manualmente.\n" +"Si el escáner no ha sido detectado, utilice Añadir para establecer la configuración manualmente.\n" "" #. Overview dialog help 3/8: @@ -462,8 +451,7 @@ "configure the scanner unit with this tool.\n" "If you have difficulties configuring your scanner,\n" "check whether it appears in the output of <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n" -"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the " -"scanner.\n" +"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -474,17 +462,14 @@ "pruebe con Otro y Reiniciar la detección.\n" "Es posible que se detecten también otros dispositivos USB que no son\n" "escáneres. No hay manera general de distinguir de forma fiable un escáner\n" -"de otro dispositivo USB porque no hay una clase especial de dispositivo USB " -"para escáneres.\n" +"de otro dispositivo USB porque no hay una clase especial de dispositivo USB para escáneres.\n" "También puede funcionar si prueba con Añadir.\n" -"Para los dispositivos todo-en-uno de HP puede ser necesario ejecutar <tt>hp-" -"setup</tt>\n" +"Para los dispositivos todo-en-uno de HP puede ser necesario ejecutar <tt>hp-setup</tt>\n" "mediante Otro y Ejecutar hp-setup antes de que le sea\n" "posible configurar el escáner con esta herramienta.\n" "Si tiene problemas para configurar el escáner,\n" "compruebe si aparece en la salida de <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n" -"Si no aparece, significa que el sistema USB no puede comunicarse con el " -"escáner.\n" +"Si no aparece, significa que el sistema USB no puede comunicarse con el escáner.\n" "\n" #. Overview dialog help 4/8: @@ -496,18 +481,15 @@ "If difficulties arise proceeding with Add,\n" "check whether your scanner is shown by the command <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n" "If not, the SCSI system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" -"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been " -"loaded.\n" +"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been loaded.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "Los escáneres SCSI suelen ser detectados.\n" "Si se produce algún problema al utilizar Añadir,\n" "compruebe si el escáner aparece al emplear el comando <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n" -"Si no es así, significa que el sistema SCSI no puede comunicarse con el " -"escáner.\n" -"Compruebe si se ha cargado un módulo del kernel adecuado para el adaptador " -"de host SCSI.\n" +"Si no es así, significa que el sistema SCSI no puede comunicarse con el escáner.\n" +"Compruebe si se ha cargado un módulo del kernel adecuado para el adaptador de host SCSI.\n" "" #. Overview dialog help 5/8: @@ -520,8 +502,7 @@ "Common parallel port scanners must be configured manually.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected to the parallel port,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup</" -"b>\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup\n" "before you can configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -531,10 +512,8 @@ "Este tipo de dispositivos se deben configurar manualmente.\n" "Para configurar el escáner en un dispositivo multifunción de HP\n" "conectado al puerto paralelo,\n" -"puede ser necesario ejecutar <tt>hp-setup</tt> mediante Otro y " -"Ejecutar hp-setup\n" -"antes de que se pueda configurar el escáner con esta herramienta usando " -"Añadir.\n" +"puede ser necesario ejecutar <tt>hp-setup</tt> mediante Otro y Ejecutar hp-setup\n" +"antes de que se pueda configurar el escáner con esta herramienta usando Añadir.\n" "\n" #. Overview dialog help 6/8: @@ -556,10 +535,8 @@ "connected to another host in the network.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected via a built-in network interface,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup</" -"b>\n" -"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add</" -"b>.\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup\n" +"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -573,8 +550,7 @@ "Para configurar el escáner de un dispositivo multifunción de HP\n" "conectado por medio de un interfaz de red interno, puede ser necesario\n" "ejecutar <tt>hp-setup</tt> mediante Otro y Ejecutar hp-setup\n" -"para que pueda configurar el escáner con esta herramienta usando Añadir</" -"b>.\n" +"para que pueda configurar el escáner con esta herramienta usando Añadir.\n" "\n" #. Overview dialog help 7/8: @@ -591,21 +567,17 @@ "Press Add to select model and driver and enable it.\n" "Press Edit to select and enable a driver.\n" "Press Delete to disable the driver.\n" -"If you press Other, you can restart the detection, test enabled " -"drivers,\n" +"If you press Other, you can restart the detection, test enabled drivers,\n" "set up HP all-in-one devices, or set up scanning via network.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"La tabla muestra los controladores configurados y los escáneres asociados a " -"ellos.\n" -"Pulse sobre Añadir para seleccionar un modelo y un controlador y " -"habilitarlo.\n" +"La tabla muestra los controladores configurados y los escáneres asociados a ellos.\n" +"Pulse sobre Añadir para seleccionar un modelo y un controlador y habilitarlo.\n" "Pulse sobre Editar para seleccionar y habilitar un controlador.\n" "Pulse sobre Eliminar para eliminar un controlador.\n" "Si pulsa sobre Otro, podrá\n" -"reiniciar la detección, probar los escáneres activos, configurar " -"dispositivos\n" +"reiniciar la detección, probar los escáneres activos, configurar dispositivos\n" "multifunción HP, o configurar el escaneo a través de la red.\n" "" @@ -624,8 +596,7 @@ #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "\n" -"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible " -"reasons are:\n" +"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible reasons are:\n" "The scanner is not connected or switched off,\n" "the driver is not the right one for the particular model\n" "(even small differences in model names or internal differences in\n" @@ -635,15 +606,12 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si el controlador está configurado pero el controlador no reconoce el " -"escáner, es posible que:\n" +"Si el controlador está configurado pero el controlador no reconoce el escáner, es posible que:\n" "El escáner no esté conectado o el interruptor esté apagado,\n" "el controlador no es el adecuado para este modelo de escáner\n" -"(incluso pequeñas diferencias en el nombre del modelo o diferencias internas " -"en\n" +"(incluso pequeñas diferencias en el nombre del modelo o diferencias internas en\n" "el mismo modelo, pueden hacer necesario el uso de controladores distintos),\n" -"pueda haber problemas de comunicación a bajo nivel (relacionado con el " -"kernel) con el dispositivo\n" +"pueda haber problemas de comunicación a bajo nivel (relacionado con el kernel) con el dispositivo\n" "(ej. un problema a bajo nivel con USB o un problema a bajo nivel con SCSI).\n" "" @@ -654,18 +622,15 @@ "\n" "<big>Scanner Model Selection</big> \n" "All known scanner models, both supported and unsupported, are listed here.\n" -"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing " -"Next.\n" +"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing Next.\n" "The information is based on data of the SANE project at\n" "<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Selección del modelo de escáner</big> \n" -"Esta lista incluye todos los modelos de escáneres conocidos, tanto los " -"compatibles como los no compatibles.\n" -"Lea atentamente toda la información antes de seleccionar un modelo y pulsar " -"en Siguiente.\n" +"Esta lista incluye todos los modelos de escáneres conocidos, tanto los compatibles como los no compatibles.\n" +"Lea atentamente toda la información antes de seleccionar un modelo y pulsar en Siguiente.\n" "La información está basada en los datos del proyecto SANE, disponible en\n" "<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n" "" @@ -676,53 +641,36 @@ #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:192 msgid "" "\n" -"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver " -"available.\n" -"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-" -"backends package.\n" -"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete." -" \n" -"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver " -"does not work.\n" +"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver available.\n" +"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-backends package.\n" +"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete. \n" +"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver does not work.\n" "Even an unmaintained driver could work perfectly well.\n" -"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver " -"internals\n" -"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained " -"driver.\n" +"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver internals\n" +"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained driver.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Un modelo es soportado, si hay al menos un controlador apropiado disponible " -"para el escáner.\n" -"La mayoría de los controladores de escáner son del proyecto SANE y se " -"proporcionan en el paquete sane-backends.\n" -"El nivel de soporte para un modelo particular, varía de mínimo a completo." -" \n" -"Cuando un controlador se muestra como 'sin mantenimiento', esto no significa " -"que el controlador no funcione.\n" -"Incluso aún un controlador sin mantenimiento, podría funcionar perfectamente " -"bien.\n" -"Pero significa que ya no hay alguien que conozca el funcionamiento interno " -"del controlador,\n" -"de manera que por lo general no se proporciona ayuda, si hay problemas con " -"un controlador sin mantenimiento.\n" +"Un modelo es soportado, si hay al menos un controlador apropiado disponible para el escáner.\n" +"La mayoría de los controladores de escáner son del proyecto SANE y se proporcionan en el paquete sane-backends.\n" +"El nivel de soporte para un modelo particular, varía de mínimo a completo. \n" +"Cuando un controlador se muestra como 'sin mantenimiento', esto no significa que el controlador no funcione.\n" +"Incluso aún un controlador sin mantenimiento, podría funcionar perfectamente bien.\n" +"Pero significa que ya no hay alguien que conozca el funcionamiento interno del controlador,\n" +"de manera que por lo general no se proporciona ayuda, si hay problemas con un controlador sin mantenimiento.\n" "" #. SelectModel dialog help 3/5: #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "\n" -"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a " -"driver.\n" -"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an " -"unsupported scanner.\n" +"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a driver.\n" +"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an unsupported scanner.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Incluso si un modelo no dispone de controlador, el fabricante puede tener " -"uno.\n" -"En consecuencia, si tiene un escáner no compatible, deberá solicitar al " -"fabricante del escáner un controlador.\n" +"Incluso si un modelo no dispone de controlador, el fabricante puede tener uno.\n" +"En consecuencia, si tiene un escáner no compatible, deberá solicitar al fabricante del escáner un controlador.\n" "" #. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: @@ -746,36 +694,23 @@ "\n" "Use the Search String to find an appropriate entry quickly.\n" "To find some text anywhere in the table, enter it in the field.\n" -"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is " -"also possible.\n" -"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this " -"list,\n" -"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson." -"*</tt>.\n" -"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search " -"string.\n" -"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." -"*perfection</tt>\n" -"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." -"*1200</tt>.\n" +"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is also possible.\n" +"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this list,\n" +"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" +"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search string.\n" +"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" +"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Use la función Cadena de búsqueda para buscar rápidamente una entrada " -"adecuada.\n" +"Use la función Cadena de búsqueda para buscar rápidamente una entrada adecuada.\n" "Para buscar texto incluido en la tabla, escriba el texto en el campo.\n" -"Si lo desea, también puede efectuar búsquedas más complejas usando " -"expresiones regulares que distingan entre mayúsculas y minúsculas.\n" -"Si se ha detectado el escáner y el nombre del fabricante aparece en esta " -"lista,\n" -"la cadena de búsqueda se predefine con el nombre del fabricante como, por " -"ejemplo, <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" -"Para ajustar los resultados de la búsqueda, incluya también información " -"sobre el modelo concreto en la cadena de búsqueda.\n" -"Por ejemplo, incluya una palabra que forme parte del nombre del modelo como " -"en <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" -"o incluya algunos dígitos que formen parte del nombre del modelo como, por " -"ejemplo, <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" +"Si lo desea, también puede efectuar búsquedas más complejas usando expresiones regulares que distingan entre mayúsculas y minúsculas.\n" +"Si se ha detectado el escáner y el nombre del fabricante aparece en esta lista,\n" +"la cadena de búsqueda se predefine con el nombre del fabricante como, por ejemplo, <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" +"Para ajustar los resultados de la búsqueda, incluya también información sobre el modelo concreto en la cadena de búsqueda.\n" +"Por ejemplo, incluya una palabra que forme parte del nombre del modelo como en <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" +"o incluya algunos dígitos que formen parte del nombre del modelo como, por ejemplo, <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" "" #. ConfigureBackend dialog help 1/4: @@ -784,16 +719,14 @@ "\n" "<big>Scanner and Driver Setup</big> \n" "The driver is activated and the associated scanners are probed.\n" -"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press Next</" -"b>.\n" +"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press Next.\n" "If you press Back, the driver is deactivated.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Configuración del escáner y controlador</big> \n" "El controlador se activa y los escáneres asociados se prueban.\n" -"Esto puede llevar algunos segundos, por lo que deberá esperar antes de " -"pulsar Siguiente.\n" +"Esto puede llevar algunos segundos, por lo que deberá esperar antes de pulsar Siguiente.\n" "Si pulsa Atrás, el controlador se desactivará.\n" "" @@ -811,8 +744,7 @@ "<big>Paquetes adicionales</big> \n" "Si el paquete que incluye el controlador no se ha instalado todavía,\n" "se mostrará un cuadro de diálogo para instalar el paquete.\n" -"Es posible que este tipo de paquetes no estén disponible para todas las " -"arquitecturas.\n" +"Es posible que este tipo de paquetes no estén disponible para todas las arquitecturas.\n" "" #. ConfigureBackend dialog help 3/4: @@ -845,14 +777,10 @@ "<big>HP All-in-One Devices</big> \n" "HP all-in-one devices may require a special setup.\n" "In this case, an appropriate dialog is shown.\n" -"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one " -"devices:\n" -"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer " -"available),\n" -"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-" -"one devices,\n" -"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio " -"driver.\n" +"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one devices:\n" +"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer available),\n" +"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-one devices,\n" +"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio driver.\n" "Both software packages can be installed at the same time\n" "but the ptal service and the hpaio driver cannot run together.\n" "Therefore either the patl service or the hpaio driver\n" @@ -861,22 +789,15 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Dispositivos HP multifunción</big> \n" -"Los dispositivos multifunción de HP pueden necesitar una configuración " -"especial.\n" +"Los dispositivos multifunción de HP pueden necesitar una configuración especial.\n" "En este caso, se mostrará el cuadro de diálogo apropiado.\n" -"Hay dos paquetes de software que proporcionan compatibilidad para los " -"dispositivos multifunción HP:\n" -"Por una parte, el antiguo software HPOJ (el paquete hp-officeJet ya no esta " -"disponible),\n" -"que incluye el sistema PTAL (con el servicio ptal) para acceder a los " -"dispositivos multifunción de HP\n" -"y, por otra, el nuevo software HPLIP (paquete hplip),que incluye el " -"controlador hpaio.\n" +"Hay dos paquetes de software que proporcionan compatibilidad para los dispositivos multifunción HP:\n" +"Por una parte, el antiguo software HPOJ (el paquete hp-officeJet ya no esta disponible),\n" +"que incluye el sistema PTAL (con el servicio ptal) para acceder a los dispositivos multifunción de HP\n" +"y, por otra, el nuevo software HPLIP (paquete hplip),que incluye el controlador hpaio.\n" "Ambos paquetes de software pueden estar instalados simultáneamente\n" -"pero el servicio ptal y el controlador hpaio no se pueden ejecutar a la " -"vez.\n" -"Por lo tanto debe utilizarse o bien el servicio ptal o bien el controlador " -"hplip\n" +"pero el servicio ptal y el controlador hpaio no se pueden ejecutar a la vez.\n" +"Por lo tanto debe utilizarse o bien el servicio ptal o bien el controlador hplip\n" "para acceder a todos los dispositivos multifunción de HP.\n" "" @@ -906,12 +827,9 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Server Settings</big> \n" -"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via " -"the network,\n" -"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a " -"server.\n" -"In Permitted Clients, enter which client hosts are permitted to " -"access saned on your server.\n" +"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via the network,\n" +"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a server.\n" +"In Permitted Clients, enter which client hosts are permitted to access saned on your server.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of client hosts (hostnames or IP addresses)\n" "or subnets (CIDR notation, such as 192.168.1.0/24).\n" "If no client hosts are permitted, saned is not activated.\n" @@ -920,14 +838,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Configuración del servidor</big> \n" -"Si ha conectado escáneres de forma local y desea que estén disponibles a " -"través de la red,\n" -"configure el demonio de escaneado en red saned para que el host se convierta " -"en servidor.\n" -"En Clientes permitidos, especifique qué hosts clientes tienen permiso " -"para acceder a saned en el servidor.\n" -"Especifique una lista de valores separados por comas con los hosts clientes " -"(nombres de host o direcciones IP)\n" +"Si ha conectado escáneres de forma local y desea que estén disponibles a través de la red,\n" +"configure el demonio de escaneado en red saned para que el host se convierta en servidor.\n" +"En Clientes permitidos, especifique qué hosts clientes tienen permiso para acceder a saned en el servidor.\n" +"Especifique una lista de valores separados por comas con los hosts clientes (nombres de host o direcciones IP)\n" "o subredes (notación CIDR como, por ejemplo, 192.168.1.0/24).\n" "Si ningún host cliente tiene permiso, saned no se activa.\n" "Si se activa saned, xinetd es también activado y configurado para saned.\n" @@ -979,17 +893,13 @@ "Para usar escáneres a través de la red, el demonio de red SANE (el saned)\n" "es el proceso que debe ejecutarse para que los clientes remotos\n" "pueden acceder a los escáneres que estén conectados a su máquina local.\n" -"Clientes anfitriones contactan con el saned a través del sane-port (puerto " -"TCP 6566),\n" -"pero los datos de escaneo son transferidos a través de un puerto aleatorio " -"adicional.\n" -"Por tanto, el puerto 6566 por si solo no es suficiente para escanear a " -"través de la red. \n" +"Clientes anfitriones contactan con el saned a través del sane-port (puerto TCP 6566),\n" +"pero los datos de escaneo son transferidos a través de un puerto aleatorio adicional.\n" +"Por tanto, el puerto 6566 por si solo no es suficiente para escanear a través de la red. \n" "No abra el puerto sane-port 6566 o cualquier otro puerto\n" "si desea usar escáneres, para la zona externa en el cortafuegos.\n" "Esto es peligroso porque permite el acceso al saned de huéspedes extraños\n" -"de modo que el cortafuegos ya no proporciona protección alguna para el " -"saned.\n" +"de modo que el cortafuegos ya no proporciona protección alguna para el saned.\n" "Permitir el acceso desde la red externa (ej., para la zona externa)\n" "no tiene sentido, porque el escaneo de documentos requiere\n" "el acceso físico por usuarios de confianza. \n" @@ -998,10 +908,8 @@ "Para hacer accesible el saned en nuestro servidor, desde una red interna,\n" "asignamos la interfaz de red que pertenece a la red interna,\n" "a la zona interna del cortafuegos.\n" -"Utilice el módulo de configuración del cortafuegos de YaST, para hacer esta " -"configuración fundamental\n" -"en relación a la seguridad de la red y el cortafuegos, y el escaneo a través " -"de la red\n" +"Utilice el módulo de configuración del cortafuegos de YaST, para hacer esta configuración fundamental\n" +"en relación a la seguridad de la red y el cortafuegos, y el escaneo a través de la red\n" "funcionará sin ninguna configuración del cortafuegos adicional. \n" "Para más detalles vea la base de datos de soporte de openSUSE\n" "artículo 'CUPS y la configuración del cortafuegos para SANE' en \n" @@ -1016,10 +924,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Client Settings</big> \n" -"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the " -"network,\n" -"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the " -"servers.\n" +"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the network,\n" +"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the servers.\n" "The saned and the firewall on the servers must permit the access.\n" "In Servers Used, enter which servers should be used.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of servers (server names or IP addresses).\n" @@ -1028,15 +934,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Ajustes de los clientes</big> \n" -"Si desea acceder a los escáneres conectados a otros equipos anfitriones " -"(servidores) en la red,\n" -"configure el metacontrolador net para acceder a ellos mediante el demonio " -"que se ejecuta en los servidores.\n" +"Si desea acceder a los escáneres conectados a otros equipos anfitriones (servidores) en la red,\n" +"configure el metacontrolador net para acceder a ellos mediante el demonio que se ejecuta en los servidores.\n" "El saned y el cortafuegos de los servidores deben permitir el acceso.\n" -"En Servidores utilizados, introduzca los servidores que desee " -"utilizar.\n" -"Introduzca una lista de servidores separados por comas (nombres de " -"servidores o direcciones IP).\n" +"En Servidores utilizados, introduzca los servidores que desee utilizar.\n" +"Introduzca una lista de servidores separados por comas (nombres de servidores o direcciones IP).\n" "Si no se introduce ningún servidor, net no se activará.\n" "" @@ -1065,10 +967,8 @@ "Mediante el uso de la red loopback, tanto saned como el metacontrolador net\n" "pueden utilizarse incluso en su equipo local.\n" "En este caso, el servidor y el cliente son la misma máquina (localhost).\n" -"Algunos escáneres, como los de puerto paralelo, requieren privilegios de " -"superusuario o root.\n" -"Cuando se introduce <tt>localhost</tt> tanto para el servidor como para el " -"cliente,\n" +"Algunos escáneres, como los de puerto paralelo, requieren privilegios de superusuario o root.\n" +"Cuando se introduce <tt>localhost</tt> tanto para el servidor como para el cliente,\n" "se puede acceder al escáner incluso como usuario normal en su equipo local.\n" "" @@ -1105,8 +1005,7 @@ #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:399 msgid "" "The third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys is required.\n" -"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly " -"Avasys)\n" +"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly Avasys)\n" "http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n" "(formerly Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\n" "where RPM packages for 32-bit (i386) and 64-bit (x86_64) architecture\n" @@ -1123,16 +1022,12 @@ "Se necesita el controlador del software de terceros Image Scan de Avasys.\n" "El controlador del software Image Scan es producido y provisto por Avasys\n" "http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/\n" -"donde se pueden descargar los paquetes RPM para arquitecturas de 32-bits " -"(i386) y 64-bits (x86_64)\n" +"donde se pueden descargar los paquetes RPM para arquitecturas de 32-bits (i386) y 64-bits (x86_64)\n" "(si acepta los acuerdos de licencia de Avasys y Epson).\n" "El controlador de Image Scan contiene software propietario sólo binario.\n" -"Para algunos modelos sólo está disponible para la arquitectura de 32-bits " -"(i386)\n" -"por lo que no funciona cuando se tiene una instalación del sistema de 64-" -"bits.\n" -"Algunos escáneres son también reconocidos por otros controladores (software " -"libre).\n" +"Para algunos modelos sólo está disponible para la arquitectura de 32-bits (i386)\n" +"por lo que no funciona cuando se tiene una instalación del sistema de 64-bits.\n" +"Algunos escáneres son también reconocidos por otros controladores (software libre).\n" "Cuando su modelo de escáner requiere un módulo DFSG no-libre (propietario),\n" "se tienen que descargar e instalar los siguientes dos paquetes de Avasys:\n" "El paquete 'iscan' para el software base y un paquete adicional\n" @@ -1141,20 +1036,13 @@ #. Is the package available to be installed? #. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:442 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " -"available." -msgstr "" -"El paquete requerido %1 no está instalado y no se encuentra disponible " -"ningún repositorio de paquetes." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." +msgstr "El paquete requerido %1 no está instalado y no se encuentra disponible ningún repositorio de paquetes." #. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:457 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." -msgstr "" -"El paquete requerido %1 no está instalado y no está disponible en el " -"repositorio." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgstr "El paquete requerido %1 no está instalado y no está disponible en el repositorio." #. Only a simple message because: #. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, @@ -1175,17 +1063,14 @@ "with the network, the 'scanimage -L' command may not respond. For example,\n" "this may happen if communication with a server used by the net metadriver\n" "gets distorted because a firewall drops some network traffic.\n" -"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is " -"fixed.\n" +"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is fixed.\n" msgstr "" "No ha sido posible encontrar escáneres activos.\n" "Si se activa el metacontrolador net mientras hay un problema\n" "con la red, el comando 'scanimage -L' podría no responder. Por ejemplo,\n" "si la comunicación con el servidor usado por el metacontrolador net\n" -"está distorsionada debido a que un Cortafuegos rechaza parte del tráfico de " -"la red.\n" -"En este caso, desactive el metacontrolador net hasta que se solucione el " -"problema en la red.\n" +"está distorsionada debido a que un Cortafuegos rechaza parte del tráfico de la red.\n" +"En este caso, desactive el metacontrolador net hasta que se solucione el problema en la red.\n" #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). @@ -1379,15 +1264,11 @@ "configuration, run hp-setup manually, and start the scanner configuration\n" "again afterwards.\n" msgstr "" -"No se puede ejecutar hp-setup porque no se ha podido abrir una pantalla " -"gráfica. \n" -"En particular, esto sucede cuando YaST se ejecuta en modo solo-texto, o " -"cuando el usuario que ejecuta YaST\n" -"no tiene definida la variable de entorno DISPLAY, o cuando no se permite al " -"proceso YaST\n" +"No se puede ejecutar hp-setup porque no se ha podido abrir una pantalla gráfica. \n" +"En particular, esto sucede cuando YaST se ejecuta en modo solo-texto, o cuando el usuario que ejecuta YaST\n" +"no tiene definida la variable de entorno DISPLAY, o cuando no se permite al proceso YaST\n" "el acceso a la pantalla gráfica. En este caso, cancele la configuración\n" -"del escáner, ejecute hp-setup manualmente, y reinicie posteriormente la " -"configuración\n" +"del escáner, ejecute hp-setup manualmente, y reinicie posteriormente la configuración\n" "del escáner.\n" #. Message of a Popup::YesNo when hplip should be installed. @@ -1398,8 +1279,7 @@ "It seems hplip is not installed, which is required to run hp-setup.\n" "Should the hplip package be installed?\n" msgstr "" -"Parece que hplip, que es necesario para ejecutar hp-setup, no está " -"instalado.\n" +"Parece que hplip, que es necesario para ejecutar hp-setup, no está instalado.\n" "¿Desea instalar el paquete hplip?\n" #. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. @@ -1419,8 +1299,7 @@ #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1125 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner " -"configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Se ha lanzado hp-setup.\n" "Debe finalizar hp-setup antes de proceder con la configuración del escáner.\n" @@ -1473,9 +1352,7 @@ #. nor an active driver was found: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1426 msgid "No scanner was detected and no active scanner or driver exists." -msgstr "" -"No se ha detectado ningún escáner y no existe ningún escáner ni controlador " -"activo." +msgstr "No se ha detectado ningún escáner y no existe ningún escáner ni controlador activo." #. Scanner model list firmware entry for models which require a firmware upload: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1455 @@ -1501,9 +1378,7 @@ #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1548 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide good functionality." -msgstr "" -"El controlador %1 sin mantenimiento puede proporcionar una buena " -"funcionalidad." +msgstr "El controlador %1 sin mantenimiento puede proporcionar una buena funcionalidad." #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1554 @@ -1525,9 +1400,7 @@ #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1576 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide complete functionality." -msgstr "" -"El controlador %1 sin mantenimiento podría proporcionar todas las " -"funcionalidades." +msgstr "El controlador %1 sin mantenimiento podría proporcionar todas las funcionalidades." #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1584 @@ -1543,9 +1416,7 @@ #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1601 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide basic functionality." -msgstr "" -"El controlador %1 sin mantenimiento podría proporcionar funcionalidades " -"básicas." +msgstr "El controlador %1 sin mantenimiento podría proporcionar funcionalidades básicas." #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1609 @@ -1556,8 +1427,7 @@ #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1619 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide minimal functionality." -msgstr "" -"El controlador %1 sin mantenimiento podría ofrecer funcionalidades mínimas." +msgstr "El controlador %1 sin mantenimiento podría ofrecer funcionalidades mínimas." #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1627 @@ -1568,9 +1438,7 @@ #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1635 msgid "Driver %1 may work, but the functionality is unknown." -msgstr "" -"Es posible que funcione el controlador %1, pero se desconoce con qué " -"funcionalidad." +msgstr "Es posible que funcione el controlador %1, pero se desconoce con qué funcionalidad." #. The body of a Popup::AnyMessage for scanners which require a firmware upload #. Below this message on a seperated line a special command will be shown. @@ -1580,42 +1448,32 @@ #. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1892 msgid "" -"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's " -"memory.\n" +"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n" "Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n" "\n" -"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot " -"distribute it.\n" +"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot distribute it.\n" "Usually the firmware file is stored somewhere on the manufacturer's CD.\n" -"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web " -"site.\n" -"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular " -"scanner.\n" +"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web site.\n" +"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular scanner.\n" "Find additional useful information on the SANE web site at\n" "http://www.sane-project.org/.\n" "\n" "After you get the firmware file, you must configure the driver manually.\n" -"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware " -"upload.\n" +"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware upload.\n" "The following command shows the man page for your driver:\n" msgstr "" -"Un archivo firmware contiene software que debe cargarse en la memoria del " -"escáner.\n" +"Un archivo firmware contiene software que debe cargarse en la memoria del escáner.\n" "Sin firmware, el escáner no puede funcionar.\n" "\n" -"Dado que para distribuir el firmware se necesita licencia del fabricante del " -"escáner, no podemos distribuirlo.\n" +"Dado que para distribuir el firmware se necesita licencia del fabricante del escáner, no podemos distribuirlo.\n" "Normalmente, el archivo de firmware se incluye en el CD del fabricante.\n" "Otra opción puede ser descargarlo del sitio web del fabricante.\n" -"Pregunte al fabricante cómo puede obtener el archivo de firmware para su " -"escáner.\n" +"Pregunte al fabricante cómo puede obtener el archivo de firmware para su escáner.\n" "Encontrará información adicional útil en el sitio web de SANE, en\n" "http://www.sane-project.org/.\n" "\n" -"Una vez que consiga el archivo firmware, debe configurar el controlador " -"manualmente.\n" -"La página man del controlador describe cómo configurarlo para cargar el " -"firmware.\n" +"Una vez que consiga el archivo firmware, debe configurar el controlador manualmente.\n" +"La página man del controlador describe cómo configurarlo para cargar el firmware.\n" "El siguiente comando muestra la página man para su controlador:\n" #. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver. @@ -1643,44 +1501,34 @@ "The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n" "In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n" "\n" -"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be " -"initialized.\n" +"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be initialized.\n" "Additionally, the ptal service should be activated for start when booting.\n" "The PTAL system and the hplip service exclude each other.\n" "Therefore a running hplip service would be stopped and deactivated\n" "before the the PTAL system is initialized, activated, and started.\n" "An automated initialization of the PTAL system is only safe for USB.\n" -"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB " -"fails,\n" +"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB fails,\n" "set up the PTAL system manually.\n" "If you have an all-in-one device (scanner+printer), note that\n" -"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/" -"lp0),\n" +"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/lp0),\n" "so the printer can no longer be addressed via the USB device file.\n" "\n" "Should the PTAL system for USB be initialized, activated, and started now?\n" msgstr "" -"El controlador hpoj requiere que el sistema PTAL esté configurado y en " -"ejecución.\n" +"El controlador hpoj requiere que el sistema PTAL esté configurado y en ejecución.\n" "En concreto, el servicio ptal debe estar activo y en ejecución.\n" "\n" -"Antes de iniciar el servicio ptal, el sistema PTAL debe haberse " -"inicializado.\n" +"Antes de iniciar el servicio ptal, el sistema PTAL debe haberse inicializado.\n" "Asimismo, el servicio ptal debe estar activado para iniciarse al arrancar.\n" "El sistema PTAL y el servicio hplip se excluyen mutuamente.\n" -"En consecuencia, si el servicio hplip se está ejecutando, se detendrá y se " -"desactivará\n" +"En consecuencia, si el servicio hplip se está ejecutando, se detendrá y se desactivará\n" "antes de que el sistema PTAL se inicialice, se active y se ejecute.\n" "La inicialización automática del sistema PTAL es segura sólo para USB.\n" -"Si dispone de un dispositivo que no sea USB o si la inicialización " -"automática\n" +"Si dispone de un dispositivo que no sea USB o si la inicialización automática\n" "de USB falla, configure manualmente el sistema PTAL.\n" -"Si dispone de un dispositivo \"todo en uno\" (escáner e impresora), tenga en " -"cuenta que la\n" -"ejecución del servicio ptal monopoliza el archivo del dispositivo USB (por " -"ej., /dev/usb/lp0),\n" -"así que la impresora no podrá gestionarse mediante el archivo del " -"dispositivo USB.\n" +"Si dispone de un dispositivo \"todo en uno\" (escáner e impresora), tenga en cuenta que la\n" +"ejecución del servicio ptal monopoliza el archivo del dispositivo USB (por ej., /dev/usb/lp0),\n" +"así que la impresora no podrá gestionarse mediante el archivo del dispositivo USB.\n" "\n" "¿Desea inicializar, activar e iniciar ahora el sistema PTAL para USB?\n" @@ -1695,18 +1543,14 @@ "and all print queues that use the hplip service would no longer work.\n" "If the scanner is also supported by the hpaio driver, do not proceed.\n" "Instead use hpaio to set up the scanner.\n" -"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal " -"service.\n" +"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal service.\n" msgstr "" -"Hay como mínimo una configuración de impresora que utiliza el servicio " -"hplip.\n" +"Hay como mínimo una configuración de impresora que utiliza el servicio hplip.\n" "Se puede continuar, pero el servicio hplip se detendrá\n" -"y todas las colas de impresión que utilicen dicho servicio podrían dejar de " -"funcionar.\n" +"y todas las colas de impresión que utilicen dicho servicio podrían dejar de funcionar.\n" "Si el escáner también está soportado por el controlador hpaio, no continúe.\n" "Use en su lugar hpaio para configurar el escáner.\n" -"También puede continuar y cambiar la configuración de la impresora para que " -"use el servicio ptal.\n" +"También puede continuar y cambiar la configuración de la impresora para que use el servicio ptal.\n" #. %1 will be replaced by the backend name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982 @@ -1745,8 +1589,7 @@ #. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001 msgid "Testing and setting up special requirements for particular drivers..." -msgstr "" -"Probando y configurando requisitos especiales para controladores concretos..." +msgstr "Probando y configurando requisitos especiales para controladores concretos..." #. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2005 @@ -1797,8 +1640,7 @@ #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2115 msgid "If the ptal service is not running, the scanner cannot work." -msgstr "" -"Si el servicio ptal no se está ejecutando, el escáner no puede funcionar." +msgstr "Si el servicio ptal no se está ejecutando, el escáner no puede funcionar." #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). @@ -1824,12 +1666,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2291 -msgid "" -"The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not " -"deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." -msgstr "" -"El controlador hpoj está desactivado, pero el servicio asociado ptal no lo " -"está porque el sistema de impresión CUPS lo requiere." +msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." +msgstr "El controlador hpoj está desactivado, pero el servicio asociado ptal no lo está porque el sistema de impresión CUPS lo requiere." #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. @@ -1955,6 +1793,4 @@ #. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2598 msgid "For details regarding firewall see the help text of this dialog." -msgstr "" -"Para obtener más información sobre el cortafuegos, vea el texto de ayuda de " -"este diálogo." +msgstr "Para obtener más información sobre el cortafuegos, vea el texto de ayuda de este diálogo." Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/security.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/security.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/security.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -100,8 +100,7 @@ #. error message #: src/clients/security.rb:250 msgid "The number of passwords to remember must be between 0 an 400." -msgstr "" -"El número de contraseñas que se deben recordar debe estar entre 0 y 400." +msgstr "El número de contraseñas que se deben recordar debe estar entre 0 y 400." # clients/ui_helps.ycp:41 #. Main dialog caption @@ -289,12 +288,8 @@ #. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 -msgid "" -"These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1: %2</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"Estos servicios de sistema básicos no están habilitados en el nivel de " -"ejecución %1: %2" +msgid "These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1: %2" +msgstr "Estos servicios de sistema básicos no están habilitados en el nivel de ejecución %1: %2" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "All basic services are enabled." @@ -302,14 +297,11 @@ #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "These extra services are enabled in runlevel %1: %2" -msgstr "" -"Estos servicios extras están habilitados en el nivel de ejecución %1:" -" %2" +msgstr "Estos servicios extras están habilitados en el nivel de ejecución %1: %2" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Check the list of services and disable all unused services." -msgstr "" -"Verifique la lista de servicios y deshabilite aquellos no usados." +msgstr "Verifique la lista de servicios y deshabilite aquellos no usados." #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:447 msgid "Only basic system services are enabled." @@ -397,8 +389,7 @@ "The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1." msgstr "" "La longitud mínima de la contraseña no puede sobrepasar la longitud máxima.\n" -"La longitud máxima de la contraseña para el método de cifrado seleccionado " -"es %1." +"La longitud máxima de la contraseña para el método de cifrado seleccionado es %1." # # clients/ui_helps.ycp:78 include/security/ui.ycp:638 @@ -429,8 +420,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando el inicio</big> \n" -"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, pulse ahora " -"Cancelar." +"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, pulse ahora Cancelar." #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:47 @@ -457,8 +447,7 @@ "In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security." msgstr "" "<big>Seguridad en el arranque</big>\n" -"En este cuadro de diálogo puede cambiar varios ajustes del arranque " -"relacionados con la seguridad." +"En este cuadro de diálogo puede cambiar varios ajustes del arranque relacionados con la seguridad." # clients/ui_helps.ycp:66 #. Boot dialog help 2/4 @@ -491,33 +480,25 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Hibernate System:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, " -"user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring " -"authentication in all cases.\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" msgstr "" "Hibernación del Sistema:\n" -"Establecer las condiciones para que los usuarios puedan hibernar el sistema. " -"Por defecto, el usuario tiene este derecho en la consola activa.\n" -"Otras opciones son permitir la acción a cada usuario o requerir la " -"autenticación en todos los casos.\n" +"Establecer las condiciones para que los usuarios puedan hibernar el sistema. Por defecto, el usuario tiene este derecho en la consola activa.\n" +"Otras opciones son permitir la acción a cada usuario o requerir la autenticación en todos los casos.\n" #. Main dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<BIG>Configuring Local Security</BIG>\n" -"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which " -"include\n" -" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The " -"default\n" +"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" +" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" " settings can be modified as needed.\n" "" msgstr "" "<BIG>Configuración de la seguridad local</BIG>\n" -"Usando los valores por defecto, cambiar los ajustes de seguridad local, " -"entre los que se incluyen\n" -"el arranque, el inicio de sesión, la contraseña, la creación de usuarios y " -"los permisos para los archivos. Los ajustes por defecto\n" +"Usando los valores por defecto, cambiar los ajustes de seguridad local, entre los que se incluyen\n" +"el arranque, el inicio de sesión, la contraseña, la creación de usuarios y los permisos para los archivos. Los ajustes por defecto\n" "se pueden modificar siempre que sea necesario.\n" "" @@ -528,8 +509,7 @@ "Home Workstation: For a home computer not connected to\n" "any type of a network." msgstr "" -"Estación de trabajo particular: se utiliza para un equipo " -"doméstico\n" +"Estación de trabajo particular: se utiliza para un equipo doméstico\n" "que no esté conectado a ningún tipo de red." # clients/ui_helps.ycp:53 @@ -556,8 +536,7 @@ #. Main dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:98 msgid "Custom Settings: Create your own configuration." -msgstr "" -"Configuración personalizada Cree su propia configuración." +msgstr "Configuración personalizada Cree su propia configuración." # clients/ui_helps.ycp:104 #. Login dialog help 1/4 @@ -576,20 +555,14 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:106 msgid "" "Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:\n" -"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to " -"prevent\n" -"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait " -"to\n" -"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</" -"tt>)." +"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" +"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait to\n" +"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>)." msgstr "" "Tiempo de espera tras un intento fallido de inicio de sesión\n" -"Se recomienda esperar algún tiempo después de que se produzca intento " -"fallido de inicio de sesión para impedir\n" -"los intentos de adivinar la contraseña. Especifique un tiempo lo " -"suficientemente pequeño para que los usuarios no tengan que esperar\n" -"para volver a intentarlo si se equivocan al escribir la contraseña. Tres " -"segundos puede ser un valor adecuado (<tt>3</tt>)." +"Se recomienda esperar algún tiempo después de que se produzca intento fallido de inicio de sesión para impedir\n" +"los intentos de adivinar la contraseña. Especifique un tiempo lo suficientemente pequeño para que los usuarios no tengan que esperar\n" +"para volver a intentarlo si se equivocan al escribir la contraseña. Tres segundos puede ser un valor adecuado (<tt>3</tt>)." # clients/ui_helps.ycp:93 #. Login dialog help 3/4 @@ -597,32 +570,24 @@ msgid "" "Record Successful Login Attempts: Logging successful login\n" "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" -"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than " -"usual).\n" +"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Registrar entradas de sesión correctas: registrar los intentos de " -"entrada de sesión\n" -"correctos puede resultar útil. Puede poner de manifiesto si se está " -"intentado acceder al sistema sin\n" -"autorización (por ejemplo, si un usuario inicia sesión desde una ubicación " -"distinta de la habitual).\n" +"Registrar entradas de sesión correctas: registrar los intentos de entrada de sesión\n" +"correctos puede resultar útil. Puede poner de manifiesto si se está intentado acceder al sistema sin\n" +"autorización (por ejemplo, si un usuario inicia sesión desde una ubicación distinta de la habitual).\n" "\n" #. Login dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:120 msgid "" "Allow Remote Graphical Login: Checking this allows access\n" -"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote " -"access\n" +"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n" "to your machine using a display manager might be a security risk." msgstr "" -"Permitir inicio de sesión remoto en modo gráfico: la activación de " -"esta opción permite acceder\n" -"a una pantalla de inicio de sesión gráfica para este equipo desde la red. " -"Acceder de forma remota\n" -"a un equipo usando un gestor de visualización puede constituir un riesgo " -"para la seguridad." +"Permitir inicio de sesión remoto en modo gráfico: la activación de esta opción permite acceder\n" +"a una pantalla de inicio de sesión gráfica para este equipo desde la red. Acceder de forma remota\n" +"a un equipo usando un gestor de visualización puede constituir un riesgo para la seguridad." # clients/ui_helps.ycp:104 #. Password dialog help 1/8 @@ -640,45 +605,37 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:130 msgid "" "Check New Passwords: It is wise to choose a password that\n" -"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common " -"word.\n" +"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" "By checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules." msgstr "" -"Comprobar nuevas contraseñas: se recomienda escoger una palabra " -"que\n" +"Comprobar nuevas contraseñas: se recomienda escoger una palabra que\n" "no aparezca en los diccionarios y que no sea un nombre común o propio.\n" -"Activando esta opción, provocará la comprobación de contraseñas en función " -"de estas reglas." +"Activando esta opción, provocará la comprobación de contraseñas en función de estas reglas." #. Password dialog help #: src/include/security/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "Minimum Acceptable Password Length:\n" "The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n" -"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the " -"new\n" +"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the new\n" "password. See man pam_cracklib for a more detailed explanation.\n" "This option can only be modified when Check New Passwords is set." msgstr "" "Longitud mínima para una contraseña válida:\n" "El tamaño aceptable mínimo para la nueva contraseña reducido por el numero\n" -"de diferentes clases de caracteres (otros, mayúsculas, minúsculas y dígitos) " -"usados en la nueva\n" +"de diferentes clases de caracteres (otros, mayúsculas, minúsculas y dígitos) usados en la nueva\n" "contraseña. Ver man pam_cracklib para una explicación detallada.\n" -"Esta opción solo puede ser detallada cuando está activado Verificar " -"nuevas contraseñas." +"Esta opción solo puede ser detallada cuando está activado Verificar nuevas contraseñas." #. Password dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "Passwords to Remember:\n" -"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from " -"reusing.\n" +"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" "Enter 0 if passwords should not be stored." msgstr "" "Contraseñas que se deben recordar:\n" -"Introduzca el número de contraseñas de usuario que desee almacenar y evitar " -"que el usuario reutilice.\n" +"Introduzca el número de contraseñas de usuario que desee almacenar y evitar que el usuario reutilice.\n" "Indique 0 si no desea que se almacene ninguna contraseña." # include/security/ui.ycp:800 @@ -691,37 +648,26 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" -"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you " -"need\n" +"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" "compatibility with other systems, use this method." msgstr "" -"DES, el método estándar de Linux, funciona en todo tipo de " -"entornos de red,\n" -"pero limita la longitud máxima de la contraseña a 8 caracteres. Si necesita " -"compatibilidad\n" +"DES, el método estándar de Linux, funciona en todo tipo de entornos de red,\n" +"pero limita la longitud máxima de la contraseña a 8 caracteres. Si necesita compatibilidad\n" "con otros sistemas, utilice este método." #. Password dialog help 5c/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:158 msgid "" -"MD5 allows longer passwords and is supported by all current " -"Linux \n" +"MD5 allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n" "distributions, but not by other systems or old software." msgstr "" -"MD5 permite usar contraseñas más largas y es compatible con todas " -"las\n" -"distribuciones actuales de Linux, pero no con otros sistemas o software " -"antiguo." +"MD5 permite usar contraseñas más largas y es compatible con todas las\n" +"distribuciones actuales de Linux, pero no con otros sistemas o software antiguo." #. Password dialog help 5d/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:162 -msgid "" -"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other " -"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." -msgstr "" -"SHA-512 es el actual método estándar de hash, usando otros " -"algoritmos no es recomendable a menos que sea necesario para fines de " -"compatibilidad." +msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." +msgstr "SHA-512 es el actual método estándar de hash, usando otros algoritmos no es recomendable a menos que sea necesario para fines de compatibilidad." # clients/ui_helps.ycp:116 #. Password dialog help 7/8 @@ -738,14 +684,11 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:170 msgid "" "Days before Password Expires Warning: This entry sets the\n" -"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer " -"the\n" +"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" "time, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords." msgstr "" -"Días de preaviso de caducidad de la contraseña: esta entrada " -"especifica\n" -"los días de antelación con los que se le avisa al usuario antes de que " -"caduque su contraseña. Cuanto mayor sea el\n" +"Días de preaviso de caducidad de la contraseña: esta entrada especifica\n" +"los días de antelación con los que se le avisa al usuario antes de que caduque su contraseña. Cuanto mayor sea el\n" "tiempo, menos probable es que alguien adivine la contraseña." #. Adduser dialog help 1/2 @@ -755,8 +698,7 @@ "In this dialog, change various settings used to create users." msgstr "" "<big>Seguridad del usuario</big>\n" -"En este cuadro de diálogo, puede cambiar varios ajustes utilizados para " -"crear usuarios." +"En este cuadro de diálogo, puede cambiar varios ajustes utilizados para crear usuarios." # clients/ui_helps.ycp:132 #. Adduser dialog help 2/3 @@ -782,53 +724,39 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Other Security Settings</big>\n" -"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</" -"p>" +"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security." msgstr "" "<big>Otros ajustes de seguridad</big>\n" -"En este cuadro de diálogo puede cambiar los diversos ajustes relacionados " -"con la seguridad local." +"En este cuadro de diálogo puede cambiar los diversos ajustes relacionados con la seguridad local." # clients/ui_helps.ycp:144 #. Misc dialog help 2/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:192 msgid "" "File Permissions: Settings for the permissions\n" -"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions." -"secure\n" +"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" "or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n" -"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions." -"*.\n" -"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred " -"accidentally\n" +"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n" +"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n" "or by intruders.\n" "With Easy, most of the system files that are only readable by root\n" "in Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\n" -"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can " -"only\n" -"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or " -"by\n" +"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\n" +"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n" "daemons, not by ordinary users.\n" "The most secure setting is Paranoid. With it, you must\n" "decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.\n" msgstr "" "Permisos de archivo: los ajustes para los permisos de\n" -"ciertos archivos de sistema se definen en función de los datos incluidos en /" -"etc/permissions.secure\n" -"o en /etc/permissions.easy. El archivo que se utilice dependerá de esta " -"selección.\n" -"Si se ejecuta SuSEconfig, se definen los permisos en función de /etc/" -"permissions.*.\n" -"Éste arregla los archivos que tengan permisos incorrectos, " -"independientemente de si los errores fueron accidentales\n" +"ciertos archivos de sistema se definen en función de los datos incluidos en /etc/permissions.secure\n" +"o en /etc/permissions.easy. El archivo que se utilice dependerá de esta selección.\n" +"Si se ejecuta SuSEconfig, se definen los permisos en función de /etc/permissions.*.\n" +"Éste arregla los archivos que tengan permisos incorrectos, independientemente de si los errores fueron accidentales\n" "o los provocaron intrusos.\n" -"Con la opción Fácil (easy), la mayoría de los archivos de sistema " -"que, con la opción Segura, sólo se pueden leer por el administrador (root),\n" +"Con la opción Fácil (easy), la mayoría de los archivos de sistema que, con la opción Segura, sólo se pueden leer por el administrador (root),\n" "se modifican para que otros usuarios también puedan leerlos.\n" -"Con Segura (secure), ciertos archivos de sistema, como /var/log/" -"messages, sólo\n" -"pueden ser vistos por el administrador (root). Algunos programas sólo se " -"pueden ejecutar por el usuario root o mediante\n" +"Con Segura (secure), ciertos archivos de sistema, como /var/log/messages, sólo\n" +"pueden ser vistos por el administrador (root). Algunos programas sólo se pueden ejecutar por el usuario root o mediante\n" "daemons, y no por los usuarios normales.\n" "La opción más segura es Paranoica (paranoid). Con ella, debe\n" "decidir qué usuarios pueden ejecutar aplicaciones X y programas setuid.\n" @@ -839,20 +767,15 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "User Launching updatedb: The program updatedb runs \n" -"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database " -"(locatedb)\n" +"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" "that stores the location of every file. The database can be searched by the\n" -"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody</" -"b>\n" +"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody\n" " (few files) or root (all files)." msgstr "" "Usuario que ejecuta updatedb: el programa updatedb se ejecuta\n" -"una vez al día. Explora el sistema de archivos entero y crea una base de " -"datos (locatedb)\n" -"que almacena la ubicación de cada uno de los archivos. En la base de datos " -"se pueden hacer búsquedas con el\n" -"programa \"locate\". Aquí debe establecer el usuario que ejecutará este " -"comando: nobody\n" +"una vez al día. Explora el sistema de archivos entero y crea una base de datos (locatedb)\n" +"que almacena la ubicación de cada uno de los archivos. En la base de datos se pueden hacer búsquedas con el\n" +"programa \"locate\". Aquí debe establecer el usuario que ejecutará este comando: nobody\n" " (pocos archivos) o root (todos los archivos)." # clients/ui_helps.ycp:181 @@ -861,14 +784,12 @@ msgid "" "Current Directory in root's Path On a DOS system,\n" "the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n" -"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like " -"system\n" +"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system\n" "searches for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." msgstr "" "Incluir directorio actual en la ruta del usuario root:\n" "En un sistema DOS , los archivos ejecutables (programas) se buscan\n" -"primero en el directorio actual y posteriormente en las rutas indicadas por " -"la\n" +"primero en el directorio actual y posteriormente en las rutas indicadas por la\n" "variable PATH. Por el contrario, en un sistema de tipo UNIX se buscan sólo\n" " mediante la ruta de búsqueda (variable PATH)." @@ -877,15 +798,13 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:223 msgid "" "Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users A DOS\n" -"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current " -"directory\n" +"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" "then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\n" "for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." msgstr "" "Incluir directorio actual en la ruta de usuarios normales \n" "En un sistema DOS , los archivos ejecutables (programas) se buscan\n" -"primero en el directorio actual y posteriormente en las rutas indicadas por " -"la\n" +"primero en el directorio actual y posteriormente en las rutas indicadas por la\n" "variable PATH. Por el contrario, en un sistema de tipo UNIX se buscan sólo\n" " mediante la ruta de búsqueda (variable PATH)." @@ -896,22 +815,16 @@ msgid "" "Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" -"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown " -"programs in\n" +"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs in\n" "the current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a result,\n" -"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your " -"system,\n" +"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your system,\n" "is rather easy if you set this option." msgstr "" "Algunos sistemas establecen una solución añadiendo un punto (\".\") a la\n" -"ruta de búsqueda, lo que hace posible encontrar y ejecutar los archivos de " -"la ruta actual.\n" -"Esto es muy arriesgado, porque se pueden ejecutar accidentalmente programas " -"desconocidos del\n" -"directorio actual en lugar de los archivos habituales distribuidos por todo " -"el sistema. Como resultado,\n" -"la ejecución de troyanos, que se sirven de este agujero de seguridad " -"para infectar su sistema,\n" +"ruta de búsqueda, lo que hace posible encontrar y ejecutar los archivos de la ruta actual.\n" +"Esto es muy arriesgado, porque se pueden ejecutar accidentalmente programas desconocidos del\n" +"directorio actual en lugar de los archivos habituales distribuidos por todo el sistema. Como resultado,\n" +"la ejecución de troyanos, que se sirven de este agujero de seguridad para infectar su sistema,\n" "es algo muy probable si activa esta opción." # clients/ui_helps.ycp:197 @@ -931,204 +844,113 @@ "\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n" "current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\"." msgstr "" -"\"No\": El administrador (root) siempre tendrá que iniciar los programas " -"en el\n" +"\"No\": El administrador (root) siempre tendrá que iniciar los programas en el\n" "directorio actual anteponiendo un \"./\". Ejemplo: \"./configure\"." #. Misc dialog help 14/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:247 msgid "" "Enable Magic SysRq Keys If you check this option, you\n" -"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, " -"during kernel\n" +"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" "debugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" msgstr "" -"Activar teclas magicas PetSis (SysRq) Si activa esta opción, " -"tendrá\n" -"cierto control sobre el sistema, incluso si éste falla (por ejemplo, durante " -"la depuración\n" -"del kernel). Para obtener más detalles, consulte /usr/src/linux/" -"Documentation/sysrq.txt" +"Activar teclas magicas PetSis (SysRq) Si activa esta opción, tendrá\n" +"cierto control sobre el sistema, incluso si éste falla (por ejemplo, durante la depuración\n" +"del kernel). Para obtener más detalles, consulte /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:253 -msgid "" -"Security Overview This overview shows the most important " -"security settings." -msgstr "" -"Revisión de Seguridad Esta es una visión general de las " -"opciones de seguridad más importanes." +msgid "Security Overview This overview shows the most important security settings." +msgstr "Revisión de Seguridad Esta es una visión general de las opciones de seguridad más importanes." #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:257 -msgid "" -"To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." -msgstr "" -"Para cambiar el valor actual, pulse el vínculo asociado a la opción." +msgid "To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." +msgstr "Para cambiar el valor actual, pulse el vínculo asociado a la opción." #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:261 -msgid "" -" A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current " -"value of the option is secure." -msgstr "" -"La marca en la columna Estado de Seguridad indica que el valor " -"actual de la opción es seguro." +msgid " A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current value of the option is secure." +msgstr "La marca en la columna Estado de Seguridad indica que el valor actual de la opción es seguro." #. an error message (rich text) #: src/include/security/helps.rb:265 -msgid "" -"The current value could not be read. The service is probably not " -"installed or the option is missing on the system." -msgstr "" -"No es posible leer el valor actual. Probablemente el servicio no está " -"instalado o falta la opción en el sistema." +msgid "The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system." +msgstr "No es posible leer el valor actual. Probablemente el servicio no está instalado o falta la opción en el sistema." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 msgid "" "A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" "configured.The windows that are being displayed would then transmit\n" -"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then " -"the\n" -"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only " -"to\n" -"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords " -"that\n" -"are being used.If you do not need XDMCP for remote " -"graphical\n" +"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then the\n" +"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only to\n" +"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords that\n" +"are being used.If you do not need XDMCP for remote graphical\n" "logins, then disable this option." msgstr "" -"Un gestor de pantallas proporciona un inicio de sesión gráfico y puede " -"ser accedido\n" +"Un gestor de pantallas proporciona un inicio de sesión gráfico y puede ser accedido\n" "a través de la red por medio de un servidor X ejecutándose en otro sistema,\n" -"si esta configurado de tal manera.Las ventanas que son mostradas " -"transmitirán\n" -"la información a través de la red. Si esa red no es totalmente confiable, el " -"tráfico puede ser\n" -"interceptado por un atacante, ganando acceso no sólo al contenido gráfico, " -"sino también a los\n" +"si esta configurado de tal manera.Las ventanas que son mostradas transmitirán\n" +"la información a través de la red. Si esa red no es totalmente confiable, el tráfico puede ser\n" +"interceptado por un atacante, ganando acceso no sólo al contenido gráfico, sino también a los\n" "nombres de usuario y contraseñas que estén siendo utilizados.\n" -"Si no necesita XDMCP para inicios de sesión gráficos remotos, " -"deshabilite esta opción." +"Si no necesita XDMCP para inicios de sesión gráficos remotos, deshabilite esta opción." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:281 msgid "" -"Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of " -"the\n" -"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down " -"is\n" -"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to " -"create\n" +"Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" +"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n" +"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to create\n" "correct log messages." msgstr "" -"Al momento del inicio, la hora del sistema se configura con la hora del " -"reloj del hardware.\n" -"Por consecuencia, es necesario establecer el reloj del hardware antes de " -"apagar el sistema.\n" -"Una hora consistente es esencial para permitir al sistema crear mensajes " -"de registro correctos." +"Al momento del inicio, la hora del sistema se configura con la hora del reloj del hardware.\n" +"Por consecuencia, es necesario establecer el reloj del hardware antes de apagar el sistema.\n" +"Una hora consistente es esencial para permitir al sistema crear mensajes de registro correctos." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:287 -msgid "" -"Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its " -"behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are " -"important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can " -"tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog " -"messages of system events are only useful if they are present." -msgstr "" -"Malfuncionamientos en el sistema normalmente se determinan por anomalías " -"en su comportamiento. Los mensajes syslog de eventos que ocurren en forma " -"regular son importantes para encontrar la causa de los problemas, y la " -"ausencia de un único registro puede decir más que la ausencia de todos.</" -"p>Tomando en cuenta esto, los mensajes syslog de los eventos del sistema " -"son útiles sólo si están presentes." +msgid "Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present." +msgstr "Malfuncionamientos en el sistema normalmente se determinan por anomalías en su comportamiento. Los mensajes syslog de eventos que ocurren en forma regular son importantes para encontrar la causa de los problemas, y la ausencia de un único registro puede decir más que la ausencia de todos.Tomando en cuenta esto, los mensajes syslog de los eventos del sistema son útiles sólo si están presentes." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 -msgid "" -"Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files " -"that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the " -"process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." -msgstr "" -"Los ambientes de ejecución chroot se utilizan para limitar a un proceso " -"sólo a los archivos que necesita al colocarlos en un sub directorio separado " -"y ejecutando el proceso cambiando la ruta raiz (chroot) a ese directorio." +msgid "Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." +msgstr "Los ambientes de ejecución chroot se utilizan para limitar a un proceso sólo a los archivos que necesita al colocarlos en un sub directorio separado y ejecutando el proceso cambiando la ruta raiz (chroot) a ese directorio." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 -msgid "" -"The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize " -"a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its " -"program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with " -"the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement " -"to be effective." -msgstr "" -"El cliente del daemon DHCP debe ejecutarse como el usuario dhcpd " -"para minimizar posibles amenazas si el servicio es vulnerable por alguna " -"debilidad en el código del programa.Tenga en cuenta que dhcpd no debe " -"ejecutarse como root o con la capacidad CAP_SYS_CHROOT " -"para que el confinamiento en una ejecución chroot sea efectiva." +msgid "The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective." +msgstr "El cliente del daemon DHCP debe ejecutarse como el usuario dhcpd para minimizar posibles amenazas si el servicio es vulnerable por alguna debilidad en el código del programa.Tenga en cuenta que dhcpd no debe ejecutarse como root o con la capacidad CAP_SYS_CHROOT para que el confinamiento en una ejecución chroot sea efectiva." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:296 -msgid "" -"Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window " -"session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does " -"not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be " -"able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or " -"otherwise acquire the password." -msgstr "" -"Los Administradores deberían de tener cuidado de no iniciar sesión como " -"root en una sesión X para miniminzar el uso de privilegios de root." -"Esta opción no ayuda antes adminstradores despreocupados, pero podría " -"prevenir a atacantes iniciar sesión como root a través del gestor " -"de pantalla y adivinan u obtienen la contraseña." +msgid "Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password." +msgstr "Los Administradores deberían de tener cuidado de no iniciar sesión como root en una sesión X para miniminzar el uso de privilegios de root.Esta opción no ayuda antes adminstradores despreocupados, pero podría prevenir a atacantes iniciar sesión como root a través del gestor de pantalla y adivinan u obtienen la contraseña." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:299 msgid "" -"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, " -"connect\n" -"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on " -"a\n" +"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" +"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" "different system and display their content on the X server through network\n" -"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus " -"the\n" -"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and " -"therefore\n" +"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus the\n" +"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and therefore\n" "subject to network sniffing, and since the port held open by the X server\n" -"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display " -"X\n" -"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell " -"(ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server " -"through the encrypted ssh connection." +"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display X\n" +"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection." msgstr "" -"Clientes X Window, ej. programas que abren una ventana en la pantalla se " -"conectan\n" -"al servidor X que se ejecuta en la máquina. Los programas también pueden " -"ejecutarse en un\n" -"sistema diferente y mostrar el contenido el servidor X a través de una " -"conexión de red.\n" -"Cuando esta habilitado, el servidor X escucha en el puerto 6000 más el " -"número de pantalla.\n" -"Ya que el tráfico de red se transfiere sin cifrar y es propenso a sniffing, " -"y que otro puerto se mantiene\n" -"abierto por el programa - en este caso el servidor X -, esto amplía las " -"opciones de ataques, por lo que lo\n" -"más seguro es deshabilitarlo.Para acceder el X Window a través de una " -"red, se recomienda el uso\n" -"de una terminal segura (ssh</em) , la cual permite a los clientes " -"conectarse al servidor X por medio de una conexión ssh cifrada." +"Clientes X Window, ej. programas que abren una ventana en la pantalla se conectan\n" +"al servidor X que se ejecuta en la máquina. Los programas también pueden ejecutarse en un\n" +"sistema diferente y mostrar el contenido el servidor X a través de una conexión de red.\n" +"Cuando esta habilitado, el servidor X escucha en el puerto 6000 más el número de pantalla.\n" +"Ya que el tráfico de red se transfiere sin cifrar y es propenso a sniffing, y que otro puerto se mantiene\n" +"abierto por el programa - en este caso el servidor X -, esto amplía las opciones de ataques, por lo que lo\n" +"más seguro es deshabilitarlo.Para acceder el X Window a través de una red, se recomienda el uso\n" +"de una terminal segura (ssh</em) , la cual permite a los clientes conectarse al servidor X por medio de una conexión ssh cifrada." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:309 msgid "" -"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not " -"expose\n" -"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP " -"network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through " -"the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." +"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" +"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." msgstr "" "El sub sistema de entrega de correos siempre se encuentra iniciado.\n" -"Sin embargo, por defecto este no esta expuesto al exterior ya que no escucha " -"en el puerto SMTP (25).Si no entrega correos a su sistema por medio " -"del protocolo SMTP, deshabilite esta opción." +"Sin embargo, por defecto este no esta expuesto al exterior ya que no escucha en el puerto SMTP (25).Si no entrega correos a su sistema por medio del protocolo SMTP, deshabilite esta opción." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:312 msgid "" @@ -1136,25 +958,18 @@ "updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n" "installed.This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " -"continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" "to run until the services are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so." msgstr "" -"Si un paquete que contiene un servicio actualmente en ejecución es " -"actualizado,\n" -"el servicio es reiniciado luego de que los archivos hayan sido instalados.</" -"P>\n" -"Esto tiene sentido en la mayoría de los casos, y es algo seguro, " -"considerando que\n" -"muchos servicios necesitan acceso a los binarios en el sistema de archivos o " -"a sus archivos\n" -"de configuración. Estos servicios quedarían en ejecución hasta que sean " -"detenidos,\n" +"Si un paquete que contiene un servicio actualmente en ejecución es actualizado,\n" +"el servicio es reiniciado luego de que los archivos hayan sido instalados.\n" +"Esto tiene sentido en la mayoría de los casos, y es algo seguro, considerando que\n" +"muchos servicios necesitan acceso a los binarios en el sistema de archivos o a sus archivos\n" +"de configuración. Estos servicios quedarían en ejecución hasta que sean detenidos,\n" "ej. daemons en ejecución son matados.\n" -"Esta configuración sólo debería ser cambiada si hay un motivo específico " -"para hacerlo." +"Esta configuración sólo debería ser cambiada si hay un motivo específico para hacerlo." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:322 msgid "" @@ -1162,59 +977,25 @@ "uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n" "removed.This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " -"continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" "to run until they are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so." msgstr "" -"Si un paquete que contiene un servicio actualmente en ejecución es " -"desinstalado,\n" -"el servicio es detenido antes de que los archivos sean eliminados.</" -"P>Esto tiene sentido\n" -"en la mayoría de los casos, y es algo seguro, considerando que muchos " -"servicios necesitan acceso\n" -"a los binarios en el sistema de archivos o a sus archivos de configuración. " -"Estos servicios quedarían\n" -"en ejecución hasta que sean detenidos, ej. daemons en ejecución son matados." -"\n" -"Esta configuración sólo debería ser cambiada si hay un motivo específico " -"para hacerlo." +"Si un paquete que contiene un servicio actualmente en ejecución es desinstalado,\n" +"el servicio es detenido antes de que los archivos sean eliminados.Esto tiene sentido\n" +"en la mayoría de los casos, y es algo seguro, considerando que muchos servicios necesitan acceso\n" +"a los binarios en el sistema de archivos o a sus archivos de configuración. Estos servicios quedarían\n" +"en ejecución hasta que sean detenidos, ej. daemons en ejecución son matados.\n" +"Esta configuración sólo debería ser cambiada si hay un motivo específico para hacerlo." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:332 -msgid "" -"A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the " -"system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) " -"vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such " -"situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate " -"connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause " -"problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most " -"environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS " -"attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." -msgstr "" -"Un sistema podría verse atareado con un gran número de conexiones " -"haciendo que consuma memoria, dando lugar a una vulnerabilidad de denegación " -"de servicio (DoS).El uso de syncookies es un método que puede ayudar " -"en dichas situaciones, pero en configuraciones con un gran número de " -"intentos conexiones legítimas desde una misma fuente, la " -"configuraciónHabilitado puede traer problemas denegando conexiones " -"TCP ante mucha carga.Aun así, para la mayoría de los ambientes, " -"syncookies es la primera línea de defensa ante una avalancha de ataques DoS, " -"por lo tanto, la configuración de seguridad es Habilitado." +msgid "A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." +msgstr "Un sistema podría verse atareado con un gran número de conexiones haciendo que consuma memoria, dando lugar a una vulnerabilidad de denegación de servicio (DoS).El uso de syncookies es un método que puede ayudar en dichas situaciones, pero en configuraciones con un gran número de intentos conexiones legítimas desde una misma fuente, la configuraciónHabilitado puede traer problemas denegando conexiones TCP ante mucha carga.Aun así, para la mayoría de los ambientes, syncookies es la primera línea de defensa ante una avalancha de ataques DoS, por lo tanto, la configuración de seguridad es Habilitado." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339 -msgid "" -"IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, " -"but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network " -"interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards " -"network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not " -"need that routing functionality, then disable this option." -msgstr "" -"Reenvio de IP significa pasar paquetes de red que hayan sido recividos, " -"pero no están destinados a alguna de las interfaces de red configuradas en " -"el sistema, ej. direcciones de interfaces de red.Si un sistema " -"reenvía el tráfico en la capa 3 ISO/OSI, se lo llama router. Si no necesita " -"de esta funcionalidad, dishabilite esta opción." +msgid "IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option." +msgstr "Reenvio de IP significa pasar paquetes de red que hayan sido recividos, pero no están destinados a alguna de las interfaces de red configuradas en el sistema, ej. direcciones de interfaces de red.Si un sistema reenvía el tráfico en la capa 3 ISO/OSI, se lo llama router. Si no necesita de esta funcionalidad, dishabilite esta opción." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:338 msgid "This setting applies to IPv4 only." @@ -1225,41 +1006,20 @@ msgstr "Esta configuración sólo aplica para IPv6." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes " -"(e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." -msgstr "" -"Las teclas mágicas PetSis (SysRq) habilitan algo de control sobre el " -"sistema si este se cuelga (ej. durante la depuración del kernel) o si el " -"sistema no responde." +msgid "Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." +msgstr "Las teclas mágicas PetSis (SysRq) habilitan algo de control sobre el sistema si este se cuelga (ej. durante la depuración del kernel) o si el sistema no responde." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:346 -msgid "" -"There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The " -"most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"Hay archivos con permisos predefinidos en /etc/permissions.*. Los " -"permisos más restrictivos están definidos como 'secure' y 'paranoid'." +msgid "There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." +msgstr "Hay archivos con permisos predefinidos en /etc/permissions.*. Los permisos más restrictivos están definidos como 'secure' y 'paranoid'." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 src/include/security/helps.rb:352 -msgid "" -"Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and " -"to run the security-related services." -msgstr "" -"Los servicios básicos del sistema deben estar habilitados para " -"proporcionar un sistema consistente y ejecutar los servicios relacionados " -"con la seguridad." +msgid "Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services." +msgstr "Los servicios básicos del sistema deben estar habilitados para proporcionar un sistema consistente y ejecutar los servicios relacionados con la seguridad." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 src/include/security/helps.rb:358 -msgid "" -"Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. " -"Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by " -"the system." -msgstr "" -"Cada servicio en ejecución puede ser un objetivo de potenciales ataques " -"de seguridad. Por tal motivo, se recomienda desactivar todos los servicios " -"que no sean usados por el sistema." +msgid "Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system." +msgstr "Cada servicio en ejecución puede ser un objetivo de potenciales ataques de seguridad. Por tal motivo, se recomienda desactivar todos los servicios que no sean usados por el sistema." # include/security/settings.ycp:50 #. level name @@ -1413,8 +1173,7 @@ #. ComboBox label #: src/include/security/widgets.rb:168 msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:" -msgstr "" -"Comportamiento de apagado del administrador de inicio de &sesión de KDM:" +msgstr "Comportamiento de apagado del administrador de inicio de &sesión de KDM:" # clients/ui_widgets.ycp:94 #. ComboBox value @@ -1633,16 +1392,11 @@ #~ msgid "Use current directory in path of regular users" #~ msgstr "Utilizar el directorio actual en la ruta de usuarios normales" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "By default the current working directory is not used when searching " -#~ "for executables." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Por defecto, el directorio de trabajo actual no es usado al buscar " -#~ "ejecutables." +#~ msgid "By default the current working directory is not used when searching for executables." +#~ msgstr "Por defecto, el directorio de trabajo actual no es usado al buscar ejecutables." #~ msgid "This setting applies for root user and system users." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Esta configuración aplica para root y usuarios del sistema." +#~ msgstr "Esta configuración aplica para root y usuarios del sistema." #~ msgid "This setting applies for regular users." #~ msgstr "Esta configuración aplica para usuarios regulares." Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/services-manager.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/services-manager.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/services-manager.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -49,53 +49,26 @@ # La grafía correcta es toda en minúsculas. #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units " -"whose job is to activate services and other units." -msgstr "" -"systemd es un gestor del sistema y servicios para Linux. Consta de unidades " -"cuyo trabajo es activar servicios y otras unidades." +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "systemd es un gestor del sistema y servicios para Linux. Consta de unidades cuyo trabajo es activar servicios y otras unidades." # Parece que en el original falta un espacio entre path y /etc en path/etc/systemd/system/default.target. #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink " -"located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man " -"page." -msgstr "" -"La unidad del estadio predeterminado se activa durante el arranque de forma " -"predefinida. " -"Normalmente es un enlace simbólico ubicado en la ruta " -"/etc/systemd/default.target. Vea más " -"sobre systemd en su página man." +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "La unidad del estadio predeterminado se activa durante el arranque de forma predefinida. Normalmente es un enlace simbólico ubicado en la ruta /etc/systemd/default.target. Vea más sobre systemd en su página man." #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "" -"Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with " -"network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." -msgstr "" -"El estadio multiusuario es para establecer un sistema no gráfico, " -"multiusuario y " -"con red, adecuado como servidor (similar al nivel de ejecución 3)." +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "El estadio multiusuario es para establecer un sistema no gráfico, multiusuario y con red, adecuado como servidor (similar al nivel de ejecución 3)." #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 -msgid "" -"Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which " -"is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." -msgstr "" -"El estadio gráfico es para establecer una pantalla de inicio de sesión " -"gráfica " -"con red, que es típica en estaciones de trabajo (similar al nivel de " -"ejecución 5)." +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "El estadio gráfico es para establecer una pantalla de inicio de sesión gráfica con red, que es típica en estaciones de trabajo (similar al nivel de ejecución 5)." #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 -msgid "" -"When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with " -"graphical target." -msgstr "" -"Cuando no esté seguro de cuál puede ser la mejor opción para usted, entonces " -"elija el estadio gráfico." +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "Cuando no esté seguro de cuál puede ser la mejor opción para usted, entonces elija el estadio gráfico." #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 msgid "Available Targets" @@ -114,9 +87,7 @@ #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234 msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" -msgstr "" -"La instalación Live se usa normalmente para una IGU completa en " -"el sistema destino" +msgstr "La instalación Live se usa normalmente para una IGU completa en el sistema destino" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237 msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" @@ -124,9 +95,7 @@ #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241 msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" -msgstr "" -"La instalación en modo de texto asume que no hay IGU en el sistema " -"destino" +msgstr "La instalación en modo de texto asume que no hay IGU en el sistema destino" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244 #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248 @@ -135,20 +104,15 @@ #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251 msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" -msgstr "" -"El modo de instalación SSH asume que no hay IGU en el sistema " -"destino" +msgstr "El modo de instalación SSH asume que no hay IGU en el sistema destino" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254 msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" msgstr "Los paquetes de X11 no se han seleccionado para su instalación" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 -msgid "" -"This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" -msgstr "" -"Esta recomendación se basa en el análisis de otras configuraciones de la " -"instalación" +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "Esta recomendación se basa en el análisis de otras configuraciones de la instalación" #. Default for double-click in the table #. Default for double-click in the table @@ -260,28 +224,20 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:121 msgid "" "<big>Services</big> \n" -"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from " -"the \n" +"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from the \n" " list of services.\n" -"It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is " -"enabled\n" +"It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is enabled\n" "and a particular service requires opening them.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Servicios</big> \n" -"Esta propuesta de instalación le permite iniciar y habilitar un servicio " -"desde la \n" +"Esta propuesta de instalación le permite iniciar y habilitar un servicio desde la \n" " lista de servicios.\n" -"Puede que también abra puertos en el cortafuegos para algún servicio si el " -"cortafuegos está habilitado\n" +"Puede que también abra puertos en el cortafuegos para algún servicio si el cortafuegos está habilitado\n" "y un servicio concreto requiere que se abran.\n" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:145 -msgid "" -"Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched " -"%link" -msgstr "" -"El servicio %service será %toggled y el puerto del cortafuegos será %switched " -"%link" +msgid "Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched %link" +msgstr "El servicio %service será %toggled y el puerto del cortafuegos será %switched %link" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:160 msgid "Service %service will be %toggled %link" @@ -311,8 +267,7 @@ #. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. #: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" -msgstr "" -"Esquema de perfil de servicios de autoyast desconocido para 'services-manager'" +msgstr "Esquema de perfil de servicios de autoyast desconocido para 'services-manager'" #. AutoYast summary #: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 @@ -363,5 +318,3 @@ #: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32 msgid "Rescue Mode" msgstr "Modo de rescate" - - Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/slp-server.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/slp-server.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/slp-server.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -198,8 +198,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Cancelar el inicio:</BIG> \n" -"Para cancelar la utilidad de configuración, pulse Cancelar ahora.</" -"p>\n" +"Para cancelar la utilidad de configuración, pulse Cancelar ahora.\n" # include/network/lan/helps.ycp:54 #. Write dialog help 1/2 @@ -222,8 +221,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando la grabación:</big> \n" "Cancele el proceso de grabación pulsando Cancelar.\n" -"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o " -"no.\n" +"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o no.\n" "\n" # include/network/lan/helps.ycp:103 @@ -296,54 +294,34 @@ #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:75 msgid "To show the slpd log file, use Show Log." -msgstr "" -"Para mostrar el archivo de registro de slpd, utilice Mostrar registro</" -"b>." +msgstr "Para mostrar el archivo de registro de slpd, utilice Mostrar registro." #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is " -"Broadcast.\n" -"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode " -"is Multicast. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" -"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the DA Server mode, it " -"informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" -"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is " -"Becomes DA Server. This is a cache server for service\n" +"Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is Broadcast.\n" +"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode is Multicast. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" +"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the DA Server mode, it informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" +"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is Becomes DA Server. This is a cache server for service\n" "answers.\n" msgstr "" -"Aquí establezca el modo en el que desee ejecutar el daemon SLP. El modo " -"más sencillo es el de Difusión (broadcast).\n" -"En él, el daemon SLP responde a todas las peticiones enviadas mediante " -"difusión. El siguiente modo es Multidifusión\n" -"(multicast). En él, el daemon responde a las peticione enviadas mediante " -"multidifusión con los alcances (SCOPES) apropiados.\n" -"En el modo Servidor DA, informa a los servidores de DA en las " -"direcciones IP especificadas acerca de servicios\n" -"registrados de forma estática y dinámica. La última opción es Se " -"convierte en servidor DA. De ese modo, funciona\n" +"Aquí establezca el modo en el que desee ejecutar el daemon SLP. El modo más sencillo es el de Difusión (broadcast).\n" +"En él, el daemon SLP responde a todas las peticiones enviadas mediante difusión. El siguiente modo es Multidifusión\n" +"(multicast). En él, el daemon responde a las peticione enviadas mediante multidifusión con los alcances (SCOPES) apropiados.\n" +"En el modo Servidor DA, informa a los servidores de DA en las direcciones IP especificadas acerca de servicios\n" +"registrados de forma estática y dinámica. La última opción es Se convierte en servidor DA. De ese modo, funciona\n" "como servidor de caché para las respuestas de servicios.\n" #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"With Expert Settings, access all options available in /etc/slp." -"conf." -msgstr "" -"Con Configuración avanzada puede acceder a todas las opciones " -"disponibles en /etc/slp.conf." +msgid "With Expert Settings, access all options available in /etc/slp.conf." +msgstr "Con Configuración avanzada puede acceder a todas las opciones disponibles en /etc/slp.conf." #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" -"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With Add, create " -"a new empty file. With Modify,\n" -"change the values of any existing file. With Delete, it is possible " -"to delete files not owned by any package." +"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With Add, create a new empty file. With Modify,\n" +"change the values of any existing file. With Delete, it is possible to delete files not owned by any package." msgstr "" -"Archivos de configuración para el registro estático en SLP. Añadir " -"permite crear un nuevo archivo vacío. Modificar\n" -"permite cambiar los valores de cualquier archivo existente. Al pulsar " -"Eliminar, podrá eliminar los archivos que no sean propiedad de " -"paquete alguno." +"Archivos de configuración para el registro estático en SLP. Añadir permite crear un nuevo archivo vacío. Modificar\n" +"permite cambiar los valores de cualquier archivo existente. Al pulsar Eliminar, podrá eliminar los archivos que no sean propiedad de paquete alguno." #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "Help for regedit" @@ -363,11 +341,8 @@ # clients/nfs_server.ycp:62 #. check for package openslp-server installed #: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:181 -msgid "" -"To configure the SLP server, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Para configurar el servidor SLP, el paquete %1 debe estar " -"instalado." +msgid "To configure the SLP server, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Para configurar el servidor SLP, el paquete %1 debe estar instalado." #: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:184 msgid "Do you want to install it now?" Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/snapper.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/snapper.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/snapper.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -167,8 +167,7 @@ "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" -"Esta instantánea \"Anterior\" aún no ha sido vinculada con una \"Posterior" -"\".\n" +"Esta instantánea \"Anterior\" aún no ha sido vinculada con una \"Posterior\".\n" "No es posible mostrar las diferencias." #. dialog caption @@ -348,16 +347,14 @@ "\n" "%2\n" "\n" -"Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</" -"p>\n" +"Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.\n" "Files that did not exist in the snapshot will be deleted.Are you sure?" msgstr "" "Estos archivos se restaurarán desde la imagen '%1':\n" "\n" "%2\n" "\n" -"Los archivos existentes en la imagen original se copiarán al sistema " -"actual.\n" +"Los archivos existentes en la imagen original se copiarán al sistema actual.\n" "Se borrarán los archivos que no existan en la imagen.¿Está seguro?" #. Read dialog help @@ -373,28 +370,17 @@ #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<big>Snapshots Configuration</big>\n" -"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three " -"types\n" -"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots " -"are\n" -"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post " -"are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between " -"taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in " -"the table.\n" -"Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click Show Changes to see " -"the\n" +"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" +"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots are\n" +"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.\n" +"Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click Show Changes to see the\n" "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuración de Imágenes</big>\n" -"La tabla muestra una lista de imágenes del directorio raíz. Hay tres " -"tipos\n" +"La tabla muestra una lista de imágenes del directorio raíz. Hay tres tipos\n" "de imágenes: única, pre y post. Las imágenes únicas\n" -"se usan para guardar el estado del sistema de ficheros en un cierto momento, " -"mientras Pre y Post se usan para definir los cambios hechos por operaciones " -"especiales ejecutadas entre la toma de esas dos imágenes. Las imágenes Pre y " -"Post se emparejan en la tabla.\n" -"Seleccione una imagen o pareja de imágenes y haga click en Mostrar " -"Cambios para ver \n" +"se usan para guardar el estado del sistema de ficheros en un cierto momento, mientras Pre y Post se usan para definir los cambios hechos por operaciones especiales ejecutadas entre la toma de esas dos imágenes. Las imágenes Pre y Post se emparejan en la tabla.\n" +"Seleccione una imagen o pareja de imágenes y haga click en Mostrar Cambios para ver \n" "los cambios en el sistema de ficheros en una imagen especificada.\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help @@ -402,28 +388,18 @@ msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first " -"('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the " -"description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of " -"creation for both snapshots.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By " -"default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is " -"possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Vista global de imágenes</big>\n" "\n" -"El árbol muestra todos los archivos que se modificaron entre la creación de " -"la primera (pre) y segunda (post) imagen. En el lado derecho puede ver la " -"descripción generada cuando se creó la primera y el tiempo de creación de " -"ambas.\n" +"El árbol muestra todos los archivos que se modificaron entre la creación de la primera (pre) y segunda (post) imagen. En el lado derecho puede ver la descripción generada cuando se creó la primera y el tiempo de creación de ambas.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Cuando seleccione un archivo en el árbol, podrá ver las modificaciones que " -"ha sufrido. Por defecto se muestran los cambios entre las imágenes pareadas, " -"pero es posible comparar el archivo con diferentes versiones.\n" +"Cuando seleccione un archivo en el árbol, podrá ver las modificaciones que ha sufrido. Por defecto se muestran los cambios entre las imágenes pareadas, pero es posible comparar el archivo con diferentes versiones.\n" "\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots @@ -431,24 +407,18 @@ msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the " -"current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time " -"of its creation.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between " -"snapshot version and current system.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Vista global de Imágenes</big>\n" "\n" -"El árbol muestra todos los archivos que son diferentes entre la imagen " -"actual y el sistema actual. En el lado derecho puede ver una descripción de " -"la imagen y la fecha de su creación.\n" +"El árbol muestra todos los archivos que son diferentes entre la imagen actual y el sistema actual. En el lado derecho puede ver una descripción de la imagen y la fecha de su creación.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Cuando seleccione un archivo en el árbol, se mostrará la diferencia entre la " -"versión de la imagen y el sistema actual.\n" +"Cuando seleccione un archivo en el árbol, se mostrará la diferencia entre la versión de la imagen y el sistema actual.\n" "\n" #. popup error @@ -560,8 +530,7 @@ msgstr "" "No existe ninguna configuración de Snapper. Debe\n" "crear una o varias configuraciones para usar yast2-snapper. Se\n" -"puede usar la herramienta de línea de órdenes de Snapper para crear " -"configuraciones." +"puede usar la herramienta de línea de órdenes de Snapper para crear configuraciones." #. label for log window #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:395 @@ -578,5 +547,3 @@ #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:477 msgid "%1 skipped\n" msgstr "%1 omitido\n" - - Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/sound.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/sound.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/sound.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -30,9 +30,7 @@ #. popup error message #: src/clients/sound.rb:49 msgid "Sound card database not found. Please check your installation." -msgstr "" -"No se ha encontrado la base de datos de tarjetas de sonido. Compruebe su " -"instalación." +msgstr "No se ha encontrado la base de datos de tarjetas de sonido. Compruebe su instalación." # #. translators: command line help text for Sound module @@ -48,9 +46,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for add action #: src/clients/sound.rb:79 msgid "Add sound card. Without parameters, add first one detected." -msgstr "" -"Añadir tarjeta de sonido. Sin parámetros se añade la primera tarjeta " -"detectada." +msgstr "Añadir tarjeta de sonido. Sin parámetros se añade la primera tarjeta detectada." #. help text for unknownd parameters #: src/clients/sound.rb:84 @@ -75,34 +71,24 @@ #. translators: command line help text for set action #: src/clients/sound.rb:115 msgid "Set the new values for given card parameters." -msgstr "" -"Configurar los nuevos valores para los parámetros de la tarjeta especificada." +msgstr "Configurar los nuevos valores para los parámetros de la tarjeta especificada." #. - for unknown parameter names #. help text for unknownd parameters; do not translate 'show' #: src/clients/sound.rb:121 -msgid "" -"Value of the specific module parameter. Use the 'show' command to see a list " -"of allowed parameters." -msgstr "" -"Valor del parámetro del módulo especificado. Utilice el comando 'show' para " -"ver una lista de los parámetros permitidos." +msgid "Value of the specific module parameter. Use the 'show' command to see a list of allowed parameters." +msgstr "Valor del parámetro del módulo especificado. Utilice el comando 'show' para ver una lista de los parámetros permitidos." #. translators: command line help text for volume action #: src/clients/sound.rb:131 msgid "Set the volume of specific channels of the given card." -msgstr "" -"Definir el volumen de los canales específicos de la tarjeta especificada." +msgstr "Definir el volumen de los canales específicos de la tarjeta especificada." #. - for unknown parameter names #. help text; do not translate 'channels' as command name #: src/clients/sound.rb:137 -msgid "" -"Value of the specific channel (0-100). Use the 'channels' command to see a " -"list of available channels." -msgstr "" -"Valor del canal específico (0-100). Utilice el comando 'channels' para ver " -"una lista de los canales disponibles." +msgid "Value of the specific channel (0-100). Use the 'channels' command to see a list of available channels." +msgstr "Valor del canal específico (0-100). Utilice el comando 'channels' para ver una lista de los canales disponibles." #. translators: command line help text for modules action #: src/clients/sound.rb:144 @@ -112,8 +98,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for channels action #: src/clients/sound.rb:151 msgid "List available volume channels of given card." -msgstr "" -"Lista de los canales de volumen disponibles para la tarjeta especificada." +msgstr "Lista de los canales de volumen disponibles para la tarjeta especificada." #. translators: command line help text for the 'card' option #: src/clients/sound.rb:159 @@ -279,11 +264,9 @@ "Enable or add an additional software repository containing the packages.\n" msgstr "" "Algunos paquetes necesarios no están disponibles %1\n" -"Algunos dispositivos de sonido pueden no funcionar o no tener algunas " -"prestaciones.\n" +"Algunos dispositivos de sonido pueden no funcionar o no tener algunas prestaciones.\n" "\n" -"Permita o añada repositorios adicionales de software conteniendo estos " -"paquetes.\n" +"Permita o añada repositorios adicionales de software conteniendo estos paquetes.\n" #. creates summary table with card labels and thier states #. (running/not running/dissappeared) @@ -579,15 +562,11 @@ #. help text - mixer setting #: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:377 msgid "" -"With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected " -"sound card. \n" -"Press Next to save your volume settings, press Back to restore " -"the original settings." +"With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected sound card. \n" +"Press Next to save your volume settings, press Back to restore the original settings." msgstr "" -"Con este cuadro de diálogo puede establecer el volumen para cada canal de " -"la tarjeta de sonido seleccionada. \n" -"Pulse Siguiente para almacenar su configuración de volumen, pulse " -"Atrás para restablecer los originales." +"Con este cuadro de diálogo puede establecer el volumen para cada canal de la tarjeta de sonido seleccionada. \n" +"Pulse Siguiente para almacenar su configuración de volumen, pulse Atrás para restablecer los originales." #. dialog header, %1 = card id (number), %2 = name #: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:385 @@ -823,8 +802,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Si no desea ajustar el volumen o establecer la configuración ahora, \n" -"marque Configuración automática rápida. Podrá establecer el volumen " -"y\n" +"marque Configuración automática rápida. Podrá establecer el volumen y\n" "cambiar las opciones más tarde.\n" "\n" @@ -839,8 +817,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Si no desea ajustar el volumen ahora, \n" -"marque Configuración automática rápida. Podrá establecer el volumen " -"y\n" +"marque Configuración automática rápida. Podrá establecer el volumen y\n" "cambiar las opciones más tarde.\n" "\n" @@ -911,9 +888,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si la lista contiene tarjetasautodetectedadas (y no configuradas " -"todavía), elija una y siga adelante. Alternativamente puede utilizar " -"Selección manual.\n" +"Si la lista contiene tarjetasautodetectedadas (y no configuradas todavía), elija una y siga adelante. Alternativamente puede utilizar Selección manual.\n" # # @@ -927,8 +902,7 @@ "To reset the configuration, these \n" "programs must be terminated. Proceed?\n" msgstr "" -"Existen programas en ejecución que están utilizando en estos momentos el " -"dispositivo de sonido.\n" +"Existen programas en ejecución que están utilizando en estos momentos el dispositivo de sonido.\n" "Para restablecer la configuración, estos programas deben ser finalizados.\n" "¿Desea continuar?\n" @@ -966,8 +940,7 @@ "para habilitar un nuevo valor. Si existen posibles valores para\n" "una opción determinada, puede seleccionarlo en Posibles valores.\n" "Puede restablecer todos los valores pulsando Restablecer. \n" -"Los valores numéricos pueden introducirse como decimales o hexadecimales " -"(hexadecimales precedidos por el prefijo 0x).\n" +"Los valores numéricos pueden introducirse como decimales o hexadecimales (hexadecimales precedidos por el prefijo 0x).\n" #. help text - mixer setting 1/4 #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:142 @@ -1030,11 +1003,9 @@ "snd_vaio_hack option value to 1 or by \n" "configuring this card outside X. Proceed?\n" msgstr "" -"La configuración de esta tarjeta de sonido en algunos portátiles Sony VAIO " -"puede no\n" +"La configuración de esta tarjeta de sonido en algunos portátiles Sony VAIO puede no\n" "funcionar si X está en ejecución. Se puede evitar este problema asignando\n" -"el valor 1 a la opción snd_vaio-hack o bien configurando la tarjeta fuera " -"de\n" +"el valor 1 a la opción snd_vaio-hack o bien configurando la tarjeta fuera de\n" "X. ¿Desea continuar?\n" #. error message @@ -1132,9 +1103,7 @@ msgid "" "Insert the driver CD for the Soundblaster Live! or AWE card\n" "in the CD-ROM drive.\n" -msgstr "" -"Por favor, introduzca el CD de la tarjeta SoundBlaster Live! / AWE en la " -"unidad de CD.\n" +msgstr "Por favor, introduzca el CD de la tarjeta SoundBlaster Live! / AWE en la unidad de CD.\n" #. To translators: the message below will look like this: "14 SoundFont-files have been installed in /usr/share/..." #. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) @@ -1156,10 +1125,7 @@ "'%1' and '%2' sound cards were autodetected on your system. \n" "For proper functionality, skip the '%1' sound card and \n" "configure only the '%2'.\n" -msgstr "" -"Las tarjetas '%1' y '%2' fueron autodetectadas en su sistema. Para un " -"funcionamiento adecuada, por favor, omita la tarjeta '%1' y configure sólo " -"la '%2'.\n" +msgstr "Las tarjetas '%1' y '%2' fueron autodetectadas en su sistema. Para un funcionamiento adecuada, por favor, omita la tarjeta '%1' y configure sólo la '%2'.\n" # #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:227 @@ -1207,10 +1173,8 @@ "configure it. If the card was not detected, press Add and\n" "configure the card manually.\n" msgstr "" -"Seleccione una tarjeta no configurada de la lista y pulse Editar " -"para\n" -"configurarla. Si la tarjeta no se detecta automáticamente, pulse Añadir</" -"B> y \n" +"Seleccione una tarjeta no configurada de la lista y pulse Editar para\n" +"configurarla. Si la tarjeta no se detecta automáticamente, pulse Añadir y \n" " configúrela manualmente.\n" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:257 @@ -1234,12 +1198,9 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Utilice Otros para definir el volumen de la tarjeta seleccionada o " -"configure\n" -" el módulo que debe cargarse para reproducir los archivos MIDI (Iniciar " -"secuenciador). \n" -"Utilice Prueba de reproducción de sonido para probar la tarjeta " -"seleccionada.\n" +"Utilice Otros para definir el volumen de la tarjeta seleccionada o configure\n" +" el módulo que debe cargarse para reproducir los archivos MIDI (Iniciar secuenciador). \n" +"Utilice Prueba de reproducción de sonido para probar la tarjeta seleccionada.\n" "\n" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:270 @@ -1252,25 +1213,19 @@ #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:273 msgid "" -"The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and " -"applications.\n" +"The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and applications.\n" "Use Other to set the selected sound device as the primary device." msgstr "" -"El dispositivo de sonido con el índice 0 es el dispositivo utilizado por " -"defecto por el sistema y las aplicaciones.\n" -"Utilice Otros para definir el dispositivo de sonido seleccionado como " -"dispositivo principal." +"El dispositivo de sonido con el índice 0 es el dispositivo utilizado por defecto por el sistema y las aplicaciones.\n" +"Utilice Otros para definir el dispositivo de sonido seleccionado como dispositivo principal." #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:276 msgid "" "The applications which use OSS (Open Sound System) can use the software\n" -"mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> " -"to\n" +"mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> to\n" "start the application." msgstr "" -"Las aplicaciones que utilizan OSS (sistema de sonido abierto) pueden " -"utilizar el software mixer por medio de encapsulado aoss. Utilice el comando " -"<tt>aoss <aplicación></tt> para\n" +"Las aplicaciones que utilizan OSS (sistema de sonido abierto) pueden utilizar el software mixer por medio de encapsulado aoss. Utilice el comando <tt>aoss <aplicación></tt> para\n" "iniciar la aplicación." # @@ -1518,24 +1473,19 @@ #~ msgstr "Almacenando configuración del mando de juegos..." #~ msgid "USB joysticks do not need any configuration, just connect them." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Joysticks USB no necesitan ninguna configuración, simplemente enchúfelos." +#~ msgstr "Joysticks USB no necesitan ninguna configuración, simplemente enchúfelos." #~ msgid "Joystick Configuration - %1" #~ msgstr "Configuración de joystick - %1" #~ msgid "" #~ "In this dialog, specify your joystick type. If your\n" -#~ "joystick type is not in the list, select Generic Analog Joystick.</" -#~ "p>\n" -#~ "You will not find any USB joysticks here. If you have a USB device, " -#~ "just plug in the joystick and start using it.\n" +#~ "joystick type is not in the list, select Generic Analog Joystick.\n" +#~ "You will not find any USB joysticks here. If you have a USB device, just plug in the joystick and start using it.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "En este cuadro de diálogo, especifique el tipo de mando de juegos. Si " -#~ "el suyo\n" +#~ "En este cuadro de diálogo, especifique el tipo de mando de juegos. Si el suyo\n" #~ "no está en la lista, seleccione Mando genérico analógico.\n" -#~ "La lista no incluye ningún mando USB. Si dispone de un dispositivo " -#~ "USB, conecte el mando y empiece a utilizarlo.\n" +#~ "La lista no incluye ningún mando USB. Si dispone de un dispositivo USB, conecte el mando y empiece a utilizarlo.\n" #~ msgid "&Select your joystick type:" #~ msgstr "E&scoja su tipo de mando de juegos:" @@ -1564,19 +1514,11 @@ #~ msgid "%1 - Invalid configuration" #~ msgstr "%1 - configuración inválida" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The configuration is not active - either the joystick is not connected or " -#~ "a wrong driver is used" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "la configuración no está activa - o bien el joystick no está conectado o " -#~ "se usa el driver equivocado" +#~ msgid "The configuration is not active - either the joystick is not connected or a wrong driver is used" +#~ msgstr "la configuración no está activa - o bien el joystick no está conectado o se usa el driver equivocado" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Press Edit to change the joystick driver or Delete to " -#~ "remove the configuration" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pulse Editar para cambiar el driver de joystick o Eliminar " -#~ "para quitar la configuración" +#~ msgid "Press Edit to change the joystick driver or Delete to remove the configuration" +#~ msgstr "Pulse Editar para cambiar el driver de joystick o Eliminar para quitar la configuración" #~ msgid "Axis %1" #~ msgstr "Eje %1" @@ -1594,8 +1536,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Tarjetas de sonido configuradas con soporte de joystick" #~ msgid "To add an USB joystick close this dialog and just connect it." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Para añadir un joystick USB cierre este diálogo y simplemente conéctelo." +#~ msgstr "Para añadir un joystick USB cierre este diálogo y simplemente conéctelo." # #~ msgid "&Configure joystick" @@ -1613,12 +1554,8 @@ #~ msgid "Here is an overview of the detected joysticks." #~ msgstr "Aquí está un resumen de los joystick detectados." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To configure a new joystick connected to a Gameport press Add " -#~ "button." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Para configurar un nuevo joystick conectado a un puerto de juegos, " -#~ "pulse el botón Añadir." +#~ msgid "To configure a new joystick connected to a Gameport press Add button." +#~ msgstr "Para configurar un nuevo joystick conectado a un puerto de juegos, pulse el botón Añadir." #~ msgid "Model" #~ msgstr "Modelo" Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/squid.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/squid.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/squid.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -533,8 +533,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando inicialización:</big> \n" -"Cancele con seguridad la utilidad de configuración pulsando Cancelar " -"ahora.\n" +"Cancele con seguridad la utilidad de configuración pulsando Cancelar ahora.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:42 @@ -555,8 +554,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando el guardado:</big> \n" "Cancele el guardado pulsando Abortar.\n" -"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o " -"no.\n" +"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o no.\n" "\n" #. Summary dialog help @@ -598,12 +596,8 @@ #. Cache Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Refresh Patterns define how Squid treats the objects in the cache." -"\n" -msgstr "" -"Refrescar patrones define como Squid trata los objetos en la caché." -"\n" +msgid "Refresh Patterns define how Squid treats the objects in the cache.\n" +msgstr "Refrescar patrones define como Squid trata los objetos en la caché.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:73 msgid "" @@ -643,22 +637,16 @@ #. Cache 2 Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:88 -msgid "" -"Cache memory defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for " -"objects." -msgstr "" -"Memoria caché define la cantidad ideal de memoria a usarse para " -"objetos." +msgid "Cache memory defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for objects." +msgstr "Memoria caché define la cantidad ideal de memoria a usarse para objetos." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "Max Object Size defines the maximum size for objects to be stored\n" "on the disk. Objects larger than this size will not be saved on disk.\n" msgstr "" -"Tamaño máximo de objetos define el tamaño máximo de los objetos " -"que se\n" -"guardarán en el disco. Objetos mayores de este tamaño no se guardarán en el " -"disco.\n" +"Tamaño máximo de objetos define el tamaño máximo de los objetos que se\n" +"guardarán en el disco. Objetos mayores de este tamaño no se guardarán en el disco.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:94 msgid "" @@ -677,11 +665,9 @@ "If utilization is close to the Swap Low-Water Mark, less replacement\n" "is done each time.\n" msgstr "" -"Las substituciones empiezan cuando el uso de swap (disco) está por encima " -"de la\n" +"Las substituciones empiezan cuando el uso de swap (disco) está por encima de la\n" "Swap Low-Water Mark (marca de agua baja) e intenta mantener la\n" -"utilización cerca de Swap Low-Water Mark. A medida que la utilización " -"de la\n" +"utilización cerca de Swap Low-Water Mark. A medida que la utilización de la\n" "swap se acerca a Swap High-Water Mark (marca de agua alta) el\n" "desahucio de objetos se vuelve más agresivo. Si la utilización se acerca a\n" "Swap Low-Water Mark se harán menos reemplazos cada vez.\n" @@ -689,11 +675,9 @@ # Cer: ¿se traduce esa tabla? #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:105 msgid "" -"Cache Replacement Policy determines which objects are to be " -"replaced\n" +"Cache Replacement Policy determines which objects are to be replaced\n" "when disk space is needed.\n" -"Memory Replacement Policy specifies the policy for object replacement " -"in\n" +"Memory Replacement Policy specifies the policy for object replacement in\n" "memory when space for new objects is not available.\n" "Policies could be:\n" "<table>\n" @@ -744,75 +728,53 @@ #. Cache Directory #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:132 -msgid "" -"Directory Name defines a top-level directory where cache swap " -"files will be stored." -msgstr "" -"Nombre de Directorio define a directorio de primer nivel donde se " -"almacenarán los archivos de swap caché." +msgid "Directory Name defines a top-level directory where cache swap files will be stored." +msgstr "Nombre de Directorio define a directorio de primer nivel donde se almacenarán los archivos de swap caché." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:135 -msgid "" -"Size defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this " -"directory." -msgstr "" -"Tamaño define la cantidad de espacio de disco (en MB) a usar bajo " -"este directorio." +msgid "Size defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this directory." +msgstr "Tamaño define la cantidad de espacio de disco (en MB) a usar bajo este directorio." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"Level 1 Directories defines a number of first-level " -"subdirectories, \n" +"Level 1 Directories defines a number of first-level subdirectories, \n" "which will be created under the Directory Name directory.\n" msgstr "" -"Directorios de nivel 1 define el número de subdirectorios de " -"primer nivel\n" +"Directorios de nivel 1 define el número de subdirectorios de primer nivel\n" "que se crearán bajo el directorio Nombre de Directorio.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:141 msgid "" -"Level 2 Directories defines a number of second-level " -"subdirectories,\n" +"Level 2 Directories defines a number of second-level subdirectories,\n" "which will be created under each first-level directory.\n" msgstr "" -"Directorios de nivel 2 define el número de subdirectorios de " -"segundo nivel\n" +"Directorios de nivel 2 define el número de subdirectorios de segundo nivel\n" "que se crearán bajo cada directorio de primer nivel.\n" #. ACL Groups #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:145 -msgid "" -"Access to the Squid server can be controlled via ACL Groups." -msgstr "" -"El acceso al servidor Squid puede controlarse mediante Grupos ACL." -"" +msgid "Access to the Squid server can be controlled via ACL Groups." +msgstr "El acceso al servidor Squid puede controlarse mediante Grupos ACL." # Cer: # Bug #377805 -> Ok #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"ACL Group has various types and the description of ACL Group " -"depends\n" +"ACL Group has various types and the description of ACL Group depends\n" "on the particular type.\n" msgstr "" -"El Grupo ACL posee varios tipos y las descripciones de grupos ACL " -"dependen\n" +"El Grupo ACL posee varios tipos y las descripciones de grupos ACL dependen\n" "del tipo particular.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:151 msgid "" -"In the Access Control table, access can be denied or allowed to " -"ACL Groups.\n" -"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be " -"allowed\n" +"In the Access Control table, access can be denied or allowed to ACL Groups.\n" +"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be allowed\n" "or denied to members who belong to all ACL Groups at the same time.\n" msgstr "" -"En la tabla Control de acceso, puede denegarse o aceptarse el " -"acceso a grupos ACL.\n" -"Si hay más grupos ACL en una linea, esto significa que se permitirá el " -"acceso\n" -"o se denegará el mismo a aquellos que pertenezcan a todos los grupos ACL al " -"mismo tiempo.\n" +"En la tabla Control de acceso, puede denegarse o aceptarse el acceso a grupos ACL.\n" +"Si hay más grupos ACL en una linea, esto significa que se permitirá el acceso\n" +"o se denegará el mismo a aquellos que pertenezcan a todos los grupos ACL al mismo tiempo.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:156 msgid "" @@ -824,35 +786,25 @@ #. Logging and Timeouts Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:160 -msgid "" -"Access Log defines the file in which client activities are logged." -"" -msgstr "" -"El Registro de acceso define el archivo en el que se registran las " -"actividades de los clientes." +msgid "Access Log defines the file in which client activities are logged." +msgstr "El Registro de acceso define el archivo en el que se registran las actividades de los clientes." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:163 msgid "" -"Cache Log defines the file in which general information about " -"your\n" +"Cache Log defines the file in which general information about your\n" "cache's behavior is logged.\n" msgstr "" -"El Registro de caché define el archivo donde se registra " -"información\n" +"El Registro de caché define el archivo donde se registra información\n" "general sobre el comportamiento de su caché.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:166 msgid "" -"Cache Store Log defines the location of the transaction log of " -"all\n" -"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an " -"object\n" +"Cache Store Log defines the location of the transaction log of all\n" +"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an object\n" "gets deleted. This option can be left empty.\n" msgstr "" -"El Registro de almacenamiento del caché define la localización del " -"registro de transacción de todos\n" -"los objetos guardados en el almacén de objetos, así como el momento en que " -"el objeto\n" +"El Registro de almacenamiento del caché define la localización del registro de transacción de todos\n" +"los objetos guardados en el almacén de objetos, así como el momento en que el objeto\n" "se borra. Esta opción puede dejarse en blanco.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:171 @@ -861,16 +813,14 @@ "Access Log in HTTPD common log file format.\n" msgstr "" "Con Emular registro httpd especifique que Squid escriba su\n" -"Registro de acceso en formato de archivo de registro común HTTPD.</" -"p>\n" +"Registro de acceso en formato de archivo de registro común HTTPD.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:174 msgid "" "Connection Timeout is an option to force Squid to close\n" "connections after a specified time." msgstr "" -"Temporización de conexión es una opción para forzar a Squid a " -"cerrar\n" +"Temporización de conexión es una opción para forzar a Squid a cerrar\n" "conexiones después de un tiempo especificado." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:177 @@ -878,8 +828,7 @@ "Client Lifetime defines the maximum amount of time that a client\n" "(browser) is allowed to remain connected to the cache process." msgstr "" -"Tiempo de vida del cliente define el tiempo máximo que a un " -"cliente\n" +"Tiempo de vida del cliente define el tiempo máximo que a un cliente\n" "(navegador) se le permite permanecer conectado al proceso caché." #. Miscellaneous Dialog @@ -888,10 +837,8 @@ "Administrator's email is the address which will be added to any\n" "error pages that are displayed to clients. Defaults to webmaster.\n" msgstr "" -"Dirección de correo del administrador es la dirección de correo " -"electrónico que se añadirá\n" -"a cualquier página de error que se muestre a los clientes. Por defecto es " -"pertenece al webmaster.\n" +"Dirección de correo del administrador es la dirección de correo electrónico que se añadirá\n" +"a cualquier página de error que se muestre a los clientes. Por defecto es pertenece al webmaster.\n" #. table cell #: src/include/squid/inits.rb:73 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:55 @@ -1042,11 +989,8 @@ #. test if changed ACL is used in other option (not managed by thid module) #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:467 -msgid "" -"If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" -msgstr "" -"Si cambia el nombre de este grupo ACL, estas opciones podrían verse " -"afectadas: \n" +msgid "If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" +msgstr "Si cambia el nombre de este grupo ACL, estas opciones podrían verse afectadas: \n" #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:474 msgid "Change name anyway" @@ -1110,8 +1054,7 @@ #. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG END ****** #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:691 msgid "Administrator's email must not contain any white spaces." -msgstr "" -"La dirección de correo del administrador no debe contener espacios en blanco." +msgstr "La dirección de correo del administrador no debe contener espacios en blanco." # #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -1363,12 +1306,8 @@ msgstr "Dominio de destino" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:148 -msgid "" -"This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the " -"origin server is located." -msgstr "" -"Esto se refiere al dominio de destino, o sea, el dominio origen donde el " -"servidor de origen está localizado." +msgid "This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the origin server is located." +msgstr "Esto se refiere al dominio de destino, o sea, el dominio origen donde el servidor de origen está localizado." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:155 msgid "Matches the client domain name." @@ -1427,11 +1366,8 @@ msgstr "Concuerda usando una expresión regular en la URL completa." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:213 -msgid "" -"Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" -msgstr "" -"Concuerda con la ruta de la URL menos la información de algún protocolo, " -"puerto, y nombre de anfitrión" +msgid "Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" +msgstr "Concuerda con la ruta de la URL menos la información de algún protocolo, puerto, y nombre de anfitrión" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:220 msgid "port" @@ -1482,24 +1418,16 @@ msgstr "Este tipo corresponde al método HTTP en las cabeceras de la petición." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:278 -msgid "" -"A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the " -"user agent header." -msgstr "" -"Una expresión regular que corresponde al tipo de navegador del cliente " -"basándose en la cabecera de agente de usuario." +msgid "A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the user agent header." +msgstr "Una expresión regular que corresponde al tipo de navegador del cliente basándose en la cabecera de agente de usuario." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:288 msgid "Maximum Number of HTTP Connections" msgstr "Número máximo de conexiones HTTP" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:300 -msgid "" -"Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of " -"HTTP connections established." -msgstr "" -"Se corresponde cuando la dirección IP del cliente tiene más conexiones HTTP " -"establecidas que el número especificado." +msgid "Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of HTTP connections established." +msgstr "Se corresponde cuando la dirección IP del cliente tiene más conexiones HTTP establecidas que el número especificado." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:307 msgid "Matches Referer header." @@ -1515,25 +1443,19 @@ #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:328 msgid "Regular expression matching any of the known request headers." -msgstr "" -"Expresiones regulares coincidentes con cualquiera de las cabeceras de " -"petición conocidas." +msgstr "Expresiones regulares coincidentes con cualquiera de las cabeceras de petición conocidas." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:351 msgid "" -"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. " -"Can\n" +"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. Can\n" "be used to detect file download or some types of HTTP tunnelling requests.\n" msgstr "" -"Expresiones regulares coincidentes con el tipo mime de la respuesta recibida " -"por squid. Puede\n" -"usarse para detectar descarga de archivos o algunos tipos de petición HTTP " -"tunelizada.\n" +"Expresiones regulares coincidentes con el tipo mime de la respuesta recibida por squid. Puede\n" +"usarse para detectar descarga de archivos o algunos tipos de petición HTTP tunelizada.\n" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:358 msgid "Match the mime type of the request generated by the client." -msgstr "" -"Se corresponde con el tipo mime de la petición generada por el cliente." +msgstr "Se corresponde con el tipo mime de la petición generada por el cliente." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:363 msgid "Match the mime type of the reply received by Squid." @@ -1550,11 +1472,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 msgid "Afrikaans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Afrikaans" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 msgid "Arabic" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Arábe" # AM #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 @@ -1615,7 +1537,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 msgid "Persian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Persa" # /usr/lib/YaST2/keyboard_raw.ycp:470 # /usr/src/packages/BUILD/y2-ke/head/usr/lib/YaST2/keyboard_raw.ycp:487 @@ -1641,7 +1563,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 msgid "Indonesian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indonesio" # /usr/lib/YaST2/keyboard_raw.ycp:230 # /usr/src/packages/BUILD/y2-ke/head/usr/lib/YaST2/keyboard_raw.ycp:247 @@ -1661,7 +1583,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 msgid "Latvian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eslavo" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 msgid "Lithuanian" @@ -1669,7 +1591,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 msgid "Malay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Malayo" # /usr/lib/YaST2/keyboard_raw.ycp:350 # /usr/src/packages/BUILD/y2-ke/head/usr/lib/YaST2/keyboard_raw.ycp:367 @@ -1747,7 +1669,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 msgid "Thai" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Thai" # /usr/lib/YaST2/keyboard_raw.ycp:738 # /usr/src/packages/BUILD/y2-ke/head/usr/lib/YaST2/keyboard_raw.ycp:755 @@ -1763,11 +1685,11 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 msgid "Uzbek" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uzbeko" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 msgid "Vietnamese" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vietnamita " #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 msgid "Simplified Chinese" Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/sshd.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/sshd.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/sshd.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -37,7 +37,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:155 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:175 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:78 -#| msgid "Initializing the SSHD Configuration" msgid "Initializing SSHD Configuration" msgstr "Inicializando la configuración de SSHD" @@ -46,7 +45,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:161 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:181 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:84 -#| msgid "Read the current SSHD configuration" msgid "Read current SSHD configuration" msgstr "Leer la configuración actual de SSHD" @@ -55,7 +53,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:163 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:183 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:86 -#| msgid "Read the current SSHD state" msgid "Read current SSHD state" msgstr "Leer el estado actual de SSHD" @@ -64,7 +61,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:166 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:186 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:89 -#| msgid "Reading the current SSHD configuration..." msgid "Reading current SSHD configuration..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración actual de SSHD..." @@ -72,7 +68,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:168 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:188 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:91 -#| msgid "Reading the current SSHD state" msgid "Reading current SSHD state..." msgstr "Leyendo el estado actual de SSHD..." @@ -81,7 +76,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:186 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:206 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:109 -#| msgid "Cannot read the current SSHD state." msgid "Cannot read current SSHD state." msgstr "No es posible leer el estado actual de SSHD." @@ -91,7 +85,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:204 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:224 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:127 -#| msgid "Saving the SSHD Configuration" msgid "Saving SSHD Configuration" msgstr "Guardando configuración de SSHD" @@ -107,7 +100,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:212 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:232 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:135 -#| msgid "Adjust SSHD service" msgid "Adjust the SSHD service" msgstr "Ajustar el servicio SSHD" @@ -122,7 +114,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:217 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:237 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:140 -#| msgid "Adjusting SSHD service..." msgid "Adjusting the SSHD service..." msgstr "Ajustando el servicio SSHD..." @@ -130,7 +121,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:228 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:248 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:151 -#| msgid "Cannot write the SSHD settings." msgid "Cannot write SSHD settings." msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración de SSHD." @@ -213,7 +203,6 @@ #. a dialog caption #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:106 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:100 -#| msgid "General Login Settings" msgid "SSHD Server Login Settings" msgstr "Configuración de inicio de sesión del servidor SSHD" @@ -225,7 +214,6 @@ #. A check box #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:113 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:107 -#| msgid "Print &Message of the Day after Login" msgid "Print &Message of the Day After Login" msgstr "Imprimir \"&Mensaje del día\" después del inicio de sesión" @@ -250,21 +238,18 @@ #. A check box #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:125 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:119 -#| msgid "Pa&ssword Authentication" msgid "Pa&sswordAuthentication" msgstr "Contra&seña de autenticación" #. A check box #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:127 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:121 -#| msgid "Pa&ssword Authentication" msgid "RSA Authenti&cation" msgstr "Autenti&cación RSA" #. A check box #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:129 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:123 -#| msgid "Public &Key Authentication (Protocol V. 2 Only)" msgid "Public &Key Authentication" msgstr "Autenticación de C&lave Pública" @@ -274,7 +259,6 @@ # modules/Mail.ycp:232 #. Sshd read dialog caption #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-Sshd.ycp:28 -#| msgid "Initializing the SSHD Configuration" msgid "Initializing sshd Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración de sshd" @@ -282,7 +266,6 @@ # menuentries/menuentry_isdn.y2cc:11 #. Sshd write dialog caption #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-Sshd.ycp:53 -#| msgid "Saving the SSHD Configuration" msgid "Saving sshd Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de sshd" @@ -307,15 +290,11 @@ #. Sshd configure1 dialog contents #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-dialogs.ycp:28 -#| msgid "Configuration of sshd" msgid "First part of configuration of sshd" msgstr "Primera parte de la configuración de sshd" #. Read dialog help #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:18 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Initializing the sshd Configuration</big> \n" -#| "\n" msgid "" "<big>Initializing sshd Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... " @@ -325,9 +304,6 @@ #. Write dialog help #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:22 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Saving the sshd Configuration</big> \n" -#| "\n" msgid "" "<big>Saving sshd Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... " @@ -348,9 +324,6 @@ # include/network/lan/helps.ycp:54 #. Login Settings dialog help #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:30 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Server Configuration</big> \n" -#| "Configure SSHD here. " msgid "" "<big>Login Settings</big> \n" "Configure SSHD login settings here. " @@ -440,16 +413,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Maximum Authentication Tries \n" -#~ "Specifies the maximum number of authentication attempts permitted per " -#~ "connection.\n" -#~ "Once the number of failures reaches half this value, additional failures " -#~ "are logged." +#~ "Specifies the maximum number of authentication attempts permitted per connection.\n" +#~ "Once the number of failures reaches half this value, additional failures are logged." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Número máximo de intentos para autenticación \n" -#~ "Especifica el número máximo de intentos de autenticación permitidos por " -#~ "conexión.\n" -#~ "Una vez que el número de fallos llega a la mitad de este valor, los " -#~ "fallos adicionales son registrados." +#~ "Especifica el número máximo de intentos de autenticación permitidos por conexión.\n" +#~ "Una vez que el número de fallos llega a la mitad de este valor, los fallos adicionales son registrados." #~ msgid "" #~ "RSA Authentication \n" @@ -475,8 +444,7 @@ #~ "Configure SSHD protocol version and cipher settings. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Configuración de protocolo y cifrado</big> \n" -#~ "Configure la versión del protocolo SSHD y los ajustes de cifrado. </" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Configure la versión del protocolo SSHD y los ajustes de cifrado. \n" #~ msgid "SSH server is running" #~ msgstr "El servidor SSH está ejecutándose" Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/storage.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/storage.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/storage.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -45,11 +45,9 @@ "\n" "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" msgstr "" -"Sólo debe usar este programa si está familiarizado con la gestión de " -"particiones en discos duros.\n" +"Sólo debe usar este programa si está familiarizado con la gestión de particiones en discos duros.\n" "\n" -"No haga nunca particiones en un disco que pueda estar en uso de alguna " -"manera\n" +"No haga nunca particiones en un disco que pueda estar en uso de alguna manera\n" "(montado, de intercambio, etc.), a menos que sepa exactamente lo que está\n" "haciendo. De lo contrario, la tabla de particiones no se reenviará al\n" "núcleo, lo que, probablemente, provocará una pérdida de datos.\n" @@ -134,8 +132,7 @@ "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." msgstr "" "No se puede elaborar una propuesta automática.\n" -"Introduzca manualmente los puntos de montaje en el diálogo del " -"'Particionador'." +"Introduzca manualmente los puntos de montaje en el diálogo del 'Particionador'." # include/network/modem/dialogs.ycp:145 #. TRANSLATORS: button text @@ -209,8 +206,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." -msgstr "" -"No hay suficiente espacio disponible para un directorio /home separado." +msgstr "No hay suficiente espacio disponible para un directorio /home separado." #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 msgid "" @@ -500,8 +496,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Usado por Windows es el tamaño de la parte ocupada en la partición de " -"Windows.\n" +"Usado por Windows es el tamaño de la parte ocupada en la partición de Windows.\n" "\n" # clients/inst_resize_ui.ycp:734 @@ -609,8 +604,7 @@ #. now let the automatic partitioner do its work #: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 msgid "The available space is not sufficient for an installation." -msgstr "" -"El espacio disponible no es suficiente para llevar a cabo la instalación." +msgstr "El espacio disponible no es suficiente para llevar a cabo la instalación." # clients/inst_do_resize.ycp:447 clients/inst_resize_ui.ycp:225 # clients/inst_do_resize.ycp:447 clients/inst_resize_ui.ycp:225 @@ -641,9 +635,7 @@ #. popup text #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." -msgstr "" -"El sistema sólo se puede configurar con la opción de particiones " -"personalizadas." +msgstr "El sistema sólo se puede configurar con la opción de particiones personalizadas." # clients/inst_target_part.ycp:332 # clients/inst_target_part.ycp:332 @@ -808,11 +800,8 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "" -"No se han encontrado discos. Pruebe con el CD de actualización, si está " -"disponible, para la instalación." +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "No se han encontrado discos. Pruebe con el CD de actualización, si está disponible, para la instalación." # clients/inst_target_selection.ycp:327 # clients/inst_target_selection.ycp:327 @@ -846,8 +835,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Posteriormente puede seleccionar en qué lugar del disco duro se instalará " -"&product;.\n" +"Posteriormente puede seleccionar en qué lugar del disco duro se instalará &product;.\n" "\n" # @@ -867,10 +855,8 @@ "\n" "\n" "La opción Particionado personalizado para expertos\n" -"permite tener un control completo sobre el proceso de partición de los " -"discos duros\n" -"y la asignación de particiones para puntos de montaje cuando se instala " -"&product;.\n" +"permite tener un control completo sobre el proceso de partición de los discos duros\n" +"y la asignación de particiones para puntos de montaje cuando se instala &product;.\n" "\n" # clients/inst_prepdisk.ycp:262 @@ -1121,8 +1107,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Las zonas marcadas serán eliminadas. Se perderán todos los datos " -"contenidos\n" +"Las zonas marcadas serán eliminadas. Se perderán todos los datos contenidos\n" "en las mismas. No habrá forma de recuperar estos datos.\n" "\n" @@ -1150,10 +1135,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Probablemente, el disco duro seleccionado está siendo utilizado por Windows. " -"No hay \n" -"espacio suficiente para &product;. Puede borrar Windows completamente " -"o\n" +"Probablemente, el disco duro seleccionado está siendo utilizado por Windows. No hay \n" +"espacio suficiente para &product;. Puede borrar Windows completamente o\n" "bien reducir la partición para obtener espacio libre.\n" "" @@ -1173,8 +1156,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si borra Windows, todos los datos que se encuentran en esta partición se " -"perderán \n" +"Si borra Windows, todos los datos que se encuentran en esta partición se perderán \n" "de forma irreversible durante la instalación. Si desea reducir su\n" "partición Windows, recomendamos encarecidamente que haga una\n" "copia de seguridad de sus datos, ya que los datos sufren una\n" @@ -1236,10 +1218,8 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Ha intentado montar una partición FAT en uno\n" -"de los siguientes puntos de montaje: /, /usr , /home, /opt o /var. Es " -"probable que\n" -"esta configuración le cause problemas. Utilice un sistema de archivos de " -"Linux,\n" +"de los siguientes puntos de montaje: /, /usr , /home, /opt o /var. Es probable que\n" +"esta configuración le cause problemas. Utilice un sistema de archivos de Linux,\n" "como ext3 o ext4 para estos puntos de montaje.\n" "\n" "¿Desea realmente utilizar esta configuración?\n" @@ -1254,10 +1234,8 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Ha intentado montar una partición FAT en el\n" -"punto de montaje /boot. Es probable que esta configuración le cause " -"problemas.\n" -"Utilice un sistema de archivos de Linux, como ext3 o ext4 para este punto de " -"montaje.\n" +"punto de montaje /boot. Es probable que esta configuración le cause problemas.\n" +"Utilice un sistema de archivos de Linux, como ext3 o ext4 para este punto de montaje.\n" "\n" "¿Desea realmente utilizar esta configuración?\n" @@ -1271,10 +1249,8 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Ha montado una partición Btrfs en el\n" -"punto de montaje /boot. Es probable que esta configuración le cause " -"problemas.\n" -"Utilice un sistema de archivos de Linux, como ext3 o ext4 para este punto de " -"montaje.\n" +"punto de montaje /boot. Es probable que esta configuración le cause problemas.\n" +"Utilice un sistema de archivos de Linux, como ext3 o ext4 para este punto de montaje.\n" "\n" "¿Desea realmente utilizar esta configuración?\n" @@ -1401,8 +1377,7 @@ "Advertencia: Con la configuración actual, es posible que la instalación\n" "de %1 no pueda ser arrancada directamente ya que los archivos por debajo\n" "de \"/boot\" se encuentran en un dispositivo RAID de software.\n" -"En ocasiones, la configuración del cargador de arranque falla con esta " -"configuración.\n" +"En ocasiones, la configuración del cargador de arranque falla con esta configuración.\n" "\n" "¿Desea realmente utilizar esta configuración?\n" @@ -1476,23 +1451,19 @@ "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" -"\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"No ha asignado una partición de intercambio (swap). Se recomienda " -"encarecidamente\n" +"No ha asignado una partición de intercambio (swap). Se recomienda encarecidamente\n" "crear y asignar una partición de intercambio.\n" "Las particiones de intercambio se muestran en la ventana principal con el \n" -"tipo \"Linux Swap\". Una partición de intercambio asignada tiene el punto de " -"montaje en \"swap\".\n" +"tipo \"Linux Swap\". Una partición de intercambio asignada tiene el punto de montaje en \"swap\".\n" "Puede asignar más de una partición de intercambio.\n" "\n" -"¿Desea realmente utilizar la configuración sin una partición de " -"intercambio?\n" +"¿Desea realmente utilizar la configuración sin una partición de intercambio?\n" # include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.ycp:624 # include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.ycp:624 @@ -1533,8 +1504,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -"points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" "En caso de duda, puede retroceder y marcar esta partición\n" @@ -1552,8 +1522,7 @@ "\n" "Really keep the partition unformatted?\n" msgstr "" -"Si decide dar formato a la partición, todos los datos que se encuentran en " -"ella se perderán.\n" +"Si decide dar formato a la partición, todos los datos que se encuentran en ella se perderán.\n" "\n" "¿Desea mantener la partición sin formatear?\n" "\n" @@ -1637,20 +1606,15 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"La partición extendida seleccionada contiene particiones que están montadas " -"en este momento:\n" +"La partición extendida seleccionada contiene particiones que están montadas en este momento:\n" "%1\n" -"Se recomienda *encarecidamente* desmontar estas particiones antes de borrar " -"la partición extendida.\n" -"Por favor, pulse Cancelar a menos que sepa exactamente lo que está " -"haciendo.\n" +"Se recomienda *encarecidamente* desmontar estas particiones antes de borrar la partición extendida.\n" +"Por favor, pulse Cancelar a menos que sepa exactamente lo que está haciendo.\n" # include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.ycp:862 # include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.ycp:862 @@ -1667,8 +1631,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "La partición extendida seleccionada contiene al menos una partición LVM\n" -"asignada a un grupo de volúmenes. Elimine primero todas las particiones de " -"sus respectivos grupos de volúmenes antes de borrar la partición extendida.\n" +"asignada a un grupo de volúmenes. Elimine primero todas las particiones de sus respectivos grupos de volúmenes antes de borrar la partición extendida.\n" # include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.ycp:878 # include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.ycp:878 @@ -1860,35 +1823,27 @@ "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " -"disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "Montar en /etc/fstab por:\n" -"Normalmente, el dispositivo que monta un sistema de archivos se reconoce en /" -"etc/fstab\n" -"por el nombre de dispositivo. Éste puede cambiarse para encontrar el sistema " -"de archivos que\n" -"va a montarse buscando por UUID o por etiquetas de volumen. No todos los " -"sistemas de archivos\n" -"pueden montarse por UUID o por etiqueta de volumen. Si una opción está " -"desactivada, \n" +"Normalmente, el dispositivo que monta un sistema de archivos se reconoce en /etc/fstab\n" +"por el nombre de dispositivo. Éste puede cambiarse para encontrar el sistema de archivos que\n" +"va a montarse buscando por UUID o por etiquetas de volumen. No todos los sistemas de archivos\n" +"pueden montarse por UUID o por etiqueta de volumen. Si una opción está desactivada, \n" "esto resultará imposible.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "Etiqueta de volumen:\n" -"El nombre que introduzca en este campo se utilizará como etiqueta de " -"volumen.\n" -"Esto sólo suele tener sentido cuando se activa la opción para montar por " -"etiqueta de volumen.\n" +"El nombre que introduzca en este campo se utilizará como etiqueta de volumen.\n" +"Esto sólo suele tener sentido cuando se activa la opción para montar por etiqueta de volumen.\n" "Las etiquetas de volumen no pueden contener el carácter / ni espacios.\n" #. label text @@ -2042,8 +1997,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "La partición seleccionada (%1) está montada actualmente en %2.\n" -"Si cambia algún parámetro (como el punto de montaje o el tipo de sistema de " -"archivos),\n" +"Si cambia algún parámetro (como el punto de montaje o el tipo de sistema de archivos),\n" "podría dañar su instalación de Linux.\n" "\n" "Desmonte la partición si es posible. Si no está seguro,\n" @@ -2097,8 +2051,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "YaST2 no puede ampliar el sistema de archivos en la partición seleccionada.\n" -"Sólo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs y reiser permiten ampliar un sistema de " -"archivos." +"Sólo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs y reiser permiten ampliar un sistema de archivos." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1353 @@ -2108,10 +2061,8 @@ "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"YaST2 no puede ampliar el sistema de archivos en el volumen lógico " -"seleccionado.\n" -"Sólo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs y reiser permiten ampliar un sistema de " -"archivos." +"YaST2 no puede ampliar el sistema de archivos en el volumen lógico seleccionado.\n" +"Sólo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs y reiser permiten ampliar un sistema de archivos." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1361 msgid "Continue resizing?" @@ -2124,8 +2075,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." -msgstr "" -"Ha reducido un volumen lógico que contiene un sistema de archivos reiser." +msgstr "Ha reducido un volumen lógico que contiene un sistema de archivos reiser." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1387 msgid "" @@ -2175,8 +2125,7 @@ msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "El dispositivo seleccionado contiene particiones ya montadas:\n" @@ -2362,20 +2311,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -"tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Este punto de montaje se corresponde con un sistema de archivos temporal " -"como /tmp o /var/tmp.\n" -"Puede dejar en blanco la contraseña de crypt. Si lo hace así, el sistema " -"creará una\n" -"contraseña aleatoria al iniciar el sistema. Esto significa que perderá todos " -"los \n" +"Este punto de montaje se corresponde con un sistema de archivos temporal como /tmp o /var/tmp.\n" +"Puede dejar en blanco la contraseña de crypt. Si lo hace así, el sistema creará una\n" +"contraseña aleatoria al iniciar el sistema. Esto significa que perderá todos los \n" "datos de estos sistemas de archivos cuando el sistema se cierre.\n" "\n" @@ -2389,19 +2334,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si no recuerda su contraseña, no podrá acceder a los datos de su sistema de " -"archivos.\n" +"Si no recuerda su contraseña, no podrá acceder a los datos de su sistema de archivos.\n" "Seleccione con cuidado su contraseña. Se recomienda que use una combinación\n" -"de letras y números. Para asegurarse de que la contraseña se ha introducido " -"correctamente\n" +"de letras y números. Para asegurarse de que la contraseña se ha introducido correctamente\n" "tecléela dos veces.\n" "\n" @@ -2414,8 +2356,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" @@ -2477,17 +2418,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si el sistema de archivos cifrado no contiene ningún archivo de sistema y, " -"por lo tanto\n" -"no se necesita para la actualización, puede seleccionar la opción Omitir." -"\n" +"Si el sistema de archivos cifrado no contiene ningún archivo de sistema y, por lo tanto\n" +"no se necesita para la actualización, puede seleccionar la opción Omitir.\n" "En este caso, no se accede al sistema de archivos durante la actualización.\n" "\n" @@ -2561,10 +2499,8 @@ "\n" "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" -"Ha seleccionado no montar automáticamente durante el arranque un sistema de " -"archivos\n" -"que puede contener archivos necesarios para que el sistema funcione " -"correctamente.\n" +"Ha seleccionado no montar automáticamente durante el arranque un sistema de archivos\n" +"que puede contener archivos necesarios para que el sistema funcione correctamente.\n" "\n" "Esto podría causar problemas.\n" "\n" @@ -2615,14 +2551,12 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:221 msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point." -msgstr "" -"Los dispositivos de intercambio deben tener como punto de montaje swap." +msgstr "Los dispositivos de intercambio deben tener como punto de montaje swap." #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:225 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." -msgstr "" -"Sólo los dispositivos de intercambio pueden tener un punto de montaje swap." +msgstr "Sólo los dispositivos de intercambio pueden tener un punto de montaje swap." # # include/partitioning/partition_defines.ycp:166 @@ -2646,11 +2580,8 @@ #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "" -"Carácter no válido en el punto de montaje. No utilice \"`'!%#\" en un punto " -"de montaje." +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "Carácter no válido en el punto de montaje. No utilice \"`'!%#\" en un punto de montaje." # include/partitioning/partition_defines.ycp:172 # include/partitioning/partition_defines.ycp:172 @@ -2761,21 +2692,15 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"No es posible reducir el tamaño del sistema de archivos mientras esta " -"montado." +msgstr "No es posible reducir el tamaño del sistema de archivos mientras esta montado." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"No es posible extender el tamaño del sistema de archivos mientras esta " -"montado." +msgstr "No es posible extender el tamaño del sistema de archivos mientras esta montado." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"No es posible cambiar el tamaño del sistema de archivos mientras esta " -"montado." +msgstr "No es posible cambiar el tamaño del sistema de archivos mientras esta montado." #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 @@ -2867,8 +2792,7 @@ "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." msgstr "" "Seleccionando una entrada de la tabla\n" -"podrá acceder a una vista con información detallada sobre el dispositivo.</" -"p> " +"podrá acceder a una vista con información detallada sobre el dispositivo. " #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 @@ -2885,8 +2809,7 @@ "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" msgstr "" -"Si vuelve a leer la configuración iSCSI se cancelarán todos los cambios " -"actuales.\n" +"Si vuelve a leer la configuración iSCSI se cancelarán todos los cambios actuales.\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea hacer esto?" #. popup text @@ -2904,8 +2827,7 @@ "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" -"Si vuelve a leer a la configuración multipath se cancelarán todos los " -"cambios actuales.\n" +"Si vuelve a leer a la configuración multipath se cancelarán todos los cambios actuales.\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea hacer esto?\n" #. popup text @@ -2914,8 +2836,7 @@ "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" msgstr "" -"Si vuelve a leer la configuración DASD se cancelarán todos los cambios " -"actuales.\n" +"Si vuelve a leer la configuración DASD se cancelarán todos los cambios actuales.\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea hacer esto?" #. popup text @@ -2924,8 +2845,7 @@ "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" msgstr "" -"Si vuelve a leer la configuración zFCP se cancelarán todos los cambios " -"actuales.\n" +"Si vuelve a leer la configuración zFCP se cancelarán todos los cambios actuales.\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea hacer esto?" #. popup text @@ -2934,8 +2854,7 @@ "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" msgstr "" -"Si vuelve a leer la configuración XPRAM se cancelarán todos los cambios " -"actuales.\n" +"Si vuelve a leer la configuración XPRAM se cancelarán todos los cambios actuales.\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea hacer esto?" #. dialog title @@ -3226,10 +3145,12 @@ msgid "Choose the role of the device." msgstr "" +# +# modules/Modem.ycp:155 #. radio button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 msgid "Operating System" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sistema operativo" #. radio button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 @@ -3267,13 +3188,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " -"existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" " Si desea cifrar todos los datos en el\n" -"volumen seleccione Encrypt device. Al cambiar el cifrado de un " -"volumen existente\n" +"volumen seleccione Encrypt device. Al cambiar el cifrado de un volumen existente\n" "se eliminarán todos los datos que contiene.\n" # include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.ycp:91 @@ -3392,10 +3311,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"El sistema de archivos de este volumen es de tipo swap. Puede dejar la " -"contraseña\n" -"de crypt vacía, pero no podrá usar el dispositivo swap para hibernar " -"(suspensión\n" +"El sistema de archivos de este volumen es de tipo swap. Puede dejar la contraseña\n" +"de crypt vacía, pero no podrá usar el dispositivo swap para hibernar (suspensión\n" "a disco).\n" "\n" @@ -3524,9 +3441,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." -msgstr "" -"El tamaño introducido no es válido. Tiene que introducir un tamaño entre %1 " -"y %2." +msgstr "El tamaño introducido no es válido. Tiene que introducir un tamaño entre %1 y %2." #. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases @@ -3973,8 +3888,7 @@ "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "La partición %1 se encuentra actualmente en uso. No puede\n" -"redimensionarse. Para cambiar el tamaño de %1, asegúrese de que no se está " -"utilizando." +"redimensionarse. Para cambiar el tamaño de %1, asegúrese de que no se está utilizando." # # clients/inst_custom_part.ycp:2233 @@ -4232,8 +4146,7 @@ "partitions are shown here.\n" msgstr "" "Esta vista muestra todas las particiones del disco duro\n" -"seleccionado. Si el disco duro lo utiliza, p. ej. para RAID de BIOS o " -"multipath\n" +"seleccionado. Si el disco duro lo utiliza, p. ej. para RAID de BIOS o multipath\n" "las particiones no se mostrarán aquí.\n" #. helptext @@ -4244,8 +4157,7 @@ "software RAIDs and multipath disks.\n" msgstr "" "Esta vista muestra todos los dispositivos usados por el\n" -"disco duro seleccionado. La vista solo esta disponible para discos RAID de " -"BIOS, RAIDs\n" +"disco duro seleccionado. La vista solo esta disponible para discos RAID de BIOS, RAIDs\n" "particionados por software y discos Multipath.\n" # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1431 @@ -4299,8 +4211,7 @@ msgstr "" " Puede escoger cuando los volúmenes de sistema\n" "existentes, p.e. / y /usr, deben ser formateados durante la\n" -"instalación. Los volúmenes que no son de sistema, p.e. /home no se " -"formatearan." +"instalación. Los volúmenes que no son de sistema, p.e. /home no se formatearan." # include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.ycp:577 # include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.ycp:577 @@ -4363,8 +4274,7 @@ "and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n" msgstr "" "La partición seleccionada es usada por el grupo de volúmenes \"%1\"\n" -"Para mantener el sistema en un estado consistente, el siguiente grupo de " -"volúmenes\n" +"Para mantener el sistema en un estado consistente, el siguiente grupo de volúmenes\n" "y sus volúmenes lógicos serán eliminados:\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117 @@ -4484,15 +4394,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Nombre de ruta del archivo de bucle: Debe ser la ruta absoluta " -"al archivo\n" -"que contiene los datos para el dispositivo de bucle cifrado a configurar.</" -"p>\n" +"Nombre de ruta del archivo de bucle: Debe ser la ruta absoluta al archivo\n" +"que contiene los datos para el dispositivo de bucle cifrado a configurar.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 @@ -4503,10 +4410,8 @@ "exists, all data in it is lost.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Crear archivo de bucle: Si esta opción está activada, el " -"archivo se creará\n" -"con el tamaño indicado en el campo siguiente. NOTA: Si el archivo ya " -"existe,\n" +"Crear archivo de bucle: Si esta opción está activada, el archivo se creará\n" +"con el tamaño indicado en el campo siguiente. NOTA: Si el archivo ya existe,\n" "se perderán todos los datos que contenga.\n" #. helptext @@ -4517,8 +4422,7 @@ "created in the encrypted loop device will have this size.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Tamaño: Este es el tamaño del archivo de bucle. El sistema de " -"archivos\n" +"Tamaño: Este es el tamaño del archivo de bucle. El sistema de archivos\n" "que se creará en el dispositivo de bucle cifrado tendrá este tamaño.\n" #. helptext @@ -4531,12 +4435,9 @@ "careful when providing the size and path name.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"NOTA:Durante la instalación YaST no puede efectuar ninguna " -"comprobación\n" -"de coherencia de los tamaños de archivos y los nombres de ruta porque no se " -"puede\n" -"acceder al sistema de archivos. Éste se crea al final de la instalación. Por " -"lo tanto,\n" +"NOTA:Durante la instalación YaST no puede efectuar ninguna comprobación\n" +"de coherencia de los tamaños de archivos y los nombres de ruta porque no se puede\n" +"acceder al sistema de archivos. Éste se crea al final de la instalación. Por lo tanto,\n" "asigne los tamaños y nombres de ruta con cuidado.\n" #. input field label @@ -4572,9 +4473,7 @@ #. error popup, %1 is replaced by size #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size of at least %1." -msgstr "" -"El tamaño introducido no es válido. Tiene que introducir un tamaño de al " -"menos %1." +msgstr "El tamaño introducido no es válido. Tiene que introducir un tamaño de al menos %1." #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 @@ -4733,9 +4632,7 @@ #. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "" -"¿Realmente desea eliminar el grupo de volúmenes \"%1\" y todos los volúmenes " -"lógicos relacionados?" +msgstr "¿Realmente desea eliminar el grupo de volúmenes \"%1\" y todos los volúmenes lógicos relacionados?" # include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.ycp:508 # include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.ycp:508 @@ -4746,8 +4643,7 @@ "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" msgstr "" -"Los datos que ha introducido no son válidos. Introduzca un tamaño de " -"extensión\n" +"Los datos que ha introducido no son válidos. Introduzca un tamaño de extensión\n" "física mayor de %1 en potencias de 2, por ejemplo, \"%2\" o \"%3\"" #. error popup text @@ -4784,9 +4680,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group." -msgstr "" -"Introduzca el nombre y el tamaño de la extensión física del nuevo grupo " -"de volúmenes. " +msgstr "Introduzca el nombre y el tamaño de la extensión física del nuevo grupo de volúmenes. " # include/partitioning/lvm_ui_lib.ycp:53 # include/partitioning/lvm_ui_lib.ycp:53 @@ -4794,9 +4688,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione los volúmenes físicos que debe contener el grupo de volúmenes." -"" +msgstr "Seleccione los volúmenes físicos que debe contener el grupo de volúmenes." # include/partitioning/lvm_ui_lib.ycp:186 include/partitioning/lvm_ui_lib.ycp:299 include/partitioning/lvm_ui_lib.ycp:322 # include/partitioning/lvm_ui_lib.ycp:186 include/partitioning/lvm_ui_lib.ycp:299 include/partitioning/lvm_ui_lib.ycp:322 @@ -4841,13 +4733,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "Introduzca el tamaño además del número y el tamaño\n" -"de segmentos para el volumen lógico nuevo. El número de segmentos no puede " -"ser mayor\n" +"de segmentos para el volumen lógico nuevo. El número de segmentos no puede ser mayor\n" "que el número de volúmenes físicos del grupo de volúmenes." #. helptext @@ -4861,14 +4751,10 @@ "Thin Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count." msgstr "" "También se pueden crear Volúmenes Flexibles(\"Thin Volumes\")\n" -"con un tamaño arbitrario de volumen. El espacio que se necesita se toma bajo " -"demanda\n" -"desde el Deposito Flexible(\"Thin Pool\"). Se puede crear un Volumen " -"Flexible mayor\n" -"que el Deposito Flexible. Como es lógico, cuando realmente se escriben datos " -"a un Volumen\n" -"Flexible, el Deposito Flexible asignado debe poder cumplir con las " -"necesidades de espacio.\n" +"con un tamaño arbitrario de volumen. El espacio que se necesita se toma bajo demanda\n" +"desde el Deposito Flexible(\"Thin Pool\"). Se puede crear un Volumen Flexible mayor\n" +"que el Deposito Flexible. Como es lógico, cuando realmente se escriben datos a un Volumen\n" +"Flexible, el Deposito Flexible asignado debe poder cumplir con las necesidades de espacio.\n" "Un Volumen Flexible no puede tener un contador de segmentos." # include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.ycp:171 @@ -4911,36 +4797,30 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "Puede declarar el volumen lógico como Volumen Normal.\n" -"Esto se produce por defecto y crea Volúmenes LVM planos tal y como han " -"sidoantes de que exista la prestación Aprovisionamiento Flexible>/b>.\n" +"Esto se produce por defecto y crea Volúmenes LVM planos tal y como han sidoantes de que exista la prestación Aprovisionamiento Flexible>/b>.\n" "Si tiene dudas esta probablemente es la elección mas adecuada." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." msgstr "" "Puede declarar los volúmenes lógicos como Deposito Flexible.\n" -"Esto produce que los Volúmenes Flexibles busquen bajo demanda el " -"espacio necesario en un deposito." +"Esto produce que los Volúmenes Flexibles busquen bajo demanda el espacio necesario en un deposito." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" -"b>." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." msgstr "" "Puede declarar los volúmenes lógicos como Volumen Flexible.\n" -"Esto produce que los Volúmenes Flexibles busquen bajo demanda el " -"espacio necesario en un Deposito Flexible." +"Esto produce que los Volúmenes Flexibles busquen bajo demanda el espacio necesario en un Deposito Flexible." #. heading for frame #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 @@ -5009,15 +4889,12 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" -"No hay suficientes dispositivos sin usar con los que se pueda crear un grupo " -"de volúmenes.\n" +"No hay suficientes dispositivos sin usar con los que se pueda crear un grupo de volúmenes.\n" "\n" -"Para usar LVM es necesario al menos una partición libre del tipo 0x8e (o " -"0x83) o un\n" +"Para usar LVM es necesario al menos una partición libre del tipo 0x8e (o 0x83) o un\n" "dispositivo RAID sin usar. Modifique su tabla de particiones adecuadamente." #. error popup @@ -5291,12 +5168,8 @@ # include/mail/ui.ycp:241 #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"La configuración de NFS no está disponible. Compruebe la instalación del " -"paquete yast2-nfs-client." +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." +msgstr "La configuración de NFS no está disponible. Compruebe la instalación del paquete yast2-nfs-client." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 @@ -5327,12 +5200,10 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: Este nivel mejora el rendimiento del disco.\n" -"En este modo NO hay redundancia. Si una de las unidades se estropea, " -"no será posible recuperar los datos.\n" +"En este modo NO hay redundancia. Si una de las unidades se estropea, no será posible recuperar los datos.\n" # include/partitioning/raid_ui.ycp:69 # include/partitioning/raid_ui.ycp:69 @@ -5342,19 +5213,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " -"on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 1: Este modo tiene la mejor redundancia. Puede\n" -"utilizarse con 2 o más discos. Este modo mantiene una copia exacta de todos " -"los datos\n" -"en todos los discos. Mientras funcione al menos un disco, no habrá pérdida " -"de datos.\n" -"La particiones usadas en este tipo de RAID deberían ser aproximadamente del " -"mismo tamaño.\n" +"utilizarse con 2 o más discos. Este modo mantiene una copia exacta de todos los datos\n" +"en todos los discos. Mientras funcione al menos un disco, no habrá pérdida de datos.\n" +"La particiones usadas en este tipo de RAID deberían ser aproximadamente del mismo tamaño.\n" # include/partitioning/raid_ui.ycp:75 # include/partitioning/raid_ui.ycp:75 @@ -5364,16 +5230,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" "RAID 5: Este modo combina la administración de un gran número\n" -"de discos manteniendo cierta redundancia. Este modo puede utilizarse con " -"tres o más discos.\n" -"Si uno de los discos falla, todos los datos continúan intactos. Si 2 discos " -"fallan simultáneamente, se pierden todos los datos\n" +"de discos manteniendo cierta redundancia. Este modo puede utilizarse con tres o más discos.\n" +"Si uno de los discos falla, todos los datos continúan intactos. Si 2 discos fallan simultáneamente, se pierden todos los datos\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 @@ -5390,16 +5252,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" -"p>\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" msgstr "" "Añadir particiones a su RAID. Dependiendo del tipo de RAID,\n" -"el tamaño de disco utilizable es la suma de estas particiones (RAID 0), el " -"tamaño\n" -"de la partición más pequeña (RAID 1) o bien (N-1)*partición más pequeña " -"(RAID 5)\n" +"el tamaño de disco utilizable es la suma de estas particiones (RAID 0), el tamaño\n" +"de la partición más pequeña (RAID 1) o bien (N-1)*partición más pequeña (RAID 5)\n" # include/partitioning/raid_ui.ycp:286 # include/partitioning/raid_ui.ycp:286 @@ -5487,16 +5345,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" msgstr "" "Tamaño del bloque: Es la cantidad mínima de masa \"atómica\"\n" -"de datos que se puede escribir en los dispositivos. Un tamaño de bloque " -"razonable para RAID 5 es 128 kB.\n" -"Para RAID 0, 32 kB es un buen punto de inicio. Para RAID 1, el tamaño del " -"bloque no afecta a la estructura de la matriz de datos.\n" +"de datos que se puede escribir en los dispositivos. Un tamaño de bloque razonable para RAID 5 es 128 kB.\n" +"Para RAID 0, 32 kB es un buen punto de inicio. Para RAID 1, el tamaño del bloque no afecta a la estructura de la matriz de datos.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" @@ -5509,12 +5363,10 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "Algoritmo de paridad a utilizar con RAID 5/6.\n" -"Izquierda-simétrica (left-symmetric) es uno de los que ofrece el máximo " -"rendimiento en discos típicos con platos giratorios.\n" +"Izquierda-simétrica (left-symmetric) es uno de los que ofrece el máximo rendimiento en discos típicos con platos giratorios.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 @@ -5612,8 +5464,7 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID." -msgstr "" -"No hay suficientes dispositivos libres que se puedan usar para crear un RAID." +msgstr "No hay suficientes dispositivos libres que se puedan usar para crear un RAID." #. error popup #. error popup @@ -5834,24 +5685,17 @@ msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" -"i>\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" "Montar por defecto por indica el\n" -"método de montaje para los nuevos sistemas de archivos. Nombre de " -"dispositivo utiliza el nombre\n" -"de dispositivo del kernel, el cual no es persistente. ID de dispositivo</" -"i> y Ruta del dispositivo\n" -"utiliza nombres generados por udev con información del hardware. Este " -"debería ser\n" -"persistente pero lamentablemente no siempre es así. Por último UUID " -"y\n" -"Etiqueta del volumen utiliza la etiqueta y UUID del sistema de " -"archivos.\n" +"método de montaje para los nuevos sistemas de archivos. Nombre de dispositivo utiliza el nombre\n" +"de dispositivo del kernel, el cual no es persistente. ID de dispositivo y Ruta del dispositivo\n" +"utiliza nombres generados por udev con información del hardware. Este debería ser\n" +"persistente pero lamentablemente no siempre es así. Por último UUID y\n" +"Etiqueta del volumen utiliza la etiqueta y UUID del sistema de archivos.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 @@ -5866,16 +5710,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "Alineación de nuevas particiones\n" -"determina como son alineadas las nuevas particiones. cilindros es la " -"alineación tradicional en los límites de los cilindros del disco. óptimo</" -"b> alinea las \n" +"determina como son alineadas las nuevas particiones. cilindros es la alineación tradicional en los límites de los cilindros del disco. óptimo alinea las \n" "particiones para mejor rendimiento en base a propuestas del kernel Linux \n" "o intenta ser compatible con Windows Vista y Windows 7.\n" @@ -6156,8 +5996,7 @@ msgstr "" "El archivo de patrones tiene un formato no válido!\n" "\n" -"El archivo debe contener lineas con una expresión regular y un nombre de " -"clase por línea. Por ejemplo:" +"El archivo debe contener lineas con una expresión regular y un nombre de clase por línea. Por ejemplo:" # Cam: config es el nombre de una base de datos especial, no traducir #. popup text @@ -6167,42 +6006,32 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?" -msgstr "" -"Esta de acuerdo en emparejar los dispositivos con las clases utilizando " -"estos patrones?" +msgstr "Esta de acuerdo en emparejar los dispositivos con las clases utilizando estos patrones?" #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" "Esta pantalla es para definir clases para los dispositivos contenidos\n" -"en el raid. Las clases disponibles son A, B, C, D y E, pero para la mayoría " -"de los\n" +"en el raid. Las clases disponibles son A, B, C, D y E, pero para la mayoría de los\n" "casos se necesitan menos clases (sólo A y B)." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " -"the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" "Puede colocar un dispositivo en una clase realizando clic derecho en el\n" -"dispositivo y seleccionando la clase apropiada en el menu contextual. Al " -"presionar \n" -"Ctrl o Mayusc (Shift) puede seleccionar varios dispositivos y colocarlos en " -"una misma clase\n" -"en un sólo paso. Tambien puede utilizar los botones \"%1\" a \"%2\" para " -"colocar el dispositivo \n" +"dispositivo y seleccionando la clase apropiada en el menu contextual. Al presionar \n" +"Ctrl o Mayusc (Shift) puede seleccionar varios dispositivos y colocarlos en una misma clase\n" +"en un sólo paso. Tambien puede utilizar los botones \"%1\" a \"%2\" para colocar el dispositivo \n" "seleccionado en esa clase." # aparentemente el párrafo cierra en la linea 5575 @@ -6229,13 +6058,10 @@ msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " -"follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" -"Intercalado Se utiliza el primer dispositivo de clase A, luego el " -"primero\n" -"de clase B, y así con todas las clases con dispositivos asignados. A " -"continuación se sigue con el segundo de\n" +"Intercalado Se utiliza el primer dispositivo de clase A, luego el primero\n" +"de clase B, y así con todas las clases con dispositivos asignados. A continuación se sigue con el segundo de\n" "clase A, el segundo de clase B y así sucesivamente." #. dialog help text @@ -6246,37 +6072,28 @@ "order in the RAID to be created." msgstr "" "Todos los dispositivos sin una clase son ordenados al final de la lista.\n" -"Cuando se deja el diálogo, el orden actual se utiliza para los dispositivos " -"que\n" +"Cuando se deja el diálogo, el orden actual se utiliza para los dispositivos que\n" "se crean en el RAID." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" "Al presionar \"%1\" puede seleccionar un archivo conteniendo\n" -"líneas con expresiones regulares y nombres de clase (ej. \"sda.* A\"). " -"Todos los dispositivos \n" -"que coincidan con la expresión regular serán ubicados en la clase indicada. " -"La expresión es comparada \n" +"líneas con expresiones regulares y nombres de clase (ej. \"sda.* A\"). Todos los dispositivos \n" +"que coincidan con la expresión regular serán ubicados en la clase indicada. La expresión es comparada \n" "contra el nombre del kernel (ej. /dev/sda1), \n" -"el nombre de ruta udev (ej. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) y el\n" +"el nombre de ruta udev (ej. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) y el\n" "id udev (ej. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"La primer coincidencia determina la clase correcta, en caso de que un " -"dispositivo coincida con más de\n" +"La primer coincidencia determina la clase correcta, en caso de que un dispositivo coincida con más de\n" "una expresión." # clients/inst_custom_part.ycp:2310 @@ -6312,23 +6129,18 @@ # include/users/ui.ycp:653 #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." -msgstr "" -"El valor debe estar comprendido entre el 1% y el 200%. Por favor, inténtelo " -"de nuevo." +msgstr "El valor debe estar comprendido entre el 1% y el 200%. Por favor, inténtelo de nuevo." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "Tamaño Tmpfs:\n" -"El tamaño debe introducirse como un numero seguido por K,M,G para Kilo-, " -"Mega- o Gigabyte o\n" -"como un numero seguido por el signo de tanto por ciento significando el " -"porcentaje de memoria." +"El tamaño debe introducirse como un numero seguido por K,M,G para Kilo-, Mega- o Gigabyte o\n" +"como un numero seguido por el signo de tanto por ciento significando el porcentaje de memoria." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 @@ -6348,8 +6160,7 @@ "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" "Prioridad de intercambio:\n" -"Introduzca la prioridad de intercambio. Cuanto más alto sea el número, mayor " -"la prioridad.\n" +"Introduzca la prioridad de intercambio. Cuanto más alto sea el número, mayor la prioridad.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 @@ -6363,13 +6174,11 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Montar sólo lectura:\n" -"No se puede escribir en el sistema de archivos. La opción predeterminada es " -"'false'. Durante la instalación\n" +"No se puede escribir en el sistema de archivos. La opción predeterminada es 'false'. Durante la instalación\n" "el sistema de archivos se monta siempre en modo lectura-escritura." #. button text @@ -6384,8 +6193,7 @@ "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Sin hora de acceso:\n" -"La hora del acceso no se actualiza cuando se lee un archivo. La opción " -"predeterminada es 'false'.\n" +"La hora del acceso no se actualiza cuando se lee un archivo. La opción predeterminada es 'false'.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 @@ -6399,8 +6207,7 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Puede ser montado por el usuario:\n" -"El sistema de archivos puede ser montado por un usuario normal. La opción " -"predeterminada es 'false'.\n" +"El sistema de archivos puede ser montado por un usuario normal. La opción predeterminada es 'false'.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 @@ -6413,18 +6220,14 @@ "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" -"tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "No montar durante el inicio del sistema:\n" "El sistema de archivos no se monta automáticamente al iniciarse el sistema.\n" "Se crea una entrada en /etc/fstab y el sistema de archivos se monta\n" -"con las opciones apropiadas cuando se introduce el comando <tt>mount <" -"punto_montaje></tt>\n" -"(<punto_montaje> es el directorio en el que se monta el sistema de " -"archivos).\n" +"con las opciones apropiadas cuando se introduce el comando <tt>mount <punto_montaje></tt>\n" +"(<punto_montaje> es el directorio en el que se monta el sistema de archivos).\n" "La opción predeterminada es 'false'.\n" #. button text @@ -6456,23 +6259,16 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." -"\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" msgstr "" "Modo transaccional de datos:\n" "Especifica el modo transaccional para los datos de archivos.\n" -"<tt>journal</tt> -- Todos los datos se incluyen en el registro de " -"transacciones antes de\n" -"que se escriban en el sistema principal de archivos. Con alto impacto en el " -"rendimiento. \n" -"<tt>ordered</tt> -- Se fuerza la salida directa de todos los datos del " -"sistema principal de archivos\n" -"antes que los metadatos se escriban en el registro. Medio impacto en el " -"rendimiento. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Las solicitudes de datos no se preservan. Sin impacto " -"en el rendimiento.\n" +"<tt>journal</tt> -- Todos los datos se incluyen en el registro de transacciones antes de\n" +"que se escriban en el sistema principal de archivos. Con alto impacto en el rendimiento. \n" +"<tt>ordered</tt> -- Se fuerza la salida directa de todos los datos del sistema principal de archivos\n" +"antes que los metadatos se escriban en el registro. Medio impacto en el rendimiento. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Las solicitudes de datos no se preservan. Sin impacto en el rendimiento.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 @@ -6511,24 +6307,18 @@ msgstr "&Valor de opción arbitrario" #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." -msgstr "" -"Carácter no válido en el valor de una opción arbitraria. No utilice espacios " -"ni tabuladores. Inténtelo otra vez." +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." +msgstr "Carácter no válido en el valor de una opción arbitraria. No utilice espacios ni tabuladores. Inténtelo otra vez." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Valor de opción arbitrario:\n" -"En este campo debe escribir cualquier opción de montaje permitida en el " -"cuarto campo de /etc/fstab.\n" +"En este campo debe escribir cualquier opción de montaje permitida en el cuarto campo de /etc/fstab.\n" "Si introduce varias opciones, sepárelas mediante comas.\n" #. label text @@ -6543,8 +6333,7 @@ "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Conjunto de caracteres para los nombres de archivos:\n" -"Define el conjunto de caracteres que se usará para mostrar los nombres de " -"archivos en las particiones Windows.\n" +"Define el conjunto de caracteres que se usará para mostrar los nombres de archivos en las particiones Windows.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 @@ -6555,12 +6344,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" "Página de código para nombres FAT cortos:\n" -"Esta página de código se usa para convertir a caracteres de nombres cortos " -"en sistemas de archivos FAT.\n" +"Esta página de código se usa para convertir a caracteres de nombres cortos en sistemas de archivos FAT.\n" # include/partitioning/custom_part_filesystems.ycp:138 # include/partitioning/custom_part_filesystems.ycp:138 @@ -6577,12 +6364,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" "Número de tablas FAT:\n" -"Especifica el número de tablas de asignación de archivos en el sistema de " -"archivos. El valor predeterminado es 2." +"Especifica el número de tablas de asignación de archivos en el sistema de archivos. El valor predeterminado es 2." # include/partitioning/custom_part_filesystems.ycp:145 # include/partitioning/custom_part_filesystems.ycp:145 @@ -6599,14 +6384,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " -"for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "Tamaño de FAT:\n" -"Especifica el tipo de tablas de asignación de archivos usado (12, 16 o 32 " -"bits). Si se especifica auto, YaST seleccionará automáticamente el valor más " -"adecuado para el tamaño del sistema de archivos.\n" +"Especifica el tipo de tablas de asignación de archivos usado (12, 16 o 32 bits). Si se especifica auto, YaST seleccionará automáticamente el valor más adecuado para el tamaño del sistema de archivos.\n" # include/partitioning/custom_part_filesystems.ycp:164 # include/partitioning/custom_part_filesystems.ycp:164 @@ -6622,9 +6403,7 @@ #. popup text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "" -"El tamaño mínimo para \"Entradas en el directorio raíz\" es 112. Inténtelo " -"de nuevo." +msgstr "El tamaño mínimo para \"Entradas en el directorio raíz\" es 112. Inténtelo de nuevo." # include/partitioning/custom_part_filesystems.ycp:170 # include/partitioning/custom_part_filesystems.ycp:170 @@ -6653,12 +6432,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " -"in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" "Función Hash:\n" -"Especifica el nombre de la función hash que se utilizará para clasificar los " -"nombres de archivos en los directorios.\n" +"Especifica el nombre de la función hash que se utilizará para clasificar los nombres de archivos en los directorios.\n" # include/partitioning/custom_part_filesystems.ycp:239 # include/partitioning/custom_part_filesystems.ycp:239 @@ -6672,16 +6449,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgstr "" "Revisión de FS:\n" -"Esta opción define la revisión de formato reiserfs que se va a utilizar. " -"'3.5' se utiliza sólo para tener compatibilidad con los kernels de las " -"series 2.2.x. '3.6' es más reciente, pero sólo puede utilizarse con " -"versiones de kernel (iguales o superiores) de la serie 2.4.\n" +"Esta opción define la revisión de formato reiserfs que se va a utilizar. '3.5' se utiliza sólo para tener compatibilidad con los kernels de las series 2.2.x. '3.6' es más reciente, pero sólo puede utilizarse con versiones de kernel (iguales o superiores) de la serie 2.4.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -6693,14 +6464,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Tamaño del bloque:\n" -"Especifica el tamaño del bloque en bytes. Los tamaños válidos de bloque son " -"512, 1024, 2048 y 4096 bytes por bloque. La opción auto hace que se utilice " -"el tamaño de bloque predeterminado de 4096.\n" +"Especifica el tamaño del bloque en bytes. Los tamaños válidos de bloque son 512, 1024, 2048 y 4096 bytes por bloque. La opción auto hace que se utilice el tamaño de bloque predeterminado de 4096.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -6733,12 +6500,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Porcentaje de espacio de inodos:\n" -"Esta opción especifica el porcentaje máximo de espacio que se puede reservar " -"para los inodos en el sistema de archivos.\n" +"Esta opción especifica el porcentaje máximo de espacio que se puede reservar para los inodos en el sistema de archivos.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 @@ -6749,16 +6514,13 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" "Alineado de inodos\n" -"Esta opción se usa para especificar si la adjudicación de inodos está " -"alineada o no.\n" -"De manera predeterminada, los inodos se alinearán. El acceso alineado a los " -"inodos\n" +"Esta opción se usa para especificar si la adjudicación de inodos está alineada o no.\n" +"De manera predeterminada, los inodos se alinearán. El acceso alineado a los inodos\n" "es normalmente más eficiente que el acceso desalineado.\n" #. label text @@ -6786,12 +6548,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -"aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "Tamaño del registro (log)\n" -"Determina el tamaño del registro (en megabytes). Si elije auto, se utilizará " -"de manera predeterminada el 40% del tamaño agregado.\n" +"Determina el tamaño del registro (en megabytes). Si elije auto, se utilizará de manera predeterminada el 40% del tamaño agregado.\n" # include/partitioning/custom_part_filesystems.ycp:343 # include/partitioning/custom_part_filesystems.ycp:343 @@ -6825,24 +6585,17 @@ "RAID stripe as its argument.\n" msgstr "" "Longitud del paso en bloques:\n" -"Determine las opciones relacionadas con el RAID para el sistema de archivos. " -"Actualmente el único argumento soportado\n" -"es 'stride' (paso), que toma como argumento el número de bloques en un " -"segmento del RAID.\n" +"Determine las opciones relacionadas con el RAID para el sistema de archivos. Actualmente el único argumento soportado\n" +"es 'stride' (paso), que toma como argumento el número de bloques en un segmento del RAID.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Tamaño del bloque:\n" -"Especifica el tamaño de bloques en bytes. Los tamaños válidos de bloque son " -"1024, 2048 y 4096 bytes por bloque. Si se selecciona la opción auto, el " -"tamaño del bloque lo determina el tamaño del sistema de archivos y el uso " -"estimado del mismo.\n" +"Especifica el tamaño de bloques en bytes. Los tamaños válidos de bloque son 1024, 2048 y 4096 bytes por bloque. Si se selecciona la opción auto, el tamaño del bloque lo determina el tamaño del sistema de archivos y el uso estimado del mismo.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 @@ -6861,8 +6614,7 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " -"reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "Bytes por Inodo:\n" @@ -6872,8 +6624,7 @@ "este valor no debería ser menor que el tamaño de bloque del sistema de\n" "archivos, ya que de lo contrario se creará una gran cantidad de inodos.\n" "Tenga en cuenta que no se puede modificar el número de inodos de un sistema\n" -"de archivos una vez éste se ha creado, asegúrese de introducir el valor " -"correcto\n" +"de archivos una vez éste se ha creado, asegúrese de introducir el valor correcto\n" "para este parámetro.\n" # include/partitioning/custom_part_filesystems.ycp:87 @@ -6893,8 +6644,7 @@ "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" msgstr "" -"El valor de \"porcentaje de bloques reservados para el administrador\" no es " -"correcto.\n" +"El valor de \"porcentaje de bloques reservados para el administrador\" no es correcto.\n" "Debe utilizar un numero flotante no mayor que 99. (p.e. 0.5)\n" # include/partitioning/custom_part_filesystems.ycp:96 @@ -6903,16 +6653,8 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 -msgid "" -"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1." -msgstr "" -"Porcentaje de bloques reservados para el administrador (root): " -"Especifica el porcentaje de bloques reservados para el superusuario. Por " -"defecto se reserva 1 Gig. El limite superior para la reserva por defecto es " -"5.0, el limite inferior es 0.1." +msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." +msgstr "Porcentaje de bloques reservados para el administrador (root): Especifica el porcentaje de bloques reservados para el superusuario. Por defecto se reserva 1 Gig. El limite superior para la reserva por defecto es 5.0, el limite inferior es 0.1." # include/runlevel/ui.ycp:422 include/runlevel/ui.ycp:529 #. checkbox text @@ -6941,8 +6683,7 @@ "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "Índice de directorio:\n" -"Habilita el uso de árboles-B con la función hash para acelerar las búsquedas " -"en directorios de gran tamaño.\n" +"Habilita el uso de árboles-B con la función hash para acelerar las búsquedas en directorios de gran tamaño.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 @@ -6953,13 +6694,11 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suprimido el uso de journaling en el sistema de archivos. Activélo solo si " -"sabe\n" +"Suprimido el uso de journaling en el sistema de archivos. Activélo solo si sabe\n" "realmente lo que esta haciendo.\n" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK @@ -7021,11 +6760,9 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Puede iniciar la tabla de particiones del disco a un estado correcto con el " -"Particionador\n" +"Puede iniciar la tabla de particiones del disco a un estado correcto con el Particionador\n" "Experto seleccionando \"Experto\"->\"Crear nueva tabla de particiones\",\n" -"pero esta acción destruirá los datos de todas las particiones de este " -"disco.\n" +"pero esta acción destruirá los datos de todas las particiones de este disco.\n" #. popup text #: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 @@ -7094,8 +6831,7 @@ "Try again." msgstr "" "La contraseña sólo puede contener los siguientes caracteres:\n" -"0..9, a..z, A..Z y cualquiera de los siguientes caracteres \"@#* ,.;:._-+!$" -"%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" +"0..9, a..z, A..Z y cualquiera de los siguientes caracteres \"@#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" "Intenté de nuevo." #. Label: get password for encrypted volume @@ -7159,9 +6895,7 @@ #. label text, multiple device names follow #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" -msgstr "" -"Por favor, suministre la contraseña para alguno de los dispositivos " -"siguientes:" +msgstr "Por favor, suministre la contraseña para alguno de los dispositivos siguientes:" #. label text, one device name follows #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 @@ -7215,8 +6949,7 @@ #| "\n" #| "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" #| "disk %2 are used.\n" -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" "\n" "No se puede eliminar la partición %1 porque se están usando\n" @@ -7560,8 +7293,7 @@ #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 msgid "FS Type shows the file system type." -msgstr "" -"Tipo de sistema de archivos muestra el tipo de sistema de archivos." +msgstr "Tipo de sistema de archivos muestra el tipo de sistema de archivos." #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 @@ -7590,30 +7322,24 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " -"by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" "Montar por indica el modo en que se monta el sistema\n" -"de archivos: (Kernel) por nombre del núcleo, (Label) por etiqueta, (UUID) " -"por\n" -"el UUID del sistema de archivos, (ID) por el identificador del dispositivo y " -"(Path) por la ruta del dispositivo.\n" +"de archivos: (Kernel) por nombre del núcleo, (Label) por etiqueta, (UUID) por\n" +"el UUID del sistema de archivos, (ID) por el identificador del dispositivo y (Path) por la ruta del dispositivo.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " -"volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Un signo de interrogación (?) indica que\n" -"el sistema de archivos no aparece listado en <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>, bien " -"porque se monta\n" -"de manera manual o por algún sistema de montaje automático. Al cambiar las " -"preferencias\n" +"el sistema de archivos no aparece listado en <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>, bien porque se monta\n" +"de manera manual o por algún sistema de montaje automático. Al cambiar las preferencias\n" "de esta unidad, YaST no actualizará <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry @@ -7629,13 +7355,11 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "Un asterisco (*) tras el punto de montaje\n" -"indica un sistema de archivos que no está montado actualmente (p. ej. porque " -"la opción\n" +"indica un sistema de archivos que no está montado actualmente (p. ej. porque la opción\n" "<tt>noauto</tt> está definida en <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." #. helptext for table column and overview entry @@ -7703,8 +7427,7 @@ "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" msgstr "" "Segmentos muestra el número de segmentos de los volúmenes lógicos\n" -"LVM y, si es mayor de uno, se indica entre paréntesis el tamaño del " -"segmento.\n" +"LVM y, si es mayor de uno, se indica entre paréntesis el tamaño del segmento.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 @@ -8052,8 +7775,7 @@ "The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." msgstr "" -"El subsistema de almacenamiento está bloqueado por una aplicación " -"desconocida.\n" +"El subsistema de almacenamiento está bloqueado por una aplicación desconocida.\n" "Debe cerrar dicha aplicación antes de continuar." #. error popup @@ -8062,19 +7784,14 @@ "The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." msgstr "" -"El subsistema de almacenamiento está bloqueado por la aplicación " -"\"%1\" (%2).\n" +"El subsistema de almacenamiento está bloqueado por la aplicación \"%1\" (%2).\n" "Debe cerrar dicha aplicación antes de continuar." #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." -msgstr "" -"Es imposible cambiar el tamaño porque el sistema de archivos no es " -"coherente. Compruebe el sistema de archivos desde Windows." +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." +msgstr "Es imposible cambiar el tamaño porque el sistema de archivos no es coherente. Compruebe el sistema de archivos desde Windows." #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 @@ -8278,23 +7995,17 @@ #~ msgstr "Particionador de discos" #~ msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No hay ninguna interfaz de línea de comandos disponible para el módulo de " -#~ "particionamiento." +#~ msgstr "No hay ninguna interfaz de línea de comandos disponible para el módulo de particionamiento." #~ msgid "" #~ "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" -#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file " -#~ "system,\n" -#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /" -#~ "boot.\n" +#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file system,\n" +#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /boot.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Really use this setup?\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ha montado montar una partición Btrfs en el\n" -#~ "punto de montaje /. Es probable que esta configuración le cause " -#~ "problemas.\n" -#~ "Utilice un sistema de archivos de Linux, como ext3 o ext4 para este punto " -#~ "de montaje o una partición extra para /boot.\n" +#~ "punto de montaje /. Es probable que esta configuración le cause problemas.\n" +#~ "Utilice un sistema de archivos de Linux, como ext3 o ext4 para este punto de montaje o una partición extra para /boot.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "¿Desea realmente utilizar esta configuración?\n" Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/sudo.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/sudo.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/sudo.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -102,8 +102,7 @@ #. yes-no popup - an error occured when saving the configuration #: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:291 msgid "Saving sudoer's configuration failed. Change the settings?" -msgstr "" -"No ha sido posible guardar la configuración. ¿Desea cambiar la configuración?" +msgstr "No ha sido posible guardar la configuración. ¿Desea cambiar la configuración?" #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:40 @@ -341,45 +340,37 @@ #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "" "Host alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "El alias de host %1 se está utilizando en una de las reglas de sudo.\n" -"Si se elimina, puede generar un archivo de configuración de sudo " -"incoherente. ¿Está seguro de que desea eliminarlo?\n" +"Si se elimina, puede generar un archivo de configuración de sudo incoherente. ¿Está seguro de que desea eliminarlo?\n" #. No alias name set so far #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:549 msgid "" "User alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "El alias de usuario %1 se está utilizando en una de las reglas de sudo.\n" -"Si se elimina, puede generar un archivo de configuración de sudo " -"incoherente. ¿Está seguro de que desea eliminarlo?\n" +"Si se elimina, puede generar un archivo de configuración de sudo incoherente. ¿Está seguro de que desea eliminarlo?\n" #. No alias name set so far #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:612 msgid "" "RunAs alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "El alias de EjecutarComo %1 se está utilizando en una regla de sudo.\n" -"Si se elimina, puede generar un archivo de configuración de sudo " -"incoherente. ¿Está seguro de que desea eliminarlo?\n" +"Si se elimina, puede generar un archivo de configuración de sudo incoherente. ¿Está seguro de que desea eliminarlo?\n" #. No alias name set so far #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:674 msgid "" "Command alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "El alias de comando %1 se está utilizando en una regla sudo.\n" -"Si se elimina, puede generar un archivo de configuración de sudo " -"incoherente. ¿Está seguro de que desea eliminarlo?\n" +"Si se elimina, puede generar un archivo de configuración de sudo incoherente. ¿Está seguro de que desea eliminarlo?\n" # el fue eliminado intencionalmente porque no tiene sentido al final de un párrafo #. Read dialog help 1/2 @@ -396,8 +387,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cancelar el inicio:</big> \n" -"Para cancelar la utilidad de configuración de manera segura, pulse " -"Cancelar.\n" +"Para cancelar la utilidad de configuración de manera segura, pulse Cancelar.\n" # el fue eliminado intencionalmente porque no tiene sentido al final de un párrafo #. Write dialog help 1/2 @@ -417,8 +407,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando la grabación:</big> \n" "Cancele la grabación pulsando <c>Cancelar.\n" -"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer ésto es seguro o " -"no.\n" +"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer ésto es seguro o no.\n" "\n" # Cam: aclaro el signficado de tupla @@ -436,12 +425,9 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Reglas de sudo</big> \n" "\tLas reglas de sudo determinan los comandos que un usuario puede ejecutar\n" -"\ten los hosts especificados (opcionalmente también como qué usuario). Cada " -"regla de sudo\n" -"\tes una tupla (secuencia de objetos) integrada por el usuario, el host y " -"una lista de comandos,\n" -"\tcon una especificación opcional de EjecutarComo y etiquetas adicionales. " -"La siguiente tabla muestra \n" +"\ten los hosts especificados (opcionalmente también como qué usuario). Cada regla de sudo\n" +"\tes una tupla (secuencia de objetos) integrada por el usuario, el host y una lista de comandos,\n" +"\tcon una especificación opcional de EjecutarComo y etiquetas adicionales. La siguiente tabla muestra \n" "\tun resumen. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -455,11 +441,9 @@ "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"La columna Usuarios indica el usuario local o del sistema o el " -"alias de usuario. \n" +"La columna Usuarios indica el usuario local o del sistema o el alias de usuario. \n" "\tLa columna Hosts determina los hosts o grupos\n" -"\tde hosts a los que se hace referencia mediante alias de host en los que un " -"usuario puede ejecutar los comandos especificados.\n" +"\tde hosts a los que se hace referencia mediante alias de host en los que un usuario puede ejecutar los comandos especificados.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -467,19 +451,15 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "RunAs column is an\n" -"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access " -"privileges\n" -"\twill be used to run commands. NOPASSWD is a tag, determining " -"whether\n" +"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access privileges\n" +"\twill be used to run commands. NOPASSWD is a tag, determining whether\n" "\tusers need to authorize themselves before running commands.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "La columna EjecutarComo es un parámetro\n" -"\topcional que incluye el nombre del usuario (o alias) cuyos privilegios de " -"acceso\n" -"\tse utilizarán para ejecutar los comandos. SINCONTRASEÑA es una " -"etiqueta que determina si\n" +"\topcional que incluye el nombre del usuario (o alias) cuyos privilegios de acceso\n" +"\tse utilizarán para ejecutar los comandos. SINCONTRASEÑA es una etiqueta que determina si\n" "\tlos usuarios se deben autenticar antes de ejecutar los comandos.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -492,8 +472,7 @@ "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"El conjunto de comandos que el usuario puede ejecutar en los hosts " -"especificados se resume\n" +"El conjunto de comandos que el usuario puede ejecutar en los hosts especificados se resume\n" "\ten la columna Comandos. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -506,10 +485,8 @@ "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Para añadir una regla, pulse el botón Añadir y rellene las " -"entradas\n" -"\tapropiadas. Se deben proporcionar valores para el nombre de usuario, el " -"nombre de host y la lista de comandos.\n" +"Para añadir una regla, pulse el botón Añadir y rellene las entradas\n" +"\tapropiadas. Se deben proporcionar valores para el nombre de usuario, el nombre de host y la lista de comandos.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -517,109 +494,81 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "To edit existing rule, select an entry from the table and click on \n" -"\tEdit button. To delete selected entry, click on Delete " -"button.\n" +"\tEdit button. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button.\n" "\t \n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Para editar una regla existente, seleccione una entrada de la tabla y " -"pulse el botón\n" -"\tEditar. Para eliminar la entrada seleccionada, pulse el botón " -"Eliminar.\n" +"Para editar una regla existente, seleccione una entrada de la tabla y pulse el botón\n" +"\tEditar. Para eliminar la entrada seleccionada, pulse el botón Eliminar.\n" "\t \n" "\t" #. Single User Specification help 1/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"User Name or Alias may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), " -"group name prefixed\n" +"User Name or Alias may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), group name prefixed\n" "\twith '%' (e.g. %bar), or user alias name. If \n" -"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, " -"groups and aliases \n" +"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, groups and aliases \n" "\tin drop-down menu, or enter your own value. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"El nombre de usuario o alias se puede especificar como un nombre " -"de usuario solamente (p. ej. foo), como un nombre de grupo con el\n" +"El nombre de usuario o alias se puede especificar como un nombre de usuario solamente (p. ej. foo), como un nombre de grupo con el\n" "\tprefijo '%' (p. ej. %bar) o como un nombre de alias de usuario. Si se\n" -"\tutiliza la palabra clave 'ALL', corresponde a cualquier usuario. Puede " -"seleccionar usuarios, grupos o alias existentes\n" +"\tutiliza la palabra clave 'ALL', corresponde a cualquier usuario. Puede seleccionar usuarios, grupos o alias existentes\n" "\ten el menú desplegable o escribir un valor propio. \n" "\t\n" "\t" #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:112 msgid "" -"Hostname or Alias entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www." -"example.com) single IP \n" -"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host " -"alias. If commands may be\n" -"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched " -"against your own hostname\n" -"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file " -"between multiple machines, \n" +"Hostname or Alias entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www.example.com) single IP \n" +"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host alias. If commands may be\n" +"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched against your own hostname\n" +"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file between multiple machines, \n" "\t'ALL' or 'localhost' entry will be sufficient for almost all purposes. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"La entrada del nombre de host o alias puede consistir en el nombre " -"del host (p. ej. www.ejemplo.com) una dirección IP \n" -"\t(p. ej. 192.168.0.1), una dirección IP combinada con una máscara de red o " -"un alias de host. Si se pueden ejecutar comandos\n" -"\ten cualquier host, se debe utilizar la palabra clave 'ALL'. El nombre de " -"host o la dirección IP se hace coincidir con su propio nombre de host\n" -"\to dirección IP, por lo que si no tiene intención de compartir un archivo /" -"etc/sudoers entre varios equipos, \n" -"\tlas entradas 'ALL' o 'localhost' son suficientes en la mayoría de los " -"casos. \n" +"La entrada del nombre de host o alias puede consistir en el nombre del host (p. ej. www.ejemplo.com) una dirección IP \n" +"\t(p. ej. 192.168.0.1), una dirección IP combinada con una máscara de red o un alias de host. Si se pueden ejecutar comandos\n" +"\ten cualquier host, se debe utilizar la palabra clave 'ALL'. El nombre de host o la dirección IP se hace coincidir con su propio nombre de host\n" +"\to dirección IP, por lo que si no tiene intención de compartir un archivo /etc/sudoers entre varios equipos, \n" +"\tlas entradas 'ALL' o 'localhost' son suficientes en la mayoría de los casos. \n" "\t\n" "\t" #. Single User Specification help 2/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"RunAs Username or Alias is an optional parameter specifying an " -"user, \n" +"RunAs Username or Alias is an optional parameter specifying an user, \n" "\twhose access privileges \n" -"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user root is " -"the default\n" -"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or " -"run_as alias name\n" -"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter " -"your own value.\n" +"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user root is the default\n" +"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or run_as alias name\n" +"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter your own value.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"El nombre de usuario de EjecutarComo o alias es un parámetro " -"opcional que especifica un usuario\n" +"El nombre de usuario de EjecutarComo o alias es un parámetro opcional que especifica un usuario\n" "\tcuyos privilegios de acceso \n" -"\tse utilizarán para ejecutar un comando concreto. Si se deja en blanco, el " -"usuario por defecto es root.\n" -"\tPuede tratarse de un solo nombre de usuario, de un nombre de grupo con el " -"prefijo '%' o de un nombre de alias de run_as.\n" -"\tPuede seleccionar usuarios, grupos y alias existentes en el menú " -"desplegable o escribir un valor propio.\n" +"\tse utilizarán para ejecutar un comando concreto. Si se deja en blanco, el usuario por defecto es root.\n" +"\tPuede tratarse de un solo nombre de usuario, de un nombre de grupo con el prefijo '%' o de un nombre de alias de run_as.\n" +"\tPuede seleccionar usuarios, grupos y alias existentes en el menú desplegable o escribir un valor propio.\n" "\t\n" "\t" #. Single User Specification help 3/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"No Password is an optional tag. Normally, users have to " -"authenticate\n" -"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running " -"particular \n" +"No Password is an optional tag. Normally, users have to authenticate\n" +"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running particular \n" "\tcommand. Set No Password tag to 'Yes' if you want to\n" "\tdisable this authentication\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Sin contraseña es una etiqueta opcional. Normalmente, los usuarios " -"deben autenticarse\n" -"\t (proporcionar su propia contraseña, no la del usuario root) antes de " -"ejecutar un comando \n" +"Sin contraseña es una etiqueta opcional. Normalmente, los usuarios deben autenticarse\n" +"\t (proporcionar su propia contraseña, no la del usuario root) antes de ejecutar un comando \n" "\tconcreto. Defina Sin contraseña como 'Yes' si quiere\n" "\tdesactivar esta autenticación.\n" "\t\n" @@ -629,38 +578,28 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "Commands to Run table is a list of commands (optionally with\n" -"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be " -"allowed \n" -"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be " -"run. \n" +"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be allowed \n" +"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" "\tAgain, keyword 'ALL' stands for any command, so use it with care.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"La tabla Comandos para ejecutar es una lista de comandos (que " -"pueden incluir\n" -"\tparámetros), directorios y alias de comando que puede ejecutar cada " -"usuario concreto.\n" -"\tSi se utiliza un nombre de directorio, se podrá ejecutar cualquier comando " -"en ese directorio. \n" -"\tTambién se puede utilizar la palabra clave 'ALL' para hacer referencia a " -"cualquier comando, por lo que se debe emplear con cuidado.\n" +"La tabla Comandos para ejecutar es una lista de comandos (que pueden incluir\n" +"\tparámetros), directorios y alias de comando que puede ejecutar cada usuario concreto.\n" +"\tSi se utiliza un nombre de directorio, se podrá ejecutar cualquier comando en ese directorio. \n" +"\tTambién se puede utilizar la palabra clave 'ALL' para hacer referencia a cualquier comando, por lo que se debe emplear con cuidado.\n" "\t\n" "\t" #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:149 msgid "" -"To add a new command, click on Add button, fill in command name with " -"optional\n" -"\tparameters and click OK. To remove command, select appropriate " -"entry from the table\n" +"To add a new command, click on Add button, fill in command name with optional\n" +"\tparameters and click OK. To remove command, select appropriate entry from the table\n" "\tand click on Delete button.\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Para añadir un comando nuevo, pulse el botón Añadir, rellene el " -"nombre del comando con parámetros opcionales\n" -"\ty pulse Aceptar. Para eliminar un comando, seleccione la entrada " -"adecuada de la tabla\n" +"Para añadir un comando nuevo, pulse el botón Añadir, rellene el nombre del comando con parámetros opcionales\n" +"\ty pulse Aceptar. Para eliminar un comando, seleccione la entrada adecuada de la tabla\n" "\ty pulse el botón Eliminar.\n" "\t" @@ -668,32 +607,26 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<big>User Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of " -"users that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t \n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Alias de usuario</big> \n" -"\tEn este cuadro de diálogo, puede configurar alias de usuario. El alias de " -"usuario es un conjunto de usuarios a los que se asigna\n" -"\tun nombre exclusivo. Este nombre se emplea después para hacer referencia a " -"todos los usuarios del conjunto en la configuración de sudo. \n" +"\tEn este cuadro de diálogo, puede configurar alias de usuario. El alias de usuario es un conjunto de usuarios a los que se asigna\n" +"\tun nombre exclusivo. Este nombre se emplea después para hacer referencia a todos los usuarios del conjunto en la configuración de sudo. \n" "\t \n" "\t" #. User Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:164 msgid "" -"To add a new user alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new user alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Para añadir un nuevo alias de usuario, pulse el botón Añadir y " -"rellene las entradas adecuadas. \n" +"Para añadir un nuevo alias de usuario, pulse el botón Añadir y rellene las entradas adecuadas. \n" "\tEl nombre de alias y la lista de usuarios no pueden estar vacíos. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -701,14 +634,12 @@ #. User Aliases help 3/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:171 msgid "" -"To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"Edit\n" +"To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Para editar un alias de usuario existente, seleccione una entrada en la " -"tabla y pulse el botón Editar.\n" +"Para editar un alias de usuario existente, seleccione una entrada en la tabla y pulse el botón Editar.\n" "\tPara eliminar la entrada seleccionada, pulse el botón Eliminar. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -717,32 +648,26 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<big>Host Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of " -"hosts that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of hosts that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Alias de host</big> \n" -"\tEn este cuadro de diálogo, puede configurar alias de host. El alias de " -"host es un conjunto de hosts a los que se asigna\n" -"\tun nombre exclusivo. Este nombre se emplea después para hacer referencia a " -"todos los hosts del conjunto en la configuración de sudo. \n" +"\tEn este cuadro de diálogo, puede configurar alias de host. El alias de host es un conjunto de hosts a los que se asigna\n" +"\tun nombre exclusivo. Este nombre se emplea después para hacer referencia a todos los hosts del conjunto en la configuración de sudo. \n" "\t \n" "\t" #. Host Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:186 msgid "" -"To add a new host alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new host alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of hosts in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Para añadir un nuevo alias de host, pulse el botón Añadir y " -"rellene las entradas adecuadas. \n" +"Para añadir un nuevo alias de host, pulse el botón Añadir y rellene las entradas adecuadas. \n" "\tEl nombre de alias y la lista de hosts no pueden estar vacíos. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -750,14 +675,12 @@ #. Host Aliases help 3/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:193 msgid "" -"To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"Edit\n" +"To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Para editar un alias de host existente, seleccione una entrada en la " -"tabla y pulse el botón Editar.\n" +"Para editar un alias de host existente, seleccione una entrada en la tabla y pulse el botón Editar.\n" "\tPara eliminar la entrada seleccionada, pulse el botón Eliminar. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -766,32 +689,26 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<big>RunAs Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of " -"users that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t \n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Alias de EjecutarComo</big> \n" -"\tEn este cuadro de diálogo, puede configurar alias de EjecutarComo. El " -"alias de EjecutarComo es un conjunto de usuarios a los que se asigna\n" -"\tun nombre exclusivo. Este nombre se emplea después para hacer referencia a " -"todos los usuarios del conjunto en la configuración de sudo. \n" +"\tEn este cuadro de diálogo, puede configurar alias de EjecutarComo. El alias de EjecutarComo es un conjunto de usuarios a los que se asigna\n" +"\tun nombre exclusivo. Este nombre se emplea después para hacer referencia a todos los usuarios del conjunto en la configuración de sudo. \n" "\t \n" "\t" #. RunAs Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:208 msgid "" -"To add a new RunAs alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new RunAs alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Para añadir un nuevo alias de EjecutarComo, pulse el botón Añadir " -"y rellene las entradas adecuadas. \n" +"Para añadir un nuevo alias de EjecutarComo, pulse el botón Añadir y rellene las entradas adecuadas. \n" "\tEl nombre de alias y la lista de usuarios no pueden estar vacíos. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -799,14 +716,12 @@ #. RunAs Aliases help 3/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:215 msgid "" -"To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"Edit\n" +"To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Para editar un alias de EjecutarComo existente, seleccione una entrada en " -"la tabla y pulse el botón Editar.\n" +"Para editar un alias de EjecutarComo existente, seleccione una entrada en la tabla y pulse el botón Editar.\n" "\tPara eliminar la entrada seleccionada, pulse el botón Eliminar. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -815,19 +730,15 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:222 msgid "" "<big>Command Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set " -"of commands \n" -"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is " -"then used to refer\n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set of commands \n" +"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is then used to refer\n" "\tto all commands in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Alias de comando</big> \n" -"\tEn este cuadro de diálogo, puede configurar alias de comandos. El alias de " -"comando es un conjunto de comandos\n" -"\t(y parámetros opcionales) a los que se les asigna un nombre exclusivo. " -"Este nombre se emplea después para hacer referencia\n" +"\tEn este cuadro de diálogo, puede configurar alias de comandos. El alias de comando es un conjunto de comandos\n" +"\t(y parámetros opcionales) a los que se les asigna un nombre exclusivo. Este nombre se emplea después para hacer referencia\n" "\ta todos los comandos del conjunto en la configuración de sudo. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -835,14 +746,12 @@ #. Command Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:231 msgid "" -"To add a new command alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new command alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of commands in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Para añadir un nuevo alias de comando, pulse el botón Añadir y " -"rellene las entradas adecuadas. \n" +"Para añadir un nuevo alias de comando, pulse el botón Añadir y rellene las entradas adecuadas. \n" "\tEl nombre de alias y la lista de comandos no pueden estar vacíos. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -850,14 +759,12 @@ #. Command Aliases help 3/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:238 msgid "" -"To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click " -"on Edit\n" +"To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Para editar un alias de comando existente, seleccione una entrada en la " -"tabla y pulse el botón Editar.\n" +"Para editar un alias de comando existente, seleccione una entrada en la tabla y pulse el botón Editar.\n" "\tPara eliminar la entrada seleccionada, pulse el botón Eliminar. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -866,21 +773,15 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "<big>User Alias</big> \n" -"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with " -"'%') or other\n" -"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, " -"numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in " -"this alias.\n" +"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with '%') or other\n" +"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in this alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Alias de usuario</big> \n" -"\tEl alias de usuario consiste en uno o varios usuarios, grupos de sistema " -"(con el prefijo '%') u otros \n" -"\talias de usuario. Se les asigna un nombre único (que debe contener sólo " -"letras en mayúscula, números y guión bajo), \n" -" \tque después se utiliza para hacer referencia a todos los usuarios del " -"alias.\n" +"\tEl alias de usuario consiste en uno o varios usuarios, grupos de sistema (con el prefijo '%') u otros \n" +"\talias de usuario. Se les asigna un nombre único (que debe contener sólo letras en mayúscula, números y guión bajo), \n" +" \tque después se utiliza para hacer referencia a todos los usuarios del alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -888,22 +789,16 @@ #. Single User Alias Help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:253 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:306 msgid "" -"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add users or " -"groups to the\n" -"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on " -"Add button.\n" -"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " -"and click on\n" +"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add users or groups to the\n" +"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on Add button.\n" +"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Escriba un nombre exclusivo en la entrada de texto Alias. Para " -"añadir usuarios o grupos al \n" -"\talias, seleccione el nombre correspondiente en el menú desplegable y pulse " -"el botón Añadir.\n" -"\tPara eliminar un usuario del alias, seleccione la entrada adecuada en la " -"tabla y pulse \n" +"Escriba un nombre exclusivo en la entrada de texto Alias. Para añadir usuarios o grupos al \n" +"\talias, seleccione el nombre correspondiente en el menú desplegable y pulse el botón Añadir.\n" +"\tPara eliminar un usuario del alias, seleccione la entrada adecuada en la tabla y pulse \n" "\tEliminar. Para terminar la configuración, pulse Aceptar.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -915,39 +810,29 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:262 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:292 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:315 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"Note: Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one " -"member.\n" +"Note: Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one member.\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Nota: El nombre de alias no puede estar vacío. Cada alias debe contar " -"con al menos un miembro.\n" +"Nota: El nombre de alias no puede estar vacío. Cada alias debe contar con al menos un miembro.\n" "\t" #. Single Host Alias Help 1/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:266 msgid "" "<big>Host Alias</big> \n" -"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP " -"addresses\n" -"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. " -"192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" -"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. " -"It is \n" -"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore " -"only), which \n" +"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP addresses\n" +"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" +"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. It is \n" +"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which \n" "\tis then used to refer to all hosts in this alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Alias de host</big> \n" -"\tEl alias de host consiste en uno o varios nombres de host, direcciones IP, " -"direcciones IP\n" -"\tcombinadas con máscaras de red en notación decimal (p. ej. " -"192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) o en notación\n" -"\t CIDR de número de bits (p. ej. 192.168.0.0/24) u otros alias de host. Se " -"les asigna\n" -"\tun nombre exclusivo (que sólo puede contener letras en mayúscula, números " -"o guión bajo), que después\n" +"\tEl alias de host consiste en uno o varios nombres de host, direcciones IP, direcciones IP\n" +"\tcombinadas con máscaras de red en notación decimal (p. ej. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) o en notación\n" +"\t CIDR de número de bits (p. ej. 192.168.0.0/24) u otros alias de host. Se les asigna\n" +"\tun nombre exclusivo (que sólo puede contener letras en mayúscula, números o guión bajo), que después\n" "\tse utiliza para hacer referencia a todos los hosts del alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -956,32 +841,26 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:277 msgid "" "Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add hosts to the\n" -"\talias, click on Add button. A pop-up window will appear, where you " -"can enter\n" +"\talias, click on Add button. A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter\n" "\tvalid hostname or IP address and then click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Escriba un nombre exclusivo en la entrada de texto Nombre de alias</" -"b>. Para añadir hosts al \n" -"\talias, pulse el botón Añadir. Se mostrará una ventana emergente " -"donde se debe introducir \n" -"\tun nombre de host o una dirección IP válidos y después pulsar Aceptar</" -"b>.\n" +"Escriba un nombre exclusivo en la entrada de texto Nombre de alias. Para añadir hosts al \n" +"\talias, pulse el botón Añadir. Se mostrará una ventana emergente donde se debe introducir \n" +"\tun nombre de host o una dirección IP válidos y después pulsar Aceptar.\n" "\t\n" "\t" #. Single Host Alias Help 3/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:285 msgid "" -"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and " -"click on\n" +"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Para eliminar un host del alias, seleccione la entrada adecuada de la tabla " -"y pulse el botón \n" +"Para eliminar un host del alias, seleccione la entrada adecuada de la tabla y pulse el botón \n" "\tEliminar. Para completar la configuración, pulse Aceptar.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -990,23 +869,17 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:296 msgid "" "<big>RunAs Alias</big> \n" -"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more " -"users, system groups \n" -"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must " -"contain \n" -"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to " -"refer to all users \n" +"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more users, system groups \n" +"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must contain \n" +"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to refer to all users \n" "\tin this alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Alias de EjecutarComo</big> \n" -"\tLos alias de EjecutarComo son muy parecidos a los alias de usuario. " -"Consiste en uno o varios usuarios, grupos de sistema \n" -"\t(con el prefijo '%') u otros alias de EjecutarComo. Se les asigna un " -"nombre exclusivo (que sólo puede incluir \n" -"\tletras en mayúscula, números y guión bajo), que después se utiliza para " -"hacer referencia a todos los usuarios\n" +"\tLos alias de EjecutarComo son muy parecidos a los alias de usuario. Consiste en uno o varios usuarios, grupos de sistema \n" +"\t(con el prefijo '%') u otros alias de EjecutarComo. Se les asigna un nombre exclusivo (que sólo puede incluir \n" +"\tletras en mayúscula, números y guión bajo), que después se utiliza para hacer referencia a todos los usuarios\n" "\tincluidos en el alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -1015,66 +888,49 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:319 msgid "" "<big>Command Alias</big> \n" -"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional " -"parameters), directories, or\n" -"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase " -"letters, numbers and\n" +"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional parameters), directories, or\n" +"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and\n" "\tunderscore only), which is \n" -"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally " -"have one or more\n" -"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these " -"parameters only. If a \n" +"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally have one or more\n" +"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these parameters only. If a \n" "\tdirectory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Alias de comando</big> \n" -"\tEl alias de comando es una lista de uno o varios comandos (con parámetros " -"opcionales), directorios u\n" -"\totros alias de comando. Se les asigna un nombre exclusivo (que sólo puede " -"incluir letras en mayúscula, números y \n" +"\tEl alias de comando es una lista de uno o varios comandos (con parámetros opcionales), directorios u\n" +"\totros alias de comando. Se les asigna un nombre exclusivo (que sólo puede incluir letras en mayúscula, números y \n" "\tguión bajo), que se utiliza después\n" -"\tpara hacer referencia a todos los comandos del alias. Cada comando puede " -"tener (de manera opcional) uno o varios \n" -"\tparámetros especificados. Si es así, los usuarios podrán ejecutar el " -"comando sólo con esos parámetros. Si se\n" -"\tutiliza el nombre de un directorio, se podrá ejecutar cualquier comando en " -"ese directorio. \n" +"\tpara hacer referencia a todos los comandos del alias. Cada comando puede tener (de manera opcional) uno o varios \n" +"\tparámetros especificados. Si es así, los usuarios podrán ejecutar el comando sólo con esos parámetros. Si se\n" +"\tutiliza el nombre de un directorio, se podrá ejecutar cualquier comando en ese directorio. \n" "\t\n" "\t" #. Single Command Alias Help 2/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:331 msgid "" -"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add a new command " -"to the alias,\n" -"\tclick on Add button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can " -"enter command name\n" -"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on Browse button. " -"Additionally, you can\n" +"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add a new command to the alias,\n" +"\tclick on Add button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter command name\n" +"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on Browse button. Additionally, you can\n" "\tspecify command parameters in Parameters text entry\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Escriba un nombre exclusivo en la entrada de texto Nombre de alias</" -"b>. Para añadir un nuevo comando al alias,\n" -"\tpulse el botón Añadir. Se mostrará una ventana emergente, donde " -"puede escribir el nombre del comando\n" -"\t(o seleccionarlo desde el explorador de archivos pulsando el botón " -"Examinar). También puede especificar\n" +"Escriba un nombre exclusivo en la entrada de texto Nombre de alias. Para añadir un nuevo comando al alias,\n" +"\tpulse el botón Añadir. Se mostrará una ventana emergente, donde puede escribir el nombre del comando\n" +"\t(o seleccionarlo desde el explorador de archivos pulsando el botón Examinar). También puede especificar\n" "\tparámetros del comando en la entrada de texto Parámetros.\n" "\t" #. Single Command Alias Help 3/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:339 msgid "" -"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " -"and click on\n" +"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Para eliminar un comando del alias, seleccione la entrada adecuada de la " -"tabla y pulse el botón\n" +"Para eliminar un comando del alias, seleccione la entrada adecuada de la tabla y pulse el botón\n" "\tEliminar. Para completar la configuración, pulse Aceptar.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -1086,11 +942,8 @@ #. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) false; #. } #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:400 -msgid "" -"This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" -msgstr "" -"Esta es una regla de sistema necesaria para el correcto funcionamiento de " -"sudo.\n" +msgid "This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" +msgstr "Esta es una regla de sistema necesaria para el correcto funcionamiento de sudo.\n" # Cam: duda (si hace referencia a la "regla" del mensaje de arriba, debe mantenerse el género femenino) #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:407 @@ -1111,11 +964,8 @@ #. end Commands #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:545 -msgid "" -"All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" -msgstr "" -"Se perderán todos los cambios. ¿Está seguro de que desea abandonar la " -"configuración de sudo sin guardar?" +msgid "All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" +msgstr "Se perderán todos los cambios. ¿Está seguro de que desea abandonar la configuración de sudo sin guardar?" #. Error message #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:573 Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/support.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/support.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/support.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -20,22 +20,24 @@ #. Command line help text for the Xsupport module #: src/clients/support.rb:56 msgid "Configuration of support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración de asistencia" #. Rich text title for Support in proposals #: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:83 msgid "Support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Asistencia" +# clients/support_askkey.ycp:106 +# clients/support_askkey.ycp:106 #. Menu title for Support in proposals #: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A&sistencia" #. Command line parameters dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:46 msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cuadro de diálogo de resumen de supportconfig" #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 @@ -48,11 +50,11 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Abierto" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "Collect Data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reunir Datos" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:84 msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files." @@ -60,11 +62,11 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Create report tarball" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crear el tarball de reporte" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:108 msgid "Upload Data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Subir datos" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL." @@ -72,7 +74,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Upload" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Subir" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Could not find any installed browser." @@ -88,12 +90,12 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cuadro de diálogo para subida de supportconfig" #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226 msgid "Save as" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Guardar como" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "Directory to Save" @@ -101,7 +103,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:239 msgid "Package with log files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paquetes con archivos de registro" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:253 msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL" @@ -109,50 +111,51 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:255 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:756 msgid "Upload Target" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Subir objetivo" #. } #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:327 msgid "Cannot write settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "No se puede escribir la configuración" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "No se puede escribir la configuración." #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Elija el directorio donde guardar tarball" #. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir; #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:401 msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Elija archivo tarball de archivos log" +# clients/lan_inetd_start.ycp:86 #. Command line parameters dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:421 msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración de parámetros de supportconfig" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crear un listado de archivos completo desde '/'" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Excluir información detallada de discos y escaneos" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:436 msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Buscando el sistema raíz por instancias de eDirectory" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:441 msgid "Include full SLP service lists" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Incluir listas de servicio SLP completas" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:446 msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Realiza un rpm -V para cada rpm instalado" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:451 msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs" @@ -165,67 +168,78 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:472 msgid "Activates all support functions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activa todas las funciones de soporte" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:479 msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sólo reunir una mínima cantidad de información" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usar configuración personalizada (experto)" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "Expert Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración avanzada" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opciones" +# clients/lan_inetd_start.ycp:86 #. Support overview dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584 msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración experta de supportconfig" +# clients/lan_route.ycp:305 +# clients/lan_route.ycp:306 +# include/tv/ui.ycp:349 #. FIXME table header #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:614 msgid "Default Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opciones predeterminadas" +# clients/lan_inetd_start.ycp:86 #. Support configure2 dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:680 msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración de contacto supportconfig" #. Support configure2 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:685 msgid "Contact Information" msgstr "" +# clients/support_registration.ycp:66 +# clients/support_askkey.ycp:72 +# clients/support_askkey.ycp:72 #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "Company" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Compañía" +# +# include/network/lan/address.ycp:122 #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701 msgid "Email Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dirección de correo electrónico" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708 msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nombre" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "Phone Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Número de teléfono" +# supongo que se referirá a una tienda, no a algo almacenado #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:722 msgid "Store ID" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ID de tienda" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:733 msgid "Terminal ID" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ID de terminal" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:744 msgid "GPG UID" @@ -246,25 +260,25 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Collecting Data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Recopilando datos" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Progress" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Progreso" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931 msgid "Collected Data Review" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Revisión de datos recopilados" #. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix #. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "File Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nombre de archivo" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984 msgid "Remove from Data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eliminar desde datos" #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:36 @@ -279,6 +293,8 @@ "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" +"<BIG>Cancelando la inicialización:</BIG> \n" +"Para cancelar la utilidad de configuración con seguridad, pulse Cancelar ahora.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 @@ -287,6 +303,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" +# include/tv/helps.ycp:40 #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:48 msgid "" @@ -295,6 +312,10 @@ "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Cancelando la grabación:</big> \n" +"Cancele el procedimiento de grabación pulsando Cancelar.\n" +"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o no.\n" +"\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 @@ -302,6 +323,8 @@ "<big>Support Configuration</big> \n" "Configure support here. \n" msgstr "" +"<big>Configuración de asistencia</big> \n" +"Configure la asistencia aquí. \n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:59 @@ -312,6 +335,7 @@ "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" +# include/network/lan/helps.ycp:87 include/network/modem/complex.ycp:112 #. Summary dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:66 msgid "" @@ -319,16 +343,17 @@ "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Editar o eliminar:</big> \n" +"Al pulsar Editar se abre un cuadro de diálogo en el que\n" +"podrá cambiar la configuración.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use " -"Open SUSE Support Center.\n" -"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure " -"you write down\n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" +"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" @@ -351,8 +376,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<big>Supportconfig Options</big> \n" -"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default " -"settings,\n" +"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default settings,\n" "gather the most data or only gather a minimum amount of data." msgstr "" @@ -369,38 +393,31 @@ msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "Collect additional information. Usually these options are not\n" -"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</" -"p>\n" +"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.\n" msgstr "" #. Expert dialog help 1/1 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Default Options</big> \n" -"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball." +"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" #. Contact dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<big>Contact Information</big> \n" -"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to " -"include\n" -"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment." -"txt file." +"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to include\n" +"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment.txt file." msgstr "" #. Contact dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Upload Information</big> \n" -"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported " -"upload services include\n" -"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball " -"filename in your upload target,\n" -"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual " -"tarball filename.\n" +"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported upload services include\n" +"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball filename in your upload target,\n" +"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual tarball filename.\n" "See man supportconfig(1) for further details." msgstr "" @@ -408,8 +425,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<big>Upload Target Examples</big> \n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball</" -"i> \n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball \n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming \n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives" msgstr "" @@ -417,10 +433,8 @@ #. Contact dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" -"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global " -"Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open " -"service request.\n" +"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -434,16 +448,14 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<big>Collected Data Review</big> \n" -"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some " -"of the collected data,\n" +"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some of the collected data,\n" "use Remove from Data and the selected file will be removed.\n" msgstr "" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" "If you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the target\n" "directory and make sure that this option is checked.\n" " \n" @@ -454,8 +466,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<big>Upload URL</big> \n" -"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be " -"uploaded\n" +"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded\n" "as default value.\n" "Change this value only in special cases.\n" "\n" @@ -472,8 +483,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" "If you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full path\n" "into the Package with log files field.\n" " \n" @@ -486,6 +496,9 @@ "Press Next to continue.\n" " \n" msgstr "" +"<big>Segunda parte de la configuración</big> \n" +"Pulse Siguiente para continuar.\n" +" \n" #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 @@ -494,6 +507,9 @@ "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" "" msgstr "" +"<big>Selección de algún elemento</big> \n" +"No es posible. Es necesario codificarlo primero. :-)\n" +"" #. encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** @@ -519,51 +535,48 @@ #. *************************************************************************** #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:30 msgid "AppArmor information. security-apparmor.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Información de AppArmor. security-apparmor.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:33 msgid "autofs information. fs-autofs.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "información de autof. fs-autofs.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:36 msgid "Information related to booting and the kernel. boot.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Información relacionada al inicio y el kernel. boot.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:39 msgid "Current system service states. chkconfig.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Estados de los servicios de sistema actuales. chkconfig.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:42 msgid "Information related to capturing a system core dump. crash.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Información relacionada a la captura de volcados de núcleo del sistema. crash.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:45 msgid "Information related to cron and at. cron.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Información relacionada a cron y at. cron.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:48 msgid "Disk, file system mounts and partition information. fs-diskio.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Información de disco, montajes de sistemas de archivos y partición. fs-diskio.txt" +# #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:51 msgid "Domain Name Service information. dns.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Iformación del servicio de nombre de dominio. dns.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:54 msgid "Novell eDirectory health check information. novell-edir.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Información de revisión de salud del eDirectory Novell. novell-edir.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57 -msgid "" -"System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env." -"txt" -msgstr "" +msgid "System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env.txt" +msgstr "Información del ambiente de sistema, incluyendo sysctl y ambiente de root. env.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files " -"in /etc. etc.txt" -msgstr "" +msgid "Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files in /etc. etc.txt" +msgstr "Recursivamente obtiene archivos *.conf, junto con varios otros archivos de configuración en /etc. etc.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63 msgid "Enterprise Volume Management System-related information. evms.txt" @@ -571,20 +584,18 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:66 msgid "Heartbeat/high availabilty cluster information. ha.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "información de Heartbeat/cluster de alta disponibilidad. ha.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:69 msgid "iSCSI target and initiator information. fs-iscsi.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Información del iniciador y del destino de iSCSI. fs-iscsi.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:72 msgid "LDAP related information, including a root DSE search. ldap.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Información relacionada a LDAP, incluyendo una búsqueda DSE de raíz. ldap.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX " -"Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" +msgid "Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78 @@ -597,11 +608,11 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:84 msgid "System kernel module information. modules.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Información del módulo de kernel del sistema. modules.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:87 msgid "Native device mapper multipathing information. mpio.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Información de enrutamiento de datos simultaneos para el mapeador de dispositivos nativos. mpio.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:90 msgid "Novell Core Protocol-related information. novell-ncp.txt" @@ -633,16 +644,14 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:111 msgid "List of all open files using lsof. open-files.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lista de todos los archivos abiertos que usen lsof. open-files.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:114 msgid "OpenWBEM-related information. openwbem.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117 -msgid "" -"Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account " -"information. pam.txt" +msgid "Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account information. pam.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120 @@ -651,7 +660,7 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:123 msgid "Includes key /proc file content. proc.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Incluye el contenido de archivo /proc clave. proc.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:126 msgid "Update daemon-related information. updates-daemon.txt" @@ -659,12 +668,10 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:129 msgid "Update client related information. updates.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Información relacionada al cliente de actualización. updates.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132 -msgid "" -"System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR " -"data files. sar.txt" +msgid "System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR data files. sar.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135 @@ -673,14 +680,12 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:138 msgid "Service Location Protocol related information. slp.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Información relacionada al protocolo de localización de servicio. slp.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141 msgid "" -"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for " -"hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" -"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to " -"read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" +"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" +"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" "works in your environment before enabling this option. fs-smartmon.txt\n" msgstr "" @@ -694,11 +699,11 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:152 msgid "Secure Shell server information. ssh.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Información del servidor del intérprete de comandos seguro. ssh.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:155 msgid "Configuration files found in /etc/sysconfig. sysconfig.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Archivos de configuración encontrados en /etc/sysconfig. sysconfig.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:158 msgid "UDEV device manager-related information. udev.txt" @@ -713,127 +718,102 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances " -"files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" +msgid "Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170 -msgid "" -"A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" -msgstr "" +msgid "A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" +msgstr "Una lista completa de archivos utilizando buscar desde la raíz del sistema de archivo. -L, fs-files.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173 -msgid "" -"Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just " -"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if " -"available. -l" -msgstr "" +msgid "Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if available. -l" +msgstr "Incluye el archivo de registro completo, incluyendo comentarios, en lugar de solo VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lineas de él. Registros rotados adicionales son incluidos si están disponibles. -l" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176 msgid "Minimizes the amount of disk information and detailed scanning. -d" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Minimiza la cantidad de información del disco y de revisión detallada. -d" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option " -"minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." +msgid "Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to " -"complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" -msgstr "" +msgid "Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" +msgstr "Ejecuta un rpm -V sobre cada paquete RPM instalado. Esto demora un poco en completarse. -v, rpm-verify.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185 -msgid "" -"Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you " -"to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" -msgstr "" +msgid "Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" +msgstr "Normalmente solo los tipos de serviciosSLP base son listados. Esta opción le permite consultar cada uno de los tipos de servicios descubiertos individualmente. -s, slp.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188 msgid "Company name to include in the basic-environment.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nombre de la empresa a incluir en el archivo basic-environment.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:191 msgid "Contact's email address to include in the basic-environment.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dirección de email del contacto a incluir en el archivo basic-environment.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:194 msgid "Contact's name to include in the basic-environment.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nombre del contacto a incluir en el archivo basic-environment.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:197 msgid "Contact's phone number to include in the basic-environment.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Número de teléfono del contacto a incluir en el archivo basic-environment.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200 -msgid "" -"The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the " -"entire file." -msgstr "" +msgid "The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the entire file." +msgstr "El número de líneas a incluir cuando se obtenga un archivo de registro. Cero significa que se obtenga el archivo completo." #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203 -msgid "" -"The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is " -"always used." +msgid "The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is always used." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the " -"entire file." -msgstr "" +msgid "The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the entire file." +msgstr "El número máximo de líneas de /var/log/messages a obtener. Cero significa obtener el archivo completo." #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball." +msgid "The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." +msgid "The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215 msgid "" -"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if " -"you\n" -"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -" -"Q." +"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if you\n" +"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -Q." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "" -"Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using " -"the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports " -"anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" +# clients/lan_inetd_start.ycp:86 #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:147 msgid "Support Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración de asistencia" #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Iniciando..." #. global string created_directory=""; #: src/modules/Support.rb:143 msgid "To continue, enter root password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Para continuar, ingrese la contraseña de root" #: src/modules/Support.rb:144 msgid "root Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contraseña de root" #: src/modules/Support.rb:163 msgid "Password incorrect" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contraseña incorrecta" #. Support read dialog caption #: src/modules/Support.rb:267 @@ -848,30 +828,31 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:329 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Escribir la configuración" +# modules/Lan.ycp:200 #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:331 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ejecutar SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:335 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración..." #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:337 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ejecutando SuSEconfig..." #. Progress finished #: src/modules/Support.rb:339 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Terminado" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/Support.rb:438 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Resumen de configuración..." Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/sysconfig.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/sysconfig.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/sysconfig.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -53,9 +53,7 @@ #. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:58 msgid "Set value of the variable. Requires options 'variable' and 'value'" -msgstr "" -"Establece el valor de la variable. Requiere las opciones \"variable\" y " -"\"value\"," +msgstr "Establece el valor de la variable. Requiere las opciones \"variable\" y \"value\"," #. help text for command 'set' 2/3 #. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. @@ -163,8 +161,7 @@ "(e.g., %1$%2).\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Utilice un nombre completo de variable con el formato <VARIABLE_NAME>" -"$<FILE_NAME>\n" +"Utilice un nombre completo de variable con el formato <VARIABLE_NAME>$<FILE_NAME>\n" "(ej., %1$%2).\n" #. error popup message @@ -351,29 +348,19 @@ #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 msgid "" "After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n" -"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which " -"changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" -"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig " -"takes effect.\n" +"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" +"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.\n" msgstr "" "Después de guardar los cambios, este editor cambia las variables en el\n" -"archivo sysconfig correspondiente. A continuación inicia los comandos de " -"activación, los cuales modifican los archivos de configuración subyacentes, " -"inician y detienen daemons,\n" -"y ejecutan herramientas de configuración de bajo nivel para que la " -"configuración en sysconfig tenga efecto.\n" +"archivo sysconfig correspondiente. A continuación inicia los comandos de activación, los cuales modifican los archivos de configuración subyacentes, inician y detienen daemons,\n" +"y ejecutan herramientas de configuración de bajo nivel para que la configuración en sysconfig tenga efecto.\n" # # include/rc_dialogs.ycp:57 #. helptext for popup - part 2/2 #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 -msgid "" -"Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file " -"manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." -msgstr "" -"Importante: Usted también puede editar cada archivo de " -"configuración manualmente. El nombre del archivo se muestra en la " -"descripción de la variable." +msgid "Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." +msgstr "Importante: Usted también puede editar cada archivo de configuración manualmente. El nombre del archivo se muestra en la descripción de la variable." #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 msgid "/etc/sysconfig Editor" @@ -388,23 +375,13 @@ #. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 -msgid "" -"System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration " -"editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to " -"configure your hardware and system settings." -msgstr "" -"Editor de configuración del sistemaEl editor de " -"configuración del sistema le permite cambiar la configuración del sistema. " -"También puede usar YaST parar configurar el hardware y el sistema." +msgid "System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to configure your hardware and system settings." +msgstr "Editor de configuración del sistemaEl editor de configuración del sistema le permite cambiar la configuración del sistema. También puede usar YaST parar configurar el hardware y el sistema." #. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 -msgid "" -"Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read " -"directly from configuration files." -msgstr "" -"Nota: las descripciones no están traducidas porque se leen " -"directamente de los archivos de configuración." +msgid "Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read directly from configuration files." +msgstr "Nota: las descripciones no están traducidas porque se leen directamente de los archivos de configuración." #. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877 @@ -436,13 +413,8 @@ # include/rc_dialogs.ycp:945 #. help text in popup dialog #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 -msgid "" -"The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select " -"it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." -msgstr "" -"Aquí puede ver los resultados de la búsqueda. Si ha encontrado el resultado " -"deseado, márquelo y pulse \"Ir a\". En caso contrario pulse \"Cancelar\" " -"para cerrar este diálogo." +msgid "The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." +msgstr "Aquí puede ver los resultados de la búsqueda. Si ha encontrado el resultado deseado, márquelo y pulse \"Ir a\". En caso contrario pulse \"Cancelar\" para cerrar este diálogo." #. push button label #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956 @@ -695,16 +667,12 @@ # include/rc_dialogs.ycp:59 #~ msgid "" -#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can " -#~ "detect if\n" -#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a " -#~ "configuration file manually,\n" +#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" +#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" #~ " it will not touch it.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "SuSEconfig guarda una suma de control de cada archivo de " -#~ "configuración, de manera que sea posible\n" -#~ " detectar si ha cambiado manualmente alguno de ellos. Si ha modificado un " -#~ "archivo de configuración manualmente,\n" +#~ "SuSEconfig guarda una suma de control de cada archivo de configuración, de manera que sea posible\n" +#~ " detectar si ha cambiado manualmente alguno de ellos. Si ha modificado un archivo de configuración manualmente,\n" #~ " no lo tocará.\n" #~ msgid "All configuration scripts will be started." Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/tftp-server.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/tftp-server.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/tftp-server.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -106,13 +106,8 @@ #. dialog help text #: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:83 -msgid "" -"Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). " -"The server will be started using xinetd." -msgstr "" -"Utilice esta opción para habilitar las funciones de TFTP (protocolo " -"trivial de transferencia de archivos). El servidor se iniciará mediante " -"xinetd." +msgid "Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). The server will be started using xinetd." +msgstr "Utilice esta opción para habilitar las funciones de TFTP (protocolo trivial de transferencia de archivos). El servidor se iniciará mediante xinetd." #. enlighten newbies, #102946 #. dialog help text @@ -126,15 +121,12 @@ "Boot Image Directory:\n" "Specify the directory where served files are located. The usual value is\n" "<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. The directory will be created if it does not exist. \n" -"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</" -"p>\n" +"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).\n" msgstr "" "Directorio de la imagen de arranque\n" "Indique el directorio en el que se encuentren los archivos proporcionados.\n" -"El valor habitual es <tt>/tftpboot</tt>. El directorio se creará si no " -"existe.\n" -"El servidor lo utilizará como directorio raíz (empleando la opción <tt>-s</" -"tt>).\n" +"El valor habitual es <tt>/tftpboot</tt>. El directorio se creará si no existe.\n" +"El servidor lo utilizará como directorio raíz (empleando la opción <tt>-s</tt>).\n" #. Radio button label, disable TFTP server #: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:115 @@ -234,12 +226,9 @@ #~ "Boot Image Directory:\n" #~ "Specify the directory where served files are\n" #~ "located. The usual value is <tt>/tftpboot</tt>. It is created if it\n" -#~ "does not exist. The server uses this as its root directory (using the " -#~ "<tt>-s</tt> option).\n" +#~ "does not exist. The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Directorio de la imagen de arranque\n" #~ "Indique el directorio en el que se encuentren\n" -#~ " los archivos proporcionados. El valor habitual es <tt>/tftpboot</tt>. El " -#~ "directorio se creará\n" -#~ " si no existe. El servidor lo utilizará como directorio raíz (empleando " -#~ "la opción <tt>-s</tt>).\n" +#~ " los archivos proporcionados. El valor habitual es <tt>/tftpboot</tt>. El directorio se creará\n" +#~ " si no existe. El servidor lo utilizará como directorio raíz (empleando la opción <tt>-s</tt>).\n" Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/tune.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/tune.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/tune.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -25,12 +25,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 -msgid "" -"Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Detección de hardware - este módulo no soporta la interfaz de línea de " -"comandos, utilice '%1' en su lugar." +msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Detección de hardware - este módulo no soporta la interfaz de línea de comandos, utilice '%1' en su lugar." #. translators: popup heading #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 @@ -69,16 +65,11 @@ "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" msgstr "" "Información sobre el hardware: este módulo muestra la información\n" -"sobre el hardware de su equipo. Pulse en cualquier nodo para ver más " -"información\n" +"sobre el hardware de su equipo. Pulse en cualquier nodo para ver más información\n" #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 -msgid "" -"You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File " -"and enter the filename." -msgstr "" -"Puede guardar información de hardware en un archivo. Pulse Guardar a " -"archivo y escriba el nombre del archivo." +msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." +msgstr "Puede guardar información de hardware en un archivo. Pulse Guardar a archivo y escriba el nombre del archivo." #. installation proposal header #: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 @@ -111,12 +102,8 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:95 -msgid "" -"DetailsThe details of the selected hardware component are " -"displayed here." -msgstr "" -"DetallesAquí se muestran los detalles de los componentes de " -"hardware seleccionados." +msgid "DetailsThe details of the selected hardware component are displayed here." +msgstr "DetallesAquí se muestran los detalles de los componentes de hardware seleccionados." # include/nis_server/ui.ycp:100 #. heading text, %1 is component name (e.g. "USB UHCI Root Hub") @@ -182,36 +169,26 @@ #. help text - part 1/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:180 -msgid "" -"Detected Hardware This table contains all hardware components " -"detected in your system." -msgstr "" -"Hardware detectado Esta tabla contiene todos los componentes de " -"hardware detectados en su sistema." +msgid "Detected Hardware This table contains all hardware components detected in your system." +msgstr "Hardware detectado Esta tabla contiene todos los componentes de hardware detectados en su sistema." #. help text - part 2/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:184 -msgid "" -"Details Select a component and press Details to see a " -"more detailed description of the component." -msgstr "" -"Detalles Seleccione un componente y pulse Detalles para " -"ver una descripción más detallada del componente." +msgid "Details Select a component and press Details to see a more detailed description of the component." +msgstr "Detalles Seleccione un componente y pulse Detalles para ver una descripción más detallada del componente." #. help text - part 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:188 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Save to File You can save\n" -#| " hardware information (hwinfo output) to a file or floppy disk. " -#| "Select the target type in Save to File." +#| " hardware information (hwinfo output) to a file or floppy disk. Select the target type in Save to File." msgid "" "Save to File You can save\n" " hardware information (hwinfo output) to a file." msgstr "" "Guardar a archivo Puede guardar\n" -" información de hardware (hwinfo) en un archivo o en un disquete. " -"Seleccione el tipo de destino en Guardar a archivo." +" información de hardware (hwinfo) en un archivo o en un disquete. Seleccione el tipo de destino en Guardar a archivo." #. heading text #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:197 @@ -367,51 +344,28 @@ #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:411 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal " -"database of known supported devices." -msgstr "" -"Es posible añadir un ID PCI a un controlador de dispositivo para ampliar " -"su base de datos interna de dispositivos compatibles." +msgid "It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal database of known supported devices." +msgstr "Es posible añadir un ID PCI a un controlador de dispositivo para ampliar su base de datos interna de dispositivos compatibles." #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:415 -msgid "" -"PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. SysFS " -"Dir. is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it " -"is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name." -msgstr "" -"Los números de identificación de PCI se introducen y muestran como " -"números hexadecimales. Dir. SysFS es el nombre del directorio en el " -"directorio /sys/bus/pci/drivers. Si está vacío, se utilizará el nombre del " -"controlador como nombre del directorio." +msgid "PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. SysFS Dir. is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name." +msgstr "Los números de identificación de PCI se introducen y muestran como números hexadecimales. Dir. SysFS es el nombre del directorio en el directorio /sys/bus/pci/drivers. Si está vacío, se utilizará el nombre del controlador como nombre del directorio." #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:419 -msgid "" -"If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty " -"and enter the SysFS directory name instead." -msgstr "" -"Si el controlador se compila en el kernel, deje el nombre del controlador " -"vacío e introduzca en su lugar el nombre del directorio SysFS." +msgid "If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty and enter the SysFS directory name instead." +msgstr "Si el controlador se compila en el kernel, deje el nombre del controlador vacío e introduzca en su lugar el nombre del directorio SysFS." #. PCI ID help text, %1 stands for a button name (OK or Finish -- depends on the situation) #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:424 -msgid "" -"Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press " -"%1 to activate the settings." -msgstr "" -"Utilice los botones situados bajo la tabla para cambiar la lista de " -"identificadores ID PCI. Pulse %1 para activar los ajustes." +msgid "Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press %1 to activate the settings." +msgstr "Utilice los botones situados bajo la tabla para cambiar la lista de identificadores ID PCI. Pulse %1 para activar los ajustes." #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:431 -msgid "" -"Warning: This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you " -"know what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Advertencia: Ésta es una configuración avanzada. Continúe sólo si " -"sabe lo que está haciendo." +msgid "Warning: This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you know what you are doing." +msgstr "Advertencia: Ésta es una configuración avanzada. Continúe sólo si sabe lo que está haciendo." # clients/hwinfo.ycp:60 clients/hwinfo.ycp:84 # clients/hwinfo.ycp:60 clients/hwinfo.ycp:84 @@ -1396,22 +1350,16 @@ msgid "" "<big>Global I/O Scheduler</big> \n" "Select the algorithm which orders and sends commands to disk\n" -"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in " -"the\n" -"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually " -"'cfq')\n" -"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/" -"block\n" +"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in the\n" +"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually 'cfq')\n" +"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" "directory (package kernel-source) for more information.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Planificador global de E/S</big> \n" "Seleccione el algoritmo que ordena y envía comandos a los dispositivos\n" -"de disco. Esta es una opción global, se utilizará con todos los dispositivos " -"de disco\n" -"del sistema. Si la opción no está configurada se emplea el planificador por " -"defecto (normalmente 'cfq').\n" -"Consulte la documentación en el directorio /usr/src/linux/Documentation/" -"block\n" +"de disco. Esta es una opción global, se utilizará con todos los dispositivos de disco\n" +"del sistema. Si la opción no está configurada se emplea el planificador por defecto (normalmente 'cfq').\n" +"Consulte la documentación en el directorio /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" "(paquete kernel-source) para obtener información adicional.\n" #. .sysconfig.sysctl @@ -1423,26 +1371,18 @@ #: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Enable SysRq Keys</big> \n" -"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if " -"it\n" -"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key " -"combination\n" +"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if it\n" +"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key combination\n" "Alt-SysRq-<command_key> will start the respective command (e.g. reboot the\n" "computer, dump kernel information). For further information, see\n" -"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).</" -"p>\n" +"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).\n" msgstr "" "<big>Habilitar teclas PetSis (SysRq)</big> \n" -"Si habilita la tecla PetSis (SysRq), tendrá cierto control sobre el sistema " -"aún si este\n" -"se bloquea (por ejemplo, durante la depuración del kernel). Si la opción " -"está habilitada, la combinación de teclas\n" -"Alt+PetSis+<tecla_comando> iniciará el comando respectivo (por ejemplo, " -"reiniciar el\n" -"equipo, volcar la información del kernel). Si desea obtener más información, " -"consulte \n" -"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (paquete kernel-source).</" -"p>\n" +"Si habilita la tecla PetSis (SysRq), tendrá cierto control sobre el sistema aún si este\n" +"se bloquea (por ejemplo, durante la depuración del kernel). Si la opción está habilitada, la combinación de teclas\n" +"Alt+PetSis+<tecla_comando> iniciará el comando respectivo (por ejemplo, reiniciar el\n" +"equipo, volcar la información del kernel). Si desea obtener más información, consulte \n" +"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (paquete kernel-source).\n" #. Short sleep between reads or writes #: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:29 Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/update.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/update.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/update.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -78,8 +78,7 @@ #. checkbox label if user wants remove old backup stuff #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:84 msgid "Remove &Old Backups from the Backup Directory" -msgstr "" -"Eliminar copias de seguridad &antiguas del directorio de copias de seguridad" +msgstr "Eliminar copias de seguridad &antiguas del directorio de copias de seguridad" #. help text for backup dialog during update 1/7 #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:91 @@ -112,22 +111,18 @@ "Stores only those modified files that will be replaced during update.\n" msgstr "" "Crear una copia de seguridad de los archivos modificados:\n" -"Guarda sólo los archivos modificados sustituidos durante la actualización.</" -"p>\n" +"Guarda sólo los archivos modificados sustituidos durante la actualización.\n" #. help text for backup dialog during update 5/7 #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:120 msgid "" "Create a Complete Backup of\n" -"/etc/sysconfig: This covers all configuration files that are part of " -"the\n" +"/etc/sysconfig: This covers all configuration files that are part of the\n" "sysconfig mechanism, even those that will not be replaced.\n" msgstr "" "Crear una copia de seguridad completa de\n" -"/etc/sysconfig: Esta copia incluye todos los archivos de configuración " -"que\n" -"forman parte del mecanismo de sysconfig, incluso los que no se sustituyen.</" -"p>\n" +"/etc/sysconfig: Esta copia incluye todos los archivos de configuración que\n" +"forman parte del mecanismo de sysconfig, incluso los que no se sustituyen.\n" #. help text for backup dialog during update 6/7 #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:130 @@ -137,12 +132,9 @@ "update, there may be old configuration file backups. Select this option to\n" "remove them.\n" msgstr "" -"Eliminar copias de seguridad antiguas del directorio de copias de " -"seguridad:\n" -"Si el sistema actual es el resultado de una actualización anterior, puede " -"haber\n" -"copias de seguridad antiguas de archivos de configuración. Seleccione esta " -"opción\n" +"Eliminar copias de seguridad antiguas del directorio de copias de seguridad:\n" +"Si el sistema actual es el resultado de una actualización anterior, puede haber\n" +"copias de seguridad antiguas de archivos de configuración. Seleccione esta opción\n" "para eliminarlos.\n" #. help text for backup dialog during update 7/7 @@ -240,23 +232,19 @@ "either case, we recommend to make a backup of your personal data.\n" msgstr "" "La opción de actualización tiene dos modos distintos. En ambos\n" -"casos se recomienda hacer una copia de seguridad de su información personal." -"\n" +"casos se recomienda hacer una copia de seguridad de su información personal.\n" #. help text for dialog "update options" 2/4, %1 is a product name #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:151 msgid "" "With New Software: This default setting\n" "updates the existing software and installs all new features and benefits of\n" -"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former " -"predefined\n" +"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former predefined\n" "software selection.\n" msgstr "" "Con software nuevo: esta configuración predeterminada\n" -"actualiza el software existente e instala todas las funciones y ventajas " -"nuevas incluidas en \n" -" la versión más reciente de <tt>%1</tt>. La selección se basa en la " -"selección de software predefinida\n" +"actualiza el software existente e instala todas las funciones y ventajas nuevas incluidas en \n" +" la versión más reciente de <tt>%1</tt>. La selección se basa en la selección de software predefinida\n" " anteriormente.\n" #. help text for dialog "update options" 3/4 @@ -264,27 +252,23 @@ msgid "" "Only Installed Packages: This selection\n" "only updates the packages already installed on your system. Note:\n" -"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, " -"is\n" +"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, is\n" "not available after the update. You might miss new features.\n" msgstr "" "Sólo paquetes instalados: Esta selección sólo actualiza\n" "los paquetes instalados en el sistema. Nota: Nuevas aplicaciones\n" "de la lista de software predeterminada, como módulos de YaST, no estarán\n" -"disponibles luego de la actualización. Puede que pierda algunas " -"características.\n" +"disponibles luego de la actualización. Puede que pierda algunas características.\n" #. help text for dialog "update options" 4/4 #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:175 msgid "" "After the update, some software might not\n" -"function anymore. Activate Delete Unmaintained Packages to delete " -"those\n" +"function anymore. Activate Delete Unmaintained Packages to delete those\n" "packages during the update.\n" msgstr "" "Después de la actualización, algunos programas podrían haber dejado de\n" -"funcionar. Active Eliminar paquetes sin mantener para borrar esos " -"paquetes\n" +"funcionar. Active Eliminar paquetes sin mantener para borrar esos paquetes\n" "durante la actualización.\n" #. warning / question @@ -346,8 +330,7 @@ #. warning text #: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:149 msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. Manual intervention is required." -msgstr "" -"No es posible resolver todos los conflictos. Se requiere intervención manual." +msgstr "No es posible resolver todos los conflictos. Se requiere intervención manual." #. this is a heading #: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:198 @@ -405,12 +388,8 @@ #. error message in proposal #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 -msgid "" -"The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"El producto instalado no es compatible con el producto en los medios de " -"instalación." +msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." +msgstr "El producto instalado no es compatible con el producto en los medios de instalación." # include/network/summary.ycp:101 #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) @@ -426,22 +405,18 @@ #. %2 is the version being installed #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 msgid "" -"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the " -"running system. \n" +"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" "or disable software repositories of products with different versions.\n" msgstr "" -"Actualizar el sistema a otra versión (%1 -> %2) no está soportado en el " -"sistema que se esta ejecutando. \n" +"Actualizar el sistema a otra versión (%1 -> %2) no está soportado en el sistema que se esta ejecutando. \n" "Inicie desde el medio de instalación y realice una actualización normal\n" -"o desactive los repositorios de software de productos de versiones " -"diferentes.\n" +"o desactive los repositorios de software de productos de versiones diferentes.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." -msgstr "" -"Advertencia: Actualizar desde '%1' a '%2', los productos no concuerdan." +msgstr "Advertencia: Actualizar desde '%1' a '%2', los productos no concuerdan." #. Proposal for backup during update #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 @@ -461,10 +436,8 @@ "installed as well (default). Decide whether unmaintained packages should be\n" "deleted.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Opciones de actualización</big> Seleccione como se " -"actualizará el sistema.\n" -"Escoja si sólo se actualizarán los paquetes instalados o también incluir los " -"paquetes nuevos (predeterminado).\n" +"<big>Opciones de actualización</big> Seleccione como se actualizará el sistema.\n" +"Escoja si sólo se actualizarán los paquetes instalados o también incluir los paquetes nuevos (predeterminado).\n" "Indique si paquetes no soportados deben ser eliminados..\n" #. this is a menu entry @@ -614,8 +587,7 @@ "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n" "on the selected partition." msgstr "" -"No se ha encontrado en la partición seleccionada ningún sistema instalado " -"que\n" +"No se ha encontrado en la partición seleccionada ningún sistema instalado que\n" "pueda actualizarse con este producto." #. continue-cancel popup @@ -630,8 +602,7 @@ #. pop-up question #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" -"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected " -"partition.\n" +"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" "Se detectó una posible instalación incompleta en la partición seleccionada.\n" @@ -651,8 +622,7 @@ "\n" "Are you sure you want to continue?" msgstr "" -"Por alguna razón desconocida falló la inicialización del sistema para " -"actualizar.\n" +"Por alguna razón desconocida falló la inicialización del sistema para actualizar.\n" "Se recomienda no continuar con el proceso de actualización.\n" "\n" "¿Esta seguro que desea continuar?" @@ -760,8 +730,7 @@ #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" -"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not " -"fit.\n" +"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" "It is safer to either enlarge the partition\n" "or not use a /boot partition at all.\n" "\n" @@ -769,8 +738,7 @@ msgstr "" "Su partición /boot es demasiado pequeña (%1 MB).\n" "El tamaño recomendado no debería ser menor a %2 MB o el nuevo Kernel podría\n" -"no tener espacio suficiente. Sería más seguro aumentar el tamaño de la " -"partición\n" +"no tener espacio suficiente. Sería más seguro aumentar el tamaño de la partición\n" "o no utilizar una partición separada para /boot.\n" "\n" "¿Desea continuar actualizando el sistema actual?\n" @@ -793,8 +761,7 @@ "\n" "Si está seguro de que la partición no es necesaria para la\n" "actualización (no es una partición del sistema), pulse Continuar.\n" -"Para comprobar o editar las opciones de montaje, pulse Especificar opciones " -"de montaje.\n" +"Para comprobar o editar las opciones de montaje, pulse Especificar opciones de montaje.\n" "Si desea abortar la actualización, pulse Cancelar.\n" # include/network/modem/dialogs.ycp:400 @@ -863,16 +830,12 @@ #. a popup message #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" -"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the " -"upgrade\n" -"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition " -"manually\n" +"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" +"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" "to continue the upgrade process." msgstr "" -"Su sistema usa una partición /var separada, la cual es requerida para que " -"el\n" -"proceso de actualización detecto cambios en el nombre de los discos. " -"Seleccione\n" +"Su sistema usa una partición /var separada, la cual es requerida para que el\n" +"proceso de actualización detecto cambios en el nombre de los discos. Seleccione\n" "la partición /var manualmente para continuar con el proceso." # clients/inst_rootpart.ycp:513 @@ -894,8 +857,7 @@ #. error message #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" -msgstr "" -"No es posible montar la partición /var con esta configuración de disco.\n" +msgstr "No es posible montar la partición /var con esta configuración de disco.\n" # clients/inst_rootpart.ycp:60 #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile @@ -914,21 +876,15 @@ #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" -"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This " -"is\n" +"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" -"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change " -"the\n" +"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change the\n" "mount-by method to any other method for all partitions." msgstr "" -"Algunas particiones en el sistema en %1 se encuentran montadas por el " -"nombre\n" -"del dispositivo del kernel. No es confiable para una actualización, ya que " -"los nombres\n" -"de dispositivo del kernel no son persistentes. Se recomienda encarecidamente " -"iniciar el\n" -"sistema actual y cambiar el método de montaje por algún otro para todas las " -"particiones." +"Algunas particiones en el sistema en %1 se encuentran montadas por el nombre\n" +"del dispositivo del kernel. No es confiable para una actualización, ya que los nombres\n" +"de dispositivo del kernel no son persistentes. Se recomienda encarecidamente iniciar el\n" +"sistema actual y cambiar el método de montaje por algún otro para todas las particiones." # clients/inst_rootpart.ycp:120 # @@ -1045,9 +1001,7 @@ #~ "¿Desea seguir montando el dispositivo?" #~ msgid "Cannot read package data from installation media. Media error?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No es posible leer los datos de los paquetes del medio de instalación. " -#~ "¿Error del medio?" +#~ msgstr "No es posible leer los datos de los paquetes del medio de instalación. ¿Error del medio?" #~ msgid "Update based on selection \"%1\"" #~ msgstr "Actualización basada en la selección \"%1\"" Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/users.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/users.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/users.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -134,13 +134,8 @@ #. translators: command line help text for 'user' option #: src/clients/groups.rb:218 -msgid "" -"List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of " -"LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." -msgstr "" -"Lista de los miembros del grupo, normalmente nombres de usuarios separados " -"por comas. La lista de los DN de los usuarios LDAP debe estar separada por " -"dos puntos." +msgid "List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." +msgstr "Lista de los miembros del grupo, normalmente nombres de usuarios separados por comas. La lista de los DN de los usuarios LDAP debe estar separada por dos puntos." # # include/users/ui.ycp:928 @@ -188,33 +183,19 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Autenticación \n" -"Seleccione el método de autenticación que se debe emplear con los usuarios " -"del sistema.\n" +"Seleccione el método de autenticación que se debe emplear con los usuarios del sistema.\n" "" #. helptext 2/3 #. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2 #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 -msgid "" -"Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files " -"/etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione Local si quiere autentificar a los usuarios utilizando " -"solamente los archivos /etc/passwd y /etc/shadow locales." +msgid "Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." +msgstr "Seleccione Local si quiere autentificar a los usuarios utilizando solamente los archivos /etc/passwd y /etc/shadow locales." #. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued) #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133 -msgid "" -"If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to " -"create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a " -"Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new " -"home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." -msgstr "" -"Si existe una instalación anterior o un sistema alternativo, puede crear " -"usuarios procedentes de este origen. Para ello, seleccione Leer datos de " -"usuario de instalación anterior. Esta opción emplea un directorio " -"personal existente o crea uno nuevo para cada usuario de la ubicación de " -"instalación especificada." +msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." +msgstr "Si existe una instalación anterior o un sistema alternativo, puede crear usuarios procedentes de este origen. Para ello, seleccione Leer datos de usuario de instalación anterior. Esta opción emplea un directorio personal existente o crea uno nuevo para cada usuario de la ubicación de instalación especificada." #. radiobutton to select ldap user auth. #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141 @@ -256,28 +237,21 @@ #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185 msgid "" "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" -"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. " -"Then\n" +"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" "press Next to continue with configuration of your client." msgstr "" -"Si utiliza un servidor NIS o LDAP para almacenar los datos de los " -"usuarios o si desea\n" -"autenticarlos con respecto a un servidor NT, elija el valor adecuado. A " -"continuación,\n" -"haga clic en Siguiente para continuar con la configuración del " -"cliente." +"Si utiliza un servidor NIS o LDAP para almacenar los datos de los usuarios o si desea\n" +"autenticarlos con respecto a un servidor NT, elija el valor adecuado. A continuación,\n" +"haga clic en Siguiente para continuar con la configuración del cliente." #. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195 msgid "" "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of " -"your client." +"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." msgstr "" -"Si utiliza un servidor NIS o LDAP para almacenar los datos de los " -"usuarios, elija el\n" -"valor adecuado. A continuación, haga clic en Siguiente para continuar " -"con la configuración del cliente." +"Si utiliza un servidor NIS o LDAP para almacenar los datos de los usuarios, elija el\n" +"valor adecuado. A continuación, haga clic en Siguiente para continuar con la configuración del cliente." #. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205 @@ -286,33 +260,23 @@ "authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" "press Next to continue with configuration of your client." msgstr "" -"Si utiliza un servidor LDAP para almacenar los datos de los usuarios o si " -"desea\n" -"autenticarlos con respecto a un servidor NT, elija el valor adecuado. A " -"continuación,\n" -"haga clic en Siguiente para continuar con la configuración del " -"cliente." +"Si utiliza un servidor LDAP para almacenar los datos de los usuarios o si desea\n" +"autenticarlos con respecto a un servidor NT, elija el valor adecuado. A continuación,\n" +"haga clic en Siguiente para continuar con la configuración del cliente." #. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215 msgid "" "If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of " -"your client." +"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." msgstr "" -"Si utiliza un servidor LDAP para almacenar los datos de los usuarios, " -"elija el\n" -"valor adecuado. A continuación, haga clic en Siguiente para continuar " -"con la configuración del cliente." +"Si utiliza un servidor LDAP para almacenar los datos de los usuarios, elija el\n" +"valor adecuado. A continuación, haga clic en Siguiente para continuar con la configuración del cliente." #. helptext: additional kerberos support #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225 -msgid "" -"Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after " -"configuring the user data source." -msgstr "" -"Marque Configurar autenticación de Kerberos para configurar " -"Kerberos después de configurar el origen de los datos de usuario." +msgid "Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source." +msgstr "Marque Configurar autenticación de Kerberos para configurar Kerberos después de configurar el origen de los datos de usuario." #. check box label #. check box label @@ -397,10 +361,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"A diferencia de los usuarios normales del sistema, el usuario que escribe " -"texto, crea\n" -"gráficos o navega por Internet, es decir, el usuario \"root\", existe en " -"todos los\n" +"A diferencia de los usuarios normales del sistema, el usuario que escribe texto, crea\n" +"gráficos o navega por Internet, es decir, el usuario \"root\", existe en todos los\n" "sistemas y se ejecuta cada vez que hay que llevar a cabo\n" "tareas administrativas. Inicie sesión como root sólo\n" "cuando deba actuar como administrador del sistema.\n" @@ -412,15 +374,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" -"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and " -"numbers\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" "reenter it in a second field.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Debido a que el administrador de sistema o root dispone de amplios permisos, " -"su\n" +"Debido a que el administrador de sistema o root dispone de amplios permisos, su\n" "contraseña ha debe ser elegida con cuidado. Se recomienda elegir una\n" "combinación de números y letras. Para asegurarse de que la contraseña\n" "ha sido introducida correctamente, debe escribirla de nuevo en un\n" @@ -434,15 +394,12 @@ "\n" "All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" "Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" -"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or " -"umlauts.\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"La contraseña del usuario \"root\" está sometida a las mismas reglas que la " -"del resto\n" -"de usuarios: Distinción entre mayúsculas y minúsculas; tener una longitud " -"de\n" +"La contraseña del usuario \"root\" está sometida a las mismas reglas que la del resto\n" +"de usuarios: Distinción entre mayúsculas y minúsculas; tener una longitud de\n" "al menos 5 caracteres y no contener caracteres especiales\n" "(como por ejemplo diéresis o acentos).\n" "\n" @@ -471,12 +428,8 @@ #. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry' #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187 -msgid "" -"To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering " -"text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." -msgstr "" -"Para comprobar si la distribución de su teclado es correcta, introduzca " -"texto en el campo Prueba de Distribución de Teclado." +msgid "To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." +msgstr "Para comprobar si la distribución de su teclado es correcta, introduzca texto en el campo Prueba de Distribución de Teclado." #. report misspellings of the password #. report misspellings of the password @@ -634,13 +587,8 @@ #. Help text for password expert dialog #. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 -msgid "" -"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other " -"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." -msgstr "" -"SHA-512 es el método estandard de hashing actual. No es " -"recomendado utilizar otros algoritmos, a menos que sea necesario por " -"cuestiones de compatibilidad." +msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgstr "SHA-512 es el método estandard de hashing actual. No es recomendado utilizar otros algoritmos, a menos que sea necesario por cuestiones de compatibilidad." # # include/network/providers.ycp:498 include/network/providers.ycp:681 @@ -709,8 +657,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Especifique el Nombre completo de usuario, el Nombre de usuario</" -"b> y la Contraseña que\n" +"Especifique el Nombre completo de usuario, el Nombre de usuario y la Contraseña que\n" "se deben asignar a esta cuenta de usuario.\n" "\n" @@ -726,8 +673,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Al escribir una contraseña, se distingue entre mayúsculas y\n" -"minúsculas. Las contraseñas no deben contener caracteres especiales como, " -"por ejemplo,\n" +"minúsculas. Las contraseñas no deben contener caracteres especiales como, por ejemplo,\n" "caracteres acentuados o diéresis. \n" "\n" @@ -736,14 +682,12 @@ #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:448 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" -"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be " -"between\n" +"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" " %2 and %3 characters.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Con el método actual de cifrado de contraseñas (%1), la longitud de la " -"contraseña ha de\n" +"Con el método actual de cifrado de contraseñas (%1), la longitud de la contraseña ha de\n" "estar entre %2 y %3 caracteres.\n" "" @@ -773,43 +717,31 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Para asegurarse de que la contraseña se ha introducido correctamente,\n" -"debe introducirla de forma exacta en una segunda casilla. ¡No olvide la " -"contraseña!\n" +"debe introducirla de forma exacta en una segunda casilla. ¡No olvide la contraseña!\n" "\n" #. help text for main add user dialog #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467 msgid "" "\n" -"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, " -"and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Para el Nombre de usuario, utilice solamente\n" "letras (no acentuadas), dígitos y <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"No utilice letras en mayúscula en esta entrada, a menos que sepa exactamente " -"lo que hace.\n" -"Los nombres de usuario tienen restricciones más estrictas que las " -"contraseñas. Puede ajustar las\n" -"restricciones en el archivo /etc/login.defs. Lea la página man para obtener " -"información.\n" +"No utilice letras en mayúscula en esta entrada, a menos que sepa exactamente lo que hace.\n" +"Los nombres de usuario tienen restricciones más estrictas que las contraseñas. Puede ajustar las\n" +"restricciones en el archivo /etc/login.defs. Lea la página man para obtener información.\n" "\n" #. help text for main add user dialog #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:473 -msgid "" -"Check Use this password for system administrator if the same " -"password as entered for the first user should be used for root." -msgstr "" -"Marcar Utilizar esta contraseña para el administrador del sistema " -"si la contraseña ingresada para el primer usuario debe ser usada también " -"para root." +msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." +msgstr "Marcar Utilizar esta contraseña para el administrador del sistema si la contraseña ingresada para el primer usuario debe ser usada también para root." #. help text for main add user dialog #. these are used only during installation time @@ -817,27 +749,20 @@ #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 msgid "" "\n" -"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with " -"your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure " -"is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" +"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Necesitará el nombre de usuario y la contraseña que ha creado aquí para " -"iniciar sesión y trabajar con el sistema Linux. Si el Inicio de sesión " -"automático está habilitado se omite el procedimiento de inicio de sesión " -"y el usuario inicia sesión automáticamente.\n" +"Necesitará el nombre de usuario y la contraseña que ha creado aquí para iniciar sesión y trabajar con el sistema Linux. Si el Inicio de sesión automático está habilitado se omite el procedimiento de inicio de sesión y el usuario inicia sesión automáticamente.\n" #. help text for main add user dialog #. help text 5/7 (only during installation) #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:480 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "\n" -"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System " -"Mail.\n" +"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Reenvíe el correo del usuario root a este usuario activando la opción " -"Recibir correo del sistema.\n" +"Reenvíe el correo del usuario root a este usuario activando la opción Recibir correo del sistema.\n" #. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well #. as password encryption (see fate 302980) @@ -1057,12 +982,10 @@ #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry " -"that were not set in previous dialogs." +"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that were not set in previous dialogs." msgstr "" "\n" -"Aquí puede ver la tabla de todos los atributos permitidos para la entrada " -"LDAP actual que no han sido definidos en diálogos anteriores. " +"Aquí puede ver la tabla de todos los atributos permitidos para la entrada LDAP actual que no han sido definidos en diálogos anteriores. " #. helptext 1/3 (don't translate objectclass"), #. %1 is list of values @@ -1085,13 +1008,11 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Edit each attribute using Edit. Some attributes \n" -"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client " -"Module.\n" +"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client Module.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Edite cada uno de los atributos con Editar. Algunos atributos pueden\n" -"ser necesarios según se define en la plantilla de usuario en el Módulo de " -"cliente LDAP.\n" +"ser necesarios según se define en la plantilla de usuario en el Módulo de cliente LDAP.\n" #. table header 1/2 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:235 @@ -1111,14 +1032,8 @@ #. helptext #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:91 -msgid "" -"Assign a password policy object to this user in DN of Password Policy " -"object. Activate Reset Password to reset the password of modified " -"user." -msgstr "" -"Asigne un objeto de directiva de contraseña a este usuario en DN del " -"objeto de directiva de contraseña. Active Restaurar contraseña " -"para restaurar la contraseña del usuario modificado." +msgid "Assign a password policy object to this user in DN of Password Policy object. Activate Reset Password to reset the password of modified user." +msgstr "Asigne un objeto de directiva de contraseña a este usuario en DN del objeto de directiva de contraseña. Active Restaurar contraseña para restaurar la contraseña del usuario modificado." #. check box label #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:107 @@ -1222,92 +1137,50 @@ #. helptext for quota #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:97 msgid "Configure quota settings for the user on selected file systems." -msgstr "" -"Configure la cuota del usuario en el sistema de archivos seleccionado." +msgstr "Configure la cuota del usuario en el sistema de archivos seleccionado." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101 msgid "" "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\n" -"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -"limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</" -"p>\n" +"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Defina un tamaño límite especificando el número de bloques de 1 KB\n" -"que el usuario puede utilizar en este sistema de archivos. También puede " -"definir un límite de I-nodos especificando el número de I-nodos que el " -"usuario puede utilizar en este sistema de archivos.\n" +"que el usuario puede utilizar en este sistema de archivos. También puede definir un límite de I-nodos especificando el número de I-nodos que el usuario puede utilizar en este sistema de archivos.\n" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105 -msgid "" -"You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " -"The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are " -"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " -"requests are denied." -msgstr "" -"Puede especificar límites relativos y absolutos en el tamaño y número de " -"I-nodos. Los límites relativos definen un nivel de alarma en el que se " -"informa al usuario que esta cerca del límite, mientras que los límites " -"absolutos definen el límite a partir del cual las peticiones se deniegan." +msgid "You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied." +msgstr "Puede especificar límites relativos y absolutos en el tamaño y número de I-nodos. Los límites relativos definen un nivel de alarma en el que se informa al usuario que esta cerca del límite, mientras que los límites absolutos definen el límite a partir del cual las peticiones se deniegan." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:109 -msgid "" -"As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " -"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is " -"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " -"interval starts immediately." -msgstr "" -"Tan pronto como el usuario ha alcanzado el límite relativo, se activan " -"los campos para el intervalo de gracia. Especifique el tiempo durante el que " -"se permite al usuario exceder el límite relativo especificado anteriormente. " -"La cuenta atrás del tiempo de gracia comienza inmediatamente." +msgid "As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately." +msgstr "Tan pronto como el usuario ha alcanzado el límite relativo, se activan los campos para el intervalo de gracia. Especifique el tiempo durante el que se permite al usuario exceder el límite relativo especificado anteriormente. La cuenta atrás del tiempo de gracia comienza inmediatamente." #. helptext for quota #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:115 msgid "Configure quota settings for the group on selected file systems." -msgstr "" -"Configure la cuota del grupo en el sistema de archivos seleccionado." +msgstr "Configure la cuota del grupo en el sistema de archivos seleccionado." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:119 msgid "" "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\n" -"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -"limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</" -"p>\n" +"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Defina un tamaño límite especificando el numero de bloques de 1kB\n" -" que el grupo puede utilizar en este sistema de archivos. También puede " -"definir un límite de I-nodos especificando el número máximo de I-nodos que " -"el grupo puede utilizar en este sistema de archivos.\n" +" que el grupo puede utilizar en este sistema de archivos. También puede definir un límite de I-nodos especificando el número máximo de I-nodos que el grupo puede utilizar en este sistema de archivos.\n" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123 -msgid "" -"You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " -"The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are " -"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " -"requests are denied." -msgstr "" -"Puede especificar límites relativos y absolutos en el tamaño y numero de " -"I-nodos. Los límites relativos definen un nivel de alarma en el que se " -"informa al grupo que esta cerca del límite, mientras que los límites " -"absolutos definen el límite a partir del cual las peticiones se deniegan." +msgid "You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied." +msgstr "Puede especificar límites relativos y absolutos en el tamaño y numero de I-nodos. Los límites relativos definen un nivel de alarma en el que se informa al grupo que esta cerca del límite, mientras que los límites absolutos definen el límite a partir del cual las peticiones se deniegan." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:127 -msgid "" -"As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " -"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is " -"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " -"interval starts immediately." -msgstr "" -"Tan pronto como un grupo ha alcanzado el límite relativo, se activan los " -"campos para el intervalo de gracia. Especifique el tiempo durante el que se " -"permite al grupo exceder el límite relativo especificado anteriormente. La " -"cuenta atrás del tiempo de gracia comienza inmediatamente." +msgid "As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately." +msgstr "Tan pronto como un grupo ha alcanzado el límite relativo, se activan los campos para el intervalo de gracia. Especifique el tiempo durante el que se permite al grupo exceder el límite relativo especificado anteriormente. La cuenta atrás del tiempo de gracia comienza inmediatamente." # include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.ycp:287 # include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.ycp:287 @@ -1665,15 +1538,13 @@ "'%1' and '%2'\n" "were found. Use them for current user?\n" "\n" -"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home " -"directory." +"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home directory." msgstr "" "Se encontró una imágen cifrada y las claves\n" "'%1' and '%2'.\n" "¿Utilizarlos para el usuario actual?\n" "\n" -"Esto significa que se utilizará la información de esta imágen en lugar del " -"directorio personal actual." +"Esto significa que se utilizará la información de esta imágen en lugar del directorio personal actual." #. popup label, %1 is path to directory #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:369 @@ -1705,9 +1576,7 @@ #. label text #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:422 msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed." -msgstr "" -"Para los usuarios remotos, sólo se puede cambiar su pertenencia a grupos " -"adicionales." +msgstr "Para los usuarios remotos, sólo se puede cambiar su pertenencia a grupos adicionales." #. checkbox label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456 @@ -2057,14 +1926,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" -"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or " -"umlauts. \n" +"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts. \n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Al escribir una contraseña, se distingue entre mayúsculas y\n" -"minúsculas. Las contraseñas no deben contener caracteres especiales como, " -"por ejemplo,\n" +"minúsculas. Las contraseñas no deben contener caracteres especiales como, por ejemplo,\n" "caracteres acentuados. \n" "\n" @@ -2076,8 +1943,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Defina aquí los valores predeterminados que se deben usar a la hora de crear " -"usuarios nuevos locales o de sistema.\n" +"Defina aquí los valores predeterminados que se deben usar a la hora de crear usuarios nuevos locales o de sistema.\n" "\n" #. Help text 1/6 @@ -2112,39 +1978,32 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "Default Login Shell \n" -"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter " -"your own path to the shell.\n" +"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.\n" msgstr "" "Shell de inicio de sesión predeterminada: \n" -"El nombre de la shell de inicio de sesión de un nuevo usuario. Seleccione " -"una de la lista o introduzca su propia ruta a la shell.\n" +"El nombre de la shell de inicio de sesión de un nuevo usuario. Seleccione una de la lista o introduzca su propia ruta a la shell.\n" #. Help text 3/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "Default Home \n" -"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is " -"added\n" +"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\n" "to the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Directorio personal por defecto \n" -"El prefijo de la ruta inicial para el directorio personal de un usuario " -"nuevo. El nombre de usuario se añade\n" -"al final de este valor para crear el nombre por defecto del directorio " -"personal.\n" +"El prefijo de la ruta inicial para el directorio personal de un usuario nuevo. El nombre de usuario se añade\n" +"al final de este valor para crear el nombre por defecto del directorio personal.\n" "\n" #. Help text 4/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "Skeleton Directory \n" -"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a " -"new user is added. \n" +"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. \n" msgstr "" "Directorio esqueleto \n" -"El contenido de este directorio se copia en el directorio personal del " -"usuario cuando se añade un usuario nuevo. \n" +"El contenido de este directorio se copia en el directorio personal del usuario cuando se añade un usuario nuevo. \n" #. Help text 4.5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:138 @@ -2160,15 +2019,12 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "Expiration Date \n" -"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the " -"format\n" +"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\n" "YYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.\n" msgstr "" "Fecha de expiración \n" -"La fecha en la que se deshabilitará la cuenta de usuario. La fecha debe " -"tener el formato\n" -"AAAA-MM-DD. Deje esta opción en blanco si la cuenta no debe caducar nunca.</" -"P>\n" +"La fecha en la que se deshabilitará la cuenta de usuario. La fecha debe tener el formato\n" +"AAAA-MM-DD. Deje esta opción en blanco si la cuenta no debe caducar nunca.\n" #. Help text 6/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:149 @@ -2178,12 +2034,9 @@ "after expiration login is allowed. Use -1 for unlimited access.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Validez del inicio de sesión (en días) tras caducar la contraseña</" -"B> \n" -"Los usuarios pueden iniciar sesión después de que las contraseñas hayan " -"caducado. Establezca cuántos días\n" -"después de la caducidad de la contraseña se puede iniciar sesión. Use -1 " -"para permitir un acceso ilimitado.\n" +"Validez del inicio de sesión (en días) tras caducar la contraseña \n" +"Los usuarios pueden iniciar sesión después de que las contraseñas hayan caducado. Establezca cuántos días\n" +"después de la caducidad de la contraseña se puede iniciar sesión. Use -1 para permitir un acceso ilimitado.\n" "\n" # include/mail/helps.ycp:31 @@ -2212,8 +2065,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "<BIG>Cancelando el inicio</BIG> \n" -"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, haga clic ahora en " -"Cancelar.\n" +"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, haga clic ahora en Cancelar.\n" "\n" "" @@ -2238,8 +2090,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando la grabación:</big> \n" "Cancele la grabación pulsando Cancelar.\n" -"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o " -"no.\n" +"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o no.\n" "\n" #. help text 1/7 @@ -2264,24 +2115,18 @@ "Create the Username from components of the full name by\n" "clicking Suggestion. It may be modified, but use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Cree el Nombre de usuario a partir de los componentes del nombre " -"completo\n" +"Cree el Nombre de usuario a partir de los componentes del nombre completo\n" "pulsando en Sugerencia. Puede modificarlo, pero utilice sólo\n" "letras (sin caracteres acentuados), dígitos y <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"No utilice letras en mayúsculas en esta entrada a menos que esté seguro de " -"lo que hace.\n" -"Los nombres de usuario tienen mas restricciones que las contraseñas. Puede " -"redefinir las \n" -"restricciones en el archivo /etc/login.defs. Lea la página Man " -"correspondiente para obtener información adicional.\n" +"No utilice letras en mayúsculas en esta entrada a menos que esté seguro de lo que hace.\n" +"Los nombres de usuario tienen mas restricciones que las contraseñas. Puede redefinir las \n" +"restricciones en el archivo /etc/login.defs. Lea la página Man correspondiente para obtener información adicional.\n" "\n" #. alternative help text 2/7 @@ -2290,32 +2135,23 @@ "\n" "For the Username, use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Para el Nombre de usuario, use solamente\n" "letras no acentuadas, dígitos y el carácter <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"No utilice letras en mayúscula en esta entrada, a menos que sepa exactamente " -"qué está haciendo.\n" -"Los nombres de usuario tienen más restricciones que las contraseñas. Puede " -"ajustar las\n" -"restricciones en el archivo /etc/login.defs. Lea la página Man " -"correspondiente para obtener información.\n" +"No utilice letras en mayúscula en esta entrada, a menos que sepa exactamente qué está haciendo.\n" +"Los nombres de usuario tienen más restricciones que las contraseñas. Puede ajustar las\n" +"restricciones en el archivo /etc/login.defs. Lea la página Man correspondiente para obtener información.\n" "\n" #. help text 6/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 -msgid "" -"Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Pulse Gestión de usuarios para añadir más usuarios o grupos al " -"sistema." +msgid "Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system." +msgstr "Pulse Gestión de usuarios para añadir más usuarios o grupos al sistema." # include/users/help.ycp:159 #. alternative help text 4/7 @@ -2327,8 +2163,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Para ver más detalles como el directorio personal o el ID de usuario pulse " -"en\n" +"Para ver más detalles como el directorio personal o el ID de usuario pulse en\n" "Detalles.\n" "\n" @@ -2336,13 +2171,10 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:286 msgid "" "\n" -"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, " -"click Password Settings.\n" +"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click Password Settings.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Para editar los distintos ajustes de las contraseñas de este usuario como, " -"por ejemplo, la fecha de caducidad, pulse en Configuración de la " -"contraseña.\n" +"Para editar los distintos ajustes de las contraseñas de este usuario como, por ejemplo, la fecha de caducidad, pulse en Configuración de la contraseña.\n" #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:296 @@ -2351,8 +2183,7 @@ "log in, check Disable User Login." msgstr "" "Para impedir que un usuario\n" -"inicie sesión, active la opción Desactivar inicio de sesión de usuario</" -"b>." +"inicie sesión, active la opción Desactivar inicio de sesión de usuario." #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:316 @@ -2381,10 +2212,8 @@ "Nombre de grupo\n" "No utilice nombres largos para los grupos. La longitud normal oscila entre\n" "dos y ocho caracteres. \n" -"Puede ajustar la lista de caracteres permitidos para los nombres de grupos " -"en el archivo\n" -"/etc/login.defs. Lea la página Man correspondiente para obtener " -"información.\n" +"Puede ajustar la lista de caracteres permitidos para los nombres de grupos en el archivo\n" +"/etc/login.defs. Lea la página Man correspondiente para obtener información.\n" "\n" # include/users/help.ycp:186 @@ -2401,8 +2230,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "ID de grupo (gid)\n" -"Además de un nombre, a los grupos se les debe asignar un ID numérico para " -"su\n" +"Además de un nombre, a los grupos se les debe asignar un ID numérico para su\n" "representación interna. Estos valores se hallan entre 0 y \n" "%1. Algunos de los ID se asignan ya durante la instalación. Se le mostrará\n" "una advertencia si intenta usar un valor que ya esté asignado.\n" @@ -2414,8 +2242,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Password:\n" -"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves " -"when\n" +"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves when\n" "switching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\n" "password to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\n" "here. This entry is not required.\n" @@ -2423,12 +2250,9 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Contraseña \n" -"Para que los usuarios que no sean miembros del grupo se identifiquen cuando " -"deseen\n" -"acceder a este grupo (consulte la página Man de <tt>newgrp</tt>), deberá " -"asignar una\n" -"contraseña a este grupo. Por motivos de seguridad, esta contraseña no se " -"muestra\n" +"Para que los usuarios que no sean miembros del grupo se identifiquen cuando deseen\n" +"acceder a este grupo (consulte la página Man de <tt>newgrp</tt>), deberá asignar una\n" +"contraseña a este grupo. Por motivos de seguridad, esta contraseña no se muestra\n" "aquí. Esta entrada no es obligatoria.\n" "\n" @@ -2443,8 +2267,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Confirmar contraseña \n" -"Escriba la contraseña una segunda vez para evitar que se produzcan errores " -"tipográficos.\n" +"Escriba la contraseña una segunda vez para evitar que se produzcan errores tipográficos.\n" "\n" #. help text 6/6 @@ -2467,8 +2290,7 @@ " group. The default group can only be changed by editing the user." msgstr "" "La segunda lista muestra los usuarios para los cuales este grupo es\n" -"el grupo predeterminado. El grupo predeterminado sólo se puede cambiar si se " -"edita el usuario." +"el grupo predeterminado. El grupo predeterminado sólo se puede cambiar si se edita el usuario." #. help text 1/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:392 @@ -2495,8 +2317,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "ID de usuario (uid) \n" -"Cada usuario es reconocido por el sistema mediante un número exclusivo " -"llamado\n" +"Cada usuario es reconocido por el sistema mediante un número exclusivo llamado\n" "ID de usuario. Para los usuarios normales se debe usar un\n" "UID mayor que %1, ya que el sistema utiliza los UID\n" "inferiores para propósitos especiales o para inicios de sesión virtuales.\n" @@ -2513,10 +2334,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Si cambia el UID de un usuario existente, los derechos de los archivos\n" -"pertenecientes a este usuario también deben cambiarse. Esto sucede " -"automáticamente\n" -"para los archivos del directorio personal del usuario, pero no para los " -"archivos ubicados\n" +"pertenecientes a este usuario también deben cambiarse. Esto sucede automáticamente\n" +"para los archivos del directorio personal del usuario, pero no para los archivos ubicados\n" "en otros lugares.\n" # include/users/help.ycp:239 @@ -2539,12 +2358,8 @@ #. help text for user's home directory mode #: src/include/users/helps.rb:430 -msgid "" -"Optionally, set the Home Directory Permission Mode for this user's " -"home directory different from the default." -msgstr "" -"Si lo desea, defina los Permisos de directorio personal para " -"utilizar uno distinto al empleado por defecto." +msgid "Optionally, set the Home Directory Permission Mode for this user's home directory different from the default." +msgstr "Si lo desea, defina los Permisos de directorio personal para utilizar uno distinto al empleado por defecto." #. alternate helptext 4.5/8; %1 is directory (e.g. '/etc/skel') #: src/include/users/helps.rb:440 @@ -2554,57 +2369,33 @@ "is created from the default skeleton (%1).\n" msgstr "" "Para crear solamente un directorio personal vacío,\n" -"haga clic en Directorio personal vacío. De lo contrario, el nuevo " -"directorio personal\n" +"haga clic en Directorio personal vacío. De lo contrario, el nuevo directorio personal\n" "se creará a partir del esqueleto predeterminado (%1).\n" #. help text for Move to new location checkbox #: src/include/users/helps.rb:452 -msgid "" -"If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of " -"the current directory with Move to New Location, activated by " -"default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the " -"existing data." -msgstr "" -"Si desea cambiar la ubicación del directorio personal de un usuario, " -"mueva el contenido del directorio actual con la opción Mover a nueva " -"ubicación, que está activada por defecto. De lo contrario, el nuevo " -"directorio personal se creará sin los datos existentes." +msgid "If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of the current directory with Move to New Location, activated by default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data." +msgstr "Si desea cambiar la ubicación del directorio personal de un usuario, mueva el contenido del directorio actual con la opción Mover a nueva ubicación, que está activada por defecto. De lo contrario, el nuevo directorio personal se creará sin los datos existentes." #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:464 msgid "" "To encrypt the user's home directory, enable Use Encrypted Home\n" -"Directory and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home " -"directory\n" -"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is " -"shared\n" +"Directory and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home directory\n" +"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is shared\n" "among multiple users, it may be possible for a user to compromise system\n" -"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted " -"data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically " -"shared." +"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically shared." msgstr "" -"Para cifrar el directorio personal del usuario, habilite Usar " -"directorio personal cifrado\n" -"y establezca el tamaño del directorio. Al cifrar el directorio personal de " -"un usuario no se aporta un\n" -"nivel de seguridad alto de otros usuarios. Si este equipo está compartido " -"con varios usuarios,\n" -"es posible que un usuario comprometa la seguridad del sistema, al obtener la " -"clave de otro usuario\n" -"y consiga acceder a los datos cifrados. Si se requiere un nivel más alto de " -"seguridad, el sistema no debería compartirse físicamente." +"Para cifrar el directorio personal del usuario, habilite Usar directorio personal cifrado\n" +"y establezca el tamaño del directorio. Al cifrar el directorio personal de un usuario no se aporta un\n" +"nivel de seguridad alto de otros usuarios. Si este equipo está compartido con varios usuarios,\n" +"es posible que un usuario comprometa la seguridad del sistema, al obtener la clave de otro usuario\n" +"y consiga acceder a los datos cifrados. Si se requiere un nivel más alto de seguridad, el sistema no debería compartirse físicamente." #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:476 -msgid "" -"Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is " -"used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint " -"configuration first." -msgstr "" -"Su directorio personal no puede estar cifrado cuando se usa un lector de " -"huellas digitales. Para cifrar su directorio personal, deshabilite antes la " -"configuración del lector de huellas." +msgid "Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration first." +msgstr "Su directorio personal no puede estar cifrado cuando se usa un lector de huellas digitales. Para cifrar su directorio personal, deshabilite antes la configuración del lector de huellas." #. alternate helptext 5/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:487 @@ -2627,11 +2418,9 @@ "shown when you use the finger command on this user.\n" msgstr "" "Información adicional\n" -"Aquí es posible definir algunos datos adicionales sobre el usuario. Este " -"campo puede contener hasta\n" +"Aquí es posible definir algunos datos adicionales sobre el usuario. Este campo puede contener hasta\n" "tres partes separadas por comas. Lo normal es escribir\n" -"oficina,teléfono oficina y teléfono particular. Esta " -"información\n" +"oficina,teléfono oficina y teléfono particular. Esta información\n" "aparecerá cuando utilice el comando finger en este usuario.\n" # include/users/help.ycp:244 @@ -2702,12 +2491,8 @@ #. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:552 -msgid "" -"Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting " -"Launch." -msgstr "" -"Para iniciar la configuración detallada de un complemento (plug-in) " -"concreto, seleccione Ejecutar." +msgid "Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting Launch." +msgstr "Para iniciar la configuración detallada de un complemento (plug-in) concreto, seleccione Ejecutar." # include/users/help.ycp:265 #. help texts 1/1 @@ -2728,12 +2513,9 @@ "password at the next login. If Last Password Change is set to\n" "Never, the user will be forced to change the password." msgstr "" -"Active Forzar cambio de contraseña para forzar al usuario a " -"cambiar\n" -"de contraseña en su siguiente ingreso.Si Cambiar ultima contraseña " -"esta\n" -"establecido a Nunca, el usuario será forzado a cambiar su contraseña." -" " +"Active Forzar cambio de contraseña para forzar al usuario a cambiar\n" +"de contraseña en su siguiente ingreso.Si Cambiar ultima contraseña esta\n" +"establecido a Nunca, el usuario será forzado a cambiar su contraseña. " #. Help text 2/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:579 @@ -2747,10 +2529,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Aviso de los días que faltan para la caducidad de la contraseña \n" -"Los usuarios pueden recibir un aviso antes de que sus contraseñas caduquen. " -"Establezca\n" -"con cuánta antelación se debe enviar el aviso. Establezca -1 para no enviar " -"ningún aviso. \n" +"Los usuarios pueden recibir un aviso antes de que sus contraseñas caduquen. Establezca\n" +"con cuánta antelación se debe enviar el aviso. Establezca -1 para no enviar ningún aviso. \n" "\n" #. Help text 3/6 @@ -2761,33 +2541,27 @@ "allow login. Use -1 for unlimited access.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Validez del inicio de sesión (en días) tras la expiración de la " -"contraseña \n" -"Los usuarios pueden iniciar sesión después de que sus contraseñas hayan " -"caducado. Especifique durante cuántos días\n" +"Validez del inicio de sesión (en días) tras la expiración de la contraseña \n" +"Los usuarios pueden iniciar sesión después de que sus contraseñas hayan caducado. Especifique durante cuántos días\n" "se permitirá que inicien sesión. Use -1 para permitir un acceso ilimitado.\n" "\n" #. Help text 4/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:595 msgid "" -"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days " -"a user \n" +"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days a user \n" "can use the same password before it expires.\n" msgstr "" -"Duración máxima (en días) de la misma contraseña Determine " -"cuántos días se puede\n" +"Duración máxima (en días) de la misma contraseña Determine cuántos días se puede\n" "utilizar la misma contraseña antes de que caduque.\n" #. Help text 5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:599 msgid "" -"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum " -"age of \n" +"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum age of \n" "a password before a user is allowed to change it.\n" msgstr "" -"Duración mínima (en días) de la misma contraseña Establezca la " -"antigüedad mínima que debe tener una contraseña\n" +"Duración mínima (en días) de la misma contraseña Establezca la antigüedad mínima que debe tener una contraseña\n" "para que un usuario pueda cambiarla.\n" #. Help text 6/6 : Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format @@ -2797,8 +2571,7 @@ "The date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD. \n" "Leave it empty if this account never expires.\n" msgstr "" -"Fecha de expiración Especifica la fecha en la que caduca una " -"cuenta. \n" +"Fecha de expiración Especifica la fecha en la que caduca una cuenta. \n" "La fecha debe tener el formato AAAA-MM-DD. \n" "Deje esta opción en blanco si la cuenta no debe caducar nunca.\n" @@ -2822,179 +2595,90 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Changing the Values \n" -"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the " -"module with Configure.\n" +"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with Configure.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Cambiar de valores \n" -"Puede configurar estos ajustes ejecutando los módulos adecuados. Seleccione " -"el módulo con la opción Configurar.\n" +"Puede configurar estos ajustes ejecutando los módulos adecuados. Seleccione el módulo con la opción Configurar.\n" "\n" #. help text for Password Policy Dialog #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies</" -"b>, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups " -"of attributes to configure." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione las pestañas Directivas de cambio de contraseñas, " -"Directivas de antigüedad de contraseñas, y Directivas de bloqueo</" -"b>, para elegir los grupos de directivas de contraseñas LDAP de los " -"atributos que se deben configurar." +msgid "Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure." +msgstr "Seleccione las pestañas Directivas de cambio de contraseñas, Directivas de antigüedad de contraseñas, y Directivas de bloqueo, para elegir los grupos de directivas de contraseñas LDAP de los atributos que se deben configurar." #. help text for pwdInHistory attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set " -"how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not " -"be used." -msgstr "" -"Especifique el Número máximo de contraseñas almacenadas en el " -"historial para establecer cuántas contraseñas previamente usadas se " -"deben guardar. Las contraseñas guardadas no se podrán usar." +msgid "Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used." +msgstr "Especifique el Número máximo de contraseñas almacenadas en el historial para establecer cuántas contraseñas previamente usadas se deben guardar. Las contraseñas guardadas no se podrán usar." #. help text for pwdMustChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:74 -msgid "" -"Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to " -"change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an " -"administrator." -msgstr "" -"Marque la opción El usuario debe cambiar la contraseña después de " -"restaurar para obligar a los usuarios a que cambien sus contraseñas " -"después de que el administrador las restaure o las cambie." +msgid "Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator." +msgstr "Marque la opción El usuario debe cambiar la contraseña después de restaurar para obligar a los usuarios a que cambien sus contraseñas después de que el administrador las restaure o las cambie." # include/network/providers.ycp:114 #. help text for pwdAllowUserChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their " -"passwords." -msgstr "" -"Marque la opción El usuario puede cambiar la contraseña para que " -"los usuarios puedan cambiar sus contraseñas." +msgid "Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their passwords." +msgstr "Marque la opción El usuario puede cambiar la contraseña para que los usuarios puedan cambiar sus contraseñas." #. help text for pwdSafeModify attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:82 -msgid "" -"If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, " -"check Old Password Required for Password Change." -msgstr "" -"Si hay que proporcionar la contraseña existente junto con la nueva, " -"marque la opción Se requiere la contraseña antigua para cambiar la " -"contraseña." +msgid "If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check Old Password Required for Password Change." +msgstr "Si hay que proporcionar la contraseña existente junto con la nueva, marque la opción Se requiere la contraseña antigua para cambiar la contraseña." #. help text for pwdCheckQuality attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86 -msgid "" -"Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords " -"are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be " -"checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are " -"accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has " -"provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords " -"passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be " -"checked." -msgstr "" -"Indique si es necesario comprobar la calidad de las contraseñas al " -"modificarlas o añadirlas. Seleccione No comprobar si no es necesario " -"comprobar las contraseñas en absoluto. Con la opción Aceptar contraseñas " -"no verificables las contraseñas se aceptan incluso si la comprobación no " -"se puede realizar (por ejemplo, si el usuario ha proporcionado una " -"contraseña cifrada). La opción Aceptar sólo contraseñas verificadas " -"provoca que se rechacen las contraseñas si la prueba de calidad no es " -"satisfactoria o si la contraseña no se puede verificar." +msgid "Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked." +msgstr "Indique si es necesario comprobar la calidad de las contraseñas al modificarlas o añadirlas. Seleccione No comprobar si no es necesario comprobar las contraseñas en absoluto. Con la opción Aceptar contraseñas no verificables las contraseñas se aceptan incluso si la comprobación no se puede realizar (por ejemplo, si el usuario ha proporcionado una contraseña cifrada). La opción Aceptar sólo contraseñas verificadas provoca que se rechacen las contraseñas si la prueba de calidad no es satisfactoria o si la contraseña no se puede verificar." #. help text for pwdMinLength attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in " -"Minimum Password Length." -msgstr "" -"Determine el número mínimo de caracteres que se debe usar en una contraseña " -"en el campo Longitud mínima de la contraseña." +msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in Minimum Password Length." +msgstr "Determine el número mínimo de caracteres que se debe usar en una contraseña en el campo Longitud mínima de la contraseña." #. help text for pwdMinAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:94 -msgid "" -"Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between " -"modifications to the password." -msgstr "" -"Antigüedad mínima de la contraseña indica cuánto tiempo debe " -"transcurrir entre las modificaciones de la contraseña." +msgid "Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password." +msgstr "Antigüedad mínima de la contraseña indica cuánto tiempo debe transcurrir entre las modificaciones de la contraseña." # clients/ui_helps.ycp:116 #. help text for pwdMaxAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:98 -msgid "" -"Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password " -"expires." -msgstr "" -"Antigüedad máxima de la contraseña indica cuándo caduca la " -"contraseña después de haberla modificado." +msgid "Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password expires." +msgstr "Antigüedad máxima de la contraseña indica cuándo caduca la contraseña después de haberla modificado." #. help text for pwdExpireWarning attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:102 -msgid "" -"In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long " -"before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages " -"should be given to an authenticating user." -msgstr "" -"En el campo Antelación para mostrar advertencia sobre la caducidad de " -"la contraseña indique la antelación con la que se deben mostrar los " -"mensajes de advertencia de caducidad al usuario que se va a autenticar." +msgid "In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user." +msgstr "En el campo Antelación para mostrar advertencia sobre la caducidad de la contraseña indique la antelación con la que se deben mostrar los mensajes de advertencia de caducidad al usuario que se va a autenticar." #. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate " -"in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." -msgstr "" -"Indique el número de veces que se puede usar una contraseña caducada para " -"autenticarse en Usos permitidos de una contraseña caducada." +msgid "Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." +msgstr "Indique el número de veces que se puede usar una contraseña caducada para autenticarse en Usos permitidos de una contraseña caducada." #. help text for pwdLockout attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:110 -msgid "" -"Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a " -"specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." -msgstr "" -"Marque la opción Habilitar bloqueo de contraseña para impedir que " -"una contraseña se pueda usar después del número especificado de intentos " -"fallidos consecutivos para conectarse." +msgid "Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." +msgstr "Marque la opción Habilitar bloqueo de contraseña para impedir que una contraseña se pueda usar después del número especificado de intentos fallidos consecutivos para conectarse." #. help text for pwdMaxFailure attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "" -"Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the " -"password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the " -"Password." -msgstr "" -"Indique el número de intentos fallidos consecutivos tras los cuales ya no " -"se podrá usar la contraseña para autenticarse en Fallos de conexión para " -"bloquear la contraseña." +msgid "Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the Password." +msgstr "Indique el número de intentos fallidos consecutivos tras los cuales ya no se podrá usar la contraseña para autenticarse en Fallos de conexión para bloquear la contraseña." #. help text for pwdLockoutDuration attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:118 -msgid "" -"Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." -"" -msgstr "" -"Indique el tiempo durante el que no se podrá usar la contraseña en " -"Duración del bloqueo de la contraseña." +msgid "Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." +msgstr "Indique el tiempo durante el que no se podrá usar la contraseña en Duración del bloqueo de la contraseña." #. help text for pwdFailureCountInterval attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:122 -msgid "" -"Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password " -"failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful " -"authentication has occurred." -msgstr "" -"Duración en caché de los fallos de conexión indica cuánto tiempo " -"debe transcurrir para que los errores de contraseña se eliminen del contador " -"de fallos, a pesar de que no se haya producido ninguna autenticación " -"correcta." +msgid "Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred." +msgstr "Duración en caché de los fallos de conexión indica cuánto tiempo debe transcurrir para que los errores de contraseña se eliminen del contador de fallos, a pesar de que no se haya producido ninguna autenticación correcta." #. tab label #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:171 @@ -3075,8 +2759,7 @@ #. frame label #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:381 msgid "Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning" -msgstr "" -"Antelación para mostrar advertencia sobre la caducidad de la contraseña" +msgstr "Antelación para mostrar advertencia sobre la caducidad de la contraseña" # include/nis_server/master.ycp:68 #. IntField label @@ -3139,10 +2822,8 @@ "user home directories.\n" msgstr "" "Si se deben almacenar en este equipo directorios personales de los\n" -"usuarios LDPA, marque la opción adecuada. Cambiar este valor no causa " -"ninguna\n" -"acción directa, se trata sólo de información para el módulo de usuarios de " -"YaST, que\n" +"usuarios LDPA, marque la opción adecuada. Cambiar este valor no causa ninguna\n" +"acción directa, se trata sólo de información para el módulo de usuarios de YaST, que\n" "puede gestionar los directorios personales de los usuarios.\n" #. help text caption @@ -3150,13 +2831,11 @@ #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675 msgid "" "Press Configure to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet " -"or\n" +"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" "have changed your configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Pulse Configurar para configurar los valores guardados en el\n" -"servidor LDAP. Se le pedirá la contraseña si todavía no está conectado o si " -"ha\n" +"servidor LDAP. Se le pedirá la contraseña si todavía no está conectado o si ha\n" "modificado la configuración.\n" #. password policy help text caption @@ -3167,15 +2846,11 @@ #. password policy help #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" -"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add " -"to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" +"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" " if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server." msgstr "" -"Configure la directiva de contraseñas seleccionada con Editar. " -"Utilice Añadir para agregar nuevas directivas de contraseñas. Esta " -"configuración sólo es posible\n" -" cuando las directivas de contraseñas ya están habilitadas en el servidor " -"LDAP." +"Configure la directiva de contraseñas seleccionada con Editar. Utilice Añadir para agregar nuevas directivas de contraseñas. Esta configuración sólo es posible\n" +" cuando las directivas de contraseñas ya están habilitadas en el servidor LDAP." # clients/inst_source.ycp:177 # clients/inst_source.ycp:154 @@ -3497,16 +3172,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.\n" -"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but " -"it\n" +"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\n" "restricts passwords to eight characters or less.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Elija un método de cifrado de contraseñas para los usuarios locales y del " -"sistema.\n" -"DES, el método estándar de Linux, funciona en todo tipo de entornos " -"de red,\n" +"Elija un método de cifrado de contraseñas para los usuarios locales y del sistema.\n" +"DES, el método estándar de Linux, funciona en todo tipo de entornos de red,\n" "pero limita la longitud máxima de la contraseña a 8 caracteres.\n" "\n" @@ -3519,10 +3191,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"MD5 permite el uso de contraseñas más largas, por lo que son más " -"seguras, aunque algunos \n" -"protocolos de red no admiten este método y es posible que experimente " -"problemas con NIS.\n" +"MD5 permite el uso de contraseñas más largas, por lo que son más seguras, aunque algunos \n" +"protocolos de red no admiten este método y es posible que experimente problemas con NIS.\n" "" #. Label @@ -3548,15 +3218,13 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:586 msgid "" -"It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network " -"environments,\n" +"It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network environments,\n" "you might be unable to log in to a NIS client when a user password is\n" "encrypted with a method other than DES.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Parece que está ejecutando un servidor NIS. En algunos entornos de red,\n" -"puede que no sea posible iniciar sesión en un cliente NIS si la contraseña " -"del usuario está\n" +"puede que no sea posible iniciar sesión en un cliente NIS si la contraseña del usuario está\n" "cifrada con un método distinto a DES.\n" "\n" @@ -3582,25 +3250,18 @@ #. helptext 2/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:730 -msgid "" -"Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default " -"search filters." -msgstr "" -"Aquí puede ampliar los filtros de búsqueda para usuarios y grupos más " -"allá de los filtros de búsqueda estándar." +msgid "Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default search filters." +msgstr "Aquí puede ampliar los filtros de búsqueda para usuarios y grupos más allá de los filtros de búsqueda estándar." #. helptext 3/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734 msgid "" "With Default, load the default filter from the user and group\n" -"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' " -"attributes).\n" +"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\n" "If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.\n" msgstr "" -"La opción Predeterminado le permite cargar el filtro por defecto " -"de los módulos\n" -"de configuración de usuarios y grupos guardados en el servidor LDAP (valores " -"de los atributos 'suseSearchFilter').\n" +"La opción Predeterminado le permite cargar el filtro por defecto de los módulos\n" +"de configuración de usuarios y grupos guardados en el servidor LDAP (valores de los atributos 'suseSearchFilter').\n" "Si todavía no está conectado, se le pedirá la contraseña.\n" #. helptext 4/4 (do not translate the value (written as <tt> font)) @@ -3673,8 +3334,7 @@ "The new user filter does not contain the default user filter.\n" "Really use it?\n" msgstr "" -"El nuevo filtro de usuarios no contiene el filtro predeterminado de " -"usuarios.\n" +"El nuevo filtro de usuarios no contiene el filtro predeterminado de usuarios.\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea utilizarlo?\n" #. error popup @@ -3700,40 +3360,32 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:969 msgid "" "\n" -"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM " -"as the login manager.\n" +"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Las características que se describen a continuación estarán disponibles sólo " -"si se usa KDM o GDM como gestor de inicio de sesión.\n" +"Las características que se describen a continuación estarán disponibles sólo si se usa KDM o GDM como gestor de inicio de sesión.\n" "\n" #. helptext 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975 msgid "" "Auto Login \n" -"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from " -"the list is logged in automatically.\n" +"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "Inicio de sesión automático \n" -"Si configura esta opción, se omitirá el procedimiento de inicio de " -"sesión. El usuario que se elija en la lista iniciará sesión automáticamente." -"\n" +"Si configura esta opción, se omitirá el procedimiento de inicio de sesión. El usuario que se elija en la lista iniciará sesión automáticamente.\n" #. helptext 3/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979 msgid "" "Passwordless Logins \n" "If this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\n" -"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user " -"to log in automatically.\n" +"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "Inicio de sesión sin contraseña \n" -"Si esta opción está activada, todos los usuarios podrán iniciar sesión sin " -"necesidad\n" -"de especificar contraseñas. De lo contrario, de le pedirá la contraseña " -"incluso si establece que un usuario inicie sesión de forma automática.\n" +"Si esta opción está activada, todos los usuarios podrán iniciar sesión sin necesidad\n" +"de especificar contraseñas. De lo contrario, de le pedirá la contraseña incluso si establece que un usuario inicie sesión de forma automática.\n" #. dialog label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1004 @@ -3912,55 +3564,42 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1518 msgid "" "\n" -"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to " -"the\n" +"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to the\n" "system at the same time. To avoid confusion, each user must have\n" "a unique identity. Additionally, every user belongs to at least one group.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Linux es un sistema multiusuario. Varios usuarios diferentes pueden iniciar " -"sesión\n" -"en el sistema a la vez. Para evitar confusiones, cada usuario debe tener " -"una\n" -"identidad exclusiva. Además, cada usuario debe pertenecer como mínimo a un " -"grupo.\n" +"Linux es un sistema multiusuario. Varios usuarios diferentes pueden iniciar sesión\n" +"en el sistema a la vez. Para evitar confusiones, cada usuario debe tener una\n" +"identidad exclusiva. Además, cada usuario debe pertenecer como mínimo a un grupo.\n" "\n" #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535 msgid "" "\n" -"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently " -"shown in the table with Set Filter.\n" +"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with Set Filter.\n" "Customize your view with Customize Filter.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Los usuarios y los grupos se organizan en conjuntos. Puede cambiar el " -"conjunto que se muestra actualmente en la tabla con la opción Definir " -"filtro.\n" -"También puede personalizar su vista de filtros usando Personalizar " -"filtro.\n" +"Los usuarios y los grupos se organizan en conjuntos. Puede cambiar el conjunto que se muestra actualmente en la tabla con la opción Definir filtro.\n" +"También puede personalizar su vista de filtros usando Personalizar filtro.\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1541 msgid "" "\n" "Click Expert Options to edit various expert settings, such as\n" -"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for " -"new\n" +"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for new\n" "users, or login settings. With Write Changes Now, save\n" "all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Haga clic en Opciones avanzadas para editar varios ajustes avanzados, " -"tales como\n" -"el tipo de cifrado, el método de autenticación, los valores por defecto para " -"los\n" -"usuarios nuevos o los ajustes de inicio de sesión. La opción Escribir " -"cambios permite\n" -"guardar todos los cambios hechos hasta el momento si salir del módulo de " -"configuración.\n" +"Haga clic en Opciones avanzadas para editar varios ajustes avanzados, tales como\n" +"el tipo de cifrado, el método de autenticación, los valores por defecto para los\n" +"usuarios nuevos o los ajustes de inicio de sesión. La opción Escribir cambios permite\n" +"guardar todos los cambios hechos hasta el momento si salir del módulo de configuración.\n" # include/users/help.ycp:41 #. help text 3/3, %1 is translated button label @@ -3972,8 +3611,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Para guardar en el sistema los ajustes de los grupos y los usuarios " -"modificados, haga clic en \n" +"Para guardar en el sistema los ajustes de los grupos y los usuarios modificados, haga clic en \n" "%1.\n" "\n" @@ -3990,8 +3628,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Use este cuadro de diálogo para obtener información acerca de los usuarios " -"existentes y para añadir o modificar\n" +"Use este cuadro de diálogo para obtener información acerca de los usuarios existentes y para añadir o modificar\n" "usuarios. \n" "\n" @@ -4042,14 +3679,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\n" -"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify " -"groups.\n" +"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Use este cuadro de diálogo para obtener información acerca de los grupos " -"existentes y para añadir o modificar grupos.\n" +"Use este cuadro de diálogo para obtener información acerca de los grupos existentes y para añadir o modificar grupos.\n" "\n" # include/users/help.ycp:114 @@ -4088,8 +3723,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Para editar o suprimir un grupo existente, seleccione un grupo en la lista " -"y\n" +"Para editar o suprimir un grupo existente, seleccione un grupo en la lista y\n" "haga clic en Editar o en Borrar.\n" "\n" @@ -4110,8 +3744,7 @@ "The entered path prefix for home is not a directory.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" -"El prefijo de ruta introducido para el directorio personal no es un " -"directorio.\n" +"El prefijo de ruta introducido para el directorio personal no es un directorio.\n" "Inténtelo de nuevo.\n" # include/nis_server/io.ycp:367 @@ -4676,16 +4309,12 @@ #. label #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:452 msgid "Multiple templates are defined as default. Select the one to read." -msgstr "" -"Se han definido varias plantillas como plantillas predeterminadas. " -"Seleccione cuál se debe utilizar." +msgstr "Se han definido varias plantillas como plantillas predeterminadas. Seleccione cuál se debe utilizar." #. error message 2/2 (= next sentence) #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:491 msgid "Correct them manually before running the YaST users module again." -msgstr "" -"Corríjalos manualmente antes de volver a ejecutar el módulo de usuarios de " -"YaST." +msgstr "Corríjalos manualmente antes de volver a ejecutar el módulo de usuarios de YaST." #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) @@ -4717,10 +4346,8 @@ msgstr "" "El archivo %1 contiene una línea incorrecta:\n" "%2\n" -"Puede que en la línea haya un número equivocado de dos puntos (:) o falte " -"alguna entrada.\n" -"Corrija el archivo manualmente antes de volver a ejecutar el módulo de " -"usuarios de YaST." +"Puede que en la línea haya un número equivocado de dos puntos (:) o falte alguna entrada.\n" +"Corrija el archivo manualmente antes de volver a ejecutar el módulo de usuarios de YaST." #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:545 @@ -4730,10 +4357,8 @@ "Correct the file manually before running the YaST users module again." msgstr "" "El archivo %1 contiene una línea incorrecta:\n" -"Puede que en la línea haya un número equivocado de dos puntos (:) o falte " -"alguna entrada.\n" -"Corrija el archivo manualmente antes de volver a ejecutar el módulo de " -"usuarios de YaST." +"Puede que en la línea haya un número equivocado de dos puntos (:) o falte alguna entrada.\n" +"Corrija el archivo manualmente antes de volver a ejecutar el módulo de usuarios de YaST." # include/users/io.ycp:502 #. default error message @@ -4759,8 +4384,7 @@ "Si añade nuevos usuarios usando los valores predeterminados,\n" "sus directorios personales se crearán en el %2 actual.\n" "Esto puede dar como resultado que no se pueda acceder a estos directorios\n" -" después de realizar un montaje correcto. ¿Desea continuar con la " -"configuración del usuario?" +" después de realizar un montaje correcto. ¿Desea continuar con la configuración del usuario?" #. error message #: src/modules/Users.pm:988 @@ -4939,8 +4563,7 @@ #: src/modules/Users.pm:4397 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written." -msgstr "" -"El archivo %s no se ha leído correctamente, por lo que no se escribirá." +msgstr "El archivo %s no se ha leído correctamente, por lo que no se escribirá." #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468 @@ -4952,8 +4575,7 @@ #: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written." -msgstr "" -"El archivo %s no se ha leído correctamente, por lo que no se escribirá." +msgstr "El archivo %s no se ha leído correctamente, por lo que no se escribirá." #. error message #: src/modules/Users.pm:4583 @@ -5162,8 +4784,7 @@ "If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n" "Use this shell?" msgstr "" -"Si selecciona una shell que no existe, puede que el usuario no sea capaz de " -"iniciar sesión.\n" +"Si selecciona una shell que no existe, puede que el usuario no sea capaz de iniciar sesión.\n" "¿Desea usar esta shell?" #. error popup @@ -5485,8 +5106,7 @@ "Enable quota in the partition settings module." msgstr "" "Cuota no esta habilitado en su sistema.\n" -"Habilite las cuotas en el modulo de configuración de particiones " -"(Particionador)." +"Habilite las cuotas en el modulo de configuración de particiones (Particionador)." #. error popup, %1 is command, %2 command error output #: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:424 src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:435 @@ -5515,17 +5135,14 @@ #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540 msgid "" "\n" -"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English " -"keyboard\n" +"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n" "layout. In cases of system error, it may be necessary to log in without a\n" "localized keyboard layout.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Para las contraseñas, utilice sólo caracteres que estén disponibles en una " -"distribución de teclado\n" -"en inglés. En caso de que se produzcan errores del sistema, puede que sea " -"preciso iniciar la sesión sin una\n" +"Para las contraseñas, utilice sólo caracteres que estén disponibles en una distribución de teclado\n" +"en inglés. En caso de que se produzcan errores del sistema, puede que sea preciso iniciar la sesión sin una\n" "distribución de teclado nacional.\n" "" @@ -5769,13 +5386,10 @@ #~ msgstr "&eDirectory LDAP" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you " -#~ "want\n" -#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value." -#~ "" +#~ "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" +#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si utiliza un servidor NIS o LDAP para almacenar los datos de los " -#~ "usuarios o si desea\n" +#~ "Si utiliza un servidor NIS o LDAP para almacenar los datos de los usuarios o si desea\n" #~ "autenticarlos con un servidor NT, elija el valor adecuado." #~ msgid "The authentication method is %1." @@ -5788,8 +5402,7 @@ # include/mail/ui.ycp:239 # include/mail/ui.ycp:241 #~ msgid "The configuration will be available later during the installation." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "La configuración estará disponible más tarde durante la instalación." +#~ msgstr "La configuración estará disponible más tarde durante la instalación." #~ msgid "Users %1 will be imported." #~ msgstr "Los usuarios %1 serán importados." @@ -5854,45 +5467,39 @@ #~ "This is not a good security practice. Really use this password?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ha utilizado el nombre de grupo como parte de la contraseña.\n" -#~ "Esta práctica no es segura. ¿Está seguro de que desea usar esta " -#~ "contraseña?" +#~ "Esta práctica no es segura. ¿Está seguro de que desea usar esta contraseña?" #~ msgid "" #~ "You have used the username as a part of the password.\n" #~ "This is not a good security practice. Really use this password?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ha utilizado el nombre de usuario como parte de la contraseña.\n" -#~ "Esta práctica no es segura. ¿Está seguro de que desea usar esta " -#~ "contraseña?" +#~ "Esta práctica no es segura. ¿Está seguro de que desea usar esta contraseña?" #~ msgid "" #~ "You have used only lowercase letters for the password.\n" #~ "This is not a good security practice. Really use this password?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ha utilizado sólo letras en minúscula para la contraseña.\n" -#~ "Esta práctica no es segura. ¿Está seguro de que desea usar esta " -#~ "contraseña?" +#~ "Esta práctica no es segura. ¿Está seguro de que desea usar esta contraseña?" #~ msgid "" #~ "You have used only uppercase letters for the password.\n" #~ "This is not a good security practice. Really use this password?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Sólo ha utilizado letras en mayúscula en la contraseña,\n" -#~ "lo que no es una práctica muy segura. ¿Confirma que desea utilizar esa " -#~ "contraseña?" +#~ "lo que no es una práctica muy segura. ¿Confirma que desea utilizar esa contraseña?" #~ msgid "" #~ "You have used a palindrom for the password.\n" #~ "This is not a good security practice. Really use this password?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ha utilizado un palíndromo en la contraseña,\n" -#~ "lo que no es una práctica muy segura. ¿Confirma que desea utilizar esa " -#~ "contraseña?" +#~ "lo que no es una práctica muy segura. ¿Confirma que desea utilizar esa contraseña?" #~ msgid "" #~ "You have used only digits for the password.\n" #~ "This is not a good security practice. Really use this password?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ha utilizado sólo dígitos para la contraseña.\n" -#~ "Esta práctica no es segura. ¿Está seguro de que desea usar esta " -#~ "contraseña?" +#~ "Esta práctica no es segura. ¿Está seguro de que desea usar esta contraseña?" Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/vm.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/vm.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/vm.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -37,12 +37,8 @@ #. check for kernel-bigsmp #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 -msgid "" -"x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your " -"architecture is " -msgstr "" -"x86_64 es la única arquitectura soportada para hospedar maquinas virtuales. " -"Su arquitectura es" +msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " +msgstr "x86_64 es la única arquitectura soportada para hospedar maquinas virtuales. Su arquitectura es" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 @@ -50,8 +46,7 @@ "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" msgstr "" -"La instalación de la máquina virtual no puede iniciarse dentro de la máquina " -"UML.\n" +"La instalación de la máquina virtual no puede iniciarse dentro de la máquina UML.\n" "Inicie la instalación en el sistema anfitrión (host).\n" # include/scanner/scanner_start.ycp:60 @@ -75,43 +70,23 @@ #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 -msgid "" -"<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM " -"Server (domain 0) has two parts." -msgstr "" -"<big>Configuración del servidor de máquinas virtuales</big></" -"p>La configuración del servidor de máquinas virtuales (dominio 0) consta " -"de dos partes." +msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." +msgstr "<big>Configuración del servidor de máquinas virtuales</big>La configuración del servidor de máquinas virtuales (dominio 0) consta de dos partes." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 -msgid "" -"The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot " -"loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is " -"added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." -msgstr "" -"En primer lugar, se instalan los paquetes necesarios en el sistema. A " -"continuación, el cargador de arranque cambia a GRUB (si no era ya el " -"cargador utilizado) y se añade la sección de Xen al menú del cargador de " -"arranque (si no estaba ya incluida)." +msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." +msgstr "En primer lugar, se instalan los paquetes necesarios en el sistema. A continuación, el cargador de arranque cambia a GRUB (si no era ya el cargador utilizado) y se añade la sección de Xen al menú del cargador de arranque (si no estaba ya incluida)." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 -msgid "" -"GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to " -"boot Xen and the Linux kernel." -msgstr "" -"GRUB es necesario porque admite el estándar de arranque múltiple " -"necesario para arrancar Xen y el kernel de Linux." +msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." +msgstr "GRUB es necesario porque admite el estándar de arranque múltiple necesario para arrancar Xen y el kernel de Linux." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 -msgid "" -"When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM " -"Server from the boot loader menu." -msgstr "" -"Cuando la configuración termina correctamente, es posible iniciar la " -"máquina virtual desde el menú del cargador de arranque." +msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." +msgstr "Cuando la configuración termina correctamente, es posible iniciar la máquina virtual desde el menú del cargador de arranque." # # clients/online_update_start.ycp:188 @@ -245,13 +220,8 @@ msgstr "Pasarela de red" #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 -msgid "" -"For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network " -"bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" -msgstr "" -"Para configuraciones de red hospedando maquinas virtuales, se recomienda " -"una pasarela de red.¿Configurar una pasarela de red predeterminada?</" -"p>" +msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" +msgstr "Para configuraciones de red hospedando maquinas virtuales, se recomienda una pasarela de red.¿Configurar una pasarela de red predeterminada?" #. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV #. Progress::NextStage(); @@ -268,27 +238,15 @@ #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section " -#| "in the boot loader menu.\n" -msgid "" -"KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native " -"kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." -msgstr "" -"Para instalar huéspedes XEN, reinicie el sistema y seleccione la sección XEN " -"en el menu de carga.\n" +#| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n" +msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." +msgstr "Para instalar huéspedes XEN, reinicie el sistema y seleccione la sección XEN en el menu de carga.\n" #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section " -#| "in the boot loader menu.\n" -msgid "" -"For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in " -"the boot loader menu." -msgstr "" -"Para instalar huéspedes XEN, reinicie el sistema y seleccione la sección XEN " -"en el menu de carga.\n" +#| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n" +msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." +msgstr "Para instalar huéspedes XEN, reinicie el sistema y seleccione la sección XEN en el menu de carga.\n" #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 #, fuzzy @@ -312,12 +270,8 @@ #~ msgid "Select the virtualization platform to install." #~ msgstr "Escoja la plataforma de virtualización a instalar" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For installing KVM guests, reboot the machine to load the necessary " -#~ "drivers." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Para instalar huéspedes KVM, reinicie el sistema para cargar los " -#~ "controladores necesarios." +#~ msgid "For installing KVM guests, reboot the machine to load the necessary drivers." +#~ msgstr "Para instalar huéspedes KVM, reinicie el sistema para cargar los controladores necesarios." #~ msgid "Xen Network Bridge." #~ msgstr "Pasarela de red Xen." Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/wagon.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/wagon.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/wagon.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -48,10 +48,8 @@ "install the previously installed ones and contact Novell Customer Center\n" "to get update repositories." msgstr "" -"La Herramienta de Migración tiene que remover los productos de migración " -"temporales,\n" -"instalar los productos previamente instalados y contactar al Centro de " -"Atención de Novell\n" +"La Herramienta de Migración tiene que remover los productos de migración temporales,\n" +"instalar los productos previamente instalados y contactar al Centro de Atención de Novell\n" "para obtener repositorios de actualizaciones." #: src/clients/wagon.rb:295 @@ -59,8 +57,7 @@ "Several tasks can be done by the migration tool. If you skip this step,\n" "you will have to do them manually." msgstr "" -"Muchas tareas pueden ser realizadas por la herramienta de migración. Si " -"omite este paso,\n" +"Muchas tareas pueden ser realizadas por la herramienta de migración. Si omite este paso,\n" "tendrá que hacer dichas tareas de forma manual." #. popup dialog caption @@ -174,9 +171,7 @@ # clients/sw_single.ycp:288 #: src/clients/wagon_dup_repositories.rb:86 msgid "The packages will be switched to versions in the selected repositories." -msgstr "" -"Los paquetes deben cambiarse a las versiones de los repositorios " -"seleccionados" +msgstr "Los paquetes deben cambiarse a las versiones de los repositorios seleccionados" #: src/clients/wagon_dup_repositories.rb:94 msgid "Selected" @@ -205,12 +200,8 @@ # clients/sw_single.ycp:288 #: src/clients/wagon_dup_repositories.rb:106 -msgid "" -"The installed packages will be switched to the versions available in the " -"selected migration repositories." -msgstr "" -"Los paquetes instalados deben cambiarse a las versiones de los repositorios " -"seleccionados en los repositorios de migración." +msgid "The installed packages will be switched to the versions available in the selected migration repositories." +msgstr "Los paquetes instalados deben cambiarse a las versiones de los repositorios seleccionados en los repositorios de migración." #. The version is the same, release can be different #: src/clients/wagon_migration_products.rb:133 @@ -300,33 +291,20 @@ msgstr "El producto %1 no está registrado, el registro falló." #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:212 -msgid "" -"Registration for product %1 has been refunded, the product is not " -"registered." -msgstr "" -"El registro para el producto %1 ha sido devuelto, el producto no está " -"registrado." +msgid "Registration for product %1 has been refunded, the product is not registered." +msgstr "El registro para el producto %1 ha sido devuelto, el producto no está registrado." #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:228 -msgid "" -"Registration for product %1 has expired, the registration is not " -"valid anymore." +msgid "Registration for product %1 has expired, the registration is not valid anymore." msgstr "El registro para el producto %1 ha expirado, ya no es válido." #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:244 -msgid "" -"Registration for product %1 is provisional only, no updates available" -msgstr "" -"El registro para el producto %1 es únicamente provisional, no hay " -"actualizaciones disponibles" +msgid "Registration for product %1 is provisional only, no updates available" +msgstr "El registro para el producto %1 es únicamente provisional, no hay actualizaciones disponibles" #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:278 -msgid "" -"The registration status is %1 days old. The summary above might not be " -"correct, run registration to update the status." -msgstr "" -"El estado del registro tiene %1 día(s). El resumen anterior puede no ser " -"correcto, ejecute el registro para actualizar el estado." +msgid "The registration status is %1 days old. The summary above might not be correct, run registration to update the status." +msgstr "El estado del registro tiene %1 día(s). El resumen anterior puede no ser correcto, ejecute el registro para actualizar el estado." # include/ui/common_messages.ycp:91 # include/ui/common_messages.ycp:95 @@ -336,21 +314,13 @@ msgstr "Advertencia:" #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:306 -msgid "" -"We strongly recommend to register unregistered or expired products before " -"starting migration." -msgstr "" -"Se recomienda encarecidamente que registre los productos no registrados o " -"expirados antes de comenzar la migración." +msgid "We strongly recommend to register unregistered or expired products before starting migration." +msgstr "Se recomienda encarecidamente que registre los productos no registrados o expirados antes de comenzar la migración." #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:312 #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:339 -msgid "" -"Migrating an unregistered or partly registered system might result in a " -"broken system." -msgstr "" -"La migración de un sistema no registrado, o parcialmente, puede resultar en " -"un sistema roto." +msgid "Migrating an unregistered or partly registered system might result in a broken system." +msgstr "La migración de un sistema no registrado, o parcialmente, puede resultar en un sistema roto." #. heading text #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:329 @@ -481,8 +451,7 @@ "that Customer Center has modified the repositories correctly. \n" "You can also modify them there.\n" msgstr "" -"Seleccione Comprobar cambios automaticos en los Repositorios para " -"asegurar\n" +"Seleccione Comprobar cambios automaticos en los Repositorios para asegurar\n" "que el Centro de Clientes ha modificado los repositorios de forma correcta.\n" "Puede también modificarlos ahí.\n" @@ -518,8 +487,7 @@ "Press OK to exit." msgstr "" "Este sistema es gestionado por SUSE Manager,\n" -"El módulo wagon de YaST no puede migrar sistemas gestionados por SUSE " -"Manager.\n" +"El módulo wagon de YaST no puede migrar sistemas gestionados por SUSE Manager.\n" "\n" "Presione Aceptar para salir." @@ -603,12 +571,8 @@ "Puede utilizar zypper en su lugar.\n" #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:396 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"Falta el nombre del archivo de destino (opción 'xmlfile'). Utilice la opción " -"de línea de comandos xmlfile=<archivo_XML_destino>." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Falta el nombre del archivo de destino (opción 'xmlfile'). Utilice la opción de línea de comandos xmlfile=<archivo_XML_destino>." #. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:453 @@ -617,29 +581,12 @@ #. du contains maps: $[ "dir" : [ total, used, pkgusage, readonly ], .... ] #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:586 -msgid "" -"There is not enough free space to migrate the system using download in " -"advance mode. Partition %1 needs at least %2MB more free disk space. (The " -"needed size is estimated, it is recommended to add slightly more free " -"space.) Add more disk space or disable download in advance mode." -msgstr "" -"No hay suficiente espacio para migrar el sistema usando el modo de descarga " -"previa de paquetes. La partición %1 necesita al menos %2MB más de espacio " -"libre. (El tamaño necesario es estimado, es recomendable añadir algo más de " -"espacio libre). Añada más espacio en disco o desactive el modo \"descarga " -"previa de paquetes\"." +msgid "There is not enough free space to migrate the system using download in advance mode. Partition %1 needs at least %2MB more free disk space. (The needed size is estimated, it is recommended to add slightly more free space.) Add more disk space or disable download in advance mode." +msgstr "No hay suficiente espacio para migrar el sistema usando el modo de descarga previa de paquetes. La partición %1 necesita al menos %2MB más de espacio libre. (El tamaño necesario es estimado, es recomendable añadir algo más de espacio libre). Añada más espacio en disco o desactive el modo \"descarga previa de paquetes\"." #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:613 -msgid "" -"There might not be enough free space for download in advance mode migration. " -"The estimated free space after migration is %2MB, it is recommended to " -"increase the free space in case the estimation is inaccurate to avoid " -"installation errors." -msgstr "" -"Podría no haber suficiente espacio libre para la migración con descarga " -"previa. El espacio libre estimado disponible después de la migración es de " -"%2MB, se recomienda incrementar el espacio libre en caso de que la " -"estimación sea imprecisa, para evitar errores de instalación." +msgid "There might not be enough free space for download in advance mode migration. The estimated free space after migration is %2MB, it is recommended to increase the free space in case the estimation is inaccurate to avoid installation errors." +msgstr "Podría no haber suficiente espacio libre para la migración con descarga previa. El espacio libre estimado disponible después de la migración es de %2MB, se recomienda incrementar el espacio libre en caso de que la estimación sea imprecisa, para evitar errores de instalación." #. 'Product Long Name (product-libzypp-name)' #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:667 @@ -669,21 +616,14 @@ #. Removing another product might be an issue #. (nevertheless selected by user or directly by YaST) #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:772 -msgid "" -"Warning: Product %1 will be removed." -msgstr "" -"Advertencia: El Producto %1 será eliminado.</" -"font>" +msgid "Warning: Product %1 will be removed." +msgstr "Advertencia: El Producto %1 será eliminado." #. Not selected by user #. @see BNC #575117 #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:792 -msgid "" -"Error: Product %1 will be automatically " -"removed." -msgstr "" -"Error: El Producto %1 será eliminado " -"automáticamente." +msgid "Error: Product %1 will be automatically removed." +msgstr "Error: El Producto %1 será eliminado automáticamente." #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:862 msgid "Product %1 will be upgraded" @@ -716,11 +656,8 @@ #. help text #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:945 -msgid "" -"To change the update settings, go to Packages Proposal section." -msgstr "" -"Para cambiar las configuraciones de la actualización, ir a la sección " -"Propuesta de Paquetes" +msgid "To change the update settings, go to Packages Proposal section." +msgstr "Para cambiar las configuraciones de la actualización, ir a la sección Propuesta de Paquetes" #. Product removal MUST be confirmed by user, otherwise migration will not continue. #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:961 @@ -799,14 +736,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Tipo de migración" #~ msgid "&Minimal - upgrade from repositories added by registration" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "&Minima - actualización desde los repositorios añadidos por registro" +#~ msgstr "&Minima - actualización desde los repositorios añadidos por registro" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "&Full - install also available patches in addition to Minimal migration" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "La Instalación completa (&Full) de parches también está disponible además " -#~ "de la migración mínima" +#~ msgid "&Full - install also available patches in addition to Minimal migration" +#~ msgstr "La Instalación completa (&Full) de parches también está disponible además de la migración mínima" #~ msgid "Advanced..." #~ msgstr "&Avanzado..." @@ -814,22 +747,11 @@ #~ msgid "Select the requested migration type." #~ msgstr "Seleccione el tipo de migración deseado." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Minimal migration only uses the repositories added by registration, full " -#~ "migration migrates all packages to the latest versions available in any " -#~ "enabled repository. Full migration might use third party repositories." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "La migración mínima sólo usa los repositorios añadidos con el registro, " -#~ "la migración completa migra todos los paquetes a la última versión " -#~ "disponible en cualquier repositorio habilitado. La migración completa " -#~ "puede usar repositorios de terceros." +#~ msgid "Minimal migration only uses the repositories added by registration, full migration migrates all packages to the latest versions available in any enabled repository. Full migration might use third party repositories." +#~ msgstr "La migración mínima sólo usa los repositorios añadidos con el registro, la migración completa migra todos los paquetes a la última versión disponible en cualquier repositorio habilitado. La migración completa puede usar repositorios de terceros." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Press Advanced to manually select the repositories used for " -#~ "upgrading." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Presione el botón Avanzado para seleccionar manualmente los " -#~ "repositorios usados para la actualización." +#~ msgid "Press Advanced to manually select the repositories used for upgrading." +#~ msgstr "Presione el botón Avanzado para seleccionar manualmente los repositorios usados para la actualización." #~ msgid "Selected unknown migration type: %1." #~ msgstr "Seleccionado tipo de migración desconocido : %1." Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/wol.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/wol.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/wol.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -87,8 +87,7 @@ "over the network." msgstr "" "<h2>Wake On LAN</h2>\n" -"WOL le permite 'despertar' a su PC simplemente mediante el envío de un " -"'paquete mágico' \n" +"WOL le permite 'despertar' a su PC simplemente mediante el envío de un 'paquete mágico' \n" "(magic packet) a través de la red." # @@ -123,8 +122,6 @@ "'/etc/dhcpd.conf'?\n" msgstr "" "No se han encontrado clientes configurados anteriormente.\n" -"Sin embargo, se ha hallado una configuración DHCP en el sistema. ¿Desea " -"importar\n" -"los datos de configuración de las máquinas (direcciones MAC y nombres de " -"equipos) desde \n" +"Sin embargo, se ha hallado una configuración DHCP en el sistema. ¿Desea importar\n" +"los datos de configuración de las máquinas (direcciones MAC y nombres de equipos) desde \n" "'/etc/dhcpd.conf'?\n" Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/xpram.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/xpram.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/xpram.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -70,32 +70,20 @@ #. help text for XPRAM 2/4 #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 -msgid "" -"This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one " -"partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features " -"and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 " -"stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta sólo admite actualmente la asignación de XPRAM a una " -"partición. Para contar con varias particiones, consulte \"Device Drivers, " -"Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" (Controladores de dispositivos, " -"características y comandos, 30 de noviembre de 2004) para el kernel de Linux " -"2.6 (abril de 2004).En este caso, inhabilite XPRAM en este módulo." +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "Esta herramienta sólo admite actualmente la asignación de XPRAM a una partición. Para contar con varias particiones, consulte \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" (Controladores de dispositivos, características y comandos, 30 de noviembre de 2004) para el kernel de Linux 2.6 (abril de 2004).En este caso, inhabilite XPRAM en este módulo." # clients/inst_sunfb.ycp:242 # #. help text for XPRAM 3/4 #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione el punto de montaje correcto para Punto de montaje." +msgstr "Seleccione el punto de montaje correcto para Punto de montaje." #. help text for XPRAM 4/4 #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 msgid "Next, choose the file system to use on the device." -msgstr "" -"A continuación, seleccione el sistema de archivos que se utilizará en el " -"dispositivo." +msgstr "A continuación, seleccione el sistema de archivos que se utilizará en el dispositivo." #. radio button label for to not start xpram #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 @@ -109,9 +97,7 @@ #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" -msgstr "" -"Instalar sistema de archivos o intercambiar aunque &XPRAM contenga datos " -"válidos" +msgstr "Instalar sistema de archivos o intercambiar aunque &XPRAM contenga datos válidos" # include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.ycp:517 # include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.ycp:517 Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/yast2-apparmor.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/yast2-apparmor.es.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/yast2-apparmor.es.po 2014-10-07 15:37:36 UTC (rev 89764) @@ -67,17 +67,12 @@ "After this operation the AppArmor module will reload the profile set." msgstr "" " ?\n" -"Después de esta operación, el módulo AppArmor volverá a cargar el conjunto " -"de perfiles." +"Después de esta operación, el módulo AppArmor volverá a cargar el conjunto de perfiles." #. Read the profiles from the SCR agent #: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the " -"profile." -msgstr "" -"Haga la selección de los perfiles listados y pulse Siguiente para borrar el " -"perfil." +msgid "Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the profile." +msgstr "Haga la selección de los perfiles listados y pulse Siguiente para borrar el perfil." # # include/cups/ui.ycp:1780 @@ -165,12 +160,8 @@ #. #. *************************************************************************** #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:52 -msgid "" -"This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and " -"AppArmor profile settings." -msgstr "" -"Esta operación genera el siguiente error. Compruebe la instalación y los " -"valores de configuración del perfil de AppArmor." +msgid "This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and AppArmor profile settings." +msgstr "Esta operación genera el siguiente error. Compruebe la instalación y los valores de configuración del perfil de AppArmor." #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:91 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:103 #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:115 @@ -275,9 +266,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:270 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:310 #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:350 msgid "An email address is required for each selected notification method." -msgstr "" -"Se requiere una dirección de correo electrónico para cada método de " -"notificación seleccionado." +msgstr "Se requiere una dirección de correo electrónico para cada método de notificación seleccionado." #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:394 msgid "Configuration failed for the following operations: " @@ -305,12 +294,10 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:441 msgid "" -"AppArmor Status This reports whether the AppArmor policy " -"enforcement \n" +"AppArmor Status This reports whether the AppArmor policy enforcement \n" "module is loaded and functioning." msgstr "" -"Estado de AppArmor Este informe muestra si el módulo de " -"aplicación \n" +"Estado de AppArmor Este informe muestra si el módulo de aplicación \n" "de directivas de AppArmor está cargado y funcionando." #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:444 @@ -318,18 +305,15 @@ "Security Event Notification Configure this tool if you want \n" "to be notified by email when access violations have occurred." msgstr "" -"Notificación de eventos de seguridad Configure esta herramienta " -"si desea \n" -"ser notificado mediante correo electrónico cuando violaciones de acceso " -"hayan ocurrido." +"Notificación de eventos de seguridad Configure esta herramienta si desea \n" +"ser notificado mediante correo electrónico cuando violaciones de acceso hayan ocurrido." #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:447 msgid "" "Profile Modes Use this tool to change the way that AppArmor \n" "uses individual profiles." msgstr "" -"Modos de perfil Utilice esta herramienta para cambiar la forma " -"en que AppArmor \n" +"Modos de perfil Utilice esta herramienta para cambiar la forma en que AppArmor \n" "usa los perfiles individuales." #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:462 @@ -402,26 +386,16 @@ msgstr "Errores detectados en los perfiles de AppArmor" #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:57 -msgid "" -"These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the " -"profile management tools can be used. " -msgstr "" -"Debe corregir estos problemas para poder iniciar AppArmor o para poder " -"utilizar las herramientas de administración de perfiles." +msgid "These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the profile management tools can be used. " +msgstr "Debe corregir estos problemas para poder iniciar AppArmor o para poder utilizar las herramientas de administración de perfiles." #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:64 msgid "Find a description of the AppArmor profile syntax by running " -msgstr "" -"Puede encontrar una descripción para la sintaxis de los perfiles de " -"AppArmor ejecutando" +msgstr "Puede encontrar una descripción para la sintaxis de los perfiles de AppArmor ejecutando" #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the " -"Administration guide located in the directory: " -msgstr "" -"Encontrará documentación completa acerca de AppArmor en la Guía de " -"administración, disponible en el siguiente directorio: " +msgid "Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the Administration guide located in the directory: " +msgstr "Encontrará documentación completa acerca de AppArmor en la Guía de administración, disponible en el siguiente directorio: " #. encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** @@ -892,69 +866,46 @@ "this overrides the restriction of changing file ownership \n" "and group ownership.</li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>En un sistema que tenga definida la opción " -"[_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED], \n" +"<ul><li>En un sistema que tenga definida la opción [_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED], \n" "esto anula la restricción de cambiar la propiedad del archivo \n" "y del grupo.</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:43 msgid "" "<ul><li>Override all DAC access, including ACL execute access if \n" -"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE." -"</li></ul>" +"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Anular por completo el acceso DAC, incluido el acceso de ejecución " -"de ACL si \n" -"la opción [_POSIX_ACL] está definida. Se excluye el acceso DAC contemplado " -"por CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" +"<ul><li>Anular por completo el acceso DAC, incluido el acceso de ejecución de ACL si \n" +"la opción [_POSIX_ACL] está definida. Se excluye el acceso DAC contemplado por CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:49 msgid "" "<ul><li>Overrides all DAC restrictions regarding read and search \n" -"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is " -"defined. \n" +"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is defined. \n" "Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>Anula todas las restricciones DAC referentes a la lectura y \n" -"búsqueda en archivos y directorios, incluidas las restricciones de ACL si la " -"opción [_POSIX_ACL] está definida. \n" +"búsqueda en archivos y directorios, incluidas las restricciones de ACL si la opción [_POSIX_ACL] está definida. \n" "Se excluye el acceso DAC contemplado por CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:57 msgid "" -"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where " -"file\n" +"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where file\n" "owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is\n" "applicable. It does not override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Anula todas las restricciones acerca de operaciones permitidas en " -"archivos, \n" -"donde el ID del propietario del archivo debe ser el mismo que el ID del " -"usuario, excepto allí donde puede aplicarse la opción CAP_FSETID. \n" +"<ul><li>Anula todas las restricciones acerca de operaciones permitidas en archivos, \n" +"donde el ID del propietario del archivo debe ser el mismo que el ID del usuario, excepto allí donde puede aplicarse la opción CAP_FSETID. \n" "No anula las restricciones de MAC y DAC. </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:65 -msgid "" -"<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file " -"owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the " -"effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the " -"file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and " -"S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not " -"implemented). </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Anula las siguientes restricciones: obligación que el ID de usuario " -"efectivo deba coincidir con el ID de propietario del archivo al configurar " -"los bits S_ISUID y S_ISGID en dicho archivo; la que obliga a que el ID de " -"grupo efectivo (o uno de los ID de grupo suplementarios) deba coincidir con " -"el ID de propietario del archivo al configurar el bit S_ISGID en dicho " -"archivo; la que obliga a desactivar los bits S_ISUID y S_ISGID ante una " -"devolución correcta de chown(2) (sin implementar). </li></ul>" +msgid "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>Anula las siguientes restricciones: obligación que el ID de usuario efectivo deba coincidir con el ID de propietario del archivo al configurar los bits S_ISUID y S_ISGID en dicho archivo; la que obliga a que el ID de grupo efectivo (o uno de los ID de grupo suplementarios) deba coincidir con el ID de propietario del archivo al configurar el bit S_ISGID en dicho archivo; la que obliga a desactivar los bits S_ISUID y S_ISGID ante una devolución correcta de chown(2) (sin implementar). </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:71 msgid "" "<ul><li>Overrides the restriction that the real or effective user ID \n" -"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of " -"the process \n" +"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of the process \n" "receiving the signal.</li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>Anula la restricción que establece que el ID del usuario real o \n" @@ -966,10 +917,8 @@ "<ul><li>Allows setgid(2) manipulation </li> <li> Allows setgroups(2) </li> \n" "<li> Allows forged gids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Permite la manipulación de setgid(2) </li> <li> Permite setgroups(2) " -"</li> \n" -"<li> Permite GID modificados durante la transmisión de identificadores de " -"socket. </li></ul>" +"<ul><li>Permite la manipulación de setgid(2) </li> <li> Permite setgroups(2) </li> \n" +"<li> Permite GID modificados durante la transmisión de identificadores de socket. </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:85 msgid "" @@ -977,34 +926,26 @@ "<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>Permite la manipulación de setuid(2) (incluido fsuid) </li> \n" -"<li> Permite PIDs modificados durante la transmisión de identificadores de " -"socket. </li></ul>" +"<li> Permite PIDs modificados durante la transmisión de identificadores de socket. </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:91 msgid "" "<ul><li> Transfer any capability in your permitted set to any pid, \n" "remove any capability in your permitted set from any pid</li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Transferir todas las capacidades del conjunto permitido a todos " -"los \n" -"pid, eliminar todas las capacidades del conjunto permitido de todos los pid</" -"li></ul>" +"<ul><li> Transferir todas las capacidades del conjunto permitido a todos los \n" +"pid, eliminar todas las capacidades del conjunto permitido de todos los pid</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:97 -msgid "" -"<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</" -"li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Permitir la modificación de los atributos de archivo S_IMMUTABLE y " -"S_APPEND</li></ul>" +msgid "<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>Permitir la modificación de los atributos de archivo S_IMMUTABLE y S_APPEND</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:103 msgid "" "<ul><li>Allows binding to TCP/UDP sockets below 1024 </li> \n" "<li> Allows binding to ATM VCIs below 32</li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Permite la conexión de sockets TCP/UDP por debajo del puerto 1024 </" -"li> \n" +"<ul><li>Permite la conexión de sockets TCP/UDP por debajo del puerto 1024 </li> \n" "<li> Permite la conexión a VCIs de ATM por debajo del puerto 32</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:109 @@ -1014,30 +955,25 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:115 msgid "" "<ul><li> Allows interface configuration</li> \n" -"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting debug option on sockets</li> \n" "<li> Allows modification of routing tables</li>" msgstr "" "<ul><li> Permitir la configuración de la interfaz</li> \n" -"<li> Permitir la administración del cortafuegos IP, enmascaramiento y " -"contabilidad</li> \n" +"<li> Permitir la administración del cortafuegos IP, enmascaramiento y contabilidad</li> \n" "<li> Permitir establecer la opción de depurado en los sockets</li> \n" "<li> Permitir la modificación de las tablas de encaminamiento</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:121 msgid "" -"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</li> \n" "<li> Allows binding to any address for transparent proxying</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting TOS (type of service)</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting promiscuous mode</li> \n" "<li> Allows clearing driver statistics</li>" msgstr "" -"<li> Permitir establecer la propiedad de un proceso o grupo de procesos de " -"manera arbitraria en sockets</li> \n" -"<li> Permitir la conexión a cualquier dirección para el proxy transparente</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Permitir establecer la propiedad de un proceso o grupo de procesos de manera arbitraria en sockets</li> \n" +"<li> Permitir la conexión a cualquier dirección para el proxy transparente</li> \n" "<li> Permitir la configuración TOS (tipo de servicio)</li> \n" "<li> Permitir la configuración del modo promiscuo</li> \n" "<li> Permitir la eliminación de las estadísticas del controlador</li>" @@ -1050,8 +986,7 @@ "</ul>" msgstr "" "<li> Permitir multidifusión</li> \n" -"<li> Permitir la lectura/escritura de registros específicos de dispositivos</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Permitir la lectura/escritura de registros específicos de dispositivos</li> \n" "<li> Permitir la activación de sockets de control ATM </li> \n" "</ul>" @@ -1065,13 +1000,11 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:143 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock " -"and\n" +"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock and\n" "mlockall (which does not really have anything to do with IPC) </li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li> Permitir el bloqueo de segmentos de memoria compartida</li> \n" -"<li> Permitir mlock y mlockall (que realmente no tiene nada que ver con IPC) " -"</li></ul>" +"<li> Permitir mlock y mlockall (que realmente no tiene nada que ver con IPC) </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:149 msgid "<ul><li> Override IPC ownership checks </li></ul>" @@ -1079,12 +1012,10 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:153 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</" -"li> \n" +"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</li> \n" "<li> Modify cap_bset </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Introducir y eliminar módulos del núcleo - modificar núcleo sin " -"límite</li> \n" +"<ul><li> Introducir y eliminar módulos del núcleo - modificar núcleo sin límite</li> \n" "<li> Modificar cap_bset </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:159 @@ -1093,8 +1024,7 @@ "<li> Allows sending USB messages to any device via /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li> Permitir el acceso a través de ioperm/iopl</li> \n" -"<li> Permitir el envío de mensajes USB a cualquier dispositivo a través de /" -"proc/bus/usb </li></ul>" +"<li> Permitir el envío de mensajes USB a cualquier dispositivo a través de /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:165 msgid "<ul><li> Allows use of chroot() </li></ul>" @@ -1106,8 +1036,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:173 msgid "<ul><li> Allows configuration of process accounting </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Permitir la configuración de contabilidad de procesos </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li> Permitir la configuración de contabilidad de procesos </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:179 msgid "" @@ -1116,12 +1045,10 @@ "<li> Allows examination and configuration of disk quotas</li> \n" "<li> Allows configuring the kernel's syslog (printk behaviour)</li>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Permitir la configuración de la clave de atención de seguridad</" -"li> \n" +"<ul><li> Permitir la configuración de la clave de atención de seguridad</li> \n" "<li> Permitir la administración de la unidad aleatoria</li> \n" "<li> Permitir la revisión y configuración de las cuotas de discos</li> \n" -"<li> Permitir la configuración del archivo de registro del kernel " -"(comportamiento printk)</li>" +"<li> Permitir la configuración del archivo de registro del kernel (comportamiento printk)</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:185 msgid "" @@ -1154,35 +1081,28 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:199 msgid "" "<li> Allows removing semaphores</li> \n" -"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores " -"and shared memory</li> \n" +"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li> \n" "<li> Allows locking/unlocking of shared memory segment</li> \n" "<li> Allows turning swap on/off</li> \n" "<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing</li>" msgstr "" "<li> Permitir la eliminación de semáforos</li> \n" -"<li> Se utiliza en lugar de CAP_CHOWN para cambiar el propietario de las " -"colas de mensajes IPC, semáforos y memoria compartida</li> \n" +"<li> Se utiliza en lugar de CAP_CHOWN para cambiar el propietario de las colas de mensajes IPC, semáforos y memoria compartida</li> \n" "<li> Permitir bloquear/desbloquear el segmento de memoria compartida</li> \n" "<li> Permitir activar/desactivar la swap</li> \n" -"<li> Permitir pids modificados durante la transmisión de identificadores de " -"socket</li>" +"<li> Permitir pids modificados durante la transmisión de identificadores de socket</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:206 msgid "" "<li> Allows setting read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting geometry in floppy driver</li> \n" "<li> Allows turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> \n" -"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra " -"ioctls)</li>" +"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra ioctls)</li>" msgstr "" -"<li> Permitir establecer la lectura anticipada y vaciar los buffers en " -"dispositivos de bloques</li> \n" +"<li> Permitir establecer la lectura anticipada y vaciar los buffers en dispositivos de bloques</li> \n" "<li> Permitir establecer la geometría en el controlador de disquete</li> \n" -"<li> Permitir activar/desactivar la opción de DMA en el controlador xd</" -"li> \n" -"<li> Permitir la administración de dispositivos md (como los anteriores pero " -"con ioctls adicionales)</li>" +"<li> Permitir activar/desactivar la opción de DMA en el controlador xd</li> \n" +"<li> Permitir la administración de dispositivos md (como los anteriores pero con ioctls adicionales)</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:212 msgid "" @@ -1193,20 +1113,17 @@ msgstr "" "<li> Permitir la configuración del controlador IDE</li> \n" "<li> Permitir el acceso al dispositivo nvram</li> \n" -"<li> Permitir la administración de apm_bios, dispositivo serie y bttv (TV)</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Permitir la administración de apm_bios, dispositivo serie y bttv (TV)</li> \n" "<li> Permitir los comandos del fabricantes en el controlador iaan CAPI</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:218 msgid "" -"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> \n" "<li> Allows DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting up serial ports</li> \n" "<li> Allows sending raw qic-117 commands</li>" msgstr "" -"<li> Permitir la lectura de porciones no estandarizadas en el espacio de " -"configuración PCI</li> \n" +"<li> Permitir la lectura de porciones no estandarizadas en el espacio de configuración PCI</li> \n" "<li> Permitir ioctl de depuración DDI en el controlador sbpcd</li> \n" "<li> Permitir la configuración de los puertos serie</li> \n" "<li> Permitir el envío de comandos qic-117 en bruto</li>" @@ -1219,8 +1136,7 @@ msgstr "" "<li> Permitir activar/desactivar \"tagged queuing\" en controladoras SCSI\n" " y el envío de comandos SCSI arbitrarios</li> \n" -"<li> Permitir establecer la clave de cifrado en sistemas de archivo loopback " -"</li></ul>" +"<li> Permitir establecer la clave de cifrado en sistemas de archivo loopback </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:232 msgid "<ul><li> Allows use of reboot() </li></ul>" @@ -1228,51 +1144,39 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:236 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different " -"UID) processes</li> \n" -"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own " -"processes and setting \n" +"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different UID) processes</li> \n" +"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own processes and setting \n" "the scheduling algorithm used by another process.</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting cpu affinity on other processes </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Permitir la elevación de prioridad y la configuración de prioridad " -"en otros procesos (con UID distinto)</li> \n" -"<li> Permitir el uso de programación en tiempo real (round-robin) y FIFO en " -"procesos propios y la configuración \n" +"<ul><li> Permitir la elevación de prioridad y la configuración de prioridad en otros procesos (con UID distinto)</li> \n" +"<li> Permitir el uso de programación en tiempo real (round-robin) y FIFO en procesos propios y la configuración \n" "del algoritmo de programación usado por otro proceso.</li> \n" -"<li> Permitir la configuración de afinidad de cpu en otros procesos </li></" -"ul>" +"<li> Permitir la configuración de afinidad de cpu en otros procesos </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:245 msgid "" "<ul><li> Override resource limits. Set resource limits.</li> \n" "<li> Override quota limits.</li> \n" "<li> Override reserved space on ext2 filesystem</li> \n" -"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling " -"resources)</li>" +"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling resources)</li>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Anular los límites de recursos. Establecer los límites de recursos." -"</li> \n" +"<ul><li> Anular los límites de recursos. Establecer los límites de recursos.</li> \n" "<li> Anular los límites de cuota.</li> \n" "<li> Anular el espacio reservado en el sistema de archivos ext2</li> \n" -"<li> Modificar el modo de registro diario de datos en el sistema de archivos " -"ext3 (utiliza recursos de registro diario)</li>" +"<li> Modificar el modo de registro diario de datos en el sistema de archivos ext3 (utiliza recursos de registro diario)</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:251 msgid "" -"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you " -"can override using fsuid too</li> \n" +"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you can override using fsuid too</li> \n" "<li> Override size restrictions on IPC message queues</li> \n" "<li> Allows more than 64hz interrupts from the real-time clock</li> \n" "<li> Override max number of consoles on console allocation</li> \n" "<li> Override max number of keymaps </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<li> NOTA: ext2 respeta el fsuid al comprobar la anulación de los recursos, " -"por lo que puede omitir el uso de fsuid</li> \n" -"<li> Anular las restricciones de tamaño en las colas de los mensajes IPC</" -"li> \n" -"<li> Permitir interrupciones mayores de 64hz en el reloj de tiempo real</" -"li> \n" +"<li> NOTA: ext2 respeta el fsuid al comprobar la anulación de los recursos, por lo que puede omitir el uso de fsuid</li> \n" +"<li> Anular las restricciones de tamaño en las colas de los mensajes IPC</li> \n" +"<li> Permitir interrupciones mayores de 64hz en el reloj de tiempo real</li> \n" "<li> Anular el número máximo de consolas en la asignación de consolas</li> \n" "<li> Anular el número máximo de keymaps </li></ul>" @@ -1339,14 +1243,10 @@ "(into /var/log/audit/audit.log file), but still permitted, so \n" "that application's behavior is not restricted." msgstr "" -"Modo de queja es un estado de tipo entrenamiento del perfil en el " -"que \n" -"se registra la actividad de la aplicación. Todas las violaciones de las " -"reglas del \n" -"perfil de AppArmor quedan registradas en el archivo//var/log/audit/audit." -"log, \n" -"pero aún así se permiten, por lo que no se restringe el comportamiento de la " -"aplicación." +"Modo de queja es un estado de tipo entrenamiento del perfil en el que \n" +"se registra la actividad de la aplicación. Todas las violaciones de las reglas del \n" +"perfil de AppArmor quedan registradas en el archivo//var/log/audit/audit.log, \n" +"pero aún así se permiten, por lo que no se restringe el comportamiento de la aplicación." #: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:43 msgid "" @@ -1356,10 +1256,8 @@ "permitted to do so by the profile)." msgstr "" "Con el perfil en modo forzoso, AppArmor protege a la aplicación. \n" -"Las reglas del perfil están forzadas y se registra cualquier violación de " -"las mismas, \n" -"pero no se permiten (p. ej. una aplicación no puede acceder a los archivos " -"salvo que \n" +"Las reglas del perfil están forzadas y se registra cualquier violación de las mismas, \n" +"pero no se permiten (p. ej. una aplicación no puede acceder a los archivos salvo que \n" "el perfil le permita hacerlo)." #. Button for showing active or all profiles @@ -1451,14 +1349,10 @@ "alerts are sent, who receives the alert, and how severe the security \n" "event must be to send an alert." msgstr "" -"La pantalla de Notificación de eventos de seguridad le permite " -"configurar \n" -"alertas en el correo electrónico para recibir eventos de seguridad. En los " -"siguientes \n" -"pasos puede especificar el intervalo de recepción de alertas, el " -"destinatario de las alertas \n" -"y el nivel de peligrosidad que debe tener el evento de seguridad para enviar " -"una alerta." +"La pantalla de Notificación de eventos de seguridad le permite configurar \n" +"alertas en el correo electrónico para recibir eventos de seguridad. En los siguientes \n" +"pasos puede especificar el intervalo de recepción de alertas, el destinatario de las alertas \n" +"y el nivel de peligrosidad que debe tener el evento de seguridad para enviar una alerta." #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:38 msgid "" @@ -1469,8 +1363,7 @@ msgstr "" "Tipos de notificación Notificación simple: \n" "La notificación simple resume el número total de eventos del sistema sin \n" -"proporcionar más detalles. Por ejemplo: <tt>dhcp-101.up.wirex.com " -"has \n" +"proporcionar más detalles. Por ejemplo: <tt>dhcp-101.up.wirex.com has \n" "had 10 security events since Tue Oct 12 11:10:00 2004</tt>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:44 @@ -1480,19 +1373,15 @@ "individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. \n" " For example: <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING access to capability\n" "'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n" -"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 " -"2004.</tt>\n" +"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n" "" msgstr "" -"Notificación resumida: La notificación resumida muestra los " -"eventos \n" -"de seguridad que ha registrado AppArmor así como el número de entradas " -"individuales, \n" +"Notificación resumida: La notificación resumida muestra los eventos \n" +"de seguridad que ha registrado AppArmor así como el número de entradas individuales, \n" "incluyendo la fecha de la última entrada. \n" " Por ejemplo: <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING access to capability \n" "'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n" -"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 " -"2004.</tt>\n" +"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n" "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:53 @@ -1505,15 +1394,11 @@ "and the type of file permission access that is permitted or rejected." msgstr "" "Notificación detallada: La notificación detallada muestra los \n" -"eventos de seguridad que ha registrado AppArmor, sin modificar. Le " -"notifica \n" +"eventos de seguridad que ha registrado AppArmor, sin modificar. Le notifica \n" "cada vez que se produce un evento y escribe una nueva línea en el registro \n" -"detallado. Estos eventos de seguridad incluyen la fecha y la hora en la que " -"se \n" -"han producido, si el perfil de la aplicación le ha permitido el acceso o se " -"lo ha \n" -"rechazado, así como el tipo de permiso de acceso del archivo que está " -"permitido o rechazado." +"detallado. Estos eventos de seguridad incluyen la fecha y la hora en la que se \n" +"han producido, si el perfil de la aplicación le ha permitido el acceso o se lo ha \n" +"rechazado, así como el tipo de permiso de acceso del archivo que está permitido o rechazado." #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:61 msgid "" @@ -1524,8 +1409,7 @@ "/usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork)</tt>" msgstr "" "La Notificación detallada también genera varios mensajes que \n" -"la herramienta logprof utiliza para interpretar los perfiles. Por " -"ejemplo: \n" +"la herramienta logprof utiliza para interpretar los perfiles. Por ejemplo: \n" "<tt> Oct 9 15:40:31 AppArmor: PERMITTING r access to \n" "/etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) profile \n" "/usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork)</tt>" @@ -1554,10 +1438,8 @@ msgstr "" "<li> Introduzca la dirección de correo electrónico de las personas \n" "que deberían recibir notificaciones Simples, Resumidas o Detalladas. Si no \n" -"tiene configurado un servidor SMTP local para enviar los correos desde " -"este \n" -"equipo al dominio que ha introducido, puede utilizar <user>@localhost</" -"i> \n" +"tiene configurado un servidor SMTP local para enviar los correos desde este \n" +"equipo al dominio que ha introducido, puede utilizar <user>@localhost \n" "y permitir que <user> reciba el correo del sistema, en el caso \n" "de que no sea un usuario root. </li>" @@ -1571,14 +1453,10 @@ "occur." msgstr "" "<li>Seleccione el nivel de seguridad más bajo en el que se debería \n" -"enviar una notificación. De esta forma, los eventos de seguridad se " -"registrarán \n" -"y se enviarán las notificaciones en el momento definido como intervalo " -"cuando los \n" -"eventos sean iguales o superiores al nivel de seguridad seleccionado. Si " -"el \n" -"intervalo es de 1 día, las notificaciones se enviarán diariamente en el caso " -"de que se \n" +"enviar una notificación. De esta forma, los eventos de seguridad se registrarán \n" +"y se enviarán las notificaciones en el momento definido como intervalo cuando los \n" +"eventos sean iguales o superiores al nivel de seguridad seleccionado. Si el \n" +"intervalo es de 1 día, las notificaciones se enviarán diariamente en el caso de que se \n" "produzcan eventos de seguridad." #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:91 @@ -1593,19 +1471,16 @@ "Niveles de seguridad: Están numerados del 1 al 10, \n" "siendo 10 el evento de seguridad más grave. El archivo severity.db \n" "define los niveles de seguridad de eventos de seguridad potenciales. \n" -"Los niveles de gravedad se determinan por la importancia de diferentes " -"eventos \n" +"Los niveles de gravedad se determinan por la importancia de diferentes eventos \n" "de seguridad, como el acceso a ciertos recursos o servicios denegados.</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<li>Select Include unknown security events if \n" -"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</" -"li>" +"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li>" msgstr "" "<li>Seleccione Incluir eventos de seguridad desconocidos si \n" -"desea incluir eventos que no han sido evaluados con un número de gravedad.</" -"li>" +"desea incluir eventos que no han sido evaluados con un número de gravedad.</li>" #. ---------------------------- #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:103 @@ -1614,13 +1489,11 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:106 msgid "" -"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control " -"module. \n" +"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. \n" "You can generate highly optimized and robust security profiles \n" "by using the suggestions made by AppArmor." msgstr "" -"Este asistente le muestra las entradas generadas por el módulo de control de " -"acceso de AppArmor. \n" +"Este asistente le muestra las entradas generadas por el módulo de control de acceso de AppArmor. \n" "Puede generar perfiles de seguridad optimizados y muy robustos \n" "si utiliza las sugerencias que le hace AppArmor." @@ -1646,8 +1519,7 @@ "instructions. " msgstr "" "El siguiente texto de ayuda describe el detalle de la sintaxis del perfil \n" -"de seguridad que utiliza AppArmor. Puede personalizar, en " -"cualquier \n" +"de seguridad que utiliza AppArmor. Puede personalizar, en cualquier \n" "momento, el perfil de la entrada cambiando la respuesta sugerida. \n" "Este resumen le ayudará con sus opciones. Consulte la Guía de \n" "administración de AppArmor para obtener instrucciones \n" @@ -1658,12 +1530,8 @@ msgstr "Modos de acceso " #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:126 -msgid "" -"File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six " -"modes:" -msgstr "" -"Los modos de acceso al permiso de archivos consisten en combinaciones de los " -"siguientes seis modos:" +msgid "File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six modes:" +msgstr "Los modos de acceso al permiso de archivos consisten en combinaciones de los siguientes seis modos:" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:129 msgid "<li>r - read</li>" @@ -1839,41 +1707,28 @@ "shells más populares, como csh(1), bash(1) o zsh(1)." #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:196 -msgid "" -"<li>* can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>" -msgstr "" -"<li>* puede sustituir a cualquier número de caracteres, excepto " -"'/'<li>" +msgid "<li>* can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>" +msgstr "<li>* puede sustituir a cualquier número de caracteres, excepto '/'<li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:199 -msgid "" -"<li>** can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</" -"li>" -msgstr "" -"<li>** puede sustituir a cualquier número de caracteres, incluyendo " -"'/'</li>" +msgid "<li>** can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>" +msgstr "<li>** puede sustituir a cualquier número de caracteres, incluyendo '/'</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:202 msgid "<li>? can substitute for any single character except '/'</li>" msgstr "<li>? puede sustituir a un único carácter, excepto '/'</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:205 -msgid "" -"<li>[abc] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" +msgid "<li>[abc] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" msgstr "<li>[abc] sustituirá a un carácter único a, b, o c</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:208 -msgid "" -"<li>[a-c] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" +msgid "<li>[a-c] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" msgstr "<li>[a-c] sustituirá a un carácter único a, b, o c</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:211 -msgid "" -"<li>{ab,cd} will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match " -"cd</li>" -msgstr "" -"<li>{ab,cd} se expandirá en dos reglas: una que se corresponda con ab " -"y otra que se corresponda con cd</li>" +msgid "<li>{ab,cd} will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd</li>" +msgstr "<li>{ab,cd} se expandirá en dos reglas: una que se corresponda con ab y otra que se corresponda con cd</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:214 msgid "Clean Exec - for sanitized execution" @@ -1891,8 +1746,7 @@ "La opción Clean Exec para los permisos de ejecución de perfil discreto \n" "y sin limitaciones, proporciona seguridad añadida al eliminar algunas \n" "variables concretas del entorno heredado por el programa hijo. Se le \n" -"preguntará si quiere desinfectar el entorno, si selecciona 'p' o 'u' " -"durante\n" +"preguntará si quiere desinfectar el entorno, si selecciona 'p' o 'u' durante\n" "el proceso de generación de perfiles.\n" "Las variables son las siguientes:" @@ -2053,28 +1907,17 @@ msgstr "" "No ha especificado ningún nombre de Hat que añadir.\n" "Especifique \n" -"un nombre de Hat para crear uno nuevo o haga clic en Cancelar para salir del " -"asistente." +"un nombre de Hat para crear uno nuevo o haga clic en Cancelar para salir del asistente." #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:889 -msgid "" -"The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name " -"or press Abort to cancel this wizard." -msgstr "" -"El perfil ya contiene el nombre de Hat proporcionado. Especifique uno " -"distinto para volver a intentarlo o haga clic en Cancelar para salir del " -"asistente." +msgid "The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name or press Abort to cancel this wizard." +msgstr "El perfil ya contiene el nombre de Hat proporcionado. Especifique uno distinto para volver a intentarlo o haga clic en Cancelar para salir del asistente." #. FIXME: format these texts better #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:928 -msgid "" -"View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing " -"entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog." -msgstr "" -"Vea y modifique el contenido de un perfil individual. En las entradas " -"existentes puede hacer doble clic en los permisos para acceder a un cuadro " -"de diálogo de modificación." +msgid "View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog." +msgstr "Vea y modifique el contenido de un perfil individual. En las entradas existentes puede hacer doble clic en los permisos para acceder a un cuadro de diálogo de modificación." #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:933 @@ -2086,110 +1929,85 @@ "U -unconstrained (*clean exec)</code>" msgstr "" "Definiciones de permisos: <code> r - lectura \n" -"w - escritura l - vínculo m - mmap PROT_EXEC k - bloqueo de " -"archivo \n" -"a - añadir archivo x - ejecución i - heredar p - perfil " -"discreto \n" +"w - escritura l - vínculo m - mmap PROT_EXEC k - bloqueo de archivo \n" +"a - añadir archivo x - ejecución i - heredar p - perfil discreto \n" "P - perfil discreto (*ejecución limpia) u - sin limitaciones \n" "U - sin limitaciones (*ejecución limpia)</code>" #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:942 -msgid "" -"Add Entry: Select the type of resource to add from the drop " -"down list." -msgstr "" -"Añadir entrada: Seleccione el tipo de recurso que se debe " -"añadir desde la lista desplegable." +msgid "Add Entry: Select the type of resource to add from the drop down list." +msgstr "Añadir entrada: Seleccione el tipo de recurso que se debe añadir desde la lista desplegable." #. help text - part x1 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:947 msgid "<ul><li>File Add a file entry to this profile.</li>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Archivo Añadir una entrada de archivo a este perfil</li>" +msgstr "<ul><li>Archivo Añadir una entrada de archivo a este perfil</li>" #. help text - part x2 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:951 msgid "<li>Directory Add a directory entry to this profile.</li>" -msgstr "" -"<li>Directorio Añade una entrada de directorio a este perfil</li>" +msgstr "<li>Directorio Añade una entrada de directorio a este perfil</li>" #. help text - part x3 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:955 msgid "<li>Capability Add a capability entry to this profile.</li>" -msgstr "" -"<li>Capacidad Añade una entrada de capacidad para este perfil</li>" +msgstr "<li>Capacidad Añade una entrada de capacidad para este perfil</li>" #. help text - part x4 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:959 msgid "" "<li>Include Add an include entry to this profile. This option \n" -"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load " -"time.</li>" +"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load time.</li>" msgstr "" "<li>Include Añade una entrada include a este perfil. Esta opción \n" -"incluye el contenido de la entrada del perfil de otro archivo en este perfil " -"al cargar.</li>" +"incluye el contenido de la entrada del perfil de otro archivo en este perfil al cargar.</li>" #. help text - part x5 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:963 msgid "" "<li>Network Entry Add a network rule entry to this profile. \n" -"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the " -"profile. \n" +"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the profile. \n" "You may specify a network address family and socket type.</li>" msgstr "" "<li>Entrada de red Añade una entrada con una regla de red al \n" -"perfil. Esta opción le permitirá especificar privilegios de acceso de red al " -"perfil. \n" +"perfil. Esta opción le permitirá especificar privilegios de acceso de red al perfil. \n" "Puede especificar una familia de direcciones de red y un tipo de socket.</li>" #. help text - part x6 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:969 msgid "" "<li>Hat Add a sub-profile for this profile, called a Hat. This\n" -"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be " -"selected\n" +"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be selected\n" "during execution only in the context of being asked for by a changehat\n" "aware application. \n" -"For more information on changehat, see man changehat on your system " -"or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" +"For more information on changehat, see man changehat on your system or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" msgstr "" "<li>Hat Añade un subperfil, llamado Hat, para este perfil. \n" -"Esta opción es análoga a crear manualmente un nuevo perfil, que se puede " -"seleccionar \n" -"sólo durante la ejecución cuando una aplicación compatible con changehat</" -"b> lo solicita. \n" -"Para obtener más información sobre changehat, consulte la página man " -"changehat del sistema \n" +"Esta opción es análoga a crear manualmente un nuevo perfil, que se puede seleccionar \n" +"sólo durante la ejecución cuando una aplicación compatible con changehat lo solicita. \n" +"Para obtener más información sobre changehat, consulte la página man changehat del sistema \n" "o la Guía de administración de Novell AppArmor.</li>" #. help text - part x7 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:977 msgid "</ul>Edit Entry: Edit the selected entry." -msgstr "" -"</ul>Editar entrada: Permite editar la entrada seleccionada." +msgstr "</ul>Editar entrada: Permite editar la entrada seleccionada." #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:982 -msgid "" -"Delete Entry: Removes the selected entry from this profile." -msgstr "" -"Suprimir entrada: Elimina la entrada seleccionada de este " -"perfil." +msgid "Delete Entry: Removes the selected entry from this profile." +msgstr "Suprimir entrada: Elimina la entrada seleccionada de este perfil." #. help text - part y1 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:987 msgid "" "*Clean Exec The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile \n" -"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping " -"the environment \n" -"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These " -"variables are:" +"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping the environment \n" +"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These variables are:" msgstr "" "*Ejecución limpia (clean exec) La opción Clean Exec para los \n" -"permisos de ejecución de perfil discreto y sin limitaciones, proporciona " -"seguridad añadida eliminando variables específicas del entorno \n" +"permisos de ejecución de perfil discreto y sin limitaciones, proporciona seguridad añadida eliminando variables específicas del entorno \n" "heredado por el programa hijo. Las variables son las siguientes:" #. help text - part y2 @@ -2258,12 +2076,8 @@ #. Widget activated in the table #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1145 -msgid "" -"Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include " -"entries." -msgstr "" -"Las entradas include no se pueden editar. Seleccione Añadir o Suprimir para " -"gestionar las entradas include." +msgid "Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include entries." +msgstr "Las entradas include no se pueden editar. Seleccione Añadir o Suprimir para gestionar las entradas include." #. Make sure that the entry doesn't already exist #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1294 @@ -2275,12 +2089,8 @@ msgstr "Seleccione el archivo a incluir" #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1335 -msgid "" -"Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these " -"directories: \n" -msgstr "" -"Archivo #include incorrecto. Los archivos include deben estar ubicados en " -"uno de los siguientes directorios: \n" +msgid "Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these directories: \n" +msgstr "Archivo #include incorrecto. Los archivos include deben estar ubicados en uno de los siguientes directorios: \n" # include/runlevel/ui.ycp:573 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1379 @@ -2293,8 +2103,7 @@ "(Note: after saving, AppArmor profiles will be reloaded.)\n" msgstr "" "¿Desea guardar los cambios realizados a este perfil?\n" -"(Nota: tras guardar los cambios, se deberá recargar los perfiles de " -"AppArmor)\n" +"(Nota: tras guardar los cambios, se deberá recargar los perfiles de AppArmor)\n" #. We'll need this often - cache it #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1476 @@ -2314,13 +2123,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<h1>Application to Profile</h1>\n" -#~ "Select the application which you want to profile. Afterwards, when you " -#~ "run the application, AppArmor will collect\n" +#~ "Select the application which you want to profile. Afterwards, when you run the application, AppArmor will collect\n" #~ "information about system resources it accesses." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<h1>Aplicación a perfilar</h1>\n" -#~ "Seleccione la aplicación que desea perfilar. Posteriormente cuando " -#~ "ejecute la aplicación, AppArmor recogerá\n" +#~ "Seleccione la aplicación que desea perfilar. Posteriormente cuando ejecute la aplicación, AppArmor recogerá\n" #~ "información sobre el uso de recursos del sistema y accesos." #~ msgid "Application to Profile" @@ -2343,18 +2150,14 @@ #~ msgstr "Actualizar perfil" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Program Name Pattern: When you enter a program name or " -#~ "pattern \n" +#~ "Program Name Pattern: When you enter a program name or pattern \n" #~ "that matches the name of the binary executable of the program of \n" #~ "interest, the report will display security events that have \n" #~ "occurred for a specific program. " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Patrón del nombre del programa: Cuando introduce un nombre de " -#~ "programa \n" -#~ "o un patrón que se corresponde con el nombre del ejecutable binario de un " -#~ "programa \n" -#~ "en el que está interesado, el informe mostrará los eventos de seguridad " -#~ "que se han \n" +#~ "Patrón del nombre del programa: Cuando introduce un nombre de programa \n" +#~ "o un patrón que se corresponde con el nombre del ejecutable binario de un programa \n" +#~ "en el que está interesado, el informe mostrará los eventos de seguridad que se han \n" #~ "generado para ese programa en concreto. " #~ msgid "" @@ -2363,24 +2166,18 @@ #~ "the specified profile. You can use this to see what is being confined \n" #~ "by a specific profile. " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Patrón del nombre del perfil: Cuando introduce el nombre de un " -#~ "perfil, \n" -#~ "el informe mostrará los eventos de seguridad que se han generado para ese " -#~ "perfil \n" -#~ "en concreto. Puede utilizar esta opción para analizar el alcance de un " -#~ "perfil \n" +#~ "Patrón del nombre del perfil: Cuando introduce el nombre de un perfil, \n" +#~ "el informe mostrará los eventos de seguridad que se han generado para ese perfil \n" +#~ "en concreto. Puede utilizar esta opción para analizar el alcance de un perfil \n" #~ "en concreto. " #~ msgid "" -#~ "PID Number: Process ID number is a number that uniquely " -#~ "identifies \n" +#~ "PID Number: Process ID number is a number that uniquely identifies \n" #~ "one specific process or running program (this number is valid only \n" #~ "during the lifetime of that process). " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Número PID: El número del ID de un proceso es un número que " -#~ "identifica \n" -#~ "de manera inequívoca un proceso en concreto o un programa en ejecución " -#~ "(este \n" +#~ "Número PID: El número del ID de un proceso es un número que identifica \n" +#~ "de manera inequívoca un proceso en concreto o un programa en ejecución (este \n" #~ "número sólo es válido durante el tiempo de vida del proceso). " #~ msgid "" @@ -2388,10 +2185,8 @@ #~ "events that you would like to be included in the report. The selected \n" #~ "severity level, and above, will be included in the reports. " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nivel de seguridad: Seleccione el nivel de seguridad más bajo " -#~ "para \n" -#~ "los eventos de seguridad que le gustaría incluir en el informe. En nivel " -#~ "de \n" +#~ "Nivel de seguridad: Seleccione el nivel de seguridad más bajo para \n" +#~ "los eventos de seguridad que le gustaría incluir en el informe. En nivel de \n" #~ "seguridad seleccionado (y superiores) se incluirá en los informes. " #~ msgid "" @@ -2401,8 +2196,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Detalle: Es un recurso al que el perfil ha denegado el acceso. \n" #~ "Esto incluye capacidades y archivos. Puede utilizar este campo para \n" -#~ "indicar los recursos que no están autorizados a tener acceso a los " -#~ "perfiles. " +#~ "indicar los recursos que no están autorizados a tener acceso a los perfiles. " #~ msgid "" #~ "Mode: The Mode is the permission that the profile grants \n" @@ -2414,13 +2208,11 @@ #~ "l (vínculo) x (ejecución) " #~ msgid "" -#~ "Access Type: The access type describes what is actually " -#~ "happening \n" +#~ "Access Type: The access type describes what is actually happening \n" #~ "with the security event. The options are: PERMITTING, REJECTING, \n" #~ "or AUDITING. " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Tipo de acceso: El tipo de acceso describe lo que está " -#~ "sucediendo \n" +#~ "Tipo de acceso: El tipo de acceso describe lo que está sucediendo \n" #~ "actualmente con el evento de seguridad. Las opciones son: PERMITTING \n" #~ "(permitido), REJECTING (rechazado) o AUDITING (auditado). " @@ -2432,15 +2224,11 @@ #~ "pathname for your exported report by typing in the full \n" #~ "pathname in the field provided." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "CSV o HTML: Le permite exportar a un archivo CSV (valores " -#~ "separados \n" -#~ "por comas) o HTML. El archivo CSV separa los campos de datos en las " -#~ "entradas \n" +#~ "CSV o HTML: Le permite exportar a un archivo CSV (valores separados \n" +#~ "por comas) o HTML. El archivo CSV separa los campos de datos en las entradas \n" #~ "del registro con comas utilizando un formato de datos estándar para su \n" -#~ "importación en aplicaciones de tipo tabular. Puede introducir un nombre " -#~ "de \n" -#~ "ruta para el informe que desea exportar escribiendo el nombre de la " -#~ "ruta \n" +#~ "importación en aplicaciones de tipo tabular. Puede introducir un nombre de \n" +#~ "ruta para el informe que desea exportar escribiendo el nombre de la ruta \n" #~ "completa en el campo adecuado." #~ msgid "" @@ -2448,31 +2236,22 @@ #~ "report selected in the previous screen. To filter by Date Range:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "El cuadro de diálogo de configuración de informes permite filtrar el \n" -#~ "informe archivado seleccionado en la pantalla anterior. Para filtrar por " -#~ "Intervalo de fechas:" +#~ "informe archivado seleccionado en la pantalla anterior. Para filtrar por Intervalo de fechas:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<ol><li>Click Filter By Date Range. The fields become active.</" -#~ "li> \n" -#~ "<li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of the report." -#~ "</li> \n" -#~ " <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for definitions of " -#~ "parameters.</li></ol>" +#~ "<ol><li>Click Filter By Date Range. The fields become active.</li> \n" +#~ "<li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of the report.</li> \n" +#~ " <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for definitions of parameters.</li></ol>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ol><li>Pulse sobre Filtro por intervalo de fechas. Los campos se " -#~ "activarán.</li> \n" -#~ "<li>Introduzca las fechas de inicio y fin que delimitan el ámbito del " -#~ "informe.</li> \n" -#~ " <li>Introduzca otros parámetros de filtrado. Consulte más abajo sobre " -#~ "las definiciones de los parámetros.</li></ol>" +#~ "<ol><li>Pulse sobre Filtro por intervalo de fechas. Los campos se activarán.</li> \n" +#~ "<li>Introduzca las fechas de inicio y fin que delimitan el ámbito del informe.</li> \n" +#~ " <li>Introduzca otros parámetros de filtrado. Consulte más abajo sobre las definiciones de los parámetros.</li></ol>" #~ msgid "" -#~ "The following definitions help you to enter the filtering parameters in " -#~ "the \n" +#~ "The following definitions help you to enter the filtering parameters in the \n" #~ "Report Configuration Dialog: " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Las siguientes definiciones le ayudarán a introducir los parámetros de " -#~ "filtrado en el \n" +#~ "Las siguientes definiciones le ayudarán a introducir los parámetros de filtrado en el \n" #~ "Diálogo de configuración del informe: " #~ msgid "" @@ -2482,10 +2261,8 @@ #~ "security events on multiple machines. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Resumen ejecutivo de seguridad: Se trata de un informe combinado \n" -#~ "que consiste en uno o más informes de incidentes de seguridad de uno o " -#~ "más \n" -#~ "equipos. Este informe proporciona una única vista con los eventos de " -#~ "seguridad \n" +#~ "que consiste en uno o más informes de incidentes de seguridad de uno o más \n" +#~ "equipos. Este informe proporciona una única vista con los eventos de seguridad \n" #~ "de múltiples equipos. " #~ msgid "" @@ -2497,8 +2274,7 @@ #~ "Informe de auditoría de aplicaciones: Una herramienta de \n" #~ "auditoría que informa qué servidores de aplicaciones se están \n" #~ "ejecutando y si las aplicaciones están delimitadas por AppArmor. Los \n" -#~ "servidores de aplicaciones son aplicaciones que admiten conexiones de red " -#~ "entrantes. " +#~ "servidores de aplicaciones son aplicaciones que admiten conexiones de red entrantes. " #~ msgid "" #~ "Security Incident Report: A report that displays application \n" @@ -2506,14 +2282,10 @@ #~ "confined applications during a specific time period. You can edit and \n" #~ "customize this report, or add new versions." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Informe de incidentes de seguridad: Se trata de un informe donde " -#~ "se \n" -#~ "detalla la seguridad de las aplicaciones de un solo equipo. Informa " -#~ "sobre \n" -#~ "violaciones de las directivas para las aplicaciones delimitadas de manera " -#~ "local \n" -#~ "durante un periodo de tiempo. Puede editar y personalizar este informe, " -#~ "así como añadir nuevas versiones." +#~ "Informe de incidentes de seguridad: Se trata de un informe donde se \n" +#~ "detalla la seguridad de las aplicaciones de un solo equipo. Informa sobre \n" +#~ "violaciones de las directivas para las aplicaciones delimitadas de manera local \n" +#~ "durante un periodo de tiempo. Puede editar y personalizar este informe, así como añadir nuevas versiones." #~ msgid "" #~ "The AppArmor On-Demand Report screen displays \n" @@ -2525,157 +2297,79 @@ #~ "informes: " #~ msgid "" -#~ "The summary of scheduled reports page shows us when reports are " -#~ "scheduled to run. \n" -#~ "Reports can be set to run monthly, weekly, daily, or hourly. The default " -#~ "settings are \n" -#~ "daily at midnight. The reports can also be emailed, upon completion, to " -#~ "up to three \n" +#~ "The summary of scheduled reports page shows us when reports are scheduled to run. \n" +#~ "Reports can be set to run monthly, weekly, daily, or hourly. The default settings are \n" +#~ "daily at midnight. The reports can also be emailed, upon completion, to up to three \n" #~ "email recipients. " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "El resumen de informes programados nos muestra para cuándo está " -#~ "prevista la ejecución de los informes. \n" -#~ "Los informes se pueden configurar para una ejecución mensual, semanal, " -#~ "diaria o cada hora. Los ajustes \n" +#~ "El resumen de informes programados nos muestra para cuándo está prevista la ejecución de los informes. \n" +#~ "Los informes se pueden configurar para una ejecución mensual, semanal, diaria o cada hora. Los ajustes \n" #~ "predeterminados son \n" -#~ "todos los días a medianoche. Los informes también se pueden enviar por " -#~ "correo electrónico, una vez que hayan finalizado, hasta a tres " -#~ "destinatarios de correo. " +#~ "todos los días a medianoche. Los informes también se pueden enviar por correo electrónico, una vez que hayan finalizado, hasta a tres destinatarios de correo. " -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In the Set Schedule section, you can schedule the following three types " -#~ "of security reports: " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "En el apartado Establecer programación, puede configurar los siguientes " -#~ "tres tipos de informes de seguridad: " +#~ msgid "In the Set Schedule section, you can schedule the following three types of security reports: " +#~ msgstr "En el apartado Establecer programación, puede configurar los siguientes tres tipos de informes de seguridad: " #~ msgid "" -#~ "The View Archive Reports form enables you to view previously " -#~ "generated\n" -#~ "reports located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory. Use " -#~ "the checkboxes at the top to narrow-down the category of reports shown in " -#~ "the list to: SIR Reports, AUD Reports or ESS Reports. To see report " -#~ "details, select a report and click the View button. You " -#~ "can view reports from one or more systems if you move the reports to the /" -#~ "var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory." +#~ "The View Archive Reports form enables you to view previously generated\n" +#~ "reports located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory. Use the checkboxes at the top to narrow-down the category of reports shown in the list to: SIR Reports, AUD Reports or ESS Reports. To see report details, select a report and click the View button. You can view reports from one or more systems if you move the reports to the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "El informe Ver informes archivados permite ver los informes generados " -#~ "anteriormente, \n" -#~ "ubicados en el directorio /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. Las " -#~ "casillas de verificación de la parte superior del formulario permiten " -#~ "restringir las categorías de informes que aparecen en la lista a los " -#~ "siguientes: Informes SIR, Informes AUD o Informes ESS. Para ver los " -#~ "detalles de los informes, seleccione uno y haga clic en el botón Ver.</" -#~ "b> Puede ver informes de uno o varios sistemas si los mueve al " -#~ "directorio /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived." +#~ "El informe Ver informes archivados permite ver los informes generados anteriormente, \n" +#~ "ubicados en el directorio /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. Las casillas de verificación de la parte superior del formulario permiten restringir las categorías de informes que aparecen en la lista a los siguientes: Informes SIR, Informes AUD o Informes ESS. Para ver los detalles de los informes, seleccione uno y haga clic en el botón Ver. Puede ver informes de uno o varios sistemas si los mueve al directorio /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived." #~ msgid "repConfHelp" #~ msgstr "repConfHelp" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Security Incident Report (SIR): A report that displays " -#~ "security \n" -#~ "events of interest to an administrator. The SIR reports policy " -#~ "violations \n" -#~ "for locally confined applications during the specified time period. The " -#~ "SIR \n" -#~ "reports policy exceptions and policy engine state changes. These two " -#~ "types \n" +#~ "Security Incident Report (SIR): A report that displays security \n" +#~ "events of interest to an administrator. The SIR reports policy violations \n" +#~ "for locally confined applications during the specified time period. The SIR \n" +#~ "reports policy exceptions and policy engine state changes. These two types \n" #~ "of security events are defined as follows:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Informe de incidentes de seguridad (SIR): Un informe que " -#~ "muestra eventos \n" -#~ "de seguridad de interés para un administrador. SIR reporta violaciones de " -#~ "directivas \n" -#~ "de aplicaciones confinadas localmente durante el período de tiempo " -#~ "especificado. SIR \n" -#~ "reporta excepciones de directivas y cambios de estados en el motor de " -#~ "directivas. Estos dos tipos \n" +#~ "Informe de incidentes de seguridad (SIR): Un informe que muestra eventos \n" +#~ "de seguridad de interés para un administrador. SIR reporta violaciones de directivas \n" +#~ "de aplicaciones confinadas localmente durante el período de tiempo especificado. SIR \n" +#~ "reporta excepciones de directivas y cambios de estados en el motor de directivas. Estos dos tipos \n" #~ "de eventos de seguridad son definidos de la siguiente forma:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<ul> <li>Policy Exceptions: When an application requests a " -#~ "resource \n" -#~ "that's not defined within its profile, a security event is generated.</" -#~ "li> \n" -#~ "<li>Policy Engine State Changes: Enforces policy for applications " -#~ "and \n" -#~ "maintains its own state, including when engines start or stop, when a " -#~ "policy \n" -#~ "is reloaded, and when global security feature are enabled or disabled.</" -#~ "li></ul> \n" -#~ "Select the report from the archive, then View to see the report " -#~ "details." +#~ "<ul> <li>Policy Exceptions: When an application requests a resource \n" +#~ "that's not defined within its profile, a security event is generated.</li> \n" +#~ "<li>Policy Engine State Changes: Enforces policy for applications and \n" +#~ "maintains its own state, including when engines start or stop, when a policy \n" +#~ "is reloaded, and when global security feature are enabled or disabled.</li></ul> \n" +#~ "Select the report from the archive, then View to see the report details." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ul> <li>Excepciones de directivas: Cuando una aplicación solicita " -#~ "un recurso \n" -#~ "que no está definido en su perfil, se genera un evento de seguridad.</" -#~ "li> \n" -#~ "<li>Cambios en el estado del motor de directivas: Impone " -#~ "directivas a las aplicaciones y\n" -#~ "mantiene su propio estado, aún cuando los motores se inician o detienen, " -#~ "cuando se recarga una directiva \n" -#~ "o cuando se activa o desactivan características globales de seguridad.</" -#~ "li></ul> \n" -#~ "Seleccione un informe del archivador y pulse Ver para mostrar los " -#~ "detalles del mismo." +#~ "<ul> <li>Excepciones de directivas: Cuando una aplicación solicita un recurso \n" +#~ "que no está definido en su perfil, se genera un evento de seguridad.</li> \n" +#~ "<li>Cambios en el estado del motor de directivas: Impone directivas a las aplicaciones y\n" +#~ "mantiene su propio estado, aún cuando los motores se inician o detienen, cuando se recarga una directiva \n" +#~ "o cuando se activa o desactivan características globales de seguridad.</li></ul> \n" +#~ "Seleccione un informe del archivador y pulse Ver para mostrar los detalles del mismo." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Applications Audit Report (AUD): An auditing tool that reports " -#~ "which application servers are running and whether they are confined by " -#~ "AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming " -#~ "network connections. This report provides the host machine's IP Address, " -#~ "the date the Applications Audit Report ran, the name and path of the " -#~ "unconfined program or application server, the suggested profile or a " -#~ "placeholder for a profile for an unconfined program, the process ID " -#~ "number, the state of the program (confined or unconfined) and the type of " -#~ "confinement that the profile is performing (enforce/complain)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Informe de auditoria de aplicaciones (AUD): es una herramienta " -#~ "de auditoria que informa de los servidores de aplicaciones que se están " -#~ "ejecutando y de si AppArmor está limitando las aplicaciones. Los " -#~ "servidores de aplicaciones son aplicaciones que aceptan conexiones de red " -#~ "entrantes. Este informe proporciona la dirección IP del host, la fecha en " -#~ "el que se ejecutó el Informe de auditoria de aplicaciones, el nombre y la " -#~ "ruta del programa o servidor de aplicaciones no limitado, el perfil " -#~ "sugerido o un espacio reservado para un perfil de programa no limitado, " -#~ "el número ID del proceso, el estado del programa (limitado o no limitado) " -#~ "y el tipo de limitación que el perfil está llevando a cabo (aplicación o " -#~ "queja)." +#~ msgid "Applications Audit Report (AUD): An auditing tool that reports which application servers are running and whether they are confined by AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming network connections. This report provides the host machine's IP Address, the date the Applications Audit Report ran, the name and path of the unconfined program or application server, the suggested profile or a placeholder for a profile for an unconfined program, the process ID number, the state of the program (confined or unconfined) and the type of confinement that the profile is performing (enforce/complain)." +#~ msgstr "Informe de auditoria de aplicaciones (AUD): es una herramienta de auditoria que informa de los servidores de aplicaciones que se están ejecutando y de si AppArmor está limitando las aplicaciones. Los servidores de aplicaciones son aplicaciones que aceptan conexiones de red entrantes. Este informe proporciona la dirección IP del host, la fecha en el que se ejecutó el Informe de auditoria de aplicaciones, el nombre y la ruta del programa o servidor de aplicaciones no limitado, el perfil sugerido o un espacio reservado para un perfil de programa no limitado, el número ID del proceso, el estado del programa (limitado o no limitado) y el tipo de limitación que el perfil está llevando a cabo (aplicación o queja)." #~ msgid "" #~ "Executive Security Summary (ESS): A combined report, \n" -#~ "consisting of one or more high-level reports from one or more machines. " -#~ "This \n" -#~ "report can provide a single view of security events on multiple machines " -#~ "if each \n" +#~ "consisting of one or more high-level reports from one or more machines. This \n" +#~ "report can provide a single view of security events on multiple machines if each \n" #~ "machine's data is copied to the reports archive directory, which is \n" -#~ "/var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. This report provides the " -#~ "host \n" -#~ "machine's IP address, the start and end dates of the polled events, total " -#~ "number \n" -#~ "of rejects, total number of events, average of severity levels reported, " -#~ "and the \n" -#~ "highest severity level reported. One line of the ESS report represents a " -#~ "range \n" +#~ "/var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. This report provides the host \n" +#~ "machine's IP address, the start and end dates of the polled events, total number \n" +#~ "of rejects, total number of events, average of severity levels reported, and the \n" +#~ "highest severity level reported. One line of the ESS report represents a range \n" #~ "of SIR reports." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Resumen ejecutivo de seguridad (ESS): es un informe combinado " -#~ "que consiste \n" -#~ "en uno o varios informes de alto nivel procedentes de uno o varios " -#~ "equipos. Este \n" -#~ "informe puede proporcionar una vista única sobre los eventos de seguridad " -#~ "de varios \n" -#~ "equipos si los datos de cada equipo se copian en el directorio del " -#~ "archivador de los \n" -#~ "informes: /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. Este informe " -#~ "proporciona la dirección \n" -#~ "IP del equipo, las fechas de inicio y de fin de los eventos sondeados, el " -#~ "número total de \n" -#~ "rechazos, el número total de eventos, la media de eventos de seguridad " -#~ "sobre los que se \n" -#~ "ha informado y el nivel de gravedad más alto incluido en un informe. " -#~ "Cada \n" +#~ "Resumen ejecutivo de seguridad (ESS): es un informe combinado que consiste \n" +#~ "en uno o varios informes de alto nivel procedentes de uno o varios equipos. Este \n" +#~ "informe puede proporcionar una vista única sobre los eventos de seguridad de varios \n" +#~ "equipos si los datos de cada equipo se copian en el directorio del archivador de los \n" +#~ "informes: /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. Este informe proporciona la dirección \n" +#~ "IP del equipo, las fechas de inicio y de fin de los eventos sondeados, el número total de \n" +#~ "rechazos, el número total de eventos, la media de eventos de seguridad sobre los que se \n" +#~ "ha informado y el nivel de gravedad más alto incluido en un informe. Cada \n" #~ "línea de un informe ESS representa una serie de informes SIR." #~ msgid "Archived Security Incident Report - Page " @@ -2894,8 +2588,7 @@ #~ "This table displays the events that match your search criteria.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Eventos de seguridad de AppArmor\n" -#~ "Esta tabla muestra los eventos encontrados que coinciden con los " -#~ "criterios de búsqueda.\n" +#~ "Esta tabla muestra los eventos encontrados que coinciden con los criterios de búsqueda.\n" #~ msgid "AppArmor Event Report Data" #~ msgstr "Datos de informe de eventos de AppArmor" @@ -2966,17 +2659,13 @@ #~ msgstr "Base de datos de eventos no iniciada." #~ msgid "The events database has not been populated. No records exist." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "La base de datos de eventos no tiene información. No existe ningún " -#~ "registro." +#~ msgstr "La base de datos de eventos no tiene información. No existe ningún registro." #~ msgid "Query Returned Empty List." #~ msgstr "La consulta devolvió una lista vacía." #~ msgid "The events database has no records that match the search query." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "La base de datos de eventos no tiene registros que coincidan con la " -#~ "búsqueda." +#~ msgstr "La base de datos de eventos no tiene registros que coincidan con la búsqueda." #~ msgid "Archived Event Report - Page " #~ msgstr "Informe de eventos archivados - Página" @@ -3041,9 +2730,7 @@ # # include/users/ui.ycp:1089 #~ msgid "No recognized report type selected. Try again." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No se ha seleccionado ningún tipo de informe reconocido. Inténtelo de " -#~ "nuevo." +#~ msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún tipo de informe reconocido. Inténtelo de nuevo." #~ msgid "AppArmor Report" #~ msgstr "Informe de AppArmor" @@ -3148,9 +2835,7 @@ #~ msgstr "No es posible suprimir un informe bursátil." #~ msgid "No name provided for retrieving SIR report page count." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No se ha proporcionado ningún nombre para recuperar el recuento de " -#~ "páginas del informe SIR." +#~ msgstr "No se ha proporcionado ningún nombre para recuperar el recuento de páginas del informe SIR." # clients/hwinfo.ycp:73 # clients/hwinfo.ycp:73 @@ -3218,12 +2903,8 @@ #~ msgid "Audit" #~ msgstr "Auditoría" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "AppArmor does not appear to be started. Please enable AppArmor and try " -#~ "again." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Parece que AppArmor no se ha iniciado. Habilite AppArmor e inténtelo de " -#~ "nuevo." +#~ msgid "AppArmor does not appear to be started. Please enable AppArmor and try again." +#~ msgstr "Parece que AppArmor no se ha iniciado. Habilite AppArmor e inténtelo de nuevo." # include/nis_server/ui.ycp:45 #~ msgid "Can't find apparmor profiles in %s." @@ -3361,8 +3042,7 @@ #~ msgstr "No se pudo realizar la consulta." #~ msgid "# Security Incident Report - Generated by AppArmor\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "# Informe de incidentes de seguridad (SIR) - Generado por AppArmor\n" +#~ msgstr "# Informe de incidentes de seguridad (SIR) - Generado por AppArmor\n" #~ msgid "# Period: %s - %s\n" #~ msgstr "# Periodo: %s - %s\n" @@ -3387,9 +3067,7 @@ #~ " \n" #~ msgid "<h3>Security Incident Report - Generated by AppArmor</h3>\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h3>Informe de incidentes de seguridad (SIR) - Generado por AppArmor</" -#~ "h3>\n" +#~ msgstr "<h3>Informe de incidentes de seguridad (SIR) - Generado por AppArmor</h3>\n" #~ msgid "<h4>Period: %s - %s</h4>\n" #~ msgstr "<h4>Periodo: %s - %s</h4>\n" @@ -3452,8 +3130,7 @@ #~ msgstr "No es posible abrir %s. Imposible añadir informe: %s" #~ msgid "Duplicate report name not allowed. Didn't schedule new report: %s" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nombre de informe duplicado no permitido. No se programó nuevo informe: %s" +#~ msgstr "Nombre de informe duplicado no permitido. No se programó nuevo informe: %s" #~ msgid "Couldn't open %s. No changes performed." #~ msgstr "Error: no es posible abrir %s. No se ha realizado ningún cambio." @@ -3463,56 +3140,37 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Please make a \n" -#~ "\t\tselection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the " -#~ "profile." +#~ "\t\tselection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the profile." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Seleccione uno \n" #~ "\t\tde los perfiles de la lista y pulse Siguiente para suprimir el perfil." #~ msgid "Selection a listed profile and press Next to edit the profile." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccione uno de los perfiles de la lista y haga clic en Siguiente para " -#~ "editar el perfil." +#~ msgstr "Seleccione uno de los perfiles de la lista y haga clic en Siguiente para editar el perfil." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please refer to this for more detailed information about AppArmor" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Le recomendamos que la consulte para obtener información más detallada " -#~ "sobre AppArmor" +#~ msgid "Please refer to this for more detailed information about AppArmor" +#~ msgstr "Le recomendamos que la consulte para obtener información más detallada sobre AppArmor" #~ msgid "" #~ "<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions about allowed operations on files,\n" -#~ "where file owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID " -#~ "is \n" +#~ "where file owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is \n" #~ "applicable. It doesn't override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ul><li>Anula todas las restricciones sobre las operaciones permitidas en " -#~ "archivos, \n" -#~ "donde el ID del propietario del archivo debe ser el mismo que el ID del " -#~ "usuario, excepto \n" -#~ "donde puede aplicarse CAP_FSETID. No anula las restricciones de MAC ni " -#~ "DAC. </li></ul>" +#~ "<ul><li>Anula todas las restricciones sobre las operaciones permitidas en archivos, \n" +#~ "donde el ID del propietario del archivo debe ser el mismo que el ID del usuario, excepto \n" +#~ "donde puede aplicarse CAP_FSETID. No anula las restricciones de MAC ni DAC. </li></ul>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions that the effective user \n" -#~ "ID shall match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID " -#~ "bits on that \n" -#~ "file; that the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) " -#~ "shall match \n" -#~ "the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; that the " -#~ "S_ISUID and \n" -#~ "S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not " -#~ "implemented). </li></ul>" +#~ "ID shall match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that \n" +#~ "file; that the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) shall match \n" +#~ "the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; that the S_ISUID and \n" +#~ "S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ul><li>Anula las siguientes restricciones: la que obliga a que el ID de " -#~ "usuario efectivo deba coincidir con el ID de propietario del archivo al " -#~ "configurar los bits S_ISUID y S_ISGID en dicho \n" -#~ "archivo; la que obliga a que el ID de grupo efectivo (o uno de los ID de " -#~ "grupo suplementarios) deba coincidir \n" -#~ "con el ID de propietario del archivo al configurar el bit S_ISGID en " -#~ "dicho archivo; la que obliga a desactivar los bits S_ISUID y \n" -#~ "S_ISGID ante una devolución correcta de chown(2) (sin implementar). </" -#~ "li></ul>" +#~ "<ul><li>Anula las siguientes restricciones: la que obliga a que el ID de usuario efectivo deba coincidir con el ID de propietario del archivo al configurar los bits S_ISUID y S_ISGID en dicho \n" +#~ "archivo; la que obliga a que el ID de grupo efectivo (o uno de los ID de grupo suplementarios) deba coincidir \n" +#~ "con el ID de propietario del archivo al configurar el bit S_ISGID en dicho archivo; la que obliga a desactivar los bits S_ISUID y \n" +#~ "S_ISGID ante una devolución correcta de chown(2) (sin implementar). </li></ul>" # include/scanner/scanner_overview.ycp:146 include/scanner/scanner_scsi.ycp:171 include/scanner/scanner_usb.ycp:204 # @@ -3520,102 +3178,67 @@ # include/scanner/scanner_overview.ycp:146 # include/scanner/scanner_scsi.ycp:171 include/scanner/scanner_usb.ycp:204 #~ msgid "Please select an action to perform from the buttons below." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccione una acción que desee llevar a cabo en los botones siguientes." +#~ msgstr "Seleccione una acción que desee llevar a cabo en los botones siguientes." #~ msgid "" #~ "The profile already contains the provided hat name. \n" -#~ "Please enter a different name to try again, or press Abort to cancel this " -#~ "wizard." +#~ "Please enter a different name to try again, or press Abort to cancel this wizard." #~ msgstr "" #~ "El perfil ya contiene el nombre de Hat proporcionado. \n" -#~ "Especifique uno distinto para volver a intentarlo o haga clic en Cancelar " -#~ "para salir del asistente." +#~ "Especifique uno distinto para volver a intentarlo o haga clic en Cancelar para salir del asistente." #~ msgid "" -#~ "In this form you can view and modify the contents of an individual " -#~ "profile. \n" -#~ "For existing entries you can double click the permissions to access a " -#~ "modification dialog." +#~ "In this form you can view and modify the contents of an individual profile. \n" +#~ "For existing entries you can double click the permissions to access a modification dialog." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "En este formulario puede ver y modificar el contenido de un perfil " -#~ "individual. \n" -#~ "Puede hacer doble clic sobre los permisos de las entradas existentes para " -#~ "acceder a un cuadro de diálogo de modificación." +#~ "En este formulario puede ver y modificar el contenido de un perfil individual. \n" +#~ "Puede hacer doble clic sobre los permisos de las entradas existentes para acceder a un cuadro de diálogo de modificación." #~ msgid "" #~ "Generate Reports Help If there were, in fact, \n" -#~ "going to be any help for you (which, incidentally, there isn't going to " -#~ "be), \n" -#~ "then you would indeed find said help, here.Thank you for your " -#~ "time, \n" +#~ "going to be any help for you (which, incidentally, there isn't going to be), \n" +#~ "then you would indeed find said help, here.Thank you for your time, \n" #~ "and have a nice day." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ayuda sobre la generación de informes Si hubiera algún \n" -#~ "tipo de ayuda (aunque en esta ocasión no es así), se encontraría aquí.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "tipo de ayuda (aunque en esta ocasión no es así), se encontraría aquí.\n" #~ "Gracias por su atención y que tenga un buen día." #~ msgid "" #~ "The View Archive Reports form enables you to view \n" -#~ "previously generated reports, located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-" -#~ "archived \n" -#~ "directory. The checkboxes at the top of the form enable you to narrow-" -#~ "down \n" -#~ "the category of reports shown in the list to the following: SIR Reports, " -#~ "AUD \n" -#~ "Reports, or ESS Reports. To see report details, select a report and click " -#~ "the \n" -#~ "View button. You can view reports from one or more systems " -#~ "if \n" -#~ "you move the reports to the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory." -#~ "" +#~ "previously generated reports, located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived \n" +#~ "directory. The checkboxes at the top of the form enable you to narrow-down \n" +#~ "the category of reports shown in the list to the following: SIR Reports, AUD \n" +#~ "Reports, or ESS Reports. To see report details, select a report and click the \n" +#~ "View button. You can view reports from one or more systems if \n" +#~ "you move the reports to the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "El formulario de Ver informes archivados le permite visualizar los " -#~ "informes \n" -#~ "generados anteriormente, ubicados en el directorio /var/log/apparmor/" -#~ "reports-archived. \n" -#~ "Las casillas de verificación en la parte superior del formulario permiten " -#~ "restringir \n" -#~ "las categorías de informes que aparecen en la lista a los siguientes: " -#~ "Informes SIR, \n" -#~ "Informes AUD o Informes ESS. Para ver los detalles de los informes, " -#~ "seleccione uno y \n" -#~ "haga clic en el botón Ver. Puede ver informes de uno o " -#~ "varios sistemas si \n" +#~ "El formulario de Ver informes archivados le permite visualizar los informes \n" +#~ "generados anteriormente, ubicados en el directorio /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. \n" +#~ "Las casillas de verificación en la parte superior del formulario permiten restringir \n" +#~ "las categorías de informes que aparecen en la lista a los siguientes: Informes SIR, \n" +#~ "Informes AUD o Informes ESS. Para ver los detalles de los informes, seleccione uno y \n" +#~ "haga clic en el botón Ver. Puede ver informes de uno o varios sistemas si \n" #~ "los mueve al directorio /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived." #~ msgid "" #~ "Applications Audit Report (AUD): An auditing tool \n" -#~ "that reports which application servers are running and whether they are " -#~ "confined \n" -#~ "by AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming " -#~ "network \n" -#~ "connections. This report provides the host machine's IP Address, the date " -#~ "the \n" -#~ "Applications Audit Report ran, the name and path of the unconfined " -#~ "program or \n" -#~ "application server, the suggested profile or a placeholder for a profile " -#~ "for an \n" -#~ "unconfined program, the process ID number, The state of the program " -#~ "(confined or \n" +#~ "that reports which application servers are running and whether they are confined \n" +#~ "by AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming network \n" +#~ "connections. This report provides the host machine's IP Address, the date the \n" +#~ "Applications Audit Report ran, the name and path of the unconfined program or \n" +#~ "application server, the suggested profile or a placeholder for a profile for an \n" +#~ "unconfined program, the process ID number, The state of the program (confined or \n" #~ "unconfined), and the type of confinement that the profile is performing \n" #~ "(enforce/complain)." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Informe de auditoría de aplicaciones (AUD): es una herramienta " -#~ "de auditoría \n" -#~ "que informa sobre los servidores de aplicaciones que se están ejecutando " -#~ "y de si \n" -#~ "AppArmor está limitando las aplicaciones. Los servidores de aplicaciones " -#~ "son aplicaciones \n" -#~ "que aceptan conexiones de red entrantes. Este informe proporciona la " -#~ "dirección IP del equipo, \n" -#~ "la fecha en el que se ejecutó el informe de auditoría de aplicaciones, el " -#~ "nombre y la ruta del \n" -#~ "programa o servidor de aplicaciones no limitado, el perfil sugerido o un " -#~ "espacio reservado para \n" -#~ "un perfil de programa no limitado, el número ID del proceso, el estado " -#~ "del programa (limitado o \n" +#~ "Informe de auditoría de aplicaciones (AUD): es una herramienta de auditoría \n" +#~ "que informa sobre los servidores de aplicaciones que se están ejecutando y de si \n" +#~ "AppArmor está limitando las aplicaciones. Los servidores de aplicaciones son aplicaciones \n" +#~ "que aceptan conexiones de red entrantes. Este informe proporciona la dirección IP del equipo, \n" +#~ "la fecha en el que se ejecutó el informe de auditoría de aplicaciones, el nombre y la ruta del \n" +#~ "programa o servidor de aplicaciones no limitado, el perfil sugerido o un espacio reservado para \n" +#~ "un perfil de programa no limitado, el número ID del proceso, el estado del programa (limitado o \n" #~ "no limitado) y el tipo de limitación que el perfil está llevando a cabo \n" #~ "(aplicación o queja)." -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89763 - trunk/yast/xh/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 17:36:31 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89763 Added: trunk/yast/xh/po/cio.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/opensuse_mirror.xh.po Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/add-on-creator.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/add-on.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/audit-laf.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/auth-client.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/auth-server.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/autoinst.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/base.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/bootloader.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/ca-management.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/cluster.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/control-center.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/control.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/country.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/crowbar.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/dhcp-server.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/dns-server.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/drbd.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/fcoe-client.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/firewall-services.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/firewall.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/firstboot.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/ftp-server.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/geo-cluster.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/gtk.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/http-server.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/inetd.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/installation.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/instserver.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/iplb.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/iscsi-client.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/iscsi-lio-server.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/iscsi-server.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/isns.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/kdump.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/kerberos-server.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/kerberos.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/languages_db.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/ldap-client.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/ldap-server.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/ldap.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/live-installer.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/lxc.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/mail.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/multipath.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/ncurses-pkg.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/ncurses.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/network.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/nfs.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/nfs_server.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/nis.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/nis_server.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/ntp-client.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/oneclickinstall.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/online-update-configuration.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/online-update.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/packager.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/pam.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/pkg-bindings.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/printer.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/product-creator.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/proxy.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/qt-pkg.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/qt.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/rdp.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/rear.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/registration.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/reipl.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/relocation-server.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/s390.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/samba-client.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/samba-server.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/samba-users.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/scanner.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/security.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/services-manager.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/slp-server.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/snapper.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/sound.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/squid.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/sshd.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/storage.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/sudo.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/support.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/sysconfig.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/tftp-server.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/timezone_db.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/tune.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/update.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/users.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/vm.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/wagon.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/wol.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/xpram.xh.po trunk/yast/xh/po/yast2-apparmor.xh.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/add-on-creator.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/add-on-creator.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/add-on-creator.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/add-on.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/add-on.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/add-on.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -43,21 +43,21 @@ #. this is a heading #. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks #: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1871 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Iimveliso Ezifakelwayo" #. busy message (dialog) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label #: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1872 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Kuyandululwa..." #. help #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879 msgid "Initializing add-on products..." msgstr "Kundululwa iimveliso ezifakelwayo..." @@ -83,10 +83,10 @@ #. placeholder for unknown path #. placeholder for unknown URL #: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:384 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:940 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:949 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Akwaziwa" @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ #. main screen heading #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "Izilondolozi Zemveliso Ezifakelwayo" @@ -229,36 +229,36 @@ #. ... #. ] #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:585 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1586 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1598 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604 #, fuzzy msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "Akukho mveliso ifunyenweyo kwikhathalogu" #. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:319 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316 #, fuzzy msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "Akukho khathalogu efunyenwe kwisilondolozi." #. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "Kundululwa umthombo omtsha..." -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "I-URL: %1, Uvimba weefayili: %2" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:392 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 #, fuzzy msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "Ukukhethwa Kokungaphakathi Ekhompyutheni" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:394 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \n" @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ "Bezininzi iikhathalogu ezifunyenwe kwisilondolozi esikhethiweyo.\n" " Khetha ikhathalogu oza kuyisebenzisa. \n" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:404 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401 #, fuzzy msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "Akukho mangeniso afunyenweyo" @@ -282,34 +282,34 @@ #. else #. { #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:416 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:743 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "Ukuyeka ngenene ukuhlohla imveliso efakelwayo?" #. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:427 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 #, fuzzy msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "Khetha ungeniso." #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:632 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "Izixhomekeki zemveliso efakelwayo ayikwazi kuphunyezwa." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:713 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "Ukukhetha Imveliso" #. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:719 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "Iimveliso Ezikhoyo" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:725 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Product Selection</big> \n" @@ -321,12 +321,12 @@ " ezifanele ukuhlohlwa.\n" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:793 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "Izixhomekeki zemveliso efakelwayo ayikwazi kuphunyezwa." #. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:915 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big>\n" @@ -345,97 +345,97 @@ " yikhethe uze unqomfe Fakela." #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 #, fuzzy msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "I-URL: %1, Uvimba weefayili: %2" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:970 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Product" msgstr "Imveliso" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:972 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969 msgid "Media" msgstr " Izilondolozi" #. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1127 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "Khetha imveliso oza kuyicima." #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1135 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1253 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259 #, fuzzy msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "Iimveliso Ezifakelwayo" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1260 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266 #, fuzzy msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "Iimveliso Ezifakelwayo" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268 msgid "URL" msgstr "I-URL" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1276 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 #, fuzzy msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "Umlawuli wePak&ethe" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1280 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 #, fuzzy msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." msgstr "Sebenzisa Okutsha ukudala isimbo esitsha okanye Thatha ngaphandle ukuze uthathe ngaphandle esekukho." #. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1335 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 #, fuzzy msgid "Vendor: %1 " msgstr "Isishwankathelo: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1336 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "umthengisi ongaziwa" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1339 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 #, fuzzy msgid "Version: %1 " msgstr "Uguqulelo: " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1340 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "Imposiso Engaziwayo." -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1343 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository URL: %1 " msgstr "Isishwankathelo: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "Isixhobo sokusebenza esingaziwa" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1356 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository Alias: %1 " msgstr "Isishwankathelo: %1 " @@ -443,18 +443,18 @@ #. Removes the currently selected Add-On #. #. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1636 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1689 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Isixhobo sokusebenza esingaziwa" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1639 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "Akwaziwa" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1712 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718 #, fuzzy msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "Kuhlaziywa izixhomekeki zemodyuli ye-kernel..." Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/audit-laf.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/audit-laf.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/audit-laf.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -862,32 +862,51 @@ msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." msgstr "Azikwazi kufundeka iikhathalogu" -#. Error message +#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do you want to skip Registration?" +msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" +msgstr "Ingaba ufuna ukulutsiba uBhaliso?" + +#. question continues +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467 +msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. message about loaded kernel module #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471 -msgid "" -"The audit daemon doesn't run.\n" -"Do you want to start it now?" +msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:476 -msgid "" -" The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" -"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" -"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n" -"Do you want to start the daemon now?" +#. Headline of a popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Sound Daemons" +msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" +msgstr "ii-Daemon Zesandi" + +#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:484 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "&Start" +msgstr "&Qalisa" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 #, fuzzy -msgid "Audit daemon not running." -msgstr "Isilumkiso: Isiphelo se-X asisebenzi" +#| msgid "Do not install" +msgid "&Do not start" +msgstr "Musa ukuhlohla" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "Ayikwazi kuqaleka ngokutsha i-daemon ye-NTP." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -896,40 +915,40 @@ msgstr "" #. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:546 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "Kugcinwa Ubumbeko lwe-inetd" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:562 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Bhala imimiselo" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566 #, fuzzy msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "Bhala izimbo" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:568 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Kubhalwa imimiselo..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "Kubhalwa izimbo" #. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588 #, fuzzy msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "Ekujoliswe kuko sekudityanisiwe." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:587 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" @@ -937,35 +956,39 @@ msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:612 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "Ukuqaliswa kwakhona inkonzo %1 kusilele" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:619 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "Ayikwazi kubhaleka imimiselo ku '%1." #. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:650 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652 msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:656 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "Ayikwazi kubhaleka imimiselo ku '%1." #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:705 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707 #, fuzzy msgid "Log file" msgstr "&Ifayili Yendawo Yalapho" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Audit daemon not running." +#~ msgstr "Isilumkiso: Isiphelo se-X asisebenzi" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Unknown option" #~ msgstr "Isikhethwa esingaziwa: %1" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/auth-client.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/auth-client.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/auth-client.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -56,12 +56,12 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:148 src/include/dialogs.rb:220 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:310 src/include/dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hlaba" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&KULUNGILE" #. Waiting for response #. Waiting for response @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Help" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nceda" #. No we open the dialog #: src/include/dialogs.rb:306 @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "New" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Okutsha" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Add New Domain" @@ -178,15 +178,15 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:538 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fakela" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:539 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hlela" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cima " #. Inetd configure dialog caption #: src/include/dialogs.rb:547 @@ -390,23 +390,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/auth-server.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/auth-server.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/auth-server.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -43,11 +43,11 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:72 msgid "Enable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nika isakhono kwinkonzo" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:73 msgid "Disable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Susa isakhono kwinkonzo" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:75 msgid "Database type (\"hdb\" or \"bdb\")" @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:98 msgid "File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ifayili" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:99 msgid "Position" @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ #. all known interfaces for testing #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vula Isiqhagamshelanisi Kudonga Lomlilo" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203 @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194 msgid "Firewall is disabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Udonga lomlilo lwaphulwe isakhono" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200 msgid "Register at SLP Daemon: " @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:112 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:202 msgid "Restart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Qalisa kwakhona" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:114 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:203 @@ -236,6 +236,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Start new config wizward +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit existing configuration" +msgid "Migrate existing Configuration" +msgstr "Hlela ulwakhelo olusele lukhona" + #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135 msgid "" "Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n" @@ -274,7 +280,7 @@ #. ******************** #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:48 msgid "General Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Imimiselo Jikelele" #. list of valid encoding methods for password inputs, used by add database and edit database #. dialogs @@ -290,7 +296,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Imimiselo ye-Firewall" #. create new item #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:198 @@ -355,7 +361,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Basic Kerberos Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Imimiselo ye-Kerberos Esisiseko " #. TextEntry label: "Realm" is a typical kerberos phrase. #. Please think twice please before you translate this, @@ -387,7 +393,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:637 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:729 msgid "Current Selection: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ukukhetha Kwangoku:" #. tree widget headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:789 @@ -438,7 +444,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Igama lokugqithisela" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1073 msgid "Validate Password" @@ -465,7 +471,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inkqubo" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1146 msgid "Provider Hostname" @@ -487,7 +493,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264 msgid "Bro&wse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Khange&la_" #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231 @@ -655,20 +661,22 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" "variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" -"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" "specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" @@ -678,14 +686,14 @@ "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:67 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" "LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n" "(e.g. ldapsearch), check Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n" @@ -695,13 +703,13 @@ "when creating the first database on a server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n" "change any configuration settings here.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n" "for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n" @@ -709,7 +717,7 @@ "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n" "click Change Password. \n" @@ -719,28 +727,28 @@ "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:102 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" "The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" "the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" @@ -751,17 +759,17 @@ "thumbs)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" "should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" @@ -770,7 +778,7 @@ "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "If Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status is enabled, users trying to\n" "authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n" @@ -779,30 +787,30 @@ "option. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" @@ -810,34 +818,34 @@ "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" "(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "Use Add to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n" "Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" @@ -845,30 +853,30 @@ "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" @@ -876,21 +884,21 @@ "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:200 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:204 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" "in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" @@ -902,11 +910,11 @@ "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:214 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:215 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" "made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" @@ -914,21 +922,21 @@ "such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" "Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:228 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 msgid "" "Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n" "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" @@ -938,15 +946,15 @@ "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:236 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:237 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 msgid "" "refreshOnly: The slave server will periodically open a new\n" "connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n" @@ -954,28 +962,28 @@ "Replication Interval setting.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:244 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 msgid "" "refreshAndPersist: The slave server will open a persistent\n" "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:249 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:250 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" "The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:253 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:254 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" @@ -985,22 +993,24 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "<big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" +"<big>Ukundululwa Kokulahlwa:</big> \n" +"Lahla ngokhuselo ukusetyenziswa kobumbeko ngokucinezela u-Lahla ngoku." #. Write dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 msgid "<big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big> \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:272 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog\n" @@ -1008,11 +1018,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:278 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 msgid "" "This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n" "created. Click Finish to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n" @@ -1020,78 +1030,78 @@ msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:287 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" "If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n" "for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.\n" msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:297 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:300 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 msgid "" "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:306 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" "Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:310 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:313 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" "To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the Enabled TLS\n" "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:319 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" "Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" "support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:324 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" "corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:329 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:330 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" "different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" @@ -1099,19 +1109,19 @@ "textfields.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:336 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 msgid "" "To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:340 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "Below this item, configure some global parameters." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:344 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" "Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" "a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" @@ -1119,71 +1129,71 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:350 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" "Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:354 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:357 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:358 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" "LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:361 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" "Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" "credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:364 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:367 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:372 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:373 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 msgid "" "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests: The Server will\n" "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:378 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" "Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:381 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" "receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:386 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 msgid "" "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated:\n" "The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n" @@ -1191,7 +1201,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:392 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" "\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" @@ -1201,29 +1211,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:400 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:401 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" "To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:404 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" "Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:407 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" "If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" "checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:410 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" "To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" "server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" @@ -1232,231 +1242,231 @@ #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:417 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:421 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: database_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:425 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: acl_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:429 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:433 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:437 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:441 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:444 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:449 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:454 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:459 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:462 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:467 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:472 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:477 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:482 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:487 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:492 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:495 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : dict_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:501 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:505 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:509 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:513 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:517 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:521 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_type -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:525 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:529 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:533 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:537 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:541 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:545 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:549 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:553 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:557 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:561 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:565 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:569 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." msgstr "" @@ -1765,6 +1775,12 @@ #. Ralf Haferkamp <rhafer(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id$ +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LDAP Client Configuration" +msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration" +msgstr "Ubumbeko Lomxumi we-LDAP" + #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28 msgid "MirrorMode Node List" msgstr "" @@ -1811,7 +1827,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:204 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:297 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kuyandululwa..." #. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. **************************************** @@ -1850,7 +1866,7 @@ #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:100 msgid "Databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Iziseko zeenkcukacha" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 msgid "Suffix DN" @@ -1940,7 +1956,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1007 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:407 msgid "Password &Encryption" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uguqulelo &Oluntsonkothileyo Lwegama Lokugqithisa" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1015 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368 @@ -1954,7 +1970,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hayi" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 @@ -1962,7 +1978,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ewe" #. skip attribute that already have an index defined #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1188 @@ -1978,7 +1994,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1298 msgid "Password Policy Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ubumbeko Lomgaqonkqubo Wegama Lokugqithisa" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1307 msgid "Access Control Configuration" @@ -2002,7 +2018,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:100 msgid "LDAP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "i-&LDAP" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldap), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:112 @@ -2071,7 +2087,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167 msgid "None" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Akukho" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174 msgid "Select &Allow Flags:" @@ -2139,7 +2155,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234 msgid "&Browse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Khangela..." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285 msgid "Certificate &Key File (PEM Format - Unencrypted)" @@ -2147,7 +2163,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:288 msgid "B&rowse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kh&angela..." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:295 msgid "Launch CA Management Module" @@ -2159,7 +2175,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:305 msgid "Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "I-DN Engumlawuli" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:307 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:81 msgid "&Append Base DN" @@ -2219,7 +2235,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uyelelwaniso" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 @@ -2247,7 +2263,7 @@ #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239 msgid "Password Policy Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Imimiselo Yomgaqonkqubo Wegama Lokugqithisa" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:47 msgid "Enable Password Policies" @@ -2331,11 +2347,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:133 msgid "Read" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Funda" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:134 msgid "Write" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bhala" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:135 msgid "Manage (full access)" @@ -2356,7 +2372,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:197 msgid "A&ppend Base DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hlo&mela Isiseko se-DN:" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:211 msgid "LDAP Administrator &Password" @@ -2416,7 +2432,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645 msgid "Try again?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uyazama kwakhona?" #. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original #. Entry, try to merge them here @@ -2493,11 +2509,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Attributes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Iimpawu" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hlela" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 msgid "Access Level" @@ -2509,7 +2525,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 msgid "Flow Control" @@ -2560,7 +2576,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716 msgid "Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Isiqhagamshelanisi" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637 msgid "Replication Type" @@ -2572,19 +2588,19 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647 msgid "Days" -msgstr "" +msgstr " Iintsuku" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651 msgid "Hours" -msgstr "" +msgstr " Iiyure" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118 msgid "Minutes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Imizuzu" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659 msgid "Seconds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Imizuzwana" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672 msgid "Authentication DN" @@ -2690,8 +2706,8 @@ msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3479 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3526 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3572 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." msgstr "" @@ -2891,7 +2907,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227 msgid "Not configured yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Akukabikho lubumbeko." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472 msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist." @@ -2954,7 +2970,7 @@ msgid "Could not create database directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4096 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." msgstr "" @@ -2967,101 +2983,101 @@ msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3373 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3386 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3399 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3412 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3425 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3511 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3557 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3603 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 msgid "Writing to password file failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3969 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3979 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3974 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3984 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4016 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4024 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4031 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4043 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4048 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4062 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4069 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4089 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Akakwazekanga kudaleka uvimba weefayili." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4863 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 #, perl-format msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4873 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4874 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 #, perl-format msgid "" "Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n" "CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4968 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4978 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5346 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5355 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/autoinst.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/autoinst.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/autoinst.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:422 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" @@ -110,8 +110,7 @@ msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "" -#. doClone(); -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:84 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82 #, fuzzy msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "Imida Yenkcazelo ngee-Modem" @@ -123,38 +122,33 @@ msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set." msgstr "Indlela eyakwiprofayili ye-YASTEzenzekelayo ayikho." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/clone_system.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Author: Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> -#. Summary: This client is clones some settings of the -#. system. -#. -#. Changes: * initial - just do a simple clone -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:42 +#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "Kukhutshelwa ubumbeko Lwesixokelelwano se-X Window..." -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:52 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unknown mode" msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr "Imo esebenzayo engaziwa" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:59 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Comma separated list of runlevels" msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "Uluhlu lwemigangatho yokusebenza eyahlulwe ngekoma" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89 msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "Kufaniswa isixokelelwano..." -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:92 -msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "Inkangeleko yecala le-yast ezenzekelayo esisiphumo iyafumaneka apha /ingcambu yamandla/ukuhlohla okuzenzekelayo.xml." #. help 1/2 @@ -304,23 +298,23 @@ msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "Kuqhutywa Izikripti Zamva" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting services" msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "Kuqaliswa iinkonzo kwakhona" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:289 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:302 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "Kugqitywa Ukwenziwa Kobumbeko" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:405 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404 #, fuzzy msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "Kucikidwa umthombo %1" @@ -2488,13 +2482,13 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for #. #. @return the newly created node name -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid " - Drive" msgstr "&Isikhululo" #. volume group -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid " - Volume group" msgstr "Iqela Lesixa" @@ -2599,11 +2593,11 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:908 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 msgid "Drives" msgstr "Izikhululo" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Total of %1 drive" #| msgid_plural "Total of %1 drives" @@ -2814,28 +2808,28 @@ msgstr "Ayiphumelelanga indlela yesicombululi sepakethe. Nceda khangela icandelo lakho lesoftwe kwiprofayili ye-autoyast." #. 1 cyl buffer per partition -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:491 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" msgstr "Isicwangciso somahlulo esisiseko kwiprofayili ye-XML yakho ayaneli kwidiski eqinileyo. %1MB ilahlekile" -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:918 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" msgstr "Akukho lubumbeko lwezixhobo lungqalileyo" #. Handle /etc/fstab usage #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "Kuvavanywa izahlulelo zengcambu yamandla. Nceda linda kancinci..." #. a popup -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025 msgid "No Linux root partition found." msgstr "Akukho sahlulelo sifunyenwe sengcambu yamandla ye-Linux." #. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting #. is inevitable. -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038 msgid "" "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" @@ -2844,7 +2838,7 @@ "lokuba sesiphi isahlulelo sengcambu yamandla esifanele ukusetyenziswa. Ukuhlohleka okuzenekelayo akwenzeki.\n" #. return list of available devices -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/base.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/base.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/base.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -1292,7 +1292,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:877 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Tsiba" @@ -1315,7 +1315,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2552 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Igama lokungena" @@ -1508,6 +1508,31 @@ msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgstr "Kusilele ukuhlohla imibekelelo efunekayo." +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating configuration..." +msgid "Updating system configuration..." +msgstr "Kuhlaziywa ubumbeko..." + +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This may take a while" +msgid "This may take a while." +msgstr "Oku kusenokuthatha ithuba..." + +#. Get information about the OS release +#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file +#. is missing. +#. +#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) +#. @return [String] the release information +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Control file %1 was not found." +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "Ifayili yokulawula %1 ayikhange ifunyanwe." + #. Confirm user request to abort installation #: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833 msgid "Really abort the installation?" @@ -2158,15 +2183,15 @@ #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:401 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "I-Modem" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "Ikhadi Lothungelwano" @@ -2174,27 +2199,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "i-ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL" msgstr "i-DSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Akwaziwa" @@ -2204,331 +2229,331 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1123 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "Iidilesi Ezifakelweyo" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "I-ARCnet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "Ikhadi Lothungelwano lwe-ARCnet" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 msgid "ATM" msgstr "i-ATM" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "Imo Yokutshintshela i-Asynchronous" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "I-Bluetooth" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1137 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "Uqhagamshelo lwe-Bluetooth" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "Uthungelwano Lwemvumelwano" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "I-CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "Unxibelelwano Lokufikelela Oluqhelekileyo Lwesitishi sokusebenza" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "Ikhadi ye-ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "I-CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "Indawo Yesitishi ukuya Kwisitishi" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "Umdibaniso we-DSL" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "iDami" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "Isixhobo Sothungelwano se-Dami" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "I-ESCON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "Isiqhagamsheli Sesixokelelwano Seshishini" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "I-Ethernet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1165 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "Ikhadi Lothungelwano lwe-Ethernet" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "I-FDDI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "Ikhadi Lothungelwano lwe-FDDI" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "FICON" msgstr "I-FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "Isiqhagamsheli Sesixokelelwano Sesitishi se-Fiber" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "I-HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1177 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "Indawo Enxuseneyo Yomsebenzi Ophambili " #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "Iisokethi ze-Hiper" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1182 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "Indawo ye-Hipersockets" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "Uqhamgashelo lwe-ISDN" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "I-IrDA" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "Isixhobo Semitha Ebomvu Emide" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "Isixhobo Semitha Ebomvu Emide" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "I-IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "Isithuthi Sonxibelelwano Phakathi Kwabasebenzisi (IUCV)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "I-OSA LCS" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "Ikhadi Lothungelwano lwe-OSA LCS " #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "Irhintyela yangasemva" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "Isixhobo se-Loopback" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "I-Myrinet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "Ikhadi Lothungelwano lwe-Myrinet" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "Ucingo Olunxuseneyo" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "Uqhagamshelo Locingo Olunxuseneyo" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "I-QETH" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "Bonisa i-OSA okanye Isixhobo se-QDIO" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "I-IPv6-kwi-IPv4" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "Isixhobo Sesinxgobo se-IPv6-kwi-IPv4" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "Ucingo Lwesiriyali" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1227 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "Uqhagamshelwano Locingo Lwesiriyali" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Isangqa Somqondiso" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "Ikhadi Lothungelwano Lomsesana Womqondiso" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB" msgstr "I-USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "Isixhobo Sothungelwano lwe-USB" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "I-VMWare" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "Isixhobo Sothungelwano lwe-VMWare" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "Akukho zingcingo" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Ikhadi Lothungelwano Olungenangcingo" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "I-XPNET" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "Uthungelwano lwe-XP" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 #, fuzzy msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "Abasebenzisi Benene" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "Ibrorho" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "Ikhadi Lothungelwano" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "TUN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 #, fuzzy msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "Imo Yokusebenza Kumsebenzi Wothungelwano" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 #, fuzzy msgid "TAP" msgstr "i-UTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 #, fuzzy msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "Ikhadi Lothungelwano" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "I-InfiniBand" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #, fuzzy msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "Isixhobo Semitha Ebomvu Emide" @@ -2592,7 +2617,7 @@ msgstr "Oovimba Beefayili &Abathunyelwa Ngaphandle" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:288 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2605,28 +2630,23 @@ " Uyaqhuba?" #. If there is network running, return true. -#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Mode and return false +#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 -#, fuzzy -msgid "No running network detected." -msgstr "Umongameli wothungelwano lomsesane womqondiso" - -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:356 -msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349 +msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" +"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:357 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355 msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" -"and start this module again" +"and start this module again\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:360 -#, fuzzy -msgid "or continue without network." -msgstr "2: Abasebenzisi abaninzi bangaphakathi abangaphandle kothungelwano olumgama" - #. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names #: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 msgid "" @@ -2958,52 +2978,52 @@ msgstr "&Hlohla" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1715 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 msgid "Package: " msgstr "Umbekelelo:" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206 msgid "Size: " msgstr "Ubukhulu:" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "" #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:248 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Kuthotywa umthwalo wombekelelo %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "Kuthotywa Umthwalo Wombekelelo" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:310 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "Bonisa &ubucukubhede" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:376 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378 #, fuzzy msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "Uqwalaselo lwengqiqo yeefayili lusilele:" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:389 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:598 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "Uphinda uqalisa ukuhlohla umbekelelo?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:397 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:606 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "Ulahla ukuhlohla?" @@ -3012,57 +3032,57 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:425 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:459 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "Imposiso: %1:" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:482 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Kuyekwa ukuhlohla umbekelelo %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:523 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Kuhlohlwa umbekelelo %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "Kuyekwa Ukuhlohla Umbekelelo" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "Kuhlohlwa Umbekelelo" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:583 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "Kusilele ukushenxiswa umbekelelo we-%1." #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:585 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "Kusilele ukuhlohlwa kombekelelo we-%1." #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:657 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:780 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" @@ -3078,29 +3098,29 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:795 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805 msgid "Side A" msgstr "Icala A" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:798 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808 msgid "Side B" msgstr "Icala B" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822 #, fuzzy msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "%1 (%2)" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:814 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 #, fuzzy msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "%1 (%2)" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:819 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" @@ -3109,7 +3129,7 @@ "'%1'" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" @@ -3122,7 +3142,7 @@ " Qwalasela ukuba uvimba weefayili uyafikeleleka." #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" @@ -3135,60 +3155,60 @@ " Qwalasela ukuba iseva iyafikeleleka." #. currently unused -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858 #, fuzzy msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." msgstr "Isilondolozi sekhathalogu esichanekileyo asikwazanga kugxumekeka." #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:869 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2158 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:892 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:897 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "&Khupha" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919 #, fuzzy msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "&Fumana i-DNS Ngokuzenzekelayo" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "Uphinda uzama ukuhlohla?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:985 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "Utsiba isilondolozi?" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:992 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "Asihoywa isilondolozi esingalunganga..." #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1013 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1074 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&i-URL" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1321 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331 #, fuzzy msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "Kudalwa umthombo we-%1" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1354 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 #, fuzzy msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "Kwenzeke imposiso xa kudalwa ikhathalogu." @@ -3196,9 +3216,9 @@ #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1358 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1489 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1601 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "Akukwazeki ukubuyisela inkcazelo yekhathalogu emgama." @@ -3206,24 +3226,24 @@ #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1361 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1492 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1604 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "Kwenzeke imposiso xa kubuyiselwa iinkcukacha zenkcazo ezintsha." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617 #, fuzzy msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "Umthombo awusebenziseki." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377 #, fuzzy msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Iinkcukacha zenkcazo zomthombo awusebenziseki." @@ -3232,101 +3252,101 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1380 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1514 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1620 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "Uyazama kwakhona?" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1436 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446 #, fuzzy msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "Kucikidwa umthombo %1" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1485 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 #, fuzzy msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "Kwenzeke imposiso xa kucikidwa umthombo." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1498 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "Ubucukubhede bokucikida umthombo." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Iinkcukacha zenkcazo zomthombo awusebenziseki." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1597 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "&Indawo Yokuhlala Yenkangeleko Yecala:" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1685 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Kuthotywa umthwalo wombekelelo we-delta RPM %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1693 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "Kuthotywa umthwalo wombekelelo we-delta RPM" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "Kusetyenziswa umbekelelo we-delta RPM %1..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1713 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "Kusetyenziswa umbekelelo we-delta RPM" #. at start of patch providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744 msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Kuthotywa umthwalo wesikhuselwa se-RPM %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1742 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752 msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" msgstr "Kuthotywa umthwalo Wesikhuselwa se-RPM" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "Kuqaliswa ngesikripti %1 (isikhuselwa%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1821 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "Kuqhutywa Isikripti" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1826 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "Isikhuselwa:" #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843 msgid "Script: " msgstr "Isikripti:" #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "Isiphumo seSkripti" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1927 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3335,7 +3355,7 @@ "\n" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3345,46 +3365,46 @@ msgstr "" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1959 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969 #, fuzzy msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "Hlaziya" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1993 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading" msgstr "&Thula umthwalo" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2043 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2091 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "Kuthulwa umthwalo: %1" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2196 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2271 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "Kuqwalaselwa Isiseko Seenkcukacha Sombekelelo" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Kuphinda kwakhiwa isiseko seenkcukacha sombekelelo. Le nkqubo inokuthatha ixesha." #. progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2204 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2287 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297 msgid "Status" msgstr "Isimo" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2237 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3393,12 +3413,12 @@ "%1" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2274 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Kuguqulelwa seenkcukacha sombekelelo. Le nkqubo inokuthatha ixesha." #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3407,13 +3427,13 @@ "%1" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2353 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "Funda isiseko seenkcukacha..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "Qinisekisa Imibekelo Ehlohliweyo" @@ -3425,30 +3445,30 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2369 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2385 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395 #, fuzzy msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "Funda isiseko seenkcukacha..." #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434 #, fuzzy msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "Kusilele ukundululwa kukavimba weefayili ekujoliswe kuye" #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2515 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525 #, fuzzy msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "isiseko seenkcukacha se-SQLYAM" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "Ungqinelwano Ngobunyani Nomsebenzisi" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550 #, fuzzy msgid "" "URL: %1\n" @@ -3457,7 +3477,7 @@ msgstr "I-URL: %1" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2549 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&Igama Lomsebenzisi" @@ -3523,44 +3543,20 @@ msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "Uyafuna ukusamkela esi sivumelwano selayisensi?" -#. display an error message and advice to manually fix the system -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:236 -msgid "" -"The current system is not consistent,\n" -"some packages have unresolved dependencies." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:243 -msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:252 -msgid "" -"Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" -"check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" -"in the software manager." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:263 -msgid "" -"Start the software manager and fix the problems\n" -"or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" -msgstr "" - #. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:325 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223 msgid "" "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" "to be solved manually in the software manager." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:520 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "Ukuhlohlwa kwemibekelelo efunekayo kusilele." #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3571,12 +3567,12 @@ " i-YaST ayinakusebenza kakuhle.\n" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "Akunakuqhuba ngaphandle kokuhlohla imibekelelo efunekayo." #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3737,7 +3733,7 @@ #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:548 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Imibekelelo" @@ -4184,7 +4180,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The GnuPG key %1\n" @@ -4209,17 +4205,17 @@ "iqhosha lelakhe umnini lowo phambi kokulithatha ngaphandle." #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:993 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1019 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "Thatha Ngaphandle Iqhosha Likawonkewonke le-GnuPG Elingathenjwayo" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Trust" msgid "&Trust" @@ -4227,7 +4223,7 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1112 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" @@ -4250,13 +4246,13 @@ "Uyayisebenzisa nokuba kunjalo?" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1129 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130 #, fuzzy msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "Izilumkiso" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1148 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" @@ -4275,87 +4271,95 @@ "Uyayisebenzisa nokuba kunjalo?" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "Asaziwa isixokelelwano sefayili" #. we need to remember the values for tab switching +#. these are the initial values #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:145 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:146 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:340 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing..." msgstr "Kuhlohlwa umqhubi..." #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:544 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541 msgid "Media" msgstr " Izilondolozi" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:546 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Remaining" msgstr "Umbekelo olahlekileyo" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547 msgid "Time" msgstr "Time" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:566 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563 #, fuzzy msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "Amanyathelo Avunyelwe ukwenzela Abasebenzisi:\n" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:650 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647 #, fuzzy msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "Nceda linda lo gama imibekelelo ihlohlwa." -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:651 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." msgstr "" #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 #, fuzzy msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "Khulula Amanqaku" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "Umbo&niso Wesilayidi" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:683 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Ubucukubhede" -#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:721 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Perform Update" +msgid "Performing Upgrade" +msgstr "Uhlaziyo Luyenzeka" + +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Perform Installation" msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "Ukuhlohla Kuyenzeka" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:757 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "Kuhlohlwa Umbekelelo" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -4364,17 +4368,17 @@ "ukuyeka ngenene ukuhlohla?" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:845 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Kulahliwe" #. read file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:185 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187 msgid "File not found." msgstr "" #. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:191 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "Isixokelelwano se-Log (%1)" @@ -4983,7 +4987,7 @@ msgstr "Kwenzeke impazamo ngethuba lokudalwa kwe-initrd." #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:648 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -5101,7 +5105,7 @@ #. KiloByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:146 msgid "KiB" -msgstr "" +msgstr "i-KiB" #. MegaByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:148 @@ -5987,6 +5991,14 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "No running network detected." +#~ msgstr "Umongameli wothungelwano lomsesane womqondiso" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "or continue without network." +#~ msgstr "2: Abasebenzisi abaninzi bangaphakathi abangaphandle kothungelwano olumgama" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Installed Size" #~ msgstr "Ubukhulu Obuhlohliweyo:" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/bootloader.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/bootloader.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/bootloader.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -122,22 +122,22 @@ msgstr "Isixokelelwano siza kumisela inkqubo kwakhona ngoku..." #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:108 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "Akukho mlayishi womiselo lwenkqubo ukhethelwe ukuhlohla. Isixokelelwano sakho sisenokungakwazi ukumiselwa inkqubo." #. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:118 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "Ngenxa y" #. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:217 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 msgid "Booting" msgstr "Kumiselwa inkqubo" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:219 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "&Kumiselwa inkqubo" @@ -146,12 +146,12 @@ #. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 msgid "Disk Order" msgstr "Ukulandelelanisa Idiski" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230 #, fuzzy msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "Imimiselo yesihluzi" @@ -163,10 +163,9 @@ msgstr "Imenyu Yokumisela Inkqubo" #. `VSpacing(1), -#. Run dialog for loader installation details for Grub2 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#. Window title #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgstr "Izikhethwa Zomlayishi Womiselo Lwenkqubo" @@ -285,17 +284,23 @@ " ko kuNokukhethwa kuko kwesiFaki sokuMisela inkqubo ukuhlaziya irhekhodi enkulu yokumisela inkqubo ukuba oko kuyimfuneko okanye yakha omnye umlawuli wakho wokumisela inkqubo\n" " ukuba aqalise eli candelo." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 +msgid "" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." msgstr "Izahlulelo zokuMisela inkqubo yesiQhelo ikuvumela ukuba ukhethe isahlulelo sokumisela inkqubo ukusuka ku-." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" @@ -304,7 +309,7 @@ "Umda woQhagamshelwano lweSiriyali ikuvumela ukuba uchaze imida emayisetyenziswe\n" "kwisixhasi sesiriyali. Nceda khangela ukungqinelwa ngamaxwebhu e-grub (<code>ulwazi lwe-grub</code>) ngeenkcukacha." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" @@ -318,7 +323,7 @@ " myalelo, njenge <code>sixhasi sesiriyali</code>. Kule meko, isitishi apho\n" " ucinezela naliphi na iqhosha siza kukhethwa njengesitishi se-GRUB. " -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." @@ -326,19 +331,19 @@ "Amacandelo Okubuyela emva ukuba okuhlala kukhona akuphumeleli kuqulethe uluhlu lwamanani ecandelo\n" "aza kusetyenziselwa ukumisela inkqubo xa kunokuthi kanti icandelo elihlala likhona alikwazi kumiselwa inkqubo. " -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "Ukukhetha Fihla iMenyu kuMiselo lwenkqubo kuza kufihla imenyu yokumisela inkqubo." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:82 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." msgstr "Ifayili yeMenyu yeMizobo ichaza ifayili emayisetyenziswe kwimenyu yokumisela inkqubo yemizobo." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" @@ -350,7 +355,7 @@ " ku Tayipa kwakhona iPaswedi." #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:95 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" @@ -363,82 +368,82 @@ "Ukuxela ukulandelelaniswa kweediski ngokokulandelelaniswa kwi-BIOS, sebenzisa\n" " amaqhosha athi Phezulu kunye Ezantsi ukuze uphinde ulandelise iidiski." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "Iindawo Zokuhlala Umlayishi Womiselo Lwenkqubo" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 #, fuzzy msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "Misela iFlegi esebenzayo Kwisahlulo seTheyibhile ukwenzela Isahlulelo Aokumisela Inkqubo" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 #, fuzzy msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "Ixesha lokuphuma Ngokwemizuzwana" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 #, fuzzy msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "Icandelo Lokumisela Inkqubo Elihlala Likhona" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "Bhala iKhowudi gabalala yokuMisela Inkqubo kwi-MBR" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "Isahlulelo Sokulungisela Ukumiselwa Kwenkqubo" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "Misela Inkqubo evela Kwingxelo Yomalathindlela Wokumisela Inkqubo" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "Misela Inkqubo evela Kwisahlulelo Sengcambu Yamandla" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "Misela Inkqubo evela Kwisahlulelo Sokumisela Inkqubo" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "Misela Inkqubo evela Kwisahlulelo Sengcambu Yamandla" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 #, fuzzy msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "Imida Yomdibaniso Wolandelelano" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 #, fuzzy msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "Amacandelo Okubuyela Emva xa okuhlala kukhona Kuselela" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 #, fuzzy msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "Fihla Imenyu Kumiselo Lwenkqubo" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "Graphical &Menu File" msgstr "Ifayili Yemenyu Esabugrafu" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125 #, fuzzy msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "Igama lokugqithisa Lesithuba Somdibaniso Semenyu" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126 #, fuzzy msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "Kucokiswa iFlegi" @@ -493,130 +498,130 @@ #. Common widget of a console #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 #, fuzzy msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "Isiriyali Yesixhasi" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 #, fuzzy msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "Iingxoxo ezingasebenziyo" #. textentry header -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Isixhobo" #. disabling & enabling up/down -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:542 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544 #, fuzzy msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "Udidi kufuneka luqulathe noko i-printer enye." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:551 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553 msgid "D&isks" msgstr "Iid&iski" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:565 msgid "&Up" msgstr "&Phezulu" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:564 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:566 msgid "&Down" msgstr "&Phantsi" #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:768 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:803 -msgid "Boot Loader Location" -msgstr "Indawo Yokuhlala Umlayishi Womiselo Lwenkqubo" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:774 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:809 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740 #, fuzzy -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" -msgstr "Misela Inkqubo evela Kwingxelo Yomalathindlela Wokumisela Inkqubo" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:748 -#, fuzzy msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" msgstr "Misela Inkqubo evela Kwisahlulelo Sengcambu Yamandla" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741 #, fuzzy msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "Misela Inkqubo evela Kwisahlulelo Sokumisela Inkqubo" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:754 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811 +msgid "Boot Loader Location" +msgstr "Indawo Yokuhlala Umlayishi Womiselo Lwenkqubo" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817 #, fuzzy +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" +msgstr "Misela Inkqubo evela Kwingxelo Yomalathindlela Wokumisela Inkqubo" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762 +#, fuzzy msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "Misela Inkqubo evela Kwisahlulelo Sengcambu Yamandla" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:780 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:821 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829 #, fuzzy msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "Isahlulelo Sokulungisela Ukumiselwa Kwenkqubo" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:814 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822 msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "" #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:873 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831 msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" msgstr "Ubucukubhede Bokuhlohla Umlayishi &Womiselo Lwenkqubo" -#. Cache for genericWidgets function -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:52 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "Izikhethwa Zomlayishi Womiselo Lwenkqubo" -#. there is no graphic adapter on s390 (bnc#874010) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:75 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgstr "Eminye Imida&ye-Kernel" -#. there is no os prober on s390(bnc#868909) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:94 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "Izikhethwa Zomlayishi Womiselo Lwenkqubo" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Secure" msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr "Ukhuseleko" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "Nika Isakhono &Kwinkxaso Yomaleko 2" #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "Indawo Yokuhlala Umlayishi Womiselo Lwenkqubo" #. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." msgstr "" @@ -655,27 +660,45 @@ msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" + #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 +msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 #, fuzzy msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "Umda womgca womyalelo we-kernel ekhethwa ngokuzithandela" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Distribution:" +msgid "D&istributor" +msgstr "Usasazo:" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98 #, fuzzy msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "Imo Yokusebenza ye-VGA" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "Umda womgca womyalelo we-kernel ekhethwa ngokuzithandela" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 +msgid "Protective MBR flag" +msgstr "" + #. combo box item #. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels #. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels @@ -711,9 +734,28 @@ msgid "Unspecified" msgstr "&Engabalulwanga" +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "1st" +msgid "set" +msgstr "Eyokuqala" + +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remove" +msgid "remove" +msgstr "Shenxisa" + +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 +msgid "do not change" +msgstr "" + #. Init function for console #. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:148 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Autodetected card" msgid "Autodetect by grub2" @@ -721,27 +763,32 @@ #. FATE: #110038: Serial console #. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:223 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "Ifayili Yemenyu Esabugrafu" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:235 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261 #, fuzzy msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "Isiriyali Yesixhasi" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:242 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Conflict Resolution:" msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "Isisombululo Songquzulwano:" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:250 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 #, fuzzy msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "Iingxoxo ezingasebenziyo" +#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 +msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +msgstr "" + #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption @@ -755,7 +802,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 #, fuzzy msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "Ngenxa y" @@ -888,11 +935,7 @@ msgid "Xen" msgstr "" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152 -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:91 msgid "Floppy" msgstr "iFloppy" @@ -1927,33 +1970,34 @@ #. #. #. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:167 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:171 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:183 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:187 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:205 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 #, fuzzy msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "Indawo yokuhlala: %1" @@ -1963,31 +2007,33 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "Uhlobo Lomlayishi Womiselo Lwenkqubo %1" #. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda) -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 msgid " (\"/boot\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 msgid " (extended)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:236 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 msgid " (\"/\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242 +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr "" #. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:256 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 #, fuzzy msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "Indawo yokuhlala: %1" @@ -2012,241 +2058,183 @@ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" msgstr "Ceba uze &Umanyane Neemenyu Esezikho ze-GRUB" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:76 +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "Isiqhagamshelanisi sokhuselo lwe-LDAP: %1" #. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" msgstr "Imodeli Ayaziwa: %1" #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "" #. TODO add more devices -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:126 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" msgstr "" -#. if "iscsi" is true -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:166 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." -msgstr "Akho ngcambu yesixhobo ifunyenweyo" +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:184 +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 #, fuzzy msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "Akho ngcambu yesixhobo ifunyenweyo" #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:204 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "" #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:259 -msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:278 +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "Qwalasela umlayishi womiselo lwenkqubo" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "Funda ngezahlulelo" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "Layisha imimiselo yokulayisha umiselo lwenkqubo" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:177 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "Kuqwalaselwa umlayishi womiselo lwenkqubo" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:179 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "Kufundwa ngezahlulelo..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:181 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "Layisha imimiselo yokulayisha umiselo lwenkqubo..." #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Kundululwa Ubumbeko Lomlayishi Wokumisela Inkqubo" #. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307 msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" msgstr "Imida yee-Kernel Efakelweyo: %1" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:366 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "Dala i-initrd" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:368 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "Gcina iifayili zobumbeko lomlayishi lokumisela inkqubo" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "Hlohla Umlayishi wokumisela inkqubo" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:374 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "Kudalwa i-initrd..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:376 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "Gcina iifayili zobumbeko lomlayishi zokumisela inkqubo..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:378 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "Hlohla Umlayishi wokumisela inkqubo" #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Kundululwa Ubumbeko Lomlayishi Wokumisela Inkqubo" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:79 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "Linux" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." +#~ msgstr "Akho ngcambu yesixhobo ifunyenweyo" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:85 -msgid "Failsafe" -msgstr "Ukhuselo lwentsilelo" +#~ msgid "Linux" +#~ msgstr "Linux" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:97 -msgid "Hard Disk" -msgstr "Okuseqokobheni Lekhompyutha" +#~ msgid "Failsafe" +#~ msgstr "Ukhuselo lwentsilelo" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:103 -msgid "Memory Test" -msgstr "Uvavanyo Lukavimva Wolwazi" +#~ msgid "Hard Disk" +#~ msgstr "Okuseqokobheni Lekhompyutha" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:109 -msgid "MBR before Installation" -msgstr "I-MBR phambi Kokuhlohla" +#~ msgid "Memory Test" +#~ msgstr "Uvavanyo Lukavimva Wolwazi" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:115 -msgid "Previous Kernel" -msgstr "I-kernel Edlulileyo" +#~ msgid "MBR before Installation" +#~ msgstr "I-MBR phambi Kokuhlohla" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:121 -msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "Ukufunyaniswa Kwengxaki Yomthengisi" +#~ msgid "Previous Kernel" +#~ msgstr "I-kernel Edlulileyo" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:230 -msgid "_Linux" -msgstr "_Linux" +#~ msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" +#~ msgstr "Ukufunyaniswa Kwengxaki Yomthengisi" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:237 -msgid "_Failsafe" -msgstr "_Ukhuselo lwentsilelo" +#~ msgid "_Linux" +#~ msgstr "_Linux" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:244 -msgid "_Floppy" -msgstr "_Floppy" +#~ msgid "_Failsafe" +#~ msgstr "_Ukhuselo lwentsilelo" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:251 -msgid "_Hard Disk" -msgstr "_Okuseqokobheni Lekhompyutha" +#~ msgid "_Floppy" +#~ msgstr "_Floppy" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:258 -msgid "_Memory Test" -msgstr "_Uvavanyo Lovimba Wolwazi" +#~ msgid "_Hard Disk" +#~ msgstr "_Okuseqokobheni Lekhompyutha" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:265 -msgid "_MBR before Installation" -msgstr "_I-MBR phambi Kokuhlohla" +#~ msgid "_Memory Test" +#~ msgstr "_Uvavanyo Lovimba Wolwazi" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:272 -msgid "_Previous Kernel" -msgstr "_I-kernel Edlulileyo" +#~ msgid "_MBR before Installation" +#~ msgstr "_I-MBR phambi Kokuhlohla" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:279 -msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "_Ukufunyaniswa Kwengxaki Yomthengisi" +#~ msgid "_Previous Kernel" +#~ msgstr "_I-kernel Edlulileyo" +#~ msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" +#~ msgstr "_Ukufunyaniswa Kwengxaki Yomthengisi" + #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/ca-management.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/ca-management.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/ca-management.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -54,25 +54,25 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:442 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 msgid "Organization" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:444 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 msgid "Locality" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:445 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 msgid "State" msgstr "Isimo" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:446 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 msgid "Country" msgstr "" @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ msgstr "" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:440 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "" @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ msgid "Email" msgstr "Imeyile" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:443 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "Iyunithi yoKulungiselela" @@ -593,7 +593,7 @@ #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline #. we need to fake a certificate name #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:571 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 @@ -638,7 +638,7 @@ #. The main () #. To translators: dialog label #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:174 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 msgid "Common Server Certificate" msgstr "" @@ -683,11 +683,18 @@ msgid "For more information, please read the manual." msgstr "" +#. popup text +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 +msgid "" +"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" +"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" +msgstr "" + #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:159 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 @@ -695,32 +702,32 @@ msgstr "Inkcazelo" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:166 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 msgid "&Remove" msgstr "&Shenxisa" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:168 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Replace" msgid "&Import/Replace" msgstr "&Beka endaweni yokunye" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:208 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 #, fuzzy msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" msgstr "Inkonzo %1ayisekho" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:210 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 msgid "" "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:214 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Are you sure you want to remove the selected %1" msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?" @@ -755,55 +762,113 @@ msgid "Issued For:" msgstr "Wamkelekile!" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:214 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Volume Name: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "Igama leSixa" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Organizational Unit" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "Iyunithi yoKulungiselela" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Location: %1" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "Indawo yokuhlala: %1" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Name: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "Igama:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mount " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "Gxumeka" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 +#, fuzzy msgid "Issued By:" msgstr "Wamkelekile!" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:248 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " msgstr "" #. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:271 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 #, fuzzy msgid "&Advanced..." msgstr "Oseku&qhubele phambili" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:273 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:462 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 msgid "&View" msgstr "&Bona" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:274 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 #, fuzzy msgid "&Change CA Password" msgstr "&Ngenisa Igama Lokugqithisa:" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:275 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 msgid "C&reate SubCA" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:276 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 #, fuzzy msgid "Export to &File" msgstr "Oovimba Beefayili &Abathunyelwa Ngaphandle" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:277 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 msgid "Export to &LDAP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:278 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 msgid "&Edit Default" msgstr "" @@ -857,7 +922,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:774 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 #, fuzzy msgid "Summary" msgstr "Wamkelekile!" @@ -890,18 +955,18 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:815 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:826 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:929 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:938 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:947 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1036 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1045 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1184 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1193 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1202 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 msgid " (critical)\n" msgstr "" @@ -913,40 +978,40 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:954 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:994 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 msgid "(critical) " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:999 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1070 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 msgid "(critical)\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:812 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 msgid "nsComment: " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:825 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 msgid "nsCertType: " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address" msgstr "" @@ -1021,88 +1086,232 @@ "Certificate not found" msgstr "" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Name: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "Igama:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Organizational Unit" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "Iyunithi yoKulungiselela" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Location: %1" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "Indawo yokuhlala: %1" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Type " +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "Uhlobo" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mount " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "Gxumeka" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Type " +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "Uhlobo" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Type " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Is CA: " +msgstr "Uhlobo" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " RAID " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Key Size: " +msgstr "I-RAID" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Serial Number" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Serialnumber: " +msgstr "Inombolo yolandelwano:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Version: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Version: " +msgstr "Inguqulelo:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Valid from: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid from: " +msgstr "Iyasebenza ukusukela:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " RAID " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid to: " +msgstr "I-RAID" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of pub. Key : " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of signature: " +msgstr "" + #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) #. Initialize the tab of the dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:389 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:518 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 msgid "Valid" msgstr "" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:392 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 msgid "Revoked" msgstr "" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:396 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 msgid "Expired" msgstr "" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:439 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 msgid "Status" msgstr "Isimo" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:441 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 #, fuzzy msgid "E-Mail Address" msgstr "Idilesi ye-IP" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 #, fuzzy msgid "Add" msgstr "&Fakela" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 msgid "Add Server Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 msgid "Add Client Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:463 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "&Change Password" msgstr "&Umsebenzisi Unokuliguqula Igama Lokugqithisa" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:464 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 msgid "&Revoke" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:465 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 #, fuzzy msgid "&Delete" msgstr "Ci&ma" #. Fate (#2613) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:469 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 msgid "Export" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:471 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 #, fuzzy msgid "Export to File" msgstr "Oovimba Beefayili &Abathunyelwa Ngaphandle" #. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 msgid "Export to LDAP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:572 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 msgid "Delete current certificate?" msgstr "" @@ -1197,7 +1406,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:712 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 msgid "&Valid Period (days):" msgstr "" @@ -1661,7 +1870,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:802 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 msgid "Path Length " msgstr "" @@ -1869,6 +2078,14 @@ "Request not found.\n" msgstr "" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"generation Time: " +msgstr "&Yila" + #. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention #. @param request extention #. @return [void] @@ -1877,78 +2094,78 @@ #. @param request extention #. @return [void] #. Filling up reqeust extentions -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:245 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:569 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:674 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found." msgstr "" #. IS CA ? -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:632 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:639 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:691 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 msgid "This frame shows the signing request." msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:696 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:719 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:725 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)" msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:765 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:771 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 msgid "Click Sign Request to go on." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:789 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 #, fuzzy msgid " days" msgstr "usuku olu-1" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:795 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 msgid " (critical)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1221 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 msgid "&Edit Request" msgstr "" #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1232 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 msgid "Sign Request" msgstr "" #. signing request -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1245 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 msgid "The request has been signed." msgstr "" Added: trunk/yast/xh/po/cio.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/cio.xh.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/cio.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +# Copyright (C) 2007 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the package. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: base\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Runlevels" +msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "Imigangatho yokusebenza Efumanekayo" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "Isixhobo" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Used" +msgstr "Kusetyenzisiwe" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "hayi" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "ewe" + +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Fiber channel" +msgid "Filter channels" +msgstr "Isitishi se-Fiber" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "Khetha &Konke" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Detailed selection..." +msgid "&Clear selection" +msgstr "Okukhethiweyo &okunobucukubhede..." + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Channel" +msgid "&Unban Channels" +msgstr "&Umjelo" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "" +"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Ranges to Unban." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/cluster.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/cluster.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/cluster.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -88,225 +88,225 @@ msgstr "Kubumbeke Apha" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:83 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120 msgid "OK" msgstr "&KULUNGILE" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Hlaba" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remote Address:" msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Idilesi Emgama:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remote Address:" msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "Idilesi Emgama:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "nodeid" msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Transport:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:391 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Channel" msgstr "Isitishi" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:396 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:417 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network Address Setup" msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "Indlela Yokumisela Idilesi Yomsebenzi Wothungelwano" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:420 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1334 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Portal Address" msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "Idilesi Yesiqhagamshelanisi" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:404 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Scan the Channels" msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "Skena Izitishi" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Clustering" msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "Ucukaniso" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:428 -msgid "expected votes:" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remote Address:" msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "Idilesi Emgama:" -#. Changewidget items will change value to first one automatically -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:671 +#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable Security Event Notification" msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "Nika Isakhono Sokwazisa Isiganeko Sokhuseleko " -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "Threads:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:677 -msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:682 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:787 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 msgid "Running" msgstr "Iyasebenza" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No network running" msgid "Not running" msgstr "Akukho nethwekhi isebenzayo" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:825 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Booting" msgstr "Kumiselwa inkqubo" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:835 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:842 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Started manually" msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" msgstr "Iqaliswe ngesandla" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "Vula Uphinde Uvale" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Isimo Sangoku:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start Firewall Now" msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "Qalisa nge-Firewall Ngoku" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop Firewall Now" msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "Nqumamisa i-Firewall Ngoku" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:962 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Local Host" msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "Umamkeli Wendawo Leyo" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Add" msgstr "Fakela" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:967 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Delay" msgid "Del" msgstr "Libazisa" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:968 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Hlela" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:974 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select File" msgid "Sync File" msgstr "Khetha Ifayili" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:981 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Suggested fstab Lines" msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "Imigca Ecetyisiweyo ye-fstab" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1117 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1120 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1150 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter a valid host name." msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "Faka igama lomququzeleli elisebenzayo. " -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1164 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1178 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter a new name for the %1 profile." msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "Ngenisa igama elitsha ukwenzela inkangeleko yecala ye- %1." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter the file name" msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "Ngenisa igama lefayili." #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1225 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Archive %1 already exists.\n" @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ "Ingaba ngokwenene ufuna ukuwucima?" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1235 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." @@ -328,39 +328,39 @@ " kusilele.\n" #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1249 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Image creation failed." msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "Akuphumelelanga ukwenziwa komfanekiso." #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1329 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1332 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1335 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1339 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" @@ -373,23 +373,26 @@ "<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" "<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" @@ -398,7 +401,7 @@ "\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" @@ -409,7 +412,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Initializing Configuration</big> \n" @@ -422,7 +425,7 @@ "Nceda linda... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" @@ -431,7 +434,7 @@ "Lahla ngokhuselo ukusetyenziswa ngokucinezela Lahla ngoku.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:77 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Saving the Configuration</big> \n" @@ -444,7 +447,7 @@ "Nceda linda..." #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -469,41 +472,41 @@ msgstr "Kuyandululwa..." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration" msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "Kundululwa uBumbelo lwe-Printer" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Funda isiseko seenkcukacha" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:402 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Funda imimiselo edlulileyo" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:404 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read firewall settings" msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "Funda imimiselo yefirewall" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Funda isiseko seenkcukacha..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Kufundwa imimiselo edlulileyo..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." @@ -511,75 +514,75 @@ #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Kugqityiwe" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:429 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "Ayikwazi kuhlohla imibekelo efunekayo." #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change existing configuration" msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "Guqula ubumbeko oselukhona" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the database1." msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "Azinakufundeka iinkcukacha zesiseko1." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:457 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the database2." msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "Azinakufundeka iinkcukacha zesiseko2." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:473 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Azikwazi kuchongeka izixhobo." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:490 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving the Configuration" msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "Igcina Ubumbeko" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Bhala imimiselo" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Save changes to the Profile" msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "Gcina iinguquko Zenkangeleko Yecala" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Kubhalwa imimiselo..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "Ukugcina utshintsho kwiifayili..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Ayikwazi kubhaleka imimselo." Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/control-center.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/control-center.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/control-center.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control-center\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/control.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/control.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/control.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -18,28 +18,30 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:7 -msgid "Add-On Product Installation" -msgstr "Izilondolozi Zemveliso Ezifakelwayo" - -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 #, fuzzy -msgid "Language Installation" -msgstr "Kuhlohlwa Umbekelelo" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:355 -#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#| "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t" msgid "" "\n" "\n" "The installation has completed successfully.\n" "Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" "\n" "\n" "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" "\n" -"\t" +" " msgstr "" "\n" "\n" @@ -52,745 +54,367 @@ " \n" " \t" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:371 control/control.openSUSE.glade:429 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 #, fuzzy -msgid "Initialization..." -msgstr "Kuyandululwa..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:372 control/control.openSUSE.glade:430 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Configuring network..." -msgstr "Kwenziwa Ubumbeko Lwesilayishi Sokumisela Inkqubo" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:373 control/control.openSUSE.glade:431 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Configuring hardware..." -msgstr "Kwenziwa ubumbeko lolwimi..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:374 control/control.openSUSE.glade:432 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Finishing configuration..." -msgstr "Kugqitywa Ukwenziwa Kobumbeko" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:377 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:319 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:343 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "IMAP Server" msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "Iseva ye-IMAP" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:382 control/control.SLED.glade:493 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:771 control/control.SLED.glade:775 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:956 control/control.SLED.glade:997 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:324 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:412 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:551 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:886 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:890 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1077 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1118 control/control.SLES.glade:348 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:436 control/control.SLES.glade:554 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:575 control/control.SLES.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:914 control/control.SLES.glade:1101 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1142 control/control.glade:72 -#: control/control.glade:132 control/control.glade:464 -#: control/control.glade:508 control/control.openSUSE.glade:463 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:583 control/control.openSUSE.glade:895 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:899 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1071 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Imimiselo Yokuhlohla" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:436 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:382 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:470 control/control.SLES.glade:406 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:494 control/control.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Gabalala" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:444 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:392 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:478 control/control.SLES.glade:416 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:502 control/control.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19 msgid "Expert" msgstr "Ubungcaphephe" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:461 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:497 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:521 control/control.openSUSE.glade:550 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20 #, fuzzy msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "Imimiselo Yokuhlohla" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:478 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:515 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:539 control/control.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:568 control/control.openSUSE.glade:984 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:989 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Imimiselo Yohlaziyo" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:512 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:570 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:613 control/control.SLES.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:637 control/control.glade:153 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:601 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Ubumbeko Lomsebenzi Wothungelwano" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:559 control/control.SLED.glade:1212 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1218 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:653 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1350 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1362 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:690 control/control.SLES.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:1380 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1386 control/control.SLES.glade:1398 -#: control/control.glade:194 control/control.glade:692 -#: control/control.glade:697 control/control.glade:701 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:643 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1305 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1311 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)" +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "Ubumbeko Lwenkonzo Yomsebenzi Wothungelwano (xietd)" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "Ubumbeko Lokuseqokobheni Lekhompyutha" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:579 control/control.SLED.glade:692 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:816 control/control.SLED.glade:926 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1320 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:695 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:807 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:931 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1047 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:719 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:831 control/control.SLES.glade:955 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1071 control/control.SLES.glade:1510 -#: control/control.glade:213 control/control.glade:313 -#: control/control.glade:416 control/control.openSUSE.glade:667 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:794 control/control.openSUSE.glade:937 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1038 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1428 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "Ulungiselelo" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:585 control/control.SLED.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:697 control/control.SLED.glade:739 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:822 control/control.SLED.glade:831 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:710 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:812 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:854 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:937 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:946 control/control.SLES.glade:725 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:734 control/control.SLES.glade:836 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:878 control/control.SLES.glade:961 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:970 control/control.glade:219 -#: control/control.glade:228 control/control.glade:237 -#: control/control.glade:319 control/control.glade:328 -#: control/control.glade:337 control/control.glade:449 -#: control/control.glade:493 control/control.openSUSE.glade:672 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:799 control/control.openSUSE.glade:841 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:943 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1066 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Network Configuration" +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "Igcina ubumbeko lomsebenzi wothungelwano" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Address Setup" +msgid "Network Autosetup" +msgstr "Indlela Yokumisela Idilesi Yomsebenzi Wothungelwano" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "Wamkelekile" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:600 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:716 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:740 control/control.glade:343 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:682 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disk Activation" msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "Kunikwa i-Disk Isakhono Sokusebenziseka" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:606 control/control.SLED.glade:707 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:837 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:722 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:822 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:952 control/control.SLES.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:846 control/control.SLES.glade:976 -#: control/control.glade:243 control/control.glade:349 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:686 control/control.openSUSE.glade:809 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:951 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Kunikwa i-Disk Isakhono Sokusebenziseka" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:612 control/control.SLED.glade:618 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:711 control/control.SLED.glade:715 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:843 control/control.SLED.glade:849 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1325 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:728 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:734 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:826 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:830 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:958 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:964 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1491 control/control.SLES.glade:752 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:758 control/control.SLES.glade:850 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:854 control/control.SLES.glade:982 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:988 control/control.SLES.glade:1515 -#: control/control.glade:249 control/control.glade:255 -#: control/control.glade:355 control/control.glade:361 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:690 control/control.openSUSE.glade:694 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:813 control/control.openSUSE.glade:817 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:955 control/control.openSUSE.glade:959 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1433 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "Uhlalutyo Lwesixokelelwano" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:624 control/control.SLED.glade:865 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:740 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:980 control/control.SLES.glade:764 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1004 control/control.glade:261 -#: control/control.glade:378 control/control.openSUSE.glade:704 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:975 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Iimveliso Ezifakelwayo" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:630 control/control.SLED.glade:749 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:864 control/control.SLES.glade:770 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:888 control/control.glade:267 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:861 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +msgid "Disk" +msgstr "Idiski" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Izowuni Yexesha" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:647 control/control.SLED.glade:651 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:763 control/control.SLED.glade:767 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:878 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:882 control/control.SLES.glade:902 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:906 control/control.openSUSE.glade:735 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:739 control/control.openSUSE.glade:875 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:879 -#, fuzzy -msgid "User Settings" -msgstr "Imimiselo Yesiseko" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Ukuhlohla" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:655 control/control.openSUSE.glade:747 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Installation Overview" -msgstr "Izilondolozi Zokuhohla" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +msgid "Installation Summary" +msgstr "Isishwankathelo Sokuhlohla" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:662 control/control.SLED.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:670 control/control.SLED.glade:674 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:678 control/control.SLED.glade:781 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:785 control/control.SLED.glade:791 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:795 control/control.SLED.glade:799 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:805 control/control.SLED.glade:963 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:967 control/control.SLED.glade:971 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:975 control/control.SLED.glade:1004 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1008 control/control.SLED.glade:1012 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1016 control/control.SLED.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1294 control/control.SLED.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1302 control/control.SLED.glade:1306 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1310 control/control.SLED.glade:1414 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1418 control/control.SLED.glade:1422 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:772 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:776 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:784 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:789 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:794 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:896 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:900 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:906 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:914 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1084 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1088 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1092 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1125 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1129 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1133 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1137 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1450 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1458 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1462 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1466 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1471 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1476 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1580 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1584 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1588 control/control.SLES.glade:796 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:800 control/control.SLES.glade:804 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:808 control/control.SLES.glade:813 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:818 control/control.SLES.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:924 control/control.SLES.glade:930 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:934 control/control.SLES.glade:938 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:944 control/control.SLES.glade:1108 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1112 control/control.SLES.glade:1116 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1120 control/control.SLES.glade:1149 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1153 control/control.SLES.glade:1157 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1161 control/control.SLES.glade:1474 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1478 control/control.SLES.glade:1482 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:1490 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1495 control/control.SLES.glade:1500 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1604 control/control.SLES.glade:1608 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1612 control/control.glade:291 -#: control/control.glade:295 control/control.glade:299 -#: control/control.glade:303 control/control.glade:469 -#: control/control.glade:473 control/control.glade:477 -#: control/control.glade:513 control/control.glade:517 -#: control/control.glade:521 control/control.glade:612 -#: control/control.glade:620 control/control.glade:624 -#: control/control.glade:744 control/control.glade:748 -#: control/control.glade:752 control/control.glade:756 -#: control/control.glade:760 control/control.glade:777 -#: control/control.glade:785 control/control.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:793 control/control.openSUSE.glade:754 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:758 control/control.openSUSE.glade:763 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:770 control/control.openSUSE.glade:774 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:780 control/control.openSUSE.glade:905 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:909 control/control.openSUSE.glade:913 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:917 control/control.openSUSE.glade:923 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1078 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1082 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1086 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1090 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1123 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1127 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1131 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1135 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1393 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1397 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1401 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1405 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1409 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1413 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1417 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1522 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1526 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1530 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "Ukuhlohla Kuyenzeka" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:720 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:835 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:859 control/control.openSUSE.glade:822 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Repair" -msgstr "&Khanda" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:734 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:756 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:849 control/control.SLES.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:873 control/control.glade:283 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:744 control/control.openSUSE.glade:836 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Ukuhlohla" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:757 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:872 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:896 control/control.openSUSE.glade:729 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:869 -msgid "Disk" -msgstr "Idiski" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:855 control/control.SLED.glade:1331 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:970 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1497 control/control.SLES.glade:994 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1521 control/control.glade:367 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:963 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1439 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "Isixokelelwano ukwenzela Uhlaziyo" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:872 control/control.SLED.glade:1348 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:987 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1514 control/control.SLES.glade:1011 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1538 control/control.glade:385 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:981 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1456 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 msgid "Update" msgstr "Uhlaziyo" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:875 control/control.SLED.glade:880 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:990 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:995 control/control.SLES.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1019 control/control.glade:388 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "Isishwankathelo Sohlaziyo" -#. FATE #304940: s390 reIPL -#: control/control.SLED.glade:890 control/control.SLED.glade:899 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:903 control/control.SLED.glade:907 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:911 control/control.SLED.glade:915 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1032 control/control.SLED.glade:1359 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1364 control/control.SLED.glade:1369 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1375 control/control.SLED.glade:1379 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1383 control/control.SLED.glade:1387 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1392 control/control.SLED.glade:1397 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1450 control/control.SLED.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1005 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1018 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1022 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1026 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1031 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1036 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1153 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1525 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1535 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1541 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1545 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1553 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1558 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1563 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1617 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1621 control/control.SLES.glade:1029 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1038 control/control.SLES.glade:1042 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1046 control/control.SLES.glade:1050 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1055 control/control.SLES.glade:1060 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1177 control/control.SLES.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1554 control/control.SLES.glade:1559 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1565 control/control.SLES.glade:1569 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1573 control/control.SLES.glade:1577 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1582 control/control.SLES.glade:1587 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1641 control/control.SLES.glade:1645 -#: control/control.glade:393 control/control.glade:397 -#: control/control.glade:401 control/control.glade:405 -#: control/control.glade:538 control/control.glade:546 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:999 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1008 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1012 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1016 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1020 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1026 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1467 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1472 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1477 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1483 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1487 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1491 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1495 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1500 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1505 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1555 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1559 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Uhlaziyo Luyenzeka" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:930 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1051 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1075 control/control.glade:421 -#: control/control.glade:429 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1042 -msgid "System Information" -msgstr "Ulwazi Lwesixokelelwano" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:934 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1055 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1079 control/control.glade:433 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1046 -msgid "Perform Repair" -msgstr "Ukukhanda Kuyenzeka" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:945 control/control.SLED.glade:986 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1262 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1066 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1422 control/control.SLES.glade:1090 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1131 control/control.SLES.glade:1446 -#: control/control.glade:444 control/control.glade:488 -#: control/control.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1060 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1106 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1365 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "Ukuhlohla Okusisiseko" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:951 control/control.SLED.glade:992 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1072 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1113 control/control.SLES.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1137 control/control.glade:459 -#: control/control.glade:503 -msgid "Language" -msgstr "Ulwimi" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +msgid "AutoYaST Settings" +msgstr "Imimiselo ye-YaST Ezenzekelayo" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1038 control/control.SLED.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1239 control/control.SLED.glade:1428 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1460 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1159 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1252 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1399 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1594 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1627 control/control.SLES.glade:1183 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1276 control/control.SLES.glade:1423 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1618 control/control.SLES.glade:1651 -#: control/control.glade:551 control/control.glade:631 -#: control/control.glade:798 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1213 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1332 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1536 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1565 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Ubumbeko" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1041 control/control.SLED.glade:1048 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1145 control/control.SLED.glade:1151 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1155 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1162 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1169 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1294 control/control.SLES.glade:1186 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1193 control/control.SLES.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1314 control/control.SLES.glade:1318 -#: control/control.glade:554 control/control.glade:560 -#: control/control.glade:643 control/control.glade:648 -#: control/control.glade:652 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1254 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1260 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1264 -msgid "Network" -msgstr "Umsebenzi wothungelwano" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +msgid "System Configuration" +msgstr "Ubumbeko Lwesixokelelwano" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1054 control/control.SLED.glade:1058 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1159 control/control.SLED.glade:1163 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1175 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1179 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1302 control/control.SLES.glade:1199 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1203 control/control.SLES.glade:1322 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1326 control/control.glade:566 -#: control/control.glade:656 -msgid "Customer Center" -msgstr "Iziko Labaxumi" +#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" +#~ msgstr "Izilondolozi Zemveliso Ezifakelwayo" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1064 control/control.SLED.glade:1070 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1076 control/control.SLED.glade:1170 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1176 control/control.SLED.glade:1180 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1184 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1185 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1191 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1197 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1314 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1318 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1322 control/control.SLES.glade:1209 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1215 control/control.SLES.glade:1221 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1332 control/control.SLES.glade:1338 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1342 control/control.SLES.glade:1346 -#: control/control.glade:572 control/control.glade:578 -#: control/control.glade:584 control/control.glade:662 -#: control/control.glade:668 control/control.glade:672 -#: control/control.glade:676 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1268 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1272 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1276 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1280 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1284 -msgid "Online Update" -msgstr "Uhlaziyo Ngekhompyutha" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Language Installation" +#~ msgstr "Kuhlohlwa Umbekelelo" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1083 control/control.SLED.glade:1208 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1205 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1346 control/control.SLES.glade:1229 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1370 control/control.glade:588 -#: control/control.glade:688 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1301 -msgid "Release Notes" -msgstr "Khulula Amanqaku" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " Ukuhlohla kugqibeke ngempumelelo.\n" +#~ " Isixokelelwano sakho sikulungele ukusetyenziswa.\n" +#~ " Nqomfa ku-Kugqityiwe ukungena kwisixokelelwano.\n" +#~ " \n" +#~ " \n" +#~ " Nceda sindwendwele apha http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +#~ " \n" +#~ " \t" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1110 control/control.SLED.glade:1242 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1402 control/control.SLES.glade:1426 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1221 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1335 #, fuzzy -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "Ubumbeko Olusisiseko" +#~ msgid "Initialization..." +#~ msgstr "Kuyandululwa..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1116 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1255 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1279 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1227 #, fuzzy -msgid "root Password" -msgstr "Igama Lokugqithisela Kwingcambu Yamandla" +#~ msgid "Configuring network..." +#~ msgstr "Kwenziwa Ubumbeko Lwesilayishi Sokumisela Inkqubo" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1121 control/control.SLED.glade:1127 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1133 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1260 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1266 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1272 control/control.SLES.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1290 control/control.SLES.glade:1296 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1232 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1238 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1244 #, fuzzy -msgid "Check Installation" -msgstr "Ukuhlohla" +#~ msgid "Configuring hardware..." +#~ msgstr "Kwenziwa ubumbeko lolwimi..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1139 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1278 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1302 control/control.glade:639 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1250 -msgid "Hostname" -msgstr "Igama likamamkeli" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Finishing configuration..." +#~ msgstr "Kugqitywa Ukwenziwa Kobumbeko" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1188 control/control.SLED.glade:1192 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1332 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1336 control/control.SLES.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1360 control/control.glade:680 -#: control/control.glade:684 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1288 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1292 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1342 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1346 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "Abasebenzisi" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "User Settings" +#~ msgstr "Imimiselo Yesiseko" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1271 control/control.SLED.glade:1277 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1281 control/control.SLED.glade:1337 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1343 control/control.SLED.glade:1351 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1431 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1437 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1441 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1503 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1509 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1517 control/control.SLES.glade:1455 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1461 control/control.SLES.glade:1465 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1527 control/control.SLES.glade:1533 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1541 control/control.glade:719 -#: control/control.glade:727 control/control.glade:733 -#: control/control.glade:737 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1374 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1380 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1384 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1445 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1451 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1459 -msgid "AutoYaST Settings" -msgstr "Imimiselo ye-YaST Ezenzekelayo" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Installation Overview" +#~ msgstr "Izilondolozi Zokuhohla" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1431 control/control.SLED.glade:1463 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1597 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1630 control/control.SLES.glade:1621 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1654 control/control.glade:801 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1539 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1568 -msgid "System Configuration" -msgstr "Ubumbeko Lwesixokelelwano" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Repair" +#~ msgstr "&Khanda" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1467 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1201 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1340 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1601 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1634 control/control.SLES.glade:1225 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1364 control/control.SLES.glade:1625 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1658 -msgid "Clean Up" -msgstr "Coca Ngokusula" +#~ msgid "System Information" +#~ msgstr "Ulwazi Lwesixokelelwano" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:291 control/control.SLES.glade:314 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" -#| "Your system is ready for use.\n" -#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "\t" -msgid "" -"\n" -"\n" -"The installation has completed successfully.\n" -"Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"\n" -"\t" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"\n" -" Ukuhlohla kugqibeke ngempumelelo.\n" -" Isixokelelwano sakho sikulungele ukusetyenziswa.\n" -" Nqomfa ku-Kugqityiwe ukungena kwisixokelelwano.\n" -" \n" -" \n" -" Nceda sindwendwele apha http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" -" \n" -" \t" +#~ msgid "Perform Repair" +#~ msgstr "Ukukhanda Kuyenzeka" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:307 control/control.SLES.glade:330 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Server Base Scenario" -msgstr "Igama Leseva:" +#~ msgid "Language" +#~ msgstr "Ulwimi" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:308 control/control.SLES.glade:331 -msgid "" -"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n" -"Choose the one that matches your server the best." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Network" +#~ msgstr "Umsebenzi wothungelwano" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:314 control/control.SLES.glade:337 -msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Customer Center" +#~ msgstr "Iziko Labaxumi" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:315 control/control.SLES.glade:338 -msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Online Update" +#~ msgstr "Uhlaziyo Ngekhompyutha" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:316 control/control.SLES.glade:339 -msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Release Notes" +#~ msgstr "Khulula Amanqaku" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:639 control/control.SLES.glade:663 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)" -msgid "Network Services Configuration" -msgstr "Ubumbeko Lwenkonzo Yomsebenzi Wothungelwano (xietd)" +#~ msgid "Automatic Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Ubumbeko Olusisiseko" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:760 control/control.SLES.glade:784 #, fuzzy -msgid "Server Scenario" -msgstr "Imimiselo Yeseva" +#~ msgid "root Password" +#~ msgstr "Igama Lokugqithisela Kwingcambu Yamandla" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:765 control/control.SLES.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:286 -msgid "Installation Summary" -msgstr "Isishwankathelo Sokuhlohla" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Check Installation" +#~ msgstr "Ukuhlohla" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1326 control/control.SLES.glade:1350 -msgid "Service" -msgstr "Inkonzo" +#~ msgid "Hostname" +#~ msgstr "Igama likamamkeli" -#: control/control.SLES.glade:340 -msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Users" +#~ msgstr "Abasebenzisi" -#: control/control.glade:276 control/control.openSUSE.glade:717 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "Ukukhetha Ulwazi Olusesikrinini" +#~ msgid "Clean Up" +#~ msgstr "Coca Ngokusula" -#: control/control.glade:634 -msgid "Root Password" -msgstr "Igama Lokugqithisela Kwingcambu Yamandla" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Server Base Scenario" +#~ msgstr "Igama Leseva:" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:420 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -"\t " -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Sivuyisana nawe!\n" -" Ukuhlohlwa kwe-SUSEevulekileyo kumatshini wakho kugqibekile.\n" -" Emva kokunqomfa Kugqityiwe, ungangena kwisixokelelwano.\n" -" Sindwendwele apha %1.\n" -" Zonwabise kangangoko! Iqela Osebenza Nalo Lophuhliso le-SUSE\n" -"\t" +#~ msgid "Server Scenario" +#~ msgstr "Imimiselo Yeseva" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:438 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Service" +#~ msgstr "Inkonzo" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:451 +#~ msgid "Desktop Selection" +#~ msgstr "Ukukhetha Ulwazi Olusesikrinini" + +#~ msgid "Root Password" +#~ msgstr "Igama Lokugqithisela Kwingcambu Yamandla" + #, fuzzy -msgid "GNOME Desktop" -msgstr "Ulwazi Olusesikrinini" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Congratulations!\n" +#~ "The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +#~ "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" +#~ "Visit us at %1.\n" +#~ "Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" +#~ "\t " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Sivuyisana nawe!\n" +#~ " Ukuhlohlwa kwe-SUSEevulekileyo kumatshini wakho kugqibekile.\n" +#~ " Emva kokunqomfa Kugqityiwe, ungangena kwisixokelelwano.\n" +#~ " Sindwendwele apha %1.\n" +#~ " Zonwabise kangangoko! Iqela Osebenza Nalo Lophuhliso le-SUSE\n" +#~ "\t" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:452 #, fuzzy -msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgstr "Ulwazi Olusesikrinini" +#~ msgid "GNOME Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Ulwazi Olusesikrinini" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:453 #, fuzzy -msgid "XFCE Desktop" -msgstr "Ulwazi Olusesikrinini" +#~ msgid "KDE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Ulwazi Olusesikrinini" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:454 #, fuzzy -msgid "LXDE Desktop" -msgstr "Ulwazi Olusesikrinini" +#~ msgid "XFCE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Ulwazi Olusesikrinini" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:455 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "LXDE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Ulwazi Olusesikrinini" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:456 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Alternate Desktops" -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "Iintlobo Ezizezinye Zolwazi Olusesikrinini" +#~| msgid "Alternate Desktops" +#~ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Iintlobo Ezizezinye Zolwazi Olusesikrinini" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:457 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:699 control/control.openSUSE.glade:970 #, fuzzy -msgid "Online Repositories" -msgstr "Uhlaziyo Ngekhompyutha" +#~ msgid "Online Repositories" +#~ msgstr "Uhlaziyo Ngekhompyutha" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/country.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/country.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/country.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: country\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-27 11:49+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/crowbar.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/crowbar.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/crowbar.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/dhcp-server.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/dhcp-server.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/dhcp-server.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1651 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 msgid "IP" msgstr "" @@ -574,82 +574,81 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:609 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 #, fuzzy msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "Akukho zithuba zokudibana zomsebenzi wothungelwano ezinobumbeko" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 msgid "" -"The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" -"and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" -"Really use this interface?\n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"and netmask)." msgstr "" #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:633 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 #, fuzzy msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "&nkxaso ye-LDAP Inesakhono Sokusebenza" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:640 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "Gcina ubumbeko" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 #, fuzzy msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "Igama Lesixhobo" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:658 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:666 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 #, fuzzy msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "Iseva ye-NTP" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 #, fuzzy msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "Iseva ye-IPP" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 #, fuzzy msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "Iiseva ze-&NFS" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:684 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1140 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 msgid "&Units" msgstr "" @@ -657,39 +656,39 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1018 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1030 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1042 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1054 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1068 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 #, fuzzy msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "Gcina ubumbeko" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1074 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 #, fuzzy msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "Isikhethwa Sangoku:" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 #, fuzzy msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "Isimo Sangoku:" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "Min&imum IP Address" @@ -697,13 +696,13 @@ #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 #, fuzzy msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "Idilesi ye-IP" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1104 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 #, fuzzy msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "Idilesi ye-IP" @@ -712,7 +711,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1110 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 @@ -724,7 +723,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 @@ -733,54 +732,54 @@ msgstr "Idilesi ye-IP" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1125 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1131 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 msgid "&Default" msgstr "&Into ehlala ikhona" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1159 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1361 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1370 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 #, fuzzy msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "Funda ubumbeko lwangoku" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "" #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -788,8 +787,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "" @@ -797,141 +796,141 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1595 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1618 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 #, fuzzy msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "Abamkeli Aba&mgama" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1649 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 msgid "Name" msgstr "Igama" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 #, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "Idilesi ye-IP" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 msgid "Type" msgstr "Uhlobo" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1662 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Igama" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 #, fuzzy msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "Idilesi ye-IP" #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1690 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 #, fuzzy msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "&Ezinye" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1692 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1707 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1710 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "I-Ethernet" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1812 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Isangqa Somqondiso" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1886 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 #, fuzzy msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "Ixabiso le-%1 alisebenzi nto." #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1932 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1942 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1952 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "" #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1970 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2034 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "" #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2006 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2021 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "" #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 #, fuzzy msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "Eli nqaku maligqibeke." #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -944,15 +943,15 @@ msgstr "" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" @@ -964,7 +963,7 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2237 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/dns-server.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/dns-server.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/dns-server.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/drbd.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/drbd.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/drbd.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -21,6 +21,16 @@ msgid "Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Ubumbeko Lwehlabathi" +#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86 +msgid "DRBD" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88 +msgid "&DRBD" +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. @@ -60,24 +70,84 @@ msgid "Resource Configuration" msgstr "Ubumbeko Lwemodyuli" +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resource Basic Configuration" +msgstr "Ubumbeko Lwemodyuli" + +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration" +msgstr "Ubumbeko Lwemodyuli" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51 +msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52 +msgid "" +"included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The file is a configuration file." +msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n" +msgstr "Ifayili yifayili yobumbeko." + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network." +msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n" +msgstr "Kusilele ukuqikelela ubumbeko ukwenzela ukufota ngokuskena ngokugqitha kumsebenzi wothungelwano." + #. Drbd configure1 dialog caption #. Drbd configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:60 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138 #, fuzzy #| msgid "DNS Configuration" msgid "DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Ubumbeko lwe-DNS" #. Drbd configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy -msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" +#| msgid "First part of configuration of CASA" +msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Inxalenye yokuqala yobumbeko lwe-CASA" #. Drbd configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141 #, fuzzy -msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" +#| msgid "Second part of configuration of CASA" +msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Inxalenye yesibini yobumbeko lwe-CASA" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -109,7 +179,7 @@ #| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" "<big>Iqalisa uLwakhelo</big> \n" "Nceda linda... \n" @@ -127,14 +197,14 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "<big>Saving the Configuration</big> \n" -#| "Please wait..." +#| "<big>Saving Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Igcina Ubumbeko</big> \n" -"Nceda linda..." +"<big>Igcina uLwakhelo</big> \n" +"Nceda linda... \n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:48 @@ -155,14 +225,79 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55 #, fuzzy +msgid "<big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "<big>Ubumbeko Lomdibaniso</big>" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Booting:\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually\n" +"\t\tSwitch On and Off:\n" +"\t\t\tStarting or Stopping DRBD Server right now\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "<big>Ubumbeko Lomdibaniso</big>" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\tProtocol\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" +"\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" +"\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" +"\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 +#, fuzzy msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "<big>Ubumbeko Lomdibaniso</big>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" @@ -172,31 +307,37 @@ " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" -"Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n" -"module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n" -"configured in this file.\n" +" use this if you want to define more resources later\n" +" without reloading the module.\n" +" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n" +" as configured mentioned in this file. " msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"Configure DRBD here. \n" +"Configure drbd here. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Ulwakhelo lwe-Kdump</big> \n" "Yakhela i-kdump apha. \n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Adding a Kdump:</big> \n" +#| "Choose an kdump from the list of detected kdumps.\n" +#| "If your kdump was not detected, select Other (not detected).\n" +#| "Then press Configure.\n" msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n" -"If your DRBD was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" +"If your drbd was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Yongeza i-Kdump:</big> \n" @@ -205,7 +346,7 @@ "Uze ucinezele Yakhela.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -216,11 +357,11 @@ " ubumbeko luyavula.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:93 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" -"Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n" +"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Ugxeko-ncomo loLwakhelo lwe-Kdump</big> \n" @@ -228,21 +369,28 @@ "hlela ulwakhelo lwazo. \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Adding a Kdump:</big> \n" +#| "Press Add to configure a kdump." msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Press Add to configure a DRBD.\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Press Add to configure a drbd." msgstr "" "<big>Yongeza i-Kdump:</big> \n" "Cinezela Yongeza ukwakhela i-kdump." #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" +#| "Choose a kdump to change or remove.\n" +#| "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ukuhlela okanye ukuCima:</big> \n" @@ -250,7 +398,7 @@ "Uze ucinezele Hlela okanye Cima njengokomnqweno.\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -262,7 +410,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -273,7 +421,7 @@ " " #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -293,14 +441,15 @@ msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Inkqubo" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:545 +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Scheme name must be set." msgid "Node names must be different." msgstr "Makumiselwe igama lesicwangciso." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:567 -msgid "Fill out all fields." +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568 +msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -346,8 +495,8 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81 msgid "" -"To propagate this configuration,\n" -"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n" +"To propagate this configuration ,\n" +"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." msgstr "" #. } @@ -365,105 +514,228 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." -msgid "Starting DRBD service failed." +msgid "Start DRBD service failed" msgstr "Ukuqalisa inkonzo 'ye-lirc' kusilele." #. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop services" -msgid "Stopping DRBD service failed." +msgid "Stop DRBD service failed" msgstr "Nqumamisa iinkonzo" #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137 #, fuzzy msgid "Heartbeat Configuration" msgstr "Ubumbeko Lokuseqokobheni Lekhompyutha" #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:138 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Kuyandululwa..." +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of drbd. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101 +msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123 +msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:71 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Indulula uBumbeko lwe-DSL" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:79 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141 #, fuzzy msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "Funda imimiselo yehlabathi ye-Samba" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:80 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142 #, fuzzy msgid "Read resources" msgstr "Ifunda amaqela ovimba" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:81 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143 #, fuzzy msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "Funda isimo se-winbind" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:84 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "Kufundwa imimiselo yehlabathi ye-Samba..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:85 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "Ifunda amaqela ovimba..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:86 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "Kufundwa isimo se-winbind..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:87 src/modules/Drbd.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Kugqityiwe" +#. new_map = remove(new_map, key); +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412 +msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421 +msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of Resource Groups" +msgid "" +"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" +"%2" +msgstr "Ubumbeko Lwamaqela Kavimba" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464 +msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Ibhala Ubumbeko lwe-NFS" #. if (!modified) return true; #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Bhala imimiselo yehlabathi" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485 #, fuzzy msgid "Write resources" msgstr "Ibhala amaqela ovimba" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 #, fuzzy msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "Fumana isimo sangoku" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Kubhalwa imimiselo yehlabathi..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "Ibhala amaqela ovimba..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 #, fuzzy msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "Ifumana isimo sangoku..." +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." +msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" +msgstr "Ayikwazi kudala uvimba weefayili '%1'." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" +#~ msgstr "Inxalenye yokuqala yobumbeko lwe-CASA" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" +#~ msgstr "Inxalenye yesibini yobumbeko lwe-CASA" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<big>Initializing Configuration</big> \n" +#~| "Please wait... \n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Iqalisa uLwakhelo</big> \n" +#~ "Nceda linda... \n" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<big>Saving the Configuration</big> \n" +#~| "Please wait..." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Igcina Ubumbeko</big> \n" +#~ "Nceda linda..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" +#~ "Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n" +#~ "If your DRBD was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +#~ "Then press Configure.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Yongeza i-Kdump:</big> \n" +#~ "Khetha i-kdump kuluhlu lwe-kdumps ezifunyenweyo.\n" +#~ "Ukuba ayikhange ifunyanwe i-kdump yakho, khetha Okunye (akufunyenwanga).\n" +#~ "Uze ucinezele Yakhela.\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" +#~ "Press Add to configure a DRBD.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Yongeza i-Kdump:</big> \n" +#~ "Cinezela Yongeza ukwakhela i-kdump." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" +#~ "Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +#~ "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Ukuhlela okanye ukuCima:</big> \n" +#~ "Khetha i-kdump ukutshintsha okanye ukususa.\n" +#~ "Uze ucinezele Hlela okanye Cima njengokomnqweno.\n" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Drbd Configuration" #~ msgstr "Ubumbeko lwe-DNS" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/fcoe-client.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/fcoe-client.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/fcoe-client.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -43,8 +43,18 @@ msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "Umxumi we-NFS" +#. setting of config value is 'yes' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "ewe" + +#. setting of config value is 'no' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 +msgid "no" +msgstr "hayi" + #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:92 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgid "" @@ -52,15 +62,44 @@ "Command %1 failed." msgstr "Kusilele ukushenxiswa umbekelelo we-%1." +#. FCoE is not available on the interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "is not available" +msgid "not available" +msgstr "akufumaneki" + +#. the interface is not configured for FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not configured" +msgid "not configured" +msgstr "Ayibumbekanga" + +#. the flag is 'true' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 +msgid "true" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is 'false' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 +msgid "false" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is not set at all +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 +msgid "not set" +msgstr "" + #. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:280 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration of IPsec" msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2" msgstr "Ubumbeko lwe-IPsec" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:342 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -68,7 +107,7 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:357 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -76,12 +115,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:391 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device" msgstr "" #. question to the user: really create and start FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 msgid "" "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" "interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n" @@ -89,34 +128,34 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot create account for user %1." msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." msgstr "Ayikwazeki ukudaleka iakhawunti yomsebenzisi %1." #. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:454 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Command %1 failed" msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed." msgstr "Umyalelo %1 usilele" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:462 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 msgid "" "Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" "Continue because running in test mode" msgstr "" #. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:557 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Are you sure you want to remove the selected %1" msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?" msgstr "Ingaba uqinisekile ukuba ufuna ukususa i-%1 ekhethiweyo" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:565 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 msgid "" "Attention:\n" "Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" @@ -124,34 +163,34 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:575 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 msgid "" "Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" "to an already activated multipath device." msgstr "" #. replace values in table -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:724 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed." msgstr "Kusilele ukushenxiswa umbekelelo we-%1." -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:736 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed." msgstr "Kusilele ukushenxiswa umbekelelo we-%1." #. text of a warning popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:768 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 msgid "" "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" "interface isn't DCB capable." msgstr "" #. text of an information (notify) popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:805 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 msgid "" "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." @@ -182,7 +221,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ewe" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 @@ -190,7 +229,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hayi" #. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 @@ -263,7 +302,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Driver" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Umqhubi" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Flag FCoE" @@ -572,104 +611,99 @@ msgstr "Uyayihlohla ngoku?" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:862 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:871 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "Azikwazi kuchongeka izixhobo." #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:891 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:905 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." +msgstr "Ayikwazi kuqalisa inkonzo ye-winbind." + +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "" +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot start '%1' service" +msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." +msgstr "Ayikwazi kuqalisa `%1`inkonzo" + #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" "VLAN interface to get a valid configuration." msgstr "" -#. it's about a flag which is not set at all -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1099 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1105 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1110 -msgid "not set" -msgstr "" - -#. also about setting of a flag -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "true" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "false" -msgstr "" - #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration" msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Kundululwa Ubumbeko lwe-inetd" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "Qwalasela imibekelelo ehlohliweyo" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network services" msgid "Check services" msgstr "Iinkonzo zomsebenzi wothungelwano" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1461 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "Kuchongwa iikhadi zomsebenzi wothungelwano..." #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1463 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read /etc/ipsec.conf" msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "Funda njl.njl./ubumbeko lwe-ipsec" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1467 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for installed RPM packages..." msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "Kuqwalaselwa imibekelelo ye-RPM ehlohliweyo..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1469 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for network devices..." msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "Kuqwalaselwa izixhobo zomsebenzi wothungelwano_" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1471 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "Kuchongwa iikhadi zomsebenzi wothungelwano..." #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" @@ -677,123 +711,123 @@ #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1475 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1569 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Kugqityiwe" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1501 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "Ukuqalisa inkonzo 'ye-lirc' kusilele." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1514 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Azikwazi kuchongeka izixhobo." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1524 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the configuration." msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "Ayinako ukufunda ulwakhelo." #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1540 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Kugcinwa Ubumbeko lwe-inetd" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Bhala imimiselo" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart the service" msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "Phinda uqalise inkonzo" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1559 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adjust spooler services" msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "Lungelelanisa iisevea ze-spooler" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1563 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Kubhalwa imimiselo..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1565 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting service..." msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "Kuqaliswa inkonzo kwakhona..." #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1567 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adjusting spooler services..." msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "Lungelelanisa iisevea ze-spooler..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/samba/smb.conf." msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "Ayinabhala imimiselo eya kwi-/etc/samba/smb.ubumbeko." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1605 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "Ukuqalisa inkonzo 'ye-lirc' kusilele." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write sysconfig variables." msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "Azikwazi kubhaleka iziguquki zobumbeko lwesixokelelwano." #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1669 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 #, fuzzy #| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" msgid "General FCoE configuration" msgstr "<big>Ubumbeko Lomdibaniso</big>" #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1683 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Interfaces" msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "Izithuba zomdibaniso" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1691 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1701 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." msgid "Starting of services" @@ -801,11 +835,11 @@ #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1709 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1719 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 msgid "enabled" msgstr "kunikwe isakhono" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1710 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1720 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 msgid "disabled" msgstr "kukhutshwe isakhono" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/firewall-services.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/firewall-services.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/firewall-services.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/firewall.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/firewall.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/firewall.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:28\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/firstboot.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/firstboot.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/firstboot.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:28\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/ftp-server.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/ftp-server.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/ftp-server.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/geo-cluster.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/geo-cluster.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/geo-cluster.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ #. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:97 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -71,92 +71,285 @@ #. #. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration files" +msgid "configuration file" +msgstr "Hlaziya iifayili zobumbeko" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "arbitrator ip" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "transport" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fakela" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:72 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hlela" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cima " -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" #. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:104 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&KULUNGILE" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:105 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hlaba" -#. parser value first -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter a valid e-mail address." +msgid "Please enter valid ip address" +msgstr "Faka idilesi ye-imeyle esebenzayo." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:164 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Directories" +msgid "retries" +msgstr "Izalathisi" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 +msgid "weights" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188 +msgid "expire" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Required patterns" +msgid "acquire-after" +msgstr "Izimbo ezifunekayo" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +msgid "before-acquire-handler" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "timeout is no valid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:166 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "expire is no valid" +msgstr "' akusebenziseki." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "acquireafter is no valid" +msgstr "Umthombo awusebenziseki." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "retries is no valid" +msgstr "' akusebenziseki." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "weights is no valid" +msgstr "' akusebenziseki." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "ticket can not be null" msgstr "" +#. fill confs with global_files +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332 +msgid "site have to be filled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337 +msgid "ticket have to be filled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid." +msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!" +msgstr "Indlela yedilesi ye-IP ayisebenziseki." + #. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:317 +#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd. +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Geo Cluster configure" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Provider name %1 already exists." +msgid "Ticket name already exist!" +msgstr "Igama lomboneleli%1 sele likhona." + +#. abort? +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." +msgid "Configuration name can not be null" +msgstr "Igama lolwakhelo alikwazi ukungabinanto." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." +msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." +msgstr "Igama lolwakhelo alikwazi ukungabinanto." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Key is invalid." +msgid "port is invalid!" +msgstr "Iqhosha alisebenziseki." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595 +msgid "transport have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +msgid "site have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605 +msgid "ticket have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add Complete Configuration Files" +msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" +msgstr "Fakela Iifayili Ezigqibekileyo Zobumbeko" + +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration files" +msgid "Choose configuration file:" +msgstr "Hlaziya iifayili zobumbeko" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Class Configuration" +msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" +msgstr "Ubumbeko Lodidi" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +msgid "Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "Ubumbeko lwe-Firewall" + #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Kuyandululwa..." + +#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write general settings." +msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." +msgstr "Ayikwazi kubhaleka imimiselo jikelele." + +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242 +msgid "Cannot write global settings." msgstr "" +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write general settings." +msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." +msgstr "Ayikwazi kubhaleka imimiselo jikelele." + #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:168 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -165,120 +358,108 @@ #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Funda imimiselo edlulileyo" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:185 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:184 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kufundwa imimiselo edlulileyo..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:186 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:282 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kugqityiwe" +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:255 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:272 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bhala imimiselo" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:274 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:278 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kubhalwa imimiselo..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:280 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "" -#. read sites -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:311 -msgid "Cannot write global settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:315 -msgid "Cannot write sites settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write ticket -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:318 -msgid "Cannot write ticket settings." -msgstr "" - #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:324 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ayikwazi kubhaleka imimselo." #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:372 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Isishwankathelo sobumbeko..." #. Progress stage 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 msgid "Read the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Funda isiseko seenkcukacha" #. Progress stage 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 msgid "Detect the devices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chonga izixhobo" #. Progress step 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 msgid "Reading the database..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Funda isiseko seenkcukacha..." #. Progress step 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 msgid "Detecting the devices..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kuchongwa izixhobo..." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 msgid "Cannot read the database1." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Azinakufundeka iinkcukacha zesiseko1." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 msgid "Cannot read the database2." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Azinakufundeka iinkcukacha zesiseko2." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 msgid "Cannot detect devices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Azikwazi kuchongeka izixhobo." #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Qhuba ubumbeko lwe-SuSE" #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kuqhutywa Ubumbeko lwe-SuSE..." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 msgid "Configuration summary ..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Isishwankathelo sobumbeko..." Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/gtk.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/gtk.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/gtk.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ #: src/YGUtils.cc:643 msgid "Back" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Emva" #: src/YGUtils.cc:644 msgid "Next" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Okulandelayo" #: src/ygtksteps.c:75 #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/http-server.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/http-server.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/http-server.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/inetd.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/inetd.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/inetd.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: inetd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/installation.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/installation.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/installation.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -60,22 +60,22 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:96 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml" msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:78 +#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "Kukhutshelwa iifayili kwisixokelelwano esihlohliweyo" @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ msgstr "Imo Yokuhlohla" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:73 +#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "Kundululwa umphathi wefestile ehlala ikho" @@ -272,6 +272,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Imo esebenzayo engaziwa" @@ -332,7 +333,7 @@ #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137 -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:312 +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Isivumelwano Selayisensi" @@ -404,11 +405,24 @@ " nayiphi inkqubo yokuhlohla.\n" " \n" -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:336 +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299 #, fuzzy -msgid "License needs to be accepted" -msgstr "Kufuneka kuphindwe kwahlohlwa" +#| msgid "Release Notes" +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "Khulula Amanqaku" +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342 +msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 #, fuzzy @@ -535,7 +549,7 @@ #. OEM image if target disk is defined #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 msgid "The system will reboot now..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Isixokelelwano siza kumisela inkqubo kwakhona ngoku..." #. bnc #395030 #. Use less memory @@ -634,11 +648,11 @@ msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "Yenza Ubumbeko lwee-disk &ze-DASD" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "Yenza Ubumbeko lwee-disk &iSCSI" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:113 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" @@ -662,14 +676,22 @@ msgid "Installation is just about to start!" msgstr "" -#. download release notes now -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:135 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:356 +#. Set the UI content to show some progress. +#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. bug #302384 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 +msgid "Initializing" +msgstr "Kuyandululwa" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Release Notes" -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." -msgstr "Khulula Amanqaku" +msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgstr "Kundululwa imo engqonge ukuhlohla..." #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 @@ -691,67 +713,67 @@ #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:85 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "Kugqitywa Ukuhlohlwa Okusisiseko" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "Izikripti Zaphambi Kokuhlohla" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "Kukhutshelwa iifayili kwisixokelelwano esihlohliweyo" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:142 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "Gcina ubumbeko" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "Gcina imimiselo yokuhlohla" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:188 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "Hlohla umphathi wokumisela inkqubo" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:200 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "Lungisa isixokelelwano sokumisela inkqubo okokuqala" #. merge steps from add-on products #. bnc #438678 -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "Kuqwalaselwe %1 iziseko zezibini..." #. a fallback busy message -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:394 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437 #, fuzzy msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "Kuqokelelwa iinkcukacha zesixokelelwano..." #. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:414 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457 msgid " * %1" msgstr "" #. Anything else -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:451 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Kugqityiwe" #. get the latest errors -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "Imposiso Yokuhlohla" @@ -774,12 +796,6 @@ "Nceda Linda xa isixokelelwano sesiseko sisahlohlwa.\n" " " -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Initializing the installation..." -msgstr "Kundululwa imo engqonge ukuhlohla..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. help for the dialog - busy message #: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 @@ -794,13 +810,6 @@ msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." msgstr "Ukubhala ubumbeko lwesixokelelwano" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. bug #302384 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 -msgid "Initializing" -msgstr "Kuyandululwa" - #. dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 #, fuzzy @@ -1016,12 +1025,12 @@ msgstr "" #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "Kutsitywa ubumbeko phezu kwesicelo somsebenzi" #. error message is a popup -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:257 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -1032,32 +1041,32 @@ #. not using tabs #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:500 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:514 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:559 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:569 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567 msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" msgstr "IMPOSISO: Kulahleke Isihloko" #. busy message -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:525 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523 #, fuzzy msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "Bonisa isishwankathelo semimiselo yangoku" #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:529 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1031 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "Kuhlalutywa isixokelelwano sakho..." #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:700 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "IMPOSISO: Akukho sindululo" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:745 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1066,7 +1075,7 @@ " Kubekho iimposiso." #. dialog headline -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:949 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947 #, fuzzy msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Izilondolozi Zokuhohla" @@ -1076,25 +1085,25 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:973 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "&Tsiba Ubumbeko " #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:982 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "&Sebenzisa Ubumbeko Olulandelayo" #. menu button #. menu button #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:994 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1178 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "&Guqula..." #. menu button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1000 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1173 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgid "&Export Configuration" @@ -1102,25 +1111,25 @@ #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1071 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "Nqomfa nawuphi umgca wesihloko ukuze usebenzise imenyu yo \"Guqulo...\" ngezantsi." -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1075 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "Nqomfa nawuphi umgca wesihloko ukuze usebenzise imenyu yo \"Guqulo...\" ngezantsi." #. menu button item -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1172 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "&Phinda umisele ukuya kokuhlala kukho" #. General part of the help text for all types of proposals -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206 msgid "" "\n" "Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" @@ -1134,7 +1143,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1219 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1166,7 +1175,7 @@ #. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26 #. #. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1245 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1272 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -1183,7 +1192,7 @@ #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1255 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1196,7 +1205,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1282 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1208,7 +1217,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1293 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1220,7 +1229,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1304 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1231,12 +1240,12 @@ " \n" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "UML Isindululo Sokuhlohla" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1315 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -1247,7 +1256,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1332 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -1258,7 +1267,7 @@ " \n" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1345 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Some proposals might be\n" @@ -1274,11 +1283,11 @@ " isindululo esitshixiweyo, cela umlawuli wesixokelelwano sakho." #. FATE #120373 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1371 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369 msgid "&Update" msgstr "&Uhlaziyo" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1372 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370 msgid "&Install" msgstr "&Hlohla" @@ -1406,60 +1415,41 @@ msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "Kugrunjwa amaqokobhe eekhompyutha..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Search for Linux partitions" -msgstr "Zingela izaHlulelo eziLahlekileyo" - +#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 #, fuzzy -msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." -msgstr "Ukuzingela izahlulelo ze-Linux ezisebenzisekayo..." - -#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 -#, fuzzy msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "Zingela izaHlulelo eziLahlekileyo" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "Ukuzingela ingcambu yesixhobo..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:136 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 #, fuzzy msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "Kundululwa umbekelo omtsha wesiseko senkcukacha..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:137 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "Kundululwa umbekelo omtsha wesiseko senkcukacha..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:140 -msgid "Evaluate update possibility" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:141 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." -msgstr "Evaluating package selection..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:146 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 #, fuzzy msgid "System Probing" msgstr "Ukuqwalaselwa Kwesixokelelwano" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:152 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 #, fuzzy msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "Please wait while the system is being configured." #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1472,7 +1462,7 @@ "Nceda qwalasela iqokobhe lakho lekhompyutha!\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1485,7 +1475,7 @@ "Akukho maqokobhe ekhompyutha afunyanelwe ukuhlohla.\n" "Nceda qwalasela iqokobhe lakho lekhompyutha!\n" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:279 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1493,7 +1483,7 @@ msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" @@ -1510,7 +1500,7 @@ " Qwalasela iqokobhe lekhompyutha lakho.\n" #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:343 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" @@ -1520,161 +1510,161 @@ "Iyeka ukuhlohla." #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:96 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remove" msgid "Removed" msgstr "Shenxisa" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:100 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Kunikwa isakhono" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Kususwa isakhono" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:199 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:667 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:726 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736 #, fuzzy msgid "Previously Used Repositories" msgstr "Khetha Imithombo Efakelweyo:" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, #. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:205 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 msgid "" "These repositories were found on the system\n" "you are upgrading:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225 #, fuzzy msgid "Current Status" msgstr "Isimo Sangoku:" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:217 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository" msgstr "&Indawo Yokuhlala Yenkangeleko Yecala:" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:219 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 msgid "URL" msgstr "I-URL" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "&Isimo Sokutshintsha ngendlela efanayo" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:235 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" "on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249 msgid "" "To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:243 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253 msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." msgstr "" #. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted #. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key #. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:265 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:272 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:278 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Akwaziwa" #. TRANSLATORS: textentry -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383 #, fuzzy msgid "&Repository URL" msgstr "Imithombo efanele Ukubhaliswa" #. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:637 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647 #, fuzzy msgid "Network is not Configured" msgstr "inkqubo ayibumbekanga" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649 msgid "" "Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n" "Configure it?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:670 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:727 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding and removing repositories..." msgstr "Khetha Imithombo Efakelweyo:" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:673 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:732 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742 #, fuzzy msgid "Repositories are being added and removed." msgstr "" "\n" "Nceda linda xa kusabuyiselwa kwakhona umfuziselo.\n" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:692 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702 #, fuzzy msgid "Remove unused repositories" msgstr "Funda ubumbeko olugcinwe ngaphambili" -#. Removes selected repositories -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:696 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:813 +#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859 #, fuzzy msgid "Removing unused repositories..." msgstr "Ifunda ubumbeko olugcinwe ngaphambili..." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:703 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713 #, fuzzy msgid "Add enabled repositories" msgstr "Funda ubumbeko olugcinwe ngaphambili" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:867 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding enabled repositories..." msgstr "Khetha Imithombo Efakelweyo:" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:715 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725 #, fuzzy msgid "Add disabled repositories" msgstr "Funda ubumbeko olugcinwe ngaphambili" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:719 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1024 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding disabled repositories..." msgstr "Khetha Imithombo Efakelweyo:" #. true - OK, continue -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:841 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899 msgid "Correct Media Requested" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901 msgid "" "Make sure that media with label %1\n" "is in the CD/DVD drive.\n" @@ -1684,7 +1674,7 @@ #. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them #. for the system upgrade -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:906 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964 msgid "" "Cannot add repository %1\n" "URL: %2\n" @@ -1694,7 +1684,7 @@ msgstr "" #. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:943 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot add enabled repository\n" @@ -1706,7 +1696,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:963 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021 #, fuzzy msgid "" "An error occurred while refreshing repository\n" @@ -1716,7 +1706,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:983 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041 #, fuzzy msgid "" "An error occurred while enabling repository\n" @@ -1727,7 +1717,7 @@ "%2" #. do not probe! adding as disabled! -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1064 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot add disabled repository\n" @@ -1813,58 +1803,53 @@ msgstr "Kugcinwa ubumbeko lomsebenzi wothungelwano..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/random_finish.rb:62 -msgid "Enabling random number generator..." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "Kugcinwa izowuni yexesha..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145 msgid "Saving language..." msgstr "Kugcinwa ulwimi..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150 msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgstr "Kugcinwa ubumbeko lomsebenzi wothungelwano..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169 msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." msgstr "Kugcinwa ubumbeko lomsebenzi wothungelwano..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174 msgid "Saving product information..." msgstr "Kugcinwa iinkcukacha zemveliso..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving automatical installation settings..." msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." msgstr "Kugcinwa imimiselo yokuhlohla ngokuzenzekela..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading security settings..." msgid "Saving security settings..." msgstr "Kufundwa imimiselo yokhuseleko..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:192 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving sound card settings..." msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..." msgstr "Igcina izakhelo zekhadi lesandi..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:70 +#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67 msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "Kugcinwa ubumbeko lomsebenzi wothungelwano..." @@ -1898,7 +1883,7 @@ msgstr "Kubhalwa Ubumbeko lwe-YaST..." #. call command -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -2163,7 +2148,70 @@ msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "Ukuzingela izahlulelo ze-Linux ezisebenzisekayo..." +#. Text to display +#. +#. @return String +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote Administration" +msgid "Enabling remote administration..." +msgstr "Umlawuli Omgama" + +#. checking whether images are supported +#. BNC #409927 +#. Checking files for signatures +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" +msgstr "Isilele ukudala idiski yokuhlohla i-RAM." + +#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Deploying..." +msgstr "Kuthulwa umthwalo womfuziselo..." + +#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types. +#. +#. @see #all_supported_types +#. @see #objects_state +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Storing user preferences..." +msgstr "Kunqunyanyiswa iinkonzo..." + +#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Restoring user preferences..." +msgstr "Ukubuyisela umbekelo %1..." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446 +msgid "" +"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" +"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." +msgstr "" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "License needs to be accepted" +#~ msgstr "Kufuneka kuphindwe kwahlohlwa" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Search for Linux partitions" +#~ msgstr "Zingela izaHlulelo eziLahlekileyo" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." +#~ msgstr "Ukuzingela izahlulelo ze-Linux ezisebenzisekayo..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." +#~ msgstr "Evaluating package selection..." + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Network Device: %1" #~ msgstr "Izixhobo Zothungelwano" @@ -2625,22 +2673,6 @@ #~ " Qwalasela iqokobhe lekhompyutha lakho.\n" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" -#~ msgstr "Isilele ukudala idiski yokuhlohla i-RAM." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Deploying..." -#~ msgstr "Kuthulwa umthwalo womfuziselo..." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Storing user preferences..." -#~ msgstr "Kunqunyanyiswa iinkonzo..." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Restoring user preferences..." -#~ msgstr "Ukubuyisela umbekelo %1..." - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "No system type was selected.\n" #~ "Select the default type." Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/instserver.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/instserver.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/instserver.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/iplb.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/iplb.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/iplb.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ #. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 msgid "Global Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ubumbeko Lwehlabathi" #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration" @@ -91,6 +91,26 @@ msgstr "" #. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "ewe" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "no" +msgstr "hayi" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Global Configuration" +msgid "&Global Configuration" +msgstr "Ubumbeko Lwehlabathi" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba Server Configuration" +msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" +msgstr "Ubumbeko Lweseva ye-Samba" + #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 msgid "Check Interval" msgstr "" @@ -117,7 +137,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87 msgid "Execute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Qhuba" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186 msgid "Email Alert" @@ -200,7 +220,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -440,7 +460,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -477,7 +497,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 msgid "Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inkonzo" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 msgid "Check Command" @@ -501,11 +521,11 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 msgid "Login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ngena" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Igama lokugqithisela" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 msgid "Database Name" @@ -521,7 +541,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 msgid "Netmask" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Isintsu elilawulayo lothungelwano" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 msgid "Scheduler" @@ -529,7 +549,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inkqubo" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 msgid "Virtual Servers" @@ -537,15 +557,15 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fakela" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hlela" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cima " #. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 @@ -571,13 +591,19 @@ #. return `cacel or a string #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&KULUNGILE" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 msgid "Cancel" +msgstr "Hlaba" + +#. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +msgid "" +"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" +"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" msgstr "" -#. split the real server ip value; #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 msgid "Real Server's IP Address" msgstr "" @@ -590,10 +616,30 @@ msgid "weight" msgstr "" +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The IP address is invalid." +msgid "IP address is not Valid" +msgstr "Idilesi ye-IP ayisebenziseki." + +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add a new share" +msgid "Add a new real server:" +msgstr "Fakela isabelwano esitsha" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the role of the server" +msgid "Edit the real server:" +msgstr "Misela indima yeseva" + #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kuyandululwa..." #. Read all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -620,7 +666,7 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kugqityiwe" #. Write all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -630,19 +676,19 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bhala imimiselo" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Qhuba ubumbeko lwe-SuSE" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kubhalwa imimiselo..." #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kuqhutywa Ubumbeko lwe-SuSE..." #. write global conf #. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" @@ -652,10 +698,10 @@ #. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ayikwazi kubhaleka imimselo." #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Isishwankathelo sobumbeko..." Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/iscsi-client.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/iscsi-client.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/iscsi-client.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -65,149 +65,155 @@ msgid "iSNS Port" msgstr "Isiqhagamshelanisi" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:109 -msgid "Initiator Name" +#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initiator Name" +msgid "&Initiator Name" msgstr "Igama lomQalisi" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:115 +#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well +#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware +#. shifting load from processor to card) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Sound Card" -msgid "Offloa&d Card" +msgid "Offload Car&d" msgstr "Ikhadi Lesandi" #. table of connected targets #. table of discovered targets #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:179 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Interface" msgstr "Izithuba zomdibaniso" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:180 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 msgid "Portal Address" msgstr "Idilesi Yesiqhagamshelanisi" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:181 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Target Name" msgstr "Igama Ekujoliswe Kulo" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:215 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Indlela Yokuqalisa" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Add" msgstr "Fakela" #. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Hlela" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Log Out" msgstr "Mka" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" msgstr "Kudityanisiwe" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Discovery" msgstr "Ukufumanisa " -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "Log In" msgstr "Ngena" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "Dibanisa" #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target #. authentication dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:234 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:268 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "Akukho Ngqinelwano Ngobunyani" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:271 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "Ungqinelwano Ngobunyani Olufikayo" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:273 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:279 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Username" msgstr "Igama lomsebenzisi" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:240 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:274 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "Password" msgstr "Igama lokugqithisela" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "Ungqinelwano Lobunyani Oluphumayo" #. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Startup" msgstr "Qalisa" #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Idilesi ye-IP" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 msgid "Port" msgstr "Isiqhagamshelanisi" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Key" msgstr "Iqhosha" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Value" msgstr "Ixabiso" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "Service" msgstr "Inkonzo" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "Izinto Ekujoliswe Kuzo Ezidityanisiweyo" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:366 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "Izinto Ekujoliswe Kuzo Ezifunyanisiweyo" #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:385 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "Umqalisi Gabalala we-iSCSI" #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:400 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" @@ -216,9 +222,9 @@ #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:435 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:474 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "Ukufumanisa Umqalisi we-iSCSI" @@ -472,12 +478,12 @@ "iqn.2007-04.cz.seva:isitore.idiski.sdb\n" #. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:626 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "Faka idilesi ye-IP." #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:632 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "Faka isiqhagamshelanisi." @@ -485,37 +491,37 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:867 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 msgid "True" msgstr "Yinyaniso" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 msgid "False" msgstr "Asiyonyaniso" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:772 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:892 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 #, fuzzy msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "Injongo ngeli Gama leNjongo sele iqhagamshelwe. Qinisekisa ukuba indlela ezininzi zenziwe zasebenza ukunqanda ukonakala kwedata." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 msgid "Continue" msgstr "Uyaqhuba" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:776 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:896 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Hlaba" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:886 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "Ekujoliswe kuko sekudityanisiwe." @@ -597,14 +603,20 @@ msgstr "Nqumamisa iinkonzo" #. interface type for hardware offloading -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:70 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Software" -msgid "(Software)" +msgid "default (Software)" msgstr "Okungaphakathi ekhompyutheni" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "All" +msgid "all" +msgstr "Konke" + #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:672 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 #, fuzzy msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" @@ -617,7 +629,7 @@ " Ukuba ufuna ukusebenzisa igama lomqalisi elahlukileyo litshintshe kwi-BIOS." #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Isishwankathelo sobumbeko..." Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/iscsi-lio-server.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/iscsi-lio-server.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/iscsi-lio-server.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/iscsi-server.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/iscsi-server.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/iscsi-server.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/isns.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/isns.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/isns.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -312,81 +312,81 @@ msgstr "Kuyandululwa..." #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:106 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "Ukwenza ubumbeko lwenkonzo ye-isns, u %1 mbekelo mawuhlohlwe." -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:109 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "Uyayihlohla ngoku?" #. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:486 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569 msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "Indulula ubumbeko lwe-daemon ye-isns" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:502 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Funda isiseko seenkcukacha" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:504 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Funda imimiselo edlulileyo" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:506 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "Chonga izixhobo" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:510 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Funda isiseko seenkcukacha..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:512 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Kufundwa imimiselo edlulileyo..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:514 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "Kuchongwa izixhobo..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:516 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:594 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Kugqityiwe" #. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:568 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651 msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "Igcina Ubumbeko lwe-isns" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:584 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Bhala imimiselo" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:586 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "Qhuba ubumbeko lwe-SuSE" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:590 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Kubhalwa imimiselo..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:592 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "Kuqhutywa Ubumbeko lwe-SuSE..." #. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf) -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:606 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Ayikwazi kubhaleka imimselo." Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/kdump.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/kdump.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/kdump.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -398,8 +398,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. Popup::Message(crash_value); #. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:558 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:577 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "Ukusebenzisa iinguqu, ukuqalisa ngokutsha kubalulekile." @@ -540,16 +540,6 @@ msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "&Yenziwe ayakwazi ukusebenza" -#. checking if packages are available -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:101 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:103 -msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." -msgstr "Ipakethe yezixhob ze-kexec ayikho." - -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:113 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:115 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Package for kdump is not available." -msgstr "Unxulumano olufanelekileyo alukho." - #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 #, fuzzy @@ -1279,146 +1269,153 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:483 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:593 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Indulula uBumbeko lwe-Modem" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:602 src/modules/Kdump.rb:610 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Kufundwa ubumbeko..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:604 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Ayifundeki imimiselo jikelele." #. Progress stage 4/4 #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:606 src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading available memory..." msgstr "Kuchongwa iikhathalogu ezikhoyo..." #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Kufundwa ngezahlulelo..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "Akukwazeki ukufunda ifayili yolwakh /etc/sysconfig/kdump" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:634 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "Ayifundeki imimiselo jikelele." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:641 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "Ayikwazi kufundeka ifayili '%1'" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Igcina uBumbeko lwe-Modem" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:696 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Bhala imimiselo" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:698 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699 #, fuzzy msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Hlaziya Izikhethwa" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Kubhalwa imimiselo..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "Kuhlaziywa ubumbeko..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:706 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Kugqityiwe" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Ayikwazi kubhaleka imimselo." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:725 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "Yongeza iparamitha ye-crashkernel kwingxaki yelowuda yokuqalisa." #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:844 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "kumgangatho osebenzayo %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "enabled" msgstr "kunikwe isakhono" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "disabled" msgstr "kukhutshwe isakhono" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841 #, fuzzy msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "Ixabiso elingenanto lesikhethwa: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848 #, fuzzy msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "&Cwangcisa" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855 #, fuzzy msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "Elona Nani Li&phezulu Lokugcinwe Kukhuseleko Kudala" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862 #, fuzzy msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "Elona Nani Li&phezulu Lokugcinwe Kukhuseleko Kudala" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:961 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." +#~ msgstr "Ipakethe yezixhob ze-kexec ayikho." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Package for kdump is not available." +#~ msgstr "Unxulumano olufanelekileyo alukho." + #~ msgid "ENABLED" #~ msgstr "YENZIWE YASEBENZA" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/kerberos-server.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/kerberos-server.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/kerberos-server.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/kerberos.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/kerberos.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/kerberos.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kerberos\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/languages_db.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/languages_db.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/languages_db.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/ldap-client.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/ldap-client.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/ldap-client.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/ldap-server.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/ldap-server.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/ldap-server.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/ldap.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/ldap.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/ldap.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -41,6 +41,8 @@ "\n" "The server could be down or unreachable.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Iseva isenokuwa okanye ingafikeleleki.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:534 @@ -48,6 +50,8 @@ "\n" "The value of DN is missing or invalid.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Ixabiso le-DN lilahlekile okanye alisebenziseki.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:538 @@ -55,6 +59,8 @@ "\n" "Attribute type not found.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Uhlobo lwesiyelelani alufunyanwa.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:540 @@ -62,23 +68,25 @@ "\n" "Object class not found.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Udidi lwento alufunyenwanga.\n" #. error message, more specific description follows #. error message #. error message #: src/Ldap.rb:545 src/Ldap.rb:782 src/Ldap.rb:848 msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Umdibaniso oya kwiseva ye-LDAP awukwazi kusekwa." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:549 msgid "A problem occurred while connecting to the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kwenzeke ingxaki xa bekudityaniswa kwiseva ye-LDAP." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:553 msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kwenzeke ingxaki xa bekufundwa iinkcukacha kwiseva ye-LDAP." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:557 @@ -98,26 +106,26 @@ #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:569 msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kwenzeke ingxaki xa bekufundwa izazobe kwiseva ye-LDAP." #. default error message #: src/Ldap.rb:594 msgid "An unknown LDAP error occurred." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kwenzeke imposiso engaziwayo ye-LDAP." #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857 msgid "&Show Details" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Bonisa Ubucukubhede" #. error message #. error message #. error message #: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912 msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps 'yast2-ldap' is not available." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Imposiso Engaziwayo. Mhlawumbi 'i-yast2-ldap' ayikho." #. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) #: src/Ldap.rb:800 @@ -144,7 +152,7 @@ #. password entering label #: src/Ldap.rb:975 src/ldap_browser.rb:155 msgid "&LDAP Server Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Igama Lokugqithisa Leseva ye&LDAP" #. label #: src/Ldap.rb:979 @@ -154,7 +162,7 @@ #. button label #: src/Ldap.rb:988 msgid "&Anonymous Access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ukufikela &Okungenagama " #. error message, %1 is DN #: src/Ldap.rb:1330 @@ -163,6 +171,9 @@ "does not exist in the LDAP directory.\n" "The object with the selected DN cannot be created.\n" msgstr "" +"Umzali ongqalileyo we-DN '%1' \n" +"akakho kwayena kuvimba weefayili ze-LDAP.\n" +" Into ene-DN ekhethiweyo ayikwazi kudaleka.\n" #. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN #: src/Ldap.rb:1634 @@ -170,17 +181,19 @@ "No entry with DN '%1'\n" "exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n" msgstr "" +"Akukho lungeniso ne-DN '%1'\n" +"zikhoyo kwiseva ye-LDAP. Uyayidala ngoku? \n" #. button label #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 msgid "&Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Vula" #. help text 1/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 msgid "Set the new value for the current attribute." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Misela ixabiso elitsha ngesiyelelani sangoku." #. help text 2/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:264 @@ -192,6 +205,11 @@ "it is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using Browse.\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"Ukuba isiyelelani sinokuba namaxabiso athe chatha, fakela amangeniso amatsha ne-Fakela Ixabiso . Ngamanye amaxesha iqhosha liqulethe uludwe \n" +"lwamaxabiso anokubakho ukuze asetyenziselwe isiyelelani sangoku. \n" +" Ukuba ixabiso lwesiyelelani esihlelwayo sifanele ukuba ligama elifana lodwa (DN), \n" +"yinto enokwenzeka ukulikhetha kumthi we-LDAP ngokusebenzisa u-Khangela . \n" +" \n" #. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows. #. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note @@ -202,79 +220,85 @@ #. "The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\": " #: src/LdapPopup.rb:287 msgid "The description of attribute \"%1\": " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inkcazelo yesiyelelani \"%1\": " #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:311 msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Ixabiso \"%1\" Lesiyelelani" #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:322 msgid "&Values of \"%1\" Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Amaxabiso \"%1\" Esiyelelani" #. button label #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356 msgid "&Add Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Fakela Ixabiso" #. menubutton item (default value) #: src/LdapPopup.rb:350 msgid "&Empty Entry" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Ungeniso Olilikhamte" #: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 msgid "Bro&wse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kha&ngela" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." msgstr "" +"Ixabiso '%1' selikhona.\n" +"Nceda khetha elinye." #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ubumbeko lwezixhobo zolawulo lomsebenzisi" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ubumbeko lwezixhobo zolawulo lweqela" #. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Udidi Lwento Yemodyuli Entsha" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Igama Lemodyuli Entsha (\"cn\" Ixabiso)" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" +"Ixabiso elingeniswayo selikhona.\n" +"Khetha elinye.\n" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ngenisa igama lemodyuli." #. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" "the new object is created.\n" msgstr "" +"Apha, misela amaxabiso eziyelelani zento ngokusebenzisa isakhelo seenkcukacha sangoku. Amaxabiso alolo hlobo asetyenziswa njengahlala ekhona xa \n" +"kudalwa into entsha. \n" #. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" #. _("The list of attributes provided in Attribute Name is the @@ -282,23 +306,27 @@ #. entry of the current template. #. ") + #. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").\n" msgstr "" +"Unako ukusebenzisa ulandelelwano olulodwa ukudala \n" +"amaxabiso eziyelelani kulawo aselekhona. Isithetho %ngegama_lesiyelelani siya kususwa ngokubeka\n" +" endaweni yaso isiyelelani sexabiso \"igama_lesiyelelani\" (umzekelo, sebenzisa \"/u-ekhaya/%uid\"\n" +" njengexabiso \"Lovimba Weefayili wasekhaya\").\n" #. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Igama Lesiyelelani" #. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Ixabiso Lesiyelelani" #. general help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:62 @@ -316,11 +344,13 @@ "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" "Discard these changes?\n" msgstr "" +"Kukho iinguquko ezingagcinwanga kungeniso lwangoku. \n" +" Uzilahlela ngaphandle ezi nguquko? \n" #. dialog caption #: src/ldap_browser.rb:85 msgid "LDAP Browser" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Isikhangeli se-LDAP" #. combobox item #: src/ldap_browser.rb:101 @@ -336,12 +366,12 @@ #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 msgid "LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Iseva ye-LDAP" #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 msgid "Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "I-DN Engumlawuli" #. check box label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:162 @@ -364,18 +394,20 @@ "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" "Enter a value." msgstr "" +"Sona \"%1\" Isiyelelani sesemvumelwano.\n" +"Ngenisa ixabiso." #. button label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:550 msgid "&Reload" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Phinda ulayishe" #. table header 1/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uyelelwaniso" #. table header 2/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 msgid "Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ixabiso" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/live-installer.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/live-installer.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/live-installer.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/lxc.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/lxc.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/lxc.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/mail.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/mail.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/mail.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: mail\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/multipath.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/multipath.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/multipath.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/ncurses-pkg.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/ncurses-pkg.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/ncurses-pkg.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packages\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/ncurses.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/ncurses.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/ncurses.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/network.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/network.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/network.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 11:54+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -102,103 +102,61 @@ msgstr "Izowuni Yangaphakathi" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:67 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..." msgstr "Kubhalwa Ubumbeko lwe-Firewall" -#. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC -#. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:102 -#, fuzzy -msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" -msgstr "Udonga lomlilo yi-<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">Inikwa isakhono</a>" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:104 -#, fuzzy -msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "Udonga lomlilo yi-<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">Inikwa isakhono</a>" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:110 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "Udonga lomlilo yi-<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">Inikwa isakhono</a>" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:114 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "Udonga lomlilo yi-<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">Inikwa isakhono</a>" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119 -#, fuzzy -msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" -msgstr "Udonga lomlilo yi-<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">Inikwa isakhono</a>" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:123 -#, fuzzy -msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "Udonga lomlilo yi-<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">Inikwa isakhono</a>" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:128 -#, fuzzy -msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "Udonga lomlilo yi-<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">Inikwa isakhono</a>" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:132 -#, fuzzy -msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "Udonga lomlilo yi-<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">Inikwa isakhono</a>" - #. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:218 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall and SSH" msgstr "&Izowuni ye-Firewall" #. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:220 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:135 #, fuzzy msgid "&Firewall and SSH" msgstr "&i-Firewall" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:231 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "Ubumbeko lwe-Firewall" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:237 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&RPC Ports" msgid "Open &VNC Ports" msgstr "Iziqhagamshelanisi ze&RPC" #. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:160 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "Izithuba Zomdibaniso ze-Firewall" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:256 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "i-Firewall" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:264 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&RPC Ports" msgid "Open SSH Port" msgstr "Iziqhagamshelanisi ze&RPC" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:272 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable SSH Service" msgstr "Izithuba Zomdibaniso ze-Firewall" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" @@ -206,13 +164,13 @@ "SSH client" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:290 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" "Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:293 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 msgid "" "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" "service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" @@ -220,13 +178,56 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215 msgid "" "You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" "started by the installer automatically if needed." msgstr "" +#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog +#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "Udonga lomlilo yi-<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">Inikwa isakhono</a>" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "Udonga lomlilo yi-<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">Inikwa isakhono</a>" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "Udonga lomlilo yi-<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">Inikwa isakhono</a>" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "Udonga lomlilo yi-<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">Inikwa isakhono</a>" + +#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317 +#, fuzzy +msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" +msgstr "Udonga lomlilo yi-<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">Inikwa isakhono</a>" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319 +#, fuzzy +msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "Udonga lomlilo yi-<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">Inikwa isakhono</a>" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" +msgstr "Udonga lomlilo yi-<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">Inikwa isakhono</a>" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "Udonga lomlilo yi-<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">Inikwa isakhono</a>" + #. Commandline help title #. configuration of hosts #. Hosts dialog caption @@ -513,9 +514,18 @@ msgid "Interfaces for Bridging" msgstr "Isithuba somdibaniso okanye Umtya" -#. Lan::PrepareForAutoinst(); -#. Lan::Autoinstall(); -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:173 +#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML +#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML +#. has higher priority +#. +#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with +#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than +#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses". +#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means +#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml". +#. Other elements may have similar problems, +#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance. +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "Imposiso Yobumbeko : isithuba somdibaniso asindululwanga!" @@ -612,7 +622,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:476 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "Ubumbeko Lokhokelo-mgaqo" @@ -723,7 +733,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "Isixhobo" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:414 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:416 msgid "Options" msgstr "Izikhethwa" @@ -803,13 +813,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "Isilumkiso: akukho ntsokotho lusetyenzisiweyo." #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "Change." msgstr "Guqula." @@ -1186,14 +1196,14 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "&Uhlobo Lwesixhobo" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:353 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "&Igama Lobumbeko" @@ -1207,7 +1217,7 @@ msgstr "Fakela iqela elitsha" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1312 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316 #, fuzzy msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "Izixhobo ze-Modem" @@ -1422,30 +1432,30 @@ #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1289 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Idilesi" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "Yenza ubumbeko lwedilesi ye-IP." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1298 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "&Okungaphakathi eqokobheni lekhompyutha" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1305 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309 #, fuzzy msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "Amakhoboka Esibophelelo" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1319 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "&Akukho cingo" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Swap &Priority" msgid "Ifplugd Priority" @@ -1453,7 +1463,7 @@ #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1468,12 +1478,12 @@ msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "Ikhadi Lothungelwano" -#. allow to add bonding device into bridge and also device with mask /32(bnc#405343) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:131 +#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 #, fuzzy msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" -"Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" +"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" msgstr "" "Kubonakala ngathi i- %1 seyenzelwe ubumbeko. \n" "Uyaqhuba?" @@ -1688,7 +1698,7 @@ msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "Isixhobo sacinywa." -#. encoding: utf-8 +#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** #. #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -1794,7 +1804,7 @@ msgstr "Imposiso ivele ngexesha kuhlohlwa." #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1809,13 +1819,12 @@ " isithuba somdibaniso asisayi kuphinda silawulwe ngu-MphathiWomsebenziWothungelwano.\n" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:458 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#. radio button group label, method of setup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:494 src/include/network/widgets.rb:352 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "Indlela Yokumisela Umsebenzi Wothungelwano" @@ -1824,7 +1833,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:524 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:523 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "Funda imimiselo yomsebenzi wothungelwano" @@ -1853,7 +1862,7 @@ msgstr "&Tshintsha igama Lomamkeli nge-DHCP" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:81 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1861,20 +1870,20 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:90 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1882,7 +1891,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1890,7 +1899,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" @@ -1902,12 +1911,12 @@ " umzekelo, io=0x300 irq=5. Qaphela: Ukuba kwenziwe ubumbeko lweekhadi ezimbini\n" " ezinegama elifanayo lemodyuli, izikhethwa ziya kumanyaniswa lo gama kugcinwa." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1917,7 +1926,7 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:148 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" @@ -1926,7 +1935,7 @@ "kubhalwa ku-/etc/modprobe.conf okanye /etc/chandev.conf.\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." @@ -1935,83 +1944,83 @@ "kuBaqhubi Besixhobo se-IBM se-IBM nakwiMiyalelo Yokuhlohla kwincwadana yesikhokelo." #. Manual dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:269 msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Ubumbeko Lwekhadi Yomsebenzi Wothungelwano Olwenziwa Ngesandla" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:282 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "I&PCMCIA" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:291 msgid "&USB" msgstr "&I-USB" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:298 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:300 msgid "&Hotplug Type" msgstr "&Uhlobo lwe-Hotplug" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:303 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:305 msgid "P&CI" msgstr "P&CI" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:315 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:317 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "&Imodyuli ye-Kernel" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:325 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:327 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "&Igama Lemodyuli" #. TODO: Ud ... Rules -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:380 -msgid "Udev rules" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Igama Lesixhobo" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385 msgid "Change" msgstr "Guqula" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:396 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Server Identification" -msgid "Show visible port identification" +msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "Ukuchongeka Kweseva" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:401 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Imizuzwana" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:406 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Blin" msgid "Blink" msgstr "isi-Blin" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:409 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:411 #, fuzzy -msgid "Ethtool options" +msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "Imimandla Eyongezelelweyo" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:491 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "Ukukhethwa Kwekhadi Yomsebenzi Wothungelwano Ngokwenza Ngesandla" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -2019,19 +2028,19 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:564 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:504 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:559 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "&Ikhadi Yomsebenzi Wothungelwano" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:512 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Funa" #. Remember current device number (#308763) #. see also bnc#391802 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:833 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:824 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" @@ -2041,7 +2050,7 @@ "Khetha elahlukileyo." #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:877 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:868 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "S/390 Ubumbeko Lwekhadi Yomsebenzi Wothungelwano" @@ -2049,135 +2058,135 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:897 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:990 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1057 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1094 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "S/390 Imimiselo Yesixhobo" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:907 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:898 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "&Igama Lesiqhagamshelanisi" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:912 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:903 #, fuzzy msgid "Port Number" msgstr "&Inombolo Yesiqhagamshelanisi" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:926 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:917 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "&Nika Isakhono Sokuthatha Kwindawo Eshiywe yi-IPA" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:933 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "Nika Isakhono &Kwinkxaso Yomaleko 2" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:940 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:931 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "Idilesi Yomaleko2 &MAC" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1015 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069 #, fuzzy msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "Isitishi" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1084 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075 #, fuzzy msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "&Bhala Iinguquko Ngoku" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 #, fuzzy msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "Lawula ifayili eguqulweyo." #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:971 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "Ngenisa Igama Lesiqhagamshelanisi ukwenzela esi sithuba (liyabuvela ubukhulu boonobumba)." #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "Ngenisa naziphi ezifakelweyo Izikhethwa ukwenzela esi sithuba somdibaniso (esahlukaniswe ngezithuba)." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "Khetha Isakhono Ekuthathwe Apho Sishiywe Khona se-IPA ukuba idilesi ethathwa apho ishiywe khona ye-IP inikwe isakhono ukwenzela esi sithuba somdibaniso." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "Khetha uku-Nika Isakhono Kwinkxaso Yomaleko 2 ukuba le khadi yenziwe ubumbeko lwenkxaso yomaleko 2." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "Khetha Idilesi Yomaleko 2 MAC ukuba le khadi yenziwe ubumbeko lwenkxaso yomaleko 2." #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1008 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "&Inombolo Yesiqhagamshelanisi" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1007 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "Ixesha Lokuphuma le-&LANCMD" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1032 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "Khetha Inombolo Yesiqhagamshelanisi ukwenzela esi sithuba somdibaniso." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1033 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "Xela Ixesha Lokuphuma le-LANCMD ukwenzela esi sithuba somdibaniso." #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "Imo Yongqinelwano" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1049 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1040 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "Imo Yesolulo" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1051 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "i-tty Esekwe kwi-CTC (Imidibaniso ye-Linux ukuya kweminye ye-Linux)" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "Imo Yongqinelwano ene-OS/390 ne-z/OS" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Umthetho wokusebenza" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1095 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1086 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "Khetha Iumthetho wokusebenza ukwenzela esi sithuba somdibaniso." #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1112 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "Igama &Leqabane" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1123 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1114 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" @@ -2186,7 +2195,7 @@ "umzekelo, igama lomsebenzisi we-z/VM ekuza kudityaniswa kuyo (ivelana nobukhulu boonobumba).\n" #. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1250 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238 #, fuzzy msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" @@ -2195,7 +2204,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1272 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1260 #, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "Idata Engaphakathi kweqokobhe lekhompyutha" @@ -2251,19 +2260,18 @@ "ukujikisa phakathi kwemisebenzi yothungelwano eneengcingo nengenazingcingo emininzi.\n" #. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Use the Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt>\n" -"if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n" +"Use wicked if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" msgstr "" "Sebenzisa Indlela eqhelekileyo <tt>nge-ifup</tt>\n" "xa ungaqhubi imo engqonge ulwazi olusesikrinini (GNOME okanye KDE)\n" " okanye ufuna ukusebenzisa izithuba zomdibaniso kwangoko.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:64 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" @@ -2273,7 +2281,7 @@ "Fumana ulwazi gabalala ngeekhadi zomsebenzi wothungelwano ezihlohliweyo. Ngokufakela,\n" " hlela ubumbeko lwazo. \n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:69 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Network Card:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" @@ -2281,7 +2289,7 @@ "<big>Ukufakela Ikhadi Yomsebenzi Wothungelwano:</big> \n" "Cinezela ku-Fakela ukwenza ubumbeko lwekhadi entsha yomsebenzi wothungelwano ngesandla.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:72 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Configuring or Deleting:</big> \n" @@ -2293,7 +2301,7 @@ " Ngoku cinezela ku-Hlela okanye ku-Cima ngokonqweno wakho.\n" #. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:79 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big>\n" "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" @@ -2303,12 +2311,12 @@ "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:87 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 msgid "All changes will be applied after reboot." msgstr "Zonke iinguquko ziya kusetyenziswa emva kokumiselwa kwenkqubo." #. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "" "The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" "The Default Gateway matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" @@ -2322,7 +2330,7 @@ " endaweni yendlela ehlala ikhona. Icebo lendlela ehlala ikhona nje\n" " kukukwenza ukwazi ukuthi yonke enye into kufanele ingene apha.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:97 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" @@ -2330,13 +2338,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 msgid "" "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 msgid "" "Enable IPv6 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" @@ -2344,14 +2352,14 @@ "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 msgid "" "Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" @@ -2369,7 +2377,7 @@ " igama lomamkeli ngexesha lokuqhuba kungabhida umzobo we-desktop.\n" " \n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" "the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" @@ -2378,7 +2386,7 @@ "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 msgid "" "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" @@ -2387,7 +2395,7 @@ "amagama abamkeli. Ngokuqhelekileyo zingafunyanwa nge-DHCP.\n" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:136 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 msgid "" "A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an IP address\n" @@ -2398,7 +2406,7 @@ " (umzekelo, 192.168.0.42), hayi njengegama lomamkeli.\n" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:142 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" @@ -2410,7 +2418,7 @@ " khompyutha yakho (umzekelo, suse.de). Kungakho ii-domain zokufuna ezongezelelweyo\n" " (ezinjengo suse.com) Yahlula ii-domain ngeekoma okanye ngesithuba esimhlophe.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:148 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" "Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" "(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" @@ -2418,7 +2426,7 @@ "command." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" "search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" @@ -2428,7 +2436,7 @@ "configurations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "By choosing Only Manually, netconfig will no longer be\n" "allowed to modify /etc/resolv.conf. You can however edit the file\n" @@ -2442,19 +2450,19 @@ #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" "Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:180 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" @@ -2464,7 +2472,7 @@ "ngumlawuli wesixokelelwano okanye ziintambo zekheyibhile okaye ngumboneleli we-DSL." #. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select DHCP\n" @@ -2475,7 +2483,7 @@ "ukuba uneseva ye-DHCP eqhuba kumsebenzi wothungelwano wendawo leyo yakho.\n" #. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" "Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" @@ -2483,7 +2491,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" @@ -2495,7 +2503,7 @@ " yeqabane lakho." #. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 #, fuzzy msgid "" "For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" @@ -2507,7 +2515,7 @@ " Idilesi ye-IP." #. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 msgid "" "Contact your network administrator for more information about\n" "the network configuration." @@ -2515,7 +2523,7 @@ "Qhagamshelana nomlawuli wakho womsebenzi wothungelwano ngolwazi olungaphaya kolu malunga\n" "nobumbeko lomsebenzi wothungelwano." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" "DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP." @@ -2523,7 +2531,7 @@ "Ubumbeko lwe-DHCP alucetyiswa malunga nale mveliso.\n" "Iinxalenye zale mveliso zisenokungasebenzi nge-DHCP." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:218 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Firewall Zone</big>\n" @@ -2541,11 +2549,11 @@ " sithuba somdibaniso. Ukuba akukhethi izowuni kwaye azikho ezinye ezikhoyo, \n" "i-firewall iya kususwa isakhono." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:227 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." msgstr "Isithuba Somdibaniso Ekuvunyelwene ngaso sixela ukuba ingaba iingxelo zenkonzo yomsebenzi wothungelwano ziyasilela na xa isithuba somdibaniso sisilela ukuqalisa ngexesha lomiselo lwenkqubo." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 msgid "" "<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>\n" "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" @@ -2555,7 +2563,7 @@ "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" @@ -2563,13 +2571,13 @@ msgstr "Khetha izixhobo zamakhoboka ukwenzela isixhobo sesibophelelo. Zizixhobo kuphela Ezisekusebenzeni Kwesixhobo Ezingenakuze kwaye zifumaneka ngokumiselwa Njengendlela Yokumisela Engenadilesi." #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:243 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 #, fuzzy msgid "<big>DHCP Client Options</big>" msgstr "<big>Dala Umdibaniso Womxumi</big> " #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:245 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" "the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" @@ -2584,7 +2592,7 @@ " ngoko ke nedilesi efanayo yokungaphakathi eqokobheni lekhompyutheni." #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" @@ -2606,7 +2614,7 @@ " Shiya ilikhamte ukuze ungathunyelwa igama lomamkeli." #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" @@ -2614,7 +2622,7 @@ msgstr "Yenza ubumbeko lweedilesi ezifakelweyo zesithuba somdibaniso kule ngxoxo (amagama eziqhulo)." #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Enter an Alias Name, an IP Address, and\n" @@ -2627,7 +2635,7 @@ " Nesuntsu elilawulayo lothungelwano." #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 msgid "" "IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" @@ -2635,14 +2643,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:279 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." msgstr "Musa ukubandakanya igama lesithuba somdibaniso kwigama lesiqhulo. Umzekelo, ngenisa i-foo endaweni ye-eth0:foo." #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:285 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Choose between three Key Input Types for your key.\n" @@ -2671,7 +2679,7 @@ " \n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 msgid "" "Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking." @@ -2680,7 +2688,7 @@ "ukwenzela umsebenzi wothungelwano ongenazingcingo we-DSL." #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 msgid "" "The Operating Mode depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be Ad-Hoc (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -2695,7 +2703,7 @@ " lisebenza njengendawo yofikelelo).\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311 msgid "" "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" @@ -2714,7 +2722,7 @@ " ngamandla ophawu angawona abalaseleyo.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 #, fuzzy msgid "" "In some networks, you need to set an Authentication Mode.\n" @@ -2750,7 +2758,7 @@ " Elawulwayo.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340 msgid "" "To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -2765,7 +2773,7 @@ "ayilwe ngokuguquguqukayo, ngoko ke kufuneka ungenise amasuntsu angama-40 ukuya kuma-232.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 msgid "" "To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -2782,14 +2790,14 @@ "ekulula uliqashisela njengesigamasokugqithisa.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 msgid "" "To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.\n" msgstr "Ukusebenzisa i-WPA-EAP (maxa wambi ngokubhekiselala kuShishino lwe-WPA) ngenisa imida yenkcazelo efakelweyo kwingxoxo elandelayo.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:362 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361 msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" @@ -3396,23 +3404,23 @@ msgstr "Kuyandululwa..." #. Ramote Administration dialog caption -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Remote Administration" msgstr "Umlawuli Omgama" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "&Vumela Ulawulo Olumgama" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "&Ungaluvumeli Ulawulo Olumgama" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" @@ -3429,17 +3437,17 @@ " Le ndlela mgama yolawulo ikhuselekile kunokusebenzisa i-SSH.\n" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "Imimiselo Yolawulo Olumgama" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "Le mibekelelo kufuneka ihlohliwe:" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3454,112 +3462,111 @@ #. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that #. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not #. plugged in. Preferably a short string. -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:254 msgid "unplugged" msgstr "kususwa iplagi" #. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:259 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:260 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Akwaziwa" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:287 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Ubumbeko Lugcinwe Ngempumelelo" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293 msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Ubumbeko lwe-DNS Lugcinwe Ngempumelelo" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:295 msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Ubumbeko lwe-DSL Lugcinwe Ngempumelelo" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297 msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Ubumbeko Lomamkeli Lugcinwe Ngempumelelo" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301 msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Ubumbeko lwe-ISDN Lugcinwe Ngempumelelo" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305 msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Ubumbeko Lwekhadi Lothungelwano Lugcinwe Ngempumelelo " #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309 msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Ubumbeko lwe-Modem Lugcinwe Ngempumelelo" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Ubumbeko Lelungelo lokumela Lugcinwe Ngempumelelo" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317 msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Ubumbeko Lomboneleli Lugcinwe Ngempumelelo" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Ubumbeko Lokholeko-gaqo Lugcinwe Ngempumelelo" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:330 msgid "Configure mail now?" msgstr "Yenza ubumbeko lweposi ngoku?" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:335 msgid "Run configuration of %1?" msgstr "Qhuba ubumbeko luka%1?" +#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service +#. +#. see bnc#433084 +#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup +#. +#. returns true if items were disabled +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008 +msgid "" +"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" +"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." +msgstr "" + #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:682 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "Ikhadi Yomsebenzi Wothungelwano" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:686 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1071 msgid "Modems" msgstr "ii-Modems" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:690 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1075 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "Amakhadi e-ISDN" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1079 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "Izixhobo ze-DSL" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:700 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1084 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "Zonke Izixhobo Zothungelwano " -#. Check if we're running in "normal" stage with NM -#. see bnc#433084 -#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1100 -msgid "" -"Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" -"cannot be edited by YaST.\n" -"\n" -"To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n" -"switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n" -msgstr "" - #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93 @@ -3824,7 +3831,7 @@ #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:417 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "Indlela ehlala ikhona ayisebenzi." @@ -4050,65 +4057,79 @@ msgid "Set &MTU" msgstr "i-&MTU" +#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Service" +msgid "NetworkManager Service" +msgstr "Inkonzo yeNethwekhi" + +#. ifup is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Traditional Chinese" +msgid "Traditional ifup" +msgstr "isiTshayina Somthonyama" + +#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add &Service" +msgid "Wicked Service" +msgstr "Faka &Inkonzo" + +#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Services" +msgid "Network Services Disabled" +msgstr "Iinkonzo Zomsebenzi Wothungelwano" + #. Store the NetworkManager widget #. @param [String] key id of the widget #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:336 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355 msgid "Applet needed" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356 msgid "" "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" "(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" "Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually." msgstr "" -#. radio button label -#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager -#. program -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 -msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" -msgstr "&Kulawulwa Ngabasebenzi ngu-MlawuliWomsebenziWothungelwano" - -#. radio button label -#. ifup is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:365 -msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" -msgstr "&Indlela Yesiqhelo nge-ifup" - -#. radio button label -#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371 -msgid "Controlled by &wicked" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +msgid "General Network Settings" +msgstr "Imimiselo Jikelele" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:410 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417 #, fuzzy msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "Iinkqubo ze-IP" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:825 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "Yenza i-IPv6 ukuba isebenze" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:428 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Asaziwa isixhobo" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "Idilesi ye-DHCP" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:445 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "Akukho dilesi yabelweyo ye-IP " -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:448 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455 #, fuzzy msgid "" "%1 \n" @@ -4116,12 +4137,12 @@ msgstr "Okulandelayo %1: %2 -- %3" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:503 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "&Isixhobo Soguquko" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "Ukukhethwa Kwesixhobo Somsebenzi Wothungelwano" @@ -4138,62 +4159,58 @@ msgstr "" #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Name" -msgid "Device name:" +msgid "Device Name:" msgstr "Igama Lesixhobo" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103 -msgid "Base udev rule on" +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101 +msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "" #. make sure there is enough space (#367239) -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:110 #, fuzzy msgid "MAC address: %s" msgstr "Idilesi ye-IPv4" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:116 msgid "BusID: %s" msgstr "" -#. Checks if given name can be accepted as nic's new one. -#. -#. Pops up an explanation if the name is invalid -#. -#. @return [boolean] false if name is invalid -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:154 +#. check if the name is assigned to another device already +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:153 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration name already exists." msgstr "Ubumbeko %1 selukhona." -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:158 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:157 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Sound card configuration module." msgid "Invalid configuration name." msgstr "Imodyuli yobumbeko lwekhadi lesandi." #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:371 #, fuzzy msgid "Write hostname" msgstr "Bhala izicwangciso" #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:400 src/modules/Lan.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:535 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "Ubumbeko lohlaziyo" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:402 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:375 #, fuzzy msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "Funda njl.njl./ubumbeko lwe-ipsec" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:406 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" msgstr "Ifunda igama lomamkeli kunye nobumbeko lwe-DNS..." @@ -4201,46 +4218,46 @@ #. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) #. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:415 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:388 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing hostname..." msgstr "Kubhalwa izicwangciso..." #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:429 src/modules/Lan.rb:640 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:405 src/modules/Lan.rb:630 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "Kuhlaziywa ubumbeko..." #. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) #. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:440 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:416 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..." msgstr "Ifunda /etc/modprobe.conf..." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:533 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "Igama likamamkeli: Misela nge-DHCP" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:563 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:539 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "Igama likamamkeli: %1" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:571 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:547 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "Igama likamamkeli aliyikubhalwa kwi /etc/ abamkeli" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:593 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:569 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "Amagama Eeseva: %1" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:603 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:579 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "Uluhlu lokuFuna: %1" @@ -4262,317 +4279,323 @@ msgstr "Ukuhlaziya imibekelo..." #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "Indulula uBumbeko Lothungelwano" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "Fumana izixhobo zothungelwano" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "Funda ulwazi lomqhubi" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "Funda ubumbeko lwesixhobo" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "Funda ubumbeko lomsebenzi wothungelwano" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Funda imimiselo yefirewall" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Funda igama lomamkeli kunye nobumbeko lwe-DNS" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "Funda ulwazi lokuhlohla" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:302 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "Funda ubumbeko lokhokelo-mgaqo" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "Fumana isimo sangoku" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:318 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 #, fuzzy msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "Ifumana okungaphakathi kwiqokobhe lekhompyutha..." #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" "Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:345 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "Ifumana izixhobo zothungelwano..." #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "Ifunda ubumbeko lwesixhobo..." #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:373 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "Ifunda ubumbeko lomsebenzi wothungelwano..." #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:382 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Kufundwa imimiselo yodonga lomlilo..." #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Ifunda igama lomamkeli kunye nobumbeko lwe-DNS..." #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:397 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "Ifunda ulwazi lokuhlohla..." #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:403 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "Ifunda ubumbeko lokhokelo-mgaqo..." #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:409 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "Ifumana isimo sangoku..." #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:415 src/modules/Lan.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Kugqityiwe" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 #, fuzzy #| msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "Ukusebenzisa iinguqu, ukuqalisa ngokutsha kubalulekile." #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "Igcina ubumbeko lomsebenzi wothungelwano" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "Bhala ulwazi labaqhubi" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "Bhala ubumbeko lwesixhobo" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "Bhala ubumbeko lothungelwano" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "Bhala ulwazi lokhokelo-mgaqo" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Bhala igama lomamkeli kunye nobumbeko lwe-DNS" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "Misela iinkonzo zothungelwano" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 src/modules/Remote.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:289 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Bhala imimiselo ye-Firewall" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "Yenza iinkonzo zothungelwano zisebenze" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "Ibhala /etc/modprobe.conf..." #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "Ibhala ubumbeko lwesixhobo..." #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:573 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "Ibhala ubumbeko lothungelwano..." #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:579 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "Ibhala ubumbeko lokhokelo-mgaqo..." #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Ibhala igama lomamkeli kunye nobumbeko lwe-DNS..." #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "Imisela iinkonzo zothungelwano..." #. Progress step 8 -#. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:608 src/modules/Remote.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:303 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Bhala imimiselo ye-Firewall..." #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "Yenza iinkonzo zothungelwano zisebenze..." -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647 #, fuzzy msgid "No network running" msgstr "Funda imimiselo yomsebenzi wothungelwano" +#. Import data +#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgstr "" + #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "Imo Yokusebenza Kumsebenzi Wothungelwano" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 #, fuzzy msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "&Kulawulwa Ngabasebenzi ngu-MlawuliWomsebenziWothungelwano" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "Yenza Umlawuli Wothungelwano Angasebenzi" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803 #, fuzzy msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "&Indlela Yesiqhelo nge-ifup" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:811 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "Yenza Umlawuli Wothungelwano Asebenze" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:817 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812 #, fuzzy msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "Kwenziwe Inkxaso ka-IPv6 Yomthetho wokusebenza ukuba usebenze" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:819 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "Yenza i-IPv6 ingasebenzi" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:823 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818 #, fuzzy msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "Kwenziwe Inkxaso ka-IPv6 Yomthetho wokusebenza ukuba usebenze" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:181 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195 #, fuzzy msgid "connected" msgstr "(ayiqhagamshelwanga)" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:196 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1190 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1194 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1251 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1255 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1259 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "Iqalise ngokuzenzekelayo kumiselo lwenkqubo" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1202 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "Iqalise ngokuzenzekelayo kuqhagamshelwano locingo" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1206 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1267 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "Ilawulwe nguMlawuli Wothungelwano" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1210 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "Ayinakuqaliswa konke konke" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1215 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "Iqaliswe ngesandla" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 #, fuzzy msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "Idilesi ye-IP eyabelweyo isebenzisa i-DHCP" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1292 #, fuzzy msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "Idilesi ye-IPv4" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1295 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP address: %1, subnet mask %2" msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" @@ -4581,47 +4604,47 @@ #. FIXME: #. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1326 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "Ayibumbekanga" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Name: %1" msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "Igama Lesixhobo: %1" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bond slaves" msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "Isivumelwano Samakhoboka" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1322 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1383 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Ending Banner" msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "&Iphelisa Ibhanile" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1398 #, fuzzy msgid "Not connected" msgstr "(ayiqhagamshelwanga)" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1336 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1362 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" @@ -4631,50 +4654,67 @@ "Bumba Amakhadi Esandi ukuqalisa imodyuli yobumbeko lwesandi.\n" " " -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 #, fuzzy msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "Kufunwa Ulwazi" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "unknown" msgstr "akwaziwa" +#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before +#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This package is not installed and it will not be installed." +msgid "" +"Package %{package} is not installed\n" +"firewall settings will be disabled." +msgstr "Lo mbekelelo awuhlohlwanga kwaye awusayi kuhlohlwa." + #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:291 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "Yenza ubumbeko lweposi ngoku?" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "Phinda uqalise inkonzo" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:299 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "Kugcinwa Ubumbeko Lomqalisi we-iSCSI" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:308 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "Kwenziwa ubumbeko lolwimi..." +#. Enable xinetd +#. Enable XDM +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:327 src/modules/Remote.rb:335 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." +msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "Ukuqalisa inkonzo 'ye-lirc' kusilele." + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:359 #, fuzzy msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "Kuqaliswa inkonzo kwakhona..." -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:415 +#. description in proposal +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "Ulawulo olumgama lwenziwe lwasebenza." -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "Ulawulo olumgama lwenziwe alwasebenza." @@ -4731,22 +4771,33 @@ msgstr "I-IP Ithumela: imo yokusebenza" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:82 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:121 #, fuzzy msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" msgstr "Ngokuzenzelelayo" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:123 msgid "Firewall Disabled" msgstr "I-firewall Yenziwe ayasebenza" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:96 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135 msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "(Ayikhuselekanga)" +#~ msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" +#~ msgstr "&Kulawulwa Ngabasebenzi ngu-MlawuliWomsebenziWothungelwano" + +#~ msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" +#~ msgstr "&Indlela Yesiqhelo nge-ifup" + #, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Device Name" +#~ msgid "Device name:" +#~ msgstr "Igama Lesixhobo" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" #~ msgstr "Isiqhagamshelanisi se-SSH <a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">vula</a>" @@ -4755,10 +4806,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Isiqhagamshelanisi se-SSH <a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">vula</a>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "General Network Settings" -#~ msgstr "Imimiselo Jikelele" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "General &Network Settings" #~ msgstr "Imimiselo Jikelele" @@ -5265,9 +5312,6 @@ #~ msgid "Add &Provider to Existing Interface" #~ msgstr "Fakela &Umboneleli Kwisithuba Somdibaniso Esesikho" -#~ msgid "Network Services" -#~ msgstr "Iinkonzo Zomsebenzi Wothungelwano" - #~ msgid "S&kip" #~ msgstr "Tsi&ba" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/nfs.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/nfs.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/nfs.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/nfs_server.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/nfs_server.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/nfs_server.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -74,30 +74,30 @@ msgstr "" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS server is enabled" msgstr "Iiseva ze-&NFS" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS server is disabled" msgstr "Udonga lomlilo lwaphulwe isakhono" #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 #, fuzzy msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "Le mibekelelo kufuneka ihlohliwe:" #. error #. error -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 msgid "No mount point specified." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 msgid "" "The exports table already\n" "contains this directory." @@ -106,11 +106,11 @@ #. CLI action handler. #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." msgstr "" @@ -164,35 +164,27 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 msgid "&Directory to Export" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 #, fuzzy msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "Khange&la..." -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 msgid "The exports table already contains this directory." msgstr "" -#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113 -msgid "" -"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" -"with spaces in their names.\n" -"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." -msgstr "" - #. the dir does not exist -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 #, fuzzy msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "" @@ -200,17 +192,17 @@ "Uyayidala ngoku?" #. title in the file selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 msgid "Select the Directory to Export" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 #, fuzzy msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "&Izikhethwa" @@ -218,14 +210,14 @@ #. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue #. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). #. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 msgid "" "'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n" "NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n" msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "Options for this wild card\n" "are already set." @@ -233,25 +225,25 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." msgstr "" #. Help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 msgid "" "Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" "and export some of your directories to others." msgstr "" #. Help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 msgid "" "If you choose Start NFS Server, clicking Next opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export." msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" "and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" @@ -259,53 +251,53 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" "Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "Iseva ye-NFS" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 msgid "&Start" msgstr "&Qalisa" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "Do &Not Start" msgstr "Andi&Vumi" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 msgid "Enable NFS&v4" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "Gcina ubumbeko" #. Help, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 msgid "" "The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" "If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n" @@ -313,78 +305,73 @@ msgstr "" #. Help, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" "Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.\n" msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536 +#. Help, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544 -msgid "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." -msgstr "" - #. Help, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.\n" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 #, fuzzy msgid "Add &Directory" msgstr "I-&Uvimba Weefayili Zendawo Ethile..." #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Hlela" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "Ci&ma" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 msgid "Host Wild Card" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Options" msgstr "&Izikhethwa" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 #, fuzzy msgid "Add &Host" msgstr "&Umamkeli:" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "Hl&ela" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "Ci&ma" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 msgid "Directories to Export" msgstr "" #. not fatal - write other dirs. -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:182 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Unable to create a missing directory:\n" @@ -392,7 +379,7 @@ msgstr "Akkwazi kudaleka uvimba weefayili '%1'." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:194 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -400,98 +387,92 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:216 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "Kubhalwa Ubumbeko lwe-Firewall" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:221 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 msgid "Save /etc/exports" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:223 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart services" msgstr "Ayikwazi kuqalisa `%1` inkonzo" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:227 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving /etc/exports..." msgstr "Kugcinwa izowuni yexesha..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 #, fuzzy msgid "Restarting services..." msgstr "Kuqhelanisw inkonzo ye-firewall" #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:231 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Kugqityiwe." #. help text -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." msgstr "Bhala imimiselo ye-Firewall" #. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:253 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:302 -msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:308 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Unable to write %1." -msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." -msgstr "Ayikwazi kubhala %1." - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:315 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Unable to write %1." -msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." -msgstr "Ayikwazi kubhala %1." - #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:326 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:335 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unable to write %1." msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." msgstr "Ayikwazi kubhala %1." -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:343 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:361 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 msgid "" "Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" msgstr "" #. summary header; directories exported by NFS -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:384 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 msgid "NFS Exports" msgstr "" #. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:402 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Unable to write %1." +#~ msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." +#~ msgstr "Ayikwazi kubhala %1." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Unable to write %1." +#~ msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." +#~ msgstr "Ayikwazi kubhala %1." + #~ msgid "Directories" #~ msgstr "Izalathisi" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/nis.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/nis.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/nis.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/nis_server.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/nis_server.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/nis_server.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ #. To translators: checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:100 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 msgid "This host is also a NIS &client" msgstr "" @@ -386,23 +386,29 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:64 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:71 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:84 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 #, fuzzy -msgid "N&IS domain name:" +msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" msgstr "&Igama lommandla" +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +msgid "NIS &Master Server:" +msgstr "Iseva ye-NIS" + #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:111 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 #, fuzzy msgid "Slave Server Setup" msgstr "Iseva ye-Samba" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/ntp-client.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/ntp-client.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/ntp-client.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ntp-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -47,25 +47,24 @@ msgstr "Faka igama leseva elisebenzisekayo." #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:239 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 #, fuzzy msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "Idilesi Yeseva" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:249 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "Phinda uqalise i-daemon ye-NTP" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:258 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 #, fuzzy msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "Ubumbeko lwe-NTP" -#. try to line up the widgets horizontally #. push button label #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 #, fuzzy @@ -79,22 +78,32 @@ msgstr "&Yenza ubumbeko_" #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:388 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." msgstr "" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:399 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398 #, fuzzy msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "Kuhanjiswa ngesingqisho esifanayo nemisebenzi ye-ZEN" +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." +msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." +msgstr "Umdibaniso oya kwiseva ye-LDAP awukwazi kusekwa." + #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:481 -msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 +msgid "" +"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" +"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" +"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgstr "" #. local clock type name @@ -606,13 +615,16 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" +" You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" "<big>Qalisa i-Daemon ye-NTP ngokuzenzekela</big> \n" "Khetha ukuba ingaba ufuna ukuqalisa i-daemon ye-NTP na xa umisela inkqubo kwisixokelelwano. I-daemon ye\n" "-NTP yahlukanisa amagama kamamkeli xa kundululwa. Umdibaniso wakho womsebenzi wothungelwano mawuqaliswe phambi kokuqaliswa kwe-daemon ye-NTP." #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:42 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -624,7 +636,7 @@ " ku-Qhuba i-Daemon ye-NTP kwiChroot Jail. Ukuqalisa nayiphi i-daemon kwi-chroot jail\n" " kukhuseleke ngakumbi kwaye kucetyiswa kangako." -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" "By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" @@ -633,7 +645,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -648,7 +660,7 @@ " ingaba ulwazi ngeeseva ze-NTP lunikwa yiseva ye-DHCP na." #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" @@ -664,7 +676,7 @@ " u-Cima." #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:71 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Display Log</big>\n" @@ -674,7 +686,7 @@ "Ukubona i-logs ze-daemon ze-NTP kwifestile entsha, nqomfa kwi Qhosha lokubonisa i-Log." #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" @@ -685,7 +697,7 @@ "nabamkeli abaninzi abamgama okanye abachasene newotshi yomdibaniso wendawo leyo, sebenzisa oku Ubumbeko Oselukwibanga Eseliphambili." #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Clock Type</big> \n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure." @@ -694,7 +706,7 @@ "Khetha umqhubi wewotshi efanele ukwenzelwa ubumbeko." #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<big>Unit Number</big> \n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -705,7 +717,7 @@ " Inombolo Yomlinganiselo." #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" @@ -724,7 +736,7 @@ " maludalwe ngokwenza ngesandla." #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." @@ -733,7 +745,7 @@ "Ukwenza umlinganiselo womqhubi wewotshi, nqomfa apha Umlinganiselo Womqhubi." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the Address entry.\n" @@ -746,7 +758,7 @@ " wenkonzo Yonxibelelwano Ngekhompyutha." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -759,7 +771,7 @@ " khetha phakathi Kweseva ye-NTP Yendawo Leyo ngokunjalo Iseva Kawonkewonke ye-NTP." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -770,7 +782,7 @@ " nqomfa ku-Vavanya." #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -781,7 +793,7 @@ " sebenzisa Idilesi." #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the Address\n" @@ -792,7 +804,7 @@ " yommandla wesiqendu." #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -804,7 +816,7 @@ #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:145 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" @@ -817,7 +829,7 @@ " Izikhethwa zommandla weziqendu. Ngobucukubhede, jonga\n" " /usr/izabelwano/uxwebhu/imibekelelo/xntp-doc/html/confopt.htm." -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" @@ -829,7 +841,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:161 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 msgid "" "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here." @@ -838,7 +850,7 @@ "Khetha uhlobo lokuhanjiswa ngesingqisho esinye kwamaqabane ukuze kufakelwe apha." #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." @@ -847,7 +859,7 @@ "khetha Iseva." #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." @@ -856,7 +868,7 @@ "u-Iqabane." #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." @@ -865,7 +877,7 @@ "khetha ku-Iwotshi Yerediyo." #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "Outgoing Broadcast." @@ -874,7 +886,7 @@ "ku-Usasazo Lwasemoyeni Olukhutshwayo." #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." @@ -883,7 +895,7 @@ "ukuze uzisebenzise xa umisela ixesha lendawo leyo, khetha ku-Usasazo Olungenayo Lwasemoyeni." #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Server Location</big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -894,7 +906,7 @@ " iseva ye-NTP kuludwe olwaziwayo lweeseva ze-NTP." #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</big> \n" @@ -909,7 +921,7 @@ " Emva koko khetha iseva kuludwe lweeseva ezifunyenweyo." #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:199 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" "Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" @@ -920,7 +932,7 @@ " ze-NTP kuphela kusenzelwa ilizwe elithile, likhethe aphaIlizwe." #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:205 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<big>Note</big> \n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -940,7 +952,7 @@ " ukufumana iseva ye-NTP ekufutshane kuwe." #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." @@ -950,7 +962,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" @@ -965,7 +977,7 @@ " umxumi wakho we-NTP uhanjiswa ngesingqisho esifanayo neeseva ezahlukahlukeneyo ngeyure nganye.\n" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:235 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" @@ -978,7 +990,7 @@ "kumqhubi othile. Abaqhubi abathile abazisebenzisi zonke izikhethwa." #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:242 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" @@ -1342,121 +1354,124 @@ msgstr "Kufundwa imimiselo ye-NTP..." #. progress step -#. error report +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:594 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:906 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Kugqityiwe" #. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "Kugcinwa Ubumbeko Lomxumi we-NTP" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "Bhala imimiselo ye-NTP" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:747 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "Phinda uqalise i-daemon ye-NTP" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:751 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Kubhalwa imimiselo..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "Kuqaliswa Ngokutsha i-daemon ye-NTP" #. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "Ayinako ukufunda ulwakhelo." #. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:876 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "Ayikwazi kuqaleka ngokutsha i-daemon ye-NTP." #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:970 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "I-daemon ye-NTP iqalisa xa kuqaliswa isixokelelwano." #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:976 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "I-daemon ye-NTP ayiqalisi ngokuzenzekela." #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:982 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "Iiseva: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:986 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "Iiwotshi Zerediyo: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:990 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "Amaqabane: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:994 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "Ulwazi ngexesha lokusasaza emoyeni luya: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "Yamkela ulwazi ngexesha lokusasaza emoyeni ukusuka: %1" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017 #, fuzzy msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "Bhala igama lomamkeli kunye nobumbeko lwe-DNS" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 #, fuzzy msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "Kuhlaziywa iifayili zobumbeko..." #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024 #, fuzzy msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "Isishwankathelo Sobumbeko lwempuku." #. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "Kuvavanywa iseva ye-NTP..." #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "Iseva iyafikeleleka kwaye iphendula ngokufanelekileyo." #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "Iseva ayifikeleleki okanye ayiphenduli ngokufanelekileyo." #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/oneclickinstall.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/oneclickinstall.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/oneclickinstall.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/online-update-configuration.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/online-update-configuration.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/online-update-configuration.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/online-update.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/online-update.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/online-update.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: online-update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -120,13 +120,20 @@ msgid "Initializing Online Update" msgstr "Kundululwa Uhlaziyo Olwenziwa Ngekhompyutha" -#. yes/no message -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:204 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 msgid "" "No update repository\n" "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" msgstr "" +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not configured yet." +msgid "No update repository configured yet." +msgstr "Akukabikho lubumbeko." + #. progress window label #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 msgid "Progress Log" Added: trunk/yast/xh/po/opensuse_mirror.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/opensuse_mirror.xh.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/opensuse_mirror.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +# Copyright (C) 2007 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the package. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: base\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Directory" +msgstr "Uvimba weefayili:" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "Imposiso" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "ewe" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "no" +msgstr "hayi" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "&Mirror" +msgstr "Imposiso" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145 +msgid "&Do not Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select or Deselect &All" +msgid "Select/Deselect &All" +msgstr "Khetha okanye Ungakhethi &Konke" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/packager.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/packager.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/packager.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -175,6 +175,18 @@ msgid "&Text Mode" msgstr "&Imo Yokusebenza Ngesiqendu" +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." +msgstr "" +"Uqwalaselo lweziganeko zohlaziyo lwakamva lusilele. Bona\n" +"izichongi zemposiso ngobucukubhede obufunayo.\n" + #. dialog heading #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 msgid "Copy Installation Media" @@ -539,7 +551,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:668 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Kuyandululwa..." @@ -608,7 +620,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "I-URL: %1" @@ -877,7 +889,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1200 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Ubucukubhede:" @@ -885,7 +897,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Uyazama kwakhona?" @@ -1293,7 +1305,7 @@ msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "&Qalisa Uqwalaselo" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:694 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "&Khupha" @@ -1564,7 +1576,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1195 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" @@ -1600,83 +1612,83 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:502 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:604 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:582 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:773 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "Kwenzeke imposiso xa bekudalwa umthombo wokuhlohla." #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:639 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654 #, fuzzy msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "Ifayili yokulawula %1 ayikhange ifunyanwe." #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1235 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1399 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "Faka i-CD yemveliso efakelwayo" #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1286 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309 #, fuzzy msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "I-URL: %1" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319 #, fuzzy msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "I-URL: %1, Uvimba weefayili: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "Ulwazi Olufakelweyo" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "Ukukhetha Imveliso" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1357 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Iimveliso Ezifakelwayo" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Faka i-CD yemveliso efakelwayo" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the first installation medium." msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Faka isilondolozi sokuhlohla sokuqala." #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "Ayikwazi kubhala %1." #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1737 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1743 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Imo esebenzayo engaziwa" @@ -1734,7 +1746,7 @@ msgstr "Ukuhlohla kulahliwe." #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:35 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 #, fuzzy msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "&Isilondolozi" @@ -1743,13 +1755,13 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 msgid ">%1" msgstr ">%1" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:255 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:270 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 msgid "Done." msgstr "Kwenziwe." @@ -1757,7 +1769,7 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:295 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Next %1: %2" msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" @@ -1766,7 +1778,7 @@ #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:312 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Name: %1" msgid "Next: %1" @@ -1775,7 +1787,7 @@ #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924 msgid "Total" msgstr "Isixa esipheleleyo" @@ -1784,130 +1796,130 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1168 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1421 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "Kuthotywa umthwalo %1 (ubukhulu bomthwalo othulwayo %2)" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081 #, fuzzy msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr "%1 Okuseleyo)" #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Downloading Package" msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "Kuthotywa Umthwalo Wombekelelo" #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117 #, fuzzy msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr "Kuthotywa Umthwalo Wombekelelo" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "Kucinywa u-%1" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "Ayihlohlwanga (%1 -> %2)" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1456 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Kusetyenziswa i-delta RPM: %1" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system. However, you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "Ikhompyutha yakho isisixokelelwano se-64-bit x86-64. Nangona kunjalo, uzama ukuhlohla usasazo lwe-32-bit." #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:341 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 #, fuzzy msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "UML Isindululo Sokuhlohla" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:358 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr ", Imveliso: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:372 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376 #, fuzzy msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "Isixokelelwano: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:383 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387 #, fuzzy msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "Izimbo" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "Ubukhulu Bemibekelelo efanele Ukuhlohlwa: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "Ukuthulwa Komthwalo Kwamanqaku Okukhulula" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:492 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:537 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "There is not enough free space in directory %1.\n" @@ -1918,28 +1930,75 @@ "Uyaqhuba nokuba kunjalo?\n" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "Asanelanga isithuba kwi-disk." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "Asanelanga isithuba kwi-disk. Shenxisa eminye yemibekelelo kokukhethwayo okuhamba kodwa." #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "Yi-%1 (%2%%) kuphela isithuba esikhoyo kwisahlulelo-%3. " +#. newly installed products +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed." +msgid "New product %s will be installed" +msgstr "Umbekelelo we-%1 uya kuhlohlwa." + +#. product update: %s is a product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1 packages will be updated" +msgid "Product %s will be updated" +msgstr "%1 imibekelelo iya kuhlaziywa" + +#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708 +msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed." +msgid "Product %s will stay installed" +msgstr "Umbekelelo we-%1 uya kuhlohlwa." + +#. Removing another product might be an issue +#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725 +msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726 +msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752 +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" +"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" +"</li></ul></li></ul>" +msgstr "" + #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1216 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342 #, fuzzy msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "Akukho khathalogu ifunyenweyo apha '%1'." #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n" @@ -1957,33 +2016,33 @@ " ukusuka kwiseva Yothungelwano lwe-SUSE Linux. " #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1516 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "Kwenziwa ubumbano wezilondolozi ezimiselwe inkqubo..." #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664 #, fuzzy msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "Kusilele ukwenza ubumbano lomthombo wombekelelo wenkonzo." #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1571 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "Kundululwa umthombo omtsha..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1803 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "Faka i-%1 CD 1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1805 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "%1 ye-CD 1 ayifunyanwa" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1915 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -1993,19 +2052,19 @@ "yokugcina ingxelo ngobucukubhede %1 obuthe chatha kobunikiweyo." #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2176 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2194 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "Kuvavanywa okukhethwayo kombekelelo..." #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2469 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -2014,42 +2073,44 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param string filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:191 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:198 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "Ayikwazi kufundeka ifayili '%1'" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:192 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:334 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Ulwimi" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 -msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +#. check box label +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "&Ewe, Ndiyasivuma Isivumelwano Selayisensi" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:399 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "N&o, I Do Not Agree" -msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" -msgstr "Andi&Vumi" +#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385 +msgid "" +"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" +"%{license_url}" +msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:439 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %1" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:455 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -2059,34 +2120,34 @@ " enye kwezikhoyo ezinokukhethwa. Ukuba akusivumi isivumelwano selayisensi, \n" " ubumbeko luya kuyekwa. \n" +#. dialog title #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:467 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Isivumelwano Selayisensi" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 #, fuzzy msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "Ukuyeka ngenene ukuhlohla imveliso efakelwayo?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1120 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1137 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 #, fuzzy msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "Isixokelelwano siyavala..." @@ -2176,75 +2237,80 @@ #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34 +msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "Xela i-&URL…" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "I-&FTP…" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "I-&HTTP…" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "I-HTT&PS..." #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719 msgid "&SMB/CIFS" msgstr "I-&SMB/CIFS" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 msgid "&NFS..." msgstr "I-&NFS..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "I-&CD…" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "I-&DVD…" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 #, fuzzy msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "&Okuseqokobheni Lekhompyutha" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "&Uvimba Weefayili Zendawo Ethile…" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 #, fuzzy msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "Kudalwa umfuziselo we-ISO..." #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60 #, fuzzy msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "Akukho Nkcazelo" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:106 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." @@ -2253,7 +2319,7 @@ "wezilondolozi, misela ku-Umfuziselo we-ISO." #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:111 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" @@ -2263,53 +2329,53 @@ "misela indawo yezilondolozi zokuqala zeseti." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "Igama &Leseva:" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "&Indlela Yothungelwano eya Kuvimba Weefayili okanye Umfuziselo we-ISO" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 #, fuzzy msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "ISO Image" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Protocol" msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "&Inkqubo" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Izikhethwa Zokugxumeka" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:148 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156 #, fuzzy #| msgid " (default)" msgid "(default)" msgstr "(okuhlala kukhona)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 #, fuzzy msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "Igama &Lesikhethwa" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "In&kqubo yomthetho" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186 #, fuzzy msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "Igama &Lesikhethwa" @@ -2317,40 +2383,40 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "&Indawo Yokuhlala Yenkangeleko Yecala:" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:195 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "Iseva ye-NFS" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:199 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "Izilondolozi ze-CD okanye ze-DVD" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Okuseqokobheni Lekhompyutha" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:880 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "Uvimba Weefayili Wendawo Ethile" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 #, fuzzy msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "ISO Image" @@ -2360,26 +2426,26 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "Iseva Novimba Weefayili" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:432 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440 #, fuzzy msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "Indlela yothungelwano yolwabelwano ayikwazi kuba likhamte." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:444 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452 #, fuzzy msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "&Indawo Yokuhlala Yenkangeleko Yecala:" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:459 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" @@ -2390,13 +2456,13 @@ " kuvimba weefayili okanye ifayili ephethe umfuziselo we-ISO wezilondolizi zokuhlohla." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 #, fuzzy msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "Igama Lenkonzo" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" @@ -2407,17 +2473,17 @@ " kuvimba weefayili okanye ifayili ephethe umfuziselo we-ISO wezilondolizi zokuhlohla." #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:516 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "i-URL ayinakuba likhamte." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&i-URL" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:543 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" @@ -2430,16 +2496,16 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:716 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1843 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:723 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1850 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:735 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" @@ -2450,7 +2516,7 @@ "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" " to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server." -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:742 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2459,16 +2525,16 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "&i-CD-ROM" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:799 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "&i-DVD-ROM" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:804 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." @@ -2477,12 +2543,12 @@ "Misela i-CD-ROM okanye i-DVD-ROM ukuxela uhlobo lwezilondolozi." #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "Ifayili Yomfuziselo we-ISO" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:918 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" @@ -2492,7 +2558,7 @@ "Zama kwakhona.\n" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:948 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" @@ -2500,7 +2566,7 @@ msgstr "Ifayili exeliweyo ayikho kwayona." #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:972 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2508,18 +2574,18 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:993 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "&Indlela Yothungelwano eya Kuvimba Weefayili" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1259 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 #, fuzzy msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "&Path to Directory" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" @@ -2533,23 +2599,23 @@ " directory holding RPM packages." #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1252 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260 #, fuzzy msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "Isixhobo sokugcina okuninzi" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1257 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 #, fuzzy msgid "&File System" msgstr "Isixokelelwano Seefayili" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1258 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1325 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 #, fuzzy msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "Uvimba weefayili:" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1263 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" @@ -2566,7 +2632,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1273 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1340 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2574,12 +2640,12 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331 #, fuzzy msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "&Isixhobo se-Diski ye-Floppy" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" @@ -2595,13 +2661,13 @@ " directory holding RPM packages." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364 #, fuzzy msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" @@ -2613,73 +2679,73 @@ " directory holding RPM packages." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "&Igama Leseva:" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1561 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Isiqhagamshelanisi" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574 msgid "&Share" msgstr "&Ukwabelana" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 #, fuzzy msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "ISO Image" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1582 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "&Uvimba Weefayili Kwiseva" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "U&ngqinelwano ngobunyani" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "&Ukungaxelwa kwegama" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611 #, fuzzy msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "Workgroup or Domain" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&Igama Lomsebenzisi" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1619 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Igama lokugqithisa" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1694 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "I-&FTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1697 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "i-H&TTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "I-HTT&PS" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1874 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" @@ -2705,7 +2771,7 @@ " of the media, set ISO Image." #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1887 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" @@ -2714,12 +2780,12 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1949 -msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957 +msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2067 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" @@ -2731,7 +2797,7 @@ " okanye kwiqokobhe lekhompyutha." #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2742,7 +2808,7 @@ " kunomiselo lwe-CD yemveliso okanye i-DVD ekhoyo." #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2086 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -2766,7 +2832,7 @@ " kuvimba omnye weefayili.\n" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2098 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -2784,28 +2850,28 @@ " CD yokuqala ibekwe khona, efana noku/ iinkcukacha1/CD1. \n" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2113 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select the media type." msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "Khetha uhlobo lwezilondolozi." -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "Faka i-CD yemveliso efakelwayo" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "Faka i-DVD yemveliso efakelwayo" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147 #, fuzzy msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "Akukho okuseqokobheni lekhompyutha kufunyenweyo" #. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2332 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2815,11 +2881,17 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2551 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "Uhlobo Lwezilondolozi" +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add-On Products" +msgid "Add On Product" +msgstr "Iimveliso Ezifakelwayo" + #. SourceManager read dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 #, fuzzy @@ -2925,7 +2997,9 @@ msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "Yenza ubumbeko Lwesibonisi" -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:680 +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "&Isikhululo sokukhupha okuthile" @@ -3002,12 +3076,12 @@ msgstr "Kwenzeke imposiso yangaphakathi. Umthombo okhethiweyo awuna-URL" #. progress information, %1 stands for number of services -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." msgstr "Ukuqokelela ulwazi ngeenkonzo ze-%1 kufunyenwe..." #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:618 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 #, fuzzy msgid "" "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" @@ -3019,7 +3093,7 @@ " ethi mhlawumbi ithintele ukufotwa ngokuskena komsebenzi wothungelwano." #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:627 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 #, fuzzy msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." msgstr "Akukho zikhathalogu ze-SLP zifunyenwe kumsebenzi wakho wothungelwano." @@ -3050,6 +3124,11 @@ msgstr "Nceda yeka ukukhetha eminye yemibekelelo." #, fuzzy +#~| msgid "N&o, I Do Not Agree" +#~ msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" +#~ msgstr "Andi&Vumi" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "All registered repositories are shown here.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -4311,12 +4390,6 @@ #~ msgid "Minimal &Graphical System" #~ msgstr "Isixokelelwano Esisesona Sincinci &Segrafu" -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Uqwalaselo lweziganeko zohlaziyo lwakamva lusilele. Bona\n" -#~ "izichongi zemposiso ngobucukubhede obufunayo.\n" - #~ msgid "Registered Catalogs" #~ msgstr "Iikhathaogu Ezibhalisiweyo" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/pam.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/pam.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/pam.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pam\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/pkg-bindings.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/pkg-bindings.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/pkg-bindings.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ #. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) #: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 -#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:187 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 #, fuzzy msgid "Loading the Package Manager..." msgstr "Ukwakha kwakhona umbekelo wesiseko senkcukacha..." @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "Ndulula isixokelelwano ekujoliswe kuso" -#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:183 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 #, fuzzy msgid "Read Installed Packages" msgstr "&Imibekelelo Ehlohliweyo" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/printer.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/printer.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/printer.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: printer\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-09 11:51\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/product-creator.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/product-creator.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/product-creator.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/proxy.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/proxy.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/proxy.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/qt-pkg.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/qt-pkg.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/qt-pkg.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packages-qt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -44,48 +44,48 @@ msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "Ukubuyisela Iifayili" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:418 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419 msgid "S&earch" msgstr "Uz&ingelo" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:425 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 #, fuzzy msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "Amagama asentloko" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:434 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435 msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "Isishwankathelo &Sokuhlohla" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:519 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520 msgid "D&escription" msgstr "Inkc&azelo" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:532 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "&Iinkcukacha Zobuchule" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:545 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "Izixhomekeki" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:561 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "&Iintlobo zoguqulelo" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:579 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580 msgid "File List" msgstr "Uludwe Lweefayili" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:596 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597 msgid "Change Log" msgstr "Guqula Ingxelo" #. "Cancel" button #. button #0 #. text -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:623 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 @@ -95,193 +95,193 @@ msgstr "&Rhoxisa" #. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:633 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&Vuma" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:676 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677 msgid "&File" msgstr "&Ifayili" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:678 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "&Thatha ngaphandle..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "&Thumela ngaphandle..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:683 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "Phu&ma -- Kwiinguquko Zokuphanziswa" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "&Yeka – Iinguquko Zokugcina" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697 msgid "&Package" msgstr "&Umbekelelo" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:736 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 #: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 msgid "All Packages" msgstr "Yonke Imibekelelo" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:738 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "Hlaziya Ukuba Kukho Uguqulelo Olutsha Olukhoyo" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:741 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 #: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "Hlaziya ngaphandle kwemeko" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:755 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756 msgid "&Patch" msgstr "&Isikhuselwa " -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:782 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration" msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "Ubumbeko" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 #, fuzzy msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "Ukubuyisela Iifayili" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785 #, fuzzy msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "Uhlaziyo Ngekhompyutha" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:794 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "&Izixhomekeki" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:796 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 #, fuzzy msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "Qwala&sela" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798 #, fuzzy msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "Qwalasela ngokuze&nzekela" #. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:810 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811 msgid "&Options" msgstr "&Izikhethwa" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:813 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814 #, fuzzy msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "&Show Failed Packages List" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823 #, fuzzy msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "Hlohla Zonke Izingqamani – co&kisa Imibekelelo yolwazi" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:830 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831 #, fuzzy msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "&Imo Yongqinelwano Ngobunyani" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:835 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836 msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:841 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Selecting packages..." msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "Ikhetha iipakethe..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:845 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846 msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:858 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Extras" msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "&Uchatha ngaphezulu" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:860 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 msgid "Show &Products" msgstr "Bonisa &Iimveliso" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 #, fuzzy msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "Bonisa Iinguquko Zombekelelo &Ozenzekelayo" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Show &details" msgid "Show &History" msgstr "Bonisa &ubucukubhede" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:870 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871 msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "Hlohla Zonke Izingqamani -Imibekelelo &yophuhliso" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:874 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875 msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr "Hlohla Zonke Izingqamani – co&kisa Imibekelelo yolwazi" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:877 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878 #, fuzzy msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr "Hlohla Zonke Izingqamani – co&kisa Imibekelelo yolwazi" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:882 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "Yila Isisombululi Soxhomekeko &Isiganeko Sovavanyo" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:902 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903 msgid "&Help" msgstr "&Uncedo" #. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out #. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc #. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:908 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "&Gabalala" #. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912 msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "&Imiqondiso" #. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:914 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915 msgid "&Keys" msgstr "&Amaqhosha" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1100 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "Zonke izixhomekeki zemibekelelo ZILUNGILE." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1116 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117 #, fuzzy msgid "P&atches" msgstr "Izikhuselwa" #. startsWith #. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1178 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179 msgid "Save Package List" msgstr "Gcina Uludwe Lwemibekelelo" @@ -289,56 +289,56 @@ #. parent #. Post error popup. #. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1217 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1311 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 #: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 msgid "Error" msgstr "Imposiso" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219 msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr "Uludwe lombekelelo othumela ngaphandle imposiso iya ku-%1" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1230 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231 msgid "Load Package List" msgstr "Layisha Uludwe Lombekelelo" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313 msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr "Uludwe lombekelelo olayisha imposiso evela ku-%1" #. caption #. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1414 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "%1 imibekelelo iya kuhlaziywa" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "&Continue" msgstr "&Uyaqhuba?" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "Uy&arhoxisa" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1454 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1473 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr "Kufakelwa Imibekelelo Eyonganyelweyo:" #. "OK" button #. addHStretch( hbox ); #. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1698 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 #: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 #: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/qt.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/qt.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/qt.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packages-qt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "Umhleli Wamacandelo" -#: src/YQApplication.cc:640 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:643 msgid "" "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ "Ujikisa amaqhosha empuku asekhohlo nasekunene?" #. Popup dialog caption -#: src/YQApplication.cc:653 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:656 msgid "Unexpected Click" msgstr "Ukunqomfa Okungalindelekanga" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/rdp.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/rdp.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/rdp.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/rear.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/rear.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/rear.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/registration.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/registration.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/registration.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -14,50 +14,98 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:34 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35 #, fuzzy msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "Ikhowudi Yobhaliso" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:36 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37 msgid "" -"Select a server from the list or press Cancel\n" -"to use the default SUSE registration server." +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:64 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65 #, fuzzy msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "Ikhowudi Yobhaliso" +#. %s is the default SCC URL +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" +msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" +msgstr "Ubumbeko Lweziko Somxumi we-Novell" + #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48 #, fuzzy msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "Ikhowudi Yobhaliso" #. reset the user input in case an exception is raised -#. register the system -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:134 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:164 +#. nil = use the default URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:144 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:549 +#. register the base product +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "Ikhowudi Yobhaliso" -#. TODO FIXME: still not the final text +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating boot options..." +msgid "Updating to %s ..." +msgstr "Ihlaziya iindlela zokukhetha ukuqalisa..." + +#. display the registration update dialog +#. dialog title +#. dialog title +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration" +msgstr "Ikhowudi Yobhaliso" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration name is missing." +msgid "Registration is being updated..." +msgstr "Igama lolwakhelo alikho." + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The previous registration is being updated." +msgstr "Indlela ehlala ikhona ayisebenzi." + +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275 +msgid "" +"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" +"You can manually register the system from scratch." +msgstr "" + #. label text describing the registration (1/2) #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:177 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289 msgid "" "Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/EMail from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" @@ -65,54 +113,57 @@ #. label text describing the registration (2/2), #. not displayed in installed system #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 -msgid "If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system." +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 +msgid "" +"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +"installation has completed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:196 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" msgid "Network Configuration..." msgstr "Ubumbeko Lweziko Somxumi we-Novell" -#. make sure to revert the change if something goes wrong -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:205 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:633 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:212 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:373 -msgid "&Email" -msgstr "" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Email Address" +msgid "&E-mail Address" +msgstr "Idilesi Yemeyile" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:214 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:239 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:375 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "Ikhowudi Yobhaliso" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:218 +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332 #, fuzzy +msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +msgstr "Ikhowudi Yobhaliso" + +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335 +#, fuzzy msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "Ikhowudi Yobhaliso" -#. TODO: improve the help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:226 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and add-on products." +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" -#. dialog title -#. dialog title -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:234 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:646 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:371 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration" -msgstr "Ikhowudi Yobhaliso" - #. not set yet? -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377 msgid "" "Registration added some update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -120,58 +171,27 @@ "on-line updates during installation?" msgstr "" -#. use two column layout if needed -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:312 -msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:317 +#. cache the available addons +#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Details..." -msgid "Details" -msgstr "Ubucukubhede..." +msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." +msgstr "Ikhowudi Yobhaliso" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:320 -msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" -msgstr "" - -#. popup message, %s are product names -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Automatically selecting '%s'\n" -"dependencies:\n" -"\n" -"%s" -msgstr "" - -#. check the addons requiring a reg. code -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:358 -msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s addons." -msgstr "" - #. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:411 -msgid "Extension Selection" -msgstr "" - -#. cache the available addons -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:485 -msgid "Loading Available Add-on Products and Extensions..." -msgstr "" - -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 #, fuzzy msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Ikhowudi Yobhaliso" -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:595 -msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462 +msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:610 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -183,311 +203,413 @@ msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:636 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Register New User" msgid "Register Again" msgstr "Bhalisa uMsebenzisi oMtsha" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Your system is ready for use." +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "Isixokelelwano sakho sikulungele ukusetyenziswa." + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" + #. error message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:672 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/scc.rb:42 -msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538 +msgid "" +"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" +"Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:165 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:174 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:194 -msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541 +msgid "" +"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -#. register the base product -#. register addons -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:173 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:193 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registering Product..." -msgid_plural "Registering Products..." -msgstr[0] "Ikhowudi Yobhaliso" -msgstr[1] "Ikhowudi Yobhaliso" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/scc.rb:44 +msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:213 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208 #, fuzzy msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "Ukukhanda kube yimpumelelo." -#. --------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:238 -msgid "Add-on &Name" +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243 +msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:267 -msgid "Really delete add-on '%s'?" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 +#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically +#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice +#. but better than aborting the installation... +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration Code" -msgstr "Ikhowudi Yobhaliso" +#| msgid "Downloading SMT certificate file failed" +msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" +msgstr "Ukukhuphela ifayili yesatifiketi se-SMT akuphumelelanga" -#. TODO FIXME: add a help text -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:312 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" -msgstr "Ikhowudi Yobhaliso" +msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" +msgstr "&Isatifikethi Seseva" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:349 +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "Ubhaliso Lwemveliso" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:351 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with Hardware Profile and Optional Information." -msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" -"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." -msgstr "" -"Ubhaliso lwemveliso lubandakanya imveliso yakho kwisiseko seenkcukacha ze-Novell, nto leyo enika isakhono sokufumana iziganeko zohlaziyo olwenziwa ngekhompyutha ngokunjalo inkxaso yezobuchule. Ukubhalisa lo gama kuhlohlwa ngokuzenzekela, khetha u-Qhuba Ubhaliso Lwemveliso . \n" -"Ukwenza lula inkqubo, bandakanya ulwazi oluvela kwisixokelelwano sakho\n" -" ngayo Inkangeleko Yecala Yokuseqokobheni Lekhompyutha kananjalo Ulwazi Ngokuzithandela ." +#| msgid "Run during autoinstallation" +msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "Qhuba ngethuba lokuhlohla okuzenzekelayo" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:356 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, please set the URL of the SMT Server and the location of the SMT Certificate in SMT Server Settings. Please see your SMT manual for further assistance." -msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" -"to your SMT manual for further assistance." -msgstr "Ukuba inetwekhi yakho ityala iseva ye-SMT eqhelekileyo, nceda seta i-URL yeSeva ye-SMT kunye nendawo yeSatifiketi se-SMT kwiiSetingi zeSeva ye-SMT. Nceda jonga incwadi yakho ye-SMT ukwenzela uncedo olongezelelekileyo." +#| msgid "Do not run during autoinstallation" +msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "Musa ukuqhuba ngethuba lokuhlohla okuzenzekelayo" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:364 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register the Product" -msgstr "Ikhowudi Yobhaliso" +#| msgid "Registration Data to Use" +msgid "Registration Settings" +msgstr "Iinkcukacha Zobhaliso Ezifanele Ukusetyenziswa" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:379 -msgid "Install Available Patches from Update Repositories" -msgstr "" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Email Address" +msgid "E-mail Address: %s" +msgstr "Idilesi Yemeyile" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:387 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 #, fuzzy -msgid "Server Settings" -msgstr "Imimiselo Yeseva" +#| msgid "Configuration name is missing." +msgid "Registration Code is Configured" +msgstr "Igama lolwakhelo alikho." -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:391 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 #, fuzzy -msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +#| msgid "&Install All Available Sources" +msgid "Install Available Updates" +msgstr "&Hlohla Yonke Imithombo Ekhoyo" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registration Server" msgstr "Ikhowudi Yobhaliso" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:396 -msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" -msgstr "" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Server URL: " +msgid "Server URL: %s" +msgstr "Iseva ye-URL:" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:403 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 #, fuzzy -msgid "Optional Server Certificate" +#| msgid "Discovery" +msgid "Use SLP discovery" +msgstr "Ukufumanisa " + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Server Certificate" +msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s" msgstr "&Isatifikethi Seseva" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:421 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register Add-ons..." +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" +msgstr "Isatifikethi" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Ikhowudi Yobhaliso" -#. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:478 -msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Prepare Connection" +msgid "Secure Connection Error" +msgstr "Lungisa Umdibaniso" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 +msgid "Details:" +msgstr "Ubucukubhede:" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Choose Certificate File" +msgid "Failed Certificate Details" +msgstr "Khetha Ifayili Yesatifikethi" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Issued To" msgstr "" +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61 +msgid "Common Name (CN): " +msgstr "" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63 +msgid "Organization (O): " +msgstr "" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65 +msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +msgid "Issued By" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Validity" +msgstr "Isikhethwa asisebenzi: %1" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 +msgid "Issued On: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" +msgstr "Umthombo awusebenziseki." + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error: %1:" +msgid "Expires On: " +msgstr "Imposiso: %1:" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Serial Number" +msgid "Serial Number: " +msgstr "Inombolo yolandelwano:" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "Ushicilelo lomnwe: %1" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "Ushicilelo lomnwe: %1" + #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:65 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Destination is invalid." -msgid "" -"The email address is not known or\n" -"the registration code is not valid." +msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "Indawo ekuthunyelwa kuyo into ayisebenzi." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96 +msgid "" +"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" +"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" +"might take very long time.\n" +"\n" +"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n" +"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n" +"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n" +"the upgrade again." +msgstr "" + +#. add the hint to the error details +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration failed." +msgstr "Ikhowudi Yobhaliso" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115 +#, fuzzy msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "Iinkcukacha Zobhaliso Ezifanele Ukusetyenziswa" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:87 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry registration later." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:89 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration failed." -msgstr "Ikhowudi Yobhaliso" - -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 -msgid "Secure connection error: %s" +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 +msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "" #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Details..." msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "Ubucukubhede..." -#. label follwed by a certificate description -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:147 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Certificate:" -msgstr "Isatifikethi" +#. progress label +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209 +msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:151 -msgid "Issued To" +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210 +msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:154 -msgid "Issued By" +#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use +#. the original error message from openSSL +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228 +msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:157 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34 #, fuzzy -msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " -msgstr "Ushicilelo lomnwe: %1" +#| msgid "Writing routing configuration..." +msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." +msgstr "Ibhala ubumbeko lokhokelo-mgaqo..." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:159 +#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze +#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM! +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8 #, fuzzy -msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " -msgstr "Ushicilelo lomnwe: %1" +#| msgid "SMT Certificate" +msgid "SSL Certificate" +msgstr "Isatifiketi se-SMT" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:176 -msgid "Common Name (CN): " +#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10 +msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178 -msgid "Organization (O): " -msgstr "" - -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:180 -msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " -msgstr "" - -#. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:194 -msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195 -msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." -msgstr "" - -#. return the boot command line parameter -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Checking..." -msgid "Searching..." -msgstr "Kuyaqwalaselwa..." +msgid "Certificate:" +msgstr "Isatifikethi" -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." -msgstr "li-1 inqaku leenkcukacha zobhaliso" - #. create UI label for a base product #. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Ikhowdi Yemposiso Engaziwayo" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "Kuqaliswa Ukuhlohla..." #. # error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:176 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:182 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:194 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Isivumelwano Selayisensi" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "" -#. go back if any EULA has not been accepted, let the user deselect the -#. not accepted extension -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:65 +#. ask user to accept an addon EULA +#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon +#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "" #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Downloading SMT certificate file failed" msgid "" @@ -496,63 +618,325 @@ "failed." msgstr "Ukukhuphela ifayili yesatifiketi se-SMT akuphumelelanga" +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "%s License Agreement" +msgstr "" + #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:93 -msgid "Extension and Module License Agreement" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37 +msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "" -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:95 -msgid "%s License Agreement" +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "" +"Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" +#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 +msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." +msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the registration data." +msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." +msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." +msgstr[0] "Ngenisa iinkcukacha zobhaliso." +msgstr[1] "Ngenisa iinkcukacha zobhaliso." + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Extension and Module Selection" +msgstr "Ikhowudi Yobhaliso" + +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" + +#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Details..." +msgid "Details" +msgstr "Ubucukubhede..." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "is not available" +msgid "%s (not available)" +msgstr "akufumaneki" + +#. check the addons requiring a reg. code +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212 +msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" +msgstr "Ikhowudi Yobhaliso" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Device Identifier" +msgid "Identifier" +msgstr "Isalathisi Sesixhobo" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Uguqulelo" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "Inzululwazi yokwakha" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Rule Type" +msgid "Release Type" +msgstr "Uhlobo Lomthetho" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration Code" +msgstr "Ikhowudi Yobhaliso" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Download Available Extensions..." +msgstr "" + +#. disable download on a non-registered system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" +msgid "Really delete '%s'?" +msgstr "Uyayicima ngenene i-'%1'?" + +#. replace the content +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Vendor Identifier" +msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" +msgstr "Isalathisi Somthengisi" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Version" +msgstr "&Uhlelo" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Architecture" +msgid "&Architecture" +msgstr "Inzululwazi yokwakha" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Rule Type" +msgid "&Release Type" +msgstr "Uhlobo Lomthetho" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with Hardware Profile and Optional Information." +msgid "" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +msgstr "" +"Ubhaliso lwemveliso lubandakanya imveliso yakho kwisiseko seenkcukacha ze-Novell, nto leyo enika isakhono sokufumana iziganeko zohlaziyo olwenziwa ngekhompyutha ngokunjalo inkxaso yezobuchule. Ukubhalisa lo gama kuhlohlwa ngokuzenzekela, khetha u-Qhuba Ubhaliso Lwemveliso . \n" +"Ukwenza lula inkqubo, bandakanya ulwazi oluvela kwisixokelelwano sakho\n" +" ngayo Inkangeleko Yecala Yokuseqokobheni Lekhompyutha kananjalo Ulwazi Ngokuzithandela ." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, please set the URL of the SMT Server and the location of the SMT Certificate in SMT Server Settings. Please see your SMT manual for further assistance." +msgid "" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +msgstr "Ukuba inetwekhi yakho ityala iseva ye-SMT eqhelekileyo, nceda seta i-URL yeSeva ye-SMT kunye nendawo yeSatifiketi se-SMT kwiiSetingi zeSeva ye-SMT. Nceda jonga incwadi yakho ye-SMT ukwenzela uncedo olongezelelekileyo." + +#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Register the Product" +msgstr "Ikhowudi Yobhaliso" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Server Settings" +msgstr "Imimiselo Yeseva" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +msgstr "Ikhowudi Yobhaliso" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123 +msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" +msgstr "&Isatifikethi Seseva" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "&Isatifikethi Seseva" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "none" +msgstr "akukho nanye" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Certificate File to Import" +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "Ifayili Yesatifikethi Yokuthatha Ngaphandle" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." +msgstr "Ikhowudi Yobhaliso" + #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:26 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Certificate Overview" +msgid "Certificate has expired" +msgstr "Isatifikethi Gabalala" + +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 +#, fuzzy msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "&Isatifikethi Seseva" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:28 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:124 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:133 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51 #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" -#~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Credentials" -#~ msgstr "Ubumbeko Lweziko Somxumi we-Novell" +#| msgid "Invalid time" +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "Ixesha elingasebenzisekiyo" +#. input field label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78 #, fuzzy +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" +msgstr "Ikhowudi Yobhaliso" + +#. return the boot command line parameter +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking..." +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "Kuyaqwalaselwa..." + +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +msgstr "li-1 inqaku leenkcukacha zobhaliso" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Registering Product..." +#~ msgid_plural "Registering Products..." +#~ msgstr[0] "Ikhowudi Yobhaliso" +#~ msgstr[1] "Ikhowudi Yobhaliso" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" +#~ msgstr "Ikhowudi Yobhaliso" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Register Add-ons..." +#~ msgstr "Ikhowudi Yobhaliso" + +#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" #~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Registration" #~ msgstr "Ubumbeko Lweziko Somxumi we-Novell" @@ -604,11 +988,6 @@ #~ msgid "Hardware Profile" #~ msgstr "Inkangeleko Yecala Eseqokobheni Lekhompyutha" -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Registration Data to Use" -#~ msgid "Registration Status" -#~ msgstr "Iinkcukacha Zobhaliso Ezifanele Ukusetyenziswa" - #~ msgid "Optional Information" #~ msgstr "Ulwazi Ngokuzithandela" @@ -935,11 +1314,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Ukukhanda kube yimpumelelo." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Configuration name is missing." -#~ msgid "Registration code is missing." -#~ msgstr "Igama lolwakhelo alikho." - -#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Registration Data to Use" #~ msgid "Registration Status at: %1" #~ msgstr "Iinkcukacha Zobhaliso Ezifanele Ukusetyenziswa" @@ -956,11 +1330,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Umyalezo:" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Error: %1:" -#~ msgid "Expiry: %1" -#~ msgstr "Imposiso: %1:" - -#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Registration Data to Use" #~ msgid "Registration status is not available." #~ msgstr "Iinkcukacha Zobhaliso Ezifanele Ukusetyenziswa" @@ -1020,12 +1389,6 @@ #~ msgid "unknown status" #~ msgstr "inkqubo engaziwa" -#~ msgid "Run during autoinstallation" -#~ msgstr "Qhuba ngethuba lokuhlohla okuzenzekelayo" - -#~ msgid "Do not run during autoinstallation" -#~ msgstr "Musa ukuqhuba ngethuba lokuhlohla okuzenzekelayo" - #, fuzzy #~ msgid "%1 item of registration data" #~ msgstr "%1 amanqaku eenkcukacha zobhaliso" @@ -1043,10 +1406,6 @@ #~ msgid "SMT Server: %1" #~ msgstr "Iseva: %1" -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "SMT Certificate: %1" -#~ msgstr "Isatifikethi" - #~ msgid "&Key" #~ msgstr "&Iqhosha" @@ -1124,10 +1483,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Ingenisa imithombo..." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The software repositories have been updated." -#~ msgstr "Indlela ehlala ikhona ayisebenzi." - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Find details in the Software Repositories module." #~ msgstr "Ingenisa imithombo..." @@ -1282,10 +1637,6 @@ #~ msgid "Valid from: " #~ msgstr "Iyasebenza ukusukela:" -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Valid to: " -#~ msgstr "Isikhethwa asisebenzi: %1" - #~ msgid "Trust" #~ msgstr "Themba" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/reipl.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/reipl.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/reipl.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:68 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:91 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ "and LUN '%3'.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:105 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "&Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Igama" #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:175 #, fuzzy @@ -260,35 +260,35 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured reipl methods" msgstr "Iifayili Ezinobumbeko:" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336 msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338 #, fuzzy msgid "The method ccw is configured." msgstr "Isixhobo asinabumbeko" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341 #, fuzzy msgid "The method ccw is not supported." msgstr "Esi sifoti ngokuskena asixhaswanga." -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:362 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "The method fcp is configured." msgstr "Isixhobo asinabumbeko" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 #, fuzzy msgid "The method fcp is not supported." msgstr "Esi sifoti ngokuskena asixhaswanga." Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/relocation-server.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/relocation-server.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/relocation-server.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/s390.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/s390.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/s390.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ #: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:472 msgid "&Deselect All" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Ungakukhethi Konke" #. error popup #. error popup Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/samba-client.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/samba-client.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/samba-client.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -204,6 +204,19 @@ msgid "M&aximum" msgstr "Okona ku&khulu" +#. require_groups +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allowed Services" +msgid "Allowed Group(s)" +msgstr "Iinkonzo Zivunyelwe" + +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Group Name" +msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" +msgstr "Igama Leqela" + #. combobox label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 #, fuzzy @@ -902,59 +915,62 @@ msgstr "Kubhalwa imimiselo..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress finished +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Kugqityiwe" #. progress stage label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673 msgid "Install required packages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hlohla imibekelelo efunekayo" #. progress step label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675 msgid "Installing required packages..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kuhlohlwa imibekelelo efunekayo..." #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947 msgid "PAM Login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ukungena kwe-PAM" #. summary item #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 msgid "Use Kerberos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sebenzisa i-Kerberos" #. summary item #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Musa Ukusebenzisa i-Kerberos" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Default Realm" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ilizwe Lengqikelelo Elihlala Likhona" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966 msgid "Default Domain" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ummandla Wolawulo Ohlala Ukhona" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973 msgid "KDC Server Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Idilesi Yeseva ye-KDC" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977 msgid "Clock Skew" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ubugoso Bewotshi" #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993 msgid "KDC Server: %1 " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seva ye-KDC: %1 " #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998 @@ -966,7 +982,7 @@ #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 msgid "Default Realm: %1 " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ilizwe Lengqikelelo Elihlala Likhona %1 " #. summary text (yes/no follows) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 @@ -976,12 +992,14 @@ msgstr "Ungqinelwano Ngobunyani Bemo Engeyo Yakusebenza Lunikwa Isakhono:" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ewe" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106 msgid "No" msgstr "Hayi" @@ -996,6 +1014,8 @@ "Clock skew is invalid.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" +"Ubugoso bewotshi abusebenziseki. \n" +"Zama kwakhona.\n" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053 @@ -1003,71 +1023,150 @@ "Lifetime is invalid.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" +"Ixesha lobomi alisebenziseki. \n" +"Zama kwakhona." -#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 -msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" -msgstr "" +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 +msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "Kundululwa Ubumbeko Lomxumi we-Samba" -#~ msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Kundululwa Ubumbeko Lomxumi we-Samba" +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632 +msgid "Read the global Samba settings" +msgstr "Funda imimiselo yehlabathi ye-Samba" -#~ msgid "Read the global Samba settings" -#~ msgstr "Funda imimiselo yehlabathi ye-Samba" +#. translators: progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634 +msgid "Read the winbind status" +msgstr "Funda isimo se-winbind" -#~ msgid "Read the winbind status" -#~ msgstr "Funda isimo se-winbind" +#. translators: progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638 +msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." +msgstr "Kufundwa imimiselo yehlabathi ye-Samba..." -#~ msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." -#~ msgstr "Kufundwa imimiselo yehlabathi ye-Samba..." +#. translators: progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640 +msgid "Reading the winbind status..." +msgstr "Kufundwa isimo se-winbind..." -#~ msgid "Reading the winbind status..." -#~ msgstr "Kufundwa isimo se-winbind..." +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741 +msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "Kugcinwa Ubumbeko Lomxumi we-Samba" -#~ msgid "Disable Samba services" -#~ msgstr "Susa isakhono seenkonzo ze-Samba" +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Bhala imimiselo" -#~ msgid "Enable Samba services" -#~ msgstr "Nika isakhono kwiinkonzo ze-Samba" +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748 +msgid "Disable Samba services" +msgstr "Susa isakhono seenkonzo ze-Samba" -#~ msgid "Disabling Samba services..." -#~ msgstr "Kususwa isakhono seenkonzo ze-Samba..." +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750 +msgid "Enable Samba services" +msgstr "Nika isakhono kwiinkonzo ze-Samba" -#~ msgid "Enabling Samba services..." -#~ msgstr "Kunikwa isakhono kwiinkonzo ze-Samba..." +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Kubhalwa imimiselo..." -#~ msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." -#~ msgstr "Ayikwazi kubhaleka imimiselo ku '%1." +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757 +msgid "Disabling Samba services..." +msgstr "Kususwa isakhono seenkonzo ze-Samba..." -#~ msgid "Cannot start winbind service." -#~ msgstr "Ayikwazi kuqalisa inkonzo ye-winbind." +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759 +msgid "Enabling Samba services..." +msgstr "Kunikwa isakhono kwiinkonzo ze-Samba..." -#~ msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." -#~ msgstr "Ayikwazi kuqalisa i-daemon ye-winbind." +#. write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769 +msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" +msgstr "Bhala ubumbeko lwe-Kerberos" -#~ msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." -#~ msgstr "Ayikwazi kunqunyanyiswa inkonzo ye-winbind." +#. write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771 +msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgstr "Kubhalwa ubumbeko lwe-Kerberos..." -#~ msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." -#~ msgstr "Ayikwazi kunqunyaniswa i-daemon ye-winbind." +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879 +msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." +msgstr "Ayikwazi kubhaleka imimiselo ku '%1." -#~ msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." -#~ msgstr "Ayikwazi kubhaleka imimiselo ye-PAM." +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838 +msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgstr "Ayikwazi kuqalisa inkonzo ye-winbind." -#~ msgid "Global Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Ubumbeko Lwehlabathi" +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843 +msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." +msgstr "Ayikwazi kuqalisa i-daemon ye-winbind." -#~ msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" -#~ msgstr "Iqela lomsebenzi okanye Ummandla wolawulo: %1" +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." +msgstr "Ayikwazi kunqunyanyiswa inkonzo ye-winbind." -#~ msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" -#~ msgstr "Dala Uvimba Weefayili Zasekhaya xa Ungena" +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." +msgstr "Ayikwazi kunqunyaniswa i-daemon ye-winbind." -#~ msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" -#~ msgstr "Elona Nani Likhulu Lezabelo: %1" +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870 +msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." +msgstr "Ayikwazi kubhaleka imimiselo ye-PAM." -#~ msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" -#~ msgstr "Ungqinelwano ngobunyani nge-SMB: %1" +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044 +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "Ubumbeko Lwehlabathi" +#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "Iqela lomsebenzi okanye Ummandla wolawulo: %1" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060 +msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgstr "Dala Uvimba Weefayili Zasekhaya xa Ungena" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067 +msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" +msgstr "Ungqinelwano Ngobunyani Bemo Engeyo Yakusebenza Lunikwa Isakhono:" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" +msgstr "Elona Nani Likhulu Lezabelo: %1" + +#. summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "Iqela lomsebenzi okanye Ummandla wolawulo : %1" + +#. summary item: authentication using winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101 +msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" +msgstr "Ungqinelwano ngobunyani nge-SMB: %1" + +#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 +msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" +msgstr "" + #, fuzzy #~ msgid "&UNC Path" #~ msgstr "Izikhuselwa &Ezitsha" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/samba-server.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/samba-server.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/samba-server.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/samba-users.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/samba-users.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/samba-users.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-users\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/scanner.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/scanner.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/scanner.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: scanner\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/security.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/security.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/security.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: security\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/services-manager.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/services-manager.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/services-manager.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -16,14 +16,222 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the default system settings..." +msgid "Saving default systemd target..." +msgstr "Kufundwa imimiselo yesixokelelwano esihlala khona" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" +msgstr "" + #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default initrd Path" +msgid "&Default systemd target" +msgstr "Indlela Yothungelwano Ehlala Ikhona ye-initrd" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default initrd Path" +msgid "Default systemd target" +msgstr "Indlela Yothungelwano Ehlala Ikhona ye-initrd" + +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the default system settings" +msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "Funda imimiselo yesixokelelwano esihlala khona" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the default system settings..." +msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "Kufundwa imimiselo yesixokelelwano esihlala khona" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Shares" +msgid "Available Targets" +msgstr "Izabelwano Ziyafumaneka" + +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219 +msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." +msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" +msgstr "Akukho mbekelelo okhethelwe ukuhlohla." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234 +msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237 +msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241 +msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248 +msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251 +msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." +msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" +msgstr "Akukho mbekelelo okhethelwe ukuhlohla." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 +msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgstr "Ibhala ubumbeko..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the system configuration" +msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" +msgstr "Ukubhala ubumbeko lwesixokelelwano" + +#. Fills the dialog contents +#. Fills the dialog contents +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91 +msgid "Default System &Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "Inkonzo" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "Kunikwe isakhono" + +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "Kuyasebenza" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Inkcazelo" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Start" +msgid "&Start/Stop" +msgstr "&Qalisa" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" +msgid "&Enable/Disable" +msgstr "Vumela/Yenze ingasebenzi iKdump" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 +msgid "Show &Details" +msgstr "Bonisa &Iinkcukacha" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Security Manager" +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "Umphathi Wokhuselo" + +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading Samba service settings..." +msgid "Reading services status..." +msgstr "Kufundwa imimiselo yenkonzo ye-Samba..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "Kususwe isakhono" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Active" +msgid "Inactive" +msgstr "Kuyasebenza" + +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Active (will start)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Inactive (will stop)" +msgstr "" + +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190 +msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" +msgstr "" + +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Iinkonzo" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:116 msgid "" @@ -61,3 +269,83 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "" + +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default Image" +msgid "Default Target" +msgstr "Umfanekiso osiSiseko" + +#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. +#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 +msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +msgid "Not configured yet." +msgstr "Akukabikho lubumbeko." + +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state +#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Could not add interface." +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " +msgstr "Akubanga nako ukongeza intsebenziswano." + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Graphical Menu File" +msgid "Graphical mode" +msgstr "Ifayili Yemenyu Esabugrafu" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Text Mode" +msgid "Text mode" +msgstr "Imo Yokusebenza Ngesiqendu" + +#. Systemd targets +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Firewall Interfaces" +msgid "Graphical Interface" +msgstr "Izithuba Zomdibaniso ze-Firewall" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Mode" +msgid "Emergency Mode" +msgstr "Khetha Imo" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Switch Mode" +msgid "Switch Root" +msgstr "&Tshintsha Imo yosebenza" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default Image" +msgid "Initrd Default Target" +msgstr "Umfanekiso osiSiseko" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other System" +msgid "Multi-User System" +msgstr "Esinye Isixokelelwano" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Required DMA Mode" +msgid "Rescue Mode" +msgstr "Imo esebenzayo ye-DMA iyafuneka" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/slp-server.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/slp-server.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/slp-server.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/snapper.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/snapper.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/snapper.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -24,14 +24,14 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Description" msgstr "Inkcazelo" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&User Map" msgid "User data" @@ -39,45 +39,45 @@ #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 #, fuzzy #| msgid "C&leanup Script" msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "C&oca iSikripti" #. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 #, fuzzy #| msgid "(%1)" msgid "Pre (%1)" msgstr "(%1)" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 #, fuzzy #| msgid "USB port (%1)" msgid "Post (%1)" msgstr "Isiqhagamshelanisi se-USB (%1)" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create New Partition" msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "Dala Isahlulelo Esitsha" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading list of users..." msgid "Single snapshot" @@ -85,243 +85,243 @@ #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:265 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Pre" msgstr "Phambi" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" msgstr "Uyayicima ngenene i-'%1'?" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:392 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Singapore" msgid "Single" msgstr "i-Singapore" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading list of users..." msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "Ifunda uluhlu lwabasebenzisi…" #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cl&ear Current Configuration" msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "Su&sa ubuMbeko Lwangoku" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "ID" msgstr "i-ID" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Type" msgstr "Uhlobo" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "Qalisa Umhla" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "End Date" msgstr "Gqibelisa Umhla" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Us&er Data" msgid "User Data" msgstr "Iinkcukacha Zoms&ebenzisi" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No Change" msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "Akukho Tshintsho" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Modify" msgid "Modify" msgstr "&Lungisa" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:590 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Selected IDE device" msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "Isixhobo se-IDE esikhethiweyo" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:636 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Next %1: %2" msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "Okulandelayo %1: %2" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "Ukugcina utshintsho kwiifayili..." #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Accepting failed verifications" msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "Kwamkelwa iziqinisekiso ezisileleyo" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:764 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:775 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File %1 does not exists" msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "Ifayili %1 ayikho" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File Contents: %1" msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "Iziqulatho zeFayili: %1" #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:791 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:822 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restored Files:" msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "Iifayili Ezibuyiselweyo:" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:859 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restore Options" msgid "Restore" msgstr "Buyisela Izikhethwa" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network Device Select" msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "Ukukhethwa Kwesixhobo Somsebenzi Wothungelwano" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:931 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:989 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1041 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1046 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1054 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "&Open" msgstr "&Vula" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1122 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network Device Select" msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "Ukukhethwa Kwesixhobo Somsebenzi Wothungelwano" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to delete this entry?" msgid "" @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1216 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1234 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -344,21 +344,21 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." msgid "No file was selected for restoring" msgstr "Akukho mbekelelo okhethelwe ukuhlohla." #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restoring Files" msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "Ukubuyisela Iifayili" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1277 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/sound.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/sound.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/sound.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sound\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/squid.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/squid.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/squid.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -1502,11 +1502,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 msgid "Afrikaans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "isiBhulu" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 msgid "Arabic" -msgstr "" +msgstr "isi-Arabhu" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 msgid "Armenian" @@ -1554,7 +1554,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 msgid "Persian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "isi-Persian" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 msgid "Finnish" @@ -1574,7 +1574,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 msgid "Indonesian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "isi-Indonesia" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 msgid "Italian" @@ -1590,7 +1590,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 msgid "Latvian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "isi-Latvia" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 msgid "Lithuanian" @@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 msgid "Malay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "isi-Malay" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 msgid "Dutch" @@ -1659,7 +1659,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 msgid "Thai" -msgstr "" +msgstr "isi-Thai" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 msgid "Turkish" @@ -1672,11 +1672,11 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 msgid "Uzbek" -msgstr "" +msgstr "isi-Uzbek" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 msgid "Vietnamese" -msgstr "" +msgstr "isi-Vietnamese" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 msgid "Simplified Chinese" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/sshd.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/sshd.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/sshd.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ #. Table header #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inombolo" #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Sshd" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/storage.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/storage.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/storage.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ msgstr "&Dala Isiqhelo sokuMisela iNkqubo yesaHlulelo" #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ #. this is the resize case #. #. this is the normal case -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write global settings" @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ msgstr "Bhala imimiselo yehlabathi" #. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ #. help text continued #. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ " yengcaphephe.\n" #. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:182 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -185,16 +185,22 @@ #. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off #. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 #, fuzzy msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "Akwenzeki ukudala isindululo esiceliweyo." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:230 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:314 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -1026,7 +1032,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6209 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "Ndulula isaHlulelo &eSihlukileyo seKhaya" @@ -1045,7 +1051,7 @@ msgstr "Uhlobo lwesindululo" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" @@ -1059,7 +1065,7 @@ " Yabela ingcambu yendawo yokugxumeka \"/\" kwisahlulelo.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:266 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" @@ -1073,7 +1079,7 @@ " Sebenzisa isixokelelwano sefayili se-Linux, esinjengo ext2 okanye reiserfs, ngezi ndawo zokugxumeka.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:279 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" @@ -1087,7 +1093,7 @@ " Sebenzisa isixokelelwano sefayili se-Linux, esinjengo ext2 okanye reiserfs, ngezi ndawo zokugxumeka.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:293 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" @@ -1101,7 +1107,7 @@ " Sebenzisa isixokelelwano sefayili se-Linux, esinjengo ext2 okanye reiserfs, ngezi ndawo zokugxumeka.\n" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning:\n" @@ -1122,7 +1128,7 @@ " Tshintsha oku?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:328 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning:\n" @@ -1138,7 +1144,7 @@ " Ingaba uyafuna na ukwenza oku?\n" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" @@ -1149,7 +1155,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:365 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" @@ -1168,7 +1174,7 @@ " Ingaba ufuna ukutshintsha ukumisela inkqubo kwakho?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:385 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" @@ -1189,7 +1195,7 @@ " \n" " Tshintsha oku?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:403 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1198,7 +1204,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:422 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" @@ -1216,34 +1222,9 @@ " Tshintsha oku?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" -"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" -"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" -"This does not work.\n" -"\n" -"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" -"partition for your files below /boot.\n" -"\n" -"Really use this setup?\n" -msgstr "" -"Isilumkiso: Ngokumisela kwakho inkqubo, uku%1hlohla\n" -" kwakho kuza kuba neengxaki xa kumiselwa inkqubo, kuba awuna\"sahlulelo\"\n" -"sokumisela inkqubo kwaye \"ingcambu\" yakho yesahlulelo sesandi esinengqiqo elindelekileyo se-LVM.\n" -" Oku akusebenzi.\n" -" \n" -" \n" -"Ukuba awuyazi kanye into oyenzayo, sebenzisa isahlulelo esiqhelekileyo\n" -" sefayili zakho ngezantsi misela inkqubo.\n" -" \n" -" Tshintsha oku?\n" - -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:464 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" "FAT partition mounted on %1.\n" @@ -1267,7 +1248,7 @@ " Tshintsha oku?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" @@ -1293,13 +1274,13 @@ " Tshintsha oku?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478 #, fuzzy msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Umcima ngenene lo msebenzisi weqela?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:517 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1322,7 +1303,7 @@ " Ingaba uyafuna na ukutshintsha oku?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1337,7 +1318,7 @@ " esingazukwenziwa ucwangciso. I-YaST2 ayikwazi ukuqinisekisa ukuba ukuhlohlwa kuza kuphumelela, ngakumbi kuzo naziphi na iziganeka ezilandelayo:\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1350,7 +1331,7 @@ " – ukuba esi sahlulelo asikaqulathi sixokelelwano sefayili\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If in doubt, you might want to go back and mark this partition for\n" @@ -1366,7 +1347,7 @@ " njengo /, /kumisela inkqubo, /usr, /opt, or /var.\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:553 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" @@ -1378,7 +1359,7 @@ " Ingaba ufuna ukutshintsha ukumisela inkqubo kwakho?\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:608 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1387,7 +1368,7 @@ "Sishenxise kwi-RAD ngaphambi kokusihlela.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:619 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1396,7 +1377,7 @@ "Sishenxise kwiqela ngaphambi kokusihlela.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:629 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1405,7 +1386,7 @@ "Shenxise isandi ngaphambi kokusihlela.\n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:662 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1414,7 +1395,7 @@ "Sishenxisa kwi-RAID ngaphambi kokusihlela.\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1422,13 +1403,13 @@ "Isixhobo (%2) sisetyenziswa ngu %1.\n" "Shenxisa u %1 ngaphambi kokusicima.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:685 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654 #, fuzzy msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "Isixhobo sacinywa." #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The device (%1) cannot be removed\n" @@ -1443,7 +1424,7 @@ " sobuchule esinenombolo ephezulu esetyenzisiweyo.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" @@ -1462,7 +1443,7 @@ " Nced khetha u-Hlaba ngaphandle kokuba uyaya kanye into oyenzayo.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:815 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1477,7 +1458,7 @@ " ngaphambi kokucima isahlulelo esandisiweyo.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1492,7 +1473,7 @@ " kokucima isahlulelo esandisiweyo.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:837 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1513,15 +1494,15 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:672 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6336 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "Ungakulibali okungenise apha." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:675 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 #, fuzzy msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "Uluhlu lwamagama esikhethwa esingenanto aluvumelekanga." @@ -1557,7 +1538,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:700 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Enter a password for your file system:" msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" @@ -1570,7 +1551,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:684 src/modules/Storage.rb:3995 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reenter the password for &verification:" msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" @@ -1596,7 +1577,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1607,7 +1588,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3959 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -2045,7 +2026,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6190 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" @@ -2058,25 +2039,25 @@ msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "Ukuphatha Umtyibelo" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Empty option strings are not allowed." msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "Uluhlu lwamagama esikhethwa esingenanto aluvumelekanga." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1725 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1734 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Provider name %1 already exists." msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "Igama lomboneleli%1 sele likhona." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1765 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -2119,7 +2100,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -2139,7 +2120,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" @@ -2158,7 +2139,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" @@ -2190,7 +2171,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:653 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2439,12 +2420,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:947 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:974 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2452,39 +2433,39 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:963 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:988 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mount" msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Gxumeka" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:979 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1025 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS user." msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Yinto enako ukwenzeka ukucima umsebenzisi we-NIS." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1038 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS user." msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Yinto enako ukwenzeka ukucima umsebenzisi we-NIS." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Akwenzeki ukudala isahlulelo ku %1." #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 #, fuzzy msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "&Idiski ye-RAM" @@ -2496,63 +2477,69 @@ msgstr "Indawo yokuGxumeka engeNanto" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Provider Password" msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "Ngenisa Igama Lokugqithisa Lomboneleli" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "Yenza Ubumbeko lwee-disk &iSCSI" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 #, fuzzy +msgid "Configure &FCoE..." +msgstr "&Yenza ubumbeko_" + +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 +#, fuzzy msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "&Yenza Ubumbeko Lohlaziyo Olupheleleyo Oluzenzekelayo..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:133 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "&Yenza ubumbeko_" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:141 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "&Yenza ubumbeko_" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "&Yenza ubumbeko_" #. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:157 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure..." msgstr "&Yenza ubumbeko_" #. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 #, fuzzy msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "Izicwangciso Ezikhoyo: %1" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:184 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:192 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -2560,14 +2547,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:202 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:262 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" @@ -2575,7 +2562,7 @@ msgstr "Ukufunda kwakhona itheybhile yesahlulelo kuhlaba lonke utshintsho lwangoku. Ngenene funda kwakhona itheybhile yesahlulelo?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:280 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" @@ -2583,9 +2570,17 @@ msgstr "Ukufunda kwakhona itheybhile yesahlulelo kuhlaba lonke utshintsho lwangoku. Ngenene funda kwakhona itheybhile yesahlulelo?" #. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call FCoE configuration?" +msgstr "Ukufunda kwakhona itheybhile yesahlulelo kuhlaba lonke utshintsho lwangoku. Ngenene funda kwakhona itheybhile yesahlulelo?" + #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:294 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:303 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" @@ -2593,7 +2588,7 @@ msgstr "Ukufunda kwakhona itheybhile yesahlulelo kuhlaba lonke utshintsho lwangoku. Ngenene funda kwakhona itheybhile yesahlulelo?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" @@ -2601,7 +2596,7 @@ msgstr "Ukufunda kwakhona itheybhile yesahlulelo kuhlaba lonke utshintsho lwangoku. Ngenene funda kwakhona itheybhile yesahlulelo?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:329 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" @@ -2609,7 +2604,7 @@ msgstr "Ukufunda kwakhona itheybhile yesahlulelo kuhlaba lonke utshintsho lwangoku. Ngenene funda kwakhona itheybhile yesahlulelo?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" @@ -2901,15 +2896,55 @@ msgstr "Izixhobo eziWeliweyo" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 #, fuzzy +msgid "Choose the role of the device." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Khetha isayizi entsha ye %1sahlulelo sakho.\n" +" " + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "O&perating Mode" +msgid "Operating System" +msgstr "Imo Yokwenza Um&sebenzi" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress" +msgid "Data and ISV Applications" +msgstr "Inkqubela Ngenkqubo ye-Delta RPM" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +msgid "Swap" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" +msgstr "" + +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Role: %s" +msgid "Role" +msgstr "Indima: %s" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." msgstr "Kuqala, khetha uhlobo lwesahlulelo nalapho esi sahlulelo kufuneka singcwangciswe khona." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" "volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" @@ -2917,7 +2952,7 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" @@ -2925,55 +2960,55 @@ msgstr "Emva koko, faka indawo yokugxumeka( /, /boot, /usr, /var, etc.)" #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 #, fuzzy msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "&Izikhethwa Zobumbeko" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 #, fuzzy msgid "Format partition" msgstr "Isayizi yesahlulelo." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "Isayizi yesahlulelo." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "Isahlulelo kwi-Diski" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 #, fuzzy msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "Izikhethwa Zokugxumeka" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "isahlulelo" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:281 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Indawo Yokugxumeka" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 #, fuzzy msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "Izikhethwa ze-Fs&tab" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 #, fuzzy msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "Akukho sicwangciso sikhethiweyo." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" @@ -2987,19 +3022,19 @@ " Kananjalo qwalasele isikhethwa sokucwangcisa.\n" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 #, fuzzy msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "Bonelela ngendawo yokugxumeka." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 #, fuzzy msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "Bonelela ngendawo yokugxumeka." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -3015,7 +3050,7 @@ " \n" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -3024,23 +3059,23 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 #, fuzzy #| msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "Zonke iinguquko ziya kulahleka!" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:693 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Password" msgstr "Igama lokugqithisela" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" @@ -3050,7 +3085,7 @@ "Awunako ukutshintsha ubungakanani besahlulelo esikhethiweyo kuba isixokelelwano sefayili\n" " kwesi sahlulelo asikuxhasi ukutshintshwa kobungakanani.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgid "" @@ -3059,7 +3094,7 @@ msgstr "Akwenzeki ukudala isahlulelo ku %1." #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:838 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" @@ -3072,24 +3107,24 @@ "kuba isixokelelwano sefayili sikhangeleka singafani ngokulungeleleneyo.\n" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "Phi&nda Wenze Ubukhulu Besahlulelo" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "Ukutshintsha ubungakanani beSixa esineNgqiqo elindelekileyo" #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:918 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 #, fuzzy msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "Isimo Sangoku: %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:930 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 #, fuzzy msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "Isimo Sangoku: %1" @@ -3098,8 +3133,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:943 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -3111,7 +3146,7 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 #, fuzzy @@ -3119,14 +3154,14 @@ msgstr "Isayizi ye-Linux (%1)" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:963 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 #, fuzzy msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "Isayizi ye-Linux (%1)" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 #, fuzzy @@ -3134,7 +3169,7 @@ msgstr "Ubukhulu &Bolungiselo" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "" @@ -3144,7 +3179,7 @@ #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 #, fuzzy @@ -3157,7 +3192,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -3166,13 +3201,13 @@ msgstr "" #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 #, fuzzy msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "Isiphumo:" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1203 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 #, fuzzy msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "Ifunda izahlulo zediski..." @@ -3392,67 +3427,67 @@ msgstr "i-LDAP URL efakiweyo ayisebenzi." #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:537 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "Hlela Isahlulelo %1" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:583 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "Hlela Isahlulelo %1" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No space is left in the extended partition." msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "Akho sithuba sishiyekileyo kwisahlulelo esandisiweyo." #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adding partition %1 to swap" msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "Ukongeza isahlulelo %1 ukutshintshisela" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:635 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 #, fuzzy msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "isahlulelo" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Forward" msgid "Forward" msgstr "&Thumela phambili" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:658 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Background" msgid "Backward" msgstr "Okungasemva" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 #, fuzzy msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "Ukugxumeka zonke izahlulelo..." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:716 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 #, fuzzy msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "Ngenene uyazicima zonke izahlulelo ku %1?" @@ -3467,7 +3502,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5161 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" @@ -4471,13 +4506,13 @@ msgstr "Isetyenziswe Ngu" #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1017 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "Hlela iSixa esineNgqiqo elindelekileyo" #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Hlela iSixa esineNgqiqo elindelekileyo" @@ -4705,7 +4740,7 @@ #. tree node label #. dialog heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Imimiselo" @@ -4953,19 +4988,19 @@ " \n" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:631 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 #, fuzzy msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "Faka i-RAI&D" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "She&nxisa i-RAID" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:711 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "&Hlela i-RAID" @@ -5078,67 +5113,67 @@ #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:34 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "Ilebhile" #. list entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 #, fuzzy msgid "UUID" msgstr "i-ID" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount by" msgstr "Gxukema Ngo" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 #, fuzzy msgid "Used by" msgstr "Isetyenziswe Ngu" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 #, fuzzy msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "I-BIOS" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "Bhala ulwazi labaqhubi" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:50 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 #, fuzzy msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "Londoloza ulwazi lukamamkeli" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 #, fuzzy msgid "Encryption" msgstr "&Uguqulelo oluntsonkothileyo" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:59 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:152 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Igama Lesixhobo" #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "Isandi &iLebhile" @@ -5146,59 +5181,72 @@ #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "I-ID Yesixhobo" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:156 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "Indlela yeSixhob" +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Optional" +msgid "Optimal" +msgstr "Ngokuzithandela" + +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cylinder" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Phelisa isilinda: " + #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:115 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 #, fuzzy msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "Ummandla Wolawulo Ohlala Ukhona" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:126 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 #, fuzzy msgid "Default File System" msgstr "Inkqubo yefayili yeNgingqi" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 #, fuzzy msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "Isixhobo sokugcina" #. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 #, fuzzy msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "Iintsusa Zolwazi Lomsebenzisi" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:183 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" "settings:" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:188 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" @@ -5209,14 +5257,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:201 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" "determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" @@ -5225,14 +5273,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." @@ -5576,14 +5624,14 @@ msgstr "Isimbo" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:275 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Size" msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "&Ubukhulu" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:284 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgid "" @@ -5591,14 +5639,14 @@ "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "Amaxabiso kufuneka abe phakathi kuka 0 no 32767. Zama kwakhona." -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "Amaxabiso kufuneka abe phakathi kuka 0 no 32767. Zama kwakhona." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" "Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" @@ -5606,17 +5654,17 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "Tshintsha &Umba obekwe phambili" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:316 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "Amaxabiso kufuneka abe phakathi kuka 0 no 32767. Zama kwakhona." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:323 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" @@ -5625,14 +5673,14 @@ "Faka utshintsho lomba obekwa phambili. Amanani aphezulu athetha umba obekwa phambili ophezulu.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:470 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mount &read-only" msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "Gxumeka &u-funda kuphela" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" @@ -5643,14 +5691,14 @@ "Akwenzeki fikelelo lubhalekayo kwisixokelelwano sefayili. Into ehlala ikhona ayiyonyaniso.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:486 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No &access time" msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "Akho &xesha lofikelelo" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:490 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No access time:\n" @@ -5663,14 +5711,14 @@ "Amaxesha ofikelelo awahlaziywanga xa ifayili ingufunda. Into ehlala ikhona ayiyonyaniso." #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:500 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mountable by &user" msgid "Mountable by &User" msgstr "Singagxunyekwa ngum&sebenzisi" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:504 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" @@ -5679,12 +5727,12 @@ "Isixokelelwano sefayili singagxunyekwa ngumsebenzisi oqhelekileyo. Into ehlala ikhona ayiyonyaniso.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "Qalisa&Musa ukuGxumeka kwisiXokelelwano" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:523 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" @@ -5701,13 +5749,13 @@ " unikezelwe. Into ehlala ikhona ayiyonyaniso.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:540 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "Nika Isakhono &Kwinkxaso Yomaleko 2" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:546 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" @@ -5718,12 +5766,12 @@ "Isixokelelwano sefayili singagxunyekwa ngumsebenzisi oqhelekileyo. Into ehlala ikhona ayiyonyaniso.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:565 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "Imo yokusebenza yobuntatheli &Inkcukacha" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" @@ -5743,12 +5791,12 @@ " <tt>bhala ngasemva</tt> -- Ukulungiselela inkcukacha akukhuselwanga.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "&Izintlu zokuLawula uFikelwlo (ILF)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:599 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" @@ -5757,12 +5805,12 @@ "Yenza ube nako ukulawula ufikelelo kwisixokelelwano sefayili.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "&Kwandiswe Iimpawu zoMsebenzisi" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:614 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" @@ -5771,19 +5819,19 @@ "Vumela iimpawu ezandisiweyo zomsebenzisi kwisixokelwano sefayili.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:631 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Arbitrary option &value" msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "Isikhethwa seXabiso &lokuzithandela" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 #, fuzzy msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." msgstr "uphawu olungasebenziseki kwindawo yokugxumeka. Ungayisebenzisi \"`'!\"%#\" kwindawo yokugxumeka." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" "In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" @@ -5794,12 +5842,12 @@ " Izikhethwa ezininzi zahlulwe ngeekoma.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:657 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "I-Char&set yamagama efayili" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:678 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" @@ -5808,12 +5856,12 @@ "Misela i-charset esetyenziselwa ukubonisa amagama efayili kwisahlulelo.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "Ikhowudi&yekhasi yamagama amafutshane e-FAT" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" "This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" @@ -5822,12 +5870,12 @@ "Le khowudi yekhasi isetyenziselwa ukuguqula iimpawu zegama elifutshane kwisixokelelwano sefayili ye-FAT.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "Inamba &yee-FATs" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" "Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." @@ -5836,14 +5884,14 @@ "Chonga inamba yeetheybhile zefayili ezibaluliweyo kwisixokelelwano sefayili. Into ehlala ikho ngu 2." #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 #, fuzzy #| msgid "FAT &size" msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "Isayizi &ye-FAT" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 #, fuzzy msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" @@ -5853,21 +5901,21 @@ "Ichonga uhlobo lwetheybhile yefayili zokwabelana ezisetyenzisiweyo (12, 16, okanye 32-bit). Ukuba ungokwayo uchongiwe, i-YaST2 iza kukhetha ngokuzenzekelayo ixabiso elifanelekileyo kakhulu lesayizi yesixokelelwano sefayili.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Root &dir entries" msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "Ingcambu &amangeniso kavimba wefayili" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The minimum size for \"Root dir entries\" is 112. Please try again." msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr "Isayizi encinci yoku \"Ingcambu yamangeniso kavimba wefayili\" ngu 112. Nceda zama kwakhona." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:756 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Root dir entries:\n" @@ -5880,14 +5928,14 @@ "Khetha inamba yamangeniso akhoyo kwingcambu kavimba wefayili." #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:769 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hash &function" msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "Umsebenzi &wokonakalisa" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Hash function:\n" @@ -5900,14 +5948,14 @@ "Oku kuchonga igama lomsebenzi owonakeleyo wokusetyenziswa ukuhlela amagama eefayili kovimba beefayili." #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 #, fuzzy #| msgid "FS &revision" msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "I-FS &okulungisiweyo" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "FS revision:\n" @@ -5921,14 +5969,14 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:805 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Block &size in bytes" msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "Ibhloko &isayizi kwi-bytes" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Block size:\n" @@ -5942,13 +5990,13 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1051 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "&Isayizi ye-Inode" #. help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:827 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" @@ -5957,14 +6005,14 @@ "Esi sikhethwa sichonga isayizi ye-inode yesixokelelwano sefayili.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Percentage of inode space" msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "&Ipersenti yesithuba se-inode" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Percentage of inode space:\n" @@ -5977,14 +6025,14 @@ "Isikhethwa \"ipersenti yesithuba se-inode \" sichonga ipersenti encinci yesithuba kwisixokelelwano sefayili esingabelwa kwi-inodes.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Inode &aligned" msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "I-Inode &ilungelelanisiwe" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Inode Aligned:\n" @@ -6003,14 +6051,14 @@ " ngokuqhelekileyo lusebenza kakhulu kunofikelelo olungalungelelaniswanga.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:909 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Log size in megabytes" msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "&Isayizi ye-Log kwi-megabytes" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The \"Log size\" value is incorrect.\n" @@ -6024,7 +6072,7 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Log size\n" @@ -6037,19 +6085,19 @@ "Misela isayizi ye-log (kwi-megabytes). Ukuba ungokwayo, okuhlala kukhona ngu-40% wesayizi wengqokelela." #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "Khunga uLuhlu lweeBhloko eziMbi &Ukuba luncedo" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:945 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stride &length in blocks" msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "Inyathelo &lobude kwiibhloko" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:953 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The \"Stride length in blocks\" value is not possible.\n" @@ -6062,7 +6110,7 @@ "Nceda khetha ixabiso elikhulu kuno-1." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:957 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -6074,7 +6122,7 @@ " kuphela 'linyathelo', elithatha inamba yeebhloko kumgca we-RAID njengempikiswano yayo.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Block size:\n" @@ -6087,14 +6135,14 @@ "Chonga isayizi yeebhloko kwi-bytes. Amaxabiso esayizi yebhloko esebenzisekayo ngu 1024, 2048, no 4096 ye-bytes per block. Ukuba ungokwayo ukhethiwe, isayizi yebhloko yenziwe yisayizi yesixokelelwano sefayili kunye nokusetyenziswa okulindelekileyo kwesixokelelwano sefayili.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bytes per &inode" msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "I-Bytes per &inode" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:991 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Bytes per inode:\n" @@ -6117,14 +6165,14 @@ "inamba ye-inodes kwisixokelelwano sefayili emva kokudalwa kwaso, qinisekisa ukufaka ixabiso elifanelekileyo lalomda.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1007 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Percentage of blocks &reserved for root" msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "Ipersenti yeebhloko &ibekelwe ukufumana:" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The \"Percentage of blocks reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" @@ -6138,47 +6186,47 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Percentage of blocks reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. This value defaults to 5%." msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." msgstr "Ipersenti yeebhloko ibekelwe ukufumana:Balula ipersenti yeebhloko ebekelwe abasebenzisi ababalaseleyo. Eli xabiso lihlala likhona ukuya ku 5%." #. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 #, fuzzy msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "Inkonzo esuswe isakhono" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 #, fuzzy msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "&Directory on Server" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1073 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disk Journal" msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "Ijenali yeDiski" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" "Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" @@ -6186,12 +6234,12 @@ msgstr "" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:922 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:932 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -6224,7 +6272,7 @@ " diski apha.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:950 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -6257,7 +6305,7 @@ " diski apha.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:969 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -6281,7 +6329,7 @@ " diski.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6299,7 +6347,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:975 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "Ukutshintsha ubungakanani Akwenzeki:" @@ -6312,7 +6360,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2703 src/modules/Storage.rb:3908 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Could not set encryption.\n" @@ -6331,7 +6379,7 @@ " Ipaswedi yenguqulelo entsokothileyo isenokungachaneki.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3939 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" @@ -6343,7 +6391,7 @@ " Nceda uzame kwakhona." #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" @@ -6356,29 +6404,29 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4024 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "Ngenisa Iqhosha Loguqulelo Oluntsonkothileyo" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4083 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Provider Password" msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Ngenisa Igama Lokugqithisa Lomboneleli" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4102 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4117 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120 #, fuzzy msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "Iqela Lesixa" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4121 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6386,14 +6434,14 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you want to retry?" msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "Ingaba ukuzama kwakhona?" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4190 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6401,98 +6449,98 @@ msgstr "" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "Ngenisa Iqhosha Loguqulelo Oluntsonkothileyo" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4212 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 #, fuzzy #| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "I-YaST2 ichonge isixhobo esilandelayo" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 #, fuzzy #| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "I-YaST2 ichonge isixhobo esilandelayo" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4228 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4338 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341 #, fuzzy #| msgid "DASD Disks" msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "Iidiski ze-DASD" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347 #, fuzzy #| msgid "DASD Disks" msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "Iidiski ze-DASD" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Idiski" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4378 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381 #, fuzzy msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "I-R&AID:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4391 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394 #, fuzzy msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "I-R&AID:" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5173 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5213 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5242 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5280 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6500,7 +6548,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6508,7 +6556,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5313 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6516,20 +6564,20 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Set global root filesystem" msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Misela isixokelelwano seefayili sengcambu yamandla sehlabathi" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6005 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" @@ -7195,52 +7243,52 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4545 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent fs. Try checking fs under Windows." msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "Ukutshintsha ubungakanani akwenzeki ngenxa yokungafani kwe-fs ngokulungeleleneyo. Zama ukuqwalasela i-fs ngaphantsi kwe-Windows." #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6143 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "Dala &isiNdululo esiSekelwe kwi-LVM " #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6158 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 #, fuzzy msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" msgstr "Iqela Lesixa" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6176 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File system options:" msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "Izikhethwa zesixokelelwano sefayili:" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6223 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "Ndulula isaHlulelo &eSihlukileyo seKhaya" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6241 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6251 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write global settings" msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Bhala imimiselo yehlabathi" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6266 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" @@ -7250,7 +7298,7 @@ "Ukudala i-LVM esekelwe kwisindululo khetha iqhosha elihambelanayo." #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6273 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -7259,33 +7307,33 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6289 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "Faka ipaswedi yakho yesixokelelwano sefayli esinoguqulelo oluntsokothileyo." #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6321 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342 msgid "Password:" msgstr "Igama lokugqithisa:" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6332 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 #, fuzzy msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "Faka kwakhona ipaswedi uku&qinisekisa:" @@ -7313,33 +7361,56 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:177 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 #, fuzzy msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "Ummandla Wolawulo Ohlala Ukhona" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:178 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 #, fuzzy msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "Inkqubo yefayili yeNgingqi" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 #, fuzzy msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "Isixhobo sokugcina" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Partitioning" msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "Ukwahlula" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 #, fuzzy msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "Iintsusa Zolwazi Lomsebenzisi" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" +#~ "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" +#~ "partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" +#~ "This does not work.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" +#~ "partition for your files below /boot.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Really use this setup?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Isilumkiso: Ngokumisela kwakho inkqubo, uku%1hlohla\n" +#~ " kwakho kuza kuba neengxaki xa kumiselwa inkqubo, kuba awuna\"sahlulelo\"\n" +#~ "sokumisela inkqubo kwaye \"ingcambu\" yakho yesahlulelo sesandi esinengqiqo elindelekileyo se-LVM.\n" +#~ " Oku akusebenzi.\n" +#~ " \n" +#~ " \n" +#~ "Ukuba awuyazi kanye into oyenzayo, sebenzisa isahlulelo esiqhelekileyo\n" +#~ " sefayili zakho ngezantsi misela inkqubo.\n" +#~ " \n" +#~ " Tshintsha oku?\n" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "&Edit Partition Setup..." #~ msgstr "Hlela Isahlulelo" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/sudo.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/sudo.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/sudo.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/support.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/support.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/support.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -38,16 +38,18 @@ #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 -msgid "Open Novell Support Center" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SUSE Support" +msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" +msgstr "I-SUSE Ixhasa" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 -msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal." +msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vula" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "Collect Data" @@ -117,7 +119,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ayikwazi kubhaleka imimselo." #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" @@ -176,11 +178,11 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "Expert Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Imimiselo Yobungcaphephe" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Izikhethwa" #. Support overview dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584 @@ -208,11 +210,11 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701 msgid "Email Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Idilesi Yemeyile" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708 msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Igama" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "Phone Number" @@ -235,7 +237,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 -msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number" +msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "" #. abort? @@ -249,7 +251,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Progress" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ukuqhubela phambili" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931 msgid "Collected Data Review" @@ -259,7 +261,7 @@ #. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "File Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Igama Lefayili" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984 msgid "Remove from Data" @@ -278,6 +280,8 @@ "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Ukundululwa Kokulahlwa:</big> \n" +"Lahla ngokhuselo ukusetyenziswa ngokucinezela Lahla ngoku.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 @@ -294,6 +298,10 @@ "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Ilahla Okugciniweyo</big> \n" +"Lahla inkqubo yokugcina ngokucinezela Ulahla.\n" +" Ingxoxo efakelwayo yazisa ukuba ingaba kukhuselekile na ukwenza njalo.\n" +" \n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 @@ -318,13 +326,16 @@ "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Kuyahlelwa okanye Kuyacinywa</big> \n" +"Xa ucinezela Hlela, ingxoxo efakelwayo apho kuguqulwa khona\n" +" ubumbeko luyavula.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Opening Novell Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use Open Novell Support Center.\n" +"<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" "You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" @@ -406,7 +417,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -449,7 +460,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<big>Privacy Policy</big> \n" -"Find Novell's privacy policy at\n" +"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" "%1.\n" msgstr "" @@ -468,6 +479,9 @@ "Press Next to continue.\n" " \n" msgstr "" +"<big>Ubumbeko Lwenxalenye Yesibini</big> \n" +"Cinezela ku-Okulandelayo.\n" +" \n" #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 @@ -476,6 +490,9 @@ "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" "" msgstr "" +"<big>Ikhetha Into Ethile</big> \n" +"Akwenzeki. Kufuneka ugqwethe umbhalo kuqala. :-)\n" +" " #. encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** @@ -753,7 +770,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -764,7 +781,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kuyandululwa..." #. global string created_directory=""; #: src/modules/Support.rb:143 @@ -792,30 +809,30 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:329 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bhala imimiselo" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:331 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Qhuba ubumbeko lwe-SuSE" #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:335 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kubhalwa imimiselo..." #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:337 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kuqhutywa Ubumbeko lwe-SuSE..." #. Progress finished #: src/modules/Support.rb:339 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kugqityiwe" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/Support.rb:438 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Isishwankathelo sobumbeko..." Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/sysconfig.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/sysconfig.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/sysconfig.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sysconfig\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -486,51 +486,111 @@ "Nceda linda... \n" " \n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" -#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" -#~ " it will not touch it.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ " Ubumbeko lwe-SuSE lugcina i-checksum yefayili yobumbeko ngalunye, khona ingafumana ukuba\n" -#~ " utshintshe nayiphi ngesandla. Ukuba utshintshwe ifayili yobumbeko ngesandla,\n" -#~ " ayizukuyichukumisa.\n" +#. Translation: Progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159 +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "Ifuna..." -#~ msgid "Searching..." -#~ msgstr "Ifuna..." +#. Display confirmation dialog +#. @param [String] message Confirmation message +#. @param [String] command Command to confirm +#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883 +msgid "Command: " +msgstr "Umyalelo:" -#~ msgid "Command: " -#~ msgstr "Umyalelo:" +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889 +msgid "S&kip" +msgstr "Tsi&ba" -#~ msgid "S&kip" -#~ msgstr "Tsi&ba" +#. get activation map for variable +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171 +msgid "A command will be executed" +msgstr "Umyalelo uza kwenziwa" -#~ msgid "A command will be executed" -#~ msgstr "Umyalelo uza kwenziwa" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172 +msgid "Starting command: %1..." +msgstr "Iqalisa umyalelo: %1..." -#~ msgid "Starting command: %1..." -#~ msgstr "Iqalisa umyalelo: %1..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173 +msgid "Command %1 failed" +msgstr "Umyalelo %1 usilele" -#~ msgid "Command %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "Umyalelo %1 usilele" +#. write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009 +msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" +msgstr "Igcina Ubumbeko Lwesixokelelwano sobumbeko" -#~ msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Igcina Ubumbeko Lwesixokelelwano sobumbeko" +#. progress bar item +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036 +msgid "Write the new settings" +msgstr "Bhala izakhelo ezintsha" -#~ msgid "Write the new settings" -#~ msgstr "Bhala izakhelo ezintsha" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037 +msgid "Activate the changes" +msgstr "Yenza utshintsho lusebenze" -#~ msgid "Activate the changes" -#~ msgstr "Yenza utshintsho lusebenze" +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060 +msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." +msgstr "Ukugcina into etshintshayo %1 kwifayili %2 kusilele." -#~ msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." -#~ msgstr "Ukugcina into etshintshayo %1 kwifayili %2 kusilele." +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068 +msgid "Saving variable %1..." +msgstr "Ukugcina into etshintshayo %1..." -#~ msgid "Saving variable %1..." -#~ msgstr "Ukugcina into etshintshayo %1..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073 +msgid "Saving changes to the files..." +msgstr "Ukugcina utshintsho kwiifayili..." -#~ msgid "Saving changes to the files..." -#~ msgstr "Ukugcina utshintsho kwiifayili..." +#. service is running, reload it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100 +msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" +msgstr "Inkonzo %1 iza kufakwa kwakhona" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103 +msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgstr "Ifaka kwakhona inkonzo %1..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105 +msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "Ukufaka kwakhona inkonzo %1 kusilele" + +#. service is running, restart it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143 +msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" +msgstr "Inkonzo %1 iza kuqaliswa kwakhona" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146 +msgid "Restarting service %1..." +msgstr "Ukuqalisa inkonzo kwakhona %1..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148 +msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "Ukuqaliswa kwakhona inkonzo %1 kusilele" + +#. set 100% in progress bar +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Kugqityiwe" + +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269 +msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgstr "Isishwankathelo sobumbeko" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" +#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" +#~ " it will not touch it.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " Ubumbeko lwe-SuSE lugcina i-checksum yefayili yobumbeko ngalunye, khona ingafumana ukuba\n" +#~ " utshintshe nayiphi ngesandla. Ukuba utshintshwe ifayili yobumbeko ngesandla,\n" +#~ " ayizukuyichukumisa.\n" + #~ msgid "All configuration scripts will be started." #~ msgstr "Zonke izkripti zobumbeko ziza kuqaliswa." @@ -549,30 +609,6 @@ #~ msgid "Configuration module %1 failed." #~ msgstr "Ubumbeko lwemodyuli ye- %1lusilele." -#~ msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" -#~ msgstr "Inkonzo %1 iza kufakwa kwakhona" - -#~ msgid "Reloading service %1..." -#~ msgstr "Ifaka kwakhona inkonzo %1..." - -#~ msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "Ukufaka kwakhona inkonzo %1 kusilele" - -#~ msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" -#~ msgstr "Inkonzo %1 iza kuqaliswa kwakhona" - -#~ msgid "Restarting service %1..." -#~ msgstr "Ukuqalisa inkonzo kwakhona %1..." - -#~ msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "Ukuqaliswa kwakhona inkonzo %1 kusilele" - -#~ msgid "Finished" -#~ msgstr "Kugqityiwe" - -#~ msgid "Configuration Summary" -#~ msgstr "Isishwankathelo sobumbeko" - #~ msgid "" #~ "Here, see the values YaST2 will change.\n" #~ "Choose \"OK\" for YaST2 to save these changes.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/tftp-server.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/tftp-server.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/tftp-server.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/timezone_db.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/timezone_db.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/timezone_db.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: timezone_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/tune.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/tune.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/tune.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tune\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -15,38 +15,38 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:47 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 #, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "Le modyuli ye-YaST2 ayisixhasi kakuhle isithuba sokudibana nomgca wokuyalela." #. translators: popup heading -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:71 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 #, fuzzy msgid "Probing Hardware..." msgstr "Kucikidwa okuseqokobheni lekhompyutha" #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:74 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Inkqubela phambili" #. title label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:292 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 msgid "&All Entries" msgstr "&Wonke Amangeniso" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:304 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 msgid "&Save to File..." msgstr "&Gcina kwiFayili..." #. dialog header -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:313 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 msgid "Hardware Information" msgstr "Ulwazi Olungaphakathi kwiqokobhe lekhompyutha" #. help text -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:316 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 msgid "" "The Hardware Information module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" @@ -54,18 +54,25 @@ "I Modyuli Yolwazi lokungaphakathi kwiqokobhe lekhompyutha ibonisa\n" "iinkcukacha zokungaphakathi kwiqokobhe lekhompyutha yekhompyutha yakho. Nqomfa nayipi imo esebenzayo ngolwazi oluninzi.\n" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:319 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." msgstr "Ungagcina ulwazi olungaphakathi eqokobheni lekhompyutha kwifayili. Nqomfa u Gcina Ifayili ufake igama lefayili." +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "System Settings" +msgid "System and Hardware Settings" +msgstr "Izakhelo Zesixokelelwano" + #. this is a heading #. tree node string -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:48 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 msgid "System" msgstr "Isixokelelwano" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 msgid "S&ystem" msgstr "I&sixokelelwano" @@ -1477,8 +1484,5 @@ #~ msgid "&System Settings..." #~ msgstr "&Izakhelo Zesixokelelwano..." -#~ msgid "System Settings" -#~ msgstr "Izakhelo Zesixokelelwano" - #~ msgid "Saving System Settings..." #~ msgstr "Igcina Izakhelo Zesixokelelwano..." Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/update.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/update.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/update.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 13:22+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ #. screen title for update options #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:298 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278 msgid "Update Options" msgstr "Hlaziya Izikhethwa" @@ -175,18 +175,18 @@ #. Table item (unknown file system) #. label - name of sustem to update #. starts with >`< -#. label for an unknown installed system +#. Get installed release name +#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:95 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:101 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:121 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1969 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Akwaziwa" #. label showing to which version we are updating -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal summary item, %1 is a product name -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:198 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 #, fuzzy msgid "Update to %1" msgstr "Hlaziya Imo esebenzayo" @@ -271,9 +271,19 @@ "isebenze. Yenza Kusebenze uku Cima Imibekelo Engagcinwanga ukucima loo\n" " mibekelo ngexesha lokuhlaziya.\n" -#. yes/no question +#. warning / question #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231 msgid "" +"Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n" +"lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n" +"adjust the list of packages yourself.\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243 +msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to reset your detailed selection?" msgstr "" @@ -283,13 +293,13 @@ #. error report #. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount #. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:70 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:379 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 msgid "Failed to mount target system" msgstr "Isilele ukugxumeka isixokelelwano ekujoliswe kuso" #. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:75 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." msgstr "" @@ -360,12 +370,12 @@ #. error message in proposal #. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:83 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:404 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384 msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "Ayikwazi kufunda Isiseko senkcukacha sangoku se-RPM" #. error message in proposal -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:99 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 #, fuzzy msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." msgstr "Imveliso ehlohliweyo ayihambelani nemveliso kwimidiya yokuhlohla." @@ -374,15 +384,15 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:108 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:126 -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:169 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:175 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Isixhobo sokusebenza esingaziwa" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system #. %2 is the version being installed -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 msgid "" "Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" @@ -390,24 +400,24 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:162 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." msgstr "" #. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:214 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 #, fuzzy msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "Hlaziya Imibekelo Ehlohliweyo Kuphela" #. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:229 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206 #, fuzzy msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "Ukuhlaziya Kubhekisele Kwiindlela zenkqubo" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:255 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232 msgid "" "<big>Update Options</big> Select how your system will be updated.\n" "Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n" @@ -416,17 +426,17 @@ msgstr "" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "&Hlaziya Izikhethwa" #. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:407 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "Akukho nanye ikhoyo yezi ifayili:%1" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:541 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -439,27 +449,27 @@ " okanye ezinye iinkqubo zisenokusebenzi kakuhle." #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:88 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93 msgid "Unknown Linux" msgstr "I-Linux Engaziwa" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:91 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96 msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux" msgstr "Ayaziwa okanye Engeyo-Linux" #. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:113 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "%1 (%2)" #. label for selection of root partition (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:181 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186 msgid "Partition or System to Boot:" msgstr "Isahlulelo okanye Isixokelelwano Emasilahlwe:" #. help text for root partition dialog (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:184 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to boot.\n" @@ -470,12 +480,12 @@ " \n" #. label for selection of root partition (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:191 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196 msgid "Partition or System to Update:" msgstr "Isahlulelo okanye Isixokelelwano Emasihlaziywe:" #. help text for root partition dialog (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:194 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to update.\n" @@ -486,12 +496,12 @@ " \n" #. headline for dialog "Select for update" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:202 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207 msgid "Select for Update" msgstr "Khethela Ukuhlaziywa" #. help text for root partition dialog (general part) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:209 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214 msgid "" "\n" "Show All Partitions expands the list to a\n" @@ -504,42 +514,42 @@ " \n" #. table header -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:229 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234 msgid "System" msgstr "Isixokelelwano" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:231 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236 msgid "Partition" msgstr "Isahlulelo" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:233 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Inzululwazi yokwakha" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:235 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240 msgid "File System" msgstr "Isixokelelwano Seefayili" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:237 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242 msgid "Label" msgstr "Ilebhile" #. check box -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:247 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252 msgid "&Show All Partitions" msgstr "&Bonisa Zonke Izahlulelo" #. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:278 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283 msgid "&Boot" msgstr "&Misela inkqubo" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:348 +#. error popup +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354 msgid "" "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n" "on the selected partition." @@ -548,7 +558,7 @@ "kwisahlulelo esikhethiweyo." #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:358 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n" @@ -561,21 +571,21 @@ "sinomahluko kuneso sale mveliso." #. pop-up question -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:388 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:392 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398 #, fuzzy msgid "&Yes, Use It" msgstr "&Ewe, Uyaphinda Ukubhala" #. Target load failed, #466803 #. Target load failed, #466803 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:426 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:451 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461 msgid "" "Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n" "It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n" @@ -583,13 +593,13 @@ "Are you sure you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:432 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:457 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467 #, fuzzy msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "&Uyaqhuba?" #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108 #, fuzzy msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" @@ -599,17 +609,17 @@ "ezimalunga nokusombulula le ngxaki." #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "Isixokelelwano se-Linux Esingaziwa" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "Isixokelelwano Esingeyo-Linux" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -624,7 +634,7 @@ " okanye qalisa kwakhona ikhompyutha yakho.\n" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "Ikhangela isahlulelo %1" @@ -633,24 +643,24 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "Bonisa &Iinkcukacha" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "Ikhangela isixokelelwano sefayili ku %1..." #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529 #, fuzzy msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "Signature Check Failed" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" @@ -666,25 +676,25 @@ " Ingaba ungathanda ukuqhubeka nokugxumeka isixhobo?" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542 #, fuzzy msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "&Tsiba Ubumbeko " #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1059 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "Ipaswedi iphosisekile. Zama kwakhona?" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Isilumkiso" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1167 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -695,7 +705,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1259 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" @@ -726,27 +736,27 @@ " Ukulahla uhlaziyo, nqomfa u Hlaba." #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1277 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "&Balula Izikhethwa Zokugxumeka" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1293 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Izikhethwa Zokugxumeka" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1296 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "&Indawo yokuGxumeka" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Isixhobo" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" @@ -755,12 +765,12 @@ "(asinanto yokufumna ngokuzenzekelayo)" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1381 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "Isahlulelo/var %1 asinakugxunyekwa.\n" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -768,18 +778,18 @@ "udev path: %6" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1436 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 msgid "None" msgstr "Akukho" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "Ayikwazi kugxumeka /var isahlulelo ngolu bumbeko lwediski.\n" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1464 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -787,24 +797,24 @@ msgstr "" #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1477 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476 #, fuzzy msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "Khetha iSahlulelo seNgcambu" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Info" msgstr "I-ID Yesixhobo" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1624 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "Ayikwazi kugxumeka /var isahlulelo ngolu bumbeko lwediski.\n" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1655 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -817,7 +827,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -826,17 +836,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1717 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "Akukho fstab ifunyenweyo." #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1742 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "Isahlulelo sengcambu kwi /etc/fstab inesixhobo sengcambu esingasebenzi.\n" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1747 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "Igxunyekiwe ngoku njenge %1 kodwa idweliswe njenge %2.\n" @@ -857,40 +867,75 @@ msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "Kuzingelwa imithi yoovimba Beefayili ze-e" +#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file. +#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation. +#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing. +#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open. +#. +#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/" +#. @return [String] product name +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Control file %1 was not found." +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "Ifayili yokulawula %1 ayikhange ifunyanwe." + +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read file %1" +msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}" +msgstr "Ayikwazi kufundeka ifayili '%1'" + #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Isixhobo sokusebenza esingaziwa" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box, it might happen that we need to downgrade some packages during update -#: src/modules/Update.rb:817 +#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case +#. and we don't continue further +#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" +"%{patterns}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 #, fuzzy -msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" -msgstr "Yonke Imibekelelo" +#| msgid "Failed to select %1 packages for installation." +msgid "" +"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" +"%{packages}" +msgstr "Kusilele ukukhetha imibekelelo ye-%1 ukwenzela ukuhlohla." -#: control/update.glade:18 control/update.glade:42 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Hlaziya Izakhelo" -#: control/update.glade:34 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4 msgid "Update" msgstr "Uhlaziyo" -#: control/update.glade:48 control/update.glade:52 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Yenza Uhlaziyo" -#: control/update.glade:63 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8 msgid "Update System Configuration" msgstr "Hlaziya Ubumbeko Lwesixokelelwano" -#: control/update.glade:71 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9 msgid "Update Configuration" msgstr "Hlaziya Ubumbeko" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" +#~ msgstr "Yonke Imibekelelo" + #~ msgid "Clean Up" #~ msgstr "Coca" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/users.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/users.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/users.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: users\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ msgstr "Igama lokugqithisa Lomlawuli Wesixokelelwano \"ingcambu yamandla\"" #. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise user to remember his new password +#. advise users to remember their new password #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgstr "Ungakulibali okungenise apha." @@ -4600,23 +4600,23 @@ " Shenxisa aba basebenzisi kwiqela lokuqala." #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6596 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Abasebenzisi</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6606 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Abasebenzisi</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622 #, fuzzy msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "Imimiselo Yokungena" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6619 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/vm.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/vm.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/vm.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: vm\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -27,12 +27,12 @@ msgstr "I-Hypervisor nezixhobo zihlohliwe." #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:148 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:167 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" @@ -41,137 +41,179 @@ "Qalisa ukuhlohla kwisixokelelwano somkeli.\n" #. progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:184 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "Qinisekisa Imibekelo Ehlohliweyo" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:186 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "Ubumbeko Lwekhadi Yomsebenzi Wothungelwano" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:201 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "Ibumba Iseva ye-VM (i-domain 0)" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:204 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." msgstr "<big>Ubumbeko lweSeva ye-VM</big>Ubumbeko lweSeva lwe-VM (idomeyini 0) ineenxenye ezimbini." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:208 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 #, fuzzy msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." msgstr "Imibekelo efunekayo ihlohlwe kwisixokelelwano kuqala. Emva koko umlayishi wokumisela inkqubo utshintshelwe kwi-GRUB ukuba ayisele isetyenzisiwe necandelo le-Xen lifakwe kwimenyu yomlayishi wokumisela inkqubo ukuba ilahlekile." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:212 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 #, fuzzy #| msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and Linux kernel." msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "I-GRUB iyafuneka kuba ixhasa umgangatho wokumisela inkqubo eninzi efunekayo ukumisela inkqubo ye-Xen ne-Linux kernel." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:216 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 #, fuzzy #| msgid "When the configuration is successfully finished, it is possible to boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr "Xa ukuhlohla kugqitywe ngempumelelo, kuyenzeka ukumisela inkqubo yeSeva ye-VM ukusuka kwimenyu yomlayishi wokumisela inkqubo." #. error popup -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "Ukuhlohla kuza kulahlwa." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:224 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "I-Hypervisor nezixhobo zihlohliwe." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:241 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236 +msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..." +msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" +msgstr "Ibumba umatshini wokwenene..." + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:249 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Broken server" +msgid "KVM server" +msgstr "Iseva eyaphukileyo" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253 +msgid "KVM tools" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "" -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:276 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260 +msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:294 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." +msgid "Virtualization client tools" +msgstr "I-Hypervisor nezixhobo zihlohliwe." + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Broken server" +msgid "Xen server" +msgstr "Iseva eyaphukileyo" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Xen Section" +msgid "Xen tools" +msgstr "Icandelo le-Xen" + #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:372 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "Ukuhlohla kuza kulahlwa." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:380 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "Ukuhlohla kuza kulahlwa." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:387 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:398 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:411 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:424 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "Ikhangela imibekelo..." #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:427 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "Ihlohla imibekelo..." #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:432 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "Ayikwazi kuhlohla imibekelo efunekayo." #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:449 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Updating configuration files..." msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "Kuhlaziywa iifayili zobumbeko..." #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:460 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "Kwenziwa ubumbeko lwemimiselo jikelele..." #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:481 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network Bridge" msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "Ibrorho yeNethwekhi" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:482 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" msgstr "" @@ -184,11 +226,11 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:540 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:543 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The machine is ready to start the VM Server.\n" @@ -200,7 +242,7 @@ "\n" " Misela kwakhona inkqubo kumatshini kwaye ukhethe icandelo le-Xen kwimenyu yomlayishi wokumisela inkqubo ukuze uyiqalise.\n" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:546 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The machine is ready to start the VM Server.\n" @@ -212,19 +254,19 @@ "\n" " Misela kwakhona inkqubo kumatshini kwaye ukhethe icandelo le-Xen kwimenyu yomlayishi wokumisela inkqubo ukuze uyiqalise.\n" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:549 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "I-Hypervisor nezixhobo zihlohliwe." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:550 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "I-Hypervisor nezixhobo zihlohliwe." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:551 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/wagon.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/wagon.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/wagon.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/wol.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/wol.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/wol.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: wol\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/xpram.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/xpram.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/xpram.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/xh/po/yast2-apparmor.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/yast2-apparmor.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/yast2-apparmor.xh.po 2014-10-07 15:36:31 UTC (rev 89763) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -320,11 +320,11 @@ #. May want to replace Wizard() with UI() #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:181 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:229 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:239 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:268 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:287 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "&Done" msgstr "&Kwenziwe" @@ -1189,61 +1189,69 @@ msgid "Could not recognize mode: " msgstr "Ayikwazi kuqonda imowudi:" -#. restarts ag_complain agent if necessary -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:128 +#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117 +msgid "enforce" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118 +msgid "complain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134 msgid "Show All Profiles" msgstr "Bonisa Zonke iiProfayili" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:129 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135 msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles" msgstr "Yenza ubumbeko lweMowudi ngeeProfayili Ezisebenzayo" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:132 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138 msgid "Show Active Profiles" msgstr "Bonisa iiProfayili Ezisebenzayo" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:133 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139 msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles" msgstr "Yenza ubumbeko lweMowudi ngazo Zonke iiProfayili" #. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"), #. TODO switch to variable in a module #. TODO plain reread does not work here -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439 msgid "Profile Name" msgstr "Igama Lenkangeleko Yecala" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Imo yokusebenza" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:154 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160 msgid "Toggle Mode" msgstr "Toggle iMowudi " -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:155 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161 msgid "Set All to Enforce" msgstr "Seta Zonke ukuba ziNyanzele" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:156 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162 msgid "Set All to Complain" msgstr "Seta Zonke ukuba ziKhale" #. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:177 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183 msgid "Profile Mode Configuration" msgstr "Ubumbeko lweMowudi yeProfayili" #. We'll need this often - cache it -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:225 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:264 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:283 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289 msgid "Configure Profile Mode" msgstr "Yenza ubumbeko kwiProfayili yeMowudi" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:291 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please select an action to perform from the buttons below." msgid "Select an action to perform." -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

← Newer
1
...
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
...
97
Older →

Jump to page: